Document 10QYzxLnVLrRqeLNnVGmLd2XK

ABD00131709 Ala. P. S. C. No. 34 Ark. T. C. No. 39 CO I.C.C.--BOE-6000-R Ga. I.C.C.--BOE-6000-R KS I.C.C.--BOE-6000-R Minn., P. S. C. No. 35 Div. O.T. Mo No. I.C.C.--BOE-6000-R Mont. R. C. No. 35 N. P. S. C. No. 32 N. M. S. C. C. No. 28 NC I.C.C. No. 32 P. U. C. O. No. 30 OR I.C.C.--BOE-6000-R R. I. P. U. A. No. 35 SC I.C.C.--BOE-6000-R R. C. T. No. 35 P. S. C. U. No. 28 V. C. C. No. 35 P. S. C. W. Va. No. 35 P. S. C. Wis. No. 33 Applicable except where it conflicts with State statutes. r. M. O. I". NO. (Cancels F.M.C.F. No. 45) Supplement No. 1 Contains all changes to: Bureau of Explosives TARIFF No. BOE--6000-R (Charles L. Keller, Agent) PUBLISHING Hazardous Materials Regulations of the Department of Transportation BY AIR, RAIL, HIGHWAY, and WATER INCLUDING SPECIFICATIONS FOR SHIPPING CONTAINERS Prescribed under the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act, as recodified into 49 US Code Chapter 51 ISSUED July 29, 1998 EFFECTIVE August 29, 1998 Published under authority of Federal Maritime Commission Special Permission No. 6177 The provisions published herein will, if effective, not result in an effect on the quality of the human environment. Issued by: Charles L. Keller, Agent Bureau of Explosives Publications P.O. Box 866 Annapolis, MD 21404-0688 Telephone: 410/974-4265 Orders: 412/741-1096 ABD00131710 July 1998 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK April 1998 ABD00131711 Table of Contents Subject Page State Cancellations................................................................................................................................................................................... iv Federal/State Commission List ..............................................................................................................................................................v Participating Parties Federal Maritime Commission ........................................................................................................................................................... vi Illinois Commerce Commission ......................................................................................................................................................... vi Restrictions Covering the Acceptance and Transportation of Hazardous Materials.......................................................................vii AAR-600 Listed Tank Containers........................................................................................................................................................... xi Non-Tariff Matter: For Information Only Hazardous Materials Users Charts......................................................................................................................................................... FYI-1 Intermodal Restrictions for Hazardous Materials................................................................................................................................... FYI-15 Recommended Methods for the Safe Loading and Unloading of Non-Pressure Tank Cars...........................................................FYl-19 List of Changes to 49 CFR Parts 106,107,110,130,171-180, and 397 ............................................................................................FYI-23 49 US Code Chapter 51: Federal Hazardous Material Transportation Law.....................................................................................1 Reprint of 49 CFR: Chapter I--Research and Special Programs Admin., Dept, of Transportation Subchapter A--Hazardous Materials Transportation and Pipeline Safety Part 106 Rulemaking Procedures.................................................................................................................................................... 13 Part 107 Hazardous Materials Program Procedures ................................................................................................................... 17 Part 110 Hazardous Materials Public Sector Training and Planning Grants..............................................................................41 Subchapter B--Oil Transportation Part 130 Oil Spill Prevention and Response Plans ......................................................................................................................45 Subchapter C--Hazardous Materials Regulations Part 171 General Information, Regulations, and Definitions........................................................................................................47 Part 172 Hazardous Materials Table Special Provisions, Hazardous Materials Communications, Emergency Response Information, and Training Requirements ........................................................ 65 UN-NA Cross Reference Table ........................................................................................................................................ 71 Part 173 Shippers--General Requirements for Shipments and Packaglngs ........................................................................... 237 Part 174 Carriage By Rail ................................................................................................................................................................ 367 Part 175 Carriage By Aircraft........................................................................................................................................................... 379 Part 176 Carriage By Vessel ........................................................................................................................................................... 389 Part 177 Carriage By Public Highway............................................................................................................................................. 419 Part 178 Specifications for Packaglngs .........................................................................................................................................429 Part 179 Specifications for Tank Cars ...........................................................................................................................................521 Part 180 Continuing Qualification and Maintenance of Packaging ............................................................................................549 Chapter II--Federal Railroad Administration, Dept, of TransportationPart 209 Railroad Safety Enforcement Procedures Subchapter B--Hazardous Material Penalties Part 209 Railroad Safety Enforcement Procedures ......................................................................................................................563 Chapter III--Federal Highway Administration, Dept, of Transportation Subchapter B--Federal Motor Carrier Safety Regulations Part 397 Transportation of Hazardous Materials: Driving and Parking Rules........................................................................... 573 Subject Index ......................................................................................................................................................................................583 ABD00131757 Pamphlet 34 April 1998 CAUTION: On resuming unloading, check for pressure or vacuum buildup. (See C.2(a). (k) Pressure used to unload car must be relieved prior to offering car for transportation. A nominal nitrogen pressure pad, up to 15 psig, may be left on car, in which case a caution tag should be applied so indicating. (l) Operations on private tracks in private facilities will also be subject to local operational and safety procedures. 3. Unloading a tank car with heater colls For commodities that tend to solidify when in transportation, some tank cars are equipped with various types of internal or external heater systems as indicated by stenciling on car. The following instructions relate to the heater systems only. Unloading procedures as outlined under C.2, Unloading of tank car9 without heater colls, also apply to these cars. (a) Remove interior coil pipe caps. Check for evidence of leak age. Connect steam hose or hoses to inlet connections of the heater coil system. Use a shutoff valve to control steam entering the system. Tank should be vented before and dur ing steaming to prevent excessive pressure buildup. Atten dance is required per C.2(h). (b) A steam trap or shutoff valve may be applied to the outlet connection or connections to control the condensate. (c) Caution must be observed when applying steam to the sys tem. Coils can be broken due to rapid expansion of the coil pipes and hammering of the coils. (d) Bubbling of steam through the commodity is an indication that an interior coil is broken. Immediately shut off steam. If car is equipped with a dual heater system, one bank of coils may still be operable. Connect steam to each bank to locate the good coil. In event both coils are defective, contact lessee or car owner for a portable coil or for disposition of car. (e) During the last hours of heating, steam should be applied to the steam jacket of the bottom outlet valve, if so equipped, to melt any solidified product in the outlet chamber. Under no circumstances should steam be applied directly into the outlet chamber, as this could lift the valve and allow conden sate to enter tank, possibly resulting in a dangerous con dition. 4. Post-unload procedures As soon as the car has been unloaded to the maximum extent possible: (a) Close all valves. (b) Remove unloading connections. (c) Apply all other closures (plugs, caps, blind flanges, quick disconnects, etc.) and secure using suitably sized wrenches. (d) Install primary bottom outlet valve cap with a wrench having a handle at least 36" long. (e) Heater system inlet and outlet caps, on empty cars so equipped, must be left hanging. (f) If manway has been opened, check manway cover gasket and replace it if necessary. Close manway cover and tighten all bolts (in a cross pattern) with a suitable sized wrench. (g) Check rupture disc. Replace the disc if damaged or blown. (h) Reverse placards to show '`residue". FYI-22 ABD00131756 April 1998 Pamphlet 34 3. Loading procedures and considerations (a) Outage requirements--Sufficient outage must be left in the tank to allow for expansion of the commodity while in transit. Section 2.4.1 of M-1002 requires that the tank car must be so loaded that sufficient outage is provided to prevent signifi cant release of the material to the environment under condi tions normal to transportation. Consideration must be given to the volumetric expansion characteristics of the liquid and the ambient temperatures to which it will be subjected in transit. Calculations must use a minimum "design liquid tem perature" of 105F for insulated tank cars and 115F for uninsulated tank cars. "Design liquid temperature" is defined as the temperature at which the tank car will become liquid full if the liquid product reaches that temperature. Below that product temperature the tank will not be liquid full. The shipper must use the greater of the DOT-specified minimum outage or the shipper's calculated required outage percentage. In Canada, consult Transport Canada regula tions. Effective after October 1,1993, DOT will require 1 % outage at 105F for insulated tank cars or 115F for non-insulated tank cars. For PIH (poison-inhalation hazard) liquids, a 5% outage will be required under these respective conditions. (b) Maximum weight--Do not exceed stenciled or starred load limit. The maximum loaded weight of car (lading weight plus lightweight) offered for transportation must not exceed the allowable gross rail load limit for the truck size. See Rule 70B.3.b in the AAR Field Manual. (c) Check for leaks--A loaded tank car tank that shows any evidence of leaking at seams, valves, fittings, connections or heater coils must not be offered for transportation until proper repairs are made. (1)A bottom discharge outlet which permits more than a dropping of liquid through the open cap or plug opening must not be offered for transportation. (2) If unable to stop leakage, transfer product to another car. Contact car owner or his authorized agent for disposition of leaking tank car. The tank must be stenciled in 3 inch letters "LEAKY TANK. DO NOT LOAD UNTIL REPAIRED", and the leak location marked with an "X". See Rule I in the AAR Field Manual. (d) Secure all openings and their protective housings (1) Close all openings with the appropriate closures, i.e., plugs, flanges or caps, wrench-tight. (2) Tighten the bottom outlet cap with a wrench having a handle which is at least 36 inches long. Auxiliary valve caps and plugs are tightened with a suitably sized wrench. Use non-sparking tools, if necessary. (3) Use gaskets that are compatible with the commodity to seal manway covers and outlet valve caps. Luting materi als (any substance used to stop a leak; e.g., sodium silicate/water glass) are prohibited on bottom outlet cap or on outlet plug threads. PTFE paste, or a maximum of three wraps of PTFE tape, is acceptable. (4) Interior heater coil caps must be secured wrench-tight before shipping a loaded car. (e) Car seals--Use of US' steel cable is recommended to se cure bottom outlet operating mechanisms that are designed to accept such seals, reference M-1002, Paragraph A4.03 (h). Car seals may be applied to manway cover, top un loading housing, top operating mechanism (for bottom outlet valve) and to the bottom outlet valve or connections to deter tampering with fittings. 4. Post-load (Pre-trip) leak test After loading, and after all openings have been properly closed and secured, a suitable leak detection test is recommended for tank cars loaded with phosphoric acid, hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid, or caustic soda prior to release in interchange. Post-load leak testing is desirable for all other commodities. (a) Pressurize the tank to at least 10 psi with inert gas or other medium compatible with the shipper's safety and product quality requirements. Use an appropriate pressure regulator. Relieve pressure after inspection and prior to shipment. (b) Check all flanges, valve packing glands and opening clo sures using a suitable leak detection solution, sonic instru ment or by monitoring the pressure over a period of time. (c) If leak is found, make appropriate repair and retest. If leak cannot be repaired, DO NOT SHIP CAR. 5. Placards Apply appropriate placards. UNLOADING A TANK CAR 1. Pre-unload procedures (a) Examine all fittings seals before removal for evidence of tampering. (b) Examine all valves to be certain that they are closed before removing caps, plugs or flanges. (c) Remove dirt and foreign matter from manway cover, valve caps and closures prior to opening. 2. Unloading a tank car without heater colls (a) Before opening the manway cover or outlet cap, relieve tank pressure by one of the following means: (1) by opening the vent valve, (2) by carefully opening the fillhole cover, (3) by carefully depressing the vacuum relief valve, (4) by venting to a vapor collection system or scrubber. Caution: Venting to atmosphere may create a safety or envi ronmental hazard. (b) Venting is not required when car is to be pressure unloaded, but a means external to the tank's fittings must be provided to limit pressure buildup in the tank car tank. Unloading pressure should not exceed 80% of the safety relief valve setting or approximately 25 psi below the burst pressure of the safety vent, if so equipped. (c) After pressure or vacuum is released, the seal on the hinged and bolted manway cover can be broken. All nuts may be loosened one to two turns. The cover should be lifted to verify that all pressure has been released from the tank. Manway bolting is designed to allow venting of the tank while preventing the cover from blowing open, but precautions must be taken in event this safety arrangement is inoperative. (d) When bottom unloading with manway coyer open, care must be taken to prevent product contamination from foreign ob jects or materials entering the tank. Block manway cover open with a non-metallic block. (e) On cars equipped with top-operated bottom outlet valves, the valve rod handle at top of car must be checked to make sure that the valve is closed prior to the removal of the bottom outlet cap or plug. CAUTION: Be prepared to collect possible leakage in a suit able container before removing outlet cap. If leakage occurs as the outlet cap is being removed, it should not be entirely unscrewed Sufficient threads should be left engaged and sufficient time allowed to permit controlled release into the container of any accumulated liquid in the outlet chamber. When leakage stops or is materially reduced, the cap may be removed and the unloading connection made. In the event initial leakage rate continues, try closing the outlet valve again. If this fails, retighten outlet cap and top unload car. If a leak develops during pressure unloading, relieve pressure before making repairs or attempting to tighten un loading connection. Leakage should be contained. (f) Before opening top or bottom unloading valves, securely attach unloading connections to car. (g) When bottom unloading a tank not equipped with a vacuum relief or vent valve, block open the manway cover with a non-metallic block to permit full flow from outlet valve to prevent the possibility of creating a vacuum and collapsing the tank. (h) Tank cars must be attended, or monitored by a DOT-approved monitoring system, during the entire unloading period. (i) Do not allow tank cars to stand unattended or unmonitored with unloading connections attached after completing un loading. (j) If necessary to discontinue unloading for a period of time, valves should be closed and unloading connections discon nected. Openings should have closures applied and prop erly tightened. FYI-21 Pamphlet 34 ABD00131755 April 1998 PAMPHLET 34: RECOMMENDED METHODS FOR THE SAFE LOADING AND UNLOADING OF NON-PRESSURE TANK CARS PREFACE This pamphlet outlines methods for the selection of non-pressure tank cars and recommended procedures for loading and unloading of the cars. These methods are applicable for the transportation of loaded tank cars as well as for the return of tank cars containing residue. These procedures are general guidelines only. Each user is encour aged to develop specific procedures using these guidelines. A partic ular location may require the use of additional, or different, precautions for the loading or unloading operations to be performed safely. Experi enced, trained personnel, who are knowledgeable about the safety requirements for the specific loading and unloading operation being performed, must be utilized. Appropriate individual company proce dures and applicable governmental requirements, including U.S. De partment of Transportation or Transport Canada hazardous materials regulations, must be followed. GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS AND INFORMATION 1. A car containing the residue of a product must be offered for trans portation in the same condition as a loaded car. 2. Any product spillage on the tank should be removed. Spills on the ground should be removed or should be collected in accordance with standard plant procedures. NOTE: Certain spills must be reported to the EPA. 3. Railroad defect cards must not be removed from their holders. Only the car owner or his authorized agent is permitted to remove a card. If a car enters a load/unload area having cardable defects without a defect card to cover, a joint inspection with the delivering carrier should be initiated. 4. All tools and equipment used in connection with load/unload opera tions should be kept clean and serviceable at all times. 5. Tank cars containing a flammable or combustible liquid must be electrically grounded during load/unload operations. Grounding of cars carrying other commodities is recommended. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR LOADING AND UNLOADING TANK CARS 1. Both loading and unloading operations, including connecting and disconnecting procedures, must be performed by qualified persons who have been properly trained and who will be responsible for complying with all procedures during the complete operation. Pro cedures as prescribed by various recognized industry safety rec ommendations should be followed. 2. All pre-loading and post-loading inspections should be properly documented through use of a check list or other method. 3. The loading or unloading area should have adequate illumination and be free of obstacles or unnecessary equipment. 4. During all times that a car is connected for loading or unloading, the hand brake must be set and the wheels blocked. Caution signs must be placed on the track at the open end or ends of the siding. Unless the track is protected by a closed and locked switch that is within two car lengths of the last car, a derailer service should be installed. Caution signs should be made of metal, plastic or other suitable material, be 12 inches high by 15 inches wide,and bear the words "Stop--Tank Car Connected" or "Stop--Men At Work". The word "Stop" must be in 4-inch letters, and the other words in at least 2inch letters. All letters must be white on blue background. LOADING A TANK CAR 1. Selection and qualification of tank car (a) A tank car should be used that is in accord with the AAR's Manual of Standards and Recommended Practices, Section C-Part III, (Specifications for Tank Cars, Specification M1002). For reference, the relevant DOT regulations are pub lished in the current issue of Bureau of Explosives Tariff No. BOE-6000. In Canada, the regulations of Transport Canada must be followed. (b) A tank car must meet the following minimum requirements for transporting the commodity, whether regulated or nonregulated: (1) The tank car must not leak or have defects which could cause the product to escape. (2) The car must have been properly tested and marked. (3) A tank car is to be loaded only with the commodity for which it is authorized by the current Certificate of Con struction or Exhibit R-1, and as may be stenciled on the car. (4) Before a tank car can be used for transporting a commod ity for which it is not currently authorized, approval must be obtained from the car owner or his agent, supported by AAR and governmental approval, if required. Before modifying a tank car, the owner must file a Certificate of Construction or an Exhibit R-1 (depending on the nature of the modification) with the Secretary, Me chanical Division, Association of American Railroads and with the Bureau of Explosives, as required by M-1002, Specifications for Tank Cars. This includes any change in the loading/unloading arrangements, including manway closures, safety valves or vents, top unloading, or bottom unloading (including auxiliary valves). 2. Shipper responsibility Before loading a tank car, the shipper is responsible for the following: (a) Safety appurtenances and fittings must be proper for safe transportation of the lading. (b) Fittings, closures, openings and accessible gasket surfaces must be free of corrosion or damage. (c) Valve packings, gaskets and hold-down bolts must be ser viceable. not corroded, and be compatible with the commod ity. Defective items must be replaced before loading the car. (d) Unless the car is clean, the last contents of the tank must be compatible with the commodity to be loaded. (e) The tank, safety valve and interior heater system (if so equipped) must not be overdue for tests as indicated by the "test due'1 stencils. (f) The integrity and marked burst pressure of rupture disc, if car is so equipped, must be verified by removal from disc holder. Examine both sides of disc and reinstall disc properly. (g) On tank car with bottom discharge outlet: (1) Remove outlet cap, outlet plug or open auxiliary valve. Be prepared to collect possible leakage. Cap and plug is to remain off, or auxiliary valve to remain open during loading, to check for leaking primary outlet valve. (2) With outlet leg empty, open and close the bottom outlet valve to assure that it functions properly. Lock handle in closed position. (h) On tank cars equipped with interior heater coils, inlet and outlet caps must be removed prior to loading to check for leakage. FYI-20 Hazardous Material Users Charts ABD00131735 April 1998 CHART 1 SHIPPING NAME/HAZARD CLASS DETERMINATION IS THE NAME OF THE MATERIAL LISTED IN COLUMN 2 OF THE TABLE IN SECTION 172.101 (CHECK SYNONYMS). SOME NAMES MAY HAVE MORE THAN ONE HAZARD CLASS, IF SO ANSWER "NO" AND GO TO THE THIRD BOX TO FIND THE HAZARD CLASS. NO YES t IS THE NAME LISTED IN APPENDIX A OR APPENDIX B OF 172.101. NO YES 1' CHECK THE FOLLOWING SECTIONS TO FIND IF THE MATERIAL MEETS ANY OF THE DEFINITIONS OF A HAZARDOUS MATERIAL. CLASS 1 - 173.50: EXPLOSIVES CLASS 2-173.115: COMPRESSED GAS CLASS 3 - 173.120: FLAMMABLE LIQUID COMBUSTIBLE LIQUID - 173.120 CLASS 4 - 173.124: OTHER FLAMMABLE MATERIALS CLASS 5 - 173.127 & 128: OXIDIZERS CLASS 6- 173.132: POISON DIVISION 6.2 - 173.134: INFECTIOUS SUBSTANCES CLASS 7 - 173.403: RADIOACTIVE CLASS 0 - 173.136: CORROSIVE MATERIAL CLASS 9 - 173.140: MISCELLANEOUS ORM-D - 173.144: CONSUMER COMMODITY ELEVATED TEMPERATURE MATERIAL - 171.8 DOES THE MATERIAL MEET ANY OF THESE DEFINITIONS? YES NO _______ I___________________________________ THE PROPER SHIPPING NAME WILL BE THE HAZARD CLASS NAME(S) (INSTEAD OF THE CLASS NUMBER) FOLLOWED BY THE LETTERS N.O.S. (NOT OTHERWISE SPECIFIED) DOES THE NAME MEET MULTIPLE HAZARD CLASSES? NO YES THIS IS THE PROPER SHIPPING NAME. GO TO CHART 2. IF LISTED IN APPENDIX A, AND NOT MEETING ANY OTHER HAZARD CLASS, WHEN THE QUANTITY IN ONE PACKAGE. EQUALS OR EXCEEDS THE QUANTITY SHOWN IN APPENDIX A OR, IF IN A MIXTURE, THE PERCENTAGE SHOWN IN THE HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCE TABLE IN 171.8, THE MATERIAL WILL USUALLY BE SHIPPED AS "ENVIRONMENTALLY HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCE." IF THE MATERIAL IS LISTED IN APPENDIX B, AND DOES NOT MEET ANY OTHER HAZARD CLASS, THE MATERIAL IS A "MARINE POLLUTANT" AND USUALLY SHIPPED AS "OTHER REGULATED SUBSTANCES." TO FIND IF THE MATERIAL MEETS ANY OTHER HAZARD CLASS, USE THE SECTIONS SHOWN IN THE NEXT BOX THEN GO TO CHART 2. IF THE MATERIAL DOES NOT MEET ANY OF THE DEFINITIONS AND IS NOT OTHERWISE LISTED, IT IS NOT REGULATED. THE HAZARD CLASS AND SHIPPING NAME WILL BE DETERMINED BY THE TABLE OF PRECEDENCE FOUND IN 173.2a. SOME N.O.S. SHIPPING NAMES INCLUDE MULTIPLE > HAZARD CLASSES (i.e. FLAMMABLE LIQUID, CORROSIVE N.O.S.). GO TO CHART 2. GO TO CHART 2. FYI-2 April 1998 ABD00131734 Hazardous Material Users Charts This series of charts will assist the user in preparing shipments of hazardous materials. There are six charts, each one provides assistance for a specific area of the regulations. By beginning with Chart 1 and following the charts sequentially, the user will be guided through the steps necessary to classify, determine the authorized packaging, mark, label, placard, and prepare shipping papers. The charts direct the user to the sections that they need to initially reference, these sections may refer the user to other parts of the regulations. The charts do not provide detailed answers but rather direct the user where to start referencing the regulations. For an explanation of terms used in the regulations, definitions are found in Section 171.8. The charts are: CHART 1 for determining the shipping name/hazard class; CHART 2 for packaging; CHART 3 for marking; CHART 4 for labeling; CHART 5 for placarding; and, CHART 6 for shipping papers. The Hazardous Material Regulations are officially known as the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR), Title 49, Parts 100 through 180. If the regulations refer to the "Subchapter" it means all of the Hazardous Material Regulations. The Subchapter is divided into Parts and each Part is further divided into Subparts, Sections, Paragraphs, and Subparagraphs. For example, if the chart refers the user to 172.202(a)(1) it breaks down as Part 172, Section 172.202, Paragraph 172.202(a), and Subparagraph 172.202(a)(1). These section num bers are found on the top of each page and run sequentially, Section 172.202 follows 172.201 while Part 174 follows Part 173. One of the most important parts of the regulations is the table in Part 172. The columns in the table lists Proper Shipping Names, Hazard Classes, Identification Numbers, Packing Groups, Labeling, Special Provisions, and the sections in Part 173 that list the authorized packaging. The text that precedes the table explains the use of the table and applicable condiitons related to it. In using the table it is important that the Special Provisions shown in Column 7 be read in their entirety since those provisions can affect the description, hazard class, and/or packaging. Columns 8A, 8B, and 8C show where to look in Part 173 for the packaging required for a material. Column 8A lists what section has the exceptions from authorized packaging for small quantities of a material. Column 8B lists the section that have what NON-Bulk packaging, packages of 119 gallon or less, are authorized for a material. Column 8C lists the section for the authorized packaging for Bulk packages, those greater than 119 gallon capacity. Between the 172.101 table and the Special Provisions found in 172.102 are Appendices A and B. Appendix A lists materials that are designated by the EPA as a "Hazardous Substance." If a material is listed in Appendix A and is packaged, in one container, in a quantity equal to or greater than the quantity shown in the appendix then the material is considered a "Hazardous Substance." If the materials is in a mixture or solution and equals or exceeds the percentages shown in 171.8, then it is also classed as a "Hazardous Substance." If a material is listed in Appendix B then it is classified as a "Marine Pollutant" when transported domestically in Bulk and in any quantity when transported by vessel. FYI-1 ABD00131733 Hazardous Materials Users Charts April 1998 ABD00131772 FHMTA FEDERAL HAZARDOUS MATERIAL TRANSPORTATION LAW (i) if the agreement allows the Secretary and the State or tribe to conduct random examinations, inspections, and audits of the training without prior notice; and (ii) if the State or tribe conducts at least one on-site observation of the training each year. (4) The Secretary of Transportation shall allocate amounts made available for grants under this subsection for a fiscal year among eligible States and Indian tribes based on the needs of the States and tribes for emergency response training. In making a decision about those needs, the Secretary shall consider-- (A) the number of hazardous material facilities in the State or on land under the jurisdiction of the tribe; (B) the types and amounts of hazardous material transported in the State or on that land; (C) whether the State or tribe imposes and collects a fee on trans porting hazardous material; (D) whether the fee is used only to carry out a purpose related to transporting hazardous material; and (E) other factors the Secretary decides are appropriate to carry out this subsection. (c) Compliance with certain law. The Secretary of Transportation may make a grant to a State under this section in a fiscal year only if the State certifies that the State complies with sections 301 and 303 of the Emergency Planning and Community Right-To-Know Act of 1986 {42 U.S.C. 11001, 11003). (d) Applications. A State or Indian tribe interested in receiving a grant under this section shall submit an application to the Secretary of Transportation. The application must be submitted at the time, and contain information, the Secretary requires by regulation to carry out the objectives of this section. (e) Government's share of costs. A grant under this section is for 80 percent of the cost the State or Indian tribe incurs in the fiscal year to carry out the activity for which the grant is made. Amounts of the State or tribe under subsections (a)(2)(A) and (b)(2)(A) of this section are not part of the non-Government share under this subsection. (f) Monitoring and technical assistance. In coordination with the Secretaries of Transportation and Energy, Administrator of the Environ mental Protection Agency, and Director of the National Institute of Environmental Health Sciences, the Director of the Federal Emergency Management Agency shall monitor public sector emergency response planning and training for an accident or incident involving hazardous material. Considering the results of the monitoring, the Secretaries, Administrator, and Directors each shall provide technical assistance to a State, political subdivision of a State, or Indian tribe for carrying out emergency response training and planning for an accident or incident involving hazardous material and shall coordinate the assist ance using the existing coordinating mechanisms of the national re sponse team and, for radioactive material, the Federal Radiological Preparedness Coordinating Committee. (g) Delegation of authority. To minimize administrative costs and to coordinate Government grant programs for emergency response training and planning, the Secretary of Transportation may delegate to the Directors of the Federal Emergency Management Agency and National Institute of Environmental Health Sciences, Chairman of the Nuclear Regulatory Commission, Administrator of the Environmental Protection Agency, and Secretaries of Labor and Energy any of the following: (1) authority to receive applications for grants under this section. (2) authority to review applications for technical compliance with this section. (3) authority to review applications to recommend approval or dis approval. (4) any other ministerial duty associated with grants under this section. (h) Minimizing duplication of effort and expenses. The Secretaries of Transportation, Labor, and Energy, Directors of the Federal Emer gency Management Agency and National Institute of Environmental Health Sciences, Chairman of the Nuclear Regulatory Commission, and Administrator of the Environmental Protection Agency shall review periodically, with the head of each department, agency, or instrumen tality of the Government, all emergency response and preparedness training programs of that department, agency, or instrumentality to minimize duplication of effort and expense of the department, agency, or instrumentality in carrying out the programs and shall take neces sary action to minimize duplication. (I) Annual registration fee account and its uses. The Secretary of the Treasury shall establish an account in the Treasury into which the Secretary of the Treasury shall deposit amounts the Secretary of Transportation collects under section 5108(g)(2)(A) of this title and transfers to the Secretary of the Treasury under section 5108(g)(2)(C) of this title. Without further appropriation, amounts in the account are available-- (1) to make grants under this section; (2) to monitor and provide technical assistance under subsection (f) of this section; and (3) to pay administrative costs of carrying out this section and sections 5108(g)(2) and 5115 of this title, except that not more than 10 percent of the amounts made available from the account in a fiscal year may be used to pay those costs. (j) Supplemental training grants. (1) In order to further the purposes of subsection (b), the Secretary shall, subject to the availability of funds, make grants to national non profit employee organizations engaged solely in fighting fires for the purpose of training instructors to conduct hazardous materials re sponse training programs for individuals with statutory responsibility to respond to hazardous materials accidents and incidents. (2) For the purposes of this subsection the Secretary, after consulta tion with interested organizations, shall-- (A) identify regions or locations in which fire departments or other organizations which provide emergency response to hazardous mate rials transportation accidents and incidents are in need of hazardous materials training; and (B) prioritize such needs and develop a means for identifying addi tional specific training needs. (3) Funds granted to an organization under this subsection shall only be used-- (A) to train instructors to conduct hazardous materials response training programs; (B) to purchase training equipment used exclusively to train instruc tors to conduct such training programs; and (C) to disseminate such information and materials as are necessary for the conduct of such training programs. (4) The Secretary may only make a grant to an organization under this subsection in a fiscal year if the organization enters into an agreement with the Secretary to train instructors to conduct hazardous materials response training programs in such fiscal year that will use-- (A) a course or courses developed or identified under subsection (9): or (B) other courses which the Secretary determines are consistent with the objectives of this subsection; for training individuals with statutory responsibility to respond to accidents and incidents involving hazardous materials. Such agreement also shall provide that training courses shall be open to all such individuals on a nondiscriminatory basis. (5) The Secretary may impose such additional terms and conditions on grants to be made under this subsection as the Secretary deter mines are necessary to protect the interests of the United States and to carry out the objectives of this subsection. (k) Reports. Not later than September 30,1997, the Secretary shall submit to Congress a report on the allocation and uses of training grants authorized under subsection (b) for fiscal year 1993 through fiscal year 1996 and grants authorized under subsection (j) and section 5107 for fiscal years 1995 and 1996. Such report shall identify the ultimate recipients of training grants and include a detailed accounting of all grant expenditures by grant recipients, the number of persons trained under the grant programs, and an evaluation of the efficacy of training programs carried out. 5117 Exemptions and exclusions (a) Authority to exempt. (l) As provided under procedures prescribed by regulation, the Secretary of Transportation may issue an exemption from this chapter or a regulation prescribed under section 5103(b), 5104,5110, or 5112 of this title to a person transporting, or causing to be transported, hazardous material in a way that achieves a safety level-- (A) at least equal to the safety level required under this chapter; or (B) consistent with the public interest and this chapter, if a required safety level does not exist. (2) An exemption under this subsection is effective for not more than 2 years and may be renewed on application to the Secretary. (b) Applications. When applying for an exemption or renewal of an 7 FHMTA ABD00131773 April 1998 exemption under this section, the person must provide a safety analy sis prescribed by the Secretary that justifies the exemption. The Secre tary shall publish in the Federal Register notice that an application for an exemption has been filed and shall give the public an opportunity to inspect the safety analysis and comment on the application. This subsection does not require the release of information protected by law from public disclosure. (c) Applications to be dealt with promptly. The Secretary shall issue or renew the exemption for which an application was filed or deny such issuance or renewal within 180 days after the first day of the month following the date of the filing of such application, or the Secretary shall publish a statement in the Federal Register of the reason why the Secretary's decision on the exemption is delayed, along with an esti mate of the additional time necessary before the decision is made. (d) Exclusions. (1) The Secretary shall exclude, in any part, from this chapter and regulations prescribed under this chapter-- (A) a public vessel (as defined in section 2101 of title 46); (B) a vessel exempted under section 3702 of title 46 from chapter 37 of title 46; and (C) a vessel to the extent it is regulated under the Ports and Water ways Safety Act of 1972 (33 U.S.C. 1221 et seq.). (2) This chapter and regulations prescribed under this chapter do not prohibit-- (A) or regulate transportation of a firearm (as defined in section 232 of title 18), or ammunition for a firearm, by an individual for personal use; or (B) transportation of a firearm or ammunition in commerce. (e) Limitation on authority. Unless the Secretary decides that an emergency exists, an exemption or renewal granted under this section is the only way a person subject to this chapter may be exempt from this chapter. 5118 Inspectors (a) General requirement. The Secretary of Transportation shall maintain the employment of 30 hazardous material safety inspectors more than the total number of safety inspectors authorized for the fiscal year that ended September 30, 1990, for the Federal Railroad Administration, the Federal Highway Administration, and the Research and Special Programs Administration. <b) Allocation to promote safety in transporting radioactive material. (1) The Secretary shall ensure that 10 of the 30 additional inspectors focus on promoting safety in transporting radioactive material, as defined by the Secretary, including inspecting-- (A) at the place of origin, shipments of high-level radioactive waste or nuclear spent material (as those terms are defined in section 5105(a) of this title); and (B) to the maximum extent practicable shipments of radioactive material that are not high-level radioactive waste or nuclear spent material. (2) In carrying out their duties, those 10 additional inspectors shall cooperate to the greatest extent possible with safety inspectors of the Nuclear Regulatory Commission and appropriate State and local government officials. (3) Those 10 additional inspectors shall be allocated as follows: (A) one to the Research and Special Programs Administration. (B) 3 to the Federal Railroad Administration. (C) 3 to the Federal Highway Administration. (D) the other 3 among the administrations referred to in clauses (A)-(C) of this paragraph as the Secretary decides. (c) Allocation of other inspectors. The Secretary shall allocate, as the Secretary decides, the 20 additional inspectors authorized under this section and not allocated under subsection (b) of this section among the administrations referred to in subsection (b)(3)(A)-(C) of this section. 5119 Uniform forms and procedures (a) Working group. The Secretary of Transportation shall establish a working group of State and local government officials, including representatives of the Na tional Governors' Association, the National Association of Counties, the National League of Cities, the United States Conference of Mayors, and the National Conference of State Legislatures. The purposes of the working group are-- (1) to establish uniform forms and procedures for a State-- (A) to register persons that transport or cause to be transported hazardous material by motor vehicle in the State; and (B) to allow the transportation of hazardous material in the State; and (2) to decide whether to limit the filing of any State registration and permit forms and collection of filing fees to the State in which the person resides or has its principal place of business. (b) Consultation and reporting. The working group-- (1) shall consult with persons subject to registration and permit requirements described in subsection (a) of this section; and (2) not later than November 16,1993, shall submit to the Secretary, the Committee on Commerce, Science, and Transportation of the Senate, and the Committee on Public Works and Transportation of the House of Representatives a final report that contains-- (A) a detailed statement of its findings and conclusions; and (B) its joint recommendations on the matters referred to in subsec tion (a) of this section. (c) Regulations on recommendations. (1) The Secretary shall prescribe regulations to carry out the recom mendations contained in the report submitted under subsection (b) of this section with which the Secretary agrees. The regulations shall be prescribed by the later of the last day of the 3-year period beginning on the date the working group submitted its report or the last day of the 90-day period beginning on the date on which at least 26 States adopt all of the recommendations of the report. A regulation prescribed under this subsection may not define or limit the amount of a fee a State may impose or collect. (2) A regulation prescribed under this subsection takes effect one year after it is prescribed. The Secretary may extend the one-year period for an additional year for good cause. After a regulation is effective, a State may establish, maintain, or enforce a requirement related to the same subject matter only if the requirement is the same as the regulation. (3) In consultation with the working group, the Secretary shall de velop a procedure to eliminate differences in how States carry out a regulation prescribed under this subsection. (d) Relationship to other laws. The Federal Advisory Committee Act (5 App. U.S.C.) does not apply to the working group. 5120 International uniformity of standards and require ments (a) Participation in international forums. Subject to guidance and direction from the Secretary of State, the Secretary of Transporta tion shall participate in international forums that establish or recom mend mandatory standards and requirements for transporting hazard ous material in international commerce. (b) Consultation. The Secretary of Transportation may consult with interested authorities to ensure that, to the extent practicable, regula tions the Secretary prescribes under sections 5103(b), 5104, 5110, and 5112 of this title are consistent with standards related to trans porting hazardous material that international authorities adopt. (c) Differences with international standards and requirements. This section-- (1) does not require the Secretary of Transportation to prescribe a standard identical to a standard adopted by an international authority if the Secretary decides the standard is unnecessary or unsafe; and (2) does not prohibit the Secretary from prescribing a safety require ment more stringent than a requirement included in a standard adopted by an international authority if the Secretary decides the requirement is necessary in the public interest. 5121 Administrative (a) General authority. To carry out this chapter, the Secretary of Transportation may investigate, make re ports, issue subpenas, conduct hearings, require the production of records and property, take depositions, and conduct research, devel opment, demonstration, and training activities. After notice and an opportunity for a hearing, the Secretary may issue an order requiring compliance with this chapter or a regulation prescribed under this chapter. (b) Records, reports, and information. A person subject to this chapter shall-- (1) maintain records, make reports, and provide information the Secretary by regulation or order requires; and (2) make the records, reports, and information available when the Secretary requests. (c) Inspection. (1) The Secretary may authorize an officer, employee, or agent to inspect, at a reasonable time and in a reasonable way, records and property related to-- (A) manufacturing, fabricating, marking, maintaining, recondi tioning, repairing, testing, or distributing a packaging or a container 8 April 1998 ABD00131774 FHMTA FEDERAL HAZARDOUS MATERIAL TRANSPORTATION LAW for use by a person in transporting hazardous material in commerce; or <B) the transportation of hazardous material in commerce. (2) An officer, employee, or agent under this subsection shall dis play proper credentials when requested. (d) Facility, staff, and reporting system on risks, emergencies, and actions. (1) The Secretary shall-- (A) maintain a facility and technical staff sufficient to provide, within the United States Government, the capability of evaluating a risk re lated to the transportation of hazardous material and material alleged to be hazardous; (B) maintain a central reporting system and information center ca pable of providing information and advice to law enforcement and firefighting personnel, other interested individuals, and officers and employees of the Government and State and local governments on meeting an emergency related to the transportation of hazardous material; and (C) conduct a continuous review on all aspects of transporting hazardous material to decide on and take appropriate actions to en sure safe transportation of hazardous material. (2) Paragraph (1) of this subsection does not prevent the Secretary from making a contract with a private entity for use of a supplemental reporting system and information center operated and maintained by the contractor. (e) Report. The Secretary shall, once every 2 years, prepare and submit to the President for transmittal to the Congress a comprehen sive report on the transportation of hazardous materials during the preceding 2 calendar years. The report shall include-- (1) a statistical compilation of accidents and casualties related to the transportation of hazardous material; (2) a list and summary of applicable Government regulations, crite ria, orders, and exemptions; (3) a summary of the basis for each exemption; (4) an evaluation of the effectiveness of enforcement activities and the degree of voluntary compliance with regulations; (5) a summary of outstanding problems in carrying out this chapter in order of priority; and (6) recommendations for appropriate legislation. 5122 Enforcement (a) General. At the request of the Secretary of Transportation, the Attorney General may bring a civil action in an appropriate district court of the United States to enforce this chapter or a regulation prescribed or order issued under this chapter. The court may award appropriate relief, including punitive damages. (b) Imminent hazards. (1) If the Secretary has reason to believe that an imminent hazard exists, the Secretary may bring a civil action in an appropriate district court of the United States-- (A) to suspend or restrict the transportation of the hazardous mate rial responsible for the hazard; or (B) to eliminate or ameliorate the hazard. (2) On request of the Secretary, the Attorney General shall bring an action under paragraph (1) of this subsection. 5123 Civil penalty (a) Penalty. (1) A person that knowingly violates this chapter or a regulation prescribed or order issued under this chapter is liable to the United States Government for a civil penalty of at least $250 but not more than $25,000 for each violation. A person acts knowingly when-- (A) the person has actual knowledge of the facts giving rise to the violation; or (B) a reasonable person acting in the circumstances and exercis ing reasonable care would have that knowledge. (2) A separate violation occurs for each day the violation, committed by a person that transports or causes to be transported hazardous material, continues. (b) Hearing requirement. The Secretary of Transportation may find that a person has violated this chapter or a regulation prescribed under this chapter only after notice and an opportunity for a hearing. The Secretary shall impose a penalty under this section by giving the person written notice of the amount of the penalty. (c) Penalty considerations. In determining the amount of a civil penalty under this section, the Secretary shall consider-- (1) the nature, circumstances, extent, and gravity of the violation; (2) with respect to the violator, the degree of culpability, any history of prior violations, the ability to pay, and any effect on the ability to continue to do business; and (3) other matters that justice requires. (d) Civil actions to collect. The Attorney General may bring a civil action in an appropriate district court of the United States to collect a civil penalty under this section. <e) Compromise. The Secretary may compromise the amount of a civil penalty imposed under this section before referral to the Attorney General. (f) Setoff. The Government may deduct the amount of a civil penalty imposed or compromised under this section from amounts it owes the person liable for the penalty. (g) Depositing amounts collected. Amounts collected under this section shall be deposited in the Treasury as miscellaneous receipts. 5124 Criminal penalty A person knowingly violating section 5104(b) of this title or willfully violating this chapter or a regulation prescribed or order issued under this chapter shall be fined under title 18, imprisoned for not more than 5 years, or both. 5125 Preemption (a) General. Except as provided in subsec tions (b), (c), and (e) of this section and unless authorized by another law of the United States, a requirement of a State, political subdivision of a State, or Indian tribe is preempted if-- (1) complying with a requirement of the State, political subdivision, or tribe and a requirement of this chapter or a regulation prescribed under this chapter is not possible; or (2) the requirement of the State, political subdivision, or tribe, as applied or enforced, is an obstacle to accomplishing and carrying out this chapter or a regulation prescribed under this chapter. <b) Substantive differences. (1) Except as provided in subsection (c) of this section and unless authorized by another law of the United States, a law, regulation, order, or other requirement of a State, political subdivision of a State, or Indian tribe about any of the following subjects, that is not substan tively the same as a provision of this chapter or a regulation prescribed under this chapter, is preempted: (A) the designation, description, and classification of hazardous material. (B) the packing, repacking, handling, labeling, marking, and plac arding of hazardous material. (C) the preparation, execution, and use of shipping documents related to hazardous material and requirements related to the number, contents, and placement of those documents. (D) the written notification, recording, and reporting of the uninten tional release in transportation of hazardous material. (E) the design, manufacturing, fabricating, marking, maintenance, reconditioning, repairing, or testing of a packaging or a container represented, marked, certified, or sold as qualified for use in trans porting hazardous material. (2) If the Secretary of Transportation prescribes or has prescribed under section 5103(b), 5104,5110, or 5112 of this title or prior compa rable provision of law a regulation or standard related to a subject referred to in paragraph (1) of this subsection, a State, political subdivi sion of a State, or Indian tribe may prescribe, issue, maintain, and enforce only a law, regulation, standard, or order about the subject that is substantively the same as a provision of this chapter or a regulation prescribed or order issued under this chapter. The Secre tary shall decide on and publish in the Federal Register the effective date of section 5103(b) of this title for any regulation or standard about any of those subjects that the Secretary prescribes after November 16,1990. However, the effective date may not be earlier than 90 days after the Secretary prescribes the regulation or standard nor later than the last day of the 2-year period beginning on the date the Secretary prescribes the regulation or standard. (3) If a State, political subdivision of a State, or Indian tribe imposes a fine or penalty the Secretary decides is appropriate for a violation related to a subject referred to in paragraph (1) of this subsection, an additional fine or penalty may not be imposed by any other authority. (c) Compliance with section 5112(b) regulations. (1) Except as provided in paragraph (2) of this subsection, after the last day of the 2-year period beginning on the date a regulation is prescribed under section 5112(b) of this title, a State or Indian tribe may establish, maintain, or enforce a highway routing designation over which hazardous material may or may not be transported by motor vehicles, or a limitation or requirement related to highway routing, only if the designation, limitation, or requirement complies with section 5112(b). 9 FHMTA ABD00131775 April 1998 (2) (A) A highway routing designation, limitation, or requirement established before the date a regulation is prescribed under section 5112(b) of this title does not have to comply with section 5112(b){ 1 )(B), (C), and (F). (B) This subsection and section 5112 of this title do not require a State or Indian tribe to comply with section 5112(b)(1 )(l) if the highway routing designation, limitation, or requirement was established before November 16, 1990. (C) The Secretary may allow a highway routing designation, limita tion, or requirement to continue in effect until a dispute related to the designation, limitation, or requirement is resolved under section 5112(d) of this title. *) Decisions on preemption. (1) A person (including a State, political subdivision of a State, or Indian tribe) directly affected by a requirement of a State, political subdivision, or tribe may apply to the Secretary, as provided by regula tions prescribed by the Secretary, for a decision on whether the re quirement is preempted by subsection (a), (b)(1), or (c) of this section. The Secretary shall publish notice of the application in the Federal Register. The Secretary shall issue a decision on an application for a determination within 180 days after the date of the publication of the notice of having received such application, or the Secretary shall publish a statement in the Federal Register of the reason why the Secretary's decision on the application is delayed, along with an esti mate of the additional time necessary before the decision is made. After notice is published, an applicant may not seek judicial relief on the same or substantially the same issue until the Secretary takes final action on the application or until 180 days after the application is filed, whichever occurs first. (2) After consulting with States, political subdivisions of States, and Indian tribes, the Secretary shall prescribe regulations for carrying out paragraph (1) of this subsection. (3) Subsection (a) of this section does not prevent a State, political subdivision of a State, or Indian tribe, or another person directly af fected by a requirement, from seeking a decision on preemption from a court of competent jurisdiction instead of applying to the Secretary under paragraph (1) of this subsection. (e) Waiver of preemption. A State, political subdivision of a State, or Indian tribe may apply to the Secretary for a waiver of preemption of a requirement the State, political subdivision, or tribe acknowledges is preempted by subsection (a), (b)(1), or (c) of this section. Under a procedure the Secretary prescribes by regulation, the Secretary may waive preemption on deciding the requirement-- (1) provides the public at least as much protection as do require ments of this chapter and regulations prescribed under this chap ter; and (2) is not an unreasonable burden on commerce. (f) Judicial review. A party to a proceeding under subsection (d) or (e) of this section may bring a civil action in an appropriate district court of the United States for judicial review of the decision of the Secretary not later than 60 days after the decision becomes final. (g) Fees. (1) A State, political subdivision of a State, or Indian tribe may impose a fee related to transporting hazardous material only if the fee is fair and used for a purpose related to transporting hazardous material, including enforcement and planning, developing, and main taining a capability for emergency response. (2) A State or political subdivision thereof or Indian tribe that levies a fee in connection with the transportation of hazardous materials shall, upon the Secretary's request, report to the Secretary on-- (A) the basis on which the fee is levied upon persons involved in such transportation; (B) the purposes for which the revenues from the fee are used; (C) the annual total amount of the revenues collected from the fee; and (D) such other matters as the Secretary requests. 5126 Relationship to other laws (a) Contracts. A person un der contract with a department, agency, or instrumentality of the United States Government that transports or causes to be transported haz ardous material, or manufactures, fabricates, marks, maintains, recon ditions, repairs, or tests a packaging or a container that the person represents, marks, certifies, or sells as qualified for use in transporting hazardous material must comply with this chapter, regulations pre scribed and orders issued under this chapter, and all other re quirements of the Government, State and local governments, and Indian tribes (except a requirement preempted by a law of the United States) in the same way and to the same extent that any person engaging in that transportation, manufacturing, fabricating, marking, maintenance, reconditioning, repairing, or testing that is in or affects commerce must comply with the provision, regulation, order, or re quirement. (b) Nonapplication. This chapter does not apply to-- (1) a pipeline subject to regulation under chapter 601 of this title; or (2) any matter that is subject to the postal laws and regulations of the United States under this chapter or title 18 or 39. 5127 Authorization of appropriations (a) General. Not more than $18,000,000 may be appropriated to the Secretary of Transporta tion for fiscal year 1993, $18,000,000 for fiscal year 1994, $18,540,000 for fiscal year 1995, $19,100,000 for fiscal year 1996, and $19,670,000 for fiscal year 1997 to carry out this chapter (except sections 5107(e), 5108(g)(2), 5113, 5115, 5116, and 5119). (b) Training of hazmat employee instructors. (1) There is authorized to be appropriated to the Secretary $3,000,000 for each of fiscal years 1995, 1996, 1997, and 1998 to carry out section 5107(e). (2) (A) There shall be available to the Secretary for carrying out section 5116(j), from amounts in the account established pursuant to section 5116(i), $250,000 for each of fiscal years 1995, 1996, 1997, and 1998. (B) In addition to amounts made available under subparagraph (A), there is authorized to be appropriated to the Secretary for carrying out section 5116(j) $1,000,000 for each of the fiscal years 1995,1996, 1997, and 1998. (c) Training curriculum. (1) Not more than $1,000,000 is available to the Secretary of Trans portation from the account established under section 5116(i) of this title for each of the fiscal years ending September 30, 1993-1998, to carry out section 5115 of this title. (2) The Secretary of Transportation may transfer to the Director of the Federal Emergency Management Agency from amounts available under this subsection amounts necessary to carry out section 5115(d)(1) of this title. (d) Planning and training. (1) Not more than $5,000,000 is available to the Secretary of Trans portation from the account established under section 5116(i) of this title for each of the fiscal years ending September 30, 1993-1998, to carry out section 5116(a) of this title. (2) Not more than $7,800,000 is available to the Secretary of Trans portation from the account established under section 5116(i) of this title for each of the fiscal years ending September 30, 1993-1998, to carry out section 5116(b) of this title. (3) Not more than the following amounts are available from the account established under section 5116(i) of this title for each of the fiscal years ending September 30, 1993-1998, to carry out section 5116(f) of this title: (A) $750,000 each to the Secretaries of Transportation and Energy, Administrator of the Environmental Protection Agency, and Director of the Federal Emergency Management Agency. (B) $200,000 to the Director of the National Institute of Environmen tal Health Sciences. (e) Uniform forms and procedures. Not more than $400,000 may be appropriated to the Secretary of Transportation for the fiscal year ending September 30, 1993, to carry out section 5119 of this title. <f) Credits to appropriations. The Secretary of Transportation may credit to any appropriation to carry out this chapter an amount received from a State, Indian tribe, or other public authority or private entity for expenses the Secretary incurs in providing training to the State, authority, or entity. (g) Availability of amounts. Amounts available under subsections (c)-(e) of this section remain available until expended. 10 FEDERAL HAZARDOUS MATERIAL TRANSPORTATION LAW April 1998 ABD00131776 FHMTA FEDERAL HAZARDOUS MATERIALS REGULATIONS TITLE 49 CODE OF FEDERAL REGULATION Part Subject Page Chapter t--Research and Special Programs Administration, Department of Transportation Subchapter A--Hazardous Materials Transportation, Oil Transportation and Pipe Line Safety 106 Rulemaking Procedures........................................... 13 107 Hazardous Materials Program Procedures.......... 17 110 Hazardous Materials Public Sector Training and Planning Grants ................................................... 41 Subchapter B--Oil Transportation 130 Oil Spill Prevention and Response Plans .............. 45 Subchapter C--Hazardous Materials Regulations 171 General Information, Regulations, and Definitions 47 172 Hazardous Materials Table, Special Provisions, Hazardous Materials Communications, Emergency Response, and Training Requirements........................................................ 65 173 Shippers--General Requirements for Shipments and Packagings ................................................... 237 174 Carriage by Rail........................................................ 367 Part Subject Page 175 Carriage by Aircraft ................................................ 379 176 Carriage by Vessel.................................................. 389 177 Carriage by Public Highway................................... 419 178 Specifications for Packagings................................. 429 179 Specifications for Tank Cars................................... 521 180 Continuing Qualification and Maintenance of Packaging ............................................................ 549 Chapter II--Federal Railroad Administration, Department of Transportation Subchapter B--Hazardous Materials Penalties 209 Railroad Safety Enforcement Procedures............. 563 Chapter III--Federal Highway Administration, Department of Transportation Subchapter B--Federal Motor Carrier Safety Regulations 397 Transportation of Hazardous Materials; driving and parking rules ................................................ 573 PUBLISHER S NOTE The Department of Transportation's Hazardous Materials Regulations (HMR) cover three Subchap ters, A and C in Chapter I and Subchapter B in Chapter III, of Title 49, Code of Federal Regulations. These Subchapters are reprinted in BOE Tariff 6000. Supplements are issued each quarter to maintain the Tariff current with the regulations in these Subchapters. These hazardous materials regulations address the transportation of hazardous materials in non-bulk packages and bulk packages such as tank cars, portable tanks, tank trucks, etc by rail, highway, air and water. The responsibility for administer ing these regulations has been assigned to the Research and Special Programs Administration (RSPA) within the Department of Transportation. Hazardous materials transported in ships that form the contain ment system for the liquid or solid are regulated by the US Coast Guard in Title 46. Subchapter B of Chapter I covers oil spill prevention and response plans. Although not part of the hazardous material regulations of the Department of Transportation, much of the oil transported is considered a hazardous material and for that reason it has been included in the BOE 6000 Tariff. Subchapter A includes Parts 106, 107 and 110. Part 106 addresses the administrative procedures used by RSPA for rulemaking. This information is helpful if you will be involved in petitioning RSPA to amend or applying for exemptions to the HMR. Part 107 covers the procedures utilized by RSPA in carrying out the duties that it has been assigned pertaining to the transportation of hazardous materials. Part 110 addresses public sector training and planning grants for hazardous materials. Subchapter C contains the specific regulations for the transportation of hazardous materials by rail, highway, water or air. It includes Parts 171 through 180. Also included are 49 CFR Parts 209 and 397. Part 209 contains rules of procedure for the assessment of civil penalties by the Federal Railroad Administration for non-compliance with the hazardous materials regulations. A list of recommended initial assessments is also included. Part 397 is issued by the Federal Highway Administration's Bureau of Motor Carrier Safety in the Department of Transportation. Part 397 addresses parking and driving rules when transporting hazardous materials by truck. Also included in Part 397 is routing requirements for hazardous materials. Prior to each Part, or Subpart if necessary, a brief summary is provided that explains what information will be covered in the Part. The summary is in plain language and will enable the user to better understand the contents of the Part. This summary is identified by "PUBLISHER'S NOTE." ii ABD00131777 Part 106 - Rulemaking Procedures Changes To BOE-6000-R, Supplement 1 ABD00131760 July 1998 PART B--REGULATORY CHANGES MADE BY THE US DEPART. OF TRANSPORTATION2 Section DOT Document FR3 Date Tariff Page Effective Date PART 172--HAZARDOUS MATERIALS TABLE, SPECIAL PROVISIONS, ETC. 172.101 Table HM-215B 5/6/97 113 10/1/97' 172.606(a) Introductory text5 HM-206 4/1/98 232 10/1/98 PART 173--GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR SHIPMENTS AND PACKAGINGS 173.120(c)( 1 )(i)(C), (ii)(C) HM-215B 5/6/97 286 10/1/974 DOT Document HM-206 HM-215B SUMMARY OF DOT DOCUMENTS IN TARIFF BOE 6000-R FR Date Effective Date 4/1/98 5/6/97 10/1/98 10/1/97 ^The cut-off date (or charges to BOE-Teriff 6000-R was the Jut/ 6. 1998 Federal Reqister (FR). 'Federal Register 'Our semi-annual review of the GPO version of 49CFR 106-180 identified this correction. 'Deleted FYI-26 October 1996 ABD00131761 Changes To BOE-6000-R, Supplement 2 CHANGES TO BOE-6000-R, SUPPLEMENT 2 (ISSUED OCTOBER 29, 1998) All changes will be denoted In the following manner: All changes will be shaded with a gray screen and identified with a or . Deletions will be identified with a * or at the point where the deletion occurred. If an entire section or entry is deleted the or will appear opposite the previous section or entry. Regulatory changes or deletions made by the US Department of Transportation are identified using the five point star () in the outside margins. Either the old or new regulation is permitted to be used until the effective date of the new regulation. Users are encouraged to retain the old regulations until the effective date of the change. * Editorial changes or deletions made by the Bureau of Explosives are identified by a triangle (A) in the outside margins. If you have either the loose-leaf or the bound Tariff that Is reissued each quarter there will be pages that Indicate changes that may have occurred In previous supplements. The date at the top right for even numbered pages and the top left for odd number pages indicates In which supplement the changes occurred. LIST OF CHANGES INCORPORATED IN TARIFF BOE-6000-R, Supplement 2 PART A--EDITORIAL CHANGES MADE BY THE BUREAU OF EXPLOSIVES Section Tariff Page Comments 172.101 Table 172.203(d)(7) PART 172--HAZARDOUS MATERIALS PROGRAM PROCEDURES 129 Pari of Proper Shipping Name nol in Roman Type 20-1 1 PART 173--GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR SHIPMENTS AND PACKAGINGS Part 173 (Publisher's Note) 241 Updated Subject Index SUBJECT INDEX - 583-592 Updated PART B--REGULATORY CHANGES MADE BY THE US DEPART. OF TRANSPORTATION2 Section DOT Document FR3 Pate Tariff Page Effective Date PART 107--HAZARDOUS MATERIALS PROGRAM PROCEDURES 107.503(a)(3), .606(a)(5) HM-1890 10/1/98 36,37 10/1/98 PART 171--GENERAL INFORMTION, REGULATIONS, AND DEFINITIONS 171.7(a)(3)Table 171.7(a)(3)Table, .8 171.8 171.8 171.8 HM-166Y HM-1890 HM-166Y HM-1890 HM-166Y 7/10/98 10/1/98 7/10/98 10/1/98 7/10/98 51 52, 56 56 58 58 10/1/98 10/1/98 10/1/98 10/1/98 10/1/98 'The biennial comparison of the Terlll wlih the G^O version Identified this correction. *The eut-olf dale lor changes !o BOE-Tarfff 6000-n was the October 6. 1993 Federal Register (FH), 'Federal Register FVt-27 Changes To BOE-6000-n, Supplement 2 ABD00131762 Section 171.8,.14(c) 17 t. (8, .19 DOT Document HM-1890 HM-16GY FRf Date 10/1/98 7/10/98 Tariff Page 62 63 Effective Date 10/1/68 10/1/98 PART 172--HARDOUS MATERIALS TABLE, SPECIAL PROVISIONS, ETC. 172.10 l{c){ I l) Introductory lex! UN-NA Cross Rel. Table, 172.101 172.101 Table 172.101 Table HM-1890 11M-I66Y 1IM- (890 HM-I66Y 172.101 Table 172.101 Table 172.101 Table 172.101 Table 172.101 Table 172.101 Table 172.101 Table,, 102(c)(1) 172.102(c)(1), (2) !72.203(m)(l), ./100a, .504(e) Table 1 Subpad 1 (removed) HM-1890 HM-16GY HM-1890 HM-166Y HM-1890 HM-1G6Y HM-1B90 HM-1C6Y HM-1890 HM-169B 10/1/98 7/10/98 10/1/98 7/10/98 10/1/90 7/10/98 10/1/98 7/10/98 10/1/98 7/10/98 10/1/98 7/10/98 10/1/98 9/10/98 67 84,88 91, 106 109, 111, 1 14, 125 136 137, 145, 155 157 164 166 167 168, 196 196, 197 206, 215 10/1/98 10/1/98 10/1/98 10/1/98 10/ i/98 IO/I/98 10/1/98 10/1/98 10/1/98 10/1/98 10/1/98 10/1/98 10/1/98 234 9/10/98 PART 173--GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOn SHIPMENTS AND PACKAG1MGS 173.6(0(2) HM-1890 173.32(f), <m) HM-1GRY 173.34(a)(3) HM-1890 173.40(d)( 1), .56(b)(1), (i) HM- I66Y 173.58(a) Introductory (exl, .62(c) HM-1890 Table 173.156(b)(1) HM I66Y 173.247(a) HM-1890 173.308(b) HM-I66Y 173.416(0, .422(b)(1), .425 Table 7, .427(a)(3), . 433(g) Table 10 1 IM-1890 173.441(b)(4) HM-169B 173.461(a) Introductory text, (b) 1 IM-1890 173.469(a)(4) HM-I6GY 10/1/98 7/10/98 10/1/98 7/10/98 10/1/98 7/10/98 10/1/98 7/10/98 10/1/98 9/10/98 10/1/98 7/10/98 244 259 260 268, 270, 271 272, 279 10/1/98 10/1/98 10/ 1/98 10/1/98 10/1/98 294 319 330 347, 350-352 10/1/98 If)/ 1/98 in/1/90 10/1/98 359 n/10/98 361 10/1/98 362 10/1/98 174.704 (removed) PART 174--CARRIAGE BY RAIL HM-IG9B 9/10/98 377 9/10/98 175.10(a)(4), .25(a)(l)-(4), 26(a)(2), (4) 175.700(b) 175.706 (removed) VrlotfO flf-gtslm PART 175--CARRIAGE BY AIRCRAFT HM-I66Y 7/10/98 380-302 HM-1890 HM-I69B 10/1/98 9/10/98 386 387 fYJ-28 10/1/90 10/1/98 9/1 ()/98 October 1998 ABD00131763 Changes To BOE-6000-R, Supplement 2 PART 176--CARRIAGE BY VESSEL Section 176.703 (removed) 176.704(e)(1) DOT Document HM-169B HM-1890 FR1 Date 9/10/98 10/1/98 Tariff Page 414 414 Effective Date 9/10/98 10/1/98 PART 177--CARRIAGE BY PUBLIC HIGHWAY 177.827 (removed) 177.834(h), (o) 177.835(g) Introductory text, .842(a), .843(c) 177.848(f) Table 177.854(g) Introductory text HM-169B HM-166Y HM-1890 HM-166Y HM-1890 9/10/98 7/10/98 10/1/98 7/10/98 10/1/98 420 421, 422 422, 424, 425 426 426 9/10/98 10/1/98 10/1/98 10/1/98 10/1/98 PART 178--SPECIFICATIONS FOR PACKAGINGS 178.338 Heading 178.352-4, ,354-2(a), -3(c) Introductory text, -5(a), ,356-4(a), .358-3(b)(6), (c), -5(a), .360-2. .362-3(b), .364-5 HM- (890 HM-166Y 10/1/98 7/10/98 477 494, 495, 497-500 10/1/98 10/1/98 PART 179--SPECIFICATIONS FOR TANK CARS 179.2(a)(2), .3(a), .4(a), (b), .5(a), HM-1890 (b), Subpart C Heading 10/1/98 522, 524 10/1/98 PART 180--CONTINUING QUALIFICATION AND MAINTENANCE OF PACKAGINGS 180.403 Introductory text 180.405(c)(1), (i). (ii). (f)(7), (8) 180,417(a)(3)(ii), .515(b) HM-1890 HM-166Y HM-1890 10/1/98 7/10/98 10/1/98 551 551, 552 558, 561 10/1/98 10/1/98 10/1/98 DOT Document HM-166Y HM-169B HM-1890 SUMMARY OF DOT DOCUMENTS IN TARIFF BOE 6000-R FR Date Effective Date 7/10/98 9/10/98 10/1/98 10/1/98 9/10/98 10/1/98 'Federal Heglsier FYI-29 January 1999 ABD00131764 Changes To BOE-60UO-H, Supplement 3 CHANGES TO BOE-6000-R, SUPPLEMENT 3 (ISSUED JANUARY 29, 1999) Aff changes will be denoted In the following manner: All changes will be shaded with a gray screen and identified with a * or . Deletions will be identified with a or A at the point where the deletion occurred. If an entiie section or entry is deleted the * or A will appear opposite Ihe previous section or entry. Regulatory changes or deletions made by the US Department of Transportation are identified using the five point star () in the outside margins. In some cases either the old or new regulation is permitted to be used until the effective date of the new regulation. Users are encouraged to retain the old regulations until the effective date of the change. . Editorial changes or deletions made by the Bureau of Explosives are identified bv a triangle (A) in the outside margins. If you have either the loose-leaf or the bound Tariff that Is reissued each quarter there will be pages that Indicate changes that may have occurred in previous supplements. The date at the top right for even numbered pages and the top left for odd number pages Indicates In which supplement the changes occurred. LIST OF CHANGES INCORPORATED IN TARIFF BOE-6000-R, Supplement 3 None PART A--EDITORIAL CHANGES MADE BY THE BUREAU OF EXPLOSIVES PART B--REGULATORY CHANGES MADE BY THE US DEPART. OF TRANSPORTATION1 Section DOT Document FR2 Date Tariff Page Effective Date PART 171--GENERAL INFORMTION, REGULATIONS, AND DEFINITIONS 171,7(a)(3)Table,.11 HM-215C 10/29/98 52, 59 1/ i/99 PART 173 --GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR SHIPMENTS AND PACKAGINGS 173.461(a) HM-1890 10/1/98 361 10/1/98 DOT Document HM-1890 HM-2I5C SUMMARY OF DOT DOCUMENTS IN TARIFF BOE 6000-R FR Date Effective Date 10/1/98 10/29/98 10/1/98 1/1/99 'The cut'Ofl dole lc>< Changes to BOE-TgtHI 6000-H was Ihe January 13. 1999 Federal (register (FH). 'Federal (Teg/sfer FYI-31 ABD00131765 Federal Haz Transportation Law April 1998 ABD00131766 FHMTA Federal Hazardous Material Transportation Law Subject Sec. Purpose ............................................................................ 5101 Definitions....................................................................... 5102 General regulatory authority...................................... 5103 Representation and tampering................................. 5104 Transporting certain highly radioactive material . 5105 Handling criteria............................................................ 5106 Hazmat employee training requirements and grants .......................................................................... 5107 Registration.................................................................... 5108 Motor carrier safety permits...................................... 5109 Shipping papers and disclosure.............................. 5110 Rail tank cars.................................................................. 5111 Highway routing of hazardous materials................ 5112 Unsatisfactory safety rating ...................................... 5113 Air transportation of ionizing radiation material . . 5114 Page 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 3 4 4 5 5 5 6 Subject Sec. Training curriculum for the public sector .............. 5115 Planning and training grants, monitoring, and review.......................................................................... 5116 Exemptions and exclusions...................................... 5117 Inspectors....................................................................... 5118 Uniform forms and procedures................................. 5119 International uniformity of standards and requirements ............................................................ 5120 Administrative ............................................................... 5121 Enforcement ................................................................... 5122 Civil penalty.................................................................... 5123 Criminal penalty............................................................ 5124 Preemption .................................................................... 5125 Relationship to other laws ......................................... 5126 Authorization of appropriations................................. 5127 Page 6 6 7 8 8 8 8 9 9 9 9 10 10 FEDERAL HAZARDOUS MATERIAL TRANSPORTATION LAW PUBLISHER'S NOTE In 1994, Congress completed codifying all the transportation laws in Title 49 of the United States Code. The hazardous materials transportation laws were codified at chapter 51,49 U.S.C. 5101 et seq., set forth below. In codifying the hazardous materials transportation laws, editorial changes were made to previous versions of those laws, including the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act. Titles of the United States Code are unofficial versions of the laws of the United States, unless enacted into law. In the case of unofficial titles, citations to actual laws must be made to the laws as enacted by Congress, not to the U.S. Code titles. Thus, prior to codification of Title 49, citations to provisions of the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act were made to sections of the Act itself. With Title 49 now "positive law," citations to hazardous materials law should be to sections of Title 49. Future hazardous materials amendments will be to sections of Title 49. 5101 Purpose The purpose of this chapter is to provide ade quate protection against the risks to life and property inherent in the transportation of hazardous material in commerce by improving the regulatory and enforcement authority of the Secretary of Transpor tation. 5102 Definitions In this chapter-- (1) "commerce" means trade or transportation in the jurisdiction of the United States-- (A) between a place in a State and a place outside of the State; or (B) that affects trade or transportation between a place in a State and a place outside of the State. (2) "hazardous material" means a substance or material the Secre tary of Transportation designates under section 5103(a) of this title. (3) "hazmat employee"-- (A) means an individual-- (i) employed by a hazmat employer; and (ii) who during the course of employment directly affects hazard ous material transportation safety as the Secretary decides by regulation; (B) includes an owner-operator of a motor vehicle transporting haz ardous material in commerce; and (C) includes an individual, employed by a hazmat employer, who during the course of employment-- (i) loads, unloads, or handles hazardous material; (ii) manufactures, reconditions, or tests containers, drums, and packagings represented as qualified for use in transporting hazardous material; (iii) prepares hazardous material for transportation; (iv) is responsible for the safety of transporting hazardous mate rial; or (v) operates a vehicle used to transport hazardous material. (4) "hazmat employer"-- (A) means a person using at least one employee of that person in connection with-- (i) transporting hazardous material in commerce; (ii) causing hazardous material to be transported in commerce; or (iii) manufacturing, reconditioning, or testing containers, drums, and packagings represented as qualified for use in transporting hazardous material; <B) includes an owner-operator of a motor vehicle transporting haz ardous material in commerce; and (C) includes a department, agency, or instrumentality of the United States Government, or an authority of a State, political subdivision of a State, or Indian tribe, carrying out an activity described in subclause (A)(i), (ii), or (iii) of this clause (4). (5) "imminent hazard" means the existence of a condition that pres ents a substantial likelihood that death, serious illness, severe personal injury, or a substantial endangerment to health, property, or the envi ronment may occur before the reasonably foreseeable completion date of a formal proceeding begun to lessen the risk of that death, illness, injury, or endangerment. (6) "Indian tribe" has the same meaning given that term in section 4 of the Indian Self-Determination and Education Assistance Act (25 U.S.C. 450b). (7) "motor carrier" means a motor common carrier, motor contract carrier, motor private carrier, and freight forwarder as those terms are defined in section 10102 of this title. (8) "national response team" means the national response team established under the national contingency plan established under section 105 of the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compen sation, and Liability Act of 1980 (42 U.S.C. 9605). (9) "person", in addition to its meaning under section 1 of title 1-- 1 FHMTA ABD00131767 April 1998 (A) includes a government, Indian tribe, or authority of a govern ment or tribe offering hazardous material for transportation in com merce or transporting hazardous material to further a commercial enterprise; but (B) does not include-- (i) the United States Postal Service; and (ii) in sections 5123 and 5124 of this title, a department, agency, or instrumentality of the Government. (10) "public sector employee"-- (A) means an individual employed by a State, political subdivision of a State, or Indian tribe and who during the course of employment has responsibilities related to responding to an accident or incident involving the transportation of hazardous material; (B) includes an individual employed by a State, political subdivision of a State, or Indian tribe as a firefighter or law enforcement officer; and (C) includes an individual who volunteers to serve as a firefighter for a State, political subdivision of a State, or Indian tribe. (11) "State" means-- (A) except in section 5119 of this title, a State of the United States, the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico, the Northern Mariana Islands, the Virgin Islands, American Samoa, Guam, and any other territory or possession of the United States designated by the Secretary; and (B) in section 5119 of this title, a State of the United States and the District of Columbia. (12) "transports" or "transportation" means the movement of prop erty and loading, unloading, or storage incidental to the movement. (13) "United States" means all of the States. 5103 General regulatory authority (a) Designating material as hazardous. The Secretary of Transportation shall designate material (including an explosive, radioactive material, etiologic agent, flamma ble or combustible liquid or solid, poison, oxidizing or corrosive mate rial, and compressed gas) or a group or class of material as hazardous when the Secretary decides that transporting the material in commerce in a particular amount and form may pose an unreasonable risk to health and safety or property. (b) Regulations for safe transportation. (1) The Secretary shall prescribe regulations for the safe transporta tion of hazardous material in intrastate, interstate, and foreign com merce. The regulations-- (A) apply to a person-- (1) transporting hazardous material in commerce; (ii) causing hazardous material to be transported in commerce; or (iii) manufacturing, fabricating, marking, maintaining, recondi tioning, repairing, or testing a packaging or a container that is represented, marked, certified, or sold by that person as quali fied for use in transporting hazardous material in commerce; and (B) shall govern safety aspects of the transportation of hazardous material the Secretary considers appropriate. (2) A proceeding to prescribe the regulations must be conducted under section 553 of title 5, including an opportunity for informal oral presentation. (b) Transportation safety study. In consultation with the Secretary of Energy, the Nuclear Regulatory Commission, potentially affected States and Indian tribes, representatives of the rail transportation in dustry, and shippers of high-level radioactive waste and spent nuclear fuel, the Secretary of Transportation shall conduct a study comparing the safety of using trains operated only to transport high-level radioac tive waste and spent nuclear fuel with the safety of using other methods of rail transportation for transporting that waste and fuel. The Secretary of Transportation shall submit to Congress not later than November 16, 1991, a report on the results of the study. (c) Safe rail transportation regulations. Not later than November 16, 1992, after considering the results of the study conducted under subsection (b) of this section, the Secretary of Transportation shall prescribe amendments to existing regulations that the Secretary con siders appropriate to provide for the safe rail transportation of highlevel radioactive waste and spent nuclear fuel, including trains oper ated only for transporting high-level radioactive waste and spent nu clear fuel. (d) Routes and modes study. Not later than November 16, 1991, the Secretary of Transportation shall conduct a study to decide which factors, if any, shippers and carriers should consider when selecting routes and modes that would enhance overall public safety related to the transportation of high-level radioactive waste and spent nuclear fuel. The study shall include-- (1) notice and opportunity for public comment; and (2) an assessment of the degree to which at least the following affect the overall public safety of the transportation: (A) population densities. (B) types and conditions of modal infrastructures (including high ways, railbeds, and waterways). (C) quantities of high-level radioactive waste and spent nuclear fuel. (D) emergency response capabilities. (E) exposure and other risk factors. (F) terrain considerations. (G) continuity of routes. (H) available alternative routes. (I) environmental impact factors. (e) Inspections of motor vehicles transporting certain material. (1) Not later than November 16,1991, the Secretary of Transporta tion shall require by regulation that before each use of a motor vehicle to transport a highway-route-controlled quantity of radioactive material in commerce, the vehicle shall be inspected and certified as complying with this chapter and applicable United States motor carrier safety laws and regulations. The Secretary may require that the inspection be carried out by an authorized United States Government inspector or according to appropriate State procedures. (2) The Secretary of Transportation may allow a person, trans porting or causing to be transported a highway-route-controlled quan tity of radioactive material, to inspect the motor vehicle used to trans port the material and to certify that the vehicle complies with this chapter. The inspector qualification requirements the Secretary pre scribes for an individual inspecting a motor vehicle apply to an individ ual conducting an inspection under this paragraph. 5104 Representation and tampering (a) Representation. A person may represent, by marking or otherwise, that-- (1) a container, package, or packaging (or a component of a con tainer, package, or packaging) for transporting hazardous material is safe, certified, or complies with this chapter only if the container, package, or packaging (or a component of a container, package, or packaging) meets the requirements of each applicable regulation prescribed under this chapter; or (2) hazardous material is present in a package, container, motor vehicle, rail freight car, aircraft, or vessel only if the material is present. (b) Tampering. A person may not alter, remove, destroy, or other wise tamper unlawfully with-- (1) a marking, label, placard, or description on a document required under this chapter or a regulation prescribed under this chapter; or (2) a package, container, motor vehicle, rail freight car, aircraft, or vessel used to transport hazardous material. 5105 Transporting certain highly radioactive material (a) Definitions. In this section, "high-level radioactive waste" and "spent nuclear fuel" have the same meanings given those terms in section 2 of the Nuclear Waste Policy Act of 1982 (42 U.S.C. 10101). 5106 Handling criteria The Secretary of Transportation may prescribe criteria for handling hazardous material, including-- (1) a minimum number of personnel; (2) minimum levels of training and qualifications for personnel; (3) the kind and frequency of inspections; (4) equipment for detecting, warning of, and controlling risks posed by the hazardous material; (5) specifications for the use of equipment and facilities used in handling and transporting the hazardous material; and (6) a system of monitoring safety procedures for transporting the hazardous material. 5107 Hazmat employee training requirements and grants (a) Training requirements. The Secretary of Transportation shall prescribe by regulation requirements for training that a hazmat em ployer must give hazmat employees of the employer on the safe loading, unloading, handling, storing, and transporting of hazardous material and emergency preparedness for responding to an accident or incident involving the transportation of hazardous material. The regulations-- 2 April 1998 ABD00131768 FHMTA FEDERAL HAZARDOUS MATERIAL TRANSPORTATION LAW (1) shall establish the date, as provided by subsection (b) of this section, by which the training shall be completed; and (2) may provide for different training for different classes or catego ries of hazardous material and hazmat employees. (b) Beginning and completing training. A hazmat employer shall begin the training of hazmat employees of the employer not later than 6 months after the Secretary of Transportation prescribes the regulations under subsection (a) of this section. The training shall be completed within a reasonable period of time after-- (1) 6 months after the regulations are prescribed; or (2) the date on which an individual is to begin carrying out a duty or power of a hazmat employee if the individual is employed as a hazmat employee after the 6-month period. (c) Certification of training. After completing the training, each haz mat employer shall certify, with documentation the Secretary of Trans portation may require by regulation, that the hazmat employees of the employer have received training and have been tested on appropriate transportation areas of responsibility, including at least one of the following: (1) recognizing and understanding the Department of Transporta tion hazardous material classification system. (2) the use and limitations of the Department hazardous material placarding, labeling, and marking systems. (3) general handling procedures, loading and unloading tech niques, and strategies to reduce the probability of release or damage during or incidental to transporting hazardous material. (4) health, safety, and risk factors associated with hazardous mate rial and the transportation of hazardous material. (5) appropriate emergency response and communication proce dures for dealing with an accident or incident involving hazardous material transportation. (6) the use of the Department Emergency Response Guidebook and recognition of its limitations or the use of equivalent documents and recognition of the limitations of those documents. (7) applicable hazardous material transportation regulations. (8) personal protection techniques. (9) preparing a shipping document for transporting hazardous ma terial. (d) Coordination of training requirements. In consultation with the Administrator of the Environmental Protection Agency and the Secre tary of Labor, the Secretary of Transportation shall ensure that the training requirements prescribed under this section do not conflict with or duplicate-- (1) the requirements of regulations the Secretary of Labor pre scribes related to hazard communication, and hazardous waste opera tions, and emergency response that are contained in part 1910 of title 29, Code of Federal Regulations; and (2) the regulations the Agency prescribes related to worker protec tion standards for hazardous waste operations that are contained in part 311 of title 40, Code of Federal Regulations. (e) Training grants. The Secretary shall, subject to the availability of funds under section 5127(c)(3), make grants for training instructors to train hazmat employees under this section. A grant under this subsection shall be made to a nonprofit hazmat employee organization that demonstrates-- (1) expertise in conducting a training program for hazmat employ ees; and (2) the ability to reach and involve in a training program a target population of hazmat employees. (f) Relationship to other laws. (1) Chapter 35 of title 44 does not apply to an activity of the Secre tary of Transportation under subsections (a)-(d) of this section. (2) An action of the Secretary of Transportation under subsections (a)-(d) of this section and sections 5106, 5108(a)-(g)(1) and (h), and 5109 of this title is not an exercise, under section 4(b)(1) of the Occupa tional Safety and Health Act of 1970 (29 U.S.C. 653(b)(1)), of statutory authority to prescribe or enforce standards or regulations affecting occupational safety or health. (g) Existing effort. No grant under subsection (e) shall supplant or replace existing employer-provided hazardous materials training efforts or obligations. 5108 Registration (a) Persons required to file. (1) A person shall file a registration statement with the Secretary of Transportation under this subsection if the person is transporting or causing to be transported in commerce any of the following: (A) a highway-route-controlled quantity of radioactive material. (B) more than 25 kilograms of a class A or B explosive in a motor vehicle, rail car, or transport container. (C) more than one liter in each package of a hazardous material the Secretary designates as extremely toxic by inhalation. <D) hazardous material in a bulk packaging, container, or tank, as defined by the Secretary, if the bulk packaging, container, or tank has a capacity of at least 3,500 gallons or more than 468 cubic feet. (E) a shipment of at least 5,000 pounds (except in a bulk packaging) of a class of hazardous material for which placarding of a vehicle, rail car, or freight container is required under regulations prescribed under this chapter. (2) The Secretary of Transportation may require any of the following persons to file a registration statement with the Secretary under this subsection: (A) a person transporting or causing to be transported hazardous material in commerce and not required to file a registration statement under paragraph (1) of this subsection. <B) a person manufacturing, fabricating, marking, maintaining, re conditioning, repairing, or testing a package or container the person represents, marks, certifies, or sells for use in transporting in com merce hazardous material the Secretary designates. (3) A person required to file a registration statement under this subsection may transport or cause to be transported, or manufacture, fabricate, mark, maintain, recondition, repair, or test a package or container for use in transporting, hazardous material, only if the person has a statement on file as required by this subsection. (4) The Secretary may waive the filing of a registration statement, or the payment of a fee, required under this subsection, or both, for any person not domiciled in the United States who solely offers hazardous materials for transportation to the United States from a place outside the United States if the country of which such person is a domiciliary does not require persons domiciled in the United States who solely offer hazardous materials for transportation to the foreign country from places in the United States to file registration statements, or to pay fees, for making such an offer. (b) Form, contents, and limitation on filings. (1) A registration statement under subsection (a) of this section shall be in the form and contain information the Secretary of Transportation requires by regulation. The Secretary may use existing forms of the Department of Transportation and the Environmental Protection Agency to carry out this subsection. The statement shall include-- (A) the name and principal place of business of the registrant; (B) a description of each activity the registrant carries out for which filing a statement under subsection (a) of this section is required; and (C) each State in which the person carries out the activity. (2) A person carrying out more than one activity, or an activity at more than one location, for which filing is required only has to file one registration statement to comply with subsection (a) of this section. (c) Filing deadlines and amendments. (1) Each person required to file a registration statement under sub section (a) of this section must file the first statement not later than March 31,1992. The Secretary of Transportation may extend that date to September 30,1992, for activities referred to in subsection (a)(1) of this section. A person shall renew the statement periodically consistent with regulations the Secretary prescribes, but not more than once each year and not less than once every 5 years. (2) The Secretary of Transportation shall decide by regulation when and under what circumstances a registration statement must be amended and the procedures to follow in amending the statement. (d) Simplifying the registration process. The Secretary of Transpor tation may take necessary action to simplify the registration process under subsections (a)-(c) of this section and to minimize the number of applications, documents, and other information a person is required to file under this chapter and other laws of the United States. (e) Cooperation with Administrator. The Administrator of the Envi ronmental Protection Agency shall assist the Secretary of Transporta tion in carrying out subsections (a)-(g)(1) and (h) of this section by providing the Secretary with information the Secretary requests to carry out the objectives of subsections (a)-(g)(1) and (h). (f) Availability of statements. The Secretary of Transportation shall make a registration statement filed under subsection (a) of this section available for inspection by any person for a fee the Secretary estab lishes. However, this subsection does not require the release of infor mation described in section 552(f) of title 5 or otherwise protected by law from disclosure to the public. 3 FHMTA ABD00131769 April 1998 (g) Fees. (1) The Secretary of Transportation may establish, impose, and collect from a person required to file a registration statement under subsection (a) of this section a fee necessary to pay for the costs of the Secretary in processing the statement. (2) (A) In addition to a fee established under paragraph (1) of this subsection, the Secretary of Transportation shall establish and impose by regulation and collect an annual fee. Subject to subparagraph (B) of this paragraph, the fee shall be at least $250 but not more than $5,000 from each person required to file a registration statement under this section. The Secretary shall determine the amount of the fee under this paragraph on at least one of the following: (i) gross revenue from transporting hazardous material. (ii) the type of hazardous material transported or caused to be transported. (iii) the amount of hazardous material transported or caused to be transported. (iv) the number of shipments of hazardous material. (v) the number of activities that the person carries out for which filing a registration statement is required under this section. (vi) the threat to property, individuals, and the environment from an accident or incident involving the hazardous material trans ported or caused to be transported. <vii) the percentage of gross revenue derived from transporting hazardous material. (viii) the amount to be made available to carry out sections 5108(g)(2), 5115, and 5116 of this title. (ix) other factors the Secretary considers appropriate. (B) The Secretary of Transportation shall adjust the amount being collected under this paragraph to reflect any unexpended balance in the account established under section 5116(i) of this title. However, the Secretary is not required to refund any fee collected under this paragraph. (C) The Secretary of Transportation shall transfer to the Secretary of the Treasury amounts the Secretary of Transportation collects under this paragraph for deposit in the account the Secretary of the Treasury establishes under section 5116(i) of this title. (h) Maintaining proof of filing and payment of fees. The Secretary of Transportation may prescribe regulations requiring a person re quired to file a registration statement under subsection (a) of this section to maintain proof of the filing and payment of fees imposed under subsection (g) of this section. (I) Relationship to other laws. (1) Chapter 35 of title 44 [44 does not apply to an activity of the Secretary of Transportation under subsections (a)-(g)(1) and (h) of this section. (2) (A) This section does not apply to an employee of a hazmat employer. (B) Subsections (a)-(h) of this section do not apply to a department, agency, or instrumentality of the United States Government, an author ity of a State or political subdivision of a State, or an employee of a department, agency, instrumentality, or authority carrying out official duties. 5109 Motor carrier safety permits (a) Requirement. A motor carrier may transport or cause to be transported by motor vehicle in commerce hazardous material only if the carrier holds a safety permit the Secretary of Transportation issues under this section authorizing the transportation and keeps a copy of the permit, or other proof of its existence, in the vehicle. The Secretary shall issue a permit if the Secretary finds the carrier is fit, willing, and able-- (1) to provide the transportation to be authorized by the permit; (2) to comply with this chapter and regulations the Secretary pre scribes to carry out this chapter; and (3) to comply with applicable United States motor carrier safety laws and regulations and applicable minimum financial responsibility laws and regulations. (b) Applicable transportation. The Secretary shall prescribe by reg ulation the hazardous material and amounts of hazardous material to which this section applies. However, this section shall apply at least to transportation by a motor carrier, in amounts the Secretary estab lishes, of-- 0) a class A or B explosive; (2) liquefied natural gas; (3) hazardous material the Secretary designates as extremely toxic by inhalation; and (4) a highway-route-controlled quantity of radioactive material, as defined by the Secretary. (c) Applications. A motor carrier shall file an application with the Secretary for a safety permit to provide transportation under this sec tion. The Secretary may approve any part of the application or deny the application. The application shall be under oath and contain infor mation the Secretary requires by regulation. (d) Amendments, suspensions, and revocations. (D After notice and an opportunity for a hearing, the Secretary may amend, suspend, or revoke a safety permit, as provided by procedures prescribed under subsection (e) of this section, when the Secretary decides the motor carrier is not complying with a requirement of this chapter, a regulation prescribed under this chapter, or an applicable United States motor carrier safety law or regulation or minimum finan cial responsibility law or regulation. (2) If the Secretary decides an imminent hazard exists, the Secre tary may amend, suspend, or revoke a permit before scheduling a hearing. (e) Procedures. The Secretary shall prescribe by regulation-- (1) application procedures, including form, content, and fees nec essary to recover the complete cost of carrying out this section; (2) standards for deciding the duration, terms, and limitations of a safety permit; (3) procedures to amend, suspend, or revoke a permit; and (4) other procedures the Secretary considers appropriate to carry out this section. (f) Shipper responsibility. A person offering hazardous material for motor vehicle transportation in commerce may offer the material to a motor carrier only if the carrier has a safety permit issued under this section authorizing the transportation. (g) Conditions. A motor carrier may provide transportation under a safety permit issued under this section only if the carrier complies with conditions the Secretary finds are required to protect public safety. (h) Regulations. The Secretary shall prescribe regulations neces sary to carry out this section not later than November 16, 1991. 5110 Shipping papers and disclosure (a) Providing shipping papers. Each person offering for transportation in commerce hazard ous material to which the shipping paper requirements of the Secretary of Transportation apply shall provide to the carrier providing the trans portation a shipping paper that makes the disclosures the Secretary prescribes under subsection (b) of this section. (b) Considerations and requirements. In carrying out subsection (a) of this section, the Secretary shall consider and may require-- (1) a description of the hazardous material, including the proper shipping name; (2) the hazard class of the hazardous material; (3) the identification number (UN/NA) of the hazardous material; (4) immediate first action emergency response information or a way for appropriate reference to the information (that must be available immediately); and (5) a telephone number for obtaining more specific handling and mitigation information about the hazardous material at any time during which the material is transported. (c) Keeping shipping papers on the vehicle. (1) A motor carrier, and the person offering the hazardous material for transportation if a private motor carrier, shall keep the shipping paper on the vehicle transporting the material. (2) Except as provided in paragraph (1) of this subsection, the shipping paper shall be kept in a location the Secretary specifies in a motor vehicle, train, vessel, aircraft, or facility until-- (A) the hazardous material no longer is in transportation; or (B) the documents are made available to a representative of a department, agency, or instrumentality of the United States Govern ment or a State or local authority responding to an accident or incident involving the motor vehicle, train, vessel, aircraft, or facility. (d) Disclosure to emergency response authorities. When an inci dent involving hazardous material being transported in commerce occurs, the person transporting the material, immediately on request of appropriate emergency response authorities, shall disclose to the authorities information about the material. (e) Retention of papers. After the hazardous material to which a shipping paper provided to a carrier under subsection (a) applies is no longer in transportation, the person who provided the shipping paper and the carrier required to maintain it under subsection (a) 4 April 1998 ABD00131770 FHMTA FEDERAL HAZARDOUS MATERIAL TRANSPORTATION LAW shall retain the paper or electronic image thereof for a period of 1 year to be accessible through their respective principal places of business. Such person and carrier shall, upon request, make the shipping paper available to a Federal, State, or local government agency at reasonable times and locations. 5111 Railtankcars A rail tank car built before January 1,1971, may be used to transport hazardous material in commerce only if the air brake equipment support attachments of the car comply with the standards for attachments contained in sections 179.100-16 and 179.200-19 of title 49, Code of Federal Regulations, in effect on Novem ber 16, 1990. 5112 Highway routing of hazardous material (a) Appli cation. (1) This section applies to a motor vehicle only if the vehicle is transporting hazardous material in commerce for which placarding of the vehicle is required under regulations prescribed under this chap ter. However, the Secretary of Transportation by regulation may extend application of this section or a standard prescribed under subsection (b) of this section to-- (A) any use of a vehicle under this paragraph to transport any hazardous material in commerce; and (B) any motor vehicle used to transport hazardous material in com merce. (2) Except as provided by subsection (d) of this section and section 5125(c) of this title, each State and Indian tribe may establish, maintain, and enforce-- (A) designations of specific highway routes over which hazardous material may and may not be transported by motor vehicle; and (B) limitations and requirements related to highway routing. (b) Standards for States and Indian tribes. (1) The Secretary, in consultation with the States, shall prescribe by regulation standards for States and Indian tribes to use in carrying out subsection (a) of this section. The standards shall include-- (A) a requirement that a highway routing designation, limitation, or requirement of a State or Indian tribe shall enhance public safety in the area subject to the jurisdiction of the State or tribe and in areas of the United States not subject to the jurisdiction of the State or tribe and directly affected by the designation, limitation, or requirement; (B) minimum procedural requirements to ensure public participa tion when the State or Indian tribe is establishing a highway routing designation, limitation, or requirement; (C) a requirement that, in establishing a highway routing designa tion, limitation, or requirement, a State or Indian tribe consult with appropriate State, local, and tribal officials having jurisdiction over areas of the United States not subject to the jurisdiction of that State or tribe establishing the designation, limitation, or requirement and with affected industries; (D) a requirement that a highway routing designation, limitation, or requirement of a State or Indian tribe shall ensure through highway routing for the transportation of hazardous material between adja cent areas; (E) a requirement that a highway routing designation, limitation, or requirement of one State or Indian tribe affecting the transportation of hazardous material in another State or tribe may be established, maintained, and enforced by the State or tribe establishing the desig nation, limitation, or requirement only if-- (i) the designation, limitation, or requirement is agreed to by the other State or tribe within a reasonable period or is approved by the Secretary under subsection (d) of this section; and (ii) the designation, limitation, or requirement is not an unreason able burden on commerce; (F) a requirement that establishing a highway routing designation, limitation, or requirement of a State or Indian tribe be completed in a timely way; (G) a requirement that a highway routing designation, limitation, or requirement of a State or Indian tribe provide reasonable routes for motor vehicles transporting hazardous material to reach terminals, facilities for food, fuel, repairs, and rest, and places to load and unload hazardous material; (H) a requirement that a State be responsible-- (i) for ensuring that political subdivisions of the State comply with standards prescribed under this subsection in establishing, maintaining, and enforcing a highway routing designation, limi tation, or requirement; and (ii) for resolving a dispute between political subdivisions; and (1) a requirement that, in carrying out subsection (a) of this section, a State or Indian tribe shall consider-- (i) population densities; (ii) the types of highways; (iii) the types and amounts of hazardous material; (iv) emergency response capabilities; (v) the results of consulting with affected persons; (vi) exposure and other risk factors; (vii) terrain considerations; (viii) the continuity of routes; (ix) alternative routes; (x) the effects on commerce; (xi) delays in transportation; and (xii) other factors the Secretary considers appropriate. (2) The Secretary may not assign a specific weight that a State or Indian tribe shall use when considering the factors under paragraph (1)(l) of this subsection. (c) List of route designations. In coordination with the States, the Secretary shall update and publish periodically a list of currently effec tive hazardous materia! highway route designations. (d) Dispute resolution. (1) The Secretary shall prescribe regulations for resolving a dis pute related to through highway routing or to an agreement with a proposed highway route designation, limitation, or requirement be tween or among States, political subdivisions of different States, or Indian tribes. (2) A State or Indian tribe involved in a dispute under this sub section may petition the Secretary to resolve the dispute. The Sec retary shall resolve the dispute not later than one year after receiving the petition. The resolution shall provide the greatest level of highway safety without being an unreasonable burden on commerce and shall ensure compliance with standards prescribed under subsection (b) of this section. (3) (A) After a petition is filed under this subsection, a civil action about the subject matter of the dispute may be brought in a court only after the earlier of-- (i) the day the Secretary issues a final decision; or (ii) the last day of the one-year period beginning on the day the Secretary receives the petition. (B) A State or Indian tribe adversely affected by a decision of the Secretary under this subsection may bring a civil action for judicial review of the decision in an appropriate district court of the United States not later than 89 days after the day the decision becomes final. (e) Relationship to other laws. This section and regulations pre scribed under this section do not affect sections 31111 and 31113 of this title or section 127 of title 23. (f) Existing radioactive material routing regulations. The Secretary is not required to amend or again prescribe regulations related to highway routing designations over which radioactive material may and may not be transported by motor vehicles, and limitations and requirements related to the routing, that were in effect on November 16, 1990. 5113 Unsatisfactory safety rating (a) Prohibited transporta tion. A motor carrier receiving an unsatisfactory safety rating from the Secretary of Transportation has 45 days to improve the rating to conditional or satisfactory. Beginning on the 46th day and until the motor carrier receives a conditional or satisfactory rating, a motor carrier not having received a conditional or satisfactory rating during the 45-day period may not operate a commercial motor vehicle (as defined in section 31132 of this title)-- (1) to transport hazardous material for which placarding of a motor vehicle is required under regulations prescribed under this chapter; or (2) to transport more than 15 individuals. (b) Rating review. The Secretary shall review the factors that re sulted in a motor carrier receiving an unsatisfactory rating not later than 30 days after the motor carrier requests a review. (c) Prohibited government use. A department, agency, or instru mentality of the United States Government may not use a motor carrier that has an unsatisfactory rating from the Secretary-- (1) to transport hazardous material for which placarding of a motor vehicle is required under regulations prescribed under this chapter; or (2) to transport more than 15 individuals. (d) Public availability and updating of ratings. The Secretary, in 5 FHMTA ABD00131771 April 1998 consultation with the Interstate Commerce Commission, shall pre scribe regulations amending the motor carrier safety regulations in subchapter B of chapter III of title 49, Code of Federal Regulations, to establish a system to make readily available to the public, and update periodically, the safety ratings of motor carriers that have unsatisfactory ratings from the Secretary. 5114 Air transportation of Ionizing radiation material (a) Transporting in air commerce. Material that emits ionizing radia tion spontaneously may be transported on a passenger-carrying air craft in air commerce (as defined in section 40102(a) of this title) only if the material is intended for a use in, or incident to, research or medical diagnosis or treatment and does not present an unreasonable hazard to health and safety when being prepared for, and during, transportation. (b) Procedures. The Secretary of Transportation shall prescribe procedures for monitoring and enforcing regulations prescribed under this section. (c) Nonapplication. This section does not apply to material the Secretary decides does not pose a significant hazard to health or safety when transported because of its low order of radioactivity. 5115 Training curriculum for the public sector (a) Development and updating. Not later than November 16,1992, in coordination with the Director of the Federal Emergency Manage ment Agency, Chairman of the Nuclear Regulatory Commission, Ad ministrator of the Environmental Protection Agency, Secretaries of Labor, Energy, and Health and Human Services, and Director of the National Institute of Environmental Health Sciences, and using the existing coordinating mechanisms of the national response team and, for radioactive material, the Federal Radiological Preparedness Coor dinating Committee, the Secretary of Transportation shall develop and update periodically a curriculum consisting of a list of courses necessary to train public sector emergency response and prepared ness teams. Only in developing the curriculum, the Secretary of Trans portation shall consult with regional response teams established under the national contingency plan established under section 105 of the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liabil ity Act of 1980 (42 U.S.C. 9605), representatives of commissions established under section 301 of the Emergency Planning and Com munity Right-To-Know Act of 1986(42 U.S.C. 11001), persons (includ ing governmental entities) that provide training for responding to acci dents and incidents involving the transportation of hazardous material, and representatives of persons that respond to those accidents and incidents. (b) Requirements. The curriculum developed under subsection (a) of this section-- (1) shall include-- (A) a recommended course of study to train public sector employ ees to respond to an accident or incident involving the transportation of hazardous material and to plan for those responses; (B) recommended basic courses and minimum number of hours of instruction necessary for public sector employees to be able to respond safely and efficiently to an accident or incident involving the transportation of hazardous material and to plan those responses; and (C) appropriate emergency response training and planning pro grams for public sector employees developed under other United States Government grant programs, including those developed with grants made under section 126(g) of the Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1986 (42 U.S.C. 9660a); and (2) may include recommendations on material appropriate for use in a recommended basic course described in clause (1)(B) of this subsection. (c) Training on complying with legal requirements. A recommended basic course described in subsection (b)(1)(B) of this section shall provide the training necessary for public sector employees to com ply with-- (1) regulations related to hazardous waste operations and emer gency response contained in part 1910 of title 29, Code of Federal Regulations, prescribed by the Secretary of Labor; (2) regulations related to worker protection standards for hazardous waste operations contained in part 311 of title 40, Code of Federal Regulations, prescribed by the Administrator; and (3) standards related to emergency response training prescribed by the National Fire Protection Association. (d) Distribution and publication. With the national response team-- (1) the Director of the Federal Emergency Management Agency shall distribute the curriculum and any updates to the curriculum to the regional response teams and all committees and commissions established under section 301 of the Emergency Planning and Com munity Right-To-Know Act of 1986 (42 U.S.C. 11001); and (2) the Secretary of Transportation may publish a list of programs that uses a course developed under this section for training public sector employees to respond to an accident or incident involving the transportation of hazardous material. 5116 Planning and training grants, monitoring, and review (a) Planning grants. (1) The Secretary of Transportation shall make grants to States and Indian tribes-- (A) to develop, improve, and carry out emergency plans under the Emergency Planning and Community Right-To-Know Act of 1986 (42 U.S.C. 11001 et seq.), including ascertaining flow patterns of hazard ous material on lands under the jurisdiction of a State or Indian tribe, and between lands under the jurisdiction of a State or Indian tribe and lands of another State or Indian tribe; and (B) to decide on the need for a regional hazardous material emer gency response team. (2) The Secretary of Transportation may make a grant to a State or Indian tribe under paragraph (1) of this subsection in a fiscal year only if -- (A) the State or Indian tribe certifies that the total amount the State or Indian tribe expends (except amounts of the United States Govern ment) to develop, improve, and carry out emergency plans under the Act will at least equal the average level of expenditure for the last 2 fiscal years; and (B) the State agrees to make available at least 75 percent of the amount of the grant under paragraph (1) of this subsection in the fiscal year to local emergency planning committees established under section 301(c) of the Act (42 U.S.C. 11001(c)) to develop emergency plans under the Act. (3) A State or Indian tribe receiving a grant under this subsection shall ensure that planning under the grant is coordinated with emer gency planning conducted by adjacent States and Indian tribes. (b) Training grants. (1) The Secretary of Transportation shall make grants to States and Indian tribes to train public sector employees to respond to accidents and incidents involving hazardous material. (2) The Secretary of Transportation may make a grant under para graph (1) of this subsection in a fiscal year-- (A) to a State or Indian tribe only if the State or tribe certifies that the total amount the State or tribe expends (except amounts of the Government) to train public sector employees to respond to an acci dent or incident involving hazardous material will at least equal the average level of expenditure for the last 2 fiscal years; (B) to a State or Indian tribe only if the State or tribe makes an agreement with the Secretary that the State or tribe will use in that fiscal year, for training public sector employees to respond to an accident or incident involving hazardous material-- (i) a course developed or identified under section 5115 of this title; or (ii) another course the Secretary decides is consistent with the objectives of this section; and (C) to a State only if the State agrees to make available at least 75 percent of the amount of the grant under paragraph (1) of this subsec tion in the fiscal year for training public sector employees a political subdivision of the State employs or uses. (3) A grant under this subsection may be used-- (A) to pay-- (i) the tuition costs of public sector employees being trained; (it) travel expenses of those employees to and from the training facility; (iii) room and board of those employees when at the training facil ity; and (iv) travel expenses of individuals providing the training; (B) by the State, political subdivision, or Indian tribe to provide the training; and (C) to make an agreement the Secretary of Transportation approves authorizing a person (including an authority of a State or political subdivision of a State or Indian tribe) to provide the training-- 6 April 1998 ABD00131744 Hazardous Material Users Charts CHART 6 PROPER PREPARATION OF SHIPPING PAPERS FYI-11 Hazardous Material Users Charts ABD00131743 CHART 5B BULK PLACARDING April 1998 FYI-IO April 1998 ABD00131742 CHART 5 PAGE 2 Hazardous Material Users Charts FYI-9 Intermodal Restrictions for Hazardous Materials ABD00131750 April 1998 Intermodal Commodity Restrictions FYI-16 April 1998 ABD00131749 Intermodal Restrictions for Hazardous Materials Intermodal Restrictions for Hazardous Materials The following table lists the restrictions for intermodal shipments of hazardous materials by the major railroads in North America. Intermodal shipments include containers and portable tanks. The explanation for each "code" listed for a particular railroad follows the table. The "codes" are segregated into general restrictions using either the letter "C". "E", "FT, or "X". Specific restrictions applicable to an individual railroad are listed under that railroad. The "codes" for the individual railroad begin with a number. The abbreviations for each railroad listed in the first line of the Table are: ATSF .... Atchison. Topeka and Santa Fe Railway BN..............Burlington Northern MRL........... Montana Rail Link, Inc. CN..............Canadian National CNW .... Chicago & North Western CP..............Canadian Pacific CR..............Consolidated Rail Corp. (Conrail) CSX........... CSX Transportation GTW .... Grand Trunk Western 1C ..............Illinois Central KCS...........Kansas City Southern NS..............Norfolk Southern SOO .... Soo Line SP..............Southern Pacific SSW...........St. Louis Southwestern DRGW . . . Denver & Rio Grande Western UP..............Union Pacific WC ...........Wisconsin Central FYI-15 ABD00131748 Intermodal Restrictions for Hazardous Materials April 1998 ABD00131754 PAMPHLET 34: Pamphlet 34 RECOMMENDED METHODS FOR THE SAFE LOADING AND UNLOADING OF NON-PRESSURE TANK CARS Association of American Railroads, June, 1992. FYI-19 ABD00131753 Rec. Methods for Safe Loading/ Unloading of Non-Pressure Tank Cars Intermodal Restrictions for Hazardous Materials ABD00131752 April 1998 7. Batteries (Scrap, Electric Storage, Old or Spent containing acid or other chemicals and having value only for reclamation or mate rial) will not be accepted for transportation by NS. 8. Asbestos (Crude, Virgin, Processed, or Scrap) of any kind includ ing asbestos waste and debris will not be accepted for transpor tation by NS. 9. Poison Inhalation Hazard Zone A Materials. 10. Polychlorinated Biphenyls (PCBs) and oils or other materials or articles containing PCBs will not be accepted for transportation by NS other than the exceptions outlined in rules A.8 and C of the NS Intermodal Rules Circular. 11. Hazardous Waste will not be accepted for transportation by NS and may not be loaded in trailers or containers of any ownership for movement by NS, subject to certain exceptions outlined in Rule C of the NS Intermodal Rules Circular. 12. Division 1.3 fireworks are permitted. KCS: 1. Class 3 materials as defined in 49 C.F.R. 171.8, when shipped in refrigerated vehicles unless: A. Shipped as limited quantities as defined in 49 C.F.R. 171.8 B. The refrigeration unit is running at a temperature of 5 degrees fahrenheit below the lowest flash point of the flammable liquids in the load. C. The vehicle is equipped with a minimum of two vents and the vents are open when the vehicle is tendered to KCS. Each vent must have dimensions equal to or greater than 200 square inches. 2. Batteries, storage, scrap, as described in Items 95150 to 95160 of ICC UFC 6000-Series are restricted unless shipped on pallets, stretch-wrapped, properly rear braced, with entire lading and pallets encapsulated in a plastic bag. FYI-18 Hazardous Material Users Charts ABD00131747 April 1998 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK April 1998 ABD00131746 CHART 6 PAGE 3 Hazardous Material Users Charts FYI-13 Hazardous Material Users Charts ABD00131741 April 1998 CHART 5 PLACARDING ALL TRANSPORT VEHICLES ARE REQUIRED TO BE "PLACARDED" ON BOTH SIDES AND BOTH ENDS UNLESS EXCEPTED, REFERENCE: 172.500 FOR GENERAL APPLICABILITY: 172.502 PROHIBITED AND PERMISSIVE PLACARDING; 172.516 VISIBILITY AND DISPLAY REQUIREMENTS; 172.519 PLACARD SPECIFICATIONS; AND, 172.521-172.560 REQUIREMENTS FOR EACH PLACARD. FOR PLACARDING PURPOSES HAZARDOUS MATERIALS ARE CATEGORIZED INTO TWO GROUPS, SEE THE TABLES IN 172.504(e). THESE TABLES SHOW THE REQUIRED PLACARD FOR EACH CATEGORY. IS THE SHIPMENT A DIVISION 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 2.3, 4.3, 5.2 (TYPES ORGANIC PEROXIDE), 6.1 (ZONE A OR B PIH) OR CLASS 7 (YELLOW III LABEL) MATERIAL? NO YES IS THE MATERIAL MOVING IN A BULK PACKAGE? NO YES 4 MUST BE PLACARDED REGARDLESS OF QUANTITY, SEE 172.504(a), (c). GO TO CHART 5B. IS THE TOTAL QUANTITY OF TABLE 2 MATERIALS ON THE VEHICLE LESS THAN 1001 LBS? NO YES * 1---------------------= 4- PLACARDS MAY NOT BE REQUIRED, REFER TO 172.504(c) AND 172.512. DOES THE LOAD INCLUDE DIFFERENT TABLE 2 MATERIALS? NO YES I 1--------------- = * THE "DANGEROUS" PLACARD MAY BE PERMITTED, SEE 172.504(b). DOES THE TOTAL QUANTITY OF ANY ONE `TABLE 2" MATERIAL, LOADED AT ONE LOCATION, IN A MIXED LOAD, EQUAL OR EXCEED 22050 LBS? NO YES 4- 1 1-------------- = THE PLACARD FOR THAT CLASS MUST BE DISPLAYED, SEE 172.504(b). DOES THE PACKAGE CONTAIN ONLY A "CLASS 9' OR ONLY THE RESIDUE OF A HAZARDOUS MATERIAL? NO YES 4- 1 1--------------- = PLACARDS MAY NOT BE REQUIRED, SEE 172.504(d), 172.504(f)(9). IS AN EXPLOSIVE BEING SHIPPED? NO YES 1 1-------------- = 4SPECIAL CONDITIONS MAY APPLY, SEE 172.504(f)(1), (4), (5), - (6) & 172.510(a). DOES THE VEHICLE CONTAIN BOTH 2.1 (FLAMMABLE) AND 2.2 (NONFLAMMABLE) GASSES? NO YES 4 ONLY FLAMMABLE GAS PLACARDS NEED BE DISPLAYED, 172.504(f)(3). FYI-8 April 1998 ABD00131740 CHART 4 PAGE 2 Hazardous Material Users Charts FYI-7 Hazardous Material Users Charts ABD00131739 CHART 4 LABELING April 1998 FYI-6 ABD00131732 July 1998 REPORTING MARK STARTING ENDING TRLU ........... . .175014 ........... .. 175038 TRLU ........... ..175040 ........... .. 175067 TRLU ........... . .520000 ........... . . 520099 TRLU ........... ..520484 ........... .. 520499 TRLU ........... ..520501 ........... .. 520512 TRLU ........... ..860406 ........... .. 860147 TRRU ........... ..511750 ........... .. 511751 TRXU ........... ..225101 ........... . . 225108 TRXU ........... ..245001 ........... .. 245004 TRXU ........... ..255101 ........... . . 255108 TSAT............. ..100001 ........... . . 100010 TTCU ........... .. 1 ...................... .. 6 TTIU ............. . .624100 ........... .. 624124 TTIU ............. ..629500 ........... . . 626539 TTRU ........... . .500008 ........... .. 500025 TTRU ........... ..500049 ........... .. 500049 TTTU............. ..10014 ............. . . 10014 TTTU............. ..20039 ............. .. 20039 TTTU............. ..20054 ............. . . 20054 TTTU............. ..20077 ............. .. 20077 TTTU............. ..20094 ............. . . 20094 11 IU............. ..40151 ............. .. 40180 1 1 IU............. ..70251 ............. .. 70262 TTTU............. ..70264 ............. .. 70350 TTTU............. ..80372 ............. .. 80372 TTTU............. ..80447 ............. . . 80447 TTTU............. ..150836 ........... .. 150836 TWSU ........... ..500000 ........... . . 500000 UBHU........... ..94001 ............. . . 94001 UBHU ........... ..96986 ............. .. 96986 UBHU........... ..973383 ........... . . 973388 UBHU........... ..973390 ........... .. 973390 UCCU............. ..20001 ............. .. 20004 UCLU ............. ..280002 ........... .. 280059 UGTU ............. ..241001 ........... .. 241019 UGTU ............. .241021 ........... .. 241025 UIC .................. .150.................. .. 150 UPTU ............. .530001 ........... . . 530077 UPTU ............. .580001 ........... . . 580003 UPTU ............. .630001 ........... . . 630015 UPTU ............. .660000 ........... .. 660415 UPUU ............. .530001 ........... . . 530021 UPUU ............. .530023 ........... .. 530040 UPUU ............. .630004 ........... .. 630005 UPUU ............. .630008 ........... .. 630009 UPUU ............. .630015 ........... .. 630016 UPUU ............. .630020 ........... . . 630020 UPUU ............. .630027 ........... . . 630027 UPUU ............. .630030 ........... . . 630030 UPUU ............. .630037 ........... . . 630037 UPUU ............. .630040 ........... . . 630041 UPUU ............. .630045 ........... .. 630045 UPUU ............. .630048 ........... .. 630050 UPUU ............. .631001 ........... .. 631003 UPUU ............. .631005 ........... . . 631006 UPUU ............. .631008 ........... . . 631023 REPORTING MARK STARTING ENDING UPUU ........... ..631048 ........... . . 631048 UPUU........... ..632001 ............. . 632050 USAU ........... ..100004 ........... .. 100006 USAU ........... ..619406 ........... . . 619406 UTCU ........... . .111001 ........... .. 111008 UTCU ........... ..111010 ........... .. 111015 UTCU ........... . .111017........... .. 111037 UTCU ........... ..111039 ........... .. 111057 UTCU ........... . .114001 ........... .. 114006 UTCU ........... . .211001........... .. 211187 UTCU ........... ..211189 ........... . . 211245 UTCU ........... ..213001 ........... . . 213034 UTCU ........... ..213036 ........... . . 213060 UTCU ........... ..221001 ........... .. 221165 UTCU ........... ..221206 ........... .. 221206 UTCU ........... ..222001 ........... .. 222050 UTCU ........... ..226001 ........... .. 226020 UTCU ........... ..236001 ........... .. 236001 UTCU ........... ..261000 ........... .. 261004 UTCU ........... ..272007 ........... . . 272007 UTCU ........... ..272020 ........... .. 272020 UTCU ........... ..346001 ........... . . 346003 UTCU ........... ..413001 ........... .. 413406 UTCU ............. . .413408 ........... . . 413583 UTCU ............. . .414000 ........... . . 415009 UTCU ............. ..433001 ........... .. 433048 UTCU ............. ..433050 ........... .. 433050 UTCU ............. ..443001 ........... .. 443070 UTCU ............. ..450000 ........... .. 450699 UTCU ............. .451000 ........... . . 451040 UTCU ............. .453000 ........... .. 453107 UTCU ............. .453311 ........... . . 453311 UTCU ............. .454000 ........... .. 454477 UTCU ............. .454510 ........... . . 454542 UTCU ............. .454613 ........... .. 454613 UTCU ............. .454615 ........... .. 454615 UTCU ............. .454630 ........... .. 454630 UTCU ............. .454633 ........... .. 454682 UTCU ............. .454733 ........... .. 454987 UTCU ............. .455000 ........... .. 455664 UTCU ............. .456000 ........... . . 456979 UTCU ............. .457000 ........... . . 457011 UTCU ............. .461000 ........... . . 461009 UTCU ............. .461200 ........... . . 461211 UTCU ............. .554000 ........... .. 554039 UTCU ............. .555002 ........... .. 555044 UTCU ............. .843001 ........... .. 843010 UTCU ............. .934001 ........... .. 934334 UTCU ............. .943001 ........... .. 943001 UTCU ............. .961001 ........... .. 961003 UTCU ............. .961101 ........... . . 961106 UTCU ............. .961201 ........... . . 961203 UTCU ............. .999011 ........... .. 999028 UTTU ............. .201017 ........... .. 201024 UTTU ............. .201050 ........... .. 201060 UTTU ............. .241222 ........... .. 241296 UTTU ............. .241298 ........... .. 241323 UTTU ............. .241364 ........... .. 241423 REPORTING MARK STARTING ENDING UTTU ... .........241072 ... . .... 241221 VABU ... .........907381 ... . .... 907384 VDLU .. ...........2072 ............ .... 2073 VOSU ... .........880911 .. . . .... 880922 VOSU . . ...........921201 .. . . . ... 921250 VTGU .............118000 .. .. . ... 118003 VTGU . . ...........121055 .... . .. . 121055 VTGU . ............121100 . ... .... 121101 VTGU . ............121400 . ... .... 121429 VTGU .... ....123000 .... .. .. 123014 VTGU ... ..........123020 .... .. .. 123049 VTGU .. . . .... 124000 .. . . . ... 124014 VTGU .. .. .... 124057 .. .. .... 124069 VTGU . . .. .... 125050 .. .. . .. . 125089 VTGU . ... .... 125100 .... .... 125129 VTGU . . .. ....125200 . . .. . .. . 125249 VTGU . .. . .... 125260 . ... .. . . 125269 VTGU . ... ....125425 . ... ... . 125469 VTGU . .. . .... 161010 . .. . .. .. 161029 VTGU .... ....163100 .... .... 163129 VTGU . .. . .... 163200 ... . .. .. 163255 VTGU .... ....164000 ... . .... 165004 VTGU .... .... 165010 .. . . . . .. 165029 VTGU .. .. .... 191000 .... . ... 191019 VTGU . . .. .... 191050 . . .. . .. . 191064 VTGU . ... ....210000 .... .... 210217 VTGU . ... ... .210219 . . .. ... . 210253 VTGU . .. . .. ..210255 .... .... 210334 VTGU . .. . ....210336 . .. . .. .. 210356 VTGU ... . .. ..210358 ... . .... 210365 VTGU ... . ....210367 ... . .. .. 210369 VTGU . . .. . ...210371 .. .. . ... 210387 VTGU .. .. . ...210389 .. .. . ... 210399 VTGU .... .. ..212105 . . .. . .. . 212109 VTGU . ... ... .214030 .. .. . ... 214038 VTGU . .. . .... 230000 .... ... . 230029 WABU .. .. ....261107 .... .... 261126 WHCU .. . .... 1175........... ... . 1175 WHCU .. . ....2175 ........... .... 2175 WHCU . . . ....3175 ........... .. . . 3175 WHCU ... ....4175........... .. .. 4175 WHCU . .. . .. .5175........... . . .. 5175 WHCU ... . ...6175........... .... 6175 WHCU . .. . ...7175........... . . .. 7175 WHCU ... ....8175........... .... 8175 WHCU .. . ....9175 ........... . .. . 9175 WHCU .. . ....10175 ......... .. .. 10175 WHCU .. . .... 11175......... .. .. 11175 WHCU . . . . ...12175......... . ... 12175 WHCU . . . . ...13175......... . ... 13175 WHCU ... . ...14175......... . .. . 14175 WHCU ... . ...15175......... . .. . 15175 WHCU .. . ....16175......... .. . . 16175 WITU......... ....57001 ......... ... . 57001 XTCU . .. . ....870010 . ... .. . . 870015 ZOCU . ... ....950901 .... .... 950910 ABD00131726 July 1998 REPORTING MARK STARTING ENDING LOGU ... ... .931207 .. .. . ... 931226 LOGU ... ....933125 ... . .... 933154 LOGU ... ....935061 .. . . . ... 935075 LOGU ... ....935165 .. .. .... 935214 LOGU ... ... .941227 ... . .. .. 941286 LOGU . .. .. . .943155 .. .. . ... 943164 LOGU ... ... .951287 .... .. .. 951392 LOGU . .. ....953165 .. . . . ... 953214 LOGU ... ....955061 .. .. .... 955085 LOGU . .. ... .961393 .. . . . . .. 961413 LOGU . .. ....965187 .. .. . .. . 965206 LOWU . .. ....221001 .. . . . ... 221161 LOWU . .. .... 252002 .... . .. . 252002 LOWU ... .... 252007 .... .... 252007 LPTU .... ....100001 .... . ... 100001 LSIU .... .... 230001 .... . .. . 230001 LSIU .... .... 250001 .... . ... 250001 MADU . .. ....198501 .... . .. . 198510 MAIL .... ....124001 .. .. .... 124002 MAIL .... .... 360208 .... . .. . 360208 MAIL .... .... 370023 .... ... . 370023 MARU ... .... 10897 ......... ... . 10897 MATU ... ....42501 ......... .. . . 42501 MAXU ... .... 404000 .... .... 404000 MAXU . .. ....404100 .. .. . .. . 404100 MAXU ... .... 404200 .... ... . 404200 MAXU ... .... 404300 .... . ... 404300 MAXU ... .... 404400 .... ... . 404400 MAXU ... .... 404500 .... ... . 404500 MAXU ... .... 404600 .... . .. . 404600 MAXU ... .... 404700 .... .... 404700 MAXU ... .... 404800 .... ... . 404800 MAXU ... .... 404900 .... .. . . 404900 MCMU .. ....421011 .... .... 421020 MCMU . . ....512001 . .. . .. . . 512044 MCMU . . ....524001 ... . .. .. 524030 MCTU ... ....10011 ......... .. .. 10066 MCU .... .... 534583 .... .. . . 534583 MGCU .. .... 99303 ......... .... 99304 MGCU . . ....99401 ......... .. .. 99404 MGGU .. ....1246 ........... .... 1251 MIEU .... ....145400 .... .. . . 145400 MIEU .... ....145500 .... .. .. 145500 MIEU .... ....145600 .... .. .. 145600 MLCU .. . . .. .239716 ... . .. . . 239716 MLKU . .. .. ..122001 ... . .... 122006 MLKU . .. ... .175001 . .. . .. .. 175003 MLKU . .. .. ..212001 ... . .. .. 212013 MLKU ... ....543161 ... . .... 543190 MLSU . .. .. . .124013 .. . . .. .. 124162 MLSU ... ....125214 .... . ... 125216 MOTU . .. ....90201 ......... . ... 90212 MPTU ... ....100016 .... . ... 100020 MPTU ... ....121001 .... .... 121008 MRKU . .. ....400001 .. . . . . .. 400003 MRMU . . ....940501 .. .. . ... 940530 MRSU . .. ....940501 .. . . . . .. 940540 MSLU ... .... 124063 .. .. . .. . 124112 MSSA ... .... 867507 .... . ... 867514 MSSA ... .... 867525 .... . .. . 867536 MTIU .... ....121001 .. .. . ... 121012 MTKU ... .... 124001 .. .. . ... 124002 MTLU .. . ....4101 ........... . .. . 4101 MTLU .... ....4418 ........... .... 4418 MTLU ... .... 5872 ........... . .. . 5881 MTLU .... .... 6200 ........... .... 6201 MTLU ... .... 6206 ........... . .. . 6217 MTLU .. .. ....6221 ........... . .. . 6221 MTLU .... .... 6224 ........... . .. . 6224 REPORTING MARK STARTING ENDING MTLU ... MTLU . .. MTLU . .. MTLU ... MTLU ... MTLU ... MTLU . .. MTLU ... MTLU ... MTLU ... MTLU ... MTLU ... MTLU ... MTLU ... MTLU ... MTLU .. . MTLU ... MTLU .. . MTLU ... MTLU .. . MTLU .. . MTLU .. . MTLU .. . MTLU ... MTLU .. . MTLU .. . MTLU .. . MTLU .. . MTLU ... MTLU .. . MTLU .. . MTLU .. . MTLU .. . MTLU .. . MTLU . . . MTLU ... MTLU .. . MTLU . . . MTLU ... MTLU . . . MTLU . .. MTLU . . . MTLU . .. MTLU ... MTLU . .. MTLU . .. MTLU . .. MTLU . .. MTLU . .. MTLU . .. MTLU ... MTLU . .. MTLU ... MTLU ... MTLU . .. MTLU ... MTLU . .. MTLU ... MTLU ... MTLU .. . MTLU ... MTLU .. . MTLU .. . MTLU ... MTLU .. . MTLU ... MTLU ... MTLU ... MTLU ... .... 6233 ........... .... 6233 .... 6235 ........... .. .. 6240 .... 6243 ........... . . .. 6243 .... 6250 ........... .... 6250 .... 6252 ........... . . .. 6252 .... 6260 ........... . ... 6260 .... 6266 ........... .. .. 6299 .... 6302 ........... . . .. 6317 .... 6328 ........... .. .. 6343 .... 6346 ........... . . .. 6347 .... 6400 ........... . . . . 6401 ....430100 .. . . . . . . 430100 .... 430500 .... . .. . 430500 ....440100 .... . ... 440100 .... 440200 .... . ... 440200 .... 440300 .... .... 440300 .... 440400 .... . ... 440400 .... 440500 .... ... . 440500 .... 440600 .... . ... 440600 .... 440700 .... ... . 440700 .... 440800 .... .... 440800 .... 440900 .... . .. . 440900 ....441000 . ... ... . 441000 ....441100 .... .... 441100 . ...441200 . . .. ... . 441200 ....441300 . . . . ... . 441300 ....441400 . . . . . . . . 441400 . ...441500 . ... . . . . 441500 ....441600 . . . . . . . . 441600 . . ..441700 . . . . . . . . 441700 . ...441800 . . . . . . . . 441800 . ...585100 . ... ... . 585100 .... 585200 .... .. .. 585200 .... 585300 .... ... . 585300 .... 585400 .... .. . . 585400 .... 585500 .... .... 585500 .... 585600 .... .. . . 585600 .... 585700 .... .. .. 585700 .... 585800 .... .... 585800 .... 585900 .... .. .. 585900 .... 586000 .... .. .. 586000 ....586100 . .. . .. .. 586100 ....586300 .... . . .. 586300 ....588100 ... . .... 588100 .... 588200 .... . . .. 588200 .... 588400 .... .. .. 588400 .... 588500 .... .. .. 588500 ....600100 ... . . ... 600100 .... 620000 .... .. .. 620000 ....620100 .. . . . . .. 620100 .... 620200 .... .... 620200 .... 620300 .... . . .. 620300 .... 620400 .... . ... 620400 .... 620500 .... . ... 620500 .... 630200 .... . ... 630200 .... 630300 .... . ... 630300 .... 630400 .... . ... 630400 .... 630500 .... . ... 630500 .... 630600 .... . ... 630600 .... 630700 .... . .. . 630700 .... 630800 .... .... 630800 .... 630900 .... . ... 630900 ....631000 . ... ... . 631000 ....631100 .. .. .... 631100 ....631200 . ... ... . 631200 ....631300 .... .... 631300 . ...631400 . . .. . .. . 631400 ....631500 . ... .... 631500 ....631700 .. .. .... 631700 REPORTING MARK STARTING ENDING MTLU . .. MTLU . .. MTLU . .. MTLU ... MTLU . .. MTLU ... MTLU . .. MTLU ... MTLU . .. MTLU . .. MTLU . .. MTLU ... MTLU ... MTLU ... MTLU ... MTLU ... MTLU ... MTLU ... MTLU ... MTMU . .. MTMU . .. MTPU ... MTPU ... MTTU ... NABU .. . NATU ... NCCU ... NCCU ... NCCU ... NCCU ... NCTU ... NCTU .. . NCTU .. . NCTU ... NCTU .. . NCTU ... NCTU .. . NCTU ... NGOU.. . NNPU . . . NNPU ... NNPU . . . NOFU . .. NPSU . . . NPSU . .. NPSU . .. NRCU . . . NRIU .... NRIU .... NRIU .... NRIU .... NRSU . .. NRSU ... NRSU . .. NRSU ... NRSU . .. NRSU . .. NRSU ... NRSU . .. NRSU ... NRSU ... NRSU . .. NRSU ... NRSU . .. NRSU ... NRSU ... NRSU . .. NRSU ... NRSU ... ....631800 . ... .... 631800 ....631900 . . .. . .. . 631900 .... 632000 .... .... 632000 ....632100 .. .. ... . 632100 .... 632200 .... ... . 632200 .... 632300 .... .... 632300 .... 632400 .... ... . 632400 .... 632500 .... .... 632500 .... 632600 .... ... . 632600 .... 632700 .... ... . 632700 .... 632800 .... .... 632800 .... 632900 .... ... . 632900 .... 633000 .... .... 633000 ....633100 . ... ... . 633100 .... 633200 .... .. .. 633200 .... 633300 .... .... 633300 .... 633400 .... .. . . 633400 .... 633500 .... .... 633500 .... 633600 .... .. .. 633600 .... 1 .................. . ... 1 ....150 ............. .... 150 ....221121 ... . .. .. 221121 ....321131 .... . ... 321131 ....448001 ... . .. .. 448012 ....222601 .. . . . . .. 222602 ....580001 .... .... 580008 . ...211901 .. . . . . .. 211911 ....231301 .... .... 231301 ....241103 ... . .. .. 241107 ....241110 .. . . . ... 241115 .... 20001 ......... . ... 20001 ....21001 ......... . ... 21005 . ...21020 ......... .... 21055 .... 23001 ......... . ... 23030 .... 24001 ......... ... . 24040 ....24121 ......... . ... 24170 . ...28091 ......... . .. . 28120 .... 29001 ......... .... 29005 .... 790001 .... . ... 790003 ....86613 ......... ... . 86615 .... 86649 ......... .... 86650 .... 86664 ......... ... . 86667 .... 143001 .... ... . 143035 ....124000 .... . .. . 124011 .... 125000 . . .. ... . 125014 .... 125020 .. .. ... . 125031 . . . .941251 . . .. . .. . 941280 .... 600 ............. .... 629 ....100023 .... . .. . 100023 .... 100400 . ... ... . 100424 .... 100500 .... . .. . 100552 ....413 ............. .... 424 ....40301 ......... .. .. 40306 ....50001 ......... .. . . 50006 .... 80253 ......... .. .. 80261 ....80301 ......... .... 80303 .... 80307 ......... .. . . 80312 ....104001 .... .... 104009 ....111002 .... ... . 111022 ....117001 .... .. .. 117009 .. . .132001 . ... .... 132006 ....134001 .... .. .. 134002 ....137001 .... .... 137014 ....154001 .... .. .. 154010 ....156001 .... .. .. 156013 ....182001 .... .... 182018 . . . .184001 ... . .. .. 184002 ....186001 .... .... 186003 ....191001 .... .. .. 191001 XVIII July 1998 ABD00131725 REPORTING MARK STARTING ENDING ICLU .... .... 942009 .... .. .. 942009 ICLU .... ....942012 .... .. .. 942013 ICLU .... . ...942017 ... . . .. 942017 ICLU .... ....942019 ... . .. .. 942020 ICLU .... .... 942023 .... .. .. 942023 ICLU .... .... 942025 .... .. .. 942025 ICLU .... .... 942027 .... .. .. 942027 ICLU .... .... 942036 .... .. .. 942042 ICLU .... .... 942046 .... .... 942047 ICLU .... .... 942049 .... .. .. 942049 ICLU .... ....942052 . ... .. . . 942053 ICLU .... .... 942056 .... .... 942057 ICLU .... .... 942059 .... .. . . 942060 ICLU .... .... 942063 .... ... . 942066 ICLU .... .... 942068 .... .. .. 942068 ICLU .... ....942071 .. .. ... . 942071 ICLU .... .... 942073 .... .... 942076 ICLU .... ....942078 . ... ... . 942078 ICLU .... ....942081 .... .... 942081 ICLU .... .... 942084 .... ... . 942086 ICLU .... .... 942089 .... . ... 942101 ICLU .... ....942104 .... .... 942105 ICLU .... ....942107 .. .. . .. . 942108 ICLU .... ....942110 .... .... 942110 ICLU .... ....942116 .. .. . .. . 942116 ICLU .... .........942118 .. .. . ... 942120 ICLU .... ....942123 .. .. . ... 942125 ICLU .... ....942128 .. . . . ... 942129 ICLU .... .........942131 .... .... 942134 ICLU .... ....942137 .. .. . ... 942137 ICLU .... .........942141 ... . .. .. 942142 ICLU .... .........942151 .... . ... 942151 ICLU .... .........942154 ... . . . .. 942154 ICLU .... .........942157 .... .... 942157 ICLU .... .........942159 ... . .. .. 942159 ICLU .... .........942162 . .. . .. .. 942165 ICLU .... .........942168 ... . .. .. 942170 ICLU .... .........942172 . .. . .. .. 942173 ICLU .... ......... 942176 .... .. .. 942177 ICLU .... .........942179 . .. . .. .. 942179 ICLU .... .........942181 .... ... . 942182 ICLU .... .........942185 . .. . .. .. 942185 ICLU .... .........942187 . ... .. . . 942190 ICLU .... ......... 942193 .... .... 942193 ICLU .... .........942196 . ... .. . . 942197 ICLU .... .........942200 .... ... . 942203 ICLU .... .........942205 .... .... 942205 ICLU .... .........942207 .... . .. . 942207 ICLU .... .........942209 .... .... 942216 ICLU .... .........942219 .. .. ... . 942219 ICLU .... .........942222 .... . ... 942225 ICLU .... .........942227 .. .. ... . 942227 ICLU .... .........942230 .... . ... 942231 ICLU .... .........942233 .... .... 942233 ICLU .... .........942237 .... . ... 942237 ICLU .... .........942240 .... .... 942240 ICLU .... .........942242 .... . ... 942255 ICLU .... .........945007 .... . . .. 945007 ICLU .... .........945010 .... .... 945010 ICLU .... .........945014 ... . . . .. 945014 ICLU .... .........945017 ... . .. .. 945017 ICLU .... .........945020 .... .. .. 945020 ICLU .... .........946004 .... .. .. 946004 ICLU .... .........946025 .... .... 946049 ICLU .... .........946051 . .. . .. .. 946062 ICLU .... ......... 946066 .... ... . 946156 ICLU .... .........946187 ... . .. .. 946187 ICLU .... ......... 946200 .... .. . . 946207 ICLU .... .........946209 .... .. .. 946214 REPORTING MARK STARTING ENDING ICLU .... . . . .946216 . ... .. . . 946228 ICLU .... .... 946230 .... .... 946236 ICLU .... .... 946238 .... .. .. 946238 ICLU .... .... 946240 .... ... . 946249 ICNU .... ....131001 .... .... 131005 ICNU .... .. . .141001 . . .. ... . 141014 ICSU .... ....28001 ......... .... 28050 ICSU .... .... 28079 ......... .. .. 28360 ICSU .... .. . .28391 ......... .. . . 28520 ICSU .... . ...28571 ......... .. .. 28760 ICSU .... .... 28794 ......... .. . . 28794 ICSU .... .... 29267 ......... .... 29315 ICSU .... .... 29367 ......... .. .. 29414 ICSU .... .... 29440 ......... ... . 29464 ICSU .... .... 29490 ......... .... 29514 ICSU .... .... 50000 ......... ... . 50000 ICSU .... ... .50051 ......... .... 50078 IECU .... .. . .100009 .. .. . .. . 100012 IELU .... .. .255193 .... . ... 255193 IFLU .... ....211130 .... . ... 211130 IFLU .... ....211206 .. . . . ... 211207 IFLU .... ....211212 .... .... 211212 IFLU .... ....211214 .. . . . ... 211215 IFLU .... .........211217 ... . .... 211220 IFLU .. .. ....211224 .. .. . ... 211229 IFLU .... . ...211231 ... . . . .. 211234 IFLU .... .........211237 .... .... 211237 IFLU .... . ...211239 ... . . ... 211239 IFLU .... .........211241 .... .. .. 211243 IFLU .... ....211248 ... . . ... 211248 IFLU .... .........211252 . ... .. .. 211252 IFLU .... .........211254 .... .... 211254 IFLU .... .........211256 . ... .. .. 211257 IFLU .... ......... 211259 . ... .... 211259 IFLU .... .........211261 . ... .. .. 211261 IFLU .... .........211263 . . .. ... . 211264 IFLU .... ......... 211266 . ... .... 211269 IFLU .... .........211272 . . .. ... . 211272 IFLU .... .........211274 .. .. ... . 211275 IFLU .... .........211282 . ... ... . 211292 IFLU .... .........211294 .. .. . .. . 211302 IFLU .... .........211304 .... ... . 211306 IFLU .... .........222119 .. .. ... . 222119 IHAU .... .........940701 .. .. . ... 940709 ILNU .... .........716100 .. .. .... 716109 INCU .... .........940709 .... . ... 940709 IRTU .... .........354150 .. .. .... 354164 IRTU .. .. .........354180 .. .. . .. . 354185 IRTU .... .........354187 .... . ... 354199 IRTU .... .........354201 .. .. . .. . 354222 IRTU .... .........354225 ... . . ... 354226 IRTU .... .........354231 .... . ... 354235 IRTU .. . . .........354281 ... . . ... 354300 ISIU......... .........60001 .......... .... 60010 ISIU......... .........70001 .......... . .. . 70005 ITIU......... .........840002 . ... .. .. 840002 ITKU .... .........101001 .... .... 101010 ITKU .... .........131001 . .. . .. .. 131015 ITKU .... ......... 141001 .... .... 141010 ITKU .... .........211001 . ... .. .. 211020 ITRU .... .........354225 . . .. .... 354226 IWSU .. . .........960006 . ... .... 960007 IWSU ... .........960022 . . .. .... 960035 IXEU .... ......... 186............... ... . 186 IXEU .... .........189............... .... 191 IXEU .... .........196 .............. ... . 196 IXEU .... .........198............... .... 198 IXEU .... .........202 .............. .... 203 IXWU ... ......... 100............... .... 100 REPORTING MARK STARTING ENDING IXWU ... JBTU .... JBTU .... JLLU .... JLLU .... JONU . .. JOTU ... JPCU ... JSRU ... KLCU ... KLCU . .. KLCU ... KLXU ... KLXU .. . KMCU .. . KTGU . .. KYBU ... KYBU . .. KYBU ... KYBU ... LABU .. . LAUU ... LCEU .. . LCEU ... LCEU ... LCIT .... LCKU ... LCKU .. . LCKU ... LCKU ... LCKU ... LCKU ... LCKU ... LCKU . .. LCKU ... LCKU . .. LCKU ... LCKU ... LCKU . .. LCKU ... LCKU . .. LEST .... LEWU . .. LGTU ... LGTU ... LGTU .. . LGTU ... LGTU .. . LGTU ... LGTU .. . LIBU .... LITU .... LOGU . .. LOGU . .. LOGU ... LOGU . .. LOGU ... LOGU . .. LOGU ... LOGU . .. LOGU .. . LOGU ... LOGU . . . LOGU ... LOGU ... LOGU .. . LOGU ... LOGU ... LOGU ... .... 197001 . ... .. .. 197007 ....260107 . ... .... 260107 .. ..270210 . ... .. .. 270219 ....961001 .. .. ... . 961002 ....961004 .... .... 961005 .... 208901 .... .... 208905 ....901001 .... .... 901003 .... 228300 .... .... 228314 ....100001 .... ... . 100001 ....92101......... .. .. 92109 ....92201 ......... .. .. 92202 .. .92301 ......... .... 92301 .... 730849 .... .... 730854 .... 730865 .... ... . 730868 ....61362 ......... .... 61362 ....217001 .. .. ... . 217002 .... 124700 .... .... 124700 ....124800 .... ... . 124800 ....124900 .... . ... 124900 ....621001 .... .... 621001 . ...221007 .. .. . ... 221007 ... .951801 .... . ... 951801 .... 100104 .... . ... 100144 .... 100170 ... . .... 100173 ....100176 .... .... 100177 .... 175001 ... . .... 175002 .... 57............... .... 57 .... 59............... .... 59 ....61 ............... .... 61 .... 63............... .... 63 .... 65 ............... .... 65 .... 67............... .... 67 .... 69 ............... .... 69 ....71 ............... .... 71 .... 73 ............... .... 73 .... 75 ............... .... 75 .... 77 ............... .... 77 .... 79 ............... .... 79 ....81 ............... .... 81 .... 83 ............... .... 83 ....117 ............. ... . 117 ....60018 ......... .... 60019 ....932301 .. .. ... . 932310 ....121024 .... . ... 121024 ....124001 .. .. .... 124025 ....127001 .. .. . ... 127180 ....127192 .... .... 127192 . ...127200 .... . ... 127200 .... 525004 .... .... 525004 ....525021 .... .... 525040 .... 100315 . .. . . . .. 100317 ... .939001 .... .... 939002 .... 100232 . .. . .... 100241 ....100258 .... .... 100258 ....100262 .... .... 100281 .... 120000 . .. . . . .. 120009 ....161001 .... .... 161010 ....164001 .... . ... 164050 ....194623 . .. . .... 194642 ....194653 .... .... 194692 ....881001 . ... .. .. 881025 ....891033 .... .... 891135 ....893001 . ... .... 893004 ....901136 .... ... . 901155 .... 903005 .... .... 903054 . ...905001 .. .. .... 905054 ....913055 .... .... 913124 ....921156 .... . ... 921206 .... 925036 .... .... 925060 XVII ABD00131724 July 1996 REPORTING MARK STARTING ENDING HLCU ... HLCU .. . HLCU ... HLCU .. . HLCU . .. HLCU . . . HLCU . .. HLCU ... HLCU . .. HLCU ... HLCU . .. HLCU ... HLCU . .. HLCU ... HLCU . .. HLCU . .. HLCU ... HLCU . .. HLCU ... HLCU . .. HLCU ... HLCU . .. HLCU ... HLCU ... HLCU .. . HLCU ... HLCU .. . HLCU .. . HLDU .. . HOBU .. . HOEU ... HOYU ... HOYU ... HOYU .. . HOYU . .. HOYU .. . HOYU . . . HOYU ... HOYU . . . HOYU . .. HOYU . . . HOYU . .. HOYU . .. HOYU . .. HOYU . .. HOYU . .. HOYU ... HOYU . .. HOYU ... HOYU . .. HOYU ... HOYU ... HOYU .. . HOYU ... HOYU ... HOYU ... HOYU .. . HOYU ... HOYU .. . HOYU . . . HOYU .. . HOYU . . . HOYU . .. HOYU . . . HOYU . .. HOYU . .. HOYU . .. HOYU . .. HOYU ... ....280151 .. .. .... 280155 . ...280157 . . .. . .. . 280166 ....280168 .... ... . 280168 ....280170 . . .. . .. . 280178 ....280180 . ... ... . 280183 ....280187 . . .. . .. . 280188 ....280190 . ... .. . . 280193 . ...280196 .. .. ... . 280196 ....280199 . .. . .... 280200 ....280514 .... .... 280514 .... 280528 . .. . .... 280532 .... 280535 .... .. .. 280536 ....280538 ... . .... 280538 ....280541 .. . . .. .. 280545 .... 280547 .... .... 280548 .... 280550 .... . . .. 280550 .... 280552 .... .. .. 280555 ....280557 .. . . . . .. 280558 .... 280560 .... .... 280563 ....280571 ... . .. .. 280571 .... 280577 .. .. .... 280577 .... 280583 .... .... 280583 .... 280585 .. .. . .. . 280585 .... 280600 .... .... 280603 ....280610 .. .. . .. . 280610 ....280614 .. .. . ... 280614 ....280617 .. .. . .. . 280617 .... 280620 .. .. ... . 280639 ....115100 .. .. . .. . 115100 ....965001 . ... ... . 965020 .... 206005 .... ... . 206008 ....10501 ......... .. .. 10591 .... 10675 ......... .. .. 10679 ....10711 ......... . . .. 10745 ....10756 ......... . ... 10785 . ...131001 . .. . .. . . 131020 ....201011 ... . .. .. 201034 ....211000 . .. . .. .. 211229 ....221001 .. . . .. .. 221003 ....231001 .... .... 231417 ....231459 .. . . . . .. 231661 ....231672 .... . ... 231711 ....241001 ... . . ... 241210 ....241246 .. .. . .. . 241495 ....241596 .. .. . ... 241608 ....251001 .. .. . .. . 251012 ....281001 .. .. . ... 281010 ....291001 . . .. . .. . 291032 ....311001 .. .. .... 311003 ....331001 .. .. . .. . 331050 ....331061 . ... ... . 331108 ....411001 . . .. . .. . 411040 ....441001 . .. . .. . . 441020 ....521001 . ... ... . 521002 ....541001 . .. . .. . . 541005 . .. .541009 .... .... 541013 . .. .541019 . .. . .. . . 541022 ... .701001 ... . .. .. 701003 . ...701015 . ... .. . . 701044 . .. .711001 .. . . .. .. 711002 ... .721001 ... . .. .. 721034 . ...721037 ... . .. .. 721046 ....741001 .... .... 741008 . ...751001 .. . . . . .. 751002 ... .751005 .. .. . ... 751009 . ...751011 .. . . . . .. 751013 .. ..755001 .. .. . ... 755005 ... .791002 .. .. . ... 791014 .. . .791022 . . .. . .. . 791024 REPORTING MARK STARTING ENDING HOYU . .. .........791036 .. . . . . .. 791055 HOYU . .. .........797016 .. .. . .. . 797019 HOYU ... .........801005 .. .. . ... 801005 HOYU . .. .........841001 . . .. . .. . 841014 HOYU ... .........891001 .... .... 891004 HPFU .. . .........582113 . . .. . .. . 582113 HPTU .. . .........824001 . ... .... 824008 HSDU ... .........386202 . . .. . .. . 386202 HSDU .. . .........386205 .... ... . 386205 HSDU .. . .........386209 .... ... . 386209 HUKU .. . .........9301 ............ ... . 9302 IBTU .... ......... 124031 .... ... . 124050 IBTU .... ......... 125008 . .. . .. . . 125099 IBTU .... .........325001 .... .... 325004 IBTU .... .........325105 . .. . .. . . 325106 1C ........... .... 1 .................. . ... 4 ICHU ... . .........113............... .... 182 ICLU .... .... 283252 .... . . .. 283252 ICLU .... .... 342078 .... .. .. 342086 ICLU .... ....845001 ... . . . .. 845020 ICLU .... ....871690 ... . .... 871709 ICLU .... ....902001 ... . .. .. 902101 ICLU .... ....912002 .. .. . ... 912002 ICLU .... ....912006 ... . .. .. 912006 ICLU .... ....912008 .. .. . ... 912010 ICLU .... ....912012 .... .... 912012 ICLU .... ....912017 .. . . . ... 912018 ICLU .... ....912021 .... . ... 912025 ICLU .... ....912027 .. . . . ... 912027 ICLU .... ....912037 .... .... 912037 ICLU .... ....912040 .. .. . ... 912040 ICLU .... ....912043 . ... ... . 912043 ICLU .... . ...912056 .... .... 912056 ICLU .... . ...912061 . ... .. . . 912061 ICLU .... ....912063 . ... .... 912063 ICLU .... . .. .912065 . .. . .. . . 912065 ICLU .... ....912067 ... . .. .. 912068 ICLU .... ....912073 . .. . .. . . 912074 ICLU .... .. ..912076 ... . .. .. 912076 ICLU .... ... .912079 ... . .. .. 912079 ICLU .... .. . .912081 .. . . .. .. 912084 ICLU .... ... .912086 .... .... 912086 ICLU .... ....912089 .. . . . . .. 912092 ICLU .... ....912094 .... . ... 912094 ICLU .... .. ..912098 ... . . . .. 912098 ICLU .... .. ..912101 .. .. . ... 912101 ICLU .... .. ..912104 .. . . . . .. 912104 ICLU .... .. ..912106 .. .. . ... 912108 ICLU .... ....912110 .... . ... 912110 ICLU .... .. . .912113 . . .. . .. . 912113 ICLU .... ....912115 .. .. .... 912115 ICLU .... .. ..912118 . . .. . .. . 912119 ICLU .... . ...912122 . ... ... . 912122 ICLU .... . ...912124 . . .. . .. . 912124 ICLU .... . .. .912128 . ... .. . . 912130 ICLU .... . ...912132 . ... ... . 912132 ICLU .... . .. .912136 . ... .. . . 912136 ICLU .... ... .912149 .... .... 912149 ICLU .... . .. .912151 . ... .. . . 912151 ICLU .... ... .912164 .... .. .. 912164 ICLU .... ... .912166 . .. . .. . . 912167 ICLU .... .. ..912174 ... . .. .. 912174 ICLU .... ....916003 ... . .. .. 916003 ICLU .... .. ..916006 ... . . .. 916008 ICLU .... ... .916010 ... . .... 916010 ICLU .... .. . .916012 ... . . .. 916012 ICLU .... .. ..916014 ... . .... 916014 ICLU .... .. ..916019 ... . .. .. 916019 ICLU .... ....916026 .. . . ... 916026 REPORTING MARK STARTING ENDING ICLU .. .. .........916030 . ... ... . 916030 ICLU . ... .........928000 .... .... 928002 ICLU .. .. .........932013 . ... .... 932013 ICLU . ... .........932016 ... . .. .. 932016 ICLU . ... .........932018 .... .... 932021 ICLU . ... .........932031 .... . . .. 932105 ICLU . ... ......... 932112 .... .. .. 932113 ICLU . ... .........932116 ... . .. .. 932116 ICLU .... .........932119 .... .... 932119 ICLU . ... .........932121 ... . .. .. 932122 ICLU . .. . .........932128 .. .. . ... 932128 ICLU . ... .........932133 .... .... 932133 ICLU . .. . .........932136 .. . . . ... 932136 ICLU .... .........932138 .. .. .... 932139 ICLU ... . .........932146 .. .. . ... 932147 ICLU ... . .........932151 .. .. .... 932151 ICLU ... . .........932156 . . .. . .. . 932156 ICLU .. . . .........932162 . ... ... . 932162 ICLU .... .........932170 .... . .. . 932170 ICLU .. . . .........932172 . ... .. . . 932172 ICLU .... .........932184 .... .... 932184 ICLU .. . . .........932186 . ... ... . 932189 ICLU .. .. .........932193 . ... .... 932194 ICLU .. .. .........932198 . . .. ... . 932198 ICLU . . .. .........932201 . ... .. .. 932201 ICLU .. .. .........932206 .... .... 932206 ICLU .... .........932208 .... .. .. 932208 ICLU .. .. .........932211 .... .... 932211 ICLU .... .........932216 ... . .. .. 932230 ICLU .... .........936001 .... .... 936001 ICLU .... .........936005 . .. . .. .. 936005 ICLU .... .........936009 .... . . .. 936013 ICLU .... .........936016 ... . .. .. 936018 ICLU .... .........936020 .... .. .. 936020 ICLU .... .........936022 .... .... 936022 ICLU .... .........936024 .... . ... 936025 ICLU .... .........936027 .... . ... 936029 ICLU .... .........936031 .... . ... 936031 ICLU .... .........936033 .... .... 936033 ICLU .... .........936037 .... . ... 936037 ICLU .... .........936039 .... ... . 936039 ICLU .... .........936041 .... ... . 936041 ICLU .... .........936044 .... ... . 936050 ICLU .... .........936052 .... .... 936054 ICLU .... .........936056 .... ... . 936056 ICLU .... .........936060 .... .... 936061 ICLU .... .........936073 . ... ... . 936073 ICLU .... .........936076 .... .... 936077 ICLU .... .........936080 .... .... 936081 ICLU .... .........936084 .... .. .. 936084 ICLU .... .........936087 .... .... 936093 ICLU .... .........936096 .... .. .. 936099 ICLU .... .........936101 ... . .... 936111 ICLU .... .........936118 ... . . .. 936118 ICLU .... .........936121 ... . ... 936124 ICLU .... .........936126 ... . .. .. 936126 ICLU .... .........936128 .. . . ... 936128 ICLU .... ......... 936130 .... .... 936130 ICLU .... .........936187 .. . . . .. 936187 ICLU .... .........936189 .... .... 936189 ICLU .... .........936191 .. . . . .. 936191 ICLU .... .........936194 .. .. ... 936197 ICLU .... .........936201 .... ... 936204 ICLU .... .... 936230 .... .. . 936232 ICLU .... .........936234 .... ... 936235 ICLU .... . ...936238 .... .. . 936241 ICLU .... .........936244 .... ... 936245 ICLU .... . ...936247 .. .. .. . 936248 ICLU .... ... .936251 . ... .. . 936251 XVI July 1998 ABD00131731 REPORTING MARK STARTING ENDING TMBU .. . . . ...200010 . .. . .. . . 200109 TMLU .... ....21278 ......... ... . 21377 TMLU ... . .... 117500 .... ... . 117514 TMLU .... ....117516 .. .. . . .. 117565 TMLU . ... .... 120000 .. .. . ... 120004 TMLU . . .. .... 121000 .... . . .. 121034 TMLU . . .. .... 124001 ... . . . .. 124050 TMLU .. .. . . . .124061 . .. . .. .. 124201 TMLU .. .. .... 124223 .... .. .. 124301 TMLU ... . ....124302 .... ... . 124311 TMLU .. . . .. ..125000 . ... ... . 125019 TMLU . .. . .... 125022 .. .. . .. . 125036 TMLU .... .... 198070 .. .. .... 198070 TMLU . . .. . ...221001 .. . . . . .. 221004 TMLU . ... .... 223001 .... .... 223003 TMLU . . .. . ...224051 . .. . .. . . 224070 TMLU .. ...........224111 .... .... 224167 TMLU .. . ..........224238 . .. . .. . . 224260 TMLU ... ..........224261 .... .... 224270 TMLU ... ..........225001 .... ... . 225004 TMLU .............225010 .... .... 225014 TMLU . ............315000 .. .. . .. . 315009 TMLU . ............ 324001 .... .. .. 324023 TMLU . . ...........572087 .... . . .. 572087 TMLU .. . .........572503 .... .. .. 572503 TMLU .. .......... 572508 .... .. .. 572508 TMLU ... ..........573018 . ... .... 573018 TMLU .. . ..........573050 .... .. . . 573390 TMLU . .. ..........573471 .. .. . .. . 573471 TMLU . .. ..........573478 .. .. ... . 573478 TMLU . . ...........573480 .... . . .. 573480 TMLU . ............573500 .... . ... 573575 TMLU . . . .........573600 .... . . .. 573670 TMLU .. . .........573901 ... . .. .. 573910 TMLU .. . .........621000 . .. . .. . . 621009 TMLU .. . .........624000 .... .. .. 624065 TMLU ... .........631001 . . .. ... . 631001 TMLU ... .........753289 .... .... 753289 TMLU . .. .........812400 .. .. . .. . 812412 TMLU ... .........820011 .... .... 820020 TMLU . . . .........822000 .. . . . . .. 822034 TMLU . .. .........823500 .... .... 823529 TMLU . . . .........823540 . .. . . . .. 823548 TMLU .. . ......... 823593 .... .. .. 823598 TMLU .. . .........824004 . .. . .... 824004 TMLU ... .........824011 .... ... . 824051 TMTU ... .........917001 . . .. ... . 917010 TOLU . .. .........903000 .... .... 903000 TOLU . .. .........906000 .. .. . ... 906119 TOLU . . . .........916056 ... . .. .. 916130 TOLU . .. .........916151 ... . . . .. 916175 TOLU .. . .........920000 . .. . .. . . 920001 TOLU .. . .........920200 . .. . .. .. 920249 TOLU ... .........922000 .... .... 922039 TOLU ... .........926000 .... ... . 926134 TOLU . .. .........926290 .. . . .... 926290 TOLU ... .........927000 .. .. .... 927004 TOLU . . . .........936300 .. . . .... 936454 TOLU . .. .........936555 ... . .... 936568 TOLU . . . .........936571 . .. . .... 936571 TOLU .. . .........936573 ... . .... 936573 TOLU .. . .........936575 . .. . .... 936577 TOLU ... ......... 936580 .... .... 936580 TOLU .. . .........936615 . . .. .... 936639 TOLU ... .........940000 .. .. .... 940049 TOLU . .. .........941000 .. . . . .. . 941311 TOLU . .. .........942260 ... . .... 942357 TOLU . . . .........943000 ... . .... 943025 TOLU .. . .........945021 . .. . .... 945025 REPORTING MARK STARTING ENDING TOLU . .. ....946157 .. .. .. . 946179 TOLU . .. ....946181 ... . ... 946182 TOLU . .. ....946184 .. . . ... 946186 TOLU .. . . ...946188 ... . .. .. 946199 TOLU . . . .... 946250 .... .. .. 946984 TOLU ... ....947000 .... . . . 947124 TOLU .. . . ...947150 . ... . .. 947345 TOLU . .. .... 947347 .... .. . 947402 TOLU ... .... 947408 .... .. . 947435 TOLU . .. .... 947437 .... .. . 947441 TOLU . .. .... 947444 .... ... 947446 TOLU . . . .... 947460 .... . .. 947460 TOLU ... ....947466 ... . .... 947466 TOLU .. . .... 947558 .... .. .. 947587 TOLU ... .... 947650 .... .... 947669 TOLU .. . .... 953000 .... .. . . 953024 TOLU ... .... 956000 .... ... . 956154 TPIU .... .... 142000 .... . .. . 142000 TPIU .... ___ 510000 ____ . ... 510000 TPMU . .. .. ..131000 .. .. . .. . 131054 TPMU . .. ....131060 ... . .... 131079 TPMU . .. .. . .141040 ... . . . .. 141085 TPMU .. . .... 150000 . ... .. .. 150000 TPMU .. . .... 150004 . .. . .. .. 150005 TPMU ... .... 151000 .. .. ... . 151169 TPMU .. . .... 151200 .... ... . 151476 TPMU . .. ....151226 .... . .. . 151299 TPMU ... ....151380 .. .. . .. . 151414 TPMU . .. ....151416 .. . . . ... 151548 TPMU . .. ....151579 .... . ... 151687 TPMU . . . .... 151691 . .. . .. .. 151760 TPMU .. . ....151841 .... .. .. 151890 TPMU .. . .... 161000 . ... .. . . 161105 TPMU ... ....161120 .... .... 161169 TPMU . .. ....631001 .. .. . .. . 631002 TPSU ... ....104111 .... .... 104111 TPSU . .. ....104121 .... . .. . 104121 TPSU . .. ....104222 .... . ... 104222 TPSU . .. ....104616 .. . . . . .. 104616 TPSU . .. ....104717 .... .... 104717 TPSU . .. .... 104818 . .. . .. .. 104818 TPSU ... ....104919 .... .... 104919 TPSU ... .... 192111 . ... .. . . 192111 TPSU ... .. . .192212 .. .. . .. . 192212 TPSU ... .... 192313 .. .. . .. . 192313 TPSU ... ....192414 .. . . . ... 192414 TPSU ... ....192515 .... . ... 192515 TPSU .. . ....901104 . .. . .. .. 901104 TPTU .... .... 175000 ... . .. .. 175001 TPTU .... . ...271525 . ... .. . . 271544 TPTU .... . ...271825 . ... .. .. 271925 TPTU .... ....271975 .. .. . .. . 271999 TPTU .... ___ 288880 ____ ... . 288979 TPTU .... .... 289220 .... . .. . 289269 TPTU .... .... 289300 .... .... 289379 TPTU .... .... 289945 . .. . . . .. 289954 TPTU .... . ...510001 .... .... 510014 TPTU .... .... 530000 . .. . .... 530024 TPTU .... ___ 810000 . ... .... 810134 TPTU .... .... 820001 . . .. ... . 820015 TPTU .... .... 820500 .. .. .... 820709 TPTU .... ....830001 .. .. .... 830026 TPTU .... ....840001 .... . ... 840315 TPTU .... .... 840336 .. . . .... 840395 TPTU .... .........851050 ... . .. .. 851720 TPTU .... . ...851731 . .. . .... 852023 TPTU .... .... 860400 .... .... 860405 TPTU .... .... 870000 . ... .. . . 871257 TPTU .... .. ..871270 .. .. . .. . 871439 REPORTING MARK STARTING ENDING TPTU .... ... .871470 .... ... . 871624 TPTU .... . ...871630 . .. . .. .. 871712 TPTU .... . .. .871773 . ... .. .. 871802 TPTU .... ....871853 . ... .. .. 871927 TPTU .... ....871953 .... .... 872301 TPTU .... .... 872322 .... ... . 872371 TPTU .... .... 872422 .... .... 872906 TPTU .... .... 874300 .... . .. . 874333 TPTU .... ....874401 .... .... 874426 TPTU .... .... 874500 .. .. . ... 874501 TPTU .... ....874503 .... .... 874503 TPTU .... .... 874506 . .. . .. .. 874554 TPTU .... .... 874600 .... .. .. 874668 TPTU .... .... 874700 . ... .... 874743 TPTU .... .... 875060 .... .... 875237 TPVU ... .... 100101 . . .. ... . 100102 TRDU ... ....510189 .. .. .... 510208 TRLU . .. ....21000 ......... .. . . 21019 TRLU ... . .. .21043 ......... .... 21043 TRLU ... . .. .21050 ......... .... 21142 TRLU ... . .. .21168......... . ... 21597 TRLU ... . .. .21613......... . ... 21698 TRLU . .. .. . .21719......... .... 21732 TRLU ... ....21777 ......... .... 21816 TRLU . .. ....21902 ......... .. .. 21931 TRLU ... ....21932 ......... .... 21961 TRLU ... . ...21982 ......... .. . . 22041 TRLU ... ....22152 ......... .... 22191 TRLU ... .... 23000 ......... . .. . 23019 TRLU ... .... 23030 ......... .... 23109 TRLU ... .... 24000 ......... .... 24089 TRLU ... ....24150 ......... .... 24219 TRLU . .. .... 24261 ......... .... 24295 TRLU ... ___ 24346 .......... .... 24519 TRLU . .. .... 24545 ......... .... 24659 TRLU ... .... 24680 ......... .... 24799 TRLU ... .... 24730 ......... .... 24779 TRLU ... .... 24830 ......... .... 25014 TRLU ... .... 25020 ......... .... 25204 TRLU ... .. ..25251 .... .... 25366 TRLU . .. .... 25472 .... .... 25496 TRLU ... .... 25527 .... .... 25551 TRLU . .. .... 25652 .... .... 25666 TRLU ... .........25769 .... .... 25778 TRLU ... .........25811 .... .... 25820 TRLU ... .........25831 .... .... 25910 TRLU ... . .. .25911 .... .... 25948 TRLU ... .... 25963 .... .... 26053 TRLU ... .... 26054 .... .. .. 26103 TRLU . .. .... 26300 .... .... 26353 TRLU . .. .... 26354 .... .... 26383 TRLU . .. .... 26404 .... .... 26523 TRLU ... .... 26564 .... .... 26592 TRLU ... .........26744 .... .... 26744 TRLU ... .........26746 .... .... 26749 TRLU ... .........26751 .... .... 26751 TRLU ... ......... 26753 .... .... 26753 TRLU . .. ......... 26756 .... .... 26757 TRLU ... .........26759 .... .... 26768 TRLU . .. .........26771 .... .... 26771 TRLU ... .........26773 .... .... 26775 TRLU ... .........26778 .... .... 26781 TRLU ... ......... 26783 .... .... 26783 TRLU ... .........26787 .... .... 26787 TRLU . .. ......... 26790 .... .... 26793 TRLU . .. ......... 26797 .... .... 26797 TRLU ... .........27000 .... .... 27156 TRLU . .. .........27317 .... .... 27342 TRLU ... .........145000 ... .... 145007 XXIII ABD00131730 July 1998 REPORTING MARK STARTING ENDING SILU ............. ..100291 ............ .. 100292 SILU ............. ..100295 ............ . . 100295 SILU ............. ..100297 .............. 100329 SILU ............. ..100333 ............ .. 100359 SILU ............. ..100402 .............. 100402 SILU ............. ..100422 ............. . 100423 SILU ............. ..100428 ........... . . 100429 SILU ............. ..100460 ........... .. 100469 SILU ............. ..100500 ............. . 100519 SILU ............. ..100549 ........... . . 100568 SILU ............. ..500500 .............. 500500 SILU ............. ..500502 ........... . . 500502 SLCU ........... ..221001 ........... .. 221001 SLCU ........... ..221003 ........... .. 221003 SLCU ........... ..221005 ........... .. 221005 SMDU........... ..1540 ............... .. 1540 SMDU........... ..2540 ............... .. 2540 SMDU........... ..3540 ............... . . 3540 SMDU........... ..4540 ............... .. 4540 SMDU........... ..5540 ............... . . 5540 SMDU........... ..6540 ............... . . 6540 SMDU........... ..9540 ............... . . 9540 SMDU........... ..10540 ............. . . 10540 SNIU............. ..121001 ........... .. 121340 SNIU............. ..122001 ........... . . 122070 SNIU............. ..122101 ........... .. 122350 SNIU............. ..122255 ........... .. 122257 SNIU............. ..122351 ........... . . 122889 SNIU............. ..123001 ........... . . 123320 SNIU............... ..123401 ........... . . 123910 SNIU ............... ..123963 ........... . . 124641 SNIU............... ..124670 ........... .. 124700 SNIU ............... .125001 ........... . . 125335 SNIU............... ..125501 ........... .. 125502 SNIU............... ..125531 ........... .. 125775 SNIU............... .125901 ........... .. 125930 SNIU............... .130001 ........... .. 130015 SNIU............... ..133001 ........... .. 133045 SNIU............... ..152001 ........... . . 152001 SNIU............... .152003 ........... . . 152027 SNIU ............... .500001 ........... . . 500159 SNIU............... .820000 ........... .. 820000 SNIU ............... .828000 ........... . . 828024 SNIU............... .870001 ........... .. 870070 SNIU............... .886040 ........... .. 886054 SNIU............... .887001 ........... .. 887002 SNIU............... .887020 ........... . . 887020 SNIU............... .870071 ........... .. 870074 SNWU............. .440001 ........... . . 440006 SNWU............. .502001 ........... . . 502010 SOFU ............. .113205 ........... . . 113224 SRCU ............. .497001 ........... .. 497060 SRNU ............. .122401 ........... .. 122410 STAU ............. .410000 ........... .. 410005 STAU ............. .425038 ........... .. 425040 STTU............... .299010 ........... .. 299010 STTU............... .299012 ........... . . 299012 SUCU ............. .955637 ........... .. 955638 SUTU ............. .102758 ........... .. 102758 SUTU ............. .102890 ........... . . 102919 SUTU ............. .102959 ........... .. 102979 SUTU ............. .102984 ........... . . 102999 SUTU ............. .103014 ........... .. 103016 SUTU ............. .103216 ........... . . 103221 SUTU ............. .103250 ........... .. 103279 SUTU ............. .103320 ........... .. 103332 SUTU ............. .103364 ........... . . 103364 SUTU ............. .103400 ........... .. 103429 SUTU ............. .103450 ........... . . 103451 REPORTING MARK STARTING ENDING SUTU .. . ......... 103500 . ... .... 103509 SUTU . . ...........103614 . .. . .. . . 103619 SUTU .............103625 .... .... 103634 SUTU . . ...........103643 . .. . .... 103647 SUTU . ............103700 ... . .... 103745 SUTU . .. ..........103750 .. . . .... 103755 SUTU .............103758 .... .... 103763 SUTU .. . . .... 103770 .. .. .... 103773 SUTU .............103785 .... .... 103789 SUTU .. .. .... 103800 . ... ... . 103809 SUTU .. .......... 103815 . ... ... . 103834 SUTU . . .. .... 103920 . .. . .... 103949 SUTU .. .. .... 104010 . ... .. . . 104059 SUTU . ... .... 104081 ... . .. .. 104105 SUTU . ... ....104150 ... . .. .. 104237 SUTU . .. . .... 104255 .. . . . . .. 104284 SUTU . ... ... .104300 ... . .... 104349 SUTU ... . .... 104368 .. .. . ... 104368 SUTU ... . ___ 104400 ____ . ... 104464 SUTU .. . . .... 104547 . . .. ... . 104621 SUTU ... . .... 104700 .. .. . ... 104701 SUTU .. .. .... 104721 . ... ... . 104724 SUTU .. . . .... 105077 . . .. . .. . 105126 TABU . . .. ....115501 . ... .. .. 115505 TABU .. .. ....124000 .... .. . . 124004 TABU . ... .... 220000 .... .. .. 220019 TABU . ... ....220100 ... . .. .. 220129 TABU ... . .... 222000 .... . ... 222019 TABU ... . .... 224006 .. . . . . .. 224006 TABU .. .. .... 224008 .... .... 224008 TABU .. . . ....224101 . . .. . .. . 224120 TABU .... .... 224200 .... ... . 224249 TABU .. .. .... 224940 .... .. . . 224949 TABU . ... .... 240300 .... .. .. 240349 TABU . ... ....416001 ... . .. .. 416027 TABU .... .... 422000 .... .... 422020 TABU . .. . .... 422200 .... . . .. 422249 TABU .... ....613001 .... .... 613007 TABU .. . . ....819501 .. . . . .. . 819520 TADU .. .. .... 224004 .... .... 224004 TAIU ......... .... 585024 .... ... . 585025 TAKU .. .. .... 940060 .... .... 940111 TASU .. . . . ...114100 . .. . .. . . 114174 TASU .. .. . ...214021 .... .. . . 214065 TCAU . ... .... 140001 . .. . .. .. 140002 TCLU .. .. . ...102001 ... . .. .. 102008 TCLU .. .. .... 180001 ... . . ... 180349 TCLU .... ....183001 .... .... 183040 TCLU ... . ....183042 . . .. . .. . 183085 TCLU ... . ....183087 .... . ... 183094 TCLU .. . . . ...183096 . .. . .. . . 183107 TCLU ... . ....183109 .... ... . 183118 TCLU .. .. . ...183120 . .. . .. .. 183140 TCLU .. .. .... 220007 .... .. . . 220007 TCLU .. .. .... 220063 .... .. .. 220071 TCLU .. .. . ...231862 ... . .. .. 231886 TCLU .... ....281013 .. .. . ... 281013 TCLU .. .. .... 283055 .... . . .. 283055 TCLU .... .... 283065 .... . ... 283066 TCLU .... .... 283068 .... . ... 283068 TCLU ... . .... 283090 .... .... 283090 TCLU ... . ....283114 .... . .. . 283114 TCLU .. .. . ...283134 . ... .... 283134 TCLU .. . . . ...283136 . .. . .. . . 283136 TCLU .. .. ....283148 .... .... 283148 TCLU .. .. . ...283172 .... .. .. 283172 TCLU .... ....283181 .... .... 283181 TCLU . . .. ....283188 .... . . .. 283188 TCLU .... .. .283199 .... .... 283199 REPORTING MARK STARTING ENDING TCLU ... .........283210 .... .. .. 283210 TCLU ... .........283223 .. . . .... 283223 TCLU ... .........283229 ... . .... 283229 TCLU .. . .........283232 .. .. .... 283232 TCLU ... .........283255 .. .. .... 283255 TCLU .. ...........283257 . . .. .... 283257 TCLU .. ...........283291 .. .. .... 283291 TCLU .............283605 . ... .... 283605 TCLU .............283607 . ... .... 283607 TCLU ... ..........283613 ... . . . .. 283613 TCLU ... ..........283625 ... . .... 283625 TCLU ... ......... 283655 .. .. .... 283655 TCLU ... ..........283658 .. .. .... 283658 TCLU .. .. .... 283661 .. .. . .. . 283661 TCLU .. . ......... 283688 .. .. .... 283688 TCLU . . .. .... 283709 .... .... 283709 TCLU .. . ......... 283919 .. .. . .. . 283919 TCVU . .. . .. .211305 .... .... 211334 TCVU . ... ....231887 . ... ... . 231911 TCVU ... . .. ..241546 .... .. .. 241595 TCVU . .. . .. ..241641 . ... .. .. 241645 TCVU .... .. ..241671 .... .. .. 241695 TCVU ... . . . ..251014 ... . .. .. 251023 TCVU .... . ...281014 .... .... 281023 TCVU .. .. . ...701046 .. . . . ... 701055 TCVU .... ....791030 .... . ... 791034 TCVU . . .. . ...891005 . . .. . .. . 891014 TERU .... ....100912 . ... .... 100917 TFHU . . .. . ...198901 . ... .. . . 198920 TIFU ......... ....120003 .... .... 120007 TIFU ......... .. ..120011 .. . . .. .. 120015 TIFU ......... ....120401 ... . .... 120415 TIFU ......... . . ..121078 .. . . . ... 121092 TIFU ......... ....121828 .. .. . ... 121855 TIFU ......... . .. .121911 . . .. . .. . 121920 TIFU ......... . ...123015 .. .. . ... 123015 TIFU ......... ....124001 . ... . .. . 124050 TIFU ......... ....124058 . ... .... 124102 TIFU ......... ....124104 . .. . .. . . 124112 TIFU ......... ....124115 . ... .... 124119 TIFU ......... .. ..124121 ... . .. .. 124135 TIFU ......... .. ..124300 ... . .. .. 124399 TIFU ......... .... 124401 .. . . . ... 124457 TIFU ......... .... 124500 .. . . . ... 124599 TIFU ......... .... 124601 .. .. . ... 124625 TIFU ......... . ...124700 .. .. . ... 124702 TIFU ......... ....124776 . ... ... . 124899 TIFU ......... . ...125001 . ... . .. . 125001 TIFU ......... ....125002 .... .... 125041 TIFU ......... ....125100 .... .. . . 125115 TIFU ......... . . ..125233 .... . ... 125322 TIFU ......... . . ..125248 .... .. .. 125262 TIFU ......... . ...125293 .... . ... 125332 TIFU ......... . ...125536 .. . . . . .. 125560 TIFU ......... ....127011 .... ... . 127020 TIFU ......... .... 324000 .... . .. . 324154 TIFU ......... .... 324325 .... ... . 324339 TIFU ......... ....324700 .... . .. . 324795 TIFU ......... ....620001 .... ... . 620003 TIFU ......... ....715001 . . .. . .. . 715020 TIFU ......... ....724001 .... .... 724002 TIFU ......... .. . .824001 .... .. . . 824030 TIIU........... ....100001 .... .. .. 100003 TINU ......... .... 50............... . ... 65 TINU......... .... 73............... . ... 82 TJYU......... ....920001 .... . .. . 920009 TKCU .... ....199101 .... .... 199104 TKCU . ... ....199151 .... . .. . 199153 TLIU ......... ....890101 .... .... 890124 XXII July 1998 ABD00131729 REPORTING MARK STARTING ENDING SECS . .. ....469901 .. .. . .. . 469920 SECS ... ....469930 .... ... . 469933 SECS ... .... 469948 .... . . .. 469949 SECS ... .... 469960 .... ... 469963 SECS ... .... 469965 .... . .. 469966 SECS ... .... 469970 .... . .. 469971 SECS ... . . ..491767 . .. . .. .. 491786 SECS ... . . ..491865 . .. . .. .. 491874 SECS ... .. ..492201 . ... ... . 492226 SECS ... . ...492229 . ... .. . . 492231 SECS ... .... 492233 .... . ... 492237 SECS ... .... 492239 .... . .. . 492245 SECS ... ....492271 .. .. . ... 492280 SECS ... .... 492293 .... . ... 493307 SECS ... . ...493671 ... . .... 493690 SECS ... . ...494001 ... . . . .. 494031 SECS ... .... 494033 .... .. .. 494034 SECS ... .... 494036 .... .. . . 494150 SECS ... ___ 494086 .... ... . 494086 SECS .. . .... 494308 .... .. . . 494347 SECS ... .... 494399 .... .... 494686 SECS . .. ....494491 .. .. . .. . 494972 SECS ... ....496001 .... . ... 496006 SECS . . . .... 497001 .... . . .. 497060 SECS ... .... 499001 .... .. .. 499053 SECS ... .... 499930 .... .. .. 499933 SECS ... ....541266 .... .. .. 541295 SECS ... . ...541300 . . .. .. . . 541300 SECS ... .. ..543001 .... ... . 543042 SECS ... .... 543044 .... . .. . 543044 SECS ... .... 543046 .... .... 543049 SECS ... .... 543051 .... . . .. 543063 SECS ... .... 543065 .... .... 543065 SECS .. . .... 543067 .... .. .. 543067 SECS .. . .... 543069 .... .. .. 543075 SECS ... ....543131 . .. . .. . . 543145 SECS ... .... 543206 .... .. .. 543225 SECS ... ....591146 .... . .. . 591195 SECS .. . ....591200 . ... ... . 591289 SECS ... ....593196 .. . . . ... 593225 SECS ... .... 593236 .... . .. . 593255 SECS .. . .... 593401 ... . . . .. 593450 SECS .. . ....594111 ... . . . .. 594130 SECS .. . .... 594200 . .. . .. .. 594259 SECS ... .... 654002 . .. . .. .. 654002 SECS ... .... 654040 .... .... 654053 SECS ... ....662001 . ... .. . . 662016 SECS ... ....746071 .. .. .... 746080 SECS ... ....747131 .. .. . .. . 747140 SECS ... .... 748201 .... . . .. 748220 SECS ... ....751396 .. . . . . .. 751396 SECS ... .... 756060 .... .. .. 756066 SECS ... ....788221 . .. . .... 788240 SECS .. . .... 790692 .... .... 790715 SECS ... ....791436 . ... .. . . 791468 SECS ... ....791470 .... .... 791470 SECS ... .... 794750 .. .. .... 794750 SECS ... .... 794776 .... .... 794825 SECS ... ....795716 .. . . .... 795765 SECS ... .... 798241 .... .... 798260 SECS ... .... 799356 . .. . .... 799375 SECS ... .........814008 .... .. .. 814008 SECS ... .........827103 . .. . .. . . 827103 SECS ... ......... 829526 . ... .... 829526 SECS ... .........842001 . . .. .... 842030 SECS ... .........842447 .... .... 842449 SECS ... .........842451 .. . .... 842451 SECS ... .........842453 .. .. .... 842453 SECS ... .... 842455 . .. . .... 842455 REPORTING MARK STARTING ENDING SECS ... .... 842457 .... . .. 842458 SECS ... .... 842460 .... .... 842460 SECS . . . .... 842462 .... ___ 842462 SECS ... .... 842464 .... ... 842464 SECS .. . .... 842466 .... .. . 842468 SECS .. . .... 842470 .... .. . 842471 SECS ... ....849190 .... .. . 849204 SECS ... .... 850005 .... .. . 850005 SECS ... ....851276 .. .. ... 851276 SECS ... .... 856982 .... .. . 856993 SECS ... .... 856995 .... . .. 856999 SECS ... .... 860060 .... ... 860066 SECS .. . ....860210 . .. . .. .. 860261 SECS .. . ....862110 ... . .. .. 862129 SECS ... .... 862572 .... ... . 862581 SECS ... .... 862737 .... .. . . 862746 SECS ... ....863081 .. .. . .. . 863090 SECS ... . ...863150 .. .. ... . 863159 SECS ... .... 865046 .... . ... 865057 SECS . .. .... 865060 .... . .. . 865066 SECS . .. .... 865070 .... .. .. 865088 SECS .. . ....865090 ... . . . .. 865096 SECS .. . ....865120 . ... .. .. 865184 SECS .. . . ...865190 . .. . .. .. 865202 SECS ... .... 865787 .... ... . 865796 SECS .. . .... 865800 .... ... . 865819 SECS ... .... 865940 .... .... 865941 SECS . .. .... 865950 .... . .. . 865969 SECS ... .... 866722 .... . ... 866727 SECS ... . ...867537 .. . . . . .. 867576 SECS ... ....868041 ... . .. .. 868050 SECS ... .... 868672 .... .. . . 868681 SECS ... .... 868747 .... .... 868766 SECS ... .... 868797 .... ... . 868806 SECS ... .... 869001 .... ... . 869003 SECS ... .... 882432 .... . .. . 882471 SECS ... ....891001 .. .. . ... 891030 SECS ... ....891160 .. . . . ... 891239 SECS ... ....891422 .... . ... 891431 SECS .. . ....891472 . .. . . . .. 891493 SECS ... ....891495 ... . . . .. 891501 SECS .. . . ...891582 . ... .. . . 891621 SECS .. . ....891662 . ... .. .. 891671 SECS ... . ...891728 .. .. . .. . 891736 SECS ... . ...891872 .. .. ... . 891886 SECS ... .... 892207 .... . .. . 892209 SECS . .. ....893091 .. .. . .. . 893190 SECS .. . .... 893200 .... .. .. 893309 SECS ... .... 893392 .... . . .. 893421 SECS ... ....894051 . ... .. .. 894080 SECS ... ....894190 . ... .. .. 894204 SECS ... .... 894622 .... ... . 894641 SECS ... ....894712 .. .. ... . 894721 SECS . .. .... 894750 .... . ... 894779 SECS ... ....899031 .. .. . .. . 899040 SECS ... ....899141 ... . .... 899170 SECS ... .... 899200 .... . . .. 899239 SECS ... .... 899767 .... .. . . 899776 SECS ... .... 899862 . .. . .. .. 899871 SECS ... .... 899952 .. .. .... 899961 SECS ... .... 929591 . . .. ... . 929591 SECS ... ....930010 .. .. .... 930029 SECS ... .... 942785 .. .. .... 942802 SECS ... .... 946097 .... . ... 946116 SECS ... ....947127 .. . . . . .. 947146 SECS ... .... 948237 .... .... 948256 SECS ... .... 949552 . .. . .... 949554 SECS ... .........949557 . ... .... 949559 SECS ... .... 949561 . . .. .. . . 949571 REPORTING MARK STARTING ENDING SECS ... . ...949573 ... . . ... 949573 SECS ... .... 958284 .... .... 958284 SECS . .. .... 958325 .... ... . 958325 SECS ... .... 959482 .... .... 959482 SECS . . ....961627 .. .. . .. . 961636 SECS ... ....961667 .... .... 961676 SECS ... ....961775 .... . ... 961784 SECS ... .... 962735 .... .... 962744 SECS .. . .... 962803 .... . ... 962812 SECS .. . ....966117 .... .... 966126 SECS ... . ...969512 . .. . .. .. 969541 SECS ... . ...982816 . ... .... 982816 SECS ... .. ..991637 . ... .. .. 991646 SECS ... ....991657 . ... .... 991658 SECS ... .. ..991660 .. .. ... . 991666 SECS ... .. ..991725 .. .. .... 991734 SECS ... ... .991745 .... . ... 991774 SECS ... .... 992696 .... . ... 992699 SECS .. . ....992701 ... . .... 992702 SECS .. . .... 992704 .... .... 992704 SECS ... .... 992706 .... .. .. 992716 SECS ... . ...992718 . ., . .. .. 992720 SECS ... .... 992722 .... .. .. 992724 SECS ... .... 992982 .... .... 992983 SECS ... .... 992987 .... .... 992988 SECS ... .... 992990 .... ... . 992990 SECS ... .... 992996 .... . ... 992997 SECS .. . .... 992999 .... . ... 992999 SECS ... .... 993833 .... .... 993835 SECS ... .... 993837 .... .. .. 993847 SECS ... .... 998257 .... .... 998275 SECU ... .... 100001 . ... .. .. 100001 SEHU ... ....100001 .... .... 100002 SEIU .... ....451 ............. .... 457 SELU ... ....21001......... .... 24050 SFTU .... . .. .21001 ......... ... . 21005 SFTU .... ....22001 ......... .... 22005 SFTU .... .... 870801 . .. . .. .. 870801 SGAU ... ....12 ............... .... 21 SGAU ... .... 870803 . .. . .... 870803 SGAU ... ....930104 .... .... 930104 SGTU . .. .... 100............. .... 109 SGTU . .. ....2401 ........... .... 2402 SHAF .. . ....160011 .. .. . ... 160014 SHEL ... ....100001 .... .... 100001 SIEN .... .... 100100 . .. . .. .. 100101 SILU .... .... 100103 .... .... 100103 SILU .... .... 100204 . ... .. .. 100204 SILU .... .... 100207 . ... .. .. 100206 SILU .... .... 100211 .... .... 100211 SILU .... .... 100213 .... .... 100213 SILU .... ....100217 .. .. ... . 100217 SILU .... ....100220 .. .. ... . 100221 SILU .... ....100223 .... . ... 100224 SILU .... ....100228 .... . ... 100229 SILU .... .... 100231 . .. . .. .. 100232 SILU .... .... 100235 ... . .... 100235 SILU .... .... 100239 . .. . .... 100240 SILU .... .... 100242 . .. . .... 100242 SILU .... ....100245 .... .. .. 100248 SILU .... .. . .100251 .. .. .... 100251 SILU .... ....100253 .... .... 100254 SILU .. . . .... 100256 .... .... 100256 SILU .... .........100258 .... .... 100260 SILU .... .... 100262 . .. .... 100262 SILU .... ......... 100270 ... .... 100270 SILU .... ......... 100276 . . . .. .. 100277 SILU .... .........100279 ... .... 100279 SILU .... .... 100281 .... .... 100287 XXI July 1998 ABD00131723 REPORTING MARK STARTING ENDING FMCU ... ....1026 ........... ... . 1026 FMCU . .. ....1039 ........... .. . . 1040 FMCU . .. .... 1045 ........... ... . 1045 FMCU . .. ....1052 ........... ... . 1053 FMCU . .. ....1059 ........... . .. . 1059 FMCU . .. ....1061 ........... ... . 1064 FREU ... .... 30526 ......... .. . . 30526 FTCU . .. ... .510001 .... .... 510020 FTCU . . . ....510088 .. .. . .. . 510088 FTCU .. . ....510097 .... . ... 510097 FTCU . . . . ...519181 .. .. . ... 519200 FTCU .. . .. . .519266 .. . . . . .. 519290 FTCU .. . . ...519396 .. .. . ... 519420 FTCU .. . .... 539026 .... . . .. 539117 FTCU ... ....539119 .... .... 539140 FTCU .. . ....539219 ... . .. .. 539320 FTCU ... ....549001 .... .. .. 549025 FTCU ... ....549141 . .. . .. .. 549180 FTCU . .. ....549221 . ... ... . 549260 FTCU . .. ....549341 . .. . .. .. 549365 FTCU . .. .. ..549371 . ... .. . . 549395 FTCU ... ....570021 . ... .... 570030 FTCU . .. .. ..570131 . . .. .. . . 570160 FTCU . .. ....579216 .... ... . 579216 FTCU . .. ....589118 . . .. ... . 589118 FTCU . . . . ...599180 .. .. . ... 599180 FTCU . .. ....599366 .... ... . 599370 FTCU .. . ....611121 .. .. . ... 611121 FTCU . .. . ...619261 .. .. .... 619265 FTCU . . . . ...640161 .. . . . . .. 640188 FTCU .. . . ...670031 .... . ... 670081 FTCU .. . . ...679321 .. . . . ... 679340 FTCU ... ....680111 ... . .. .. 680130 FTCU .. . .... 837297 .... . ... 837297 FUCU .. . .... 930001 .... .. .. 930002 GASU ... ....6 .................. . ... 6 GASU .. . .... 124............. .. . . 124 GASU .. . .... 224 ............. .... 224 GASU ... .... 324 ............. .. . . 324 GASU ... ....424 ............. .... 424 GASU .. . ....524 ............. .. . . 524 GASU ... .... 624 ............. .... 624 GASU ... .... 724 ............. ... . 724 GASU . .. .... 824 ............. .... 824 GASU ... .... 924 ............. .... 924 GASU . .. .... 1024 ........... . ... 1024 GASU ... ___ 1124............. .... 1124 GASU . .. .... 1224 ........... . ... 1224 GATU . .. .... 660044 .... . . .. 660053 GAVU . .. ....694142 .. .. . ... 694152 GCAU . .. ....211349 ... . .. .. 211350 GCAU . .. ....211359 ... . .. .. 211378 GCAU . .. ....214109 . .. . .. .. 214109 GCAU ... ....217735 . ... .. .. 217834 GCAU ... ....240331 . .. . .... 240340 GCAU ... ....310341 . ... ... . 310348 GCAU ... ....431382 . ... .. .. 431382 GCAU ... .... 705824 .... .... 705824 GCAU ... ....716219 . ... ... . 716220 GCAU . .. ....913505 .. .. . .. . 913512 GCAU ... ....916605 .. .. .... 916664 GCAU . .. ....916675 .. .. . ... 916682 GCSU ... ....100001 .... . ... 100003 GCSU ... .... 100010 .. .. . ... 100019 GCSU ... .... 329044 ... . .... 329049 GCSU ... .... 399097 ... . .... 399097 GCSU ... .... 429055 . .. . .... 429057 GCSU ... ....429104 ... . .. .. 429106 GCSU ... ....518001 . .. . .. .. 518012 REPORTING MARK STARTING ENDING GCSU .... .. ..519108 .. .. ... . 519110 GCSU . .. . .. . .727129 .. .. ... . 727130 GCSU . ... ....728167 .. .. . .. . 728170 GCSU .... ....759317 .... ... . 759326 GCSU .... ....819013 .. .. . .. . 819014 GCSU .... ....827106 .... . ... 827107 GCSU .... .... 829004 .... . .. . 829004 GCSU .... ....829012 .... . ... 829012 GCSU .. .. .... 829026 .... . ... 829026 GCSU .. .. .... 829034 .... . . .. 829034 GCSU .. .. . ...839001 ... . . ... 839025 GCSU .. . .... 909465 .... .. .. 909465 GCSU .. .. ....927165 .... .. .. 927166 GCSU ... .... 939423 .... .. .. 939423 GCSU ... ....939505 . ... .... 939507 GCSU ... .... 948256 .... .. .. 948256 GCSU ... ....958186 .. .. ... . 958186 GCSU ... .... 958333 .... .... 958334 GCSU ... .... 959365 .... ... . 959365 GCSU ... .... 959485 .... ... . 959486 GCSU ... .. ..960111 .. .. . .. . 960111 GCSU ... ....969531 .... ... . 969534 GCSU ... .... 969549 .... . .. . 969550 GENU ... ....825201 .. .. . ... 825210 GLCU ... ....150002 .... . .. . 150002 GLCU ... .. ..255001 ... . . ... 255015 GLCU ... .... 266035 .... . ... 266044 GLKU . . . .... 255002 .... . . .. 255002 GLKU . .. .... 255004 .... .... 255004 GLKU . . . .... 255007 .... . . .. 255007 GLKU .. . .... 255009 .... .. .. 255012 GLKU . . . .... 266043 .... . . .. 266053 GLKU .. . .... 266055 .... .. . . 266056 GLKU .. . .... 266059 .... .. .. 266059 GLKU .. . .... 266064 .... .. . . 266065 GLKU ... .... 266068 .... .... 266069 GLKU .. . .... 266075 .... ... . 266102 GLKU ... ....277001 .. .. ... . 277004 GMMU .. ....518001 .. .. ... . 518035 GMMU .. ....518100 .. .. . ... 518114 GMMU .. .... 520027 .. .. ... . 520051 GOCU. .. .... 230005 .... . .. . 230005 GOCU ... .... 230007 .... .... 230008 GOCU... ....230010 .. . . . ... 230011 GOCU... ....230016 ... . .... 230017 GOCU... .... 230024 .... . ... 230024 GOCU... .... 230027 . .. . .. .. 230027 GOCU... .... 230032 .... . ... 230032 GOCU.. . .... 230036 . .. . .. .. 230037 GOCU... .... 230040 .... .. .. 230040 GOCU .. . .... 230055 . .. . .... 230055 GOCU... .... 230059 . ... ... . 230059 GOCU .. . .... 230065 . ... .... 230065 GOCU ... .... 230067 .... .... 230068 GOCU ... .... 240006 . . .. .... 240006 GOCU ... ....240011 .. .. .... 240025 GOJU ... ....124222 .... . .. . 124222 GOJU ... ....223100 .. . . . ... 223101 GOJU ... ....231001 .... . ... 231004 GOJU ... ....241001 .. . . . ... 241006 GOJU ... ....241008 ... . .. .. 241011 GPLU ... ....155101 .... .. .. 155101 GPLU ... .... 155108 . ... .. . . 155109 GPLU ... ....155501 ... . .. .. 155504 GPLU .. . .... 175001 . ... .. . . 175010 GPLU .. . .... 175501 .... .... 175520 GPLU .. . . ...240100 . ... .... 240299 GPLU ... .... 240601 .. .. .... 240644 GPLU .. . .... 240648 . . .. .... 240649 REPORTING MARK STARTING ENDING GPLU ... ....240651 .... ... 240652 GPLU ... .... 240654 .... ... 240654 GPLU .. . .... 240658 .... ... 240659 GPLU ... .... 240665 .... .... 240734 GPLU .. . ....321191 ... . ... 321200 GPLU ... . ...322001 .... .... 322010 GPLU .. . .... 323003 .... ... 323003 GPLU ... .... 323006 .... .... 323007 GPLU .. . ....323021 ... . .... 323026 GPLU ... .... 323029 .... .. .. 323029 GPLU ... ....350126 ... . .... 350126 GPLU ... .... 420007 .... .. .. 420007 GPLU ... ....420014 .... .... 420014 GPLU ... ....420017 . .. . .. .. 420017 GPLU ... .... 420020 .... .... 420020 GPLU ... .... 420501 .... .... 420510 GPLU ... ....421012 . ... ... . 421012 GPLU ... ....421016 .... .... 421018 GPLU ... ....422001 .. .. ... . 422010 GPLU ... .... 423006 .... .... 423035 GPLU ... ....424001 .. .. ... . 424043 GPLU ... .... 424045 .... .... 424045 GPLU ... ....424047 .... .... 424047 GPLU ... .... 424049 .... . ... 424049 GPLU ... .... 424065 .... .... 424141 GPLU ... ....424501 ... . .. .. 424550 GPLU ... ....425001 .... .... 425021 GPLU ... ....426001 . .. . .. .. 426110 GPLU ... ....451036 . ... .. .. 451056 GRPU ... .... 180001 . .. . .. .. 180010 GRPU ... ....918100 . ... .... 918199 GRPU ... ....919025 . ... .... 919025 GRPU . .. ....919031 .. .. ... . 919031 GRPU ... ....921001 .... .... 921126 GRPU ... .. ..929101 .. .. ... . 929130 GTCL ... ....224001 .... .... 224005 GTCL ... .... 224008 .... ... . 224010 HCDU ... .... 200004 .... . ... 200005 HESU . .. ....2 .................. .... 12 HFTU ... ....294001 .... . ... 294001 HGSU ... . ...124001 .... .... 124001 HIMU ... . ...932001 ... . . ... 932001 HJCU ... .... 856582 .... .... 856582 HKTU .. . ....395158 . .. . .. .. 395158 HLCU ... .... 280000 .... .. .. 280007 HLCU .. . ....280010 . .. . .. .. 280010 HLCU ... .. ..280012 . ... .... 280012 HLCU ... ....280014 .... .... 280014 HLCU . .. ....280016 . . .. ... . 280018 HLCU ... ....280021 .... .... 280021 HLCU . .. .... 280024 .... ... . 280037 HLCU ... .... 280039 .... .... 280040 HLCU . .. .... 280044 .... ... . 280044 HLCU .. . .... 280046 .... . ... 280053 HLCU ... .... 280055 .... .... 280057 HLCU .. . .... 280059 .... . .. . 280061 HLCU ... .... 280065 .... .... 280065 HLCU .. . .... 280068 .. .. . .. . 280078 HLCU ... .... 280082 .... .... 280086 HLCU .. . .... 280088 ... . .... 280103 HLCU ... ....280107 . ... .. .. 280111 HLCU ... ....280116 . ... .... 280118 HLCU . .. ....280121 .... ... . 280122 HLCU ... ....280124 .... .... 280124 HLCU . .. .. ..280126 .. .. ... . 280127 HLCU ... ....280129 .... .... 280130 HLCU . .. .. ..280132 .... . ... 280133 HLCU ... ... .280136 .... .... 280143 HLCU . .. ... .280145 .... . ... 280149 xv July 1998 ABD00131719 REGISTERED AAR TANK CONTAINERS AS OF July 1, 1998 (Listed by reporting mark and number) REPORTING MARK STARTING ENDING ABPU .. . . .. . .960001 . ... .. . . 960021 ACNU .... ... .193038 .... .... 193043 ACTT ... . .... 5652 ........... ... . 5659 ACTU .... .... 900008 .... .... 900027 ADKU .... ....8521 ........... . ... 8522 AFCU . ... .... 400400 .... .... 400400 AFIU ......... ....530101 .... .... 530227 AFIU ......... .... 580476 .... .. .. 580499 AFIU ......... ....580501 .... .. .. 580590 AFIU ......... ....580601 . .. . .. .. 580610 AFRU .... ....543021 .... ... . 543021 AIDU......... ....100144 . ... .. . . 100191 AIDU......... ....101032 .... . ... 101054 AIDU......... ....102017 .... ... . 102028 AIDU......... . ...110192 ... . . ... 110202 AIDU......... ....110211 .... .... 110280 AIDU......... ....110338 ... . . . .. 110365 AIDU......... ....200136 .... .... 200143 AIDU......... .... 202029 .... .. .. 202043 AIDU......... .... 300203 .... .. . . 300210 AIDU......... ....300291 . ... .. .. 300337 AIDU......... ....310366 .... ... . 310367 AIDU......... ....400281 .... .... 400290 AIDU......... ....403001 .. .. . .. . 403060 AIDU......... ....413007 .... . ... 413010 AIDU......... ....501001 .... . ... 501030 AIDU......... .... 502001 .... .. .. 502016 AIDU......... .... 600368 .... .. .. 600417 AIDU......... ....804001 . ... .. . . 804021 AIDU......... .. ..805001 .... .. .. 805014 AIDU......... ....901055 . ... .. . . 901077 AITU ......... ....100236 .... .... 100236 AJCL......... ....5 .................. .... 5 ALIU ......... .... 825001 .... . ... 825010 ALPG .... .... 950001 .... . ... 950007 ALTU .... . ...115000 . .. . .. .. 115002 ALTU .... .... 121000 .... .. .. 121011 ALTU .... .... 123050 . .. . .. .. 123064 ALTU .... ....125300 .... ... . 125309 ALTU .... ....211000 . ... .. . . 211029 ALTU .... ....213000 .. .. . .. . 213029 ALTU ... . .... 270000 .... .... 270034 AMXU .. .. .... 141041 .. . . . ... 141042 ANCU ............ 60562 .......... .... 60563 ANCU ... ......... 602001 ... . .... 602002 ANCU .............625004 .... .... 625004 ANCU ... ..........635005 . .. . .... 635030 ANCU . ............638023 .... .... 638042 AOCU .............30504 .......... .... 30507 AOCU . ............30523 .......... .... 30523 AOCU .............30526 .......... .... 30526 AOCU . ............30805 .......... .... 30808 APDU .............1 ................... . ... 7 APTU .. ...........3025 ............ .... 3028 ARDU ... .........203517 . ... .. . . 203517 ARDU ... .........203568 .... .... 203568 ARDU ... .........203571 . . .. .... 203571 ARDU ... .........203574 .... .... 203575 ARDU . .. .........203587 .. .. .... 203587 ARDU . .. .........203612 .. . . .... 203613 ARDU . .. .........203639 .. .. .... 203639 ARDU .. . .........203641 . .. . .... 203641 ARDU ... .........203647 ... . .... 203648 REPORTING MARK STARTING ENDING ARDU .... .... 205473 .... ... . 205473 ARDU .... .... 205502 .... .... 205502 ARDU . ... ....205516 .... . .. . 205516 ARDU . ... ....205518 ... . . ... 205518 ARDU . ... ....205522 .. .. . ... 205522 ARDU . . .. .... 205528 .... .. .. 205528 ARDU . ... .... 205535 .... .... 205535 ARDU .. .. .... 205545 .... .. . . 205545 ARDU .... ....205551 .... .... 205551 ARDU .. . . .... 205560 .... .. . . 205560 ARDU ... . .... 206366 .... ... . 206366 ARDU ... . .... 206369 .... ... . 206371 ARDU . ... .... 206378 .... . ... 206378 ARDU . ... ....206391 .. .. . ... 206392 ARDU . ... .... 206399 .... . ... 206399 ARDU . ... ....206411 .... .... 206411 ARDU . . .. . ...206416 ... . . ... 206416 ARDU .. .. .... 206420 .... .... 206421 ARDU .. .. .... 206424 .... .. .. 206424 ARDU ............ 206427 .... ... . 206428 ARDU .............206432 .... ... . 206432 ARTR . .. ..........60564 .......... .. . . 60570 ARTU . ............1236 ............. . ... 1236 ASMU .............24259 .......... . .. . 24259 ATIU ........ .........790520 .... .... 790520 ATIU ........ .........800504 .... . ... 800504 ATIU .... .........800510 . ... .. .. 800510 ATIU .... .........800517 . ... .... 800517 ATIU .... .........800520 .... ... . 800520 ATIU .... .........800536 .... ... . 800536 ATIU .... .........803201 .. .. . .. . 803201 ATIU .... .........803203 .... . ... 803205 ATIU .... .........810508 .. .. . ... 810508 ATIU .... .........810510 . .. . .. .. 810510 ATIU .... .........810518 .... .... 810519 ATIU .... .........810525 . .. . . . .. 810525 ATIU .... ......... 810528 .... .... 810529 ATIU .... .........810535 . ... .. .. 810535 ATIU .... .........810537 .. .. . .. . 810537 ATIU .... .........810539 .. .. ... . 810539 ATIU .... .........810556 .. .. . ... 810557 ATIU .... .........810560 .... . ... 810561 ATIU .... .........810564 ... . . ... 810565 ATIU .... .........810567 .... .... 810567 ATIU .... .........810569 . .. . .. .. 810569 ATIU .... .........813201 .. .. ... . 813202 ATIU .... .........813204 . ... ... . 813206 ATIU .... .........813209 .. .. . .. . 813211 ATIU .... .........813214 .... ... . 813216 ATIU .... .........813219 .. . . . ... 813220 ATIU .... .........813222 .... .... 813225 ATIU .... .........813227 ... . . ... 813228 ATIU .... .........843205 . ... .... 843206 ATIU .... .........843213 . ... .. .. 843213 ATIU .... .........843228 .. .. .... 843228 ATIU .... .........843241 .... .... 843241 ATIU .... .........853203 .. .. .... 853203 ATIU .... .........853212 .... .... 853212 ATIU .. .. .........853217 ... . . ... 853217 ATIU .... .........853226 . .. . .... 853229 ATIU ... . .........853231 ... . .... 853231 ATIU .... .........853233 . ... .... 853234 ATIU .... .........863201 . ... .... 863225 I REPORTING MARK STARTING ENDING ATIU .... ....883201 .... .. . 883210 ATOU ... ....510001 .... .. . 510003 ATOU . .. .... 665383 .... .. . 665383 ATOU .. . ....665418 .... ... 665427 ATOU ... .... 722024 .... ... 722025 ATOU .. . .... 722027 .... ... 722030 AWXU ... .... 290001 .... .... 290002 AWXU ... ....630101 . .. . .. .. 630110 BAYU ... .... 660303 .... .. .. 660334 BAYU ... .... 660600 .... .. .. 660602 BAYU . .. ....661101 .... .... 661112 BAYU . .. ....661150 .... .... 661151 BAYU ... ....661155 .... . .. . 661157 BAYU ... ....662100 .... .... 662101 BAYU .. . . ...662155 ... . . ... 662157 BAYU ... .... 662400 .... .... 662400 BAYU .. . ....662701 .... . ... 662701 BAYU ... .... 662703 .... .. .. 662703 BAYU ... .... 662706 .... .. .. 662711 BAYU . .. .... 662802 .... .. .. 662802 BAYU ... ....664001 .... .... 664012 BAYU . .. .... 666007 .... .. . . 666018 BBTU ... ....224198 .... .... 224198 BBTU .. . ....224291 .. .. . ... 224291 BBTU ... .... 224298 .... .... 224298 BBTU ... .... 224398 .... .... 224398 BBTU ... .... 224498 .... .. .. 224498 BBTU ... .... 224598 .... .... 224598 BBTU ... .... 224698 .... .. .. 224698 BEIU .... ....95001 ......... .... 95002 BELU .. . . .. .317500 .. .. ... . 317504 BELU ... .... 320000 .... . ... 320009 BELU ... ....324015 .... .... 324039 BFHU ... .... 100513 ... . .. .. 100513 BFHU ... ....100515 .... .... 100515 BFSU ... ....100172 . .. . .. .. 100175 BFSU ... ....100237 .... .. .. 100251 BGKU . .. ....2041 ........... .... 2042 BIDU .... ....491975 .. .. .... 491978 BIDU .... .... 498376 .. .. .... 498376 BIDU .... . ...499150 .. .. . ... 499164 BIDU .... .... 499280 .... .... 499289 BLAU .. . .... 121001 ... . .. .. 121002 BLEU ... ___ 1141 ............ ___ 1142 BLKU ... .... 20002 ......... .... 20003 BLKU . .. .... 20006 ......... .... 20006 BLKU ... .... 23002 ......... .... 23003 BLKU .. . ....23018 ......... .... 23018 BLKU ... .... 23022 ......... .... 23022 BLKU .. . .... 23796 ......... .... 23799 BLKU ... ....25135 ......... .... 25144 BLKU .. . .... 26000 ......... .... 26010 BLKU ... ....114006 ... .... 114006 BLKU ... ....114391 .... .... 114392 BLKU ... ....114428 . .. .. .. 114428 BLKU ... ....114494 ... .... 114495 BLKU ... ....117032 .. . ... . 117034 BLKU ... .........117036 ... .... 117036 BLKU .. . .........117038 ... .... 117038 BLKU ... ......... 117040 . .. .. .. 117040 BLKU ... ......... 117060 ... .... 117060 BLKU ... ......... 117426 . .. .... 117428 BLKU ... .........119004 ... .... 119004 XI ABD00131718 April 1998 Shipments of radioactive or related hazardous materials will be subject to inspection by N&PBL inspectors prior to release for rail movement. Shipper to notify this railroad sufficiently in advance to permit inspection with no delay to shipment. Inspection and clear ance will be a condition of release for rail movement. NORFOLK SOUTHERN RAILWAY COMPANY ENTIRE SYSTEM WILL NOT PERMIT loading or unloading on public delivery tracks or team shipments in bulk or containers exceeding one-hundred ten (110) gallon capacity of hazardous materials, hazardous sub stances, or hazardous waste shown in 49 CFR Parts 179-179 or shipments assigned Standard Transportation Commodity Codes 48-Series or Hazardous Materials Response Codes 49-Series (ex cept HMRC 49-102-60), in the "AAR Directory of Hazardous Material Shipping Descriptions." Norfolk, Va., Portsmouth, Va.--Will not accept shipments of Division 1.1 or 1.2 Explosives, as shown in 49 CFR, Part 172, or black powder or smokeless powder of any kind, for Norfolk or Ports mouth, Va., consignees, unless such consignees will accept deliv ery at Pinners Point, Va., promptly upon arrival and so arrange in advance with Division Freight Agent, Norfolk, Va. SOO LINE RAILROAD COMPANY--Will not accept shipments of radioactive material. SOO LINE RAILROAD COMPANY--Will not accept "Explosives, Class A", as shown in the Commodity List, Part 172, for handling within or through the City of Chicago. SOUTH BRANCH VALLEY RAILROAD--Will not handle explosives Division 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, or 1.4 as shown in 49 CFR, Part 172, in any form except by special arrangements in advance with the General Manager. STOCKTON TERMINAL AND EASTERN RAILROAD--Will not han dle explosives, Division 1.1, 1.2, 1.3 or 1.4 as shown in 49 CFR, Part 172, in any form except by special arrangements in advance with Vice Pres., Chief Operating Officer. UNION PACIFIC RAILROAD COMPANY (DOT Certification--Autoblll Shipments)--The tendering to Union Pacific Railroad Com pany or any subsidiary of a shipment containing any substance designated by the United States Department of Transportation as a hazardous material with oral instructions that the railroad prepare shipping documents shall constitute an instruction and authorization to such railroad, its agents and employees to affix the signature of the shipper's principal, officer, partner, employee, or agent to the certificate on the shipping paper required by 49 CFR 172.204(a) or to the following certificate: "_____________________ on behalf of shipper, avers certification speci fied in 49 CFR 172.204(a)," on the shipper's behalf. By affixing such signature the railroad, its agent or employee will act solely as signatory agent for the shipper and will in no respect hold itself out to have knowledge of the matters certified. UNION RAILROAD COMPANY--Union Railroad Company will not accept explosives, Division 1.1,1.2,1.3,1.4 or 1.5; Poisonous Gas, Division 2.3 (Pg. 1, Zone A); Poisonous Liquid, Division 6.1 (Pg. 1, Zone A); as shown in 49 CFR Part 172, except by special arrange ments made in advance with the Superintendent. x ABD00131720 July 1998 REPORTING MARK STARTING ENDING BLKU ... ....119006 .... .... 119008 BLKU . .. .. . .119202 .. . . .... 119204 BLKU ... ....119206 .. .. .... 119206 BLKU ... ....119447 .... . .. . 119453 BLKU .. . ....119650 . . .. ... . 119651 BLKU .. . . ...119795 .. .. . .. . 119795 BLKU . .. ....120005 . .. . ... . 120005 BLKU ... .... 120034 . ... .... 120034 BLKU ... ....120126 .... .. . . 120126 BLKU ... ....120143 ... . .... 120143 BLKU ... ....120205 .... .. .. 120205 BLKU ... .... 120246 .. .. . ... 120246 BLKU ... ....120171 .... . ... 120172 BLKU ... .... 120279 .. .. . .. . 120279 BLKU ... .... 120393 .. .. . ... 120400 BLKU ... .... 120402 .. .. . .. . 120402 BLKU .. . .... 120429 . ... .... 120430 BLKU .. . .... 120432 . . .. ... . 120441 BLKU .. . .... 120454 . .. . .. .. 120493 BLKU ... ....120536 . ... ... . 120536 BLKU ... .... 120538 ... . .. .. 120553 BLKU ... ....120555 .... .... 120581 BLKU ... ....120584 .. . . . . .. 120586 BLKU . .. ....120618 .. .. . ... 120627 BLKU ... ....120652 .. . . . . .. 120652 BLKU ... .... 120654 .. .. . .. . 120681 BLKU ... ....120683 .. .. . .. . 120693 BLKU .. . .... 120695 . ... ... . 120706 BLKU .. . .... 122001 .... ...'. 122010 BLKU .. . ....123007 . .. . .. . . 123008 BLKU ... ....123016 ... . .... 123016 BLKU ... ....123021 .... .. .. 123021 BLKU ... .... 123030 .... . ... 123031 BLKU ... ....123034 .... .... 123035 BLKU ... .... 123046 .. .. . .. . 123046 BLKU ... ....123051 .... .... 123051 BLKU ... .... 123056 .... . .. . 123056 BLKU .. . .... 123062 .... ... . 123063 BLKU .. . ....123098 . . .. ... . 123098 BLKU .. . .... 123100 . .. . .. .. 123100 BLKU ... .... 123113 .... .. . . 123113 BLKU ... ....123117 .... . .. 123117 BLKU ... ....123156 .... .... 123191 BLKU ... ....123213 .. . . ... 123213 BLKU ... .... 123223 .... .. . 123223 BLKU ... .... 123235 .... ... 123235 BLKU .. . .... 123254 .... .. . 123254 BLKU ... .... 123290 .... .. . 123294 BLKU .. . .... 123296 . .. . . . . 123196 BLKU ... .... 123298 .... ... 123309 BLKU .. . ....123311 .... . .. 123313 BLKU ... ....123315 .... ... 123352 BLKU ... ....123354 .... . .. 123354 BLKU ... .... 123356 .... ... 123359 BLKU ... ....123363 .... ... 123363 BLKU ... .... 123368 .... .. . 123369 BLKU ... .... 123371 .... .. . 123378 BLKU .. . ....123381 .... .. . 123385 BLKU .. . .... 123387 .... .. . 112390 BLKU .. . ....123403 .... .. . 123420 BLKU .. . ....123707 .... . .. 123707 BLKU ... ....123709 .... . .. 123717 BLKU ... ....123719 .... . .. 123731 BLKU ... ....124011 .... ... 124012 BLKU ... ....124051 .... ... 124051 BLKU ... .... 124066 .... .. . 124066 BLKU ... .... 124090 .... ... 124090 BLKU .. .. .... 124755 .... .. . 124763 BLKU .... ....124765 .... .. . 134778 REPORTING MARK STARTING ENDING BLKU ... .. ..124780 ... .... 124794 BLKU ... .... 124832 .. . .... 124839 BLKU ... ....124841 ... .... 124841 BLKU ... .... 125024 . . . . .. . 125024 BLKU .. . .... 125030 . .. .... 125030 BLKU .. . .... 125064 . .. ... . 125064 BLKU .. . .... 125074 . .. .. .. 125074 BLKU ... .... 125110 . .. .... 125110 BLKU . . . ... .125113 ... .. .. 125122 BLKU ... ....125124 ... .... 125132 BLKU . .. .. . .125134 ... . . .. 125144 BLKU ... ....224001 .. .. .... 224001 BLKU ... .... 224004 .. . .... 224004 BLKU .. . .... 225008 . ... .... 225013 BLKU ... ....225192 .. .. .... 225196 BLKU .. . .... 225806 . ... .... 225807 BLKU .. . .... 20442 ......... .... 20443 BLKU .. . .... 20623 ......... .... 20623 BLKU . .. .... 20627 ......... .... 20627 BLKU .. . ....20810 ......... . . .. 20810 BLKU ... .... 23588 ......... .... 23609 BOBU ... .... 22............... .... 22 BOBU . .. ....184 ............. . .. . 184 BOGU ... ___ 1 ................... ... . 8 BONU ... . . ..917301 .. .. . .. . 917307 BONU ... . ...917500 .... ... . 917502 BONU ... . . ..921001 .. .. ... . 921023 BONU .. . . ...921071 . ... .. . . 921072 BONU .. . . ...921080 . ... .... 921082 BONU . .. ....921100 ... . .. .. 921127 BONU ... ....923001 .... .... 923004 BONU . .. .... 923008 .... . . .. 923013 BONU ... ....923016 .. .. . ... 923018 BONU ... .... 923020 .... . ... 923020 BONU ... .... 923023 .... ... . 923023 BONU ... .... 923026 .... .... 923026 BONU ... .... 923029 .... .. . . 923029 BONU .. . .... 923031 .... .... 923032 BONU ... . ...924001 . .. . .. . . 924003 BONU . .. .... 924006 .... .. .. 924065 BONU . .. .... 924096 .... .. .. 924186 BONU . .. .... 924300 .... . ... 924343 BONU ... .... 924345 .... . ... 924345 BONU . .. .... 924350 .... . .. . 924452 BONU .... .... 924500 .... ... . 924516 BONU ... .... 924600 .... . .. . 924603 BONU .... .... 924700 .... .... 924732 BONU .... .... 942005 .... ... . 942005 BONU . ... .... 942007 .... .. .. 942008 BONU .... ....942010 .... .. .. 942072 BONU . ... .... 942375 .... . . .. 942389 BOSU .... ....119401 .... .... 119403 BPCU . ... ....400001 .. . . . . .. 400010 BPLU .... .. ..105000 .. .. .... 105000 BPLU .... ... .106000 .. .. . ... 106000 BREN ... . .... 60001 ......... ... . 60001 BREN .... ....60013 ......... .... 60013 BRNU .. .. . ...321 ............. ... . 322 BRNU .. .. ....351 ............. .... 353 BRNU .. .. .... 383 ............. .... 388 BSLT......... ....124001 ... . .. .. 124001 BTEU .... . ...200001 ... . .. .. 200100 BTTU ... . ....224001 .. . . ... 224001 BTTU .... ....224201 .... ... 224210 CABU .... .... 402 ............. ... 405 CABU .... .... 4002 ........... ... 4018 CARU .. .. ....182740 .... .. . 182746 CASU .... .... 900680 .... . .. 900680 CCRU .... ....2061 ........... .. . 2090 REPORTING MARK STARTING ENDING CCRU ... ....4011 ......... .... 4013 CCRU ... ....4501 ......... .... 4501 CCRU ... ....5001 ......... .... 5020 CCRU ... ....6001 ......... .... 6037 CCRU ... .... 6080 ......... .... 6087 CCRU ... ....7001 ......... . . . . 7015 CCRU ... .... 7030 ......... .... 7204 CCRU ... ....8001 ......... . ... 8012 CCRU ... ....20001 .... .... 20008 CCRU ... ....81001 .... ... . 81012 CCRU . . . ....84001 .... .. . . 84012 CCRU . .. ....90001 ......... .... 90020 CCRU . .. ....94001 .... .. .. 94110 CCRU ... ....94131 ......... . ... 94170 CCRU . .. ....94501 ......... .... 94503 CCRU ... .... 96001 ......... .... 96004 CCRU ... ....97001 ......... .... 97003 CCRU ... ....100002 .... .... 100006 CCRU ... ....101001 .... .... 101060 CCRU .. . ....101501 . ... ... . 101525 CCRU . .. ....104001 . ... .... 104020 CCRU ... ....107001 .... ... . 107255 CCRU ... ....126001 ... . .. .. 126100 CCRU ... ....137001 .... .... 137100 CCRU ... ....151001 ... . . . .. 151003 CCRU ... ....153001 .... .... 153040 CCRU ... .. ..154001 .. . . . . .. 154120 CCRU ... ....157001 .. .. . ... 157011 CCRU ... ....161001 .. .. . ... 161085 CCRU ... ....163001 . . .. ... . 163004 CCRU ... ....164001 .... .... 164100 CCRU ... ....167001 .... ... . 167045 CCRU ... ....170001 .... .... 170030 CCRU ... ....171001 .... .. .. 171001 CCRU ... ....174001 .... . . .. 174025 CCRU ... ....174051 ... . . . .. 174160 CCRU ... .... 175001 .. .. . ... 175019 CCRU ... ....183141 .... . ... 183150 CCRU ... . . ..191001 . . .. . .. . 191207 CCRU .... ....191221 .... ... . 191260 CCRU .... . ...191271 . ... ... . 191375 CCRU .... ....191396 .... .. .. 191415 CCRU .... ....191436 .... .... 191495 CCRU .... ....193001 .... . . .. 193576 CCRU .... ....194001 .... .... 194253 CCRU .... .. . .194274 .. . . . . .. 194313 CCRU .... .. . .194334 .... . ... 194353 CCRU .... ....194374 .. .. . ... 194423 CCRU .. .. . . ..194434 ___ . .. . 194473 CCRU .... ___ 194494 ____ . ... 194628 CCRU .... . ...195001 . ... ... . 195020 CCRU .... ....196001 .... .... 196330 CCRU . ... ....197001 .... .. .. 197026 CCRU . ... ....197029 .... .... 197029 CCRU . ... ....197039 .... .. . . 197073 CCRU .... ....197075 .... .... 197245 CCRU .... ....197286 ... . .. .. 197305 CCRU .... ....212001 .. .. . ... 212030 CCRU .... .... 220076 .... . ... 220085 CCRU .... .... 220089 .... . ... 220103 CCRU .... ....220133 .... .... 220147 CCRU .... ....220198 .. .. . .. . 220212 CCRU .... .... 220226 .... .... 220233 CCRU .... .... 220283 .... .... 220302 CCRU .... .... 220324 .... .. .. 220324 CCRU .... .... 220355 .... .... 220369 CCRU . .. . ....220371 ... . . .. 220396 CCRU ... . ....220407 .... .... 220407 CCRU ... . ....220411 .. . . . .. 220411 XII July 1998 ABD00131721 REPORTING MARK STARTING ENDING CCRU ... .... 220432 .... .... 220432 CCRU ... .... 220440 .... .. . . 220440 CCRU ... .... 220445 .... .... 220464 CCRU ... .... 220486 .... .. . . 220488 CCRU ... .... 220520 .... .... 220522 CCRU ... .... 220524 .... ... . 220528 CCRU ... .... 220629 .... . ... 220636 CCRU ... .... 220935 .... . .. . 220939 CCRU ... ....220941 ... . . . .. 220949 CCRU ... ....224014 .. .. . ... 224014 CCRU ... ....224051 ... . .. .. 224051 CCRU ... .... 224055 .... . ... 224055 CCRU ... ....231281 ... . .. .. 231281 CCRU ... ....231298 ... . .. .. 231298 CCRU ... ....251004 . .. . .. .. 251004 CCRU ... ....251006 .... .... 251006 CCRU ... ....251008 . .. . .. .. 251008 CCRU ... ....251010 .... ... . 251010 CCRU ... ....251014 . ... .. .. 251014 CCRU ... ....251017 .. .. ... . 251018 CCRU ... ....251020 .... ... . 251030 CCRU ... ....311001 .. .. . .. . 311020 CCRU ... ....312001 .... .... 312040 CCRU ... ... .313000 .. .. . ... 313010 CCRU ... ....435001 .... . ... 435100 CCRU ... .... 537041 .... . ... 537120 CCRU ... ....537201 ... . .. .. 537275 CCRU .. . ....867515 ... . .... 867524 CECU .. . .... 102001 . .. . .. .. 102010 CECU . . . .... 500029 .... .. .. 500032 CECU .. . .... 999008 .... .. . . 999017 CETU .. . ... .850104 . .. . .. .. 850113 CETU ... ....850115 . ... .. . . 850115 CETU ... ....850117 .... .... 850117 CETU . .. ....850169 . . .. .. . . 850183 CETU ... ....850185 .... .... 850200 CETU ... .... 850293 .... ... . 850332 CETU ... .... 850335 .... .... 850366 CETU ... ....859417 .. .. ... . 850446 CGMU .. ....295114 ... . . ... 295114 CGMU .. ....295122 .. .. . ... 295122 CGMU .. ....295142 ... . . . .. 295142 CGMU .. ....295149 .... . ... 295149 CGMU .. ....295178 ... . .. .. 295178 CGMU .. .... 295202 ... . .. .. 295202 CGMU . . .... 295325 . .. . .. .. 295325 CHDU .. . .... 270 ............. .... 306 CHDU .. . ....310 ............. .... 314 CHDU ... .... 350 ............. .... 355 CHFU .. . ....922401 . ... .... 922450 CHFU ... ....932101 .. .. ... . 932120 CHFU ... ....932401 . ... .... 932430 CHFU . .. ....952100 .. .. . .. . 952150 CHFU ... .... 952400 .. .. .... 952449 CHIU .... .... 760001 .. . . .... 760006 CLTU ... .... 704606 .... .... 704606 CLTU ... ....704616 .. . . . . .. 704616 CLTU ... ....704618 .... .. .. 704619 CLTU .. . .... 704622 ... . .... 704622 CLTU ... .... 704626 . ... .... 704626 CLTU ... .... 704633 ... . .... 704634 CLTU . .. .... 704640 . ... .... 704640 CLTU ... .... 704644 . ... .... 704644 CLTU . .. .... 704648 . . .. .... 704648 CLTU . .. .... 704650 .... .... 704650 CLTU . .. .... 704655 . . .. .... 704656 CLTU . .. .... 704660 .... .... 704660 CLTU . .. .... 704664 .. .. .... 704664 CLTU ... .... 704676 .... .... 704676 REPORTING MARK STARTING ENDING CMMU .. ....92001 ......... ... . 92002 CNOB . .. ....900001 .. .. . .. . 900001 CONU ... ....241000 .. .. . ... 241020 CONU . .. ....241023 .. .. . .. . 241059 CONU ... ....241110 ... . . ... 241115 CONU .. . ....241117 .. .. . ... 241139 CONU .. . . .. .241141 ... . . . .. 241144 CONU .. . ....241146 .... . ... 241150 CONU .. . . . . .241201 . .. . .. .. 241201 CONU .. . . ...241204 .... .... 241226 CPVU .. . .... 955 ............. .. .. 960 CPVU .. . ....981 ............. .... 984 CPVU .. . .... 4351 ........... .. . . 4351 CPVU ... .... 8272 ........... ... . 8274 CPVU .. . ....9168 ........... ... . 9168 CRKU ... ....22016 ......... .. .. 22033 CRKU ... ....219056 . ... ... . 219070 CRKU ... ....222021 .. .. . .. . 222025 CRXU ... .... 850000 .... ... . 850940 CRXU ... .... 850960 .... . .. . 851009 CRXU ... ....851020 .... . ... 851209 CRXU . .. ....851220 .. . . . ... 851309 CRXU ... ....851610 .... .... 851720 CRXU ... ....851723 .. . . . ... 851726 CRXU ... ....851729 . ... .. .. 851734 CRXU ... ....851736 ... . . ... 851740 CRXU ... . ...851742 . ... .. . . 851746 CRXU ... ....851751 ... . .. .. 851751 CRXU ... . ...851753 . ... ... . 851754 CRXU .. . . ...851756 . ... .... 851775 CRXU ... . ...851777 . . .. .. . . 851819 CRXU ... ....851840 .... .... 851936 CRXU . .. .. ..851937 .. .. . .. . 852064 CRXU ... .... 852066 .... .... 852373 CSAU . .. .... 900680 .... . .. . 900680 CSWU ... ....124101 .... . ... 124130 CTC .... ....120654 .... . .. . 120655 CTHU . .. ....514............. . ... 515 CTHU . .. ....51012......... ... . 51015 CTHU . . . .... 101006 ... . . . .. 101011 CTKU . .. ....100102 ... . .... 100108 CTKU . . . .... 100110 . .. . .. .. 100110 CWSU ... ....124132 .... .... 124211 CXCU .. . ....441000 . .. . .. .. 441000 CXCU ... .... 453301 .... ... . 453316 DAIU .... ....221338 . ... .. . . 221345 DAIU .... ....221349 .. .. . .. . 221353 DAIU .... . ...341654 .. .. ... . 341659 DAIU .... ....920001 .. .. .... 920002 DCCU ... .. ..25019 ......... .... 25023 DCCU . .. .. ..517601 .. . . . ... 517608 DCCU ... ....517705 .... . ... 517708 DCIU .... ....111122 .... . . .. 111126 DCIU .... ... .179174 .... .... 179203 DCIU .... . . . .201011 . .. . . . .. 201011 DCIU .... ....201013 . ... .... 201013 DCIU .... .. . .201015 . ... .. .. 201016 DCIU .... .. . .201020 .. .. .... 201023 DCIU .... .. ..203001 . ... .... 203005 DCIU .... ....311127 .. .. . .. . 311127 DCIU .... ....311129 .... ... . 311129 DCIU .... . ...311131 .. .. . .. . 311131 DCIU .... ....411100 .... .... 411101 DCIU .... ....411103 ... . .. . 411105 DCIU .... ....411107 .... . ... 411107 DCIU .... ....411109 ... . ... 411109 DCIU .... ....411111 ... ___ 411113 DCIU .... . ...411115 ... . . .. 411117 DCIU .... .. ..411120 . .. .. .. 411121 REPORTING MARK STARTING ENDING DCIU .... ....513001 .... .... 513002 DCIU .... ....513005 .. .. ... . 513005 DCIU .... ....513007 .... .... 513012 DCIU .... ....513015 .... .... 513016 DCIU .... ....513019 ... . .. .. 513020 DCIU .... .... 520002 .... .... 520002 DCIU .... ....550018 . .. . .. .. 550023 DCIU .... ....559001 .... .... 559032 DCIU .... ....625001 . .. . .. .. 625010 DCIU .... ....714001 .... .... 714034 DCIU .... ....716118 . ... .. .. 716122 DCIU .... ....719001 .... .... 719054 DCIU .... ....722001 . ... ... . 722001 DCIU .... .... 735007 .... .... 735008 DCIU .... ....735011 . ... .... 735013 DCIU .... . ...735015 .. .. ... . 735018 DCIU .... .... 735023 .... .... 735024 DCIU .... .... 735026 .... . ... 735029 DCIU .... .... 736032 .... .... 736035 DCIU .... .... 736037 .... . ... 736037 DCIU .... .... 736039 .... .... 736040 DCIU .... .... 736043 .... . ... 736043 DCIU .... .... 736047 .... .. .. 736048 DCIU .... .... 736050 .... .. .. 736051 DCIU .... .... 736054 .... .. .. 736054 DCIU .... .... 736056 .... .. .. 736056 DCIU .... .... 736059 .... .. .. 736059 DCIU .... ....736061 . ... .... 736061 DCIU .... .... 736066 .... ... . 736069 DCIU .... ....736071 .... .... 736074 DCIU .... .... 736077 .... ... . 736080 DCIU .... .... 736082 .... .... 736085 DCIU .... .... 736087 .... . ... 736103 DCIU .... ....736105 .... . ... 736105 DCIU .... . ...736109 .... . .. . 736110 DCIU .... .. . .736113 ... . .... 736117 DCIU .... ....739174 .... .... 739218 DCIU .... ....742001 ... . .. .. 742125 DCIU .... .... 749204 .... .... 749648 DCIU .... ....776001 . .. . .. .. 776001 DCIU .... ....797124 . ... .... 797126 DCIU .... ....797128 . ... .. .. 797143 DCIU .... ... .797145 .... .... 797156 DCIU .... ....797158 . ... ... . 797160 DCIU .... ... .797162 .. .. .... 797168 DCIU .... ... .797170 .... .... 797171 DCIU .... . .. .842001 .. .. . .. . 842001 DCIU .... ... .843001 .... .... 843100 DCIU .... . .. .844001 .... .... 844050 DCIU .... . .. .847001 .... .... 847050 DCIU .... . . . .857001 ... . .... 857090 DCIU .... ....858001 .... .... 858009 DCOU . .. ....25019 ......... .... 25023 DCOU ... ....517601 . ... .... 517605 DCOU . .. .. . .517705 ... . .. .. 517708 DCPU ... ....640187 ... . .. .. 640190 DCPU ... .. . .1113........... .. .. 1124 DHRU ... .... 782033 .... .... 782057 DLKU ... .. . .982801 .... .... 982805 DLKU . .. .... 982924 .. .. .... 982924 DLKU ... ....993201 .... .... 993205 DLKU .. . .... 993208 .... . .. . 993212 DLKU ... ....993217 .... .... 993226 DNRU ... .... 101001 ... . ... 101326 DNRU ... ....101330 .... .... 101379 DNRU ... ....105001 ... .... 105355 DNUU ... .... 101327 . .. .... 101329 DNUU ... .... 105215 . .. .... 105275 DOWU .. ....819 ........... .... 819 XIII ABD00131722 July 1998 REPORTING MARK STARTING ENDING DOWU .. .... 946 ............. .... 969 DOWU .. .... 50821 ......... .... 50834 DPCU ... .... 1046 ........... .... 1059 DPCU ... ....1113 ........... ... . 1127 DPCU ... ....1201 ................ .... 1241 DPCU . . . .... 64006 ......... .... 64006 DPCU ... ....400001 .... .... 400001 DPCU . .. .... 640030 . ... .... 640054 DPCU . .. ....640072 .... .... 640072 DPCU . .. .... 640097 . ... .... 640097 DPCU ... ....640142 ... . .. .. 640142 DPCU ... ....640144 . .. . .... 640157 DPCU . .. ....640159 ... . .... 640161 DPCU . .. ....640163 .... .. .. 640176 DPCU . .. ....640178 ... . .... 640180 DPCU ... ....640182 .... .. .. 640190 DPCU ... .... 640246 .... .... 640265 DPCU ... ....643001 .... .... 643050 DPCU ... ....990001 .. . . .... 990003 DSBU ... ....180001 .... .... 180066 DSBU . .. ....180068 .... . ... 180174 DSBU .. . .... 180176 .. .. . .. . 180602 DSBU ... ....180701 .... . ... 180702 DSBU .. . .... 180750 .. .. ... . 180761 DSBU ... ....182001 .... . ... 182006 DSBU .. . ....771010 . . .. ... . 771011 DWAU ... DWAU .. . DWAU ... ... .2......................... ....2 . .. .4 ......................... ....4 ... .7......................... ....7 DWAU .. . . .. .9 ......................... .. .. 9 DWAU . .. ....11 ...................... .... 13 DWAU . .. ....16 ............... .... 18 DWAU . .. .... 20...................... .... 20 DWAU . .. ....23...................... .... 23 DWAU ... .... 25............... .... 25 DWAU ... ....21 ............... .... 33 DWAU ... .... 35............... .... 40 DWAU.... ....45 ............... .... 45 DWAU ... .... 47............... .... 47 DWAU.. .. .... 49............... .... 49 DWAU ... ....51 ............... .... 53 DWAU.. .. .... 55 ............... .... 55 DWAU ... .... 57 ............... .... 60 DWAU.. .. .... 63 ............... .... 83 DWAU.. .. .... 85............... .... 89 DWAU. ... ... .91 ............... .... 92 DWAU.... ....94 ............... .... 96 DWAU. ... ....98............... .... 98 DWAU. ... ....100 ............. .. .. 100 DWAU. .. . ....103 ............. .... 110 DWAU... . .. . .112............. .... 124 DWAU. .. . ....127 ............. . . .. 127 DWAU... . .. . .131 ............. . ... 135 DWAU... . .. . .138............. .. .. 138 DWAU ... . ....141 ............. . ... 141 DWAU... . .. . .143............. . . .. 144 DWAU.. . . .... 146............. . .. . 148 DWAU... . ....153 ............. . ... 154 DWAU .. . . .... 163............. . ... 224 DWAU .... .... 275 ............. .... 294 DWAU.. . . .... 447 ............. .... 452 DWAU.... ....25019 ......... .. .. 25023 EBCU .. .. ....617000 . . .. ... . 617002 EBCU . ... ....621000 . ... .. .. 621011 EBCU .... .... 623000 .... ... . 623007 EKBU . ... ....101001 ... . .. .. 101001 EKBU .... ....101004 . ... .... 101006 EKBU . .. . ....101008 .... .. .. 101010 EKBU .... ....101015 .... .... 101022 REPORTING MARK STARTING ENDING EKBU ... EKBU .. . EKBU ... EKBU ... EKBU ... EKBU .. . EKBU ... ELAU ... EMDU ... EMDU .. . EMEU ... EMEU ... EMMU. .. EMMU... EMMU. .. EMMU. .. EMMU. .. EMTU ... EMTU . .. EMTU ... EMTU . .. EMTU ... EMTU ... ERFU ... ETEU ... ETKU ... ETNU ... ETNU .. . ETNU .. . ETNU .. . ETNU ... ETNU . . . ETNU ... ETNU . .. ETNU ... ETNU ... ETNU ... ETNU ... ETNU ... ETNU ... ETNU ... ETNU ... ETNU ... EUVU .. . EVAU .. . EVAU .. . EVAU .. . EVAU .. . EVAU ... EVAU . .. EVAU ... EVAU . .. EVAU ... EVAU . .. EVAU ... EVAU ... EXFU ... EXFU ... EXFU ... EXFU ... EXFU ... EXFU ... EXFU ... EXFU ... EXFU ... EXFU ... EXFU .. . EXFU . .. EXFU ... . . . .101025 .. .. . ... 101025 .... 101032 .... .... 101035 .... 101037 .. .. . ... 101039 .... 101041 . ... ... . 101041 .... 101043 .... ... . 101049 .... 101051 . ... .. . . 101053 .... 101055 .... ... . 101055 .... 852504 . ... .... 852507 .... 144001 . ... .... 144003 .... 144102 . .. . .. . . 144107 .... 149381 .... .... 149389 ....249301 . .. . .... 249302 .... 567703 .... .. .. 567703 .... 567708 . .. . .. .. 567708 .... 807700 .... .. .. 807709 ....807711 ... . .. .. 807727 .... 807729 .... . . .. 807729 ....125961 ... . .... 125970 ....145891 .... . . .. 145893 ....158931 .... .... 158933 ....159051 .. . . . . .. 159055 ....169251 .... .... 169275 ....205911 .. .. . ... 205914 .. .839013 . ... ... . 839013 ....940701 .. .. . ... 940701 ....265021 . ... .... 265026 ....110111 .. .. .... 110155 ....110160 . ... ... . 110184 . ...110096 .... ... . 110127 . .. .114001 . ... ... . 114037 ....115000 .... .... 115014 ... .130000 . .. . .. .. 130099 .... 140000 .... .. .. 140024 ....140115 . .. . .. .. 140239 .... 140290 ... . .... 140419 ....140861 ... . .. .. 140880 ....146105 .... . ... 146136 .... 150000 ... . .. .. 150049 . ...150120 .. .. . ... 150146 ....170040 .... . ... 170054 .... 595004 .... . .. . 595006 .... 870000 .... .... 870009 ....871000 . . .. . .. . 871000 ....615956 . ... ... . 615956 ....480126 . ... ... . 480145 .... 580083 .... .. .. 580086 ....580103 . ... ... . 580114 ....580119 . .. . .. .. 580121 ....580124 .... .... 580145 ....580189 ... . .. .. 580213 .... 580266 .... .. .. 580275 .... 580277 .... .. .. 580278 .... 580290 .... .... 580301 .. ..580312 ... . . . .. 580316 .. .580318 ... . . ... 580329 ... .641101 ... . . . .. 641130 .... 130522 .. .. . ... 130581 ....142705 .... . ... 142718 . ...145132 .. .. ... . 145161 ....146364 .... . ... 146378 .... 147494 .... ... . 147501 ....150516 .... .... 150521 ....153913 .... ... . 153937 .... 154001 . ... .... 154025 . ...155102 . ... ... . 155131 ....159171 .... .... 159190 ....171672 .... ... . 171683 ....173938 ... . .. .. 173962 ....174026 . ... .... 174050 REPORTING MARK STARTING ENDING EXFU . .. EXFU ... EXFU . .. EXFU ... EXFU ... EXFU ... EXFU ... EXFU ... EXFU ... EXFU ... EXFU ... EXFU ... EXFU ... EXFU . .. EXFU . .. EXFU . .. EXFU . .. EXFU ... EXFU . .. EXFU . .. EXFU . .. EXFU ... EXFU . .. EXFU ... EXFU ... EXFU ... EXFU ... EXFU ... EXFU ... EXFU ... EXFU ... EXFU ... EXFU ... EXFU . .. EXFU ... EXFU . .. EXFU ... EXFU . .. EXFU ... EXFU ... EXFU ... EXFU ... EXFU .. . EXFU ... EXFU ... EXFU ... EXFU ... EXFU ... EXFU ... EXFU . .. EXFU ... EXFU . .. EXFU . .. EXFU . .. EXFU ... EXFU ... EXFU ... EXFU . .. EXFU ... FANU ... FANU ... FFNU . .. FIBU .... FIFU .... FITU .... FITU .... FMCU . .. FMCU ... FMCU ... ....175072 . .. . .. .. 175101 .. ..179221 .... .... 179240 ....179321 .... .. . . 179330 ....180461 .... .. .. 180482 ....181594 .... .. .. 181611 .... 182685 .... .. .. 182704 ....182719 ... . .. .. 182752 .... 182771 .. . . . ... 182771 ....183803 .... .. .. 183834 .... 183847 .. . . . ... 183912 .... 184051 .... .... 184051 . .. .184963 .. .. . ... 184974 .... 185162 .... .... 185201 ....185219 .... . .. . 185219 ....186224 .... .... 186283 ....186304 .... ... . 186363 ....187379 .... .. .. 187398 ....187419 . ... ... . 187493 ....187502 .... .. .. 187516 ....187517 . ... .... 187568 ....188001 .... .. .. 188110 ....188569 .... .... 188578 ....188589 .... .. .. 188595 ....188616 .... .. .. 188616 ....188624 .... .. .. 188629 .... 189101 .... .. .. 189170 ....189191 .... .. .. 189220 .... 189241 ... . .... 189320 .. . .189341 ... . .. .. 189460 .... 189592 .. . . . ... 189600 .... 190511 ... . . ... 190515 .... 194052 .. .. . .. . 194061 .... 196314 .... .... 196323 ....198579 .. .. . .. . 198588 ....199331 .... .... 199340 .... 222025 .... ... . 222025 .... 222047 .... .... 222047 .... 222050 .... ... . 222050 .... 222056 .... .. .. 222056 ....222061 .... .... 222066 .... 222068 .... .. .. 222069 ....222100 .... .. .. 222100 ....222152 ... . . . .. 222152 ....222156 .... .... 222156 . . ..222158 .. . . . . .. 222172 . ...222180 .... .... 222180 . ...222182 .. . . . . .. 222182 ....222184 .. .. . ... 222185 ....222187 .. . . . ... 222188 ....222190 .. .. . ... 222190 ....222192 .. .. . ... 222192 ....222194 . . .. . .. . 222195 .... 222202 .... .... 222202 .... 222205 .... ... . 222206 .... 222208 .... ... . 222211 .... 222233 .... ... . 222234 .... 222236 .... .... 222238 .... 222240 .... ... . 222241 .. ..289115 ... . .... 289124 ....520001 . ... .... 520001 .. . .530001 .... .. .. 530001 ....199001 .... .... 199005 ....21 ............... ... 53 ....620001 .... .. .. 620003 .... 124075 .... .. .. 124084 ....524001 .... .... 524004 ....1002 ........... .. .. 1003 ....1005 ........... .... 1021 ....1024 ........... .. .. 1024 XIV ABD00131727 July 1998 REPORTING MARK STARTING ENDING NRSU . . . .... 192001 .... ... 192010 NRSU . . . .... 194009 .... . .. 194012 NRSU .. . ....214001 ... . .. .. 214001 NRSU .. . ....311001 . .. . .. . . 311140 NRSU .. . ....321001 . .. . .. . . 321540 NRSU ... ....321591 . . .. ... . 321640 NRSU . .. ....321651 .. .. . .. . 321738 NRSU . .. ....321730 .. . . . ... 321737 NRSU . . . ....321739 ... . .. .. 321800 NRSU .. . ....331001 ... . .. .. 331002 NRSU .. . ....341001 . ... .. .. 341140 NRSU ... ....361001 .... ... . 361010 NRSU ... ....371001 .... ... . 371151 NRSU ... ....371182 .... .... 371211 NRSU ... .... 374001 .... .... 374003 NRSU . .. .... 376001 .... .... 376010 NRSU . . . ....421001 ... . .... 421050 NRSU .. . ....811015 ... . .. .. 811015 NRSU .. . ....811017 ... . .. .. 811017 NRSU .. . ....811024 . .. . .. .. 811034 NRSU .. . ___ 811048 . ... .. . . 811049 NRSU . .. ....811051 .... ... . 811051 NRSU . .. ....811057 .. .. . .. . 811057 NRSU . . . ....811071 .. . . . . .. 811071 NRSU .. . ....811097 ... . . . .. 811097 NRSU .. . ....814006 . .. . .. .. 814006 NRSU .. . ....814012 . .. . .. . . 814016 NRSU ... ....821012 .... ... . 821012 NRSU ... ....821020 .. .. . .. . 821020 NRSU . .. ....821025 .... . ... 821025 NRSU . .. ....821027 .... . . .. 821027 NRSU ... ....821029 ... . .. .. 821029 NRSU .. . ....871042 ... . .. .. 871101 NRSU .. . ....876001 .... .. .. 876010 NRSU .. . ....876031 .... .... 876054 NRSU .. . .... 876086 .... ... . 876086 NRSU ... ....911009 .... ... . 911009 NTCU ... ....27001 ......... ... . 27050 NTIU .... .... 151001 .. .. . ... 151001 NYCU . . . ....219801 ... . . . .. 219820 NYCU . . . ....249801 . .. . .. .. 249830 OCLU .. . ....753119 . .. . .. .. 753119 OCLU .,. ....755100 . ... .. . . 755100 OCLU ... ....755103 .. .. ... . 755116 OCLU . .. ....755118 .. .. . .. . 755120 OCLU . .. ....755122 .. . . . ... 755132 OGSU ... .... 120517 ... . . . .. 120520 OHKU ... .... 100001 ... . .. .. 100003 OLAU .. . . ...1002 ........... ... . 1013 ORBU ... ....974001 .... ... . 974013 ORBU ... ....975001 .... .... 975007 ORBU . .. .... 985008 .. .. .... 985012 ORCU ... ....152001 .... . ... 152010 OSSU . .. ....214151 .... .... 214159 OSSU ... ....514641 ... . .. .. 514645 OSSU ... ....614646 ... . .. .. 614650 OSSU .. . ....714661 . .. . .. .. 714665 OTLU .. . ....241501 . ... ... . 241509 OTLU ... .... 497000 .... .... 497099 OXCU . . . .... 120001 .. .. . .. . 120002 OXYU . .. ....780131 .. . . . ... 780175 PACI .... .... 665297 ... . .... 665299 PAGU ... ....242001 . .. . .... 242005 PBLU ... ....70 ............... .... 70 PBLU ... .... 80............... .... 80 PBLU ... .... 90............... .... 90 PBLU .. . ....100 ............. .... 100 PBLU .. . ....110 ........... .... 110 PBLU .. . ....120 ........... .. .. 120 REPORTING MARK STARTING ENDING PBLU ... ....130 ............. ... 130 PBLU ... ....140 ............. ... 140 PBLU ... ....150 ............. ... 150 PBLU ... ....160 ............. ... 650 PBLU ... ....121600 .... .. . 121629 PBLU ... ....125600 .. .. ... 125609 PBLU .. . . ...251100 .. . . ... 251139 PCVU . . . .... 124600 ... . . .. 124629 PCVU .. . .... 149001 . .. . .. . . 149023 PCVU ... ....210000 . ... .. . . 210009 PCVU . .. ....241000 . . .. . .. . 241019 PCVU . .. ....251001 .. .. . .. . 251049 PCVU . .. .... 260000 .... . ... 260004 PCVU . .. ....341001 ... . . .. 341025 PCVU .. . ....351051 . .. . .. .. 351100 PCVU ... .... 924001 .... .. . . 924010 PDQU ... ....620401 . ... ... . 620430 PHGU ... .. ..840001 .. .. ... . 840001 PHRU ... ....1001 ........... .... 1008 PICU .... ___ 580001 ____ .... 580008 PPGU ... ___ 160001 ____ . ... 160003 PPGU . .. .... 194201 .... . ... 194201 PPGU . . . ....850001 ... . . ... 850012 PRMU ... .... 574600 .... .. .. 574619 PTCU .. . . ...250101 . ... .. .. 250120 PTRU . .. ....880001 . ... .. . . 880012 PVCU . .. .. ..351076 .. .. . .. . 351098 PVSU ... .. ..110000 .. .. . .. . 110000 PVSU . .. ....110000 .... . .. . 110000 PVSU .. . .... 120000 . .. . . . .. 120000 PVSU .. . .... 120000 . .. . .. . . 120000 PVSU .. . .... 130000 . ... .. . . 130000 PVSU ... .... 130000 .. .. ... . 130000 PVSU ... ....140000 .. .. . .. . 140000 PVSU ... .... 140000 .. . . . ... 140000 PVSU ... ....150000 .... . ... 150000 PVSU ... ....150000 .... .. .. 150000 PVSU ... ....160000 ... . .... 160000 PVSU ... .... 160000 . ... .... 160000 PVSU .. . .... 170000 . ... .... 170000 PVSU .. . .... 170000 . ... .... 170000 PVSU ... .... 180000 .... ... . 180000 PVSU ... ....180000 .. .. ... . 180000 PVSU ... .... 300900 .... . ... 300900 PVSU ... .... 600000 .... . ... 600000 PVSU ... .... 700000 .... . . .. 700000 PVSU .. . .... 800000 .... .. . . 800000 PVSU ... .... 900000 .... ... . 900000 PWHU . .. ....237001 .. .. . .. . 237003 RBPU . .. ....961413 .. . . . .. . 961416 RCIU .... ....127001 ... . . . .. 127003 RDLU .. . ....941017 . .. . .. .. 941022 RECU .. . .... 100001 . ... .. .. 100002 RICU .... ....219501 . . .. ... . 219510 RlCU .... ....222101 .. .. . .. . 222103 RICU .... ___ 223101 ____ . .. . 223102 RICU .... .... 224235 .... .... 224238 RICU .... ....224401 .... .... 224426 RICU .... .... 224444 .... .... 224458 RICU .... ....226601 .... .. .. 226691 RICU .... ....871207 .... .. .. 871208 RINU .... .... 224201 . ... .... 224220 R1NU .... ....224231 . . .. .... 224234 RMCU . .. ....11420 ......... ... . 11420 RMCU . . . ....112018 .... . ... 112019 RMCU .. . ....113025 .... . . .. 113025 RMCU .. . . ...113029 . .. . .. .. 113029 RMCU ... .. . .113035 . .. . .. . . 113035 RMCU . .. ....113039 . . .. ... . 113040 REPORTING MARK STARTING ENDING RMCU .... ....113042 .... .. . 113046 RMCU .... ....114012 .. .. ... 114013 RMCU .... ....114015 .... ... 114015 RMCU.... . ...114017 .... .... 114017 RMCU .... ....114020 .... .... 114020 RMCU ... . ....114025 .... .... 114030 RMCU ... . ....114037 .... .... 114063 RMCU. .. . ....215001 . ... .... 215050 RMCU . ... ....444125 . ... .... 444230 RMCU . . .. ....451001 .. .. ... . 451150 RMCU .. .. . ...454001 .. .. .... 454996 RMCU .. .. . .. .454821 .. .. . ... 454821 RMCU .. . . .. .455001 .. .. . ... 455003 RMCU . .. . .... 455005 .... .... 455005 RMCU. .. . ....455010 . .. . .. .. 455010 RMCU. . .. ....455012 . ... ... . 455013 RMCU .. .. ....455015 . . .. ... . 455031 RMCU .. .. .... 464000 ___ . ... 464366 RMCU .. .. .... 464374 .... . ... 464380 RMCU .... ....464391 ... . .. .. 464393 RMCU ... ....464424 ... . .... 464429 RMCU ... ....534001 .... .... 534279 RMCU ... ....534281 . ... .... 534330 RMCU ... .... 534333 .... .... 534334 RMCU ... .... 534358 .... .... 534358 RMCU .. . .... 534365 .... .... 534365 RMCU .. . .... 534372 .... .... 534372 RMCU ... . .. .534375 .... . ... 534376 RMCU ... .... 534378 .... . ... 534378 RMCU ... .... 534380 .... .... 534380 RMCU . .. .... 534383 .... .. .. 534383 RMCU . . . .... 534388 .... ... . 534393 RMCU .. . .... 534395 .... ... . 534401 RMCU .. . . ...534403 .. .. . ... 534463 RMCU . .. .... 534465 .... . ... 534467 RMCU . .. .... 534504 .... .. .. 534504 RMCU . .. ....534513 . ... .. .. 534514 RMCU ... ....534521 . ... .... 534522 RMCU .. . .... 534525 .... ... . 534525 RMCU ... .... 534527 .... .... 534529 RMCU ... .... 534544 .... .... 534544 RMCU ... .... 534549 .... .... 534550 RMCU ... ....534552 .... .... 534581 RMCU ... .... 534585 .... .... 534589 RMCU ... .. . .534591 .... .... 534605 RMCU . .. .... 534608 .... .... 534611 RMCU . . . ....534613 .... .... 534615 RMCU .. . . ...534617 .. .. .... 534619 RMCU .. . . .. .534621 .... . ... 534999 RMCU ... . .. .544001 .... .... 544424 RMCU ... .... 924000 . .. . .. .. 924001 RMCU . .. .... 964367 .... .. .. 964373 RNDU . . . ....777001 . ... .... 777002 RRIU .... .... 580336 .... .... 580434 RTLU ... ....143125 . . .. ... . 143129 RUBU ., . ....193001 .. .. ... . 193001 RUBU .. . .... 708302 .. .. ... . 708314 RYCU ... .... 708306 .... .... 708307 RYCU ... . ...780310 .... .... 780314 RYCU ... ....781300 .... .... 781307 RYCU ... ....781318 .... .... 781354 RYCU ... ....781360 .... .... 781361 RYCU ... ....781377 .... .... 781377 RYCU ... ....781380 .... .... 781380 RYCU ... . ...781385 .... .... 781389 RYCU ... ....791301 .... .... 791329 RYCU . .. .. . .791351 .. .. .... 791384 RYCU . .. ... .791386 .. .. .... 791435 RYCU .. . ....791470 .... .. .. 791499 XIX ABD00131728 July 1998 REPORTING MARK STARTING ENDING SAGU.......... ..950701 .......... .. 950701 SAGU .......... ..961003 .......... . . 961003 SAPU .......... ..120601 .......... . . 120601 SAPU .......... ..121101 .......... . . 121101 SBKU .......... ..50007 ............ .. 50011 SBKU ........... ..920104 .......... .. 924118 SBTU ........... ..960100 .......... .. 960199 SCPU ........... ..870006 .......... . . 870006 SCPU .......... ..870017 .......... . . 870017 SCPU .......... ..871490 .......... . . 871490 SCPU .......... ..871561 .......... . . 871561 scxu .......... ..289233 .......... .. 289233 scxu.......... ..289315 .......... .. 289315 scxu .......... ..289326 .......... .. 289326 scxu .......... ..289345 .......... .. 289345 scxu .......... ..289374 .......... .. 289374 scxu .......... ..870248 .......... .. 870248 scxu .......... ..870268 .......... .. 870268 scxu .......... ..870304 .......... .. 870304 scxu .......... ..870362 .......... . . 870362 scxu .......... ..870367 .......... . . 870368 scxu .......... ..870384 .......... . . 870384 scxu .......... ..870482 .......... .. 870482 scxu .......... ..870487 .......... .. 870487 scxu .......... ..870497 .......... .. 870497 scxu .......... ..870523 .......... .. 870523 scxu .......... ..870636 .......... . . 870636 scxu ..............870692 .......... . . 870692 scxu .......... ..870699 .......... . . 870699 scxu .......... ..870819 .......... .. 870819 scxu .......... ..870864 .......... .. 870865 scxu .......... ..870878 .......... .. 870878 scxu .......... ..870890 .......... .. 870890 scxu .......... ..870914 .......... . . 870915 scxu ............ ..870917 .......... . . 870917 scxu ............ ..871076 .......... .. 871076 scxu ............ ..871156 .......... .. 871156 scxu ............ ..871178 .......... .. 871178 scxu ............ ,.871195 .......... .. 871195 scxu ............ ,.871216 .......... .. 871216 scxu ............ .871290 .......... .. 871290 scxu ............ , .871315.......... .. 871315 scxu ............ .871368 .......... . . 871368 scxu .......... . .871370 .......... . . 871371 scxu ............ , .871373 .......... . . 871375 scxu ............ , .871378 .......... . . 871378 scxu ............ , .871380 .......... .. 871380 scxu ............ ..871382 .......... .. 871382 scxu ............ .871385 .......... .. 871386 scxu ............ .871388 .......... .. 871388 scxu ............ .871391 .......... . . 871392 scxu ............ .871394 .......... . . 871395 scxu ............ .871561 .......... .. 871561 scxu ............ .872018 .......... .. 872018 scxu ............ .872063 .......... .. 872063 scxu ............ .872578 .......... .. 872601 scxu............ .872696 .......... .. 872756 scxu ............ .872807 .......... .. 872906 scxu ............ ..873535 .......... .. 873572 scxu ............ ..873635 .......... .. 873734 scxu ............ ..874401 .......... . . 874401 scxu ............ .874503 .......... . . 874503 scxu ............ .874525 .......... . . 874525 scxu ............ .874537 .......... .. 874537 scxu ............ .874545 .......... .. 874545 scxu ............ .874621 .......... .. 874621 scxu ............ .874634 .......... . . 874634 sczu ............ .271716 .......... . . 271725 sczu ............ .271731 .......... . . 271733 REPORTING MARK STARTING ENDING sczu ........... ..271741 ........... .. 271795 sczu ........... ..271811 ........... . . 271824 sczu ........ ..289046 ........... . . 289047 sczu ........... ..289381 ........... . . 289390 sczu ........... ..289747 ........... .. 289747 sczu ........ ..289770 ........... .. 289779 sczu ........ ..289790 ........... .. 289794 sczu........ ..289800 ........... .. 289804 sczu ........... ..289810 ........... .. 289822 sczu........... ..289830 ........... .. 289844 sczu ........... ..857277 ........... .. 857281 sczu ........... ..871717 ........... .. 871771 sczu........... ..871803 ........... .. 871849 sczu........... ..871928 ........... .. 871952 sczu ........... ..872372 ........... .. 872421 sczu ........... ..872958 ........... .. 873007 sczu ........... ..873059 ........... .. 873108 sczu ........... ..873130 ........... .. 873189 sczu........... ..873240 ........... .. 873339 sczu ........ ..873390 ........... . . 873439 sczu ........ ..873460 ........... . . 873484 sczu ........ ..873497 ........... . . 873503 sczu ........... ..873510 ........... . . 873572 sczu ........... ..873585 ........... .. 873759 sczu ........... ..873785 ........... .. 873829 sczu........... ..873835 ........... .. 873999 sczu ........... ..874128 ........... .. 874137 sczu ...............874168 ........... . . 874197 sczu ........... ..874244 ........... .. 874283 sczu ........... ..874334 ........... .. 874393 sczu ........... ..874440 ........... .. 874449 sczu ........ ..874555 ........... .. 874594 sczu........... ..874670 ........... .. 874699 sczu........ ..874745 ........... .. 874998 sczu ........ ..875181 ........... .. 875266 sczu ........ ..875277 ........... .. 875396 sczu ........ ..875410 ........... .. 875419 sczu ............. ..875465 ........... . . 875549 sczu ............. ..875775 ........... . . 875924 sczu ............. ..875875 ........... .. 875875 sczu ............. ..875925 ........... .. 876299 sczu ............. ..876420 ........... .. 876464 sczu............. ..876490 ........... .. 876504 sczu ........... ..876515 ........... .. 876564 sczu ...............876600 ........... . . 876679 sczu ............. ..876680 ........... . . 876709 sczu ............. ..876745 ........... .. 876769 sczu ............. .877210 ........... .. 877234 sczu ............. ..879760 ........... .. 879784 sczu ............962000 ........... .. 962080 SEAU .......... .4109 ............... .. 4115 SEAU .......... ..962082 ........... .. 962091 SEAU ............. .970000 ........... .. 970024 SECS ............. .7001 ............... .. 7003 SECS ............. .69030 ............. .. 69039 SECS ............. .70000 ............. .. 70053 SECS ............. .91001 ............. .. 91090 SECS ............. .121001 ........... .. 121040 SECS ............. . .122100 ........... .. 122124 SECS ............. .122150 ........... .. 122174 SECS ............. ..123058 ........... .. 123097 SECS .......... .124098 ........... . . 124150 SECS .......... .125001 ........... .. 125040 SECS .......... .125201 ........... .. 125260 SECS .......... .210024 ........... .. 210036 SECS .......... .210061 ........... .. 211111 SECS ............. .212112 ........... .. 212223 SECS .......... .213001 ........... .. 213010 SECS .......... .214001 ........... .. 214040 REPORTING MARK STARTING ENDING SECS ........... . .221112........... . . 221131 SECS ........... ..222157 ........... .. 222201 SECS ........... . .236001 ........... .. 236010 SECS ........... ..237001 ........... .. 237010 SECS ........... ..329019 ........... .. 329019 SECS ........... ..329021 ........... .. 329021 SECS ........... ..338011 ........... .. 338011 SECS ........... ..338014 ........... .. 338014 SECS ........... ..338018 ........... .. 338018 SECS ........... ..349123 ........... .. 349123 SECS ........... ..349126 ........... .. 349129 SECS ........... . .349131 ........... .. 349135 SECS ........... . .349137 ........... .. 349152 SECS ........... ..349155 ........... .. 349157 SECS ........... ..364598 ........... .. 364598 SECS ........... ..364605 ........... .. 364617 SECS ........... ..385645 ........... . . 385664 SECS ........... ..386001 ........... . . 386005 SECS ........... ..387675 ........... .. 387684 SECS ........... . .391159 ........... .. 391160 SECS ........... . .391162 ........... .. 391170 SECS ........... .391172 ........... .. 391172 SECS ........... . .391174 ........... .. 391177 SECS ........... . .391183 ........... .. 391184 SECS ........... ..391186 ........... .. 391188 SECS ........... ..391190 ........... .. 391190 SECS ........... . .391195 ........... .. 391195 SECS ........... ..393365 ........... .. 393394 SECS ........... . .394515 ........... .. 394534 SECS ........... ..394545 ........... .. 394564 SECS ........... ..395229 ........... .. 395345 SECS ........... ..395347 ........... .. 395358 SECS ........... ..395360 ........... . . 395594 SECS ........... ..399052 ........... . . 399064 SECS ........... . .399066 ........... . . 399106 SECS ........... . .429137 ........... .. 429137 SECS ........... ..442281 ........... .. 442292 SECS ........... ..442621 ........... .. 442621 SECS ........... ..442623 ........... .. 442624 SECS ............. ..442626 ........... .. 442630 SECS ............. ..442797 ........... .. 442806 SECS ............. ..460757 ........... . . 460766 SECS ............. .461191 ........... .. 461200 SECS ........... ..462246 ........... .. 462278 SECS ........... ..462364 ........... .. 462378 SECS ............. ..463101 ........... .. 463180 SECS ............. ..463611 ........... .. 463620 SECS ........... ..463711 ........... .. 463722 SECS ............. ..463921 ........... .. 463930 SECS ............. ..463940 ........... .. 463949 SECS ............. ..464349 ........... . . 464363 SECS ............. ..465701 ........... .. 465710 SECS ............. ..465827 ........... .. 465839 SECS ............. ..466837 ........... .. 466839 SECS ............. ..466931 ........... .. 466941 SECS ............. .466943 ........... .. 466957 SECS ............. .466960 ........... . . 466961 SECS ............. .467004 ........... . . 467078 SECS ............. . .467511 ........... . . 467530 SECS ............. . .467571 ........... .. 467588 SECS ............. ..467590 ........... .. 467590 SECS ............. .467691 ........... .. 467703 SECS ............. ..467747 ........... .. 467766 SECS ............. ..467787 ........... .. 467796 SECS ............. .467875 ........... .. 467900 SECS ............. .467973 ........... .. 467975 SECS ............. .467977 ........... .. 467999 SECS ............. .468489 ........... .. 468490 SECS ............. .468743 ........... . . 468751 xx April 1998 ABD00131736 CHART 2 PACKAGING Hazardous Material Users Charts Hazardous Material Users Charts ABD00131737 CHART 3 MARKING April 1998 FYI-4 April 1998 ABD00131738 CHART 3 PAGE 2 MARKING Hazardous Material Users Charts FYI-5 Hazardous Material Users Charts ABD00131745 CHART 6 PAGE 2 April 1998 FYI-12 ABD00131751 April 1998 Intermodal Restrictions for Hazardous Materials Codes: C--Contact Carrier for Details of Restriction. (Use this code to indicate that some form of interaction between the carrier and shipper is required prior to tendering a shipment.) E--Equipment Restriction, (Use this code to indicate that the type of equipment to be tendered is in some way restricted. The restriction can be described in a numeric note.) R--Routing Restriction. (Use this code to indicate that local or carrier restrictions apply to certain routes for the commodity. The restric tion can be described in a numeric note.) X--Forbidden Commodity. (Use this code to indicate that carrier for bids this commodity in intermodal service.) NOTES: (Describe the restricted or acceptable commodity.) ATSF: 1. Routing restrictions in effect: A. Shipments containing Division 1.1, 1.2, 1.3 or 1.4 explosives as defined in 49 C.F.R. 171.8 will not be accepted for transpor tation to or from Galveston, Texas via ATSF direct routes. B. Shipments containing Division 1.1, 1.2 or 1.3 explosives as defined in 49 C.F.R. 171.8 will not be accepted for transporta tion to or from Houston, Texas via ATSF direct routes. 2. Class 3 materials as defined in 49 C.F.R. 171.8, when shipped in refrigerated vehicles unless: A. Shipped as limited quantities as defined in 49 C.F.R. 171.8 B. The refrigeration unit is running at a temperature of 5 degrees fahrenheit below the lowest flash point of the flammable liquids in the load. C. The vehicle is equipped with a minimum of two vents and the vents are open when the vehicle is tendered to ATSF. Each vent must have dimensions equal to or greater than 200 square inches. 3. Batteries, storage, scrap, as described in Items 95150 to 95160 of ICC UFC 6000-Series are restricted unless shipped on pallets, stretch-wrapped, properly rear braced, with entire lading and pallets encapsulated in a plastic bag. 4. General requirements/restrictions: A. Shipper must contact carrier if shipping bulk commodities or liquids in packages with a volume of 119 gallons or greater. B. To ensure placard visibility, placards must not be placed less than four (4) feet from the bottom of a container and must be placed not less than five (5) feet from the ends of a container. C. Tank Containers--Hazardous Materials Only--If the re quested commodity is authorized by the U.S. Department of Transportation for movement in Isotanks, the commodity will be accepted for movement by the ATSF, provided: the Isotank meets the AAR 600 specifications and is stencilled "AAR 600", the Isotank is registered by initial and number in the AAR Umler Computer Data Base, and the Isotank is delivered to and picked up from the Santa Fe using a low-boy chassis. These provisions apply to both loaded and residue shipments. BN: 1. Class 3 materials as defined in 49 C.F.R. 171.8, when shipped in refrigerated vehicles unless: A. Shipped as limited quantities as defined 49 C.F.R. 171.8 B. The refrigeration unit is running at a temperature of 5 degrees fahrenheit below the lowest flash point of the flammable liquids in the load. C. The vehicle is equipped with a minimum of two vents and the vents are open when the vehicle is tendered to BN. Each vent must have dimensions equal to or greater than 200 square inches. Class 3 materials as defined in 49 C.F.R. 171.8, when shipped in refrigerated vehicles unless: A. Shipped as limited quantities as defined in 49 C.F.R. 171.8 B. The refrigeration unit is running at a temperature of 5 degrees fahrenheit below the lowest flash point of the flammable liquids in the load. C. The vehicle is equipped with a minimum of two vents and the vents are open when the vehicle is tendered to CR. Each vent must have dimensions equal to or greater than 200 square inches. 2. Batteries, storage, scrap, as described in Items 95150 to 95160 of ICC UFC 6000-Series are restricted unless shipped on pallets, stretch-wrapped, properly rear braced, with entire lading and pallets encapsulated in a plastic bag. NS: 1. This table contains only a summary of the hazardous materials restrictions for Norfolk Southern Corporation and its railroad sub sidiaries outlined in the NS Intermodal Rules Circular effective October 15,1995, and does not in any way change the interpreta tion of those rules in their entirety. 2. Shipments of hazardous commodities must be blocked and braced in accordance with AAR Pamphlet 6-C, "Approved Meth ods of Loading and Restraining Shipments of Hazardous Materi als for Trailer/Container on Flat Car (TOFC/COFC) Movements" and in compliance with 49 CFR 174.55. 3. The following commodities cannot be moved in intermodal ser vice on Norfolk Southern when shipped in liquid form packaged in 10 gallon or larger barrels, drums, portable tanks, or flexible tanks for handling inside containers or on flat cars, or in inter modal tank containers (exceptions are made for certain commod ities moving in IM-101 & AAR-600 ISO tank containers as noted in code 4 of these notes): A. Class 3/Combustible--Acetaldehyde, acrylonitrile, allyl alco hol, allyl bromide, allyl chloride, benzene, bromoallylene, 3bromopropane, chloroprene inhibited, chloropropene, chloropropylene propenyl, crotonaldehyde, dimethylhydrazine symmetrical, dioxane, ethylene dichloride, formaldehyde so lution, hydrazine anydrous, isobutyl isocyanate, organochlorine pesticides, propyleneimine inhibited, propylene oxide, vinylidene chloride inhibited B. Division 4.2--Pyrophoric liquids C. Division 5.1--Bromine triflouride D. Division 6.1, PG I, Other than Zone A or Division 6.1, PG II-- Acetone cyanohydrin, aldrin, allylamine, arsenic acid solu tions, arsenic chloride, arsenic trichloride, arsenic com pounds liquid n.o.s., benzyl bromide, benzyl chloride, bromotoluene, carbon tetrachloride, chloroform, chlorophenlos liquid, chloropicrin, cyanide solutions, dichlorophenols liquid, dimethyl sulfate, dinitrobenzenes, epichlorohydrin, ethylene dibromide, fungicides, herbicides, hexachlorocyclopentadiene, hydrocyanic acid aqueous solutions, insecticides, iso cyanates, n.o.s., methyl parathion, motor fuel antiknock mix tures, nitrotrichloromethane, organochlorine pesticides, orthoarsenic acid, parathion, pentachloroethane, pesticides, phenylhydrizine, tetrachloroethane, tetrachloromethane, tet raethyl lead liquid, trichloromethane. E. Division 6.1, PG III--o-dichlorobenzene, cyanide solutions, dichloromethane, dimethylhydrazine unsym., dinitrophenols solution, dinitrotoluene, hexachloracetone, hexachlorobenzene, hexachlorobutadiene, isocyanates, n.o.s., methyl chlo roform, methylene chloride, organochlorine pesticides, para thion. perchlorobenzene, perchloroethylene, phenyl isocyanate, tetrachloroethylene, 1,1,1-trichloroethane, trichlo roethylene F. Class 8--Dichlorobutene, hydrazine aqueous solution, mercury G. Class 9--Formaldehyde solution, hexachloroethane 4. The following commodities may be moved only in IM-101 and AAR-600 listed tank containers as listed in the BOE-6000 se ries tariff: A. Class 3/Combustible--Acetaldehyde, allyl alcohol, crotonal dehyde, dioxane, isobutyl isocyanate, propenyl alcohol B. Division 6.1, PG 1, Other than Zone A or Division 6,1, PG II-- Chlorophenols liquid, dichlorophenols liquid, dinitroben zenes, dinitrophenols solution, dinitrotoluenes, fungicides, herbicides, insecticides, pesticides 5. Division 4.3 (Dangerous When Wet)--Certain restrictions apply when shipped in volumes greater than 10 gallons or 100 pounds (See rule B.1 of the NS Intermodal Rules Circular). 6. Class 7 (Radioactive Materials)--Will not be accepted for trans portation by NS other than the exceptions outlined in Rules A.9 and B.2 of the NS Intermodal Rules Circular. FYI-17 April 1998 ABD00131758 Changes In BOE-6000-R CHANGES IN BOE-6000-R (ISSUED APRIL 29, 1998) All changes will be denoted in the following manner: All changes will be shaded with a gray screen and identified with a or . Deletions will be identified with a or A at the point where the deletion occurred. If an entire section or entry is deleted the or A will appear opposite the previous section or entry. Regulatory changes or deletions made by the US Department of Transportation are identified using the five point star () in the outside margins. Either the old or new regulation is permitted to be used until the effective date of the new regulation. Users are encouraged to retain the old regulations until the effective date of the change. Editorial changes or deletions made by the Bureau of Explosives are identified by a triangle (A) in the outside margins. If you have either the loose-leaf or the bound Tariff that is reissued each quarter there will be pages that indicate changes that may have occurred in previous supplements. The date at the top right for even numbered pages and the top left for odd number pages indicates in which supplement the changes occurred. LIST OF CHANGES INCORPORATED IN TARIFF BOE-6000-R PART A--EDITORIAL CHANGES MADE BY THE BUREAU OF EXPLOSIVES Section None Tariff Page PART B--REGULATORY CHANGES MADE BY THE US DEPART. OF TRANSPORTATION1 Section DOT Document FR2 Date Tariff Page Effective Date PART 172--HAZARDOUS MATERIALS TABLE, SPECIAL PROVISIONS, ETC. 172.301(a)(3),.313(c),.504(e) (Table 1, Note 1),.606(a),(b) HM-206 4/1/98 209, 210, 223, 10/1/98 232 PART 173--GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR SHIPMENTS AND PACKAGINGS 173.62(c)(5)(Table) HM-215B 1/12/98 278 10/1/97 209.103 PART 209--RAILROAD SAFETY ENFORCEMENT PROCEDURES RSEP-8 3/10/98 563 4/9/98 DOT Document HM-206 HM-215B RSEP-8 SUMMARY OF DOT DOCUMENTS IN BOE TARIFF 6000-Q FR Date Effective Date 4/1/98 1/12/98 3/10/98 10/1/98 10/1/97 4/9/98 'The cut-off date for changes to BOE-Tariff 6000-R was the April 10, 1998 Federal Register (FR). federal Register FYI-23 July 1998 ABD00131759 Changes To BOE-600Q-R, Supplement 1 CHANGES TO BOE-6000-R, SUPPLEMENT 1 (ISSUED JULY 29, 1998) AH changes will be denoted In the following manner: All changes will be shaded with a gray screen and identified with a or . Deletions will be identified with a or at the point where the deletion occurred. If an entire section or entry is deleted the or will appear opposite the previous section or entry. Regulatory changes or deletions made by the US Department of Transportation are identified using the five point star () in the outside margins. Either the old or new regulation is permitted to be used until the effective date of the new regulation. Users are encouraged to retain the old regulations until the effective date of the change. Editorial changes or deletions made bv the Bureau of Explosives are identified by a triangle (A) in the outside margins. If you have either the loose-leaf or the bound Tariff that Is reissued each quarter there will be pages that Indicate changes that may have occurred In previous supplements. The date at the top right for even numbered pages and the top left for odd number pages indicates In which supplement the changes occurred. LIST OF CHANGES INCORPORATED IN TARIFF BOE-6000-R, Supplement 1 PART A--EDITORIAL CHANGES MADE BY THE BUREAU OF EXPLOSIVES Section Tariff Page Comments PART 172--HAZARDOUS MATERIALS PROGRAM PROCEDURES 107.502(e), 503(a)(1) 36 Certificate statement in wrong section1 PART 172--HAZARDOUS MATERIALS TABLE, SPECIAL PROVISIONS, ETC. 172.101 Table 164 i 172.102(c)(3) B78 199 172.330(a)(2)(i) 172.423(a) Label 212 Printer quality control 220 i PART 178--SPECIFICATIONS FOR PACKAG1NGS 178.57(a)(1) Table 3 178.347~2(a) Table 11, .348-2(a) 455 492 i i Table 11 178.606(d) 510 i 179.103-5(a)(1) 179.201-9 179.220-7(c) Table 179.300-7(a) Table 179.301(a) Table PART 179--SPECIFICATIONS FOR TANK CARS 528 i 534 Printer quality control 535 i 538 i 539 i 'Our semi-annual review ol the GPO version o< 49CFR 506-100 identified this correction. FYJ-25 Changes To BOE-6000-R, Supplement 1 ABD00131760 July 1998 PART B--REGULATORY CHANGES MADE BY THE US DEPART. OF TRANSPORTATION2 Section DOT Document FR3 Date Tariff Page Effective Date PART 172--HAZARDOUS MATERIALS TABLE, SPECIAL PROVISIONS, ETC. 172.101 Table HM-215B 5/6/97 113 10/1/97' 172.606(a) Introductory text5 HM-206 4/1/98 232 10/1/98 PART 173--GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR SHIPMENTS AND PACKAGINGS 173.120(c)( 1 )(i)(C), (ii)(C) HM-215B 5/6/97 286 10/1/974 DOT Document HM-206 HM-215B SUMMARY OF DOT DOCUMENTS IN TARIFF BOE 6000-R FR Date Effective Date 4/1/98 5/6/97 10/1/98 10/1/97 ^The cut-off date (or charges to BOE-Teriff 6000-R was the Jut/ 6. 1998 Federal Reqister (FR). 'Federal Register 'Our semi-annual review of the GPO version of 49CFR 106-180 identified this correction. 'Deleted FYI-26 ABD00131822 PART 171 April 1998 171.8 Design Certifying Engineer means a person registered with the Department in accordance with subpart F of part 107 of this chapter who has the knowledge and ability to perform stress analysis of pres sure vessels and to otherwise determine whether a cargo tank design and construction meets the applicable DOT specification. In addition, Design Certifying Engineer means a person who meets, at a minimum, any one of the following: (1) Has an engineering degree and one year of work experience in cargo tank structural or mechanical design. (2) Is currently registered as a professional engineer by the appro priate authority of a State of the United States or a Province of Canada. (3) Has at least three years experience in performing the duties of a Design Certifying Engineer by September 1, 1991, and was regis tered with the Department by December 31, 1995. Designated facility means a hazardous waste treatment, storage, or disposal facility that has been designated on the manifest by the generator. District Commander means the District Commander of the Coast Guard, or his authorized representative, who has jurisdiction in the particular geographical area. Division means a subdivision of a hazard class. DOD means the U.S. Department of Defense. Domestic transportation means transportation between places within the United States other than through a foreign country. Drum means a flat-ended or convex-ended cylindrical packaging made of metal, fiberboard, plastic, plywood, or other suitable materi als. This definition also includes packagings of other shapes made of metal or plastic (e.g., round taper-necked packagings or pail-shaped packagings) but does not include cylinders, jerricans, wooden barrels or bulk packagings. Elevated temperature material means a material which, when of fered for transportation or transported in a bulk packaging: (1) Is in a liquid phase and at a temperature at or above 100C (212F); (2) Is in a liquid phase with a flash point at or above 37.8C (100F) that is intentionally heated and offered for transportation or transported at or above its flash point; or (3) Is in a solid phase and at a temperature at or above 240C (464F). Engine means a locomotive propelled by any form of energy and used by a railroad. EPA means U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. Etiologic agent. See 173.134 of this subchapter. Exemption means a document issued under the authority of 49 U.S.C. 5117 by the Associate Administrator that authorizes a person to perform a function that is not otherwise authorized under this sub chapter, subchapter C, or other regulations issued under 49 U.S.C. 5101-5127 (e.g., Federal Highway Administration routing). EX number means a number, preceded by the prefix '`EX-" which is assigned by the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety to identify an explosive which has been approved. See 173.56 of this subchapter. Explosive. See 173.50 of this subchapter. F means degree Fahrenheit. Farmer means a person engaged in the production or raising of crops, poultry, or livestock. Federal hazardous material transportation law means 49 U.S.C. 5101 et seq. Ferry vessel means a vessel which is limited in its use to the carriage of deck passengers or vehicles or both, operates on a short run on a frequent schedule between two points over the most direct water route, other than in ocean or coastwise sen/ice, and is offered as a public service of a type normally attributed to a bridge or tunnel. Filling density has the following meanings: (1) For compressed gases in cylinders, see 173.304(a)(2) Table Note 1. (2) For compressed gases in tank cars; see 173.314(c) Table Note 1. (3) For compressed gases in cargo tanks and portable tanks, see 173.315(a) Table Note 1. (4) For cryogenic liquids in cylinders, except hydrogen, see 173.316(c)(1). (5) For hydrogen, cryogenic liquid in cylinders, see 173.316(c)(3) Table Note 1. (6) For cryogenic liquids in cargo tanks, see 173.318(0(1). (7) For cryogenic liquids in tank cars see 173.319(d)(1). Flammable gas See 173.115 of this subchapter. Flammable liquid See 173.120 of this subchapter. Flammable solid See 173.124 of this subchapter. Flash point. See 173.120 of this subchapter. Freight container means a reusable container having a volume of 64 cubic feet or more, designed and constructed to permit being lifted with its contents intact and intended primarily for containment of packages (in unit form) during transportation. Fumigated lading. See 172.302(g) and 173.9. Fuel tank means a tank other than a cargo tank, used to transport flammable or combustible liquid, or compressed gas for the purpose of supplying fuel for propulsion of the transport vehicle to which it is attached, or for the operation of other equipment on the transport vehicle. Gas means a material which has a vapor pressure greater than 300 kPa (43.5 psi) at 50C (122F) or is completely gaseous at 20C (68F) at a standard pressure of 101.3 kPa (14.7 psi). General public means, for purposes of subpart I of part 172, and subpart I of part 173 of this subchapter, any person other than an occupationally exposed hazmat employee. Gross weight or Gross mass means the weight of a packaging plus the weight of its contents. Hazard class means the category of hazard assigned to a hazard ous material under the definitional criteria of Part 173 of this subchapter and the provisions of the 172.101 Table. A material may meet the defining criteria for more than one hazard class but is assigned to only one hazard class. Hazardous material means a substance or material, which has been determined by the Secretary of Transportation to be capable of posing an unreasonable risk to health, safety, and property when transported in commerce, and which has been so designated. The term includes hazardous substances, hazardous wastes, marine pol lutants, and elevated temperature materials as defined in this section, materials designated as hazardous under the provisions of 172.101 of this subchapter, and materials that meet the defining criteria for hazard classes and divisions in part 173 of this subchapter. Hazardous substance for the purposes of this subchapter, means a material, including its mixtures and solutions, that-- (1) Is listed in Appendix A to 172.101 of this subchapter; (2) Is in a quantity, in one package, which equals or exceeds the reportable quantity (RQ) listed in Appendix A to 172.101 of this subchapter; and (3) When in a mixture or solution-- (i) For radionuclides, conforms to paragraph 6 of Appendix A to 172.101. (ii) For other than radionuclides, is in a concentration by weight which equals or exceeds the concentration corresponding to the RQ of the material, as shown in the following table: RO pounds (kilograms) 5000(2270)................................................. 1000(454)..................................................... 100(45.4)..................................................... 10 (4.54)....................................................... 1 (0.454)....................................................... Concentration by weight Percent 10 2 0.2 0.02 0.002 PPM 100,000 20,000 2,000 200 20 The term does not include petroleum, including crude oil or any fraction thereof which is not otherwise specifically listed or designated as a hazardous substance in Appendix A to 172.101 of this subchapter, and the term does not include natural gas, or synthetic gas usable for fuel (or mixtures of natural gas and such synthetic gas). Hazardous waste, for the purposes of this chapter, means any material that is subject to the Hazardous Waste Manifest Requirements of the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency specified in 40 CFR Part 262. 55 ABD00131823 171.8 April 1998 Hazard zone means one of four levels of hazard (Hazard Zones A through D) assigned to gases, as specified in 173,116(a) of this subchapter, and one of two levels of hazards (Hazard Zones A and B) assigned to liquids that are poisonous by inhalation, as specified in 173.133(a) of this subchapter. A hazard zone is based on the LC50 value for acute inhalation toxicity of gases and vapors, as specified in 173.133(a). Hazmat employee means a person who is employed by a hazmat employer and who in the course of employment directly affects hazard ous materials transportation safety. This term includes an owner-oper ator of a motor vehicle which transports hazardous materials in com merce. This term includes an individual, including a self-employed individual, employed by a hazmat employer who, during the course of employment: (1) Loads, unloads, or handles hazardous materials; (2) Manufactures, tests, reconditions, repairs, modifies, marks, or otherwise represents containers, drums, or packagings as qualified for use in the transportation of hazardous materials; (3) Prepares hazardous materials tor transportation; (4) Is responsible for safety of transporting hazardous materials; or (5) Operates a vehicle used to transport hazardous materials. Hazmat employer means a person who uses one or more of its employees in connection with: transporting hazardous materials in commerce; causing hazardous materials to be transported or shipped in commerce; or representing, marking, certifying, selling, offering, manufacturing, reconditioning, testing, repairing, or modifying con tainers, drums, or packagings as qualified for use in the transportation of hazardous materials. This term includes an owner-operator of a motor vehicle which transports hazardous materials in commerce. This term also includes any department, agency, or instrumentality of the United States, a State, a political subdivision of a State, or an Indian tribe engaged in an activity described in the first sentence of this definition. Hermetically sealed means closed by fusion, gasketing, crimping, or equivalent means so that no gas or vapor can enter or escape. IAEA means International Atomic Energy Agency. IATA means International Air Transport Association. ICAO means International Civil Aviation Organization. IMO means International Maritime Organization. Infectious substance (etiologic agent). See 173.134 of this sub chapter. Inner packaging means a packaging for which an outer packaging is required for transport. It does not include the inner receptacle of a composite packaging. Inner receptacle means a receptacle which requires an outer pack aging in order to perform its containment function. The inner receptacle may be an inner packaging of a combination packaging or the inner receptacle of a composite packaging. Intermediate bulk container (IBC) means a rigid or flexible portable packaging, other than a cylinder or portable tank, which is designated for mechanical handling. Standards for intermediate bulk containers manufactured in the United States are set forth in subparts N and 0 of part 178 of this subchapter. Intermediate packaging means a packaging which encloses an inner packaging or article and is itself enclosed in an outer packaging. Intermodal container means a freight container designed and con structed to permit it to be used interchangeably in two or more modes of transport. Intermodal portable tank or IM portable tank means a specific class of portable tanks designed primarily for international inter modal use. International transportation means transportation-- (1) Between any place in the United States and any place in a foreign country; (2) Between places in the United States through a foreign coun try; or (3) Between places in one or more foreign countries through the United States. Irritating material See 173.132(a){2) of this subchapter. Jerrican means a metal or plastic packaging of rectangular or polygonal cross-section. Limited quantity, when specified as such in a section applicable to a particular material, means the maximum amount of a hazardous material for which there is a specific labeling and packaging exception. Liquid means a material, other than an elevated temperature mate rial, with a melting point or initial melting point of 20C (68F) or lower at a standard pressure of 101.3 kPa (14.7 psi). A viscous material for which a specific melting point cannot be determined must be sub jected to the procedures specified in ASTM D 4359 "Standard Test Method for Determining Whether a Material is Liquid or Solid". Liquid phase means a material that meets the definition of liquid when evaluated at the higher of the temperature at which it is offered for transportation or at which it is transported, not at the 37.8C (100F) temperature specified in ASTM D 4359-84. Magazine vessel means a vessel used for the receiving, storing, or dispensing of explosives. Magnetic material. See 173.21(d) of this subchapter. Marine pollutant means a hazardous material which is listed in appendix B to 172.101 of this subchapter and, when in a solution or mixture of one or more marine pollutants, is packaged in a concen tration which equals or exceeds: (1) Ten percent by weight of the solution or mixture for materials listed in the appendix; or (2) One percent by weight of the solution or mixture for materials that are identified as severe marine pollutants in the appendix. Marking means a descriptive name, identification number, instruc tions, cautions, weight, specification, or UN marks, or combinations thereof, required by this subchapter on outer packagings of hazardous materials. Material of trade means a hazardous material, other than a hazard ous waste, that is carried on a motor vehicle-- (1) For the purpose of protecting the health and safety of the motor vehicle operator or passengers; (2) For the purpose of supporting the operation or maintenance of a motor vehicle (including its auxiliary equipment); or (3) By a private motor carrier (including vehicles operated by a rail carrier) in direct support of a principal business that is other than transportation by motor vehicle. Material poisonous by inhalation means: (1) A gas meeting the defining criteria in 173.115(c) of this sub chapter and assigned to Hazard Zone A, B, C, or D in accordance with 173.116(a) of this subchapter; (2) A liquid (other than as a mist) meeting the defining criteria in 173.132(a)(1)(iii) of this subchapter and assigned to Hazard Zone A or B in accordance with 173.133(a) of this subchapter; or (3) Any material identified as an inhalation hazard by a special provision in Column 7 of the 172.101 Table. Maximum Allowable Working Pressure or MAWPFor DOT specifi cation cargo tanks used to transport liquid hazardous materials, see 178.345--1 (k). Maximum capacity means the maximum inner volume of recepta cles or packagings. Maximum net mass means the allowable maximum net mass of contents in a single packaging or, as used in Subpart M of Part 178 of this subchapter, the maximum combined mass of inner packaging, and the contents thereof. Miscellaneous hazardous material. See 173.140 of this sub chapter. Mixture means a material composed of more than one chemical compound or element. Mode means any of the following transportation methods; rail, high way, air, or water. Motor vehicle includes a vehicle, machine, tractor, trailer, or semi trailer, or any combination thereof, propelled or drawn by mechanical power and used upon the highways in the transportation of passengers or property. It does not include a vehicle, locomotive, or car operated exclusively on a rail or rails, or a trolley bus operated by electric power derived from a fixed overhead wire, furnishing local passenger transportation similar to street-railway service. Name of contents means the proper shipping name as specified in 172.101 of this subchapter. 56 April 1998 ABD00131778 106.1--106.9 Research and Special Programs Administration Department of Transportation PART 106 RULEMAKING PROCEDURES Subject Sec. Subpart A--General Scope............................................................................... Delegations.................................................................... Regulatory dockets....................................................... Records .......................................................................... Where to file petitions ................................................. 106.1 106.3 106.5 106.7 106.9 Subpart B--Procedures for Adoption of Rules General............................................................................. Initiation of rulemaking .............................................. Contents of notices of proposed rulemaking .... Participation by interested persons......................... 106.11 106.13 106.15 106.17 Page 13 13 13 13 13 14 14 14 14 Subject Sec. Petitions for extension of time to comment........... Contents of written comments ................................. Consideration of comments received...................... Additional rulemaking proceedings......................... Hearings.......................................................................... Adoption of final rules................................................. Petitions for rulemaking.............................................. Processing of petition................................................. Petitions for reconsideration...................................... Proceedings on petitions for reconsideration ... Appeals .......................................................................... Direct final rulemaking................................................. 106.19 106.21 106.23 106.25 106.27 106.29 106.31 106.33 106.35 106.37 106.38 106.39 Page 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 15 15 15 15 PUBLISHER'S NOTE This Part addresses the procedures used by the Research and Special Projects Administration (RSPA) to issue changes to the Hazardous Materials Regulations contained in Subchapters A, B and C. It covers how the public can obtain access to all the information contained in the docket for a specific rulemaking proceeding. RSPA identifies each rulemaking under dockets identified by the letter HM followed by a dash and several numbers. Each docket number addresses a particular subject. For example, HM-126 addressed the training requirements; HM-181 addressed the adoption of UN performance orientated packaging standards and brought the US regulations for the transportation of hazardous materials more in line with the UN requirements. Part 106 atso covers the procedures used for the adoption of regulations. This includes the steps involved in taking a rule from the proposal to the final stage, and how an interested person can interact with these steps. Subpart A GENERAL 106.1 Scope. This part prescribes general rulemaking proce dures for the issue, amendment, and repeal of Hazardous Materials Safety Program regulations of the Research and Special Programs Administration of the Department of Transportation. during regular business hours after the docket is established, except material which the Administrator determines should be withheld from public disclosure under applicable provisions of any statute adminis tered by the Administrator and section 552(b) of Title 5, United States Code, and may obtain a copy of it upon payment of a fee. 106.3 Delegations. For the purposes of this part, "Administra tor" means the Administrator, Research and Special Programs Admin istration or his or her delegate. 106.5 Regulatory dockets, (a) Information and data consid ered relevant by the Administrator relating to rulemaking actions, in cluding notices of proposed rulemaking; comments received in re sponse to notices; petitions for rulemaking and reconsideration; denials of petitions for rulemaking and reconsideration; records of additional rule-making proceedings under 106.25; and final regula tions are maintained by the Research and Special Programs Adminis tration at 400 7th St., SW, Washington, D.C. 20590-0001. (b) Any person may examine any docketed material at the offices of the Research and Special Programs Administration at any time 106.7 Records. Records of the Research and Special Pro grams Administration relating to rulemaking proceedings are available for inspection as provided in section 552(b) of Title 5, United States Code, and Part 7 of the Regulations of the Office of the Secretary of Transportation (Part 7 of this title). 106.9 Where to file petitions. Petitions for extension of time to comment submitted under 106.19, petitions for hearings submitted under 106.27, petitions for rulemaking submitted under 106.31, and petitions for reconsideration submitted under 106.35 must be submitted to: Administrator, Research and Special Programs Adminis tration, U.S. Department of Transportation, 400 7th St., SW, Washing ton, D.C. 20590-0001. 13 106.11--106.33 ABD00131779 Subpart B PROCEDURES FOR ADOPTION OF RULES 106.11 General. Unless the Administrator, for good cause, finds that notice is impracticable, unnecessary, or contrary to the public interest, and incorporates that finding and a brief statement of the reasons for it in the rule, a notice of proposed rulemaking is issued and interested persons are invited to participate in the rulemaking proceedings with respect to each substantive rule. 106.13 Initiation of rulemaking. The Administrator initiates ru lemaking on his or her own motion; however, in so doing, the Adminis trator may use discretion to consider the recommendations of other agencies of the United States or of other interested persons, including those of any technical advisory body established by statute for that purpose. 106.15 Contents of notices of proposed rulemaking. (a) Each notice of proposed rulemaking is published in the Federal Register, unless all persons subject to it are named and are personally served with a copy of it. (b) Each notice, whether published in the Federal Register or per sonally served, includes: (1) A statement of the time, place, and nature of the proposed rulemaking proceeding; (2) A reference to the authority under which it is issued; (3) A description of the subjects and issues involved or the sub stance and terms of the proposed regulation; (4) A statement of the time within which written comments must be submitted; and (5) A statement of how and to what extent interested persons may participate in the proceeding. 106.17 Participation by Interested persons, (a) Any inter ested person may participate in rulemaking proceedings by submitting comments in writing containing information, views or arguments in accordance with instructions for participation in the rulemaking doc ument. (b) The Administrator may invite any interested person to participate in the rulemaking proceedings described in 106.25. (c) For the purposes of this part, an interested person includes any Federal or State government agency or any political subdivision of a State {as defined in 107.201(b) of this subchapter). 106.19 Petitlonsforextenslonoftlmetocomment. Apetition for extension of the time to submit comments must be received not later than 10 days before expiration of the time stated in the notice. It is requested, but not required, that three copies be submitted. The filing of the petition does not automatically extend the time for petitioner's comments. A petition is granted only if the petitioner shows good cause for the extension, and if the extension is consistent with the public interest. If an extension is granted, it is granted to all persons, and it is published in the Federal Register. 106.21 Contents of written comments. All written comments must be in English. It is requested, but not required, that five copies be submitted. Any interested person should submit as part of written comments all material considered relevant to any statement of fact. Incorporation of material by reference should be avoided; however, where necessary, such incorporated material shall be identified by document title and page. 106.23 Consideration of comments received. All timely com ments and the recommendations of any technical advisory body estab lished by statute for the purpose of reviewing the proposed rule con cerned are considered before final action is taken on a rulemaking proposal. Late filed comments are considered so far as practicable. 106.25 Additional rulemaking proceedings. The Administra tor may initiate any further rulemaking proceedings that the Administra tor finds necessary or desirable. For example, interested persons may be invited to make oral arguments, to participate in conferences between the Administrator or the Administrator's representative and interested persons at which minutes of the conference are kept, to appear at informal hearings presided over by officials designated by the Administrator at which a transcript of minutes are kept, or partici pate in any other proceeding to assure informed administrative action and to protect the public interest. 106.27 Hearings, (a) If a notice of proposed rulemaking does not provide for a hearing, any interested person may petition the Administrator for an informal hearing. The petition must be received by the Administrator not later than 20 days before expiration of the time stated in the notice. The filing of the petition does not automatically result in the scheduling of a hearing. A petition is granted only if the petitioner shows good cause for a hearing. If a petition for a hearing is granted, notice of the hearing is published in the Federal Register. <b) Sections 556 and 557 of Title 5, United States Code, do not apply to hearings held under this part. Unless otherwise specified, hearings held under this part are informal, nonadversary, fact-finding proceedings, at which there are not formal pleadings or adverse par ties. Any regulation issued in a case in which an informal hearing is held is not necessarily based exclusively on the record of the hearing. (c) The Administrator designates a representative to conduct any hearing held under this part. The Chief Counsel designates a member of his or her staff to serve as legal officer at the hearing. 106.29 Adoption of final rules. Final rules are prepared by representatives of the Office of Hazardous Materials Safety and the Office of the Chief Counsel. The regulation is then submitted to the Administrator for consideration. If the Administrator adopts the regula tion, it is published in the Federal Register, unless all persons subject to it are named and are personally served with a copy of it. 106.31 Petitions for rulemaking, (a) Any interested person may petition the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety to establish, amend, or repeal a substantive regulation, or may petition the Chief Counsel to establish, amend, or repeal a procedural regulation in parts 106 or 107. (b) Each petition filed under this section must-- (1) Summarize the proposed action and explain its purpose; (2) State the text of the proposed rule or amendment, or specify the rule proposed to be repealed; (3) Explain the petitioner's interest in the proposed action and the interest of any party the petitioner represents; and (4) Provide information and arguments that support the proposed action, including relevant technical, scientific or other data as available to the petitioner, and any specific known cases that illustrate the need for the proposed action. (c) If the potential impact of the proposed action is substantial, and information and data related to that impact are available to the petitioner, the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety or the Chief Counsel may request the petitioner to provide-- (1) The costs and benefits to society and identifiable groups within society, quantifiable and otherwise; (2) The direct effects (including preemption effects) of the pro posed action on States, on the relationship between the Federal Gov ernment and the States, and on the distribution of power and responsi bilities among the various levels of government; (3) The regulatory burden on small businesses, small organizations and small governmental jurisdictions; (4) The recordkeeping and reporting requirements and to whom they would apply; and (5) Impacts on the quality of the natural and social environments. (d) The Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety or Chief Counsel may return a petition that does not comply with the requirements of this section, accompanied by a written statement indicating the deficiencies in the petition. 106.33 Processing of petition, (a) General. Unless the Asso ciate Administrator or the Chief Counsel otherwise specifies, no public hearing, argument, or other proceeding is held directly on a petition before its disposition under this section. (b) Grants. If the Associate Administrator or the Chief Counsel determines that the petition contains adequate justification, he or she initiates rulemaking action under this subpart. (c) Denials. If the Associate Administrator or the Chief Counsel 14 PART 106 ABD00131780 106.33--106.39 determines that the petition does not justify rulemaking, the petition is denied. (d) Notification. The Associate Administrator or the Chief Counsel will notify a petitioner, in writing, of the decision to grant or deny a petition for rulemaking. 106.35 Petitions for reconsideration, (a) Except as provided in 106.39(d), any interested person may petition the Associate Ad ministrator for reconsideration of any regulation issued under this part, or may petition the Chief Counsel for reconsideration of any procedural regulation issued under this part and contained in this part or in Part 107 of this Chapter. It is requested, but not required, that three copies be submitted. The petition must be received not later than 30 days after publication of the rule in the Federal Register. Petitions filed after that time will be considered as petitions filed under 106.31. The petition must contain a brief statement of the complaint and an expla nation as to why compliance with the rule is not practicable, is unrea sonable, or is not in the public interest. (b) if the petitioner requests the consideration of additional facts, the petitioner must state the reason they were not presented to the Associate Administrator or the Chief Counsel within the prescribed time. (c) The Associate Administrator or the Chief Counsel does not con sider repetitious petitions. (d) Unless the Associate Administrator or the Chief Counsel other wise provides, the filing of a petition under this section does not stay the effectiveness of the rule. 106.37 Proceedings on petitions for reconsideration. (a) The Associate Administrator or the Chief Counsel may grant or deny, in whole or in part, any petition for reconsideration without further proceedings, except where a grant of the petition would result in issuance of a new final rule. In the event that the Associate Administra tor or the Chief Counsel determines to reconsider any regulation, a final decision on reconsideration may be issued without further proceedings, or an opportunity to submit comment or information and data as deemed appropriate may be provided. Whenever the Associate Administrator or the Chief Counsel determines that a petition should be granted or denied, the Office of the Chief Counsel prepares a notice of the grant or denial of a petition for reconsideration, for issuance to the petitioner, and the Associate Administrator or the Chief Counsel issues it to the petitioner. The Associate Administrator or the Chief Counsel may consolidate petitions relating to the same rules. (b) It is the policy of the Associate Administrator or the Chief Coun sel to issue notice of the action taken on a petition for reconsideration within 90 days after the date on which the regulation in question is published in the Federal Register unless it is found impracticable to take action within that time. In cases where it is so found and the delay beyond that period is expected to be substantial, notice of that fact and the date by which it is expected that action will be taken is issued to the petitioner and published in the Federal Register. 106.38 Appeals, (a) Any interested person may appeal a deci sion of the Associate Administrator or the Chief Counsel, issued under 106.33 or 106.37, to the Administrator. (b) An appeal must be received within 20 days of sen/ice of written notice to petitioner of the Associate Administrator's or the Chief Coun sel's decision, or within 20 days from the date of publication of the decision in the Federal Register, and should set forth the contested aspects of the decision as well as any new arguments or information. (c) It is requested, but not required, that three copies of the appeal be submitted to the Administrator. (d) Unless the Administrator otherwise provides, the filing of an appeal under this section does not stay the effectiveness of any rule. 106.39 Direct final rulemaking, (a) Where practicable, the Administrator will use direct final rulemaking to issue the following types of rules: (1) Minor, substantive changes to regulations; (2) Incorporation by reference of the latest edition of technical or industry standards; (3) Extensions of compliance dates; and (4) Other noncontroversial rules where the Administrator deter mines that use of direct final rulemaking is in the public interest, and that a regulation is unlikely to result in adverse comment. (b) The direct final rule will state an effective date. The direct final rule will also state that unless an adverse comment or notice of intent to file an adverse comment is received within the specified comment period, generally 60 days after publication of the direct final rule in the Federal Register, the Administrator will issue a confirmation document, generally within 15 days after the close of the comment period, advising the public that the direct final rule will either become effective on the date stated in the direct final rule or at least 30 days after the publication date of the confirmation document, whichever is later. (c) For purposes of this section, an adverse comment is one which explains why the rule would be inappropriate, including a challenge to the rule's underlying premise or approach, or would be ineffective or unacceptable without a change. Comments that are frivolous or insubstantial will not be considered adverse under this procedure. A comment recommending a rule change in addition to the rule will not be considered an adverse comment, unless the commenter states why the rule would be ineffective without the additional change. (d) Only parties who filed comments to a direct final rule issued under this section may petition under 106.35 for reconsideration of that direct final rule. (e) If an adverse comment or notice of intent to file an adverse comment is received, a timely document will be published in the Federal Register advising the public and withdrawing the direct final rule in whole or in part. The Administrator may then incorporate the adverse comment into a subsequent direct final rule or may publish a notice of proposed rulemaking. A notice of proposed rulemaking will provide an opportunity for public comment, generally a minimum of 60 days, and will be processed in accordance with 106.11106.29. 15 ABD00131781 Part 107 - Haz Mat Program Procedures PART 107 April 1998 ABD00131782 PART 107 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS PROGRAM PROCEDURES Subject Sec. Subpart A--General Provisions Purpose and scope .................................................... Definitions....................................................................... Request for confidential treatment........................... Service of process on non-residents of the United States ............................................................ Public docket room....................................................... Service............................................................................. Subpoenas, witness fees............................................ Availability of informal guidance and interpretive assistance .................................................................. 107.1 107.3 107.5 107.7 107.9 107.11 107.13 107.14 Subpart B--Exemptions Purpose and scope .................................................... Application for exemption ......................................... Application for party status ...................................... Application for renewal .............................................. Withdrawal .................................................................... Application processing and evaluation ................ Emergency processing.............................................. Modification, suspension or termination of exemption or grant of party status...................... Reconsideration............................................................ Appeal ............................................................................. Availability of documents for public inspection . . 107.101 107.105 107.107 107.109 107.111 107.113 107.117 107.121 107.123 107.125 107.127 Subpart C--Preemption Purpose and scope .................................................... 107.201 Standards for determining preemption................... 107.202 PREEMPTION DETERMINATIONS Application .................................................................... Notice............................................................................... Processing .................................................................... Determination ............................................................... Petition for reconsideration......................................... Judicial Review ............................................................ 107.203 107.205 107.207 107.209 107.211 107.213 WAIVER OF PREEMPTION Application .................................................................... Notice............................................................................... Processing .................................................................... Determination and order ............................................ Petition for reconsideration......................................... Judicial Review ............................................................ 107.215 107.217 107.219 107.221 107.223 107.227 Subpart D--Enforcement Delegated authority for enforcement...................... 107.301 Purpose and scope .................................................... 107.303 Investigations.................................................................. 107.305 COMPLIANCE ORDERS AND CIVIL PENALTIES General............................................................................ Warning letters............................................................... Ticketing.......................................................................... Notice of probable violation...................................... Reply............................................................................... 107.307 107.309 107.310 107.311 107.313 Page 18 18 19 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 21 21 21 21 22 22 22 22 22 23 23 23 23 24 24 24 24 24 24 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 26 36 26 26 27 Subject Sec. Page Admission of violations .............................................. Informal response......................................................... Request for a hearing................................................. Hearing............................................................................ ALJ's decision.............................................................. Appeals ......................................................................... Compromise and settlement...................................... Maximum penalties...................................................... Assessment considerations ...................................... 107.315 107.317 107.319 107.321 107.323 107.325 107.327 107.329 107.331 27 27 27 27 37 27 28 28 28 CRIMINAL PENALTIES Criminal penalties generally...................................... 107.333 Referral for prosecution.............................................. 107.335 Limitation on fines and penalties.............................. 107.336 28 28 28 INJUNCTIVE ACTION Injunctions generally.................................................... Imminent hazards......................................................... Appendix A to Subpart D--Guidelines for Civil Penalties............................................................ 107.337 107.339 28 28 29 Subpart E--Designation of Approval and Certification Agencies Purpose and scope .................................................... Application for designation as an approval or certification agency................................................. Designation of approval agencies........................... Conditions of designation ......................................... Termination of designation......................................... 107.401 107.402 107.403 107.404 107.405 35 35 36 36 36 Subpart F--Registration of Cargo Tank and Cargo Tank Motor Vehicle Manufacturers and Repairers and Cargo Tank Motor Vehicle Assemblers Scope............................................................................... General registration requirements........................... Registration statement................................................. Period of registration, updates, and record retention....................................................................... 107.501 107.502 107.503 107.504 36 36 36 37 Subpart G--Registration of Persons Who Offer or Transport Hazardous Materials Applicability.................................................................... Exceptions .................................................................... General registration requirements........................... Amount of fee ............................................................... Payment procedures.................................................... Recordkeeping requirements................................... 107.601 107.606 107.608 107.612 107.616 107.620 37 37 37 37 38 38 Subpart H--Approvals, Registrations and Submissions Purpose and scope .................................................... Registrations, reports, and applications for approval .................................................................... Processing of an application for approval, including an application for renewal or modification ......................................................... Withdrawal .................................................................... Approval modification, suspension or termination Reconsideration............................................................ Appeal ............................................................................ 107.701 107.705 107.709 107.711 107.713 107.715 107.717 38 38 38 39 39 39 39 17 107.1--107.3 ABD00131783 April 1998 PUBLISHER S NOTE This part covers the procedures utilized by RSPA in carrying out the duties it has been assigned pertaining to the transportation of hazardous materials. An important provision is the ability of a person subject to the regulations to obtain administrative relief from a regulation in the form of an exemption provided that person can show an equivalent level of safety or a level of safety consistent with the public interest. This relief can come in the form of a continuing exemption that is subject to renewal or an emergency exemption covering a short period of time. The provisions for obtaining an exemption are outlined in Subpart 6. Subpart C of Part 107 outlines how RSPA handles issues involving preemption determinations. The Federal Hazardous Materials Transportation Law, which is reprinted beginning on page 1, prescribes areas where states and localities are preempted. Subpart D addresses enforcement and the appeal procedures available to a person. Subpart D also addresses the recommended maximum fines for each type of violation of the hazardous materials regulations, and conditions under which criminal penalties can be assessed. In administering the regulations, RSPA has designated individuals or organizations to issue approvals for packages used to transport hazardous materials. For cargo tanks, these individuals include manufac turers, assemblers, repairs, inspectors, and Design Certifying Engineers. Subparts E and F address the procedures for designating or registering these individuals or organizations. RSPA also requires certain offerers and transporters of hazardous materials to register with RSPA. The conditions that have to be met by these offerers and transporters are covered in Subpart G. Subpart A GENERAL PROVISIONS 107.1 Purpose and scope, (a) This part prescribes proce dures utilized by the Research and Special Programs Administration, the Associate Administrator tor Hazardous Materials Safety and the Office of Chief Counsel in carrying out their duties under the laws pertaining to the transportation of hazardous materials. (b) This subpart defines certain terms and prescribes procedures that are applicable to each proceeding described in this part. 107.3 Definitions. All terms defined in 49 U.S.C. 5102 are used in their statutory meaning. Other terms used in this part are defined as follows: Acting knowingly means acting or failing to act while (1) Having actual knowledge of the facts giving rise to the viola tion, or (2) Having the knowledge that a reasonable person acting in the same circumstances and exercising due care would have had. Administrator means the Administrator, Research and Special Pro grams Administration. Applicant means the person in whose name an exemption, ap proval, registration, a renewed or modified exemption or approval, or party status to an exemption is requested to be issued. Application means a request under subpart B of this part for an exemption, a renewal or modification of an exemption, party status to an exemption, or a request under subpart H of this part for an approval, or renewal or modification of an approval. Approval means a written authorization, including a competent authority approval, from the Associate Administrator to perform a func tion for which prior authorization by the Associate Administrator is required under subchapter C of this chapter. Approval Agency means an organization or a person designated by the RSPA to certify packagings as having been designed, manufac tured, tested, modified, marked or maintained in compliance with applicable DOT regulations. Associate Administrator means the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety, Research and Special Programs Admin istration. Competent Authority means a national agency responsible under its national law for the control or regulation of a particular aspect of the transportation of hazardous materials (dangerous goods). The term Appropriate Authority, as used in the ICAO Technical Instruc tions, has the same meaning as Competent Authority. The Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety, Research and Special Programs Administration, is the United States Competent Authority for purposes of this part. Competent Authority Approval means an approval by the compe tent authority which is required under the provisions of an international standard, such as the International Civil Aviation Organization's Tech nical Instructions for the Safe Transport of Dangerous Goods by Air or the International Maritime Dangerous Goods Code. To the extent that it satisfies the requirement of the international standard, any of the following may serve as a competent authority approval: a specific regulation of this subchapter or subchapter C of this chapter, an exemption or approval issued under the provisions of this subchapter or subchapter C of this chapter, or a separate document issued to one or more persons by the Associate Administrator. Exemption means a document issued under the authority of 49 U.S.C. 5117 by the Associate Administrator that authorizes a person to perform a function that is not otherwise authorized under this sub chapter, subchapter C, or other regulations issued under 49 U.S.C. 5101-5127 (e.g., Federal Highway Administration routing). Federal hazardous material transportation law means 49 U.S.C. 5101 et seq. Filed means received at the Research and Special Programs Ad ministration office designated in the applicable provision or, if no office is specified, at the Office of Hazardous Materials Exemptions and Approvals (DHM-30), Research and Special Programs Administration, U.S. Department of Transportation. 400 7th Street SW,, Washington DC, 20590-0001. Holder means the person in whose name an exemption or approval has been issued. Imminent Hazard means the existence of a condition which pres ents a substantial likelihood that death, serious illness, severe personal injury, or substantial endangerment to health, property, or the environ ment may occur before the reasonably foreseeable completion of an administrative hearing or other formal proceeding initiated to abate the risks of those effects. Incident means an event resulting in the unintended and unantici pated release of a hazardous material or an event meeting incident reporting requirements in 171.15 or 171.16 of this chapter. Indian Tribe shall have the meaning given that term under section 4 of the Indian Self-Determination and Education Act (25 U.S.C. 450b). Investigation includes investigations authorized under 49 U.S.C. 5121 and inspections authorized under 49 U.S.C. 5118 and 5121. Manufacturing exemption means an exemption from compliance with specified requirements that otherwise must be met before repre senting, marking, certifying (including requalifying, inspecting, and testing), selling or offering a packaging or container as meeting the requirements of subchapter C of this chapter governing its use in the 18 April 1998 ABD00131784 107.3--107.13 PART 107 transportation in commerce of a hazardous material. A manufacturing exemption is an exemption issued to a manufacturer of packagings who does not offer for transportation or transport hazardous materials in packagings subject to the exemption. Party means a person, other than a holder, authorized to act under the terms of an exemption. Person means an individual, firm, copartnership, corporation, com pany, association, joint-stock association, including any trustee, re ceiver, assignee, or similar representative thereof, or government, Indian tribe, or agency or instrumentality of any government or Indian tribe when it offers hazardous materials for transportation in commerce or transports hazardous materials in furtherance of acommercial enter prise, but such term does not include: (1) The United States Postal Service, or (2) For the purpose of 49 U.S.C. 5123 and 5124, any agency or instrumentality of the Federal Government. Registration means a written acknowledgment from the Associate Administrator that a registrant is authorized to perform a function for which registration is required under subchapter C of this chapter (e.g., registration with RSPA as a cylinder retester pursuant to 49 CFR 173.34(e)(1), or registration in accordance with 49 CFR 178.503 regarding marking of packagings). For purposes of subparts A through E, registration does not include registration under subpart F or G of this part. Report means information, other than an application, registration or part thereof, required to be submitted to the Associate Administrator pursuant to this subchapter, subchapter B or subchapter C of this chapter. Respondent means a person upon whom the RSPA has served a notice of probable violation. State means a State of the United States, the District of Columbia, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands, the Virgin Islands, American Samoa, Guam, or any other territory or possession of the United States designated by the Secretary; except that as used in section 121 (49 App. U.S.C. 5119), relating to uniformity of State registration and permitting forms and procedures, such term means a State of the United States and the District of Columbia. Transports or transportation means any movement of property by any mode, and any loading, unloading, or storage incidental thereto. 107.5 Request for confidential treatment, (a) If any person filing a document with the Associate Administrator claims that some or all the information contained in the document is exempt from the mandatory public disclosure requirements of the Freedom of Informa tion Act (5 U.S.C. 552), is information referred to in 18 U.S.C. 1905, or is otherwise exempt by law from public disclosure, and if that person requests the Associate Administrator not to disclose the information, that person shall file, together with the document, a second copy of the document with the confidential information deleted. The person shall indicate each page of the original document that is confidential or contains confidential information by marking or stamping "confiden tial" on each page for which a claim of confidentiality is made, and may file a statement specifying the justification for the claim of confi dentiality. If the person states that the information comes within the exception in 5 U.S.C. 552(b)(4) for trade secrets and commercial or financial information, that person shall include a statement as to why the information is privileged or confidential. If the person filing a docu ment does not mark or stamp a document as confidential or submit a second copy of the document with the confidential information de leted, the Associate Administrator may assume that there is no objec tion to public disclosure of the document in its entirety. (b) The Associate Administrator retains the right to make its own determination with regard to any claim of confidentiality. Notice of a decision by the Associate Administrator to deny the claim, in whole or in part, and an opportunity to respond shall be given to a person claiming confidentiality of information no less than five days prior to its public disclosure. 107.7 Service of process on non-residents of the United States, (a) Designation of agent for service. When a person who Is not a resident of the United States is required by this subchapter or Subchapter C of this chapter to designate a permanent resident of the United States as his agent upon whom service of process may be made for him and on his behalf, the agent may be an individual, a firm, or a domestic corporation. Any number of principals may desig nate the same person as agent. A designation is binding on a principal even if the designation is not in compliance with all the requirements of this section, until rejected by the Associate Administrator for Hazard ous Materials Safety. A designated agent may not assign performance of his functions under the designation to another person. (b) Form and contents of designation. The designation shall: (1) Be in writing and dated; (2) Be made in the legal form required to make it valid and binding on the principal under the laws, corporate bylaws, or other require ments governing the making of the designation by the principal at the place and time where it is made and the person or persons signing the designation shall certify that it is so made: (3) State the full legal name, principal name of business and mailing address of the principal; (4) Provide that it remains in effect until withdrawn or replaced by the principal; (5) State the legal name and mailing address of the agent; and (6) Bear a declaration of acceptance duly signed by the desig nated agent. (c) Method of service. Service of any process, notice, order, deci sion, or requirement of the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety may be made by registered or certified mail ad dressed to the agent with return receipt requested or in any other manner authorized by law. If service cannot be effected because the agent has died (or, if a firm or a corporation ceases to exist) or moved, or otherwise does not receive correctly addressed mail, service may be made by publication in the Federal Register. 107.9 Public docket room. There is established in the RSPA offices at 400 7th Street, SW., Washington, D.C., a public docket room in which there is available for public inspection and copying: (a) Copies of notices of proposed rulemaking issued by the RSPA or OOE or its predecessor agency, including advance notices, to gether with the comments received thereon during rulemaking pro ceedings, copies of any related Federal Register notices, final rules, petitions for reconsideration, and decisions issued in response to petitions for reconsideration; (b) Applications for exemptions from the Department of Transporta tion's regulations governing the transportation of hazardous materials, including supporting data, memoranda of any informal meetings with applicants, related Federal Register notices, comments received thereon during the public comment period and copies of decisions issued granting or denying applications for exemptions. (c) Applications for preemption and waiver of preemption determi nations under Subpart C of this part, together with the comments received thereon, related documents filed with the RSPA, copies of related Federal Register notices, and rulings, determinations and or ders issued in response to those applications; (d) Records of compliance order proceedings and copies of RSPA compliance orders; (e) Appeals filed under this part and RSPA's decisions issued in response to those appeals; and (f) Such other information pertaining to the RSPA hazardous materi als program required by statute to be made available for public inspec tion and copying and any information which the RSPA determines should be made available to the public. 107.11 Service, (a) Each order, notice, or other document re quired to be served under this part shall be served personally or by registered or certified mail, except as otherwise provided. (b) Sen/ice upon a person's duly authorized representative consti tutes service upon that person. (c) Service by registered or certified mail is complete upon mailing. An official United States Postal Service receipt from the registered or certified mailing constitutes prima facie evidence of sen/ice. 107.13 Subpoenas; witness tees, (a) The Administrator, RSPA, the Chief Counsel, Research and Special Programs Administra tion, or the Official designated to preside over a hearing convened in accordance with this part, may sign and issue subpoenas either on his own initiative or, upon an adequate showing that the information sought will materially advance the proceeding, upon the request of any person participating in that proceeding. (b) A subpoena may require the attendance of a witness, or the production of documentary or other tangible evidence in the posses sion or under the control of the person served, or both. (c) A subpoena may be served personally by any person who is 19 107.13--107.105 ABD00131785 April 1998 not an interested person and is not less than 18 years of age. or by certified or registered mail. (d) Service of a subpoena upon the person named therein shall be made by delivering a copy of the subpoena to such person and by tendering the fees for one day's attendance and mileage as speci fied by paragraph (f) of this section. When a subpoena is issued at the instance of any officer or agency of the United States, fees and mileage need not be tendered at the time of service. Delivery of a copy of a subpoena and tender of the fees to a natural person may be made by handing them to the person, leaving them at his office with the person in charge thereof, leaving them at his dwelling place or usual place of abode with some person of suitable age and discre tion then residing therein, by mailing them by registered or certified mail to him at his last known address, or by any method whereby actual notice is given to him and the fees are made available prior to the return date. When the person to be served is not a natural person, delivery of a copy of the subpoena and tender of the fees may be effected by handing them to a registered agent for service, or to any officer, director, or agent in charge of any office of the person, or by mailing them by registered or certified mail to that representative at his last known address or by any method whereby actual notice is given to the representative and the fees are made available prior to the return date. (e) The original subpoena bearing a certificate of service shall be filed with the RSPA official having responsibility for the proceeding in connection with which the subpoena was issued. (1) A witness subpoenaed by the RSPA shall be paid the same fees and mileage as would be paid to a witness in a proceeding in the district courts of the United States. The witness fees and mileage shall be paid by the person at whose instance the subpoena was issued. (g) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (f) of this section, and upon request, the witness fees and mileage may be paid by the RSPA if the RSPA official who issued the subpoena determines on the basis of good cause shown, that: (1) The presence of the subpoenaed witness will materially ad vance the proceeding; and (2) The person at whose instance the subpoena was issued would suffer a serious hardship if required to pay the witness fees and mileage. (h) Any person to whom a subpoena is directed may apply no later than 10 days after service thereof, to the person who issued the subpoena, to quash or modify it. The application shall contain a brief statement of the reasons relied upon in support of the action sought therein. The person who issued the subpoena may: (1) Deny the application; (2) Quash or modify the subpoena; or (3) Condition denial of the application to quash or modify the sub poena upon the satisfaction of certain just and reasonable require ments. The denial may be summary. (i) If there is a refusal to obey a subpoena served upon any person under the provisions of this section, the RSPA may request the Attorney General to seek the aid of the United States District Court for any District in which the person is found to compel that person, after notice, to appear and give testimony, or to appear and produce the subpoenaed documents before the RSPA, or both. 107.14 Availability of Informal guidance and interpretive as sistance. (a) Availability of telephonic and Internet assistance. (1) RSPA has a toll-free, telephonic information line which provides answers to inquiries by small entities and other parties concerning information on and advice about compliance with the hazardous mate rials regulations, 49 CFR parts 171-180. The information line is staffed from 9:00 a.m. through 4:00 p.m., Eastern time, Monday through Fri day, except Federal holidays. When the information line is not staffed, callers leave a recorded message, which will be answered by the next business day. The telephone numbers for the information line are: 1-800-467-4922 (that is; 1-800-HMR49-22 toll free), or 202-3664488 (Washington, DC area). Additionally, information may be ob tained from the Office of Hazardous Materials Safety via the Internet at http://ohm.volpe.dot.gov/. (2) RSPA's Office of the Chief Counsel (OCC) is available to answer questions concerning Federal hazardous material transportation law, 49 USC 5101 etseq. and Federal preemption of state, local and Indian tribe hazardous material transportation requirements. OCC may be contacted by telephone (202-366-4400) from 9:00 a.m. to 4:00 p.m. Eastern time, Monday through Friday, except Federal holidays. Infor mation and guidance concerning Federal hazardous material trans portation law and preemption may also be obtained by contacting OCC via the Internet at http://rspa-atty.dot.gov. (b) Availability of Written Interpretations. (1) A written regulatory clarification, response to a question, or an opinion concerning hazardous materials offering, transporting, or packaging requirements may be obtained by submitting a written request to the RSPA Office of Hazardous Materials Standards (DHM10), U.S. Department of Transportation, 400 Seventh Street, SW., Washington, DC 20590-0001. The requestor must include his or her return address and should also include a daytime telephone number. (2) A written interpretation regarding Federal hazardous material transportation law, 49 USC 5101 et seq., may be obtained from the Office of the Chief Counsel (DCC-1) RSPA, U.S. Department of Trans portation, 400 Seventh Street, SW., Washington, DC 20590-0001. The requestor must include his or her return address and should also include a daytime telephone number. Subpart B EXEMPTIONS 107.101 Purpose and scope. This subpart prescribes pro cedures for the issuance, modification and termination of exemptions from requirements of this subchapter, subchapter C of this chapter, or regulations issued under chapter 51 of 49 U.S.C. 107.105 Application for exemption, (a) General. Each appli cation for an exemption or modification of an exemption must be written in English and must-- (1) Be submitted in duplicate and, for timely consideration, at least 120 days before the requested effective date to: Associate Administra tor for Hazardous Materials Safety, Research and Special Programs Administration, U.S. Department of Transportation, 400 7th Street, SW, Washington, DC 20590-0001. Attention: Exemptions, DHM-31; (2) State the name, street and mailing addresses, and telephone number of the applicant; if the applicant is not an individual, state the name, street and mailing addresses, and telephone number of an individual designated as an agent of the applicant for all purposes related to the application; (3) If the applicant is not a resident of the United States, a designa tion of agent for service in accordance with 107.7 of this part; and (4) For a manufacturing exemption, a statement of the name and street address of each facility where manufacturing under the exemp tion will occur. (b) Confidential treatment. To request confidential treatment for in formation contained in the application, the applicant shall comply with 107.5(a). (c) Description of exemption proposal. The application must in clude the following information that is relevant to the exemption pro posal: (1) A citation of the specific regulation from which the applicant seeks relief; (2) Specification of the proposed mode or modes of transportation; (3) A detailed description of the proposed exemption (e.g., alterna tive packaging, test, procedure or activity) including, as appropriate, written descriptions, drawings, flow charts, plans and other supporting documents; (4) A specification of the proposed duration or schedule of events for which the exemption is sought; (5) A statement outlining the applicant's basis for seeking relief from compliance with the specified regulations and, if the exemption is requested for a fixed period, a description of how compliance will be achieved at the end of that period; 20 April 1998 ABD00131786 107.105--107.113 PART 107 (6) If the applicant seeks emergency processing specified in 107.117, a statement of supporting facts and reasons; (7) Identification and description of the hazardous materials planned for transportation under the exemption; (8) Description of each packaging, including specification or ex emption number, as applicable, to be used in conjunction with the requested exemption; (9) For alternative packagings, documentation of quality assurance controls, package design, manufacture, performance test criteria, inservice performance and service-life limitations; (d) Justification of exemption proposal. The application must dem onstrate that an exemption achieves a level of safety at least equal to that required by regulation, or if a required safety level does not exist, is consistent with the public interest. At a minimum, the applica tion must provide the following: (1) Information describing all relevant shipping and incident experi ence of which the applicant is aware that relates to the application; (2) A statement identifying any increased risk to safety or property that may result if the exemption is granted, and a description of the measures to be taken to address that risk; and (3) Either-- (i) Substantiation, with applicable analyses, data or test results, that the proposed alternative will achieve a level of safety that is at least equal to that required by the regulation from which the exemption is sought; or (ii) If the regulations do not establish a level of safety, an analysis that identifies each hazard, potential failure mode and the prob ability of its occurrence, and how the risks associated with each hazard and failure mode are controlled for the duration of an activity or life-cycle of a packaging. 107.107 Application for party status, (a) Any person eligible to apply for an exemption may apply to be made party to an application or an existing exemption, other than a manufacturing exemption. (b) Each application filed under this section must-- (1) Be submitted in duplicate to: Associate Administrator for Haz ardous Materials Safety, Research and Special Programs Administra tion, U.S. Department of Transportation, 400 7th Street, SW, Washing ton, DC 20590-0001. Attention: Exemptions, DHM-31; (2) Identify by number the exemption application or exemption to which the applicant seeks to become a party; (3) State the name, street and mailing addresses, and telephone number of the applicant; if the applicant is not an individual, state the name, street and mailing addresses, and telephone number of an individual designated as the applicant's agent for all purposes related to the application; and (4) If the applicant is not a resident of the United States, provide a designation of agent for service in accordance with 107.7. (c) The Associate Administrator grants or denies an application for party status in the manner specified in 107.113(e) and (f) of this subpart. (d) A party to an exemption is subject to all terms of that exemption, including the expiration date. If a party to an exemption wishes to renew party status, the exemption renewal procedures set forth in 107.109 apply. 107.109 Application for renewal, (a) Each application for re newal of an exemption or party status to an exemption must-- (1) Be submitted in duplicate to: Associate Administrator for Haz ardous Materials Safety, Research and Special Programs Administra tion, U.S. Department of Transportation, 400 7th Street, SW, Washing ton, DC 20590-0001. Attention: Exemptions, DHM-31; (2) Identify by number the exemption for which renewal is re quested; (3) State the name, street and mailing addresses, and telephone number of the applicant; if the applicant is not an individual, state the name, street and mailing addresses, and telephone number of an individual designated as an agent of the applicant for all purposes related to the application; (4) Include either a certification by the applicant that the original application, as it may have been updated by any application for re newal, remains accurate and complete; or include an amendment to the previously submitted application as is necessary to update and assure the accuracy and completeness of the application, with certifi cation by the applicant that the application as amended is accurate and complete; and (5) Include a statement describing all relevant shipping and inci dent experience of which the applicant is aware in connection with the exemption since its issuance or most recent renewal. If the applicant is aware of no incidents, the applicant shall so certify. When known to the applicant, the statement should indicate the approximate number of shipments made or packages shipped, as the case may be, and number of shipments or packages involved in any loss of contents, including loss by venting other than as authorized in subchapter C. (b) if at least 60 days before an existing exemption expires the holder files an application for renewal that is complete and conforms to the requirements of this section, the exemption will not expire until final administrative action on the application for renewal has been taken. 107.111 Withdrawal. An application may be withdrawn at any time before a decision to grant or deny it is made. Withdrawal of an application does not authorize the removal of any related records from the RSPA dockets or files. Applications that are eligible for confidential treatment under 107.5 will remain confidential after the application is withdrawn. The duration of this confidential treatment for trade se crets and commercial or financial information is indefinite, unless the party requesting the confidential treatment of the materials notifies the Associate Administrator that the confidential treatment is no longer required. 107.113 Application processing and evaluation, (a) The As sociate Administrator reviews an application for exemption, modifica tion of exemption, party to exemption, or renewal of an exemption to determine if it is complete and conforms with the requirements of this subpart. This determination will be made within 30 days of receipt of the application for exemption, modification of exemption, or party to exemption, and within 15 days of receipt of an application for renewal of an exemption. If an application is determined to be incomplete, the applicant is informed of the reasons. (b) An application, other than a renewal, party to, or emergency exemption application, that is determined to be complete is docketed. Notice of the application is published in the Federal Register, and an opportunity for public comment is provided. All comments received during the comment period are considered before final action is taken on the application. (c) No public hearing or other formal proceeding is required under this subpart before the disposition of an application. Unless emer gency processing under 107.117 is requested and granted, applica tions are usually processed in the order in which they are filed. (d) During the processing and evaluation of an application, the Associate Administrator may request additional information from the applicant. If the applicant does not respond to a written request for additional information within 30 days of the date the request was received, the application may be deemed incomplete and denied. However, if the applicant responds in writing within the 30-day period requesting an additional 30 days within which it will gather the re quested information, the Associate Administrator may grant the 30day extension. (e) The Associate Administrator may grant or deny an application, in whole or in part. In the Associate Administrator's discretion, an application may be granted subject to provisions that are appropriate to protect health, safety or property. The Associate Administrator may impose additional provisions not specified in the application or remove conditions in the application that are unnecessary. (f) The Associate Administrator may grant an application on find ing that-- (1) The application complies with this subpart; (2) The application demonstrates that the proposed alternative will achieve a level of safety that: (i) Is at least equal to that required by the regulation from which the exemption is sought, or (ii) If the regulations do not establish a level of safety, is consistent with the public interest and adequately will protect against the risks to life and property inherent in the transportation of hazardous materials in commerce; (3) The application states all material facts, and contains no materi ally false or materially misleading statement; (4) The applicant meets the qualifications required by applicable regulations; and (5) The applicant is fit to conduct the activity authorized by the 21 107.113--107.127 ABD00131787 April 1998 exemption. This assessment may be based on information in the appli cation, prior compliance history of the applicant, and other information available to the Associate Administrator. (g) An applicant is notified in writing whether the application is granted or denied. A denial contains a brief statement of reasons. (h) An exemption and any renewal thereof terminates according to its terms or, if not otherwise specified, two years after the date of issuance. A grant of party status to an exemption, unless otherwise stated, terminates on the date that the exemption expires. (i) The Associate Administrator, on determining that an application concerns a matter of general applicability and future effect and should be the subject of rulemaking, may initiate rulemaking under part 106 of this chapter in addition to or instead of acting on the application. (j) The Associate Administrator publishes in the Federal Register a list of all exemption grants, denials, and modifications and all exemp tion applications withdrawn under this section. 107.117 Emergency processing, (a) An application is granted emergency processing if the Associate Administrator, on the basis of the application and any inquiry undertaken, finds that-- (1) Emergency processing is necessary to prevent significant injury to persons or property (other than the hazardous material to be trans ported) that could not be prevented if the application were processed on a routine basis; or (2) Emergency processing is necessary for immediate national se curity purposes or to prevent significant economic loss that could not be prevented if the application were processed on a routine basis. (b) Where the significant economic loss is to the applicant, or to a party in a contractual relationship to the applicant with respect to the activity to be undertaken, the Associate Administrator may deny emergency processing if timely application could have been made. (c) A request for emergency processing on the basis of potential economic loss must reasonably describe and estimate the potential loss. (d) An application submitted under this section must conform to 107.105 to the extent that the receiving U.S. Department of Transpor tation official deems necessary to process the application. An applica tion on an emergency basis must be submitted to the U.S. Department of Transportation modal contact official for the initial mode of transpor tation to be utilized, as follows; (1) Certificate-Holding Aircraft: The Federal Aviation Administration Civil Aviation Security Office that serves the place where the flight will originate or that is responsible for the aircraft operator's overall aviation security program. The nearest Civil Aviation Security Office may be located by calling the FAA Duty Officer, 202-267-3333 (any hour). (2) Noncertificate-Holding Aircraft (Those Which Operate Under 14 CFR Part 91): The Federal Aviation Administration Civil Aviation Secu rity Office that serves the place where the flight will originate. The nearest Civil Aviation Security Office may be located by calling the FAA Duty Officer, 202-267-3333 (any hour). (3) Motor Vehicle Transportation: Director, Office of Motor Carrier Research and Standards, Federal Highway Administration, U.S. De partment of Transportation, Washington, DC 20590-0001, 202-3664001 (day); 202- 267-2100 (night). (4) Rail Transportation: Staff Director, Hazardous Materials Division, Office of Safety Assurance and Compliance, Federal Railroad Admin istration, U.S. Department of Transportation, Washington, DC 205900001, 202-366-0509 or 366-0523 (day); 202-267-2100 (night). (5) Water Transportation: Chief, Hazardous Materials Standards Division, Office of Operating and Environmental Standards, United States Coast Guard, U.S. Department of Transportation, Washington, DC 20593-0001, 202-267-1577 (day); 202-267-2100 (night). (e) On receipt of all information necessary to process the applica tion, the receiving Department of Transportation official transmits to the Associate Administrator, by the most rapid available means of communication, an evaluation as to whether an emergency exists under 107.117(a) and, if appropriate, recommendations as to the conditions to be included in the exemption. If the Associate Administra tor determines that an emergency exists under 107.117(a) and that, with reference to the criteria of 107.113(f), granting of the application is in the public interest, the Associate Administrator grants the applica tion subject to such terms as necessary and immediately notifies the applicant. If the Associate Administrator determines that an emer gency does not exist or that granting of the application is not in the public interest, the applicant immediately is so notified. (f) A determination that an emergency does not exist is not subject to reconsideration under 107.123 of this part. (g) Within 90 days following issuance of an emergency exemption, the Associate Administrator will publish, in the Federal Register, a notice of issuance with a statement of the basis for the finding of emergency and the scope and duration of the exemption. 107.121 Modification, suspension or termination of exemp tion or grant of party status. (a) The Associate Administrator may modify an exemption or grant of party status on finding that-- (1) Modification is necessary so that an exemption reflects current statutes and regulations; or (2) Modification is required by changed circumstances to meet the standards of 107.113(f). (b) The Associate Administrator may modify, suspend or terminate an exemption or grant of party status, as appropriate, on finding that-- 0) Because of a change in circumstances, the exemption or party status no longer is needed or no longer would be granted if applied for; (2) The application contained inaccurate or incomplete information, and the exemption or party status would not have been granted had the application been accurate and complete; (3) The application contained deliberately inaccurate or incomplete information; or (4) The holder or party knowingly has violated the terms of the exemption or an applicable requirement of this chapter, in a manner demonstrating the holder or party is not fit to conduct the activity authorized by the exemption. (c) Except as provided in paragraph (d) of this section, before an exemption or grantof party statusis modified, suspended orterminated, the Associate Administrator notifies the holder or party in writing of the proposed action and the reasons for it, and provides an opportunity to show cause why the proposed action should not be taken. (1) The holder or party may file a written response that shows cause why the proposed action should not be taken within 30 days of receipt of notice of the proposed action. (2) After considering the holder's or party's written response, or after 30 days have passed without response since receipt of the notice, the Associate Administrator notifies the holder or party in writing of the final decision with a brief statement of reasons. (d) The Associate Administrator, if necessary to avoid a risk of significant harm to persons or property, may in the notification declare the proposed action immediately effective. 107.123 Reconsideration, (a) An applicant for exemption, an exemption holder, or an applicant for party status to an exemption may request that the Associate Administrator reconsider a decision under 107.113(g), 107.117(e) or 107.121(c) of this part. The re quest must-- (1) Be in writing and filed within 20 days of receipt of the decision; (2) State in detail any alleged errors of fact and law; (3) Enclose any additional information needed to support the re quest to reconsider; and (4) State in detail the modification of the final decision sought. (b) The Associate Administrator grants or denies, in whole or in part, the relief requested and informs the requesting person in writing of the decision, if necessary to avoid a risk of significant harm to persons or property, the Associate Administrator may, in the notifica tion, declare the action immediately effective. 107.125 Appeal, (a) A person who requested reconsideration under 107.123 and is denied the relief requested may appeal to the Administrator. The appeal must-- (1) Be in writing and filed within 30 days of receipt of the Associate Administrator's decision on reconsideration; (2) State in detail any alleged errors of fact and law; (3) Enclose any additional information needed to support the ap peal; and (4) State in detail the modification of the final decision sought. (b) The Administrator, if necessary to avoid a risk of significant harm to persons or property, may declare the Associate Administra tor's action effective pending a decision on appeal. (c) The Administrator grants or denies, in whole or in part, the relief requested and informs the appellant in writing of the decision. The Administrator's decision is the final administrative action. 107.127 Availability of documents for public inspection. (a) Documents related to an application under this subpart, includ ing the application itself, are available for public inspection, except as specified in paragraph (b) of this section, at the Office of the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety, Research and 22 April 1998 ABD00131788 107.127--107.205 Special Programs Administration, Dockets Unit, U.S. Department of Transportation, 400 7th Street, SW, Washington, DC 20590-0001, Room 8421. Office hours are 8:30 a.m. to 5:00 p.m., Monday through Friday, except holidays when the office is closed. Copies of available documents may be obtained as provided in part 7 of this title. (b) Documents available for inspection do not include materials determined to be withheld from public disclosure under 107.5 and in accordance with the applicable provisions of section 552(b) of title 5, United States Code, and part 7 of this title. PART 107 Subpart C PREEMPTION 107.201 Purpose and Scope, (a) This subpart prescribes pro cedures by which: (1) Any person, including a State, political subdivision, or Indian tribe, directly affected by any requirement of a State, political subdivi sion, or Indian tribe, may apply for a determination as to whether that requirement is preempted under 49 U.S.C. 5125, or regulations issued thereunder; and (2) A State, political subdivision, or Indian tribe may apply for a waiver of preemption with respect to any requirement that the State, political subdivision, or Indian tribe acknowledges to be preempted by 49 U.S.C. 5125, or regulations issued thereunder, or that has been determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be so preempted. (b) For purposes of this subpart "political subdivision" includes a municipality; a public agency or other instrumentality of one or more States, municipalities, or other political subdivisions of a State; or a public corporation, board, or commission established under the laws of one or more States. (c) For purposes of this subpart, "regulations issued under the Federal hazardous material transportation law" means the regulations contained in this subchapter and subchapter C of this chapter. (d) Unless otherwise ordered by the Associate Administrator, an application for a preemption determination which includes an applica tion for a waiver of preemption will be treated and processed solely as an application for a preemption determination. 107.202 Standards for determining preemption. (a) Except as provided in 107.221 and unless otherwise author ized by Federal law, any requirement of a State or political subdivision thereof or an Indian tribe, that concerns one of the following subjects and that is not substantively the same as any provision of the Federal hazardous material transportation law, this subchapter or subchapter C that concerns that subject, is preempted: (1) The designation, description, and classification of hazardous material. (2) The packing, repacking, handling, labeling, marking, and plac arding of hazardous material. (3) The preparation, execution, and use of shipping documents pertaining to hazardous material and requirements related to the num ber, content and placement of those documents. (4) The written notification, recording, and reporting of the uninten tional release in transportation of hazardous material. (5) The design, manufacturing, fabrication, marking, maintenance, reconditioning, repairing, or testing of a packaging or a container which is represented, marked, certified, or sold as qualified for use in the transportation of hazardous material. (b) Except as provided in 107.221 and unless otherwise author ized by Federal Law, any requirement of a State or political subdivision or Indian tribe is preempted if-- (1) Complying with a requirement of the State political subdivision, or Indian tribe and a requirement under the Federal hazardous material transportation law or regulations issued thereunder is not possible, (2) The requirement of the State, political subdivision, or Indian tribe as applied or enforced, is an obstacle to accomplishing and carrying out the Federal hazardous material transportation law or regu lations issued thereunder; or (3) It is preempted under 49 U.S.C. 5125(c). (c) A State, political subdivision, or Indian tribe may impose a fee related to transporting hazardous materials only if the fee is fair and used for a purpose related to transporting hazardous material, includ ing enforcement and planning, developing, and maintaining a capabil ity for emergency response. (d) For purposes of this section, "substantively the same" means that the non-Federal requirement conforms in every significant respect to the Federal requirement. Editorial and other similar de minimis changes are permitted. PREEMPTION DETERMINATIONS 107.203 Application, (a) With the exception of highway rout ing matters covered under 49 U.S.C. 5125(c), any person, including a State or political subdivision thereof or an Indian tribe, directly af fected by any requirement of a State, political subdivision, or Indian tribe, may apply to the Associate Administrator for a determination of whether that requirement is preempted by 107.202(a) or (b). (b) Each application filed under this section for a determination must: (1) Be submitted to the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Ma terials Safety, Research and Special Programs Administration, U.S. Department of Transportation, Washington, D.C. 20590-0001. Atten tion: Hazardous Materials Preemption Docket; (2) Set forth the text of the State or political subdivision or Indian tribe requirement for which the determination is sought; (3) Specify each requirement of the Federal hazardous material transportation law or the regulations issued thereunder with which the applicant seeks the State or political subdivision or Indian tribe requirement to be compared; (4) Explain why the applicant believes the State or political subdivi sion or Indian tribe requirement should or should not be preempted under the standards of 107.202; and (5) State how the applicant is affected by the State or political subdivision or Indian tribe requirement. (c) The filing of an application for a determination under this section does not constitute grounds for noncompliance with any requirement of the Federal hazardous material transportation law or the regulations issued thereunder. (d) Once the Associate Administrator has published notice in the Federal Register of an application received under paragraph (a) of this section, no applicant for such determination may seek relief with respect to the same or substantially the same issue in any court until final action has been taken on the application or until 180 days after filing of the application, whichever occurs first. Nothing in 107.203(a) prohibits a State or political subdivision or Indian tribe, or any other person directly affected by any requirement of a State or political subdivision thereof or Indian tribe, from seeking a determination of preemption in any court of competent jurisdiction in lieu of applying to the Associate Administrator under paragraph (a) of this section. 107.205 Notice, (a) If the applicant is other than a State, politi cal subdivision, or Indian tribe, the applicant shall mail a copy of the application to the State, political subdivision, or Indian tribe concerned accompanied by a statement that the State, political subdivision, or Indian tribe may submit comments regarding the application to the Associate Administrator. The application filed with the Associate Ad ministrator must include a certification that the applicant has complied with this paragraph and must include the names and addresses of each State, political subdivision, or Indian tribe official to whom a copy of the application was sent. (b) The Associate Administrator will publish notice of, including an opportunity to comment on, an application in the Federal Register and may notify in writing any person readily identifiable as affected by the outcome of the determination. (c) Each person submitting written comments to the Associate Ad ministrator with respect to an application filed under this section shall send a copy of the comments to the applicant and certify to the Associate Administrator that he or she has complied with this require ment. The Associate Administrator may notify other persons participat ing in the proceeding of the comments and provide an opportunity 23 107.205--107.217 ABD00131789 April 1998 for those other persons to respond. Late-filed comments are consid ered so far as practicable. 107.207 Processing, (a) The Associate Administrator may ini tiate an investigation of any statement in an application and utilize in his or her evaluation any relevant facts obtained by that investigation. The Associate Administrator may solicit and accept submissions from third persons relevant to an application and will provide the applicant an opportunity to respond to all third person submissions. In evaluating an application, the Associate Administrator may consider any other source of information. The Associate Administrator, on his or her own initiative may convene a hearing or conference, if he or she considers that a hearing or conference will advance his or her evaluation of the application. (b) The Associate Administrator may dismiss the application with out prejudice if: (1) He or she determines that there is insufficient information upon which to base a determination; or (2) He or she requests additional information from the applicant and it is not submitted. 107.209 Determination, (a) Upon consideration of the appli cation and other relevant information received, the Associate Adminis trator issues a determination. (b) The determination includes a written statement setting forth the relevant facts and the legal basis for the determination, and provides that any person aggrieved thereby may file a petition for reconsidera tion with the Associate Administrator. (c) The Associate Administrator provides a copy of the determina tion to the applicant and to any other person who substantially partici pated in the proceeding or requested in comments to the docket to be notified of the determination. A copy of each determination is placed on file in the public docket. The Associate Administrator will publish the determination or notice of the determination in the Federal Register. (d) A determination issued under this section constitutes an admin istrative determination as to whether a particular requirement of a State or political subdivision or Indian tribe is preempted under the Federal hazardous material transportation law or regulations issued thereunder. The fact that a determination has not been issued under this section with respect to a particular requirement of a State or political subdivision or Indian tribe carries no implication as to whether the requirement is preempted under the Federal hazardous material transportation law or regulations issued thereunder. 107.211 Appeal, (a) Any person aggrieved by a determination issued under 107.209 may file a petition for reconsideration with the Associate Administrator. The petition must be filed within 20 days of publication of the determination in the Federal Register. (b) The petition must contain a concise statement of the basis for seeking review, including any specific factual or legal error alleged. If the petition requests consideration of information that was not pre viously made available to the Associate Administrator, the petition must include the reasons why such information was not previously made available. (c) The petitioner shall mail a copy of the petition to each person who participated, either as an applicant or commenter, in the preemp tion determination proceeding, accompanied by a statement that the person may submit comments concerning the petition to the Associate Administrator within 20 days. The petition filed with the Associate Administrator must contain a certification that the petitioner has com plied with this paragraph and include the names and addresses of all persons to whom a copy of the petition was sent. Late-filed com ments are considered so far as practicable. <d) The Associate Administrator's decision constitutes final agency action. 107.213 Judicial review. A party to a proceeding under 107.203(a) may seek review by the appropriate district court of the United States of a decision of the Associate Administrator by filing a petition with the court within 60 days after the Associate Administrator's determination becomes final. The determination becomes final when it is published in the Federal Register. WAIVER OF PREEMPTION DETERMINATIONS 107.215 Application, (a) With the exception of requirements preempted under 49 U.S.C. 5125(c), any State or political subdivision thereof or an Indian tribe may apply to the Associate Administrator for a waiver of preemption with respect to any requirement that the State or political subdivision thereof or an Indian tribe acknowledges to be preempted under the Federal hazardous material transportation law or the regulations issued thereunder, or that has been determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be so preempted. The Associate Administrator may waive preemption with respect to such requirement upon a determination that such requirement-- (1) Affords an equal or greater level of protection to the public than is afforded by the requirements of the Federal hazardous material transportation law or the regulations issued thereunder, and (2) Does not unreasonably burden commerce. (b) Each application filed under this section for a waiver of preemp tion determination must: (1) Be submitted to the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Ma terials Safety, Research and Special Programs Administration, U.S. Department of Transportation, Washington, D.C. 20590-0001. Atten tion: Hazardous Materials Preemption Docket; (2) Set forth the text of the State or political subdivision requirement for which the determination is being sought; (3) Include a copy of any court order and any ruling issued under 107.209 having a bearing on the application; (4) Contain an express acknowledgment by the applicant that the State, political subdivision, or Indian tribe requirement is preempted under the Federal hazardous material transportation law or the regula tions issued thereunder, unless it has been so determined by a court of competent jurisdiction or in a determination issued under 107.209; (5) Specify each requirement of the Federal hazardous material transportation law or the regulations issued thereunder that preempts the State, political subdivision, or Indian tribe requirement; (6) State why the applicant believes the State, political subdivision, or Indian tribe requirement affords an equal or greater level of protec tion to the public than is afforded by the requirements of the Federal hazardous material transportation law or the regulations issued there under: (7) State why the applicant believes the State, political subdivision, or Indian tribe requirement does not unreasonably burden com merce; and (8) Specify what steps the State, political subdivision, or Indian tribe is taking to administer and enforce effectively its inconsistent requirement. 107.217 Notice, (a) The applicant shall mail a copy of the ap plication and any subsequent amendments or other documents relat ing to the application to each person who is reasonably ascertainable by the applicant as a person who will be affected by the determination sought. The copy of the application must be accompanied by a state ment that the person may submit comments regarding the application to the Associate Administrator within 45 days. The application filed with the Associate Administrator must include a certification that the application has complied with this paragraph and must include the names and addresses of each person to whom the application was sent. (b) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (a) of this section, if the State or political subdivision determines that compliance with paragraph (a) of this section would be impracticable, the applicant shall: (1) Comply with the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section with regard to those persons whom it is reasonable and practicable to notify; and (2) Include with the application filed with the Associate Administra tor a description of the persons or class or classes of persons to whom notice was not sent. (c) The Associate Administrator may require the applicant to pro vide notice in addition to that required by paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section, or may determine that the notice required by paragraph (a) of the section is not impracticable, or that notice should be published in the Federal Register. Late-filed comments are considered so far as practicable. (d) The Associate Administrator may notify any other persons who may be affected by the outcome of a determination on the application. (e) Any person submitting written comments to the Associate Administrator with respect to an application filed under this section shall send a copy of the comments to the applicant. The person shall certify to the Associate Administrator that he has complied with the 24 PART 107 April 1998 ABD00131790 107.217--107.305 requirements of this paragraph. The Associate Administrator may no tify other persons participating in the proceeding of the comments and provide an opportunity for those other persons to respond. 107.219 Processing, (a) The Associate Administrator may ini tiate an investigation of any statement in an application and utilize in his or her evaluation any relevant facts obtained by that investigation. The Associate Administrator may solicit and accept submissions from third persons relevant to an application and will provide the applicant an opportunity to respond to ail third person submissions. In evaluating an application, the Associate Administrator, on his or her own initiative, may convene a hearing or conference, if he or she considers that a hearing or conference will advance his or her evaluation of the application. (b) The Associate Administrator may dismiss the application with out prejudice if: (1) He or she determines that there is insufficient information upon which to base a determination; (2) Upon his or her request, additional information is not submitted by the applicant; or (3) The applicant fails to provide the notice required by 107.217. (c) Except as provided in 107.201(c), the Associate Administrator will only consider an application for a waiver of preemption determina tion if-- (1) The applicant State or political subdivision thereof or Indian tribe expressly acknowledges in its application that the State or political subdivision thereof or Indian tribe requirement for which the determina tion is sought is inconsistent with the requirements of the Federal hazardous material transportation law or the regulations issued there under; or (2) The State or political subdivision thereof or Indian tribe require ment has been determined by a court of competent jurisdiction or in a ruling issued under 107.209 to be inconsistent with the require ments of the Federal hazardous material transportation law or the regulations issued thereunder. (d) When the Associate Administrator has received all substantive information it considers necessary to process an application for a waiver of preemption determination, it serves notice of that fact upon the applicant and all other persons who received notice of the proceed ing pursuant to 107.217. (e) To the extent possible, each application for a waiver of preemp tion determination will be acted upon in a manner consistent with the disposition of previous applications for waiver of preemption determi nations. 107.221 Determination, (a) After considering the application and other relevant information received or obtained during the pro ceeding, the Associate Administrator issues a determination. (b) The Associate Administrator may issue a waiver of preemption only on finding that the requirement of the State or political subdivision thereof or Indian tribe affords the public a level of safety at least equal to that afforded by the requirements of the Federal hazardous material transportation law or the regulations issued thereunder and does not unreasonably burden commerce. In determining if the requirement of the State or political subdivision thereof or Indian tribe unreasonably burdens commerce, the Associate Administrator considers: (1) The extent to which increased costs and impairment of effi ciency result from the requirement of the State or political subdivision thereof or Indian tribe. (2) Whether the requirement of the State or political subdivision thereof or Indian tribe has a rational basis. (3) Whether the requirement of the State or political subdivision thereof or Indian tribe achieves its stated purpose. (4) Whether there is need for uniformity with regard to the subject concerned and if so, whether the requirement of the State or political subdivision thereof or Indian tribe competes or conflicts with those of other States or political subdivisions thereof or Indian tribes. (c) The determination includes a written statement setting forth rele vant facts and legal bases and providing that any person aggrieved by the determination may file a petition for reconsideration with the Associate Administrator. (d) TheAssociate Administrator providesacopyofthedetermination to the applicant and to any other person who substantially participated in the proceeding or requested in comments to the docket to be notified of the determination. A copy of the determination is placed on file in the public docket. The Associate Administrator will publish the determina tion or notice of the determination in the Federal Register. (e) A determination under this section constitutes an administrative finding of whether a particular requirement of a State or political subdi vision thereof or Indian tribe is preempted under the Federal hazardous material transportation law or any regulation issued thereunder, or whether preemption is waived. 107.223 Petition for reconsideration, (a) Any person ag grieved by a determination under 107.221 may file a petition for reconsideration with the Associate Administrator. The petition must be filed within 20 days of publication of the determination in the Federal Register. (b) The petition must contain a concise statement of the basis for seeking review, including any specific factual or legal error alleged. If the petition requests consideration of information that was not pre viously made available to the Associate Administrator, the petition must include the reasons why such information was not previously made available. (c) The petitioner shall mail a copy of the petition to each person who participated, either as an applicant orcommenter, in the waiver of preemption proceeding, accompanied by a statement that the person may submit comments concerning the petition to the Associate Admin istrator within 20 days. The petition filed with the Associate Administra tor must contain a certification that the petitioner has complied with this paragraph and include the names and addresses of all persons to whom a copy of the petition was sent. Late-filed comments are considered so far as practicable. (d) The Associate Administrator's decision constitutes final agency action. 107.227 Judicial Review. A party to a proceeding under 107.215(a) may seek review by the appropriate district court of the United States of a decision of the Associate Administrator by filing a petition with the court within 60 days after the Associate Administrator's determination becomes final. The determination becomes final when it is published in the Federal Register. Subpart D ENFORCEMENT 107.301 Delegated authority for enforcement. Under redele gation from the Administrator, Research and Special Programs Admin istration, the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety and the Office of the Chief Counsel exercise their authority for enforce ment of the Federal hazardous material transportation law, this sub chapter, and Subchapter C of this subchapter, in accordance with 1.53 of this title. 107.303 Purpose and scope. This subchapter describes that various enforcement authorities exercised by the Associate Ad ministrator for Hazardous Materials Safety and the Office of Chief Counsel and the associated sanctions and prescribes the procedures governing the exercise of those authorities and the imposition of those sanctions. 107.305 Investigations, (a) General. In accordance with its delegated authority under Part 1 of this title, the Associate Administra tor for Hazardous Materials Safety may initiate investigations relating to compliance by any person with any provisions of this subchapter or Subchapter C of this chapter, or any exemption, approval, or order issued thereunder, or any court decree relating thereto. The Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety encourages voluntary production of documents in accordance with and subject to 107.13, and hearings may be conducted, and depositions taken pursuant to 49 25 107.305--107.311 ABD00131791 April 1998 U.S.C. 5121(a). The Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety may conduct investigative conferences and hearings in the course of any investigation. (b) Investigators and Inspections. Investigations under 49 U.S.C. 5121(a) are conducted by personnel duly authorized for that purpose by the Associate Administrator. Inspections under 49 U.S.C. 5121(c) are conducted by Hazardous Materials Enforcement Specialists, also known as "hazmat inspectors" or "inspectors," whom the Associate Administrator has designated for that purpose. (1) An inspector will, on request, present his or her credentials for examination, but the credentials may not be reproduced. (2) An inspector may administer oaths and receive affirmations in any matter under investigation by the Associate Administrator. (3) An inspector may gather information by reasonable means in cluding, but not limited to, interviews, statements, photocopying, pho tography, and video- and audio-recording. (4) With concurrence of the Director, Office of Hazardous Materials Enforcement, Research and Special Programs Administration, an in spector may issue a subpoena for the production of documentary or other tangible evidence if, on the basis of information available to the inspector, the documents and evidence materially will advance a determination of compliance with this subchapter or subchapter C. Service of a subpoena shall be in accordance with 107.13 (c) and (d). A person to whom a subpoena is directed may seek review of the subpoena by applying to the Office of Chief Counsel in accordance with 107.13(h). A subpoena issued under this paragraph may be enforced in accordance with 107.13(i). (c) Notification. Any person who is the subject of an Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety investigation and who is requested to furnish information or documentary evidence is notified as to the general purpose for which the information or evidence is sought. (d) Termination. When the facts disclosed by an investigation indi cate that further action is unnecessary or unwarranted at that time, the person being investigated is notified and the investigative file is closed without prejudice to further investigation by the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety. (e) Confidentiality. Information received in an investigation under this section, including the identity of the person investigated and any other person who provides information during the investigation, shall remain confidential under the investigatory file exception, or other appropriate exception, to the public disclosure requirements of 5 U.S.C. 552. COMPLIANCE ORDERS AND CIVIL PENALTIES 107.307 General, (a) When the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety and the Office of the Chief Counsel have reason to believe that a person is knowingly engaging or has knowingly engaged in conduct which is a violation of the Federal hazardous material transportation law or any provision of this subchapter or sub chapter C of this chapter, or any exemption, or order issued thereun der, for which the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety or the Office of the Chief Counsel exercise enforcement author ity, they may-- (1) Issue a warning letter, as provided in 107.309; (2) Initiate proceedings to assess a civil penalty, as provided in either 107.310 or 107.311; (3) Issue an order directing compliance, regardless of whether a warning letter has been issued or a civil penalty assessed; and (4) Seek any other remedy available under the Federal hazardous material transportation law. (b) In the case of a proceeding initiated for failure to comply with an exemption, the allegation of a violation of a term or condition thereof is considered by the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety and the Office of the Chief Counsel to constitute an allegation that the exemption holder or party to the exemption is failing, or has failed to comply with the underlying regulations from which relief was granted by the exemption. 107.309 Warning letters, (a) The imposition of sanctions or other remedies, the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety may issue a warning letter to any person whom the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety believes to have commit ted a probable violation of the Federal hazardous material transporta tion law or any provision of this subchapter, Subchapter C of this chapter, or any exemption issued thereunder. (b) A warning letter issued under this section includes: (1) A statement of the facts upon which the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety bases its determination that the person has committed a probable violation; (2) A statement that the recurrence of the probable violations cited may subject the person to enforcement action; and (3) An opportunity to respond to the warning letter by submitting pertinent information or explanations concerning the probable viola tions cited therein. 107.310 Ticketing, (a) For an alleged violation that does not have a direct or substantial impact on safety, the Associate Administra tor for Hazardous Materials Safety may issue a ticket. (b) The Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety is sues a ticket by mailing it by certified or registered mail to the person alleged to have committed the violation. The ticket includes: (1) A statement of the facts on which the Associate Administrator bases the conclusion that the person has committed the alleged vio lation; (2) The maximum penalty provided for by statute, the proposed full penalty determined according to RSPA's civil penalty guidelines and the statutory criteria for penalty assessment, and the ticket penalty amount; and (3) A statement that within 45 days of receipt of the ticket, the person must pay the penalty in accordance with paragraph (d) of this section, make an informal response under 107.317, or request a formal administrative hearing under 107.319. (c) If the person makes an informal response or requests a formal administrative hearing, the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Ma terials Safety forwards the inspection report, ticket and response to the Office of the Chief Counsel for processing under 107.307- 107.339, except that the Office of the Chief Counsel will not issue a Notice of Probable Violation under 107.311. The Office of the Chief Counsel may impose a civil penalty that does not exceed the proposed full penalty set forth in the ticket. (d) Payment of the ticket penalty amount must be made in accord ance with the instructions on the ticket. (e) If within 45 days of receiving the ticket the person does not pay the ticket amount, make an informal response, or request a formal administrative hearing, the person has waived the right to make an informal response or request a hearing, has admitted the violation and owes the ticket penalty amount to RSPA. 107.311 Notice of probable violation, (a) The Office of Chief Counsel may serve a notice of probable violation on a person alleging the violation of one or more provisions of the Federal hazardous mate rial transportation law or any provision of this subchapter or subchapter C of this chapter, or any exemption, or order issued thereunder. (b) A notice of probable violation issued under this section includes the following information: (1) A citation of the provisions of the Federal hazardous material transportation law, an order issued thereunder, this subchapter, Sub chapter C of this chapter, or the terms of any exemption issued there under which the Office of Chief Counsel believes the respondent is violating or has violated. (2) A statement of the factual allegations upon which the demand for remedial action, a civil penalty, or both, is based. (3) A statement of the respondent's right to present written or oral explanations, information, and arguments in answer to the allegations and in mitigation of the sanction sought in the notice of probable violation. (4) A statement of the respondent's right to request a hearing and the procedures for requesting a hearing. (5) In addition, in the case of a notice of probable violation propos ing a compliance order, a statement of the proposed actions to be taken by the respondent to achieve compliance. (6) In addition, in the case of a notice of probable violation propos ing a civil penalty: (i) A statement of the maximum civil penalty for which the respon dent may be liable; (ii) The amount of the preliminary civil penalty being sought by the Office of Chief Counsel, constitutes the maximum amount the Chief Counsel may seek throughout the proceedings; and (iii) A description of the manner in which the respondent makes payment of any money due the United States as a result of the proceeding. 26 April 1998 ABD00131792 107.311--107.325 PART 107 (c) The Office of Chief Counsel may amend a notice of probable violation at any time before issuance of a compliance order or an order assessing a civil penalty. If the Office of Chief Counsel alleges any new material facts or seeks new or additional remedial action or an increase in the amount of the proposed civil penalty, it issues a new notice of probable violation under this section. 107.313 Reply, (a) Within 30 days of receipt of a notice of probable violation, the respondent must either: (1) Admit the violation under 107.315; (2) Make an informal response under 107.317; or (3) Request a hearing under 107.319. (b) Failure of the respondent to file a reply as provided in this section constitutes a waiver of the respondent's right to appear and contest the allegations and authorizes the Chief Counsel, without fur ther notice to the respondent, to find the facts to be as alleged in the notice of probable violation and issue an order directing compliance or assess a civil penalty, or, if proposed in the notice, both. Failure to request a hearing under paragraph (a)(3) of this section constitutes a waiver of the respondent's right to a hearing. (c) Upon the request of the respondent, the Office of Chief Counsel may, for good cause shown and filed within the 30 days prescribed in the notice of probable violation, extend the 30-day response period. 107.315 Admission of violations, (a) In responding to a no tice of probable violation issued under 107.311, the respondent may admit the alleged violations and agree to accept the terms of a pro posed compliance order or to pay the amount of the preliminarily assessed civil penalty, or, if proposed in the notice, both. (b) if the respondent agrees to the terms of a proposed compliance order, the Chief Counsel issues a final order prescribing the remedial action to be taken by the respondent. (c) Payment of a civil penalty, when the amount of the penalty exceeds $10,000, must be made by wire transfer, through the Federal Reserve Communications System (Fedwire), to the account of the U.S. Treasury. <d) Payment of a civil penalty, when the amount of the penalty is $10,000 or less, must be made either by wire transfer, as set forth in paragraph (c) of this section, or certified check or money order payable to "U.S. Department of Transportation" and submitted to the Financial Operations Division (AMZ-320), Federal Aviation Administration, Mike Monroney Aeronautical Center, P.O. Box 25800, Oklahoma City, OK 73125. 107.317 Informal response, (a) In responding to a notice of probable violation under 107.311, the respondent may submit to the official who issued the notice, written explanations, information, or arguments in response to the allegations, the terms of a proposed compliance order, or the amount of the preliminary assessed civil penalty. (b) The respondent may include in his informal response a request for a conference. Upon the request of the respondent, the conference may be either in person or by telephone. A request for a conference must set forth the issues the respondent will raise at the conference. (c) Upon receipt of a request for a conference under paragraph (b) of this section, the Chief Counsel's Office, in consultation with the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety, arranges for a conference as soon as practicable at a time and place of mutual convenience. <d) The respondent's written explanations, information, and argu ments as well as the respondent's presentation at a conference are considered by the Chief Counsel in reviewing the notice of probable violation. Based upon a review of the proceeding, the Chief Counsel may dismiss the notice of probable violation in whole or in part. If he does not dismiss it in whole, he issues an order directing compliance or assessing a civil penalty, or, if proposed in the notice, both. 107.319 Request for a hearing, (a) In responding to a notice of probable violation under 107.311, the respondent may request a formal administrative hearing on the record before an Administrative Law Judge (ALJ) obtained by the Office of the Chief Counsel. (b) A request for a hearing under paragraph (a) of this section must: (1) State the name and address of the respondent and of the person submitting the request if different from the respondent; (2) State which allegations of violations, if any, are admitted; and (3) State generally the issues to be raised by the respondent at the hearing. Issues not raised in the request are not barred from presentation at the hearing; and (4) Be addressed to the official who issued the notice. (c) After a request for a hearing that complies with the requirements of paragraph (b) of this section, the Chief Counsel obtains an ALJ to preside over the hearing and notifies the respondent of this fact. Upon assignment of an ALJ, all further matters in the proceeding are conducted by and through the ALJ, except that the Chief Counsel and respondent may compromise or settle the case under 107.327 of this subpart without order of the ALJ or voluntarily dismiss the case under Rule 41(a)(1) of the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure without order of the ALJ; in the event of such a compromise, settlement or dismissal, the Chief Counsel expeditiously will notify the ALJ thereof. (d) At any time after requesting a formal administrative hearing but prior to the issuance of a decision and final order by the ALJ, the respondent may withdraw such request in writing, thereby terminating the jurisdication of the ALJ in the case. Such a withdrawal constitutes an irrevocable waiver of respondent's right to such a hearing on the facts, allegations, and proposed sanction presented in the notice of probable violation to which the request for hearing relates. 107.321 Hearing, (a) To the extent practicable, the hearing is held in the general vicinity of the place where the alleged violation occurred or at a place convenient to the respondent. Testimony by witnesses shall be given under oath and the hearing shall be recorded verbatim. (b) Hearings are conducted in accordance with the Federal Rules of Evidence and Federal Rules of Civil Procedure; however, the ALJ may modify them as he determines necessary in the interest of a full development of the facts. In addition, the ALJ may: (1) Administer oaths and affirmations: (2) Issue subpoenas as provided by 107.13; (3) Adopt procedures for the submission of motions, evidence, and other documents pertinent to the proceeding; (4) Take or cause depositions to be taken; (5) Rule on offers of proof and receive relevant evidence; (6) Examine witnesses at the hearing; (7) Convene, recess, reconvene, adjourn and otherwise regulate the course of the hearing; (8) Hold conferences for settlement, simplification of the issues, or any other proper purpose; and (9) Take any other action authorized by, or consistent with, the provisions of this subpart and permitted by law which may expedite the hearing or aid in the disposition of an issue raised therein. (c) The official who issued the notice of probable violation, or his representative, has the burden of proving the facts alleged therein. (d) The respondent may appear and be heard on his own behalf or through counsel of his choice. The respondent or his counsel may offer relevant information including testimony which he believes should be considered in opposition to the allegations or which may bear on the sanction being sought and conduct such cross-examination as may be required for a full disclosure of the facts. 107.323 ALJ's decision, (a) After consideration of all matters of record in the proceeding, the ALJ shall issue an order dismissing the notice of probable violation in whole or in part or granting the sanction sought by the Office of Chief Counsel in the notice. If the ALJ does not dismiss the notice of probable violation in whole, he issues an order directing compliance or assessing a civil penalty, or, if proposed in the notice, both. The order includes a statement of the findings and conclusions, and the reasons therefore, on all material issues of fact, law, and discretion. (b) If, within 20 days of receipt of an order issued under paragraph (a) of this section, the respondent does not submit in writing his accept ance of the terms of an order directing compliance, or, where appro priate, pay a civil penalty, or file an appeal under 107.325, the case may be referred to the Attorney General with a request that an action be brought in the appropriate United States District Court to enforce the terms of a compliance order or collect the civil penalty. 107.325 Appeals, (a) Hearing proceedings. A party ag grieved by an ALJ's decision and order issued under 107.323, may file a written appeal in accordance with paragraph (c) of this section with the Administrator, Research and Special Programs Administration (RSPA), 400 Seventh Street, S.W., Washington, D.C. 20590-0001. 27 107.325--107.339 ABD00131793 April 1998 <b> Non-Hearing proceedings. A respondent aggrieved by an order issued under 107.317, may file a written appeal in accordance with paragraph (c) of this section with the Administrator, RSPA, 400 Seventh Street, S.W., Washington, D.C. 20590-0001. <c) An appeal of an order issued under this subpart must: (1) Be filed within 20 days of receipt of the order by the appealing party; and (2) State with particularity the findings in the order that the appealing party challenges, and include all information and arguments pertinent thereto. <d) If the Administrator, RSPA, affirms the order in whole or in part, the respondent must comply with the terms of the decision within 20 days of the respondent's receipt thereof, or within the time prescribed in the order. If the respondent does not comply with the terms of the decision within 20 days of receipt, or within the time prescribed in the order, the case may be referred to the Attorney General for action to enforce the terms of the decision. (e) The filing of an appeal stays the effectiveness of an order issued under 107.317 or 107.323. However, if the Administrator, RSPA, determines that it is in the public interest, he may keep an order directing compliance in force pending appeal. (b) A person who knowingly violates a requirement of the Federal hazardous material transportation law, an order issued thereunder, this subchapter, subchapter C of this chapter, or an exemption issued under this subchapter applicable to the manufacture, fabrication, marking, maintenance, reconditioning, repair, or testing of a packag ing or container which is represented, marked, certified or sold by that person as being qualified for use in the transportation of hazardous materials in commerce is liable for a civil penalty of not more than $25,000 ($27,500 for a violation occurring after January 21,1997) and not less than $250 for each violation. 107.331 Assessment considerations. After finding a knowing violation under this subpart, the Office of Chief Counsel assesses a civil penalty taking the following into account: (a) The nature and circumstances of the violation; (b) The extent and gravity of the violation; (c) The degree of the respondent's culpability; (d) The respondent's prior violations; (e) The respondent's ability to pay; (f) The effect on the respondent's ability to continue in business; and (g) Such other matters as justice may require. 107.327 Compromise and settlement, (a) At any time before an order issued under 107.317 or 107.323 is referred to the Attorney General for enforcement, the respondent or the Office of Chief Counsel may propose a compromise as follows: (D In civil penalty cases, the respondent or the Chief Counsel may offer to compromise the amount of the penalty by submitting an offer for a specific amount to the other party. An offer of compromise by the respondent shall be submitted to the Chief Counsel who may, after consultation with Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materi als Safety, accept or reject it. (1) A compromise offer stays the running of any response period then outstanding. (ii) If a compromise is agreed to by the parties, the respondent is notified in writing. Upon receipt of payment by Office of Chief Counsel, the respondent is notified in writing that acceptance of payment is in full satisfaction of the civil penalty proposed or assessed, and Office of Chief Counsel closes the case with prejudice to the respondent. (iii) if a compromise cannot be agreed to, the respondent is notified in writing and is given 10 days or the amount of time remaining in the then outstanding response period, whichever is longer, to respond to whatever action was taken by the Office of Chief Counsel or the Administrator, RSPA. (2) In compliance order cases, the respondent may propose a consent agreement to the Chief Counsel. If the Chief Counsel accepts the agreement, he issues an order in accordance with its terms. If the Chief Counsel rejects the agreement, he directs that the proceeding continue. An agreement submitted to the Chief Counsel must include: (i) A statement of any allegations of fact which the respondent challenges; (ii) The reasons why the terms of a compliance order or proposed compliance order are or would be too burdensome for the respondent, or why such terms are not supported by the record in the case; (iii) A proposed compliance order suitable for issuance by the Chief Counsel; (iv) An admission of all jurisdictional facts; and (v) An express waiver of further procedural steps and all right to seek judicial review or otherwise challenge or contest the valid ity of the order. (b) Notwithstanding paragraph (a)(1) of this section, the respon dent or Office of Chief Counsel may propose to settle the case. If the Chief Counsel agrees to a settlement, the respondent is notified and the case is closed without prejudice to the respondent. 107.329 Maximum penalties, (a) A person who knowingly vio lates a requirement of the Federal hazardous material transportation law, an order issued thereunder, this subchapter, Subchapter C of this chapter, or an exemption issued under this chapter applicable to the transporting of hazardous materials or the causing of them to be transported or shipped is liable for a civil penalty of not more than $25,000 ($27,500 for a violation occurring after January 21,1997) and not less than $250 for each violation. When the violation is a continuing one, each day of the violation constitutes a separate offense. CRIMINAL PENALTIES 107.333 Criminal penalties generally. A person who know ingly violates 171.2(g) or willfully violates a provision of the Federal hazardous material transportation law or an order or regulation issued thereunder shall be fined under title 18, United States Code, or impris oned for not more than 5 years, or both. 107.335 Referral for prosecution. If the Associate Administra tor for Hazardous Materials Safety becomes aware of a possible willful violation of the Federal hazardous material transportation law, this subchapter, Subchapter C of this chapter, or any exemption, or order issued thereunder, for which the Associate Administrator for Hazard ous Materials Safety exercises enforcement responsibility, it shall report it to the Office of the Chief Counsel, Research and Special Programs Administration, U.S. Department of Transportation, Wash ington, D.C. 20590-0001. If appropriate, the Chief Counsel refers the report to the Department of Justice for criminal prosecution of the offender. 107.336 Limitation on fines and penalties. If a State or politi cal subdivision or Indian tribe assesses any fine or penalty determined by the Secretary to be appropriate for a violation concerning a subject listed in 107.202(a), no additional fine or penalty may be assessed for such violation by any other authority. INJUNCTIVE ACTION 107.337 Injunctions generally. Whenever it appears to the Of fice of Chief Counsel that a person has engaged, or is engaged, or is about to engage in any act or practice constituting a violation of any provision of the Federal hazardous material transportation law, this subchapter, Subchapter C of this chapter, or any exemption, or order issued thereunder, for which the Office of Chief Counsel exer cises enforcement responsibility, the Administrator, RSPA, or his dele gate, may request the Attorney General to bring an action in the appropriate United States District Court for such relief as is necessary or appropriate, including mandatory or prohibitive injunctive relief, interim equitable relief, and punitive damages as provided by 49 U.S.C. 5122(a). 107.339 Imminent hazards. Whenever it appears to the Office of the Chief Counsel that there is a substantial likelihood that death, serious illness, or severe personal injury will result from the transporta tion of a particular hazardous material or hazardous materials con tainer, before a compliance order proceeding or other administrative hearing or formal proceeding to abate the risk of that harm can be completed, the Administrator, RSPA, or his delegate, may bring an action under 49 U.S.C. 5122(b) in the appropriate United States District Court for an order suspending or restricting the transportation of that hazardous material or those containers or for such other equitable relief as is necessary or appropriate to ameliorate the hazard. 28 PART 107 April 1998 ABD00131794 Appendix A Appendix A to Subpart D--Guidelines for Civil Penalties I. This appendix sets forth the guidelines used by the Office of Hazardous Materials Safety (as of January 18, 1995) in making initial baseline determinations for recommending civil penalties. The first part of these guidelines is a list of baseline amounts or ranges for probable violations frequently cited in enforcement reports referred for action. Following the list of violations are general guidelines used by OHMS in making initial penalty determinations in enforcement cases. II. List of Frequently Cited Violations Violation description Part 107--Requirements Failure to register as a carrier or shipper of hazardous material................................................. Part 171--Requirements Failure to give immediate telephone notice of a reportable hazardous materials incident . . Failure to file a DOT 5800.1 Hazardous Materials Incident Report within 30 days following an unintentional release of hazardous materials in transportation ......................................... Part 172--Requirements Shipping Papers (172.200-172.205): Failure to execute a shipping paper for a shipment of hazardous materials........................... Failure to follow one or more of the three approved formats for listing hazardous materials on a shipping paper.............................................................................................................................. Failure to include a proper shipping name in the shipping description or using an incorrect proper shipping name........................................................................................................ Failure to include a hazard class/division in the shipping description...................................... Using an incorrect hazard class/identification number ................................................................. --that does not affect compatibility requirements.................................................................... --that affects compatibility requirements .................................................................................. Failure to include an identification number in the shipping description .................................... Using an incorrect identification number............................................................................................. --that does not change the response information ................................................................. --that changes the response information.................................................................................. Using a shipping description that includes additional unauthorized information (extra or incorrect words)...................................................................................................................................... Using a shipping description not in required sequence ............................................................... Using a shipping description with two or more required elements missing or incorrect . . . --such that the material is misdescribed .................................................................................. --such that the material is misclassified.................................................................................... Failure to include the total quantity of hazardous material covered by a shipping description .............................................................................................................................................. The letters "RQ" are not used in the shipping description to identify materials that are hazardous substances ........................................................................................................................ Using a shipping description for Class 7 (radioactive) material that fails to contain the required additional entries, or contains incorrect information for these additional entries Failure to include a required technical name in parentheses for a listed generic or '`nos" material ................................................................................................................................................... Failure to list an exemption number in association with the shipping description ................ Failure to include the required shipper's certification on a shipping paper.............................. Failure to execute the required shipper's certification on a shipping paper ........................... Emergency Response Information Requirements (172.600-172.604): Providing or listing incorrect emergency response information with or on a shipping paper ......................................................................................................................................................... --no significant difference in response....................................................................................... --significant difference in response............................................................................................. Failure to include an emergency response telephone number on a shipping paper ........... Failure to have the emergency response telephone number monitored while a hazardous material is in transportation or listing multiple telephone numbers (without specifying the times for each) that are not monitored 24 hours a day............................................................... Listing a fraudulent emergency response telephone number on a shipping paper .............. Listing an incorrect or non-working emergency response telephone number on a shipping paper ......................................................................................................................................................... Section or cite Baseline assessment 107.608 ........... . . $1,000 +, $500 each add'l year. 171.15 .............. . . $3,000 171.16.............. . . $500 to $2,500 172.201 ........... . . $3,000 to $6,000 172.201(a)(1) . . .. $1,200 172.202 ........... . . $800 to $1,600 172.202 ........... . . $1,000 to $2,000 172.202 ........... . . $800 . . $3,000 to $6,000 172.202 ........... . . $1,000 to $2,000 172.202 ........... . . $800 . . $3,000 to $6,000 172.202 ........... . . $800 172.202 ........... . . $500 172.202 ........... . . $3,000 . . $6,000 172.202(C) . . . . . $400 172.203(c)(2) . . . . $500 172.203(d) . . . . . $2,000 to $4,000 172.203(k) . . . . . $1,000 172.203(a) . . . .. $800 172.204(a) . . . . . $1,000 172.204 ........... .. $800 172.602 ........... . . $800 . . $3,000 to $6,000 172.604 ........... . . $2,600 172.604 ........... . . $1,300 172.604 ........... . . $2,600 to $4,200 172.604 ........... . . $1,300 29 Appendix A ABD00131795 April 1998 Violation description Failure to provide required technical information when the listed emergency response telephone number is contacted ........................................................................................................ Package Marking Requirements (172.300-172.338): Failure to mark the proper shipping name on a package or marking an incorrect shipping name on a package.............................................................................................................................. Failure to mark the identification number on a package ............................................................... Marking a package with an incorrect identification number......................................................... --that does not change the response information ................................................................. --that changes the response information.................................................................................. Failure to mark the proper shipping name and identification number on a package ........... Marking a package with an incorrect shipping name and identification number................... --that does not change the response information ................................................................. --that changes the response information .................................................................................. Failure to include the required technical name(s) in parentheses for a listed generic or "no" entry................................................................................................................................................. Failure to mark a package containing liquid hazardous materials with required orientation marks......................................................................................................................................................... Package Labeling Requirements (172.400-172.450): Failure to label a package ..................................................................................................................... Placing a label that represents a hazard other than the hazard presented by the hazardous material in the package.................................................................................................. Placing a label on a package that does not contain a hazardous material.............................. Placing a label on Class 7 (radioactive) material that understates the proper label category................................................................................................................................................... Placing a label on Class 7 (radioactive) material that fails to contain, or has erroneous, entries for the name of the radionuclide(s), activity, and transport index ........................... Placing a label not conforming to size requirements on a package ......................................... Placing a label on a different surface of the package than, or far away from, the proper shipping name........................................................................................................................................ Placing a label that does not meet color specification requirements on a package (depending on the variance)............................................................................................................. Failure to place a required subsidiary label on a package ......................................................... Failure to provide an appropriate class or division number on a label...................................... Placarding Requirements (172.500-172.560): Failure to properly placard a freight container or vehicle containing hazardous materials when Table 1 is applicable................................................................................................................ Failure to properly placard a freight container or vehicle containing hazardous materials when Table 2 is applicable................................................................................................................ Training Requirements (172.700-172.704): Failure to train hazmat employees in the three required areas of training .............................. --more than 10 hazmat employees............................................................................................. --10 hazmat employees or less .................................................................................................. Failure to train hazmat employees in any one of the three required areas of training........... --more than 10 hazmat employees............................................................................................. --10 hazmat employees or less .................................................................................................. Failure to maintain training records ..................................................................................................... --more than 10 hazmat employees............................................................................................. --10 hazmat employees or less .................................................................................................. Section or cite Baseline assessment 172.604 ____ . . . $1,300 172.301(a) . . . .. $800 to $1,600 172.301(a) . . . . . $1,000 to $2,000 172.301(a) . . . .. $800 . . . $3,000 to $6,000 172.301(a) . . . . . $3,000 to $6,000 172.301(a) . . . . . $1,500 to $3,000 . . . $3,000 to $6,000 172.301(c) . . . . . $1,000 172.312 .... . . . $2,500 to $3,500 172.400 ____ . . . $5,000 172.400 .... . . . $5,000 172.401(a) . . . . . $800 172.403 .... . . . $5,000 172.403(g) . . . . . $2,000 to $4,000 172.407(c) . . . . . $800 172.406(a) . . . . . $800 172.407(d) . . . . . $600 to $2,500 172.402 .... . . . $500 to $2,500 172.411 ____ . . . $2,500 172.504 ____ . .. $1,000 to $9,000 172.504 ____ . . . $800 to $7,500 172.702 ____ . . . $2,400 and up . . . $1,500 and up 172.702 .... . . . $800 and up . . . $500 and up 172.704 .... . . . $800 and up . . . $500 and up Part 173--Requirements Overpack Requirements (173.25) Failure to mark an overpack with a statement indicating that the inside packages comply with prescribed specifications when specification packaging is required ........................... Reconditioner Requirements (173.28): Representing, marking, or certifying a drum as a reconditioned UN standard packaging, when the drum did not meet a UN standard ............................................................................... Marking an incorrect registration number on a reconditioned packaging................................. --incorrect number........................................................................................................................... --fraudulent use of another reconditioner's number............................................................... 173.25(a)(4) . . . . $3,000 173.28(C) & (d) . . $6,000 to $10,800 173.28(b)(2)(ii) . . . $800 . $7,200 30 PART 107 April 1998 ABD00131796 Appendix A Violation description Section or cite Baseline assessment Failure to properly conduct alternate leakage test ....................................................................... . --improper test................................................................................................................................ --no test at all ................................................................................................................................ 173.28(b)(2)(i) . . . . $2,000 . . $4,000 Representing, marking, or certifying a drum as altered from one standard to another, when the drum had not actually been altered............................................................................ 173.28(d) ............. $500 Portable and IM Tank Requirements (173.32{e), 173.32c, 173.315) Offering hazardous materials for transportation in a DOT specification or exemption portable tank which is out of test ..................................................................................................... 173.32(a)(1), 173.315(a), Applicable Exemption . . $3,500 to $7,000 Offering an IM portable tank for transportation that has not been hydrostatically tested within the last 2% years per 173.32b(a) ....................................................................................... 173.32c(c) . . . . . $3,500 Offering an IM portable tank for transportation that has not been visually inspected in last five years per 173.32b(b) ................................................................................................................... 173.32c(c) . . . . . $3,500 Offering an IM portable tank for transportation that has not been visually or hydrostatically tested as required, or failing to remove the safety relief valves during testing................... 173.32c(c) . . . . . $7,000 Offering a hazardous material for transportation in an IM portable tank equipped with bottom outlets, when the material contained is prohibitedfrom being offered in this type of packaging........................................................................................................................................... 173.32c(g) --Packing Group II..................................................................................................................................................... --Packing Group III..................................................................................................................................................... $7,000 $5,000 Failure to provide the required outage for a shipment of hazardous materials, that results in the release of hazardous materials ............................................................................................. 173.32c(k) ........... $6,000 to $12,000 Offering a hazardous material for transportation in an DOT, exemption, or IM portable tank which fails to bear markings that it has been properly retested.............................................. 173.32(e)(3), 173.32b(d) . . $3,000 Cylinder Retesters (173.23, 173.34, and 173.302); Failure to remark as DOT 3AL an aluminum cylinder manufactured under a former exemption................................................................................................................................................. 173.23(c) .............. $600 173.34 $800 Marking a cylinder in or on the sidewall area when not permitted by the applicable specification ........................................................................................................................................... 173.34(c)(1) ____ $6,000 to $10,800 173 34(c) $800 Failure to perform hydrostatic retesting at the minimum of 5/3 times the service pressure, 173 34(e) $2,100 to $5,200 Failure to conduct a complete visual external and internal examination................................... 173.34(e)(3) ____ $2,100 to $5,200 Failure to have a retester's identification number (RIN)................................................................. 173.34<e)(2)(i) . . . $4,000 Failure to have current authority due to failure to renew a retester's identification number 173.34(e)(2)(i) . . . $2,000 Failure to have a retester's identification number and marking another RIN on a cylinder . 173.34(e)(2)(i) ... $7,200 Marking a RIN before successfully completing a hydrostatic retest........................................... 173.34(e)(1)(ii) . . . $800 Requalifying a DOT cylinder without performing the visual inspection or hydrostatic retest 173.34(e)(1)(ii) . . . $4,200 to $10,400 Performing hydrostatic retesting without demonstrating the accuracy of the testing equipment .............................................................................................................................................. 173.34(e)(4) ____ $2,100 to $5,200 Failure to hold hydrostatic test pressure for 30 seconds or sufficiently longer to allow for complete expansion.............................................................................................................................. 173.34(e)(4) ____ $3,100 Failure to perform a second retest, after equipment failure, at a pressure of 10% more or 100 psi more, whichever is less (includes exceeding 90% of test pressure prior to conducting a retest)............................................................................................................................. 173.34(e)(4) ____ $3,100 Failure to condemn a cylinder with permanent expansion of 10% or greater (5% for certain exemption cylinders); failure to condemn cylinders with evidence of internal or external corrosion, denting, bulging, or rough usage............................................................ 173.34(e)(6) .... $10,000 Marking an FRP cylinder with steel stamps in the FRP area of the cylinder such that the integrity of the cylinder is compromised .................................................................................. Applicable Exemption .. $6,000 to $10,800 Failure to keep complete and accurate records of cylinder reinspection and retest --No records kept........................................................................................................................................................................$4,000 --Incomplete or inaccurate records............................................................................................. 173.34(e)(8) .... $1,000 to $3,000 31 Appendix A ABD00131797 April 1998 Violation description Section or cite Baseline assessment Improper marking of the RIN or retest date on acylinder............................................................... 173.34(e)(7) . . . . $800 Marking a DOT 3HT cylinder with a steel stamp other than a low-stress steel stamp........... 173.34(e)(15). . . . $6,000 to $10,800 Marking a "+" sign on a cylinder without determining the average or maximum wall stress, by calculation or reference to CGA Pamphlet C-5....................................................................... 173.302(c)(3). . . . $3,000 to $4,000 Representing, marking, or certifying a cylinder as meeting the requirements of an exemption, when the cylinder was not maintained or retested in accordance with the exemption................................................................................................................................................. 171.2(c), Applicable Exemption . . $2,000 to $6,000 Rebuilder Requirements (173.34): Representing a DOT-4 series cylinder as meeting the requirements of the Hazardous Materials Regulations without being authorized to do so by the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety.......................................................................................................... 173.34(1).............. . $6,000 to $10,800 Offeror Requirements (General): Offering a hazardous material for transportation in an unauthorized non-UN standard or nonspecification packaging (includes the failure to comply with the terms of an exemption authorizing the use of a nonstandard or nonspecification packaging).............. Various................... --Packing Group I (includes 172.504 Table 1 materials).............................................................................................. $9,000 --Packing Group II..................................................................................................................................................................... $7,000 --Packing Group III..................................................................................................................................................................... $5,000 Offering a hazardous material for transportation in a packaging that has successfully been tested to an applicable UN standard, but is not marked with the required UN marking ................................................................................................................................................... 178.3(a), 178.503(a) . . $3,600 Offering a hazardous material for transportation in a packaging that leaks during conditions normally incident to transportation............................................................................... 173.24(b) --Packing Group I (includes 172.504 Table 2 materials)........................................................................... --Packing Group II.................................................................................................................................................. --Packing Group III.................................................................................................................................................. $12,000 $9,000 $6,000 Overfilling a package so that the effectiveness is substantially reduced ................................. 173.24(b) --Packing Group I (includes 172.504 Table 1 materials)........................................................................... --Packing Group II.................................................................................................................................................. --Packing Group III.................................................................................................................................................. $9,000 $6,000 $3,000 Offering a hazardous material for transportation after October 1, 1996, in an unauthorized non-UN standard packaging marked as manufactured to a DOT specification ................ 171.14.............. --packaging meets DOT specification............................................................................................................................ --packaging does not meet DOT specification............................................................................................................ $3,000 $5,000 to $9,000 Offeror Requirements (Class 1--Explosives): Failing to mark the "EX" approval number on a package containing an explosive................ 172.320 ........... $1,200 Offering an unapproved explosive for transportation .................................................................... --Div 1.3 & 1.4 fireworks meeting the chemistry requirements (both quantity and type) of APA Standard 87-1 .................................................................................. --all other explosives (including forbidden explosives).............................................. 173.54 and 173.56(b) . $5,000 to $10,000 $10,000 to $27,500 Offering a leaking or damaged package of explosives for transportation 173.54(c) ..............$10,000 to $27,500 Offeror Requirements (Class 7--Radioactive Materials): Offering a DOT specification 7A packaging without maintaining complete documentation of tests and an engineering evaluation or comparative data.................................................... 173.415(a), 173.461 --tests and evaluation not performed....................................................................................................................... --complete records not maintained......................................................................................................................... $8,400 $2,000 to $5,000 Offering a Type B packaging without holding a valid NRC approval certificate ................... --never having obtained one ........................................................................................................ --holding an expired certificate .................................................................................................. 173.471(a) . . . . . $2,500 . . $1,000 Offering a limited quantity of radioactive materials without marking the inner (or single) r' 5? 5? *' Offering low specific activity (LSA) radioactive materials consigned as exclusive use without providing instructions for maintenance of exclusive use shipment controls........... 177 4P1 (' d\' ' 173.427(a)(6) . . .. $800 ~ Offering a package that exceeds the permitted limits for surface radiation or transport index......................................................................................................................................................... 173.441 ........... . . $10,000 and up Offering a package without determining the level of removable external contamination,or that exceeds the limit for removable external contamination.................................................... 173.443 ........... . . $5,000 and up 32 PART 107 April 1998 ABD00131798 Appendix A Violation description Storing packages of radioactive material in a group with a total transport index more than 50................................................................................................ Offering special form radioactive materials without maintaining a complete safety analysis or Certificate of Competent Authority............................................................................... Offeror Requirements (Cylinders): Offering a compressed gas for transportation in a cylinder that is out of test......................... Failure to check each day the pressure of a cylinder charged with acetylene that is representative of that day's compression, after the cylinder has cooled to a settled temperature, or failure to keep a record of this test for at least 30 days.............................. Offering a limited quantity of a compressed gas in a metal container for the purpose of propelling a nonpoisonous material and failing to heat the cylinder until the pressure is equivalent to the equilibrium pressure at 130 deg. F, without evidence of leakage, distortion, or other defect ............................................................................... Section or cite Baseline assessment 173.447(a) ............ $5,000 and up 173.476(a) & (b) . $2,500 173.301(c) ........... $4,200 to $10,400 173.303(d) ........... $5,000 173.306(a)(3), (h) $1,500 to $6,000 Part 178--Requirements Third-Party Packaging Certifiers (General): Issuing a certification that directs the packaging manufacturer to improperly mark a packaging (e.g., steel drum to be marked UN 4G)............................................................ Manufacturers (General): Failure to insure a packaging certified as meeting the UN standard is capable of passing the required performance testing .................................................................................. --Packing Group 1 (includes 172.504 Table 1 materials).................................................... --Packing Group II ................................................................. --Packing Group III............................................................................... Certifying a packaging as meeting a UN standard when design qualification testing was not performed................................................................................................................... --Packing Group 1 (includes 172.504 Table 2 materials).................................................... --Packing Group II.................................................................... --Packing Group III............................................................................ Failure to conduct periodic retesting on UN standard packaging (depending on length of time and Packing Group) ............................................................ Failure to properly conduct testing for UN standard packaging (e.g., testing with less weight than marked on packaging; drop testing from lesser height than required; failing to condition fiberboard boxes before design test)............................................................... --design qualification testing ............................................................... --periodic retesting............................................................................ Marking, or causing the marking of, a packaging with the symbol of a manufacturer or packaging certifier other than the company that actually manufactured or certified the packaging.................................................................................................. Failure to maintain testing records....................................................................................... --design qualification testing .................................................................................................. --periodic retesting................................................................................................................... Improper marking of UN certification................................................................................................ Manufacturing DOT specification packagingafter October 1, 1994 that is not marked as meeting a UN performance standard .................................................................... --if packaging does meet DOT specification............................................................................... --if packaging does not meet DOT specification ......................................................... Manufacturing Requirements--Drums Failure to properly conduct production leakproofness test............................................................ --improper testing ..................................................................................................... --no testing performed .................................................................... Manufacturing Requirements--Cylinders Manufacturing, representing, marking, certifying, or selling a DOT high-pressure cylinder that was not inspected and verified by an approved independent inspection agency . . Failure to have a registration number or failure to mark the registration number on the cylinder .............................................................................................................................. Marking another company's number on a cylinder.......................................................................... 1171.2(e), 1178.2(b), 178.3(a), 178.503(a) . . $500 per item 178.601(b) ........... $10,800 $8,400 $6,000 178.601(d) ........... $10,800 $8,400 $6,000 178.601(e) ........... $2,000 to $10,800 178.601(d) ........... $2,000 to $10,800 178.601(e) ........... $500 to $10,800 178.2(b), 178.3(a), 178.503(a)(8) $7,200 178.601(1) ........... $1,000 to $5,000 $500 to $2,000 178.503 ................ $500 per item 171.14 ................... $3,000 $6,000 to $10,800 178.604(b)(1) . . . 173.28 ................... $2,000 $2,000 to $10,800 Various................... $7,500 to $15,000 Various................... $800 Various................... $7,200 33 Appendix A ABD00131799 April 1998 Violation description Failure to mark the date of manufacture or lot number on a DOT-39 cylinder......................... Failure to have a chemical analysis performed in the US for a material manufactured outside the US/failure to obtain a chemical analysis from the foreign manufacturer .... Failure to meet wall thickness requirements ..................................................................................... Failure to heat treat cylinders prior to testing..................................................................................... Failure to conduct a complete visual internal examination............................................................ Failure to conduct a hydrostatic test, or conducting a hydrostatic test with inaccurate test equipment .............................................................................................................................................. Failure to conduct a flattening test........................................................................................................ Failure to conduct a burst test on a DOT-39 cylinder.................................................................... Failure to have inspections and verifications performed by an inspector................................. Failure to maintain a required inspector's reports............................................................................ --no reports at all.............................................................................................................................. incomplete or inaccurate reports ............................................................................................. Section or cite Baseline assessment 178.65 ................ . $3,000 Various................ . $5,000 Various................ . $7,500 to $15,000 Various................ . $5,000 to $15,000 Various................ . $2,500 to $6,200 Various................ . $2,500 to $6,200 Various................ . $7,500 to $15,000 178.65-11 ........... . $5,000 to $15,000 Various................ . $7,500 to $15,000 Various................ . $5,000 . $1,000 to $4,000 Other Requirements Carrier Requirements: Transporting packages of hazardous materials that have not been secured against movement within the vehicle ............................................................................................................. Transporting explosives in a motor vehicle containing metal or other articles or materials likely to damage such explosives or any package in which they are contained, without segregating in different parts of the load or securing them in place in or on the motor vehicle and separated by bulkheads or other suitable means to prevent such damage Transporting railway track torpedoes outside of flagging kits, in violation of E-7991 ........... Transporting Class 7 (radioactive) material having a total transport index more than 50 . . Transporting Class 7 (radioactive) material without maintaining the required separation distance................................................................................................................................................... Failing to comply with requirements of an exemption authorizing the transportation of Class 7 (radioactive) material having a total transport index more than 50......................... failure to have the radiation survey record required by flU 7(f), 8(b)(3) ...................... failure to have other accompanying documents required by 1] 8(b).............................. --other violations of 1M 7 and 8 .................................................................................................. Exemptions: Offering or transporting hazardous materials, or otherwise performing a function, covered by anexemption after expiration of the exemption....................................................................... 177.834(a) & (g) . $3,000 177.835(i)........... . $5,200 171.2(b).............. . $7,000 177.842(a) ____ . $5,000 and up 177.842(b) .... . $5,000 and up 171.2(b).............. . . . $5,000 $500 each $5,000 and up 171.2(a), (b), (c), Various .... . $1,000 + $500 each add'l year III. Consideration of Statutory Criteria A. These guidelines are used by the Office of Hazardous Materials Safety (OHMS) in setting initial proposed penalties for hazmat viola tions. They indicate baseline amounts or ranges for probable violations frequently cited in enforcement reports and set forth general OHMS policy for considering statutory criteria. B. The initial baseline determination partially considers the nature, extent, circumstances, and gravity of the alleged violation. That deter mination then is adjusted to consider all other evidence concerning the nature, extent, circumstances, and gravity of the alleged violation; degree of culpability; history of prior violations; ability to pay; effect of the penalty on ability to continue to do business; and such other matters as justice may require (a major component of which is correc tive action taken by a respondent to prevent a recurrence of similar violations). In making a penalty recommendation, the baseline or range may be increased or decreased on the basis of evidence pertaining to these factors. C. The following miscellaneous factors are used to implement one or more of the statutory assessment criteria.IV. IV. Miscellaneous Factors Affecting Penalty Amounts A. Corrective Action 1.A proposed penalty is mitigated for documented corrective action of alleged violations taken by a respondent. Corrective action may occur: (1) After an inspection and before a Notice of Probable Violation (NOPV) is issued; (2) on receipt of an NOPV; or (3) after receipt of an NOPV (possibly after it is solicited by an RSPA attorney). In general, corrective action may reduce a penalty up to 25%. Mitigation may be taken into account in the referral memo or may be recommended prior to issuance of an Order by RSPA's Chief Counsel. 2. The two primary factors in determining the penalty reduction are extent and timing of the corrective action. In other words, mitigation will be determined on the basis of how much corrective action was taken and when it was taken. Systemic action to prevent future viola tions is given greater consideration than action simply to remedy violations identified during the inspection. 3. Mitigation is applied to individual violations. Thus, in a case with two violations, if corrective action for the first violation is more extensive than for the second, the penalty for the first will be mitigated more than that for the second. B. Respondents That Re-Ship A shipper that reships materials received from another company, in the same packaging and without opening or altering the package, independently is responsible for ensuring that the shipment complies with Federal hazmat law, and independently may be subject to en forcement action if the package does not comply. Nevertheless, the reshipper is considered to have a lesser level of responsibility for compliance in those respects in which it reasonably relies on the compliance of the package as received. In most cases of this type, OHMS will discount the applicable baseline standard by about 25%. The specific knowledge and expertise of all parties must be consid ered in discounting for reliance on a prior shipper. This discount 34 PART 107 July 1998 ABD00131800 Appendix A--107.402 is applied before any consideration of mitigation based on corrective action. C. Penalty Increases for Multiple Counts Under the Federal hazmat law, 49 U.S.C. 5213(a), each violation of the HMR and each day of a continuing violation (except for violations pertaining to packaging manufacture or qualification) is subject to a civil penalty of up to $25,000 ($27,500 for a violation occurring after January 21, 1997). Absent aggravating factors, OHMS, in its exercise of discretion, ordinarily will apply a single penalty for multiple counts or days of violation. In a number of cases, particularly those involving shippers, an inspector may cite two or more similar packaging viola tions for different hazardous materials. For example, the inspector may cite the same marking violation for two or more packages. OHMS usually will consider those additional violations as counts of the same violation and will not recommend multiples of the same baseline pen alty. Rather, OHMS usually will recommend the baseline penalty for a single violation, increased by 25% for each additional violation. D. Financial Considerations 1. Mitigation is appropriate when the baseline penalty would (1) exceed an amount that the respondent is able to pay, or (2) have an adverse effect on the respondent's ability to continue in business. These criteria relate to a respondent's entire business, and not just the product line or part of its operations involved in the violation(s). Beyond the overall financial size of the respondent's business, the relevant items of information on a respondent's balance sheet include the current ratio (current assets to current liabilities), the nature of current assets, and net worth (total assets minus total liabilities). 2. These figures are considered on a case-by-case basis. In general, however, a current ratio close to or below 1.0 means that the company may have difficulty in paying a large penalty, and may justify reduction of the penalty or an installment payment plan. A small amount of cash on hand representing limited liquidity, even with substantial other current assets (such as accounts receivable or inventory), may warrant a short-term payment plan. Respondent's income statement also will be reviewed to determine whether a payment plan is appropriate. 3. Many companies are able to continue in business for extended periods of time with a small or negative net worth, and many respon dents have paid substantial civil penalties in installments even though net worth was negative. For this reason, negative net worth alone does not always warrant reduction of a proposed penalty or even, in the absence of factors discussed above, a payment plan. 4. In general, an installment payment plan may be justified where reduction of a proposed penalty is not, but the appropriateness of either (or both) will depend on the circumstances of the case. The length of a payment plan should be as short as possible, but the plan may consider seasonal fluctuations in a company's income if the company's business is seasonal (e.g., swimming pool chemical sales, fireworks sales) or if the company has documented specific reasons for current non-liquidity. 5. Evidence of financial condition is used only to decrease a penalty, and not to increase it. E. Penalty Increases for Prior Violations 1. The baseline penalty presumes an absence of prior violations. If prior violations exist, generally they will serve to increase a proposed penalty. The general standard for increasing a baseline proposed penalty on the basis of prior violations is as follows: a. One prior case-25% increase over the pre-mitigation recom mended penalty b. Two prior cases-50% increase over the pre-mitigation recom mended penalty c. Three prior cases-75% increase over the pre-mitigation recom mended penalty d. Four or more prior cases-100% increase over the pre-mitigation recommended penalty 2. A case of prior violations closed more than five years previously normally will not be considered in determining a proposed penalty. F. Penalty Increases for Use of Expired Exemptions Adjustments to the base line figures for use of expired exemptions can be made depending on how much material has been shipped during the period between the expiration date and the renewal date. If the company previously has been found to have operated under an expired exemption, the penalty is normally doubled. If the company has been previously cited for other violations, the penalty generally will be increased by about 25%. Subpart E DESIGNATION OF APPROVAL AND CERTIFICATION AGENCIES 107.401 Purpose and scope, (a) This subpart establishes procedures for the designation of agencies to issue approval certifi cates and certifications for types of packagings designed, manufac tured, tested, or maintained in conformance with the requirements of this subchapter, Subchapter C of this chapter, and standards set forth in the United Nations (U.N.) Recommendations (Transport of Dangerous Goods). Except for certifications of compliance with U.N. packaging standards, this subpart does not apply unless made appli cable by a rule in Subchapter C of this chapter. (b) The Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety may issue approval certificates and certifications addressed in para graph (a) of this section. 107.402 Application for designation as an approval or certifi cation agency. (a) Any organization or person seeking designation as an approval or certification agency shall apply in writing to the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety (DHM-32), Department of Transportation, 400 Seventh St., S.W., Washington, D.C. 20590-0001. Each application must be signed and certified to be correct by the applicant or, if the applicant is an organization, by an authorized officer or official representative of the organization. Any false statement or representation, or the knowing and willful conceal ment of a material fact, may subject the applicant to prosecution under the provisions of 18 U.S.C. 1001, result in the denial or termination of a designation. (b) Each application for designation must be in English and include the following information: (1) Name and address of the applicant, including place of incorpo ration if a corporation. In addition, if the applicant is not a resident of the United States, the name and address of a permanent resident of the United States designated in accordance with 107.7 to serve as agent for service of process. (2) If the applicant's principal place of business is in a country other than the United States, a copy of the designation from the Competent Authority of that country delegating to the applicant an approval or designated agency authority for the type of packaging for which a DOT designation is sought, and a statement that the Competent Au thority also delegates similar authority to U.S. Citizens or organizations having designations under this subpart from the RSPA. (3) A listing, by DOT specification (or exemption) number, or UN designation, of the types of packagings for which approval authority is sought. (4) A personnel qualifications plan listing the qualifications that the applicant will require of each person to be used in the performance of each packaging approval or certification function. As a minimum, these qualifications must include: (i) The ability to review and evaluate design drawings, design and stress calculations; (ii) A knowledge of the applicable regulations of Subchapter C of this chapter and, when applicable, U.N. standards; and (Hi) The ability to conduct or monitor and evaluate test procedures and results; and (iv) The ability to review and evaluate the qualifications of materials and fabrication procedures. (5) A statement that the applicant will perform its functions indepen dent of the manufacturers and owners of the packagings concerned. (6) A statement that the applicant will allow the Associate Adminis trator for Hazardous Materials Safety or his representative to inspect its records and facilities in so far as they relate to the approval or certification of specification packagings and shall cooperate in the conduct of such inspections. (c) The applicant shall furnish any additional information relevant 35 107.402--107.503 ABD00131801 July 1996 to the applicant's qualifications, if requested by the Associate Adminis trator for Hazardous Materials Safety. 107.403 Designation of approval agencies, (a) If the Associ ate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety determines that an application contains all the required information, the applicant is sent a letter of designation and assigned an identification code. (b) If the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety determines that an application does not contain all the required infor mation, the application is denied and the applicant is sent a written notice containing all the reasons for the denial. (c) Within 30 days of an initial denial of an application under para graph (b) of this section, the applicant may file an amended applica tion. If after considering the amended application, the Associate Ad ministrator for Hazardous Materials Safety determines that it should be denied, he notifies the applicant, and the denial constitutes the final action of the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety on the application. Within 60 days of receipt of the final denial the applicant may appeal the denial to the Administrator, RSPA, setting forth in writing where the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Mate rials Safety erred in this determination. 107.404 Conditions of designation, (a) Each designation made under this subpart contains the following conditions: (1) The designated approval or certification agency may use only testing equipment that it has determined, through personal inspection, to be suitable for the purpose. (2) Each approval certificate and certification issued by the desig nated approval agency must contain the name and identification code of the approval agency. (3) Each approval certificate and certification must be in a format acceptable to the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety. (b) The designated approval agency shall notify the Associate Ad ministrator for Hazardous Materials Safety within 20 days after the date there is any change in the information submitted under 107.402. (c) The designated approval agency shall comply with all of the terms and conditions stated in its letter of designation under the subpart. (d) Nothing in this part relieves a manufacturer or owner of a pack aging of responsibility for compliance with any of the applicable re quirements of this title. 107.405 Termination of designation, (a) Any designation is sued under 107.403 of this subchapter may be suspended or termi nated if the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety determines that: (1) The application for designation contained a misrepresentation, or the applicant willfully concealed a material fact. (2) The approval agency failed to comply with a term or condition stated in the agency's letter of designation. (3) The Competent Authority of an approval agency of a country outside the United States has failed to initiate, maintain or recognize a qualified U.S. approval agency. (b) Before a designation is suspended or terminated, the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety shall give to the approval agency: (1) Written notice of the facts or conduct believed to warrant sus pension or termination of the designation. (2) Sixty days in which to show in writing why the designation should not be suspended or terminated. Subpart F REGISTRATION OF CARGO TANK AND CARGO TANK MOTOR VEHICLE MANUFACTURERS AND REPAIRERS AND CARGO TANK MOTOR VEHICLE ASSEMBLERS 107.501 Scope, (a) This subpart establishes a registration procedure for persons who are engaged in the manufacture, assem bly, inspection and testing, certification, or repair of a cargo tank or a cargo tank motor vehicle manufactured in accordance with a DOT specification under subchapter C of this chapter or under the terms of an exemption issued under this part. (b) Persons engaged in continuing qualification and maintenance of cargo tanks and cargo tank motor vehicles must be familiar with the requirements set forth in part 180, subpart E, of this chapter. 107.502 General registration requirements, (a) Definitions: For purposes of this subpart-- (1) Assembly means the assembly of one or more tanks or cargo tanks to a motor vehicle or to a motor vehicle suspension component and involves no welding on the cargo tank wall. (2) The terms Authorized Inspector, Cargo tank, Cargo tank motor vehicle, Design Certifying Engineer, Registered Inspectorand Person are defined in 171.8 of this chapter. (3) The terms cargo tank wall and manufacturer are defined in 178.320(a), and repair is defined in 180.403 of this chapter. (b) No person may engage in the manufacture, assembly, certifica tion, inspection or repair of a cargo tank or cargo tank motor vehicle manufactured under the terms of a DOT specification under subchap ter C of this chapter or an exemption issued under this part unless the person is registered with the Department in accordance with the provisions of this subpart. A person employed as an inspector or design certifying engineer is considered to be registered if the per son's employer is registered. (c) A person who performs functions which are subject to the provi sions of this subpart may perform only those functions which have been identified to the Department in accordance with the procedures of this subpart. (d) Registration statements must be in English, contain all of the information required by this subpart, and be submitted to: Approvals Branch, Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety, Attn: DHM-32, Research and Special Programs Administration, Depart ment of Transportation, Washington, DC 20590-0001. (e) Upon determination that a registration statement contains all the information required by this subpart, the Department will send the registrant a letter confirming receipt of the registration application and assigning a registration number to that person. A separate registration number will be assigned for each cargo tank manufacturing, assembly, repair facility or other place of business identified by the registrant, a 107.503 Registration statement, (a) Each registration state ment must be in English and contain the following information: (1) Name; (2) Street address, mailing address and telephone number for each facility or place of business: (3) A statement signed by the person responsible for compliance with the applicable requirements of this chapter, certifying knowledge of those requirements and that each employee who is a Registered Inspector or Design Certifying Engineer meets the minimum qualifica tion requirements set forth in 171.8 of this chapter for "Registered Inspector" or "Design Certifying Engineer", except as provided by 107.502(f) of this part. The following language may be used. I certify that all Registered Inspectors and Design Certifying Engi- a neers used in performance of the prescribed functions meet the mini mum qualification requirements set forth in 49 CFR 171.8, that I am the person responsible for ensuring compliance with the applicable requirements of this chapter, and that I have knowledge of the require ments applicable to the functions to be performed. (4) A description of the specific functions to be performed on cargo tanks or cargo tank motor vehicles, e.g.: (i) Manufacture, (ii) Assembly, (iii) Inspection and testing (specify type, e.g., external or internal visual inspection, lining inspection, hydrostatic pressure test, leakage test, thickness test), (iv) Certification, (v) Repair, or (vi) Equipment manufacture; 36 PART 107 April 1998 ABD00131802 107.503--107.612 (5) An identification of the types of DOT specification and exemp tion cargo tanks or cargo tank motor vehicles which the registrant intends to manufacture, assemble, repair, inspect, test or certify; (6) A statement indicating whether the registrant employs Regis tered Inspectors or Design Certifying Engineers to conduct certifica tion, inspection or testing functions addressed by this subpart. If the registrant engages a person who is not an employee of the registrant to perform these functions, provide the name, address and registration number of that person; and (7) If the registrant is not a resident of the United States, the name and address of a permanent resident of the United States designated in accordance with 107.7 to serve as agent for service of process. (b) In addition to the information required under paragraph (a) of this section, each person who manufactures a cargo tank or cargo tank motor vehicle must submit a copy of the manufacturer's current ASME Certificate of Authorization for the use of the ASME "U"stamp. (c) In addition to the information required under paragraph (a) of this section, each person who repairs a cargo tank or cargo tank motor vehicle must submit a copy of the repair facility's current National Board Certificate of Authorization for the use of the "R" stamp or ASME Certificate of Authorization for the use of the ASME "U" stamp. Any person who repairs MC-series cargo tanks which are not certified to the ASME Code must submit a copy of the National Board or ASME Certificate of Authorization to RSPA before June 30, 1992. 107.504 Period of registration, updates, and record reten tion. (a) Registration will be for a maximum of six years from the date of the original registration. (b) Any correspondence with the Department must contain the reg istrant's name and registration number. (c) A registration must be renewed every six years or within thirty days of reissuance of an ASME or National Board Certification, which ever occurs first, by submitting an up-to-date registration statement containing the information prescribed by 107.503. Any person initially registered under the provisions of 107.502 and who is in good stand ing is eligible for renewal. (d) A registrant shall provide written notification to the Department within thirty days of any of the following occurrences: (1) Any change in the registration information submitted under 107.503; (2) Replacement of the person responsible for compliance with the requirements in 107.503(a)(3). If this occurs, the registrant shall resubmit the required certification; (3) Loss of ASME or National Board Certificate of Authorization; or (4) A change in function; such as. from assembly to manufacture, an addition of a function, or a change to the types of inspections, tests, or certifications of cargo tanks or cargo tank motor vehicles. (e) Each registrant shall maintain a current copy of the registration information submitted to the Department and a current copy of the registration number identification received from the Department at the location identified in 107.503(a)(2) during such time the person is registered with the Department and for two years thereafter. (f) The issuance of a registration number under this subpart is not an approval or endorsement by the Department of the qualifications of any person to perform the specified functions. Subpart G REGISTRATION OF PERSONS WHO OFFER OR TRANSPORT HAZARDOUS MATERIALS 107.601 Applicability. The registration and fee requirements of this subpart apply to any person who offers for transportation, or transports, in foreign, interstate or intrastate commerce-- (a) Any highway route-controlled quantity of a Class 7 (radioactive) material, as defined in 173.403 of this chapter; (b) More than 25 kg (55 pounds) of a Division 1.1, 1.2, or 1.3 (explosive) material (see 173.50 of this chapter) in a motor vehicle, rail car or freight container; (c) More than one L (1.06 quarts) per package of a material ex tremely toxic by inhalation (i.e., "material poisonous by inhalation," as defined in 171.8 of this chapter, that meets the criteria for "hazard zone A," as specified in 173.116(a) or 173.133(a) of this chapter); (d) A hazardous material in a bulk packaging (see 171.8 of this chapter) having a capacity equal to or greater than 13,248 L (3,500 gallons) for liquids or gases or more than 13.24 cubic meters (468 cubic feet) for solids; or (e) A shipment in other than a bulk packaging of 2,268 kg (5,000 pounds) gross weight or more of one class of hazardous materials for which placarding of a vehicle, rail car, or freight container is re quired for that class, under the provisions of subpart F of part 172 of this chapter. For applicability of this subpart, the term "shipment" means the offering or loading of a hazardous material at one loading facility using one transport vehicle, or the transport of that transport vehicle. 107.606 Exceptions, (a) The following are excepted from the requirements of this subpart; (1) An agency of the Federal Government. (2) A State agency. (3) An agency of a political subdivision of a State. (4) An employee of any of those agencies in paragraphs (a)(1) through (a)(3) of this section with respect to the employee's official duties. (5) A hazmat employee (including, for purposes of this subpart, the owner-operator of a motor vehicle that transports in commerce hazardous materials, if that vehicle at the time of those activities, is leased to a registered motor carrier under a 30-day or longer lease as prescribed in 49 CFR part 1057 or an equivalent contractual agreement). (6) A person domiciled outside the United States, who offers solely from a location outside the United States, hazardous materials for transportation in commerce, provided that the country of which such a person is a domiciliary does not require persons domiciled in the United States, who solely offer hazardous materials for transportation to the foreign country from places in the United States, to file a registra tion statement or to pay a registration. (b) Upon making a determination that persons domiciled in the United States, who offer hazardous materials for transportation to a foreign country solely from places in the United States, must file registration statements or pay fees to that foreign country, the U.S. Competent Authority will provide notice of such determination directly to the Competent Authority of that foreign country and by publication in the Federal Register. Persons who offer hazardous materials for transportation to the United States from that foreign country must file a registration statement and pay the required fee no later than 60 days following publication of the determination in the Federal Register. 107.608 General registration requirements, (a) Except as provided in 107.616 (d), each person subject to this subpart must submit a complete and accurate registration statement on DOT Form F 5800.2 not later than June 30 for each registration year, or in time to comply with paragraph (b) of this section, whichever is later. (b) After September 15,1992, no person required to file a registra tion statement may transport or cause to be transported or shipped hazardous materials, unless such person has on file, in accordance with 107.620, a current annual Certificate of Registration in accord ance with the requirements of this subpart. (c) A registrant whose name or principal place of business has changed during the year of registration must notify RSPA of that change by submitting an amended registration statement not later than 30 days after the change. (d) Copies of DOT Form F 5800.2 and instructions for its completion may be obtained from the Hazardous Materials Registration Program, DHM-60, U.S. Department of Transportation. Washington, DC 205900001 or by calling 617-494-2545 or 202-366-4109. (e) If the registrant is not a resident of the United States, the regis trant must attach to the registration statement the name and address of a permanent resident of the United States, designated in accord ance with 107.7, to serve as agent for service of process. 107.612 Amount of fee. Each person subject to the require ments of this subpart must pay an annual fee of $300 (which includes a $50 processing fee). 37 107.616--107.709 ABD00131803 April 1998 107.616 Payment procedures, (a) Except as provided in paragraph (d) of this section, each person subject to the requirements of this subpart must mail the registration statement and payment in full to the U.S. Department of Transportation, Hazardous Materials Registration, P.O. Box 740188, Atlanta, Georgia 30374-0188. A regis trant required to file an amended registration statement under 107.608(c) must mail it to the same address. (b) Payment must be made by certified check, cashier's check, personal check or money order in U.S. funds and drawn on a U.S. bank, payable to the U.S. Department of Transportation and identified as payment for the "Hazmat Registration Fee" or by a VISA or Mas terCard credit card authorization completed and signed on the regis tration statement. (c) Payment must correspond to the annual fee indicated in 107.612. (d) A person may obtain a temporary registration number, valid for 45 days from the date of issuance, through an expedited registration process as follows: (1) Contact RSPA by telephone (800-942-6990 or 617-494-2545) and provide name, principal place of business, and credit card pay ment information: (2) Pay a $350 registration and processing fee (including a $50 expedited handling fee); and (3) Submit a completed registration statement and proof of payment to RSPA before the expiration date of the temporary registration number. 107.620 Recordkeeping requirements, (a) Each person sub ject to the requirements of this subpart, or its agent designated under 107.608(e), must maintain at its principal place of business for a period of three years from the date of issuance of each Certificate of Registration: (1) A copy of the registration statement filed with RSPA; and (2) The Certificate of Registration issued to the registrant by RSPA. (b) After January 1,1993, each motor carrier subject to the require ments of this subpart must carry a copy of its current Certificate of Registration issued by RSPA or another document bearing the registration number identified as the "U.S. DOT Hazmat Reg. No." on board each truck and truck tractor (not including trailers and semi trailers) used to transport hazardous materials subject to the require ments of this subpart. The Certificate of Registration or document bearing the registration number must be made available, upon re quest, to enforcement personnel. (c) In addition to the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section, after January 1.1995, each person who transports by vessel a hazard ous material subject to the requirements of this subpart must carry on board the vessel a copy of its current Certificate of Registration or another document bearing the current registration number identified as the "U.S. DOT Hazmat Reg. No." (d) Each person subject to this subpart must furnish its Certificate of Registration (or a copy thereof) and all other records and information pertaining to the information contained in the registration statement to an authorized representative or special agent of DOT upon request. Subpart H APPROVALS, REGISTRATIONS AND SUBMISSIONS 107.701 Purpose and scope, (a) This subpart prescribes pro cedures for the issuance, modification and termination of approvals, and the submission of registrations and reports, as required by this chapter. (b) The procedures of this subpart are in addition to any require ments in subchapter C of this chapter applicable to a specific ap proval, registration or report. If compliance with both a specific require ment of subchapter C of this chapter and a procedure of this subpart is not possible, the specific requirement applies. (c) Registration under subpart F or G of this part is not subject to the procedures of this subpart. 107.705 Registrations, reports, and applications for approv al. (a) A person filing a registration, report, or application for an approval, or a renewal or modification of an approval subject to the provisions of this subpart must-- (1) File the registration, report, or application with the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety. Research and Special Programs Administration, U.S. Department of Transportation, 400 7th Street, SW, Washington, DC 20590-0001, Attention: Approvals, DHM-32; (2) Identify the section of the chapter under which the registration, report, or application is made; (3) If a report is required by an approval, a registration or an exemp tion, identify the approval, registration or exemption number; (4) Provide the name, street, mailing address, and telephone num ber of the person on whose behalf the registration, report, or applica tion is made and, if different, the person making the filing; (5) If the person on whose behalf the filing is made is not a resident of the United States, provide a designation of agent for sen/ice in accordance with 107.7; (6) Provide a description of the activity for which the registration or report is required; and (7) Provide additional information as requested by the Associate Administrator, if the Associate Administrator determines that a filing lacks pertinent information or otherwise does not comply with applica ble requirements. (b) In addition to the provisions in paragraph (a) for an approval, an application for an approval, or an application for modification or renewal of an approval, the applicant must provide-- (1) A description of the activity for which the approval is required; (2) The proposed duration of the approval; (3) The transport mode or modes affected, as applicable; (4) Any additional information specified in the section containing the approval; and (5) For an approval which provides exceptions from regulatory re quirements or prohibitions-- (i) Identification of any increased risk to safety or property that may result if the approval is granted, and specification of the measures that the applicant considers necessary or appro priate to address that risk; and (ii) Substantiation, with applicable analyses or evaluations, if ap propriate. demonstrating that the proposed activity will achieve a level of safety that is at least equal to that required by the regulation. (c) For an approval with an expiration date, each application for renewal or modification must be filed in the same manner as an original application. If a complete and conforming renewal applica tion is filed at least 60 days before the expiration date of an approval, the Associate Administrator, on written request from the applicant, will issue a written extension to permit operation under the terms of the expired approval until a final decision on the application for renewal has been made. Operation under an expired approval is prohibited absent a written extension. This paragraph does not limit the authority of the Associate Administrator to modify, suspend or terminate an approval under 107.713. (d) To request confidential treatment for information contained in the application, the applicant shall comply with 107.5(a). 107.709 Processing of an application for approval, including an application for renewal or modification, (a) No public hearing or other formal proceeding is required under this subpart before the disposition of an application. (b) At any time during the processing of an application, the Associ ate Administrator may request additional information from the appli cant. If the applicant does not respond to a written request for addi tional information within 30 days of the date the request was received, the application may be deemed incomplete and denied. However, if the applicant responds in writing within the 30-day period requesting an additional 30 days within which it will gather the requested informa tion, the Associate Administrator may grant the 30-day extension. (c) The Associate Administrator may grant or deny an application, in whole or in part. At the Associate Administrator's discretion, an application may be granted subject to provisions that are appropriate to protect health, safety and property. The Associate Administrator 38 PART 107 April 1998 ABD00131804 107.709--107.717 may impose additional provisions not specified in the application, or delete conditions in the application which are unnecessary. (d) The Associate Administrator may grant an application on find ing that-- (1) The application complies with this subpart; (2) The application demonstrates that the proposed activity will achieve a level of safety that-- (i) Is at least equal to that required by the regulation, or (ii) If the regulations do not establish a level of safety, is consistent with the public interest and adequately will protect against the risks to life and property inherent in the transportation of hazardous materials in commerce; (3) The application states all material facts, and contains no materi ally false or materially misleading statement; (4) The applicant meets the qualifications required by applicable regulations; and (5) The applicant is fit to conduct the activity authorized by the approval, or renewal or modification of approval. This assessment may be based on information in the application, prior compliance history of the applicant, and other information available to the Associ ate Administrator. (e) Unless otherwise specified in this chapter or by the Associate Administrator, an approval in which a term is not specified does not expire. (f) The Associate Administrator notifies the applicant in writing of the decision on the application. A denial contains a brief statement of reasons. 107.711 Withdrawal. An application may be withdrawn at any time before a decision to grant or deny it is made. Withdrawal of an application does not authorize the removal of any related records from the RSPA dockets or files. Applications that are eligible for confidential treatment under 107.5 will remain confidential after the application is withdrawn. The duration of this confidential treatment for trade se crets and commercial or financial information is indefinite, unless the party requesting the confidential treatment of the materials notifies the Associate Administrator that the confidential treatment is no longer required. 107.713 Approval modification, suspension or termina tion. (a) The Associate Administrator may modify an approval on finding that-- (1) Modification is necessary to conform an existing approval to relevant statutes and regulations as they may be amended from time to time; or (2) Modification is required by changed circumstances to enable the approval to continue to meet the standards of 107.709(d). (b) The Associate Administrator may modify, suspend or terminate an approval, as appropriate, on finding that-- (1) Because of a change in circumstances, the approval no longer is needed or no longer would be granted if applied for; (2) The application contained inaccurate or incomplete information, and the approval would not have been granted had the application been accurate and complete; (3) The application contained deliberately inaccurate or incomplete information; or (4) The holder knowingly has violated the terms of the approval or an applicable requirement of this chapter in a manner demonstrating lack of fitness to conduct the activity for which the approval is required. <c) Except as provided in paragraph (d) of this section, before an approval is modified, suspended or terminated, the Associate Admin istrator notifies the holder in writing of the proposed action and the reasons for it, and provides an opportunity to show cause why the proposed action should not be taken. (1) The holder may file a written response with the Associate Admin istrator within 30 days of receipt of notice of the proposed action. (2) After considering the holder's or party's written response, or after 30 days have passed without response since receipt of the notice, the Associate Administrator notifies the holder in writing of the final decision with a brief statement of reasons. (d) The Associate Administrator, if necessary to avoid a risk of significant harm to persons or property, may in the notification declare the proposed action immediately effective. 107.715 Reconsideration, (a) An applicant or a holder may request that the Associate Administrator reconsider a decision under 107.709(f) or 107.713(c). The request must: (1) Be in writing and filed within 20 days of receipt of the decision; (2) State in detail any alleged errors of fact and law; (3) Enclose any additional information needed to support the re quest to reconsider; and (4) State in detail the modification of the final decision sought. (b) The Associate Administrator considers newly submitted infor mation on a showing that the information could not reasonably have been submitted during application processing. (c) The Associate Administrator grants or denies, in whole or in part, the relief requested and informs the requesting person in writing of the decision. 107.717 Appeal, (a) A person who requested reconsideration under 107.715 may appeal to the Administrator the Associate Admin istrator's decision on the request. The appeal must: (1) Be in writing and filed within 30 days of receipt of the Associate Administrator's decision on reconsideration; (2) State in detail any alleged errors of fact and law; (3) Enclose any additional information needed to support the ap peal; and (4) State in detail the modification of the final decision sought. (b) The Administrator, if necessary to avoid a risk of significant harm to persons or property, may declare the Associate Administra tor's action effective pending a decision on appeal. (c) The Administrator grants or denies, in whole or in part, the relief requested and informs the appellant in writing of the decision on appeal. The Administrator's decision on appeal is the final administra tive action. 39 ABD00131805 Part 110 - Haz Mat Public Sector Training & Planning Grants April 1998 ABD00131806 110.1--110.20 PART 110 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS PUBLIC SECTOR TRAINING AND PLANNING GRANTS Subject Sec. Purpose .......................................................................... Scope ............................................................................... Control Number under the Paperwork Reduction Act ............................................................................... Eligibility.......................................................................... Definitions....................................................................... Grant application ......................................................... Activities eligible for funding .................................... Disbursement of Federal funds................................. 110.1 110.5 110.7 110.10 110.20 110.30 110.40 110.50 Page 41 41 41 41 41 42 43 43 Subject Sec. Cost sharing for planning and training .... ____ Financial administration................................... ____ Procurement ...................................................... ____ Grant monitoring, reports, and records retention............................................................ ____ Enforcement ...................................................... ____ After-grant requirements ................................. . . . . Deviation from this part................................... . . . . Disputes............................................................... ____ 110.60 110.70 110.80 110.90 110.100 110.110 110.120 110.130 Page 43 43 44 44 44 44 44 44 PART PUBLISHER'S NOTE This Part covers the distribution of grants to States, Indian tribes and local communities for support of emergency planning and training programs. The Part covers such specifics as how to apply for grants, activities eligible for grants, cost sharing by recipients, etc. 110.1 Purpose. This part sets forth procedures for reimburs able grants for public sector planning and training in support of the emergency planning and training efforts of States, Indian tribes, and local communities to deal with hazardous materials emergencies, par ticularly those involving transportation. These grants will enhance the implementation of the Emergency Planning and Community Right-toKnow Act of 1986 (42 U.S.C. 11001). 110.5 Scope, (a) This part applies to States and Indian tribes and contains the program requirements for public sector training and planning grants to support hazardous materials emergency planning and training efforts. (b) The requirements contained in 49 CFR part 18, "Uniform Admin istrative Requirements for Grants and Cooperative Agreements to State and Local governments", apply to grants issued under this Part. (c) Copies of standard forms and OMB circulars referenced in this part are available from the HMTUSA Grants Manager, Research and Special Programs Administration, U.S. Department of Transportation, 400 Seventh Street, SW, Washington DC. 20590-0001. 110.7 Control Number under the Paperwork Reduction Act. The Office of Management and Budget control number assigned to collection of information in 110.30, 110.70, 110.80, and 110.90 is 2137-0586. 110.10 Eligibility. This Part applies to States and Indian tribes. States may apply for planning and training grants. Federally-recog nized Indian tribes may apply for training grants. 110.20 Definitions. Unless defined in this part, all terms de fined in 49 U.S.C. 5102 are used in their statutory meaning and all terms defined in 49 CFR Part 18 and OMB Circular A-102, with respect to administrative requirements for grants, are used as defined therein. Other terms used in this part are defined as follows: Allowable costs means those costs that are: eligible, reasonable, necessary, and allocable to the project permitted by the appropriate Federal cost principles, and approved in the grant. Budget period means the period of time specified in the grant agreement during which the project manager may expend or obligate project funds. Cost review means the review and evaluating of costs to determine reasonableness, allocability, and allowability. Indian country means Indian country as defined in 18 U.S.C. 1151. That section defines Indian country as all land within the limits of any reservation under the jurisdiction of the U.S. Government, notwith standing the issuance of any patent, and, including rights-of-way run ning through the reservation; all dependent Indian communities within the borders of the United States whether within the original or subse quently acquired territory thereof, and whether within or without the limits of a State; and all Indian allotments, the Indian titles to which have not been extinguished, including rights-of-way running through the same. Indian tribe means a tribe "Federally-recognized" by the Secretary of the Interior under 25 CFR 272.2, Local Emergency Planning Committee (LEPC) means a commit tee appointed by the State Emergency Response Commission under Section 301(c) of the Emergency Planning and Community Right-toKnow Act of 1986 (42 U.S.C. 11001(c)) that includes at a minimum, representatives from each of the following groups or organizations: elected State and local officials; law enforcement, firefighting, civil defense, first aid, health, local environmental, hospital, and transporta tion personnel; broadcast and print media; community groups; and owners and operators of facilities subject to the emergency planning requirements. National curriculum means the curriculum required to be devel oped under 49 U.S.C. 5115 and necessary to train public sector emergency response and preparedness teams, enabling them to com ply with performance standards as stated in 49 U.S.C. 5115(c). Political subdivision means a county, municipality, city, town, township, local public authority (including any public and Indian hous ing agency under the United States Housing Act of 1937 (42 U.S.C. 1401 et seq.), school district, special district, intrastate district, council of governments (whether or not incorporated as a nonprofit corporation under State law), any other regional or interstate government entity, or any agency or instrumentality of a local government. Project means the activities and tasks identified in the grant agreement. Project manager means the State or Indian tribal official designated in a grant as the recipient agency's principal program contact with the Federal Government. Project officer means the Federal official designated in a grant as the program contact with the project manager. The project officer is responsible for monitoring the project. Project period means the length of time specified in a grant for completion of all work associated with that project. State Emergency Response Commission (SERC) means the State Emergency Response Commission appointed by the Governor of each State and Territory under the Emergency Planning and Com munity Right-to-Know Act of 1986. 41 110.20--110.30 ABD00131807 April 1998 Statement of Work means that portion of a grant that describes the purpose and scope of activities and tasks to be carried out as part of the proposed project. 110.30 Grant application, (a) General. An applicant for a planning or training grant shall use only the standard application forms approved by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) (SF-424 and SF-424A) under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1980 (44 U.S.C. 3502). Applicants are required to submit an original and two copies of the application package to: Grants Manager, Research and Special Programs Administration, U.S. Department of Transportation, 400 7th Street, SW, Washington, D.C. 20590*0001. Applications received on or before January 1st and July 1st of each year will be considered in that cycle of the semi-annual review and award process. An initial round of the review and award process will consider applications received on or before November 15,1992. Requests and continuation applications must include an original and two copies of the affected pages; previously submitted pages with information that is still current do not have to be resubmitted. The application must include the following; (1) Applications for Federal Assistance for non-construction pro grams (SF-424) and Budget sheets (SF-424A). A single application may be used for both planning and training if the budgets for each are entered separately on all budget sheets. (2) For States, a letter from the Governor designating the State agency that is authorized to apply for a grant and to provide the written certifications required to receive a grant. (3) For Indian tribes, a letter from the tribal government, governing body, or tribal council to the effect that the applicant is authorized to apply for a grant and to provide the written certifications required to receive a grant. (4) A written statement explaining whether the State or tribe as sesses and collects fees on the transportation of hazardous materials and whether such assessments or fees are used solely to carry out purposes related to the transportation of hazardous materials. (5) A statement designating a project manager and providing the name, position, address and phone number of that individual who will be responsible for coordinating the funded activities with other agencies/organizations. (6) A project narrative statement of the goals and objectives of the proposed project, project design, and long range plans. The proposed grant project and budget periods may be one or more years. (7) A statement of work in support of the proposed project that describes and sets priorities for the activities and tasks to be con ducted, the costs associated with each activity, the number and types of deliverables and products to be completed, and a schedule for implementation. (8) A description of the major items of costs needed to implement the statement of work and a copy of any cost or price analysis if conducted. (9) Drug-Free Workplace Certification. The applicant must certify as specified in appendix C of 49 CFR part 29 that it will comply with the Drug-Free Workplace Act of 1988 (Pub. L. 100-690, Title V, Subtitle D; 51 U.S.C. 701 et seq.). (10) Anti-Lobbying Certification. The applicant must certify as spec ified in appendix A of 49 CFR part 20 that no Federal funds will be expended to pay any person for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any agency, a Member of Congress, an officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a Member of Congress (section 319 of Pub. L. 101-121, 31 U.S.C. 1352). (11) Debarment and Suspension Certification. The applicant must certify as specified in subpart G of 49 CFR part 29 that it will not make an award or permit any award to any party which is debarred or suspended or is otherwise excluded from or ineligible for participation in Federal assistance programs. (b) Planning. In addition to the requirements specified in paragraph (a) of this section, eligible State applicants must include the following in their application package: (1) A written certification that the State is complying with sections 301 and 303 of the Emergency Planning and Community Right-toKnow Act of 1986, including a brief explanation of how compliance has been achieved. (2) A written statement specifying the aggregate expenditure of funds of the State, exclusive of Federal funds, for each of its last two fiscal years for developing, improving, and implementing emergency plans under the Emergency Planning and Community Right-to-Know Act of 1986, including an explanation specifying the sources of these funds. A written certification that the State's aggregate expenditures, as defined by the State, of funds for this purpose, exclusive of Federal funds, will not fall below the average level of its expenditures for its last two fiscal years. The applicant may not claim any of these expenditures for cost-sharing. (3) A written statement agreeing to make at least 75 percent of the Federal funds awarded available to LEPCs and an explanation of how the applicant intends to make such funds available to them for developing, improving, or implementing emergency plans. (4) Designation of a project manager to serve as contact for coordi nating planning funds under this program. (5) A project narrative statement of the goals and objectives of each proposed project, including the following: (i) A background statement describing the applicant's long-term goals and objectives with respect to: (A) The current abilities and authorities of the applicant's pro gram for preparedness planning; (B) The need to sustain or increase program capability; (C) Current degree of participation in or intention to assess the need for a regional hazardous materials emergency response team; and (D) The impact that the grant will have on the program. (ii) A discussion of whether the applicant's program currently knows, or intends to assess, transportation flow patterns of hazardous materials within the State and between that State and another State. (iii) A schedule for implementing the proposed grant activities. (iv) A statement describing the ways in which planning will be monitored by the project manager. (v) A statement indicating that all members of the State Emergency Response Commission were provided the opportunity to review the grant application. (c) Training. In addition to the requirements specified in paragraph (a) of this section, eligible State and Indian tribe applicants must include the following in their application package: (1) For a State applicant, a written certification explaining how the State is complying with sections 301 and 303 of the Emergency Plan ning and Community Right-to-Know Act. (2) A written statement specifying the aggregate expenditure of funds of the State or Indian tribe, exclusive of Federal funds, for each of its last two fiscal years for training public sector employees to respond to accidents and incidents involving hazardous materials, including an explanation specifying the sources of these funds. A written certification that the applicant's aggregate expenditure, as defined by the State or tribe, of funds for this purpose, exclusive of Federal funds, will not fall below the average level of its expenditures for its last two fiscal years. The applicant may not claim any of these expenditures for cost-sharing purposes. (3) For a State applicant, a written statement agreeing to make at least 75 percent of the Federal funds awarded available for the pur pose of training public sector employees employed or used by political subdivisions. A State applicant may elect to pass all or some portion of the grant on to political subdivisions for this purpose. The applicant must include a specific explanation of how it intends to meet this requirement. (4) Designation of a primary point of contact for coordinating train ing funded under this program. Identification of a single repository for copies of course materials delivered under the grant as specified in 110.90 of this part. (5) A project narrative statement of the long-range goals and objec tives of each proposed project, including the following: (i) A background statement describing: (A) The current hazardous materials training program(s); (B) Training audience, including numbers and levels of train ing and accreditation program for each level or criterion required to advance to the next level; (C) Estimated total number of persons to be trained under the proposed project; (D) The ways in which training grants will support the inte grated delivery of training to meet the needs of individual ized geographic and resource needs and time considera tions of local responders. When appropriate, a statement describing how the proposed project will accommodate the different training needs for rural versus urban environ ments; and 42 April 1998 ABD00131808 110.30--110.70 PART 110 (E) The impact that the grant and the National Curriculum will have on the program. (ii) A statement describing how the National Curriculum will be used or modified to train public sector employees at the local level to respond to accidents and incidents involving hazardous materials. (>ii) A statement describing the ways in which effectiveness of train ing will be monitored by the project manager, including, but not limited to, examinations, critiques, and instructor evaluations. (iv> A schedule for implementing the proposed training grant activ ities. (v) A statement indicating that all members of the State or Tribal Emergency Response Commission were provided the opportu nity to review the grant application. 110.40 Activities eligible for funding, (a) Planning. Eligible State applicants may receive funding for the following activities: (1) Development, improvement, and implementation of emergency plans required under the Emergency Planning and Community Rightto-Know Act of 1986, as well as exercises which test the emergency plan. Enhancement of emergency plans to include hazard analysis as well as response procedures for emergencies involving transporta tion of hazardous materials, including radioactive materials. (2) An assessment to determine flow patterns of hazardous materi als within a State, between a State and another State or Indian country, and development and maintenance of a system to keep such informa tion current. (3) An assessment of the need for regional hazardous materials emergency response teams. (4) An assessment of local response capabilities. (5) Conduct of emergency response drills and exercises associ ated with emergency preparedness plans. (6) Provision of technical staff to support the planning effort. (7) Additional activities the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety deems appropriate to implement the scope of work for the proposed project plan and approved in the grant. (b) Training. Eligible State and Indian tribe applicants may receive funding for the following activities: (1) An assessment to determine the number of public sector em ployees employed or used by a political subdivision who need the proposed training and to select courses consistent with the National Curriculum. (2) Delivery of comprehensive preparedness and response training to public sector employees. Design and delivery of preparedness and response training to meet specialized needs. Financial assistance for trainees and for the trainers, if appropriate, such as tuition, travel expenses to and from a training facility, and room and board while at the training facility. (3) Emergency response drills and exercises associated with train ing, a course of study, and tests and evaluation of emergency pre paredness plans. (4) Expenses associated with training by a person (including a department, agency, or instrumentality of a State or political subdivi sion thereof or an Indian tribe) and activities necessary to monitor such training including, but not limited to examinations, critiques and instructor evaluations. (5) Provision of staff to manage the training effort designed to result in increased benefits, proficiency, and rapid deployment of local and regional responders. (6) Additional activities the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety deems appropriate to implement the scope of work for the proposed project and approved in the grant. 110.50 Disbursement of Federal funds, (a) Preaward expen ditures may not be reimbursed. (b) Reimbursement may not be made for a project plan unless approved in the grant award. (c) If a recipient agency seeks additional funds, the amendment request will be evaluated on the basis of needs, performance and availability of funds. An existing grant is not a commitment of future Federal funding. 110.60 Cost sharingfor planning and training, (a) The recip ient agency must provide 20 percent of the direct and indirect costs of all activities covered under the grant award program with nonFederal funds. Recipients may either use cash (hard-match), in-kind (soft-match) contributions, or a combination of in-kind plus hard-match to meet this requirement. In-kind (soft-match) contributions are in addi tion to the maintenance of effort required of recipients of grant awards. The types of contributions allowed are as follows: (1) Any funds from a State, local, or other non-Federal source used for an eligible activity as defined in 110.40 in this part. (2) The dollar equivalent value of an eligible activity as defined in 110.40 of this part provided by a State, local, or other non-Federal source. (3) The value of participants' salary while attending a planning or training activity contained in the approved grant application provided by a State, local, or other non-Federal source. (4) Additional types of in-kind contributions the Associate Adminis trator for Hazardous Materials Safety deems appropriate. (b) Funds used for matching purposes under any other Federal grant or cooperative agreement may not be used for matching pur poses. The funds expended by a recipient agency to qualify for the grant may not be used for cost-sharing purposes. (c) Acceptable contributions for matching and cost sharing pur poses must conform to 49 CFR Part 18. 110.70 Financial administration, (a) A State must expend and account for grant funds in accordance with State laws and proce dures for expending and accounting for its own funds. Fiscal control and accounting procedures of the State, as well as its subgrantees and cost-type contractors, must be sufficient to: (1) Permit the preparation of reports required by 49 CFR Part 18 and this Part, including the tracing of funds provided for planning to a level of expenditure adequate to establish that at least 75 percent of the funds provided were made available to LEPCs for developing, improving, and implementing emergency plans; and the tracing of funds provided for training to a level of expenditure adequate to estab lish that at least 75 percent of the funds provided were made available for the purposes of training public sector employees employed or used by political subdivisions. (2) Permit the tracing of funds to a level of expenditure adequate to establish that such funds have not been used in violation of the restrictions and prohibitions of applicable statutes. (b) The financial management systems of Indian tribes and any subgrantees must meet the standards of 49 CFR 18.20, including the ability to trace funds provided for training to a level of expenditure adequate to establish that at least 75 percent of the funds provided were made available for the purposes of training public sector employ ees employed or used by political subdivisions. (c) Advances shall be made to States and Indian tribes consistent with 49 CFR part 18 and 31 CFR part 205. The Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety shall base these advances on demon strated need, which will be determined on a case-by-case basis, considering such factors as State/Tribal budget constraints and reduc tions in amounts budgeted for hazardous materials activities. Toobtain an advance, a State or Indian tribe must comply with the following requirements: (1) A letter from the Governor or Tribal leader or their designee is required specifying the extenuating circumstances requiring the funding advance for the grant; (2) The maximum advance request may not be more than $25,000 for each State or Indian tribe; (3) Recipients of advance funding must obligate those funds within 3-months of receipt; (4) Advances including interest will be deducted from the initial reimbursement to the State or Indian tribe; and (5) The State or Indian tribe will have its allocation of current grant funds reduced and will not be permitted to apply for future grant funds until the advance is covered by a request for reimbursement. For example, if $25,000 is advanced for personnel costs, this advance would be deducted from the initial reimbursement in the year the advance was made. (d) To be allowable, costs must be eligible, reasonable, necessary, and allocable to the approved project in accordance with OMB Circu lar A-87 and included in the grant award. Costs incurred prior to the award of any grant are not allowable. Recipient agencies are responsible for obtaining audits in accordance with the Single Audit Act of 1984 (31 U.S.C. 7501), 49 CFR part 90, and OMB Circular A128. Audits shall be made by an independent auditor in accordance 43 110.70--110.130 ABD00131809 April 1998 with generally accepted government auditing standards covering fi nancial and compliance audits. The Associate Administrator for Haz ardous Materials Safety may audit a recipient agency at any time. 110.80 Procurement. Project managers shall use procurement procedures and practices which reflect applicable State laws and regulations and Federal requirements as specified in 49 CFR 18.36. 110.90 Grant monitoring, reports, and records retention. (a) Grant monitoring. Project managers are responsible for manag ing the day-to-day operations of grant, subgrant and contract-sup ported activities. Project managers must monitor performance of sup ported activities to assure compliance with applicable Federal requirements and achievement of performance goals. Monitoring must cover each program, function, activity, or task covered by the grant. Monitoring and reporting requirements for planning and training are contained in this Part; general grant reporting requirements are speci fied in 49 CFR 18.40. (b) Reports. (1) The project manager shall submit a performance report at the completion of an activity for which reimbursement is being requested or with a request to amend the grant. The final performance report is due 90 days after the expiration or termination of the grant. (2) Project managers shall submit an original and two copies of all performance reports. Performance reports for planning and training must include comparison of actual accomplishments to the stated goals and objectives established for the performance period, and the reasons for not achieving those goals and objectives, if applicable. (3) Project managers shall report developments or events that oc cur between the required performance reporting dates which have significant impact upon the planning and training activity such as: (i) Problems, delays, or adverse conditions which will impair the ability to meet the objective of the grant; and (ii) Favorable developments which enable meeting time schedules and objectives sooner or at less cost than anticipated or produc ing more beneficial results than originally planned. (4) Financial reporting, except as provided in 110.70 and 49 CFR 18.41, shall be supplied quarterly using Standard Form 270, Request for Advance or Reimbursement, to report the status of funds. The project manager shall report separately on planning and training. (c) Records retention. In accordance with 49 CFR 18.42, all finan cial and programmatic records, supporting documents, statistical rec ords, training materials, and other documents generated under a grant shall be maintained by the project manager for three years from the date the project manager submits the final financial status report (SF 269) or Request for Advance or Reimbursement (SF 270). The project manager shall designate a repository and single-point of contact for planning and for training, or both, for these purposes. If any litigation, claim, negotiation, audit or other action involving the records has been started before the expiration of the 3-year period, the records must be retained until completion of the action and resolution of all issues which arise from it, or until the end of the regular 3-year period, whichever is later. 110.100 Enforcement. If a recipient agency fails to comply with any term of an award (whether stated in a Federal statute or regulation, an assurance, a State plan or application, a notice of award, or elsewhere) a noncompliance action may be taken as specified in 40 CFR 18.43. The recipient agency may appeal any such actions as specified in 49 CFR part 18. Costs incurred by the recipient agency during a suspension or after termination of an award are not allowable unless the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety authorizes it in writing. Grant awards may be terminated in whole or in part with the consent of the recipient at any agreed upon effective date, or by the recipient upon written notification. 110.110 After-grant requirements. The Associate Administra tor for Hazardous Materials Safety will close out the award upon deter mination that all applicable administrative actions and all required work of the grant are complete in accordance with Subpart D of 49 CFR part 18. The project manager must submit all financial, perform ance, and other reports required as a condition of the grant, within 90 days after the expiration or termination of the grant. This time frame may be extended by the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety for cause. 110.120 Deviation from this part. Recipient agencies may re quest a deviation from the non-statutory provisions of this part. The Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety will respond to such requests in writing. If appropriate, the decision will be included in the grant agreement. Request for deviations from Part 110 must be submitted to: Grants Manager, Research and Special Programs Administration, U.S. Department of Transportation, 400 7th Street, S.W., Washington, D.C. 20590-0001. 110.130 Disputes. Disputes should be resolved at the lowest level possible, beginning with the project manager and the project officer. If an agreement cannot be reached, the Administrator, RSPA, will serve as the dispute resolution official, whose decision will be final. 44 ABD00131810 Part 130 - Oil Spill Prevention & Response Plans April 1998 ABD00131811 130.1--130.5 PART 130 OIL SPILL PREVENTION AND RESPONSE PLANS PART 130 Subject Sec. Purpose ....................................................... ................ Scope ............................................................ ................ General requirements.............................. ................ Definitions.................................................... ................ 130.1 130.2 130.3 130.5 Page 45 45 45 45 Subject Sec. Communication requirements................ Packaging requirements ......................... Response plans......................................... Response plan implementation.............. .............. .............. .............. .............. 130.11 130.21 130.31 130.33 Page 46 46 46 46 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- PUBLISHER'S NOTE This Part prescribes prevention and response requirements of the Department of Transportation applicable to the transportation of oil. Oil includes those that are a hazardous material as well as oil that is not regulated as a hazardous material. The definition of oil is found in the definition section. Oil is regulated when transported in a quantity in excess of 3500 gallons in one package. Each person transporting oil is required to have a current basic written plan that covers the require ments laid out in 130.31. When transported in packaging having a capacity greater than 42,000 gallons a more detailed plan is required. A document must be in the possession of the operator of the transport vehicle that indicates that oil is on the vehicle. 130.1 Purpose. This part prescribes prevention, containment and response planning requirements of the Department of Transportation applicable to transportation of oil by motor vehicles and rolling stock. 130.2 Scope, (a) The requirements of this part apply to-- (1) Any liquid petroleum oil in a packaging having a capacity of 3,500 gallons or more; and (2) Any liquid petroleum or non-petroleum oil in a quantity greater than 42,000 gallons per packaging. (b) The requirements of this pah have no effect on-- (1) The applicability of the Hazardous Materials Regulations set forth in Subchapter C of this chapter; and (2) The discharge notification requirements of the United States Coast Guard (33 CFR part 153) and EPA (40 CFR part 110). (c) The requirements of this part do not apply to-- (1) Any mixture or solution in which oil is in a concentration by weight of less than 10 percent. (2) Transportation of oil by aircraft or vessel. (3) Any petroleum oil carried in a fuel tank for the purpose of supply ing fuel for propulsion of the transport vehicle to which it is attached. (4) Oil transport exclusively within the confines of a non- transporta tion-related or terminal facility in a vehicle not intended for use in interstate or intrastate commerce (see 40 CFR part 112, appendix A). <d) The requirements in 130.31(b) of this part do not apply to mobile marine transportation-related facilities (see 33 CFR part 154). 130.3 General requirements. No person may offer or accept for transportation or transport oil subject to this part unless that person-- (a) Complies with this part; and (b) Has been instructed on the applicable requirements of this part. (3) Documentation of membership in an oil spill response organiza tion that ensures the owner'sor operator's access to the necessary personnel or equipment within the shortest practicable time. EPA means the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. Liquid means a material that has a vertical flow of over two inches (50 mm) within a three-minute period, or a material having one gram or more liquid separation, when determined in accordance with the procedures specified in ASTM D 4359-84, "Standard Test Method for Determining Whether a Material is a Liquid or a Solid," 1990 edition, which is incorporated by reference. Note: This incorporation by reference has been approved by the Director of the Federal Register in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. A copy may be obtained from the American Society for Testing and Materials, 1916 Race Street, Philadelphia, PA 19103. Copies may be inspected at the Dockets Unit, Room 8421, DOT headquarters building, 400 7th St. SW, Washington, DC 20590 or at the Office of the Federal Register, 800 North Capitol St. NW, Room 700, Washington, DC. Maximum extent practicable means the limits of available technol ogy and the practical and technical limits on an owner or operator of an onshore facility in planning the response resources required to provide the on-water recovery capability and the shoreline protection and cleanup capability to conduct response activities for a worstcase discharge of oil in adverse weather. Non-petroleum oil means any animal fat, vegetable oil or other non-petroleum oil. Oil means oil of any kind or in any form, including, but not limited to, petroleum, fuel oil, sludge, oil refuse, and oil mixed with wastes other than dredged spoil. Note: This definition does not include hazardous substances (see 40 CFR part 116). 130.5 Definitions. In this subchapter: Animal fat means a non-petroleum oil, fat, or grease derived from animals, not specifically identified elsewhere in this part. Contract or other means is: (1) A written contract with a response contractor identifying and ensuring the availability of the necessary personnel or equipment within the shortest practicable time; (2) A written certification by the owner or operator that the necessary personnel or equipment can and will be made available by the owner or operator within the shortest practicable time; or Other non-petroleum oil means a non-petroleum oil of any kind that is not an animal fat or vegetable oil. Packaging means a receptacle and any other components or mate rials necessary for the receptacle to perform its containment function in conformance with the packaging requirements of this part. A compartmented tank is a single packaging. Person means an individual, firm, corporation, partnership, associa tion, State, municipality, commission, or political subdivision of a State, or any interstate body, as well as a department, agency, or instrumen tality of the executive, legislative or judicial branch of the Federal Government. 45 130.5--130.33 ABD00131812 April 1998 Petroleum oil means any oil extracted or derived from geological hydrocarbon deposits, including fractions thereof. Qualified individual means an individual familiar with the response plan, trained in his or her responsibilities in implementing the plan, and authorized, on behalf of the owner or operator, to initiate all response activities identified in the plan, to enter into response-related contracts and obligate funds for such contracts, and to act as a liaison with the on-scene coordinator and other responsible officials. The qualified individual must be available at all times the owner or operator is engaged in transportation subject to part 130 (alone or in conjunction with an equally qualified alternate), must be fluent in English, and must have in his or her possession documentation of the required authority. Transports or Transportation means any movement of oil by high way or rail, and any loading, unloading, or storage incidental thereto. Vegetable oil means a non-petroleum oil or fat derived from plant seeds, nuts, kernels or fruits, not specifically identified elsewhere in this part. Worst-case discharge means "the largest foreseeable discharge in adverse weather conditions," as defined at 33 U.S.C. 1321(a)(24). The largest foreseeable discharge from a motor vehicle or rail car is the capacity of the cargo container. The term "maximum potential discharge," used in 130.31(a), is synonymous with "worst-case dis charge." 130.11 Communication requirements, (a) No person may of fer oil subject to this part for transportation unless that person provides the person accepting the oil for transportation a document indicating the shipment contains oil. (b) No person may transport oil subject to this part unless a readily available document indicating that the shipment contains oil is in the possession of the transport vehicle operator during transportation. (c) A material subject to the requirements of this part need not be specifically identified as oil when the shipment document accurately describes the material as: aviation fuel, diesel fuel, fuel oil, gasoline, jet fuel, kerosene, motor fuel, or petroleum. 130.21 Packaging requirements. Each packaging used for the transportation of oil subject to this part must be designed, con structed, maintained, closed, and loaded so that, under conditions normally incident to transportation, there will be no release of oil to the environment. 130.31 Response plans, (a) After September 30, 1993, no person may transport oil subject to this part unless that person has a current basic written plan that: (1) Sets forth the manner of response to discharges that may occur during transportation; (2) Takes into account the maximum potential discharge of the contents from the packaging; (3) Identifies private personnel and equipment available to respond to a discharge; (4) Identifies the appropriate persons and agencies (including their telephone numbers) to be contacted in regard to such a discharge and its handling, including the National Response Center; and (5) For each motor carrier, is retained on file at that person's princi pal place of business and at each location where dispatching of motor vehicles occurs; and for each railroad, is retained on file at that person's principal place of business and at the dispatcher's office. (b) After February 18,1993, no person may transport an oil subject to this part in a quantity greater than 1,000 barrels (42,000 gallons) unless that person has a current comprehensive written plan that: (D Conforms with all requirements specified in paragraph (a) of this section; (2) Is consistent with the requirements of the National Contingency Plan (40 CFR part 300) and Area Contingency Plans; (3) Identifies the qualified individual having full authority to imple ment removal actions, and requires immediate communications be tween that individual and the appropriate Federal official and the persons providing spill response personnel and equipment; (4) Identifies, and ensures by contract or other means the availabil ity of. private personnel (including address and phone number), and the equipment necessary to remove, to the maximum extent practica ble, a worst case discharge (including a discharge resulting from fire or explosion) and to mitigate or prevent a substantial threat of such a discharge; (5) Describes the training, equipment testing, periodic unan nounced drills, and response actions of facility personnel, to be carried out under the plan to ensure the safety of the facility and to mitigate or prevent the discharge, or the substantial threat of such a dis charge; and (6) Is submitted, and resubmitted in the event of any significant change, to the Federal Railroad Administrator (for tank cars), or to the Federal Highway Administrator (for cargo tanks) at 400 Seventh Street SW, Washington, DC 20590-0001. (Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 2137-0591) 130.33 Response plan Implementation. If, during transporta tion of oil subject to this part, a discharge occurs-- into or on the navigable waters of the United States; on the adjoining shorelines to the navigable waters; or that may affect natural resources belonging to, appertaining to, or under the exclusive management authority of, the United States--the person transporting the oil shall implement the plan required by 130.31, in a manner consistent with the National Contingency Plan, 40 CFR part 300, or as otherwise directed by the Federal on-scene coordinator. 46 ABD00131813 Part 171 - General Info, Regulations & Definitions April 1998 ABD00131814 PART 171 GENERAL INFORMATION, REGULATIONS, AND DEFINITIONS 171.1 Subject Sec. Purpose and scope .................................................... General requirements................................................. Hazardous waste......................................................... Marine pollutants ......................................................... Temporary regulation; liquefied compressed gases in cargo tank motor vehicles ................... Control numbers under the Paperwork Reduction Act ............................................................................... Reference material...................................................... Definitions and abbreviations.................................... Rules of construction ................................................. Units of measure ......................................................... Use of ICAO Technical Instructions......................... Import and export shipments.................................... 171.1 171.2 171.3 171.4 171.5 171.6 171.7 171.8 171.9 171.10 171.11 171.12 Page 47 48 48 48 48 49 50 53 59 59 59 60 Subject Sec. Canadian shipments and packagings................... Transitional provisions for implementing requirements based on the U.N. Recommendations.................................................... Immediate notice of certain hazardous materials incidents.................................................... Detailed hazardous materials incident reports . . . [Reserved] .................................................................... Continuation of effectiveness of existing Bureau of Explosives registrations...................... Approvals or authorizations issued by the Bureau of Explosives.............................................. Submission of Examination Reports......................... Assistance in investigations and special studies 171.12a 171.14 171.15 171.16 171.17 171.18 171.19 171.20 171.21 Page 61 61 62 62 63 63 63 63 63 PUBLISHER S NOTE This Part outlines the general requirements that apply to the transportation of hazardous materials including key definitions. However, other definitions are included in other parts of the regulations. It is important to refer to these definitions as they may have a very specific meaning which could be different from what you might expect. In administering the regulations, RSPA will reference certain standards that must be met in complying with the regulations. For instance, the flammability of a material must be tested in accordance with a American Society for Testing and Materials' (ASTM) standard. Any matter incorporated by reference is listed in this Part. RSPA also permits the use of the requirements issued by the International Civil Aviation Organization (ICAO) or International Maritime Organization (IMO), or the regulations issued by the government of Canada as an alternative to complying with certain regulations issued in Subchapter C. The limitations under which these requirements or regulations can be used are outlined in this Part. Some RSPA regulations, especially very extensive ones, provide for lengthy transition periods. During these transition periods, the use of either the old or new regulation, or some mixing of the two, is permitted. The conditions permitted under this transition period are addressed in this Part. This Part also includes the requirements for the reporting of incidents involving hazardous materials. 171.1 Purpose and scope, (a) This subchapter prescribes re quirements of the Department of Transportation governing-- (1) The offering of hazardous materials for transportation and trans portation of hazardous materials in interstate, intrastate, and foreign commerce by rail car, aircraft, motor vehicle, and vessel (except as delegated at 1.46(t) of this title), (except that until October 1, 1998, this subchapter applies to intrastate carriers by motor vehicle only in so far as this subchapter relates to hazardous waste, hazardous substances, flammable cryogenic liquids in portable tanks and cargo tanks, and marine pollutants). (2) The representation that a hazardous material is present in a package, container, rail car, aircraft, motor vehicle, or vessel. (3) The manufacture, fabrication, marking, maintenance, recondi tioning, repairing, or testing of a packaging or container which is represented, marked, certified, or sold for use in transportation of hazardous materials. (4) The use of terms and symbols prescribed in this subchapter for the marking, labeling, placarding and description of hazardous materials and packagings used in their transport. (b) Any person who, under contract with any department, agency, or instrumentality of the executive, legislative, or judicial branch of the Federal Government, transports, or causes to be transported or shipped, a hazardous material or manufactures, fabricates, marks, maintains, reconditions, repairs, or tests a package or container which is represented, marked, certified, or sold by such person as qualified for use in the transportation of a hazardous material shall be subject to and comply with all provisions of the Federal hazardous materials transportation law, all orders and regulations issued thereunder, and all other substantive and procedural requirements of Federal, State, and local governments and Indian tribes (except any such require ments that have been preempted by the Federal hazardous materials transportation law or any other Federal law), in the same manner and to the same extent as any person engaged in such activities that are in or affect commerce is subject to such provisions, orders, regula tions, and requirements. (c) Any person who knowingly violates a requirement of the Federal hazardous material transportation law, an order issued thereunder, subchapter A, an exemption issued under subchapter A, of this sub chapter, is liable for a civil penalty of not more than $25,000 ($27,500 for a violation that occurs after January 21, 1997) and not less than $250 for each violation. When the violation is a continuing one and involves the transporting of hazardous materials or the causing of them to be transported or shipped, each day of the violation constitutes a separate offense. Any person who knowingly violates 171.2(g) of this subchapter or willfully violates a provision of the Federal hazardous material transportation law or an order or regulation issued thereunder shall be fined under Title 18, United States Code, or imprisoned for not more than 5 years, or both. 47 171.2--171.5 ABD00131815 April 1998 171.2 General requirements, (a) No person may offer or ac cept a hazardous material for transportation in commerce unless that person is registered in conformance with subpart G of part 107 of this chapter, if applicable, and the hazardous material is properly classed, described, packaged, marked, labeled, and in condition for shipment as required or authorized by applicable requirements of this subchapter, or an exemption, approval or registration issued under this subchapter or subchapter A of this chapter. (b) No person may transport a hazardous material in commerce unless that person is registered in conformance with subpart G of part 107 of this chapter, if applicable, and the hazardous material is handled and transported in accordance with applicable requirements of this subchapter, or an exemption, approval or registration issued under this subchapter or subchapter A of this chapter, (c) No person may represent, mark, certify, sell, or offer a packaging or container as meeting the requirements of this subchapter or an exemption, approval or registration issued under this subchapter or subchapter A of this chapter, governing its use in the transportation in commerce of a hazardous material, whether or not it is used or intended to be used for the transportation of a hazardous material, unless the packaging or container is manufactured, fabricated, marked, maintained, reconditioned, repaired and retested, as appro priate, in accordance with applicable requirements of this subchapter, or an exemption, approval or registration issued under this subchapter or subchapter A of this chapter. (d) The representations, markings, and certifications subject to the prohibitions of paragraph (c) of this section include, but are not lim ited to-- (1) Specification identifications that include the letters "ICC," `'DOT," "MC," or "UN"; (2) Exemption, approval, and registration numbers that include the letters "DOT," "EX," "M," or "R"; and (3) Test dates associated with specification, registration, approval, retest or exemption markings indicating compliance with a test or retest requirement of this subchapter, or an exemption, an approval or a registration issued under this subchapter or subchapter A of this chapter. (e) When a person performs a function covered by or having an effect on a specification prescribed in Part 178, 179, or 180 of this subchapter, an approval issued under this subchapter, or an exemp tion issued under Subpart B of this chapter, that person must perform the function in accordance with that specification, approval, or exemp tion, as appropriate. (f) No person shall, by marking or otherwise, represent that-- (1) A container or package for the transportation of hazardous mate rials is safe, certified, or in compliance with the requirements of this title unless it meets the requirements of all applicable regulations issued under the Federal hazardous material transportation law; or (2) A hazardous material is present in a package, container, motor vehicle, rail car. aircraft, or vessel, if the hazardous material is not present. (9) No person shall unlawfully alter, remove, deface, destroy, or otherwise tamper with-- (1) Any marking, label, placard, or description on a document re quired by the Federal hazardous material transportation law, or the regulations issued thereunder; or (2) Any package, container, motor vehicle, rail car, aircraft, or ves sel used for the transportation of hazardous materials. (h) No person shall-- (1) Falsify or alter an exemption, approval, registration or other grant of authority issued under this subchapter or subchapter A of this chapter; or (2) Offer a hazardous material for transportation or transport a haz ardous material in commerce, or represent, mark, certify, or sell a packaging or container, under a false or altered exemption, approval, registration or other grant of authority issued under this subchapter or subchapter A of this chapter. 171.3 Hazardous waste, (a) No person may offer for transpor tation or transport a hazardous waste (as defined in 171.8 of this subchapter) in interstate or intrastate commerce except in accordance with the requirements of this subchapter (b) No person may accept for transportation, transport, or deliver a hazardous waste for which a manifest is required unless that person: (1) Has marked each motor vehicle used to transport hazardous waste in accordance with 390.21 or 1058.2 of this title even though placards may not be required; (2) Complies with the requirements for manifests set forth in 172.205 of this subchapter; and (3) Delivers, as designated on the manifest by the generator, the entire quantity of the waste received from the generator or a trans porter to: (i) The designated facility or, if not possible, to the designated alternate facility; (ii) The designated subsequent carrier; or (iii) A designated place outside the United States. Note: Federal law specifies penalties up to $250,000 fine for an individual and $500,000 for a company and 5 years imprisonment for the willful discharge of hazardous waste at other than designated facilities. 49 U.S.C. 5124. (c) If a discharge of hazardous waste or other hazardous material occurs during transportation, and an official of a State or local govern ment or a Federal agency, acting within the scope of his official respon sibilities, determines that immediate removal of the waste is necessary to prevent further consequence, that official may authorize the removal of the waste without the preparation of a manifest. [NOTE; In such cases, EPA does not require carriers to have EPA identification numbers.] NOTE 1: EPA requires shippers (generators) and carriers (transporters) of hazardous wastes to have identification numbers which must be displayed on hazardous waste manifests. See 40 CFR Parts 262 and 263. (Identification number application forms may be obtained from EPA regional offices.) NOTE 2: In 40 CFR Part 263, the EPA sets forth requirements for the cleanup of releases of hazardous wastes. 171.4 Marine pollutants, (a) Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, no person may offer for transportation or transport a marine pollutant, as defined in 171.8, in intrastate or interstate commerce except in accordance with the requirements of this sub chapter. (b) The requirements of this subchapter for the transportation of marine pollutants are based on the provisions of Annex III of the 1973 international Convention for Prevention of Pollution from Ships, as modified by the Protocol of 1978 (MARPOL 73/78). (c) Exceptions. Except when transported aboard vessel, the re quirements of this subchapter specific to marine pollutants do not apply to non-bulk packagings transported by motor vehicles, rail cars or aircraft. 171.5 Temporary regulation; liquefied compressed gases in cargo tank motor vehicles, (a) Operation of new and existing cargo tank motor vehicles. For a cargo tank motor vehicle used to transport liquefied compressed gases, other than carbon dioxide, 178.337-11(a)(1)(i) of this subchapter requires that each internal self closing stop valve and excess flow valve must automatically close if any of its attachments are sheared off or if any attached hoses or piping are separated. Other regulations in Parts 173 and 180 of this subchapter reference this requirement or similar requirements in effect at the time of manufacture of a cargo tank motor vehicle. Notwithstand ing this requirement, a DOT MC 330 or MC 331 specification cargo tank motor vehicle, or a non-specification cargo tank motor vehicle conforming to the requirements of 173.315(k) of this subchapter, may, without certification and demonstrated performance of the inter nal self-closing stop valve or the excess flow feature or self-closing stop valve of its emergency discharge control system, be represented for use and used to transport certain liquefied compressed gases under the following conditions; (1) Use. The cargo tank motor vehicle must otherwise be operated, unloaded and attended in full conformance with all applicable require ments of this subchapter and the following additional requirements: (i) Before initiating each transfer from a cargo tank motor vehicle to a receiving system, the person performing the function shall determine that each component of the discharge system (in cluding hose) is of sound quality and free of leaks and that connections are secure. This determination shall be made after the pressure in the discharge system has reached no less than equilibrium with the pressure in the cargo tank. (ii) Prior to commencing transfer using a new or repaired transfer hose or a modified hose assembly for the first time, the hose 48 PART 171 ABD00131816 April 1998 171.5--171.6 assembly must be subjected to a pressure test. The pressure test must be performed at no less than 120 percent of the design pressure or maximum allowable working pressure (MAWP) marked on the cargo tank motor vehicle, or the pres sure the hose is expected to be subjected to during product transfer, whichever is greater. This test must include all hose and hose fittings arranged in the configuration to be employed during transfer operations. A hose or associated equipment that shows signs of leakage, significant bulging, or other de fects, may not be used. Where hoses are used to transfer liquefied compressed gases, a procedure must be instituted to ensure that hose assemblies are maintained at a level of integrity suited to each hazardous material. An acceptable pro cedure for maintenance, testing and inspection of hoses is outlined in publication RMA/IP-11 -2, "Manual for Maintenance, Testing and Inspection of Hose", 1989 edition, published by the Rubber Manufacturers Association, 1400 K Street, N.W., Washington, DC 20005. (iii) If there is an unintentional release of lading to the environment during transfer, the internal self-closing stop valve shall be promptly activated, and the qualified person unloading the cargo tank motor vehicle shall promptly shut down all motive and auxiliary power equipment. Prompt activation of the internal self-closing stop valve may be accomplished through: (A) Compliance with 178.337-11(a)(1)(i) of this subchap ter; or (B) A qualified person positioned within arm's reach of a me chanical means of closure of the internal self-closing stop valve at all times the internal self-closing stop valve is open; except, that person may be away from the mechani cal means only for the short duration necessary to engage or disengage the motor vehicle power take-off or other mechanical, electrical, or hydraulic means used to ener gize the pump and other components of the cargo tank motor vehicle's discharge system; or (C) A fully operational remote-controlled system capable of stopping the transfer of lading by operation of a transmitter carried by a qualified person attending unloading of the cargo tank motor vehicle. Where the means for closure of the internal self-closing stop valve includes a remotecontrolled system, the attendance requirements of 177.834(i)(3) of this subchapter are satisfied when a qual ified person: (1) Is carrying a radio transmitter that can activate the closure of the internal self-closing stop valve; (2) Remains within the operating range of the transmit ter; and (3) Is awake throughout the unloading process, and has an unobstructed view of the cargo tank at all times that the internal self-closing stop valve is open. (iv) A cargo tank motor vehicle that has an emergency discharge system conforming to the requirements in 178.337-11(a)(1)(f) of this subchapter may be operated under the provisions of this paragraph (a)(1). (v) A comprehensive written emergency operating procedure must be developed for all transfer operations and hazmat employees who perform unloading functions must be trained in its provi sions. The emergency operating procedure must be promi nently displayed in or on the cargo tank motor vehicle. (vi) As required by 172.704 of this subchapter, each manufac turer, assembler, retester, motor carrier and other hazmat em ployer subject to the requirements of this section shall ensure that its hazmat employees are trained to properly perform these new function-specific requirements including the meaning of the marking specified in paragraph (b) of this section. The hazmat employer shall ensure that a record of the training is created, certified, and maintained as specified in 172.704(d) of this subchapter. (2) Continuing qualification. An existing in-service cargo tank mo tor vehicle may continue to be marked and documented as required by Part 180 of this subchapter if the following statement is added to the Certificate of Compliance by the owner or operating motor carrier: "Emergency excess flow control performance not established for this unit." (3) New cargo tank motor vehicles. A new (unused) cargo tank motor vehicle manufactured, marked and certified prior to March 1, 1999, may be marked and certified as conforming to specification MC 331 if it otherwise meets all requirements of the specification and the following statement is added to the certification document required by 178.337-18 of this subchapter: "Emergency excess flow control performance not established for this unit." (b) Marking. The following marking must be displayed on a cargo tank motor vehicle used or represented for use under this section: OPERATING UNDER 49 CFR 171.5 (1) The letters must be white and the background black. (2) The letters must be at least 1.5cm in height. (3) The marking must be 6cm x 15cm. (c) Requirements of this section are applicable to a cargo tank motor vehicle used to transport liquefied compressed gases, other than carbon dioxide, from August 16, 1997 through July 1, 1999. 171.6 Control numbers under the Paperwork Reduction Act. (a) Purpose and scope. This section collects and displays the control numbers assigned to the HMR collections of information by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1980. This section complies with the requirements of 5 CFR 1320.7(f), 1320.12, 1320.13 and 1320.14 (OMB regulations implementing the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995) for the display of control numbers assigned by OMB to collections of information of the HMR. (b) OMB control numbers. The table in paragraph (b)(2) of this section sets forth the control numbers assigned to collection of infor mation in the HMR by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995. (1) Column 1 lists the OMB control number assigned to the HMR collections of information. Column 2 contains the Report Title of the approved collection of information. Column 3 lists the part(s) or sec tions) in 49 CFR identified or described in the collection of information. (2) Table. Current OMB control No. Title 2137-0014 . . Cargo Tank Specification Requirements ........................ 2137-0018 . . 2137-0022 . . 2137-0034 . . Inspection and Testing ot Portable Tank and IBC's . . Recordkeeping and Information Collection for Cylinders................................................................................... Hazardous Materials Shipping Papers ............................ 2137-0039 . . Hazardous Materials Incident Report............................... 2137-0051 . . 2137-0510 . . Rulemaking and Exemption Petitions............................... RAM Transportation Requirements .................................. Title 49 CFR part or section where Identified and described 107.503. 107.504, 178.320, 178.337, 178.338, 178.345, 178.346, 178.347, 178.348, 180.409, 180.417. 173.24, 173.32, 173.32(b)(6), 173.32a, 173.32b, 173.32c, 178.3, 178.245, 178.245-1(a), 178.245-6, 178255. 178.256-1, 178.270, 178.271, 178272. 178.702, 178.703, 178.801, 178.810, 178.813, 180.352. 173.34, 173.302(e), 173.303(d) Part 172, 173.7(a)(1), 173.22(a)(1), 173.56(b)(1). (d)(1), (e)(2). 173.150(f)(3)(i), 174.24, 174.26(b), 174.114, 175.30, 17535. 175.703, 176.9, 176.24, 176.27, 176.30, 176.31, 176.36, 176.89, 176.90, 176.95, 177.817. 171.15, 171.16. Part 107, Subpart B, 106.31, 106.33, 107.3, 107.5, 107.7, 107.103. 107.105, 107.107, 107.109, 107,113, 107.117, 107.121, 107.123, 107.125, 107.201, 107.202, 107.203, 107.205. 107.209, 107.211, 107.215, 107.217, 107.219, 107.221, 107.223. 173.22(c), (d), 173.411, 173.415(a), 173.416(b), 173.417(a)(5), (b)(3). (4), 173.457(b), 173.471(a), (d), (f), 173.472, 173.473(a). (d), 173.476(a), (b), (e). 173.477, 173.478(a). 49 ABD00131817 171.6--171.7 April 1998 Current OMB control No. Title 2137-0542 . . Cryogenic Liquids Requirements.............. 2137-0557 . . 2137-0559 . Approvals for Hazardous Materials . ... Rail Carriers and Tank Car Tank Requirements 2137-0572 . . Testing Requirements for Packaging. . 2137-0575 . . Bulk Packaging Marking Requirements. . . . 2137-0582 . . Container Certification Statement . . 2137-0586 . . Hazardous Materials Public Sector Training and Planning Grants . .... 2137-0595 . . Cargo Tank Motor Vehicles in Liquefied Compressed Gas Service .... ............................... Title 49 CFR part or section where identified and described 173.33(d)(1)(ii). 177816. 177 840. 107.401. 107 402. 107.403, 107.404, 107.405, 172.101(0(2). 172.102(C)(B69). 173.2a(c)(4), 173.4(a)(ll), 173.7(a)(1). 173 2i(f)(3)(h)(2)(i), I73.24(e)(3)(iii). 173.51(a). (b). 173.56(a)(2). (b)(1), (2). (4), (c). (f), (g). (i). (j)(3), 173 l24(a)(i)(iit)(B). <a)(2)(iii)(D). 173.128(d). 173 159(f). 173 166. 173 171(a). (C). 173 185(dX9). (n). (iii). i. 173.214. 173.224(d). 173.225(b)(4). (c). l73.245(aXb). 173.300a. 173.300b. 173.305<cX1>. 173.315(0(12). 173.334(d). 173.340(a). (b). (c)(4). 176340(c). 177.806(a)(1). 178.36-3. 17837-3. 178 38-3. 17839-3. 178.42-3. 17844-3, 178.45-3. 17846-3. 178.50-3. 178.51-3. 17853-3. 178.55-3. 178.56-3, 178.57-3. 17858-3. 178.59-3. 17860-3. 178.613(a), 178.65-3. 178.68-3. 178.270-3(0, 178 270-13(d). 178 601(e), (g)(7), (h), (k), 178.603(b), 178.604(b)(2), 178.605(b), 178.606(b), (c). 178 608(b)(5), 178.801(e)(2). (h). (i), 178.813(c). 173 10(b)(1). 173.31(a)(2), 173 247(a). 173.31(b)(6)(ii). 174.9. 174 20(b). 174 50. 174 61. 172 102 SP. B-45, B-46. B-S5. B-61. B-69. B-77. B-78. B-81. 174.63(d). 174.81. Table Note b. 174 104(c). (e). (1). 174 114. 174.204(a)(1). 170.3. 1795. 179.7(b)(2). (5). (d). 179 22. 180 505. 180.509, 180.515. 180.517(a). (b). 180.519(d). 178.2(c). 178.601(1). 172.302, 172.332. 172.336 176 172, 176.27(c). Part 110 i 78.337-1 l(a)< 1 )(i). 171.7 Reference material, (a) Matter Incorporated by refer ence. (1) General. There is incorporated, by reference in Parts 170-189 of this subchapter, matter referred to that is not specifically set forth. This matter is hereby made a part of the regulations in Parts 170-189 of this subchapter. Matter subject to change is incorporated only as it is in effect on the date of issuance of the regulation referring to that matter. The material listed in paragraph (a)(3) has been approved for incorporation by reference by the Director of the Federal Register. Material is incorporated as it exists on the date of the approval and a notice of any change in the ma terial will be published in the Federal Register. Matters refer enced by footnote are included as part of the regulations of this subchapter. (2) Accessibility of materials. All incorporated matter is available for inspection at: (i) The Dockets Branch, Room 8419, NASSIF Building, 4d0 7th Street S.W., Washington, D.C. 20590; and (ii) The Office of the Federal Register, 800 North Capitol Street, Washington, D.C. (3) Table of material incorporated by reference. The following Table sets forth material incorporated by reference. The first column lists the name and address of the organization from which the material is available and the name of the material. The second column lists the section(s) of this subchapter, other than 171.7, in which the matter is referenced. The second column is presented for information only and may not be all inclusive. Source and name of material The Aluminum Association 900 19th St. N.W, Suite 300. Washington, D C. 20006 Aluminum Standards and Data. Seventh Edition, June 1982 . . ..................... ............................ American National Standards Institute, Inc. 1430 Broadway, New York, N Y 10018 ANSI/ASHRAE 15-94, Safety Code for Mechanical Refrigeration ..... ANSI B16.5-77, Steel Pipe Flanges, Flanged Fittings ANSI N14.1 Standard for Packaging of Uranium Hexafluoride for Transport. 1971. 1982. 1987 and 1990 Editions American Pyrotechntca Association (APA) P.O. Box 213, Chestertown, MD 21620 APA Standard 87-1, Standard for Construction and Approval for Transportation of Fireworks and Novelites, April 1993 Edition ... . American Society of Mechanical Engineers United Engineering Center, 354 47th Street, New York, N Y 10017 ASME Code. Sections II (Parts A and B), V, VIII, (Division 1) and IX of 1992 Edition of American Society of Mechanical Engineers Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code and Addenda through December 31,1993 ASME Code, Section V (FR Nondestructive Examination), 1977 ............................... ........................ ASME Code. Section IX (FR Welding and Brazing Qualification). 1977. and Addendum 1979) American Society for Testing and Materlala 100 Barr Harbor Drive, West Conshohocken, PA 19428 Noncurrent ASTM Standards are available from: Engineering Societies Library. 354 E. 47th Street. New York, N Y 10017 ASTM A 20/A 20M-93a Standard Specification for General Requirements for Steel Plates for Pressure Vessels .... ASTM A 47-68 Malleable Iron Castings .................................. ....................................................... ................................................ ASTM A 240-82 Standard Specification for Heat-Resisting Chromium and Chromium-Nickel Stainless Steel Plate, Sheet and Strip tor Fusion-Welded Unfired Pressure Vessels Revision A. .... ASTM A 240/A 240M-94b Standard Specification for Heat-Resisting Chromium and Chromium-Nickel Stainless Steel Plate. Sheet and Strip for Pressure Vessels................. .... ... ASTM A 242-81 Standard Specification tor High-Strength Low-Alloy Structural Steel ................................................................. ASTM A 262-93a Standard Practices for Detecting Susceptibility tp Intergranular Attack in Austenitic Stainless Steels . ... ASTM A 300-58 Steel Plates for Pressure Vessels for Service at Low Temperatures ASTM A 302/A 302M-93 Standard Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates. Alloy Steel. Manganese-Molybdenum and Manganese-Mo lybdenum Nickel .............. ... ASTM A 333-67 Seamless and Welded Steel Pipe for Low-Temperaiure Service ... ASTM A 366/A 366M-91 (I993)el Standard Specification for Steel. Sheet, Carbon, Cold-Rolled. Commercial Quality ... ASTM A 370-94 Standard Test Methods and Definitions for Mechanical Testing of Steel Products.............................................................. 49 CFR reference 172 102. 178 46 and 178.65 173 306 178.345. 178 360 173.417. 173420 173.56 173.32. 173.306. 173.315. 173 318. 173 420: 178.245. 178.255. 178.270; 178.271 178.272. 178.337. 178.338; 178.345. 178.346. 178.347, 178.348; 179.400. 180.407: 180 417 160 407 178245. 178 270; 178.337, 178.338 178.337-2. 179 102-4. 179.102-17 179.200 178.57. 178.358. 179.100. 179200, 179.201. 179.220; 179.400 178.57. 178 358-5. 179 100-7. 179 100-10; 179.102-1. 179.102-4; 179 102-17. 179.2007, 179.201-5. 179.220-7. 179 400-5 179.100; 179.200 179.100-7: 179 200-7; 179.201-4 178 337 179 100-7. 179 200-7. 179.220-7 178.45 178601 179.102-1. 179 102-4, 179 102-17 50 PART 171 ABD00131818 April 1998 171.7 Source and name of material ASTM A 388-67 Ultrasonic Testing and Inspection of Heavy Steel Forging ..................................................................................................................... ASTM A 441-81 Standard Specification for High-Strength Low-Alloy Structural Manganese Vanadium Steel ................................................... ASTM A 514-81 Standard Specification for High-Yield Strength Quenched and Tempered Alloy Steel Plate. Suitable for Welding , . , ASTM A 516/A 516M-90 Standard Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates, Carbon Steel, for Moderate and Lower- Temperature $er- ASTM A 537/A 537M-91 Standard Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates, Heat-Treated, Carbon-Manganese-Silicon Steel..................... ASTM A 568/A 568M-95 Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet, Carbon, and High-Strength, Low-Alloy, Hot-Rolled and Cold-Rolled. General Requirements lor................................................................................................................................................................................................................. ASTM A 572-82 Standard Specification lor High-Strength Low-Alloy Columbium-Vanadium Steels of Structural Quality............................... ASTM A 588-81 Standard Specification for High-Strength Low-Alloy Structural Steel with 50 Ksi Minimum Yield Point to 4 in. Thick . . . ASTM A 606-75 Standard Specification for Steel Sheet and Strip Hot-Rolled and Cold-Rolled, High-Strength, Low-Alloy, with improved Atmospheric Corrosion Resistance, 1975 (Reapproved 1981).............................................................................................................................................. ASTM A 612-72a High Strength Steel Plates for Pressure Vessels for Moderate and Lower Temperature Service ......................................... ASTM A 633-79a Standard Specification for Normalized Hiqh-Strength Low-Alloy Structural Steel, 1979 Edition............................................. ASTM A 715-81 Standard Specification for Steel Sheet and Strip, Hot-Rolled, High-Strength, Low-Alloy, with Improved Formability, 1981........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ASTM B 90-69 Magnesium Alloy Sheet and Plate........................................................................................................................................................................ ASTM B 162-93a Standard Specification for Nickel Plate, Sheet, and Strip ..................................................................................................................... ASTM B 209-93 Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate...................................................................................... ASTM B 557-84 Tension Testing Wrought and Cast Aluminum and Magnesium-Alloy Products............................................................................... ASTM B 580-79 Standard Specification for Anodic Oxide Coatings on Aluminum, 1979 ............................................................................................. ASTM D 56-93 Standard Test Method for Flash Point by Tag Closed Tester..................................................................................................................... ASTM D 93-94 Standard Test Methods for Flash Point by Pensky Martens Closed Tester......................................................................................... ASTM D 445-88 Kinematic Viscosity of Transparent and Opaque Liquids (and the Calculation of Dynamic Viscosity).................................. ASTM D 1200-88 Viscosity by Ford Viscosity Cup ..................................................................................................................................................................... ASTM D 1838-64 Copper Strip Corrosion by Liquefied Petroleum (LP) Gases................................................................................................................. ASTM D 3278-95 Standard Test Methods for Flash Point of Liquids by Setaflash Closed Cup Tester ................................................................. ASTM D 3828-93, Standard Test Methods for Flash Point by Small Scale Closed Tester............................................................................................. ASTM D 4206-96 Standard Test Method for Sustained Burning ot Liquid Mixtures Using the Small Scale Open-Cup Apparatus................ ASTM D 4359-90 Standard Test Method for Determining Whether a Material is a Liquid or a Solid........................................................................ ASTM E 8-89 Tension Testing ot Metallic Materials..................................................................................................................................................................... ASTM E 23-60 Notched Bar Impact Testing of Metallic Materials......................................................................................................................................... ASTM E 112-88 Standard Test Methods for Determining Average Grain Size................................................................................................................. ASTM E 290-92 Standard Test Method for Semi-Guided Bend Test for Ductility of Metallic Materials ................................................................. ASTM E 681-85 Standard Test Method for Concentration Limits of Flammability of Chemicals ............................................................................... ASTM G 23-69 Standard Recommended Practice for Operating Light-and-Water Exposure Apparatus (Carbon-Arc Type) for Exposure of Nonmetallic Materials....................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ASTM G 26-70 Standard Recommended Practice for Operating Light-and-Water Exposure Apparatus (Xenon-Arc-Type) tor Exposure of Nonmetallic Materials........................................................................................................................................................................................................................ ASTM G 31-72 (Reapproved 1995) Standard Practice tor Laboratory Immersion Corrosion Testing of Metals.................................................... American Water Works Association 1010 Vermont Avenue, N.W., Suite 810, Washington, D.C. 20005 AWWA Standard C207-55, Steel Pipe Flanges, 1955 ................................................................................................................................................................. American Welding Society 550 N. W. Le Jeune Road, Miami, Florida 33126 AWS Code B 3.0; Standard Qualification Procedure; 1972 (FRB 3.0-41, rev. May 1973)............................................................................................. AWS Code D 1.0; Code for Welding in Building Construction, (FR D 1.0-66) ................................................................................................................. Association of American Railroads American Railroads Building, 50 F. Street. N.W., Washington, D C. 20001 AAR Specifications tor Design, Fabrication and Construction ot Freight Cars; Volume 1, 1988 ............................................................................... AAR Manual of Standards and Recommended Practices, Section C--Part 111, Specification for Tank Cars, Specification M-1002, Sep tember, 1992 .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... AAR Manual of Standards and Recommended Practices, Section 1, Specially Equipped Freight Car and Intermodal Equipment.1988. Chlorine Institute, Inc. 2001 L. Street, N.W., Suita 506, Washington, D.C. 20036 Type 1/1/2 JO 225. Owg. H51970, Revision D; or Type V4 JQ 225, Dwg. H50155, Revision F, April 4, 1989 ....................................................... Standard Chlorine Angle Valve Assembly, Dwg. 104-6, December 1, 1982 ..................................................................................................................... Excess Flow Valve with Removable Seat, Dwg. 101-6, September 1, 1973 ..................................................................................................................... Excess Flow Valve with Removable Basket, Dwg. 106-5, September 1, 1973 ................................................................................................................. Standards for Housing and Manway Cdvers for Steel Cargo Tanks, Dwg. 137-3, September 1, 1982 ................................................................. Compressed Gaa Association, Inc. 1725 Jefferson Davis Highway, Arlington, Virginia 22202 CGA Pamphlet C-3, Standards for Welding and Brazing on Thinned Walled Containers, 1975 ............................................................................... CGA Pamphlet C-5, Cylinder Service Life--Seamless Steel High Pressure Cylinders, 1991...................................................................................... CGA Pamphlet C-6, Standards lor Visual Inspection of Steel Compressed Gas Cylinders, 1993 ............................................................................ 49 CFR reference 178.45 178.338 178.338 178.337-2; 179.100-7; 179.100-20; 179.102-1; 179.102-2; 179.102-4; 179.102-17; 179.2007; 179,220-7 179.100-7; 179.102-4; 179.102-17 178.601 178338; 179.100 179.100; 178.338 178.338 178.337 178.338 178.338 178.251 179.200-7 179.100-7; 179.200-7; 179.220-7 178.46; 178.251 173.316; 173.318 173.120 173.120 171,8 171.8 173.315 173.120 173.120 173.120. 171.8 178.36; 178.37; 178.38; 178.39; 178.44; 178.45; 178.50; 170.51; 178.53; 178.55; 178.56; 178.57; 178.58; 178.59; 178.60; 178.61; 178.68; 178.251 178.57; 179.400 178.44 178.46 173.115 172.407; 172.519 172.407; 172.519 173.137 176.360 178.356 178.356 179.16 173.31; 174.63; 179.6; 179.7; 179.12; 179.15; 179.16: 179.20; 179.22; 179.100; 179,101; 179.102; 179.103; 179.200; 179.201; 179.220; 179.300; 179.400; 180.509; 180 513; 180.515; 180.517 174.55; 174.63 173.315 170.337-9 178.337-11 178.337-11 178,337-10 178.47; 178.50; 178.51; 178.53; 178.54; 178.56; 178.57; 178.58; 178.59; 178.60; 178.61; 178.65; 178.68 173.302 173.34; 180.519 51 ABD00131819 171.7 April 1998 Source and name of material CGA Pamphlet C-6.1, Standards lor Visual Inspection of High Pressure Aluminum Compressed Gas Cylinders. 1955 .................................. CGA Pamphlet C-6.2, Guidelines for Visual Inspection and Requalification of Fiber Reinforced High Pressure Cylinders, 1988 .............. CGA Pamphlet C-6.3, Guidelines for Visual Inspection and Requalification of Low Pressure Aluminum Compressed Gas Cylinders. 1991 . CGA Pamphlet C-7, A Guide for the Preparation of Precautionary Markings for Compressed Gas Containers. Appendix A, issued 1992 (6th Edition)................................................ .............. .................. .... .................................................................. CGA Pamphlet C 8. Standard for Requalification of D0T-3HT Cylinder Design. 1985 ................................................................. CGA Pamphlet C-11. Recommended Practices for Inspection of Compress Gas Cylinders at Time of Manufacture, 1993 ..................... CGA Pamphlet C 12. Qualification Procedure for Acetylene Cylinder Design, 1994 .............................................................. CGA Pamphlet C-13, Guidelines for Periodic Visual Inspection and Requalification of Acetylene Cytinders, 1992 ............................... CGA Pamphlet C-14, Procedures for Fire Testing of DOT Cylinder Pressure Relief Device Systems. 1979 ............................................. CGA Pamphlet G-2 2. Tentative Standard Method for Determining Minimum of 0 2% Water in Anhydrous Ammonia, 1985 ..................... CGA Pamphlet G-4.1, Cleaning Equipment for Oxygen Service, 1985 . . .... ............................ CGA Pamphlet S-l.l, Pressure Relief Device Standards--Part 1--Cylinders for Compressed Gases. 1994 (with the exception of para- 173.34 173 34 173.34 172.400a 49 CFR reference 173 34 178.35 173.34, 173.303. 178 59. 178.60 173.34. 173.303 173.34 173.315 178.338 173.34 CGA Pamphlets S-l 2, Safety Relief Device Standards Part 2--Cargo and Portable Tanks for Compressed Gases, 1980 ........................... CGA Technical Bulletin TB-2, Guidelines for Inspection and Repair of MC-330 and MC-331 Cargo Tanks, 1980 .................................. Department of Defense (DOD) 2461 Eisenhower Avenue, Alexandria, VA 22331 DOD TB 700-2; NAVSEAINST 80208; AFTO 11A-1-47, DLAR 8220.1: Explosives Hazard Classification Procedure, December 1989 . . Department of Energy (USDOE) 100 Independence Avenue S.W., Washington, D.C 20545 USDOE publications available from. Superintendent of Documents Government Printing Office (GPO) or The National Technical Information Service (NTIS) USDOE. CAPE-1662, Revision 1. and Supplement 1, Civilian Application Program Engineering Drawings................................................... USDOE, Material and Equipment Specification No. SP--9, Rev. 1, and Supplement--Fire Resistant Phenolic Foam............................... ORO-651--Uranium Hexafluoride, A Manual of Good Practices, Revision 6, 1991 edition ... .................................. USDOE. KSS-471, November 30. 1986--Proposal for Modifications to U.S. Department of Transportation Specification 21PF-1, Fire and Shock Resistant Phenolic Foam--Insulated Metal Overpack .................................. ........................ Fertilizer Institute 501 Second Street. N.E., Washington, D.C 20002 Definition and Test Procedures for Ammonium Nitrate Fertilizer, August 1984 . . ................................................................................................. General Services Administration Specification Office. Rm 6662, 7th and D. Street, S.W., Washington, D.C. 20407 Federal Specification RR-C-901C. Cylinders, Compressed Gas: High Pressure Steel DOT 3AA, and Aluminum Applications, January 15, 1981 (Superseding RR-C-901B, August 1, 1967)..................... .............. ................................................................................................. Health and Human Services Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, 1600 Clifton Road N.E., Atlanta GA 30333 Also available from Superintendent of Documents, Government Printing Office (GPO), HHS Publication No. (CDC) 93-8395, Biosafety in Microbiological and Biomedical Laboratories, 3rd Edition, May 1993, Section II................................................................................................ Institute of Makers of Explosives 1120 19th Street, Suite 310, Washington, D.C. 20036-3605 IME Safety Library Publication No. 22 (IME Standard 22), Recommendation for the Safe Transportation of Detonators in a Vehicle with Certain Other Explosive Materials. May, 1993 . . ..... ... ............................................. International Atomic Energy Agency (IAEA) Wagramerstrasse 5. P.0 Box 100, A-1400, Vienna, Austria Also available from: Unipub Incorporated, P.0 Box 433, New York, N Y 10016 IAEA, Regulations for the Safe Transport of Radioactive Materials. Safety Senes No 6. 1985 Edition (As Amended 1990); Including 1985 Edition (Supplemented 1986 and 1988) ... .................. ............................................................................................. International Civil Aviation Organization (ICAO) P O. Box 400, Place de I'Avietion Internationale, 1000 Sherbrooke Street West, Montreal, Quebec, Canada H3A 2R2 ICAO Technical Instructions available from: INTEREG, International Regulations, Publishing and Distribution Organization, P.O. Box 60105, Chicago, IL 60660 Technical Instructions for the Safe Transport of Dangerous Goods by Air, DOC 9284-AN/905, 1997-1998 Edition......................................... International Maritime Organization (IMO) 4 Albert Embankment, London, SE17SR, United Kingdom or New York Nautical Instrument & Service Corporation, 140 W. Broadway, New York, N.Y. 10013 International Maritime Dangerous Goods (IMDG) Code, 1994 Consolidated Edition, as amended by Amendment 28 (1996) (English International Organization for Standardization Case Postale 56. CH-1211, Geneve 20. Switzerland Also available from ANSI. 1430 Broadway, New York, N.Y. 10018 ISO 82-1974(E) Steets-Tensile Testing .... ............................................. ISO-2431-1984(E) Standard Cup Method .............................................................. .............................................................. ISO 7B0-1985(E) Packaging-Pictoral Marking and Handling of Goods................. ...................................... ISO 535-l991(E) Paper and Board-Determination of water absorptiveness-Cobb Method . . .... ................. ISO 3036-1975(E) Board-Determination of puncture resistance........................ ... ... .... ISO 3574 1986(E) Cold-reduced carbon steel sheet of commercial and drawing qualities ... ........................ ISO 2592-l973(E) Petroleum products--Determination of flash and fire points--Cleveland open cup method .... .............. ISO 9328-1--1991(E) Steel plates and strips for pressure purposes--Technical delivery conditions--Part 1. General requirements . ISO/TR 4826 1979(E)--Sealed radioactive sources--Leak test methods................................................ .............. ............................... ISO 2919-1980(E)--Sealed radioactive sources--Classification............................................................................................................................................. ISO 1496-3-1995(E)--Series 1 Freight Containers--Specification and Testing--Part 3: Tank Containers for Liquids, Gases and Pressur ized Dry Bulk.......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... National Board of Boiler and Pressure Vessel Inspectors 1055 Crupper Avenue. Columbus, Ohio 43229 National Board Inspection Code. A Manual for Boiler and Pressure Vessel Inspectors. NB-23, 1992 Edition .... ... 173.315; 173.318 180.413 173.56 178.356. 178.358 178.356; 178.358 173 417 178.358 174.510 173.302, 173.304; 173.336 173.134 177.835 171 12 171 11, 172.401 171.12, 172.401, 172.407; 173.21. 176.2; 176.5. 176.11. 176.27, 176.30 178 270-3 173 121 172.312 178516 178 708 178503 173.120 173.137 173.469 173.469 173.411 180.413 52 ABD00131820 PART 171 April 1998 171.7--171.8 Source and name of material National Fire Protection Association Batterymarch Park, Quincy, MA 02269 NFPA Pamphlei No. 58--Siandard for the Storage and Handling of Liquefied Petroleum Gases, 1979 .............................................................. National Institute of Standards and Technology Department of Commerce. 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, VA 22151 USDC.N8S Handbook H-28( 1957), 1957 Handbook of Screw-Thread Standards for Federal Sen/ices. Part II, December 1966 Edition .. National Motor Freight Traffic Association, Inc. Agent 1616 P Street. N.W., Washington, D.C. 20036 National Motor Freight Classification NMF 100-1. 1982 .............................................................................................................................................................. Organization tor Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD) OECD Publications and Information Center, 2001 L Street, Suite 700, Washington, DC 20036 OECD Guideline lor Testing of Chemicals, No. 404 'Acute Dermal Irritation/Corrosion', 1992 .................................................................................. Transport Canada TDG Canadian Government Publishing Center, Supply and Services, Canada, Ottawa. Ontario, Canada K1A 059 Transportation of Oangerous Goods Regulations, 1 July, 1985, S0R/85-77, incorporating the following Registration Numbers: SOR/85314, SOR/85-58S, SQR/85-609, SOR/86-526, SOR/88-635, SOR/87-335, SOR/87-186, SOR/89-39, SOR/89-294, SOR/90-847, SOR/91711. SOR/91-712, SOR/92-447. SOR/92-600, SOR/93-203, SOR/93-274. SOR/93-525, SOR/94-146and SOR/94-264 (English edition), SOR/95-241, andSOR/95-547 .......................................................................................................................................................................................................... Truck Trailer Manufacturers Association 1020 Princess Street, Alexandria, Virginia 22314 TTMA RP No. 61-94, Performance of Manhole and/or Fill Opening Assemblies on MC 306 and DOT 406 Cargo Tanks, December 28. 1994 Edition............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. TTMA RP No. 81, Performance of Spring Loaded Pressure Relief Valves on MC 306, MC 307, and MC 312 Tanks, May 24.1989 Edi- 49 CFR reference 173.315 178 45:178.46 177.841 173.137 171.12a; 172.401; 172.502; 174.11 180.405 178.345-10 TTMA TB No. 107, Procedure lor Testing Inservice, Unmarked, and/or Uncertified MC 306 Type Cargo Tank Manhole Covers, May 24, 1989 Edition............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. United Nations United Nations Sates Section, New York, N.Y. 10017 UN Recommendations on the Transport ol Dangerous Goods, Ninth Revised Edition (1995).................................................................................. UN Recommendations on the Transport ol Dangerous Goods, Manual of Tests and Criteria, Second Revised Edition. 1995.-..................... UN Recommendations on the Transport of Dangerous Goods, Tests and Criteria, Second Edition, 1990 .......................................................... 180.405 172.401; 172.407; 172.519 173.21, 173.56 173.57. 173.124 173.128. 173.166, 173.185 173.21; 173.56; 173.57; 173.124 173.128; 173.166; and 173.185 (b) List of informational materials not requiring Incorporatlon by reference. The materials listed in this paragraph do not require approval for incorporation for reference and are included for informational purposes. These materials may be used as noted in those sections in which the material is referenced, Source and name of material Association of American Railroads American Railroads Building, 50 F. Street, N.W., Washington, D C. 20001 AAR Catalog Nos. SE60CHT; SE60CC; SE60CHTE; SE60CE; SE60DC; SE60DE ............................................................................................................................ AAR Catalog Nos. SE67CC; SE67CE; SE67BHT; SE67BC; SE67BHTE; SE67BE............................................................................................................................... AAR Catalog Nos. SE68BHT; SE68BC; SE68BHTE; SE68BE..................................................................................................................................................................... AAR Catalog Nos. SE69AHTE; SE69AE.............................................................................................................................................................................................................. AAR Catalog Nos. SF70CHT; SF70CC; SF70CHTE; SF70CE..................................................................................................................................................................... AAR Catalog Nos. SF73AC; SF73AE; SF73AHT; SF73AHTE..................................................................................................................................................................... AAR Catalog Nos. SF79CHT; SF79CC; SF79CHTE; SF79CE..................................................................................................................................................................... Bureau of Explosives Hazardous Materials Systems (BOE), Association of American Railroads, American Railroads Building, 50 F. Street, N.W. Washington, D.C. 20001 Fetterley's Formula (The Determination of the Relief Dimensions for Safety Valves on Containers in which Liquefied gas is charged and when the exterior surface of the container is exposed to a temperature of 1.200F.)............................................................................................................................... Pamphlet 6. Illustrating Methods for Loading and Bracing Carload and Less-Than-Carload Shipments of Explosives and Other Dangerous Arti cles, 1962 ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. Pamphlet 6A (includes Appendix No. 1, October 1944 and Appendix 2, December 1945). Illustrating Methods lor Loading and Bracing Car load and Less Than Carload Shipments ol Loaded Projectiles, Loaded Bombs, etc.. 1943 ................................................................................................... Pamphlet 6C, Illustrating Methods for Loading and Bracing Trailers and Less-Than-Trailer Shipments of Explosives and Other Dangerous Arti cles Via Trailer-on-Flatcar (TOFC) or Container-on-Ftatcar (COFC), 1990 ...................................................................................................................................... Emergency Handling of Hazardous Materials in Surface Transportation; 1994 .................................................................................................................................. Department of Transportation (USDOT) 400 Seventh St., S.W.. Washington, D.C. 20590 National Association of Corrosion Engineers 1440 South Creek. Houston, Texas 77084 NACE Standard TM-Ot-69, Test Method Laboratory Corrosion Testing of Metals for the Process industries, 1969 .......................................................... Society of Plastics Industries, Inc. Organic Peroxide Producers Safety Division, 1275 K. Street. N.W., Suite 400, Washington, D.C. 20005 Self Accelerating Decomposition Temperature Test, 1972 ........................................................................................................................................................................ 49 CFR reference 179.14 179.14 179.14 179.14 179.14 179.14 179.14 173.315 174.55; 174.101; 174.112; 174.115; 174.290 174.101; 174.290 174.55; 174.63; 174.101; 174.112; 174.115 171.7 173.136 173.21 171.8 Definitions and abbreviations. In this subchapter, Aerosol means any non-refillable metal receptacle containing a gas compressed, liquefied or dissolved under pressure, the sole pur pose of which is to expel a nonpoisonous (other than a Division 6.1 Packing Group III material) liquid, paste, or powder and fitted with a self-closing release device allowing the contents to be ejected by the gas. Agricultural product means a hazardous material, other than a hazardous waste, whose end use directly supports the production of an agricultural commodity including, but not limited to a fertilizer, pesticide, soil amendment or fuel. An agricultural product is limited to a material in Class 3, 8 or 9, Division 2.1, 2.2, 5.1, or 6.1, or an ORM-D material. Approval means a written authorization, including a competent authority approval, from the Associate Administrator to perform a func tion for which prior authorization by the Associate Administrator is required under subchapter C of this chapter. Approved means approval issued or recognized by the Department unless otherwise specifically indicated in this subchapter. Asphyxiant gas means a gas which dilutes or replaces oxygen normally in the atmosphere. 53 ABD00131821 171.8 April 1998 Atmospheric gases means air, nitrogen, oxygen, argon, krypton, neon and xenon. Authorized Inspection Agency means: (1) A jurisdiction which has adopted and administers one or more sections of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code as a legal requirement and has a representative serving as a member of the ASME Conference Committee; or (2) an insurance company which has been licensed or registered by the appropriate authority of a State of the United States or a Province of Canada to underwrite boiler and pressure vessel insurance in such State or Province. Authorized Inspector means an Inspector who is currently commis sioned by the National Board of Boiler and Pressure Vessel Inspectors and employed as an Inspector by an Authorized Inspection Agency. Bag means a flexible packaging made of paper, plastic film, textiles, woven material or other similar materials. Bar means 1 BAR = 100 kPa (14.5 psi) Barge means a non-selfpropelled vessel. Bottle means an inner packaging having a neck of relatively smaller cross section than the body and an opening capable of holding a closure for retention of the contents. Bottom shell means that portion of a tank car tank surface, exclud ing the head ends of the tank car tank, that lies within two feet, mea sured circumferentially, of the bottom longitudinal center line of the tank car tank. Box means a packaging with complete rectangular or polygonal faces, made of metal, wood, plywood, reconstituted wood, fiberboard, plastic, or other suitable material. Holes appropriate to the size and use of the packaging, for purposes such as ease of handling or opening, or to meet classification requirements, are permitted as long as they do not compromise the integrity of the packaging during transportation, and are not otherwise prohibited in this subchapter. Break-bulk means packages of hazardous materials that are han dled individually, palletized, or unitized for purposes of transportation as opposed to bulk and containerized freight. Btu means British thermal unit. Bulk packaging means a packaging, other than a vessel or a barge, including a transport vehicle or freight container, in which hazardous materials are loaded with no intermediate form of containment and which has: (1) A maximum capacity greater than 450 L (119 gallons) as a receptacle for a liquid; (2) A maximum net mass greater than 400 kg (882 pounds) and a maximum capacity greater than 450 L (119 gallons) as a receptacle for a solid; or (3) A water capacity greater than 454 kg (1000 pounds) as a receptacle for a gas as defined in 173.115 of this subchapter. Bureau of Explosives means the Bureau of Explosives (B of E) of the Association of American Railroads. C means Celsius or Centigrade. Captain of the Port (COTP) means the officer of the Coast Guard, under the command of a District Commander, so designated by the Commandant for the purpose of giving immediate direction to Coast Guard law enforcement activities within an assigned area. As used in this subchapter, the term "Captain of the Port" includes an authorized representative of the Captain of the Port. Carfloa! means a vessel that operates on a short run on an irregular basis and serves one or more points in a port area as an extension of a rail line or highway over water, and does not operate in ocean, coastwise, or ferry service. Cargo aircraft only means an aircraft that is used to transport cargo and is not engaged in carrying passengers. For purposes of this subchapter, the terms cargo aircraft only, cargo-only aircraft and cargo aircraft have the same meaning. Cargo tank means a bulk packaging which: (1) Is a tank intended primarily for the carriage of liquids or gases and includes appurte nances, reinforcements, fittings, and closures (for "tank", see 49 CFR 178.345-1(c), 178.337-1, or 178.338-1, as applicable); (2) Is permanently attached to or forms a part of a motor vehicle, or is not permanently attached to a motor vehicle but which, by reason of its size, construction or attachment to a motor vehicle is loaded or unloaded without being removed from the motor vehicle; and (3) Is not fabricated under a specification for cylinders, portable tanks, tank cars, or multi-unit tank car tanks. Cargo tank motor vehicle means a motor vehicle with one or more cargo tanks permanently attached to or forming an integral part of the motor vehicle. Cargo vessel means: (1) Any vessel other than a passenger ves sel; and (2) Any ferry being operated under authority of a change of charac ter certificate issued by a Coast Guard Officer-in-Charge, Marine In spection. Carrier means a person engaged in the transportation of passen gers or property by: (1) Land or water, as a common, contract, or private carrier, or (2) Civil aircraft. CC means closed-cup. Character of vessel means the type of service in which the vessel is engaged at the time of carriage of a hazardous material. Class means hazard class. See "hazard class". Class 1. See 173.50 of this subchapter. Class 2. See 173.115 of this subchapter. Class 3. See 173.120 of this subchapter. Class 4. See 173.124 of this subchapter. Class 5. See 173.128 of this subchapter. Class 6. See 173.132 of this subchapter. Class 7. See 173.403 of this subchapter. Class 8. See 173.136 of this subchapter. Class 9. See 173.140 of this subchapter. Closure means a device which closes an opening in a receptacle. COFC means container-on-flat-car. Combination packaging means a combination of packaging, for transport purposes, consisting of one or more inner packagings se cured in a non-bulk outer packaging. It does not include a composite packaging. Combustible liquid. See 173.120 of this subchapter. Compatibility group letter means a designated alphabetical letter used to categorize different types of explosive substances and articles for purposes of stowage and segregation. See 173.52 of this sub chapter. Competent authority means a national agency responsible under its national law for the control or regulation of a particular aspect of the transportation of hazardous materials (dangerous goods). The term Appropriate authority, as used in the ICAO Technical Instructions, has the same meaning as "Competent Authority". For purposes of this subchapter, the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety is the Competent Authority for the United States. Composite packaging means a packaging consisting of an outer packaging and an inner receptacle, so constructed that the inner receptacle and the outer packaging form an integral packaging. Once assembled it remains thereafter an integrated single unit; it is filled, stored, shipped and emptied as such. Compressed gas. See 173.115 of this subchapter. Consumer commodity means a material that is packaged and distributed in a form intended or suitable for sale through retail sales agencies or instrumentalities for consumption by individuals for pur poses of personal care or household use. This term also includes drugs and medicines. Containership means a cargo vessel designed and constructed to transport, within specifically designed cells, portable tanks and freight containers which are lifted on and off with their contents intact. Corrosive material. See 173.136 of this subchapter. Crate means an outer packaging with incomplete surfaces. Crewmember means a person assigned to perform duty in an aircraft during flight time. Cryogenic liquid. See 173.115(g) of this subchapter. Cylinder means a pressure vessel designed for pressures higher than 40 psia and having a circular cross section. It does not include a portable tank, multi-unit tank car tank, cargo tank, or tank car. Dangerous when wet material. See 173.124 of this subchapter. 54 Symbols |3 -5 Identification Numbers Label Codes >3 Location ABD00131865 April 1998 172.101 --Bur9ters-Butylene Hazardous Materials Descriptions and Proper Shipping Names (2) Bursters, explosive Butadienes, Inhibited 172.101 Hazardous Materials Table 0) Packaging (173.***) Hazard Class or Division PG (3) (5) 1. ID UN0043 II 1 ID 2.1 UN1010 2.1 Special Provisions (7) Ex cep tions Non bulk Bulk (8A) (8B) (8C) None 62 None 306 304 314, 315 (9) (10) Quantity Limitations Vessel Stowage Passenger Aircraft/ Rail Cargo Arlcraft Only Other (9A) (9B) (10B) Forbidden Forbidden B Forbidden ISO kg B 40 Butane see also Petroleum gases, liquefied 2.1 UN1011 2.1 19 306 304 314, 315 Forbidden 150 kg E 40 Butane, butane mixtures and mixtures having similar properties in cartridges each not exceeding 500 grams, see Receptacles, etc. Butanedione 1,2,4-Butanetriol trinitrate Butanols Butanols tert-Butoxycarbonyl azide Butyl acetates Butyl acetates Butyl acid phosphate Butyl alcohols, see Butanols Butyl acrylates, Inhibited Butyl benzenes n-Butyl bromide, see 1-Bromobutane n-Butyl chloride, see Chlorobutanes D sec-Butyl chloroformate 3 UN2346 Forbidden 3 UN1120 3 UN1120 Forbidden 3 UN1123 3 UN1123 8 UN1718 3 UN2348 3 UN27Q9 6.1 NA2742 II 3 T1 II 3 III 3 T1 Bl, T1 II 3 III 3 III 8 T1 Bl, T1 T7 III 3 III 3 Bl, T8, T31 Bl, T1 1 6.1. 2, B9, B14, B32. B74, T38, 3,8 T43, T4S 150 202 242 5L 150 202 242 5L 150 203 242 60 L 150 202 242 5L 150 203 242 60 L 154 203 241 5 L 150 203 242 60 L 150 203 242 60 L None 227 244 1L 60 L B 60 L 220 L B A 60 L 220 L 60 L B A A 220 L 220 L A A 30 L A 12. 13. 22. 25, 40, 48, 100 n-Butyl chloroformate 6.1 UN2743 1 6.1, 2, B9, B14, B32, B74, T38, 8, 3 T43, T45 None 227 244 1L 30 L A 12. 13. 21. 25, 40, 100 Butyl ethers, see Dlbutyl ethers Butyl ethyl ether, see Ethyl butyl ether n-Butyl formate tert-Butyl hydroperoxide, with more than 90 percent with water tert-Butyl hypochlorite N-n-Butyl imidazole tert-Butyl isocyanate 3 UN1128 Forbidden 4.2 UN3255 6.1 UN2690 6.1 UN2484 n-Butyl isocyanate 6.1 UN2485 Butyl mercaptans n-Butyl methacrylate, Inhibited Butyl methyl ether Butyl nitrites Butyl nitrites Butyl nitrites tert-Butyl peroxyacetate, with more than 76 percent in solution n-Butyl peroxydicarbonate, with more than 52 percent in solution tert-Butyl peroxyisobutyrate, with more than 77 percent in solution Butyl phosphoric acid, see Butyl acid phosphate Butyl propionates 5-tert-Butyl-2,4,6-trinitro-m-xylene or Musk xylene Butyl vinyl ether, inhibited n-Butylamine N-Butylanliine tert-Butylcyclohexylchloroformate Butylene see also Petroleum gases, liquefied 3 UN2347 3 UN2227 3 UN2350 3 UN2351 3 UN2351 3 UN2351 Forbidden Forbidden Forbidden 3 UN1914 4.1 UN2956 3 UN2352 3 UN1125 6.1 UN2738 6.1 UN2747 2.1 UN1012 II 3 T1 1 4.2, 8 II 6.1 T8 1 6.1, 3 1, A7, B9. B14, B30, B72, T3S, T43, T44 1 6.1, 3 2, A7, B9. B14, B32, 874, B77, T38, T43, T45 II 3 A3, T8 III 3 Bl, T1 II 3 T8 1 3 T8 II 3 T8 III 3 B1.T8 III 3 111 4.1 Bl, T1 II 3 II 3.8 II 6.1 III 6.1 2.1 8101. T7 B101, T8 T8 T8 19 150 202 242 5L 60 L B None None None 211 243 202 243 226 244 Forbidden Forbidden D 5L 60 L A Forbidden Forbidden D None 227 244 Forbidden 30 L D 150 202 242 5L 150 203 242 60 L 150 202 242 5L 150 201 243 1 L 150 202 242 5L 150 203 242 60 L 60 L 220 L 60 L 30 L 60 L 220 L D A 8 E B A 40 40 26. 95 40 40 40 150 None 150 None None 153 None 203 242 214 None 60 L 220 L A Forbidden Forbidden D 202 242 202 242 202 243 203 241 304 314, 315 5 L 60 L 1 L 5L 5 L 60 L 60 L 220 L Forbidden 150 kg B B A A E 12 40 40 12, 13, 25 40 'Label Codes: VI, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, l.S. and 1.6--EXPLOSIVE; 2.1--FLAMMABLE GAS. 2.2--NON-FLAMMABLE GAS; 2.3--POISON GAS; 3--FLAMMABLE LIQUID; 4.1-- FLAMMABLE SOLID; 4,2--SPONTANEOUSLY COMBUSTIBLE; 4.3--DANGEROUS WHEN WET; 5.1--OXIDIZER; 5.2--ORGANIC PEROXIDE, 6.1 (PGI, 20NE A and B inhalation hazard)--POISON INHALATION HAZARD; 6.1 (PG1 or PGII, other than Zone A and B)--POISON; 6.1 PGIII--KEEP AWAY FROM FOOD; 6.2-- INFECTIOUS SUBSTANCE; 7--RADIOACTIVE; 8--CORROSIVE; 9--CLASS 9 98 | 3 Symbols 1 Identification" Numbers Label Codes3 o Location PART 172 ABD00131866 172.101--Butylene-Calcium April 1998 172.101 Hazardous Materials Table Hazardous Materials Descriptions and Proper Shipping Names (2) 1,2-Butylene oxide, stabilized Butyltoluenes Butyltrichlorosllane 1,4-Butynedlol Butyraldehyde Butyraldoxime Butyric acid Butyric anhydride Butyronitrile Butyryl chloride Cacodylic acid Cadmium compounds Cadmium compounds Cadmium compounds Caesium hydroxide Caesium hydroxide solution Caesium hydroxide solution Calcium Calcium arsenate Calcium arsenate and calcium arsenite, mixtures, solid D Calcium arsenite, solid Calcium bisulfite solution, see Blsulfltes, Inorganic, aqueous solutions, n.o.s. Calcium carbide Calcium carbide Calcium chlorate Hazard Class or Division PG Special Provisions (3) (5) (7) 3 UN3022 13 T8 6.1 UN2667 II 6.1 T2 8 UN 1747 II 8, 3 A7, B2, B6, N34. T8. T26 6.1 UN2716 III 6.1 A1 3 UN1129 II 3 T8 3 UN2840 III 3 B1, T1 8 UN2820 III 8 T1 8 UN2739 III 8 T2 3 UN2411 II 3, 6.1 T14 3 UN2353 II 3, 8 B100, T9, T26 6.1 UN1572 II 6.1 6.1 UN2570 1 6.1 6.1 UN2570 II 6.1 6.1 UN2570 111 6.1 6 UN2682 II 8 8 UN2681 II 8 B2, T8 8 UN2681 III 8 T7 4.3 UN1401 II 4.3 B101. B106 6.1 UN1573 II 6.1 6.1 UN1574 II 6.1 6.1 NA1574 II 6.1 4.3 UN1402 4.3 UN1402 5.1 UN1452 1 4.3 II 4.3 II 5.1 A1, A8. B55, B59, B101, B106, N34 A1, A8, B55, B59, B101, B106, N34 N34 Calcium chlorate aqueous solution 5.1 UN2429 II 5.1 A2, N41, T8 Calcium chlorate aqueous solution 5.1 UN2429 III 5.1 A2, N41, T8 Calcium chlorite 5.1 UN1453 II 5.1 A9, N34 Calcium cyanamide with more than 0.1 percent of calcium carbide Calcium cyanide Calcium dlthionlte or Calcium hydrosutftte Calcium hydride Calcium hydrosulfite, see Calcium dlthionlte Calcium hypochlorite, dry or Calcium hypochlorite mixtures dry with more than 39 percent available chlorine (8.8 percent available oxygen) 4.3 UN1403 III 4.3 A1, A19, B105 6.1 UN 1575 4.2 UN 1923 4.3 UN 1404 1 6.1 II 4.2 1 4.3 N79, N80 A19, A20 A19, B100, N40 5.1 UN1748 II 5.1 A7. A9, N34 (8) Packaging (173.***) Ex cep tions (8A) Non bulk (8B) Bulk <8C) (9) Quantity Limitations Passen ger Aircraft/ Rail Cargo Aricraft Only (9A) (9B> (10) Vessel Stowage Other (10B) 150 202 242 5L 60 L B 49 153 203 241 60 L 220 L A None 202 243 Forbidden SOL C 40 None 213 240 100 kg 200 kg A 61. 70 150 202 242 5 L 60 L B 150 203 242 60 L 220 L A 154 203 241 5 L 154 203 241 5 L 60 L 60 L A 12 A None 202 243 1L 60 L E 40 None 202 243 1L 5L C 40 None 212 242 25 kg 100 kg E 26 None 211 242 5 kg 50 kg A None 212 242 25 kg 100 kg A 153 213 240 100 kg 200 kg A 154 212 240 15 kg 50 kg A 154 202 242 1 L 30 L A 154 203 241 5 L 60 L A 151 212 241 15 kg 50 kg E None 212 242 25 kg 100 kg A None 212 242 25 kg 100 kg A None 212 242 25 kg 100 kg A None 151 152 152 152 152 151 None None None 211 242 Forbidden IS kg B 212 241 15 kg 50 kg B 212 242 5 kg 25 kg A 202 242 1L 5L B 203 241 2.5 L 30 L B 212 242 5 kg 25 kg A 213 241 25 kg 100 kg A 211 242 212 241 211 242 5 kg 50 kg 15 kg 50 kg Forbidden 15 kg A E E 56, 58. 106 56, 58. 106 56, 68. 106 56, 58. 106 26. 40 13 152 212 None 5 kg 25 kg D 48, 56, 58, 69, 106, 118 Calcium hypochlorite, hydrated or Calcium hypochlorite, hydrated mixtures, with not less than 5.5 percent but not more than 10 percent water Calcium hypochlorite mixtures, dry, with more than 10 percent but not more than 39 percent available chlorine Calcium manganese silicon Calcium nitrate A Calcium oxide Calcium perchlorate Calcium permanganate 5.1 UN2880 II 5.1 5.1 UN2208 III 5.1 A1, A29, 8103, N34 4.3 UN2844 5.1 UN1454 8 UN1910 5.1 UN1455 III 4.3 III 5.1 III 8 II 5.1 A1.A19, 3105, B106 34 5.1 UN1456 II 5.1 152 212 240 5 kg 25 kg A 50, 56, 58, 69. 106 152 213 240 25 kg 151 213 241 25 kg 152 213 240 25 kg 154 213 240 2S kg 152 212 242 5 kg 152 212 242 5 kg 100 kg A 100 kg 100 kg 100 kg 25 kg A A A A 25 kg D 56, 58. 69, 106 65, 103 56, 58, 106 56, 58, 69, 106, 107 'Label Codes: 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, and 1.6--EXPLOSIVE; 2.1--FLAMMABLE GAS; 2.2--NON-FLAMMABLE GAS; 2.3--POISON GAS; 3--FLAMMABLE LIQUID4.1-- FLAMMABLE SOLID; 4.2--SPONTANEOUSLY COMBUSTIBLE; 4.3--DANGEROUS WHEN WET; 5.1--OXIDIZER; 5.2-ORGANIC PEROXIDE; 6.1 (PGt, ZONE A and B inhalation hazard)--POISON INHALATION HAZARD; 6.1 <PGI or PGII, other than Zone A and B)--POISON; 6.1 PGIII--KEEP AWAY FROM FOOD; 6.2-- INFECTIOUS SUBSTANCE; 7--RADIOACTIVE: 8--CORROSIVE; 9--CLASS 9 99 Symbols |2 S Label Codes o Location ABD00131867 April 1998 172.101--Calcium-Carbon 172.101 Hazardous Materials Table Hazardous Materials Descriptions and Proper Shipping Names (2) Calcium peroxide Hazard Class or Division co Ii II PG (3) (4) (5) 5.1 UN1457 II 5.1 Special Provisions (7) (8) (9) (10) Packaging (173.***) Quantity Limitations Vessel Stowage Ex cep tions Non bulk Bulk Passerv ger Aircraft/ Rail Cargo Arlcraft Only Other (8A) (8B) (8C) <9A) (9B) (10B) 152 212 242 5 kg 25 kg A 13. 75, 106 Calcium phosphide Calcium, pyrophoric or Calcium alloys, pyrophoric Calcium reslnate 4.3 UN1360 4.2 UN1855 1 4.3, 6.1 1 4.2 A8, A19, B100, N40 4.1 UN1313 III 4.1 A1, A19 None None None 211 242 Forbidden 15 kg E 187 None Forbidden Forbidden O 213 240 25 kg 100 kg A 40, 85 Calcium reslnate, fused 4.1 UN1314 w 4.1 A1, A19 None 213 240 25 kp 100 kg A Calcium selenale. see Selenatea or Selenltes Calcium slliclde Calcium slliclde Camphor oil 4.3 UN 1405 4.3 UN1405 3 UN1130 ii 4.3 in 4.3 in 3 A19, BIOS. B106 A1, A19, B106, B108 B1.T1 151 212 241 15 kg 151 213 241 25 kg 150 203 242 60 L 50 kg 100 kg 220 L B B A 85, 103 85, 103 Camphor, synthetic 4.1 UN2717 in 4 1 A1 None 213 240 25 kg 100 kg A Cannon primers, see Primers, tubular Caprolc acid 8 UN2829 in 8 T1 154 203 241 5 L 60 L A Caps, blasting, see Detonators, ere. Carbamate pesticides, liquid, flammable, toxic, flash point less than 23 degrees C Carbamate pesticides, liquid, flammable, toxic, flash point less than 23 degrees C 3 UN2758 3 UN2758 i 3. 6.1 n 3, 6.1 None None 201 243 202 243 Forbidden 30 L 1 L 60 L B 40 B 40 Carbamate pesticides, liquid, toxic 6.1 UN2992 i 6 1 T42 None 201 243 1L 30 L B 40 Carbamate pesticides, liquid, toxic 6.1 UN2992 ii 6.1 T14 None 202 243 5L 60 L B 40 Carbamate pesticides, liquid, toxic 6.1 UN2992 mi 6.1 T14 153 203 241 60 L 220 L A 40 Carbamate pesticides, liquid, toxic, flammable, flash point not less than 23 degrees C 6.1 UN2991 i 6.1, 3 T42 None 201 243 1L 30 L B 40 Carbamate pesticides, liquid, toxic, flammable, flash point not less than 23 degrees C Carbamate pesticides, liquid, toxic, flammable, flash point not less than 23 degrees C 6.1 UN2991 ii 6.1. 3 T14 6.1 UN2991 in 6.1, 3 B1.T14 None 202 243 5 L 60 L B 40 153 203 242 60 L 220 L A 40 Carbamate pesticides, solid, toxic 6.1 UN2757 i 6.1 None 211 242 5 kg 50 kg A 40 Carbamate pesticides, solid, toxic Carbamate pesticides, solid, toxic 6.1 UN2757 6.1 UN2757 ii 6.1 in 6.1 None 153 212 242 213 240 25 kg 100 kg 100 kg 200 kg A A 40 40 Carbolic acid, see Phenol, solid or Phenol, molten Carbolic acid solutions, see Phenol solutions 1 Carbon, activated 1 Carbon, animat or vegetable origin 1 Carbon, animat or vegetable origin 4.2 UN1362 4.2 UN1361 4.2 UN1361 in 4.2 ii 4.2 in 4.2 None None None 213 241 212 242 213 241 0.5 kg 0.5 kg A Forbidden Forbidden A Forbidden Forbidden A 12 12 12 Carbon bisulfide, see Carbon disulfide Carbon dioxide 2.2 UN1013 2.2 306 302, 302, 75 kg 304 314, 315 150 kg A Carbon dioxide and nitrous oxide mixtures 2.2 UN1015 22 306 None 314, 315 75 kg 150 kg A Carbon dioxide and oxygen mixtures, compressed 2.2 UN1014 2.2, 77 5.1 306 304 314, 75 kg 315 150 kg A Carbon dioxide, refrigerated liquid 2.2 UN2187 2.2 306 304 314, 50 kg 315 500 kg B AW Carbon dioxide, solid or Dry Ice Carbon disulfide 9 UN1845 3 UN1131 hi None / 3, 6.1 816, T16, T26, T29 217 None 217 240 20) 243 200 kg 200 kg C Forbidden Forbidden D 40 IS, 40, 115 Carbon monoxide, compressed 2.3 UN1016 2.3, 4 2.1 None 302 314, 315 Forbidden 25 kg D 40 Carbon monoxide and hydrogen mixture, compressed 0 Carbon monoxide, refrigerated liquid (cryogenic liquid) Carbon tetrabromlde 2.3 UN2600 2.3 NA9202 6.1 UN2516 2.3, 2.1 2.3. 2.1 in 6.1 6 4 None None 153 302 302 Forbidden Forbidden D 316 318 Forbidden Forbidden D 213 240 100 kg 200 kg A 40 25 'Label Coder l.l, 1.2. 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, and 1.6--EXPLOSIVE; 2.1--FLAMMABLE GAS; 2.2--NON-FLAMMABLE GAS; 2.3--POISON GAS; 3--FLAMMABLE LIQUID; 4.1-- FLAMMABLE SOLID; 4.2--SPONTANEOUSLY COMBUSTIBLE. 4.3--DANGEROUS WHEN WET; 5.1--OXIDIZER; 5.2--ORGANIC PEROXIDE; 6.1 (PGI, ZONE A and B inhalation hazard)--POISON INHALATION HAZARD; 6.1 (PGI or PGII, other than Zone A and B)--POISON; 61 PGIll--KEEP AWAY FROM FOOD. 6.2-- INFECTIOUS SUBSTANCE; 7--RADIOACTIVE, 8--CORROSIVE. 9--CLASS 9 100 | 3 Symbols 1 -2 Identification Numbers o> Label Codes PART 172 ABD00131868 172.101--Carbon-Casinghead April 1998 172.101 Hazardous Materials Table Hazardous Materials Descriptions and Proper Shipping Names (2) Carbon tetrachloride Carbonyl chloride, see Phosgene Carbonyl fluoride, compressed Carbonyl sulfide Cartridge cases, empty primed, see Cases, cartridge, empty, with primer Hazard Class or Division PG (3) (5) 6.1 UN1846 II 6.1 Special Provisions (7) N36, T8 2.3 UN2417 2.3 UN2204 2.3, 8 2 2.3, 3, B14 2.1 (8) Packaging (173."') Ex cep tions Non bulk Bulk (8A) (8B) <ec) None 202 243 0) (10) Quantity Limitations Vessel Stowage Passen ger Aircraft/ Rail <9A) Cargo Aricraft Only (9B) ogo (10A) Other (10B) 5L 60 L A 40 None None 302 None 304 314. 315 Forbidden Forbidden D Forbidden 25 kg D 40 40 Cartridges, actuating, lor aircraft ejector seat catapult, lire extinguisher, canopy removal or apparatus, see Cartridges, power device Cartridges, explosive, see Charges, demolition Cartridges, flash Cartridges, flash Cartridges for weapons, blank Cartridges for weapons, blank Cartridges for weapons, blank or Cartridges, small arms, blank 1.1G UN0049 1.3G UN0050 1.1C UN0326 1.2C UN0413 1.4S UN0014 II 1.1G II 1.3G II 1.1C II 1.20 II None None None None None 63 62 None 62 None 62 None 62 None 62 None Forbidden Forbidden B Forbidden 75 kg B Forbidden Forbidden B Forbidden Forbidden B 25 kg 100 kg A Cartridges for weapons, blank or Cartridges, small arms, blank Cartridges for weapons, blank or Cartridges, small arms, blank 1.3C UN0327 1.4C UN0338 li l.X II 1.4C None None 62 None Forbidden Forbidden B 62 None Forbidden 75 kg A 24E Cartridges for weapons, Inert projectile Cartridges for weapons, Inert projectile or Cartridges, small arms Cartridges for weapons, inert projectile or Cartridges, small arms 1.2C UN0328 1.4S UN0012 II 1.2C II None 1.4C UN0339 II 1.4C None 63 None 62 None 62 None Forbidden Forbidden B 25 kg 100 kg A 62 None Forbidden 75 kg B Cartridges for weapons, Inert projectile or Cartridges, small arms 1.3C UN0417 II 1.3C None 62 None Forbidden Forbidden B Cartridges for weapons, with bursting charge Cartridges for weapons, with bursting charge Cartridges for weapons, with bursting charge Cartridges for weapons, with bursting charge Cartridges for weapons, with bursting charge Cartridges for weapons, with bursting charge Cartridges, oil well Cartridges, oil well Cartridges, power device Cartridges, power device Cartridges, power device Cartridges, power device Cartridges, safety, blank, see Cartridges for weapons, blank (UN 0014) 1.1F UN0005 1.1E UN0006 1.2F UN0007 1.2E UN0321 1.4F UN0348 1.4E UN0412 1.3C UN0277 1.4C UN0278 1.3C UN0275 1.4C UN0276 1.4S UN0323 1.2C UN0381 II 1 .IF II 1 .IE II 1.2F II 1.2E II 1.4F II 1.4E 11 IX II 1.4C II 1.3C II 1.40 II 1.4S II IX 110 110 None None None None None None None None None None 63 None 62 None 62 None 62 None 62 None 62 None 62 None 62 None 62 None 62 None 62 None 62 None 62 None Forbidden Forbidden E Forbidden Forbidden B Forbidden Forbidden E Forbidden Forbidden B Forbidden Forbidden E Forbidden 75 kg A Forbidden Forbidden B Forbidden 75 kg A Forbidden 75 kg B Forbidden 75 kg A 25 kg 100 kg A Forbidden Forbidden B 24E 24E 24E Cartridges, safety, see Cartridges for weapons, other than blank or Cartridges, power device (UN 0323) Cartridges, signal Cartridges, signal Cartridges, signal D Cartridges, small arms Cartridges, sporting, see Cartridges for weapons, other than blank Cartridges, starter, jet engine, see Cartridges, power device 1.3G UN0054 1.4G UN0312 1.4S UN04C5 ORM-D II 1.3G II 1.4G II 1.4S None None None None 63 62 None 62 None 62 None None None Forbidden 75 kg Forbidden 75 kg 25 kg 100 kg 30 kg gross 30 kg gross B A A A 24E Cases, cartridge, empty with primer Cases, cartridges, empty with primer Cases, combustible, empty, without primer Cases, combustible, empty, without primer Casinghead gasoline see Gasoline 1.4S UN0055 1.4C UN0379 1.4C UN0446 1.3C UN0447 II 1.4S 50 II 1.4C 50 II 1.4C II IX None None None None 62 None 62 None 62 None 62 None 25 kg 100 kg A Forbidden 75 kg A Forbidden 75 kg A Forbidden Forbidden B 24E 24E 'Label Codes: 1.1. 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, and 1.6-- EXPLOSIVE; 2.1--FLAMMABLE GAS; 2.2--NON-FLAMMABLE GAS; 2.3--POISON GAS; 3--FLAMMABLE LIQUID; 4.1-- FLAMMABLE SOLID; 4.2--SPONTANEOUSLY COMBUSTIBLE; 4.3--DANGEROUS WHEN WET; 5.1--OXIDIZER; 5.2--ORGANIC PEROXIDE; 6.1 (PGI, ZONE A and B inhalation hazard)--POISON INHALATION HAZARD; 6.1 (PGI or PGM. other than Zone A and B)--POISON: 6.1 PGIIt--KEEP AWAY FROM FOOD; 6.2-- INFECTIOUS SUBSTANCE; 7--RADIOACTIVE; 8--CORROSIVE; 9--CLASS 9 101 ABD00131869 April 1998 172.101--Castor-Chlorate 172.101 Hazardous Materials Table cos 9i 1 llHazard fiHazardous Materials Descriptions and Class or u 1 Proper Shipping Names Division PG 1 Special Provisions (8) Packaging <|173.***) Ex cep tions Non bulk Bulk (D (2) AW Castor beans or Castor meal or Castor pomace or Castor flake (3) (4) (5) (6)' 9 UN2969 II None (7) (8A) (8B) (8C) 155 204 240 Caustic alkali liquids, n.o.s. Caustic alkali liquids, n.o.s. 6 UN1719 8 UN1719 11 8 III 8 B2, T14 T7 154 202 242 154 203 241 Caustic potash, sea Potassium hydroxide etc. Caustic soda, (etc.) see Sodium hydroxide etc. Cells, containing sodium 4.3 UN3292 II 4.3 189 189 189 Celluloid, in block, rods, rolls, sheets, tubes, etc., except scrap 4.1 UN2000 III 4.1 None 213 240 Celluloid, scrap 4.2 UN2002 III 4.2 None 213 241 Cement, see Adhesives containing flammable liquid Cerium, slabs, ingots, or rods 4.1 UN1333 II 4.1 N34 None 212 240 Cerium, turnings or gritty powder 4.3 UN3078 11 4.3 A1, B106, B109 151 212 242 Cesium or Caesium 4.3 UN1407 1 4.3 A19, B100. N34, N40 None 211 242 Cesium nitrate or Caesium nitrate 5.1 UN1451 III 5.1 A1, A29 152 213 240 D Charcoal briquettes, shell, screenings, wood, etc. 4.2 NA1361 III 4.2 151 213 240 Charges, bursting, plastics bonded 1.10 UN04S7 II 1 ID None 62 None Charges, bursting, plastics bonded 1.2D UN0458 II 1 2D None 62 None Charges, bursting, plastics bonded 1.4D UN0459 II 1.4D None 62 None Charges, bursting, plastics bonded 1.4S UN0460 II 1.4S None 62 None Charges, demolition 1. ID UN0048 II 1 ID None 62 None Charges, depth 1.1D UN0056 II 1 ID None 62 None Charges, expelling, explosive, for fire extinguishers, see Cartridges, power device Charges, explosive, commercial without detonator 1 ID UN0442 II 1 ID None 62 None Charges, explosive, commercial without detonator V2D UN0443 II 1.2D None 62 None Charges, explosive, commercial without detonator 1.4D UN0444 II 1.4D None 62 None Charges, explosive, commercial without detonator 1.4S UN0445 II 1.4S None 62 None Charges, propelling 1.1C UN0271 II 1.1C None 62 None Charges, propelling 1.3C UN0272 II 1.3C None 62 None Charges, propelling 1.2C UN0415 II 1.2C None 62 None Charges, propelling 1.4C UN0491 II 1.4C None 62 None Charges, propelling, for cannon 1.3C UN0242 II 1.3C None 62 None Charges, propelling, for cannon 1.1C UN0279 II 1.1C None 62 None Charges, propelling, for cannon 1.2C UN0414 II 1.2C None 62 None Charges, shaped, commercial, without detonator 1 .ID UN0059 II 1.1D None 62 None Charges, shaped, commercial without detonator 1.2D UN0439 II 1.2D None 62 None Charges, shaped, commercial without detonator 1.4D UN0440 II 1.4D None 62 None Charges, shaped, commercial without detonator 1.4S UN0441 II 1.4S None 62 None Charges, shaped, flexible, linear 1.40 UN0237 II 1.4D None 62 None Charges, shaped, flexible, linear 1. ID UN0288 II 1.1D 101 None 62 None Chargee, supplementary explosive 1.1D UN0060 II 1 ID None 62 None D Chemical kit 8 NA1760 II 8 154 161 None Chemical kits or Flsrt aid kits (containing hazardous materials) Chloral, anhydrous, inhibited 9 UN3316 6.1 UN2075 9 15 11 6.1 B101.T14 None None None None 202 243 Chlorate end borate mixtures 5.1 UN1458 II 5.1 A9, N34 152 212 240 Chlorate and borate mixtures 5.1 UN1458 III 5.1 A9, N34 152 213 240 (9) Quantity Limitations Passen- 0r Aircraft/ Rail Cargo Aricraft Only (10) Vessel Stowage co Other <9A) (9B) (10A) (10B) No limit No limit E 34, 40 1L 30 L A 5L 60 L A 25 kg 25 kg No limit 100 kg A A Forbidden Forbidden D 15 kg 50 kg 15 kg 50 kg Forbidden 15 kg 25 kg 100 kg 25 kg 100 kg A E D A A Forbidden Forbidden B Forbidden Forbidden B Forbidden 75 kg A 25 kg 100 kg A Forbidden Forbidden B Forbidden Forbidden B 74, 91 12 24E 3E.7E Forbidden Forbidden B Forbidden Forbidden B Forbidden 75 kg A 25 kg 100 kg A Forbidden Forbidden B Forbidden Forbidden B Forbidden Forbidden B Forbidden 75 kg A Forbidden Forbidden B Forbidden Forbidden B Forbidden Forbidden B Forbidden Forbidden B Forbidden Forbidden B Forbidden 75 kg A 25 kg 100 kg A Forbidden 75 kg A Forbidden Forbidden B Forbidden Forbidden B 1L 10 kg 30 L 10 kg B A 5L 5 kg 60 L 25 kg D A 25 kg 100 kg A 24E 1E.5E 1E.5E 1E.5E 1E.5E 24E 24E 1E.5E 40 40 56. 58, 106 56, 58, 106 'Label Codes: l.l. 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, and 1.6--EXPLOSIVE; 2.1--FLAMMABLE GAS; 2.2--NON-FLAMMABLE GAS; 2.3--POISON GAS; 3--FLAMMABLE LIQUID; d 1--FLAMMABLE SOLID; 4.2--SPONTANEOUSLY COMBUSTIBLE; 4.3--DANGEROUS WHEN WET; 51--OXIDIZER; 5.2--ORGANIC PEROXIDE; 6 1 (PGI. ZONE A and B inhalation hazard)--POISON INHALATION HAZARD; 6.1 (PGI or PGM. other than Zone A and B)--POISON; 6.1 PGIII--KEEP AWAY FROM FOOD; 6 2--INFECTIOUS SUBSTANCE; 7--RADIOACTIVE; 8--CORROSIVE, 9--CLASS 9 102 ABD00131824 PART April 1998 171.8 Navigable waters means, for the purposes of this subchapter, wa ters of the United States, including the territorial seas. Non-bulk packaging means a packaging which has: (1) A maximum capacity of 450 liters (119 gallons) or less as a receptacle for a liquid; (2) A maximum net mass of 400 kilograms (882 pounds) or less and a maximum capacity of 450 liters (119 gallons) or less as a receptacle for a solid; or (3) A water capacity of 454 kilograms (1000 pounds) or less as a receptacle for a gas as defined in 173.115 of this subchapter. Nonflammable gas. See 173.115 of this subchapter. N.O.S. means not otherwise specified. n.o.s. description means a shipping description from the 172.101 Table which includes the abbreviation n.o.s., and as contained in the lists in 172.203(k)(3) of this subchapter, regarding additional description requirements. NPT means an American Standard taper pipe thread conforming to the requirements of Federal Standard H28, Part II. Section VII. See 171.7(d)(12). NRC (non-reusable container) means a packaging (container) whose reuse is restricted in accordance with the provisions of 173.28 of this subchapter. Occupationally exposed hazmat employee means a hazmat em ployee whose duties involve exposure to ionizing radiation. Occupied caboose means a rail car being used to transport non passenger personnel. Officer In Charge, Marine Inspection means a person from the civilian or military branch of the Coast Guard designated as such by the Commandant and who under the supervision and direction of the Coast Guard District Commander is in charge of a designated inspection zone for the performance of duties with respect to the enforcement and administration of Title 52, Revised Statutes, acts amendatory thereof or supplemental thereto, rules and regulations thereunder, and the inspection required thereby. Offshore supply vessel means a cargo vessel of less than 500 gross tons that regularly transports goods, supplies or equipment in support of exploration or production of offshore mineral or energy resources. Operator means a person who controls the use of an aircraft, vessel, or vehicle. Organic peroxide See 173.128 of this subchapter. ORM means other regulated materials. See 173.144 of this sub chapter. Outage or ullage means the amount by which a packaging falls short of being liquid full, usually expressed in percent by volume. Outer packaging means the outermost enclosure of a composite or combination packaging together with any absorbent materials, cushioning and any other components necessary to contain and pro tect inner receptacles or inner packagings. Overpack except as provided in subpart K of part 178 of this sub chapter, means an enclosure that is used by a single consignor to provide protection or convenience in handling of a package or to consolidate two or more packages. Overpack does not include a transport vehicle, freight container, or aircraft unit load device. Exam ples of overpacks are one or more packages: (1) Placed or stacked onto a load board such as a pallet and secured by strapping, shrink wrapping, stretch wrapping, or other suitable means; or (2) Placed in a protective outer packaging such as a box or crate. Oxidizer. See 173.127 of this subchapter. Oxidizing gas means a gas which may, generally by providing oxygen, cause or contribute to the combustion of other material more than air does. Oxygen generator (chemical) means a device containing chemi cals that upon activation release oxygen as a product of chemical reaction. Package or Outside Package means a packaging plus its contents. For radioactive materials, see 173.403 of this subchapter. Packaging means a receptacle and any other components or mate rials necessary for the receptacle to perform its containment function in conformance with the minimum packing requirements of this sub chapter. For radioactive materials packaging, see 173.403 of this subchapter. Packing group means a grouping according to the degree of dan ger presented by hazardous materials. Packing Group I indicates great danger; Packing Group II, medium danger; Packing Group III, minor danger. See 172.101(0 of this subchapter. Passenger (With respect to vessels and for the purposes of Part 176 only) means a person being carried on a vessel other than: (1) The owner or his representative, (2) The operator; (3) A bona fide member of the crew engaged in the business of the vessel who has contributed no consideration for his carriage and who is paid for his services; or (4) A guest who has not contributed any consideration directly or indirectly for his carriage. Passenger-carrying aircraft means an aircraft that carries any person other than a crewmember, company employee, an authorized representative of the United States, or a person accompanying the shipment. Passenger vessel means-- (1) A vessel subject to any of the requirements of the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1974, which carries more than 12 passengers; (2) A cargo vessel documented under the laws of the United States and not subject to that Convention, which carries more than 16 pas sengers; (3) A cargo vessel of any foreign nation that extends reciprocal privileges and is not subject to that Convention and which carries more than 16 passengers; and (4) A vessel engaged in a ferry operation and which carries pas sengers. Person means an individual, firm, copartnership, corporation, com pany, association, joint-stock association, including any trustee, re ceiver, assignee, or similar representative thereof; or government, Indian tribe, or agency or instrumentality of any government or Indian tribe when it offers hazardous material for transportation in commerce or transports hazardous material to further a commercial enterprise, but such term does not include: (1) The United States Postal Service; (2) For the purposes of 49 U.S.C. 5123 and 5124, any agency or instrumentality of the Federal Government. Placarded car means a rail car which is placarded in accordance with the requirements of Part 172 of this subchapter except those cars displaying only the FUMIGATION placards as required by 172.510. Poisonous gas. See 173.115 of this subchapter. Poisonous materials. See 173.132 of this subchapter. Portable tank means a bulk packaging (except a cylinder having a water capacity of 1000 pounds or less) designed primarily to be loaded onto, or on, or temporarily attached to a transport vehicle or ship and equipped with skids, mountings, or accessories to facilitate handling of the tank by mechanical means. It does not include a cargo tank, tank car, multi-unit tank car tank, or trailer carrying 3AX, 3AAX, or 3T cylinders. Preferred route or Preferred highway is a highway for shipment of "highway route controlled quantities" of radioactive materials so designated by a State routing agency, and any Interstate System highway for which an alternate highway has not been designated by such State agency as provided by 177.825(b) of this subchapter. Primary hazard means the hazard class of a material as assigned in the 172.101 Table. Private track or Private siding means track located outside of a carrier's right-of-way, yard, or terminals where the carrier does not own the rails, ties, roadbed, or right-of-way and includes track or portion of track which is devoted to the purpose of its user either by lease or written agreement, in which case the lease or written agreement is considered equivalent to ownership. Proper shipping name means the name of the hazardous material shown in Roman print (not italics) in 172.101 of this subchapter. P.s.l. or psi means pounds per square inch. P.s.l.a. or psla means pounds per square inch absolute. 57 ABD00131825 171.8 April 1998 P.s.i.g. or psig means pounds per square inch gauge. Public vessel means a vessel owned by and being used in the public service of the United States. It does not include a vessel owned by the United States and engaged in a trade or commercial service or a vessel under contract or charter to the United States. Pyrophoric liquid. See 173.124(b) of this subchapter. Radioactive materials. See 173.403 of this subchapter tor defini tions relating to radioactive materials. Rail car means a car designed to carry freight or non-passenger personnel by rail, and includes a box car, flat car, gondola car, hopper car, tank car, and occupied caboose. Railroad means a person engaged in transportation by rail. Receptacle means a containment vessel for receiving and holding materials, including any means of closing. Registered Inspector means a person registered with the Depart ment in accordance with subpart F of part 107 of this chapter who has the knowledge and ability to determine whether a cargo tank conforms with the applicable DOT specification. In addition. Regis tered Inspector means a person who meets, at a minimum, any one of the following: (1) Has an engineering degree and one year of work experience. (2) Has an associate degree in engineering and two years of work experience. (3) Has a high school diploma (or General Equivalency Diploma) and three years of work experience. (4) Has at least three years experience in performing the duties of a Registered Inspector by September 1, 1991, and was registered with the Department by December 31, 1995. Regulated medical waste. See 173.134 of this subchapter. Reportable quantity (RQ) for the purposes of this subchapter means the quantity specified in Column 3 of the Appendix to 172.101 for any material identified in Column 1 of the Appendix. Research means investigation or experimentation aimed at the dis covery of new theories or laws and the discovery and interpretation of facts or revision of accepted theories or laws in the light of new facts. Residue means the hazardous material remaining in a packaging, including a tank car, after its contents have been unloaded to the maximum extent practicable and before the packaging is either refilled or cleaned of hazardous material and purged to remove any hazardous vapors. RSPA means the Research and Special Programs Administration, U.S. Department of Transportation, Washington, DC 20590. SADT means self-accelerated decomposition temperature. See 173.21(1) of this subchapter. Salvage packaging means a special packaging conforming to 173.3 of this subchapter into which damaged, defective or leaking hazardous materials packages, or hazardous materials that have spilled or leaked, are placed for purposes of transport for recovery or disposal. SCF (standard cubic foot) means one cubic foot of gas measured at 60 F. and 14.7 psia. Sheathing means a covering consisting of a smooth layer of wood placed over metal and secured to prevent any movement. Shipping paper means a shipping order, bill of lading, manifest or other shipping document serving a similar purpose and containing the information required by 172.202, 172.203 and 172.204. Siftproof packaging means a packaging impermeable to dry con tents, including fine solid material produced during transportation. Single packaging means a non-bulk packaging other than a combi nation packaging. Solid means a material which is not a gas or a liquid. Solution means any homogeneous liquid mixture of two or more chemical compounds or elements that will not undergo any segrega tion under conditions normal to transportation. Specification packaging means a packaging conforming to one of the specifications or standards for packagings in Part 178 or Part 179 of this subchapter. Spontaneously combustible material. See 173.124(b) of this subchapter. State means a State of the United States, the District of Columbia, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands, the Virgin Islands, American Samoa, Guam, or any other territory or possession of the United States designated by the Secretary. State-designated route means a preferred route selected in ac cordance with U.S. DOT "Guidelines for Selecting Preferred Highway Routes for Highway Route Controlled Quantities of Radioactive Materi als" or an equivalent routing analysis which adequately considers overall risk to the public. Stowage means the act of placing hazardous materials on board a vessel. Strong outside container means the outermost enclosure which provides protection against the unintentional release of its contents under conditions normally incident to transportation. Subsidiary hazard means a hazard of a material other than the primary hazard. (See primary hazard). Table In 172.101 or 172.101 Table means the Hazardous Materi als Table in 172.101 of this subchapter. Technical name means a recognized chemical name or microbio logical name currently used in scientific and technical handbooks, journals, and texts. Generic descriptions are authorized for use as technical names provided they readily identify the general chemical group, or microbiological group. Examples of acceptable generic chemical descriptions are organic phosphate compounds, petroleum aliphatic hydrocarbons and tertiary amines. For proficiency testing only, generic microbiological descriptions such as bacteria, mycobac teria, fungus, and viral samples may be used. Except for names which appear in Subpart B of Part 172 of this subchapter, trade names may not be used as technical names. TOFC means trailer-on-flat-car. Top shell means the tank car tank surface, excluding the head ends and bottom shell of the tank car tank. Trailershlp means a vessel, other than a carfloat, specifically equipped to carry motor transport vehicles and fitted with installed securing devices to tie down each vehicle. The term traitership in cludes "Roll-on/Roll-off (RO/RO)" vessels. Train means one or more engines coupled with one or more rail cars, except during switching operations or where the operation is that of classifying and assembling rail cars within a railroad yard for the purpose of making or breaking up trains. Tralnship means a vessel other than a rail car ferry or carfloat, specifically equipped to transport railroad vehicles, and fitted with installed securing devices to tie down each vehicle. Transport vehicle means a cargo-carrying vehicle such as an auto mobile, van, tractor, truck, semitrailer, tank car or rail car used for the transportation of cargo by any mode. Each cargo-carrying body (trailer, rail car, etc.) is a separate transport vehicle. UFC means Uniform Freight Classification. UN means United Nations. UN standard packaging means a packaging conforming to stan dards in the UN Recommendations on the Transport of Dangerous Goods. Unit load device means any type of freight container, aircraft con tainer, aircraft pallet with a net, or aircraft pallet with a net over an igloo. United States means a State of the United States, the District of Columbia, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands, the Virgin Islands, American Samoa, Guam, or any other territory or possession of the United States desig nated by the Secretary. Vessel includes every description of watercraft, used or capable of being used as a means of transportation on the water. Viscous liquid means a liquid material which has a measured viscosity in excess of 2500 centistokes at 25 C. (77 F.) when determined in accordance with the procedures specified in ASTM Method D 445-72 "Kinematic Viscosity of Transparent and Opaque Liquids (and the Calculation of Dynamic Viscosity)" or ASTM Method D 120070 "Viscosity of Paints, Varnishes, and Lacquers by Ford Viscosity Cup." 58 ABD00131826 April 1998 171.8--171.11 Volatility refers to the relative rate of evaporation of materials to assume the vapor state. Water reactive material See 173.124(c) of this subchapter. Water resistant means having a degree of resistance to permeabil ity by and damage caused by water in liquid form. Wooden barrel means a packaging made of natural wood, of round cross-section, having convex walls, consisting of staves and heads and fitted with hoops. W.T. means watertight. 171.9 Rules of construction, (a) In this subchapter, unless the context requires otherwise: (1) Words imparting the singular include the plural; (2) Words imparting the plural include the singular; and (3) Words imparting the masculine gender include the feminine; (b) In this subchapter, the word: (1) "Shall'' is used in an imperative sense; (2) "Must" is used in an imperative sense; (3) "Should" is used in a recommendatory sense; (4) "May" is used in a permissive sense to state authority or permis sion to do the act described, and the words "no person may * * *" or "a person may not * ' means that no person is required, authorized, or permitted do to the act described; and (5) "Includes" is used as a word of inclusion not limitation. 171.10 Units of measure, (a) General. To ensure compatibility with international transportation standards, most units of measure in this subchapter are expressed using the International System of Units ("SI" or metric). Where SI units appear, they are the regulatory stan dard. U.S. standard or customary units, which appear in parentheses following the SI units, are for information only and are not intended to be the regulatory standard. (b) Abbreviations for SI units of measure generally used throughout this subchapter are as shown in paragraph (c) of this section. Custom ary units shown throughout this subchapter are generally not abbre viated. (c) Conversion values. (1) Conversion values are provided in the following table and are based on values provided in ASTM E 38089, "Standard for Metric Practice." (2) If an exact conversion is needed, the following conversion table should be used. SITable of Conversion Factors for Units Measurement SI to U.S. standard U.S. standard to SI Activity........................ Density..................... 1 TBq - 27 Ci...................................... 1 kg/m3 = 0.06242797 lb/ft3.............. 1 Ci = 0.037 TBq. 1 lb/ft3 = 16.01846 kg/m3 Length........................ Mass (weight). . . . 1 cm - 0.3937008 in............................ 1 m - 3.280840 it............................... 1 kg - 2.204622 lb............................... 1 gr - 0.03527397 oz........................ 1 in = 2.540000 cm 1 ft = 0.3048000 m 1 lb = 0.4535924 kg 1 oz = 28.34952 gr Pressure..................... 1 kPa - 0.1450377 psi..................... 1 Bar = 100 kPa 14.504 psi ... 1 kPa - 7.5 mm Hg............................ 1 psi = 6.894757 kPa 1 psi = 0.06895 Bar Radiation level . . . Thickness................. 1 Sv/hr - 100 rem/hr............................ 1 mm - 0.03937008 in..................... i rem/hr = 0.01 Sv/hr 1 in = 25.40000 mm Volume (liquid) . . . 1 1 - 0.2641720 gal............................ 1 ml - 0.03381402 oz........................ 1 m3 - 35.31466 ft3............................ 1 gal = 3.785412 1 1 oz = 29.57353 ml 1 ft3 = 0.02831685 m3 Abbreviations tor units of measure are as follows: Unit of measure and abbreviation: (SI): millimeter, mm; centimeter, cm; meter, m; gram, g; kilogram, kg; kiloPascal, kPa; liter, L; milliliter, ml; cubic meter, nr3; Terabecquerel, TBq; Gigabecquerel, GBq; millisievert, mSv; (U.S.); Inch, in; foot, ft; ounce, oz; pound, lb; pounds per square inch, psi; gallon, gal; cubic feet, ft3; Curie, Ci; millicurie, mCi; millirem, mrem. 171.11 Use of ICAO Technical Instructions. Notwithstanding the requirements of Parts 172 and 173 of this subchapter, a hazardous material may be transported by aircraft, and by motor vehicle either before or after being transported by aircraft, in accordance with the ICAO Technical Instructions if the hazardous material: (a) Is packaged, marked, labeled, classified, described and certi fied on a shipping paper and otherwise in a condition for shipment as required by the ICAO Technical Instructions; (b) Is within the quantity limits prescribed for transportation by either passenger-carrying or cargo aircraft, as appropriate, as specified in the ICAO Technical Instructions; (c) Is not a forbidden material or package according to 173.21 of this subchapter or Column 3 of the 172.101 Table; and (d) Fulfills the following additional requirements as applicable: (1) For a material that meets the definition of a hazardous substance as defined in this subchapter, the shipping paper and package mark ings must conform to the provisions in 172.203(c) and 172.324, respectively, of this subchapter. (i) One of the following additional descriptions shall be entered, in parentheses, in association with the basic description on shipping papers and in association with the proper shipping name required to be marked on packages: (A) The name of the hazardous substance as shown in the appendix to 172.101 of this subchapter, unless the proper shipping name required by the ICAO Technical Instructions already includes the name of the hazardous substance; or (B) For waste streams, the waste stream number; or (C) For wastes which exhibit an EPA characteristic of ignitability, corrosivity, reactivity, or Toxicity, the letters "EPA" fol lowed by the word "ignitability", or "corrosivity", or "reactiv ity", or "Toxicity", as appropriate orthe corresponding "D" number, as appropriate. (ii) The letters "RQ" shall be entered on the shipping paper either before or after the basic description required by the ICAO Technical Instructions and in association with the proper ship ping name required to be marked on the package. (2) When a hazardous material, which is subject to the requirements of the ICAO Technical Instructions, is also a hazardous waste as defined in this subchapter: (i) The word "Waste" must precede the proper shipping name on shipping papers and package markings; and (ii) It must comply with 172.205 with respect to the hazardous waste manifests. (3) When a hazardous material is not subject to the requirements of the ICAO Technical Instructions, it must be transported as required by this subchapter. (4) When a hazardous material that is regulated by this subchapter for transportation by highway is transported by motor vehicle on a public highway under the provisions of this section, the following requirements apply: (i) The motor vehicle must be placarded in accordance with subp art F of part 172 of this subchapter; and (ii) The shipping paper must include an indication that the shipment is being made under the provisions of this section or must include the letters "ICAO." (5) If a liquid or solid material in a package meets the definition of a poison according to this subchapter, and the fact that it is a poison is not disclosed in the shipping name or by a class entry, an indication that the material is a poison shall be entered on the shipping paper in association with the basic description. For transportation by motor vehicle, this indication must be made by entering the word "Poison or Toxic" on the shipping paper in association with the basic description. (6) For radioactive materials: (i) Shipping papers for highway route controlled quantity radioac tive materials shipments must meet the requirements of 172.203(d)(4) of this subchapter, (ii) Competent authority certification and any necessary revalida tion for Type B, Type B(U), Type B(M), and fissile materials packages must be obtained from the appropriate authorities as specified in 173.471, 173.472 and 173.473 of this sub chapter, and all requirements of the certificates and revalida tions must be met. (iii) Except for limited quantities of Class 7 (radioactive) material, the provisions of 172.204(c)(4), 173.448(e), (f) and (g)(3) of this subchapter apply. (iv) Limited quantities of radioactive materials must meet the provi sions of 173.421, 173.424 or 173.426, of this subchapter, as appropriate, and (v) Type A package contents shall be limited in accordance with 173.431 of this subchapter. (7) If a United States variation is indicated in the ICAO Technical Instructions for any provision governing the transport of the hazardous material, the hazardous material is transported in conformance with that variation. (8) Abbreviations may not be used in shipping paper entries or package markings unless they are specifically authorized by this sub chapter. ICAO class or division numbers are not considered to be abbreviations. 59 PART 171 1 ABD00131827 171.11--171.12 April 1998 (9) When a hazardous material, which is subject to the requirements of the ICAO Technical Instructions, is a material poisonous by inhala tion (see 171.8 of this subchapter)-- (i) The shipping description must include the words " Toxic Inhala tion Hazard' or 'Poison Inhalation Hazard"' or "Inhalation Haz ard", as required in 172.203{m) of this subchapter; (ii) The material must be packaged in accordance with the require ments of this subchapter; and (iii) The package must be marked in accordance with 172.313 of this subchapter and labeled with "POISON INHALATION HAZARD" or "POISON GAS", as appropriate, in accordance with subpart E of part 172 of this subchapter. (10) Shipments of hazardous materials under this section must con form to the requirements for emergency response information as pre scribed in subpart G of part 172 of this subchapter. (11) Packages of Class 1 (explosive) materials must be marked in accordance with 172.320 of this subchapter. (12) If an ammonium nitrate fertilizer or ammonium nitrate mixed fertilizer, must not meet the definition and criteria of a Class 1 (explo sive) material. (13) Transportation of marine pollutants, as defined in 171.8 of this subchapter, in bulk packagings must conform to the requirements of 172.203(1) and 172.322 of this subchapter. (14) An aerosol must meet the definition for "Aerosol" in 171.8. (15) An oxygen generator (chemical) must be classed, approved, and described in accordance with the requirements of this subchapter. 171.12 Import and export shipments, (a) Importer's respon sibility. Except in the case of a shipment from Canada conforming to 171.12a of this subchapter, each person importing a hazardous material into the United States shall provide the shipper and the for warding agent at the place of entry into the United States timely and complete information as to the requirements of this subchapter that will apply to the shipment of the material within the United States. The shipper, directly or through the forwarding agent at the place of entry, shall provide the initial carrier in the United States the certificate of compliance required by 172.204 of this subchapter. The carrier may not accept the material for transportation unless the required certifica tion is provided. (b) IMDG Code. The IMDG Code sets forth descriptions, classifica tions, packagings, labeling and vessel stowage requirements. Not withstanding the provisions of this subchapter, a material which is packaged, marked, classed, labeled, placarded, described, stowed and segregated, and certified, including a container packing certifica tion, if applicable in accordance with the IMDG Code, and otherwise conforms to the requirements of this section, may be offered and accepted for transportation and transported within the United States. The following conditions and limitations apply: (1) The provisions of this paragraph (b) apply only if all or part of the transportation is by vessel. (2) A number of materials listed in the IMDG Code are not subject to the requirements of this subchapter. The provisions of this subchap ter do not apply to materials listed in the IMDG Code which are not designated as hazardous materials under this subchapter. These materials may, however, be transported in the U.S. when described, marked and labeled in accordance with the IMDG Code. (3) A material designated as a hazardous material under this sub chapter which is not subject to the requirements of the IMDG Code may not be transported under the provisions of this section. (4) A forbidden material or package according to 173.21 of this subchapter or Column 3 of the 172.101 Table may not be transported under the provisions of this section. (5) Except for packagings conforming to the requirements of Sec tion 26 of the General Introduction to the IMDG Code, bulk packagings must conform to the requirements of this subchapter. (6) For export, packagings must conform to the applicable require ments in 173.24, 173.24a and 173.28 of this subchapter. (7) A Class 1 material must be classed and approved under the procedures in Subpart C of Part 173 of this subchapter and conform to the requirements of 172.320 and Part 176 of this subchapter. (8) When a hazardous material, which is subject to the requirements of the IMDG Code, is a material poisonous by inhalation (see 171.8 of this subchapter)-- (i) The shipping description must include the words " Toxic Inhala tion Hazard' or 'Poison Inhalation Hazard'" or "Inhalation Haz ard", as required in 172.203(m) of this subchapter; (ii) The material must be packaged in accordance with the require ments of this subchapter; and (iii) The package must be marked in accordance with 172.313 of this subchapter and labeled and placarded with "POISON INHALATION HAZARD" or "POISON GAS", as appropriate, in accordance with Subparts E and F, respectively, o* Part 172 of this subchapter. (9) Class 7 materials must conform to the provisions of paragraph (d) of this section. (10) For a hazardous waste, as defined in this subchapter-- (i) The word "Waste" must precede the proper shipping name on shipping papers and packages; and (11) The requirements of 172.205 of this subchapter with respect to hazardous waste manifests are applicable. (11) A hazardous substance as defined in this subchapter must conform to the requirements of 172.203(c) and 172.324 of this subchapter. (12) A poisonous material must conform to the requirements of 172.203(m) of this subchapter. (13) [Reserved] (14) Any ammonium nitrate fertilizer or ammonium nitrate mixed fertilizer must not meet the definition and criteria of a Class 1 (explo sive) material. (15) Cylinders not manufactured to DOT specifications must con form to the requirements of 173.301 (i) and (j) of this subchapter. (16) Shipments of hazardous materials under this section must con form to the requirements for emergency response information as pre scribed in subpart G of part 172 of this subchapter. (17) An aerosol must meet the definition for "Aerosol" in 171.8. (18) An oxygen generator (chemical) must be classed, approved, and described in accordance with the requirements of this subchapter. (c) Use of IMDG Code in port areas. 171.2 notwithstanding, a hazardous material (other than Division 1.1 or 1.2 or Class 7) being imported into or exported from the United States or passing through the United States in the course of being shipped between places outside the United States may be offered and accepted for transporta tion and transported by motor vehicle within a single port area (includ ing contiguous harbors) when packaged, marked, classed, labeled, stowed and segregated in accordance with the IMDG Code, if the hazardous material is offered and accepted in accordance with the requirements of Subparts C and F of Part 172 of this subchapter pertaining to shipping papers and placarding and otherwise conforms to the applicable requirements of Part 176 of this subchapter. The requirement in 172.201(d) of this subchapter for an emergency tele phone number does not apply to shipments made in accordance with the IMDG Code if the hazardous material: (1) Is not offloaded from the vessel; (2) Is offloaded between ocean vessels at a U.S. port facility without being transported by public highway. (d) Use of IAEA regulations for Class 7 (radioactive) materials. Class 7 (radioactive) materials being imported into, or exported from, the United States, or passing through the United States in the course of being shipped between places outside the United States, may be offered and accepted for transportation when packaged, marked, labeled, and otherwise prepared for shipment in accordance with IAEA "Regulations for the Safe Transport of Radioactive Materials, Safety Series No. 6," if: (1) Highway route controlled quantities (see 173.403 of this sub chapter) are shipped in accordance with 172.203(d)(4), 172.507 and 173.22(c) of this subchapter; (2) For fissile materials and Type B packages, the competent au thority certification and any necessary revalidation is obtained from the appropriate competent authorities as specified in 173.471, 173.472 and 173.473 of this subchapter and all requirements of the certificates and revalidations are met; (3) Type A package contents are limited in accordance with 173.431 of this subchapter; (4) The country of origin for the shipment has adopted the IAEA "Regulations for the Safe Transport of Radioactive Materials, Safety Series No. 6"; (5) The requirements of 173.448(e), 173.448(f), and 173.448(g)(3) of this subchapter are fulfilled, when applicable; and (6) Shipments comply with the requirements for emergency re sponse information prescribed in Subpart G of Part 172 of this sub chapter. 60 ABD00131828 PART 171 April 1998 171.12a--171.14 171.12a Canadian shipments and packagings. (a) Scope and applicability. This section sets forth provisions for the transportation by rail or highway of shipments of hazardous materials which conform to the regulations of the Government of Canada but which may difier Irom the requirements of this subchapter with regard to hazard communication, classification or packaging. The provisions apply only to shipments which originate in Canada and either terminate in the U.S. or transit the U.S. to a Canadian or foreign destination, and to the return to Canada of empty bulk packages containing residues of hazardous materials which originally were imported into the U.S. Reciprocal provisions, applicable to exports from the U.S., appear in the regulations of the Government of Canada. (b) Conditions and limitations. Notwithstanding the requirements of Parts 172, 173 and 178 of this subchapter, and subject to the limitations of paragraph (a) of this section, a hazardous material that is classed, marked, labeled, placarded, described on a shipping paper, and packaged in accordance with the Transportation of Dan gerous Goods (TDG) Regulations, issued by the Government of Can ada, may be offered for transportation and transported to or through the United States by motor vehicle or rail car. Copies of the TDG Regulations may be obtained from the Canadian Government Publish ing Centre, Ottawa, Ontario K1A 059; Telephone (819) 956-4800. The following conditions and limitations apply: (1) A number of materials listed in the TDG Regulations may not be subject to the requirements of this subchapter. The provisions of this subchapter do not apply to materials listed in the TDG Regulations which are not designated as hazardous materials under this subchap ter. These materials may, however, be transported in the U.S. when described, marked and labeled in accordance with the TDG Regula tions. (2) A material designated as a hazardous material under this sub chapter which is not subject to the requirements of the TDG Regula tions may not be transported under the provisions of this section. (3) A forbidden material or package according to 173.21 of this subchapter or Column 3 of the 172.101 Table may not be transported under the provisions of this section. (4) A Class 1 material must be classed and approved under the procedures in Subpart C of Part 173 of this subchapter, and packages of Class 1 materials must be marked in accordance with 172.320 of this subchapter. (5) When a hazardous material, which is a material poisonous by inhalation under the provisions of this subchapter (see 171.8 of this subchapter), is subject to the requirements of the TDG Regulations-- (i) The shipping description must include the words " 'Toxic Inhala tion Hazard' or 'Poison Inhalation Hazard'" or "Inhalation Haz ard", as required in 172.203(m) of this subchapter; (ii) The material must be packaged in accordance with the require ments of this subchapter; and (iii) The package must be marked in accordance with 172.313 of this subchapter. Except for a package containing anhydrous ammonia, the package must be labeled and placarded with "POISON INHALATION HAZARD" or "POISON GAS", as appro priate, in accordance with subparts E and F, respectively, of part 172 of this subchapter. For shipments of anhydrous ammo nia, the shipping paper must contain an indication that the markings, labels and placards have been applied in confor mance with the TDG Regulations and this paragraph (b)(5). (6) Required shipping descriptions and package markings must be in English. Abbreviations may not be used unless specifically au thorized by this subchapter. Identification numbers must be preceded by "UN" or "NA". The use of an identification number preceded by "PIN" is not authorized. (7) Shipments must conform to the requirements for emergency response information in Subpart G of Part 172 of this subchapter. (8) A Class 7 material must conform to the provisions of 171.12(d) of this subchapter; (9) For a hazardous waste as defined in this subchapter-- (i) The word "Waste" must precede the proper shipping name on shipping papers and packages; and (ii) The requirements of 172.205 of this subchapter with respect to hazardous waste manifests are applicable; (10) A hazardous substance as defined in this subchapter must conform to the requirements of 172.203(c) and 172.324 of this subchapter; and (11) A poisonous material must conform to the requirements of 172.203(m) of this subchapter. (12) [Reserved] (13) When the provisions of this subchapter require that a DOT specification or UN standard packaging must be used for a hazardous material, a packaging authorized by the TDG Regulations may be used only if it corresponds to the DOT specification or UN packaging authorized by this subchapter. Cylinders not manufactured to DOT specifications must conform to the requirements of 173.301(i) and (j) of this subchapter. (14) Any ammonium nitrate fertilizer or ammonium nitrate mixed fertilizer must not meet the definition and criteria of a Class 1 (explo sive) material. (15) Transportation of marine pollutants, as defined in 171.8 of this subchapter, must conform to the requirements of 172.203(1) and 172.322 of this subchapter. (16) An aerosol must meet the definition for "Aerosol" in 171.8. (17) An oxygen generator (chemical) must be classed, approved, and described in accordance with the requirements of this subchapter. 171.14 Transitional provisions for implementing certain re quirements. General. The purpose of the provisions of this section is to provide an orderly transistion to certain new requirements so as to minimize any burdens associated with them. (a) Previously filled packages-- (1) Packages filled prior to October 1,1991. Notwithstanding the marking and labeling provisions of subparts D and E, respectively, of part 172, and the packaging provisions of part 173 and subpart B of Part 172 of this subchapter, a package may be offered for transpor tation and transported prior to October 1, 2001, if it-- (1) Conforms to the old requirements of this subchapter in effect on September 30, 1991; (ii) Was filled with a hazardous material prior to October 1, 1991; (iii) Is marked "Inhalation Hazard' if appropriate, in accordance with 172.313 of this subchapter or Special Provision 13, as assigned in the 172.101 Table; and (iv) Is not emptied and refilled on or after October 1, 1991. (2) Non-bulk packages filled prior to October 1,1996. Notwith standing the packaging provisions of subpart B of Part 172 and the packaging provisions of part 173 of this subchapter with respect to UN standard packagings, a non-bulk package other than a cylinder may be offered for transportation and transported domestically prior to October 1, 1999, if it-- (i) Conforms to the requirements of this subchapter in effect on September 30, 1996; (ii) Was filled with a hazardous material prior to October 1, 1996; and (iii) Is not emptied and refilled on or after October 1, 1996. (b) Transitional placarding provisions. Until October 1, 2001, placards which conform to specifications for placards in effect on September 30, 1991 or placards specified in the December 21,1990 final rule may be used, for highway transportation only, in place of the placards specified in subpart F of part 172 of this subchapter, in accordance with the following table: Placard Substitution Table Hazard Class or Division Number Currant Placard Name Old (Sept. 30, 1991) Placard Name Division 1.1 ............................................. Explosives 1.1 ........................ Explosives A Division 1.2............................................. Explosives 1.2........................ Explosives A Explosives B Division 1.4 ............................................. Explosives 1.4........................ Dangerous Division 1.5............................................. Explosives 1.5........................ Blasting Agents Division 1.6............................................. Explosives 1.6........................ Dangerous Division 2.1 ............................................. Flammable Gas ..................... Flammable Gas Division 2.2............................................. Nonflammable Gas .............. Nonflammable Gas Division 2.3'............................................. Poison Gas............................... Poison Gas Class 3....................................................... Flammable............................... Flammable Combustible liquid............................... Combustible............................ Combustible Division 4.1 ............................................. Flammable Solid..................... Flammable Solid Division 4.2............................................. Spontaneously Combustible Flammable Solid Division 4.3............................................. Dangerous When Wet .... Flammable Solid W Division 5.1 ............................................. Oxidizer...................................... Oxidizer Division 5.2............................................. Organic Peroxide ................. Organic Peroxide Division 6.1. PG 1 (inhalation hazard, Zone A or B)'..................... Poision inhalation hazard . . Poison 61 ABD00131829 171.14--171.16 April 1998 Hazard Class or Division Number Current Placard Name Old (Sept. 30, 1991) Placard Name Division 6 1. PG l and II (other than Zone A or B inhalation hazard) Poison Poison Division 61. PG III Class 7 Class 8 Class 9 Keep Away From Food Radioactive Corrosive Class 9 (none required) Radioactive Corrosive (none required) 'For materials poisonous by inhalation, by all modes of transportation, until October 1. 2001. placards may be used that conform to specifications for placards (i) m effect on September 30. 1991 (2) specified in the December 21. 1990 final rule, or (3) specified in the July 22. 1997 final rule (c) Non-specification fiber drums. (1) A non-specification fiber drum with a removable head is authorized for a liquid hazardous material in Packing Group III that is not poisonous by inhalation for which the packaging was authorized under the requirements of Part 172 or Part 173 of this subchapter in effect on September 30. 1991. This authorization expires on the later of September 30, 1997, or the date on which funds are authorized to be appropriated to carry out chapter 51 of title 49. United States Code (related to transportation of hazardous materials), for fiscal years beginning after September 30, 1997. Information concerning this funding authorization date may be obtained by contacting the Office of the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety. (2) A non-specification fiber drum with a removable head author ized by paragraph (c)( 1) of this section may be offered for transporta tion and transported domestically prior to October 1, 1999. if it-- (i) Was filled with an authorized hazardous material prior to the expiration of the authority in paragraph (c)(1) of this section; and (ii) Is not emptied and refilled after the expiration of the authority in paragraph (c)(1) of this section. W) A rule published in the Federal Register on May 6.1997, effec tive October 1. 1997, resulted in revisions to this subchapter. During the transition period provided in paragraph (d)(1) of this section, a person may elect to comply with either the applicable requirements of this subchapter in effect on September 30,1997, or the requirements of this subchapter in the May 6, 1997 final rule, in effect on October 1, 1997. (1) Transition date. On October 1. 1998. all applicable regulatory requirements adopted in the May 6.1997 final rule in effect on October 1. 1997 must be met. (2) Intermixing old and new requirements. Prior to the transition date in paragraph (d)(1) of this section, it is recommended that the hazard communication requirements be consistent where practicable, i.e., marking, labeling, placarding, and shipping paper descriptions should conform to either the old requirements of this subchapter in effect on September 30,1997, or new requirements of this subchapter in the May 6,1997 rule, in effect on October 1,1997, without intermixing of communication elements. However, intermixing is permitted, during the applicable transition period, for packaging, hazard communica tion, and handling provisions, as follows: (i) If either shipping names or identification numbers are identical, a shipping paper may display the old shipping description even if the package is marked and labeled under the new shipping description; (ii) If either shipping names or identification numbers are identical, a shipping paper may display the new shipping description even if the package is marked and labeled under the old ship ping description; and (iii) Either old or new placards may be used regardless of whether old or new shipping descriptions and package markings are used. (e) Notwithstanding 172.416 and 172.429 of this subchapter specified in the July 22, 1997 final rule, when labels are required by subpart E of part 172 of this subchapter to be affixed to a material poisonous by inhalattion, labels that conform to the reuirements of this subchapter in effect on September 30, 1997, may be used on packagings offered for transportation or transported until October 1, 1999. 171.15 Immediate notice of certain hazardous materials inci dents. (a) At the earliest practicable moment, each carrier who transports hazardous materials (including hazardous wastes) shall give notice in accordance with paragraph (b) of this section after each incident that occurs during the course of transportation (including loading, unloading and temporary storage) in which-- (1) As a direct result of hazardous materials-- (1) A person is killed; or (ii) A person receives injuries requiring his or her hospitalization; or (iii) Estimated carrier or other property damage exceeds $50,000; or (iv) An evacuation of the general public occurs lasting one or more hours; or (v) One or more major transportation arteries or facilities are closed or shut down for one hour or more; or (vi) The operational flight pattern or routine of an aircraft is al tered; or (2) Fire, breakage, spillage, or suspected radioactive contamina tion occurs involving shipment of radioactive material (see also 174.45, 176.48, and 177.807 of this subchapter); or (3) Fire, breakage, spillage, or suspected contamination occurs involving shipment of infectious substances (etiologic agents); or (4) There has been a release of a marine pollutant in a quantity exceeding 450 L (119 gallons) for liquids or 400 kg (882 pounds) for solids; or (5) A situation exists of such a nature (e.g., a continuing danger to life exists at the scene of the incident) that, in the judgment of the carrier, it should be reported to the Department even though it does not meet the criteria of paragraph (a)(1), (2) or (3) of this section. (b) Except for transportation by aircraft, each notice required by paragraph (a) of this section shall be given to the Department by telephone (toll-free) on 800-424-8802. Notice involving shipments transported by aircraft must be given to the nearest FAA Civil Aviation Security Office by telephone at the earliest practical moment after each incident in place of the notice to the Department. Notice involving etiologic agents may be given to the Director. Centers for Disease Control. U.S. Public Health Service Atlanta, Ga. (800) 232-0124, in place of the notice to the Department or (toll call) on 202-267-2675. Each notice must include the following information; (1) Name of reporter. (2) Name and address of carrier represented by reporter. (3) Phone number where reporter can be contacted. (4) Date, time, and location of incident. (5) The extent of injuries, if any. (6) Classification, name and quantity of hazardous materials in volved, if such information is available. (7) Type of incident and nature of hazardous material invowement and whether a continuing danger to life exists at the scene. (c) Each carrier making a report under this section shall also make the report required by 171.16. Note: Under 40 CFR 302.6 EPA requires persons in charge of facilities (includ ing transport vehicles, vessels, and aircraft) to report any release of a hazardous substance in a quantity equal to or greater than its reportable quantity as soon as that person has knowledge of the release, to the U S. Coast Guard National Response Center at (toll free) 800-424-8802 or (toll) 202-267-2675. 171.16 Detailed hazardous materials incidence reports. (a) Each carrier who transports hazardous materials shall report in writing, in duplicate, on DOT Form F 5800.1 (Rev. 6/89) to the Depart ment within 30 days of the date of discovery, each incident that occurs during the course of transportation (including loading, unload ng, and temporary storage) in which any of the circumstances set forth in 171.15(a) occurs or there has been an unintentional release of haz ardous materials from a package (including a tank) or any quantity of hazardous waste has been discharged during transportation. If a report pertains to a hazardous waste discharge: (1) A copy of the hazardous waste manifest for the waste must be attached to the report; and (2) An estimate of the quantity of the waste removed from the scene, the name and address of the facility to which it was taken, and the manner of disposition of any removed waste must be entered in Section IX of the report form (Form F 5800.1) (Rev. 6/89). <b) Each carrier making a report under this section shall send the report to the Information Systems Manager, DHM-63, Research and Special Programs Administration, Department of Transportation, Washington, DC 20590-0001; and, for incidents involving transportation by aircraft, a copy of the report shall also be sent to the FAA Civil Aviation Security Office nearest the location of the incident. A copy of the report shall be retained for a period of two years, at the carrier's principal place of business, or at other places as authorized and approved in writing by an agency of the Department of Transportation. 62 ABD00131830 April 1998 171.16--171.21 (c) Except as provided in paragraph (d) of this section, the require ments of paragraph (a) of this section do not apply to incidents involv ing the unintentional release of a hazardous material-- (1) Transported under one of the following proper shipping names: (i) Consumer commodity <ii) Battery, electric storage, wet, filled with acid or alkali. (iii) Paint and paint related material when shipped in a packaging of five gallons or less. (2) Prepared and tranported as a limited quantity shipment in ac cordance with this subchapter. (d) The exceptions to incident reporting provided in paragraph (c) of this section do not apply to: (1) Incidents required to be reported under 171.15(a); (2) Incidents involving transportation aboard aircraft; (3) Except for consumer commodities, materials in Packing Group or (4) Incidents involving the transportation of hazardous waste. Note: A guideline document for assisting in the completion of DOT Form F 5800.1 (Rev. 6/89) may be obtained from the Office of Hazardous Materials Transportation, DHM-51, U.S. Department of Transportation. Washington, DC 20590-0001. 171.17 [Reserved] 171.18 Continuation of effectiveness of existing Bureau of Explosives registrations. A registration filed with the Bureau of Explosives in compliance with a requirement of this subchapter, which is valid at the time that registration function is assumed by RSPA remains valid to the same extent as if it had been filed originally with RSPA. 171.19 Approvals or authorizations Issued by the Bureau of Explosives. Unless otherwise specifically restricted by other requirements of this subchapter, any written approval or authorization issued by the Bureau of Explosives that is valid at the time the Bureau of Explosives authority to issue that approval or authorization is withdrawn or assumed by the Associate Administrator for Hazard ous Materials Safety and which is available for inspection by repre sentatives of the Department of Transportation, will be considered as having the same validity as if issued by the Associate Administra tor for Hazardous Materials Safety, and remains valid under the conditions and for the period established by the Bureau of Explo sives. 171.20 Submission of Examination Reports, (a) When it is required in this subchapter that the issuance of an approval by the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety be based on an examination by the Bureau of Explosives (or any other test facility recognized by RSPA), it is the responsibility of the applicant to submit the results of the examination to the Associate Administrator for Haz ardous Materials Safety. (b) Applications for approval submitted under paragraph (a) of this section, must be submitted to the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety, Research and Special Programs Adminis tration, Washington, DC 20590-0001. (c) Any applicant for an approval aggrieved by an action taken by the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety under this subpart may file an appeal with the Administrator, RSPA within 30 days of service of notification of a denial. 171.21 Assistance in investigations and special stud ies. (a) A carrier who is responsible for reporting an incident under the provisions of 171.16 shall make all records and information per taining to the incident available to an authorized representative or special agent of the Department of Transportation upon request. The carrier shall give an authorized representative or special agent of the Department of Transportation reasonable assistance in the investiga tion of the incident. (b) If the Department of Transportation makes an inquiry to a carrier of hazardous materials in connection with a study of incidents, the carrier shall (1) Respond to the inquiry within 30 days after its receipt or within such other time as the inquiry may specify; and (2) Provide full, true, and correct answers to any questions included in the inquiry. PART 171 63 ABD00131831 Part 172- Hazardous Materials Table ABD00131832 April 1998 PART 172 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS TABLE, SPECIAL PROVISIONS, HAZARDOUS MATERIALS COMMUNICATIONS, EMERGENCY RESPONSE INFORMATION, AND TRAINING REQUIREMENTS ZL\ IdV d Subject Sec. Subpart A--General Purpose and scope .................................................... 172.1 Applicability.................................................................... 172.3 Page 66 66 Subpart B--Table of Hazardous Materials and Special Provisions Purpose and use of hazardous materials table . . UN-NA Cross Reference Table................................. Hazardous Materials Table ...................................... Appendix A to 172.101--List of Hazardous Substances and Reportable Quantities.............. Table 1--Hazardous Substances Other Than Radionuclides.................................................... Table 2--Radionuclides .................................... Appendix B to 172.101--List of Marine Pollutants.................................................................... Special provisions ....................................................... 172.101 172.101 172.102 66 71 85 171 171 183 189 193 Subpart C--Shipping Papers Applicability.................................................................... General entries ............................................................ Description of hazardous material on shipping papers.......................................................................... Additional description requirements ...................... Shipper's certification ................................................. Hazardous waste manifest......................................... 172.200 172.201 172.202 172.203 172.204 172.205 203 203 203 203 206 207 Subpart D--Marking Applicability.................................................................... General marking requirements for non-bulk packagings ............................................................... General marking requirements for bulk packagings ............................................................... Prohibited marking....................................................... Marking requirements................................................. Authorized abbreviations............................................ Class 7 (radioactive) material................................... Liquid hazardous materials in non-bulk packagings ............................................................... Poisonous hazardous materials .............................. Packagings containing material classed as ORM-D ....................................................................... Explosive hazardous materials................................. Marine pollutants ......................................................... Hazardous substances in non-bulk packagings . Elevated temperature materials .............................. Portable tanks ............................................................... Cargo tanks.................................................................... Tank cars and multi-unit tank car tanks................ Bulk packagings other than portable tanks, cargo tanks, tank cars and multi-unit tank car tanks . Identification number markings................................. Identification numbers; prohibited display ........... Identification numbers; special provisions ........... Replacement of identification numbers ................ 172.300 172.301 172.302 172.303 172.304 172.308 172.310 172.312 172.313 172.316 172.320 172.322 172.324 172.325 172.326 172.328 172.330 172.331 172.332 172.334 172.336 172.338 209 209 209 209 210 210 210 210 210 210 210 211 211 211 212 212 212 212 212 213 213 213 Subpart E--Labeling General labeling requirements ................................. Exceptions from labeling............................................ Prohibited labeling ....................................................... Additional labeling requirements.............................. 172.400 172.400a 172.401 172.402 215 215 216 216 Subject Sec. Class 7 (radioactive) material................................... Labels for mixed and consolidated packaging .. Authorized label modifications ................................. Placement of labels .................................................... Label specifications .................................................... EXPLOSIVE 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5 and 1.6 labels, and EXPLOSIVE Subsidiary label........... NON-FLAMMABLE GAS label................................... POISON GAS label...................................................... FLAMMABLE GAS label ............................................ FLAMMABLE LIQUID label ...................................... FLAMMABLE SOLID label ......................................... SPONTANEOUSLY COMBUSTIBLE label.............. DANGEROUS WHEN WET label.............................. OXIDIZER label ............................................................ ORGANIC PEROXIDE label ...................................... POISON INHALATION HAZARD label................... POISON label ............................................................... KEEP AWAY FROM FOOD label.............................. INFECTIOUS SUBSTANCE label.............................. RADIOACTIVE WHITE-1 label................................... RADIOACTIVE YELLOW-11 label .............................. RADIOACTIVE YELLOW-III label.............................. CORROSIVE label ...................................................... CLASS 9 label............................................................... CARGO AIRCRAFT ONLY label .............................. EMPTY label ................................................................. 172.403 172.404 172.405 172.406 172.407 172.411 172.415 172.416 172.417 172.419 172.420 172.422 172.423 172.426 172.427 172.429 172.430 172.431 172.432 172.436 172.438 172.440 172.442 172.446 172.448 172.450 Subpart F--Placarding Applicability of placarding requirements .............. Prohibited and permissive placarding ................... Identification number display on placards ........... General placarding requirements ........................... Placarding for subsidiary hazards........................... Providing and affixing placards: Highway ........... Special placarding provisions: Highway................ Placarding and affixing placards: Rail................... Special placarding provisions: Rail......................... Freight containers and aircraft unit load devices ....................................................................... Bulk packagings other than tank cars................... Visibility and display of placards.............................. General specifications for placards......................... DANGEROUS placard................................................. EXPLOSIVES 1.1, EXPLOSIVES 1.2 and EXPLOSIVES 1.3 placards ................................... EXPLOSIVES 1.4 placard............................................ EXPLOSIVES 1.5 placard............................................ EXPLOSIVES 1.6 placard............................................ Background requirements for certain placards .. NON-FLAMMABLE GAS placard.............................. OXYGEN placard......................................................... FLAMMABLE GAS placard ...................................... POISON GAS placard................................................. FLAMMABLE placard ................................................. COMBUSTIBLE placard.............................................. FLAMMABLE SOLID placard ................................... SPONTANEOUSLY COMBUSTIBLE placard____ DANGEROUS WHEN WET placard........................ OXIDIZER placard ...................................................... 172.500 172.502 172.503 172.504 172.505 172.506 172.507 172.508 172.510 172.512 172.514 172.516 172.519 172.521 172.522 172.523 172.524 172.525 172.527 172.528 172.530 172.532 172.540 172.542 172.544 172.546 172.547 172.548 172.550 65 Page 216 217 217 217 217 218 219 219 219 219 219 219 220 220 220 220 220 220 220 221 221 221 221 221 222 222 223 223 223 223 224 224 224 224 224 225 225 225 225 226 226 226 226 226 227 227 227 227 227 227 228 228 228 228 228 ABD00131833 172.1--172.101 April 1998 Subject Sec. ORGANIC PEROXIDE placard ................................. KEEP AWAY FROM FOOD placard......................... POISON placard ......................................................... POISON INHALATION HAZARD placard .............. RADIOACTIVE placard ............................................... CORROSIVE placard ................................................. CLASS 9 placard ......................................................... 172.552 172.553 172.554 172.555 172.556 172.558 172.560 Subpart G--Emergency Response Information Applicability and general requirements ................ Emergency response information ........................... Emergency response telephone number .............. Carrier information contact......................................... 172.600 172.602 172.604 172.606 Subpart H--Training Purpose and Scope .................................................... 172.700 Page 228 229 229 229 229 229 229 231 231 231 232 233 Subject Sec. Federal-State relationship ......................................... Applicability and responsibility for training and testing.......................................................................... Training requirements................................................. 172.701 172.702 172.704 Subpart I--Radiation Protection Program Applicability of the radiation protection program Radiation protection program.................................... Recordkeeping and notifications.............................. Transitional provisions................................................. Appendix A--Office of Hazardous Materials Regulation Color Tolerance Charts and Tables Appendix B--Trefoil Symbol...................................... Appendix C--Dimensional Specifications for Recommended Placard Holder........................... 172.801 172.803 172.805 172.807 Page 233 233 233 234 234 234 234 234 236 236 PUBLISHER'S NOTE There are nine Subparts to Part 172. This PUBLISHER'S NOTE will cover only Subparts A and B. A separate PUBLISHER'S NOTE for each of the remaining Subparts will be included with that Subpart. Subpart A outlines the general purpose, scope and applicability for Part 172. Subpart B contains the 172.101 Hazardous Materials Table. This Table contains a list of all the proper shipping names that are permitted to describe a hazardous material while in transportation. The Table also includes information such as the hazard class, identification number, etc., and shows where to look in the regulations for needed information about packaging. There are ten columns in the Table and each contains information that is needed to complete a different portion of the requirements. The explanations for each column and the information contained therein precede the Table. There is also a subset of hazardous materials called hazardous substance and hazardous waste. These are listed in Appendix A to 172.101. These materials exhibit properties that are harmful to the environment and are regulated through regulatory actions by the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA). Some hazardous substances and wastes possess properties that meet one of the definitions of a hazardous material, such as flammable, corrosive, poison, etc. In these instances they would be identified by their technical name or, if not listed as such in the table, by one of the generic proper shipping names. Those hazardous substances and wastes that do not meet one of these definitions are placed in Class 9 (Miscellaneous Hazardous Material), the miscellaneous hazardous material category. Another subset of hazardous materials are marine pollutants. Marine pollutants are listed in Appendix B to 172.101. Like hazardous substances, some marine pollutants are listed by name in the Table or meet the definition of one of the classes, such as corrosive, flammable liquid, etc. Otherwise, if a marine pollutant is present in the regulated amount (see marine pollutant definition in 171.8), it is regulated as a Class 9 (Miscellaneous Hazardous Material). Subpart A GENERAL 172.1 Purpose and scope. This Part lists and classifies those materials which the Department of Transportation has designated as hazardous materials for purposes of transportation and prescribes the requirements for shipping papers, package marking, labeling, and transport vehicle placarding applicable to the shipment and transpor tation of those hazardous materials. 172.3 Applicability, (a) This Part applies to-- (1) Each person who offers a hazardous material for transporta tion. and (2) Each carrier by air, highway, rail, or water who transports a hazardous material. (b) When a person, other than one of those provided for in para graph (a) of this section, performs a packaging labeling or marking function required by this part, that person shall perform the function in accordance with this Part. Subpart B TABLE OF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS AND SPECIAL PROVISIONS 172.101 Purpose and use of hazardous materials table. (a) The Hazardous Materials Table (Table) in this section desig nates the materials listed therein as hazardous materials for the pur pose of transportation of those materials. For each listed material, the Table identifies the hazard class or specifies that the material is forbidden in transportation, and gives the proper shipping name or directs the user to the preferred proper shipping name. In addition, the Table specifies or references requirements in this subchapter pertaining to labeling, packaging, quantity limits aboard aircraft and stowage of hazardous materials aboard vessels. 66 ABD00131834 PART 172 April 1998 172.101 (b) Column 1: Symbols. Column 1 of the Table contains five sym bols "A", "D", "I", and "W"). as follows: (1) The plus (+) fixes the proper shipping name, hazard class and packing group for that entry without regard to whether the material meets the definition of that class or packing group or meets any other hazard class definition. An appropriate alternate proper shipping name and hazard class may be authorized by the Associate Adminis trator for Hazardous Materials Safety. (2) The letter "A" restricts the application of requirements of this subchapter to materials offered or intended for transportation by air craft, unless the material is a hazardous substance or a hazardous waste. (3) The letter "D" identifies proper shipping names which are appro priate for describing materials for domestic transportation but may be inappropriate for international transportation under the provisions of international regulations (e.g., IMO, ICAO). An alternate proper ship ping name may be selected when either domestic or international transportation is involved. (4) The letter "1" identifies proper shipping names which are appro priate for describing materials in international transportation. An alter nate proper shipping name may be selected when only domestic transportation is involved. (5) The letter "W" restricts the application of requirements of this subchapter to materials offered or intended for transportation by ves sel, unless the material is a hazardous substance or a hazardous waste. (c) Column 2: Hazardous materials descriptions and proper shipping names. Column 2 lists the hazardous materials descriptions and proper shipping names of materials designated as hazardous materials. Modification of a proper shipping name may otherwise be required or authorized by this section. Proper shipping names are limited to those shown in Roman type (not italics). (1) Proper shipping names may be used in the singular or plural and in either capital or lower case letters. Words may be alternatively spelled in the same manner as they appear in the ICAO Technical Instructions or the IMDG Code. For example "aluminum'' may be spelled '`aluminium'1 and "sulfur" may be spelled "sulphur". However, the word ''inflammable" may not be used in place of the word "flam mable". (2) Punctuation marks and words in italics are not part of the proper shipping name, but may be used in addition to the proper shipping name. The word ''or" in italics indicates that terms in the sequence may be used as the proper shipping name, as appropriate. (3) The word "poison" or "poisonous" may be used interchangeably with the word ''toxic" when only domestic transportation is involved. The abbreviation "n.o.i." or "n.o.i.b.n." may be used interchangeably with "n.o.s.". (4) Except for hazardous wastes, when qualifying words are used as part of the proper shipping name, their sequence in the package markings and shipping paper description is optional. However, the entry in the Table reflects the preferred sequence. (5) When one entry references another entry by use of the word "see", if both names are in Roman type, either name may be used as the proper shipping name (e.g., Ethyl alcohol, see Ethanol). (6) When a proper shipping name includes a concentration range as part of the shipping description, the actual concentration, if it is within the range stated, may be used in place of the concentration range. For example, an aqueous solution of hydrogen peroxide con taining 30 percent peroxide may be described as "Hydrogen peroxide, aqueous solution with not less than 20 percent but not more than 40 percent hydrogen peroxide"or "Hydrogen peroxide, aqueous solution with 30 percent hydrogen peroxide". (7) Use of the prefix "mono" is optional in any shipping name, when appropriate. Thus, Iodine monochloride may be used interchangeably with Iodine chloride. In "Glycerol alpha-monochlorohydrin" the term ''mono" is considered a prefix to the term "chlorohydrin" and may be deleted. (8) Hazardous substances. Appendix A to this section lists materi als which are listed or designated as hazardous substances under section 101 (14) of the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Com pensation, and Liability Act (CERCLA). Proper shipping names for hazardous substances (see Appendix A to this section and 171.8 of this subchapter) shall be determined as follows: (i) If the hazardous substance appears in the Table by technical name, then the technical name is the proper shipping name. (ii) If the hazardous substance does not appear in the Table and is not a forbidden material, then an appropriate generic, or "n.o.s.", shipping name shall be selected corresponding to the hazard class (and packing group, if any) of the material as determined by the defining criteria of this subchapter (see 173.2 and 173.2a of this subchapter). For example, a hazard ous substance which is listed in Appendix A but not in the Table and which meets the definition of a flammable liquid might be described as "Flammable liquid, n.o.s." or other appropriate shipping name corresponding to the flammable liquid haz ard class. (9) Hazardous wastes. If the word "waste" is not included in the hazardous material description in Column 2 of the Table, the proper shipping name for a hazardous waste (as defined in 171.8 of this subchapter), shall include the word "Waste" preceding the proper shipping name of the material. For example: Waste acetone. (10) Mixtures and solutions, (i) A mixture or solution not identified specifically by name, comprised of a hazardous material identified in the Table by technical name and non-hazardous material, shall be described using the proper shipping name of the hazardous material and the qualifying word "mixture" or "solution", as appropriate, unless-- (A) Except as provided in 172.101 (i)(4) the packaging speci fied in Column 8 is inappropriate to the physical state of the material; (B) The shipping description indicates that the proper ship ping name applies only to the pure or technically pure hazardous material; (C) The hazard class, packing group, or subsidiary hazard of the mixture or solution is different from that specified for the entry; (D) There is a significant change in the measures to be taken in emergencies; (E) The material is identified by special provision in Column 7 of the 172.101 Table as a material poisonous by inhala tion; however, it no longer meets the definition of poisonous by inhalation or it falls within a different hazard zone than that specified in the special provision; or (F) The material can be appropriately described by a shipping name that describes its intended application, such as "Coating solution", "Extracts, flavoring" or "Compound, cleaning liquid". (11) If one or more of the conditions specified in paragraph (c)(10)(i) of this section is satisfied, then a proper shipping name shall be selected as prescribed in paragraph (c)(12)(ii) of this section. (iii) A mixture or solution not identified in the Table specifically by name, comprised of two or more hazardous materials in the same hazard class, shall be described using an appropriate shipping description (e.g., "Flammable liquid, n.o.s."). The name that most appropriately describes the material shall be used; e.g., an alcohol not listed by its technical name in the Table shall be described as "Alcohol, n.o.s." rather than "Flam mable liquid, n.o.s.". Some mixtures may be more appropriately described according to their application, such as "Coating solu tion" or "Extracts, flavoring liquid" rather than by an n.o.s. entry. Under the provisions of subparts C and D of this part, the technical names of at least two components most predomi nately contributing to the hazards of the mixture or solution may be required in association with the proper shipping name. (11) Except for a material subject to or prohibited by 173.21, 173.51,173.56(d), 173.56(e)(1), 173.124(a)(2)(iii) or 173.128(c) of this subchapter, a material for which the hazard class is uncertain and must be determined by testing or a material that is a hazardous waste may be assigned a tentative shipping name, hazard class, identifica tion number and packing group, based on the shipper's tentative determination according to-- (i) Defining criteria in this subchapter; (ii) The hazard precedence prescribed in 173.2a of this subchap ter; and (iii) The shipper's knowledge of the material. (12) Except when the proper shipping name in the Table is pre ceded by a plus (+)-- (i) If it is specifically determined that a material meets the definition of a hazard class, packing group or hazard zone, other than the class, packing group, or hazard zone shown in association with the proper shipping name, or does not meet the defining criteria for a subsidiary hazard shown in Column 6 of the Table, 67 ABD00131835 172.101 April 1998 the material shall be described by an appropriate proper ship ping name listed in association with the correct hazard class, packing group, hazard zone, or subsidiary hazard for the ma terial. (ii) Generic or n.o.s. descriptions. If an appropriate technical name is not shown in the Table, selection of a proper shipping name shall be made from the generic or n.o.s. descriptions corresponding to the specific hazard class, packing group, hazard zone, or subsidiary hazard, if any, for the material. The name that most appropriately describes the material shall be used; e.g., an alcohol not listed by its technical name in the Table shall be described as "Alcohol, n.o.s." rather than "Flam mable liquid, n.o.s.". Some mixtures may be more appropriately described according to their application, such as "Coating solu tion" or "Extracts, flavoring, liquid", rather than by an n.o.s. entry, such as "Flammable liquid, n.o.s." It should be noted, however, that an n.o.s. description as a proper shipping name may not provide sufficient information for shipping papers and package markings. Under the provisions of Subparts C and D of this part, the technical name of one or more constituents which makes the product a hazardous material may be required in association with the proper shipping name. (iii) Multiple hazard materials. If a material meets the definition of more than one hazard class, and is not identified in the Table specifically by name (e.g., acetyl chloride), the hazard class of the material shall be determined by using the precedence specified in 173.2a of this subchapter, and an appropriate shipping description (e.g., "Flammable liquid, corrosive n.o.s.") shall be selected as described in paragraph (c)(12)(ii) of this section. (iv) If it is specifically determined that a material is not a forbidden material and does not meet the definition of any hazard class, the material is not a hazardous material. (13) Self-reactive materials and organic peroxides. A generic proper shipping name for a self-reactive material or an organic perox ide, as listed in Column 2 of the Table, must be selected based on the material's technical name and concentration, in accordance with the provisions of 173.224 or 173.225 of this subchapter, respec tively. (14) A proper shipping name that describes all isomers of a material may be used to identify any isomer of that material if the isomer meets criteria for the same hazard class or division, subsidiary risk(s) and packing group, unless the isomer is specifically identified in the Table. (15) Hydrates of inorganic substances may be identified using the proper shipping name for the equivalent anhydrous substance if the hydrate meets the same hazard class or division, subsidiary risk(s) and packing group, unless the hydrate is specifically identified in the Table. (d) Column 3: Hazard class or Division. Column 3 contains a designation of the hazard class or division corresponding to each proper shipping name, or the word "Forbidden". (1) A material for which the entry in this column is "Forbidden" may not be offered for transportation or transported. This prohibition does not apply if the material is diluted, stabilized or incorporated in a device and it is classed in accordance with the definitions of hazardous materials contained in Part 173 of this subchapter. (2) When a reevaluation of test data or new data indicates a need to modify the "Forbidden" designation or the hazard class or packing group specified for a material specifically identified in the Table, this data should be submitted to the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety. (3) A basic description of each hazard class and the section refer ence for class definitions appear in 173.2 of this subchapter. (4) Each reference to a Class 3 material is modified to read "Com bustible liquid" when that material is reclassified in accordance with 173.150 (e) or (f) of this subchapter or has a flash point above 60.5C (141F) but below 93C (200F). (e) Column 4: Identification number. Column 4 lists the identifica tion number assigned to each proper shipping name. Those preceded by the letters "UN" are associated with proper shipping names consid ered appropriate for international transportation as well as domestic transportation. Those preceded by the letters "NA" are associated with proper shipping names not recognized for international transportation, except to and from Canada. Identification numbers in the "NA9000" series are associated with proper shipping names not appropriately covered by international hazardous materials (dangerous goods) transportation standards, or not appropriately addressed by interna tional transportation standards for emergency response information purposes, except for transportation between the United States and Canada. (f) Column 5: Packing group. Column 5 specifies one or more packing groups assigned to a material corresponding to the proper shipping name and hazard class for that material. Class 2, Class 7, Division 6.2 (other than regulated medical wastes), and ORM-D materials do not have packing groups. Packing Groups I, II and III indicate the degree of danger presented by the material is either great, medium or minor, respectively. If more than one packing group is indicated for an entry, the packing group for the hazardous material is determined using the criteria for assignment of packing groups specified in Subpart D of Part 173. When a reevaluation of test data or new data indicates a need to modify the specified packing group(s), the data should be submitted to the Associate Administrator for Haz ardous Materials Safety. Each reference in this column to a material which is a hazardous waste or a hazardous substance, and whose proper shipping name is preceded in Column 1 of the Table by the letter "A" or "W", is modified to read "III" on those occasions when the material is offered for transportation or transported by a mode in which its transportation is not otherwise subject to requirements of this subchapter. (g) Column 6: Labels. Column 6 specifies codes which represent the hazard warning labels required for a package filled with a material conforming to the associated hazard class and proper shipping name, unless the package is otherwise excepted from labeling by a provision in subpart E of this part, or part 173 of this subchapter. The first code is indicative of the primary hazard of the material. Additional label codes are indicative of subsidiary hazards. Provisions in 172.402 may require that a label other than that specified in Column 6 be affixed to the package in addition to that specified in Column 6. No label is required for a material classed as a combustible liquid or for a Class 3 material that is reclassed as a combustible liquid. The codes contained in Column 6 are defined according to the following table: Label Substitution Table Label code Label Name 1 Explosive 1 11 Explosive 1 1 ' 1.2' . Explosive 1 2 ' 1.3' . ............................... Explosive 1.3.' 1 41 Explosive 1 4 ' 1 5' Explosive 1 5 ' 1.6' . ... Explosive 1 6.' 21 . ... ... Flammable Gas 2 2 Non-Flammable Gas 2 3 Poison Gas 3 flammable Liquid 4.1 Flammable Solid. 4 2 Spontaneously Combustible 4 3 Dangerous When Wet 5i Oxidizer 5 2 Organic Peroxide 6 i (inhalation hazard, Zone A or B) Poison Inhalation Hazard 6 1 (l or i|. other than Zone A or B inhalation hazard)*2 Poison. 6 1 (III)2 Keep Away From Food 6.2 . Infectious Substance 7 Radioactive 8 Corrosive 9 .. . . Class 9. 'Refers to the appropriate compatibility group letter 2The packing group for a material is indicated in column 5 of the table (h) Column 7: Special provisions. Column 7 specifies codes for special provisions applicable to hazardous materials. When Column 7 refers to a special provision for a hazardous material, the meaning and requirements of that special provision are as set forth in 172.102 of this subpart. (i) Column 8: Packaging authorizations. Columns 8A, 8B and 8C specify the applicable sections for exceptions, non-bulk packaging 68 ABD00131836 PART 172 April 1998 172.101 requirements and bulk packaging requirements, respectively, in Part 173 of this subchapter. Columns 8A, 8B and 8C are completed in a manner which indicates that "173.'' precedes the designated numeri cal entry. For example, the entry "202" in Column 8B associated with the proper shipping name `'Gasoline" indicates that for this material conformance to non-bulk packaging requirements prescribed in 173.202 of this subchapter is required. When packaging require ments are specified, they are in addition to the standard requirements for all packagings prescribed in 173.24 of this subchapter and any other applicable requirements in Subparts A and B of Part 173 of this subchapter. (1) Exceptions. Column 8A contains exceptions from some of the requirements of this subchapter. The referenced exceptions are in addition to those specified in Subpart A of Part 173 and elsewhere in this subchapter. A "None" in this column means no packaging exceptions are authorized, except as may be provided by special provisions in Column 7. (2) Non-bulk packaging. Column 8B references the section in Part 173 of this subchapter which prescribes packaging requirements for non-bulk packagings. A "None" in this column means non-bulk packagings are not authorized, except as may be provided by special provisions in Column 7. Each reference in this column to a material which is a hazardous waste or a hazardous substance, and whose proper shipping name is preceded in Column 1 of the Table by the letter "A" or "W", is modified to include "173.203" or "173.213", as appropriate for liquids and solids, respectively, on those occasions when the material is offered for transportation or transported by a mode in which its transportation is not otherwise subject to the require ments of this subchapter. (3) Bulk packaging. Column 8C specifies the section in Part 173 of this subchapter which prescribes packaging requirements for bulk packagings, subject to the limitations, requirements and additional authorizations of Column 7. A "None" in this column means bulk packagings are not authorized, except as may be provided by special provisions in Column 7. Additional authorizations and limitations for use of IM portable tanks are set forth in Column 7. For each reference in this column to a material which is a hazardous waste or a hazardous substance, and whose proper shipping name is preceded in Column 1 of the Table by the letter "A" or "W" and which is offered for transportation or transported by a mode in which its transportation is not otherwise subject to the requirements of this subchapter: (i) The column reference is 173.240 or 173.241, as appro priate. (ii) For a solid material, the exception provided in Special provi sion B54 is applicable. (iii) For a Class 9 material which meets the definition of an elevated temperature material, the column reference is 173.247. (4) For a hazardous material which is specifically named in the Table and whose packaging sections specify packagings not applica ble to the form of the material (e.g., packaging specified is for solid material and the material is being offered for transportation in a liquid form) the following table should be used to determine the appropriate packaging section: Packaging section reference tor solid materials 173.187 .................................................... 173.211.................................................... 173.212.................................................... 173.213.................................................... 173.240 .................................................... 173.242 .................................................... Corresponding packaging section for liquid materials 173.181 173.201 173.202 173.203 173.241 173.243 (j) Column 9: Quantity limitations. Columns 9A and 9B specify the maximum quantities that may be offered for transportation in one package by passenger-carrying aircraft or passenger-carrying rail car (Column 9A) or by cargo aircraft only (Column 9B), subject to the following: (1) "Forbidden" means the material may not be offered for transpor tation or transported in the applicable mode of transport. (2) The quantity limitation is "net" except where otherwise specified, such as for "Consumer commodity" which specifies "30 kg gross." (3) When articles or devices are specifically listed by name, the nei quantity limitation applies to the entire article or device (less pack aging and packaging materials) rather than only to its hazardous components. (4) A package offered or intended for transportation by aircraft and which is filled with a material forbidden on passenger-carrying aircraft but permitted on cargo aircraft only, or which exceeds the maximum net quantity authorized on passenger-carrying aircraft, shall be la belled with the CARGO AIRCRAFT ONLY label specified in 172.448 of this part. (k) Column 10: Vessel stowage requirements. Column 10A [Ves sel stowage] specifies the authorized stowage locations on board cargo and passenger vessels. Column 10B [Other provisions] speci fies codes for stowage requirements for specific hazardous materials. The meaning of each code in Column 10B is set forth in 176.84 of this subchapter. 176.63 of this subchapter sets forth the physical requirements for each of the authorized locations listed in Column 10A. (For bulk transportation by vessel, see 46 CFR Parts 30 to 40, 70, 98, 148, 151, 153 and 154.) The authorized stowage locations specified in Column 10A are defined as follows: (l) Stowage category "A" means the material may be stowed "on deck" or "under deck" on a cargo vessel and a passenger vessel. (2) Stowage category "B" means-- (i) The material may-be stowed "on deck" or "under deck" on a cargo vessel and on a passenger vessel carrying a number of passengers limited to not more than the larger of 25 passen gers, or one passenger per each three meters of overall vessel length; and (ii) "On deck only" on passenger vessels in which the number of passengers specified in paragraph (k)(2)(i) of this section is exceeded. (3) Stowage category "C" means the material must be stowed "on deck only" on a cargo vessel and on a passenger vessel. (4) Stowage category "D" means the material must be stowed "on deck only" on a cargo vessel and on a passenger vessel carrying a number of passengers limited to not more than the larger of 25 passen gers or one passenger per each three meters of overall vessel length, but the material is prohibited on passenger vessels in which the limiting number of passengers is exceeded. (5) Stowage category "E" means the material may be stowed "on deck" or "under deck" on a cargo vessel and on a passenger vessel carrying a number of passengers limited to not more than the larger of 25 passengers or one passenger per each three meters of overall vessel length, but the material is prohibited from carriage on passenger vessels in which the limiting number of passengers is exceeded. (1) Changes to the Table. (1) Unless specifically stated otherwise in a rule document published in the Federal Register amending the Table-- (i) Such a change does not apply to the shipment of any package filled prior to the effective date of the amendment; and (ii) Stocks of preprinted shipping papers and package markings may be continued in use, in the manner previously authorized, until depleted or for a one-year period, subsequent to the effec tive date of the amendment, whichever is less. (2) Except as otherwise provided in this section, any alteration of a shipping description or associated entry which is listed in the 172.101 Table must receive prior written approval from the Associate Adminis trator for Hazardous Materials Safety. (3) The proper shipping name of a hazardous material changed in the May 6, 1997 final rule, in effect on October 1, 1997, only by the addition or omission of the word "compressed," "inhibited," "liquefied" or "solution" may continue to be used to comply with package marking requirements, until January 1, 2003. ABD00131837 UN/NA Cross Reference list April 1998 ABD00131838 172.101--UN-NA Cross Reference Table PART 172 PUBLISHER'S NOTE This list is provided for information only. It is compiled and kept up-to-date by the publisher. UN-NA CROSS REFERENCE UN 0004 Ammonium picrate UN 0005 Cartridges for weapons UN 0006 Cartridges for weapons UN 0007 Cartridges for weapons UN 0009 Ammunition, incendiary UN 0010 Ammunition, incendiary UN 0012 Cartridges for weapons, inert projectile or Cartridges, small arms UN 0014 Cartridges for weapons, blank or Cartridges, small arms, blank UN 0015 Ammunition, smoke UN 0016 Ammunition, smoke UN 0018 Ammunition, tear-producing UN 0019 Ammunition, tear-producing UN 0020 Ammunition, toxic UN 0021 Ammunition, toxic NA 0027 Black powder for small arms UN 0027 Black powderor Gunpowder UN 0028 Black powder, compressed or Gunpowder, compressed or Black powder, in pellets or Gunpowder, in pellets UN 0029 Detonators, non-electric UN 0030 Detonators, electric UN 0033 Bombs UN 0034 Bombs UN 0035 Bombs UN 0037 Bombs, photo-flash UN 0038 Bombs, photo-flash 0039 Bombs, photo-flash 0042 Boosters 0043 Bursters UN 0044 Primers, cap type UN 0048 Charges, demolition UN 0049 Cartridges, flash UN 0050 Cartridges, flash UN 0054 Cartridges, signal UN 0055 Cases, cartridge, empty with primer UN 0056 Charges, depth UN 0059 Charges, shaped, commercial UN 0060 Charges, supplementary explosive UN 0065 Cord, detonating UN 0066 Cord, igniter UN 0070 Cutters, cable, explosive UN 0072 Cyclotrimethylenetrinitramine, wetted or Cyclonite, wetted or Hexogen, wetted or RDX, wetted UN 0073 Detonators for ammunition UN 0074 Diazodinitrophenol, wetted UN 0075 Diethyleneglycol dinitrate, desensitized UN 0076 Dinitrophenol UN 0077 Dinitrophenolates UN 0078 Dinitroresorcinol UN 0079 Hexanitrodiphenylamine or Dipicrylamine or Hexyl UN 0081 Explosive, blasting, type A UN 0082 Explosive, blasting, type B UN 0083 Explosive, blasting, type C UN 0084 Explosive, blasting, type D UN 0092 Flares, surface UN 0093 Flares, aerial UN 0094 Flash powder UN 0099 Fracturing devices, explosive UN 0101 Fuse, non-detonating UN 0102 Cord detonating orFuse detonating UN 0103 Fuse, igniter UN 0104 Cord, detonating, mild effect orFuse, detonating, mild effect UN 0105 Fuse, safety UN 0106 Fuzes, detonating 0107 Fuzes, detonating 0110 Grenades, practice 0113 Guanyl nitrosaminoguanylidene hydrazine, wetted UN 0114 Guanyl nitrosaminoguanyltetrazene, wetted or Tetrazene, wetted UN 0118 Hexolite, or Hexotol UN 0121 Igniters NA 0124 Jet perforating guns, charged UN 0124 Jet perforating guns, charged UN 0129 Lead azide, wetted UN 0130 Lead styphnate, wetted or Lead trinitroresorcinate, wetted UN 0131 Lighters, fuse UN 0132 Deflagrating metal salts of aromatic nitroderivatives, n.o.s UN 0133 Mannitol hexanitrate, wetted or Nitromannite, wetted UN 0135 Mercury fulminate, wetted UN 0136 Mines UN 0137 Mines UN 0138 Mines UN 0143 Nitroglycerin, desensitized UN 0144 Nitroglycerin, solution in alcohol UN 0146 Nitrostarch UN 0147 Nitro urea UN 0150 Pentaerythrite tetranitrate, wetted or Pentaerythritol tetranitrate, wetted, or PETN, wetted Pentaerythrite tetranitrate, or Pentaerythritol tetranitrate or PETN. desensitized UN 0151 Pentolite UN 0153 Trinitroaniline or Picramide UN 0154 Trinitrophenol or Picric acid UN 0155 Trinitrochlorobenzene or Picryl chloride UN 0159 Powder cake, wetted or Powder paste, wetted UN 0160 Powder, smokeless UN 0161 Powder, smokeless UN 0167 Projectiles UN 0168 Projectiles UN 0169 Projectiles UN 0171 Ammunition, illuminating UN 0173 Release devices, explosive UN 0174 Rivets, explosive UN 0180 Rockets UN 0181 Rockets UN 0182 Rockets UN 0183 Rockets UN 0186 Rocket motors UN 0190 Samples, explosive UN 0191 Signal devices, hand UN 0192 Signals, railway track, explosive UN 0193 Signals, railway track, explosive UN 0194 Signals, distress UN 0195 Signals, distress UN 0196 Signals, smoke UN 0197 Signals, smoke UN 0204 Sounding devices, explosive UN 0207 Tetranitroaniline UN 0208 Trinitrophenylmethylnitramine or Tetryl UN 0209 Trinitrotoluene or TNT UN 0212 Tracers for ammunition UN 0213 Trinitroanisole UN 0214 Trinitrobenzene UN 0215 Trinitrobenzoic acid UN 0216 Trinitro-meta-cresol UN 0217 Trinitronaphthalene UN 0218 Trinitrophenetole UN 0219 Trinitroresorcinol or Styphnic acid UN 0220 Urea nitrate UN 0221 Warheads, torpedo UN 0222 Ammonium nitrate UN 0224 Barium azide UN 0225 Boosters with detonator UN 0226 Cyclotetramethylenetetranitramine, wetted or HMX, wetted or Octogen, wetted UN 0234 Sodium dinitro-o-cresolate UN 0235 Sodium picramate UN 0236 Zirconium picramate UN 0237 Charges, shaped, flexible, linear UN 0238 Rockets, line-throwing UN 0240 Rockets, line-throwing UN 0241 Explosive, blasting, type E 71 ABD00131839 UN-NA Cross Reference Table UN 0242 UN 0243 UN 0244 UN 0245 UN 0246 UN 0247 UN 0248 UN 0249 UN 0250 UN 0254 UN 0255 UN 0257 UN 0266 UN 0267 UN 0268 UN 0271 UN 0272 UN 0275 NA 0276 UN 0276 UN 0277 UN 0278 UN 0279 UN 0280 UN 0281 UN 0282 UN 0283 UN 0284 UN 0285 UN 0286 UN 0287 UN 0288 UN 0289 UN 0290 UN 0291 UN 0292 UN 0293 UN 0294 UN 0295 UN 0296 UN 0297 UN 0299 UN 0300 UN 0301 UN 0303 UN 0305 UN 0306 UN 0312 UN 0313 UN 0314 UN 0315 UN 0316 UN 0317 UN 0318 UN 0319 UN 0320 UN 0321 UN 0322 NA 0323 UN 0323 UN 0324 UN 0325 UN 0326 UN 0327 UN 0328 UN 0329 UN 0330 NA 0331 UN 0331 UN 0332 UN 0333 UN 0334 UN 0335 UN 0336 NA 0337 UN 0337 UN 0338 UN 0339 UN 0340 UN 0341 UN 0342 UN 0343 Charges, propelling, for cannon Ammunition, incendiary, white phosphorus Ammunition, incendiary, white phosphorus Ammunition smoke, white phosphorus Ammunition, smoke, white phosphorus Ammunition, incendiary Contrivances, water-activated Contrivances, water-activated Rocket motors with hypergolic liquids Ammunition, illuminating Detonators, electric Fuzes, detonating Octolite or Octol Detonators, non-electric Boosters with detonator Charges, propelling Charges, propelling Cartridges, power device Model rocket motor Cartridges, power device Cartridges, oil well Cartridges, oil well Charges, propelling, for cannon Rocket motors Rocket motors Nitroguanidine or Picrite Boosters Grenades Grenades Warheads, rocket Warheads, rocket Charges, shaped, flexible, linear Cord, detonating Cord, detonating or Fuse, detonating Bombs Grenades Grenades Mines Rockets Sounding devices, explosive Ammunition, illuminating Bombs, photo-flash Ammunition, incendiary Ammunition, tear-producing Ammunition, smoke Flash powder Tracers for ammunition Cartridges, signal Signals, smoke Igniters Igniters Fuzes, igniting Fuzes, igniting Grenades, practice Primers, tubular Primers, tubular Cartridges for weapons Rocket motors with hypergolic liquids Model rocket motor Cartridges, power device Projectiles Igniters Cartridges for weapons, blank Cartridges for weapons, blank or Cartridges, small arms, blank Cartridges for weapons, inert projectile Torpedoes Torpedoes Ammonium nitrate-fuel oil mixture Explosive, blasting, type B or Agent blasting, Type B Explosive, blasting, type E or Agent blasting, type E Fireworks Fireworks Fireworks Fireworks Toy Caps Fireworks Cartridges for weapons, blank or Cartridges, small arms, blank Cartridges for weapons, inert projectile or Cartridges, small arms Nitrocellulose Nitrocellulose Nitrocellulose, wetted Nitrocellulose, plasticized April 1998 UN 0344 UN 0345 UN 0346 UN 0347 UN 0348 NA 0349 UN 0349 UN 0350 UN 0351 UN 0352 UN 0353 UN 0354 UN 0355 UN 0356 UN 0357 UN 0358 UN 0359 UN 0360 UN 0361 UN 0362 UN 0363 UN 0364 UN 0365 UN 0366 UN 0367 UN 0368 UN 0369 UN 0370 UN 0371 UN 0372 UN 0373 UN 0374 UN 0375 UN 0376 UN 0377 UN 0378 UN 0379 UN 0380 UN 0381 UN 0382 UN 0383 UN 0384 UN 0385 UN 0386 UN 0387 UN 0388 UN 0389 UN 0390 UN 0391 UN 0392 UN 0393 UN 0394 UN 0395 UN 0396 UN 0397 UN 0398 UN 0399 UN 0400 UN 0401 UN 0402 UN 0403 UN 0404 UN 0405 UN 0406 UN 0407 UN 0408 UN 0409 UN 0410 UN 0411 UN 0412 UN 0413 UN 0414 UN 0415 UN 0417 UN 0418 UN 0419 UN 0420 UN 0421 Projectiles Projectiles Projectiles Projectiles Cartridges for weapons Grenades, empty primed Articles, explosive, n.o.s. Articles, explosive, n.o.s. Articles, explosive, n.o.s. Articles, explosive, n.o.s. Articles, explosive, n.o.s. Articles, explosive, n.o.s. Articles, explosive, n.o.s. Articles, explosive, n.o.s. Substances, explosive, n.o.s. Substances, explosive, n.o.s. Substances, explosive, n.o.s. Detonator assemblies, non-electric Detonator assemblies, non-electric Ammunition, practice Ammunition, proof Detonators for ammunition Detonators for ammunition Detonators for ammunition Fuzes, detonating Fuzes, igniting Warheads, rocket Warheads, rocket Warheads, rocket Grenades, practice Signal devices, hand Sounding devices, explosive Sounding devices, explosive Primers, tubular Primers, cap type Primers, cap type Cases, cartridges, empty with primer Articles, pyrophoric Cartridges, power device Components, explosive train, n.o.s. Components, explosive train, n.o.s. Components, explosive train, n.o.s. 5-Nitrobenzotriazol Trinitrobenzenesulfonic acid Trinitrofluorenone Trinitrotoluene and Trinitrobenzene mixtures or TNT and trinitrobenzene mixtures or TNT and hexanitrostilbene mixtures or Trinitrotoluene and hexanitrostilnene mixtures Trinitrotoluene mixtures containing Trinitrobenzene and Hexanitrostilbene or TNT mixtures containing trinitrobenzene and hexanitrostilbene Tritonal RDX and HMX mixtures, wetted or RDX and HMX mixtures, desensitized Hexanitrostilbene Hexotonal Trinitroresorcinol, wetted or Styphnic acid, wetted Rocket motors, liquid fueled Rocket motors, liquid fueled Rockets, liquid fueled Rockets, liquid fueled Bombs with flammable liquid Bombs with flammable liquid Dipicryl sulfide Ammonium perchlorate Flares, aerial Flares, aerial Cartridges, signal Dinitrosobenzene Tetrazol-1-acetic acid Fuzes, detonating Fuzes, detonating Fuzes, detonating Pentaerythrite tetranitrate or Pentaerythritol tetranitrate or PETN Cartridges for weapons Cartridges for weapons, blank Charges, propelling, for cannon Charges, propelling Cartridges for weapons, inert projectile or Cartridges, small arms Flares, surface Flares, surface Flares, aerial Flares, aerial 72 ABD00131840 April 1998 UN-NA Cross Reference Table PART 172 UN 0424 UN 0425 UN 0426 UN 0427 UN 0428 UN 0429 UN 0430 UN 0431 UN 0432 UN 0433 UN 0434 UN 0435 UN 0436 UN 0437 UN 0438 UN 0439 UN 0440 UN 0441 UN 0442 UN 0443 UN 0444 UN 0445 UN 0446 UN 0447 UN 0448 UN 0449 UN 0450 UN 0451 UN 0452 UN 0453 UN 0454 UN 0455 UN 0456 UN 0457 UN 0458 UN 0459 UN 0460 UN 0461 UN 0462 UN 0463 UN 0464 UN 0465 UN 0466 UN 0467 UN 0468 UN 0469 UN 0470 UN 0471 UN 0472 NA 0473 NA 0473 UN 0473 UN 0474 UN 0475 UN 0476 UN 0477 UN 0478 UN 0479 UN 0480 UN 0481 UN 0482 UN 0483 UN 0484 UN 0485 UN 0486 UN 0487 UN 0488 UN 0489 UN 0490 UN 0491 UN 0492 UN 0493 NA 0494 UN 0494 UN 0495 UN 0496 UN 0497 UN 0498 UN 0499 UN 0500 UN 1001 UN 1002 Projectiles Projectiles Projectiles Projectiles Articles, pyrotechnic Articles, pyrotechnic Articles, pyrotechnic Articles, pyrotechnic Articles, pyrotechnic Powder cake, wetted or Powder paste, wetted Projectiles Projectiles Rockets Rockets Rockets Charges, shaped, commercial Charges, shaped, commercial Charges, shaped, commercial Charges, explosive, commercial Charges, explosive, commercial Charges, explosive, commercial Charges, explosive, commercial Cases, combustible, empty, without primer Cases, combustible, empty, without primer 5-Mercaptotetrazol-1-acetic acid Torpedoes, liquid fueled Torpedoes, liquid fueled Torpedoes Grenades practice Rockets, line-throwing Igniters Detonators, non-electric Detonators, electric Charges, bursting, plastics bonded Charges, bursting, plastics bonded Charges, bursting, plastics bonded Charges, bursting, plastics bonded Components, explosive train, n.o.s. Articles, explosive, n.o.s. Articles, explosive, n.o.s. Articles, explosive, n.o.s. Articles, explosive, n.o.s. Articles, explosive, n.o.s. Articles, explosive, n.o.s. Articles, explosive, n.o.s. Articles, explosive, n.o.s. Articles, explosive, n.o.s. Articles, explosive, n.o.s. Articles, explosive, n.o.s. Lead mononitroresorcinate Barium styphnate Substances, explosive, n.o.s. Substances, explosive, n.o.s. Substances, explosive, n.o.s. Substances, explosive, n.o.s. Substances, explosive, n.o.s. Substances, explosive, n.o.s. Substances, explosive, n.o.s. Substances, explosive, n.o.s. Substances, explosive, n.o.s. Substances, explosive, very insensitive, n.o.s., or Substances, EVI, n.o.s. Cyclotrimethylenetrinitramine, desensitized or Cyclonite, desensitized or Hexogen, desensitized or RDX, desensitized Cyclotetramethylenetetranitramine, desensitized or Octogen, desensitized or HMX, desensitized Substances, explosive, n.o.s. Articles, explosive, extremely insensitive or Articles, EEI Signals, smoke Ammunition, practice Dinitroglycoluril or Dingu Nitrotriazolone or NTO Charges, propelling Signals, railway track, explosive Signals, railway track, explosive Jet perforating guns, charged Jet perforating guns, charged Propellant, liquid Octonal Propellant, liquid Propellant, solid Propellant, solid Detonator assemblies, non-electric Acetylene, dissolved Air, compressed UN 1003 UN 1005 UN 1006 UN 1008 UN 1009 UN 1010 UN 1011 UN 1012 UN 1013 UN 1014 UN 1015 UN 1016 UN 1017 UN 1018 UN 1020 UN 1021 UN 1022 UN 1023 UN 1026 UN 1027 UN 1028 UN 1029 UN 1030 UN 1032 UN 1033 UN 1035 UN 1036 UN 1037 UN 1038 UN 1039 UN 1040 UN 1041 UN 1043 UN 1044 UN 1045 UN 1046 UN 1048 UN 1049 UN 1050 UN 1051 UN 1052 UN 1053 UN 1055 UN 1056 UN 1057 UN 1058 UN 1060 UN 1061 UN 1062 UN 1063 UN 1064 UN 1065 UN 1066 UN 1067 UN 1069 UN 1070 UN 1071 UN 1072 UN 1073 UN 1075 UN 1076 UN 1077 UN 1078 UN 1079 UN 1080 UN 1081 UN 1082 UN 1083 UN 1085 UN 1086 UN 1087 UN 1088 UN 1089 UN 1090 UN 1091 UN 1092 UN 1093 UN 1098 UN 1099 UN 1100 UN 1104 UN 1105 UN 1106 UN 1107 UN 1108 Air, refrigerated liquid Ammonia, anhydrous Argon, compressed Boron trifluoride, compressed Bromotrifluoromethane or Refrigerant gas R 13B1 Butadienes, inhibited Butane or Butane mixtures Butylene Carbon dioxide Carbon dioxide and oxygen mixtures, compressed Carbon dioxide and nitrous oxide mixtures Carbon monoxide, compressed Chlorine Chlorodifluoromethane or Refrigerant gas R 22 Chloropentafluoroethane or Refrigerant gas, R 115 1-Chloro-1,2,2,2,-tetrafluoroethane or Refrigerant gas R 124 Chlorotrifluoromethane or Refrigerant gas R 13 Coat gas, compressed Cyanogen Cyclopropane Dichlorodifluoromethane or Refrigerant gas R 12 Dichlorofluoromethane or Refrigerant gas R 21 1,1-Difluoroethane or Refrigerant gas R 152a Dimethylamine, anhydrous Dimethyl ether Ethane Ethylamine Ethyl chloride Ethylene, refrigerated liquid Ethyl methyl ether Ethylene oxide or Ethylene oxide with nitrogen Ethylene oxide and carbon dioxide mixtures Fertilizer ammoniating solution Fire extinguishers Fluorine, compressed Helium, compressed Hydrogen bromide, anhydrous Hydrogen, compressed Hydrogen chloride, anhydrous Hydrogen cyanide, anhydrous, stabilized Hydrogen fluoride, anhydrous Hydrogen sulfide Isobutylene Krypton, compressed Lighters or Lighter refills Liquefied gases Methyl acetylene and propadiene mixtures, stabilized Methylamine, anhydrous Methyl bromide Methyl chloride or Refrigerant gas R 40 Methyl mercaptan Neon, compressed Nitrogen, compressed Dinitrogen tetroxide Nitrosyl chloride Nitrous oxide Oil gas, compressed Oxygen, compressed Oxygen, refrigerated liquid Petroleum gases, liquefied or Liquefied petroleum gas Phosgene Propylene Refrigerant gases, n.o.s. Sulfur dioxide Sulfur hexafluoride Tetrafluoroethylene, inhibited Trifluorochloroethylene, inhibited Trimethylamine, anhydrous Vinyl bromide, inhibited Vinyl chloride, inhibited or Vinyl chloride, stabilized Vinyl methyl ether, inhibited Acetal Acetaldehyde Acetone Acetone oils Acrolein, inhibited Acrylonitrile, inhibited Allyl alcohol Allyl bromide Allyl chloride Amyl acetates Amyl alcohols Amylamines Amyl chlorides 1-Pentene 73 ABD00131841 UN-NA Cross Reference Table April 1998 UN 1109 UN 1110 UN 1111 UN 1112 UN 1113 UN 1114 UN 1120 UN 1123 UN 1125 UN 1126 UN 1127 UN 1128 UN 1129 UN 1130 UN 1131 UN 1133 UN 1134 UN 1135 UN 1136 UN 1139 UN 1143 UN 1144 UN 1145 UN 1146 UN 1147 UN 1148 UN 1149 UN 1150 UN 1152 UN 1153 UN 1154 UN 1155 UN 1156 UN 1157 UN 1158 UN 1159 UN 1160 UN 1161 UN 1162 UN 1163 UN 1164 UN 1165 UN 1166 UN 1167 UN 1169 UN 1170 UN 1171 UN 1172 UN 1173 UN 1175 UN 1176 UN 1177 UN 1178 UN 1179 UN 1180 UN 1181 UN 1182 UN 1183 UN 1184 UN 1185 UN 1188 UN 1189 UN 1190 UN 1191 UN 1192 UN 1193 UN 1194 UN 1195 UN 1196 UN 1197 UN 1198 UN 1199 UN 1201 UN 1202 NA 1203 UN 1203 UN 1204 UN 1206 UN 1207 UN 1208 UN 1210 UN 1212 UN 1213 UN 1214 Amyl formates n-Amyl methyl ketone Amyl mercaptans Amyl nitrate Amyl nitrites Benzene Butanols Butyl acetates n-Butylamine 1-Bromobutane Chlorobutanes n-Butyl formate Butyraldehyde Camphor oil Carbon disulfide Adhesives Chlorobenzene Ethylene chlorohydrin Coal tar distillates, flammable Coating solution Crotonaldehyde, stabilized Crotonylene Cyclohexane Cyclopentane Decahydronaphthalene Diacetone alcohol Dibutyl ethers 1,2-DiChloroethylene Dichloropentanes Ethylene glycol diethyl ether Diethylamine Diethyl ether or Ethyl ether Diethyl ketone Diisobutyl ketone Diisopropylamine Diisopropyl ether Dimethylamine solution Dimethyl carbonate Dimethyldichlorosilane Dimethylhydrazine, unsymmetrical Dimethyl sulfide Dioxane Dioxolane Divinyl ether, inhibited Extracts, aromatic, liquid Ethanol or Ethyl alcohol or Ethanol solutions or Ethyl alcohol solutions Ethylene glycol monoethyl ether Ethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate Ethyl acetate Ethylbenzene Ethyl borate 2-Ethylbutyl acetate 2-Ethylbutyraldehyde Ethyl butyl ether Ethyl butyrate Ethyl chloroacetate Ethyl chloroformate Ethyldichlorosilane Ethylene dichloride Ethyleneimine, inhibited Ethylene glycol monomethyl ether Ethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate Ethyl formate Octyl aldehydes Ethyl lactate Ethyl methyl ketone or Methyl ethyl ketone Ethyl nitrite solutions Ethyl propionate Ethyltrichlorosilane Extracts, flavoring, liquid Formaldehyde, solutions, flammable Furaldehydes Fusel oil Gas oil or Diesel fuel or Heating oil, light Gasohol Gasoline Nitroglycerin solution in alcohol Heptanes Hexaldehyde Hexanes Printing ink Isobutanol or Isobutyl alcohol Isobutyl acetate Isobutylamine UN 1216 UN 1218 UN 1219 UN 1220 UN 1221 UN 1222 UN 1223 UN 1224 NA 1226 UN 1228 UN 1229 UN 1230 UN 1231 UN 1233 UN 1234 UN 1235 UN 1237 UN 1238 UN 1239 UN 1242 UN 1243 UN 1244 UN 1245 UN 1246 UN 1247 UN 1248 UN 1249 UN 1250 UN 1251 UN 1259 UN 1261 UN 1262 UN 1263 UN 1263 UN 1264 UN 1265 UN 1266 UN 1267 UN 1268 NA 1270 UN 1272 UN 1274 UN 1275 UN 1276 UN 1277 UN 1278 UN 1279 UN 1280 UN 1281 UN 1282 UN 1286 UN 1287 UN 1288 UN 1289 UN 1292 UN 1293 UN 1294 UN 1295 UN 1296 UN 1297 UN 1298 UN 1299 UN 1300 UN 1301 UN 1302 UN 1303 UN 1304 UN 1305 UN 1306 UN 1307 UN 1308 UN 1309 UN 1310 UN 1312 UN 1313 UN 1314 UN 1318 UN 1320 UN 1321 UN 1322 UN 1323 UN 1324 NA 1325 NA 1325 Isooctenes Isoprene, inhibited Isopropanol or Isopropyl alcohol Isopropyl acetate Isopropylamine Isopropyl nitrate Kerosene Ketones, liquid, n.o.s. Lighters for cigars, cigarettes Mercaptans, liquid, flammable, toxic, n.o.s. or Mercaptan mixtures, liquid, flammable, toxic, n.o.s. Mesityl oxide Methanol Methyl acetate Methylamyl acetate Methylal Methylamine, aqueous solution Methyl butyrate Methyl chloroformate Methylchloromethyl ether Methyldichlorosilane Methyl formate Methylhydrazine Methyl isobutyl ketone Methyl isopropeny! ketone, inhibited Methyl methacrylate monomer, inhibited Methyl propionate Methyl propyl ketone Methyltrichlorosilane Methyl vinyl ketone Nickel carbonyl Nitromethane Octanes Paint Paint related material Paraldehyde Pentanes Perfumery products Petroleum crude oil Petroleum distillates, n.o.s. or Petroleum products, n.o.s. Petroleum oil Pine oil n-Propanol or Propyl alcohol normal Propionaldehyde n-Propyl acetate Propylamine Propyl chloride 1,2-Dichloropropane Propylene oxide Propyl formates Pyridine Rosin oil Rubber solution Shale oil Sodium methylate solutions Tetraethyl silicate Tinctures, medicinal Toluene Trichlorosilane Triethylamine Trimethylamine, aqueous solutions Trimethylchlorosilane Turpentine Turpentine substitute Vinyl acetate, inhibited Vinyl ethyl ether, inhibited Vinylidene chloride, inhibited Vinyl isobutyl ether, inhibited Vinyltrichlorosilane, inhibited Wood preservatives, liquid Xylenes Zirconium suspended in a liquid Aluminum powder, coated Ammonium picrate, wetted Borneo! Calcium resinate Calcium resinate, fused Cobalt resinate, precipitated Dinitrophenol, wetted Dinitrophenolates, wetted Dinitroresorcinol, wetted Ferrocerium Films, nitrocellulose base Fusee Medicines, n.o.s. 74 ABD00131842 April 1998 UN-NA Cross Reference Table PART 172 UN 1325 UN 1326 UN 1328 UN 1330 UN 1331 UN 1332 UN 1333 UN 1334 UN 1336 UN 1337 UN 1338 UN 1339 UN 1340 UN 1341 UN 1343 NA 1344 UN 1344 UN 1346 UN 1347 UN 1348 UN 1349 NA 1350 UN 1350 UN 1352 UN 1353 UN 1354 UN 1355 UN 1356 UN 1357 UN 1358 UN 1360 NA 1361 UN 1361 UN 1362 UN 1363 UN 1364 NA 1365 UN 1365 UN 1366 UN 1369 UN 1370 UN 1373 UN 1374 UN 1376 UN 1378 UN 1379 UN 1380 UN 1381 UN 1382 UN 1383 UN 1384 UN 1385 UN 1386 UN 1389 UN 1390 UN 1391 UN 1392 UN 1393 UN 1394 UN 1395 UN 1396 UN 1397 UN 1398 UN 1400 UN 1401 UN 1402 UN 1403 UN 1404 UN 1405 UN 1407 UN 1408 UN 1409 UN 1410 UN 1411 UN 1413 UN 1414 UN 1415 UN 1417 UN 1418 UN 1419 UN 1420 Flammable solids, organic, n.o.s. Hafnium powder, wetted Hexamethylenetetramine Manganese resinate Matches, strike anywhere Metaldehyde Cerium Naphthalene, crude or Naphthalene, refined Nitroguanidine, wetted or Picrite, wetted Nitrostarch, wetted Phosphorus, amorphous Phosphorus heptasulfide Phosphorus pentasulfide Phosphorus sesquisulfide Phosphorus trisulfide Picric acid, wet Trinitrophenol, wetted Silicon powder, amorphous Silver picrate, wetted Sodium dinitro-o-cresolate, wetted Sodium picramate, wetted Sulfur Sulfur Titanium powder, wetted Fibers or Fabrics impregnated with weakly nitrated nitrocellulose, n.o.s. Trinitrobenzene, wetted Trinitrobenzoic acid, wetted Trinitrotoluene, wetted Urea nitrate, wetted Zirconium powder, wetted Calcium phosphide Charcoal Carbon Carbon, activated Copra Cotton waste, oily Cotton Cotton, wet Diethylzinc p-Nitrosodimethylaniline Dimethylzinc Fibers or Fabrics, animal or vegetable or Synthentic, n.o.s. Fish meal, unstablized or Fish scrap, unstabilized Iron oxide, spent, or Iron sponge, spent Metal catalyst, wetted Paper, unsaturated oil treated Pentaborane Phosphorus, white dry or Phosphorus, white, under water or Phosphorus white, in solution or Phosphorus, yellow dry or Phosphorus, yellow, under water or Phosphorus, yellow, in solution Potassium sulfide, anhydrous or Potassium sulfide Pyrophoric metals, n.o.s., or Pyrophoric alloys, n.o.s. Sodium dithionite or Sodium hydrosulfite Sodium sulfide, anhydrous or Sodium sulfide Seed cake Alkali metal amalgams Alkali metal amides Alkali metal dispersions, or Alkaline earth metal dispersions Alkaline earth metal amalgams Alkaline earth metal alloys, n.o.s. Aluminum carbide Aluminum ferrosilicon powder Aluminum powder, uncoated Aluminum phosphide Aluminum silicon powder, uncoated Barium Calcium Calcium carbide Calcium cyanamide Calcium hydride Calcium silicide Cesium or Caesium Ferrosilicon Metal hydrides, water reactive, n.o.s. Lithium aluminum hydride Lithium aluminum hydride, ethereal Lithium borohydride Lithium hydride Lithium Lithium silicon Magnesium, powder or Magnesium alloys, powder Magnesium aluminum phosphide Potassium, metal alloys UN 1421 UN 1422 UN 1423 UN 1426 UN 1427 UN 1428 UN 1431 UN 1432 UN 1433 UN 1435 UN 1436 UN 1437 UN 1438 UN 1439 UN 1442 UN 1444 UN 1445 UN 1446 UN 1447 UN 1448 UN 1449 UN 1450 UN 1451 UN 1452 UN 1453 UN 1454 UN 1455 UN 1456 UN 1457 UN 1458 UN 1459 UN 1461 UN 1462 NA 1463 UN 1463 UN 1465 UN 1466 UN 1467 UN 1469 UN 1470 UN 1471 UN 1472 UN 1473 UN 1474 UN 1475 UN 1476 UN 1477 NA 1479 UN 1479 UN 1481 UN 1482 UN 1483 UN 1484 UN 1485 UN 1486 UN 1487 UN 1488 UN 1489 UN 1490 UN 1491 UN 1492 UN 1493 UN 1494 UN 1495 UN 1496 UN 1498 UN 1499 UN 1500 UN 1502 UN 1503 UN 1504 UN 1505 UN 1506 UN 1507 UN 1508 UN 1509 UN 1510 UN 1511 UN 1512 UN 1513 UN 1514 UN 1515 UN 1516 UN 1517 Alkali metal alloys, liquid, n.o.s. Potassium sodium alloys Rubidium Sodium borohydride Sodium hydride Sodium Sodium methylate Sodium phosphide Stannic phosphide Zinc ashes Zinc powder or Zinc dust Zirconium hydride Aluminum nitrate Ammonium dichromate Ammonium perchlorate Ammonium persulfate Barium chlorate Barium nitrate Barium perchlorate Barium permanganate Barium peroxide Bromates, inorganic, n.o.s. Cesium nitrate or Caesium nitrate Calcium chlorate Calcium chlorite Calcium nitrate Calcium perchlorate Calcium permanganate Calcium peroxide Chlorate and borate mixtures Chlorate and magnesium chloride mixtures Chlorates, inorganic, n.o.s. Chlorites, inorganic, n.o.s. Chromic acid, solid Chromium trioxide, anhydrous Didymium nitrate Ferric nitrate Guanidine nitrate Lead nitrate Lead perchlorate, solid or solution Lithium hypochlorite, dry or Lithium hypochlorite mixtures. dry Lithium peroxide Magnesium bromate Magnesium nitrate Magnesium perchlorate Magnesium peroxide Nitrates, inorganic, n.o.s. Medicines, n.o.s. Oxidizing solid, n.o.s. Perchlorates, inorganic, n.o.s. Permanganates, inorganic, n.o.s. Peroxides, inorganic, n.o.s. Potassium bromate Potassium chlorate Potassium nitrate Potassium nitrate and sodium nitrite mixtures Potassium nitrite Potassium perchlorate, solution or solid Potassium permanganate Potassium peroxide Potassium persulfate Silver nitrate Sodium bromate Sodium chlorate Sodium chlorite Sodium nitrate Sodium nitrate and potassium nitrate mixtures Sodium nitrite Sodium perchlorate Sodium permanganate Sodium peroxide Sodium persulfate Strontium chlorate, solid Strontium nitrate Strontium perchlorate Strontium peroxide Tetranitromethane Urea hydrogen peroxide Zinc ammonium nitrite Zinc chlorate Zinc nitrate Zinc permanganate Zinc peroxide Zirconium picramate, wetted 75 ABD00131843 UN-NA Cross Reference Table April 1998 UN 1541 UN 1544 UN 1545 UN 1546 UN 1547 UN 1548 NA 1549 NA 1549 UN 1549 UN 1550 UN 1551 UN 1553 UN 1554 UN 1555 NA 1556 UN 1556 NA 1557 NA 1557 UN 1557 UN 1558 UN 1559 UN 1560 UN 1561 UN 1562 UN 1564 UN 1565 UN 1566 UN 1567 UN 1569 UN 1570 UN 1571 UN 1572 UN 1573 NA 1574 UN 1574 UN 1575 UN 1577 UN 1578 UN 1579 UN 1580 UN 1581 UN 1582 UN 1583 UN 1585 UN 1586 UN 1587 UN 1588 UN 1589 UN 1590 UN 1591 UN 1593 UN 1594 UN 1595 UN 1596 UN 1597 UN 1598 UN 1599 UN 1600 UN 1601 UN 1602 UN 1603 UN 1604 UN 1605 UN 1606 UN 1607 UN 1608 UN 1611 UN 1612 NA 1613 UN 1613 UN 1614 UN 1616 UN 1617 UN 1618 UN 1620 UN 1621 UN 1622 UN 1623 UN 1624 UN 1625 UN 1626 UN 1627 UN 1629 Acetone cyanohydrin, stabilized Alkaloids, solid, n.o.s. or Alkaloid salts, solid, n.o.s. Allyl isothiocyanate, stabilized Ammonium arsenate Aniline Aniline hydrochloride Antimony trifluoride, solid or solution Antimony tribromide, solution or solid Antimony compounds, inorganic, solid, n.o.s. Antimony lactate Antimony potassium tartrate Arsenic acid, liquid Arsenic acid, solid Arsenic bromide Methyldichloroarsine Arsenic compounds, liquid, n.o.s. Arsenic sulfide Arsenic trisulfide Arsenic compounds, solid, n.o.s. Arsenic Arsenic pentoxide Arsenic trichloride Arsenic trioxide Arsenical dust Barium compounds, n.o.s. Barium cyanide Beryllium compounds, n.o.s. Beryllium, powder Bromoacetone Brucine Barium azide, wetted Cacodylic acid Calcium arsenate Calcium arsenite, solid Calcium arsenate and calcium arsenite, mixtures, solid Calcium cyanide Chlorodinitrobenzenes Chloronitrobenzene 4-Chloro-o-toluidine hydrochloride Chloropicrin Chloropicrin and methyl bromide mixtures Chloropicrin and methyl chloride mixtures Chloropicrin mixtures, n.o.s. Copper acetoarsenite Copper arsenite Copper cyanide Cyanides, inorganic, solid, n.o.s. Cyanogen chloride, inhibited Dichloroanilines, solid or liquid o-Dichlorobenzene Dichloromethane Diethyl sulfate Dimethyl sulfate Dinitroanilines Dinitrobenzenes Dinitro-o-cresol Dinitrophenol solutions Dinitrotoluenes. molten Disinfectants, solid, toxic, n.o.s. Dyes, liquid, toxic, n.o.s or Dye intermediates, liquid, toxic. n.o.s. Ethyl bromoacetate Ethylenediamine Ethylene dibromide Ferric arsenate Ferric arsenite Ferrous arsenate Hexaethyl tetraphosphate liquid Hexaethyl tetraphosphate and compressed gas mixtures Hydrocyanic acid, aqueous solutions Hydrocyanic acid, aqueous solutions or Hydrogen cyanide. aqueous solutions Hydrogen cyanide, stabilized Lead acetate Lead arsenates Lead arsenites Lead cyanide London purple Magnesium arsenate Mercuric arsenate Mercuric chloride Mercuric nitrate Mercuric potassium cyanide Mercurous nitrate Mercury acetate UN 1630 UN 1631 UN 1634 UN 1636 UN 1637 UN 1638 UN 1639 UN 1640 UN 1641 UN 1642 UN 1643 UN 1644 UN 1645 UN 1646 UN 1647 UN 1648 NA 1649 UN 1649 UN 1650 UN 1651 UN 1652 UN 1653 UN 1654 UN 1655 UN 1656 UN 1657 UN 1658 UN 1659 UN 1660 UN 1661 UN 1662 UN 1663 UN 1664 UN 1665 UN 1669 UN 1670 UN 1671 UN 1672 UN 1673 UN 1674 UN 1677 UN 1678 UN 1679 UN 1680 UN 1683 UN 1684 UN 1685 UN 1686 UN 1687 UN 1688 UN 1689 UN 1690 UN 1691 UN 1692 NA 1693 UN 1693 UN 1694 UN 1695 UN 1697 UN 1698 UN 1699 UN 1700 UN 1701 UN 1702 UN 1704 NA 1707 UN 1707 UN 1708 UN 1709 UN 1710 UN 1711 UN 1712 UN 1713 UN 1714 UN 1715 UN 1716 UN 1717 UN 1718 UN 1719 UN 1722 UN 1723 UN 1724 UN 1725 Mercury ammonium chloride Mercury benzoate Mercury bromides Mercury cyanide Mercury gluconate Mercury iodide Mercury nucleate Mercury oleate Mercury oxide Mercury oxycyanide, desensitized Mercury potassium iodide Mercury salicylate Mercury sulfates Mercury thiocyanate Methyl bromide and ethylene dibromide mixtures, liquid Acetonitrile Tetraethyl lead, liquid Motor fuel anti-knock mixtures beta-Naphthylamine Naphthylthiourea Naphthylurea Nickel cyanide Nicotine Nicotine compounds, solid, n.o.s. or Nicotine preparations solid, n.o.s. Nicotine hydrochloride or Nicotine hydrochloride solution Nicotine salicylate Nicotine sulfate Nicotine tartrate Nitric oxide, compressed Nitroanilines Nitrobenzene Nitrophenols Nitrotoluenes Nitroxylenes, (o-; m-; p-) Pentachloroethane Perchloromethylmercaptan Phenol, solid Phenylcarbylamine chloride Phenylenediamines Phenylmercuric acetate Potassium arsenate Potassium arsenite Potassium cuprocyanide Potassium cyanide Silver arsenite Silver cyanide Sodium arsenate Sodium arsenite, aqueous solutions Sodium azide Sodium cacodylate Sodium cyanide Sodium fluoride Strontium arsenite Strychnine or Strychnine salts Tear gas devices Tear gas substances, liquid, n.o.s. or solid, n.o.s. Bromobenzyl cyanides Chloroacetone, stabilized Chloroacetophenone Diphenylamine chloroarsine Diphenylchloroarsine, solid or liquid Tear gas candles Xylyl bromide Tetrachloroethane Tetraethyl dithiopyrophosphate Thallium sulfate, solid Thallium compounds, n.o.s. Toluidines 2,4-Toluylenediamine or 2,4-Toluenediamine Trichloroethylene Xylidines, solid or solution Zinc arsenate or Zinc arsenite or Zinc arsenate and zinc arsenite mixtures. Zinc cyanide Zinc phosphide Acetic anhydride Acetyl bromide Acetyl chloride Butyl acid phosphate Caustic alkali liquids, n.o.s. Allyl chloroformate Allyl iodide Allyltrichlorosilane, stabilized Aluminum bromide, anhydrous 76 ABD00131844 April 1998 UN-NA Cross Rsference Table PART 172 UN 1726 UN 1727 UN 1728 UN 1729 UN 1730 UN 1731 UN 1732 UN 1733 UN 1736 UN 1737 UN 1730 UN 1739 UN 1740 UN 1741 UN 1742 UN 1743 UN 1744 UN 1745 UN 1746 UN 1747 UN 1748 UN 1749 UN 1750 UN 1751 UN 1752 UN 1753 UN 1754 UN 1755 UN 1756 UN 1757 UN 1758 NA 1759 NA 1759 UN 1759 NA 1760 NA 1760 NA 1760 NA 1760 NA 1760 NA 1760 UN 1760 UN 1761 UN 1762 UN 1763 UN 1764 UN 1765 UN 1766 UN 1767 UN 1768 UN 1769 UN 1770 UN 1771 UN 1773 UN 1774 UN 1775 UN 1776 UN 1777 UN 1778 UN 1779 UN 1780 UN 1781 UN 1782 UN 1783 UN 1784 UN 1786 UN 1787 UN 1788 UN 1789 UN 1790 UN 1791 UN 1792 UN 1793 UN 1794 UN 1796 UN 1798 UN 1799 UN 1800 UN 1801 UN 1802 UN 1803 UN 1804 UN 1805 UN 1806 Aluminum chloride, anhydrous Ammonium hydrogen difluoride, solid Amyltrichlorosilane Anisoyl chloride Antimony pentachloride, liquid Antimony pentachloride. solutions Antimony pentafluoride Antimony trichloride, solid or liquid Benzoyl chloride Benzyl bromide Benzyl chloride Benzyl chloroformate Hydrogendifluorides, n.o.s. Boron trichloride Boron trifluoride acetic acid complex Boron trifluoride propionic acid complex Bromine or Bromine solutions Bromine pentafluoride Bromine trifluoride Butyltrichlorosilane Calcium hypochlorite, dry or Calcium hypochlorite mixtures dry Chlorine trifluoride Chloroacetic acid, solution Chloroacetic acid, solid Chloroacetyl chloride Chlorophenyltrichlorosilane Chlorosulfonic acid Chromic acid solution Chromic fluoride, solid Chromic fluoride, solution Chromium oxychloride Ferrous chloride, solid Medicines, n.o.s. Corrosive solids, n.o.s. Chemical kit Compounds, cleaning liquid Compounds, tree killing, liquid or compounds, weed killing, liquid Ferrous chloride solution Medicines, n.o.s. Titanium sulfate solution Corrosive liquids, n.o.s. Cupriethylenediamine solution Cyclohexenyltrichlorosilane Cyclohexyltrichlorosilane Dichloroacetic acid Dichloroacetyl chloride Dichlorophenyltrichlorosilane Diethyldichlorosilane Difluorophosphoric acid, anhydrous Diphenyldichlorosilane Diphenylmethyl bromide Dodecyltrichlorosilane Ferric chloride, anhydrous^ Fire extinguisher charges ' Fluoroboric acid Fluorophosphoric acid anhydrous Fluorosulfonic acid Fluorosilicic acid Formic acid Fumaryl chloride Hexadecyltrichlorosilane Hexafluorophosphoric acid Hexamethylenediamine solution HexyltrichlorOSilane Hydrofluoric acid and Sulfuric acid mixtures Hydriodic acid Hydrobromic acid Hydrochloric acid Hydrofluoric acid Hypochlorite solutions Iodine monochloride Isopropyl acid phosphate Lead sulfate Nitrating acid mixtures Nitrohydrochloric acid Nonyltrichlorosilane Octadecyltrichlorosilane Octyltrichlorositane Perchloric acid Phenolsulfonic acid, liquid Phenyltrichlorosilane Phosphoric acid Phosphorus pentachloride UN 1807 UN 1808 UN 1809 UN 1810 UN 1811 UN 1812 UN 1813 UN 1814 UN 1815 UN 1816 UN 1817 UN 1818 UN 1819 UN 1823 UN 1824 UN 1825 UN 1826 UN 1827 UN 1828 NA 1829 UN 1829 UN 1830 UN 1831 UN 1832 UN 1833 UN 1834 UN 1835 UN 1836 UN 1837 UN 1838 UN 1839 UN 1840 UN 1841 UN 1843 UN 1845 UN 1846 UN 1847 UN 1848 UN 1849 UN 1851 UN 1854 UN 1855 UN 1858 UN 1859 UN 1860 UN 1862 UN 1863 UN 1065 UN 1866 UN 1868 UN 1869 UN 1870 UN 1871 UN 1872 UN 1873 UN 1884 UN 1885 UN 1886 UN 1887 UN 1886 UN 1889 UN 1891 UN 1892 UN 1894 UN 1895 UN 1897 UN 1898 UN 1902 UN 1903 UN 1905 UN 1906 UN 1907 UN 1908 UN 1910 NA 1911 UN 1911 UN 1912 UN 1913 UN 1914 UN 1915 UN 1916 UN 1917 UN 1918 UN 1919 Phosphorus pentoxide Phosphorus tribromide Phosphorus trichloride Phosphorus oxychloride Potassium hydrogendifluoride Potassium fluoride Potassium hydroxide, solid Potassium hydroxide, solution propionyl chloride Propyltrichlorosilane Pyrosulfuryl chloride Silicon tetrachloride Sodium aluminate, solution Sodium hydroxide, solid Sodium hydroxide solution Sodium monoxide Nitrating acid mixtures spent Stannic chloride, anhydrous Sulfur chlorides Sulfur trioxide, uninhibited Sulfur trioxide, inhibited or Sulfur trioxide, stabilized Sulfuric acid Sulfuric acid, fuming Sulfuric acid, spent Sulfurous acid Sulfuryl chloride Tetramethylammonium hydroxide Thionyl chloride Thiophosphoryl chloride Titanium tetrachloride Trichloroacetic acid Zinc chloride, solution Acetaldehyde ammonia Ammonium dinitro-o-cresolate Carbon dioxide, solid or Dry ice Carbon tetrachloride Potassium sulfide, hydrated Propionic acid Sodium sulfide, hydrated Medicine, liquid, toxic, n.o.s. Barium alloys, pyrophoric Calcium, pyrophoric or Calcium alloys, pyrophoric Hexafluoropropylene, compressed or Refrigerant gas R 1216 Silicon tetrafluoride, compressed Vinyl fluoride, inhibited Ethyl crotonate Fuel, aviation, turbine engine n-Propyl nitrate Resin solution Decaborane Magnesium or Magnesium alloys Potassium borohydride Titanium hydride Lead dioxide Perchloric acid Barium oxide Benzidine Benzylidene chloride Bromochloromethane Chloroform Cyanogen bromide Ethyf bromide Ethyldichloroarsine Phenylmercurtc hydroxide Phenylmercuric nitrate Tetrachloroethylene Acetyl iodide Diisooctyl acid phosphate Disinfectants, liquid, corrosive n.o.s. Selenic acid Sludge, acid Soda lime Chlorite solution Calcium oxide Diborane mixtures Diborane, compressed Methyl chloride and methylene chloride mixtures Neon, refrigerated liquid Butyl propionates Cyclohexanone 2,2'-Dichlorodiethyl ether Ethyl acrylate, inhibited Isopropylbenzene Methyl acrylate, inhibited 77 ABD00131845 UN-NA Cross Reference Table April 1998 UN 1920 UN 1921 UN 1922 UN 1923 UN 1928 UN 1929 UN 1931 UN 1932 UN 1935 UN 1938 UN 1939 UN 1940 UN 1941 UN 1942 UN 1944 UN 1945 UN 1950 UN 1951 UN 1952 UN 1953 NA 1954 NA 1954 NA 1954 UN 1954 NA 1955 UN 1955 NA 1956 NA 1956 UN 1956 UN 1957 UN 1958 UN 1959 NA 1961 UN 1961 UN 1962 UN 1963 UN 1964 UN 1965 UN 1966 NA 1967 UN 1967 UN 1968 UN 1969 UN 1970 UN 1971 UN 1972 UN 1973 UN 1974 UN 1975 UN 1976 UN 1977 UN 1978 UN 1979 UN 1980 UN 1981 UN 1982 UN 1983 UN 1984 NA 1986 NA 1986 UN 1986 NA 1987 UN 1987 UN 1988 UN 1989 UN 1990 UN 1991 UN 1992 NA 1993 NA 1993 NA 1993 NA 1993 NA 1993 NA 1993 NA 1993 UN 1993 UN 1994 NA 1999 UN 1999 Nonanes Propyteneimine, inhibited Pyrrolidine Calcium dithionite or Calcium hydrosulfite Methyl magnesium bromide, in ethyl ether Potassium dithionite orPotassium hydrosulfite Zinc dithionite or Zinc hydrosulfite Zirconium scrap Cyanide solutions, n.o.s. Bromoacetic acid Phosphorus oxybromide Thioglycolic acid Dibromodifluoromethane Ammonium nitrate Matches, safety Matches, wax, Vesta Aerosols Argon, refrigerated liquid Ethylene oxide and carbon dioxide mixtures Compressed gases, toxic, flammable, n.o.s. Insecticide gases, n.o.s. Refrigerant gases, n.o.s. or Dispersant gases, n.o.s. Refrigerating machines Compressed gases, flammable, n.o.s. Organic phosphate, mixed with compressed gas or Organic phosphate compound, mixed with compressed gas or Organic phosphorus compound, mixed with compressed gas Compressed gases, toxic, n.o.s. Accumulators, pressurized, pneumatic or hydraulic Hexafluoropropylene oxide Compressed gases, n.o.s. Deuterium, compressed 1,2-Dichloro-1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethane or Refrigerant gas R 114 1,1-Difluoroethylene or Refrigerant gas R 1132a Ethane-Propane mixture, refrigerated liquid Ethane, refrigerated liquid Ethylene, compressed Helium, refrigerated liquid Hydrocarbon gas mixture, compressed, n.o.s. Hydrocarbon gas mixture, liquefied, n.o.s. Hydrogen, refrigerated liquid Parathion and compressed gas mixture Insecticide gases, toxic, n.o.s. Insecticide gases n.o.s. Isobutane Krypton, refrigerated liquid Methane, compressed orNatural gas, compressed Methane, refrigerated liquid orNatural gas, refrigerated liquid Chlorodifluoromethane and chloropentafluoroethane mixture or Refrigerant gas R 502 Chlorodifluorobromomethane or Refrigerant gas R 12B1 Nitric oxide and dinitrogen tetroxide mixtures or Nitric oxide and nitrogen dioxide mixtures Octafluorocyclobutane or Refrigerant gas R C318 Nitrogen, refrigerated liquid Propane Rare gases mixtures, compressed Rare gases and oxygen mixtures, compressed Rare gases and nitrogen mixtures, compressed Tetrafluoromethane, compressed or Refrigerant gas R 14 1-Chloro-2,2,2-trifluoroethane or Refrigerant gas R 133a Trifluoromethane or Refrigerant gas R 23 Denatured alcohol Propargyl alcohol Alcohols, flammable, toxic, n.o.s. Denatured alcohol Alcohols, n.o.s Aldehydes, flammable, toxic, n.o.s. Aldehydes, n.o.s. Benzaldehyde Chloroprene, inhibited Flammable liquids, toxic, n.o.s. Combustible liquid, n.o.s. Compounds, cleaning liquid Compounds, tree killing, liquid or Compounds, weed killing, liquid Diesel fuel Fuel oil Medicines, n.o.s. Refrigerating machine Flammable liquids, n.o.s. Iron pentacarbonyl Asphalt Tars, liquid UN 2000 UN 2001 UN 2002 UN 2003 UN 2004 UN 2005 UN 2006 UN 2008 UN 2009 UN 2010 UN 2011 UN 2012 UN 2013 UN 2014 UN 2015 UN 2016 UN 2017 UN 2018 UN 2019 UN 2020 UN 2021 UN 2022 UN 2023 UN 2024 UN 2025 UN 2026 UN 2027 UN 2028 UN 2029 UN 2030 UN 2031 UN 2032 UN 2033 UN 2034 UN 2035 UN 2036 UN 2037 UN 2037 UN 2038 UN 2044 UN 2045 UN 2046 UN 2047 UN 2048 UN 2049 UN 2050 UN 2051 UN 2052 UN 2053 UN 2054 UN 2055 UN 2056 UN 2057 UN 2058 UN 2059 UN 2067 NA 2069 UN 2071 NA 2072 UN 2073 UN 2074 UN 2075 UN 2076 UN 2077 UN 2078 UN 2079 UN 2186 UN 2187 UN 2188 UN 2189 UN 2190 UN 2191 UN 2192 UN 2193 UN 2194 UN 2195 UN 2196 UN 2197 UN 2198 UN 2199 UN 2200 UN 2201 UN 2202 UN 2203 Celluloid Cobalt naphthenates, powder Celluloid, scrap Metal alkyls, n.o.s. or Metal aryls, n.o.s. Magnesium diamide Magnesium diphenyl Plastics, nitrocellulose-based, self-heating, n.o.s. Zirconium powder, dry Zirconium, dry Magnesium hydride Magnesium phosphide Potassium phosphide Strontium phosphide Hydrogen peroxide, aqueous solutions Hydrogen peroxide, stabilized or Hydrogen peroxide aqueous solutions, stabilized Ammunition, toxic, non-explosive Ammunition, tear-producing, non-explosive Chloroanilines, solid Chloroanilines, liquid Chlorophenols, solid Chlorophenols, liquid Cresylic acid Epichlorohydrin Mercury compounds, liquid, n.o.s. Mercury compounds, solid, n.o.s. Phenylmercuric compounds, n.o.s. Sodium arsenite, solid Bombs, smoke, non-explosive Hydrazine, anhydrous or Hydrazine aqueous solutions Hydrazine hydrate or Hydrazine aqueous solutions Nitric acid Nitric acid, red fuming Potassium monoxide Hydrogen and Methane mixtures, compressed 1,1,1-Trifluoroethane, compressed or Refrigerant gas R 143a Xenon, compressed Gas cartridges Receptacles, small, containing gas (gas cartridges) Dinitrotoluenes 2,2-Dimethylpropane Isobutyraldehyde or Isobutyl aldehyde Cymenes Dichloropropenes Dicyclopentadiene Diethylbenzene Diisobutylene, isomeric compounds 2-Dimethytaminoethanol Dipentene Methyl isobutyl carbinol Morpholine Styrene monomer, inhibited Tetrahydrofuran Tripropylene Valeraldehyde Nitrocellulose, solution, flammable Ammonium nitrate fertilizers Ammonium nitrate mixed fertlizers Ammonium nitrate fertilizers Ammonium nitrate fertilizers Ammonia solutions Acrylamide Chloral, anhydrous, inhibited Cresols alpha-Naphthytamine Toluene diisocyanate Diethylenetriamine Hydrogen chloride, refrigerated liquid Carbon dioxide, refrigerated liquid Arsine Dichlorosilane Oxygen difluoride, compressed Sulfuryl fluoride Germane Hexafluoroethane, compressed or Refrigerant gas R 116 Selenium hexafluoride Tellurium hexafluoride Tungsten hexafluoride Hydrogen iodide, anhydrous Phosphorus pentafluoride, compressed Phosphine Propadiene, inhibited Nitrous oxide, refrigerated liquid Hydrogen selenide, anhydrous Silane, compressed 78 ABD00131846 PART 172 April 1998 UN-HA Cross Reference Table UN 2204 UN 2205 UN 2206 UN 2208 UN 2209 UN 2210 UN 2211 NA 2212 UN 2212 UN 2213 UN 2214 NA 2215 UN 2215 UN 2216 UN 2217 UN 2218 UN 2219 UN 2222 UN 2224 UN 2225 UN 2226 UN 2227 UN 2232 UN 2233 UN 2234 UN 2235 UN 2236 UN 2237 UN 2238 UN 2239 UN 2240 UN 2241 UN 2242 UN 2243 UN 2244 UN 2245 UN 2246 UN 2247 UN 2248 UN 2249 UN 2250 UN 2251 UN 2252 UN 2253 UN 2254 UN 2256 UN 2257 UN 2258 UN 2259 UN 2260 UN 2261 UN 2262 UN 2263 UN 2264 UN 2265 UN 2266 UN 2267 UN 2269 UN 2270 UN 2271 UN 2272 UN 2273 UN 2274 UN 2275 UN 2276 UN 2277 UN 2278 UN 2279 UN 2280 UN 2281 UN 2282 UN 2283 UN 2284 UN 2285 UN 2286 UN 2287 UN 2288 UN 2289 UN 2290 UN 2291 UN 2293 UN 2294 UN 2295 UN 2296 UN 2297 Carbonyl sulfide Adiponitrile Isocyanates, toxic, n.o.s. or Isocyanate solutions, toxic, n.o.s. Calcium hypochlorite mixtures, dry Formaldehyde, solutions Maneb or Maneb preparations Polymeric beads, expandable Asbestos Blue asbestos or Brown asbestos Paraformaldehyde Phthalic anhydride Maleic acid Maleic anhydride Fish meal, stabilized or Fish scrap, stabilized Seed cake Acrylic acid, inhibited Allyl glycidyl ether Anisole Benzonitrile Benzene sulfonyl chloride Benzotrichloride n-Butyl methacrylate, inhibited 2-Chloroethanal Chloroanisidines Chlorobenzotrifluorides Chlorobenzylchlorides 3-Chloro-4-methylphenylisocyanate Chloronitroanilines Chlorotoluenes Chlorotoluidines Chromosulfuric acid Cycloheptane Cycloheptene Cyclohexyl acetate Cyclopentanol Cyclopentanone Cyclopentene n-Decane Di-n-butylamine Dichlorodimethyl ether, symmetrical Dichlorophenyl isocyanates 2,5-Norbornadiene or Bicyclo[2,2,1 ]hepta-2,5-diene, inhibited 1,2-Dimethoxyethane N,N-Dimethylaniline Matches, fusee Cyclohexene Potassium 1,2-Propylenediamine Triethylenetetramine Tripropylamine Xylenols Dimethylcarbamoyl chloride Dimethylcyclohexanes Dimethylcyclohexylamine N,N-Dimethylformamide Dimethyl-N-propylamine Dimethyl thiophosphoryl chloride 3,3'-lminodipropylamina Ethylamine, aqueous solution Ethyl amyl ketone N-Ethylaniline 2-Ethylaniline N-Ethyl-N-benzylaniline 2-Ethylbutanol 2-Ethylhexylamine Ethyl methacrylate n-Heptene Hexachlorobutadiene Hexamethylenediamine, solid Hexamethylene diisocyanate Hexanols Isobutyl methacrylate, inhibited Isobutyronitrile Isocyanatobenzotrifluorides Pentamethylheptane Isoheptenes Isohexenes Isophoronediamine Isophorone diisocyanate Lead compounds, soluble, n.o.s. 4-Methoxy-4-methylpentan-2-one N-Methyianiline Methyl chloroacetate Methyl cyclohexane Methyl cyclohexanone UN 2298 UN 2299 UN 2300 UN 2301 UN 2302 UN 2303 UN 2304 UN 2305 UN 2306 UN 2307 UN 2308 UN 2309 UN 2310 UN 2311 UN 2312 UN 2313 UN 2315 UN 2316 UN 2317 UN 2318 UN 2319 UN 2320 UN 2321 UN 2322 UN 2323 UN 2324 UN 2325 UN 2326 UN 2327 UN 2328 UN 2329 UN 2330 UN 2331 UN 2332 UN 2333 UN 2334 UN 2335 UN 2336 UN 2337 UN 2338 UN 2339 UN 2340 UN 2341 UN 2342 UN 2343 UN 2344 UN 2345 UN 2346 UN 2347 UN 2348 UN 2350 UN 2351 UN 2352 UN 2353 UN 2354 UN 2356 UN 2357 UN 2358 UN 2359 UN 2360 UN 2361 UN 2362 UN 2363 UN 2364 UN 2366 UN 2367 UN 2368 UN 2370 UN 2371 UN 2372 UN 2373 UN 2374 UN 2375 UN 2376 UN 2377 UN 2378 UN 2379 UN 2380 UN 2381 UN 2382 UN 2383 UN 2384 UN 2385 UN 2386 UN 2387 Methyl cyclopentane Methyl dichioroacetate 2-Methyl-5-ethylpyridine 2-Methylfuran 5-Methylhexan-2-one Isopropenylbenzene Naphthalene, molten Nitrobenzenesulfonic acid Nitrobenzotrifluorides 3-Nitro-4-chlorobenzotrifluoride Nitrosylsulfuric acid Octadiene Pentane-2,4-dione Phenetidines Phenol, molten Picolines Polychlorinated biphenyls Sodium cuprocyanide, solid Sodium cuprocyanide, solution Sodium hydrosulfide Terpene hydrocarbons, n.o.s. Tetraethylenepentamine Trichlorobenzenes, liquid Trichlorobutene Triethyl phosphite Triisobutylene 1,3,5-Trimethylbenzene Trimethylcyclohexylamine Trimethylhexamethylenediamines Trimethylhexamethylene diisocyanate Trimethyl phosphite Undecane Zinc chloride, anhydrous Acetaldehyde oxime Allyl acetate Allylamine Allyl ethyl ether Allyl formate Phenyl mercaptan Benzotrifluoride 2-Bromobutane 2-Bromoethyl ethyl ether 1-Bromo-3-methylbutane Bromomethyl propanes 2-Bromopentane 2-Bromopropanes 3-Bromopropyne Butanedione Butyl mercaptans Butyl acrylates, inhibited Butyl methyl ether Butyl nitrites Butyl vinyl ether, inhibited Butyryl chloride Chloromethyl ethyl ether 2-Chloropropane Cyclohexylamine Cyclooctatetraene Diallylamine Dial lylether Diisobutyiamine 1,1-Dichloroethane Ethyl mercaptan n-Propyl benzene Diethyl carbonate alpha-Methylvaleraldehyde alpha-Pinene 1-Hexene Isopentanes l,2-Di-(dimethylamino) ethane Diethoxymethane 3,3-Diethoxypropene Diethyl sulfide 2,3-Dihydropyran 1,1 -Dimethoxyethane 2-Dimethylaminoacetonitrile 1,3-Dimethyl butylamine Dimethyldiethoxysilane Dimethyl disulfide Dimethylhydrazine, symmetrical Dipropylamine Di-n-propyl ether Ethyl isobutyrate 1-Ethylpiperidine Fluorobenzene 79 ABD00131847 UN-NA Cross Reference Table UN 2388 UN 2389 UN 2390 UN 2391 UN 2392 UN 2393 UN 2394 UN 2395 UN 2396 UN 2397 UN 2398 UN 2399 UN 2400 UN 2401 UN 2402 UN 2403 UN 2404 UN 2405 UN 2406 UN 2407 UN 2409 UN 2410 UN 2411 UN 2412 UN 2413 UN 2414 UN 2416 UN 2417 UN 2418 UN 2419 UN 2420 UN 2421 UN 2422 UN 2424 UN 2426 UN 2427 UN 2428 UN 2429 UN 2430 UN 2431 UN 2432 UN 2433 UN 2434 UN 2435 UN 2436 UN 2437 UN 2438 UN 2439 UN 2440 UN 2441 UN 2442 UN 2443 UN 2444 UN 2445 UN 2446 UN 2447 NA 2448 UN 2448 UN 2451 UN 2452 UN 2453 UN 2454 UN 2456 UN 2457 UN 2458 UN 2459 UN 2460 UN 2461 UN 2463 UN 2464 UN 2465 UN 2466 NA 2468 UN 2468 UN 2469 UN 2470 UN 2471 UN 2473 UN 2474 UN 2475 UN 2477 Fluorotoiuenes Furan 2-lodobutane lodomethylpropanes lodopropanes Isobutyl formate Isobutyl propionate Isobutyryl chloride Methacrylaldehyde, inhibited 3-Methyl butan-2-one Methyl tert-butyl ether 1-Methylpiperidine Methyl isovalerate Piperidine PropanethiolS Isopropenyl acetate Propionitrile Isopropyl butyrate Isopropyl isobutyrate Isopropyl chloroformate Isopropyl propionate 1,2,3,6-Tetrahydropyridine Butyronitrile Tetrahydrothiophene Tetrapropylorthotitanate Thiophene Trimethyl borate Carbonyl fluoride, compressed Sulfur tetrafluoride Bromotrifluoroethylene Hexafluoroacetone Nitrogen trioxide Octafluorobut-2-ene or Refrigerant gas R 1318 Octafluoropropane or Refrigerant gas R 218 Ammonium nitrate, liquid Potassium chlorate, aqueous solution Sodium chlorate, aqueous solution Calcium chlorate aqueous solution Alkylphenols, solid, n.o.s. Anisidines N.N-Diethyl aniline Chloronitrotoluenes Dibenzyldichlorosilane Ethylphenyldichlorosilane Thioacetic acid Methyiphenyidichlorosilane Trimethylacetyl chloride Sodium hydrogendifluoride, solid or Sodium hydrogendifluoride Stannic chloride, pentahydrate Titanium trichloride, pyrophoric or Titanium trichloride mixtures, pyrophoric Trichloroacetyl chloride Vanadium oxytrichloride Vanadium tetrachloride Lithium alkyls Nitrocresols Phosphorus white, molten Sulfur, molten Sulfur, molten Nitrogen trifluoride, compressed Ethylacetylene, inhibited Ethyl fluoride or Refrigerant gas R 161 Methyl fluoride or Refrigerant gas R 41 2-Chloropropene 2,3-Dimethyibutane Hexadienes 2-Methyl-l-butene 2-Methyl-2-butene Methylpentadienes Aluminum hydride Beryllium nitrate Dichloroisocyanuric acid, dry or Dichloroisocyanuric acid salts Potassium superoxide mono-(Trichloro) tetra-(monopotassium dichloro)-penta-s- triazinetrione, dry Trichloroisocyanuric acid, dry Zinc bromate Phenylacetonitrile, liquid Osmium tetroxide Sodium arsanilate Thiophosgene Vanadium trichloride Methyl isothiocyanate April 1998 UN 2478 UN 2480 UN 2481 UN 2482 UN 2483 UN 2484 UN 2485 UN 2486 UN 2487 UN 2488 UN 2490 UN 2491 UN 2493 UN 2495 UN 2496 UN 2498 UN 2501 UN 2502 UN 2503 UN 2504 UN 2505 UN 2506 UN 2507 UN 2508 UN 2509 UN 2511 UN 2512 UN 2513 UN 2514 UN 2515 UN 2516 UN 2517 UN 2518 UN 2520 UN 2521 UN 2522 UN 2524 UN 2525 UN 2526 UN 2527 UN 2528 UN 2529 UN 2530 UN 2531 UN 2533 UN 2534 UN 2535 UN 2536 UN 2538 UN 2541 UN 2542 UN 2545 UN 2546 UN 2547 UN 2548 UN 2552 UN 2554 UN 2555 UN 2556 UN 2557 UN 2558 UN 2560 UN 2561 UN 2564 UN 2565 UN 2567 UN 2570 UN 2571 UN 2572 UN 2573 UN 2574 UN 2576 UN 2577 UN 2578 UN 2579 UN 2580 UN 2581 UN 2582 UN 2583 NA 2584 UN 2584 UN 2585 Isocyanates, flammable, toxic, n.o.s. or Isocyanate solutions. flammable, toxic, n.o.s. Methyl isocyanate Ethyl isocyanate n-Propyl isocyanate Isopropyl isocyanate Tert-Butyl isocyanate n-Butyl isocyanate Isobutyl isocyanate Phenyl isocyanate Cyclohexyl isocyanate Dichloroisopropyl ether Ethanolamine or Ethanolamine solutions Hexamethyleneimine Iodine pentafluoride Propionic anhydride 1,2,3,6-Tetrahydrobenzaidehyde Tris-(l-aziridinyl) phosphine oxide, solution Valeryl chloride Zirconium tetrachloride Tetrabromoethane Ammonium fluoride Ammonium hydrogen sulfate Chloroptatinic acid, solid * Molybdenum pentachloride Potassium hydrogen sulfate 2-Chtoropropionic acid Aminophenols Bromoacetyl bromide Bromobenzene Bromoform Carbon tetrabromide 1-Chloro-l,l-difluoroethanes or Refrigerant gas R 142b 1,5,9-Cyclododecatriene Cyclooctadienes Oiketene. inhibited 2-Dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate Ethyl orthoformate Ethyl oxalate Furfurylamine Isobutyl acrylate, inhibited Isobutyl isobutyrate Isobutyric acid Isobutyric anhydride Methacrylic acid, inhibited Methyl trichloroacetate Methylchlorosilane 4-Methylmorpholine or n-Methylmorpholine Methyltetrahydrofuran Nitronaphthalene Terpinolene Tributylamine Hafnium powder, dry Titanium powder, dry Sodium superoxide Chlorine pentafluoride Hexafluoroacetone hydrate Methyl allyl chloride Nitrocellulose with water Nitrocellulose with alcohol Nitrocellulose or Nitrocellulose with plasticizer or Nitrocellulose without plasticizer or Nitrocellulose with pigment or Nitrocellulose without pigment Epibromohydrin 2-Methylpentan-2-oi 3-Methyl-1-butene Trichloroacetic acid, solution Dicyclohexylamine Sodium pentachlorophenate Cadmium compounds Alkylsulfuric acids Phenylhydrazine Thallium chlorate Tricresyl phosphate Phosphorus oxybromide, molten Phenylacetyl chloride Phosphorus trioxide Piperazine Aluminum bromide, solution Aluminum chloride, solution Ferric chloride, solution Alkyl sulfonic acids, solid or Aryl sulfonic acids, solid Dodecylbenzenesulfonic acid Alkyl sulfonic acids, liquid or Aryl sulfonic acids, liquid Alkyl sulfonic acids, solid or Aryl sulfonic acids, solid 80 ABD00131848 PART 172 April 1998 UN 2586 UN 2587 UN 2588 UN 2589 UN 2590 UN 2591 UN 2599 UN 2600 UN 2601 UN 2602 UN 2603 UN 2604 UN 2605 UN 2606 UN 2607 UN 2608 UN 2609 UN 2610 UN 2611 UN 2612 UN 2614 UN 2615 UN 2616 UN 2617 UN 2618 UN 2619 UN 2620 UN 2621 UN 2622 UN 2623 UN 2624 UN 2626 UN 2627 UN 2628 UN 2629 NA 2630 UN 2630 UN 2642 UN 2643 UN 2644 UN 2645 UN 2646 UN 2647 UN 2648 UN 2649 UN 2650 UN 2651 UN 2653 UN 2655 UN 2656 UN 2657 UN 2659 UN 2660 UN 2661 UN 2662 UN 2664 UN 2666 UN 2667 UN 2668 UN 2669 UN 2670 UN 2671 UN 2672 UN 2673 UN 2674 UN 2676 UN 2677 UN 2678 UN 2679 UN 2680 UN 2681 UN 2682 UN 2683 UN 2684 UN 2685 UN 2686 UN 2687 UN 2688 UN 2689 UN 2690 UN 2691 UN 2692 UN 2693 Alkyl sulfonic acids, liquid or Aryl sulfonic acids, liquid Benzoquinone Pesticides, solid, toxic, n.o.s. Vinyl chloroacetate White asbestos Xenon, refrigerated liquid Chlorotrifluoromethane and trifluoromethane azeotropic mixture or Refrigerant gas R 503 Carbon monoxide and hydrogen mixture, compressed Cyclobutane Dichlorodifluoromethane and difluoroethane azeotropic mixture or Refrigerant gas R 500 Cycloheptatriene Boron trifluoride diethyl etherate Methoxymethyl isocyanate Methyl orthosilicate Acrolein dimer, stabilized Nitropropanes Trialiyl borate Triallylamine Propylene chlorohydrin Methyl propyl ether Methallyl alcohol Ethyl propyl ether Triisopropyl borate Methylcyclohexanols Vinyltoluenes, inhibited Benzyldimethylamine Amyl butyrates Acetyl methyl carbinol Glycidaldehyde Firelighters, solid Magnesium silicide Chforic acid aqueous solution Nitrites, inorganic, n.o.s. Potassium fluoroacetate Sodium fluoroacetate Sodium selenite Selenates or Selenites Fluoroacetic acid Methyl bromoacetate Methyl iodide Phenacyl bromide Hexachlorocyclopentadiene Malononitrile 1,2-Dibromobutan-3-one 1,3-Dichloroacetone 1,1 -Dichloro-1 -nitroethane 4,4'-Diaminodiphenyl methane Benzyl iodide Potassium fluorosilicate Quinoline Selenium disulfide Sodium chloroacetate Nitrotoluidines (mono) Hexachloroacetone Hydroquinone, solid or liquid Dibromomethane Ethyl cyanoacetate Butyltoluenes Chloroacetonitrile Chlorocresols Cyanuric chloride Aminopyridines Ammonia solutions 2-Amino-4-chlorophenol Sodium fluorosilicate Stibine Rubidium hydroxide solution Rubidium hydroxide Lithium hydroxide, solution Lithium hydroxide, monohydrate or Lithium hydroxide, solid Caesium hydroxide solution Caesium hydroxide Ammonium sulfide solution Diethylaminopropylamine N,N-Diethylethylenediamine 2-Diethylaminoethanol Dicyclohexylammonium nitrite 1-Chloro-3-bromopropane Glycerol alpha-monochlorohydrin N-n-Butyl imidazole Phosphorus pentabromide Boron tribromide Bisulfites, aqueous solutions, n.o.s. UN-NA Cross Reference Table UN 2698 UN 2699 UN 2705 UN 2707 UN 2709 UN 2710 UN 2713 UN 2714 UN 2715 UN 2716 UN 2717 UN 2719 UN 2720 UN 2721 UN 2722 UN 2723 UN 2724 UN 2725 UN 2726 UN 2727 UN 2728 UN 2729 UN 2730 UN 2732 UN 2733 UN 2734 UN 2735 UN 2738 UN 2739 UN 2740 UN 2741 NA 2742 NA 2742 UN 2742 UN 2743 UN 2744 UN 2745 UN 2746 UN 2747 UN 2748 UN 2749 UN 2750 UN 2751 UN 2752 UN 2753 UN 2754 UN 2757 UN 2758 UN 2759 UN 2760 NA 2761 NA 2761 UN 2761 NA 2762 UN 2762 UN 2763 UN 2764 UN 2765 UN 2766 UN 2767 UN 2768 UN 2769 UN 2770 UN 2771 UN 2772 UN 2773 UN 2774 UN 2775 UN 2776 UN 2777 UN 2778 UN 2779 UN 2780 UN 2781 UN 2782 NA 2783 NA 2783 NA 2783 UN 2783 UN 2784 UN 2785 UN 2786 Tetrahydrophthalic anhydrides Trifluoroacetic acid i-Pentol Dimethyldioxanes Butyl benzenes Dipropylketone Acridine Zinc resinate Aluminum resinate 1,4-Butynediol Camphor Barium bromate Chromium nitrate Copper chlorate Lithium nitrate Magnesium chlorate Manganese nitrate Nickel nitrate Nickel nitrite Thallium nitrate Zirconium nitrate Hexachlorobenzene Nitroanisole Nitrobromobenzenes Amines, flammable, corrosive, n.o.s. or Polyamines, flammable, corrosive, n.o.s. Amines, liquid, corrosive, flammable, n.o.s. or Polyamines, liquid, corrosive, flammable, n.o.s. Amines, liquid, corrosive, n.o.s, or Polyamines, liquid, corrosive, n.o.s. N-Butylaniline Butyric anhydride n-Propyl chloroformate Barium hypochlorite sec-Butyl chloroformate Isobutyl chloroformate Chloroformates, toxic, corrosive, flammable, n.o.s. n-Butyl chloroformate Cyclobutylchloroformate Chloromethylchloroformate Phenylchloroformate tert-Butylcyclohexylchloroformate 2-Ethylhexylchloroformate Tetramethylsilane 1,3-Dichloropropanol-2 Diethylthiophosphoryl chloride 1,2-Epoxy-3-ethoxypropane N-Ethylbenzyltoluidines liquid or solid N-Ethyltoluidines Carbamate pesticides, solid, toxic Carbamate pesticides, liquid, flammable, toxic Arsenical pesticides, solid, toxic Arsenical pesticides, liquid, flammable, toxic Aldrin Dieldrin Organochlorine pesticides, solid toxic Aldrin Organochlorine pesticides liquid, flammable, toxic Triazine pesticides, solid, toxic Triazine pesticides, liquid, flammable, toxic Phenoxy pesticides, solid, toxic Phenoxy pesticides, liquid, flammable, toxic Phenyl urea pesticides, solid, toxic Phenyl urea pesticides, liquid, flammable, toxic Benzoic derivative pesticides, solid toxic Benzoic derivative pesticides, liquid, flammable, toxic Dithiocarbamate pesticides, solid, toxic Dithiocarbamate pesticides, liquid, flammable, toxic Phthalimide derivative pesticides, solid, toxic Phthalimide derivative pesticides, liquid, flammable, toxic Copper based pesticides, solid, toxic Copper based pesticides, liquid, flammable, toxic Mercury based pesticides, solid, toxic Mercury based pesticides, liquid, flammable, toxic Substituted nitrophenoi pesticides, solid, toxic Substituted nitrophenoi pesticides, liquid, flammable, toxic Bipyridilium pesticides, solid, toxic Bipyridilium pesticides, liquid, flammable, toxic Methyl parathion Parathion Tetraethyl pyrophosphate Organophosphorus pesticides, solid, toxic Organophosphorus pesticides, liquid, flammable, toxic 4-Thiapentanal Organotin pesticides, solid, toxic 81 ABD00131849 UN-NA Cross Reference Table April 1998 UN 2787 UN 2788 UN 2789 UN 2790 UN 2793 UN 2794 UN 2795 UN 2796 UN 2797 UN 2798 UN 2799 UN 2800 UN 2801 UN 2802 UN 2803 UN 2805 UN 2806 UN 2809 NA 2810 UN 2810 NA 2811 UN 2811 UN 2812 UN 2813 UN 2814 UN 2815 UN 2817 UN 2818 UN 2819 UN 2820 UN 2821 UN 2822 UN 2823 UN 2826 UN 2829 UN 2830 UN 2831 UN 2834 UN 2835 UN 2837 UN 2838 UN 2839 UN 2840 UN 2841 UN 2842 UN 2844 NA 2845 NA 2845 UN 2845 UN 2846 UN 2849 UN 2850 UN 2851 UN 2852 UN 2853 UN 2854 UN 2855 UN 2856 UN 2857 UN 2858 UN 2859 UN 2861 UN 2862 UN 2863 UN 2864 UN 2865 UN 2869 UN 2870 UN 2871 UN 2872 UN 2873 UN 2874 UN 2875 UN 2876 UN 2878 UN 2879 UN 2880 UN 2881 UN 2900 UN 2901 UN 2902 Organotin pesticides, liquid, flammable, toxic Organotin compounds, liquid, n.o.s. Acetic acid, glacial or Acetic acid solution Acetic acid solution Ferrous metal borings or Ferrous metal shavings or Ferrous metal turnings or Ferrous metal cuttings Batteries, wet, filled with acid Batteries, wet, filled with alkali Sulfuric acid or Battery fluid, acid Battery fluid, alkali Phenyl phosphorus dichloride Phenyl phosphorus thiodichloride Batteries, wet, non-spillabte Dyes, liquid, corrosive n.o.s. or Dye intermediates, liquid, corrosive, n.o.s. Copper chloride Gallium Lithium hydride, fused solid Lithium nitride Mercury Compounds, tree killing, liquid or Compounds, weed killing, liquid Toxic, liquids, organic, n.o.s. Selenium oxide Toxic solids, organic, n.o.s. Sodium aluminate, solid Water-reactive solid, n.o.s. Infectious substances, affecting humans N-Aminoethylpiperazine Ammonium hydrogen difluoride, solution Ammonium polysulfide, solution Amyl acid phosphate Butyric acid Phenol solutions 2-Chloropyridine Crotonic acid Ethyl chlorothioformate Caproic acid Lithium ferrosilicon 1,1,1-Trichloroethane Phosphorous acid Sodium aluminum hydride Bisulfate, aqueous solution Vinyl butyrate, inhibited Aldol Butyraldoxime Di-n-amylamine Nitroethane Calcium manganese silicon Ethyl phosphonous dichloride, anhydrous Methyl phosphonous dichloride Pyrophoric liquids, organic, n.o.s. Pyrophoric solids, organic, n.o.s. 3-Chloropropanol-1 Propylene tetramer Boron trifluoride dihydrate Dipicryl sulfide, wetted Magnesium fluorosilicate Ammonium fluorosilicate Zinc fluorosilicate Fluorosilicates, n.o.s. Refrigerating machines Zirconium, dry Ammonium metavanadate Ammonium polyvanadate Vanadium pentoxide Sodium ammonium vanadate Potassium metavanadate Hydroxylamine sulfate Titanium trichloride mixtures Aluminum borohydride or Aluminum borohydride in devices Antimony powder Dibromochloropropane Dibutylaminoethanol Furfuryl alcohol Hexachlorophene Resorcinol Titanium sponge granules or Titanium sponge powders Selenium oxychloride Calcium hypochlorite, hydrated or Calcium hypochlorite, hydrated mixtures Metal catalyst, dry Infectious substances, affecting animals Bromine chloride Pesticides, liquid, toxic, n.o.s. UN 2903 UN 2904 UN 2905 UN 2907 UN 2910 UN 2912 UN 2913 UN 2918 NA 2920 UN 2920 UN 2921 NA 2922 UN 2922 UN 2923 UN 2924 UN 2925 UN 2926 NA 2927 NA 2927 UN 2927 UN 2928 UN 2929 UN 2930 UN 2931 UN 2933 UN 2934 UN 2935 UN 2936 UN 2937 UN 2940 UN 2941 UN 2942 UN 2943 UN 2945 UN 2946 UN 2947 UN 2948 UN 2949 UN 2950 UN 2956 UN 2965 UN 2966 UN 2967 UN 2968 UN 2969 UN 2974 UN 2975 UN 2976 UN 2977 UN 2978 UN 2979 UN 2980 UN 2981 UN 2982 UN 2983 UN 2984 UN 2985 UN 2986 UN 2987 UN 2988 UN 2989 UN 2990 UN 2991 UN 2992 UN 2993 UN 2994 UN 2995 UN 2996 UN 2997 UN 2998 UN 2999 UN 3000 UN 3001 UN 3002 UN 3003 UN 3004 UN 3005 UN 3006 UN 3007 Pesticides, liquid, toxic, flammable, n.o.s. Chlorophenolates, liquid or Phenolates, liquid Chlorophenolates, solid or Phenolates, solid Isosorbide dinitrate mixture Radioactive material, excepted package-articles manufactured from natural or depleted uranium or natural thorium, or empty package, or empty packaging, or instruments, or articles, or limited quantity of material Radioactive material, low specific activity or Radioactive material, LSA, n.o.s. Radioactive material, surface contaminated object or Radioactive material, SCO Radioactive material, fissile, n.o.s. Dichlorobutene Corrosive liquids, flammable, n.o.s. Corrosive solids, flammable, n.o.s. Sodium hydrosulfide, solution Corrosive liquids, toxic, n.o.s. Corrosive solids, toxic, n.o.s. Flammable liquids, corrosive, n.o.s. Flammable solids, corrosive, organic, n.o.s. Flammable solids, toxic, organic, n.o.s. Ethyl phosphorodichloridate Ethyl phosphonothioic dichloride, anhydrous Toxic liquids, corrosive, organic, n.o.s. Toxic solids, corrosive, organic, n.o.s. Toxic liquids, flammable, organic, n.o.s. Toxic solids, flammable, organic, n.o.s. Vanadyl sulfate Methyl-2-chloropropionate lsopropyl-2-chloropropionate Ethyi-2-chloropropionate Thiolactic acid alpha-Methylbenzyl alcohol 9-Phosphabicyclononanes or Cyclooctadiene phosphines Fluoroanilines 2-Trifluoromethylaniline Tetrahydrofurfurylamine N-Methylbutylamine 2-Amino-5-diethy!aminopentane Isopropyl chloroacetate 3-Trifluoromethylaniline Sodium hydrosulfide Magnesium granules, coated 5-tert-Butyl-2,4,6-trinitro-m-xylene or Musk xylene Boron trifluoride dimethyl etherate Thioglycol Sulfamic acid Maneb stabilized or Maneb preparations, stabilized Castor beans or Castor meal or Castor pomace or Castor flake Radioactive material, special form, n.o.s. Thorium metal, pyrophoric Thorium nitrate, solid Uranium hexafluoride, fissile Uranium hexafluoride Uranium metal, pyrophoric Uranyl nitrate hexahydrate solution Uranyl nitrate, solid Radioactive material, n.o.s. Ethylene oxide and propylene oxide mixtures Hydrogen peroxide, aqueous solutions Chlorosilanes, flammable, corrosive, n.o.s. Chlorosilanes, corrosive, flammable, n.o.s. Chlorosilanes, corrosive, n.o.s. Chlorosilanes, water-reactive, flammble, corrosive, n.o.s. Lead phosphite, dibasic Life-saving appliances, self inflating Carbamate pesticides, liquid, toxic, flammable Carbamate pesticides, liquid, toxic Arsenical pesticides, liquid, toxic, flammable Arsenical pesticides, liquid, toxic Organochiorine pesticides, liquid, toxic, flammable Organochlorine pesticides, liquid, toxic Triazine pesticides, liquid, toxic, flammable Triazine pesticides, liquid, toxic Phenoxy pesticides, liquid, toxic, flammable Phenoxy pesticides, liquid, toxic Phenyl urea pesticides, liquid, toxic, flammable Phenyl urea pesticides, liquid, toxic Benzoic derivative pesticides, liquid, toxic, flammable Benzoic derivative pesticides, liquid, toxic Dithiocarbamate pesticides, liquid, toxic, flammable Oithiocarbamate pesticides, liquid, toxic Phthalimide derivative pesticides, liquid, toxic, flammable 82 ABD00131850 PART 172 April 1996 UN-NA Cross Reference Table UN 3008 UN 3009 UN 3010 UN 3011 UN 3012 UN 3013 UN 3014 UN 3015 UN 3016 UN 3017 NA 3018 NA 3018 UN 3018 UN 3019 UN 3020 UN 3021 UN 3022 UN 3023 UN 3024 UN 3025 UN 3026 UN 3027 UN 3028 UN 3048 UN 3049 UN 3050 UN 3051 UN 3052 UN 3053 UN 3054 UN 3055 UN 3056 UN 3057 UN 3064 UN 3065 UN 3066 UN 3070 UN 3071 UN 3072 UN 3073 UN 3076 NA 3077 NA 3077 UN 3077 UN 3078 UN 3079 UN 3080 NA 3082 NA 3082 UN 3082 UN 3083 UN 3084 UN 3085 UN 3086 UN 3087 UN 3088 UN 3089 UN 3090 UN 3091 UN 3092 UN 3093 UN 3094 UN 3095 UN 3096 UN 3098 UN 3099 UN 3100 UN 3101 UN 3102 UN 3103 UN 3104 UN 3105 UN 3106 UN 3107 UN 3108 UN 3109 UN 3110 UN 3111 UN 3112 UN 3113 UN 3114 UN 3115 Phthalimide derivative pesticides, liquid, toxic Copper based pesticides, liquid, toxic, flammable Copper based pesticides, liquid, toxic Mercury based pesticides, liquid, toxic, flammable Mercury based pesticides, liquid, toxic Substituted nitrophenol pesticides, liquid, toxic, flammable Substituted nitrophenol pesticides, liquid, toxic Bipyridilium pesticides, liquid, toxic, flammable Bipyridilium pesticides, liquid, toxic Organophosphorus pesticides, liquid, toxic, flammable Methyl parathion liquid Tetraethyl pyrophosphate Organophosphorus pesticides, liquid, toxic Organotin pesticides, liquid, toxic, flammable Organotin pesticides, liquid, toxic Pesticides, liquid, flammable, toxic, (flashpoint less than 23 degrees C) 1,2-Butylene oxide, stabilized 2-Methyl-2-heptanethiol Coumarin derivative pesticides, liquid, flammable, toxic Coumarin derivative pesticides, liquid, flammable, toxic Coumarin derivative pesticides, liquid, toxic Coumarin derivative pesticides, solid, toxic Batteries, dry, containing potassium hydroxide solid Aluminum phosphide pesticides Metal alkyl halides, n.o.s. or Metal aryl halides, n.o.s. Metal alkyl hydrides, n.o.s. or Metal aryl hydrides, n.o.s. Aluminum alkyls Aluminum alkyl halides Magnesium alkyls Cyclohexyl mercaptan 2-(2-Aminoethoxy) ethanol n-Heptaldehyde TrtfluoroacetyIchloride Nitroglycerin, solution in alcohol Alcoholic beverages Paint or Paint related material Ethylene oxide and dichlorodifluoromethane mixture Mercaptans, liquid, toxic, flammable, n.o.s. or Mercaptan mixtures, liquid, toxic, flammable, n.o.s. Life-saving appliances, not self inflating Vinylpyridines, inhibited Aluminum alkyl hydrides Hazardous waste, solid, n.o.s. Other regulated substances, solid, n.o.s. Environmentally hazardous substances, solid, n.o.s. Cerium Methacrylonitrile, inhibited Isocyanates, toxic, flammable, n.o.s. or Isocyanate solutions, toxic, flammable, n.o.s. Hazardous waste, liquid, n.o.s. Other regulated substances, liquid, n.o.s. Environmentally hazardous substances, liquid, n.o.s. Perchloryl fluoride Corrosive solids, oxidizing, n.o.s. Oxidizing, solid, corrosive, n.o.s. Toxic solids, oxidizing, n.o.s. Oxidizing solid, toxic, n.o.s. Self-heating, solid, organic, n.o.s. Metal powders, flammable, n.o.s. Lithium battery, liquid cathode Lithium batteries, contained in equipment 1-Methoxy-2-propanol Corrosive liquids, oxidizing, n.o.s. Corrosive liquids, water-reactive, n.o.s. Corrosive solids, self heating, n.o.s. Corrosive solids, water-reactive, n.o.s. Oxidizing, liquid, corrosive, n.o.s. Oxidizing, liquid, toxic, n.o.s. Oxidizing, solid, self heating, n.o.s. Organic peroxide type B, liquid Organic peroxide type B, solid Organic peroxide type C, liquid Organic peroxide type C, solid Organic peroxide type D, liquid Organic peroxide type D, solid Organic peroxide type E, liquid Organic peroxide type E, solid Organic peroxide type F, liquid Organic peroxide type F. solid Organic peroxide type B, liquid, temperature controlled Organic peroxide type B, solid, temperature controlled Organic peroxide type C, liquid, temperature controlled Organic peroxide type C, solid, temperature controlled Organic peroxide type D, liquid, temperature controlled UN 3116 UN 3117 UN 3118 UN 3119 UN 3120 UN 3121 UN 3122 UN 3123 UN 3124 UN 3125 UN 3126 UN 3127 UN 3128 UN 3129 UN 3130 UN 3131 UN 3132 UN 3133 UN 3134 UN 3135 UN 3136 UN 3137 UN 3138 UN 3139 UN 3140 UN 3141 UN 3142 UN 3143 UN 3144 UN 3145 UN 3146 UN 3147 UN 3148 UN 3149 UN 3150 UN 3151 UN 3152 UN 3153 UN 3154 UN 3155 UN 3156 UN 3157 UN 3158 UN 3159 UN 3160 UN 3161 UN 3162 UN 3163 UN 3164 UN 3165 UN 3166 UN 3167 UN 3168 UN 3169 UN 3170 UN 3171 UN 3174 UN 3175 UN 3176 NA 3178 UN 3178 UN 3179 UN 3180 UN 3181 UN 3182 UN 3183 UN 3184 UN 3185 UN 3186 UN 3187 UN 3188 UN 3189 UN 3190 UN 3191 UN 3192 UN 3194 Organic peroxide type D, solid, temperature controlled Organic peroxide type E, liquid, temperature controlled Organic peroxide type E, solid, temperature controlled Organic peroxide type F, liquid, temperature controlled Organic peroxide type F, solid, temperature controlled Oxidizing, solid, water-reactive, n.o.s. Toxic liquids, oxidizing, n.o.s. Toxic liquids, water-reative, n.o.s. Toxic solids, self heating, n.o.s. Toxic solids, water-reative, n.o.s. Self-heating, solid, corrosive, organic, n.o.s. Self-heating, solid, oxidizing, n.o.s. Self-heating, solid, toxic, organic, n.o.s. Water-reactive liquid, corrosive, n.o.s. Water-reactive liquid, toxic, n.o.s. Water-reactive solid, corrosive, n.o.s. Water-reactive solid, flammable, n.o.s. Water-reactive solid, oxidizing, n.o.s. Water-reactive solid, toxic, n.o.s. Water-reactive solid, self-heating, n.o.s. Trifluoromethane, refrigerated liquid Oxidizing, solid, flammable, n.o.s. Ethylene, acetylene and propylene mixture, refrigerated liquid Oxidizing, liquid, n.o.s. Alkaloids, liquid, n.o.s., or Alkaloid salts, liquid, n.o.s. Antimony compounds, inorganic, liquid, n.o.s. Disinfectants, liquid, toxic, n.o.s Dyes, solid, toxic, n.o.s. or Dye intermediates, solid, toxic, n.o.s. Nicotine compounds, liquid, n.o.s. or Nicotine preparations, liquid, n.o.s. Alkylphenols, liquid, n.o.s. Organotin compounds, solid, n.o.s. Dyes, solid, corrosive, n.o.s. or Dye intermediates, solid. corrosive, n.o.s. Water-reactive liquid, n.o.s. Hydrogen peroxide and peroxyacetic acid mixtures, stabilized Devices, small, hydrocarbon gas powered or Hydrocarbon gas refills for small devices Polyhalogenated biphenyls, liquid or Polyhalogenated terphenyls liquid Polyhalogenated biphenyls, solid or Polyhalogenated terphenyls, solid Perfluorom(ethylvinyl ether) Perfluoro(ethylvinyl ether) Pentachlorophenol Compressed gas, oxidizing, n.o.s. Liquefied gas, oxidizing, n.o.s. Gas, refrigerated liquid, n.o.s. 1,1,1,2-Tetrafluoroethane or Refrigerant gas R 134a Liquefied gas, toxic, flammable, n.o.s. Liquefied gas, flammable, n.o.s. Liquefied gas, toxic, n.o.s. Liquefied gas, n.o.s. Articles, pressurized pneumatic or Hydraulic Aircraft hydraulic power unit fuel tank Engines, internal combustion Gas sample, non-pressurized, flammable, n.o.s. Gas sample, non-pressurized, toxic, flammable, n.o.s. Gas sample, non-pressurized, toxic, n.o.s. Aluminium smelting by-products or Aluminum remelting by products Battery-powered vehicle or Battery-powered equipment Titanium disulphide Solids containing flammable liquid, n.o.s. Flammable solid, organic, molten, n.o.s. Smokeless powder for small arms Flammable solid, inorganic, n.o.s. Flammable solid, toxic, inorganic, n.o.s. Flammable solid, corrosive, inorganic, n.o.s. Metal salts of organic compounds, flammable, n.o.s. Metal hydrides, flammable, n.o.s. Self-heating liquid, organic, n.o.s. Self-heating liquid, toxic, organic, n.o.s. Self-heating liquid, corrosive, organic, n.o.s. Self-heating liquid, inorganic, n.o.s. Self-heating liquid, toxic, inorganic, n.o.s. Self-heating liquid, corrosive, inorganic, n.o.s. Metal powder, self-heating, n.o.s. Self-heating solid, inorganic, n.o.s. Self-heating solid, toxic, inorganic, n.o.s. Self-heating solid, corrosive, inorganic, n.o.s. Pyrophoric liquid, inorganic, n.o.s. 83 ABD00131851 UN-NA Cross Reference Table April 1998 UN 3200 UN 3203 UN 3205 UN 3206 UN 3207 UN 3208 UN 3209 UN 3210 UN 3211 UN 3212 UN 3213 UN 3214 UN 3215 UN 3216 UN 3218 UN 3219 UN 3220 UN 3221 UN 3222 UN 3223 UN 3224 UN 3225 UN 3226 UN 3227 UN 3228 UN 3229 UN 3230 UN 3231 UN 3232 UN 3233 UN 3234 UN 3235 UN 3236 UN 3237 UN 3238 UN 3239 UN 3240 UN 3241 UN 3242 UN 3243 UN 3244 UN 3246 UN 3247 UN 3248 UN 3249 UN 3250 UN 3251 UN 3252 UN 3253 UN 3254 UN 3255 UN 3256 UN 3257 UN 3258 UN 3259 UN 3260 UN 3261 UN 3262 UN 3263 UN 3264 UN 3265 UN 3266 Pyrophoric solid, inorganic, n.o.s. Pyrophoric organometallic compound, n.o.s. Alkaline earth metal alcoholates, n.o.s. Alkali metal alcoholates, self-heating, corrosive, n.o.s. Organometallic compound or Compound solution or Compound dispersion, water-reactive, flammable, n.o.s. Metallic substance, water-reactive, n.o.s. Metallic substance, water-reactive, self-heating, n.o.s. Chlorates, inorganic, aqueous solution, n.o.s. Perchlorates, inorganic, aqueous solution, n.o.s. Hypochlorites, inorganic, n.o.s. Bromates, inorganic, aqueous solution, n.o.s. Permanganates, inorganic, aqueous solution, n.o.s. Persulphates, inorganic, n.o.s. Persulphates, inorganic, aqueous solution, n.o.s. Nitrates, inorganic, aqueous solution, n.o.s. Nitrites, inorganic, aqueous solution, n.o.s. Pentafluoroethane or Refrigerant gas R 125 Self-reactive liquid type B Self-reactive solid type B Self-reactive liquid type C Self-reactive solid type C Self-reactive liquid type D Self-reactive solid type D Self-reactive liquid type E Self-reactive solid type E Self-reactive liquid type F Self-reactive solid type F Self-reactive liquid type B, temperature controlled Self-reactive solid type B, temperature controlled Self-reactive liquid type C, temperature controlled Self-reactive solid type C, temperature controlled Self-reactive liquid type D, temperature controlled Self-reactive solid type D, temperature controlled Self-reactive liquid type E, temperature controlled Self-reactive solid type E, temperature controlled Self-reactive liquid type F, temperature controlled Self-reactive solid type F, temperature controlled 2-Bromo-2-nitropropane-1,3-diol Azodicarbonamide Solids containing toxic liquid, n.o.s. Solids containing corrosive liquid, n.o.s. Methanesulphonyl chloride Sodium peroxoborate, anhydrous Medicine, liquid, flammable, toxic, n.o.s. Medicine, solid, toxic, n.o.s. Chloroacetic acid, molten lsosorbide-5-mononitrate Difluoromethane or Refrigerant gas R 32 Disodium trioxosilicate Tributylphosphane tert-Butyl hypochlorite Elevated temperature liquid, flammable, n.o.s. Elevated temperature liquid, n.o.s. Elevated temperature solid, n.o.s. Amines, solid, corrosive, n.o.s., or Polyamines, solid, corrosive n.o.s. Corrosive solid, acidic, inorganic, n.o.s. Corrosive solid, acidic, organic, n.o.s. Corrosive solid, basic, inorganic, n.o.s. Corrosive solid, basic, organic, n.o.s. Corrosive liquid, acidic, inorganic, n.o.s. Corrosive liquid, acidic, organic, n.o.s. Corrosive liquid, basic, inorganic, n.o.s. UN 3267 UN 3268 UN 3269 UN 3270 UN 3271 UN 3272 UN 3273 UN 3274 UN 3275 UN 3276 UN 3277 UN 3278 UN 3279 UN 3280 UN 3281 UN 3282 UN 3283 UN 3284 UN 3285 UN 3286 UN 3287 UN 3288 UN 3289 UN 3290 UN 3291 UN 3292 UN 3293 UN 3294 UN 3295 UN 3296 UN 3297 UN 3298 UN 3299 UN 3300 UN 3301 UN 3302 UN 3303 UN 3304 UN 3305 UN 3306 UN 3307 UN 3308 UN 3309 UN 3310 UN 3311 UN 3312 UN 3313 UN 3314 UN 3316 UN 3317 UN 3318 UN 3319 UN 3320 UN 3356 NA 9035 NA 9163 NA 9191 NA 9195 NA 9202 NA 9206 NA 9260 NA 9263 NA 9264 NA 9269 Corrosive liquid, basic, organic, n.o.s. Air bag inflators or Air bag modules or Seat-belt pre tensioners Polyester resin kit Nitrocellulose membrane filters Ethers, n.o.s. Esters, n.o.s. Nitriles, flammable, toxic, n.o.s. Alcoholates solution, n.o.s. Nitriles, toxic, flammable, n.o.s. Nitriles, toxic, n.o.s. Chloroformates, toxic, corrosive, n.o.s. Organophosphorus compound, toxic n.o.s. Organophosphorus compound, toxic, flammable, n.o.s. Organoarsenic compound, n.o.s. Metal carbonyls, n.o.s. Organometallic compound, toxic n.o.s. Selenium compound, n.o.s. Tellurium compound, n.o.s. Vanadium compound, n.o.s. Flammable liquid, toxic, corrosive, n.o.s. Toxic liquid, inorganic, n.o.s. Toxic solid, inorganic, n.o.s. Toxic liquid, corrosive, inorganic, n.o.s. Toxic solid, corrosive, inorganic, n.o.s. Regulated medical waste Batteries, containing sodium or Cells containing, sodium Hydrazine, aqueous solution Hydrogen cyanide, solution in alcohol Hydrocarbons, liquid, n.o.s. Heptafluoropropane or Refrigerant gas R 227 Ethylene oxide and chlorotetrafluoroethane mixture Ethylene oxide and pentafluoroethane mixture Ethylene oxide and tetrafluoroethane mixture Ethylene oxide and carbon dioxide mixture Corrosive liquid, self-heating, n.o.s. 2-Dimethylaminoethyl acrylate Compressed gas, toxic, oxidizing, n.o.s. Compressed gas, toxic, corrosive, n.o.s. Compressed gas, toxic, flammable, corrosive, n.o.s. Compressed gas, toxic, oxdizing, corrosive, n.o.s. Liquefied gas. toxic, oxidizing, n.o.s. Liquefied gas, toxic, corrosive, n.o.s. Liquefied gas, toxic, flammable, corrosive, n.o.s. Liquefied gas, toxic, oxidizing, corrosive, n.o.s. Gas, refrigerated liquid, oxidizing, n.o.s. Gas, refrigerated liquid, flammable, n.o.s. Organic pigments, self-healing Plastic molding compound Chemical kits or First aid kits 2-Amino-4,6-Dinitrophenol, wetted Ammonia solution Nitroglycerin mixture Sodium borohydride and sodium hydroxide solution Oxygen generator, chemical Gas identification set Zirconium sulfate Chlorine dioxide, hydrate, frozen Metal alkyl, solution, n.o.s. Carbon monoxide, refrigerated liquid Methyl phosphonic dichloride Aluminum, molten Chloropivaloyl chloride 3,5-Dichloro-2.4,6-trifluoropyridine Trimethoxysilane 84 | 3 Symbols 1 - 2 Identification Numbers e> Label Codes o Location PART 172 ABD00131852 172.101 --Accellerene-Aerosols April 1998 172.101 Hazardous Materials Table Hazardous Materials Descriptions and Proper Shipping Names (2) Accallerene, see p-NItrosodlmethylanillne Accumulators, electric, see Batteries, wet etc. D Accumulators, pressurized, pneumatic or hydraulic (containing non-flammable gas) Acetal Acetaldehyde A Acetaldehyde ammonia Acetaldehyde oxime Acetic acid, glacial or Acetic acid solution, with more than 80 percent acid, by mass Acetic acid solution, with more than 10 percent but not more than 80 percent acid, by mass Hazard Class or Division (3) PG (5) Special Provisions (7) 2.2 NA1956 2.2 3 UN1088 3 UN1089 9 UN1841 3 UN2332 8 UN2789 11 3 13 III 9 III 3 II 8, 3 T7 A3, B16, T20, T26, T29 B1, T8 A3, A6, A7, A10 B2, T8 8 UN2790 II 8 A3, A6. A7, A10B2, T8 (8) Packaging (173.***) Ex cep tions (8A) Non bulk (SB) Bulk (SC) () Quantity Limitations Passen ger Aircraft/ Hall Cargo Arlcraft Only <9A) (9B) (10) Vessel Stowage Other (10B) 306 150 None 155 150 154 154 306 None No limit No limit A 202 242 201 243 204 240 203 242 202 243 5 L 60 L Forbidden 30 L 200 kg 200 kg 60 L 220 L 1 L 30 L E E A A A 202 242 1 L SOL A 34 Acetic anhydride Acetone Acetone cyanohydrin, stabilized Acetone oils Acetonitrile Acetyl acetone peroxide with more than 9 percent by mass active oxygen 8 UN1715 3 UN1090 6.1 UN1541 3 UN1091 3 UN1648 Forbidden II 8, 3 II 3 1 6.1 II 3 1! 3 A3, A6, A7, A10, B2, T8 T8 2, A3, B9, B14, B32, B76, B77, N34, T38, T43, T45 T7, T30 T14 154 150 None 150 150 202 243 202 242 227 244 202 242 202 242 1 L 30 L 5 L 60 L Forbidden 30 L 5 L 60 L 1 L 60 L A 40 B D 25, 40. 49 B B 40 Acetyl benzoyl peroxide, solid, or with more than 40 percent in solution Acetyl bromide Acetyl chloride Forbidden 8 UN1716 3 UN1717 Acetyl cyclohexanesultonyl peroxide, with more Forbidden than 82 percent wetted with less than 12 percent water II 8 II 3, 8 B2, T12, T26 A3, A6, A7, B100, N34, T18. T26 154 None 202 242 202 243 1L 1L 30 L 5L C 40 B 40 Acetyl iodide Acetyl methyl carblnol Acetyl peroxide, solid, or with more than 25 percent in solution 8 UN1898 3 UN2621 Forbidden II 8 ill 3 B2, B101, T9 B1, T1 154 202 242 1 L 150 203 242 60 L SOL 220 L C 40 A Acetylene, dissolved Acetylene (liquefied) Acetylene silver nitrate 2.1 UN1001 Forbidden Forbidden 2.1 None 303 None Forbidden 15 kg D 25, 40, 57 Acetylene tetrabromide, see Tetrabromoethane Acid butyl phosphate, see Butyl add phosphate Acid, sludge, see Sludge acid Acridine Acrolein dimer, stabilized Acrolein, Inhibited Acrylamide Acrylic acid, inhibited Acrylonitrile, inhibited Actuating cartridge, explosive, see Cartridges, power device 6.1 UN2713 3 UN2607 6.1 UN1092 6.1 UN2074 8 UN2218 3 UN 1093 III 6.1 III 3 Bl, T1 1 6.1,3 1, B9, B14, B30. B42, B72, B77, T38, T43, T44 III 6.1 T8 II 8,3 B2, T8 1 3, 6.1 B9. T18, T26 153 150 None 153 154 None 213 240 203 242 226 244 100 kg 200 kg A 60 L 220 L A Forbidden Forbidden D 213 240 202 243 201 243 100 kg 200 kg 1 L 30 L Forbidden 30 L A C E 40 40 12 25, 40 40 Adhesives, containing a flammable liquid Adhesives, containing a flammable liquid Adhesives, containing a flammable liquid Adiponitrile Aerosols, corrosive, Packing Group II or III, (each not exceeding 1 L capacity) 3 UN1133 3 UN1133 3 UN1133 6.1 UN2205 2.2 UN1950 1 3 B42, T7, T30 II 3 B52, T7, T30 III 3 Bl, B52, T7, T30 III 6.1 T1 2.2, 8 A34 150 201 243 1 L 150 173 242 5 L 150 173 242 60 L 153 203 241 60 L 306 None None 75 kg 30 L 60 L 220 L 220 L 150 kg B B A A A 40. 48, 85 Aerosols, flammable, n.o.s. (engine starting fluid) (each not exceeding 1 i capacity) 2.1 UN1950 2.1 N82 306 None None Forbidden Forbidden A 40. 48. 85 Aerosols, flammable, (each not exceeding 1 L capacity) Aerosols, non-flammable, (each not exceeding 1 L capacity) 2.1 UN1950 2.2 UN1950 2.1 N82 2.2 306 None None 75 kg 306, None None 75 kg 307 150 kg 150 kg A A 40. 48, 85 48. 85 'Label Codes: 1.1. 1.2. 1.3. 1.4, 1.5, and 1.6--EXPLOSIVE; 2.1--FLAMMABLE GAS; 2.2--NON-FLAMMABLE GAS; 2.3--POISON GAS; 3--FLAMMABLE LIQUID; 4.1-- FLAMMABLE SOLID; 4.2--SPONTANEOUSLY COMBUSTIBLE; 4.3--DANGEROUS WHEN WET; 5.1--OXIDIZER; 5.2--ORGANIC PEROXIDE; 6.1 (PGI, ZONE A and B inhalation hazard)--POISON INHALATION HAZARD; 6.1 (PGl or PGH. other than Zone A and B)--POISON; 6.1 PGIII--KEEP AWAY FROM FOOD, 6.2-- INFECTIOUS SUBSTANCE; 7--RADIOACTIVE; 8--CORROSIVE; 9--CLASS 9 85 ABD00131853 April 1998 172.101--Aerosols-Alkalolds 172.101 Hazardous Materials Table Label Codes3 o> Location e 1e 1 Hazardous Materials Descriptions and Hazard Class or IS 1E jj 3 Proper Shipping Names Division S z PG Special Provisions (8) Packaging (173.*") Ex cep tions Non bulk Bulk (9) (10) Quantity Limitations Vessel Stowage Passen ger Aircraft/ Rail Cargo Arlcraft Only Other (1) (2) Aerosols, poison, each not exceeding 1 L capacity (3) (4) (5) 2.2 UN1950 2.2 (7) (8A) (8B) (8C) (9A) (SB) (10B) 306 None None Forbidden Forbidden A 40, 40, 85 Air bag inflators or Air bag modules or Seatbelt pretensioners 9 UN3266 III 9 166 166 166 25 kg 100 kg A Air, compressed 2.2 UN 1002 2.2 306 302 302 75 kg 150 kg A Air, refrigerated liquid, (cryogenic liquid) 2.2 UN1003 22, 5.1 320 316 318, Forbidden 150 kg D 51 319 Air, refrigerated liquid, (cryogenic liquid) nonpressurized 2.2 UN1003 2.2, 5.1 320 316 318. Forbidden Forbidden D 51 319 Aircraft evacuation slides, see Life saving appliances etc. Aircraft hydraulic power unit fuel tank (containing a mixture ol anhydrous hydrazine and monomethyl hydrazine) (M86 fuel) 3 UN3165 1 3, 6.1.8 None 172 None Forbidden 42 L E Aircraft survival kits, see Life saving appliances etc. Alcoholates solution, n.o.s., in alcohol Alcoholic beverages 3 UN3274 3 UN3065 II 3. 8 II 3 24. B1, T1 None 150 202 243 202 242 1L 5L 5L 60 L B A Alcoholic beverages 3 UN3065 III 3 24, B1, Nil, T1 150 203 242 60 L 220 L A Alcohols, n.o.s 3 UN1987 1 3 T8, T31 None 201 243 1 L 30 L E Alcohols, n.o.s 3 UN1987 II 3 T8, T31 150 202 242 5 L 60 L B Alcohols, n.o.s 3 UN1987 ill 3 B1.T7. T30 150 203 242 60 L 220 L A Alcohols, flammable, toxic, n.o.s. 3 UN1986 1 3, 6.1 T8, T31 None 201 243 Forbidden 30 L E 40 Alcohols, flammable, toxic, n.o.s. 3 UN1986 II 3, 6.1 T8, T31 None 202 243 1L 60 L 8 40 Alcohols, flammable, toxic, n.o.s. 3 UN1986 III 3, 6.1 B1, TB, T31 None 203 242 60 L 220 L A Aldehydes, n.o.s. 3 UN1989 13 T8, T31 None 201 243 1L 30 L E Aldehydes, n.o.s. 3 UN1989 II 3 T8, T31 150 202 242 5 L 60 L B Aldehydes, n.o.s. 3 UN1989 III 3 B1, T7, T30 150 203 242 60 L 220 L A Aldehydes, flammable, toxic, n.o.s. 3 UN1988 1 3, 6.1 T8. T31 None 201 243 Forbidden 30 L E 40 Aldehydes, flammable, toxic, n.o.s. 3 UN 1988 II 3, 6.1 T8. T31 None 202 243 1 L 60 L B 40 Aldehydes, flammable, toxic, n.o.s. 3 UN 1988 III 3, 6.1 B1. T8, T31 150 203 242 60 L 220 L A Atdol 6.1 UN2839 II 6.1 T8 None 202 243 5L 60 L A 12 D Aldrln, liquid 6.1 NA2762 II 6.1 None 202 243 5 L 60 L B D Aldrln, solid 6.1 NA2761 II 6.1 None 212 242 25 kg 100 kg A 40 Alkali metal alcoholates, self-heating, corrosive, n.o.s. 4.2 UN3206 II 4.2. 8 64 None 212 242 15 kg 50 kg B Alkali metal alcoholates, self-heating, corrosive, n.o.s. 4.2 UN3206 III 4.2. 8 64 None 213 242 25 kg 100 kg B Alkali metal alloys, liquid, n.o.s. 4.3 UN1421 1 4.3 A2. A3, B48. N34 None 201 244 Forbidden 1 L D Alkali metal amalgams 4.3 UN 1389 1 4.3 A2, A3, N34 None 201 244 Forbidden 1 L D Alkali metal amides 4.3 UN 1390 II 4.3 A6, A7, A8, A19. A20, B106 151 212 241 15 kg 50 kg E 40 Alkali metal dispersions, or Alkaline earth metal dispersions 4.3 UN1391 1 4.3 A2, A3 None 201 244 Forbidden 1 L D Alkaline corrosive liquids, n.o.s., see Caustic alkali liquids, n.o.s. Alkaline earth metal alcoholates, n.o.s. 4.2 UN320S II 4.2 65 None 212 241 15 kg 50 kg B Alkaline earth metal alcoholates, n.o.s. 4.2 UN3205 111 4.2 65 None 213 241 15 kg 100 kg B Alkaline earth metal alloys, n.o.s. 4.3 UN1393 II 4.3 A19, B101. B106 151 212 241 15 kg 50 kg E Alkaline earth metal amalgams 4.3 UN1392 1 4.3 A19, B101. Q106, N34, N40 None 211 242 Forbidden 15 kg D Alkaloids, liquid, n.o.s., or Alkaloid salts, liquid, n.o.s. 6.1 UN3140 1 6.1 A4, T42 None 201 243 1L 30 L A Alkaloids, liquid, n.o.s., or Alkaloid salts, liquid, n.o.s. 6.1 UN3140 II 6.1 T14 None 202 243 5L 60 L A Alkaloids, liquid, n.o.s., or Alkaloid salts, liquid, n.o.s. 6.1 UN3140 III 6.1 T7 153 203 241 60 L 220 L A Alkaloids, solid, n.o.s. or Alkaloid salts, solid, n.o.s. poisonous 6.1 UN1544 1 6.1 None 211 242 5 kg 50 kg A Alkaloids, solid, n.o.s. or Alkaloid salts, solid, n.o.s. poisonous 6.1 UN1544 II 6.1 None 212 242 25 kg 100 kg A 'Label Codes: 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, and 1.6--EXPLOSIVE; 2.1--FLAMMABLE GAS: 2.2--NON-FLAMMABLE GAS; 2.3--POISON GAS: 3--FLAMMABLE LIQUID; 4.1-- FLAMMABLE SOLID; 4.2--SPONTANEOUSLY COMBUSTIBLE; 4.3--DANGEROUS WHEN WET; 5.1--OXIDIZER; 5 2--ORGANIC PEROXIDE: 6.1 (PGI, ZONE A and B inhalation hazard)--POISON INHALATION HAZARD; 6.1 (PGI or PGM, other than Zone A and B)--POISON; 6.1 PGI1I--KEEP AWAY FROM FOOD; 6.2-- INFECTIOUS SUBSTANCE; 7--RADIOACTIVE; 8--CORROSIVE; 9--CLASS 9 86 | 3 Symbols 1 Label Codes Location PART 172 ABD00131854 172.101--Alkalolds-Aluminum April 1998 172.101 Hazardous Materials Table Hazardous Materials Descriptions and Proper Shipping Names Hazard Class or Division I I li PG (2) Alkaloids, solid, n.o.s. or Alkaloid salts, solid, n.o.s. poisonous (3) w (5) 6.1 UN 1544 III 6.1 Alkyl sulfonic acids, liquid or Aryl sulfonic acids, liquid with more than 5 percent free sulfuric acid e UN2584 II 8 Alkyl sulfonic acids, liquid or Aryl sulfonic acids, liquid with not more than 5 percent tree sulfuric acid 8 UN2S86 111 8 Alkyl sulfonic acids, solid or Aryl sulfonic acids, solid, with more than 5 percent free sulfuric acid 8 UN2583 It 8 Alkyl sulfonic acids, solid or Aryl sulfonic acids, solid with not more than 5 percent free sulfuric acid 8 UN2585 III 8 Special Provisions (7) B2, T8, T27 T8 (8) Packaging (8173.***) Ex cep tions (8A) 153 Non bulk Bulk (8B) (8C) 213 240 () (10) Quantity Limitations Vessel Stowage Passen ger Aircraft/ Rail Cargo Aricraft Only Other (9A) (98) (10B) 100 kg 200 kg A 154 202 242 1 L 30 L B 154 203 241 5 L 60 L B 154 212 240 15 kg 50 kg A 154 213 240 25 kg 100 kg A Alkylphenols, liquid, n.o.s. (including C2-C12 homologues) Alkylphenols, liquid, n.o.s. (including C2-C12 homologues) 8 UN3145 8 UN3145 '8 II 8 T8 T8 None 154 201 243 202 242 0.5 L 1L 2.5 L 30 L B B Alkylphenols, liquid, n.o.s. (including C2-C12 homologues) Alkylphenols, solid, n.o.s. (including C2-C12 homologues) Alkylphenols, solid, n.o.s. (including C2-C12 homologues) 8 UN3145 III 8 8 UN2430 18 8 UN2430 II 8 T7 T8 T8 154 None 154 203 241 211 242 212 240 5L 1 kg 15 kg 60 L 25 kg 50 kg A B B Alkylphenols, solid, n.o.s. (including C2-C12 homologues) Alkylsulfuric acids Allethrin, see Pesticides, liquid, toxic, n.o.s. Allyl acetate Allyl alcohol 8 UN2430 8 UN2571 3 UN2333 6.1 UN 1098 Allyl bromide Allyl chloride Allyl chlorocarbonate, see Allyl chloroformate Allyl chloroformate 3 UN 1099 3 UN1100 6.1 UN1722 Allyl ethyl ether Allyl formate Allyl glycldyl ether Allyl Iodide Allyl isothiocyanate, stabilized Allylsmtne 3 UN2335 3 UN2336 3 UN2219 3 UN1723 6.1 UN1545 6.1 UN2334 Allyltrichlorosilane, stabilized Aluminum alkyl halides Aluminum alkyl hydrides Aluminum alkyls Aluminum borohydrlde or Aluminum borohydride in devices Aluminum bromide, anhydrous Aluminum bromide, sotution Aluminum carbide Aluminum chloride, anhydrous Aluminum chloride, solution Aluminum dross, wet or hot Aluminum ferrosilicon powder 8 UN1724 4.2 UN3052 4.2 UN3076 4.2 UN3051 4.2 UN2870 8 UN 1725 8 UN2580 4.3 UN 1394 8 UN1726 8 UN2581 Forbidden 4,3 UN1395 Aluminum ferrosilicon powder 4.3 UN1395 III 8 T8 II 8 B2, T9, T27 It 3, 6.1 T8 1 6.1, 3 2, B9, B14, B32, B74, B77, T38, T43. T45 1 3, 6.1 T18 1 3, 6.1 T18, T26 1 6.1. 2, A3, B9, B14, B32, B74, 3, 8 N41, T38, T43, T45 II 3. 6.1 T8 1 3, 6.1 T18, T26 III 3 B1.T7 II 3, 8 A3, A6, B100, N34, T18 II 6.1, 3 A3. A7 1 6.1, 3 2. B9, B14, B32, B74, T38, T43. T45 II 8, 3 A7, B2, B6, N34, T8, T26 1 4.2 1 4.2 t 4.2 1 4.2. 4.3 B9. B11, T28, T29, T40 B9, B11.T28, T29, T40 B9, B11, T28, T29, T40 B11 II 8 0106 III 8 T8 II 4.3 A20, B101, B106, N41 II 8 B106 III 8 T8 II 4.3, 6.1 III 4.3, 6.1 A19, B106, B108 A19, A20, 8106, B108 154 213 240 25 kg 154 202 242 1 L 100 kg 30 L A C 14 None None None None 202 243 227 244 1L 60 L E Forbidden Forbidden D 201 243 201 243 Forbidden 30 L Forbidden 30 L B E 40 40 40 40 None None None 150 None None None None None None None None 154 154 151 154 154 227 244 Forbidden Forbidden D 202 243 201 243 203 242 202 243 202 243 227 244 1L 60 L E Forbidden 30 L E 60 L 220 L A 1 L 5L B Forbidden 60 L D Forbidden Forbidden D 202 243 181 244 181 244 181 244 181 244 Forbidden 30 L C Forbidden Forbidden D Forbidden Forbidden O Forbidden Forbidden D Forbidden Forbidden D 212 240 203 241 212 242 212 240 203 241 15 kg 5L 15 kg 15 kg 5L 50 kg 60 L 50 kg 50 kg 60 L A A A A A 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 151 212 242 15 kg 151 213 241 25 kg 50 kg A 100 kg A 40, 85, 103 40, 85, 103 'Label Codes: 1.1, 1.2, 1.3. 1.4, 1.5, and 1.6--EXPLOSIVE; 2.1--FLAMMABLE GAS; 2.2--NON-FLAMMABLE GAS; 2.3--POISON GAS; 3--FLAMMABLE LIQUID4.1-- FLAMMABLE SOLID; 4,2--SPONTANEOUSLY COMBUSTIBLE; 4.3--DANGEROUS WHEN WET; 5.1--OXIDIZER; 5.2--ORGANIC PEROXIDE; 6,1 (PGI, ZONE A and B inhalation hazard)--POISON INHALATION HAZARD; 6.1 (PGI or PGII, other than Zone A and B)--POISON; 6.1 PGIII--KEEP AWAY FROM FOOD; 6.2-- INFECTIOUS SUBSTANCE; 7--RADIOACTIVE; 8--CORROSIVE; 9--CLASS 9 87 ABD001318551 April 1998 172.101--Aluminum-Ammonia -- Symbols | % Identiflcstlon '-- Numbers 172.101 Hazardous Materials Table (8) (9) (10) Packaging (173.***) Quantity Limitations Vessel Stowage Hazardous Materials Descriptions and Proper Shipping Names Aluminum hydride D Aluminum, molten (2) Hazard Class or Division PG Special Provisions (3) (5) (6)' (7) 4.3 UN2463 1 4.3 A19. B100. N40 9 NA9260 III 9 Ex cep tions (8A) None None Non bulk Bulk (8B) (8C) 211 242 None 247 Passen ger Aircraft/ Rail Cargo Arlcraft Only | (9A) (9B) (10A) Forbidden 15 kg E Forbidden Forbidden D Other <10B) Aluminum nitrate 5.1 UN 1438 III 5.1 A1, A29 152 213 240 25 kg 100 kg A Aluminum phosphate solution, see Corrosive liquids, etc. Aluminum phosphide 4.3 UN 1397 1 4.3, A8, A19, B100, N40 6.1 None 211 242 Forbidden 15 kg E 40, 85 Aluminum phosphide pesticides Aluminum powder, coated 6.1 UN3048 4.1 UN1309 1 6.1 11 4.1 A8 None 151 211 242 212 240 Forbidden 15 kg 15 kg 50 kg E 40, 85 A 13, 39, 101 Aluminum powder, coated 4.1 UN1309 III 4.1 151 213 240 25 kg 100 kg A 13, 39, 101 Aluminum powder, uncoated Aluminum powder, uncoated Aluminum processing by-products Aluminum processing by-products Aluminum reslnate Aluminum silicon powder, uncoated 4.3 UN1396 4.3 UN1396 4.3 UN3170 4.3 UN3170 4.1 UN2715 4.3 UN139B II 4.3 III 4.3 II 4.3 III 4.3 III 4.1 III 4.3 A19, A20, 6106. BIOS A19, A20, B106, BIOS B106 B106 A1, A19, B108 151 212 242 15 kg 151 213 241 25 kg 151 212 242 15 kg 151 213 241 25 kg 151 213 240 25 kg 151 213 241 25 kg 50 kg 100 kg 50 kg 100 kg 100 kg 100 kg A A B B A A 39 39 85. 103 85, 103 40, 85, 103 Aluminum smelting by-products or Aluminum remeltlng by-products Aluminum smelting by-products or Aluminum remeltlng by-products 4.3 UN3170 II 4.3 B106, B11S 4.3 UN3170 III 4.3 B106, BUS None None 212 242 213 241 15 kg 25 kg 50 kg 100 kg B B 85. 103 85, 103 Amatols, see Explosives, blasting, type B Amines, flammable, corrosive, n.o.s. or Polyamines, flammable, corrosive, n.o.s. Amines, flammable, corrosive, n.o.s. or Polyamines, flammable, corrosive, n.o.s. 3 UN2733 3 UN2733 1 3, 8 T42 II 3,8 T8, T31 None None 201 243 202 243 0.5 L 1L 2.5 L 5L D 40 B 40 Amines, flammable, corrosive, n.o.s. or Polyamines, flammable, corrosive, n.o.s. Amines, liquid, corrosive, flammable, n.o.s. or Polyamines, liquid, corrosive, flammable, n.o.s. 3 UN2733 III 3,8 B1, T8, T31 B UN2734 1 8,3 A3, A6, N34, T8, T31 150 None 203 242 201 243 5L 0.5 L 60 L 2.5 L A 40 A Amines, liquid, corrosive, flammable, n.o.s. or Polyamines, liquid, corrosive, flammable, n.o.s. 8 UN2734 a 8, 3 T8, T31 None 202 243 1L 30 L A Amines, liquid, corrosive, n.o.8, or Polyamines, liquid, corrosive, n.o.s. 8 UN2735 i 8 A3, A6, BIO. N34, T42 None 201 243 0.5 L 2.5 L A Amines, liquid, corrosive, n.o.s, or Polyamines, liquid, corrosive, n.o.s. Amines, liquid, corrosive, n.o.s, or Polyamines, liquid, corrosive, n.o.s. Amines, solid, corrosive, n.o.s., or Polyamines, solid, corrosive n.o.s. 8 UN2735 a 8 8 UN2735 in 8 8 UN3259 i8 B2, T8 T8 154 154 None 202 242 203 241 211 242 1L 5L 1 kg 30 L 60 L 25 kg A A A Amines, solid, corrosive, n.o.s., or Polyamines, solid, corrosive n.o.s. Amines, solid, corrosive, n.o.s., or Polyamines, solid, corrosive n.o.s. 8 UN3259 n 8 8 UN3259 in 8 154 212 240 15 kg 154 213 240 25 kg 50 kg A 100 kg A 2-Amlno 4 chlorophenol 2-Amlno-5-dlethylamlnopentane 2-Amlno-4,6-Dinitrophenol, wetted with not less than 20 percent water by mass 6.1 UN2673 6.1 UN2946 4.1 UN3317 a 6.1 in 6.1 i 4.1 T1 23, A8, A19, A20. N41 None 153 None 212 242 203 241 211 None 25 kg 60 L 1 kg 100 kg 220 L 15 kg A A E 28. 36 2-(2-Aminoethoxy) ethanol 8 UN3055 in 8 T2 154 203 241 5 L 60 L A N-Amlnoethylpiperaztne Amlnophenols (>; m-; p-) 8 UN2815 6.1 UN2512 in 8 in 6.1 17 T1 154 203 241 5 L 60 L A 153 213 240 100 kg 200 kg A 12 Aminopropytdlethanolamine, see Amines,etc. n-AminopropvImorpholine, see Amines, etc. Aminopyrldlnes (o-; m-; p-) ' Ammonia, anhydrous 6.1 UN2671 2.3 UN1005 n 6 1 T7 2.3, 8 4 None None 212 242 304 314, 315 25 kg 100 kg Forbidden 25 kg B D 12. 40 40, 57 0 Ammonia, anhydrous 2.2 UN1005 2.2 13 None 304 314, 315 Forbidden 25 kg D 40. 57 1 Label Codes: 1 1. 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, and 1.6--EXPLOSIVE; 2.1--FLAMMABLE GAS; 2.2--NON-FLAMMABLE GAS; 2.3--POISON GAS; 3--FLAMMABLE LIQUID; 4.1--FLAMMABLE SOLID; 4.2--SPONTANEOUSLY COMBUSTIBLE; 4.3--DANGEROUS WHEN WET, 5.1--OXIDIZER; 5.2--ORGANIC PEROXIDE; 6.1 (PGI. ZONE A and B inhalation hazard)--POISON INHALATION HAZARD, 6.1 (PGl or PGII, other than Zone A and B)--POISON; 6.1 PGIII--KEEP AWAY FROM FOOD, 6 2--INFECTIOUS SUBSTANCE; 7--RADIOACTIVE; 8--CORROSIVE; 9--CLASS 9 88 PART 172 ABD00131856 172.101--Ammonia-Ammonium April 1998 172.101 Hazardous Materials Table Identification w Numbers 8 Hazard Hazardous Materials Descriptions and Class or Proper Shipping Names Division PQ Special Provisions () Packaging {8173.***) Ex cep tions Non bulk Bulk (9) (10) Quantity Limitations Vessel Stowage Passen- flw Aircraft/ Rail Cargo Aricraft Only Other (1) (2) Ammonia solutions, relative density between 0.880 and 0.9S7 at IS degrees C in water, with more than 10 percent but not more than 35 percent ammonia (3) (5) (6)' 8 UN2672 III 8 T14 (7) (8A) (8B) <8C) (9A> 154 203 241 5 L (98) 60 L (tOA) (10B) A 40.85 Ammonia solutions, relative density less than 0.880 at IS degrees C in water, with more than 35 percent but not more than 50 percent ammonia 2.2 UN2073 2.2 306 304 314, Forbidden 150 kg E 315 40, 57 0 Ammonia solution, relative density less than 0.880 at 15 degrees C in water, with more than SO percent ammonia 2.2 UN3318 2.2 13 None 304 314. 315 Forbidden 25 kg 0 40. 57 1 Ammonia solution, relative density less than 0.880 at IS degrees C in water, with more than SO percent ammonia 2.3 UN3318 2.3, 8 4 None 304 314, 315 Forbidden 25 kg D 40, 57 Ammonium arsenate Ammonium azide 6.1 UN 1546 Forbidden II 6.1 None 212 242 25 kg 100 kg A Ammonium biiluoride, solid, see Ammonium hydrogen dIRuoride, solid Ammonium biiluoride solution, see Ammonium hydrogen difluorlde, solution Ammonium bromate Forbidden Ammonium chlorate Forbidden Ammonium dlchromate Ammonium dinltro-o-cresolate Ammonium fluoride Ammonium fluoroslUcate Ammonium fulminate 5.1 UN1439 6.1 UN1843 il 5.1 II 6.1 T8 6.1 UN2505 6.1 UN2654 Forbidden III 6.1 ill 6.1 152 None 153 153 212 242 212 242 213 240 213 240 5 kg 25 kg 100 kg 100 kg 25 kg 100 kg 200 kg 200 kg A B A A 36. 65. 66, 77 26 26 Ammonium hydrogen sulfate Ammonium hydrogendlfluoride, solid Ammonium hydrogendlfluoride, solution Ammonium hydrogendlfluoride, solution Ammonium hydrosullide, solution, see Ammonium sulfide solution 8 UN2506 8 UN1727 8 UN2817 8 UN2817 II 8 II 8 B106. N34 II 8. 6.1 N34, T15 III 8. 6.1 T8 154 154 None 154 212 240 212 240 202 243 203 241 15 kg 15 kg 1L SL 50 kg SO kg 30 L 60 L A 40 A 25. 26,40 B 40 B 40. 95 D Ammonium hydroxide, see Ammonia solutions, etc. Ammonium metavanadate D Ammonium nitrate fertilizers Ammonium nitrate fertilizers,' uniform nonsegregating mixtures of ammonium nitrate with added matter which is inorganic and chemically inert towards ammonium nitrate, with not less than 90 percent ammonium nitrate and not more than 0.2 percent combustible material (including organic material calculated as carbon), or with more than 70 percent but less than 90 percent ammonium nitrate and not more than 0.4 percent total combustible material. 6.1 UN2859 5.1 NA2072 It 6.1 III 5.1 7 5.1 UN2067 III 5.1 52 None 152 152 212 242 213 240 25 kg 25 kg 213 240 25 kg 100 kg 100 kg A B 100 kg B 48, 59. 60. 117 46. 59. 60. 117 AW Ammonium nitrate fertilizers: uniform non segregating mixtures of nitrogen/phosphate or nitrogen/potash types or complete fertilizers of nitrogen/ phosphate/potash type, with not more than 70 percent ammonium nitrate and not more than 0.4 percent total added combustible material or with not more than 45 percent ammonium nitrate with unrestricted combustible material 9 UN2071 III 9 155 213 240 200 kg 200 kg A D Ammonium nitrate-fuel oil mixture containing only prilled ammonium nitrate and fuel oil 1.5D NA0331 II 1.5D None 62 None Forbidden Forbidden B 1E.5E Ammonium nitrate, liquid (hot concentrated solution) 5.1 UN2426 5.1 B5, B100. T25 None None 243 Forbidden Forbidden D 59, 60 D Ammonium nitrate mixed fertllzers 5.1 NA2069 III 5.1 10 152 213 240 25 kg 100 kg B 48, 59. 60, 117 'Label Codes: 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, and 1.6--EXPLOSIVE; 2.1--FLAMMABLE GAS; 2.2--NON-FLAMMABLE GAS; 2.3--POISON GAS; 3--FLAMMABLE LIQUID; 4.1-- FLAMMABLE SOLID; 4.2--SPONTANEOUSLY COMBUSTIBLE; 4.3--OANGEROUS WHEN WET; 5.1--OXIDIZER; 5.2--ORGANIC PEROXIDE; 6.1 (PGI, ZONE A and B inhalation hazard)--POISON INHALATION HAZARD; 6.1 (PGI or PGM. other than Zone A and B)--POISON; 6.1 PGIII--KEEP AWAY FROM FOOD; 6.2-- INFECTIOUS SUBSTANCE; 7--RADIOACTIVE; 8--CORROSIVE; 9--CLASS 9 89 ABD00131857 April 1998 172.101--Ammonium-Ammunition -- Symbols | - 2 Identification Numbers 0 Location 172.101 Hazardous Materials Table (6) (9) (10) Packaging ($173.***) Quantity Limitations Vassal Stowaga Hazardous Materials Descriptions and Proper Shipping Names Hazard Ctasa or Ohrlslon PG Special Provisions (2) Ammonium nitrate, with more then 0.2 percent combustible substances, including any organic substance calculated as carbon, to the exclusion ol any other added substance (3) (5) (6)' 1.10 UN0222 II 1 ID (7) Ammonium nitrate, with not more than 0.2 percent ol combustible substances, including any organic substance calculated as carbon, to the exclusion ol any other added substance 5.1 UN 1942 III 5 1 A1.A29 Ex cep tions (8A) None Non bulk Bulk (8B) (6C) 62 None Passen ger Aircraft/ Rail Cargo Aricraft Only (9A) (9B) Forbidden Forbidden B Other (10B) 1E.5E.19E 152 213 240 25 kg 100 kg A 48. 59. 60. 116 Ammonium nitrite Ammonium perchlorate Ammonium perchlorate Forbidden 1.1D UN0402 5.1 UN1442 II 1 ID 107 II 5 1 107. A9 None 152 62 None 212 242 Forbidden Forbidden B 5 kg 25 kg E 1E.5E.19E 58.69, 106 Ammonium permanganate Ammonium persulfate Ammonium plcrate, dry or wetted with less than 10 percent water, by mass Forbidden 5.1 UN1444 1 ID UN0004 III 5.1 A1, A29 II 1.1D 152 None 213 240 25 kg 100 kg A 62 None Forbidden Forbidden B 1E.SE.19E Ammonium picrate, wetted with not less than 10 percent water, by mass Ammonium polysulfide, solution Ammonium potysultlde, solution Ammonium potyvanadate 4.1 UN1310 1 4.1 23, A2, N41 8 UN2818 6 UN2818 6.1 UN2861 II 8, 6.1 T14 111 8. 6.1 T7 II 6 1 None None 154 None 211 None 0.5 kg 202 243 203 241 212 242 1L 5L 25 kg 0.5 kg SOL 60 L 100 kg D B B A 28, 36 12, 26, 40 12. 26, 40 Ammonium silicolluoride, see Ammonium ftuorosllicate Ammonium sulfide solution 8 UN2683 11 8, T14 61.3 None 202 243 1L 30 L B 12, 22. 26, 100 Ammunition, blank, see Cartridges for weapons, blank Ammunition, Illuminating with or without burster, expelling charge or propelling charge Ammunition, Illuminating with or without burster, expelling charge or propelling charge Ammunition, Illuminating with or without burster, expelling charge or propelling charge Ammunition, Incendiary liquid or gel, with burster, expelling charge or propelling charge 1.2G UN0171 II 1.2G 1.3G UN0254 II 1.3G 1.4G UN0297 II 1 4G 1.3J UN0247 11 1.3J 62 None Forbidden Forbidden B 62 None Forbidden Forbidden B 62 None Forbidden 75 kg A 62 None Forbidden Forbidden E 24E 7E, 13E. 23E Ammunition, incendiary (water-activated contrivances) with burster, expelling charge or propelling charge, see Contrivances, wateractivated, etc. Ammunition, incendiary, white phosphorus, rnfh burster, expelling charge or propelling charge Ammunition, incendiary, white phosphorus, with burster, expelling charge or propelling charge Ammunition, Incendiary with or without burster, expelling charge, or propelling charge Ammunition, incendiary with or without burster, expelling charge, or propelling charge Ammunition, incendiary with or without burster, expelling charge or propelling charge 1.2H UN0243 II 1.2H 1.3H UN0244 II 1.3H 1.2G UN0009 II 1.2G 1.3G UN0010 II 1.3G 1.4G UN0300 II 1.4G 62 None Forbidden Forbidden E 62 None Forbidden Forbidden E 62 None Forbidden Forbidden B 62 None Forbidden Forbidden B 62 None Forbidden 75 kg A 8E, 14E. 15E, 17E 8E, 14E, 15E. 17E 24E Ammunition, practice 1.4G UN0362 II 1.4G 62 None Forbidden 75 kg A 24E Ammunition, practice 1.3G UN0488 II 1.3G 62 None Forbidden Forbidden B Ammunition, proof 1.4G UN0363 II 1.4G 62 None Forbidden 75 kg A 24E Ammunition, rocket, see Warheads, rocket etc. Ammunition. S4 (small arms), see Cartridges for weapons, etc Ammunition, smoke (water-activated contrivances), white phosphorus, with burster, expelling charge or propelling charge, see Contrivances, water-activated, etc (UN 0243) 'Label Codes: 11, 12. 1.3. 1 4, 1.5, and 1.6--EXPLOSIVE; 2.1--FLAMMABLE GAS; 2.2--NON-FLAMMABLE GAS. 2.3--POISON GAS; 3--FLAMMABLE LIOUID; 4.1-- FLAMMABLE SOLID; 4 2--SPONTANEOUSLY COMBUSTIBLE, 4.3--DANGEROUS WHEN WET; 51--OXIDIZER; 5.2--ORGANIC PEROXIDE; 6.1 (PGI. ZONE A and B inhalation hazard)--POISON INHALATION HAZARD. 6.1 (PGI or PGII, other than Zone A and B)--POISON; 6.1 PGIII--KEEP AWAY FROM FOOD, 6.2-- INFECTIOUS SUBSTANCE; 7--RADIOACTIVE, 8--CORROSIVE; 9--CUSS 9 90 | 3 Symbols 1 Identification' -- Numbers Label Codes3 PART 172 ABD00131858 172.101--Ammunltion-Antlmonous April 1998 Hazardous Materials Descriptions and Proper Shipping Names <2) Ammunition, smoke (water-activated contrivances), without white phosphorus or phosphides, with burster, expelling charge or propelling charge, see Contrivances, wateractivated. etc. (UN 0249) Ammunition smoke, white phosphorus with burster,expelling charge, or propelling charge Ammunition, smoke, white phosphorus with burster, expelling charge, or propelling charge Ammunition, smoke with or without burster, expelling charge or propelling charge Ammunition, smoke with or without burster, expelling charge or propelling charge Ammunition, smoke with or without burster, expelling charge or propelling charge Ammunition, sporting, see Cartridges (or weapons, etc. (UN 0012; UN 0328; UN 0339) Ammunition, tear-producing, non-explosive, without burster or expelling charge, non-fuzed Ammunition, tear-producing with burster, expelling charge or propelling charge Ammunition, tear-producing with burster, expelling charge or propelling charge Ammunition, tear-producing with burster, expelling charge or propelling charge Ammunition, toxic, non-explosive, without burster or expelling charge, non-fuzed Ammunition, toxic (water-activated contrivances), with burster, expelling charge or propelling charge, see Contrivances, wateractivated, etc. Ammunition, toxic with burster, expelling charge, or propelling charge Ammunition, toxic with burster, expelling charge, or propelling charge Amyl acetates Amyl acid phosphate Amyl alcohols Amyl alcohols Amyl butyrates Amyl chlorides Amyl formates Amyt mercaptans n-Amyl methyl ketone Amyl nitrate Amyl nitrites Amylamlnes Amylamlnes Amyltrichlorosilane Anhydrous ammonia see Ammonia, anhydrous, liquefied Anhydrous hydrofluoric acid, see Hydrogen fluoride, anhydrous + Aniline Aniline hydrochloride Aniline oil, see Aniline Anisidlnes Anisole Anisoyl chloride Anti-freeze, liquid, see Flammable liquids, n.o.s. Antimonous chloride, see Antimony trichloride Hazard Class or Division (3) 172.101 PG (5) Hazardous Materials Table (8) Packaging (173."*) Special Provisions (7) Ex cep tions (8A) Non bulk (88) Bulk <8C) (9) (10) Quantity Limitations Vessel Stowage Passen ger Aircraft/ Rail Cargo Arlcraft Only | Other (9A) (9B) (10A) (10B) 1.2H UN0245 II 1.2H 1.3H UN0246 II 1.3H 1.2G UN0015 1.3G UN0016 V4G UN0303 II 1.2G, 8 II 1.3G, 8 II 1.4G. 8 6.1 UN2017 II 6.1, 8 1.2G UN0018 1.3G UN0019 1.4G UN0301 6.1 UN2016 II 1.2G, 8, 6.1 II 1.3G. 8, 6.1 II 1.4G, 8, 6.1 II 6.1 62 None Forbidden Forbidden E 62 None Forbidden Forbidden E 62 None Forbidden Forbidden E 62 None Forbidden Forbidden E 62 None Forbidden 75 kg E 8E. 14E, 15E. 17E 8E, 14E. 15E, 17E 17E.20E 17E.20E 17E.20E None None 212 None Forbidden SO kg E 62 None Forbidden Forbidden E 62 None Forbidden Forbidden E 62 None Forbidden 75 kg E 212 None Forbidden 100 kg E 13, 40 20E 17E.20E 17E.20E 13, 40 1.2K UN0020 1.3K UN0021 3 UN1104 6 UN2819 3 UN1105 3 UN1105 3 UN2620 3 UN1107 3 UN1109 3 UN 1111 3 UN1110 3 UN1112 3 UN1113 3 UN1106 3 UN1106 6 UN1728 II 1.2K, 6.1 II 1.3K. 6.1 III 3 Bl, T1 III 8 T7 II 3 T1 III 3 Bl, B3. T1 III 3 B1.T1 II 3 T1 III 3 Bl, T1 II 3 A3, T8 III 3 Bl, T1 III 3 Bl. Tl II 3 T6 II 3,8 Tl III 3. 8 Bl II 8 A7, B2. B6, N34, T8. T26 150 154 ISO 150 150 150 150 None 150 150 ISO None ISO None 62 None Forbidden Forbidden E 62 None Forbidden Forbidden E 203 242 203 241 202 242 203 242 203 242 202 242 203 242 202 242 203 242 203 242 202 242 202 243 203 242 202 242 60 L 220 L 5 L 60 L 5 L 60 L 60 L 220 L 60 L 220 L 5 L 60 L 60 L 220 L 5 L 60 L SOL 220 L 60 L 220 L 5 L 60 L 1 L 5L 5 L 60 L Forbidden 30 L A A B A A B A B A A E B A C 2E. BE, ItE. 17E 2E. 8E. 11E, 17E 95, 102 40 40 40 6.1 UN1547 6.1 UN 1548 II 6.1 III 6.1 T8 6.1 UN2431 3 UN2222 8 UN1729 III 6.1 III 3 II 8 Tl Bl, Tl 82, T8 None 1S3 202 243 213 240 5L 100 kg 60 L 200 kg A A 40 153 203 241 60 L 150 203 242 60 L 154 202 242 1 L 220 L 220 L 30 L A A C 40 'Label Codes: VI. 1.2, 1.3. 1.4, l.S, and 1.6--EXPLOSIVE; 2.1--FLAMMABLE GAS; 2.2--NON-FLAMMABLE GAS; 2.3--POISON GAS; 3--FLAMMABLE LIQUID; 4.1-- FLAMMABLE SOLID; 4.2--SPONTANEOUSLY COMBUSTIBLE; 4.3--DANGEROUS WHEN WET; 5.1--OXIDIZER; 5.2--ORGANIC PEROXIDE; 6.1 (PGI. ZONE A and B inhalation hazard)--POISON INHALATION HAZARD; 6.1 (PGI or PGII. other than Zone A and B)--POISON; 6.1 PGIII--KEEP AWAY FROM FOOD; 6.2-- INFECTIOUS SUBSTANCE; 7--RAOIOACTIVE; 8--CORROSIVE: 9--CLASS 9 91 ABD00131859 April 1998 172.101--Antimony-Arsenical Identification Numbers 3 Location 172.101 Hazardous Materials Table (8) Packaging (|173.~) H Hazardous Materials Descriptions and Proper Shipping Names Hazard Class or Division * PG 2 Special Provisions Ex cep tions Nonbulk Bulk (1) (2) Antimony compounds, Inorganic, liquid, n.o.s. (3) (5) (6)' 6.1 UN3141 III 6 1 35. T7 (7) (8A) (88) (8C) 153 203 241 Antimony compounds, Inorganic, solid, n.o.s. Antimony lactate Antimony pentachlorlde, liquid 6.1 UN 1549 6.1 UN1550 8 UN 1730 III 6.1 III 6.1 II 8 35 B2. T8, T26 153 153 None 213 240 213 240 202 242 Antimony pentachlorlde, solutions 8 UN1731 II 8 B2, T8. T27 154 202 242 Antimony pentachlorlde, solutions 8 UN1731 III 8 T7, T26 154 203 241 Antimony pentafluoride 8 UN1732 11 8. 6.1 A3, A6. A7, A10, N3. T12, T26 None 202 243 Antimony potassium tartrate 6.1 UN1551 111 6.1 153 213 240 Antimony powder 6.1 UN2871 III 6.1 153 213 240 Antimony sullide and a chlorate, mixtures ol Forbidden Antimony sullide, solid, see Antimony compounds, Inorganic, n.o.s. 0 Antimony trlbromide, solid 8 NA1549 II 8 154 212 240 0 Antimony trlbromide, solution 8 NA1S49 II 8 B2 154 202 242 Antimony trichloride, liquid Antimony trichloride, solid 8 UN1733 8 UN1733 II 8 II 6 B2 6106 154 202 242 154 212 240 D Antimony trtfluortde, solid 8 NA1549 II 8 154 212 240 0 Antimony trllluorlde, solution 8 NA1549 II 8 B2 154 202 242 Aqua ammonia, see Ammonia solution, etc. Argon, compressed 2.2 UN 1006 2.2 306 302 314. 315 Argon, refrigerated liquid (cryogenic liquid) 2.2 UN1951 22 320 316 318 Arsenic 6.1 UN15S8 II 6.1 None 212 242 Arsenic acid, liquid 6.1 UN1553 1 6.1 T18. T27 None 201 243 Arsenic acid, solid Arsenic bromide 6.1 UN1S54 6 1 UN1555 II 6.1 II 6.1 None None 212 242 212 242 Arsenic chloride, see Arsenic trichloride Arsenic compounds, liquid, n.o.s. inorganic, including arsenates n.o.s.: arsenites, n.o.s.: arsenic sulfides, n.o.s., and organic compounds of arsenic, n.o.s. 6.1 UN 1556 1 6.1 None 201 243 Arsenic compounds, liquid, n.o.s. inorganic, including arsenates n.o.s.: arsenites, n.o.s.; arsenic sulfides, n.o.s., and organic compounds of arsenic, n.o.s. 6.1 UN1556 II 6.1 None 202 243 Arsenic compounds, liquid, n.o.s. inorganic, including arsenates n.o.s.: arsenites, n.o.s.: arsenic sulfides, n.o.s., and organic compounds of arsenic, n.o.s. 6.1 UN1556 III 6 1 153 203 241 Arsenic compounds, solid, n.o.s. inorganic, including arsenates, n.o.s.: arsenties, n.o.s.; arsenic sulfides, n.o.s.: and organic compounds of arsenic, n.o.s. 6.1 UN 1557 1 61 None 211 242 Arsenic compounds, solid, n.o.s. inorganic, including arsenates, n.o.s.: arsenites. n.o.s.: arsenic sulfides, n.o.s., and organic compounds of arsenic, n.o.s. 6.1 UN 1557 II 6.1 None 212 242 Arsenic compounds, solid, n.o.s. inorganic, including arsenates, n o.s.; arsenites, n.o.s.: arsenic sulfides, n.o.s.: and organic compounds of arsenic, n.o.s 6.1 UN1557 111 6 1 153 213 240 Arsenic pentoxlde 6.1 UN 1559 II 6.1 None 212 242 0 Arsenic sulfide 6.1 NA1SS7 II 6.1 None 212 242 Arsenic sulfide and a chlorate, mixtures of Forbidden Arsenic trichloride 6 1 UN1560 1 6.1 2, B9. B14, 832. B74, T38, T43. T45 None 227 244 Arsenic trioxlde 6.1 UN1561 II 6.1 None 212 242 D Arsenic trtsuinde 6.1 NA1557 II 6.1 None 212 242 Arsenic, white, solid, see Arsenic trioxlde Arsenical dust 6.1 UN 1562 II 6.1 None 212 242 (9) (10) Quantity Limitations Vessel Stowage Passengar Aircraft/ Rail Cargo Aricrift Only Other (9A) (9B) (10B) 60 L 220 L A 100 kg 200 kg 100 kg 200 kg 1 L 30 L 1 L SOL 5 L 60 L Forbidden 30 L A A C C c D 40 40 40 40 100 kg 100 kg 200 kg 200 kg A A 25 kg 1L 1L 15 kg 25 kg 1L 100 kg A 13 30 L C 13 30 L C 40 50 kg A 40 25 kg A 13 30 L C 13 75 kg 50 kg 25 kg 1L 25 kg 25 kg 150 kg A 500 kg 100 kg 30 L 100 kg 100 kg B A B A A 46 12, 40 1L 30 L B 40 5L 60 L B 40 60 L 220 L B 40 5 kg 50 kg A 25 kg 100 kg A 100 kg 200 kg A 25 kg 25 kg 100 kg 100 kg A A Forbidden Forbidden B 25 kg 25 kg 100 kg 100 kg A A 40 25 kg 100 kg A 'Label Codes: 11.12. 1.3. 1.4. 1.5, and 1.6--EXPLOSIVE; 2.1--FLAMMABLE GAS; 2.2--NON-FLAMMABLE GAS. 2.3--POISON GAS, 3--FLAMMABLE LIOUID; 4.1 --FLAMMABLE SOLID; 4 2--SPONTANEOUSLY COMBUSTIBLE; 4.3--OANGEROUS WHEN WET. 5.1 --OXIDIZER, 5.2--ORGANIC PEROXIDE, 6.1 (PGJ. ZONE A and B inhalation hazard)--POISON INHALATION HAZARD; 6 1 (PGlorPGlI, other than Zone A and B)--POISON; 6.1 PGIII--KEEP AWAY FROM FOOD; 6.2--INFECTIOUS SUBSTANCE; 7--RADIOACTIVE, 8--CORROSIVE, 9--CLASS 9 92 PART 172 ABD00131860 172.101--Arsenical-Asphalt April 1998 1-- Symbols 1 . 2 Label Codes 172.101 Hazardous Materials Table Hazardous Materials Descriptions and Proper Shipping Names Hazard Class or Division e 0 il II PG Special Provisions O) Packaging (5173.***) Excep* tlons Non bulk Bulk (9) Quantity Limitations Passen ger Aircraft/ Rail Cargo Aricraft Only (10) Vessel Stowage e 0 j Other (2) Arsenical pesticides, liquid, flammable, toxic. flash (Mint less than 23 degrees C (3) (4) (5) 3 UN2760 1 3. 6.1 (7) (8A) (8B) (8C) (9A) (9B) None 201 243 Forbidden 30 L (1QA) (10B) B 40 Arsenical pesticides, liquid, flammable, toxic, flash point less than 23 degrees C 3 UN2760 II 3, 6.1 None 202 243 1L 60 L B 40 Arsenical pesticides, liquid, toxic Arsenical pesticides, liquid, toxic Arsenical pesticides, liquid, toxic 6.1 UN2994 6.1 UN2994 6.1 UN2994 1 6.1 II 6.1 III 6.1 T42 T14 T14 None None 153 201 243 202 243 203 241 1L 5L 60 L 30 L 60 L 220 L B 40 8 40 A 40 Arsenical pesticides, liquid, toxic, flammable flashpoint not less than 23 degrees C 6.1 UN2993 1 6.1. 3 T42 None 201 243 1L 30 L B 40 Arsenical pesticides, liquid, toxic, flammable flashpoint not less than 23 degrees C 6.1 UN2993 II 6.1, 3 T14 None 202 243 5 L 60 L B 40 Arsenical pesticides, liquid, toxic, flammable flashpoint not less than 23 degrees C 6.1 UN2993 III 6.1, 3 B1, T14 153 203 242 60 L 220 L A 40 Arsenical pesticides, solid, toxic 6.1 UN2759 1 6.1 None 211 242 5 kg 50 kg A 40 Arsenical pesticides, solid, toxic 6.1 UN27S9 U 6.1 None 212 242 25 kg 100 kg A 40 Arsenical pesticides, solid, toxic 6.1 UN27S9 III 6.1 153 213 240 100 kg 200 kg A 40 Arsenious acid, solid, see Arsenic trioxide Arsenious and mercuric iodide solution, see Arsenic compounds, liquid, n.o.s. Arsine 2.3 UN2188 2.3, 1 2.1 None 192 245 Forbidden Forbidden D 40 Articles, explosive, extremely insensitive or Articles, EEI 1.6N UN0486 II 1.6N 101 None 62 None Forbidden Forbidden B Articles, explosive, n.o.s. 1.4S UN0349 11 1.4S 101 None 62 None 25 kg 100 kg A Articles, explosive, n.o.s. 1.4B UN0350 11 1.4B 101 None 62 None Forbidden Forbidden A 24E Articles, explosive, n.o.s. Articles, explosive, n.o.s. 1.4C UN0351 1.4D UN0352 II 1.4C 101 II 1.4D 101 None None 62 None Forbidden Forbidden A 62 None Forbidden Forbidden A 24E 24E Articles, explosive, n.o.s. Articles, explosive, n.o.s. 1.4G UN0353 1.1L UN0354 II 1.4G 101 II 1.1L 101 None None 62 None Forbidden Forbidden A 62 None Forbidden Forbidden E 24E 2E, 8E, iie, i7E Articles, explosive, n,o.s. 1.2L UN0355 II 1.2L 101 None 62 None Forbidden Forbidden E 2E. 6E, HE, 17E Articles, explosive, n.o.s. 1.3L UN0356 II 1.3L 101 None 62 None Forbidden Forbidden E 2E, BE, 11E. 17E Articles, explosive, n.o.s. Articles, explosive, n.o.s. Articles, explosive, n.o.s. 1.1C UN0462 1.1D UN0463 1.1E UN0464 II 1.1C II 1.1D II 1.1E 101 101 101 None None None 62 None 62 None 62 None Forbidden Forbidden B Forbidden Forbidden B Forbidden Forbidden B Articles, explosive, n.o.s. 1.1F UN0465 II 1 .IF 101 None 62 None Forbidden Forbidden E Articles, explosive, n.o.s. 1.2C UN0466 II 1.2C 101 None 62 None Forbidden Forbidden B Articles, explosive, n.o.s. 1.2D UN0467 II 1.2D 101 None 62 None Forbidden Forbidden B Articles, explosive, n.o.s. Articles, explosive, n.o.s. 1.2E UN0468 1.2F UN0469 II 1.2E 101 II 1.2F 101 None None 62 None Forbidden Forbidden B 62 None Forbidden Forbidden E Articles, explosive, n.o.s. 1.3C UN0470 II 1.3C 101 None 62 None Forbidden Forbidden B Articles, explosive, n.o.s. Articles, explosive, n.o.s. 1.4E UN0471 1.4F UN0472 II 1.4E 101 11 1.4F 101 None None 62 None Forbidden 75 kg A 62 None Forbidden Forbidden E 24E Articles, pressurized pneumatic or Hydraulic containing non-flammable gas 2.2 UN3164 2.2 306 302, None No limit No limit A 304 Articles, pyrophoric 1.2L UN0380 II 1.2L None 62 None Forbidden Forbidden E 2E, 8E, 11E, 17E Articles, pyrotechnic for technical purposes Articles, pyrotechnic lor technical purposes 1.1G UN0428 1.2G UN0429 II 1.1G II 1.2G None None 62 None Forbidden Forbidden B 62 None Forbidden Forbidden B Articles, pyrotechnic lor technical purposes 1.3G UN0430 II 1.3G None 62 None Forbidden Forbidden B Articles, pyrotechnic for technical purposes 1.4G UN0431 II 1.4G None 62 None Forbidden 75 kg A 24E Articles, pyrotechnic tor technical purposes 1.4S UN0432 II 1.4S None 62 None 25 kg 100 kg A 0 Asbestos Ascaridoie (organic peroxide) 9 NA2212 Forbidden III 9 155 216 240 200 kg 200 kg A 34, 40 D Asphalt, at or above its flashpoint 3 NA1999 III 3 150 203 247 Forbidden Forbidden D D Asphalt, cut back, see Tars, liquid, ere. 'Label Codes: 1.1. 1 2, 1.3. 1.4, 1.5, and 1.6--EXPLOSIVE; 2.1--FLAMMABLE GAS; 2.2--NON-FLAMMABLE GAS; 2.3--POISON GAS; 3--FLAMMABLE LIQUID; 4.1-- FLAMMABLE SOLID, 4.2--SPONTANEOUSLY COMBUSTIBLE; 4.3--DANGEFIOUS WHEN WET; 5.1--OXIDIZER; 5.2--ORGANIC PEROXIDE; 6.1 (PGI. ZONE A and B inhalation hazard)--POISON INHALATION HAZARD; 6.1 (PGI or PGM, other than Zone A and B)--POISON; 6.1 PGIII--KEEP AWAY FROM FOOO; 6.2-- INFECTIOUS SUBSTANCE; 7--RADIOACTIVE; 8--CORROSIVE; 9--CLASS 9 93 ABD001318611 April 1998 172.101--Automobile-Battery-powered 172.101 Hazardous Materials Table Identification p " Numbers ft I Hazard Hazardous Materials Descriptions and Class or Proper Shipping Names Division PG Special Provisions (8) Packaging (8173.***) Ex cep tions Non bulk Bulk () (10) Quantity Limitations Vessel Stowage Passen ger Aircraft/ Rail Cargo Arlcraft Only I Other (1) (2) (3) (5) (6)' (7) (8A) (8B) (8C) <A) (9B) (10A) <10B) Automobile, motorcycle, tractor, or other sellpropelled vehicle, engine, or other mechanical apparatus, see Engines or Battery ere. Azaurolic acid (salt of) (dry) Forbidden Azido guanidine picrate (dry) Forbidden S-Azido-1-hydroxy tetrazole Forbidden Azido hydroxy tetrazole (mercury and silver salts) Forbidden 3-Azido- 1,2-Propylene glycol dinitrate Forbidden Azidodithiocarbonic acid Forbidden Azidoethyl nitrate Forbidden l-Aziridinylphosphine oxide-(tris), seeTrls-(1* azlrldinyl) phosphine oxide, solution Azoletrazole (dry) Azodlcarbonamlde Forbidden 4.1 UN3242 11 4.1 38 151 212 240 Forbidden Forbidden D 12, 61. 74 Barium 4.3 UN1400 II 4.3 A19, B101, B106 151 212 241 15 kg 50 kg E Barium alloys, pyrophoric 4.2 UN1854 1 4.2 None 181 None Forbidden Forbidden D Barium azide, dry or wetted with less than SO percent water, by mass 1.1A UN0224 II 1.1A, 111. 117 6.1 None 62 None Forbidden Forbidden E 2E.6E Barium azide, wetted with not less than 50 percent water, by mass Barium bromate 4.1 UN1571 5.1 UN2719 1 4.1, 6.1 II 5 1. 6.1 A2 None 182 None Forbidden 0.5 kg D 28 None 212 242 5 kg 25 kg A 56, 58, 106 Barium chlorate 5.1 UN1445 II 5 1. A9, N34, T8 6.1 None 212 242 5 kg 25 kg A 56, 58, 106 Barium compounds, n.o.s. Barium compounds, n.o.s. Barium cyanide 6.1 UN1564 6.1 UN1564 6.1 UN1565 II 6.1 III 6.1 1 6.1 N74, N75 None 153 None 212 242 213 240 211 242 25 kg 100 kg 5 kg 100 kg 200 kg 50 kg A A A 26, 40 Barium hypochlorite with more than 22 percent available chlorine Barium nitrate 5.1 UN2741 5.1 UN1446 II 5.1, 6.1 II 5.1, 6.1 A7, A9, N34 152 None 212 None 5 kg 212 242 5 kg 25 kg 25 kg B 56, 58, 106 A Barium oxide 6.1 UN1884 111 6.1 153 213 240 100 kg 200 kg A Barium perchlorate 5.1 UN1447 II 5.1, T8 6.1 None 212 242 5 kg 25 kg A 56, 58. 106 Barium permanganate 5.1 UN1448 II 5.1, 6.1 None 212 242 5 kg 25 kg D 56. 58, 69, 106, 107 Barium peroxide 5.1 UN 1449 11 5.1, 6.1 None 212 242 5 kg 25 kg A 13, 75, 106 Barium selenate, see Selenates or Selenites Barium selenite, see Selenatea or Selenites D Barium styphnate Batteries, containing sodium 1.1 A NA0473 4.3 UN3292 II 1.1A 111, 117 II 4.3 None 189 62 None 189 189 Forbidden Forbidden E Forbidden No limit A 2E.6E Batteries, dry, containing potassium hydroxide solid, electric, storage 8 UN3028 111 8 None 213 None 25 kg gross 230 kg gross A Batteries, wet, filled with acid, electric storage 8 UN2794 111 8 159 159 159 25 kg gross No limit A Batteries, wet, filled with alkali, electric storage 8 UN2795 III 8 159 159 159 25 kg gross No limit A Batteries, wet, non-splllable, electric storage 8 UN2800 III 8 159 159 159 No Limit No Limit A Battery, dry, not subject to the requirements ol this subchapter Battery fluid, acid 8 UN2796 II 8 A3. A7, B2, B15, N6, N34, T9, T27 154 202 242 1 L 30 L B Battery fluid, alkali 8 UN2797 II 8 B2, N6. T8 154 202 242 1 L 30 L A Battery lithium type, see Lithium batteries etc. Battery-powered vehicle or Battery-powered equipment 9 UN3171 9 220 220 None No limit No limit 1 Label Codes: 1.1, 1 2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, and 16--EXPLOSIVE; 2.1--FLAMMABLE GAS; 2.2--NON-FLAMMABLE GAS; 2.3--POISON GAS; 3--FLAMMABLE LIQUID; 4.1--FLAMMABLE SOLID; 4.2--SPONTANEOUSLY COMBUSTIBLE; 4.3--DANGEROUS WHEN WET; 5 1--OXIDIZER; 5.2--ORGANIC PEROXIDE; 6.1 (PGI, ZONE A and B inhalation hazard)--POISON INHALATION HAZARD; 6.1 (PGI or PGII, other than Zone A and B)--POISON; 61 PGIII--KEEP AWAY FROM FOOD. 6.2--INFECTIOUS SUBSTANCE; 7--RADIOACTIVE; 8--CORROSIVE; 9--CLASS 9 94 [ 3 Symbols 1 Label Codes3 PART 172 ABD00131862 172.101 --Battery-Beryllium April 1998 172.101 Hazardous Materials Table Hazardous Materials Descriptions and Proper Shipping Names (2) Battery, wef, filled with acid or alkali with automobile (or named self-propelled vehicle or mechanical equipment containing internal combustion engine) see Vehicles, self* propelled etc. Hazard Class or Division (3) i ii PG (4) (5) Special Provisions (7) (6) Packaging (173.***) Ex cep tions (8A) Nonbulk (8B) Bulk (C) (8) (10) Quantity Limitations Vessel Stowage Passenger Aircraft/ Rail Cargo Arleraft Only Other (9A) (9B) (10A) (108) Battery, wet, with wheelchair, see Wheelchair, electric + Benzaldehyde Benzene Benzene diazonium chloride (dry) 9 UN1990 3 UN1114 Forbidden III 9 II 3 T1 8101, T8 155 203 241 100 L 150 202 242 5 L 220 L 60 L A 8 40 Benzene diazonium nitrate (dry) Forbidden Benzene phosphorus dichloride, see Phenyl phosphorus dichlorlda Benzene phosphorus thiodichloride, see Phenyl phosphorus thiodichloride Benzene sulfonyl chloride Benzene triozonide 8 UN2225 Forbidden III 8 T8 154 203 241 5 L 60 L A 40 Benzenethiol, see Phenyl mercaptan Benzidine Benzoic derivative pesticides, liquid, flammable, toxic, flash point less than 23 degrees C 6.1 UN1885 3 UN2770 II 6.1 1 3. 6.1 None None 212 242 201 243 25 kg 100 kg Forbidden 30 L A E Benzoic derivative pesticides, liquid, flammable, toxic, flash point less than 23 degrees C 3 UN2770 II 3, 6.1 None 202 243 1 L 60 L 8 40 Benzoic derivative pesticides, liquid, toxic Benzoic derivative pesticides, liquid, toxic Benzoic derivative pesticides, liquid, toxic Benzoic derivative pesticides, liquid, toxic, flammable, flashpoint not less than 23 degrees C 6.1 UN3004 6.1 UN3004 6.1 UN3004 6.1 UN3003 1 6.1 T42 II 6.1 T14 III 6.1 T14 1 6.1.3 T42 None None 153 None 201 243 202 243 203 241 201 243 1L 5L 60 L 1L SOL 60 L 220 L 30 L B 40 8 40 A 40 B 40 Benzoic derivative pesticides, liquid, toxic, flammable, flashpoint not less than 23 degrees C 6.1 UN3003 II 6.1, 3 T14 None 202 243 5 L 60 L B 40 Benzoic derivative pesticides, liquid, toxic, flammable, flashpoint not less than 23 degrees C 6.1 UN3003 III 6.1,3 T14 153 203 242 60 L 220 L A 40 Benzoic derivative pesticides, solid, toxic Benzoic derivative pesticides, solid, toxic Benzoic derivative pesticides, solid, toxic Benzol, see Benzene 6.1 UN2769 6.1 UN2769 6.1 UN2769 1 6.1 II 6.1 III 6.1 None None 153 211 242 212 242 213 240 5 kg 25 kg 100 kg 50 kg 100 kg 200 kg A A A 40 40 40 Benzonltrlle Benzoqulnone Benzotrtchlorfde Benzotrifluorlde Benzoxidiazoles (dry) 6.1 UN2224 6.1 UN2S87 8 UN2226 3 UN2338 Forbidden II 6.1 II 6.1 II 8 II 3 T14 B2, B101, T15 T2 None None 154 150 202 243 212 242 202 242 202 242 5L 25 kg 1L 5L 60 L 100 kg 30 L 60 L A A A B 26.40 40 40 Benzoyl azide Forbidden Benzoyl chloride Benzyl bromide Benzyl chloride Benzyl chloride unstabilized Benzyl chloroformate Benzyl iodide Benzyldlmethylamlne Benzyildene chloride Beryllium compounds, n.o.s. Beryllium compounds, n.o.s. Beryllium nitrate 8 UN1736 6.1 UN1737 6.1 UN1738 6.1 UN1738 8 UN1739 6.1 UN2653 8 UN2619 6.1 UN1886 6.1 UN 1566 6.1 UN1566 5.1 UN2464 II 8 B2, T9, T26 II 6.1. 6 A3. A7, N33, N34, T12.T26 II 6.1, 6 A3, A7, B70. N33, N42, T12, T26 II 6.1, 8 A3, A7, B8, B11. N33, N34. N43, T12, T26 1 8 A3. A6, 84, N41, T18, T26 II 6.1 T8 II 8.3 82, T1 II 6.1 T8 II 6.1 III 6.1 II 5.1, 6.1 154 None None None None None 154 None None 153 None 202 242 202 243 202 243 1L 1L 1L 30 L 30 L 30 L C D D 202 243 1 L SOL D 201 243 202 243 202 243 202 243 212 242 213 240 212 242 Forbidden 2.5 L 5 L 60 L 1 L 30 L 5 L 60 L 25 kg 100 kg 100 kg 200 kg 5 kg 25 kg D 8 A D A A A 40 13.40 13, 40 13.40 40 12, 40 40, 48 40 'Label Codes: 1.1, 1.2, 1.3.1.4, 1.5, and 1.6--EXPLOSIVE; 2.1--FLAMMABLE GAS; 2.2--NON-FLAMMABLE GAS; 2.3--POISON GAS; 3--FLAMMABLE LIQUID; 4.1-- FLAMMABLE SOLID; 4.2--SPONTANEOUSLY COMBUSTIBLE; 4.3-DANGEROUS WHEN WET; 5.1-OXIDIZER; 5.2--ORGANIC PEROXIDE; 6.1 (PGI, ZONE A and B inhalation hazard)--POISON INHALATION HAZARD; 6.1 (PGI or PGII, other than Zona A and B)--POISON; 6.1 PGIIt--KEEP AWAY FROM FOOD; 6.2-- INFECTIOUS SUBSTANCE; 7--RADIOACTIVE; 8--CORROSIVE; 9--CLASS 9 95 ABD00131863 April 1998 172.101--Beryllium-Boosters 172.101 Hazardous Materials Table Identification Numbers |S Label Codes (8) (9) (10) Packaging ($173.*") Quantity Limitations Vassal Stowage * Hazard i Hazardous Materials Descriptions and Class or (O Proper Shipping Names Division PG Special Provisions Ex cep tions Non bulk Bulk Passenger Aircraft/ Rail Cargo Arteraft Only | I! Other (1) (2) Beryllium, powder (3) 6.1 UN1567 (3) 11 6.1. 4.1 (7) (6A) (8B) (8C) (9A) (9B) (10A) (10B) None 212 242 15 kg 50 kg A Biphenyl triozonide Forbidden Blpyridllium pesticides, liquid, flammable, toxic, flash point less than 23 degrees C 3 UN2782 1 3, 6.1 None 201 243 Forbidden 30 L E Blpyridllium pesticides, liquid, flammable, toxic, flash point lass than 23 degrees C 3 UN2782 11 3, 6.1 None 202 243 1L 60 L B 40 Blpyridllium pesticides, liquid, toxic 6.1 UN3016 l 6.1 T42 None 201 243 1L 30 L B 40 Blpyridllium pesticides, liquid, toxic Blpyridllium pesticides, liquid, toxic Blpyridllium pesticides, liquid, toxic, flammable, flashpoint not less than 23 degrees C 6.1 UN3016 6.1 UN3016 6.1 UN3015 II 61 T14 til 6.1 T14 1 6.1, 3 T42 None 153 None 202 243 203 241 201 243 5L 60 L 1L 60 L 220 L 30 L B 40 A 40 8 21. 40 Blpyridllium pesticides, liquid, toxic, flammable, flashpoint not less than 23 degrees C 6.1 UN3015 II 6.1, 3 T14 None 202 243 5L 60 L B 21. 40 Blpyridllium pesticides, liquid, toxic, flammable, flashpoint not less than 23 degrees C 6.1 UN3015 III 6.1, 3 B1, T14 153 203 242 60 L 220 L A 21, 40 Blpyridllium pesticides, solid, toxic 6.1 UN2781 1 6.1 None 211 242 5 kg 50 kg A 40 Blpyridllium pesticides, solid, toxic 6.1 UN2781 II 6.1 None 212 242 25 kg 100 kg A 40 Blpyridllium pesticides, solid, toxic 6.1 UN2781 III 6.1 153 213 240 100 kg 200 kg A 40 Bis (Aminopropyt) piperazine, see Corrosive liquid, n.o.s. Blsulfate, aqueous solution 6 UN2837 II 8 A7, B2, N34, T8, T26 154 202 242 1 L 30 L A Blsulfate, aqueous solution 8 UN2837 III 8 A7, N34, T7, T26 154 203 241 5 L 60 L A Blsulfltes, aqueous solutions, n.o.s. 8 UN2693 III 8 T8 154 203 241 1 L 30 L A 26, 40 D Black powder for small arms 4.1 NA0027 1 4.1 70 None 170 None Forbidden Forbidden E Black powder, compressed or Gunpowder, compressed or Black powder, In pellets or Gunpowder, in pellets 1 .ID UN0028 II 1. ID None 62 None Forbidden Forbidden B 1E.5E Black powder or Gunpowder, granular or as a meal 1.1D UN0027 II t ID None 62 None Forbidden Forbidden B 10E.26E Blasting agent, n.o.s., see Explosives, blasting etc. Blasting cap assemblies, see Detonator assemblies, non-electric, for blasting Blasting caps, electric, see Detonators, electric lor blasting Blasting caps, non-electnc, see Detonators, non-electric, for blasting Bleaching powder, see Calcium hypochlorite mixtures, etc. 1 Blue asbestos ICrocidolite) or Brown asbestos (amosite, mysorite) 9 UN2212 II 9 155 216 240 Forbidden Forbidden A 34. 40 Bombs, photo-flash 1.1F UN0037 II 1.1P 62 None Forbidden Forbidden E Bombs, photo-flash 1.10 UN0038 II 1.10 62 None Forbidden Forbidden B Bombs, photo-flash 1.2G UN0039 II 1.2G 62 None Forbidden Forbidden B Bombs, photo-flash 1.3G UN0299 11 1.3G 62 None Forbidden Forbidden B Bombs, smoke, non-explosive, with corrosive liquid, without initiating device 8 UN2023 II 8 None 160 None Forbidden 50 kg E 40 Bombs, with bursting charge 1 IF UN0033 II 1 .IF 62 None Forbidden Forbidden E Bombs, with bursting charge 1.10 UN0034 II I.ID 62 None Forbidden Forbidden B 3E.7E Bombs, with bursting charge 1.2D UN0035 II 1.2D 62 None Forbidden Forbidden B 3E.7E Bombs, with bursting charge 1.2F UN0291 II 1.2F 62 None Forbidden Forbidden E Bombs with flammable liquid, with bursting charge 1.1J UN0399 II 1 1J 62 None Forbidden Forbidden E 7E, 16E, 23E Bombs with flammable liquid, with bursting charge 1.2J UN0400 11 1.2J 62 None Forbidden Forbidden E 7E. 16E, 23E Boosters with detonator 1.1B UN0225 II 1.1B None 62 None Forbidden Forbidden B 2E.6E Boosters with detonator 1.2B UN026B II 1.2B None 62 None Forbidden Forbidden E 1E.7E Boosters, without detonator 1.10 UN0042 II 1.10 None 62 None Forbidden Forbidden B 'Labe! Codes: 11.12. 13. 1.4, 1.5, and 1.6--EXPLOSIVE; 2.1--FLAMMABLE GAS; 2.2--NON-FLAMMABLE GAS; 2.3--POISON GAS; 3--FLAMMABLE LIQUID; 4 1 --FLAMMABLE SOLID. 4.2--SPONTANEOUSLY COMBUSTIBLE; 4.3--DANGEROUS WHEN WET; 5.1 --OXIDIZER; 5.2--ORGANIC PEROXIDE; 6.1 (PGI. ZONE A and B inhalation hazard)--POISON INHALATION HAZARD; 6.1 (PGI of PGM, other than Zone A and B)--POISON; 6.1 PGIII--KEEP AWAY FROM FOOD; 6.2--INFECTIOUS SUBSTANCE; 7--RADIOACTIVE; 8--CORROSIVE; 9--CLASS 9 96 1 Symbols 13 5 Identification Numbers Label Codes PART 172 II I ABD00131864 172.101--Boosters-Brucine April 1998 172.101 Hazardous Materials Table Hazardous Materials Descriptions and Proper Shipping Names Hazard Class or Division PG Special Provisions (8) Packaging (173."*) Ex cep tions Bulk (9) Quantity Limitations Passen ger Aircraft/ Rail Cargo Arteraft Only (10) Vessel Stowage Co Other (2) Boosters, without detonator (3) (5) (7) (8A) <8C) (9A) (9B) (10A) (108) 1.2D UN0283 II 1.2D None 62 None Forbidden Forbidden B Borate and chlorate mixtures, see Chlorate and borate mixtures Bomeol + Boron trlbromlde Boron trichloride Boron trifluoride, compressed Boron trifluoride acetic acid complex Boron trifluoride diethyl etherate Boron trifluoride dlhydrate Boron trtfluorlde dimethyl etherate Boron trifluoride propionic acid complex Box toe gum, see Nitrocellulose etc. 4,1 UN1312 8 UN2692 2.3 UN1741 2.3 UN 1008 111 4.1 A1 1 8. 6.1 2. A3, A7, B9, B14, B32, B74, N34. T38, T43. T45 2.3. 8 3, B9, B14 2.3 2. B9, B14 8 UN1742 8 UN2604 8 UN2851 4.3 UN2965 6 UN1743 M8 1 8,3 II 8 1 4.3, 8, 3 II 8 B2, B6, T9, T27 A19. T8, T26 T9, T27 A19, T12, T26 B2, T9. T27 None None None None 154 None 154 None 154 213 240 227 244 25 kg 100 kg Forbidden 2.5 L A C 304 314 302 314, 315 202 242 201 243 212 240 201 243 Forbidden Forbidden D Forbidden Forbidden D 1 L 30 L 0.5 L 2.5 L 15 kg 50 kg Forbidden 1 L A D B D 202 242 1 L 30 L A 12 25, 40 40 40 12, 40 21, 28, 40, 49. 100 Bromates, Inorganic, aqueous solution, n.o.s. 5.1 UN3213 Bromates, Inorganic, n.o.s. 5.1 UN1450 8romine azide Forbidden II 5.1 T8 II 5.1 152 202 242 1 L 152 212 242 5 kg 5L 25 kg B 56, 58. 106 A 56, 58. 106 + Bromine or Bromine solutions Bromine chloride Bromine pentafluoride Bromine trifluoride 4-Bromo- t,2-dinitrobenzene 8 UN1744 2.3 UN2901 5.1 UN1745 5.1 UN1746 Forbidden 1 8, 6.1 1, A3, A6, B9, B64, B85, N34. N43, T18, T41 2.3. 2, B9, B14 8, 5.1 1 5.1, 1, B9, B14, B30, B72, T38, 6.1.8 T43, T44 1 5.1, 2, B9. B14, B32, B74, T38, 6.1, 8 T43, T45 None None None None 226 249 Forbidden 2.5 L D 304 314, 315 228 244 Forbidden Forbidden D Forbidden Forbidden O 228 244 Forbidden Forbidden D 12. 40, 66, 74, 89, 90 40. 89, 90 25, 40, 66, 90 25, 40. 66, 90 4-Bromo-1.2-dinitrobenzene (unstable at 59 degrees C.) Forbidden 1 -Bromo-3-methylbutane 7 -Bromo-3-nitrobenzene (unstable at 56 degrees C) 3 UN2341 Forbidden III 3 B1, T7, T30 150 203 242 60 L 220 L A 2-Bromo-2-nltropropane-1,3-dlo1 Bromoacetlc acid, solid Bromoacetic acid, solution + Bromoacetone Bromoacetyl bromide Bromobenzene Bromobenzyl cyanides, liquid Bromobenzyl cyanides, solid 1-Bromobutane 2-Bromobutane Bromochloromethane 2-Bromoethyl ethyl ether Bromoform Bromomethylpropanes 2-Bromopentane 2-Bromopropanes 3-Bromopropyne Bromosilane 4.1 UN3241 8 UN1938 8 UN1938 6.1 UN1569 8 UN2513 3 UN2514 6.1 UN1694 6.1 UN1694 3 UN1126 3 UN2339 6.1 UN 1887 3 UN2340 6.1 UN2515 3 UN2342 3 UN2343 3 UN2344 3 UN2345 Forbidden III 4.1 46 II 8 A7. N34, T9 II 8 B2, T9 II 6.1. 3 2 II 8 B2, T9, T26 III 3 B1, T1 1 6.1 T18 1 6.1 T18 II 3 T1 II 3 Bl. T1 III 6.1 T7 II 3 T7 III 6.1 T7 II 3 T7, T30 II 3 T1 II 3 T7 II 3 T8 151 154 154 None 154 150 None None 150 150 153 150 153 150 150 150 150 213 None 212 240 202 242 193 245 202 242 203 242 201 243 211 242 202 242 202 242 203 241 202 242 203 241 202 242 202 242 202 242 202 242 25 kg 50 kg C 15 kg 50 kg A 1L 30 L A Forbidden Forbidden O 1L 30 L C 60 L 220 L A Forbidden 30 L D Forbidden 50 kg D 5L 60 L B 5L 60 L B 60 L 220 L A 5L 60 L B 60 L 220 L A 5L 60 L B 5L 60 L B 5L 60 L B 5L 60 L D 12. 25, 40 40 40 40 12, 40 12, 40 40 40 40 12, 40 40 40 Bromotoluene-alpha, see Benzyl bromide Bromotrlftuoroethylene Bromotrlfluoromethane or Refrigerant gas, R 13B1 Brucine 2.1 UN2419 2.2 UN1009 6.1 UN1570 2.1 2.2 1 6.1 None 306 None 304 314, 315 304 314, 315 211 242 Forbidden 150 kg 75 kg 150 kg 5 kg 50 kg B A A 40 'Label Codes: 1.1. 1.2, 1.3. 1.4. 1.5, and 1.6--EXPLOSIVE: 2.1--FLAMMABLE GAS: 2 2--NON-FLAMMABLE GAS; 2.3--POISON GAS; 3--FLAMMABLE LIQUID: 4.1--FLAMMABLE SOLID; 4.2--SPONTANEOUSLY COMBUSTIBLE; 4.3--DANGEROUS WHEN WET; 5.1--OXIDIZER; 5.2--ORGANIC PEROXIDE; 6.1 (PGI. ZONE A and B inhalation hazard)--POISON INHALATION HAZARD; 6.1 (PGI or PGM, other than Zone A and B>-- POISON; 6.1 PGIII--KEEP AWAY FROM FOOD; 6.2-- INFECTIOUS SUBSTANCE; 7--RADIOACTIVE; 8--CORROSIVE; 9--CLASS 9 97 PART 172 172.101--Petroleum-Phenylacetyl ABD00131914 April 1998 1-- Symbols 1 - 2 identification Numbers Label Codes >o Location 172.101 Hazardous Materials Table (6) (9) (10) Packaging (173.***) Quantity Limitations Vessel Stowage Hazardous Materials Descriptions and Proper Shipping Names Hazard Class or Division PG Special Provisions Ex cep tions Non bulk Bulk Passenger Aircraft/ Rail Cargo Aricraft Only Other (2) Petroleum distillates, n.o.s. or Petroleum products, n.o.s. (3) (5) 3 UN1268 III 3 (7) B1, T7, T30 (8A) (8B) (8C) <9A) 150 203 242 60 L (9B) 220 L A (108) Petroleum gases, liquefied or Liquefied petroleum gas D Petroleum oil D Petroleum oil D Petroleum oil Phenacyl bromide Phenetldlnes Phenol, molten Phenol, solid Phenol solutions Phenol solutions Phenolsulfonlc acid, liquid Phenoxy pesticides, liquid, flammable, toxic. flash point less than 23 degrees C 2.1 UN1075 2.1 3 NA1270 3 NA1270 3 NA1270 6.1 UN2645 6.1 UN2311 6.1 UN2312 6.1 UN1671 6.1 UN2821 6.1 UN2B21 8 UN 1803 3 UN2766 1 3 T8. T31 II 3 T8, T31 III 3 B1.T7, T30 II 6.1 B106 III 6.1 T7 II 6.1 B14, B100, T8 II 6.1 N78, T14 11 6.1 T14 III 6.1 T7 II 8 B2, N41, T8 1 3, 6.1 306 None 150 150 None 153 None None None 153 154 None 304 314, 315 201 243 202 242 203 242 212 242 203 241 202 243 212 242 202 243 203 241 202 242 201 243 Forbidden 150 kg E 1L 30 L E 5L 60 L B 60 L 220 L A 25 kg 100 kg B 60 L 220 L A Forbidden Forbidden B 25 kg 100 kg A 5L 60 L A 60 L 220 L A 1L 30 L C Forbidden 30 L B 40 40 40 14 40 Phenoxy pesticides, liquid, flammable, toxic, flash point less than 23 degrees C 3 UN2766 II 3, 6.1 None 202 243 1L 60 L B 40 Phenoxy pesticides, liquid, toxic Phenoxy pesticides, liquid, toxic Phenoxy pesticides, liquid, toxic Phenoxy pesticides, liquid, toxic, flammable, flashpoint not less than 23 degrees C 6.1 UN3000 6.1 UN3000 6.1 UN3000 6.1 UN2999 1 6.1 T42 II 6.1 T14 III 6.1 T14 1 6.1, 3 T42 None None 153 None 201 243 202 243 203 241 201 243 1L 5L 60 L 1L 30 L 60 L 220 L 30 L B 40 B 40 A 40 B 40 Phenoxy pesticides, liquid, toxic, flammable, flashpoint not less than 23 degrees C 6.1 UN2999 II 6.1, 3 T14 None 202 243 5 L 60 L B 40 Phenoxy pesticides, liquid, toxic, flammable, flashpoint not less than 23 degrees C 6.1 UN2999 III 6.1, 3 B1. T14 153 203 242 60 L 220 L A 40 Phenoxy pesticides, solid, toxic Phenoxy pesticides, solid, toxic Phenoxy pesticides, solid, toxic Phenyl chloroformate 6.1 UN2765 6.1 UN2765 6.1 UN2765 6.1 UN2746 1 6.1 II 6.1 III 6.1 II 6.1, 8 T12 None None 153 None 211 242 212 242 213 240 202 243 5 kg 25 kg 100 kg 1L 50 kg 100 kg 200 kg 30 L A A A A 40 40 40 12, 13, 21, 25. 40. 100 Phenyl isocyanate Phenyl mercaptan 6.1 UN24B7 6.1 UN2337 1 6.1, 3 2, B9, B14, B32, B74, B77, N33, N34, T38, T43. T45 1 6.1, 3 2, B9, B14, B32, B74, B77, T38, T43, T45 None None 227 244 227 244 Forbidden Forbidden D Forbidden Forbidden B 20, 40, 95 26, 40 Phenyl phosphorus dichloride Phenyl phosphorus thiodlchloride Phenyl urea pesticides, liquid, flammable, toxic, flash point less than 23 degrees C 8 UN2798 e UN2799 3 UN2768 II 8 B2, B15. T8. T26 11 8 B2, B15, T8, T26 1 3, 6.1 154 154 None 202 242 202 242 201 243 Forbidden 30 L Forbidden 30 L Forbidden 30 L B 40 B 40 B 40 Phenyl urea pesticides, liquid, flammable, toxic, flash point less than 23 degrees C 3 UN2768 II 3, 6.1 None 202 243 1L 60 L B 40 Phenyl urea pesticides, liquid, toxic Phenyl urea pesticides, liquid, toxic Phenyl urea pesticides, liquid, toxic Phenyl urea pesticides, liquid, toxic, flammable, flash point not less than 23 degrees C 6.1 UN3002 6.1 UN3002 6.1 UN3002 6.1 UN3001 1 6.1 T42 II 6.1 T14 111 6.1 T14 1 6.1, 3 T42 None None 153 None 201 243 202 243 203 241 201 243 1L 5L 60 L 1L 30 L 60 L 220 L 30 L B 40 B 40 A 40 B 40 Phenyl urea pesticides, liquid, toxic, flammable, flash point not less then 23 degrees C 6.1 UN3001 II 6.1, 3 T14 None 202 243 5 L 60 L B 40 Phenyl urea pesticides, liquid, toxic, flammable, flash point not less than 23 degrees C 6.1 UN3001 III 6.1, 3 81, T14 153 203 242 60 L 220 L A 40 Phenyl urea pesticides, solid, toxic Phenyl urea pesticides, solid, toxic Phenyl urea pesticides, solid, toxic Phenylacetonitrlle, liquid Phenylacetyl chloride 6.1 UN2767 6.1 UN2767 6.1 UN2767 6.1 UN2470 8 UN2577 1 6.1 II 6.1 III 6.1 III 6.1 II 8 T8 B2. T8, T26 None None 153 153 154 211 242 212 242 213 240 203 241 202 242 5 kg 25 kg 100 kg 60 L 1L 50 kg 100 kg 200 kg 220 L 30 L A A A A C 40 40 40 26 40 'Label Codes: 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, and 1.6--EXPLOSIVE; 2.1--FLAMMABLE GAS; 2.2--NON-FLAMMABLE GAS; 2.3--POISON GAS; 3--FLAMMABLE LIQUID; 4.1-- FLAMMABLE SOLID; 4.2--SPONTANEOUSLY COMBUSTIBLE; 4.3--DANGEROUS WHEN WET; 5.1--OXIDIZER; 5.2--ORGANIC PEROXIDE; 6.1 (PGI. ZONE A and B inhalation hazard)--POISON INHALATION HAZARD; 6.1 (PGI or PGM, other than Zone A and B)--POISON; 6.1 PGIII--KEEP AWAY FROM FOOD; 6.2-- INFECTIOUS SUBSTANCE; 7--RADIOACTIVE; 8--CORROSIVE; 9--CLASS 9 147 April 1998 ABD00131915 172.101 --Phenylcarbylamlne-Phosphoryl 172.101 Hazardous Materials Table - 5 Identification Numbers Label Codes (8) Packaging (173."*) 1 Hazardous Materials Descriptions and Proper Shipping Names (1) (2) Phenylcarbylamlne chloride Hazard Class or Division PG (3) (5) 6.1 UN1672 1 6.1 Special Provisions (7) 2. B9, B14, B32, B74, T38, T43, T45 Ex cep tions (BA) None Non bulk Bulk (8B) <8C) 227 244 m-Phenylene diaminediperchlorate (dry) Forbidden Phenylenedlemlnes (o; m-; p-;) 6.1 UN 1673 Phenylhydrszine 6.1 UN2S72 Phenylmercurlc acetate 6.1 UN1674 Phenytmereurlc compounds, n.o.s. 6.1 UN2026 Phenylmercurlc compounds, n.o.s. 6.1 UN2026 Phenylmercurlc compounds, n.o.s. 6.1 UN2026 Phenytmercuric hydroxide 6.1 UN1894 Phenylmercurlc nitrate 6.1 UN1895 Phenyltrichlorositane 8 UN1804 Phosgene 2.3 UN1076 9-Phosphablcyelononanes or Cyclooctadiene phosphines 4.2 UN2940 Phosphine 2.3 UN2199 Phosphoric acid Phosphoric acid triethyleneimine, see Trls-(1aziridly!)phosphlne oxide, solution e UN1805 III 6.1 II 6 1 T8 11 6.1 1 6.1 II 6.1 III 6.1 II 6 1 II 6.1 II 8 A7, B6, N34, T8 2.3. 8 1, B7, B46 II 4.2 A19 2.3, 2.1 III 8 1 A7. N34, T7 153 None None None None 153 None None None None None None 154 213 240 202 243 212 242 211 242 212 242 213 240 212 242 212 242 202 242 192 314 212 241 192 245 203 241 Phosphoric anhydride, see Phosphorus pentoxide Phosphorous acid Phosphorus, amorphous Phosphorus bromide, see Phosphorus tribromide 8 UN2834 4.1 UN 1338 III 8 III 4.1 T7 A1, A19, B1, B9, B26 154 None 213 240 213 243 Phosphorus chloride, see Phosphorus trichloride Phosphorus heptasulfide, free from yellow or white phosphorus Phosphorus oxybromide Phosphorus oxybromide, molten + Phosphorus oxychloride Phosphorus pentabromlde Phosphorus pentachlortde Phosphorus pentafluorlde, compressed 4.1 UN1339 11 4.1 A20, N34 8 UN 1939 8 UN2576 8 UN1810 8 UN2691 8 UN1606 2.3 UN2198 II 8 B8, 6106. N41, N43 II 8 B2, B8 N41, N43, T8, T27 II 8. 6.1 2, A7, B9. 814, B32, B74, B77, N34. T38, T43, T45 II 8 A7, B106, N34 II 8 A7, B106. N34 2 3, 8 2. B9, B14 None 212 240 None None None 212 240 202 242 227 244 154 None None 212 240 212 240 302, 314, 304 315 Phosphorus pentasuttide, free from yellow or white phosphorus Phosphorus pentoxide Phosphorus sesqulsulflde, free from yellow or white phosphorus Phosphorus tribromide 43 UN1340 8 UN1807 4 1 UN1341 II 4.3. 4.1 II 8 II 4.1 A20, B59, B101, 8106 A7, N34 A20, N34 8 UN1808 II 8 A3, A6, A7, B2. B25, N34. N43, T8 151 154 None None 212 242 212 240 212 240 202 242 Phosphorus trichloride 6.1 UN1809 1 6.1. 8 2, B9, B14, B15, B32. B74, B77, N34, T38, T43. T45 None 227 244 Phosphorus trloxlde Phosphorus trisulfide, free from yellow or white phosphorus Phosphorus, white dry or Phosphorus, white, under water or Phosphorus white, In solution or Phosphorus, yellow dry or Phosphorus, yellow, under water or Phosphorus, yellow, In solution Phosphorus white, molten 8 UN2578 4 1 UN1343 4.2 UN1381 4.2 UN2447 Phosphorus (while or red) and a chlorate, mixtures of Phosphoryl chloride, see Phosphorus oxychloride Forbidden III 8 II 4.1 A20, N34 1 4.2, B9, B26. N34, T15, T26, T33 6.1 1 4.2, B9, B26. N34, T15. T26, T29 6.1 154 None None None 213 240 212 240 188 243 188 243 (9) (10) Quantity Limitations Vessel Stowage Passen ger Aircraft/ Rail Cargo Aricraft Only c 0 Other (9A) (9B) (10A) (10B) Forbidden Forbidden D 40 100 kg 200 kg A 5L 60 L A 25 kg 100 kg A 5 kg 50 kg A 25 kg 100 kg A 100 kg 200 kg A 25 kg 100 kg A 25 kg 100 kg A Forbidden 30 L C Forbidden Forbidden D 15 kg 50 kg A Forbidden Forbidden D 5L 60 L A 40 40 40 40 25 kg 25 kg 100 kg 100 kg A A 48 74 15 kg 50 kg B Forbidden 50 kg C Forbidden Forbidden C Forbidden 30 L C Forbidden 50 kg B Forbidden 50 kg C Forbidden Forbidden D 15 kg 50 kg 8 15 kg 15 kg 50 kg 50 kg A B Forbidden 30 L C Forbidden Forbidden C 25 kg 15 kg 100 kg 50 kg A B Forbidden Forbidden E 74 12. 40 40 40 12, 40 40 40 74 74 40 40 12 74 Forbidden Forbidden D 'Label Codes: 1.1. 1.2. 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, and 1.6--EXPLOSIVE; 2.1--FLAMMABLE GAS, 2.2--NON-FLAMMABLE GAS; 2.3-POISON GAS, 3--FLAMMABLE LIQUID; 4.1-- FLAMMABLE SOLID; 4.2--SPONTANEOUSLY COMBUSTIBLE; 4.3--DANGEROUS WHEN WET; 5.1--OXIDIZER; 5.2--ORGANIC PEROXIDE; 6.1 (PGI. ZONE A and B inhalation hazard)--POISON INHALATION HAZARD; 6.1 (PGI or PGM. other than Zone A and B)--POISON; 6 1 PGIII--KEEP AWAY FROM FOOD; 6.2-- INFECTIOUS SUBSTANCE; 7--RADIOACTIVE. 8--CORROSIVE, 9--CLASS 9 148 | 2 Symbols 1 - 2 Identification~ Numbers o> Label Codes o Location PART 172 ABD00131870 172.101--Chlorate-Chlorobenzotrlfluorides April 1998 172.101 Hazardous Materials Table (8) (9) (10) Packaging (173.'**) Quantity Limitations Vessel Stowage Hazardous Materials Descriptions and Proper Shipping Names Hazard Class or Division PG Special Provisions Ex cep tions Non bulk Bulk Passen ger Aircraft/ Rail Cargo Arlcraft Only Other (2) Chlorate and magnesium chloride mixtures Chlorate and magnesium chloride mixtures (3) (5) 5.1 UN1459 II 5.1 (7) A9, N34, T8 5.1 UN1459 III 5.1 A9, N34, T8 (8A) (88) (8C) (9A) 152 212 240 5 kg (9B) 25 kg A 152 213 240 25 kg 100 kg A (10B) 56, 58. 106 56, 58. 106 Chlorate ol potash, see Potassium chlorate Chlorate ol soda, see Sodium chlorate Chlorates, Inorganic, aqueous solution, n.o.s. 5.1 UN3210 II 5.1 T8 152 202 242 1 L 5 L B 56. 58. 106 Chlorates, inorganic, n.o.s. Chloric acid aqueous solution, with not more than 10 percent chloric acid 5.1 UN1461 II 5.1 A9, N34 5.1 UN2626 II 5.1 T25 152 None 212 242 5 kg 25 kg A 229 None Forbidden Forbidden D 56, 58, 106 56, 58, 106 Chloride of phosphorus, see Phosphorus trichloride Chloride of sulfur, see Sulfur chloride Chlorinated lime, see Calcium hypochlorite mixtures, etc. Chlorine 2.3 UN1017 2.3, 8 2. B9, B14 None 304 314, 315 Forbidden Forbidden D 40, 51, 55, 62, 68, 89, 90 Chlorine azide Forbidden D Chlorine dioxide, hydrate, frozen 5.1 NA9191 II 5.1, 6.1 None 229 None Forbidden Forbidden E Chlorine dioxide (not hydrate) Forbidden Chlorine pentafluorlde 2.3 UN2548 2.3, 1, B7, B9, B14 5.1, 8 None 304 314 Forbidden Forbidden D 40, 89. 90 Chlorine trifluoride 2.3 UN1749 2.3. 2, B7, B9, B14 5.1. 8 None 304 314 Forbidden Forbidden D 40, 89. 90 Chlorite solution 8 UN1908 II 8 A3, A6, A7. B2, N34, T8 154 202 242 1 L 30 L B 26 Chlorite solution 8 UN1908 III 8 A3, A6, A7, B2, N34, T8 154 203 241 5 L 60 L B 26 Chlorites, Inorganic, n.o.s. 5.1 UN1462 II 5.1 A7, N34 152 212 242 5 kg 25 kg A 56, 58, 106 l-Chloro-3-bromopropane 6.1 UN2688 III 6.1 T2 153 203 241 60 L 220 L A 1-Chloro-1.1-difluoroethane. see Chlorodlfluoroethanes f*Chloro*1,1-difluoroethanes or Refrigerant gas R142b 2.1 UN2517 2.1 306 304 314, Forbidden 150 kg B 31S 40 3-Chloro-4-methylphenyl isocyanate 6.1 UN2236 II 6.1 None 202 243 5 L 60 L B 40 1-Chloro-1,2,2,2-tetrafluoroethane or Refrigerant gas R 124 2.2 UN1021 2.2 306 304 314, 75 kg 315 150 kg A 4-Chloro-o-totuldlne hydrochloride 6.1 UN1579 III 6.1 153 213 240 100 kg 200 kg A 1-Ch!oro-2,2,2-trlfluoroethane or Refrigerant gas R 133a Chloroacetic acid, molten 2.2 UN 1983 2.2 6.1 UN3250 II 6.1, 8 T9 306 None 304 314, 315 202 243 75 kg 150 kg A Forbidden Forbidden C 40 Chloroecetlc acid, solid 6.1 UN1751 II 6.1, 8 A3, A7, N34 None 212 242 15 kg 50 kg A 40 Chloroacetic acid, solution 6.1 UN1750 II 6.1, 8 A7, N34, T8, T27 None 202 243 1L SOL C 40 Chloroacetone, stabilized Chloroacetone (unstabilized) 6.1 UN1695 Forbidden 1 6.1, 2. B9. B14, B32, B74, N12, 3, 8 N32. N34, T38, T43, T45 None 227 244 Forbidden Forbidden D 20. 40, 95 + Chloroacetonitrile 6.1 UN2668 II 6.1, 3 2, B9, B14, B32, B74, T38. T43, T45 None 227 244 Forbidden 60 L A 12. 26, 40 Chloroacetophenone (CN), liquid 6.1 UN1697 II 6.1 A3, N12, N32, N33 None 202 243 Forbidden 60 L D 12, 40 Chloroacetophenone (CN), solid 6.1 UN1697 II 6.1 A3, N12, N32, N33, N34 None 212 None Forbidden 100 kg D 12, 40 Chloroacetyl chloride 6.1 UN1752 1 6.1, 8 2, A3, A6, A7, B3, B8. B9, B14, B32, B74, B77, N34, N43, T38, T43, T45 None 227 244 Forbidden Forbidden D 40 Chloroanllines, liquid 6.1 UN2019 II 6.1 T14 None 202 243 5L 60 L A Chloroanllines, solid 6.1 UN2018 II 6.1 T14, T38 None 212 242 25 kg 100 kg A Chloroanlsldlnes 6.1 UN2233 III 6.1 153 213 240 100 kg 200 kg A Chlorobenzene 3 UN1134 III 3 B1.T1 150 203 242 60 L 220 L A Chlorobenzol, see Chlorobenzene Chlorobenzotrifluorfdes 3 UN2234 III 3 B1, T1 150 203 242 60 L 220 L A 40 'Label Codes: 1.1, 1.2. 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, and 1.6--EXPLOSIVE; 2.1--FLAMMABLE GAS; 2.2--NON-FLAMMABLE GAS; 2.3--POISON GAS; 3--FLAMMABLE LIQUID; 4.1-- FLAMMABLE SOLIO; 4.2--SPONTANEOUSLY COMBUSTIBLE; 4.3--DANGEROUS WHEN WET; 5.1--OXIDIZER; 5.2--ORGANIC PEROXIDE; 6.1 (PGI, ZONE A and B inhalation hazard)--POISON INHALATION HAZARD; 6.1 (PGl or PGII. other than Zone A and B)--POISON; 6.1 PGIII--KEEP AWAY FROM FOOO; 6.2-- INFECTIOUS SUBSTANCE; 7--RADIOACTIVE; 8--CORROSIVE; 9--CLASS 9 103 Symbols |2 Identification' -- Numbers Label Codes3 ABD001318711 April 1998 172.101--Chlorobenzyi-Chlorosilanes 172.101 Hazardous Materials Table Hazardous Materials Descriptions and Proper Shipping Names Hazard Class or Division PG Special Provisions (8) Packaging (173.***) Ex* cap tions Non bulk Bulk (9) Quantity Limitations Passen ger Aircraft/ Rail Cargo Arlcraft Only (10) Vessel Stowage e 5 Other (2) Chlorobenzyl chlorides (3) (5) 6.1 UN2235 111 6.1 T6 (7) (8A) (SB) <BC) (9A) 153 203 241 60 L <9B) 220 L (10A) A (10B) Chlorobutanes 3 UN1127 II 3 B101, T8 150 202 242 5 L 60 L B Chlorocresols, liquid 6.1 UN2669 II 6.1 T8 None 202 243 5L 60 L A 12 Chlorocresols, solid Chlorodifluorobromomethane or Refrigerant gas R12B1 Chlorodlftuoromethane and chloropentafluoroethane mixture or Refrigerant gas R 502 with fixed boiling point, with approximately 49 percent chlo'odifluoromethane 6.1 UN2669 2.2 UN1974 2.2 UN 1973 II 6.1 2.2 2.2 None 306 306 212 242 304 314, 315 304 314, 315 25 kg 75 kg 75 kg 100 kg 150 kg A A 150 kg A 12 Chlorodlftuoromethane or Refrigerant gas R 22 2.2 UN1018 2.2 306 304 314, 75 kg 315 150 kg A Chlorodlnltrobertzenes 6.1 UN 1577 II 6.1 T14 None 212 242 25 kg 100 kg A 91 2-Chloroethanal Chloroform 6.1 UN2232 6.1 UN1888 1 6.1 III 6.1 2. 89, B14, B32, B74, T38, T43, T45 N36, T14 None 153 227 244 Forbidden Forbidden D 203 241 5L 60 L A 40 40 Chloroformates, toxic, corrosive, flammable, n.o.s. 6.1 UN2742 II 6.1. 5 8, 3 None 202 243 1L 30 L A 12, 13, 21, 25, 40, 100 Chloroformates, toxic, corrosive, n.o.s. 6.1 UN3277 II 6.1.8 T12, T26 None 202 243 1L 30 L A 12, 13, 25, 40 Chloromethyl chlorotormate 6.1 UN2745 II 6.1. 8 T18 None 202 243 1L 30 L A 12, 13, 21, 25, 40. 100 Chloromethyl ethyl ether Chloronltroanlllnes 3 UN2354 6.1 UN2237 II 3, 6.1 T8 III 6.1 None 153 202 243 213 240 1L 100 kg 60 L 200 kg E A 40 Chloronltrobenzene, ortho, liquid 6.1 UN1578 II 6.1 T14 None 202 243 5 L 60 L A Chloronttrobenzenes meta or para, solid 6.1 UN1578 II 6.1 T14 None 212 242 25 kg 100 kg A Chloronitrotoluenes liquid 6.1 UN2433 III 6.1 153 203 241 60 L 220 L A Chloronltrotoluenes, solid 6.1 UN2433 III 6.1 153 213 240 100 kg 200 kg A Chloropentafluoroethane or Refrigerant gas R 115 2.2 UN1020 2.2 306 304 314, 75 kg 315 150 kg A Chlorophenolates, liquid or Phenolstes, liquid 8 UN2904 III 8 154 203 241 5 L 60 L A Chlorophenolates, solid or Phenolates, solid 8 UN2905 III 8 154 213 240 25 kg 100 kg A Chlorophenols, liquid 6.1 UN2021 III 6.1 T7 153 203 241 60 L 220 L A Chlorophenols, solid 6.1 UN2020 III 6.1 T7 153 213 240 100 kg 200 kg A Chlorophenyltrlchlorosilane 8 UN1753 II 8 A7, B2, B6, N34, T8, T26 None 202 242 Forbidden 30 L C 40 + Chloropicrin 6.1 UN1580 1 6.1 2, B7, B9. B14, B32, B46, B74, T38, T43, T45 None 227 244 Forbidden Forbidden D 40 Chloropicrfn and methyl bromide mixtures 2.3 UN1581 2.3 2, B9. B14 None 193 314, 315 Forbidden Forbidden D 25, 40 Chloropicrin and methyl chloride mixtures 2.3 UN1582 2.3 2 None 193 245 Forbidden Forbidden D 25, 40 Chloropicrin mixture, flammable (pressure not exceeding 14.7 psia at 115 degrees F flash point below 100 degrees F) see Toxic liquids, flammable, etc. Chloropicrin mixtures, n.o.s. 6.1 UN1583 l 6.1 5 None 201 243 Forbidden Forbidden C 40 Chloropicrin mixtures, n.o.s. 6.1 UN1S83 II 6.1 None 202 243 Forbidden Forbidden C 40 Chloropicrin mixtures, n.o.s. 6.1 UN1583 III 6.1 153 203 241 Forbidden Forbidden C 40 D Chloropivaloyl chloride 6.1 NA9263 1 6.1,8 2, B9, B14, B32, B74, T38, T43, T45 None 227 244 Forbidden Forbidden B 40 Chloroplatlnlc acid, solid 8 UN2507 III 8 154 213 240 25 kg 100 kg A Chloroprene, inhibited 3 UN1991 1 3, 6.1 B57, T15 None 201 243 Forbidden 30 L D 40 Chloroprene, uninhibited Forbidden 2-Chloropropane 3-ChloropropanoM 3 UN2356 6.1 UN2849 13 III 6.1 N36. T14 T8 150 201 243 1 L 153 203 241 60 L 30 L 220 L E A 2-Chloropropene 3 UN2456 13 A3, N36. T20 150 201 243 1 L 30 L E 2-Chloroproplonlc acid 8 UN2511 III 8 T8 154 203 241 5 L 60 L A8 2-Chloropyrldine Chlorositanes, corrosive, flammable, n.o.s. 6.1 UN2822 8 UN2986 II 6.1 T14 II 8, 3 B100. T18. T26 None None 202 243 202 243 5L 1L 60 L 30 L A 40 C 40 1 Label Codes: 1.1. 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, and 1.6-- EXPLOSIVE; 2.1--FLAMMABLE GAS; 2.2--NON-FLAMMABLE GAS; 2.3--POISON GAS; 3--FLAMMABLE LIQUID; 4.1--FLAMMABLE SOLID; 4.2--SPONTANEOUSLY COMBUSTIBLE, 4.3--DANGEROUS WHEN WET; 5.1--OXIDIZER; 5 2--ORGANIC PEROXIDE; 6.1 (PGl. ZONE A and B inhalation hazard)--POISON INHALATION HAZARD, 6.1 (PGI or PGM. other than Zone A and B)--POISON; 6.1 PGIII--KEEP AWAY FROM FOOD; 6 2--INFECTIOUS SUBSTANCE, 7--RADIOACTIVE; 8--CORROSIVE; 9--CLASS 9 104 | 3 Symbols 1 -5 Identification '-- Num bers 0> Location PART 172 ABD00131872 172.101--Chlorosilanes-Components April 1998 172.101 Hazardous Materials Table Hazardous Materials Descriptions and Proper Shipping Names Hazard Ctass or Division i 0 1 PG 3 Special Provisions (8) Packaging (173.'") Ex cep tions Non bulk Bulk (9) (10) Quantity Limitations Vessel Stowage Passen ger Aircraft/ Rail Cargo Aricraft Only Other (2) Chlorosilanes, corrosive, n.o.s. (3) (5) (6)1 (7) 8 UN2987 II 6 B2, T8, T26 (8A) (SB) <8C) (9A) 154 202 242 1 L (98) 30 L C (10B) 40 Chlorosllanes, flammable, corrosive, n.o.s. Chlorosilanes, water-reactive, flammable, corrosive, n.o.s. + Chlorosulfonlc acid (with or without sulfur trioxide) 3 UN2985 4.3 UN2988 8 UN1754 II 3, 8 B100, T18, T26 1 4.3. A2, T24, T26 3, 8 1 8, 6.1 2. A3, A6, A10, B9, B10, B14, B32, B74, T38, T43, T45 None None None 201 243 201 244 227 244 1 L 5L Forbidden 1 L B D Forbidden Forbidden C 40 21, 28, 40. 49. 100 40 Chlorotoluenes Chlorotoluidlnes liquid Chlorotoluldlnes solid 3 UN2238 6.1 UN2239 6.1 UN2239 III 3 III 6.1 III 6.1 Bl, T1 T7 150 203 242 60 L 220 L A 153 203 241 60 L 220 L A 153 213 240 100 kg 200 kg A Chlorotrifluoromethane and trifluoromethane azeotropic mixture or Refrigerant gas R 503 with approximately 60 percent chlorotrifluoromethane 2.2 UN2599 2.2 306 304 314, 75 kg 315 150 kg A Chlorotrifluoromethane or Refrigerant gas R 13 2.2 UN1022 2.2 306 304 314, 75 kg 315 150 kg A D Chromic acid, solid 5.1 NA1463 II 5.1, 8 None 212 242 5 kg 25 kg A Chromic acid solution 8 UN 1755 II 8 B2, T9, T27 154 202 242 1 L 30 L C 40 Chromic acid solution Chromic anhydride, see Chromium trloxide, anhydrous 8 UNI 755 III 8 T8, T26 154 203 241 5 L 60 L C 40 Chromic fluoride, solid 6 UN1756 II 6 154 212 240 15 kg 50 kg A 26 Chromic fluoride, solution 8 UN 1757 II 8 B2. T8 154 202 242 1 L 30 L A Chromic fluoride, solution Chromium nitrate 8 UN 1757 5.1 UN2720 III 8 III 5.1 77 A1, A29 154 203 241 5 L 152 213 240 25 kg 60 L 100 kg A A Chromium oxychloride 8 UN1758 18 A3, A6, A7, B10, N34, T12, None 201 243 0.5 L T26 2.5 L C 40, 66. 74. 89, 90 Chromium trloxide, anhydrous 5.1 UN1463 II 5.1. 8 B106 None 212 242 5 kg 25 kg A Chromosulfuric acid Chromyl chloride, see Chromium oxychloride 8 UN2240 18 A3, A6. A7, B4, B6, N34, T12. T27 None 201 243 0.5 L 2.5 L B 40, 66, 74, 89. 90 Cigar and cigarette lighters, charged with fuel, see Lighters for cigars, cigarettes, etc. Coal briquettes, hot Forbidden Coal gas, compressed 2.3 UN 1023 2.3, 3 2.1 None 302 314, 315 Forbidden 25 kg O 40 Coal tar distillates, flammable 3 UN1136 II 3 T8, T31 150 202 242 5 L 60 L B Coal tar distillates, flammable Coal tar dye, corrosive, liquid, n.o.s, see Dyes, liquid or solid, n.o.s. or Dye Intermediates, liquid or solid, n.o.s., corrosive 3 UN1136 111 3 Bl, T7, T30 150 203 242 60 L 220 L A Costing solution (includes surface treatments or coatings used for industrial or other purposes such as vehicle undercoating, drum or barrel lining) 3 UN1139 1 3 T42 150 201 243 1 L 30 L E Coating solution (includes surface treatments or coatings used for industrial or other purposes such as vehicle undercoating, drum or barrel lining) 3 UN1139 II 3 T7, T30 150 202 242 5 L 60 L B Coating solution (includes surface treatments or coatings used for industrial or other purposes such as vehicle undercoating, drum or barrel lining) 3 UN1139 III 3 B1.T7, T30 150 203 242 60 L 220 L A Cobalt naphthenates, powder 4.1 UN2001 III 4.1 A19 151 213 240 25 kg 100 kg A Cobalt reslnate, precipitated Coke, hoi 4.1 UN1318 Forbidden III 4.1 A1, A19 151 213 240 25 kg 100 kg A Collodion, see Nitrocellulose etc. D Combustible liquid, n.o.s. Combus NA1993 tible liquid III None T1 150 203 241 60 L 220 L A Components, explosive train, n.o.s. 1.2B UN0382 II 1.2B 101 None 62 None Forbidden Forbidden B 1E.6E Components, explosive train, n.o.s. 1.4B UN0383 II 1.4B 101 None 62 None Forbidden 75 kg A 24E Components, explosive train, n.o.s. 1.4S UN0384 II 1.4S 101 None 62 None 25 kg 100 kg A Components, explosive train, n.o.s. 1.1B UN0461 II 1.1B 101 None 62 None Forbidden Forbidden B 1E.6E 'Label Codes: 1.1, 1.2. 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, and 1.6--EXPLOSIVE; 2.1--FLAMMABLE GAS; 2.2--NON-FLAMMABLE GAS; 2.3--POISON GAS; 3--FLAMMABLE LIQUID; 4.1-- FLAMMABLE SOLID; 4.2--SPONTANEOUSLY COMBUSTIBLE; 4.3--DANGEROUS WHEN WET; 5.1--OXIDIZER; 5.2--ORGANIC PEROXIDE; 6.1 (PGI, ZONE A and B inhalation hazard)--POISON INHALATION HAZARD; 6.1 (PGI or PGII, other than Zone A and B)--POISON; 6.1 PGIII--KEEP AWAY FROM FOOD; 6.2-- INFECTIOUS SUBSTANCE; 7--RADIOACTIVE; 8--CORROSIVE; 9--CLASS 9 105 Symbols |3 IdentificationNumbers Label Codes3 ABD00131873 April 1998 172.101--Composition B-Compressed Hazardous Materials Descriptions and Proper Shipping Names (2) Composition B. see Hexolite, etc. D Compounds, cleaning liquid D Compounds, cleaning liquid D Compounds, cleaning liquid 0 Compounds, cleaning liquid D Compounds, cleaning liquid D Compounds, cleaning liquid D Compounds, tree killing, liquid or Compounds, weed killing, liquid D Compounds, tree killing, liquid or Compounds, weed kilting, liquid D Compounds, tree killing, liquid or Compounds, weed killing, liquid 0 Compounds, tree killing, liquid or Compounds, weed killing, liquid D Compounds, tree killing, liquid or Compounds, weed killing, liquid 0 Compounds, tree killing, liquid or Compounds, weed killing, liquid D Compounds, tree killing, liquid or Compounds, weed killing, liquid 0 Compounds, tree killing, liquid or Compounds, weed killing, liquid D Compounds, tree killing, liquid or Compounds, weed killing, liquid Compressed gas, oxidizing, n.o.s. 1 Compressed gas, toxic, corrosive, n.o.s. Inhalation Hazard Zone A 1 Compressed gas, toxic, corrosive, n.o.s. Inhalation Hazard Zone B 1 Compressed gas, toxic, corrosive, n.o.s. Inhalation Hazard Zone C 1 Compressed gas, toxic, corrosive, n.o.s. Inhalation Hazard Zone D 1 Compressed gas, toxic, flammable, corrosive, n.o.s. Inhalation Hazard Zone A 1 Compressed gas, toxic, flammable, corrosive, n.o.s. Inhalation Hazard Zone B 1 Compressed gas, toxic, flammable, corrosive, n.o.s. Inhalation Hazard Zone C 1 Compressed gas, toxic, flammable, corrosive, n.o.s. Inhalation Hazard Zone 0 1 Compressed gas, toxic, oxidizing, corrosive, n.o.s. Inhalation Hazard Zone A 1 Compressed gas, toxic, oxidizing, corrosive, n.o.s. Inhalation Hazard Zone B 1 Compressed gas, toxic, oxidizing, corrosive, n.o.s. Inhalation Hazard Zone C 1 Compressed gas, toxic, oxidizing, corrosive, n.o.s. Inhalation Hazard Zone D Compressed gas, toxic, oxidizing, n.o.s. Inhalation Hazard Zone A Compressed gas, toxic, oxidizing, n.o.s. Inhalation Hazard Zone B Compressed gas, toxic, oxidizing, n,o.s. Inhalation Hazard Zone C Compressed gas, toxic, oxidizing, n,o.s. Inhalation Hazard Zone D Compressed gases, flammable, n.o.s. Compressed gases, n.o.s. Hazard Class or Division (3) 172.101 PG (5) Hazardous Materials Table (8) Packaging (173.*") Special Provisions (7) Ex cep tions (8A) III Bulk (8C) (9) (10) Quantity Limitations Vessel Stowage Passen ger Aircraft/ Rail Cargo Arlcraft Only eo Other (9A) (9B) (10A) (10B) e NA1760 e NA1760 e NA1760 3 NA1993 3 NA1993 3 NA1993 8 NA1760 18 II 8 III 8 13 II 3 III 3 16 A7, BIO, T42 62, N37, T14 N37, T7 T42 T8, T31 Bl. B52. T7, T30 A7, BIO, T42 8 NA1760 II 8 B2, N37, T14 8 NA1760 III 8 3 NA1993 13 N37, T7 T42 3 NA1993 II 3 T8, T31 3 NA1993 III 3 Bl, B52, T7. T30 6.1 NA2810 6 1 NA2810 ' 6.1 II 6 1 6.1 NA2810 III 6.1 22 UN3156 23 UN3304 2.2, 5.1 2.3, 8 1 2.3 UN3304 2.3,8 2 2.3 UN3304 2.3, 8 3 2.3 UN3304 2.3. 8 4 2.3 UN3305 2.3 UN3305 2.3 UN3305 2.3 UN3305 2.3 UN3306 2.3 UN3306 2.3 UN3306 2.3 UN3306 2.3 UN3303 2.3 UN3303 2.3 UN3303 2.3 UN3303 2.1 UN 1954 2 3. 1 2.1. 8 2 3. 2 2.1, 8 2.3, 3 2.1. 8 2.3. 4 2 1.8 2.3, 1 5.1, 8 2.3. 2 5 1,8 2.3, 3 5 1. 8 2.3. 4 5.1,8 2.3, 1 51 2.3. 2 5.1 2.3. 3 5.1 2.3, 4 5.1 2.1 2.2 UN 1956 2.2 None 154 154 150 150 150 None 201 243 202 242 203 241 201 243 202 242 203 242 201 243 0.5 L 1L 5L 1L 5L 60 L 0.5 L 2.5 L 30 L 60 L 30 L 60 L 220 L 2.5 L B B A E B A B 154 202 242 1 L 30 L B 154 203 241 5 L 60 L A 150 201 243 1 L 30 L E 150 202 242 5 L 60 L B 150 203 242 60 L 220 L A None 201 243 1L 30 L B None 202 243 5 L 60 L B 153 203 241 60 L 220 L A 306 None 302 314, 315 192 245 75 kg 150 kg D Forbidden Forbidden D None None None None 302, 314, 305 315 302, 314, 305 315 302, 314, 305 315 192 245 Forbidden Forbidden D Forbidden Forbidden D Forbidden Forbidden D Forbidden Forbidden D None None None None 302, 314, 305 315 302, 314, 305 315 302. 314, 305 315 192 244 Forbidden Forbidden D Forbidden Forbidden D Forbidden Forbidden D Forbidden Forbidden D None None None None 302, 314, 305 315 302, 314, 305 315 302, 314. 305 315 192 245 Forbidden Forbidden D Forbidden Forbidden D Forbidden Forbidden D Forbidden Forbidden D None None None 306 306, 307 302, 314, 305 315 302, 314, 305 315 302. 314, 305 315 302, 314, 305 315 302, 314, 305 315 Forbidden Forbidden D Forbidden Forbidden D Forbidden Forbidden D Forbidden 150 kg D 75 kg ISO kg A 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 17, 40 17, 40 17, 40 17, 40 40, 89. 90 40, 89, 90 40, 89. 90 40, 89. 90 40 40 40 40 40 'Label Codes: 1.1. 1.2, 1 3, 1.4, 1.5, and 1.6--EXPLOSIVE, 2.1--FLAMMABLE GAS, 2 2--NON-FLAMMABLE GAS; 2.3--POISON GAS; 3--FLAMMABLE LIQUID; 4.1-- FLAMMABLE SOLID; 4.2--SPONTANEOUSLY COMBUSTIBLE; 4 3--DANGEROUS WHEN WET, 5.1--OXIDIZER; 5 2--ORGANIC PEROXIDE, 6.1 (PGl, ZONE A and B inhalation hazard)--POISON INHALATION HAZARD. 6.1 {PGI or PGM, other than Zone A and B)--POISON; 6.1 PGIll--KEEP AWAY FROM FOOD; 6.2-- INFECTIOUS SUBSTANCE; 7--RADIOACTIVE; 8--CORROSIVE, 9--CLASS 9 106 PART 172 ABD00131874 172.101--Compressed-Cord April 1998 A A0 E Hazardous Materials Descriptions and Proper Shipping Names 0) (2) Compressed gases, toxic, flammable, n.o.s. Inhalation hazard Zone A Compressed gases, toxic, flammable, n.o.s. Inhalation hazard Zone B Compressed gases, toxic, flammable, n.o.s. Inhalation Hazard Zone C Compressed gases, toxic, flammable, n.o.s. Inhalation Hazard Zone D Compressed gases, toxic, n.o.s. Inhalation Hazard Zone A Compressed gases, toxic, n.o.s. Inhalation Hazard Zone B Compressed gases, toxic, n.o.s. Inhalation Hazard Zone C Compressed gases, toxic, n.o.s. Inhalation Hazard Zone D 0 Consumer commodity Contrivances, water-activated, with burster, expelling charge or propelling charge Contrivances, water-activated, with burster, expelling charge or propelling charge Copper acetoarsenite Copper acetylide Copper amine azide Copper arsenlte Copper based pesticides, liquid, flammable, toxic, flash point less than 23 degrees C Copper based pesticides, liquid, flammable, toxic, flash point less than 23 degrees C Copper based pesticides, liquid, toxic Copper based pesticides, liquid, toxic Copper based pesticides, liquid, toxic Copper based pesticides, liquid, toxic, flammable flashpoint not less than 23 degrees C Copper based pesticides, liquid, toxic, flammable flashpoint not less than 23 degrees C Copper based pesticides, liquid, toxic, flammable flashpoint not less than 23 degrees C Copper based pesticides, solid, toxic Copper based pesticides, solid, toxic Copper based pesticides, solid, toxic Copper chlorate Copper chloride Copper cyanide Copper selenate, see Selenates or Selenltes Copper selenite, see Selenates or Selenltes Copper tetramine nitrate AW Copra Cord, detonating, flexible Cord, detonating, flexible Cord detonating or Fuse detonating metal clad Cord, detonating or Fuse, detonating metal dad Cord, detonating, mild effect or Fuse, detonating, mild effect metal clad 172.101 Hazardous Materials Table Identification" Numbers & Label Codes 0> Location (8) (9) (10) Packaging (173.***) Quantity Limitations Vessel Stowage Hazard Class or Division PG Special Provisions Ex cep tions Non bulk Bulk Passen ger Aircraft/ Rail Cargo Aricraft Only Other (3) (5) (7) (8A) <8B) <8C) (9A) (9B) (10B) 2.3 UN1953 2.3, 1 2.1 None 192 245 Forbidden Forbidden D 40, 95 23 UN1953 2.3. 2, B9. B14 2.1 None 302, 314, 305 315 Forbidden Forbidden D 40 2.3 UN1953 2.3, 3, B14 2.1 None 302, 314, 305 315 Forbidden Forbidden D 40 2.3 UN1953 2.3, 4 2.1 None 302, 314, 305 315 Forbidden Forbidden D 40 2.3 UN1955 2.3 1 None 192 245 Forbidden Forbidden D 40 2.3 UN1955 2.3 2, B9, B14 2.3 UN1955 2.3 UN1955 2.3 3, B14 2.3 4 ORM-D None 1.2L UN0248 II 1.2L 101 1.3L UN0249 II 1.3L 101 6.1 UN 1585 Forbidden Forbidden 6.1 UN1586 3 UN2776 It 6.1 II 6.1 1 3, 6.1 None None None 156. 306 None 302. 314, 305 315 302, 314, 305 315 302, 314, 305 315 156. None 306 62 None Forbidden Forbidden D Forbidden Forbidden D Forbidden Forbidden D 30 kg gross 30 kg gross A Forbidden Forbidden E None 62 None Forbidden Forbidden E None 212 242 25 kg 100 kg A 40 40 40 2E. 8E, 11E. 17E 2E, 8E, TIE, 17E None None 212 242 201 243 25 kg 100 kg Forbidden 30 L A B 40 3 UN2776 II 3. 6.1 None 202 243 1L 60 L B 40 6.1 UN3010 6.1 UN3010 6.1 UN3010 6.1 UN3009 1 6.1 T42 II 6.1 T14 III 6.1 T14 1 6.1, 3 T42 None None 153 None 201 243 202 243 203 241 201 243 1L 5L 60 L 1L 30 L 60 L 220 L 30 L B 40 B 40 A 40 B 40 6.1 UN3009 II 6.1, 3 T14 None 202 243 5 L 60 L B 40 6.1 UN3009 III 6.1, 3 B1.T14 153 203 242 60 L 220 L A 40 6.1 UN2775 6.1 UN2775 6.1 UN2775 5.1 UN2721 1 6.1 II 6.1 III 6.1 II 5.1 A1 8 UN2802 6.1 UN1587 III 8 II 6.1 None None 153 152 154 None 211 242 212 242 213 240 212 242 5 kg 25 kg 100 kg 5 kg 213 240 204 242 25 kg 25 kg 50 kg 100 kg 200 kg 25 kg 100 kg 100 kg A A A A A A 40 40 40 56. 58, 106 26 Forbidden 4.2 UN1363 III 4.2 1.1D UN0065 1.4D UN0289 1.2D UN0102 II 1.1D II 1.4D II 1.2D 102 1 ID UN0290 II 1 .ID 1.4D UN0104 II 1.4D None 213 241 Forbidden Forbidden A 63(a) None None 62 None 62 None 62 None Forbidden Forbidden B Forbidden 75 kg A Forbidden Forbidden B None 62 None Forbidden Forbidden B None 62 None Forbidden 75 kg A 13, 19, 48, 119 24E 24E 'Labe! Codes: 1.1. 1.2. 1.3. 1.4, 1.5. and 1.6--EXPLOSIVE; 2.1--FLAMMABLE GAS; 2.2--NON-FLAMMABLE GAS; 2.3--POISON GAS; 3--FLAMMABLE LIQUID; 4.1-- FLAMMABLE SOLID; 4.2--SPONTANEOUSLY COMBUSTIBLE; 4.3-DANGEROUS WHEN WET; 5.1-OXIDIZER; 5.2-ORGANIC PEROXIDE; 6.1 (PGI, ZONE A and B inhalation hazard)--POISON INHALATION HAZARD; 6.1 (PGI or PGM. other than Zone A and B)--POISON; 6.1 PGIII--KEEP AWAY FROM FOOD; 6.2-- INFECTIOUS SUBSTANCE; 7--RADIOACTIVE: 8--CORROSIVE; 9--CLASS 9 107 Symbols |3 - 2 Identification" Numbers Label Codes3 ABD001318751 April 1998 172.101--Cord-Corrosive Hazardous Materials Descriptions and Proper Shipping Names Cord, igniter (2) Cordeau detonant fuse, see Cord, detonating, etc.. Cord, detonating, flexible Cordite, see Powder, smokeless Corrosive liquid, acidic, Inorganic, n.o.s. Corrosive liquid, acidic, Inorganic, n.o.a. Corrosive liquid, acidic, Inorganic, n.o.s. Corrosive liquid, acidic, organic, n.o.s. Corrosive liquid, acidic, organic, n.o.s. Corrosive liquid, acidic, organic, n.o.s. Corrosive liquid, basic, inorganic, n.o.s. Corrosive liquid, basic, inorganic, n.o.s. Corrosive liquid, basic, inorganic, n.o.s. Corrosive liquid, basic, organic, n.o.s. Corrosive liquid, basic, organic, n.o.s. Corrosive liquid, basic, organic, n.o.s. Corrosive liquid, self-heating, n.o.s. Corrosive liquid, self-heating, n.o.s. Corrosive liquids, flammable, n.o.s. Corrosive liquids, flammable, n.o.s. Corrosive liquids, n.o.s. Corrosive liquids, n.o.s. Corrosive liquids, n.o.s. Corrosive liquids, oxidizing, n.o.s. Corrosive liquids, oxidizing, n.o.s. Corrosive liquids, toxic, n.o.s. Corrosive liquids, toxic, n.o.s. Corrosive liquids, toxic, n.o.s. Corrosive liquids, water-reactive, n.o.s. Corrosive liquids, water-reactive, n.o.s. Corrosive solid, acidic, inorganic, n.o.s. Corrosive solid, acidic, inorganic, n.o.s. Corrosive solid, acidic, inorganic, n.o.s. Corrosive solid, acidic, organic, n.o.s. Corrosive solid, acidic, organic, n.o.s. Corrosive solid, acidic, organic, n.o.s. Corrosive solid, basic, inorganic, n.o.s. Corrosive solid, basic, Inorganic, n.o.s. Corrosive solid, basic, Inorganic, n.o.a. Corrosive solid, basic, organic, n.o.s. Corrosive solid, basic, organic, n.o.s. Corrosive solid, basic, organic, n.o.s. Corrosive solids, flammable, n.o.a. Corrosive solids, flammable, n.o.s. Corrosive solids, n.o.s. Corrosive solids, n.o.s. Corrosive solids, n.o.s. Corrosive solids, oxidizing, n.o.s. Corrosive solids, oxidizing, n.o.s. Corrosive solids, self-heating, n.o.s. Corrosive solids, self-heating, n.o.s. Corrosive solids, toxic, n.o.a. Corrosive solids, toxic, n.o.s. Corrosive solids, toxic, n.o.s. Corrosive solids, water-reactive, n.o.s. 172.101 Hazardous Materials Table (8) Packaging (173.***) Hazard Class or Division PO 0) (5) 1.4G UN0066 II 1.4G Special Provisions (7) Ex cep tions (8A) None Nonbulk Bulk (8B) <8C) 62 None (9) Quantity Limitations Passengar Aircraft/ Rail Cargo Aricraft Only (10) Vessel Stowage c 0 J Other (9A) (98) (10A) (108) Forbidden 75 kg A 24E 8 UN3264 8 UN3264 8 UN3264 8 UN3265 8 UN3265 8 UN3265 8 UN3266 8 UN3266 8 UN3266 8 UN3267 8 UN3267 8 UN3267 8 UN3301 8 UN3301 8 UN2920 8 UN2920 8 UN1760 8 UN1760 8 UN1760 8 UN3093 8 UN3093 8 UN2922 8 UN2922 8 UN2922 6 UN3094 8 UN3094 8 UN3260 8 UN3260 8 UN3260 6 UN3261 8 UN3261 8 UN3261 8 UN3262 8 UN3262 8 UN3262 8 UN3263 8 UN3263 8 UN3263 8 UN2921 8 UN2921 8 UN1759 8 UN1759 8 UN1759 8 UN3084 8 UN3084 8 UN3095 8 UN3095 8 UN2923 8 UN2923 8 UN2923 8 UN3096 1 8 810 II 8 B2, T14 III 8 T7 1 8 BIO II 8 B2, T14 III 6 T7 1 8 BIO II 8 B2, T14 III 8 T7 1 8 BIO II 8 B2. T14 111 8 T7 1 8. 4.2 BIO II 8, 4.2 B2 l 8. 3 BIO, T42 II 8.3 B2, T1S, T26 1 8 A7, BIO, T42 II 8 B2, T14 III 8 T7 1 8. 5.1 II 8. 5.1 1 6. 6.1 A7, BIO. T18, T27 II 8. 6.1 B3, T18, T26 III 8, 6.1 T8 1 8, 4.3 II 8. 4.3 18 II 8 III 8 18 II 8 III 8 18 II 8 III 8 18 II 6 III 8 1 8. 4.1 B106 II 8, 4.1 18 II 8 128 ill 8 128 1 8. 5.1 B100 II 8. 5.1 B100 1 8, 4.2 B100 II 8. 4.2 1 8. 6.1 II 8. 6.1 III 8, 6.1 1 8, 4.3 B105 None 154 154 None 154 154 None 154 154 None 154 154 None 154 None None None 154 154 None None None None 154 None None None 154 154 None 154 154 None 154 154 None 154 154 None None None 154 154 None None None None None None 154 None 201 243 202 242 203 241 201 243 202 242 203 241 201 243 202 242 203 241 201 243 202 242 203 241 201 243 202 242 201 243 202 243 201 243 202 242 203 241 201 243 202 243 201 243 202 243 203 241 201 243 202 243 211 242 212 240 213 240 211 242 212 240 213 240 211 242 212 240 213 240 211 242 212 240 213 240 211 242 212 242 211 242 212 240 213 240 211 242 212 242 211 243 212 242 211 242 212 240 213 240 211 243 0.5 L 2.5 L 1 L 30 L 5 L 60 L 0.5 L 2.5 L 1 L 30 L 5 L 60 L 0.5 L 2.5 L 1 L 30 L 5 L 60 L 0.5 L 2.5 L 1 L 30 L 5 L 60 L 0.5 L 2.5 L 1 L 30 L 0.5 L 2.5 L 1 L 30 L 0.5 L 2.5 L 1 L 30 L 5 L 60 L Forbidden 2.5 L 1 L SOL 0.5 L 2.5 L 1 L 30 L 5 L 60 L Forbidden 1 L 1 L 5L 1 kg 25 kg 15 kg 50 kg 25 kg 100 kg 1 kg 25 kg 15 kg 50 kg 25 kg 100 kg 1 kg 25 kg 15 kg 50 kg 25 kg 100 kg 1 kg 15 kg 25 kg 50 kg 25 kg 100 kg 1 kg 25 kg 15 kg 50 kg 1 kg 25 kg 15 kg 50 kg 25 kg 100 kg 1 kg 25 kg 15 kg 50 kg 1 kg 25 kg 15 kg 50 kg 1 kg 15 kg 25 kg 50 kg 25 kg 100 kg 1 kg 25 kg B B A B B A B B A B B A D D C C B B A C C B B B E E B B A B B A B B A B B A B B B A A C C C C B B B D 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 25. 40 25. 40 40 40 40 89 89 40 40 40 12, 25 12, 25 40 40 40, 95 1 Label Codes: 1.1, 1.2. 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, and 1.6--EXPLOSIVE; 2.1--FLAMMABLE GAS; 2.2--NON-FLAMMABLE GAS; 2.3--POISON GAS; 3--FLAMMABLE LIQUID; 4 1--FLAMMABLE SOLID. 4.2--SPONTANEOUSLY COMBUSTIBLE; 4.3--DANGEROUS WHEN WET. 5.1--OXIDIZER. 5.2--ORGANIC PEROXIDE; 6.1 (PGI. ZONE A and B inhalation hazard)--POISON INHALATION HAZARD. 61 (PGI or PGII, other than Zone A and B)--POISON; 6.1 PGIII--KEEP AWAY FROM FOOD; 6.2--INFECTIOUS SUBSTANCE; 7--RADIOACTIVE; 8--CORROSIVE; 9--CLASS 9 108 [ 3 Symbols 1 Label Codes o Location PART 172 ABD00131876 172.101--Corrosive-Cyclohexanone April 1998 172.101 Hazardous Materials Table Hazardous Materials Descriptions and Proper Shipping Names (2) Corrosive solids, water-reactive, n.o.s. DW Cotton AIW Cotton waste, oily AlW Cotton, wet Coumarln derivative pesticides, liquid, flammable, toxic, flash point not less then 23 degrees C Coumarln derivative pesticides, liquid, flammable, toxic, flashpoint less than 23 degrees C Hazard Class or Division IIII PG Special Provisions (3) (4) (5) (7) 8 UN3096 II 8, 4,3 128, B105 9 NA1365 9 W41 4.2 UN1364 III 4.2 N9 4.2 UN1365 ill 4.2 3 UN3024 1 3, 6.1 3 UN3024 II 3. 6.1 (8) Packaging (5173.***) Ex cep tions (8A) None None None None None Non bulk Bulk (SB) (8C) 212 242 None None 213 None 204 241 201 243 () (10) Quantity Limitations Vassal Stowage Passenger Aircraft/ Rail Cargo Aricraft Only Other (9A) (9B) (10B) 15 kg 50 kg D No limit No limit A Forbidden Forbidden A 54 Forbidden Forbidden A Forbidden 30 L B 40 None 202 243 1L 60 L B 40 Coumarln derivative pesticides, liquid, toxic Coumarln derivative pesticides, liquid, toxic Coumarln derivative pesticides, liquid, toxic Coumarin derivative pesticides, liquid, toxic, flammable flashpoint not less than 23 degrees C 6.1 UN3026 6.1 UN3026 6.1 UN3026 6.1 UN3025 1 6.1 II 6.1 III 6.1 1 6.1, 3 None None 153 None 201 243 202 243 203 241 201 243 1L 5L 60 L 1L SOL 60 L 220 L 30 L B 40 B 40 A 40 0 40 Coumarin derivative pesticides, liquid, toxic, flammable flashpoint not less than 23 degrees C 6.1 UN3025 II 6.1, 3 None 202 243 5 L 60 L B 40 Coumarln derivative pesticides, liquid, toxic, flammable flashpoint not less than 23 degrees C 6.1 UN3025 III 6.1, 3 B1 153 203 242 60 L 220 L A 40 Coumarln derivative pesticides, solid, toxic Coumarln derivative pesticides, solid, toxic Coumarin derivative pesticides, solid, toxic Cresols Cresyllc acid Crotonaldehyde, stabilized Crotonlc acid liquid Crotonlc acid, solid Crotonylene Cuprlethylenediamlne solution Cupriethylenedlamine solution Cutters, cable, explosive Cyanide or cyanide mixtures, dry, see Cyanides, inorganic, solid, n.o.s. 6.1 UN3027 6.1 UN3027 6.1 UN3027 6.1 UN2076 6.1 UN2022 6.1 UN1143 6 UN2823 6 UN2823 3 UN1144 6 UN1761 8 UN1761 1.4S UN0070 1 6.1 11 6.1 III 6.1 11 6.1. 8 B110, T8 II 6.1, 8 B110, T8 1 6.1, 3 2, B9. B14, B32, B74, B77, T38, T43, T45 III 8 III 8 1 3 T20 II 8, 6.1 T8, T26 III 8, 6.1 T7 II 1.4S None None 153 None None None 154 154 150 None 154 None 211 242 212 242 213 240 202 243 202 243 227 244 5 kg 50 kg 25 kg 100 kg 100 kg 200 kg 1 L 30 L 1 L 30 L Forbidden 30 L A A A B B B 203 241 213 240 201 243 202 243 203 242 62 None 5L 25 kg 1L 1L 5L 25 kg 60 L 100 kg 30 L 30 L 60 L 100 kg A A E A A A 40 40 40 40 12 12 95 95 Cyanide solutions, n.o.s. Cyanide solutions, n.o.s. Cyanide solutions, n.o.s. Cyanides, inorganic, solid, n.o.s. Cyanides, Inorganic, solid, n.o.s. Cyanides, Inorganic, solid, n.o.s. Cyanogen Cyanogen bromide Cyanogen chloride, inhibited Cyanurlc chloride Cyanuric triazide Cyclobutane Cyclobutyl chloroformate 1,5,9-Cyclododecatrlene Cycloheptane Cycloheptatrlene Cycloheptene Cyclohexane Cyclohexanone 6.1 UN1935 6.1 UN1935 6.1 UN1935 6.1 UN1588 6.1 UN1588 6.1 UN1588 2.3 UN 1026 6.1 UN1889 2.3 UN 1589 8 UN2670 Forbidden 2.1 UN2601 1 6.1 B37, T18, T26 II 6.1 T18, T26 ill 6.1 T18, T26 1 6.1 N74, N75 Ii 6.1 N74, N75 111 6.1 N74, N75 2.3, 2 2.1 1 6.1, 8 A6, A8 2.3, 8 1 II 8 2.1 6.1 UN2744 II 6.1, Tie 8,3 6.1 UN2518 3 UN2241 3 UN2603 3 UN2242 3 UN1145 3 UN1915 III 6.1 T7 11 3 T1 II 3, 6.1 T14 II 3 Bl, T7 II 3 B101, T8 III 3 Bl, T1 None None 153 None None 153 None None None None 201 243 202 243 203 241 211 242 212 242 213 240 192 245 1L 30 L B 5L 60 L A 60 L 220 L A 5 kg 50 kg A 25 kg 100 kg A 100 kg 200 kg A Forbidden Forbidden D 211 242 192 245 212 240 1 kg 15 kg D Forbidden Forbidden D 15 kg 50 kg A 40. 52 40, 52 40. 52 52 52 52 40 40 40 12.40 306 None 153 150 None 150 150 150 304 314, 315 202 243 Forbidden 150 kg 1 L 30 L B A 203 241 202 242 202 243 202 242 202 242 203 242 60 L 5L 1L 5L 5L 60 L 220 L 60 L 60 L 60 L 60 L 220 L A B E B E A 40 12, 13, 21. 25, 40. 100 40 40 40 'Label Codes: 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, and 1.6--EXPLOSIVE; 2.1--FLAMMABLE GAS; 2.2--NON-FLAMMABLE GAS; 2.3--POISON GAS; 3--FLAMMABLE LIQUID; 4.1-- FLAMMABLE SOLID; 4,2--SPONTANEOUSLY COMBUSTIBLE; 4.3--DANGEROUS WHEN WET; 5.1--OXIDIZER; 5.2--ORGANIC PEROXIDE; 6.1 (PGI, ZONE A and B inhalation hazard)--POISON INHALATION HAZARD; 6.1 (PGI or PGM. other than Zone A and B)--POISON; 6.1 PGIII--KEEP AWAY FROM FOOD; 6.2-- INFECTIOUS SUBSTANCE: 7--RADIOACTIVE; 8--CORROSIVE; 9--CLASS 9 109 ABD00131877 April 1998 172.101--Cyclohexene-Deflagrating 172.101 Hazardous Materials Table I Hazardous Materials Descriptions and Proper Shipping Names (1) Cyclohexene (2) Cyclohexenyltrichlorosilane Cyclohexyl acetate Cyeiohexyl Isocyanate j Identification' j-- Numbers 3 Location * 1 Hazard Class or Division o 2 PG 3 Special Provisions (3) (5) (6)' (7) 3 UN22S6 II 3 B101. T7 8 UN1762 II 8 A7, B2, N34. T8, T26 3 UN2243 III 3 Bl, T1 6.1 UN2488 1 6 1. 3 2. B9, B14, B32, B74, B77, T38, T43. T45 (6) Packaging (173.***) Ex cep tions (8A) 150 None 150 None Non bulk Bulk (8B) (8C) 202 242 202 242 203 242 227 244 (9) (10) Quantity Limitations Vessel Stowage Passenger Aircraft/ Rail Cargo Arlcraft Only Other (9A) (9B) (10B) 5L 60 L E Forbidden 30 L C 40 60 L 220 L A Forbidden Forbidden D 20, 40, 95 Cyclohexyl mercaptan 3 UN3054 III 3 Bl. T1 150 203 242 60 L 220 L A 40, 95 Cyclohexylamtne 6 UN2357 II 8. 3 B101. T8, T26 None 202 243 1L 30 L A 40 Cyclohexyltrlchlorosllane S UN1763 II 8 A7, B2. N34, T8, T26 None 202 242 Forbidden 30 L C 40 Cyclonite and cyclotetramethylenetetranltramlne mixtures, wetted or desensitized see RDX and HMX mixtures, wetted or desensitized etc. Cyclonite and HMX mixtures, wetted or desensitized see RDX and HMX mixtures, wetted or desensitized ere. Cyclonite end octogen mixtures, wetted or desensitized see RDX and HMX mixtures, wetted or desensitized efc. Cyclonite, see Cyclotrimethytenetrinitramine, ere. Cyclooctadiene phosphines, see 9Phosphablcyclononanes Cyclooctadlertes Cyclooctatetraene Cyclopentane 3 UN2520 3 UN23S6 3 UN1146 III 3 II 3 II 3 B1.T1 T8 B101, Tl4 150 203 242 60 L 150 202 242 5 L ISO 202 242 5 L 220 L 60 L 60 L A B E Cyclopentane, methyl, see Methylcyclopentane Cyclopentanol Cyclopentanone 3 UN2244 3 UN2245 III 3 111 3 Bl, T1 Bl, T1 150 203 242 60 L 150 203 242 60 L 220 L 220 L A A Cyclopentene 3 UN2246 II 3 B101, T13 150 202 242 5 L 60 L E Cyclopropane 2.1 UN1027 2.1 306 304 314, Forbidden 150 kg E 315 40 Cyclotetramethytene tetranitramine (dry or unphlepmatized) (HMX) Forbidden Cyclotetramethytenetetranltramlne, desensitized or Octogen, desensitized or HMX, desensitized 1 .ID UN04B4 Cyclotetramethylenetetranitremlne, wetted or HMX, wetted or Octogen, wetted with not less than IS percent water, by mass 1.10 UN0226 II 1.1D II 1.1D None 62 None Forbidden Forbidden B 1E.5E None 62 None Forbidden Forbidden B 1E.5E Cyclotrlmethylenenttramlne and octogen, mixtures, wetted or desensitized see RDX and HMX mixtures, wetted or desensitized ere. Cyelotrlmethylenetrlnltramlne and cyclotetramethylenetetranitramine mixtures, wetted or desensitized see RDX and HMX mixtures, wetted or desensitized etc. Cyelotrlmethylenetrlnltramlne and HMX mixtures, wetted or desensitized see RDX and HMX mixtures, wetted or desensitized etc. Cyclotrimethylenetrinltramlne, desensitized or Cyclonite, desensitized or Hexogen, desensitized or RDX, desensitized Cyclotrimethytenetrinitramine, wetted or Cyclonite, wetted or Hexogen, wetted or RDX, wetted with not less than 15 percent water by mass 1.1D UN0483 11 1.1D 1 ID UN0072 II 1.10 None 62 None Forbidden Forbidden B 1E.5E None 62 None Forbidden Forbidden a 1E.5E Cymenes 3 UN2046 III 3 Bl, T1 150 203 242 60 L 220 L A Decaborane 4.1 UN1868 II 4.1, A19, A20 6.1 None 212 None Forbidden 50 kg A Decahydronaphthalene n-Decane 3 UN1147 3 UN2247 III 3 III 3 B1.T1 B1.T1 150 203 242 60 L 150 203 242 60 L 220 L 220 L A A Deflagrating metal Balts of aromatic nltrodertvatives, n.o.s 1.3C UN0132 II 1 3C None 62 None Forbidden Forbidden B 1E.5E 'Label Codes: 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, and 1.6--EXPLOSIVE; 2.1--FLAMMABLE GAS; 2.2--NON-FLAMMABLE GAS; 2.3--POISON GAS, 3--FLAMMABLE LIQUID; 4.1-- FLAMMABLE SOLID; 4.2--SPONTANEOUSLY COMBUSTIBLE; 4.3--DANGEROUS WHEN WET; 5.1--OXIDIZER; 5.2--ORGANIC PEROXIDE; 6.1 (PGl, ZONE A and B inhalation hazard)--POISON INHALATION HAZARD; 6.1 (PGI or PGII, other than Zone A and B)--POISON; 6.1 PGIll--KEEP AWAY FROM FOOD, 6.2-- INFECTIOUS SUBSTANCE; 7--RADIOACTIVE; 6--CORROSIVE; 9--CLASS 9 110 | 3 Symbols 1 Identification Numbers Label Codes3 PART 172 ABD00131878 172.101--Delay-Diacetyl April 1998 172.101 Hazardous Materials Table Hazardous Materials Descriptions and Proper Shipping Names (2) Delay electric igniter, see Igniters Hazard Class or Division (3) PG (5) Special Provisions (7) (8) Packaging (173.*") Ex cep tions <8A) Non bulk (8B) Bulk (8C) (9) (10) Quantity Limitations Vessel Stowage Passen ger Aircraft/ Rail Cargo Aricraft Only c 0 J Other (9A) (9B) (10A) (10B) D Denatured alcohol D Denatured alcohol D Denatured alcohol D Denatured alcohol D Denatured alcohol Depth charges, see Charges, depth 3 NA1986 3 NA1986 3 NA1986 3 NA1987 3 NA1987 1 3, 6.1 T8. T31 II 3, 6.1 T8, T31 III 3, 6.1 B1, T8, T31 II 3 T8, T31 III 3 B1.T7.T30 None None 150 150 150 201 243 202 243 203 242 202 242 203 242 Forbidden 30 L 1 L 60 L 60 L 220 L 5 L 60 L 60 L 220 L E 40 E 40 E 40 B A Detonating relays, see Detonators, etc. Detonator assemblies, non-electric for blasting 1.1B UN0360 II 1 .IB None 62 None Forbidden Forbidden B 2E.6E Detonator assemblies, non-electric, for blasting Detonator assemblies, non-electric for blasting Detonators, electric, for blasting Detonators, electric, for blasting Detonators, electric for blasting Detonators for ammunition Detonators for ammunition Detonators for ammunition Detonators for ammunition Detonators, non-electrlc, for blasting Detonators, non-electric, lor blasting Detonators, non-electrlc for blasting Deuterium, compressed Devices, small, hydrocarbon gas powered or hydrocarbon gas refills for small devices with release device 1.4B UN0361 II 1.4B 103 1.4S UN0500 II 1.4S 104 1 .IB UN0030 II 1.1B 1.46 UN0255 II 1.4B 103 1.4S UN0456 II 1.4S 104 1.1B UN0073 1.2B UN0364 1.4B UN0365 1.4S UN0366 1.18 UN0029 1.4B UN0267 II 1.1B II 1.2B II 1.4B II 1.4S II 1.1B II 1.4B 103 104 103 1.4S UN0455 2.1 UN1957 2.1 UN3150 II 1.4S 2.1 2.1 104 63(f), 63(g) 63(f). 63(g) 63(f), 63(g) 63(f), 63(g) 63(f), 63(g) None None None None None 63(1), 63(g) None 306 306 62 None Forbidden 75 kg A 62 None 25 kg 100 kg A 62 None Forbidden Forbidden B 62 None Forbidden 75 kg A 62 None 25 kg 100 kg A 62 None 62 None 62 None 62 None 62 None 62 None Forbidden Forbidden B Forbidden Forbidden B Forbidden 75 kg A 25 kg 100 kg A Forbidden Forbidden B Forbidden 75 kg A 62 None 302 None 304 None 25 kg 100 kg Forbidden 150 kg Forbidden 150 kg A E B 24E 2E,6E 24E 2E.6E 2E.6E 24E 2E.6E 24E 40 40 Dl-n-amylamine 3 UN2841 Di-n-butyl peroxydicarbonate, with more than 52 Forbidden percent in solution III 3, 6.1 B1, TB 150 203 242 60 L 220 L A DLn-butylamine 8 UN2248 2,2-Di-ftert-bulyiperoxy) butane, with more than Forbidden 55 percent in solution II 8, 3 T8 None 202 243 1 L 30 L A Di-(tert-butylperoxy) phthalate, with more than Forbidden 55 percent in solution 2,2-Di-(4,4-di-terl-butylperoxycyclohexyi) propane, with more than 42 percent with inert solid Forbidden Di-2,4-dichtorobemoyl peroxide, with more than Forbidden 75 percent with water 1,2-Di-(dimethylamlno)ethane Di-2-ethythexyl phosphoric acid, see Dilsooctyl acid phosphate 3 UN2372 II 3 T8 150 202 242 5 L 60 L B Di-(l-hydroxytetrazole) (dry) Oi'fl-naphthoyl) peroxide Forbidden Forbidden a.a'-Di-(nitroxy) methylether Forbidden Di-(beta-nitroxyethyl) ammonium nitrate Forbidden Diacetone alcohol 3 UN1148 Dlacetone alcohol 3 UN1148 Diacetone alcohol peroxides, with more than 57 percent in solution with more than 9 percent hydrogen peroxide, less than 26 percent diacetone alcohol and less than 9 percent water; total active oxygen content more than 9 percent by mass Forbidden II 3 III 3 T1 B1, T1 150 202 242 5 L 150 203 242 60 L 60 L 220 L B A j Diacetyi, see Butanedlorte 'Label Codes: 1.1. t.2. 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, and 1.6--EXPLOSIVE; 2.1 --FLAMMABLE GAS; 2.2--NON-FLAMMABLE GAS; 2.3--POISON GAS; 3--FLAMMABLE LIQUID 4.1-- FLAMMABLE SOLID; 4.2--SPONTANEOUSLY COMBUSTIBLE; 4.3--DANGEROUS WHEN WET; 5.1--OXIDIZER; 5.2--ORGANIC PEROXIDE; 6.1 (PGI. ZONE A and B inhalation hazard)--POISON INHALATION HAZARD; 6.1 (PGI or PGM, other than Zone A and B)--POISON; 6.1 PGIIl--KEEP AWAY FROM FOOD6.2-- INFECTIOUS SUBSTANCE; 7--RADIOACTIVE; 8--CORROSIVE; 9--CLASS 9 111 ABD00131879 April 1998 172.101--Diacetyl-Dichlorofluoromethane 172.101 Hazardous Materials Table Hazardous Materials Descriptions and Proper Shipping Names (1) (2) Diacetyl peroxide, solid, or with more than 25 percent m solution Dlallylamlne Hazard Class or Division (3) Forbidden m 1 o 2 PQ 3 (5) (6)' Special Provisions (7) 3 UN2359 II 3. T8 6.1. 8 - 2 Identification Numbers (8) Packaging (173.***) Ex cep tions (8A) Non bulk (8B) Bulk <8C) None 202 243 Dtallylether 4,4'-Dlamlnodlphenyl methane 3 UN2360 6.1 UN2651 II 3. 6.1 N12, T8 III 6.1 None 153 202 243 213 240 p-Diazidobenzene Forbidden 1,2-Diazidoethane 1,1 'Diazoaminonaphtbalene Forbidden Forbidden Diazoaminotetrazole (dry) Forbidden Diazodinitrophenol (dry) Dtazodinttrophenol, wetted with not less than 40 percent water or mixture ol alcohol and water, by mass Forbidden 1.1A UN0074 II 1 1A 111, 117 None 62 None Diazodiphenylmethane Forbidden Diazonium nitrates (dry) Forbidden Diazonium perchlorates (dry) Forbidden 1,3-Diazopropane Forbidden Dibenzyl peroxydicarbonate, with more than 87 percent with water Dibenzyldichlorosflane Dlborane, compressed Forbidden 8 UN2434 2.3 UN1911 II 8 2.3, 2.1 B2. T8, T26 1 154 None 202 242 302 None D Dlborane mixtures 2.1 NA1911 2.1 5 None 302 245 Dibromoacetylene 1,2-Dlbromobutan-3-one Dlbromochloropropane A Dlbromodlfluoromethene, R12B2 Forbidden 6.1 UN2648 6.1 UN2872 9 UN1941 II 6.1 III 6.1 T7 III None T22 None 153 155 202 243 203 241 203 241 1,2-Dibromoethane, see Ethylene dlbromlde Dibromomethane Dlbutyt ethers Dibutylemlnoethanol 6.1 UN2664 3 UN1149 6.1 UN2873 III 6.1 III 3 III 6.1 T7 B1, T1 T1 153 203 241 150 203 242 153 203 241 N, N'-Dichlorazodicarbonamidine (salts ot) (dry) Forbidden 1,1-Dlchloro-l -nltroethane 6.1 UN2650 D 3,5-Dlchloro-2l4,6-trtfluoropyrldlne 6.1 NA9264 II 6.1 1 6.1 T8 2, B9. B14, B32, B74, T38, T43, T45 None None 202 243 227 244 Dlchloroacetlc acid 1,3-Dichloroacetone Dlchloroacetyl chloride 8 UN 1764 6.1 UN2649 8 UN1765 11 8 II 6.1 II 8 A3, A6, A7. B2, N34. T9, T27 A3, A6, A7. 82, B6, N34, T8, T26 154 None 154 202 242 212 242 202 242 Dichloroacetylene Dlchloroanlllnes, liquid Dlchloroanlllnes, solid o-Olchlorobenzene D Dichlorobutene Forbidden 6.1 UN1590 6.1 UN1590 6 1 UN1591 8 NA2920 II 6.1 II 6.1 III 6.1 1 8. 3 T14 T14 T7 None None 153 None 202 243 212 242 203 241 201 243 2,2'-Dlchlorodlethyl ether Dlchlorodllluoromethane and dlfluoroethane azeotropic mixture or Refrigerant gas R 500 with approximately 74 percent dichloroditluoromethane Dlchlorodllluoromethane or Refrigerant gas R 12 Dichlorodlmethyl ether, symmetrical 1,1 Dichloroethane 1,2-Oichloroethane, see Ethylene dlchlorlde Dichloroethyl sulfide 1,2-Dlchloroethylene Dlchlorofluoromethane or Refrigerant gas R 21 6.1 UN1916 22 UN2602 22 UN 1028 6.1 UN2249 3 UN2362 Forbidden 3 UN1150 22 UN1029 II 6.1.3 N33, N34, T8 2.2 22 1 6.1 II 3 T25 B101. T7 13 2.2 T14 None 306 202 243 304 314, 315 306 None 150 304 314, 315 201 243 202 242 150 202 242 306 304 314, 315 (9) (10) Quantity Limitations Vessel Stowage Passen ger Aircraft/ Rail Cargo Arlcraft Only aeo 3 Other <9A) (90) (10A) (10B) 1L 1L 100 kg 5L 60 L 200 kg B E A 21, 40, 100 40 Forbidden Forbidden E 2E.6E 1L 30 L C Forbidden Forbidden D Forbidden Forbidden D 40 40, 57 40, 57 5L 60 L 100 L 60 L 220 L 220 L B 40 A A 25 60 L 60 L 60 L 220 L 220 L 220 L A A A 5L 60 L A Forbidden Forbidden A 1L 25 kg 1L 30 L 100 kg 30 L A B D 12, 40 40, 95 12, 40 40 5L 25 kg 60 L 0.5 L 5L 75 kg 60 L 100 kg 220 L 2.5 L 60 L 150 kg A A A C A A 40 40 12, 21. 25, 40, 48 75 kg 150 kg A Forbidden Forbidden D 5L 60 L B 40 40 5L 75 kg 60 L 150 kg B A 'Label Codes: 1.1, 1 2. 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, and 1.6--EXPLOSIVE; 2 1--FLAMMABLE GAS, 2 2--NON-FLAMMABLE GAS; 2.3--POISON GAS; 3--FLAMMABLE LIQUID; 4.1-- FLAMMABLE SOLID; 4.2--SPONTANEOUSLY COMBUSTIBLE: 4.3--DANGEROUS WHEN WET, 5.1--OXIDIZER; 5.2--ORGANIC PEROXIDE, 6.1 (PGI, ZONE A and B inhalation hazard)--POISON INHALATION HAZARD; 6 1 (PGI or PG1I. other than Zone A and B)--POISON; 6.1 PGIII--KEEP AWAY FROM FOOD; 6.2-- INFECTIOUS SUBSTANCE; 7--RADIOACTIVE; 8--CORROSIVE; 9--CLASS 9 112 Symbols |3 5 Identification Numbers Label Codes o Location PART 172 172.101--Dichloroisocyanurlc-DIfluoroethylene ABD00131880 July 1998 Hazardous Materials Descriptions and Proper Shipping Names (2) Oichloroisocyanurlc acid, dry or Dichlorolsocyanurlc acid salts Dichloroisopropyl ether Oichloromethane Olchloropentanes Dlchlorophenyl Isocyanates Dlchlorophenyttrlchlorosilane 1,2-Dichloropropane 1,3-Oichloropropanol-2 Dichloropropene and propylene dichloride mixture, see Propylene dlchlorlde Dichloropropenes Dichloropropenes Dlchlorosllane 1,2-Dlchloro-l ,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethane or Refrigerant gas R 114 Dichlorovinylchloroarsine Dlcycloheptadiene, see 2,5-Norbomadiene Dlcyclohexylamine Dicyclohexylammonlum nitrite Dicyclopentadlene Dldymlum nitrate D Dieldrin D Olesel fuel Diethanol nitrosamine dinitrate (dry) Dlethoxymethane 3,3-Diethoxypropene Diethyl carbonate Diethyl celtosolve, see Ethylene glycol diethyl ether Diethyl ether or Ethyl ether Diethyl ketone Diethyl peroxydicarbonate, with more than 27 percent in solution Diethyl sulfate Diethyl sulfide Dlethylamlne 2-Olethylamlnoethanol Diethylamlnopropylamlne N, N-Oiethylaniline Diethylbenzene Diethyldlchlorosilane Diethylene glycol dinitrate Diethyleneglycol dlnltrate, desensitized w(h not less than 25 percent non-volatile waterinsoluble phlepmatizer, by mass Dlethylenetrlamlne N, N-Diethylethylenediamlne Diethylpold bromide Diethylthlophosphoryl chloride Dlethylzlnc Dilluorochloroethanes. see l-Chloro-1,1dlfluoroethanes 1,1-Dtfluoroethane or Refrigerant gas R 152a 1,1-Dlfluoroethylene or Refrigerant gas R1132a 172.101 Hazardous Materials Table--Continued (8) Packaging (173."*) Hazard Class or Oivision PG (3) (5) 5.1 UN2465 II 5.1 Special Provisions (7) 28 Ex cep tions (8A) 152 Non bulk Bulk (80) <ec) 212 240 6.1 UN2490 6.1 UN1593 3 UN1152 6.1 UN2250 8 UN 1766 3 UN1279 6.1 UN2750 II 6.1 III 6.1 111 3 II 6.1 II 8 II 3 II 6.1 T8 N36, T13 B1, T1 A7. B2, B6, N34, T8, T26 N36. T1 T8 None 153 150 None None 150 None 202 243 203 241 203 242 212 242 202 242 202 242 202 243 3 UN2047 3 UN2047 2.3 UN2189 2.2 UN1958 II 3 T8 III 3 B1, T8 2.3. 2, B9. B14 2.1. 8 2.2 Forbidden 8 UN2565 4.1 UN2687 3 UN2048 5.1 UN1465 6.1 NA2761 3 NA1993 Forbidden 3 UN2373 3 UN2374 3 UN2366 III 8 T8 111 4.1 III 3 B1. T1 III 5.1 A1 II 6.1 111 None B1 II 3 T8 II 3 T1 III 3 B1.T1 150 150 None 306 202 242 203 242 304 314, 315 304 314. 315 154 151 150 152 None 150 203 241 213 240 203 242 213 240 212 242 203 242 150 202 242 150 202 242 150 203 242 3 UN1155 3 UN1156 Forbidden 13 II 3 T21 Tl 6.1 UN1594 3 UN2375 3 UN1154 8 UN2686 3 UN2684 6.1 UN2432 3 UN2049 8 UN1767 Forbidden 1.10 UN0075 II 6.1 II 3 II 3, 8 II 8. 3 III 3, 8 111 6.1 III 3 II 8, 3 B101.T14 B101.T14 B101. N34, T8 B2.T15.T26 Bl, T8 T2 Bl. Tl A7, B6, B100, N34, T8. T26 II 1.1D 150 150 None None None None 150 153 150 None None 201 243 202 242 202 243 202 243 202 243 202 243 203 242 203 241 203 242 202 243 62 None 8 UN2079 8 UN2685 Forbidden 8 UN2751 4.2 UN 1366 II 8 B2, T8 II 8, 3 T8 II 8 1 4.2 B2. T8 B11.T28. T40 154 None 202 242 202 243 None None 212 240 181 244 2.1 UN 1030 2.1 UN1959 2.1 2.1 306 304 314, 315 306 304 None (9) (10) Quantity Limitations Vessel Stowage Passen ger Aircraft/ Rail Cargo Aricraft Only Other (9A) (9B) (100) 5 kg 25 kg A 13 5L 60 L B 60 L 220 L A 60 L 220 L A 25 kg 100 kg A 25, 40, 48 Forbidden 30 L C 40 5L 60 L B 5L 60 L A 12, 40 5L 60 L B 60 L 220 L A Forbidden Forbidden D 75 kg 150 kg A 17, 40 5L 25 kg 60 L 25 kg 0.5 kg 60 L 60 L 100 kg 220 L 100 kg 5 kg 220 L A A A A A A 48 40 5L 5L 60 L 60 L 60 L 220 L E B A 1L 30 L E 40 5L 60 L B 5 L 60 L 1 L 60 L 1 L 5L 1 L 30 L 5 L 60 L 60 L 220 L 60 L 220 L Forbidden 30 L C E E 40 A A A A C 40 Forbidden Forbidden B 1E.4E.21E 1L 30 L A 40 1L 30 L A 15 kg 50 kg C Forbidden Forbidden D 40 18 Forbidden 150 kg Forbidden 150 kg B E 40 40 1 Label Codes- 1 i 12 13 14 1.5 and 1.6--EXPLOSIVE; 2.1--FLAMMABLE GAS; 2.2--NON-FLAMMABLE GAS; 2.3--POISON GAS; 3--FLAMMABLE LIQUID; 4.1--FLAMMABLE SOLID; 4.2-SPONTANEOUSLY COMBUSTIBLE; 4.3-OANGEROUS WHEN WET; 5.1--OXIDIZER; 5.2-ORGANIC PEROXIDE; 61 (PGI. ZONE A and B inhalation hazard)--POISON INHALATION HAZARD; 6.1 (PGl or PGII, other than Zone A and B)--POISON; 6.1 PGIII--KEEP AWAY FROM FOOO, 6.2--INFECTIOUS SUBSTANCE; 7--RAOIOACTIVE; 8--CORROSIVE; 9--CLASS 9 113 July 1998 ABD00131881 172.101--Difluoromethane-Dinltro-o-cresol 1 ^ Symbols 1 Identification -- Numbers Label Codes o Location Hazardous Materials Descriptions and Proper Shipping Names <2) Difluoromethane or Refrigerant gas R 32 Difluorophosphoric acid, anhydrous 2.3-Oihydropyran i.8-Dihydroxy-2.4.5.7-tetranitroanthraqumone (chrysammimc acid) Diiodoacetyiene Dlisobutyl ketone Dlisobutylamlne Diisobutylene, isomeric compounds Dlisooctyl acid phosphate Oiisopropyl ether Diisopropylamine Diisopropylbenzene hydroperoxide, with more than 72 percent in solution Diketene, inhibited 1,2-Dlmethoxyethane 1,1-Oimethoxyethane Dimethyl carbonate Dimethyl chlorothiophosphate. see Dimethyl thiophosphoryl chloride 2.5-Dimethyt-2.5-dihyOroperoxy hexane, with more than 82 percent with water Oimethyl disulfide Dimethyl ether DimethyPN-propylamlne Dimethyl sulfate Dimethyl sulfide Dimethyl thiophosphoryl chloride Dlmethylamlne, anhydrous Dlmethylamirte solution 2-Oimethytaminoacetonitrile 2-Dimethylaminoethanol 2-Dimethylamlnoethyl acrylate 2-Dimethylamlnoethyl methacrylate N,N-Dimethylanillne 2,3-Dlmethy(butane 1,3-Dlmethylbutylamine Dimethylcarbamoyl chloride Olmethylcyclohexanes Dlmethylcyclohexylamine Dlmethyldlchlorosilane Dlmethyldlethoxysllane Dlmethyldioxanes Dlmethyldloxanes N.N-DImethytformamide Dimethylhexane dihydroperoxide (dry) DimethylhydrazJne, symmetrical Dimethylhydrazine, unsymmetrical 2,2-Dimethy(propane Dlmethylzinc Dlnltro-o-cresol, solid 172.101 Hazardous Materials Table--Continued <8) () (10) Packaging (173.***) Quantity Limitations Vessel Stowage Hazard Class or Division PG Special Provisions Ex cep tions Non bulk Bulk Passen ger Aircraft/ Rail Cargo Aricraft Only Other (3) (5) 2 1 UN3252 21 (7) (8A) (8B) <8C) (9A) (9B) (10B) 306 302 314. Forbidden 150 kg D 40 315 8 UN 1768 3 UN2376 Forbidden II 8 II 3 A6. A7. B2. N5. N34. T9. T27 T7 None 150 202 242 202 242 1L 5L 30 L 60 L A 40 B Forbidden 3 UN1157 3 UN2361 3 UN2050 8 UN 1902 3 UN1159 3 UN1158 Forbidden III 3 III 3. 8 II 3 III 8 11 3 II 3. 6 B1. T1 B1. T1 T1 T7 B101. T8 B101. T8 150 150 150 154 150 None 203 242 203 242 202 242 203 241 202 242 202 243 60 L 5L 5L 5L 5L 1L 220 L 60 L 60 L 60 L 60 L 5L A A B A E 40 B 6 1 UN2521 3 UN2252 3 UN2377 3 UN1161 1 6 1 3 2. B9. B14 B32. B74 T38. T43. T45 II 3 Ti II 3 T13 II 3 T8 None 150 150 150 227 244 Forbidden Forbidden D 202 242 202 242 202 242 5L 5L 5L 60 L 60 L 60 L B B B 40. 49 Forbidden 3 UN2381 2 1 UN1033 II 3 21 T8 3 UN2266 6 1 UN 1595 3 UN1164 6 1 UN2267 2.1 UN1032 II 3. 8 T14, T26 1 6 1 8 2. B9. B14 B32. B74 B77. T38. T43 T45 II 3 B100 T14 II 6 1 8 T7 21 3 UN1160 3 UN2378 8 UN2051 6 1 UN3302 6 1 UN2522 6 1 UN2253 3 UN24S7 3 UN2379 8 UN2262 3 UN2263 8 UN2264 3 UN1162 3 UN2380 3 UN2707 3 UN2707 3 UN2265 Forbidden 6 1 UN2382 6 1 UN1163 2 1 UN2044 II 3. 8 T8. T34 II 3 6 1 T8 II 8. 3 82. T8 II 6 1 T8 II 6 1 T8 II 6 1 T8 II 3 T13 II 3. 8 T8 II 8 B2. T8 II 3 TI II 8. 3 B2. T8 II 3. 8 B77 T15. T26 II 3 T8 II 3 T8. T31 III 3 B1 T7. T30 III 3 Bl TI 1 6 1 3 2. A7 B9. B14. B32. B74. B77. T38 T43. T45 1 6 1 2. B9. B14 B32. B74 T38. 3. 8 T43. T4S 21 42 UN1370 6 1 UN1598 1 42 II 6 1 Bl 1. B16. T28. T29 T40 T14 150 306 None None 202 242 304 314. 315 202 243 227 244 5 L 60 L Forbidden 150 kg B B i L 5L B Forbidden Forbidden D None None None None None 154 None None None 150 None 154 150 154 None 150 150 150 ISO 202 242 202 243 304 314. 315 202 243 202 243 202 243 202 243 202 243 202 243 202 242 202 243 202 242 202 242 202 243 202 243 202 242 202 242 203 242 203 242 5 L 60 L 1 L 30 L Forbidden 150 kg E B D 1 L 5L B 1L 60 L A 1L 30 L A 5L 60 L D 5L 60 L B 5L 60 L A 5L 60 L E 1L 5L B 1L 30 L A 5L 60 L B 1L 30 L A Forbidden Forbidden B 5L 60 L B 5L 60 L B 60 L 220 L A 60 L 220 L A 40 40 40 40 40 25 40 26. 40 25 40 40 40 40 None None 306 None None 227 244 Forbidden Forbidden D 227 244 Forbidden Forbidden D 304 314. 315 181 244 212 242 Forbidden 150 kg E Forbidden Forbidden D 25 kg 100 kg A 40 21. 38, 40. 100 40 18 'Label Codes: 1 1 1 2. 1 3. 1 4. 1 5. and 1 6--EXPLOSIVE. 2 1 -FLAMMABLE GAS 22--NON-FLAMMABLE GAS. 23--POISON GAS. 3--FLAMMABLE LIQUID 4 1-FLAMMABLE SOLID. 4 2-SPONTANEOUSLY COMBUSTIBLE. 4 3-DANGEROUS WHEN WET 5 1--OXIDIZER. 5 2-ORGANlC PEROXIDE. 6 1 (PGI. ZONE A and B inhalation hazard)--POISON INHALATION HAZARD 6 1 (PGl or PGII. other than Zone A and B)--POISON 6 1 PGIII--KEEP AWAY FROM FOOD 6 2-INFECTIOUS SUBSTANCE. 7--RADIOACTIVE. 8--CORROSIVE. 9--CLASS 9 114 | 3 Symbols 1 - 2 Identification Numbers > Location PART 172 ABD00131882 172.101--Dinltro-o-cresol-Diproplonyl April 1998 172.101 Hazardous Materials Table Hazardous Materials Descriptions and Proper Shipping Names (2) Dlnltro-o-cresol, solution 1,3-Dinitro-5,5-dimethyl hydantoin Dinitro-7,8-dimethylglycoluril (dry) Hazard Class or Division & PG 3 Special Provisions (3) (5) (6)1 6.1 UN159B II 6.1 T14 (7) Forbidden Forbidden (8) Packaging (173.'") Ex cep tions <8A) None Non bulk Bulk (8B) (8C) 202 243 (9) (10) Quantity Limitations Vessel Stowage Passen ger Aircraft/ Rail Cargo Artcraft Only Other (9A) (9B) (108) 5L 60 L A 1,3-Dinitro-4,5-dinitrosobenzene Forbidden 1,4-Dinitro-l, 1.4,4tetramethytolbulanetetranitrate (dry) Forbidden 2.4-Dinitro- 1,3.5-trimethylbenzene Forbidden Dinltroanllines Dinltrobenzenes, liquid Dlnltrobenzenes, solid Dinitrochlorobenzene, see Chlorodlnltrobenzene 6.1 UN1596 6.1 UN1597 6.1 UN1597 II 6.1 II 6.1 II 6.1 T14 11, T14 11 None None None 212 242 202 243 212 242 25 kg 5L 25 kg 100 kg 60 L 100 kg A A A 91 91 91 1,2-Dinitroethane Forbidden 1,1-Dinitroethane (dry) Dlnltrogen tetroxlde Dtnltroglycolurll or Dingu Dinitromethane Forbidden 2.3 UN1067 1.1D UN04S9 Forbidden 2.3, 1, B7, B14, B45, B46, B61, 5.1, 8 B66, B67, B77 II 1.1D None None 336 314 Forbidden Forbidden D 62 None Forbidden Forbidden B 40. 89, 90 1E.5E Dlnitrophenol, dry or welled with less than IS percent water, by mass Dlnitrophenol solutions Dlnitrophenol solutions Dlnitrophenol, wetted with not less than 15 percent water, by mass Dinitrophenolates alkali metals, dry or wetted with less than 15 percent water, by mass Dinitrophenolates, wetted with not less than 15 percent water, by mass 1.1D UN0076 6.1 UN 1599 6.1 UN 1599 4.1 UN1320 1.X UN0077 4.1 UN1321 II 1.1D, 6.1 II 6.1 T8 III 6.1 T7 1 4.1, 23. A8, A19, A20, N41 6.1 II 1.3C. 6.1 1 4.1. 23, A8. A19, A20, N41 6.1 None None 153 None None None 62 None Forbidden Forbidden B 202 243 203 241 211 None 5L 60 L 1 kg 60 L 220 L 15 kg A A E 62 None Forbidden Forbidden B 211 None 1 kg 15 kg E 1E.5E 36 36 28. 36 1E.5E 28. 36 Dinitropropylene glycol Dinitroresorcinol, dry or wetted with less than 15 percent water, by mass Forbidden 1.1D UN0078 II 1 .ID None 62 None Forbidden Forbidden 8 1E.5E 2,4-Dinitroresorcinol (heavy metal salts of) (dry) Forbidden 4,6-Dinitroresorcinol (heavy metal salts of) (dry) Dinitroresorcinol, wetted with not less than 15 percent water, by mass Forbidden 4.1 UN1322 1 4.1 23, A8, A19, A20, N41 None 211 None 1 kg 15 kg E 28, 36 3,5-Dinitrosalicylic acid (lead salt) (dry) Forbidden Dinttrosobenzene Dinitrosobenzylamidine and salts of (dry) 1.3C UN0406 Forbidden II 1.X None 62 None Forbidden Forbidden B 1E.5E 2,2-Dinitrostilbene Dlnltrotoluenes, liquid Dlnltrotoluenes, molten Dlnltrotoluenes, solid Forbidden 6.1 UN2038 6.1 UN1600 6.1 UN2038 II 6.1 II 6.1 II 6.1 T8 B100, T14 T8 None None None 202 243 202 243 212 242 5L 60 L A Forbidden Forbidden C 25 kg 100 kg A 1,9-Dinitroxy pentamethylene-2.4, 6,8-tetramine Forbidden (dry) Dloxane 3 UN1165 Dloxotane 3 UN1166 Dlpentene 3 UN2052 Dlphenylamlne chloroarsine 6.1 UN1698 Dlphenylchloroarslne, liquid 6.1 UN1699 Dlphenylchloroarsine, solid 6.1 UN 1699 Dlphenyldlchlorosilane 8 UN1769 Dlphenylmethyl bromide 8 UN1770 Dlpicryl sulfide, dry or wetted with less than 10 percent water, by mass 1.1D UN0401 II 3 T8 II 3 T8 III 3 B1.T1 1 6.1 1 6.1 A8, B14, B32, N33, N34 1 6.1 A8, B14, B32, N33, N34 II 6 A7, B2, N34, T8, T26 II 8 II 1.1D 150 150 150 None None None None 154 None 202 242 202 242 203 242 201 None 201 243 211 242 202 242 212 240 62 None 5L 60 L B 5L 60 L B 60 L 220 L A Forbidden Forbidden D Forbidden 30 L D Forbidden 15 kg D Forbidden 30 L C 15 kg 50 kg D Forbidden Forbidden B 40 40 40 40 40 40 1E.5E Dlpicryl sulfide, wetted with not less than 10 percent water, by mass 4.1 UN2852 1 4.1 A2. N41 None 211 None Forbidden 0.5 kg D 28 Dipicryl8mine, see Hexanltrodiphenytamine Dipropionyl peroxide, with more than 28 percent Forbidden in solution 1 Label Codes: 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, and 1.6--EXPLOSIVE; 2.1--FLAMMABLE GAS; 2.2--NON-FLAMMABLE GAS; 2.3--POISON GAS; 3--FLAMMABLE LIQUID; 4.1--FLAMMABLE SOLID; 4.2--SPONTANEOUSLY COMBUSTIBLE; 4.3--DANGEROUS WHEN WET; 5.1--OXIDIZER; 5.2--ORGANIC PEROXIDE; 6.1 (PGI, ZONE A and B inhalation hazard)--POISON INHALATION HAZARD; 6.1 (PGI or PGII, other than Zone A and B)--POISON; 6.1 PGIII--KEEP AWAY FROM FOOD; 6.2--INFECTIOUS SUBSTANCE; 7--RADIOACTIVE; 8--CORROSIVE; 9--CLASS 9 115 Symbols |3 Identification~ Numbers I Label Codes o Location ABD001318831 April 1998 172.101--DI-n-propyl-Electrolyte Hazardous Materials Descriptions and Proper Shipping Names Di-n-propyl ether (2) Dipropyt ketone Dipropytamlne Disinfectant, liquid, corrosive, n.o.s. Disinfectants, liquid, corrosive n.o.s. Disinfectants, liquid, corrosive n.o.s. Disinfectants, liquid, toxic, n.o.s Disinfectants, liquid, toxic, n.o.e Disinfectants, liquid, toxic, n.o.s Disinfectants, solid, toxic, n.o.s. Disinfectants, solid, toxic, n.o.s. Dlsodlum trloxosllicate Dispersant gases, n.o.s. see Refrigerant gases, n.o.s. Dlthlocarbamate pesticides, liquid, flammable, toxic, flash point less then 23 degrees C Dlthlocarbamate pesticides, liquid, flammable, toxic, flash point less then 23 degrees C Dlthlocarbamate pesticides, liquid, toxic Dlthlocarbamate pesticides, liquid, toxic Dlthlocarbamate pesticides, liquid, toxic Dlthlocarbamate pesticides, liquid, toxic, flammable, flashpoint not less than 23 degrees C Dlthlocarbamate pesticides, liquid, toxic, flammable, flashpoint not less than 23 degrees C Dlthlocarbamate pesticides, liquid, toxic, flammable, flashpoint not less then 23 degrees C Dlthlocarbamate pesticides, solid, toxic Dlthlocarbamate pesticides, solid, toxic Dlthlocarbamate pesticides, solid, toxic Divlnyl ether, Inhibited D Dodecyibenzenesulfonic acid Dodecyltrichlorosllane Dry ice, see Carbon dioxide, solid Dyes, liquid, corrosive, n.o.s. or Dye intermediates, liquid, corrosive, n.o.s. Dyes, liquid, corrosive n.o.s. or Dye intermediates, liquid, corrosive, n.o.s. Dyes, liquid, corrosive n.o.s. or Dye intermediates, liquid, corrosive, n.o.s. Dyes, liquid, toxic, n.o.s or Dye intermediates, liquid, toxic, n.o.s. Dyes, liquid, toxic, n.o.s or Dye intermediates, liquid, toxic, n.o.s. Dyes, solid, corrosive, n.o.s. or Dye Intermediates, solid, corrosive, n.o.a. Dyes, solid, corrosive, n.o.s. or Dye Intermediates, solid, corrosive, n.o.s. Dyes, solid, toxic, n.o.s. or Dye intermediates, solid, toxic, n.o.s. Dyes, solid, toxic, n.o.s. or Dye Intermediates, solid, toxic, n.o.s. Dyes, solid, toxic, n.o.s. or Dye Intermediates, solid, toxic, n.o.s. Dynamite, see Explosive, blasting, type A Electrolyte (acid or alkali) for batteries, see Battery fluid, acid or Battery fluid, alkali 172.101 Hazardous Materials Table (8) Packaging (173.***) Hazard Class or Division PG (3) (5) 3 UN2384 II 3 3 UN2710 III 3 3 UN2383 II 3. 8 8 UN1903 18 8 UN1903 II 8 8 UN1903 III 8 6.1 UN3142 1 6.1 6.1 UN3142 II 6.1 6.1 UN3142 III 6.1 6.1 UN1601 II 6.1 6.1 UN1601 III 6.1 8 UN3253 III 8 Special Provisions (7) T1 Bl. T1 T8 A7, BIO. T42 82 A4, T42 T14 T7 Ex cep tions Non bulk Bulk (8A) (8B) <8C) 150 202 242 150 203 242 None 202 243 None 201 243 154 202 242 154 203 241 None 201 243 None 202 243 153 203 241 None 212 242 153 213 240 154 213 240 3 UN2772 1 3, 6.1 3 UN2772 II 3, 6.1 6.1 UN3006 6.1 UN3006 6.1 UN3006 6.1 UN3005 1 6.1 T42 II 6.1 T14 III 6.1 T14 1 6.1. 3 T42 6.1 UN3005 II 6.1. 3 T14 6.1 UN3005 III 6.1, 3 T14 6.1 UN2771 6.1 UN2771 6.1 UN2771 3 UN1167 8 NA2584 8 UN1771 1 6.1 II 6.1 III 6.1 13 II 8 II 8 T14 B2 A7. B2, B6. N34, T8, T26 8 UN2801 1 8 11, BIO 8 UN2801 11 8 11, B2, T14 8 UN2801 III 8 11, T7 6.1 UN1602 11 6.1 6.1 UN1602 III 6.1 8 UN3147 II 8 8 UN3147 III 8 6.1 UN3143 1 6.1 A5 6.1 UN3143 II 6.1 6.1 UN3143 ill 6.1 None 201 243 None 202 243 None None 153 None 201 243 202 243 203 241 201 243 None 202 243 153 203 242 None None 153 None 154 None 211 242 212 242 213 240 201 243 202 242 202 242 None 201 243 154 202 242 154 203 241 None 202 243 153 203 241 154 212 240 154 213 240 None 211 242 None 212 242 153 213 240 (9) (10) Quantity Limitations Vessel Stowage Passen ger Aircraft/ Rail Cargo Arlcraft Only Other (9A) (9B) (10B) 5L 60 L B 60 L 220 L A 1 L 5L B 0.5 L 25 L B 1L 30 L B 5L 60 L A 1L 30 L A 40 5L 60 L A 40 60 L 220 L A 40 25 kg 100 kg A 40 100 kg 200 kg A 40 25 kg 100 kg A Forbidden 30 L B 40 1L 60 L B 40 1L 5L 60 L 1L 30 L 60 L 220 L 30 L 8 40 B 40 A 40 B 40 5L 60 L B 40 60 L 220 L A 40 5 kg 50 kg 25 kg 100 kg 100 kg 200 kg 1 L 60 L 1 L 30 L Forbidden 30 L A A A E B C 40 40 40 40 9 40 0.5 L 2.5 L A 1L SOL A 5L 60 L A 5L 60 L A 60 L 220 L A 15 kg 50 kg A 25 kg 100 kg A 5 kg 50 kg A 25 kg 100 kg A 100 kg 200 kg A 1 Label Codes: 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, and 1.6-- EXPLOSIVE; 2.1--FLAMMABLE GAS; 2.2--NON-FLAMMABLE GAS; 2.3--POISON GAS; 3--FLAMMABLE LIQUID; 4.1--FLAMMABLE SOLID; 4.2--SPONTANEOUSLY COMBUSTIBLE, 4.3--DANGEROUS WHEN WET; 5.1--OXIDIZER; 5 2--ORGANIC PEROXIDE; 6.1 (PGI, ZONE A and B inhalation hazard)--POISON INHALATION HAZARD; 6.1 (PGI or PGM, other than Zone A and B)--POISON: 61 PGIII--KEEP AWAY FROM FOOD, 6.2--INFECTIOUS SUBSTANCE; 7--RADIOACTIVE; 8--CORROSIVE; 9--CLASS 9 116 PART 172 ABD00131884 172.101--Elevated-Ethyl April 1998 172.101 Hazardous Materials Table Hazard E Hazardous Materials Descriptions and Class or Proper Shipping Names Division PG (1) (2) Elevated temperature liquid, flammable, n.o.s., with flash point above 37.8 C, at or above its flash point (3) (5) 3 UN3256 III 3 Elevated temperature liquid, n.o.s.. at or above 100 C and below its flash point 9 UN3257 III 9 Elevated temperature solid, n.o.s., at or above 240 C, see section t73.247(hX4) 9 UN3258 III 9 Engines, Internal combustion, including when fitted in machinery or vehicles 9 UN3166 9 Environmentally hazardous substances, liquid, n.o.s. 9 UN3082 III 9 Special Provisions (7) T1 T1 8, T1 - 2 Identification -- Numbers Label Codes2 p> Location (8) Packaging (173.***) Ex cep tions (6A) None Non bulk Bulk (8B) <8C) None 247 0) (10) Quantity Limitations Vessel Stowage Passenger Aircraft/ Rail Cargo Arlcraft Only Other <9A) (98) (10B) Forbidden Forbidden A None None 247 Forbidden Forbidden A 247(h) (4) 220 None 247 220 None Forbidden Forbidden A Forbidden No limit A 155 203 241 None None A 85 85 Environmentally hazardous substances, solid, n.o.s. Eplbromohydrln Epichlorohydrtn 1,2-Epoxy-3-ethoxypropane Esters, n.o.s. Esters, n.o.s. Etching acid, liquid, n.o.s., see Hydrofluoric acid, solution ere. Ethane D Ethane-Propane mixture, refrigerated liquid 9 UN3077 III 9 8. B54 6.1 UN2558 6.1 UN2023 3 UN2752 3 UN3272 3 UN3272 1 6.1, 3 T18, T26 II 6.1, 3 T14 III 3 Bl, T1 II 3 T8 III 3 Bl. 77 2.1 UN1035 2.1 NA1961 2.1 2.1 Ethane, refrigerated liquid Ethanol amine dinitrale Ethanol or Ethyl alcohol or Ethanol solutions or Ethyl alcohol solutions Ethanol or Ethyl alcohol or Ethanol solutions or Ethyl alcohol solutions Ethanolamlne or Ethanolamlne solutions Ether, see Diethyl ether Ethers, n.o.s. Ethers, n.o.s. Ethyl acetate Ethyl acrylate, inhibited Ethyl alcohol, see Ethanol Ethyl aldehyde, see Acetaldehyde Ethyl amyl ketone N-Ethyl-N-benzylanillne Ethyl borate Ethyl bromide Ethyl bromoacetate Ethyl butyl ether Ethyl butyrate Ethyl chloride 2.1 UN1961 Forbidden 3 UN1170 3 UN1170 8 UN2491 3 UN3271 3 UN3271 3 UN1173 3 UN1917 3 UN2271 6.1 UN2274 3 UN1176 6.1 UN1891 6.1 UN 1603 3 UN 1179 3 UN1180 2.1 UN1037 2.1 II 3 24, T1 III 3 24, Bl, T1 III 8 T7 II 3 T8 III 3 Bl. T7 II 3 T2 II 3 T8 111 3 81, T1 III 6.1 T2 II 3 T8 II 6.1 B100, T17 II 6.1, 3 T14 II 3 Bl. B101, T1 III 3 B1.T1 2.1 B77 Ethyl chloroacetate Ethyl chloroformate Ethyl 2-chloroproplonate + Ethyl chlorothioformste Ethyl crotonate Ethyl cyanoacetate Ethyl ether, see Diethyl ether Ethyl fluoride or Refrigerant gas R 161 6.1 UN1181 6.1 UN1182 3 UN2935 8 UN2626 3 UN 1862 6.1 UN2666 II 6.1, 3 T14 1 6.1, 3, 8 III 3 2, A3, A6, A7, B9, B14, B32, B74, N34, T38, T43, T45 Bl, T1 II 8, 2, B9, B14, B32, B74, T38, 6.1, 3 T43, T45 II 3 T1 III 6.1 T8 2.1 UN2453 2.1 Ethyl formate Ethyl hydroperoxide Ethyl isobutyrate 3 UN1190 Forbidden 3 UN2385 II 3 (1 3 T8 T1 155 None None 150 150 150 213 240 201 243 202 243 203 242 202 242 203 242 306 None None 304 302 316 314, 315 None 315 150 202 242 150 203 242 154 203 241 150 202 242 150 203 242 150 202 242 150 202 242 150 153 150 None None 150 150 None None None 203 242 203 241 202 242 202 243 202 243 202 242 203 242 322 314, 315 202 243 227 244 150 None 203 242 227 244 150 202 242 153 203 241 306 304 314, 315 150 202 242 150 202 242 None None A Forbidden Forbidden D 5L 60 L A 60 L 220 L A 5L 60 L B 60 L 220 L A Forbidden 150 kg E Forbidden Forbidden D Forbidden Forbidden D 5L 60 L 5L 60 L 220 L 60 L A A A 5L 60 L 5L 5L 60 L 220 L 60 L 60 L B A B B 60 L 220 L A 60 L 220 L A 5L 60 L B 5L 60 L B Forbidden Forbidden D 5L 60 L B 60 L 220 L A Forbidden 150 kg B 5L 60 L A Forbidden Forbidden D 60 L 220 L A Forbidden Forbidden A 5L 60 L 60 L 220 L B A Forbidden 150 kg 5 L 60 L E E 5L 60 L B 40 40 40 40 40 40 40, 85 40 40 21, 40, 100 40 26 40 'Label Codes: 1.1. 1.2, 1.3. 1.4. 1.5, and 1.6--EXPLOSIVE: 2.1--FLAMMABLE GAS; 2.2--NON-FLAMMABLE GAS; 2.3--POISON GAS; 3--FLAMMABLE LIQUID; 4.1-- FLAMMABLE SOLID; 4.2--SPONTANEOUSLY COMBUSTIBLE; 4.3--DANGEROUS WHEN WET; 5.1--OXIDIZER; 5.2--ORGANIC PEROXIDE; 6.1 (PGl, ZONE A and B inhalation hazard)--POISON INHALATION HAZARD; 6.1 (PGI or PGII, other than Zone A and B)--POISON; 6.1 PGIII--KEEP AWAY FROM FOOD; 6.2-- INFECTIOUS SUBSTANCE; 7--RADIOACTIVE; 8--CORROSIVE; 9--CLASS 9 117 Symbols |3 - 2 Identification Numbers ABD00131885 April 1998 172.101 --Ethyl-Ethylene 172.101 Hazardous Materials Table Hazardous Materials Descriptions and Proper Shipping Names f Ethyl Isocyanate (2) Ethyl lactate Ethyl mercaptan Ethyl methacrylate Ethyl methyl ether Hazard Class or Division 1 PG 3 Special Provisions (3) (5) (6)' (7) 3 UN2481 1 3. 6 1 1. A7, B9. B14, B30, B72, T38, T43. T44 3 UN1192 III 3 B1, T1 3 UN2363 13 T21 3 UN2277 II 3 T1 2.1 UN1039 2.1 (8) Packaging (173.***) Ex cep tions (8A) None Non bulk Bulk (8B) (8C) 226 244 (9) (10) Quantity Limitations Vessel Stowage Passen ger Aircraft/ Rail Cargo Aricraft Only eo 8 O Other (9A) (9B) (10A) (10B) Forbidden Forbidden D 40 150 None 150 None 203 242 201 243 202 242 201 314, 315 60 L 220 L Forbidden 30 L 5 L 60 L Forbidden 150 kg A E B B 95. 102 40 Ethyl methyl ketone or Methyl ethyl ketone Ethyl nitrite solutions Ethyl orthoformate Ethyl oxalate 3 UN1193 3 UN1194 3 UN2524 6 1 UN2525 II 3 T8 1 3, 6.1 III 3 B1, T7 Ml 6.1 T1 ISO None 150 153 202 242 201 None 203 242 203 241 5L 60 L B Forbidden Forbidden E 60 L 220 L A 60 L 220 L A 40, 105 Ethyl perchlorate Forbidden D Ethyl phoephonothlolc dlchlorlde, anhydrous 6.1 NA2927 D Ethyl phosphonous dlchlorlde, anhydrous pyrophoric liQuid 0 Ethyl phosphorodlchlorldate 6.1 NA2845 6.1 NA2927 Ethyl propionate Ethyl propyl ether 3 UN1195 3 UN2615 1 6.1, 8 2, B9, 814, B32, B74, T38, T43, T45 1 6.1. 2, B9. B14, B32, B74, T38, 4.2 T43, T45 1 6.1. 8 2. B9, B14. B32, B74, T38, T43, T45 II 3 T1 II 3 B101, T6 None None None 150 150 227 244 Forbidden Forbidden D 227 244 Forbidden Forbidden D 227 244 Forbidden Forbidden D 202 242 202 242 5L 5L 60 L 60 L B E 20, 40, 95 18 20. 40, 95 Ethyl silicate, see Tetraethyl silicate Ethylacetylene, Inhibited 2.1 UN2452 2.1 None 304 314, 315 Forbidden 150 kg B 40 Ethylamlne 2.1 UN 1036 2 1 B77 None 321 314, Forbidden 150 kg 0 40 315 Ethylamlne, aqueous solution with not less than 50 percent but not more than 70 percent ethylamine N-Ethylanlllne 2-Ethylanlllne Ethylbenzene N-Ethylbenzyltoluldlnes liquid N-Ethylbenzyltoluldlnes solid 2-Ethytbutanol 2-Ethylbutyl acetate 2-Ethylbutyraldehyde Ethyldlchloroarslne Ethyldlchlorosllane Ethylene, acetylene and propylene mixture, refrigerated liquid with at least 71.5 percent ethylene with not more than 22.5 percent acetylene and not more than 6 percent propylene Ethytene chlorohydrln Ethylene, compressed 3 UN2270 II 3. 8 T14 None 202 243 1L 5L B 40 6.1 UN2272 6.1 UN2273 3 UN1175 6.1 UN2753 6.1 UN2753 3 UN2275 3 UN1177 3 UN117B 6 1 UN 1892 4.3 UN1183 2.1 UN3138 III 6.1 III 6.1 II 3 III 6.1 III 6.1 III 3 III 3 II 3 1 61 1 4.3, 8, 3 2.1 T2 T2 T1 T14 B1.T1 B1, T1 B1, T1 2, B9, B14. 832, B74, T38. T43, T45 A2, A3, A7, N34, T18, T26 153 153 150 153 153 150 150 150 None None None 203 241 203 241 202 242 203 241 213 240 203 242 203 242 202 242 227 244 60 L 220 L A 60 L 220 L A 5L 60 L B 60 L 220 L A 100 kg 200 kg A 60 L 220 L A 60 L 220 L A 5L 60 L B Forbidden Forbidden D 201 244 Forbidden 1 L D 304 314, 315 Forbidden Forbidden D 40 21, 28, 40. 49, 100 40 6.1 UN1135 2.1 UN1962 1 6 1. 3 2, B9. B14, B32, B74, T38, T43, T45 2.1 None 306 227 244 Forbidden Forbidden D 304 302 Forbidden 150 kg E 40 40 Ethylene diamine diperchlorate Ethylene dibromide Forbidden 6.1 UN1605 1 6.1 2, B9, B14, B32, B74, B77, T38, T43, T45 None 227 244 Forbidden Forbidden D 40 Ethylene dibromide end methyl bromide liquid mixtures, see Methyl bromide and ethylene dibromlde, liquid mixtures Ethylene dlchlorlde Ethylene glycol diethyl ether Ethylene glycol dinitrate Ethylene glycol monoethyl ether Ethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate Ethylene glycol monomethyl ether Ethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate 3 UN1184 3 UN1153 Forbidden 3 UN1171 3 UN1172 3 UN1188 3 UN1189 II 3. 6.1 T14 III 3 B1.T1 III 3 B1, T1 III 3 Bl, T1 III 3 B1.T1 III 3 Bl, T1 None 150 202 243 203 242 1L 60 L 150 203 242 60 L 150 203 242 60 L 150 203 242 60 L 150 203 242 60 L 60 L 220 L 220 L 220 L 220 L 220 L B 40 A A A A A 'Label Codes: 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5. and 1.6--EXPLOSIVE; 2.1--FLAMMABLE GAS; 2.2--NON-FLAMMABLE GAS; 23--POISON GAS. 3--FLAMMABLE LIOUIO, 4.1-- FLAMMABLE SOLID; 4,2--SPONTANEOUSLY COMBUSTIBLE; 4.3--DANGEROUS WHEN WET; 51--OXIDIZER; 5.2--ORGANIC PEROXIDE; 6.1 {PGI, ZONE A and B inhalation hazard)--POISON INHALATION HAZARD; 6 1 (PGI or PGM, Other than Zone A and B)--POISON; 6.1 PGIII--KEEP AWAY FROM FOOD; 6.2-- INFECTIOUS SUBSTANCE. 7--RADIOACTIVE; 8--CORROSIVE; 9--CLASS 9 118 PART 172 ABD00131886 172.101--Ethylene-Extracts April 1998 -- Symbols | j-g Identification 1"' Numbers Label Codes3 172.101 Hazardous Materials Table Hazardous Materials Descriptions and Proper Shipping Names Hazard Class or Division PG Special Provisions (8) Packaging (173.***) Ex cep tions Non bulk Bulk (9) Quantity Limitations Passen ger Aircraft/ Rail Cargo Aricraft Only (10) Vessel Stowage cO Other (2) Ethylene oxide and carbon dioxide mixture with more than 87 percent ethylene oxide (3) (5) 2,3 UN3300 2.3, 2.1 4 (7) (8A) None (8B) (8C) 304 314, 315 (9A) (9B) Forbidden 25 kg (10A) (10B) D 40 Ethylene oxide and carbon dioxide mixtures with more than 9 percent but not more than 87 percent ethylene oxide 2.1 UN1041 2.1 306 304 314, Forbidden 25 kg 315 B 40 Ethylene oxide and carbon dioxide mixtures with not more than 9 percent ethylene oxide 2.2 UN1952 2.2 306 304 314, 75 kg 315 150 kg A Ethylene oxide and chlorotetrafluoroethane mixture with not more than 8.8 percent ethylene oxide 2.2 UN3297 2.2 306 304 314, 75 kg 315 150 kg A Ethylene oxide and dichlorodlfluoromethane mixture, with not more than 12.5 percent ethylene oxide 2.2 UN3070 2.2 306 304 314, 75 kg 315 150 kg A Ethylene oxide and pentafluoroethane mixture with not more than 7.9 percent ethylene oxide 2.2 UN3298 2.2 306 304 314, 75 kg 315 150 kg A Ethylene oxide and propylene oxide mixtures, with not more than 30 percent ethylene oxide 3 UN2983 1 3. 6.1 5, All, N4, N34, T24, T29 None 201 243 Forbidden 30 L E 40 Ethylene oxide and tetrafluoroethane mixture with not more than 5.6 percent ethylene oxide 2.2 UN3299 2.2 306 304 314, 75 kg 315 150 kg A Ethylene oxide or Ethylene oxide with nitrogen up to a total pressure ol IMPa (10 bar) at 50 degrees C 2.3 UN1040 2.3. 4 2.1 None 323 323 Forbidden 25 kg D 40 Ethylene, refrigerated liquid (cryogenic liquid) 2.1 UN1038 2.1 None 316 318, 319 Forbidden Forbidden D 40 Ethylenediamine 8 UN1604 II 8. 3 T14 154 202 243 1 L 30 L A 40 Ethyleneimlne, Inhibited 6.1 UN1185 1 6.1, 3 1, B9, B14, B30, B72, B77, N25, N32, T38, T43, T44 None 226 244 Forbidden Forbidden D 40 Ethylhexaldehyde. see Octyl aldehydes etc. 2-Ethylhexyl chloroformate 6.1 UN2748 II 6.1, 8 T12 None 202 243 1 L 30 L A 12, 13, 21. 25, 40, 100 2-Ethylhexylamine Ethylphenyldlchlorosilane 3 UN2276 8 UN2435 III 3, 8 B1, T2 II 8 A7, 82, N34.T8, T26 150 None 203 242 202 242 5 L 60 L Forbidden 30 L A 40 C 1-Ethylpipertdlne 3 UN2386 II 3. 8 T8 None 202 243 1L 5L B N-Ethyltoluidlnes 6.1 UN2754 II 6.1 T14 None 202 243 5 L 60 L A Ethyltrlchlorosllane Etiologic agent, see Infectious substances, etc.) Explosive articles, see Articles, explosive, n.o.s. etc. 3 UN1196 II 3, 8 A7, B100, N34, T1S, T26 None 202 243 1 L 5L B 40 Explosive, blasting, type A Explosive, blasting, type B Explosive, blasting, type B or Agent blasting, Type B 1.1D UN0081 1.1D UN0082 1.5D UN0331 II 1.1 D II 1.1 D " 1.5D 105, 106 None None None 62 None 62 None 62 None Forbidden Forbidden B Forbidden Forbidden B Forbidden Forbidden B 1E.5E.21E 1E.5E 1E.5E Explosive, blasting, type C 1.1D UN0083 II 1.1D 123 None 62 None Forbidden Forbidden B 1E.5E Explosive, blasting, type D 1.1D UN0084 II 1.1 D None 62 None Forbidden Forbidden B 1E.5E Explosive, blasting, type E Explosive, blasting, type E or Agent blasting, Type E 1.1D UN0241 1.5D UN0332 II 1 ID " 1.5D 105, 106 None None 62 None Forbidden Forbidden B 62 None Forbidden Forbidden B 1E,5E,19E 1E.5E Explosive, forbidden. See Sec. 173.54 Forbidden Explosive substances, see Substances, explosive, n.o.s. etc. Explosives, slurry, see Explosive, blasting, type E Explosives, water gels, see Explosive, blasting, type E Extracts, aromatic, liquid 3 UN1169 II 3 T7, T30 150 202 242 5 L 60 L B Extracts, aromatic, liquid 3 UN1169 III 3 B1.T7.T30 150 203 242 60 L 220 L A Extracts, flavoring, liquid 3 UN1197 11 3 T7, T30 150 202 242 5 L 60 L B Extracts, flavoring, liquid 3 UN1197 III 3 Bl, T7, T30 150 203 242 60 L 220 L A 'Label Codes: 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5. and 1.6--EXPLOSIVE; 2.1--FLAMMABLE GAS; 2.2--NON-FLAMMABLE GAS; 2.3--POISON GAS; 3--FLAMMABLE LIQUID, 4.1-- FLAMMABLE SOLID; 4,2--SPONTANEOUSLY COMBUSTIBLE: 4.3--DANGEROUS WHEN WET; 5.1--OXIDIZER; 5 2--ORGANIC PEROXIDE: 6.1 (PGI, ZONE A and B inhalation hazard}--POISON INHALATION HAZARD; 6.1 (PGI or PGM. other than Zone A and B)--POISON; 6.1 PGIII--KEEP AWAY FROM FOOO; 6.2-- INFECTIOUS SUBSTANCE; 7--RADIOACTIVE; 8--CORROSIVE; 9--CLASS 9 119 | 3 Symbols j - 2 Identification Numbers ABD00131887 April 1998 172.101--Fabric-Flammable 172.101 Hazardous Materials Table (8) (9) (10) Packaging <t73.***) Quantity Limitations Vessel Stowage Hazardous Materials Descriptions and Proper Shipping Names Hazard Class or Division 1 PG 3 Special Provisions Ex* cap tions Non bulk Bulk Passonger Aircraft/ Rail Cargo Aricraft Only | J Other (2) (3) (5) <>' (7) (BA) (SB) (8C) (9A) (9B) (10A) (10B) Fabric with animal or vegetable oil, see Fibers or fabrics, etc. Ferric arsenate 6.1 UN1606 11 6 1 None 212 242 25 kg 100 kg A Ferric arsenite 6.1 UN1607 11 6.1 None 212 242 25 kg 100 kg A Ferric chloride, anhydrous 8 UN1773 III 8 154 213 240 25 kg 100 kg A Ferric chloride, solution 8 UN2582 III 8 B15, T8 154 203 241 5 L 60 L A Ferric nitrate 5.1 UN1466 III 5 1 A1, A29 152 213 240 25 kg 100 kg A Ferrocerium 4.1 UN1323 II 4.1 59, A19 151 212 240 15 kg 50 kg A Ferroslllcon, with 30 percent or more but less than 90 percent silicon 4,3 UN1408 III 4.3, A1, A19 6.1 151 213 240 25 kg 100 kg A 13, 40, 85, 103 Ferrous arsenate 6.1 UN1608 II 6.1 None 212 242 25 kg 100 kg A D Ferrous chloride, solid 8 NA1759 II 8 154 212 240 15 kg 50 kg A D Ferrous chloride, solution 8 NA176Q II 8 B3 154 202 242 1 L 30 L B 40 Ferrous metal borings or Ferrous metal shavings or Ferrous metal turnings or Ferrous metal cuttings in a form liable to self heating 4.2 UN2793 III 4.2 A1, A19, B101 None 213 241 25 kg 100 kg A Fertilizer ammonlatlng solution with free ammonia 2.2 UN1043 2.2 306 304 314, Forbidden 150 kg E 315 40 AIW Fibers or Fabrics, animal or vegetable or Synthentlc, n.o.8. with animal or vegetable oil 4.2 UN1373 III 4.2 None 213 241 Forbidden Forbidden A Fibers or Fabrics Impregnated with weakly nitrated nitrocellulose, n.o.a. 4.1 UN1353 III 4.1 A1 None 213 240 25 kg 100 kg D Films, nitrocellulose base, from which gelatine has been removed; film scrap, see Celluloid scrap Films, nitrocellulose base, gelatine coated (except scrap) 4.1 UN1324 III 4.1 None 183 None 25 kg 100 kg D 91 Fire extinguisher charges, corrosive liquid 8 UN1774 II 8 N41 154 202 None 1 L 30 L A Fire extinguisher charges, expelling, explosive, see Cartridges, power device Fire extinguishers containing compressed or liquefied gas 2.2 UN1044 2.2 18 309 309 None 75 kg 150 kg A Firelighters, solid with flammable liquid Fireworks 4.1 UN2623 1.1G UN0333 III 4.1 A1, A19 II 1.1G 108 None None 213 None 25 kg 100 kg A 62 None Forbidden Forbidden B Fireworks Fireworks 1.2G UN0334 1.3G UN0335 II 1.2G 108 II 1.3G 108 None None 62 None 62 None Forbidden Forbidden B Forbidden Forbidden B Fireworks 1.4G UN0336 II 1 4G 108 None 62 None Forbidden 75 kg A 24E Fireworks 1.4S UN0337 II 1.4S 108 None 62 None 25 kg 100 kg A W Fish meal, stabilized or Fish scrap, stabilized 9 UN2216 III None 155 218 218 No limit No limit A 88 Fish meal, unstablized or Fish scrap, unstabilized 4.2 UN 1374 II 4.2 A1.A19 None 212 241 15 kg 50 kg A 119, 120 Fissile radioactive materials, see Radioactive material, fissile, n.o.s. Flammable compressed gas, see Compressed or Liquefied gas, flammable, etc. Flammable compressed gas (small receptacles not fitted with a dispersion device, not refutable), see Receptacles, etc. Flammable gas m lighters, see Lighters or Lighter refills, cigarettes, containing flammable gas Flammable liquid, toxic, corrosive, n.o.s. 3 UN3286 1 3, 6.1. 8 None 201 243 Forbidden 2.5 L E 21,40, 100 Flammable liquid, toxic, corrosive, n.o.s. 3 UN3286 II 3, T14 6.1. 8 None 202 243 1L 5L B 21. 40, 100 Flammable liquids, corrosive, n.o.s. 3 UN2924 1 3, 6 T42 None 201 243 0.5 L 2.5 L E 40 Flammable liquids, corrosive, n.o.s. 3 UN2924 II 3, 8 T15, T26 None 202 243 1L 5L B 40 Flammable liquids, corrosive, n.o.s. 3 UN2924 III 3. 8 B1.T15, T26 150 203 242 5 L 60 L A 40 Flammable liquids, n.o.s. 3 UN 1993 1 3 T42 150 201 243 1 L 30 L E Flammable liquids, n.o.s. 3 UN1993 II 3 T8, T31 150 202 242 5 L 60 L B Flammable liquids, n.o.s. 3 UN1993 III 3 B1. B52, T7, T30 150 203 242 60 L 220 L A 'Label Codes: 1 1. 1 2. 1.3. 1 4, V5. and 1 6--EXPLOSIVE; 2.1--FLAMMABLE GAS; 2.2--NON-FLAMMABLE GAS, 2.3--POISON GAS, 3--FLAMMABLE LIQUID; 4 1--FLAMMABLE SOLID; 4.2--SPONTANEOUSLY COMBUSTIBLE; 4.3--DANGEROUS WHEN WET; 5.1--OXIDIZER; 5 2--ORGANIC PEROXIDE, 6.1 (PGl. ZONE A and B inhalation hazard}--POISON INHALATION HAZARD; 6.1 (PGI or PGM. other than Zone A and B)--POISON; 61 PGHI--KEEP AWAV FROM FOOD; 6 2--INFECTIOUS SUBSTANCE; 7--RADIOACTIVE; 8--CORROSIVE; 9--CUSS 9 120 | 3 Symbols 1 - 2 Identification -- Numbers Label Codes o> Location PART 172 172.101--Flammable-Formic ABD00131888 April 1998 172.101 Hazardous Materials Table (8) O) (10) Packaging (173.***) Quantity Limitations Vessel Stowage Hazardous Materials Descriptions and Proper Shipping Names Hazard Class or Division PG Special Provisions Ex cep tions Non bulk Bulk Passen ger Aircraft/ Rail Cargo Aricraft Only Other (2) Flammable liquids, toxic, n.o.s. Flammable liquids, toxic, n.o.s. (3) (5) 3 UN1992 1 3. 6.1 T42 3 UN 1992 II 3. 6.1 T18 (7) (8A) None None (8B) (8C> 201 243 202 243 (9A) (9B) Forbidden 30 L 1 L 60 L E B (108) 40 40 Flammable liquids, toxic, n.o.s. 3 UN1992 III 3. 6.1 B1, T18 150 203 242 60 L 220 L A Flammable solid, corrosive, Inorganic, n.o.s. 4.1 UN3180 II 4.1, 8 A1, B106 151 212 242 15 kg 50 kg D 40 Flammable solid, corrosive, inorganic, n.o.s. 4.1 UN3180 III 4.1. 8 A1, B106 151 213 242 25 kg 100 kg D 40 Flammable solid, Inorganic, n.o.s. 4.1 UN3178 II 4.1 A1 151 212 240 15 kg 50 kg B Flammable solid, Inorganic, n.o.s. 4.1 UN3178 III 4.1 A1 151 213 240 25 kg 100 kg B Flammable solid, organic, molten, n.o.s. 4.1 UN3176 11 4.1 T9 151 212 240 Forbidden Forbidden C Flammable solid, organic, molten, n.o.s. 4.1 UN3176 III 4.1 T9 151 213 240 Forbidden Forbidden C Flammable solid, toxic, Inorganic, n.o.s. 4.1 UN3179 II 4.1, A1, B106 6.1 151 212 242 15 kg 50 kg B 40 Flammable solid, toxic. Inorganic, n.o.s. 4.1 UN3179 III 4.1, A1, B106 6.1 151 213 242 25 kg 100 kg B 40 Flammable solids, corrosive, organic, n.o.s. 4.1 UN2925 II 4.1. 8 A1. B106 None 212 242 15 kg 50 kg D 40 Flammable solids, corrosive, organic, n.o.s. 4.1 UN2925 III 4.1, 8 A1, B106 151 213 242 25 kg 100 kg D 40 Flammable solids, organic, n.o.s. 4.1 UN1325 II 4.1 A1 151 212 240 15 kg 50 kg B Flammable solids, organic, n.o.s. 4.1 UN1325 III 4.1 A1 151 213 240 25 kg 100 kg B Flammable solids, toxic, organic, n.o.s. 4.1 UN2926 II 4.1, A1, B106 6.1 None 212 242 15 kg 50 kg 8 40 Flammable solids, toxic, organic, n.o.s. 4.1 UN2926 III 4.1, A1, 8106 6.1 151 213 242 25 kg 100 kg B 40 Flares, aerial Flares, aerial 1.3G UN0093 1.4G UN0403 II 1.3G II 1.4G None None 62 None Forbidden 75 kg 62 None Forbidden 75 kg B A 24E Flares, aerial 1.4S UN0404 II 1.4S None 62 None 25 kg 100 kg A Flares, aerial 1.1G UN0420 II 1.1G None 62 None Forbidden Forbidden B Flares, aerial 1.2G UN0421 II 1.2G None 62 None Forbidden Forbidden B Rates, airplane, see Flares, aerial Rates, signal, see Cartridges, signal Flares, surface Rares, surface 1.3G UN0092 1.1G UN0418 II 1.3G II 1.1G None None 62 None Forbidden 75 kg B 62 None Forbidden Forbidden B Flares, surface Rates, water-activated, see Contrivances, water-activated, etc. 1.2G UN0419 II 1.2G None 62 None Forbidden Forbidden B Flash powder Rash powder 1.1G UN0094 1.3G UN0305 II 1.1G II 1.3G None None 62 None Forbidden Forbidden E 62 None Forbidden Forbidden E iE.se 1E.5E Rue dusts, poisonous, see Arsenical dust Fluoric acid, see Hydrofluoric acid, solution, etc. Ruorlne, compressed 2.3 UN104S 2.3, 1 5.1, 8 None 302 None Forbidden Forbidden D 40, 89, 90 Huoroacetlc acid Fluoroanillnes Ruorobenzene 6.1 UN2642 6.1 UN2941 3 UN2387 1 6.1 III 6.1 II 3 B100 T8 B101, T8 None 153 150 211 242 203 241 202 242 1 kg 60 L 5L 15 kg 220 L 60 L E A B Fluoroborlc acid 8 UN1775 II 8 A6, A7, B2, BIS. N3. N34, T15, T27 154 202 242 1 L 30 L A Fluorophosphoric acid anhydrous 8 UN1776 II 8 A6, A7, B2, N3, N34, T9, T27 None 202 242 1L 30 L A Ruorosilicates, n.o.s. Fluoroslliclc acid 6.1 UN2856 8 UN1778 111 6.1 II 8 A6. A7, B2. B15. N3. N34, T12, T27 153 None 213 240 202 242 100 kg 1L 200 kg 30 L A A 26 Fluorosulfonlc acid 8 UN1777 1 6 A3. A6. A7, A10. B6, BIO, N3. T9. T27 None 201 243 0.5 L 2.5 L D 40 Fluorotoluenes 3 UN238S II 3 T8 150 202 242 5 L 60 L B 40 Forbidden materials. See 173.21 Forbidden Formaldehyde, solutions, flammable 3 UN1198 III 3, 8 B1, T8 150 203 242 5 L 60 L A 40 Formaldehyde, solutions, with not less than 2S percent formaldehyde 8 UN2209 III 8 T1 154 203 241 5 L 60 L A Formalin, see Formaldehyde, solutions Formic acid 8 UN1779 II 8 B2, B28, T8 154 202 242 1 L 30 L A 40 1 Label Codes: 1.1. 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, and 1.6--EXPLOSIVE; 2.1--FLAMMABLE GAS; 2.2--NON-FLAMMABLE GAS; 2 3--POISON GAS; 3--FLAMMABLE LIQUID; 4.1--FLAMMABLE SOLID; 4,2--SPONTANEOUSLY COMBUSTIBLE; 4.3--DANGEROUS WHEN WET; 5.1--OXIDIZER; 5.2--ORGANIC PEROXIDE; 6.1 (PGI. ZONE A and B inhalation hazard)--POISON INHALATION HAZARD; 6.1 (PGI or PGlI, other than Zone A and B)--POISON; 6.1 PGIII--KEEP AWAY FROM FOOD; 6.2--INFECTIOUS SUBSTANCE; 7--RADIOACTIVE; 8--CORROSIVE; 9--CLASS 9 121 | 3 Symbols 1 Identification Numbers April 1998 ABD00131889 172.101--Fracturing-Gas 172.101 Hazardous Materials Table Hazardous Materials Descriptions and Proper Shipping Names Hazard Class or Division Ve) o 0 1 PG 3 Special Provisions (8) Packaging (173.*") Ex cep tions Non bulk Bulk (9) Quantity Limitations Passen ger Aircraft/ Rail Cargo Aricraft Only (10) Vessel Stowage co 8 o J Other (2) 0) (5) (6)1 (7) (8A) (8B) (8C) (9A) (98) (10A) (10B) Fracturing devices, explosive, without detonators tor oil wells 1.1D UN0099 II 1.1D None 62 None Forbidden Forbidden B Fuel, aviation, turbine engine 3 UN1863 1 3 T7 150 201 243 1 L 30 L E Fuel, aviation, turbine engine 3 UN 1863 11 3 T1 150 202 242 5 L 60 L B Fuel, aviation, turbine engine 3 UN1863 III 3 Bl, T1 150 203 242 60 L 220 L A D Fuel oil (No. 1, 2. 4. 5. or 6) 3 NA1993 III 3 B1 150 203 242 60 L 220 L A Fulminate of mercury (dry) Forbidden Fulminate of mercury, wet. see Mercury fulminate, etc. Fulminating gold Forbidden Fulminating mercury Forbidden Fulminating platinum Forbidden Fulminating silver Forbidden Fulminic acid Forbidden Fumaryl chloride 8 UN1780 II 8 B2, T8, T26 154 202 242 1 L 30 L C 8, 40 Furatdehydes Furan 6.1 UN1199 3 UN2389 II 6.1, 3 T15 1 3 T18 None None 202 243 201 243 5L 1L 60 L 30 L A E 40 Furfuryl alcohol 6.1 UN2874 III 6.1 T2 153 203 241 60 L 220 L A 26, 74 Furfurylamlne 3 UN2526 III 3, 8 Bl, T1 150 203 242 5 L 60 L A 40 Fuse, detonating, metal clad, see Cord, detonating, metal clad Fuse, detonating, mild effect, metal clad, see Cord, detonating, mild effect, metal clad Fuse, Igniter tubular metat clad 1.4G UNO103 II 1.4G None 62 None Forbidden 75 kg A 24E Fuse, non-detonating (instantaneous or quickmatch) 1.3G UN0101 II 1.3G None 62 None Forbidden Forbidden B Fuse, safety 1.4S UNO105 II 1.4S None 62 None 25 kg 100 kg A D Fusee (railway or highway) 4.1 NA1325 II 4.1 None 184 None 15 kg 50 kg B Fusel oil 3 UN1201 II 3 T1 150 202 242 5 L 60 L B Fusel oil 3 UN1201 III 3 Bl. T1 150 203 242 60 L 220 L A Fuses, tracer, see Tracers for ammunition Fuzes, combination, percussion and time, see Fuzes, detonating (UN 0257, UN 0367); Fuzes, igniting (UN 0317, UN 0368) Fuzes, detonating 1.1B UN0106 II 1 IB None 62 None Forbidden Forbidden B 2E.6E Fuzes, detonating 1.2B UN0107 II 1.2B None 62 None Forbidden Forbidden B 2E.6E Fuzes, detonating 1 4B UN0257 II 1 4B 116 None 62 None Forbidden 75 kg A 24E Fuzes, detonating 1.4S UN0367 II 1.4S 116 None 62 None 25 kg 100 kg A Fuzes, detonating, with protective features 1 ID UN0408 II 1 ID None 62 None Forbidden Forbidden B Fuzes, detonating, with protective features 1 2D UN0409 II 1.20 None 62 None Forbidden Forbidden B Fuzes, detonating, with protective features 1.4D UN0410 II 1.4D 116 None 62 None Forbidden 75 kg A 24E Fuzes, igniting 1.3G UN0316 II 1.3G None 62 None Forbidden Forbidden B Fuzes, Igniting 1.4G UN0317 II 1.4G None 62 None Forbidden 75 kg A 24E Fuzes, igniting 1.4S UN0368 II 1.4S None 62 None 25 kg 100 kg A Galactsan trinitrate Forbidden Gallium 8 UN2803 III 8 None 162 240 20 kg 20 kg B 48 Gas cartridges, (flammable) without a release device, non-refillable 2.1 UN2037 2.1 306 304 None 1 kg 15 kg B 40 Gas generator assemblies (aircraft), containing a non-flammable non-toxic gas and a propellant cartridge 2.2 22 None 335 None 75 kg 150 kg A D Gas Identification set 2.3 NA9035 2.3 6 None 194 None Forbidden Forbidden D Gas oil or Diesel fuel or Heating oil, light 3 UN1202 III 3 Bl, T7, T30 150 203 242 60 L 220 L A Gas, refrigerated liquid, flammable, n.o.s. (cryogenic liquid) 2.1 UN3312 2.1 None 316 318 Forbidden Forbidden D 40 Gas, refrigerated liquid, n.o.s. (cryogenic liquid) 2.2 UN3158 2.2 320 316 318 50 kg 500 kg D Gas, refrigerated liquid, oxidizing, n.o.s. (cryogenic liquid) 2.2 UN3311 2.2, 51 320 316 318 Forbidden Forbidden D 'Label Codes: 1.1, 12, 13, 1.4. 1.5, and 1.6--EXPLOSIVE; 2.1--FLAMMABLE GAS. 2.2--NON-FLAMMABLE GAS, 2.3--POISON GAS: 3--FLAMMABLE LIQUID. 4.1-- FLAMMABLE SOLID; 4.2--SPONTANEOUSLY COMBUSTIBLE; 4.3--DANGEROUS WHEN WET; 5.1--OXIDIZER, 5.2--ORGANIC PEROXIDE, 6.1 (PGI, ZONE A and B inhalation hazard)--POISON INHALATION HAZARD; 6.1 (PGI or PGII. other than Zone A and B)--POISON; 6 1 PGIII--KEEP AWAV FROM FOOD, 6.2-- INFECTIOUS SUBSTANCE; 7--RADIOACTIVE; 8--CORROSIVE; 9--CLASS 9 122 Symbols |3 PART 172 172.101 --Gas-Hazardous ABD00131890 April 1998 172.101 Hazardous Materials Table Hazardous Materials Descriptions and Proper Shipping Names (2) Gas sample, non-pressurlzed, flammable, n.o.s., not refrigerated liquid Hazard Class or Division c* 0 li I 0 II 1 PG 3 (3) (4) (5) (6)' 2.1 UN3167 2.1 Special Provisions (7) (8) Packaging (173.***) Ex cep tions (8A) 306 Non bulk Bulk (8B) (8C) 302, None 304 Gas sample, non-pressurlzed, toxic, flammable, n.o.s., not refrigerated liquid 2.3 UN3168 2.3. 2.1 306 302 None Gas sample, non-pressurlzed, toxic, n.o.s., not refrigerated liquid 2.3 UN3169 2.3 306 302, None 304 D Gasohol gasoline mixed with ethyl alcohol, with not more than 20 percent alcohol 3 NA1203 II 3 150 202 242 Gasoline 3 UN1203 II 3 B33 B101, T8 150 202 242 Gasoline, casinghead, see Gasoline Gelatine, blasting, see Explosive, blasting, type A Gelatine dynamites, see Explosive, blasting, type A Germane 2.3 UN2192 2.3, 2 2.1 None 192 245 Glycerol- 1,3-dimtrate Forbidden Glycerol gluconate trinitrate Forbidden Glycerol lactate trinitrate Forbidden Glycerol alpha-monochlorohydrin 6.1 UN2689 III 6.1 T2 153 203 241 Glyceryl trinitrate, see Nitroglycerin, efc. Glycldaldehyde 3 UN2622 II 3, 6.1 T8 150 202 243 D Grenades, empty primed 1.4S NA0349 II None None 62 None Grenades, hand or rifle, with bursting charge 1.1D UN0264 II 1.1D 62 None Grenades, hand or rifle, with bursting charge 1.2D UN0285 II 1.2D 62 None Grenades, hand or rifle, with bursting charge 1.1F UN0292 II 1.1F 62 None Grenades, hand or rifle, with bursting charge 1.2F UN0293 II 1.2F 62 None Grenades, illuminating, see Ammunition, Illuminating, etc. Grenades, practice, hand or rifle 1.4S UN0110 II 1.4S 62 None Grenades, practice, hand or rifle 1.3G UN0318 II 1.3G 62 None Grenades, practice, hand or rifle 1.2G UN0372 II 1.2G 62 None Grenades practice Hand or rifle 1.4G UN0452 II 1.4G 62 None Grenades, smoke, see Ammunition, smoke, efc. Guanidine nitrate 5.1 UN1467 III 5.1 A1 152 213 240 Guanyl nitrosaminoguanylidene hydrazine (dry) Forbidden Guanyl nitrosaminoguanylidene hydrazine, wetted with not less than 30 percent water, by mass 1.1A UN0113 II 1.1A 111, 117 None 62 None Guanyl nitrosaminoguanyltetrazene (dry) Forbidden Guanyl nitrosaminoguanyltetrazene, wetted or Tetrazene, wetted with not less than 30 percent water or mixture of alcohol and water, by mass Gunpowder, compressed or Gunpowder In pellets, see Black powder (UN 0028) 1.1A UN0114 II 1.1A 111, 117 None 62 None Gunpowder, granular or as a meal, see Black powder (UN 0027) Hafnium powder, dry 4.2 UN2545 1 4.2 B100 None 211 242 Hafnium powder, dry 4.2 UN2545 II 4.2 A19. A20, B101. B106, N34 None 212 241 Hafnium powder, dry 4.2 UN2545 Ml 4.2 B105, B106 None 213 241 Hafnium powder, wetted with not less than 25 percent water (a visible excess of water must be present) (a) mechanically produced, particle size less than 53 microns; (b) chemically produced, particle size less than 840 microns 4.1 UN1326 II 4.1 A6, A19. A20, N34 None 212 241 Hand signal device, see Signal devices, hand Hazardous substances, liquid or solid, n.o.s., see Environmentally hazardous substances, efc. D Hazardous waste, liquid, n.o.s. 9 NA3082 III 9 155 203 241 (9) Quantity Limitations Passen ger Aircraft/ Rail Cargo Arlcraft Only (10) Vessel Stowage cc Other (9A) (9B) (10A) (108) 1 L 5L D Forbidden 1 L D Forbidden 1 L D 5L 60 L E 5L 60 L E Forbidden Forbidden D 40 60 L 220 L A 1L 60 L A 25 kg 100 kg A Forbidden Forbidden B Forbidden Forbidden B Forbidden Forbidden E Forbidden Forbidden E 40 25 kg 100 kg A Forbidden Forbidden B Forbidden Forbidden B Forbidden 75 kg A 24E 25 kg 100 kg A 73 Forbidden Forbidden E 2E.6E Forbidden Forbidden E 2E.6E Forbidden Forbidden D 15 kg 50 kg D 25 kg 100 kg O 15 kg 50 kg E No limit No limit A 'Label Codes: 1.1. 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, and 1.6--EXPLOSIVE; 2.1--FLAMMABLE GAS; 2.2--NON-FLAMMABLE GAS: 2 3--POISON GAS; 3--FLAMMABLE LIQUID; 4.1-- FLAMMABLE SOLID; 4.2--SPONTANEOUSLY COMBUSTIBLE; 4.3--DANGEROUS WHEN WET; 5.1--OXIDIZER; 5 2--ORGANIC PEROXIDE; 6.1 (PGl, ZONE A and B inhalation hazard)--POISON INHALATION HAZARD; 6.1 (PGI or PGII, other than Zone A and B)--POISON; 6.1 PGII1--KEEP AWAY FROM FOOD; 6.2-- INFECTIOUS SUBSTANCE; 7--RADIOACTIVE; 8--CORROSIVE; 9--CLASS 9 123 | 3 Symbols 1 - Identification Numbers > Location April 1998 ABD00131891 172.101 --Hazardous-Hexanols 172.101 Hazardous Materials Table (8) O) (10) | Packaging (173.***) Quantity Limitations Vessel Stowage Hazardous Materials Descriptions and Proper Shipping Names Hazard Class or Division 1 PC 3 Special Provisions Ex cep tions Non bulk Bulk Passen ger Aircraft/ Rail Cargo Aricraft Only Other (2) 0 Hazardous waste, solid, n.o.s. (3) (5) (6)' 9 NA3077 III 9 B54 (7) (8A) (8B) (6C) (9A) 155 213 240 No limit (9B) No limit A (10B) Helium, compressed 2.2 UN1046 2.2 306 302 302, 75 kg 314 150 kg A 85 Helium-oxygen mixture, see Rare gases and oxygen mixtures Helium, refrigerated liquid (cryogenic liquid) 22 UN1963 2.2 320 316 318 50 kg 500 kg B Heptafluoropropane or Refrigerant gas R 227 22 UN3296 2.2 306 304 314, 75 kg 315 150 kg A n-Heptaldehyde Heptanes 3 UN3056 3 UN1206 III 3 II 3 B1, T1 T2 150 203 242 60 L 150 202 242 5 L 220 L 60 L A B n-Heptene Hexachloroacetone 3 UN2278 6.1 UN2661 II 3 III 6.1 6101. T8 T8 150 202 242 5 L 153 203 241 60 L 60 L 220 L B B 12, 40 Hexachlorobenzene 6.1 UN2729 III 6.1 153 203 241 60 L 220 L A Hexachlorobut8diene 6.1 UN2279 III 6.1 T7 153 203 241 60 L 220 L A Hexachlorocyclopentadlene 6 1 UN2646 1 6.1 2. B9, B14, 632, 674, B77. T38, T43, T45 None 227 244 Forbidden Forbidden D 40 Hexachlorophene Hexadecyltrlchlorosllane 6.1 UN2875 8 UN1781 III 6.1 II 8 A7, 62, B6. N34, T8 153 None 213 240 202 242 100 kg 200 kg Forbidden 30 L A C 40 Hexadlenes 3 UN2458 II 3 6101, T7 None 202 242 5 L 60 L B Hexaethyl tetraphosphate and compressed gas mixtures 2.3 UN1612 2.3 3 None 334 None Forbidden Forbidden D 40 Hexaethyl tetraphosphate liquid Hexaethyl tetraphosphate, solid 6.1 UN1611 6.1 UN1611 II 6.1 II 6.1 N76 N76 None None 202 243 212 242 5L 25 kg 60 L 100 kg E E 40 40 Hexafluoroacetone 2.3 UN2420 2.3, 8 2, 89, B14 None 304 314, 315 Forbidden Forbidden D 40 Hexafluoroacetone hydrate Hexafluoroethane, compressed or Refrigerant gas R 116 6.1 UN2552 2.2 UN2193 II 6.1 2.2 T14 None 306 202 243 304 314. 315 5L 75 kg 60 L 150 kg B A 40 Hexafluorophosphoric acid 8 UN1782 II 8 A6, A7, B2, N3, N34, T9, T27 None 202 242 1L 30 L A D Hexafluoropropylene oxide Hexafluoropropylene, compressed or Refrigerant gas R 1216 Hexaldehyde 2.2 NA1956 2.2 2.2 UN1858 2.2 3 UN1207 III 3 81, T1 306 304 314, 75 kg 315 306 304 314, 75 kg 315 150 203 242 60 L 150 kg A 150 kg A 220 L A Hexamethytene dllsocyanate 6.1 UN2281 II 6.1 8101,T14 None 202 243 5L 60 L B 13, 40 Hexamethylene triperoxide diamine (dry) Forbidden Hexamethylenedlamine, solid 6 UN2280 III 8 154 213 240 25 kg 100 kg A 12 Hexamethylenedlamine solution 8 UN1783 II 8 T8 None 202 242 1 L 30 L A Hexamethylenedlamine solution 8 UN1783 III 8 T7 154 203 241 5 L 60 L A Hexamethylenelmlne 3 UN2493 II 3, 8 B101, T8 None 202 243 1L 5L B 40 Hexamethylenetetramine 4.1 UN1328 III 4.1 A1 151 213 240 25 kg 100 kg A Hexamethylol benzene hexanitrate Forbidden Hexanes 3 UN1208 II 3 B101, T8 150 202 242 5 L 60 L E 2,2', 4,4', 6,6'-Hexanitro-3,3'dihydroxyazobenzene (dry) Forbidden Hexanitroazoxy benzene Forbidden N, N'-(hexanitrodiphenyl) ethylene dinitramine (dry) Forbidden Hexanitrodiphenyl urea Forbidden 2,2',3',4,4',6-Hexanitrodiphenytamine Forbidden Hexanitrodiphenylamine or Diplcrylamlne or Hexyl 1.1D UN0079 II 1.1D None 62 None Forbidden Forbidden B 1E.5E 2.3',4,4',6,6'-Hexanitrodiphenylether Forbidden Hexamtroethane Forbidden Hexanitrooxanilide Forbidden Hexanltrostilbene 1.1D UN0392 II 1 ID None 62 None Forbidden Forbidden B 1E.5E Hexanoic acid, see Corrosive liquids, n.o.s. Hexanols 3 UN2282 III 3 B1, T1 150 203 242 60 L 220 L A 'Label Codes: 1.1. 1 2. 1.3. 1.4. 1.5, and 1.6--EXPLOSIVE, 2.1--FLAMMABLE GAS; 2.2--NON-FLAMMABLE GAS; 2.3--POISON GAS; 3--FLAMMABLE LIQUID; 4.1-- FLAMMABLE SOLID; 4.2--SPONTANEOUSLY COMBUSTIBLE; 4.3--OANGEROUS WHEN WET. 5.1--OXIDIZER; 5.2--ORGANIC PEROXIDE, 6.1 (PGI. ZONE A and B inhalation hazard)--POISON INHALATION HAZARD; 6.1 (PGI or PGII, other than Zone A and 8)--POISON; 6.1 PGIII--KEEP AWAY FROM FOOD; 6.2-- INFECTIOUS SUBSTANCE; 7--RADIOACTIVE; 8--CORROSIVE, 9--CLASS 9 124 PART 172 III 172.101--Hexene-Hydrocyanic ABD00131892 April 1998 172.101 Hazardous Materials Table & CE>O. Hazardous Materials Descriptions and Proper Shipping Names (D 1-Hexene (2) Hexogen and cyclotetramethylenetetranitramlne mixtures, wetted or desensitized see RDX and HMX mixtures, wetted or desensitized etc. Hexogen and KMX mixtures, wetted or desensitized see RDX and HMX mixtures, wetted or desensitized etc. Hexogen and octogen mixtures, wetted or desensitized see RDX and HMX mixtures, wetted or desensitized ere. Hexogen, see Cyclotrlmethylenetrlnitramine, ere. Hexollte, or Hexotol dry or wetted with less than 15 percent water, by mass Hexotonal Hexyl, see Hexanltrodlphenylamine Hexyltrichlorosllane High explosives, see individual explosives' entries Hazard Class or Division PG (3) (5) 3 UN2370 11 3 Special Provisions (7) B101, T8 1 ID UN0118 II 1.1D 1.1D UN0393 II 1.1D 8 UN1784 II 8 A7, 62, B6, N34, T8, T26 - 2 Identification Numbers Label Codes (8) Packaging (8173.*") Ex cep tions (8A) 150 Bulk (8C) 202 242 (9) (10) Quantity Limitations Vessel Stowage Passen ger Aircraft/ Rail Cargo Arlcraft Only c jj Other <9A) (9B) (10A) (10B) 5L 60 L E None None 62 None Forbidden Forbidden B 62 None Forbidden Forbidden B 1E,5E 1E.5E None 202 242 Forbidden 30 L C 40 HMX, see Cyclotetramethylenetetranltramlne, etc. Hydrazine, anhydrous or Hydrazine aqueous solutions with more than 64 percent hydrazine, by mass Hydrazine, aqueous solution with not more than 37 percent hydrazine, by mass 8 UN2029 1 8. 3, A3, A6, A7. A10, B16, B53, 6.1 T2S 6.1 UN3293 III 6.1 T7 None 153 201 243 Forbidden 2.5 L 203 241 60 L 220 L D 21, 40. 42, 100 A Hydrazine azide Forbidden Hydrazine chlorate Forbidden Hydrazine dicarbonic acid diazide Forbidden Hydrazine hydrate or Hydrazine aqueous solutions, with not less than 37 percent but not more than 64 percent hydrazine, by mass 8 UN2030 Hydrazine perchlorate Forbidden Hydrazine selenate Forbidden Hydriodic acid, anhydrous, see Hydrogen iodide, anhydrous Hydriodic acid 8 UN 1767 Hydriodic acid 8 UN 1787 Hydrobromic acid, anhydrous, see Hydrogen bromide, anhydrous Hydrobromic acid, with more than 49 percent hydrobromic acid 8 UN1788 Hydrobromic acid, with more than 49 percent hydrobromic acid 8 UN 1788 Hydrobromic acid, with not more than 49 percent hydrobromic acid 8 UN1788 Hydrobromic acid, with not more than 49 percent hydrobromic acid 8 UN1788 Hydrocarbon gas mixture, compressed, n.o.s. 2.1 UN1964 II 8, 6.1 B16, B53, B110, T15 II 8 A3, A6, B2. N41, T9, T27 III 8 T8, T26 II 8 B2, BIS, N41.T9, T27 III 8 T8, T26 II 8 A3, A6, B2, B15, N41, T9, T27 III 8 TB, T26 2.1 Hydrocarbon gas mixture, liquefied, n.o.s. Hydrocarbons, liquid, n.o.s. Hydrocarbons, liquid, n.o.s. Hydrocarbons, liquid, n.o.s. Hydrochloric acid, anhydrous, see Hydrogen chloride, anhydrous Hydrochloric acid Hydrochloric acid Hydrocyanic acid, anhydrous, see Hydrogen cyanide etc. 2.1 UN1965 2.1 3 UN3295 3 UN3295 3 UN3295 13 II 3 III 3 T8, T31 T8, T31 B1.T7. T30 8 UN1789 II 8 8 UN1789 III 8 A3, A6, B3, B15, N41, T9, T27 T6, T26 None 202 243 Forbidden 30 L D 40, 42, 82 154 202 242 1 L 154 203 241 5 L 30 L 60 L C C8 154 202 242 Forbidden Forbidden C 154 203 241 Forbidden Forbidden c 8 154 202 242 1 L 30 L c 154 203 241 5 L 30 L c8 306 302 314, Forbidden 150 kg E 315 306 304 314, Forbidden 150 kg E 315 150 201 243 1 L 30 L E 150 202 242 5 L 60 L B 150 203 242 60 L 220 L A 40 40 154 202 242 1 L 154 203 241 5 L 30 L 60 L C C8 'Label Codes: 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, and 1.6--EXPLOSIVE; 2.1--FLAMMABLE GAS; 2.2--NON-FLAMMABLE GAS; 2.3--POISON GAS; 3--FLAMMABLE LIQUID: 4.1-- FLAMMABLE SOLID; 4.2--SPONTANEOUSLY COMBUSTIBLE: 4.3--DANGEROUS WHEN WET; 5.1--OXIDIZER; 5.2--ORGANIC PEROXIDE; 6.1 (PGI, ZONE A and B inhalation hazard)--POISON INHALATION HAZARD; 6.1 (PGI or PGM. Other than Zone A and B)--POISON; 6.1 PGIII--KEEP AWAY FROM FOOD; 6.2-- INFECTIOUS SUBSTANCE; 7--RADIOACTIVE; 8--CORROSIVE; 9--CLASS 9 125 April 1998 ABD00131893 172.101--Hydrocyanic-Hydrogen 172.101 Hazardous Materials Table % Hazardous Materials Descriptions and Proper Shipping Names (1) (2) Hydrocyanic acid, aqueous solutions or Hydrogen cyanide, aqueous solutions with not more than 20 percent hydrogen cyanide D Hydrocyanic acid, aqueous solutions with less than 5 percent hydrogen cyanide Hazard Class or Division eo 3 fi if 3z PG (3) (4) (5) 6.1 UN1613 1 6.1 Special Provisions (7) 2, B61, B65, B77. B82 6.1 NA1613 II 6.1 T18, T26 (8) Packaging <173.*") Ex cep tions (8A) None Non bulk Bulk (8B) <8C) 195 244 None 195 243 Hydrocyanic acid, liquefied, see Hydrogen cyanide, etc. Hydrocyanic acid (prussic), unstabilized Hydrofluoric acid and Sulfuric acid mixtures Forbidden 8 UN1786 1 8, 6.1 A6, A7, B15, B23, N5, N34, T18, T27 None 201 243 Hydrofluoric acid, anhydrous, see Hydrogen fluoride, anhydrous Hydrofluoric acid, with more than 60 percent strength Hydrofluoric acid, with not more than 60 percent strength 8 UN1790 S UN 1790 1 8, 6.1 A6, A7, B4, B15, B23, N5, N34, T18, T27 II 8, 6.1 A6, A7, B15, B110, N5, N34, T18, T27 None None 201 243 202 243 Hydrofluoroboric acid, see Fluoroborlc acid Hydrofluorosilicic acid, see Fluorosillcic acid Hydrogen and Methane mixtures, compressed 2.1 UN2034 2.1 306 302 302. 314, 315 Hydrogen bromide, anhydrous 2.3 UN1048 2.3, 8 3, B14 None 304 314, 315 Hydrogen chloride, anhydrous Hydrogen chloride, refrigerated liquid 2.3 UN1050 2.3 UN2186 2.3,8 3 2.3, 8 3. B6 None None 304 None None 314, 315 Hydrogen, compressed 2.1 UN1049 2.1 306 302 302, 314 Hydrogen cyanide, solution In alcohol with not more than 45 percent hydrogen cyanide Hydrogen cyanide, stabilized with less than 3 percent water Hydrogen cyanide, stabilized, with less than 3 percent water and absorbed in a porous inert material Hydrogen fluoride, anhydrous 6.1 UN3294 6.1 UN1051 6.1 UN1614 1 6.1. 3 2, 25, B9. B14, B32, B74, T38, T43, T45 ' 6.1, 3 1, B35 B61, B65. B77, B82 1 6.1 5 None None None 227 244 195 244 195 None 8 UN1052 1 8, 6.1 3, B7, B46, B71, B77, T24, T27 None 163 243 Hydrogen iodide, anhydrous 2.3 UN2197 2.3 3, B14 None 304 314, 315 Hydrogen iodide solution, see Hydriodlc acid, solution Hydrogen peroxide and peroxyacetlc acid mixtures, stabilized with acids, water and not more than 5 percent peroxyacetic acid 5.1 UN3149 II 5.1, 8 A2, A3. A6. B53, B104, B110, None T14 202 243 Hydrogen peroxide, aqueous solutions with more than 40 percent but not more than 60 percent hydrogen peroxide (stabilized as necessary) Hydrogen peroxide, aqueous solutions with not less than 8 percent but less than 20 percent hydrogen peroxide (stabilized as necessary) Hydrogen peroxide, aqueous solutions with not less than 20 percent but not more than 40 percent hydrogen peroxide (stabilized as necessary) Hydrogen peroxide, stabilized or Hydrogen peroxide aqueous solutions, stabilized with more than 60 percent hydrogen peroxide 5.1 UN2014 II 5.1.8 12, A3, A6, B53, B80, B81, B05, B104, B110, T14, T37 None 202 243 5.1 UN2984 III 5.1 17. A1, B104. T8, T37 152 203 241 5.1 UN2014 II 5.1. 8 A2, A3, A6, B53, B104. B110, None T14, T37 202 243 5.1 UN2015 1 5.1, 8 12, A3, A6, B53, B80, B81, B85, T15, T37 None 201 243 Hydrogen, refrigerated liquid (cryogenic liquid) Hydrogen selenide, anhydrous 2.1 UN 1966 2.3 UN2202 2.1 2.3, 1 2.1 None None 316 318, 319 192 245 Hydrogen sultate, see Sulfuric acid Hydrogen sulfide 2.3 UN1053 2.3, 2. B9. B14 2.1 None 304 314, 315 Label Codes Location (9) (10) Quantity Limitations Vassal Stowage Passen ger Aircraft/ Rail Cargo Aricraft Only Other <9A) (98) (10B) Forbidden Forbidden D 40 Forbidden 5 L D 40 Forbidden 2.5 L D 40, 95 0,5 L 1L 2.5 L 30 L 12. 40 D 12. 40 Forbidden 150 kg E 40 Forbidden 25 kg D Forbidden Forbidden D Forbidden Forbidden B Forbidden 150 kg E Forbidden Forbidden D Forbidden Forbidden D Forbidden Forbidden D 40 40 40 40. 57 40 40 25, 40 Forbidden Forbidden D Forbidden Forbidden D 40 40 1 L 5L D Forbidden Forbidden D 25. 66, 75. 106 25, 66, 75. 106 25 L 30 L 1 L 5L B 25, 75, 106 D 25, 66, 75, 106 Forbidden Forbidden D Forbidden Forbidden D Forbidden Forbidden D 25, 66. 75, 106 40 40 Forbidden Forbidden D 40 'Label Codes: 1.1. 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1 5. and 1.6--EXPLOSIVE; 2.1--FLAMMABLE GAS; 2.2--NON-FLAMMABLE GAS; 2.3--POISON GAS; 3--FLAMMABLE LIQUID; 4.1-- FLAMMABLE SOLID, 4.2--SPONTANEOUSLY COMBUSTIBLE; 4.3--DANGEROUS WHEN WET; 5.1--OXIDIZER; 5.2--ORGANIC PEROXIDE. 6.1 (PGI. ZONE A and B inhalation hazard)--POISON INHALATION HAZARD, 6.1 (PGI or PGM. other than Zone A and B)--POISON; 61 PGIll--KEEP AWAY FROM FOOD; 6.2-- INFECTIOUS SUBSTANCE, 7--RADIOACTIVE; 0--CORROSIVE; 9--CLASS 9 126 PART 172 172.101 --Hydrogendifluorides-lsobutyl ABD00131894 April 1998 1-- Symbols 1 - 5 Identification~ Numbers Label Codes3 172.101 Hazardous Materials Table Hazardous Materials Descriptions end Proper Shipping Names (2) Hydrogendlfluorldes, n.o.s. solid Hydrogendlfluorldes, n.o.s. solid Hydrogendlfluorldes, n.o.s. solutions Hydrogendlfluorldes, n.o.s. solutions Hydroquinone Hydrosilicofluoric acid, see Fluoroslllclc acid Hazard Class or Division PG (3) (5) 8 UN1740 II 8 8 UN1740 III 8 8 UN1740 11 8 8 UN1740 III 8 6.1 UN2662 III 6.1 Special Provisions N3, N34 (7) N3, N34 N3. N34 N3, N34 (8) Packaging (173.***) Ex cep tions (8A) None 154 None 154 153 Non bulk Bulk (8B) (8C) 212 240 213 240 202 242 203 241 213 240 () (10) Quantity Limitations Vassal Stowage Passen ger Aircraft/ Rail Cargo Arlcraft Only I Other (9A) (9B) (10A) (10B) 15 kg 50 kg A 25, 26, 40 25 kg 100 kg A 25, 26. 40 1L 30 L A 25, 26. 40 5L 60 L A 25, 26, 40 100 kg 200 kg A Hydroxyl amine iodide Hydroxylamine sulfate Hypochlorite solutions Hypochlorite solutions Hypochlorites, Inorganic, n.o.s. Forbidden 8 UN2865 8 UN1791 8 UN1791 5.1 UN3212 III 8 II 8 III 8 II 5.1 A7, B2, B15, N34, T7 0104, N34, T7 Hyponitrous acid Forbidden Igniter fuse, metal clad, see Fuse, igniter, tubular, metal clad Igniters 1.1G UN0121 Igniters 1.2G UN0314 Igniters 1.3G UN0315 Igniters 1.4G UN0325 Igniters 1.4S UN0454 3,3'-lmlnod!propylamine 8 UN2269 Infectious substances, affecting animals only 6.2 UN2900 II 1.1G II 1.2G II 1.3G II 1.4G II 1.4S ill 8 T8 6.2 Infectious substances, affecting humans 6.2 UN2814 62 Inflammable, see Flammable Initiating explosives (dry) Inositol hexanitrate (dry) D Insecticide gases llammable n.o.s. Forbidden Forbidden 2.1 NA1954 2.1 Insecticide gases, n.o.s. 2.2 UN1968 2.2 Insecticide gases, toxic, n.o.s. 2.3 UN1967 2.3 3 Inuhn trinitrate (dry) Iodine azide (dry) Iodine monochloride Forbidden Forbidden 8 UN1792 11 8 86, N41.T8, T26 Iodine pentafluoride 5.1 UN2495 1 2-lodobutane lodomethylpropanes lodopropanes lodoxy compounds (dry) Iridium nitratopentamine iridium nitrate Iron chloride, see Ferric chloride Iron oxide, spent, or Iron sponge, spent obtained from coal gas purification Iron pentacarbonyl 3 UN2390 3 UN2391 3 UN2392 Forbidden Forbidden 4.2 UN1376 6.1 UN1994 Iron sesquichloride, see Ferric chloride Irritating material, see Tesr gas substances, etc. Isobutane see also Petroleum gases, liquefied 2.1 UN1969 II 3 II 3 III 3 T8 T8 B1, T8 III 4.2 B18 1 6.1, 3 1, B9, B14, B30, B72, B77, T38, T43, T44 2.1 19 Isobutanol or Isobutyl alcohol Isobutyl acetate Isobutyl acrylate, Inhibited 3 UN1212 3 UN1213 3 UN2527 III 3 It 3 III 3 B1, T1 T1 B1, T1 0> <71 CD 3C & 1O 154 213 240 25 kg 154 202 242 1 L 154 203 241 5 L 152 212 240 5 kg 100 kg 30 L 60 L 25 kg A B B D 26 26 48, 56, 58, 69, 106, 116, 118 None None None None None 154 134 134 62 None 62 None 62 None 62 None 62 None 203 241 196 None 196 None Forbidden Forbidden B Forbidden Forbidden B Forbidden Forbidden A Forbidden 75 kg A 25 kg 100 kg A 5L 60 L A 50 mL or 50 g B 50 mL or 4 L or 4 50 g kg B 24E 306 306 None 304 314, 315 304 314, 315 193, 245 334 75 kg 150 kg D 75 kg 150 kg A Forbidden Forbidden D 40 None None 150 150 150 212 240 Forbidden 50 kg 205 243 Forbidden 2.5 L 202 242 202 242 203 242 5L 5L 60 L 60 L 60 L 220 L D 40. 66, 74, 69. 90 D 25, 40, 66, 90 B B A None None 213 240 192 244 Forbidden Forbidden E Forbidden Forbidden D 40 306 304 314, Forbidden 150 kg E 315 150 203 242 60 L 220 L A 150 202 242 5 L 60 L B 150 203 242 60 L 220 L A 40 'Label Codes: 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, and 1.6--EXPLOSIVE; 2.1--FLAMMABLE GAS; 2.2--NON-FLAMMABLE GAS; 2.3--POISON GAS; 3--FLAMMABLE LIQUID; 4.1-- FLAMMABLE SOLID; 4.2--SPONTANEOUSLY COMBUSTIBLE: 4.3--DANGEROUS WHEN WET; 5.1--OXIDIZER; 5.2--ORGANIC PEROXIDE: 6.1 (PGI, ZONE A and B inhalation hazard)--POISON INHALATION HAZARD; 6.1 (PGI or PGM, other than Zone A and B)--POISON; 6.1 PGIII--KEEP AWAY FROM FOOD; 6.2-- INFECTIOUS SUBSTANCE; 7--RADIOACTIVE; 8--CORROSIVE; 9--CLASS 9 127 Symbols |3 - 2 Identification Numbers > Location April 1998 ABD00131895 172.101--Isobutyl-Isopropyl Hazardous Materials Descriptions and Proper Shipping Names (2) Isobutyl alcohol, see Isobutanol Isobutyl aldehyde, see Isobutyraldehyde D Isobutyl chlorotormate Hazard Class or Division (3) 172.101 PG (5) Hazardous Materials Table fftt (8) Packaging (173.'") s 0 Ex 1 cep Non 2 Special Provisions tions bulk Bulk (8)' (7) (8A) (8B) <8C) 6.1 NA2742 1 61. 2. B9. B14. B32, B74, T38. 3, 8 T43, T45 None 227 244 Isobutyl formate Isobutyl Isobutyrate Isobutyl isocyanate Isobutyl methacrylate, Inhibited Isobutyl propionate Isobutylamlne Isobutylene see also Petroleum gases, liquefied Isobutyraldehyde or Isobutyl aldehyde Isobutyric acid tsobutyric anhydride Isobutyronltrlle Isobutyryl chloride Isocyanates, flammable, toxic, n.o.s. or Isocyanate solutions, flammable, toxic, n.o.s. flashpoint less than 23 degrees C Isocyanates, toxic, flammable, n.o.s. or Isocyanate solutions, toxic, flammable, n.o.s., flash point not less than 23 degrees C but not more than 61 degrees C and boiling point less than 300 degrees C Isocyanates, toxic, n.o.s. or Isocyanate, solutions, toxic, n.o.s., flash point more than 61 degrees C and boiling point less than 300 degrees C Isocyanates, toxic, n.o.s. or isocyanate, solutions, toxic, n.o.s., flash point more than 61 degrees C and boiling point less than 300 degrees C Isocyanatobenzotrifluorides Isoheptenes Isohexenes Isooctane, see Octanes Isooctenes Isopentane, see Pentane Isopentanoic acid, see Corrosive liquids, n.o.s. isopentenes Isophorone dllsocyanate Isophoronedlamlne Isoprene, inhibited Isopropanol or Isopropyl alcohol Isopropenyl acetate Isopropenylbenzene Isopropyl acetate Isopropyl acid phosphate Isopropyl alcohol, see Isopropanol Isopropyl butyrate Isopropyl chloroacetate Isopropyl chlorotormate Isopropyl 2-chloropropionate Isopropyl Isobutyrate + Isopropyl Isocyanate 3 UN2393 3 UN2528 3 UN2486 3 UN2283 3 UN2394 3 UN1214 2 1 UN1055 II 3 T1 III 3 B1, T1 II 3, 6 1 1, B9. B14. B30, B72, T38, T43, T44 III 3 B1, T1 III 3 B1, T1 II 3. 8 B101. T8 2.1 19 3 UN2045 3 UN2529 3 UN2530 3 UN2284 3 UN2395 3 UN2478 II 3 T8 III 3, 8 B1. Ti III 3, 8 B1, T1 II 3, 6.1 T17 II 3. 8 B100. T9. T26 II 3, 6.1 5, A3. A7, T15 150 150 None 150 150 None 306 150 150 150 None None None 202 242 203 242 226 244 203 242 203 242 202 243 304 314, 315 202 242 203 242 203 242 202 243 202 243 202 243 61 UN3080 II 6.1, 3 T1S None 202 243 6.1 UN2206 II 6.1 T15 61 UN2206 III 6 1 T8 6.1 UN2285 3 UN2287 3 UN2288 II 6.1. 3 5, B101. T14 II 3 T7 II 3 T7 3 UN1216 II 3 T8 None 202 243 153 203 241 None 150 150 202 243 202 242 202 242 150 202 242 3 UN2371 6.1 UN2290 8 UN22S9 3 UN1218 3 UN1219 3 UN2403 3 UN2303 3 UN 1220 8 UN1793 13 III 6.1 III 6 13 II 3 II 3 III 3 II 3 III 8 T20 T7 T8 T20 TI TI Bl, TI Ti T7 150 201 243 153 203 241 154 203 241 150 201 243 150 202 242 150 202 242 150 203 242 150 202 242 154 213 240 3 UN2405 3 UN2947 6.1 UN2407 3 UN2934 3 UN2406 3 UN2483 III 3 Bl, TI III 3 Bl, TI 1 6 1, 2, B9, B14, B32, B74, B77, 3, 8 T38, T43, T45 III 3 Bl, TI II 3 TI 1 3, 6.1 1, B9, B14, B30. B72, T38, T43, T44 150 150 None 150 150 None 203 242 203 242 227 244 203 242 202 242 226 244 (9) (10) Quantity Limitations Vessel Stowage Passen ger Aircraft/ Rail Cargo Arlcraft Only Other (9A) <9B) (10B) 1L 30 L A 5L 60 L 1L 60 L B 220 L A Forbidden D 60 L 220 L 60 L 220 L 1 L 5L Forbidden 150 kg A B B E 5L 60 L E 5L 60 L A 5L 60 L A 1L 60 L E 1 L 5L C 1L 60 L D 12, 13. 22, 25, 40. 48, 100 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 5L 60 L D 25, 40. 48 5L 60 L D 25. 40. 48 60 L 220 L D 25. 40. 48 5L 60 L B 25. 40, 48 5L 60 L B 5L 60 L E 5L 60 L B 1L 60 L 5L 1L 5L 5L 60 L 5L 25 kg 30 L 220 L 60 L 30 L 60 L 60 L 220 L 60 L 100 kg E B A E B B A B A 40 60 L 220 L A 60 L 220 L A Forbidden Forbidden B 60 L 220 L A 5L 60 L B Forbidden Forbidden 0 40 40 'Label Codes: 1 1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5. and 1.6--EXPLOSIVE; 2.1--FLAMMABLE GAS; 2.2--NON-FLAMMABLE GAS, 2.3--POISON GAS, 3--FLAMMABLE LIQUID; 4.1-- FLAMMABLE SOLID, 4.2--SPONTANEOUSLY COMBUSTIBLE; 4 3--DANGEROUS WHEN WET, 5.1--OXIDIZER, 5.2--ORGANIC PEROXIDE; 6.1 (PGI, ZONE A and B inhalation hazard}--POISON INHALATION HAZARD; 6.1 (PGI or PGM. other than Zone A and B)--POISON; 6.1 PGIII--KEEP AWAY FROM FOOD, 6.2-- INFECTIOUS SUBSTANCE. 7--RADIOACTIVE; 8--CORROSIVE; 9--CLASS 9 128 PART 172 172.101 --Isopropyl-Lead ABD00131896 April 1998 172.101 Hazardous Materials Table (A 1 Hazard E Hazardous Materials Descriptions and Class or to Proper Shipping Names Division PG Special Provisions (D (2) Isopropyl mercaptan, see Propanethiols (3) (5) (7) Isopropyl nitrate 3 UN1222 II 3 T25 Isopropyl phosphoric acid, see Isopropyl acid phosphate Isopropyl propionate 3 UN2409 II 3 T1 Isopropylamlne 3 UN1221 1 3, 8 T20 Isopropylbenzene 3 UN1918 III 3 B1, T1 Isopropylcumyl hydroperoxide, with more than Forbidden 72 percent in solution Isosorbide dinltrate mixture with not less than 60 percent lactose, mannose, starch or calcium hydrogen phosphate 4.1 UN2907 II 4.1 lsosorbide-5-mononttrate 4.1 UN3251 III 4.1 66 Isothiocyanic acid Forbidden Jet fuel, see Fuel aviation, turbine engine Jet perforating guns, charged oil well, without detonator 1.1D UN0124 II 1 ID 55 D Jet perforating guns, charged oil well, with detonator 1.1D NA0124 II 1.1D 55, 56 Jet perforating guns, charged, oil well, without detonator 1.4D UN0494 II 1.4D 55, 114 Identification" Numbers Label Codes3 (8) Packaging (173."') Ex cep tions (8A) Non bulk (8B) Bulk <8C) (9) (10) Quantity Limitations Vessel Stowage Passenger Aircraft/ Rail Cargo Arlcraft Only | Other <9A) <9B) (10A) (10B) 150 202 None 5 L 60 L D 150 None 150 202 242 201 243 203 242 5L 0.5 L 60 L 60 L 2.5 L 220 L B E A None 212 None 15 kg 50 kg E 151 213 240 Forbidden Forbidden D 12 None None None 62 None Forbidden Forbidden 8 62 None Forbidden Forbidden A 62 None Forbidden 300 kg A 24E 24E 0 Jet perforating guns, charged, oil well, with detonator Jet perforators, see Charges, shaped, commercial etc. Jet tappers, without detonator, see Charges, shaped commercial, etc. 1.4D NA0494 II 1.4D 55. 56 None 62 None Forbidden Forbidden B Jet thrust igniters, tor rocket motors or Jato, see Igniters Jet thrust unit (Jato), see Rocket motors Kerosene Ketones, liquid, n.o.s. Ketones, liquid, n.o.s. Ketones, liquid, n.o.s. Krypton, compressed Krypton, refrigerated liquid (cryogenic liquid) Lacquer base or lacquer chips, nitrocellulose, dry, see Nitrocellulose, etc. (UN 2557) 3 UN1223 3 UN 1224 3 UN 1224 3 UN 1224 2.2 UN1056 2.2 UN 1970 III 3 13 II 3 III 3 2.2 2.2 B1, T1 T8, T31 T8, T31 Bl, T7, T30 150 None 150 150 306 320 203 242 201 243 202 242 203 242 302 None None None 60 L 1L 5L 60 L 75 kg 50 kg 220 L 30 L 60 L 220 L 150 kg 500 kg A E B A A B Lacquer base or lacquer chips, plastic, wet with alcohol or solvent, see Nitrocellulose (UN 2059, UN 2060, UN 2555. UN2556) or Paint etc. (UN 1263) Lead acetate 6.1 UN1616 Lead arsenates 6.1 UN1617 Lead arsenltes 6.1 UN1618 Lead azide (dry) Forbidden Lead azide, wetted with not less than 20 percent water or mixture of alcohol and water, by mass 1.1A UN0129 Lead compounds, soluble, n.o.s. 6.1 UN2291 Lead cyanide 6.1 UN1620 Lead dioxide 5.1 UN1872 Lead dross, see Lead sulfate, with more than 3 percent free acid D Lead mononltroresorcinate 1.1A NA0473 Lead nitrate 5.1 UN1469 Lead nitroresorcinate (dry) Lead perchlorate, solid Forbidden 5.1 UN1470 III 6.1 II 6.1 II 6.1 II 1.1A 111, 117 III 6.1 II 6.1 111 5.1 A1 II 1.1A II 5.1, 6.1 111, 117 II 5.1, T8 6.1 153 None None 213 240 212 242 212 242 100 kg 25 kg 25 kg 200 kg 100 kg 100 kg A A A None 62 None Forbidden Forbidden E 2E.6E 153 None 152 213 240 212 242 213 240 100 kg 25 kg 25 kg 200 kg 100 kg 100 kg A A A 26 34 None None 62 None Forbidden Forbidden E 212 242 5 kg 25 kg A 2E.6E None 212 242 5 kg 25 kg A 56. 58, 106 'Label Codes: 1.1, V2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, and 1.6--EXPLOSIVE: 2.1--FLAMMABLE GAS; 2.2--NON-FLAMMABLE GAS: 2.3--POISON GAS: 3--FLAMMABLE LIQUID; 4.1-- FLAMMABLE SOLID; 4.2--SPONTANEOUSLY COMBUSTIBLE; 4.3--DANGEROUS WHEN WET; 5.1--OXIDIZER; 5.2--ORGANIC PEROXIDE; 6.1 (PGI, ZONE A and B inhalation hazard)--POISON INHALATION HAZARD; 6.1 (PGl or PGH, other than Zone A and B)--POISON; 6.1 PGHI--KEEP AWAY FROM FOOD; 6.2-- INFECTIOUS SUBSTANCE; 7--RADIOACTIVE; 8--CORROSIVE; 9--CLASS 9 129 April 1998 ABD00131897 172.101--Lead-Liquefied 172.101 Hazardous Materials Table A 2 1 Hazardous Materials Descriptions and to Proper Shipping Names (D (2) Lead perchlorate, solution c 0 li Hazard Class or Division II PG 2 2 Special Provisions (3) w (5) (6)' (7) 5.1 UN1470 II 5.1. T8 6.1 (8) Packaging (173.**`) Ex cep tions <8A) None Nonbulk Bulk (SB) (8C) 202 243 Lead peroxide, see Lead dioxide Lead phosphite, dibasic Lead phosphite, dibasic 4.1 UN2989 4.1 UN2989 II 4 1 III 4.1 None 151 212 240 213 240 Lead picrate (dry) Forbidden Lead styphnate (dry) Forbidden Lead styphnate, wetted or Lead trlnltroresorclnate, wetted with not less than 20 percent water or mixture of alcohol and water, by mass 1.1A UN0130 Lead sulfate with more than 3 percent tree acid 8 UN1794 II 1.1A 111, 117 II 8 None 62 None 154 212 240 Lead trlnltroresorclnate, see Lead styphnate, etc. Life-saving appliances, not self inflating containing dangerous goods as equipment 9 UN3072 None None 219 None Life-saving appliances, self Inflating 9 UN2990 None None 219 None Lighter replacement cartridges containing liquelied petroleum gases (and similar devices, each not exceeding 65 grams), see Lighters or lighter refillsetc. containing flammable gas D Lighters for cigars, cigarettes, etc., with lighter fluids Lighters, fuse Lighters or Lighter refills cigarettes, containing flammable gas 3 NA1226 II 3 N10 1.4S UN0131 2.1 UN 1057 II 1 4S 2.1 N10 None 21 None None 62 None None 21, 308 None Lime, unslaked, see Calcium oxide Liquefied gas, flammable, n.o.s. 2.1 UN3161 2.1 306 304 314. 315 Liquefied gas, n.o.s. 2.2 UN3163 22 306 304 314. 315 Liquefied gas, oxidizing, n.o.s. 2.2 UN3157 22, 5.1 306 304 314, 315 1 Liquefied gas, toxic, corrosive, n.o.s. Inhalation Hazard Zone A 1 Liquefied gas, toxic, corrosive, n.o.s. Inhalation Hazard Zone B 1 Liquefied gas, toxic, corrosive, n.o.s. Inhalation Hazard Zone C 1 Liquefied gas, toxic, corrosive, n.o.s. Inhalation Hazard Zone D 23 UN3308 2.3 UN3308 2.3 UN3308 2.3 UN3308 2.3. 8 1 2.3, 8 2 2.3. 8 3 2.3, 8 4 None None None None 192 245 304 314, 315 304 314, 315 304 314. 315 1 Liquefied gas, toxic, flammable, corrosive, n.o.s. Inhalation Hazard Zone A 1 Liquefied gas, toxic, flammable, corrosive, n.o.s. Inhalation Hazard Zone B 1 Liquefied gas, toxic, flammable, corrosive, n.o.s. Inhalation Hazard Zone C 1 Liquefied gas, toxic, flammable, corrosive, n.o.s. Inhalation Hazard Zone D Liquefied gas, toxic, flammable, n.o.s. Inhalation Hazard Zone A Liquefied gas, toxic, flammable, n.o.s. Inhalation Hazard Zone B Liquefied gas, toxic, flammable, n.o.s. Inhalation Hazard Zone C 2.3 UN3309 2.3 UN3309 2.3 UN3309 2.3 UN3309 2.3 UN3160 2.3 UN3160 2.3 UN3160 2.3, 1 2.1, 8 2.3, 2 2.1, 8 2.3, 3 2.1, 8 2.3, 4 2.1, 8 23, 1 21 2.3, 2, B9, B14 21 2.3, 3, B14 21 None None None None None None None 192 245 304 314, 315 304 314. 315 304 314, 315 192 245 304 314, 315 304 314, 315 Liquefied gas, toxic, flammable, n.o.s. Inhalation Hazard Zone D 2.3 UN3160 2.3, 4 2.1 None 304 314, 315 Liquefied gas, toxic, n.o.s. Inhalation Hazard Zone A Liquefied gas. toxic, n.o.s. Inhalation Hazard Zone B Liquefied gas, toxic, n.o.s. Inhalation Hazard Zone C 2.3 UN3162 2.3 UN3162 2.3 UN3162 23 1 2.3 2. B9. B14 2.3 3, B14 None None None 192 245 304 314, 315 304 314. 315 (9) (10) Quantity Limitations Vessel Stowage 3 Location Passen ger Aircraft/ Rail Cargo Aricraft Only Other (9A) (9B) (10B) 1 L 5 L A 56, 58, 106 5 kg 15 kg 25 kg 50 kg B 34 B 34 Forbidden Forbidden E 2E,6E _____ 50 kg A No limit No limit A No limit No limit A Forbidden Forbidden B 25 kg 1 kg 100 kg 15 kg A B 40 Forbidden 150 kg D 75 kg 150 kg A 75 kg 150 kg D Forbidden Forbidden D Forbidden Forbidden D Forbidden Forbidden D Forbidden Forbidden D Forbidden Forbidden 0 Forbidden Forbidden D Forbidden Forbidden D Forbidden Forbidden D Forbidden Forbidden D Forbidden Forbidden D Forbidden Forbidden D Forbidden Forbidden D Forbidden Forbidden D Forbidden Forbidden D Forbidden Forbidden D 40 40 40 40 40 17. 40 17. 40 17. 40 17. 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 'Label Codes: 1 1, 1.2, 1 3, 1.4, 1.5, and 1.6--EXPLOSIVE; 2.1--FLAMMABLE GAS. 2.2--NON-FLAMMABLE GAS; 2.3--POISON GAS; 3--FLAMMABLE LIQUID; 4.1-- FLAMMABLE SOLID; 4.2--SPONTANEOUSLY COMBUSTIBLE; 4.3--DANGEROUS WHEN WET, 51--OXIDIZER. 5.2--ORGANIC PEROXIDE. 6.1 (PGI, ZONE A and B inhalation hazard)--POISON INHALATION HAZARD; 6.1 (PGI or PGII, other than Zone A and B)--POISON; 6.1 PGIII--KEEP AWAY FROM FOOD; 6.2-- INFECTIOUS SUBSTANCE; 7--RADIOACTIVE, 8--CORROSIVE. 9--CLASS 9 130 | 3 Symbols 1 - 2 Identification Numbers Label Codes3 o Location PART 172 172.101 --Llquefied-Magneslum ABD00131898 April 1998 Hazardous Materials Descriptions and Proper Shipping Names (2) Liquefied gas, toxic, n.o.s. Inhalation Hazard Zona D 1 Liquefied gas, toxic, oxidizing, corrosive, n.o.s. Inhalation Hazard Zone A 1 Liquefied gas, toxic, oxidizing, corrosive, n.o.s. Inhalation Hazard Zone 8 1 Liquefied gas, toxic, oxidizing, corrosive, n.o.s. Inhalation Hazard Zone C 1 Liquefied gas, toxic, oxidizing, corrosive, n.o.s. Inhalation Hazard Zone D 1 Liquefied gas, toxic, oxidizing, n.o.s. Inhalation Hazard Zone A i Liquefied gas, toxic, oxidizing, n.o.s. Inhalation Hazard Zone B 1 Liquefied gas, toxic, oxidizing, n.o.s. Inhalation Hazard Zone C 1 Liquefied gas, toxic, oxidizing, n.o.s. Inhalation Hazard Zone D Liquefied gases, non-flammable charged with nitrogen, carbon dioxide or air Liquefied hydrocarbon gas, see Hydrocarbon gases, liquefied, n.o.s., ere. Liquefied natural gas, see Methane, etc. (UN 1972) Liquefied petroleum gas see Petroleum gases, liquefied Lithium Lithium acetylide ethylenediamine complex, see Water reactive solid ere. Lithium alkyls Lithium aluminum hydride Uthium aluminum hydride, ethereal Lithium batteries, contained In equipment Uthium battery Lithium borohydrlde Uthium ferroslllcon Lithium hydride Uthium hydride, fused solid Lithium hydroxide, monohydrate or Lithium hydroxide, solid Lithium hydroxide, solution Uthium hydroxide, solution Lithium hypochlorite, dry or Lithium hypochlorite mixtures, dry Lithium in cartridges, see Lithium Lithium nitrate Lithium nitride Lithium peroxide Lithium silicon LNG, see Methane etc. (UN 1972) London purple LPG, see Petroleum gases, liquefied Lye, see Sodium hydroxide, solutions Magnesium alkyls Magnesium aluminum phosphide + Magnesium arsenate 172.101 Hazardous Materials Table (8) Packaging (173.***) Hazard Class or Division PG Special Provisions (3) (5) (7) 2.3 UN3162 2.3 4 2.3 UN3310 2.3 UN3310 2.3 UN3310 2.3 UN3310 2.3 UN3307 2.3 UN3307 2.3 UN3307 2.3 UN3307 2.2 UN1058 2.3, 1 5.1, 8 2.3, 2 5.1, 8 2.3, 3 5.1, 8 2.3. 4 5.1. 8 2.3, 1 5.1 2.3. 2 5.1 2.3, 3 5.1 2.3. 4 5.1 2.2 Ex cep tions (8A) None None Non bulk Bulk (88) (8C) 304 314, 315 192 245 None None None None 304 314, 315 304 314. 315 304 314, 315 192 245 None None None 306 304 314, 315 304 314, 315 304 314, 315 304 None 4.3 UN1415 1 4.3 A7, A19, B100, N45 None 211 244 4.2 UN2445 4.3 UN1410 4,3 UN1411 9 UN3091 9 UN3090 1 4.2, B11.T28. T40 4.3 1 4.3 A19, B100 1 4.3, 3 A2, A3, A11.N34 II 9 29 II 9 29 4.3 UN1413 4.3 UN2830 1 4.3 II 4.3 A19, B100, N40 A19, B105, B106 4.3 UN1414 4.3 UN2805 8 UN2680 1 4.3 II 4.3 II 8 A19, B100, N40 A8, A19, A20. B101, B106 8 UN2679 8 UN2679 5.1 UN1471 II 8 III 8 II 5.1 B2, T8 T8 A9, N34 None None None 185(i) 185 None 151 None 151 154 154 154 152 181 244 211 242 201 244 185 None 185 None 211 242 212 241 211 242 212 241 212 240 202 242 203 241 212 240 5.1 UN2722 4.3 UN2806 5.1 UN1472 III 5.1 1 4.3 II 5.1 A1 A19, B101, B106, N40 A9, N34 4.3 UN1417 II 4.3 A19, A20, B105, B106 6.1 UN1621 II 6.1 4.2 UN3053 4.3 UN1419 6.1 UN1622 1 4.2 1 4.3, 6.1 II 6.1 B11.T28, T29. T40 A19, B100. N34, N40 152 None 152 151 213 240 211 242 212 None 212 241 None 212 242 None None None 181 244 211 242 212 242 (9) (10) Quantity Umltatlons Vassal Stowage Passen ger Aircraft/ Rail Cargo Arlcraft Only Other (9A) (98) (10B) Forbidden Forbidden D 40 Forbidden Forbidden D 40. 89, 90 Forbidden Forbidden D 40. 89. 90 Forbidden Forbidden D 40. 89, 90 Forbidden Forbidden D 40. 89, 90 Forbidden Forbidden D 40 Forbidden Forbidden D 40 Forbidden Forbidden D 40 Forbidden Forbidden D 40 75 kg 150 kg A Forbidden 15 kg E Forbidden Forbidden D Forbidden 15 kg Forbidden 1 L 5 kg 5 kg 5 kg 35 kg gross Forbidden 15 kg 15 kg 50 kg E D A A E E Forbidden 15 kg 15 kg SO kg 15 kg 50 kg E E A 1L 5L 5 kg SOL 60 L 25 kg A A A 40 40. 85, 103 96 48, 56. 58, 69, 106, 116 25 kg 100 kg Forbidden 15 kg 5 kg 25 kg A E A 15 kg 50 kg A 13, 75, 106 85, 103 25 kg 100 kg A Forbidden Forbidden D Forbidden 15 kg E 25 kg 100 kg A 18 40,85 'Label Codes: 1.1, 1.2. 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, and 1.6--EXPLOSIVE; 2.1--FLAMMABLE GAS. 2.2--NON-FLAMMABLE GAS; 2.3--POISON GAS; 3--FLAMMABLE LIQUID; 4.1-- FLAMMABLE SOLID; 4.2--SPONTANEOUSLY COMBUSTIBLE; 4.3--DANGEROUS WHEN WET; 5.1--OXIDIZER; 5.2--ORGANIC PEROXIDE; 6.1 (PGI, ZONE A and B inhalation hazard)--POISON INHALATION HAZARD; 6.1 (PGI or PGM, other than Zone A and B)--POISON; 6.1 PGIII--KEEP AWAY FROM FOOD; 6.2-- INFECTIOUS SUBSTANCE; 7--RADIOACTIVE; 8--CORROSIVE; 9--CLASS 9 131 April 1998 ABD00131899 172.101--Magnesium-Medicine Symbols | - 2 Identification" Numbers Label Codes o Location 172.101 Hazardous Materials Table (8) (9) (10) Packaging (173.'") Quantity Limitations Vessel Stowage Hazardous Materials Descriptions and Proper Shipping Names t2) Magnesium bisulfite solution, see Bisulfttes, aqueous solutions, n.o.s. Hazard Class or Division (3) PG (5) Special Provisions (7) Ex cep tions (8A) Non bulk (8B) Bulk <8C) Passen ger Aircraft/ Rail (9A) Cargo Arlcraft Only (9B) Other (10B) Magnesium bromate 5.1 UN1473 II 5.1 A1 152 212 242 5 kg 25 kg A 56, 58, 106 Magnesium chlorate 5.1 UN2723 II 5 1 152 212 242 5 kg 25 kg A 56. 58, 106 Magnesium diamlde 4.2 UN2004 II 4.2 A8, A19, A20 None 212 241 15 kg 50 kg C Magnesium diphenyl 42 UN2005 1 42 None 187 244 Forbidden Forbidden C Magnesium dross, wet or hot Forbidden Magnesium fluorosiiicate 6.1 UN2853 III 6.1 153 213 240 100 kg 200 kg A 26 Magnesium granules, coated particle size not less than 149 microns 4.3 UN2950 III 4.3 A1, A19. BIOS 151 213 240 25 kg 100 kg A Magnesium hydride 4,3 UN2010 1 4.3 A19. B100, N40 None 211 242 Forbidden 15 kg E Magnesium or Magnesium alloys w>rh more than 50 percent magnesium in pellets, turnings or ribbons 4.1 UN1869 111 4.1 A1 151 213 240 25 kg 100 kg A 39 Magnesium nitrate 5 1 UN1474 III 5.1 A1 152 213 240 25 kg 100 kg A Magnesium perchlorate 5.1 UN1475 II 5.1 152 212 242 5 kg 25 kg A 56, 58, 106 Magnesium peroxide 5.1 UN1476 II 5.1 152 212 242 5 kg 25 kg A 13, 75, 106 Magnesium phosphide 4.3 UN2011 1 4.3, A19, N40 6.1 None 211 None Forbidden 15 kg E 40,85 Magnesium, powder or Magnesium alloys, powder 4.3 UN1418 1 4.3. A19, B56 4.2 None 211 244 Forbidden 15 kg A 39 Magnesium, powder or Magnesium alloys, powder 4.3 UN1418 II 4.3, A19, B56, B101, B106 4.2 151 212 241 15 kg 50 kg A 39 Magnesium, powder or Magnesium alloys, powder 4.3 UN1418 III 4.3, A19, B56, 6106, 0108 4.2 151 213 241 25 kg 100 kg A 39 Magnesium scrap, see Magnesium, etc. (UN 1869) Magnesium sillclde 4.3 UN2624 II 4.3 A19. A20, 6105, B106 151 212 241 15 kg 50 kg B 85, 103 Magnetized material, see section 173.21 D Maleic acid Maleic anhydride Malononltrile 8 NA2215 8 UN2215 6.1 UN2647 III 8 III 8 II 6.1 T7 154 154 None 213 240 213 240 212 242 25 kg 25 kg 25 kg 100 kg 100 kg 100 kg A A A 12 Mancozeb (manganese ethytenebisdithiocarbamatB complex with zinc) see Maneb Maneb or Maneb preparations with not less than 60 percent maneb Maneb stabilized or Maneb preparations, stabilized against sell-heating 4.2 UN2210 4.3 UN2968 ill 4.2, 4.3 III 4.3 57, A1, A19, BIOS 54, A1, A19, B108 None 151 213 242 25 kg 213 242 25 kg 100 kg 100 kg A B 34 34 Manganese nitrate 5.1 UN2724 III 5.1 A1 152 213 240 25 kg 100 kg A Manganese resinate 4.1 UN1330 III 4.1 A1 151 213 240 25 kg 100 kg A Manmtan tetranitrate Forbidden Mannitol hexamtrate (dry) Forbidden 0 Mannitol hexanitrate, wetted or Nltromannlte, wetted with not less than 40 percent water, or mixture ol alcohol and water by mass 1 ID UN0133 II 1.1D 121 None 62 None Forbidden Forbidden B IE, 5E Marine pollutants, liquid or solid, n.o.s., see Environmentally hazardous substances, liquid or solid, n.o.s. Matches, block, see Matches, 'strike anywhere' Matches, fusee 4.1 UN2254 III 4.1 186 186 None Forbidden Forbidden A Matchea, safety (book, card or strike on box) Matches, strike anywhere 4.1 UN1944 4.1 UN1331 III 4.1 III 4.1 186 186 None 25 kg 100 kg A 186 186 None Forbidden Forbidden B Matches, wax, Vesta 4.1 UN1945 III 4.1 186 186 None 25 kg 100 kg B Matting acid, see Sulfuric acid Medicine, liquid, flammable, toxic, n.o.s. Medicine, liquid, flammable, toxic, n.o.s. 3 UN3248 3 UN3248 II 3. 6.1 36 III 3, 6.1 36 None 202 None 1 L 5L B 40 150 203 None 5 L 5 L A 'Label Codes: 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, and 1.6--EXPLOSIVE: 2.1--FLAMMABLE GAS; 2.2--NON-FLAMMABLE GAS; 2.3--POISON GAS; 3--FLAMMABLE LIQUID. 4 1--FLAMMABLE SOLID; 4.2--SPONTANEOUSLY COMBUSTIBLE. 4.3--DANGEROUS WHEN WET; 5.1--OXIDIZER; 5.2--ORGANIC PEROXIOE; 6.1 (PGI. ZONE A and B inhalation hazard)--POISON INHALATION HAZARD; 6.1 (PGI or PGM, other than Zone A and B)--POISON; 61 PGIII--KEEP AWAY FROM FOOD; 6 2--INFECTIOUS SUBSTANCE. 7--RADIOACTIVE; 0--CORROSIVE, 9--CLASS 9 132 PART 172 172.101--Medicine-Mercury ABD00131900 April 1998 1-- Symbols 1 Identification ' Numbers & Label Codes 172.101 Hazardous Materials Table Hazardous Materials Descriptions and Proper Shipping Names (2) Medicine, liquid, toxic, n.o.s. Medicine, liquid, toxic, n.o.s. Medicine, solid, toxic, n.o.s. Medicine, solid, toxic, n.o.s. D Medicines, corrosive, liquid, n.o.s. D Medicines, corrosive, liquid, n.o.s. D Medicines, corrosive, solid, n.o.s. D Medicines, corrosive, solid, n.o.s. D Medicines, flammable, liquid, n.o.s. D Medicines, flammable, liquid, n.o.s. D Medicines, flammable, liquid, n.o.s. D Medicines, flammable, solid, n.o.s. D Medicines, oxidizing substance, solid, n.o.s. Memtetrahydrophthalic anhydride, see Corrosive liquids, n.o.s. Hazard Class or Division PG (3) (5) 6.1 UN1851 II 6.1 6.1 UN1851 III 6.1 6.1 UN3249 II 6.1 6.1 UN3249 III 6.1 S NA1760 II 8 8 NA1760 III 8 8 NA1759 II 8 8 NA1759 III 8 3 NA1993 13 3 NA1993 II 3 3 NA1993 ill 3 4.1 NA1325 II 4.1 5.1 NA1479 II 5.1 Special Provisions (7) 36 36 B3 B1 (8) (9) (10) Packaging (173.***) Quantity Limitations Vessel Stowage Ex cep tions Non bulk Bulk Passenger Aircraft/ Rail Cargo Arfcraft Only Other (8A) (8B) (8C) (9A) (98) (10A) (10B) 153 202 243 5 L 5 L C 40 153 203 241 5 L 5 L c 40 153 212 None 5 kg 153 213 None 5 kg 5 kg 5 kg c 40 c 40 154 202 242 1 L 30 L 8 40 154 203 241 5 L 60 L A 40 154 212 240 15 kg 50 kg A 154 213 240 25 kg 100 kg A 150 201 243 1 L 30 L E 150 202 242 5 L 60 L B 150 203 242 60 L 220 L A 151 212 240 15 kg 50 kg B 152 212 242 5 kg 25 kg B 56. 58. 69. 106 Mercaptans, liquid, flammable, toxic, n.o.s. or Mercaptan mixtures, liquid, flammable, toxic, n.o.s. 3 UN 1228 II 3, 6.1 T13 None 202 243 Forbidden 60 L B 40, 95 Mercaptans, liquid, flammable, toxic, n.o.s. or Mercaptan mixtures, liquid, flammable, toxic, n.o.s. 3 UN1228 III 3, 6.1 B1. T8 150 203 242 5 L 220 L A 40, 95 Mercaptans, liquid, toxic, flammable, n.o.s. or Mercaptan mixtures, liquid, toxic, flammable, n.o.s., flash point not less than 23 degrees C 6.1 UN3071 II 6.1, 3 T14 None 202 243 5 L 60 L C 40, 121 S-Mercaptotetrazol-1-acetic acid Mercuric arsenate Mercuric chloride Mercuric compounds, see Mercury compounds, etc. 1.4C UN0448 6.1 UN1623 6.1 UN1624 II 1.4C II 6.1 II 6.1 None None None 62 None 212 242 212 242 Forbidden 75 kg 25 kg 100 kg 25 kg 100 kg A A A 1E.5E.24E Mercuric nitrate Mercuric potassium cyanide Mercuric sullocyanate, see Mercury thiocyanate 6.1 UN1625 6.1 UN1626 II 6.1 1 6.1 N73 N74, N75 None None 212 242 211 242 25 kg 5 kg 100 kg 50 kg A A 26 Mercuroi, see Mercury nucleate Mercurous azide Forbidden Mercurous compounds, see Mercury compounds, etc. Mercurous nitrate A, Mercury W 6.1 UN1627 8 UN2809 II 6.1 III 6 None 164 212 242 164 240 25 kg 35 kg 100 kg 35 kg A B 40. 97 Mercury acetate Mercury acetytide 6.1 UN1629 Forbidden II 6.1 None 212 242 25 kg 100 kg A Mercury ammonium chloride Mercury based pesticides, liquid, flammable, toxic, flash point less than 23 degrees C 6.1 UN1630 3 UN2778 II 6.1 1 3, 6.1 None None 212 242 201 243 25 kg 100 kg Forbidden 30 L A B 40 Mercury based pesticides, liquid, flammable, toxic, flash point less than 23 degrees C 3 UN2778 II 3, 6.1 None 202 243 1L 60 L B 40 Mercury based pesticides, liquid, toxic Mercury based pesticides, liquid, toxic Mercury based pesticides, liquid, toxic Mercury based pesticides, liquid, toxic, flammable, flashpoint not less than 23 degrees C 6.1 UN3012 6.1 UN3012 6.1 UN3012 6.1 UN3011 1 6.1 T42 II 6.1 T14 III 6.1 T14 1 6.1. 3 T42 None None 153 None 201 243 202 243 203 241 201 243 1L 5L 60 L 1L 30 L 60 L 220 L 30 L B 40 B 40 A 40 B 40 Mercury based pesticides, liquid, toxic, flammable, flashpoint not less than 23 degrees C 6.1 UN3011 II 6.1, 3 T14 None 202 243 5 L 60 L B 40 Mercury based pesticides, liquid, toxic, flammable, flashpoint not less than 23 degrees C 6.1 UN3011 III 6.1, 3 T14 153 203 242 60 L 220 L A 40 Mercury based pesticides, solid, toxic 6.1 UN2777 1 6.1 None 211 242 5 kg 50 kg A 40 'Label Codes: 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, and 1.6--EXPLOSIVE; 2.1--FLAMMABLE GAS; 2.2--NON-FLAMMABLE GAS; 2.3--POISON GAS; 3--FLAMMABLE LIQUID; 4.1-- FLAMMABLE SOLID; 4.2--SPONTANEOUSLY COMBUSTIBLE; 4.3--DANGEROUS WHEN WET; 5.1--OXIDIZER; 5 2--ORGANIC PEROXIDE; 6.1 {PGI, ZONE A and B inhalation hazard)--POISON INHALATION HAZARD; 6.1 (PGI or PGM, other than Zone A and B)--POISON; 6.1 PGIII--KEEP AWAY FROM FOOD6.2-- INFECTIOUS SUBSTANCE; 7--RADIOACTIVE; 8--CORROSIVE; 9--CLASS 9 133 Symbols |3 3 Location ABD00131901 April 1998 172.101 --Mercury-Metal Hazardous Materials Descriptions and Proper Shipping Names (2) Mercury based pesticides, solid, toxic Mercury based pesticides, solid, toxic Mercury benzoate Mercury bromides Mercury compounds, liquid, n.o.s. Mercury compounds, liquid, n.o.s. Mercury compounds, liquid, n.o.s. Mercury compounds, solid, n.o.s. Mercury compounds, solid, n.o.s. Mercury compounds, solid, n.o.s. A Mercury contained in manufactured anicles Mercury cyanide Mercury fulminate, wetted with not less than 20 percent water, or mixture of alcohol and water, by mass Mercury gluconate Mercury iodide, solid Mercury iodide aquabasic ammonobasic (Iodide of Millon's base) Mercury iodide, solution Mercury nitride Mercury nucleate Mercury oleate Mercury oxide Mercury oxycyanide Mercury oxycyanide, desensitized Mercury potassium Iodide Mercury salicylate + Mercury sulfates Mercury thiocyanate Mesityl oxide Metal alkyl halides, n.o.s. or Metal aryl halides, n.o.s. Metal alkyl hydrides, n.o.s. or Metal aryl hydrides, n.o.s. D Metal alkyl, solution, n.o.s. Metal alkyls, n.o.s. or Metal aryls, n.o.s. Metal carbonyls, n.o.s. Metal carbonyls, n.o.s. Metal carbonyls, n.o.s. Metal catalyst, dry Metal catalyst, dry Metal catalyst, dry Metal catalyst, wetted with a visible excess of liquid Metal hydrides, flammable, n.o.s. Metal hydrides, flammable, n.o.s. Metal hydrides, water reactive, n.o.s. Metal hydrides, water reactive, n.o.s. Metal powder, self-heating, n.o.s. Metal powder, self-heating, n.o.s. Metal powders, flammable, n.o.s. Metal powders, flammable, n.o.s. Metal salts of methyl nitramine (dry) Metal salts of organic compounds, flammable, n.o.s. Metal salts of organic compounds, flammable, n.o.s. 172.101 Hazardous Materials Table co A ilHazard liClass or Division 5 PG 3 (3) (4) (5) (6)1 6.1 UN2777 II 6.1 Special Provisions (7) (8) Packaging (173.'**) Ex cep tions (8A) None Non bulk Bulk (8B) (8C) 212 242 6.1 UN2777 III 6.1 153 213 240 6.1 UN1631 II 6.1 None 212 242 6.1 UN1634 II 6.1 None 212 242 6.1 UN2024 1 6.1 None 201 243 6.1 UN2024 II 6 1 None 202 243 6.1 UN2024 III 6.1 153 203 241 6 1 UN2025 6.1 UN2025 1 61 II 6.1 None None 211 242 212 242 6.1 UN2025 111 6 1 153 213 240 8 UN2809 III 8 None 164 None 6.1 UN1636 1.1A UNO135 II 6.1 N74, N75 II 1.1A 111,117 None None 212 242 62 None 6.1 UN1637 6 1 UN1638 Forbidden II 6.1 II 6.1 6.1 UN1638 Forbidden 6.1 UN1639 6.1 UN1640 6.1 UN1641 Forbidden 6 1 UN1642 6 1 UN 1643 6 1 UN1644 6.1 UN1645 6 1 UN1646 3 UN1229 4.2 UN3049 II 6.1 II 6.1 II 6 1 II 6.1 II 6.1 II 6.1 II 6.1 II 6.1 II 6.1 III 3 1 4.2 B1, T1 B9. B11. T28, T29. T40 4.2 UN3050 1 4.2 B9, B11. T28, T29, T40 3 NA9195 4.2 UN2003 6.1 UN3281 6 1 UN3281 6.1 UN3281 42 UN2881 4.2 UN2881 42 UN2881 4.2 UN1376 li 3 1 4.2 1 61 II 6.1 til 6.1 1 4.2 II 4.2 III 4.2 II 4.2 B11. T42 5 T14 T7 N34 N34 N34 A2, A8, N34 4.1 IUN3182 4 1 UN3182 4.3 UN 1409 4.3 UN 1409 4.2 UN3189 4.2 UN3189 4 1 UN3089 4.1 UN3089 Forbidden 4.1 UN3181 II 4.1 III 4 1 1 4.3 11 4.3 II 4.2 III 4.2 II 4.1 III 4 1 II 4 1 A1 A1 A19, B100, N34, N40 A19, BIOT, B106, N34, N40 A1 4.1 UN3181 III 4 1 A1 None None None None None None None None None None None None None None 150 None None None 153 None None None None 151 151 None 151 None None 151 151 151 151 212 242 212 242 202 243 212 242 212 242 212 242 212 242 212 242 212 242 212 242 212 242 203 242 181 244 181 244 202 242 181 244 201 243 202 243 203 241 187 None 187 242 187 241 212 None 212 240 213 240 211 242 212 242 212 241 213 241 212 240 213 240 212 240 213 240 (9) (10) Quantity Limitations Vessel Stowage Passen ger Aircraft/ Rail Cargo Arlcraft Only Other <9A) <9B) (tOB) 25 kg 100 kg A 40 100 kg 200 kg A 40 25 kg 100 kg A 25 kg 100 kg A 1L 30 L B 40 5L 60 L B 40 60 L 220 L B 40 5 kg 50 kg A 25 kg 100 kg A 100 kg 200 kg A No limit No limit B 40, 97 25 kg 100 kg A 26 Forbidden Forbidden E 2E.6E 25 kg 25 kg 100 kg 100 kg A A 5L 60 L A 25 kg 25 kg 25 kg 100 kg 100 kg 100 kg A A A 25 kg 100 kg A 25 kg 100 kg A 25 kg 100 kg A 25 kg 100 kg A 25 kg 100 kg A 60 L 220 L A Forbidden Forbidden D Forbidden Forbidden D 1 L 4L a Forbidden Forbidden D 1L 30 L B 5L 60 L B 60 L 220 L A Forbidden Forbidden C Forbidden 50 kg C 25 kg 100 kg C Forbidden 50 kg C 15 kg 50 kg 25 kg 100 kg Forbidden 15 kg 15 kg 50 kg 15 kg 50 kg 25 kg 100 kg IS kg 50 kg 25 kg 100 kg E E D D C C B B 26, 91 40 40 40 15 kg 25 kg 50 kg B 40 100 kg B 40 1 Label Codes: l.l. 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, and 1.6-EXPLOSIVE; 2.1--FLAMMABLE GAS; 2 2--NON-FLAMMABLE GAS; 2.3--POISON GAS; 3--FLAMMABLE LIQUID; 4.1 --FLAMMABLE SOLID, 4.2-SPONTANEOUSLY COMBUSTIBLE. 4.3--DANGEROUS WHEN WET: 5.1-OXIDlZER, 5.2--ORGANIC PEROXIDE. 6.1 (PGI, ZONE A and B inhalation hazard)--POISON INHALATION HAZARD; 6.1 (PGI or PGM, other than Zone A and B)--POISON, 6.1 PGIII--KEEP AWAY FROM FOOD, 6.2--INFECTIOUS SUBSTANCE; 7--RADIOACTIVE; 0--CORROSIVE; 9--CLASS 9 134 PART 172 172.101--Metaldehyde-Methyl ABD00131902 April 1998 1-- Symbols 1 Identification Numbers Label Codes3 o> Location 172.101 Hazardous Materials Table Hazardous Materials Descriptions and Proper Shipping Names Metaldehyde (2) Metallic substance, water-reactive, n.o.s. Metallic substance, water-reactive, n.o.s. Metallic substance, water-reactive, n.o.s. Metallic substance, water-reactive, self heating, n.o.s. Metallic substance, water-reactive, self heating, n.o.s. Metallic substance, water-reactive, self heating, n.o.s. Methacrytaldehyde, Inhibited Methacrylic acid, inhibited Methacrylonltrlle, Inhibited Methallyl alcohol Methane and hydrogen, mixtures, see Hydrogen and methane, mixtures, etc. Hazard Class or Division PG Special Provisions (3) (5) 4.1 UN 1332 III 4.1 A1 (7) 4.3 UN3208 1 4.3 B101, B106 4.3 UN3208 II 4.3 B101, B106 4.3 UN3208 III 4.3 B105, B108 4.3 UN3209 1 4.3. B100 4.2 4.3 UN3209 II 4.3, B101. B106 4.2 4.3 UN3209 III 4.3, B101, B106 4.2 3 UN2396 II 3, 6.1 T8 8 UN2531 III 8 T8, T47 3 UN3079 1 3, 6.1 2. 89, B14, B32, B74, T38, T43, T45 3 UN2614 IN 3 B1.T1 (8) (9) (10) Packaging {173.***) Quantity Limitations Vassal Stowage Exceptlons Non bulk Bulk Passen ger Aircraft/ Rail Cargo Aricraft Only Other (8A) (8B) <8C) (9A) <9B) (10B) 151 213 240 25 kg 100 kg A None 211 242 Forbidden 15 kg E 40 151 212 242 15 kg 50 kg E 40 151 213 241 25 kg 100 kg E 40 None 211 242 Forbidden 15 kg E 40 None 212 242 15 kg 50 kg E 40 None 213 242 25 kg 100 kg E 40 None 154 None 202 243 203 241 227 244 1 L 60 L 5 L 60 L Forbidden 30 L E 40 A D 12. 40, 48 150 203 242 60 L 220 L A Methane, compressed or Natural gas, compressed (with high methane content) Methane, refrigerated liquid (cryogenic liquid) or Natural gas, refrigerated liquid (cryogenic liquid), with high methane content) 2.1 UN1971 2.1 UN1972 2.1 2.1 306 302 302 Forbidden 150 kg E None None 318 Forbidden Forbidden D 40 40 Methanesultonyl chloride l Methanol D Methanol Methazoic acid 6.1 UN3246 3 UN1230 3 UN1230 Forbidden 1 6.1. 8 2, 25, B9, B14, B32, B74, T38, T43. T45 II 3. 6.1 T8 II 3 T8 None 150 150 227 244 Forbidden Forbidden D 202 242 202 242 1L 1L 60 L 60 L B B 40 40 40 4-Methoxy-4-methylpentan-2-one 1 -Methoxy-2-propanol Methoxymethyl Isocyanate Methyl acetate Methyl acetylene and propadlene mixtures, stabilized Methyl acrylate, Inhibited Methyl alcohol, see Methanol 3 UN2293 3 UN3092 3 UN2605 3 UN1231 2.1 UN1060 III 3 Bl, T1 III 3 B1, T1 1 3, 6.1 1, B9, B14, B30, B72, T38, T43, T44 II 3 B101, T8 2.1 3 UN1919 II 3 T8 150 150 None ISO 306 150 203 242 203 242 226 244 60 L 220 L A 60 L 220 L A Forbidden Forbidden D 202 242 304 314, 315 202 242 5 L 60 L Forbidden 150 kg 5 L 60 L B B B 40 40 Methyl allyl chloride Methyl amyl ketone, see Amyl methyl ketone 3 UN2554 II 3 B101, T8 150 202 242 5 L 60 L E Methyl bromide Methyl bromide and chtoropicrin mixtures with more than 2 percent chtoropicrin, see Chloropicrln and methyl bromide mixtures 23 UN1062 2.3 3, B14 None 193 314, 315 Forbidden 25 kg D 40 Methyl bromide and chtoropicrin mixtures with not more than 2 percent chtoropicrin, see Methyl bromide Methyl bromide and ethylene dibromide mixtures, liquid Methyl bromoacetate 2-Methyl-1-butene 2-Methyl-2-butene 3-Methyl-1-butene Methyl tert-butyl ether Methyl butyrate Methyl chloride or Refrigerant gas R 40 Methyl chloride and chtoropicrin mixtures, see Chloropicrln and methyl chloride mixtures 6.1 UN1647 6.1 UN2643 3 UN2459 3 UN2460 3 UN2561 3 UN2398 3 UN1237 2.1 UN1063 1 6.1 II 6.1 13 II 3 13 II 3 II 3 2.1 2, B9, B14, B32, B74, N65, T38, T43, T45 B100, T8 T14 T14 T20 B101.T14 T1 None None None None None ISO 150 306 227 244 Forbidden 30 L 202 243 201 243 202 242 201 243 202 242 202 242 304 314, 315 5L 1L 5L 1L 5L 5L 5 kg 60 L 30 L 60 L 30 L 60 L 60 L 100 kg C D E E E E B D 40 40 40 Methyl chloride and methylene chloride mixtures Methyl chloroacetate 2.1 UN1912 6.1 UN2295 2.1 1 6.1, 3 T42 306 304 314, :orbidden 150 kg D 40 315 None 201 243 1L 30 L D 'Label Codes: 1.1, 1.2. 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, and 1.6--EXPLOSIVE; 2.1--FLAMMABLE GAS; 2.2--NON-FLAMMABLE GAS; 2.3--POISON GAS; 3--FLAMMABLE LIQUID; 4.1--FLAMMABLE SOLID; 4.2--SPONTANEOUSLY COMBUSTIBLE; 4.3--DANGEROUS WHEN WET; 5.1--OXIDIZER; 5.2--ORGANIC PEROXIDE; 6.1 (PGI, ZONE A and B inhalation hazard)--POISON INHALATION HAZARD; 6.1 (PGI or PGII, other than Zone A and B)--POISON; 6.1 PGIII--KEEP AWAY FROM FOOD62--INFECTIOUS SUBSTANCE; 7--RADIOACTIVE; 8--CORROSIVE; 9--CLASS 9 135 April 1998 ABD00131903 172.101--Methyl 0 2 E Hazardous Materials Descriptions and in Proper Shipping Names (1) (2) Methyl chlorocarbonate, see Methyl chloroformate Hazard Class or Division (3) - Identification -- Numbers' Label Codes e Location 172.101 PG (5) Hazardous Materials Table (8) Packaging (173.***) Special Provisions (7) Excep* tlons (0A) Non bulk (8B) Bulk (8C) (9) (10) Quantity Limitations Vessel Stowage Passen ger Aircraft/ Rail Cargo Arlcraft Only Other <9A) (9B) <10B) Methyl chloroform, see 1,1,1-Trlchloroethane Methyl chloroformate Methyl chloromethyl ether Methyl 2-chloroproplonate Methyl dichloroacetate Methyl ethyl ether, see Ethyl methyl ether 6.1 UN1238 6.1 UN 1239 3 UN2933 6.1 UN2299 1 6.1. 1, B9, B14, B30, B72, N34, 3, 8 T38, T43, T44 1 6.1, 3 1. B9, B14, B30, B72, T38, T43, T44 III 3 B1,T7 III 6.1 T1 None None 150 153 226 244 Forbidden Forbidden D 226 244 Forbidden Forbidden D 203 242 203 241 60 L 60 L 220 L 220 L A A 21. 40, 100 40 Methyl ethyl ketone, see Ethyl methyl ketone Methyl ethyl ketone peroxide, in solution with more than 9 percent by mass active oxygen 2-Methyl-5-ethylpyridlne Methyl fluoride or Refrigerant gas R 41 Forbidden 6.1 UN2300 2 1 UN2454 III 6.1 21 77 153 203 241 60 L 220 L A 306 304 314, Forbidden 150 kg E 315 40 Methyl formate 2-Methyl-2-heptanethlol 3 UN 1243 6.1 UN3023 Methyl Iodide 6.1 UN2644 Methyl isobutyl carbinol 3 UN2053 Methyl Isobutyl ketone 3 UN 1245 Methyl isobutyl ketone peroxide, in solution with Forbidden more than 9 percent by mass active oxygen Methyl isocyanate 6.1 UN2480 Methyl Isopropenyl ketone, Inhibited Methyl Isothiocyanate 3 UN1246 6.1 UN2477 Methyl Isovalerate Methyl magnesium bromide, in ethyl ether Methyl mercaptan 3 UN2400 4.3 UN1928 2.3 UN1064 1 3 T20 1 6.1. 3 2. B9, B14, B32. B74, T38, T43, T45 1 6.1 2. B9. B14. B32, B74, T38, T43, T45 III 3 B1, T1 II 3 T1 1 6.1, 3 1, A7, B9, B14, B30, B72, T38, T43, T44 II 3 T7 1 6.1, 3 2, B9, B14, B32, B74, T38, T43, T45 II 3 T1 1 4.3, 3 2.3. 3, B7. B9, B14 2.1 150 None None 150 150 201 243 227 244 1L 30 L E Forbidden Forbidden D 227 244 Forbidden Forbidden A 203 242 202 242 60 L 5L 220 L 60 L A B 40. 102 12, 40 None 150 None 150 None None 226 244 Forbidden Forbidden D 202 242 227 244 5L 60 L B Forbidden Forbidden A 202 242 201 243 304 314, 315 5 L 60 L Forbidden 1 L Forbidden 25 kg B D D 26, 40 40 Methyl mercaptopropionaldehyde, see Thla-4pentanal Methyl methacrylate monomer, Inhibited Methyl nitramine (dry) Methyl nitrate Methyl nitrite 3 UN1247 Forbidden Forbidden Forbidden II 3 T8 150 202 242 5 L 60 L B 40 Methyl norbomene dicarboxylic anhydride, see Corrosive liquids, n.o.s. Methyl orthosilicate D Methyl parathion liquid D Methyl parathion solid D Methyl phosphonlc dlchlorlde 6.1 UN2606 6.1 NA3018 6.1 NA2783 6.1 NA9206 l 6.1, 3 2, B9. B14, B32. B74, T38, T43. T45 II 6.1 N76, T14 II 6.1 N77 1 6.1. 8 2, A3. B9, B14, B32, B74, N34. N43, T3S, T43, T45 None None None None 227 244 Forbidden 30 L E 202 243 212 242 227 244 Forbidden 1 L A 25 kg 100 kg A Forbidden Forbidden C 40 40 40 Methyl phosphonothioic dichlonde, anhydrous, see Corrosive liquid, n.o.s. D Methyl phosphonous dlchlorlde, pyrophoric liquid Methyl picric acid (heavy metal salts of) Methyl propionate Methyl propyl ether Methyl propyl ketone 6.1 NA2845 Forbidden 3 UN1248 3 UN2612 3 UN1249 1 6.1, 2. B9, B14, B16, B32, B74, 4.2 T38, T43, T45 II 3 B101, T2 II 3 T14 II 3 T1 None 227 244 Forbidden Forbidden D 150 202 242 5 L 150 202 242 5 L 150 202 242 5 L 60 L 60 L 60 L B E B 18 40 Methyl sulfate, see Dimethyl sulfate Methyl sulfide, see Dimethyl sulfide Methyl trichloroacetate 6.1 UN2533 II 6.1 T1 153 203 241 60 L 220 L A Methyl trimethylol methane trinitrate Forbidden 'Label Codes: 1 1 1.2. 13, 1.4, 1.S, and 1.6-EXPLOSIVE, 2.1--FLAMMABLE GAS; 2 2--NON-FLAMMABLE GAS; 2,3--POISON GAS; 3-FLAMMABLE LIQUID; 4 1--FLAMMABLE SOLID; 4.2--SPONTANEOUSLY COMBUSTIBLE; 4.3--DANGEROUS WHEN WET, 5.1--OXIDIZER. 5.2--ORGANIC PEROXIDE; 6.1 (PGI. ZONE A and B inhalation hazard)--POISON INHALATION HAZARD; 6.1 (PGI or PGM, other than Zone A and B)--POISON; 6.1 PGIII--KEEP AWAY FROM FOOD, 6.2--INFECTIOUS SUBSTANCE; 7--RADIOACTIVE; 8--CORROSIVE; 9--CLASS 9 136 | 3 Symbols 1 - 2 Identification Numbers Label Codes PART 172 172.101 --Methyl-Monoethylamine ABD00131904 April 1998 Hazardous Materials Descriptions and Proper Shipping Names (2) Methyl vinyl ketone, stabilized Methylal Methylamine, anhydrous Methylamlne, aqueous solution Methylamine dinitramine and dry salts thereot Methylamine nitroform Methylamine perchlorate (dry) Methylamyl acetate N-Methylanillne alphe-Methylbenzyl alcohol 3-Methylbutan-2-one N-Methyibutylamlne Methylchlorosllane Methylcyclohexane Methylcyclohexanols, flammable Methy(cyclohexanone Methylcyclopentane D Methyldlchloroarslne Methyldichlorosilane Methylene chloride, see Dlchloromethane Methylene glycol dinitrate 2-Methylturan a-Methylglucoside tetranitrate a-Methylgtycerol trinitrate 5-Methylhexan-2-one Methylhydrazine 4-Methylmorphollne or n-methylmorphollne Methylpentadienes 2-Methylpentan-2-ol Methylpentanes, see Hexanes Methylphenyldichlorosllane 1-Methylplperidlne MethyItetrahydroturan Methyltrlchlorosllane alpha-Methylvaleraldehyde Mine rescue equipment containing carbon dioxide, see Carbon dioxide Mines with bursting charge Mines with bursting charge Mines with bursting charge Mines with bursting charge Mixed acid, see Nitrating acid, mixtures etc. Mobility aids, see Wheel chair, electric D Model rocket motor D Model rocket motor Molybdenum pentachtoride Monochloroacetone (unstabilized) Monochloroethylene, see Vinyl chloride, inhibited Monoethanolamine, see Ethanolamlne, solutions Monoethylamine, see Ethylamlne 172.101 Hazardous Materials Table Hazard Class or Division PG (3) (5) 6.1 UN1251 1 6.1, 3, 8 Special Provisions (7) 1.25, B9, B14, B30, B72. T38, T43, T44 (8) Packaging {173.***) Ex cep tions (8A) None Non bulk Bulk (BB) (8C) 226 244 (9) (10) Quantity Limitations Vessel Stowage Passen ger Aircraft/ Rail Cargo Arlcraft Only S Other <9A) (9B) (10A) (10B) Forbidden Forbidden B 40 3 UN 1234 2.1 UN1061 II 3 2.1 T14 3 UN1235 Forbidden II 3. 8 81, T8 None 306 150 202 242 304 314. 315 202 243 5 L 60 L Forbidden 150 kg 1 L 5L E B E 40 41 Forbidden Forbidden 3 UN1233 6.1 UN2294 6.1 UN2937 3 UN2397 III 3 III 6.1 III 6.1 II 3 B1, T1 T7 T1 T1 150 203 242 60 L 153 203 241 60 L 153 203 241 60 L 150 202 242 5 L 220 L 220 L 220 L 60 L A A A B 3 UN2945 2.3 UN2534 3 UN2296 3 UN2617 II 3, 8 T8 2.3, 2, A2. A3, A7, B9, B14, N34 2.1. 8 II 3 B1.T1 III 3 B1.T2 None None 150 150 202 243 226 314, 315 202 242 203 242 1 L 5L B Forbidden Forbidden D 5L 60 L 60 L 220 L B A 40 17.40 3 UN2297 3 UN2298 III 3 II 3 Bl, T1 T8 150 203 242 60 L 150 202 242 5 L 220 L 60 L A B 6.1 NA1556 4.3 UN1242 1 6.1 1 4.3. 8, 3 2 A2, A3, A7, B6, B77, N34, T16. T26 None None 192 None 201 243 Forbidden Forbidden D Forbidden 1 L 0 40, 95 21.28, 40, 49. 100 Forbidden 3 UN2301 Forbidden Forbidden 3 UN2302 6.1 UN1244 3 UN2535 3 UN2461 3 UN256Q II 3 T7 III 3 1 6.1, 3, 8 II 3, 8 II 3 III 3 Bl, T1 1, B9, B14, B30. B72, B77, N34, T38, T43, T44 B6, T8 T7 Bl, T1 150 202 242 5 L 60 L E 150 None None 150 150 203 242 226 244 60 L 220 L A Forbidden Forbidden D 202 243 202 242 203 242 1L 5L 60 L 5L 60 L 220 L B E A 21, 40, 49, 100 40 8 UN2437 3 UN2399 3 UN2536 3 UN1250 3 UN2367 II 8 II 3, 8 II 3 1 3, 8 II 3 T8, T26 T6 Bl01. T7 A7. B6, B77, N34.T14, T26 Bl, T1 154 None 150 None 150 202 242 202 243 202 242 201 243 202 242 1 L 30 L 1 L SL 5 L 60 L Forbidden 2.5 L 5 L 60 L C 40 B B B 40 B 1.1F UN0136 1.1D UN0137 1.2D UN0138 1.2F UN0294 II 1.1F II 1.1 D II 1.2D II 1.2F 62 None 62 None 62 None 62 None Forbidden Forbidden E Forbidden Forbidden B Forbidden Forbidden B Forbidden Forbidden E 3E.7E 3E.7E 1.4C NA0276 1.4S NA0323 8 UN2S08 Forbidden II 1.4C 51 II 1.4S 51 III 8 T8, T26 None None 154 62 None 62 None 213 240 Forbidden 75 kg 25 kg 100 kg 25 kg 100 kg A A C 24E 9E 40 1 Label Codes: 1.1, 1.2. 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, and 1.6--EXPLOSIVE; 2.1--FLAMMABLE GAS; 2.2--NON-FLAMMABLE GAS; 2.3--POISON GAS; 3--FLAMMABLE LIQUID; 4.1--FLAMMABLE SOLID; 4.2--SPONTANEOUSLY COMBUSTIBLE; 4.3--DANGEROUS WHEN WET; 5.1--OXIDIZER; 5.2--ORGANIC PEROXIDE; 6.1 (PGI, ZONE A and B inhalation hazard)--POISON INHALATION HAZARD; 6.1 (PGl or PGII, other than Zone A and B)--POISON; 6.1 PGIII--KEEP AWAY FROM FOOD; 6.2--INFECTIOUS SUBSTANCE; 7--RADIOACTIVE: 8--CORROSIVE; 9--CLASS 9 137 April 1998 ABD00131905 172.101--Morpholine-Nitrating Symbols j Identification- j Numbers o Location 172.101 Hazardous Materials Table (8) (9) (10) Packaging (|173.`") Quantity Limitations Vessel Stowage Hazardous Materials Descriptions and Proper Shipping Names Hazard Class or Division 0 1 PG a Special Provisions Ex cep tions Non bulk Bulk Passen ger Aircraft/ Rail Cargo Aricraft Only Other Morpholine (2) (3) (5) (6)' 3 UN2054 III 3 B1.T1 (7) (8A) (88) (8C) <9A) 150 203 242 60 L (9B) 220 L A (108) Morpholine, aqueous, mixture, see Corrosive liquids, n.o.s. Motor fuel anti-knock compounds sea Motor fuel anti-knock mixtures + Motor fuel anti-knock mixtures 6.1 UM1649 1 6.1, 3 14, 69, 690, T26, T39 None 201 244 Forbidden 30 L D 25, 40 Motor spirit, see Gasoline Muriatic acid, see Hydrochloric acid solution Musk xylene, see 5-tert-Butyt2,4,6-trlnltro-mxylene Naphtha see Petroleum dlstallate n.o.s. Naphthalene, crude or Naphthalene, refined 4 1 UN1334 III 4.1 A1 151 213 240 25 kg 100 kg A Naphthalene diozonide Forbidden Naphthalene, molten beta-Naphthylamlne elpha-Naphthylamlne 4.1 UN2304 6.1 UN1650 6.1 UN2077 III 4.1 II 6.1 III 6.1 A1.T8 T12, T26 T7 151 None 153 213 241 212 242 213 240 Forbidden Forbidden C 25 kg 100 kg 100 kg 200 kg A A Naphthylammeperchlorate Naphthylthlourea Naphthylurea Forbidden 6.1 UN1651 6.1 UN1652 II 6.1 II 6.1 None None 212 242 212 242 25 kg 25 kg 100 kg 100 kg A A Natural gases (with high methane content), see Methane, etc. (UN 1971, UN 1972) Neohexane, see Hexanes Neon, compressed Neon, refrigerated liquid (cryogenic liquid) 2.2 UN1065 2.2 UN1913 2.2 22 306 302 302 75 kg 320 316 None 50 kg 150 kg 500 kg A B New explosive or explosive device, see sections 173.51 and 173.56 Nickel carbonyl Nickel cyanide 6.1 UN 1259 6.1 UN1653 1 6.1, 3 1 II 6.1 N74, N75 None None 198 None Forbidden Forbidden D 212 242 25 kg 100 kg A 18, 40 26 Nickel nitrate 5.1 UN2725 III 5.1 A1 152 213 240 25 kg 100 kg A Nickel nitrite 5.1 UN2726 III 5.1 A1 152 213 240 25 kg 100 kg A 56, S8 Nickel picrate Forbidden Nicotine 6.1 UN1654 Nicotine compounds, liquid, n.o.s. or Nicotine preparations, liquid, n.o.s. 6.1 UN3144 Nicotine compounds, liquid, n.o.s. or Nicotine preparations, liquid, n.o.s. 6.1 UN3144 Nicotine compounds, liquid, n.o.s. or Nicotine preparations, liquid, n.o.s. 6.1 UN3144 Nicotine compounds, solid, n.o.a. or Nicotine preparations, solid, n.o.s. 6.1 UN 1655 Nicotine compounds, solid, n.o.s. or Nicotine preparations, solid, n.o.s. 6.1 UN 1655 Nicotine compounds, solid, n.o.s. or Nicotine preparations, solid, n.o.s. 6 1 UN1655 Nicotine hydrochloride or Nicotine hydrochloride solution 6.1 UN1656 Nicotine salicylate 6.1 UN1657 Nicotine sulfate, solid 6.1 UN1658 Nicotine sulfate, solution 6.1 UN 1658 Nicotine tartrate 6.1 UN 1659 II 6.1 1 61 II 6.1 III 6.1 1 6.1 II 6.1 111 6.1 II 6.1 II 6.1 II 6.1 II 6.1 II 6.1 A4, T42 T14 T7 T14 None None None 153 None None 153 None None None None None 202 243 201 243 202 243 203 241 211 242 212 242 213 240 202 243 212 242 212 242 202 243 212 242 5L 1L 5L 60 L 5 kg 25 kg 100 kg 5L 25 kg 25 kg 5L 25 kg 60 L 30 L 60 L 220 L 50 kg 100 kg 200 kg 60 L 100 kg 100 kg 60 L 100 kg A B B B B A A A A A A A 40 40 40 Nitrated paper (unstable) Nitrates, inorganic, aqueous solution, n.o.s. Forbidden 5.1 UN3218 II 5.1 58, T8 152 202 242 1 L 5 L B 46 Nitrates, inorganic, aqueous solution, n.o.s. Nitrates, inorganic, n.o.s. Nitrates, inorganic, n.o.s. 5.1 UN3218 5.1 UN1477 5.1 UN1477 III 5.1 II 5.1 III 5.1 58, T8 152 203 241 2.5 L 152 212 240 5 kg 152 213 240 25 kg 30 L 25 kg 100 kg B A A 46 46 46 Nitrates of diazonium compounds Nitrating acid mixtures, spent with more than 50 percent nitric acid Forbidden 8 UN1826 1 8, 5.1 T12. T27 None 158 243 Forbidden 2.5 L D 40, 66 'Label Codes: 1.1. 1.2, 1.3. 1.4, 1.5. and 1.6--EXPLOSIVE; 2.1--FLAMMABLE GAS, 2.2--NON-FLAMMABLE GAS; 2.3--POISON GAS; 3--FAMMABLE LIQUID; 4.1-- FLAMMABLE SOLID; 4.2--SPONTANEOUSLY COMBUSTIBLE, 4.3-OANGEROUS WHEN WET. 51--OXIDIZER; 5.2-ORGANIC PEROXIDE; 6.1 (PGl. ZONE A and B inhalation hazard)--POISON INHALATION HAZARD; 6.1 (PGI or PGlI, other than Zone A and B)--POISON; 6.1 PGIII--KEEP AWAY FROM FOOD; 6.2-- INFECTIOUS SUBSTANCE, 7--RADIOACTIVE; 8--CORROSIVE; 9--CASS 9 138 | 3 Symbols 1 Label Codes3 0 Location PART 172 ABD00131906 172.101 --Nitrating-Nitrocellulose April 1998 172.101 Hazardous Materials Table Hazardous Materials Descriptions and Proper Shipping Names Hazard Class or Division c 0 II II PG Special Provisions (8) Packaging (SITS.*") Ex cep tions Non bulk Bulk (9) Quantity Limitations Passen ger Aircraft/ Rail Cargo Aricraft Only (10) Vessel Stowage Other (2) Nitrating acid mixtures spent with not more than 50 percent nitric acid Nitrating acid mixtures with more than 50 percent nitric acid Nitrating acid mixtures with not more than 50 percent nitric acid Nitric acid other than red fuming, with more than 70 percent nitric acid (3) (4) (5) 6 UN1826 II 8 (7) B2. B100, T12, T27 8 UN1796 1 8. 5.1 T12, T27 8 UN1796 II 8 B2, T12. T27 8 UN2031 1 8 B47, B53, T9, T27 (8A) <8B) (8C) (9A) (9B) None 158 242 Forbidden 30 L D None 158 243 Forbidden 2.5 L D None 158 242 Forbidden 30 L D None 158 243 Forbidden 2.5 L D (108) 40 40. 66 40 44, 66, 89. 90. 110, 111 Nitric acid other than red fuming, with not more than 70 percent nitric acid + Nitric acid, red fuming 8 UN2031 II 8 B2, B47. B53, T9, T27 8 UN2032 1 8, 5.1, 6.1 2, B9, B32, B74, T38, T43. T45 None None 158 242 227 244 Forbidden 30 L D Forbidden Forbidden D 44. 66, 89. 90, 110, 111 40, 66. 74, 89. 90 Nitric oxide, compressed 2.3 UN1660 2.3, 1, B37, B46, B50, B60, B77 5.1. 8 None 337 None Forbidden Forbidden D 40, 89. 90 Nitric oxide and dlnltrogen tetroxlde mixtures or Nitric oxide and nitrogen dioxide mixtures Nitriles, flammable, toxic, n.o.s. Nitriles, flammable, toxic, n.o.s. Nitriles, toxic, flammable, n.o.s. Nitriles, toxic, flammable, n.o.s. Nitriles, toxic, n.o.s. Nitriles, toxic, n.o.s. Nitriles, toxic, n.o.s. Nitrites, Inorganic, aqueous solution, n.o.s. 2.3 UN 1975 3 UN3273 3 UN3273 6.1 UN3275 6.1 UN3275 6.1 UN3276 6.1 UN3276 6.1 UN3276 5.1 UN3219 2.3, 1, B7, B9. B14, B45, B46, 5.1, 8 B61, B66, B67, B77 1 3, 6.1 11 3, 6.1 T14 1 6.1, 3 5 11 6.1, 3 T14 1 6.1 5 II 6.1 T14 III 6.1 T7 11 5.1 T8 None None None None None None None 153 152 337 None Forbidden Forbidden D 201 243 202 243 201 243 202 243 201 243 202 243 203 241 202 242 Forbidden 30 L 1 L 60 L 1 L 30 L 5 L 60 L 1 L 30 L 5 L 60 L 60 L 220 L 1 L 5L E B B B B B A B 40. 89. 90 40, 52 40, 52 40 40 46, 56, 58 Nitrites, Inorganic, aqueous solution, n.o.s. Nitrites, Inorganic, n.o.s. 3-Nitro-4-chlorobenzotrlfluorlde 5.1 UN3219 5.1 UN2627 6.1 UN2307 III 5.1 II 5.1 II 6.1 T8 33 T8 152 152 None 203 241 212 None 202 243 2.5 L 5 kg 5L 30 L 25 kg 60 L B 46. 56, 58 A 46. 56, 58 A 40 6-Nitro-4-diazotoluene-3-sulfonic acid (dry) Forbidden Nitro isobutane triol trinitrate Forbidden N-Nitro-N-methylglycolamide nitrate Forbidden 2-Nitro-2-methylpropanol nitrate Nitro urea Forbidden 1 ID UN0147 II 1.1D None 62 None Forbidden Forbidden B 1E.5E N-Nitroaniline Nitroanlllnes (0; m-: p-;) Nitroanisoie Nitrobenzene Forbidden 6.1 UN1661 6.1 UN2730 6.1 UN1662 II 6.1 III 6.1 II 6.1 T14 T8 T14 None 153 None 212 242 213 240 202 243 25 kg 100 kg 5L 100 kg 200 kg 60 L A A A 40 m-Nitrobenzene diazonium perchlorate Nitrobenzenesulfonic acid Forbidden 8 UN2305 II 8 154 202 242 1 L 30 L A Nitrobenzol, see Nitrobenzene 5-Nitrobenzotrlazol Nltrobenzotrlfluorldes Nitrobromobenzenes liquid Nitrobromobenzenes solid Nitrocellulose, dry or wetted with less than 25 percent water (or alcohol), by mass Nitrocellulose membrane filters 1.1D UN0385 6.1 UN2306 6.1 UN2732 6.1 UN2732 1.1D UN0340 II 1 .ID II 6.1 III 6.1 III 6.1 II 1.1D T8 T8, T38 4.1 UN3270 11 4.1 43, A1 None None 153 153 None 151 62 None 202 243 203 241 213 240 62 None Forbidden Forbidden B 5L 60 L A 60 L 220 L A 100 kg 200 kg A Forbidden Forbidden B 212 240 1 kg 15 kg D 1E.5E.19E 40 4E.27E Nitrocellulose, plasticized with not less than 18 percent plasticizing substance, by mass Nitrocellulose, solution, flammable with not more than 12.6 percent nitrogen, by mass, and not more than 55 percent nitrocellulose 1.3C UN0343 II 1.3C 3 UN2059 II 3 T8, T31 None 150 62 None Forbidden Forbidden B 202 242 5 L 60 L a 1E.5E Nitrocellulose, solution, flammable with not more than 12.6 percent nitrogen, by mass, and not more than 55 percent nitrocellulose 3 UN2059 III 3 B1, T7, T30 150 203 242 60 L 220 L A Nitrocellulose, unmodified or plasticized with less than 18 percent plasticizing substance, by mass 1.1D UN0341 II 1.1D None 62 None Forbidden Forbidden B 4E.27E 'Label Codes: 1.1, 1.2. 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, and 1.6--EXPLOSIVE; 2.1--FLAMMABLE GAS; 2.2--NON-FLAMMABLE GAS; 2.3--POISON GAS; 3--FLAMMABLE LIQUID; 4.1-- FLAMMABLE SOLID; 4.2--SPONTANEOUSLY COMBUSTIBLE; 4.3--DANGEROUS WHEN WET; 5.1--OXIDIZER; 5.2--ORGANIC PEROXIDE; 6.1 (PGI, ZONE A and B inhalation hazard)--POISON INHALATION HAZARD; 6.1 (PGI or PGII, other than Zone A and B)--POISON; 6.1 PGIII--KEEP AWAY FROM FOOD; 6.2-- INFECTIOUS SUBSTANCE; 7--RADIOACTIVE; 8--CORROSIVE; 9--CLASS 9 139 ABD00131907 April 1998 172.101--Nitrocellulose-NItrohydrochlorlc -- Symbols | Identification Numbers Label Codes3 9 Location 172.101 Hazardous Materials Table (8) (9) (10) Packaging (173.***) Quantity Limitations Vessel Stowage Hazardous Materials Descriptions end Proper Shipping Names Hazard Class or Division PG Special Provisions (2) Nitrocellulose, wetted with not less than 25 percent alcohol, by mass (3) (5) 1.3C UN0342 II 1 3C (7) Nitrocellulose with alcohol with not less than 25 percent alcohol by mass, and with not more than 12.6 percent nitrogen, by dry mass 4.1 UN2556 II 4.1 Nitrocellulose, with not more than 12.6 percent nitrogen, by dry mass, or Nitrocellulose mixture with pigment or Nitrocellulose mixture with plasticizer or Nitrocellulose mixture with pigment and plasticizer 4 1 UN2557 II 4 1 44 Nitrocellulose with water with not less than 25 percent water, by mass 4.1 UN2555 II 4 1 Excep* tlons (8A) None Non bulk Bulk (8B) (8C) 62 None Passen ger Aircraft/ Rail Cargo Aricraft Only (9A) (9B) Forbidden Forbidden B 151 212 None 1 kg 15 kg D Other (10B) 1E.5E 28 151 212 None 1 kg 15 kg D 28 151 212 None 15 kg 50 kg E 28 Nitrochlorobenzene. see Chloronltrobenzenes etc. Nltrocresols 6 1 UN2446 III 6.1 153 213 240 100 kg 200 kg A Nttroethane 3 UN2842 III 3 B1.T8 150 203 242 60 L 220 L A Nitroethyl nitrate Forbidden Nitroethylene polymer Nitrogen, compressed Forbidden 2.2 UN1066 22 306 302 314, 75 kg 315 150 kg A Nitrogen dioxide see Dinltrogen tetroxide Nitrogen fertilizer solution, see Fertilizer ammonlating solution etc. Nitrogen, mixtures with rare gases, see Rare gases and nitrogen mixtures Nitrogen peroxide, see Dinltrogen tetroxide, liquefied Nitrogen, refrigerated liquid cryogenic liquid 22 UN1977 22 320 316 318 50 kg 500 kg D Nitrogen tetroxide and nitric oxide mixtures, see Nitric oxide and nitrogen tetroxide mixtures Nitrogen tetroxide. see Dinltrogen tetroxide, liquefied Nitrogen trichloride D Nitrogen trlfluorlde, compressed 1 Nitrogen triftuoride, compressed Forbidden 2.2 UN2451 2.3 UN24S1 2.2, 51 23. 5.1 None None 302 None Forbidden 25 kg 302 None Forbidden 25 kg D 40 D 40 Nitrogen triiodide Forbidden Nitrogen triiodide monoamine Nitrogen trloxlde Forbidden 2.3 UN2421 2.3. 1 5.1. 8 None 336 245 Forbidden Forbidden D 40, 89. 90 Nitroglycerin, desensitized with not less than 40 percent non-volatile water insoluble phlegmatizer, by mass 1.1D UN0143 II 1 ID. 125 6.1 None 62 None Forbidden Forbidden B 1E.4E.21E Nitroglycerin, liquid, not desensitized Forbidden Nitroglycerin mixture with more than 2 percent but not more than 10 percent nitroglycerin, by mass, desensitized Nitroglycerin, solution in alcohol, with more than 1 percent but not more than 5 percent nitroglycerin 4.1 UN3319 4 1 118 3 UN3064 11 3 N8 None None None Forbidden 0.5 kg E None 202 None Forbidden 5 L E Nitroglycerin, solution in alcohol, with more than 1 percent but not more than 10 percent nitrogylcerin Nitroglycerin solution In alcohol with not more than 1 percent nitroglycerin 1. ID UN0144 II 1 ID 3 UN1204 II 3 N34, T25 None 62 None Forbidden Forbidden B 1E.5E.21E None 202 None 5 L 60 L B Nitroguanidine nitrate Forbidden Nltroguanldlne or Picrlte, dry or wetted with less than 20 percent water, by mass Nltroguanldlne, wetted or Picrlte, wetted with not less than 20 percent water, by mass 1.1D UN0282 4.1 UN1336 II 1.1D 1 4.1 23, A8, A19. A20. N41 None None 62 None Forbidden Forbidden B 211 None 1 kg 15 kg E 1E.5E 28 l-Nitrohydantoin Nltrohydrochloric acid Forbidden 8 UN1798 1 8 A3, BIO, N41, T18, T27 None 201 243 Forbidden 2.5 L D 40, 66, 74, 89. 90 'Label Codes: 1.1, 1.2, 1 3, V4. 1.5. and 1.6--EXPLOSIVE, 2.1--FLAMMABLE GAS: 2.2--NON-FLAMMABLE GAS, 2.3--POISON GAS. 3--FLAMMABLE LIQUID; 4.1-- FLAMMABLE SOLID; 4.2--SPONTANEOUSLY COMBUSTIBLE; 4.3-DANGEROUS WHEN WET, 5.1--OXIDIZER, 5.2-ORGANIC PEROXIDE; 6.1 (PGl, ZONE A and B inhalation hazard)--POISON INHALATION HAZARD; 6.1 (PGI or PGH. other than Zone A and B)--POISON; 6.1 PGIII--KEEP AWAY FROM FOOD; 6.2-- INFECTIOUS SUBSTANCE, 7--RADIOACTIVE; 8--CORROSIVE, 9--CLASS 9 140 PART 172 ABD00131908 172.101--Nltromannite-Octyltrichlorosilane April 1998 172.101 Hazardous Materials Table (ft 2 E Hazardous Materials Descriptions and Proper Shipping Names (D Nitromannite (dry) (2) Hazard Class or Division (3) Forbidden PG (5) IdentificationNumbers Label Codes Special Provisions (7) () Packaging (|173.***) Ex cep tions (8A) Non bulk (8B) Bulk <8C) (9) (10) Quantity Limitations Vessel Stowage Passen ger Aircraft/ Rail Cargo Aricraft Only co Other (9A) (9B) (10A) (10B) Nltromannlte, wetted, see Mannitol hexanitrate, etc. Nltromethane Nitromuriatic acid, see Nltrohydrochlorlc acid Nltronaphthalene Nltrophenols (om-; p-;) m-Nitrophenyldinitro methane Nltropropanes p-NItrosodlmethylanlllne Nitrostarch, dry or waned with less than 20 percent water, by mass 3 UN1261 4.1 UN2538 6.1 UN1663 Forbidden 3 UN2608 4.2 UN 1369 1.1D UN0146 II 3 T25 III 4.1 111 6.1 A1 T8, T38 III 3 II 4.2 II 1.1D B1, T1 A19, A20. B101, N34 150 202 None Forbidden 60 L A 151 213 240 25 kg 100 kg A 153 213 240 100 kg 200 kg A 150 None None 203 242 212 241 62 None 60 L 220 L A 15 kg 50 kg D Forbidden Forbidden B 34 1E.5E Nitrostarch, wetted with not less than 20 percent water, by mass Nitrosugars (dry) 4.1 UN1337 Forbidden 1 4.1 23, A8, A19, A20, N41 None 211 None 1 kg 15 kg D 28 Nitrosyl chloride Nltrosylsulfuric acid Nltrotoluenes, liquid o-; m-; p-; Nltrotoluenes, solid m-.orpNltrotoluldlnes (mono) Nltrotrfazolone or NTO Nitrous oxide and carbon dioxide mixtures, see Carbon dioxide and nitrous oxide mixtures 2.3 UN 1069 2.3, 8 3. B14 None B UN2308 II 6 A3, A6, A7, B2. N34, T9, T27 154 6.1 UN1664 6.1 UN1664 6.1 UN2660 1.1D UN0490 II 6.1 T14 II 6.1 T14 III 6.1 II 1.1D None None 153 None 304 314, 315 202 242 Forbidden Forbidden D 1L 30 L D 202 243 212 242 213 240 62 None 5L 60 L A 25 kg 100 kg A 100 kg 200 kg A Forbidden Forbidden B 40 40, 66, 74, 89. 90 1E.5E Nitrous oxide Nitrous oxide, refrigerated liquid Nitroxylenes, (o-; m>; p-) Nitroxylot, see Nitroxylenes 2.2 UN1070 2.2 UN2201 2.2, 5.1 2.2 B6 6.1 UN 1665 li 6.1 T14 306 None None 304 314, 315 304 314, 315 202 243 75 kg 75 kg 5L 150 kg A 150 kg B 60 L A 40 40 Nonanes Nonflammable gas. n.o.s., see Compressed or Liquefied gases, etc. (UN 1955. UN 1956) 3 UN 1920 III 3 B1. T1 150 203 242 60 L 220 L A Nontiquefied gases, see Compressed gases, etc. Nontiquefied hydrocarbon gas. see Hydrocarbon gases, compressed, n.o.s. Nonyltrlchlorosilane 2,5-Norbornadiene or Bicyclo[2,2,1]hepta-2,5diene, Inhibited 8 UN 1799 3 UN2251 II 8 II 3 A7, B2, B6, N34, T8, T26 None 150 202 242 202 242 Forbidden 30 L 5 L 60 L C 40 D Nordhausen acid, see Sulfuric acid, fuming efc. Octadecyltrichlorosllane Octadiene 1.7-Octadine-3,5-diyne-l,8-dimethoxy-9octadecynoic acid 8 UN1800 3 UN2309 Forbidden II 8 II 3 A7, B2, B6 N34, T8 B1, T1 None 150 202 242 202 242 Forbidden SOL 5 L 60 L C 40 8 Octaftuorobut-2-ene or Refrigerant gas R 1318 Octatluorocyclobutane or Refrigerant gas RC 318 Octafluoropropane or Refrigerant gas R 218 Octanes Octogen, see Cyclotetramethylene tetranitramlne, etc. 2.2 UN2422 2.2 2.2 UN1976 2.2 2.2 UN2424 2.2 3 UN 1262 II 3 T1 None None None 150 304 314, 315 304 314, 315 304 314, 315 202 242 75 kg 75 kg 75 kg 5L 150 kg A 150 kg A 150 kg A 60 L B Octolite or Octol, dry or wetted with less than 15 percent water, by mass 1.1D UN0266 II 1.1D None 62 None Forbidden Forbidden B 1E.5E Octonal Octyl aldehydes, flammable Octyltrlchlorosllane 1.1D UN0496 .. 3 UN1191 8 UN1801 1.1D 'III 3 B1.T1 II 8 A7, B2, B6, N34, T8, T26 None 150 None 62 None 203 242 202 242 Forbidden Forbidden B 60 L 220 L A Forbidden 30 L C 1E.5E 40 'Label Codes: 1.1, 1.2. 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, and 1.6--EXPLOSIVE; 2.1--FLAMMABLE GAS; 2.2--NON-FLAMMABLE GAS; 2.3--POISON GAS; 3--FLAMMABLE LIQUID; 4.1-- FLAMMABLE SOLID; 4.2--SPONTANEOUSLY COMBUSTIBLE; 4.3--DANGEROUS WHEN WET; 5.1--OXIDIZER; 5.2--ORGANIC PEROXIDE; 6.1 (PGI, ZONE A and B inhalation hazard)--POISON INHALATION HAZARD; 6.1 (PGI or PGII, other than Zone A and B)--POISON; 6.1 PGIII--KEEP AWAY FROM FOOO; 6.2-- INFECTIOUS SUBSTANCE; 7--RADIOACTIVE; 8--CORROSIVE; 9--CLASS 9 141 Symbols [3 - 2 Identification" Numbers Label Codes3 S Location ! April 1998 ABD00131909 172.101 --Oil-Organochlorine 172.101 Hazardous Materials Table (8) Packaging (173."*) Hazardous Materials Descriptions and Proper Shipping Names Hazard Class or Division PG Special Provisions (2) (3) (5) (7) Oil gas, compressed 2.3 UN1071 2.3. 6 2.1 Oleum, see Sulfuric acid, fuming Organic peroxide type A, liquid or solid Forbidden Organic peroxide type B, liquid 5.2 UN3101 II 5.2. 1 53 Organic peroxide type B, liquid, temperature controlled 5.2 UN3111 II 5.2, 1 53 Organic peroxide type B, solid 5.2 UN3102 11 5.2. 1 53 Organic peroxide type B, solid, temperature controlled 5.2 UN3112 11 5.2. 1 53 Organic peroxide type C, liquid 5.2 UN3103 II 5.2 Organic peroxide type C, liquid, temperature controlled 5.2 UN3113 II 52 Organic peroxide type C, solid 5.2 UN3104 II 5.2 Organic peroxide type C, solid, temperature controlled 5.2 UN3114 II 5.2 Organic peroxide type D, liquid 5.2 UN3105 II 52 Organic peroxide type D, liquid, temperature controlled 5.2 UN3115 II 5.2 Organic peroxide type D, solid 5.2 UN3106 II 5.2 Organic peroxide type D, solid, temperature controlled 5.2 UN3116 II 5.2 Organic peroxide type E, liquid 5.2 UN3107 II 5.2 Organic peroxide type E, liquid, temperature controlled 5.2 UN3117 II 52 Organic peroxide type E, solid 52 UN3108 II 52 Organic peroxide type E, solid, temperature controlled 52 UN3118 II 52 Organic peroxide type F, liquid 5.2 UN3109 II 52 Organic peroxide type F, liquid, temperature controlled 52 UN3119 II 52 Organic peroxide type F, solid 5.2 UN3110 II 5.2 T42 Organic peroxide type F, solid, temperature controlled 5.2 UN3120 II 5.2 D Organic phosphate, mixed with compressed gas or Organic phosphate compound, mixed with compressed gas or Organic phosphorus compound, mixed with compressed gas 2.3 NA1955 2.3 3 Organic pigments, self-heating 4.2 UN3313 II 4.2 None Organic pigments, self-heating 4.2 UN3313 III 4.2 B101 Organoarsenic compound, n.o.s. 6.1 UN3280 1 6.1 5 Organoarsenlc compound, n.o.s. 6.1 UN3280 II 6.1 T14 Organoarsenic compound, n.o.s. 6.1 UN3280 III 6.1 T7 Organochlorlne pesticides liquid, flammable, toxic. Hash point less than 23 degrees C 3 UN2762 1 3, 6.1 Organochlorlne pesticides liquid, flammable, toxic, Hash point less than 23 degrees C 3 UN2762 II 3, 6.1 Organochlorlne pesticides, liquid, toxic 6.1 UN2996 1 6.1 T42 Organochlorlne pesticides, liquid, toxic 6.1 UN2996 II 6.1 T14 Organochlorlne pesticides, liquid, toxic 6.1 UN2996 III 6.1 T14 Organochlorlne pesticides, liquid, toxic, flammable, flashpoint not less than 23 degrees C 6.1 UN2995 1 6.1. 3 T42 Organochlorlne pesticides, liquid, toxic, flammable, flashpoint not less than 23 degrees C 6.1 UN2995 11 6 1. 3 T14 Organochlorlne pesticides, liquid, toxic, flammable, flashpoint not less than 23 degrees C Organochlorlne pesticides, solid toxic 6.1 UN2995 III 6.1. 3 B1, T14 6.1 UN2761 1 6.1 Organochlorlne pesticides, solid toxic 61 UN2761 II 6 1 Organochlorlne pesticides, solid toxic 6.1 UN2761 III 6.1 Ex cep tions (8A) None Non bulk Bulk (8B) (8C) 304 314. 315 152 None 225 None 225 None 152 None 225 None 225 None 152 None 225 None 225 None 152 None 225 None 225 None 152 None 225 None 225 None 152 None 225 None 225 None 152 None 225 None 225 None 152 None 225 None 225 None 152 None 225 225 225 225 152 None 225 225 225 225 None 334 None None None None None 153 None 212 241 213 241 211 242 212 242 213 240 201 243 None 202 243 None None 153 None 201 243 202 243 203 241 201 243 None 202 243 153 203 242 None None 153 211 242 212 242 213 240 (9) (10) Quantity Limitations Vessel Stowage Passen ger Aircraft/ Rail Cargo Arlcraft Only Other <9A) (9B) <10B) Forbidden 25 kg D 40 Forbidden Forbidden D Forbidden Forbidden D Forbidden Forbidden D Forbidden Forbidden D 5L 10 L D Forbidden Forbidden 0 5 kg 10 kg D Forbidden Forbidden D 5 L 10 L D Forbidden Forbidden D 5 kg 10 kg D Forbidden Forbidden 0 10 L 25 L D Forbidden Forbidden D 10 kg 25 kg D Forbidden Forbidden D 10 L 25 L D Forbidden Forbidden D 10 kg 25 kg D Forbidden Forbidden D Forbidden Forbidden D 12. 40 2, 40 12, 40 2. 40 12, 40 2. 40 12. 40 2, 40 12. 40 2, 40 12. 40 2. 40 12. 40 2. 40 12, 40 2, 40 12. 40 2. 40 12, 40 2. 40 40 15 kg 50 kg 25 kg 100 kg 5 kg 50 kg 25 kg 100 kg 100 kg 200 kg Forbidden 30 L C C B B A B 1L 60 L B 1L 5L 60 L lL 30 L 60 L 220 30 L B 6 A B 40 40 40 40 40 40 5L 60 L B 40 60 L 220 L A 40 5 kg 25 kg 100 kg 50 kg 100 kg 200 kg A A A 40 40 40 'Label Codes: 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5. and 1 6--EXPLOSIVE; 2.1--FLAMMABLE GAS; 2.2--NON-FLAMMABLE GAS; 2.3--POISON GAS, 3--FLAMMABLE LIQUID; 4 1--FLAMMABLE SOLID; 4.2--SPONTANEOUSLY COMBUSTIBLE, 4.3--DANGEROUS WHEN WET; 5.1--OXIDIZER; 5 2--ORGANIC PEROXIDE; 6.1 (PGI. ZONE A and B inhalation hazard)--POISON INHALATION HAZARD; 6.1 {PGI or PGM, other than Zone A and B)--POISON; 6 1 PG1II--KEEP AWAY FROM FOOD, 6 2--INFECTIOUS SUBSTANCE, 7--RADIOACTIVE; B--CORROSIVE; 9--CLASS 9 142 [ 3 Symbols 1 - 2 Identification Numbers Label Codes3 PART 172 ABD00131910 172.101--Organometalllc-Organotln April 1998 Hazardous Materials Descriptions and Proper Shipping Names (2) Organometallic compound or Compound solution or Compound dispersion, waterreactive, flammable, n.o.s. Organometallic compound or Compound solution or Compound dispersion, waterreactive, flammable, n.o.s. Organometallic compound or Compound solution or Compound dispersion, waterreactive, flammable, n.o.s. Organometallic compound, toxic n.o.s. Organometallic compound, toxic n.o.s. Organometallic compound, toxic n.o.s. Organophosphorus compound, toxic, flammable, n.o.s. Organophosphorus compound, toxic, flammable, n.o.s. Organophosphorus compound, toxic n.o.s. Organophosphorus compound, toxic n.o.s. Organophosphorus compound, toxic n.o.s. Organophosphorus pesticides, liquid, flammable, toxic, (lash point less than 23 degrees C Organophosphorus pesticides, liquid, flammable, toxic, flash point less than 23 degrees C Organophosphorus pesticides, liquid, toxic Organophosphorus pesticides, liquid, toxic Organophosphorus pesticides, liquid, toxic Organophosphorus pesticides, liquid, toxic, flammable, flashpoint not less than 23 degrees C Organophosphorus pesticides, liquid, toxic, flammable, flashpoint not less than 23 degrees C Organophosphorus pesticides, liquid, toxic, flammable, flashpoint not less than 23 degrees C Organophosphorus pesticides, solid, toxic Organophosphorus pesticides, solid, toxic Organophosphorus pesticides, solid, toxic Organotln compounds, liquid, n.o.s. Organotln compounds, liquid, n.o.s. Organotln compounds, liquid, n.o.s. Organotln compounds, solid, n.o.s. Organotln compounds, solid, n.o.s. Organotln compounds, solid, n.o.s. Organotln pesticides, liquid, flammable, toxic, flash point less than 23 degrees C Organotln pesticides, liquid, flammable, toxic, flash point less than 23 degrees C Organotln pesticides, liquid, toxic Organotln pesticides, liquid, toxic Organotln pesticides, liquid, toxic Organotln pesticides, liquid, toxic, flammable, flashpoint not less than 23 degrees C Organotln pesticides, liquid, toxic, flammable, flashpoint not less than 23 degrees C Organotln pesticides, liquid, toxic, flammable, flashpoint not less than 23 degrees C Organotln pesticides, solid, toxic 172.101 Hazardous Materials Table (8) Packaging (173.***) Hazard Class or Division PO 0) (5) 4.3 UN3207 1 4.3, 3 Special Provisions (7) Ex cep tions (8A) None Non bulk Bulk (8B) (8C) 201 244 () (10) Quantity Limitations Vessel Stowage Passen ger Aircraft/ Rail Cargo Arlcraft Only I Other (9A) (90) (10A) (108) Forbidden 1 L E 40 4.3 UN3207 II 4.3, 3 B101. B106 None 202 243 1 L 5 L E 40 4.3 UN3207 m 4.3,3 B106 None 203 242 5 L 60 L E 40 6.1 UN3282 6.1 UN3282 6.1 UN3282 6.1 UN3279 i 6.1 n 6.1 T14 in 6.1 T7 i 6.1, 3 5 6.1 UN3279 ii 6.1, 3 T14 6.1 UN3278 6.1 UN3278 6.1 UN3278 3 UN2784 i 6.1 5 ii 6.1 T14 in 6.1 T7 i 3. 6.1 T42 None None 153 None None None None 153 None 211 242 212 242 213 240 201 243 202 243 201 243 202 243 203 241 201 243 5 kg 25 kg 100 kg 1L 50 kg 100 kg 200 kg 30 L 5 L 60 L 1 L 30 L 5 L 60 L 60 L 220 L Forbidden 30 L B 8 A B B B B A B 40 40 40 3 UN2784 ii 3, 6.1 T18 None 202 243 1L 60 L B 40 6.1 UN3018 6.1 UN3018 6.1 UN3018 6.1 UN3017 i 6.1 N76, T42 n 6.1 N76, T14 in 6.1 N76, T14 i 6.1, 3 N76, T42 None None 153 None 201 243 202 243 203 241 201 243 1L 5L 60 L 1L 30 L 60 L 220 L 30 L B 40 B 40 A 40 B 40 6.1 UN3017 ii 6.1,3 N76, T14 None 202 243 5 L SOL B 40 6.1 UN3017 in 6.1, 3 Bl, N76, T14 6.1 UN2783 6.1 UN2783 6.1 UN2783 6.1 UN2788 6.1 UN2788 6.1 UN2788 6.1 UN3146 6.1 UN3146 6.1 UN3146 3 UN2787 i 6.1 N77 n 6.1 N77 in 6.1 N77 i 6.1 A3, N33, N34, T42 ii 6.1 A3, N33, N34, T14 in 6.1 T14 i 6.1 A5 ii 6.1 in 6.1 i 3, 6.1 3 UN2787 it 3, 6.1 6.1 UN3020 6.1 UN3020 6.1 UN3020 6.1 UN3019 i 6.1 T42 n 6.1 T14 in 6.1 T14 i 6.1, 3 T42 153 203 242 60 L 220 L A 40 None None 153 None None 153 None None 153 None None None None 153 None 211 242 212 242 213 240 201 243 202 243 203 241 211 242 212 242 213 240 201 243 5 kg 50 kg 25 kg 100 kg 100 kg 200 kg 1 L 30 L 5 L 60 L 60 L 220 L 5 kg 50 kg 25 kg 100 kg 100 kg 200 kg Forbidden 30 L 202 243 1 L 60 L 201 243 202 243 203 241 201 243 1L 5L 60 L 1L 30 L 60 L 220 L 30 L A A A B A A B A A B B B B A B 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 6.1 UN3019 ii 6.1, 3 T14 None 202 243 5 L 60 L B 40 6.1 UN3019 in 6.1, 3 Bl, T14 153 203 242 60 L 220 L A 40 6.1 UN2786 i 6.1 None 211 242 5 kg 50 kg A 40 'Label Code#: 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, and 1.6--EXPLOSIVE; 2.1--FLAMMABLE GAS; 2.2--NON-FU\MMABLE GAS; 2.3--POISON GAS; 3--FLAMMABLE LIOUID; 4.1-- FLAMMABLE SOLID. 4.2--SPONTANEOUSLY COMBUSTIBLE; 4.3--DANGEROUS WHEN WET; 5.1--OXIDIZER; 5.2--ORGANIC PEROXIDE; 6.1 (PGI, ZONE A and B inhalation hazard)--POISON INHALATION HAZARD; 6.1 (PGI or PGII, other than Zone A and B)--POISON; 6.1 PGUI--KEEP AWAY FROM FOOD; 6.2-- INFECTIOUS SUBSTANCE; 7--RADIOACTIVE; 8--CORROSIVE; 9--CLASS 9 143 April 1998 ABD00131911 172.101--Organotln-Oxygen Symbols j w Label Codes Hazardous Materials Descriptions and Proper Shipping Names (2) Organotln pesticides, solid, toxic Organotin pesticides, solid, toxic Onhomtroaniline. see Nttroanlllnes etc. Osmium tetroxlde AD Other regulated substances, liquid, n.o.s. AD Other regulated substances, solid, n.o.s. Oxidizing liquid, corrosive, n.o.s. Oxidizing liquid, corrosive, n.o.s. Oxidizing liquid, corrosive, n.o.s. Oxidizing liquid, n.o.s. Oxidizing liquid, n.o.s. Oxidizing liquid, n.o.s. Oxidizing liquid, toxic, n.o.s. Oxidizing liquid, toxic, n.o.s. Oxidizing liquid, toxic, n.o.s. Oxidizing solid, corosive, n.o.s. Oxidizing solid, corosive, n.o.s. Oxidizing solid, corrosive, n.o.s. Oxidizing solid, flammable, n.o.s. Oxidizing solid, n.o.s. Oxidizing solid, n.o.s. Oxidizing solid, n.o.a. Oxidizing solid, self-heating, n.o.s. Oxidizing solid, toxic, n.o.s. Oxidizing solid, toxic, n.o.s. Oxidizing solid, toxic, n.o.s. Oxidizing solid, water-reactive, n.o.s. Oxygen and carbon dioxide mixtures, see Carbon dioxide and oxygen mixtures Oxygen, compressed Oxygen difluorlde, compressed Oxygen generator, chemical Oxygen, mixtures with rare gases, see Rare gases and oxygen mixtures Oxygen, refrigerated liquid (cryogenic liquid) 172.101 Hazardous Materials Table e (8) Packaging (|173."*) ic Hazard Class or Division ii PG (3) (4) (5) 6.1 UN2786 11 6.1 6.1 UN2786 III 6.1 Special Provisions (7) Ex cep tions (BA) None 153 Non bulk Bulk (8B) (8C) 212 242 213 240 (9) (10) Quantity Limitations Vessel Stowage Passen ger Aircraft/ Rail Cargo Arlcraft Only 3eo J Other (9A) (98) (10A) (10B) 25 kg 100 kg A 40 100 kg 200 kg A 40 6.1 UN2471 9 NA3082 9 NA3077 5.1 UN3098 1 6.1 A8. B100, N33, N34 III 9 III 9 B54 1 5.1,8 5.1 UN3098 II 5.1, 8 5.1 UN3098 III 5.1, 8 5.1 UN3139 1 5.1 127, A2 5.1 UN3139 II 5.1 127, A2 5.1 UN3139 III 5.1 127, A2 5.1 UN3099 5 1 UN3099 5.1 UN3099 5.1 UN3085 1 5.1, 6.1 II 51. 6.1 III 5.1, 6.1 1 5.1,8 5.1 UN3085 11 5.1.8 5.1 UN3085 III 5.1, 8 5.1 UN3137 5.1 UN1479 1 5.1, 4.1 1 5.1 5.1 UN1479 II 5.1 5.1 UN1479 III 5 1 5.1 UN3100 5.1 UN3087 5.1 UN3087 5.1 UN3087 5.1 UN3121 II 5.1. 4.2 1 5.1, 6.1 II 5.1. 6.1 III 5.1, 6.1 5.1, 4.3 None 155 155 None None 152 None 152 152 None None 152 None None 152 None None 152 152 None None None 152 None 211 242 203 241 213 240 201 244 5 kg 50 kg No limit No limit No limit No limit Forbidden 2.5 L B A A D 202 243 1 L 5 L B 203 242 201 243 2.5 L 30 L Forbidden 2.5 L B D 202 242 1 L 5 L B 203 241 2.5 L 30 L B 201 244 Forbidden 2.5 L D 202 243 1L 5L B 203 242 2.5 L 30 L B 211 242 1 kg 15 kg D 212 242 5 kg 25 kg B 213 240 25 kg 100 kg B 214 214 Forbidden Forbidden 211 242 1 kg 15 kg D 212 240 5 kg 25 kg B 213 240 25 kg 100 kg B 214 214 Forbidden Forbidden 211 242 1 kg 15 kg D 212 242 5 kg 25 kg B 213 240 25 kg 100 kg B 214 214 Forbidden Forbidden 40 34, 56. 58, 69, 106 34, 56. 58, 69, 106 34, 56, 58, 69, 106 56. 58, 69, 106 56. 58. 69. 106 56, 58, 69, 106 56, 58, 95, 106 56. 58, 95. 106 56, 58, 95, 106 13, 34. S6, 58. 69, 106 13, 34, 56, 58, 69, 106 13, 34, 56, 58. 69. 106 56, 58. 69. 106 56, 58. 69, 106 56, 58, 69, 106 56, 58, 69. 95, 106 56, 58, 69, 95, 106 56. 58, 69, 95, 106 2.2 UN1072 2.3 UN2190 5.1 UN3356 2.2, 5.1 2.3, 1 5.1, 8 II 5.1 60, A51 306 None None 302 314, 315 304 None 75 kg 150 kg A Forbidden Forbidden D 212 None Forbidden 25 kg D 13, 40. 89, 90 56, 58. 69, 106 2.2 UN1073 2.2, 5.1 320 316 318 Forbidden Forbidden D 'Label Codes: 1.1,12, 1.3. 1.4, 1.5, and 1.6--EXPLOSIVE; 2.1--FLAMMABLE GAS; 2.2--NON-FLAMMABLE GAS; 2.3--POISON GAS; 3--FLAMMABLE LIQUID; 4.1 --FLAMMABLE SOLID, 4.2--SPONTANEOUSLY COMBUSTIBLE; 4.3--DANGEROUS WHEN WET, 5.1--OXIDIZER; 5.2--ORGANIC PEROXIDE; 6.1 (PGI, ZONE A and B inhalation hazard)--POISON INHALATION HAZARD; 6.1 (PGl or PG1I. other than Zone A and B)--POISON; 6.1 PGIII--KEEP AWAY FROM FOOD; 6.2--INFECTIOUS SUBSTANCE; 7--RADIOACTIVE; 8--CORROSIVE; 9--CLASS 9 144 PART 172 172.101 --Paint-Perchlorates ABD00131912 April 1998 -- Symbols | - Identification ' Numbers 172.101 Hazardous Materials Table Hazardous Materials Descriptions and Proper Shipping Names Hazard Class or Division e 1 PG 3 Special Provisions (8) Packaging (5173.***) Ex cep tions Non bulk Bulk (9) Quantity Limitations Passen ger Aircraft/ Rail Cargo Arlcraft Only (10) Vessel Stowage co Other (2) Paint including paint, lacquer, enamel, stain, shellac solutions, varnish, polish, liquid filler, and liquid lacquer base (3) (5) (6)' 3 UN1263 1 3 T8, T31 (7) (8A) (8B) (8C) <9A) 150 201 243 1 L (9B) 30 L (10A) E (10B) Paint including paint, lacquer, enamel, stain, shellac solutions, varnish, polish, liquid filler, and liquid lacquer base 3 UN1263 II 3 B52, T7, T30 150 173 242 5 L 60 L B Paint including paint, lacquer, enamel, stain, shellac solutions, varnish, polish, liquid filler, and liquid lacquer base 3 UN1263 III 3 B1, B52, T7, T30 150 173 242 60 L 220 L A Paint or Paint related material 8 UN3066 II 8 B2, N71, T14 154 202 242 1 L 30 L A Paint or Paint related material 8 UN3066 III 8 B52, N71.T7 154 . 203 241 5L 60 L A Paint related material including paint thinning, drying, removing, or reducing compound 3 UN1263 1 3 T8, T31 150 201 243 1 L 30 L E Paint related material including paint thinning, drying, removing, or reducing compound 3 UN1263 II 3 B52, T7. T30 150 173 242 5 L 60 L B Paint related material including paint thinning, drying, removing, or reducing compound 3 UN 1263 III 3 B1.B52, T7. T30 150 173 242 60 L 220 L A Paper, unsaturated oil treated incompletely dried (including carbon paper) 4.2 UN1379 III 4.2 B101, B106 None 213 241 Forbidden Forbidden A Paraformaldehyde 4.1 UN2213 III 4.1 A1 151 213 240 25 kg 100 kg A Paraldehyde 3 UN1264 III 3 B1, T1 150 203 242 60 L 220 L A Paranitroaniline, solid, see Nttroanllines etc. D Parathion D Parathion 6.1 NA2783 6.1 NA2783 1 6.1 II 6.1 T42 T14 None None 201 243 202 243 Forbidden 1 L Forbidden 5 L A 40 A 40 D Parathion and compressed gas mixture Paris green, solid, see Copper acetoarsenlte 2.3 NA1967 2.3 3 None 334 245 Forbidden Forbidden E 40 A, PCB, see Polychlortnated biphenyls W + Pentaborane 4.2 UN1380 1 4.2, 1 6.1 None 205 245 Forbidden Forbidden D Pentachloroethane 6.1 UN1669 II 6.1 T14 None 202 243 5 L 60 L A 40 Pentachlorophenol 6.1 UN3155 II 6.1 None 212 242 25 kg 100 kg A Pentaerythrite tetranitrate (dry) Forbidden Pentaerythrite tetranitrate or Pentaerythritol tetranitrate or PETN, with not less than 7 percent wax by mass 1-ID UN0411 II 1.1D 120 None 62 None Forbidden Forbidden B 1E.5E Pentaerythrite tetranitrate, wetted or Pentaerythritol tetranitrate, wetted, or PETN, wetted with not less than 25 percent water, by mass, or Pentaerythrite tetranitrate, or Pentaerythritol tetranitrate or PETN, desensitized with not less than 15 percent phiegmatizer by mass 1.1D UN0150 II 1.1D 121 None 62 None Forbidden Forbidden B 1E.5E Pentaerythritol tetranitrate, see Pentaerythrite tetranitrate, etc. Pentafluoroethane or Refrigerant gas R 125 2.2 UN3220 2.2 306 304 314, 75 kg 315 150 kg A Pentamethylheptane 3 UN2286 III 3 B1, T1 150 203 242 60 L 220 L A Pentane-2,4-dlone 3 UN2310 III 3. 6.1 B1. T1 150 203 242 60 L 220 L A Pentanes 3 UN1265 1 3 T20 150 201 243 1 L 30 L E Pentanes 3 UN1265 II 3 T20 150 202 242 5 L 60 L E Pentanitroaniline (dry) Forbidden 1-Pentene (n-amytene) 1-Pentol 3 UN1108 8 UN2705 13 II 8 T14 B2, T8 150 201 243 1 L 154 202 242 1 L 30 L 30 L E B 38 Pentollte, dry or wetted with less than 15 percent water, by mass 1.10 UN0151 II 1 ID None 62 None Forbidden Forbidden B 1E.5E Perchlorates, Inorganic, aqueous solution, n.o.s. 5.1 UN3211 II 5.1 T8 152 202 242 1 L 5 L B 46, 56, 58 Perchlorates, inorganic, aqueous solution, n.o.s. 5.1 UN3211 III 5.1 T8 152 203 241 2.5 L 30 L B 56, 58. 69, 106 Perchlorates, inorganic, n.o.s. 5.1 UN1481 II 5.1 152 212 242 5 kg 25 kg A 46, 56 Perchlorates, inorganic, n.o.s. 5.1 UN1481 III 5.1 152 213 240 25 kg 100 kg A 46, 56 'Label Codes: 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5. and 1.6--EXPLOSIVE; 2.1--FLAMMABLE GAS; 2.2--NON-FLAMMABLE GAS; 2.3--POISON GAS; 3--FLAMMABLE LIQUID; 4.1-- FLAMMABLE SOLID; 4.2--SPONTANEOUSLY COMBUSTIBLE; 4.3--DANGEROUS WHEN WET; 5.1--OXIDIZER; 5.2--ORGANIC PEROXIDE: 6.1 (PGI, ZONE A and B inhalation hazard)--POISON INHALATION HAZARD; 6.1 (PGI or PGII, other than Zone A and B)--POISON; 6.1 PGIII--KEEP AWAY FROM FOOD; 6.2-- INFECTIOUS SUBSTANCE; 7--RADIOACTIVE; 8--CORROSIVE; 9--CLASS 9 145 April 1998 ABD00131913 172.101--Perchloric-Petroleum 172.101 Hazardous Materials Table - 2 Identification Numbers } Hazardous Materials Descriptions and Hazard Class or Proper Shipping Names Division i PG 3 Special Provisions (8) Packaging (173.***) Ex cep tions Non bulk Bulk (9) Quantity Limitations Passen ger Aircraft/ Rail Cargo Arlcraft Only (10) Vessel Stowage eo Other (1) (2) (3) (5) (6)1 (7) (8A) (SB) (8C) (9A) (9B) (10A) (10B) Perchloric acid, with more than 72 percent acid Forbidden by mass Perchloric acid with more than 50 percent but not more than 72 percent acid, by mass Perchloric acid with not more than 50 percent acid by mass 5.1 UN 1873 1 5 1. 8 A2, A3, N41, T9, T27 8 UN 1802 II 8, 5.1 N41, T9 None None 201 243 202 243 Forbidden 2.5 L Forbidden 30 L D 66 C 66 Perchloroethylene. see Tetrachloroethylene Perchloromethyl mercaptan 6.1 UN 1670 1 6.1 2. A3, A7, B9, B14, B32. B74, N34, T38, T43. T45 None 227 244 Forbidden Forbidden D 40 Perchloryl fluoride 2.3 UN3083 2.3, 2. B9, B14 5.1 None 302 314, 315 Forbidden Forbidden D 40 Percussion caps, see Primers, cap type Perfluoro-2-butene. see Octafluorobut-2-ene Perfluorofethyl vinyl ether) 2.1 UN3154 2.1 306 302, 314, Forbidden 150 kg 304, 315 305 E 40 Perfluorofmethyl vinyl ether) 2.1 UN3153 2.1 306 302, 314, Forbidden 150 kg 304, 315 305 E 40 Perfumery products with flammable solvents 3 UN 1266 II 3 T7, T30 150 202 242 15 L 60 L B Perfumery products with flammable solvents 3 UN1266 III 3 B1.T7, T30 150 203 242 60 L 220 L A Permanganates, inorganic, aqueous solution, n.o.s. 5.1 UN3214 II 5.1 26, T8 152 202 242 1 L 5 L D 56, 58, 69, 106, 107 Permanganates, inorganic, n.o.s. 5.1 UN 1482 II 5.1 26, A30 152 212 242 5 kg 25 kg D 56, 58, 69. 106, 107 Permanganates, Inorganic, n.o.s. 5 1 UN1482 III 5.1 26, A30 152 213 240 25 kg 100 kg D 56, 58, 69, 106, 107 Peroxides, Inorganic, n.o.s. 5.1 UN1483 II 5.1 A7, A20, N34 None 212 242 5 kg 25 kg A 13, 75. 106 Peroxides, Inorganic, n.o.s. 5.1 UN1483 III 5.1 A7, A20, N34 152 213 240 25 kg 100 kg A 13, 75. 106 Peroxyacetic acid, with more than 43 percent and with more than 6 percent hydrogen peroxide Forbidden Persulfates, Inorganic, aqueous solution, n.o.s. 5 1 UN3216 III 5.1 T2 152 203 241 2.5 L 30 L A Persulfates, Inorganic, n.o.s. 5.1 UN3215 III 5.1 152 213 240 25 kg 100 kg A Pesticides, liquid, flammable, toxic, flashpoint less than 23 degrees C 3 UN3021 1 3. 6.1 B5 None 201 243 Forbidden 30 L B Pesticides, liquid, flammable, toxic, flashpoint less than 23 degrees C 3 UN3021 II 3, 6.1 None 202 243 1L 60 L B Pesticides, liquid, toxic, flammable, n.o.s. flashpoint not less than 23 degrees C 6.1 UN2903 1 6.1, 3 T42 None 201 243 1L 30 L B 40 Pesticides, liquid, toxic, flammable, n.o.s. flashpoint not less than 23 degrees C 6.1 UN2903 II 6.1. 3 T14 None 202 243 5 L 60 L B 40 Pesticides, liquid, toxic, flammable, n.o.s. flashpoint not less than 23 degrees C 6.1 UN2903 III 61,3 B1, T14 153 203 242 60 L 220 L A 40 Pesticides, liquid, toxic, n.o.s. 6.1 UN2902 1 6.1 T42 None 201 243 1 L 30 L B 40 Pesticides, liquid, toxic, n.o.s. 6.1 UN2902 II 6.1 T14 None 202 243 5 L 60 L B 40 Pesticides, liquid, toxic, n.o.s. 6.1 UN2902 III 6.1 T14 153 203 241 60 L 220 L A 40 Pesticides, solid, toxic, n.o.s. 6 1 UN2588 1 6.1 None 211 242 5 kg 50 kg A 40 Pesticides, solid, toxic, n.o.s. 6.1 UN2588 II 6.1 None 212 242 25 kg 100 kg A 40 Pesticides, solid, toxic, n.o.s. 6.1 UN2588 III 6.1 153 213 240 100 kg 200 kg A 40 PETN, see Pentaerythrtte tetranltrate PETN/TNT, see Pentollte, etc. Petrol, see Gasoline Petroleum crude oil 3 UN1267 13 T8, T31 None 201 243 1L 30 L E Petroleum crude oil 3 UN1267 II 3 T8, T31 150 202 242 5 L 60 L B Petroleum crude oil 3 UN1267 III 3 B1.T7. T30 150 203 242 60 L 220 L A Petroleum distillates, n.o.s. or Petroleum products, n.o.s. 3 UN1268 1 3 T8, T31 150 201 243 1 L 30 L E Petroleum distillates, n.o.s. or Petroleum products, n.o.s. 3 UN1268 II 3 T8, T31 150 202 242 SL 60 L B 'Label Codas: 1 1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, and 1.6--EXPLOSIVE; 2.1--FLAMMABLE GAS, 2.2--NON-FLAMMABLE GAS; 2.3--POISON GAS; 3--FLAMMABLE LIQUID, 4.1-- FLAMMABLE SOLID; 4.2--SPONTANEOUSLY COMBUSTIBLE; 4.3--DANGEROUS WHEN WET; 5.1--OXIDIZER; 5.2--ORGANIC PEROXIDE; 6.1 (PGI. ZONE A and B inhalation hazard)--POISON INHALATION HAZARD. 6.1 (PGI or PGM. Other than Zone A and B)--POISON; 6.1 PGIII--KEEP AWAY FROM FOOD, 6.2-- INFECTIOUS SUBSTANCE: 7--RADIOACTIVE; 8--CORROSIVE; 9--CLASS 9 146 April 1998 ABD00131960 Appendix B to 172.101--172.102 PART 172 List of Marine Pollutants 0) S.M.P. (2) Marine Pollutant Propionaldehyde Propoxur n-Propylben2ene_____________________ ______________________________________ Prothoate___________________________________ ________________________________ Prussic acid, anhydrous, stabilized Prussic acid, anhydrous, stabilized, absorbed in a porous inert material PP . . . . Pyrazophos Quinalphos________________________ ______________________________________ PP . . , , Quizalofop PP - - . . Quizalofop-p-ethyl Rotenone Salithion Silver arsenite Silver cyanide PP . . , , Silver orthosarsenite PP . . . . Sodium copper cyanide, solid________ _______ _______________________________ PP.... Sodium copper cyanide solution PP , , . . Sodium cuprocyanide, solid PP . . . . Sodium cuprocyanide, solution________ _____________________________________ Sodium cyanide_____________________ _______________________________________ Sodium dinitro-o-cresolate, dry or wetted with less than 15 per cent water, by mass Sodium dinitro-ortho-cresolate, wetted with not less than 15 per cent water, by mass______________________________________________________________ PP ... . Sodium pentachlorophenate Strychnine or Strychnine salts Styrene monomer, inhibited Sullotep____________________________________ PP ... . Sulprophos_________________________________________________________________ Sym-Dichloroethyl ether Tallow nitrile Temephos___________________________ ______________________________________ TEPP_______________________________________________________________________ PP ... . Terbutos____________________________________________________________________ Tetrabromoethane Tetrabromomethane__________________________ _____________________________ Tetrachloroethane______________ ____ ___________________________________ Tetrachloroethyfene Tetrachloromethane_________________________________________________________ Tetrachlorophenol PP ... . Tetrachlorvinphos Tetraethyl dithiopyrophosphate PP . . . . Tetraethyl lead, liquid________________________________________________________ Tetramethrin Tetramethylbenzenes Tetramethyllead______________________ ______________________________________ 4-Thiapentanal__________________________ ___________________________________ Thallium chlorate Thallium compounds, n.o.s___________ ________ ______________________________ Thallium compounds (pesticides)____________ Thallium nitrate Thallium sulfate Thallous chlorate____________________ _______________________________________ Thiocarbonyl tetrachloride__________________________________________________ Triaryl phosphates, isopropylated PP . . . . Triaryl phosphates, n.o.s.____________________________________________________ Triazophos Tribromomethane PP . . . . Tributyltin compounds Trichlorfon Trichlorobenzenes, liquid Trichlorobutene Trichlorobutylene Trichloromethane sulphurlyl chloride Trichloromethyl sulphochloride Trichloronat List of Marine Pollutants (1) S.M.P. (2) Marine Pollutant Tricresyl phosphate (less than 1% ortho-isomer) PP , . . PP . . . . Tricresyl phosphate (not less than 1% ortho-isomer) Tricresyl phosphate with more than 3 per cent ortho isomer Triethylbenzene Triisopropylated phenyl phosphates 1,2,3-Trimethylbenzene 1,2,4-Trimethylben2ene 1,3,5-Trimethylbenzene Trimethylene dichloride Triphenylphosphate PP . . . . Triphenyltin compounds Tritolyl phosphate (less than 1% ortho-isomer) PP . . . . Tritolyl phosphate (not less than 1% ortho-isomer) Trixylenyl phosphate Turpentine 1-Undecanol normal-Valeraldehyde Vinylbenzene, inhibited Vinylidene chloride, inhibited Vinyltoluenes, inhibited mixed isomers Warfarin (and salts of) PP . . . . White phosphorus, dry PP . . . . White phosphorus, molten PP . . . . White phosphorus, wet White spirit, low (15-20%) aromatic Xylenols PP . . , . Yellow phosphorus, dry PP . . . . Yellow phosphorus, molten PP . . . . Yellow phosphorus, wet Zinc bromide Zinc cyanide PP = Severe Marine Pollutant 172.102 Special provisions, (a) General. When Column 7 of the 172.101 Table refers to a special provision for a hazardous mate rial, the meaning and requirements of that provision are as set forth in this section. When a special provision specifies packaging or pack aging requirements-- (1) The special provision is in addition to the standard requirements for all packagings prescribed in 173.24 of this subchapter and any other applicable packaging requirements in subparts A and B of part 173 of this subchapter; and (2) To the extent a special provision imposes limitations or addi tional requirements on the packaging provisions set forth in Column 8 of the 172.101 Table, packagings must conform to the requirements of the special provision. (b) Description of codes for special provisions. Special provi sions contain packaging provisions, prohibitions, exceptions from re quirements for particular quantities or forms of materials and require ments or prohibitions applicable to specific modes of transportation, as follows: (1) A code consisting only of numbers (for example, "11") is multi modal in application and may apply to bulk and non-bulk packagings. (2) A code containing the letter "A" refers to a special provision which applies only to transportation by aircraft. (3) A code containing the letter "B" refers to a special provision which applies only to bulk packaging requirements. Unless otherwise provided in this subchapter, these special provisions do not apply to IM portable tanks. (4) A code containing the letter "H" refers to a special provision which applies only to transportation by highway. (5) A code containing the letter "N" refers to a special provision which applies only to non-bulk packaging requirements. (6) A code containing the letter "R" refers to a special provision which applies only to transportation by rail. (7) A code containing the letter "T" refers to a special provision which applies only to transportation in IM portable tanks. (8) A code containing the letter "W" refers to a special provision which applies only to transportation by water. 193 ABD00131961 172.102 April 1998 (c) Tables of special provisions. The following tables list, and set forth the requirements of the special provisions referred to in Column 7 of the 172.101 Table. (1) Numeric provisions. These provisions are multi-modal and apply to bulk and non-bulk packagings: Code Special Provisions 1 This material is poisonous by inhalation (see 171.8 of this subchapter) in Hazard Zone A (see 173.116(a) or 173.133(a) of this subchapter), and must be described as an inhalation hazard under the provisions of this subchapter. 2 This material is poisonous by inhalation (see 171.8 of this subchapter) in Hazard Zone B (see 173.116(a) or 173.133(a) of this subchapter), and must be described as an inhalation hazard under the provisions of this subchapter. 3 This material is poisonous-by-inhalation (see 171.8 of this subchapter) in Hazard Zone C (see 173.116(a) of this sub chapter), and must be described as an inhalation hazard under the provisions of this subchapter. 4 This material is poisonous by inhalation (see 171.8 of this subchapter) in Hazard Zone D (see 173.116(a) of this sub chapter), and must be described as an inhalation hazard under the provisions of this subchapter. 5 If this material meets the definition for a material poisonous by inhalation (see 171.8 of this subchapter), a shipping name must be selected which identifies the inhalation hazard, in Division 2.3 or Division 6.1, as appropriate. 6 This material is poisonous by inhalation and must be described as an inhalation hazard under the provisions of this subchapter. 7 An ammonium nitrate fertilizer is a fertilizer formulation, con taining 90% or more ammonium nitrate and no more than 0.2% organic combustible material (calculated as carbon), which does not meet the definition and criteria of a Class 1 (explosive) material (See 173.50 of this subchapter). 8 A hazardous substance that is not a hazardous waste may be shipped under the shipping description "Other regulated substance, liquid or solid n.o.s.", as appropriate. In addition, for solid materials, special provision B54 applies. 9 Packaging for certain PCBs for disposal and storage is pre scribed by EPA in 40 CFR 761.60 and 761.65. 10 An ammonium nitrate mixed fertilizer is a fertilizer formulation, containing less than 90% ammonium nitrate and other ingredi ents, which does not meet the definition and criteria of a Class 1 (explosive) material (See 173.50 of this subchapter). 11 The hazardous material must be packaged as either a liquid or a solid, as appropriate, depending on its physical form at 55C (131F) at atmospheric pressure. 12 In concentrations greater than 40 percent, this material has strong oxidizing properties and is capable of starting fires in contact with combustible materials. If appropriate, a package containing this material must conform with the additional label ing requirements of 172.402 of this subchapter. 13 The words "Inhalation Hazard" shall be entered on each ship ping paper in association with the shipping description, shall be marked on each non-bulk package in association with the proper shipping name and identification number, and shall be marked on two opposing sides of each bulk package. Size of marking on bulk packages must conform to 172.302(b) of this subchapter. The requirements of 172.203(m) and 172.505 of this subchapter do not apply. 14 Motor fuel antiknock mixtures are: a. Mixtures of one or more organic lead mixtures (such as tetraethyl lead, triethylmethyl lead, diethyldimethyl lead, ethyltrimethyl lead, and tetramethyl lead) with one or more halogen compounds (such as ethylene dibromide and eth ylene dichloride), hydrocarbon solvents or other equally efficient stabilizers; or b. tetraethyl lead. 15 Chemical kits and first aid kits are boxes, cases, etc., con taining small amounts of various compatible dangerous goods which are used for medical, analytical, or testing purposes and for which exceptions are provided in this subchapter. For transportation by aircraft, any hazardous materials forbidden in passenger aircraft may not be included in these kits. Inner packagings may not exceed 250 mL for liquids or 250 g for Code Special Provisions solids and must be protected from other materials in the kit. The total quantity of hazardous materials in any one kit may not exceed either 1 L or 1 kg. The packing group assigned to the kit as a whole must be the most stringent packing group assigned to any individual substance contained in the kit. Kits must be packed in wooden boxes (4C1,4C2), plywood boxes (4D), reconstituted wood boxes (4F), fiberboard boxes (4G) or plastic boxes (4H1,4H2); these packagings must meet the requirements appropriate to the packing group assigned to the kit as a whole. The total quantity of hazardous materials in any one package may not exceed either 10 L or 10 kg. Kits which are carried on board transport vehicles for first-aid or operating purposes are not subject to the requirements of this subchapter. 16 This description applies to smokeless powder and other solid propellants that are used as powder for small arms and have been classed as Division 1.3 and 4.1 in accordance with 173.56 of this subchapter. 17 Aqueous solutions of hydrogen peroxide containing less than 8 percent hydrogen peroxide are not subject to the require ments of this subchapter. 18 This description is authorized only for fire extinguishers listed in 173.309(b) of this subchapter meeting the following condi tions: a. Each fire extinguisher may only have extinguishing con tents that are nonflammable, non-poisonous, non-corrosive and commercially free from corroding components. b. Each fire extinguisher must be charged with a nonflamma ble, non-poisonous, dry gas that has a dew-point at or below minus 46.7C (minus 52F) at 101 kPa (1 atmosphere) and is free of corroding components, to not more than the service pressure of the cylinder. c. A fire extinguisher may not contain more than 30% carbon dioxide by volume or any other corrosive extinguishing agent. d. Each fire extinguisher must be protected externally by suit able corrosin-resisting coating. 19 For domestic transportation only, the identification number "UN1075" may be used in place of the identification number specified in Column (4) of the 172.101 Table. The identifica tion number used must be consistent on package markings, shipping papers and emergency response information. 20 The transport of this substance, when in concentrations of greater than 10% nitroglycerin, is prohibited. Concentrations of below 5% nitroglycerin may be transported as a Class 3 material; see UN 1204 and UN 3064. 21 This material must be stabilized by appropriate means (e.g., addition of chemical inhibitor, purging to remove oxygen) to prevent dangerous polymerization (see 173.21(f) of this sub chapter). 22 If the hazardous material is in dispersion in organic liquid, the organic liquid must have a flash point above 508C (122F). 23 This material may be transported under the provisions of Divi sion 4.1 only if it is so packed that the percentage of diluent will not fall below that stated in the shipping description at any time during transport. Quantities of not more than 500 g per package with not less than 10 percent water by mass may also be classed in Division 4.1, provided a negative test result is obtained when tested in accordance with test series 6(c) of the UN Manual of Tests and Criteria. 24 Alcoholic beverages containing more than 70 percent alcohol by volume must be transported as materials in Packing Group II. Alcoholic beverages containing more than 24 percent but not more than 70 percent alcohol by volume must be trans ported as materials in Packing Group III. 25 Until October 1, 1997, this material may be transported or offered for transportation in a packaging authorized under the regulations in effect on September 30, 1996. 26 This entry does not include ammonium permanganate, the transport of which is prohibited except when approved by the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety. 27 Sodium carbonate peroxyhydrate is considered non-hazardous. 28 The dihydrated sodium salt of dichloroisocyanuric acid is not subject to the requirements of this subchapter. 194 | 3 Symbols 1 5 Identification -- Numbers' Label Codes o Location PART 172 ABD00131916 172.101--Phthallc-Potasslum April 1998 Hazardous Materials Descriptions and Proper Shipping Names (2) Phthallc anhydride with more than .05 percent maleic anhydride Phthalimlde derivative pesticides, liquid, flammable, toxic, flash point less than 23 degrees C Phthalimlde derivative pesticides, liquid, flammable, toxic, flash point less than 23 degrees C Phthalimlde derivative pesticides, liquid, toxic Phthalimlde derivative pesticides, liquid, toxic Phthalimlde derivative pesticides, liquid, toxic Phthalimlde derivative pesticides, liquid, toxic, flammable flashpoint not less than 23 degrees C Phthalimlde derivative pesticides, liquid, toxic, flammable flashpoint not less than 23 degrees C Phthalimlde derivative pesticides, liquid, toxic, flammable flashpoint not less than 23 degrees C Phthalimlde derivative pesticides, solid, toxic Phthalimlde derivative pesticides, solid, toxic Phthalimlde derivative pesticides, solid, toxic Picollnes Picric acid, see Trinltrophenol, etc. D Picric acid, wet, with not less than 10 percent water Picrlte, see Nltroguanidine, etc. Plcryl chloride, see Trinltrochlorobenzene Pine oil alpha-PInene Piperazine Piperidine Pivaloyl chloride, see Trimethytacetyl chloride Plastic molding compound in dough, sheet or extruded rope form evolving flammable vapor Plastic solvent, n.o.s., see Flammable liquids, n.o.s- Plastics, nitrocellulose-based, self-heating, n.o.s. Poisonous gases, n.o.s., see Compressed or liquefied gases, flammable or toxic, n.o.s. Polyalkylamines, n.o.s.. see Amines, etc. AW Polychlorinated biphenyls Polyester resin kit Polyhalogenated biphenyls, liquid or Polyhalogenated terphenyls liquid Polyhalogenated biphenyls, solid or Polyhalogenated terphenyls, solid Polymeric beads, expandable, evolving flammable vapor. Potassium Potassium arsenate Potassium arsenite Potassium bisulfite solution, see Bisulfites, inorganic, aqueous solutions, n.o.s. Potassium borohydride Potassium bromate 172.101 Hazardous Materials Table (8) (9) (10) Packaging (173."') Quantity Limitations Vessel Stowage Hazard Class or Division PG Special Provisions Ex cep tions Non bulk Bulk Passen ger Aircraft/ Rail Cargo Arlcratt Only Other (3) (5) 8 UN2214 III 8 T7 (7) (8A) <8B) <8C) (9A) 154 213 240 25 kg (9B) 100 kg A (10B) 3 UN2774 1 3, 6.1 None 201 243 Forbidden 30 L B 40 3 UN2774 II 3, 6.1 None 202 243 1 L 60 L B 40 6.1 UN3008 1 6.1 T42 6.1 UN3008 II 6.1 T14 6.1 UN3Q08 III 6.1 T14 6.1 UN3007 1 6.1, 3 T42 None 201 243 1 L None 202 243 5L 153 203 241 60 L None 201 243 1 L 30 L 60 L 220 L 30 L B 40 B 40 A 40 B 40 6.1 UN3007 II 6.1, 3 T14 None 202 243 5 L 60 L B 40 6.1 UN3007 III 6.1, 3 T14 153 203 242 60 L 220 L A 40 6.1 UN2773 6.1 UN2773 6.1 UN2773 3 UN2313 1 6.1 II 6.1 III 6.1 III 3 B1, T8 4.1 NA1344 1 4.1 A19, A20, N41 None None 153 150 211 242 212 242 213 240 203 242 5 kg 25 kg 100 kg 60 L 50 kg 100 kg 200 kg 220 L A A A A 40 40 40 40 None 211 None Forbidden Forbidden D 3 UN 1272 3 UN2368 8 UN2579 3 UN2401 111 3 III 3 III 8 II 3, 8 B1.T1 Bl, T1 T7 T2 9 UN3314 III 9 32 4.2 UN2006 III 4.2 150 150 154 None 203 242 203 242 213 240 202 243 60 L 60 L 25 kg 1L 220 L 220 L 100 kg 5L A A A B 12 155 213 None 100 kg 200 kg A 85, 87 None 213 None Forbidden Forbidden C 9 UN2315 3 UN3269 9 UN3151 II 9 3 II 9 9, 81 None 9 UN3152 II 9 9 UN2211 III None 32 4.3 UN2257 6.1 UN1677 6.1 UN1678 1 4.3 II 6.1 II 6.1 A19, A20, B27, B100, N6, N34, T15, T26 155 152 155 155 155 None None None 202 241 225 None 204 241 100 L 5 kg 100 L 220 L 5 kg 220 L A B A 204 241 100 kg 200 kg A 221 240 100 kg 200 kg A 211 244 Forbidden 15 kg D 212 242 212 242 25 kg 25 kg 100 kg 100 kg A A 34 34 34 85. 67 4.3 UN1870 5.1 UN1484 1 4.3 II 5.1 A19, B100, N40 None 152 211 242 212 242 Forbidden 15 kg 5 kg 25 kg E A 56, 58, 106 'Label Codes: 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, and 1.6--EXPLOSIVE; 2.1--FLAMMABLE GAS; 2.2--NON-FLAMMABLE GAS; 2.3--POISON GAS; 3--FLAMMABLE LIQUID, 4.1-- FLAMMABLE SOLID; 4.2--SPONTANEOUSLY COMBUSTIBLE; 4.3--DANGEROUS WHEN WET; 5.1--OXIDIZER; 5.2--ORGANIC PEROXIDE; 6.1 (PGl, ZONE A and B inhalation hazard)--POISON INHALATION HAZARD; 6.1 (PGI or PGM. other than Zone A and B)--POISON; 6.1 PGIII--KEEP AWAY FROM FOOD; 6.2-- INFECTIOUS SUBSTANCE: 7--RADIOACTIVE: 8--CORROSIVE; 9--CLASS 9 149 Symbols |3 Identification Numbers o> Location ABD00131917 April 1998 172.101--Potassium Hazardous Materials Descriptions and Proper Shipping Names (2) Potassium carbonyl Potassium chlorate Potassium chlorate, aqueous solution Potassium chlorate, aqueous solution 172.101 Hazardous Materials Table (8) Packaging (173."*) Hazard Class or Division 1 PG 3 Special Provisions (3) (5) (6)' (7) Forbidden 5.1 UN1485 II 5.1 A9, N34 Ex cep tions (8A) Non bulk (SB) Bulk (SC) 152 212 242 5.1 UN2427 II 5.1 A2, T8 152 202 241 5.1 UN2427 III 5.1 A2, T8 152 203 241 (9) (10) Quantity Limitations Vessel Stowage Passen ger Aircraft/ Rail Cargo Aricraft Only Other (9A) (9B) (10B) 5 kg 1L 2.5 L 25 kg 5L 30 L A 56, 58, 106 B 56, 58, 106 B 56, 58, 69, 106 Potassium chlorate mixed with mineral oil, see Explosive, blasting, type C Potassium cuprocyanide Potassium cyanide Potassium dichloro isocyanurate or Potassium dichlon>s-triazmetnone, see Dichlorolsocyanurlc acid, dry or Oichloroisocyanurlc acid salts ere Potassium dlthlonlte or Potassium hydrosulfite Potassium fluoride Potassium fluoroacetate Potassium ftuorosilicate Potassium hydrate, see Potassium hydroxide, solid Potassium hydrogen fluoride, see Potassium hydrogen dlfluoride 6.1 UN1679 6.1 UN1680 II 6.1 1 6.1 B69, B77, N74, N75, T18, T26 None None 212 242 211 242 25 kg 5 kg 100 kg 50 kg A B 26 52 4.2 UN 1929 II 4.2 A8, A19, A20 6.1 UN1812 6.1 UN2628 6.1 UN2655 III 6.1 1 6.1 III 6.1 T8 None 153 None 153 212 241 213 240 211 242 213 240 15 kg 100 kg 5 kg 100 kg 50 kg 200 kg 50 kg 200 kg E A E A 13 26 26 Potassium hydrogen fluoride solution, see Corrosive liquid, n.o.s. Potassium hydrogen sulfate Potassium hydrogendifluorlde, solid Potassium hydrogendifluorlde, solution Potassium hydrosulfite, see Potassium dlthlonlte Potassium hydroxide, liquid, see Potassium hydroxide solution Potassium hydroxide, solid Potassium hydroxide, solution Potassium hydroxide, solution Potassium hypochlorite, so/ur/on, see Hypochlorite solutions, etc. Potassium, metal alloys Potassium metal, liquid alloy, see Alkali metal alloys, liquid Potassium metavanadate Potassium monoxide Potassium nitrate Potassium nitrate and sodium nitrite mixtures Potassium nitrite Potassium perchlorate, solid Potassium perchlorate, solution Potassium permanganate 8 UN2509 B UN1811 B UN1811 II 8 A7, N34 II 8. 6.1 B106, N3, N34, T8 II 8, 6.1 N3, N34, T8 8 UN1813 8 UN1814 8 UN1814 11 8 II 8 III 8 B2. T8 T7 4.3 UN1420 1 4.3 A19, A20, B27 6.1 UN2864 8 UN2033 5.1 UN1486 5.1 UN1487 II 6.1 II 8 III 5.1 II 5.1 A1, A29 B78 5.1 UN1488 5.1 UN1489 II 5.1 II 5 1 5.1 UN1489 II 5.1 5.1 UN1490 II 5.1 154 212 240 15 kg 154 212 240 15 kg 154 202 243 1 L 50 kg 50 kg 30 L A A 25, 26, 40 A 26, 40, 95 154 212 240 15 kg 154 202 242 1 L 154 203 241 5 L 50 kg 30 L 60 L A A A None 211 244 Forbidden 15 kg D None 154 152 152 152 152 152 152 212 242 212 240 213 240 212 240 25 kg 15 kg 25 kg 5 kg 212 242 212 242 5 kg 5 kg 202 242 1L 212 240 5 kg 100 kg 50 kg 100 kg 25 kg A A A A 56, 58 25 kg 25 kg 5L 25 kg A 56, 58 A 56, 58, 106 A 56, 58, 106 D 56. 58, 69. 106, 107 Potassium peroxide Potassium persulfate Potassium phosphide 5.1 UN1491 1 5.1 A20, N34 5.1 UN 1492 4.3 UN2012 III 5.1 1 4.3, 6.1 A1, A29 A19, N40 None 152 None 211 None Forbidden 15 kg 213 240 25 kg 100 kg 211 None Forbidden 15 kg B A E 13. 75, 106 40, 85 Potassium selenate, see Selenates or Selenites Potassium se'emte, see Selenates or Selenites 'Label Codes: 11, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, and 1.6--EXPLOSIVE; 2.1--FLAMMABLE GAS; 2.2--NON-FLAMMABLE GAS; 2.3--POISON GAS; 3--FLAMMABLE LIQUID; 4.1-- FLAMMABLE SOLID; 4.2--SPONTANEOUSLY COMBUSTIBLE; 4.3--DANGEROUS WHEN WET; 5.1--OXIDIZER; 5.2--ORGANIC PEROXIDE; 6.1 (PGI, ZONE A and B inhalation hazard)--POISON INHALATION HAZARD. 6.1 (PGI or PGII, other than Zone A and B)--POISON. 6.1 PGIII--KEEP AWAY FROM FOOD; 6.2-- INFECTIOUS SUBSTANCE: 7--RADIOACTIVE; 8--CORROSIVE; 9--CLASS 9 150 | 3 Symbols 1 PART 172 172.101--Potassium-Propellant ABD00131918 April 1998 172.101 Hazardous Materials Table Label Codes Hazardous Materials Descriptions and Proper Shipping Names Hazard Class or Division PG Identification Numbers Special Provisions (6) Packaging ($173.***) Ex cep tions Non bulk Bulk (9) Quantity Limitations Passen ger Aircraft/ Rail Cargo Aricraft Only (10) Vessel Stowage co Other - ' (2) Potassium sodium alloys (3) (5) 4.3 UN1422 1 4.3 (7) A19, B27, N34. N40, T15, T26 (8A) (8B) (8C) (9A) (9B) None 211 244 Forbidden 15 kg (10A) D (10B) Potassium sulfide, anhydrous or Potassium sulfide with less than 30 percent water ol crystallization 4.2 UN1382 II 4.2 A19, A20, B16. B106, N34 None 212 241 15 kg 50 kg A Potassium sulfide, hydrated with not less than 30 percent water ot crystallization 8 UN1847 II 8 154 212 240 15 kg 50 kg A 26 Potassium superoxide Powder cake, wetted or Powder paste, wetted with not less than 17 percent alcohol by mass 5.1 UN2466 1 5.1 A20 1.1C UN0433 II 1.1C None 211 None Forbidden 15 kg B None 62 None Forbidden Forbidden B 13, 75, 106 1E.SE Powder cake, wetted or Powder paste, wetted with not less than 25 percent water, by mass Powder paste, see Powder cake, etc. 1.3C UN0159 II 1.3C None 62 None Forbidden Forbidden B 1E.5E Powder, smokeless Powder, smokeless Power device, explosive, see Cartridges, power device 1.1C UN0160 1.3C UN0161 II 1.1C II 1.30 None None 62 None Forbidden Forbidden B 62 None Forbidden Forbidden B 10E.26E 10E.26E Primers, cap type Primers, cap type Primers, cap type Primers, small arms, see Primers, cap type 1.4S UN0044 1.1B UN0377 1.4B UN0378 II None II 1.1B II 1.4B None None None 62 None 62 None 62 None 25 kg 100 kg A Forbidden Forbidden B Forbidden 75 kg A 2E.6E 24E Primers, tubular Primers, tubular Primers, tubular Printing ink, flammable Printing Ink, tlammable Printing Ink, tlammable Projectiles, illuminating, see Ammunition, illuminating, etc. 1.3G UN0319 1.4G UN0320 1.4S UN0376 3 UN1210 3 UN1210 3 UN1210 II 1.3G II 1.4G II None 1 3 T8. T31 II 3 T7, T30 III 3 B1.T7, T30 None None None 150 150 150 62 None 62 None 62 None 173 243 173 242 173 242 Forbidden Forbidden B Forbidden 75 kg A 25 kg 100 kg A 1L 30 L E 5L 60 L B 60 L 220 L A 24E Projectiles, inert with tracer Projectiles, inert, with tracer Projectiles, inert, with tracer Projectiles, with burster or expelling charge Projectiles, with burster or expelling charge Projectiles, with burster or expelling charge Projectiles, with burster or expelling charge Projectiles, with burster or expelling charge Projectiles, with burster or expelling charge Projectiles, with bursting charge Projectiles, with bursting charge Projectiles, with bursting charge Projectiles, with bursting charge Projectiles, with bursting charge 1.4S UN0345 1.3G UN0424 1.4G UN0425 1.20 UN0346 1.4D UN0347 1.2F UN0426 1.4F UN0427 1.2G UN0434 1.4G UN0435 1.1F UNO167 1.1D UN0168 1 2D UN0169 1.2F UN0324 1.4D UN0344 II 1.4S II 1.3G II 1.4G II 1.2D II 1.4D II 1.2F II 1.4F II 1.2G II 1.4G II 1. IF II 1.1D II 1.2D II 1.2F II 1.4D 62 None 62 None 62 None 62 None 62 None 62 None 62 None 62 None 62 None 62 None 62 None 62 None 62 None 62 None 25 kg 100 kg A Forbidden Forbidden B Forbidden 75 kg A Forbidden Forbidden B Forbidden 75 kg A Forbidden Forbidden E Forbidden Forbidden E Forbidden Forbidden B Forbidden 75 kg A Forbidden Forbidden E Forbidden Forbidden B Forbidden Forbidden B Forbidden Forbidden E Forbidden 75 kg A 3E.7E.9E 3E.7E 3E.7E.24E 3E.7E 3E.7E.24E 3E.7E 3E.7E.24E 3E.7E 3E.7E 3E.7E.24E Propadierte, Inhibited 2.1 UN2200 2.1 None 304 314, 315 Forbidden 150 kg B 40 Propadiene mixed with methyl acetylene, see Methyl acetylene and propadiene mixtures, stabilized Propane see also Petroleum gases, liquefied Propanethiols n-Propanol or Propyl alcohol, normal rvPropanol or Propyl alcohol, normal 0 Propargyl alcohol Propellant, liquid 2.1 UN1978 2.1 19 3 UN2402 3 UN1274 3 UN1274 3 NA1996 1.3C UN0495 II 3 T8 II 3 B1, T1 III 3 B1, T1 II 3, 6.1 II 1.3C 37 306 150 150 150 None None 304 314. 315 202 242 202 242 203 242 202 243 62 None Forbidden 150 kg E 5L 60 L E 5L 60 L B 60 L 220 L A Forbidden 1 L B Forbidden Forbidden B 40 95, 102 40 Propellant, liquid Propellant, solid Propellant, solid 1.1C UN0497 1.1C UN0498 1.3C UN0499 II 1.1C 37 II 1.1C II 1.3C None None None 62 None 62 None 62 None Forbidden Forbidden B Forbidden Forbidden A Forbidden Forbidden A 'Label Codes: 1.1, 1.2. 1.3, 1.4. 1.5, and 1.6--EXPLOSIVE; 2.1--FLAMMABLE GAS; 2.2--NON-FLAMMABLE GAS; 2.3--POISON GAS; 3--FLAMMABLE LIQUID; 4.1--FLAMMABLE SOLID; 4.2--SPONTANEOUSLY COMBUSTIBLE; 4.3--DANGEROUS WHEN WET; 5.1--OXIDIZER; 5.2--ORGANIC PEROXIDE; 6.1 (PGI, ZONE A and B inhalation hazard)--POISON INHALATION HAZARD; 6.1 (PGI or PGM, other than Zone A and B)--POISON; 6.1 PGIII--KEEP AWAY FROM FOOD; 6.2-- INFECTIOUS SUBSTANCE; 7--RADIOACTIVE; 8--CORROSIVE; 9--CLASS 9 151 Symbols |3 <2 Identification" Numbers S Label Codes o Location April 1998 ABD00131919 172.101--Proplonaldehyde-R 13B1 172.101 Hazardous Materials Table (8) (9) (10) Packaging (173.***) Quantity Limitations Vessel Stowage Hazardous Materials Descriptions and Proper Shipping Names Hazard Class or Division PQ Special Provisions Ex cep tions Non bulk Bulk Passen ger Aircraft/ Rail Cargo Arlcraft Only Other {2) Proplonaldehyde Propionic acid Propionic anhydride (3) (5) 3 UN1275 II 3 8 UN1848 III 8 8 UN2496 III 8 T14 T7 T2 (7) (BA) 150 154 154 (8B) <8C) 202 242 203 241 203 241 (9A) 5L 5L 5L (90) 60 L 60 L 60 L E A A (10B) Proplonltrlle 3 UN2404 II 3. 6.1 T14 None 202 243 Forbidden 60 L E 40 Proplonyl chloride 3 UN181S II 3. 8 B100, T8, T26 None 202 243 1L 5L B 40 n-Propyl acetate 3 UN1276 II 3 T1 150 202 242 5 L 60 L B Propyl alcohol, see Propanol n-Propyl benzene Propyl chloride 3 UN2364 3 UN1278 Ml 3 II 3 B1, T1 N34, T14 150 None 203 242 202 242 60 L 220 L Forbidden 60 L A E n-Propyl chioroformate 6.1 UN2740 1 6.1. 2, A3. A6, A7, B9, B14, B32, None 3, 8 B74, B77, N34. T38, T43, T45 227 244 Forbidden 2.5 L B 21, 40, 100 Propyl formates n-Propyl isocyanate 3 UN1281 6.1 UN2482 II 3 T8 1 6.1. 3 1. A7, 69. B14, B30, B72, T38, T43, T44 150 None 202 242 226 244 5L 60 L B Forbidden Forbidden O 40 Propy! mercaptan, see Propanethlols n-Propyl nitrate Propylamine 3 UN1865 3 UN1277 II 3 T25 II 3, 8 N34, T14 150 None 202 None 5 L 202 243 1 L 60 L 5L D E 40 Propylene see also Petroleum gases, liquefied 2.1 UN 1077 2.1 19 306 304 314, Forbidden 150 kg E 315 40 Propylene chlorohydrtn 6.1 UN2611 11 6.1, 3 T9 None 202 243 5 L 60 L A 12, 40. 48 Propylene oxide Propylene tetramer 1,2-Propylenediamine Propyleneimlne, Inhibited Propyltrtchlorosilane 3 UN12B0 3 UN2850 8 UN2258 3 UN1921 8 UN1816 13 III 3 II 8. 3 13 II 8. 3 A3, N34, T20, T29 B1. T1 A3, A6. N34. T8 A3, N34. T25 A7, 62, B6. N34, T8. T26 None 150 None None None 201 243 203 242 202 243 201 243 202 243 1 L 30 L 60 L 220 L 1 L 30 L 1 L 30 L Forbidden 30 L E 40 A A 40 B 40 C 40 Prussic acid, see Hydrogen cyanide Pyridine 3 UN1282 II 3 T8 None 202 242 5L 60 L B 21. 100 Pyridine perchlorate Pyrophoric liquid, Inorganic, n.o.s. Forbidden 4.2 UN3194 1 42 None 181 244 Forbidden Forbidden D 18 Pyrophoric liquids, organic, n.o.s. Pyrophoric metals, n.o.s., or Pyrophoric alloys, n.o.s. Pyrophoric organometalllc compound, n.o.s. 4.2 UN2845 4.2 UN1383 4.2 UN3203 1 4.2 1 4.2 B11. T42 B11 1 4.2 None None None 181 244 187 242 187 242 Forbidden Forbidden D Forbidden Forbidden D Forbidden Forbidden D 18 Pyrophoric solid, inorganic, n.o.s. Pyrophoric solids, organic, n.o.s. 4.2 UN3200 4.2 UN2846 1 4.2 1 4.2 None None 187 242 187 242 Forbidden Forbidden D Forbidden Forbidden D Pyrosulfuryt chloride 8 UN1817 II 8 B2, T9, T27 154 202 242 1 L 30 L C 40 Pyroxylin solution or solvent, see Nitrocellulose Pyrrolidine 3 UN1922 II 3. 8 T1 None 202 243 1L 5L B 40 Quebrachitol pentan<trate Forbidden Ouicklime, see Calcium oxide Quinoline 6.1 UN2656 III 6.1 T8 153 203 241 60 L 220 L A 12 R 114, see Dichlorotetrafluoroethane R 115. see Chloropentafluoroethane R 116. see Hexafluoroethane R 124, see Chlorotetrefluoroethane R 133a. see Chlorotrlfluoroethane R 152a, see Difluoroethane R 500, see Dichlorodlfluoromethane and dlfluorethane, etc. R 502. see Chlorodtfluoromethane and chloropentafluoroethane mixture, etc. R 503, see Chlorotrlfluoromethane and trlfluoromethane, etc. R 12. see Dichlorodlfluoromethane R 1281, see Chlorodifluorobromomethane R 13. see Chlorotrifluoromethane R 1381. see Bromotrlfluoromethane 'Label Codes: 1 1, 1 2, 13. 14, 1.5, and 1.6--EXPLOSIVE; 2.1--FLAMMABLE GAS; 2 2--NON-FLAMMABLE GAS, 2.3--POISON GAS, 3--FLAMMABLE LIQUID. 4.1-- FLAMMABLE SOLID, 4 2--SPONTANEOUSLY COMBUSTIBLE, 4.3--DANGEROUS WHEN WET; 5.1--OXIDIZER; 5.2--ORGANIC PEROXIDE; 6 1 (PGI, ZONE A and B inhalation hazard)--POISON INHALATION HAZARD; 6.1 (PGI or PGII, other than Zone A and B)--POISON; 61 PGtll--KEEP AWAV FROM FOOD; 6.2-- INFECTIOUS SUBSTANCE; 7--RADIOACTIVE; 8--CORROSIVE, 9--CLASS 9 152 PART 172 172.101--R 14-Resln ABD00131920 April 1998 1 ^ Symbols 1 - 2 Identification Numbers S Label Codes 172.101 Hazardous Materials Table Hazardous Materials Descriptions and Proper Shipping Names (2) R 14, see Tetrafluoromethane Hazard Class or Division (3) PG (5) Special Provisions (7) <e> Packaging (173."*) Ex cep tions (8A) Non bulk (8B) Bulk <8C) (9) (10) Quantity Limitations Vessel Stowage Passen ger Aircraft/ Rail Cargo Aricraft Only co Other (9A) (SB) (10A) (108) R21, see Dichlorofluoromethane R 22, see Chlorodlfluoromethane Radioactive material, excepted packagearticles manufactured from natural or depleted uranium or natural thorium 7 UN2910 None 422. 426 422, 422, 426 426 A Radioactive material, excepted packageempty package or empty packaging 7 UN2910 Empty 428 428 428 A Radioactive material, excepted packageinstruments or articles 7 UN2910 None 422. 424 422, 422, 424 424 A Radioactive material, excepted packagelimited quantity of material Radioactive material, fissile, n.o.s. Radioactive material, low specific activity, n.o.s. or Radioactive material, LSA, n.o.s. Radioactive material, n.o.s. Radioactive material, special form, n.o.s. Radioactive material, surface contaminated object or Radioactive material, SCO Railway torpedo, see Signals, railway track, explosive Rare gases and nitrogen mixtures, compressed Rare gases and oxygen mixtures, compressed Rare gases mixtures, compressed 7 UN2910 7 UN2918 7 UN2912 7 UN2982 7 UN2974 7 UN2913 None 7 7 7 7 7 2.2 UN1981 2.2 UN 1980 2.2 UN1979 2.2 2.2 2.2 421, 422 453 421, 428 421, 428 421, 424 421, 424, 426 421, 421, 422 422 417 417 427 427 415, 415, 416 416 415, 415, 416 416 427 427 A A 40. 95 A A 40, 95 A A 306 302 None 75 kg 306 302 None 75 kg 306 302 None 75 kg 150 kg A 150 kg A 150 kg A RC318, see Octafluorocyclobutane RDX and cyclotetramethylenetetranitramlne, wetted or desensitized see RDX and HMX mixtures, wetted or desensitized RDX and HMX mixtures, wetted with not less than 15 percent water Oy mass or RDX and HMX mixtures, desensitized with not less than 10 percent phtegmatizer by mass 1.10 UN0391 II 1.1D None 62 None Forbidden Forbidden B 1E.5E RDX and Octogen mixtures, wetted or desensitized see RDX and HMX mixtures, wetted or desensitized etc. RDX, see Cyclotrimethylene trlnitramlne, etc. Receptacles, small, containing gas (gas cartridges) llammabte, without release device, not refutable and not exceeding 1 L capacity Receptacles, small, containing gas (gas cartridges) non-flammabte, without release device, not reliliable and not exceeding 1 L capacity 2.1 UN2037 2.1 2.2 UN2037 2.2 306 304 None 1 kg 306 304 None 1 kg 15 kg B 40 15 kg B 40 Red phosphorus, see Phosphorus, amorphous Refrigerant gases, n.o.s. D Refrigerant gases, n.o.s. or Dispersant gases, n.o.s. D Refrigerating machine 0 Refrigerating machines, containing llammable, non-poisonous, liquefied gas Refrigerating machines, containing non flammable, non-toxic, liquefied gas or ammonia solution (UN2672) D Regulated medical waste Release devices, explosive Resin solution, flammable Resin solution, flammable Resin solution, flammable 2.2 UN1078 2.2 2.1 NA1954 2.1 3 NA1993 2.1 NA1954 III 3 2.1 2.2 UN2857 2.2 6.2 UN3291 1.4S UN0173 3 UN1866 3 UN1866 3 UN 1866 II 62 II 1.4S 13 II 3 III 3 A13, A14 B52, T8, T31 B52, T7, T30 B1.B52, T7, T30 306 306 174 306 306, 307 134 None 150 150 150 304 314, 315 304 314, 315 174 None 306 306 75 kg 150 kg Forbidden 150 kg 10 L 10 L Forbidden 25 kg A D A C 306 306, 307 Forbidden 450 kg A 197 None 62 None 201 243 173 242173 242 Forbidden Forbidden E 25 kg 100 kg A 1L 30 L E 5L 60 L B 60 L 220 L A 40 40 'Label Codes: 1.1. 1.2. 1.3. 1.4, 1.5. and 1.6--EXPLOSIVE; 2.1--FLAMMABLE GAS; 2.2--NON-FLAMMABLE GAS; 2.3--POISON GAS; 3--FLAMMABLE LIQUID; 4.1-- FLAMMABLE SOLID; 4.2--SPONTANEOUSLY COMBUSTIBLE; 4.3--DANGEROUS WHEN WET; 5.1--OXIDIZER; 5.2--ORGANIC PEROXIDE; 6.1 (PGI, ZONE A and B inhalation hazard)--POISON INHALATION HAZARD; 6.1 (PGI or PGM, other than Zone A and B)--POISON; 6.1 PG1II--KEEP AWAY FROM FOOD; 6.2-- INFECTIOUS SUBSTANCE; 7--RADIOACTIVE; 8--CORROSIVE; 9--CLASS 9 153 April 1998 ABD00131921 172.101--Resorcinol-Selenium J3 2 1 Hazardous Materials Descriptions and Proper Shipping Names (D Resorcinol (2) Rifle grenade, see Grenades, hand or rifle, etc. Rifle powder, see Powder, smokeless (UN 0160) Rivets, explosive Road asphalt or tar liquid, see Tars, liquid, etc. Rocket motors Rocket motors Rocket motors Rocket motors, liquid fueled Rocket motors, liquid fueled Rocket motors with hypergollc liquids with or without an expel/ing charge Rocket motors with hypergollc liquids with or without an expelling charge Rockets, line-throwing Rockets, line-throwing Rockets, line-throwing Rockets, liquid fueled with bursting charge Rockets, liquid fueled with bursting charge Rockets, with bursting charge Rockets, with bursting charge Rockets, with bursting charge Rockets, with bursting charge Rockets, with expelling charge Rockets, with expelling charge Rockets, with expelling charge Rockets, with inert head Rosin oil Rosin oil Rubber solution Rubber solution Rubidium Rubidium hydroxide Rubidium hydroxide solution Rubidium hydroxide solution Safety fuse, see Fuse, safety Samples, explosive, other than initiating explosives Sand acid, see Fluorosillclc acid Seed cake, containing vegetable oil solvent extractions and expelled seeds, with not more than 10 percent ot oil and when the amount of moisture is higher than 11 percent, with not more than 20 percent of oil and moisture combined. i Seed cake with more than 1.5 percent oil and not more than 11 percent moisture i Seed cake with not more than 1.5 percent oil and not more than 11 percent moisture Selenates or Selenites Selenlc acid Selenium compound, n.o.s. Selenium compound, n.o.s. Selenium compound, n.o.s. - 2 Identification" Numbers Label Codes > Location 172.101 Hazardous Materials Table (8) Packaging (173.'*') Hazard Class or Division PG (3) (5) 6.1 UN2876 III 6.1 Special Provisions (7) Ex cep tions (8A) 153 Nonbulk Bulk <8B) (8C) 213 240 1.4S UN0174 II 1.4S None 62 None 1.3C UNO186 1.1C UN0280 1.2C UN0281 1.2J UN0395 II 1.3C II 1 1C II 1.2C II 1.2J 109 109 109 109 None None None None 1.3J UN0396 II 1.3J 109 None 1.3L UN0250 1.2L UN0322 II 1.3L 109 II 1.2L 109 None None 1.2G UN0238 1.3G UN0240 1.4G UN0453 1.1J UN0397 II 1.2G II 1.3G II 1.4G II 1.1J None None None None 1.2J UN0398 II 1.2J None 1. IF UN0180 VIE UN0181 1.2E UN0182 1.2F UN0295 1 2C UN0436 1.3C UN0437 1.4C UN0438 1.3C UN01B3 3 UN 1286 3 UN 1286 3 UN 1287 3 UN1287 4.3 UN1423 8 UN2678 8 UN2677 8 UN2677 II 1 IF II 1.1E II 1.2E 11 1.2F II 1.2C II 1.3C II 1.4C II 1.3C II 3 T7 III 3 B1.T1 II 3 T7, T30 III 3 Bl, T7, T30 1 4.3 II 8 II 8 8III 22, A7, A19, B100, N34, N40. N45 T8 B2, T8 T7 None None None None None None None None 150 ISO 150 150 None 154 154 154 62 None 62 None 62 None 62 None 62 None 62 None 62 None 62 None 62 None 62 None 62 None 62 None 62 None 62 None 62 None 62 None 62 None 62 None 62 None 62 None 202 242 203 242 202 242 203 242 211 242 212 240 202 242 203 241 UN0190 II 113 None 62 None 4.2 UN1386 III None N7 None 213 241 4.2 UN1386 III None N7 4.2 UN2217 III None N7 6.1 UN2630 8 UN 1905 6.1 UN3283 6.1 UN3283 6.1 UN3283 1 6.1 18 1 6.1 II 6.1 III 6.1 N34 T14 T7 None None None None None None 153 213 241 213 241 211 242 211 242 211 242 212 242 213 240 (9) (10) Quantity Limitations Vessel Stowage Passen ger Aircraft/ Rail Cargo Aricraft Only Other (9A) (9B) (10B) 100 kg 200 kg A 25 kg 100 kg A Forbidden 220 kg B Forbidden Forbidden B Forbidden Forbidden B Forbidden Forbidden E Forbidden Forbidden E Forbidden Forbidden E Forbidden Forbidden E Forbidden Forbidden B Forbidden 75 kg B Forbidden 75 kg A Forbidden Forbidden E Forbidden Forbidden E Forbidden Forbidden E Forbidden Forbidden B Forbidden Forbidden B Forbidden Forbidden E Forbidden Forbidden B Forbidden Forbidden B Forbidden 75 kg A Forbidden Forbidden B 5L 60 L B 60 L 220 L A 5L 60 L B 60 L 220 L A Forbidden 15 kg D 15 kg 1L 5L 50 kg 30 L 60 L A A A 7E, 16E, 23E 7E. 16E. 23E 2E. 8E. HE. 17E 2E, 8E, 11E. 17E 24E 7E, 16E, 23E 7E, 16E. 23E 24E Forbidden Forbidden E 12E Forbidden Forbidden A 13 Forbidden Forbidden E Forbidden Forbidden A 5 kg 50 kg Forbidden 25 kg 5 kg 25 kg 100 kg 50 kg 100 kg 200 kg E A B B A 13 13 'Label Codes: 1 1. 1.2. 1.3. V4, 1.5. and 1.6--EXPLOSIVE, 2.1 --FLAMMABLE GAS, 2.2--NON-FLAMMABLE GAS; 2 3--POISON GAS; 3--FLAMMABLE LIOUID; 4.1-- FLAMMABLE SOLID. 4.2--SPONTANEOUSLY COMBUSTIBLE, 4.3--DANGEROUS WHEN WET. 51--OXIDIZER; 5.2--ORGANIC PEROXIDE. 6.1 (PGI, ZONE A and B inhalation hazard}--POISON INHALATION HAZARD, 6 1 (PGt or PGII, other than Zone A and B)--POISON; 6.1 PGIII--KEEP AWAY FROM FOOD; 6.2-- INFECTIOUS SUBSTANCE; 7--RADIOACTIVE, 8--CORROSIVE; 9--CLASS 9 154 PART 172 ABD00131922 172.101--Selenium-Self-reactive April 1998 172.101 Hazardous Materials Table & E Hazardous Materials Descriptions and Proper Shipping Names 0) (2) Selenium disulfide Selenium hexafluoride Selenium nitride Hazard Class or Division PG (3) (5) 6.1 UN2657 II 6.1 2.3 UN2194 2.3, 8 1 Forbidden Special Provisions (7) - 2 Identification ' Numbers Label Codes3 (8) Packaging (173."`) Ex cep tions Non bulk Bulk (9) Quantity Limitations Passen ger Aircraft/ Rail Cargo Arlcraft Only (10) Vessel Stowage e0 1 Other (8A) (8B) (8C) (9A) (9B) (10A) (100) None 212 242 25 kg 100 kg A None 302 None Forbidden Forbidden D 40 D Selenium oxide Selenium oxychloride Self-heating liquid, corrosive, inorganic, n.o.s. 6.1 NA2811 8 UN2879 4.2 UN3188 1 6.1 1 8, 6.1 A3, A6, A7, N34, T12. T27 II 4.2. 8 None None None 211 242 201 243 202 243 5 kg 0.5 L 1L 50 kg 2.5 L 5L B E 40 C Self-healing liquid, corrosive, Inorganic, n.o.s. Self-heating liquid, corrosive, organic, n.o.s. Self-heating liquid, corrosive, organic, n.o.s. Self-healing liquid, Inorganic, n.o.s. Self-heating liquid, Inorganic, n.o.s. Self-heating liquid, organic, n.o.s. Self-heating liquid, organic, n.o.s. Self-heating liquid, toxic, Inorganic, n.o.s. Self-heating liquid, toxic, inorganic, n.o.s. Self-heating liquid, toxic, organic, n.o.s. Self-heating liquid, toxic, organic, n.o.s. Self-heating solid, corrosive, inorganic, n.o.s. Self-heating solid, corrosive, Inorganic, n.o.s. Self-heating, solid, corrosive, organic, n.o.s. Self-heating, solid, corrosive, organic, n.o.s. Self-healing solid, Inorganic, n.o.s. Self-heating solid, inorganic, n.o.s. Self-healing, solid, organic, n.o.s. Self-healing, solid, organic, n.o.s. Self-heating, solid, oxidizing, n.o.s. Self-heating solid, toxic, inorganic, n.o.s. Self-heating solid, toxic, Inorganic, n.o.s. Self-heating, solid, toxic, organic, n.o.s. Self-heating, solid, toxic, organic, n.o.s. Sell-propelled vehicle, see Engines or Batteries etc. 4.2 UN3198 III 4.2, 8 4.2 UN3185 4.2 UN3185 4.2 UN3186 4.2 UN3186 4.2 UN3183 4.2 UN3183 4.2 UN3187 4.2 UN3187 4.2 UN3184 4.2 UN3184 4.2 UN3192 4.2 UN3192 4.2 UN3126 4.2 UN3126 4.2 UN3190 4.2 UN3190 4.2 UN3088 4.2 UN3088 4.2 UN3127 4.2 UN3191 4.2 UN3191 4.2 UN3128 4.2 UN3128 II 4.2, 8 III 4.2, 8 II 4.2 III 4.2 II 4.2 III 4.2 II 4.2, 6.1 III 4.2. 6.1 II 4.2, 6.1 III 4.2, 6.1 II 4.2, 8 III 4.2, 8 II 4.2, 8 III 4.2, 8 II 4.2 III 4.2 II 4.2 B101 III 4.2 B101 4.2, 5.1 II 4.2, 6.1 III 4.2, 6.1 II 4.2, 6.1 III 4.2, 6.1 None None None None None None None None None None None None None None None None None None None None None None None None 203 241 202 243 203 241 202 242 203 241 202 242 203 241 202 243 203 241 202 243 203 241 212 242 213 242 212 242 213 242 212 241 213 241 212 241 213 241 214 214 212 242 213 242 212 242 213 242 5L 60 L C 1 L 5L c 5 L 60 L c 1 L 5L c 5 L 60 L c 1 L 5L c 5L 60 L c 1 L SL c 5L 60 L c 1 L 5L c 5 L 60 L c 15 kg 50 kg c 25 kg 15 kg 100 kg 50 kg c c 25 kg 100 kg c 15 kg 50 kg c 25 kg 100 kg c 15 kg 50 kg c 25 kg 100 kg c Forbidden Forbidden 15 kg 50 kg c 25 kg 100 kg c 15 kg 50 kg c 25 kg 100 kg c Self-reactive liquid type B Self-reactive liquid type B, temperature controlled 4.1 UN3221 4.1 UN3231 II 4.1 II 4.1 53 53 None None 224 None Forbidden Forbidden D 224 None Forbidden Forbidden D 61 2, 61 Self-reactive liquid type C Self-reactive liquid type C, temperature controlled Self-reactive liquid type D Self-reactive liquid type D, temperature controlled Self-reactive liquid type E Sett-reactive liquid type E, temperature controlled Self-reactive liquid type F Self-reactive liquid type F, temperature controlled Self-reactive solid type B Self-reactive solid type B, temperature controlled 4.1 UN3223 4.1 UN3233 II 4.1 II 4.1 4,1 UN3225 4,1 UN3235 II 4.1 II 4.1 4.1 UN3227 4.1 UN3237 II 4.1 II 4.1 4,1 UN3229 4.1 UN3239 II 4.1 II 4.1 4.1 UN3222 4.1 UN3232 II 4.1 II 4.1 53 53 None None None None None None None None None None 224 None 5 L 10 L D 224 None Forbidden Forbidden D 224 None 5 L 10 L D 224 None Forbidden Forbidden D 224 None 10 L 25 L D 224 None Forbidden Forbidden D 224 None 10 L 25 L D 224 None Forbidden Forbidden D 224 None Forbidden Forbidden D 224 None Forbidden Forbidden D 61 2,61 61 2. 61 61 2, 61 61 2, 61 61 2, 61 'Label Codes: 1.1, 1.2. 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, and 1.6--EXPLOSIVE: 2.1--FLAMMABLE GAS; 2.2--NON-FLAMMABLE GAS; 2.3--POISON GAS; 3--FLAMMABLE LIQUID; 4.1-- FLAMMABLE SOLID; 4.2--SPONTANEOUSLY COMBUSTIBLE; 4.3--DANGEROUS WHEN WET; 5.1--OXIDIZER; 5.2--ORGANIC PEROXIDE; 6.1 (PGI, ZONE A and B inhalation hazard)--POISON INHALATION HAZARD; 6.1 (PGI or PGM, other than Zone A and B)--POISON; 6.1 PGHI--KEEP AWAY FROM FOOD; 6.2-- INFECTIOUS SUBSTANCE; 7-RADIOACTIVE; 8-CORROSIVE; 9-CLASS 9 155 April 1998 ABD00131923 172.101 --Self-reactlve-Sodlum -- Symbols | Identification- - * Numbers Label Codes3 1 If Hazardous Materials Descriptions and Proper Shipping Names (2) Sett-reactive solid type C Self-reactive solid type C, temperature controlled Self-reactive solid type D Self-reactive solid type D, temperature controlled Self-reactive solid type E Self-reactive solid type E, temperature controlled Self-reactive solid type F Self-reactive solid type F, temperature controlled Shale oil Shale oil Shale oil Shaped charges, commercial, see Charges, shaped, commercial etc. Signal devices, hand Signal devices, hand Signals, distress, ship Signals, distress, ship Signals, highway, see Signal devices, hand; Fireworks, type D Signals, railway track, explosive Signals, railway track, explosive Signals, railway track, explosive Signals, railway track, explosive Signals, ship distress, water-activated, see Contrivances, water-activated, etc. Signals, smoke Signals, smoke Signals, smoke Signals, smoke Silane, compressed Silicofluoric acid, see Fluoroslliclc acid Silicon chloride, see Silicon tetrachloride Silicon powder, amorphous Silicon tetrachloride Silicon tetraftuorlde, compressed Silver acetylide (dry) Silver arsenite Silver azide (dry) Silver chlorite (dry) Silver cyanide Silver lulminate (dry) Silver nitrate Silver oxalate (dry) Silver picrate (dry) Silver picrate, wetted with not less than 30 percent water, by mass Sludge, acid D Smokeless powder for small arms (100 pounds or less) Soda lime with more than 4 percent sodium hydroxide Sodium 172.101 Hazardous Materials Table (8) Packaging (|173.--) Hazard Class or Division PG (3) (5) 4.1 UN3224 II 4.1 4.1 UN3234 II 4.1 Special Provisions (7) Ex cep tions (8A) None None Bulk (8C) 224 None 224 None (9) 00) Quantity Limitations Vessel Stowage Passen ger Aircraft/ Rail Cargo Aricraft Only | Other (9A> (9B) (10A) OOB) 5 kg 10 kg D 61 Forbidden Forbidden D 2, 61 4.1 UN3226 4.1 UN3236 II 4.1 II 4.1 None None 224 None S kg 10 kg D 224 None Forbidden Forbidden D 61 2. 61 4.1 UN3229 4.1 UN3238 M 4.1 II 4.1 None None 224 None 224 None 10 kg 25 kg D Forbidden Forbidden D 61 2. 61 4.1 UN3230 4.1 UN3240 II 4.1 11 4.1 None None 224 None 10 kg 25 kg D 224 None Forbidden Forbidden D 61 2. 61 3 UN1288 3 UN1288 3 UN1288 13 II 3 III 3 T7 T7, T30 Bl, T7, T30 None 150 150 201 243 202 242 203 242 1L 5L 60 L 30 L 60 L 220 L B B A 1.4G UN0191 1.4S UN0373 1.1G UN0194 1.3G UN0195 II 1.4G II 1.4S II 1.1G II 1.3G None None None None 62 None 62 None 62 None 62 None Forbidden 75 kg A 25 kg 100 kg A Forbidden Forbidden B Forbidden 75 kg B 24E 1.1G UN0192 1.4S UN0193 1.3G UNQ492 1.4G UN0493 II 1.1G II 1.4S 1.3G 1.4G None None None None 62 None 62 None 62 None 62 None Forbidden Forbidden B 25 kg 100 kg A Forbidden Forbidden E Forbidden 75 kg A 1E.8E 24E 1 1G UN0196 1.4G UN0197 1.2G UN0313 1.3G UN0487 2.1 UN2203 II 1.1G II 1 4G II 1.2G II 1.3G 21 None None None None None 62 None 62 None 62 None 62 None 302 None Forbidden Forbidden B Forbidden 75 kg A Forbidden Forbidden B Forbidden Forbidden B Forbidden Forbidden E 24E 40, 57. 104 4.1 UN1346 8 UN1819 2.3 UN1859 Forbidden 6.1 UN1683 Forbidden Forbidden 6.1 UN1684 Forbidden 5.1 UN1493 Forbidden Forbidden 4.1 UN1347 III 4.1 A1 II 8 A3. A6, B2, B6, T18, T26, T29 2.3. 8 2 II 6.1 II 6.1 II 5.1 1 4.1 6 UN 1906 4.1 NA3178 II 8 1 4.1 A3, A7, B2, N34. T9, T27 16 8 UN 1907 III 8 4.3 UN1428 1 4.3 A7. A8, A19. A20, B9. B48, B68. N34, T15, T29. T46 None 154 None None None 152 None None None 154 None 213 240 202 242 25 kg 1L 100 kg 30 L A C 302 None Forbidden Forbidden D 212 242 25 kg 100 kg A 212 242 25 kg 212 242 5 kg 100 kg A 25 kg A 211 None Forbidden Forbidden 0 202 242 171 None Forbidden 30 L Forbidden 7.3 kg C A 213 240 25 kg 100 kg A 211 244 Forbidden 15 kg D 40 40 26. 40 28, 36 14 'Label Codes: 1.1, 1.2. 1.3, 1.4, 1.5. and 1.6--EXPLOSIVE; 2.1--FLAMMABLE GAS; 2.2--NON-FLAMMABLE GAS; 2.3--POISON GAS; 3--FLAMMABLE LIQUID, 4.1-- FLAMMABLE SOLID; 4.2--SPONTANEOUSLY COMBUSTIBLE, 4,3--DANGEROUS WHEN WET; 51--OXIDIZER; S 2--ORGANIC PEROXIDE; 6.1 <PGI. ZONE A and B inhalation hazard)--POISON INHALATION HAZARD; 6.1 (PGI or PGM, other than Zone A and B)--POISON; 6.1 PGIII--KEEP AWAY FROM FOOD; 6.2-- INFECTIOUS SUBSTANCE; 7--RADIOACTIVE; 8--CORROSIVE; 9--CLASS 9 156 PART 172 172.101 --Sodium ABD00131924 April 1998 1-- Symbols 1 -- Identification" Numbers Label Codes3 172.101 Hazardous Materials Table Hazardous Materials Descriptions and Proper Shipping Names (2) Sodium aluminate, solid Sodium aluminate, solution Sodium aluminate, solution Sodium aluminum hydride Sodium ammonium vanadate Sodium ersanilate Sodium arsenate Sodium arsenite, aqueous solutions Sodium arsenite, aqueous solutions Sodium arsenite, solid Sodium azide Sodium bifluoride, see Sodium hydrogendifluoride Hazard Class or Division PG O) (5) 8 UN2812 III 8 8 UN1819 II 8 8 UN1819 III 8 4.3 UN2835 II 4.3 6.1 UN2863 II 6.1 6.1 UN2473 III 6.1 6.1 UN1685 II 6.1 6.1 UN1686 II 6.1 6.1 UN 1686 III 6.1 6.1 UN2027 II 6.1 6.1 UN1687 II 6.1 Special Provisions V) B2, T8 T7 A8, A19, A20, B100 T15 T15 B28 (8) Packaging (|173.***) Ex cep tions Nonbulk Bulk (9) Quantity Limitations Passen ger Aircraft/ Rail Cargo Aricraft Only (10) Vessel Stowage eo Other (8A) (8B) (8C) <9A) (9B) 00A) (108) 154 213 240 25 kg 100 kg A 154 202 242 1 L 30 L A 154 203 241 5 L 60 L A 151 212 242 Forbidden 50 kg E None 212 242 25 kg 100 kg A 153 213 240 100 kg 200 kg A None 212 242 25 kg 100 kg A None 202 243 5 L 60 L A 153 203 241 60 L 220 L A None 212 242 25 kg 100 kg A None 212 242 25 kg 100 kg A 36, 52, 91 Sodium bisulfite, so/ur/on, see Bisulfites, aqueous solutions, n.o.s. Sodium borohydride Sodium borohydride and sodium hydroxide solution, with not more than 12 percent sodium borohydride and not more than 40 percent sodium hydroxide by mass Sodium borohydride and sodium hydroxide solution, with not more than 12 percent sodium borohydride and not more than 40 percent sodium hydroxide by mass 4.3 UN1426 8 UN3320 1 4.3 II 8 8100, N40 B2, N34, T8 8 UN3320 III 8 B2, N34, T7 None 154 211 242 202 242 Forbidden 15 kg 1 L 30 L E A 26 154 203 241 5 L 60 L A Sodium bromate Sodium cacodylate Sodium chlorate Sodium chlorate, aqueous solution Sodium chlorate, aqueous solution Sodium chlorate mixed with dinitrotoluene, see Explosive blasting, type C 5.1 UN 1494 II 5.1 6.1 UN1688 5.1 UN1495 II 6.1 II 5.1 A9, N34, T8 5.1 UN2428 II 5.1 A2, B6. T8 5.1 UN2428 III 5.1 A2, T8 152 None 152 152 152 212 242 212 242 212 240 202 241 203 241 5 kg 25 kg 5 kg 1L 2.5 L 25 kg A 100 kg 25 kg A A 5L 8 30 L B 56. 58, 106 26 56, 58, 106 56, 58, 106 56, 58. 69, 106 Sodium chlortte Sodium chioroacetate Sodium cuprocyanlde, solid Sodium cuprocyanlde, solution Sodium cyanide Sodium dichloroisocyanurate or Sodium dichloro-s-triazinetrione, see Dichlorolsocyanurlc acid etc. 5.1 UN1496 II 5.1 A9, N34, T6 6.1 UN2659 6.1 UN2316 6.1 UN2317 6.1 UN 1689 III 6.1 1 6.1 1 6.1 1 6.1 T8, T26 B69, B77, N74, N75, T42 None 153 None None None 212 242 213 240 211 242 201 243 211 242 5 kg 100 kg 5 kg 1L 5 kg 25 kg 200 kg 50 kg 30 L 50 kg A A A B B 56, 58, 106 26 26, 40 52 Sodium dlnitro-o-cresolate, dry or wetted with less than 15 percent water, by mass 1.3C UN0234 II 1.3C None 62 None Forbidden Forbidden B 1E.5E Sodium dlnltro-o-cresolate, wetted with not less than 15 percent water, by mass Sodium dlthlonite or Sodium hydrosulfite Sodium fluoride Sodium ftuoroacetate Sodium fluorosllicate Sodium hydrate, see Sodium hydroxide, solid Sodium hydride Sodium hydrogendifluoride, solid Sodium hydrogendifluoride solution D Sodium hydrosulfide, solution Sodium hydrosulfide, with less than 25 percent water of crystallization 4.1 UN1348 4.2 UN1384 6.1 UN1690 6.1 UN2629 6.1 UN2674 1 4.1, 6.1 II 4.2 III 6.1 1 6.1 Ml 6.1 23, A8, A19, A20, N41 A19, A20, B106 T8 4.3 UN1427 8 UN2439 1 4.3 II 8 A19, B100, N40 B106, N3, N34 8 UN2439 II 8 N3, N34 8 NA2922 4.2 UN2318 II 8, 6.1 B2 II 4.2 A7, A19, A20 None None 153 None 153 211 None 1 kg 212 241 213 240 211 242 213 240 15 kg 100 kg 5 kg 100 kg 15 kg 50 kg 200 kg 50 kg 200 kg E E A E A 28, 36 13 26 26 None 154 154 154 None 211 242 212 240 202 242 202 243 212 241 Forbidden 15 kg 15 kg 50 kg 1 L 30 L 1L 15 kg 30 L 50 kg E A 12. 25, 26. 40 A 12. 25, 26, 40 B 40, 95 A 'Label Codea: 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4. 1.5, and 1.6--EXPLOSIVE; 2.1--FLAMMABLE GAS; 2.2--NON-FLAMMABLE GAS; 2.3--POISON GAS; 3--FLAMMABLE LIQUID: 4.1 --FLAMMABLE SOLID; 4.2--SPONTANEOUSLY COMBUSTIBLE: 4.3--DANGEROUS WHEN WET; 5.1--OXIDIZER; 5.2--ORGANIC PEROXIDE: 6.1 (PGI, ZONE A and B inhalation hazard)--POISON INHALATION HAZARD; 6,1 <PGI or PGM, other than Zone A and B)--POISON; 6.1 PG1II--KEEP AWAY FROM FOOD; 6.2--INFECTIOUS SUBSTANCE; 7--RADIOACTIVE; 8--CORROSIVE; 9--CLASS 9 157 April 1998 ABD00131925 172.101--Sodium-Steel 172.101 Hazardous Materials Table Hazardous Materials Descriptions and Proper Shipping Names (1) (2) Sodium hydrosulfide with not less than 25 percent water ot crystallization Hazard Class or Division e0 18 cg PG (3) (4) (5) 8 UN2949 II 8 Special Provisions (7) A7 Label Codes e Location (8) Packaging (173.**) Ex cep tions (BA) 154 Non bulk Bulk (8B) (8C) 212 240 (9) (10) Quantity Limitations Vessel Stowage Passenger Aircraft/ Rail Cargo Aricraft Only Other (9A) (9B) (108) 15 kg 50 kg A 26 Sodium hydrosulfite, see Sodium dithionite Sodium hydroxide, solid Sodium hydroxide solution Sodium hydroxide solution 8 UN1823 8 UN1824 8 UN1824 II 8 II 8 III 8 B2, N34, T8 N34, 77 154 212 240 15 kg 154 202 242 1 L 154 203 241 5 L 50 kg 30 L 60 L A A A Sodium hypochlonte, solution, see Hypochlorite solutions etc. Sodium metal, liquid alloy, see Alkali metal alloys, liquid, n.o.s. Sodium methylate Sodium methylate solutions in alcohol Sodium methylate solutions in alcohol Sodium monoxide Sodium nitrate Sodium nitrate and potassium nitrate mixtures Sodium nitrite Sodium pentachlorophenate Sodium perchlorate 4.2 UN1431 3 UN12B9 3 UN 1289 8 UN1825 5.1 UN1498 5.1 UN1499 II 4.2, 8 A19 II 3, 8 T8, T31 III 3, 8 Bl, T7, T30 II 8 III 5.1 A1, A29 III 5 1 A1, A29 5.1 UN1S00 6.1 UN2567 5.1 UN1502 111 5 1 11 6.1 II 5.1 A1, A29 None None 150 154 152 152 152 None 152 212 242 202 243 203 242 212 240 213 240 213 240 213 240 212 242 212 242 15 kg 1L 5L 15 kg 25 kg 25 kg 25 kg 25 kg 5 kg 50 kg 5L 60 L 50 kg 100 kg 100 kg B B A A A A 100 kg 100 kg 25 kg A A A 56. 58 56, 58, 106 Sodium permanganate 5.1 UN1503 II 5.1 152 212 242 5 kg 25 kg D 56, 58, 69. 106, 107 Sodium peroxide 5.1 UN1504 1 5.1 A20, N34 None 211 None Forbidden 15 kg B 13. 75, 106 Sodium peroxoborate, anhydrous 5.1 UN3247 II 5.1 152 212 240 5 kg 25 kg A 13, 25, 106 Sodium persulfate Sodium phosphide Sodium plcramate, dry or wetted with less than 20 percent water, by mass Sodium plcramate, wetted with not less than 20 percent water, by mass 5.1 UN1505 4.3 UN 1432 1.3C UN0235 III 5.1 A1 1 4.3, A19, N40 6.1 II 1.3C 4.1 UN1349 1 4.1 23, AS, A19, N41 152 None None None 213 240 25 kg 100 kg 211 None Forbidden 15 kg A E 62 None Forbidden Forbidden B 211 None Forbidden 15 kg E 40, 85 1E.5E 28, 36 Sodium picryl peroxide Forbidden Sodium potassium alloys, see Potassium sodium alloys Sodium selenate, see Selenates or Selenltes D Sodium selenite Sodium sulfide, anhydrous or Sodium sulfide with less than 30 percent water ol crystallization Sodium sulfide, hydrated with not less than30 percent water Sodium superoxide 6.1 NA2630 4.2 UN138S II 6 1 II 42 A19, A20, B106, N34 8 UN1849 II 8 T8 5.1 UN2547 1 5.1 A20, N34 None None 154 None 212 242 212 241 25 kg 15 kg 100 kg 50 kg 212 240 15 kg 50 kg 211 None Forbidden 15 kg E A A E 26 13, 75, 106 Sodium tetranitride Solids containing corrosive liquid, n.o.s. Solids containing flammable liquid, n.o.s. Solids containing toxic liquid, n.o.s. Sounding devices, explosive Sounding devices, explosive Sounding devices, explosive Sounding devices, explosive Forbidden 8 UN3244 4.1 UN3175 6.1 UN3243 1.2F UNO204 1.1F UN0296 1.1D UN0374 1.2D UN0375 II 8 49 II 4.1 47 II 6.1 48 II 1.2F II 1 .IF II 1.1D II 1.2D 154 151 None None None None None 212 240 212 240 212 240 62 None 62 None 62 None 62 None 15 kg 50 kg B 15 kg 50 kg B 25 kg 100 kg B Forbidden Forbidden E Forbidden Forbidden E Forbidden Forbidden B Forbidden Forbidden B 40 40 Spirits of salt, see Hydrochloric acid Squibs, see Igniters etc. Stannic chloride, anhydrous Stannic chloride, pentahydrate Stannic phosphide 8 UN 1827 8 UN2440 4.3 UN1433 II 6 III 8 1 4.3, 6.1 B2, T8, T26 A19, B100, N40 154 154 None 202 242 213 240 211 242 1 L 30 L 25 kg 100 kg Forbidden 15 kg C A E 40, 85 Steel swarf, see Ferrous metal borings, etc. 'Label Codes: 1.1. 1 2. 1.3, 1 4, 1.5, and 1.6--EXPLOSIVE; 2.1--FLAMMABLE GAS. 2.2--NON-FLAMMABLE GAS; 2.3--POISON GAS; 3--FLAMMABLE LIQUID; 4.1-- FLAMMABLE SOLID; 4.2--SPONTANEOUSLY COMBUSTIBLE; 4.3--DANGEROUS WHEN WET; 51--OXIDIZER; 5.2--ORGANIC PEROXIDE. 6.1 (PGI. ZONE A and B inhalation hazard)--POISON INHALATION HAZARD; 6.1 (PGl or PGII, other than Zone A and B)--POISON; 6.1 PGIII--KEEP AWAY FROM FOOD; 6.2-- INFECTIOUS SUBSTANCE; 7--RADIOACTIVE; 8--CORROSIVE; 9--CLASS 9 158 PART 172 172.101 --Stlbine-Sulfamlc ABD00131926 April 1998 1-- Symbols 1 - 2 Identification Numbers Label Codes > Location Hazardous Materials Descriptions and Proper Shipping Names Stlblne (2) Storage batteries, wet. see Batteries, wet etc. Strontium arsenite Strontium chlorate Strontium nitrate Strontium perchlorate Strontium peroxide Strontium phosphide Strychnine or Strychnine salts Styphnic acid, see Trlnltroresorcinol, etc. Styrene monomer, inhibited Substances, explosive, n.o.s. Substances, explosive, n.o.s. Substances, explosive, n.o.s. Substances, explosive, n.o.s. Substances, explosive, n.o.s. Substances, explosive, n.o.s. Substances, explosive, n.o.s. Substances, explosive, n.o.s. Substances, explosive, n.o.s. Substances, explosive, n.o.s. Substances, explosive, n.o.s. Substances, explosive, n.o.s. Substances, explosive, n.o.s. Substances, explosive, very Insensitive, n.o.s., or Substances, EVI, n.o.s. Substituted nltrophenol pesticides, liquid, flammable, toxic, flash point less than 23 degrees C Substituted nltrophenol pesticides, liquid, flammable, toxic, flash point less than 23 degrees C Substituted nltrophenol pesticides, liquid, toxic Substituted nltrophenol pesticides, liquid, toxic Substituted nltrophenol pesticides, liquid, toxic Substituted nltrophenol pesticides, liquid, toxic, flammable flashpoint not less than 23 degrees C Substituted nltrophenol pesticides, liquid, toxic, flammable flashpoint not less than 23 degrees C Substituted nltrophenol pesticides, liquid, toxic, flammable flashpoint not less than 23 degrees C Substituted nltrophenol pesticides, solid, toxic Substituted nltrophenol pesticides, solid, toxic Substituted nltrophenol pesticides, solid, toxic Sucrose octanitrate (dry) Sulfamic acid 172.101 Hazardous Materiais Table (8) (9) (10) Packaging (173.*") Quantity Limitations Vessel Stowage Hazard Class or Division PG Special Provisions Ex cep tions Non bulk Bulk Passen ger Aircraft/ Rail Cargo Aricraft Only Other (3) (5) (7) (8A) (8B) (8C) (9A) (9B) (10B) 2.3 UN2676 2.3, 1 2.1 None 304 None Forbidden Forbidden D 40 6.1 UN1691 5.1 UN1506 (1 6.1 II 5.1 A1, A9, N34 5.1 UN1507 5.1 UN1508 III 5.1 II 5.1 A1, A29 5.1 UN1509 II 5.1 4.3 UN2013 6.1 UN 1692 1 4.3. 6.1 l 6.1 A19, N40 None 152 152 152 152 None None 212 242 212 242 25 kg 5 kg 100 kg 25 kg A A 213 240 212 242 25 kg 5 kg 100 kg 25 kg A A 212 242 5 kg 25 kg A 211 None Forbidden 15 kg E 211 242 5 kg 50 kg A 56. 58. 106 56, 58, 106 13, 75, 106 40, 85 40 3 UN2055 1.1L UN0357 III 3 B1, T1 II 1.1L 101 1.2L UN0358 II 1.2L 101 1.3L UN0359 II 1.3L 101 1.1A UN0473 TIC UN0474 1 ID UN0475 1.1G UN0476 1.3C UN0477 1.3G UN0478 1.4C UN0479 1.4D UN0480 1.4S UN0481 1.4G UN0485 1.5D UN0482 II 1.1A II 1.1C II 1.1D II 1.1G II 1.3C II 1.3G II 1.4C II 1.4D II 1.4S II 1.4G II 1.5D 101, 111 101 101 101 101 101 101 101 101 101 101 3 UN2780 1 3, 6.1 150 None 203 242 60 L 220 L A 62 None Forbidden Forbidden E None 62 None Forbidden Forbidden E None 62 None Forbidden Forbidden E None None None None None None None None None None None 62 None 62 None 62 None 62 None 62 None 62 None 62 None 62 None 62 None 62 None 62 None Forbidden Forbidden E Forbidden Forbidden B Forbidden Forbidden B Forbidden Forbidden E Forbidden Forbidden B Forbidden Forbidden E Forbidden 75 kg A Forbidden 75 kg A 25 kg 75 kg A Forbidden 75 kg E Forbidden Forbidden B None 201 243 Forbidden 30 L B 2E, 8, 11E, 17E 2E. 8E, 11E. 17E 2E. 8E, 11E, 17E 2E.6E 1E.5E 1E.5E 1E.8E 1E,5E 1E.8E 1E.SE 1E.5E.24E 1E.8E 1E,5E 40 3 UN27BO II 3. 6.1 None 202 243 1L 60 L B 40 6.1 UN3014 1 6.1 T42 6.1 UN3014 II 6.1 T14 6.1 UN3014 III 6.1 T14 6.1 UN3013 1 6.1, 3 T42 None None 153 None 201 243 1 L 202 243 5 L 203 241 60 L 201 243 1L 30 L 60 L 220 L 30 L B 40 B 40 A 40 B 40 6.1 UN3013 II 6.1, 3 T14 None 202 243 5 L 60 L B 40 6.1 UN3013 111 6.1. 3 B1, T14 153 203 242 60 L 220 L A 40 6.1 UN2779 1 6.1 6.1 UN2779 II 6.1 6.1 UN2779 III 6.1 Forbidden 8 UN2967 III 8 None None 153 211 242 212 242 213 240 5 kg 25 kg 100 kg 50 kg 100 kg 200 kg A A A 40 40 40 154 213 240 25 kg 100 kg A 'Label Codes: 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, and 1.6--EXPLOSIVE; 2.1--FLAMMABLE GAS; 2.2--NON-FLAMMABLE GAS; 2.3--POISON GAS; 3--FLAMMABLE LIQUID; 4.1-- FLAMMABLE SOLID; 4.2--SPONTANEOUSLY COMBUSTIBLE; 4.3--DANGEROUS WHEN WET; 5.1--OXIDIZER; 5.2--ORGANIC PEROXIDE; 6.1 (PGI, ZONE A and B inhalation hazard)--POISON INHALATION HAZARD; 6.1 (PGI or PGM, other than Zone A and 8)--POISON; 6.1 PGIII--KEEP AWAY FROM FOOD; 6.2-- INFECTIOUS SUBSTANCE; 7--RADIOACTIVE; 8--CORROSIVE; 9--CLASS 9 159 April 1998 ABD00131927 172.101--Sulfur-Tellurium -- Symbols | -- Identification Numbers Label Codes3 o Location 172.101 Hazardous Materials Table (0) {9) (10) Packaging (173.'*') Quantity Limitations Vessel Stowage Hazardous Materials Descriptions and Proper Shipping Names Hazard Class or Division PG Special Provisions Ex cep tions Non bulk Bulk Passen ger Aircraft/ Rail Cargo Arlcraft Only Other D Sulfur (2) O) (5) 9 NA1350 III 9 30, A1 (7) (8A) <8B) (8C) (9A) None None 240 25 kg (9B) 100 kg A (10B) 19, 74 1 Sulfur 4.1 UN 1350 III 4.1 30, A1, N20, T1 None None 240 25 kg 100 kg A 19, 74 Sulfur and chlorate, loose mixtures of Forbidden Sulfur chlorides 8 UN 1828 18 5, A3, B10, B77, N34, T18. None 201 243 Forbidden 2.5 L T27 C 40 Sulfur dichloride, see Sulfur chlorides Sulfur dioxide 2.3 UN1079 2.3, 8 3, B14 None 304 314, 315 Forbidden 25 kg D 40 Sulfur dioxide solulion, see Sulfurous acid Sulfur hexafluoride 2.2 UN 1080 2.2 306 304 314, 75 kg 315 150 kg A D Sulfur, molten 9 NA2448 III 9 T9, T38 None 213 247 Forbidden Forbidden C 61 1 Sulfur, molten 4.1 UN2448 III 4.1 T9, T38 None 213 247 Forbidden Forbidden C 61 Sulfur tetrafluortde 2.3 UN2418 2.3, 8 1 None 302 245 Forbidden Forbidden D 40 + Sulfur trloxide, Inhibited or Sulfur trloxide, stabilized 4-, Sulfur trloxide, uninhibited 0 8 UN1829 8 NA1829 1 8. 6 1 2, A7, B9, B14, B32. B49, B74, B77, N34, T38, T43, T45 1 8, 6.1 2, A7, B9, B14, B32, B49, B74, B77, N34, T38, T43. T45 None None 227 244 Forbidden 25 kg 227 244 Forbidden 25 kg A 40 C 10. 40 Sulfuretted hydrogen, see Hydrogen sulfide, liquefied Sulfuric acid, fuming with less than 30 percent free sulfur trioxide 8 UN1831 18 A3, A7. B84, N34.T18, T27 None 201 243 Forbidden 2.SL C 14, 40 4 Sulfurtc acid, fuming with 30 percent or more free sulfur trioxide 8 UN1831 1 8. 6.1 2, A3, A6. A7, B9, B14, B32, B74, B77, 884. N34, T38, T43, T45 None 227 244 Forbidden Forbidden C 14, 40 Sulfuric acid, spent 8 UN1832 II 8 A3, AT, B2, B83, B84, N34, T9, T27 None 202 242 Forbidden 30 L C 14 Sulfuric acid with more than 51 percent acid 8 UN1830 II 8 A3, AT. S3, B83, B84, N34, T9. T27 154 202 242 1 L 30 L C 14 Sulfuric add with not more than 51% acid 8 UN2796 II 8 A3, A7, B2, B15. N6, N34, T9. T27 154 202 242 1 L 30 L B Sulfuric and hydrofluoric acid mixtures, see Hydrofluoric and sulfuric acid mixtures Sulfuric anhydride, see Sulfur trioxide, Inhibited Sulfurous acid 8 UN1833 II 8 B3. T8 154 202 242 1 L 30 L B 40 4 Sulfuryl chloride 8 UN1834 1 8, 6.1 1, A3, B6, B9, B10, B14, B30, 874, B77, N34, T38, T43, T44 None 226 244 Forbidden Forbidden C 40 Sulfuryl fluoride 2.3 UN2191 2.3 4 None 304 314, 315 Forbidden 25 kg D 40 Tars, liquid including road asphalt and oils, bitumen and cut backs Tars, liquid including road asphalt and oils, bitumen and cut backs 3 UN1999 II 3 3 UN1999 III 3 B13. T7, T30 B1, B13, T7, T30 150 202 242 5 L 150 203 242 60 L 60 L 220 L B A Tear gas candles 6.1 UN 1700 II 6.1, 4.1 None 340 None Forbidden 50 kg D 40 Tear gas cartridges, see Ammunition, tearproducing, etc. D Tear gas devices with more than 2 percent tear gas substances, by mass 6.1 NA1693 1 6.1 None 340 None Forbidden Forbidden D 40 D Tear gas devices with more than 2 percent tear gas substances, by mass 6.1 NA1693 II 6.1 None 340 None Forbidden Forbidden D 40 Tear gas devices, with not more than 2 percent tear gas substances, by mass, see Aerosols, efc. Tear gas grenades, see Tear gas candles Tear gas substances, liquid, n.o.s. 61 UN 1693 1 6.1 None 201 None Forbidden Forbidden D 40 Tear gas substances, liquid, n.o.s. 6.1 UN 1693 II 6.1 None 202 None Forbidden 5 L D 40 Tear gas substances, solid, n.o.s. 6.1 UN 1693 1 6.1 None 211 None Forbidden Forbidden D 40 Tear gas substances, solid, n.o.a. 6.1 UN1693 II 6.1 None 212 None Forbidden 25 kg D 40 Tellurium compound, n.o.s. 6.1 UN3284 1 61 None 211 242 5 kg 50 kg B 'Label Codes: 1.1, 12, 1 3, 1 4, i,5. and 1.6--EXPLOSIVE, 2.1--FLAMMABLE GAS, 2.2--NON-FLAMMABLE GAS, 2.3--POISON GAS, 3--FLAMMABLE LIQUID; 4.1-- FLAMMABLE SOLID; 4 2--SPONTANEOUSLY COMBUSTIBLE, 4.3--DANGEROUS WHEN WET. 5.1--OXIDIZER; 5.2--ORGANIC PEROXIDE; 6.1 (PGI, ZONE A and B inhalation hazard)--POISON INHALATION HAZARD; 6.1 <PGI or PGII. other than Zone A and B)--POISON; 6.1 PGIII--KEEP AWAY FROM FOOD; 6.2-- INFECTIOUS SUBSTANCE; 7--RADIOACTIVE; 8--CORROSIVE. 9--CLASS 9 160 | 3 Symbols 1 - 5 Identification Numbers 3> Label Codes o Location PART 172 172.101--Tellurium-Thlocarbonylchlorlde ABD00131928 April 1998 172.101 Hazardous Materials Table (8) (9) (10) Packaging (173."*) Quantity Limitations Vessel Stowage Hazardous Materials Descriptions and Proper Shipping Names Hazard Class or Division PG Special Provisions Ex cep tions Non bulk Bulk Passen ger Aircraft^ Rail Cargo Arlcraft Only Other (2) Tellurium compound, n.o.s. (3) (5) 6.1 UN3284 II 6 1 T14 (7) (8A) (SB) <8C) (9A) None 212 242 25 kg (9B) 100 kg B (10B) Tellurium compound, n.o.s. 6.1 UN3284 III 6.1 T7 153 213 240 100 kg 200 kg A Tellurium hexafluoride 2.3 UN2195 2.3, 8 1 None 302 None Forbidden Forbidden D 40 Terpene hydrocarbons, n.o.s. 3 UN2319 111 3 B1.T1 150 203 242 60 L 220 L A Terplnolene 3 UN2541 III 3 B1, T1 150 203 242 60 L 220 L A Tetraazido benzene guinone Forbidden Tetrabromoethane 6.1 UN2504 III 6.1 T7 153 203 241 60 L 220 L A Tetrachloroethane 6.1 UN 1702 11 6.1 N36, T14 None 202 243 5 L 60 L A 40 Tetrachloroethylene 6.1 UN1897 III 6.1 N36, T1 153 203 241 60 L 220 L A 40 Tetraethyl dlthlopyrophosphate 6.1 UN1704 II 6.1 None 212 242 25 kg 100 kg D 40 D Tetraethyl lead, liquid 6.1 NA1649 1 6.1, 3 None 201 None Forbidden Forbidden E 40 D Tetraethyl pyrophosphate, liquid D Tetraethyl pyrophosphate solid Tetraethyl silicate 6.1 NA301B 6.1 NA2783 3 UN1292 1 6.1 1 6.1 III 3 N77 B1, T1 None None 150 201 243 211 242 203 242 Forbidden 1 L Forbidden 50 kg 60 L 220 L A 40 A 40 A Tetraethytammonium perchlorate (dry) Forbidden Tetraethylenepentamlne 8 UN2320 III 8 T2 154 203 241 5 L 60 L A 1,1,1,2-Tetrafluoroethane or Refrigerant gas R 134a 2.2 UN3159 2.2 306 304 314, 75 kg 315 150 kg A Tetrafluoroethylene, Inhibited 2.1 UN1081 2.1 306 304 None Forbidden 150 kg E 40 Tetrafluoromethane, compressed or Refrigerant gas R 14 2.2 UN1982 2.2 None 302 None 75 kg 150 kg A 1,2,3,6-Tetrahydrobenzaldehyde 3 UN2498 III 3 Bl, T1 150 203 242 60 L 220 L A Tetrahydrofuran 3 UN2056 II 3 T8 None 202 242 5 L 60 L B Tetrahydrofurfurylamine 3 UN2943 Ml 3 Bl, T1 150 203 242 60 L 220 L A Tetrahydrophthallc anhydrides with more than 0.05 percent of maleic anhydride 8 UN2698 III 8 154 213 240 25 kg 100 kg A 1,2,3,6-Tetrahydropyridlne 3 UN2410 II 3 T8 150 202 242 5 L 60 L B Tetrahydrothlophene 3 UN2412 II 3 T7 150 202 242 5 L 60 L B Tetramethylammonium hydroxide e UN1835 II 8 B2, T8 154 202 242 1 L 30 L A Tetramethylene diperoxide dicarbamide Forbidden Tetramethylsilane 3 UN2749 1 3 T21, T26 None 201 243 Forbidden 30 L D Tetranitro diglycerin Forbidden Tetranltroanlllne 1.1D UN0207 II 1.1D None 62 None Forbidden Forbidden B 1E,5 4- Tetranltromethane 5.1 UN1510 1 5.1, 2, B9, B14, B32, B74.T38, 6.1 T43, T45 None 227 None Forbidden Forbidden D 40, 66, 106 2,3,4,6-Tetranitrophenol Forbidden 2,3,4,6-Tetranilrophenyl methyl nitramine Forbidden 2,3,4,6- Tetranitrophenylnitramine Forbidden Tetranitroresorcinol (dry) Forbidden 2,3,5.6-Tetranltroso-l.4-dinltrobenzene Forbidden 2.3,5,6-Tetranitroso nitrobenzene (dry) Forbidden Tetrapropylorthotitanate 3 UN2413 III 3 Bl, T8 150 203 242 60 L 220 L A Tetrazene, see Guanyl nltrosaminoguanyltetrazene Tetrazine (dry) Forbidden Tetrazol-1-acetlc acid 1.4C UN0407 II 1.4C None 62 None Forbidden 75 kg A 1E,5E,24E Tetrazotyi azide (dry) Forbidden Tetryl, see Trinltrophenylmethylnltramlne Thallium chlorate 5.1 UN2573 II 5.1, 6.1 None 212 242 5 kg 25 kg A 56, 58, 106 Thallium compounds, n.o.s. 6.1 UN 1707 II 6.1 None 212 242 25 kg 100 kg A Thallium nitrate 6.1 UN2727 II 6.1, 5.1 None 212 242 5 kg 25 kg A 0 Thallium sulfate, solid 6.1 NA1707 II 6.1 None 212 242 5 kg 50 kg A 4-Thlapentanal 6.1 UN2785 III 6.1 T8 153 203 241 60 L 220 L D 25, 49 Thioacetle acid 3 UN2436 II 3 T8 150 202 242 5 L 60 L B Thiocarbonylchloride. see Thlophosgene 'Label Codes: 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, and 1.6--EXPLOSIVE: 2.1--FLAMMABLE GAS: 2 2--NON-FLAMMABLE GAS; 2.3--POISON GAS; 3--FLAMMABLE LIQUID; 4.1-- FLAMMABLE SOLID; 4.2--SPONTANEOUSLY COMBUSTIBLE; 4.3--DANGEROUS WHEN WET; 5.1--OXIDIZER; 5.2--ORGANIC PEROXIDE; 6.1 (PGI. ZONE A and B inhalation hazard)--POISON INHALATION HAZARD; 6.1 (PGI or PGM, other than Zone A and B)--POISON; 6.1 PGIII--KEEP AWAY FROM FOOD; 6.2-- INFECTIOUS SUBSTANCE; 7--RADIOACTIVE; 8--CORROSIVE; 9--CLASS 9 161 | 3 Symbols 1 Label Codes3 April 1998 ABD00131929 172.101--Thloglycol-Toxlc 172.101 Hazardous Materials Table (8) (9) (10) Packaging (173."') Quantity Limitations Vessel Stowage Hazardous Materials Descriptions and Proper Shipping Names Hazard Ctasa or Division II li PG Special Provisions Ex cep tions Non bulk Bulk Passen ger Aircraft/ Rail Cargo Aricraft Only c 0 Other Thlogtycol (2) (3) (5) 6.1 UN2966 II 6.1 T8 (7) (8A) (8B) (8C) (9A) None 202 243 5 L (9B) 60 L (10A) A (10B) Thloglycollc acid 8 UN 1940 II 8 A7, B2, N34, T8 154 202 242 1 L 30 L A Thiolactlc acid 6.1 UN2936 II 6.1 T8 None 212 242 25 kg 100 kg A Thionyl chloride 8 UN1836 18 A7, B6, B10, N34, T18, T27 None 201 243 Forbidden Forbidden C 40 Thiophene 3 UN2414 II 3 B101, T2 150 202 242 5 L 60 L B 40 + Thiophosgene 6.1 UN2474 II 6.1 2, A7, B9, B14, B32, B74, N33, N34, T38, T43. T45 None 227 244 Forbidden 60 L B 26, 40 Thlophosphoryl chloride 8 UN 1837 II 8 A3, A7, B2, B8, B25, B101, N34, T12 None 202 242 Forbidden 30 L C 40 Thorium metal, pyrophoric 7 UN2975 7, 4.2 None 418 None Forbidden Forbidden D Thorium nitrate, solid 7 UN2976 7, 5.1 None 419 None Forbidden 15 kg A Tin chlo/ido, fuming, see Stannic chloride, anhydrous Tin perchloride or Tin tetrachloride, see Stannic chloride, anhydrous Tinctures, medicinal 3 UN1293 II 3 T8, T31 150 202 242 5 L 60 L B Tinctures, medicinal 3 UN 1293 III 3 B1.T7, T30 150 203 242 60 L 220 L A Tinning flux, see Zinc chloride Titanium disulphide 4.2 UN3174 III 4.2 None 213 241 25 kg 100 kg A Titanium hydride 4.1 UN1871 II 4.1 A19, A20, N34 None 212 241 15 kg 50 kg E Titanium powder, dry 4.2 UN2546 1 4.2 None 211 242 Forbidden Forbidden D Titanium powder, dry 4.2 UN2546 II 4.2 A19, A20, N5, N34 None 212 241 15 kg 50 kg D Titanium powder, dry 4.2 UN2546 111 4.2 None 213 241 25 kg 100 kg D Titanium powder, wetted with not less than 25 percent water (a visible excess of water must be present) (a) mechanically produced, particle size less than 53 microns; (b) chemically produced, particle size less than 840 microns 4.1 UN 1352 II 4.1 A19, A20, N34 None 212 240 15 kg 50 kg E Titanium sponge granules or Titanium sponge powders 4.1 UN2876 III 4.1 A1 None 213 240 25 kg 100 kg D D Titanium sulfate solution 8 NA1760 II 8 B2, B15 None 202 242 1 L 30 L B 40 + Titanium tetrachloride 8 UN1838 II 8, 6.1 2. A3, A6, B7, B9, B14, B32, B74, B77, T38, T43, T45 None 227 244 Forbidden 30 L C 40 Titanium trichloride mixtures 8 UN2869 II 8 A7, B106, N34 154 212 240 15 kg 50 kg A 40 Titanium trichloride mixtures 8 UN2869 III 8 A7, N34 154 213 240 25 kg 100 kg A 40 Titanium trichloride, pyrophoric or Titanium trichloride mixtures, pyrophoric 4.2 UN2441 1 4.2, 8 A7, A8, A19, A20, N34 None 181 244 Forbidden Forbidden D 40 TNT mixed with aluminum, see Tritonal TNT, see Trinitrotoluene, etc. Toluene 3 UN1294 II 3 T1 150 202 242 5 L 60 L B Toluene diisocyanate 6.1 UN2078 II 6.1 B110, T14 None 202 243 5L 60 L D 25, 40 Toluene sulfonic acid, see Alkyl, or Aryl sulfonic acid ere. Toluidlnes liquid 6.1 UN1708 II 6.1 T14 None 202 243 5 L 60 L A Toluidines solid 6.1 UN 1708 II 6.1 None 212 242 25 kg 100 kg A 2,4-Toluylenedlamine or 2,4-Toluenedlamine Torpedoes, liquid fueled, with inert head 6.1 UN 1709 1.3J UN0450 III 6.1 T7 " 1.3J 153 213 240 100 kg 200 kg A 62 None Forbidden Forbidden E 7E. 16E, 23E Torpedoes, liquid fueled, with or without bursting charge 1.1J UN0449 il 1.1J 62 None Forbidden Forbidden E 7E, 16E, 23E Torpedoes with bursting charge 1.1E UN0329 II 1 -IE 62 None Forbidden Forbidden B Torpedoes with bursting charge 1.1F UN0330 II 1.1F 62 None Forbidden Forbidden B Torpedoes with bursting charge 1.1D UN0451 II 1.10 62 None Forbidden Forbidden B Toxic liquid, corrosive, inorganic, n.o.s. 6.1 UN3289 1 6.1,8 T42 None 201 243 0.5 L 2.5 L A Toxic liquid, corrosive, inorganic, n.o.s. 6.1 UN3289 II 6.1, 8 T14 None 202 243 1L 30 L A Toxic liquid, corrosive, Inorganic, n.o.s. Inhalation Hazard, Packing Group 1, Zone A 6.1 UN3289 1 6.1, 8 1, B9, B14 B30, B72, T38, T43, T44 None 226 244 Forbidden Forbidden B 40 Toxic liquid, corrosive, Inorganic, n.o.s. Inhalation Hazard, Pecking Group 1, Zone B 6.1 UN3289 1 6.1, 8 2, B9. B14, B32, B74.T38, T43, T45 None 227 244 Forbidden Forbidden B 40 Toxic liquid, inorganic, n.o.s. 6.1 UN3287 1 6.1 T42 None 201 243 1L 30 L A 'Label Codes: 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1 4, 1.5. and 1.6--EXPLOSIVE; 2.1--FLAMMABLE GAS; 2.2--NON-FLAMMABLE GAS; 2.3--POISON GAS; 3--FLAMMABLE LIQUID, 4.1--FLAMMABLE SOLID, 4.2--SPONTANEOUSLY COMBUSTIBLE, 4.3--DANGEROUS WHEN WET; 5.1--OXIDIZER; 5 2--ORGANIC PEROXIDE: 6.1 (PGI, ZONE A and B inhalation hazard)--POISON INHALATION HAZARD; 6.1 (PGI or PGM. other than Zone A and B)--POISON; 6.1 PGIII--KEEP AWAY FROM FOOD: 6.2-- INFECTIOUS SUBSTANCE; 7--RADIOACTIVE; 0--CORROSIVE; 9--CLASS 9 162 Symbols |2 5 Identification --" Numbers Label Codes 0> Location PART 172 172.101--Toxic ABD00131930 July 1998 Hazardous Materials Descriptions and Proper Shipping Names (2) Toxic liquid. Inorganic, n.o.s. Toxic liquid, Inorganic, n.o.s. Toxic liquid, inorganic, n.o.s. Inhalation Hazard. Packing Group 1, Zone A Toxic liquid, Inorganic, n.o.s. Inhalation Hazard. Packing Group 1, Zone B Toxic liquids, corrosive, organic, n.o.s. Toxic liquids, corrosive, organic, n.o.s. Toxic liquids, corrosive, organic, n.o.s., inhalation hazard, Packing Group 1, Zone A Toxic liquids, corrosive, organic, n.o.s., inhalation hazard, Packing Group t, Zone B Toxic liquids, flammable, organic, n.o.s. Toxic liquids, flammable, organic, n.o.s. Toxic liquids, flammable, organic, n.o.s., inhalation hazard, Packing Group 1, Zone A Toxic liquids, flammable, organic, n.o.s., inhalation hazard, Packing Group 1, Zone B Toxic, liquids, organic, n.o.s. Toxic, liquids, organic, n.o.s. Toxic, liquids, organic, n.o.s. Toxic, liquids, organic, n.o.s. Inhalation hazard, Packing Group l, Zone A Toxic, liquids, organic, n.o.s. Inhalation hazard, Packing Group 1, Zone B Toxic liquids, oxidizing, n.o.s. Toxic liquids, oxidizing, n.o.s. Toxic liquids, oxidizing, n.o.s. Inhalation hazard. Packing Group 1. Zone A Toxic liquids, oxidizing, n.o.s. Inhalation Hazard, Packing Group 1. Zone B Toxic liquids, water-reactive, n.o.s. Toxic liquids, water-reactive, n.o.s. Toxic liquids, water-reactive, n.o.s. Inhalation hazard, packing group Zone A Toxic liquids, water-reactive, n.o.s. Inhalation hazard, packing group Zone B Toxic solid, corrosive, Inorganic, n.o.s. Toxic solid, corrosive, Inorganic, n.o.s. Toxic solid, Inorganic, n.o.s. Toxic solid, Inorganic, n.o.s. Toxic solid, inorganic, n.o.s. Toxic solids, corrosive, organic, n.o.s. Toxic solids, corrosive, organic, n.o.s. Toxic solids, flammable, organic, n.o.s. Toxic solids, flammable, organic, n.o.s. Toxic solids, organic, n.o.s. Toxic solids, organic, n.o.s. Toxic solids, organic, n.o.s. Toxic solids, oxidizing, n.o.s. Toxic solids, oxidizing, n.o.s. Toxic solids, self-heating, n.o.s. 172.101 Hazardous Materials Table--Continued (8) (9) (10) Packaging {5173.*") Quantity Limitations Vessel Stowage Hazard Class or Division PG Special Provisions Excep* tlons Non bulk Bulk Passen ger Aircraft/ Rail Cargo Artcraft Only Other (3) (5) 6.1 UN3287 II 6.1 (7) T14, B110 (8A) (8B) <8C) (9A) None 202 243 5 L (98) 60 L A (10B) 6.1 UN3287 III 6.1 T7 153 203 241 60 L 220 L A 6.1 UN3287 1 6.1 1, B9, B14, B30, B72, T38, T43, T44 None 226 244 Forbidden Forbidden B 40 6.1 UN3287 ' 6.1 2. B9, B14, B32, B74, T38, T43, T45 None 227 244 Forbidden Forbidden B 40 6.1 UN2927 1 6.1, 8 T42 None 201 243 0.5 L 2.5 L B 40 6.1 UN2927 6.1 UN2927 II 6.1.8 T42 1 6.1, 8 1, B9, B14, B30, B72, T38, T43, T44 None None 202 243 226 244 1L 30 L B Forbidden Forbidden D 40 20, 40, 95 6.1 UN2927 1 6.1, 8 2. B9, B14, B32, B74, T38, T43. T45 None 227 244 Forbidden Forbidden O 20, 40, 95 6.1 UN2929 1 6.1,3 T42 None 201 243 1L 30 L B 40 6.1 UN2929 II 6.1.3 T15 None 202 243 5L 60 L B 40 6.1 UN2929 1 6.1.3 1, B9, B14, B30, B72, T38, T43, T44 None 226 244 Forbidden Forbidden D 20, 40, 95 6.1 UN2929 1 6.1, 3 2, B9, B14, B32, B74, T38. T43, T45 None 227 244 Forbidden Forbidden D 20, 40, 95 6.1 UN2810 6.1 UN2810 6.1 UN2810 6.1 UN2810 6.1 UN2810 1 6.1 II 6.1 III 6.1 1 6.1 1 6.1 T42 B110, T14 T7 1, B9, B14, B30, B72, T38, T43, T44 2, B9. B14, B32, B74, T38, T43, T45 None None 153 None None 201 243 202 243 203 241 226 244 1L SOL B 5L 60 L B 60 L 220 L A Forbidden Forbidden D 227 244 Forbidden Forbidden D 40 40 40 20, 40, 95 20, 40, 95 6.1 UN3122 1 6.1, A4 5.1 None 201 243 Forbidden 2.5 L C 6.1 UN3122 6.1 UN3122 6.1 UN3122 II 6.1, 5.1 1 6.1. 5.1 1 6.1. 5.1 1, B9, B14, B30, B72, T38, T43. T44 2, 69. B14, B32, T38, T43, T4S None None None 202 243 226 244 227 244 1 L 5L C Forbidden Forbidden c Forbidden Forbidden c 6.1 UN3123 6.1 UN3123 6.1, 4.3 II 6.1, 4.3 A4 None None 201 243 202 243 Forbidden 1 L 1 L 5L E 40 E 40 6.1 UN3123 1 6.1, 1, B9, B14, B30, B72, T38, 4.3 T43, T44 None 226 244 Forbidden Forbidden E 40 6.1 UN3123 6.1 UN3290 6.1 UN3290 6.1 UN3288 1 6.1. 2, B9. B14, B32, B74, T38, 4.3 T43, T45 1 6.1, 8 II 6.1,8 1 6.1 None None None None 227 244 211 242 212 242 211 242 Forbidden Forbidden E 1 kg 15 kg 5 kg 25 kg 50 kg 50 kg A A A 40 6.1 UN3288 6.1 UN3288 II 6.1 III 6.1 None 153 212 242 213 240 25 kg 100 kg 100 kg 200 kg A A 6.1 UN2928 1 6.1, 8 None 211 242 1 kg 25 kg B 40 6.1 UN2928 II 6.1. 8 None 212 242 15 kg 50 kg B 40 6.1 UN2930 ' 6.1, B106 4.1 None 211 242 1 kg 15 kg B 6.1 UN2930 II 6.1, B106 4.1 None 212 242 15 kg 50 kg B 6.1 UN2811 6.1 UN2811 6.1 UN2811 6.1 UN3086 1 6.1 II 6.1 III 6.1 1 6.1, 5.1 None None 153 None 211 242 212 242 213 240 211 242 5 kg 25 kg 100 kg 1 kg 50 kg 100 kg 200 kg 15 kg B B A C 6.1 UN3086 6.1 UN3124 II 6.1, 5.1 1 6.1, 4.2 A5, B100 None None 212 242 15kg 211 242 5 kg 50 kg 15 kg C D 40 'Label Codea: 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, and 1.6--EXPLOSIVE; 2.1--FLAMMABLE GAS; 2.2--NON-FLAMMABLE GAS; 2.3--POISON GAS; 3--FLAMMABLE LIQUID; 4.1-- FLAMMABLE SOLID; 4.2--SPONTANEOUSLY COMBUSTIBLE; 4.3--DANGEROUS WHEN WET; 5.1--OXIDIZER; 5.2--ORGANIC PEROXIDE; 61 (PGl, ZONE A and B inhalation hazard)--POISON INHALATION HAZARD; 6.1 (PGl or PGH, other than Zone A and B)--POISON; 6.1 PGHI--KEEP AWAY FROM FOOD; 6.2-- INFECTIOUS SUBSTANCE; 7--RADIOACTIVE; 8--CORROSIVE; 9--CLASS 9 163 July 1998 ABD00131931 172.101--Toxic-Trlfluorochloroethylene 1-- Symbols 1 Identification " " Numbers o Location Hazardous Materials Descriptions and Proper Shipping Names (2) Toxic solids, self-heating, n.o.s. Toxic solids, water-reactive, n.o.s. Toxic solids, water-reactive, n.o.s. 0 Toy Caps Tracers for ammunition Tracers for ammunition Tractors, see Vehicles, self propelled Tn-(b-nitroxyethyl) ammonium nitrate Triatlyl borate Triallylamlne Triazine pesticides, liquid, flammable, toxic, flash point less than 23 degrees C Triazine pesticides, liquid, flammable, toxic, flash point less than 23 degrees C Triazine pesticides, liquid, toxic Triazine pesticides, liquid, toxic Triazine pesticides, liquid, toxic Triazine pesticides, liquid, toxic, flammable, flashpoint not less than 23 degrees C Triazine pesticides, liquid, toxic, flammable, flashpoint not less than 23 degrees C Triazine pesticides, liquid, toxic, flammable, flashpoint not less than 23 degrees C Triazine pesticides, solid, toxic Triazine pesticides, solid, toxic Triazine pesticides, solid, toxic Trlbutylamine Trlbutylphosphane 0 mono-fTrlchloro) tetra-(monopotassium dichloro)-penta-s-trlazlnetrione, dry (with more than 39 percent available chlorine) Trlchloro-s-tnazinetrione dry. with more than 39 percent available chlorine, see Trichlorolsocyanurlc acid, dry Trichloroacetic acid Trichloroacetic acid, solution Trichloroacetic acid, solution + Trichloroacetyl chloride Trichlorobenzenes, liquid Trlchlorobutene 1,1,1-Trlchloroethane Trichloroethylene Trichlorolsocyanurlc acid, dry Trichloromethyl perchlorate Trlchlorosilane Tricresyl phosphate with more than 3 percent ortho isomer Triethyl phosphite Triethylamine Triethylenetetramine Trlfluoroacetle acid Trlfluoroacetyl chloride Trlfluorochloroethyiene, inhibited 172.101 Hazardous Materials Table--Continued Hazard Class or Division 8 S 0 1 PG 3 (3) 6 1 UN3124 (5) (6)' II 6.1. 4.2 Special Provisions (7) (6) Packaging (173.***) Ex cep tions (8A) None Non bulk Bulk (88) (8C) 212 242 (9) (10) Quantity Limitations Vessel Stowage Passen ger Aircraft/ Rail Cargo Aricraft Only Other (9A) (98) (198) 15 kg 50 kg D 40 6 1 UN3125 1 6.1. A5, B100 4.3 None 211 242 5 kg 15 kg D 40 6.1 UN3125 II 6 1. B101 4.3 None 212 242 15 kg 50 kg D 40 1 4S NA0337 1.3G UN0212 1 4G UN0306 II 14S II 1.3G II 1 4G None None None 62 None 62 None 62 None 25 kg 100 kg A Forbidden Forbidden B Forbidden 75 kg A 9E 24E Forbidden 6 1 UN2609 3 UN2610 3 UN2764 III 6.1 III 3. 8 Bl, T1 1 3, 6.1 3 UN2764 II 3. 6.1 6 1 UN2998 6 1 UN2999 6 1 UN2998 6 1 UN2997 1 6.1 T42 II 6 1 T14 III 6 1 T14 1 61.3 T42 6 1 UN2997 II 6 1.3 T14 6.1 UN2997 IR 6.1, 3 T14 6.1 UN2763 6 1 UN2763 6.1 UN2763 6.1 UN2542 4.2 UN3254 5 1 NA2468 1 61 II 6 1 111 61 II 61 1 4.2 II 5 1 BT10. T14 153 None None None None None 153 None None 153 None None 153 None None 152 203 241 203 242 201 243 60 L 220 L 5 L 60 L Forbidden 30 L A A B 202 243 1 L 60 L B 201 243 202 243 203 241 201 243 1L 5L 60 L 1L 30 L 60 L 220 L 30 L B B A B 202 243 5 L 60 L B 203 242 60 L 220 L A 211 242 212 242 213 240 202 243 211 242 212 240 5 kg 50 kg A 25 kg 100 kg A 100 kg 200 kg A 5L 60 L A Forbidden Forbidden D 5 kg 25 kg A 13 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 13 8 UN1839 8 UN2564 6 UN2564 8 UN2442 6.1 UN2321 6.1 UN2322 6 1 UN2831 6.1 UN1710 5.1 UN2468 Forbidden 4.3 UN1295 6 1 UN2574 II 8 A7, N34 II 8 A3. A6, A7, B2. N34, T8 III 8 A3. A6. A7. N34. T7 II 8, 6 1 2. A3. A7. B9, B14. B32, B74. N34. T38, T43. T45 III 6 1 T7 II 6.1 T8 III 6.1 N36, T7 III 6.1 N36, T1 II 5.1 1 4.3. 3.8 II 6 1 A7. N34, T24, T26 A3. N33. N34, T8 3 UN2323 3 UN1296 8 UN2259 8 UN2699 2.3. 8 UN3057 III 3 Bl. Tl II 3. 8 B101. T8 II 8 B2. T8 1 8 A3. A6. A7, B4. N3. N34, T18. T27 2.3, 8 2. B9. B14 2.3 UN1082 2.3. 3, B14 21 154 154 154 None 153 None 153 153 152 212 240 202 242 203 241 227 244 15 kg 50 kg A 1L 30 L B 5L 60 L B Forbidden Forbidden D 203 241 202 243 203 241 203 241 212 240 60 L 5L 60 L 60 L 5 kg 220 L 60 L 220 L 220 L 25 kg A A A A A 8 40 25, 40 40 40 13 None None 150 None 154 None None None 201 244 Forbidden Forbidden D 202 243 5 L 60 L A 203 242 202 243 202 242 201 243 60 L 1L 1L 0.5 L 220 L 5L 30 L 2.5 L A B B B 304 314, 315 304 314, 315 Forbidden Forbidden D Forbidden Forbidden D 21. 28, 40, 49. 100 40 40 12. 40 40 40 'Label Codes: 1 1. i 2. 1 3. 1 4, 1.5. and 1 6--EXPLOSIVE. 2 1 --FLAMMABLE GAS. 2.2--NON-FLAMMABLE GAS. 2.3--POISON GAS. 3--FLAMMABLE LIQUID; 4.1--FLAMMABLE SOLID. 4.2--SPONTANEOUSLY COMBUSTIBLE. 4 3--DANGEROUS WHEN WET, 5.1--OXIDIZER; 5.2--ORGANIC PEROXIDE; 6.1 (PGl. ZONE A and B inhalation hazard)--POISON INHALATION HAZARD; 6 i <PGI or PGII. other than Zone A and B)--POISON. 6.1 PGIII--KEEP AWAY FROM FOOD; 6.2-- INFECTIOUS SUBSTANCE. 7--RADIOACTIVE, 8--CORROSIVE; 9--CLASS 9 164 PART 172 172.101--Trlfluoroethane-Trinltrophenetole ABD00131932 April 1998 172.101 Hazardous Materials Table c* 2 E Hazardous Materials Descriptions and Proper Shipping Names 0) (2) 1,1,1-Trifluoroethane, compressed, or Refrigerant gas R 143a Trlfluoromethane or Refrigerant gas R 23 Trlfluoromethane, refrigerated liquid 2-Trifluoromethylaniline 3-Trifluoromethylanlline Triformoxime trinitrate Triisobutylene Triisopropyl borate Triisopropyl borate D Trimethoxysilane Trimethyl borate Trimethyl phosphite 1,3,5-Trimethyl-2,4,6-trinitrobenzene Trimethylacetyl chloride Trimethylamine, anhydrous Trlmethylamine, aqueous solutions with not more than SO percent trimethylamine by mass Trlmethylamine, aqueous solutions with not more than 50 percent trimethylamine by mass Trlmethylamine, aqueous solutions with not more than 50 percent trimethylamine by mass 1,3,5-Trimethylbenzene Trimethylchlorosllane Trimethylcyclohexylamlne Trimethylene glycol diperchtorate 2 Identification Numbers Label Codes3 >o Location (8) (9) 00) Packaging (173.***) Quantity Limitations Vessel Stowage Hazard Class or Division PG Special Provisions Ex cep tions Non bulk Bulk Passen ger Aircraft/ Rail Cargo Arlcraft Only Other (3) (5) 2.1 UN203S 2.1 (7) (8A) (8B) <8C) (9A) (9B) (108) 306 . 304 314, 315 Forbidden 150 kg B 40 22 UN1984 2.2 306 304 314, 75 kg 315 150 kg A 2.2 UN3136 2.2 306 None 314, 315 50 kg 500 kg D 6.1 UN2942 ill 6.1 153 203 241 60 L 220 L A 6.1 UN2948 II 6.1 T14 None 202 243 5L 60 L A 40 Forbidden 3 UN2324 III 3 B1, T7, T30 150 203 242 60 L 220 L A 3 UN2616 II 3 T8, T31 150 202 242 5 L 60 L A 3 UN2616 III 3 B1.T8. T31 150 203 242 60 L 220 L A 6.1 NA9269 1 6.1, 3 2, B9, B14, 832, B74, T38. T43, T45 None 227 244 Forbidden Forbidden E 40 3 UN2416 II 3 T14 150 202 242 5 L 60 L B 3 UN2329 III 3 B1, T1 150 203 242 60 L 220 L A Forbidden 6.1 UN2438 1 6.1, 2, A3, A6, A7, B3, B9, B14, None 8, 3 B32, B74, N34, T38. T43. T45 227 244 Forbidden Forbidden D 25, 40 2.1 UN 1083 2.1 306 304 314, Forbidden 150 kg B 315 40 3 UN1297 1 3, B T42 None 201 243 0.5 L 2.5 L D 40, 41 3 UN1297 II 3, 8 B1.T14 None 202 243 1L 5L B 40, 41 3 UN1297 III 3, 8 B1 150 203 242 5L 60 L A 40, 41 3 UN2325 3 UN1298 8 UN2326 Forbidden III 3 II 3, 8 III 8 Bl, T1 A3, A7, B77, N34, T14, T26 T2 None None 154 203 242 202 243 203 241 60 L 1L 5L 220 L 5L 60 L A E 40 A Trimethylhexamethylene diisocyanate Trimethylhexamethylenedtamines Trimethylol nitromethane trinitrate Trlnitro-meta-cresol 2,4,6-Trintro- 1,3-diazobenzene 2,4,&Trinitro-l,3,5-triazido benzene (dry) 6.1 UN2328 8 UN2327 Forbidden 1.1D UN0216 Forbidden Forbidden 111 6.1 III 8 T8 T7 II 1.1D 153 203 241 60 L 154 203 241 5 L 220 L 60 L B A None 62 None Forbidden Forbidden B 1E,5E Trinitroacetic acid Thnitroacetonitrila Forbidden Forbidden Trinitroamine cobalt Forbidden Trlnltroanlline or Plcramide Trinitroanlsole Trinitrobenzene, dry or wetted with less than 30 percent water, by mass 1.1D UN0153 1.1 D UN0213 1.1 D UN0214 II 1.1D II 1.1D II 1.10 None None None 62 None 62 None 62 None Forbidden Forbidden B Forbidden Forbidden B Forbidden Forbidden B 1E.5E 1E.5E 1E.5E Trinitrobenzene, wetted with not less than 30 percent water, by mass 4.1 UN1354 1 4.1 23, A2, A8, A19, N41 None 211 None 0.5 kg 0.5 kg E 28 Trlnitrobenzenesulfonlc acid Trinitrobenzolc acid, dry or wetted with less than 30 percent water, by mass 1.1D UN0386 1.1D UN0215 II 1. ID II 1. ID None None 62 None Forbidden Forbidden E 62 None Forbidden Forbidden B 1E.5E 1E.5E Trinitrobenzolc acid, wetted with not less than 30 percent water, by mass 4.1 UN1355 1 4.1 23, A2, A8, A19, N41 None 211 None 0.5 kg 0.5 kg E 28 Trlnitrochlorobenzene or Picryl chloride Trinitroethanol 1.1D UN0155 Forbidden II 1.1D None 62 None Forbidden Forbidden B 1E.5E Trinitroethylnitrate Trinitrofluorenone Trinitromethane Forbidden 1.1D UN0387 Forbidden II 1.1D None 62 None Forbidden Forbidden B 1E.5E 1,3,5-Trinitronaphthalene Trinitronaphthalene Trinltrophenetole Forbidden 1.1D UN0217 1.1D UN0218 II 1.1D II 1 ID None None 62 None Forbidden Forbidden B 62 None Forbidden Forbidden B 1E,5E 1E,5E 'Label Codes: 1.1, 1.2, 1.3. 1.4, 1.5, and 1.6--EXPLOSIVE; 2.1--FLAMMABLE GAS; 2.2--NON-FLAMMABLE GAS; 2.3--POISON GAS; 3--FLAMMABLE LIQUID; 4.1-- FLAMMABLE SOLID; 4.2--SPONTANEOUSLY COMBUSTIBLE; 4.3--DANGEROUS WHEN WET; 5.1--OXIDIZER; 5 2--ORGANIC PEROXIOE; 6.1 (PGI, ZONE A and B inhalation hazard)--POISON INHALATION HAZARD; 6.1 (PGI or PGII, other than Zone A and B)--POISON; 6.1 PGIII--KEEP AWAY FROM FOOD; 6.2-- INFECTIOUS SUBSTANCE; 7--RADIOACTIVE; 8--CORROSIVE; 9--CLASS 9 165 April 1998 ABD00131933 172.101--TrlnftrophenoJ-Valeryl Symbols | j-jj Identification Numbers o> Label Codes 172.101 Hazardous Materials Table (8) Packaging (173."*) Hazardous Materials Descriptions and Proper Shipping Names Hazard Class or Division PG Special Provisions (2) Trinltrophenol or Picric acid, dry or wetted with less than 30 percent water, by mass (3) (5) 1 ID UN0154 II 1 ID (7) Trinltrophenol, wetted with not less than 30 percent water, by mass 4.1 UN1344 1 4 1 23. A8, A19, N41 2,4,6-Trinitrophenyl guanidine (dry) Forbidden 2,4,6-Trinitrophenyl nitramine Forbidden 2.4,6-Trinitrophenyt trimethytol methyl nitramine Forbidden trinitrate (dry) Trlnltrophenylmethylnltramlne or Tetryl 1.1D UN0208 II 1.1D Trlnltroresorclnol or Styphnlc acid, dry or wetted with less than 20 percent water, or mixture of alcohol and water, by mass 1.1D UN0219 II 1.1D Trtnltroresorcinol, wetted or Styphnlc acid, wetted with not less than 20 percent water, or mixture of alcohol and water by mass 1.1D UN0394 II 1 ID 2,4,6-Trinitroso-3-methyl nitraminoanisole Forbidden Trinitrotetramine cobalt nitrate Forbidden Trinitrotoluene and Trlnltrobenzene mixtures or TNT and trlnltrobenzene mixtures or TNT and hexanltrostilbene mixtures or Trinitrotoluene and hexanitrostllnene mixtures 1.1D UN038S II 1 ID Trinitrotoluene mixtures containing Trlnltrobenzene and Hexanltrostilbene or TNT mixtures containing trlnltrobenzene and hexanltrostilbene 1 ID UN0389 II 1.1D Trinitrotoluene or TNT, dry or wetted with less than 30 percent water, by mass 1.1D UN0209 II 1 ID Trinitrotoluene, wetted with not less than 30 percent water, by mass 4.1 UN13S6 1 4.1 23, A2, A8. A19, N41 Tripropylamine 3 UN2260 III 3. 8 B1.T8 Tripropylene 3 UN2057 II 3 T1 Trtpropyiene 3 UN2057 III 3 B1. T1 Trls-(1-aziridlnyl)phosphlne oxide, solution 6.1 UN2501 II 6.1 T8 Trls-(1-azlridlnyl)phosphlne oxide, solution 6.1 UN2S01 III 6.1 T7 Tns. bis-bifluoroammo diethoxy propane (TVOPA) Forbidden Trltonai 1.1D UN0390 II 1 ID Tungsten hexafluoride 2.3 UN2196 2.3, 8 2 Turpentine 3 UN1299 III 3 B1, T1 Turpentine substitute 3 UN1300 1 3 T1 Turpentine substitute 3 UN1300 II 3 T1 Turpentine substitute 3 UN1300 III 3 B1, T1 Undecane 3 UN2330 III 3 B1, T1 Uranium hexafluoride, fissile excepted or nonfissile 7 UN2978 7, 8 Uranium hexafluoride, fissile (with more than 1 percent U-235) 7 UN2977 7. 8 Uranium metal, pyrophoric 7 UN2979 7. 4.2 Uranyl nitrate hexahydrate solution 7 UN2980 7. 8 Uranyl nitrate, solid Urea hydrogen peroxide Urea nitrate, dry or wetted with less than 20 percent water, by mass Urea nitrate, wetted with not less than 20 percent water, by mass Urea peroxide, see Urea hydrogen peroxide Valeraldehyde Valeric acid, see Corrosive liquids, n.o.s. Valeryl chloride 7 UN2981 5.1 UNI 511 1 ID UN0220 7, 5.1 III 5.1, 8 A1, A7, A29 II 1.1D 119 4.1 UN1357 1 4.1 39, A8, A19. N41 3 UN2058 II 3 T1 8 UN2502 II 8, 3 A3, A6, A7. B2, N34, T8 Excep* tions (BA) None Non bulk Bulk (88) (8C) 62 None None 211 None None None 62 None 62 None None 62 None None 62 None None 62 None None None 150 ISO 150 None 153 62 None 211 None 203 242 202 242 203 242 202 243 203 241 None None 150 None 150 150 150 423 453 None 421. 425 None 152 None 62 None 338 None 203 242 201 243 202 242 203 242 203 242 420. 420, 425 425 417. 417. 420 420 418 None 415. 415, 416, 416. 417 417 419 None 213 240 62 None None 211 None 150 202 242 154 202 243 (9) (10) Quantity Limitations Vessel Stowage Passen ger Aircraft/ Rail Cargo Arlcraft Only c0 1 Other <9A) (98) (10A) (108) Forbidden Forbidden B 1E,5E 1 kg 15 kg E 28. 36 Forbidden Forbidden B Forbidden Forbidden B 1E.5E 1E.5E Forbidden Forbidden B 1E.5E Forbidden Forbidden B 1E.5E Forbidden Forbidden B 1E.5E Forbidden Forbidden B 0.5 kg 0.5 kg E 5L 5L 60 L 5L 60 L 60 L 60 L 220 L 60 L 220 L A B A A A 1E.5E 28 40 Forbidden Forbidden 8 Forbidden Forbidden O 60 L 220 L A 1L 30 L B 5L 60 L B 60 L 220 L A 60 L 220 L A 1E.5E 40 A D D Forbidden 15 kg A 25 kg 100 kg A Forbidden Forbidden B 1 kg 15 kg A 13 1E.5E 28 5L 60 L B 1L 30 L C 40 'Label Codes: 1.1, 1.2. 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, and 16--EXPLOSIVE, 2.1--FLAMMABLE GAS, 2 2--NON-FLAMMABLE GAS; 2.3--POISON GAS; 3--FLAMMABLE LIQUID, 4.1-- FLAMMABLE SOLID; 4.2--SPONTANEOUSLY COMBUSTIBLE, 4.3--DANGEROUS WHEN WET; 5.1--OXIDIZER; 5.2--ORGANIC PEROXIDE; 6.1 (PGI, ZONE A and B inhalation hazard)--POISON INHALATION HAZARD; 6 1 (PGI or PGM, other than Zone A and B)--POISON; 6 1 PGIII--KEEP AWAY FROM FOOD; 6.2-- INFECTIOUS SUBSTANCE; 7--RADIOACTIVE; B--CORROSIVE, 9--CLASS 9 166 PART 172 172.101--Vanadium-Water-reactlve ABD00131934 April 1998 1 ^ Symbols 1 g Location 172.101 Hazardous Materials Table Hazardous Materials Descriptions and Proper Shipping Names Hazard Class or Division c 0 !i s s 0 ii 1 PG 3 Special Provisions (0) Packaging (173.***) Ex cep tions Non bulk Bulk (9) (10) Quantity Limitations Vessel Stowage Passen ger Aircraft/ Rail Cargo Aricraft Only Other (2) Vanadium compound, n.o.s. (3) (4) (5) (6)' (7) (0A) (8B) <0C) <9A) (9B) (10B) 6.1 UN3285 6.1 None 211 242 5 kg 50 kg B Vanadium compound, n.o.s. 6.1 UN3285 II 6.1 T14 None 212 242 25 kg 100 kg B Vanadium compound, n.o.s. 6.1 UN3285 III 6.1 T7 153 213 240 100 kg 200 kg A Vanadium oxytrichloride 8 UN2443 II 8 A3, A6, A7, B2, B16, N34, T8, T26 154 202 242 Forbidden 30 L C 40 Vanadium pentoxide, non-lused form 6.1 UN2862 II 6.1 None 212 242 25 kg 100 kg A Vanadium tetrachloride 8 UN2444 18 A3, A6, A7, B4, N34, T8, T26 None 201 243 Forbidden 2.5 L C 40 Vanadium trichloride Van8dyl sulfate D Vehicles, sell-propelled including internal combustion engines or other apparatus containing an internal combustion Engine or electric storage battery, see Engines etc. or Battery powered etc. or Wheel chair, electric) 8 UN2475 6.1 UN2931 III 8 11 6.1 154 None 213 240 212 242 25 kg 25 kg 100 kg 100 kg A A 40 Very signal cartridge, see Cartridges, signal Vinyl acetate, inhibited Vinyl bromide, Inhibited 3 UN1301 2.1 UN1085 II 3 2.1 T8 150 202 242 5 L 60 L B 306 304 314, Forbidden ISO kg B 315 40 Vinyl butyrate, inhibited Vinyl chloride, inhibited or Vinyl chloride, stabilized 3 UN2838 2.1 UN1086 II 3 2.1 T7 21, B44 150 202 242 5 L 60 L B 306 304 314, Forbidden 150 kg B 315 40 Vinyl chloroacetate Vinyl ethyl ether, inhibited 6.1 UN2589 3 UN1302 II 6.1,3 T14 1 3 A3. B100, T14 None None 202 243 201 243 5L 1L 60 L 30 L A D Vinyl fluoride, inhibited 2.1 UN1860 2.1 306 304 314, Forbidden 150 kg E 315 40 Vinyl isobutyl ether, inhibited 3 UN1304 11 3 T8 150 202 242 5 L 60 L B Vinyl methyl ether, Inhibited 2.1 UN1087 2.1 B44 306 304 314, Forbidden 150 kg B 315 40 Vinyl nitrate polymer Forbidden Vinyltoluenes, inhibited 3 UN2618 III 3 Bl, T1 150 203 242 60 L 220 L A Vinyildene chloride, inhibited 3 UN1303 1 3 T23, T29 150 201 243 1 L 30 L E 40 Vinylpyridines, inhibited Vlnyltrlchlorosilane, Inhibited Warheads, rocket with burster or expelling charge 6.1 UN3073 3 UN1305 1.4D UN0370 II 6.1, 3, 8 1 3, 8 II 1.4D B100, T8 A3, A7, B6, N34, T14, T26 None None None 202 243 1L 30 L 201 243 Forbidden 2.5 L 62 None Forbidden 75 kg B 40 B 40 A 3E.7E.24E Warheads, rocket with burster or expelling charge 1.4F UN0371 II 1.4F None 62 None Forbidden Forbidden E Warheads, rocket with bursting charge Warheads, rocket with bursting charge 1.1D UN02B6 1.2D UN0287 II 1 ID 11 1.2D None None 62 None Forbidden Forbidden B 62 None Forbidden Forbidden B 3E.7E 3E,7E Warheads, rocket with bursting charge 1.1 F UN0369 II 1 .IF None 62 None Forbidden Forbidden E Warheads, torpedo with bursting charge 1.1D UN0221 II 1.1D None 62 None Forbidden Forbidden B 3E.7E Water-reactive liquid, corrosive, n.o.s. Water-reactive liquid, corrosive, n.o.s. 4.3 UN3129 4.3 UN3129 1 4.3, 8 II 4.3, 8 B106 None None 201 243 202 243 Forbidden 1 L 1 L 5L D E 85 Water-reactive liquid, corrosive, n.o.s. 4.3 UN3129 III 4.3. 8 B106 None 203 242 5 L 60 L E Water-reactive liquid, n.o.s. 4.3 UN3148 1 4.3 None 201 244 Forbidden 1 L E 40 Water-reactive liquid, n.o.s. Water-reactive liquid, n.o.s. Water-reactive liquid, toxic, n.o.s. 4.3 UN3148 4.3 UN3148 4.3 UN3130 II 4.3 III 4.3 1 4.3, 6.1 B106 B106 A4 None None None 202 243 203 242 201 243 1 L 5L 5 L 60 L Forbidden 1 L E 40 E 40 D Water-reactive liquid, toxic, n.o.s. Water-reactive liquid, toxic, n.o.s. 4.3 UN3130 4.3 UN3130 II 4.3, 6.1 III 4.3. 6.1 B106 B106 None None 202 243 1 L 203 242 5 L 5L 60 L E 85 E 85 Water-reactive solid, corrosive, n.o.s. Water-reactive solid, corrosive, n.o.s. 4.3 UN3131 4,3 UN3131 1 4.3, 8 B101, B106, N40 II 4.3, 8 128. B101, B106 None 151 211 242 212 242 Forbidden 15 kg 15 kg SO kg D E 85 Water-reactive solid, corrosive, n.o.s. Water-reactive solid, flammable, n.o.s. 4.3 UN3131 4.3 UN3132 III 4.3, 8 128, B105, B106 1 4.3. B101. B106, N40 4.1 151 None 213 241 211 242 25 kg 100 kg Forbidden 15 kg E E 85 Water-reactive solid, flammable, n.o.s. 4.3 UN3132 II 4.3, B101, B106 4.1 151 212 242 15 kg 50 kg E 'Label Codes: 1.1, 1.2, 1.3. 1.4, 1.5, and 1.6--EXPLOSIVE; 2.1--FLAMMABLE GAS; 2.2--NON-FLAMMABLE GAS; 2.3--POISON GAS; 3--FLAMMABLE LIQUID; 4.1-- FLAMMABLE SOLID; 4.2--SPONTANEOUSLY COMBUSTIBLE; 4,3--DANGEROUS WHEN WET; 5.1--OXIDIZER; 5.2--ORGANIC PEROXIDE; 6.1 (PGI, ZONE A and B inhalation hazard}--POISON INHALATION HAZARD; 6.1 (PGI or PGM. other than Zone A and B)--POISON; 6.1 PGIII--KEEP AWAY FROM FOOO; 6.2-- INFECTIOUS SUBSTANCE; 7--RADIOACTIVE; 8--CORROSIVE; 9--CLASS 9 167 Symbols j3 Identification^ Numbers p> Location April 1998 ABD00131935 172.101--Water-reactlve-ZInc 172.101 Hazardous Materials Table 0) (9) (10) Packaging (8173.***) Quantity Limitations Vessel Stowage Hazardous Materials Descriptions end Proper Shipping Names (2) Water-reactive solid, flammable, n.o.s. Water-reactive solid, n.o.s. Water-reactive solid, n.o.s. Hazard Class or Division i PG 3 (3) (5) (6)' 4.3 UN3132 III 4.3, 4.1 4.3 UN2813 1 4.3 4.3 UN2813 II 4.3 Special Provisions (7) B105, B106 B101, B106, N40 B101, B106 Ex cep tions (8A) 151 None 151 III Bulk <8C) 213 241 Passen ger Aircraft/ Rail (9A) 25 kg Cargo Arfcraft Only (9B) 100 kg E 211 242 212 242 Forbidden 15 kg 15 kg 50 kg E E Other (10B) 40 40 Water-reactive solid, n.o.s. 4.3 UN2813 III 4.3 B105. B106 151 213 241 25 kg 100 kg E 40 Water-reactive solid, oxidizing, n.o.s. Water-reactive solid, self-heating, n.o.s. Water-reactive solid, self-heating, n.o.s. Water-reactive solid, self-heating, n.o.s. Water-reactive solid, toxic, n.o.s. Water-reactive solid, toxic, n.o.s. Water-reactive solid, toxic, n.o.s. AD Wheel chair, electric (spillable or non-spillable typo batteries) 4.3 UN3133 4.3 UN3135 4.3 UN3135 4.3 UN3135 4.3 UN3134 4.3 UN3134 4.3 UN3134 9 4.3, 5.1 1 4.3, 4.2 II 4.3, 4.2 III 4.3, 4.2 1 4.3, 6.1 II 4.3, 6.1 III 4.3, 6.1 III 9 B100, N40 6101, B106 B101, B106 AS, B101. B106, N40 0105, B106 B105, B106 None None None None None 151 15i 222 214 214 Forbidden Forbidden 211 242 Forbidden 15 kg E 212 242 15 kg 50 kg E 213 241 25 kg 100 kg E 211 242 Forbidden 15 kg D 212 242 15 kg 50 kg E 213 241 25 kg 100 kg E 222 None No limit No limit A 85 85 White add. see Hydrofluoric acid mixtures 1 White asbestos (chrysolite, actinolite, anthophyllite, tremolite) Wood preservatives, liquid 9 UN2590 III 9 3 UN1306 II 3 T7, T30 155 216 240 200 kg 200 kg A 34, 40 150 202 242 5 L 60 L B 40 Wood preservatives, liquid Xenon, compressed Xenon, refrigerated liquid (cryogenic liquids) Xylenes 3 UN1306 2.2 UN2036 2.2 UN2591 3 UN1307 III 3 2.2 2.2 11 3 B1, T7, T30 T1 150 203 242 60 L 306 302 None 75 kg 320 None None 50 kg 150 202 242 5 L 220 L 150 kg 500 kg 60 L A A B B 40 Xylenes Xytenois Xylldines, solid Xylldines, solution Xylyl bromide 3 UN1307 6.1 UN2261 6.1 UN1711 6.1 UN1711 6.1 UN1701 III 3 II 6.1 II 6.1 II 6.1 II 6.1 B1, T1 T8 T14 T14 A3, A6. A7, N33 150 None None None None 203 242 212 242 212 242 202 243 340 None 60 L 25 kg 220 L 100 kg 25 kg 100 kg 5 L 60 L Forbidden 60 L A A A A D 40 p-Xylyt diazide Zinc ammonium nitrite Zinc arsenate or Zinc ersenite or Zinc arsenate and zinc arsenlte mixtures. Forbidden 5.1 UN1512 6.1 UN1712 II 5.1 11 6.1 None None 212 242 212 242 5 kg 25 kg 25 kg 100 kg E A Zinc ashes 4.3 UN1435 III 4.3 A1, A19, B108 151 213 241 25 kg 100 kg A Zinc bisulfite solution see Blsulfltes, aqueous solutions, n.o.s. Zinc bramate Zinc chlorate Zinc chloride, anhydrous Zinc chloride, solution Zinc cyanide Zinc dithionlte or Zinc hydrosulfite 5.1 UN2469 III 5.1 A1, A29 5.1 UN1513 II 5.1 A9, N34 8 UN2331 8 UN 1840 6.1 UN1713 9 UN1931 III 8 III 8 1 6.1 T7 III None 152 152 None 154 None 155 213 240 212 242 213 240 203 241 211 242 204 240 25 kg 5 kg 25 kg 5L 5 kg 100 kg 100 kg 25 kg 100 kg 60 L 50 kg 200 kg A A A A A A 56, 58, 106 56, 58, 106 26 49 Zinc ethyl, see Dlethylzlnc Zinc fluorosillcate 6.1 UN2855 III 6.1 153 213 240 100 kg 200 kg A 26 Zinc hydrosulfite, see Zinc dithionlte Zinc muriate solution, see Zinc chloride, solution Zinc nitrate Zinc permanganate Zinc peroxide Zinc phosphide 5.1 UN1514 5.1 UN1515 5.1 UN1516 4.3 UN1714 II 5.1 II 5.1 II 5.1 1 4.3, A19, N40 6.1 152 152 152 None 212 240 212 242 212 242 5 kg 5 kg 5 kg 25 kg 25 kg 25 kg 211 None Forbidden 15 kg A D 56, 58. 69, 106, 107 A 13, 75, 106 E 40, 85 'Label Codes: 1.1, 1.2. 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, and 1.6--EXPLOSIVE; 2.1--FLAMMABLE GAS; 2 2--NON-FLAMMABLE GAS; 2.3--POISON GAS; 3--FLAMMABLE LIQUID; 4.1-- FLAMMABLE SOLID; 4.2--SPONTANEOUSLY COMBUSTIBLE; 4.3--DANGEROUS WHEN WET; 5.1--OXIDIZER; 5.2--ORGANIC PEROXIDE; 6.1 (PGI. ZONE A and B inhalation hazard)--POISON INHALATION HAZARD; 6.1 (PGI or PGM. other than Zone A and B)--POISON; 61 PGIll--KEEP AWAY FROM FOOD; 6.2-- INFECTIOUS SUBSTANCE; 7--RADIOACTIVE; 8--CORROSIVE; 9--CLASS 9 168 | 2 Symbols 1 oj Label Codes Location ABD00131936 172.101 -Zinc-Zirconium April 1998 172.101 Hazardous Materials Table eo 0) Packaging (|173.'**) Hazardous Materials Descriptions end Proper Shipping Names (2) Zinc powder or Zinc dust Hazard Class or Division 11 (3) (4) 4.3 UN1436 Zinc powder or Zinc dust 4.3 UN1436 Zinc powder or Zinc dust 4.3 UN1436 Zinc reslnate Zinc seienate, see Selenates or Selenites Zinc selenite, see Selenates or Selenites Zinc siiicolluoride, see Zinc fluoroslllcate Zirconium, dry, coiled wire, finished metal sheets, strip (thinner than 254 microns but not thinner than 18 microns) Zlrcpnlum, dry, finished sheets, strip or coiled wire Zirconium hydride Zirconium nitrate Zirconium plcramate, dry or wetted with less than 20 percent water, by mass Zirconium plcramate, wetted with not less than 20 percent water, by mass Zirconium powder, dry Zirconium powder, dry Zirconium powder, dry Zirconium powder, wetted with not less than 25 percent water (a visible excess of water must be present) (a) mechanically produced, particle size less than 53 microns: (b) chemically produced, panicle size less than 840 microns Zirconium scrap D Zirconium sulfate Zirconium suspended In a liquid Zirconium suspended in a liquid Zirconium suspended in a liquid Zirconium tetrachloride 4.1 UN2714 4,1 UN2850 4.2 UN2009 4.1 UN1437 5.1 UN2728 1.3C UN0236 4.1 UN1517 4.2 UN2008 4.2 UN20Q8 42 UN2008 4,1 UN1358 4.2 UN1932 8 NA9163 3 UN1308 3 UN1308 3 UN1308 6 UN2503 PG (S) 1 4.3, 4.2 II 4.3, 4.2 III 4.3, 4.2 III 4.1 III 4.1 III 4.2 II 4.1 III 5.1 II 1.3C 1 4.1 1 4.2 II 4.2 III 4.2 II 4.1 III 4.2 III 8 13 II 3 III 3 III 8 Special Provisions (7) A19, B109. N40 A19, B109 BIOS A1 A1 A1, A19 A19, A20, N34 A1, A29 23, N41 A19, A20, N5, N34 A19, A20, N34 N34 N34 81 Ex cep tions (8A) None Non bulk Bulk (8B) (8C) 211 242 None 212 242 None 213 242 151 213 240 151 213 240 None None 152 None None None None None None 213 240 212 240 213 240 62 None 211 None 211 242 212 241 213 241 212 241 None None None None 150 154 213 240 213 240 201 243 202 242 203 242 213 240 (9) (10) Quantity Limitations Vesael Stowage Passen ger Aircraft/ Rail Cargo Artcraft Only Other (9A) (98) (10B) Forbidden 15 kg A 15 kg 50 kg A 25 kg 100 kg A 25 kg 100 kg A 25 kg 100 kg A 25 kg 100 kg D 15 kg 50 kg E 25 kg 100 kg A Forbidden Forbidden B 1 kg 15 kg 0 Forbidden Forbidden D 15 kg 50 kg D 25 kg 100 kg D 15 kg 50 kg E 1E,5E 28. 36 Forbidden Forbidden D 50 kg No limit A Forbidden Forbidden B 5L 60 L B 60 L 220 L B 25 kg 100 kg A PART 172 1 Label Codes: 1.1, 1.2, 1.3.1.4, 1.5, and 1.6--EXPLOSIVE: 2.1--FLAMMABLE GAS: 2.2--NON-FLAMMABLE GAS; 2.3--POISON GAS; 3--FLAMMABLE LIQUID; 4.1--FLAMMABLE SOLID; 4.2--SPONTANEOUSLY COMBUSTIBLE; 4.3--DANGEROUS WHEN WET; 5.1--OXIDIZER; 5 2--ORGANIC PEROXIDE; 6.1 (PGI, ZONE A and B inhalation hazard)--POISON INHALATION HAZARD; 6.1 (PGI or PGM, other than Zone A and B)--POISON; 6.1 PGII1--KEEP AWAY FROM FOOD; 6.2--INFECTIOUS SUBSTANCE; 7--RADIOACTIVE; 6--CORROSIVE; 9--CLASS 9 169 PART 172 April 1998 ABD00131937 Appendix A to 172.101 Appendix A to 172.101--List of Hazardous Substances and Reportable Quantities (1) This Appendix lists materials and their corresponding reportable quantities (RQs) that are listed or designated as "hazardous sub stances" under section 101(14) of the Comprehensive Environmental Response. Compensation, and Liability Act. 42 U.S.C. 9601(14) (CERCLA; 42 U.S.C. 9601 et seq). (2) This listing fulfills the requirement of CERCLA, 42 U.S.C. 9656(a), that all "hazardous substances," as defined in 42 U.S.C. 9601(14), be listed and regulated as hazardous materials under the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act. That definition includes substances listed under sections 311(b)(2)(A) and 307(a) of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, 33 U.S.C. 1321(b)(2)(A) and 1317(a), section 3001 of the Solid Waste Disposal Act, 42 U.S.C. 6921, and section 112 of the Clean Air Act, 42 U.S.C. 7412. In addition, this list contains materials that the Administrator of the Environmental Protection Agency has determined to be hazardous substances in accordance with section 102 of CERCLA, 42 U.S.C. 9602. It should be noted that 42 U.S.C. 9656(b) provides that common and contract carriers may be held liable under laws other than CERCLA for the release of a hazardous substance as defined in that Act, during transportation that commenced before the effective date of the listing and regulating of that substance as a hazardous material under the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act (49 App. U.S.C. 1801 et seq.). This Appendix is divided into 2 tables which are entitled "TABLE 1--HAZARDOUS SUB STANCES OTHER THAN RADIONUCLIDES" and "TABLE 2--RADIO NUCLIDES". A material listed in this Appendix is regulated as a hazard ous material and a hazardous substance under this subchapter if it meets the definition of a hazardous substance in 171.8 of this subchapter. (3) The procedure for selecting a proper shipping name for a haz ardous substance is set forth in 172.101(c)(8). (4) Column 1 of TABLE 1, entitled "Hazardous substance", contains the names of those elements and compounds that are hazardous substances. Following the listing of elements and compounds is a listing of waste streams. These waste streams appear on the list in numerical sequence and are referenced by the appropriate "D", "F" or "K" numbers. Column 2 of TABLE 1, entitled "Reportable quantity (RQ), contains the reportable quantity (RQ), in pounds and kilograms, for each hazardous substance listed in Column 1 of TABLE 1. (5) A series of notes is used throughout TABLE 1 and TABLE 2 to provide additional information concerning certain hazardous sub stances. These notes are explained at the end of each TABLE. (6) TABLE 2 lists radionuclides that are hazardous substances and their corresponding RQs. The RQs in Table 2 for radionuclides are expressed in units of curies and terabecquerels, whereas those in Table 1 are expressed in units of pounds and kilograms. If a material is listed in both Table 1 and Table 2, the lower RQ shall apply. Radionu clides are listed in alphabetical order. The RQs for radionuclides are given in the radiological unit of measure of curie, abbreviated, "Ci", followed, in parentheses, by an equivalent unit measured in terabec querels, abbreviated "TBq". (7) For mixtures of radionuclides, the following requirements shall be used in determining if a package contains an RQ of a hazardous substance: (i) if the identity and quantity (in curies or terabecquerels) of each radionuclide in a mixture or solution is known, the ratio between the quantity per package (in curies or terabecquerels) and the RQ for the radionuclide must be determined for each radionuclide. A package contains an RQ of a hazardous substance when the sum of the ratios for the radionuclides in the mixture or solution is equal to or greater than one; (ii) if the identity of each radionuclide in a mixture or solution is known but the quantity per package (in curies or terabec querels) of one or more of the radionuclides is unknown, an RQ of a hazardous substance is present in a package when the total quantity (in curies or terabecquerels) of the mixture or solution is equal to or greater than the lowest RQ of any individual radionuclide in the mixture or solution; and (iii) if the identity of one or more radionuclides in a mixture or solution is unknown (or if the identity of a radionuclide by itself is unknown), an RQ of a hazardous substance is present when the total quantity (in curies or terabecquerels) in a package is equal to or greater than either one curie or the lowest RQ of any known individual radionuclide in the mixture or solution, whichever is lower. Table 1--Hazardous Substances Other Than Radionuclides Hazardous Substance Reportable Quantity (RO) Pounds (Kilograms) 100(45.4) 5000 (2270) Acetaldehyde......................................................................................................... 1000(454) Acetaldehyde, chloro-......................................................................................... 1000(454) 5000 (2270) 100(45.4) Acetamide, N-(aminothioxomethyl)-................................................................. 1000(454) Acetamide, N-(4-ethoxyphenyl)-....................................................................... 100(45.4) Acetamide, NMIuoren-2-yl- ................................................................................ 1 (0.454) Acetamide, 2-fluoro-............................................................................................ 100(45.4) Acetic acid............................................................................................................ 5000 (2270) Acetic acid (2,4-dichlorophenoxy)- ................................................................. 100(45.4) Acetic acid, ethyl ester...................................................................................... 5000 (2270) Acetic acid, fluoro-, sodium salt....................................................................... 10 (4.54) Acetic acid, lead (2+) salt ................................................................................ 10 (4.54) Acetic acid, tha!lium(l+) salt ............................................................................. 100(45.4) Acetic acid, (2,4,5-trichlorophenoxy) ............................................................. 1000(454) Acetic anhydride................................................................................................... 5000 (2270) Acetone.................................................................................................................. 5000 (2270) Acetone cyanohydrin ......................................................................................... 10(4.54) Acetonitrile............................................................................................................ 5000 (2270) Acetophenone...................................................................................................... 5000 (2270) 2-Acetyfaminofluorene.......................................................................................... 1 (0.454) Acetyl bromide...................................................................................................... 5000 (2270) Acetyl chloride...................................................................................................... 5000 (2270) 1-Acetyl-2-thiourea............................................................................................... 1000(454) 1 (0.454) Acrylamide............................................................................................................ 5000 (2270) Acrylic acid............................................................................................................ 5000 (2270) Acrylonitrile............................................................................................................ 100(45.4) Adipic acid............................................................................................................ 5000 (2270) Aldicarb.................................................................................................................. 1 (0.454) Aldrin ..................................................................................................................... 1 (0.454) Allyl alcohol............................................................................................................ 100(45.4) Allyl chloride......................................................................................................... 1000(454) Aluminum phosphide ......................................................................................... 100(45.4) Aluminum sulfate................................................................................................... 5000 (2270) 4-Aminobiphenyl................................................................................................... 1 (0.454) 5-(Aminomethy1)-3-isoxazolol............................................................................. 1000(454) 4-Aminopyridine.................................................................................................. 1000(454) Amitrole.................................................................................................................. 10(4.54) Ammonia............................................................................................................... 100(45.4) Ammonium acetate ............................................................................................ 5000 (2270) Ammonium benzoate ......................................................................................... 5000 (2270) Ammonium bicarbonate...................................................................................... 5000 (2270) Ammonium bichromate...................................................................................... 10 (4.54) Ammonium bifluoride .......................................................................................... 100(45.4) Ammonium bisulfite ............................................................................................ 5000 (2270) 5000 (2270) Ammonium carbonate......................................................................................... 5000 (2270) Ammonium chloride............................................................................................ 5000 (2270) Ammonium chromate......................................................................................... 10(4.54) Ammonium citrate, dibasic................................................................................ 5000 (2270) 10(4.54) Ammonium fluoborate......................................................................................... 5000 (2270) Ammonium fluoride ............................................................................................ 100(45.4) Ammonium hydroxide......................................................................................... 1000(454) Ammonium oxalate ............................................................................................ 5000 (2270) Ammonium picrate................................................................................................ 10(4.54) Ammonium sillcofluoride ................................................................................... 1000(454) O Indicates that the name was added by RSPA because (1) the name is a synonym for a specific hazardous substance and (2) the name appears In the Hazardous Materials Table as a proper shipping name. 171 Appendix A to 172.101 ABD00131938 April 1998 Table 1--Hazardous Substances Other Than Radionucuoes Hazardous Substance Reportable Quantity (RQ) Pounds (Kilograms) Ammonium sulfamate.......................................................................................... 5000 (2270) Ammonium sulfide.......................................................................................... 100(45.4) Ammonium sulfite ................................................................................................ 5000 (2270) Ammonium tartrate................................................................................................ 5000 (2270) Ammonium thiocyanate...................................................................................... 5000 (2270) Ammonium vanadate .......................................................................................... 1000(454) Amyl acetate......................................................................................................... i$o-Amyl acetate sec-Amyl acetate tert-Amyl acetate 5000 (2270) Aniline..................................................................................................................... 5000 (2270) o-Anisidine................................................................................... ........................ 100(45.4) 5000 (2270) 5000 (2270) Antimony pentachloride....................................................................................... 1000(454) Antimony potassium tartrate ............................................................................. 100(45.4) Antimony tribromide............................................................................................. 1000(454) Antimony trichloride............................................................................................. 1000(454) Antimony trifluoride ............................................................................................. 1000(454) Antimony trioxide................................................................................................ Argentate(l-). bis(cyano-C)-, potassium........................................................... Aroclor 1016......................................................................................................... 1000(454) 1 (0.454) 1 (0.454) Aroclor 1221 ......................................................................................................... Aroclor 1232 ......................................................................................................... Aroclor 1242 ......................................................................................................... 1 (0.454) 1 (0.454) 1 (0 454) Aroclor 1248 ......................................................................................................... 1 (0.454) Aroclor 1254 ......................................................................................................... 1 (0.454) Aroclor 1260 ......................................................................................................... 1 (0454) Arsenic <............................................................................................................... Arsenic acid ......................................................................................................... Arsenic acid HsAsO* .......................................................................................... 1 (0.454) 1 (0.454) 1 (0.454) Arsenic disulfide................................................................................................... 1 (0.454) Arsenic oxide As203 .......................................................................................... 1 (0.454) Arsenic oxide AS2O5 .......................................................................................... 1 (0.454) 1 (0.454) Arsenic trichloride................................................................................................ 1 (0.454) Arsenic trioxide...................................................................................................... Arsenic trisulfide................................................................................................... Arsine. diethyL...................................................................................................... 1 (0.454) 1 (0.454) 1 (0.454) Arsinic acid, dimethyl-.......................................................................................... 1 (0.454) Arsonous dichloride, phenyl-............................................................................. 1 (0.454) Asbestos ......................................................................................................... Auramine............................................................................................................... Azaserine............................................................................................................ 1 (0.454) 100 (45.4) 1 (0.454) Aziridine.................................................................................................................. 1 (0.454) 1 (0.454) Aziriix>[2',3':3,4]pyrrolo(l,2-a)indole-4,7-dione,6- amino-8[l(aminocarbonyl)oxy) methyl)-'.la.2.8.8a, 8b-hexahydro-8a-methoxy5-methyl-, [laS-[aalpha,8beta,8aaipha.8balpha)]-..................................... 10 (4.54) Barium cyanide ................................................................................................... 10 (4.54) Benz(j]aceanthrylene. 1,2-dihydro-3-methyl-............................................... 10(4.54) Benz[c]acridine . . .......................................................................................... 100(45.4) 3,4-Benzacridine................................................................................................... 100(45.4) Benzal chloride...................................................................................................... 5000 (2270) Benzamide. 3,5-dichloro-N-(1.1-dimethyl-2-propynyl).................................. 5000 (2270) Benz(a)anthracene ......................................................................................... .. 10(4.54) 1,2-Benzanthracene............................................................................................ 10 (4.54) Benzfa]anthracene, 7,12-dimethyl-.................................................................... 1 (0.454) Benzenamine......................................................................................................... 5000 (2270) Benzenamine, 4,4'-carbonimidoylbis (N,N-dimethyl-..................................... 100(45.4) < The RO for these hazardous substances is limited to those pieces of the metal having a diameter smaller than 100 micrometers (0.004 inches) The RO for asbestos is limited to triable forms only Table 1--Hazardous Substances Other Than Radionuclides Hazardous Substance Reportable Quantity (RQ) Pounds (Kilograms) Benzenamine, 4-chloro-...................................................................................... 1000 (454) Benzenamine, 4-chloro-2-methyl-, hydrochloride .... .... 100(45.4) Benzenamine, N,N-dimethyf-4-(phenylazo)-.............................................. 10(4.54) Benzenamine, 2-methyl-........................................................... ................ 100(45.4) Benzenamine, 4-methyl-....................................................................................... 100(45.4) Benzenamine, 4,4'-methylenebis(2-chloro..................................................... 10(4.54) Benzenamine. 2-methyl-, hydrochloride............ .............................................. 100(45.4) Benzenamine. 2-methyl-5-nitro- ....................................................................... 100(45.4) Benzenamine, 4-nitro-.......................................................................................... 5000 (2270) Benzene . . .............................................................. ............................... 10(4.54) Benzene. 1-bromo-4-phenoxy- ........................................................... 100(45.4) Benzene, chloro-.......................................................................... ... Benzene, chloromethyl-...................................................................................... Benzene. 1,2-dichloro- ..................................... .................................. Benzene, 1,3-dichloro- ....................................................................................... Benzene, 1,4-dichloro-................................................................. .... Benzene, 1,V-(2,2-dichloroethylidene)bis[4-chloro........................................ 100(45.4) 100 (45.4) 100(45.4) 100(45.4) 100(45.4) 1 (0.454) Benzene, dichioromethyl-..................................... ............................... 5000 (2270) Benzene, 1,3-diisocyanatomethyl.................................................................... 100 (45.4) 100(45.4) Benzene, m-dimethyl-.......................................................................................... 1000 (454) Benzene, o-dimethyl-.............................................................. ............ 1000(454) Benzene, p-dimethyl-.................................................... ... . . . . 100 (45.4) Benzene, hexachloro-.......................................................................................... 10(4.54) Benzene, hexahydro-.......................................................................................... 1000 (454) Benzene, hydroxy-................................................................................................ 1000 (454) 1000 (454) Benzene. 1 methyl-2,4-dinitro-.......................................................................... 10(4.54) Benzene, 2-methyl-1,3-dinitro-.......................................................................... 100 (45.4) Benzene. 1-methylethyl-...................................................................................... 5000 (2270) Benzene, nitro-.......................................................................... ................ 1000 (454) Benzene, pentachloro- ...................................................................................... Benzene, pentachloronitro-................................................................................ Benzene, 1,2,4,5-tetrachloro-.............................................. .... Benzene, 1,1'-(2,2.2-trichloroethylidene)bis[4-chloro-............ . .. 10 (4.54) 100 (45.4) 5000 (2270) 1 (0 454) Benzene, 1.1'-<2,2,2-trichloroethylidene)bis[4-methoxy)- ...................... 1 (0.454) Benzene, (trichloromethyl) ................................................................................ 10 (4.54) Benzene, 1,3,5-trinitro- ..................................... .... ... 10(4 54) Benzeneacetlc acid. 4-ch)oro-alpha-(4-chlorophenyt)-atpha-hydroxy-, ethyl ester......................................................................................................... 10 (4.54) Benzenebutanoic acid, 4-[bis(2-chloroethyl)amino]- .... ................ 10 (4.54) Benzenediamine, ar-methyl-.................................................... .... 10(4 54) 1,2-Benzenedicarboxylic acid. [bis(2-ethylhexy1)| ester............................... 100(45.4) 1,2-Benzenedicarboxylic acid, dibutyl ester .............................................. 10 (4.54) 1,2-Benzenedicarboxylic acid, diethyl ester ................................................. 1000(454) 1,2-Benzenedicarboxylic acid, dimethyl ester ...................... 5000 (2270) 1,2-Benzenedicarboxylic acid, dioctyl ester ............................... 5000 (2270) 1,3-Benzenediol................................................................................................... 5000 (2270) 1,2-Benzenediol,4-[1-hydroxy-2-(methylamino)ethyl]- .................................. 1000 (454) Benzeneethanamine, alpha,alpha-dimethyl- ............................... 5000 (2270) Benzeneethanamine. alpha,alpha-dimethyl- . ................... ... 5000 (2270) Benzenesulfonic acid chloride.......................................................................... 100(45.4) Benzenesulfonyl chloride.................................................................................... 100 (45.4) Benzenethiol............................... .................. ............................... 100(45.4) Benzidine........................................................ . . .. ... 1 (0.454) 1,2-Benzisothiazol-3(2H)-one,l,l-dioxide........................................................ 100(45.4) Benzo[a]anthracene....................................................................... .... 10(4.54) 1,3-Benzodioxole, 5-(2-propenyl)- .............................................................. 100(45.4) 1,3-Benzodioxole, 5-(1-propenyl)- ................ .................................. 100(45.4) 1,3-Benzodioxole, 5-propyl-................................................................................ 10(4.54) Benzolblfluoranthene.......................................................................................... 1 (0.454) Benzo(k]fluoranthene..................................... ........................................ 5000 (2270) Benzo[j,k]fluorene................................................. .................................. 100 (45.4) Benzoic acid.......................................................................................... 5000 (2270) 172 April 1998 ABD00131939 Appendix A to 172.101 PART 172 Table 1--Hazardous Substances Other Than Radionuclides Hazardous Substance Benzonitrile............................................................................................................ Benzo[g,h,i)perylene............................................................................................. 2H-1-Benzopyran-2-one, 4-hydroxy-3-(3-oxo-1-phenyl-butyl)-, & salts, when present at concentrations greater than 0.3 %.................................. Reportable Quantity (RQ) Pounds (Kilograms) 5000 (2270) 5000 (2270) 100(45.4) 1 (0.454) 1 (0.454) 10(4.54) Benzo (rst]pentaphene ....................................................................................... 10 (4.54) Benzotrichloride................................................................................................... 10 (4.54) Benzoyl chloride................................................................................................... 1000 (454) 1,2-Benzphenanthrene ....................................................................................... 100(45.4) Beryllium <............................................................................................................ Beryllium dust <................................................................................................... Beryllium fluoride................................................................................................... Beryllium nitrate ................................................................................................... alpha - BHC ......................................................................................................... beta - BHC............................................................................................................ delta-BHC............................................................................................................ 100(45.4) 10(4,54) 1 (0.454) 10(4.54) 1 (0.454) 1 (0.454) 10(4.54) 1 (0.454) 1 (0.454) gamma BHC...................................................................................................... 1 (0.454) 2.2'-Bioxirane......................................................................................................... 10 (4.54) Biphenyl.................................................................................................................. 100 (45.4) (1,1-Biphenyl)-4,4'-diamine................................................................................ 1 (0.454) (1,1 '-Biphenyl)-4.4'-diamir>e,3.3'-dichloro-........................................................ 1 (0 454) (l.l'-BiphenylJ^'-diamine.S.S'-dimethoxy- ................................................. 10(4,54) (l.l'-BiphenylM^'-diamine.S.S'-dimethyl-............... ........................................ 10(4,54) 8is(2-chloroethoxy) methane.............................................................................. 1000(454) Bis<2-chloroethy1) ether....................................................................................... 10(4.54) Bis(2-ethylhexyl)phthalate................................................................................... 100(45.4) Bromoacetone...................................................................................................... Bromoform............................................................................................................ 4-Bromophenyl phenyl ether............................................................................. 1000(454) 100(45.4) 100 (45.4) Brucine.................................................................................................................. 100 (45.4) 1,3-Butadiene ...................................................................................................... 10 (4.54) 1 (0.454) i-Butanamine, N-butyl-N-nitroso-....................................................................... 10(4.54) 1-Butanol................................................................................................................ 5000 (2270) 2-Butanone............................................................................................................ 5000 (2270) 2-Butanone, 3,3-dimethyl-1-(methylthio)-,0-[(methylamino)carbonyl] oxime.................................................................................................................. 100(45.4) 2-Butanone peroxide .......................................................................................... 10(4.54) 2-Butenal............................................................................................................... 2-Butene, 1,4-dichloro- ...................................................................................... 2-Butenoic acid, 2-methyt-,7{[2,3-dihydroxy-2-(1-methoxyethyl)-3-methyl1-oxobutoxy)methyl]-2,3,5,7a-tetrahydro-1H-pyrrolizin-1-yl ester, [1S[lalpha(2).7(2S`, 3R'), 7aalpha]]-................................................................. Butyl acetate......................................................................................................... iso-Butyl acetate sec-Butyl acetate tert-Butyl acetate 100(45.4) 1 (0.454) 10(4,54) 5000 (2270) n-Butyl alcohol...................................................................................................... Butylamine............................................................................................................ iso-Butylamine sec-Butylamine tert-Butylamine Butyl benzyl phthalate.......................................................................................... n-Butyl phthalate................................................................................................... Butyric add............................................................................................................ iso-Butyric acid Cacodyllc acid...................................................................................................... Cadmium <............................................................................................................ Cadmium acetate ................................................................................................ Cadmium bromide................................................................................................ 5000 (2270) 1000 (454) 100(45.4) 10(4,54) 5000 (2270) 1 (0.454) 10(4.54) 10(4.54) 10(4.54) < The RQ for these hazardous substances Is limited to those pieces of the metal having a diameter smaller than 100 micrometers (0.004 inches) Table 1--Hazardous Substances Other Than Radionuclides Hazardous Substance Cadmium chloride................................................................................................ Reportable Quantity (RQ) Pounds (Kilograms) 10 (4.54) Calcium arsenite................................................................................................... Calcium carbide................................................................................................... 1 (0.454) 1 (0.454) 10(4.54) Calcium chromate................................................................................................ 10(4.54) Calcium cyanamide............................................................................................ Calcium cyanide................................................................................................... Calcium cyanide Ca(CN)2 ................................................................................ Calcium dodecylbenzene sulfonate................................................................. 1000(454) 10(4.54) 10(4.54) 1000(454) 10 (4.54) Camphene, octachloro-...................................................................................... 1 (0.454) Caprolactam......................................................................................................... Captan .................................................................................................................. Carbamic acid, ethyl ester................................................................................ 5000 (2270) 10(4.54) 100 (45.4) Carbamic acid, methytnitroso-, ethyl ester .................................................... 1 (0.454) Carbamic chloride, dimethyl-............................................................................. 1 (0.454) Carbamimidoselenoic acid................................................................................ Carbamothioic acid, bis (1-methylethyl)-, S-(2,3-dichloro-2-propenyl) Carbaryl.................................................................................................................. Carbofuran............................................................................................................ Carbon bisulfide.................................................................................................. 10(4.54) 1000(454) 100(45.4) 100 (45.4) 10(4.54) 100 (45.4) 100 (45.4) Carbonic acid, dithallium (1+)............................................................................. 100 (45,4) Carbonic dichloride............................................................................................ 10 (4.54) Carbonic difluoride ............................................................................................ 1000(454) Carbonochloridic acid, methyl ester................................................................. 1000(454) Carbon oxyfluoride................................................................................................ 1000(454) Carbon tetrachloride............................................................................................ 10(4.54) 100(45.4) Catechol ............................................................................................................... 100(45.5) 5000(2270) Chloramben ......................................................................................................... 100(45.4) Chlorambucil......................................................................................................... 10(4.54) Chlordane............................................................................................................... 1 (0,454) Chlordane, alpha & gamma isomers................................................................. 1 (0.454) Chlordane. technical............................................................................................ 1 (0.454) 10 (4.54) 100 (45.4) Chloroacetaldehyde............................................................................................ 1000(454) Chloroacetic acid ................................................................................................ 100 (45.5) 2-Chloroacetophenone ...................................................................................... 100 (45.4) p-Chloroaniline...................................................................................................... 1000 (454) Chlorobenzene...................................................................................................... 100 (45.4) Chlorobenzilate...................................................................................................... 10(4.54) 5000 (2270) p-Chloro-m-cresol................................................................................................ 5000 (2270) Chlorodibromomethane...................................................................................... 100(45.4) Chloroethane......................................................................................................... 100 (45.4) 2-Chloroethyl vinyl ether...................................................................................... 1000 (454) Chloroform ............................................................................................................ 10 (4.54) Chloromethane...................................................................................................... 100 (45.4) Chloromethyl methyl ether ................................................................................ 1 (0.454) beta-Chloronaphthalene...................................................................................... 5000 (2270) 2-Chloronaphthalene ......................................................................................... 5000 (2270) 2-Chlorophenol...................................................................................................... 100 (45.4) o-Chiorophenol...................................................................................................... 4-Chlorophenyl phenyl ether............................................................................. 1-(o-Chlorophenyl)thlourea................................................................................ 100 (45.4) 5000 (2270) 100 (45.4) Chloroprene ......................................................................................................... 100 (45.4) 3-Chloropropionitrlle............................................................................................ 1000 (454) Chlorosulfonic acid ............................................................................................ 1000(454) 4-Chloro-o-toluidine, hydrochloride ................................................................. 100 (45.4) 173 Appendix A to 172.101 ABD00131940 April 1998 Table 1--Hazardous Substances Other Than Radionucudes Hazardous Substance Reportable Quantity (RQ) Pounds (Kilograms) 1 (0.454) Chromic acetate............................................................................................... Chromic acid...................................................................................................... Chromic acid HpCrO*. calcium salt................................................................. 1000(454) 10 (4.54) 10(4.54) 1000(454) 5000 (2270) 1000(454) Chrysene ................................................................................................... 100(45.4) Cobaltous bromide ............................................................................................. 1000(454) Cobaltous formate ............................................................................................. 1000 (454) Cobaltous sutfamate............................................................................................. 1000(454) Coke Oven Emissions.......................................................................................... 1 (0.454) Copper < ... .......................................................................................... 5000 (2270) 10(4.54) Copper cyanide .......................................................................................... Copper cyanide CuCN ...................................................................................... Coumaphos .......................................................................................... 10(4 54) 10(4.54) 10(4.54) 1 (0 454) Cresols (isomers and mixture).......................................................................... m-Cresol............................................................................................................... o-Cresol .... ... ............................ ............. p-Cresol............ ............................................... ......................... Cresylic acid (isomers and mixture) .............................................................. m-Cresylic acid ................................................. ......................... o-Cresyfic acid . . ....................................................................................... p-Cresylic acid...................................................................................................... 100(45.4) 100 (45.4) 100 (45.4) 100(45.4) 100 (45.4) 100(45.4) 100 (45.4) 100 (45 4) 100 (45.4) 5000 (2270) Cupric acetate...................................................................................................... Cupric acetoarsenite ...................................................................................... Cupric chloride ................................................................................... Cupric nitrate ................................................................................................... 100 (45.4) 1 (0.454) 10 (4.54) 100 (45.4) 100 (45.4) Cupric sulfate ... ................................................................. 10(4 54) Cupric sulfate ammomated ........................................ ...................... 100(45.4) Cupric tartrate...................................................................................................... Cyanides (soluble salts and complexes) not otherwise specified . . . 100 (45.4) 10(4 54) 100(45.4) Cyanogen bromide .................................................................................... Cyanogen bromide (CN)Br ............................................................................. 1000(454) 1000(454) 10(4.54) Cyanogen chloride (CN)CI ............................................................................. 2.5-Cyclohexadiene-l,4-dione.......................................................................... 10 (4.54) 10(4.54) 1000(454) Cyclohexane. 1,2,3,4.5,6-hexachloro-, (lalpha^alpha.Sbeta/alpha.Salpha.ebeta)-.............................................. 1 (0454) Cyclohexanone...................................................................................................... 5000 (2270) 2-Cyclohexyl-4,6-dmitrophenol............................... ............................... 100(45.4) 1,3-Cyclopentadiene, 1,2,3,4,5,5-hexachloro- .............................................. 10(4.54) Cyclophosphamide .......................................................................................... 10(4.54) 2,4-D Acid 2,4-D Ester .......................................................................................... 100(45.4) ............................................................................................. 100(45.4) Daunomycin......................................................................................................... 10(4 54) ODD ............................................................................................................... 1 (0.454) 4,4'-ODO............................................................................................................... 1 (0.454) DDE .................................................................................................................. 5000 (2270) 5000 (2270) 1 (0.454) < The RO for these hazardous substances is limited to those pieces of the metal having a diameter smaller than 100 micrometers (0.004 inches) @ Indicates that the name was added by RSPA because (1) the name is a synonym for a specific hazardous substance and (2) the name appears in the Hazardous Materials Table as a proper shipping name. Table 1--Hazardous Substances Other Than Radionuclides Hazardous Substance Reportable Quantity (RQ) Pounds (Kilograms) 1 (0.454) Diallate.................................................................................................................. Diamine.................................................................................................................. Diazinon.............................................................. ..................................... Diazomethane................................................................................... .................. Diben2[a,hlanthracene ....................................................................................... 1,2:5,6-Dibenzanthracene................................................................................... Oibenzo[a.h]anthracene............................................................................. 100(45.4) 1 (0.454) 1 (0.454) 100(45.4) 1 (0.454) 1 (0.454) 1 (0.454) Dibenz[a,i]pyrene ................................................................................................ 10(4.54) Dibenzofuran............................................................................. ................ 100(45.4) 1,2-Dibromo-3<hloropropane.......................................................................... Dibutyf phthalate . . .................................................................................... Di-n-butyl phthalate ............................................................................................. 1 (0.454) 10(4.54) 10(4.54) Dicamba .... ...................................................................................... 1000 (454) Dichlobenil.................. ........................................... .................................. 100 (45.4) Dichlone ............................................................................................................... Dichlorobenzene.......................................................................................... 1,2-Dichlorobenzene . ................................................................................. 1,3-Dichlorobenzene ...................................................................................... 1.4-Dichlorobenzene ...................................................................................... 1 (0454) 100 (45.4) 100(45.4) 100 (45 4) 100 (45.4) 100 (45.4) o-Dichlorobenzene................................................................................................ p-Dichiorobenzene................................................................................................ 3,3'-Dichlorobenzidine.................................................................................... 100(45.4) 100 (45 4) 1 (0.454) Dichlorobromomethane................................................................................ 5000 (2270) l,4-Dichloro-2-butene.......................................................................................... 1 (0.454) Dichlorodifluoromethane ............................................................................. 1,1-Dichloroethane.......................................................................................... 5000 (2270) 1000(454) 1.2-Dichloroethane................................................................................................ 1,1-Dichloroethylene............................................................................................ 1.2 Dichloroethyfene............................................................................................. 100(45.4) 100(45.4) 1000(454) Dichloroethyl ether.............................................................. ...................... 10(4.54) Dichloroisopropyl ether .................................................................................... 1000(454) 1000(454) Dichtoromethoxy ethane.................................. ......................................... Dichloromethyl ether............................................................................................. 2,4-Dichlorophenol................................................................................................ 1000(454) 1 (0454) 100(45.4) 100(45.4) Dichlorophenylarsine .......................................................................................... 1 (0.454) Dichloropropane................................................................................................... 1.1-Dichloropropane 1,3-Dichloropropane 1.2-Dichloropropane............................................................................................. Dichloropropane--Dichloropropene (mixture) .............................................. 1000 (454) 1000(454) 100(45.4) Dichloropropene ............................ ..................... 2.3-Dichloropropene .................................. 1,3-Dichloropropene............................................................................................. 100(45.4) 100(45.4) 2,2-Dichloropropionic acid.................................. ............................... Dichlorvos .... .................................................. .. Dicofol..................................................................................................................... Dieldrin.................................................................................................................. 5000 (2270) 10 (4.54) 10(4.54) 1 (0.454) l.2:3.4-Diepoxybutane .............................................. ... . Diethanolamine...................................................................................................... Diethylamine......................................................................................................... N,N-diethylaniline ...................................................................................... 10 (4.54) 100 (45.4) 1000 (454) 1000(454) Diethylarsine......................................................................................................... 1,4-Diethylenedioxide.......................................................................................... Diethylhexyi phthalate.......................................................................................... N.N'-Diethyfhydrazine......................................................................................... 1 (0.454) 100 (45.4) 100 (45.4) 10(4.54) 0,0-Diethyl S-methyl dithiophosphate.............................................................. 5000 (2270) Diethyl-p-nitrophenyl phosphate....................................................................... 100(45.4) Diethyl phthalate....................................................................... ............ 0,0-Diethyl O-pyrazinyl phosphorothioate .............................................. 1000(454) 100(45.4) Diethyl sulfate ...................................................................................................... 10(4.54) 174 April 1998 ABD00131941 Appendix A to 172.101 PART 172 Table 1--Hazardous Substances Other Than Radionuclides Hazardous Substance Reportable Quantity (RQ) Pounds (Kilograms) Diethylstilbestrol................................................................................................... 1 (0.454) Dihydrosafrole ...................................................................................................... Diisopropyl fluorophosphate ............................................................................. 1.4,5,8-Dimethanonaphthalene, l,2,3,4,lQ,lQ-hexachloro-l,4,4a.5,B,8a- hexahydro, (lalpha.4alpha.4abeta,5abeta,6beta,8abeta)-...................... 10(4.54) 100 (45.4) 1 (0.454) 1 AS.S-Dimethanonaphthalene.l^.SAIO, 10-10-hexachloro-l 4,43,5,8,83hexahydro-.(lalpha14alpha,4abeta.5alpha18alpha,8abeta)-...................... 1 (0.454) 2,7:3,6-Dimethanonaphth[2,3-b]oxirene. 3,4,5,6,9,9hexachJoro-la,2,2a,3,6,6a,7,7a-octahydro-,(laalpha.2beta.2abeta, 3alpha,6a!pha,6abeta,7beta,7aalpha)-........................................................... 1 (0.454) 2.7:3,6-Dimethanonaphth[2,3-b]oxirene, 3,4,5,6,9,9hexachloro-1a,2,2a,3,6,6a.7.7a-octahydro-,(1aalpha,2beta,2aalpha, 3beta,6beta.6aalpha,7beta,7aalpha)-........................................................... 1 (0.454) Dimethoate............................................................................................................ 10(4.54) 3,3'-Dimethoxybenzidine .................................................................................... 10(4,54) Dimethylamine...................................................................................................... 1000(454) p-Dimethylamlnoazobenzene.............................................................................. 10(4.54) N,N-dimethylaniline ............................................................................................. 100(45.4) 7,12-Dimethylbenz(a]anthracene....................................................................... 1 (0.454) 3,3'-Dimethylbenzidine ....................................................................................... 10(4.54) alpha,alpha-Dimethylbenzylhydroperoxide..................................................... 10 (4.54) Dimethylcarbamoyl chloride ............................................................................. 1 (0.454) Dimethylformamide ............................................................................................. 100 (45.4) 1,1-Dimethylhydrazine.......................................................................................... 10 (4.54) 1,2-Dimethylhydrazine.......................................................................................... 1 (0.454) Dimethylhydrazine, unsymmetrical @ .............................................................. 10(4.54) alpha,alpha-Dimethyfphenethylamine.............................................................. 5000 (2270) 2,4-Dimethylphenol ............................................................................................. 100 (45.4) Dimethyl phthalate................................................................................................ 5000 (2270) Dimethyl sulfate ................................................................................................... 100(45.4) Dinitrobenzene (mixed) ....................................................................................... m-Dinitrobenzene o-Dinitrobenzene p-Dinitrobenzene 100(45.4) 4,6-Dinitro-o-cresol and salts............................................................................. 10(4.54) 10(4.54) Dinitrophenol......................................................................................................... 2.5-Dinitrophenol 2.6-Dinitrophenol 10 (4.54) 2,4-Dinitrophenol................................................................................................... 10 (4.54) Dinitrotoluene......................................................................................................... 3,4-Dinitrototuene 2,4-Dinitrotoluene ................................................................................................ 10 (4.54) 10 (4.54) 2,6-Dinitrotoluene ................................................................................................ 100 (45.4) Dinoseb.................................................................................................................. 1000(454) Di-n-octyl phthalate ............................................................................................. 5000 (2270) 1,4-Dioxane............................................................................................................ 100 (45.4) 1,2-Diphenylhydrazine.......................................................................................... 10(4.54) Diphosphoramide, octamethyl-.......................................................................... 100(45.4) Diphosphoric acid, tetraethyl ester.................................................................... 10(4.54) Dipropylamine...................................................................................................... 5000 (2270) Di-n-propylnitrosamine ....................................................................................... Diquat...................................................................................................................... Disulfoton............................................................................................................... Dithiobiuret............................................................................................................ 10(4.54) 1000 (454) 1 (0.454) 100(45.4) Diuron...................................................................................................................... 100(45.4) Dodecylbenzenesulfonic acid .......................................................................... 1000 (454) 2.4-D, salts and esters ...................................................................................... 100 (45.4) Endosulfan............................................................................................................ 1 (0.454) alpha Endosulfan................................................................................................ 1 (0.454) beta - Endosulfan ................................................................................................ 1 (0.454) Endosulfan sulfate................................................................................................ 1 (0.454) Endothall................................................................................................................ 1000 (454) Indicates that the name was added by RSPA because (1) the name is a synonym for a specific hazardous substance and (2) the name appears in the Hazardous Materials Table as a proper shipping name. Table 1--Hazardous Substances Other Than Radionucudes Hazardous Substance Reportable Quantity (RQ) Pound* (Kilograms) 1 (0.454) Endrin. & metabolites.......................................................................................... 1 (0.454) Endrin aldehyde.................................................................................................. 1 (0,454) Epichlorohydrin...................................................................................................... 100(45.4) Epinephrine............................................................................................................ 1000 (454) 1,2-Epoxybutane................................................................................................... 100 (45.4) Ethanal .................................................................................................................. 1000 (454) Ethanamine, N-ethyl-N-nitroso-.......................................................................... 1 (0.454) Ethane, 1.2-dibromo- ......................................................................................... 1 (0.454) Ethane, 1,1-dichloro- ......................................................................................... 1000(454) Ethane, 1,2-dichloro- ......................................................................................... 100 (45.4) Ethane, hexachioro-............................................................................................ 100(45,4) Ethane, 1,l'-[methylenebis(oxy)]6is(2-chloro-................................................. 1000(454) Ethane, l,V-oxybis-............................................................................................ 100(45.4) Ethane, 1,1'-oxybis(2-chloro-............................................................................. 10(4.54) 10(4.54) Ethane, 1,1,1,2-tetrachloro-................................................................................ Ethane. 1,1,2,2-tetrachloro-................................................................................ Ethane, 1.1.2-trichloro- ...................................................................................... 100(45.4) 100(45.4) 100(45.4) Ethane, 1,1,1-trichloro- ...................................................................................... 1000(454) 1,2-Ethanediamine, N,N-dimethyl-N'-2-pyridinyl-N'-(2-thienyl-methyl)- . . . 5000 (2270) Ethanedinltrile ...................................................................................................... 100 (45.4) Ethanenitrile ......................................................................................................... 5000 (2270) Ethanethioamide................................................................................................... 10 (4.54) Ethanimidothioic acid, N-([(methylamino)carbonyl) oxy)-, methyl ester . . 100 (45.4) Ethanol, 2-ethoxy-................................................................................................ 1000(454) Ethanol, 2,2'-(nitrosoimino)bis-.......................................................................... 1 (0.4S4) 5000 (2270) Ethanoyl chloride................................................................................................... 5000 (2270) Ethene, chloro-..................................................................................................... 1 (0.454) Ethene, 2-chloroethoxy-...................................................................................... 1000(454) Ethene, 1,1-dichloro- ......................................................................................... 100(45.4) Ethene, 1,2-dichloro-(E) ................................................................................... 1000(454) Ethene, tetrachloro-............................................................................................ 100(45.4) Ethene, trichloro-................................................................................................... 100(45.4) Ethion..................................................................................................................... 10(4.54) Ethyl acetate......................................................................................................... 5000 (2270) 1000(454) Ethylbenzene......................................................................................................... 1000(454) Ethyl carbamate (Urethan) ................................................................................ 100(45.4) 100 (45.4) Ethyl cyanide......................................................................................................... 10 (4.54) Ethylene dibromide ............................................................................................ 1 (0.454) Ethylene dichloride ............................................................................................ 100(45.4) Ethylene glycol...................................................................................................... 5000 (2270) Ethylene glycol monoethyl ether....................................................................... 1000(454) Ethylene oxide...................................................................................................... 10(4.54) Ethylenebisdithiocarbamic acid ....................................................................... 5000 (2270) Ethylenebisdithiocarbamic acid, salts and esters ........................................ 5000 (2270) Ethylenediamine................................................................................................... 5000 (2270) Ethylenediamine tetraacetic acid (EDTA)....................................................... 5000 (2270) Ethylenethiourea................................................................................................... 10(4.54) Ethylenimine ......................................................................................................... 1 (0.454) Ethyl ether ............................................................................................................ 100 (45.4) Ethylidene dichloride ......................................................................................... 1000(454) Ethyl methacrylate................................................................................................ 1000(454) Ethyl methanesulfonate...................................................................................... 1 (0.454) Ethyl methyl ketone ......................................................................................... Famphur ............................................................................................................... Ferric ammonium citrate ................................................................................... 5000 (2270) 1000 (454) 1000(454) Ferric ammonium oxalate................................................................................... 1000(454) Ferric chloride...................................................................................................... 1000 (454) Ferric fluoride......................................................................................................... 100 (45.4) 175 ABD00131942 Appendix A to 172.101 April 1998 Table 1--Hazardous Substances Other Than Radionuclides Hazardous Substance Ferric nitrate ............................................................................................... Reportable Quantity (RQ) Pounds (Kilograms) 1000 (454) Ferric sulfate......................................................................................................... 1000 (454) Ferrous ammonium sulfate................................................................................ Ferrous chloride................................................................................................... Ferrous sulfate...................................................................................................... 1000 (454) 100(45 4) 1000(454) Fluoranthene......................................................................................................... 100 (45.4) Fluorene.................................................................................................................. 5000 (2270) Fluorine................................................................................ ........................... ... . 10(4.54) Fluoroacetamide................................................................................................... 100 (45.4) Fluoroacetic acid, sodium salt.......................................................................... 10 (4.54) Formaldehyde ...................................................................................................... 100(45.4) Formic acid............................................................................................................ 5000 (2270) Fulminic acid, mercury(2+)salt.......................................................................... 10 (4.54) Fumaric acid......................................................................................................... 5000 (2270) Furan .................................................................................................................. 100(45.4) Furan, tetrahydro-................................................................................................ 2-Furancarboxaldehyde....................................................................................... 2,5-Furandione...................................................................................................... 1000(454) 5000 (2270) 5000 (2270) Furfural.................................................................................................................. 5000 (2270) Furfuran.................................................................................................................. Glucopyranose, 2-deoxy-2-(3-methyl-3-nitrosoureido)- ............................... D-Glucose, 2-deoxy-2-[[methylnitrosoamino)-carbonyl]amino)- ................ Glycidylaldehyde................................................................................................... Guanidine, N-methyl-N'-nitro-N-nitroso-........................................................... Guthion............................................................................................................... Heptachlor......................................................................................................... Heptachlor epoxide............................................................................................. Hexachlorobenzene............................................................................................. Hexachlorobutadiene...................................................................................... Hexachlorocyclohexane (gamma isomer)....................................................... Hexachlorocyclopentadiene ............................................................................. Hexachloroethane.......................................................................................... 100(45.4) 1 (0.454) 1 (0.454) 10(4.54) 10(4.54) 1 (0.454) 1 (0.454) 1 (0.454) 10(4.54) 1 (0.454) 1 (0.454) 10(4.54) 100(45.4) 112,3,4,10-10-Hexachloro-114.4a,5,8,8a-hexahydro-1,4:5.9-endo,exodimethanonaphthalene................................................................................... Hexachlorophene ................................................................................................ Hexachloropropene............................................................................................. Hexaethyt tetraphosphate................................................................................... 1 (0.454) 100 (45.4) 1000(454) 100(45.4) Hexamethylene-1,6-diisocyanate....................................................................... 100(45.4) Hexamethylphosphoramide................................................................................ 1 (0.454) Hexane .................................................................................................................. 5000 (2270) 1 (0.454) 10 (4.54) 10(4.54) 1 (0.454) 10(4.54) Hydrazine, methyl-................................................................................................ 10 (4.54) Hydrazinecarbothioamide................................................................................... 100 (45.4) Hydrochloric acid Hydrocyanic acid ................................................................................................ ................................................................................................ 5000 (2270) 10(4.54) 100 (45.4) Hydrogen chloride................................................................................................ 5000 (2270) Hydrogen cyanide............................................................................................. Hydrogen fluoride................................................................................................ Hydrogen phosphide ...................................................................................... 10(4.54) 100 (45.4) 100 (45.4) Hydrogen sulfide................................................................................................... 100(45.4) Hydrogen sulfide HjS.......................................................................................... 100(45.4) Hydroperoxide, 1-methyl-1-phenylethyl-........................................................... 10 (4.54) Hydroquinone ...................................................................................................... 100 (45.4) 2-lmidazolidinethione .......................................................................................... 10(4.54) Indenofl^.S-cdJpyrene...................................................................................... 100 (45.4) 1,3-lsobenzofurandione...................................................................................... 5000 (2270) Isobutyl alcohol ................................................................................................... 5000 (2270) Isodrin..................................................................................................................... 1 (0.454) Isophorone............................................................................................................ 5000 (2270) Table 1--Hazardous Substances Other Than Radionucudes Jsoprene................ Hazardous Substance ....................................................................... ... Reportable Quantity (RQ) Pounds (Kilograms) 100 (45.4) Isopropanolamine dodecylbenzene sulfonate ............................................... 1000 (454) Isosafrole............................................................................................................... 100 (45.4) 3(2H)-lsoxazolone, 5-(aminomethyl)-.............................................. Kepone....................................................................................... ... Lasiocarpine......................................................................................................... Lead <.................................................................................................................. Lead acetate......................................................................................................... Lead arsenate...................................................................................................... Lead, bis(acetato-0)tetrahydroxytri ................................................................. 1000 (454) 1 (0.454) 10(4.54) 10(4.54) 10 (4.54) 1 (0.454) 10(4.54) Lead chloride......................................................................................................... Lead fluoborate ............................................................................. ... Lead fluoride......................................................................................................... Lead iodide ................................................................. ........................................ Lead nitrate............ .................................................................................... 10 (4.54) 10 (4.54) 10 (4.54) 10 (4.54) 10 (4.54) Lead phosphate................................................................................................... Lead stearate......................................................................................................... Lead subacetate............................................................................................ Lead sulfate ................................................................................................ Lead sulfide ......................................................................................................... Lead thiocyanate......................................................................................... 10 (4.54) 10 (4.54) 10(4.54) 10(4.54) 10 (4.54) 10(4.54) 1 (0.454) Lithium chromate................................................................................................... 10 (4.54) Malathion ................................................................................................................ 100(45.4) Maleic acid............................................................................................................ Maleic anhydride................................................................................................... Maleic hydrazide................................................................................................... 5000 (2270) 5000 (2270) 5000 (2270) Malononit/ile......................................................................................................... 1000(454) MDI ......................................................................................................................... 5000 (2270) Melphalan............................................................................................................... 1 (0.454) Mercaptodimethur................................................................................................ 10(4.54) Mercuric cyanide ........................................ ....................................................... 1 (0.454) Mercuric nitrate ................................................................................................... 10(4.54) Mercuric sulfate ................................................................................................... Mercuric thiocyanate ....................................................................................... 10(4.54) 10(4.54) 10(4.54) Mercury.................................................................................................................. 1 (0.454) Mercury, (acetato-O)phenyi-............................ ................................................. 100(45.4) Mercury fulminate.......................................................................... ..................... 10(4.54) Methacrylonitrile................................................................................................... 1000(454) 1000 (454) Methanamine, N-methyl-N-nitroso.................................................................... 10(4.54) Methane, bromo-................................................................................................... Methane, chloro-................................................................................................... Methane, chloromethoxy-.................................................................................... 1000(454) 100(45.4) 1 (0.454) Methane, dibromo-................................................................................................ 1000(454) Methane, dichloro-................................................................................................ 1000 (454) Methane, dichlorodifluoro- .................................. .............................................. Methane, iodo-................................................................................................... Methane, isocyanato-.......................................................................................... 5000 (2270) 100 (45.4) 10(4.54) Methane, oxybis(chloro-....................................................................................... 1 (0.454) Methane, tetrachloro- ....................................................................................... Methane, tetranitro- ............................................................................................. Methane, tribromo-................................................................................................ Methane, trichloro-................................................................................................ 10 (4.54) 10(4.54) 100 (45.4) 10 (4.54) Methane, trichlorofluoro- ................................................................................... 5000 (2270) Methanesulfenyl chloride, trichloro- .............................................................. 100 (45.4) Methanesulfonic acid, ethyl ester .................................................................... 1 (0 454) Methanethiol............ ............................................................................................ 100 (45.4) 6,9-Methano-2,4,3-ben20dioxathiepin, 6,7,8,9,10,10-hexachloro1,5,53,6,9,9a-hexahydro-, 3-oxide................................................................. 1 (0.454) < The RQ for these hazardous substances is limited to those pieces of the metal having a diameter smaller than 100 micrometers (0.004 inches) 176 PART 172 April 1998 ABD00131943 Appendix A to 172.101 Table 1--Hazardous Substances Other Than Radionuclides Hazardous Substance Methanoic acid...................................................................................................... Reportable Quantity (RQ) Pounds (Kilograms) 5000 (2270) 4,7-Methano*1H-indene, i.4,5.6,7,8,8-heptachloro-a,4,7,7a-tetrahydro- . . 1 (0.454) 4,7-Methano-lH-indene, 1 4,5,6,7,8.8-octachloro-2,3,3a,41717ahexahydro-............................................................................. 1 (0.454) Methanol ....................................................................................... ... 5000 (2270) Methapyrilene ...................................................................................................... 5000 (2270) 1,3,4-Metheno-2H-cyclobutal[cd}-pentalen-2-one, 1,1a,3,3a,4,5,5,5a.5b,6- decachloroctahydro- ............................................................................. 1 (0.454) Methomyl................................................................................ 100 (45.4) Methoxychlor......................................................................................................... 1 (0.454) Methyl alcohol...................................................................................................... 5000 (2270) Methylamine O...................................................................................................... 100(45.4) Methyl bromide.......................................................................... 1000 (454) 1-Methylbutadiene................................................................................................ 100 (45.4) Methyl chloride.......................................................................... 100(45.4) Methyl chlorocarbonate................................................................. 1000 (454) Methyl chloroform ................................................................................................ 1000 (454) Methyl chloroformate .......................................................................................... 1000 (454) Methylchloromethyl ether 0................................................................................ 1 (0.454) 3*Methylcholanthrene.............................................................. 10(4.54) 4,4'-Methylenebis(2-chloroaniline).................................................................... 10(4.54) Methylene bromide ............................................................................................. 1000(454) Methylene chloride................................................................................................ 1000(454) 4,4'-Methylenedianiline ....................................................................................... 10 (4.54) Methylene diphenyl diisocyanate....................................................................... 5000 (2270) Methylene oxide................................................................................................... 100 (45.4) Methyl ethyl ketone (MEK) ................................................................................ 5000 (2270) Methyl ethyl ketone peroxide............................................................................. 10(4.54) Methyl hydrazine....................................................................... 10(4,54) Methyl iodide.......................................................................... 100(45.4) Methyl isobutyl ketone.............................................................. 5000 (2270) Methyl isocyanate................................................................................................ 10 (4.54) 2-Methyllactonitrile................................................................................................ 10 (4.54) Methyl mercaptan................................................................................................ 100 (45.4) Methyl methacrylate............................................................................................. 1000 (454) Methyl parathion................................................................................................... 100 (45.4) 4-Methyl-2-pentanone.......................................................................................... 5000 (2270) Methyl tert-butyl ether.......................................................................................... 1000 (454) Methylthiouracil...................................................................................................... 10 (4.54) Mevinphos....................................................................... 10(4.54) Mexacarbate................................................................................ 1000 (454) Mitomycin C ......................................................................................................... 10 (4.54) MNNG.................................................................................... 10 (4.54) Monoethylamine................................................................................................... 100 (45.4) Monomethylamine................................................................................................ 100 (45.4) Muscimol............................................................................................................... 1000(454) Naled...................................................................................................................... 10(4.54) 5,12-Naphthacenedione, 8-acetyl-10-[3-amino-2,3,6-trideoxy-alpha-Llyxo-hexopyranosyl) oxy]-7,8.9, IO-tetrahydro-6,6,11 -trihydroxy-1 methoxy-, (8S-cis)- .......................................................................................... 10 (4.54) Naphthalenamine, N,N-bis(2-chloroethyl)-........................................................ 100(45.4) Naphthalene................................................................. ........................................ 100 (45.4) Naphthalene. 2-chloro- ........................................................ 5000 (2270) 1,4-Naphthalenedione.................................................................... . . 5000 (2270) 2,7-Naphthalenedisulfonic acid, 3.3'-[(3,3 - dimethyl-(l,l'-biphenyl)-4,4'diyt)-bis(azo)]bis(5-amino-4-hydroxy)-tetrasodium salt ............................ Naphthenic acid..................................................... 10(4.54) 100(45.4) 1,4-Naphthoquinone............................................................................................. 5000 (2270) alpha-Naphthylamine .............................................................. 100 (45.4) beta-Naphthylamine.......................................................................................... 1 (0.454) 1-Naphthylamine................................................................................................... 100 (45.4) Table 1--Hazardous Substances Other Than Radionucudes Hazardous Substance 2-Naphthylamine................................................................. Reportable Quantity (RQ) Pounds (Kilograms) 1 (0.454) alpha-Naphthylthiourea................................................................................... 100(45.4) Nickel <.................................................................................................................. 100(454) Nickel ammonium sulfate................................................................................... 100(45.4) Nickel carbonyl...................................................................................................... 10(4.54) Nickel carbonyl Ni(CO)i,(T-4)-.................................................................... 10 (4.54) Nickel chloride............................................................................................. 100(45.4) Nickel cyanide...................................................................................................... 10(4.54) Nickel cyanide Ni(CN)2................................................................................... 10(4.54) Nickel hydroxide................................................................................................... 10(4.54) Nickel nitrate...................................................................................................... 100(45.4) Nickel sulfate....................................................................... 100(45.4) Nicotine and salts............................................................................................... 100(45.4) Nitric acid............................................................................................................... 1000(454) Nitric acid, thatlium(l+) salt................................................................................ 100 (45.4) Nitric oxide.......................................................................... 10 (4.54) p-Nitroaniline...................................................................................................... Nitrobenzene...................................................................................................... 4-nitrobiphenyl............................................................................. 5000 (2270) 1000(454) 10(4,54) Nitrogen dioxide................................................................................................... 10(4.54) Nitrogen oxide NO................................................................................................ 10(4.54) Nitrogen oxide N02............................................................................................ 10(4.54) Nitroglycerine.................................................................................................. 10(4.54) Nitrophenol (mixed).......................................................................................... 100 (45.4) o-Nitrophenol....................................................................... 100 (45.4) p-Nitrophenol......................................................................................................... 100(45.4) 2-Nitrophenol......................................................................................................... 100(45.4) 4-Nitrophenol................................................................................................... 100(45.4) 2-Nitropropane...................................................................................................... 10(4.54) N-Nitrosodi-n-butylamine.......................................................................... 10 (4.54) N-Nitrosodiethanotamine ................................................................................... 1 (0.454) N-Nitrosodiethylamine......................................................................................... 1 (0.454) N-Nitrosodimethylamine...................................................................................... 10(4.54) N-Nitrosodtphenylamine...................................................................................... 100(45.4) N-Nitroso-N-ethylurea......................................................................................... 1 (0.454) N-Nitroso-N-methylurea...................................................................................... 1 (0.454) N-Nitroso-N-methylurethane ............................................................................. 1 (0.454) N-Nitrosomethylvinylamine ................................................................................ 10(4.54) n-Nitrosomorpholine............................................................................................. 1 (0.454) N-Nitrosopiperidine ...................................................................................... 10 (4.54) N-Nitrosopyrrolidine............................................................................................ 1 (0.454) m-Nitrotoluene o-Nitrotoluene p-Nitrotoluene 1000 (454) 5-Nitro-o-toluidine ................................................................................................ 100(45.4) Octamethylpyrophosphoramide ....................................................................... 100(45.4) Osmium oxide 0s04 (T-4)-....................................................................... 1000(454) Osmium tetroxide ............................................................................................... 1000(454) 7-Oxabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane-2,3-dicarboxylic acid........................................ 1000 (454) 1,2-Oxathiolane. 2,2-dioxide ............................................................................. 10(4.54) 2H-1,3,2-Oxazaphosphorin-2-amine, N,N-bis(2-chloroethyl)tetrahydro-, 2- oxide......................................................................................................... 10(4.54) Oxirane.................................................................................................................. 10(4,54) Oxiranecarboxyaldehyde................................................................................... 10(4.54) Oxirane, (chloromethyl)-................................................................................... 100(45.4) Paraformaldehyde................................................................................................ 1000(454) Paraldehyde ......................................................................................................... 1000(454) Parathion............................................................................................................... 10 (4.54) Pentachlorobenzene................................................................................... 10(4.54) Pentachloroethane................................................................................................ 10 (4.54) 9 Indicates that the name was added by RSPA because (1) the name is a synonym for a specific hazardous substance and (2) the name appears in the Hazardous Materials Table as a proper shipping name. < The RO for these hazardous substances is limited to those pieces of the metal having a diameter smaller than 100 micrometers (0.004 inches) 177 Appendix A to 172.101 ABD00131944 April 1998 Table 1--Hazardous Substances Other Than Radionucuoes Hazardous Substance Pentachloronitrobenzene (PCNB) .................................................................... Pentachlorophenol................................................................................................ 1,3-Pentadiene...................................................................................................... Perchloroethylene................................................................................................ Reportable Quantity (RQ) Pounds (Kilograms) 100(45.4) 10(4 54) 100(45.4) 100 (45.4) Perchloromethyl mercaptan 0.......................................................................... 100 (45.4) Phenacetin............................................................................................................ 100(454) Phenanthrene ...................................................................................................... 5000 (2270) Phenol..................................................................................................................... 1000 (454) Phenol. 2-chloro-................................................................................................ 100(454) Phenol. 4-chloro-3-methyl- ................................................................................ 5000 (2270) Phenol, 2-cyclohexyl-4,6-dinitro-....................................................................... 100(454) Phenol, 2,4-dichloro-......................................................................................... Phenol, 2.6-dichloro-............................................................................................. Phenol, 4,4'-{1,2-diethyl-l,2-ethenediyl)bis-, (E) ........................................... 100(45.4) 100(45.4) 1 (0454) Phenol, 2.4-dimethyl- .......................................................................................... 100 (45.4) Phenol, 2,4-dinitro-................................................................................................ Phenol, methyl-...................................................................................................... Phenol, 2-methyl-4,6-dinitro- ............................................................................. Phenol, 2,2'-methylenebis[3,4,6-trichloro-..................................................... 10 (4.54) 100 (454) 10 (4.54) 100(454) Phenol, 2-{1-methylpropyl)-4,6-dinitro.............................................................. 1000(454) Phenol, 4-nitro- ................................................................................................... Phenol, pentachloro-............................................................................................. Phenol, 2,3,4,6-tetrachloro-................................................................................ 100(45.4) 10(4.54) 10(4.54) Phenol. 2,4,5-trichloro- ...................................................................................... 10(4.54) Phenol, 2,4,6-trichloro- ....................................................................................... Phenol, 2,4,6-trinitro-, ammonium salt.............................................................. L-Phenylalanine, 4-[bis(2-chloroethyl)aminol]................................................. 10(4.54) 10(4.54) 1 (0454) p-Phenylenediamine............................................................................................. 5000 (2270) 1,10-{1,2-Phenylene)pyrene................................................................................ 100 (45.4) Phenyl mercaptan 0 ............................................................................. .. Phenylmercuric acetate...................................................................................... Phenylthiourea...................................................................................................... 100(45.4) 100 (45.4) 100 (454) Phorate.................................................................................................................. Phosgene ............................................................................................................... Phosphine ......................................................................................................... Phosphoric acid................................................................................................ Phosphoric acid, diethyl 4-nitrophenyl ester ................................................. 10 (4.54) 10(4.54) 100(454) 5000 (2270) 100(45.4) Phosphoric acid. lead(2+) salt (2:3)................................................................. 10(4.54) Phosphorodithioic acid, 0,0-diethyl S-[2-(ethytthio)ethyl]ester ....... 1 (0454) Phosphorodithioic acid, O.O-diethyl S-(ethylthio), methyl ester.................. 10 (4.54) Phosphorodithioic acid, O.O-diethyl S-methyl ester..................................... 5000 (2270) Phosphorodithioic acid, 0,0-dimethyl S-[2 (methylamino)-2-oxoethyl] ester .................................................................................................................. 10 (4.54) Phosphorofluoridic acid, bis(1-methylethyl) ester........................................... 100(45.4) Phosphorothioic acid, O.O-diethyl 0-{4-nitrophenyl) ester ......................... 10 (4.54) Phosphorothioic acid, O.O-diethyl 0-pyra2inyl ester..................................... 100(454) Phosphorothioic acid, 0,0-dimethyl 0-<4-nitrophenyl) ester ...................... 100(45.4) Phosphorothioic acid. 0,(4-[(dimethylamino)sulfonyl] phenyl] 0,0dimethyl ester................................................................................................... 1000(454) Phosphorus ... .......................................................................................... 1 (0454) Phosphorus oxychloride....................................................................................... 1000(454) Phosphorus pentasulfide.................................................................................... 100(45.4) Phosphorus sulfide ............................................................................................. 100(454) Phosphorus trichloride.......................................................................................... 1000(454) Phthalic anhydride................................................................................................ 5000 (2270) 5000 (2270) 10(4.54) Plumbane, tetraethyl- ......................................................................................... 10 (4.54) POLYCHLORINATED BIPHENYLS (PCBs) ..................................................... 1 (0454) Potassium arsenate............................................................................................. 1 (0.454) @ Indicates that the name was added by RSPA because (1) the name is a synonym for a specific hazardous substance and (2) the name appears in the Hazardous Materials Table as a proper shipping name. Table 1--Hazardous Substances Other Than Raoionucudes Hazardous Substance Potassium arsenite................................................................................ Potassium bichromate.............................................. ......................... Potassium chromate............................................................................................. Potassium cyanide................................................................................................ Potassium cyanide K(CN)........................................................... Potassium hydroxide .............................................. ........................ Potassium permanganate................................................................................... Potassium silver cyanide.................................................................................... Pronamide .............................................................. .................................. Propanal, 2-methyl-2-(methylthio)-.0-((methylamino)carbonyl]oxime Reportable Quantity (RQ) Pounds (Kilograms) 1 (0454) 10(4.54) 10 (4.54) 10(4.54) 10(4.54) 1000(454) 100(454) 1 (0454) 5000 (2270) 1 (0454) 1-Propanamine...................................................................................................... 5000 (2270) 1-Propanamine, N-nitroso-N-propyl-.............................................................. 10 (4.54) 1-Propanamine, N-propyl-.................................................................... 5000 (2270) Propane, l,2-dibromo-3-chloro- ....................................................................... 1 (0.454) Propane, 1,2-dichtoro-................................................................................... 1000(454) Propane, 2-nltro-................................................................................................... 10(4 54) Propane, 2,2'-oxybis (2-chloro- ....................................................................... 1000(454) 1.3-Propane sultone............................................................................................. 10(4.54) Propanedinitrile...................................................................................................... 1000 (454) Propanenitrile........................................................ ................ 10(4.54) Propanenitrile, 3-chloro-..................................... ............................... 1000 (454) Propanenitrile, 2-hydroxy-2-methy1-................................................................. 10(4.54) 1,2,3-Propanetriol. trinitrate- ............................................................................. 10 (4.54) 1-Propanol, 2.3-dibromo-, phosphate (3:1)..................................................... 10 (4.54) 1-Propanol. 2-methyl-................................................................................... 5000 (2270) 2-Propanone.......................................................................... .............................. 5000 (2270) 2-Propanone, 1-bromo-........................................ .................................. 1000(454) Proparpite............................................................................................................... 10 (4.54) Propargyl alcohol ................................................................................................ 1000(454) 2-Propena) .................................................................................... 1 (0.454) 2-Propenamide...................................................................................................... 5000 (2270) 1-Propene, 1,3-dichloro- .................................................................................... 100(45.4) 1-Propene, 1,1,2,3,3.3-hexachloro- .............................................................. 1000 (454) 2-Propenenitrile ................................................................................................... 100(45.4) 2-Propenenitrile, 2-methyl- . ......................... ................... 1000 (454) 2-Propenoic acid................................................................................... 5000 (2270) 2-Propenoic acid, ethyl ester.............................................................. 1000 (454) 2-Propenoic acid, 2-methyl-, ethyl ester........................................................... 1000 (454) 2-Propenoic acid, 2-methyl-, methyl ester........................................................ 1000(454) 2-Propen-1-ol . ........................................... ...................... 100(45.4) beta-Propioaldehyde .......................................................................... 1000(454) Propionic acid...................................................................................................... 5000 (2270) Propionic acid, 2-(2,4,5-trichlorophenoxy)-..................................................... 100(45.4) Propionic anhydride..................... ...................................................................... 5000 (2270) Propoxur (baygon) ........................................ .................................. 100(45.4) n-Propylamine..................................................... .................................. 5000 (2270) Propylene dichloride............................................................................................. 1000 (454) Propylene oxide................................................................................ 100 (45.4) 1.2-Propylenimine........................................................... ...................... 1 (0 454) 2-Propyn-1-ot ........................................................... ............................ 1000 (454) Pyrene...................................................................................................... 5000 (2270) Pyrethrins............................................................................................................... 1 (0.454) 3,6-Pyrida2inedione. 1,2-dihydro- ............................... ......................... 5000 (2270) 4-Pyridinamme ........................................................ 1000(454) Pyridine.................. ....................................................................... 1000(454) Pyridine, 2-methyl-................................................................................................ 5000(2270) Pyridine, 3-(1-methyl-2-pyrrolidinyl)-, (S) ........................................................ 100(45.4) 2.4-(1H,3H)-Pyrimidinedione, 5-[bis(2-chloroethyl)amino]- ............ 10(4.54) 4{1H)-Pyrimidinone, 2,3-dihydro-6-methyl-2-thioxo- ............... 10(4.54) Pyrrolidine, 1-mtroso-.......................................................................................... 1 (0.454) Quinoline.............................................................. ..................................... 5000 (2270) RADIONUCLIDES................................................................................................ See Table 2 Reserpire................................................................................................... 5000 (2270) 178 April 1998 ABD00131945 Appendix A to 172.101 PART 172 Table 1--Hazardous Substances Other Than Radionuclides Hazardous Substance Reportable Quantity (RQ) Pounds (Kilograms) Resorcinol ............................................................................................................ 5000 (2270) Saccharin and salts................................................................................ 100(45.4) Safrole...................................................................................................................... 100(45.4) Selenious acid....................................................................... 10(4,54) Selenlous acid, dithallium(1+) salt.................................................................... 1000(454) Selenium <............................................................................................................ 100(45.4) Selenium dioxide................................................................................ 10(4.54) Selenium oxide.................................................................... 10 (4,54) Selenium sulfide................................................................................................... 10(4.54) Selenium sulfide SeS?.......................................................................................... 10(4.54) Selenourea............................................................................................................ 1000 (454) L-Serine, diazoacetate (ester) .......................................................................... 1 (0.454) Silver <................................................................................. 1000(454) Silver cyanide ...................................................................................................... 1 (0.454) Silver cyanide Ag(CN)....................................................................... 1 (0.454) Silver nitrate ................................................................................................ 1 (0.454) Silvex(2.4,5-TP)................................................................. 100 (45.4) Sodium...................................................................................................... 10 (4.54) Sodium arsenate................................................................................................... 1 (0.454) Sodium arsenite.................................................................................... 1 (0.454) Sodium azide......................................................................................................... 1000(454) Sodium bichromate ............................................................................................. 10(4.54) Sodium bifluoride ................................................................................................ 100 (45.4) Sodium bisulfite ................................................................. 5000 (2270) Sodium chromate ....................................................................................... 10 (4.54) Sodium cyanide ................................................................. 10 (4.54) Sodium cyanide Na(CN) .................................................................................... 10(4.54) Sodium dodecylbenzene sulfonate ................................................................. 1000(454) Sodium fluoride ................................................................. 1000(454) Sodium hydrosulfide............................................................................................. 5000 (2270) Sodium hydroxide................................................................................................ 1000(454) Sodium hypochlorite.................................................................................... 100(45.4) Sodium methylate ................................................................................................ 1000(454) Sodium nitrite....................................................................... 100(45.4) Sodium phosphate, dibasic.................................................................... 5000 (2270) Sodium phosphate, tribasic................................................................................ 5000 (2270) Sodium selenite ....................................................................................... 100(45.4) Streptozotocin ...................................................................................................... 1 (0.454) Strontium chromate .......................................................................... 10(4.54) Strychnidin-10-one............................................................................. 10(4.54) Strychnidin-10-one, 2,3-dimethoxy- ........................................................ 100(45.4) Strychnine and salts............................................................................................. 10 (4.54) Styrene.................................................................................................................. 1000(454) Styrene oxide....................................................................................... 100(45.4) Sulfur chloride 0.................................................................... 1000 (454) Sulfur monochloride................................................................................ 1000 (454) Sulfur phosphide................................................................................... 100(45.4) Sulfuric acid ....................................................................... 1000(454) Sulfuric acid, dimethyl ester ................................................................. 100(45.4) Sulfuric acid, dithallium(l+) salt....................................................................... 100(45.4) 2,4,5-T................................................................................. 1000(454) 2,4,5-T acid............................................................................................................ 1000(454) 2,4,5-T amines................................................................. 5000 (2270) 2,4,5-T esters......................................................................................................... 1000 (454) 2,4,5-T salts ............................................................................................. 1000 (454) TDE......................................................................................................... 1 (0.454) 1.2,4,5-Tetrachlorobenzene.................................................................... 5000 (2270) 2,3,7,8-Tetrachlorodibenzo-p-dioxin (TCDD).................................................. 1 (0.454) < The RQ for these hazardous substances is limited to those pieces of the metal having a diameter smaller than 100 micrometers (0.004 Inches) Indicates that the name was added by RSPA because (1) the name is a synonym for a specific hazardous substance and (2) the name appears in the Hazardous Materials Table as a proper shipping name. Table 1--Hazardous Substances Other Than Radionuclides Hazardous Substance 1,1,1,2-Tetrachloroethane................................................................................... 1.1,2,2-Tetrachloroethane............................................................................. Tetrachloroethane 0.............................................................. Reportable Quantity (RQ) Pounds (Kilograms) 100(45.4) 100 (45.4) 100(45.4) Tetrachloroethene.................................................................... 100 (45.4) Tetrachloroethylene...................................................................................... 2,3,4,6-Tetrachlorophenol................................................................................... Tetraethyl lead......................................................................................... Tetraethyl pyrophosphate................................................................................... 100 (45.4) 10(4,54) 10(4,54) 10(4.54) Tetraethyldithiopyrophosphate.......................................................................... Tetrahydrofuran ................................................................................................... Tetranitromethane............................................................................................... Tetraphosphoric acid, hexaethyl ester....................................................... 100(45.4) 1000 (454) 10(4.54) 100 (45.4) Thallic oxide ............................................................................. Thallium < ............................................................................. Thallium(l) acetate......................................................................................... Thallium(l) carbonate ......................................................................................... Thallium(l) chloride ........................................................... 100 (45.4) 1000 (454) 100(45.4) 100(45.4) IX (45.4) Thallium chloride TICI......................................................................................... Thallium(l) nitrate.................................................................................................. Thallium oxide T1203 ...................................................................................... Thallium selenite................................................................................................... Thallium(l) sulfate ................................................................................................ Thioacetamide...................................................................................................... Thiodiphosphoric acid, tetraethyl ester ........................................................... Thiofanox............................................................................................................... Thioimidodicarbonic diamide ((H2N)C(S)]2NH.............................................. Thiomethanol......................................................................................................... IX (45.4) IX (45.4) IX (45.4) 10X (454) IX (45.4) 10(4,54) IX (45.4) IX (45.4) IX (454) IX (454) Thioperoxydicarbonic diamide [(H2N)C(S)]2S2, tetramethyl-...................... Thiophenol................................................................................................... Thiosemicarbazide................................................................................................ Thiourea.................................................................................................................. Thiourea, (2-chlorophenyl)-................................................................................ Thiourea, 1-naphthalenyl-................................................................................... Thiourea, phenyl- ................................................................................................ Thiram.................................................................................................................. 10 (4.54) IX (45.4) IX (45.4) 10(4,54) IX (454) IX (454) IX (454) 10(4.54) Titanium tetrachloride.......................................................................................... Toluene.................................................................................................................. Toluenediamine ............................................................................................ Toluene diisocyanate ...................................................................................... o-Toluidine......................................................................................................... p-Toluidine............................................................................................................ 10X (454) 10X (454) 10(4.54) IX (454) IX (45.4) IX (45.4) o-Toluidine hydrochloride................................................................................... IX (454) Toxaphene ............................................................................................................ 1 (0.454) 2,4,5-TP acid................................................................................................... 2,4,5-TP acid esters...................................................................................... 1H-l,2,4-Trlazol-3-amine ................................................................................... IX (454) IX (45.4) 10(4.54) Trichlorfon ......................................................................................................... IX (45.4) 1,2,4-Trichlorobenzene ...................................................................................... IX (45.4) 1,1,1-Trichloroethane ......................................................................................... 1,1,2-Trichloroethane ......................................................................................... Trichloroethene................................................................................................ Trichloroethylene................................................................................................... 10X (454) IX (454) IX (454) IX (454) Trichloromethanesulfenyl chloride................................................................... IX (454) Trichloromonofluoromethane.......................................................................... Trichlorophenol...................................................................................................... 2.3.4-Trichlorophenol 2.3.5-Trichlorophenol 2.3.6-Trichlorophenol 2.4.5-Trichlorophenol 2.4.6-Trichlorophenol 3,4,5-Trichlorophenol SOX (2270) 10(4.54) 2,4,5-Trichlorophenol ......................................................................................... 10(4.54) 2,4,6-Trichlorophenol ...................................................................................... Triethanolamine dodecylbenzene sulfonate.................................................... Triethylamine......................................................................................................... 10(4.54) 10X (454) 50X (2270) 179 Appendix A to 172.101 ABD00131946 April 1998 Table 1--Hazardous Substances Other Than Radionuclides Hazardous Substance Trifluralin ......................................................................................... ... Trimethylamme...................................................................................................... 2,2,4-Trimethylpentane...................................................................................... 1,3,5-Trimtrobenzene ...................................................................................... 1,3,5-Trioxane, 2,4,6-trimethyl-.......................................................................... Tris(2,3-dibromopropyl) phosphate ................................................................. Trypan blue............................................................................................................ Reportable Quantity (RQ) Pounde (Kilograms) 10(4.54) 100 (45.4) 1000 (454) 10 (4.54) 1000(454) 10(4.54) 10(4.54) Uracil mustard ................................................................................................... Uranyl acetate...................................................................................................... Uranyl nitrate............................... .............................................................. Urea, N-ethyl-N-mtroso-...................................................................................... Urea, N-methyl-N-nitroso-................................................................................... Vanadic acid, ammonium salt.......................................................................... Vanadium oxide V205 . ........................................ .................................. Vanadium pentoxide............................................................................................. 10(4.54) 100(45.4) 100(45.4) 1 (0454) 1 (0.454) 1000(454) 1000 (454) 1000(454) Vanadyl sulfate...................................................................................................... 1000 (454) Vinyl acetate............ ....................................................................................... Vinyl acetate monomer .............................................................................. Vinylamine, N-methyl-N-nitroso- ....................................................................... Vinyl bromide......................................................................................................... Vinyl chloride ... ....................................................................................... Vinylidene chloride................................................................................................ Warfarin, & salts, when present at concentrations greater than 0.3 % . . . Xylene ............. ....................................................................................... m-Xylene . . . . .................................................................................... 5000 (2270) 5000 (2270) 10 (4.54) 100(45.4) 1 (0.454) 100(45.4) 100(45.4) 100(45.4) 1000 (454) o-Xylene.................................................................................................................. p-Xylene ............................................................................................................ Xylene (mixed)...................................................................................................... Xylenes (isomers and mixture).................................................... .... Xylenol ............................................................................................................... 1000 (454) 1000 (454) 100 (45.4) 100(45.4) 1000(454) Yohimban-16-carboxylic acid, 11,17-dimethoxy-16-[(3,4,5trimethoxybenzoyl)oxy]-, methyl ester (3beta, 16beta, 17alpha, 18beta,20alpha)-..................................................... Zinc <..................................................................................................................... Zinc acetate ......................................................................................................... 5000 (2270) 1000(454) 1000(454) Zinc ammonium chloride ................................................................................ Zinc borate ......................................................................................................... Zinc bromide......................................................................................................... Zinc carbonate...................................................................................................... Zinc chloride......................................................................................................... Zinc cyanide . . .......................................................................................... Zinc cyanide Zn(CN)2.......................................................................................... 1000 (454) 1000(454) 1000(454) 1000 (454) 1000 (454) 10 (4.54) 10(4.54) Zinc fluoride ......................................................................................................... 1000 (454) 1000(454) Zinc hydrosulfite . ....................................................................................... 1000(454) 1000 (454) 5000 (2270) Zinc phosphide ................................................................................ 100(45.4) Zinc phosphide Zn3P2, when present at concentrations greater than 10%..................................................................................................................... Zinc silicofluoride ................................................................................................ 100(45.4) 5000 (2270) 1000(454) 5000 (2270) Zirconium potassium fluoride............................................................................. Zirconium sulfate . ................................................................................ Zirconium tetrachloride ........................................................... . D001 Unlisted Hazardous Wastes Characteristic of Ignitability.................. 1000 (454) 5000 (2270) 5000 (2270) 100 (45.4) D002 Unlisted Hazardous Wastes Characteristic of Corrosivity.................. 100 (45.4) D003 Unlisted Hazardous Wastes Characteristic of Reactivity . . . 100(45.4) D004-D043 Unlisted Hazardous Wastes Characteristic of Toxicity 1 (0.454) 1000 (454) < The RQ for these hazardous substances is limited to those pieces of the metal having a diameter smaller than 100 micrometers (0.004 inches) Table 1--Hazardous Substances Other Than Radionuclides Hazardous Substance Reportable Quantity (RQ) Pounds (Kilograms) D006 Cadmium................................................................................................ 10 (4.54) D007 Chromium........................................... ........................ ........................ 10(4.54) D008 Lead.......................................................................................... 10(4.54) 0009 Mercury................................................................................................ 1 (0454) 0010 Selenium ................................................................................................ 10(4.54) 0011 Silver ...................................................................................................... 1 (0454) 0012 Endrin................................................................................................... 1 (0.454) 0013 Lindane................................................................................................... 1 (0.454) 0014 Methoxychlor ....................................................................... 1 (0.454) 0015 Toxaphene ..................................................... ......................... 1 (0.454) 0016 2,4-0 ......................................................................................................... 100(45.4) 0017 2,4,5-TP................................................................................................... 100 (45.4) D018 Benzene .......................................................................................... 0019 Carbon tetrachloride........................................... ... 10 (4.54) 10(4.54) 0020 Chlordane................................................................................................ 1 (0454) 0021 Chlorobenzene....................................................................................... 100(454) 0022 Chloroform ............................................................................................. 10(4 54) 0023 o-Cresol................................................................................................... 100(454) D024 m-Cresol................................................................................................... 100(45.4) 0025 p-Cresol................................................................................................... 100(454) 0026 Cresol ....................................................................................... 100 (45 4) 0027 1,4-Dichlorobenzene.................................................................... 100 (454) 0028 1,2-Dichloroethane................................................................................ 100 (454) D029 1,1-Dichloroethylene............................................................................. 100 (45 4) 0030 2,4-Oinitrotoluene..................... ............................................................. 10(4.54) D031 Heptachlor (and hydroxide)................................................................. 1 (0454) D032 Hexachlorobenzene ............................................................................. 10 (4.54) 0033 Hexachlorobutadiene .......................................................................... 1 (0454) D034 Hexachloroethane............................................................................. 100(454) 0035 Methyl ethyl ketone................................................................................ 5000 (2270) 0036 Nitrobenzene......................................................................................... 1000(454) 0037 Pentachlorophenol................................................................................ 10(4.54) 0038 Pyridine................................................................................ .................. 1000(454) 0039 Tetrachloroethylene ............................................................................. 100(45.4) 0040 Tricholorethylene.................................................................................... 100(454) 0041 2,4,5-Trichlorophenol.................................. ........................... 10 (4.54) 0042 2,4,6-Trichforophenol............................................................................. 10 (4.54) D043 Vinyl chloride......................................................................................... 1 (0.454) F001..................................................................................................................... The following spent halogenated solvents used in degreasing; all spent solvent mixtures/blends used in degreasing containing, before use, a total of ten percent or more (by volume) of one or more of the below listed halogenated solvents or those solvents listed in F002, F004 and F005; and still bottoms from the recovery of these spent solvents and spent solvent mixtures. (f) Chlorinated fluorocarbons.......................................................................... 10 (4.54) 100(454) 100(454) 1000(454) 1000(454) 10(4.54) 5000 (2270) The following spent halogenated solvents; all spent solvent mixtures/ blends containing, before use, a total of ten percent or more (by volume) of one or more of the below listed halogenated solvents or those listed in FOOT F004, F005; and still bottoms from the recovery of these spent solvents and spent solvent mixtures. (0 1.1.2 Trichloroethane .................................. .................................. The following spent non-halogenated solvents and solvents: (d) Ethylbenzene .......................................................................................... (e) Ethyl ether................................................................................................... 10(4.54) 100 (454) 1000 (454) 100(454) 1000(454) 100(45 4) 5000 (2270) 100(454) 5000 (2270) 100(454) 100(454) 1000 (454) 5000 (2270) 5000 (2270) 1000 (454) 100 (454) 180 PART 172 ABD00131947 April 1998 Appendix A to 172.101 Table 1--Hazardous Substances Other Than Radionuclides Hazardous Substance Reportable Quantity (RQ) Pounds (Kilograms) (i) Methanol ...................................................................................................... F004 ................................................................. The following spent non-halogenated solvents and the stillbottoms irom the recovery of these solvents: (b) Nitrobenzene ............................................................................................. F005 ......................................................................................................................... The following spent non-halogenated solvents and the stillbottoms from the recovery of these solvents: (e) Pyridine......................................................................................................... F006 ....................................................................... Wastewater treatment sludges from electroplating operations except from the following processes: (1) sulfuric acid anodizing of aluminum,(2) tin plating on carbon steel, (3) zinc plating (segregated basis) on carbonsteel, (4) aluminum or zinc-aluminum plating on carbon steel, (5) cleaning/stripping associated with tin, zinc and aluminum plating on carbon steel, and (6) chemical etching and milling of aluminum 5000 (2270) 5000 (2270) 5000 (2270) 5000 (2270) 100(45.4) 1000 (454) 100(45.4) 100(45.4) 1000 (454) 5000 (2270) 100(45.4) 5000 (2270) 1000 (454) 10(4.54) F007 ........................................................................................................................ 10(4,54) Spent cyanide plating bath solutions from electroplating operations F008 ......................................................................................................................... 10(4.54) Plating bath residues from the bottom of plating baths from electroplating operations where cyanides are used in the process F009 ....................................................................... Spent stripping and cleaning bath solutions from electroplating operations where cyanides are used in the process 10 (4.54) F010....................................................................... Quenching bath residues from oil baths from metal heat treating operations where cyanides are used in the process 10 (4.54) F011......................................................................................................................... Spent cyanide solutions from salt bath pot cleaning from metal heat treating operations (except for precious metals heat treating spent cyanide solutions from salt bath pot cleaning) 10 (4.54) F012.................................................................... Quenching wastewater treatment sludges from metal heat treating operations where cyanides are used in the process F019....................................................................... Wastewater treatment sludges from the chemical conversion coating of aluminum except from zirconium phosphating in aluminum can washing when such phosphating is an exclusive conversion coating process 10(4.54) 10(4.54) F020 ........................................................................................................................ Wastes (except wastewater and spent carbon from hydrogen chloride purification) from the production or manufacturing use (as a reactant, chemical intermediate, or component in a formulating process) of tri or tetrachlorophenol, or of intermediates used to produce their pesticide derivatives. (This listing does not include wastes from the production of hexachlorophene from highly purified 2,4,5trichlorophenol.) F021......................................................................................................................... Wastes (except wastewater and spent carbon from hydrogen chloride purification) from the production or manufacturing use (as a reactant, chemical intermediate, or component in a formulating process) of pentachlorophenol, or of intermediates used to produce its derivatives. F022 ........................................................................................................................ Wastes (except wastewater and spent carbon from hydrogen chloride purification) from the manufacturing use (as a reactant, chemical intermediate, or component in a formulating process) of tetra-, penta-, or hexachlorobenzenes under alkaline conditions. 1 (0.454) 1 (0.454) 1 (0,454) F023 ........................................................................................................................ Wastes (except wastewater and spent carbon from hydrogen chloride purification) from the production of materials on equipment previously used for the production or manufacturing use (as a reactant, chemical intermediate, or component in a formulating process) of tri- and tetrachlorophenols. (This listing does not include wastes from equipment used only for the production or use of hexachlorophene from highly purified 2,4,5-trichlorophenol.) F024 ......................................................................................................................... Wastes, including but not limited to distillation residues, heavy ends, tars, and reactor cleanout wastes, from the production of chlorinated aiiphatichydrocarbons, having carbon content from one to five, utilizing free radical catalyzed processes. (This listing does not include light ends, spent filters and filter aids, spent dessicants(sic), wastewater, wastewater treatment sludges,spent catalysts, and wastes listed in 40 CFR 261.32.) 1 (0.454) 1 (0.454) Table 1--Hazardous Substances Other Than Radionuclides Hazardous Substance Reportable Quantity (RQ) Pounds (Kilograms) F025 ........................................................................................................................ Condensed light ends, spent filters and filter aids, and spent desiccant wastes from the production of certain chlorinated aliphatic hydrocarbons, by free radical catalyzed processes. These chlorinated aliphatic hydrocarbons are those having carbon chain lengths ranging from one to and including five, with varying amounts and positions of chlorine substitution. 1 (0.454) Wastes (except wastewater and spent carbon from hydrogen chloride purification) from the production of materials on equipment previously used for the manufacturing use (as a reactant, chemical intermediate, or component in a formulating process) of tetra-, penta-, or hexachlorobenzene under alkaline conditions. 1 (0.454) Discarded unused formulations containing tri-, tetra-, or pentachlorophenol or discarded unused formulations containing compounds derived from these chlorophenols. (This listing does not include formulations containing hexachlorophene synthesized from prepurified 2,4,5-trichlorophenol as the sole component.) F028 ................................................................................... Residues resulting from the incineration or thermal treatment of soil contaminated with EPA Hazardous Waste Nos. F020, F021, F022, F023, F026, and F027. 1 (0.454) 1 (0.454) F032 ........................................................................................................................ F034 ........................................................................................................................ F035 ........................................................................................................................ 1 (0.454) 1 (0.454) 1 (0.454) 1 (0.454) F038 ........................................................................................................................ F039 ........................................................................................................................ 1 (0.454) Multi source leachate K001........................................................................................................................ Bottom sediment sludge from the treatment of wastewaters from wood preserving processes that use creosote and/or pentachlorophenol K002 ........................................................................................................................ Wastewater treatment sludge from the production of chrome yellow and orange pigments 10(4.54) K003 ........................................................................................................................ Wastewater treatment sludge from the production of molybdate orange pigments K004 ........................................................................................................................ Wastewater treatment sludge from the production of zinc yellow pigments 10(4.54) K005 ........................................................................................................................ Wastewater treatment sludge from the production of chrome green pigments K006........................................................................................................................ Wastewater treatment sludge from the production of chrome oxide green pigments (anhydrous and hydrated) 10 (4.54) K007 ........................................................................................................................ Wastewater treatment sludge from the production of iron blue pigments K008........................................................................................................................ 10 (4.54) Oven residue from the production of chrome oxide green pigments K009 ........................................................................................................................ 10(4.54) Distillation bottoms from the production of acetaldehyde from ethylene K010........................................................................................................................ 10(4.54) Distillation side cuts from the production of acetaldehyde from ethylene KO11........................................................................................................................ Bottom stream from the wastewater stripper in the production of acrylonitrile 10(4.54) KOI 3........................................................................................................................ Bottom stream from the acetonitrile column in the production of acrylonitrile 10(4.54) K014........................................................................................................................ Bottoms from the acetonitrile purification column in the production of acrylonitrile 5000 (2270) K015........................................................................................................................ 10 (4.54) Still bottoms from the distillation of benzyl chloride K016........................................................................................................................ Heavy ends or distillation residues from the production of carbon tetrachloride 1 (0.454) K017........................................................................................................................ Heavy ends (still bottoms) from the purification column in the production of epichlorohydrin 10 (4.54) K018........................................................................................................................ 1 (0,454) Heavy ends from the fractionation column in ethyl chloride production 181 ABD00131948 Appendix A to 172.101 April 1998 Table 1--Hazardous Substances Other Than Radionucudes Hazardous Substance Reportable Quantity (RQ) Pounds (Kilograms) K019........................................................................................................................ Heavy ends from the distillation of ethylene dichloride in ethylene dichloride production. Heavy ends from the distillation of vinyl chloride in vinyl chloride monomer production 1 (0.454) 1 (0.4S4) Aqueous spent antimony catalyst waste from fluoromethanes production 10 (4.54) K022 ........................................................................................................................ Distillation bottom tars from the production of phenol/acetone from cumene 1 (0.454) K023 ........................................................................................................................ Distillation light ends from the production of phthalic anhydride from naphthalene 5000 (2270) K024 ........................................................................................................................ Distillation bottoms from the production of phthalic anhydride from naphthalene 5000 (2270) K025 ........................................................................................................................ Distillation bottoms from the production of nitrobenzene by the nitration of benzene 10(4.54) K026 ........................................................................................................................ 1000(454) Stripping still tails from the production of methyl ethyl pyridines Centrifuge and distillation residues from toluene diisocyanate production 10(4.54) K028 ........................................................................................................................ Spent catalyst from the hydrochlorinator reactor in the production ol 1,1,1-trichloroethane K029........................................................................................................................ Waste from the product steam stripper in the production of 1,1,1trichloroethane 1 (0.454) 1 (0 454) Column bottoms or heavy ends from the combined production of trichloroethylene and perchloroethylene 1 (0.454) K031........................................................................................................................ By-product salts generated in the production of MSMA and cacodylic acid 1 (0.454) K032 ..................................................................................................................... Wastewater treatment sludge from the production of chlordane 10 (4.54) Wastewater and scrub water from the chlorination of cyclopentadiene in the production of chlordane 10 (4.54) K034 ........................................................................................................................ Filter solids from the filtration of hexachlorocyclopentadiene in the production of chlordane 10(4.54) K035 ........................................................................................................................ 1 (0.454) Wastewater treatment sludges generated in the production of creosote Still bottoms from toluene reclamation distillation in the production of disultoton 1 (0.454) Wastewater treatment sludges from the production of disulfoton 1 (0.454) Wastewater from the washing and stripping of phorate production 10(4,54) K039 ........................................................................................................................ Filter cake from the filtration of diethylphosphorodithioic acid in the production of phorate 10(4.54) K040 ........................................................................................................................ 10(4.54) Wastewater treatment sludge from the production of phorate K041........................................................................................................................ 1 (0454) Wastewater treatment sludge from the production of toxaphene Heavy ends or distillation residues from the distillation of tetrachlorobenzene in the production of 2,4,5-T 10(4.54) K043 ........................................................................................................................ 10(4.54) 2,6-dichlorophenol waste from the production of 2,4-D K044 ........................................................................................................................ Wastewater treatment sludges from the manufacturing and processing of explosives 10 (4.54) K045 ........................................................................................................................ 10 (4.54) Spent carbon from the treatment of wastewater containing explosives K046........................................................................................................................ Wastewater treatment sludges from the manufacturing, formulation and loading of lead-based initiating compounds 10(4.54) Table 1--Hazardous Substances Other Than Radionuclides Hazardous Substance Reportable Quantity (RQ) Pounds (Kilograms) K047 ........................................................................................................................ 10(4.54) Pink/red water from TNT operations K048 ........................................................................................................................ 10 (4.54) Dissolved air flotation (DAF) float from the petroleum refining industry K049...................................................................................................................... Slop oil emulsion solids from the petroleum refining industry 10(4.54) K050 ........................................................................................................................ Heat exchanger bundle cleaning sludge from the petroleum refining industry 10(4.54) K051......................................................................................................................... 10(4.54) API separator sludge from the petroleum refining industry K052 ........................................................................................................................ 10(4.54) Tank bottoms (leaded) from the petroleum refining industry K060 ........................................................................................................................ 1 (0.454) Ammonia still lime sludge from coking operations K061........................................................................................................................ Emission control dust/sludge from the primary production of steel in electric furnaces 10(4.54) K062 ........................................................................................................................ Spent pickle liquor generated by steel finishing operatins of facilities within the Iron and steel industry 10(4.54) K064 ........................................................................................................................ Acid plant blowdown slurry/sludge resulting from thickening of blowdown slurry from primary copper production. 10 (4.54) K065 ........................................................................................................................ Surface impoundment solids contained in and dredged from surface impoundments at primary lead smelting facilities. 10 (4.54) K066 ........................................................................................................................ Sludge from treatment of process wastewater and /or acid plant blowdown from primary zinc production. 10 (4.54) K069 ........................................................................................................................ 10(4.54) Emission control dust/sludge from secondary lead smelting K071...................................................................................................................... Brine purification muds from the mercury cel! process in chlorine production, where separately prepurified brine is not used 1 (0.454) K073 ........................................................................................................................ Chlorinated hydrocarbon waste from the purification step of the diaphragm cell process using graphite anodes in chlorine production. 10(4.54) K083.................................................................................................................. Distillation bottoms from aniline extraction 100(45.4) Wastewater treatment sludges generated during the production of veterinary pharmaceuticals from arsenic or organo-arsenic compounds 1 (0.454) Distillation or fractionation column bottoms from the production of chlorobenzenes 10(4.54) K086 ........................................................................................................................ Solvent washes and sludges, caustic washes and sludges, or water washes and sludges from cleaning tubs and equipment used in the formulation of ink from pigments, driers, soaps, and stabilizers containing chromium and lead 10 (4.54) Decanter tank tar sludge from coking operations 100 (45.4) Spent potliners from primary aluminum reduction. 10 (4.54) Emission control dust or sludge from ferrochromiumsilicon production. 10(4.54) Emission control dust or sludge from ferrochromium production. 10 (4.54) K093 ........................................................................................................................ Distillation light ends from the production of phthalic anhydride from ortho-xylene 5000 (2270) K094 ......................................................................................................................... 5000 (2270) Distillation bottoms from the production of phthalic anhydride from ortho-xylene K095 ........................................................................................................................ 100(45.4) Distillation bottoms from the production of 1,1.1-trichioroethane. Heavy ends from the heavy ends column from the production of 1,1,1trichloroethane. 100(45.4) Vacuum stripper discharge from the chlordane chlorinator in the production of chlordane 1 (0.454) Untreated process wastewater from the production of toxaphene 1 (0.454) 182 PART 172 April 1998 ABD00131949 Appendix A to 172.101 Table 1--Hazardous Substances Other Than Radionuclides Hazardous Substance K099......................................................................................................................... Untreated wastewater from the production of 2,4-D Reportable Quantity (RQ) Pounds (Kilograms) 10(4.54) K100.......................................................................... Waste leaching solution from acid leaching of emission control dust/ sludge from secondary lead smelting 10 (4.54) KlQI......................................................................................................... Distillation tar residues from the distillation of aniline-based compounds in the production of veterinary pharmaceuticals from arsenic or organo-arsenic compounds 1 (0.454) K102............................................................................. Residue from the use of activated carbon for decolorization in the production of veterinary pharmaceuticals from arsenic or organoarsenic compounds 1 (0.454) K103...................................................................................................................... Process residues from aniline extraction from the production of aniline 100 (45.4) K104................................................................................................... Combined wastewater streams generated from nitrobenzene/aniline chlorobenzenes 10 (4.54) K105...................................................................................................................... Separated aqueous stream from the reactor product washing step in the production of chlorobenzenes 10(4.54) K106...................................................................................................................... Wastewater treatment sludge from the mercury cell process in chlorine production 1 (0.454) K107................................................................................................ Column bottoms from product separation from the production of 1.1dimethylhydrazine (UDMH) from carboxylic acid hydrazines 10 (4.54) K108.......................................................................... Condensed column overheads from product separation and condensed reator vent gases from the production of 1,1dimethylhydrazine (UDMH) from carboxylic acid hydrazides 10 (4.54) K109......................................................................................................................... Spent filter cartidges from product purification from the production of 1,1-dimethylhydrazine (UDMH) from carboxylic acid hydrazides 10(4.54) K110.......................................................................... Condensed column overheads from intermediate separation from the production of 1,1-dimethylhydrazines (UDMH) from carboxylic acid hydrazides 10 (4.54) Kill.......................................................................... Product washwaters from the production of dinitrotoluene via nitration of toluene. 10 (4.54) K112.................................................................... Reaction by-product water from the drying column in the production of toluenediamine via hydrogenation of dinitrotoluene. 10(4.54) K113....................................................................................... Condensed liquid light ends from the purification of toluenediamine in the production of toluenediamine via hydrogenation of dinitrotoluene. 10(4.54) K114.................................................................... Vicinals from the purification of toluenediamine in the production of toluenediamine via hydrogenation of dinitrotoluene. 10 (4.54) Table 1--Hazardous Substances Other Than Radionucudes Hazardous Substance K115......................................................................................... Heavy ends from the purification of toluenediamine in the production ol toluenediamine via hydrogenation of dinitrotoluene. K116................................................................................................... Organic condensate from the solvent recovery column in the production of toluene diisocyanate via phosgenation of toluenediamine. K117............................................................................. Wastewater from the reaction vent gas scrubber in the production of ethylene bromide via bromination of ethene. K118............................................................................. Spent absorbent solids from purification of ethylene dibromide in the production of ethylene dibromide. Reportable Quantity (RQ) Pounds (Kilograms) 10(4.54) 10(4.54) 1 (0.454) 1 (0.454) K123.................................................................... Process wastewater (Including supernates, filtrates, and washwaters) from the production of ethylenebisdithiocarbamic acid and its salts. K124.................................................................... Reactor vent scrubber water from the production of ethylenebisdithiocarbamic acid and its salts. K125............................................................................. Filtration, evaporation, and centrifugation solids from the production of ethylenebisdithiocarbamic acid and its salts. K126....................................................................... Baghouse dust and floor sweepings in milling and packaging operations from the production or formulation of ethylenebisdithiocarbamic acid and its salts. K131.................................................................................................................. Waste water from the reactor and spent sulfuric acid from the acid dryer in the production of methyl bromide K132.......................................................................................... Spent absorbent and wastewater solids from the production of methyl bromide K136........................................................................................................................ Still bottoms from the purification of ethylene dibromide in the production of ethylene dibromide via bromination of ethene K141............................................................................................. 10 (4.54) 10(4.54) 10(4.54) 10 (4.54) 100(45.4) 1000(454) 1 (0.454) 1 (0.454) K143...................................................................................................... K144........................................................................................................................ K145...................................................................................................... K147.................................................................................................................. K148........................................................................................................................ K149........................................................................................................................ 1 (0.454) 1 (0.454) 1 (0.454) 1 (0.454) 1 (0.454) 1 (0.454) 10(4.54) 10 (4.54) 10(4.54) (1) Radionuclide Act/nium-224 ...................... Actinium-225 ...................... Actinium-226 ...................... Actinium-227 ...................... Actinium-228 ...................... Aluminum-26...................... Americium-237 ................... Americium-238 .................. Americium-239 .................. Americium-240 ................... Americium-241.................. Americium-242 ................... Americium-242m................ Americium-243 ................... (2) (3) Reportable Atomic quantity (RQ) number Cl (TBq) .... 89 100 (3.7) .... 89 (.037) .... 89 10 (.37) .... 89 0.001 (.000037) .... 89 10(37) .... 13 10(37) .... 95 1000 (37) .... 95 100 (3.7) .... 95 100(3.7) .... 95 10 (.37) .... 95 0.01 (.00037) .... 95 100 (3.7) .... 95 0.01 (.00037) .... 95 0.01 (.00037) Table 2--Radionuclides (D Radionuclide (2) (3) Reportable Atomic quantity (RQ) number Cl (TBq) Americium-244 ...................... .... 95 10 (.37) Americium-244m.................. .... 95 1000(37) Americium-245 ..................... .... 95 1000(37) Americium-246 ...................... .... 95 Americium-246m.................. .... 95 1000(37) 1000(37) Antimony-115......................... .... 51 1000 (37) Antimony-116......................... .... 51 Antimony-116m ................... .... 51 1000 (37) 100(3.7) Antimony-117........................ .... 51 1000 (37) Antimony-118m ................... .... 51 10 (.37) Antimony-119......................... .... 51 1000(37) Antimony-120 (16 min) . , , .... 51 Antimony-120 (5.76 day) . . .... 51 Antimony-122......................... . ... 51 1000 (37) 10(37) 10 (.37) 0) Radionuclide (2) (3) Reportable Atomic quantity (RQ) number Cl (TBq) Antimony-124........................ .... 51 10 (.37) Antimony-124m ................... .... 51 1000 (37) Antimony-125........................ .... 51 10 (.37) Antimony-126........................ .... 51 10 (.37) Antimony-126m .................. .... 51 1000(37) Antimony-127......................... .... 51 10 (.37) Antimony-128 (10.4 min) . . .... 51 1000(37) Antimony-128 (9.01 hr) . . . .... 51 10 (.37) Antimony-129........................ .... 51 100(3.7) Antimony-130......................... .... 51 100(3.7) Antimony-131......................... . ... 51 1000(37) Argon-39............................... . ... 18 1000(37) Argon-41 ............................... . ... 18 10 (.37) Arsenic-69 ............................ . . . .33 1000 (37) 183 Appendix A to 172.101 ABD00131950 April 1998 (1) Radionuclide (2) (3) Reportable Atomic quantity (RQ) number Cl (TBq) Arsenic-70......................... .... 33 100(3.7) Arsenic 71 ......................... Arsenic-72 ......................... .... 33 .... 33 100 (3.7) 10 (.37) Arsenic-73........................ .... 33 Arsenic-74......................... ... 33 100(3.7) 10 (.37) Arsenic-76 ......................... ............ 33 Arsenic-77 ......................... ............ 33 100(3.7) 1000(37) Arsenic-78......................... ............ 33 100(3.7) Astatine-207 ...................... ............ 85 100(3.7) Astatine-211...................... ............ 85 100(3.7) Barium-126......................... ............ 56 Barium 128......................... ............ 56 1000(37) 10 (.37) Barium-131......................... ............ 56 10 (.37) Barium-131m................... .... 56 Barium 133......................... ............ 56 1000 (37) 10(37) 100(3.7) Barium-135m .................. ............ 56 1000 (37) Barium-139......................... ............ 56 1000(37) Barium-140......................... ............ 56 10 (.37) Barium-141......................... ............ 56 1000(37) Barium-142......................... ............ 56 1000(37) Berkelium-245 .................. ............ 97 100(3.7) Berkelium-246 .................. ............ 97 Berkelium-247 .................. ............ 97 10 (.37) 0.01 (.00037) Berkelium-249 .................. ............ 97 1 (.037) Berkelium-250 .................. ............ 97 100(3.7) Beryllium-10 ...................... ............ 4 1 (.037) Beryllium-7...................... ............ 4 8ismuth 200 ........ ............ 83 Bismuth-201 ...................... ............ 83 Bismuth-202 ...................... ............ 83 100(3.7) 100(3.7) 100(3.7) 1000 (37) Bismuth-203 ...................... ............ 83 10 (.37) Bismuth-205 ...................... ............ 83 10 (.37) Bismuth-206 ...................... ............ 83 10 (.37) Bismuth-207 ...................... ............ 83 10 (.37) Bismuth-210 ...................... ............ 83 10 (.37) Bismuth-210m .................. ............ 83 Bismuth-212 ...................... ............ 83 0.1 (.0037) 100 (3.7) Bismuth-213................... ............ 83 Bismuth-214 ..................... ............ 83 100 (3.7) 100 (3.7) Bromine-74 ...................... ............ 35 100(3.7) Bromine-74m...................... ............ 35 100(3.7) Bromine-75........................ ............ 35 100(3.7) Bromine-76.................. ............ 35 Bromine 77......................... ............ 35 10 (.37) 100(3.7) Bromine-80......................... ............ 35 1000(37) Bromine-80m...................... ............ 35 Bromine-82......................... ............ 35 1000 (37) 10 (.37) Bromine-83......................... ............ 35 Bromine-84............ ... ............ 35 1000(37) 100(3.7) Cadmium-104.................. ............ 48 1000(37) Cadmium-107 .................. ............ 48 1000(37) Cadmium-109 .................. ............ 48 Cadmium-113 ................... ............ 48 (.037) 0.1 (.0037) Cadmium-1l3m ............... ............ 48 0.1 (.0037) Cadmium-115................... ............ 48 100(3.7) Table 2--Radionuclides (D Radionuclide (2) (3) Reportable Atomic quantity (RQ) number Cl (TBq) Cadmium-115m ............... . . 48 10 (.37) Cadmium-117 .................. ............ 48 100 (3.7) Cadmium-117m ............... .... 48 10 (.37) Calcium-41......................... .... 20 10 (.37) Calcium-45 ................... ............ 20 10(37) Calcium-47......................... ............ 20 10(37) Califomium-244 ............... .98 1000 (37) Californium-246 ............... ............ 98 10 (.37) Californium-248 ............... . . . .98 0.1 (.0037) Californium-249 ............... ............ 98 0.01 (.00037) Californium-250 ............... . . .98 0.01 (.00037) Californium-251 ............... ............ 98 0.01 (.00037) Californium-252 ............... ............ 98 0.1 (.0037) Californium-253 .... . . .98 10(37) Californium-254 ............... ............ 98 0.1 (.0037) 1000 (37) Carbon-14 ......................... .6 10 (.37) Cerium-134......................... ............ 58 10(37) Cerium-135......................... .58 10 (.37) Cerium-137......................... . . .58 1000(37) Cerium-137m...................... ............ 58 100(3.7) Cerium-139......................... ............ 58 100(3.7) Cerium-141......................... ............ 58 10 (.37) Cerium-143........................ ............ 58 100 (3.7) Cerium-144........................ ............ 58 1 (.037) Cesium-125 . . . ............ 55 1000(37) Cesium-127......................... ............ 55 100 (3.7) Cesium-129 .................. ............ 55 Cesium-130......................... . 55 100 (3.7) 1000(37) Cesium-131......................... ............ 55 1000 (37) Cesium-132......................... ............ 55 10(37) Cesium-134......................... . ... 55 1 (037) Cesium-134m .................. ............ 55 1000 (37) Cesium-135......................... ... .55 Cesium-135m.................. . ... 55 10 (.37) 100(3.7) Cesium-136........................ ............ 55 10 (.37) Cesium-137........................ .... 55 1 (.037) Cesium-138......................... . . . .55 100 (3.7) Chlorine-36........................ . . . .17 10 (.37) 100(3.7) Chlorine-39........................ . ... 17 100 (3.7) Chromium-48 ................ ............ 24 100 (3.7) Chromium-49..................... ............ 24 Chromium-51...................... . . . . 24 Cobalt-55............................ ............ 27 1000 (37) 1000(37) 10 (.37) Cobalt-56............................ ............ 27 Cobalt-57 ......................... ............ 27 10(37) 100(3.7) Cobalt-58............................ ............ 27 10 (.37) Cobalt-58m......................... ............ 27 1000(37) Cobalt-60 ...................... .... 27 10 (.37) Cobait-60m........................ ............ 27 1000 (37) Cobalt-61............................ ............ 27 1000(37) Cobalt-62m ...................... ............ 27 1000(37) Copper-60 ........................ ............ 29 100 (3.7) Copper-61 ........................ ............ 29 Copper-64...................... ... 29 100 (3.7) 1000(37) 0) Radionuclide (2) 0) Reportable Atomic quantity (RQ) number C (TBq) Copper-67......................... .... 29 100(3.7) Curium-238 ......................... .... 96 1000 (37) Curium-240 ......................... 96 1 (.037) Curium 241......................... . . 96 10 (.37) Curium-242 ... .... 96 1 (037) Curium 243 ......................... .... 96 0.01 (.00037) Curium-244 ... . ... ... 96 0.01 (.00037) Curium 245 ............ .... 96 0.01 (.00037) Curium-246 ......................... .... 96 0.01 (.00037) Curium-247 ......................... .... 96 0.01 (.00037) Curium-248 .................. ... 96 0.001 (.000037) Curium 249 ......................... ... 96 1000 (37) Dysprosium-155............... 66 100(3 7) Dysprosium-157................ . 66 100(3.7) Dysprosium-159................ ... 66 100(3.7) .... 66 1000(37) Dysprosium-166............... 66 10 (.37) Einsteinium-250 . ... .... 99 10 (.37) Einsteinium-251 ...... 99 1000(37) Einsteinium-253 ............... .... 99 10 (.37) Einsteinium-254 ............... .... 99 0.1 (.0037) Einsteinium-254m . . . . .99 1 (.037) Erbium-161......................... 68 100 (3.7) Erbium-165...................... .... 68 1000 (37) Erbrium-169................... . . 68 100 (3.7) Ebbium 171 ... . . 68 100(3 7) Erbium 172...................... .... 68 10(37) Europium-145 . . 63 10 (.37) Europium-146.................. 63 10 (.37) Europium-147 .................. .... 63 10 (.37) Europium-148 . . .... 63 10 ( 37) Europium-149 . . .63 100 (3.7) Europium-150 (12.6 hr) . . .... 63 1000(37) Europium-150 (34.2 yr) . . 63 10 (.37) Europium-152 . . . . . .63 10 (.37) Europium-152m ............... . . .63 100(3.7) Europium-154 ................ . . .63 10(37) Europium-155 ................ ... .63 10 (.37) Europium-156 .................. .... 63 10 (.37) 63 10 (.37) Europium-158 ................ . . .63 1000(37) Fermium-252 .................. . . 100 10 (.37) Fermium-253 .................. 100 10 (.37) Fermium-254 ...................... 100 100(3.7) Fermium-255 ...................... ... 100 100(3.7) Fermium-257 .................. ... 100 1 (.037) Fluorine-18............ .. 9 1000(37) Francium-222 ...................... 87 100 (3.7) Francium-223 ............ ... 87 100 (3.7) Gadolinium-145 ............... .... 64 100(3.7) Gadolinium-146 ............... .... 64 10 (.37) Gadolinium-147 .... .... 64 10 (.37) Gadolinium-148 ............ . . . 64 0001 (.000037) Gadolinium 149 ................ ... 64 100(3.7) Gadolinium-151 ................ ............ 64 100(3.7) Gadolinium-152................ .64 0.001 (.000037) 184 PART 172 April 1998 ABD00131951 Appendix A to 172.101 (1) Radionuclide (2) (3) Reportable Atomic quantity (RO) number Cl (TBq) Gadolinium-153 ................ .... 64 10 (.37) Gadolinium-159 ............... .... 64 1000 (37) Gallium-65 ......................... .... 31 1000 (37) Gallium-66 ......................... .... 31 10 (.37) Gallium-67 ......................... .... 31 100 (3.7) Gallium-68 ......................... .... 31 1000(37) Gallium-70 ......................... .... 31 1000(37) Gallium-72 ......................... .... 31 10 (.37) Gallium-73 ......................... .... 31 100(3.7) Germanium-66................... .... 32 100(3.7) Germanium-67................... .... 32 1000(37) Germanium-68................... .... 32 10 (.37) Germanium-69................... _____ 32 10 (.37) Germanium-71................... .... 32 1000(37) Germanium-75................... .... 32 1000(37) Germanium-77................... .... 32 10 (.37) Germanium-78.................. Gold-193............................ .... 32 .... 79 1000 (37) 100(3.7) Gold-194............................ .... 79 10 (.37) Gold-195............................ .... 79 100 (3.7) Gold-196............................ .... 79 100 (3.7) Gold-198m......................... .... 79 10 (.37) Gold-199............................ .... 79 100(3.7) Gold-200 ............................ .... 79 1000 (37) Gold-200m......................... .... 79 10 (.37) Gold-201 ............................ .... 79 1000 (37) Hafnium-170...................... .... 72 100(3.7) Hafnium-172...................... .... 72 1 (.037) Hafnium-173...................... .... 72 100(3.7) Hafnium-175...................... .... 72 100 (3.7) Hafnium-177m.................. Hafnium-178m.................. .... 72 .... 72 1000 (37) 0.1 (.0037) Hafnium-179m.................. .... 72 100(3.7) Hafnium-180m................... .... 72 100(3.7) Hafnium-181 ...................... .... 72 10(37) Hafnium-182...................... .... 72 0.1 (.0037) Hafnium-182m.................. .... 72 100 (3.7) Hafnium-183...................... .... 72 100 (3.7) Hafnium-184...................... .... 72 100 (3.7) Holmium-155...................... .... 67 1000(37) Holmium-157...................... .... 67 1000(37) Holmium-159...................... .... 67 1000(37) Holmium-161...................... .... 67 1000 (37) Holmium-162...................... .... 67 1000 (37) Holmium-162m.................. .... 67 1000 (37) Holmium-164...................... .... 67 1000 (37) Holmium-164m.................. .... 67 1000 (37) Holmium-166...................... .... 67 100(3.7) Holmium-166m................... .... 67 1 (.037) Holmium-167...................... .... 67 100(3.7) Hydrogen-3............................ .... 1 100(3.7) Indium-109............................ .... 49 100(3.7) Indium-110 (4.9 hr) ............ .... 49 10 (.37) Indium-110 (69.1 min) . . . . .... 49 100(3.7) Indium-111............................ .... 49 100 (3.7) Indium-112............................ .... 49 1000 (37) Table 2--Radionuclides (D Radionuclide (2) (3) Reportable Atomic quantity (RQ) number Cl (TBq) lndium-113m...................... .... 49 1000 (37) Indium-ll4m...................... .... 49 10 (.37) Indium-115......................... .... 49 0.1 (.0037) Indium-115m...................... .... 49 100(3.7) Indium-116m...................... .... 49 100(3.7) Indium-117......................... .... 49 1000(37) Indium-117m...................... .... 49 100(3.7) Indium-ll9m...................... .... 49 1000 (37) Iodine-120 ......................... .... 53 10 (.37) lodine-120m ...................... .... 53 100 (3.7) Iodine-121 ......................... .... 53 100 (3.7) Iodine-123 ........................ .... 53 10 (.37) Iodine-124 ........................ .... 53 0.1 (.0037) Iodine-125 ......................... .... 53 0.01 (.00037) Iodine-126 ......................... .... 53 0.01 (.00037) Iodine-128 ......................... .... 53 1000 (37) Iodine-129 ......................... .... 53 0.001 (.000037) Iodine-130 ......................... .... 53 1 (.037) Iodine-131 ......................... .... 53 0.01 (.00037) Iodine-132 ........................ .... 53 10 (.37) lodine-132m ..................... .... 53 10 (.37) Iodine-133 ........................ .... 53 0.1 (.0037) Iodine-134 ......................... .... 53 100(3.7) Iodine-135 ......................... .... 53 10(37) Iridium-182........................ .... 77 1000(37) Iridium-184......................... .... 77 100(3.7) Iridium-185......................... .... 77 100(3.7) Iridium-186......................... .... 77 10 (.37) Iridium-187......................... .... 77 100(3.7) Iridium-188......................... .... 77 10 (.37) Iridium--189......................... .... 77 100(3.7) Iridium-190......................... .... 77 10 (.37) Iridium-190m...................... .... 77 1000 (37) Iridium-192......................... .... 77 10 (.37) Iridium-192m...................... .... 77 100 (3.7) Iridium-194......................... .... 77 100 (3.7) Iridium-194m...................... .... 77 10 (.37) Iridium-195......................... .... 77 1000 (37) Iridium-195m...................... .... 77 100 (3.7) Iron-52 ............................... .... 26 100(3.7) Iron-55 ............................... .... 26 100(3.7) Iron-59 ............................... .... 26 10 (.37) Iron-60 ............................... .... 26 0.1 (.0037) Krypton-74......................... .... 36 10 (.37) Krypton-76......................... .... 36 10 (.37) Krypton-77......................... .... 36 10 (.37) Krypton-79......................... .... 36 100 (3.7) Krypton-81 ........................ .... 36 1000 (37) Krypton-83m..................... .... 36 1000(37) Krypton-85........................ .... 36 1000 (37) Krypton-85m...................... .... 36 100(3.7) Krypton-87......................... .... 36 10 (.37) Krypton-88......................... .... 36 10 (.37) Lanthanum-131 ............... .... 57 1000(37) Lanthanum-132 ............... .... 57 100 (3.7) Lanthanum-135 ............... .... 57 1000(37) (D Radionuclide (2) (3) Reportable Atomic quantity (RO) number Cl (TBq) Lanthanum-137 ............... .... 57 10 (.37) Lanthanum-138 ............... .... 57 1 (.037) Lanthanum-140 ................ .... 57 10 (.37) Lanthanum-141 ................ .... 57 1000(37) Lanthanum-142 ................ .... 57 100(3.7) Lanthanum-143 ............... .... 57 1000(37) Lead-195m......................... .... 82 1000(37) Lead-198 ............................ ... .82 100(3.7) Lead-199 ............................ ... .82 100(3.7) Lead-200 ............................ .... 82 100(3.7) Lead-201............................ .... 82 100(3.7) Lead-202 ............................ .... 82 (.037) Lead-202m........................ .... 82 10 (.37) Lead-203 ............................ .... 82 100(3.7) Lead-205 ............................ .... 82 100(3.7) Lead-209 ............................ .... 82 1000(37) Lead-210............................ .... 82 0.01 (.00037) Lead-211............................ .... 82 100(3.7) Lead-212............................ .... 82 10 (.37) Lead-214............................ .... 82 100(3.7) Lutetium-169...................... .... 71 10 (.37) Lutetium-170...................... .... 71 10 (.37) Lutetium--171...................... .... 71 10 (.37) Lutetium-172...................... .... 71 10 (.37) Lutetium-173..................... .... 71 100(3.7) Lutetium-174..................... .... 71 10 (.37) Lutetium-I74m.................. .... 71 10 (.37) Lutetium-176..................... .... 71 (037) Lutetium-I76m.................. .... 71 1000(37) Lutetium-177...................... .... 71 100(3.7) Lutetium-177m.................. .... 71 10 (.37) Lutetium-178...................... .... 71 1000(37) Lutetium-178m.................. .... 71 1000(37) Lutetium-179...................... .... 71 1000(37) Magnesium-28.................. .... 12 10 (.37) Manganese-51.................. .... 25 1000(37) Manganese-52.................. .... 25 10 (.37) Manganese-52m............... .... 25 1000 (37) Manganese-53.................. .... 25 1000 (37) Manganese-54.................. .... 25 10 (.37) Manganese-56.................. .... 25 100(3.7) Mendelevium-257 ............ ... 101 100(3.7) Mendelevium-258 ............ ... 101 1 (.037) Mercury-193...................... .... 80 100(3.7) Mercury-193m.................. .... 80 10 (.37) Mercury-194 ...................... .... 80 0.1 (.0037) Mercury-195 ...................... .... 80 100(3.7) Mercury-195m.................. .... 80 100(3.7) Mercury-197 ..................... .... 80 1000(37) Mercury-197m.................. .... 80 1000(37) Mercury-199m.................. .... 60 1000(37) Mercury-203 ...................... .... 80 10 (.37) Mofybdenum-101 ............ .... 42 1000(37) Molybdenum-90............... .... 42 100(3.7) Molybdenum-93............... .... 42 100 (3.7) Molybdenum-93m................ .... 42 10 (.37) 185 Appendix A to 172.101 ABD00131952 April 1998 (1) Radionuclide (2) (3) Reportable Atomic quantity (RQ) number Cl (TBq) Molybdenum-99...............................42 100 (3.7) Neodymium-136......................... 60 1000(37) Neodymium-138...............................60 1000 (37) Neodymium-139 ... ............ 60 1000(37) Neodymium-139m........................ 60 100(3 7) Neodymium-141............................... 60 1000(37) Neodymium-147 . 60 10 (.37) Neodymium-149 60 100 (3.7) Neodymium-151 60 1000(37) Neptunium-232 93 1000 (37) Neptunium-233 ........................... 93 1000 (37) Neptunium-234 .................................. 93 10 (.37) Neptunium-235 ............................... 93 1000 (37) Neptunium-236 (1.2 E 5 yr)............ 93 0.1 (.0037) Neptunium-236 (22.5 hr)............... 93 100(3.7) Neptunium-237 .................................. 93 0.01 (.00037) Neptunium-238 .................................. 93 10 (.37) Neptunium-239 .................................. 93 100 (3.7) Neptunium-240 .................................. 93 100(3.7) Nickel-56 . 28 10 (.37) Ntckel-57 28 10(37) Nickel-59........................................... 28 100(3.7) Nickel-63........................................... 28 100(3.7) Nickel-65........................................... 28 100 (3.7) Nickel-66 .................................. 28 10(37) Niobium-88 ... ...................41 100(3.7) Niobium-89 (122 min) .................. 41 100(3.7) Niobium-89 (66 min) .................. 41 100(3.7) Niobium-90..................................... 41 10 (.37) Niobium-93m ... ............. 41 100(3.7) Niobium-94 .................................. 41 10 (.37) Niobium-95 ..................................41 10 (.37) Niobium-95m .............................. 41 100(3.7) Niobium-96 10 (.37) Niobium-97..................................... 41 100(3.7) Niobium-98........................................ 41 1000 (37) Osmium-180..................................... 76 1000 (37) Osmium-181..................................... 76 100(3.7) Osmium-182..................................... 76 100(3.7) Osmium-185 76 10 (.37) Osmium-189m............................... 76 1000(37) Osmium-191.....................................76 100(3.7) Osmium-191m.................................. 76 1000(37) Osmium-193 ............................... 76 100(3.7) Osmium-194 ............................... 76 1 (.037) Palladium-100 . 46 100(3.7) Palladium-101 . 46 100(3.7) Palladium-103 ..................................46 100(3.7) Palladium-107.................................. 46 100(3.7) Palladium-109 ..................................46 1000 (37) Table 2--Radionuclides (D Radionuclide (2) (3) Reportable Atomic quantity (RQ) number Cl (TBq) Ptiosphorus-32............................... 15 0.1 (.0037) Phosphorus-33 ............................ 15 1 (.037) Platinum-186.................................. 78 100(3.7) Platinum-188 . ...................... 78 100(3.7) Platinum-189 ............................... 78 100(3.7) Platinum-191 ..................................78 100(3.7) Platinum-193 . . ...................... 78 1000(37) Platinum-193m.................................. 78 100 (3.7) Platinum-195m............................ 78 100 (3.7) Platinum-197..................................... 78 1000(37) Platinum-197m.................................. 78 1000(37) Platinum-199..................................... 78 1000(37) Platinum-200 .................................. 78 100 (3.7) Plutonium-234 ..................................94 1000(37) Plutonium-235 .................................. 94 1000(37) Plutonium-236 .................................. 94 0.1 (.0037) Plutonium-237 ........ 94 1000(37) Plutonium-238 ......................... 94 0.01 (.00037) Plutonium-239 94 0.01 (.00037) Plutonium-240 ............................... 94 0.01 (.00037) Plutonium-241 ............................ 94 1 (.037) Plutonium-242 .................................. 94 0.01 (.00037) Plutonium-243 .................................. 94 1000(37) Plutonium-244 ............................... 94 0.01 (00037) Plutonium-245 .................................. 94 100 (3.7) Polonium-203 ..................................... 84 100 (3.7) Polonium-205 ..................................... 84 100(3.7) Polonium-207 ..................................... 84 10 (.37) Polonium-210..................................... 84 0.01 (.00037) Potassium-40 . ............. .19 1 (.037) Potassium-42 19 100(3.7) Potassium-43.................................. 19 10 (.37) Potassium-44 ...............................19 100 (3.7) Potassium-45..................................... 19 1000(37) Praseodymium-136 ........................ 59 1000(37) Praseodymium-137 ........................ 59 1000(37) Praseodymium-l38m ......................59 100 (3.7) Praseodymium-139 ........................ 59 1000 (37) Praseodymium-142 .........................59 100(3 7) Praseodymium-142m......................59 1000 (37) Praseodymium-143.........................59 10(37) Praseodymium-144.........................59 1000 (37) Praseodymium-145 .... .59 1000(37) Praseodymium-147.........................59 1000(37) Promethium-141 . ............................ 61 1000(37) Promethium-143...............................61 100(3.7) Promethium-144...............................61 10 (.37) Promethium-145............................... 61 100 (3.7) Promethium-146............................... 61 10 (.37) Promethium-147............................... 61 10 (.37) 0) Radionuclide (2) (3) Reportable Atomic quantity (RQ) number Cl (TBq) Promethium-148............................ 61 10 (.37) Promethium-l48m............................ 61 Promethium-149............................ 61 10 (.37) 100 (3.7) Promethium-150............................ 61 Promethium-151...............................61 100 (3.7) 100 (3.7) Protactinium-227 ............................... 91 100 (3.7) Protactinium-228 ............................... 91 10 (.37) Protactinium-230 ............................... 91 10 (.37) Protactinium-231...............................91 Protactinium-232 ............................... 91 0.01 (.00037) 10 (.37) Protactinium-233 ............................... 91 Protactinium-234 ............................... 91 100(3.7) 10 (.37) RADIONUCLIDES t................................................. 1 ( 037) Radium-223 ......................... ... 88 1 (.037) Radium-224 ............................... .88 10 (.37) Radium-225 ...................................... 88 1 (.037) Radium-226*'.................................. 88 0.1 (.0037) Radium-227 ..................................... 88 Radium-228 ..................................... 88 1000 (37) 0.1 (.0037) Radon-220 ........................................ 86 Radon-222 ........................................ 86 Rhenium-177..................................... 75 0.1 (.0037) 0.1 (.0037) 1000(37) Rhenium-178..................................... 75 1000 (37) Rhenium-181..................................... 75 100(3.7) Rhenium-182 (12.7 hr) ............... 75 10(37) Rhenium-182 (64.0 hr) . . 75 Rhenium-184 ......................... 75 10 (.37) 10 (.37) Rhenium-184m......................... .. 75 10 (.37) Rehnium-186 . .................................. 75 Rhenium-I86m . ............... 75 Rhenium-187.................................. 75 100(3.7) 10 (.37) 1000(37) Rhenium-188..................................... 75 Rhenium-188m.................................. 75 1000 (37) 1000 (37) Rhenium-189..................................... 75 1000 (37) Rhodium-100 .... ................ 45 10(37) Rhodium-101............... .................. 45 10 (.37) Rhodium-101m.................................. 45 100(3.7) Rhodium-102..................................... 45 10(37) Rhodium-102m................ .45 10 (.37) Rhodium-103m.................................. 45 Rhodium-105.................................. 45 1000(37) 100(3.7) Rhodium-I06m ......................45 Rhodium-107..................................... 45 10 (.37) 1000(37) Rhodium-99 ..................................... 45 10 (.37) Rhodium-99m .................................. 45 100 (3.7) Rubidium-79..................................... 37 Rubidium-81 .................................. 37 1000 (37) 100 (3.7) Rubidium-8lm.................................. 37 1000 (37) Rubidium-82m ............................... 37 Rubidium-83................................ 37 10 (.37) 10 (.37) The RQs for all radionuclides apply to chemical compounds containing the radionuclides and elemental forms regardless of the diameter of pieces of solid material. f The RQ of one curie applies to all radionuclides not otherwise listed. Whenever the RQs in TABLE 1--HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES OTHER THAN RADIONUCLIDES and this table conflict, the lowest RO shall apply. For example, uranyl acetate and uranyl nitrate have RQs shown in TABLE 1 of 100 pounds, equivalent to about one-tenth the RQ level for uranium-238 in this table. " The method to determine the RQs for mixtures or solutions of radionuclides can be found in paragraph 6 of the note preceding TABLE 1 of this Appendix. RQs for the following four common radionuclide mixtures are provided: radium-226 in secular equilibrium with its' daughters (0.053 curie); natural uranium (0.1 curie); natural uranium in secular equilibrium with its' daughters (0.052 curie), and natural thorium in secular equilibrium with its' daughters (0.011 curie). 186 PART 172 ABD00131953 April 1998 Appendix A to 172.101 (1) Radionuclide (2) (3) Reportable Atomic quantity (RO) number Cl (TBq) Rubidium-84...................... .... 37 10 (.37) Rubidium-86...................... ............ 37 10 (.37) Rubidium-87...................... ............ 37 10 (.37) Rubidium-88...................... ............ 37 1000 (37) Rubidium-89...................... ............ 37 1000 (37) Ruthenium-103................... .... 44 10 (.37) Ruthenium 105................... .... 44 100 (3.7) Ruthenium-106................... .... 44 1 (.037) Ruthenium-94 ................... .... 44 1000 (37) Ruthenium-97 ................... .... 44 100(3.7) Samarium-141 .................. .... 62 1000 (37) Samarium 141m................ .... 62 1000(37) Samarium 142................... .... 62 1000(37) Samarium-145.................. .... 62 100 (3.7) Samarium-146.................. .... 62 0.01 (.00037) Samarium-147.................. .... 62 0.01 (.00037) Samarium-151 .................. .... 62 10(37) Samarium-153................... .... 62 100(3.7) Samarium-155................... .... 62 1000 (37) Samarium-156................... .... 62 100 (3.7) Scandium-43...................... Scandium-44...................... .... 21 .... 21 1000 (37) 100(3.7) Scandium-44m.................. .... 21 10(37) Scandium-46...................... .... 21 10(37) Scandium-47...................... .... 21 100 (3.7) Scandium-48...................... .... 21 10 (.37) Scandium-49...................... .... 21 1000(37) Selenium-70 ...................... .... 34 1000 (37) Selenium-73 ...................... .... 34 10 (.37) Selenium-73m .................. .... 34 100(3.7) Selenium-75 ...................... ... .34 10 (.37) Selenium-79 ...................... .... 34 10 (.37) Selenlum-81 ...................... _____34 1000(37) Selenlum-SIm .................. .... 34 1000 (37) Selenlum-83 ...................... .... 34 1000 (37) Silicon-31............................ .... 14 1000 (37) Silicon-32............................ .... 14 1 (.037) Silver-102............................ Silver-103............................ .... 47 .... 47 100(3.7) 1000(37) Silver-104............................ .... 47 1000(37) Silver-I04m......................... .... 47 1000 (37) Silver-105............................ .... 47 10(37) Silver-106............................ .... 47 1000 (37) Silvet-106m......................... .... 47 10 (.37) Silver-108m......................... .... 47 10 (.37) Sitver-IIOm......................... .... 47 10 (.37) Silver-ill............................ .... 47 10 (.37) Silver-112............................ .... 47 100(3.7) Silver-115............................ .... 47 1000 (37) Sodium-22 ......................... .... 11 10(37) Sodium-24 ......................... .... 11 10 (.37) Table 2--Radionuclides 0) Radionuclide (2) 0) Reportable Atomic quantity (RQ) number Cl (TBq) Strontium-80 ...................... .... 38 100 (3.7) Stiontium-SI ..................... .... 36 1000 (37) Strontium-83 ..................... .... 38 100 (3.7) Strontium-85...................... .... 38 10 (.37) Strontium-85m.................. .... 38 1000(37) Strontium-87m................... .... 38 100(3.7) Strontium-89 ...................... .... 38 10 (.37) Strontium-90...................... .... 38 0.1 (.0037) Strontium-91 ...................... .... 38 10 (.37) Strontium-92...................... .... 38 100(3.7) Sulfur-35 ............................ .... 16 1 (.037) Tantalum-172...................... .... 73 100(3.7) Tantalum-173...................... .... 73 100(3.7) Tantalum-174...................... .... 73 100 (3.7) Tantalum-175...................... .... 73 100(3.7) Tantalum-176...................... .... 73 10(37) Tantalum-177...................... .... 73 1000 (37) Tantalum-178...................... .... 73 1000 (37) Tantalum-179...................... .... 73 1000 (37) Tantalum-180...................... .... 73 100 (3.7) Tantalum-180m.................. .... 73 1000(37) Tantalum-182...................... .... 73 10 (.37) Tantalum-182m.................. .... 73 1000 (37) Tantalum-183...................... .... 73 100 (3.7) Tantalum-184...................... .... 73 10 (.37) Tantalum-185...................... .... 73 1000(37) Tantalum-186...................... .... 73 1000(37) Technetium-101 ............... .... 43 1000(37) Technetium-104 ............... .... 43 1000(37) Technetium-93.................. .... 43 100(3.7) Technetium-93m............... .... 43 1000 (37) Technetium-94.................. .... 43 10 (.37) Technetium-94m............... .... 43 100(3.7) Technetium-96.................. .... 43 10 (.37) Technetium-96m............... .... 43 1000(37) Technetlum-97.................. .... 43 100(3.7) Technetium-97m............... .... 43 100 (3.7) Technetlum-98.................. .... 43 10 (.37) Technetium-99.................. .... 43 10 (.37) Technetium-99m............... .... 43 100(3.7) Tellurium--116...................... .... 52 1000 (37) Tellurium-121...................... .... 52 10 (.37) Tellurium-121m.................. .... 52 10 (.37) Tellurium-123...................... .... 52 10 (.37) Tel!urium-123m.................. .... 52 10 (.37) Tellurium-125m................... .... 52 10 (.37) Tellurium-127...................... .... 52 1000(37) Tellurlum-127m.................. .... 52 10 (.37) Tellurium-129...................... .... 52 1000 (37) Tellurium-129m.................. .... 52 10 (.37) Tellurium-131...................... .... 52 1000 (37) (1) Radionuclide (2) (3) Reportable Atomic quantity (RQ) number Cl (TBq) Tellurium-131m.................. .... 52 10 (.37) Tellutium-132...................... .... 52 10 (.37) Tellurium-133..................... .... 52 1000(37) Tellurium-133m.................. Tellurium-134..................... .... 52 .... 52 1000 (37) 1000(37) Terbium-147...................... .... 65 Terbium-149...................... .... 65 100(3.7) 100(3.7) Terbium-150...................... .... 65 100(3.7) Terbium-151 ...................... .... 65 10 (.37) Terbium-153 ..................... .... 65 100(3.7) Terbium-154...................... .... 65 Terbium-155...................... .... 65 10 (.37) 100 (3.7) Terbium-156...................... .... 65 10 (.37) Terbium-l56m (24.4 hr) . . .... 65 1000(37) Terbium-156m (5.0 hr) . . .... 65 Terbium-157...................... .... 65 1000 (37) 100(3.7) Terbium-158...................... .... 65 10 (.37) Terbium-160...................... .... 65 10 (.37) Terbium-161 ...................... .... 65 100 (3.7) Thallium-194...................... .... 81 Tha!lium-194m.................. .... 81 1000(37) 100(3.7) Thallium-195...................... .... 81 100(3.7) Thallium-197...................... .... 81 100(3.7) Thallium-198...................... .... 81 10 (.37) Thallium-198m.................. .... 81 100(3.7) Thallium-199...................... .... 81 100(3.7) Thallium-200 ...................... ... .81 10 (.37) Thallium-201 ..................... .... 81 1000(37) Thallium-202 ...................... .... 81 10 (.37) Thallium-204 ...................... Thorium (Irradiated) .... Thorium (Natural)............... .... 81 .... 90 .... 90 10 (.37) ... Thorium-226 ..................... .... 90 100(3.7) Thorium-227 ..................... .... 90 1 (.037) Thorium-228 ...................... .... 90 0.01 (.00037) Thorium-229 ...................... .... 90 0.001 (.000037) Thorium-230 ...................... .... 90 0.01 (.00037) Thorium-231 ...................... .... 90 100 (3.7) Thorium-232'* .................. .... 90 0.001 (.000037) Thorium-234 ..................... .... 90 100(3.7) Thulium-162 ..................... .... 69 1000 (37) Thulium-166 ...................... .... 69 10 (.37) Thulium-167 ...................... .... 69 100(3.7) Thulium-170 ...................... .... 69 10 (.37) Thullum-171 ...................... .... 69 100(3.7) Thulium-172 ...................... .... 69 100(3.7) Thulium-173 ..................... .... 69 100(3.7) Thulium-175 ...................... .... 69 1000 (37) Tin-110............................... Tin-111 ............................... .... 50 .... 50 100(3.7) 1000(37) Tin-113 ............................... .... 50 10 (.37) " The method to determine the RQs for mixtures or solutions of radionuclides can be found in paragraph 6 of the note preceding TABLE 1 of this Appendix. RQs for the following four common radionuclide mixtures are provided: radium-226 in secular eQuilibrium with its' daughters (0.053 curie): natural uranium (0.1 curie); natural uranium in secular equilibrium with its' daughters (0.052 curie); and natural thorium in secular equilibrium with its1 daughters (0.011 curie). *" Indicates that the name was added by RSPA because it appears in the list of radionuclides in 49 CFR 173.435. The reportable quantity (RQ), if not specifically listed elsewhere in this Appendix, shall be determined In accordance with the procedures in Paragraph 6 of this Appendix. 187 ABD00131954 Appendix A to 172.101 April 1998 ID Radionuclide (2) (3) Reportable Atomic quantity (RQ) number Cl (TBq) Tin 117m............................ .... 50 100(3.7) Tin-119m............................ .... 50 10 (.37) Tin 121 ............................... .... 50 Tin 121m............................ .... 50 Tin 123 ............................... ............ 50 1000(37) 10 (.37) 10 (.37) Tin-123m............................ ............ 50 1000 (37) Tin-125............................... ............ 50 10 (.37) Tin 126............................... .... 50 1 (.037) Tin 127 ............................... .... 50 100(3.7) Tin 128 ............................... ... .50 1000(37) Trtanium-44.................. .... 22 1 (.037) Titanium-45......................... ............ 22 1000 (37) Tungsten-176...................... ............ 74 1000 (37) Tungsten-177...................... ............ 74 100(3.7) Tungsten-178...................... ............ 74 100(3.7) Tungsten-179...................... ............ 74 1000(37) Tungsten-181...................... ............ 74 100(3.7) Tungsten-185............ ... .... 74 10 (.37) Tungsten-187...................... .... 74 100(3.7) Tungsten-188...................... ... 74 Uranium (Depleted)............ ............ 92 Uranium (Irradiated) . . . . ............ 92 10 (.37) ... ... Uranium (Natural)............... ............ 92 Uranium Enriched 20% or greater............... ............ 92 Uranium Enriched ............ 92 ... ............ 92 1 (.037) ............ 92 1000 (37) ............ 92 0.01 (.00037) 2Table --Radionuclides (D Radionuclide (2) (3) Reportable Atomic quantity (RQ) number Cl (TBq) Uranium-233 ...................... Uranium-234".................. .... 92 .... 92 0.1 (.0037) 0.1 (.0037) Uranium-235".................. .... 92 Uranium-236 ................... .... 92 Uranium-237 ...................... ............ 92 0.1 (.0037) 0.1 (.0037) 100(3.7) Uranium-238".................. ............ 92 Uranium-239 ...................... ............ 92 Uranium-240 ...................... .... 92 0.1 (.0037) 1000(37) 1000(37) Vanadium-47 ... .... ... 23 1000(37) Vanadium-48 . . ... 23 Vanadium-49...................... . ... 23 Xenon-120 ........................ .... 54 10 (.37) 1000 (37) 100 (3.7) Xenon-121 ......................... .... 54 10(37) Xenon-122 ......................... ............ 54 100(3.7) Xenon-123 ......................... . . . .54 10 (.37) Xenon-125 ......................... . . . . 54 100(3.7) Xenon-127 ......................... . . . . 54 100(3.7) Xenon-129m ...................... ... 54 Xervon-i3lm...................... .... 54 Xenon-133 ......................... ............ 54 1000 (37) 1000 (37) 1000 (37) Xenon-133m ...................... . . . .54 Xenon-135 . . .... ............ 54 1000 (37) 100(3.7) Xenon-l35m ...................... Xenon-138 ......................... 54 54 10 (.37) 10(37) .... 70 1000 (37) Ytterbium-166 ................... ............ 70 Ytterbium-167.................. ............ 70 10(37) 1000(37) Ytterbium-169 .................. . . 70 Ytterbium-175.................. ............ 70 10(37) 100(3.7) (D Radionuclide (2) O) Reportable Atomic quantity (RQ) number Cl (TBq) Ytterbium-177................... 70 1000(37) Ytterbium-178 ................... . ... 70 1000(37) Yttrium-86............................ . . . .39 10 (.37) Yttrium-86m......................... ............ 39 1000(37) Yttrium-87............................ ............ 39 10 (.37) Yttrium-88............................ ............ 39 10 (.37) Yttrium-90............................ . . . . 39 10 (.37) Yttrium-90m . ...................... . 39 100 (3.7) Yttrium-91............................ ............ 39 10 (.37) Yttrium-91m......................... ............ 39 1000(37) Yttrium-92............................ ............ 39 100 (3.7) Yttrium-93............................ ............ 39 100(3.7) Yttrium-94............................ 39 1000(37) Yttrium-95............................ . . . . 39 1000(37) Zinc-62............................... . . . .30 100(3.7) Zinc-63 ............................ 30 1000(37) Zinc-65............................... . . . . 30 10 (.37) Zinc-69............................... ............ 30 1000(37) Zinc-69m............................ ............ 30 100(3.7) Zinc-7lm............................ ............ 30 100(3.7) Zinc 72............................... .... 30 100 (3.7) Zirconium-86...................... . . .40 100(3.7) Zirconium-88...................... .... 40 10(37) Zirconium-89...................... ............ 40 100(3.7) ............ 40 1 (037) Zirconium-95...................... ............ 40 10 (.37) Zirconium-97...................... ... .40 10(37) " The method to determine the RQs for mixtures or solutions of radionuclides can be found in paragraph 6 ol the note preceding TABLE 1 of this Appendix. RQs for the following four common radionuclide mixtures are provided: radium-226 in secular equilibrium with its' daughters (0.053 curie); natural uranium (0.1 curie): natural uranium in secular equilibrium with its' daughters (0.052 curie); and natural thorium in secular equilibrium with its' daughters (0.011 curie) *" Indicates that the name was added by RSPA because it appears in the list of radionuclides in 49 CFR 173.435. The reportable quantity (RQ). if not specifically listed elsewhere in this Appendix, shall be determined in accordance with the procedures in Paragraph 6 of this Appendix. 188 PART 172 ABD00131955 April 1998 Appendix B to 172.101 Appendix B to 172.101--List of Marine Pollutants (1) This appendix lists potential marine pollutants as defined in 171.8 of this subchapter. (2) If a marine pollutant meets the definition of any hazard class or division as defined in this subchapter, other than Class 9, the class of the material must be determined in accordance with 173.2a of this subchapter. (3) This appendix contains two columns. The first column, entitled "S.M.P." (for severe marine pollutants), identifies whether a material is a severe marine pollutant. If the letters "PP" appear in this column for a material, the material is a severe marine pollutant, otherwise it is not. The second column, entitled "Marine Pollutant", lists the marine pollutants. (4) If a material not listed in this appendix meets the criteria for a marine pollutant, as provided in the General Introduction of the IMDG Code, Guidelines for the Identification of Harmful Substances in Pack aged Form, the material may be transported as a marine pollutant in accordance with the applicable requirements of this subchapter. (5) If approved by the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Mate rials Safety, a material listed in this appendix which does not meet the criteria for a marine pollutant, as provided in the General Introduction of the IMDG Code, Guidelines for the Identification of Harmful Sub stances in Packaged Form, is excepted from the requirements of this subchapter as a marine pollutant. List of Marine Pollutants (1) S.M.P. (2) Marine Pollutant Acetal Acetaldehyde Acetone cyanohydrin, stabilized Acetylene tetrabromide Acetylene tetrachloride Acraldehyde, inhibited Acrolein, inhibited Acrylic aldehyde, inhibited Alcohol C-12-C-15 poly(1-3) ethoxylate Alcohol C-13 - C-15 poly(1-6) ethoxylate Alcohol C-6-C-17 (secondary)poly(3-6) ethoxylate Aldicarb PP . . . . Aldrin Alkyl (C7-C9) nitrates Alkyl (C12 - Cl4) dimethylamine Alkyl (C10-C21) sulphonic acid ester of phenol Alkylphenols, liquid, n.o.s. (including C2-C8 homoloauas) Alkylphenols, solid, n.o.s. (including C2-C8 homoiogues) Allyl bromide ortho-Aminoanisole Aminocarb Ammonium dlnitro-o-cresolata n-Amyl benzene Amyl mercaptans ortho-Anisidines Anisole PP . . . . Azinphos-ethyl Azinphos-methyl Barium compounds, soluble, n.o.s. Barium cyanide Bendiocarb Benomyl Benquinox Benzaldehyde Benzyl chlorocarbonate Benzyl chloroformate PP . . . . Binapacryl N,N-Bis (2-hydroxyethyl) oleamide (LOA) PP . . . . Brodifacoum Bromine cyanide Bromoacetone Bromoallylene List of Marine Pollutants (1) S.M.P. (2) Marine Pollutant ortho-Bromobenzyl cyanide Bromobenzene Bromocyane Bromotorm PP . . . Bromophos-ethyl 3-Bromopropene Bromoxynil Butanedione 2-Buienal, inhibited Butyl benzenes Butyl benzyl phthalate n-Butyl butyrate W-fert-butyl-/V-cyclopropyl-6-methyltnio-l,3,5-triazine-2,4-diamine Butyl mercaptans Butylphenois, liquid Butylphenols, solid para-tertiary-butyltoluene Butyraldehyde PP ... . Cadmium compounds Cadmium sulphide Calcium arsenate Calcium arsenate and calcium arsenite. mixtures, solid Calcium cyanide Calcium naphthenate PP ... . Camphechlor Camphor oil Carbaryl Carbendazim Carbofuran Carbon tetreabromide Carbon tetrachloride PP . . . . Carbophenothion Cartap hydrochloride PP . . . . Chlordane Chlorfenvinphos PP . . . . Chlorinated paraffins (C-10 - C-13) Chlorine Chlorine cyanide, Inhibited Chlormephos Chloroacetone. stabilized 2-Chloro-6-nitrotoluene 4-Chloro-2-nitrotoluene Chloro-ortho-nitrotoluene 2-Chloro-S-trifluoromethyinitrobenzene para-Chlorobenzyl chloride, liquid or solid Chlorodinitrobenzenes 1-Chlorohepiane 1-Chlorohexane Chlorcnitroanlllnes Chloronltrotoluenes liquid Chloronitrotoluenes solid 1-Chlorooctane PP . . . . Chlorophenates. liquid PP . . . . Chlorophenates. solid Chlorophenols, liquid Chlorophenots, solid Chlorophenyltrichlorosllane Chlorotoluenes PP . . . . Chlorpyriphos PP . . . . Chlorthlophos Coal tar Coal tar naphtha PP Severe Marine Pollutant 189 Appendix B to 172.101 List of Marine Pollutants (1) S.U.P. (2) Marine Pollutant Cocculus Coconitrile Copper acetoarsenite Copper arsenite Copper chloride pp . . . . Copper chloride (solution) pp ... Copper cyanide pp . .. . Copper metal powder Coumachlor pp . . . . Coumapho8 Creosote (coal tar) Creosote (wood tar) Cresols (o-, m-t p-) pp . . Cresyl diphenyl phosphate Cresylic acid Cresytic acid sodium sail Crotonaldehyde, inhibited Crotonic aldehyde Crotoxphos Cumene Cupric arsenite Cupric chloride pp .... Cupric cyanide pp . . . Cupric sulfate Cupriethylenediamine solution Cuprous chloride Cyanide mixtures Cyanide solutions Cyanides, inorganic, n.o.s. Cyanogen bromide Cyanogen chloride, inhibited Cyanophos pp . . . . 1,5,9-Cyclododecatriene pp ... . Cyhexatin pp ... . Cymenes (o-;m-;p-) pp . . . . Cypermethrin 2,4-0 pp . . . DDT normai-Decaldehyde norma/-Decanol Decyl acrylate Decyloxytetrahydrothiophene dioxide DEF Di-allate Di-n-Butyl phthalate pp . . . . Dialifos 4,4'-Diaminodiphenylmethane pp . Diazinon 1,3-Dibromobenzene Di-normal-butyl ketone 2,4-Di-tert-butylphenol 2,6-Di-tert-butylphenol pp . . . . Dichlofenthion Dichloroanilines 1,3-Dichlorobenzene 1,2-Dichlorobenzene 1,4-Dichlorobenzene Dichlorbenzene (meta; ortho; para) 2,2-Dichlorodiethyl ether Dichloroethyl ether 1,1-Dichloroethylene, inhibited 1,6-Dichlorohexane Dichlorophenols, liquid PP = Savers Marine Pollutant ABD00131956 April 1998 List of Marine Pollutants (D S.M.P. (2) Marine Pollutant Dichlorophenols, solid 2.4-Dichlorophenoxyacetic acid (see also 2.4D) 2,4-Dichlorophenoxyacetic acid diethanolamine salt 2.4-Dichlorophenoxyacetic acid dimethylamine salt 2.4-Dichlorophenoxyacetic acid triisopropylamine salt Dichlorophenyltrichtorosi/ane PP . . . . Dichlorvos Dicrotophos PP . . . . Dieldrin Diethylbenzenes (mixed isomers) Diisopropylbenzenes Diisopropylnaphthalene PP . . . . Dimethoate Dimethyl disulphide Qimethyl glyoxal (butanedione) Dimethylhydrazine, symmetrical Dimethylhydrazine, unsymmetrical Dimethylphenols, liquid or solid Dimethyl sulphide Dinitro-o-cresol, solid Dinitro-o-cresol, solution Dinitrochlorobenzenes, liquid or solid Dinitrophenol, dry or waned with less than 15 per cent water, by mass Dinitrophenol solutions Dinitrophenol, wetted with not less than 15 per cent water, by mass Dinitrophenolates alkali metals, dry or wetted with less than 15 per cent water by mass Dinitrophenolates, wetted with not less than 15 per cent water, by mass Dinobuton Dinoseb Dinosab acetate Dioxacarb Dioxathion Diphacinone Dipentene Diphenyl Diphenyl/diphenyl ether (mixtures) Diphenyl ether Diphenyl ether/biphenyl phenyl ether mixtures Diphenyl oxide Diphenyl oxide and biphenyl phenyl ether mixtures PP . . . . Diphenylamine chloroarsine PP . . . . Diphenylchloroarsme. solid or liquid Disultoton 1,4-Di-tert-butylbenzene DNOC DNOC (pesticide) 1-Dodecylamine Dodecyl diphenyl oxide disulphonate Dodecyl hydroxypropyl sulfide PP . . . . Dodecylphenol Drazoxolon Edifenphos PP . . . . Endosulfan PP . . . Endrin Epibromohydrin Epichtorohydrin PP . . . . EPN EPTC (ISO) PP ... . Esfenvalerate PP ... . Ethion Ethoprophos Ethyl acrylate, inhibited Ethyl chlorothioformate Ethyl fluid 190 PART 172 ABD00131957 April 1998 Appendix B to 172.101 List of Marine Pollutants (D S.M.P. (2) Marine Pollutant Ethyl mercaptan 1-Ethyf-2-methyl0enzene____________________________________________________ 2-Ethylbutyraldehyde________________________________________________________ 2-Ethylhexaldehyde 2-Ethylhexyl nitrate__________________________________________________________ 5-Ethyl-2-picoline___________________________________________________________ Ethyl propenoate, inhibited____________________________________ ______________ 2-Ethyl-3-propylacrolein ______________ ____________________________________ Ethyl tetraphosphate________________________________________________________ Ethyldichloroarsine__________________________________________________________ Ethylene dibromide and methyl bromide mixtures, liquid______________________ 2-Ethylhexenal______________________________________________________________ Fenaminphos PP ... . Fenbutatin oxide____________________________________________________________ PP ... . Fenitrothion PP ... . Fenpropathrin Fensultothion________________________________________________________________ PP . - . . Fenthion____________________________________________________________________ PP . . . , Fentin acetate_______________________________________________________________ PP . . . . Fentin hydroxide Ferric arsenate______________________________________________________________ Ferric arsenite Ferrous arsenate Fonofos Formetanate Furathlocarb (ISO)__________________________________________________________ gamma-BHC Gasoline leaded_____________________________________________________________ Heptachlor__________________________________________________________________ Heptenophos_______________________________________________________________ n-Heptylbenzene normalsptyl aldehyde_____________________________________________________ normal-Heptyl chloride______________________________________________________ Hexachlorobutadiene________________________________________________________ 1.3-Hexachlorobutadiene____________________________________________________ 2.4-Hexadiene aldehyde_____________________________________________________ Hexaethyl tetraphosphate, liquid________ _________________ Hexaethyl tetraphosphate, solid______________________________________ normal-Hexyl chloride_______________________________________________________ normaM-fexaldehyde________________________________________________________ n-Hexylbenzene_____________________________________________________________ Hydrocyanic acid, anhydrous, stabilized________ _____________________________ Hydrocyanic acid, anhydrous, stabilized, absorbed in a porous Inert material Hydrocyanic acid, aqueous solutions not more than 20% hydrocyanic acid Hydrogen cyanide solution in alcohol, with not more than 45% hydrogen cyanide Hydrogen cyanide, stabilized with less than 3% water____________________ Hydrogen cyanide, stabilized with less than 3% water and absorbed in a porous inert material______________________________________________________ Hydroxydimethylbenzenes, liquid or solid loxynll Iron oxide, spent____________________________________________________________ Iron sponge, spent__________________________________________________________ Isoamyl mercaptan__________________________________________________________ Isobenzan__________________________________________________________________ Isobutylbenzene_____________________________________________________________ Isobutyl butyrate Isobutyl Isobutyrate_________________________________________________________ Isobutyl propionate__________________________________________________________ Isodecaldehyde_____________________________________________________________ Isodecanol__________________________________________________________________ Isodecyl acrylate____________________________________________________________ Isodecyl diphenyl phosphate________________________________________________ Isotenphos__________________________________________________________________ Isononanol List of Marine Pollutants (1) S.M.P. (2) Marine Pollutant Isooctanol Isooctyl nitrate Isoprocarb Isopropenyl chloride Isopropenylbenzene Isopropyl chloride Isopropylbenzene Isotetramethyibenzene PP ... . Isovaleraldehyde Isoxathion Lead acetate Lead arsenates Lead arsenites Lead compounds, soluble, n.o.s. Lead cyanide Lead nitrate Lead perchlorate, solid or solution Lead tetraethyl Lead tetramethyl PP ... . Lindane London Purple Magnesium arsenate Malathion Mencozeb (ISO) Meneb or Maneb preparations with not less than 60 per cent maneb Maneb stabilized or Maneb preparations, stabilized against sett-heating Manganese ethylene-1,2-bis dithiocarbamate Manganese ethylene-1.2-bis dithiocarbamate, stabilized against self-heating Mephosfolan Mercaptodimethur Mercarbam PP . . . . Mercuric acetate PP . . . , Mercuric ammonium chloride PP . . . . Mercuric arsenate PP , . . . Mercuric benzoate PP , . . . Mercuric bisulphate PP . . . . Mercuric bromide PP ... . PP ... . PP ... . Mercuric chloride Mercuric cyanide Mercuric gluconate Mercuric iodide PP ... . Mercuric nitrate PP ... . Mercuric oleate PP ... . Mercuric oxide PP ... . Mercuric oxycyanlde, desensitized PP ... . Mercuric potassium cyanide PP ... . Mercuric Sulphate PP ... . Mercuric thiocyanate PP ... . Mercurol PP ... . Mercurous acetate PP ... . PP ... . PP ... . PP ... . Mercurous bisuphate Mercurous bromide Mercurous chloride Mercurous nitrate PP , . . . Mercurous salicylate PP , . . , Mercurous sulphate PP . . . . Mercury acetates PP_____ Mercury ammonium chloride PP . . , , Mercury based pesticides, liquid, flammable, toxic, n.o.s. PP , . . . PP , . . . PP . . . . PP , . . . Mercury based pesticides, liquid, toxic, flammable, n.o.s. Mercury based pesticides, liquid, toxic, n.o.s. Mercury based pesticides, solid, toxic, n.o.s. Mercury benzoate PP = Severe Marine Pollutant 191 Appendix B to 172.101 List of Marine Pollutants (1) S.M.P. (2) Marine Pollutant PP . . . Mercury bichloride PP Mercury bisulphates PP . . . Mercury bromides PP Mercury compounds, liquid, n.o.s. PP . . Mercury compounds, solid, n.o.s. PP ... Mercury cyanide PP PP . . Mercury gluconate Mercury (I) (mercurous) compounds (pesticides) PP . . . . Mercury (II) (mercuric) compounds (pesticides) Mercury iodide PP . . PP . . . PP Mercury nucleate Mercury oleate Mercury oxide PP . . . Mercury oxycyanide, desensitized PP . . . . Mercury potassium cyanide PP . . Mercury potassium iodide PP . Mercury salicylate PP Mercury sulfates PP . . . . Mercury thiocyanate Metam-sodium Methamidophos Methanethiol Methidathion Methomyl ortho-Methoxyaniline 3-Methylacroleine, inhibited Methyl bromide and ethylene dibromide mixtures, liquid 2-Methylbutyraldehyde Methylchlorobenzenes 1 -Methyl-2-ethylbenzene 1 -Methyl-4-ethylbenzene 2-Methyl-5-ethylpyridine Methyl mercaptan Methylnaphthalenes, liquid Methylnaphthalenes, solid Methylnitrophenols 2-Methyt-2-phenylpropane 3-Methyfpyradine Methyl salicylate alpha-Methylstyrene Methylstyrenes, inhibited Methyltnthion Methytvmylbenzenes, inhibited PP . . . Mevmphos Mexacarbate Mirex Monocrotophos Motor fuel anti-knock mixtures Motor fuel anti-knock mixtures or compounds Nabam Naled Naphthalene, crude or refined Naphthalene, motten Naphthemc acids, liquid Naphthenic acids, solid PP . . . Nickel carbonyl PP . . . Nickel cyanide PP Nickel tetracarbonyl 3-Nitro-4-chlorobenzotrifluoride Nitrobenzene Nitrobenzotrifluorides Nitrocresole Nitrotoluenes (o-, m-, p-) Nitroxylenes, (o-; m-; p-) PP = Severe Marine Pollutant ABD00131958 April 1998 List of Marine Pollutants (i) S.M.P. (2) Marine Pollutant l-Nonanal 1-Nonanol Nonylphenol normaf-Octaldehyde 1-Octanol Oleylamine PP Organotin compounds, liquid, n.o.s. PP . . . . Organotin compounds (pesticides) PP . . . . PP . . . . Organotin compounds, solid, n.o.s. Organotin pesticides, liquid, flammable, toxic, n o s., flash point less than 23 deg C PP . . . Organotin pesticides, liquid, toxic, flammable, n.o.s. PP . . . . Organotin pesticides, liquid, toxic, n.o.s. PP . . . . Organotin pesticides, solid, toxic, n.o.s. Orthoarsenic acid Osmium tetroxide Oxamyl Oxydisulfoton Parsoxon PP ... PP . . . . PP . . . . Parathion Parathion-methyl PCBs*'* Pentachloroethane PP ... . Pentachlorophenol Pentalin Pentanethiols n-Pentylbenzene Perchloroethylene Perchloromethylmercaptan Petrol, leaded PP ... . Phenarsazine chloride d-Phenothrin PP . . . Phenthoate 1 -Phenylbutane 2-Phenyibutane Phenylcyclohexane Pbenylethylene, inhibited PP ... Phenylmercuric acetate PP . . . . Phenylmercuric compounds, n.o.s. PP . . . . Phenylmercuric hydroxide PP . . . . Phenylmercuric nitrate 2-Phenyipropene PP . . . . Phorate PP . . . . Phosalone Phosmet PP . . . . Phosphamidon PP . . . Phosphorus, white or yellow dry or under water or in solution PP ... Phosphorus white, or yellow, molten Pindone (and salts of) alpha-Pinene Pirimicarb PP . . . . Pirimiphos-ethyl PP . . . Polychlorinated biphenyls PP . . . . Polyhalogenated biphenyls, liquid or Terphenyls liquid PP . . . . Polyhaloqenated biphenyls, solid or Terphenyls solid PP . . . . Potassium cuprocyanide Potassium cyanide PP . . . . Potassium cyanocuprate 1 PP . . . . Potassium cyanomercurate PP . . . . Potassium mercuric iodide Promecarb Propachlor Propanethiols Propaphos Propenal, inhibited 192 ABD00131959 Part 172.102-Special Provisions ABDOO132007 i Part 173 - Shippers General Requirements ABD00131962 April 1998 172.102 PART 172 Code Special Provisions 29 Lithium cells and batteries and equipment containing or packed with lithium cells and batteries which do not comply with the provisions of 173.185 of this subchapter may be transported only if they are approved by the Associate Admin istrator for Hazardous Materials Safety. 30 Sulfur is not subject to the requirements of this subchapter if transported in a non-bulk packaging or if formed to a specific shape (e.g., prills, granules, pellets, pastilles, or flakes). 31 Materials which have undergone sufficient heat treatment to render them non-hazardous are not subject to the require ments of this subchapter. 32 Polymeric beads and molding compounds may be made from polystyrene, polyfmethyl methacrylate) or other polymeric ma terial. 33 Ammonium nitrites and mixtures of an inorganic nitrite with an ammonium salt are prohibited. 34 The commercial grade of calcium nitrate fertilizer, when con sisting mainly of a double salt (calcium nitrate and ammonium nitrate) containing not more than 10 percent ammonium nitrate and at least 12 percent water of crystallization, is not subject to the requirements of this subchapter. 35 Antimony sulphides and oxides which do not contain more than 0.5 percent of arsenic calculated on the total mass do not meet the definition of Division 6.1. 36 The maximum net quantity per package is 5 liters (1 gallon) or 5 kg (11 pounds). 37 Unless it can be demonstrated by testing that the sensitivity of the substance in its frozen state is no greater than in its liquid state, the substance must remain liquid during normal transport conditions. It must not freeze at temperatures above15C (5F). 38 If this material shows a violent effect in laboratory tests involv ing heating under confinement, the labeling requirements of Special Provision 53 apply, and the material must be packaged in accordance with packing method OP6 in 173.225 of this subchapter. If the SADT of the technically pure substance is higher than 75C, the technically pure substance and formula tions derived from it are not self-reactive materials and, if not meeting any other hazard class, are not subject to the require ments of this sub-chapter. 39 This substance may be carried under provisions other than those of Class I only if it is so packed that the percentage of water will not fall below that stated at any time during transport. When phlegmatized with water and inorganic inert material, the content of urea nitrate must not exceed 75 percent by mass and the mixture should not be capable of being detonated by test l(a)(i) or test 1(a)(ii) in the UN Recommendations Tests and Criteria. 43 The nitrogen content of the nitrocellulose must not exceed 11.5 percent. Each single filter sheet must be packed between sheets of glazed paper. The portion of glazed paper between the filter sheets must not be less than 65 percent, by mass. The membrane filters/paper arrangement must not be liable to prop agate a detonation astested by one of the tests described in the UN Recommendations, Tests and Criteria, Part I, Test series 1 (a). Packagings should be so constructed that explosion is not possible by reason of increased internal pressure. 44 The formulation must be prepared so that it remains homoge neous and does not separate during transport. Formulations with low nitrocellulose contents and neither showing danger ous properties when tested for their ability to detonate, defla grate or explode when heated under defined confinement by the appropriate test methods and criteria in the UN Recom mendations, Tests and Criteria, nor being a flammable solid when tested in accordance with Appendix E to Part 173 of this subchapter (chips, if necessary, crushed and sieved to a particle size of less than 1.25 mm) are not subject to the subchapter. 46 This material must be packed in accordance with packing method OP6 (see 173.225 of this subchapter). During trans port, it must be protected from direct sunshine and stored (or kept) in a cool and well-ventilated place, away from all sources of heat. 47 Mixtures of solids which are not subject to this subchapter and flammable liquids may be transported under this entry Code Special Provisions without first applying the classification criteria of Division 4.1, provided there is no free liquid visible at the time the material is loaded or at the time the packaging or transport unit is closed. Each packaging must correspond to a design type that has passed a leakproofness test at the Packing Group II level. Small inner packagings consisting of sealed packets containing less than 10 ml of a Class 3 liquid in Packing Group II or III absorbed onto a solid material are not subject to this subchapter provided there is no free liquid in the packet. 48 Mixtures of solids which are not subject to this subchapter and toxic liquids may be transported under this entry without first applying the classification criteria of Division 6.1, provided there is no free liquid visible at the time the material is loaded or at the time the packaging or transport unit is closed. Each packaging must correspond to a design type that has passed a leakproofness test at the Packing Group II level. This entry may not be used for solids containing a Packing Group I liquid. 49 Mixtures of solids which are not subject to this subchapter and corrosive liquids may be transported under this entry without first applying the classification criteria of Class 8, pro vided there is no free liquid visible at the time the material is loaded or at the time the packaging or transport unit is closed. Each packaging must correspond to a design type that has passed a leakproofness test at the Packing Group II level. 50 Cases, cartridge, empty with primer which are made of metallic or plastic casings and meeting the classification criteria of Division 1.4 are not" regulated for domestic transportation. 51 This description applies to items previously described as "Toy propellant devices, Class C" and includes reloadable kits. Model rocket motors containing 30 grams or less propellant are classed as Division 1.4S and items containing more than 30 grams of propellant but not more than 62.5 grams of propel lant are classed as Division 1.4C. 52 Ammonium nitrate fertilizers may not meet the definition and criteria of Class 1 (explosive) material (see 173.50 of this subchapter). 53 Packages of these materials must bear the subsidiary risk label, "EXPLOSIVE", unless otherwise provided in this sub chapter or through an approval issued by the Associate Admin istrator for Hazardous Materials Safety, or the competent au thority of the country of origin. A copy of the approval shall accompany the shipping papers. 54 Maneb or maneb preparations not meeting the definition of Division 4.3 or any other hazard class are not subject to the requirements of this subchapter when transported by motor vehicle, rail car, or aircraft. 55 This device must be approved in accordance with 173.56 of this subchapter by the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety. 56 A means to interrupt and prevent detonation of the detonator from initiating the denonating cord must be installed between each electric detonator and the detonating cord ends of the jet perforating guns before the charged jet perforating guns are offered for transportation. 57 Maneb or Maneb preparations stabilized against self-heating need not be classified in Division 4.2 when it can be demon strated by testing that a volume of 1 m3 of substance does not self-ignite and that the temperature at the center of the sample does not exceed 200C, when the sample is main tained at a temperature of not less than 75C 2C for a period of 24 hours, in accordance with procedures set forth for testing self-healing materials in the UN Manual of Tests and Criteria. 58 Aqueous solutions of Division 5.1 inorganic solid nitrate sub stances are considered as not meeting the criteria of Division 5.1 if the concentration of the substances in solution at the minimum temperature encountered in transport is not greater than 80% of the saturation limit. 59 Ferrocerium, stabilized against corrosion, with a minimum iron content of 10 percent is not subject to the requirements of this subchapter. 60 After September 30, 1997, an oxygen generator, chemical, that is shipped with its means of initiation attached must incor porate at least two positive means of preventing unintentional actuation of the generator, and be classed and approved by 195 ABD00131963 172.102 April 1998 Code Special Provisions 64 65 66 70 74 77 81 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety. The procedures for approval of a chemical oxygen generator that contains an explosive means of initiation (e.g., a primer or electric match) are specified in 173.56 of this subchapter. Each person who offers a chemical oxygen generator for trans portation after September 30, 1997, shall: (1) ensure that it is offered in conformance with the conditions of the approval; (2) maintain a copy of the approval at each facility where the chemical oxygen generator is packaged; and (3) mark the approval number on the outside of the package. The group of alkali metals includes lithium, sodium, potassium, rubidium, and caesium. The group of alkaline earth metals includes magnesium, cal cium, strontium, and barium. Formulations of these substances containing not less than 30 percent non-volatile, non-flammable phlegmatizer are not subject to this subchapter. Black powder that has been classed in accordance with the requirements of 173.56 of this subchapter may be reclassed and offered for domestic transportation as a Division 4.1 mate rial if it is offered for transportation and transported in accord ance with the limitations and packaging requirements of 173.170 of this subchapter. During transport, this material must be protected from direct sunshine and stored or kept in a cool and well-ventilated place, away from all sources of heat. For domestic transportation, a Division 5.1 subsidiary risk label is required only if a carbon dioxide and oxygen mixture con tains more than 23.5% oxygen. Polychlorinated biphenyl items, as defined in 40 CFR 761.3, for which specification packagings are impractical, may be packaged in non-specification packagings meeting the gen eral packaging requirements of subparts A and B of part 173 of this subchapter. Alternatively, the item itself may be used as a packaging if it meets the general packaging requirements of subparts A and B of part 173 of this subchapter. The name of the particular substance or article must be spec ified. The ends of the detonating cord must be tied fast so that the explosive cannot escape. The articles may be transported as in Division 1.4 Compatibility Group D (1,4D) if all of the conditions specified in 173.63(a) of this subchapter are met. Detonators which will not mass detonate and undergo only limited propagation in the shipping package may be assigned to 1.4B classification code. Mass detonate means that more than 90 percent of the devices tested in a package explode practically simultaneously. Limited propagation means that if one detonator near the center of a shipping package is ex ploded, the aggregate weight of explosives, excluding ignition and delay charges, in this and all additional detonators in the outside packaging that explode may not exceed 25 grams. Detonators which meet the following conditions may be as signed to 1.4$ classification code: Each detonator may contain no more than 1 g of explosive, excluding ignition and delay charges, and if one detonator near the center of a package detonates it will not cause functioning of any other device in the same or adjacent packages. The word "Agents" may be used instead of "Explosives" when approved by the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Mate rials Safety. The recognized name of the particular explosive may be speci fied in addition to the type. The classification of the substance is expected to vary espe cially with the particle size and packaging but the border lines have not been experimentally determined; appropriate classifications should be verified following the test procedures in 173.57 and 173.58 of this subchapter. Fireworks must be so constructed and packaged that loose pyrotechnic composition will not be present in packages dur ing transportation. Rocket motors must be nonpropulsive in transportation unless approved in accordance with 173.56 of this subchapter. A rocket motor to be considered "nonpropulsive" must be capa ble of unrestrained burning and must not appreciably move in any direction when ignited by any means. Code Special Provisions 110 Cartridges containing 3.2 grams orless of deflagrating (propel lant) explosives installed in a fire extinguisher are not subject to the requirements of this subchapter. 111 Explosive substances of Division 1.1 Compatibility Group A (1.1A) are forbidden for transportation if dry or not desensi tized, unless incorporated in a device. 113 The sample must be given a tentative approval by an agency or laboratory in accordance with 173.56 of this subchapter. 114 Jet perforating guns, charged, oil well, without detonator may be reclassed to Division 1.4 Compatibility Group D (1.4D) if the following conditions are met: a. The total weight of the explosive contents of the shaped charges assembled in the guns does not exceed 90.5 kg (200 pounds) per vehicle; and b. The guns are packaged in accordance with Packing Method US006 as specified in 173.62 of this subchapter. 115 Boosters with detonator, detonator assemblies and boosters with detonators in which the total explosive charge per unit does not exceed 25 g, and which will not mass detonate and undergo only limited propagation in the shipping package may be assigned to 1,4B classification code. Mass detonate means more than 90 percent of the devices tested in a package explode practically simultaneously. Limited propagation means that if one booster near the center of the package is exploded, the aggregate weight of explosives, excluding ignition and delay charges, in this and all additional boosters in the outside packaging that explode may not exceed 25 g. 116 Fuzes, detonating may be classed in Division 1.4 if the fuzes do not contain more than 25 g of explosive per fuze and are made and packaged so that they will not cause functioning of other fuzes, explosives or other explosive devices if one of the fuzes detonates in a shipping packaging or in adjacent packages. 117 If shipment of the explosive substance is to take place at a time that freezing weather is anticipated, the water contained in the explosive substance must be mixed with denatured alcohol so that freezing will not occur. 118 This substance may not be transported under the provisions of Division 4.1 unless specifically authorized by the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety. 119 This substance, when in quantities of not more than 11.5 kg (25.3 pounds), with not less than 10 percent water, by mass, also may be classed in Division 4.1, provided a negative test result is obtained when tested in accordance with test series 6(c) of the UN Manual of Tests and Criteria. 120 The phlegmatized substance must be significantly less sensi tive than dry PETN. 121 This substance, when containing less alcohol, water or phlegmatizer than specified, may not be transported unless approved by the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Mate rials Safety. 123 Any explosives, blasting, type C containing chlorates must be segregated from explosives containing ammonium nitrate or other ammonium salts. 125 Lactose or glucose or similar materials may be used as a phlegmatizer provided that the substance contains not less than 90%, by mass, of phlegmatizer. These mixtures may be classified in Division 4.1 when tested in accordance with test series 6(c) of the UN Manual of Tests and Criteria and ap proved by the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety. Testing must be conducted on at least three packages as prepared for transport. Mixtures containing at least 90%, by mass, of phlegmatizer are not subject to the requirements of this subchapter. Packages containing mixtures with not less than 98% by mass, of phlegmatizer need not bear a POISON subsidiary risk label. 127 Mixtures containing oxidizing and organic materials trans ported under this entry may not meet the definition and criteria of a Class 1 material. (See 173,50 of this subchapter.) 128 Notwithstanding the provisions of 172.101(c)(12), an alumi num smelting by-product or aluminum remelting by-product described under this entry, in Packing Group II or III, may be packaged in accordance with Special Provision B115 of this section. 196 ABD00131964 PART 172 April 1998 172.102 (2) "A" codes. These provisions apply only to transportation by aircraft: Code Special Provisions A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 All A13 A14 A19 A20 A29 A30 A34 A51 Single packagings are not permitted on passenger aircraft. Single packagings are not permitted on aircraft. For combination packagings. if glass inner packagings (in cluding ampoules) are used, they must be packed with absor bent material in tightly closed metal receptacles before pack ing in outer packagings. Liquids having an inhalation toxicity of Packing Group I are not permitted on aircraft. Solids having an inhalation toxicity of Packing Group I are not permitted on passenger aircraft and may not exceed a maximum net quantity per package of 15 kg {33 pounds) on cargo aircraft. For combination packagings, if plastic inner packagings are used, they must be packed in tightly closed metal receptacles before packing in outer packagings. Steel packagings must be corrosion-resistant or have protec tion against corrosion. For combination packagings, if glass inner packagings (in cluding ampoules) are used, they must be packed with cush ioning material in tightly closed metal receptacles before pack ing in outer packagings. For combination packagings, if plastic bags are used, they must be packed in tightly closed metal receptacles before packing in outer packagings. When aluminum or aluminum alloy construction materials are used, they must be resistant to corrosion. For combination packagings, when metal inner packagings are permitted, only specification cylinders constructed of met als which are compatible with the hazardous material may be used. Non-bulk packagings conforming to 173.197 of this subchap ter not exceeding 16 kilograms (35 pounds) gross mass con taining only used sharps are permitted for transportation by aircraft. Maximum liquid content in each inner packaging may not exceed 50 milliliters (1.7 ounces). Non-bulk packagings of regulated medical waste conforming to 173.197 of this subchapter not exceeding 16 kilograms (35 pounds) gross mass for solid waste or 12 liters (3 gallons) total volume for liquid waste may be transported by passenger and cargo aircraft when means of transportation other than air are impracticable or not available. Combination packagings consisting of outer fiber drums or plywood drums, with inner plastic packagings, are not author ized for transportation by aircraft. Plastic bags as inner receptacles of combination packagings are not authorized for transportation by aircraft. Combination packagings consisting of outer expanded plastic boxes with inner plastic bags are not authorized for transporta tion by aircraft. Ammonium permanganate is not authorized for transportation on aircraft. Aerosols containing a corrosive liquid in Packing Group II charged with a gas are not permitted for transportation by aircraft. When transported by cargo-only aircraft, an oxygen generator must conform to the provisions of an approval issued under Special Provision 60 and be contained in a packaging pre pared and originally offered for transportation by the approval holder. (3) "B" codes. These provisions apply only to bulk packagings: Code Special Provisions B1 If the material has a flash point at or above 38C (100F) and below 93C (200F), then the bulk packaging requirements of 173.241 of this subchapter are applicable. If the material has a flash point of less than 38C (100F), then the bulk packaging requirements of 173.242 of this subchapter are applicable. B2 MC 300, MC 301. MC 302, MC 303, MC 305, and MC 306 and DOT 406 cargo tanks are not authorized. B3 MC 300, MC 301, MC 302, MC 303, MC 305, and MC 306 Code Special Provisions B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 B11 B13 B14 B15 B16 B18 B23 B25 and DOT 406 cargo tanks and DOT 57 portable tanks are not authorized. MC 300, MC 301, MC 302, MC 303, MC 305. and MC 306 and DOT 406 cargo tanks are not authorized. Only ammonium nitrate solutions with 35 percent or less water that will remain completely in solution under all conditions of transport at a maximum lading temperature of 116C (240F) are authorized for transport in the following bulk packagings: MC 307, MC 312, DOT 407 and DOT 412 cargo tanks with at least 172 kPa (25 psig) design pressure. The packaging shall be designed for a working temperature of at least 121C (250F). Only Specifications MC 304, MC 307 or DOT 407 cargo tank motor vehicles are authorized for transportation by vessel. Packagings shall be made of steel. Safety relief devices are not authorized on multi-unit tank car tanks. Openings for safety relief devices shall be plugged or blank flanged. Packagings shall be made of nickel, stainless steel, or steel with nickel, stainless steel, lead or other suitable corrosion resistant metallic lining. Bottom outlets are not authorized. MC 300, MC 301, MC 302, MC 303, MC 305, and MC 306 and DOT 406 cargo tanks, and DOT 57 portable tanks are not authorized. Tank car tanks must have a test pressure of at least 2,068.5 kPa (300 psi). Cargo and portable tanks must have a design pressure of at least 1,207 kPa (175 psig). A nonspecification cargo tank motor vehicle authorized in 173.247 of this subchapter must be at least equivalent in design and in construction to a DOT 406 cargo tank or MC 306 cargo tank (if constructed before August 31,1995), except as follows: a. Packagings equivalent to MC 306 cargo tanks are ex cepted from 178.340-10, certification; 178.341-4, vents; and 178.341-5, emergency flow control. b. Packagings equivalent to DOT 406 cargo tanks are ex cepted from 178.345-7(d)(5), circumferential reinforce ments; 178.345-14, marking; 178.345-15, certification; 178.346-10, pressure relief; and 178.346-11, outlets. c. Packagings are excepted from the design stress limits at elevated temperatures, as described in the ASME Code. However,the design stress limits may not exceed 25 per cent of the stress, as specified in the Aluminum Associa tion's "Aluminum Standards and Data" (7th Edition June 1982), for 0 temper at the maximum design temperature of the cargo tank. Each bulk packaging, except a tank car or a multi-unit-tank tank car, must be insulated with at an insulating material so that the overall thermal conductance at 15.5C (60F) is not more than 1.5333 kilojoules per hour per square meter per degree Celsius (0.075 Btu per hour per square foot per degree Fahrenheit) temperature differential. Insulating materials must not promote corrosion to steel when wet. Notwithstanding the requirements in 171.14(b)(4)(ii) of this subchapter, compli ance with this provision is delayed until October 1, 1994, for a bulk packaging containing a material poisonous by inhalation which, when in contact with moisture, becomes highly corro sive to the tank and could cause a degree of corrosion under an insulation blanket that would have an adverse effect on tank integrity. Packagings must be protected with non-metaliic linings imper vious to the lading or have a suitable corrosion allowance. The lading must be completely covered with nitrogen, inert gas or other inert materials. Open steel hoppers or bins are authorized. Tanks must be made of steel that is rubber lined or unlined. Unlined tanks must be passivated before being placed in service. If unlined tanks are washed out with water, they must be repassivated prior to return to service. Lading in unlined tanks must be inhibited so that the corrosive effect on steel is not greater than that of hydrofluoric acid of 65 percent concentration. Packagings must be made from monel or nickel or monellined or nickel-lined steel. 197 ABD00131965 172.102 April 1998 Code Special Provisions B26 B27 B28 B30 B32 B33 Tanks must be insulated. Insulation must be at least 100 mm (3.9 inches) except that the insulation thickness may be re duced to 51 mm (2 inches) over the exterior heater coils. Interior heating coils are not authorized. The packaging may not be loaded with a material outside of the packaging's design temperature range. In addition, the material also must be cov ered with an inert gas or the container must be filled with water to the tank's capacity. After unloading, the residual material also must be covered with an inert gas or the container must be filled with water to the tank's capacity. Tanks must have a service pressure of 1,034 kPa (150 psig). Tank car tanks must have a test pressure rating of 1,379 kPa (200 psi). Lading must be blanketed at all times with a dry inert gas at a pressure not to exceed 103 kPa (15 psig). Packagings must be made of stainless steel. MC 312, MC 330, MC 331 and DOT 412 cargo tanks and DOT 51 portable tanks must be made of stainless steel, except that steel other than stainless steel may be used in accordance with the provisions of 173.24b(b) of this subchapter. Thickness of stainless steel for tank shell and heads for cargo tanks and portable tanks must be the greater of 7.62 mm (0.300 inch) or the thickness required for a tank with a design pressure at least equal to 1.5 times the vapor pressure of the lading at 46C (115F). In addition, MC 312 and DOT 412 cargo tank motor vehicles must: a. Be ASME Code (U) stamped for 100% radiography of all pressure-retaining welds; b. Have accident damage protection which conforms with 178.345-8 of this subchapter; c. Have a MAWP or design pressure of at least 87 psig; and d. Have a bolted manway cover. MC 312, MC 330, MC 331, DOT 412 cargo tanks and DOT 51 portable tanks must be made of stainless steel, except that steel other than stainless steel may be used in accordance with the provisions of 173.24b(b) of this subchapter. Thickness of stainless steel for tank shell and heads for cargo tanks and portable tanks must be the greater of 6.35 mm (0.250 inch) or the thickness required for a tank with a design pressure at least equal to 1.3 times the vapor pressure of the lading at 46C (115F). In addition, MC 312 and DOT 412 cargo tank motor vehicles must; a. Be ASME Code (U) stamped for 100% radiography of ail pressure-retaining welds; b. Have accident damage protection which conforms with 178.345-8 of this subchapter; c. Have a MAWP or design pressure of at least 87 psig; and d. Have a bolted manway cover. MC 300, MC 301, MC 302, MC 303, MC 305, MC 306, and DOT 406 cargo tanks equipped with a 1 psig normal vent used to transport gasoline must conform to Table 1 of this Special Provision. Based on the volatility class determined by using ASTM D439 and the Reid vapor pressure (RVP) of the particular gasoline, the maximum lading pressure and maxi mum ambient temperature permitted during the loading of gasoline may not exceed that listed in Table I. Table I--Maximum Ambient Temperature--Gasoline ASTM D439 volatility class Maximum lading and amblant tsmpsraturs (sss nots 1) A (RVP<=9.0 psla)........................................ B (RVP<-10.0 psla)..................................... C (RVP<=11.5 psia)..................................... D (RVP)<13.5 psla)..................................... E (RVP<-15 0 psia)..................................... 131" F 124 F 116* F 107" F 100" F Note 1: Based on maximum lading pressure of 1 psig at top of cargo tank. Code Special Provisions B35 B37 Tank cars containing hydrogen cyanide may be alternatively marked "Hydrocyanic acid, liquefied" if otherwise conforming to marking requirements in subpart D of this part. Tank cars marked "HYDROCYANIC ACID" prior to October 1, 1991 do not need to be remarked. The amount of nitric oxide charged into any tank car tank may not exceed 1,379 kPa (200 psig) at 21 C (70F). Code Special Provisions B42 B44 B45 B46 B47 B48 B49 B50 B52 B53 B54 B55 B56 B57 B59 B60 B61 B64 B65 B66 B67 Tank cars must have a test pressure of 34.47 Bar (500 psig) or greater and conform to Class 105J. Each tank car must have a safety relief device having a start-to-discharge pressure of 10.34 Bar (150 psig). The tank car specification may be marked to indicate a test pressure of 13.79 Bar (200 psig). All parts of valves and safety relief devices in contact with lading must be of a material which will not cause formation of acetylides. Safety relief valves must be equipped with stainless steel or platinum frangible discs approved by the AAR Committee on Tank Cars. The detachable protective housing for the loading and un loading valves of multi-unit tank car tanks must withstand tank test pressure and must be approved by the Associate Adminis trator for Hazardous Materials Safety. A safety relief device with a start-to-discharge pressure setting of 310 kPa (45 psig) is permitted. Portable tanks in sodium metal service may be visually in spected at least once every 5 years instead of being retested hydrostatically. Date of the visual inspection must be stenciled on the tank near the other required markings. Tanks equipped with interior heater coils are not authorized. Single unit tank car tanks must have a safety relief valve set at no more than 1551 kPa (225 psig). Each valve outlet of a multi-unit tank car tank must be sealed by a threaded solid plug or a threaded cap with inert luting or gasket material. Valves must be of stainless steel and the caps, plugs, and valve seats must be of a material that will not deteriorate as a result of contact with the lading. Notwithstanding the provisions of 173.24b of this subchapter, non-reclosing pressure relief devices are authorized on DOT 57 portable tanks. Except for IBCs, packagings must be made of either aluminum or steel. Open-top, sift-proof rail cars are also authorized. Water-tight, sift-proof, closed-top. metal-covered hopper cars, equipped with a venting arrangement (including flame ar restors) approved by the Associate Administrator for Hazard ous Materials Safety are also authorized. Water-tight, sift-proof, closed-top, metal-covered hopper cars are also authorized if the particle size of the hazardous material is not less than 149 microns. Class 115A tank car tanks used to transport chloroprene must be equipped with a safety vent of a diameter not less than 305 mm (12 inches) with a maximum rupture disc pressure of 45 psi, Water-tight, sift-proof, closed-top, metal-covered hopper cars are also authorized provided that the lading is covered with a nitrogen blanket. DOT Specification 106A500X multi-unit tank car tanks that are not equipped with a safety relief device of any type are authorized. For the transportation of phosgene, the outage must be sufficient to prevent tanks from becoming liquid full at 55C (130F). Written procedures covering details of tank car appurte nances, dome fittings, safety devices, and marking, loading, handling, inspection, and testing practices must be approved by the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety before any single unit tank car tank is offered for transportation. Each single unit tank car tank built after December 31, 1990 must be equipped with a tank head puncture resistance sys tem that conforms to 179.16 of this subchapter. Tank cars must have a test pressure of 34.47 Bar (500 psig) or greater and conform to Class 105A. Each tank car must have a pressure relief device having a start-to-discharge pressure of 15.51 Bar (225 psig). The tank car specification may be marked to indicate a test pressure of 20.68 Bar (300 psig). Each tank must be equipped with gas tight valve protection caps. Outage must be sufficient to prevent tanks from becom ing liquid full at 55C (130F). Specification 110A500W tanks must be stainless steel. All valves and fittings must be protected by a securely attached cover made of metal not subject to deterioration by the lading, and all valve openings, except safety valve, must be fitted 198 July 1998 ABD00131966 172.102 PART 172 Code Special Provisions B68 B69 B70 B71 B72 B74 B76 B77 B78 B80 B81 B82 B83 B84 B85 B90 B100 B101 B103 B104 with screw plugs or caps to prevent leakage in the event of valve failure. Sodium must be in a molten condition when loaded and al lowed to solidify before shipment. Outage must be at feast 5 percent at 98C (208F). Bulk packagings must have exterior heating coils fusion welded to the tank shell which have been properly stress relieved. The only tank car tanks authorized are Class DOT 105 tank cars having a test pressure of 2.069 kPa (300 psig) or greater. Dry sodium cyanide or potassium cyanide may be shipped in sift-proof weather-resistant metal covered hopper cars, cov ered motor vehicles, portable tanks or non-specification bins. Bins must be approved by the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety. Flexible intermediate bulk con tainers (FIBCs) may also be used under conditions approved by the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety. If DOT 103ANW tank car tank is used: All cast metal in contact with the lading must have 96.7 percent nickel content; and the lading must be anhydrous and free from any impurities. Tank cars must have a test pressure of 20.68 Bar (300 psig) or greater and conform to Class 105, 112, 114 or 120. Tank cars must have a test pressure of 34.47 Bar (500 psig) or greater and conform to Class 105J, 106, or 110. Tank cars must have a test pressure of 20.68 Bar (300 psig) or greater and conform to Class 105S, 106. 110, 112J, 114J or 120S. Tank cars must have a test pressure of 20.68 Bar (300 psig) or greater and conform to Class 105S, 112J, 114J or 120S. Each tank car must have a safety relief device having a startto-discharge pressure of 10.34 Bar (150 psig). The tank car specification may be marked to indicate a test pressure of 13.79 Bar (200 psig). Other packaging are authorized when approved by the Associ ate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety. Tank cars must have a test pressure of 4.14 Bar (60 psig) or greater and conform to Class 103, 104, 105, 109, 111, 112, 114 or 120. Heater pipes must be of welded construction designed for a test pressure of 500 pounds per square inch. A 25 mm (1 inch) woven lining of asbestos or other approved material must be placed between the bolster slabbing and the bottom of the tank. If a tank car tank is equipped with a safety vent of the frangible disc type, the frangible disc must be perforated with a 3.2 mm (0.13 inch) diameter hole. If a tank car tank is equipped with a safety relief valve, the tank car tank must also be equipped with a vacuum relief valve. Each cargo tank must have a minimum design pressure of 276 kPa (40 psig). Venting and pressure relief devices for tank car tanks and cargo tanks must be approved by the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety. Cargo tanks and portable tanks are not authorized. Bottom outlets are prohibited on tank car tanks transporting sulfuric acid in concentrations over 65.25 percent. Packagings must be protected with non-metal(fc linings imper vious to the lading or have a suitable corrosion allowance for sulfuric acid or spent sulfuric acid in concentration up to 65.25 percent. Cargo tanks must be marked with the name of the lading in accordance with the requirements of 172.302(b). Steel tanks conforming or equivalent to ASME specifications which contain solid or semisolid residual motor fuel antiknock mixture (including rust, scale, or other contaminants) may be shipped by rail freight or highway. The tank must have been designed and constructed to be capable of withstanding full vacuum. All openings must be closed with gasketed blank flanges or vapor tight threaded closures. Intermediate bulk containers are not authorized. Authorized only in metal intermediate bulk containers. If an intermediate bulk container is used, the package must be transported in a closed freight container or transport vehicle. Intermediate bulk containers must be provided with a device to allow venting during transport. The inlet to the pressure relief valve must communicate with the vapor space of the packaging and lading during transport. Code Special Provisions B105 B106 B108 B109 B110 B115 Authorized only in rigid intermediate bulk containers. Authorized in intermediate bulk containers that are vapor tight. Authorized in sift-proof, water-resistant flexible, fiberboard or wooden intermediate bulk containers; packed in a closed transport vehicle. Not authorized in flexible intermediate bulk containers. This material also may be packaged in IBCs authorized in 173.242(d) of this subchapter. Rail cars, highway trailers, roll-on/roll-off bins, or other non specification bulk packagings are authorized. Packagings must be sift-proof, prevent liquid water from reaching the haz ardous material, and be provided with sufficient venting to preclude dangerous accumulation of flammable, corrosive, or toxic gaseous emissions such as methane, hydrogen, and ammonia. The material must be loaded dry. (4) "H" codes. These provisions apply only to transportation by highway. [Reserved] (5) "N" codes. These provisions apply only to non-bulk pack agings: Code Special Provisions N3 N4 N5 N6 N7 N8 N9 N10 Nil N12 N20 N25 N32 N33 N34 N36 N37 Glass inner packagings are permitted in combination or com posite packagings only if the hazardous material is free from hydrofluoric acid. For combination or composite packagings, glass inner pack agings, other than ampoules, are not permitted. Glass materials of construction are not authorized for any part of a packaging which is normally in contact with the hazardous material. Battery fluid packaged with electric storage batteries, wet or dry, must conform to the packaging provisions of 173.159(g) or (h) of this subchapter. The hazard class or division number of the material must be . marked on the package in accordance with 172.302 of this subchapter. However, the hazard label corresponding to the hazard class or division may be substituted for the marking. Nitroglycerin solution in alcohol may be transported under this entry only when the solution is packed in metal cans of not more than 1 L capacity each, overpacked in a wooden box containing not more than 5 L. Metal cans must be completely surrounded with absorbent cushioning material. Wooden boxes must be completely lined with a suitable material imper vious to water and nitroglycerin. If the substance is impregnated with less than 5% oil, it is excepted from the labeling requirements of subpart D of this part and the packaging tests of subpart M of part 178 of this subchapter. Lighters and their inner packagings, which have been ap proved by the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety (see 173.21(i) of this subchapter), must be packaged in one of the following outer packagings at the Packing Group II level: 4C1 or 4C2 wooden boxes; 4D plywood boxes; 4F reconstituted wood boxes; 4G fiberboard boxes; or 4H1 or 4H2 plastic boxes. This material is excepted for the specification packaging re quirements of this subchapter if the material is packaged in strong, tight non-bulk packaging meeting the requirements of subparts A and B of Part 173 of this subchapter. Plastic packagings are not authorized. A 5M1 multi-wall paper bag is authorized if transported in a closed transport vehicle. Steel single packagings are not authorized. Aluminum materials of construction are not authorized for sin gle packagings. Aluminum drums are not authorized. Aluminum construction materials are not authorized for any part of a packaging which is normally in contact with the haz ardous material. Aluminum or aluminum alloy construction materials are permit ted only for halogenated hydrocarbons that will not react with aluminum. This material may be shipped in an integrally-lined fiber drum (1G) which meets the general packaging requirements of 199 172.102 ABD00131967 July 1998 Code Special Provisions N40 N41 N42 N43 N45 N65 N71 N72 N73 N74 N75 N76 N77 N78 N79 Subpart B of Part 173 of this subchapter, the requirements of Part 178 of this subchapter at the packing group assigned for the material and to any other special provisions of Column 7 of the 172.101 Table. This material is not authorized in the following packagings: a. A combination packaging consisting of a 4G fiberboard box with inner receptacles of glass or earthenware; b. A single packaging of a 4C2 sift-proof, natural wood box; or c. A composite packaging 6PG2 (glass, porcelain or stone ware receptacles within a fiberboard box). Metal construction materials are not authorized for any part of a packaging which is normally in contact with the hazardous material. 1A1 drums made of carbon steel with thickness of body and heads of not less than 1.3 mm (0.050 inch) and with a corrosionresistant phenolic lining are authorized for stabilized benzyl chloride if tested and certified to the Packing Group I perform ance level at a specific gravity of not less than 1.8. Metal drums are permitted as single packagings only if con structed of nickel or monel. Copper cartridges are authorized as inner packagings if the hazardous material is not in dispersion. Outage must be sufficient to prevent cylinders or spheres from becoming liquid full at 55C (130F). The vacant space (outage) may be charged with a nonflammable nonliquefied compressed gas if the pressure in the cylinder or sphere at 55C (130F) does not exceed 125 percent of the marked service pressure. Combination packagings consisting of inner glass packagings of not over 1.0 L (0.3 gallon) capacity each or inner metal packagings of not over 5.0 L (1 gallon) capacity each, placed in strong outer packagings, are authorized. Packagings are not subject to the requirements of Part 178 of this subchapter. Packagings must be examined by the Bureau of Explosives and approved by the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety. Packagings consisting of outer wooden or fiberboard boxes with inner glass, metal or other strong containers; metal or fiber drums; kegs or barrels; or strong metal cans are author ized and need not conform to the requirements of Part 178 of this subchapter. Packages consisting of tightly closed inner containers of glass, earthenware, metal or polyethylene, capacity not over 0.5 kg (1.1 pounds) securely cushioned and packed in outer wooden barrels or wooden or fiberboard boxes, not over 15 kg (33 pounds) net weight, are authorized and need not conform to the requirements of Part 178 of this subchapter. Packages consisting of tightly closed inner packagings of glass, earthenware or metal, securely cushioned and packed in outer wooden barrels or wooden or fiberboard boxes, capac ity not over 2.5 kg (5.5 pounds) net weight, are authorized and need not conform to the requirements of Part 178 of this subchapter. For materials of not more than 25 percent active ingredient by weight, packages consisting of inner metal packagings not greater than 250 ml (8 ounces) capacity each, packed in strong outer packagings together with sufficient absorbent material to completely absorb the liquid contents are author ized and need not conform to the requirements of Part 178 of this subchapter. For materials of not more than two percent active ingredients by weight, packagings need not conform to the requirements of Part 178 of this subchapter, if liquid contents are absorbed in an inert material. Packages consisting of inner glass, earthenware, or polyethyl ene or other nonfragile plastic bottles or jars not over 0.5 kg (1.1 pounds) capacity each, or metal cans not over five pounds capacity each, packed in outer wooden boxes, barrels or kegs, or fiberboard boxes are authorized and need not conform to the requirements of Part 178 of this subchapter. Net weight of contents in fiberboard boxes may not exceed 29 kg (64 pounds). Net weight of contents in wooden boxes, barrels or kegs may not exceed 45 kg (99 pounds). Packages consisting of tightly closed metal inner packagings not over 0.5 kg (1.1 pounds) capacity each, packed in outer Code Special Provisions N80 N82 wooden or fiberboard boxes, or wooden barrels, are author ized and need not conform to the requirements of Part 178 of this subchapter. Net weight of contents may not exceed 15 kg (33 pounds). Packages consisting of one inner metal can, not over 2.5 kg (5.5 pounds) capacity, packed in an outer wooden or fiberboard box, or a wooden barrel, are authorized and need not conform to the requirements of Part 178 of this subchapter. See 173.306 of this subchapter for classification criteria for flammable aerosols. (6) "R" codes. These provisions apply only to transportation by rail. (Reserved) (7) "T" codes. These provisions apply only to transportation in IM portable tanks. They are divided into two groupings, one of which appears as IM Tank Configurations in paragraph (c)(7)(i) of this sec tion, and the second of which imposes specific requirements and appears in paragraph (c)(7)(ii) of this section. (i) IM Tank Configurations. Column 1 lists the code for the special provisions as specified in Column 7 of the 172.101 Table. Column 2 specifies the IM tank type, either IM 101 (178.270 and 178.271 of this subchapter) or IM 102 (178.270 and 178.272 of this subchapter). Column 3 specifies the minimum test pressure, in bars (1 bar = 14.5 psig), at which the periodic hydrostatic testing required by 173.32b of this subchapter must be conducted. Column 4 specifies either the section refer enced for requirements for bottom openings or "Prohibited", which means bottom openings are prohibited. Column 5 speci fies the section reference for requirements applicable to pres sure relief devices. Code (1) T1 T2 T7 TS T9 Til T12 T13 T14 T15 T16 T17 Tie T20 T21 T22 T23 T24 T28 T39 T43 IM tank type (2) 102 102 101 101 101 101 101 101 101 101 101 101 101 101 101 101 101 101 101 101 101 IM Tank Configurations Minimum test Pressure (bars) Bottom outlets Pressure relief devices O) 15 (4) 173 32c(g)(i) (5) 178.270-Ii(a)(i).{2) 1.5 173 32c(gH2) 178.270-H(a)(l).(2) 265 173 32c(g)(i) 178 270-H(a)(l).(2) 265 l73 32c(g)(2) 178 270-1 l(aX 1 ).<2> 265 Prohibited 178.270-1 l<a)< 1 >.(2> 265 173 32c(g)(2) 178 270-11(a)(3) 265 Prohibited 178 2?0-li(aX31 4 173 320(g)(1) 178 270-H(a)(i).(2) 4 173 32c(gK2) 178.270-H(a)(l),(2) 4 Prohibited 178 270-11<a)(1).(2) 4 173 320(g)(1) 178 270-11(a)(3) 4 173 320(g)(2) 178 270-11(3X3) 4 Prohibited 178 270-11(a)(3) 6 173 320(g)(2) 178 270-11(a)(1).(2) 6 Prohibited 178 270-l1(a)(l),(2) 6 173 32c(gl) 178 270-11(a)(i).(2) 6 173 32c(gX2> 178 270-11(a)(3) 6 Prohibited 178.270-Il(a)(3) 10 Prohibited l76270-1HaXi>.(2) 10 Prohibited 178 270-1 l(aX3) 9 Prohibited 178 270-11(a)(3) (ii) IM Tank special provisions. Code Special Provisions T25 T26 T27 T28 This hazardous material is not permitted for transport in IM portable tanks. Each tank must have a minimum shell thickness of 6.35 mm (0.250 inch) mild steel. Each tank must have a minimum shell thickness of 8.0 mm (0.315 inch) mild steel. See entry for T28 in the IM Tank Configuration Table in para graph (c)(7)(i) of this section. 200 July 1998 ABD00131968 172.102 PART 172 Code Special Provisions T29 The lading must be completely covered with nitrogen, inert gas, or other inert materials. T30 IM 102 portable tanks without bottom openings or with bottom openings conforming to 173.32c(g)(1) of this subchapter are authorized for a hazardous material with a flash point of 0C (32F) or greater and a vapor pressure not greater than 65.5 kPa (9.5 psia) at 65.6C (150F). T31 IM 102 portable tanks without bottom openings or with bottom openings conforming to 173.32c(g){2) of this subchapter are authorized for a hazardous material with a flash point of 0C (32F) or greater and a vapor pressure not greater than 65 kPa (9.4 psia) at 65.6C (150F). T32 Each tank must have a minimum shell thickness of 10.0 mm (0.394 inch) mild steel with at least 5.0 mm (0.197 inch) lead lining. T33 Dry phosphorus is not permitted. For transport in a molten state, the tank must be insulated in accordance with Note T38. Air must be eliminated from the interior of the tank. The tank may be heated, however, interior heating coils are prohibited. T34 The IM Tank authorization is limited to aqueous solutions con taining not more than 40% dimethylamine. T35 Each tank must be equipped with reclosing (spring loaded) pressure relief valves set to discharge at pressures determined according to the pressure characteristics of the organic perox ide lading. T36 Each tank must be equipped with pressure relief devices with sufficient venting capacity to prevent the tank from bursting. T37 IM portable tanks are only authorized for the shipment of hydro gen peroxide solutions in water containing 72 percent or less hydrogen peroxide by weight. Pressure relief devices shall be designed to prevent the entry of foreign matter, the leakage of liquid and the development of any dangerous excess pres sure. In addition, the tank shall be designed so that internal surfaces may be effectively cleaned and passivated. Each tank must be equipped with pressure relief devices conforming to the following requirements: Concentration of hydrogen peroxide solution Total venting capacity in standard cubic feet per hour (S.C.F.H.) per pound of hydrogen peroxide solution 52 percent or less ........................................ Over 52 percent but not greater than 60 percent........................................................ Over 60 percent but not greater than 72 percent........................................................ it 22 32 T38 Each tank must be insulated with an insulating material so that the overall thermal conductance at 15.5C (60F) is no more Code Special Provisions T39 T40 T41 T42 T43 T44 T45 T46 T47 than 1.5333 kilojoules per hour per square meter per degree Celsius (0.075 Btu per hour per square foot per degree Fahren heit) temperature differential. Insulating materials must not pro mote corrosion to steel when wet. Notwithstanding the require ments in 171.14(b)(4)(ii) of this subchapter, compliance with this provision is delayed until October 1, 1994, for a bulk packaging containing a material poisonous by inhalation which, when in contact with moisture, becomes highly corro sive and could cause corrosion under an insulation blanket. See entry for T39 in the IM Tank Configuration Table in para graph (c)(7)(i) of this section. Each tank must have a minimum shell thickness of 10.0 mm (0.39 inch) mild steel. Each tank must have a minimum shell thickness of 12.0 mm (0.47 inch) mild steel. Transport in IM portable tanks is permitted only under condi tions approved by the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety. See entry for T43 in the IM Tank Configuration Table in para graph (c)(7)(i) of this section. DOT Specification IM 101 portable tanks shall be made of stainless steel except that steel other than stainless steel may be used in accordance with the provisions of 173.24b(b) of this subchapter. Thickness of stainless steel for tank shell and heads must be the greater of 7.62 mm (0.300 inch) or the thickness required for a tank with a design pressure at least equal to 1.5 times the vapor pressure of the lading at 46C (115F). DOT Specification IM 101 portable tanks shall be made of stainless steel except that steel other than stainless steel may be used in accordance with the provisions of 173.24b(b) of this subchapter. Thickness of stainless steel for tank shell and heads must be the greater of 6.35 mm (0.250 inch) or the thickness required for a tank with a design pressure at least equal to 1.3 times the vapor pressure of the lading at 46C (115F). IM portable tanks in sodium metal service are not required to be hydrostatically retested. Temperature must be maintained between 18C (64F) and 40C (104F) when carried in tanks. Tanks containing solidified methyacrylic acid may not be reheated during transport. (8) "W" codes. These provisions apply only to transportation by water: Code Special Provisions W41 When offered for transportation by water, this material must be packaged in bales and be securely and tightly bound with rope, wire or similar means. ABD00131969 Pari 172.200-Shipping Papers April 1998 ABD00131970 172.200--172.203 PART 172 PUBLISHER'S NOTE Unless exempted, each shipment of hazardous materials must be accompanied by a "shipping paper" that contains information outlined in this Subpart. The information required on the shipping paper must be easy to identify, legible and printed in English. Depending on who prepared the shipping paper, it is often referred to as "bills of lading," "shipping orders," "waybill," etc. For hazardous wastes the Hazardous Waste Manifest can sometimes be used as the shipping papers. No matter who prepared the shipping paper or what it is called, any document containing the required information can be used as a shipping paper. It must accompany the hazardous material at all times during transportation. During transportation the shipping papers must be located as outlined in the modal Parts, 174 through 177. Subpart C SHIPPING PAPERS 172.200 Applicability, (a) Description of hazardous materials required. Except as otherwise provided in this subpart, each person who offers a hazardous material for transportation shall describe the hazardous material on the shipping paper in the manner required by this subpart. (b) This subpart does not apply to any material, other than a hazard ous substance, a hazardous waste or marine pollutant, that is-- (1) Identified by the letter "A" in Column 1 of the 172.101 Table, except when the material is offered or intended for transportation by air; or (2) Identified by the letter "W" in Column 1 of the 172.101 Table, except when the material is offered or intended for transportation by water; or (3) An ORM-D, except when the material is offered or intended for transportation by air. 172.201 General entries, (a) Contents. When a description of hazardous material is required to be included on a shipping paper, that description must conform to the following requirements: (1) When a hazardous material and a material not subject to the requirements of this subchapter are described on the same shipping paper, the hazardous material description entries required by 172.202 and those additional entries that may be required by 172.203: (i) Must be entered first, or (ii) Must be entered in a color that clearly contrasts with any de scription on the shipping paper of a material not subject to the requirements of this subchapter, except that a description on a reproduction of a shipping paper may be highlighted, rather than printed, in a contrasting color (the provisions of this para graph apply only to the basic description required by 172.202(a)(1) and (2), or (3)), or (iii) Must be identified by the entry of an "X" placed before the proper shipping name in a column captioned "HM". (The "X" may be replaced by "RQ," if appropriate.) (2) The required shipping description on a shipping paper and all copies thereof used for transportation purposes, must be legible and printed (manually or mechanically) in English. (3) Unless it is specifically authorized or required in this subchapter, the required shipping description may not contain any code or abbrevi ation. (4) A shipping paper may contain additional information concerning the material provided the information is not inconsistent with the re quired description. Unless otherwise permitted or required by this subpart, additional information must be placed after the basic descrip tion required by 172.202(a). (b) [Reserved]. (c) Continuation page. A shipping paper may consist of more than one page, if each page is consecutively numbered and the first page bears a notation specifying the total number of pages included in the shipping paper. For example, "Page 1 of 4 pages." (d) Emergency response telephone number. Except as provided in 172.604(c), a shipping paper must contain an emergency re sponse telephone number, as prescribed in subpart G of this part. 172.202 Description of hazardous material on shipping pa pers. (a) The shipping description of a hazardous material on the shipping paper must include: (1) The proper shiPDinn namp nreRcrihpri for thP matPrial iriCnli imn 7 thp ft!77 101 Tahlo- (2) The_hfl7flfd class nr diviainn pmsrribed for the matP-rial as shown in Column 3 of the^i7? ini Tahle /class names or subsidiary hazard "class or division number may be entered following the numerical hazard class, or following the basic description). The hazard class need not be included for the entry "Combustible liquid, n.o.s."; (3) The identification number prescribed for the material as shown in Column Tot the 5172/101 Fable: " ~l4) The parking grnnp in Roman numerals, prescribed for the material in Column 5_of the 172.101 Table, if any. The packing group may be preceded by the letters `'PG" (e.g., "PG II"); and (5) Fvrppt tot ampry parKnninnP (see 173.29 of this subchapter), cylinders fotCIa^ 2 (compressed gases) materials, and bulk packag- ings, the total quantity (by net or gross mass, capacity, or as otherwise appropriate), including the unit of measurement of the hazardous material covered by the description (e.g., "800 lbs", "55 gal.", "3629 kg", or "208 L"). For_cylinders_for Class 2 (compressed gases) materi als and bulk packaoings, some indication of total quantity must be shown (e.g., "10 cylinders" or "iTargo tank"). (b) Except as provided in this subpart, the basic description speci fied in paragraphs (a)(1), (2), (3) and (4) of this section must be shown in sequence with no additional information interspersed. For example: "Gasoline, 3, UN 1203, PG II". (c) The total quantity of the material covered by one description must appear before or after, or both before and after, the description required and authorized by this subpart. The type of packaging and destination marks may be entered in any appropriate manner before or after the basic description. Abbreviations may be used to express units of measurement and types of packagings. (d) Technical and chemical group names may be entered in paren theses between the proper shipping name and hazard class or follow ing the basic description. An appropriate modifier, such as "contains" or "containing," and/or the percentage of the technical constituent may also be used. For example: "Flammable liquids, n.o.s. (contains Xylene and Benzene), 3, UN 1993, PG ll". (e) Except for those materials in the UN Recommendations, the ICAO Technical Instructions, or the IMDG Code, a material that is not a hazardous material according to this subchapter may not be offered for transportation or transported when its description on a shipping paper includes a hazard class or an identification number specified in 172.101. 172.203 Additional description requirements. fat .Exemptions. Each shipping paper issued in connection with a shipment made under an exemption must bear the notation "DOT- E" followed by the exemption number assigned and so located that the notation is clearly associated with the description to which the exemption applies. (bl Limited quantities. The description for a material offered for transportation as "limitecTcfuantity.'' as authorized by this subchapter, must include the words "Limited Quantity" or "Ltd Qty" following the basic description. 203 ABD00131971 172.203 April 1998 (c) Hazardous substances. (1) bxcepnor Class 7 (radioactive) materials described in accord ance with paragraph (d) of this section, if the proper shipping name for a material that is a hazardous substance does not identify the hazardous substance by name, the name of the hazardous substance must be entered in parentheses in association with the basic descrip tion, If the material contains two or more hazardous substances, at least two hazardous substances, including the two with the lowest reportable quantities (RQs), must be identified. For a hazardous waste, the waste code (e.g., D001), if appropriate, may be used to identify the hazardous substance. (2) The letters "RQ" shall be entered on the shipping paper either before or after, the basic description required by 172.202 for each hazardous substance (see definition in 171.8 of this subchapter). For example: "RQ, Allyl alcohol, 6.1, UN 1098,1"; or "Environmentally hazardous substance, solid, n.o.s., 9, UN 3077, III, RQ (Adipic acid)''. (d) Radioactive material. The description for a shipment of a Class 7 (radioactive) material must include the following additional entries as appropriate: (1) The words "RADIOACTIVE MATERIAL" unless these words are contained in the proper shipping name. (2) The name of each radionuclide in the Class 7 (radioactive) material that is listed in 173.435 of this subchapter. For mixtures of radionuclides, the radionuclides that must be shown must be deter mined in accordance with 173.433(f) of this subchapter. Abbrevia tions, e.g., ""Mo" are authorized. (3) A description of the physical and chemical form of the material, if the material is not in special form (generic chemical description is acceptable for chemical form). (4) The activity contained in each package of the shipment in terms of the appropriate SI units (e.g. Becquerel, Terabecquerel, etc.) or in terms of the appropriate SI units followed by the customary units (e.g. Curies, millicuries, etc.). Alternatively, for domestic transportation, the activity in a package of Class 7 (radioactive) materials may be de scribed solely in terms of curies until April 1,1997. Abbreviations are authorized. Except for plutonium-238, plutonium-239, and plutonium241, the weight in grams or kilograms of fissile radionuclides may be inserted instead of activity units. For plutonium-238, plutonium-239, and plutonium-241 the weight in grams or kilograms of fissile radionu clides may be inserted in addition to the activity units. For the shipment of a package containing a highway route controlled quantity of Class 7 (radioactive) materials (see 173.403 of this subchapter) the words "Highway route controlled quantity" must be entered in association with the basic description. (5) The category of label applied to each package in the shipment. For example: "RADIOACTIVE WHITE--I." (6) The transport index assigned to each package in the shipment bearing RADIOACTIVE YELLOW--II or RADIOACTIVE YELLOW-- III labels. (7) For a shipment of fissile Class 7 (radioactive) materials: (i) The words "Fissile Excepted" if the package is excepted pursu ant to 173.453 of this subchapter; (ii) For a fissile material, controlled shipment, the additional nota tion: "Warning--Fissile material, controlled shipment. Do not load more than ' * * packages per vehicle." (Asterisks to be replaced by appropriate number.) "In loading and storage areas, keep at least 6 meters (20 feet) from other packages bearing radioactive labels"; and (iii) If a fissile material, controlled shipment is to be transported by water, the supplementary notation must also include the following statement: "For shipment by water, only one fissile material, controlled shipment is permitted in each hold." (iv) If a Fissile Class III shipment is to be transported by water, the supplementary notation must also include the following state ment: "For shipment by water, only one Fissile Class III shipment is permitted in each hold." (8) For a package approved by the U.S. Department of Energy (DOE) or U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission (USNRC), a notation of the package identification marking as prescribed in the applicable DOE or USNRC approval. (See 173.471 of the subchapter.) (9) For an export shipment or a shipment in a foreign made pack age, a notation of the package identification marking as prescribed in the applicable International Atomic Energy Agency (IAEA) Certifi cate of Competent Authority which has been issued for the package. (See 173.473 of the subchapter.) (10) For a shipment required by this subchapter to be consigned as exclusive use: (1) An indication that the shipment is consigned as exclusive use: or (11) If all the descriptions on the shipping paper are consigned as exclusive use, then the statement "Exclusive Use Shipment" may be entered only once on the shipping paper in a clearly visible location. 01) For a shipment of low specific activity material or surface con taminated objects, the appropriate group notation of LSA-I, LSA-II, LSA-III, SCO-1, or SCO-II. (e) Empty packagings. (1) The description on the shipping paper for a packaging containing the residue of a hazardous material may include the words "RESIDUE: Last Contained ' in association with the basic description of the hazardous material last contained in the packaging. (2) The description on the shipping paper for a tank car containing the residue of a hazardous material must include the phrase, "RESI DUE: LAST CONTAINED * * *" before the basic description. (f) Transportation by air. When a package containing a hazardous material is offered for transportation by air and this subchapter prohib its its transportation aboard passenger-carrying aircraft, the words "Cargo aircraft only" must be entered after the basic description. (g) Transportation by rail. (1) A shipping paper prepared by a rail carrier for a rail car, freight container, transport vehicle or portable tank that contains hazardous materials must include the reporting mark and number when displayed on the rail car, freight container, transport vehicle or portable tank. (2) The shipping paper for each DOT-113 tank car containing a Division 2.1 material or its residue must contain an appropriate nota tion, such as "DOT 113", and the statement "Do not hump or cut off car while in motion." (3) When shipments of elevated temperature materials are trans ported under the exception permitted in 173.247(h)(3) of this sub chapter, the shipping paper must contain an appropriate notation, such as "Maximum operating speed 15 mph.". (h) Transportation by highway. Following the basic description for a hazardous material in a Specification MC 330 or MC 331 cargo tank, there must be entered for-- (1) Anhydrous ammonia. (i) The words "0.2 PERCENT WATER" to indicate the suitability for shipping anhydrous ammonia in a cargo tank made of quenched and tempered steel as authorized by 173.315(a), Note 14 of this subchapter, or (ii) The words "NOT FOR Q AND T TANKS" when the anhydrous ammonia does not contain 0.2 percent or more water by weight. (2) Liquefied petroleum gas. (i) The word "NONCORROSIVE" or "NONCOR" to indicate the suitability for shipping "Noncorrosive" liquefied petroleum gas in a cargo tank made of quenched and tempered steel as authorized by 173.315(a). Note 15 of this subchapter, or (ii) The words "NOT FOR Q and T TANKS" for grades of liquefied petroleum gas other than "Noncorrosive". (I) Transportation by water. Each shipment by water must have the following additional shipping paper entries: (1) Identification of the type of packagings such as barrels, drums, cylinders, and boxes. (2) The number of each type of package including those in a freight container or on a pallet. (3) The gross mass of each type of package or the individual gross mass of each package. (4) The name of the shipper. (J) (Reserved] (k) Technical names for "n.o.s." and other generic descriptions. Unless otherwise excepted, if a material is described on a shipping paper by one of the proper shipping names listed in paragraph (k)(3) of this section, the technical name of the hazardous material must be entered in parentheses in association with the basic description. For example "Corrosive liquid, n.o.s., (Caprylyl chloride), 8, UN 1760, II", or "Corrosive liquid, n.o.s., 8, UN 1760, II (contains Caprylyl chloride)." The word "contains" may be used in association with the technical name, if appropriate. For organic peroxides which may qualify for more than one generic listing depending on concentration, the techni cal name must include the actual concentration being shipped or the concentration range for the appropriate generic listing. For example, "Organic peroxide type B, solid, 5.2, UN 3102 (dibenzoyl peroxide, 204 April 1998 ABD00131972 172.203 PART 172 52-100%)" or "Organic peroxide type E, 5.2, solid, UN 3108, (dibenzoyl peroxide, paste, <52%)". (1) In addition to the n.o.s. descriptions listed herein, the require ments of this section apply to all shipping descriptions for poisonous materials which are subject to the requirements of paragraph (m) of this section, and for which the proper shipping name does not specifically identify the poisonous constituent by technical name. For example, "Motor fuel antiknock mixtures (Tetraethyl lead), 6.1, UN 1649, I", or "Motor fuel antiknock mixtures, 6.1 UN 1649, I (Tetra ethyl lead)". (2) If a hazardous material is a mixture or solution of two or more hazardous materials, the technical names of at least two components most predominantly contributing to the hazards of the mixture or solu tion must be entered on the shipping paper as required by paragraph (k) of this section. For example, "Flammable liquid, corrosive, n.o.s., 3, UN 2924, II (contains Methanol, Potassium hydroxide)". (3) Proper shipping names for which the provisions of this para graph apply are as follows: Alcoholates solution, n.o.s. in alcohol Alcohols, toxic, n.o.s. Aldehydes, toxic, n.o.s. Alkali metal alcoholates, self-heating, corrosive, flammable, n.o.s. Alkaline earth metal alcoholates, n.o.s. Amines, flammable, corrosive, n.o.s. or Polyamines, corrosive, n.o.s. Amines, liquid, corrosive, flammable, n.o.s. or Polyamines, liquid, cor rosive, flammable, n.o.s. Amines, liquid, corrosive, n.o.s. cvPolyamines, liquid, corrosive, n.o.s. Amines, solid, corrosive, n.o.s. or Polyamines, solid, corrosive, n.o.s. Articles, explosive, n.o.s. Caustic alkali liquids, n.o.s. Charges, propelling Chloroformates, toxic, corrosive, n.o.s. Combustible liquid, n.o.s. Components, explosive train, n.o.s. Compounds, cleaning liquid, corrosive, flammable, toxic Compounds, tree or weed killing, liquid, flammable, corrosive, toxic7 Compressed gas, toxic, corrosive, n.o.s. / Compressed gas, toxic, flammable, corrosive, n.o.s. / Compressed gas, toxic, oxidizing, corrosive, n.o.s. Compressed gas, toxic, oxidizing, n.o.s. Compressed or Liquefied gases, flammable, n.o.s. Compressed or Liquefied gases, n.o.s. Compressed or Liquefied gases, oxidizing, n.o.s. Compressed or Liquefied gases, toxic, flammable, n.o.s. Compressed or Liquefied gases, toxic, n.o.s. Contrivances, water-activated Corrosive, liquid, acidic, inorganic or organic, n.o.s. Corrosive, liquid, basic, inorganic or organic, n.o.s. Corrosive liquids, flammable, n.o.s. Corrosive liquids, n.o.s. Corrosive liquids, oxidizing, n.o.s. Corrosive liquids, toxic, n.o.s. Corrosive liquids, water-reactive, n.o.s. Corrosive, solid, acidic, inorganic or organic, n.o.s. Corrosive, solid, basic, inorganic or organic, n.o.s. Corrosive solids, flammable, n.o.s. Corrosive solids, n.o.s. Corrosive solids, oxidizing, n.o.s. Corrosive solids, self-heating, n.o.s. Corrosive solids, toxic, n.o.s. Corrosive solids, water-reactive, n.o.s. Disinfectants, liquid, corrosive, n.o.s. Disinfectants, liquid, toxic, n.o.s. Disinfectants, solids, toxic, n.o.s. Dispersant gas, n.o.s. Dyes, liquid, corrosive, n.o.s. or Dye intermediates, liquid, corro sive, n.o.s. Dyes, liquid, toxic, n.o.s. or Dye intermediates, liquid, toxic, n.o.s. Dyes, solid, corrosive, n.o.s. or Dye intermediates, solid, corrosive, n.o.s. Dyes, solid, toxic, n.o.s. or Dye intermediates, solid, toxic, n.o.s. Environmentally hazardous substances, liquid or solid, n.o.s. Flammable gases, solid, corrosive, n.o.s. Flammable liquids, corrosive, n.o.s. Flammable liquids, n.o.s. Flammable liquids, toxic, corrosive, n.o.s. Flammable liquids, toxic, n.o.s. Flammable solids, corrosive, organic or organic, n.o.s. Flammable solids, organic, molten, n.o.s. Flammable solids, organic or inorganic, n.o.s. Flammable solids, toxic, organic or inorganic, n.o.s. Gas, refrigerated liquid, flammable, n.o.s. Gas, refrigerated liquid, oxidizing, n.o.s. Halogenated irritating liquids, n.o.s. Hazardous waste, liquid or solid, n.o.s. Hydrocarbon gases, compressed, n.o.s. Hydrocarbon gases, liquefied, n.o.s. Hydrocarbon gases mixtures, compressed, n.o.s. Hydrocarbon gases mixtures, liquefied, n.o.s. Hydrocarbons, liquid, n.o.s. Infectious substances, affecting animals Infectious substances, affecting humans Insecticide gases, n.o.s. Insecticide gases, toxic, n.o.s. Isocyanates, flammable, toxic, n.o.s. orlsocyanates solutions, flamma- ble, toxic, n.o.s. Isocyanates, toxic, flammable, n.o.s. or Isocyanates solutions, toxic, flammable, n.o.s. Liquefied gas, toxic, corrosive, n.o.s. Liquefied gas, toxic, flammable, corrosive, n.o.s. Liquefied gas, toxic, oxidizing, corrosive, n.o.s. Liquefied gas, toxic, oxidizing, n.o.s. Medicines, liquid, flammable, toxic, n.o.s. Medicines, liquid, toxic, n.o.s. Medicine, solid, toxic, n.o.s. Metal powder, self-heating, n.o.s. Metal salts of organic compounds, flammable, n.o.s. Metallic substance, water-reactive, n.o.s. Metallic substance, water-reactive, self-heating, n.o.s. Nitriles, flammable, toxic, n.o.s. Nitriles, toxic, flammable, n.o.s. Nitriles, toxic, n.o.s. Organic peroxide type B, liquid Organic peroxide type B, liquid, temperature controlled Organic peroxide type B, solid Organic peroxide type B, solid, temperature controlled Organic peroxide type C, liquid Organic peroxide type C, liquid, temperature controlled Organic peroxide type C, solid Organic peroxide type C, solid, temperature controlled Organic peroxide type D, liquid Organic peroxide type D, liquid, temperature controlled Organic peroxide type D, solid Organic peroxide type D, solid, temperature controlled Organic peroxide type E, liquid Organic peroxide type E, liquid, temperature controlled Organic peroxide type E, solid Organic peroxide type E, solid, temperature controlled Organic peroxide type F, liquid Organic peroxide type F, liquid, temperature controlled Organic peroxide type F, solid Organic peroxide type F, solid, temperature controlled Organometallic compound, toxic, n.o.s. Organometallic compound dispersion, water-reactive, flammable, n.o.s. Organometallic compound solution; water-reactive, flammable, n.o.s. Organometallic compound, water reactive, flammable, n.o.s. Other regulated substances, liquid, n.o.s. Other regulated substances, solid, n.o.s. Oxidizing liquid, corrosive, n.o.s. Oxidizing liquid, n.o.s. Oxidizing liquid, toxic, n.o.s. Oxidizing solid, corrosive, n.o.s. Oxidizing solid, flammable, n.o.s. Oxidizing solid, n.o.s. Oxidizing solid, self-heating, n.o.s. Oxidizing solid, toxic, n.o.s. Oxidizing solid, water-reactive, n.o.s. Pesticides, liquid, flammable, toxic, n.o.s. Pesticides, liquid, toxic, flammable, n.o.s. Pesticides, liquid, toxic, n.o.s. 205 172.203--172.204 ABD00131973 April 1998 Pesticides, solid, toxic, n.o.s. Propellant, liquid Propellant, solid Pyrophoric liquids, organic or inorganic, n.o.s. Pyrophoric metals, n.o.s. or Pyrophoric alloys, n.o.s. Pyrophoric organometallic compound, n.o.s. Pyrophoric solids, organic or inorganic, n.o.s. Refrigerant gases, n.o.s. Samples, explosive (other than initiating explosives) Self-heating liquid, corrosive, inorganic, n.o.s. Self-heating liquid, corrosive, organic, n.o.s. Self-heating liquid, inorganic, n.o.s. Self-heating liquid, organic, n.o.s. Self-heating liquid, toxic, inorganic, n.o.s. Self-heating liquid, toxic, organic, n.o.s. Self-heating solid, corrosive, inorganic, n.o.s. Self-heating solid, corrosive, organic, n.o.s. Self-heating solid, organic or inorganic, n.o.s. Self-heating solid, oxidizing, n.o.s. Self-heating solid, toxic, organic or inorganic, n.o.s. Self-reactive liquid type B Self-reactive liquid type B, temperature controlled Self-reactive liquid type C Self-reactive liquid type C, temperature controlled Self-reactive liquid type D Self-reactive liquid type D, temperature controlled Self-reactive liquid type E Self-reactive liquid type E, temperature controlled Self-reactive liquid type F Self-reactive liquid type F, temperature controlled Self-reactive solid type B Self-reactive solid type B, temperature controlled Self-reactive solid type C Self-reactive solid type C, temperature controlled Self-reactive solid type 0 Self-reactive solid type D, temperature controlled Self-reactive solid type E Self-reactive solid type E, temperature controlled Self-reactive solid type F Self-reactive solid type F, temperature controlled Solids containing corrosive liquid, n.o.s. Solids containing flammable liquid, n.o.s. Solids containing toxic liquid, n.o.s. Substances, explosive, n.o.s. Substances, explosive, very insensitive (substances, EVI), n.o.s. Tear gas substances, liquid or solid, n.o.s. Toxic liquids, corrosive, organic or inorganic, n.o.s. Toxic liquids, flammable, organic or inorganic, n.o.s. Toxic liquids, organic or inorganic, n.o.s. Toxic liquids, oxidizing, n.o.s. Toxic liquids, water-reactive, n.o.s. Toxic solids, corrosive, organic or inorganic, n.o.s. Toxic solids, flammable, organic or inorganic, n.o.s. Toxic solids, organic or inorganic, n.o.s. Toxic solids, oxidizing, n.o.s. Toxic solids, self-heating, n.o.s. Toxic solids, water-reactive, n.o.s. Water-reactive, liquid, corrosive, n.o.s. Water-reactive, liquid, n.o.s. Water-reactive, liquid, toxic, n.o.s. Water-reactive, solid, corrosive, n.o.s. Water-reactive, solid, flammable, n.o.s. Water-reactive, solid, n.o.s. Water-reactive, solid, oxidizing, n.o.s. Water-reactive, solid, self-heating, n.o.s. Water-reactive, solid, toxic, n.o.s. (4) The provisions of this paragraph do not apply-- (i) To a material that is a hazardous waste and described using the proper shipping name "Hazardous waste, liquid or solid, n.o.s.", classed as a miscellaneous Class 9, provided the EPA hazardous waste number is included on the shipping paper in association with the basic description, or provided the material is described in accordance with the provisions of 172.203(c) of this part. (ii) To a material for which the hazard class is to be determined by testing under the criteria in 172.101(c)(t1). (iii) If the n.o.s. description for the material (other than a mixture of hazardous materials of different classes meeting the defini tions of more than one hazard class) contains the name of the chemical element or group which is primarily responsible for the material being included in the hazard class indicated. (iv) If the n.o.s. description for the material (which is a mixture of hazardous materials of different classes meeting the definition of more than one hazard class) contains the name of the chemi cal element or group responsible for the material meeting the definition of one of these classes. In such cases, only the techni cal name of the component that is not appropriately identified in the n.o.s. description shall be entered in parentheses. (1) Marine pollutants. (I)lfthepropershippingnameforamaterial which is a marine pollutant does not identify by name the component which makes the material a marine pollutant, the name of that compo nent must appear in parentheses in association with the basic descrip tion. Where two or more components which make a material a marine pollutant are present, the names of at least two of the components most predominantly contributing to the marine pollutant designation must appear in parentheses in association with the basic description. (2) The words "Marine Pollutant" shall be entered in association with the basic description for a material which is a marine pollutant. (3) Except for transportation by vessel, marine pollutants subject to the provisions of CFR 130.11 are excepted from the requirements of paragraph (1) of this section if a phrase indicating the material is an oil is placed in association with the basic description. (m) Poisonous materials. Notwithstanding the hazard class to which a material is assigned-- (1) If a liquid or solid material in a package meets the definition of a Division 6.1, Packing Group I or II, according to this subchapter, and the fact that it is a poison is not disclosed in the shipping name or class entry, the word "Poison" or "Toxic" shall be entered on the shipping paper in association with the shipping description. (2) If the technical name of the compound or principal constituent that causes a material to meet the definition of Division 6.1, Packing Group I or II (as defined in 173.132(a) of this subchapter), or Division 2.3 (as defined in 173.115(c) of this subchapter), is not included in the proper shipping name for the material, the technical name shall be entered on the shipping paper in the manner prescribed in para graph (k) of this section. (3) For materials which are poisonous by inhalation (see 171.8 of this subchapter), the words "`Poison-Inhalation Hazard' or 'ToxicInhalation Hazard'" and the words "Zone A", "Zone B", "Zone C", or "Zone D", for gases or "Zone A" or "Zone B" for liquids, as appropriate, shall be entered on the shipping paper immediately following the shipping description. The word" `Poison' or `Toxic'" need not be repeated if it otherwise appears in the shipping description. (n) Elevated temperature materials. Except for molten sulfur or molten aluminum, if a liquid material in a package meets the definition of an elevated temperature material in 171.8 of this subchapter, and the fact that it is an elevated temperature material is not disclosed in the shipping name, the word "HOT" must immediately precede the proper shipping name of the material on the shipping paper. (o) Organic peroxides and self-reactive materials. The descrip tion on a shipping paper for a Division 4.1 (self-reactive) material or a Division 5.2 (organic peroxide) material must include the following additional information, as appropriate: (1) If notification or competent authority approval is required, the shipping paper must contain a statement of approval of the classifica tion and conditions of transport. (2) For Division 4.1 (self-reactive) and Division 5.2 (organic perox ide) materials that require temperature control during transport, the control and emergency temperature must be included on the ship ping paper. (3) The word "SAMPLE" must be included in association with the basic description when a sample of a Division 4.1 (self-reactive) mate rial (see 173.224(c)(4) of this subchapter) or Division 5.2 (organic peroxide) material (see 173.225(c)(4) of this subchapter) is offered for transportation or transported. 172.204 Shipper's certification, (a) General. Except as pro vided in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section, each person who offers a hazardous material for transportation shall certify that the 206 PART 172 April 1998 ABD00131974 172.204--172.205 material is offered for transportation in accordance with this sub chapter by printing (manually or mechanically) on the shipping paper containing the required shipping description the certification con tained in paragraph (a)(1) of this section or the certification (declara tion) containing the language contained in paragraph (a)(2) of this section. (1) "This is to certify that the above-named materials are properly classified, described, packaged, marked and labeled, and are in proper condition for transportation according to the applicable regula tions of the Department of Transportation." Note: In line one of the certification the words "herein-named" may be substi tuted for the words "above-named." (2) "I hereby declare that the contents of this consignment are fully and accurately described above by the proper shipping name, and are classified, packaged, marked and labelled/placarded, and are in all respects in proper condition for transport according to applicable international and national governmental regulations." (b) Exceptions. (1) Except for a hazardous waste, no certification is required for a hazardous material offered for transportation by motor vehicle and transported: (i) In a cargo tank supplied by the carrier, or (ii) By the shipper as a private carrier except for a hazardous material that is to be reshipped or transferred from one carrier to another. (2) No certification is required for the return of any empty tank car which previously contained a hazardous material and which has not been cleaned or purged. (c) Transportation by air. (1) General. Certification containing the following language may be used in place of the certification required by paragraph (a) of this section: "I hereby certify that the contents of this consignment are fully and accurately described above by proper shipping name and are classified, packed, marked and labeled, and in proper condition for carriage by air according to applicable national government regula tions." (2) Certificate in duplicate. Each person who offers a hazardous material to an aircraft operator for transportation by air shall provide two copies of the certification required in this section. (See 175.30 of this subchapter.) (3) Passenger and cargo aircraft. Each person who offers for transportation by air a hazardous material authorized for air transporta tion shall add to the certification required in this section the following statement: "This shipment is within the limitations prescribed for passenger aircraft/cargo aircraft only (delete nonapplicable)." (4) Radioactive material. Each person who offers any radioactive material for transportation aboard a passenger-carrying aircraft shall sign (mechanically or manually) a printed certificate stating that the shipment contains radioactive material intended for use in, or incident to, research, or medical diagnosis or treatment. (d) Signature. The certifications required by paragraphs (a) or (c) of this section: (1) Must be legibly signed by a principal, officer, partner, or em ployee of the shipper or his agent; and (2) May be legibly signed manually, by typewriter, or by other me chanical means. i 172.205 Hazardous waste manifest, (a) No person may offer, transport, transfer, or deliver a hazardous waste (waste) unless an EPA Form 8700-22 and 8700-22A (when necessary) hazardous waste manifest (manifest) is prepared in accordance with 40 CFR 262.20 and is signed, carried, and given as required of that person by this section. (b) The shipper (generator) shall prepare the manifest in accord ance with 40 CFR Part 262. (c) The original copy of the manifest must be dated by, and bear the handwritten signature of, the person representing: (1) The shipper (generator) of the waste at the time it is offered for transportation, and (2) The initial carrier accepting the waste for transportation. (d) A copy of the manifest must be dated by, and bear the handwrit ten signature of the person representing: (1) Each subsequent carrier accepting the waste for transportation, at the time of acceptance, and (2) The designated facility receiving the waste, upon receipt. (e) A copy of the manifest bearing all required dates and signatures must be: (1) Given to a person representing each carrier accepting the waste for transportation, (2) Carried during transportation in the same manner as required by this subchapter for shipping papers. (3) Given to a person representing the designated facility receiving the waste, (4) Returned to the shipper (generator) by the carrier that trans ported the waste from the United States to a foreign destination with a notation of the date of departure from the United States, and (5) Retained by the shipper (generator) and by the initial and each subsequent carrier for three years from the date the waste was ac cepted by the initial carrier. Each retained copy must bear all required signatures and dates up to and including those entered by the next person who received the waste. (f) Transportation by rail. Notwithstanding the requirements of paragraphs (d) and (e) of this section, the following requirements apply: (1) When accepting hazardous waste from a non-rail transporter, the initial rail transporter must: (i) Sign and date the manifest acknowledging acceptance of the hazardous waste; (ii) Return a signed copy of the manifest to the non-rail transporter; (iii) Forward at least three copies of the manifest to: (A) The next non-rail transporter, if any; (B) The designated facility, if the shipment is delivered to that facility by rail; or (C) The last rail transporter designated to handle the waste in the United States; and (iv) Retain one copy of the manifest and rail shipping paper in accordance with 40 CFR 263.22. (2) Rail transporters must ensure that a shipping paper containing all the information required on the manifest (excluding the EPA identifi cation numbers, generator certification and signatures) and, for ex ports, an EPA Acknowledgment of Consent accompanies the hazard ous waste at all times. Intermediate rail transporters are not required to sign either the manifest or shipping paper. (3) When delivering hazardous waste to the designated facility, a rail transporter must: (i) Obtain the date of delivery and handwritten signature of the owner or operator of the designated facility on the manifest or the shipping paper (if the manifest has not been received by the facility); and (ii) Retain a copy of the manifest or signed shipping paper in accordance with 40 CFR 263.22. (4) When delivering hazardous waste to a non-rail transporter, a rail transporter must: (i) Obtain the date of delivery and the handwritten signature of the next non-rail transporter on the manifest; and (ii) Retain a copy of the manifest in accordance with 40 CFR 263.22. (5) Before accepting hazardous waste from a rail transporter, a non-rail transporter must sign and date the manifest and provide a copy to the rail transporter. (g) The person delivering a hazardous waste to an initial rail carrier shall send a copy of the manifest, dated and signed by a representative of the rail carrier, to the person representing the designated facility. (h) A hazardous waste manifest required by 40 CFR Part 262, containing all of the information required by this subpart, may be used as the shipping paper required by this subpart. 207 ABD00131975 Part 172.300-Marking April 1998 ABD00131976 172.300--172.303 PUBLISHER S NOTE This Subpart contains information on the required marking for each package containing a hazardous material. Marking also includes information which deals with the container itself--who made it, etc. These particular requirements are covered in Parts 178 and 179. Certain information regarding the hazardous material must be marked on the outside of a non-bulk and bulk package. This information may include the proper shipping name, identification number, consignor or consignee, etc. The information required to be marked on the packaging can depend on whether it is non bulk or bulk and the type of package. For example, the proper shipping name is required to be marked on all non-bulk packages, but, in the case of tank cars, it is only required for certain proper shipping names. On the other hand, the proper shipping name must be marked on all bulk portable tanks. PART 172 Subpart D MARKING 172.300 Applicability, (a) Each person who offers a hazard (e) Previously marked packagings. A package which has been ous material for transportation shall mark each package, freight con previously marked as required for the material it contains and on tainer, and transport vehicle containing the hazardous material in the which the marking remains legible, need not be remarked. (For empty manner required by this subpart. packagings, see 173.29 of this subchapter.) 4(b) When assigned the function by this subpart, each carrier that transports a hazardous material shall mark each package, freight container, and transport vehicle containing the hazardous material in 172.302 General marking requirements for bulk packagings. the manner required by this subpart. (a) Identification numbers. Except as otherwise provided in this subpart, no person may offer for transportation or transport a hazard 172.301 General marking requirements for non-bulk packagings. (a) Proper shipping name and identification number. (1) Except as otherwise provided by this subchapter, each person who offers for transportation a hazardous material in a non-bulk pack aging shall mark the pankana with tha proper shipping name and identification_number (preceded by "UN" or ~na", as appropriate) for the material as shown rn tne 1/2.tut IdblSTIaentlflcatlon numbers are not required on packages which contain only limited quantities, as defined in 171.8 of this subchapter, or ORM-D materials. (2) The proper shipping name for a hazardous waste {as defined in 171.8 of this subchapter) is not required to include the word "waste" if the package bears the EPA marking prescribed by 40 CFR 262.32. (3) Large quantities of a single hazardous material In non-bulk packages. A transport vehicle or freight container containing only a single hazardous material in non-bulk packages must be marked on each side and each end as specified in 172,332 or 172.336, with the identification number specified for the hazardous material in the ous material in a bulk packaging unless the packaging is marked as required by 172.332 with the identification number specified for the material in the 172.101 Table-- 0). On each side and each end, if the packaging has a capacity of 3,785 L (1,000 gallons) or more; (2) On twn nnonsinn sides if the packaging has a capacity of less than 3,785 L (1,000 gallons); or (3) For cylinders permanently installed on a tube trailer motor vehi cle, on each side and each end of the motor vehicle. (b) Size of markings. Except as otherwise provided, markings required by this subpart on bulk packagings must-- (1) Have a width of at least 6.0 mm (0.24 inch) and a height of at least 100 mm (3.9 inches) for rail cars; (2) Have a width of at least 4.0 mm (0.16 inch) and a height of at least 25 mm (one inch) for portable tanks with capacities of less than 3,785 L (1,000 gallons) and intermediate bulk containers; and (3) Have a width of at least 6.0 mm (0.24 inch) and a height of at 172.101 Table, subject to the following provisions and limitations: least 50 mm (2.0 inches) for cargo tanks and other bulk packagings. (i) Each package is marked with the same proper shipping name (c) Exemption packagings. The outside of each bulk package and identification number; used under the terms of an exemption shall be plainly and durably (ii) The aggregate gross weight of the hazardous material is 4,000 marked "DOT-E" followed by the exemption number assigned kg (8,820 pounds) or more; (d) Each bulk packaging marked with a proper shipping name, (iii) All of the hazardous material is loaded at one loading facility; common name or identification number as required by this subpart (iv) The transport vehicle or freight container contains no other must remain marked when it is emptied unless it is-- material, hazardous or otherwise; and (v) The identification number marking requirement of this para graph (a)(3) does not apply to Class 1, Class 7, or to non-bulk packagings for which identification numbers are not required. (b) technical names. In addition to the marking required by para graph (a) of this section, each non-bulk packaging containing hazard ous materials subject to the provisions of 172.203(k) of this part shall be marked with the technical name in parentheses in association with the proper shipping name in accordance with the requirements and exceptions specified for display of technical descriptions on shipping papers in 172.203{k) of this part. (c) Exemption packagings. The outside of each package author ized by an exemption shall be plainly and durably marked "DOT-E" followed by the exemption number assigned. (d) Consignee's or consignor's name and address. Each person who offers for transportation a hazardous material in a non-bulk pack age shall mark that package with the name and address of the con signor or consignee except when the package is-- (1) Transported by highway only and will not be transferred from one motor carrier to another; or (1) Sufficiently cleaned of residue and purged of vapors to remove any potential hazard; or (2) Refilled, with a material requiring different markings or no mark ings, to such an extent that any residue remaining in the packaging is no longer hazardous. (e) Additional requirements for marking portable tanks, cargo tanks, tank cars, multi-unit tank car tanks, and other bulk packagings are prescribed in 172.326,172.328,172.330, and 172.331, respec tively, of this subpart. (f) A bulk packaging marked prior to October 1, 1991, in confor mance to the regulations of this subchapter in effect on September 30,1991, need not be remarked if the keywords of the proper shipping name are identical to those currently specified in the 172.101 Table. For example, a tank car marked "ANHYDROUS AMMONIA" need not be remarked "ANHYDROUS AMMONIA, LIQUEFIED". (g) A rail car, freight container, truck body or trailer in which the lading has been fumigated with any hazardous material, or is undergo ing fumigation, must be marked as specified in 173.9 of this sub chapter. (2) Part of a carload lot, truckload lot or freight container load, and the entire contents of the rail car, truck or freight container are shipped 172.303 Prohibited marking, (a) No person may offer for from one consignor to one consignee. transportation or transport a package which is marked with the proper 209 ABD00131977 172.303--172.320 April 1698 shipping name or identification number of a hazardous material unless the packaging contains the identified hazardous material or its residue. (b) This section does not apply to-- {1) Transportation of a package in a transport vehicle or freight container if the package is not visible during transportation and is loaded by the shipper and unloaded by the shipper or consignee. (2) Markings on a package which are securely covered in transpor tation. (3) The marking of a shipping name on a package when the name describes a material not regulated under this subchapter. 172.304 Marking requirements, (a) The marking required in this subpart-- (1) Must be durable, in English and printed on or affixed to the surface of a package or on a label, tag, or sign. (2) Must be displayed on a background of sharply contrasting color; (3) Must be unobscured by labels or attachments; and (4) Must be located away from any other marking (such as advertis ing) that could substantially reduce its effectiveness. 172.306 [Reserved] 172.308 Authorized abbreviations, (a) Abbreviations may not be used in a proper shipping name marking except as authorized in this section. (b) The abbreviation "ORM" may be used in place of the words "Other Regulated Material." (c) Abbreviations which appear as authorized descriptions in Col umn 2 of the 172.101 Table (e.g., ''TNT" and "PCB") are authorized. 172.310 Class 7 (radioactive) materials. In addition to any other markings required by this subpart, each package containing Class 7 (radioactive) materials must be marked as follows: (a) Each package with a gross mass greater than 50 kilograms (110 pounds) must have the its gross mass marked on the outside of the package. (b) Each packaging must be marked on the outside of the package, in letters at least 13 mm (0.5 inch) high, with the words "TYPE A" or "TYPE B" as appropriate. A packaging which does not conform to Type A or Type B requirements may not be so marked. (c) Each Type B, Type B(U) or Type B(M) packaging must be marked on the outside of the package with a radiation symbol that conforms to the requirements of Appendix B to Part 172. (d) Each package destined for export shipment must also be marked "USA" in conjunction with the specification marking, or other package certificate identification. (See 173.471, 173.472, and 173.473 of this subchapter). 172.312 Liquid hazardous materials in non-bulk packagings. (a) Except as provided in this section, each non-bulk combination package having inner packagings containing liquid hazardous materi als must be: (1) Packed with closures upward, and (2) Legibly marked, with package orientation markings that conform pictorially to ISO Standard 780-1985, on two opposite vertical sides of the package with the arrows pointing in the correct upright direction. Depicting a rectangular border around the arrows is optional. Package Orientation (b) Arrows for purposes other than indicating proper package orien tation may not be displayed on a package containing a liquid hazard ous material. (c) The requirements of paragraph (a) of this section do not apply to-- (1) A non-bulk package with inner packagings which are cylinders. (2) Except when offered or intended for transportation by aircraft, packages containing flammable liquids in inner packagings of one liter or less prepared in accordance with 173.150(b) or (c) of this subchapter. (3) When offered or intended for transportation by aircraft, pack ages containing flammable liquids in inner packagings of 120 ml (4 fluid oz.) or less prepared in accordance with 173.150(b) or (c) of this subchapter when packed with sufficient absorption material between the inner and outer packagings to completely absorb the liquid contents. (4) Liquids contained in manufactured articles (e.g., alcohol or mer cury in thermometers) which are leak-tight in all orientations. (5) A non-bulk package with hermetically-sealed inner packagings. 172.313 Poisonous hazardous materials. In addition to any other markings required by this subpart: (a) A material poisonous by inhalation (see 171.8 of this subchap ter), shall be marked "Inhalation Hazard" in association with the re quired labels or placards, as appropriate, and shipping name when required. Tho mp^inrj m.ict [)pnntuini^ru'rfdoa sides of hulk npnk. aging. (See 172.302(b) of this subpart for size of markings on bulk "packages.) When the words "Inhalation Hazard" appear on the label, as prescribed in 172.416 and 172.429, or placard, as prescribed in 172.540 and 172.555, the "Inhalation Hazard" marking is not required on the package. (b) Each non-bulk plastic outer packaging used as a single or composite packaging for materials meeting the definition of Division 6.1 (in 173.132 of this subchapter) shall be permanently marked, by embossment or other durable means, with the word "POISON" in letters at least 6.3 mm (0.25 inches) in height. Additional text or sym bols related to hazard warning may be included in the marking. The marking shall be located within 150 mm (6 inches) of the closure of the packaging. 172.316 Packagings containing materials classed as ORM-D. (a) Each non-bulk packaging containing a material classed as ORM- D must be marked on at least one side or end with the ORM-D designa tion immediately following or below the proper shipping name of the material. The ORM designation must be placed within a rectangle that is approximately 6.3 mm (0.25 inches) larger on each side than the designation. The designation for ORM-D must be: (1) ORM-D-AIR for an ORM-D that is prepared for air shipment and packaged in accordance with the provisions of 173.27 of this subchapter. (2) ORM-D for an ORM-D other than as described in paragraph (a)(1) of this section. (b) When the ORM-D marking, including the proper shipping name, cannot be affixed on the package surface, it may be on an attached tag. (c) The marking ORM-D is the certification by the person offering the packaging for transportation that the material is properly described, classed, packaged, marked and labeled (when appropriate) and in proper condition for transportation according to the applicable regula tions of this subchapter. This form of certification does not preclude the requirement for a certificate on a shipping paper when required by Subpart C of this part. 172.320 Explosive hazardous materials, (a) Except as other wise provided in paragraphs (b), (c), (d) and (e) of this section, each package containing a Class 1 material must be marked with the EXnumber for each substance, article or device contained therein. (b) Except for fireworks approved in accordance with 173.56(j) 210 July 1998 ABD00131978 172.320--172.325 PART 172 of this subchapter, a package of Class 1 materials may be marked in lieu of the EX-number required by paragraph (a) of this section, with a national stock number issued by the Department of Defense or identifying information, such as a product code required by regula tions for commercial explosives specified in 27 CFR part 55, if the national stock number or identifying information can be specifically associated with the EX-number assigned. (c) When more than five different Class 1 materials are packed in the same package, the package may be marked with only five of the EX-numbers, national stock numbers, product codes, or combination thereof. (d) The requirements of this section do not apply if the EX-number, product code or national stock number of each explosive item de scribed under a proper shipping description is shown in association with the shipping description required by 172.202(a) of this part. Product codes and national stock numbers must be traceable to the specific EX-number assigned by the Associate Administrator for Haz ardous Materials Safety. (e) The requirements of this section do not apply to the following Class 1 materials: (1) Those being shipped to a testing agency in accordance with 173.56(d) of this subchapter; (2) Those being shipped in accordance with 173.56(e) of this subchapter, for the purposes of developmental testing; (3) Those which meet the requirements of 173.56(h) of this sub chapter and therefore are not subject to the approval process of 173.56 of this subchapter; (4) Until October 1, 1993, those which are shipped under 171.19 of this subchapter; and (5) Those that are transported in accordance with 173.56(c)(2) of this subchapter and, therefore, are covered by a national security classification currently in effect. 172.322 Marine pollutants, (a) For vessel transportation of each non-hulk naokaaina that contains'a marine pollutant-- -nr ir tne proper shipping name tor a material which is a marine pollutant does not identify by name the component which makes the material a marine pollutant, the name of that component must be marked on the package in parentheses in association with the marked proper shipping name. Where two or more components which make a material a marine pollutant are present, the names of at least two of the components most predominantly contributing to the marine pollutant designation must appear in parentheses in association with the marked proper shipping name; and (2) The MARINE POLLUTANT mark shall be placed in association with the hazard warning labels required by Subpart E of this Part or, in the absence of any labels, in association with the marked proper shipping name. (bl A bulk packaging that contains a marine pollutant must-- Ml Be marked with tne MAHINh KJLLUl AN I m&i'k Ull at iBast two nnnnsinr] ciHoe pj- two ends otner than the DOttUIll If UlB UM'gk.ggina tTas a capacity or less than jyHbH (1,000 iljalluriy). TlitniWlk ITiust bu viuiblu If6m Ihe dildUlluii it l3C6s. Hie rnafk may be displayed in black lettering on a square-on-point configuration having the same outside dimensions as a placard; or (2) Be marked on each end and each side with the MARINE POLLUTAN l mark it the packaged H55 a capacity of 37785 L (1,000 gallons) or more. I he mark must be visible from IIKJ airecnon n races, 'ins mark may be displayed III black lettering on a square-on-point configuration having the same outside dimensions as a placard. (c) A transport vehicle or freight container that contains a package subject to the marking requirements of paragraph (a) or (b) of this section must be marked with the MARINE POLLUTANT mark. The mark must appear on each side and each end of the transport vehicle or freight container, and must be visible from the direction it faces. This requirement may be met by the marking displayed on a freight container or portable tank loaded on a motor vehicle or rail car. This mark may be displayed in black lettering on a white square-on-point configuration having the same outside dimensions as a placard. (d) The MARINE POLLUTANT mark is not required-- 0) On a combination package containing a severe marine pollutant (see appendix B to 172.101), in inner packagings each of which contains: (1) 0.5 liters (17 ounces) or less net capacity for liquids; or (iij 500 grams (17.6 ounces) or less net capacity for solids. (2) On a combination packaging containing a marine pollutant, other than a severe marine pollutant, in inner packagings each of which contains: (i) 5 liters (1.3 gallons) or less net capacity for liquids; or (ii) 5 kilograms (11 pounds) or less net capacity for solids. (3) Except for transportation by vessel, on a bulk packaging, freight container or transport vehicle that bears a label or placard specified in Subparts E or F of this part. (e) MARINE POLLUTANT mark. The MARINE POLLUTANT mark must conform to the following: (1) Except for size, the MARINE POLLUTANT mark must appear as follows: (2) The symbol, letters and border must be black and the back ground white, or the symbol, letters, border and background must be of contrasting color to the surface to which the mark is affixed. Each side of the mark must be-- (i) At least 100mm (3.9 inches) for marks applied to: (A) Non-bulk packagings, except in the case of packagings which, because of their size, can only bear smaller marks; or (B) Bulk packagings with a capacity of less than 3785 L (1,000 gallons); or (ii) At least 250mm (9.8 inches) for marks applied to all other bulk packagings. 172.324 Hazardous substances in non-bulk packagings. For each non-bulk package that contains a hazardous substance-- (a) Except for packages of radioactive material labeled in accord ance with 172.403, if the proper shipping name of a material that is a hazardous substance does not identify the hazardous substance by name, the name of the hazardous substance must be marked on the package, in parentheses, in association with the proper shipping name. If the material contains two or more hazardous substances, at least two hazardous substances, including the two with the lowest reportable quantities (RQs), must be identified. For a hazardous waste, the waste code (e.g., D001), if appropriate, may be used to identify the hazardous substance. (b) The letters "RQ" shall be marked on the package in association with the proper shipping name. 172.325 Elevated temperature materials, (a) Except as pro vided in paragraph (b) of this section, a bulk packaging containing an elevated temperature material must be marked on two opposing sides with the word "HOT" in black or white Gothic lettering on a contrasting background. The marking must be displayed on the pack aging itself or in black lettering on a plain white square-on-point config uration having the same outside dimensions as a placard. (See 172.302(b) for size of markings on bulk packagings.) (b) Bulk packagings containing molten aluminum or molten sulfur must be marked "MOLTEN ALUMINUM" or "MOLTEN SULFUR", re spectively, in the same manner as prescribed in paragraph (a) of this section. (c) If the identification number is displayed on a white-square-onpoint display configuration, as prescribed in 172.336(b), the word "HOT" may be displayed in the upper corner of the same white-squareon-point display configuration. The word "HOT" must be in black letters having a height of at least 50 mm (2.0 inches). Except for size, these markings shall be as illustrated for an Elevated temperature material, liquid, n.o.s.: 211 172.326--172.332 ABD00131979 July 1998 172.326 Portable tanks, (a) Shipping name-No person may offer for transportation or transport a portable tank containing a hazard ous material unless it is legibly marked on two opposing sides with the proper shipping name specified for the material in the 172.101 Table. (b) Owner's name. The name of the owner or of the lessee, if applicable, must be displayed on a portable tank that contains a hazardous material. (c) Identification numbers. (1) If the identification number mark ings required by 172.302(a) are not visible, a transport vehicle or freight container used to transport a portable tank containing a hazard ous material must be marked on each side and each end as required by 172.332 with the identification number specified for the material in the 172.101 Table. (2) Each person who offers a portable tank containing a hazardous material to a motor carrier, for transportation in a transport vehicle or freight container, shall provide the motor carrier with the required identification numbers on placards, orange panels, or the white square-on-point configuration, as appropriate, for each side and each end of the transport vehicle or freight container from which identifica tion numbers on the portable tank are not visible. 172.328 Cargo tanks, (a) Providing and affixing identifies* tlon numbers. Unless a cargo tank is already marked with the identifi cation numbers required by this subpart, the identification numbers must be provided or affixed as follows: (1) A person who offers a hazardous material to a motor carrier for transportation in a cargo tank shall provide the motor carrier the identification numbers on placards or shall affix orange panels con taining the required identification numbers, prior to or at the time the material is offered for transportation. (2) A person who offers a cargo tank containing a hazardous mate rial for transportation shall affix the required identification numbers on panels or placards prior to or at the time the cargo tank is offered for transportation. (3) For a cargo tank transported on or in a transport vehicle or freight container, if the identification number marking on the cargo tank required by 172.302(a) would not normally be visible during transportation-- (i) The transport vehicle or freight container must be marked as required by 172.332 on each side and each end with the identification number specified for the material in the 172.101 Table; and (ii) When the cargo tank is permanently installed within an enclosed cargo body of the transport vehicle or freight container, the identification number marking required by 172.302(a) need only be displayed on each side and end of a cargo tank that is visible when the cargo tank is accessed. (b) Required markings; Gases. Except for certain nurse tanks which must be marked as specified in 173.315(m) of this subchapter, each cargo tank transporting a Class 2 material subject to this sub chapter must be marked, in lettering no less than 50 mm (2.0 inches), on each side and each end with-- (1) The proper shipping name specified for the gas in the 172.101 Table; or (2) An appropriate common name for the material (e.g., "Refriger ant Gas"). (c) QT/NQT markings. Each MC 330 and MC 331 cargo tank must be marked near the specification plate, in letters no less than 50 mm (2.0 inches) in height, with-- (1) "QT", if the cargo tank is constructed of quenched and tempered steel; or (2) "NQT", if the cargo tank is constructed of other than quenched and tempered steel. 172.330 Tank cars and multi-unit tank car tanks. (a) Shipping name and Identification number. No person may offer for transportation or transport a hazardous material-- (1) In a tank car unless the following conditions are met: (i) The tank car must be marked on each side and each end as required by 172.302 with the identification number specified for the material in the 172.101 Table; and (ii) A tank car containing any of the following materials must be marked on each side with the key words of the proper shipping name specified for the material in the 172.101 Table, or with a common name authorized for the material in this subchapter (e.g., "Refrigerant Gas''): Acrolein, inhibited Ammonia, anhydrous, liquefied Ammonia solutions (more than 50% ammonia) Bromine or Bromine solutions Bromine chloride Chloroprene, inhibited Dispersant gas or Refrigerant gas (as defined in 173.115 of this subchapter) Division 2.1 materials Division 2.2 materials (in Class DOT 107 tank cars only) Division 2.3 materials Formic acid Hydrocyanic acid, aqueous solutions Hydrofluoric acid, solution Hydrogen cyanide, stabilized (less than 3% water) Hydrogen fluoride, anhydrous Hydrogen peroxide, aqueous solutions (greater than 20% hy drogen peroxide) Hydrogen peroxide, stabilized Hydrogen peroxide and peroxyacetic acid mixtures Nitric acid (other than red fuming) Phosphorus, amorphous Phosphorus, white dry or Phosphorus, white, under water or Phosphorus white, in solution, or Phosphorus, yellow dry or Phosphorus, yellow, under water or Phosphorus, yellow, in solution Phosphorus white, molten Potassium nitrate and sodium nitrate mixtures Potassium permanganate Sulfur trioxide, inhibited Sulfur trioxide, uninhibited (2) In a multi-unit tank car tank, unless the tank is marked on two opposing sides, in letters and numerals no less than 50 mm (2.0 inches) high-- (i) With the proper shipping name specified for the material in the 172.101 Table or with a common name authorized for the material in this subchapter (e.g., "Refrigerant Gas''); and (ii) With the identification number specified for the material in the 172.101 Table, unless marked in accordance with 172.302(a) and 172.332 of this subpart. (b) A motor vehicle or rail car used to transport a multi-unit tank car tank containing a hazardous material must be marked on each side and each end, as required by 172.332, with the identification number specified for the material in the 172.101 Table. 172.331 Bulk packagings other than portable tanks, cargo tanks, tank cars and multi-unit tank car tanks, (a) Each person who offers a hazardous material to a motor carrier for transportation in a bulk packaging shall provide the motor carrier with the required identification numbers on placards or plain white square-on-point dis play configurations, as authorized, or shall affix orange panels con taining the required identification numbers to the packaging prior to or at the time the material is offered for transportation, unless the packaging is already marked with the identification number as re quired by this subchapter. (b) Each person who offers a bulk packaging containing a hazard ous material for transportation shall affix to the packaging the required identification numbers on orange panels, square-on-point configura tions or placards, as appropriate, prior to, or at the time the packaging is offered for transportation unless it is already marked with identifica tion numbers as required by this subchapter. (c) For a bulk packaging contained in or on a transport vehicle or freight container, if the identification number marking on the bulk packaging (e.g., an IBC) required by 172.302(a) is not visible, the transport vehicle or freight container must be marked as required by 172.332 on each side and each end with the identification number specified for the material in the 172.101 Table. 172.332 Identification number markings, (a) General. When required by 172.301, 172.302, 172.313, 172.326, 172.328, 172.330, or 172.331 of this subpart, identification numbers must be displayed on orange panels or placards as specified in this section or, when appropriate, on plain white square-on-point configurations as prescribed in 172.336(b). (b) Orange panels. Display of an identification number on an or ange panel shall be in conformance with the following: 212 April 1998 ABD00131980 172.332--172.338 PART 172 (1) The orange panel must be 160 mm (6.3 inches) high by 400 mm (15.7 inches) wide with a 15 mm (0.6 inches) black outer border. The identification number shall be displayed in 100 mm (3.9 inches) black Helvetica Medium numerals on the orange panel. Measurements may vary from those specified plus or minus 5 mm (0.2 inches). (2) The orange panel may be made of any durable material pre scribed for placards in 172.519, and shall be of the orange color specified for labels or placards in Appendix A to this Part. (3) The name and hazard class of a material may be shown in the upper left border of the orange panel in letters not more than 18 points high. (4) Except for size and color, the orange panel and identification numbers shall be as illustrated for Liquefied petroleum gas: 11075 I (c) Placards. Display of an identification number on a hazard warn ing placard shall be in conformance with the following: (1) The identification number shall be displayed across the center area of the placard in 88 mm (3.5 inches) black Alpine Gothic or Alternate Gothic No. 3 numerals on a white background 100 mm (3.9 inches) high and approximately 215 mm (8.5 inches) wide and may be outlined with a solid or dotted line border. (2) The top of the 100 mm (3.9 inches) high white background shall be approximately 40 mm (1.6 inches) above the placard horizontal center line. (3) An identification number may be displayed only on a placard corresponding to the primary hazard class of the hazardous material. (4) For a COMBUSTIBLE placard used to display an identification number, the entire background below the white background for the identification number must be white during transportation by rail and may be white during the transportation by highway. (5) The name of the hazardous material and the hazard class may be shown in letters not more than 18 points high immediately within the upper border of the space on the placard bearing the identification number of the material. (6) If an identification number is placed over the word(s) on a placard, the word(s) should be substantially covered to maximize the effectiveness of the identification number. (d) Except for size and color, the display of an identification number on a placard shall be as illustrated for Acetone. 172.334 Identification numbers; prohibited display. (a) No person may display an identification number on a RADIOAC TIVE, EXPLOSIVES 1.1, 1.2,1.3,1.4,1.5 or 1.6, DANGEROUS, or subsidiary hazard placard. (b) No person may display an identification number on a placard, orange panel or white square-on-point display configuration unless-- (1) The identification number is specified for the material in 172.101; (2) The identification number is displayed on the placard, orange panel or white square-on-point configuration authorized by 172.332 or 172.336(b), as appropriate, and any placard used for display of the identification number corresponds to the hazard class of the material specified in 172.504; (3) Except as provided under 172.336(c)(4) or (c)(5), the package, freight container, or transport vehicle on which the number is displayed contains the hazardous material associated with that identification number in 172.101. (c) Except as required by 172.332(c)(4) for a combustible liquid, the identification number of a material may be displayed only on the placards required by the tables in 172.504. (d) Except as provided in 172.336, a placard bearing an identifica tion number may not be used to meet the requirements of Subpart F of this Part unless it is the correct identification number for all hazardous materials of the same class in the transport vehicle or freight container on which it is displayed. (e) Except as specified in 172.338, an identification number may not be displayed on an orange panel on a cargo tank unless affixed to the cargo tank by the person offering the hazardous material for transportation in the cargo tank. (f) If a placard is required by 172.504, an identification number may not be displayed on an orange panel unless it is displayed in proximity to the placard. (g) No person shall add any color, number, letter, symbol, or word other than as specified in this subchapter, to any identification number marking display which is required or authorized by this subchapter. 172.336 Identification numbers; special provisions. (a) When not required or prohibited by this subpart, identification numbers may be displayed on a transport vehicle or a freight container in the manner prescribed by this subpart. (b) For hazardous materials in hazard classes for which hazard warning placards are not specified, identification numbers, when re quired, must be displayed on either orange panels (see 172.332(b)) or on a plain white square-on-point display configuration having the same outside dimensions as a placard. In addition, for materials in hazard classes for which placards are specified and identification number displays are required, but for which identification numbers may not be displayed on the placards authorized for the material (see 172.334(a)), identification numbers must be displayed on orange panels or on the plain white square-on-point display configuration in association with the required placards. An identification number displayed on a white square-on-point display configuration is not con sidered to be a placard. (1) The 100 mm (3.9 inch) by 215 mm (8.5 inches) area containing the identification number shall be located as prescribed by 172.332(c)(1) and (c)(2) and may be outlined with a solid or dotted line border. (2) [Reserved] (c) Identification numbers are not required: (1) On the ends of a portable tank, cargo tank or tank car having more than one compartment if hazardous materials having different identification numbers are being transported therein. In such a circum stance, the identification numbers on the sides of the tank shall be displayed in the same sequence as the compartments containing the materials they identify. (2) On a cargo tank containing only gasoline, if the cargo tank is marked "Gasoline" on each side and rear in letters no less than 50 mm (2 inches) high, or is placarded in accordance with 172.542(c). (3) On a cargo tank containing only fuel oil, if the cargo tank is marked "Fuel Oil" on each side and rear in letters no less than 50 mm (2 inches) high, or is placarded in accordance with 172.544(c). (4) For each of the different liquid petroleum distillate fuels, includ ing gasoline and gasohol in a compartmented cargo tank or tank car, if the identification number is displayed for the distillate fuel having the lowest flash point. (5) For each of the different liquid petroleum distillate fuels, includ ing gasoline and gasohol transported in a cargo tank, if the identifica tion number is displayed for the liquid petroleum distillate fuel having the lowest flash point. (6) On nurse tanks meeting the provisions of 173.315(m) of this subchapter. 172.338 Replacement of Identification numbers, limorethan one of the identification number markings on placards, orange panels, or white square-on-point display configurations that are required to be displayed are lost, damaged or destroyed during transportation, the carrier shall replace all the missing or damaged identification 213 ABD00131981 172.338 April 1998 numbers as soon as practicable. However, in such a case, the num bers may be entered by hand on the appropriate placard, orange panel or white square-on-point display configuration providing the correct identification numbers are entered legibly using an indelible marking material. When entered by hand, the identification numbers must be located in the white display area specified in 172.332. This section does not preclude required compliance with the placarding requirements of Subpart F of this subchapter. 214 ABD00131982 Part 172.400 - Labeling April 1998 ABD00131983 172.338--172.400a PART 172 PUBLISHER'S NOTE This Subpart contains information on the type and number of labels required on a package. Labeling applies to non-bulk packaging, however, certain freight containers which contain hazardous material packagings and some bulk packagings less than a certain size can be either labeled or placarded (placards are covered in the next Subpart). The labels required are prescribed in column (6) of the 172.101 Hazardous Materials Table. Labels are square-on-point shaped and roughly 4 inches on each side. The description of each placard appears in this Subpart beginning on 172.411. Labeling is an important part of the hazardous communications requirements. A label is a permanent feature of the package applied by the shipper, the person tendering the package for transportation. The labels identify primary and secondary hazards assigned by RSPA to the particular hazardous material. Some materials can require up to three labels. The label is intended to covey the risks presented by the material in transportation. Subpart E LABELING 172.400 General labeling requirements, (a) Except as speci fied in 172.400a. each person who offers for transportation or trans ports a hazardous material in any of the following packages or contain ment devices, shall label the package or containment device with labels specified for the material in the 172.101 Table and in this subpart: (1) A non-bulk package; (2) A bulk packaging, other than a cargo tank, portable tank, or tank car, with a volumetric capacity of less than 18 m3 (640 cubic feet), unless placarded in accordance with Subpart F of this part; (3) A portable tank of less than 3785 L (1000 gallons) capacity, unless placarded in accordance with Subpart F of this part; (4) A DOT Specification 106 or 110 multi-unit tank car tank, unless placarded in accordance with Subpart F of this part; and (5) An overpack, freight container or unit load device, of less than 18 m3 (640 cubic feet), which contains a package for which labels are required, unless placarded or marked in accordance with 172.512 of this part. (b) Labeling is required for a hazardous material which meets one or more hazard class definitions, in accordance with Column 6 of the 172.101 Table and the following table: Hazard Class or Division Label Name 1.2.............................................................. 1.3.............................................................. 1.4.............................................................. EXPLOSIVE 1.2......................... EXPLOSIVE 1.3......................... 1.5.............................................................. 1.6.............................................................. 2.1.............................................................. EXPLOSIVE 1.5......................... EXPLOSIVE 1.6......................... 2.2.............................................................. NON-FLAMMABLE GAS .... 2.3.............................................................. POISON GAS ..................... 3 (flammable liquid) ............................... FLAMMABLE LIQUID............... Combustible liquid.................................. (none) ........................................ 4.1.............................................................. FLAMMABLE SOLID ............... 4.2.............................................................. 4.3.............................................................. SPONTANEOUSLY COMBUSTIBLE......................... DANGEROUS WHEN WET . . . 5.1 .............................................................. OXIDIZER .................................. 5.2.............................................................. ORGANIC PEROXIDE ............ 6.1 (inhalation hazard, Zone A and B) 6.1 (PG 1 or II, other than Zone A or B POISON INHALATION HAZARD 6.1 (PG III) ............................................... KEEP AWAY FROM FOOD . . . 6.2.............................................................. INFECTIOUS SUBSTANCE1 . . 7 (see 172.403)..................................... RADIOACTIVE WHITE-1............ Label Oeslgn or Section Reference () 172.411 172.411 172.411 172.411 172.411 172.411 172.417 172.415 172.416 172.419 172.420 172.422 172.423 172.426 172.427 172.429 172.430 172.431 172.432 172.436 Hazard Class or Division Label Name Label Design or Section Reference (} 7........................................................... RADIOACTIVE YELLOW-II . . . 7...................................................... RADIOACTIVE YELLOW-III . . . 172.438 172.440 7 (empty packages, see 173.427) . . EMPTY........................................ 172.450 8........................................................... CORROSIVE............................... 172.442 9........................................................... CLASS 9.................................. 172.446 'The ETIOLOGIC AGENT label specified in regulations of the Department of Health and Human Services at 42 CFR 72.3 may apply to packages of infectious substances. 172.400a Exceptions from labeling, (a) Notwithstanding the provisions of 172.400, a label is not required on-- (1) A cylinder, or a Dewar flask conforming to 173.320 of this subchapter containing a Division 2.1 or Division 2.2 gas that is-- (i) Not poisonous; (ii) Carried by a private or contract motor carrier; (iii) Not overpacked; and (iv) Durably and legibly marked in accordance with CGA Pamphlet C-7, Appendix A. (2) A package or unit of military explosives (including ammunition) shipped by or on behalf of the DOD when in-- (i) Freight containerload, carload or truckload shipments, if loaded and unloaded by the shipper or DOD; or (ii) Unitized or palletized break-bulk shipments by cargo vessel under charter to DOD if at least one required label is displayed on each unitized or palletized load. (3) A package containing a hazardous material other than ammuni tion that is-- (i) Loaded and unloaded under the supervision of DOD person nel, and (ii) Escorted by DOD personnel in a separate vehicle. (4) A compressed gas cylinder permanently mounted in or on a transport vehicle. (5) A freight container, aircraft unit load device or portable tank, which-- (i) Is placarded in accordance with Subpart F of this part, or (ii) Conforms to paragraph (a)(3) or (b)(3) of 172.512. (6) An overpack or unit load device in or on which labels representa tive of each hazardous material in the overpack or unit load device are visible. (7) A package of low specific activity radioactive material, when transported under 173.425(b) of this subchapter. (b) Certain exceptions to labeling requirements are provided for small quantities and limited quantities in applicable sections in Part 173 of this subchapter. (c) Notwithstanding the provisions of 172.402(a), a subsidiary haz ard label is not required on a package containing a Class 8 (corrosive) material which has a subsidiary hazard of Division 6.1 (poisonous) if the toxicity of the material is based solely on the corrosive destruction of tissue rather then systemic poisoning. 215 ABD00131984 172.400a--172.403 April 1998 (d) For Division 6.1 Packing Group III materials, a POISON label may be used in place of a KEEP AWAY FROM FOOD label. 172.401 Prohibited labeling, (a) Except as otherwise pro vided in this section, no person may offer for transportation and no carrier may transport a package bearing a label specified in this subpart unless: (1) The package contains a material that is a hazardous mate rial, and (2) The label represents a hazard of the hazardous material in the package. (b) No person may offer for transportation and no carrier may trans port a package bearing any marking or label which by its color, design, or shape could be confused with or conflict with a label prescribed by this part. (c) The restrictions in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section, do not apply to packages labeled in conformance with: (1) Any United Nations recommendation, including the class num ber (see 172.407), in the document entitled" Transport ofDangerous Goods"-, (2) The International Maritime Organization (IMO) requirements, in cluding the class number (see 172.407), in the document entitled "International Maritime Dangerous Goods Code"; (3) the ICAO Technical Instructions; or (4) The TDG Regulations. (d) The provisions of paragraph (a) of this section do not apply to a packaging bearing a label if that packaging is: (1) Unused or cleaned and purged of all residue; (2) Transported in a transport vehicle or freight container in such a manner that the packaging is not visible during transportation: and (3) Loaded by the shipper and unloaded by the shipper or con signee. (1) Division 6.1, Packing Groups I or II, shall be labeled POISON or POISON INHALATION HAZARD, as appropriate; or (2) Class 7, shall be labeled in accordance with 172.403 of this subpart. (f) Division 2.2 materials. In addition to the label specified in Col umn 6 of the 172.101 Table, each package of Division 2.2 material that also meets the definition for an oxidizing gas (see 171.8 of this subchapter) must be labeled OXIDIZER. (g) Division 2.3 materials. In addition to the label specified in Column 6 of the 172.101 Table, each package of Division 2.3 material that also meets the definition for: (D Division 2.1, must be labeled Flammable Gas; (2) Division 5.1, must be labeled Oxidizer; and (3) Class 8, must be labeled Corrosive. 172.403 Class 7 (radioactive) material, (a) Unless excepted from labeling by 173.421 through 173.428 of this subchapter, each package of radioactive material must be labeled as provided in this section. (b) The proper label to affix to a package of Class 7 (radioactive) material is based on the radiation level at the surface of the package and the transport index. The proper category of label must be deter mined in accordance with paragraph (c) of this section. The label to be applied must be the highest category required for any of the two determining conditions for the package. RADIOACTIVE WHITE-1 is the lowest category and RADIOACTIVE YELLOW-III is the highest. For example, a package with a transport index of 0.8 and a maximum surface radiation level of 0.6 millisievert (60 millirems) per hour must bear a RADIOACTIVE YELLOW-III label. (c) Category of label to be applied to Class 7 (radioactive) materials packages: 172.402 Additional labeling requirements, (a) Subsidiary hazard labels. Each package containing a hazardous material-- (1) Shall be labeled with primary and subsidiary hazard labels as specified in Column 6 of the 172.101 Table (unless excepted in paragraph (a)(2) of this section); and (2) For other than Class 1 or Class 2 materials (for subsidiary label ing requirements for Class 1 or Class 2 materials see paragraph (e) or paragraphs (f) and (g) respectively of this section), if not already labeled under paragraph (a)(1) of this section, shall be labeled with subsidiary hazard labels in accordance with the following table: Subsidiary Hazard Labels Subsidiary Hazard (Class or Division) (packing group) III ................................................. 3 X X ...4.1 4.2 4.3 5.1 6.1 ... X X X XXX XX XXX XX X - Required for all modes ' - Required for all modes, except lor a material with a flash point at or above 38C (100'F) transported by rail or highway. ' Reserved. '** - Impossible as subsidiary hazard. 8 X X X (b) Display of hazard class on labels. The appropriate hazard class or, for Division 5.1 or 5.2 the division number, shall be displayed in the lower corner of a primary hazard label and may not be displayed on a subsidiary label. (c) CARGO AIRCRAFT ONLY label. Each person who offers for transportation or transports by aircraft a package containing a hazard ous material which is authorized on cargo aircraft only shall label the package with a CARGO AIRCRAFT ONLY label specified in 172.448 of this subpart. (d) Class 7 (Radioactive) Materials. Except as otherwise provided in this paragraph, each package containing a Class 7 material that also meets the definition of one or more additional hazard classes must be labeled as a Class 7 material as required by 172.403 of this subpart and for each additional hazard. A subsidiary hazard label is not required on a package containing a Class 7 material that conforms to criteria specified in 173.4 of this subchapter, except 173.4(a)(1)(iv) of this subchapter. (e) Class 1 (explosive) Materials. In addition to the label specified in Column 6 of the 172.101 Table, each package of Class 1 material that also meets the definition for: Transport Index Maximum radiation level at any point on the external surface Label category1 O2 Less than or equal to 0.005 mSv/h (0.5 WHITE-I mrem/ h). More tfian 0 Out not more than 1 Greater than 0.005 mSv/h but less than or equal to 0 5 mSWh (50 mrem/h) YELLOW-II More man 1 Out not more than 10 Greater than 0.5 mSv/h (50 mrem/h) but less than or equal to 2 mSv/h (200 mrem/h) YELLOW-III More than 10 Greater than 2 mSv/h (200 mrem/h) but less than or equal to 10 mSv/h (1,000 mrem/h) YELLOW-III (Must be shipped under exclusive use provisions; see 173.441(b) of this subchapter) 'Any package containing a "highway route controlled quantity (173.403 of this subchapter) must be labeled as RADIOACTIVE YELLOW-III. hf the measured Tl is not greater than 0 05, the value may be considered to be zero. (d) EMPTY label. See 173.428(d) of this subchapter for EMPTY labeling requirements. (e) [Reserved] (f) Each package required by this section to be labeled with a RADIOACTIVE label must have two of these labels, affixed to opposite sides of the package. (See 172.406(e)(3) for freight container label requirements). (g) The following applicable items of information must be entered in the blank spaces on the RADIOACTIVE label by legible printing (manual or mechanical), using a durable weather resistant means of marking: (1) "Contents." The name of the radionuclides as taken from the listing of radionuclides in 173.435 of this subchapter (symbols which conform to established radiation protection terminology are author ized, i.e., "Mo, ^Co, etc.). For mixtures of radionuclides, with consid eration of space available on the label, the radionuclides that must be shown must be determined in accordance with 173.433(f) of this subchapter. (2) "Activity," Activity units must be expressed in appropriate SI units (e.g., Becquerels (Bq), Terabecquerels (TBq), etc.) or in both appropriate SI units and appropriate customary units (Curies (Ci), milliCuries (mCi), microcuries (uCi), etc.). Alternatively, for domestic transport, the activity may be expressed solely in terms of curies until April 1,1997. Abbreviations are authorized. Except for plutonium-238, plutonium-239, and plutonium-241, the weight in grams or kilograms 216 ABD00131985 PART 172 April 1998 172.403--172.407 of fissile radionuclides may be inserted instead of activity units. For plutonium-238, plutonium-239, and plutonium-241, the weight in grams or kilograms of fissile radionuclides may be inserted in addition to the activity units. (3) "Transportation index." (See 173.403 of this subchapter.) 172.404 Labels for mixed and consolidated packaging. (a) Mixed packaging. When hazardous materials having different hazard classes are packed within the same packaging, or within the same outside container or overpack as described in 173.25 and authorized by 173.21 of this subchapter, the packaging, outside container or overpack must be labeled as required for each class of hazardous material contained therein. (b) Consolidated packaging. When two or more packages con taining compatible hazardous material (see 173.21 of this subchap ter) are placed within the same outside container or overpack, the outside container or overpack must be labeled as required for each class of hazardous material contained therein. 172.405 Authorized label modifications, (a) For Classes 1, 2,3,4,5.6, and 8, text indicating a hazard (for example FLAMMABLE LIQUID) is not required on a primary or subsidiary label when-- (1) The label otherwise conforms to the provisions of this subp art, and (2) The hazard class or, for Division 5.1 or 5.2 the division number, is displayed in the lower corner of the label, if the label corresponds to the primary hazard class of the hazardous material. (b) For a package containing Oxygen, compressed, or Oxygen, refrigerated liquid, the OXIDIZER label specified in 172.426 of this subpart, modified to display the word "OXYGEN" instead of "OXI DIZER" and the Class number "2" instead of "5.1", may be used in place of the NON-FLAMMABLE GAS and OXIDIZER labels. Notwith standing the provisions of paragraph (a) of this section, the word "OXYGEN" must appear on the label. 172.406 Placement of labels, (a) General. (1) Except as pro vided in paragraphs (b) and (e) of this section, each label required by this subpart must-- (1) Be printed on or affixed to a surface (other than the bottom) of the package or containment device containing the hazardous material; and (ii) Be located on the same surface of the package and near the proper shipping name marking, if the package dimensions are adequate. (2) Except as provided in paragraph (e) of this section, duplicate labeling is not required on a package or containment device (such as to satisfy redundant labeling requirements). (b) Exceptions. A label may be printed on or placed on a securely affixed tag. or may be affixed by other suitable means to: (1) A package that contains no radioactive material and which has dimensions less than those of the required label; (2) A cylinder; and (3) A package which has such an irregular surface that a label cannot be satisfactorily affixed. (c) Placement of multiple labels. When primary and subsidiary hazard labels are required, they must be displayed next to each other. Placement conforms to this requirement if labels are within 150 mm (6 inches) of one another. (d) Contrast with background. Each label must be printed on or affixed to a background of contrasting color, or must have a dotted or solid line outer border. (e) Duplicate labeling. Generally, only one of each different re quired label must be displayed on a package. However, duplicate labels must be displayed on at least two sides or two ends (other than the bottom) of-- (1) Each package or overpack having a volume of 1.8 m3 (64 cubic feet) or more; (2) Each non-bulk package containing a radioactive material; (3) Each DOT 106 or 110 multi-unit tank car tank. Labels must be displayed on each end; (4) Each portable tank of less than 3,785 L (1000 gallons) capac ity; and (5) Each freight container or aircraft unit load device having a vol ume of 1.8 m3 (64 cubic feet) or more, but less than 18 m3 (640 cubic feet). One of each required label must be displayed on or near the closure. (f) Visibility. A label must be clearly visible and may not be ob scured by markings or attachments. 172.407 Label specifications, (a) Durability. Each label, whether printed on or affixed to a package, must be durable and weather resistant. A label on a package must be able to withstand, without deterioration or a substantial change in color, a 30-day exposure to conditions incident to transportation that reasonably could be expected to be encountered by the labeled package. (b) Design. (1) Except for size and color, the printing, inner border, and symbol on each label must be as shown in 172.411 through 172.488 of this subpart, as appropriate. (2) The dotted line border shown on each label is not part of the label specification, except when used as an alternative for the solid line outer border to meet the requirements of 172.406(d) of this subpart. (c) Size. (1) Each diamond (square-on-point) label prescribed in this subpart must be at least 100 mm (3.9 inches) on each side with each side having a solid line inner border 5.0 to 6.3 mm (0.2 to 0.25 inches) from the edge. (2) The CARGO AIRCRAFT ONLY label must be a rectangle mea suring at least 110 mm (4.3 inches) in height by 120 mm (4.7 inches) in width. The word "DANGER" must be shown in letters measuring at least 12.7 mm (0.5 inches) in height. (3) Except as otherwise provided in this subpart, the hazard class number, or division number, as appropriate, must be at least 6.3 mm (0.25 inches) and not greater than 12.7 mm (0.5 inches). (4) When text indicating a hazard is displayed on a label, the label name must be shown in letters measuring at least 7.6 mm (0.3 inches) in height except that-- (1) For a SPONTANEOUSLY COMBUSTIBLE or DANGEROUS WHEN WET label, respectively, the words "Spontane ously" and "When Wet" must be shown in letters measuring at least 5.1 mm (0.2 inches) in height. (ii) For a KEEP AWAY FROM FOOD label, the word "HARMFUL" must be shown in letters measuring at least 7.6 mm (0.3 inches) in height. (5) The symbol on each label must be proportionate in size to that shown in the appropriate section of this subpart. (d) Color. (1) The background color on each label must be as prescribed in 172.411 through 172.448 of this subpart, as appro priate. (2) The symbol, text, numbers, and border must be shown in black on a label except that-- (i) White may be used on a label with a one color background of green, red or blue; and (ii) White must be used for the text and class number for the CORROSIVE label. (3) Black and any color on a label must be able to withstand, without substantial change, a 72-hour fadeometer test (for a description of equipment designed for this purpose, see ASTM G 23-69 (1975) or ASTM G 26-70). (4) (i) A color on a label, upon visual examination, must fall within the color tolerances-- (A) Displayed on color charts conforming to the technical specifications for charts set forth in Table 1 or 2 in appen dix A to this part; or (B) For labels printed on packaging surfaces, specified in Table 3 in appendix A to this part. (ii) Color charts conforming to appendix A to this part are on display in Room 8421, Nassif Building, 400 Seventh Street, S.W., Wash ington, DC 20590-0001. (5) The specified label color must extend to the edge of the label in the area designated on each label except the CORROSIVE, RADIO ACTIVE YELLOW-II AND RADIOACTIVE YELLOW-III labels on which the color must extend only to the inner border. 217 ABD00131986 172.407--172.411 (e) Form identification. A label may contain form identification information, including the name of its maker, provided that information is printed outside the solid line inner border in no larger than 10point type. (f) Exceptions. A label conforming to specifications in the UN Rec ommendations may be used in place of a corresponding label which conforms to the requirements of this subpart. (g) Trefoil symbol. The trefoil symbol on the RADIOACTIVE WHITE1, RADIOACTIVE YELLOW-II, and RADIOACTIVE YELLOW-III labels must meet the appropriate specifications in Appendix B of this part. 172.411 EXPLOSIVE 1.1,1.2,1.3,1.4,1.5 and 1.6 labels, and EXPLOSIVE Subsidiary label, (a) Except for size and color, the EXPLOSIVE 1.1, EXPLOSIVE 1.2 and EXPLOSIVE 1.3 labels must be as follows: EXPLOSIVE 1.4: April 1998 (b) In addition to complying with 172.407, the background color on the EXPLOSIVE 1.1, EXPLOSIVE 1.2 and EXPLOSIVE 1.3 labels must be orange. The "SfcH5" shall be replaced with the appropriate division number and compatibility group. The compatibility group letter must be the same size as the division number and must be shown as a capitalized Roman letter. (c) Except for size and color, the EXPLOSIVE 1.4, EXPLOSIVE 1.5, EXPLOSIVE 1.6 labels, and EXPLOSIVE Subsidiary label must be as follows: EXPLOSIVE Subsidiary label: 218 PART 172 July 1998 ABD00131987 172.411--172.422 (d) In addition to complying with 172.407, the background color on the EXPLOSIVE 1.4, EXPLOSIVE 1.5, EXPLOSIVE 1.6, and EX PLOSIVE Subsidiary label must be orange. Except for the EXPLO SIVE Subsidiary label, the shall be replaced with the appropriate compatibility group. The compatibility group letter must be shown as a capitalized Roman letter. Except for the EXPLOSIVE Subsidiary label, division numerals must measure at least 30 mm {1.2 inches) in height and at least 5 mm (0.2 inches) in width. 172.419 FLAMMABLE LIQUID label, (a) Except for size and color, the FLAMMABLE LIQUID label must be as follows: 172.415 NON-FLAMMABLE GAS label, (a) Except for size and color, the NON-FLAMMABLE GAS label must be as follows: (b) In addition to complying with 172.407, the background color on the FLAMMABLE LIQUID label must be red. 172.420 FLAMMABLE SOLID label, (a) Except for size and color, the FLAMMABLE SOLID label must be as follows: (b) In addition to complying with 172.407, the background color on the NON-FLAMMABLE GAS label must be green. 172.416 POISON GAS label, (a) Except for size and color, the POISON GAS label must be as follows: (b) In addition to complying with 172.407, the background on the POISON GAS label and the symbol must be white. The background of the upper diamond must be black and the lower point of the upper diamond must be 14 mm (0.54 inches) above the horizontal center line. 172.417 FLAMMABLE GAS label, (a) Except for size and color, the FLAMMABLE GAS label must be as follows: (b) In addition to complying with 172.407, the background on the FLAMMABLE SOLID label must be white with vertical red stripes equally spaced on each side of a red stripe placed in the center of the label. The red vertical stripes must be spaced so that, visually, they appear equal in width to the white spaces between them. The symbol (flame) and text (when used) must be overprinted. The text "FLAMMABLE SOLID" may be placed in a white rectangle. 172.422 SPONTANEOUSLY COMBUSTIBLE label. (a) Except for size and color, the SPONTANEOUSLY COMBUSTI BLE label must be as follows: (b) In addition to complying with 172.407, the background color on the FLAMMABLE GAS label must be red. (b) In addition to complying with 172.407, the background color on the lower half of the SPONTANEOUSLY COMBUSTIBLE label must be red and the upper half must be white. 219 172.423--172.432 ABD00131988 172.423 DANGEROUS WHEN WET label, (a) Except for size and color, the DANGEROUS WHEN WET label must be as follows: July 1998 y\ <^DANGEROUS <f inhalation ^ (b) In addition to complying with 172.407, the background color on the DANGEROUS WHEN WET label must be blue. (b) In addition to complying with 172.407, the background on the POISON INHALATION HAZARD label and the symbol must be white. The background of the upper diamond must be black and the lower point of the upper diamond must be 14 mm (0.54 inches) above the horizontal center line. 172.426 OXIDIZER label, (a) Except for size and color, the OXIDIZER label must be as follows: 172.430 POISON label, (a) Except for size and color, the POI SON label must be as follows: ^As /ys\ <5( OXIDIZER ):> <<f POISON ^>> V' 'v' (b) In addition to complying with 172.407, the background color on the OXIDIZER label must be yellow. 172.427 ORGANIC PEROXIDE label, (a) Except for size and color, the ORGANIC PEROXIDE label must be as follows: A /u\ (b) In addition to complying with 172.407, the background on the POISON label must be white. The word "TOXIC" may be used in lieu of the word "POISON". 172.431 KEEP AWAY FROM FOOD label, (a) Except for size and color, the KEEP AWAY FROM FOOD label must be as follows: A <f:HA^ULS> ORGANIC PEROXIDE )>> \\ STOW AWAY W //'from //\\ F0008TUFF8 // "%^/y vy (b) In addition to complying with 172.407, the background color on the ORGANIC PEROXIDE label must be yellow. 172.429 POISON INHALATION HAZARD label, (a) Ex cept for size and color, the POISON INHALATION HAZARD label must be as follows: (b) In addition to complying with 172.407, the background on the KEEP AWAY FROM FOOD label must be white. 172.432 INFECTIOUS SUBSTANCE label, (a) Except for size and color, the INFECTIOUS SUBSTANCE label must be as follows: 220 April 1998 ABD00131989 172.432--172.446 V (b) In addition to complying with 172.407, the background on the INFECTIOUS SUBSTANCE label must be white. 172.436 RADIOACTIVE WHITE-1 label, (a) Except for size and color, the RADIOACTIVE WHITE-1 label must be as follows: (b) In addition to complying with 172.407, the background color on the RADIOACTIVE YELLOW-III label must be yellow in the top half and white in the lower half. The printing and symbol must be black, except for the "111" which must be red. 172.442 CORROSIVE label, (a) Except for size and color, the CORROSIVE label must be as follows: PART 172 (b) In addition to complying with 172.407, the background on the RADIOACTIVE WHITE-1 label must be white. The printing and symbol must be black, except for the "I" which must be red. (b) In addition to complying with 172.407, the background on the CORROSIVE label must be white in the top half and black in the lower half. 172.436 RADIOACTIVE YELLOW-II label, (a) Except for size and color, the RADIOACTIVE YELLOW-II label must be as follows: 172.444 [RESERVED] 172.446 CLASS 9 label, (a) Except for size and color, the "CLASS 9" (miscellaneous hazardous materials) label must be as follows: (b) In addition to complying with 172.407, the background color on the RADIOACTIVE YELLOW-II label must be yellow in the top half and white in the lower half. The printing and symbol must be black, except for the "II" which must be red. 172.440 RADIOACTIVE YELLOW-III label, (a) Except for size and color, the RADIOACTIVE YELLOW-III label must be as follows: (b) In addition to complying with 172.407, the background on the CLASS 9 label must be white with seven black vertical stripes on the top half. The black vertical stripes must be spaced, so that, visually, they appear equal in width to the six white spaces between them. The lower half of the label must be white with the class number "9" underlined and centered at the bottom. 221 ABD00131990 172.448--172.450 April 1998 172.448 CARGO AIRCRAFT ONLY label, (a) Except for size 172.450 EMPTY label, (a) Each EMPTY label, except for size, and color, the CARGO AIRCRAFT ONLY label must be as follows: must be as follows: ;.......................................... 6 Inches.........................................: EMPTY I (b) The CARGO AIRCRAFT ONLY label must be black on an orange background. (1) Each side must be at least 6 inches (152 mm.) with each letter at least 1 inch (25.4 mm.) in height. (2) The label must be white with black printing. (b) [Reserved] 222 ABD00131991 Part 172.500 - Placarding 172.500--172.504 ABD00131992 April 1998 PUBLISHER'S NOTE This Subpart contains information on the type of placard required on a transport vehicle. In general, the placard is an enlarged label. Except for a few instances, unlike labeling, a placard is only required for the primary hazard. A mixed load of certain hazardous materials may be placarded with a "DANGER OUS" placard. Also, freight containers that contain packages, the total of which is less than 454 kg (1,001 lbs.) of certain classes of hazardous materials, are not required to be placarded. Placarding is not required for those freight containers and bulk packages less than a certain size that can be either labeled or placarded. If they are labeled they need not be placarded. A description of each placard begins with 172.521. As with labeling, placarding is an important element of the hazardous communications requirements. Subpart F PLACARDING 172.500 Applicability of placarding requirements. (a) Each person who offers for transportation or transports any hazardous material subject to this subchapter shall comply with the applicable placarding requirements of this subpart. (b) This subpart does not apply to-- (1) Infectious substances; (2) Hazardous materials classed as ORM-D; (3) Hazardous materials authorized by this subchapter to be offered for transportation as Limited Quantities when identified as such on shipping papers in accordance with 172.203(b); (4) Hazardous materials prepared in accordance with 173.13 of this subchapter; (5) Hazardous materials which are packaged as small quantities under the provisions of 173.4 of this subchapter; and (6) Combustible liquids in non-bulk packagings. 172.502 Prohibited and permissive placarding. (a) Prohibited placarding. Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, no person may affix or display on a packaging, freight container, unit load device, motor vehicle or rail car-- (1) Any placard described in this subpart unless-- (i) The material being offered or transported is a hazardous ma terial; (ii) The placard represents a hazard of the hazardous material being offered or transported; and (iii) Any placarding conforms to the requirements of this subpart. (2) Any sign, advertisement, slogan (such as "Drive Safely"), or device that, by its color, design, shape or content, could be confused with any placard prescribed in this subpart. (b) Exceptions. (1) The restrictions in paragraph (a) of this section do not apply to a bulk packaging, freight container, unit load device, transport vehicle or rail car which is placarded in conformance with the TDG Regulations, the IMDG Code or the UN Recommendations. (2) The restrictions of paragraph (a) of this section do not apply to the display of an identification number on a white square-on-point configuration in accordance with 172.336(b) of this part. (3) The restrictions in paragraph (a)(2) of this section do not apply until October 1, 2001 to a safety sign or safety slogan (e.g., "Drive Safely" or "Drive Carefully"), which was permanently marked on a transport vehicle, bulk packaging, or freight container on or before August 21, 1997. (c) Permissive placarding. Placards may be displayed for a haz ardous material, even when not required, if the placarding otherwise conforms to the requirements of this subpart. 172.503 Identification number display on placards. For pro cedures and limitations pertaining to the display of identification num bers on placards, see 172.334. 172.504 General placarding requirements, (a) General. Ex cept as otherwise provided in this subchapter, each bulk packaging, freight container, unit load device, transport vehicle or rail car con taining any quantity of a hazardous material must be placarded on each side and each end with the type of placards specified in Tables 1 and 2of this section and in accordance with other placarding require ments of this subpart, including the specifications for the placards named in the tables and described in detail in 172.519 through 172.560. (b) DANGEROUS placard. A freight container, unit load device, transport vehicle, or rail car which contains non-bulk packages with two or more categories of hazardous materials that require different placards specified in Table 2 of paragraph (e) of this section may be placarded with a DANGEROUS placard instead of the separate placarding specified for each of the materials in Table 2 of paragraph (e) of this section. However, when 1,000 kg (2,205 pounds) aggregate qross wpinht nr mnTpnf'nne category ot material is loaded therein at one loading facility on a freight container,"Drill luail (JfeVice, IfanspOT vehicle, or rail car, the placard specified In I able 2 or paragrapn (e) of this section tor that category must pe appnea7~ (6) Exception for less tnan 454 Kg (1,001 pounds). Except for bulk packagings and hazardous materials subject to 172.505, when hazardous materials covered by Table 2 of this section are transported by highway or rail, placards are not required on-- (1) A transport vehicle or freight container which contains less than 454 kg (1,001 pounds) aggregate gross weight of hazardous materials covered by Table 2 of paragraph (e) of this section; or (2) A rail car loaded with transport vehicles or freight containers, none of which is required to be placarded. The exceptions provided in paragraph (c) of this section do not prohibit the display of placards in the manner prescribed in this subpart, if not otherwise prohibited (see 172.502), on transport vehicles or freight containers which are not required to be placarded. (d) Exception for empty non-bulk packages. A non-bulk packag ing that contains only the residue of a hazardous material covered by Table 2 of paragraph (e) of this section need not be included in determining placarding requirements. (e) Placarding tables. Placards are specified for hazardous materi als in accordance with the following tables: /jto Categofy of material (Hazard Class or division number and additional description, as appropriate) ________ ______ Placard name Placard design section references ($) 1.1........................................................... EXPLOSIVES 1.1......................... 172.522 1.2.......................................................... EXPLOSIVES 1.2........................ 172.522 1.3.......................................................... EXPLOSIVES 1.3........................ 172.522 2.3........................................................... POISON GAS ............................ 172.540 4.3........................................................... DANGEROUS WHEN WET . . . 172.548 S.2 (Organic peroxide, Type B, liquid or solid, temperature controlled) ORGANIC PEROXIDE............... 172.552 6.1 (inhalation hazard, Zone A and 8) ........................................... 7 (Radioactive Yellow III label only) POISON INHALATION HAZARD ..................................... RADIOACTIVE' ........................ 172.555 172.556 'RADIOACTIVE placard also required tor exclusive use shipments of low specific activity material and surface contaminated objects transported in accordance with l73.427(b) or * (c) of this subchapter. 223 172.504--172.510 ifHtA ABD00131993 \QQ[ i April 1998 Table 2 Category of material (Hazard class or division number and additional description, as appropriate) Placard name Placard design section reference () 14............... ..................................... EXPLOSIVES 1.4 ...................... 172.523 172.524 1.6........................................................... EXPLOSIVES 1.6 ...................... 172.525 2.1........................................................... FLAMMABLE GAS...................... 172.532 2.2........................................................... NON-FLAMMABLE GAS .... 172.528 172.542 Combustible liquid............................... COMBUSTIBLE......................... 172.544 4.1........................................................... FLAMMABLE SOLID.................. 172.546 4.2........................................................... SPONTANEOUSLY COMBUSTI BLE ........................................ 172.547 5.1 . . ...................... OXIDIZER..................................... 172.550 5.2 (other than organic peroxide, type B, liquid or solid, tempera ture controlled)............................... ORGANIC PEROXIDE............... 172.552 6.1 (PG 1 or II, other than Zone A or B inhalation hazard)...................... POISON........................................ 172.554 6.1 (PG III)..................................... KEEP AWAY FROM FOOD . . . 172.553 172.505 Placarding for subsidiary hazards, (a) Each transport vehicle, freight container, portable tank, unit load device, or rail car that contains a poisonous material subject to the "Poison Inhalation Hazard" shipping description of 172.203(m)(3) must be placarded with a POISON INHALATION HAZARD or POISON GAS placard, as appropriate, on each side and each end, in addition to any other placard required for that material in 172.504. Duplication of the POISON INHALATION HAZARD or POISON GAS placard is not required. (b) In addition to the RADIOACTIVE placard which may be required by 172.504(e) of this subpart, each transport vehicle, portable tank or freight container that contains 454 kg (1,001 pounds) or more gross weight of fissile or low specific activity uranium hexafluoride shall be placarded with a CORROSIVE placard on each side and each end. (c) Each transport vehicle, portable tank, freight container or unit load device that contains a material which has a subsidiary hazard of being dangerous when wet, as defined in 173.124 of this subchapter, shall be placarded with DANGEROUS WHEN WET placards, on each side and each end, in addition to the placards required by 172.504. (d) Hazardous materials that possess secondary hazards may ex hibit subsidiary placards that correspond to the placards described in this part, even when not required by this part (see also 172.519(b)(4) of this subpart). 8.............................................................. CORROSIVE............................... 9......................... ...................... CLASS 9 .................................. 172.558 172.560 (f) Additional placarding exceptions. (1) When more than one division placard is required for Class 1 materials on a transport vehicle, rail car, freight container or unit load device, only the placard repre senting the lowest division number may be displayed. (2) A FLAMMABLE placard may be used in place of a COMBUSTI BLE placard on-- (i) A cargo tank or portable tank. (ii) A compartmented tank car which contains both flammable and combustible liquids. (3) A NON-FLAMMABLE GAS placard is not required on a trans port vehicle which contains non-flammable gas if the transport vehicle also contains flammable gas or oxygen and it is placarded with FLAM MABLE GAS or OXYGEN placards, as required. (4) OXIDIZER placards are not required for Oivision 5.1 materials on freight containers, unit load devices, transport vehicles or rail cars which also contain Division 1.1 or 1.2 materials and which are plac arded with EXPLOSIVES 1.1 or 1.2 placards, as required. (5) For transportation by transport vehicle or rail car only, an OXI DIZER placard is not required for Division 5.1 materials on a transport vehicle, rail car or freight container which also contains Division 1.5 explosives and is placarded with EXPLOSIVES 1.5 placards, as re quired. (6) The EXPLOSIVE 1.4 placard is not required for those Division 1.4 Compatibility Group S (1,4S) materials that are not required to be labeled 1.4S. (7) For domestic transportation of oxygen, compressed or oxygen, refrigerated liquid, the OXYGEN placard in 172.530 of this subpart may be used in place of a NON-FLAMMABLE GAS placard. (8) Except for a material classed as a combustible liquid that also meets the definition of a Class 9 material, a COMBUSTIBLE placard is not required for a material classed as a combustible liquid when transported in a non-bulk packaging. (9) For domestic transportation, a Class 9 placard is not required. A bulk packaging containing a Class 9 material must be marked with the appropriate identification number displayed on a Class 9 placard, an orange panel or a white square-on-point display configuration as required by subpart D of this part. (10) For domestic transportation of Oivision 6.1, PG III materials, a POISON placard may be used in place of a KEEP AWAY FROM FOOD placard. (11) For domestic transportation, a POISON placard is not required on a transport vehicle or freight container required to display a POI SON INHALATION HAZARD or POISON GAS placard. (9) For shipments of Class 1 (explosive) materials by aircraft or vessel, the applicable compatibility group letter must be displayed on the placards required by this section. 172.506 Providing and affixing placards: Highway, (a) Each person offering a motor carrier a hazardous material for transportation by highway shall provide to the motor carrier the required placards for the material being offered prior to or at the same time the material is offered for transportation, unless the carrier's motor vehicle is already placarded for the material as required by this subpart. (1) No motor carrier may transport a hazardous material in a motor vehicle, unless the placards required for the hazardous material are affixed thereto as required by this subpart. (2) [Reserved]. (b) [Reserved], 172.507 Special placarding provisions: Highway. (a) Each motor vehicle used to transport a package of highway route controlled quantity Class 7 (radioactive) materials (see 173.403 of this subchapter) must have the required RADIOACTIVE warning placard placed on a square background as described in 172.527. <b) A nurse tank, meeting the provisions of 173.315(m) of this subchapter, is not required to be placarded on an end containing valves, fittings, regulators or gauges when those appurtenances pre vent the markings and placard from being properly placed and visible. 172.508 Placarding and affixing placards: Rail, (a) Each person offering a hazardous material for transportation by rail shall affix to the rail car containing the material, the placards specified by this subpart. Placards displayed on motor vehicles, transport contain ers, or portable tanks may be used to satisfy this requirement, if the placards otherwise conform to the provisions of this subpart, (b) No rail carrier may accept a rail car containing a hazardous material for transportation unless the placards for the hazardous mate rial are affixed thereto as required by this subpart. 172.510 Special placarding provisions: Rail (a) White square background. The following must have the specified placards placed on a white square background, as described in 172.527: (1) Division 1.1 and 1.2 (explosive) materials which require EXPLO SIVES 1.1 or EXPLOSIVES 1.2 placards affixed to the rail car; (2) Materials classed in Division 2.3 Hazard Zone A or 6.1 Packing Group I Hazard Zone A which require POISON GAS or POISON plac ards affixed to the rail car, including tank cars containing only a residue of the material; and (3) Class DOT 113 tank cars used to transport a Division 2.1 (flam mable gas) material, including tank cars containing only a residue of the material. (b) Chemical ammunition. Each rail car containing Division 1.1 or 1.2 (explosive) ammunition which also meets the definition of a material poisonous by inhalation (see 171.8 of this subchapter) must be placarded EXPLOSIVES 1.1 or EXPLOSIVES 1.2 and POISON GAS or POISON INHALATION HAZARD. 224 ABD00131994 PART 172 April 1998 172.512--172.519 172.512 Freight containers and aircraft unit load devices. (a) Capacity of 18 m3 (640 cubic feet) or more. Each person who offers for transportation, and each person who loads and transports a hazardous material in a freight container or aircraft unit load device having a capacity of 18 m3 (640 cubic feet) or more shall affix to the freight container or aircraft unit load device the placards specified for the material in accordance with 172.504. However: (1) The placarding exception provided in 172.504(c) applies to motor vehicles transporting freight containers and aircraft unit load devices, '(2) The placarding exception provided in 172.504(c) applies to each freight container and aircraft unit load device being transported for delivery to a consignee immediately following an air or water ship ment, and, (3) Placarding is not required on a freight container or aircraft unit load device if it is only transported by air and is identified as containing a hazardous material in the manner provided in Part 5, Chapter 2, Section 2.7, of the ICAO Technical Instructions. (b) Capacity less than 16 m3 (640 cubic feet). Each person who offers for transportation by air, and each person who loads and trans ports by air, a hazardous material in a freight container or aircraft unit load device having a capacity of less than 18 m3 (640 cubic feet) shall affix one placard of the type specified by paragraph (a) of this section unless the freight container or aircraft load unit device: (1) Is labeled in accordance with Subpart E of this part, including 172.406{e); (2) Contains radioactive materials requiring the Radioactive Yellow III label and is placarded with one Radioactive placard and is labeled in accordance with Subpart E of this part, including 172.406(e); or, (3) Is identified as containing a hazardous material in the manner provided in Part 5, Chapter 2, Section 2.7, of the ICAO Technical Instructions. When hazardous materials are offered for transportation, not involving air transportation, in a freight container having a capacity of less than 18 m3 (640 cubic feet) the freight container need not be placarded. However, if not placarded it must be labeled in accordance with Subpart E of this part. (c) Notwithstanding paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section, pack ages containing hazardous materials, other than ORM-D, offered for transportation by air in freight containers are subject to the inspection requirements of 175.30 of this chapter. 172.514 Bulk packagings. (a) Except as provided in para graph (c) of this section, each person who offers for transportation a bulk packaging which contains a hazardous material, shall affix the placards specified for the material in 172.504 and 172.505. (b) Each bulk packaging that is required to be placarded when it contains a hazardous material, must remain placarded when it is emptied, unless it is-- (1) Sufficiently cleaned of residue and purged of vapors to remove any potential hazard; or (2) Refilled, with a material requiring different placards or no plac ards, to such an extent that any residue remaining in the packaging is no longer hazardous. (c) Exceptions. The following packagings may be placarded on only two opposite sides or, alternatively, may be labeled instead of placarded in accordance with Subpart E of this part: (1) A portable tank having a capacity of less than 3,785 L (1,000 gallons); (2) A DOT 106 or 110 multi-unit tank car tank; (3) A bulk packaging other than a portable tank, cargo tank, or tank car (e.g., a bulk bag or box) with a volumetric capacity of less than 18 m3 (640 cubic feet); and (4) An intermediate bulk container. 172.516 Visibility and display of placards, (a) Each placard on a motor vehicle and each placard on a rail car must be readily visible from the direction it faces except from the direction of another motor vehicle or rail car to which the motor vehicle or rail car is coupled. This requirement may be met by the placards displayed on the freight containers or portable tanks loaded on a motor vehicle or rail car. (b) The required placarding of the front of a motor vehicle may be on the front of a truck-tractor instead of or in addition to the placarding on the front of the cargo body to which a truck-tractor is attached. (c) Each placard on a transport vehicle, bulk packaging, freight container or aircraft unit load device must-- (1) Be securely attached or affixed thereto or placed in a holder thereon. (See Appendix C to this part.); (2) Be located clear of appurtenances and devices such as lad ders, pipes, doors, and tarpaulins; (3) So far as practicable, be located so that dirt or water is not directed to it from the wheels of the transport vehicle; (4) Be located away from any marking (such as advertising) that could substantially reduce its effectiveness, and in any case at least 3 inches (76.0 mm.) away from such marking; (5) Have the words or identification number (when authorized) printed on it displayed horizontally, reading from left to right; (6) Be maintained by the carrier in a condition so that the format, legibility, color, and visibility of the placard will not be substantially reduced due to damage, deterioration, or obscurement by dirt or other matter; (7) Be affixed to a background of contrasting color, or must have a dotted or solid line outer border which contrasts with the back ground color. ) Recommended specifications for a placard holder are set forth in Appendix C of this part. Except for a placard holder similar to that contained in Appendix C to this part, the means used to attach a placard may not obscure any part of its surface other than the borders. (e) A placard or placard holder may be hinged provided the re quired format, color, and legibility of the placard are maintained. 172.519 General specifications for placards, (a) Strength and durability. Placards must conform to the following: (1) A placard may be made of any plastic, metal or other material capable of withstanding, without deterioration or a substantial reduc tion in effectiveness, a 30-day exposure to open weather conditions. (2) A placard made of tagboard must be at least equal to that designated commercially as white tagboard. Tagboard must have a weight of at least 80 kg (176 pounds) per ream of 610 by 910 mm (24 by 36-inch) sheets, waterproofing materials included. In addition, each placard made of tagboard must be able to pass a 414 kPa (60 p.s.i.) Mullen test. (3) Reflective or retroreflective materials may be used on a placard if the prescribed colors, strength and durability are maintained. (b) Design. (1) Except as provided in 172.332 of this part, each placard must be as described in this subpart, and except for size and color, the printing, inner border and symbol must be as shown in 172.521 through 172.560 of this subpart, as appropriate. (2) The dotted line border shown on each placard is not part of the placard specification. However, a dotted or solid line outer border may be used when needed to indicate the full size of a placard that is part of a larger format or is on a background of a non-contrasting color. (3) For other than Class 7 or the OXYGEN placard, text indicating a hazard (for example, "FLAMMABLE") is not required. (4) For a placard corresponding to the primary hazard class of a material, the hazard class or division number must be displayed in the lower corner of the placard. However, no hazard class or division number may be displayed on a placard corresponding to a subsidiary hazard of the material. (c) Size. (1) Each placard prescribed in this subpart must measure at least 273 mm (10.8 inches) on each side and must have a solid line inner border approximately 12.7 mm (0.5 inches) from each edge. (2) Except as otherwise provided in this subpart, the hazard class or division number, as appropriate, must be shown in numerals mea suring at least 41 mm (1.6 inches) in height. (3) Except as otherwise provided in this subpart, when text indicat ing a hazard is displayed on a placard, the printing must be in letters measuring at least 41 mm (1.6 inches) in height. (d) Color. (1) The background color, symbol, text, numerals and inner border on a placard must be as specified in 172.521 through 172.560 of this subpart, as appropriate. (2) Black and any color on a placard must be able to withstand, without substantial change-- (i) A 72-hour fadeometer test (for a description of equipment de signed for this purpose, see ASTM G 23-69 or ASTM G 2670); and (ii) A 30-day exposure to open weather. (3) Upon visual examination, a color on a placard must fall within the color tolerances displayed on the appropriate Hazardous Materials Label and Placard Color Tolerance Chart (see 172.407(d)(4)). (4) The placard color must extend to the inner border and may extend to the edge of the placard in the area designated on each placard except the color on the CORROSIVE and RADIOACTIVE 225 ABD00131995 172.519--172.525 April 1998 placards (black and yellow, respectively) must extend only to the inner border. (e) Form identification. A placard may contain form identification information, including the name of its maker, provided that information is printed outside of the solid line inner border in no larger than 10point type. (f) Exceptions. For a shipment under the provisions of 171.11, 171.12, or 171.12a of this subchapter, a placard conforming to speci fications in the ICAO Technical Instructions, the IMDG Code, or the TDG Regulations, respectively, may be used in place of a correspond ing placard which conforms to the requirements of this subpart. (g) Trefoil symbol. The trefoil symbol on the RADIOACTIVE placard must meet the appropriate specification in Appendix B of this part. 172.521 DANGEROUS placard, (a) Except for size and color, the DANGEROUS placard must be as follows: (b) In addition to complying with 172.519 of this subpart, the back ground color on the EXPLOSIVES 1.4 placard must be orange. The sfc shall be replaced, when required, with the appropriate compatability group letter. The division numeral, 1.4, must measure at least 64 mm (2.5 inches) in height. The text, numerals and inner border must be black. 172.524 EXPLOSIVES 1.5 placard, (a) Except for size and color, the EXPLOSIVES 1.5 placard must be as follows: <b) In addition to meeting the requirements of 172.519, the Appen dix B to this part, the DANGEROUS placard must have a red upper and lower triangle. The placard center area and Vi-inch (12.7 mm.) border must be white. The inscription must be black with the % inch (3.2 mm.) border marker in the white area at each end of the inscription red. 172.522 EXPLOSIVES 1.1, EXPLOSIVES 1.2 and EXPLO SIVES 1.3 placards, (a) Except for size and color, the EXPLO SIVES 1.1, EXPLOSIVES 1.2 and EXPLOSIVES 1.3 placards must be as follows: (b) In addition to complying with 172.519 of this subpart, the back ground color on EXPLOSIVES 1.5 placard must be orange. The * shall be replaced, when required, with the appropriate compatability group letter. The division numeral, 1.5, must measure at least 64 mm (2.5 inches) in height. The text, numerals and inner border must be black. 172.525 EXPLOSIVES 1.6 placard, (a) Except for size and color, the EXPLOSIVES 1.6 placard must be as follows: (b) In addition to complying with 172.519 of this subpart, the back ground color on the EXPLOSIVES 1.1, EXPLOSIVES 1.2, and EX PLOSIVES 1.3 placards must be orange. The ^ shall be replaced with the appropriate division number and, when required, appropriate compatibility group letter. The symbol, text, numerals and inner border must be black. 172.523 EXPLOSIVES 1.4 placard, (a) Except for size and color, the EXPLOSIVES 1.4 placard must be as follows: (b) In addition to complying with 172.519 of this subpart, the back ground color on the EXPLOSIVES 1.6 placard must be orange. The H* shall be replaced, when required, with the appropriate compatability group letter. The division numerals, 1.6, must measure at least 64 226 ABD00131996 April 1998 172.525--172.542 mm (2.5 inches) in height. The text, numerals and inner border must be black. 172.526 [Reserved] 172.527 Background requirements for certain placards. (a) Except for size and color, the square background required by 172.510(a) for certain placards on rail cars, and 172.507 for plac ards on motor vehicles containing a package of highway route con trolled quantity radioactive materials, must be as follows: 172.532 FLAMMABLE GAS placard, (a) Except for size and color, the FLAMMABLE GAS placard must be as follows: (b) In addition to meeting the requirements of 172.519 for minimum durability and strength, the square background must consist of a white square measuring 14'/4 inches (362.0 mm.) on each side surrounded by a black border extending to 15V4 inches (387.0 mm.) on each side. 172.528 NON-FLAMMABLE GAS placard, (a) Except for size and color, the NON-FLAMMABLE GAS placard must be as follows: (b) In addition to complying with 172.519, the background color on the FLAMMABLE GAS placard must be red. The symbol, text, class number and inner border must be white. 172.536 [RESERVED] 172.540 POISON GAS placard, (a) Except for size and color, the POISON GAS placard must be as follows: PART 172 (b) In addition to complying with 172.519, the background color on the NON-FLAMMABLE GAS placard must be green. The letters in both words must be at least 38 mm (1.5 inches) high. The symbol, text, class number and inner border must be white. 172.530 OXYGEN placard, (a) Except for size and color, the OXYGEN placard must be as follows: (b) In addition to complying with 172.519, the background on the POISON GAS placard and the symbol must be white. The background of the upper diamond must be black and the lower point of the upper diamond must be 65 mm. (2% inches) above the horizontal center line. The text, class number, and inner border must be black. 172.542 FLAMMABLE placard, (a) Except for size and color, the FLAMMABLE placard must be as follows: (b) In addition to complying with 172.519, the background color on the OXYGEN placard must be yellow. The symbol, text, class number and inner border must be black. (b) In addition to complying with 172.519, the background color on the FLAMMABLE placard must be red. The symbol, text, class number and inner border must be white. (c) The word "GASOLINE" may be used in place of the word "FLAMMABLE" on a placard that is displayed on a cargo tank or a portable tank being used to transport gasoline by highway. The word "GASOLINE" must be shown in white. 227 ABD00131997 172.544--172.552 April 1998 172.544 COMBUSTIBLE placard, (a) Except for size and color, the COMBUSTIBLE placard must be as follows: (b) In addition to complying with 172.519, the background color on the SPONTANEOUSLY COMBUSTIBLE placard must be red in the lower half and white in upper half. The letters in the word "SPONTA NEOUSLY" must be at least 12 mm (0.5 inches) high. The symbol, text, class number and inner border must be black. 172.548 DANGEROUS WHEN WET placard, (a) Except for size and color, the DANGEROUS WHEN WET placard must be as follows: <b) In addition to complying with 172.519, the background color on the COMBUSTIBLE placard must be red. The symbol, text, class number and inner border must be white. On a COMBUSTIBLE placard with a white bottom as prescribed by 172.332(c)(4), the class number must be red or black. (c) The words "FUEL OIL" may be used in place of the word "COMBUSTIBLE" on a placard that is displayed on a cargo tank or portable tank being used to transport by highway fuel oil that is not classed as a flammable liquid. The words "FUEL OIL" must be shown in white. 172.546 FLAMMABLE SOLID placard, (a) Except for size and color, the FLAMMABLE SOLID placard must be as follows: (b) In addition to complying with 172.519, the background color on the DANGEROUS WHEN WET placard must be blue. The letters in the words "WHEN WET" must be at least 25 mm (1.0 inches) high. The symbol, text, class number and inner border must be white. 172.550 OXIDIZER placard, (a) Except for size and color, the OXIDIZER placard must be as follows: (b) In addition to complying with 172.519, the background on the FLAMMABLE SOLID placard must be white with seven vertical red stripes. The stripes must be equally spaced, with one red stripe placed in the center of the label. Each red stripe and each white space between two red stripes must be 25 mm (1.0 inches) wide. The letters in the word "SOLID" must be at least 38.1 mm (1.5 inches) high. The symbol, text, class number and inner border must be black. 172.547 SPONTANEOUSLY COMBUSTIBLE placard. (a) Except for size and color, the SPONTANEOUSLY COMBUSTI BLE placard must be as follows: V (b) In addition to complying with 172.519, the background color on the OXIDIZER placard must be yellow. The symbol, text, division number and inner border must be black. 172.552 ORGANIC PEROXIDE placard, (a) Except for size and color, the ORGANIC PEROXIDE placard must be as follows: (b) In addition to complying with 172.519, the background color on the ORGANIC PEROXIDE placard must be yellow. The symbol, text, division number and inner border must be black. 228 ABD00131998 April 1998 172.553 KEEP AWAY FROM FOOD placard. (a) Except for size and color, the KEEP AWAY FROM FOOD plac ard must be as follows: 172.553--172.560 (b) In addition to complying with 172.519, the background on the KEEP AWAY FROM FOOD placard must be white. The size of the lettering below the word "HARMFUL" must be proportional to that shown. The symbol, text, class number and inner border must be black. 172.554 POISON placard, (a) Except for size and color, the POISON placard must be as follows: (b) In addition to complying with 172.519, the background color on the RADIOACTIVE placard must be white in the lower portion with a yellow triangle in the upper portion. The base of the yellow triangle must be 29 mm 5 mm (1.1 inches 0.2 inches) above the placard horizontal center line. The symbol, text, class number and inner border must be black. 172.558 CORROSIVE placard, (a) Except for size and color, the CORROSIVE placard must be as follows: PART 172 (b) In addition to complying with 172.519, the background on the POISON placard must be white. The symbol, text, class number and inner border must be black. The word "TOXIC" may be used in lieu of the word "POISON". 172.555 POISON INHALATION HAZARD placard. (a) Except for size and color, the POISON INHALATION HAZARD placard must be as follows: (b) In addition to complying with 172.519, the background color on the CORROSIVE placard must be black in the lower portion with a white triangle in the upper portion. The base of the white triangle must be 38 mm 5 mm (1.5 inches 0.2 inches) above the placard horizontal center line. The text and class number must be white. The symbol and inner border must be black. 172.560 CLASS 9 placard, (a) Except for size and color, the CLASS 9 (miscellaneous hazardous materials) placard must be as follows: <b) In addition to complying with 172.519, the background on the POISON INHALATION HAZARD placard and the symbol must be white. The background of the upper diamond must be black and the lower point of the upper diamond must be 65 mm. (2% inches) above the horizontal center line. The text, class number, and inner border must be black. 172.556 RADIOACTIVE placard, (a) Except for size and color, the RADIOACTIVE placard must be as follows: (b) In addition to conformance with 172.519, the background on the CLASS 9 placard must be white with seven black vertical stripes on the top half extending from the top of the placard to one inch above the horizontal centerline. The black vertical stripes must be spaced so that, visually, they appear equal in width to the six white spaces between them. The space below the vertical lines must be white with the class number 9 underlined and centered at the bottom. ABD00131999 Part 172.600 - Emergency Response Information July 1998 ABDOO132000 172.560--172.604 PART 172 PUBLISHER'S NOTE This Subpart covers the requirements for emergency response information. The emergency response information includes the requirement for a 24-hour emergency response telephone number for use in the event of an emergency involving the hazardous material and information that can be used in the mitigation of an incident involving hazardous materials. Both pieces of information must be included with the shipping papers required by an earlier subpart. In the case of facilities where hazardous materials are received, stored, or handled during transportation, the information used in the mitigation of an incident must be in a location that is immediately accessible to facility personnel in the event of an incident involving the hazardous material. Emergency response information is not required for hazardous materials that are exempted from the shipping paper requirements. Subpart G EMERGENCY RESPONSE INFORMATION 172.600 Applicability and general requirements. (a) Scope.-Except as provided in paragraph (d) of this section, this subpart prescribes requirements for providing and maintaining emergency response information during transportation and at facilities where hazardous materials are loaded for transportation, stored inci dental to transportation or otherwise handled during any phase of transportation, (b) Applicability. This subpart applies to persons who offer for transportation, accept for transportation, transfer or otherwise handle hazardous materials during transportation. (c) General requirements. No person to whom this subpart applies may offer for transportation, accept for transportation, transfer, store or otherwise handle during transportation a hazardous material unless: (1) Emergency response information conforming to this subpart is immediately available for use at all times the hazardous material is present; and (2) Emergency response information, including the emergency re sponse telephone number, required by this subpart is immediately available to any person who, as a representative of a Federal, State or local government agency, responds to an incident involving a haz ardous material, or is conducting an investigation which involves a hazardous material. (d) Exceptions. The requirements of this subpart do not apply to hazardous material which is excepted from the shipping paper requirements of this subchapter or a material properly classified as an ORM-D. 172.602 Emergency response information, (a) Information required. For purposes of this subpart, the term "emergency response information" means information that can be used in the mitigation of an incident involving hazardous materials and, as a minimum, must contain the following information: (1) The basic description and technical name of the hazardous materia! as required by 172.202 and 172.203(k), the ICAO Technical Instructions, the IMDG Code, or the TDG Regulations, as appropriate; (2) Immediate hazards to health; (3) Risks of fire or explosion; (4) Immediate precautions to be taken in the event of an accident or incident; (5) Immediate methods for handling fires; (6) Initial methods for handling spills or leaks in the absence of fire; and (7) Preliminary first aid measures. (b) Form of Information. The information required for a hazardous material by paragraph (a) of this section must be: (1) Printed legibly in English; (2) Available for use away from the package containing the hazard ous material; and (3) Presented-- (i) On a shipping paper; (ii) In a document, other than a shipping paper, that includes both the basic description and technical name of the hazardous material as required by 172.202 and 172.203(k), the ICAO Technical Instructions, the IMDG Code, or the TDG Regulations, as appropriate, and the emergency response information re quired by this subpart (e.g., a material safety data sheet); or (iii) Related to the information on a shipping paper, a written notification to pilot-in-command, or a dangerous cargo mani fest, in a separate document (e.g., an emergency response guidance document), in a manner that cross-references the description of the hazardous material on the shipping paper with the emergency response information contained in the document. Aboard aircraft, the ICAO "Emergency Response Guidance for Aircraft Incidents Involving Dangerous Goods" and. aboard vessels, the IMO "Emergency Procedures for Ships Carrying Dangerous Goods," or equivalent documents, may be used to satisfy the requirements of this section for a separate document. (c) Maintenance of information. Emergency response information shall be maintained as follows: (1) Carriers. Each carrier who transports a hazardous material shall maintain the information specified in paragraph (a) of this section and 172.606 of this part in the same manner as prescribed for shipping papers, except that the information must be maintained in the same manner aboard aircraft as the notification of pilot-in-command, and aboard vessels in the same manner as the dangerous cargo manifest. This information must be immediately accessible to train crew person nel, drivers of motor vehicles, flight crew members, and bridge person nel on vessels for use in the event of incidents involving hazardous materials. (2) Facility operators. Each operator of a facility where a hazard ous material is received, stored or handled during transportation, shall maintain the information required by paragraph (a) of this section whenever the hazardous material is present. This information must be in a location that is immediately accessible to facility personnel in the event of an incident involving the hazardous material. 172.604 Emergency response telephone number, (a) A per son who offers a hazardous material for transportation must provide a 24-hour emergency response telephone number (including the area code or international access code) for use in the event of an emer gency involving the hazardous material. The telephone number must be-- (1) Monitored at all times the hazardous material is in transportation, including storage incidental to transportation; (2) The number of a person who is either knowledgeable of the hazardous material being shipped and has comprehensive emer gency response and incident mitigation information for that material, or has immediate access to a person who possesses such knowledge and information; and (3) Entered on a shipping paper, as follows: (i) Immediately following the description of the hazardous material required by Subpart C of this part; or (ii) Entered once on the shipping paper in a clearly visible location. This provision may be used only if the telephone number applies to each hazardous material entered on the shipping paper, and if it is indicated that the telephone number is for emergency response information (for example: "EMERGENCY CON TACT: "*). 231 172.604--172.606 ABDOO132001 July 1998 (b) The telephone number required by paragraph {a) of this section must be the number of the person offering the hazardous material for transportation or the number of an agency or organization capable of, and accepting responsibility for, providing the detailed information concerning the hazardous material. A person offering a hazardous material for transportation who lists the telephone number of an agency or organization shall ensure that agency or organization has received current information on the material, as required by paragraph (a)(2) of this section before it is offered for transportation. (c) The requirements of this section do not apply to-- (1) Hazardous materials that are offered for transportation under the provisions applicable to limited quantities; and (2) Materials properly described under the shipping names "En gines, internal combustion", "Battery powered equipment", "Battery powered vehicle", Wheelchair, electric", "Carbon dioxide, solid", "Dry ice", "Fish meal, stabilized", "Fish scrap, stabilized", "Castor bean", "Castor meal", "Castor flake", "Castor pomace", or "Refrigerating ma chine". * 172.606 Carrier information contact. (a) Each carrier who transports or accepts for transportation a haz ardous material for which a shipping paper is required shall instruct the operator of a motor vehicle, train, aircraft, or vessel to contact the carrier (e.g., by telephone or mobile radio) in the event of an incident involving the hazardous material. (b) For transportation by highway, if a transport vehicle, (e.g., a semi-trailer or freight container-on-chassis) contains hazardous mate rial for which a shipping paper is required and the vehicle is separated from its motive power and parked at a location other than a facility operated by the consignor or consignee or a facility (e.g., a carrier's terminal or a marine terminal) subject to the provisions of 172.602(c)(2), the carrier shall-- (1) Mark the transport vehicle with the telephone number of the motor carrier on the front exterior near the brake hose and electrical connections or on a label, tag, or sign attached to the vehicle at the brake hose or electrical connection; or (2) Have the shipping paper and emergency response information readily available on the transport vehicle. (c) The requirements specified in paragraph (b) of this section do not apply to an unattended motor vehicle separated from its motive power when the motor vehicle is marked on an orange panel, a plac ard, or a plain white square-on-point configuration with the identifica tion number of each hazardous material loaded therein, and the mark ing or placard is visible on the outside of the motor vehicle. 232 ABDOO132002 Part 172.700-Training April 1998 ABDOO132003 172.606--172.704 PART 172 PUBLISHER'S NOTE This Subpart outlines the requirements for employers to conduct training of any of their hazmat employees that perform any function subject to the requirements of Subchapter C. For example, employees who prepare shipping papers, who determine the appropriate package for the material, who determine if a material is a hazardous material, etc. The training includes certain topics, and testing is also required for the subjects covered in the training program. The employer is also required to maintain records on the training and certify that the employee has been trained and tested. Subpart H TRAINING 172.700 Purpose and scope, (a) Purpose. This subpart pre scribes requirements for training hazmat employees. (b) Scope. Training as used in this subpart means a systematic program that ensures a hazmat employee has familiarity with the general provisions of this subchapter, is able to recognize and identify hazardous materials, has knowledge of specific requirements of this subchapter applicable to functions performed by the employee, and has knowledge of emergency response information, self-protection measures and accident prevention methods and procedures (see 172.704). (c) Modal-specific training requirements. Additional training re quirements for the individual modes of transportation are prescribed in parts 174, 175, 176, and 177 of this subchapter. 172.701 Federal/State relationship. This subpart and the parts referenced in 172.700(c) prescribe minimum training require ments for the transportation of hazardous materials. For motor vehicle drivers, however, a State may impose more stringent training require ments only if those requirements-- (a) Do not conflict with the training requirements in this subpart and in part 177 of this subchapter; and (b) Apply only to drivers domiciled in that State. 172.702 Applicability and responsibility for training and tes ting. (a) A hazmat employer shall ensure that each of its hazmat employees is trained in accordance with the requirements prescribed in this subpart. (b) Except as provided in 172.704(c)(1), a hazmat employee who performs any function subject to the requirements of this subchapter may not perform that function unless instructed in the requirements of this subchapter that apply to that function. It is the duty of each hazmat employer to comply with the applicable requirements of this subchapter and to thoroughly instruct each hazmat employee in rela tion thereto. (c) Training may be provided by the hazmat employer or other public or private sources. > A hazmat employer shall ensure that each of its hazmat employ ees is tested by appropriate means on the training subjects covered in 172.704. 172.704 Training requirements, (a) Hazmat employee train ing shall include the following: (1) General awareness/famlllarlzatlon training. Each hazmat em ployee shall be provided general awareness/familiarization training designed to provide familiarity with the requirements of this subchap ter, and to enable the employee to recognize and identify hazardous materials consistent with the hazard communication standards of this subchapter. (2) Function-specific training. (i) Each hazmat employee shall be provided function-specific training concerning requirements of this subchapter, or exemp tions issued under subchapter A of this chapter which are specifically applicable to the functions the employee performs. (ii) As an alternative to function-specific training on the require ments of this subchapter, training relating to the requirements of the ICAO Technical Instructions and the IMDG Code may be provided to the extent such training addresses functions authorized by 171.11 and 171.12 of this subchapter. (3) Safety training. Each hazmat employee shall receive safety training concerning-- (1) Emergency response information required by subpart G of part 172; (ii) Measures to protect the employee from the hazards associated with hazardous materials to which they may be exposed in the work place, including specific measures the hazmat employer has implemented to protect employees from exposure; and (iii) Methods and procedures for avoiding accidents, such as the proper procedures for handling packages containing hazard ous materials. (b) OSHA or EPA Training. Training conducted by employers to comply with the hazard communication programs required by the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) of the Depart ment of Labor (29 CFR 1910.120) or the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) (40 CFR 311.1), to the extent that training addresses the training specified in paragraph (a) of this section, may be used to satisfy the training requirements in paragraph (a) of this section, in order to avoid unnecessary duplication of training. (c) Initial and recurrent training.--(1) Initial training. A new haz mat employee, or a hazmat employee who changes job functions may perform those functions prior to the completion of training provided-- (i) The employee performs those functions under the direct super vision of a properly trained and knowledgeable hazmat em ployee; and (ii) The training is completed within 90 days after employment or a change in job function. (2) Recurrent training. A hazmat employee shall receive the train ing required by this subpart at least once every three years. (3) Relevant training. Relevant training received from a previous employer or other source may be used to satisfy the requirements of this subpart provided a current record of training is obtained from hazmat employees' previous employer. (4) Compliance. Each hazmat employer is responsible for compli ance with the requirements of this subchapter regardless of whether the training required by this subpart has been completed. (d) Recordkeeping. A record of current training, inclusive of the preceding three years, in accordance with this section shall be created and retained by each hazmat employer for as long as that employee is employed by that employer as a hazmat employee and for 90 days thereafter. The record shall include: (1) The hazmat employee's name; (2) The most recent training completion date of the hazmat employ ee's training; (3) A description, copy, or the location of the training materials used to meet the requirements in paragraph (a) of this section; (4) The name and address of the person providing the training; and (5) Certification that the hazmat employee has been trained and tested, as required by this subpart. (e) Limitation. A hazmat employee who repairs, modifies, recondi tions, or tests packagings as qualified for use in the transportation of hazardous materials, and who does not perform any other function subject to the requirements of this subchapter, is not subject to the safety training requirement of paragraph (a)(3) of this section. 233 172.704--Appendix A to Part 172 ABDOO132004 April 1998 PUBLISHER'S NOTE This Subpart outlines the requirements that must be met to protect persons who are involved in the offering or transporting of radioactive materials above a certain threshold. The thresholds are outlined in 172.803(d). The requirements include a written program, a record of the radiation dose of each hazmat employee, and notification in the event an employee is exposed to a dose exceeding a certain amount of readiation over a quarter or year. If an offerer or carrier is below the threshold they must develop and keep records showing that they do not exceed the threshold. Subpart I RADIATION PROTECTION PROGRAM 172.801 Applicability of the radiation protection pro* gram, (a) Scope. This subpart prescribes requirements for devel oping and maintaining a radiation protection program. (b) Applicability. This subpart applies to persons who offer for transportation, accept for transportation, or transports Class 7 (radio active) materials. 172.803 Radiation protection program. Each person who of fers for transportation, accepts for transportation, or transports Class 7 (radioactive) materials must develop, implement and maintain a written radiation protection program in accordance with the following: (a) Radiation exposures must be kept as low as reasonably achiev able (ALARA), with economic and social factors being taken into account. (b) Radiation exposures must be controlled such that: (1) An occupationally exposed hazmat employee's annual effective dose equivalent for occupational radiation exposure will not exceed 12.5 mSv (1.25 rem) in any 3 month period or 50 mSv (5 rem) in any 12 month period. For workers under the age of eighteen, the radiation dose will not exceed 1.250 mSv (0.125 rem) in any 3 month period or 5.0 mSv (0.5 rem) in any 12 month period; (2) Radiation exposures to members of the general public must be less than 0.02 mSv (2 mrem) per hour. This level will be measured as if an individual were present for an hour in any area where the general public could be exposed to radiation during the course of transportation, except that, if there is an occurrence where the dose to a member of the general public equals or exceeds 0.02 mSv (2 mrem) in one hour, the program must provide limits that will prevent an individual from receiving cumulative doses totaling 1.0 mSv (100 mrem) in any week or 5.0 mSv (500 mrem) in any twelve-month period; (3) The radiation dose to an embryo-fetus in a pregnant female occupationally exposed hazmat employee, who has declared her pregnancy to her employer, must not exceed 5.0 mSv (500 mrem) during the pregnancy. This limit is to be achieved by limiting the radiation dose of the declared pregnant worker to not more than 5.0 mSv (500 mrem) during the nine months and not greater than 0.5 mSv (50 mrem) in any one month; and (4) The radiation doses received by occupationally exposed haz mat employees must be monitored by radiation dosimetry devices. (c) The Environmental Protection Agency report entitled "Radiation Protection Guidance to Federal Agencies for Occupational Exposure (January 1987)". This document is available from the U.S. Environmen tal Protection Agency, Washington, DC 20460. (d) Exceptions. (1) The requirements of this subpart do not apply to: (i) Persons who offer for transportation or transport less than 200 Tl, not including Tl calculated for criticality control purposes, of packages in a 12-month period; or (ii) Those persons whose operations will not result in a hazmat employee receiving an exposure of 5 mSv (500 mrem) or more per year. This evaluation must consider the hazmat employers Class 7 (radioactive) materials transportation activities for a period of at least 12 months. An evaluation must be conducted by a person experienced with radiation protection programs and transportation regulations and programs. The evaluator's competency may be evidenced by being certified by the Ameri can Board of Health Physics, or by a letter of recommendation from a State Radiation Official listed in the most current issue of the "Directory of Personnel Responsible For Radiological Health Programs" published annually by the Conference of Radiation Control Program Directors, Frankfort, KY. (2) The requirements of this subpart may be satisfied by any radia tion protection program that has been approved by an appropriate federal or state agency. (e) Guidance. (1) Each hazmat employer should review and follow the guidance provided in the following documents when establishing and maintaining their radiation protection program: (1) National Council on Radiation Protection and Measurements (NCRP) Report No. 59, "Operational Radiation Safety Program (1978)". The guidance in this report should be tailored to the practical needs and operations of the hazmat employer and their occupationally exposed hazmat employees. (ii) NCRP Report No. 116, "Limitation of Exposure to Ionizing Radia tion (1993)". (2) The reports referenced in paragraph (e)(1) of this section are available from NCRP Publications, 7910 Woodmont Avenue, Bethesda, MD 20814. 172.805 Recordkeeping and notifications, (a) A hazmat em ployer must document their radiation protection program and maintain written records of the radiation protection program activities, including dosimetry records, described in this subpart. These records must be made available to the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety or other authorized officials in written form within seven days of a written request. (b) A hazmat employer must keep a record of the radiation dose that each hazmat employee has received and provide it to the employee in reasonable time following a request during employment and no more than three months after end of employment. (c) Each hazmat employer must notify the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety, in writing, if a hazmat employee re ceives a dose exceeding 12.5 mSv (1250 mrem) in any calendar quarter or 50 mSv (5,000 mrem) in one year, or if a member of the general public is likely to receive a dose exceeding 5 mSv (500 mrem) in one year as a result of the hazmat employer's transportation activi ties. Such a notification must be made as soon as practicable following awareness of the occurrence. (d) If an offeror or carrier of Class 7 (radioactive) materials is not required to establish a radiation protection program, they must de velop and keep records which demonstrate why a program is not required (i.e., either the total Tl of packages transported in any 12 month period is less than 200, or that the current Class 7 (radioactive) materials transport activities are the same as the activities that were reviewed by acompetent radiation protection specialist whose evalua tion demonstrated that no worker will receive a dose exceeding 5 mSv (500 mrem) in one year). 172.807 Transitional provisions. Compliance with the re quirements of this subpart is required after October 1, 1999. Appendix A to Part 172--Office of Hazardous Materials Transportation Color Tolerance Charts and Tables The following are Munsel! notations and Commission Internationale de L'Eclairage (CIE) coordinates which describe the Office of Hazard ous Materials Transportation Label and Placard Color Tolerance 234 PART 172 ABDOO132005 April 1998 Appendix A to Part 172 Charts in Tables 1 and 2, and the CIE coordinates for the color toler ances specified in Table 3. Central colors and tolerances described in Table 2 approximate those described in Table 1 while allowing for differences in production methods and materials used to manufacture labels and placards surfaced with printing inks. Primarily, the color charts based on Table 1 are for label or placard colors applied as opaque coatings such as paint, enamel or plastic, whereas color charts based on Table 2 are intended for use with labels and placards surfaced only with inks. For labels printed directly on packaging surfaces. Table 3 may be used, although compliance with either Table 1 or Table 2 is sufficient. However, if visual reference indicates that the colors of labels printed directly on package surfaces are outside the Table 1 or 2 tolerances, a spectrophotometer or other instrumentation may be required to insure compliance with Table 3. Table 1--Specifications for Color Tolerance Charts for Use with Labels ano Placards Surfaced with Paint, Lacquer, Enamel, Plastic, Other Opaque Coatings, or Ink.1 CtE data for Source C Color Red: Central color ............................ Orange.................................. Purple and vivid.................. Grayish.................................. Vivid........................................ Light........................................ Dark........................................ Orange: Central color ............................ Yellow and grayish ............ Grayish.................................. Vivid........................................ Light........................................ Dark........................................ Yellow: Central color ............................ Green..................................... Orange and vivid............ Grayish.................................. Vivid........................................ Light........................................ Dark........................................ Green: Central color ............................ Bluish..................................... Green-yellow......................... Grayish A............................... Grayish 812............................ Vivid........................................ Light........................................ Dark........................................ Blue: Central color ............................ Purple..................................... Green and vivid.................. Grayish.................................. Vivid........................................ Light........................................ Dark........................................ Purple: Central color ............................ Reddish purple .................. Blue purple............................ Reddish gray......................... Gray2..................................... Vivid........................................ Light........................................ Dark........................................ Munsell notation 7.5R 4.0/14 8.SR 4.0/14 6.5R 4.0/14 7.SR 4.0/12 7.5R 4.0/16 7.5R 4.5/14 7.5R 3.5/14 S.OYR 6.0/15 6.25YR 6.0/15 3.75YR 6.0/15 S.OYR 6.0/13 S.OYR 6.0/16 5.0YR 6.5/15 5.0YR 5.5/15 5 OY 8.0/12 6.5Y 8.0/12 3.5Y 8.0/12 5.0Y 8 0/10 5.0Y 8.0/14 5.0Y 8.5/12 S.OY 7.5/12 7.5G 4.0/9 0.5BG 4,0/9 5.0G 4.0/9 7.5G 4.0/7 7.5G 4.0/6 7.5G 4.0/11 7.5G 4.5/9 7.5G 4.5/9 2.5PB 3.5/10 4.5PB 3.5/10 10.OB 3.5/10 2.5PB 3.5/8 2.5PB 3.5/12 2.5PB 4.0/10 2.5PB 3.0/10 10 0P 4.5/10 2.5RP 4.5/10 7.5P 4.S/10 10.0P 4.5/8 10.0P 4.5/6.5 10 0P 4.5/12 10.0P 5.0/10 10.0P 4.0/10 Y 12.00 12.00 12.00 12.00 12.00 15.57 09.00 30.05 30.05 30.05 30.05 36.20 24.58 59.10 59.10 59.10 59.10 59.10 68.40 50.68 12.00 12.00 12.00 12.00 12.00 12.00 15.57 09.00 09.00 09.00 09.00 09.00 09.00 12.00 06.55 15.57 15.57 15.57 15.57 15.57 15.57 19.77 12.00 X .5959 .6037 .5869 .5603 .6260 .5775 .6226 .5510 .5452 .5311 .5597 .5427 .5606 .4562 .4498 .4632 .4376 .4699 .4508 .4620 .2111 .1974 .2237 .2350 .2467 .1848 .2204 .2027 .1691 .1796 .1557 .1888 .1516 .1805 .1576 .3307 .3584 .3068 .3280 .3254 .3333 .3308 .3306 y .3269 .3389 .3184 .3321 .3192 .3320 .3141 .4214 .4329 .4154 .4239 .4206 .4218 .4788 .4865 .4669 .4601 .4920 .4754 .4823 .4121 .3809 .4399 .3922 .3822 .4319 .4060 .4163 .1744 .1711 .1815 .1964 .1547 .1888 .1600 .2245 .2377 .2145 .2391 .2519 .2101 .2328 .2162 1 Maximum chroma is not limited. 2 For the colors green and purple, the minimum saturation (chroma) limits lor porcelain enamel on metal are lower than lor most other surface coatings. Therefore, the minimum chroma limits of these 2 colors as displayed on the Charts for comparison to porcelain enamel on metal is low, as shown lor green (grayish B) and purple (gray). Note.--CtE Commission Internationale de I'Eclairage Table 2--Specifications for Color Tolerance Charts for Use With Labels and Placards Surfaced With Ink. CIE data for Source C Color Red: Central series: Central color......................... Grayish.................................. Purple..................................... Purple and vivid.................. Vivid........................................ Orange.................................. Orange and grayish............ Light series Light........................................ Light and orange............... Light and purple.................. Dark series Dark A .................................. Dark B .................................. Dark and purple.................. Munsell notation 6.8R 4,47/12.8 7.2R 4.72/12.2 6.4R 4.49/12.7 6.1R 4.33/13.1 6.7R 4.29/13.2 7.3R 4.47/12.8 7.65R 4.70/12.4 7.0R 4.72/13.2 7.4R 4.96/12.6 6.6R 4.79/12.9 6.7R 4.19/12.5 7.0R 4.25/12.35 7.5R 4.23/12.4 Y 15.34 17.37 15.52 14.25 13.99 15.34 17.20 17.32 19.38 17.94 13.30 13.72 13.58 X .5510 .5368 .5442 .5529 .5617 .5572 .5438 .5511 .5365 .5397 .5566 .5522 .5577 y .3286 .3348 .3258 .3209 .3253 .3331 .3382 .3322 .3382 .3289 .3265 .3294 .3329 Orange: Central series: Central color......................... Yellow and grayish A . . . . Yellow and grayish B . . . . Vivid........................................ Red and vivid A.................. Red and vivid B.................. Grayish.................................. Light series: Light and vivid A.................. Light and yellow.................. Light and vivid B.................. Dark series: Dark and yellow.................. Dark A .................................. Dark B .................................. 5.0YR 6.10/12.5 5.8YR 6.22/11.7 6.1YR 6.26/11.85 5.1YR 6.07/12.3 3.9YR 5.87/12.75 3.6YR 5.91/12.6 4.9YR 6.10/11.9 5.8YR 6.78/12.7 6.0YR 6 80/12.8 4.9YR 6.60/12.9 5.SYR 5.98/11.0 5.1YR 5.80/11.1 5.0YR 5 80/11.0 31.27 32.69 33.20 30.86 28.53 29.05 31.22 39.94 40 20 37.47 29.87 27.80 27.67 .5193 .5114 .5109 .5226 .5318 .5291 .5170 .5120 .5135 .5216 .5052 .5127 .5109 .4117 .4155 .4190 .4134 .4038 .4021 .4089 .4177 .4198 .4126 .4132 .4094 .4068 Yellow: Central series: Central color......................... Vivid A .................................. Vivid B .................................. Vivid and orange ............... Grayish A............................... Grayish B............................... Green-yellow......................... Light series Light........................................ Light and green-yellow . . . Light and vivid...................... Dark series Dark and green-yellow . . . Dark and orange A............ Dark and orange B............ 4.3Y 7.87/10.3 4.5Y 7.82/10.8 3.3Y 7.72/11.35 3.2Y 7.72/10.8 4.1Y 7.95/9.7 5.1Y 8.06/9.05 5.2Y 7.97/9.9 5.4Y 8.59/10.5 5.4Y 8.56/11.2 4.4Y 8.45/11.4 4.4Y 7.57/9.7 3.4Y 7.39/10.4 3.5Y 7.41/10.0 56.81 55.92 54.24 54.25 58.18 60.12 58.53 70.19 69.59 67.42 51.82 48.86 49.20 .4445 .4503 .4612 .4576 .4380 .4272 .4356 .4351 .4414 .4490 .4423 .4584 .4517 .4589 .4658 .4624 .4572 .4516 .4508 .4605 .4628 .4692 .4662 .4562 .4590 .4544 Green: Central series: Central color......................... Grayish.................................. Blue A..................................... Blue B..................................... Vivid........................................ Vivid green-yellow............... Green-yellow......................... Light series Light and vivid...................... Light and blue...................... Light and green-yellow . . . Dark series Dark and green-yellow . . . Dark and grayish ............... Dark........................................ 9.75G 4.26/7.75 10G 4,46/7.5 1.4BG 4.20/7.4 1.0BG 4.09/7.75 8.4G 4.09/8.05 7.0G 4.23/8.0 7.85G 4.46/7.7 9.5G 4.45/8.8 0.2BG 4.31/8.8 8.3G 4.29/9.05 7.1G 4.08/7.1 9.5G 4.11/6.9 8.5G 3.97/7.2 13.80 15.25 13.36 12.60 12.59 13.54 1523 1521 14.12 14.01 12.55 12.70 11.78 .2214 .2263 .2151 .2109 .2183 .2292 .2313 .2141 .2069 .2119 .2354 .2282 .2269 .3791 .3742 .3625 .3685 .3954 .4045 .3914 .3863 .3814 .4006 .3972 .3764 .3874 Blue: Central series: Central color......................... Green and Grayish A . . . . Green and Grayish 8 . . . . Vivid........................................ Purple and vivid A............... Purple and vivid B............... Grayish.................................. Light series: Light and green A............... Light and green B............... Light and vivid...................... Dark series: Dark and grayish ................ Dark and purple A............... Dark and purple B............... 3.5PB 3.94/9.7 2.0PB 4,35/8.7 1.7P8 4.22/9.0 2.9PB 3.81/9.7 4.7P8 3.53/10.0 5.0P8 3.71/9.9 3.75PB 4.03/9.1 1.7PB 4.32/9.2 1.5PB 4.11/9 6 3.2PB 3.95/10 05 3.9PB 4.01/8.7 4.8PB 3.67/9.3 5.2PB 3.80/9.05 11.58 14,41 13.50 10.78 9.15 10.20 12.17 14.22 12.72 11.70 12.04 9.95 10.76 .1885 .1962 .1898 .1814 .1817 .1888 .1943 .1904 .1815 .1831 .1982 .1918 .1985 .1911 .2099 .2053 .1852 .1727 .1788 .1961 .2056 .1971 .1868 .1992 .1831 .1885 235 ABDOO132006 Appendix A to Part 172--Appendix C April 1998 Color Purple: Central senes Central color .... Red Red and vivid A Red and vivid B ... Vivid Blue ...................... Grayish ..... .. . Light series. Light and red A Light and red B Light and vivid . . Dark series. Dark and grayish Dark and vivid Dark and blue . Munsell notation 9.5P 4 71/11.3 1.0RP 5.31/10.8 1.4RP 5.00/11.9 0.2RP 4.39/12.5 8 OP 4.04/12.0 7.OP 4.39/10.6 8.8P 5.00/10.3 0 85RP 556/11 1 1 1RP 5.27/12.3 9.2P 4.94/11.95 9 6P 4.70/10.9 8.4P 4.05/11.6 7.5P 4.32/10.5 CtE data for Source C Yy 17 25 22 70 19.78 14 70 1223 14 71 19 73 25.18 2227 19.24 17.19 12.35 14 19 3274 .3404 .3500 .3365 .3098 .3007 3191 .3387 3460 3247 3283 .3144 3059 .2165 .2354 .2274 .2059 1916 .2037 2251 .2356 .2276 .2163 .2204 .1970 .2078 Table 3--Specification for Colors for Use With Labels Printed On Packagings Surfaces CIE data for Source C X ................ .. ... y.................... X .................................. y..................... X .................................... y..................... X ..................................... y ................... Y (high) . ... Y (low) ................ Red 424 306 571 306 424 350 571 350 23.0 77 Orange 460 .370 .543 .400 .445 .395 504 .430 41 6 19.5 Yellow .417 .392 .490 .442 .390 .430 .440 .492 72.6 29.1 Green 228 354 310 .354 228 .403 .310 403 20.6 74 Blue .200 175 255 .250 177 .194 .230 267 15.9 6.5 Purple .377 .205 .377 284 342 .205 342 284 21.2 8.2 Appendix 6--Trefoil Symbol (1) Except as provided in paragraph 2 of this appendix, the trefoil symbol required for RADIOACTIVE labels and placards and required to be marked on certain packages of Class 7 materials must conform to the design and sizerequirements of this appendix. (2) RADIOACTIVE labels and placards that were printed prior to April 1,1996, in conformance with the reuirements of this subchapter in effect on March 30, 1996, may continue to be used.1 Appendix C--Dimensional Specifications for Recommended Placard Holder 1 = Radius of CircleMinimum Dimensions 4 mm (0.16) inch) for markings and labels 12.5 mm (0.5 inch) for placards 2= i'/2Radii 3 = 5 radii for markings and labels 4 'h radii for placards. 236 ABDOO132052 173.62--173.63 April 1998 Table of Packing Methods--Continued Packing Instruction Inner packagings Intermediate packagings Outer packagings fibreboard metal plastics wood Trays, fitted with dividing partitions plastics wood Dividing partitions in the outer pack agings Boxes, steel (4A). aluminium (4B). wood, natural, ordinary (4C1). wood, natural, sift proof walls (4C2). plywood (4D). reconstituted wood (4F). fibreboard (4G). plastics, solid (4H2). Drums steel, removable head (1A2). aluminium, removable head (1B2). `ibre (1G). elastics, removable head (1H2). paper plastics Receptacles fibreboard metal plastics wood Sheets paper Trays, fitted with dividing partitions plastics Boxes steel (4A). aluminium (4B). wood, natural, ordinary (4C1) wood, natural, sift proof walls (4C2). plywood (4D) reconstituted wood (4F). fibreboard (4G). plastics, solid (4H2). O'ums. steel, removable head (1A2). aluminium, removable head (1B2) fibre (1G) plastics, removable head (1H2). PARTICULAR PACKING REQUIREMENTS OR EXCEPTIONS; 1 For UN 0271. 0272. 0415 and 0491 when metal packagings are used, metal packagings must be so constructed that the risk of explosion, by reason of increase in internal pressure trom internal or ex ternal causes Is prevented 2 Composite packagings (6HH2) (plastic receptacle with outer solid box) may be used in lieu of combi nation packagings paper, kraft plastics textile textile, rubberized Receptacles fibreboard metal plastics Trays, fitted with dividing partitions plastics wood Boxes, steel (4A). aluminum (4B). wood, natural, ordinary (4Cl). wood, natural, sift proof walls (4C2). plywood (4D) reconstituted wood (4F). fibreboard (4G). plastics, solid (4H2). Drums. steel, removable head (1A2). aluminium, removable head OB2). pJywood (ID), fibre (1G) plastics, removable head (1H2). 144 ........................................................ PARTICULAR PACKING REQUIREMENTS OR EXCEPTIONS For UN 0246 and UN 0249. packagings must be pro tected against the ingress of water. When CONTRIV ANCES, WATER ACTIVATED are transported un packaged. they must be provided with al least two independent protective features which prevent the in gress of water Receptacles ............................ fibreboard metal plastics Dividing partitions in the outer pack agings. Not necessary ..................................... Boxes steel (4A). aluminum (4B). wood, natural, ordinary (4C1) with metal liner plywood (4D) with metal liner, reconstituted wood (4F) with metal liner plastics, expanded (4H1). us 1 1. A jet perforating gun, charged, oil well may be transported under the following conditions: a Initiation devices carried on the same motor vehicle or otlsPore supply vessel must be segregated, each kind from every other kind, and from any gun, too) or other supplies, un less approved in accordance with 173.56. Segregated initiation devices must be carried in a container having individual pockets for each such device or in a fully enclosed steel con tainer lined with a non-sparking material. No more than two segregated initiation devices per gun may be carried on the same motor vehicle. b Each shaped charge affixed to the gun may not contain more than 112 g (4 ounces) of explosives. c Each shaped charge if noi completely enclosed in glass or metal, must be fully protected by a metal cover after installation in the gun. d A jet perforating gun classed as i ID or 1.4D may be transported by highway by private or contract carriers engaged in oil well operations (i) A motor vehicle transporting a gun must have specially built racks or carrying cases designed and constructed so that the gun is securely held in place during transportation and is not subject to damage by contact, one to the other or any other article or material carried in the vehicle; and (ii) The assembled gun packed on the vehicle may not extend beyond the body of the motor vehicle. e. A jet perforating gun classed as 1.4D may be transported by a private offshore supply vessel only when the gun is carried in a motor vehicle as specified m paragraph (d) of this packing method or on offshore well tool pallets provided that: (i) All the conditions specified in paragraphs (a), (b), and (c) of this packing method are met. (ii) The total explosive contents do not exceed 90.8 kg (200 pounds) per tool pallet; (iii) Each cargo vessel compartment may contain up to 90.8 kg (200 pounds) of explosive content if the segregation requirements in 176.83(b)(3) of this subchapter are met, and (iv) When more than one vehicle or tool pallet is stowed `on deck' a minimum horizontal separation of 3 m (9.8 feet) must be provided. (d) Class 1 (explosive) materials owned by the Department of De fense and packaged prior to January 1, 1990, in accordance with the requirements of this subchapter in effect at that time, are excepted from the requirements of part 178 of this subchapter provided the packagings have maintained their integrity and the explosive material is declared as government-owned goods packaged prior to January 1, 1990. 173.63 Packaging exceptions, (a) Cord, detonating (UN 0065), having an explosive content not exceeding 6.5 g (0.23 ounces) per 30 centimeter length (one linear foot) may be offered for transporta tion domestically and transported as Cord, detonating (UN 0289), Division 1.4 Compatibility Group D (1.4D) explosives, if the gross weight of all packages containing Cord, detonating (UN 0065), does not exceed 45 kg (99 pounds) per: (1) Transport vehicle, freight container, or cargo-only aircraft: (2) Off-shore down-hole tool pallet carried on an off-shore supply vessel; (3) Cargo compartment of a cargo vessel; or (4) Passenger-carrying aircraft used to transport personnel to re mote work sites, such as offshore drilling units. (b) Cartridges, small arms, and cartidges power devices. (1) Cartridges, small arms, and cartridges power devices (which are used to project fastening devices) which have been classed as a Division 1,4S explosive may be reclassed, offered for transportation, and transported as ORM-D material when packaged in accordance with paragraph (b)(2) of this section; such transportation is excepted from the requirements of Subparts E (Labeling) and F (Placarding) of Part 172 of this subchapter. Cartridges, small arms, and cartridges power devices that may be shipped as ORM-D material is limited to: 282 ABD00132053 April 1998 173.63 Ammunition for rifle, pistol or shotgun; Ammunition with inert projectiles or blank ammunition; Ammunition having no tear gas, incendiary, or detonating explo sive projectiles; Ammunition not exceeding 12.7 mm (50 caliber or 0.5 inch) for rifle or pistol cartridges or 8 gauge for shotshells; and Cartridges, power devices which are used to project fastening devices. (2) Packaging for cartridges, small arms, and cartridges power devices as ORM-D material must be as follows: (i) Ammunition must be packed in inside boxes, or in partitions which fit snugly in the outside packaging, or in metal clips; (ii) Primers must be protected from accidental initiation; (iii) Inside boxes, partitions or metal clips must be packed in se curely-closed strong outside packagings; (iv) Maximum gross weight is limited to 30 kg (66 pounds) per package; and (v) Cartridges, power devices which are used to project fastening devices and 22 caliber rim-fire cartridges may be packaged loose in strong outside packagings. (c) [Reserved]. (d) [Reserved], (e) [Reserved]. (f) Detonators containing no more than 1 g explosive (excluding ignition and delay charges) that are electric blasting caps with leg wires 4 feet long or longer, delay connectors in plastic sheaths, or blasting caps with empty plastic tubing 12 feet long or longer may be packed as follows in which case they are excepted from the packaging requirements of 173.62: (1) No more than 50 detonators in one inner packaging; (2) IME Standard 22 container or compartment is used as the outer packaging; (3) No more than 1000 detonators in one outer packaging; and (4) No material may be loaded on top of the IME Standard 22 container and no material may be loaded against the outside door of the IME Standard 22 compartment. (g) Detonators that are classed as 1.4B or 1.4S and contain no more than 1 g of explosive (excluding ignition and delay charges) may be packed as follows in which case they are excepted from the packaging requirements of 173.62: (1) No more than 50 detonators in one inner packaging; (2) IME Standard 22 container is used as the outer packaging; (3) No more than 1000 detonators in one outer packaging; and (4) Each inner packaging is marked "1.4B Detonators" or "1.4S Detonators", as appropriate. PART 173 283 ABDOO132008 April 1998 PART 173 SHIPPERS--GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR SHIPMENTS AND PACKAGINGS PART 173 Subject Sec. Page Subject Sec. Page Subpart A--General Purpose and scope .................................................... Hazardous materials classes and index to hazard class definitions ....................................................... Classification of a material having more than one hazard.......................................................................... Packaging and exceptions......................................... Small quantities exceptions ...................................... Agricultural operations .............................................. Oilfield service vehicles.............................................. Materials of trade exceptions.................................... U. S. Government material......................................... Exceptions for non-specification packagings used in intrastate transportation........................... Transport vehicles of freight containers containing lading which has been fumigated . . Tank car shipments .................................................... Exceptions for shipment of waste material........... Exceptions for Class 3, Divisions 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 5.1, 6.1, and Classes 8 and 9 materials........... 173.1 173.2 173.2a 173.3 173.4 173.5 173.5a 173.6 173.7 173.8 173.9 173.10 173.12 173.13 241 241 241 242 243 243 243 243 244 244 244 245 245 246 Subpart B--Preparation of Hazardous Materials for Transportation Forbidden materials and packages......................... 173.21 Shipper's responsibility.............................................. 173.22 Use of packagings authorized under exemptions................................................................. 173.22a Previously authorized packaging ........................... 173.23 General requirements for packagings and packages.................................................................... 173.24 Additional general requirements for non-bulk packagings and packages.................................... 173.24a Additional general requirements for bulk packagings ............................................................... 173.24b Authorized packages and overpacks ................... 173.25 Quantity limitations....................................................... 173.26 General requirements for transportation by aircraft.......................................................................... 173.27 Reuse, reconditioning and remanufacture of packagings ............................................................... 173.28 Empty packagings....................................................... 173.29 Loading and unloading of transport vehicles ... 173.30 Use of tank cars............................................................ 173.31 Qualification, maintenance and use of portable tanks other than Specification IM portable tanks............................................................................. 173.32 Approval of Specification IMportabletanks .... 173.32a Periodic testing and inspection of Specification IM portable tanks .................................................... 173.32b Use of Specification IMportabletanks...................... 173.32c Hazardous materials in cargo tank motor vehicles....................................................................... 173.33 Qualification, maintenance and use of cylinders .................................................................... 173.34 Hazardous Materials in intermediate bulk containers ................................................................. 173.35 General packaging requirements for poisonous materials required to be packaged in cylinders .................................................................... 173.40 247 248 248 248 249 250 250 251 251 251 252 253 254 254 255 258 258 259 260 261 267 267 Subpart C--Definitions, Classification and Packaging for Class 1 Class 1--definitions .................................................... 173.50 Authorization to offer andtransportexplosives .. 173.51 Classification codes and compatibility groups of explosives ................................................................. 173.52 269 269 269 Provisions for using old classifications of explosives ................................................................. Forbidden explosives ................................................. New explosives--definition and procedures for classification and approval................................... Acceptance criteria for new explosives ................ Assignment of class and division for new explosives ................................................................. Description of terms for explosives........................ General packaging requirements for explosives ................................................................. Mixed packaging requirements for explosives ................................................................. Specific packaging requirements ........................... Packaging exceptions................................................. 173.53 173.54 173.56 173.57 173.58 173.59 173.60 173.61 173.62 173.63 270 270 270 371 272 272 275 275 276 282 Subpart D--Definitions, Classification, Packing Group Assignments and Exceptions for Hazardous Materials Other Than Class 1 and Class 7 Class 2, Divisions 2.1, 2.2, and 2.3-- Definitions ................................................................. 173.115 Class 2--Assignment of hazard zone ................... 173.116 Class 3--Definitions .................................................... 173.120 Class 3--Assignment of packing group................ 173.121 Class 4, Divisions 4.1, 4.2 and 4.3-- Definitions ................................................................. 173.124 Class 4--Assignment of packing group................ 173.125 Class 5, Division 5.1--Definition and assignment of packing groups.................................................... 173.127 Class 5, Division 5.2--Definitions and types .... 173.128 Class 5, Division 5.2--Assignment of packing group ......................................................................... 173.129 Class 6, Division 6.1--Definitions ........................... 173.132 Assignment of packing group and hazard zones for Division 6.1 materials ...................................... 173.133 Class 6, Division 6.2--Definitions, exceptions and packing group assignments ................................. 173.134 Class 8--Definitions .................................................... 173.136 Class 8--Assignment of packing group................ 173.137 Class 9--Definitions .................................................... 173.140 Class 9--Assignment of packing group................ 173.141 Other Regulated Materials (ORM)-- Definitions ................................................................. 173.144 . Other Regulated Materials--Assignment of packing group ......................................................... 173.145 Exceptions for Class 3 (flammable) and combustible liquids................................................. 173.150 Exceptions for Division 4.1 (flammable solids) .. 173.151 Exceptions for Division 5.1 (oxidizers) and Division 5.2 (organic peroxides) ........................ 173.152 Exceptions for Division 6.1 (poisonous materials).................................................................... 173.153 Exceptions for Class 8 (corrosive materials) .... 173.154 Exceptions for Class 9 (miscellaneous hazardous materials).................................................................... 173.155 Exceptions for ORM materials ................................ 173.156 285 285 285 286 286 287 288 288 289 289 289 291 291 292 292 292 292 292 292 293 293 293 294 294 294 Subpart E--Non-bulk Packaging for Hazardous Materials Other Than Class 1 and Class 7 Nitric acid....................................................................... Batteries, wet................................................................. Bombs, smoke, non-explosive (corrosive) ........... Chemical kits................................................................. Gallium............................................................................ 173.158 173.159 173.160 173.161 173.162 295 296 297 297 297 237 ABDOO132009 April 1998 Subject Sec. Hydrogen fluoride......................................................... 173.163 Mercury (metallic and articles containing mercury) .................................................................... 173.164 Air bag inflators, air bag modules, seat belt pre tensioners and seat-belt modules ...................... 173.166 Black powder for small arms ................................... 173.170 Smokeless powder for small arms........................... 173.171 Aircraft hydraulic power unit fuel tank ................... 173.172 Paint, paint-related material, adhesives, ink and resins ................................................................. 173.173 Refrigerating machines.............................................. 173.174 Pyrophoric materials (liquids).................................... 173.181 Barium azide--50 percent or more water wet . . . 173.182 Nitrocellulose base film.............................................. 173.183 Highway or rail fusee ................................................. 173.184 Lithium batteries and cells......................................... 173.185 Matches .......................................................................... 173.186 Pyrophoric solids, metals or alloys, n.o.s................. 173.187 White or yellow phosphorous................................... 173.188 Batteries containing sodium or cells containing sodium ....................................................................... 173.189 Packaging for certain Packing Group I poisonous materials .................................................................... 173.192 Bromoacetone, methyl bromide, chloropicrin and methyl bromide or methyl chloride mixtures, etc................................................................................... 173.193 Gas identification sets................................................. 173.194 Hydrogen cyanide, anhydrous, stabilized (hydrocyanic acid, aqueous solution)................ 173.195 Infectious substances (etiologic agents) .............. 173.196 Regulated Medical Waste ......................................... 173.197 Nickel carbonyl ............................................................ 173.198 Non-bulk packagings for liquid hazardous materials in Packing Group I................................. 173.201 Non-bulk packagings for liquid hazardous materials in Packing Group II .............................. 173.202 Non-bulk packagings for liquid hazardous materials in Packing Group III.............................. 173.203 Non-bulk, non-specification packagings for certain hazardous materials ................................. 173.204 Specification cylinders for liquid hazardous materials .................................................................... 173.205 Non-bulk packagings for solid hazardous materials in Packing Group I................................. 173.211 Non-bulk packagings for solid hazardous materials in Packing Group II .............................. 173.212 Non-bulk packagings for solid hazardous materials in Packing Group III.............................. 173.213 Packagings which require approval by the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety......................................................... 173.214 Asbestos, blue, brown, or white .............................. 173.216 Carbon dioxide, solid (dry ice)................................. 173.217 Fish meal or fish scrap .............................................. 173.218 Life-saving appliances .............................................. 173.219 Internal combustion engines, self-propelled vehicles, and mechanical equipment containing internal combustion engines or wet batteries....................................................................... 173.220 Polystyrene beads, expandable .............................. 173.221 Wheelchairs equipped with wet electric storage batteries....................................................................... 173.222 Packaging and control and emergency temperatures for self-reactive materials ........... 173.224 Packaging requirements and other provisions for organic peroxides.................................................... 173.225 Materials poisonous by inhalation, Division 6.1, Packing Group 1, Hazard Zone A......................... 173.226 Materials poisonous by inhalation, Division 6.1, Packing Group I, Hazard Zone B......................... 173.227 Bromine pentafluoride or bromine trifluoride .... 173.228 Chloric acid solution or chlorine dioxide hydrate, frozen ......................................................................... 173.229 Page 297 297 298 298 298 298 299 299 299 299 299 299 299 300 300 301 301 301 301 301 302 302 302 302 302 303 303 304 304 304 304 305 305 305 305 305 306 306 306 306 306 308 314 314 315 315 Subject Sec. Page Subpart F--Bulk Packaging for Hazardous Materials Other Than Class 1 and Class 7 Bulk packaging for certain low hazard solid materials .................................................................... 173.240 Bulk packagings for certain low hazard liquid and solid materials ................................................. 173.241 Bulk packagings for certain medium hazard liquids and solids, including solids with dual hazards....................................................................... 173.242 Bulk packaging for certain high hazard liquids and dual hazard materials which pose a moderate hazard........................................... 173.243 Bulk packaging for certain pyrophoric liquids (Division 4.2), dangerous when wet (Division 4.3) materials, and poisonous liquids with inhalation hazards (Division 6.1) ......................... 173.244 Bulk packaging for extremely hazardous materials such as poisonous gases (Division 2.3)............................................................................... 173.245 Bulk packaging for certain elevated temperature materials (Class 9) and certain flammable elevated temperature materials (Class 3) .... 173.247 Bromine .......................................................................... 173.249 317 317 318 318 319 319 319 320 Subpart G--Gases: Preparation and Packaging Approval of independent inspection agency .... 173.300a Approval of non-domestic chemical analyses and tests ............................................................................ 173.300b Termination of approval.................................. 173.300c General requirements for shipment of compressed gases in cylinders........................... 173.301 Charging of cylinders with non-liquefied compressed gases ................................................. 173.302 Charging of cylinders with compressed gas in solution (acetylene)................................................. 173.303 Charging of cylinders with liquefied compressed gas............................................................................... 173.304 Charging of cylinders with a mixture of compressed gas and other material................... 173.305 Limited quantities of compressed gases .............. 173.306 Exceptions for compressed gases ......................... 173.307 Cigarette lighter or other similar device charged with fuel....................................................................... 173.308 Fire extinguishers......................................................... 173.309 Compressed gases in tank cars and multi-unit tank car tanks............................................................ 173.314 Compressed gases in cargo tanks and portable tanks............................................................................ 173.315 Cryogenic liquids in cylinders.................................... 173.316 Cryogenic liquids in cargo tanks.............................. 173.318 Cryogenic liquids in tank cars ................................. 173.319 Cryogenic liquids; exceptions.................................... 173.320 Ethylamine....................................................................... 173.321 Ethyl chloride................................................................. 173.322 Ethylene oxide............................................................... 173.323 Organic phosphates mixed with compressed gas............................................................................... 173.334 Gas generator assemblies......................................... 173.335 Nitrogen dioxide, liquid; nitrogen peroxide, liquid; and nitrogen tetroxide, liquid................................. 173.336 Nitric oxide .................................................................... 173.337 Tungsten hexafluoride................................................. 173.338 Tear gas devices......................................................... 173.340 321 322 322 322 323 324 325 328 328 330 330 330 330 332 336 337 339 340 340 340 340 341 341 341 341 341 341 Subpart H--[RESERVED] Subpart I--Class 7 (Radioactive) Materials Scope............................................................................... Definitions....................................................................... General design requirements................................... Industrial packagings ................................................. 173.401 173.403 173.410 173.411 343 344 346 346 238 ABD00132010 April 1998 Subject Sec. Additional design requirements for Type A packages .................................................................... Requirements for Type B packages ...................... Authorized Type A packages.................................... Authorized Type B packages................................... Authorized fissile materials packages ................... Authorized packages--pyrophoric Class 7 (radioactive) materials ............................................ Authorized packages--oxidizing Class 7 (radioactive) materials ............................................ Uranium hexafluoride (fissile, fissile excepted and non- fissile) ....................................................... Excepted packages for limited quantities of Class 7 (radioactive) materials ........................... Additional requirements for excepted packages containing Class 7 (radioactive) materials . . . . Requirements for multiple hazard limited quantity Class 7 (radioactive) materials ........................... Excepted packages for radioactive instruments and articles ............................................................... Table of activity limits--excepted quantities and articles.......................................................................... Excepted packages for articles containing natural uranium or thorium .................................... Transport requirements for low specific activity (LSA) Class 7 (radioactive) materials and surface contaminated objects (SCO) ................ Empty Class 7 (radioactive) materials packaging Activity limits for Type A and Type B packages . Requirements for determining A, and A2 values for radionuclides and for the listing of radionuclides on shipping papers and labels . Activity-mass relationships for uranium and natural thorium ......................................................... Table of A, and A2 values for radionuclides . . . . Radiation level limitations........................................... Thermal limitations ...................................................... Contamination control................................................. 173.412 173.413 173.415 173.416 173.417 173.418 173.419 173.420 173.421 173.422 173.423 173.424 173.425 173.426 173.427 173.428 173.431 173.433 173.434 173.435 173.441 173.442 173.443 Page 346 347 347 347 347 349 349 349 350 350 350 350 350 350 351 351 351 352 352 352 359 359 359 Subject Sec. Storage incident to transportation--general requirements ............................................................ General transportation requirements...................... Fissile materials--exceptions................................... Transportation of fissile material, controlled shipments--specific requirements...................... Mixing of fissile material packages........................ Demonstration of compliance with tests................ Preparation of specimens for testing...................... Type A packaging tests ........................................... Additional tests for Type A packagings designed for liquids and gases.............................................. Tests for demonstrating the ability of Type B and fissile materials packagings to withstand accident conditions in transportation ................ Test for LSA-III material.............................................. Tests for special form Class 7 (radioactive) materials .................................................................... Requirements for U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission approved packages........................ Requirements for exporting DOT Specification Type B and fissile packages................................ Requirements for foreign-made packages ........... Quality control for construction of packaging . . . Quality control requirements prior to each shipment of Class 7 (radioactive) materials . . . Approval of special form Class 7 (radioactive) materials .................................................................... Appendix B--Procedure for testing chemical compatibility and rate of permeation in plastic packaging and receptacles ................................. Appendix C--Procedure for base-level vibration testing......................................................................... Appendix D--Test methods for dynamite (explosive, blasting, type A) ................................ Appendix E-Appendix G--[Reserved]................... Appendix H--Method of Testing for Sustained Combustibility............................................................ 173.447 173.448 173.453 173.457 173.459 173.461 173.462 173.465 173.466 173.467 173.468 173.469 173.471 173.472 173.473 173.474 173.475 173.476 Page 360 360 360 360 361 361 361 361 362 362 362 362 363 363 363 363 363 363 365 365 365 365 365 PART 173 239 April 1998 ABDOO132011 173.1--173.2a PART 173 PUBLISHER'S NOTE This Subpart contains a general introduction to Part 173. The regulations require that any person offering a hazardous material for transportation, commonly known as the shipper, must properly classify that material. In most cases, RSPA has already listed the material by name in the 172.101 Hazardous Materials Table which provides the starting point for identifying the requirements to properly prepare the material for transportation. If the material is not listed in the 172.101 Hazardous Materials Table it is the responsibility of the shipper (or offerer) of the material to confirm that the material does not meet the definition of one of the hazard classes. The various classes with the reference for the definition are included in this Subpart. If the material meets more than one hazard class, a listing of the precedence of the various hazard classes including their packing group is provided. Once the material is properly classed, including any subsidiary hazard or hazards, the proper shipping name, and packing group and hazard zone, if any, can then be determined. This allows one to locate the proper entry in the 172.101 Table and the requirements for transporting the material can then be determined. These requirements include such things as label(s), packaging, placarding, preparation of shipping papers, etc. Even though a material meets the definition of a hazardous material the amount in the package may be so small that the shipment is exempted from the regulations. This Subpart list the amounts and the type of hazard that are exempted. Some operations, such as agricultural, oil field service vehicles, and U.S. Government material are also provided certain exceptions from the regulations which are covered in this Subpart. Some exceptions are granted for hazardous waste shipments. Also, a person who offers flammable cryogenic liquids in a bulk packaging must file a registration statement with RSPA. Subpart A GENERAL 173.1 Purpose and scope, (a) This part includes: (1) Definitions of hazardous materials for transportation purposes; (2) Requirements to be observed in preparing hazardous materials for shipment by air, highway, rail, or water, or any combination thereof; and (3) Inspection, testing, and retesting responsibilities for persons who retest, recondition, maintain, repair and rebuild containers used or intended for use in the transportation of hazardous materials. (b) A shipment of hazardous materials that is not prepared in ac cordance with this subchapter may not be offered for transportation by air, highway, rail, or water. It is the responsibility of each hazmat employer subject to the requirements of this subchapter to ensure that each hazmat employee is trained in accordance with the requirements prescribed in this subchapter. It is the duty of each person who offers hazardous materials for transportation to instruct each of his officers, agents, and employees having any responsibility for preparing hazard ous materials for shipment as to applicable regulations in this sub chapter. (c) When a person other than the person preparing a hazardous material for shipment performs a function required by this part, that person shall perform the function in accordance with this part. <d) In general, the Hazardous Materials Regulations (HMR) con tained in this subchapter are based on the Recommendations of the United Nations Committee of Experts on the Transport of Dangerous Goods and are consistent with international regulations issued by the International Civil Aviation Organization (ICAO Technical Instructions) and the International Maritime Organization (IMDG Code). However, the HMR are not consistent in all respects with the UN Recommenda tions, the ICAO Technical Instructions or the IMDG Code, and compli ance with the HMR will not guarantee acceptance by regulatory bodies outside of the United States. Oivislon Class Number Number <11 any) Name of Class or Division None . . Forbidden materials.................................................... None . . Forbidden explosives................................................. 1 . . . . 1.1 ... Explosives (with a mass explosion hazard)............ 1 . . . . 1.2 .. . Explosives (with a projection hazard)...................... 1 , , . . 1.3 ... Explosives (with predominately a (ire hazard) . . . 1 . . . . 1.4 . . . Explosives (with no significant blast hazard) .... 1 . . . . 1.5 . . . Very insensitive explosives: blasting agents .... 1 . . . . 1.6 ... Extremely insensitive detonating substances .... 2 ... . 2.1 ... Flammable gas ........................................................... 2 ... . 2.2 .. . Non-llammable compressed gas ............................ 2 ... . 2.3 .. . Poisonous gas.............................................................. 3 ... . Flammable and combustible liquid ........................ A ... . 4.1 ... Flammable solid........................................................... A ... . 4.2 .. . Spontaneously combustible material ...................... A ... . 4.3 .. . Dangerous when wet material.................................. 5 ... . 5.1 ... Oxidizer.......................................................................... 5 ... . 5.2 .. . Organic peroxide....................................................... 6 ... . 6.1 ... Poisonous materials.................................................... 6 ... . 6.2 .. . Infectious substance (Etiotogic agent) .................. 7 ... . Radioactive material.................................................... B ... . Corrosive material....................................................... 9 ... . Miscellaneous hazardous material............................ None . . Other regulated material: ORM-D............................ 49 CFH Reference for Definitions 173.21 173.53 173.50 173.50 173.50 173.50 173.50 173.50 173.115 173.115 173.115 173.120 173.124 173.124 173.124 173.127 173.128 173.132 173.134 173.403 173.136 173.140 173.144 173.2 Hazardous materials classes and index to hazard class definitions. The hazard class of a hazardous material is indicated either by its class (or division) number, its class name, or by the letters "ORM-D". The following table lists class numbers, division numbers, class or division names and those sections of this subchapter which contain definitions for classifying hazardous materials, including for bidden materials. 173.2a Classification of a material having more than one hazard, (a) Classification of a material having more than one hazard. Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, a material not specifically listed in the 172.101 Table that meets the definition of more than one hazard class or division as defined in this part, shall be classed according to the highest applicable hazard class of the following hazard classes, which are listed in descending order of hazard: 241 ABD00132012 173.2a--173.3 April 1998 (1) Class 7 {radioactive materials, other than limited quantities). (2) Division 2.3 (poisonous gases). (3) Division 2.1 (flammable gases). (4) Division 2.2 (nonflammable gases). (5) Division 6.1 (poisonous liquids), Packing Group I, poisonousby-inhalation only. (6) A material that meets the definition of a pyrophoric material in 173.124(b)(1) of this subchapter (Division 4.2). (7) A material that meets the definition of a self-reactive material in 173.124(a)(2) of this subchapter (Division 4.1). (8) Class 3 (flammable liquids), Class 8 (corrosive materials), Divi sion 4.1 (flammable solids), Division 4.2 (spontaneously combustible materials), Division 4.3 (dangerous when wet materials), Division 5.1 (oxidizers) or Division 6.1 (poisonous liquids or solids other than Pack ing Group I, poisonous-by-inhalation). The hazard class and packing group for a material meeting more than one of these hazards shall be determined using the precedence table in paragraph (b) of this section. (9) Combustible liquids. (10) Class 9 (miscellaneous hazardous materials). (b) Precedence of hazard table for Classes 3 and 8 and Divi sions 4.1,4.2,4.3,5.1 and 6.1. The following table ranks those materi als that meet the definition of Classes 3 and 8 and Divisions 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 5.1 and 6.1: Precedence of Hazard Table [hazard class ano packing group] 'There are al present no established criteria tor determining Packing Groups for liquids in Division 5.1. For the time being, the degree of hazard is to be assessed by analogy with listed substances, allocating the substances to Packing Group I, great; ll, medium; or III. minor danger. ^Substances ot Division 4.1 other than self-reactive substances. 3Denotes an impossible combination. 'For pesticides only, where a material has the hazards of Class 3, Packing Group III, and Division 6.1, Packing Group 111, the primary hazard is Division 6 1. Packing Group III. Note 1. The most stringent packing group assigned to a hazard of the material takes precedence over other packing groups; for example, a material meeting Class 3 PG II and Division 6.1 PG I (oral toxicity) is classified as Class 3 PG I. Note 2; A material which meets the definition of Class 8 and has an inhalation toxicity by dusts and mists which meets criteria for Packing Group I specified in 173.133(a}( 1) must be classed as Division 6.1 if the oral or dermal toxicity meets criteria for Packing Group I or II If the oral or dermal toxicity meets criteria for Packing Group III or less, the material must be classed as Class 6. (c) The following materials are not subject to the provisions of para graph (a) of this section because of their unique properties: (1) A Class 1 (explosive) material that meets any other hazard class or division as defined in this part shall be assigned a division in Class 1. Class 1 materials shall be classed and approved in accordance with 173.56 of this part; (2) A Division 5.2 (organic peroxide) material that meets the defini tion of any other hazard class or division as defined in this part, shall be classed as Division 5.2; (3) A Division 6.2 (infectious substance) material that also meets the definition of another hazard class or division, other than Class 7, or that also is a limited quantity Class 7 material, shall be classed as Division 6.2; (4) A material that meets the definition of a wetted explosive in 173.124(a)(1) of this subchapter (Division 4.1). Wetted explosives are either specifically listed in the 172.101 Table or are approved by the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety (see 173.124(a)(1) of this subchapter); and (5) A limited quantity of a Class 7 (radioactive) material that meets the definition for more than one hazard class or division shall be classed in accordance with 173.423. 173.3 Packaging and exceptions, (a) The packaging of haz ardous materials for transportation by air, highway, rail, or water must be as specified in this part. Methods of manufacture, packing, and storage of hazardous materials, that affect safety in transportation, must be open to inspection by a duly authorized representative of the initial carrier or of the Department. Methods of manufacture and related functions necessary for completion of a DOT specification or U.N. standard packaging must be open to inspection by a representative of the Department. (b) The regulations setting forth packaging requirements for a spe cific material apply to all modes of transportation unless otherwise stated, or unless exceptions from packaging requirements are au thorized. (c) Salvage drums. Packages of hazardous materials that are dam aged, defective, or found leaking and hazardous materials that have spilled or leaked may be placed in a metal or plastic removable head salvage drum that is compatible with the lading and shipped for repackaging or disposal under the following conditions: (1) Except as provided in paragraph (c)(7) of this section, the drum must be a UN 1A2, 1B2, 1N2 or 1H2 tested and marked for Packing Group III or higher performance standards for liquids or solids and a leakproofness test of 20 kPa (3 psi). Alternatively, a drum manufac tured and marked prior to October 1, 1993 as a salvage drum, in accordance with the provisions of this section in effect on September 30, 1991, is authorized. Capacity of the drum may not exceed 450 L (119 gallons). (2) Each drum shall be provided when necessary with sufficient cushioning and absorption material to prevent excessive movement of the damaged package and to eliminate the presence of any free liquid at the time the salvage drum is closed. All cushioning and 242 ABD00132013 PART 173 April 1998 173.3--173.6 absorbent material used in the drum must be compatible with the hazardous material. (3) Each salvage packaging must be marked with the proper ship ping name of the hazardous material inside the packaging and the name and address of the consignee. In addition, the packaging must be marked "SALVAGE" or "SALVAGE DRUM". (4) Each drum shall be labeled as prescribed for the respective material. (5) The shipper shall prepare shipping papers in accordance with Subpart C of Part 172 of this subchapter. (6) The overpack requirements of 173.25 do not apply to drums used in accordance with this paragraph. (7) A salvage packaging marked "T" in accordance with applicable provisions in the UN Recommendations may be used. 173.4 Small quantities exceptions, (a) Small quantities of Class 3, Division 4.1, Division 4.2 (PG II and III), Division 4.3 (PG II and III), Division 5.1, Division 5.2, Division 6.1, Class 7, Class 8, and Class 9 materials that also meet the definition of one or more of these hazard classes, are not subject to any other requirements of this subchapter when-- (1) The maximum quantity of material per inner receptacle is lim ited to: (1) Thirty (30) ml (1 ounce) for authorized liquids, other than Division 6.1, Packing Group I, materials; (ii) Thirty (30) g (1 ounce) for authorized solids, other than Division 6.1, Packing Group I, materials; (iii) One (1) g (0.04 ounce) for authorized materials classed as Division 6.1, Packing Group I; and (iv) An activity level not exceeding that specified in 173.421, 173.424, 173.425 or 173.426, as appropriate, for a package containing a Class 7 (radioactive) material. (2) With the exception of temperature sensing devices, each inner receptacle: (i) Is not liquid-full at 55C (131F), and (ii) Is constructed of plastic having a minimum thickness of no less than 0.2 mm (0.008 inch), or earthenware, glass, or metal; (3) Each inner receptacle with a removable closure has its closure held securely in place with wire, tape, or other positive means; (4) Unless equivalent cushioning and absorbent material surrounds the inside packaging, each inner receptacle is securely packed in an inside packaging with cushioning and absorbent material that: (i) Will not react chemically with the material, and (ii) Is capable of absorbing the entire contents (if a liquid) of the receptacle; (5) The inside packaging is securely packed in a strong outside packaging; (6) The completed package, as demonstrated by prototype testing, is capable of sustaining-- (i) Each of the following free drops made from a height of 1.8 m (5.9 feet) directly onto a solid unyielding surface without breakage or leakage from any inner receptacle and without a substantial reduction in the effectiveness of the package: (A) One drop flat on bottom; (B) One drop flat on top; (C) One drop flat on the long side; (D) One drop flat on the short side; and (E) One drop on a corner at the junction of three intersecting edges; and (ii) A compressive load as specified in 178.606(c) of this sub chapter. NOTE: Each of the tests in paragraph (a)(6) of this section may be performed on a different, but identical, package; i.e.. all tests need not be performed on the same package. (7) Placement of the material in the package or packing different materials in the package does not result in a violation of 173.21; (8) The gross mass of the completed package does not exceed 29 kg (64 pounds); (9) The package is not opened or otherwise altered until it is no longer in commerce; and (10) The shipper certifies conformance with this section by marking the outside of the package with the statement "This package conforms to 49 CFR 173.4" or, alternatively, until October 1, 2001, with the statement "This package conforms to the conditions and limitations specified in 49 CFR 173.4." (b) A package containing a Class 7 (radioactive) material also must conform to the requirements of 173.421(a)(1) through (a)(5) or 173.424(a) through (g), as appropriate. (c) Packages which contain a Class 2, Division 4.2 (PG I), or Division 4.3 (PG I) material conforming to paragraphs (a)(1) through (a)(10) of this section may be offered for transportation or transported if specif ically approved by the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materi als Safety. 173.5 Agricultural operations, (a) The transportation of an agricultural product other than a Class 2 material, over local roads between fields of the same farm, is excepted from the requirements of this subchapter when: (1) It is transported by a farmer who is an intrastate private motor carrier; and (2) The movement of the agricultural product conforms to require ments of the State in which it is transported and is specifically author ized by a State statute or regulation in effect before October 1, 1998. (b) The transportation of an agricultural product to or from a farm, within 150 miles of the farm, is excepted from the requirements in subparts G and H of part 172 of this subchapter and from the specific * packaging requirements of this subchapter when: (1) It is transported by a farmer who is an intrastate private motor carrier; (2) The total amount of agricultural product being transported on a single vehicle does not exceed: (i) 7,300 kg (16,094 lbs.) of ammonium nitrate fertilizer properly classed as Division 5.1, PG III, in a bulk packaging, or (ii) 1900 L (502 gallons) for liquids or gases, or 2,300 kg (5,070 lbs.) for solids, of any other agricultural product; (3) The movement and packaging of the agricultural product con- * form to the requirements of the State in which it is transported and are specifically authorized for transportation by a State statute or regulation in effect before October 1, 1998; and (4) Each person having any responsibility for transporting the ag ricultural product or preparing the agricultural product for shipment has been instructed in the applicable requirements of this subchapter. (c) Formulated liquid agricultural products in specification packagings of 220 L (58 gallons) capacity, or less, with closures manifolded to a closed mixing system and equipped with positive dry disconnect devices may be transported by a private motor carrier between a final distribution point and an ultimate point of application or for loading aboard an airplane for aerial application. (d) See 173.315(m) pertaining to nurse tanks of anhydrous am monia. (e) See 173.6 pertaining to materials of trade. 173.5a Oilfield service vehicles. Notwithstanding 173.29 of this subchapter, a cargo tank mounted on a transport vehicle used in oilfield servicing operations is not subject to the specification re quirements of this subchapter if-- (a) The cargo tank and equipment contains only residual amounts (i.e., it is emptied so far as practicable) of a flammable liquid alone or in combination with water. (b) No flame producing device is operated during transportation, and (c) The proper shipping name is preceded by "Residual" on the shipping paper for each movement on a public highway. 173.6 Materials of trade exceptions. When transported by motor vehicle in conformance with this section, a material of trade (see 171.8 of this subchapter) is not subject to any other requirements of this subchapter besides those set forth or referenced in this section. (a) Materials and amounts. A material of trade is limited to the following: (1) A Class 3, 8, 9, Division 4.1, 5.1, 5.2, 6.1, or ORM-D material contained in a packaging having a gross mass or capacity not over-- (1) 0.5 kg (1 pound) or 0.5 L (1 pint) for a Packing Group I material; (ii) 30 kg (66 pounds) or 30 L (8 gallons) for a Packing Group II, Packing Group III, or ORM-D material; (iii) 1500 L (400 gallons) for a diluted mixture, not to exceed 2 percent concentration, of a Class 9 material. (2) A Division 2.1 or 2.2 material in a cylinder with a gross weight not over 100 kg (220 pounds), or a permanently mounted tank manu factured to ASME standards of not more than 70 gallon water capacity for a non-liquefied Division 2.2 material with no subsidiary hazard. (3) A Division 4.3 material in Packing Group II or III contained in a 243 ABD00132014 173.6--173.9 April 1998 packaging having a gross capacity not exceeding 30 ml (1 ounce). (4) This section does not apply to a hazardous material that is self reactive (see 173.124), poisonous by inhalation (see 173.133), or a hazardous waste. (b) Packaging. (1) Packagings must be leak tight for liquids and gases, sift proof for solids, and be securely closed, secured against movement, and protected against damage. (2) Each material must be packaged in the manufacturer's original packaging, or a packaging of equal or greater strength and integrity. (3) Outer packagings are not required for receptacles (e.g., cans and bottles) that are secured against movement in cages, carts, bins, boxes or compartments. (4) For gasoline, a packaging must be made of metal or plastic and conform to the requirements of this subchapter or to the require ments of the Occupational Safety and Health Administration of the Department of Labor contained in 29 CFR 1910.106(d)(2) or 1926.152(a)(1). (5) A cylinder or other pressure vessel containing a Division 2.1 or 2.2 material must conform to packaging, qualification, maintenance, and use requirements of this subchapter, except that outer packag ings are not required. Manifolding of cylinders is authorized provided all valves are tightly closed. (c) Hazard communication. (1) A non-bulk packaging other than a cylinder (including a receptacle transported without an outer pack aging) must be marked with a common name or proper shipping name to identify the material it contains, including the letters "RQ" if it contains a reportable quantity of a hazardous substance. (2) A bulk packaging containing a diluted mixture of a Class 9 material must be marked on two opposing sides with the four-digit identification number of the material. The identification number must be displayed on placards, orange panels or, alternatively, a white square-on-point configuration having the same outside dimensions as a placard (at least 273 mm (10.8 inches) on a side), in the manner specified in 172.332 (b) and (c) of this subchapter. Each digit in the * identification number marking must be displayed in lOQ.rfflW (3.9 inches) black Helvetica Medium, Alpine Gothic dr Alternate Gothic No 3 numerals. (3) A DOT specification cylinder (except DOT specification 39) must be marked and labeled as prescribed in this subchapter. Each DOT-39 cylinder must display the markings specified in 178.65(i). (4) The operator of a motor vehicle that contains a material of trade must be informed of the presence of the hazardous material (including whether the package contains a reportable quantity) and must be informed of the requirements of this section. (d) Aggregate gross weight. Except for a material of trade author ized by paragraph (a)( 1 )(iii) of this section, the aggregate gross weight of all materials of trade on a motor vehicle may not exceed 200 kg (440 pounds). (e) Other exceptions. A material of trade may be transported on a motor vehicle under the provisions of this section with other hazardous materials without affecting its eligibility for exceptions provided by this section. 173.7 U.S. Government material, (a) Hazardous materials of fered for transportation by, for, or to the Department of Defense (DOD) of the U.S. Government, including commercial shipments pursuant to a DOD contract, must be packaged in accordance with the regulations in this subchapter or in packagings of equal or greater strength and efficiency as certified by DOD in accordance with the procedures prescribed by "Performance Oriented Packaging of Hazardous Mate rial, DLAR 4145.41/AR 700-143/AFR 71-5/NAVSUP-INST 4030.55/ MCO 4030.40." Hazardous materials offered for transportation by DOD under this provision may be reshipped by any shipper to any con signee provided the original packaging has not been damaged or altered in any manner. (1) Hazardous materials sold by the DOD in packagings that are not marked in accordance with the requirements of this subchapter may be shipped from DOD installations if the DOD certifies in writing that the packagings are equal to or greater in strength and efficiency than the packaging prescribed in this subchapter. The shipper shall obtain such a certification in duplicate for each shipment. He shall give one copy to the originating carrier and retain the other for no less than 1 year. (b) Shipments of hazardous materials, made by or under the direc tion or supervision of the U.S. Department of Energy (DOE) or the Department of Defense (DOD), for the purpose of national security, and which are escorted by personnel specifically designated by or under the authority of those agencies, are not subject to the regulations of this subchapter. For transportation by a motor vehicle or a rail car, the escorts must be in a separate transport vehicle from the transport vehicle carrying the hazardous materials that are excepted by this paragraph. A document certifying that the shipment is for the purpose of national security must be in the possession of the person in charge of providing security during transportation. (c) Shipments of explosive samples, not exceeding one gram net weight, offered by and consigned to the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco and Firearms (ATF) of the Department of the Treasury are not otherwise subject to the regulations in Parts 110-189 of this subchapter when placed in a specifically designed multi-unit assembly packed in a strong outside packaging. The packaging must be of a type accepted by ATF as capable of precluding a propagation of any explosion outside the packaging. The second component from the outside of the packaging must be marked or tagged to indicate the presence of an explosive. (d) Notwithstanding the requirements of 173.416 and 173.417 of this subchapter, packagings made by or under the direction of the U.S. Department of Energy may be used for the transportation of Class 7 materials when evaluated, approved, and certified by the Department of Energy against packaging standards equivalent to those specified in 10 CFR Part 71. Packages shipped in accordance with this paragraph shall be marked and otherwise prepared for ship ment in a manner equivalent to that required by this subchapter for packagings approved by the Nuclear Regulatory Commission. 173.8 Exceptions for non-specification packagings used in Intrastate transportation, (a) Non-specification bulk packag ings. Notwithstanding requirements for specification packagings in subpart F of this part and parts 178 and 180 of this subchapter, a non-specification bulk packaging may be used for transportation of a hazardous material by an intrastate motor carrier until July 1, 2000, in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (d) of this section. (b) Non-specification cargo tanks for petroleum products. Not withstanding requirements for specification packagings in subpart F of this part and parts 178 and 180 of this subchapter, a non-specification cargo tank motor vehicle having a capacity of less than 13,250 liters (3,500 gallons) may be used by an intrastate motor carrier for transpor tation of a flammable liquid petroleum product in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (d) of this section. (c) Permanently secured non-bulk tanks for petroleum prod ucts. Notwithstanding requirements for specification packagings in subpart F of this part 173 and parts 178 and 180 of this subchapter, a non-specification metal tank permanently secured to a transport vehicle and protected against leakage or damage in the event of a turnover, having a capacity of less than 450 liters (119 gallons), may be used by an intrastate motor carrier for transportation of a flammable liquid petroleum product in accordance with the provisions of para graph (d) of this section. (d) Additional requirements. A packaging used under the provi sions of paragraphs (a), (b) or (c) of this section must-- (1) Be operated by an intrastate motor carrier and in use as a packaging for hazardous material before October 1, 1998; (2) Be operated in conformance with the requirements of the State in which it is authorized; (3) Be specifically authorized by a State statute or regulation in effect before October 1, 1998, for use as a packaging for the hazard ous material being transported; (4) Be offered for transportation and transported in conformance with all other applicable requirements of this subchapter; (5) Not be used to transport a flammable cryogenic liquid, hazard ous substance, hazardous waste, or marine pollutant (ejSsigptfOirgas#* * line); and (6) On and after July 1.2000, for a tank authorized under paragraph (b) or (c) of this section, conform to all requirements in part 180 (except for 180.405(g)) of this subchapter in the same manner as required for a DOT specification MC 306 cargo tank motor vehicle. 173.9 Transport vehicles or freight containers containing lad ing which has been fumigated, (a) For the purpose of this section, not including 49 CFR part 387, a rail car, freight container, truck body, or trailer in which the lading has been fumigated with any material, or is undergoing fumigation, is a package containing a hazardous material, unless the transport vehicle or freight container has been 244 ABD00132015 April 1998 173.9--173.12 PART 173 sufficiently aerated so that it does not pose an unreasonable risk to health and safety. (b) No person may offer for transportation or transport a rail car, freight container, truck body, or trailer in which the lading has been fumigated or treated with any material, or is undergoing fumigation, unless the FUMIGANT marking specified in paragraph (c) of this sec tion is prominently displayed so that it can be seen by any person attempting to enter the interior of the transport vehicle or freight con tainer. For domestic transportation, a hazard warning label authorized by ERA under 40 CFR part 156 may be used as an alternative to the FUMIGANT marking. (c) FUMIGANT marking. (1) The FUMIGANT marking must consist of red letters on a white background that is at least 30 cm (11.8 inches) wide and at least 25 cm (9.8 inches) high. Except for size and color, the FUMIGANT marking must be as follows: DANGER THIS UNIT IS UNDER FUMIGATION WITH *APPLIED ON Ibn DO NOT ENTER (2) The "H5" shall be replaced with the technical name of the fu migant. (d) No person may affix or display on a rail car, freight container, truck body, or trailer (a package) the FUMIGANT marking specified in paragraph (c) of this section, unless the lading has been fumigated or is undergoing fumigation. (e) The FUMIGANT marking required by paragraph (b) of this sec tion must remain on the rail car, freight container, truck body, or trailer until: (1) The fumigated lading is unloaded; and (2) The transport vehicle or freight container has undergone suffi cient aeration to assure that it does not pose an unreasonable risk to health and safety. (f) For international shipments, transport documents must indicate the date of fumigation, type and amount of fumigant used, and instruc tions for disposal of any residual fumigant, including fumigation de vices. (g) Any person subject to the requirements of this section, solely due to the fumigated lading, must be informed of the requirements of this section and the safety precautions necessary to protect them selves and others in the event of an incident or accident involving the fumigated lading. (h) Any person who offers for transportation or transports a rail car, freight container, truck body or trailer that is subject to this subchapter solely because of the hazardous materials designation specified in paragraph (a) of this section is not subject to any other requirements of this subchapter. 173.10 Tank car shipments, (a) Tank cars containing any 2.1 material (including a cryogenic liquid) or Class 3 material with a flash point below 38C (100F), except liquid road asphalt or tar, may not be offered for transportation unless originally consigned or subsequently reconsigned to parties having private-siding (see Note 1 of this sec tion) or to parties using railroad siding facilities which have been equipped for piping the liquid from tank cars to permanent storage tanks of sufficient capacity to receive contents of car. (b) A tank car containing any Class 2 material must not be offered for transportation unless the car is consigned for delivery (see para graph (c) of this section), and unloading on a private track (see Note 1 of this section), except that where no private track is available, delivery and unloading on carrier tracks is permitted provided the following conditions are complied with: (1) Any tank car of DOT-106A or 110A type (see 179.300 and 179.301 of this subchapter) may be offered for transportation and the loaded unit tanks may be removed from car frame on carrier tracks, provided the shipper has obtained from the delivering carrier and filed with originating carrier, written permission (see Note 2 of this section) for such removal. The consignee must furnish adequately safe mechanical hoist, obtained from the carrier if desirable, by which the tanks shall be lifted from the car and deposited directly upon vehicles furnished by the consignee for immediate removal from carrier property or tanks must be lifted by adequately safe mechanical hoist from car directly to vessels for further transportation. (c) Any tank car of other than DOT-106A or 110A type (see 179.300 and 179.301 of this subchapter), containing anhydrous ammonia, liquefied hydrocarbon or liquefied petroleum gas, and hav ing interior pipes of liquid and gas discharge valves equipped with check valves, may be consigned for delivery and unloading on carrier tracks, if the lading is piped directly from the car to permanent storage tanks of sufficient capacity to receive the entire contents of the car. Such cars may also be consigned for storage on a private track or on a carrier track when designated by the carrier for such storage. (d) For cars of the DOT-106A or 110A type (see 179.300 and 179.301 of this subchapter), the tanks must be placed in position and attached to the car structure by the shipper. (e) Class 3 materials with a flash point below 38C (1006F) and Oivision 2.1 materials (including a cryogenic liquid) may not be loaded into tank cars on carrier property from tank trucks or drums. Note 1: For this purpose, a private track is a track outside of carrier's rightof-way, yard, and terminals, and of which the carrier does not own either the rails, ties, roadbed or right-of-way; or a track or portion of a track which is devoted to the purpose of its user, either by lease or written agreement; in which case the lease or written agreement will be considered as equivalent to ownership. Note 2: Carriers should give permission for the unloading of these containers on carrier tracks only where no private siding is available within reasonable trucking distance of final destination. The danger involved is the release of compressed gases due to accidental injury to container in handling. The expo sure to this danger decreases directly with the isolation of the unloading point. 173.12 Exceptions for shipment of waste materials. (a) Open head drums. If a hazardous material that is a hazardous waste is required by this subchapter to be shipped in a closed head drum (i.e., a drum with a 7.0 cm (3 inches) or less bung opening) and the hazardous waste contains solids or semisolids that make its placement in a closed head drum impracticable, an equivalent (except for closure) open head drum may be used for the hazardous waste. (b) Lab packs. (1) Waste materials classed as Class or Division 3, 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 5.1, 6.1, 8, or 9 are excepted from the specification packaging requirements of this subchapter for combination packagings if packaged in accordance with this paragraph and transported for disposal or recovery by highway only. In addition, a generic de scription from the 172.101 Table may be used in place of specific chemical names, when two or more chemically compatible waste materials in the same hazard class are packaged in the same outside packaging. (2) Additional packaging requirements are to read as follows: (i) The outer packaging must be a UN 1A2orUN lB2metaldrum, a UN ID plywood drum, a UN 1G fiber drum or a UN 1H2 plastic drum tested and marked at least for the Packing Group Ml performance level for liquids or solids; (ii) The inner packagings must be either glass, not exceeding 4 L (1 gallon) rated capacity, or metal or plastic, not exceeding 20 L (5.3 gallons) rated capacity; (iii) Each outer packaging may contain only one class of hazardous material; (iv) Inner packagings containing liquid must be surrounded by a chemically compatible absorbent material in sufficient quantity to absorb the total liquid contents; and (v) Gross weight of the complete package may not exceed 205 kg (452 lbs); and (3) Prohibited materials. Materials meeting the definition of Divi sion 6.1, Packing Group I, or Division 4.2, Packing Group I, and bromine pentafluoride; bromine trifluoride; chloric acid; and oleum (fuming sulfuric acid) may not be packaged or described under the provisions of this paragraph. (c) Reuse of packagings. A previously used packaging may be reused for the shipment of hazardous waste to designated facilities, not subject to the reconditioning and reuse provisions contained in 173.28 and Part 178 of this subchapter, under the following condi tions: (1) Except as authorized by this paragraph, the waste must be 245 ABD00132016 173.12--173.13 April 1998 packaged in accordance with this part and offered for transportation in accordance with the requirements of this subchapter. (2) Transportation is performed by highway only. (3) A package is not offered for transportation less than 24 hours after it is finally closed for transportation, and each package is in spected for leakage and is found to be free from leaks immediately prior to being offered for transportation. (4) Each package is loaded by the shipper and unloaded by the consignee, unless the motor carrier is a private or contract carrier. (5) The packaging may be used only once under this paragraph and may not be used again for shipment of hazardous materials except in accordance with 173.28. (d) Technical names for n.o.s. descriptions. The requirements for the inclusion of technical names for n.o.s. descriptions on shipping papers and package markings, 172.203 and 172.301 of this sub chapter, respectively, do not apply to packagings prepared in accord ance with paragraph (b) of this section, except as follows: (1) Packages containing materials meeting the definition of a haz ardous substance must be described as required in 172.203(c) of this subchapter and marked as required in 172.324 of this subchap ter; and (2) Packages containing hazardous materials subject to the provi sions of 172.203(m) of this subchapter must be described in accord ance with 172.203(m) of this subchapter. 173.13 Exceptions for Class 3, Divisions 4.1,4.2,4.3,5.1,6.1, and Classes 8 and 9 materials, (a) A Class 3, 8 or 9, or Division 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 5.1, or 6.1 material is excepted from the labeling and placarding requirements of this subchapter if prepared for transporta tion in accordance with the requirements of this section. A material that meets the definition of a material poisonous by inhalation may not be offered for transportation or transported under provisions of this section. (b) A hazardous material conforming to requirements of this section may be transported by motor vehicle, rail car, or cargo-only aircraft. Only hazardous materials permitted to be transported aboard a cargoonly aircraft by column (9B) of the Hazardous Materials Table in 172.101 of this subchapter are authorized for transport aboard cargoonly aircraft pursuant to the provisions of this section. (c) A hazardous material permitted by paragraph (a) of this section must be packaged as follows: (1) For liquids: (1) The hazardous material must be placed in a tightly closed glass, plastic or metal inner packaging with a maximum capacity not exceeding 1.2 liters. Sufficient outage must be provided such that the inner packaging will not become liquid full at 55C (130F). The net quantity (measured at 20C (68F)) of liquid in any inner packaging may not exceed one liter. (ii) The inner packaging must be placed in a hermetically-sealed barrier bag which is impervious to the lading, and then wrapped in a non-reactive absorbent material in sufficient quantity to completely absorb the contents of the inner packaging, and placed in a snugly fitting, metal can. (iii) The metal can must be securely closed. For liquids that are in Division 4.2 or 4.3, the metal can must be hermetically sealed. For Division 4.2 materials in Packing Group I, the metal can must be tested in accordance with part 178 of this subchapter at the Packing Group I performance level. (iv) The metal can must be placed in afiberboard box that is placed in a hermetically-sealed barrier bag which is impervious to the lading. (v) The intermediate packaging must be placed inside a securely closed, outer packaging conforming to 173.201. (vi) Not more than four intermediate packagings are permitted in an outer packaging. (2) For solids: (i) The hazardous material must be placed in a tightly closed glass, plastic or metal inner packaging. The net quantity of material in any inner packaging may not exceed 2.85 kg (6.25 pounds). (ii) The inner packaging must be placed in a hermetically-sealed barrier bag which is impervious to the lading. (iii) The barrier bag and its contents must be placed in a fiberboard box that is placed in a hermetically-sealed barrier bag which is impervious to the lading. (iv) The intermediate packaging must be placed inside an outer packaging conforming to 173.211. (v) Not more than four intermediate packagings are permitted in an outer packaging. (d) The outside of the package must be marked, in association with the proper shipping name, with the statement: "This package conforms to 49 CFR 173.13." 246 April 1998 ABD00132017 173.21 PART 173 PUBLISHER'S NOTE This Subpart outlines the general requirements for preparing a hazardous material for transportation. The responsibilities are primarily directed at the package. Certain materials and packages are forbidden to be transported and they are outlined in 173.21. An important requirement also addressed in this Subpart is the use of an empty package that previously contained a hazardous material. Unless it meets the conditions of 173.29(b) it must comply with the same provisions as if it was full. Whenever a non-bulk package is reused for the shipment of a hazardous material it must meet certain conditions outlined in 173.28. This is also the case when the non-bulk package is reconditioned or converted (remanufactured) to another DOT specification or UN standard. The Subpart outlines very specific requirements for the use of tank cars including the types that must be used when transporting certain hazardous substances. Before a tank car can be offered for transportation containing a hazardous material, or its residue, it must undergo a series of minimum inspections. There are also specific requirements for the use of IM portable tanks which includes the qualification, maintenance, use, and periodic testing and inspection. The owner or manufacturer of an IM portable tank must be approved by RSPA under the conditions outlined in Subpart E of Part 107. Similar provisions apply to cargo tanks, however, most of these provisions appear elsewhere in the regulations, i.e. continuing qualification in Part 180. This Subpart also contains specific requirements for their continued qualification, maintenance and use of cylinders, including requirements when they contain a material poisonous by inhalation. Subpart B PREPARATION OF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS FOR TRANSPORTATION 173.21 Forbidden materials and packages. Unless otherwise provided in this subchapter, the offering for transportation or transpor tation of the following is forbidden: (a) Materials that are designated '`Forbidden" in Column 3 of the 172.101 Table. (b) Forbidden explosives as defined in 173.54 of this Part. (c) Electrical devices which are likely to create sparks or generate a dangerous quantity of heat, unless packaged in a manner which precludes such an occurrence. (d) For carriage by aircraft, any package which has a magnetic field of more than 0.00525 gauss measured at 4.5 m (15 feet) from any surface of the package. (e) A material in the same packaging, freight container, or overpack with another material, the mixing of which is likely tocause a dangerous evolution of heat, or flammable or poisonous gases or vapors, or to produce corrosive materials. (f) A package containing a material which is likely to decompose with a self-accelerated decomposition temperature (SADT) of 50C (122F) or less, or polymerize at a temperature of 54C (130F) or less with an evolution of a dangerous quantity of heat or gas when decomposing or polymerizing, unless the material is stabilized or inhibited in a manner to preclude such evolution. The SADT may be determined by any of the test methods described in Part II of the UN Manual of Tests and Criteria. (1) A package meeting the criteria of paragraph (f) of this section may be required to be shipped under controlled temperature condi tions. The control temperature and emergency temperature for a pack age shall be as specified in the table in this paragraph based upon the SADT of the material. The control temperature is the temperature above which a package of the material may not be offered for transpor tation or transported. The emergency temperature is the temperature at which, due to imminent danger, emergency measures must be initiated. Section 173.21 Table: Method of Determining Control and Emergency Temperature SADT1 Control temperatures SADT s 20 *C (68 F). 20 -C (36 F) below SADT. 20 C (68 F) < SADT 35 C (95 OF). 15 "C (27 F) below SADT. 35 C (95 F) < SADT 50 C (122 *F). 10 C (18 F) below SADT. 50 C (122 CF) < SADT. (2) ' Sell-accelerating decomposition temperature. 2 Temperature control not required Emergency temperature 10 'C (18 F) below SADT. 10 C (18 F) below SADT. 5 C (9 F) below SADT. A (2) For self-reactive materials listed in 173.224(b) Table control and emergency temperatures, where required are shown in Columns 5 and 6, respectively. For organic peroxides listed in The Organic Peroxides Table in 173.225 control and emergency temperatures, where required, are shown in Columns 7a and 7b, respectively. (3) Refrigeration may be used as a means of stabilization only when approved by the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety. For status of approvals previously issued by the Bureau of Explosives, see 171.19 of this subchapter. Methods of stabilization approved by the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety are as follows: (i) For highway transportation: (A) A material meeting the criteria of this paragraph (f) may be transported only in a transport vehicle, freight container, or motor vehicle equipped with a mechanical refrigeration unit, or loaded with a consumable refrigerant, capable of maintaining the inside temperature of the hazardous material at or below the control temperature required for the material during transportation. (B) Each package containing a material meeting the criteria of this paragraph (<) must be loaded and maintained at or below the control temperature required for the material. The temperature of the material must be determined by appropriate means and entered on a written record at the time the packaging is loaded. (C) The vehicle operator shall monitor the inside temperature of the transport vehicle, freight container, or motor vehicle and enter that temperature on a written record at the time the package is loaded and thereafter at intervals not ex ceeding two hours. Alternatively, a transport vehicle, freight container, or motor vehicle may be equipped with a visible or audible warning device that activates when the inside temperature of the transport vehicle, freight container, or motor vehicle exceeds the control tempera ture required for the material. The warning device must be readily visible or audible, as appropriate, from the vehicle operator's seat in the vehicle. (D) The carrier shall advise the vehicle operator of the emer gency temperature for the material, and provide the vehi cle operator with written procedures that must be followed to assure maintenance of the control temperature inside the transport vehicle, freight container, or motor vehicle. The written procedures must include instructions for the vehicle operator on actions to take if the inside temperature exceeds the control temperature and approaches or reaches the emergency temperature for the material. In addition, the written temperature- control procedures must 247 ABD00132018 173.21--173.23 April 1998 identify enroute points where the consumable refrigerant may be procured, or where repairs to, or replacement of, the mechanical refrigeration unit may be accomplished. (E) The vehicle operator shall maintain the written tempera ture- control procedures, and the written record of temper ature measurements specified in paragraph (f)(3)(i)(C) of this section, if applicable, in the same manner as specified in 177.817 of this subchapter for shipping papers. (F) If the control temperature is maintained by use of a con sumable refrigerant (e.g., dry ice or liquid nitrogen), the quantity of consumable refrigerant must be sufficient to maintain the control temperature for twice the average transit time under normal conditions of transportation. (G) A material that has a control temperature of 40C (104F) or higher may be transported by common carrier. A mate rial that has a control temperature below 40C (104F) must be transported by a private or contract carrier. (ii) For transportation by vessel, shipments are authorized in ac cordance with the control-temperature requirements of Section 21 of the General Introduction of the International Maritime Dangerous Goods Code (IMDG Code). (g) Packages which give off a flammable gas or vapor, released from a material not otherwise subject to this subchapter, likely to create a flammable mixture with air in a transport vehicle. (h) Packages containing materials (other than those classed as explosive) which will detonate in a fire. (1) For purposes of this paragraph, `'detonate" means an explosion in which the shock wave travels through the material at a speed greater than the speed of sound. (2) When tests are required to evaluate the performance of a pack age under the provisions of this paragraph, the testing must be done or approved by one of the agencies specified in 173,56. (I) A package containing a cigarette lighter, or other similar device, equipped with an ignition element and containing fuel; except that a cigarette lighter or similar device subject to this paragraph may be shipped if the design of the device and its inner packaging has been examined by the Bureau of Explosives and specifically approved by the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety. The examination of cigarette lighters and similar devices containing gas eous fuel will include scrutiny for compliance with 173.308 of this part. For the status of approvals previously issued by the Bureau of Explosives, see 171.19 of this subchapter. (j) An organic peroxide of the "ketone peroxide" category which contains more than 9 percent available oxygen as calculated using the equation in 173.128 (a)(4)(ii). The category, ketone peroxide, includes, but is not limited to: Acetyl acetone peroxide Cyclohexanone peroxide(s) Diacetone alcohol peroxides Methylcyclohexanone peroxide(s) Methyl ethyl ketone peroxide(s) Methyl isobutyl ketone peroxide(s) (k) Notwithstanding any other provision of this subchapter, includ ing 171.11 and 175.10(a)(2) of this subchapter, an oxygen generator (chemical) as cargo on a passenger-carrying aircraft until January 1, 1997. This prohibition does not apply to an oxygen generator for medical or personal use of a passenger that meets the requirements of 175.10(a)(7) or 175.10(a)(24) of this subchapter. 173.22 Shipper's responsibility, (a) Except as otherwise pro vided in this part, a person may offer a hazardous material for transpor tation in a packaging or container required by this part only in accord ance with the following: (l) The person shall class and describe the hazardous material in accordance with Parts 172 and 173 of this subchapter, and (2) The person shall determine that the packaging or container is an authorized packaging, including part 173 requirements, and that it has been manufactured, assembled, and marked in accordance with: (i) 173.7(a) and Parts 173, 178, or 179 of this subchapter; (ii) A specification of the Department in effect at the date of manu facture of the packaging or container; (iii) National or international regulations based on the UN Recom mendations on the Transport of Dangerous Goods, as author ized in 173.24(d)(2); (iv) An approval issued under this subchapter; or (v) An exemption issued under Subchapter A of this chapter. (3) In making the determination under paragraph (a)(2) of this sec tion, the person may accept: (i) Except for the marking on the bottom of a metal or plastic drum with a capacity over 100 liters which has been reconditioned, remanufactured or otherwise converted, the manufacturer's certification, specification, approval, or exemption marking (see 178.2 and 179.1 of this subchapter); or (ii) With respect to cargo tanks provided by a carrier, the manufac turer's identification plate or a written certification of specifica tion or exemption provided by the carrier. (4) For a DOT specification or UN Standard packaging subject to the requirements of part 178 of this subchapter, a person shall perform all functions necessary to bring that package into compliance with Part 178 of this subchapter, as identified by the packaging manufacturer or subsequent distributor, in accordance with 178.2 of this subchapter. (b) [Reserved] (c) Prior to each shipment of fissile radioactive materials, and Type B or highway route controlled quantity packages of radioactive materi als (see 173.403), the shipper shall notify the consignee of the dates of shipment and expected arrival. The shipper shall also notify each consignee of any special loading/unloading instructions prior to his first shipment. For any shipment of irradiated reactor fuel, the shipper shall provide physical protection in compliance with a plan estab lished under: (1) Requirements prescribed by the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Com mission, or (2) Equivalent requirements approved by the Associate Administra tor for Hazardous Materials Safety, RSPA. 173.22a Use of packagings authorized under exemptions. (a) Exceptasprovidedinparagraph(b)ofthissection,nopersonmayofferahazardousmaterialfortransportationinapackagingtheuseofwhich is dependent upon an exemption issued under Subpart B of Part 107 of thistitle.unlessthatpersonistheholderoforapartytotheexemption. (b) If an exemption authorizes the use of a packaging for the ship ment or transportation of a hazardous material by any person or class of persons other than or in addition to the holder of the exemption, that person or a member of that class of persons may use the packaging for the purposes authorized in the exemption subject to the terms speci fied therein. However, no person may use a packaging under the authority of this paragraph unless he maintains a copy of the exemption at each facility where the packaging is being used in connection with the shipment or transportation of the hazardous material concerned. Copies of exemptions may be obtained from the Associate Administra tor for Hazardous Materials Safety, U.S. Department of Transportation, Washington, D.C. 20590-0001, Attention: Docket Section. (c) When an exemption issued to a person who offers a hazardous material contains requirements that apply to a carrier of the hazardous material, the offeror shall furnish a copy of the exemption to the carrier before or at the time a shipment is tendered. 173.23 Previously authorized packaging, (a) When the regu lations specify a packaging with a specification marking prefix of "DOT," a packaging marked prior to January 1, 1970, with the prefix of "ICC" may be used in its place if the packaging otherwise conforms to applicable specification requirements. (b) [Reserved] (c) After July 2,1982, a seamless aluminum cylinder manufactured in conformance with and for use under DOT special permit (SP) or exemption (E) 6498, 7042, 8107, 8364 or 8422 may be continued in use if marked before or at the time of the next retest with either the specification identification "3AL" immediately above the special permit or exemption number, or the DOT mark (e.g., DOT 3AL 1800) in proximity to the special permit or exemption marking. (d) Cylinders (spheres) manufactured and marked under DOT spe cial permit (SP) or exemption (E) 6616 prior to January 1, 1983, may be continued in use if marked before or at the time of the next retest with the specification identification "4BA" near the special permit or exemption marking. (e) After October 1, 1984, cylinders manufactured for use under special permit (SP) or exemption (E) 6668 or 8404 may be continued in use, and must be marked "DOT-4LXXXYY" (XXX to be replaced by the service pressure, YY to be replaced by the letters "AL", if applica ble) in compliance with Specification 4L (178.57 of this subchapter) on or before January 1, 1986. The "DOT-4LXXXYY" must appear in proximity to other required special permit or exemption markings. 248 ABD00132019 PART 173 April 1998 173.23--173.24 (f) An MC 331 cargo tank motor vehicle must conform to structural integrity requirements in 178.337-3 or to corresponding requirements in effect at the time of manufacture. (g) a non-bulk packaging manufactured, tested, marked, and certi fied on or before September 30,1996. in accordance with the applicable provisions of subparts L and M of part 178 of this subchapter in effect on September 30.1995, may be used as authorized by this subchapter if the packaging conforms to all requirements applicable at the time of manufacture. In addition, such a packaging may be reused as author ized by 173.28 without a nominal thickness marking, if it conforms to the minimum thickness criteria prescribed in 173.28(b)(4). 173.24 General requirements for packagings and packages, (a) Applicability. Except as otherwise provided in this subchapter, the provisions of this section apply to-- (1) Bulk and non-bulk packagings; (2) New packagings and packagings which are reused; and (3) Specification and non-specification packagings. (b) Each package used for the shipment of hazardous materials under this subchapter shall be designed, constructed, maintained, filled, its contents so limited, and closed, so that under conditions normally incident to transportation-- (1) Except as otherwise provided in this subchapter, there will be no identifiable (without the use of instruments) release of hazardous materials to the environment; (2) The effectiveness of the package will not be substantially re duced; for example, impact resistance, strength, packaging compati bility, etc. must be maintained for the minimum and maximum tempera tures encountered during transportation; (3) There will be no mixture of gases or vapors in the package which could, through any credible spontaneous increase of heat or pressure, significantly reduce the effectiveness of the packaging. (c) Authorized packagings. A packaging is authorized for a haz ardous material only if-- (1) The packaging is prescribed or permitted for the hazardous material in a packaging section specified for that material in Column 8 of the 172.101 Table and conforms to applicable requirements in the special provisions of Column 7 of the 172.101 Table and, for specification packagings (but not including UN standard packagings manufactured outside the United States), manufactured in the United States the specification requirements in Parts 178 and 179 of this subchapter; or (2) The packaging is permitted under, and conforms to. provisions contained in 171.11, 171.12, 171.12a, 173.3, 173.4, 173.5, 173.7, 173.27 or 176.11 of this subchapter. (d) Specification packagings and UN standard packagings manufactured outside the U.S.--(1) Specification packagings. A specification packaging, including a UN standard packaging manu factured in the United States, must conform in all details to the applica ble specification or standard in part 178 or part 179 of this subchapter. (2) UN standard packagings manufactured outside the United States. A UN standard packaging manufactured outside the United States, in accordance with national or international regulations based on the UN Recommendations on the Transport of Dangerous Goods, may be imported and used and is considered to be an authorized packaging under the provisions of paragraph (c)(1) of this section, subject to the following conditions and limitations; (i) The packaging fully conforms to applicable provisions in the UN Recommendations on the Transport of Dangerous Goods and the requirements of this subpart, including reuse provi sions; (ii) The packaging is capable of passing the prescribed tests in part 178 of this subchapter applicable to that standard; and (iii) The competent authority of the country of manufacture provides reciprocal treatment for UN standard packagings manufac tured in the U.S. (e) Compatibility. (1) Even though certain packagings are speci fied in this Part, it is, nevertheless, the responsibility of the person offering a hazardous material for transportation to ensure that such packagings are compatible with their lading. This particularly applies to corrosivity, permeability, softening, premature aging and embrit tlement. (2) Packaging materials and contents must be such that there will be no significant chemical or galvanic reaction between the materials and contents of the package. (3) Plastic packagings and receptacles. (i) Plastic used in packagings and receptacles must be of a type compatible with the lading and may not be permeable to an extent that a hazardous condition is likely to occur during trans portation, handling or refilling. (ii) Each plastic packaging or receptacle which is used for liquid hazardous materials must be capable of withstanding without failure the procedure specified in Appendix B of this part ("Pro cedure for Testing Chemical Compatibility and Rate of Perme ation in Plastic Packagings and Receptacles"). The procedure specified in Appendix B of this part must be performed on each plastic packaging or receptacle used for Packing Group I materials. The maximum rate of permeation of hazardous lading through or into the plastic packaging or receptacles may not exceed 0.5 percent for materials meeting the definition of a Division 6.1 material according to 173.132 and 2.0 percent for other hazardous materials, when subjected to a temperature no lower than-- (A) 18C (64F) for 180 days in accordance with Test Method 1 in Appendix B of this part; (B) 50C (122F) for 28 days in accordance with Test Method 2 in Appendix B of this part; or (C) 60C (140F) for 14 days in accordance with Test Method 3 in Appendix B of this part. (iii) Alternative procedures or rates of permeation are permitted if they yield a level of safety equivalent to or greater than that provided by paragraph (e)(3)(ii) of this section and are specifi cally approved by the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety. (4) Mixed contents. Hazardous materials may not be packed or mixed together in the same outer packaging with other hazardous or nonhazardous materials if such materials are capable of reacting dangerously with each other and causing-- (i) Combustion or dangerous evolution of heat; (ii) Evolution of flammable, poisonous, or asphyxiant gases; or (iii) Formation of unstable or corrosive materials. (5) Packagings used for solids, which may become liquid at temper atures likely to be encountered during transportation, must be capable of containing the hazardous material in the liquid state. (f) Closures. (1) Closures on packagings shall be so designed and closed that under conditions (including the effects of temperature and vibration) normally incident to transportation-- (1) Except as provided in paragraph (g) of this section, there is no identifiable release of hazardous materials to the environ ment from the opening to which the closure is applied; and (ii) The closure is secure and leakproof. (2) Except as otherwise provided in this subchapter, a closure (including gaskets or other closure components, if any) used on a specification packaging must conform to all applicable requirements of the specification. (g) Venting. Venting of packagings, to reduce internal pressure which may develop by the evolution of gas from the contents, is permitted only when-- (1) Transportation by aircraft is not involved; (2) Except as otherwise provided in this subchapter, the evolved gases are not poisonous, likely to create a flammable mixture with air or to be an asphyxiant under normal conditions of transportation; (3) The packaging is designed so as to preclude an unintentional release of hazardous materials from the receptacle; and (4) For shipments in bulk packagings, venting is authorized for the specific hazardous material by a special provision in the 172.101 Table or by the applicable bulk packaging specification in Part 178 of this subchapter. (h) Outage and filling limits. (1) General. When filling packagings and receptacles for liquids, sufficient ullage (outage) must be left to ensure that neither leakage nor permanent distortion of the packaging or receptacle will occur as a result of an expansion of the liquid caused by temperatures likely to be encountered during transportation. Re quirements for outage and filling limits for non-bulk and bulk packag ings are specified in 173.24a(d) and 173.24b(a), respectively. (2) Compressed gases and cryogenic liquids. Filling limits for compressed gases and cryogenic liquids are specified in 173.301 through 173.306 for cylinders and 173.314 through 173.319 for bulk packagings. 249 ABDOO132020 173.24--173.24b April 1998 (i) Air transportation. Packages offered or intended for transporta tion by aircraft must conform to the general requirements for transpor tation by aircraft in 173.27, except as provided in 171.11 of this subchapter. 173.24a Additional general requirements for non-bulk packagings and packages, (a) Packaging design. Except as provided in 172.312 of this subchapter: (1) inner packaging closures. A combination packaging con taining liquid hazardous materials must be packed so that closures on inner packagings are upright. (2) Friction. The nature and thickness of the outer packaging must be such that friction during transportation is not likely to generate an amount of heat sufficient to alter dangerously the chemical stability of the contents. (3) Securing and cushioning. Inner packagings of combination packagings must be so packed, secured and cushioned to prevent their breakage or leakage and to control their movement within the outer packaging under conditions normally incident to transportation. Cush ioning material must not be capable of reacting dangerously with the contents of the inner packagings or having its protective properties sig nificantly weakened in the event of leakage. (4) Metallic devices. Nails, staples and other metallic devices shall not protrude into the interior of the outer packaging in such a manner as to be likely to damage inner packagings or receptacles. (5) Vibration. Each non-bulk package must be capable of with standing, without rupture or leakage, the vibration test procedure specified in 178.608 of this subchapter. (b) Non-bulk packaging filling limits. (1) A single or composite non-bulk packaging may be filled with a liquid hazardous material only when the specific gravity of the material does not exceed that marked on the packaging, or a specific gravity of 1.2 if not marked, except as follows: (i) A Packing Group I packaging may be used for a Packing Group II material with a specific gravity not exceeding the greater of 1.8, or 1.5 times the specific gravity marked on the packaging, provided all the performance criteria can still be met with the higher specific gravity material; (ii) A Packing Group I packaging may be used for a Packing Group ill material with a specific gravity not exceeding the greater of 2.7, or 2.25 times the specific gravity marked on the packaging, provided all the performance criteria can still be met with the higher specific gravity material; and (iii) A Packing Group II packaging may be used for a Packing Group III material with a specific gravity not exceeding the greater of 1.8, or 1.5 times the specific gravity marked on the packaging, provided all the performance criteria can still be met with the higher specific gravity material. (2) Except as otherwise provided in this section, a non-bulk packag ing may not be filled with a hazardous material to a gross mass greater than the maximum gross mass marked on the packaging. (3) A single or composite non-bulk packaging which is tested and marked for liquid hazardous materials may be filled with a solid hazard ous material to a gross mass, in kilograms, not exceeding the rated capacity of the packaging in liters, multiplied by the specific gravity marked on the packaging, or 1.2 if not marked. In addition: (i) A single or composite non-bulk packaging which is tested and marked for Packing Group I liquid hazardous materials may be filled with a solid Packing Group II hazardous material to a gross mass, in kilograms, not exceeding the rated capacity of the pack aging in liters, multiplied by 1.5, multiplied by the specific gravity marked on the packaging, or 1.2 if not marked. (ii) A single or composite non-bulk packaging which is tested and marked for Packing Group I liquid hazardous materials may be filled with a solid Packing Group 111 hazardous material to a gross mass, in kilograms, not exceeding therated capacity ofthe pack aging in liters, multiplied by 2.25, multiplied by the specific grav ity marked on the packaging, or 1.2 if not marked. (iii) A single or composite non-bulk packaging which is tested and marked for Packing Group II liquid hazardous materials may be filled with a solid Packing Group III hazardous material toa gross mass, in kilograms, not exceeding the rated capacity of the pack aging in liters, multiplied by 1.5, multiplied by the specific gravity marked on the packaging, or 1.2 if not marked. (4) Packagings tested as prescribed in 178.605 of this subchapter and marked with the hydrostatic test pressure as prescribed in 178.503(a)(5) of this subchapter may be used for liquids only when the vapor pressure of the liquid conforms to one of the following: (i) The vapor pressure must be such that the total pressure in the packaging (i.e., the vapor pressure of the liquid plus the partial pressure of air or other inert gases, less 100 kPa (15 psi at 55C (131F), determined on the basis of a maximum degree of filling in accordance with paragraph (d) of this section and a filling temperature of 15C (59eF)), will not exceed two-thirds of the marked test pressure; (ii) The vapor pressure at 50C (122eF) must be less than foursevenths of the sum of the marked test pressure plus 100 kPa (15 psi); or (iii) The vapor pressure at 55C (131F) must be less than twothirds of the sum of the marked test pressure plus 100 kPa (15 psi). (5) No hazardous material may remain on the outside of a package after filling. (c) Mixed contents. (1) An outer non-bulk packaging may con tain more than one hazardous material only when-- (i) The inner and outer packagings used for each hazardous mate rial conform to the relevant packaging sections of this part applicable to that hazardous material; (ii) The package as prepared for shipment meets the performance tests prescribed in Part 178 of this subchapter for the packing group indicating the highest order of hazard for the hazardous materials contained in the package; (iii) Corrosive materials (except ORM-D) in bottles are further packed in securely closed inner receptacles before packing in outer packagings; and (iv) For transportation by aircraft, the total net quantity does not exceed the lowest permitted maximum net quantity per pack age as shown in Column 9a or 9b, as appropriate, of the 172.101 Table. The permitted maximum net quantity must be calculated in kilograms if a package contains both a liquid and a solid. (2) A packaging containing inner packagings of Division 6.2 materi als may not contain other hazardous materials, except dry ice. (d) Liquids must not completely fill a receptacle at a temperature of 55C (131F) or less. 173.24b Additional general requirements for bulk packag ings. (a) Outage and filling limits. (1) Except as otherwise pro vided in this subchapter, liquids and liquefied gases must be so loaded that the outage is at least five percent for materials poisonous by inhalation, or at least one percent for all other materials, of the total capacity of a cargo tank, portable tank, tank car (including dome capacity), multi-unit tank car tank, or any compartment thereof, at the following reference temperatures-- (i) 46C (115F) for a noninsulated tank; (ii) 43C (110F) for a tank car having a thermal protection system, incorporating a metal jacket that provides an overall thermal conductance at 15.5C (60F) of no more than 10.22 kilojoules per hour per square meter per degree Celsius (0.5 Btu per hour/per square foot/ per degree F) temperature differential; or (iii) 41C (105F) for an insulated tank. (2) Hazardous materials may not be loaded into the dome of a tank car. If the dome of the tank car does not provide sufficient outage, vacant space must be left in the shell to provide the required outage. (b) Equivalent steel. For the purposes of this section, the reference stainless steel is stainless steel with a guaranteed minimum tensile strength of 51.7 deka newtons per square millimeter (75,000 psi) and a guaranteed elongation of 40 percent or greater. Where the regulations permit steel other than stainless steel to be used in place of a specified stainless steel (for example, as in 172.102 of this subchapter, special provision B30), the minimum thickness for the steel must be obtained from one of the following formulas, as appropriate: Formula for metric units: e, =(12.74e0)/(Rm, A,)1/3 Formula for non-metric units: e, = (144.2e0)/(Rm, A,)1/3 where: e0 = Required thickness of the reference stainless steel in millimeters or inches respectively; 6i = Equivalent thickness of the steel used in millimeters or inches respectively; 250 ABDOO132021 PART 173 April 1998 173.24b--173.27 Rrri! = Specified minimum tensile strength of the steel used in dekanewtons per square millimeter or pounds per square inch re spectively; and Ai = Specified minimum percentage elongation of the steel used multiplied by 100 (forexample, 20 percenttimes 100equals 20). Elongation values used must be determined from a 50 mm or 2 inch test specimen. (c) Air pressure in excess of ambient atmospheric pressure may not be used to load or unload any lading which may create an airenriched mixture within the flammability range of the lading in the vapor space of the tank. (d) A bulk packaging may not be loaded with a hazardous mate rial that: 0) Is at a temperature outside of the packaging's design tempera ture range; or (2) Except as otherwise provided in this subchapter, exceeds the maximum weight of lading marked on the specification plate. 173.25 Authorized packages and overpacks, (a) Authorized packages containing hazardous materials may be offered for transpor tation in an overpack, as defined in 171.8 of this subchapter, if all of the following conditions are met: (1) The package meets the requirements of 173.21 and 173.24 of this subchapter. (2) The overpack is marked with the proper shipping name and identification number, and labeled as required by this subchapter for each hazardous material contained therein unless markings and labels representative of each hazardous material in the overpack are visible. (3) Each package subject to the orientation marking requirements of 172.312 of this subchapter is packed in the overpack with its filling holes up and the overpack is marked with package orientation marking arrows on two opposite vertical sides of the overpack with the arrows pointing in the correct direction of orientation. (4) The overpack is marked with a statement indicating that the inside (inner) packages comply with prescribed specifications when specification packagings are required, unless specification markings on the inside packages are visible. (5) Packages containing Class 8 (corrosive) materials in Packing Group I or Division 5.1 (oxidizing) materials in Packing Group I may not be overpacked with any other materials. (b) Shrink-wrapped or stretch-wrapped trays may be used as outer packagings for inner packagings prepared in accordance with the limited quantity provisions or consumer commodity provisions of this subchapter, provided that the complete package is capable of meet ing performance standards at the Packing Group III performance level. Each package may not exceed 20 kg (44 lbs.) gross weight. (c) Hazardous materials which are required to be labeled POISON, may be transported in the same motor vehicle with material that is marked or known to be foodstuffs, feed or any edible material intended for consumption by humans or animals provided the hazardous mate rial is marked, labeled, and packaged in accordance with this sub chapter, conforms to the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section and is overpacked as specified in 177.841(e) of this subchapter or in an overpack which is a UN 1A2, 1B2, or 1N2 drum tested and marked for a Packing Group II or higher performance level. 173.26 Quantity limitations. When quantity limitations do not appear in the packaging requirements of this subchapter, the permit ted gross weight or capacity authorized for a packaging is as shown in the packaging specification or standard in Part 178 or 179, as applicable, of this subchapter. 173.27 General requirements for transportation by air craft. (a) The requirements of this section are in addition to the requirements in 173.24 and apply to packages offered or intended for transportation aboard aircraft. Notwithstanding any Packing Group III performance level specified in Column 5 of the 172.101 Table, the required performance level for packages containing Class 4, 5, or 8 materials, when offered or intended for transportation aboard aircraft, is at the Packing Group II performance level, unless otherwise excepted from performance requirements in Subpart E of this part. (b) Packages authorized on board aircraft. (1) When Column 9a of the 172.101 Table indicates that a material is "Forbidden", that material may not be offered for transportation or transported aboard passenger-carrying aircraft. (2) When Column 9b ofthe172.101 Table indicates that a material is "Forbidden", that material may not be offered for transportation or transported aboard aircraft. (3) The maximum quantity of hazardous material in a package that may be offered for transportation or transported aboard a passenger carrying aircraft or cargo aircraft may not exceed that quantity pre scribed for the material in Column 9a or 9b, respectively, of the 172.101 Table. (4) A package containing a hazardous material which is authorized aboard cargo aircraft but not aboard passenger aircraft must be la beled with the CARGO AIRCRAFT ONLY label required by 172.402(b) of this subchapter and may not be offered for transportation or trans ported aboard passenger-carrying aircraft. (c) Pressure requirements. (1) Packagings must be designed and constructed to prevent leakage that may be caused by changes in altitude and temperature during transportation aboard aircraft. (2) Packagings for which retention of liquid is a basic function must be capable of withstanding without leakage the greater of-- (i) An internal pressure which produces a gauge pressure of not less than 75 kPa (11 psi) for liquids in Packing Group III of Class 3 or Division 6.1, or 95 kPa (14 psi) for other liquids; or (ii) A pressure related to the vapor pressure of the liquid to be conveyed, determined by one of the following: (A) The total gauge pressure measured in the receptacle (i.e., the vapor pressure of the material and the partial pressure of air or other inert gases, less 100 kPa (15 psi)) at 55C (131F). multiplied by a safety factor of 1.5; determined on the basis of a filling temperature of 15C (59F) and a degree of filling such that the receptacle is not completely liquid full at a temperature of 55C (131F) or less; (B) 1.75 times the vapor pressure at 50C (122F) less 100 kPa (15 psi); or (C) 1.5 times the vapor pressure at 55C (131) less 100 kPa (15 psi). (3) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (c)(2) of this section-- (i) Hazardous materials may be contained in an inner packaging which does not itself meet the pressure requirement provided that the inner packaging is packed within a supplementary packaging which does meet the pressure requirement and other applicable packaging requirements of this subchapter. (ii) Packagings which are subject to the hydrostatic pressure test and marking requirements of 178.605 and 178.503(a)(5), respectively, of this subchapter must have a marked test pres sure of not less than 250 kPa (36 psi) for liquids in Packing Group I, 80 kPa (12 psi) for liquids in Packing Group III of Class 3 or Division 6.1, and 100 kPa (15 psi) for other liquids. (d) Closures. Stoppers, corks or other such friction-type closures must be held securely, tightly and effectively in place by positive means. Each screw-type closure on any packaging must be secured to prevent closure from loosening due to vibration or substantia! change in temperature. (e) Absorbent materials. Except as otherwise provided in this sub chapter, liquids in Packing Group I or II of Class 3, 4, 5, 6, or 8, when in glass or earthenware inner packagings, must be packaged using material capable of absorbing and not likely to react dangerously with the liquid. Absorbent material is not required if the inner packagings are so protected that breakage of them and leakage of their contents from the outer packaging is not likely to occur under normal conditions of transportation and is not required for packagings containing liquids in Packing Group II for transport aboard cargo aircraft only. Where absorbent material is required and an outer packaging is not liquidtight, a means of containing the liquid in the event of leakage must be used in the form of a leakproof liner, plastic bag or other equally efficient means of containment. Where absorbent material is required, the quantity and disposition of it in each outer packaging must be as follows: (1) For packagings containing liquids in Packing Group I offered for transportation or transported aboard passenger-carrying aircraft, each packaging must contain sufficient absorbent material to absorb the contents of all inner packagings containing such liquids; (2) For packagings containing liquids in Packing Group I offered for transportation or transported aboard cargo aircraft only and pack agings containing liquids in Packing Group II offered for transportation or transported aboard passenger aircraft, each package must contain sufficient absorbent material to absorb the contents of any one of 251 ABDOO132022 173.27--173.28 April 1998 the inner packagings containing such liquids and, where they are of different sizes and quantities, sufficient absorbent material to absorb the contents of the inner packaging containing the greatest quantity of liquid. (f) Combination packagings. Unless otherwise specified in this Part, or in 171.11 of this subchapter, when combination packagings are offered for transportation aboard aircraft, inner packagings must conform to the quantity limitations set forth in Table 1 of this paragraph for transport aboard passenger-carrying aircraft and Table 2 of this paragraph for transport aboard cargo aircraft only, as follows: Table 1.--Maximum Net Capacity of Inner Packaging for Transportation on Passenger-Carrying Aircraft Liquids Maximum net quantity per package from Column 9a of 172.101 Table Greater than 1L, not greater than 5L.................................. .... Greater than 5L, not greater than 601...................... ............................... .... ......................... .................................................. Solids: Not greater than 5 kg................................................................................................ ............................................... Maximum authorized net capacity of each Inner packaging Glass, earthenware or fiber Inner packagings Metal or plsstlc Inner packagings 1L .............................................. 2.5L........................................... 0.5L 11. 5L. 101. 25L. No limit 0.5 kg........................................ 1kg. 2.5 kg. 10 kg. No limit. Table 2.--Maximum Net Capacity of Inner Packaging for Transportation on Cargo Aircraft Liquids Maximum net quantity per package from Column 9b of the 172.101 Table Greater than 2 5L, not greater than 30L............................ ... ............ ................... Greater than SOL. not greater than 60L.................................................................................................................................. Greater than 601, not greater than 220L......................... ... ...................... Solids: Not greater than 15 kg............................................................................. Greater than 15 kg, not greater than 50 kg..................................................... ............................................... ... ............................ Maximum authorized net capacity of each Inner packaging Glass, earthenware or fiber inner packagings Metal or plastic Inner packagings 2.5L........................................ 5L.............................................. 5L.............................................. 1L. 2.5L. 10L. 25L No limit. 1 kg........................................... 2.5 kg ........................................ 2.5 kg. 5 kg. 10 kg, No limit. (g) Cylinders. For any cylinder containing hazardous materials and incorporating valves, sufficient protection must be provided to prevent operation of, and damage to, the valves during transportation, by one of the following methods: (1) By equipping each cylinder with securely attached valve caps or protective headings; or (2) By boxing or crating the cylinder. (h) Tank cars and cargo tanks. Any tank car or cargo tank containing a hazardous material may not be transported aboard aircraft. 173.28 Reuse, reconditioning and remanufacture of packa gings. (a) General. Packagings and receptacles used more than once must be in such condition, including closure devices and cushioning materials, that they conform in all respects to the pre scribed requirements of this subchapter. Before reuse, each packag ing must be inspected and may not be reused unless free from incompatible residue, rupture, or other damage which reduces its structural integrity. (b) Reuse of non-bulk packaging. A non-bulk packaging used more than once must conform to the following provisions and limita tions: (1) A non-bulk packaging which, upon inspection, shows evidence of a reduction in integrity may not be reused unless it is reconditioned in accordance with paragraph (c) of this section. (2) Before reuse, packagings subject to the leakproofness test with air prescribed in 178.604 of this subchapter shall be-- (i) Retested without failure in accordance with 178.604 of this subchapter using an internal air pressure (gauge) of at least 48 kPa (7.0 psi) for Packing Group I and 20 kPa (3.0 psi) for Packing Group II and Packing Group III; and (ii) Marked with the letter "L", with the name and address or symbol of the person conducting the test, and the last two digits of the year the test was conducted. Symbols, if used, must be registered with the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Ma terials Safety. (3) Packagings made of paper, plastic film, or textile are not author ized for reuse; (4) Metal and plastic drums and jerricans used as single packag ings or the outer packagings of composite packagings are authorized for reuse only when they are marked in a permanent manner (e.g., embossed) in millimeters with the nominal (for metal packagings) or minimum (for plastic packagings) thickness of the packaging material, as required by 178.503(a)(9) of this subchapter, and-- (i) Except as provided in paragraph (b)(4)(ii) of this section, con form to the following minimum thickness criteria: capacity not over 20 L...................... 30 L .... 40 L ... 60 L . .. 120 L ............... 220 L ............... 450 L ... Minimum thickness of packaging material Metal drum or jerrican Plastic drum or jerrican 0.63 mm (0.025 inch) 1.1 mm (0.043 inch) 0 73 mm (0.029 inch) 1 1 mm (0.043 inch) 0 73 mm (0.029 inch) 1.8 mm (0.071 inch) 0.92 mm (0.036 inch) 1.8 mm (0.071 inch) 0 92 mm (0.036 inch) 2 2 mm (0.087 inch) 0.92 mm (0.036 inch)' 2.2 mm (0.087 inch) 1.77 mm (0.070 inch) 5.0 mm (0.197 inch) 1 Metal drums or jerricans with a minimum thickness of 0.82 mm body and 1.09 mm heads which are manufactured and marked prior to January 1, 1997 may be reused. Metal drums or jerricans manufactured and marked on or after January 1, 1997, and intended for reuse, must be constructed with a minimum thickness of 0.82 mm body and 1.11 mm heads 252 ABDOO132023 PART 173 April 1998 173.28--173.29 (ii) For stainless steel drums and jerricans, conform to a minimum wall thickness as determined by the following equivalence formula: Formula for Metric Units 21.4 x e0 e, = %/Rm-i x At Formula for U.S. Standard Units e, = 21.4 x e0 V(Rmi x A,)/145 where: ei = required equivalent wall thickness of the metal to be used (in mm or, for U.S. Standard units, use inches). e0 = required minimum wall thickness for the reference steel (in mm or. for U.S. Standard units, use inches). Rrrh = guaranteed minimum tensile strength of the metal to be used (in N/mm2 or for U.S. Standard units, use pounds per square inch). A, = guaranteed minimum elongation (as a percentage) of the metal to be used on fracture under tensile stress (see paragraph (c)(1) of this section). (5) Plastic inner receptacles of composite packagings must have a minimum thickness of 1.0 mm (0.039 inch). (6) A previously used non-bulk packaging may be reused for the shipment of hazardous waste, not subject to the reconditioning and reuse provisions of this section, in accordance with 173.12(c). (7) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (b)(2) of this sec tion, a packaging otherwise authorized for reuse may be reused with out being leakproofness tested with air provided the packaging-- (i) Is refilled with a material which is compatible with the previous lading: (ii) Is refilled and offered for transportation by the original filler; (iii) Is transported in a transport vehicle or freight container under the exclusive use of the refiller of the packaging; and (iv) Is constructed of-- (A) stainless steel, monel, or nickel with a thickness not less than one and one-half times the minimum thickness pre scribed in paragraph (b)(4) of this section: (B) plastic, provided the packaging is not refilled for reuse on a date more than five years from the date of manufacture marked on the packaging in accordance with 178.503(a)(6) of this subchapter; or (C) another material or thickness when approved under the conditions established by the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety for reuse without retesting. (c) Reconditioning of non-bulk packaging. (1) For the purpose of this subchapter, reconditioning of metal drums is: (1) Cleaning to base material of construction, with all former con tents, internal and external corrosion, and any external coatings and labels removed; (ii) Restoring to original shape and contour, with chimes (if any) straightened and sealed, and all non-integral gaskets re placed: and (iii) Inspecting after cleaning but before painting. Packagings that have visible pitting, significant reduction in material thickness, metal fatigue, damaged threads or closures, or other significant defects, must be rejected. (2) For the purpose of this subchapter, reconditioning of a non bulk packaging other than a metal drum or a UN 1H1 plastic drum is restoring the packaging by repair, or replacement of non-integral packaging components (such as removable gaskets, closure devices, cushioning material, etc.) to a condition such that it conforms in all respects with the prescribed requirements of this subchapter. For a UN 1H1 plastic drum, replacing a removable gasket or closure device with a replacement of the same design and material which provides equivalent performance does not constitute reconditioning. Packag ings which have significant defects which cannot be repaired may not be reused. (3) A person who reconditions a packaging manufactured and marked under the provisions of Subpart Lof Part 178 of this subchapter, shall mark that packaging as required by 178.503(c) and (d) of this subchapter. The marking is the certification of the reconditioner that the packaging conforms to the standard for which it is marked and that all functions performed by the reconditioner which are prescribed by this subchapter have been performed in compliance with this subchapter. (4) The markings applied by the reconditioner may be different from those applied by the manufacturer at the time of original manufcature, but may not identify a greater performance capability than that for which the original design type had been tested (for example, the reconditioner may mark a drum which was originally marked as 1A1/ Y1.8 as 1A1/Y1.2 or 1A1/Z2.0). (d) Remanufacture of non-bulk packagings. For the purpose of this subchapter, remanufacture is the conversion of a non-specifica tion, non-bulk packaging to a DOT specification or U.N. standard, the conversion of a packaging meeting one specification or standard to another specification or standard (for example, conversion of 1A1 non-removable head drums to 1A2 removable head drums) or the replacement of integral structural packaging components (such as non-removable heads on drums). A person who remanufactures a non-bulk packaging to conform to a specification or standard in Part 178 of this subchapter is subject to the requirements of Part 178 of this subchapter as a manufacturer. (e) Non-reusable containers. A packaging marked as NRC ac cording to the DOT specification or UN standard requirements of part 178 of this subchapter may be reused for the shipment of any material not required by this subchapter to be shipped in a DOT specification or UN standard packaging. 173.29 Empty packagings. (a) General. Except as otherwise provided in this section, an empty packaging containing only the residue of a hazardous material shall be offered for transportation and transported in the same manner as when it previously contained a greater quantity of that hazardous material. (b) Notwithstanding the requirements of paragraph (a) of this sec tion, an empty packaging is not subject to any other requirements of this subchapter if it conforms to the following provisions: (1) Any hazardous material shipping name and identification num ber markings, any hazard warning labels or placards, and any other markings indicating that the material is hazardous (e.g., RQ, INHALA TION HAZARD) are removed, obliterated, or securely covered in trans portation . This provision does not apply to transportation in a transport vehicle or a freight container if the packaging is not visible in transpor tation and the packaging is loaded by the shipper and unloaded by the shipper or consignee; (2) The packaging-- (1) Is unused; (ii) Is sufficiently cleaned of residue and purged of vapors to re move any potential hazard; (iii) Is refilled with a material which is not hazardous to such an extent that any residue remaining in the packaging no longer poses a hazard; or (iv) Contains only the residue of-- (A) An ORM-D material; or (B) A non-flammable gas with no subsidiary hazard at an absolute pressure less than 276 kPa (40 psia); at 21 C (70F); and (3) Any material contained in the packaging does not meet the definitions in 171.8 of this subchapter for a hazardous substance, a hazardous waste, or a marine pollutant. (c) A non-bulk packaging containing only the residue of a hazard ous material covered by Table 2 of 172.504 of this subchapter-- (D Does not have to be included in determining the applicability of the placarding requirements of Subpart F of Part 172 of this sub chapter; and (2) Is not subject to the shipping paper requirements of this sub chapter when collected and transported by a contract or private carrier for reconditioning, remanufacture or reuse. (d) Notwithstanding the stowage requirements in Column 10a of the 172.101 Table for transportation by vessel, an empty drum or cylinder may be stowed on deck or under deck. (e) Specific provisions for describing an empty packaging on a shipping paper appear in 172.203(e) of this subchapter. (f) [Reserved] (g) A package which contains a residue of an elevated temperature material may remain marked in the same manner as when it contained a greater quanitity of the material even though it no longer meets the definition in 171.8 of this subchapter for an elevated temperature material. 253 ABDOO132024 173.30--173.31 April 1998 173.30 Loading and unloading of transport vehicles. A per son who loads or unloads hazardous materials into or from a transport vehicle or vessel shall comply with the applicable loading and un loading requirements of Parts 174, 175, 176, and 177 of this sub chapter. 173.31 Use of tank cars, (a) General. (1) No person may offer a hazardous material for transportation in a tank car unless the tank car meets the applicable specification and packaging require ments of this subchapter or, when this subchapter authorizes the use of an non-DOT specification tank car, the applicable specification to which the tank was constructed. (2) Tank cars and appurtenances may be used for the transporta tion of any commodity for which they are authorized in this part and specified on the certificate of construction (AAR Form 4--2 or by addendum on Form R--1). See 179.5 of this subchapter. Transfer of a tank car from one specified service on its certificate of construction to another may be made only by the owner or with the owner's authori zation. A tank car proposed for a commodity service other than speci fied on its certificate of construction must be approved for such service by the AAR's Tank Car Committee. (3) No person may fill a tank car overdue for periodic inspection with a hazardous material and then offer it for transportation. Any tank car marked as meeting a DOT specification and any non-specification tank car transporting a hazardous material must have a periodic in spection and test conforming to Subpart F of Part 180 of this sub chapter. (4) No railroad tank car, regardless of its construction date, may be used for the transportation in commerce of any hazardous material unless the air brake equipment support attachments of such tank car conform to the standards for attachments set forth in 179.100--16 and 179.200--19 of this subchapter. (5) No railroad tank car, regardless of its construction date, may be used for the transportation in commerce of any hazardous material with a self-energized manway located below the liquid level of the lading. (6) Unless otherwise specifically provided in this part: (1) When the tank car delimiter is an "A," offerors may also use tank cars with a delimiter "S," "J" or "T". (ii) When the tank car delimiter is an "S," offerors may also use tank cars with a delimiter "J" or "T". (iii) When a tank car delimiter is a "T" offerors may also use tank cars with a delimiter of "J". (iv) When a tank car delimiter is a "J", offerors may not use a tank car with any other specification delimiter. (b) Safety systems--(1) Coupler vertical restraint. Each tank car conforming to a DOT specification and any other tank car used for transportation of a hazardous material must be equipped with a cou pler vertical restraint system that meets the requirements of 179.14 of this subchapter. (2) Pressure relief devices, (i) Pressure relief devices on tank cars must conform to Part 179 of this subchapter. (ii) Except for shipments of chloroprene, inhibited, in class DOT 115 tank cars, single-unit tank cars used for materials meeting the definition for Division 6.1 liquid, Packing Group I or II, Class 2 materials, or Class 3 or 4 liquids, must have self-closing pressure relief devices. However, a tank car built before Janu ary 1, 1991, and equipped with a non-closing pressure relief device may be used to transport a Division 6.1 or Class 4 liquid if the liquid is not poisonous by inhalation. Unless otherwise specifically provided in this subchapter, frangible discs may not have breather holes. (3) Tank-head puncture-resistance requirements. The following tank cars must have a tank-head puncture-resistance system that conforms to the requirements in 179.16 of this subchapter, or to the corresponding requirements in effect at the time of installation: (i) Tank cars transporting a Class 2 material. (ii) Tank cars constructed from aluminum or nickel plate that are used to transport hazardous material. (iii) Except as provided in paragraph (b)(3)(iv) of this section, those tank cars specified in paragraphs (b)(3)(i) and (ii) of this section not requiring a tank-head puncture resistance system prior to July 1,1996, must have a tank-head puncture resistance system installed no later than July 1, 2006. (iv) Class DOT 105A tank cars built prior to September 1, 1981, having a tank capacity less than 70 kl (18,500 gallons), and used to transport a Division 2.1 (flammable gas) material, must have a tank-head puncture-resistant system installed no later than July 1, 2001. (4) Thermal protection requirements. The following tank cars must have thermal protection that conforms to the requirements of 179.18 of this subchapter. (i) Tank cars transporting a Class 2 material, except for a class 106, 107A, 110, and 113 tank car. A tank car equipped with a thermal protection system conforming to 179.18 of this sub chapter, or that has an insulation system having an overall thermal conductance of no more than 0.613 kilojoules per hour, per square meter, per degree Celsius temperature differential (0.03 B.t.u. per square foot, per hour, per degree Fahrenheit temperature differential), conforms to this requirement. (ii) A tank car transporting a Class 2 material that was not required to have thermal protection prior to July 1, 1996, must be equipped with thermal protection no later than July 1, 2006. (5) Bottom-discontinuity protection requirements. No person may offer for transportation a hazardous material in a tank car with bottom discontinuity protection unless the tank car has bottomdiscontinuity protection that conforms to the requirements of E9.00 and E10.00 of the AAR Specifications for Tank Cars. Tank cars not requiring bottom-discontinuity protection under the terms of Appen dix Y of the AAR Specifications for Tank Cars as of July 1, 1996, must conform to these requirements no later than July 1, 2006. Tank cars modified before July 1, 1996, may conform to the bottomdiscontinuity protection requirements of Appendix Y of the 1992 edition of the AAR Specifications for Tank Cars. (6) Scheduling ofmodifications andprogress reporting. The date of conformance for the continued use of tank cars subject to paragraphs (b)(3), (b)(4), (b)(5), (e)(2), and (f) of this section and 173.314(j) and 173.323(c)(1) is subject to the following conditions and limitations. (i) Each tank car owner shall modify, reassign, retire, or remove at least 50 percent of their in-service tank car fleet within the first half of the compliance period and the remainder of their inservice tank car fleet during the second half of the compliance period. (ii) By October 1 of each year, each owner of a tank car subject to this paragraph (b)(6) shall submit to the Hazardous Materials Division (RRS-12), Office of Safety Assurance and Compliance, Federal Railroad Administration, 400 7th Street, SW., Washing ton, DC 20590-0001, a progress report that shows the total number of in-service tank cars that need head protection, ther mal protection, or bottom-discontinuity protection; the number of new or different tank cars acquired to replace those tank cars required to be upgraded to a higher service pressure; and the total number of tank cars modified, reassigned, acquired, retired, or removed from service the previous year. (c) Tank car test pressure. A tank car used for the transportation of a hazardous material must have a tank test pressure equal to or greater than the greatest of the following: (1) Except for shipments of carbon dioxide, anhydrous hydrogen chloride, vinyl fluoride, ethylene, or hydrogen, 133 percent of the sum of lading vapor pressure at the reference temperature of 46 C (115 F) for non-insulated tank cars or 41 C (105 F) for insulated tank cars plus static head, plus gas padding pressure in the vacant space of a tank car; (2) 133 percent of the maximum loading or unloading pressure, whichever is greater; (3) 20.7 Bar (300 psi) for materials that are poisonous by inhalation (see 173.31 (e)(2)(ii) for compliance dates); (4) The minimum pressure prescribed by the specification in Part 179 of this subchapter; or (5) The minimum test pressure prescribed for the specific hazard ous material in the applicable packaging section in Subpart F or G of this Part. (d) Examination before shipping. (1) No person may offer for trans portation a tank car containing a hazardous material or a residue of a hazardous material unless that person determines that the tank car is in proper condition and safe for transportation. As a minimum, each person offering a tank car for transportation must perform an external visual inspection that includes: (i) Except where insulation or a thermal protection system pre cludes an inspection, the tank shell and heads for abrasion, corrosion, cracks, dents, distortions, defects in welds, or any 254 ABDOO132025 PART 173 April 1998 173.31--173.32 other condition that makes the tank car unsafe for transpor tation; (ii) The piping, valves, fittings, and gaskets for corrosion, damage, or any other condition that makes the tank car unsafe for trans portation; (iii) For missing or loose bolts, nuts, or elements that make the tank car unsafe for transportation; (iv) All closures on tank cars and determine that the closures and all fastenings securing them are properly tightened in place by the use of a bar, wrench, or other suitable tool; (v) Protective housings for proper securement; (vi) The pressure relief device, including a careful inspection of the frangible disc in non-closing pressure relief devices, for corrosion or damage that may alter the intended operation of the device; (vii) Each tell-tale indicator after filling and prior to transportation to ensure the integrity of the rupture disc; (viii) The external thermal protection system, tank-head puncture resistance system, coupler vertical restraint system, and bottom discontinuity protection for conditions that make the tank car unsafe for transportation; (ix) The required markings on the tank car for legibility; and (x) The periodic inspection date markings to ensure that the in spection and test intervals are within the prescribed intervals. (2) Closures on tank cars are required, in accordance with this subchapter, to be designed and closed so that under conditions normally incident to transportation, including the effects of temperature and vibration, there will be no identifiable release of a hazardous material to the environment. In any action brought to enforce this section, the lack of securement of any closure to a tool-tight condition, detected at any point, will establish a rebuttable presumption that a proper inspection was not performed by the offeror of the car. That presumption may be rebutted by any evidence indicating that the lack of securement resulted from a specific cause not within the control of the offeror. (e) Special requirements for materials poisonous by inhalation-- (1) Interior heater coils. Tank cars used for materials poisonous by inhalation may not have interior heater coils. (2) Tank car specifications. A tank car used for a material poisonous by inhalation must have a tank test pressure of 20.7 Bar (300 psi) or greater, head protection, and a metal jacket (e.g., DOT 105S300W), except that-- (i) A higher test pressure is required if otherwise specified in this subchapter; and (ii) Other than as provided in paragraph (b)(6) of this section, a tank car which does not conform to the requirements of this paragraph (e)(2), and was authorized for the material poisonous by inhalation under the regulations in effect on June 30, 1996, may continue in use until July 1, 2006. (1) Special requirements for hazardous substances. (1) A tank car used for a hazardous substance listed in paragraph (f)(2) of this section must have a tank test pressure of at least 13.8 Bar (200 psi), head protection and a metal jacket, except that-- (1) No metal jacket is required if-- (A) The tank test pressure is 23.4 Bar (340 psi) or higher; or (B) The tank shell and heads are manufactured from AAR steel specification TC-128, normalized; (ii) A higher test pressure is required if otherwise specified in this subchapter; and (iii) Other than as provided in paragraph (b)(6) of this section, a tank car which does not conform to the requirements of this paragraph (f)(1), and was authorized for a hazardous sub stance under the regulations in effect on June 30, 1996, may continue in use until July 1, 2006. (2) List of hazardous substances. Hazardous substances for which the provisions of this paragraph (f) apply are as follows: p-Chloroaniline Chlorobenzene Chlorobenzilate p-Chloro-m-cresol 2-Chlorethyl vinyl ether Chloroform 2- Chloronapthalene o-Chlorophenol 3- Chloropropionitrile DDE DDT 1,2-Dibromo-3-chloropropane m-Dichlorobenzene o-Dichlorobenzene p-Dichlorobenzene 3,3'-Dichlorobenzidine 1.4- Dichloro-2-butene 1.1- Dichloroethane 1.2- Dichloroethane 1,1 -Dichloroethylene Dichloroisopropyl ether Dichloromethane @ 2.4- Dichlorophenol 2,6-Dichlorophenol 1.2- Dichloropropane 1.3- Dichloropropene Dieldrin alpha-Endosulfan beta-Endosulfan Endrin Endrin aldehyde Heptachlor Heptachlor epoxide Hexachlorobenzene Hexachlorobutadiene Hexachloroethane Hexachlorophene Hexachloropropene Isodrin Kepone Methoxychlor 4,4,-Methylenebis(2-chloroaniline) Methylene bromide Pentachlorobenzene Pentachloroethane Pentachloronitrobenzene (PCNB) Pentachlorophenol Polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs) Pronamide Silvex (2,4,5-TP) 2.4.5- T TDE 1.2.4.5- Tetrachlorobenzene 2,3,7,8-Tetrachlorodibenzo-p-dioxin (TCDD) Tetrachloroethane Tetrachloroethylene 2.3.4.6- Tetrachlorophenol Toxaphene 1.2.4- Trichlorobenzene 1.1.1- Trichloroethane 1.1.2- Trichloroethane Trichloroethylene 2.4.5- Trichlorophenol 2.4.6- Trichlorophenol Tris(2,3-dibromopropyl) phosphate Aldrin Allyl chloride alpha-BHC beta-BHC delta-BHC gamma-BHC Bis(2-chloroethyl) ether Bromoform Carbon tetrachloride Chlordane 173.32 Qualification, maintenance and use of portable tanks other than Specification IM portable tanks, (a) Except as other wise provided in this section, each portable tank container used for the transportation of hazardous materials must conform to the require ments of the specification and regulations for the transportation of the particular commodity. Except for Specification 56 and 57 portable tanks, a manufacturer's data report of the portable tank must be pro cured and retained in the files of the owner during the time that such portable tank is used for such service. 255 ABDOO132026 173.32 April 1998 (1) When a portable tank container is used as a cargo tank con tainer, it shall conform to all the requirements prescribed for cargo tank containers, (See 173.33.) (2) [Reserved] (3) Each uninsulated portable tank used for the transportation of compressed gases, as defined in 173.115, must have an exterior surface finish conforming to 178.245-1(c) of this subchapter. (4) No portable tank or specification 106A or 110A tank containing a hazardous material may be offered for transportation aboard a pas senger vessel unless: (i) The vessel is operating under a change to its character of vessel certification as defined in 171.8 of this subchapter; and (ii) The material is permitted to be transported aboard a passenger vessel in 172.101 of this subchapter. (5) Where IM--101 and IM-102 portable tanks are prescribed, Specification 51 portable tanks otherwise conforming to the special commodity requirements of 172.102(c)(7) of this subchapter may be used. (6) A DOT 51 portable tank may be used where DOT 56 or DOT 57 type portable tanks or DOT 60 portable tanks are authorized. A DOT 60 portable tank may be used where DOT 56 or DOT 57 type portable tanks are authorized. A higher integrity tank used instead of a specified portable tank must meet the same design profile; e.g., a DOT 51 portable tank must be lined if used instead of a lined DOT 60 portable tank. (b) Any portable tank container constructed prior to May 15, 1950, complying with the requirements of either the A. S. M. E. Code for Unfired Pressure Vessels, 1946 Edition, or the A. P. I.-A. S. M. E. Code for Unfired Pressure Vessels, 1943 Edition, may be used for the transportation of liquefied compressed gas, provided it fulfills all the requirements of this part and specifications for the particular gas or gases to be transported therein and shall be marked "ICC Specifica tion 51X" on the plate required by the specification, except as modified by any or all of the following: (1) Tanks designed and constructed in accordance with Pars. U68, U-69, or U-201 of the A. S. M. E. Code may be used. Tanks designed and constructed in accordance with Par. U-68 or U-69 may be re-rated at a working pressure 25 percent in excess of the design pressure for which the tank was originally constructed. If advan tage is taken of the increased rating, the re-rated pressure shall be marked on the plate as follows: Re-rated working pressure--psig. Note 1: For purposes of setting safety relief valves, pressure control valves and establishing retest pressure, and for purposes of establishing maximum and minimum design pressures, the re-rated working pressure shall be consid ered as the equivalent of the design pressure as defined in the specification. (2) Loading and unloading accessories, valves, piping, fittings, safety and gauging devices, do not have to comply with the require ments for the particular location on the tank. (3) Specification requirements as to stress-relieving and radio graphing are waived. (c) Any portable tank container of ICC Specification 501 fulfilling the requirements of that specification may be continued in service for transportation of a liquefied petroleum gas if it is retested every five years in accordance with the requirements of paragraph (e)(3) and (4), of this section: Provided, That it is in and can be maintained in safe operating condition for the transportation of that gas. In this case the container may retain its original markings. (d) Use of specification 52,53,56 and 57 portable tanks. Contin ued use of an existing portable tank constructed to DOT Specification 52 or 53 is authorized only for a tank constructed before June 1, 1972. Continued use of an existing portable tank constructed to DOT Specification 56 or 57 is authorized only for a tank constructed before October 1, 1996. A stainless steel portable tank internally lined with polyethylene, which was constructed on or before October 1, 1996, and complies with all requirements of Specification 57 except that it is equipped with a polypropylene discharge ball valve and polypropyl ene secondary discharge opening closure, may be marked as a Speci fication 57 portable tank and used in accordance with the provisions of this section. (e) Retest. Each portable tank used for the transportation of a hazardous material must be successfully retested before further use in accordance with the following: ' Use of existing portable tanks authorized, but new construction not authorized (1) Schedule. Each tank must be retested as prescribed in para graph (e)(2) of this section, in accordance with the following schedule: (i) Specification 51 (178.245 of this subchapter): at least once every 5 years. (ii) Specifications 52, 53, 56. and 57 portable tanks (178.251, 178.252, 178.253 of this subchapter): at least once every 2.5 years. (iii) Specification 60 (178.255 of this subchapter): at the end of the first 4-year period after the original test; at least once every 2 years thereafter up to a total of 12 years of service; and at least once annually thereafter. Retesting is not required on a rubber-lined tank except before each relining. (iv) Any other portable tank authorized by this part for transportation of compressed gases (including liquefied compressed gases): At least once every 5 years. (2) Test procedures. Unlessotherwisespecified,eachtankmust be retested in accordance with the following test procedures: (i) Pressure. Each Specification 60 tank must be retested in accordance with 178.255-12 of this subchapter. Each Specifi cation 57 tank must be leak tested by a minimum sustained air pressure of at least three pounds per square inch gage applied to the entire tank. Any other tank must be tested by a minimum pressure (air or hydrostatic) of at least 2 pounds per square inch gage or at least one and one-half times the design pressure (maximum allowable working pressure, or re-rated pressure) of the tank, whichever is greater. During each air pressure test, the entire surface of all joints under pressure must be coated with or immersed in a solution of soap and water, heavy oil, or other material suitable for the purpose of detecting leaks. The pressure must be held for a period of time sufficiently long to assure detection of leaks. During the air or hydrostatic test, relief devices may be removed, but all the closure fittings must be in place and the relief device openings plugged. Lagging need not be removed from a lagged tank if it is possible to maintain the required test pressure at constant temperature with the tank disconnected from the source of pressure. (ii) Visual. While under the test pressure, the tank must be visu ally inspected for leakage, defective fittings and welds, defec tive closures, significant dents, and other defects or abnormali ties which indicate a potential or actual weakness that could render the tank unsafe for the transportation of a hazardous material. (iii) Rejection criteria. A tank fails to meet the requirements of the pressure test if, during the test, there is permanent distortion of the tank exceeding that permitted by the applicable specifi cation, if there is any leakage, or if any deficiencies described in paragraph (e)(2)(H) of this section are found. Any tank that fails must be rejected and may not be used again for the trans portation of a hazardous material unless the tank is adequately repaired and thereafter a successful test is conducted in ac cordance with the requirements of this paragraph. (3) Marking. The date of the most recent periodic retest must be marked on the tank, on or near the metal certification plate. Marking must be in accordance with 178.3 of this subchapter. (4) Records. The owner of the tank or his authorized agent must retain a written record indicating the date and results of all required tests and the name and address of the tester, until the next retest has been satisfactorily completed and recorded. (5) A portable tank for which the prescribed retest or reinspection under paragraph (e)(1) of this section has become due may not be filled and offered for transportation until the retest or reinspection has been successfully completed. This paragraph does not apply to any tank filled prior to the test due date. (f) Special tanks. Each portable tank authorized by this part in cluding each exemption tank (other than a tank covered by paragraph (e)(1)(iv) of this section) which is not in compliance with one of the specifications listed in paragraph (e) of this section, must be tested in accordance with the procedures prescribed in paragraph (e) of this section for the type of portable tank most nearly equivalent in design and usage. A tank constructed in accordance with paragraph U-68 or U-69 of previous editions of the ASME Code, and which has not been re-rated, must be hydrostatically retested at twice the design pressure instead of the one and one-half times prescribed in para graph (e)(2)(i) of this section. 256 ABDOO132027 PART 173 April 1998 173.32 (g) Deteriorated tanks. Without regard to any other retest re quirements. any tank that shows evidence at any time of significant dents, corroded areas, leakage, or other conditions that indicate weak ness which could render the tank unsafe for the transportation of a hazardous material, must be retested as prescribed in paragraph (e)(2) of this section. (h) Damaged tanks. Any tank that has been in an accident and that has been damaged to an extent that may adversely affect its product retention capability, must be retested as prescribed in para graph (e)(2) of this section. (i) Unused tanks. Any tank that has not been used to transport a hazardous material for a period of 1 year or more may not be returned to hazardous materials service until it has been tested successfully in accordance with the requirements of paragraph (e)(2) of this section. (j) The Department may require the testing under prescribed condi tions of any tank when probable cause appears for suspecting that such tank is in unsafe operating condition. (k) The repair of tanks is authorized, provided such repairs are made under requirements prescribed in the "Code" for the original design and construction. (l) In addition to any other provisions of the specification, no tank shall be repaired, or remodeled, as to cause leakage or cracks or likelihood of leakage or cracks, by areas of stress concentration due to shrinkage of cooling metal in welding operations, sharp fillets, rever sal of stresses, or otherwise. (2) No field welding shall be done except to non-pressure parts. (I) The bursting strength of any piping and fittings shall be not less than four times the design pressure of the tank, and not less than four times that pressure to which, in any instance, it may be subjected in service, by the action of a pump or other device (not including safety relief valves) the action of which may be to subject certain portions of the tank piping to pressures greater than the design pressure of the tank. (1) Pipe joints shall be threaded, welded or flanged. If threaded pipe is used, the pipe and pipe fittings must not be lighter than (Sched ule 80) weight. Nonmalleable metals must not be used in the construc tion of valves or fittings. Where copper tubing is permitted, joints must be brazed or be of equally strong metal union type. The melting point of brazing material may not be lower than 1000F. The method of joining tubing must not decrease the strength of the tubing such as by the cutting of threads. (2) Fittings shall be extra heavy. Nonmalleable metals shall not be employed in the construction of valves or fittings. (3) Suitable provision shall be made in every case to allow for expansion, contraction, jarring and vibration of all pipe. Slip joints shall not be used for this purpose. (4) Piping and fittings shall be grouped in the smallest practicable space and shall be protected from damage as required by the specifi cation. (5) All piping, valves and fittings on every tank shall be leakage tested with gas or air after installation and proved tight at not less than the design pressure of the tank on which they are used. In the event of replacement, all such piping, valves, or fittings so replaced shall be tested in accordance with the requirements of this section before the tank is returned to transportation service. The requirements of this section shall apply with equal force to all hose used on such tanks, except that such hose may be so tested either before or after installation on the tank. (m) All materials of construction used in portable tank containers and their appurtenances shall not be subject to destructive attack by the contents of the tank. (D All parts of tanks and appurtenances for anhydrous ammonia shall be steel. No copper, silver, zinc, nor their alloys shall be permit ted. Brazed joints shall not be permitted. (2) [Reserved] (n) Each outlet of portable tanks used for the transportation of liquefied compressed gases, except carbon dioxide, shall be provided with a suitable automatic excess-flow valve. These valves shall be located inside the tank or at a point outside the tank where the line enters or leaves the tank. The valve seat shall be located inside the tank or shall be located within a welded flange or its companion flange, or within a nozzle or within a coupling. The installation shall be made in such a manner as reasonably to assure that any undue strain which causes failure requiring functioning of the valve shall cause failure in such a manner that it will not impair the operation of the valve. Exception. Safety device connections and liquid level gauging devices which are so constructed that the outward flow of tank contents shall not exceed that passed by a No. 54 drill size opening are not required to be equipped with excess-flow valves. (D Excess-flow valves shall close automatically at the rated flows of gas or liquid as specified by the valve manufacturer. The connec tions or lines on each side of the excess-flow valve, including valves, fittings, etc., shall have a greater capacity than the rated flow of the excess-flow valve. (2) Excess-flow valves may be designed with a by-pass, not to exceed a No. 60 drill size opening, to allow equalization of pressures. (3) Filling and discharge lines shall be provided with manually oper ated shut-off valves located as close to the tank as is practicable. The use of so-called "Stop-Check" valves to satisfy with one valve the requirements of this paragraph and of paragraph (n) of this section, is forbidden. (0) Each tank for carbon dioxide and nitrous oxide shall be lagged with a suitable insulation material of such thickness that the overall thermal conductance is not more than 0.08 Btu per square foot per degree F. differential in temperature per hour. The conductance shall be determined at 60F. Insulation material used on tanks for nitrous oxide shall be noncombustible. (P) A refrigerating and/or heating coil or coils may be installed in tanks for carbon dioxide and nitrous oxide. Such coils must be tested externally to at least the same pressure as the test pressure of the tank. The coils must also be tested internally to at least twice the working pressure of the heating or refrigerating system to be used but in no case less than the test pressure of the tank. Such coils shall be securely anchored. The refrigerant or heating medium to be circulated through the coil or coils must be such as to cause no adverse chemical reaction with the tank or tank contents in case of leakage. (q) Maximum Lading Pressure. Prior to filling and offering a porta ble tank for transportation, the person must confirm that the portable tank conforms to the specification required for the lading and that the maximum allowable working pressure (MAWP) of the portable tank is greater than or equal to the largest pressure obtained under the follow ing conditions: (1) For compressed gases and certain refrigerated liquids that are not cryogenic liquids, the pressure prescribed in 173.315 of this subchapter. (2) For liquid hazardous materials not covered in paragraph (q)(1) of this section, the sum of the vapor pressure of the lading at 46C (115F), plus the tank static head exerted by the lading, plus any pressure exerted by the gas padding, including air in the ullage space. (3) The pressure prescribed in Subpart B, D, E, F, G, or H of this part, as applicable. (4) The maximum pressure used to load or unload the lading. (r) Unless otherwise specified, where a portable tank is authorized, minimum tank design pressure is 172 kPa (25 psig) for any Packing Group I or Packing Group II liquid lading that meets more than one hazard class definition. (s) Any DOT specification portable tank manufactured prior to Janu ary 1, 1992 that is equipped with a non-reclosable pressure relief device can continue in service for the commodities for which it is authorized. Except for DOT Specification 56 and 57 portable tanks, any DOT specification portable tank manufactured after January 1, 1992 used for materials meeting the definition for Division 6.1 liquids, Packing Group I or II, Class 2 gases, or Class 3 or 4 liquids, must be equipped with a reclosing pressure relief valve having adequately- sized venting capacity. (t) Exemption portable tanks based on DOT 51 portable tanks. (1) The owner of a portable tank constructed in accordance with and used under an exemption issued prior to August 31,1996, that was in conformance with the requirements for Specification DOT 51 portable tanks with the exception of the location of fill and discharge outlets, shall examine the portable tank and its design to determine if it meets the new outlet requirements contained in 178.245-1 (d) of this sub- chapter. If the owner determines that the portable tank is in compliance with all the requirements of 178.245 of this subchapter, the exemption number stenciled on the portable tank shall be removed and the specification plate (or a plate placed adjacent to the specification plate) shall be durably marked "DOT 51--E'*'"" (where is to be replaced by the exemption number). (2) During the period the portable tank is in service, and for one year thereafter, the owner of the portable tank must retain on file 257 ABDOO132028 173.32--173.32b April 1998 at its principal place of business a copy of the last exemption in effect. 173.32a Approval of Specification IM portable tanks. (a) Application for approval. (1) An owner or manufacturer of an IM portable tank (178.270 through 178.272 of this subchapter) shall apply for approval to any approval agency designated to approve that tank in accordance with the procedures in Subpart E, Part 107 of this chapter. (2) Each application for approval must contain the following infor mation: (i) Three complete copies of all engineering drawings, calcula tions, and test data necessary to insure that the design complies with the relevant specification. (ii) The manufacturer's serial number that will be assigned to each portable tank. (iii) A statement as to whether the design type has been examined by any approval agency previously and judged unacceptable. Affirmative statements must be documented with the name of the approving agency, reason for nonacceptance, and the nature of modifications made to the design type. (b) Action by approval agency. The approval agency shall: (1) Review the application for approval to determine whether it is complete and conforms with the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section. If an application is incomplete, it will be returned to the applicant and the applicant will be informed in what respects the application is incomplete, (2) Review all drawings and calculations to ensure that the design is in compliance with all requirements of the relevant specification. If the application is approved, one set of the approved drawings, calculations, and test data shall be returned to the applicant. The second and third (inspector's copy) sets of approved drawings, calcu lations, and test data shall be retained by the approval agency. (3) Witness all tests required in 178.270-13 of this subchapter. (4) Ensure, through appropriate inspection that each IM portable tank is fabricated in all respects in conformance with the approved drawings, calculations, and test data: and (5) Upon successful completion of all requirements of this subpart, the approval agency shall: (i) Apply its name, identifying mark or identifying number, and the date upon which the approval was issued, to the metal identification plate required by 178.270-14 of this subchapter. (ii) Issue an approval certificate for each IM portable tank or, in the case of a series of identical tanks manufactured to a single design, for the series of IM portable tanks. The approval certifi cate must include all the information required to be displayed on the required metal identification plate. (c) Disposition of approval certificates. A copy of each approval certificate must be retained by the approval agency and by the owner of each IM portable tank. (d) Denial of application for approval. If an approval agency finds that an IM portable tank cannot be approved for any reason, it shall so notify the applicant in writing and shall provide the applicant with the reasons for which the approval is denied. An applicant aggrieved by a decision of an approval agency may appeal the decision in writing within 90 days of receipt to the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety. (e) [Reserved] (f) Approval of other existing IM portable tanks. Portable tanks constructed on or before May 1, 1981, that have not operated under a DOT exemption must be approved in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (b) of this section. (g) Modifications to approved portable tanks. (1) Prior to modification of any approved portable tank which may affect conformance to 178.271 or 178.272 of this subchapter, the owner or manufacturer desiring to make such modification shall inform the approval agency that issued the initial approval of the portable tank (or if unavailable another approval agency) of the nature of the modification and request approval of the modification. The owner or manufacturer shall supply the approval agency with three sets of all revised drawings, calculations, and test data relative to the intended modification. (2) A statement as to whether the intended modification has been examined by any approval agency previously and judged unaccept able. An affirmative statement must be documented with the name of the approving agency, the reason for nonacceptance, and the nature of changes made to the modification since its original rejection. (3) The approval agency shall review the request for modification, and if it is determined that the proposed modification is in full compli ance with the relevant DOT specification the request shall be approved and the approval agency shall: (i) Return one set of the approved revised drawings, calculations, and test data to the applicant. The second and third sets of the approved revised drawings, calculations, and test data shall be retained by the approval agency as required in 107.404(a)(3) of this chapter. (ii) Ensure through appropriate inspection, that all modifications conform to the revised drawings, calculations, and test data. (iii) Determine the extent to which retesting of the modified tank is necessary based on the nature of the proposed modification, and ensure that all required retests are performed in accord ance with 178.270-13 of this subchapter. (iv) If modification to an approved tank alters any information on the approval certificate, issue a new approval certificate for the modified tank and ensure that any necessary changes are made to the metal identification plate. A copy of each newly issued approval certificate shall be retained by the approval agency and by the owner of each portable tank. (4) If it determined that the proposed modification is not in compli ance with the relevant DOT specification, the request shall be denied. The procedures of paragraph (d) of this section apply to such denial. (h) Termination of Approval Certificate. (1) The Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety may terminate an approval issued under this section if he determines that: (i) Information upon which the approval was based is fraudulent or substantially erroneous; or (ii) Termination of the approval is necessary to adequately protect against risks to life and property. (iii) The approval was not issued by the approval agency in good faith. (2) Before an approval is withdrawn, the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety gives the owner or manufacturer and the approval agency: (i) Written notice of the facts or conduct believed to warrant the withdrawal; (ii) Opportunity to submit oral and written evidence, and (iii) Opportunity to demonstrate or achieve compliance with the application requirement. (3) If the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety determines that a certificate of approval must be withdrawn to preclude a significant and imminent adverse affect on public safety, he shall withdraw the certificate of approval issued by a designated approval agency. In such circumstances, the procedures of paragraphs (h)(2) (ii) and (iii) of this section need not be provided prior to withdrawal of the approval, but shall be provided as soon as practicable thereafter. 173.32b Periodic testing and inspection of Specification IM portable tanks, (a) Periodic testing--(1) Hydrostatic test. Each Specification IM portable tank (178.270,178.271 and 178.272 of this subchapter) and all piping, valves and accessories, except pressurerelief devices, shall be hydrostatically tested with water, or other liquid of similar density and viscosity, to a pressure not less than 150 percent of its maximum allowable working pressure. Testing shall be at inter vals of not more than five years. While under pressure the tank shall be inspected, for leakage, distortion, or any other condition which might render the tank unsafe for service. The hydrostatic test shall be witnessed by an approval agency. Any damage or deficiency which might render the portable tank unsafe for service shall be repaired to the satisfaction of the witnessing approval agency and the tank hydrostatically retested. Upon successful completion of the hydrostatic test, the witnessing approval agency shall apply its name, identifying mark or identifying number and the date of the test on the tank as described in paragraph (d) of this section. (2) Pressure relief valves. Spring loaded pressure relief valves must be removed from the tank and tested at intervals of not more than two and one-half years. (b) Visual inspection. Each portable tank and all piping, valves and accessories shall be visually inspected at intervals not exceeding two and one-half years. The inspection shall be conducted by an owner or his agent or by an approval agency, except that it must be 258 ABDOO132029 PART 173 April 1998 173.32b--173.32c conducted by an approval agency coincident with each hydrostatic test required by paragraph (a) of this section. In the case of insulated tanks, insulation need not be removed if, in the opinion of the person performing the visual inspection, external corrosion is likely to be negligible. If evidence of any unsafe condition is discovered, the portable tank may not be returned to service until such condition has been corrected to the satisfaction of the person performing the inspection. The inspection shall include the following: (1) The tank shall be carefully inspected internally for corroded areas, dents, distortions, defects in welds, and other conditions that might render the tank unsafe for service: (2) The piping, valves, and gaskets shall be carefully inspected for corroded areas, defects in welds, and other conditions, including leakage, that might render the tank unsafe for service; (3) Devices for tightening manhole covers must be operative and there must be no leakage at manhole covers or gaskets. (4) Missing or loose bolts or nuts on any flanged connection or blank flange must be replaced or tightened. (5) All emergency devices and valves must be free from corrosion, distortion and any damage or defect that could prevent their normal operation. (6) Required markings on the tank must be legible. (7) Upon successful completion of the visual reinspection, the in spector shall mark the date of the visual reinspection on the tank as described in paragraph (d) of this section. (c) International shipments. A portable tank that meets the defi nition of "container" in 450.3(a)(3) of this title may not be offered for international transport unless the frame work, tank supports and lifting attachments fully comply with all applicable requirements of Parts 450-453 of this title. (d) Test date marking. The month and year of the last hydrostatic test, the identification markings of the approval agency witnessing the test, and the date of the last visual inspection must be durably and legibly marked on or near the metal identification plate in letters not less than 3 mm (0.118 inches) high when on the metal identification plate and 32 mm (1.25 inches) high when on the tank. (e) Damaged or deteriorated portable tanks. Without regard to any other test requirement, any tank that shows evidence at any time of damaged or corroded areas, leakage, or other deterioration that indicates a weakness that could render the tank unsafe for service, must be inspected and tested in accordance with the requirements of paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section prior to reuse. Pressure relief devices need not be tested or replaced unless there is reason to believe the relief devices have been affected by the damage or deterio ration. (f) Record retention. The owner of each portable tank or his authorized agent shall retain a written record of the date and results of all required tests, (including visual inspections), and the name and address of the person performing the test, until the next retest has been satisfactorily completed and recorded. 173.32c Use of specification IM portable tanks, (a) No per son may offer a hazardous material for transportation in an IM portable tank except as authorized by this subchapter. (b) Except as otherwise provided in this subpart, an IM portable tank may not be used for the transportation of a hazardous material unless it meets the requirements of this subchapter. (c) An IM portable tank for which the prescribed periodic retest or reinspection under 173.32b of this subchapter has become due may not be filled and offered for shipment until the retest or reinspection has been successfully completed. This paragraph does not apply to any tank filled prior to the test due date. (d) Prior to filling, each IM portable tank shall be given a complete external inspection. Any unsafe condition must be corrected prior to its use. The external inspection shall include: (1) A visual inspection of: (i) The shell, piping, valves and other appurtenances for corroded areas, dents, defects in welds and other defects such as miss ing, damaged, or leaking gaskets; (ii) All flanged connections or blank flanges for missing or loose nuts and bolts; (iii) All emergency devices for corrosion, distortion, or any damage or defect that could prevent their normal operation; and (iv) All required markings on the tank for legibility. (2) An inspection to determine that any device for tightening man hole covers is operative and adequate to prevent leakage at the manhole cover. (e) A hazardous material may not be loaded in an IM portable tank if the part of the tank or any of its appurtenances having contact with the material during transportation would be subject to destructive attack by or a dangerous reaction with the material. (f) A hazardous material may not be loaded in an IM portable tank unless it has pressure relief devices providing total relieving capacity meeting the requirements of 178.270-11(d) of this subchapter. (g) A hazardous material may not be loaded in an IM portable tank with filling or discharge connections located below the normal liquid level of the tank unless: (1) Each filling or discharge connection located below the normal liquid level of the tank has at least two serially-mounted closures consisting of an internal discharge valve and a bolted blank flange or other suitable, liquid-tight closure on each filling or discharge con nection; or (2) When this paragraph (g)(2) is specified for a hazardous material through 172.102(c)(7) of this subchapter, each filling or discharge connection located below the normal liquid level of the tank, or com partment thereof, has three serially-mounted closures consisting of an internal discharge valve capable of being closed from a location remote from the valve itself, an external valve, and a bolted blank flange or other suitable, liquid-tight closure on the outlet side of the external valve. (h) Except during a hydrostatic test, an IM portable tank may not be subjected to a pressure greater than its maximum allowable working pressure. (I) An IM portable tank may not be loaded to a gross weight greater than the maximum allowable gross weight specified on its identifica tion plate. (j) An IM portable tank or compartment thereof having a volume greater than 7.500 L may not be loaded to a filling density less than 80 percent by volume. (k) The outage for an IM portable tank may not be less than 2 percent at a temperature of 122F (50C). (l) Each tell-tale indicator for the space between a frangible disc and a safety relief valve mounted in series must be checked after the tank is filled and prior to transportation to ensure that the frangible disc is leak free. Any leakage through the frangible disc must be corrected prior to offering the tank for transportation. The tell-tale device must be designed to prevent the loss of any hazardous material through the device itself while the tank is in transportation. (m) An IM portable tank containing a hazardous material may not be loaded on a highway or rail transport vehicle unless loaded entirely within the horizontal outline thereof, without overhang or projection of any part of the tank assembly. (n) Specifications IM 101 and IM 102 portable tanks used for the transportation of flammable liquids via rail may not be fitted with nonre closing pressure relief devices except in series with spring loaded pressure relief valves. (o) An IM 101 tank may be used whenever an IM 102 tank is authorized provided it meets the requirements for pressure relief de vices, bottom outlets and any other special provisions specified for the IM 102 tank in 172.102 of this subchapter. (p) Any IM 101 or IM 102 portable tank certified by an approval agency prior to January 1, 1992, that is equipped with a nonreclosable pressure relief device may continue in service for the commodities for which it is authorized. Any IM 101 and IM 102 portable tank certified after January 1, 1992, used for materials meeting the definition for Division 6.1 liquids, Packing Group I or II, or Class 3 or 4 liquids, must be equipped with a reclosing pressure relief valve having adequately-sized venting capacity. (q) If the hazardous material being transported is in a molten state, the tank must be thermally insulated by completely covering it with at least 100 mm (3.94 inches) of cork or other suitable insulation material of sufficient thickness that the overall thermal conductance is not more than 0.080 Btu per hour per square foot per degree Fahrenheit differential. (r) Hazardous materials authorized for transport in a tank fitted with bottom outlets having two serially mounted closures are also authorized for transport in a tank fitted with three serially mounted closures and in tanks fitted with no bottom outlets. Similarly, hazardous materials authorized for transport in tanks fitted with bottom outlets 259 ABDOO132030 173.32c--173.33 April 1998 having three serially mounted closures are also authorized for transport in tanks fitted with no bottom outlets. 173.33 Hazardous materials in cargo tank motor vehicles. (a) General requirements. (1) No person may offer or accept a hazardous material for transportation in a cargo tank motor vehicle except as authorized by this subchapter. (2) Two or more materials may not be loaded or accepted for trans portation in the same cargo tank motor vehicle if, as a result of any mixture of the materials, an unsafe condition would occur, such as an explosion, fire, excessive increase in pressureor heat, or the release of toxic vapors. (3) No person may fill and offer for transportation a specification cargo tank motor vehicle for which the prescribed periodic retest or reinspection under Subpart E of Part 180 of this subchapter is past due until the retest or inspection has been successfully completed. This requirement does not apply to a cargo tank supplied by a motor carrier who is other than the person offering the hazardous material for transportation (see 177.824 of this subchapter), or to any cargo tank filled prior to the retest or inspection due date. (b) Loading requirements. (1) A hazardous material may not be loaded in a cargo tank if during transportation any part of the tank in contact with the hazardous material lading would have a dangerous reaction with the hazardous material. (2) A cargo tank may not be loaded with a hazardous material that will have an adverse effect on the tank's integrity or-- (i) May combine chemically with any residue or contaminants in the tank to produce an explosion, fire, excessive increase in pressure, release of toxic vapors or other unsafe condition. (ii) [Reserved] (iii) [Reserved] (iv) May severely corrode or react with the tank material at any concentration and temperature that will exist during transpor tation. (v) Is prohibited by 173.21 or 173.24 of this subchapter. (3) Air pressure in excess of ambient atmospheric pressure may not be used to load or unload any lading which may create an airenriched mixture within the flammability range of the lading in the vapor space of the tank. (4) To prevent cargo tank rupture in a loading or unloading acci dent, the loading or unloading rate used must be less than or equal to that indicated on the cargo tank specification plate, except as specified in 173.318(b)(6). If no loading or unloading rate is marked on the specification plate, the loading or unloading rate and pressure used must be limited such that the pressure in the tank may not exceed 130% of the MAWP. (c) Maximum Lading Pressure. (1) Prior to loading and offering a cargo tank motor vehicle for transportation with material that requires the use of a specification cargo tank, the person must confirm that the cargo tank motor vehicle conforms to the specification required for the lading and that the MAWP of the cargo tank is greater than or equal to the largest pressure obtained under the following conditions: (i) For compressed gases and certain refrigerated liquids that are not cryogenic liquids, the pressure prescribed in 173.315 of this subchapter. (ii) For cryogenic liquids, the pressure prescribed in 173.318 of this subchapter. (iii) For liquid hazardous materials shipped in DOT specification cargo tanks equipped with a 1 psig normal vent, the sum of the tank static head plus 1 psig. In addition, for hazardous materials loaded in these cargo tanks, the vapor pressure of the lading at 115F, must be not greater than 1 psig, except for gasoline transported in accordance with Special Provision B33 in 172.102(c)(3) of this subchapter. (iv) For liquid hazardous materials not covered in paragraph (c)(1)(i), (ii), or (iii) of this section, the sum of the vapor pressure of the lading at 115F, plus the tank static head exerted by the lading, plus any pressure exerted by the gas padding, including air in the ullage space or dome. (v) The pressure prescribed in Subpart B, D, E, F, G, or H of this part, as applicable. (vi) The maximum pressure in the tank during loading or unloading. (2) Any Specification MC 300, MC 301, MC 302, MC 303, MC 305, MC 306 or MC 312, cargo tank motor vehicle with no marked design pressure or marked with a design pressure of 3 psig or less may be used for an authorized lading where the pressure derived from 173.33(c)(1) is less than or equal to 3 psig. After December 31, 1990, a cargo tank may not be loaded and offered for transportation unless marked or remarked with an MAWP or design pressure in accordance with 49 CFR 180.450(k). (3) Any Specification MC 310 or MC 311 cargo tank motor vehicle may be used for an authorized lading where the pressure derived from 173.33(c)(1) is less than or equal to the MAWP or MWP, respec tively, as marked on the specification plate. (4) Any cargo tank marked or certified before August 31, 1995, marked with a design pressure rather than an MAWP may be used for an authorized lading where the largest pressure derived from 173.33(c)(1) is less than or equal to the design pressure marked on the cargo tank. (5) Any material that meets the definition of a Division 6.1 Packing Groups I or II (poisonous liquid) material must be loaded in a cargo tank motor vehicle having an MAWP of 25 psig or greater. (d) Relief system. (1) Non-reclosing pressure relief devices are not authorized in any cargo tank except when in series with a reclosing pressure relief device. However, a cargo tank marked or certified before August 31, 1995 which is fitted with non-reclosing pressure relief devices may continue to be used in any hazardous material service for which it is authorized. The requirements in this paragraph do not apply to MC 330, MC 331 and MC 338 cargo tanks. (2) Each cargo tank motor vehicle used to transport a liquid hazard ous material with a gas pad must have a pressure relief system that provides the venting capacity prescribed in 178.345-10(e) of this subchapter. The requirements in this paragraph do not apply to MC 330, MC 331 and MC 338 cargo tanks. (3) A cargo tank motor vehicle made to a specification listed in column 1 may have pressure relief devices or outlets conforming to the applicable specification to which the tank was constructed, or the pressure relief devices or outlets may be modified to meet the applicable requirement for the specification listed in column 2 without changing the markings on the tank specification plate. The venting capacity requirements of the original DOT cargo tank specification must be met whenever a pressure relief valve is modified. Column 1 Column 2 MC 300, MC 301, MC 302, MC 303, MC 305 ............................... MC 306 or DOT 406. MC 306 ................................................................................................ DOT 406. MC 304 ................................................................................................ MC 307 or DOT 407. DOT 407. MC 310, MC 311................................................................................ MC 312 Or DOT 412. MC 312................................................................................................ DOT 412. MC 330 . .............................................................................. MC 331 (e) Retention of hazardous materials in product piping during transportation. DOT specification cargo tanks used for the transporta tion of any material that is a Division 6.1 (poisonous liquid) material, oxidizer liquid, liquid organic perioxide or corrosive liquid (corrosive to skin only) may not be transported with hazardous materials lading retained in the piping, unless the cargo tank motor vehicle is equipped with bottom damage protection devices meeting the requirements of 178.337-10 or 178.345-8(b) of this subchapter, or the accident damage protection requirements of the specification under which it was manufactured. This requirement does not apply to a residue which remains after the piping is drained. A sacrificial device (see 178.3451 of this subchapter) may not be used to satisfy the accident damage protection requirements of this paragraph. (f) An MC 331 type cargo tank may be used where MC 306, MC 307, MC 312, DOT 406, DOT 407 or DOT 412 type cargo tanks are authorized. An MC 307, MC 312, DOT 407 or DOT 412 type cargo tank may be used where MC 306 or DOT 406 type cargo tanks are authorized. A higher integrity tank used instead of a specified tank must meet the same design profile (for example, an MC 331 cargo tank must be lined if used in place of a lined MC 312 cargo tank.) (g) Unless otherwise specified, where MC 307, MC 312, DOT 407 or DOT 412 cargo tanks are authorized, minimum tank design pressure is 172.4 kPa (25 psig) for any Packing Group I or Packing Group II liquid lading that meets more than one hazard class definition. (h) Each liquid or vapor discharge opening in an MC 330 or MC 331 cargo tank and each liquid filling and liquid discharge line in an MC 338 cargo tank must be provided with a remotely controlled internal sefl-closing stop valve, except when an MC 330 or MC 331 cargo tank is marked and used exclusively to transport carbon dioxide, or except when an MC 338 is used to transport argon, carbon dioxide, 260 ABDOO132031 April 1998 173.33--173.34 PART 173 helium, krypton, neon, nitrogen, and xenon. However, if the cargo tank motor vehicle was certified before January 1,1995, this requirement is applicable only when an MC 330 or MC 331 cargo tank is used to transport a flammable liquid, flammable gas, hydrogen chloride (refrigerated liquid), or anhydrous ammonia; or when an MC 338 cargo tank is used to transport flammable ladings. 173.34 Qualification, maintenance and use of cylinders. (a) General qualification for use of cylinders. (See 173.1 through 173.30 for requirements applying to all shipments.) (1) No person may charge or fill a cylinder unless it is as specified in this part and Part 178 of this subchapter. A cylinder that leaks, is bulged, has defective vaives or safety devices, bears evidence of physical abuse, fire or heat damage, or detrimental rusting or corro sion, must not be used unless it is properly repaired and requalified as prescribed in these regulations. (2) When cylinders with a marked pressure limit are prescribed, other cylinders made under the same specification but with a higher marked service pressure limit are authorized. For example, cylinders marked DOT-4B500 may be used where DOT-4B300 is specified. (b) Grandfather clause. A cylinder in domestic use previous to the date upon which the specification therefor was first made effective in these regulations may be used if the cylinder has been properly tested and otherwise complies with the requirements applicable for the gas with which it is charged. (c) Cylinder marking. Each required marking on a cylinder must be maintained so that it is legible. Retest markings and original markings which are becoming illegible may be reproduced by stamping on a metal plate which must be permanently secured to the cylinder. (1) Additional information not affecting the markings prescribed in the applicable cylinder specification may be placed on the cylinder. No indentation may be made in the sidewall of the cylinder unless specifically permitted in the applicable specification. (2) When the space originally provided for dates of subsequent retests becomes filled, the stamping of additional test dates into the external surface of the footring of a cylinder is authorized. (3) Except for marked service pressure, markings required on cylin ders may not be altered or removed. The marked service pressure may be changed only upon application to the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety and receipt of written instructions as to the procedure to be followed. A service pressure change is not authorized for a cylinder which fails to pass the prescribed periodic hydrostatic retest, unless it is reheat treated and requalified in accord ance with this section. (d) Pressure relief device systems. No person may offer a cylin der charged with a compressed gas for transportation in commerce unless the cylinder is equipped with one or more pressure relief de vices sized and selected as to type, location, and quantity and tested in accordance with CGA Pamphlet S-1.1 (compliance with paragraph 9.1.1.1 of CGA Pamphlet S-1.1 is not required). The pressure relief device system must be capable of preventing rupture of the normally charged cylinder when subjected to a fire test conducted in accord ance with CGA Pamphlet C-14, or in the case of an acetylene cylinder, CGA Pamphlet C-12. Cylinders shall not be shipped with leaking safety relief devices. Safety relief devices must be tested for leaks before the charged cylinder is shipped from the cylinder filling plant; it is expressly forbidden to repair leaking fuse plug devices, where leak is through the fusible metal or between the fusible metal and the opening in the plug body, (except by removal of the device and replacement of the fusible metal). Exceptions are as follows: (1) Except as provided in paragraphs (d)(1) (i) through (iii) of this section, a pressure relief device is not required on a cylinder 12 inches or less in length, exclusive of neck, and 4V2 inches or less in outside diameter. (i) A pressure relief device is required on a specification 9, 39 (178.65 of this subchapter), 40, or 41 cylinder. A metal pres sure relief valve is required on a specification 39 cylinder used for a liquefied flammable gas. A fusible pressure relief device is not authorized on a specification 39 cylinder containing a liquefied compressed gas. (ii) A pressure relief device is required on a cylinder charged with a liquefied gas for which this part requires a service pressure of 1800 psi or higher. (iii) A pressure relief device is required on a cylinder charged with a nonliquefied gas to a pressure of 1,800 psi or higher at 70. (2) Except for a specification 39 cylinder and a cylinder used for acetylene in solution, a pressure relief device is not required on a cylinder charged with a nonliquefied gas under pressure of 300 psi or less at 70F. (3) A pressure relief device is prohibited on a cylinder charged with a Division 2.3 or Division 6.1 material in Hazard Zone A. (4) A pressure relief device is prohibited on a cylinder charged with fluorine. (5) A pressure relief device is not required on a cylinder charged with methyl mercaptan; with mono-, di-, or trimethylamine, anhydrous; with not over 10 pounds of nitrosyl chloride; or with less than 165 pounds of anhydrous ammonia. (6) Pressure relief devices, if used, must be in the vapor space of cylinders containing pyroforic liquids, inorganic or organic, n.o.s., covered by 173.124. (e) Periodic qualification and marking of cylinders. Each cylinder that becomes due for periodic retest as specified in the following table must be retested and marked in conformance with the requirements of this paragraph (e): Specification under which cylinder was made2 DOT-3 ....................................................................................... DOT-3A, 3AA .......................................................................... DOT-3AL.................................................................................... DOT-3AX, 3AAX....................................................................... 3B, 3BN ................................................................................... 3C ............................................................................................. 3D ............................................................................................. 3E................................................................................................ 3HT............................................................................................. 3T................................................................................................ 4A................................................................................................ 4AA480 ....................................................................................... 4B. 4BA, 4BW, 4B-240ET..................................................... 4C................................................................................................ 4D. 4DA. 4DS.......................................................................... DOT-4 E .................................................................................... 4L................................................................................................ Retest and Inspection of Cylinders1 Minimum retest pressure (p.s.l.)3 3,000 p.s.i .............................................................................................................................. % times service pressure, except noncorrosive service (see 173.34(e)(13)) .... % times service pressure...................................................................................................... % times service pressure...................................................................................................... 2 times service pressure (see 173.34(e)(13))................................................................... Retest not required. Retest not required. % times service pressure...................................................................................................... % times service pressure...................................................................................................... % times service pressure (see 173.34(e)(13)). 2 times service pressure (see i73.34(e)(l3))................................................................. 2 times service pressure, except noncorrosive service (see 173.34(eX13)).............. Retest not required. 2 times service pressure ...................................................................................................... 2 times service pressure, except noncorrosive service (see l73.34(eKl3)).............. Retest not required. Retest period (years) 5. 5. 10 or 12 (see 173.34(6X14), (e)(l2>, (e)(l6), and (e)(i9)) 5 or 12 (see (eXl9)). 5. 5 or 10 (see 173.34(e)(l2)). 5. 3 (see l73.34(eX15)). 5. 10. 5 or 10 (see i 73 34(e)(i2)). 5 or 10 (see l73.34(e)(l4)). 5, 10 or 12 (see l73.34(eXH), (e)(12), and (e)(19. 5. 5. 10 or 20 (see 173.34(eX18)). 261 ABDOO132032 173.34 April 1998 Specification under which cylinder waa made2 Minimum retest pressure (p.s.l.)3 DOT-9 ...................................................................................... 400 p.s.i. (maximum 600 p.s.i.).......................................................................................... 25............................................................................................. 500 p.s.i. ............................................................................................................ 26 for filling at over 450 p.s i................................................... 26 for filling at 450 p.s.i. and below..................................... % times sen/ice pressure........................................... ............................................... 2 times service pressure, except noncorrosive service (see 173.34(e)(l3)) ... 33.................................. ............................................... 800 p.s.i .................................................................................................................................. 36................................................................................................ 500 p.s.i . ... ................................................................................................ Exemption cylinder................................................................. See current exemption ........................................................ ............................... Foreign cylinder (see 173 301(j> for restrictions on use) As marked on the cylinder, but not less than % of any service or working pressure marking................................................................................ ..................................... 'Any cylinder not exceeding two inches outside diameter and less than two feet in length is excepted from hydrostatic retest. 2A cylinder in chlorine or sulfur dioxide service made before April 20.1915. must be retested at 500 psl. 3For cylinders not marked with a service pressure, see 173.301(e)(1). Retest period (years) 5. 5 5. 5 or 10 (see 173 34(e)(l 1)). 5 5 See current exemption. 5. (1) General requirements, (i) Each cylinder bearing a DOT specifi cation marking (including a cylinder remarked in conformance with 173.23) must be inspected, retested and marked in conformance with this section, at the frequency specified in the Retest and Inspection of Cylinders Table in this paragraph (e). Each cylinder bearing a DOT exemption number must be inspected, retested and marked in confor mance with this section and the terms of the applicable exemption, at the frequency specified in the exemption. (ii) No cylinder required to be retested by paragraph (e)(1)(l) of this section may be charged or filled with a hazardous material and transported in commerce unless that cylinder has been inspected and retested in accordance with this section and the retester has marked the cylinder by stamping the date of retest, the cylinder retester identification number unless ex cepted under this section, and any other marking required by this section. No person may mark a test date or a retester identification number on a DOT specification or exemption cylin der unless all applicable requirements of this section have been met. (2) Retester authorization, (i) No person may mark a cylinder with a test date or retester identification number, or otherwise represent that a DOT specification or exemption cylinder has been retested under this section, unless that person holds a current retester identifi cation number issued by the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Material Safety and operates in compliance with the terms of the retester identification number issuance letter. With the exception of visual inspections, all functions under this section must be performed or supervised by an individual named as qualified in the retester identification number application or a notification pursuant to para graph (e)(2)(iv) of this section. A person is not required to obtain a retester identification number, if the person only performs visual inspections on DOT specification or exemption cylinders. (ii) Any person seeking approval as a cylinder retester shall ar range for an independent inspection agency, approved by the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Material Safety pursuant to 173.300a, to inspect its retest facility. The person seeking approval shall bear the cost of the inspection. Independent inspection agencies are not RSPA agents or representatives. A list of approved independent inspection agencies is available from the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety, Office of Hazardous Materials Exemptions and Approv als (DHM-32), Research and Special Programs Administration, U.S. Department of Transportation, Washington, DC 205900001. Assistance in obtaining an approval may be requested from the same address. (A) After the inspection, the person seeking approval must submit a letter of recommendation and inspection report from the independent inspection agency and a completed request for approval to the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety at the address listed in this paragraph (e)(2)(ii). An applicant must include the follow ing information: company name; facility location; mailing address (if different from location of facility); business tele phone number; name of facility manager; the DOT specifi cation/exemption cylinders that will be tested at the facility; a certification that the facility will operate in compliance with the applicable requirements of this subchapter, the date and an authorized signature. (B) The Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety reviews the application, the inspection report and recommendation submitted by the independent inspec tion agency, and other available information. The Associ ate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety issues a retester identification number upon a finding that the applicant's facility and qualifications are adequate to prop erly inspect, test and mark cylinders under this section. Unless otherwise provided in the retester identification number issuance letter, a retester identification number expires five years from the date of issuance. (iii) An approved retester shall apply for retester identification num ber renewal in a timely manner. A new inspection report and recommendation of an independent inspection agency are re quired for each renewal. If the Associate Administrator for Haz ardous Materials Safety receives a renewal application with the accompanying inspection report and recommendation at least 50 days before expiration of the retester identification number, the retester identification number remains in effect until the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety issues a renewal or notifies the retester that its request for renewal of the retester identification number is denied. The Associate Administrator tor Hazardous Materials Safety considers renewal of a retester identification number in accordance with the stan dard in paragraph (e)(2)(ii)(B) of this section. (iv) The retester identification number holder shall report in writing any change in its name, address, ownership, testing equip ment, or management or personnel performing any function under this section, to the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety (DHM-32) within 20 days of the change. A retester identification number remains valid only if the retester's facility and qualifications are maintained at or above the level observed at the time of inspection by the independent inspec tion agency. (v) A retester shall maintain, at each location at which it inspects, retests or marks cylinders under this section: (A) Current copies of those portions of this subchapter that apply to its cylinder inspection, retesting and marking activities at that location. (B) Current copies of all exemptions governing exemption cylinders inspected, retested or marked by the retester at that location. (C) Copies of each CGA pamphlet incorporated by reference in 171.7 of this subchapter that applies to the retester's cylinder inspection, retesting and marking activities at that location. The publication maintained must be the edition incorporated by reference in 171.7 of this subchapter. (3) Visual Inspection. Except as otherwise provided in this section, each time a cylinder is retested, it must be visually inspected, internally and externally, in accordance with CGA Pamphlets C-6, C-6.1, C-6.2, or C-6.3, as applicable. The cylinder must be approved, rejected or condemned according to the criteria in the applicable CGA pamphlet. Internal inspection may be omitted for cylinders of the type and in the service described under paragraph (e)(13) of this section. DOT 3BN cylinders must be inspected in accordance with CGA Pamphlet C-6. (4) Pressure retest, (i) Unless otherwise provided, each cylinder required to be retested under this section must be retested by means suitable for measuring the expansion of the cylinder under pressure. Bands and other removable attachments must be loosened or re moved before testing so that the cylinder is free to expand in all directions. (ii) The pressure-indicating device of the testing apparatus must 262 ABDOO132033 April 1998 173.34 PART 173 permit reading of pressures to within 1% of the minimum pre scribed test pressure of each cylinder tested, except that for an analog device, interpolation to V2 of the marked gauge divi sions is acceptable. The expansion-indicating device of the testing apparatus must also permit incremental reading of the cylinder expansion to 1% of the total expansion of each cylinder tested or 0.1 cubic centimeter, whichever is larger. Midpoint visual interpolation is permitted. (iii) Each day before retesting, the retester shall confirm, by using a calibrated cylinder or other method authorized in writing by the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety that: (A) The pressure-indicating device, as part of the retest appa ratus, is accurate within 1.0% of the prescribed test pressure of any cylinder tested that day. The pressure indicating device, itself, must be certified as having an accuracy of 0.5%, or better, of its full range, and must permit readings of pressure from 90%-110% of the mini mum prescribed test pressure of the cylinder to be tested. The accuracy of the pressure indicating device within the test system can be demonstrated at any point within 500 psi of the actual test pressure for test pressures at or above 3000 psi, or 10% of the actual test pressure for test pressures below 3000 psi; and (B) The expansion-indicating device, as part of the retest ap paratus, gives a stable reading of expansion and is accu rate to 1.0% of the total expansion of any cylinder tested or 0.1 cubic centimeter, whichever is larger. The expan sion-indicating device itself must have an accuracy of 0.5%, or better, of its full scale. (iv) The test equipment must be verified to be accurate within 1.0% of the calibrated cylinder's pressure and corresponding expansion values. This may be accomplished by bringing the pressure to a value shown on the calibration certificate for the calibrated cylinder used and verifying that the resulting total expansion is within 1.0% of the total expansion shown on the calibration certificate. Alternatively, calibration may be demon strated by bringing the total expansion to a known value on the calibration certificate for the calibrated cylinder used and verifying that the resulting pressure is within 1.0% of the pres sure shown on the calibration certificate. The calibrated cylinder must show no permanent expansion. The retester shall demon strate calibration in conformance with this paragraph (e)(4) to an authorized inspector on any day that it retests cylinders. A retester shall maintain calibrated cylinder certificates in confor mance with paragraph (e)(8)(iii) of this section. (v) Minimum test pressure must be maintained for at least 30 sec onds. and as long as necessary for complete expansion of the cylinder. A system check may be performed at or below 90% of test pressure prior to the retest. In the case of a malfunction of the test equipment, the test may be repeated at a pressure increased by 10 percent or 100 psi, whichever is less. This paragraph (e)(4) does not authorize retest of a cylinder other wise required to be condemned under paragraph (e)(6) of this section. (5) Cylinder rejection, (i) A retester shall reject a cylinder when on visual inspection, it meets a rejection standard in CGA Pamphlets C6. C-6.1, C-6.2, or C-6.3, as applicable. (ii) Except as provided in paragraph (e)(5)(iv) of this section, a cylinder that is rejected may not be marked as meeting the requirements of this section. (iii) When a cylinder is rejected, the retester shall notify the cylinder owner, in writing, that the cylinder has been rejected and, unless requalified as provided in paragraph (e)(5)(iv) of this section, may not be filled with a hazardous material for transportation in commerce where use of a specification packaging is required. (iv) A rejected cylinder with a service pressure of less than 900 psig may be requalified and marked if the cylinder is repaired or rebuilt and subsequently reinspected and retested in confor mance with-- (A) CGA Pamphlets C-6, C-6.1, C-6.2, or C-6.3, as applicable; (B) Parts 173 and 178 of this subchapter; (C) Any exemption specific to that cylinder; and (D) Any approval required under paragraphs (i) and (I) of this section. (6) Cylinder condemnation, (i) A cylinder must be condemned when-- (A) On inspection, it meets a condition for condemnation in CGA Pamphlets C-6, C-6.1, C-6.2, or C-6.3. as applicable; (B) The cylinder leaks through its wall; (C) Evidence of cracking exists to the extent that the cylinder is likely to be weakened appreciably; (D) For a DOT specification cylinder other than a DOT 4E aluminum cylinder, permanent expansion exceeds 10 per cent of total expansion; (E) For a DOT 4E aluminum cylinder, permanent expansion exceeds 12 percent of total expansion; (F) For a DOT exemption cylinder, permanent expansion ex ceeds the limit in the applicable exemption, or the cylinder meets another criterion for condemnation in the applicable exemption; or (G) For a DOT specification 3HT cylinder, elastic expansion exceeds the marked rejection elastic expansion. (ii) When a cylinder is required to be condemned, the retester shall stamp a series of X's over the DOT specification number and the marked service pressure or stamp "CONDEMNED" on the shoulder, top head, or neck using a steel stamp. Alternatively, at the direction of the owner, the retester may render the cylinder incapable of holding pressure. (iii) When a cylinder is required to be condemned, the retester shall notify the cylinder owner, in writing, that the cylinder is condemned and may not be filled with hazardous material for transportation in commerce where use of a specification pack aging is required. (iv) A cylinder that is condemned may not be filled with hazardous material for transportation in commerce where use of a specifi cation packaging is required and may not be marked as meet ing the requirements of this section or any DOT exemption. No person may remove or obliterate the "CONDEMNED" marking. (7) Retester markings, (i) Each cylinder passing retest must be marked with the retester's identification number set in a square pattern, between the month and year of the retest date, in characters not less than '/8-inch high. The first character of the retester identification number must appear in the upper left corner of the square pattern; the second in the upper right; the third in the lower right, and the fourth in the lower left. Example: A cylinder retested in May 1994, and approved by a person who has been issued retester identification number "A123", would be marked plainly and permanently into the metal of the cylinder in accordance with location requirements of the cylinder specification or on a metal plate permanently secured to the cylinder in accordance with paragraph (c) of this section: A1 5 94 32 (ii) Markings of previous tests may not be obliterated. A cylinder that is subject to the requirements of paragraph (e) (10), (11) (modified hydrostatic test only), (13) or (14) of this section is not required to be marked with a retester identification number. A cylinder requalified by the modified hydrostatic test method or external inspection must be marked after a retest or an inspection by stamping the date of retest or reinspection on the cylinder followed by the symbol "E" (external inspection) or "S" (modified hydrostatic test method) as appropriate. How ever, a cylinder subject to the requirements of 173.301 (j) may not be marked with a retester identification number. Variation from the marking requirement may be approved on written request to the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety. (8) Recordkeeping. A retester shall maintain the following records at the retesting location, on paper or in a form from which a paper copy can be produced on request. (i) Records of authority to inspect, retest and mark must be main tained, as follows: (A) Current retester identification number issuance letter; (B) If the retester identification number has expired and re newal is pending, a copy of the renewal request; and (C) Copies of notifications to Associate Administrator for Haz ardous Materials Safety required under paragraph (e)(2)(iv) of this section. (ii) Daily records of visual inspection and hydrostatic retest must be maintained until either the expiration of the retest period or until the cylinder is again reinspected or retested, whichever 263 ABDOO132034 173.34 April 1998 occurs first. A single date may be used for each retest sheet, provided each retest on the sheet was conducted on that date. Ditto marks or a solid vertical line may be used to indicate repetition of the preceding entry for the following entries: date; actual dimensions or a symbol; if present, manufacturer's name or symbol; if present, owner's name or symbol and retest opera tor. Blank spaces may not be used to indicate repetition of a prior entry. Records must include-- (A) For each test to demonstrate calibration, the date; serial number of the calibrated cylinder; calibration test pres sure; total, elastic and permanent expansions; and legible identification of retest operator. The retest operator must be able to demonstrate that the results of the daily calibra tion verification correspond to the hydrostatic retests that were performed on that day. The daily verification of cali brations) may be recorded on the same sheets as, and with, retest records for that date; (B) For each cylinder retested or visually inspected, records containing the date; serial number; ICC/DOT specification or exemption number; service pressure; actual dimen sions or a symbol; if present, manufacturer's name or symbol; if present, owner's name or symbol; resultof visual inspection; actual test pressure; total, elastic and perma nent expansions; percent permanent expansion; disposi tion, with reason for any repeated retest, rejection or con demnation; and legible identification of test operator. For each cylinder marked pursuant to 173.302{c)(5), the re test sheet must indicate the method by which any average or maximum wall stress was computed. Records must be kept for all completed retests, as well as unsuccessful retests under paragraph (e)(4)(v) of this section. The entry for a later retest under paragraph (e)(4)(v) of this section after a failure to hold test pressure, or retest of a cylinder requalified after rejection, must indicate the date of the earlier inspection or retest; and (C) Calculations of average and maximum wall stress pursu ant to 173.302(c)(3), if performed. (iii) The most recent certificate of calibration must be maintained for each calibrated cylinder used by the retester. (9) DOT 4-series cylinders. A DOT 4-series cylinder, except 4L cylinders, that at any time shows evidence of a leak or of internal or external corrosion, denting, bulging or rough usage to the extent that it is likely to be weakened appreciably; or that has lost five percent or more of its official tare weight must be retested before being re charged and shipped. (Refer to CGA Pamphlet C-6 or C-6.3, as appli cable, regarding cylinder weakening.) After retest, the actual tare weight must be recorded as the new tare weight. (10) Cylinders 12 pounds or less with service pressures of 300 psl or less. A cylinder of 12 pounds or less water capacity authorized for service pressure of 300 psi or less must be given a complete external visual inspection at the time periodic retest becomes due. External visual inspection must be in accordance with CGA Pamphlets C-6 or C-6.3. The cylinder may be hydrostatically retested without a water jacket and without determining total and permanent expansions. The retest is successful if the cylinder, when examined under test pressure, does not display a defect described in paragraph (e)(6)(i) (B) or (C) of this section. (11) Modified hydrostatic retest. A cylinder made in compliance with specification DOT 4B, DOT 4BA, DOT 4BW, DOT 4E or ICC-263002 (178.50, 178.51, 178.61, 178.68 of this subchapter) that is used exclusively for anhydrous dimethylamine: anhydrous methylamine; anhydrous trimethylamine; methyl chloride; liquefied petroleum gas; methylacetylene-propadiene stabilized; or dichlorodifluoromethane, difluoroethane. difluorochloroethane, chlorodifluoromethane, chlorotetrafluoroethane, trifluorochloroethylene, or mixture thereof, or mixtures of one or more with trichlorofluoromethane; and that is com mercially free from corroding components and protected externally by a suitable corrosion-resistant coating (such as galvanizing or painting) may be given a hydrostatic retest every 12 years instead of every five years. Alternatively, the cylinder may be subjected to internal hydrostatic pressure of at least two times the marked service pressure without determination of expansions, but this latter type of test must be repeated every seven years after expiration of the first 12-year !For Idling at 450 p s i and below. Use of existing cylinders authorized, new construction not authorized period. When subjected to the latter test, the cylinder must be carefully examined under test pressure and removed from service if a leak or other harmful defect exists. A cylinder requalified by the modified hydrostatic test method must be marked after a retest or an inspection by stamping the date of retest or reinspection on the cylinder followed by a "S". (12) A cylinder made in conformance with specification DOT-3A, DOT-3AA, DOT-3B,DOT-4BAorDOT-4BW(178.36,178.37,178.38, 178.51, 178.61 of this subchapter) having a service pressure of 300 psi or less that is used exclusively for methyl bromide, liquid; mixtures of methyl bromide and ethylene dibromide, liquid; mixtures of methyl bromide and chlorpicrin, liquid; mixtures of methyl bromide and petro leum solvents, liquid; or methyl bromide and nonflammable, nonliquefied compressed gas mixtures, liquid; that is commercially free of corroding components, and that is protected externally by a suitable corrosion resistant coating (such as galvanizing or painting) and inter nally by a suitable corrosion resistant lining (such as galvanizing) may be tested every 10 years instead of every five years, provided that a visual internal and external examination of the cylinder is conducted every five years in accordance with CGA Pamphlet C-6. The cylinder must be examined at each filling, and rejected if a dent, corroded area, leak or other condition indicates possible weakness. (13) A cylinder made in conformance with a specification listed in the table in this paragraph (e)(13) and used exclusively in the service indicated may, instead of a periodic hydrostatic retest, be given a complete external visual inspection at the time periodic retest be comes due. External visual inspection must be in accordance with CGA Pamphlets C-6 or C-6.3. When this inspection is used instead of hydrostatic retesting, subsequent inspections are required at fiveyear intervals after the first inspection. Inspections must be made only by competent persons and the results recorded and maintained in accordance with paragraph (e)(8) of this section. Records shall in clude: date of inspection (month and year); DOT specification number; cylinder identification (registered symbol and serial number, date of manufacture, and owner); type of cylinder protective coating (includ ing statement as to need of refinishing or recoating); conditions checked (e.g., leakage, corrosion, gouges, dents or digs in shell or heads, broken or damaged footring or protective ring or fire damage); disposition of cylinder (returned to service, returned to cylinder manu facturer for repairs or scrapped). A cylinder that passes inspection shall be marked with the date in accordance with paragraph (e)(7) of this section. An "E" after the date indicates requalification by the external inspection method. Specification cylinders must be in exclu sive service as follows: Cylinders made in compliance with-- Used exclusively (or-- DOM. OOT-3A. DOT-3M. DOT-3A480X, DOT-4A, DOT-4AA480. Anhydrous ammonia ol at least 99.95% purity. DOT-3A, DOT-3AA. DOT-3A480X, DOT-3B, DOT-4B, DOT-4BA, D0T-4BW, ICC-26240.' ICC-26-300' Butadiene, inhibited, which is commercially free from corroding components DOT-3A, DOT-3A40OX. DOT-3AA, DOT-3B, DOT-4A. DOT-4AA460. DOT-48, D0T-4BA. DOT-4BW. Cyclopropane which is commercially free from corroding components OOT-3A, DOT-3AA. DOT-3A40OX, 00T-4B, DOT-4BA, DOT4BW. D0T-4E. Fluorinated hydrocarbons and mixtures thereof which are commercially free from corroding components DOT-3A, DOT-3AA, DOT-3A480X, DOT-38. DOT-4B. DOT-4BA, DOT-4BW, DOT-4E. ICC-26-240,' ICC-26-300.' Liquefied hydrocarbon gas which is commercially free from corroding components DOT-3A. DOT-3AA. DOT-3A480X. DOT-3B. DOT-4B. DOT-4BA. DOT-4BW. 00T-4E. ICC-26-240,' ICC-26-300.' Liquefied petroleum gas which is cortvnercially free from corroding components DOT-3A, DOT-3AA, DOT-3B, DOT-4B. 00T-4BA. DOT-4BW. DOT-4E. Methylacetylene-propadiene, stabilized, which is commercially free from corroding components DOT-3A, DOT-3AA, DOT-3B. DOT-4B. DOT-4BA. DOT-48W Anhydrous mono, di. trimethylamines which are commercially free from corroding components DOT-4B240, OOT-4BW240. Ethylene imine. inhibited. 1 Use of existing cylinders authorized, but new construction not authorized (14) Cylinders containing anhydrous ammonia. A cylinder made in compliance with specification DOT-3A, DOT-3A 480X, or DOT4AA480 used exclusively for anhydrous ammonia, commercially free from corroding components, and protected externally by a suitable corrosion-resistant coating (such as painting) may be retested every 10 years instead of every five years. 264 ABDOO132035 April 1998 173.34 PART 173 (15) 3HT cylinders, (i) In addition to the other requirements of this section, a cylinder marked DOT-3HT must be requalified in accord ance with CGA Pamphlet C-8. (ii) The cylinder must be condemned: (A) If elastic expansion exceeds the marked rejection elastic expansion. A cylinder made before January 17,1978, and not marked with a rejection elastic expansion in cubic centimeters near the marked original elastic expansion must be so marked before the next retest date. The rejec tion elastic expansion for a cylinder is 1.05 times its original elastic expansion. (B) If there is evidence of denting or bulging. (C) Twenty-four years after the date of the original test or after 4,380 pressurizations, whichever occurs first. If a cylinder is recharged, on average, more than once every other day, an accurate record of the number of rechargings must be maintained by the cylinder owner or his/her agent. (iii) The retest date and retester identification number must be ap plied by low-stress steel stamp to a depth no greater than that of the marking at the time of manufacture. Stamping on the sidewall is not authorized. (16) DOT*3A or 3AA cylinders, (i) A cylinder made in conformance with specification DOT-3A or 3AA with a water capacity of 125 pounds or less that is removed from any cluster, bank, group, rack or vehicle each time it is filled, may be retested every ten years instead of every five years, provided the cylinder complies with all of the following-- (A) The cylinder was manufactured after December 31,1945; (B) The cylinder is used exclusively for air, argon, cyclopro pane, ethylene, helium, hydrogen, krypton, neon, nitrogen, nitrous oxide, oxygen, sulfur hexafluoride, xenon, permit ted mixtures of these gases (see 173.301(a)) and permit ted mixtures of these gases with up to 30 percent by volume of carbon dioxide, provided that the gas has a dew point at or below minus 52F at 1 atmosphere; (C) Before each refill, the cylinder passes the hammer test specified in CGA Pamphlet C-6; (D) The cylinder is dried immediately after hydrostatic testing to remove all traces of free water; (E) The cylinder is not used for underwater breathing; and (F) Each cylinder is stamped with a five-point star at least onefourth of an inch high immediately following the test date. (ii) If, since the last required hydrostatic retest, a cylinder has not been used exclusively as specified in paragraph (e)(16)(l)(B) of this section, but currently conforms with all other provisions of paragraph (e)(16)(i) of this section, it may be retested every 10 years instead of every five years, provided it is first retested and examined as prescribed by 173.302(c)(2), (3) and (4). (iii) Except as specified in paragraph (e)(16)(ii) of this section, if a cylinder marked with a star is charged with a compressed gas other than as specified in this paragraph (e)(16), the star following the most recent test date must be obliterated. The cylinder must be retested five years from the marked retest date, or prior to the first charging with a compressed gas, if the required five-year retest period has passed. (17) Cylinders containing corrosive materials, (i) A cylinder that previously contained a Class 8 (corrosive) material may not be used to transport a compressed gas in commerce unless the following requirements are met-- (A) The cylinder is visually inspected, internally and externally, in accordance with CGA Pamphlet C-6; (B) Regardless of the date of previous retest, the cylinder is subjected to and passes inspection and hydrostatic retest in accordance with this section; and (C) The record prescribed in paragraph (e)(8) of this section includes; the month and year of inspection and test; the cylinder identification (including ICC or DOT specification number, registered symbol, serial number, date of manu facture and owner); the conditions checked (e.g., leakage, corrosion, gouges, dents, or digs in shell or heads, broken or damaged footrings, fire damage) and the disposition of the cylinder (returned to sen/ice, returned to the manu facturer for repairs, or scrapped). (ii) A cylinder requalified for compressed gas service in accord ance with this paragraph (e)(17) may have its next retest and inspection scheduled from the date of the inspection and retest prescribed in this paragraph (e). If decontamination cannot remove all significant residue or impregnation by the Class 8 material, the cylinder may not be used to transport compressed gas in commerce. (18) DOT 8 and 8AL cylinders, (i) Each owner of a DOT 8 or 8AL cylinder used to transport acetylene must have the cylinder shell and the porous filler requalified in accordance with CGA Pamphlet C-13. Requalification must be performed in accordance with the following schedule: Shell (visual inspection) requalification Porous filler requalification Date of cylinder manufacture Initial Subsequent Initial Subsequent Before January 1, 1991.............................................. Before January 1, 2001 ............................ lOyrs............... Before January 1, 2011 ............................ Not required. Not required. 1 Years from date of cylinder manufacture. 2 For cylinders manufactured on or after January 1, 1991, requalification of the porous filler must be performed no sooner than 3 years, and no later than 20 years, from the date of manufacture. (ii) Unless requalified and marked in accordance with CGA Pam phlet C-13 before October 1,1994, an acetylene cylinder must be requalified by a person who holds a valid retester identifica tion number. Each cylinder successfully passing a shell or filler requalification must be marked with the retester's identification number in accordance with paragraph (e)(7) of this section. In addition, the cylinder must be marked to identify the type of requalification performed in accordance with paragraph 5.6 of CGA Pamphlet C-13. For example, the letter "S" must be used for a shell requalification and the letter "F" for a porous filler requalification. (iii) If a cylinder valve is replaced, a cylinder valve of the same weight must be used or the tare weight of the cylinder must be adjusted to compensate for valve weight differential. (19) Cylinders used as fire extinguishers. Only DOT specification cylinders used as fire extinguishers and meeting Special Provision 18 in 172.102(c)(1) of this subchapter may be retested in accordance with this paragraph (e)(19). (i) A DOT specification 4B, 4BA, 4B240ET or 4BW (178.50, 178.51, 178.55 and 178.61 of this subchapter) cylinder may be retested as follows: (A) For a cylinder with a water capacity of 12 pounds or less by hydrostatic test using the water jacket method or by hydrostatic test without determination of expansion (modi fied hydrostatic test method). A retest must be performed 12 years after the original test date and at 12-year intervals thereafter. (B) For a cylinder having a water capacity over 12 pounds-- (1) By hydrostatic test without determination of expansion (modified hydrostatic test method). A retest must be performed 12 years after the original test date and at 7-year intervals; or (2) By hydrostatic test using the water jacket method. A retest must be performed 12 years after the original test date and at 12-year intervals thereafter. (ii) A DOT specification 3A, 3AA, or 3AL (178.36, 178.37 and 178.46 of this subchapter) cylinder may be retested by hydro static test using the water jacket method. A retest must be performed 12 years after the original test date and at 12-year intervals thereafter. (f) Cylinders subjected to the action of fire. A cylinder which has been subjected to the action of fire must not again be placed in service until it has been properly reconditioned as follows: (1) A cylinder made of plain carbon steel with not over 0.25 percent carbon nor over 0.90 manganese need not be reheat-treated but must pass the periodic retest requirements as specified in paragraph (e) of this section. (2) DOT 8 and 8AL cylinders made entirely of carbon steel with 0.25 percent or less carbon and with 0.90 percent or less manganese, must be reinspected to determine the condition of the cylinder and 265 ABDOO132036 173.34 April 1998 the porous filler, as prescribed in CGA Pamphlet C-13. If the cylinder has been damaged, the porous filler must be removed and the cylinder must be heat treated and retested. The porous filler must be replaced in accordance with the specification to which the cylinder was made. A cylinder may be returned to service without reheat treatment or retest if the cylinder has no fire or mechanical damage and the porous filler is unchanged and intact. (3) The inner cylinders made under specification DOT-4L (178.57 of this chapter) may be used after again passing the original hydro static test. (4) DOT 3AL and DOT 4E aluminum cylinders may not be reheattreated and must be removed from sen/ice. (5) Other cylinders must be reheat-treated and reconditioned as specified in paragraph (g) of this section. (g) Reheat treatment. (1) Previous to the reheat treatment proce dure hereinafter prescribed, each cylinder must be subjected to a careful internal and externa! inspection. (2) Cylinders must be segregated for reheat treatment in lots of 100 or less cylinders of the same general size having practically the same chemical composition. (3) The reheat treatment operation must be carried out, supervised, and reported as prescribed for the heat treatment in the specification covering the manufacture of the cylinder in question. Data from the original reports of manufacture of the cylinders must be available. (4) The reheat treatment must be followed by hydrostatic retest, such retest to be carried out, supervised, and reported as prescribed for the hydrostatic tests in the specification covering the manufacture of the cylinder in question. The results of the retest must meet either of the following conditions: (i) The permanent expansion shall be from zero to 10 percent of the total expansion in the hydrostatic retest and one cylinder from each lot shall pass the requirements of the flattening and physical tests prescribed. Failure to pass the flattening or physi cal tests will reject the lot or; (ii) The permanent expansion shall not be less than 3 percent nor more than 10 percent of the total expansion in the hydrostatic retest, in which case the flattening and physical tests are not required. For this alternative method the hydrostatic retest pres sure may not exceed 115 percent of the minimum prescribed test pressure. (h) Repair by welding or brazing of specifications DOT-3A, 3AA, 3B, 3C cylinders. Repair of specifications DOT-3A, 3AA, 3B or 3C {178.36, 178.37, 178.38, or 178.40 of this subchapter) cylin ders by welding or brazing authorized, but only for the removal and replacement of neckrings and footrings attached to cylinders originally manufactured to conform to 178.36(e), 178.37(e), 178.38(e), and 178.40(e) of this subchapter. Removal and replacement must be done by a regular manufacturer of this type of cylinder. After removal and before replacement of such parts, cylinders must be inspected, and defective ones rejected. Cylinders, neckrings, footrings, and method of replacement must conform to 178.36(e), 178.37(e), 178.38(e), or 178.40(e) of this subchapter whichever applies. Replacement must be followed by reheat treating, testing, inspection, and super vised and reported as prescribed by the specification covering their original manufacture. Inspector's reports must conform with that re quired by the specification covering original manufacture with the word "repaired" substituted for "manufactured." Show original markings and the new additional markings added, and statement: "Cylinders were carefully inspected for defects after removal of neckrings and after replacement, which replacement was made by process of (Welding-brazing)." (I) Repair by welding or brazing of DOT-4 series, and OOT8, welded or brazed cylinders. Repairs on DOT-4 series and DOT8 series welded or brazed cylinders are authorized to be made by welding or brazing. Such repairs must be made by a manufacturer of these types of DOT cylinders or by a repair facility approved by the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety and by a process similar to that used in its manufacture and under the following specific requirements: (1) Cylinders with injurious defects in welded joints in or on pressure parts must be repaired by completely removing the defect prior to rewelding. (2) Cylinders with injurious defects in brazed joints in or on pressure parts must be repaired by rebrazing. (3) Cylinders during welding must be free of materials in contact with the welded joint that may impair the serviceability of the metal in or adjacent to the weld. (Precautions must be taken to prevent acetylene cylinder steels from picking up carbon during repair). (4) Neckrings, footrings, or other nonpressure attachments author ized by the specification may be replaced or repaired. Repair or replacement of footrings, neckrings, or other nonpressure attachments authorized by the specification for DOT-4BA and 8AL (178.51 and 178.60 of this subchapter) cylinders may be made without conforming to the requirements of paragraph (i)(6) of this section provided the following requirements are met: (i) Must be done by amanufacturer of these types of DOT cylinders or by a repair facility approved by the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety. (ii) The welder shall have available to him information as to the procedure, equipment, and rod used during manufacture and shall use a similar method of repair. (iii) Repairs must be by metal arc welding only. Welds shall be 3 inches maximum length and spaced at least 3 inches apart. (iv) Welds shall not be made on or near a brazed joint (to prevent the possibility of copper penetration). (v) After repair the welds are to be inspected visually for weld quality. (vi) After repair the weld area is to be leak tested at the service pressure of the cylinder. (5) After removal, and before replacement of attachments, cylin ders must be inspected and defective ones rejected, repaired or rebuilt. (6) After repair, cylinders must be reheat-treated, tested, inspected and reported when and as prescribed by the specification covering their original manufacture when welding or brazing seams in a pres sure part of a cylinder; or when welding or brazing on pressure parts of cylinders of plain carbon steels with carbon over 0.25 percent or manganese over 1.00 percent or of alloy steels except as provided in 173.34(i)(7). Note 1: Heat-treatment is not required after welding or brazing weldable low carbon parts to attachments of similar material which has been previously welded or brazed to the top or bottom of cylinders and properly heat-treated, provided such subsequent welding or brazing does not produce a temperature in excess of 400F. in any part of the top or bottom material. (7) Repair of cylinders must be followed by a proof pressure leak age test at prescribed test pressure and visual examination for weld quality when welding on pressure parts of cylinders of plain carbon 0.25 percent or less and manganese 1.00 percent or less, or when repairing steel types 1315, NAX and GLX by the following procedure: (i) Leakage through the welding metal may be repaired without subsequent reheat treatment of the cylinder. (ii) Repair permitted only by either the metal arc or tungsten inert gas shielded arc process. E7015, 7016, or 7018 electrodes not larger than Va inch diameter shall be used for the metal arc process. (iii) Weld defects must be removed by grinding or chipping before repair by the metal arc process. The tungsten inert gas shielded arc process may be used for repair only when such repair can be made by puddling. Repair weld shall not exceed 1 inch in length nor be closer than 3 inches to the next repair area. (iv) Repair of weld defects which have any cracking is not per mitted. Q) Repair of non-pressure attachments. Repair of non-pressure attachments by welding or brazing without affecting a pressure part of the cylinder must be followed by visual examination for weld quality. (k) Prohibited repairs. Walls, heads or bottoms of cylinders with injurious defects or leaks in base metal shall not be repaired, but may be replaced as provided for in paragraph (I) of this section. (l) Rebuilding of DOT-4 series and DOT-8, welded or brazed cylinders. Rebuilding of DOT-4 series and DOT-8 series, welded or brazed cylinders is authorized. Such rebuilding must be done by a manufacturer of these types of DOT cylinders or by a repair facility approved by the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety and by a process similar to that used in its original manufacture and under the following specific requirements: (1) The replacement of a pressure part such as wall, heads, or bottoms of cylinders or the replacement of the porous filling material, shall be considered as rebuilding. (2) Rebuilt cylinders shall be considered as new cylinders and shall conform to all the requirements of the specifications applying, including verification of material, examination, inspection, etc., and the rendering of the proper reports to the purchaser, cylinder rebuilder, 266 ABDOO132037 April 1998 173.34_|173.40 PART 173 and the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety. Re port must show that cylinders were rebuilt. (3) Information in sufficient detail regarding previous serial numbers and identification symbols must be filed with the Associate Administra tor for Hazardous Materials Safety. 173.35 Hazardous materials in intermediate bulk contain ers. (a) No person may offer or accept a hazardous material for transportation in an intermediate bulk container except as authorized by this subchapter. Each intermediate bulk container used for the transportation of hazardous materials must conform to the require ments of its specification and regulations for the transportation of the particular commodity. A specification intermediate bulk container, for which the prescribed periodic retest or inspection under subpart D of part 180 of this subchapter is past due, may not be filled and offered for transportation until the retest or inspection have been successfully completed. This requirement does not apply to any intermediate bulk container filled prior to the retest or inspection due date. (b) Before being filled and offered for transportation, each interme diate bulk container and its service equipment must be visually in spected to ensure that it is free from corrosion, contamination, cracks, or other damage which would render the intermediate bulk container unsafe for transportation. No rigid plastic or composite intermediate bulk container with repaired bodies may be reused; however, plastic components, such as closures, valves, or legs, may be replaced. Fiberboard, wooden, or flexible intermediate bulk containers may not be reused. (c) A metal intermediate bulk container, or a part thereof, subject to thinning by mechanical abrasion or corrosion due to the lading, must be protected by providing a suitable increase in thickness of material, a lining or some other suitable method of protection. In creased thickness for corrosion or abrasion protection must be added to the wall thickness specified in 178.705{c){1 )(iv) of this subchapter. (d) Notwithstanding requirements in 173.24b of this subpart, when filling an intermediate bulk container with liquids, sufficient ullage must be left to ensure that, at the mean bulk temperature of 50C (122F), the intermediate bulk container is not filled to more than 98 percent of its water capacity. (e) Where two or more closure systems are fitted in series, the system nearest to the hazardous material being carried must be closed first. (f) During transportation-- (1) No hazardous material may remain on the outside of the interme diate bulk container; and (2) Each intermediate bulk container must be securely fastened to or contained within the transport unit. (9) Each intermediate bulk container used for transportation of sol ids which may become liquid at temperatures likely to be encountered during transportation must also be capable of containing the sub stance in the liquid state. (h) Liquid hazardous materials may only be offered for transporta tion in a metal, rigid plastic, or composite intermediate bulk container that is appropriately resistant to an increase of internal pressure likely to develop during transportation. (1) A rigid plastic or composite intermediate bulk container may only be filled with a liquid having a vapor pressure less than or equal to the greater of the following two values: the first value is determined from any of the methods in paragraphs (h)(1) (i), (ii) or (iii) of this section. The second value is determined by the method in paragraph (h)(1)(iv) of this section. (i) The gauge pressure (pressure in the intermediate bulk con tainer above ambient atmospheric pressure) measured in the intermediate bulk container at 55C (131F). This gauge pres sure must not exceed two-thirds of the marked test pressure and must be determined after the intermediate bulk container was filled and closed at 15C (60F) to less than or equal to 98 percent of its capacity. (ii) The absolute pressure (vapor pressure of the hazardous mate rial plus atmospheric pressure) in the intermediate bulk con tainer at 50C (122F). This absolute pressure must not exceed four-sevenths of the sum of the marked test pressure and 100 kPa (14.5 psi). (iii) The absolute pressure (vapor pressure of the hazardous mate rial plus atmospheric pressure) in the intermediate bulk con tainer at 55C (131F). This absolute pressure must not exceed two-thirds of the sum of the marked test pressure and 100 kPa (14.5 psi). (iv) Twice the static pressure of the substance, measured at the bottom of the intermediate bulk container. This value must not be less than twice the static pressure of water. (2) Gauge pressure (pressure in the intermediate bulk container above ambient atmospheric pressure) in metal intermediate bulk con tainers must not exceed 110 kPa (16 psig) at 50C (122F) or 130 kPa (18.9 psig) at 55C (131F). (I) The requirements in this section do not apply to DOT-56 or -57 portable tanks. (j) No intermediate bulk container may be filled with a Packing Group I liquid. Rigid plastic, composite, flexible, wooden or fiberboard intermediate bulk containers used to transport Packing Group I solid materials may not exceed 1.5 cubic meters (53 cubic feet) capacity. For Packing Group I solids, a metal intermediate bulk container may not exceed 3 cubic meters (106 cubic feet) capacity. (k) When an intermediate bulk container is used for the transporta tion of liquids with a flashpoint of 60.5C (141 F) (closed cup) or lower, or powders with the potential for dust explosion, measures must be taken during product loading and unloading to prevent a dangerous electrostatic discharge. (l) Intermediate bulk container filling limits. (1) Except as provided in this section, an intermediate bulk con tainer may not be filled with a hazardous material in excess of the maximum gross mass marked on that container. (2) An intermediate bulk container which is tested and marked for Packing Group II liquid materials may be filled with a Packing Group III liquid material to a gross mass not exceeding 1.5 times the maximum gross mass marked on that container, if all the performance criteria can still be met at the higher gross mass. (3) An intermediate bulk container which is tested and marked for liquid hazardous materials may be filled with a solid hazardous material to a gross mass not exceeding the maximum gross mass marked on that container. In addition, an intermediate bulk container intended for the transport of liquids which is tested and marked for Packing Group II liquid materials may be filled with a Packing Group 111 solid hazardous material to a gross mass not exceeding the marked maxi mum gross mass multiplied by 1.5 if all the performance criteria can still be met at the higher gross mass. (4) An intermediate bulk container which is tested and marked for Packing Group I solid materials may be filled with a Packing Group II solid material to a gross mass not exceeding the maximum gross mass marked on that container, multiplied by 1.5, if all the performance criteria can be met at the higher gross mass; or a Packing Group III solid material to a gross mass not exceeding the maximum gross mass marked on the intermediate bulk container, multiplied by 2.25, if all the performance criteria can be met at the higher gross mass. An intermediate bulk container which is tested and marked for Packing Group II solid materials may be filled with a Packing Group III solid material to a gross mass not exceeding the maximum gross mass marked on the intermediate bulk container, multiplied by 1.5. 173.40 General packaging requirements for poisonous mate rials required to be packaged in cylinders. When this section is referenced in the packaging section for a hazardous material else where in this Part, the following requirements are applicable to cylin ders used for that material: (a) Authorized cylinders. A cylinder must conform to one of the specifications for cylinders in Subpart C of Part 178 of this subchapter, except that Specification 8, 8AL and 39 cylinders are not authorized. (b) Outage and pressure requirements. The pressure of the haz ardous material at 55C (131F) must not exceed the service pressure of the cylinder. Sufficient outage shall be provided so that the cylinder will not be liquid full at 55C (131F). (c) Closures. Each cylinder must be closed with a plug or valve conforming to the following: (1) Each plug or valve must have a taper-threaded connection directly to the cylinder and be capable of withstanding the test pres sure of the cylinder; (2) Each valve must be of the packless type with non-perforated dia phragm, except that for corrosive materials, a valve may be of the packed type provided the assembly is made gas-tight by means of a seal cap with gasketed joint attached to the valve body or the cylinder to prevent loss of material through or past the packing; 267 ABDOO132038 173.40 April 1998 (3) Each valve outlet must be sealed by a threaded cap or threaded solid plug, and (4) Cylinder, valves, plugs, outlet caps, luting and gaskets must be compatible with each other and with the lading. (d) Additional protection. Additional protection requirements for thin-walled cylinders and for cylinders equipped with valves are as follows: (1) Each cylinder which has a wall thickness at any point of less than 2.03 mm {0.080 inch) and each cylinder which does not have fitted valve protection must be overpacked in a 4C1,4D, 4F, 4G, 4H1 or 4H2 box. The box must conform to overpack provisions in 173.25. Box and valve protection must be of sufficient strength to protect all parts of the cylinder and valve, if any, from deformation and breakage resulting from a drop of 2.0 m (7 ft) or more onto a concrete floor, impacting at an orientation most likely to cause damage. (2) Each cylinder equipped with a valve, if not overpacked in a box in accordance with paragraph (d){1) of this section, must be equipped with a protective cap or other means of valve protection sufficient to protect the valve from deformation and breakage resulting from a drop of 2.0 m (7 ft) or more onto a concrete floor, impacting at an orientation most likely to cause damage. (e) Interconnection. Cylinders may not be interconnected. 268 April 1998 ABDOO132039 173.50--173.52 PART 173 PUBLISHER S NOTE This Subpart contains the requirements for classifying and packaging Class 1 (explosives). Explosives are substances or articles designed to function by explosion. They can instantaneously undergo a chemical reaction with a sudden release of gas and heat. There are six divisions of explosives, 1.1 through 1.6. Each explosive must be assigned an EX number upon approval of its shipping description, class, and classification code by RSPA. Prior to the approval it must be examined and tested by an agency authorized by RSPA. Explosives of the Department of Defense or Department of Energy may be examined by an agency within each of these departments. Once it has been assigned a shipping description, class and classification code the authorized packaging can be obtained in 173.62. General packaging requirements for preparing the shipment and any mixed packing restrictions are outlined in the Subpart. Packaging exceptions are granted to some explosives in 173.63. Subpart C DEFINITIONS, CLASSIFICATION AND PACKAGING FOR CLASS 1 173.50 Class 1--definitions, (a) Explosive. For the purpose of this subchapter, an "explosive" means any substance or article, including a device, which is designed to function by explosion (i.e., an extremely rapid release of gas and heat) or which, by chemical reaction within itself, is able to function in a similar manner even if not designed to function by explosion, unless the substance or article is otherwise classed under the provision of this subchapter. (b) Explosives in Class 1 are divided into six divisions as follows: (1) Division 1.1 consists of explosives that have a mass explosion hazard. A mass explosion is one which affects almost the entire load instantaneously. (2) Division 1.2 consists of explosives that have a projection hazard but not a mass explosion hazard. (3) Division 1.3 consists of explosives that have a fire hazard and either a minor blast hazard or a minor projection hazard or both, but not a mass explosion hazard. (4) Division 1.4 consists of explosives that present a minor explo sion hazard. The explosive effects are largely confined to the package and no projection of fragments of appreciable size or range is to be expected. An external fire must not cause virtually instantaneous explosion of almost the entire contents of the package. (5) Division 1.51 consists of very insensitive explosives. This divi sion is comprised of substances which have a mass explosion hazard but are so insensitive that there is very little probability of initiation or of transition from burning to detonation under normal conditions of transport. (6) Division 1.62 consists of extremely insensitive articles which do not have a mass explosive hazard. This division is comprised of 1 The probability of transition from burning to detonation is greater when large quantities are transported in a vessel. 1 The risk from articles of Division 1.6 is limited to the explosion of a single article. articles which contain only extremely insensitive detonating sub stances and which demonstrate a negligible probability of accidental initiation or propagation. 173.51 Authorization to offer and transport explosives. (a) Unless otherwise provided in this subpart, no person may offer for transportation or transport an explosive, unless it has been tested and classed and approved by the Associate Administrator for Hazard ous Materials Safety (173.56). (b) Reports of explosives approved by the Department of Defense or the Department of Energy must be filed with, and receive acknowl edgement in writing by, the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety prior to such explosives being offered for transpor tation. 173.52 Classification codes and compatibility groups of ex plosives. (a) The classification code for an explosive, which is as signed by the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety in accordance with this subpart, consists of the division number fol lowed by the compatibility group letter. Compatibility group letters are used to specify the controls for the transportation, and storage related thereto, of explosives and to prevent an increase in hazard that might result if certain types of explosives were stored or transported together. Transportation compatibility requirements for carriers are prescribed in 174.81,175.78,176.83 and 177.848 of this subchapter for trans portation by rail, air, vessel, and public highway, respectively, and storage incidental thereto. (b) Compatibility groups and classification codes for the various types of explosives are set forth in the following tables. Table 1 sets forth compatibility groups and classification codes for substances and articles described in the first column of Table 1. Table 2 shows the number of classification codes that are possible within each explosive division. Altogether, there are 35 possible classification codes for explosives. Table 1. Classification Codes Description of substances or article to be classified Primary explosive subslance......................................................................................................................................................................................................... Article containing a primary explosive substance and not containing two or more effective protective features.................................................................... Some articles, such as detonators for blasting, detonator assemblies for blasting and primers, cap-type, are included, even though they do not contain primary explosives. Propellant explosive substance or other deflagrating explosive substance or article containing such explosive substance .............................................. Secondary detonating explosive substance or black powder or article containing a secondary detonating explosive substance, in each case without means of initiation and without a propelling charge, or article containing a primary explosive substance and containing two or more effective protective features. Article containing a secondary detonating explosive substance, without means of initiation, with a propelling charge (other than one containing flammable liquid or hypergolic liquid) Compatibility Group A B C D E Classification Code 1.1A 1.1B 1.2B 1.4B 1.1C 1.3C 1.4C 1 ID 1.2D 1.4D 1.SD 1.1E 1.2E 1.4E 269 ABDOO132040 173.52--173.56 April 1998 Description of substances or article to be classified Article containing a secondary detonating explosive substance with its means of initiation, with a propelling charge (other than one containing flammable liquid, gel or hypergolic liquid) or without a propelling charge. Pyrotechnic substance or article containing a pyrotechnic substance, or article containing both an explosive substance and an illuminating, incendiary, tear-producing or smoke-producing substance (other than a water-activated article or one containing white phosphorus, phosphide or flammable liquid, gel or hypergolic liquid). Article containing both an explosive substance and white phosphorus........................................................................................................................................ Article containing both an explosive substance and flammable liquid or gel ............................................................................................................ Article containing both an explosive substance and a toxic chemical agent . . ............................................................................................................ Explosive substance or article containing an explosive substance and presenting a special risk (e.g., due to water-activation of presence of hybergolic liquids, phosphides or phyophoric substances) needing isolation of each type. Article containing only extremely insensitive detonating substances . ....................................................................... ........................................... Substance or article so packed or designed that any hazardous effects arising from accidental functioning are limited to the extent that they do not significantly hinder or prohibit fire fighting or other emergency response efforts in the immediate vicinity of the package Compatibility Group F G H J K L N S Classification Code 1. IF 1.2F 1 3F 1 4F l.lO 1.2G 1.3G V4G 1.2H 1.3H 1 1J V2J 1.3J 1.2K 1.3K 1.1L 1.2L 1.3L 1.6N 1.4S Table 2. Scheme of Classification of Explosives, Combination of Hazard Division With Compatibility Group Hazard division 11............ ..................................................... 12......................... ......................................... 1.3................................................................................ A 1.1A B 1.1B 1.2B 1 4B C 1 1C 1 2C 1.3C 1.4C D 1.1D 1.2D 1 40 E 1 IE 1 2E 1.4E Compatibility group FGH 1.1F 1.1G 1.2F 1.2G 1.2H 1.3F 1.3G 1.3H 1.4F 1.4G J 1.1J 1.2J 1.3J K 1.2K 1.3K L 1.1L 1.2L 1.3L N 1.5................................................................................... 1.5D 1.6...................... ......................... ..................... 1 6N 11-16 .................................. 1 3 4 4 3 4 4 2 3 2 3 1 S A-S 9 10 7 1.4S 7 1 1 1 35 173.53 Provisions for using old classifications of explo sives. Where the classification system in effect prior to January 1, 1991, is referenced in State or local laws, ordinances or regulations not pertaining to the transportation of hazardous materials, the follow ing table may be used to compare old and new hazard class names: Current classification Division 1.1 ................................................................. Division 1.2 ..................................................... Division 1.3 .... ........................................... Division 1.4.................................. ................ Division 1.5 ... ............................................... Division 1.6 ..................................................... Class name prior to January 1,1991 Class A explosives Class A or Class B explosives Class B explosive Class C explosives Blasting Agents No applicable hazard class 173.54 Forbidden explosives. Unless otherwise provided in this subchapter, the following explosives shall not be offered for trans portation or transported: (a) An explosive that has not been approved in accordance with 173.56 of this subpart. (b) An explosive mixture or device containing a chlorate and also containing: (1) An ammonium salt, including a substituted ammonium or quar ternary ammonium salt; or (2) An acidic substance, including a salt of a weak base and a strong acid. (c) A leaking or damaged package of explosives. (d) Propellants that are unstable, condemned or deteriorated. (e) Nitroglycerin, diethylene glycol dinitrate, or any other liquid ex plosives not specifically authorized by this subchapter. (f) A loaded firearm (except as provided in 14 CFR 108.11). (0) Fireworks that combine an explosive and a detonator. (h) Fireworks containing yellow or white phosphorus. (1) A toy torpedo, the maximum outside dimension of which exceeds 23 mm (0.906 inch), or a toy torpedo containing a mixture of potassium chlorate, black antimony (antimony sulfide), and sulfur, if the weight of the explosive material in the device exceeds 0.26 g (0.01 ounce). (j) Explosives specifically forbidden in the 172.101 Table of this subchapter. (k) Explosives not meeting the acceptance criteria specified in 173.57 of this subchapter. (l) An explosive article with its means of initiation or ignition installed, unless approved in accordance with 173.56. 173.55 [Reserved] 173.56 New explosives--definition and procedures for classi fication and approval, (a) Definition of new explosive. For the purposes of this subchapter a new explosive means an explosive produced by a person who: (1) Has not previously produced that explosive; or (2) Has previously produced that explosive but has made a change in the formulation, design or process so as to alter any of the properties of the explosive. An explosive will not be considered a new explosive if an agency listed in paragraph (b) of this section has determined, and confirmed in writing to the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Satefy, that there are no significant differences in hazard characteristics from the explosive previously approved. (b) Examination, classing and approval. Except as provided in paragraph (j) of this section, no person may offer a new explosive for transportation unless that person has specified to the examining agency the ranges of composition of ingredients and compounds, showing the intended manufacturing tolerances in the composition of substances or design of articles which will be allowed in that material or device, and unless it has been examined, classed and approved as follows: (1) A new explosive must be examined and assigned a recom mended shipping description, class, and classification code by a person approved by the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materi als Safety. The recommendation of class and classification code must be based on the tests and criteria prescribed in 173.52, 173.57 and 173.58 of this subchapter. Each person requesting approval of a new explosive must submit a copy of the report of examination and assignment of recommended shipping description, class and classification code to the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Mate rials Safety for approval and must receive written approval and an EX-number from the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety before offering that explosive for transportation. (2) A new explosive made by or under the direction or supervision 270 ABDOO132041 PART 173 April 1998 173.56--173.57 of acomponent of the DOD may be examined, classed, and concurred in by: (i) The U.S. Army Technical Center for Explosives Safety (SMCACEST), Naval Sea Systems Command (SEA-9934), or Air Force Safety Agency (SEW), when approved by the chairman, DOD Explosives Board, in accordance with the Department of De fense Explosive Hazard Classification Procedures (TB 700-2, dated December 1989); or (ii) The agencies and procedures specified in paragraph (b)(1) of this section, (3) A new explosive made by or under the direction or supervision of the Department of Energy (DOE) may be-- (i) Examined by the DOE in accordance with the Explosives Haz ard Classification Procedures (TB 700-2, dated December, 1989), and must be classed and approved by DOE; or (ii) Examined, classed, and approved in accordance with para graph (b)(1) of this section. (4) For a material shipped under the description of "ammonium nitrate-fuel oil mixture (ANFO)," the only test required for classification purposes is the Cap Sensitivity Test (Test Method 5(a), prescribed in the Explosive Test Manual). The test must be performed by an agency listed in paragraph (b)(1), (b)(2), or (b)(3) of this section, the manufac turer, or the shipper. A copy of the test report must be submitted to the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety before the material is offered for transportation, and a copy of the test report must be retained by the shipper for as long as that material is shipped. At a minimum, the test report must contain the name and address of the person or organization conducting the test, date of the test, quantitative description of the mixture, including prill size and porosity, and a description of the test results. (c) Filing DOD or DOE approval report. DOD or DOE must file a copy of each approval, accompanied by supporting laboratory data, with the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety and receive acknowledgement in writing before offering the new explosive for transportation, unless the new explosive is: (1) Being transported under paragraph (d) or (e) of this section; or (2) Covered by a national security classification currently in effect. (d) Transportation of explosive samples for examination. Not withstanding the requirements of paragraph (b) of this section with regard to the transportation of a new explosive that has not been approved, a person may offer a sample of a new explosive for transpor tation, by railroad, highway, or vessel from the place where it was produced to an agency identified in paragraph (b) of this section, for examination if-- (1) The new explosive has been assigned a tentative shipping de scription and class in writing by the testing agency; (2) The new explosive is packaged as required by this part ac cording to the tentative description and class assigned, unless other wise specified in writing by the testing agency; and (3) The package is labeled as required by this subchapter and the following is marked on the package: (i) The words "SAMPLE FOR LABORATORY EXAMINATION"; (ii) The net weight of the new explosive; and (iii) The tentative shipping name and identification number. (e) Transportation of unapproved explosives for develop mental testing. Notwithstanding the requirements of paragraph (b) of this section, the owner of a new explosive that has not been exam ined or approved may transport that new explosive from the place where it was produced to an explosive testing range if-- (1) It is not a primary (a 1.1A initiating) explosive or a forbidden explosive according to this subchapter; (2) It is described as a Division 1.1 explosive (substance or article) and is packed, marked, labeled, described on shipping papers and is otherwise offered for transportation in conformance with the require ments of this subchapter applicable to Division 1.1; (3) It is transported in a motor vehicle operated by the owner of the explosive; and (4) It is accompanied by a person, in addition to the operator of the motor vehicle, who is qualified by training and experience to handle the explosive. (f) Notwithstanding the requirements of paragraphs (b) and (d) of this section, the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety may approve a new explosive on the basis of an approval issued for the explosive by the competent authority of aforeign government, or when examination of the explosive by a person approved by the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety is impractica ble, on the basis of reports of tests conducted by disinterested third parties, or may approve the transportation of an explosives sample for the purpose of examination by a person approved by the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety. (g) Notwithstanding the requirements of paragraph (b) of this sec tion, an explosive may be transported under 171.11, 171.12, 171.12a, or 176.11 of this subchapter without the approval of the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety if the Associ ate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety has acknowledged, in writing, the acceptability of an approval issued by the competent authority of a foreign government pursuant to the provisions of the UN Recommendations, the ICAO Technical Instructions, the IMDG Code, or other national or international regulations based on the UN Recommendations. In such a case, a copy of the foreign competent authority approval, and a copy of the written acknowledgement of its acceptance must accompany each shipment of that explosive. (h) The requirements of this section do not apply to cartridges, small arms which are: (1) Not a forbidden explosive under 173.54 of this subchapter; (2) Ammunition for rifle, pistol, or shotgun; (3) Ammunition with inert projectile and blank ammunition; and (4) Ammunition not exceeding 50 caliber for rifle or pistol cartridges or 8 gauge for shotgun shells. Cartridges, small arms meeting the criteria of this paragraph (h) may be assigned a classification code of 1.4S by the manufacturer. (I) If experience or other data indicate that the hazard of a material or a device containing an explosive composition is greater or less than indicated according to the definition and criteria specified in 173.50, 173.56, and 173.58 of this subchapter, the Associate Ad ministrator for Hazardous Materials Safety may, following examination in accordance with paragraph (b) of this section, revise its classifica tion or except the material or device from the requirements of this subchapter. (j) Fireworks. Notwithstanding the requirements of paragraph (b) of this section, Division 1.3 and 1.4 fireworks may be classed and approved by the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety without prior examination and offered for transportation if the following conditions are met: (1) The fireworks are manufactured in accordance with the applica ble requirements in APA Standard 87-1; (2) A thermal stability test is conducted on the device by the BOE, the BOM, or the manufacturer. The test must be performed by main taining the device, or a representative prototype of a large device such as a display shell, at a temperature of 75C (167F) for 48 consecutive hours. When a device contains more than one compo nent, those components which could be in physical contact with each other in the finished device must be placed in contact with each other during the thermal stability test; and (3) The manufacturer applies in writing to the Associate Administra tor for Hazardous Materials Safety following the applicable require ments in APA Standard 87-1, and is notified in writing by the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety that the fireworks have been classed, approved, and assigned an EX-number. Each applica tion must be complete, including all relevant background data and copies of all applicable drawings, test results, and any other pertinent information on each device for which approval is being requested. The manufacturer must sign the application and certify that the device for which approval is requested conforms to APA Standard 87-1 and that the descriptions and technical information contained in the appli cation are complete and accurate. If the application is denied, the manufacturer will be notified in writing of the reasons for the denial. The Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety may re quire that the fireworks be examined by an agency listed in paragraph (b)(1) of this section. 173.57 Acceptance criteria for new explosives, (a) Unless otherwise excepted, an explosive substance must be subjected to the Drop Weight Impact Sensitivity Test (Test Method 3(a)(i)), the Friction Sensitivity Test (Test Method 3(b)(iii)), the Thermal Stability Test (Test Method 3(c)) at 75C (167F) and the Small-Scale Burning Test (Test Method 3(d)(i)), each as described in the Explosive Test Manual (UN Recommendations on the Transport of Dangerous Goods, Tests and Criteria, Part I, Second Edition (see 171.7 of this subchap ter). A substance is forbidden for transportation if any one of the following occurs: 271 ABDOO132042 173.57--173.59 April 1998 (1) For a liquid, failure to pass the test criteria when tested in the Drop Weight Impact Sensitivity Test apparatus for liquids; (2) For a solid, failure to pass the test criteria when tested in the Drop Weight Impact Sensitivity Test apparatus for solids; (3) The substance has a friction sensitiveness equal to or greater than that of dry pentaerythrite tetranitrate (PETN) when tested in the Friction Sensitivity Test; (4) The substance fails to pass the test criteria specified in the Thermal Stability Test at 75C (167F); or (5) Explosion occurs when tested in the Small-Scale Burning Test. (b) An explosive article, packaged or unpackaged, or a packaged explosive substance must be subjected to the Thermal Stability Test for Articles and Packaged Articles (Test method 4(a)(i)) and the Twelve Meter Drop Test (Test Method 4(b)(ii)), when appropriate, in the Explo sive Test Manual. An article or packaged substance is forbidden for transportation if evidence of thermal instability or excessive impact sensitivity is found in those tests according to the criteria and methods of assessing results prescribed therein. (c) Dynamite (explosive, blasting, type A) is forbidden for transpor tation if any of the following occurs: (1) It does not have uniformly mixed with the absorbent material a satisfactory antacid in a quantity sufficient to have the acid neutralizing power of an amount of magnesium carbonate equal to one percent of the nitroglycerin or other liquid explosive ingredient; (2) During the centrifuge test (Test Method D-2, in Appendix D to this part) or the compression test (Test Method D-3 in Appendix D to this Part), a non-gelatin dynamite loses more than 3 percent by weight of the liquid explosive or a gelatin dynamite loses more than 10 percent by weight of the liquid explosive; or (3) During the leakage test (Test Method D-t in Appendix D to this Part), there is any loss of liquid. 173.58 Assignment of class and division for new explo sives. (a) Division 1.1,1.2,1.3, and 1.4 explosives. In addition to the test prescribed in 173.57 of this subchapter, a substance or article in these divisions must be subjected to Test Methods 6(a), 6(b), and 6(c), as described in the Explosive Test Manual, for assignment to an appropriate division. The criteria for assignment of class and divi sion are as follows: (1) Division 1.1 if the major hazard is mass explosion; (2) Division 1.2 if the major hazard is dangerous projections; (3) Division 1.3ifthemajorhazardisradiantheatorviolentburning, or both, but there is no blast or projection hazard; (4) Division 1.4 if there is a small hazard with no mass explosion and no projection of fragments of appreciable size or range; (5) Division 1.4 Compatibility Group S (1,4S) if the hazardous effects are confined within the package or the blast and projection effects do not significantly hinder emergency response efforts; or (6) Not in the explosive class if the substance or article does not have significant explosive hazard or if the effects of explosion are completely confined within the article. (b) Division 1.5 explosive. Except for ANFO, a substance that has been examined in accordance with the provisions 173.57(a) of this subchapter, must be subjected to the following additional tests: Cap Sensitivity Test, Princess Incendiary Spark Test, DDT Test, and Exter nal Fire Test, each as described in the Explosive Test Manual. A material may not be classed as a Division 1.5 explosive if any of the following occurs: (1) Detonation occurs in the Cap Sensitivity Test (Test Method 5(a)); (2) Detonation occurs in the DDT Test (Test Method 5(b)(ii)); (3) An explosion, evidenced by a loud noise and projection of fragments, occurs in the External Fire Test (Test Method 5(c); or (4) Ignition or explosion occurs in the Princess Incendiary Spark Test (Test Method 5(d)). (c) Division 1.6 explosive. (1) In order to be classed as a 1.6 explosive, an article must pass all of the following tests, as prescribed in the Explosive Test Manual: (1) The 1.6 Article External Fire Test; (ii) The 1.6 Article Slow Cook-off Test; (iii) The 1.6 Article Propagation Test; and (iv) The 1.6 Article Bullet Impact Test. (2) A substance intended for use as the explosive load in an article of Division 1.6 must be an extremely insensitive detonating substance (EIDS). In order to determine if a substance is an EIDS, it must be subjected to the tests in paragraphs (c)(2)(i) through (c)(2)(x) of this section, which are described in the Explosive Test Manual. The substance must be tested in the form (i.e., composition, granulation, density, etc.) in which it is to be used in the article. A substance is not an EIDS if it fails any of the following tests: (i) The Drop Weight Impact Sensitivity Test; (ii) The Friction Sensitivity Test; (iii) The Thermal Sensitivity Test at 75C (167F); (iv) The Small Scale Burning Test; (v) The EIDS Cap Test; (vi) The EIDS Gap Test; (vii) The Susan Test; (viii) The EIDS Bullet Impact Test; (ix) The EIDS External Fire Test; and (x) The EIDS Slow Cook-off Test. (d) The Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety may waive or modify certain test(s) identified in 173.57 and 173.58 of this subchapter, or require additional testing, if appropriate. In addition, the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety may limit the quantity of explosive in a device. (e) Each explosive is assigned a compatibility group letter by the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety based on the criteria prescribed in 173.52(b) of this subchapter. 173.59 Description of terms for explosives. For the purpose of this subchapter, a description of the following terms is provided for information only. They must not be used for purposes of classifica tion or to replace proper shipping names prescribed in 172.101 of this subchapter. Ammonlum-nitrate-fuel oil mixture (ANFO). A blasting explosive containing no essential ingredients other than prilled ammonium ni trate and fuel oil. Ammunition. Generic term related mainly to articles of military appli cation consisting of all types of bombs, grenades, rockets, mines, projectiles and other similar devices or contrivances. Ammunition, illuminating, with or without burster, expelling charge or propelling charge. Ammunition designed to produce a single source of intense light for lighting up an area. The term includes illuminating cartridges, grenades and projectiles, and illuminating and target identification bombs. The term excludes the following articles which are listed separately: cartridges, signal; signal devices; hand signals; distress flares, aerial and flares, surface. Ammunition, Incendiary. Ammunition containing an incendiary substance which may be a solid, liquid or gel including white phospho rus. Except when the composition is an explosive per se, it also con tains one or more of the following: a propelling charge with primer and igniter charge, or a fuze with burster or expelling charge. The term includes: Ammunition, incendiary, liquid or gel, with burster, expelling charge or propelling charge; Ammunition, incendiary with or without burster, expelling charge or propelling charge; and Ammuni tion, incendiary, white phosphorus, with burster, expelling charge or propelling charge. Ammunition, practice. Ammunition without a main bursting charge, containing a burster or expelling charge. Normally it also contains a fuze and propelling charge. The term excludes the following article which is listed separately: Grenades, practice. Ammunition, proof. Ammunition containing pyrotechnic sub stance, used to test the performance or strength of new ammunition, weapon component or assemblies. Ammunition, smoke. Ammunition containing a smoke-producing substance such as chlorosulphonic acid mixture (CSAM), titanium tetrachloride (FM), white phosphorus, or smoke-producing substance whose composition is based on hexachlorothannol (HC) or red phos phorus. Except when the substance is an explosive perse, the ammu nition also contains one or more of the following: a propelling charge with primer and igniter charge, or a fuze with burster or expelling charge. The term includes: Ammunition, smoke, with or without burster, expelling charge or propelling charge; Ammunition, smoke, white phosphorus with burster, expelling charge or propelling charge. Ammunition, tear-producing with burster, expelling charge or propelling charge. Ammunition containing tear-producing sub stance. It may also contain one or more of the following: a pyrotechnic substance, a propelling charge with primer and igniter charge, or a fuze with burster or expelling charge. Ammunition, toxic. Ammunition containing toxic agent. It may also contain one or more of the following: a pyrotechnic substance, a propelling charge with primer and igniter charge, or a fuze with burster or expelling charge. Articles, explosive, extremely insensitive (Articles, EEI). Articles that contain only extremely insensitive detonating substances and 272 ABDOO132043 PART 173 April 1998 173.59 which demonstrate a negligible probability of accidental initiation or propagation under normal conditions of transport and which have passed Test Series 7. Articles, pyrophoric. Articles which contain a pyrophoric sub stance (capable of spontaneous ignition when exposed to air) and an explosive substance or component. The term excludes articles containing white phosphorus. Articles, pyrotechnic for technical purposes. Articles which con tain pyrotechnic substances and are used for technical purposes, such as heat generation, gas generation, theatrical effects, etc. The term excludes the following articles which are listed separately: all ammunition; cartridges, signal; cutters, cable, explosive; fireworks; flares, aerial; flares, surface; release devices, explosives; rivets, explo sive; signal devices, hand; signals, distress; signals, railway track, explosive; and signals, smoke. Black powder (gunpowder). Substance consisting of an intimate mixture of charcoal or other carbon and either potassium or sodium nitrate, and sulphur. It may be meal, granular, compressed, or pel letized. Bombs. Explosive articles which are dropped from aircraft. They may contain a flammable liquid with bursting charge, a photo-flash composition or bursting charge. The term excludes torpedoes (aerial) and includes bombs, photo-flash; bombs with bursting charge; bombs with flammable liquids, with bursting charge. Boosters. Articles consisting of a charge of detonating explosive without means of initiation. They are used to increase the initiating power of detonators or detonating cord. Bursters, explosive. Articles consisting of a small charge of explo sive to open projectiles or other ammunition in order to disperse their contents. Cartridges, blank. Articles which consist of a cartridge case with a center or rim fire primer and a confined charge of smokeless or black powder, but no projectile. Used in training, saluting, or in starter pistols, etc. Cartridges, flash. Articles consisting of a casing, a primer and flash powder, all assembled in one piece for firing. Cartridges for weapons. (1) Fixed (assembled) or semi-fixed (par tially assembled) ammunition designed to be fired from weapons. Each cartridge includes all the components necessary to function the weapon once. The name and description should be used for military small arms cartridges that cannot be described as cartridges, small arms. Separate loading ammunition is included under this name and description when the propelling charge and projectile are packed together (see also Cartridges, blank). (2) Incendiary, smoke, toxic, and tear-producing cartridges are described under ammunition, incendiary, etc. Cartridges for weapons, inert projectile. Ammunition consisting of a casing with propelling charge and a solid or empty projectile. Cartridges, oil well. Articles consisting of a casing of thin fiber, metal or other material containing only propellant explosive. The term excludes charges, shaped, commercial. Cartridges, power device. Articles designed to accomplish me chanical actions. They consist of a casing with a charge of deflagrating explosive and a means of ignition. The gaseous products of the defla gration produce inflation, linear or rotary motion; activate diaphragms, valves or switches, or project fastening devices or extinguishing agents. Cartridges, signal. Articles designed to fire colored flares or other signals from signal pistols or devices. Cartridges, small arms. Ammunition consisting of a cartridge case fitted with a center or rim fire primer and containing both a propelling charge and solid projectile(s). They are designed to be fired in weap ons of caliber not larger than 19.1 mm. Shotgun cartridges of any caliber are included in this description. The term excludes: Cartridges, small arms, blank, and some military small arms cartridges listed under Cartridges for weapons, inert projectile. Cases, cartridge, empty with primer. Articles consisting of a car tridge case made from metal, plastics or other non-flammable materi als, in which only the explosive component is the primer. Cases, combustible, empty, without primer. Articles consisting of cartridge cases made partly or entirely from nitrocellulose. Charges, bursting. Articles consisting of a charge of detonating explosive such as hexolite, octolite, or plastics-bonded explosive de signed to produce effect by blast or fragmentation. Charges, demolition. Articles consisting of a charge of detonating explosive in a casing of fiberboard, plastics, metal or other material. The term excludes articles identified as bombs, mines, etc. Charges, depth. Articles consisting of a charge of detonating explo sive contained in a drum or projectile. They are designed to detonate under water. Charges, expelling. A charge of deflagrating explosive designed to eject the payload from the parent article without damage. Charges, explosive, commercial without detonator. Articles con sisting of a charge of detonating explosive without means of initiation, used for explosive welding, joining, forming, and other commercial processes. Charges, propelling. Articles consisting of propellant charge in any physical form, with or without a casing, for use in cannon or for reducing drag for projectiles or as a component of rocket motors. Charges, propelling for cannon. Articles consisting of a propellant charge in any physical form, with or without a casing, for use in a cannon. Charges, shaped commercial, without detonator. Articles con sisting of a casing containing a charge of detonating explosive with a cavity lined with rigid material, without means of initiation. They are designed to produce a powerful, penetrating jet effect. Charges, shaped, flexible, linear. Articles consisting of a V-shaped core of a detonating explosive clad by a flexible metal sheath. Charges, supplementary, explosive. Articles consisting of a small removable booster used in the cavity of a projectile between the fuze and the bursting charge. Components, explosive train, n.o.s. Articles containing an explo sive designed to transmit a detonation or deflagration within an explo sive train. Contrivance, water-activated with burster, expelling charge or propelling charge. Articles whose functioning depends on physico chemical reaction of their contents with water. Cord, detonating, flexible. Articles consisting of a core of detonat ing explosive enclosed in spun fabric with plastics or other covering. Cord (fuse) detonating, metal clad. Articles consisting of a core of detonating explosive clad by a soft metal tube with or without protective covering. When the core contains a sufficiently small quan tity of explosive, the words mild effect are added. Cord igniter. Articles consisting of textile yarns covered with black powder or another fast-burning pyrotechnic composition and a flexible protective covering, or consisting of a core of black powder sur rounded by a flexible woven fabric. It burns progressively along its length with an external flame and is used to transmit ignition from a device to a charge or primer. Cutters, cable, explosive. Articles consisting of a knife-edged de vice which is driven by a small charge of deflagrating explosive into an anvil. Detonator assemblies, non-electrlc, for blasting. Non-electric detonators assembled with and activated by such means as safety fuse, shock tube, flash tube, or detonating cord. They may be of instantaneous design or incorporate delay elements. Detonating re lays incorporating detonating cord are included. Other detonating relays are included in Detonators, non-electric. Detonators. Articles consisting of a small metal or plastic tube containing explosives such as lead azide, PETN, or combinations of explosives. They are designed to start a detonation train. They may be constructed to detonate instantaneously, or may contain a delay element. They may contain no more than 10 g of total explosives weight, excluding ignition and delay charges, per unit. The term in cludes: detonators for ammunition; detonators for blasting, both elec tric and non-electric; and detonating relays without flexible detonat ing cord. Dynamite. A detonating explosive containing a liquid explosive ingredient (generally nitroglycerin, similar organic nitrate esters, or both) that is uniformly mixed with an absorbent material, such as wood pulp, and usually contains materials such as nitrocellulose, sodium and ammonium nitrate. Entire load and total contents. The phrase means such a substan tial portion of the material explodes that the practical hazard should be assessed by assuming simultaneous explosion of the whole of the explosive content of the load or package. Explode. The term indicates those explosive effects capable of endangering life and property through blast, heat, and projection of missiles. It encompasses both deflagration and detonation. Explosion of the total contents. The phrase is used in testing a single article or package or a small stack of articles or packages. 273 ABDOO132044 173.59 April 1998 Explosive, blasting. Detonating explosive substances used in min ing, construction, and similar tasks. Blasting explosives are assigned to one of five types. In addition to the ingredients listed below for each type, blasting explosives may also contain inert components, such as kieselguhr, and other minor ingredients, such as coloring agents and stabilizers. Explosive, blasting, type A. Substances consisting of liquid or ganic nitrates, such as nitroglycerin, or a mixture of such ingredients with one or more of the following: nitrocellulose, ammonium nitrate or other inorganic nitrates, aromatic nitro-derivatives, or combustible materials, such as wood-meal and aluminum powder. Such explosives must be in powdery, gelatinous, plastic or elastic form. The term includes dynamite, blasting gelatine and gelatine dynamites. Explosive, blasting, type B. Substances consisting of a mixture of ammonium nitrate or other inorganic nitrates with an explosive, such as trinitrotoluene, with or without other substances, such as woodmeal or aluminum powder, or a mixture of ammonium nitrate or other inorganic nitrates with other combustible substances which are not explosive ingredients. Such explosives may not contain nitroglycerin, similar liquid organic nitrates, or chlorates. Explosive, blasting, type C. Substances consisting of a mixture of either potassium or sodium chlorate or potassium, sodium or ammo nium perchlorate with organic nitro-derivatives or combustible materi als, such as wood-meal or aluminum powder, or a hydrocarbon. Such explosives must not contain nitroglycerin or any similar liquid organic nitrate. Explosive, blasting, type D. Substances consisting of a mixture of organic nitrate compounds and combustible materials, such as hydrocarbons and aluminum powder. Such explosives must not con tain nitroglycerin, any similar liquid organic nitrate, chlorate or ammo nium-nitrate. The term generally includes plastic explosives. Explosive, blasting, type E. Substances consisting of water as an essential ingredient and high proportions of ammonium nitrate or other oxidizer, some or all of which are in solution. The other constituents may include nitro-derivatives, such as trinitrotoluene, hydrocarbons or aluminum powder. The term includes: explosives, emulsion; explo sives. slurry; and explosives, watergel. Explosive, deflagrating. A substance, e.g., propellant, which re acts by deflagration rather than detonation when ignited and used in its normal manner. Explosive, detonating. A substance which reacts by detonation rather than deflagration when initiated and used in its normal manner. Explosive, extremely Insensitive detonating substance (EIDS). A substance which, although capable of sustaining a detonation, has demonstrated through tests that it is so insensitive that there is very little probability of accidental initiation. Explosive, primary. Explosive substance which is manufactured with a view to producing a practical effect by explosion, is very sensi tive to heat, impact, or friction, and even in very small quantities, detonates. The major primary explosives are mercury fulminate, lead azide, and lead styphnate. Explosive, secondary. An explosive substance which is relatively insensitive (when compared to primary explosives) and is usually initiated by primary explosives with or without the aid of boosters or supplementary charges. Such an explosive may react as a deflagrat ing or as a detonating explosive. Fireworks. Pyrotechnic articles designed for entertainment. Flares. Articles containing pyrotechnic substances which are de signed to illuminate, identify, signal, or warn. The term includes: flares, aerial and flares, surface. Flash powder. Pyrotechnic substance which, when ignited, pro duces an intense light. Fracturing devices, explosive, for oil wells, without detonators. Articles consisting of a charge of detonating explosive contained in a casing without the means of initiation. They are used to fracture the rock around a drill shaft to assist the flow of crude oil from the rock. Fuse/Fuze. Although these two words have a common origin (French fusee, fusil) and are sometimes considered to be different spellings, it is useful to maintain the convention that fuse refers to a cord-like igniting device, whereas fuze refers to a device used in ammunition which incorporates mechanical, electrical, chemical, or hydrostatic components to initiate a train by deflagration or detonation. Fuse, Igniter. Articles consisting of a metal tube with a core of deflagrating explosives. Fuse, instantaneous, non detonating (Qulckmatch). Article con sisting of cotton yarns impregnated with fine black powder. It burns with an external flame and is used in ignition trains for fireworks, etc. Fuse, safety. Article consisting of a core of fine-grained black pow der surrounded by a flexible woven fabric with one or more protective outer coverings. When ignited, it burns at a predetermined rate without any explosive effect. Fuzes. Articles designed to start a detonation or deflagration in ammunition. They incorporate mechanical, electrical, chemical, or hy drostatic components and generally protective features. The term includes: Fuzes, detonating; fuzes detonating with protective features; and fuzes, igniting. Grenades, hand or rifle. Articles which are designed to be thrown by hand or to be projected by rifle. The term includes: grenades, hand or rifle, with bursting charge; and grenades, practice, hand or rifle. The term excludes: grenades, smoke. Igniters. Articles containing one or more explosive substance used to start deflagration of an explosive train. They may be actuated chemi cally, electrically, or mechanically. The term excludes: cord, igniter; fuse, igniter; fuse, instantaneous, non-detonating; fuze, igniting; light ers, fuse, instantaneous, non-detonating; fuzes, igniting; lighters, fuse; primers, cap type; and primers, tubular. Ignition, means of. A general term used in connection with the method employed to ignite a deflagrating train of explosive or py rotechnic substances (for example: a primer for propelling charge, an igniter for a rocket motor or an igniting fuze). Initiation, means of. (1) A device intended to cause the detonation of an explosive (for example: detonator, detonator for ammunition, or detonating fuze). (2) The term "with its own means of initiation" means that the contriv ance has its normal initiating device assembled to it and this device is considered to present a significant risk during transport but not one great enough to be unacceptable. The term does not apply, however, to a contrivance packed together with its means of initiation, provided the device is packaged so as to eliminate the risk of causing detonation of the contrivance in the event of functioning of the initiating device. The initiating device can even be assembled in the contrivance pro vided there are protective features ensuring that the device is very unlikely to cause detonation of the contrivance under conditions which are associated with transport. (3) For the purposes of classification, any means of initiation without two effective protective features should be regarded as Compatibility Group B; an article with its own means of initiation, without two effective protective features, is Compatibility Group F. A means of initiation which itself possesses two effective protective features is Compatibility Group D, and an article with its own means of initiation which pos sesses two effective features is Compatibility Group D or E. A means of initiation, adjudged as having two effective protective features, must be approved by the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety. A common and effective way of achieving the necessary de gree of protection is to use a means of initiation which incorporates two or more independent safety features. Jet perforating guns, charged, oil well, without detonator. Arti cles consisting of a steel tube or metallic strip, into which are inserted shaped charges connected by detonating cord, without means of initiation. Lighters, fuse. Articles of various design actuated by friction, per cussion, or electricity and used to ignite safety fuse. Mass explosion. Explosion which affects almost the entire load virtually instantaneously. Mines. Articles consisting normally of metal or composition recepta cles and bursting charge. They are designed to be operated by the passage of ships, vehicles, or personnel. The term includes Bangalore torpedoes. Powder cake (powder paste). Substance consisting of nitrocellu lose impregnated with not more than 60 percent of nitroglycerin or other liquid organic nitrates or a mixture of these. Powder, smokeless. Substance based on nitrocellulose used as propellant. The term includes propellants with a single base (nitrocellu lose (NC) alone), those with a double base (such as NC and nitroglyc erin (NG)) and those with a triple base (such as NC/ NG/nitroguanidine). Cast pressed or bag-charges of smokeless powder are listed under charges, propelling and charges propelling for cannon. Primers, cap type. Articles consisting of a metal or plastic cap containing a small amount of primary explosive mixture that is readily ignited by impact. They serve as igniting elements in small arms cartridges and in percussion primers for propelling charges. Primers, tubular. Articles consisting of a primer for ignition and an 274 ABDOO132045 PART 173 April 1998 173.59--173.61 auxiliary charge of deflagrating explosive, such as black powder, used to ignite the propelling charge in a cartridge case for cannon, etc. Projectiles. Articles, such as a shell or bullet, which are projected from a cannon or other artillery gun, rifle, or other small arm. They may be inert, with or without tracer, or may contain a burster, expelling charge or bursting charge. The term includes: projectiles, inert, with tracer; projectiles, with burster or expelling charge; and projectiles, with bursting charge. Propellant, liquid. Substances consisting of a deflagrating liquid explosive, used for propulsion. Propellant, solid. Substances consisting of a deflagrating solid explosive, used for propulsion. Propellants. Deflagrating explosives used for propulsion or reduc ing the drag of projectiles. Release devices, explosive. Articles consisting of a small charge of explosive with means of initiation. They sever rods or links to release equipment quickly. Rocket motors. Articles consisting of a solid, liquid, or hypergolic propellant contained in a cylinder fitted with one or more nozzles. They are designed to propel a rocket or guided missile. The term includes: rocket motors; rocket motors with hypergolic liquids with or without an expelling charge; and rocket motors, liquid fuelled. Rockets. Articles containing a rocket motor and a payload which may be an explosive warhead or other device. The term includes: guided missiles; rockets, line-throwing; rockets, liquid fuelled, with bursting charge; rockets, with bursting charge; rockets, with expelling charge; and rockets, with inert head. Signals. Articles consisting of pyrotechnic substances designed to produce signals by means of sound, flame, or smoke or any combi nation thereof. The term includes: signal devices, hand; signals, dis tress ship; signals, railway track, explosive; signals, smoke. Sounding devices, explosive. Articles consisting of a charge of detonating explosive. They are dropped from ships and function when they reach a predetermined depth or the sea bed. Substance, explosive, very Insensitive (Substance, EVI) N.O.S. Substances which present a mass-explosive hazard but which are so insensitive that there is very little probability of initiation, or of transition from burning to detonation under normal conditions of transport and which have passed test series 5. Torpedoes. Articles containing an explosive or non-explosive pro pulsion system and designed to be propelied through water. They may contain an inert head or warhead. The term includes: torpedoes, liquid fuelled, with inert head; torpedoes, liquid fuelled, with or without bursting charge; and torpedoes, with bursting charge. Tracers lor ammunition. Sealed articles containing pyrotechnic substances, designed to reveal the trajectory of a projectile. Warheads. Articles containing detonating explosives, designed to be fitted to a rocket, guided missile, or torpedo. They may contain a burster or expelling charge or bursting charge. The term includes: warhead rocket with bursting charge; and warheads, torpedo, with bursting charge. 173.60 General packaging requirements for explosives. (a) Unless otherwise provided in this subpart and in 173.7(a), packaging used for Class 1 (explosives) materials must meet Packing Group II requirements. Each packaging used for an explosive must be capable of meeting the test requirements of subpart M of part 178 of this subchapter, at the specified level of performance, and the applicable general packaging requirements of paragraph (b) of this section. (b) The general requirements for packaging of explosives are as follows: (1) Nails, staples, and other closure devices, made of metal, having no protective covering may not penetrate to the inside of the outer packaging unless the inner packaging adequately protects the explo sive against contact with the metal. (2) The closure device of containers for liquid explosives must pro vide double protection against leakage, such as a screw cap secured in place with tape. (3) Inner packagings, fittings, and cushioning materials, and the placing of explosive substances or articles in packages, must be such that the explosive substance is prevented from becoming loose in the outer packaging during transportation. Metallic components of articles must be prevented from making contact with metal packagings. Arti cles containing explosive substances not enclosed in an outer casing must be separated from each other in order to prevent friction and impact. Padding, trays, partitioning in the inner or outer packaging, molded plastics or receptacles may be used for this purpose. (4) When the packaging includes water that could freeze during transportation, a sufficient amount of anti-freeze, such as denatured ethyl alcohol, must be added to the water to prevent freezing. If the anti freeze creates a fire hazard, it may not be used. When a percentage of water in the substance is specified, the combined weight of water and anti-freeze may be substituted. (5) If an article is fitted with its own means of ignition or initiation, it must be effectively protected from accidental actuation during normal conditions of transportation. (6) The entry of explosive substances into the recesses of doubleseamed metal packagings must be prevented. (7) The closure device of a metal drum must include a suitable gasket; if the closure device includes metal-to-meta! screw-threads, the ingress of explosive substances into the threading must be pre vented. (8) Whenever loose explosive substances or the explosive sub stance of an uncased or partly cased article may come into contact with the inner surface of metal packagings (1A2, 1B2, 4A, 4B and metal receptacles), the metal packaging should be provided with an inner liner or coating. (9) Packagings must be made of materials compatible with, and impermeable to, the explosives contained in the package, so that neither interaction between the explosives and the packaging materi als, nor leakage, causes the explosive to become unsafe in transporta tion, or the hazard division or compatibility group to change (see 173.24(e)(2)). (10) An explosive article containing an electrical means of initiation that is sensitive to external electromagnetic radiation, must have its means of initiation effectively protected from electromagnetic radiation sources (for example, radar or radio transmitters) through either design of the packaging or of the article, or both. (11) Plastic packagings may not be able to generate or accumulate sufficient static electricity to cause the packaged explosive sub stances or articles to initiate, ignite or inadvertently function. Metal packagings must be compatible with the explosive substance they contain. (12) Explosive substances may not be packed in inner or outer packagings where the differences in internal and external pressures, due to thermal or other effects, could cause an explosion or rupture of the package. (13) Packagings for water soluble substances must be water resis tant. Packagings for desensitized or phlegmatized substances must be closed to prevent changes in concentration during transport. When containing less alcohol, water, or phlegmatizer than specified in its proper shipping description, the substance is a "forbidden" material. 173.61 Mixed packaging requirements, (a) Unless specifi cally authorized in this subchapter, an explosive may not be packed in the same outside packaging with any other material, unless pack aged by the DOD or DOE in accordance with 173.7(a) of this sub chapter. (b) Hardware necessary for assembly of explosive articles at the point-of-use may be packed in the same outside packaging with the explosive articles. The hardware must be securely packed in a sepa rate inside packaging. Sufficient cushioning materials must be used to ensure that all inside packagings are securely packed in the outside packaging. (c) The following explosives may not be packed together with other Class 1 explosives: UN 0029, UN 0030, UN 0073, UN 0106, UN 0107, UN 0255, UN 0257, UN 0267, UN 0360, UN 0361, UN 0364, UN 0365, UN 0366, UN 0367. UN 0408, UN 0409, UN 0410, UN 0455, UN 0456, and NA 0350. These explosives may be mix-packed with each other in accordance with the compatibility requirements prescribed in para graph (e). (d) Division 1.1 and 1.2 explosives may not be packed with the following explosives: UN 0333, UN 0334, UN 0335, UN 0336 and UN 0337. (e) Except as prescribed in paragraph (c) and (d) of this section, different explosives may be packed in one outside packaging in ac cordance with the following compatibility requirements: (1) Explosives of the same compatibility group and same division number may be packed together. (2) Explosives of the same compatibility group or authorized combi nation of compatibility group but different division number may be 275 ABDOO132046 173.61--173.62 April 1998 packed together, provided that the whole package is treated as though its entire contents were comprised of the lower division number. For example, a mixed package of Division 1.2 explosives (Class A explo sive) and Division 1.4 explosives (Class C explosive), compatibility group D, must be treated as 1.2D explosives. However, when 1.5D explosives (blasting agents) are packed together with 1.2D explosives (Class A explosives), the whole package must be treated as 1.1D explosives. (3) Explosives of compatibility group S may be packed with explo sives of all other compatibility groups except A and L. (4) Explosives of compatibility group L shall only be packed with an identical explosive. (5) Explosives articles of compatibility groups C, D, or E may be packed together and the entire package shall be treated as belonging to compatibility group E. (6) Explosives articles of compatibility groups C, D, E, or N may be packed together and the entire package shall be treated as belong ing to compatibility group D. (7) Explosives substances of compatibility groups C and D may be packaged together and the entire package shall be treated as belonging to compatibility group D. 173.62 Specific packaging requirements for explosives. (a) Except as provided in paragraph (e) of this section, when the 172.101 Table specifies that an explosive must be packaged in accordance with this section, only non-bulk packagings which con form to the provisions of paragraphs (b), (c) and (d) of this section and the applicable requirements in 173.60 and 173.61 may be used unless otherwise approved by the Associate Administrator. Intermedi ate bulk packagings may be used for explosives assigned to Packing Instruction 117 in paragraph (b) of this section. Intermediate bulk packagings must conform with the requirements of this subchapter. (b) Explosives Table. The Explosives Table specifies the Packing Instructions assigned to each explosive. Explosives are identified in the first column in numerical sequence by their identification number (ID #), which is listed in column 4 of the 172.101 Table, of this subchapter. The second column of the Explosives Table specifies the Packing Instruction (PI) which must be used for packaging the explosive. The Explosives Packing Method Table in paragraph (c) of this section defines the methods of packaging. The Packing Instruc tions are identified using a 3 digit designation. The Packing Instruction prefixed by the letters "US'' is particular to the United States and not found in applicable international regulations. Explosives Table ID# PI UN0006 UN0007 . .130 . . .130 UN0010 . . UN0012 UN0014 .. 130 . .130 . 130 UN0018 UN0019 . . 130 . 130 UN0027 UN0028 . 113 .113 UN0033 UN0034 130 .130 UN0038 .130 UN0044 . . .133 UN0049 UN0050 . UN0054 UN0055 . .. 135 .. . .135 . .135 . . 136 UN0059 UN0060 UN0065 . . . .137 . .132 . . .139 UN0072 112(a) UN0075 UN0076 UN0077 UN0078 . . UN0079 UN0081 UN0082. UN0083 . UN0084 UN0092 . 115 . 112 . 114(a) or 114(b) ... 112 .. 112(b) or 112(c) . ..116 .. .116 or 117 .. 116 116 . 135 UN0099 UN0101 ... 134 . 140 UN0104 UNO105 ... 139 . . .140 UN0110 UN0113 . 141 110(a) or 110(b) UN0118 . . . .. 112' ID# PI UN0129 ... .. . 110(a) or 110(b) UN0130... ___ 110(a) or 110(b) UN0132 . . . UN0133.. . UN0135.. UN0136. . ... .114(b) ....112(a) 110(a) or 110(b) . ..130 UN0138. . . 130 UN0143 . . . .. .115 ... .112 UN0147 . .. ...112(b) UN0150 . .. .112(a) or 112(b) UN0154 .. UN0155 . 112 112(b) or 112(c) .. 114(b) UN0161 . . 114(b) UN0171 ... .. 130 UN0174 . . UN0180. . . UN0181 .. UNO182... UN0166 . .. UN0190. . UN0191 . .. . .134 . . . .130 . 130 . . .130 . . . .130 ... .130 . . 101 . . .135 UN0194 . 135 ... .135 UN0197 .. UN0204 . . . UN0207 ... UN0208 .. . UN0209. . UN0212.. UN0213 .. . UN0214 . . . UN0215. . UN0216 . . ... .135 . 134 .. . 112(b) or 112(c) ___ 112(b) or 112(c) . .112 .133 . .112(b) or 112(c) . ..112 .112 112(b) or 112(c) UN0219... ... .112 UN0220. .. ... .112 UN0224. .. . . 110(a) or 110(b) UN0225. .. . 133 . ..112(a) UN0235 . UN0236 . .. UN0238 ... 114(a) or 114(b) 114(a) or 114(b) . . .138 .. . .130 ID# PI UN0240.. . .. . .130 UN0241 ___ ___ 116 or 117 UN0242. .. ... .130 UN0243 . . . .. . 130 ___ 130 UN0245 . .. . .. .130 UN0246 . ... ... .130 UN0247 .. .. . 101 UN0248 . ... .. .144 UN0249 . .. ... .144 UN0250 ... .. 101 UN0254___ .. .130 UN0255 .. ... .131 UN0257 ... . . . .141 UN0266.. .. .112 UN0267 .. . ....131 UN0268 .. . .133 ___ 143 UN0272.. . .143 UN0275.. .134 . ..134 UN0277... . . . .134 UN0278 . . .. .134 UN0279. . . 130 . ..130 UN0281 . .. . .. .130 UN02B2. .. ... .112 ... .132 UN02B4. .. . .. .141 UN0285 . .. . . . .141 UN0286... ... .130 UN0287 .. ... 130 UN0288 ... ... .138 UN0289 ... .. 139 UN0290... .. . .139 UN0291 ... . . 130 UN0292 ... . . . 141 UN0294 .. . UN0295.. . UN0296... UN0297. . UNO299 . . UN0300.. UN0301 .. . UN0303. . UN0305... UNO306. . UN0312 . . . UN0313 . .. UN0314 . .. UN0316 . .. UN0317 ... UN0318 ... UN0319 .. UN0321 ... UN0322.. UN0323 ... UN0324 .. . UN0325.. UN0326.. . UN0327... UN0328... . . .130 .. . .130 ___ 134 . ..130 . . .130 ___ 130 ___ 130 . . . .130 . . 113 . .. .133 . .. .135 .. 135 . .. .142 ... .142 ... .141 .. . .141 . . . .141 ... 133 .. .133 ___ 130 .. .101 .. . .134 ___ 130 .. . .142 .. .130 .. . .130 . . .130 ID# PI UN0329 . . . .130 UN0330 ... . ...130 UN0331 ... . ___ 116 or 117 UN0332. . . .116 Or 117 UN0333 .. . 135 UN0334 .. . .. . .135 UN0335. . . . .135 UN0336. . . . .135 UN0337 . . . . . .135 UN0338 .. . . ..130 UN0339. .. .130 UN0340 . .112(a) or 112(b) UN0341 . ...112(b) UN0342. .. ... .114(a) UN0343 . . . ... .111 UN0344 . .. 130 UN0345 . . . .. .130 UN0346 ... ... .130 UN0347 .. . . .130 UN0348 .. .130 UN0349 .. .. .101 UN0350 . .. .. 101 UN0351 . . .. . .101 UN0352 . .. .101 UN0353 .. .. . .101 UN0354 .. . . . . .101 UN0355 .. . . . .101 UN0356 . . 101 UN0357 .. . . . . .101 UN0358 .. . . ..101 UN0359 .. .101 UN0360 . . ... 131 UN0361 .. .. .131 UN0362... . .. .130 UN0363 . ... 130 UN0364 . 133 UN0365 . . . . .. 133 UN0366 .. ... 133 UN0367 . ... 141 UN0368 .. 141 UN0369 . ...130 UN0370 . .. ... .130 UN0371 . .. 130 UN0372 . .. .141 UN0373 . . . ... .135 UN0374 . . . .. . .134 UN0375 . .134 UN0376 . .. . .133 UN0377 . .. . .133 UN0378. . . ..133 UN0379 . . 136 UN0380 . .101 UN0381 . . . . . . .134 UN0382 . .. 101 UN0383 . .. 101 UN0384 . . . .. .101 UN0385... .. 112(b) or 112(c) UN0386 . . . ... 112(b) or 112(c) UN0387 . ... 112(b) or 112(c) UN0388 . . . ... 112(b) or 112(c) UN0389 . . . ... 112(b) or 112(c) UN0390 ... 112(b) or 112(c) UN0391 ... 112(a) UN0392 . . ... 112(b) or 112(c) UN0393 . .. ...112(b) 276 ABDOO132047 PART 173 April 1998 173.62 ID# PI UN0394 .. . UN0395 ... UN0396 ... UN0397 . . . UN0398 . .. UN0399. .. UN0400. .. UN0401 . .. UN0402... UN0403... UN0404 .. . UN0405 . . . UN0406 ... UN0407 ... UN0408 ... UN0409 . .. UN0410... UN0411 ... UN0412 . .. UN0413... UN0414 .,. UN0415 . . . UN0417 . . . UNO410 . . . UN0419... UN0420 . . . UN0421 .. . UN0424 . . . ....112(a) ___ 101 ___ 101 ___ 101 . . . .101 ___ 101 ... .101 . .. .112 ___ 112(b) or 112(c) ___ 135 . .. .135 ___ 135 .. ..114(b) ....114(b) ___ 141 ___ 141 ___ 141 ... .112(b) or 112(C) ___ 130 . .. .130 ____130 . .. .143 ___ 130 ___ 135 ... .135 . . . .135 ___ 135 ... .130 Explosives Table--Continued ID# PI UN0425... . . . .130 UN0426... . .. .130 UN0427. . . . .. .130 UN0428... . .. .135 UN0429 .. . ___ 135 UN0430... .. . .135 UN0431 ... ___ 135 UN0432 ... . . . .135 UN0433 . .. ... .111 UN0434... ... .130 UN0435 . .. ... .130 UN0436. .. . .. .130 UN0437... ___ 130 UN0438. .. ... .130 UN0439... . .. .137 UN0440... . . . .137 UN0441 ... ___ 137 UN0442... . .. .137 UN0443 .. . . . . .137 UN0444 ... .. . .137 UN0445 ___ ... .137 UN0446 . . . .. . .136 UN0447 . . . ... .136 UN0448____ ... .114(b) UN0449___ ... .101 UN0450 . . . . . .. .101 UN04S1 . . . . . .. .130 UN0452___ ___ 141 ID# PI UN0453 . .. ... .130 UN0454 . . . ... .142 UN0455... ... .131 UN0456 . . . . .. .131 UN0457. . . . . . .130 UN0458... ___ 130 UN0459.. . ... .130 UN0460. . . ___ 130 UN0461 .. . ___ 101 UN0462... ... .101 UN0463.. . ___ 101 UN0464 ... .. . .101 UN0465 .... ....101 UN0466 .... ___ 101 UN0467 . . . . . .. .101 UN0468 . ... . .. .101 UN0469 .... ... .101 UN0470 . ... . .. .101 UN0471 ___ . . . .101 UN0472 .. .. ___ 101 UN0473___ ... .101 UN0474___ ___ 101 UN0475 . . . . .. . .101 UN0476___ ... .101 UN0477 ___ .. . .101 UN0478 .. . . ___ 101 UN0479 .... ... .101 ID# PI UN0480 . .. . .. .101 UN0481 ... ... .101 UN0462. .. ___ 101 UN0483. . . . . . .112(b) or 112(c) UN0484.. . .. . .112(b) or 112(c) UN0486... ... .101 UN0487.. . ... .135 UN0488 .. . ___ 130 UN0489 ... ... .112(b) or 112(c) UN0490... .. ..112(b)or 112(c) UN0491 ... ... .143 UN0492 ... ....135 UN0493... ... .135 UN0494 ... ... .US1 UN0495 . .. . .. .115 UN0496... . .. .112(b) or 112(c) UN0497... ... .115 UN0498.. . ... .114(b) UN0499.. . ....114(b) UNO500 ... ... .131 NA0124 ... ... ,US1 NA0276.. . ___ 134 NA0323 ... ... .134 NA0331 ... ___ 116 or 117 NA0337 ... ___ 135 NA0349 ... ... .133 NA0494___ ... .US1 (c) Explosives Packing Instruction Table. Explosives must be pack aged in accordance with the following table: (1) The first column lists, in alphanumeric sequence, the packing methods prescribed for explosives in the Explosives Table of para graph (b) of this section. (2) The second column specifies the inner packagings that are required. If inner packagings are not required, a notation of "Not necessary" appears in the column. The term "Not necessary" means that a suitable inner packaging may be used but is not required. (3) The third column specifies the intermediate packagings that are required. If intermediate packagings are not required, a notation of "Not necessary" appears in the column. The term "Not necessary" means that a suitable intermediate packaging may be used but is not required. (4) The fourth column specifies the outer packagings which are required. If inner packagings and/or intermediate packagings are specified in the second and third columns, then the packaging speci fied in the fourth column must be used as the outer packaging of a combination packaging; otherwise it may be used as a single pack aging. (5) Packing Instruction 101 may be used for any explosive sub stance or article if an equivalent level of safety is shown to be main tained subject to the approval of the Associate Administrator for Haz ardous Materials Safety. Table of Packing Methods Packing instruction 101............................................................................................. Inner packagings Intermediate packagings Outer packagings This Packing Instruction may be used as an alternative to a specifically assigned packing method with the approval of the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety prior to transportation. When this packing instruction is used, the following must be marked on the shipping documents: "Packaging approved by the competent authority of the United States of America (USA)'. PARTICULAR PACKING REQUIREMENTS OR EXCEPTIONS: 1. Samples of new or existing explosive substances or articles may be transported as directed by the Asso ciate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety for purposes including: testing, classification, re search and development, quality control, or as a commercial sample. Explosive samples which arewetted or desensitized must be limited to 25 kg. Ex plosive samples which are not wetted or desensi tized must be limited to 10 kg in small packages as specified by the Associate Administrator for Hazard ous Materials Safety 110(a) ....................................................................................... PARTICULAR PACKING REQUIREMENTS OR EXCEPTIONS: 1. The Intermediate packagings must be filled with wa ter saturated material such as an anti-freeze solu tion or wetted cushioning 2. Outer packagings must be filled with water satu rated material such as an anti-freeze solution or wet ted cushioning. Outer packagings must be con structed and sealed to prevent evaporation of the wetting solution, except when 0224 is being carried dry 110(b) ....................................................................... PARTICULAR PACKING REQUIREMENTS OR EXCEPTIONS For UN 0074, 0113, 0114, 0129, 0130, 0135 and 0224, the following conditions must be satisfied: a. inner packagings must not contain more than 50 g of explosive substance (quantity corresponding to dry substance); b. each inner packaging must be separated from other inner packagings by dividing partitions: and c. the outer packaging must not be partitioned with more than 25 compartments plastics textile, plastic coated or lined rubber textile, rubberized textile rubber, conductive plastics, conductive Receptacles metal wood rubber, conductive plastics, conductive plastics textile, plastic coated or lined rubber textile, rubberized Receptacles plastics metal Drums. steel, removable head (1A2). plastics, removable head (1H2) metal wood plastics fibreboard Boxes. natural wood, sift-proof wall (4C2). plywood (4D). reconstituted wood (4F). 277 ABDOO132048 173.62 April 1998 Packing Instruction 111............................................................................................ PARTICULAR PACKING REQUIREMENTS OR EXCEPTIONS: For UN 0159, Inner packagmgs are not required when metal (1A2 or 182) or plastics (1H2) drums are used as outer packagings Table of Packing Methods--Continued Inner packagings Bags ................................................. paper, waterproofed plastics textile, rubberized Sheets plastics textile, rubberized Intermediate packagings Not necessary.................. ... Outer packagings Boxes. site) (481. Mtunfcrift 8fKft(4Ci). natural (4C2V plywood(4D). : !'ssay?/ pSail'S* Qiuna ' 1*61, fcfar^T*W(1A2). ,atorr^wm, removdpM head (182). 112(a) This packing instruction applies 10 wetted solids PARTICULAR PACKING REQUIREMENTS OR EXCEPTIONS: 1. For UN Nos 0004, 0076, 0078, 0154, 0219 and 0394, packagings must be lead tree 2. Intermediate packagings are not required it leak- proof drums are used as the outer packaging 3. For UN 0072 and UN 0226, intermediate packag- ings are not required Bags.................. paper, multiwall, water resistant plastics textile textile, rubberized woven plastics Receptacles metal plastics 112(b) This packing instruction applies to dry solids other than powders. PARTICULAR PACKING REQUIREMENTS OR EXCEPTIONS: 1. For UN 0004, 0076, 0078. 0154, 0216, 0219 and 0386, packagings must be lead free 2. For UN 0209, bags, sift-proof (5H2) are recom- mended for flake or prilled TNT in the dry state and a maximum net mass of 30 kg. 3. For UN 0222 and UN 0223. inner packagings are not required Bags .... paper, Kraft paper, multiwall, water resistant plastics textile textile, rubberized plastics woven plastics 112(c) This packing instruction applies to solid dry powders. PARTICULAR PACKING REQUIREMENTS OR EXCEPTIONS: 1. For UN 0004, 0076, 0078, 0154, 0216, 0219 and 0386, packagings must be lead free 2. For UN 0209, bags, sift-proof (5H2) are recom- mended for flake or prilled TNT In the dry state. Bags must not exceed a maximum net mass of 30 kg. 3. Inner packagings are not required if drums are used as the outer packaging. 4. At least one of the packagings must be sift-proof 113............................................................................................. PARTICULAR PACKING REQUIREMENTS OR EXCEPTIONS: 1. For UN 0094 and UN 0305. no more than 50 g of substance must be packed In an inner packaging 2. For UN 0027, inner packagings are not necessary when drums are used as the outer packaging 3. At least one of the packagings must be sift-proof 4. Sheets must only be used for UN 0028 114(a) This packing instruction applies to wetted solids. PARTICULAR PACKING REQUIREMENTS OR EXCEPTIONS: 1. For UN 0077,0234.0235 and 0236. packagings must be lead free 2. For UN 0342, inner packagings are not required when metal (1A2 or 1B2) or plastics (TH2) drums are used as outer packagings 3. Intermediate packagings are not required if leakproof removable head drums are used as the outer packaging Bags............................... paper, multiwall, water resistant plastics woven plastics Receptacles fibreboard metal plastics wood Bags ... paper plastics textile, rubberized Receptacles fibreboard metal plastics wood Sheets paper, kraft paper, waxed Bags ... plastics textile woven plastics Receptacles metal plastics ................... ...................... Bags....................................................... plastics textile, plastic coated or lined Receptacles metal plastics Bags (for UN 0150 only) . plastics textile, plastic coated or lined Bags....................................................... paper, multiwall, water resistant with inner lining. plastics Receptacles metal plastics Not necessary......................... Bags ........................................... plastics textile, plastic coated or lined Receptacles metal plastics ptaaitra. ramweMBtasd (1W2). Boxes steel (4A) aluminium (4B). natural wood, ordinary (4C1). natural wood, sift proof (4C2) plywood (4D) reconstituted wood (4F). fibreboard (4G). plastics, expanded (4H1). plastics, solid (4H2). Drums steel, removable head (1A2). aluminium, removable head (1B2). fibre (1G). plastics, removable head (1H2). Bags. woven plastics sift-proof (5H2/3) plastics, film (5H4). textile, sift-proof (5L2). textile, water resistant (SL3). paper, multiwall, water resistant (5M2) Boxes steel (4A). aluminium (4B). natural wood, ordinary (4C1) natural wood, sift proof (4C2) plywood (4D) reconstituted wood (4F). fibreboard (4G). plastics, expanded (4H1). plastics, solid (4FI2) Drums steel, removable head (1A2) aluminium, removable head (1B2). fibre (1G) plastics, removable head (1H2). Boxes. steel (4A). natural wood, ordinary (4C1) natural wood, sift proof (4C2) plywood (4D) reconstituted wood (4F). fibreboard (4G). plastics, solid (4FI2). Drums. steel, removable head (1A2) aluminium, removable head (1B2). fibre (1G). Boxes. steel (4A) natural wood, ordinary (4C1). natural wood, sift-proof walls (4C2). plywood (4D). reconstituted wood (4F). fibreboard (4G). plastics, solid (4H2). Drums steel, removable head (1A2). aluminium, removable head (1B2). fibre (TG) Boxes steel (4A). natural wood, ordinary (4C1). natural wood, sift proof walls (4C2). plywood (4D). reconstituted wood (4F). fibreboard (4G). plastics, solid (4H2), Drums. steel, removable head (1A2). aluminium, removable head (1B2). plywood (ID), fibre (iG). plastics, removable head (1H2) 278 PART 173 ABDOO132049 April 1998 173.62 Packing instruction 114(b) This packing instruction applies to dry solids PARTICULAR PACKING REQUIREMENTS OR EXCEPTIONS: 1. For UN 0077, 0132, 0234, 0235 and 0236, packag- ings must be lead free 2. For UN 0160 and UN 0161, when metal drums (1A2 or 1B2) are used as the outer packaging, metal packagings must be so constructed that the risk ot explosion, by reason of increased internal pressure Irom interna! or external causes is prevented 3. For UN 0160 and UN 0161, inner packagings are not required if drums are used as the outer pack aging 115............................................................................................. PARTICULAR PACKING REQUIREMENTS OR EXCEPTIONS: 1. For liquid explosives, inner packagings must be sur rounded with non-combustible absorbent cushion ing material in sufficient quantity to absorb the en tire liquid content. Metal receptacles should be cushioned from each other. The net mass of explo sive per package may not exceed 30 kg when boxes are used as outer packaging. The net vol ume of explosive in each package other than boxes must not exceed 120 litres 2. For UN 0075, 0143, 0495 and 0497 when boxes are used as the outer packaging, inner packagings must have taped screw cap closures and be not more than 5 litres capacity each. A composite pack aging consisting of a plastic receptacle in a metal drum (6HA1) may be used in lieu of combination packagings. Liquid substances must not freeze at temperatures above -15C (+5F) 3. For UN 0144, intermediate packagings are not nec essary. 116............................................................................................. PARTICULAR PACKING REQUIREMENTS OR EXCEPTIONS: 1. For UN 0082, 0241, 0331 and 0332, inner packag ings are not necessary if leakproof removable head drums are used as the outer packaging 2. For UN 0082, 0241, 0331 and 0332, inner packag ings are not required when the explosive is con tained in a material impervious to liquid 3. For UN 0081, inner packagings are not required when contained in rigid plastic which is impervious to nitric esters 4. For UN 0331. inner packagings are not required when bags (5H2), (5H3) or (5H4) are used as outer packagings 5. Bags (5H2 or 5H3) must be used only lor UN 0082, 0241,0331 and 0332 6. For UN 0081, bags musl not be used as outer pack agings 117............................................................................................. PARTICULAR PACKING REQUIREMENTS OR EXCEPTIONS: 1. This packing instruction may only be used for explo sives of 0082 when they are mixtures of ammonium nitrate or other inorganic nitrates with other combus tible substances which are not explosive ingredi ents. Such explosives must not contain nitroglyc erin, similar liquid organic nitrates, liquid or solid nitrocarbons, or chlorates. 2. This packing instruction may onty be used for explo sives of UN 0241 which consist of water as an es sential ingredient and high proportions of ammo nium nitrate or other oxidizers, some or all of which are in solution. The other constituents may include hydrocarbons or aluminium powder, but must not in clude nitro-derivatives such as trinitrotoluene. 3. Metal IBCs must not be used for UN 0082 and 0241, 4. Flexible IBCs may only be used for solids Table of Packing Methods--Continued Inner packagings Bags....................................................... paper, kraft plastics textile, sift-proof woven plastics, sift-proof Receptacles fibreboard metal paper plastics woven plastics, sift-proof Intermediate packagings Not necessary........................................ natural wood, ordinary (4C1). natural wood, sift proof walls (4C2) plywood (4D). reconstituted wood (4F). fibreboard (4G). Drums. steel, removable head (1A2). aluminium, removable head (1B2). plywood (ID), fibre (1G). plastics, removable head (1H2). Receptacles........................................... metal plastics Bags....................................................... plastics in metal receptacles Drums.................................................... metal Bags....................................................... paper, water and oil resistant plastics texitile. plasic coated or lined woven plasics, sift-proof Receptacles fibreboard. water resistant metal plastics wood, sift-proof Sheets paper, water resistant paper, waxed plastics Not necessary........................................ Not necessary........................................ Not necessary........................................ Outer packagings Boxes. Boxes. natural wood, ordinary (4C1). natural wood, sift proof walls (4C2). plywood (4D). reconstituted wood (4F). fibreboard (4G). Drums. steel, removable head (1A2). aluminium, removable head (1B2). pfywood (ID), fibre (1G). Specification MC-200 containers may be used for transport by motor ve hicle. Bags. woven plastics (5H1/2/3). paper, mulitwali, water resistant (5M2). plastics, film (5H4). textile, sift-proof (512). textile, water resistant (5L3). Boxes, steel (4A). aluminium (4B). wood, natural, ordi nary (4C1). natural wood, sift proof walls (4C2). plywood (4D). reconstituted wood (4F). fibreboard (4G). plastics, solid (4H2). Drums. steel, removable head (1A2). aluminium, removable head (1B2). fibre (1G). plastics, removable head (1H2). Jerricans. steel, removable head (3A2). plastics, removable head (3H2). IBCs. metal (11A), (11B), (11N), (21A), (21B), (21N), <31 A), (31B). (31N). flexible (13H2), (13H3). (13H4), (13L2), (13L3), (13L4), (13M2). rigid plastics (11 HI), (11H2), <21 HI). (21H2), (31H1), (31H2). composite (11 HZ 1). (11HZ2), (21HZ1), (21HZ2), (31HZ1), (31HZ2). 279 ABDOO132050 173.62 April 1998 Packing Instruction 130............................................................................................ PARTICULAR PACKING REQUIREMENTS OR EXCEPTIONS; 1. The following applies to UN 0006, 0009, 0010. 0015, 0016. 0016, 0019, 0034, 0035, 0038, 0039, 0048. 0056. 0137. 0138. 0168. 0169. 0171, 0181, 0182, 0183. 0186, 0221,0238, 0243, 0244, 0245, 0246, 0254, 0280, 0281,0286, 0287, 0297, 0299. 0300. 0301. 0303. 0321, 0328, 0329, 0344, 0345 0346. 0347, 0362, 0363, 0370, 0412, 0424, 0425, 0434, 0435, 0436, 0437, 0438, 0451.0459 and 0488 Large and robust explosives articles, normally intended for military use, without their means of initiation or with their means ot initiation containing at least two effective protective features, may be carried unpackaged. When such articles have propelling charges or are self-propelled, their ignition systems must be protected against stimuli encountered during normal conditions of transport. A negative result in Test Series 4 on an unpacka ged article indicates that the article can be consid ered for transport unpackaged. Such unpackaged articles may be fixed to cradles or contained in crates or other suitable handling devices. 131............................................................................................ PARTICULAR PACKING REQUIREMENTS OR EXCEPTIONS. 1. For UN 0029, 0267 and 0455, bags and reels may not be used as inner packagings 2. For UN 0030, 0255 and 0456, inner packagings are not required when detonators are packed in pasteboard tubes, or when their leg wires are wound on spools with the caps either placed inside the spool or securely taped to the wire on the spool, so as to restrict freedom of movement of the caps and to protect them from impact forces 3. For UN 0360. 0361 and 0500. detonators are not required to be attached to the safety fuse, metal-clad mild detonating cord, detonating cord, or shock tube. Inner packagings are not required if the pack ing configuration restricts freedom of movement of the caps and protects them from impact forces Table of Packing Methods--Continued Inner packagings Not necessary........................................ Intermediate packagings Not necessary........................................ Bags....................................................... paper plastics Receptacles fibreboard metal plastics wood Reels Not necessary ..................................... Outer packagings Boxes steel (4A). aluminium (48) wood natural, ordinary (4Cl). natural wood, sift proof walls (4C2) plywood (4D) reconstituted wood (4F). fibreboard (4G) plastics, expanded (4H1). plastics, solid (4H2). Drums steel, removable head (1A2). aluminium, removable head (1B2). fibre (1G). plastics, removable head (1H2). Boxes. steel (4A). aluminium (4B). wood, natural, ordinary (4C1). natural wood, sitt proof walls (4C2). plywood (4D). reconstituted wood (4F) fibreboard (4G). Drums. steel, removable head (1A2). aluminium, removable head (1B2). fibre (1G). plastics, removable head (1H2) 132(b).................. .................................................. Receptacles . . fibreboard metal plastics Sheets paper plastics ......................... Not necessary........................................ steel (4A). aluminium (4B) wood, natural, ordinary (4C1). wood, natural, sift proof walls (4C2). plywood (4D). reconstituted wood (4F). fibreboard (4G). plastics, solid (4H2) Boxes. steel (4A). aluminium (4B). wood, natural, ordinary (4C1). wood, natural, sift proof wails (4C2). plywood (4D). reconstituted wood (4F). fibreboard (4G). plastics, solid (4H2). PARTICULAR PACKING REQUIREMENTS OR EXCEPTIONS. 1. For UN 0043, 0212, 0225, 0268 and 0306 trays are not authorized as inner packagings 2. Intermediate packagings are only required when trays are used as inner packagings fibreboard metal plastics wood Trays, fitted with dividing partitions fibreboard plastics wood 134............................................................................................ Bags ... ................ water resistant Receptacles fibreboard metal plastics wood Sheets fibreboard, corrugated Tubes fibreboard fibreboard metal plastics wood Not necessary..................................... steel (4A). aluminium (4B). wood, natural, ordinary (4C1) wood, natural, sift proof walls (4C2). plywood (4D). reconstituted wood (4F). fibreboard (4G). plastics, solid (4H2). Boxas. steel (4A). aluminium (4B) wood, natural, ordinary (4C1). wood, natural, sift proof walls (4C2) ptywood (4D). reconstituted wood (4F). fibreboard (4G). plastics, solid (4H2) Drums. steel, removable head (1A2). aluminium, removable head (1B2). 280 PART 173 ABDOO132051 April 1998 173.62 Packing Instruction 135............................................................................................. 136....................................................................... 137.......................................................................................... PARTICULAR PACKING REQUIREMENTS OR EXCEPTIONS: For UN 0059, 0439, 0440 and 0441, when the shaped charges are packed singly, the conical cavity must face downwards and the package marked "THIS SIDE UP'. When the shaped charges are packed in pairs, the conical cavities must face inwards to minimize the jetting effect in the event ot accidental initi ation 138............................................................................................. PARTICULAR PACKING REQUIREMENTS OR EXCEPTIONS: If the ends of the articles are sealed, inner packagings are not necessary 139.......................................................................................... PARTICULAR PACKING REQUIREMENTS OR EXCEPTIONS: 1. For UN 0065, 0102, 0104, 0289 and 0290, the ends ot the detonating cord must be sealed, for exampie, by a plug firmly fixed so that the explosive cannot escape. The ends of CORO DETONATING flexibie must be fastened securely 2. For UN 0065 and UN 0289, inner packagings are not required when they are fastened securely in coils 140....................................................................... PARTICULAR PACKING REQUIREMENTS OR EXCEPTIONS: 1, If the ends of UN 0105 are sealed, no inner packag- ings are required 2. For UN 0101, the packaging must be sift-proof ex cept when the fuse is covered by a paper tube and both ends of the tube are covered with removable caps 3. For UN 0101, steel or aluminium boxes or drums must not be used Table of Packing Methods--Continued Inner packagings Bags....................................................... paper plastics Receptacles fibreboard metal plastics wood Sheets paper plastics Intermediate packagings Not necessary........................................ Bags....................................................... plastics textile Boxes. fibreboard plastics wood Dividing partitions in the outer pack agings Not necessary........................................ Bags....................................................... plastics Boxes fibreboard Tubes fibreboard metal plastics Dividing partitions in the outer pack agings. Bags....................................................... plastics Not necessary........................................ Not necessary........................................ Bags....................................................... plastics Receptacles fibreboard metal plastics wood Reels Sheets paper plastics Not necessary........................................ Bags....................................................... plastics Reels Sheets paper, kraft plastics Not necessary........................................ Outer packagings Boxes, steel (4A). aluminium (4B). wood, natural, ordinary (4C1). wood, natural, sift proof walls (4C2). plywood (4D). reconstituted wood (4F). fibreboard (4G). plastics, expanded (4H1). plastics, solid (4H2). Drums. steel, removable head (1A2). aluminium, removable head (1B2). fibre (1G). plastics, removable head (1H2). Boxes, steel (4A). aluminium (4B) wood, natural, ordinary (4Cl). wood, natural, sift proof walls (4C2). plywood (4D). reconstituted wood (4F). fibreboard (4G). plastics, solid (4H2). Drums. steel, removable head (1A2). aluminium, removable head (1B2). fibre (1G). plastics, removable head (1H2). Boxes. aluminium (4B). wood, natural, ordinary (4C1). (4C2). reconstituted wood (4F), fibreboard (4G). steel (4A). aluminium (48). wood, natural, ordinary (4C1). wood, natural, sift proof walls (4C2). plywood (4D). reconstituted wood (4F). fibreboard (4G). plastics, solid (4H2). Drums. steel, removable head (1A2). aluminium, removable head (1B2). wood, natural, ordinary (4C1). wood, natural, sift prool walls (4C2). plastics, solid (4H2). Drums. steel, removable head (1A2). aluminium, removable head (1B2). plywood (ID), fibre (1G). plastics, removable head (1H2). aluminium (4B). wood, natural, ordinary (4C1). (4C2). plywood (4D). reconstituted wood (4F). fibreboard (4G). plastics, solid (4H2). Drums. steel, removable head (1A2). aluminium, removable head (1B2). fibre (1G). 281 ABDOO132099 173.304--173.306 April 1998 (iii) The temperature and pressure of the gas at the time of loading may not exceed -18C (0F) and 2007 kPa (291 psig) for carbon dioxide and -15.6 C (+4F) and 2007 kPa (291 psig) for nitrous oxide. Maximum time in transit may not exceed 120 hours. (2) The following pressure control valve settings, design service temperatures and filling densities apply: Pressure control valve setting maximum start--to discharge gauge pressure In kPa (psig) 724 kPa (10S psi) ............................ 1172 kPa (170 psig) ......................... 1586 kPa (230 psig).................................. 2034 kPa (295 psig) .................................. 2483 kPa (360 psig) ............................ 3103 kPa (450 psig).................................. 3723 kPa (540 psig) ............................ 4309 kPa (625 psig) ............................... Design service temperature C (F) .... Maximum permitted filling density (percent by weight) Carbon dioxide, refrigerated liquid Nitrous oxide, refrigerated liquid 108 104 105 101 104 99 102 97 100 95 98 83 92 87 86 80 -196*C (-320'F) -1968C (-320F) 173.305 Charging of cylinders with a mixture of compressed gas and other material, (a) Detailed requirements. A mixture of a compressed gas and any other material must be shipped as a compressed gas if the mixture is a compressed gas as designated in 173.115 and when not in violation of 173.301 (a). (b) Filling limits. (See 173.301 (e).) For mixtures, the liquid portion of the liquefied compressed gas at 130F. plus any additional liquid or solid must not completely fill the container. (c) Nonpolsonous and nonflammable mixtures. Mixtures con taining compressed gas or gases including insecticides, which mix tures are nonpoisonous and nonflammable under this part must be shipped in cylinders as prescribed in 173.304(a) or as follows: (1) Specification 2P (178.33 of this subchapter). Inside metal con tainers equipped with safety relief devices of a type examined by the Bureau of Explosives and approved by the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety, and packed in strong wooden or fiber boxes of such design as to protect valves from injury or accidental functioning under conditions incident to transportation. Pressure in the container may not exceed 85 psia at 70F. Each completed metal container filled for shipment must be heated until content reaches a minimum temperature of 130F., without evidence of leakage, distor tion or other defect. Each outside shipping container must be plainly marked "INSIDE CONTAINERS COMPLY WITH PRESCRIBED SPECIFICATIONS." (d) Poisonous mixtures. A mixture containing any poisonous ma terial (Division 6.1 or 2.3) in such proportions that the mixture would be classed as poisonous under 173.115 or 173.132 must be shipped in packagings as authorized for these poisonous materials. 173.306 Limited quantities of compressed gases. (a) Limited quantities of compressed gases for which exceptions are permitted as noted by reference to this section in 172.101 of this subchapter are excepted from labeling (except when offered for transportation by air) and, unless required as a condition of the exception, specification packaging requirements of this subchapter when packed in accordance with the following paragraphs. In addition, shipments are not subject to Subpart F of Part 172 of this subchapter, to Part 174 of this subchapter except 174.24 and to Part 177 of this subchapter except 177.817. Each package may not exceed 30 kg (66 pounds) gross weight. (1) When in containers of not more than 4 fluid ounces capacity (7.22 cubic inches or less) except cigarette lighters. Special excep tions for shipment of certain compressed gases in the ORM-D class are provided in paragraph (h) of this section. (2) When in metal containers filled with a material that is not classed as a hazardous material to not more than 90 percent of capacity at 70F. and then charged with nonflammable, nonliquefied gas. Each container must be tested to three times the pressure at 70F. and, when refilled, be retested to three times the pressure of the gas at 70F. Also, one of the following conditions must be met: (i) Container is not over 1 quart capacity and charged to not more than 170 psig at 70F. and must be packed in a strong outside packaging, or (ii) Container is not over 30 gallons capacity and charged to not more than 75 psig at 70F. (3) When in a metal container for the sole purpose of expelling a nonpoisonous (other than a Division 6.1 Packing Group III material) liquid, paste, or powder, provided all of the following conditions are met. Special exceptions for shipment of aerosols in the ORM-D class are provided in paragraph (h) of this section. (i) Capacity must not exceed one liter (61.0 cubic inches). (ii) Pressure in the container must not exceed 180 psig at 130F. If the pressure exceeds 140 psig at 130F., but does not exceed 160 psig at 130F., a specification DOT 2P (178.33 of this subchapter) inside metal container must be used: if the pres sure exceeds 160 psig at 130F., a specification DOT 2Q (178.33a of this subchapter) inside metal container must be used. In any event, the metal container must be capable of withstanding without bursting a pressure of one and one-half times the equilibrium pressure of the content at 130F. (iii) Liquid content of the material and gas must not completely fill the container at 130F. (iv) The container must be packed in strong outside packagings. (v) Each container must be subjected to a test performed in a hot water bath; the temperature of the bath and the duration of the test must be such that the internal pressure reaches that which would be reached at 55C (131F) (50C) (122F) if the liquid phase does not exceed 95% of the capacity of the container at 50C (122F). If the contents are sensitive to heat the temperature of the bath must be set at between 20C (68F) and 30C (86F) but, in addition, one container in 2,000 must be tested at the higher temperature. No leakage or permanent deformation of a container may occur. (vi) Each outside packaging must be marked "INSIDE CONTAIN ERS COMPLY WITH PRESCRIBED REGULATIONS." (4) Gas samples must be transported under the following condi tions: (i) A gas sample may only be transported as non-pressurized gas when its pressure corresponding to ambient atmospheric pressure in the container is not more than 105 kPa absolute (15.22 psia). (ii) Non-pressurized gases, toxic (or toxic and flammable) must be packed in hermetically sealed glass or metal inner packag ings of not more than one L (0.3 gallons) overpacked in a strong outer packaging. (iii) Non-pressurized gases, flammable must be packed in hermeti cally-sealed glass or metal inner packagings of not more than 2.5 L (0.5 gallons) overpacked in a strong outer packaging. (b) Exemptions for foodstuffs, soap, biologicals, electronic tubes, and audible fire alarm systems. Limited quantities of com pressed gases, (except poisonous gases as defined by 173.115(a)(3) of this part) for which exceptions are provided as indicated by reference to this section in 172.101 of this subchapter, when in accordance with one of the following paragraphs are excepted from labeling (except when offered for transportation by air) and the specification packaging requirements of this subchapter. In addition, shipments are not subject to Subpart F of Part 172 of this subchapter, to Part 174 of this subchapter except 174.24 and to Part 177 of this subchapter, except 177.817. Special exceptions for shipment of certain compressed gases in the ORM-D class are provided in paragraph (h) of this section. (D Foodstuffs or soaps in a nonrefillable metal container not ex ceeding one liter (61.0 cubic inches), with soluble or emulsified com pressed gas, provided the pressure in the container does not exceed 140 p.s.i.g. at 130F. The metal container must be capable of with standing. without bursting, a pressure of one and one-half times the equilibrium pressure of the content at 130F. (1) Containers must be packed in strong outside packagings. (ii) Liquid content of the material and the gas must not completely fill the container at 130F. (iii) Each outside packaging must be marked "INSIDE CONTAIN ERS COMPLY WITH PRESCRIBED REGULATIONS." (2) Cream in refillable metal receptacles with soluble or emulsified compressed gas. Containers must be of such design that they will hold pressure without permanent deformation up to 375 psig and must be equipped with a device designed so as to release pressure without bursting of the container or dangerous projection of its parts at higher pressures. This exception applies to shipments offered for transportation by refrigerated motor vehicles only. 328 ABDOO132054 Part 173.115 - Definitions, Classification, Pkg Group Assign & Exceptions for Hazmat Other than Class 1 & Class 7 July 1998 ABDOO132055 173.115--173.120 PART 173 PUBLISHER'S NOTE This Subpart contains the specific definitions for classifying materials in hazard classes other than Class 1 (Explosives) and Class 7 (Radioactive Materials). Also included are the requirements for assigning a packing group and any exceptions that may apply. There are three packing groups, I, II, and III, with packing group I representing the highest risk and therefore requiring a higher level of package. This Subpart also lists any exception from the regulation for a specific hazard class. These exceptions are authorized for a given material provided column (8A) references a particular section in this Subpart. Subpart D DEFINITIONS, CLASSIFICATION, PACKING GROUP ASSIGNMENTS AND EXCEPTIONS FOR HAZARDOUS MATERIALS OTHER THAN CLASS 1 AND CLASS 7 173.115 Class 2, Divisions 2.1, 2.2, and 2.3--Definitions. (a) Division 2.1 (Flammable gas). For the purpose of this subchap ter, a flammable gas (Division 2.1) means any material which is a gas at 20C (68F) or less and 101.3 kPa (14.7 psi) of pressure (a material which has a boiling point of 20C (68F) or less at 101.3 kPa (14.7 psi)) which-- (D Is ignitable at 101.3 kPa (14.7 psi) when in a mixture of 13 percent or less by volume with air; or (2) Has a flammable range at 101.3 kPa (14.7 psi) with air of at least 12 percent regardless of the lower limit. Except for aerosols, the limits specified in paragraphs (a)(1) and (a)(2) of this section shall be determined at 101.3 kPa (14.7psi) of pressure and a temperature of 20C (68F) in accordance with ASTM E681-85, Standard Test Method for Concentration Limits of Flammability of Chemicals, or other equivalent method approved by the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety. The flam mability of aerosols is determined by the tests specified in 173.306(i) of this part. (b) Division 2.2 (non-flammable, nonpolsonous compressed gas--Including compressed gas, liquefied gas, pressurized cryo genic gas, compressed gas in solution, asphyxiant gas and oxidiz ing gas). For the purpose of this subchapter, a non-flammable, nonpoisonuous compressed gas (Division 2.2) means any material (or mixture) which-- (1) Exerts in the packaging an absolute pressure of 280 kPa (40.6 psia) or greater at 20C (68F), and (2) Does not meet the definition of Division 2.1 or 2.3. (c) Division 2.3 (Gas poisonous by inhalation). For the purpose of this subchapter, a gas poisonous by inhalation (Division 2.3) means a material which is a gas at 20C (68F) or less and a pressure of 101.3 kPa (14.7 psi) (a material which has a boiling point of 20C (68F) or less at 101.3 kPa (14.7 psi)) and which-- (1) Is known to be so toxic to humans as to pose a hazard to health during transportation, or (2) In the absence of adequate data on human toxicity, is presumed to be toxic to humans because when tested on laboratory animals it has an LC50 value not more than 5000 ml/m3 (see 173.116(a) of this subpart for assignment of Hazard Zones A, B, C or D). LC50 values for mixtures may be determined using the formula in 173.133(b)( 1 )(i) of this subpart. (d) Non-liquefled compressed gas. A non-liquefied compressed gas means a gas, other than in solution, which in a packaging under the charged pressure is entirely gaseous at a temperature of 20C (68F). (e) Liquefied compressed gas. A liquefied compressed gas means a gas which in a packaging under the charged pressure, is partially liquid at a temperature of 20C (68F). (f) Compressed gas in solution. A compressed gas in solution is a non-liquefied compressed gas which is dissolved in a solvent. (g) Cryogenic liquid. A cryogenic liquid means a refrigerated liq uefied gas having a boiling point colder than -90C (-130F) at 101.3 kPa (14.7 psi) absolute. A material meeting this definition is subject to requirements of this subchapter without regard to whether it meets the definition of a non-flammable, non-poisonous compressed gas in paragraph (b) of this section. (h) Flammable range. The term flammable range means the differ ence between the minimum and maximum volume percentages of the material in air that forms a flammable mixture. (i) Service pressure. The term service pressure means the author ized pressure marking on the packaging. For example, for a cylinder marked "DOT 3A1800", the sen/ice pressure is 12410 kPa (1800 psi). (J) Refrigerant gas or Dispersant gas. The terms Refrigerant gas or D/spersanf gras apply to all non-poisonous refrigerant gases, disper sant gases (fluorocarbons) listed in 172.101, 173.304(a)(2), 173.314(c), 173.315(a)(1) and 173.315(h), and mixtures thereof, or any other compressed gas having a vapor pressure not exceeding 1792 kPa (260 psi) at 54C (130F), and restricted for use as a refriger ant, dispersant or blowing agent. 173.116 Class 2--Assignment of hazard zone, (a) The haz ard zone of a Class 2, Division 2.3 material is assigned in Column 7 of the 172.101 Table. There are no hazard zones for Divisions 2.1 and 2.2. When the 172.101 Table provides more than one hazard zone for a Division 2.3 material, or indicates that the hazard zone be determined on the basis of the grouping criteria for Division 2.3, the hazard zone shall be determined by applying the following criteria: Ha2ard Zone Inhalation Toxicity A.................................. B.................................. C.................................. D.................................. LCM less than or equal lo 200 ppm LC50 greater than 200 ppm and less than or equal to 1000 ppm ICso greater than 1000 ppm and less than or equal to 3000 ppm ICso greater than 3000 ppm or less than or equal to 5000 ppm* 1 (b) The criteria specified in paragraph (a) of this section are repre sented graphically in 173.133, Figure 1. 173.117-173.119 [Reserved]. 173.120 Class 3--Definitions, (a) Flammable liquid. For the purpose of this subchapter, a flammable liquid (Class 3) means a liquid having a flash point of not more than 60.5C (141F), or any material in a liquid phase with a flash point at or above 37.8C (100F) that is intentionally heated and offered for transportation or transported at or above its flash point in a bulk packaging, with the following exceptions: (1) Any liquid meeting one of the definitions specified in 173.115. (2) Any mixture having one or more components with a flash point of 60.5C (141F) or higher, that make up at least 99 percent of the total volume of the mixture, if the mixture is not offered for transportation or transported at or above its flash point. (3) Any liquid with a flash point greater than 35C (95F) which does not sustain combustion according to ASTM 4206 or the procedure in Appendix H of this part. (4) Any liquid with a flash point greater than 35C (95F) and with a fire point greater than 100C (212F) according to ISO 2592. (5) Any liquid with a flash point greater than 35C (95F) which is in a water-miscible solution with a water content of more than 90 percent by mass. (b) Combustible liquid. (1) For the purpose of this subchapter, a combustible liquid means any liquid that does not meet the definition 285 173.120--173.124 ABDOO132056 July 1998 of any other hazard class specified in this subchapter and has a flash point above 60.5C (141F) and below 93C (200F). (2) A flammable liquid with a flash point at or above 38C (100F) that does not meet the definition of any other hazard class may be reclassed as a combustible liquid. This provision does not apply to transportation by vessel or aircraft, except where other means of transportation is impracticable. An elevated temperature material that meets the definition of a Class 3 material because it is intentionally heated and offered for transportation or transported at or above its flash point may not be rectassed as a combustible liquid. (3) A combustible liquid which does not sustain combustion is not subject to the requirements of this subchapter as a combustible liquid. Either the test method specified in ASTM 4206 or the procedure in Appendix H of this part may be used to determine if a materia! sustains combustion when heated under test conditions and exposed to an external source of flame. (c) Flash point. (1) Flash point means the minimum temperature at which a liquid gives off vapor within a test vessel in sufficient concentration to form an ignitable mixture with air near the surface of the liquid. It shall be determined as follows: (1) For a homogeneous, single-phase, liquid having a viscosity less than 45 S.U.S. at 38C (100F) that does not form a surface film while under test, one of the following test procedures shall be used: (A) Standard Method of Test for Flash Point by Tag Closed Tester, (ASTM D56); (B) Standard Methods of Test for Flash Point of Liquids by Setaflash Closed Tester, (ASTM D 3278); or (C) Standard Test Methods for Flash Point by Small Scale Closed Tester, (ASTM D 3828). (ii) For a liquid other than one meeting all of thecriteria of paragraph (c)(1)(i) of this section, one of the following test procedures shall be used: (A) Standard Method of Test for Flash Point by Pensky-Martens Closed Tester, (ASTM D 93). For cutback asphalt, use Method B of ASTM D 93 or alternate tests authorized * in this standard; or (B) Standard Methods of Test for Flash Point of Liquids by Setaflash Closed Tester (ASTM D 3278). (2) For a liquid that is a mixture of compounds that have different volatility and flash points, its flash point shall be determined as speci fied in paragraph (c)(1) of this section, on the material in the form in which it is to be shipped. If it is determined by this test that the flash point is higher than -7C (20F) a second test shall be made as follows: a portion of the mixture shall be placed in an open beaker (or similar container) of such dimensions that the height of the liquid can be adjusted so that the ratio of the volume of the liquid to the exposed surface area is 6 to one. The liquid shall be allowed to evaporate under ambient pressure and temperature (20 to 25C (68 to 77F)) for a period of 4 hours or until 10 percent by volume has evaporated, whichever comes first. A flash point is then run on a portion of the liquid remaining in the evaporation container and the lower of the two flash points shall be the flash point of the material. (3) For flash point determinations by Setaflash closed tester, the glass syringe specified need not be used as the method of measure ment of the test sample if a minimum quantity of 2 ml (0.1 ounce) is assured in the test cup. (d) If experience or other data indicate that the hazard of a material is greater or less than indicated by the criteria specified in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section, the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety may revise the classification or make the material subject or not subject to the requirements of Parts 170-189 of this subchapter. 173.121 Class 3--Assignment of packing group, (a) The packing group of a Class 3 material is as assigned in Column 5 of the 172.101 Table. When the 172.101 Table provides more than one packing group for a hazardous material, the packing group shall be determined by applying the following criteria: Packing Group 1 II III Flash Point (Closed-cup) _ <23C (73F) 23C, 60 5"C (141F) Initial Bolling Point S35C (95F) >35C (95"F) >35'C (95F) (b) Criteria for Inclusion of viscous Class 3 materials in Packing Group III. (1) Viscous Class 3 materials in Packing Group II with a flash point of less than 23C (73F) may be grouped in Packing Group III pro vided that-- (i) Less than 3 percent of the clear solvent layer separates in the solvent separation test; (ii) The mixture contains not more than 5 percent of substances in Packing Group I or II of Division 6.1 or Class 8, or not more than 5 percent of substances in Packing Group I of Class 3 requiring a POISON or CORROSIVE subsidiary label; (Note: The mixture is not necessarily required to bear a POISON or CORROSIVE subsidiary risk label.); (iii) The capacity of the packaging is not more than 30 L (7.9 gal lons); and (iv) The viscosity and flash point are in accordance with the follow ing table: Flow time t In seconds 20 < t S 60 60 < l< 100 .. Jet diameter in mm 4 .. 4 Flash point C.C. Above 17C (62.6F) Above 10"C (50F) -5C (25'F) and below. (2) The methods by which the tests referred to in paragraph (b)(1) of this section shall be performed are as follows: (i) Viscosity Test. The flow time in seconds is determined at 23C (73.4F) using the ISO standard cup with a 4 mm (0.16 inch) jet (ISO-2431:1984). Where the flow time exceeds 100 seconds, a further test is carried out using the ISO standard cup with a 6 mm (0.24 inch) jet. (ii) Solvent Separation Test. This test is carried out at 23C (73F) using a 100.0 ml (3 ounces) measuring cylinder of the stop pered type of approximately 25.0 cm (9.8 inches) total height and of a uniform internal diameter of approximately 30 mm (1.2 inches) over the calibrated section. The sample should be stirred to obtain a uniform consistency, and poured in up to the 100 ml (3 ounces) mark. The stopper should be inserted and the cylinder left standing undisturbed for 24 hours. After 24 hours, the height of the upper separated layer should be measured and the percentage of this layer as compared with the total height of the sample calculated. 173.124 Class 4, Divisions 4.1, 4.2 and 4.3--Definitions. (a) Division 4.1 (Flammable Solid). For the purposes of this sub chapter, flammable solid (Division 4.1) means any of the following three types of materials: (1) Desensitized explosives that-- (i) When dry are Explosives of Class 1 other than those of compati bility group A, which are wetted with sufficient water, alcohol, or plasticizer to suppress explosive properties; and (ii) Are specifically authorized by name either in the 172.101 Table or have been assigned a shipping name and hazard class by the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety under the provisions of-- (A) An exemption issued under Subchapter A of this chap ter; or (B) An approval issued under 173.56(i) of this part. (2)(i) Self-reactive materials are materials that are thermally unsta ble and that can undergo a strongly exothermic decomposition even without participation of oxygen (air). A material is excluded from this definition if any of the following applies: (A) The material meets the definition of an explosive as pre scribed in subpart C of this part, in which case it must be classed as an explosive; (B) The material is forbidden from being offered for transporta tion according to 172.101 of this subchapter or 173.21; (C) The material meets the definition of an oxidizer or organic peroxide as prescribed in subpart D of this part, in which case it must be so classed; (D) The material meets one of the following conditions: (1) Its heat of decomposition is less than 300 J/g; or (2) Its self-accelerating decomposition temperature (SADT) is greater than 75C (167F) for a 50 kg pack age; or (E) The Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials 286 ABDOO132057 PART 173 April 1998 173.124--173.125 Safety has determined that the material does not present a hazard which is associated with a Division 4.1 material. (ii) Generic types. Division 4.1 self-reactive materials are assigned to a generic system consisting of seven types. A self-reactive substance identified by technical name in the Self-Reactive Materials Table in 173.224 is assigned to a generic type in accordance with that Table. Self-reactive materials not identi fied in the Self-Reactive Materials Table in 173.224 are as signed to generic types under the procedures of paragraph (a)(2)(iii) of this section. (A) Type A. Self-reactive material type A is a self-reactive material which, as packaged for transportation, can deto nate or deflagrate rapidly. Transportation of type A self reactive material is forbidden. (B) Type B. Self-reactive material type B is a self-reactive material which, as packaged for transportation, neither detonates nor deflagrates rapidly, but is liable to undergo a thermal explosion in a package. (C) Type C. Self-reactive material type C is a self-reactive material which, as packaged for transportation, neither detonates nor deflagrates rapidly and cannot undergo a thermal explosion. (D) Type D. Self-reactive material type D is a self-reactive material which-- (1) Detonates partially, does not deflagrate rapidly and shows no violent effect when heated under con finement; (2) Does not detonate at all, deflagrates slowly and shows no violent effect when heated under confinement; or (3) Does not detonate or deflagrate at all and shows a medium effect when heated under confinement. (E) Type E Self-reactive material type E is a self-reactive material which, in laboratory testing, neither detonates nor deflagrates at all and shows only a low or no effect when heated under confinement. (F) Type F. Self-reactive material type F is a self-reactive mate rial which, in laboratory testing, neither detonates in the cavitated state nor deflagrates at all and shows only a low or no effect when heated under confinement as well as low or no explosive power. (G) Type G. Self-reactive material type G is a self-reactive material which, in laboratory testing, does not detonate in the cavitated state, will not deflagrate at all, shows no effect when heated under confinement, nor shows any explosive power. A type G self-reactive material is not subject to the requirements of this subchapter for self reactive material of Division 4.1 provided that it is thermally stable (self-accelerating decomposition temperature is 50C (122F) or higher for a 50 kg (110 pounds) package). A self-reactive material meeting all characteristics of type G except thermal stability is classed as a type F self reactive temperature control material. (iii) Procedures for assigning a self-reactive material to a generic type. A self-reactive material must be assigned to a generic type based on -- (A) Its physical state (i.e. liquid or solid), in accordance with the definition of liquid and solid in 171.8 of this sub chapter; (B) A determination as to its control temperature and emer gency temperature, if any, under the provisions of 173.21(f); (C) Performance of the self-reactive material under the test procedures specified in the UN Recommendations of the Transport of Dangerous Goods, Tests and Criteria and the provisions of paragraph (a)(2)(iii) of this section; and (D) Except for a self-reactive material which is identified by technical name in the Self-Reactive Materials Table in 173.224(b) or a self-reactive material which may be shipped as a sample under the provisions of 173.224, the self-reactive material is approved in writing by the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety. The person requesting approval shall submit to the Associ ate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety the tenta tive shipping description and generic type and -- (1) All relevant data concerning physical state, tempera ture controls, and tests results; or (2) An approval issued for the self-reactive material by the competent authority of a foreign government. (iv) Tests. The generic type for a self-reactive material must be determined using the testing protocol from Figure 14.2 (Flow Chart for Assigning Self-Reactive Substances to Division 4.1) from the UN Recommendations on the Transport of Dangerous Goods, Tests and Criteria. (3) Readily combustible solids are materials that-- (i) Are solids which may cause a fire through friction, such as matches; (ii) Show a burning rate faster than 2.2 mm (0.087 inches) per second when tested in accordance with UN Manual of Tests and Criteria; or (iii) Any metal powders that can be ignited and react over the whole length of a sample in 10 minutes or less, when tested in accordance with UN Manual of Tests and Criteria. (b) Division 4.2 (Spontaneously Combustible Material). For the purposes of this subchapter, spontaneously combustible material (Di vision 4.2) means-- (1) A pyrophoric material. A pyrophoric material is a liquid or solid that, even in small quantities and without an external ignition source, can ignite within five (5) minutes after coming in contact with air when tested according to the UN Manual of Tests and Criteria. (2) A self-heating material. A self-heating material is a material that, when in contact with air and without an energy supply, is liable to self-heat. A material of this type which exhibits spontaneous ignition or if the temperature of the sample exceeds 200C (392F) during the 24-hour test period when tested in accordance with UN Manual of Tests and Criteria, is classed as a Division 4.2 material. (c) Division 4.3 (Dangerous when wet material). For the purposes of this chapter, dangerous when wet material (Division 4.3) means a material that, by contact with water, is liable to become spontaneously flammable or to give off flammable or toxic gas at a rate greater than 1 liter per kilogram of the material, per hour, when tested in accordance with UN Manual of Tests and Criteria. 173.125 Class 4--Assignment of packing group, (a) The packing group of a Class 4 material is assigned in Column (5) of the 172.101 Table. When the 172.101 Table provides more than one packing group for a hazardous material, the packing group shall be determined on the basis of test results following test methods given in the UN Manual of Tests and Criteria and by applying the appropriate criteria given in this section. (b) Packing group criteria for readily combustible materials of Divi sion 4.1 are as follows: (1) Powdered, granular or pasty materials must be classified in Division 4.1 when the time of burning of one or more of the test runs, in accordance with the UN Manual of Tests and Criteria, is less than 45 seconds or the rate of burning is more than 2.2 mm/s. Powders of metals or metal alloys must be classified in Division 4.1 when they can be ignited and the reaction spreads over the whole length of the sample in 10 minutes or less. (2) Packing group criteria for readily combustible materials of Divi sion 4.1 are assigned as follows: (i) For readily combustible solids (other than metal powders), Packing Group II if the burning time is less than 45 seconds and the flame passes the wetted zone. Packing Group II must be assigned to powders of metal or metal alloys if the zone of reaction spreads over the whole length of the sample in 5 minutes or less. (ii) For readily combustible solids (other than metal powders), Packing Group III must be assigned if the burning rate time is less than 45 seconds and the wetted zone stops the flame propagation for at least 4 minutes. Packing Group III must be assigned to metal powders if the reaction spreads over the whole length of the sample in more than 5 minutes but not more than 10 minutes. (c) Packing group criteria for Division 4.2 materials is as follows: (1) Pyrophoric liquids and solids of Division 4.2 are assigned to Packing Group I. (2) A self-heating material is assigned to-- (i) Packing Group II, if the material gives a positive test result when tested with a 25 mm cube size sample at 140C; or (ii) Packing Group III, if-- (A) A positive test result is obtained in a test using a 100 mm sample cube at 140C and a negative test result is 287 ABDOO132058 173.125--173.128 April 1998 obtained in a test using a 25 mm sample cube at 140C and the substance is transported in packagings with a volume of more than 3 cubic meters; or (B) A positive test result is obtained in a test using a 100 mm sample cube at 120C and a negative result is obtained in a test using a 25 mm sample cube at 140C and the substance is transported in packagings with a volume of more than 450 liters; or (C) A positive result is obtained in a test using a 100 mm sample cube at 100C and a negative result is obtained in a test using a 25 mm sample cube at 140C and the substance is transported in packagings with a volume of less than 450 liters. (d) A Division 4.3 dangerous when wet material is assigned to-- (1) Packing Group I, if the material reacts vigorously with water at ambient temperatures and demonstrates a tendency for the gas produced to ignite spontaneously, or which reacts readily with water at ambient temperatures such that the rate of evolution of flammable gases is equal or greater than 10 liters per kilogram of material over any one minute; (2) Packing Group II, if the material reacts readily with water at ambient temperatures such that the maximum rate of evolution of flammable gases is equal to or greater than 20 liters per kilogram of material per hour, and which does not meet the criteria for Packing Group l; or (3) Packing Group III, if the material reacts slowly with water at ambient temperatures such that the maximum rate of evolution of flammable gases is greater than 1 liter per kilogram of material per hour, and which does not meet the criteria for Packing Group I or II. 173.127 Class 5, Division 5.1--Definition and assignment of packing groups, (a) Definition. For the purpose of this subchapter, oxidizer{Division 5.1) means a material that may, generally by yielding oxygen, cause or enhance the combustion of other materials. (1) A solid material is classed as a Division 5.1 material if, when tested in accordance with the UN Manual of Tests and Criteria, its mean burning time is less than or equal to the burning time of a 3:7 potassium bromate/cellulose mixture. (2) A liquid material is classed as a Division 5.1 material if, when tested in accordance with the UN Manual of Tests and Criteria, it spontaneously ignites or its mean time for a pressure rise from 690 kPa to 2070 kPa gauge is less then the time of a 1:1 nitric acid {65 percent)/cellulose mixture. (b) Assignment of packing groups. (1) The packing group of a Division 5.1 material which is a solid shall be assigned using the following criteria: (1) Packing Group I, for any material which, in either concentration tested, exhibits a mean burning time less than the mean burning time of a 3:2 potassium bromate/cellulose mixture. (ii) Packing Group II, for any material which, in either concentration tested, exhibits a mean burning time less than or equal to the mean burning time of a2:3 potassium bromate/cellulose mixture and the criteria for Packing Group I are not met. (iii) Packing Group III for any material which, in either concentration tested, exhibits a mean burning time less than or equal to the mean burning time of a 3:7 potassium bromate/cellulose mixture and the criteria for Packing Group I and II are not met. (2) The packing group of a Division 5.1 material which is a liquid shall be assigned using the following criteria: (i) Packing Group I for: (A) Any material which spontaneously ignites when mixed with cellulose in a 1:1 ratio; or (B) Any material which exhibits a mean pressure rise time less than the pressure rise time of a 1:1 perchloric acid (50 percent)/cellulose mixture. (ii) Packing Group II, any material which exhibits a mean pressure rise time less than or equal to the pressure rise time of a 1:1 aqueous sodium chlorate solution (40 percent)/cellulose mix ture and the criteria for Packing Group I are not met. (iii) Packing Group III, any material which exhibits a mean pressure rise time less than or equal to the pressure rise time of a 1:1 nitric acid (65 percent)/cellulose mixture and the criteria for Packing Group I and II are not met. 173.128 Class 5, Division 5.2--Definitions and types. (a) Definitions. For the purposes of this subchapter, organic perox ide (Division 5.2) means any organic compound containing oxygen (O) in the bivalent -O-O- structure and which may be considered a derivative of hydrogen peroxide, where one or more of the hydrogen atoms have been replaced by organic radicals, unless any of the following paragraphs applies: (1) The material meets the definition of an explosive as prescribed in Subpart C of this part, in which case it must be classed as an explosive; (2) The material is forbidden from being offered for transportation according to 172.101 of this subchapter or 173.21; (3) The Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety has determined that the material does not present a hazard which is associ ated with a Division 5.2 material; or (4) The material meets one of the following conditions: (i) For materials containing no more than 1.0 percent hydrogen peroxide, the available oxygen, as calculated using the equa tion in paragraph (a)(4)(ii) of this section, is not more than 1.0 percent, or (ii) For materials containing more than 1.0 percent but not more than 7.0 percent hydrogen peroxide, the available oxygen, con tent (Oa) is not more than 0.5 percent, when determined using the equation: a.-16xt2r*m*i where, for a material containing k species of organic peroxides: = number of -O-O- groups per molecule of the /th species = concentration (mass percent) of the /th species = molecular mass of the /th species (b) Generic types. Division 5.2 organic peroxides are assigned to a generic system which consists of seven types. An organic peroxide identified by technical name in the Organic Peroxides Table in 173.225 is assigned to a generic type in accordance with that Table. Organic peroxides not identified in the Organic Peroxides Table are assigned to generic types under the procedures of paragraph (c) of this section. (1) Type A. Organic peroxide type A is an organic peroxide which can detonate or deflagrate rapidly as packaged for transport. Trans portation of type A organic peroxides is forbidden. (2) Type B. Organic peroxide type B is an organic peroxide which, as packaged for transport, neither detonates nor deflagrates rapidly, but can undergo a thermal explosion. (3) Type C. Organic peroxide type C is an organic peroxide which, as packaged for transport, neither detonates nor deflagrates rapidly and cannot undergo a thermal explosion. (4) Type D. Organic peroxide type D is an organic peroxide which-- (i) Detonates only partially, but does not deflagrate rapidly and is not affected by heat when confined; (ii) Does not detonate, deflagrates slowly, and shows no violent effect if heated when confined; or (iii) Does not detonate or deflagrate, and shows a medium effect when heated under confinement. (5) Type E. Organic peroxide type E is an organic peroxide which neither detonates nor deflagrates and shows low, or no, effect when heated under confinement. (6) Type F. Organic peroxide type F is an organic peroxide which will not detonate in a cavitated state, does not deflagrate, shows only a low, or no, effect if heated when confined, and has low, or no, explosive power. (7) Type G. Organic peroxide type G is an organic peroxide which will not detonate in a cavitated state, will not deflagrate at all, shows no effect when heated under confinement, and shows no explosive power. A type G organic peroxide is not subject to the requirements of this subchapter for organic peroxides of Division 5.2 provided that it is thermally stable (self-accelerating decomposition temperature is 50C (122F)), or higher for a 50 kg (110 pounds) package). An organic peroxide meeting all characteristics of type G except thermal stability and requiring temperature control is classed as a type F, temperature control organic peroxide. (c) Procedure for assigning an organic peroxide to a generic type. An organic peroxide shall be assigned to a generic type based on-- (1) Its physical state (i.e., liquid or solid), in accordance with the definitions for liquid and solid in 171.8 of this subchapter; 288 ABDOO132059 PART 173 April 1998 173.128--173.133 (2) A determination as to its control temperature and emergency temperature, if any, under the provisions of 173.21(f), and (3) Performance of the organic peroxide under the test proce dures specified in the UN Manual of Tests and Criteria, and the provi sions of paragraph (d) of this section. (d) Approvals. (1) An organic peroxide must be approved, in writing, by the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety, before being offered for transportation or transported, includ ing assignment of a generic type and shipping description, ex cept for -- (i) An organic peroxide which is identified by technical name in the Organic Peroxides Table in 173.225(b); (ii) A mixture of organic peroxides prepared according to 173.225(c)(5); or (iii) An organic peroxide which may be shipped as a sample under the provisions of 173.225(c). (2) A person applying for an approval must submit all relevant data concerning physical state, temperature controls, and tests results or an approval issued for the organic peroxide by the competent authority of a foreign government. (e) Tests. The generic type for an organic peroxide shall be determined using the testing protocol from Figure 20.1(a) (Classifi cation and Flow Chart Scheme for Organic Peroxides) from the UN Manual of Tests and Criteria. 173.129 Class 5 Division 5.2--Assignment of packing group. All Division 5.2 materials are assigned to Packing Group II in Column 5 of the 172.101 Table. 173.132 Class 6, Division 6.1--Definitions, (a) For the pur pose of this subchapter, poisonous material (Division 6.1) means a material, other than a gas, which is known to be so toxic to humans as to afford a hazard to health during transportation, or which, in the absence of adequate data on human toxicity: (1) Is presumed to be toxic to humans because it falls within any one of the following categories when tested on laboratory animals (whenever possible, animal test data that has been reported in the chemical literature should be used): (i) Oral Toxicity. A liquid with an LD50 for acute oral toxicity of not more than 500 mg/kg or a solid with an LD50 for acute oral toxicity of not more than 200 mg/kg. (ii) Dermal Toxicity. A material with an LDsofor acute dermal toxicity of not more than 1000 mg/kg. (iii) Inhalation Toxicity. (A) A dust or mist with an LC50 for acute toxicity on inhalation of not more than 10 mg/L; or (B) A material with a saturated vapor concentration in air at 20C (68F) of more than one-fifth of the LC50 for acute toxicity on inhalation of vapors and with an LC50 for acute toxicity on inhalation of vapors of not more than 5000 ml/ m3; or (2) Is an irritating material, with properties similar to tear gas, which causes extreme irritation, especially in confined spaces. (b) For the purposes of this subchapter-- (1) LD50 for acute oral toxicity means that dose of the material administered to both male and female young adult albino rats which causes death within 14 days in half the animals tested. The number of animals tested must be sufficient to give statistically valid results and be in conformity with good pharmacological practices. The result is expressed in mg/kg body mass. (2) LD50 for acute dermal toxicity means that dose of the material which, administered by continuous contact for 24 hours with the shaved intact skin (avoiding abrading) of an albino rabbit, causes death within 14 days in half of the animals tested. The number of animals tested must be sufficient to give statistically valid results and be in conformity with good pharmacological practices. The result is expressed in mg/kg body mass. (3) LCso for acute toxicity on inhalation means that concentration of vapor, mist, or dust which, administered by continuous inhalation for one hour to both male and female young adult albino rats, causes death within 14 days in half of the animals tested. If the material is administered to the animals as a dust or mist, more than 90 percent of the particles available for inhalation in the test must have a diameter of 10 microns or less if it is reasonably foreseeable that such concentra tions could be encountered by a human during transport. The result is expressed in mg/L of air for dusts and mists or in mL/m3 of air (parts per million) for vapors. See 173.133(b) for LC50 determination for mixtures and for limit tests. (i) When provisions of this subchapter require the use of the LC50 for acute toxicity on inhalation of dusts and mists based on a one-hour exposure and such data is not available, the LCso for acute toxicity on inhalation based on a four-hour exposure may be multiplied by four and the product substituted for the onehour LC50 for acute toxicity on inhalation. (ii) When the provisions of this subchapter require the use of the LC50 for acute toxicity on inhalation of vapors based on a onehour exposure and such data is not available, the LCsofor acute toxity on inhalation based on a four-hour exposure may be multiplied by two and the product substituted for the one-hour LC50 for acute toxicity on inhalation. (iii) A solid substance should be tested if at least 10 percent of its total mass is likely to be dust in a respirable range, e.g. the aerodynamic diameter of that particle-fraction is 10 microns or less. A liquid substance should be tested if a mist is likely to be generated in a leakage of the transport containment. In carrying out the test both for solid and liquid substances, more than 90% (by mass) of a specimen prepared for inhalation toxicity testing must be in the respirable range as defined in this paragraph (b)(3)(rii). (c) For purposes of classifying and assigning packing groups to mixtures possessing oral or dermal toxicity hazards according to the criteria in 173.133(a)(1), it is necessary to determine the acute LD50 of the mixture. If a mixture contains more than one active constituent, one of the following methods may be used to determine the oral or dermal LD50 of the mixture: (1) Obtain reliable acute oral and dermal toxicity data on the actual mixture to be transported; (2) If reliable, accurate data is not available, classify the formulation according to the most hazardous constituent of the mixture as if that constituent were present in the same concentration as the total con centration of all active constituents; or (3) If reliable, accurate data is not available, apply the formula: where: Ca + Cb + Oz 100 Ta Tb Tz Ty C = the % concentration of constituent A, B ... Z in the mixture; T = the oral LD50 values of constituent A, B ... Z; Tm = the oral LD50 value of the mixture. Note to formula in paragraph (cX3): This formula also may be used for dermal tonicities provided that this information is available on the same species for all constituents. The use of this formula does not take Into account any potentiation or protective phenomena. (d) The foregoing categories shall not apply if the Associate Admin istrator for Hazardous Materials Safety has determined that the physi cal characteristics of the material or its probable hazards to humans as shown by documented experience indicate that the material will not cause serious sickness or death. 173.133 Assignment of packing group and hazard zones for Division 6.1 materials, (a) The packing group of Division 6.1 mate rials shall be as assigned in Column 5 of the 172.101 Table. When the 172.101 Table provides more than one packing group or hazard zone for a hazardous material, the packing group and hazard zone shall be determined by applying the following criteria: (1) The packing group assignment for routes of administration other than inhalation of vapors shall be in accordance with the following table: Pecking Group 1............. II .... Ill ... . Oral toxicity LDm (mg/kg) S5..................................................... >5, 50........................................... solids: >50, 200; liquids: >50, 500 ...................... Dermal toxicity LDM (mg/Xg) >40, 200 .... >200, 1000 . . Inhalation toxicity by dusts and mists ICM (mg/L) >0.5,<2 >2. 10 (2) (i) The packing group and hazard zone assignments for liquids (see 173.115(c) of this subpart for gases) based on inhalation of vapors shall be in accordance with the following Table: 289 ABDOO132060 173.133 April 1998 Packing Group Vapor concentration and toxicity 1 (Hazard Zone A). . . 1 (Hazard Zone B)..................... ill........................................... V500 ICso and LCM200 mL/m3. V10 LCW: LC50 =51000 mL/m3, and the criteria for Packing Group 1, Hazard Zone A are not met. Vs> LCso; LC50 3O00 mL/m3, and the criteria for Packing Group 1. are not met Vs> 2 LCso; LCW <5000 mL/m3; and the criteria for Packing Groups 1 and II, are not met. Note 1: V is the saturation vapor concentration in air ol the material mL/m3 at 20C and standard atmospheric pressure. Note 2 A liquid in Division 6.1 meeting criteria for Packing Group l, Hazard Zones A or B stated in paragraph (a)(2) of this section is a material poisonous by inhalation subject to the additional hazard communication requirements in in 172.203{mX3). 172.313 and Table 1 ol 172.504(e) of this subchapter. (ii) These criteria are represented graphically in Figure 1: Figure 1 Inhalation Toxicity: Packing Group and Hazard Zone Borderlines (3) When the packing group determined by applying these criteria is different for two or more (oral, dermal or inhalation) routes of adminis tration, the packing group assigned to the material shall be that indi cated for the highest degree of toxicity for any of the routes of adminis tration. (4) Notwithstanding the provisions of this paragraph, the packing group and hazard zone of a tear gas substance is as assigned in Column 5 of the 172.101 Table. (b) The packing group and hazard zone for Division 6.1 mixtures that are poisonous (toxic) by inhalation may be determined by one of the following methods: (1) Where LC50 data is available on each of the poisonous (toxic) substances comprising the mixture-- (i) The LC50 of the mixture is estimated using the formula: 1 IC50 mixture = n 2 f, LCsoi i-i where fi = mole fraction of the i!fl component substance of the liquid. LC50 = mean lethal concentration of the iw component sub' stance in ml/m3 (ii) The volatility of each component substance is estimated using the formula: 106 V, = P; x ml/m3 101.3 where: P, = partial pressure of the component substance in kPa at 20C and one atmospheric pressure. Pi may be calculated according to Raoult's Law using appropriate activity coeffi cients. Where activity coefficients are not available, the coefficient may be assumed to be 1.0. (iii) The ratio of the volatility to the LC50 is calculated using the formula: Vi R=2 LCsoj i=1 (iv) Using the calculated values LC50 (mixture) and R, the packing group for the mixture is determined as follows: Packaging Group (Hazard Zone) 1 (Hazard Zone A) . . 1 (Hazard Zone B) . . 11 ............................... Ill.................................. Ratio of Volatility and LC$o R 2 500 and LCso (mixture) 200 ml/m3 R 2 10 and LC50 (mixture) 1000 ml/m3; and the criteria lor Packing Group 1, Hazard Zone A, are not met. R 2 1 and LCso (mixture) 3000 ml/m3; and the criteria (or Packing Group 1. Hazard Zones A and B are not met. R 2 1/5 and LC50 (mixture) 5000 ml/m3; and the criteria for Packing Group 1, Hazard Zones A and B, and Packing Group II are not met. (2) In the absence of LC50 data on the poisonous (toxic) constituent substances, the mixture may be assigned a packing group and hazard zone based on the following simplified threshold toxicity tests. When these threshold tests are used, the most restrictive packing group and hazard zone must be determined and used for the transportation of the mixture. (i) A mixture is assigned to Packing Group I, Hazard Zone A only if both the following criteria are met: (A) A sample of the liquid mixture is vaporized and diluted with air to create a test atmosphere of 200 ml/m3 vaporized mixture in air. Ten albino rats (five male and five female) are exposed to the test atmosphere as determined by an analytical method appropriate for the material being classified for one hour and observed for fourteen days. If 290 ABDOO132061 PART 173 April 1998 173.133--173.136 five or more of the animals die within the fourteen-day observation period, the mixture is presumed to have an LC50 equal to or less than 200 ml/m3. (B) A sample of the vapor in equilibrium with the liquid mixture is diluted with 499 equal volumes of air to form a test atmosphere. Ten albino rats (five male and five female) are exposed to the test atmosphere for one hour and observed for fourteen days. If five or more of the animals die within the fourteen-day observation period, the mixture is presumed to have a volatility equal to or greater than 500 times the mixture LC50. (ii) A mixture is assigned to Packing Group I, Hazard Zone B only if both the following criteria are met, and the mixture does not meet the criteria for Packing Group I, Hazard Zone A: (A) A sample of the liquid mixture is vaporized and diluted with air to create a test atmosphere of 1000 ml/m3 vaporized mixture in air. Ten albino rats (five male and five female) are exposed to the test atmosphere for one hour and observed for fourteen days. If five or more of the animals die within the fourteen-day observation period, the mixture is presumed to have an LC50 equal to or less than 1000 ml/m3. (B) A sample of the vapor in equilibrium with the liquid mixture is diluted with 9 equal volumes of air to form a test atmo sphere. Ten albino rats (five male and five female) are exposed to the test atmosphere for one hour and observed for fourteen days. If five or more of the animals die within the fourteen-day observation period, the mixture is pre sumed to have a volatility equal to or greater than 10 times the mixture LC50. (iii) A mixture is assigned to Packing Group II only if both the following criteria are met, and the mixture does not meet the criteria for Packing Group I (Hazard Zones A or B): (A) A sample of the liquid mixture is vaporized and diluted with air to create a test atmosphere of 3000 ml/m3 vaporized mixture in air. Ten albino rats (five male and five female) are exposed to the test atmosphere for one hour and observed for fourteen days. If five or more of the animals die within the fourteen-day observation period, the mixture is presumed to have an LC50 equal to or less than 3000 ml/m3. (B) A sample of the vapor in equilibrium with the liquid mixture is used to form a test atmosphere. Ten albino rats (five male and five female) are exposed to the test atmosphere for one hour and observed for fourteen days. If five or more of the animals die within the fourteen-day observation period, the mixture is presumed to have a volatility equal to or greater than the mixture LC50. (iv) A mixture is assigned to Packing Group III only if both the following criteria are met, and the mixture does not meet the criteria for Packing Groups I (Hazard Zones A or B) or Packing Group II (Hazard Zone C): (A) A sample of the liquid mixture is vaporized and diluted with air to create a test atmosphere of 5000 ml/m3 vaporized mixture in air. Ten albino rats (five male and five female) are exposed to the test atmosphere for one hour and observed for fourteen days. If five or more of the animals die within the fourteen-day observation period, the mixture is presumed to have an LC50 equal to or less than 5000 ml/m3. (B) The vapor pressure of the liquid mixture is measured and if the vapor concentration is equal to or greater than 1000 ml/ m3, the mixture is presumed to have a volatility equal to or greater than V5 the mixture LC50. 173.134 Class 6, Division 6.2--Definitions, exceptions and packing group assignments, (a) Definitions. For the purposes of this subchapter, the categories of materials that constitute Division 6.2 are defined as follows: (1) An infectious substance means a viable microorganism, or its toxin, that causes or may cause disease in humans or animals, and includes those agents listed in 42 CFR 72.3 of the regulations of the Department of Health and Human Services and any other agent that causes or may cause severe, disabling or fatal disease. The terms infectious substance and etiologic agent are synonymous. (2) A diagnostic specimen means any human or animal material including, but not limited to, excreta, secreta, blood, blood compo nents, tissue, and tissue fluids, being shipped for purposes of diag nosis. (3) A biological product means a material that is prepared and manufactured in accordance with the provisions of 9 CFR part 102 (Licenses for biological products), 9 CFR part 103 (Experimental prod ucts, distribution, and evaluation of biological products prior to licens ing), 9 CFR part 104 (Permits for biological products), 21 CFR part 312 (Investigational new drug application), or 21 CFR parts 600 to 680 (Biologies). (4) A regulated medical waste means a waste or reusable material, other than a culture or stock of an infectious substance, that contains an infectious substance and is generated in-- (i) The diagnosis, treatment or immunization of human beings or animals; (ii) Research pertaining to the diagnosis, treatment or immuniza tion of human beings or animals; or (iii) The production or testing of biological products. (b) Exceptions. (1) The following are not subject to any requirements of this sub chapter if the items as packaged do not contain any material otherwise subject to the requirements of this subchapter: (i) Biological products; (ii) Diagnostic specimens; (iii) Laundry or medical equipment that conforms to 29 CFR 1910.1030 of the regulations of the Occupational Safety and Health Administration of the Department of Labor; (iv) A material, including waste, that previously contained an infec tious substance and has been treated by steam sterilization, chemical disinfection, or other appropriate method, so that it no longer poses the hazard of an infectious substance; (v) Any waste material, including garbage, trash and sanitary waste in septic tanks, derived from households, including but not limited to single and multiple residences, hotels and motels; (vi) Corpses, remains and anatomical parts that are intended for ceremonial interment or cremation; and (vii) Animal waste generated in animal husbandry or food pro duction. (2) A hazardous waste is not subject to regulation as a regulated medical waste. (3) A regulated medical waste that is transported by a private or contract carrier is excepted from-- (i) The requirement of an "INFECTIOUS SUBSTANCE" label if the outer packaging is marked with a "BIOHAZARD" marking in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.1030; and (ii) For other than a waste culture or stock of an infectious sub stance, the specific packaging requirements of 173.197, if packaged in a rigid non-bulk packaging conforming to-- (A) The general packaging requirements of 173.24 and 173.24a; and (B) Packaging requirements specified in 29 CFR 1910.1030. (4) A waste culture or stock of infectious substances may be offered for transportation and transported as a regulated medical waste when the culture or stock-- (i) Conforms to Biosafety Level 1,2 or 3, as defined in HHS Publica tion No. (CDC) 93-8395, Biosafety in Microbiological and Bio medical Laboratories. 3rd Edition, May 1993, Section II; (ii) Is packaged in accordance with requirements specified in 173.197; and (iii) Is transported by a private or contract carrier using a vehicle dedicated to the transportation of medical waste. (c) Assignment of packing groups and applicable packaging sec tions. (1) Division 6.2 materials, other than regulated medical waste, are not assigned a packing group. Packaging requirements for these materials are prescribed in 173.196. (2) Except as otherwise provided, regulated medical waste is as signed to Packing Group II and must be packaged as specified in 173.197. 173.136 Class 8--Definitions, (a) For the purpose of this sub chapter, corrosive material (Class 8) means a liquid or solid that causes full thickness destruction of human skin at the site of contact within a specified period of time. A liquid that has a severe corrosion rate on steel or aluminum based on the criteria in 173.137(c)(2) is also a corrosive material. 291 ABDOO132062 173.136--173.150 April 1998 (b) If human experience or other data indicate that the hazard of a material is greater or less than indicated by the results of the tests specified in paragraph (a) of this section, RSPA may revise its classifi cation or make the determination that the material is not subject to the requirements of this subchapter. (c) Skin corrosion test data produced no later than September 30, 1995, using the procedures of Part 173, Appendix A, in effect on September 30, 1995 (see 49 CFR Part 173, Appendix A, revised as of October 1, 1994) for appropriate exposure times may be used for classification and assignment of packing group for Class 8 materials corrosive to skin. 173.137 Class 8--Assignment of packing group. The pack ing group of Class 8 material is indicated in Column 5 of the 172.101 Table. When the 172.101 Table provides more than one packing group for a Class 8 material, the packing group must be determined using data obtained from tests conducted in accordance with the 1992 OECD Guideline for Testing of Chemicals, Number 404 "Acute Dermal Irritation/Corrosion" as follows: (a) Packing Group I. Materials that cause full thickness destruction of intact skin tissue within an observation period of up to 60 minutes starting after the exposure time of three minutes or less. (b) Packing Group II. Materials other than those meeting Packing Group I criteria that cause full thickness destruction of intact skin tissue within an observation period of up to 14 days starting after the exposure time of more than three minutes but not more than 60 minutes. (c) Packing Group III. Materials, other than those meeting Packing Group I or II criteria-- (1) That cause full thickness destruction of intact skin tissue within an observation period of up to 14 days starting after the exposure time of more than 60 minutes but not more than 4 hours; or (2) That do not cause full thickness destruction of intact skin tissue but exhibit a corrosion rate on steel or aluminum surfaces exceeding 6.25 mm (0.25 inch) a year at a test temperature of 55C (130F). For the purpose of testing steel P3 (ISO 9328-1) or a similiar type, and for testing aluminum, non-clad types 7075-T6 or AZ5GU-T6 should be used. An acceptable test is described in ASTM G 31-72 (Reap proved 1995). 173.140 Class 9--Definitions. For the purposes of this sub chapter, miscellaneous hazardous material (Class 9) means a material which presents a hazard during transportation but which does not meet the definition of any other hazard class. This class includes: (a) Any material which has an anesthetic, noxious or other similar property which could cause extreme annoyance or discomfort to a flight crew member so as to prevent the correct performance of as signed duties; or (b) Any material that meets the definition in 171.8 of this subchapter*for an elevated temperature material, a hazardous substance, a hazardous waste, or a marine pollutant. 173.141 Class 9--Assignment of packing group. The pack ing group of a Class 9 material is as indicated in Column 5 of the 172.101 Table. 173.144 Other Regulated Materials (ORM)--Definitions. For the purpose of this subchapter, "ORM-D material" means a material such as a consumer commodity, which, although otherwise subject to the regulations of this subchapter, presents a limited hazard during transportation due to its form, quantity and packaging. It must be a material for which exceptions are provided in the 172.101 Table. Each ORM-D material and category of ORM-D material is listed in the 172.101 Table. 173.145 Other Regulated Materials--Assignment of packing group. Packing groups are not assigned to ORM-D materials. 173.150 Exceptions for Class 3 (flammable) and combustible liquids, (a) General. Exceptions for hazardous materials shipments in the following paragraphs are permitted only if this section is refer enced for the specific hazardous material in the 172.101 Table of this subchapter and the material does not meet the definition of another hazard class except Division6.1, Packing Group III or Class 8, Packing Group III. (b) Limited quantities. Limited quantities of flammable liquids (Class 3) and combustible liquids are excepted from labeling require ments, unless offered for transportation or transported by aircraft, and the specification packaging requirements of this subchapter when packaged in combination packagings according to this paragraph. In addition, shipments of limited quantities are not subject to Subpart F (Placarding) of Part 172 of this subchapter. Each package must conform to the packaging requirements of Subpart B of this part and may not exceed 30 kg (66 pounds) gross weight. The following combination packagings are authorized: (1) For flammable liquids in Packing Group I, inner packagings not over 0.5 L (0.1 gallon) net capacity each, packed in strong outer packagings; (2) For flammable liquids in Packing Group II, inner packagings not over 1.0 L (0.3 gallon) net capacity each, packed in strong outer packaging; and (3) For flammable liquids in Packing Group III and combustible liquids, inner packagings not over 5.0 L (1.3 gallons) net capacity each, packed in strong outer packagings. (c) Consumer commodities. A limited quantity which conforms to the provisions of paragraph (b) of this section and is a "consumer commodity" as defined in 171.8 of this subchapter, may be renamed "Consumer commodity" and reclassed as ORM-D material. In addition to the exceptions provided by paragraph (b) of this section, shipments of ORM-D materials are not subject to the shipping paper requirements of Subpart C of Part 172 of this subchapter, unless the material meets the definition of a hazardous substance, a hazardous waste, or a marine pollutant unless offered for transportation or transported by aircraft, and are eligible for the exceptions provided in 173.156. (d) Alcoholic beverages. An alcholic beverage (wine and distilled spirits as defined in 27 CFR 4.10 and 5.11) is not subject to the requirements of this subchapter if it-- (1) Contains 24 percent or less alcohol by volume; (2) Is in an inner packaging of five liters or less; or (3) Is a Packaging Group III alcoholic beverage in a packaging of 250L (66 gallons) or less, unless transported by air. (e) Aqueous solutions of alcohol. An aqueous solution containing 24 percent or less alcohol by volume and no other hazardous ma terial-- (1) May be reclassed as a combustible liquid; and (2) Is not subject to the requirements of this subchapter if it contains no less than 50 percent water. (f) Combustible liquids. (1) A flammable liquid with a flash point at or above 38C (100F) that does not meet the definition of any other hazard class may be reclassed as a combustible liquid. This provision does not apply to transportation by vessel or aircraft, except where other means of transportation is impracticable. (2) The requirements in this subchapter do not apply to a material classed as a combustible liquid in a non-bulk packaging unless the combustible liquid is a hazardous substance, a hazardous waste, or a marine pollutant. (3) A combustible liquid that is in a bulk packaging or a combustible liquid that is a hazardous substance, a hazardous waste, or a marine pollutant is not subject to the requirements of this subchapter except those pertaining to: (i) Shipping papers, waybills, switching orders, and hazardous waste manifests; (ii) Marking of packages; (iii) Display of identification numbers on bulk packages; (iv) Placarding requirements of Subpart F of Part 172 of this sub chapter; (v) Carriage aboard aircraft and vessels (for packaging require ments for transport by vessel, see 176.340 of this subchapter); (vi) Reporting incidents as prescribed by 171.15 and 171.16 of this subchapter; (vii) Packaging requirements of Subpart B of this part and, in addi tion, non-bulk packagings must conform with requirements of 173.203; and (viii) The requirements of 173.1, 173.21, 173.24, 173.24a, 173.24b, 174.1, 177.804, 177.817, and 177.834 of this sub chapter. (4) A combustible liquid that is not a hazardous substance, a haz ardous waste, or a marine pollutant is not subject to the requirements of this subchapter if it is a mixture of one or more components that-- (i) Has a flash point at or above 93C (200F), (ii) Comprises at least 99 percent of the volume of the mixture, and 292 ABDOO132063 PART 173 April 1998 173.150--173.153 (iii) Is not ottered tor transportation or transported as a liquid at a temperature at or above its flash point. 173.151 Exceptions for Class 4. (a) General. Exceptions for hazardous materials shipments in the following paragraphs are permit ted only if this section is referenced for the specific hazardous material in the 172.101 Table of this subchapter. (b) Limited quantities of Division 4.1 flammable solids. Limited quantities of flammable solids (Division 4.1) in Packing Groups II and III are excepted from labeling, unless offered for transportation or transported by aircraft, and the specification packaging requirements of this subchapter when packaged in combination packagings ac cording to this paragraph. In addition, shipments of limited quantities are not subject to Subpart F (Placarding) of Part 172 of this subchapter. Each package must conform to the packaging requirements of Subp art B of this part and may not exceed 30 kg (66 pounds) gross weight. The following combination packagings are authorized: (1) For flammable solids in Packing Group II, inner packagings not over 1.0 kg (2.2 pounds) net capacity each, packed in strong outer packagings; and (2) For flammable solids in Packing Group III, inner packagings not over 5.0 kg (11 pounds) net capacity each, packed in strong outer packagings. (c) Consumer commodities. A limited quantity which conforms to the provisions of paragraph (b) of this section, and charcoal briquettes in packagings not exceeding 30 kg (66 pounds) gross weight, may be renamed "Consumer commodity" and reclassed as ORM-D material, if the material is a "consumer commodity" as defined in 171.8 of this subchapter. In addition to the exceptions provided by paragraph (b) of this section, shipments are not subject to the shipping paper requirements of Subpart C of Part 172 of this subchapter, unless the material meets the definition of a hazardous substance, a hazardous waste, or a marine pollutant or unless offered for transportation or transported by aircraft, and are eligible for the exceptions provided in 173.156. (d) Limited quantities of Division 4.3 (dangerous when wet) material. Limited quantities of Division 4.3 (dangerous when wet) solids in Packing Groups II and III are excepted from labeling, unless offered for transportation or transported by aircraft, and the specifica tion packaging requirements of this subchapter when packaged in combination packagings according to this paragraph. In addition, shipments of limited quantities are not subject to subpart F (Plac arding) of part 172 of this subchapter. Each package must conform to the packaging requirements of subpart B of this part and may not exceed 30 kg (66 pounds) gross weight. The following combination packagings are authorized: (1) For Division 4.3 solids in Packing Group II. inner packagings not over 0.5 kg (1.1 pound) net capacity each, packed in strong outer packagings; and (2) For Division 4.3 solids in Packing Group III, inner packagings not over 1 kg (2.2 pounds) net capacity each, packed in strong outer packagings. 173.152 Exceptions for Division 5.1 (oxidizers) and Division 5.2 (organic peroxides), (a) General. Exceptions for hazardous materials shipments in the following paragraphs are permitted only if this section is referenced for the specific hazardous material in the 172.101 Table of this subchapter. (b) Limited quantities. Limited quantities of oxidizers (Division 5.1) in Packing Groups II and III and organic peroxides (Division 5.2) are excepted from labeling, unless offered or intended for transportation by aircraft, and the specification packaging requirements of this sub chapter when packaged in combination packagings according to this paragraph. In addition, shipments of these limited quantities are not subject to Subpart F of Part 172 (Placarding) of this subchapter. Each package must conform to the packaging requirements of Subpart B of this part and may not exceed 30 kg (66 pounds) gross weight. The following combination packagings are authorized: (1) For oxidizers in Packing Group II, inner packagings not over 1.0 L (0.3 gallon) net capacity each for liquids or not over 1.0 kg (2.2 pounds) net capacity each for solids, packed in strong outer packagings. (2) For oxidizers in Packing Group III, inner packagings not over 4.0 L (1 gallon) net capacity each for liquids or not over 5.0 kg (11 pounds) net capacity each for solids, packed in strong outer pack agings. (3) For organic peroxides which do not require temperature control during transportation-- (i) For Type D, E, or F organic peroxides, inner packagings not over 125 ml (4.22 ounces) net capacity each for liquids or 500 g. (17.64 ounces) net capacity for solids, packed in strong outer packagings. (ii) For Type B or C organic peroxides, inner packagings not over 25 ml (0.845 ounces) net capacity each for liquids or 100 g (3.528 ounces) net capacity for solids packed in strong outer packagings. (4) For polyester resin kits consisting of a base material component (Class 3, Packing Group II or III) and an activator component (Type C, D, E, or F organic peroxide which does not require temperature control)-- (i) the organic peroxide component must be packed in inner pack agings not over 125 ml (4.22 ounces) net capacity each for liquids or 500 g (17.64 ounces) net capacity each for solids; (ii) The flammable liquid component must be packed in inner pack agings not over 1.0 L (0.3 gallons) net capacity each for Packing Group II liquids or 5.0 L (1.3 gallons) net capacity each for Packing Group III liquids; and (iii) The flammable liquid component and the organic peroxide component may be packed in the same strong outer packaging provided they will not interact dangerously in the event of leakage. (c) Consumer commodities. A limited quantity which conforms to the provisions of paragraph (b) of this section and is a "consumer commodity" as defined in 171.8 of this subchapter, may be renamed "Consumer commodity" and reclassed as ORM-D material. In addition to the exceptions provided by paragraph (b) of this section, shipments are not subject to the shipping paper requirements of Subpart C of Part 172 of this subchapter, unless the material meets the definition of a hazardous substance, a hazardous waste, or a marine pollutant or unless offered for transportation or transported by aircraft, and are eligible for the exceptions provided in 173.156. 173.153 Exceptions for Division 6.1 (poisonous materials). (a) General. Exceptions for hazardous materials shipments in the following paragraphs are permitted only if this section is referenced for the specific hazardous material in the 172.101 Table of this sub chapter. (b) Limited quantities of Division 6.1 materials. Limited quanti ties of poisonous materials (Division 6.1) in Packing Group III are excepted from the specification packaging requirements of this sub chapter when packaged in combination packagings according to this paragraph. In addition, shipments of these limited quantities are not subject to Subpart F of Part 172 (Placarding) of this subchapter. Each package must conform to the packaging requirements of Subpart B of this part and may not exceed 30 kg (66 pounds) gross weight. The following combination packagings are authorized: (1) For poisonous liquids,inner packagings not over 4.0L(1 gallon) net capacity each, packed in strong outer packagings; and (2) For poisonous solids, inner packagings not over 5.0 kg (11 pounds) net capacity each, packed in strong outer packagings. (c) Consumer commodities. The following provisions apply to consumer commodities: (1) A limited quantity which conforms to the provisions of paragraph (b) of this section and is a "consumer commodity" as defined in 171.8 of this subchapter, may be renamed "Consumer commodity" and reclassed as ORM-D material. (2) A poisonous material which is a drug or medicine and is a "consumer commodity" as defined in 171.8 of this subchapter, may be renamed "Consumer commodity" and reclassed as ORM-D mate rial if packaged in a combination packaging not exceeding 30 kg (66 pounds) with inner packagings not over 250 ml (8 ounces) net capacity for liquids or 250 g (8.8 ounces) net capacity for solids packed in strong outer packagings. Each package must conform to the packaging requirements of Subpart B of this part. (3) Packages of ORM-D material are excepted from the specifica tion packaging requirements of this subchapter and from the labeling requirements of Subpart E of Part 172 of this subchapter. Shipments of ORM-D material are eligible for the exceptions provided in 173.156 and in paragraph (b) of this section and are not subject to the shipping paper requirements of Subpart C of Part 172 of this subchapter, unless 293 ABDOO132064 173.153--173.156 April 1998 the material meets the definition of a hazardous substance, a hazard ous waste, or a marine pollutant or unless offered for transportation or transported by aircraft. 173.154 Exceptions for Class 8 (corrosive materials). (a) General. Exceptions for hazardous materials shipments in the following paragraphs are permitted only if this section is referenced for the specific hazardous material in the 172.101 Table of this sub chapter. (b) Limited quantities. Limited quantities of corrosive materials (Class 8) in Packing Groups II and III are excepted from labeling, unless offered or intended for transportation by aircraft, and the specifi cation packaging requirements of this subchapter when packaged in combination packagings according to this paragraph. In addition, shipments of these limited quantities are not subject to Subpart F (Placarding) of Part 172 of this subchapter. Each package must con form to the packaging requirements of Subpart B of this part and may not exceed 30 kg (66 pounds) gross weight. The following combination packagings are authorized: (1) For corrosive materials in Packing Group II, in inner packagings not over 1.0 L (0.3 gallon) net capacity each for liquids or not over 1.0 kg (2.2 pounds) net capacity each for solids, packed in strong outer packagings. (2) For corrosive materials in Packing Group III, in inner packagings not over 4.0 L (1 gallon) net capacity each for liquids or not over 5.0 kg (11 pounds) net capacity each for solids, packed in strong outer packagings. (c) Consumer commodities. A limited quantity which conforms to the provisions of paragraph (b) of this section and is a "consumer commodity" as defined in 171.8 of this subchapter may be renamed "Consumer commodity" and reclassed as ORM-D material. In addition to the exceptions provided by paragraph (b) of this section, shipments of ORM-D materials are not subject to the shipping paper requirements of Subpart C of Part 172 of this subchapter, unless the material meets the definition of a hazardous substance, a hazardous waste, or a marine pollutant or unless offered or intended for transportation by aircraft, and are eligible for the exceptions provided in 173.156. (d) Materials corrosive to aluminum or steel only. Except for a hazardous substance, a hazardous waste, or a marine pollutant, a material classed as a Class 8, Packing Group III, material solely be cause of its corrosive effect-- (1) On aluminum is not subject to any other requirements of this subchapter when transported by motor vehicle or rail car in a packag ing constructed of materials that will not react dangerously with or be degraded by the corrosive material; or (2) On steel is not subject to any other requirements of this subchap ter when transported by motor vehicle or rail car in a bulk packaging constructed of materials that will not react dangerously with or be degraded by the corrosive material. 173.155 Exceptions for Class 9 (miscellaneous hazardous materials), (a) General. Exceptions for hazardous materials ship ments in the following paragraphs are permitted only if this section is referenced for the specific hazardous material in the 172.101 Table of this subchapter. (b) Limited quantities. Limited quantities of miscellaneous hazard ous materials (Class 9) are excepted from labeling, unless offered or intended for transportation by aircraft, and the specification packaging requirements of this subchapter when packaged in combination pack agings according to this paragraph. In addition, shipments of these limited quantities are not subject to Subpart F (Placarding) of Part 172 of this subchapter. Each package must conform to the packaging requirements of Subpart B of this part and may not exceed 30 kg (66 pounds) gross weight. The following combination packagings are authorized: (1) For liquids, inner packagings not over 5.0 L (1.3 gallons) net capacity each, packed in strong outer packagings. (2) For solids, inner packagings not over 5.0 kg (11 pounds) net capacity each, packed in strong outer packagings. (c) Consumer commodities. A limited quantity which conforms to the provisions of paragraph (b) of this section and is a "consumer commodity" as defined in 171.8 of this subchapter, may be renamed "Consumer commodity" and reclassed as ORM-D material. In addition to the exceptions provided by paragraph (b) of this section, shipments of ORM-D materials are not subject to the shipping paper requirements of Subpart C of Part 172 of this subchapter, unless the material meets the definition of a hazardous substance, a hazardous waste, or a marine pollutant or unless offered for transportation or transported by aircraft, and are eligible for the exceptions provided in 173.156. 173.156 Exceptions for ORM materials, (a) Exceptions for hazardous materials shipments in the following paragraphs are permit ted only if this section is referenced for the specific hazardous material in the 172.101 Table or in a packaging section in this part. (b) ORM-D. Packagings for ORM-D materials are specified ac cording to hazard class in 173.150 through 173.155 and in 173.306. In addition to other exceptions specified for ORM-D materi als in this part: (1) Strong outer packagings as specified in this part, the marking requirements specified in 172.316 of this subchapter, and the 30 kg (66 pounds) gross weight limitation are not required for materials classed as ORM-D when-- (1) Unitized in cages, carts, boxes or similar overpacks; (ii) Offered for transportation or transported by: (A) Rail; (B) Private or contract motor carrier; or (C) Common carrier in a vehicle under exclusive use for such service; and (iii) Transported to or from a manufacturer, a distribution center, or a retail outlet, or transported to a disposal facility from one offeror. (2) The 30 kg (66 pounds) gross weight limitation does not apply to materials classed as ORM-D when offered for transportation, or transported, by highway or rail between a manufacturer, a distribution center, and a retail outlet provided-- (i) Inner packagings conform to the quantity limits for inner pack agings specified in 173.150(b), 173.152(b), 173.154(b), 173.155(b) and 173.306 (a) and (b), as appropriate; (ii) The inner packagings are packed into corrugated fiberboard trays to prevent them from moving freely; (iii) The trays are placed in a fiberboard box which is banded and secured to a wooden pallet by metal, fabric, or plastic straps, to form a single palletized unit; (iv) The package conforms to the general packaging requirements of subpart B of this part; (v) The maximum net quantity of hazardous material permitted on one palletized unit is 250 kg (550 pounds); and (vi) The package is properly marked in accordance with 172.316 of this subchapter. 294 ABDOO132065 Part 173.158-Non Bulk Packaging for Haz Mat Other than Class 1 & Class 7 April 1998 ABDOO132066 173.158 PART 173 PUBLISHER'S NOTE This Subpart lists the authorized non-bulk packaging for hazardous materials other than Class 1 (Explosives), Class 2 (Compressed Gases), and Class 7 (Radioactive Materials). The authorized non bulk packaging for Class 1 (Explosives) is contained in Subpart C, Class 2 (Compressed Gases) in Subpart D, and Class 7 in Subpart H. Even though the title of this Subpart does not exclude Class 2 there are no non-bulk packaging requirements in Subpart E for Class 2 (Compressed Gases). These can be found in Subpart G. Column (8B) of the Hazardous Materials Table (172.101) lists the section in this Subpart identifying the authorized non-bulk packaging for a given hazardous material. In addition, column (7) may contain additional requirements applicable to the packaging. Any code listed in column (7) beginning with an N applies to a non-bulk packaging. Subpart E NON-BULK PACKAGING FOR HAZARDOUS MATERIALS OTHER THAN CLASS 1 AND CLASS 7 173.158 Nltricacid. (a) Nitric acid exceeding 40 percent con centration may not be packaged with any other material. (b) Nitric acid in any concentration which does not contain sulfuric acid or hydrochloric acid as impurities, when offered for transportation or transported by rail, highway, or water shall be packaged in specifi cation containers as follows: (1) 1A1 stainless steel drums are authorized, subject to the following limitations: (i) Stainless steel used in drums must conform to the following thicknesses: Nominal (marked) capacity (in liters) of 1A1 Drum 55 115 210 450 Minimum thickness (in millimeters) of stainless steel 0.9 1.2 1.5 2.0 (ii) Drums weighing less than 85 percent of their original tare weight may not be used. (iii) Type 304 or other grades of equivalent corrosion-resistant steels in the as-welded condition are permissible for nitric acid concentrations up to and including 78 percent. (iv) For all concentrations of nitric acid, the following are permis sible: (A) Type 304 heat-treated (quenched in water at 1040C (1900F)), (B) Stabilized Type 347 in the as-welded condition, (C) Stabilized Type 347 stress-relieved (845-900C (1550- 1650F)), (D) Stabilized Type 347 heat-treated (quenched in water at 1040C <1900F)), or (E) Other grades of equivalent corrosion resistance. (V) All parts of drum exposed to lading must be capable of with standing the corrosive effect of nitric acid to the extent that 65 percent boiling nitric acid does not penetrate the metal more than 0.0381 mm (0.002 inches) per month. (ASTM A 262-68 may be used for a suitable corrosion test procedure.) (vi) In addition to marking required by 178.503 of this subchap ter, the following marks, in lettering of at least 12.7 mm (0.5 inch) height, must be placed on drums used to transport nitric acid: (A) The type of steel used in body and head sheets as identified by American Iron and Steel Institute type number, and, in addition, the letters "HT" following the steel designation on containers subject to stress relieving or heat treatment during manufacture. (B) The thickness in millimeters of metal in thinnest part. When the thickness of metal in the body differs from that in the head, both must be indicated with slanting line between and with the gauge of the body indicated first. (C) Original tare weight in kilograms, preceded by the let ters "TW." An example of the markings required by paragraphs (b)(1)(vi)(A), (B), and (C) of this section is "304HT/1.9/2.7/ TW55." (2) 4H1 expanded plastics outer packagings with glass inner re ceptacles of not greater than 2.5 L (0.66 gallon) capacity each. No more than four 2.5 L (0.66 gallon) inner receptacles may be packed in one outer packaging. (c) Nitric acid of 80 percent or greater concentration which does not contain sulfuric acid or hydrochloric acid as impurities, when offered for transportation or transported by rail, highway, or water may be packaged in 1B1 aluminum drums. (d) Nitric acid of 90 percent or greater concentration, when offered for transportation or transported by rail, highway, or water may be packaged as follows: (1) In 4C1, 4C2, 4D or 4F wooden boxes with inner packagings consisting of glass bottles further individually overpacked in tightly closed metal packagings. Glass bottles must be of 2.5 L (0.66 gallon) or less capacity and cushioned with a non-reactive, absorbent material within the metal packagings. (2) In combination packagings with 1A2, 1B2, ID, 1G. 1H2, 3H2 or 4G outer packagings with inner glass packagings of 2.5 L (0.66 gallons) or less capacity cushioned with a non-reactive, absorbent material and packed within a tightly closed intermediate packaging of metal or plastic. (e) Nitric acid of less than 90 percent concentration, when offered for transportation or transported by rail, highway, or water may be packaged in 4G fiberboard boxes or 4C1, 4C2, 4D or 4F wooden boxes with inside glass packagings of not over 2.5 L (0.66 gallon) capacity each. (f) Nitric acid of 70 percent or less concentration, when offered for transportation or transported by rail, highway, or water, may be packaged as follows: (1) In composite packagings 6PA1,6PA2,6PB1,6PB2,6PC, 6PD1, 6PH1, or 6PH2. 6HH1 and 6HA1 composite packaging with plastic inner receptacles meeting the compatibility requirements 173.24(e) (e.g., PFA Teflon) are authorized. (2) In 4H1 expanded plastic boxes with inner glass packagings of not over 2.5 L (0.66 gallon) each. (3) In combination packagings with 1A2, 1B2, ID, 1G, 1H2, 3H2, 4C1,4C2,4D, 4For4G outer packagings and plastic inner packagings not over 2.5L (0.66 gallon) capacity further individually overpacked in tightly closed metal packagings. (9) Nitric acid of more than 70 percent concentration, when offered for transportation or transported by cargo aircraft only, must be pack aged in combination packagings with 1A2, 1B2, ID, 1G, 1H2, 3H2, 4C1,4C2, 4D, 4F or 4G outer packagings with glass or earthenware inner packagings of not over 1 L (0.3 gallon) or glass ampoules of not over 0.5 L (0.1 gallon). (h) Nitric acid of less than 70 percent concentration, when offered for transportation in cargo aircraft only must be packaged in combina tion packagings with 1A2, 1B2, ID, 1G, 1H2, 3H2, 4C1,4C2, 4D, 4F or 4G outer packagings with inner packagings of-- 295 ABDOO132067 173.158--173.159 April 1998 (1) Glass or earthenware not over 2.5 L (0.66 gallon) capacity; (2) Plastic not over 2.5 L (0.66 gallon) capacity further individually overpacked in tightly closed metal packagings; or (3) Glass ampoule not over 0.5 L (0.1 gallon) capacity. 173.159 Batteries, wet. (a) Electric storage batteries, con taining electrolyte acid or alkaline corrosive battery fluid, must be completely protected so that short circuits will be prevented; they may not be packed with other materials except as provided in 173.220 and 173.222 of this part and paragraph (h) of this section. (b) The following specification packagings are authorized for bat teries packed without other materials: (1) 4C1, 4C2, 4D, or 4F wooden boxes. (2) 4G fiberboard boxes. (3) ID plywood drums. (4) 1G fiber drums. (5) 1H2 and 3H2 plastic drums and jerricans. (6) 4H2 plastic boxes. (c) The following non-specification packagings are authorized for batteries packed without other materials: (1) Electric storage batteries protected against short circuits and firmly secured to skids or pallets capable of withstanding the shocks normally incident to transportation, are authorized for transportation by rail, highway, or water. The height of the completed unit must not exceed I'/fe times the width of the skid or pallet. The unit must be capable of withstanding, without damage, a superimposed weight equal to two times the weight of the unit or, if the weight of the unit exceeds 907 kg (2000 pounds), a superimposed weight of 1814 kg (4000 pounds). Battery terminals must not be relied upon to support any part of the superimposed weight. (2) Electric storage batteries weighing 225 kg (500 pounds) or more, consisting of carriers' equipment, may be shipped by rail when mounted on suitable skids and protected against short circuits. Such shipments may not be offered in interchange service. (3) One to three batteries not over 11.3 kg (25 pounds) each, packed in outer boxes. The maximum authorized gross weight is 34 kg (75 pounds). (4) Not more than four batteries not over 7 kg (15 pounds) each, packed in strong outer fiberboard or wooden boxes. Batteries must be securely cushioned and packed to prevent short circuits. The maximum authorized gross weight is 30 kg (65 pounds). (5) Not more than five batteries not over 4.5 kg (10 pounds) each, packed in strong outer fiberboard or wooden boxes. Batteries must be securely cushioned and packed to prevent short circuits. The maximum authorized gross weight is 30 kg (65 pounds). (6) Single batteries not exceeding 34 kg (75 pounds) each, packed in 5-sided slip covers or in completely closed fiberboard boxes. Slip covers and boxes must be of solid or double-faced corrugated fiberboard of at least 91 kg (200 pounds) Mullen test strength. The slip cover or fiberboard box must fit snugly and provide inside top clearance of at least 1.3 cm (0.5 inch) above battery terminals and filler caps with reinforcement in place. Assembled for shipment, the bottom edges of the slipcover must come to within 2.5 cm (1 inch) of the bottom of the battery. The completed package (battery and box or slip cover) must be capable of withstanding a top-to-bottom compression test of at least 225 kg (500 pounds) without damage to battery terminals, cell covers or filler caps. (7) Single batteries exceeding 34 kg (75 pounds) each may be packed in completely closed fiberboard boxes. Boxes must be of double-wall corrugated fiberboard of at least 181 kg (400 pounds) test, or solid fiberboard testing at least 181 kg (400 pounds); a box may have hand holes in its ends provided that the handholes will not materially weaken the box. Sides and ends of the box must have cushioning between the battery and walls of the box; combined thick ness of cushioning material and walls of the box must not be less than 1.3 cm (0.5 inch); and cushioning must be excelsior pads, corrugated fiberboard, or other suitable cushioning material. The bottom of the battery must be protected by a minimum of one excelsior or double wall corrugated fiberboard pad. The top of the battery must be pro tected by a wood frame, corrugated trays or scored sheets of corru gated fiberboard having minimum test of 91 kg (200 pounds), or other equally effective cushioning material. Top protection must bear evenly on connectors and/or edges of the battery cover to facilitate stacking of batteries. No more than one battery may be placed in one box. The maximum authorized gross weight is 91 kg (200 pounds). (d) A nonspillable wet electric storage battery is excepted from all other requirements of this subchapter under the following conditions: (1) The battery must be protected against short circuits and se curely packaged; (2) For batteries manufactured after September 30, 1995, the bat tery and the outer packaging must be plainly and durably marked "NONSPILLABLE'' or "NONSPILLABLE BATTERY"; and (3) The battery must be capable of withstanding the following two tests, without leakage of battery fluid from the battery. (i) Vibration test. The battery must be rigidly clamped to the platform of a vibration machine, and a simple harmonic motion having an amplitude of 0.8 mm (0.03 inches), with a 1.6 mm (0.063 inches) maximum total excursion must be applied. The frequency must be varied at the rate of 1 Hz/min between the limits of 10 Hz to 55 Hz. The entire range of frequencies and return must be traversed in 95 5 minutes for each mounting position (direction of vibrator) of the battery. The battery must be tested in three mutually perpendicular positions (to include testing with fill openings and vents, if any, in an inverted posi tion) for equal time periods. (ii) Pressure differential test. Following the vibration test, the battery must be stored for six hours at 24C 4C (75F 7F) while subjected to a pressure differential of at least 88 kPa (13 psi). The battery must be tested in three mutually perpendicular positions (to include testing with fill openings and vents, if any, in an inverted position) for at least six hours in each position. (e) Electric storage batteries containing electrolyte or corrosive bat tery fluid are not subject to the requirements of this subchapter for transportation by highway or rail if all of the following requirements are met: (1) No other hazardous materials may be transported in the same vehicle; (2) The batteries must be loaded or braced so as to prevent damage and short circuits in transit; (3) Any other material loaded in the same vehicle must be blocked, braced, or otherwise secured to prevent contact with or damage to the batteries; and (4) The transport vehicle may not carry material shipped by any person other than the shipper of the batteries. (f) Electric storage batteries, containing electrolyte or corrosive bat tery fluid in a coil from which it is injected into the battery cells by a gas generator and initiator assembled with the battery, and which are nonspillable under the criteria of paragraph (d) of this section, are excepted from other requirements of this subchapter when examined by the Bureau of Explosives and approved by the Associate Adminis trator for Hazardous Materials Safety. (g) Electrolyte, acid, or alkaline corrosive battery fluid, packed with storage batteries wet or dry, must be packed in one of the following specification packagings: (1) In 4C1, 4C2, 4D, or 4F wooden boxes with inner receptacles of glass, not over 4.0 L (1 gallon) each with not over 8.0 L (2 gallons) total in each outside container. Inside containers must be well-cush ioned and separated from batteries by a strong solid wooden partition. The completed package must conform to Packing Group III require ments. (2) Electrolyte, acid, or alkaline corrosive battery fluid included with storage batteries and filling kits may be packed in strong plywood or wooden boxes when shipments are made by, for, or to the Depart ments of the Army, Navy, or Air Force of the United States. Packagings must conform to military specifications. The electrolyte, acid, or alka line corrosive battery fluid must be packed in polyethylene bottles of not over 1.0 L (0.3 gallon) capacity each. Not more than 24 bottles, securely separated from storage batteries and kits, may be offered for transportation or transported in each package. (3) In 4G fiberboard boxes with not more than 12 inside packagings of polyethylene or other material resistant to the lading, each not over 2.0 L (0.5 gallon) capacity each. Completed packages must conform to Packing Group 111 requirements. Inner packagings must be ade quately separated from the storage battery. The maximum authorized gross weight is 29 kg (64 pounds). These packages are not authorized for transportation by aircraft. (h) Dry storage batteries or battery charger devices may be pack aged in 4G fiberboard boxes with inner receptacles containing battery fluid. Completed packagings must conform to Packing Group III re quirements. Not more than 12 inner receptacles may be packed in 296 ABDOO132068 PART 173 April 1998 173.159--173.164 one outer box. The maximum authorized gross weight is 34 kg (75 pounds). 173.160 Bombs, smoke, non-explosive (corrosive). Bombs, smoke, non-explosive, may be shipped provided they are without ignition elements, bursting charges, detonating fuses or other explosive components. They must be packaged in wooden (4C1, 4C2), plywood (4D) or reconstituted wood (4F) boxes, or plywood drums (ID), which meet Packing Group II requirements. 173.161 Chemical kits, (a) Except as otherwise provided, chemical kits must be packed, marked, and labeled as prescribed by this subchapter for the specific corrosive materials contained therein. (b) Chemical kits containing limited quantities of corrosive liquids in inner receptacles of not over 177 ml (6 fluid ounces) capacity each are excepted from labeling (except when offered for transportation or transported by air) and the specification packaging requirements of this subchapter if all of the following requirements are met: (1) The kit may contain only corrosive liquids for which packaging exceptions are provided in the 172.101 Table. (2) The kit must be a strong wooden or metal outer packaging, or must be packed in a strong wooden or metal packaging. (3) The corrosive liquids must be cushioned with sufficient absor bent material to completely absorb the contents of the individual con tainers, and must be protected from damage by other materials in the kit. (4) The contents of the kit must be of a nature and packed so there will be no possibility of the mixture of contents causing dangerous evolution of heat or gas. In addition, chemical kits meeting these requirements are not subject to Subpart F of Part 172 of this subchapter (Placarding), to Part 174 (Carriage by rail) of this subchapter except 174.24 (Shipping papers), and to Part 177 (Carriage by highway) of this subchapter except 177.817 (Shipping papers). (c) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, chemical kits must be packed in 4G fiberboard boxes with inner glass recepta cles of not over 1 L (0.3 gallon) capacity each, securely cushioned and separated from other inside containers. The contents of the kit must be of such a nature and so packed that there will be no possibility of the mixture of contents causing dangerous evolution of heat or gas. 173.162 Gallium. Gallium metal must be packaged in packagings intended to contain liquids consisting of semi-rigid plastic inner packagings of not more than 2.5 kg (5.5 pounds) net capacity each, individually enclosed in a sealed leak-tight bag of strong punctureresistant material. The sealed bags must be packed in wooden (4C1, 4C2), plywood (4D), reconstituted wood (4F), fiberboard (4G) or plastic (4H1, 4H2) boxes or in fiber (1G) or steel (1A2) drums, which are lined with leak-tight, puncture-resistant material. Bags and liner mate rial must be chemically resistant to gallium. In order to maintain the gallium in a completely solid state, the above packaging may be overpacked in a strong, water-resistant outer packaging which con tains dry ice or other means of refrigeration. If a refrigerant is used, all of the above materials used in the packaging of gallium must be chemically and physically resistant to the refrigerant and must have impact resistance at the low temperatures of the refrigerant employed. If dry ice is used, the outer packaging must permit the release of carbon dioxide gas. Completed packaging must meet Packing Group I requirements for transportation by aircraft and Packing Group III requirements for transportation by vessel. Manufactured articles or apparatuses, each containing not more than 100 mg (0.0035 ounce) of gallium and packaged so that the quantity of gallium per package does not exceed 1 g (0.35 ounce) are not subject to the requirements of this subchapter. 173.163 Hydrogen fluoride. Hydrogen fluoride (hydrofluoric acid, anhydrous) must be offered for transportation or transported in Specification 3, 3A, 3AA, 3B, 3BN, 3C, 3E, 4, 4A, 25, or 38 cylinders; or Specification 4B, 4BA, 4BW or 4C cylinders, if they are not brazed. Filling density must not exceed 85 percent of the water weight capacity of the cylinder. Cylinders used exclusively in this service may, in lieu of the periodic hydrostatic retest required by 173.34(e), be given a complete external visual inspection as described in CGA Pamphlet C-6, at the time such periodic retest becomes due. Such inspections shall be made on cylinders cleaned to bare metal. The results shall be recorded on a data sheet, completed copies of which shall be kept as prescribed in 173.34(e)(8). Items which must be checked and recorded on these data sheets are: Date of inspection (month and year); DOT specification number; cylinder identification (registered symbol and serial number, date of manufacture, and if needed for adequate identification, ownership symbol); tare weight; physical con dition (record specifically any leakage, corrosion, gouges, dents or digs in shell or heads, broken or damaged footring or protective ring or fire damage); disposition of cylinders (returned to sen/ice, to cylinder manufacturer for repairs, or scrapped). A cylinder which passes the inspection prescribed must have the data recorded in the manner presently prescribed for the recording of the retest date except that an "E" is to follow the date (month and year) indicating requalifica tion by the external inspection method. Cylinders removed from this service for any reason must be rendered unfit for any other regulated service. 173.164 Mercury (metallic and articles containing mercu ry)- (a) For transportation by aircraft, mercury must be packaged in packagings which meet the requirements of Part 178 of this sub chapter at the Packing Group I performance level, as follows: (1) Earthenware or glass or suitable plastic inner packagings of not more than 3.5 kg (7.7 pounds) capacity each, packed in steel drums (1A2), steel jerricans (3A2), wooden (4C1,4C2), plywood (4D), fiberboard (4G), reconstituted wood (4F) or solid plastic (4H2) boxes, plywood drums (ID) or fiber drums (1G) with sufficient cushioning material to prevent breakage. Either the inner packagings or the outer packagings must have inner linings or bags of strong leakproof and puncture-resistant material impervious to mercury, completely sur rounding the contents, which will prevent the escape of mercury from the package irrespective of its position. (2) Iron or steel "quicksilver flasks" of not more than 3.5 kg (7.7 pounds) capacity each packaged in steel drums (1A2),steel jerricans (3A2), wooden (4C1,4C2), plywood (4D), fiberboard (4G) or reconsti tuted wood (4F) or solid plastic (4H2) boxes, plywood drums (ID) or fiber drums (1G) with leakproof linings as in paragraph (a)(1) of this section. (3) Welded steel bottles with inner vaulted bottoms as single pack agings. The closure must be a bolt with a conical thread, and the opening must not exceed 20 mm (0.79 inches). The maximum net mass must not exceed 35 kg (77 pounds). (b) Manufactured articles or apparatuses, each containing not more than 100 mg (0.0035) ounce) of mercury and packaged so that the quantity of mercury per package does not exceed 1 g (0.035) are not subject to the requirement of this subchapter. (c) Manufactured articles or apparatuses containing not more than 100 mg (0.0035 ounce) mercury are excepted from the specification packaging requirements of this subchapter when packaged as follows: (1) Manufactured articles or apparatuses of which metallic mercury is a component part, such as manometers, pumps, thermometers, switches, etc. (for electron tubes, mercury vapor tubes and similar tubes, see paragraph (c)(3) of this section), must be in strong outer packagings, having sealed inner liners or bags of strong leakproof and puncture-resistant material impervious to mercury, which will pre vent the escape of mercury from the package irrespective of its posi tion. Mercury switches and relays are excepted from these packaging requirements, if they are totally enclosed, leakproof and in sealed metal or plastic units. (2) Thermometers, switches and relays, each containing a total quantity of not more than 15 g (0.53 ounces) of mercury, are excepted from the requirements of this subchapter if installed as an integral part of a machine or apparatus and so fitted that shock of impact damage, leading to leakage of mercury, is unlikely to occur under conditions normally incident to transport. (3) Electron tubes, mercury vapor tubes and similar tubes must be packaged as follows: (i) Tubes which are packed in strong outer packagings with all seams and joints sealed with self-adhesive, pressure-sensitive tape which will prevent the escape of mercury from the pack age, are authorized up to a total net quantity of 450 g (15.9 ounces) of mercury per package; (ii) Tubes with more than 450 g (15.9 ounces) of mercury are authorized only when packed in strong outer packagings, hav ing sealed inner liners or bags of strong leakproof and punctureresistant material impervious to mercury which will prevent es cape of mercury from the package irrespective of its position; 297 ABDOO132069 173.164--173.172 April 1998 (iii) Tubes which do not contain more than 5 g (0.2 ounce) of mercury each and which are packed in the manufacturer's original packagings, are authorized up to a total net quantity of 30 g (1.1 ounces) of mercury per package; (iv) Tubes which are completely jacketed in sealed leakproof metal cases are authorized in the manufacturer's original packagings. (4) A person offering for transportation electron tubes, mercury vapor tubes, and similar tubes shall indicate the quantity of mercury therein on the shipping paper. (5) Mercurial barometers conforming to paragraph (c)(1) of this section, which are loaded and unloaded from an aircraft under the supervision of, and accompanied in flight by, a National Weather Service official or similar United States agency official, are excepted from any other requirements of this subchapter. (d) For transportation by other than aircraft, mercury must be packaged-- (D In any packaging which meets the requirements of Part 178 of this subchapter at the Packing Group III performances level; or (2) In non-specification reusable metal packagings. (e) Except for a hazardous substance or a hazardous waste or for transportation by aircraft or vessel, packages containing less than 0.45 kg (1.0 pound) net weight of mercury are not subject to the requirements of this subchapter. 173.166 Airbag Inflators, air bag modules and seat-belt mod ules. (a) Definitions. An air bag inflator (consisting of a casing containing an igniter, a booster material and a gas generant) is a gas generator used to inflate an air bag in a supplemental restraint system in a motor vehicle. An air bag module is the air bag inflator plus an inflatable bag assembly. A seat-belt pre-tensioner contains similar hazardous materials and is used in the operation of a seat-belt re straining system in a motor vehicle. (b) Classification. An air bag inflator, air bag module, or seat-belt pre-tensioner may be classed as Class 9 only if it meets the following requirements-- (1) The manufacturer has submitted each design type air bag infla tor or seat-belt pre-tensioner to a person approved by the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety for examination and test ing. The submission must contain a detailed description of the inflator or pre-tensioner (or, if more than a single inflator or pre-tensioner is involved, the maximum parameters of each particular inflator or pre tensioner design type for which approval is sought) and details on the complete package. (2) Samples of the inflator or pre-tensioner, packaged as for trans port, have been subjected to test series 6(c) of the UN Recommenda tions on the Transport of Dangerous Goods, Manual of Tests and Criteria, second revised edition, 1995 with no explosion of the device, no fragmentation of device casings, and no projection hazard or ther mal effect which would significantly hinder fire-fighting or other emer gency response efforts in the immediate vicinity. (3) The manufacturer submits an application, including-- (i) The test results and report recommending the shipping descrip tion and classification for each device or design type; or (ii) An approved classification issued by the competent authority of a foreign government, to the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety, and is notified in writing by the Associate Administrator that the device has been classed as Class 9 and approved for transportation. (4) No approval applications are required for air bag modules con taining an approved air bag inflator. (5) Air bag inflators or seat belt pre-tensioners previously reclassed from Class 1 to Division 4.1 under the terms of an exemption may be reclassed as Class 9 materials without further testing. (c) EX numbers. When offered for transportation, the shipping paper must contain the EX number or product code for each approved inflator or pre-tensioner in association with the basic description re quired by 172.202(a) of this subchapter. Product codes must be traceable to the specific EX number assigned to the inflator or pre tensioner by the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety. A module must be identified with the same EX number or product code of the approved inflator. (d) Exceptions. (1) An air bag module or seat-belt pre-tensioner that has been approved by the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety and is installed in a motor vehicle or in completed vehicle components, such as steering columns or door panels, is not subject to the requirements of this subchapter. (2) An air bag module, containing an inflator that has previously been examined and approved for transportation as a Division 4.1 material, is not required to be submitted for examination or approval. (e) Packagings. The following packagings are authorized: (1) 1A2, 1B2, 1G or 1H2 drums. (2) 3A2 or 3H2 jerricans. (3) 4C1, 4C2, 4D, 4F, 4G or 4H2 boxes. (4) Reusable high strength plastic or metal containers or dedicated handling devices are authorized for shipment of air bag inflators, air bag modules, and seat-belt pretensioners from a manufacturing facility to the assembly facility, subject to the following conditions: (1) The gross weight of the container or handling device may not exceed 1000 kg (2205 pounds). The container or handling device structure must provide adequate support to allow them to be stacked at least three high with no damage to the contain ers or devices. (ii) If not completely enclosed by design, the container or handling device must be covered with plastic, fiberboard, or metal. The covering must be secured to the container by banding or other comparable methods. (iii) Internal dunnage must be sufficient to prevent movement of the devices within the container. (f) Labeling. Notwithstanding the provisions of 172.402 of this subchapter, each package or handling device must display a CLASS 9 label. Additional labeling is not required when the package contains no hazardous materials other than the devices. 173.170 Black powder for small arms. Black powder for small arms that has been classed in Division 1.1 may be reclassed as a Division 4.1 material, for domestic transportation by motor vehicle, rail freight, and cargo vessel only, subject to the following conditions: (a) The powder must be examined and approved for Division 1.1 and Division 4.1 classification in accordance with 173.56 and 173.58; (b) The total quantity of black powder in one motor vehicle, rail car, or freight container may not exceed 45.4 kg (100 pounds) net mass, and no more than four freight containers may be on board one cargo vessel; (c) The black powder must be packed in inner metal or heavy wall conductive plastic receptacles not over 454 g (16 ounces) net capacity each, with no more than 25 cans in one outer UN 4G fiberboard box. The inner packagings must be arranged and protected so as to prevent simultaneous ignition of the contents. The complete package must be of the same type which has been examined as required in 173.56; <d) Each completed package must be marked "BLACK POWDER FOR SMALL ARMS" and "NA 0027"; and (e) Each package must bear the FLAMMABLE SOLID label. 173.171 Smokeless powder for small arms. Smokeless pow der for small arms which has been classed in Division 1.3 may be reclassed in Division 4.1, for transportation by motor vehicle, rail car, vessel, or cargo-only aircraft, subject to the following conditions: (a) The powder must be examined and approved for a Division 1.3 classification in accordance with 173.56 and 173.58 of this part. (b) The total quantity of smokeless powder may not exceed 45.4 kg (100 pounds) net mass in: (D One rail car, motor vehicle, or cargo-only aircraft; or (2) One freight container on a vessel, not to exceed four freight containers per vessel. (c) Only combination packagings with inner packagings not ex ceeding 3.6 kg (8 pounds) net mass are authorized. Inner packagings must be arranged and protected so as to prevent simultaneous ignition of the contents. The complete package must be of the same type which has been examined as required in 173.56 of this Part. (d) Inside packages that have been examined and approved by the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety may be packaged in UN 4G fiberboard boxes meeting the Packing Group I performance level, provided all inside containers are packed to pre vent movement and the net weight of smokeless powder in any one box does not exceed 7.3 kg (16 pounds). 173.172 Aircraft hydraulic power unit fuel tank. Aircraft hy draulic power unit fuel tanks containing a mixture of anhydrous hydra zine and monomethyl hydrazine (M86 fuel) and designed for installa tion as complete units in aircraft are excepted from the specification 298 ABDOO132070 PART 173 April 1998 173.172--173.185 packaging requirements of this subchapter when they conform to either of the following conditions: (a) The unit must consist of an aluminum pressure vessel made from tubing and having welded heads. Primary containment of the fuel within this vessel must consist of a welded aluminum bladder having a maximum internal volume of 46 L (12 gallons). The outer vessel must have a minimum design gauge pressure of 1,275 kPa (185 psi) and a minimum burst gauge pressure of 2,755 kPa (400 psi). Each vessel must be leak-checked during manufacture and before shipment and must be found leakproof. The complete inner unit must be securely packed in non-combustible cushioning material, such as vermiculite, in a strong outer tightly closed metal packaging which will adequately protect all fittings. Maximum quantity of fuel per unit and package is 42 L (11 gallons); or (b) The unit must consist of an aluminum pressure vessel. Primary containment of the fuel within this vessel must consist of a welded hermetically sealed fuel compartment with an elastomeric bladder having a maximum internal volume of 46 L (12 gallons). The pressure vessel must have a minimum design gauge pressure of 5,170 kPa (750 psi). Each vessel must be leak-checked during manufacture and before shipment and must be securely packed in non-combustible cushioning material, such as vermiculite, in a strong outer tightly closed metal packaging which will adequately protect all fittings. Maxi mum quantity of fuel per unit and package is 42 L (11 gallons). 173.173 Paint, paint-related material, adhesives, ink and res ins. (a) When the 172.101 Table specifies that a hazardous mate rial be packaged under this section, the following requirements apply. Except as otherwise provided in this part, the description "Paint" is the proper shipping name for paint, lacquer, enamel, stain, shellac, varnish, liquid aluminum, liquid bronze, liquid gold, liquid wood filler, and liquid lacquer base. The description "Paint-related material" is the proper shipping name for a paint thinning, drying, reducing or removing compound. However, if a more specific description is listed in the 172.101 Table of this subchapter, that description must be used. (b) Paint, paint-related material, adhesives, ink and resins must be packaged as follows: (1) As prescribed in 173.202 of this part if it is a Packing Group II material or 173.203 of this part if it is a Packing Group III material; or (2) In inner glass packagings of not over 1 L (0.3 gallon) capacity each or inner metal packagings of not over 5 L (1 gallon) each, packed in a strong outer packaging. Packages must conform to the packaging requirements of Subpart B of this part but need not conform to the requirements of Part 178 of this subchapter. 173.174 Refrigerating machines. A refrigerating machine as sembled for shipment and containing 7 kg (15 pounds) or less of a flammable liquid for its operation in a strong, tight receptacle is ex cepted from labeling (except when offered for transportation or trans ported by air) and the specification packaging requirements of this subchapter. In addition, shipments are not subject to Subpart F of Part 172 of this subchapter (Placarding), to Part 174 of this subchapter (Carriage by rail) except 174.24 (Shipping papers) and to Part 177 (Carriage by highway) of this subchapter except 177.817 (Shipping papers). material in a quantity sufficient to absorb the entire contents. The strong, tight metal cans must be closed by positive means, not by friction. (c) Steel drums (1A2) or fiber drums (1G) not exceeding 220 L (58 gallons) capacity each with strong tight inner metal cans not over 4.0 L (1 gallon) capacity each, closed by positive means, not friction. (1) Inner packagings must have no opening exceeding 25 mm (1 inch) diameter and must be surrounded with noncombustible cushion ing material. (2) Net quantity of pyrophoric liquids may not exceed two-thirds of the rated capacity of the outer drum. For example, a 220 L (58 gallons) outer drum may contain no more than 147 L (39 gallons) of pyrophoric liquids. (3) Each layer of inner containers must be separated by a metal plate separator in addition to cushioning material. 173.182 Barium azide--50 percent or more water wet. Bar ium azide--50 percent or more water wet, must be packed in wooden boxes (4C1. 4C2, 4D, or 4F) or fiber drums (1G) with inner glass packagings not over 0.5 kg (1.1 pounds) capacity each. Packagings must have rubber stoppers wire tied for securement. If transportation is to take place when and where freezing weather is possible, a suitable antifreeze solution must be used to prevent freezing. Each packaging must conform to the requirements of Part 178 of this sub chapter at the Packing Group I performance level. 173.183 Nitrocellulose base film. Films, nitrocellulose base, must be packaged in packagings conforming to the requirements of Part 178 of this subchapter at the Packing Group III performance level, as follows: (a) In steel drums (1A2), aluminum drums (1B2), steel jerricans (3A2), wooden (4C1, 4C2), plywood (4D) or reconstituted wood (4F) boxes or plywood drums (ID) with each reel in a tightly closed metal can, polypropylene canister, or strong cardboard or fiberboard inner packaging with cover held in place by adhesive tape or paper; or (b) In fiberboard (4G) boxes or fiber drums (1G) with a single tightly closed metal can, polypropylene canister, or strong cardboard or fiberboard inner packaging with cover held in place by adhesive tape or paper; authorized only for not over 600 m (1969 feet) of film. 173.184 Highway or rail fusee, (a) A fusee is a device de signed to burn at a controlled rate and to produce visual effects for signaling purposes. The composition of the fusee must be such that the fusee will not ignite spontaneously or undergo marked decomposition when subjected to a temperature of 75C (167F) for 48 consecu tive hours. (b) Fusees (highway and railway) must be packaged in steel drums (1A2), steel jerricans (3A2), wooden (4C1, 4C2), plywood (4D) or reconstituted wood (4F) boxes or in fiberboard boxes (4G), plywood (ID) or fiber (1G) drums. If the fusees are equipped with spikes, packagings must have reinforced ends to prevent penetration of spikes through the outer packagings; packages must be capable of passing drop test requirements (178.603 of this subchapter), includ ing at least one drop with spike in a downward position, and other requirements of Part 178 of this subchapter, at the Packing Group II performance level. 173.181 Pyrophoric materials (liquids). When the 172.101 Table specifies that a hazardous material be packaged under this section, only the following non-bulk packagings are authorized: (a) Specification steel or nickel cylinders prescribed for any com pressed gas except acetylene having a minimum design pressure of 1206 kPa (175 psi). Cylinders with valves must be: (1) Equipped with steel valve protection caps or collars, unless overpacked; or (2) Overpacked in a wooden box (4C1,4C2, 4D or 4F); fiberboard box (4G), or plastic box (4H1 or 4H2). Cylinders must be secured to prevent movement in the box and, when offered for transportation or transported, must be so loaded that pressure relief devices remain in the vapor space of the cylinder. (See 173.34(d)(7), 174.430 and 177.838(h) of this subchapter.) (b) Wooden boxes (4C1,4C2, 4D or 4F) or fiberboard boxes (4G) enclosing not more than four strong, tight metal cans with inner recep tacles of glass or metal, not over 1 L (0.3 gallon) capacity each, having positive screwcap closures adequately gasketed. Inner packagings must be cushioned on all sides with dry, absorbent, incombustible 173.185 Lithium batteries and cells, (a) Except as otherwise provided in this subpart, a lithium cell or battery is authorized for transportation only if it conforms to the provisions of this section. (b) Exceptions. Cells and batteries are not subject to the require ments of this subchapter if they meet the following requirements: (1) Each cell with a liquid cathode may contain no more than 0.5 g of lithium or lithium alloy, and each cell with a solid cathode may contain no more than 1.0 g lithium or lithium alloy; (2) Each battery with a liquid cathode may contain an aggregate quantity of no more than 1.0 g lithium or lithium alloy, and each battery with a solid cathode may contain an aggregate quantity of no more than 2.0 g of lithium or lithium alloy; (3) Each cell or battery containing a liquid cathode must be hermeti cally sealed; (4) Cells and batteries must be packed in such a way so as to prevent short circuits and must be packed in strong packagings, except when installed in equipment; and (5) If a liquid cathode battery contains more than 0.5 g of lithium or lithium alloy or a solid cathode battery contains more than 1.0 g 299 ABDOO132071 173.185--173.187 April 1898 lithium or lithium alloy, it may not contain a liquid or gas that is a hazardous material according to this subchapter unless the liquid or gas, if free, would be completely absorbed or neutralized by other materials in the battery. (c) Cells and batteries also are not subject to this subchapter if they meet the following requirements: (1) Each cell contains not more than 5 g of lithium or lithium alloy: (2) Each battery contains not more than 25 g of lithium or lithium alloy; (3) Each cell or battery is of the type proven to be non-dangerous by testing in accordance with tests in the UN Manual of Tests and Criteria, such testing must be carried out on each type prior to the initial transport of that type; and (4) Cells and batteries are designed or packed in such a way as to prevent short circuits under conditions normally encountered in transportation. (d) Cells and batteries and equipment containing cells and batter ies which were first transported prior to January 1, 1995, and were assigned to Class 9 on the basis of the requirements of this subchapter in effect on October 1,1993, may continue to be transported in accord ance with the applicable requirements in effect on October 1, 1993. (e) Cells and batteries may be transported as items of Class 9 if they meet the requirements in paragraphs (e)(1) through (e)(9) of this section: (1) Cells must not contain more than 12 g of lithium or lithium alloy. (2) Batteries must not contain more than 500 g of lithium or lith ium alloy. (3) Each cell and battery must be equipped with an effective means of preventing external short circuits. (4) Each cell and battery must incorporate a safety venting device or be designed in a manner that will preclude a violent rupture under conditions normally incident to transportation. (5) Batteries containing cells or series of cells connected in parallel must be equipped with diodes to prevent reverse current flow. (6) Cells and batteries must be packed in strong inner packagings containing not more than 500 g of lithium or lithium alloy per inner packaging. (7) Cells and batteries must be packed in inner packagings in such a manner as to effectively prevent short circuits and to prevent movement which could lead to short circuits. (8) Cells and batteries must be packaged in packagings conform ing to the requirements of part 178 of this subchapter at the Packing Group II performance level: Inner packagings must be packed within metal boxes (4A or 4B), wooden boxes (4C1, 4C2, 4D,or 4F), fiberboard boxes (4G), solid plastic boxes (4H2), fiber drums (1G), metal drums (1A2 or 1B2), plywood drums (ID), plastic jerricans (3H2), or metal jerricans (3A2 or 3B2). (9) Each cell or battery must be of the type proven to meet the criteria of Class 9 by testing in accordance with tests in the UN Manual of Tests and Criteria. (10) Except as provided in paragraph (h) of this section, cells or batteries may not be offered for transportation or transported if any cell has been discharged to the extent that the open circuit voltage is less than two volts or is less than % of the voltage of the fully charged cell, whichever is less. (f) Equipment containing or packed with cells and batteries meeting the requirements of paragraph (b) or (c) of this section is excepted from all other requirements of this subchapter. (g) Equipment containing or packed with cells and batteries may be transported as items of Class 9 if the batteries and cells meet all the requirements of paragraph (e) of this section and are packaged as follows: (1) Equipment containing cells and batteries must be packed in a strong outer packaging that is waterproof or is made waterproof through the use of a liner unless the equipment is made waterproof by nature of its construction. The equipment must be secured within the outer packaging and be packed as to effectively prevent move ment, short circuits, and accidental operation during transport; and (2) Cells and batteries packed with equipment must be packed in inner packagings conforming to paragraph (e)(8) of this section in such a manner as to effectively prevent movement and short circuits. The quantity of lithium contained in any piece of equipment must not exceed 12 g per cell and 500 g per battery. Not more than 5 kg of cells and batteries may be packed with each item of equipment. (h) Cells and batteries, for disposal, may be offered for transporta tion or transported to a permitted storage facility and disposal site by motor vehicle when they meet the following requirements: (1) Cells, when new, may not contain more than 12 g and batteries may not contain more than 500 g of lithium or lithium alloy; (2) Be equipped with an effective means of preventing external short circuits; and (3) Be packed in a strong outer packaging conforming to the re quirements of 173.24 and 173.24a. The packaging need not con form to performance requirements of part 178 of this subchapter. (1) Cells and batteries and equipment containing or packed with cells and batteries which do not comply with the provisions of this section may be transported only if they are approved by the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety. (j) For testing purposes, when not contained in equipment, ceils containing not more than 12 g of lithium or lithium alloy and batteries containing not more than 500 g of lithium or lithium alloy may be offered for transportation or transported by highway only as items of Class 9. Packaging must conform with paragraph (e)(8) of this section with not more than 100 cells per package. 173.186 Matches, (a) Matches must be of a type which will not ignite spontaneously or undergo marked decomposition when subjected for 8 consecutive hours to a temperature of 93C (200F). (b) Definitions. (1) "Fusee matches" are matches the heads of which are prepared with a friction-sensitive igniter composition and a pyrotechnic composition which burns with little or no flame, but with intense heat. (2) "Safety matches" are matches combined with or attached to the box, book or card that can be ignited by friction only on a prepared surface. (3) "Strike anywhere" matches are matches that can be ignited by friction on a solid surface. (4) "Wax 'Vesta1 matches" are matches that can be ignited by fric tion either on a prepared surface or on a solid surface. (c) Safety matches and wax `Vesta' matches must be tightly packed in securely closed inner packagings to prevent accidental ignition under conditions normally incident to transportation, and further packed in outer fiberboard, wooden, or other equivalenttype packagings. These matches in outer packagings not exceeding 23 kg (50 pounds) gross weight are not subject to any other requirement (except marking) of this subchapter. These matches may be packed in the same outer packaging with materials not subject to this subchapter. <d) Strike-anywhere matches may not be packed in the same outer packaging with any material other than safety matches or wax `Vesta' matches, which must be packed in separate inner packagings. (e) Packagings. Strike-anywhere matches must be tightly pack aged in securely closed chipboard, fiberboard, wooden, or metal inner packagings to prevent accidental ignition under conditions normally incident to transportation. Each inner packaging may contain no more than 700 strike-anywhere matches and must be packed in outer steel drums (1A2), aluminum drums (1B2), steel jerricans (3A2), wooden (4C1,4C2), plywood (4D), reconstituted wood (4F) or fiberboard (4G) boxes, plywood (ID) or fiber (1G) drums. Gross weight of fiberboard boxes (4G) must not exceed 27 kg (60 pounds). Gross weight or other outer packagings must not exceed 45 kg (100 pounds). 173.187 Pyrophoric solids, metals or alloys, n.o.s. Packag ings for pyrophoric solids, metals, or alloys, n.o.s. must conform to the requirements of Part 178 of this subchapter at the packing group performance level specified in the 172.101 Table. These materials must be packaged as follows: (a) In wooden boxes (4C1,4C2,4D, or 4F) with inner metal recepta cles which have a positive (not friction) means of closure and contain not more than 15 kg (33 pounds) each. <b) In steel drums (1A1 or 1A2) with a gross mass not exceeding 150 kg (331 pounds) per drum. (c) In fiberboard boxes (4G) with inner metal receptacles which have a positive (not friction) means of closure and contain not more than 7.5 kg (17 pounds) each. (d) In fiber drums (1G) with inner metal receptacles which have a positive (not friction) means of closure and contain not more than 15 kg (33 pounds) each. 300 PART 173 ABDOO132072 April 1998 173.187--173.194 (e) In plywood drums (ID) with inner metal receptacles which have a positive (not friction) means of closure and contain not more than 15 kg (33 pounds) each. 173.188 White or yellow phosphorus. Phosphorus, white or yellow, when offered for transportation or transported by rail, highway, or water, must be packaged in water or dry in packagings conforming to the requirements of Part 178 of this subchapter at the Packing Group I performance level, as follows: (a) When placed in water, it must be packaged in specification packagings as follows: (1) Wooden boxes (4C1, 4C2, 4D, or 4F) with: (i) Inner hermetically sealed (soldered) metal cans, enclosed in other hermetically sealed (soldered) metal cans, or (ii) Inner water-tight metal cans containing not over 0.5 kg (1 pound) of phosphorus with screw-top closures; or (2) Steel drums (1A1), not over 250 L (66 gallons) capacity each or steel drums (1A2) not over 115 L (30 gallons) capacity each. (b) When dry, it must be cast solid and shipped in packagings as follows: (1) Steel drums (1A2) not over 115 L (30 gallons) capacity each, or (2) In projectiles or bombs when shipped by, for, or to the Depart ments of the Army, Navy, or Air Force of the United States Government, without bursting elements. 173.189 Batteries containing sodium or cells containing sodi um. (a) Batteries and cells may not contain any hazardous material other than sodium, sulfur or polysulfides. Cells not forming a compo nent of a completed battery may not be offered for transportation at a temperature at which any liquid sodium is present in the cell. Batter ies may only be offered for transportation, or transported, at a tempera ture at which any liquid sodium present in the battery conforms to the conditions prescribed in paragraph (d) of this section. (b) Cells must consist of hermetically sealed metal casings which fully enclose the hazardous materials and which are so constructed and closed as to prevent the release of the hazardous materials under normal conditions of transport. Cells must be placed in suitable outer packagings with sufficient cushioning material to prevent contact be tween cells and the internal surfaces of the outer packaging, and to ensure that no dangerous movement of the cells within the outer packaging occurs in transport. Cells must be packaged in 1A2, 1B2, ID, 1G, 1H2, 4C1,4C2, 4D, 4F, 4G, or 4H2 outer packagings which meet the requirements of part 178 of this subchapter at the Packing Group II performance level. (c) Batteries must consist of cells secured within, and fully enclosed by a metal casing so constructed and closed as to prevent the release of the hazardous materials under normal conditions of transport. Bat teries may be offered for transportation, and transported, unpacked or in protective packagings that are not subject to the requirements of part 178 of this subchapter. (d) Batteries containing any liquid sodium may not be offered for transportation, or transported, by aircraft. Batteries containing liquid sodium may be transported by motor vehicle, rail car or vessel under the following conditions: (1) Batteries must be equipped with an effective means of pre venting external short circuits, such as by providing complete electri cal insulation of battery terminals or other external electrical connec tors. Battery terminals or other electrical connectors penetrating the heat insulation fitted in battery casings must be provided with thermal insulation sufficient to prevent the temperature of the exposed surfaces of such devices from exceeding 55C (130F). (2) No battery may be offered for transportation if the temperature at any point on the external surface of the battery exceeds 55C (130F). (3) If any external source of heating is used during transportation to maintain sodium in batteries in a molten state, means must be provided to ensure that the internal temperature of the battery does not reach or exceed 400C (752F). (4) When loaded in a transport vehicle or freight container: (i) Batteries must be secured so as to prevent significant move ment within the transport vehicle or freight container under conditions normally incident to transportation: (ii) Adequate ventilation and/or separation between batteries must be provided to ensure that the temperature at any point on the external surface of the battery casing will not exceed 240C (464F) during transportation; and (iii) No other hazardous materials, with the exception of cells con taining sodium, may be loaded in the same transport vehicle or freight container. Batteries must be separated from all other freight by a distance of not less than 0.5 meters (1.6 feet). (e) Batteries containing sodium or cells containing sodium, when installed as part of a motor vehicle, are not subject to the requirements of this subchapter. 173.192 Packaging for certain Packing Group I poisonous materials. When172.lQ1 ofthissubchapterspecifiesthatapoisonous material be packaged under this section, only specification cylin ders are authorized, as follows: (a) Specification 3A1800, 3AA1800, 3AL1800, 3D, 3E1800, or 33 cylinders, under the following conditions: (1) Specification 3A, 3AA and 3AL cylinders may not exceed 57 kg (125 pounds) water capacity (nominal). (2) Specification 3D and 33 cylinders may not exceed 57 kg (125 pounds) water capacity (nominal). (3) Specification 3AL cylinders containing arsine or phosphine may only be offered for transportation or transported by highway and rail. (b) Packagings must conform to the requirements of 173.40 of this part. (c) For cylinders used for phosgene. (1) The filling density may not exceed 125 percent; (2) A cylinder may not contain more than 68 kg (150 pounds) of phosgene; and (3) Each filled cylinder must be tested for leakage before it is offered for transportation or transported and must show absolutely no leakage; this test must consist of immersing the cylinder and valve, without the protection cap attached, in a bath of water at a temperature of approximately 66C (150F) for at least 30 minutes, during which time frequent examinations must be made to note any escape of gas. The valve of the cylinder must not be loosened after this test and before the cylinder is offered for transportation or transported. 173.193 Bromoacetone, methyl bromide, chloropicrln and methyl bromide or methyl chloride mixtures, etc. (a) Bromoace tone must be packaged as follows in wooden boxes (4C1, 4C2, 4D or 4F) with inner glass receptacles or tubes in hermetically sealed metal receptacles in corrugated fiberboard cartons. Bottles may not contain over 500 g (17.6 ounces) of liquid each and must be cushioned in cans with at least 12.7 mm (0.5 inch) of absorbent material. Total amount of liquid in the outer box must not exceed 11 kg (24 pounds). Packagings must conform to the requirements of Part 178 of this subchapter at the Packing Group I performance level. (b) Bromoacetone, methyl bromide, chloropicrin and methyl bro mide mixtures, chloropicrin and methyl chloride mixtures, and chloro picrin mixtures charged with non-flammable, non-liquefied com pressed gas must be packed in Specification 3A, 3AA, 3B, 3C, 3E, 4A, 4B, 4BA, 4BW, or 4C cylinders having not over 113 kg (250 pounds) water capacity (nominal). This capacity does not apply to shipments of methyl bromide. (c) Methyl bromide mixtures containing up to 2% chloropicrin must be packaged in 4G fiberboard boxes with inside metal cans containing not over one pound each, or inside metal cans with a minimum wall thickness of 0.007 inch containing not over 13/4 pounds each. The one-pound can must be capable of withstanding an internal pressure of 130 psig without leakage or permanent distortion. Vapor pressure of the contents must not exceed 130 psig at 55C (130F). The Im pound can must be capable of withstanding an internal pressure of 140 psig without leakage or permanent distortion. Vapor pressure of the contents must not exceed 140 psig at 55C (130F). Cans must not be liquid full at 130F. Cans must be constructed of tinplate or lined with suitable material and must have concave or pressure ends. (d) Cylinders except those containing methyl bromide must con form to 173.40 of this part. 173.194 Gas identification sets. Gas identification sets con taining poisonous material must be packaged in packagings conform ing to the requirements of Part 178 of this subchapter at the Packing Group I performance level, as follows: (a) In glass inner receptacles, hermetically sealed, of not over 40 ml (1.4 fluid ounces) each. Each glass inner receptacle must in turn be 301 ABDOO132073 173.194--173.201 April 1998 placed in a sealed fiberboard receptacle, cushioned with absorbent material. Not more than 12 fiberboard receptacles must in turn be placed in a 4G fiberboard box. No more than four boxes, well-cush ioned, may in turn be placed in a steel cylinder. The cylinder must have a wall thickness of at least 3.7 mm (0.146 inch) and must have a hermetically sealed steel closure. (b) When the poisonous material is absorbed in a medium such as activated charcoal or silica gel, gas identification sets may be shipped as follows: 0) If the poisonous material does not exceed 5 ml (0.2 fluid ounce) if a liquid or 5 g (0.2 ounce) if a solid, it may be packed in glass inner receptacles of not over 120 ml (4.1 fluid ounces) each. Each glass receptacle, cushioned with absorbent material must be packed in a hermetically sealed metal can of not less than 0.30-mm (0.012 inch) wall thickness. Metal cans, surrounded on all sides by at least 25 mm (1 inch) of dry sawdust, must be packed in 4C1,4C2,4D or 4F wooden boxes. Not more than 100 ml (3.4 fluid ounces) or 100 g (3.5 ounces) of poisonous materials may be packed in one outer wooden box. (2) If the poisonous material does not exceed 5 ml (0.2 fluid ounce) if a liquid or 20 g (0.7 ounce) if a solid, it may be packed in glass inner receptacles with screw-top closures of not less than 60 ml (2 ounces), hermetically sealed. Twelve bottles containing poisonous material, not to exceed 100 ml (3.4 ounces) or 100 g (3.5 ounces), or both, may be placed in a plastic carrying case, each glass receptacle surrounded by absorbent cushioning and each separated from the other by sponge rubber partitions. The plastic carrying case must be placed in a tightly fitting fiberboard box which in turn must be placed in a tightly fitting 4C1, 4C2, 4D or 4E wooden box. 173.195 Hydrogen cyanide, anhydrous, stabilized (hydrocy anic acid, aqueous solution), (a) Hydrogen cyanide, anhydrous, stabilized, must be packed in specification cylinders as follows: (1) As prescribed in 173.192, or (2) Specification 3A480, 3A480X, 3AA480, or 3AL1800 metal cylin ders of not over 126 kg (278 pounds) water capacity (nominal). Ship ments in 3AL cylinders are authorized only when transported by high way and rail. (b) Cylinders may not be charged with more than 0.27 kg (0.6 pound) of liquid per 0.45 kg (1 pound) water capacity of cylinder. Each filled cylinder must be tested for leakage before being offered for transportation or transported and must show absolutely no leakage; this test must consist of passing a piece of Guignard's sodium picrate paper over the closure of the cylinder, without the protection cap attached, to detect any escape of hydrogen cyanide from the cylinder. Other equally efficient test methods may be used in place of sodium picrate paper. (c) Packagings for hydrogen cyanide must conform to 173.40. 173.196 Infectious substances (etiologlc agents). (a) Authorized packagings and components are as follows: (D Inner packagings comprising: (i) A watertight primary receptacle; (ii) A watertight secondary packaging; and (iii) An absorbent material must be placed between the primary receptacle and the secondary packaging. If multiple-primary receptacles are placed in a single secondary packaging they must be wrapped individually to ensure that contact between them is prevented. The absorbent material, such as cotton wool, must be sufficient to absorb the entire contents of all primary receptacles. (2) An outer packaging must be of adequate strength for its capac ity, mass and intended use. (b) Each package for infectious substances must be capable of passing the tests specified in 178.609 of this subchapter. (c) Packages consigned as freight must be at least 100 mm (3.9 inches) in the smallest overall external dimensions. (d) For all packages containing infectious substances, an itemized list of contents must be enclosed between the secondary packaging and the outer packaging. (e) Although exceptional cases, such as whole organs, may require special packaging, the great majority of infectious substances can and must be packaged according to the following guidelines. (1) Lypholized substances. Primary receptacles include flamesealed glass ampoules or rubber-stopped glass vials fitted with metal seals. (2) Liquid or solid substances, (i) Substances shipped at ambient temperatures or higher. Primary receptacles include those of glass, metal or plastic. Positive means of ensuring a leakproof seal, such as heat seal, skirted stopper or metal crimp seal must be provided. If screw caps are used, they must be reinforced with adhesive tape. (ii) Substances shipped refrigerated or frozen (ice, pre-frozen packs, dry ice). Ice or dry ice must be placed outside the secondary packagings. Interior supports must be provided to secure the secondary packagings in the original position after the ice or dry ice has dissipated. If ice is used, the packaging must be leakproof. If dry ice is used, the outer packaging must permit the release of carbon dioxide gas. (iii) Substances shipped in liquid nitrogen. Plastic primary recepta cles capable of withstanding very low temperatures must be used. Secondary packaging must also withstand very low tem peratures and in most cases will need to be fitted over individual primary receptacles. Requirements for shipment of liquid nitro gen must also be observed. (f) Whatever the intended temperature of shipment, the primary receptacle or secondary packaging used for infectious substances must be capable of withstanding, without leakage, an internal pressure which produces a pressure differential of not less than 95 kPa (14 psi) and temperatures in the range of -406C to +55C (-40F to +131F). (g) The requirements of this section supplement the requirements of the Department of Health and Human Services contained in 42 CFR Part 72. (h) Exceptions. The following substances are not subject to any requirements of this subchapter if the items as packaged do not contain any material otherwise subject to the requirements of this subchapter. (1) Diagnostic specimens. (2) Biological products. 173.197 Regulated medical waste, (a) Regulated medical waste must be packaged in packagings conforming to the require ments of part 178 of this subchapter at the Packing Group II perform ance level. The packagings must be: (1) Rigid; (2) Leak resistant; (3) Impervious to moisture; (4) Of sufficient strength to prevent tearing or bursting under normal conditions of use and handling; (5) Sealed to prevent leakage during transport; (6) Puncture resistant for sharps and sharps with residual fluids; and (7) Break-resistant and tightly lidded or stoppered for fluids in quan tities greater than 20 cubic centimeters. (b)` Until October 1, 1994, packages do not have to be marked or tested but must be capable of meeting the requirements in Subpart M of part 178 of this subchapter. 173.198 Nickel carbonyl, (a) Nickel carbonyl must be packed in specification steel or nickel cylinders as prescribed for any com pressed gas except acetylene. A cylinder used exclusively for nickel carbonyl may be given a complete external visual inspection in lieu of the interior hydrostatic pressure test required by 173.34(e). Visual inspection must be in accordance with CGA Pamphlet C-6. (b) Packagings for nickel carbonyl must conform to 173.40. 173.201 Non-bulk packagings for liquid hazardous materials in Packing Group I. (a) When 172.101 of this subchapter specifies that a liquid hazardous material be packaged under this section, only non-bulk packagings prescribed in this section may be used for its transportation. Each packaging must conform to the general packag ing requirements of Subpart B of Part 173, to the requirements of Part 178 of this subchapter at the Packing Group I performance level, and to the requirements of the special provisions of Column 7 of 172.101 Table. (b) The following combination packagings are authorized: Outer packagings: Steel drum: 1A1 or 1A2 Aluminum drum: 1B1 or 1B2 Metal drum other than steel or aluminum: INI or 1N2 Plywood drum: ID Plastic drum: 1H1 or 1H2 Steel jerrican: 3A1 or 3A2 302 ABDOO132074 PART 173 April 1998 173.201--173.203 Plastic jerrican: 3H1 or 3H2 Aluminum jerrican: 3B1 or 3B2 Steel box: 4A Aluminum box: 4B Natural wood box: 4C1 or 4C2 Plywood box: 4D Reconstituted wood box: 4F Fiberboard box: 4G Expanded plastic box: 4H1 Solid plastic box: 4H2 Inner packagings: Glass or earthenware receptacles Plastic receptacles Metal receptacles Glass ampoules (c) Except for transportation by passenger aircraft, the following single packagings are authorized: Steel drum: 1A1 or 1A2 Aluminum drum: 1B1 or 1B2 Metal drum other than steel or aluminum: INI or 1N2 Plastic drum: 1H1 or 1H2 Steel jerrican: 3A1 or 3A2 Plastic jerrican: 3H1 or 3H2 Aluminum jerrican: 3B1 or 3B2 Plastic receptacle in steel, aluminum, fiber or plastic drum: 6HA1, 6HB1, 6HG1, 6HH1 Plastic receptacle in steel, aluminum, wooden, plywood or fiberboard box: 6HA2, 6HB2, 6HC, 6HD2 or 6HG2 Glass, porcelain or stoneware in steel, aluminum or fiber drum: 6PA1, 6PB1 or 6PG1 Glass, porcelain or stoneware in steel, aluminum, wooden or fiber- board box: 6PA2, 6PB2, 6PC or 6PG2 Glass, porcelain or stoneware in solid or expanded plastic packaging: 6PH1 or 6PH2 Cylinders, specification, as prescribed for any compressed gas, ex cept for Specifications 8 and 3HT 173.202 Non-bulk packagings for liquid hazardous materials in Packing Group II. (a) When 172.101 of this subchapter speci fies that a liquid hazardous material be packaged under this section, only non-bulk packagings prescribed in this section may be used for its transportation. Each packaging must conform to the general packaging requirements of Subpart B of Part 173, to the requirements of Part 178 of this subchapter at the Packing Group I or II performance level (unless otherwise excepted), and to the particular requirements of the special provisions of Column 7 of the 172.101 Table. (b) The following combination packagings are authorized: Outer packagings: Steel drum: 1A1 or 1A2 Aluminum drum: 1B1 or 1B2 Metal drum other than steel or aluminum: INI or 1N2 Plywood drum: ID Fiber drum: 1G Plastic drum: 1H1 or 1H2 Wooden barrel: 2C2 Steel jerrican: 3A1 or 3A2 Plastic jerrican: 3H1 or 3H2 Aluminum jerrican: 3B1 or 3B2 Steel box: 4A Aluminum box: 4B Natural wood box: 4C1 or 4C2 Plywood box: 4D Reconstituted wood box: 4F Fiberboard box: 4G Expanded plastic box: 4H1 Solid plastic box: 4H2 Inner packagings: Glass or earthenware receptacles Plastic receptacles Metal receptacles Glass ampoules (c) Except for transportation by passenger aircraft, the following single packagings are authorized: Steel drum: 1A1 or 1A2 Aluminum drum: 1B1 or 1B2 Metal drum other than steel or aluminum: INI or 1N2 Plastic drum: 1H1 or 1H2 Fiber drum: 1G (with liner) Wooden barrel: 2C1 Steel jerrican: 3A1 or 3A2 Plastic jerrican: 3H1 or 3H2 Aluminum jerrican: 3B1 or 3B2 Plastic receptacle in steel, aluminum, fiber or plastic drum: 6HA1, 6HB1, 6HG1 or 6HH1 Plastic receptacle in steel, aluminum, wooden, plywood or fiberboard box: 6HA2, 6HB2, 6HC, 6HD2 or 6HG2 Glass, porcelain or stoneware in steel, aluminum or fiber drum: 6PA1, 6PB1 or 6PG1 Glass, porcelain or stoneware in steel, aluminum, wooden or fiber- board box: 6PA2, 6PB2, 6PC or 6PG2 Glass, porcelain or stoneware in solid or expanded plastic packaging: 6PH1 or 6PH2 Plastic receptacle in plywood drum: 6HD1 Glass, porcelain or stoneware in plywood drum or wickerwork hamper: 6PD1 or 6PD2 Cylinders, specification, as prescribed for any compressed gas, ex cept for Specifications 8 and 3HT 173.203 Non-bulk packagings for liquid hazardous materials In Packing Group III. (a) When 172.101 of this subchapter speci fies that a liquid hazardous material be packaged under this section, only non-bulk packagings prescribed in this section may be used for its transportation. Each packaging must conform to the general packaging requirements of Subpart B of Part 173, to the requirements of Part 178 of this subchapter at the Packing Group I, II or III perform ance level, and to the requirements of the special provisions of Column 7 of the 172.101 Table. (b) The following combination packagings are authorized: Outer packagings: Steel drum: 1A1 or 1A2 Aluminum drum: 1B1 or 1B2 Metal drum other than steel or aluminum: INI or 1N2 Plywood drum: ID Fiber drum: 1G Plastic drum: 1H1 or 1H2 Wooden barrel: 2C2 Steel jerrican: 3A1 or 3A2 Plastic jerrican: 3H1 or 3H2 Aluminum jerrican: 3B1 or 3B2 Steel box: 4A Aluminum box: 4B Natural wood box: 4C1 or 4C2 Plywood box: 4D Reconstituted wood box: 4F Fiberboard box: 4G Expanded plastic box: 4H1 Solid plastic box: 4H2 Inner packagings: Glass or earthenware receptacles Plastic receptacles Metal receptacles Glass ampoules (c) The following single packagings are authorized: Steel drum: 1A1 or 1A2 Aluminum drum: 1B1 or 1B2 Metal drum other than steel or aluminum: INI Plastic drum: 1H1 or 1H2 Fiber drum: 1G (with liner) Wooden barrel: 2C1 Steel jerrican: 3A1 or 3A2 Plastic jerrican: 3H1 or 3H2 Aluminum jerrican: 3B1 or 3B2 Plastic receptacle in steel, aluminum, fiber or plastic drum: 6HA1, 6HB1, 6HG1 or 6HH1 Plastic receptacle in steel, aluminum, wooden, plywood or fiberboard box: 6HA2, 6HB2, 6HC, 6HD2 or 6HG2 Glass, porcelain or stoneware in steel, aluminum or fiber drum: 6PA1, 6PB1 or 6PG1 303 ABDOO132075 173.203--173.212 April 1998 Glass, porcelain or stoneware in steel, aluminum, wooden or fiberboard box: 6PA2, 6PB2, 6PC or 6PG2 Glass, porcelain or stoneware in solid or expanded plastic packaging: 6PH1 or 6PH2 Plastic receptacle in plywood drum: 6HD1 Glass, porcelain or stoneware in plywood drum or wickerwork hamper: 6PD1 or 6PD2 Cylinders, as prescribed for any compressed gas, except for Specifi cations 8 and 3HT 173.204 Non-bulk, non-specification packagings for certain hazardous materials. When 172.101 of this subchapter specifies that a liquid or solid hazardous material be packaged under this section, any appropriate non-bufk packaging which conforms to the general packaging requirements of Subpart B of Part 173 may be used for its transportation. Packagings need not conform to the re quirements of Part 178 of this subchapter. 173.205 Specification cylinders for liquid hazardous materi als. When 172.101 of this subchapter specifies that a hazardous material be packaged under this section, any specification cylinder, except those specified for acetylene, is authorized. Cylinders used for poisonous materials (Division 6.1 or 2.3) must conform to the re quirements of 173.40. 173.211 Non-bulk packagings for solid hazardous materials in Packing Group I. (a) When172.101 ofthissubchapterspecifies that a solid hazardous material be packaged under this section, only non-bulk packagings prescribed in this section may be used for its transportation. Each package must conform to the general packaging requirements of Subpart B of Part 173, to the requirements of Part 178 of this subchapter at the Packing Group I performance level, and to the requirements of the special provisions of Column 7 of the 172.101 Table. (b) The following combination packagings are authorized: Outer packagings: Steel drum: 1A1 or 1A2 Aluminum drum: 1B1 or 1B2 Metal drum other than steel or aluminum: INI or 1N2 Plywood drum: ID Fiber drum: 1G Plastic drum: 1H1 or 1H2 Wooden barrel: 2C2 Steel jerrican: 3A1 or 3A2 Plastic jerrican: 3H1 or 3H2 Aluminum jerrican: 3B1 or 3B2 Steel box: 4A Aluminum box: 4B Natural wood box: 4C1 or 4C2 Plywood box: 4D Reconstituted wood box: 4F Fiberboard box: 4G Solid plastic box: 4H2 Inner packagings: Glass or earthenware receptacles Plastic receptacles Metal receptacles Glass ampoules (c) Except for transportation by passenger aircraft, the following single packagings are authorized: Steel drum: 1A1 or 1A2 Aluminum drum: 1B1 or 1B2 Metal drum other than steel or aluminum: INI or 1N2 Plastic drum: 1H1 or 1H2 Fiber drum: 1G Steel jerrican: 3A1 or 3A2 Plastic jerrican: 3H1 or 3H2 Aluminum jerrican: 3B1 or 3B2 Steel box with liner: 4A Aluminum box with liner: 4B Natural wood box, sift proof: 4C2 Plastic receptacle in steel, aluminum, plywood, fiber or plastic drum: 6HA1, 6HB1, 6HD1, 6HG1 or 6HH1 Plastic receptacle in steel, aluminum, wooden, plywood or fiberboard box: 6HA2, 6HB2, 6HC, 6HD2 or 6HG2 Glass, porcelain or stoneware in steel, aluminum, plywood or fiber drum: 6PA1, 6PB1, 6PD1 or 6PG1 Glass, porcelain or stoneware in steel, aluminum, wooden or fiberboard box: 6PA2, 6PB2, 6PC, or 6PG2 Glass, porcelain or stoneware in expanded or solid plastic packaging: 6PH1 or 6PH2 173.212 Non-bulk packagings for solid hazardous materials In Packing Group II. (a) When 172.101 of this subchapter speci fies that a solid hazardous material be packaged under this section, only non-bulk packagings prescribed in this section may be used for its transportation. Each package must conform to the general packaging requirements of Subpart B of Part 173, to the requirements of Part 178 of this subchapter at the Packing Group I or II performance level, and to the requirements of the special provisions of Column 7 of the 172.101 Table. (b) The following combination packagings are authorized: Outer packagings: Steel drum: 1A1 or 1A2 Aluminum drum: 1B1 or 1B2 Metal drum other than steel or aluminum: INI or 1N2 Plywood drum: ID Fiber drum: 1G Plastic drum: 1H1 or 1H2 Wooden barrel: 2C2 Steel jerrican: 3A1 or 3A2 Plastic jerrican: 3H1 or 3H2 Aluminum jerrican: 3B1 or 3B2 Steel box: 4A Aluminum box: 4B Natural wood box: 4C1 or 4C2 Plywood box: 4D Reconstituted wood box: 4F Fiberboard box: 4G Solid plastic box: 4H2 Inner packagings: Glass or earthenware receptacles Plastic receptacles Metal receptacles Glass ampoules (c) Except for transportation by passenger aircraft, the following single packagings are authorized: Steel drum: 1A1 or 1A2 Aluminum drum: 1B1 or 1B2 Plywood drum: ID Plastic drum: 1H1 or 1H2 Fiber drum: 1G Metal drum other than steel or aluminum: INI or 1N2 Wooden barrel: 2C1 or 2C2 Steel jerrican: 3A1 or 3A2 Plastic jerrican: 3H1 or 3H2 Aluminum jerrican: 3B1 or 3B2 Steel box: 4A Steel box with liner: 4A Aluminum box: 4B Aluminum box with liner: 4B Natural wood box: 4C1 Natural wood box, sift proof: 4C2 Plywood box: 4D Reconstituted wood box: 4F Fiberboard box: 4G Expanded plastic box: 4H1 Solid plastic box: 4H2 Bag, woven plastic: 5H1, 5H2 or 5H3 Bag, plastic film: 5H4 Bag, textile: 5L1, 5L2 or 5L3 Bag, paper, multiwall, water resistant: 5M2 Plastic receptacle in steel, aluminum, plywood, fiber or plastic drum: 6HA1, 6HB1, 6HD1,6HG1 or 6HH1 Plastic receptacle in steel aluminum, wood, plywood or fiberboard box: 6HA2, 6HB2, 6HC, 6HD2 or 6HG2 304 ABDOO132076 PART 173 April 1998 173.212--173.218 Glass, porcelain or stoneware in steel, aluminum, plywood or fiber drum: 6PA1, 6PB1, 6PD1 or6PG1 Glass, porcelain or stoneware in steel, aluminum, wooden or fiberboard box: 6PA2, 6PB2. 6PC or 6PG2 Glass, porcelain or stoneware in expanded or solid plastic packaging: 6PH1 or 6PH2 173.213 Non-bulk packaglngs for solid hazardous materials in Packing Group III. (a) When 172.101 of this subchapter speci fies that a solid hazardous material be packaged under this section, only non-bulk packagings prescribed in this section may be used for its transportation. Each package must conform to the general packaging requirements of Subpart B of Part 173, to the requirements of Part 178 of this subchapter at the Packing Group I, II or III perform ance level, and to the requirements of the special provisions of Column 7 of the 172.101 Table. (b) The following combination packagings are authorized: Outer packagings: Steel drum: 1A1 or 1A2 Aluminum drum: 1B1 or 1B2 Metal drum other than steel or aluminum: INI or 1N2 Plywood drum: ID Fiber drum: 1G Plastic drum: 1H1 or 1H2 Wooden barrel: 2C2 Steel jerrican: 3A1 or 3A2 Plastic jerrican: 3H1 or 3H2 Aluminum jerrican: 3B1 or 3B2 Steel box: 4A Aluminum box: 4B Natural wood box: 4C1 or 4C2 Plywood box: 4D Reconstituted wood box: 4F Fiberboard box: 4G Solid plastic box: 4H2 Inner packagings: Glass or earthenware receptacles Plastic receptacles Metal receptacles Glass ampoules (c) The following single packagings are authorized: Steel drum: 1A1 or 1A2 Aluminum drum: 1B1 or 1B2 Plywood drum: ID Fiber drum: 1G Plastic drum: 1H1 or 1H2 Metal drum other than steel or aluminum: INI or 1N2 Wooden barrel: 2C1 or 2C2 Steel jerrican: 3A1 or 3A2 Plastic jerrican: 3H1 or 3H2 Aluminum jerrican: 3B1 or 3B2 Steel box with liner: 4A Steel box: 4A Aluminum box with liner: 4B Natural wood box: 4C1 Natural wood box, sift proof: 4C2 Plywood box: 4D Reconstituted wood box: 4F Fiberboard box: 4G Expanded plastic box: 4H1 Solid plastic box: 4H2 Bag, woven plastic: 5H1, 5H2 or 5H3 Bag, plastic film: 5H4 Bag, textile: 5L1, 5L2 or 5L3 Bag, paper, multiwall, water resistant: 5M2 Plastic receptacle in steel, aluminum, plywood, fiber or plastic drum: 6HA1, 6HB1, 6HD1,6HG1 or 6HH1 Plastic receptacle in steel, aluminum, wooden, plywood or fiberboard box: 6HA2, 6HB2, 6HC, 6HD2 or 6HG2 Glass, porcelain or stoneware in steel, aluminum, plywood or fiber drum: 6PA1, 6PB1, 6PD1 or 6PG1 Glass, porcelain or stoneware in steel, aluminum, wooden or fiber- board box: 6PA2, 6PB2, 6PC or 6PG2 Glass, porcelain or stoneware in expanded or solid plastic packaging: 6PH1 or 6PH2 173.214 Packagings which require approval by the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety. When172.101 of this subchapter specifies that a hazardous material be packaged under this section, packagings and method of shipment must be approved by the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety prior to the first shipment. 173.216 Asbestos, blue, brown or white, (a) Asbestos, blue, brown or white, includes each of the following hydrated mineral sili cates: chrysolite, crocidolite, amosite, anthophyllite asbestos, tremolite asbestos, actinolite asbestos, and every product containing any of these materials. (b) Asbestos which is immersed or fixed in a natural or artificial binder material (such as cement, plastic, asphalt, resins or mineral ore), and manufactured products containing asbestos are not subject to the requirements of this subchapter. (c) Packagings for asbestos must conform to the general packag ing requirements of Subpart B of this part but need not conform to the requirements of Part 178 of this subchapter. Asbestos must be offered for transportation and transported in-- (1) Rigid, leaktight packagings, such as metal, plastic or fiber drums, portable tanks, hopper-type rail cars, or hopper-type motor vehicles; (2) Bags or other non-rigid packagings in closed freight containers, motor vehicles, or rail cars that are loaded by and for the exclusive use of the consignor and unloaded by the consignee; (3) Bags or other non-rigid packagings which are dust and siftproof. When transported by other than private carrier by highway, such packagings containing asbestos must be palletized and unitized by methods such as shrink-wrapping in plastic film or wrapping in fiberboard secured by strapping. Pallets need not be used during transportation by vessel for loads with slings that are unitized by methods such as shrink-wrapping, if the slings adequately and evenly support the loads and the unitizing method prevents shifting of the bags or other non-rigid packagings during conditions normally inci dent to transportation; or (4) Bags or other non-rigid packagings which are dust and siftproof in strong outside fiberboard or wooden boxes. 173.217 Carbon dioxide, solid (dry Ice), (a) Carbon dioxide, solid (dry ice), when offered for transportation or transported by aircraft or water, must be packed in packagings designed and constructed to permit the release of carbon dioxide gas to prevent a build-up of pressure that could rupture the packagings. Packagings must conform to the general packaging requirements of Subpart B of this part but need not conform to the requirements of Part 178 of this subchapter. For each shipment by air exceeding 2.3 kg (5 lbs) per package, advance arrangements must be made between the shipper and each carrier. (b) Railroad cars and motor vehicles containing solid carbon diox ide, when accepted for transportation on board ocean vessels, must be conspicuously marked on two sides "WARNING CO2 SOLID (DRY ICE)." (c) Other packagings containing solid carbon dioxide, when of fered or accepted for transportation on board ocean vessels, must be marked "CARBON DIOXIDE, SOLID--DO NOT STOW BELOW DECKS." (d) Not more than 200 kg (441 pounds) of solid carbon dioxide may be transported in any one cargo compartment or bin on any aircraft except by specific and special written arrangement between the shipper and the aircraft operator. (e) Carbon dioxide, solid (dry ice) is excepted from the shipping paper and certification requirements of this subchapter if the require ments of paragraphs (a) and (d) of this section are complied with and the package is marked "Carbon dioxide, solid" or "Dry ice" and marked with an indication that the material being refrigerated is used for diag nostic or treatment purposes (e.g., frozen medical specimens). 173.218 Fish meal or fish scrap, (a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, fish meal or fish scrap, containing at least 6 percent but not more than 12 percent water, is authorized for transportation by water only when packaged as follows: 305 ABDOO132077 173.218--173.224 April 1998 (1) Burlap (jute) bag; (2) Multi-wall paper bag; (3) Polyethylene-lined burlap or paper bag; (4) Cargo tank; (5) Portable tank; (6) Rail car; or (7) Freight container. (b) Fish meal or fish scrap may not be offered for transportation if the temperature of the material exceeds 49C (120F). (c) When fish scrap or fish meal is offered for transportation by vessel in bulk in freight containers, the fish meal must contain at least 100 ppm of anti-oxident (ethoxyquin) at the time of shipment. 173.219 Life-saving appliances, (a) A life-saving appliance, self-inflating or non-self-inflating, containing small quantities of hazard ous materials which are required as part of the life-saving appliance must conform to the requirements of this section. Packagings must conform to the general packaging requirements of Subpart B of this part but need not conform to the requirements of Part 178 of this subchapter. <b) Hazardous materials therein must be packaged as follows: (1) Non-flammable compressed gases must be packaged in cylin ders in accordance with the requirements of this subchapter; (2) Smoke and illumination signal flares must be in plastic or fiberboard receptacles; (3) Strike-anywhere matches must be cushioned to prevent move ment or friction in a cylindrical metal or composition receptacle with a screw-type closure; (4) Flammable liquids must be in strong inner packagings in a repair kit; and (5) Limited quantities of other hazardous materials are permitted if packaged in accordance with the requirements of this subchapter. (c) Materials therein not subject to the requirements of this sub chapter which are an integral part of the life-saving appliance must be packaged in a strong fiberglass kit case which is overpacked in a waterproof fiberboard packaging, or be packaged in other strong outer packagings. 173.220 Internal combustion engines, self-propelled vehi cles, and mechanical equipment containing internal combustion enginesorwetbatteries. (a) Applicability. An internal combustion engine, self-propelled vehicle, or mechanized equipment is subject to the requirements of this subchapter when transported as cargo on a transport vehicle, vessel or aircraft, if-- (1) The engine or fuel tank contains a flammable liquid or gas eous fuel; (2) It is equipped with a wet electric storage battery other than a non-spillable battery; or (3) It contains other hazardous materials subject to the require ments of this subchapter. (b) Flammable liquid fuel. Except as provided in this paragraph, flammable liquid fuel tanks must be completely drained and securely closed. Up to 500 ml (17 ounces) of fuel may be left in engine compo nents and fuel lines provided the lines are securely closed to prevent leakage of fuel. Fuel may remain in engines and tanks installed in self-propelled vehicles and mechanical equipment under the following conditions: (1) For transportation by motor vehicle or rail car, the fuel tanks must be securely closed. (2) For transportation by vessel, the shipment must conform to 176.905 of this subchapter; and (3) For transportation by aircraft, the shipment must conform to 175.305 of this subchapter. (c) Wet batteries. Wet batteries must either be installed, securely fastened in an upright position, and protected against short circuits and leakage or be removed and packaged separately under 173.159. In addition-- (1) For transportation by vessel, the provisions of this subchapter do not apply to a motor vehicle or mechanical equipment which is electrically powered by a wet electric storage battery. (2) For transportation by passenger-carrying aircraft, a wheelchair equipped with a wet battery must conform to 173.222. (d) Truck bodies or trailers on cars. Truck bodies or trailers with automatic heating or refrigerating equipment of the flammable liquid type may be shipped with fuel tanks filled and equipment operating or inoperative, when used for the transportation of other freight and loaded on flat cars as part of a joint rail and highway movement, provided the equipment and fuel supply conform to the requirements of 177.834(1) of this subchapter and are of a type which has been examined by the Bureau of Explosives and approved by the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety. (e) Gases. Compressed gas tanks and cylinders, containing gases, which are component parts of vehicles or mechanical equip ment must conform to 173.306. (f) Other hazardous materials. Other hazardous materials must be packaged and transported in accordance with the requirements of this subchapter. (g) Exceptions. Except as provided in paragraph (f) of this section, shipments made under the provisions of this section-- (1) Are not subject to any other requirements of this subchapter, for transportation by motor vehicle or rail car; and (2) Are not subject to the requirements of subparts D, E, and F (marking, labeling, and placarding, respectively) of part 172 or 172.604 (emergency response telephone number) of this subchapter for transportation by vessel or aircraft. 173.221 Polymeric beads, expandable. Polymeric beads or granules, expandable, impregnated with flammable gas or liquid as a blowing agent and plastic moulding materials in dough, sheet or extruded rope form must be packed in wooden (4C1 or 4C2), plywood (4D), fiberboard (4G) or reconstituted wood (4F) boxes with sealed inner plastic liners, plywood drums (ID), fiber drums (1G) with sealed inner plastic liner or in metal (1A1, 1A2, 1B1 or 1B2) packagings. 173.222 Wheelchairs equipped with wet electric storage bat teries. Wheelchairs equipped with wet storage batteries are not sub ject to the requirements of this subchapter other than the provisions of 175.10(a)(19) and (20) of this subchapter. 173.224 Packaging and control and emergency temperatures for self-reactive materials, (a) General. When the 172.101 Table of this subchapter specifies that a Division 4.1 material be packaged in accordance with this section, only packagings which conform to the provisions of this section may be used. Each packaging must conform to the general packaging requirements of Subpart B of this part and the applicable requirements of part 178 of this subchapter. Non-bulk packagings must meet Packing Group II performance levels. To avoid unnecessary confinement, metallic non-bulk packagings meeting Packing Group I are not authorized. Self-reactive materials which require temperature control are subject to the provisions of 173.21 (f). Packagings required to bear a Class I subsidary level must conform to 173.60 through 173.62 (b) Self-Reactive Materials Table. The Self-Reactive Materials Ta ble specifies, by technical name, those self-reactive materials that are authorized for transportation and not subject to the approval provisions of 173.124(a)(2)(iii). A self-reactive material identified by technical name in the following table is authorized for transportation only if it conforms to all applicable provisions of the table. The column headings of the Self-Reactive Materials Table are as follows: (1) Technical name. Column 1 specifies the technical name. (2) ID number. Column 2 specifies the identification number which is used to identify the proper shipping name in the 172.101 Table. (3) Concentration of self-reactive material. Column 3 specifies the concentration (percent) limitations, if any, in mixtures or solutions for the self-reactive material. Limitations are given as minimums, maximums, or a range, as appropriate. A range includes the lower and upper limits (i.e., "53-100" means from, and including, 53 percent to, and including 100 percent). (4) Packing method. Column 4 specifies the highest packing method which is authorized for the self-reactive material. A packing method corresponding to a smaller package size may be used, but a packing method corresponding to a larger package size may not be used. The Table of Packing Methods in 173.225(d) defines the packing methods. Additional bulk packagings are authorized in para graph (d) of this section for Type F self-reactive materials. (5) Control temperature. Column 5 specifies the control tempera ture in CC. Temperatures are specified only when temperature controls are required (see 173.21(f)). (6) Emergency temperature. Column 6 specifies the emergency temperature in C. Temperatures are specified only when temperature controls are required (see 173.21(f)). (7) Notes. Column 7 specifies other applicable provisions, as set forth in notes following the table. 306 ABDOO132078 April 1998 173.224 PART 173 Self-Reactive Materials Table Self-reactive substance 0) Identification number (2) Concentration-- (%) (3) Azodicarbonamide formulation type B, temperature controlled 3232 <100 Azodicarbonamide formulation type C 3224 <100 Azodicarbonamide formulation type C. temperature controlled. 3234 <100 Azodicarbonamide formulation type D 3226 <100 Azodicarbonamide formulation type D, temperature controlled 3236 <100 212'-Azodi(214-dimethyl-4-methoxyvaleronitrile) 100 2.2'-Azodi(2,4-dimethylvaleronitri1e) 2.2'-Azodi(ethyl 2-methylpropionate> 3235 1,1-Azodi(hexahydrobertzonitrile). 3226 100 2,2-Azodi(isobutyronitrile) 2,2-Azodi(2-methylbutyronitrile). 3234 3236 100 100 Benzene-1,3-disulphohydrazide. as a paste. 3226 52 Benzene sulphohydrazide 3226 100 4-(Benzyl(ethyl)amino)-3-ethoxybenzenediazonium zinc chloride 3226 100 4-(Benzyl(methyl)amino)-3-ethoxybenzenediazonium zinc chloride 100 3-Chloro-4-diethylaminobenzenediazonium zinc chloride 3226 100 2-Diazo-1-Naphthol-4-sulphochloride 3222 100 2-Diazo-1-Naphihot-5-sulphochloride 3222 100 2,5-Diethoxy-4-morpholinobenzenediazonium zinc chloride 2,5-Oiethoxy-4-morpholinobenzenediazonium zinc chloride 3236 3236 67-100 66 2,5-Diethoxy-4-morpholinobenzenediazonium tetrafluoroborate 3236 100 2,5-Oiethoxy-4-{phenylsulphonyl)benzenediazonium zinc chloride 3236 67 Diethylene glycol bis(allyl carbonate) + Diisopropylperoxydicarbonate 3237 fa8+12. 2.5-Dimethoxy-4-(4-methylphenylsulphony)benzenediazonium zinc chloride 4-Dimethylamino-6-(2-dimethylaminoethoxy)toluene-2-diazonium zinc chloride 3236 N.N'-Dinitroso-N, N'-dimethyl-terephthalamide, as a paste 3224 72 N,N'-Dinitrosopentamethylenetetramine Diphenyloxide-4,4'-disufphohydrazide 100 4-Dipropylaminobenzenediazonium zinc chloride 2-(N,N-Ethoxycarbonylphenylamino)-3-methoxy-4-(N-methyl-Ncyclohexylaminojbenzenediazonium zinc chloride............... 3236 63-92 2-(N,N-Ethoxycarbonylphenylamino)-3-methoxy-4-(N-methyl-Ncyclohexy1amino)ben2enediazonium zinc chloride............... 3236 62 N-Formyl-2-(nitromethylene)-1,3-perhydrothiazine 3236 100 2-(2-Hydroxyethoxy)-l -(pyrrolidin-1 -yl)benzene-4-diazonium zinc chloride 3236 100 3-(2-Hydroxyethoxy)-4-(pyrrolidin-l-yl)benzenediazonium zinc chloride 3236 100 2-(N,N-Methylaminoethylcarbonyl)-4-{3,4-dimethyl-phenylsulphonyl)benzene diazonium zir>c chloride....................................................................................... 3236 96 4-Methylbenzenesulphonylhydrazide 3226 100 3-Methyl-4-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)benzenediazonium tetrafluoroborate 3234 95 4-Nitrosophenol 100 Self-reactive liquid, sample 3223 Self-reactive liquid, sample, temperature control 3233 Self-reactive solid, sample 3224 Self-reactive solid, sample, temperature control 3234 Sodium 2-diazo-1 -naphthol-4-sulphonate 3226 100 Sodium 2-diazo-1-naphthol-5-sulphonate 3226 100 Tetramine palladium (II) nitrate. 3234 100 Notes: 1. The emergency and control temperatures must be determined in accordance with 173.21(f). 2. With a compatible diluent having a boiling point of not less than ISO C. 3. Samples may only be offered for transportation under the provisions of paragraph(c)(4) of this section. Packing method (4) OP5 OP6 OP6 OP7 OP7 OP7 OP7 OP7 OP7 OP6 OP7 OP7 OP7 OP7 OP7 OP7 OP5 OP5 OP7 OP7 OP7 OP7 OP8 OP7 OP7 OP6 OP6 OP7 OP7 OP7 OP7 OP7 OP7 OP7 OP7 OP7 OP6 OP7 OP2 OP2 OP2 OP2 OP7 OP7 OP6 Control temperature-- rc) (5) -5 +40 +35 +40 +35 +40 +30 40 -10 +40 +40 35 +45 +45 +40 +45 +45 +35 +30 Emergency temperature-- CC) (6) +5 +15 +25 +45 +40 +45 +40 +45 +35 +45 +45 +45 40 +50 50 +45 +50 +50 +40 +35 Notes (7) (c) New self-reactive materials, formulations and samples. (1) Except as provided for samples in paragraph (c)(3) of this sec tion, no person may offer, accept for transportation, or transport a self-reactive material which is not identified by technical name in the Self-Reactive Materials Table of this section, or a formulation of one or more self-reactive materials which are identified by technical name in the table, unless the self-reactive material is assigned a generic type and shipping description and is approved by the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety under the provisions of 173.124(a)(2)(iii). (2) Except as provided by an approval issued under 173.124 (a)(2)(iii), intermediate bulk and bulk packagings are not authorized. (3) Samples. Samples of new self-reactive materials or new formu lations of self-reactive materials identified in the Self-Reactive Materi als Table in paragraph (b) of this section, for which complete test data are not available, and which are to be transported for further testing or evaluation, may be assigned an appropriate shipping de scription for Self-reactive materials Type C, packaged and offered for transportation under the following conditions: (i) Data available to the person offering the material for transporta tion must indicate that the sample would pose a level of hazard no greater than that of a self-reactive material Type B and that 307 ABDOO132079 173.224--173.225 April 1998 the control temperature, if any, is sufficiently low to prevent any dangerous decomposition and sufficiently high to prevent any dangerous phase separation; (ii) The sample must be packaged in accordance with packing method OP2; (iii) Packages of the self-reactive material may be offered for trans portation and transported in a quantity not to exceed 10 kg (22 pounds) per transport vehicle; and (iv) One of the following shipping descriptions must be assigned: (A) Self-reactive, liquid, type, C, 4.1, UN3223. (B) Self-reactive, solid, type C, 4.1, UN3224. (C) Self-reactive, liquid, type C, temperature controlled, 4.1, UN3233. (D) Self-reactive, solid, type C, temperature controlled, 4.1, UN3234. <d) Self-reactive substances of Type F may not be transported in bulk or intermediate bulk containers except as approved, in writing, by the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety. 173.225 Packaging requirements and other provisions for or ganic peroxides, (a) General. When the 172.101 Table specifies that an organic peroxide be packaged under this section, the organic peroxide must be packaged and offered for transportation in accord ance with the provisions of this section. Each packaging must conform to the general requirements of Subpart B of Part 173 and to the applicable requirements of Part 178 of this subchapter. Non-bulk packagings must meet Packing Group II performance levels. To avoid unnecessary confinement, metallic non-bulk packagings meeting Packing Group I are not authorized. No used material, other than production residues or regrind from the same production process, may be used in plastic packagings. Organic peroxides which require temperature control are subject to the provisions of 173.21(f). (b) Organic peroxides table. The following Organic Peroxides Ta ble specifies, by technical name, those organic peroxides that are authorized for transportation and not subject to the approval provisions of 173.128 of this part. An organic peroxide identified by technical name in the following table is authorized for transportation only if it conforms to all applicable provisions of the table. For an organic peroxide not identified in the table by technical name or a formulation of identified organic peroxides, the provisions of paragraph (c) of 173.128 apply. The column headings of the Organic Peroxides Table are as follows: (1) Technical name. The first column specifies the technical name. (2) ID number. The second column specifies the identification (ID) number which is used to identify the proper shipping name in the 172.101 Table. The word "EXEMPT" appearing in the column denotes that the material is not regulated as an organic peroxide. (3) Concentration of organic peroxide. The third column specifies concentration (mass percent) limitations, if any, in mixtures or solutions for the organic peroxide. Limitations are given as minimums, maximums, or a range, as appropriate. A range includes the lower and upper limits (i.e., "53-100" means from, and including. 53 percent to, and including 100 percent). (4) Concentration of diluents. The fourth column specifies the type and concentration (mass percent) of diluent or inert solid, when required. Other types and concentrations of diluents may be author ized if approved by the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materi als Safety. (i) The required mass percent of "Diluent Type A" is specified in Column 4a. A diluent Type A is an organic liquid that does not detrimentally affect the thermal stability or increase the hazard of the organic peroxide and with a boiling point not less than 1506C at atmospheric pressure. Type A diluents may be used for desensitizing all organic peroxides. (ii) The required mass percent of "Diluent type B" is specified in Column 4b. A diluent type B is an organic liquid which is compatible with the organic peroxide and which has a boiling point, at atmospheric pressure, of less than 150C (302F) but at least 60oC(140oF), and a flash point greater than 5C (41F). Type B diluents may be used for desensitizing all organic perox ides provided that the boiling point is at least 60C (140F) above the SADT of the peroxide in a 50 kg (110 lbs) package. A type A diluent may be used to replace a type B diluent in equal concentration. (iii) The required mass percent of "Inert solid" is specified in Column 4c. An inert solid is a solid that does not detrimentally affect the thermal stability or increase the hazard of the organic peroxide. (5) Concentration of water. Column 5 specifies, in mass percent, the minimum amount of water, if any, which must be in formulation. (6) Packing method. Column 6 specifies the highest packing method (largest packaging capacity) authorized for the organic perox ide. Lower numbered packing methods (smaller packaging capaci ties) are also authorized. For example, if OP3 is specified, then OP2 and OP1 are also authorized. When an IBC or bulk packaging is authorized and meets the requirements of paragraph (e) of this section, lower control temperatures than those specified for non-bulk packag ings are required. The Table of Packing Methods in paragraph (d) of this section defines the non-bulk packing methods. (7) Temperatures. Column 7a specifies the control temperature. Column 7b specifies the emergency temperature. Temperatures are specified only when temperature controls are required. (See 173.21(f)). (8) Notes. Column 8 specifies other applicable provisions, as set forth in notes following the table. Oganic Peroxixde Table Technical Name 0) Acetyl acetone peroxide....................................................................... ID Number (2) UN3105 Concentration (Mess %) (3) 42.................. Diluent (Mass %) AB 1 (4a) (4b) (4C) 2:48 Acetyl acetone peroxide (as a paste]........................................... UN3106 32 Acetyl benzoyl peroxide ................................................................................... UN3105 45.................. 255 Acetyl cyclohexanesulfonyl peroxide ........................................................ UN3112 82 ............ Acetyl cyclohexanesulfonyl peroxide................................................................. UN3115 32.................. 268 tert-Amyl hydroperoxide..................................................... ................... UN3107 88.................. 26 tert-Amyl peroxyacetate....................................................................... UN3107 62 . 238 tert-Amyl peroxybenzoate.................................................................... UN3105 96.................. 24 . . tert-Amyl peroxy-2-ethylhexanoate.................................................................... UN3115 100............... tert-Amyl peroxy-2-ethylhexyl carbonate........................................................... UN3105 100 . ... tert-Amyl peroxyneodecanoate ............................................................. . . UN3115 77.................. 223 tert-Amyl peroxypivalate . . .................................. ......................... UN3113 77.................. 223 tert-Amylperoxy-3,5,5-trimethylhexanoate....................................................... UN3101 100 . ... tert-Butyl cumyl peroxide................................................................................... UN3105 >42-100 .... tert-Butyl cumyl peroxide . ..................................... UN3106 42.................. 258 n-Butyl-4,4-di-(ter1-butylperoxy)valerate........................................... .. UN3103 >52-100 .... n-Butyl-4,4-di-(tert-butylperoxy)valerate ........................................................... UN3106 52.................. 248 n-Butyl-4,4-di-(tert-butylperoxy)valerate........................................................... UN3108 42.................. 258 tert-Butyl hydroperoxide ... ..................................................... UN3103 >79-90 . . Water (Mass %) (5) Packing Method (6) 28 ... . OP7 Temperature (C) Control Emergency Notes (7a) (7b) (8) 2 OP7 21 OP7 . . 212 ... 0P4 . . -10. . . 0............... OP7 . . -10 . . . 0............... 26 . . . OP8 OP8 OP7 . . OP7 +20 . . . +25............ OP7 OP7 0 10............ OP5 . . +10 . . . +15............ OP5 . . OP7 . . 1, 9 OP7 . 1. 9 OP5 OP7 . . OP8 . 210 OP5 . . 13 308 PART 173 ABDOO132080 April 1998 173.225 tert-Butyl hydroperoxide Technical Name (1) tert-Butyl hydroperoxide tert-Butyl hydroperoxide tert-Butyl hydroperoxide [and] Di- tert-butylperoxide tert-Butyl monoperoxymaleate tert-Butyl monoperoxymaleate tert-Butyl monoperoxymaleate tert-Butyl monoperoxymaleate [as a paste] tert-Butyl monoperoxymaleate [as a paste] tert-Butyl monoperoxyphthalate tert-Butyl peroxyacetate tert-Butyl peroxyacetate tert-Butyl peroxyacetate tert-Butyl peroxyacetate tert-Butyl peroxyacetate tert-Butyl peroxybenzoate tert-Butyl peroxybenzoate tert-Butyl peroxybenzoate tert-Butyl peroxybutyl fumarate tert-Butyl peroxycrotonate tert-Butyl peroxydiethylacetate tert-Butyl peroxydiethylacetate [and] tert-Butyl peroxybenzoate tert-Butyl peroxy-2-ethylhexanoate tert-Butyl peroxy-2-ethylhexanoate tert-Butyl peroxy-2-ethylhexanoate tert-Butyl peroxy-2-ethylhexanoate tert-Butyl peroxy-2-ethylhexanoate tert-Butyl peroxy-2-ethylhexanoate tert-Butyl peroxy-2-ethylhexanoate [and] 2.2-di-(tert-Butylperoxy)butane tert-Butyl peroxy-2-ethylhexanoate [and] 2.2-di-(tert-Butylperoxy)butane tert-Butyl peroxy-2-ethylhexylcarbonate tert-Butyl peroxyisobutyrate tert-Butyl peroxyisobutyrate tert-Butylperoxy isopropylcarbonate 1-{2-tert-Butylperoxy isopropyl)-3-isopropenylbenzene 1-(2-tert-Butylperoxy isopropyl)-3-isopropenylbenzene tert-Butyl peroxy-2-methylbenzoate tert-Butyl peroxyneodecanoate tert-Butyl peroxyneodecanoate tert-Butyl peroxyneodecanoate [as a stable dispersion in water] tert-Butyl peroxyneodecanoate [as a stable dispersion in water (frozen)] tert-Butyl peroxyneoheptanoate 3-tert-Butylperoxy-3-phenylphthalide tert-Butyl peroxypivalate tert-Butyl peroxyprvalate tert-Butyl peroxypivalate tert-Butyl peroxypivalate tert-Butyl peroxypivalate tert-Butylperoxy stearylcarbonate tert-Butyl peroxy-S^.S-trimethylhexanoate tert-Butyl peroxy-3,5,5-trimethylhexanoate tert-Butyl peroxy-3,5,5-trimethylhexanoate 3-Chloroperoxybenzoic acid 3-Chloroperoxybenzoic acid 3-Chloroperoxybenzoic acid Cumyl hydroperoxide Cumyl hydroperoxide Cumyl peroxyneodecanoate Oganic Peroxixde Table ID Number (2) UN3105 Concentration (Mass %) (3) 280 Diluent (Mass %) AB I (4a) (4b) (4c) 20 UN3107 279 UN3109 272 UN3103 <82+>9 UN3102 >52-100 UN3103 252 48 UN3108 <52 . 46 UN3108 252 UN3110 UN3102 UN3101 >52-77 23 UN3103 >32-52 48 UN3109 232 68 UN3119 232 68 UN3109 78 UN3103 >77-100 23 UN3105 252-77 23 UN3106 UN3105 252 48 UN3113 2100 UN3105 233+<33 UN3113 >52-100 UN3117 252 UN3118 252 UN3119 232 UN3119 UN3119 232 UN3115 231+236 UN3106 UN3105 2100 UN3111 >52-77 33 48 68 66 68 33 14 23 UN3103 277 UN3105 277 242 UN3103 2100 UN3115 >77-100 UN3115 277 UN3117 242 UN3118 242 UN3115 277 2100 UN3113 UN3115 267 . UN3119 227 UN3119 227 UN3119 UN3106 2100 UN3105 >32-100 UN3109 232 UN3119 232 UN3102 >57-86 UN3106 277 . UN3106 257 . UN3107 >90-98 UN3109 90 UN3115 23 23 23 23 23 33 73 66 68 6 . 3 . 210 10 23 Water Pecking (Mass %) Method (5) (6) Temperature (*C) Control Emergency (7a) (7b) Notes (8) OP7 4. 13 OP8 13. 16 28 OP8 7. 13 OP5 13 OP5 OP6 OPS OP8 OPS OP5 OP5 OP6 OPS 10 Bulk +30 35 OP8 OP5 OP7 OP7 OP7 OP7 OP5 +20 OP7 OP6 20 +25 OP8 +30 +35 OP8 +20 +25 OP8 +40 1BC +30 +45 Bulk +10 + 15 OP7 +35 +40 OP7 OP7 OP5 +15 +20 OP7 +15 +20 OP5 OP7 OP8 OP5 OP7 -5 +5 OP7 +10 OP8 +10 OP8 +10 OP7 +10 +15 OP7 OP5 OP7 OP8 +30 +35 IBC +10 +15 10 Bulk -5 OP7 OP7 OP8 10 Bulk +35 +40 OP1 17 OP7 40 OP7 OP8 13 OP8 7, 13, IS OP7 309 ABDOO132081 173.225 April 1998 Technical Name ______________________________________ (1)________________________ Cumyl peroxyneodecanoate (as a stable dispersion in water] Cumyl peroxyneoheptanoate ................................................. Cumyl peroxypivalate................................................................. Cyclohexanone peroxide(s)....................................................... Cyclohexanone peroxide(s)....................................................... Cyclohexanone peroxide(s) [as a paste] ............................... Cyclohexanone peroxide(s) ................................................. Oiacetone alcohol peroxides .................................. Diacetyl peroxide .... .................................. Di-tert-amyl peroxide.................................................................... 1,1-Di-<tert-amylperoxy)cyctohexane Dibenzoyl peroxide . . ... Dibenzoyl peroxide . ...... Dibenzoyl peroxide............................ Oibenzoyl peroxide ............... Dibenzoyl peroxide (as a paste] . . Dibenzoyl peroxide [as a paste] . . Dibenzoyl peroxide............................ Dibenzoyl peroxide [as a paste] . . Dibenzoyl peroxide [as a paste] . . Dibenzoyl peroxide ..................... Dibenzoyl peroxide . .................................................. Oibenzoyl peroxide (as a stable dispersion in water]............................ Dibenzoyl peroxide ............................................................................. Dibenzyl peroxydicarbonate ....................................................................... Di-<4-tert-butylcyclohexyl)peroxydicarbonate..................................... Di-(4-tert-butylcyclohexyl)peroxydicarbonate [as a stable dispersion in water]............................................................................................................ Di-tert-butyl peroxide Di-tert-butyl peroxide . . Di-tert-butyl peroxyazelate 2,2-Di-<tert-butylperoxy)butane . . . 1.1-Di-(tert-butylperoxy)cyclohexane 1,1-Di-(tert-butylperoxy)cyctohexane 1,1-Di-(tert-butylperoxy)cyclohexane........................................... 1,1-Di-(tert-butylperoxy)cyclohexane........................................................... 1.1-Di-(tert-butylperoxy)cyclohexane........................................................... 1.1-Di-(tert-butylperoxy)cydohexane........................................................... 1.1-Di-(tert-butylperoxy)cyclohexane........................................................... 1,1-Di-(tert-butylperoxy)cyclohexane........................................................... Di-n-butyl peroxydicarbonate ........................................................... Di-n-butyl peroxydicarbonate [8S a stable dispersion in water (frozen)] Di-n-butyl peroxydicarbonate....................................................... Oi-sec-butyl peroxydicarbonate.................................................................... Oi-sec-butyl peroxydicarbonate........................................ Di-(2-tert-butylperoxyisopropyl)benzene(s) Di-(2-tert-butylperoxyisopropyl)benzene(s) .................. Di-(tert-butylperoxy)phthalate........................................... Di-(tert-butylperoxy)phthalate [as a paste] .................. Di-(tert-butylperoxy)phthalate........................................... 2,2-Di-(tert-butylperoxy)propane..................................... 2,2-Di-(tert-butylperoxy)propane..................................... 1.1-Di-(tert-butylperoxy)-3.5,5-trimethy1cyclohexane . . 1.1-Di-(tert-butylperoxy)-3.5,5-tnmethylcyclohexane . . 1.1-Di-{tert-butylperoxy)-3,S,5-trimethylcyclohexane . . 1.1-Di-(tert-butylperoxy)-3.5,5-trimethylcyclohexane . . Oganic Peroxixde Table ID Number (2) UN3119 Concentration (Maea %) 0) 52 Diluent (Mass %) AB I (4a) (4b) (4C) UN3115 <77 . 223 UN3115 <77 . 223 UN3104 91 UN3105 <72 220 UN3106 Exempt 32 . 268 UN3115 <57 226 UN3115 <27 . 273 UN3107 UN3103 UN3102 >51-100 48 UN3102 >77-94 UN3104 77 UN3106 <62 UN3106 >52-62 UN3108 <56.5 . UN3106 >35-52 248 UN3108 52 . . Exempt UN3107 >36-42 218 UN3107 >36-42 258 UN3109 Exempt <35 UN3112 <87 UN3114 100 Water (Mass %) (5) Packing Method (6) Temperature (C) Control Emergency (7a) (7b) Notes (8) OP8 -10 OP7 OP7 -5 +5 OP6 13 OP7 OP7 5, 21 Exempt OP7 OP7 +20 8, 13 OP8 OP6 OP2 26 OP4 223 OP6 OP7 OP7 >15 OP8 OP7 OP8 218 Exempt 40 OP8 OP8 OP8 10 Exempt OP5 25 +30 OP6 +30 +35 . UN3119 UN3107 >32-100 UN3109 52 UN3105 52 UN3103 UN3101 >80-100 UN3103 >52-80 UN3105 UN3106 42 . . UN3109 42 UN3107 27 UN3109 UN3115 UN3118 UN3117 UN3113 >52-100 UN3115 UN3106 >42-100 Exempt 42 . . UN3105 >42-52 UN3106 UN3107 42 UN3105 52 UN3106 42 UN3101 >90-100 UN3103 >57-90 UN3106 57 UN3107 57 248 248 248 20 248 213 245 258 236 225 250 248 273 248 >57 258 248 258 248 213 245 210 243 243 OP8 OP8 OP8 OP7 0P6 OP5 OP5 OP7 OP7 OP8 OP8 OP8 OP8 OP7 OP8 OP8 OP4 OP7 OP7 Exempt OP7 OP7 OP8 OP7 OP7 OPS OPS OP7 OPS +30 -15 -15 -10. -20 -15 +35 -5 -10 . -5 10 7, 24 10 22 1. 9 310 PART 173 ABDOO132082 April 1998 173.225 Oganic Peroxixde Table Technical Name (1) 1,1-Di-(tert-butylperoxy)-3,5,5-tnmethylcyclohexane..................................... ID Number (2) UN3107 Concentration (Mass %) (3) <32.................. Diluent (Mass %) AB (4a) (4b) <4C) 226 242 Water (Mass %) (5) Packing Method (6) OPS ... Temperature (C) Control Emergency (7a) (7b) Notes (8) Dicetyl peroxydicarbonate................................................................................... UN3116 SI 00............... OP7 . . +30 . . . +35............ Dicetyl peroxydicarbonate [as a stable dispersion in water] ...................... UN3119 <42.................. Di-4-chlorobenzoyl peroxide .............................................................................. UN3102 S77.................. 0P8 . . +30 . . . +35............ 10 223 .. . OP5 . . Di-4-chlorobenzoyl peroxide [as a paste)........................................................ UN3106 S52.................. OP7 . . 21 Di-4-cMorobenzoyl peroxide ............................................................................. Exempt S32.................. >68 Exempt Dicumyl peroxide................................................................................................... Dicumyl peroxide................................................................................................... UN3109 UN3110 >52-100 .... >52-100 .... 48 48 OP8 . . OPS . . 7, 9, 11 7, 9, 11 Dicumyl peroxide................................................................................................... Exempt S52.................. 248 Exempt Dicumyl peroxide................................................................................................... Exempt S52.................. 248 Exempt Dicyclohexyt peroxydicarbonate....................................................................... UN3112 >91-100 .... Dicyclohexyl peroxydicarbonate....................................................................... UN3114 91.................. OP3 . . +5 . . . + 10............ 29 ... . OP5 . . +5 . . . + 10............ Didecanoyl peroxide............................................................................................. UN3114 100............... OP6 . . +30 . . . +35............ 2.2-Di-(4,4-di{tert-butylperoxy)cyclohexyl)propane........................................ UN3106 42.................. 258 OP7 . . 2,2-Di-(4,4-di(tert-butylperoxy)cyclohexyl)propane........................................ UN3107 25.................. 275 OPS . . Di-2,4-dichlorobenzoyl peroxide ....................................................................... UN3102 77.................. 223 .. . 0P5 . . Di-2.4-dichlorobenzoyl peroxide [as a paste with silicone oil]...................... UN3106 52.................. 0P7 . . Di-(2-eihylhexyl) peroxydicarbonate................................................................. UN3113 >77-100 .... 0P5 . . -20 . . . -10............ Di-(2-ethylhexyl) peroxydicarbonate................................................................. UN311S 77................... OP7 . . -15 . . . -5............ Di-(2-ethylhexyl) peroxydicarbonate [as a stable dispersion in water] . . , Di-(2-ethylhexyl) peroxydicarbonate [as a stable dispersion in water (frozen))............................................................................................................... UN3119 UN3118 52.................. 42.................. OPS . . -15 . . . -5 ............ OP8 . . -15 . . . -5 ............ Oiethyl peroxydicarbonate.................................................................................... UN3115 27.................. 273 OP7 . . >10 . . . 0............... 2,2-Dihydroperoxypropane ................................................................................. UN3102 27.................. 273 OP5 . . Di-(1-hydroxycyclohexyl)peroxide .................................................................... UN3106 100............... OP7 . . Diisobutyryl peroxide............................................................................................. Diisobutyryl peroxide............................................................................................. UN3111 >32-52 .... UN3115 32.................. 248 268 OP5 . . -20 . . . -10............ OP7 . . -20 . . . -10............ Diisopropylbenzene dihydroperoxide .............................................................. UN3106 82.................. 25 . . 25 ... . OP7 . . 17 Diisopropyl peroxydicarbonate.......................................................................... UN3112 >52-100 .... OP2 . . -IS . . . -5............ Diisopropyl peroxydicarbonate.......................................................................... UN3115 52.................. 248 OP7 . . -10 . . . 0................ Diisotridecyl peroxydicarbonate ....................................................................... UN3115 100................ OP7 . . -10 . . . 0................ Dilauroyl peroxide ................................................................................................ UN3106 100................ OP7 . . Dilauroyl peroxide [as a stable dispersion in water]..................................... Di-(2-methylbenzoyl)peroxide............................................................................. UN3109 42.................. UN3112 87.................. OP8 . . 10 213 ... OP5 . . +30 . . . +35............ Di-(4-methylbenzoyl)peroxide [as a paste with silicone oil] ......................... UN3106 52.................. OP7 . . 2,S-Oimethyl-2,5-di-(benzoylperoxy)hexane..................................................... UN3102 >82-100 .... OP5 . . 2.5-Oimethyl-2,5-di-(benzoylperoxy)hexane..................................................... UN3104 82.................. 218 ... OP5 . . 2,5-Dimethyl-2,5-di-(benzoylperoxy)hexane..................................................... UN3106 82.................. >18 OP7 . . 2,5-Dimethyl-2,5-di-(tert-butylperoxy)hexane ................................................. UN3105 >52-100 .... OP7 . . 2,5-Dimethyl-2,5-di-(tert-butylperoxy)hexyne ................................................. UN3106 52.................. >48 OP7 . . 2,5*Dimethyl-2,5-di-(tert-butylperoxy)hexane ................................................. UN3109 52.................. 248 OP8 . . 7 2,5-Dimethyl-2,5-di-(tert-butylperoxy)hexane [as a paste]............................ UN3108 <47.................. OPS . . 2,5-Dimethyl-2.5-di-<tert-butylperoxy)hexyne-3 .............................................. UN3101 >87-100 .... OP5 . . 2,5-Dimethyt-2,5-di-<tert-butylperoxy)hexyne-3 .............................................. UN3103 >52-86 .... OP5 . . 2.5-Dimethyl-2,5-di-(tert-butylperoxy)hexyre-3 .............................................. UN3106 52.................. >48 OP7 . . 2,5-Dimethyl-2,5-di-(2-ethylhexanoylperoxy)hexane ..................................... UN3115 100............... OP7 . . +20 . . . +25............ 2,5-Dimethyl-2,5-dihydroperoxyhexane ........................................................... UN31Q4 82.................. 218 ... 0P6 . . 2,5-Dimethyl-2,5-di-(3,5,5-trimethylhexanoylperoxy)hexane......................... UN3105 77.................. 223 OP7 . . 1 .l-Dimethyl-3-hydroxybutylperoxyneoheptanoate........................................ UN3117 52.................. 248 OPS . . +0 . . . +10............. Dimyristyl peroxydicarbonate............................................................................. UN3116 100................ OP7 . . +20 . . . 25............. Dimyristyl peroxydicarbonate [as a stable dispersion in water].................. UN3119 42.................. OP8 . . +20 . . . +25............ Dimyristyl peroxydicarbonate [as a stable dispersion in water].................. Di-(2-neodecanoylperoxyisopropyl)benzene ................................................. UN3119 42.................. UN3115 52.................. 248 IBC . +15. . . +25............ 10 OP7 . . -10 . . . 0............... Di-n-nonanoyl peroxide ...................................................................................... UN3116 100............... OP7 . . 0 . . . . +10............ Di-n-octanoyl peroxide.......................................................................................... UN3114 100............... OP5 . . + 10 . . . +15............ Diperoxy azelaic acid.......................................................................................... UN3116 27.................. >73 OP7 . . +35 . . . +40............ Diperoxy dodecane diacid ................................................................................. UN3116 >13-42 .... >58 OP7 . . +40 . . . +45............ Diperoxy dodecane diacid ................................................................................ Exempt 13.................. 287 Exempt 311 ABDOO132083 173.225 April 1998 Oganic Peroxixde Table Technical Name (1) Di-(2-phenoxyethyl)peroxy bicarbonate Di-(2-pheno/yethyl)peroxydicarbonate Oipropionyi peroxide Oi-n-propyl peroxydicarbonate Distearyl peroxydicarbonate Disuccmic acid peroxide Disuccmic acid peroxide Di-{3.5.5-trimethyl-1,2-dioxolaryl- 3)peroxide [as a paste] Di-(3.5 5-tnmethylhexanoyl)peroxide Di-<3.5.&-trimethylhexanoyi)peroxide [as a stable dispersion in water] Di-<3.S.S-lrimethylhexanoyl)peroxide Di-<3.5.5-trimethylhexanoyl)peroxide Di-(3,5.5-tnmethylhexanoyl)peroxide Ethyl 3,3-di-(tert-amylperoxy)butyrate Ethyl 3.3-di-(tert-butylperoxy)butyrate Ethyl 3.3-di-(ted-butylperoxy)biJtyrate Ethyl 3.3-di-(tert-butylperoxy)butyrate 3,3.6.6.9 9-HexamethyM ,2.4.5-tetraoxacyclononane 3,3 6 6.9.9-Hexamethyi-l,2,4 5-tetraoxacyclononane 3,3,6,6.9,9-Hexamethyl-l,2,4.5-tetraoxacyclononane Isopropyl sec-butyl peroxydicarbonate + di-sec-butyl peroxydicarbonate + di-isopropyl peroxydicarbonate .... ......................... Isopropyicumyl hydroperoxide p-Menthyl hydroperoxide p-Menthyl hydroperoxide Methyicyclohexanone peroxide(s) Methyl ethyl ketone peroxide(s) Methyl ethyl ketone peroxide(s) Methyl ethyl ketone peroxide(s) Methyl isobutyl ketone peroxide(s) Organic peroxide. liquid, sample Organic peroxide, liquid, sample, temperature controlled Organic peroxide, solid, sample Organic peroxide, solid, sample, temperature controlled Peracetic acid with not more than 20% hydrogen peroxide Peracetic acid with not more than 26% hydrogen peroxide Peracetic acid with 7% hydrogen peroxide Peroxyacetic acid, type D. stabilized Peroxyacetic acid, type E. stabilized Peroxyacetic acid, type F. stabilized Pinanyl hydroperoxide Pmanyl hydroperoxide Tetrahydronaphthyl hydroperoxide 1.1,3.3-Tetramethylbutyi hydroperoxide 1. t .3.3-Tetramethylbutylperoxy-2-ethylhexanoate 2,4.4-Tnmethylpentyl-2-peroxyneodecanoate ID Concentration Number (Mass %) (2) (3) UN3102 >85-100 UN3106 85 UN3117 27 UN3113 100 UN3106 87 UN3102 >72-100 UN3116 72 UN3115 >38-82 UN3117 52 UN3119 38 UN3119 38 UN3119 38 UN3105 67 UN3103 >77-100 UN3105 77 UN3106 52 UN3102 >52-100 UN310S 52 UN3106 52 28 + UN3111 22 UN3109 72 UN310S >72-100 UN3109 72 UN3115 67 UN3101 52 UN3105 45 UN3107 40 UN3105 62 UN3103 UN3113 UN3104 UN3114 Exempt 6 UN3109 17 UN3107 36 UN3105 43 UN3107 43 UN3109 43 UN3105 256-100 UN3109 UN3106 100 UN3105 100 UN3115 100 UN3115 72 Diluent (Mess %) AB I (4a) (4b) (4c) 273 213 218 262 262 262 233 223 248 248 228 228 233 255 260 219 228 Water (Mass %) (5) Pecking Method (6) OP5 215 OP7 OPS OP4 OP7 OP4 28 OP7 OP7 OP7 OP8 OP8 IBC Bulk OP7 OP5 OP7 OP7 OP4 OP7 OP7 OP5 OP8 OP7 OPS OP7 OP5 OP7 OP8 OP7 OP2 OP2 OP2 OP2 260 Exempt 227 OPS 215 OPS OP7 OP8 OP8 OP7 OPS OP7 OP7 OP7 OP7 Temperature ('C) Control Emergency (7a) (7b) Notea (8) 20 -25 -15 +15 +35 +10 +15 +20 +25 +10 + 15 -10 18 -20 -10 +35 +40 7. 13 7, 25 5, 13 5. 23 12 12 12 10. 13 13 13. 20 13. 20 13, 20 +20 25 -5 +5 2.4.4-Trimethylpentyl-2-peroxyneodecanoate [as a stable dispersion in water] ......................... ... 2.4,4-Tnmethylpentyl-2-peroxy phenoxyacetate UN3119 52 UN3115 37 263 OP8 OP7 -10 +5 Notes 1 For domestic shipments. OPS is authorized. 2 Available oxygen must be <4 7 percent. 3 For concentrations <80 percent OP5 is allowed For concentrations of at least 80 percent but <85 percent. OP4 Is allowed. For concentrations of at least 85 percent, package size is OP2 4 The diluent may be replaced by di-tert-butyl peroxide. 5 Available oxygen must be 9 percent. 6 For domestic shipments. OP5 is authorized. 7 This material may be transported m intermediate bulk containers and bulk packagings under the provisions of paragraph (e) of this section. 8 Only non-metallc packagings are authorized. 9 For domestic sh.pments. this material may be transported In bulk packagings under the provisions of paragraph (eX3)(ii) of this section. 10 This material may be transported in intermediate bulk containers under the provisions of paragraph (e) of this section. 11 Up to 2000 kg per container authorized. 12 Samples may only be offered lor transportation under the provisions ot paragraph (c)(4) of this section. 312 PART 173 ABDOO132084 April 1998 13. "Corrosive" subsidiary risk label is required. u. This malerial may be transported in bulk packagings under the provisions of paragraph (e) of this section. 15. No 'Corrosive' subsidiary risk label is required for concentrations below 80%. 16. With <6% di-tert-butyl peroxide. 17. With S% l-isopropylhydroperoxy-4-isopropylhydroxybenzene. 18. Addition of water to this organic peroxide will decrease its thermal stability. 19. (Reserved] 20. Mixtures with hydrogen peroxide, water and acid(s). 21. With diluent type A, with or without water. 22. With >36 percent, by mass, ethylbenzene. 23. With >19 percent, by mass, methyl isobutyl ketone. 24. Diluent type b with boiling point >100 C. 25. No "Corrosive" subsidiary risk label is required for concentrations below 56%. 173.225 (c) New organic peroxides, formulations and samples. (1) Ex cept as provided for samples in paragraph (c)(2) of this section, no person may offer for transportation an organic peroxide which is not identified by technical name in the Organic Peroxides Table of this section, or a formulation of one or more organic peroxides which are identified by technical name in that table, unless the organic peroxide is assigned a generic type and shipping description and is approved by the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety under the provisions of 173.128(c) of this subchapter. (2) Samples. Samples of new organic peroxides or new formula tions of organic peroxides identified in the Organic Peroxides Table in paragraph (b) of this section, for which complete test data are not available, and which are to be transported for further testing or evaluation, may be assigned an appropriate shipping description for organic peroxide Type C, packaged and offered for transportation, under the following conditions: (i) Data available to the person offering the material for transporta tion must indicate that the sample would pose a level of hazard no greater than that of an organic peroxide Type B and that the control temperature, if any, is sufficiently low to prevent any dangerous decomposition and sufficiently high to prevent any dangerous phase separation; (ii) The sample must be packaged in accordance with packing method OP2; (iii) Packages of the organic peroxide may be offered for transporta tion and transported in a quantity not to exceed 10 kg (22 pounds) per transport vehicle; and (iv) One of the following shipping descriptions must be assigned: (A) Organic peroxide Type C, liquid, 5.2, UN 3103; (B) Organic peroxide Type C, solid, 5.2, UN 3104; (C) Organic peroxide Type C, liquid, temperature controlled, 5.2, UN 3113; or (D) Organic peroxide Type C, solid, temperature controlled, 5.2, UN 3114. (3) Mixtures. Mixtures of organic peroxides individually identified in the Organic Peroxides Table in paragraph (b) of this section may be classified as the same type of organic peroxide as that of the most dangerous component and be transported under the conditions for transportation given for this type. If the stable components form a thermally less stable mixture, the SADT of the mixture must be deter mined and the new control and emergency temperature derived under the provisions of 173.21(f). (d) Packing Method Table. Packagings for organic peroxides and self-reactive substances are listed in the Maximum Quantity per Pack ing Method Table. The packing methods are designated OP1 to OP8. The quantities specified for each packing method represent the maxi mum that is authorized. (1) The following types of packagings are authorized: (i) Drums: 1A1, 1A2, 1B1, 1B2, ID, 1G, 1H1, 1H2; (ii) Jerricans: 3A1, 3A2, 3B1, 3B2, 3H1, 3H2; (iii) Boxes: 4C1, 4C2, 4D, 4F, 4G, 4H1, 4H2, 4A, 4B; or (iv) Composite packagings with a plastic inner receptacle: 6HA1, 6HA2, 6HB1, 6HB2, 6HC, 6HD1, 6HD2, 6HG1, 6HG2, 6HH1, 6HH2. (2) Metal packaging (including inner packagings of combination packagings and outer packagings of combination or composite pack agings) are used only for packing methods OP7 and OPS. (3) In combination packagings, glass receptacles are used only as inner packagings with a maximum content of 0.5 kg or 0.5 liter. (4) The maximum quantity per packaging or package for Packing Methods OP1-OP8 must be as follows: Maximum Quantity Per Packaging/Package for Packing Methods OP1 to OP8 Packing method Maximum quantity OP1 OP21 OP3 OP41 OPS OP6 OP7 OP8 Solids and combination packagings {liquid and solid) (kg) ........................................... 0.5 0.5/10 5 S/25 25 50 50 *200 Liquids (L)..................................... 0.5 5 30 60 60 *225 'If two values are given, the first applies to the maximum net mass per inner packaging and the second to the maximum net mass of the complete package. *60 kg for jerricans and 100 kg for boxes. 360 t_ for jerricans. (e) Bulk packagings for organic peroxides. When bulk packag ings are authorized under the provisions of the Organic Peroxides Table in paragraph (b) of this section, only the following packagings are authorized: (1) Rail cars. Class DOT 103, 104, 105, 109, 111, 112, 114, 115, or 120 fusion-weld tank car tank are authorized. DOT 103W, 111A60F1 and 111A60W1 tank car tanks must have bottom outlets effectively sealed from inside. Gauging devices are required on DOT 103W tank car tanks. Riveted tank car tanks are not authorized. (2) Cargo tanks. Specification MC 307, MC 310, MC 311, MC 312. DOT 407 and DOT 412 cargo tank motor vehicles with a tank design pressure of at least 172 kPa (25 psig) are authorized. (3) Portable tanks. (i) Specification IM 101 intermodal portable tanks are authorized as follows: (A) Each tank must have a minimum design pressure of 267 kPa (39 psig), aminimum shell thickness of 6.35 mm (0.250 inch) mild steel. (B) Each tank must be equipped with at least two self-reclosing pressure relief devices of at least 7.6 cm (3.0 inches) diameter. The pressure relief devices must be set at a pressure that is determined by the following formula: Pressure relief valve setting = 1.2 x [Vapor pressure of lading at 46C (115F) + Static head of lading + Pressure of gas padding, if any] (ii) Specification 57 metal portable tanks are authorized only for tert-butyl cumyl peroxide, di-(2-tert-butylperoxyisopropyl)-benzene(s), dicumyl peroxide and mixtures of two or more of these peroxides. (4) For tertiary butyl hydroperoxide (TBHP), each tank car, cargo tank- or portable tank must contain 7.6 cm (3.0 inches) low density polyethylene (PE) saddles having a melt index of at least 0.2 grams per 10 minutes (ASTM D1238, condition E) as part of the lading, with a ratio of PE to TBHP over a range of 0.008 to 0.012 by mass. Alternatively, plastic or metal containers equipped with fusible plugs having a melting point between 69C (156F) and 71C (160F) and filled with a sufficient quantity of water to dilute the TBHP to 65 percent or less by mass may be used. The PE saddles must be visually inspected after each trip and, at a minimum, once every 12 months, and replaced when discoloration, fracture, severe deformation, or other indication of change is noted. (5) Intermediate bulk containers. Intermediate bulk containers that are tested at the Packing Group II performance level in accord ance with subpart O of part 178 of this subchapter are authorized as follows: 313 173.225--173.227 ABDOO132085 April 1998 (i) Composite: 31HA1; (ii) Rigid plastic: 31H1; and (iii) Metal: 31A. 173.226 Materials poisonous by inhalation, Division 6.1, Packing Group I, Hazard Zone A. Division 6.1, Packing Group I, materials that are poisonous by inhalation and that fall within the boundaries of Hazard Zone A in the graph found in 173.133 must be packed in non-bulk packagings in accordance with the following paragraphs: (a) In specification cylinders, as authorized in 173.40. (b) In 1A1, 1B1, 1H1, INI, or 6HA1 drums further packed in a 1A2 or 1H2 drum. Both inner and outer drums must conform to the performance test requirements of Subpart M of Part 178 of this sub chapter at the Packing Group I performance level. The outer drum must have a minimum thickness of 1.35 mm (0.053 inch) for a 1A2 outer drum or 6.30 mm (0.248 inch) for a 1H2 outer drum. Outer 1A2 and 1H2 drums must withstand a hydrostatic test pressure of 100 kPa (15 psi). Capacity of the inner drum may not exceed 220 L (58 gallons). In addition, the inner drum must-- (1) Be capable of satisfactorily withstanding the hydrostatic pres sure test in 178.605 of this subchapter at a test pressure of 550 kPa (80 psig); (2) Satisfactorily withstand the leakproofness test in 178.604 of this subchapter using an internal air pressure of at least twice the vapor pressure at 55C (131F) of the material to be packaged; (3) Have screw-type closures that are-- (i) Closed and tightened to a torque prescribed by the closure manufacturer, using a device that is capable of measuring torque; (ii) Physically held in place by any means capable of preventing back-off or loosening of the closure by impact or vibration during transportation; and (iii) Provided with a cap seal that is properly applied in accordance with the cap seal manufacturer's recommendations and is ca pable of withstanding an internal pressure of at least 100 kPa (15 psig). (4) Have a minimum thickness as follows: (i) If the capacity of the inner drum is less than or equal to 120 L (32 gallons), the minimum thickness of the inner drum is-- (A) For a 1A1 or INI drum, 1.3 mm (0.051 inch); (B) For a 1B1 drum, 3.9 mm (0.154 inch); (C) For a 1H1 drum, 3.16 mm (0.124 inch); and (D) For a 6HA1 drum, the plastic inner container shall be 1.58 mm (0.0622 inch) and the outer steel drum shall be 0.96 mm (0.0378 inch). (ii) If the capacity of the inner drum is greater than 120 L (32 gallons), the thickness of the inner drum is-- (A) For a 1A1 or INI drum, 1.7 mm (0.067 inch); (B) For a 1B1 drum, 4.7 mm (0.185 inch); (C) For a 1H1 drum, 3.16 mm (0.124 inch); and (D) For a 6HA1 drum, the plastic inner container shall be 1.58 mm (0.0622 inch) and the outer steel drum shall be 1.08 mm (0.043 inch); and (5) Be isolated from the outer drum by a shock-mitigating, non reactive material. (c) In combination packagings, consisting of an inner packaging system and an outer packaging, as follows: (1) Outer packagings: Steel drum: 1A2 Aluminum drum: 1B2 Metal drum, other than steel or aluminum: 1N2 Plywood drum: ID Fiber drum: 1G Plastic drum: 1H2 Wooden barrel: 2C2 Steel jerrican: 3A2 Plastic jerrican: 3H2 Aluminum jerrican: 3B1 or 3B2 Steel box: 4A Aluminum box: 4B Natural wood box: 4C1 or 4C2 Plywood box: 4D Reconstituted wood box: 4F Fiberboard box: 4G Expanded plastic box: 4H2 Solid plastic box: 4H2 (2) Inner packaging system. The inner packaging system consists of two packagings: an impact-resistant receptacle of glass, earthen ware, plastic or metal securely cushioned with a non-reactive, absor bent material and packed within a leak-tight packaging of metal or plastic. This combination packaging in turn is packed within the outer packaging. Capacity of each inner receptacle may not exceed 4 L (1 gallon). An inner receptacle that has a closure must have a closure which is physically held in place by any means capable of preventing back-off or loosening of the closure by impact or vibration during transportation. Both the inner packaging system and the outer packag ing must conform to the performance test requirements of Subpart M of Part 178 of this subchapter, at the Packaging Group I performance level. The inner packaging system must meet these tests without the benefit of the outer packaging. The total amount of liquid contained in the outer packaging may not exceed 16 L (4 gallons). 173.227 Materials poisonous by inhalation, Division 6.1, Packing Group I, Hazard Zone B. Division 6.1, Packing Group I, materials that are poisonous by inhalation and that fall within the boundaries of Hazard Zone B in the graph found in 173.133 shall be packed in non-bulk packagings which conform to the performance test requirements of Subpart M of Part 178 of this subchapter, at the Packing Group I performance level. The following packagings are authorized: (a) Packagings as authorized in 173.226. (b) 1A1,1B1, INI or 1H1 drumora6HA1 composite further packed in a 1A2 or 1H2 drum. Both the inner and outer drums must conform to the performance test requirements of Subpart M of Part 178 of this subchapter at the Packing Group I performance level. The outer drum must have a minimum thickness of 1.35 mm (0.053 inches) for a 1A2 outer drum or 6.30 mm (0.248 inches) for a 1H2 outer drum. Outer 1A2 and 1H2 drums must withstand a hydrostatic test pressure of 100 kPa (15 psi). In addition, the inner drum must-- (1) Satisfactorily withstand the leakproofness test in 178.604 of this subchapter using an internal air pressure of at least two times the vapor pressure at 55C (131F) of the material to be packaged; (2) Have screw closures that are-- (i) Closed and tightened to a torque prescribed by the closure manufacturer, using a device that is capable of measuring torque; (ii) Physically held in place by any means capable of preventing back-off or loosening of the closure by impact or vibration during transportation; and (iii) Provided with a cap seal that is properly applied in accordance with the cap seal manufacturer's recommendations and is ca pable of withstanding an internal pressure of at least 100 kPa (15 psig). (3) Have a minimum thickness as follows: (i) If the capacity of the inner drum is less than or equal to 30 L (7.9 gallons), the minimum thickness of the inner drum is: (A) For a 1A1 drum, 0.69 mm (0.027 inch); (B) For a 1B1 drum, 2.79 mm (0.110 inch); (C) For a 1H1 drum, 1.14 mm (0.045 inch); and (D) Fora 6HA1 drum, the plastic inner container shall be 1.58 mm (0.0625 inch), the outer steel drum shall be 0.70 mm (0.027 inch). (ii) If the capacity of the inner drum is greater than 30 L (7.9 gallons) but less than or equal to 120 L (32 gallons), the minimum thickness of the inner drum is-- (A) For a 1A1 drum, 1.08 mm (.043 inch); (B) For a 1B1 drum, 3.9 mm (0.154 inch); (C) For a 1H1 drum, 3.16 mm (0.124 inch); and (D) For a 6HA1 drum, the plastic inner container shall be 1.58 mm (0.0625 inch) and the outer steel drum shall be 0.96 (0.0378 inches). (iii) If the capacity of the inner drum is greater than 120 L (31.7 gallons), the thickness of the inner drum is-- (A) For a 1A1 or INI drum, 1.35 mm (0.053 inches); (B) For a 1B1 drum, 4.7 mm (0.185 inches); (C) For a 1H1 drum, 3.16 mm (0.124 inches); and (D) For a 6HA1 drum, the plastic inner container shall be 1.58 mm (0.0625 inch) and the outer steel drum shall be 1.08 mm (0.043 inch). 314 ABDOO132086 April 1998 173.227--173.229 (4) Be isolated from the outer drum by a shock-mitigating, nonreactive material; and (5) Have a capacity not greater than 220 L (58 gallons). (c) 1A1, 1B1, 1 HI, INI or 6HA1 drums described in paragraph (b) of this section may be used without being further packed in a 1A2 or 1H2 drum if the shipper loads the material, blocks and braces the drums within the transport vehicle and seals the transport vehicle used. Drums may not be stacked (double decked) within the transport vehicle. Shipments must be from one origin to one destination only without any intermediate pickup or delivery. 173.228 Bromine pentafluorlde or bromine trifluoride. (a) When the 172.101 Table specifies that a hazardous material be packaged under this section, only non-bulk packagings prescribed in paragraph (b) of this section are authorized for its transportation. Each packaging must conform to the general packaging requirements of Subpart B of this part, to the specification requirements of Part 178 of this subchapter and to the requirements of the special provisions of Column 7 of the 172.101 Table. (b) Specification 3A150,3AA150,3B240,3BN150,4B240,4BA240, 4BW240 and 3E1800 cylinders are authorized. Each valve outlet must be sealed by a threaded cap or threaded plug. Cylinder valves must be protected as specified for corrosive gases in 173,301(g). No cylinder may be equipped with any pressure relief device. Specifica tion 3E1800 cylinders must be packaged in accordance with the requirements of 173.301 (k). 173.229 Chloric acid solution or chlorine dioxide hydrate, frozen. When the 172.101 Table specifies that a hazardous material be packaged in accordance with this section, only 4G fiberboard boxes, with inner packagings of polyethylene or other suitable material, are authorized. Fiberboard boxes must be reinforced and insulated and sufficient dry ice must be used to maintain the hydrate or acid in a frozen state during transportation. Each packaging must conform to the general packaging requirements of Subpart B of Part 173, and to the requirements of Part 178 of this subchapter at the Packing Group I performance level. Transportation is authorized only by private or contract carrier by motor vehicle. PART 173 315 ABDOO132087 Part 173.240 - Bulk Packaging for Haz Mat Other than Class 1 & Class 7 April 1998 ABDOO132088 173.240--173.241 PART 173 PUBLISHER S NOTE This Subpart lists the authorized bulk packaging for hazardous materials other than Class 1 (Explo sives), Class 2 (Compressed Gases), and Class 7 (Radioactive Materials). The authorized bulk packag ing for Class 1 is contained in Subpart C, Class 2 (Compressed Gases) in Subpart D, and Class 7 (Radioactive Materials) in Subpart H. Even though the title of this Subpart does not exclude Class 2 (Compressed Gases) there are no bulk packaging requirements in Subpart E for Class 2. These can be found in Subpart G. Column (8C) of the Hazardous Materials Table (172.101) lists the section in this Subpart identifying the authorized bulk packaging for a given hazardous material. In addition, column (7) may contain additional requirements applicable to the packaging. Any code listed in column (7) beginning with an 8 applies to a bulk packaging. Subpart F BULK PACKAGING FOR HAZARDOUS MATERIALS OTHER THAN CLASS 1 AND CLASS 7 173.240 Bulk packaging for certain low hazard solid materi als. When 172.101 of this subchapter specifies that a hazardous material be packaged under this section, only the following bulk packagings are authorized, subject to the requirements of Subparts A and B of Part 173 of this subchapter and the special provisions specified in Column 7 of the 172.101 Table. (a) Rail cars: Class DOT 103, 104, 105, 109, 111, 112, 114, or 115, or 120 tank car tanks; Class 106 or 110 multi-unit tank car tanks; and metal non-DOT specification, sift-proof tank car tanks and siftproof closed cars. (b) Motor vehicles: Specification MC 300, MC 301, MC 302, MC 303, MC 304, MC 305, MC 306, MC 307, MC 310, MC 311, MC 312, MC 330, MC 331, DOT 406, DOT 407, and DOT 412 cargo tank motor vehicles; non-DOT specification, sift-proof cargo tank motor vehicles; and sift-proof closed vehicles. (c) Portable tanks and closed bulk bins: DOT 51,52, 53, 56, 57 and 60 portable tanks; IMO type 1, 2 and 5, and IM 101 and IM 102 portable tanks; marine portable tanks conforming to 46 CFR part 64; and sift-proof non-DOT specification portable tanks and closed bulk bins. (d) Intermediate bulk containers: Intermediate bulk containers are authorized subject to the conditions and limitations of this para graph and paragraph (d)(2) of this section provided they conform to the requirements in subpart O of part 178 of this subchapter at the Packing Group performance level specified in column 5 of the 172.101 Table of this subchapter for the material being transported. (1) The following are authorized: (i) Composite: 11HZ1, 11HZ2, 21HZ1,21HZ2, 31HZ1, or 31HZ2. For composite intermediate bulk containers, the letter "Z" must be replaced with a capital letter which indicates the material of construction of the outer packaging. For example 21HA1 is a composite intermediate bulk container with a metal outer packaging (see 178.702 of this subchapter); (ii) Fiberboard: 11G; (iii) Flexible: 13H1, 13H2, 13H3, 13H4, 13H5, 13L1, 13L2, 13L3, 13L4, or 13M2; (iv) Metal: 11A, 11B, 11N, 21A, 21B, 21N, 31A, 31B, or 31N; (v) Rigid plastic: 11H1, 11H2, 21H1, 21H2, 31H1, or 31H2; or (vi) Wooden intermediate bulk containers: 11C, 11D, or 11F. (2) The following conditions and limitations apply to the use of intermediate bulk containers: (i) Flexible, fiberboard and wooden intermediate bulk containers are intended for the transport of solids only and may not be used for liquids or materials that may become liquid during transportation; or (ii) Flexible, fiberboard. or wooden intermediate bulk containers containing materials in Packing Group II must be packed in a closed freight container or a closed transport vehicle. 173.241 Bulk packaglngs for certain low hazard liquid and solid materials. When 172.101 of this subchapter specifies that a hazardous material be packaged under this section, only the following bulk packagings are authorized, subject to the requirements of Subp arts A and B of Part 173 of this subchapter and the special provisions specified in Column 7 of the 172.101 Table. (a) Rail cars: Class DOT 103, 104, 105, 109, 111, 112, 114, or 115, or 120 tank car tanks; Class 106 or 110 multi-unit tank car tanks and AAR Class 203W, 206W, and 211W tank car tanks. (b) Cargo tanks: DOT specification MC 300, MC 301, MC 302, MC 303, MC 304, MC 305, MC 306, MC 307, MC 310, MC 311, MC 312, MC 330, MC 331, DOT 406, DOT 407, and DOT 412 cargo tank motor vehicles; and non-DOT specification cargo tank motor vehicles suitable for transport of liquids. (c) Portable tanks: DOT 51, 52, 56, 57 and 60 portable tanks; IMO type 1,2 and 5, and IM 101 and IM 102 portable tanks; marine portable tanks conforming to 46 CFR part 64; and non-DOT specification porta ble tanks suitable for transport of liquids. (d) intermediate bulk containers: (1) Intermediate bulk containers are authorized subject to the conditions and limitations of this para graph and paragraph (d)(2) of this section provided they conform to the requirements in subpart O of part 178 of this subchapter at the Packing Group performance level specified in column 5 of the 172.101 Table of this subchapter for the material being transported. (i) The following are authorized for liquids or solids: (A) Composite: 31HZ1 or31HZ2: For each composite interme diate bulk container, the letter "Z" must be replaced with a capital letter which indicates the material of construction of the outer packaging. For example, 31HA1 is a compos ite intermediate bulk container with a metal outer packag ing (see 178.702 of this subchapter); (B) Metal: 31A, 31B, or3lN; or (C) Rigid plastic: 31H1 or 31H2. (ii) The following are authorized for solids only: (A) Composite: 11HZ1, 11HZ2, 21HZ1, or 21HZ2. For each composite intermediate bulk container, the letter "Z" must be replaced with a capital letter which indicates the mate rial of construction of the outer packaging. For example. 21HA1 is a composite intermediate bulk container with a metal outer packaging (see 178.702 of this subchapter); (B) Fiberboard: 11G; (C) Flexible: 13H1, 13H2, 13H3, 13H4, 13H5, 13L1, 13L2, 13L3, 13L4, or 13M2; (D) Metal: 11A, 11B, 11N, 21 A, 21B, or 21N; (E) Rigid plastic: 11H1, 11H2, 21 HI, or 21H2; or (F) Wooden: 11C, 11D, or 11F. (2) The following conditions and limitations apply to the use of intermediate bulk containers: (i) Flexible, fiberboard and wooden intermediate bulk containers are intended for the transport of solids only and may not be used for liquids or materials that may become liquid during transportation; (ii) Only liquids with a vapor pressure less than or equal to 110 kPa (16 psig) at 50C (122F), or 130 kPa (18.9 psig) at 55C (131 F), are authorized in metal intermediate bulk containers; or (iii) Flexible, fiberboard, or wooden intermediate bulk containers 317 ABDOO132089 173.241--173.243 April 1998 containing materials in Packing Group II must be packed in a closed freight container or a closed transport vehicle. 173.242 Bulk packagings for certain medium hazard liquids and solids, including solids with dual hazards. When 172.101 of this subchapter specifies that a hazardous material be packaged under this section, only the following bulk packagings are authorized, subject to the requirements of Subparts A and B of Part 173 of this subchapter and the special provisions specified in Column 7 of the 172.101 Table. (a) Rail cars: Class DOT 103, 104, 105, 109, 111, 112, 114, or 115, or 120 tank car tanks; Class 106 or 110 multi-unit tank car tanks and AAR Class 206W tank car tanks. (b) Cargo tanks: Specification MC 300, MC 301, MC 302, MC 303, MC 304, MC 305, MC 306, MC 307, MC 310, MC 311, MC 312, MC 330, MC 331, DOT 406, DOT 407, and DOT 412 cargo tank motor vehicles. Cargo tanks used to transport Class 3, Packing Group 1 or II, or Packing Group III with a flash point of less than 38C (100F); Class 6, Packing Group I or II; and Class 8, Packing Group I or II materials must conform to the following special requirements: (1) Pressure relief system: Except as provided by 173.33(d), each cargo tank must be equipped with a pressure relief system meeting the requirements of 178.346-3 or 178.347-4 of this sub chapter. However, pressure relief devices on MC 310, MC 311 and MC 312 cargo tanks must meet the requirements for a Specification MC 307 cargo tank {except for Class 8, Packing Group I and II). Pressure relief devices on MC 330 and MC 331 cargo tanks must meet the requirement in 178.337-9 of this subchapter. (2) Bottom outlets: DOT 406, DOT 407 and DOT 412 must be equipped with stop-valves meeting the requirements of 178.345-11 of this subchapter; MC 304, MC 307, MC 310, MC 311, and MC 312 cargo tanks must be equipped with stop-valves capable of being remotely closed within 30 seconds of actuation by manual or mechanic means and (except for Class 8, Packing Group I and II) by a closure activated at a temperature not over 121C (250F); MC 330 and MC 331 cargo tanks must be equipped with internal self-closing stopvalves meeting the requirements in 178.337-11 of this subchapter. (c) Portable tanks: DOT 51,52, 53, 56, 57 and 60 portable tanks; and marine portable tanks conforming to 46 CFR Part 64. DOT 57 portable tanks used for the transportation by vessel of Class 3, Packing Group II, materials must conform to the following: (1) Each tank must have a minimum design pressure of 62 kPa (9 psig) and be equipped in accordance with 178.253-4 of this subchapter, except that frangible devices are not authorized; and (2) No pressure relief device may open at less than 34.4 kPa (5 psig). (d) Intermediate bulk containers: (1) Intermediate bulk containers are authorized subject to the conditions and limitations of this para graph and paragraph (d)(2) of this section provided they conform to the requirements in subpart O of part 178 of this subchapter at the Packing Group performance level specified in column 5 of the 172.101 Table of this subchapter for the material being transported. (i) The following are authorized for liquids or solids: (A) Composite intermediate bulk containers: 31HZ1 or 31HZ2; for each composite intermediate bulk container, the letter "Z" must be replaced with a capital letter which indicates the material of construction of the outer packaging. For example, 21HA1 is a composite intermediate bulk con tainer with a metal outer packaging (see 178.702 of this subchapter); (B) Metal: 31 A, 31B, or31N; or (C) Rigid plastic: 31H1 or 31H2; (ii) The following are authorized for solids only: (A) Composite: 11HZ1, 11HZ2, 21HZ1, or 21HZ2. For each composite intermediate bulk container, the letter "Z" must be replaced with a capital letter which indicates the mate rial of construction of the outer packaging. For example. 21HA1 is a composite intermediate bulk container with a metal outer packaging (see 178.702 of this subchapter); (B) Fiberboard: 11G; (C) Flexible: 13H1, 13H2, 13H3, 13H4, 13H5, 13L1, 13L2, 13L3, 13L4, or 13M2; (D) Metal: 11A, 11B, 11N, 21A, 21B, or21N; (E) Rigid plastic: 11H1, 11H2, 21H1, or 21H2; or (F) Wooden intermediate bulk containers: 11C, 11D, or 11F. (2) Intermediate bulk containers are authorized subject to the fol lowing conditions and limitations: (i) No Packing Group 1 liquids or materials classified as Division 4.2 Packing Group I are authorized in intermediate bulk containers. Packing Group I solids are only authorized in metal intermediate bulk containers with capacities up to 3 cubic meters (106 cubic feet) and in rigid plastic, composite flexible, fiberboard and wooden intermediate bulk containers with capacities of up to 1.5 cubic meters (53 cubic feet); (ii) Flexible, fiberboard and wooden intermediate bulk containers are intended for the transport of solids only and may not be used for liquids or materials that may become liquid during transportation; (iii) Only liquids with a vapor pressure less than or equal to 110 kPa (16 psig) at 50C (122F), or 130 kPa (18.9 psig) at 55C (131F), are authorized in metal intermediate bulk containers; or (iv) Flexible, fiberboard, or wooden intermediate bulk containers and composite intermediate bulk containers, with a fiberboard outer body, containing materials in Packing Group I must be packed in a closed freight container or a closed transport vehi cle. Flexible, fiberboard, or wooden intermediate bulk contain ers containing materials in Packing Group II must be packed in a closed freight container or a closed transport vehicle. 173.243 Bulk packaging for certain high hazard liquids and dual hazard materials which pose a moderate hazard. When 172.101 of this subchapter specifies that a hazardous material be packaged under this section, only the following bulk packagings are authorized, subject to the requirements of Subparts A and B of Part 173 of this subchapter and the special provisions specified in Column 7 of the 172.101 Table. (a) Rail cars: Class DOT 103, 104, 105, 109, 111, 112, 114, or 115, or 120 fusion-welded tank car tanks; and Class 106 or 110 multi unit tank car tanks. (b) Cargo tanks: Specification MC 304, MC 307, MC 330, MC 331 cargo tank motor vehicles; and MC 310, MC 311, MC 312, DOT 407, and DOT 412 cargo tank motor vehicles with tank design pressure of at least 172.4 kPa (25 psig). Cargo tanks used to transport Class 3 or Division 6.1 materials, or Class 8, Packing Group I or II materials must conform to the following special requirements: (1) Pressure relief system: Except as provided by 173.33(d), each cargo tank must be equipped with a pressure relief system meeting the requirements of 178.346-3 or 178.347-4 of this sub chapter. However, pressure relief devices on MC 310, MC 311 and MC 312 cargo tanks must meet the requirements for a Specification MC 307 cargo tank (except for Class 8, Packing Group I and II). Pressure relief devices on MC 330 and MC 331 cargo tanks must meet the requirement in 178.337-9 of this subchapter. (2) Bottom outlets: DOT 407 and DOT 412 cargo tanks must be equipped with stop-valves meeting the requirements of 178.345-11 of this subchapter; MC 304, MC 307, MC 310, MC 311, and MC 312 cargo tanks must be equipped with stop-valves capable of being remotely closed within 30 seconds of actuation by manual or mechanic means and (except for Class 8, Packing Group I and II) by a closure activated at a temperature not over 121C (250F); MC 330 and MC 331 cargo tanks must be equipped with interna! self-closing stopvalves meeting the requirements in 178.337-11 of this subchapter. (c) Portabletanks: DOT51 and DOT 60 portable tanks; and marine portable tanks conforming to 46 CFR Part 64 with design pressure of at least 172.4 kPa (25 psig). (d) Intermediate bulk containers: (1) Metal intermediate bulk con tainers (31A, 31B, 31N) are authorized subject to the conditions and limitations of paragraph (d)(2) of this section provided they conform to the requirements in Subpart O of Part 178 of this subchapter at the Packing Group performance level specified in column 5 of the 172.101 Table of this subchapter for the material being transported. (2) Intermediate bulk containers are authorized subject to the fol lowing conditions and limitations: (i) No Packing Group I liquids or materials classified as Division 4.2 Packing Group I are authorized in intermediate bulk containers. (ii) Packing Group I solids are authorized only in metal intermediate bulk containers with capacities up to three cubic meters (106 cubic feet); and (iii) Liquids with a vapor pressure greater than 110 kPa (16 psig) at 50C (1228F), or 130 kPa (18.9 psig) at 55C (131F), are not authorized in metal intermediate bulk containers. 318 ABDOO132090 April 1998 173.243--173.247 PART 173 (e) A dual hazard material may be packaged in accordance with 173.242 if: (1) The subsidiary hazard is Class 3 with a flash point greater than 38C (100F); or (2) The subsidiary hazard is Division 6.1, Packing Group III. 173.244 Bulk packaging for certain pyrophoric liquids (Divi sion 4.2), dangerous when wet (Division 4.3) materials, and poi sonous liquids with inhalation hazards (Division 6.1). When 172.101 of this subchapter specifies that a hazardous material be packaged under this section, only the following bulk packagings are authorized, subject to the requirements of Subparts A and B of Part 173 of this subchapter and the special provisions specified in Column 7 of the 172.101 Table. (a) Rail cars: Class DOT 105, 109, 112, or 114, or 120 fusionwelded tank car tanks; and Class 106 or 110 multi-unit tank car tanks. (b) Cargo tanks: Specifications MC 330 and MC 331 cargo tank motor vehicles and, except for Division 4.2 materials, MC 312 and DOT 412 cargo tank motor vehicles. (c) Portable tanks: DOT 51 portable tanks. 173.245 Bulk packaging for extremely hazardous materials such as poisonous gases (Division 2.3). When 172.101 of this subchapter specifies that a hazardous material be packaged under this section, only the following bulk packagings are authorized, subject to the requirements of Subparts A and B of Part 173 of this subchapter and the special provisions specified in Column 7 of the 172.101 Table. (a) Tank car tanks and multi-unit tank car tanks, when approved by the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety. (b) Cargo tank motor vehicles and portable tanks, when approved by the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety. 173.247 Bulk packaging for certain elevated temperature ma terials (Class 9) and certain flammable elevated temperature mate rials (Class 3). When 172.101 of this subchapter specifies that a hazardous material be packaged under this section, only the following bulk packagings are authorized, subject to the requirements of subp arts A and B of part 173 of this subchapter and the special provisions in Column 7 of the 172.101 Table. On or after October 1, 1993, authorized packagings must meet all requirements in paragraph (g) of this section, unless otherwise excepted. (a) Rail cars: Class DOT 103, 104, 105, 109, 111, 112, 114, 115 tank car tanks; Class DOT 106, 110 multi-unit tank car tanks; AAR Class 203W, 206W, 211W tank car tanks; and non-DOT specification tank car tanks equivalent in structural design and accident damage resistance to specification packagings. (b) Cargo tanks: Specification MC 300, MC 301, MC302, MC 303, MC 304, MC 305, MC 306, MC 307, MC 310, MC 311, MC 312, MC 330, MC 331 cargo tank motor vehicles; DOT 406, DOT 407, DOT 412 cargo tank motor vehicles; and non-DOT specification cargo tank motor vehicles equivalent in structural design and accident damage resistance to specification packagings. A non-DOT specification cargo tank motor vehicle constructed of carbon steel which is in elevated temperature material service is excepted from 178.3457(d)(5) of this subchapter. (c) Portable tanks: Specification 51, 52, 53, 56, 57, 60 portable tanks; IM 101, 102 portable tanks; marine portable tanks conforming to 46 CFR Part 64; and non-specification portable tanks equivalent in structural design and accident damage resistance to specification packagings. (d) Crucibles: Nonspecification crucibles designed and con structed such that the stress in the packaging does not exceed one fourth (0.25) of the ultimate strength of the packaging material at any temperature within the design temperature range. Stress is determined under a load equal to the sum of the static or working pressure in combination with the loads developed from accelerations and deceler ations incident to normal transportation. For highway transportation, these forces are assumed to be "1.7g" vertical, "0.75g" longitudinal, and "0.4g" transverse, in reference to the axes of the transport vehicle. Each accelerative or decelerative load may be considered separately. (e) Kettles: A kettle, for the purpose of this section, is a bulk pack aging (portable tank or cargo tank) having a capacity not greater than 5678 L (1500 gallons) with an integral heating apparatus used for melting various bituminous products such as asphalt. Kettles used for the transport of asphalt or bitumen are subject to the following requirements: (1) Low stability kettles. Kettles with a ratio of track-width to fully loaded center of gravity (CG) height less than 2.5 must meet all require ments of paragraph (g) of this section (track-width is the distance measured between the outer edge of the kettle tires; CG height is measured perpendicular from the road surface). (2) High stability kettles. (i) Kettles with a total capacity of less than 2650 L (700 gallons) and a ratio of track-width to fully loaded CG height of 2.5 or more are excepted from all requirements of paragraph (g)(2) of this section and the rollover protection requirements of para graph (g)(6) of this section, if closures meet the requirements of paragraph (e)(2)(iii) of this section. (ii) Kettles with a total capacity of 2650 L (700 gallons) or more and a ratio of track-width to fully loaded CG height of 2.5 or more are excepted from the "substantially leak tight" requirements of paragraph (g)(2) of this section and the rollover protection requirements of paragraph (g)(6) of this section if closures meet the requirements of paragraph (e)(2)(iii) of this section. (iii) Closures must be securely closed during transportation. Clo sures also must be designed to prevent opening and the expul sion of lading in a rollover accident. (f) Other bulk packagings: Bulk packagings, other than those specified in paragraphs (a) through (e) of this section, which are used for the transport of elevated temperature materials, must conform to all requirements of paragraph (g) of this section on or after October 1, 1993. (g) General requirements. Bulk packagings authorized or used for transport of elevated temperature materials must conform to the following requirements: (1) Pressure and vacuum control equipment. When pressure or vacuum control equipment is required on a packaging authorized in this section, such equipment must be of a self-reclosing design, must prevent package rupture or collapse due to pressure, must prevent significant release of lading due to packaging overturn or splashing or surging during normal transport conditions, and may be external to the packaging. (1) Pressure control equipment is not required if pressure in the packaging would increase less than 10 percent as a result of heating the lading from the lowest design operating tempera ture to a temperature likely to be encountered if the packaging were engulfed in a fire. When pressure control equipment is required, it must prevent rupture of the packaging from heating, including fire engulfment. (ii) Vacuum control equipment is not required if the packaging is designed to withstand an external pressure of 100 kPa (14.5 psig) or if pressure in the packaging would decrease less than 10 percent as a result of the lading cooling from the highest design operating temperature to the lowest temperature in curred in transport. When vacuum control equipment is re quired, it must prevent collapse of the packaging from a cool ing-induced pressure differential. (iii) When the regulations require a reclosing pressure relief device, the lading must not render the devices inoperable (i.e. from clogging, freezing, or fouling). If the lading affects the proper operation of the device, the packaging must have: (A) A safety relief device incorporating a frangible disc or a permanent opening, each having a maximum effective area of 22 cm2 (3.4 in.2), for transportation by highway; (B) For transportation of asphalt by highway, a safety relief device incorporating a frangible disc or a permanent opening, each having a maximum effective area of 48 cm2 (7.4 in.2); or (C) For transportation by rail, a safety relief device incorporat ing a frangible disc, meeting the requirements of 179.15 of this subchapter. (iv) Reclosing pressure relief devices, frangible discs or permanent openings must not allow the release of lading during normal transportation conditions (i.e., due to splashing or surging). (2) Closures. All openings, except permanent vent openings au thorized in paragraph (g)(1 )(iii) of this section, must be securely closed during transportation. Packagings must be substantially leak-tight so as not to allow any more than dripping or trickling of a non-continuous flow when overturned. Closures must be designed and constructed to withstand, without exceeding the yield strength of the packaging, twice the static loading produced by the lading in any packaging orientation and at all operating temperatures. 319 ABDOO132091 173.247--173.249 April 1998 (3) Strength. Each packaging must be designed and constructed to withstand, without exceeding the yield strength of the packaging, twice the static loading produced by the lading in any orientation and at all operating temperatures. (4) Compatability. The packaging and lading must be compatible over the entire operating temperature range. (5) Markings. In addition to any other markings required by this subchapter, each packaging must be durably marked in a place readily accessible for inspection in characters at least 4.8 mm (3/16 inch) with the manufacturer's name, date of manufacture, design tem perature range, and maximum product weight (or "load limit" for tank cars) or volumetric capacity. (6) Accident damage protection. For transportation by highway, external loading and unloading valves and closures must be protected from impact damage resulting from collision or overturn. Spraying equipment and the road oil application portion of a packaging are excepted from this requirement. (7) New construction. Specification packagings that are being manufactured for the transport of elevated temperature materials must be authorized for current construction. (h) Exceptions. (1) General. Packagings manufactured for elevated temperature materials service prior to October 1,1993, which are not in full compli ance with the requirements in paragraph (g) of this section, may continue in sen/ice if they meet the applicable requirements of sub parts A and B of this part and meet the closure requirements in paragraph (g)(2) of this section by March 30, 1995. (2) Kettles. Kettles in service prior to October 1, 1993, which are used to transport asphalt or bitumen, are excepted from specific provisions of this section as follows: (i) Kettles with a total capacity of less than 2650 L (700 gallons), which are not in full compliance with the requirements of para graph (g) of this section, may continue in elevated temperature material sen/ice if they meet the applicable requirements of subparts A and B of this part and if, after March 30, 1995, closures are secured during transport to resist opening in an overturn. (ii) Kettles with a total capacity of 2650 L (700 gallons) or more, which are not in full compliance with the requirements of para graph (g) of this section, may continue in elevated temperature material service if they meet the applicable requirements of subparts A and B of this part and if, after March 30, 1995, closures are secured during transport to resist opening in an overturn and no opening exceeds 46 cm2 (7.1 in2). (3) Molten metals and molten glass. This section does not apply to packagings used for transportation of molten metals and molten glass by rail when movement is restricted to operating speeds less than 15 miles per hour. (See 172.203(g)(3) of this subchapter for shipping paper requirements.) (4) Solid elevated temperature materials. A material which meets the definition of a solid elevated temperature material is excepted from all requirements of this subchapter except 172.325 of this sub chapter. 173.249 Bromine. When172.101 of this subchapter specifies that a hazardous material be packaged under this section, only the following bulk packagings are authorized, subject to the requirements of Subparts A and B of Part 173 of this subchapter and the special provisions specified in Column 7 of the 172.101 Table. (a) Class DOT 105A300W or 105A500W tank cars. Class 105A500W tank cars may be equipped with manway cover plates, pressure relief valves, vent valves, and loading/unloading valves that are required on Class 105A-300W tank cars. Tank cars must conform with paragraphs (d) through (f) of this section. (b) Specification MC 310, MC 311, MC 312 or DOT 412 cargo tank motor vehicles conforming with paragraphs (d) through (f) of this section. The total quantity in one tank may not be less than 88 percent nor more than 96 percent of the volume of the tank. Cargo tanks in bromine service built prior to August 31,1991 may continue in service under the requirements contained in 173.252(a)(4) of this part in effect on September 30, 1991. (c) Specification IM 101 portable tanks conforming with paragraphs (d) through (f) of this section. The total quantity in one tank may not be less than 88 percent nor more than 92 percent of the volume of the tank. (d) The tank must be made from nickel-clad or lead-lined steel plate. Nickel cladding or lead lining must be on the inside of the tank. Nickel cladding must comprise at least 20 percent of the required minimum total thickness. Nickel cladding must conform to ASTM Spec ification B 162-69. Lead lining must be at least 4.763 mm (0.188 inch) thick. All tank equipment and appurtenances in contact with the lading must be lined or made from metal not subject to deterioration by contact with lading. (e) Maximum filling density is 300 percent of the tank's water capacity. Minimum filling density is 287 percent of the tank's water capacity. Maximum water capacity is 9,253 kg (20,400 pounds) for DOT 105A300W tank cars. Maximum quantity of lading in DOT 105A300W tank cars is 27,216 kg (60,000 pounds). Maximum water capacity is 16,964 kg (37,400 pounds) for DOT 105A500W tank cars and DOT 105A500W tank cars equipped as described in paragraph (a) of this section. Maximum quantity of lading in DOT 105A500W tank cars is 49,895 kg (110,000 pounds). (f) Tank shell and head thickness for cargo tank motor vehicles and portable tanks must be at least 9.5 mm (0.375 inch) excluding lead lining. 320 April 1998 ABDOO132092 173.240--173.300a PART 173 PUBLISHER S NOTE This Subpart lists the authorized packaging, both non-bulk and bulk, for Class 2 (Compressed Gases). Columns (8B) and (8C) of the Hazardous Materials Table (172.101) list the appropriate section in this Subpart identifying the authorized non-bulk and bulk packaging, respectively, fora given hazardous material. In addition, column (7) may contain additional requirement applicable to the package. Any code listed in column (7) beginning with a N applies to non-bulk packaging and with a B applies to a bulk packaging. The Subpart also outlines the procedures to become approved as an independent inspection agency. The independent agency is responsible for performing cylinder inspections and verifications when required for a cylinder specification in Subpart C of Part 178. These procedures also cover the situations when termination of an approval is authorized. The general requirements for transporting compressed gases are also addressed. This includes such regulations as who is authorized to charge the cylinder, retest, manifolding, authorized container pressure, valve protection, and conditions under which a foreign cylinder may be used. The filling of cylinders including the filling limits for various gases and mixtures in solution are specified. This includes liquefied and non-liquefied gases. Certain exceptions for compressed gases in limited quantities may be permitted if column (8A) of the Hazardous Materials Table (172.101) contains a reference to "306." The exceptions are labeling (except when offered for transportation by air) and generally packaging. The conditions that must be met to obtain an exception are spelled out in 173.304. Some compressed gases are excepted from all the regulations. These gases are outlined in 173.307. Other devices such as cigarette lighters and fire extinguishers that contain compressed gases must meet certain conditions before they can be transported. Subpart G GASES: PREPARATION AND PACKAGING 173.300 [Reserved]. l73.300a Approval of Independent Inspection agency. (a) Any person who (1) does not manufacture cylinders for use in the transportation of hazardous materials and (2) is not directly or indirectly controlled by any person or firm which manufactures cylin ders for use in the transportation of hazardous materials, may apply to the Department of Transportation for approval as an independent inspection agency for the purpose of performing cylinder inspections and verifications required by Part 178 of this subchapter. (b) Each application filed under this section for approval as an independent inspection agency must: (1) Be submitted in writing to: Associate Administrator for Hazard ous Materials Safety, U.S. Department of Transportation, Washington, D.C. 20590-0001; (2) State the name, address, principal business activity, and tele phone number of the applicant and the name and address of each facility where tests and inspections are to be performed; (3) State the name, address and principal business activity of each person having any direct or indirect ownership interest in the applicant greater than three percent and of each subsidiary or division of the applicant; (4) If the applicant is not a permanent resident of the United States, include a designation of a permanent resident of the United States as his agent for service of process in accordance with 107.7 of this title; (5) Set forth a detailed description of the inspection and testing facilities to be used by the applicant and the applicant's capability to perform the inspections and verify the tests required by Part 178 of this subchapter; (6) Identify by name each individual whom the applicant proposes to employ as an inspector responsible for certifying inspection and test results and a statement of that person's qualifications; and (7) Specify the identification or qualification number assigned to each inspector who is supervised by a certifying inspector identified in 173.300a(b)(6). <c) Upon the request of the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety, the applicant shall allow the Associate Administrator or his or her representative to inspect the applicant's inspection and testing facilities. In the case of inspection and testing facilities located outside the United States, the applicant shall bear the cost of the inspection. (d) If, on the basis of information submitted in the application and his own investigation, the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety finds that the applicant is qualified to perform the inspections and verifications required by Part 178 of this subchapter for cylinders to be used in the transportation of hazardous materials, he issues an approval subject to such terms and conditions as he considers necessary. After approval, the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety, may authorize, upon request, the independent in spection agency to perform other inspections and functions for which the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety, finds the applicant to be qualified. Such additional authorizations will be noted on each inspector's approval documents. (e) The Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety will issue an approval as an independent inspection agency for the pur pose of performing inspections and verifications within the United States to any competent and disinterested inspector of cylinders so designated by the Bureau of Explosives before May 1, 1976, who submits a copy of that designation by July 15, 1976, together with the name, the assigned identification or qualification number, and a statement of the qualifications of each person employed as an inspec tor under that designation to: Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety, U.S. Department of Transportation, Washington, DC 20590-0001. (f) Notwithstanding any requirement of this subchapter to the con trary, between May 30, 1976, and August 15, 1976, inspections and verifications required by Part 178 of this subchapter may be performed within the United States by any competent and disinterested inspector so designated by the Bureau of Explosives prior to May 1, 1976. (g) An approval issued under this section is not transferable and is effective until surrendered or withdrawn or otherwise terminated by the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety. (h) The holder of an approval issued under this section shall notify the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety within 20 days after the date there is any change in the information submitted in the application for the approval. 321 ABDOO132093 173.300a--173.301 April 1998 (I) Upon the request of the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety the holder of an approval issued under this section shall allow the Director to inspect the holder's inspection and testing facilities and shall make available for inspection the holder's records pertaining to inspections and verifications required by Part 178 of this subchapter. In the case of inspection and testing facilities located outside the United States and records made available for inspection outside the United States, the holder shall bear the costs of inspection. 173.300b Approval of non-domestic chemical analyses and tests, (a) Any person who manufactures cylinders outside the United States may apply to the Department for approval to have the chemical analyses and tests of those cylinders required by Part 178 of this subchapter performed outside the United States for the purpose of qualifying them for use in the transportation of hazardous materials to, from or within the United States. (b) Each application filed under this section for approval to perform chemical analyses and tests of cylinders outside the United States must: (1) Be submitted in writing to: Associate Administrator for Hazard ous Materials Safety, U.S. Department of Transportation, Washington, DC 20590-0001; (2) State the name, address, and telephone number of the applicant and the name, address and a description of each facility at which cylinders are to be manufactured and chemical analyses and tests are to be performed; (3) If the applicant is not a resident of the United States, include a designation of a permanent resident of the United States as his agent for sen/ice of process in accordance with 107.7 of this title; (4) Set forth complete details concerning the dimension, materials of construction, wall thickness, water capacity, shape, type of joints, location and size of openings and other pertinent physical characteris tics of each specification cylinder for which approval is being re quested. including calculations for cylinder wall stress and wall thick ness which may be shown on a drawing or on separate sheets attached to a descriptive drawing. If units of weights and measures are ex pressed in the metric system, they must also be stated in the English system equivalents; and (5) Identify the independent inspection agency to be used. (c) Upon the request of the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety the applicant shall allow the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety to inspect the applicant's cylinder manufacturing and testing facilities and shall provide such materials and cylinders for analyses and tests as the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety may specify. The applicant shall bear the cost of the inspections, analyses, and tests. (d) If, on the basis of the information submitted in the application and his own investigation, the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety finds that the applicant has the proper manufacturing equipment and facilities and is otherwise capable of insuring the proper performance of the chemical analyses and tests required by Part 178 of this subchapter for cylinders to be used in the transportation of hazardous materials, he issues an approval, subject to such terms and conditions as he considers necessary. (e) An approval issued under this section is not transferable and is effective until surrendered or withdrawn or otherwise terminated by the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety. (f) The holder of an approval issued under this section shall notify the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety within 20 days after the date there is any change in the information submitted in the application for the approval. (g) Upon the request of the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety the holder of an approval issued under this section shall allow the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety to inspect the holder's cylinder manufacturing and testing facilities, any cylinder manufactured under that approval, the holder's inspec tion and test records, and technical data files pertaining to any cylinder manufactured under that approval. In the case of facilities located outside the United States, or cylinders, records or files made available for inspection outside the United States, the holder shall bear the costs of inspection. 173.300c Termination of approval, (a) The Associate Admin istrator for Hazardous Materials Safety may terminate an approval issued under 173.300a or 173.300b of this subpart if he determines: (1) That information upon which approval was based is fraudulent or substantially erroneous; (2) That the holder has not complied with Subchapter C of this chapter; (3) That, in the case of an independent inspection agency, the agency or an employee thereof is or appears to be controlled or improperly influenced by cylinder manufacturing interests; (4) That the holder is subject to an outstanding final judgment of a Federal court which concerns the enforcement of Subchapter C of this chapter and which has not been satisfied within a reasonable period of time; or (5) That continuation of the approval is not consistent with the re quirements of transportation safety. (b) The Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety, before he terminates an approval issued under 173.300a or 173.300b of this subpart, notifies the holder in writing of the reasons therefor and provides the holder an opportunity to show why the approval should not be terminated. 173.301 General requirements for shipment of compressed gases in cylinders.1 (a) Gases capable of combining chemically. A cylinder charged with compressed gas must not contain gases or materials that are capable of combining chemically with each other or with the cylinder material so as to endanger its serviceability. See 173.34(e)(17) regarding the requalification of a cylinder that pre viously contained a corrosive liquid. (b) Ownership of container. A container charged with a com pressed gas must not be shipped unless it was charged by or with the consent of the owner of the container. (c) Retest of container. A container for which prescribed periodic retest has become due must not be charged and shipped until such retest has been properly made. (d) Manifolding containers in transportation. No means of inter connecting such as manifolding of individual containers may be em ployed for the transportation of compressed gases, except as herein after authorized. Containers so manifolded shall be supported and held together as a unit by structurally adequate means. Safety relief devices on manifolded horizontal containers charged with flammable compressed gas shall be arranged to discharge upward and unob structed to the open air in such a manner as to prevent any impinge ment of escaping gas upon the containers. (1) Manifolding is authorized for containers of the following gases: argon, air, carbon dioxide, helium, neon, nitrogen, nitrous oxide, oxy gen or sulfur hexafluoride provided that each container is individually equipped with pressure relief devices as required by 173.34(d) or 173.315(i). (2) Manifolding is authorized for specification cylinders containing the following nonliquefied gases: boron trifluoride, carbon monoxide, ethylene, hydrogen, hydrocarbon gases, methane, nitrogen trifluoride, and tetrafluoroethylene, inhibited, except that aluminum cylinders are not authorized for boron trifluoride or nitrogen trifluoride sen/ice. Indi vidual cylinders must be equipped with approved pressure relief de vices as required by 173.34(d) or 173.315(i) of this Part. Each cylinder must be equipped with an individual shutoff valve that must be tightly closed while in transit. Manifold branch lines of these and individual shutoff valves must be sufficiently flexible to prevent damage to the valves which otherwise might result from the use of rigid branch lines. A temperature measuring device may be inserted in one cylinder of a manifold installation in place of the shutoff valve. (3) Manifolding is authorized for specification cylinders containing the following gases: 1,1-difluoroethylene, ethane, ethylene, liquefied hydrocarbon gas, hydrogen chloride, liquefied petroleum gas and propylene, except that aluminum cylinders are not authorized for hy drogen chloride service, provided each cylinder is equipped with approved pressure relief devices as required by 173.34(d) or 173.315(i) of this part: and provided further, that each cylinder is equipped with an individual shutoff valve that must be tightly closed while in transit. Each cylinder must be separately charged and means must be provided to insure that no interchange of cylinder contents can occur during transportation. Manifold branch lines to these individual shutoff valves must be sufficiently flexible to prevent injury to the valves which otherwise might result from the use of rigid branch lines. 'Use ol existing cylinders authorized, but new construction not authorized. 322 PART 173 ABDOO132094 April 1998 173.301--173.302 (4) Manifolding is authorized for containers of acetylene, provided that each container is individually equipped with approved safety relief devices as required by 173.34(d); And further provided, That each container is equipped with an individual shutoff valve, or valves, which shall be tightly closed while in transit. Manifold branch lines to these individual shutoff valves shall be sufficiently flexible to prevent injury to the valves which otherwise might result from the use of rigid branch lines. All manifold containers shall be transported in a vertical position. For the checking of tare weights or for replacement of solvent the container shall be removed from the manifold. This requirement is not intended to prohibit the charging of the acetylene cylinders while manifolded. (5) Manifolding is authorized for cargo tanks of the following gas provided individual cargo tanks are equipped with the safety relief valves and gaging devices, as required by 173.315(h) and (i); And further provided, That each cargo tank is equipped with individual valve, or valves, which shall be tightly closed while in transit and that each such container must be separately charged: Anhydrous ammonia. (e) Container pressure. The pressure in the container at 70F. must not exceed the service pressure for which the container is marked or designated, except as provided in 173.302(c). Note 1: In certain cases with liquefied gases the pressure at 70F. must be lower than the marked service pressure to avoid having a greater pressure at a temperature of 130F. than is permitted. (1) For authorized containers not marked with a service pressure, the service pressure is designated as follows: Specification marking DOT 3............................................................................................. 3E.......................................................................................... 4............................................................................................. 6............................................................................................. 9............................................................................................. 25.......................................................................................... 33.......................................................................................... 38.......................................................................................... 40.......................................................................................... 41.......................................................................................... Service pressure--psig 1,800 1,800 300 250 200 300 480 250 200 240 (2) For containers made prior to the effective date of specifications, the service pressure is designated as the same as for the same type of container made in accordance with current specifications. (f) Container pressure at 130F. The pressure in the container at 130F. shall not exceed 5/4 times the service pressure, except: (1) Containers charged with acetylene, liquefied nitrous oxide and liquefied carbon dioxide. (2) When a cylinder is charged in accordance with 173.302(c), the pressure in the cylinder at 130F. must not exceed 5/4 times the filling pressure authorized therein. (g) Container valve protection. Containers charged with flamma ble, corrosive, or noxious gases, must have their valves protected by one of the following methods: (1) By equipping the containers with securely attached metal caps of sufficient strength to protect the valves from injury during transit. (2) By boxing or crating the containers so as to give proper protec tion to the valves. (3) By so constructing the containers that the valve is recessed into the container or otherwise protected so that it will not be subjected to a blow when the container is dropped on a flat surface. (4) By loading the containers compactly in an upright position and securely bracing in cars or motor vehicles, when loaded by the con signor and to be unloaded by the consignee. (5) By equipping with valves strong enough to avoid damage during transit for containers containing non-liquefied gas under pressure not exceeding 300 psi at 70F. (h) Compressed gas containers. Compressed gases must be in metal containers built in accordance with the DOT specifications, as shown below, in effect at the time of manufacture, and marked as required by the specification and the regulation for retesting if appli cable; Packagings DOT-2P 20 ICC-31 DOT-3A DOT-3AL DOT-3AX 3A480X 3AA DOT-3AAX 3B 3BN 3C DOT-3D 3E 3HT DOT-3T 4 4A 4AA 4B 4B240FLW 4B240X1 4BA DOT-4BW 4B2 40ET 4C 4D 4DA 4DS 4E 4L 5 5F 6 DOT-8AL 9.' ICC-25.1 26.' 33.' 38.' DOT-39. 40.' 41.' 'Use of existing cylinders authorized, but new construction not authorized. (1) Foreign cylinders In domestic use. Except as provided in paragraph (j) of this section, a charged cylinder manufactured outside the United States may not be offered for transportation to, from, or within the United States unless it has been manufactured, inspected, and tested in accordance with the applicable DOT specification set forth in Part 178 of this subchapter. (j) Charging of foreign cylinders for export. (1) A cylinder manu factured outside the United States that has not been manufactured, inspected, tested and marked in accordance with part 178 of this subchapter may be charged with compressed gas in the United States, and shipped solely for export if it meets the following require ments, in addition to other requirements of the subchapter: (i) It has been inspected, tested and marked (with only the month and year of retest) in conformance with the procedures and requirements of 173.34(e) or the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety has authorized the charging com pany to fill foreign cylinders under an alternative method of qualification; and (ii) It meets the maximum filling density and service pressure re quirements of this part. (2) The bill of lading or other shipping paper must identify the cylinder and carry the following certification: "This cylinder has [These cylinders have] been retested and refilled in accordance with DOT requirements for export." (k) Outside packagings. Specifications 2P, 20, 3E, 3HT, 4BA spherical type, 4D, 4DA, 4DS, 9,1 39, 40,1 and 411 must be shipped in strong outside packagings, except that the 4BA spherical type may be securely mounted on pallets to provide protection for the spheres and any attachments. 0) Outside packaging must provide protection for the cylinder. Unless the cylinder has a protective collar or neck ring, the outside packaging must provide protection to the valve against accidental functioning and damage. (l) Specifications 3AX, 3AAX, and 3T cylinders are authorized for transportation only when horizontally mounted on a motor vehicle or in an ISO framework or other framework of equivalent structural integrity. Cylinders may be transported in COFC or TOFC sen/ice only under conditions approved by the Associate Administrator for Safety, Federal Railroad Administration. Cylinder valves and safety devices must be protected as follows: (1) Each cylinder must be fixed at one end of the vehicle or frame work with provision for thermal expansion at the opposite end at tachment. (2) The valve and safety relief device protective structure must be sufficiently strong to withstand a force equal to twice the weight in volved with a safety factor of four, based on the ultimate strength of the material used; and (3) Each discharge for a safety relief device on a cylinder containing a flammable gas must be upward and unobstructed. 173.302 Charging of cylinders with non-liquefied com pressed gases, (a) Detailed requirements. Nonliquefied com pressed gases (except gas in solution) for which charging require ments are not definitely prescribed in 173.304(a)(2) must be shipped, subject to 173.301, and 173.305 in specification containers as follows: (1) Specification 3,1 3A, 3AA, 3B, 3C,' 3D,' 3E, 4,1 4A,1 4B, 4BA, 4BW, 4C,1 25,1 26', 33,' or 381 (178.36, 178.37, 178.38, 178.42, 178.50, 178.51, 178.61 of this subchapter). See 173.34 and 173.301(e). 'Use of existing cylinders authorized, but new construction not authorized. 323 ABDOO132095 173.302--173.303 April 1998 Note 1: Authorized cylinders containing oxygen which is continuously ted to tanks containing live fish may be shipped irrespective of the provisions of 173.24. (2) Specification 3HT (178.44 of this subchapter) cylinders for aircraft use only, having a maximum service life of 24 years. Authorized only for nonflammable gases. Cylinders must be equipped with safety relief devices only of the frangible disc type which meet the require ments of 173.34(d). Each frangible disc must have a rated bursting pressure which does not exceed 90 percent of the minimum required test pressure of the cylinder. Discs with fusible metal backing are not permitted. Spec. 3HT cylinders may be shipped only when packed in strong outside packagings. (3) Specification 3AX, 3AAX, or 3T (178.36, 178.37, 178.45 of this subchapter) cylinders are authorized only for the following nonliquefied gases: air, argon, boron trifluoride, carbon monoxide, ethane, ethyene, helium, hydrogen, methane, neon, nitrogen, or oxygen, ex cept that specification 3T is not authorized for hydrogen. As used in this paragraph methane is a nonliquefied gas which has a minimum purity of 98.0 percent methane and which is commercially free of corroding components. (4) Specification 39 (178.65 of this subchapter) Cylinder. For flam mable gases, internal volume may not exceed 75 cubic inches. Alumi num cylinders are authorized for oxygen only under the following conditions: (i) Cylinder threads must be straight threads; (ii) Cylinder must be equipped only with brass or stainless steel valve; and (iii) Each cylinder must be cleaned in compliance with the require ments of Federal Specification RR-C-901C, dated January 15, 1981, paragraphs 3.7.2 and 3.8.2. Cleaning agents equivalent to those specified in RR-C-901c, may be used; however any cleaning agent must not be capable of reacting with oxygen. One cylinder selected at random from a group of 200 or less cleaned at the same time, must be tested for oil contamination in accordance with specification RR-C-901c, paragraph 4.4.2.3 and meet the standard of cleanliness specified. (5) Specification 3AL (178.46 of this subchapter) cylinders are authorized only for the following nonliquefied gases: air, argon, carbon monoxide, diborane, ethylene, helium, mercury free hydrogen, kryp ton, methane, nitrogen, neon, oxygen and xenon. Flammable gases shipped in 3AL cylinders are authorized only when transported by highway, rail and cargo-only aircraft. When used in oxygen service, aluminum cylinders must be in compliance with the following condi tions: (i) Cylinder must be equipped only with brass or stainless steel valve; (ii) Cylinder must have only straight threads in the opening; (iii) Each cylinder must be cleaned in compliance with the require ments of Federal Specification RR-C-901c, dated August 1, 1967, paragraphs 3.7.2, and 3.8.2. Cleaning agents equivalent to those specified in RR-C-901c may be used; however, any cleaning agent must not be capable of reacting with oxygen. One cylinder selected at random from a group of 200 or less, cleaned at the same time, must be tested for oil contamination in accordance with Specification RR-C-901c, paragraph 4.4.2.3, and meet the standard of cleanliness specified; and (iv) The pressure in the cylinder may not exceed 3,000 psig at 70F. (b) Filling limits. (See 173.30l(e).) (c) Special filling limits for Specifications 3A, 3AX, 3AA, 3AAX, and 3T cylinders. Specifications 3A, 3AX, 3AA, 3AAX, and 3T (178.36, 178.37, 178.45 of this subchapter) cylinders may be charged with compressed gases, other than liquefied, dissolved, poi sonous, or flammable gases to a pressure 10 percent in excess of their marked service pressure, provided: (1) That such cylinders are equipped with frangible disc safety relief devices (without fusible metal backing) having a bursting pressure not exceeding the minimum prescribed test pressure. (2) That the elastic expansion shall have been determined at the time of the last test or retest by the water jacket method. (3) That either the average wall stress or the maximum wall stress does not exceed the wall stress limitation shown in the following table (see Notes 1,2 and 3): Type of steel Average wall stress limitation Maximum wall stress limitation Plain carbon steels over 0.35 carbon and medium manganese steels................................................. 53.000 58,000 Steels of analysis and heat-treatment specified in spec. 3AA...................... ......................... 67,000 73.000 Steel of analysis and heat treatment specified in Spec DOT-3T................................................................................... 87,000 94,000 Plain carbon steels less than 0.35 carbon made prior to 1920 .......................................................................................... 45,000 48,000 Note 1. The average wall stress shall be computed from the elastic expansion data using the following formula: S = 1 7 EEJKV - 0.4P where: S = wall stress, pounds per square inch; EE = elastic expansion (total less permanent) in cubic centimeters, K = factor x 10'7, experimentally determined for the particular type of cylinder being tested, or derived in accordance with CGA Pamphlet C-5; V = internal volume in cubic centimeter (1 cubic inch = 16.387 cubic centimeters); P = test pressure, pounds per square inch. Formula derived from formula ol Note 2 and the following: (PKVD2) EE = (Ct-d2) Note 2: The maximum wall stress shall be computed from the formula: where: (PlUtf + fUd*)) S- (D2-^) S = wall stress, pounds per square inch, P = test pressure, pounds per square inch; D = outside diameter, inches; d = D - 21, where t = minimum wall thickness determined by a suitable method Note 3. Compliance with average wall stress limitation may be determined through computa tion of the elastic expansion rejection limit in accordance with CGA Pamphlet C-5 or through the use of the manufacturer's marked elastic expansion rejection limit (REE) on the cylinder. (4) That an external and internal visual examination made at the time of test or retest shows the cylinder to be free from excessive corrosion, pitting, or dangerous defects. (5) That a plus sign (+) be added following the test date marking on the cylinder to indicate compliance with paragraphs (c), (2), (3), and (4) of this section. (d) Fluorine. Fluorine must be shipped in Specification 3A1000, 3AA1000, or 3BN400 (178.36, 178.37 or 178.39 of this subchapter) cylinders without safety relief device and equipped with valve protec tion cap. Such containers must not be charged to over 400 psig at 70F. and must not contain over 6 pounds of gas. (e) Verification of container pressure. (1) Each day, the pressure in a container representative of that day's compression must be checked by the charging plant after the container has cooled to a settled temperature and a record of this test kept for at least 30 days. (f) Carbon monoxide. Carbon monoxide must be shipped in a Specification 3A, 3AX, 3AA, 3AAX, 3AL, 3,3E, or 3T (178.36,178.37, 178.46,178.42,178.45 of this subchapter) cylinder having a minimum service pressure of 1,800 psig. The pressure in the cylinder must not exceed 1000 psig at 70F. except that if the gas is dry and sulfur free, a cylinder may be charged to five-sixths of the cylinder service pressure or 2,000 psig, whichever is the lesser. Specification 3AL cylinders are authorized only when transported by highway, rail and cargo-only aircraft. (g) Diborane and diborane mixtures. Diborane and diborane mixed with compatible compressed gas in Specification 3AA1800 (178.37 of this subchapter), cylinders. The maximum filling density of the diborane shall not exceed 7 percent. Diborane mixed with compatible compressed gas must not have a pressure exceeding the service pressure of the cylinder if complete decomposition of the diborane occurs. Cylinder valves must be protected either by metal caps or by over packing cylinder in strong wooden boxes. (h) Poisonous mixtures. Cylinders containing poison gases and poison gas mixtures meeting Division 2.3 Hazard Zone A must conform to the requirements of 173.40 of this part. 173.303 Charging of cylinders with compressed gas in solu tion (acetylene), (a) Cylinder, filler and solvent requirements. (Refer to applicable parts of Specification 8 and 8AL.) Acetylene gas must be shipped in Specification 8 or 8AL (178.59 or 178.60 of this subchapter) cylinders. The cylinders shall consist of metal shells filled with a porous material, and this material must be charged with a 324 PART 173 ABDOO132096 April 1998 173.303--173.304 suitable solvent. The cylinders containing the porous material and solvent, shall be tested with satisfactory results in accordance with CGA Pamphlet C-12. Representative samples of cylinders charged with acetylene shall be tested with satisfactory results in accordance with CGA Pamphlet C-12. (1) The specific gravity of acetone solvent in acetylene cylinders must be 0.796 or over at 15.5C. (59.9F.). (2) The amount of solvent added in the refilling operation must not cause the tare weight of the cylinder to exceed its marked tare weight. The tare weight includes the weight of the cylinder shell, porous filling, valve, safety relief devices and solvent, but without removable cap. (b) Filling limits. The pressure in cylinders containing acetylene gas must not exceed 250 psi at 70F., and in case the cylinders are marked for a lower allowable charging pressure, at 70F., then that pressure must not be exceeded. (c) Data requirements on filler and solvent. Cylinders containing acetylene gas must not be shipped unless they were charged by or with the consent of the owner, and by a person, firm, or company having possession of complete information as to the nature of the porous filling, the kind and quantity of solvent in the cylinders, and the meaning of such markings on the cylinders as are prescribed by the Department's regulations and specifications applying to containers for the transportation of acetylene gas. Verification of container pressure. (1) Each day, the pressure in a container representative of that day's compression must be checked bythe charging plant afterthe container has cooled to a settled tempera ture and a record of this test kept for at least 30 days. (e) Prefill requirements. Before each filling of an acetylene cylin der, the person filling the cylinder must visually inspect the outside of the cylinder in accordance with the prefill requirements contained in CGA Pamphlet C--13, Section 3. 173.304 Charglngof cylinders with liquefied compressed gas. (a) Detailed charging requirements. Liquefied gases shall be charged in accordance with the specific provisions of paragraph (a)(2) of this section or paragraph (e) of this section. Where charging require ments are not specifically prescribed, liquefied gases, except gas in solution, must be shipped, subject to the applicable paragraphs under General Requirements for Shipment (see 173.301), the charging requirements of this section for liquefied compressed gas, or the charging requirements for mixtures (see 173.305), in containers man ufactured under specifications, as follows: (1) Specification 3,1 3A, 3AA, 3B, 3BN, 3D,1 3E, 4,1 4A,1 4B, 4BA, 4B240ET, 4BW, 4E, 9,125,126.138,139,40,1 or411 {178.36,178.37, 178.38, 178.39, 178.42, 178.50, 178.51, 178.55, 178.61, 178.65, 178.68 of this subchapter), except that no Specification 4E, 9. 39, 40, 41 packaging may be charged and shipped with a mixture containing a pyroforic liquid, carbon bisulfide (disulfide), ethyl chloride, ethylene oxide, nickel carbonyl, spirits of nitroglycerin, or poisonous material (Division 6.1 or 2.3), unless specifically authorized in this part. 'Use ol existing cylinders authorized, but new construction not authorized. (2) The following requirements must be complied with for the gases named (for cryogenic liquids, see 173.316): Kind of gas Anhydrous ammonia....................................................................... Bromotrifluoromethane (R-13B1 or H-1301).............................................................. Carbon dioxide, (see Notes 4, 7, and 8).................................................................... Carbon dioxide, refrigerated liquid (see paragraph (h))........................................ Chlorine (see Note 2)...................................................................................................... Chlorodifluroethane (R-I42b) or l-chloro-1, 1-diiluoro-ethane (see Note 8) . . . Chlorapentafluoroethane (R-115) (see Note 8) ........................................................ Chlorotrifluoromethane (R-13) (see Note 8) .............................................................. Cyclopropane (see Notes 8 and 9)............................................................................. Dichlorodifluoromethane (R-12) (see Note 8) ........................................................... Dichlorodifluoromethane and difluoroethane mixture (constant boiling mixture) (R-500) (see Note 8) Difluoroethane (R-lS2a) (see Note 8).......................................................................... 1,1-Difluoroethylene (R-1132A)................................................................................... Dimethylamine, anhydrous............................................................................................. Ethane (see Notes 8 and 9).......................................................................................... Ethane (see Notes 8 and 9).......................................................................................... Ethylene (see Notes 8 and 9)....................................................................................... Ethylene (see Notes 8 and 9)....................................................................................... Ethylene (see Notes 8 and 9)....................................................................................... Hydrogen chloride......................................................................................................... Maximum permitted filling density (percent) (see Note 1) 54.................................. 124............................... 68.................................. 125............................... 100............................... 105............................... 110............................... 100............................... 55.................................. 119............................... Not liquid full at 130`F 79.................................. 73.................................. 59.................................. 35.8............................... 36.6............................... 31.0............................... 32.5............................... 35 5 ............................... 65.................................. Containers marked as shown in this column or of the same type with higher service pressure must be used except as provided In |173.34(a), (b), 173.301(1) (see notes following table) DOT-4; DOT-3A480; DOT-3AA480; DOT-3A480X: DOT-4A480; OOT-3; DOT-4AA480; DOT-3E1800; DOT-3AL480. DOT-3A400; DOT-3AA400; DOT-3B400, DOT-4A400; DOT-4AA480; DOT-46400; DOT-4BA400; DOT-4BW400; DOT-3E1800; DOT-39; DOT-3AL400. DOT-3A1800; DOT3AX1800; DOT-3AA1800; DOT-3AAX1800; OOT-3; DOT-3E1800; DOT-3T1800; DOT-3HT2000; DOT-39; DOT-3AL1800. DOT-4L. DOT-3A480; OOT-3AA480; DOT-25; DOT-3; DOT-3BN480; DOT-3E1800. DOT-3A150; DOT-3AA150; DOT-3B150; DOT-4B150; DOT-48A225; DOT-4BW225; DOT-3E1800; DOT-39, DOT-3AL150. DOT-3A240; DOT-3AA240; DOT-3B240; DOT-4B240; DOT-4BA240: DOT-4BW240; DOT-4B240ET; DOT-4E240; DOT-39, DOT-41; DOT-3E1800; DOT-3ALA240. DOT-3A22S; DOT-3AA225; DOT-3B225; DOT-4A225; DOT-4BA225; DOT-4B225; DOT-4BW225; DOT-3E1800; DOT-39; DOT-3AL225. DOT-3A1800; DOT-3AA1800; OOT-3. DOT-3E1800: DOT-39; DOT-SALS 800. DOT-3A225; DOT-3A480X. DOT-3AA225, DOT-3B225; DOT-4A225; DOT-4AA480, DOT-4B225; DOT-4BA225; OOT-4BW225; DOT-4B240ET; DOT-3; DOT-3E1800; DOT-39; DOT-3AL225. DOT-3A225; DOT-3AA225; DOT-38225; DOT-4A225; DOT-4B22S; DOT-4BA22S; DOT-4BW225; DOT-48240ET; DOT-4E225; DOT-9; DOT-39; DOT-41; DOT-3E1800; DOT-3AL22S. DOT-3A240; DOT-3AA240; DOT-3B240; DOT-3E1800; DOT-4A240; DOT-4B240; DOT-4BA240; DOT-48W240; DOT-4E240; DOT-9, DOT-39. DOT-3A150: DOT-3AA150; DOT-3B150; DOT-4B150; OOT-4BA225; DOT-4BW225; DOT-3E1800; DOT-3AL150. DOT-3A2200. DOT-3AA2200, DOT-3AX2200, DOT-3AAX2200. DOT-3T2200, DOT-39. OOT-3A150; DOT-3AA150; DOT-38150; DOT-4B150. DOT-4BA225, DOT-4BW225; ICC-3E1800. DOT-3A1800; DOT-3AX1800; DOT-3AA1800; DOT-3AAX1800; DOT-3; DOT-3E1800; DOT-3T1800; DOT-39, DOT-3AL1800. DOT-3A2000; DOT-3AX2000: DOT-3AA2000; DOT-3AAX2000; DOT-3T2000: DOT-39; DOT-3AL2000. DOT-3A1800; DOT-3AX1800; DOT-3AA18O0; DOT-3AAX1800: OOT-3; DOT-3E1800; DOT-3T1800; DOT-39, OOT-3AL1800. DOT-3A2000; DOT-3AX2000; DOT-3AA2000; DOT-3AAX2000; DOT-3T2000; DOT-39; DOT-3AL2000. DOT-3A2400; DOT-3AX2400; DOT-3AA2400; DOT-3AAX2400, DOT-3T2400; DOT-39; DOT-3AL2400. OOT-3A1800; DOT-3AA1800; DOT-3AX1800; DOT-3AAX1800; DOT-3; DOT-3T1BOO; DOT-3E1800. 325 ABDOO132097 173.304 April 1998 Kind of g8s Hydrogen sulfide (see Note 10)................................................. ... Insecticide, liquefied gas (see Notes 8 and 12) . . Maximum permitted filling density (per cent) (see Note 1) 62 5 . . . Not liquid full at 130F Containers marked as shown In this column or of the same type with higher service pressure must be used except as provided in 173.34(a), (b), 173.301(1) (see notes following table) DOT-3A480, DOT-3AA480. DOT-3B480; DOT-4A480. DOT-4B480; DOT-4BA480; OOT4BW480. DOT-26-480. DOT-3E1800; DOT-3AL480 DOT-3A300; DOT-3AA300; DOT-3B300. DOT-4B3O0. DOT-4BA300. DOT-4BW300; DOT-9; DOT-40; DOT-41, DOT-3E1800. Liquefied nonflammable gases, liquid other than those classified as flammable, corrosive, or poisonous, and mixtures or solutions thereof, charged with nitro gen, carbon dioxide, or air (see Notes 7 and 8) Methytacetylene-propadiene, stabilized (see Note 5) . Not liquid full at 130F Not liquid full at 130F Specification packaging authorized in paragraph (a)(1) of this section and DOT-3HT, 00T-4D. DOT-4DA. DOT-4DS. DOT-4B240, without brazed seams. DOT-4BA240, without brazed seams. DOT-3A240. DOT-3AA240. DOT-3B240; DOT-3E1800; DOT-4BW240. DOT-4E240; DOT-4B240ET. DOT-4, DOT-41. DOT-3AL240 Methyl chloride....................................................................... ... 84 DOT-3A225. DOT-3AA225. DOT-3B225. DOT-4A225, DOT-4B225. DOT-4BA225, DOT-4BW225; DOT-3. OOT-4. DOT-25. DOT-26-300; DOT-38. DOT-3E1800, DOT-4B240ET Cylinders complying with DOT-3A150; DOT-3B150. DOT-4A150. and DOT-4B150 manufactured prior to Dec 7, 1936 are also authorized Methyl mercaptan........................................................... 80 . DOT-3A240; DOT-3AA240. DOT-3B240; DOT-4B240; DOT-4B240ET. DOT-3E1800, DOT-4BA240; DOT-4BW240 Monomethylamine, anhydrous 60 . . DOT-3A150; DOT-3AA150; DOT-3B150; DOT-4B150. DOT-4BA225, DOT-4BW225, DOT-3E1800. Nitrosyl chloride .................................................................... Nitrous oxide (see Notes 7, 6, and 11)....................................................................... 110 . . 68 . . DOT-38N400 only DOT-3A1800; DOT-3AX1800. DOT-3AA1800; DOT-3AAX1800; DOT-3; DOT-3E1800. DOT-3T1800; DOT-3HT2000; DOT-39. DOT-3AL1B00. Nitrous oxide, refrigerated liquid (see paragraph (h)) . Refrigerant gas, n.o.s. or Dispersant gas. n.o.s. (see Notes 8 and 13) Not liquid full at 130F DOT-4L. DOT-3A240; DOT-3AA240; DOT-3B240. DOT-3E1800; DOT-4A240. DOT-4B240; DOT-4BA240, DOT-4BW240. DOT-4E240; DOT-9, DOT-39. DOT-3AL240 Sulfur dioxide (see Note 8) . . . ...................... 125 . DOT-3A225. DOT-3AA225, DOT-3B225. DOT-4A225. DOT-4B225. DOT-4BA225. DOT-4BW225. DOT-4B240ET, DOT-3. DOT-4; DOT-25. DOT-26-150; DOT-38; DOT-39. DOT-3E1800: DOT-3AL225 Sulfur hexafluoride...................... ..... 120 DOT-3A1000; DOT-3AA1000. DOT-3AAX2400; DOT-3. DOT-3E1800; DOT-3AL1000; DOT-3T1B00 Sulluryl fluoride............................... ..................................... 106 DOT-3A480; DOT-3AA480; DOT-3E18O0; DOT-4B480; DOT-4BA480; DOT-4BW480 Tetrafluoroethyiene, inhibited..................................... ........................... 90 DOT-3A1200; OOT-3AA1200. DOT-3E1800. Triftuorochloroethylene ................................................. 115 DOT-3A3O0. DOT-3AA300. DOT-3B300. DOT-4A300. DOT-4B300; DOT-4BA300, DOT-4BW300; DOT-3E1800. Trimethylamine, anhydrous........................................... ... 57 DOT-3A150. DOT-3AA150; DOT-3B150; OOT-4B1SO; DOT-4BA225; DOT-4BW225; DOT3E1800. Vinyl chloride (see Note 5) ..................................... ............................ 84 DOT-4B150. without brazed seams. DOT-4BA225. without brazed seams. DOT-48W225, DOT-3A150. DOT-3AA150. DOT-25. DOT-3E1800; DOT-3AL150 Vinyl fluoride, inhibited ............................... 62 DOT-3A1800. DOT-3AA1800, DOT-3E1800; DOT-3AL1800 Vinyl methyl ether (see Note 5). 68 0OT-4B150. without brazed seams. OOT-4BA225. without brazed seams. DOT-4BW225. DOT-3A150; DOT-3AA150. DOT-3B1SO. DOT-25, DOT-3E1800. Note 1 The 'filling density' is hereby defined as the percent ratio of the weight of gas in a container to the weight of water that the container will hold at 60F (1 lb. of water= 27 737 cubic inches at 60F.) Note 2 Cylinders purchased after Oct 1. 1944, for the transportation of chlorine must contain no aperture other than that provided in the neck of the cylinder for attachment of a valve equipped with an approved safety relief device. Cylinders purchased after Nov 1. 1935, and charged with chlorine must not contain over 150 pounds of gas Note 3: [Reserved] Note 4 Special carbon dioxide mining devices containing a heating element and charged with not over 6 pounds of carbon dioxide may be filled to a density of not over 85 per cent, provided the cylinder is made of steel with a calculated bursting pressure in excess of 39.000 psi. be fitted with a frangible disc that will operate at not over 57 percent of that pressure, and be able to withstand a drop of 10 feet when striking crosswise on a steel rail while under a pressure of at least 3,000 psi Such devices must be shipped m strong boxes or must be wrapped in heavy burlap and bound by 12-gauge wire with the wire completely covered by friction tape Wrapping must be applied so as not to interfere with the functioning of the frangible disc safety relief device. Shipments must be described as 'liquefied carbon dioxide gas (mining device)' and marked, labeled, and certified as prescribed (or liquefied carbon dioxide. Note 5: All parts of valve and safety relief devices in contact with contents of cylinders must be ol a metal or other material, suitably treated if necessary, which will not cause formation of any acetylides. Note 6 [Reserved] Note 7 Specification 3HT cylinders lor aircraft use only having a maximum service life of 24 years Authorized only for nonflammable gases. Cylinders must be equipped with pressure relief devices only of the frangible disc type which meet the requirements of l73 34(d) Each frangible disc must have a rated bursting pressure which does not exceed 90 percent of the minimum required test pressure of the cylinder. Discs with fusible metal backing are not permitted Cylinders may be shipped only when packed in strong outside packagmgs Note 8 See l73.30l(k). Note 9 When used for shipment of flammable gases, the internal volume of a specification 39 cylinder must not exceed 75 cubic inches. Note 10 Each valve outlet must be sealed by a threaded cap or a threaded solid plug Note 11. See i73.304(a)(4) Note 12: For an insecticide gas which is nonpoisonous and nonflammable, see l73.305(c) Note 13: For a refrigerant or dispersant gas which is nonpoisonous and nonflammable, see 173 304(e) (3) Specification 3AL (178.46 of this subchapter) cylinders are authorized for the following liquefied gases: cyclobutane, hydrogen selenide, propylene, silane, carbonyl sulfide, vinyl bromide, and di methyl ether. Shipments of flammable gases are authorized only when transported by highway, rail and cargo aircraft only. (4) Specification DOT 3AL (178.46 of this subchapter) cylinders when used in nitrous oxide service must be in compliance with the following conditions: (i) Cylinder must be equipped only with brass or stainless steel valve; and (ii) Each cylinder must be cleaned in compliance with the require ments of Federal Specification RR-C-901C paragraphs 3.7.2 and 3.8.2. Cleaning agents equivalent to those specified in RR-C-901C may be used; however, any cleaning agent must not be capable of reacting with oxygen. One cylinder selected at random from a group of 200 or less cleaned at the same time must be tested for oil contamination in accordance with Specification RR-C-901C paragraph 4.4.2.3 and meet the stan dard of cleanliness specified. (b) Filling limits. Except for carbon dioxide, 1,1-Difluoroethylene 326 ABDOO132098 April 1998 173.304 PART 173 (R-1132A), nitrous oxide and vinyl fluoride, inhibited, the liquid portion of a liquefied gas must not completely fill the packaging at any temper ature up to and including 130F. The liquid portion of vinyl fluoride, inhibited, may completely fill the cylinder at 130F provided the pres sure at the critical temperature does not exceed one and one-fourth times the sen/ice pressure. (c) Verification of content in cylinder. (1) Liquefied gases must be charged by weight, by volume measurement of liquid, charging line, by the use of proper scales, or when lower in pressure than required for liquefaction a pressure-temperature chart may be used in charging to insure that the service pressure at 70F. times 5/4 will not be exceeded at 130F. (2) Except as noted in paragraph (d)(4) of this section, the amount of liquefied gas charged into a container must be determined by weight, or if charged at a pressure lower than the liquefaction point, by pressure shown on a chart for the specific gas. Weight must be checked, after disconnecting from the charging line, by the use of proper scales. (d) Requirements for liquefied petroleum gas. (1) Filling density limited as follows: Minimum Maximum filling density specific gravity in percent of the water- of the liquid weight capacity of material at 60*F. the container Minimum Maximum filling density specific gravity in percent of the water- of the liquid weight capacity of material at 60'F. the container 0.271-0.289 . . . 26 0.504-0.510 . . 42 0.290-0.306 . . . 27 0 511-0 519 . . 43 0.307-0.322 . . . 28 0 520-0 527 . . 44 0.323-0.338 . . . 29 0 528-0 536 . . 45 0.339-0.354 . . . 30 0 537-0.544 . . 46 0.355-0.371 . . . 31 0.54S-0.5S2 . . 47 0.372-0.398 . . . 32 0.553-0.560 . . 48 0.399-0.425 . . . 33 0.561-0.568 . . 49 0.426-0.440 . . . 34 0.569-0.576 . . 50 0.441-0.452 . . . 35 0.577-0.584 . . 51 0.453-0.462 . . . 36 0.585-0.592 . . 52 0.463-0.472 . . . 37 0.593-0.600 . . 53 0.473-0.480 . . . 38 0.601-0.608 . . 54 0.481-0.488 . . . 39 0.609-0.617 . . 55 0.489-0.495 . . . 40 0.618-0.626 . . 56 0.496-0.503 . . . 41 0.627-0.634 . . 57 (2) Subject to 173.301(f), any filling density percentage pre scribed in this section is authorized to be increased by 2 for liquefied petroleum gas in Specification 26 or 3 cylinders or in Spec. 3A marked for 1,800 psig, or higher, service pressure. (3) Liquefied petroleum gas must be shipped in specification con tainers as follows: (i) Specification 3,1 3A, 3AA, 3B, 3E, 3AL, 4B, 4BA, 4B240FLW, 4B240ET, 4BW, 4B240X,1 4E, 4,1 4A\ 9,1 25,1 26,1 38,1 39. or 411 (178.36,178.37, 178.38,178.42,178.46,178.50,178.51, 178.54,178.55,178.61,178.65,178.68 of this subchapter) cyl inders. The internal volume of a Specification 39 cylinder must not exceed 75 cubic inches. Shipments of flammable gases in 3AL cylinders are authorized only when transported by high way, rail and cargo-only aircraft. Note 1: Cylinders marked as complying with DOT Spec. 4B240FLW bearing manu facturer's symbol WCO and serial numbers 47A-1 to 47A-59200, inclusive, varying Irom the specification requirements as to physical properties of steel, are authorized for the transportation of liquefied petroleum gases. (ii) Additional containers may be used within the limits of quantity and pressure as follows: Maximum capacity Type of container Cubic inches Gallons Maximum charging pressure--p.s.i.g. DOT-2P or DOT-2Q............ (see Note i) 31.83 45 p.s.i.g. at 70F. and 105 p.s.i.g. at 130F. (see Note 2). DOT-2P or DOT-2Q............ (see Note 1) 31.83 35 p.s.i.g. at 70*F. and 100 p.s.i.g. at 130F. DOT-3C or DOT-4C............ 3.881 16+5% 145 p.s.i.g. at 130F. tolerance Note 1: Containers must be packed in strong wooden or fiber boxes of such design as to protect vafves from injury or accidental functioning under conditions incident to transportation. Each completed container filled for shipment must have been heated until contents reached a minimum temperature of t30F., without evidence of leakage, distortion, or other defect. Each outside shipping container must be plainly marked "INSIDE CONTAINERS COMPLY WITH PRESCRIBED SPECIFICATIONS.'' Note 2; Containers must be equipped with safety relief devices which will prevent rupture of the containers and dangerous projection of the closing devices when the containers are exposed to the action of fire. (4) Verification of content. Containers with a water capacity of 200 pounds or more and for use with a liquefied petroleum gas with a specific gravity at 60F. of 0.504 or greater may have their contents determined by using a fixed length dip tube gauging device. The length of the dip tube shall be such that when a liquefied petroleum gas with a specific volume of 0.03051 cu. ft./lb. at a temperature of 40F. is charged into the container it just reaches the bottom of the tube. The weight of this liquid shall not exceed 42 percent of the water capacity of the container which must be stamped thereon. The length of the dip tube, expressed in inches carried out to one decimal place and prefixed with the letters "DT" shall be stamped on the container and on the exterior of removable type dip tube; for the purpose of this requirement the marked length shall be expressed as the distance measured along the axis of a straight tube from the top of the boss through which the tube is inserted to the proper level of the liquid in the container. The length of each dip tube shall be checked when installed by weighing each container after filling except when installed in groups of substantially identical containers in which case one of each 25 containers shall be weighed. The quantity of liquefied gas in each container must be checked by means of the dip tube after disconnecting from the charging line. The outlet from the dip tube shall be not larger than a No. 54 drill size orifice. A container represen tative of each day's filling at each charging plant shall have its contents checked by weighing after disconnecting from the charging line. (e) Refrigerant gases. Refrigerant gases which are nonpoisonous and nonflammable under this part, must be shipped in cylinders as prescribed in paragraph (a)(1) or (2) of this section, or as follows: (1) Specifications 2P and 2Q (178.33, 178.33a of this subchap ter). Inside metal containers packed in a strong wooden or fiberboard box of such design as to protect valves from injury or accidental functioning under conditions incident to transportation. Pressure in the container must not exceed 85 pounds per square inch absolute at 70F. Each completed metal container filled for shipment must be heated until content reaches a minimum temperature of 130F. without evidence of leakage, distortion, or other defect. Each outside shipping container must be plainly marked "INSIDE CONTAINERS COMPLY WITH PRESCRIBED SPECIFICATIONS." (f) Engine starting fluid. Engine starting fluid containing com pressed gas or gases which are flammable under this part must be shipped in cylinders as prescribed in paragraph (a)(1) of this section, or as follows: (1) Inside nonrefillable metal containers having capacity not over 32 cubic inches. Containers must be packaged in strong, tight packagings. Pressure in the container must not exceed 140 psi, absolute, at 130F. However, if the pressure exceeds 140 psi, absolute at 130F,, a Spec. 2P (178.33 of this subchapter) container must be used. In any event, the metal container must be capable of withstanding without bursting a pressure of one and one-half times the pressure of the content at 130F. The liquid content of the material and gas must not completely fill the container at 130F. Each completed container filled for shipment must have been heated until content reaches a minimum temperature of 130F., without evidence of leakage, distortion, or other defect. Each outside shipping container must be plainly marked, "IN SIDE CONTAINERS COMPLY WITH PRESCRIBED SPECIFICA TIONS." (g) Poisonous mixtures. Cylinders containing poison gases and poison gas mixtures meeting Division 2.3 Hazard Zone A must conform to the requirements of 173.40 of this part. (h) Carbon dioxide, refrigerated liquid or nitrous oxide, refriger ated liquid. (1) The following provisions apply to carbon dioxide, refrigerated liquid and nitrous oxide, refrigerated liquid: (i) DOT 4L cylinders conforming to the provisions of this paragraph are authorized. (ii) Each cylinder must be protected with at least one pressure relief valve and at least one frangible disc conforming to 173.34(d) and 173.304(a)(2). The relieving capacity of the pressure relief device system must be equal to or greater than that calculated by the applicable formula in paragraph 5.9 of CGA Pamphlet S-1.1. 327 174.83--174.101 ABD00132144 April 1998 displaying a Division 2.1 (flammable gas) placard, including a Class DOT 113 tank car containing only a residue of a Division 2.1 material, may not be: (1) Cut off while in motion; (2) Coupled into with more force than is necessary to complete the coupling; (3) Struck by any car moving under its own momentum. (c) A placarded flatcar, or a flatcar carrying a placarded transport vehicle, freight container, or bulk packaging under this subchapter may not be cut off while in motion. (d) No rail car moving under its own momentum may be permitted to strike any placarded flatcar or any flatcar carrying a placarded transport vehicle, freight container, or bulk packaging. (e) No placarded flatcar or any flatcar carrying a placarded trans port vehicle, freight container, or bulk packaging may be coupled into with more force than is necessary to complete the coupling. (f) When transporting a rail car, transport vehicle, or freight con tainer placarded for Division 1.1 or 1.2 (Class A explosive) materials in a terminal, yard, or on a side track or siding, the placarded rail car must be separated from the engine by at least one non-placarded rail car and must be placed in a location so that it will be safe from danger of fire. A rail car, transport vehicle, or freight container plac arded for Division 1.1 or 1.2 (Class A explosive) materials may not be placed under a bridge or overhead crossing, or in or alongside a passenger shed or station, except during transfer operations. 174.84 Position in train of loaded placarded rail cars, trans port vehicles, freight containers or bulk packagings when accom panied by guards or technical escorts. A rail car placarded in Division 1.1 or 1.2 (Class A explosive); Division 2.3 (Hazard Zone A; poisonous gas); orDivison6.1 (PG I, Hazard Zone A; poisonous liquid) in a moving or standing train must be next to and ahead of any car occupied by the guards or technical escorts accompanying the placarded rail car. However, if a rail car occupied by the guards or technical escorts has temperature control equipment in operation, it must be the fourth car behind any car requiring Division 1.1 or 1.2 (Class A explosive) placards. 174.85 Position In train of placarded cars, transport vehicles, freight containers, and bulk packagings. (a) Except as provided in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section, the position in a train of each loaded placarded car, transport vehicle, freight container, and bulk packaging must conform to the provisions of this section. (b) A car placarded "RADIOACTIVE" must comply with train posi tioning requirements of paragraph (d) of this section and must be separated from a locomotive, occupied caboose, or carload of unde veloped film by at least one non-placarded car. (c) A tank car containing the residue of a hazardous material must be separated from a locomotive or occupied caboose by at least one rail car other than a placarded tank car. (d) Position of rail cars In a train. In the following table: Position in Train of Placarded Cars Transporting Hazardous Materials RESTRICTIONS 1. When train length permits, placarded car may not be nearer than the sixth car from the engine or occupied caboose. 2. When train length does not permit, placarded car must be placed near the middle of the train, but not nearer than the second car from an engine or occupied caboose. 3. A placarded car may not be placed next to an open-top car when any of the lading in the open top car protrudes beyond the car ends, or if the lading shifted, would protrude beyond the car ends. 4. A placarded car may not be placed next to a loaded flat car, except closed TOFC/COFC equipment, auto carriers, and other specially-equipped cars with tie-down devices for securing vehicles. Permanent bulk head flat cars are considered the same as open-top cars. 5. A placarded car may not be placed next to any transport vehicle or freight container having an internal combustion engine or an open-flame device in operation. 6. Placarded cars may not be placed next to each other based on the following; Placard Group 1.......................................................................................................................................................................... Placard Group 2.......................................................................................................................................................................... Placard Group 3....................................................................................................................................................... .. ............... Placard Group 4.......................................................................................................................................................................... Placard Group 1 Placard Group 2 Placard Group 3 Placard Group 4 Rail Car Tank Car Rail Car Tank Car Rail Car Rail Car XX X XX X XX X XX X XX X X X X XX X X XX XXX X XXXXX Group 1--Divisions 1.1 and 1.2 (Class A explosive) materials. Group 2--Division 1.3, 1.4, 1.5 (Class B and C explosive), Class 2 (compressed gas; other than Div 2.3, PG I, Zone A), Class 3 (flammable liquid), Class 4 (flammable solid), Class 5 (oxidizing), Class 6 (poisonous liquid; other than Div 6,1. PG I, Zone A), and Class 8 (corrosive) materials. Group 3--Divisions 2.3 (PG I, Zone A; poisonous gas) and 6.1 (PG I, Zone A; poisonous liquid) materials. Group 4--Class 7 (radioactive) materials. (1) Where an "X" appears at the intersection of a Placard Group column and a Restriction row, the corresponding restriction applies. (2) "Rail Car" means a car other than a tank car. (3) For purposes of this subpart, each unit of an articulated intermodal rail car shall be considered as one car. 174.86 Maximum allowable operating speed. For molten met als and molten glass shipped in packagings other than those pre scribed in 173.247 of this subchapter, the maximum allowable op erating speed may not exceed 15 mph for shipments by rail. Subpart E CLASS I (EXPLOSIVE) MATERIALS 174.101 Loading Class 1 (explosive) materials, (a) Boxes containing Division 1.1 or 1.2 (Class A explosive) materials must be loaded so that the ends of wooden boxes will not bear against sides of any fiberboard boxes and so that the ends of any box will not cause a pressure point on a small area of another box. (b) Explosive bombs, unfuzed projectiles, rocket ammunition and rocket motors, Division 1.1,1.2, or 1.3 (Class A or Class B explosive) materials, which are not packed in wooden boxes, or large metal packages of incendiary bombs, each weighing 226 kg (500 pounds) or more, may be loaded in stock cars or in flat bottom gondola cars only if they are adequately braced. Boxed bombs, rocket ammunition and rocket motors. Division 1.1,1.2, or 1.3 (Class A or Class B explo sive) materials, which due to their size cannot be loaded in closed cars, may be loaded in open-top cars or on flatcars, provided they are protected from the weather and accidental ignition. (c) Boxes of Division 1.1 or 1.2 (Class A explosive) materials packed in long cartridges, bags, or sift-proof liners, and containing no liquid explosive ingredient, may be loaded on their sides or ends. l) Division 1.1 or 1.2 (Class A explosive) materials may not be loaded higher than any permanent car lining unless additional lining is provided as high as the lading. (e) When the lading of a car includes any Class 1 (explosive) materi als, the weight of the lading must be distributed insofar as possible to equalize the weight on each side of the car and over the trucks. (f) Except when boxed, metal kegs containing Class 1 (explosive) materials must be loaded on their sides with their ends toward the 372 April 1998 ABD00132145 174.101--174.103 PART 174 ends of the car. Packages of Class t (explosive) materials may not be placed in the space opposite the doors unless the doorways are boarded on the inside as high as the lading. This paragraph does not apply to palletized packages if they are braced so they cannot fall or slide into the doorways during transportation. (g) Wooden kegs, fiber kegs, barrels, and drums must be loaded on their sides or ends, to best suit the conditions. (h) Packages containing any Division 1.1 or 1.2 (Class A explosive) materials (see 174.104), detonators, detonator assemblies, or boost ers with detonators must be securely blocked and braced to prevent the packages from changing position, falling to the floor, or sliding into each other, under conditions normally incident to transportation. Class 1 (explosive) materials must be loaded so as to avoid transfer at stations. For recommended methods of blocking and bracing, see Bureau of Explosives Pamphlets No. 6 and 6A. Heavy packages or containers must be trucked, rolled, or moved by skids, fork trucks, or other handling devices and may not be dropped from trucks, plat forms, or cars. Planks for rolling trucks from platforms to cars must have beveled ends. Loading platforms and the shoes of each workman must be free from grit. All possible precautions must be taken against fire. Class 1 (explosive) materials must be kept in a safe place and inaccessible to unauthorized persons while being held by a carrier for loading or delivery. (i) To prevent delays of local freight trains, when there are ship ments of Class 1 (explosive) materials for different destinations loaded in a "peddler car-' or "way car" the shipment for each destination must be stayed separately. (j) Forwarding and transfer stations forClass 1 (explosive) materials must be provided with the necessary materials for staying. (k) Shippers must furnish the material for staying packages of Class 1 (explosive) materials loaded by them. (l) Division 1.1 or 1.2 (Class A explosive) materials may not be loaded, transported, or stored in a rail car equipped with any type of lighted heater or open-flame device, or electric devices having ex posed heating coils, or in a rail car equipped with any apparatus or mechanism utilizing an internal combustion engine in its operation. (m) [Reserved] (n) A container car or freight container on a flatcar or a gondola car other than a drop-bottom car, when property loaded, blocked, and braced to prevent change of position under conditions normally incident to transportation, may be used to transport any Division 1.1 or 1.2 (Class A explosive) materials except black powder packed in metal containers. A freight container must be designed, constructed, and maintained so as to be weather tight and capable of preventing the entrance of sparks. In addition: (1) A freight container must be of such design and so braced as to show no evidence of failure of the container or the bracing when subjected to impact from each end of at least 13 km (8.1 miles) per hour. Its efficiency shall be determined by actual test, using dummy loads equal in weight and general character to material to be shipped. (2) A container car or car which is loaded with freight containers must be placarded with the Class 1 (explosive) materials placards as required by Subpart F of Part 172 of this subchapter and with properly executed car certificates as required by 174.104. (3) Lading must be so loaded, blocked, and braced within the freight container that it will not change position under impact from each end of at least 13 km (8.1 miles) per hour. (o) Division 1.1,1.2, or 1.3 (Class A or Class B explosive) materials may be loaded and transported in a tight closed truck body or trailer on a flatcar. Wooden boxed bombs, rocket ammunition, and rocket motors, Division 1.1,1.2, or 1.3 (Class A or Class B explosive) materi als, which due to their size cannot be loaded in tight, closed truck bodies or trailers, may be loaded in or on open-top truck bodies or trailers. However, they must be protected against accidental ignition. In addition: (1) Each truck body or trailer must meet the requirements of Part 177 of this subchapter, applicable to shipments of Class 1 (explosive) materials by motor vehicle. (2) Each truck body or trailer must be so secured on the rail car so that it will not permanently change position or show evidence of failure or impending failure of the method of securing the truck body or trailer under impact from each end of at least 13 km (8.1 miles) per hour. Its efficiency shall be determined by actual test, using dummy loads equal in weight and general character to the material to be shipped. For recommended methods of blocking and bracing, see Bureau of Explosives Pamphlet 6C. (3) Lading must be so loaded, blocked, and braced within or on the truck body or trailer that it will not change position under impact from each end of at least 13 km (8.1 miles) per hour. For recommended methods of blocking and bracing see Bureau of Explosives Pam phlet 6C. (4) Each rail car containing Class 1 (explosive) materials and each rail car loaded with truck bodies, trailers or containers containing Class 1 (explosive) materials must be placarded with Class 1 (explosive) materials placards as required by Subpart F of Part 172 of this sub chapter and with properly executed car certificates as required by 174.104. (5) Each fuel tank of a heater or refrigerating machinery on the truck bodies or trailers must be drained and all automatic heating or refrigerating machinery must be made inoperative by discon nection of the automatic controls or the source of power for their operations. 174.102 Forbidden mixed loading and storage, (a) Division 1.1 or 1.2 (Class A explosive) materials and initiating or priming explo sives may not be transported together in the same rail car. Additionally, they may not be transported or loaded in the same rail car or stored on carrier property with charged electric storage batteries or with any hazardous material for which a NONFLAMMABLE GAS, FLAMMA BLE GAS, FLAMMABLE LIQUID, FLAMMABLE SOLID, OXIDIZER, ORGANIC PEROXIDE, RADIOACTIVE or CORROSIVE label is re quired. (b) Class 1 (explosive) materials may not be loaded together or with other hazardous materials, except as provided in 174.81. See 174.104 for loading shipments of Class 1 (explosive) materials or any other material in a placarded and certified car containing a shipment of Division 1.1 or 1.2 (Class A explosive) materials. 174.103 Disposition of damaged or astray shipments. (a) Packages of Class 1 (explosive) materials found damaged or broken in transit may be repaired when practicable and not dangerous. A broken box of Division 1.1 or 1.2 (Class A explosive) materials that cannot be repaired must be reinforced by stout wrapping paper and twine, placed in another strong box and surrounded by dry, fine saw dust or dry and clean cotton waste or elastic wads made from dry newspapers. A ruptured can or keg must be sealed and enclosed in a strong cloth bag of good quality and boxed. Damaged packages thus protected and properly marked may be forwarded. The box and waybill must be marked to indicate that it has been repacked. <b) Care must be exercised in repacking damaged containers so that no spark is produced by contact of metal or other hard surfaces which could ignite loose particles of explosive compositions that may be strewn on car floors or freight. In addition, the car floors must be thoroughly swept, and washed with a plentiful supply of water. Ironwheel trucks, metal hammers, or other metal tools that may produce sparks may not be used. Metal tools must be limited to those made of brass, bronze, or copper. (c) Each package of Class 1 (explosive) materials showing evi dence of leakage of liquid ingredients must: (1) Be refused if leakage is discovered before acceptance; (2) Be disposed of to a person who is competent and willing to remove them from the carrier's property, if the leakage is discovered while the shipment is in transit; or (3) Be removed immediately by consignee, if the leakage is discov ered at the shipment's destination. (d) When the disposition required by paragraph (c) of this section cannot be made, the leaking package must be packed in other boxes large enough to permit enclosure and the leaking boxes must be surrounded by at least 5 cm (2 inches) of dry, fine sawdust or dry and clean cotton waste, and be stored in a station magazine or other safe place until the arrival of an inspector of the Bureau of Explosives, or other authorized person, to superintend the destruction or disposi tion of the condemned material. (e) If careful inspection shows that an astray shipment of Class 1 (explosive) materials is in proper condition for safe transportation, it must be forwarded immediately to its destination if known, or returned to the shipper by the most practicable route. (f) When a package in an astray shipment is not in proper condition for safe transportation (see paragraphs (a), (c), and (d) of this section), or when the name and address of the consignee and the shipper are unknown, disposition must be made as prescribed by paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section. 373 ABD00132100 April 1998 173.306 PART 173 (3) Nonrefillable metal containers charged with a Division 6.1 Pack ing Group III or nonflammable solution containing biological products or a medical preparation which could be deteriorated by heat, and compressed gas or gases. The capacity of each container may not exceed 35 cubic inches (19.3 fluid ounces). The pressure in the con tainer may not exceed 140 psig at 130F., and the liquid content of the product and gas must not completely fill the containers at 130F. One completed container out of each lot of 500 or less, filled for shipment, must be heated, until the pressure in the container is equiva lent to equilibrium pressure of the content at 130F. There must be no evidence of leakage, distortion, or other defect. Container must be packed in strong outside packagings. (4) Electronic tubes, each having a volume of not more than 30 cubic inches and charged with gas to a pressure of not more than 35 psig and packed in strong outside packagings. (5) Audible fire alarm systems powered by a compressed gas con tained in an inside metal container when shipped under the following conditions: (i) Each inside container must have contents which are not flam mable, poisonous, or corrosive as defined under this part, (ii) Each inside container may not have a capacity exceeding 35 cubic inches (19.3 fluid ounces), (iii) Each inside container may not have a pressure exceeding 70 psig at 70F. and the liquid portion of the gas may not com pletely fill the inside container at 130F., and (iv) Each nonrefillable inside container must be designed and fabri cated with a burst pressure of not less than four times its charged pressure at 130F. Each refillable inside container must be designed and fabricated with a burst pressure of not less than five times its charged pressure at 130F. (c) [Reserved], (d) Truck bodies or trailers on flat cars; automobiles, motorcy cles, tractors, or other self-propelled vehicles. (1) Except as speci fied in 173.21, truck bodies or trailers with automatic heating or refrigerating equipment of the gas burning type may be shipped with tanks containing fuel and equipment operating or not operating, when used for the transportation of other freight and loaded on flat cars as part of a joint rail-highway movement. The heating or refrigerating equipment is considered to be a part of the truck body or trailer and is not subject to any other requirements of this subchapter. (2) Automobiles, motorcycles, tractors, or other self-propelled vehi cles equipped with liquefied petroleum gas or other compressed gas fuel tanks, provided such tanks are securely closed, are not subject to any other requirements for transportation by rail or highway. For transportation by water, see 176.905 and 176.78(k) of this subchap ter. For transportation by air, the fuel tank must be removed or emptied and securely closed. (3) A cylinder which is a component part of a passenger restraint system and is installed in a motor vehicle, charged with nonliquefied, nonflammable compressed gas and having no more than two actuat ing cartridges per valve, is excepted from the requirements of Parts 170-189 of this subchapter except: (i) Unless otherwise authorized by the Department, each cylinder must be in compliance with one of the cylinder specifications in Part 178 of this subchapter and authorized for use in 173.302 for the gas it contains; (ii) Each cylinder must be in compliance with the filling require ments of 173.301; and (iii) Each actuating cartridge must be approved in accordance with 173.56. (4) A cylinder which is part of a tire inflator system in a motor vehicle, charged with a nonliquefied, nonflammable compressed gas is ex cepted from the requirements of Parts 170-189 of this subchapter except: (i) Unless otherwise authorized by the Department, each cylinder must be in compliance with one of the cylinder specifications in Part 178 and authorized for use in 173.302 for the gas it contains; (ii) Each cylinder must be in compliance with the filling require ments of 173.301. (iii) Each cylinder must be securely installed in the trunk of the motor vehicle and the valve must be protected against accidental discharge. Note: A cylinder containing a gas generator may be included within the provisions of this exception if the requirements of 173.34(d) are satisfied. (e) Refrigerating machines. (1) New (unused) refrigerating ma chines or components thereof are excepted from the specification packaging requirements of this part if they meet the following conditions. In addition, shipments are not subject to Subpart F of Part 172 of this subchapter, to Part 174 of this subchapter except 174.24 and to Part 177 of this subchapter except 177.817. (i) Each pressure vessel may not contain more than 5,000 pounds of Group A1 refrigerant as classified in ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 15 or not more than 50 pounds of refrigerant other than Group A1. (ii) Machines or components having two or more charged vessels may not contain an aggregate of more than 2,000 pounds of Group I refrigerant or more than 100 pounds of refrigerant other than Group 1. (iii) Each pressure vessel must be equipped with a safety device meeting the requirements of ANSI/ASHRAE 15. (iv) Each pressure vessel must be equipped with a shut-off valve at each opening except openings used for safety devices and with no other connection. These valves must be closed prior to and during transportation. (v) Pressure vessels must be manufactured, inspected and tested in accordance with ANSI/ASHRAE 15, or when over 6 inches internal diameter, in accordance with the ASME Code. (vi) All parts subject to refrigerant pressure during shipment must be tested in accordance with ANSI/ASHRAE 15. (vii) The liquid portion of the refrigerant, if any, may not completely fill any pressure vessel at 130F. (viii) The amount of refrigerant, if liquefied, may not exceed the filling density prescribed in 173.304. (t) Accumulators. The following applies to accumulators, which are hydraulic accumulators containing nonliquefied, nonflammable gas, and nonflammable liquids or pneumatic accumulators containing nonliquefied, nonflammable gas, fabricated from materials which will not fragment upon rupture. (1) Accumulators installed in motor vehicles, construction equip ment, and assembled machinery and designed and fabricated with a burst pressure of not less than five times their charged pressure at 70F., when shipped, are not subject to the requirements of this subchapter. (2) Accumulators charged with limited quantities of compressed gas to not more than 200 p.s.i.g. at 70F. are excepted from labeling (except when offered for transportation by air) and the specification packaging requirements of this subchapter when shipped under the following conditions. In addition, shipments are not subject to Subpart Fof Part 172 of this subchapter, to Part 174 of this subchapter except 174.24 and to Part 177 of this subchapter except 177.817. (i) Each accumulator must be shipped as an inside packaging, (ii) Each accumulator may not have a gas space exceeding 2,500 cubic inches under stored pressure, and (iii) Each accumulator must be tested, without evidence of failure or damage, to at least three times its charged pressure of 70F,, but not less than 120 p.s.i. before initial shipment and before each refilling and reshipment. (3) Accumulators with a charging pressure exceeding 200 p.s.i.g. at 70F. are excepted from labeling (except when offered for transpor tation by air) and the specification packaging requirements of this subchapter when shipped under the following conditions: (i) Each accumulator must be in compliance with the requirements stated in paragraph (f)(2), (i), (ii), and (iii) of this section, and (ii) Each accumulator must be designed and fabricated with a burst pressure of not less than five times its charged pressure at 70F. when shipped. (g) Water pump system tank. Water pump system tanks charged with compressed air or limited quantities of nitrogen to not over 40 psig for single-trip shipment to installation sites are excepted from labeling (transportation by air not authorized) and the specification packaging requirements of this subchapter when shipped under the following conditions. In addition, shipments are not subject to Subpart F of this subchapter, to part 174 of this subchapter except 174.24 and part 177 except 177.817. (1) The tank must be of steel, welded with heads concave to pres sure, having a rated water capacity not exceeding 120 gallons and with outside diameter not exceeding 24 inches. Safety relief devices not required. (2) The tank must be pneumatically tested to 100 psig. Test pres sure must be permanently marked on the tank. 329 ABD00132101 173.306--173.314 April 1998 (3) The stress at prescribed pressure must not exceed 20,000 psi using formula: S = Pd/2t where: S = wall stress in pounds per square inch; P = prescribed pressure for the tank of at least 3 times charged pressure at 70F or 100 psig, whichever is greater; d = inside diameter in inches; t = minimum wall thickness, in inches (4) The burst pressure must be at least 6 times the charge pressure at 70F. (5) Each tank must be overpacked in a strong outside container in accordance with 173.301(k). (h) A limited quantity which conforms to the provisions of paragraph (a)(1), (a)(3), or (b) of this section and is a "consumer commodity" as defined in 171.8 of this subchapter, may be renamed "consumer commodity" and reclassed as ORM-D material. Each package may not exceed 30 kg (66 pounds) gross weight. In addition to the exceptions provided by paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section-- (D Outside packagings are not required to be marked "INSIDE CONTAINERS COMPLY WITH PRESCRIBED REGULATIONS'*; (2) Shipments of ORM-D materials are not subject to the shipping paper requirements of Subpart C of Part 172 of this subchapter, unless the material meets the definition of a hazardous substance or hazard ous waste or unless offered for transportation or transported by air craft; and (3) Shipments of ORM-D materials are eligible for the exceptions provided in 173.156. (I) An aerosol is flammable if a positive test result is obtained using any of the following test methods: (1) Using the Bureau of Explosives' Flame Projection Apparatus, the flame projects more than 18 inches beyond the ignition source with valve opened fully or the flame flashes back and burns at the valve with any degree of valve opening. (2) Using the Bureau of Explosives' Open Drum Apparatus, there is any significant propagation of flame away from the ignition source. (3) Using the Bureau of Explosives' Closed Drum Apparatus, there is any explosion of the vapor-air mixture in the drum. 173.307 Exceptions for compressed gases, (a) The follow ing materials are not subject to the requirements of this subchapter: (1) Carbonated beverages. (2) Except as provided in 175.10(a)(2) of this subchapter, tires when inflated to pressures not greater than their rated inflation pres sures. (3) Balls used for sports. (4) Refrigerating machines including dehumidifiers and air condi tioners, and components thereof such as precharged tubing con taining 25 pounds or less of nonflammable liquefied gas. (b) [Reserved] 173.308 Cigarette lighter or other similar devices charged with fuel, (a) In addition to the requirements of 173.21(1), a ciga rette lighter or other similar device charged with a flammable gas must be shipped as follows; (1) No more than 70 ml (2.3 fluid ounces) of liquefied gas may be loaded into each device; (2) The liquid portion of the gas may not exceed 85 percent of the volumetric capacity of each fluid chamber at 15C (59F). (3) Each device, including closures, must be capable of withstand ing without leakage or rupture an internal pressure of at least two times the vapor pressure of the fuel at 55C (131F).; and (4) Devices must be overpacked in packaging that is designed or arranged to prevent movement of the device itself. (b) ' When no more than 1,500 devices covered by this section are transported in one motor vehicle by highway, the requirements of Parts 172 and 177 of this subchapter do not apply. (c) For transportation by water in a closed transport vehicle or a closed freight container, the following warning must be affixed to the access doors: "WARNING--MAY CONTAIN EXPLOSIVE MIX TURES WITH AIR--KEEP IGNITION SOURCES AWAY WHEN OPENING." The warning must be on a contrasting background and must be readily legible from a distance of 8m (26 feet). 173.309 Fire extinguishers, (a) Fire extinguishers charged with a limited quantity of compressed gas to not more than 1660 kPa (241 psig) at 21C (70F) are excepted from labeling (except when offered for transportation by air) and the specification packaging re quirements of this subchapter when shipped under the following con ditions. In addition, shipments are not subject to subpart F of part 172 of this subchapter, to part 174 of this subchapter except 174.24 or to part 177 of this subchapter except 177.817. (1) Each fire extinguisher must have contents which are nonflamma ble, nonpoisonous, and noncorrosive as defined under this sub chapter. (2) Each fire extinguisher must be shipped as an inner packaging. (3) Nonspecification cylinders are authorized subject to the follow ing conditions: (i) The internal volume of each cylinder may not exceed 18 liters (1,100 cubic inches). For fire extinguishers not exceeding 900 ml (55 cubic inches) capacity, the liquid portion of the gas plus any additional liquid or solid must not completely fill the container at 55C (130F). Fire extinguishers exceeding 900 ml (55 cubic inches) capacity may not contain any liquefied compressed gas; (ii) Each fire extinguisher manufactured on and after January 1, 1976, must be designed and fabricated with a burst pressure of not less than six times its charged pressure at 21C (70F) when shipped; (iii) Each fire extinguisher must be tested, without evidence of fail ure or damage, to at least three times its charged pressure at 21C (70F) but not less than 825 kPa (120 psig) before initial shipment, and must be marked to indicate the year of the test (within 90 days of the actual date of the original test) and with the words "MEETS DOT REQUIREMENTS." This marking is considered a certification that the fire extinguisher is manufac tured in accordance with the requirements of this section. The words "This extinguisher meets all requirements of 49 CFR 173.306" may be displayed on fire extinguishers manufactured prior to January 1, 1976; and (iv) For any subsequent shipment, each fire extinguisher must be in compliance with the retest requirements of the Occupational Safety and Health Administration Regulations of the Department of Labor, 29 CFR 1910.157(e). (4) Specification 2P or 2Q (178.33 and 178.33a of this subchap ter) inner nonrefillable metal packagings are authorized for use as fire extinguishers subject to the following conditions: (i) The liquid portion of the gas plus any additional liquid or solid may not completely fill the packaging at 55C (130F): (ii) Pressure in the packaging shall not exceed 1250 kPa (181 psig) at 55C (130F). If the pressure exceeds 920 kPa (141 psig) at 55C (130F), but does not exceed 1100 kPa (160 psig) at 55C (130F), a specification DOT 2P inner metal pack aging must be used; if the pressure exceeds 1100 kPa (160 psig) at 55C (130F), a specification DOT 2Q inner metal pack aging must be used. The metal packaging must be capable of withstanding, without bursting, a pressure of one and onehalf times the equilibrium pressure of the contents at 55C (130F); and (iii) Each completed inner packaging filled for shipment must have been heated until the pressure in the container is equivalent to the equilibrium pressure of the contents at 55C (130F) without evidence of leakage, distortion, or other defect. (b) Specification 3A, 3AA, 3E, 3AL, 4B, 4BA, 4B240ET or 4BW (178.36,178.37,178.42,178.46,178.50,178.51,178.55and 178.61 of this subchapter) cylinders are authorized for use as fire extin guishers. 173.314 Compressed gases In tank cars and multi-unit tank car tanks, (a) Definitions. For definitions of compressed gases, see 173.115. (b) General requirements. (1) Tank car tanks containing compressed gases must not be shipped unless they were loaded by or with the consent of the owner thereof. (2) Tank car tanks must not contain gases capable of combining chemically and must not be loaded with any gas which combines chemically with the gas previously loaded therein, until all residue has been removed and interior of tank thoroughly cleaned. (3) For tanks of the DOT-106A and 110A class, the tanks must be 330 ABD00132102 PART 173 April 1998 173.314 placed in position and attached to car structure by the shipper. (4) Wherever the word "approved" is used in this part of the regula tions, it means approval by the Association of American Railroads Committee on Tank Cars as prescribed in 179.3 of this subchapter. (5) Each tank car used for the transportation of anhydrous ammonia or any material that meets the criteria of Division 2.1 or 2.3 must have gaskets for manway cover plates and for mounting of fittings designed (for temperature, application, media, pressure, and size) to create a positive seal so that, under conditions normally incident to transporta tion, there will not be an identifiable release of the material to the environment. The use of sealants to install gaskets is prohibited. (c) Authorized gases, filling limits for tank cars. A compressed gas in a tank car or a multi-unit tank car must be offered for transporta tion in accordance with 173.31 and this section. The named gases must be loaded and offered for transportation in accordance with the following table: Proper shipping name Outage and filling limits (see note 1) Authorized tank car class Ammonia, anhydrous, or ammonia solutions > 50 percent ammonia........................................... Notes 2, 10.............................................. Note 3.................................................... ... 105. 112, 114, 120. 106. Ammonia solutions with > 35 percent, but S 50 percent ammonia by mass ............................ Note 3....................................................... 105, 109, 112. 114, 120. Argon, compressed ............................................................................................................................... Note 4....................................................... 107. Boron trichloride..................................................................................................................................... Note 3........................................................ 105. 106. Carbon dioxide, refrigerated liquid...................................................................................................... Note 5....................................................... 105. Chlorine.................................................................................................................. Note 6....................................................... 125............................................................. 105. 106. Chlorine trifluoride.................................................................................................................................. Note 3........................................................ 106, 110. Chlorine pentafluoride............................................................................................................................ Note 3....................................................... 106, 110. Dimethyl ether ........................................................................................................................................ Note 3....................................................... 105, 106, 110, 112, 114, 120. Dimethylamine, anhydrous .................................................................................................................. Note 3....................................................... 105, 106, 112. Dinitrogen tetroxide, inhibited............................................................................................................... Note 3....................................................... 105, 106. 110. Division 2.1 materials not specifically identified in this table ........................................................ Notes 9, 10.............................................. 105. 106, 110, 112, 114, 120. Division 2.2 materials not specifically identified in this table ........................................................ Note 3........................................................ 105, 106. 109, 110, 112, 114, 120. Division 2.3 Zone A materials not specifically identified in this table............................................. None.......................................................... See 173.245. Division 2.3 Zone B materials not specifically identified in this table............................................. Note 3....................................................... 105, 106, 110, 112, 114, 120. Division 2.3 Zone C materials not specifically identified in this table............................................. Note 3....................................................... 105, 106, 110, 112, 114, 120. Division 2.3 Zone D materials not specifically identified in this table............................................. Note 3....................................................... 105, 106, 109, 110, 112. 114, 120. Ethylamine .............................................................................................................................................. Note 3....................................................... 105. 106, 110, 112, 114. Helium, compressed............................................................................................................................... Hydrogen................................................................................................................................................. Hydrogen chloride, refrigerated liquid................................................................................................ Note 4....................................................... Note 4....................................................... Note 7....................................................... 107. 107. 105. 106. Methyl bromide........................................................................................................................................ Note 3....................................................... 105. 106. Methyl chloride............................................................................................................... Note 3....................................................... 105, 106, 112. Methyl mercaptan .................................................................................................................................. Note 3....................................................... 105, 106. Meihylamine, anhydrous................................................................................................... Note 3....................................................... 105, 106, 112. Nitrogen, compressed................................................................................................... Note 4....................................................... 107. Nitrosyl chloride ..................................................................................................................................... 124.............................................................. 110............................................................. 105. 106. Nitrous oxide, refrigerated liquid......................................................................................................... Note 5........................................................ 105. Oxygen, compressed ............................................................................................................................ Note 4....................................................... 107. Phosgene ............................................................................................................... Note 3....................................................... 106. Sulfur dioxide, liquified ........................................................................................................................ 125.............................................................. 105, 106, 110. Sulfuryl fluoride................................................................................................... 120.............................................................. 105. Vinyl fluoride, inhibited............................................................................................................................ Note 8........................................................ 105. Notes: 1 The percent tilling density for liquefied gases is hereby defined as the percent ratio of the mass of gas in the tank to the mass of water that the tank will hold. For determining the water capacity of the tank in kilograms, the mass of one liter of water at 15.5C in air is 1 kg. (the mass of one gallon of water at 60F in air is 8.32828 pounds). 2. The liquefied gas must be loaded so that the outage is at least two percent of the total capacity of the tank at the reference temperature of 46C (115CF) for a noninsulated tank: 43C (110F) for a tank having a thermal protection system incorporating a metal jacket that provides an overall thermal conductance at 15 5C (60F) of no more than 10.22 kilojoules per hour per square meter per degree Celsius (0.5 Btu per hour/per square foot/per degree F) temperature differential: and 41C(105F) for an insulated tank having an insulation system incorporating a metal jacket that provides an overall thermal conductance at 155'C (60F) of no more than 1.5333 kilojoules per hour per square meter per degree Celsius (0.075 Btu per hour/per square foot/per degree F) temperature differential. 3. The requirements of l73.24b(a) apply. 4. The gas pressure at 54.44C (130F.) in any non-insulated tank car may not exceed 7/10 of the marked test pressure, except that a tank may be charged with helium to a pressure 10 percent in excess of the marked maximum gas pressure at 54.44C (130CF.) of each tank. 5. The liquid portion of the gas at -17 77C (0F.) must not completely fill the tank. 6. The maximum permitted filling density is 125 percent. The quantity of chlorine loaded into a single unit-tank car may not be loaded in excess of the normal lading weights nor in excess of 81.65 Mg (90 tons). 7. 89 percent maximum to 80.1 percent minimum at a test pressure of 6.2 Bar (90 psi). 8. 59.6 percent maximum to 53.6 percent minimum at a test pressure of 7.2 Bar (105 psi). 9. For a liquefied petroleum gas, the liquefied gas must be loaded so that the outage is at least one percent of the total capacity of the tank at the reference temperature of 46`C (115F) for a noninsulated tank; 43C (110F) for a tank having a thermal protection system incorporating a metal jacket that provides anoverall thermal conductance at 15.5C (60F) of no more than 10.22 kilojoules per hour per square meter per degree Celsius (0.5 Btu per hour/per square foot/per degree F)temperaturedifferential; and 4TC (105F) for an insulated tank having an insulation system incorporating a metal jacket that provides an overall thermal conductance at 15.5C <60"F) of no more than 1.5333 kilojoules per hour per square meter per degree Celsius (0.075 Btu per hour/per square foot/per degree F) temperature differential. 10. For liquefied petroleum gas and anhydrous ammonia, during the months of November through March (winter), the following reference temperatures may be used: 38C (100F) for a noninsulated tank: 32C (90F) for a tank having a thermal protection system incorporating a metal jacket that provides an overall thermal conductance at 15.5'C (60F) of no more than 10.22 kilojoules per hour per square meter per degree Celsius (0.5 Btu per hour/per square foot/per degree F) temperature differential; and 29C (85F) lor an insulated tank having an insulation system incorporating a metal jacket and insulation that provides an overall thermal conductance at 15 5C (60F) of no more than 1.5333 kilojoules per hour per square meter per degree Celsius (0.075 Btu per hour/per square foot/per degree F) temperature differential. The winter reference temperatures may only be used for a tank car shipped directly to a consumer for unloading and not stored in transit. The offeror of (lie tank must inform each customer that the tank car was filled based on winter reference temperatures. The tank must be unloaded as soon as possible after March in order to retain the specified outage and to prevent a release of hazardous material which might occur due to the tank cat becoming liquid full at higher temperatures. 331 ABD00132103 173.314--173.315 April 1998 (d) [Reserved]. (e) Verification of content. The amount of liquefied gas loaded into each tank may be determined either by measurement or calculation of the weight. If by measurement, the weight must be checked after disconnecting the loading line by the use of proper scales. If by calculation, the weight of liquefied petroleum gas, methylacetylene-propadiene, stabilized, dimethylamine, monomethylamine, or trimethylamine may be calculated using the outage tables supplied by the tank car owners and the specific gravities as determined at the plant, and this computation must be checked by determination of specific gravity of product after loading. Carriers may verify calculated weights by use of proper scales. The use of a fixed tube gauge device is authorized for determining the weight of methyl mercaptan in Specification 105A300W tanks instead of weighing. (f) [Reserved], (g) Special requirements for hydrogen chloride, refrigerated liquid and vinyl fluoride, inhibited. (1) The shipper shall notify the Bureau of Explosives whenever a car is not received by the consignee within 20 days from the date of shipment. (2) A tank car containing hydrogen chloride, refrigerated liquid must have the auxiliary valve on the pressure relief device closed during transportation. (3) See 179.102-17 of this subchapter for additional requirements. (4) Tank cars containing hydrogen chloride, refrigerated liquid, must be unloaded to such an extent that any residue remaining in the tank at a reference temperature of 32C (90F) will not actuate the safety relief device. (h) [Reserved] (I) [Reserved] 0) Special requirements for materials having a primary or second ary Division 2.1 (flammable gas) hazard. For single unit tank cars, interior pipes of loading and unloading valves, sampling devices, and gauging devices with an opening for the passage of the lading exceeding 1.52 mm (0.060 inch) diameter must be equipped with excess flow valves. For single unit tank cars constructed before Janu ary 1, 1972, gauging devices must conform to this paragraph by no later than July 1,2006. The protective housing cover must be provided with an opening, with a weatherproof cover, above each safety relief valve that is concentric with the discharge of the safety relief valve and that has an area at least equal to the valve outlet area. Class DOT 109 tank cars and tank cars manufactured from aluminum or nickel plate are not authorized. (k) Special requirements for chlorine. Tank cars built after Septem ber 30, 1991, must have an insulation system consisting of 5.08 cm (2 inches) glass fiber placed over 5.08 cm (2 inches) of ceramic fiber. Tank cars must have excess flow valves on the interior pipes of liquid discharge valves. Tank cars constructed to a DOT 105A500W specifi cation may be marked as a DOT 105A300W specification with the size and type of safety relief valves required by the marked specification. (l) Special requirements forhydrogen sulphide. Each multi-unit tank car must be equipped with adequate safety relief devices of the fusible plug type having a yield temperature not over 76.66C (170F.), and not less than 69.44C (157F). Each device must be resistant to extru sion of the fusible alloy and leak tight at 55C (130F.). Each valve outlet must be sealed by a threaded solid plug. In addition, all valves must be protected by a metal cover. (m) Special requirements for nitrosyl chloride. Single unit tank cars and their associated service equipment, such as venting, loading and unloading valves, and safety relief valves, must be made of metal or clad with a material that is not subject to rapid deterioration by the lading. Multi-unit tank car tanks must be nickel-clad and have safety relief devices incorporating a fusible plug having ayield temperature of 79.44C (175F.). Safety relief devices must be vapor tight at 54.44C (130F.). (n) Special requirements for hydrogen. Each tank car must be equipped with one or more safety relief devices. The discharge outlet for each safety relief device must be connected to a manifold having a non-obstructed discharge area of at least 1.5 times the total dis charge area of the safety relief devices connected to the manifold. All manifolds must be connected to a single common header having a non-obstructed discharge pointing upward and extending above the top of the car. The header and the header outlet must each have a non-obstructed discharge area at least equal to the total discharge area of the manifolds connected to the header. The header outlet must be equipped with an ignition device that will instantly ignite any hydrogen discharged through the safety relief device. (o) Special requirements for carbon dioxide, refrigerated liquid and nitrous oxide, refrigeratedliquid. Each tank car must have an insulation system so that the thermal conductance is not more than 0.613 kilo joules per hour, per square meter, per degree Celsius (0.03 B.t.u. per square foot per hour, per degree Fahrenheit) temperature differential. Each tank car must be equipped with one safety relief valve set to open at a pressure not exceeding 75 percent of the tank test pressure and one frangible disc design to burst at a pressure less than the tank test pressure. The discharge capacity of each safety relief device must be sufficient to prevent building up of pressure in the tank in excess of 82.5 percent of the test pressure of the tank. Tanks must be equipped with two regulating valves set to open at a pressure not to exceed 24.1 Bar (350 psi) on DOT 105A500W tanks and at a pressure not to exceed 27.6 Bar (400 psi) on DOT 105A600W tanks. Each regulating valve and safety relief device must have its final discharge piped to the outside of the protective housing. 173.315 Compressed gases in cargo tanks and portable tanks, (a) A compressed gas offered for transportation in a cargo tank motor vehicle or a portable tank must be prepared in accordance with this section, 173.32, 173.33 and Subpart E of Part 180 of this subchapter; for cryogenic liquids, see 173.318; for marking require ments, see 172.326 and 172.328 of this subchapter. A compressed gas must be loaded and offered for transportation in accordance with the following table; Maximum permitted filling density Kind of gas Percent by weight (see Note 1) Percent by volume (see par. (f) of this section) Ammonia, anhydrous or Ammonia solutions with greater than 50 56 percent ammonia (see Notes 14 and 17). 82; see Note 5 Ammonia sotutions with more than 35 percent but not more than See par (c) ot this section. See Note 7 50 percent ammonia. Bromotrifluoromethane (R-13B1 or H-1301); (See Note 9). 133 See Note 7 Butadiene, inhibited....................................................................... See par. (b) of this section. See par. (b) of this section. Carbon dioxide, refrigerated liquid..................................................... See par (c)(1) of this section. 95 Chforine................................................................................................... Chtarodifluoroethane (R--142b) (1-Chloro 1,1-difluoroethane); (See Note 9) .................................................................................... 125 100 See Note 7 See Note 7 Chlorodifluoromethane (R--22); (See Note 9) ............................... 105 See Note 7 Chloropentatluoroethane (R-- 115); (See Note 9)............................ See par (c) of this section. See Note 7 Chlorotnfluoromethane (R-13); (See Note 9)......................... See par. (c) of this section. See Note 7 Dichlorodifluoromethane (R-12); (See Note 9)......................... 119 Difluoroethane (R--152a); (See Note 9)........................................... 79 See Note 7 See Note 7 Specification container required Type (see Note 2) Minimum design pressure (pslg) DOT-51, MC-330. MC-331, 265, see Note 17 see Notes 12 and 17 DOT-51. MC-330. MC-331; 100; see par (c) of this see Note 12. section. DOT-51. MC-330. MC-331. DOT-51. MC-330. MC-331. 365 100. DOT-51. MC-330, MC-331. 200, see Note 3. DOT-51, MC-330, MC-331 DOT-51, MC-330. MC-331 225. see Notes 4 and 8. 100. DOT-51, MC-330, MC-331 DOT-51, MC-330, MC-331 DOT-SI. MC-330. MC-331. DOT-51. MC-330. MC-331 OOT-S1. MC-330. MC-331. 250. See par. (c) of this section. See par (c) ot this section. 150. 150 332 ABD00132104 PART 173 April 1998 173.315 Maximum permitted filling density Specification container required Kind of gas Percent by weight (see Note 1) Percent by volume (see par. (f) of this section) Type (see Note 2) Minimum design pressure (psig) Dimethylamine, anhydrous ................................................................. 59 See Note 7 DOT-51, MC-330, MC-331. 150. Oimethyl ether (see Note 16).............................................................. 59 See Note 7 DOT-51, MC-330, MC-331. 200. Oivision 2.1. materials not See par. (c) of this section. See Note 7. specifically provided for in this table ........................................... DOT-51, MC-330, MC-331. See Note 18. Oivision 2.2, materials not See par. (c) of this section. See Note 7. specifically provided for in this table ........................................... DOT-51, MC-330, MC-331. See Note 19. Division 2.3, Hazard Zone A, materials not specifically provided See par. (c) of this section. See Note 7. for in this table.................................................................................... DOT-51, MC-330, MC-331; See Note 20. see Note 23. Oivision 2.3, Hazard Zone B, materials not specifically provided See par. (c) of this section. See Note 7. for in this table.................................................................................... DOT-51, MC-330, MC-331; See Note 20. see Note 23. Division 2.3, Hazard Zone C, materials not specifically provided See par. (c) of this section. See Note 7. for in this table................................................................................... DOT-51, MC-330, MC-331; See Note 21. see Note 24. Division 2.3, Hazard Zone D, materials not specifically provided See par. (c) of this section. See Note 7. for in this table.................................................................................... DOT-51. MC-330, MC-331; See Note 22. see Note 25. Ethane, refrigerated liquid.................................................................... See par. (c) of this section MC-331, MC-338. 100; see Note 11. Ethane-propane mixture, liquid refrigerated.................................. See par. (c) of this section. MC-331, MC-338. 275; see Note 11. Hexafluoropropylene............................................................................. 110 See Note 7 DOT-51. MC-330, MC-331. 250. Hydrogen chloride, refrigerated liquid.............................................. 103.0 91.6 86.7 See Note 7 See Note 7 See Note 7 MC-331, MC-338. MC-331, MC-338. MC-331, MC-338. 100; see Note 11. 300; see Note 11. 450, see Note 11. See par. (b) of this section. See par. (b) of this section. DOT-51, MC-330, MC-331. See par. (c) of this Liquefied petroleum gas (see Note 15).............................................. section. Methylacetytene-propadiene, stabilized (see Note 13).................. 53 90 DOT-51, MC-330, MC-331. 200. Methyfamine, anhydrous....................................................................... 60 ' See Note 7 DOT-51, MC-330, MC-331. Methyl chloride...................................................................................... 84 88.5 DOT-51, MC-330, MC-331. 150. Methyl chloride (optional portable tank 2,000 pounds water 84 capacity, fusible plug)........................................................................ See Note 6 DOT-51. 225. 80 90 DOT-51. MC-330, MC-331: 100. Methyl mercaptan ................................................................................ see Note 23. See par. (c)(1) of this Nitrous oxide, refrigerated liquid........................................................ section. 95 DOT-51, MC-330, MC-331. 200: see Note 3. Refrigerant gas, n.o.s. or Dispersant gas, n.o.s. (See Note 9). See par. (c) of this section. See Note 7 DOT-51, MC-330, MC-331. See par. (c) of this section. 125 Sulfur dioxide (tanks not over 1,200 gallons water capacity). . . . 87.5 DOT-51, MC-330, MC-331; 150; see Note 4. see Note 24. 125 Sulfur dioxide (tanks over 1,200 gallons wafer capacity) ............ 87.5 DOT-51, MC-330, MC-331; 125; see Note 4. see Note 24. Sulfur dioxide (optional portable tank 1,000-2,000 pounds water 125 capacity, fusible plug)........................................................................ See Note 6 DOT-51; see Note 24. 225. Trimethylamine, anhydrous................................................................. 57 See Note 7 DOT-51. MC-330. MC-331. 150. Vinyl chloride.......................................................................................... 84 (see Note 13) See Note 7 MC-300. MC-331. ISO. Vinyl fluoride, inhibited.......................................................................... 66 See Note 7 MC-330, MC-331 250; see Note 11. Vinyl methyl ether ................................................................................ 68 See Notes 7 and 13. MC-330, MC-331. 100. Note 1: Maximum filling density for liquefied gases is hereby defined as the percent ratio of the weight of gas in the tank to the weight of water that the tank will hold. For determining the water capacity of the tank in pounds, the weight of a gallon (231 cubic inches) of water at 60F. in air shall be 8.32828 pounds. Note 2: See 173 32 for authority to use other portable tanks and for manifolding cargo tanks, see 173.301(d). Specification MC 330 cargo tanks may be painted as specified for MC 331 cargo tanks. Note 3: If cargo tanks and portable tank containers for carbon dioxide, refrigerated liquid and nitrous oxide are designed to conform to the requirements of the ASME Code for Low Temperature Operation, the design pressure may be reduced to 100 p.s.i.g. or the controlled pressure, whichever is greater. Note 4: Material must be steel. Packagings must have a corrosion allowance of 20 percent or 0.10 inch, whichever is less, added to the metal thickness. The wall thickness lor chlorine packagings is 0.300 inch for stainless steel or 0.625 inch for carbon steel, including corrosion allowance. Note 5; Unlagged cargo tanks and portable tank containers for liquid anhydrous ammonia may be filled fo 87.5 percent by volume provided the temperature of the anhydrous ammonia being loaded into such tanks is determined to be not lower than 30F. or provided the filling of such tanks is stopped at the first indication of frost or ice formation on the outside surface of the tank and is not resumed until such frost or ice has disappeared. Note 6: Tanks equipped with fusible plugs must be filled by weight. Note 7: Tanks must be filled by weight. Note 8: Chlorine packagings may be shipped only if the contents are to be unloaded at one unloading point. Note 9: This gas may be transported in authorized cargo tanks and portable tanks marked "DISPERSANT GAS" or "REFRIGERANT GAS." Note 10: (Reserved) Note 11: MC 330, MC 331 and MC 338 cargo tanks must be insulated.Cargo tanks must meet all the following requirements. Each tank must have a design service temperature of minus 100F. or no warmer than the boiling point at one atmosphere of the hazardous material to be shipped therein, whichever is colder, and must conform to the low-temperature requirements of the ASME Code. When the normal travel time is 24 hours or less, the tank's holding time as loaded must be at least twice the normal travel time. When the normal travel time exceeds 24 hours, the tank's holding time as loaded must be at least 24 hours greater than the normal travel time. The holding time is the elapsed time from loading until venting occurs under equilibrium conditions. The cargo tank must have an outer jacket made of steel when the cargo tank is used to transport a flammable gas. Note 12: No aluminum, copper, silver, zinc, or an alloy of any of these metals shall be used in packaging construction where it comes into contact with the lading. Note 13: All parts of valves and safety devices in contact with contents of tank must be of a metal or other material suitably treated if necessary, which will not cause formation of any acetylides. Note 14: Specifications MC 330 and MC 331 cargo tanks constructed of other than quenched and tempered steel ('NOT') are authorized for all grades of anhydrous ammonia. Specifications MC 330 and MC 331 cargo tanks constructed of quenched and tempered steel ("QT") (see marking requirements ol 172.328(c) of this subchapter) are authorized for anhydrous ammonia having a minimum water content of 0.2 percent by weight. Any tank being placed in anhydrous ammonia service or a tank which has been in other service or has been opened for inspection, test, or repair, must be cleaned of the previous product and must be purged of air before loading. See 172.203(h) of this subchapter for special shipping paper requirements. Note 15: Specifications MC 330 and MC 331 cargo tanks constructed of other than quenched and tempered steel (NOT) are authorized for all grades of liquefied petroleum gases. Only grades of liquefied petroleum gases determined to be "noncorrosive" are authorized in specification MC 330 and MC 331 cargo tanks constructed of quenched and tempered steel (OT). 'Noncorrosive" means the corrosiveness of the gas does not exceed the limitations for classification 1 of the ASTM Copper Strip Classifications when tested in accordance with ASTM D1838-64, "Copper Strip Corrossion by Liquefied Petroleum (LP) Gases". (For (QT) and (NOT) marking requirements see 172.328(c) of this subchapter. For special shipping paper requirements, see 172.203(h) of this subchapter.) Note 16: Specifications MC 330 and MC 331 cargo tanks must be equipped with emergency discharge controls that conform to 178.337-11(c) of this subchapter. Note 17; A Specification MC-330 or MC-331 cargo tank or a nonspecification cargo tank meeting, and marked in conformance with, the edition of the ASME Code in effect when it was fabricated, may be used lor the transportation of anhydrous ammonia if it: 333 ABD00132105 173.315 April 1998 (1) Has a minimum design pressure not lower than 250 psig; (2) Was manufactured in conformance with the ASME Code prior to January 1, 1981, according to its ASME name plate and manufacturer's data report; (3) Is painted white or aluminum; (4) Complies with Note 12 of this paragraph; (5) Has been inspected and tested in accordance with Subpart E of Part 180 of this subchapter as specified for MC 331 cargo tanks. (6> Was used to transport anhydrous ammonia prior to January 1, 1981; (7) Is operated exclusively in intrastate commerce (including its operation by a motor carrier otherwise engaged in interstate commerce) in a state where its operation was permitted by the laws of that State (not including the incorporation of this subchapter) prior to January 1, 1981. and (8) Is operated in conformance with all other requirements of this subchapter. Note 18: The minimum packaging design pressure must not be less than the vapor pressure at the reference temperature of the lading plus one percent or 173.4 kPa (25 psig), whichever is less. Note 19: The minimum packagings design pressure must not be less than the vapor pressure at the reference temperature of the lading. Note 20 The minimum packaging design pressure must not be less than1.5 timesthe vapor pressure of the lading at 46C (115*F). Note 2V The minimum packaging design pressure must not be less than1.3 times the vapor pressure of the lading at 46C (115F). Note 22: The minimum packaging design pressure must not be less than 1.1 timesthe vapor pressure of the lading at 46C (115F). Note 23. Packagings must be made of stainless steel except that steel other than stainless steel may beused in accordance with the provisions of l73 24b(b) of this part. Thickness of stainless steel for shell and heads must be the greater of 7.62 mm (0.300 inch) or the thickness required for the packaging at its minimum design pressure. Note 24. Packagings must be made of stainless steel except that steel other than stainless steel may be used in accordance with the provisions of 173.24b(b) of this part. Thickness of stainless steel for shell and heads must be the greater of 6.35 mm (0.250 inch) or the thickness required for the packaging at its minimum design pressure. For sulphur dioxide, this NOTE does not apply until October 1, 1994. Note 25: Packaging must be made of stainless steel except that steel other than stainless steel may be used in accordance with the provisions of 173.24b(b) of this part. Thickness for shell and heads must be as calculated for the packaging at its minimum design pressure. (b) Maximum permitted filling densities for cargo and portable tank containers for transportation of butadiene, inhibited, and liquefied petroleum gas are as follows: Maximum specific gravity of the liquid material at 60*F Maximum permitted filling density In percent of the water-weight capacity of the tanks (percent) See Note 1 1200 gallons or less Over 1200 gallons 0 473-0.480 38 41 0 481-0.488 39 42 0.489-0.495 40 43 0.496-0.503 41 44 0.504-0.510 42 45 0.511-0.519 43 46 0.520-0.527 44 47 0.528-0.536 45 48 0.537-0.544 46 49 0545-0.552 47 50 0 553-0.560 48 51 0561-0568 49 52 0.569-0.576 50 53 0.577-0.584 51 54 0.585-0.592 52 55 0.593-0.600 53 56 0.601-0 608 54 57 0.609-0.617 55 58 0.618-0.626 56 59 0.627 and over 57 60 Note 1. Riling is permitted by volume provided the same filling density is used as permitted by weight, except when using fixed length dip tube or other fixed maximum liquid level indicators (paragraph () of this section), in which case the maximum permitted filling density shall not exceed 97 percent of the maximum permitted filling density by weight contained in the table (1) Odorizatlon. All liquefied petroleum gas shall be effectively odorized as required in Note 2 of this paragraph to indicate positively, by a distinctive odor, the presence of gas down to a concentration in air of not over one-fifth the lower limit of combustibility: Provided, however, That odorization is not required if harmful in the use or further processing of the liquefied petroleum gas, or if odorization will serve no useful purpose as a warning agent in such use or further processing. Note 1: The lower limits of combustibility of the more commonly used liquefied petroleum gases are: Propane, 2.15 percent; butane, 1.55 percent. These fig ures represent volumetric percentages of gas-air mixtures in each case. Note 2: The use of 1.0 pound of ethyl mercaptan, 1.0 pound of thiophane, or 1.4 pounds of amyl mercaptan per 10,000 gallons of liquefied petroleum gas shall be considered sufficient to meet the requirements of 173.315{b)(1). This note does not exclude the use of any other odorant in sufficient quantity to meet the requirements of l73.3i5(b)(1). (c) Except as otherwise provided, the loading of a liquefied gas into a cargo tank or portable tank shall be determined by weight or by a suitable liquid level gauging device. The vapor pressure (psig) at 115F. must not exceed the design pressure of the cargo tank or portable tank container. The outage and filling limits for liquefied gases must be as prescribed in 173.24b of this part, except that this require ment does not apply to: (1) A tank containing carbon dioxide, refrigerated liquid or nitrous oxide, refrigerated liquid. Such tank is required to be equipped with suitable pressure control valves and may not be filled to a level ex ceeding 95 percent of the volumetric capacity of the tank. (2) A tank containing ethane, refrigerated liquid; ethane-propane mixture, refrigerated liquid; or hydrogen chloride, refrigerated liquid. Such tank must be filled to allow at least two percent outage below the inlet of the pressure relief valve or pressure control valve under conditions of incipient opening, with the tank in a level attitude. (d) If the loading of cargo tanks and portable tank containers with liquefied gases is to be determined by weight, the gross weight shall be checked after the filling line is disconnected in each instance. The gross weight shall be calculated from the tank capacity and tare weight set forth on the metal plate required by the specifica tion, and the maximum filling density permitted for the material being loaded into the tank as set forth in the table, paragraph (a) of this section. (e) If the loading of cargo tanks and portable tank containers with liquefied gases is to be determined by adjustable liquid level device, each tank and each compartment thereof shall have a thermometer well, so that the internal liquid temperature can easily be determined, and the amount of liquid in the tank shall be corrected to a 60F. basis. Liquid levels shall not exceed a level corresponding to the maximum filling density permitted for the material being loaded into the tank as set forth in the table in paragraph (a) of this section. (f) When the loading of cargo tanks and portable tank containers with liquefied gases is determined only by fixed length dip tube or other fixed maximum liquid level indicator, the device shall be arranged to function at a level not to exceed the maximum permitted volume prescribed by the table, paragraph (a)(1) of this section. Loading shall be stopped when the device functions. (g) Containers, the liquid level of which has been determined by means of a fixed length dip tube gauging device, shall not be accept able for stowage as cargo on vessels in commerce subject to the jurisdiction of the United States Coast Guard. Nothing contained in this section shall be so construed as to prohibit the transportation on car floats or car ferries of motor vehicles laden with containers nor cargo tanks the liquid level of either of which has been determined by means of fixed length dip tube devices. (h) Each cargo tank and portable tank, except a tank filled by weight, must be equipped with one or more of the gauging devices described in the following table which indicate accurately the maxi mum permitted liquid level. Additional gauging devices may be in stalled but may not be used as primary controls for filling of cargo tanks and portable tanks. Gauge glasses are not permitted on any cargo tank or portable tank. Primary gauging devices used on cargo tanks of less than 3500 gallons water capacity are exempt from the longitudinal location requirements specified in paragraphs (h)(2) and (3) of this section provided: The tank length does not exceed three times the tank diameter; and the cargo tank is unloaded within 24 hours after each filling of the tank. Kind of gas Gauging device permitted for filling purposes Anhydrous ammonia ............................................... Rotary lube, adjustable slip tube; fixed length dip tube. Anhydrous dimethylamine ............................ None. Anhydrous monomethylamme................................. None 334 ABD00132106 PART 173 April 1998 173.315 Kind of gas Gauging device permitted for filling purposes Anhydrous trimethylamine..................................... None. Aqua ammonia solution containing anhydrous Rotary tube; adjustable slip tube; fixed ammonia.................................................................. length dip tube. Butadiene, inhibited .............................................. Rotary tube; adjustable slip tube: fixed length dip tube. Carbon dioxide, refrigerated liquid...................... Rotary tube; adjustable slip tube; fixed length dip tube. Chlorine.................................................................... None, Dichlorodifluoromethane........................................ None. Difluoroethane........................................................... None. Difluoromonochloroethane..................................... None. Dimethyl ether........................................................... None. Ethane, refrigerated liquid..................................... Rotary tube; adjustable slip tube; fixed length dip tube. Ethane-propane mixture, refrigerated liquid . . . Rotary tube; adjustable slip tube; fixed length dip lube. Hexafluoropropylene.............................................. None. Hydrogen chloride, refrigerated liquid............... None. Liquefied petroleum gases..................................... Rotary tube; adjustable slip tube; fixed length dip tube. Methyl chloride....................................................... Fixed length dip tube. Methyl mercaptan..................................................... Rotary tube; adjustable slip tube; fixed length dip tube. Monochlorodifluoromethane.................................. None. Nitrous oxide, refrigerated liquid ......................... Rotary tube; adjustable slip tube; fixed length dip tube. Methylacetylenepropadiene, stabilized................. Rotary tube; adjustable slip tube; fixed length dip tube. Refrigerant gas. n.o.s. or Dispersant gas, n.o.s. None. Sulfur dioxide........................................................... Fixed length dip tube. Vinyl chloride........................................................... None. Vinyl fluoride, inhibited........................................... None. (1) The design pressure of the liquid level gauging devices shall be at least equal to the design pressure of the tank. (2) If the primary gauging device is adjustable, it must be capable of adjustment so that the end of the tube will be in the location specified in paragraph (h)(3) of this section for at least one of the ladings to be transported, at the filling level corresponding to an average loading temperature. Exterior means must be provided to indicate this adjust ment. The gauging device must be legibly and permanently marked in increments not exceeding 20 Fahrenheit degrees (or not exceeding 25 p.s.i.g. on tanks for carbon dioxide, refrigerated liquid or nitrous oxide, refrigerated liquid), to indicate the maximum levels to which the tank may be filled with liquid at temperatures above 20F. However, if it is not practicable to so mark the gauging device, this information must be legibly and permanently marked on a plate affixed to the tank adjacent to the gauging device. (3) A dip tube gauging device consists of a pipe or tube with a valve at its outer end with its intake limited by an orifice not larger than 0.060 inch in diameter. If a fixed length dip tube is used, the intake must be located midway of the tank both longitudinally and laterally and at maximum permitted filling level. In tanks for liquefied petroleum gases, the intake must be located at the level reached by the lading when the tank is loaded to maximum filling density at 40F. (4) Except on a tank used exclusively for the transportation of car bon dioxide, refrigerated liquid or nitrous oxide, refrigerated liquid, each opening for a pressure gauge must be restricted at or inside the tank by an orifice no larger than 0.060 inch in diameter. For carbon dioxide, refrigerated liquid or nitrous oxide, refrigerated liquid service, the pressure gauge need only be used during the filling operation. (i) Each tank must be provided with one or more safety relief devices which, unless otherwise specified in this part, must be safety relief valves of the spring-loaded type. Each valve must be arranged to discharge upward and unobstructed to the outside of the protective housing to prevent any impingement of escaping gas upon the tank. For each chlorine tank the protective housing must be in compliance with the requirements set forth in the applicable specification. (1) The safety relief valves on each tank must meet the following conditions: (i) The total relieving capacity, as determined by the flow formulas contained in Section 5 of CGA Pamphlet S-1.2, must be suffi cient to prevent a maximum pressure in the tank of more than 120 percent of the design pressure; (ii) The flow capacity rating, testing and marking must be in accord ance with Sections 5, 6 and 7 of CGA Pamphlet S-1.2. (iii) For an insulated tank, the required relieving capacity of the relief valves must be the same as for an uninsulated tank, unless the insulation will remain in place and will be effective under fire conditions. In this case, each insulated tank must be covered by a sheet metal jacket of not less than 16 gauge thickness. (iv) An MC 330 cargo tank that has relief valves sized by Fetterly's formula dated November 27,1928, may be continued in sen/ice. Copies of this formula may be obtained from the Bureau of Explosives. (2) Each safety relief valve must be arranged to minimize the possi bility of tampering. If the pressure setting or adjustment is external to the valve, the safety relief valve must be provided with means for sealing the adjustment and it must be sealed. (3) Each safety relief valve on a tank must be set to start-to-discharge at pressure no higher than 110 percent of the tank design pressure and no lower than the design pressure specified in paragraph (a) of this section for the gas transported. (4) Each safety relief valve must be plainly and permanently marked with the pressure in p.s.i.g. at which it is set to discharge, with the actual rate of discharge of the device in cubic feet per minute of the gas or of air at 60F. and 14.7 p.s.i.a., and with the manufacturer's name or trade name and catalog number. The start-to-discharge valve must be visible after the valve is installed. The rated discharge capacity of the device must be determined at a pressure of 120 percent of the design pressure of the tank. (5) Each safety relief valve must have direct communication with the vapor space in the tank. (6) Each connection to a safety relief valve must be of sufficient size to provide the required rate of discharge through the safety relief valve. (7) No shut-off valve may be installed between a safety relief valve and the tank except in cases where two or more safety relief valves are installed on the same tank, and one or more safety shut-off valves are arranged to always provide the required relief capacity through at least one of the safety relief valves. (8) Each safety relief valve outlet must be provided with a protective device to prevent the entrance and accumulation of dirt and water. This device must not impede flow through the valve. (9) On tanks for carbon dioxide, refrigerated liquid or nitrous oxide, refrigerated liquid each safety relief device must be installed and located so that the cooling effect of the contents will not prevent the effective operation of the device. In addition to the required safety relief valves, these tanks may be equipped with one or more pressure controlling devices. (10) Each tank for carbon dioxide, refrigerated liquid also may be equipped with one or more frangible disc devices set to function at a pressure not over two times nor less than 1.5 times the design pressure of the tank. (11) Each portion of connected liquid piping or hose that can be closed at both ends must be provided with a safety relief valve without an intervening shut-off valve to prevent excessive hydrostatic pressure that could burst the piping or hose. (12) Subject to conditions of paragraph (a) of this section for the methyl chloride and sulfur dioxide optional portable tanks, one or more fusible plugs examined by the Bureau of Explosives and approved by the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety may be used on these tanks in place of safety relief valves of the springloaded type. The fusible plug or plugs must be in accordance with CGA Pamphlet S-1.2, to prevent a pressure rise in the tank of more than 120 percent of the design pressure. If the tank is over 30 inches long, each end must have the total specified safety discharge area. (13) A safety relief valve on a chlorine cargo tanks must conform to one of the following standards of The Chlorine Institute, Inc.: Type I'/a JQ225, Dwg. H51970, dated October 7,1968; or Type 1 Z-i JQ225, Dwg. H50155, Revision A, dated April 28, 1969. (j) Storage containers for liquefied petroleum gas for permanent installation on consumer premises may be shipped by private motor carrier only under the following conditions: (1) Each container must be constructed in compliance with the requirements of the ASME Code (containers built in compliance with earlier editions starting with 1943 are authorized) and must be marked 335 ABD00132107 173.315--173.316 April 1998 to indicate compliance in the manner specified by the respective Code. (2) Each container must be equipped with safety devices in compli ance with the requirements for safety devices on containers as speci fied in NFPA Pamphlet No. 58. (3) The containers shall be so braced or otherwise secured on the vehicle as to prevent relative motion while in transit. Valves or other fittings shall be adequately protected against injury during transporta tion. {See 177.834(g) of this subchapter.) (4) Except as provided in paragraph (j)(5) of this section, containers shall not be shipped when charged with liquefied petroleum gas to more than 5 percent of their water capacity. (5) Storage containers of less than 1,042 pounds water capacity (125 gallons) may be shipped when charged with liquefied petroleum gas in compliance with DOT filling density. (k) A nonspecification cargo tank meeting, and marked in confor mance with, the edition of the ASME Code in effect when it was fabricated, may be used for the transportation of liquefied petroleum gas if it: (l) Has a minimum design pressure no lower than 250 psig; (2) Has a capacity of 3,500 gallons or less; (3) Was manufactured in conformance with the ASME Code prior to January 1,1981, according to its ASME name plate and manufactur er's data report; (4) Conforms to NFPA Pamphlet 58; (5) Has been inspected and tested in accordance with Subpart E of Part 180 of this subchapter as specified for MC 331 cargo tanks; (6) Is operated exclusively in intrastate commerce (including its operation by a motor carrier otherwise engaged in interstate com merce) in a state where its operation was permitted by the laws of that State (not including the incorporation of this subchapter) prior to January 1, 1981; (7) Was used to transport liquefied petroleum gas prior to January 1, 1981; and (8) Is operated in conformance with all other requirements of this subchapter. (I) Anhydrous ammonia must not be offered for transportation or transported in specification MC 330 and MC 331 cargo tanks con structed of quenched and tempered ("QT") steel except as provided in this paragraph. (1) The ammonia must have a minimum water content of 0.2 percent by weight. Any addition of water must be made using steam conden sate, deionized, or distilled water. (2) Except as otherwise provided in this paragraph, each person offering for transportation or transporting anhydrous ammonia shall perform a periodic analysis for prescribed water content in the ammo nia. The analysis must be performed: (i) From a sample of the ammonia in storage taken at least once every 7 days, or each time ammonia is added to the storage tanks, whichever is less frequent; or (ii) At the time the cargo tanks are loaded, then a sample of the ammonia taken from at least one loaded cargo tank out of each 10 loads, or from one cargo tank every 24 hours, whichever is less frequent; or (iii) At the same frequency as described in paragraph (l)(2)(ii) of this section, from a sample taken from the loading line to the cargo tank. (3) If water is added at the time of loading: (i) The sample for analysis must be taken from a point in the loading line between the water injection equipment and the cargo tank; and (ii) Positive provisions must be made to assure water injection equipment is operating. (4) If water injection equipment becomes inoperative, suitable cor rective maintenance must be performed after which a sample from the first loaded cargo tank must be analyzed for prescribed water content. (5) The analysis method for water content must be as prescribed in CGA Pamphlet G-2.2, titled "Tentative Standard Method for De termining Minimum of 0.2 percent water in Anhydrous Ammonia," 1975 edition. (6) Records indicating the results of the analysis taken, as required by this paragraph, must be retained for 2 years and must be open to inspection by a representative of the Department. (7) Each person receiving anhydrous ammonia containing 0.2 per cent water by weight may offer for transportation or transport that ammonia without performing the prescribed analysis for water content provided: (i) The ammonia received was certified as containing 0.2 percent water as prescribed in 172.203(h)(1)(i) and 177.817(a) of this subchapter; and (ii) The amount of water in the ammonia has not been reduced by any means. (m) A cargo tank (commonly known as a nurse tank and considered an implement of husbandry) transporting anhydrous ammonia, and operated by a private carrier exclusively for agricultural purposes does not have to meet the specification requirements of Part 178 of this subchapter if it: (1) Has a minimum design pressure of 250 psig and meets the requirements of the edition of the ASME code in effect at the time it was manufactured and is marked accordingly; (2) Is equipped with safety relief valves meeting the requirements of CGA pamphlet SI .2; (3) Is painted white or aluminum; (4) Has capacity of 3,000 gallons or less; (5) Is loaded to a filling density no greater than 56 percent; (6) Is securely mounted on a farm wagon; and (7) Is in conformance with the requirements of Part 172 of this subchapter except that shipping papers are not required; and it need not be marked or placarded on one end if that end contains valves, fittings, regulators or gauges when those appurtenances prevent the markings and placard from being properly placed and visible. (n) Each MC 330 and MC 331 cargo tank used to transport a flammable gas, anhydrous ammonia or hydrogen chloride, refriger ated liquid must have each liquid opening equipped in accordance with 178.337-11 of this subchapter. (o) Chlorine cargo tanks. Each cargo tank motor vehicle used for the transportation of chlorine must meet the requirements in the following: (1) Any hose, piping, or tubing used for loading or unloading that is mounted or carried on the motor vehicle may not be attached to any valve and must be capped at all ends to prevent the entry of moisture, except at the time of loading or unloading. Except at the time of loading and unloading, the pipe connection of each angle valve must be closed with a screw plug which is chained or otherwise fastened to prevent misplacement. (2) Each chlorine cargo tank angle valve must be tested to be leak free at not less than 225 psig using dry air or inert gas before installation and thereafter every 2 years when performing the required periodic retest in 180.407(c) of the subchapter. Prior to each loading, the cargo tank must be inspected and the angle valves and gasketed joints must be examined and tested at a pressure of not less than 50 psig to determine that they are not leaking and are in proper condition for transportation. Any leaks must be corrected before the cargo tank is offered for transportation. (3) Excess flow valves on the cargo tank must meet the require ments in 178.337-11(a)(4) of this subchapter. 173.316 Cryogenic liquids In cylinders, (a) General require ments. (1) A cylinder may not be loaded with a cryogenic liquid colder than the design sevice temperature of the packaging. (2) A cylinder may not be loaded with any material which may combine chemically with any residue in the packaging to produce an unsafe condition. (3) The jacket covering the insulation on a cylinder used to transport any flammable cryogenic liquid must be made of steel. (4) A valve or fitting made of aluminum with internal rubbing or abrading aluminum parts that may come in contact with oxygen in the cryogenic liquid form may not be installed on any cylinder used to transport oxygen, cryogenic liquid, unless the parts are anodized in accordance with ASTM Standard B 580. (5) An aluminum valve, pipe or fitting may not be installed on any cylinder used to transport any flammable cryogenic liquid. (6) Each cylinder must be provided with one or more pressure relief devices, which must be installed and maintained in compliance with the requirements of this subchapter. (7) Each pressure relief device must be installed and located so that the cooling effect of the contents during venting will not prevent effective operation of the device. (8) The maximum weight of the contents in a cylinder with a design 336 ABD00132108 PART 173 April 1998 173.316--173.318 service temperature colder than -320 F. may not exceed the design weight marked on the cylinder (see 178.35 of this subchapter). (b) Pressure control systems. Each cylinder containing a cryo genic liquid must have a pressure control system that conforms to 173.34(d) and is designed and installed so that it will prevent the cylinder from becoming liquid full. (c) Specification cylinder requirements and filling limits. Speci fication DOT-4L cylinders (178.57 of this subchapter) are authorized for the transportation of cryogenic liquids when carried in the vertical position as follows: (1) For purposes of this section, "filling density," except for hydro gen, is defined as the percent ratio of the weight of lading in the packaging to the weight of water that the packaging will hold at 60F. (1 lb. of water = 27.737 cubic inches at 60F.). (2) The cryogenic liquids of argon, nitrogen, oxygen, helium and neon must be loaded and shipped in accordance with the following table: Pressure control vslve setting (Maximum start-to-discharge pressure, pslg) 45..................................................... 75..................................................... 105................................................. 170................................................. 230 ................................................. 295 ................................................. 360 ................................................. 450 ................................................. 540 ................................................. 625 ................................................. Design service temperature (F) Maximum permitted filling density (percent by weight) Air Argon Nitrogen Oxygen Helium Neon B2.5 133 76 108 12.5 109 00.3 130 74 105 12.5 104 78.4 127 72 103 12.5 100 76.2 122 70 100 12.5 92 75.1 119 69 98 12.5 85 73.3 115 68 96 12.5 77 70.7 113 65 93 12.5 65.9 111 61 91 12.5 62.9 107 58 88 12.5 60.1 104 55 86 12.5 -320 -320 -320 -320 - 452 -411 (3) Hydrogen (minimum 95 percent parahydrogen) must be loaded and shipped as follows: Column 1 Column 2 Design service temperature ........................................................... Minus 423F or colder Maximum permitted filling density, based on cylinder capacity at minus 423F (see Note 1)......................................................... 6.7 percent The pressure control valve must be designed and set to limit the pressure in the cylinder to not more than......................... 17 psig Note 1: The filling density for hydrogen, cryogenic liquid is defined as the percent ratio of the weight of lading in a packaging to the weight of water that the packaging will hold at minus 423F. The volume ol the packaging at minus 423F is determined in cubic inches. The volume is converted to pounds ol water (1 tb. of water = 27.737 cubic inches). (i) Each cylinder must be constructed, insulated and maintained so that during transportation the total rate of venting shall not exceed 30 SCF of hydrogen per hour. (ii) In addition to the marking requirements in 178.35 of this sub chapter, the total rate of venting in SCF per hour (SCFH) shall be marked on the top head or valve protection band in letters at least one-half inch high as follows: "VENT RATE**SCFH" (with the asterisks replaced by the number representing the total rate of venting, in SCF per hour). (iii) Carriage by highway is subject to the conditions specified in 177.840(a) of this subchapter. (d) Mixtures of cryogenic liquid. Where charging requirements are not specifically prescribed in paragraph (c) of this section, the cryogenic liquid must be shipped in packagings and under conditions approved by the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety. 173.318 Cryogenic liquids in cargo tanks, (a) General re quirements. (1) A cargo tank may not be loaded with a cryogenic liquid colder than the design service temperature of the packaging. (2) A cargo tank may not be loaded with any material that may combine chemically with any residue in the packaging to produce an unsafe condition (see 178.338-15). (3) The jacket covering the insulation on a tank used to transport a cryogenic liquid must be made of steel if the cryogenic liquid: (i) Is to be transported by vessel (see 176.76(h)(1) of this sub chapter); or (ii) Is oxygen or a flammable material. (4) A valve or fitting made of aluminum with internal rubbing or abrading aluminum parts that may come in contact with oxygen in the cryogenic liquid form may not be installed on any cargo tank used to transport oxygen, cryogenic liquid unless the parts are anodized in accordance with ASTM Standard B 580. (5) An aluminum valve, pipe or fitting, external to the jacket that retains lading during transportation may not be installed on any cargo tank used to transport oxygen, cryogenic liquid or any flammable cryogenic liquid. (6) A cargo tank used to transport oxygen, cryogenic liquid must be provided with a manhole (see 178.338-6 of this subchapter). (b) Pressure relief systems and pressure control valves. (1) Types of pressure relief systems. (i) Tanks in oxygen and flammable cryogenic liquid service. Ex cept as otherwise provided in this paragraph, each tank in oxygen and flammable cryogenic liquid service must be pro tected by two independent pressure relief systems which are not connected in series, namely: (A) A primary system of one or more pressure relief valves; and (B) A secondary system of one of more frangible discs or pressure relief valves. For a tank in carbon monoxide ser vice, the secondary system must be pressure relief valves only. (ii) Tanks in helium and atmospheric gas (except oxygen) cryo genic liquid service. For a tank used in helium and atmospheric gas (except oxygen) cryogenic liquid service, the tank must be protected by at least one pressure relief system consisting of: (A) One or more pressure relief valves; or (B) A combination of one or more pressure relief valves and one or more frangible discs. (2) Capacities of pressure relief systems. (i) Tanks in oxygen and flammable cryogenic liquid service. For tanks in oxygen or flammable cryogenic liquid service, the primary system and the secondary system of pressure relief devices must each have a flow capacity equal to or greater than that calculated by the applicable formula in paragraph 5.3.2 or paragraph 5.3.3 of CGA Pamphlet S-1.2. In addition: (A) The primary pressure relief system must have a total flow capacity at a pressure not exceeding 120 percent of the tank's design pressure. (B) The secondary pressure relief system must have a total flow capacity at a pressure not exceeding 150 percent of the tank's design pressure. (C) The flow capacity and rating must be verified and marked by the manufacturer of the device in accordance with CGA Pamphlet S-1.2. (ii) Tanks in helium and atmospheric gas (except oxygen) cryo genic liquid service. For tanks in helium and atmospheric gas (except oxygen) cryogenic liquid service, the pressure relief system must have a flow capacity equal to or greater than that calculated by the applicable formula in paragraphs 5.3.2 or 5.3.3 of CGA Pamphlet S-1.2. If the pressure relief system consists of a combination of pressure relief valves and frangible discs, the pressure relief valves must have a total venting capacity equal to or greater than that calculated by the applicable formula in paragraph 4.1.10.1.1 of CGA Pamphlet S-1.2. The pressure relief system must have this total flow capacity at a pressure not exceeding 150 percent of the tank's design pressure. The flow capacity and rating must be verified and marked by the manufacturer of the device in accordance with CGA Pamphlet S-1.2. (3) Type and construction of pressure relief devices. (i) Each pressure relief device must be designed and constructed for a pressure equal to or exceeding the tank's design pressure at the coldest temperature reasonably expected to be encoun tered. (ii) Pressure relief devices must be either spring-loaded pressure relief valves or frangible discs. Pressure relief valves must be of a type that automatically open and close at predetermined pressures. (4) Setting of pressure relief devices. (i) On a tank used in oxygen or flammable cryogenic liquid service, the pressure relief devices must perform as follows. 337 ABD00132109 173.318 April 1998 (A) Each pressure relief valve in the primary relief system must be set-to-discharge at a pressure no higher than 110 percent of the tank's design pressure. (B) Each pressure relief device in the secondary pressure relief system must be designed to commence functioning at a pressure no lower than 130 percent and no higher than 150 percent of the tank's design pressure. (ii) On a tank used in helium and atmospheric gas (except oxygen) cryogenic liquid service, the pressure relief devices in the pres sure relief system must be designed to commence functioning at no higher than 150 percent of the tank's design pressure. (5) Optional pressure relief devices and pressure control valves, in addition to the required pressure relief devices, a cargo tank in cryogenic liquid (except carbon monoxide) service may be equipped with one or both of the following: (i) One or more pressure control valves set at a pressure below the tank's design pressure. (ii) One or more frangible discs set to function at a pressure not less than one and one-half times or more than two times the tank's design pressure. (6) Maximum filling rate. (i) For a tank used in oxygen and flammable cryogenic liquid service, the maximum rate at which the tank is filled must not exceed the liquid flow capacity of the primary pressure relief system rated at a pressure not exceeding 120 percent of the tank's design pressure. (ii) On a tank used in helium and atmospheric gas (except oxygen) cryogenic liquid service, the maximum rate at which the tank is filled must not exceed the liquid flow capacity of the pressure relief valves rated at 150 percent of the tank's design pressure. (7) Arrangement and location of pressure relief devices. (i) The discharge from any pressure relief system must be directed upward and be unobstructed to the outside of the protective housing in such a manner as to prevent impingement of gas upon the jacket or any structural part of the vehicle. (ii) Each pressure relief valve must be arranged or protected to prevent the accumulation of foreign material between the relief valve and the atmospheric discharge opening in any relief pip ing. The arrangement must not impede flowthrough the device. (iii) Each pressure relief valve must be designed and located to minimize the possibility of tampering. If the pressure setting or adjustment is external to the valve, the valve adjustment must be sealed. (iv) Each pressure relief device must have direct communication with the vapor space of the tank at the midlength of the top centerline. (v) Each pressure relief device must be installed and located so that the cooling effect of the contents during venting will not prevent the effective operation of the device. (8) Connections. (i) Each connection to a pressure relief device must be of sufficient size to allow the required rate of discharge through the pressure relief device. The inlet connection must be not less than onehalf inch nominal pipe size. (ii) A shut-off valve may be installed in a pressure relief system only when the required relief capacity is provided at all times. (9) Pressure relief devices for piping hose and vacuum-insu lated Jackets. (i) Each portion of connected liquid piping or hose that can be closed at both ends must be provided with either a hydrostatic pressure relief valve without an intervening shut-off valve, or a check valve permitting flow from the pipe or hose into the tank. If used, the relief valve must be located so as to prevent its discharge from impinging on the tank, piping, or operating personnel. (ii) On a vacuum-insulated cargo tank the jacket must be protected by a suitable relief device to release internal pressure. The discharge area of this device must be at least 0.00024 square inch per pound of water capacity of the tank. This relief device must function at a pressure not exceeding the internal design pressure of the jacket, calculated in accordance with the ASME Code, or 25 psig, whichever is less. (10) Tank inlet, outlet, pressure relief device and pressure con trol valve markings. (i) Each tank inlet and outlet, except pressure relief devices and pressure control valves, must be permanently marked to indi cate whether it communicates with "vapor'' or ''liquid" when the tank is filled to the maximum permitted filling density. (ii) Each pressure relief valve must be plainly and permanently marked with the pressure, in psig, at which it is set-to-discharge, the discharge rate of the device in SCF per minute (SCFM) of free air, and the manufacturer's name or trade name and cata log number. The marked set-to-discharge pressure valve must be visible with the valve in its installed position. The rated discharge capacity of the device must be determined at a pressure of 120 percent of the design pressure of the tank. (iii) Each pressure control valve must be plainly and permanently marked with the pressure, in psig, at which it is set-to-discharge. (c) Weight of lading requirements. The weight of a cryogenic liquid in the tank must be determined by weighing or by the use of a liquid level gauging device authorized in 178.338-14(a) of this subchapter, and may not exceed the lesser of: (1) The weight of lading in the tank, based on the water capacity stamped on the nameplate (178.338-18(a)(4) of this subchapter) and the appropriate maximum permitted filling density specified in paragraph (f) of this section; or (2) The maximum weight of lading for which the cargo tank was designed, as marked on the specification plate (see 178.338--18(b) of this subchapter). (d) Outage. Except for a cargo tank containing helium, cryogenic liquid, a cargo tank offered for transportation must have an outage of at least two percent below the inlet of the pressure relief device or pressure control valve, under conditions of incipient opening, with the tank in a level attitude. (e) Temperature. A flammable cryogenic liquid in a cargo tank at the start of travel must be at a temperature sufficiently cold that the pressure setting of the pressure control valve or the required pressure relief valve, whichever is lower, will not be reached in less time than the marked rated holding time for the cryogenic liquid (see paragraph (g)(3) of this section and 178.338-9(b) of this subchapter). (f) Specification MC-338 (178.338 of this subchapter) cargo tanks are authorized for the shipment of the following cryogenic liquids subject to the following additional requirements: (1) For purposes of this section, "filling density" is defined as the percent ratio of the weight of lading in the tank to the weight of water that the tank will hold at the design service temperature (one pound of water = 27.737 cubic inches at 60F., or one gallon of water = 231 cubic inches at 60F. and weighs 8.32828 pounds). (2) Air, argon, helium, nitrogen, and oxygen, cryogenic liquids must be loaded and shipped in accordance with the following table: Pressure Control Valve Setting or Relief Valve Setting Maximum permitted filling density (percent by weight) pressure (psig) Air Argon Helium Nitrogen Oxygen 26 ...................... 12.5 30 . 80.3 . . 129 12.5 74 105 40........................................... 79.2 . . 12.5 50........................................... 78.0 . . 12.5 55........................................... 77.3 . . 125 ... . 12.5 .... 71 . 102 60........................................... 76 9 . . 125 ... . 80........................................... 75.3 . . 125 . 85........................................... 75.1 . . 121 . . . 12.5 99 100........................................... 73.0 . . 12.5 . 105........................................... 73.7 . . 120........................................... 72.2 . . 12.5 .... 67 . 12.5 140............................ 714.. 12.5 145 ........................................ 70.9 . . 115 12.5 64 180........................................ 68.3 125 200 ........................................ 67.3 . . 110 ... 12.5 61 250 ........................................ 63.3 106 ... . 12.5 . 57 . 275 ........................................ 62.3 . . 105 12.5 . 56 . 325 ........................................... 59.4 . . 101 ... 53 Design service temperature -320F. -320F -452F. -320F 94 91 87 86 83 -320F. (3) Carbon monoxide, hydrogen (minimum 95 percent parahydrogen), ethylene, and methane or natural gas, cryogenic liq uids must be loaded and shipped in accordance with the following table: 338 ABD00132110 PART 173 April 1998 173.318--173.319 Pressure Control Valve Setting or Relief Valve Setting Maximum set-to-dlscharge pressure (psig) 13 ........................................ Maximum permitted filling density (percent by weight) Carbon monoxide Ethylene Methane or Hydrogen natural gas 6.6............... 15 ........................................ 75.0............ 17 ........................................ 6.6............... 40.5 20 ........................................ 25 ........................................ 40.0 30 ........................................ 72.0............ 52.7............ 63................ 39.1 35 ........................................ 40 ........................................ 45 ........................................ 36.6 50 ........................................ 55 ........................................ 51.4............ 6.0............... 38.2 60 ........................................ 70 ........................................ 90 ........................................ 50.2............ 5.7............... 37.5 95 ........................................ 100 ........................................ 115 ........................................ 366 125 ........................................ 150 ........................................ 175 ........................................ 285 ........................................ Design service temperature. -320F. -155F. -423eF. -260F. (4) Mixtures of cryogenic liquid. Where charging requirements are not specifically prescribed in this paragraph (f), the cryogenic liquid must be shipped in packagings and under conditions approved by the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety. <g) One-way travel time; marking. The jacket of a cargo tank to be used to transport a flammable cryogenic liquid must be marked on its right side near the front, in letters and numbers at least two inches high, "One-Way-Travel-Timehrs.'', with the blank filled in with a number indicating the one-way travel time (OWTT), in hours, of the cargo tank for the flammable cryogenic liquid to be transported. A cargo tank that is partially unloaded at one or more locations must have additional marking "One-Way-Travel-Timehrs. psig to----------psig at----------- percent filling density," with the second blank filled in with the pressure existing after partial unloading and the third blank filled in with the set-to-discharge pressure of the control valve or pressure relief valve, and the fourth blank with the filling density following partial unloading. Multiple OWTT markings for differ ent pressure levels are permitted. The abbreviation "OWTT" may be used in place of the words "One-way-travel-time" in the marking re quired by this paragraph. (1) OWTT is based on the marked rated holding time (MRHT) of the cargo tank for the cryogenic liquid to be transported in the cargo tank. If the MRHT for the flammable cryogenic liquid is not displayed on or adjacent to the specification plate, this MRHT may be derived. (2) The MRHT is converted to OWTT, in hours, as follows: (i) For a tank with an MRHT of 72 hours or less, OWTT = (MRHT - 24)/2 (ii) For a tank with an MRHT greater than 72 hours, OWTT = MRHT - 48 (3) Each cargo tank motor vehicle used to transport a flammable cryogenic liquid must be examined after each shipment to determine its actual holding time. The record required by 177.840(h) of this subchapter may be used for this determination. If the examination indicates that the actual holding time of the cargo tank, after adjust ment to reflect an average ambient temperature of 85F, is less than 90 percent of the marked rated holding time (MRHT) for the cryogenic liquid marked on the specification plate or adjacent thereto (see 178.338--18(b) of this subchapter), the tank may not be refilled with any flammable cryogenic liquid until it is restored to its marked rated holding time value or it is re-marked with the actual marked rated holding time determined by this examination. If the name of the flamma ble cryogenic liquid that was transported and its marked rated holding time is not displayed on or adjacent to the specification plate, this requirement may be met by deriving the MRHT of the cargo tank for that flammable cryogenic liquid and comparing that derived MRHT with the actual holding time after adjustment. 173.319 Cryogenic liquids in tank cars, (a) General require ments. (1) A tank car containing a flammable cryogenic liquid may not be shipped unless it was loaded by, or with the consent of, the owner of the tank car. (2) The amount of flammable cryogenic liquid loaded into a tank car must be determined, either by direct measurement or by calcula tion based on weight, to verify that the tank has not been filled to a level in excess of the limits specified in paragraph (d)(2) of this section. The weight of any flammable cryogenic liquid loaded, except hydro gen, must be checked by use of scales after disconnecting the load ing line. (3) Whenever a tank car containing any flammable cryogenic lading is not received by the consignee within 20 days from the date of shipment, the shipper of the lading shall notify the Bureau of Explo sives. (4) A tank car may not be loaded with any flammable cryogenic liquid: (i) That may combine chemically with any residue in the tank to produce an unsafe condition, (ii) That is colder than the design service temperature of the tank, (iii) If the average daily pressure rise in the tank exceeded 3 psi during the prior shipment, (iv) Unless it is marked with the name of contents, in accordance with 172.330 of this subchapter. (b) When a tank car containing a flammable cryogenic liquid is offered for transportation: (1) At least 0.5 percent outage must be provided below the inlet of the pressure relief or pressure control valve at the start-to-discharge pressure setting of the valve, with the tank car in a level attitude, and (2) The absolute pressure in the annular space must be less than 75 microns of mercury. (c) Temperature. A flammable cryogenic liquid must be loaded into a tank car at such a temperature that the average daily pressure rise during transportation will not exceed 3 psi (see paragraph (a)(4)(iii) of this section and 173.31(c)(13)). (d) A Class DOT-113 tank car is authorized for the shipment of the following cryogenic liquids subject to the following additional re quirements: (1) For purposes of this section, "filling density" is defined as the percent ratio of the weight of lading in the tank to the weight of water that the tank will hold at the design service temperature (one pound of water = 27.737 cubic inches at 60F., or one gallon of water = 231 cubic inches at 608F. and weighs 8.32828 pounds). (2) Ethylene, and hydrogen (minimum 95 percent parahydrogen), cryogenic liquids must be loaded and shipped in accordance with the following table: Pressure Control Valve Setting or Relief Valve Setting Maximum set-to-discharge pressure (psig) 17........................................... 45........................................... Maximum permitted filling density (percent by weight) Ethylene Ethylene Ethylene Hydrogen 6.60. 75........................................... Maximum pressure when 10 psig . . . 10 psig . . . 20 psig . . . offered for transportation. Design service temperature Specification (see 173.31(a)(9)).................. Minus 260F. Minus 260F. Minus 155F. Minus 423F. 113D60W . . 113C120W. . 113D120W. . 113A175W. 113C60W . . 113A60W. (e) Special requirements for class DOT 113 tank cars. (1) A class DOT-113 tank car need not be periodically pressure tested; however, each shipment must be monitored to determine the average daily pressure rise in the tank car. If the average daily pressure rise during any shipment exceeds 0.2 Bar (3 psi) per day, the tank must be tested for thermal integrity prior to any subsequent shipment. (2) Thermal integrity test. When required by paragraph (e)(1) of this section, either of the following thermal integrity tests may be used: (i) Pressure rise test. The pressure rise in the tank may not exceed 0.34 Bar (5 psi) in 24 hours. When the pressure rise test is performed, the absolute pressure in the annular space of the 339 ABD00132111 173.319--173.323 April 1998 loaded tank car may not exceed 75 microns of mercury at the beginning of the test and may not increase more than 25 mi crons during the 24-hour period; or (ii) Calculated heat transfer rate test. The insulation system must be performance tested as prescribed in 179.400-4 of this subchapter. When the calculated heat transfer rate test is per formed, the absolute pressure in the annular space of the loaded tank car may not exceed 75 microns of mercury at the beginning of the test and may not increase more than 25 mi crons during the 24-hour period. The calculated heat transfer rate in 24 hours may not exceed: (A) 120 percent of the appropriate standard heat transfer rate specified in 179.401-1 of this subchapter, for DOT113A60W and DOT-113C120W tank cars; (B) 122.808 joules {0.1164 Btu/day/lb.) of inner tank car water capacity, for DOT-113A175W tank cars; (C) 345.215 joules (0.3272 Btu/day/lb.) of inner tank car water capacity, for DOT-113C60W and 113D6QW tank cars; or (D) 500.09 joules (0.4740 Btu/day/lb.) of inner tank car water capacity, for DOT-113D120W tank cars. (3) A tank car that fails a test prescribed in paragraph (e)(2) of this section must be removed from hazardous materials service. A tank car removed from hazardous materials service because it failed a test prescribed in paragraph (e)(2) of this section may not be used to transport a hazardous material unless the tank car conforms to all applicable requirements of this subchapter. (4) Each frangible disc must be replaced with a new frangible disc every 12 months, and the replacement date must be marked on the car near the pressure relief valve information. (5) Pressure relief valves and alternate pressure relief valves must be tested every five years. The start-to-discharge pressure and vapor tight pressure requirements for the pressure relief valves must be as specified in 179.401-1 of this subchapter. The alternate pressure relief device values specified in 179.401-1 of this subchapter for a DOT--113C120W tank car apply to a DOT-113D120W tank car. 173.320 Cryogenic liquids; exceptions, (a) Atmospheric gases and helium, cryogenic liquids, in Dewar flasks, insulated cylinders, insulated portable tanks, insulated cargo tanks, and insulated tank cars, designed and constructed so that the pressure in such packagings will not exceed 25.3 psig under ambient temperature conditions during transportation are not subject to the requirements of this subchapter when transported by motor vehicle or railcar except as specified in paragraphs (a)(1), (a)(2), and (a)(3) of this section. (1) 171.15 and 171.16 of this subchapter pertaining to the re porting of incidents, not including a release that is the result of venting through a pressure control valve, or the neck of the Dewar flask. (2) Subparts A, B, C, and D of Part 172, (174.24 for rail and 177.817 for highway) and in addition, Part 172 in its entirety for oxygen. (3) Subparts A and B of Part 173, and 174.1, 177.800, 177.804, and 177.823 of this subchapter. (b) The requirements of this subchapter do not apply to atmo spheric gases and helium: (1) During loading and unloading operations (pressure rises may exceed 25.3 psig); or (2) When used in operation of a process system; such as a refrigera tion system (pressure may exceed 25.3 psig). (c) For transportation aboard aircraft, see 171.11 of this sub chapter. 173.321 Ethylamine. Ethylamine must be packaged as follows: (a) In 1A1 drums which meet Packing Group I performance level requirements. (b) In specification cylinders as prescribed for any compressed gas except acetylene. 173.322 Ethyl chloride. Ethyl chloride must be packaged in any of the following single or combination non-bulk packagings which meet Packing Group I performance level requirements: (a) In 4C1, 4C2, 4D or 4F wooden boxes with glass, earthenware, or metal inner receptacles not over 500 g (17.6 ounces) capacity each; (b) In 4G fiberboard boxes with glass, earthenware, or metal inner receptacles not over 500 g (17.6 ounces) capacity each. Outer pack agings may not exceed 30 kg (66 pounds) gross weight; (c) In 1A1 drums of not over 100 L (26 gallons) capacity each; or 0 In specification cylinders as prescribed for any compressed gas except acetylene. 173.323 Ethylene oxide, (a) For packaging ethylene oxide in non-bulk packagings, silver mercury or any of its alloys or copper may not be used in any part of a packaging, valve, or other packaging appurtenance if that part, during normal conditions of transportation, may come in contact with ethylene oxide liquid or vapor. Copper alloys may be used only where gas mixtures do not contain free acetylene at any concentration that will form copper acetylene. All packaging and gaskets must be constructed of materials which are compatible with ethylene oxide and do not lower the auto-ignition temperature of ethylene oxide. (b) Ethylene oxide must be packaged in one of the following: (1) In 4G fiberboard boxes with inner glass ampoules or vials. Total quantity of ethylene oxide may not exceed 100 grams (3.5 ounces) per package. The completed package must be capable of passing Packing Group I performance tests, (2) In 4G fiberboard boxes constructed with top and bottom pads and perimeter liner. Inner packagings must be aluminum receptacles of no more than 135 g (4.8 ounces) capacity cushioned with incombus tible material. No more than 12 receptacles may be packed in one box, and no more than 10 boxes may be overpacked under the provisions of 173.25 of this Part. Each completed package must be capable of passing Packing Group I performance tests. (3) In 4C1, 4C2, 4D or 4F wooden boxes or 4G fiberboard boxes with inner metal receptacles of no more than 340 g (12 ounces) capacity. The metal receptacle must be capable of withstanding no less than a 1241.1 kPa (180 psig) burst pressure. No more than 12 receptacles may be packed in one box, and each receptacle may not be liquid full below 82C (180F). Each inner receptacle must be insulated and equipped with a relief device of the fusible plug type with yield temperature of 69C to 77C (156F to 171F). The capacity of relief device and insulation must be such that the charged receptacle will not explode when tested by the method described in CGA Pamphlet C-14 or other equivalent method. Each completed package must be capable of passing all Packing Group I performance tests. (4) In specification cylinders, as authorized for any compressed gas except acetylene. Pressurizing valves and insulation are required for cylinders over 4 L (1 gallon) capacity. Eductor tubes must be provided for cylinders over 19 L (5 gallons) capacity. Cylinders must be seamless or welded steel (not brazed) with a nominal capacity of no more than 115 L (30 gallons) and may not be liquid full below 82C (180F). Before each refilling, each cylinder must be tested for leakage at no less than 103.4 kPa (15 psig) pressure. In addition, each cylinder must be equipped with a fusible type relief device with yield tempera ture of 69C to 77C (157Fto 170F). The capacity of the relief device and the effectiveness of the insulation must be such that the charged cylinder will not explode when tested by the method described in CGA Pamphlet C-14 or other equivalent method. (5) In 1A1 steel drums of no more than 231 L (61 gallons) and meeting Packing Group I performance standards. The drum must be lagged, of all welded construction with the inner shell having a mini mum thickness of 1.7 mm (0.068 inches) and the outer shell having a minimum thickness of 2.4 mm (0.095 inches). Drums must be capa ble of withstanding a hydrostatic test pressure of 690 kPa (100 psig). Lagging must be of sufficient thickness so that the drum, when filled with ethylene oxide and equipped with the required pressure relief device, will not rupture when exposed to fire. The drum may not be liquid full below 85C (185F), and must be marked "THIS END UP" on the top head. Before each refilling, each drum must be tested for leakage at no less than 103 kPa (15 psig) pressure. Each drum must be equipped with a fusible type relief device with yield temperature of 69C to 77C (157F to 170F), and the capacity of the relief device must be such that the filled drum is capable of passing, without rupture, the test method described in CGA Pamphlet C-14 or other equivalent method. (c) When 172.101 of this subchapter specifies that a hazardous material be packaged under this section, only the following bulk pack agings are authorized, subject to the requirements of Subparts A and B of this part, the special provisions specified in Column 7 of the 172.101 Table, and paragraphs (d) through (j) of this section: (1) Tank cars. DOT 105J tank cars: Notwithstanding the require ments of 173.31(c), each tank car must have a tank test pressure 340 ABD00132112 PART 173 April 1998 173.323--173.340 of at least 20.7 Bar (300 psi) no later than July 1, 2006. (2) Cargo tanks. Specification MC 330 and MC 331 cargo tank motor vehicles. (3) Portable tanks. DOT 51 portable tanks. (d) The pressure relief devices must be set to function at 517 kPa (75 psig). Portable tanks fitted with non-reclosing devices made and in use prior to December 31,1987, may continue to be used in ethylene oxide service. (e) In determining outage, consideration must be given to the lading temperature and solubility of inert gas padding in ethylene oxide as well as the partial pressure exerted by the gas padding. (f) Each tank, loaded or empty, must be padded with dry nitrogen or other suitable inert gas of sufficient quantity to render the vapor pressure of the tank nonflammable up to 41C (105F). The gas used used for padding must be free of impurities which may cause the ethylene oxide to polymerize, decompose or undergo other violent chemical reaction. (g) Copper, silver, mercury, magnesium or their alloys may not be used in any part of the tank or appurtenances that are normally in contact with the lading. (h) Neoprene, natural rubber and asbestos gaskets are prohibited. All packing and gaskets must be made of materials which do not react with or lower the autoignition temperature of the lading. (i) Each tank must be insulated with cork (at least 10 cm (4 inches) thick), or mineral wool, fiberglass or other suitable insulation material of sufficient thickness so that the thermal conductance at 16C (60F) is not more than 0.075 Btu per hour per square foot per degree F. temperature differential. Portable tanks made and in use prior to December 31, 1987 equipped with fusible plugs instead of a safety relief valve or frangible disc, must have sufficient insulation so that the tank as filled for shipment will not rupture in a fire. The insulation on portable tanks or cargo tank motor vehicles must be protected with a steel jacket at least 2.54 mm (0.100 inch) thick, or as required by the specification. (j) Tank car tanks built after December 30,1971 must be equipped with a thermometer well. 173.334 Organic phosphates mixed with compressed gas. Hexaethyl tetraphosphate, parathion, tetraethyl dithio pyrophosphate, tetraethyl pyrophosphate, or other Division 6.1 organic phosphates (in cluding a compound or mixture), may be mixed with a non-flammable compressed gas. This mixture must not contain more than 20 percent by weight of organic phosphate and must be packaged in specification 3A240,3AA240,3B240,4A240,4B240,4BA240, or 4BW240 cylinders meeting the following requirements. (a) Each cylinder may be charged with not more than 5 kg (11.0 pounds) of the mixture, to a maximum filling density of not more than 80 percent of the water capacity; (b) Each cylinder must be charged in compliance with 173.301(e) and (f); (c) No cylinder may be equipped with an eduction tube or a fus ible plug; (d) No cylinder may be equipped with any valve unless the valve is a type approved by the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety; (e) Cylinders must be overpacked in a box so arranged to protect each valve or other closing device from damage. Except as provided in paragraph (f) of this section, no more than four cylinders may be packed in a box. Each box with its closing device protection must be sufficiently strong to protect all parts of each inside cylinder from deformation or breakage if the completed package is dropped 1.8 m (5.9 feet) onto solid concrete and impacted at the package's weak est point. (f) Cylinders may be packed in strong wooden boxes with valves or other closing devices protected from injury, with not more than twelve cylinders in one outside wooden box. An outer fiberboard box may be used when not more than four such cylinders are to be shipped in one packaging. Valves must be adequately protected. Box and valve protection must be of strength sufficient to protect all parts of inner packagings and valves from deformation or breakage resulting from a drop of at least 1.8 m (5.9 feet) onto a concrete floor, impacting at the weakest point. (a) The gas must be packaged in specification steel cylinders au thorized for any compressed gas except acetylene not exceeding 10.5 L (2.8 gallons) internal volume and having a minimum design burst pressure of 19,700 kPa (2,857 psi); (b) Fittings must be protected against damage under conditions normally incident to transport, any trigger must be fitted with a safety locking pin, and a non-propulsive plug must be installed on the dis charge tube; and (c) Each complete unit must be individually and tightly packed to prevent movement in wooden boxes (4C1 or 4C2), plywood boxes (4D), reconstituted wood boxes (4F), fiberboard boxes (4G). or plastic boxes, (4H1 and 4H2) of Packing Group II performance level, or in the original manufacturer's transit box. 173.336 Nitrogen dioxide, liquefied, or dinitrogen tetroxide, liquefied. Nitrogen dioxide, liquefied, or dinitrogen tetroxide, lique fied, must be packaged in specification cylinders as follows: (a) As prescribed in 173.192, or (b) Specification 3A480, 3AA480, 3AL1800, or 3E1800 metal cylin ders, with valves removed, are authorized. Each valve opening must be closed by means of a solid metal plug with tapered thread properly luted to prevent leakages; valve protection cap must be used and be at least 4.76 mm (0.187 inches) thick gas-tight, with 4.76 mm (0.187 inches) faced seat for gasket and with United States standard form thread. Transportation in 3AL cylinders is authorized only by highway or rail. Each cylinder must be cleaned in compliance with the require ments of Federal Specification RR-C-901c, paragraphs 3.7.2 and 3.8.2. Cleaning agents equivalent to those specified in RR-C-901b may be used; however, any cleaning agent must not be capable of reacting with oxygen. One cylinder selected at random from a group of 200 or less cleaned at the same time must be tested for oil contami nation in accordance with Specification RR-C-901 b paragraph 4.4.2.3 and meet the standard of cleanliness specified therein. 173.337 Nitric oxide. Nitric oxide must be packed in Specifica tion 3A1800, 3AA1800, 3E1800, or 3AL1800 cylinders charged to a pressure of not more than 5,170 kPa (750 psi) at 21C (70F). Cylinders must be equipped with a valve of stainless steel and valve seat of material which will not be deteriorated by contact with nitric oxide or nitrogen dioxide. Cylinders or valves may not be equipped with pres sure relief devices of any type. Valve outlets must be sealed by a solid threaded cap or plug and an inert gasketing material. In addition-- (a) Specification 3E1800 cylinders must be overpacked in strong wooden boxes of such design as to protect valves from injury or accidental functioning under conditions incident to transportation. Each overpack must conform to 173.25. (b) Specification 3A, 3AA, and 3AL cylinders must have their valves protected by metal caps or other equally protective guards securely attached to the cylinders and be of sufficient strength to protect the valves from injury during transit, or by overpacking in strong wooden boxes of such design as to protect valves from injury or accidental functioning under conditions incident to transportation. Each overpack must conform to 173.25. Transportation in 3AL cylinders is authorized only by highway or rail. (c) Each cylinder must be cleaned in compliance with the require ments of Federal Specification RR-C-901 C, paragraphs 3.7.2 and 3.8.2. Cleaning agents equivalent to those specified in RR-C-901C may be used; however, any cleaning agent must not be capable of reacting with oxygen. One cylinder selected at random from a group of 200 or less cleaned at the same time must be tested for oil contami nation in accordance with Specification RR-C-901 C paragraph 4.4.2.3 and meet the standard of cleanliness specified therein. 173.338 Tungsten hexafluoride. Tungsten hexafluoride must be packed in specification 3A, 3AA, 3BN, or 3E (178.36, 178.37, 178.39, 178.42 of this subchapter) cylinders. Cylinders must be equipped with a valve protection cap or be packed in a strong outside container complying with the provisions of 173.40. Outlets of any valves must be capped or plugged. As an alternative, the cylinder opening may be closed by the use of a metal plug. Specification 3E cylinders must be shipped in an overpack that complies with the provisions of 173.40. 173.335 Gas generator assemblies. Gas generator assem blies (aircraft) containing liquefied non-flammable, non-toxic gas and a solid propellant cartridge must be packaged as follows: 173.340 Tear gas devices, (a) Packagings for tear gas de vices must be approved prior to initial transportation by the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety. 341 ABD00132113 173.340 April 1998 (b) Tear gas devices may not be assembled with, or packed in the same packaging with, mechanically- or manually-operated firing, igniting, bursting, or other functioning elements unless of a type and design which has been approved by the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety. (c) Tear gas grenades, tear gas candles, and similar devices must be packaged in one of the following packagings conforming to the requirements of Part 178 of this subchapter at the Packing Group II performance level: (1) In UN4C1,4C2.4D, or 4F metal-strapped wooden boxes. Func tioning elements not assembled in grenades or devices must be in a separate compartment of these boxes, or in inner or separate outer boxes, UN 4C1,4C2,4D, or 4F, and must be so packed and cushioned that they may not come in contact with each other or with the walls of the box during transportation. Not more than 50 tear gas devices and 50 functioning elements must be packed in one box, and the gross weight of the outer box may not exceed 35 kg (77 pounds). (2) In a UN 1A2 metal drum. Functioning elements must be packed in a separate inner packaging or compartment. Not more than 24 tear gas devices and 24 functioning elements must be packed in one outer drum, and the gross weight of the drum may not exceed 35 kg (77 pounds). (3) In a UN 4G fiberboard box with inside tear gas devices meeting Specifications 2P or 2Q. Each inside packaging must be placed in fiberboard tubes fitted with metal ends or a fiber box with suitable padding. Not more than 30 inner packagings must be packed in one outer box, and the gross weight of the outer box may not exceed 16 kg (35 pounds). (4) In other packagings of a type or design which has been ap proved by the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety. (d) Tear gas devices may be shipped completely assembled when offered by or consigned to the U.S. Department of Defense, provided the functioning elements are so packed that they cannot accidentally function. Outer packagings must be UN 4C1, 4C2, 4D, or 4F metalstrapped wooden boxes. 342 April 1998 ABD00132114 Subpart H --[RESERVED] 173.401 PART 173 PUBLISHER'S NOTE The procedures for classifying radioactive materials are outlined in Subpart I of Part 173, 173.401 to 173.478. In order for a material to be considered a radioactive material it must have a specific activity greater than 0.002 microcuries per gram. Provided certain conditions are met, some low level specific activity radioactive materials are also exempt from all the regulations, provided a notice is included on the package indicating that the shipment complies with the requirements in the DOT regulations. Each radionuclide is assigned a specific activity in curies identified as A1 or A2 in 173.435. The listing of the radionuclides in the table in 173.435 are by alpha letters. Any radionuclide that has not been assigned an A1 or A2 value must have these values determined using the formula in 173.433. A1 is the maximum specific activity of "special form" that is permitted in a Type A package. "Special form" is any radioactive material that, by its physical form or method of containment, cannot be easily dispersed should the package be completely destroyed. Special form represents a lesser risk since, by its form, it cannot be easily dispersed if the package is completely destroyed. There is a test that must be met before it can be considered "special form." A2 is the maximum specific activity that is permitted in a Type A package for all forms other than special form or low specific activity material. The value of A1 is equal to or greater than A2. The difference is generally based on the degree of hazard represented by the particular radionuclide, especially whether it is an alpha, beta or gamma emitter. Quantities greater than A1 or A2 must be transported in a Type B package. There are three categories of Type B packages, Type B, Type B(M), and Type B(U). The latter two categories are used in conjunction with international shipments where certain approvals are needed. A Type B(M) needs approval by all countries through or into which the package is to be carried. A Type (U) package needs only the approval of the country of origin. Controls during the shipment of radioactive materials are needed to limit the exposure to people and undeveloped film. Controls are also needed to prevent the accumulation of too much fissile radioactive material in one stowage area. These controls are based on the type of label applied to the package using the "transport index." The "transport index" is based on the amount of radiation both at the surface and 1 meter from the surface, or in the case of fissile radioactive the concern for accumulating too many packages in one stowage area such that, under accident conditions, the combined amount could create a chain reaction. The total "transport index" for all packages cannot exceed 50 in any stowage area. Each stowage area must be separated by at least 6 meters. The "transport index" is a number placed on the radioactive label applied to the surface of the outer package. There are three types of radioactive labels, RADIOACTIVE WHITE-1, RADIOACTIVE YELLOW-II, and RADIOACTIVE YELLOW-lll. Only the RADIOACTIVE YELLOW-II and RADIOACTIVE YELLOW-III labels require a Transport index" number. Packages bearing the RADIOACTIVE WHITE-1 do not require any special controls. A radioactive package must meet the requirements for radiation level limits, thermal limits, and contamination control which are outlined in this Subpart. There are also storage requirements incident to transportation as well as requirements for preparing the shipment for transportation. There are specific requirements for the transportation of fissile material including the mixing of fissile material packages. Packaging for radioactive materials must undergo rigorous testing and quality control procedures. These tests are outlined in the Subpart. Certain packages must be approved by the US Nuclear Regulatory Commission. Approval of export shipments of special form material and certain packages must be obtained from RSPA including the notification of the competent authority through which the shipment will move. Subpart I CLASS 7 (RADIOACTIVE) MATERIALS 173.401 Scope, (a) This subpart sets forth requirements for the packaging and transportation of Class 7 (radioactive) materials by offerors and carriers subject to this subchapter. The requirements prescribed in this subpart are in addition to, not in place of, other requirements set forth in this subchapter for Class 7 (radioactive) materials and those of the Nuclear Regulatory Commission in 10 CFR Part 71. (b) This subpart does not apply to: (1) Class 7 (radioactive) materials produced, used, transported, or stored within an establishment other than during the course of transportation, including storage in transportation. (2) Class 7 (radioactive) materials contained in a medical device, such as a head pacemaker, which is implanted in a human being or live animal. 343 173.401--173.403 ABD00132115 April 1998 (3) Class 7 (radioactive) materials that have been injected into, ingested by, or are otherwise placed into, and are still in. human beings or live animals. 173.403 Definitions. For purposes of this subpart-- A-i means the maximum activity of special form Class 7 (radioactive) material permitted in a Type A package. A2 means the maximum activity of Class 7 (radioactive) material, other than special form, USA or SCO, permitted in a Type A package. These values are either listed in 173.435 or derived in accordance with the procedure prescribed in 173.433. Class 7 (radioactive) material. See the definition of Radioactive material in this section. Closed transport vehicle means a transport vehicle or conveyance equipped with a securely attached exterior enclosure that during nor mal transportation restricts the access of unauthorized persons to the cargo space containing the Class 7 (radioactive) materials. The enclosure may be either temporary or permanent, and in the case of packaged materials may be of the "see-through" type, and must limit access from top, sides, and bottom. Containment system means the assembly of components of the packaging intended to retain the radioactive contents during transpor tation. Conveyance means: (1) For transport by public highway or rail: any transport vehicle or large freight container; (2) For transport by water: any vessel, or any hold, compartment, or defined deck area of a vessel including any transport vehicle on board the vessel; and (3) For transport by aircraft, any aircraft. Design means the description of a special form Class 7 (radioactive) material, a package, packaging, or ISA-Ill, that enables those items to be fully identified. The description may include specifications, engi neering drawings, reports showing compliance with regulatory re quirements, and other relevant documentation. Exclusive use (also referred to in other regulations as "sole use" or "full load") means sole use by a single consignor of a conveyance for which all initial, intermediate, and final loading and unloading are carried out in accordance with the direction of the consignor or con signee. The consignor and the carrier must ensure that any loading or unloading is performed by personnel having radiological training and resources appropriate for safe handling of the consignment. The consignor must issue specific instructions in writing, for maintenance of exclusive use shipment controls, and include them with the shipping paper information provided to the carrier by the consignor. Fissile material means plutonium-238, plutonium-239, plutonium241 , uranium-233, uranium-235, or any combination of these radionu clides. The definition does not apply to unirradiated natural uranium and depleted uranium, and natural uranium or depleted uranium that has been irradiated in a thermal reactor. Certain additional exceptions are provided in 173.453. Fissile material, controlled shipment means any shipment that contains one or more packages that have been assigned, in accord ance with 173.457, nuclear criticality control transport indices greater than 10. Freight container means a reusable container having a volume of 1.81 cubic meters (64 cubic feet) or more, designed and constructed to permit its being lifted with its contents intact and intended primarily for containment of packages in unit form during transportation. A "small freight container" is one which has either one outer dimension less than 1.5 meters (4.9 feet) or an internal volume of not more than 3.0 cubic meters (106 cubic feet). All other freight containers are designated as "large freight containers." Highway route controlled quantity means a quantity within a single package which exceeds: (1) 3,000 times the A, value of the radionuclides as specified in 173.435 for special form Class 7 (radioactive) material; (2) 3,000 times the A2 value of the radionuclides as specified in 173.435 for normal form Class 7 (radioactive) material; or (3) 1,000 TBq (27,000 Ci), whichever is least. Limited quantity of Class 7 (radioactive) material means a quan tity of Class 7 (radioactive) material not exceeding the materials pack age limits specified in 173.425 and conforming with requirements specified in 173.421. Low Specific Activity (LSA) material means Class 7 (radioactive) material with limited specific activity which satisfies the descriptions and limits set forth below. Shielding materials surrounding the LSA material may not be considered in determining the estimated average specific activity of the package contents. LSA material must be in one of three groups: (1) LSA-I. (i) Ores containing only naturally occurring radionuclides (e.g., uranium, thorium) and uranium or thorium concentrates of such ores; or (N) Solid unirradiated natural uranium or depleted uranium or natu ral thorium or their solid or liquid compounds or mixtures; or (iii) Class 7 (radioactive) material, other than fissile material, for which the A2 value is unlimited; or (iv) Mill tailings, contaminated earth, concrete, rubble, other debris, and activated material in which the Class 7 (radioactive) mate rial is essentially uniformly distributed and the average specific activity does not exceed 10'6A2/g. (2) LSA-II (i) Water with tritium concentration up to 0.8 TBq/liter (20.0 Ci/ liter); or (ID Material in which the Class 7 (radioactive) material is distributed throughout and the average specific activity does not exceed 10"4A2/g for solids and gases, and 10`5A2/g for liquids. (3) LSA'III. Solids (e.g.. consolidated wastes, activated materials) that meet the requirements of 173.468 and which: (i) The Class 7 (radioactive) material is distributed throughout a solid or a collection of solid objects, or is essentially uniformly distributed in a solid compact binding agent (such as concrete, bitumen, ceramic, etc.); and (N) The Class 7 (radioactive) material is relatively insoluble, or it is intrinsically contained in a relatively insoluble material, so that, even under loss of packaging, the loss of Class 7 (radioactive) material per package by leaching when placed in water for seven days would not exceed 0.1 A2; and (iii The average specific activity of the solid does not exceed 2 x 10"3A2/g. Low toxicity alpha emitters are: (1) Natural uranium, depleted uranium, and natural thorium; (2) Ores, concentrates or tailings containing uranium-235, uranium238, thorium-232, thorium-228 and thorium-230; or (3) Alpha emitters with a half-life of less than 10 days. Maximum normal operating pressure means the maximum gauge pressure that would develop in a receptacle in a period of one year, in the absence of venting or cooling, under the heat conditions speci fied in 10 CFR 71.71(c)(1) Multilateral approval means approval of a package or shipment by the relevant competent authority of the country of origin and of each country through or into which the package or shipment is to be transported. This definition does not include approval from a country over which Class 7 (radioactive) materials are carried in aircraft, if there is no scheduled stop in that country. Natural thorium means thorium with the naturally occurring distribu tion of thorium isotopes (essentially 100 percent by weight of tho rium-232). Non-flxed radioactive contamination means radioactive contami nation that can be readily removed from a surface by wiping with an absorbent material. Non-fixed (removable) radioactive contamination is not significant if it does not exceed the limits specified in 173.443. Normal form Class 7 (radioactive) material means Class 7 (radio active) material which has not been demonstrated to qualify as "special form Class 7 (radioactive) material." Package means, for Class 7 (radioactive) materials, the packaging together with its radioactive contents as presented for transport. (1) "Excepted package" means a packaging together with its ex cepted Class 7 (radioactive) materials as specified in 173.421173.426 and 173.428. (2) "Type A package" means a packaging that, together with its radioactive contents limited to Ai or A2 as appropriate, meets the requirements of 173.410 and 173.412 and is designed to retain the integrity of containment and shielding required by this part under normal conditions of transport as demonstrated by the tests set forth in 173.465 or 173.466, as appropriate. A Type A package does not require Competent Authority Approval. (3) "Type B package" means a Type B packaging that, together with its radioactive contents, is designed to retain the integrity of 344 PART 173 April 1998 ABD00132116 173.403 containment and shielding required by this part when subjected to the normal conditions of transport and hypothetical accident test con ditions set forth in 10 CFR Part 71. (i) "Type B(U) package" means a Type B packaging that, together with its radioactive contents, for international shipments re quires unilateral approval only of the package design and of any stowage provisions that may be necessary for heat dissipation. (ii) "Type B(M) package" means a Type B packaging, together with its radioactive contents, that for international shipments requires multilateral approval of the package design, and may require approval of the conditions of shipment. Type B(M) pack ages are those Type B package designs which have a maxi mum normal operating pressure of more than 700 kilopascals per square centimeter (100 pounds per square inch) gauge or a relief device which would allow the release of Class 7 (radioactive) material to the environment under the hypothetical accident conditions specified in 10 CFR Part 71. (4) "Industrial package" means a packaging that, together with its low specific activity (LSA) material or surface contaminated object (SCO) contents, meets the requirements of 173.410 and 173.411, Industrial packages are categorized in 173.411 as either (i) "Industrial package Type 1 (IP-1)"; (ii) "Industrial package Type 2 (IP-2)"; or (iii) "Industrial package Type 3 (IP-3)". Packaging means, for Class 7 (radioactive) materials, the assembly of components necessary to ensure compliance with the packaging requirements of this subpart. It may consist of one or more receptacles, absorbent materials, spacing structures, thermal insulation, radiation shielding, service equipment for filling, emptying, venting and pres sure relief, and devices for cooling or absorbing mechanical shocks. The conveyance, tie-down system, and auxiliary equipment may sometimes be designated as part of the packaging. Radiation level means the radiation dose-equivalent rate ex pressed in millisievert(s) per hour or mSv/h (millirem(s) per hour or mrem/h). Neutron flux densities may be converted into radiation levels according to Table 1: Table 1--Neutron Fluence Rates To Be Regarded As Equivalent To A Radiation Level Of 0.01 mSv/h (1 mrem/h)1 Energy of neutron Thermal (2.510E-8)MeV . . . 1 keV........................................ 10 keVI..................................... 100 keV .................................. Flux density equivalent to 0.01 mSv/h (1 mrem/h) neutrons per square centimeter per second (n/ertr/s) ....................................................................................... 272.0 ...................................................................................... 272.0 ...................................................................................... 281.0 ..........................................................................................47.0 1 MeV ..................................... ............................................................................................. 7.5 5 MeV ..................................... ............................................................................................ 6.4 10 MeV..................................... ' Flux densities equivalent for energies between those listed in this table may be obtained by linear interpolation. Radioactive contents means a Class 7 (radioactive) material, to gether with any contaminated liquids or gases within the package. Radioactive Instrument and article means any manufactured in strument and article such as an instrument, clock, electronic tube or apparatus, or similar instrument and article having Class 7 (radioac tive) material in gaseous or non-dispersible solid form as a compo nent part. Radioactive material means any material having a specific activity greater than 70 Bq per gram (0.002 microcurie per gram) (see defini tion of "specific activity"). Special form Class 7 (radioactive) material means Class 7 (radio active) material which satisfies the following conditions: (1) It is either a single solid piece or is contained in a sealed capsule that can be opened only by destroying the capsule; (2) The piece or capsule has at least one dimension not less than 5 millimeters (0.2 inch); and (3) It satisfies the test requirements of 173.469. Special form en capsulations designed in accordance with the requirements of 173.389(g) in effect on June 30,1983 (see 49 CFR Part 173, revised as of October 1, 1982), and constructed prior to July 1, 1985 and special form encapsulations designed in accordance with the require ments of 173.403 in effect on March 31,1996 (see 49 CFR Part 173, revised as of October 1,1995), and constructed prior to April 1,1997, may continue to be used. Any other special form encapsulation must meet the requirements of this paragraph. Specific activity of a radionuclide means the activity of the radionu clide per unit mass of that nuclide. The specific activity of a material in which the radionuclide is essentially uniformly distributed is the activity per unit mass of the material. Surface Contaminated Object (SCO) means a solid object which is not itself radioactive but which has Class 7 (radioactive) material distributed on any of its surfaces. SCO must be in one of two groups with surface activity not exceeding the following limits: (1) SCO-1: A solid object on which: (i) The non-fixed contamination on the accessible surface aver aged over 300 cm2 (or the area of the surface if less than 300 cm2) does not exceed 4 Bq/cm2 (10"4microcurie/cm2) for beta and gamma and low toxicity alpha emitters, or 0.4 Bq/cm2 (10"5microcurie/cm2) for alpha emitters; (ii) The fixed contamination on the accessible surface averaged over 300 cm2 (or the area of the surface if less than 300 cm2) does not exceed 4 x 104 Bq/cm2(1.0 microcurie/ cm2) for beta and gamma and low toxicity alpha emitters, or 4 x 103 Bq/ cm2(0.1 microcurie/cm2) for all other alpha emitters; and (iii) The non-fixed contamination plus the fixed contamination on the inaccessible surface averaged over 300 cm2 (or the area of the surface if less than 300 cm2) does not exceed 4 x 104 Bq/cm2 (1 microcurie/cm2) for beta and gamma and low toxicity alpha emitters, or 4 x ICr Bq/cm2(0.1 microcurie/cm2) for all other alpha emitters. (2) SCO-11: A solid object on which the limits for SCO-1 are exceeded and on which: (i) The non-fixed contamination on the accessible surface aver aged over 300 cm2 (or the area of the surface if less than 300 cm2) does not exceed 400 Bq/cm2(10'2 microcurie/cm2) for beta and gamma and low toxicity alpha emitters or 40 Bq/ cm2(10"3 microcurie/cm2) for all other alpha emitters; (ii) The fixed contamination on the accessible surface averaged over 300 cm2 (or the area of the surface if less than 300 cm2) does not exceed 8 x 105 Bq/cm2(20 microcurie/cm2) for beta and gamma and low toxicity alpha emitters, or 8 x 104 Bq/cm2 (2 microcuries/cm2) for all other alpha emitters; and (iii) The non-fixed contamination plus the fixed contamination on the inaccessible surface averaged over 300 cm2(or the area of the surface if less than 300 cm2) does not exceed 8 x 105 Bq/cm2 (20 microcuries/cm2) for beta and gamma and low toxicity alpha emitters, or 8 x 104 Bq/cm2 (2 microcuries/cm2) for all other alpha emitters. Transport Index (Tl) means the dimensionless number (rounded up to the next tenth) placed on the label of a package to designate the degree of control to be exercised by the carrier during transporta tion. The transport index is determined as follows: (1) For nonfissile material packages, the number determined by multiplying the maximum radiation level in milliSievert(s) per hour at one meter (3.3 feet) from the external surface of the package by 100 (equivalent to the maximum radiation level in millirem per hour at one meter (3.3 feet)); or (2) For fissile material packages, the number determined by multi plying the maximum radiation level in milliSievert per hour at one meter (3.3 feet) from any external surface of the package by 100 (equivalent to the maximum radiation level in millirem per hour at one meter (3.3 feet)) or, for criticality control purposes, the number obtained by dividing 50 by the allowable number of packages which may be transported together, whichever number is larger. Type A quantity means a quantity of Class 7 (radioactive) material, the aggregate radioactivity which does not exceed A, for special form Class 7 (radioactive) material or A2 for normal form Class 7 (radioactive) material, where Ai and A2 values are given in 173.435 or are determined in accordance with 173.433. Type B quantity means a quantity of material greater than a Type A quantity. Unilateral approval means approval of a package solely by the competent authority of the country of origin. Unirradiated thorium means thorium containing not more than 10'7 grams uranium-233 per gram of thorium-232. 345 ABD00132117 173.403--173.412 April 1998 Unirradlated uranium means uranium containing not more than 1CT6 grams plutonium per gram of uranium-235 and a fission product activity of not more than 9 MBq (0.24 miiiicuries) of fission products per gram of uranium-235. Uranium--natural, depleted or enriched means the following: (1) "Natural uranium" means uranium with the naturally occurring distribution of uranium isotopes (approximately 0.711 weight percent uranium-235, and the remainder essentially uranium-238). (2) "Depleted uranium" means uranium containing less uranium235 than the naturally occurring distribution of uranium isotopes. (3) "Enriched uranium" means uranium containing more uranium235 than the naturally occurring distribution of uranium isotopes. 173.410 General design requirements. In addition to the re quirements of subparts A and B of this part, each package used for the shipment of Class 7 (radioactive) materials must be designed so that-- (a) The package can be easily handled and properly secured in or on a conveyance during transport. (b) Each lifting attachment that is a structural part of the package must be designed with a minimum safety factor of three against yield ing when used to lift the package in the intended manner, and it must be designed so that failure of any lifting attachment under excessive load would not impair the ability of the package to meet other require ments of this subpart. Any other structural part of the package which could be used to lift the package must be capable of being rendered inoperable for lifting the package during transport or must be designed with strength equivalent to that required for lifting attachments. (c) The external surface, as far as practicable, will be free from protruding features and will be easily decontaminated. (<*) The outer layer of packaging will avoid, as far as practicable, pockets or crevices where water might collect. (e) Each feature that is added to the package will not reduce the safety of the package. (f) The package will be capable of withstanding the effects of any acceleration, vibration or vibration resonance that may arise under normal conditions of transport without any deterioration in the effective ness of the closing devices on the various receptacles or in the integrity of the package as a whole and without loosening or unintentionally releasing the nuts, bolts, or other securing devices even after repeated use (see 173.24, 173.24a, and 173.24b). (g) The materials of construction of the packaging and any compo nents or structure will be physically and chemically compatible with each other and with the package contents. The behavior of the packag ing and the package contents under irradiation will be taken into account. (h) All valves through which the package contents could escape will be protected against unauthorized operation; (1) For transport by air-- (1) The temperature of the accessible surfaces of the package will not exceed 50C (122F) at an ambient temperature of 38C (100F) with no account taken for insulation; (2) The integrity of containment will not be impaired if the package is exposed to ambient temperatures ranging from -40C (-40F) to +55C (131F); and (3) Packages containing liquid contents will be capable of withstanding, without leakage, an internal pressure that produces a pressure differential of not less than 95 kPa (13.8 lb/in2). 173.411 Industrial packaglngs. (a) General. Each Industrial packaging must comply with the requirements of this section which specifies packaging tests, and record retention applicable to Industrial Packaging Type 1 (IP-1), Industrial Packaging Type 2 (IP-2), and Industrial Packaging Type 3 (IP-3). (b) Industrial packaging certification and tests. (1) Each IP-1 must meet the general design requirements prescribed in 173.410. (2) Each IP-2 must meet the general design requirements pre scribed in 173.410 and when subjected to the tests specified in 173.465 (c) and (d) or evaluated against these tests by any of the methods authorized by 173.461(a), must prevent: (i) Loss or dispersal of the radioactive contents; and (ii) A significant increase in the radiation levels recorded or calcu lated at the external surfaces for the condition before the test. (3) Each IP-3 packaging must meet the requirements for an IP-1 and an IP-2, and must meet the requirements specified in l73.412(a) through 173.412(j). (4) Each specification IM 101 or IM 102 portable tank (178.270, 178.271, 178.272 of this subchapter) that is certified as meeting the requirements for an IP-2 or IP-3 must: (i) Satisfy the requirements for IP-2 or IP-3, respectively; (ii) Be capable of withstanding a test pressure of 265 kPa (37.1 pounds per square inch) gauge; (iii) Be designed so that any added shielding is capable of with standing the static and dynamic stresses resulting from normal handling and normal conditions of transport; and (iv) Be designed so that loss of shielding will not result in a signifi cant increase in the radiation levels recorded at the external surfaces. (5) Each freight container that is certified as meeting the require ments of IP-2 or IP-3, must-- (i) Satisfy the requirements for IP-2 or IP-3, respectively; (ii) Be designed to conform to the requirements of ISO 1496-31995(E), "Series 1 Freight Containers--Specifications and Test ing-Part 3: Tank Containers for Liquids, Gases and Pressur ized Dry Bulk"; (iii) Be designed so that loss of shielding will not result in a signifi cant increase in the radiation levels recorded at the external surfaces if they are subjected to the tests specified in ISO 1496/ 1-1995(E); and (iv) For international transportation, have a safety approval plate in conformance with 49 CFR 451.21 through 451.25. (c) Except for IP-1 packagings, each offeror of an industrial pack age must maintain on file for at least one year after the latest shipment, and shall provide to the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materi als Safety on request, complete documentation of tests and an engi neering evaluation or comparative data showing that the construction methods, packaging design, and materials of construction comply with that specification. 173.412 Additional design requirements for Type A pack ages. In addition to meeting the general design requirements pre scribed in 173.410, each Type A packaging must be designed so that-- (a) The outside of the packaging incorporates a feature, such as a seal, that is not readily breakable, and that, while intact, is evidence that the package has not been opened. In the case of packages shipped in closed transport vehicles in exclusive use, the cargo com partment, instead of the individual packages, may be sealed. (b) The smallest external dimension of the package is not less than 10 centimeters (4 inches). (c) Containment and shielding is maintained during transportation and storage in a temperature range of -40C (-40F) to 70C (158F). Special attention shall be given to liquid contents and to the potential degradation of the packaging materials within the temperature range. (d) The packaging must include a containment system securely closed by a positive fastening device that cannot be opened uninten tionally or by pressure that may arise within the package during normal transport. Special form Class 7 (radioactive) material, as demonstrated in accordance with 173.469, may be considered as a component of the containment system. If the containment system forms a separate unit of the package, it must be securely closed by a positive fastening device that is independent of any other part of the package. (e) For each component of the containment system account is taken, where applicable, of radiolytic decomposition of materials and the generation of gas by chemical reaction and radiolysis. (f) The containment system will retain its radioactive contents under the reduction of ambient pressure to 25 kPa (3.6 pounds per square inch). (g) Each valve, other than a pressure relief device, is provided with an enclosure to retain any leakage. (h) Any radiation shield that encloses a component of the packag ing specified as part of the containment system will prevent the unin tentional escape of that component from the shield. (I) Failure of any tie-down attachment that is a structural part of the packaging, under both normal and accident conditions, must not impair the ability of the package to meet other requirements of this subpart. 346 PART 173 April 1998 ABD00132118 173.412--173.417 (1) When evaluated against the performance requirements of this section and the tests specified in 173.465 or using any of the methods authorized by 173.461(a), the packaging will prevent-- (1) Loss or dispersal of the radioactive contents; and (2) A significant increase in the radiation levels recorded or calcu lated at the external surfaces for the condition before the test. (k) Each packaging designed for liquids will-- (l) Be designed to provide for ullage to accommodate variations in temperature of the contents, dynamic effects and filling dynamics (2) Meet the conditions prescribed in paragraph (j) of this section when subjected to the tests specified in 173.466 or evaluated against these tests by any of the methods authorized by 173.461(a); and (3) Either-- (i) Have sufficient suitable absorbent material to absorb twice the volume of the liquid contents. The absorbent material must be compatible with the package contents and suitably positioned to contact the liquid in the event of leakage; or (ii) Have a containment system composed of primary inner and secondary outer containment components designed to assure retention of the liquid contents within the secondary outer component in the event that the primary inner component leaks. (I) Each package designed for gases, other than tritium not ex ceeding 40 TBq (lOQOCi) or noble gases not exceeding the A2 value appropriate for the noble gas, will be able to prevent loss or dispersal of contents when the package is subjected to the tests prescribed in 173.466 or evaluated against these tests by any of the methods authorized by 173.461(a). 173.413 Requirements for Type B packages. Except as pro vided in 173.416, each Type B(U) or Type B(M) package must be designed and constructed to meet the applicable requirements speci fied in 10 CFR Part 71. 173.415 Authorized Type A packages. The following pack ages are authorized for shipment if they do not contain quantities exceeding A, or A2 as appropriate: (a) DOT Specification 7A (178.350 of this subchapter) Type A general packaging. Each offeror of a Specification 7A package must maintain on file for at least one year after the latest shipment, and shall provide to DOT on request, complete documentation of tests and an engineering evaluation or comparative data showing that the construction methods, packaging design, and materials of construc tion comply with that specification. Use of Specification 7A packagings designed in accordance with the requirements of 178.350 of this subchapter in effect on June 30, 1983 (see 49 CFR Part 178 revised as of October 1. 1982), is not authorized after April 1. 1997. (b) Any other Type A packaging that also meets the applicable standards for fissile materials in 10 CFR Part 71 and is used in accord ance with 173.471. (c) Any Type B, B(U) or B(M) packaging authorized pursuant to 173.416. (d) Any foreign-made packaging that meets the standards in IAEA "Safety Series No. 6" and bears the marking "Type A" and was used for the import of Class 7 (radioactive) materials. Such packagings may be subsequently used for domestic and export shipments of Class 7 (radioactive) materials provided the offeror obtains the applicable documentation of tests and engineering evaluations and maintains the documentation on file in accordance with paragraph (a) of this section. These packagings must conform with requirements of the country of origin (as indicated by the packaging marking) and the IAEA regulations applicable to Type A packagings. 173.416 Authorized Type B packages. Each of the following packages is authorized for shipment of quantities exceeding A, or A2, as appropriate: (a) Any Type B, Type B(U) or Type B(M) packaging that meets the applicable requirements of 10 CFR Part 71 and that has been ap proved by the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission may be shipped pursuant to 173.471. <b) Any Type B, B(U) or B(M) packaging that meets the applicable requirements of the regulations of the International Atomic Energy Agency (IAEA) in its "Regulations for the Safe Transport of Radioactive Materials, Safety Series No. 6" and for which the foreign competent authority certificate has been revalidated by DOT pursuant to 173.473. These packagings are authorized only for export and import shipments. (c) DOT Specification 6M ( 178.354 of this subchapter) metal pack aging, only for solid or gaseous Class 7 (radioactive) materials that will not undergo pressure-generating decomposition at temperatures up to 121C (250F) and that do not generate more than 10 watts of radioactive decay heat. (d) For contents in other than special form; DOT Specification 20WC (178.362 of this subchapter), wooden protective jacket, when used with a single, snug-fitting inner DOT Specification 2R (178.360 of this subchapter). For liquid contents, the inner packaging must conform to 173.412(j) and (k). (e) For contents in special form only; DOT Specification 20WC (178.362 of this subchapter), wooden protective jacket, with a single snug-fitting inner Type A packaging that has a metal outer wall and conforms to 178.350 of this subchapter. Radioactive decay heat may not exceed 100 watts. (f) For contents in special form only; DOT Specification 21WC (178.364 of this subchapter), wooden protective overpack, with a single inner DOT Specification 2R (178.360 of this subchapter). Con tents must be loaded within the inner packaging in such a manner as to prevent loose movement during transportation. The inner packaging must be securely positioned and centered within the overpack so that there will be no significant displacement of the inner packaging if subjected to the 9 meter (30 feet) drop test described in 10 CFR part 71. 173.417 Authorized fissile materials packages, (a) Except as provided in 173.453, fissile materials containing not more than A, or A2 as appropriate, must be packaged in one of the following packagings: (1) DOT Specification 6L (178.352 of this subchapter), metal pack aging, for materials prescribed in paragraph (b)(1) of this section. (2) DOT Specification 6M (178.354 of this subchapter), metal packaging, for materials prescribed in paragraph (b)(2) of this section. (3) Any packaging listed in 173.415, limited to the Class 7 (radio active) materials specified in 10 CFR part 71, subpart C. (4) Any other Type A or Type B, Type B(U), or Type B(M) packaging for fissile Class 7 (radioactive) materials that also meets the applicable standards for fissile materials in 10 CFR part 71. (5) Any other Type A or Type B, Type B(U), or Type B(M) packaging that also meets the applicable requirements for fissile material packag ing in Section V of the International Atomic Energy Agency "Regula tions for the Safe Transport of Radioactive Materials, Safety Series No. 6," and for which the foreign competent authority certificate has been revalidated by the U.S. Competent Authority, in accordance with 173.473. These packages are authorized only for export and import shipments. (6) A 55-gallon 1A2 steel drum, meeting the applicable packaging testing requirements of subpart M of Part 178 of this subchapter at the packing group I performance level, subject to the following conditions: (i) The quantity may not exceed 350 grams of uranium-235 in any non-pyrophoric form, enriched to any degree in the uranium235 isotope; (ii) Each drum must have a minimum 18 gauge body and bottom head and 16 gauge removable top head with one or more corrugations in the cover near the periphery; (iii) Closure must conform to 178.352 of this subchapter; (iv) At least four equally spaced 12 millimeter (0.5 inch) diameter vent holes must be provided on the sides of the drum near the top, each covered with weatherproof tape; or equivalent device; (v) Appropriate primary, inner containment of the contents and sufficient packaging material, such as plastic or metal jars or cans, must be provided such that Specification 7A (178.350 of this subchapter) provisions are satisfied by the inner pack aging; (vi) Each inner container must be capable of venting if subjected to the thermal test described in 10 CFR part 71; (vii) Liquid contents must be packaged in accordance with 173.412 (j) and (k); and (viii) The maximum weight of contents, including internal packaging, may not exceed 91 kilograms (200 pounds) with fissile material content limited as shown in Table 2: 347 173.417 ABD00132119 April 1998 Table 2--Fissile Material Content And Transport Index For UN1A2 Package Maximum quantity and minimum transport Indax U-235 per package (grams) Minimum transport Index per package 350 1.8 300 1.0 250 0.5 200 0.3 150 0.1 100 0.1 50 (') ' Transport index is limited by the external radiation levels. 2 Maximum number is limited by the total transport index. Maximum No. of packages transported as a fissile material controlled shipment 72 129 256 500 500 500 ft (7) Any metal cylinder that meets the requirements of 173.415 and 178.350 of this subchapter for Specification 7A Type A packaging may be used for the transport of residual "heels" of enriched solid uranium hexafluoride without a protective overpack in accordance with Table 3. as follows: Table 3--Allowable Content Of Uranium Hexafluoride (UF6) "Heels" In A Specification 7A Cylinder Maximum cylinder diameter Centimeters 127......................... 20.3......................... 30.5......................... 76 0 ........................ 122.0 122.0......................... ' 10 ton. 214 ton Inches 5 8 12 30 48 48 Cylinder volume Liters 8.8 39.0 68.0 725.0 3,084.0 4,041.0 Cubic Feet 0.311 1.359 2.140 2564 '108.9 *142 7 enrichment (weight percent) 100.0 12.5 5.0 5.0 45 4.5 Maximum "Heel" weight per cylinder UF* Uranlum-235 kg 0.045 (lb) kg (lb) 0.1 0.031 0.07 0.227 0.5 0.019 0.04 0454 1 0 0.015 003 11.3 25 0 0 383 0.84 22 7 50.0 0.690 152 22.7 50.0 0.690 1.52 (8) DOT Specification 20PF-1.20PF-2, or 20PF-3 (178.356 of this subchapter), or Specification 21PF-1 A, 21PF-1B, or 21PF-2 (178.358 of this subchapter) phenolic-foam insulated overpack with snug fitting inner metal cylinders, meeting all requirements of 173.24,173.410, 173.412, and 173.420 and the following: (i) Handling procedures and packaging criteria must be in accord ance with DOE Report ORO-651 or ANSI N14.1. (ii) Quantities of uranium hexafluoride are authorized as shown in Table 6 of this section, with each package assigned a minimum transport index as also shown. (b) Fissile Class 7 (radioactive) materials with radioactive content exceeding A, or A2 must be packaged in one of the following packagings: (1) DOT Specification 6L ( 178.352 of this subchapter), metal pack aging. These packages may contain only uranium-235, plutonium239, or plutonium-241, as metal, oxide, or compounds that do not decompose at temperatures up to 149C (300F). Radioactive decay heat output may not exceed 5 watts. Class 7 (radioactive) materials in normal form must be packaged in one or more tightly sealed metal or polyethylene bottles within a DOT Specification 2R (178.360 of this subchapter) containment vessel. Authorized contents are limited in accordance with Table 4, as follows: 4 (KG)Table --Authorized Contents In Kilograms And Conditions 6LFor Specification Packages Uranlum-235 H/XS3' 3 H/XS10 Plutonium (Plutonium solutions are not authorized) H/XsiO t0SH/XS20 Minimum fissile Maximum No. of packages transport transported as a fissile Index material control shipment 23.6 1.3 80 2.5 2.4 1.8 50 ' H/X is the ratio ot hydrogen to fissile atoms in their inner containment with all sources of hydrogen in the containmeni considered. 2 Volume not to exceed 3.6 liters. (2) DOT Specification 6M (178.354 of this subchapter), metal packaging. These packages must contain only solid Class 7 (radioac tive) materials that will not decompose at temperatures up to 121C (250F). Radioactive decay heat output may not exceed 10 watts. Class 7 (radioactive) materials in other than special form must be packaged in one or more tightly sealed metal cans or polyethylene bottles within a DOT Specification 2R (178.360 of this subchapter) containment vessel. (i) For fissile material with a criticality Tl equal to 0.0, packages are limited to the following amounts of fissile Class 7 (radioactive) materials: 1.6 kilograms of uranium-235; 0.9 kilograms of pluto nium (except that due to the 10-watt thermal decay heat limita tion, the limit for plutonium-238 is 0.02 kilograms); and 0.5 kilograms of uranium-233. The maximum ratio of hydrogen to fissile material may not exceed three, including all of the sources of hydrogen within the DOT Specification 2R containment vessel. (ii) Maximum quantities of fissile material and other restrictions for materials with a criticality Tl of greater than 0.0 are given in Table 5. The minimum transport index to be assigned per pack age and, for fissile material, controlled shipments, the allowable number of similar packages per conveyance and per transport vehicle are shown in Table 5. Where a maximum ratio of hydro gen to fissile material is specified in Table 5, only the hydrogen interspersed with the fissile material must be considered. For a uranium-233 shipment, the maximum inside diameter of the inner containment vessel may not exceed 12.1 centimeters (4.75 inches). Where necessary, a tight fitting steel insert must be used to reduce a larger diameter inner containment vessel specified in 178.354 of this subchapter to the 12.1 centimeter (4.75 inch) limit. Table 5 is as follows: 348 PART 173 April 1998 ABD00132120 173.417--173.420 Table 5--Authorized Contents For Specification 6M Packages1 Uranium-233 8 Mata) or alloy Compounds H/Xs08 H/Xs0 H/XS3 Uranlum-2354 7 Metal or alloy Compounds H/X=0 H/X=0 H/XS3 Plutonium814 Metal or alloy Compounds H/X=0 H/Xs0 H/XS3 Minimum transport Index Maximum No. pkgs. transported as a fissile material control shipment 0.5...................... 0.5 0.5 1.6 1.6 1.6 9 0.9 9 09 9 0.9 0 NA 3.6...................... 4.4 2.9 7.2 7.6 5.3 3.1 4.1 3.4 0.1 1,250 e4.2...................... 5.2 3.5 8.7 9.6 6.4 3.4 4.5 4.1 0.2 625 85.2...................... 6.8 4.5 11.2 13.9 8.3 4.2 4.5 0.5 250 13.5 16.0 10.1 4.5 1.0 125 26.0 16.1 5.0 25 32.0 19.5 10.0 12 1 Quantity in kilograms. 2 Minimum percentage of plutonium-240 is 5 weight percent. 3 4,5 kilogram limitation of plutonium due to watt decay heat limitation. 4 For a mixture of uranium-235 and plutonium an equal amount of uranium-235 may be substituted for any portion of the plutonium authorized. 5 Maximum inside diameter of specification 2R containment vessel not to exceed 12.1 centimeters (4,75 inches) (see paragraph (b)(2)(ii) of this section). 6 Granulated or powdered metal with any particle less than 6.4 millimeters (0. 25 inch) in the smallest dimension is not authorized. 7 Except for material with a criticality Tl of 0.0, the maximum permitted uranium-235 enrichment is 93.5 percent. 8 H/X is the ratio of hydrogen to fissile atoms in die inner containment. 9 For P-238, the limit is 0.02 kg because of the 10 watt thermal decay heat limitation. (3) Type B, or Type B(U), or B(M) packaging that meets the stan dards for packaging of fissile materials in 10 CFR part 71, and is approved by the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission and used in accordance with 173.471. (4) Type B, B(U), or B(M) packaging that meets the applicable requirements for fissile Class 7 (radioactive) materials in Section V of the IAEA "Regulations for the Safe Transport of Radioactive Materials, Safety Series No. 6" and for which the foreign competent authority certificate has been revalidated by the U.S. Com petent Authority in accordance with 173.473. These packagings are authorized only for import and export shipments. (5) DOT Specifications 20PF-1,20PF-2, or20PF-3 (178.356 of this subchapter), or DOT Specifications 21PF-1A or 21PF-1B (178.358 of this subchapter) phenolic-foam insulated overpack with snug fitting inner metal cylinders, meeting all requirements of 173.24,173.410, and 173.412, and the following: (i) Handling procedures and packaging criteria must be in accord ance with DOE Report ORO-651 or ANSI N14.1; and (ii) Quantities of uranium hexafluoride are authorized as shown in Table 6, with each package assigned a minimum transport index as also shown: Table 6--Authorized Quantities Of Uranium Hexafluoride Protective overpack specification number 20PF-1.................. 20PF-2.................. 20PF-3.................. Maximum inner cylinder diameter Centi meter 12.7 20.3 30.5 Inches 5 8 12 Maximum weight of UF8 contents Kilo grams Pounds Maximum U-235 enrichment (weight percent) Minimum transport index 25 55 100.0 0.1 116 255 12.5 0.4 209 460 5.0 1.1 21PF-1A1 or 2lPF-1b' .... 2 76.0 2 30 2,250 4,950 5.0 5.0 21PF-1A1 or 21PF-1b' .... 21PF-2' ................ 21PF-21 ............... 3 76.0 2 76.0 3 76.0 3 30 2,282 5.020 2 30 2,250 4,950 3 30 2,282 5,020 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 ' For 76 centimeter cylinders, the maximum permitted H/U atomic ratio is 0.088. 2 Model 30A inner cylinder (Reference: ORO-651). 3 Model 30B inner cylinder (Reference: ORO-651). 173.418 Authorized packages--pyrophoric Class 7 (radioac tive) materials. Pyrophoric Class 7 (radioactive) materials, as refer enced in the 172.101 Table of this subchapter, in quantities not exceeding A2 per package must be transported in DOT Specification 7A packagings constructed of materials that will not react with, nor be decomposed by, the contents. Contents of the package must be-- (a) In solid form and must not be fissile unless excepted by 173.453; (b) Contained in sealed and corrosion resistant receptacles with positive closures (friction or slip-fit covers or stoppers are not au thorized); (c) Free of water and contaminants that would increase the reactiv ity of the material; and (d) Inerted to prevent self-ignition during transport by either-- (1) Mixing with large volumes of inerting materials, such as graphite, dry sand, or other suitable inerting material, or blended into a matrix of hardened concrete; or (2) Filling the innermost receptacle with an appropriate inert gas or liquid. 173.419 Authorized packages--oxidizing Class 7 (radioac tive) materials, (a) An oxidizing Class 7 (radioactive) material, as referenced in the 172.101 Table of this subchapter, is authorized in quantities not exceeding an A2 per package, in a DOT Specifica tion 7A package provided that-- 0) The contents are: (i) Not fissile; (ii) Packed in inside packagings of glass, metal or compatible plastic; and (iii) Cushioned with a material that will not react with the con tents; and (2) The outside packaging is made of wood, metal, or plastic. (b) The package must be capable of meeting the applicable test requirements of 173.465 without leakage of contents. (c) For shipment by air, the maximum quantity in any package may not exceed 11.3 kilograms (25 pounds). 173.420 Uranium hexafluoride (fissile, fissile excepted and non-fissile). (a) In addition to any other applicable requirements of this subchapter, uranium hexafluoride, fissile, fissile excepted or non-fissile, must be offered for transportation as follows: (1) Before initial filling and during periodic inspection and test, packagings must be cleaned in accordance with American National Standard N14.1. (2) Packagings must be designed, fabricated, inspected, tested and marked in accordance with-- (i) American National Standard N14.1 (1990, 1987, 1982, 1971) in effect at the time the packaging was manufactured; (ii) Specifications for Class DOT-106A multi-unit tank car tanks (179.300 and 179.301 of this subchapter); or (iii) Section VIII, Division I of the ASME Code, provided the pack aging-- (A) Was manufactured on or before June 30, 1987; (B) Conforms to the edition of the ASME Code in effect at the time the packaging was manufactured; (C) Is used within its original design limitations; and (D) Has shell and head thicknesses that have not decreased below the minimum value specified in the following table: Packaging model Minimum thickness millimeters (Inches) IS. 2S....................................................... 1.58 (0.062) 5A, SB, 8A................................................. 3.17(0.125) 12A. 12B.................................................... 4.76 (0.187) 30B.............................................................. 7.93 (0.312) 48A, F. X, and Y ..................................... 12.70 (0.500) 48T, 0, OM, OM Allied, HX, H, and G 6.35 (0.250) 349 ABD00132121 173.420--173.426 April 1998 (3) Uranium hexafluoride must be in solid form. {4) The volume of solid uranium hexafluoride, except solid depleted uranium hexafluoride, at 20C (68F) may not exceed 61% of the certified volumetric capacity of the packaging. The volume of solid depleted uranium hexafluoride at 20C (68F) may not exceed 62% of the certified volumetric capacity of the packaging. (5) The pressure in the package at 20C (68F) must be less than 101.3 kPa {14.8 psia). (b) Packagings for uranium hexafluoride must be periodically in spected. tested, marked and otherwise conform with the American National Standard N14.1-1990. (c) Each repair to a packaging for uranium hexafluoride must be performed in accordance with American National Standard N14.11990. 173.421 Excepted packages for limited quantities of Class 7 (radioactive) materials, (a) A Class 7 (radioactive) material whose activity per package does not exceed the limits specified in 173.425 and its packaging are excepted from the specification packaging, marking, labeling and, if not a hazardous substance or hazardous waste, the shipping paper and certification requirements of this sub chapter and requirements of this subpart if: (1) Each package meets the general design requirements of 173.410; (2) The radiation level at any point on the external surface of the package does not exceed 0.005 mSv/hour (0.5 mrem/ hour); (3) The nonfixed (removable) radioactive surface contamination on the external surface of the package does not exceed the limits speci fied in 173.443(a); (4) The outside of the inner packaging or, if there is no inner packag ing, the outside of the packaging itself bears the marking "Radio active"; (5) Except as provided in 173.426, the package does not contain more than 15 grams of uranium-235; and (6) The material is otherwise prepared for shipment as specified in accordance with 173.422. (b) A limited quantity of Class 7 (radioactive) material that is a hazardous substance or a hazardous waste, is not subject to the provisions in 172.203(d) or 172.204(c)(4) of this subchapter. 173.422 Additional requirements for excepted packages con taining Class 7 (radioactive) materials, (a) Except for materials subject to the shipping paper requirements of subpart C of Part 172 of this subchapter, excepted packages prepared for shipment under the provisions of 173.421, 173.424, 173.426, or 173.428 must be certified as being acceptable for transportation by having a notice enclosed in or on the package, included with the packing list, or otherwise forwarded with the package. This notice must include the name of the consignor or consignee and one of the following state ments, as appropriate: (1) "This package conforms to the conditions and limitations speci fied in 49 CFR 173.421 for radioactive material, excepted packagelimited quantity of material, UN2910"; (2) "This package conforms to the conditions and limitations speci fied in 49 CFR 173.424 for radioactive material, excepted packageinstruments or articles, UN2910"; (3) "This package conforms to the conditions and limitations speci fied in 49 CFR 173.426 for radioactive material, excepted packagearticles manufactured from natural or depleted uranium, or natural thorium, UN2910"; or (4) "This package conforms to the conditions and limitations speci fied in 49 CFR 173.428 for radioactive material, excepted packageempty package, UN2910." (b) An excepted package of Class 7 (radioactive) material that is classed as Class 7 and is prepared for shipment under the provisions of 173.421, 173.423, 173.424, 173.426, or 173.428 is not subject to the requirements of this subchapter, except for-- (1) 171.15, 171.16, 174.750, 176.710, and 177.861 of this sub chapter, pertaining to the reporting of incidents and decontamination, when transported by a mode other than air; (2) 171.15,171.16, and 175.700(b) of this subchapter pertaining to the reporting of incidents and decontamination when transported by aircraft; and (3) The training requirements of subpart H of Part 172 of this sub chapter and, for materials that meet the definition of a hazardous substance or a hazardous waste, the shipping paper requirements of subpart C of Part 172 of this subchapter. 173.423 Requirements for multiple hazard limited quantity Class 7 (radioactive) materials, (a) Except as provided in 173.4, when a limited quantity radioactive material meets the definition of another hazard class or division, it must be-- (1) Classed for the additional hazard; (2) Packaged to conform with the requirements specified in 173.421(a)(1) through (a)(5) or 173.424(a) through (g), as appro priate; and (3) Offered for transportation in accordance with the requirements applicable to the hazard for which it is classed. (b) A limited quantity Class 7 (radioactive) material which is classed other than Class 7 in accordance with this subchapter is excepted from the requirements of 173.422(a), 172.203(d), and 172.204(c)(4) of this subchapter if the entry "Limited quantity radioactive material" appears on the shipping paper in association with the basic de scription. 173.424 Excepted packages for radioactive instruments and articles. A radioactive instrument or article and its packaging is excepted from the specification packaging, shipping paper and certifi cation, marking and labeling requirements of this subchapter and requirements of this subpart, if: (a) Each package meets the general design requirements of 173.410; (b) The activity of the instrument or article does not exceed the relevant limit listed in Table 7 in 173.425; (c) The total activity per package does not exceed the relevant limit listed in Table 7 in 173.425; (d) The radiation level at 10 cm (4 in) from any point on the external surface of any unpackaged instrument or article does not exceed 0.1 mSv/hour (10 mrem/hour); (e) The radiation level at any point on the external surface of a package bearing the article or instrument does not exceed 0.005 mSv/ hour (0.5 mrem/hour), or, for exclusive use domestic shipments, 0.02 mSv (2 mrem/hour); (f) The nonfixed (removable) radioactive surface contamination on the external surface of the package does not exceed the limits speci fied in 173.443(a); (g) Except as provided in 173.426, the package does not contain more than 15 grams of uranium-235; and (h) The package is otherwise prepared for shipment as specified in 173.422. 173.425 Table of activity limits--excepted quantities and arti cles. The limits applicable to instruments, articles, and limited quanti ties subject to exceptions under 173.421 and 173.424 are set forth in Table 7 as follows: 7--Table Activity Limits For Limited Quantities, Instruments, And Articles Instruments and articles Nature of contents Limits for each instrument or article1 Package limits Materials package limits1 Solids Special form..................................... 10~2A,............ >> 10-3A, io-3a2 Liquids: Tritiated water: 0.0037 TBq to 0.037 TBq/L (0.1 Ci to 1 0 Ci/L) .................................. 37 TBq (1,000 Ci) lO^A? .... 10-'A2 io-4a2 Gases Tritium2...................... Special form .... ................ 2 x 10'2Aj ............. lO^A, 10'3A2 ... 2x10*'A2 2x10~2A2 10'2A, 10~3A, 10'2A2 . . 10-3A2 1 For mixtures of radionuclides see 173.433(b). 2 These values also apply to tritium in activated luminous paint and tritium adsorbed on solid carriers. 173.426 Excepted packages for articles containing natural uranium or thorium. A manufactured article in which the sole Class 7 (radioactive) material content is natural or unirradiated depleted uranium or natural thorium and its packaging is excepted from the specification packaging, shipping paper and certification, marking, and labeling requirements of this subchapter and requirements of this subpart if: 350 April 1998 ABD00132122 173.426--173.431 PART 173 (a) Each package meets the general design requirements of 173.410; (b) The outer surface of the uranium or thorium is enclosed in an inactive sheath made of metal or other durable protective material; (c) The conditions specified in 173.421(a) (2), (3), and (4) are met; and (d) The article is otherwise prepared for shipment as specified in 173.422. 173.427 Transport requirements for low specific activity (LSA) Class 7 (radioactive) materials and surface contaminated objects (SCO), (a) In addition to other applicable requirements specified in this subchapter, low specific activity (LSA) materials and surface contaminated objects (SCO), unless excepted by paragraph (d) of this section, must be packaged in accordance with paragraph (b) or (c) of this section and must be transported in accordance with the following conditions; (1) The external dose rate must not exceed an external radiation level of 10 mSv/h (1 rem/h) at 3 meters from the unshielded material; (2) The quantity of LSA and SCO material in any single conveyance must not exceed the limits specified in Table 9; (3) LSA material and SCO that are or contain fissile material must meet the applicable requirements of 173.451 and 173.467; (4) Packages must meet the contamination control limits specified in 173.443; (5) External radiation levels must comply with 173.441; and (6) For LSA material and SCO required by this section to be con signed as exclusive use: (i) Shipments must be loaded by the consignor and unloaded by the consignee from the conveyance or freight container in which originally loaded; (ii) There must be no loose Class 7 (radioactive) material in the conveyance, however, when the conveyance is the packaging there must be no leakage of Class 7 (radioactive) material from the conveyance; (iii) Packages must be braced so as to prevent shifting of lading under conditions normally incident to transportation; (iv) Specific instructions for maintenance of exclusive use shipment controls must be provided by the offeror to the carrier. Such instructions must be included with the shipping paper infor mation; (v) Except for shipments of unconcentrated uranium or thorium ores, the transport vehicle must be placarded in accordance with subpart F of Part 172 of this subchapter; (vi) For domestic transportation only, packages are excepted from the marking and labeling requirements of this subchapter. How ever, the exterior of each nonbulk package must be stenciled or otherwise marked "Radioactive--LSA" or "Radioactive--SCO", as appropriate, and nonbulk packages that contain a hazard ous substance must also be stenciled or otherwise marked with the letters "RQ" in association with the above description; and (vii) Except when transported in an industrial package in accord ance with Table 8, transportation by aircraft is prohibited. (b) Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, LSA material and SCO must be packaged as follows: (1) In an industrial package (IP-1, IP-2 or IP-3; 173.411), subject to the limitations of Table 8; (2) For domestic transportation only, in a DOT Specification 7A (178.350 of this subchapter) Type A package. The requirements of 173.412 (a), (b), (c) and (k) do not apply; (3) For domestic transportation only, in a strong, tight package that prevents leakage of the radioactive content under normal conditions of transport. In addition to the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section, the following requirements must be met: (i) The shipment must be exclusive use; (ii) The quantity of Class 7 (radioactive) material in each packaging may not exceed an A2 quantity; (4) For domestic transportation only, in a packaging that complies with the provisions of 10 CFR 71.52, and is transported in exclusive use; or (5) Any Type B, B(U) or B(M) packaging authorized pursuant to 173.416. (c) LSA-I and SCO-1 (see 173.403), unless packaged in accord ance with paragraph (b) of this section, must be packaged in bulk packagings in accordance with this paragraph. The shipment must be, in addition to complying with the applicable requirements of para graph (a) of this section, exclusive use: (1) Solids. Packages must be strong tight packagings. meeting the requirements of subpart B of this Part. The requirements of 173.410 do not apply. (2) Liquids. Liquids must be transported in the following pack agings: (i) Specification 103CW, 111A60W7 (179.200, 179.201, 179.202 of this subchapter) tank cars. Bottom openings in tanks are prohibited; or (ii) Specification MC 310, MC 311, MC 312, MC 331 or DOT 412 (178.348 or 178.337 of this subchapter) cargo tank motor vehicles. Bottom outlets are not authorized. Trailer-on-flat-car service is not authorized. (d) Except for transportation by aircraft, LSA material and SCO that conform to the provisions specified in 10 CFR 20.2005 are excepted from all requirements of this subchapter pertaining to Class 7 (radioac tive) materials when offered for transportation for disposal or recovery. A material which meets the definition of another hazard class is subject to the provisions of this subchapter relating to that hazard class. (e) LSA and SCO that exceed the packaging limits in this section must be packaged in accordance with 10 CFR part 71. (f) Tables 8 and 9 are as follows: LSATable 8--Industrial Package Integrity Requirements for Material and SCO Contents Industrial packaging type Exclusive use shipment Nonexclusive use shipment LSA-I: Solid.................................................................... IP-1 Liquid................................................................. IP-1 IP-i IP-2 LSA-ll: Solid.................................................................... Liquid and gas................................................. IP-2 IP-2 IP-2 IP-3 LSA-lll.................................................................... IP-2 IP-3 SCO-l .................................................................... IP-1 IP-1 SCO-II.................................................................... IP-2 IP-2 Table 9--Conveyance Activity Limits for LSA Material and SCO Nature of material Activity limit for conveyances LSA-I.................................................................................................................. No limit LSA-ll and LSA-lll; noncombustible solids................................................. No limit LSA-ll and LSA-lll: Combustible solids and all liquids and gases . . . 100 A2 SCO.................................................................................................................. 100 a2 173.428 Empty Class 7 (radioactive) materials packaging. A packaging which previously contained Class 7 (radioactive) materials and has been emptied of contents as far as practical, is excepted from the shipping paper and certification, marking and labeling re quirements of this subchapter, and from requirements of this chapter, provided that-- (a) The packaging meets the requirements of 173.421{a) (2), (3), and (5) of this subpart; (b) The packaging is in unimpaired condition and is securely closed so that there will be no leakage of Class 7 (radioactive) material under conditions normally incident to transportation; (c) Internal contamination does not exceed 100 times the limits in 173.443(a); (d) Any labels previously applied in conformance with Subpart E of Part 172 of this subchapter are removed, obliterated, or covered and the "Empty" label prescribed in 172.450 of this subchapter is affixed to the packaging; and (e) The packaging is prepared for shipment as specified in 173.422. 173.431 Activity limits for Type A and Type B packages. (a) Except for LSA material and SCO, a Type A package may not contain a quantity of Class 7 (radioactive) materials greater than A1 for special form Class 7 (radioactive) material or A2 for normal form Class 7 (radioactive) materia! as listed in 173.435, or, for Class 7 (radioactive) materials not listed in 173.435, as determined in accord ance with 173.433. 351 173.431--173.435 ABD00132123 April 1998 (b) The limits on activity contained in a Type B, Type B(U), or Type B(M) package are those prescribed in 173.416 and 173.417, or in the applicable approval certificate under 173.471, 173.472 or 173.473. 173.433 Requirements for determining Ai and A2 values for radionuclides and for the listing of radionuclides on shipping papers and labels, (a) Values of A, and A2 for individual radionu clides that are the basis for many activity limits elsewhere in this subchapter are given in the table in 173.435. (b) For individual radionuclides whose identities are known, but which are not listed in the table in 173.435, the determination of the values of A, and A2 requires approval from the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety except that the values of A, and A2 in Table 10 may be used without obtaining approval from Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety. (c) In calculating A, and A2 values for a radionuclide not listed in the table in 173.435, a single radioactive decay chain in which the radionuclides are present in their naturally* occurring proportions, and in which no daughter nuclide has a half life either longer than 10 days or longer than that of the parent nuclide, will be considered as a single radionuclide, and the activity to be taken into account and the A, and A2 value to be applied will be those corresponding to the parent nuclide of that chain. Otherwise, the parent and daughter nuclides will be considered as a mixture of different nuclides. J) Mixtures of radionuclides whose identities and respective activi ties are known, must conform to the following conditions: (D For special form Class 7 (radioactive) material: R/j\ --^ Ai(i) less than or equal to 1 Where B(i) is the activity of radionuclide i and A,(i) is the A) value for radionuclide i; or (2) For other forms of Class 7 (radioactive) material, either-- ^ Aa(i) less than or equal to 1 Where B(i) is the activity of radionuclide i and A2(i) is the A2 value for radionuclide i; or A2 for mixture -------- ------- 2f(i) A2(i) where f(i) is the fraction of activity of nuclide i in the mixture and A2(i) is the appropriate A2 value for nuclide i. (e) When the identity of each nuclide is known but the individual activities of some of the radionuclides are not known, the radionuclides may be grouped and the lowest A-i or A2 value, as appropriate, for the radionuclides in each group may be used in applying the formulas in paragraph (d) of this section. Groups may be based on the total alpha activity and the total beta/gamma activity when these are known, using the lowest A, or A2 values for the alpha emitters or beta/gamma emitters, respectively. (f) Shipping papers and labeling. (1) For mixtures of radionuclides, the radionuclides (n) that must be shown on shipping papers and labels in accordance with 172.203 and 172.403 of this subchapter, respectively, must be determined on the basis of the following formula: n n+m Where n + m represents all the radionuclides in the mixture, m are the radionuclides that do not need to be considered, a, is the activity of radionuclide i in the mixture, and Ai i is the A, or A2 value, as appropriate for radionuclide i. (g) Table 10 is as follows: Table 10--General Values for A1 or A2 Contents Only beta or gamma emitting nuclides are known to be present ............... Alpha emitting nuclides are known to be present or relevant data are available Ai (Tbq) (Cl) 0.2 5 0 to 2 70 a2 (Tbq) (Cl) 0.02 0.5 2 x IQ-5 5.41 x 10'4 173.434 Activity-mass relationships for uranium and natural thorium. The table of activity-mass relationships for uranium and natural thorium are as follows: Specific activity Thorium and uranium enrlchment'(Wt% **U present) Tbq/gram Grams/ Tbq Cl/gram Grama/Cl 0.45 (depleted) .... 1.9 x 10' 5 4 x 107 5.0 x 10*7 2.0 x 10 0.72 (natural) ............ 26 x 10' 3.8 x 107 7.1 x 10-7 1.4 x 10 10 ............... 2.8 x 10- 3.6 x 107 76 x 10-7 1.3 x 10 1.5 ................ 37 x 10* 2.7 x 107 1 0 x 10* 1.0 x 10 5.0 .... ......................... 1.0 x 10'7 1.0 x 107 2.7 x 10' 3.7 x 10 10.0....................................................... 1.8 x 10-7 5.6 x 10 4.8 x 10' 2.1 x 10 20.0....................................................... 3.7 x 10'7 2.7 x 10 1.0 x 10"5 1.0 x 10 35.0............ ............................ 7.4 x 10'7 1 4 x 10 2.0 x 10`8 50 x 10" 50.0....................................................... 9.3 x 10'7 1.1 x 10 2.5 x 10'* 4.0 x 10* 90.0 ................ 2.1 x 10` 4 7 x 105 5.8 x 10`s 1 7 x 10" 93.0 .................................................. 2.6 x 10` 3.9 x 10s 7.0 x 10- 1 4 x 10" 95.0....................................................... 3.4 x 10' 3.0 x 10s 9.1 x 10'* 1.1x10* Natural thorium ............................... 8.1 x 10'9 1.2 x 10 2.2 x 10`7 4.6 x 10 'The figures for uranium include representative values for the activity of uranium-234 which is concentrated during the enrichment process. The activity for thorium includes the equilibrium concentration of thorium-228. 173.435 Table of A1 and A2 values for radionuclides. The table of A, and A2 values for radionuclides is as follows: Symbol of radionuclide Ac-225 .............................................. Ac-227 .............................................. Ac-228 .............................................. Ag-105 . . ......................... Ag-108m .... Ag-IIOm ... Ag-111 . AI-26 . . ............................ Am-241...................... .... Am-242m........................................... Am-243 .............................................. Ar-37............ Ar-39................................................. Ar-41 ............................ Ar-42................................................. As-72.............................................. Element and atomic number Actinium(89)..................................... Silver(47)........................................... Aluminum(l3).................................. Amencium(95).................................. Argon(18) ......................... Arsenic(33)............................. A.(TBq) 0.6 40 06 2 0.6 0.4 0.6 04 2 2 2 40 20 0.6 0.2 0.2 A,(Cl) 16.2 1080 16.2 54.1 16.2 10.8 16.2 10.8 54.1 54.1 54 1 1080 541 16.2 541 5.41 Aj(TBq) 1x10'* 2x10` 0.4 2 0.6 04 0.5 0.4 2x10"* 2x10'" 2x10"* 40 20 0.6 02 0.2 A*(CI) 0.270 5.41x10-" 10.8 54 1 16.2 108 13 5 108 5.41x10"3 5.41x10'3 5.41X10'3 1080 541 16.2 5.41 5.41 Spec! ic activity (Tbq/g) (Cl/g) 2.1x103 5.8x10" 2.7 7.2x10' 8.4x10" 2.2x10 1 IxlO3 3.0x10* 9 7x10-' 2.6x10' 1.8x10* 47x10 58X103 1 6x10* 70x10"" 1 9x10** 1 3x10' 3.4 3.6x10-' 1.0x10' 7.4x10'3 2.0x10-' 3.7x10s 99x10* 1.3 3 4x10' 1 5x10 4.2x107 9.6 2.6x10* 6.2x10" 1.7x10 352 PART 173 April 1998 Symbol ot radionuclide As-73........................................ As-74........................................ As-76........................................ As-77........................................ At-211 ..................................... Au-193..................................... Au-194..................................... Aj-195..................................... Au-196..................................... Au-198..................................... Au-199..................................... Ba-131 ..................................... Ba-l33m.................................. Ba-133..................................... Ba-140..................................... Be-7........................................... Be-10........................................ Bi-20S........................................ Bi-206 ........................................ Bi-207 ........................................ Bi-210m .................................. Bi-210........................................ Bi-212........................................ Bk-247 ..................................... Bk-249 ..................................... Bf-76........................................ Br-77........................................ Br-82........................................ C-11 ........................................ C-14 ......................................... Ca-4i........................................ Ca-45........................................ Ca-47........................................ Cd-109..................................... Cd-113m.................................. Cd-ll5m.................................. Cd-115..................................... Ce-139..................................... Ce-141 ..................................... Ce-143..................................... Ce-144..................................... Cf-248 ..................................... Cf-249 ..................................... Ct-250 ..................................... Cf-251 ..................................... Cf-252 ..................................... Cf-253 ..................................... Cf-254 ..................................... 0-36........................................ CI-38........................................ Cm-240 ..................................... Cm-24i..................................... Cm-242 ..................................... Cm-243 ..................................... Cm-244 ..................................... Cm-245 ..................................... Cm-246 ..................................... Cm-247 ..................................... ABD00132124 Element and atomic number Astatine{85) Gold(79) . Barium(56) Beryllium(4) Bismuth(83). Berke!ium(97) Bromine(35). Carbon(6) Calcium(20). Cadmium{48). Cerium(58) Californium (98) Chlorine (17) Curium(96) Ai(TBq) 40 1 0.2 20 30 6 1 10 2 3 10 2 10 3 0.4 20 20 0.6 0.3 0.7 0.3 0.6 0.3 2 40 0.3 3 0.4 1 40 40 40 0.9 40 20 0.3 4 6 10 0.6 0.2 30 2 5 2 0.1 40 3x10* 20 02 40 2 40 3 2 2 2 A,(Cl) 1080 27.0 5.41 "541 811 162 27.0 270 54.1 81.1 270 54.1 270 81.1 10.8 541 541 162 8.11 18.9 8.11 16.2 8.11 sTi 1080 8.11 81.1 10.8 27 1080 1080 1080 24.3 1080 541 8.11 108 162 270 16.2 5.41 811 54.1 135 54.1 2.70 1080 e.iixio*2 541 5.41 1080 54.1 1080 81.1 108 54.1 54.1 54.1 173.435 A,(TBq) 40 0.5 0.2 0.5 2 6 1 10 2 05 09 2 0.9 3 0.4 20 0.5 0.6 0.3 0.7 3x10*2 0.5 0.3 2x1 O'4 8x10'2 0.3 3 0.4 0.5 2 40 0.9 0.5 1 9x10*s 03 0.5 6 0.5 0.5 02 3xi0"3 2x10'4 5x10"* 2x10** IxlO"3 6x1 O'2 6 x 10-4 0.5 0.2 2x10*z 09 1xl0*2 3x1 O'4 4x10** 2x1 O'4 2x10`4 2x10`4 A2(CI) 1080 13.5 5.41 13.5 54.1 162 27.0 270 54.1 13.5 24.3 54.1 24.3 81.1 108 541 13.5 16.2 8.11 18.9 0811 13.5 8.11 5.4lx10'3 2.16 8.11 81.1 10.8 13.5 54.1 1080 24.3 13.5 27.0 2.43 8.11 13.5 162 13.5 13.5 5.41 S.lIxlO*2 5.41x10' 1.35x10'2 5.41 xIO* 2.70x10*2 1.62 1.62x10*2 13.5 5.41 0.541 24.3 0.270 8.1 IxlO"3 I.OSxlO'2 5.41x10* 5.41x10" 5.41x10*3 Specific activity (Tbq/g) 82x10s 3.7xl03 (Cl/g) 2.2x10* 9.9x10* S.BxlO4 1.6x10 3.9x10* 1.0x10 7.6X104 3.4x10* 2.1x10 9.2x10s 1.5x104 4.1x10s 1.4x10s 3.7x10s 4.0X103 1.1x10s 9.0x10 2.4x10s 7.7x10 2.1x10s 31x10 8.4x10* 2.2x10* 6.1x10s 9.4 2.6x10s 2.7X103 7.3x10* 1.3x104 3.5x10s 8.3x10"4 2.2x10"s 1.5x10 4.2x10* 3.8X103 1.0x10s 1.9 5.2x10' 2.1x10*s 5.7x10** 4.6x103 1.2x10s 5.4x10s 1.5xl07 3.8xl0"2 1.0 6.1x10' 1.6x10s 9.4x10* 2.5x10 2.6x104 7.1x10s 4.0x10* 1.1x10 3.IxlO7 84x10 1.6x10-' 3.1X10*3 45 8.5x10*s 6.6x10s 1.8x10* 2.3x10* 6.1x10s 9.6x10' 2.6x10 8.3x10* 9.4x10s 1.9x10* 2.2x10s 2.5x10* 5.1x10s 2.5x10s8 .8x10 l.lxlO3 2.8x10* 2.5x10* 1.2x10s 6.6x10s 32x10 5.8x10' 1.6x10 1.5x10-' 4.1 4.0 1.1x10s 59x10*2 1.6 2.0x10' 5.4x10s l.lxlO3 2.9x10* 3.1x10s 8.5x10 1.2X10-3 3.3xl0"s 4.9x10s 1.3x10 7.5x102 2.0x10* 6.1x10s 1.7x10* 1.2x10s 3.3x10 1.9 5.2x10' 3.0 8.1x10s 6.4x10* 1.7x10*' l.lxlO*2 3.1x10*' 3.4x10"6 9.3x10-* 353 173.435 ABD00132125 Symbol of radionuclide Element and atomic number A,(TBq) Cm-248 ..................................... 4x10' Co-55........................................ Cobalt(27) 05 Co-56 ..................................... 0.3 Co-57........................................ Co-58m..................................... Co-58........................................ Co-60........................................ 0.4 Cr-51........................................ Chromium(24) 30 Cs-129..................................... Cesium(55). . Cs-131............................... 40 Cs-132.................................. Cs-134m.................. 40 Cs-134..................................... 0.6 Cs-135..................................... 40 Cs-136..................................... 0.5 Cs-137..................................... Cu-64........................................ Copper(29) Cu-67........................................ Dy-159.................................. Dysprosium(66) 20 Dy-165..................................... 0.6 Dy-166..................................... 0.3 Er-169 ..................................... Erbium(68) 40 Er-171 ..................................... 0.6 Es-253 ..................................... Einsteinium(99)a 200 Es-254 ..................................... 30 Es-254m.................................. 0.6 Es-255 ..................................... Eu-147.................................. Europium(63) Eu-148..................................... 0.5 Eu-149..................................... 20 Eu-150 ..................................... 0.7 Eu-152m.................................. 0.6 Eu-152..................................... 0.9 Eu-154..................................... 0.8 Eu-155..................................... 20 Eu-156 ..................................... 0.6 F-18........................................... Fluorme(9) Fe-52........................................ lron(26) . . 02 Fe-55........................................ 40 Fe-59........................................ 0.8 Fe-60........................................ 40 Fm-255 ..................................... Fermium(lOO)B 40 Fm-257 ..................................... 10 Ga-67........................................ Gallium(3J). Ga-68........................................ Ga-72........................................ Gd-146..................................... Gadolinium(64) 0.4 Gd-148..................................... Gd-153..................................... 10 Gd-159..................................... Ge-68........................................ Germanium(32) 03 Ge-71........................................ 40 Ga-77........................................ 0.3 H-3........................................... Hydrogen( 1 )SeeT-Tritium Hf-172 ..................................... Hafnium(72)...................... 0.5 Hf-175 ..................................... Hf-181 ..................................... Hf-182..................................... * International shipments of Einsteinium require multilateral approval of A, and A2 values. D International shipments of Fermium require multilateral approval of A1 and A2 values. A,(Cl) 1.08 13.5 8.11 27.0 108 811 108 1080 27.0 1080 162 1080 13.5 54.1 135 243 16.2 8.11 1080 162 5400 811 16.2 54.1 135 541 189 16.2 24 3 541 162 27 0 541 1080 21.6 1080 1080 270 162 10.8 81.1 270 108 8.11 1080 8 11 13.5 81.1 54 1 AjdBq) 5x10' 0.3 30 40 0.5 0.9 0.5 0.5 09 0.9 0.5 03 09 05 2.1x10"* 3x10* 0.4 20 0.7 05 Aj(CI) 1.35x10"* 13.5 8.11 216 1080 10.8 811 108 1080 27.0 13.5 13.5 24.3 24.3 13.5 24.3 13.5 5.4x100' 8.11x10'* 10.8 54.1 541 18.9 13.5 05 05 0.2 40 0.8 0.8 8x10-* 0.3 0.4 3x10' 13.5 13.5 5.41 1080 21.6 21.6 21.6x10" 162 8.11 10.8 108 8.11x10"* 135 40 0.3 0.3 0.9 3x10' 1080 8.11 8.11 81.1 24,3 0.811 April 1998 Specific activity (Tbq/g) (Cl/g) 1.6x10' 4.2x10- 1.1x10s 3.1x10s 1.1x10* 3.0x10* 3.1x10* 8.4x10* 2.2x10s 5.9x10 1.2x10* 3.2x10* 4.2x10' 1 1x10* 3.4x10* 9.2x10* 2.8x10* 7 6x10s 3.8x10* 1.0x10s 5.7x10* 1.5x10s 3.0x10s 8.0x10 4.8x10' 1.3x10* 43x10- 1.2x10- 2.7x10* 7.3x10* 3.2 8.7x10' 1 4x10s 3.9x10 2.8x10* 7.6x10s 2.1x10* 5.7x10* 3.0x10s 8.2x10 8.6x10* 2.3x10s 3.1x10* 8.3x10* 9.0x10* 2.4x10 1.4x10* 6.0x10* 3.5x10* 6.1x10* 8.2x10* 6.5 9.8 1.8x10' 2.0x10* 3.5x10 2.7x10s 8.8x10' 1.8x10* 7.4x10- 37x10* 1.6x10* 9.4x10* 1 6x10 2.2x10 1.8x10* 26x10* 4.9x10* 5.5x10* 9.5x107 7.3x10 2.4x10* 5.0x10* 2.0x10- 2.2x10* 1.5x10 1 1x10s 6.9x10* 12 1.3x10* 3.9x10* 2.6x10* 58x10* 1 3x10s 4.1x10' 3.9x10* 63x10* 8.1x10- 6.0x10s 4 IxlO7 3.1x10 1.9x10* 3.2x10' 35x10* 1 1x10 7.1x10* 1.6x10s 3.6x10 1.1x10* 1.1x10* 1.7x10* 2.2x10- 354 PART 173 April 1998 ABD00132126 Symbol of radionuclide Hg-194 Element end atomic number Mercury(80)................................... Ai(TBq) 1 Hg-195m 5 Hg-197m 10 Hg-197 10 Hg-203 Ho-163 Holmium(67). 40 Ho-166m 0.6 Ho-166 1-123 lodine(53) 0.3 *6 1-124 0.9 1-125 20 1-126 2 1-129 Unlimited 1-131 3 1-132 0.4 1-133 0.6 03 1-135 0.6 lndium(49) 2 In-1i3m 4 0.3 In-1l5m 6 lr-189 lridium(77) 10 lf-192 0.7 1 lr-193m 10 lr-194 0.2 K-40 Potassium(19) 0.6 K-42 0.2 K-43 1.0 Kr-81 Kryplon(36). 40 6 Kr-85 20 Kr-87 0.2 La-137 Lanthanum(57) 40 0.4 Lu-172 Lutetium(71) 0.5 Lu-173 8 l_u-174m 20 Lu-74 8 30 MFP (see 173.433) Mg-28 . Magnesium(12) 0.2 Mn-52 . Manganese(25) 0.3 Mn-53 . Unlimited Mn-54 . 1 Mn-56 . 0.2 Mo-93 . Molybdenum(42) 40 Mo-99 . 06 N-13 . Nitrogen(7). 0.6 Na-22 . Na-24 . $odium(11) 05 0.2 Nb-92m Niobium(4l). 0.7 Nb-93m 40 0.6 Nb-95 1 Nb-97 0.6 c 20 Ci for Mo" for domestic use. MFP: For mixed fission products, use formula for mixtures or Table 10 in 173,433. A,(Cl) 27.0 135 270 270 108 1080 16.2 8.11 162 24.3 541 54.1 Unlimited 81.1 10.6 16.2 8.11 16.2 54.1 108 8.11 162 270 18.9 27.0 270 5.41 16.2 5.41 27.0 1080 162 541 5.41 1080 10.8 13.5 216 541 216 811 5.41 8.11 Unlimited 27.0 5.41 1080 16.2 16.2 13.5 5.41 18.9 1080 16.2 27.0 16.2 Aa(TBq) 1 5 0.9 10 0.9 lo 0.3 0.3 6 0.9 2 0.9 Unlimited 0.5 0.4 0.5 0.3 0.5 2 0.3 0.9 10 0.7 0.5 10 0.2 0.6 0.2 0.5 40 6 10 0.2 2 0.4 0.5 8 8 4 09 (see 173.433) 0.2 0.3 Unlimited 1 0.2 7 0.5 0.5 05 0.2 0.7 6 06 1 0.5 A;(CI) 27.0 135 24.3 270 24.3 1080 8.11 8.11 162 24.3 54.1 24.3 Unlimited 13.5 10.8 13.5 8.11 13.5 54.1 108 8.11 24.3 270 18.9 13.5 270 5.41 16.2 5.41 13.5 1080 162 270 5.41 54.1 10.8 13.5 216 216 108 24.3 5.41 8.11 Unlimited 27.0 5.41 189 13.5C 13.5 13.5 5.41 18.9 162 16.2 27.0 13.5 173.435 Specific activity (Tbq/g) (Cl/fl) 1.3x10" 3.5 I.SxlO4 4.0x10s 2.5X104 6.7x10s 9.2x10s 2.5x10s 5.1x10* 1.4x10* 2.7 7.6x10' 6.6x10** 1.8 2.6x10* 7.0x10s 7.1x10* 1.9x10 9.3x10s 2.5x10s 6 4x10* 1.7x10* 2.9x10s 8.0x10* 6.5x10* 1.8x10-* 4.6x10s 1.2x10s 3.8x10s I.OxlO7 4.2x10* 1.1x10 9.9x10s 2.7x107 1.3x10s 3.5x10 1.5x10* 4.2x10s 6.2x10s 1.7x107 8.6x10* 2.3x10* 2.2x10s 6.1x10 1.9x10s 5.2x10* 2.3x10s 62x10* 3.4x10* 9.2x10s 2.4x10s 6.4x10* 3.1x10* 8.4x10s 2.4x10'7 6.4x10- 2.2x10s 6.0x10 1.2x10s 3.3x10 7.8x10'* 2.1x10'* 3.0x10s 8.2x10 1.5x10' 3.9x10* 1.0x10s 2.8x107 1,6x10"s 4.4x10'* 2.1x10* 5.6x10s 4.2x10s 1.1x10s 56x10' 1.5x10s 2.0x10* 5.3x10s 2.3x10' 6.2x10* 4.1x10s 1.1x10s 2.0x10s 1.6x10* 6.8x10"s 2.9x10* 8.0x10s 4.1x10** 1.8x10* 5.4x107 2.3x10* 3.2x10s 5.2x10s 8.8 6.9x10*s 1.5x10s 9.9x10s 5.4x10 4.4x10s 1.8x10*3 7.7x10s 2.2x107 1.1 4.8x10s 1.5x10s 6.3x10s 8.7x10 1.4x10s 2.4x10* 1.9x10"' 3.9x10* 2.7x107 355 173.435 Symbol of radionuclide Nd-147 ............................... Nd-149 . . . Ni-59 . . . Ni-63 . . Ni-65...................... Np-235 ...................... Np-236 . Np-237 ................ Np-239 ..................................... Os-185..................................... Os-191m.................................. Os-191 ............................ Os-193 ............................ Os-194............... P-32.................................. P-33 Pa-230 . Pa-231 Pa-233 ..................................... Pb-201.................................. Pb-202 ............................ Pb-203 ............................ Pb-205 ..................................... Pb-210..................................... Pb-212...................... Pd-103 Pd-107 Pd-109 . Pm-143...................... Pm-144..................................... Pm-145 .... Pm-147............ ... ... Pm-148m............ .... Pm-149............................ Pm-151............................ Po-208 Po-209 ..................................... Po-210 . Pr-142 ..................................... Pr-143 . . Pt-188.................................. Pt-191..................................... PI-193m.................................. Pt-193 ... ................... Pt-195m Pt-197m Pt-197 Pu-236 . Pu-237 ... Pu-238 ...................... Pu-239 ........................ Pu-240 . . Pu-241............................ Pu-242 ......................... Pu-244 ..................................... Ra-223 ............................... Ra-224 ............. Ra-225 .... Ra-226 ............................... ABD00132127 Element and atomic number Neodymium(60)...................... Nickel(28) Neptunium(93) Osmium(76) Pbosphorus{15) Protactinium(91) Lead(82) Palladium(46) Promethium(61) Polonium(84) Praseodymium (59) . Platinum(78) Plutonium(94) Radium(88) *(TBq) 4 06 40 40 03 40 7 2 6 1 40 10 0.6 0.2 0.3 40 2 0.6 5 1 40 3 Unlimited 06 03 40 Unlimited 06 3 06 30 40 0.5 06 3 40 40 40 0.2 4 oJ ~ 40 40 10 10 20 7 20 2 2 2 40 2 03 06 0.3 0.6 03 *i(CI) 108 16.2 1080 1080 8.11 1080 189 54.1 162 27 0 1080 270 16.2 5.41 8.11 1080 54.1 16.2 135 27.0 1080 81.1 Unlimited 16.2 8.11 1080 Unlimited 16.2 81 1 16.2 811 1080 13.5 16.2 81.1 1080 1080 1080 5.41 108 16.2 81.1 1080 1080 270 270 541 189 541 54.1 54.1 54.1 1080 54.1 8.11 16.2 8.11 162 8.11 ArfTBq) 0.5 05 40 30 03 40 1x10"s 2x10'* 05 1 40 09 05 0.2 03 09 0.1 6x10- 5 09 1 2 3 Unlimited 9x10"s 0.3 40 Unlimited 0.5 3 0.6 7 0.9 0.5 0.5 0.5 2x10 2x10 2x10 0.2 0.5 0.6 1 9 40 2 0.9 0.5 7x10 20 2x10 2x10 2x10 1x10 2x10 2x10 3x10 6x10 2x10 2x10 A^Cl) 13.5 13.5 1080 811 8.11 1080 2.70x10"* 5.41x10"3 13.5 27.0 1080 24.3 13.5 541 8.11 24.3 2 70 1.62x10"3 24.3 27.0 54.1 81.1 Unlimited 0243 8.11 1080 Unlimited 13.5 81.1 16.2 189 24 3 13.5 13.5 13.5 0.541 0.541 0.541 5.41 13.5 16.2 81.1 243 1080 54.1 24.3 13.5 1 89x10-2 541 5.41x10-3 5.41x10-3 5.41x10-3 0.270 5.41x10-3 5.41x10-3 0.811 1.62 0.541 0.541 April 1998 Specific activity (Tbq/g) (Cl/fl) 3.0x10s 8.1x10" 4.5x10s 3.0x10" 1.2x10* 8.0x10"* 2.1 5.7x10' 7 1x10s 1.9x107 5.2x10' 1 4x10s 4.7x10"" 13x10"* 2.6x10" 7 1x10"" 8.6x10s 2.3x10s 2.8x10* 7 5x10s 4.6x10" 1.3x10 1.6x10s 44x10" 2.0x10" 53x10s 1 1x10' 3 1x10* 1 1x10" 2.9x10s 5.8x10s 1 6x10s 1.2x10s 3.3x10" 1 7x10*s 4 7x10"* 77x10* 2 1x10" 6.2x10" 1 7x10 1.2x10"" 3.4xl0"s 1.1x10" 30x10 4.5x10"6 1.2x10"" 2.8 7.6x10' 5.1x10" 1.4x10s 2.8x10s 7.5x10" 1.9x10" 5.1x10"" 7.9x10" 2.1x10 1.3x10* 34x10s 9.2x10' 2.5x10s 5.2 1.4x10* 3.4x10' 93x10* 7.9x10* 2.1x10" 1.5x10" 4.0x10 2.7x10" 73x10s 2.2x10' 59x10* 6.2x10"' 1 7x10' 1 7x10* 45x10s 4.3x10" 1 2x10 2.5x10s 67x10" 2.5x10s 68x10" 8.7x10s 24x10 5.8x10s 1.6x10 1 4 3 7x10' 62x10s 1 7x10 3 7x10s 1 OxlO7 32x10" 87x10s 2 0x10' 5.3x10* 4 5x10* 1.2x10" 6 3x10"' 23X10*3 1 7x10' 6 2x10"* 8 4xl0"3 23x10"' 3.8 1.0x10* 1.5x10"" 3.9x10" 6.7x10"7 1.8x10" 1.9x10s 5.1x10" 59x10s 1.6x10s 1 5x10s 3.7x10"* 39x10" 10 356 April 1998 Symbol of radionuclide Ra-228 ..................................... Rb-81........................................ Rb-83........................................ Rb-84........................................ Rb-86........................................ Rb-87........................................ Rb (natural) ............................ Re-183..................................... Re-184m.................................. Re-184..................................... Re-186..................................... Re-187..................................... Re-188..................................... Re-189..................................... Re (natural) ............................ Rh-99........................................ Rh-101 ..................................... Rh-I02m.................................. Rh-102..................................... Rh-I03m.................................. Rh-105..................................... Rn-222 ..................................... Ru-97........................................ Ru-103..................................... Ru-105..................................... Ru-106..................................... S-35........................................... Sb-122..................................... Sb-124..................................... Sb-125..................................... Sb-126..................................... Sc-44........................................ Sc-46........................................ Sc-47........................................ Sc-48........................................ Se-75........................................ Se-79........................................ Si-31 ........................................ Si-32 ........................................ Sm-145..................................... Sm-147..................................... Sm-151..................................... Sm-153..................................... Sn-113..................................... Sn-117m.................................. Sn-I19m.................................. Sn-121m.................................. Sn-123 ..................................... Sn-125..................................... Sn-126..................................... Sr-82........................................ Sr-85m..................................... Sr-85........................................ Sr-87m..................................... Sr-89........................................ Sr-90........................................ Sr-91 ........................................ Sr-92........................................ T.................................................. Ta-178 ..................................... ABD00132128 Element and atomic number Rubidium(37) Rhenium(75). Rhodium(45). Radon(86) . . Ruthenium(44) Sullur(16) . . Antimony(51) Scandium(2l) Selenium(34) Silicon( 14). Samarium(62) Tin(50) Strontium(38) Tritium(l) . . Tantalum(73) Ai(TBq) 0.6 2 2 1 0.3 Unlimited Unlimited 5 3 1 4 Unlimited 0.2 4 Unlimited 2 4 2 0.5 40 10 0.2 4 2 0.6 0.2 40 0.3 0.6 2 0.4 0.5 0.5 9 0.3 3 40 06 40 20 Unlimited 40 4 4 6 40 40 0.6 0.2 0.3 0.2 5 2 3 06 0.2 0.3 0.8 40 1 A,(Cl) 16.2 54.1 54.1 27.0 8.11 Unlimited Unlimited 135 81.1 27.0 108 Unlimited 5.41 108 Unlimited 54.1 108 54.1 13.5 1080 270 5.41 108 54.1 16.2 5.41 1080 8.11 162 54.1 10.8 13.5 13.5 243 8.11 81.1 1080 16.2 10800 541 Unlimited 1080 108 108 162 1080 1080 16.2 5.41 8.11 5.41 135 54.1 81.1 16.2 5.41 8.11 21.6 1080 27.0 ArfTBq) 4x10"* 0.9 2 0.9 03 Unlimited Unlimited 5 3 1 0.5 Unlimited 0.2 0.5 Unlimited 2 0.9 0.5 40 0.9 4x10'3 0.9 0.5 "02 2 0.3 0.5 0.9 0.4 0.5 0.5 0.9 0.3 3 2 0.5 0.2 20 Unlimited 4 0.5 4 2 40 0.9 05 0.2 0.3 0.2 5 2 3 0.5 0.1 0.3 0.5 40 1 AdCl) 1.08 24.3 54.1 24.3 8.11 Unlimited Unlimited 135 81.1 27.0 135 Unlimited "mi 13.5 Unlimited 54.1 108 24.3 13.5 1080 24.3 0.108 108 24.3 13.5 5.41 54.1 8.11 13.5 24.3 10.8 13.5 13.5 24.3 8.11 81.1 54.1 13.5 5.41 541 Unlimited 108 13.5 108 54.1 1080 24.3 13.5 5.41 8.11 5.41 135 54.1 81.1 13.5 2.70 8.11 13.5 1080 27.0 173.435 Specific activity (Tbq/g) (Ct/fl) 1.0x10' 2.7x10* 3.1x10s 8.4x10 6.8x10* 1.8x10* 1.8x10s 4.7x10* 3.0x10s 8.1x10* 3.2x10-9 8.6x10- 6.7x10s 1.8x10 3.8x10* 1.0x10* 1.6x10* 4.3x10* 6.9x10* 1.9x10* 6.9x10s 1.9x10s 1.4x10- 3.8x10' 3.6x10* 9.8x10s 2.5x10* 6.8x10s 2.4x10 3.0x103 8.2x10* 4.1x10' 1.1x10* 23x10* 6.2x10* 4.5x10' 1.2x10* 1.2x10s 3.3x107 3.1x10* 8.4x10s 5.7x10s 1.5x10s 1.7x10* 4.6x10s 1.2x10* 3.2x10* 2.5x10s 6.7x10 1.2x10* 3.3x10* 1.6x10* 4.3x10* 1.5x10* 4.0x10s 6.5x10* 1.7x10* 3.9x10' 1.0x10* 3.1x10* 8.4x10* 67x10s 1.8x10* 1.3x10* 3.4x10* 3.1x10* 8.3x10s 5.5x10* 1.5x10 5.4x10* 1.5x10* 2.6x10-* 7.0x10-* 1.4x10 3.9x10* 3.9 1.1x10* 9.8x10' 2.610* 8.510-' 2.310- 9.710-' 2.6x10' 1.6x10* 4.4x10s 3.7x10* 1.0x10* 3.0x10* 82x10* 1.4x10* 3.7x10* 2.0 5.4x10' 3.0x10* 8.2x10* 4.0x10* 1.1x10s 1.010-* 2.810-* 2.3x10* 6.2x10* 1.2x10 3.3x107 8.8x10* 2.4x10* 4.8x10s 1.3x10* 1.1x10* 2.9x10* 5.1 1.4x10* 1.3x10s 3.6x10 4.7x10s 1.3x10* 3.6x10* 9.7x10* 4.2x10 1.1x10 357 PART 173 173.435 Symbol of radionuclide Ta-179.................................. Ta-182 ............................... Tb-157 ... Tb-156 ......................... Tb-160 . . .... Tc-95m ............................... Tc-96m .... Tc-96 ............................ Tc-97m............................... Tc-97.................................. Tc-98 ............................... Tc-99m............................... Tc-99 . . .... Te-118............................ Te-I21m............................ Te-121.................................. Te-123m.................. Te-I25m . . .... Te-127m............................... Te-127.................................. Te-129m............................... Te-129 . . Te-I31m......................... Te-132.................................. Th-227 Th-228 ................... Th-229 .... Th-230 .................................. Th-231.................................. Th-232 Th-234 Tfi (natural)......................... n-44 ..................................... TI-200 ..................................... n-201..................................... TI-202 .................................. Tl-204 .................................. Tm-167.................................. Tm-168......................... Tm-170.................................. Tm-17l .... U-230 ..................................... U-232 U-233 .... U-234 .................................. U-235 ..................................... U-236 ..................................... U-238 . ...................... U (natural)............................ U (enriched 5% or less) U (enriched more than 5%) U (depleted) ............... V-48............................... V-49 ... W-178..................................... W-181............... W-185 W-187 W-188 .. Xe-122 ............... ABD00132129 April 1998 Element and atomic number Terbium(6S). Technetium(43) Tellurium(52) Thorium(90). Titanium(22) . . Tha!lium(81.1> . Thulium(69). Uranium(92). Vanadium(23) Tungsten(74) Xenon(54) A,(TBq) 30 0.8 40 1 09 2 04 04 40 Unlimited 07 8 40 0.2 5 2 7 30 20 20 06 0.6 07 "04 _ 03 0.3 2 40 Unlimited 02 Unlimited 0.5 0.8 10 2 4 7 0.8 4 40 40 3 10 10 Unlimited 10 Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited 10 Unlimited. 0.3 40 1 30 40 2 0.2 0.2 A,(CI) 811 21.6 1080 27.0 24.3 54.1 10.8 10.8 1080 Unlimited 18.9 216 1080 5.41 135 54 1 189 811 541 541 16.2 16.2 18.9 10.8 243 8.11 8.11 54.1 1080 Unlimited 541 Unlimited 13.5 21 6 270 54.1 108 189 21 6 108 1080 1080 81 1 270 270 Unlimited 270 Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited 270 Unlimited 8.11 1080 27.0 811 1080 54 1 541 541 AtfTBq) 30 0.5 10 0.7 0.5 2 0.4 0.4 40 Unlimited 0.7 8 0.9 02 5 2 7 9 0.5 0.5 05 05 OS 0.4 1x10'* 4x10'* 3x10"5 2x10'* 0.9 Unlimited 0.2 Unlimited 0.2 0.8 10 2 "05 7 08 05 10 IxlO'2 3x10-* IxlO'3 IxlO*3 Unlimited IxlO"3 Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited IxlO'3 Unlimited 0.3 40 1 "30 0.9 05 0.2 0.2 A(C1) 811 13.5 270 18.9 13.5 54 1 10.8 10.8 1080 Unlimited 18.9 216 24.3 5.41 135 54.1 189 243 13.5 13.5 13.5 13.5 13.5 10.8 0.270 1.08x10'* 8.11x10-* 5.41x10'* 24.3 Unlimited 5.41 Unlimited 5.41 21 6 270 54.1 13.5 189 21 6 13.5 270 0.270 8.11x10'* 2.70x10** 2.70x10'* Unlimited 2.70x10'* Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited 2.70x10-* Unlimited 8.11 1080 27.0 811 24.3 13.5 5.41 541 Specific activity (Tbq/g) (Ci/g) 4 IxlO1 1 IxlO3 2.3x10* 6.2x10* 5 610-' 1.5x10' 5.610-' 1.5x10' 4.2x10* 1.1x10* 8.3x10* 2.2x10* 1.4x10 3.8x10' 1.2x10* 32x10 5.6x10* 1.5x10* 5.2x10- 1 4x10-* 3 2x10"5 6.7x10-* 1.9x10s 53x10 6.3x10" 1.7x10-* 6.8x10* 1.8x10s 2.6x10* 7.0x10s 2.4x10s 6.4x10* 3.3x10* 8.9xl03 6 7x10* 1.8x10* 3.5x10* 94x10s 9.8x10* 26x10 1.1x10* 3.0x10* 7.7x10 2.IxlO7 3.0x10* 8.0x10 1 1x10* 3.0x10 1 1x10* 3.1x10* 3.0x10' 8.2x10* 7 9x10- 2.1x10- 7 6x10-* 2 1xl0`* 2 0x10* 5.3x10s 40x10" 1.1x10" 8.6x10* 2.3x10* 8.1x10' 2.2x10' 64 1 7x10* 2.2x10* 6.0x10 7.9x10* 2.1x10 2.0x10* 5.3x10* 1 7x10' 4 6x10* 3.1x10* 8.5x10* 3 1x10* 8 3x10* 2.2x10* 60x10* 4.0x10' 1 1x10* 1 0x10* 2.7x10* 8.3x10' 2.2x10' 3.6x10' 9.7x10' 2.3x10* 6.2x10"* 8 0x10* 2.2x10' 2 4x10* 6.5x10- 1 2x10* 3.4x10" 2.6x10- 7.1x10" (see 173.434) (see 173.434) (see 173.434) 6.3x10* 1.7x10s 3.0x10* 8.1x10* 1.3x10"* 2.2x10* 3.4x10* 6.0x10* 3 5x10* 9.4x10* 26x10* 7.0x10 3 7x10* 1.0x10* 4 8x10* 1.3x10 358 April 1998 ABD00132130 173.435--173.443 PART 173 Specific activity Symbol of radionuclide Xe-123 .............................................. Element and atomic number A,(TBq) 0.2 A,(Cl) 5.41 Aj(TBq) 0.2 Aj(CI) 5.41 (Tbq/g) 4.4x10s (Cl/fl) 1.2xi07 Xe-127 .............................................. 4 108 4 108 I.OxlO3 2.8x10* Xe-l3lm........................................... Xe-133............................................... 40 1080 40 1080 3.1x10s 8.4x10* 20 541 20 541 6.9x10s 1.9x10s Xe-135............................................... Y-87..................................................... Y-88..................................................... Y-90..................................................... Y-9lm................................................. Yttrium(39)........................................... 4 2 0.4 0.2 2 108 4 54.1 2 10.8 0.4 5.41 0.2 54.1 2 108 54.1 10.8 5.41 54.1 9.5x10* 1.7x10* 5.2x10* 2.0x10* 1.5x10 2.6x10 4.5x10s 1.4x10* 5.4x10s 4.2x107 Y-91..................................................... Y-92..................................................... Y-93..................................................... 0.3 8.11 0.3 8.11 9.1x10* 2.5x10* 0.2 5.41 0.2 5.41 3.6x10s 96x10 0.2 5.41 0.2 5.41 1.2x10s 3.3x10 Yb-169............................................... Ytterbium(70) .................................. 3 81.1 3 81.1 8.9x10* 2.4x10* Yb-175............................................... 30 811 0.9 24.3 6.6x10s 1.8x10s Zrv65.................................................. Zn-69m............................................... Zinc(30) ........................................... 2 2 54.1 2 54.1 0.5 54.1 13.5 3.0x10* 1.2x10s 8.2x10s 3.3x10 Zn-69.................................................. 4 108 0.5 13.5 1.8x10 4.9xl07 Zr-88................................................. Zirconium(40) .................................. 3 81.1 3 81.1 6.6x10* 1.8x10* Zr-93................................................. Zr-95 ................................................. 40 1080 0.2 5.41 9.3x10`s 2.5x10"3 1 27.0 0.9 24.3 7.9x10* 2.1x10* Zr-97.................................................. 0.3 8.11 0.3 8.11 7.1x10* 1.9x10 Note: The activity pgr gram of radionuclide quantities are technical information that might not provide a direct relationship between the activity and total mass of material contained in a package. 173.441 Radiation level limitations, (a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, each package of Class 7 (radioactive) materials offered for transportation must be designed and prepared for shipment, so that under conditions normally incident to transporta tion, the radiation level does not exceed 2 mSv/hour (200 mrem/hour) at any point on the external surface of the package, and the transport index does not exceed 10. (b) A package which exceeds the radiation level limits specified in paragraph (a) of this section must be transported by exclusive use shipment, and the radiation levels for such shipment may not exceed the following during transportation: (1) 2 mSv/h (200 mrem/h) on the external surface of the package unless the following conditions are met, in which case the limit is 10 mSv/h (1000 mrem/h): (1) The shipment is made in a closed transport vehicle; (ii) The package is secured within the vehicle so that its position remains fixed during transportation; and (iii) There are no loading or unloading operations between the be ginning and end of the transportation; (2) 2 mSv/h (200 mrem/h) at any point on the outer surfaces of the vehicle, including the top and underside of the vehicle; or in the case of a flat-bed style vehicle, at any point on the vertical planes projected from the outer edges of the vehicle, on the upper surface of the load or enclosure if used, and on the lower external surface of the vehicle; (3) 0.1 mSv/h (10 mrem/h) at any point 2 meters (6.6 feet) from the outer lateral surfaces of the vehicle (excluding the top and underside of the vehicle); or in the case of a flat-bed style vehicle, at any point 2 meters (6.6 feet) from the vertical planes projected by the outer edges of the vehicle (excluding the top and underside of the vehi cle); and (4) 0.02 mSv/h (2 mrem/h) in any normally occupied space, except that this provision does not apply to private carriers if exposed person nel under their control wear radiation dosimetry devices as part of a radiation protection program that satisfies the requirements of subpart I of part 172 of this subchapter. (c) For shipments made under the provisions of paragraph (b) of this section, the offeror shall provide specific written instructions for maintenance of the exclusive use shipment controls to the carrier. The instructions must be included with the shipping paper information. The instructions must be sufficient so that, when followed, they will cause the carrier to avoid actions that will unnecessarily delay delivery or unnecessarily result in increased radiation levels or radiation expo sures to transport workers or members of the general public. (d) Packages exceeding the radiation level or transport index pre scribed in paragraph (a) of this section may not be transported by aircraft. 173.442 Thermal limitations. A package of Class 7 (radioac tive) material must be designed, constructed, and loaded so that-- (a) The heat generated within the package by the radioactive con tents will not, during conditions normally incident to transport, affect the integrity of the package; and (b) The temperature of the accessible external surfaces of the loaded package will not, assuming still air in the shade at an ambient temperature of 38C (100F), exceed either-- (1) 50C (122F) in other than an exclusive use shipment; or (2) 85C (185F) in an exclusive use shipment. 173.443 Contamination control, (a) The level of non-fixed (re movable) radioactive contamination on the external surfaces of each package offered for transport must be kept as low as reasonably achievable. The level of non-fixed radioactive contamination may not exceed the limits set forth in Table 11 and must be determined by either: (1) Wiping an area of 300 square centimeters of the surface con cerned with an absorbent material, using moderate pressure, and measuring the activity on the wiping material. Sufficient measurements must be taken in the most appropriate locations to yield a representa tive assessment of the non-fixed contamination levels. The amount of radioactivity measured on any single wiping material, when averaged over the surface wiped, may not exceed the limits set forth in Table 11 at any time during transport; or (2) Using other methods of assessment of equal or greater effi ciency, in which case the efficiency of the method used must be taken into account and the non-fixed contamination on the external surfaces of the package may not exceed ten times the limits set forth in Table 11, as follows: 11Table --Non*Fixed External Radioactive CONTAMINAT70N*WlPE LIMITS Contaminant Beta and gamma emitters and low toxicity alpha emitters.......................................................................... All other alpha emitting radionuclides......................... Maximum permissible limits Bq/cm* uCI/Cm* dpm/cm* 0.4 10- 22 0.04 10- 2.2 (b) Except as provided in paragraph (d) of this section, in the case of packages transported as exclusive use shipments by rail or public highway only, the removable (non-fixed) radioactive contamination on any package at any time during transport may not exceed ten times 359 173.443--173.457 ABD00132131 April 1998 the levels prescribed in paragraph (a) of this section. The levels at the beginning of transport may not exceed the levels prescribed in paragraph (a) of this section. (c) Except as provided in paragraph (d) of this section, each trans port vehicle used for transporting Class 7 (radioactive) materials as an exclusive use shipment that utilizes the provisions of paragraph (b) of this section must be surveyed with appropriate radiation detection instruments after each use. A vehicle may not be returned to service until the radiation dose rate at each accessible surface is 0.005 mSv per hour (0.5 mrem per hour) or less, and there is no significant removable (non-fixed) radioactive surface contamination as specified in paragraph (a) of this section. (d) Paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section do not apply to any closed transport vehicle used solely for the transportation by highway or rail of Class 7 (radioactive) material packages with contamination levels that do not exceed 10 times the levels prescribed in paragraph (a) of this section if-- (1) A survey of the interior surfaces of the empty vehicle shows that the radiation dose rate at any point does not exceed 0.1 mSv per hour (10 mrem per hour) at the surface or 0.02 mSv per hour (2 mrem per hour) at 1 meter (3.3 feet) from the surface; (2) Each vehicle is stenciled with the words "For Radioactive Materi als Use Only" in letters at least 76 millimeters (3 inches) high in a conspicuous place on both sides of the exterior of the vehicle; and (3) Each vehicle is kept closed except for loading or unloading. 173.447 Storage incident to transportation--general require ments. The following requirements apply to temporary storage dur ing the course of transportation but not to Nuclear Regulatory Commis sion or Agreement State-licensed facilities or U.S. Government-owned or contracted facilities. (a) The number of packages bearing RADIOACTIVE YELLOW-11 or RADIOACTIVE YELLOW-III labels stored in any one storage area, such as a transit area, terminal building, storeroom, waterfront pier, or assembly yard, must be limited so that the sum of the transport indexes in any individual group of packages does not exceed 50. Groups of these packages must be stored so as to maintain a spacing of at least 6 meters (20 feet) from other groups of packages containing Class 7 (radioactive) materials. (b) Mixing of different kinds of Class 7 (radioactive) materials pack ages that include fissile materials packages is authorized only in ac cordance with 173.459. 173.448 General transportation requirements, (a) Each shipment of Class 7 (radioactive) materials must be secured to prevent shifting during normal transportation conditions. (b) Except as provided in 174.81, 176.83, and 177.848 of this subchapter, or as otherwise required by the competent authority in the applicable certificate, a package of Class 7 (radioactive) materials may be carried among packaged general cargo without special stow age provisions, if-- (1) The heat output in watts does not exceed 0.1 times the minimum package dimension in centimeters; or (2) The average surface heat flux of the package does not exceed 15 watts per square meter and the immediately surrounding cargo is not in sacks or bags or otherwise in a form that would seriously impede air circulation for heat removal. (c) Packages bearing labels prescribed in 172.403 of this sub chapter may not be carried in compartments occupied by passengers, except in those compartments exclusively reserved for couriers ac companying those packages. (d) Mixing of different kinds of packages that include fissile pack ages is authorized only in accordance with 173.459. (e) No person shall offer for transportation or transport aboard a passenger-carrying aircraft any single package with a transport index greater than 3.0 or an overpack with a transport index greater than 3.0. (f) No person shall offer for transportation or transport aboard a passenger-carrying aircraft any Class 7 (radioactive) material unless that material is intended for use in, or incident to, research, medical diagnosis or treatment. (g) If an overpack is used to consolidate individual packages of Class 7 (radioactive) materials, the packages must comply with the packaging, marking, and labeling requirements of this subchapter, and the following: (1) The overpack must be labeled as prescribed in 172.403 of this subchapter, except as follows: (1) The "contents" entry on the label may state "mixed" unless each inside package contains the same radionuclide(s); (ii) The "activity" entry on the label must be determined by adding together the number of Becquerels (curies) of the Class 7 (radio active) materials packages contained therein; (iii) For a non-rigid overpack, the required label together with re quired package markings must be affixed to the overpack by means of a securely attached, durable tag. The transport index must be determined by adding together the transport indexes of the Class 7 (radioactive) materials packages contained therein; and (iv) For a rigid overpack, the transport index must be determined by: (A) Adding together the transport indexes of the Class 7 (ra dioactive) materials packages contained in the over pack; or (B) Except for fissile Class 7 (radioactive) materials, direct measurements as prescribed in 173.403 for transport index, taken by the person initially offering the packages contained within the overpack for shipment. (2) The overpack must be marked as prescribed in Subpart D of Part 172 of this subchapter and 173.25(a). (3) The transport index of the overpack may not exceed 3.0 for passenger-carrying aircraft shipments, or 10.0 for cargo-aircraft only shipments. 173.453 Fissile materials--exceptions. The requirements of 173.457 and 173.459 do not apply to: (a) A package containing 15 grams or less of fissile radionuclides. If the material is transported in bulk, the quantity limitation applies to the conveyance. (b) A package containing homogeneous solutions or mixtures where: (1) The minimum ratio of the number of hydrogen atoms to the number of atoms of fissile radionuclides (H/X) is 5200; (2) The maximum concentration of fissile radionuclides is 5 grams per liter; and (3) The maximum mass of fissile radionuclides in the package is 500 grams, except that for a mixture in which the total mass of pluto nium and uranium-233 does not exceed 1% of the mass of uranium235, the limit is 800 grams of uranium-235. If the material is transported in bulk, the quantity limitations apply to the conveyance. (c) A package containing uranium enriched in uranium-235 to a maximum of 1% by mass, and mixed with a total plutonium and uranium-233 content of up to 1 % of the mass of uranium-235, if the fissile radionuclides are distributed homogeneously throughout the package contents, and do not form a lattice arrangement within the package. (d) A package containing not more than 5 grams of fissile radionu clides in any 10 liter volume, provided that the material is contained in packages that will maintain the limitation on fissile radionuclide distribution during normal conditions of transport. (e) A package containing one kilogram or less of plutonium of which 20% or less by mass may consist of plutonium-239, plutonium-241, or any combination of those radionuclides. (f) A package containing liquid solutions of uranyl nitrate enriched in uranium-235 to a maximum of 2% by mass, with total plutonium and uranium-233 content not exceeding 0.1% of the mass of uranium235 with a nitrogen-to-uranium atomic ratio (N/U) of 2. 173.457 Transportation of fissile material, controlled ship ments--specific requirements. Shipments of fissile material pack ages that have been assigned a transport index of greater than 10 for criticality control purposes in accordance with 10 CFR 71.59 must meet the requirements of this section and 173.441(a) or (b). (a) For fissile material, controlled shipments, the offeror or carrier, as appropriate, must incorporate transportation controls which: (1) Provide nuclear criticality safety; (2) Protect against loading, storing, or transporting that shipment with any other fissile material; and (3) Include in the shipping papers the description required by 172.203(d) of this subchapter. (b) Fissile material, controlled shipments must be transported: (1) In an exclusive use conveyance; (2) Except for shipments by aircraft, in a conveyance with an escort having the capability, equipment, authority, and instructions to provide administrative controls necessary to assure compliance with this section; 360 ABD00132132 April 1998 173.457--173.465 PART 173 (3) In a conveyance containing no other packages of any Class 7 (radioactive) material required to bear one of the labels prescribed in 172.403 of this subchapter. Specific arrangements must be made between the offeror and the carrier, with instructions to that effect issued with the shipping papers; or (4) Under any other procedure approved by the Associate Adminis trator for Hazardous Materials Safety in accordance with Part 107 of this subchapter. 173.459 Mixing of fissile material packages, (a) Mixing of fissile material packages with other types of Class 7 (radioactive) materials is authorized only if the transport index of any single package does not exceed 10 and the total transport index in any conveyance or storage location does not exceed 50. (b) Fissile packages may be shipped with an external radiation level greater than 0.1 mSv/hr (10 mrem per hour) at 1 meter (3.3 feet), and combined with other packages of the same or different designs in a fissile material, controlled shipment, under the conditions pre scribed in 173.457, if: (1) Each package in the shipment has been assigned a transport index for criticality control purposes in accordance with the 10 CFR 71.59; (2) The nuclear criticality control transport index does not exceed 10 for any single package; (3) The total nuclear criticality control transport index does not ex ceed 100 for all packages in the shipment; and (4) Except as provided in 176.704(e) of this subchapter, the ship ment is not transported by vessel. (c) A fissile material, controlled shipment of packages may be com bined with other packages of the same or different design when each package has been assigned a nuclear criticality control transport index in accordance with 10 CFR 71.59, and may be combined with other fissile packages into a fissile material, controlled shipment under the conditions prescribed in 173.457, if: (1) The nuclear criticality control transport index which has been assigned in the package approval does not exceed 50 for any single package; (2) The total nuclear criticality control transport index for all pack ages in the shipment does not exceed 100; and (3) Except as provided in 176,704(e) of this subchapter, the ship ment is not transported by vessel. 173.461 Demonstration of compliance with tests, (a) Com pliance with the test requirements in 173.463 through 173.469 must be shown by any of the methods prescribed in this paragraph, or by a combination of these methods appropriate for the particular feature being evaluated: (1) Performance of tests with prototypes or samples of the speci mens representing LSA-III, special form Class 7 (radioactive) material, or packaging, in which case the contents of the packaging for the test must simulate as closely as practicable the expected range of physical properties of the radioactive contents or packaging to be tested, must be prepared as normally presented for transport. The use of non-radioactive substitute contents is encouraged provided that the results of the testing take into account the radioactive charac teristics of the contents for which the package is being tested; (2) Reference to a previous, satisfactory demonstration of compli ance of a sufficiently similar nature; (3) Performance of tests with models of appropriate scale incorpo rating those features that are significant with respect to the item under investigation, when engineering experience has shown results of those tests to be suitable for design purposes. When a scale model is used, the need for adjusting certain test parameters, such as the penetrator diameter or the compressive load, must be taken into account; or (4) Calculations or reasoned evaluation, using reliable and conser vative procedures and parameters. (b) With respect to the initial conditions for the tests under 173.463 through 173.469, except for the water immersion tests, compliance must be based upon the assumption that the package is in equilibrium at an ambient temperature of 38C (100F). 173.462 Preparation of specimens for testing, (a) Each specimen (i.e., sample, prototype or scale model) must be examined before testing to identify and record faults or damage, including: (1) Divergence from the specifications or drawings; (2) Defects in construction; (3) Corrosion or other deterioration; and (4) Distortion of features. (b) Any deviation found under paragraph (a) of this section from the specified design must be corrected or appropriately taken into account in the subsequent evaluation. (c) The containment system of the packaging must be clearly spec ified. (d) The external features of the specimen must be clearly identified so that reference may be made to any part of it. 173.465 Type A packaging tests, (a) The packaging, with contents, must be capable of withstanding the water spray, free drop, stacking and penetration tests prescribed in this section. One proto type may be used for all tests if the requirements of paragraph (b) of this section are met. (b) Water spray test. The water spray test must precede each test or test sequence prescribed in this section. The water spray test must simulate exposure to rainfall of approximately 5 centimeters (2 inches) per hour for at least one hour. The time interval between the end of the water spray test and the beginning of the next test must be such that the water has soaked in to the maximum extent without apprecia ble drying of the exterior of the specimen. In the absence of evidence to the contrary, this interval may be assumed to be two hours if the water spray is applied from four different directions simultaneously. However, no time interval may elapse if the water spray is applied from each of the four directions consecutively. (c) Free drop test. The specimen must drop onto the target so as to suffer maximum damage to the safety features being tested, and: (1) The height of the drop measured from the lowest point of the specimen to the upper surface of the target may not be less than the distance specified in Table 12, for the applicable package mass. The target must be as specified in 173.465(c)(5). Table 12 is as follows: Table 12--Free Drop Distance for Testing Packages to Normal Conditions of Transport Packaging weight Kilograms (pounds) < Mass 5000 (11.000)................................................................. 5,000(11,000) Mass to 10,000 (22.000) ............................... 10,000 (22,000) Mass to 15,000 (33.000)............................... > 15,000 (33,000) Mass ........................................................... Free drop distance Meters Feet 1.2 (4) 0.9 (3) 0.6 (2) 0.3 (1) (2) For packages containing fissile material, the free drop test speci fied in paragraph (c)(1) of this section must be preceded by a free drop from a height of 0.3 meter (1 foot) on each comer, or in the case of cylindrical packages, onto each of the quarters of each rim. (3) For fiberboard or wood rectangular packages with a mass of 50 kilograms (110 pounds) or less, a separate specimen must be subjected to a free drop onto each corner from a height of 0.3 meter (1 foot). (4) For cylindrical fiberboard packages with a mass of 100 kilo grams (220 pounds) or less, a separate specimen must be subjected to a free drop onto each of the quarters of each rim from a height of 0.3 meter (1 foot). (5) The target for the free drop test must be a flat, horizontal surface of such mass and rigidity that any increase in its resistance to displace ment or deformation upon impact by the specimen would not signifi cantly increase the damage to the specimen. (d) Stacking test. (1) The specimen must be subjected for a period of at least 24 hours to a compressive load equivalent to the greater of the following: (1) Five times the mass of the actual package; or (ii) The equivalent of 13 kilopascals (1.9 pounds per square inch) multiplied by the vertically projected area of the package. (2) The compressive load must be applied uniformly to two opposite sides of the specimen, one of which must be the base on which the package would normally rest. (e) Penetration test. For the penetration test, the specimen must be placed on a rigid, flat, horizontal surface that will not move significantly while the test is being performed. (1) A bar of 3.2 centimeters (1.25 inches) in diameter with a hemi spherical end and a mass of 6 kilograms (13.2 pounds) must be dropped and directed to fall with its longitudinal axis vertical, onto the center of the weakest part of the specimen, so that, if it penetrates 361 ABD00132133 173.465--173.469 April 1998 far enough, it will hit the containment system. The bar may not be significantly deformed by the test; and (2) The height of the drop of the bar measured from its lower end to the intended point of impact on the upper surface of the specimen must be 1 meter (3.3 feet) or greater. 173.466 Additional tests for Type A packagings designed for liquids and gases, (a) In addition to the tests prescribed in 173.465, Type A packagings designed for liquids and gases must be capable of withstanding the following tests: (1) Free drop test. The packaging specimen must drop onto the target so as to suffer the maximum damage to its containment. The height of the drop measured from the lowest part of the packaging specimen to the upper surface of the target must be 9 meters (30 feet) or greater. The target must be as specified in 173.465(c)(5). (2) Penetration test. The specimen must be subjected to the test specified in 173.465(e) except that the height of the drop must be 1.7 meters (5.5 feet). 173.467 Tests for demonstrating the ability of Type B and fissile materials packagings to withstand accident conditions in transportation. Each Type B packaging or packaging for fissile material must meet the test requirements prescribed in 10 CFR Part 71 for ability to withstand accident conditions in transportation. 173.468 Test for LSA4II material, (a) LSA-III Class 7 (radioac tive) material must meet the test requirement of paragraph (b) of this section. Any differences between the material to be transported and the test material must be taken into account in determining whether the test requirements have been met. (b) Test method. (1) The specimen representing no less than the entire contents of the package must be immersed for 7 days in water at ambient temperature. (2) The volume of water to be used in the test must be sufficient to ensure that at the end of the test period the free volume of the unabsorbed and unreacted water remaining will be at least 10% of the volume of the specimen itself. (3) The water must have an initial pH of 6-8 and a maximum conduc tivity of 10 micromho/cm at 20C (68F). (4) The total activity of the free volume of water must be measured following the 7 day immersion test and must not exceed 0.1 A2. 173.469 Tests for special form Class 7 (radioactive) materi als. (a) Special form Class 7 (radioactive) materials must meet the test requirements of paragraph (b) of this section. Each solid Class 7 (radioactive) material or capsule specimen to be tested must be manufactured or fabricated so that it is representative of the actual solid material or capsule that will be transported with the proposed radioactive content duplicated as closely as practicable. Any differ ences between the material to be transported and the test material, such as the use of non-radioactive contents, must be taken into ac count in determining whether the test requirements have been met. The following additional conditions apply: (1) A different specimen may be used for each of the tests; (2) The specimen may not break or shatter when subjected to the impact, percussion, or bending tests; (3) The specimen may not melt or disperse when subjected to the heat test; and (4) After each test, leaktightness or indispersibility of the specimen must be determined by-- (i) A method no less sensitive than the leaching assessment pre scribed in paragraph (c) of this section. For a capsule resistant to corrosion by water, and which has an internal void volume greater than 0.1 milliliter, an alternative to the leaching assess ment is a demonstration of leaktightness of 10"4 torr-1/s (1.3 x 10`24 atm-cm3/s) based on air at 25C (77F) and one atmo sphere differential pressure for solid radioactive content, or 10"6 torr-1/s (1.3 x 10"6 atm-cm3/s) for liquid or gaseous radioactive content; or (ii) A specimen that comprises or simulates Class 7 (radioactive) material contained in a sealed capsule need not be subjected to the leaktightness procedure specified in this section provided it is alternatively subjected to any of the tests prescribed in ISO/TR4826- 1979(E), "Sealed Radioactive Sources Leak Test Methods." (b) Test methods.--(1) Impact Test. The specimen must fall onto the target from a height of 9 meters (30 feet) or greater. The target must be as specified in 173.465(c)(5). (2) Percussion Test, (i) The specimen must be placed on a sheet of lead that is supported by a smooth solid surface, and struck by the flat face of a steel billet so as to produce an impact equivalent to that resulting from a free drop of 1.4 kilograms (3 pounds) through 1 meter (3.3 feet). (it) The flat face of the billet must be 2.5 centimeters (1 inch) in diameter with the edges rounded off to a radius of 3 millimeters 0.3 millimeters (0.12 inch 0.012 inch). (iii) The lead must be of hardness number 3.5 to 4.5 on the Vickers scale and thickness 2.5 centimeters (1 inch) or greater, and must cover an area greater than that covered by the specimen. (iv) A fresh surface of lead must be used for each impact. (v) The billet must strike the specimen so as to cause maximum damage. (3) Bending test, (i) This test applies only to long, slender sources with a length of 10 centimeters (4 inches) or greater and a length to width ratio of 10 or greater. (ii) The specimen must be rigidly clamped in a horizontal position so that one half of its length protrudes from the face of the clamp. (iii) The orientation of the specimen must be such that the specimen will suffer maximum damage when its free end is struck by the flat face of a steel billet. (iv) The billet must strike the specimen so as to produce an impact equivalent to that resulting from a free vertical drop of 1.4 kilograms (3 pounds) through 1 meter (3.3 feet). (v) The flat face of the billet must be 2.5 centimeters (1 inch) in diameter with the edges rounded off to a radius of 3 millimeters 0.3 millimeters (.12 inch 0.012 inch). (4) Heat test. The specimen must be heated in air to a temperature of not less than 800C (1475F), held at that temperature for a period of 10 minutes, and then allowed to cool. (c) Leaching assessment methods. (1) For indispersible solid material-- (i) The specimen must be immersed for seven days in water at ambient temperature. The water must have a pH range of 6 to 8 and a maximum conductivity of 10 micromho per centimeter at 20C (68F). (ii) The water with specimen must then be heated to a temperature of 50C 5 (122F 9) and maintained at this temperature for four hours. (iii) The activity of the water must then be determined. (iv) The specimen must then be stored for at least seven days in still air of relative humidity not less than 90 percent at 30C (86F). (v) The specimen must then be immersed in water under the same conditions as in paragraph (c)(1)(i) of this section, and the water with specimen must be heated to 50C 5 (122F 9) and maintained at that temperature for four hours. (vi) The activity of the water must then be determined. The activities determined in paragraph (c)(l)(iii) of this section and this para graph, (c)(1 )(vi), may not exceed 2 kilobecquerels (0.05 micro curie). (2) For encapsulated material-- (i) The specimen must be immersed in water at ambient tempera ture. The water must have a pH of 6-8 and a maximum conduc tivity of 10 micromho per centimeter. (ii) The water and specimen must be heated to a temperature of 50C 5 (122F 9) and maintained at this temperature for four hours. (iii) The activity of the water must then be determined. (iv) The specimen must then be stored for at least seven days in still air at a temperature of 30C (86F) or greater. (v) The process in paragraphs (c)(2)(i), (c)(2)(ii), and (c)(2)(iii) of this section must be repeated. (Vi) The activity determined in paragraph (c)(2)(iii) of this section may not exceed 2 kilobecquerels (0.05 microcurie). <d) A specimen that comprises or simulates Class 7 (radioactive) material contained in a sealed capsule need not be subjected to-- (1) The impact test and the percussion test of this section provided that the specimen is alternatively subjected to the Class 4 impact test prescribed in ISO 2919-1980(e), "Sealed Radioactive Sources Classification"; and 362 ABD00132134 April 1998 173.469--173.476 PART 173 (2) The heat test of this section, provided the specimen is alterna tively subjected to the Class 6 temperature test specified in the Interna tional Organization for Standardization document ISO 2919- 1980(e), "Sealed Radioactive Sources Classification." 173.471 Requirements for U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commis sion approved packages. In addition to the applicable require ments of the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission (USNRC) and other requirements of this subchapter, any offeror of a Type B, Type B(U), Type B(M), or fissile material package that has been approved by the USNRC in accordance with 10 CFR part 71 must also comply with the following requirements: (a) The offeror shall be registered with the USNRC as a party to the packaging approval, and make the shipment in compliance with the terms of the packaging approval; (b) The outside of each package must be durably and legibly marked with the package identification marking indicated in the USNRC packaging approval; (c) Each shipping paper related to the shipment of the package must bear the package identification marking indicated in the USNRC packaging approval; (d) Before export shipment of the package, the offeror shall obtain a U.S. Competent Authority Certificate for that package design or if one has already been issued, the offeror shall register, in writing (including a description of the quality assurance program required by 10 CFR part 71) with the U.S. Competent Authority as a user of the certificate. (Note: The person who originally applies for a U.S. Competent Authority Certificate will be registered automatically.) Upon registration, the offeror will be furnished with a copy of the certificate. The offeror shall then submit a copy of the U.S. Competent Authority Certificate applying to that package design to the national competent authority of each country into or through which the package will be transported, unless the offeror has documentary evidence that a copy has already been furnished; and (e) Each request for a U.S. Competent Authority Certificate as required by the IAEA regulations must be submitted in writing to the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety. The request must be in triplicate and include copies of the applicable USNRC packaging approval, USNRC Quality Assur ance Program approval number, and a reproducible 22 cm x 30 cm (8.5" x 11") drawing showing the make-up of the package. Each request is considered in the order in which it is received. To allow sufficient time for consideration, requests must be received at least 90 days before the requested effective date. 173.472 Requirements for exporting DOT Specification Type Band fissile packages, (a) Any offeror who exports a DOT Specifi cation Type B or fissile material package authorized by 173.416 or 173.417 shall comply with paragraphs (b) through (f) of this section. (b) The shipment must be made in accordance with the conditions of the U.S. Certificate of Competent Authority. (c) The outside of each package must be durably and legibly marked with the package identification marking indicated in the U.S. Competent Authority Certificate. (d) Each shipping paper related to the shipment of the package must bear the package identification marking indicated in the U.S. Competent Authority Certificate. (e) Before export of the package, the offeror shall obtain a U.S. Competent Authority Certificate for that package design, or if one has already been issued, the offeror shall register in writing (including a description of the quality assurance program required by 10 CFR Part 71, subpart H, or 49 CFR 173.474 and 173.475) with the U.S. Competent Authority as a user of the certificate. Upon registration, the offeror will be furnished with a copy of the certificate. The offeror shall then submit a copy of the U.S. Competent Authority Certificate applying to that package design to the national competent authority of each country into or through which the package will be transported, unless the offeror has documentary evidence that a copy has already been furnished. (f) Each request for a U.S. Competent Authority Certificate as re quired by IAEA regulations must be submitted in writing to the Associ ate Administrator tor Hazardous Materials Safety. The request must be submitted in triplicate and must include a description of the quality assurance program required by 10 CFR Part 71, subpart H, or 49 CFR 173.474 and 173.475, and a reproducible 22 cm x 30 cm (8.5" x 11") drawing showing the make-up of the package. A copy of the USNRC quality assurance program approval will satisfy the require ment for describing the quality assurance program. Each request is considered in the order in which it is received. To allow sufficient time for consideration, requests must be received at least 90 days before the requested effective date. 173.473 Requirements for foreign-made packages. In addi tion to other applicable requirements of this subchapter, each offeror of a foreign-made Type B, Type B(U), Type B(M), or fissile material package for which a Competent Authority Certificate is required by IAEA's "Regulations for the Safe Transport of Radioactive Materials, Safety Series No. 6," shall also comply with the following requirements: (a) Prior to the shipment of such a package of Class 7 (radioactive) materials into or from the U.S., the offeror shall-- (1) Have the foreign competent authority certificate revalidated by the U.S. Competent Authority, unless this has been done previously. Each request for revalidation must be submitted in writing to the Asso ciate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety. The request must be in triplicate, contain all the information required by Section VII of the IAEA regulations in Safety Series No. 6, and include a copy in English of the foreign competent authority certificate. Each request is considered in the order in which it is received. To allow sufficient time for consideration, requests must be received at least 90 days before the requested effective date; (2) Register in writing with the U.S. Competent Authority as a user of the package covered by the foreign competent authority certificate and its U.S. revalidation. If the offeror is requesting the revalidation, registration is automatic; and (3) Supply to the carrier, upon request, the applicable competent authority certificates. However, the competent authority certificates are not required to accompany the packages to which they apply. (b) The outside of each package must be durably and legibly marked with the competent authority identification marking indicated on the Competent Authority Certificate and revalidation. (c) Each shipping paper for a shipment of Class 7 (radioactive) materials must bear a notation of the package identification marking indicated on the competent authority certificate or revalidation. (d) All requirements of the foreign competent authority certificate and the U.S. Competent Authority revalidation must be fulfilled. 173.474 Quality control for construction of packaging. Prior to the first use of any packaging for the shipment of Class 7 (radioac tive) material, the offeror shall determine that-- (a) The packaging meets the quality of design and construction requirements as specified in this subchapter; and (b) The effectiveness of the shielding, containment and, when re quired, the heat transfer characteristics of the package, are within the limits specified for the package design. 173.475 Quality control requirements prior to each shipment of Class 7 (radioactive) materials. Before each shipment of any Class 7 (radioactive) materials package, the offeror must ensure, by examination or appropriate tests, that-- (a) The packaging is proper for the contents to be shipped; (b) The packaging is in unimpaired physical condition, except for superficial marks; (c) Each closure device of the packaging, including any required gasket, is properly installed, secured, and free of defects; (d) For fissile material, each moderator and neutron absorber, if required, is present and in proper condition; (e) Each special instruction for filling, closing, and preparation of the packaging for shipment has been followed; (f) Each closure, valve, or other opening of the containment system through which the radioactive content might escape is properly closed and sealed; (g) Each packaging containing liquid in excess of an A2 quantity and intended for air shipment has been tested to show that it will not leak under an ambient atmospheric pressure of not more than 25 kPa, absolute (3.6 psia). The test must be conducted on the entire containment system, or on any receptacle or vessel within the contain ment system, to determine compliance with this requirement; (h) The internal pressure of the containment system will not exceed the design pressure during transportation; and (I) External radiation and contamination levels are within the allow able limits specified in this subchapter. 173.476 Approval of special form Class 7 (radioactive) materi als. (a) Each offeror of special form Class 7 (radioactive) materials 363 ABD00132135 173.476 April 1998 must maintain on file for at least one year after the latest shipment, and provide to the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety on request, a complete safety analysis, including documenta tion of any tests, demonstrating that the special form material meets the requirements of 173.469. An IAEA Certificate of Competent Authority issued for the special form material may be used to satisfy this re quirement. (b) Prior to the first export shipment of a special form Class 7 (radioactive) material from the United States, each offeror shall obtain a U.S. Competent Authority Certificate for the specific material. For special form material manufactured outside the United States, an IAEA Certificate of Competent Authority from the country of origin may be used to meet this requirement. (c) Each request for a U.S. Competent Authority Certificate as re quired by the IAEA regulations must be submitted in writing, in tripli cate, to the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety. Each request is considered in the order in which it is received. To allow sufficient time for consideration, requests must be received at least 90 days before the requested effective date. Each petition for a U.S. Competent Authority Certificate must include the following infor mation: (1) A detailed description of the material, or if a capsule, a detailed description of the contents. Particular reference must be made to both physical and chemical states; (2) A detailed statement of the capsule design and dimensions, including complete engineering drawings [22cm x 30cm (81/2 inches x 11 inches)] and schedules of material, and methods of construction; 0) A statement of the tests that have been made and their results; or evidence based on calculative methods to show that the material is able to pass the tests; or other evidence that the special form Class 7 (radioactive) material complies with 173.469; and (4) For the original request for a Competent Authority Certificate, evidence of a quality assurance program. (d) Paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section do not apply in those cases where A, equals A2 and the material is not required to be described on the shipping papers as "Radioactive Material, Special Form, n.o.s." Subpart J -- Subpart O [RESERVED] 364 ABD00132136 April 1998 Appendix A--Appendix H PART 173 APPENDIX A [Reserved] 5. Rupture or leakage from any of the packages constitutes failure of the test. APPENDIX B--PROCEDURE FOR TESTING CHEMICAL COMPATIBILITY AND RATE OF PERMEATION IN PLASTIC PACKAGING AND RECEPTACLES 1. The purpose of this procedure is to determine the chemical compatibility and permeability of liquid hazardous materials packaged in plastic packaging and receptacles. Alternatives for this procedure are permitted as specified in 173.24(e)(3)(iii) of this subchapter. 2. Compatibility and rate of permeation are determined by sub jecting full size plastic containers (or smaller containers as permitted in paragraph 4 of this Appendix) and hazardous material lading to one of the following combinations of time and temperature: a. Test Method 1: 180 days at a temperature no lower than 18C. (64F.) b. Test Method 2: 28 days at a temperature no lower than 50C. (122F.) c. Test Method 3: 14 days at a temperature no lower than 60C. (140F.) 3. Regardless of which test method is used, at least three sample containers shall be tested for each combination of hazardous material and size and design of container. Fill containers to rated capacity with the specific hazardous material (at the concentration to be trans ported) and close as for shipment. For the first and last 24 hours of storage under the selected test method, place the containers with closures downward, except that containers fitted with a vent are so placed on each occasion for five minutes only. 4. For testing under Test Method 2 or 3 in those instances where it is not practicable to use full size containers, smaller containers may be used. The small container shall be manufactured by the same process as the larger container (for example, using the same method of molding and processing temperatures) and be made of identical resins, pigments and additives. 5. Determine filled container weight or net weight of contents both before and after storage under the selected test method. Rate of permeation is determined from loss of hazardous materials contents, during the conduct of the test, expressed as a percentage of the original weight. 6. After storage under the selected test method, the container shall be drained, rinsed, filled to rated capacity with water and, with filled container at ambient temperature, dropped from a height determined in accordance with 178.603(e) of this subchapter onto a rigid nonresilient, flat and horizontal surface. 7. Each of the following constitute test failure: a. Visible evidence of permanent deformation due to vapor pressure build-up or collapse of walls, deterioration, swelling, crazing, cracking, excessive corrosion, oxidization, embrittlement, leakage, rupture or other defects likely to cause premature failure or a hazardous con dition. b. For materials meeting the definition of a poison according to this subchapter, a rate of permeation in excess of 0.5% determined over the test period. For all other hazardous materials, a rate of permeation in excess of 2.0% determined over the test period. APPENDIX D--TEST METHODS FOR DYNAMITE (EXPLOSIVE, BLASTING, TYPE A) 1. Test method D-1--Leakage test. A wooden stick, 114 mm (4.5 inches) long and 4.8 mm (0.2 inch) in diameter, with a sharpened end is used to punch 5 holes in one end of the wrapper of a dynamite cartridge. A cork stopper is placed on the bottom of a glass volumetric cylinder. The dynamite cartridge is placed, perforated end down, resting on the cork stopper in the cylinder. The entire assembly is placed in an oven at 38C (100F) for 48 hours and then examined visually for evidence of leakage. 2. Test method D-2--Centrifugal exudation test. The test appara tus consists of a glass tube, 135 mm (5.3 inches) long and one inch in diameter, with both ends open, and is assembled in the following manner: (a) Close the bottom with a plastic plug of diameter equal to the inner diameter of the glass tube; (b) Place a small amount of absorbent cotton on top of the plug: (c) Place a plastic disk that matches the inner diameter to the glass tube and has seven small perforations on top of the cotton; and (d) Place 10 g (0.35 ounce) of the dynamite sample on top of the disk. The assembled glass tube is then placed in a hand-operated centri fuge and spun for one minute at 600 rpm (revolutions per minute). The dynamite sample is then removed from the glass tube and weighed to determine the percent of weight loss. 3. Test method D-3--Compression exudation test. The entire apparatus for this test is shown in Figure 1 of this appendix. The test is conducted using the following procedures: (a) A glass tube, 135 mm (5.3 inches) long and one inch in diameter, is held on a wooden base; (b) A small amount of absorbent cotton is placed into the bottom of the glass tube; (c) Ten g (0.35 ounce) of dynamite sample are placed on top of the cotton in the glass tube; (d) A small amount of absorbent cotton is placed on top of the dynamite sample; (e) A plastic disk that matches the inner diameter of the glass tube and has seven small perforations is placed on top of the cotton; (f) A plastic plug matching the inner diameter of the glass tube is then placed on top of the disk; (g) The glass tube assembly is placed under the compression rod, and compression is applied by means of the weight on the metal lever rod. The sample is compressed for one minute; and (h) The dynamite sample is then removed from the glass tube and weighed to determine the percent of weight loss. FIGURE 1--COMPRESSION APPARATUS APPENDIX C--PROCEDURE FOR BASE-LEVEL VIBRATION TESTING Base-level vibration testing shall be conducted as follows: 1. Three sample packagings, selected at random, must be filled and closed as for shipment. A non-hazardous material may be used in place of the hazardous material if it has essentially the same physical characteristics. 2. The three packages must be placed on a vibrating platform that has a vertical double-amplitude (peak-to-peak displacement) of one inch. The packages should be constrained horizontally to prevent them from falling off the platform, but must be left free to move verti cally, bounce and rotate. 3. The test must be performed continuously for one hour at a fre quency that causes each package to be raised from the vibrating platform to such a degree that a piece of material of approximately 1.6 mm (0.063 inch) thickness (such as steel strapping or paperboard) can be passed between the bottom of any package and the platform. 4. Immediately following the period of vibration, each package shall be removed from the platform, turned on its side and observed for any evidence of leakage. APPENDIX E--[RESERVED] APPENDIX F--[RESERVED] APPENDIX H--METHOD OF TESTING FOR SUSTAINED COMBUSTIBILITY 1. Method The method describes a procedure for determining if the material when heated under the test conditions and exposed to an external source of flame applied in a standard manner sustains combustion. 2. Principle of the method A metal block with a concave depression (test portion well) is heated to a specified temperature. A specified volume of the material under test is transferred to the well, and its ability to sustain combustion is 365 ABD00132137 Appendix H April 1998 noted after application and subsequent removal of a standard flame under specified conditions. 3. Apparatus A combustibility tester consisting of a block of aluminum alloy or other corrosion-resistant metal of high thermal conductivity is used. The block has a concave well and a pocket drilled to take a thermome ter. A small gas jet assembly on a swivel is attached to the block. The handle and gas inlet for the gas jet may be fitted at any convenient angle to the gas jet. A suitable apparatus is shown in Figure 5.1 of the UN Recommendations, and the essential dimensions are given in Figures 5.1 and 5.2 of the UN Recommendations. The following equipment is needed: (a) Gauge, for checking that the height of the center of the gas jet above the top of the test portion well is 2.2 mm (see Figure 5.1); (b) Thermometer, mercury in glass, for horizontal operation, with a sensitivity not less than 1 mm/C, or other measuring device of equivalent sensitivity permitting reading at 0.5C intervals. When in position in the block, the thermometer bulb must be surrounded with thermally conducting thermoplastic compound; (c) Hotplate, fitted with a temperature-control device. (Other types of apparatus with suitable temperature-control facilities may be em ployed to heat the metal block); (d) Stopwatch, or other suitable timing device; (e) Syringe, capable of delivering 2 ml to an accuracy of 0.1ml; and (f) Fuel source, butane test fuel. 4. Sampling The sample must be representative of the material to be tested and must be supplied and kept in a tightly closed container prior to test. Because of the possibility of loss of volatile constituents, the sample must receive only the minimum treatment necessary to ensure its homogeneity. After removing each test portion, the sample container must be immediately closed tightly to ensure that no volatile compo nents escape from the container; if this closure is incomplete, an entirely new sample must be taken. 5. Procedure Carry out the determination in triplicate. WARNING--Do not carry out the test in a small confined area (for example a glove box) because of the hazard of explosions. (a) It is essential that the apparatus be set up in a completely draftfree area (see warning) and in the absence of strong light to facilitate observation of flash, flame, etc. (b) Place the metal block on the hotplate or heat the metal block by other suitable means so that its temperature, as indicated by the thermometer placed in the metal block, is maintained at the specified temperature within a tolerance of 1C. For the appropriate test temperature, see paragraph 5,(h) of this appendix. Correct this tem perature for the difference in barometric pressure from the standard atmospheric pressure (101.3 kPa) by raising the test temperature for a higher pressure or lowering the test temperature for a lower pressure by 1.0C for each 4 kPa difference. Ensure that the top of the metal block is exactly horizontal. Use the gauge to check that the jet is 2.2 mm above the top of the well when in the test position. (c) Light the butane test fuel with the jet away from the test position (i.e. in the "off" position, away from the well). Adjust the size of the flame so that it is 8 mm to 9 mm high and approximately 5 mm wide. (d) Using the syringe, take from the sample container at least 2 ml of the sample and rapidly transfer a test portion of 2 ml0.1 ml to the well of the combustibility tester and immediately start the timing device. (e) After a heating time of 60 seconds (s), by which time the test portion is deemed to have reached its equilibrium temperature, and if the test fluid has not ignited, swing the test flame into the test position over the edge of the pool of liquid. Maintain it in this position for 15 s and then return it to the "off" position while observing the behavior of the test portion. The test flame must remain lighted throughout the test. (f) For each test observe and record: (i) whether there is ignition and sustained combustion or flashing, or neither, of the test portion before the test flame is moved into the test position; (ii) whether the test portion ignites while the test flame is in the test position, and, if so, how long combustion is sustained after the test flame is returned to the "off" position. (g) If sustained combustion interpreted in accordance with para graph 6. of this appendix is not found, repeat the complete procedure with new test portions, but with a heating time of 30 s. (h) If sustained combustion interpreted in accordance with para graph 6. of this appendix is not found at a test temperature of 60.5C (141F), repeat the complete procedure with new test portions, but at a test temperature of 75C (167F). In the case of a material which has a flash point above 60.5C (141F) and below 93C (200F), if sustained combustion interpreted in accordance with paragraph 6. of this appendix is not found at a test temperature of 5C (9F) above its flash point, repeat the complete procedure with new test portions, but at a test temperature of 20C (36F) above its flash point. 6. Interpretation of observations The material must be assessed either as not sustaining combustion or as sustaining combustion. Sustained combustion must be reported at either of the heating times if one of the following occurs with either of the test portions: (a) When the test flame is in the "off" position, the test portion ignites and sustains combustion; (b) The test portion ignites while the test flame is in the test position for 15 s, and sustains combustion for more than 15 s after the test flame has been returned to the "off" position. Note to Paragraph 6. of this Appendix: Intermittent flashing may not be interpreted as sustained combustion. Normally, at the end of 15 s, the combustion has either clearly ceased or continues. In cases of doubt, the material must be deemed to sustain combustion. 366 ABD00132138 Part 174 - Carriage by Rail April 1998 ABD00132139 PART 174 CARRIAGE BY RAIL Subject Sec. Page Subpart A--General Requirements Purpose and scope .................................................... Unacceptable hazardous materials shipments . . Carrier's materials and supplies .............................. Inspection and acceptance...................................... Movements to be expedited...................................... Removal and disposition of hazardous materials at destination ............................................................ Local or carrier restrictions ...................................... 174.1 174.3 174.5 174.9 174.14 174.16 174.20 368 368 368 368 368 368 368 Subpart B--General Operating Requirements Shipping papers.............................................................. 174.24 Notice to train crews of placarded cars.................. 174.26 Nonconforming or leaking packages........................ 174.50 368 368 368 Subpart C--General Handling and Loading Requirements General requirements................................................... Cleaning cars ................................................................. Marking and placarding of rail cars........................... Transport vehicles and freight containers on flatcars ......................................................................... Portable tanks, IM portable tanks, intermediate bulk containers, cargo tanks, and mult-unit tank car tanks.............................................................. Tank car unloading......................................................... Segregation of hazardous materials ........................ 174.55 174.57 174.59 174.61 174.63 174.67 174.81 369 369 369 369 369 369 370 Subpart D--Handling of Placarded Rail Cars, Transport Vehicles and Freight Containers General requirements for the handling of placarded rail cars, transport vehicles, freight containers, and bulk packages........................... Switching placarded rail cars, transport vehicles, freight containers, and bulk packagings........... Position in train of loaded placarded rail cars, transport vehicles, freight containers or bulk packagings when accompanied by guards or technical escorts....................................................... Position in train of placarded cars, transport vehicles, freight containers, and bulk packagings ............................................................... Maximum allowable operating speed ................... 174.82 174.83 174.84 174.85 174.86 371 371 372 372 372 Subpart E--Class 1 (Explosive) Materials Loading Class 1 (explosive) materials................... 174.101 Forbidden mixed loading and storage................... 174.102 Disposition of damaged or astray shipments ... 174.103 372 373 373 Subject Sec. Division 1.1 or 1.2 (Class A explosive) materials; car selection, preparation, inspection, and certification................................................................. Routing shipments, Division 1.1 or 1.2 (Class A explosive) materials................................................. "Order-Notify" or "C.O.D." shipments, Division 1.1 or 1.2 (Class A explosive) materials................... Car magazine ............................................................... Loading Division 1.3 (Class B explosive) materials and Division 1.2 (devices corresponding to Class B explosive) materials (Also see 174.101)................................................. Record to be made of change of seals on "Cars loaded with Division 1.1 or 1.2 (explosive) materials".................................................................... Loading Division 1.4 (Class C explosive) materials .................................................................... 174.104 174.105 174.106 174.110 174.112 174.114 174.115 Subpart F--Detailed Requirements for Class 2 (Gases) Materials Special handling requirements................................. Class 2 (gases) material cylinders ......................... Tank car delivery of gases, including cryogenic liquids......................................................................... Materials extremely poisonous by inhalation shipped by, for, or to the Department of Defense....................................................................... 174.200 174.201 174.204 174.290 Subpart G--Detailed Requirements for Class 3 (Flammable Liquid) Materials Special handling requirements................................ 174.300 Class 3 (flammable liquid) materials in tank cars............................................................................... 174.304 Subpart J--Detailed Requirements for Division 6.1 (Poisonous) Materials Special handling requirements for materials extremely poisonous by inhalation...................... Cleaning cars ............................................................... Division 6.1 (poisonous) materials with foodstuffs.................................................................... 174.600 174.615 174.680 Subpart K--Detailed Requirements for Class 7 (Radioactive) Materials Special handling requirements for Class 7 (radioactive) materials ........................................... Radiation protection program................................... Cleaning of transport vehicles after use................ Incidents involving leakage ...................................... 174.700 174.705 174.715 174.750 Page 374 375 375 375 375 375 375 375 376 376 376 376 377 377 377 377 377 377 377 378 PUBLISHER'S NOTE This Part deals mainly with the requirements for the carriage of hazardous materials by rail. However, there are some shipper requirements especially if the shipper is involved with loading the transport vehicle which is normally the case in rail transportation. These involve the proper loading of the transport vehicle and off-loading of a tank car. There are several Subparts to this Part. Subparts A through D cover general requirements such as those related to accepting and inspecting the shipments, operating requirements, handling and loading requirements, etc. Each of the remaining Subparts, E through M, cover the procedures for a specific hazard class. PART 174 367 174.1--174.50 ABD00132140 April 1998 Subpart A GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 174.1 Purpose and scope. This part prescribes requirements in addition to those contained in Parts 171, 172, 173, and 179 of this subchapter, to be observed with respect to the transportation of hazardous materials in or on rail cars. 174.3 Unacceptable hazardous materials shipments. No person may accept for transportation or transport by rail any shipment of hazardous material that is not in conformance with the requirements of this subchapter. 174.5 Carrier's materials and supplies. This subchapter ap plies to the transportation of a carrier's materials and supplies moving by rail, except that the shipper's certification is not required when these materials and supplies are being transported by the carrier who owns them. The requirements of this subchapter do not apply to railway torpedoes or fusees when carried in engines or rail cars. Railway torpedoes must be in closed metal boxes when not in use. 174.9 inspection and acceptance. At each location where a hazardous material is accepted for transportation or placed in a train, the carrier shall inspect each rail car containing the hazardous mate rial, at ground level, for required markings, labels, placards, securement of closures and leakage. This inspection may be performed in conjunction with inspections required under parts 215 and 232 of this title. 174.14 Movements to be expedited, (a) A carrier must for ward each shipment of hazardous materials promptly and within 48 hours (Saturdays, Sundays, and holidays excluded), after acceptance at the originating point or receipt at any yard, transfer station, or interchange point, except that where biweekly or weekly service only is performed, a shipment of hazardous materials must be forwarded on the first available train. (b) A tank car loaded with any Division 2.1 (flammable gas), Division 2.3 (poisonous gas) or Class 3 (flammable liquid) material, may not be received and held at any point, subject to forwarding orders, so as to defeat the purpose of this section or of 174.204 of this subchapter. 174.16 Removal and disposition of hazardous materials at destination, (a) Delivery at non-agency stations. A shipment of Class 1 (explosive) materials may not be unloaded at non-agency stations unless the consignee is there to receive it or unless properly locked and secure storage facilities are provided at that point for its protection. If delivery cannot be so made, the shipment must be taken to next or nearest agency station for delivery. (b) Delivery at agency stations. A carrier shall require the con signee of each shipment of hazardous materials to remove the ship ment from carrier's property within 48 hours (exclusive of Saturdays, Sundays, and holidays) after notice of arrival has been sent or given. If not so removed, the carrier shall immediately dispose of the ship ments as follows: (1) Division 1.1 or 1.2 (Class A explosive) materials: If safe stor age is available, by storage at the owner's expense; if safe storage is not available, by return to the shipper, sale, or destruction under supervision of a competent person; or if safety requires, by destruction under supervision of a competent person, (2) Hazardous materials, except Division 1.1 or 1.2 (Class A explosive) materials, in carload shipments: By storage on the carri er's property; by storage on other than the carrier's property, if safe storage on the carrier's property is not available; or by sale at expiration of 15 calendar days after notice of arrival has been sent or given to the consignee, provided the consignor has been notified of the non delivery at the expiration of a 48-hour period and orders for disposition have not been received. (3) Hazardous materials, except Division 1.1 or 1.2 (Class A explosive) materials, in less-than-carload shipments: By return to the shipper if notice of non-delivery was requested and given the consignor as prescribed by the carrier's tariff, and orders for return to shipper have been received; by storage on the carrier's property; by storage on other than the carrier's property, if safe storage on the carrier's property is not available; or by sale at expiration of 15 calendar days after notice of arrival has been sent or given to the consignee, provided the consignor has been notified of non-delivery at expiration of a 48-hour period and orders for disposition have not been received. 174.20 Local or carrier restrictions, (a) When local condi tions make the acceptance, transportation, or delivery of hazardous materials unusually hazardous, local restrictions may be imposed by the carrier. (b) Each carrier must report to the Bureau of Explosives for publication the full information as to any restrictions which it imposes against the acceptance, delivery, or transportation of hazardous materials, over any portion of its lines under this section. Subpart B GENERAL OPERATING REQUIREMENTS 174.24 Shipping papers. A person may not accept or transport a hazardous material by rail unless that person receives a shipping paper that properly conveys the information required by part 172 of this subchapter. Only an initial carrier within the United States must receive and retain a copy of the shipper's certification as required by 172.204 of this subchapter. This section does not apply to a material that is excepted from shipping paper requirements as specified in 172.200 of this subchapter. 174.26 Notice to train crews of placarded cars, (a) The train crew must have a document that reflects the current position in the train of each rail car containing a hazardous material. The train crew must update the document to indicate changes in the placement of a rail car within the train. For example, the train crew may update the document by handwriting on it or by appending or attaching another document to it. (b) A member of the crew of a train transporting a hazardous mate rial must have a copy of a document for the hazardous material being transported showing the information required by part 172 of this sub chapter. 174.50 Nonconforming or leaking packages. Leaking pack ages other than tank cars may not be forwarded until repaired, recondi tioned, or overpacked in accordance with 173.3 of this subchapter. Except as otherwise provided in this section, a tank car that no longer conforms to this subchapter may not be forwarded unless repaired or approved for movement by the Associate Administrator for Safety, Federal Railroad Administration. Notification and approval must be furnished in writing, or through telephonic or electronic means with subsequent written confirmation provided within two weeks. For the applicable address and telephone number, see part 107, subpart B, Appendix A, of this chapter. A leaking tank car containing a hazardous material may be moved without repair or approval only so far as necessary to reduce or eliminate an immediate threat of harm to human health or the environment when it is determined its movement would provide greater safety than allowing the car to remain in place. In the case of a liquid leak, measures must be taken to prevent the spread of the liquid. 368 April 1998 ABD00132141 174.50--174.67 PART 174 Subpart C GENERAL HANDLING AND LOADING REQUIREMENTS 174.55 General requirements, (a) Each package containing a hazardous material being transported by rail in a freight container or transport vehicle must be loaded so that it cannot fall or slide and must be safeguarded in such a manner that other freight cannot fall onto or slide into it under conditions normally incident to transportation. When this protection cannot be provided by using other freight, it must be provided by blocking and bracing. For examples of blocking and bracing in freight containers and transport vehicles, see Bureau of Explosives Pamphlet Nos. 6 and 6C. (b) Each package containing a hazardous material bearing pack age orientation markings prescribed in 172.312 of this subchapter must be loaded within a transport vehicle or freight container to remain in the correct position indicated by those markings during transpor tation. (c) The doors of a freight container or transport vehicle may not be used to secure a load that includes a package containing a hazardous material unless the doors meet the design strength requirements of Specification M-930 (for freight containers) and M-931 (for trailers) in the AAR's Manual of Standards and Recommended Practices and the load is also within the limits of the design strength requirements for the doors. 174.57 Cleaning cars. All hazardous material which has leaked from a package in any rail car or on other railroad property must be carefully removed. 174.59 Marking and placarding of rail cars. No person may transport a rail car carrying hazardous materials unless it is marked and placarded as required by this subchapter. Placards and car certificates lost in transit must be replaced at the next inspection point, and those not required must be removed at the next terminal where the train is classified. For Canadian shipments, required placards lost in transit must be replaced either by those required by Part 172 of this subchapter or by those authorized under 171.12a. 174.61 Transport vehicles and freight containers on flat cars. (a) A transport vehicle, freight container, or package con taining a hazardous material must be designed and loaded so that it will not become damaged to an extent that would affect its integrity under conditions normally incident to transportation. Each unit must be secured on a flatcar so that it cannot permanently change position during transit. Packages of hazardous materials contained therein must be loaded and braced as provided by 174.101, 174.112, 174.115 and 174.55. Placards must be applied when prescribed by Part 172 of this subchapter and Part 174. (b) Except as specified in 173.21, a truck body, trailer, or freight container equipped with heating or refrigerating equipment which has fuel or any article classed as a hazardous material may be loaded and transported on a flat car as part of a joint rail highway movement. The heating or refrigerating equipment is considered to be a part of the truck body or trailer and is not subject to any other requirements of this subchapter. The truck body, trailer, or freight container must be secured on the flatcar so that it cannot change position during transit. (c) A cargo tank or multi-unit tank car tank containing hazardous materials may not be transported in trailer-on-flatcar, or container-onflatcar service except under conditions approved by the Associate Administrator for Safety, FRA. 174.63 Portable tanks, IM portable tanks, Intermediate bulk containers, cargo tanks, and multi-unit tank car tanks, (a) A car rier may not transport a bulk packaging (e.g., portable tank, IM porta ble tank, intermediate bulk container, cargo tank, or multi-unit tank car tank) containing a hazardous material in container-on-flatcar (COFC) or trailer-on-flatcar (TOFC) service except as authorized by this section or unless approved for transportation by the Associate Administrator for Safety, FRA. (b) A bulk packaging containing a hazardous material (including IM 101 and IM 102 when appropriate according to dimensions and weight distribution) may be transported inside a fully closed transport vehicle or fully closed freight container provided it is properly secured with a restraint system that will prevent it from changing position, sliding into other packages, or contacting the side or end walls (includ ing doors) under conditions normally incident to transportation. (c) When not transported in conformance with and subject to para graph (b) of this section, a bulk packaging may be transported in COFC service or TOFC service subject to the following conditions as applicable: (1) The bulk packaging contains a material packaged in accord ance with 173.240,173.241,173.242, or 173.243 of this subchapter; (2) The tank and flatcar conform to requirements in AAR 600 of the AAR Specifications for Tank Cars, Specification M-1002, entitled "Specifications for Acceptability of Tank Containers"; (3) For TOFC service, the trailer chassis conforms to requirements in paragraphs 3, 4, 5, and 6 of AAR Specificiation M-943 "Container Chassis For TOFC Service" of the AAR specification for "Specially Equipped Freight Car and Intermodal Equipment"; (4) For COFC service, the container support and securement sys tems conform to requirements in Specification M-952 "Intermodal Con tainer Support and Securement Systems for Freight Cars", of the AAR specification for "Specially Equipped Freight Car and Intermodal Equipment"; (5) If transported in a well car-- (i) The tank is not in a double-stacked configuration (i.e., no freight container or portable tank is placed above or below the tank); and (ii) The tank is transported in the well with its outlet valve facing outward towards the end of the well and away from any adjacent tank or container; and (6) All securement fittings shall be fully engaged and in the locked position, provided; however, if the tank is transported in a well car, it must be loaded into a well appropriate for the length of the container and any void filling device present must be secured in its designed appropriate position. (d) An approval in effect on February 28,1991 for the transportation of portable tanks or IM portable tanks in TOFC or COFC service expires on the date stated in the approval letter or June 15, 1995, whichever is later. (e) A carrier may not transport a cargo tank or multi-unit tank car tank containing a hazardous material in TOFC or COFC service unless approved for such service by the Associate Administrator for Safety, FRA. However, in the event of an accident or incident, no such approval is necessary for the transportation of a cargo tank containing a hazard ous material in TOFC service under the following condition(s): (1) There is an emergency need for the cargo tank in order to mitigate the consequences of an incident; and (2) Movement of the cargo tank is limited to transportation neces sary for emergency purposes. 174.67 Tank car unloading, (a) In unloading tank cars, the following rules must be observed (see Subpart F of this Part for gases): (1) Unloading operations must be performed only by reliable per sons properly instructed in unloading hazardous materials and made responsible for careful compliance with this part. (2) Brakes must be set and wheels blocked on all cars being un loaded. (3) Caution signs must be so placed on the track or cars to give necessary warning to persons approaching the cars from the open end of a siding and must be left up until after the cars are unloaded and disconnected from the discharge connection. The signs must be of metal or other comparable material, at least 30 cm (12 inches) high by 38 cm (15 inches) wide in size, and bear the words, "STOP-- Tank Car Connected," or "STOP--Men at Work," the word "STOP" being in letters at least 10 cm (3.9 inches) high and the other words in letters at least 5 cm (2 inches) high. The letters must be white on a blue background. (4) Before a manhole cover or outlet valve cap is removed from a tank car, the car must be relieved of all interior pressure by cooling the tank with water or by venting the tank by raising the safety valve or opening the dome vent at short intervals. However, if venting to relieve pressure will cause a dangerous amount of vapor to collect outside the car, venting and unloading must be deferred until the pressure is reduced by allowing the car to stand overnight or otherwise 369 174.67--174.81 ABD00132142 April 1998 cooling the contents. These precautions are not necessary when the car is equipped with a manhole cover which hinges inward or with an inner manhole cover which does not have to be removed to unload the car, and when pressure is relieved by piping vapor into a con denser or storage tank. (b) After the pressure is released, the seal must be broken and the manhole cover removed as follows: (1) Screw type. The cover must be loosened by placing a bar between the manhole cover lug and knob. After two complete turns, so that vent openings are exposed, the operation must be stopped, and if there is any sound of escaping vapor, the cover must be screwed down tightly and the interior pressure relieved as prescribed in para graph (a)(4) of this section, before again attempting to remove the cover. (2) Hinged and bolted type. All nuts must be unscrewed one com plete turn, after which same precautions as prescribed for screw type cover must be observed. (3) Interior type. All dirt and cinders must be carefully removed from around the cover before the yoke is unscrewed. (c) When the car is unloaded through a bottom outlet valve, the manhole cover must be adjusted as follows: (1) Screw type. The cover must be put in place, but not entirely screwed down, so that air may enter the tank through the vent holes in threaded flange of the cover. (2) Hinged and bolted type. A non-metallic block must be placed under one edge of the cover. (3) Interior type. The screw must be tightened up in the yoke so that the cover is brought up within one-half inch of the closed position. (d) When unloading through the bottom outlet of a car equipped with an interior manhole type cover, and in each case where unloading is done through the manhole (unless a special cover with a safety vent opening and a tight connection for the discharge outlet is used), the manhole must be protected by asbestos or metal covers against the entrance of sparks or other sources of ignition of vapor, or by being covered and surrounded with wet burlap or similar cloth material. The burlap or other cloth must be kept damp by the replacement or the application of water as needed. (e) Seals or other substances must not be thrown into the tank and the contents may not be spilled over the car or tank. (f) The valve rod handle or control in the dome must be operated several times to see that outlet valve in bottom of tank is on its seat before valve cap is removed. (g) The valve cap, or the reducer when a large outlet is to be used, must be removed with a suitable wrench after the set screws are loosened and a pail must be placed in position to catch any liquid that may be in the outlet chamber. If the valve cap or reducer does not unscrew easily, it may be tapped lightly with a mallet or wooden block in an upward direction. If leakage shows upon starting the removal, the cap or reducer may not be entirely unscrewed. Sufficient threads must be left engaged and sufficient time allowed to permit controlled escape of any accumulation of liquid in the outlet chamber. If the leakage stops or the rate of leakage diminishes materially, the cap or reducer may be entirely removed. If the initial rate of leakage continues, further efforts must be made to seal the outlet valve (see paragraph (f) of this section). If this fails, the cap or reducer must be screwed up tight and the tank must be unloaded through the dome. If upon removal of the outlet cap the outlet chamber is found to be blocked with frozen liquid or any other matter, the cap must be re placed immediately and a careful examination must be made to deter mine whether the outlet casting has been cracked. If the obstruction is not frozen liquid, the car must be unloaded through the dome. If the obstruction is frozen liquid and no crack has been found in the outlet casting, the car may, if circumstances require it, be unloaded from the bottom by removing the cap and attaching unloading connec tions immediately. Before opening the valve inside the tank car, steam must be applied to the outside of the outlet casting or wrap casting with burlap or other rags and hot water must be applied to melt the frozen liquid. (h) Unloading connections must be securely attached to unloading pipes on the dome or to the bottom discharge outlets before any discharge valves are opened. (I) Tank cars may not be allowed to stand with unloading connec tions attached after unloading is completed. Throughout the entire period of unloading, and while car is connected to unloading device, the car must be attended by the unloader. (j) If necessary to discontinue unloading a tank car for any reason, all unloading connections must be disconnected. All valves must first be tightly closed, and the closures of all other openings securely applied. (k) As soon as a tank car is completely unloaded, all valves must be made tight by the use of a bar, wrench or other suitable tool, the unloading connections must be removed and all other closures made tight. (l) Railroad defect cards may not be removed. (m) If oil or gasoline has been spilled on the ground around connec tions, it must be covered with fresh, dry sand or dirt. (n) All tools and implements used in connection with unloading must be kept free of oil, dirt, and grit. 174.81 Segregation of hazardous materials. (a) This section applies to materials which meet one or more of the hazard classes defined in this subchapter and are in packages which are required to be labeled or placarded under the provisions of Part 172 of this subchapter. (b) When a rail car is to be transported by vessel, other than a ferry vessel, hazardous materials on or within that rail car must be stowed and segregated in accordance with 176.83 (b) of this sub chapter. (c) In addition to the provisions of paragraph (d) of this section, cyanides or cyanide mixtures may not be loaded or stored with acids. (d) Hazardous materials may not be loaded, transported, or stored together, except as provided in this section, and in accordance with the following Table: Segregation Table for Hazaroous Materials 370 April 1998 ABD00132143 174.81--174.83 (e) Instructions for using the segregation table for hazardous mate rials in paragraph (d) of this section are as follows: (1) The absence of any hazard class or division, or a blank space in the Table indicates that no restrictions apply. (2) The letter "X" in the Table indicates that these materials may not be loaded, transported, or stored together in the same rail car or storage facility during the course of transportation. (3) The letter "O" in the Table indicates that these materials may not be loaded, transported, or stored together in the same rail car or storage facility during the course of transportation unless separated in a manner that, in the event of leakage from packages under conditions normally incident to transportation, commingling of hazardous materi als would not occur. Notwithstanding the methods of separation em ployed, Class 8 (corrosive) liquids may not be loaded above or adja cent to Class 4 (flammable) or Class 5 (oxidizing) materials; except that shippers may load carload shipments of such materials together when it is known that the mixture of contents would not cause a fire or a dangerous evolution of heat or gas. (4) The in the Table indicates that segregation among different Class 1 (explosive) materials is governed by the compatibility table in paragraph (f) of this section. (5) The note "A" in the second column of the Table means that, notwithstanding the requirements of the letter "X", ammonium nitrate fertilizer may be loaded or stored with Division 1. t (Class A explosive) or Division 1.5 (blasting agents) materials. (6) When the 172.101 Table or 172.402 of this subchapter re quires a package to bear a subsidiary hazard label, segregation ap propriate to the subsidiary hazard must be applied when that segrega tion is more restrictive than that required by the primary hazard. However, hazardous materials of the same class may be stowed together without regard to segregation required by any secondary hazard if the materials are not capable of reacting dangerously with each other and causing combustion or dangerous evolution of heat, evolution of flammable, poisonous, or asphyxiant gases, or formation of corrosive or unstable materials. (f) Class 1 (explosive) materials may not be loaded, transported, or stored together, except as provided in this section, and in accord ance with the following Table: Compatibility Table for Class 1 (Explosive) Materials Compatibility group A...................................................................................................................... B.................................................................................................. c.................................................................................................. D...................................................................................................................... E........................................................................................................... F...................................................................................................................... G...................................................................................................................... H...................................................................................................................... J ...................................................................................................................... K........................................................................................................... L........................................................................................................... N..................................................................................................................... s........................................................................................................... ABcDE FGHJ K LNs XXXXXXXXXXXX X X 4 X X X X X X X X 4/5 XX 2 2 X X X X X X 3 4/5 X42 2 X X X X X X 3 4/5 XX22 X X X X X X 3 4/5 XXXXX X X X X X X 4/5 XXXXXX X X X X X 4/5 XXXXXXX X X X X 4/5 X X X X X X XX X X X 4/5 XXXXXXXXX X X 4/5 XXXXXXXXXX 1 XX XX 3 3 3XXXXXX 4/5 X 4/5 4/5 4/5 4/5 4/5 4/5 4/5 4/5 4/5 X 4/5 (g) Instructions for using the compatibility table for Class 1 (explo sive) materials in paragraph (f) of this section are as follows: (1) A blank space in the Table indicates that no restrictions apply. (2) The letter "X" in the Table indicates that explosives of different compatibility groups may not be carried on the same rail car, unless packed in separate freight containers (e.g., two or more freight contain ers mounted upon the same rail car). (3) The numbers in the Table mean the following: (i) "1" means explosives from compatibility group L may only be carried on the same rail car with an identical explosive. (ii) "2" means any combination of explosives from compatibility groups C, D, or E is assigned to compatibility group E. (iii) "3" means any combination of explosives from compatibility groups C, D, or E with those in compatibility group N is assigned to compatibility group D. (iv) "4" means detonators and detonating primers, Division 1.4S (Class C explosives), may not be loaded in the same car with Division 1.1 and 1.2 (Class A explosive) materials. (v) "5" means Division 1.4S fireworks may not be loaded in the same car with Division 1.1 or 1.2 (Class A explosive) materials, (h) Except as provided in paragraph (i) of this section, explosives of the same compatibility group but of different divisions may be transported together provided that the whole shipment is transported as though its entire contents were of the lower numerical division (i.e., Division 1.1 being lower than Division 1.2). For example, a mixed shipment of Division 1.2 (Class A explosive) materials and Division 1.4 (Class C explosive) materials, compatibility group D, must be transported as Division 1.2 (Class A explosive) materials. (I) When Division 1.5 (blasting agent) materials, compatibility group D are transported in the same freight container as Division 1.2 (Class A explosive) materials, compatibility group D, the shipment must be transported as Division 1.1 (Class A explosive) materials, compatibility group D. PART 174 Subpart D HANDLING OF PLACARDED RAIL CARS, TRANSPORT VEHICLES AND FREIGHT CONTAINERS 174.82 General requirements for the handling of placarded rail cars, transport vehicles, freight containers, and bulk pack ages. (a) Unless otherwise specified, this subpart does not apply to the handling of rail cars, transport vehicles, freight containers, or bulk packagings, which contain Division 1.6, combustible liquids, Divi sion 6.1 PG III materials, Class 9 materials, or ORM-D materials. (b) A placarded rail car, transport vehicle, freight container, or bulk package may not be transported in a passenger train. 174.83 Switching placarded rail cars, transport vehicles, freight containers, and bulk packagings. (a) In switching opera tions where the use of hand brakes is necessary-- (1) It must be determined by trial whether a loaded, placarded car, or a car occupied by a rider in a draft containing a placarded car, has its hand brakes in proper working condition before it is cut off; (2) A loaded, placarded tank car or a draft which includes a loaded placarded tank car may not be cut off until the preceding rail car clears the ladder track; and (3) A loaded, placarded tank car or a draft which includes a loaded placarded tank car must clear the ladder track before another rail car is allowed to follow. (b) Any loaded rail car placarded for a Division 1.1 or Division 1.2 explosive, a Division 2.3 Hazard Zone A gas or a Division 6.1 PG I Hazard Zone A material, or a Class DOT 113 tank car 371 ABD00132191 April 1998 176.903--176.905 the bulkhead. Cotton or vegetable fibers may be stowed in a hold above or below one in which coal is stowed if there is a tight steel intervening deck and all hatch covers are in place and covered with tarpaulins. 176.905 Motor vehicles or mechanical equipment powered by Internal combustion engines, (a) A motor vehicle or any mech anized equipment powered by an internal combustion engine is sub ject to the following requirements when carried as cargo on a vessel: (1) Before being loaded on a vessel, each motor vehicle or mechan ical equipment must be inspected for fuel leaks and identifiable faults in the electrical system that could result in short circuit or other unin tended electrical source of ignition. A motor vehicle or mechanical equipment showing any signs of leakage or electrical fault may not be transported. (2) The fuel tank of a motor vehicle or mechanical equipment pow ered by liquid fuel may not be more than one-fourth full. (3) Whenever possible, each vehicle or mechanical equipment must be stowed to allow for its inspection during transit. (4) Motor vehicles or mechanical equipment may be refueled when necessary in the hold of a vessel in accordance with 176.78. (5) When a motor vehicle or mechanical equipment with fuel in its tanks is stowed in a closed freight container, a warning, displayed on a contrasting background and readily legible from a distance of 8 meters (26 feet), must be affixed to the access doors to read as follows: WARNING--MAY CONTAIN EXPLOSIVE MIXTURES WITH AIR--KEEP IGNITION SOURCES AWAY WHEN OPENING (6) A motor vehicle or mechanical equipment's ignition key may not be in the ignition while the vehicle or mechanical equipment is stowed aboard a vessel. (b) All equipment used for handling vehicles or mechanical equip ment must be designed so that the fuel tank and fuel system of the vehicle or mechanical equipment are protected from stress that might cause rupture or other damage incident to handling. (c) Two hand-held, portable, dry chemical fire extinguishers of at least 4.5 kg (10 pounds) capacity each must be separately located in an accessible location in each hold or compartment in which any motor vehicle or mechanical equipment is stowed. (d) "NO SMOKING" signs must be conspicuously posted at each access opening to the hold or compartment. (e) Each portable electrical light, including a flashlight, used in the stowage area must be an approved, explosion-proof type. All electrical connections for any portable light must be made to outlets outside the space in which any vehicle or mechanical equipment is stowed. <f) Each hold or compartment must be ventilated and fitted with an overhead water sprinkler system or fixed fire extinguishing system. (g) Each hold or compartment must be equipped with a smoke or fire detection system capable of alerting personnel on the bridge. (h) All electrical equipment in the hold or compartment other than fixed explosion-proof lighting must be disconnected from its power source at a location outside the hold or compartment during the han dling and transportation of any vehicle or mechanical equipment. Where the disconnecting means is a switch or circuit breaker, it must be locked in the open position until all vehicles have been removed. (I) Exceptions. A motor vehicle or mechanical equipment is ex cepted from the requirements of this subchapter if the following re quirements are met: (1) The motor vehicle or mechanical equipment has an internal combustion engine using liquid fuel that has a flashpoint less than 38C (100F), the fuel tank is empty, and the engine is run until it stalls for lack of fuel; (2) The motor vehicle or mechanical equipment has an internal combustion engine using liquid fuel that has a flashpoint of 38C (100F) or higher, the fuel tank contains 418 liters (110 gallons) of fuel or less, and there are no fuel leaks in any portion of the fuel system; (3) The motor vehicle or mechanical equipment is stowed in a hold or compartment designated by the administration of the country in which the vessel is registered to be specially suited for vehicles. See 46 CFR 70.10-44 and 90.10-38 for U.S. vessels; (4) The motor vehicle or mechanical equipment is electrically pow ered by wet electric storage batteries; or (5) The motor vehicle or mechanical equipment is equipped with liquefied petroleum gas or other compressed gas fuel tanks, the tanks are completely emptied of liquid and the positive pressure in the tank does not exceed 2 bar (29 psi), the line from the fuel tank to the regulator and the regulator itself is drained of all trace of (liquid) gas, and the fuel shut-off valve is closed. (j) Except as provided in 173.220(f) of this subchapter, the provisions of this subchapter do not apply to items of equipment such as fire extinguishers, compressed gas accumulators, airbag inflators and the like which are installed in the motor vehicle or mechanical equipment if they are necessary for the operation of the vehicle or equipment, or for the safety of its operator or passengers. PART 176 417 174.104 ABD00132146 April 1998 174.104 Division 1.1 or 1.2 (Class A explosive) materials; car selection, preparation, Inspection, and certification. () Except as provided in 174.101(b), (n), and (o), Division 1.1 or 1.2 (Class A explosive) materials being transported by rail may be transported only in a certified and properly placarded closed car of not less than 36,300 kg (80,028 pounds) capacity, with steel un derframes and friction draft gear or cushioned underframe, except that on a narrow-gauge railroad they may be transported in a car of less capacity as long as the car of greatest capacity and strength available is used. <b) Each rail car used for transporting Division 1.1 or 1.2 (Class A explosive) materials must meet the following requirements as appli cable: (1) The car must be equipped with air brakes, hand brakes, and roller bearings which are in condition for service. (2) The car may not have any holes or cracks in the roof, sides, ends, or doors through which sparks may enter, or unprotected de cayed spots which may hold sparks and start a fire. (3) The roof of the car must be carefully inspected from the outside for decayed spots, especially under or near the running board, and such spots must be covered or repaired to prevent their holding fire from sparks. A car with a roof generally decayed, even if tight, may not be used. (4) The doors must close tightly so that sparks cannot get in at the joints, and, if necessary to achieve this degree of tightness, the doors must be stripped. The stripping should be placed on the inside and fastened to the door frames where it will form a shoulder against which the closed doors are pressed by means of wedges or cleats in door shoes or keepers. The openings under the doors should be similarly closed. The hasp fastenings must be examined with the doors dosed and fastened, and the doors must be cleated when necessary to prevent them from shifting. When the car is opened for any reason, the wedges or cleats must be replaced before car containing Class 1 (explosive) materials is permitted to proceed. (5) The roller bearings and the trucks must be carefully examined and put in such condition as to reduce to a minimum the danger of hotboxes or other failure necessitating the setting out of the car before reaching its destination. () The car must be carefully swept out before it is loaded. For less-than-carload shipments the space in which the packages are to be loaded must be carefully swept. If evidence of a potential hazardous residue is apparent after the floor has been swept, the carrier must either decontaminate the car or provide a suitable substitute car. (7) Any holes in the floor or lining must be repaired and special care taken that there are no projecting nails or bolts or exposed pieces of metal which may work loose or produce holes in packages of Class 1 (explosive) materials during transit. Protruding nails in the floor or lining which have worked loose must be drawn, and if necessary for the purpose of fastening the floor or lining, new nails must be driven through other parts thereof. (8) Metal floor plates must be completely covered with wood, ply wood, or fiber or composition sheets of adequate thickness and strength to prevent contact of the floor plates with the packages of Class 1 (explosive) materials under conditions incident to transporta tion, except that the covering of metal floor plates is not necessary for carload shipments loaded by the Department of Defense provided the Class 1 (explosive) materials are of such nature that they are not liable to leakage of dust, powder, or vapor which might become the cause of an explosion. (9) If the car is equipped with automobile loading devices, it may not be used unless the loading device is securely attached to the roof of the car with fastenings supplementing those already provided and so fixed that it cannot fall. (10) The car must be equipped with high-friction composition brake shoes (except metal deck flat cars used for COFC/TOFC service may be equipped with high phosphorus cast iron brakeshoes) and brake rigging designed for this type of brake shoe. Each brake shoe on the car must be at least 1 cm (0.4 inch) thick, and in safe and suitable condition for sen/ice. (11) The car must have either a metal subfloor with no combustible material exposed beneath the car, or metal spark shields extending from center sill to side sills and from end sills to at least 30 cm (12 inches) beyond the extreme treads of the inside wheels of each truck, which are tightly fitted against the subfloor so that there is no vacant space or combustible material exposed. The metal subfloor or spark shields may not have an accumulation of oil, grease, or other debris which could support combustion. (c) Before Division 1.1 or 1.2 (Class A explosive) materials may be loaded into a rail car, the car must have been inspected and certified to be in compliance with the requirements of paragraph (b) of this section by a qualified person designated under 215.11 of this title. The certification shall be made in Car Certificate No. 1 on the form prescribed in paragraph (f) of this section. (d) If the carrier furnishes the car to a shipper for loading Division 1.1 or 1.2 (Class A explosive) materials, the shipper or his authorized employee shall, before commencing the loading of the car, inspect the interior thereof, and after loading certify to the proper condition of the car and the loading. This certification shall be made on the first signature line in Car Certificate No. 2 on the form prescribed in paragraph (f) of this section. In addition, the finished load must be inspected and certified to be in compliance with the requirements of this part by a qualified person designated under 215.11 of this title before the car goes forward. This certification shall be made on the second signature line in Car Certificate No. 2 on the form prescribed in paragraph (f) of this section. If the loading is performed by the carrier, Car Certificate No. 2 may only be signed by a qualified person designated under 215.11 of this title. (e) If a trailer or container containing Division 1.1 or 1.2 (Class A explosive) materials is loaded on a flatcar, the loading and securing of the load on the car must be supervised by a representative of the shipper or carrier. The certification shall be made in Car Certificate No. 3 on the form prescribed in paragraph (f) of this section. (f) Each car certificate for use in connection with the inspection of rail cars for the carriage of Division 1.1 or 1.2 (Class A explosive) materials shall be printed on strong tag board measuring 18 by 18 cm (7.1 by 7.1 inches) or 15 by 20 cm (5.9 by 7.9 inches). It must be duly executed in triplicate by the carrier, and by the shipper if he loads the shipments. The original must be filed by the carrier at the forwarding station in a separate file and the other two must be attached to the car, one to each outer side on a fixed placard board or as otherwise provided.* I CAR CERTIFICATE RAILROAD No. 1Station 19 I hereby certify that I have this day personally examined Car Num ber_____and that the car is in condition for service and complies with the FRA Freight Car Safety Standards (49 CFR Part 215) and with the requirements for freight cars used to transport explosives prescribed by the DOT Hazardous Materials Regulations (49 CFR Part 174). Qualified Person Designated Under 49 CFR 215.11 No. 2Station 19 I have this day personally examined the above car and hereby certify that the explosives in or on this car, or in or on vehicles or in containers have been loaded and braced; that placards have been applied, according to the regulations prescribed by the Department of Transportation; and that the doors of cars so equipped fit or have been stripped so that sparks cannot enter. Shipper or his authorized agent Qualified Person Designated Under 49 CFR 215.11 No. 3Station 19 I hereby certify that I have this day personally supervised the loading of the vehicles or containers on and their securement to the above car. Shipper or railway employee inspecting loading and securement Note 1 A shipper must decline to use a car not in proper condition. Note 2: All certificates, where applicable, must be signed. Note 3: Car certificates remaining on hand as of the effective date of these regulations may be used until stocks are exhausted but not after July 1, 1977. 374 April 1998 ABD00132147 174.105--174.200 174.105 Routing shipments, Division 1.1 or 1.2 (Class A ex plosive) materials. Before a shipment of Division 1.1 or 1.2 (Class A explosive) materials destined to a point beyond the lines of the initial carrier is accepted from the shipper, the initial carrier shall ascertain that the shipment can go forward by the route designated. To avoid delays en route, the initial carrier must be in possession of full rate information before forwarding the shipment. 174.106 "Order-Notlfy" or "C.O.D.*' shipments, Division 1.1 or 1.2 (Class A explosive) materials, (a) A carrier may not accept for transportation Division 1.1 or 1.2 (Class A explosive) materials, detonators, or detonating primers in any quantity when consigned to "order-notify" or "C.O.D.", except on a through bill of lading to a place outside the United States. (b) A carrier may not accept for transportation Division 1.1 or 1.2 (Class A explosive) materials, detonators, or detonating primers which the shipper consigns to himself unless the shipper has a resident representative to receive them at the delivery point. (c) A carrier may not accept Division 1.1 or 1.2 (Class A explosive) materials for transportation subject to "stop-off privileges en route for partial loading or unloading." (c) Division 1.3 (Class B explosive) materials and Division 1.2 (de vices corresponding to Class B explosive) materials may not be trans ported in a truck body, trailer, or container on a flatcar unless: (1) The truck body, trailer, or container is closed and tight; (2) All automatic heating or refrigerating machinery with which the truck body, trailer, or container is equipped is inoperative; and (3) Packages of Division 1.3 (Class B explosive) materials and Division 1.2 (devices corresponding to Class B explosive) materials are blocked and braced within the truck body, trailer, or container to prevent their movement and possible damage due to movement of other freight during transportation (ends, sidewalls, or doors of the truck body, trailer, or container may not be relied on to prevent the shifting of heavy loads). For recommended methods of blocking and bracing see Bureau of Explosives Pamphlet No. 6C. See 174.101(o). 174.114 Record to be made of change of seals on "Cars loaded with Division 1.1 or 1.2 (explosive) materials". When a car seal is changed on a car requiring "EXPLOSIVES 1.1 or EXPLO SIVES 1.2 (EXPLOSIVES A)" placards while en route or before deliv ery to a consignee, a record of the change showing the following information must be made on or attached to the waybill or other form of memorandum which must accompany the car to its destination: 174.110 Car magazine. When specially authorized by the carrier, Division 1.1 or 1.2 (Class A explosive) materials in quantity not exceeding 68 kg (150 pounds) may be carried in construction or repair cars if the packages of Class 1 (explosive) materials are placed in a "magazine" box made of sound lumber not less than 2.5 cm (0.98 inch) thick, covered on the exterior with metal, and provided with strong handles. The box must be plainly stenciled on the top, sides, and ends, in letters not less than 5 cm (2 inches) high, "EXPLOSIVES--DANGEROUS--HANDLE CAREFULLY". The box must be provided with strong hinges and with a lock for keeping it securely closed. Vacant space in the box must be filled with a cushioning material such as sawdust or excelsior, and the box must be properly stayed to prevent movement within the car. The car must be placarded with EXPLOSIVES 1.1 or 1.2 (EXPLOSIVES A) placards when the magazine contains Division 1.1 or 1.2 (Class A explosive) materials. 174.112 Loading Division 1.3 (Class B explosive) materials and Division 1.2 (devices corresponding to Class B explosive) materials(Alsosee174.101). (a) Division 1.3(ClassBexplosive) materials and Division 1.2 (devices corresponding to Class B explo sive) materials may not be loaded, transported or stored in a rail car equipped with any type of lighted heater or open-flame device, or in a rail car equipped with any apparatus or mechanism utilizing an internal combustion engine in its operation. (b) Except as provided in 174.101(b), (n) or (o), Division 1.3 (Class B explosive) materials and Division 1.2 (devices correspond ing to Class B explosive) materials must be transported in a closed car or container car which is in good condition, and into which sparks cannot enter. The car does not require the car certificates prescribed in 174.104(c) through (f). If the doors are not tight, they must be stripped to prevent the entrance of sparks. Wood floored cars must be equipped with spark shields (see 174.104). Packages of Division 1.3 (Class B explosive) materials and Division 1.2 (devices corresponding to Class B explosive) materials must be blocked and braced to prevent their movement and possible damage due to movement of other freight during transportation. For recommended methods of blocking and bracing see Bureau of Explosives Pamphlet No. 6. Railroad Place Car Initials Number or description of seal broken Number or description of seal used to reseal car Reasons for opening car Date Car Number Condition of load Name and occupation of person opening car.1 174.115 Loading Division 1.4 (Class C explosive) materi als. (a) Division 1.4 (Class C explosive) materials may be loaded into any closed car in good condition, or into any container car in good condition. Car certificates are not required. Packages of Division 1.4 (Class C explosive) materials must be blocked and braced to prevent their movement and possible damage due to movement of other freight during transportation. For methods of recommended load ing and bracing see Bureau of Explosives Pamphlet No. 6. (b) Division 1.4 (Class C explosive) materials may not be trans ported in a truck body, trailer, or container on a flatcar unless: (1) The truck body, trailer, or container is closed and tight; (2) All automatic heating or refrigerating machinery with which the truck body, trailer, or container is equipped is inoperative; and (3) Packages of Division 1.4 (Class C explosive) materials are blocked and braced within the truck body, trailer, or container to prevent their movement and possible damage due to movement of other freight during transportation. Ends, sidewalls, or doors of the truck body, trailer, or container may not be relied on to prevent shifting of heavy loads. For recommended methods of blocking and bracing see Bureau of Explosives Pamphlet No. 6C. PART 174 Subpart F DETAILED REQUIREMENTS FOR CLASS 2 (GASES) MATERIALS 174.200 Special handling requirements, (a) Division 2.1 (flammable gas) materials may not be loaded, transported, or stored in a rail car equipped with any type of lighted heater or open-flame device, or in a rail car equipped with any apparatus or mechanism utilizing an internal combustion engine in its operation. (b) Division 2.1 (flammable gas) materials may not be loaded in a truck body or trailer equipped with any type of lighted heater or any automatic heating or refrigerating apparatus when such truck bodies or trailers are loaded on flatcars except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section. (c) Heating or refrigeration apparatus may be operated on a motor vehicle loaded on a flatcar when the motor vehicle is loaded with Division 2.1 (flammable gas) materials only if: (1) The lading space is not equipped with any electrical apparatus that is not non-sparking or explosion-proof; (2) There is no combustion apparatus in the lading space; 375 ABD00132148 174.200--174.300 April 1998 (3) There is no connection for the return of air from the lading space to any combustion apparatus; and (4) The heating system conforms to 393.77 of this title and does not heat any part of the lading over 54C (129F). 174.201 Class 2 (gases) material cylinders, (a) Except as provided in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section, cylinders containing Class 2 (gases) materials being transported in a rail car must be; (1) Securely lashed in an upright position so as to prevent their overturning; (2) Loaded into racks securely attached to the car; (3) Packed in boxes or crates of such dimensions as to prevent their overturning; or (4) Loaded in a horizontal position. (b) Specification DOT-4L (178.57 of this subchapter) cylinders being transported in a rail car must be loaded in an upright position and be securely braced. (c) Cylinders containing Class 2 (gases) materials may be trans ported in stock cars, gondola cars and flatcars. However, they may not be transported in hopper bottom cars. 174.204 Tank car delivery of gases, Including cryogenic liquids, (a) A tank car containing Class 2 (gases) material may not be unloaded unless it is consigned for delivery and unloaded on a private track (see 171.8 of this subchapter). However, if a private track is not available, it may be delivered and unloaded on carrier tracks subject to the following conditions: (1) A tank car of DOT-106A or 110A type (179.300 or 179.301 of this subchapter) may not be delivered and the loaded unit tanks may not be removed from the car frame on carrier tracks. However, a carrier may give permission for the unloading of these containers on carrier tracks only if a private siding is not available within a reasonable trucking distance of the final destination. In addition, before the car is accepted for transportation, the shipper must obtain from the deliv ering carrier and file with the originating carrier, written permission for the removal and the consignee must furnish an adequately strong mechanical hoist by which the tanks can be lifted from the car and deposited directly upon vehicles furnished by the consignee for imme diate removal from carrier property. (2) The following tank cars may not be delivered and unloaded on carrier tracks unless the lading is piped directly from the car to permanent storage tanks of sufficient capacity to receive the entire contents of the car; however, such cars may be stored on a private track (see 171.8 of this subchapter) or on carrier tracks designated by the carrier for such storage: (i) A tank car containing Division 2.1 (flammable gas) material that is a cryogenic liquid: or (ii) A tank car, except for a DOT-106A or 110A multi-unit tank car tank (179.300 or 179.301 of this subchapter), containing anhydrous ammonia; hydrogen chloride, refrigerated liquid; hy drocarbon gas, liquefied; or liquefied petroleum gas; and hav ing interior pipes for liquid and gas discharge valves equipped with check valves. 174.290 Materials extremely poisonous by Inhalation shipped by, for, or to the Department of Defense, (a) General. The provisions of this section apply only to materials extremely poison ous by inhalation which are Division 2.3 materials in Hazard Zone A and Division 6.1 materials in Hazard Zone A, as defined in 173.133(a)(2) of this subchapter. Such materials when shipped by, for, or to the Department of Defense may be transported by rail only if loaded and handled in accordance with the requirements of this section. (b) A Division 2.3 Hazard Zone A or a Division 6.1 Hazard Zone A material extremely poisonous by inhalation may be transported in: (1) UN INI or UN 1N2 metal drums or equivalent military specifica- tion metal drums, by boxcar, gondola car (flat bottom), or stock car in carload lots. See 174.55(a)(1) through (4) and 174.600 for blocking, bracing, and stowage requirements; (2) Tanks which are authorized under this subchapter for a Hazard Zone A material extremely poisonous by inhalation, Specification DOT 106A (179.300 and 179.301 of this subchapter), mounted on or secured to a multi-unit car or gondola car (flat bottom) in carload lots only; (3) Bombs, by boxcar, or gondola car (flat bottom) in carload lots only; or (4) Projectiles or ammunition for cannon with gas filled projectiles, by boxcar in carload or less-than-carload lots. (c) Each shipment of one or more carloads of a material extremely poisonous by inhalation, as described in paragraph (b) of this section, must be accompanied by a Department of Defense qualified escort supplied with equipment to handle leaks and other packaging failures which could result in escape of the material. The escort shall remain with the shipment during the entire time that it is in the custody of the carrier and in the event of leakage or escape of material, shall make repairs and perform decontamination as necessary. (d) When a material extremely poisonous by inhalation is trans ported in a tank, the tank must be securely mounted on a rail car especially provided for it or on a gondola car prepared with substantial wooden frames and blocks. (e) Bombs, projectiles, and cannon ammunition being transported by rail must be loaded, blocked and braced as shown in Bureau of Explosives Pamphlet No. 6A, or Department of Defense specifications. When a shipment is loaded in a gondola car it must be securely blocked and braced and not loaded higher than the sides of the car. (f) When a material extremely poisonous by inhalation is trans ported in drums with filling holes in the heads, they must be loaded on their bottoms. They may be loaded in rows, lengthwise of the car and any space between the sides of the car and the nearest row of drums must be "filled in" with wooden boards or lumber nailed to sides of the car sufficient in length and width to contact both hoops of drums, or they may be loaded across the car in staggered stacks of which the number of drums in alternate stacks is reduced by one drum. All drums in stacks following the first stack loaded in the end of the car must be placed tightly into the angle of the space formed by the sidewalls of the drum in the preceding stack. Any space be tween the sides of the car and the drums in stacks having the greater number of drums must be filled in with wooden boards or lumber nailed to sides of the car sufficient in length and width to contact both hoops of the drums. (g) When a material extremely poisonous by inhalation is trans ported in drums with filling holes in the sides, they must be loaded on their sides with the filling holes up. They must be loaded lengthwise of the car in rows and any space between the sides of the car and the nearest row of drums must be filled in with wooden boards or lumber nailed to sides of the car sufficient in length and width to contact both hoops of the drums. (h) When a material extremely poisonous by inhalation is trans ported in drums in a boxcar, they must be loaded from ends of the car toward the space between the car doors, and there braced by center gates and wedges. See Sketch 1, Bureau of Explosives Pam phlet No. 6. (I) The doorways of a boxcar in which a material poisonous by inhalation is being transported must be protected by one of the meth ods prescribed in Sketch 1, Bureau of Explosives Pamphlet No. 6A. Subpart G DETAILED REQUIREMENTS FOR CLASS 3 (FLAMMABLE LIQUID) MATERIALS 174.300 Special handling requirements, (a) Class 3 (flam mable liquid) materials may not be loaded, transported, or stored in a rail car equipped with any type of lighted heater or open-flame device, or in a rail car equipped with any apparatus or mechanism utilizing an internal combustion engine in its operation. (b) A truck body or trailer which is loaded with Class 3 (flammable liquid) materials and equipped with a lighted heater or any automatic heating or refrigerating apparatus may not be loaded on a flatcar except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section. (c) Heating or refrigeration apparatus on a motor vehicle loaded with Class 3 (flammable liquid) materials may be operated while the motor vehicle is loaded on a flatcar only if: (1) The lading space is not equipped with any electrical apparatus that is not non-sparking or explosion-proof; 376 April 1998 ABD00132149 174.300--174.715 (2) There is no combustion apparatus in the lading space; (3) There is no connection for the return of air from the lading space to any combustion apparatus; and (4) The heating system conforms to 393.77 of this title and does not heat any part of the lading over 54C (129F). (d) Metal barrels or drums containing Class 3 (flammable liquid) materials may be transported in a steel gondola or flatcar or in a stock car. However, they may not be transported in a hopper bottom car. 174.304 Class 3 (flammable liquid) materials In tank cars. A tank car containing Class 3 (flammable liquid) materials, other than liquid road asphalt or tar, may not be transported by rail unless it is originally consigned or subsequently reconsigned to a party having a private track on which it is to be delivered and unloaded (see 171.8 of this subchapter) or to a party using railroad siding facilities which are equipped for piping the liquid from the tank car to permanent storage tanks of sufficient capacity to receive the entire contents of the car. Subpart J DETAILED REQUIREMENTS FOR DIVISION 6.1 (POISONOUS) MATERIALS 174.600 Special handling requirements for materials ex tremely poisonous by inhalation. A tank car containing a material extremely poisonous by inhalation which is a Division 2.3 material in Hazard Zone A or a Division 6.1 material in Hazard Zone A. as defined in 173.133(a)(2) of this subchapter, may not be transported by rail unless it is originally consigned or subsequently reconsigned to a party having a private track on which it is to be delivered and unloaded (see 171.8 of this subchapter) or to a party using railroad siding facilities which are equipped for piping the liquid or gas from the tank car to permanent storage tanks or sufficient capacity to receive the entire contents of the car. See the requirements in 174.290 for materi als extremely poisonous by inhalation which are shipped by, for, or to the Department of Defense. 174.615 Cleaning cars, (a) [Reserved] (b) After Division 6.1 (poisonous) materials are unloaded from a rail car, that car must be thoroughly cleaned unless the car is used exclusively in the carriage of Division 6.1 (poisonous) materials. 174.680 Division 6.1 (poisonous) materials with food stuffs. (a) A carrier may not transport any package bearing a POh SON or POISON INHALATION HAZARD label in the same car with any material marked as or known to be a foodstuff, feed, or any other edible material intended for consumption by humans or animals. (b) A carrier must separate any package bearing a KEEP AWAY FROM FOOD label from materials marked as or known to be foodstuffs, feed, or any other edible materials intended for consump tion by humans or animals as required in 174.81(e)(3) for classes identified with the letter "O" in the Segregation Table for Hazardous Materials. PART 174 Subpart K DETAILED REQUIREMENTS FOR CLASS 7 (RADIOACTIVE) MATERIALS 174.700 Special handling requirements for Class 7 (radioac tive) materials, (a) Each rail shipment of low specific activity materi als or surface contaminated objects as defined in 173.403 of this subchapter must be loaded so as to avoid spillage and scattering of loose material. Loading restrictions are prescribed in 173.427 of this subchapter. (b) The number of packages of Class 7 (radioactive) materials that may be transported by rail car or stored at any single location is limited to a total transport index number (as defined in 173.403 of this subchapter) of not more than 50. This provision does not apply to exclusive use shipments as described in 173.403, 173.427, 173.441, and 173.457 of this subchapter. (c) Each package of Class 7 (radioactive) material bearing RA DIOACTIVE YELLOW-ll or RADIOACTIVE YELLOW-III labels may not be placed closer than 0.9 meter (3 feet) to an area (or dividing partition between areas) which may be continuously occupied by any passenger, rail employee, or shipment of one or more animals, nor closer than 4.5 meters (15 feet) to any package containing undeveloped film (if so marked). If more than one package of Class 7 (radioactive) materials is present, the distance must be computed from the table below on the basis of the total transport index number (determined by adding together the transport index numbers on the labels of the individual packages) of packages in the rail car or storage area: Total transport Index None...................... 0.1 lo 10.0........... 10.1 to 20.0 .... Minimum separation distance to nearest undeveloped film Meters Feet 00 4.5 15 6.7 22 Minimum distance to area of persons or minimum distance from dividing partition of a combination car Meters Feet 00 0.9 3 1.2 4 20.1 to 30.0 .... 30.1 to 40.0 .... 40.1 to 50.0 .... 7.7 10 10.9 29 33 36 1.5 1.6 2.1 5 6 7 Note: The distance in this table must be measured from the nearest point on the nearest packages ot Class 7 (radioactive) materials. (d) Each fissile material, controlled shipment must be transported in accordance with one of the methods prescribed in 173.457 of this subchapter. The transport controls must be adequate to assure that no fissile material, controlled shipment is transported in the same transport vehicle with any other fissile Class 7 (radioactive) material shipment. In loading and storage areas, each fissile material, con trolled shipment must be segregated by a distance of at least 6 meters (20 feet) from other packages required to bear one of the "radioactive' labels described in Part 172 of this subchapter. (e) A person shall not remain unnecessarily in, on or near a transport vehicle containing Class 7 (radioactive) materials. (f) In the case of packages shipped under the exclusive use provi sions of 173.441(b) of this subchapter for packages with external radiation levels in excess of 2 mSv per hour (200 mrem per hour) at the package surface-- (1) The transport vehicle must meet the requirements for a closed transport vehicle (173.403 of this subchapter); (2) Each package must be secured so that its position within the transport vehicle remains fixed under conditions normally incident to transportation; and (3) The radiation level may not exceed 0.02 mSv per hour (2 mrem per hour) in any normally occupied position in the transport vehicle or adjacent rail car. 174.705 Radiation protection program. Unless otherwise ex cepted, a carrier shall not transport a Class 7 (radioactive) material by rail unless each of its occupationally exposed hazmat employees is under a radiation protection program that complies with the require ments of subpart I of part 172 of this subchapter. 174.715 Cleanliness of transport vehicles after use. (a) Each transport vehicle used for transporting Class 7 (radioac tive) materials as exclusive use, as defined in 173.403 of this sub chapter, must be surveyed with appropriate radiation detection instru ments after each use. A transport vehicle may not be returned to service until the radiation dose rate at any accessible surface is 0.005 mSv per hour (0.5 mrem per hour) or less, and there is no significant 377 174.715--174.750 ABD00132150 April 1998 removable radioactive surface contamination, as defined in 173.443 of this subchapter. (b) This section does not apply to any transport vehicle used solely for transporting Class 7 (radioactive) materials if a survey of the interior surface shows that the radiation does rate does not exceed 0.1 mSv per hour (10 mrem per hour) at the interior surface or 0.02 mSv per hour (2 mrem per hour) at 1 meter (3.3 feet) from any interior surface. The transport vehicle must be stenciled with the words "FOR RADIO ACTIVE MATERIALS USE ONLY" in lettering at least 7.6 centimeters (3 inches) high in a conspicuous place on both sides of the exterior of the transport vehicle, and it must be kept closed at all times other than during loading and unloading. 174.750 Incidents involving leakage, (a) In addition to the incident reporting requirements of 171.15 and 171.16 of this sub chapter, the carrier shall also notify the offeror at the earliest practica ble moment following any incident in which there has been breakage, spillage, or suspected radioactive contamination involving Class 7 (radioactive) materials shipments. Transport vehicles, buildings, areas, or equipment in which Class 7 (radioactive) materials have been spilled may not be again placed in service or routinely occupied until the radiation dose rate at every accessible surface is less than 0.005 mSv per hour (0.5 mrem per hour) and there is no significant removable radioactive surface contamination (see 173.443 of this subchapter). (b) The package or materials should be segregated as far as practi cable from personnel contact. If radiological advice or assistance is needed, the U.S. Department of Energy (DOE) should also be notified. In case of obvious leakage, or if it appears likely that the inside con tainer may have been damaged, care should be taken to avoid inhala tion, ingestion, or contact with the Class 7 (radioactive) material. Any loose Class 7 (radioactive) materials should be left in a segregated area and held pending disposal instructions, from qualified persons. 378 ABD00132151 Part 175- Carriage by Aircraft April 1998 ABD00132152 PART 175 CARRIAGE BY AIRCRAFT 175.1--175.10 Subject Sec. Subpart A--General Information and Regulations Purpose and scope .................................................... Unacceptable hazardous materials shipments .. Applicability.................................................................... Exceptions .................................................................... Compliance and training............................................ Notification at air passenger facilities of hazardous materials restrictions........................... Notification at cargo facilities of hazardous materials requirements............................................ Accepting and inspecting shipments...................... Reports of discrepancies............................................ Notification of pilot-in-command.............................. Shipping papers aboard aircraft.............................. Keeping and replacement of labels......................... 175.1 175.3 175.5 175.10 175.20 175.25 175.26 175.30 175.31 175.33 175.35 175.40 Subpart B--Loading, Unloading, and Handling Quantity limitations aboard aircraft ......................... Stowage compatibility of cargo................................. Orientation of cargo .................................................... Securing of packages containing hazardous materials .................................................................... Cargo location............................................................... Inspection of unit load devices................................. Damaged shipments.................................................... 175.75 175.78 175.79 175.81 175.85 175.88 175.90 Page 379 379 379 379 381 381 381 382 382 382 382 382 383 383 383 383 383 384 384 Subject Sec. Page Subpart C--Specific Regulations Applicable According to Classification of Material Self-propelled vehicles .............................................. Transportation of flammable liquid fuel in small, passenger-carrying aircraft................................... Cargo aircraft only; only means of transportation Special requirements for Division 6.1 (poisonous) material and Division 6.2 (infectious substance) material....................................................................... Special limitations and requirements for Class 7 (radioactive) materials ............................................ Separation distance requirements for packages containing Class 7 (radioactive) materials in passenger-carrying aircraft.................................... Requirements for carriage of packages containing radioactive materials in a cargo aircraft only ............................................................... Other special requirements for the acceptance and carriage of packages containing Class 7 (radioactive) materials ........................................... Plutonium shipments.................................................... Inspection of aircraft for contamination by Class 7 (radioactive) materials......................................... Radiation protection program................................... 175.305 175.310 175.320 175.630 175.700 175.701 175.702 175.703 175.704 175.705 175.706 384 384 384 385 385 386 386 387 387 387 387 PART 175 PUBLISHER'S NOTE This Part outlines the requirements for the carriage of hazardous materials by air. The Part is divided into Subpart A, Subpart B, and Subpart C. Subpart A addresses the general information and regulations for the carriage of hazardous materials by air. Subpart B covers the loading, unloading, and handling of hazardous materials aboard aircraft, and Subpart C addresses the specific regulations that apply to each hazard class when transported aboard aircraft. Subpart A GENERAL INFORMATION AND REGULATIONS 175.1 Purpose and scope. This part prescribes requirements, in addition to those contained in Parts 171, 172 and 173 of this sub chapter, applicable to aircraft operators transporting hazardous mate rials aboard (including attached to or suspended from) aircraft. 175.3 Unacceptable hazardous materials shipments. Hazar dous materials that are not prepared for shipment in accordance with this subchapter may not be accepted for transportation or transported aboard an aircraft. 175.5 Applicability, (a) This part applies to the acceptance for transportation, loading and transportation of hazardous materials in any aircraft in the United States and in aircraft of United States registry anywhere in air commerce. This part does not apply to: (1) Aircraft owned and operated by a government when not en gaged in carrying persons or property for commercial purposes; (2) Aircraft which are not owned by a government nor engaged in carrying persons or property for commercial purposes but which are under the exclusive direction and control of a government for a period of not less than 90 days as specified in a written contract or lease. An aircraft is under the exclusive direction and control of a government when the government exercises responsibility for: (i) Approving crew members and determining that they are quali fied to operate the aircraft; (ii) Determining the airworthiness and directing maintenance of the aircraft; and (iii) Dispatching the aircraft, including the times of departure, air ports to be used, and type and amount of cargo to be carried; (3) Aircraft of United States registry under lease to and operated by foreign nationals outside the United States if: (i) Hazardous materials forbidden aboard aircraft by 172.101 of the subchapter are not carried on the aircraft; and (ii) Other hazardous materials are carried in accordance with the regulations of the State (nation) of the aircraft operator. 175.10 Exceptions, (a) This subchapter does not apply to; (1) Aviation fuel and oil in tanks that are in compliance with the installation provisions of 14 CFR, Chapter 1. (2) Hazardous materials required aboard an aircraft in accordance with the applicable airworthiness requirements and operating regula tions. Unless otherwise approved by the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety, items of replacement for such hazardous materials must be transported in accordance with this subchapter except that-- 379 ABD00132153 175.10 April 1998 (i) In place of the required packagings, packagings specially de signed for the transport of aircraft spares and supplies may be used, provided such packagings provide at least an equivalent level of protection to those that would be required by this sub chapter. (ii) Aircraft batteries are not subject to quantity limitations such as those provided in 172.101 or 175.75(a) of this subchapter; and (iii) A tire assembly with a serviceable tire is not subject to the provisions of this subchapter provided the tire is not inflated to a gauge pressure exceeding the maximum rated pressure for that tire. (3) Hazardous materials loaded and carried in hoppers or tanks of aircraft certificated for use in aerial seeding, dusting, spraying, fertilizing, crop improvement, or pest control, to be dispensed during such an operation. (4) Non-radioactive medicinal and toilet articles (including aero sols) carried by a crew member or passenger in checked or carryon baggage. Also aerosols in Division 2.2, with no subsidiary risk, for sporting or home use, when carried in checked baggage only, when: (i) The total capacity of all the containers used by a crewmember or passenger does not exceed 2 kg (70 net weight ounces) or 2 liters (68 fluid ounces); (ii) The capacity of each container other than an aerosol container does not exceed 470 ml (16 fluid ounces) or 0.5 kg (1.1 pound) of material. (5) Small-arms ammunition for personal use carried by a crew member or passenger in his baggage (excluding carry-on baggage) if securely packed in fiber, wood or metal boxes, or other packagings specifically designed to carry small amounts of ammunition. This para graph does not apply to person traveling under the provisions of 14 CFR 108.11 (a) and (b). (6) (Reserved] (7) Oxygen, or any hazardous material used for the generation of oxygen, for medical use by a passenger, which is furnished by the aircraft operator in accordance with 14 CFR 121.574 or 135.91. For purposes of this paragraph, an aircraft operator that is not a certificate holder under 14 CFR part 121 or part 135, may apply this exception in conformance with 14 CFR 121.574 or 135.91 in the same manner as required for a certificate holder. (8) Human beings and animals with an implanted medical device, such as a heart pacemaker, that contains Class 7 (radioactive) materi als or with radiopharmaceuticals that have been injected or ingested. (9) Smoke grenades, flares, or similar devices carried only for use during a sport parachute jumping activity. (10) Personal smoking materials intended for use by any individual when carried on his person except lighters with flammable liquid reservoirs and containers containing lighter fluid for use in refilling lighters. (11) Smoke grenades, flares, and pyrotechnic devices affixed to aircraft carrying no person other than a required flight crewmember during any flight conducted at and as a part of a scheduled air show or exhibition of aeronautical skill. The affixed installation accommodat ing the smoke grenades, flares, or pyrotechnic devices on the aircraft must be approved by the FAA for its intended use. (12) Hazardous materials which are loaded and carried on or in cargo aircraft only, and which are to be dispensed or expended during flight for weather control, environmental restoration or protection, forest preservation and protection, flood control, avalanche control pur poses, or routine quality control testing of special fireworks manufac tured for the Department of Defense, when the following requirements are met: (i) Operations may not be conducted over densely populated areas, in a congested airway, or near any airport where air carrier passenger operations are conducted. (ii) Each operator shall prepare and keep current a manual con taining operational guidelines and handling procedures, for the use and guidance of flight, maintenance, and ground personnel concerned in the dispensing or expending of hazardous materi als. The manual must be approved by the FAA Civil Aviation Security Office responsible for the operator's overall aviation security program or the FAA Civil Aviation Security Office in the region where the operator is located. The manual must be approved by the FAA Civil Aviation Security Field Office responsible for reviewing the operator's hazardous materials program or the FAA Civil Aviation Security Field Office in the region where the operator is located. Each operation must be conducted in accordance with the manual. (iii) No person other than a required flight crewmember, FAA in spector, or person necessary for handling or dispensing the hazardous material may be carried on the aircraft. (iv) The operator of the aircraft must have advance permission from the owner of any airport to be used for the dispensing or expending operation. (v) When dynamite and blasting caps are carried for avalanche control flights, the explosives must be handled by, and at all times be under the control of, a qualified blaster. When required by State or local authority, the blaster must be licensed and the State or local authority must be identified in writing to the FAACivil Aviation Security Field Office responsible for reviewing the operator's hazardous materials program or the FAA Civil Aviation Security Field Office in the region where the operator is located. (vi) When special fireworks aerial illuminating flares, manufactured specifically for the DOD, are carried for in-flight routine quality control testing, the fireworks must be handled by, and at all times be under the control of, a qualified person who has been trained in accordance with a program approved by the local FAA Civil Aviation Security Field Office. The aircraft must be specially modified to conduct the testing operation and must be specifically approved for such operations by the local FAA Civil Aviation Security Field Office before the flight. (13) Carbon dioxide, solid (dry ice) when: (i) In quantities not exceeding 2.3 kg (5.07 pounds) per package packed as prescribed by 173.217 of this subchapter and used as a refrigerant for the contents of the package. The package must be marked with the name of the contents being cooled, the net weight of the dry ice or an indication that the net weight is 2.3 kg (5.07 pounds) or less, and also marked "Carbon Dioxide, Solid" or "Dry Ice"; (ii) Intended for use in food and beverage service aboard air craft; or (iii) In quantities not exceeding 2 kg (4.4 pounds) per passenger when used to pack perishables in carry-on baggage provided the package permits the release of carbon dioxide gas. (14) A transport incubator unit necessary to protect life or an organ preservation unit necessary to protect human organs provided: (i) The compressed gas used to operate the unit is in an authorized DOT specification cylinder and is marked, labeled, filled and maintained as prescribed by this subchapter; (ii) Each battery used in the operation of the unit is of the nonspillable type; (iii) The unit is constructed so that valves, fittings, and gauges are protected from damage; (iv) The pilot in command is advised when the unit is on board, and when it is intended for use; (v) The unit is accompanied by a person qualified to operate it; (vi) The unit is secured in the aircraft in a manner so as not to restrict access to or use of any required emergency or regular exit or of the aisle in the passenger compartment; and, (vii) Smoking within 3 m (ten feet) of the unit is prohibited. (15) Alcoholic beverages, perfumes, colognes and liquefied gas lighters that have been examined by the Bureau of Explosives (B of E) and approved by the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety, carried aboard a passenger-carrying aircraft by the operator for use or sale on the aircraft. (16) Alcoholic beverages, perfumes and colognes purchased through duty free sales, carried by passengers or crew as carry-on baggage. (17) Reserved. (18) Carbon dioxide gas cylinders worn by passengers for the operation of mechanical limbs and spare cylinders of a similar size for the same purpose in sufficient quantities to ensure an adequate supply for the duration of the journey. (19) A wheelchair or other battery-powered mobility aid equipped with a nonspillable battery, when carried as checked baggage, pro vided that-- (i) The battery meets the provisions of 173.159(d) for nonspillable batteries; (ii) Visual inspection including, where necessary, removal of the battery, reveals no obvious defects (however, removal of the 380 ABD00132154 April 1998 175.10--175.26 battery from the housing should be performed by qualified airline personnel only); (iii) The battery is disconnected and terminals are insulated to pre vent short circuits; and (iv) The battery is securely attached to the wheelchair or mobility aid, is removed and placed in a strong, rigid packaging that is marked "NONSPILLABLE BATTERY" (unless fully enclosed in a rigid housing that is properly marked), or is handled in accordance with paragraph (a)(20)(iv) of this section. (20) A wheelchair or other battery-powered mobility aid equipped with a spillable battery, when carried as checked baggage, pro vided that-- (i) Visual inspection including, where necessary, removal of the battery, reveals no obvious defects (however, removal of the battery from the housing should be performed by qualified airline personnel only); (ii) The battery is disconnected and terminals are insulated to pre vent short circuits; (iii) The pilot-in-command is advised, either orally or in writing, prior to departure, as to the location of the battery aboard the aircraft; and (iv) The wheelchair or mobility aid is loaded, stowed, secured and unloaded in an upright position or the battery is removed, the wheelchair or mobility aid is carried as checked baggage with out further restriction, and the removed battery is carried in a strong, rigid packaging under the following conditions: (A) The packaging must be leak-tight and impervious to bat tery fluid. An inner liner may be used to satisfy this require ment if there is absorbent material placed inside of the liner and the liner has a leakproof closure; (B) The battery must be protected against short circuits, se cured upright in the packaging, and be packaged with enough compatible absorbent material to completely ab sorb liquid contents in the event of rupture of the bat tery; and (C) The packaging must be labeled with a CORROSIVE label, marked to indicate proper orientation, and marked with the words "Battery, wet, with wheelchair." (21) Hair curlers containing hydrocarbon gas, no more than one per passenger or crew member, provided that the safety cover is securely fitted over the heating element. Gas refills for such curlers are not permitted in checked or carry-on baggage. (22) A mercurial barometer or thermometer carried as carry-onbaggage only, by a representative of a government weather bureau or similar official agency, provided that individual advises the operator of the presence of the barometer or thermometer in his baggage. The barometer or thermometer must be packaged in a strong outer packaging having sealed inner liner or bag of strong, leak proof and puncture-resistant materia! impervious to mercury, which will prevent the escape of mercury from the package irrespective of its position. The pilot-in-command must be informed of the presence of any such barometer or thermometer by the operator of the aircraft. (23) With the approval of the operator of the aircraft and as carry-on baggage, electrically powered heat-producing articles (e.g., batteryoperated equipment, such as underwater torches and soldering equipment), which, if accidentally activated, will generate extreme heat and can cause fire. The heat-producing component, or the energy source, must be removed so as to prevent unintentional functioning during transport. (24) With the approval of the operator and as checked baggage, a small chemical oxygen generator for personal use, one per person, that meets the following requirements; (i) The generator, without its packaging, must be capable of with standing a 1.8 m (5.9 feet) drop test onto a rigid, non-resilient, flat and horizontal surface, in the position most likely to cause damage, without loss of its contents and without actuation; (ii) The generator must be equipped with an actuating device with at least two positive means of preventing unintentional actu ation; (iii) The generator must be well insulated and, when it is actuated at a temperature of 20C (68F), the temperature of any external surface of the generator must not exceed 100C (212F); (iv) The generator must be in the manufacturer's original packaging and this must include a sealed outer wrapping or clear evidence that the generator has not been tampered with; and (v) The generator packaging must be marked to indicate that the package meets the requirements of this paragraph (e.g., con forms with 49 CFR 175.10(a)(24)). (25) With approval of the aircraft operator, one small carbon dioxide cylinder fitted into a self-inflating life-jacket, plus one spare cartridge, may be carried by a passenger or crew member in checked or carryon baggage. (26) A small medical or clinical mercury thermometer for personal use, when carried in protective cases by passengers or crew members. 175.20 Compliance and training, (a) Unless this subchapter specifically provides that another person shall perform a particular duty, each operator shall comply with all applicable requirements in parts 106, 171, 172, and 175 of this chapter and shall ensure each of its hazmat employees receive training in relation thereto. (See also 14 CFR 121.135, 121.401, 121.433a, 135.323, 135.327 and 135.333.) (b) A carrier may not transport a hazardous material by aircraft unless each of its hazmat employees involved in that transportation is trained as required by subpart H of part 172 of this subchapter. 175.25 Notification at air passenger facilities of hazardous materials restrictions, (a) Each aircraft operator who engages in for-hire transportation of passengers shall display notices of the re quirements applicable to the carriage of hazardous materials aboard aircraft, and the penalties for failure to comply with those requirements. Each notice must be legible, and be prominently displayed so that it can be seen by passengers in locations where the aircraft operator issues tickets, checks baggage, and maintains aircraft boarding areas. (1) Each notice must contain the following information: Federal law forbids the carriage of hazardous materials aboard aircraft in your luggage or on your person. A violation can result in penalties of up to $25,000 and 5 years imprisonment. (49 U.S.C. 1809) Hazardous materials include explosives, compressed gases, flam mable liquids and solids, oxidizers, poisons, corrosives and radioac tive materials. Examples: Paints, lighter fluid, fireworks, tear gases, oxygen bottles, and radio-pharmaceuticals. There are special exceptions for small quantities (up to 75 ounces total) of medicinal and toilet articles carried in your luggage and certain smoking materials carried on your person. For further information contact your airline representative. (2) The information contained in paragraph (a)(1) of this section must be printed: (i) In legible English; (ii) In lettering of at least 1 cm (0.4 inch) in height for the first three paragraphs and 6.0 cm (0.2 inch) in height for the last three paragraphs; and (iii) On a background of contrasting color. (3) Size and color of the notice are optional. Additional information, if not inconsistent with required information, may be included. 175.26 Notification at cargo facilities of hazardous materials requirements, (a) After September 30, 1994, each person who en gages in the acceptance or transport of cargo for transportation by aircraft shall display notices, at each facility where cargo is accepted, to persons offering such cargo of the requirements applicable to the carriage of hazardous materials aboard aircraft, and the penalties for failure to comply with those requirements. Each notice must be legible, and be prominently displayed so that it can be seen. At a minimum, each notice must communicate the following information: (1) Cargo containing hazardous materials (dangerous goods) for transportation by aircraft must be offered in accordance with the Fed eral Hazardous Materials Regulations (49 CFR parts 171-180). (2) A violation can result in civil penalties of up to $25,000 and criminal penalties of up to $500,000 and 5 years imprisonment. (3) Hazardous materials (dangerous goods) include explosives, compressed gases, flammable liquids and solids, oxidizers, poisons, corrosives and radioactive materials. (b) The information contained in paragraph (a) of this section must be printed: (1) Legibly in English, and, where cargo is accepted outside of the United States, in the language of the host country; and (2) On a background of contrasting color. (c) Size and color of the notice are optional. Additional information, 381 PART 175 ABD00132155 175.26--175.40 April 1998 examples, or illustrations, if not inconsistent with required information, may be included. (d) Exceptions: Display of a notice required by paragraph (a) of this section is not required at: (D An unattended location (e.g., a drop box) provided a general notice advising customers of a prohibition on shipments of hazardous materials through that location is prominently displayed; or (2) A customer's facility where hazardous materials packages are accepted by a carrier. 175.30 Accepting and Inspecting shipments, (a) No person may accept a hazardous material for transportation aboard an aircraft unless the hazardous material is: (1) Authorized, and is within the quantity limitations specified for carriage aboard aircraft according to 172.101 of this subchapter or as otherwise specifically provided by this subchapter. (2) Described and certified on a shipping paper prepared in dupli cate in accordance with Subpart C of Part 172 or as authorized by 171.11 of this subchapter. The originating aircraft operator must retain one copy of each shipping paper for 90 days; (3) Labeled and marked in accordance with Subparts D and E of Part 172 or as authorized in 171.11 of this subchapter, and placarded (when required) in accordance with Subpart F of Part 172 of this subchapter; and, (4) Labeled with a "CARGO AIRCRAFT ONLY" label (see 172.448 of this subchapter) if the material as presented is not permitted aboard passenger-carrying aircraft. (b) Except as provided in paragraph (d) of this section, no person may carry a hazardous material in a package, outside container, or overpack aboard an aircraft unless the package, outside container, or overpack is inspected by the operator of the aircraft immediately before placing it: (1) Aboard the aircraft; or, (2) In a unit load device or on a pallet prior to loading aboard the aircraft. (c) A hazardous material may only be carried aboard an aircraft if, based on the inspection prescribed in paragraph (b) of this section, the operator determines that the package, outside container, or over pack containing the hazardous material: (1) Has no holes, leakage or other indication that its integrity has been compromised; and (2) For Class 7 (radioactive) materials, does not have a broken seal except that packages contained in overpacks need not be inspected for seal integrity. (d) The requirements of paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section do not apply to: (1) An ORM-D material packed in a freight container and offered for transportation by one consignor; (2) Dry ice (carbon dioxide, solid); or (3) [Reserved] (e) An overpack containing packages of hazardous materials may be accepted only if the operator has taken all reasonable steps to establish that-- (1) The overpack does not contain a package bearing the "CARGO AIRCRAFT ONLY" label unless: (1) The overpack affords clear visibility of and easy access to the package; or (ii) The package contains a material which may be carried inac cessibly under the provisions of 175.85(c)(1); or (iii) Not more than one package is overpacked. (2) The proper shipping names, identification numbers, labels and special handling instructions appearing on the inside packages are clearly visible or reproduced on the outside of the overpack, and (3) Has determined that a statement to the effect that the inside packages comply with the prescribed specifications appears on the outside of the overpack, when specification packagings are pre scribed. 175.31 Reports of discrepancies, (a) Each person who dis covers a discrepancy, as defined in paragraph (b) of this section, relative to the shipment of a hazardous material following its accept ance for transportation aboard an aircraft shall, as soon as practicable, notify the nearest FAA Civil Aviation Security Office by telephone and shall provide the following information: (1) Name and telephone number of the person reporting the dis crepancy. (2) Name of the aircraft operator. (3) Specific location of the shipment concerned. (4) Name of the shipper. (5) Nature of discrepancy. (b) Discrepancies which must be reported under paragraph (a) of this section are those involving hazardous materials which are improperly described, certified, labeled, marked, or packaged, in a manner not ascertainable when accepted under the provisions of 175.30(a) of this subchapter, including: (1) Packages which are found to contain hazardous materials: (1) Other than as described or certified on shipping papers; (ii) In quantities exceeding authorized limits; (iii) In inside containers which are not authorized or have improper closures; (iv) In inside containers not oriented as shown by package markings; (v) With insufficient or improper absorption materials, when re quired; or (2) Packages or baggage which are found to contain hazardous materials subsequent to their being offered and accepted as other than hazardous materials. 175.33 Notification of pllot-in-command. (a) Except as pro vided in 175.10, when a hazardous material subject to the provisions of this subchapter is carried in an aircraft, the operator of the aircraft shall provide the pilot-in-command at least the following information in writing as early as practicable prior to departure; (1) The proper shipping name, hazard class and identification num ber of the material as specified in 172.101 of this subchapter or the ICAO Technical Instructions. In the case of Class I material, the compatiblity group letter also must be shown. If a hazardous material is described by the proper shipping name, hazard class, and identifi cation number appearing in: (i) 172.101 of this subchapter, any additional description require ments provided in 172.202 and 172.203 of this subchapter must also be shown in the notification. (ii) The ICAO Technical Instructions, any additional information required to be shown on shipping papers by 171.11 of this subchapter must also be shown in the notification. (2) The total number of packages; (3) The net quantity or gross weight, as applicable, for each pack age except those containing Class 7 (radioactive) materials and those for which there is no limit imposed on the maximum net quantity per package; (4) The location of the packages aboard the aircraft; (5) Confirmation that no damaged or leaking packages have been loaded on the aircraft; (6) For Class 7 (radioactive) materials, the number of packages, overpacks or freight containers their category, transport index (if appli cable), and their location aboard the aircraft; (7) Confirmation that the package must be carried on cargo aircraft only if its transportation aboard passenger-carrying aircraft is forbid den; and (8) An indication, when applicable, that a hazardous material is being carried under terms of an exemption. (b) A copy of the written notification to pilot-in-command shall be readily available to the pilot-in-command during flight. Emergency response information required by Subpart G of Part 172 of this sub chapter must be maintained in the same manner as the written notifica tion to pilot-in-command during transport of the hazardous material aboard the aircraft. 175.35 Shipping papers aboard aircraft, (a) A copy of the shipping papers required by 175.30(a)(2) must accompany the ship ment it covers during transportation aboard an aircraft. (b) The documents required by paragraph (a) of this section and 175.33 may be combined into one document if it is given to the pilotin-command before departure of the aircraft. 175.40 Keeping and replacement of labels, (a) Aircraft operators who engage in the transportation of hazardous materials must keep an adequate supply of the labels specified in Subpart E of Part 172 of this subchapter, on hand at each location where shipments are loaded aboard aircraft. (b) Lost or detached labels for packages of hazardous materials must be replaced in accordance with the information provided on the 382 ABD00132156 April 1998 175.75--175.85 Subpart B LOADING, UNLOADING AND HANDLING 175.75 Quantity limitations aboard aircraft, (a) Except as provided in 175.85(c)(3), no person may carry on an aircraft: (1) A hazardous material except as permitted by this subchapter; (2) More than 25 kg (55 pounds) net weight of hazardous material (and in addition thereto, 75 kg (165 pounds) net weight of Division 2.2 (non-flammable compressed gas) materials permitted to be carried aboard passenger-carrying aircraft: (i) In an inaccessible cargo compartment, (ii) In any freight container within an accessible cargo compart ment, or (iii) In any accessible cargo compartment in a cargo aircraft only in a manner that makes it inaccessible unless in a freight con tainer; (3) Packages containing Class 7 (radioactive) materials when their combined transport index number (determined by adding together the transport index numbers shown on the labels of the individual packages and/or overpacks): (i) In passenger carrying aircraft, exceeds 50.0 or, for any single package, exceeds 3.0, or (ii) In cargo aircraft only, exceeds 200.00 (for fissile Class 7 (radio active) materials, see 175.702(b)(2)(iv)) or, for any single package, exceeds 10.0. (b) No limitation applies to the number of packages of Class 9 (miscellaneous hazardous) materials, or ORM-D materials aboard an aircraft. 175.78 Stowage compatibility of cargo, (a) For stowage on an aircraft, in a cargo facility, or at any other area at an airport desig nated for the stowage of hazardous materials, packages containing hazardous materials which might react dangerously with one another may not be placed next to each other or in a position that would allow a dangerous interaction in the event of leakage. As a minimum, the segregation prescribed in the following Table must be maintained. Table 1 A B C D E FG A Explosvies and Blasting Agents or ICAO Class 1 . . . . Note 3 Note 4 Note 4 Note 4 Note 4 Note 4 X S Compressed gases or ICAO Note 4 C Flammable liquids or ICAO Note 4 X ... D Flammable liquids and solids (labeled SPONTANEOUSLY COMBUSTIBLE) or ICAO Note 4 X ... X E Flammable solids (labeled DANGEROUS WHEN WET) or ICAO Division 4.3 ................... Note 4 X ... X F Oxidizers or ICAO Division 5.1 and Organic peroxides or Note 4 X ...X ... X G Corrosive materials or ICAO X ...X ...X ... Note 1 :The tetters across the top of the Table have the same meaning as the letters along the left side of the Table. Note 2: An "X" at the intersection of a row and a column in the Table means that packages containing the indicated classes of hazardous materials may not be stowed next to or in contact with each other, or in a position which would allow interaction in the event of leakage of the contents. Note 3; For import or export shipment, explosives other than explosives of ICAO Division 1.4, Compatibility Group S, that do not belong to the same compatibility group according to the ICAO Technical Instructions may not be stowed together, except that compatibility groups C, D and E may be stowed together. Explosives of ICAO Division 1.4, Compatibility Group S may be stowed with explosives of all compatability groups with the exception of A and L. Note 4: Explosives, other than safety explosives (ICAO Division 1.4, Compatibility Group S) must not be stowed together with this class. (b) No person may stow a package labeled BLASTING AGENT on an aircraft next to, or in a position that will allow contact with a package of special fireworks or railway torpedoes. 175.79 Orientation ol cargo, (a) A package containing haz ardous materials marked "THIS SIDE UP" or "THIS END UP", or with arrows to indicate the proper orientation of the package, must be stored and loaded aboard an aircraft in accordance with such markings. (b) A package containing liquid hazardous materials not marked as indicated in paragraph (a) of this section, must be stored and loaded with closures up (other than side closures in addition to top closures). 175.81 Securing of packages containing hazardous materi als. (a) Packages containing hazardous materials must be secured in an aircraft in a manner that will prevent any movement in flight which would result in damage to or change in the orientation of the packages. (b) Packages containing Class 7 (radioactive) materials must be secured in a manner that insures that the separation requirements of 175.701 and 175.702 will be maintained at all times during flight. 175.85 Cargo location, (a) Exceptas provided in 175.10, no person may carry a hazardous material subject to the requirements of this subchapter in the cabin of a passenger-carrying aircraft or on the flight deck of any aircraft. Hazardous materials may be carried in a main deck cargo compartment of a passenger-aircraft provided that the compartment is inaccessible to passengers and that it meets all certification requirements for a Class B aircraft cargo compartment as provided in 14 CFR 25.857(b). (b) Each package containing a hazardous material acceptable only for cargo aircraft must be loaded in such a manner that a crew member or other authorized person can see, handle and when size and weight permit, separate such packages from other cargo during flight. (c) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (b) of this section: (1) When packages of the following hazardous materials are carried on cargo aircraft only, they may be carried in a location which is inaccessible to a crewmember during flight and are not subject to the weight limitation specified in paragraph (a)(2) of 175.75 of this subchapter. (1) Class 7 (radioactive) materials, (ii) Division 6.1 (poisonous) materials (except those labeled FLAM MABLE), (iii) Materials in Division 6.2 (etiologic or infectious substances), (iv) Class 3 (flammable liquid) materials with a flashpoint above 23C (73F) that do not meet the definition of another hazard ous class, (v) Class 9 (miscellaneous hazardous) materials, and ORM-D ma terials. (2) When packages of hazardous materials acceptable for cargoonly or passenger-carrying aircraft are carried on cargo aircraft only where other means of transportation are impracticable or not available, packages may be carried in accordance with procedures approved in writing by the FAA Air Transportation Security Field Office responsi ble for the operator's overall aviation security program or the FAA Air Transportation Security Division in the region where the operator is located. (3) When packages of hazardous materials acceptable for cargoonly or passenger-carrying aircraft are carried on small, single pilot, cargo aircraft only being used where other means of transportation are impracticable or not available, they may be carried without quantity limitation as specified in 175.75 in a location that is not accessible to the pilot if: (i) No person other than the pilot, an FAA inspector, the shipper or consignee of the material or a representative of the shipper or consignee so designated in writing, or a person necessary for handling the material is carried on the aircraft; (ii) The pilot is provided with written instructions on characteristics and proper handling of the materials; and (iii) Whenever a change of pilots occurs while the material is on board, the new pilot is briefed under a hand-to-hand signature service provided by the operator of the aircraft. (d) [Reserved] (e) No person may carry a material subject to the requirements of this subchapter that is acceptable for carriage in a passenger-carrying aircraft (other than magnetized materials) unless it is located in the aircraft in a place that is inaccessible to persons other than crew members. 383 PART 175 ABD00132157 175.85--175.320 April 1998 (f) Paragraphs (a) and (e) of this section do not apply to a person operating an aircraft under 175.310 which, because of its size and configuration, makes it impossible for that person to comply. (9) No person may load magnetized material (which might cause an erroneous magnetic compass reading) on an aircraft, in the vicinity of a magnetic compass, or compass master unit, that is a part of the instrument equipment of the aircraft, in a manner that affects its operation. If this requirement cannot be met, a special aircraft swing and compass calibration may be made. 175.88 Inspection of unit load devices. A unit load device may not be loaded on an aircraft unless the device has been inspected and found to be free from any evidence of leakage from, or damage to, any package containing hazardous materials. 175.90 Damaged shipments, (a) Packages or overpacks containing hazardous materials must be inspected for damage or leakage after being unloaded from an aircraft. When packages or overpacks containing hazardous materials are carried in a unit load device, the area where the unit load device was stowed must be inspected for evidence of leakage or contamination immediately upon removal of the unit load device from the aircraft, and the packages or overpacks inspected for evidence of damage or leakage when the unit load device is unloaded. In the event of leakage or suspected leakage, the compartment in which the package, overpack, or unit load device was carried must be inspected for contamination and any dangerous level of contamination removed. (b) Except as provided for in 175.700, the operator of an aircraft shall remove from the aircraft any package subject to this subchapter that appears to be damaged or leaking. In the case of a package which appears to be leaking, the operator must insure that the remainder of the packages in the same shipment are in proper condition for trans port aboard the aircraft and that no other package has been contami nated. (c) No person shall place a package that is damaged or appears to be damaged or leaking aboard an aircraft subject to this part. (d) If a package containing a material in Division 6.2 (etiologic or infectious substance) is found to be damaged or leaking, the person finding the package shall: (1) Avoid handling the package or keep handling to a minimum; (2) Inspect packages adjacent to the leaking package for contami nation and withhold from further transportation any contaminated packages until it is ascertained that they can be safely transported: (3) Comply with the reporting requirement of 171.15 of this sub chapter; and (4) Notify the consignor or consignee. Subpart C SPECIFIC REGULATIONS APPLICABLE ACCORDING TO CLASSIFICATION OF MATERIAL 175.305 Self-propelled vehicles, (a) Self-propelled vehicles are exempt from the drainage requirements of 173.220 of this sub chapter when carried in aircraft designed or modified for vehicle ferry operations and when all of the following conditions are met: (1) Authorization for this type operation has been given by the appropriate authority in the government of the country in which the aircraft is registered; (2) Each vehicle is secured in an upright position; (3) Each fuel tank is filled in a manner and only to a degree that will preclude spillage of fuel during loading, unloading, and transporta tion; and (4) Each area or compartment in which a self-propelled vehicle is being transported is suitably ventilated to prevent the accumulation of fuel vapors. (b) [Reserved] 175.310 Transportation of flammable liquid fuel in small, pas senger-carrying aircraft. A small aircraft or helicopter operated en tirely within the State of Alaska or into a remote area elsewhere in the United States may carry, in other than scheduled passenger opera tions, not more than 76 liters (20 gallons) of flammable liquid fuel, if: (a) Transportation by air is the only practical means of providing suitable fuel; (b) The flight is necessary to meet the needs of a passenger; (c) The fuel is carried in metal containers that are either: (1) In strong tight metal containers of not more than 20 liters (5.3 gallons) capacity, each packed inside a UN 4G fiberboard box or each packed inside a UN 4C1 wooden box, or in the case of a small aircraft in Alaska, each packed inside a wooden box of at least 1.3 cm (0.51 inch) thickness; (2) Airtight, leak proof, inside containers of not more than 40 liters (11 gallons) capacity and of at least 28-gauge metal, each packed inside a UN 4C1 wooden box or, in the case of a small aircraft in Alaska, each packed inside a wooden box of at least 1.3 cm (0.51 inch) thickness; (3) UN 1A1 steel drum of not more than 20 liters (5.3 gallons) capacity; or (4) Fuel tanks attached to flammable liquid fuel powered equipment under the following conditions: (i) Each piece of equipment is secured in an upright position; (ii) Each fuel tank is filled in a manner that will preclude spillage of fuel during loading, unloading, and transportation; and (d) In the case of a helicopter, the fuel is carried on external cargo racks; (e) Each area or compartment in which the fuel is loaded is suitably ventilated to prevent the accumulation of fuel vapors; (f) Before each flight, the pilot-in-command: (1) Informs each passenger of the location of the fuel and the hazards involved; and (2) Prohibits smoking, lighting matches, the carrying of any lighted cigar, pipe, cigarette or flame, and the use of anything that might cause an open flame or spark, while loading or unloading or in flight; and (9) Fuel is transferred to the fuel tanks only while the aircraft is on the surface. 175.320 Cargo aircraft only; only means of transporta tion. (a) Notwithstanding 172.101 of this subchapter, whenmeans of transportation other than air are impracticable or not available, hazardous materials listed in the following table may be carried on a cargo aircraft only, subject to the conditions stated in the table and in paragraph (b) of this section and, when appropriate, paragraph (c) of this section: Material Class Conditions Detonators, detonator assemblies and Division l.t or 1.2 (Class A) explosives boosters with detonators......................... Permitted only when no other hazardous material is aboard the aircraft. Detonators, detonator assemblies and Division 1.4 (Class C) explosives . . . . With the exception of Division 1.1 or 1.2 detonators and detonating primers, permitted only boosters with detonators......................... when there are no Division 1.1 or 1.2 (Class A) explosives aboard aircraft. Fuel, aviation, turbine engine; methyl alcohol; or toluene. Class 3 (flammable liquid) ...................... Permitted in metal drums authorized for Packing Group 1 or II liquid hazardous materials having rated capacities of 220 liters (58.1 gallons) or less. May not be transported in the same aircraft with Class 1 (explosives), Class 5 (oxidizer), or Class B (corrosive) materials. Permitted in installed tanks each having a capacity of more than 450 liters (118.9 gallons) subject to the conditions specified in paragraph (c) of this section. Gasoline........................................................ Class 3 (flammable liquid)................ Permitted in metal drum having rated capacities of 220 liters (58.1 gallons) or less. May not be transported in the same aircraft with materials classed as Class 1 (explosive), Class S (oxidizer), or Class 8 (corrosive) materials. Permitted in installed tanks each having a capacity of 450 liters (188.9 gallons). Subject to the conditions specified in paragraph (c) of this section. 384 ABD00132158 April 1998 175.320--175.700 Material High explosives........................................... Class Class 1 (explosive materials).................. Conditions Limited to Class 1 (explosive) materials to be used lor blasting. Permitted only when no other cargo is aboard the aircraft or when being transported in the same aircraft with an authorized shipment of any one or more of any of the following materials to be used for blasting: Ammonium nitrate-fuel oil mixtures. Blasting explosives (Division 1.10 or 1.5D), or Blasting agent (Division 1.5D), Very insensitive explosive substances, n.o.s., or Substances. 0/1, n.o.s. (Division 1.5D), Extremely insensitive explosive articles or Articles, EEI (Division 1.6N). Detonating cord. Propellant explosive (solid) (Division 1.3) (water gels only) Propellant explosive (liquid) (Division 1.3) (water gels only) Oil, n.o.s.; petroleum oil or petroleum oil. n.o.s. Class 3 (flammable liquid) ...................... Permitted in metal drums having rated capacities of 220 liters (58.1 gallons) or less. May not be transported in the same aircraft with materials classed as Class 1 (explosive), Class 5 (oxidizer), or Class 8 (corrosive) materials. Permitted in installed tanks each having a capacity of 450 liters (118.9 gallons). Subject to the conditions specified in paragraph (c) of this section. Combustible liquid n.o.s............................... Class 3 (combustible liquid).................. Permitted in installed tanks each having a capacity of more than 450 liters (118.9 gallons) subject to the conditions specified in paragraph (c) of this section. (b) The following conditions apply to the carriage of hazardous materials performed under the authority of this section: (1) No person other than a required flight crewmember, an FAA inspector, the shipper or consignee of the material or a representative of the shipper or consignee so designated in writing, or a person necessary for handling the material may be carried on the aircraft. (2) The operator of the aircraft must have advance permission from the owner or operator of each manned airport where the material is to be loaded or unloaded or where the aircraft is to land while the material is on board. When the destination is changed after departure because of weather or other unforeseen circumstances, permission from the owner or operator of the alternate airport should be obtained as soon as practicable before landing. (3) At any airport where the airport owner or operator or authorized representative thereof has designated a location for loading or un loading the material concerned, the material may not be loaded or unloaded at any other location. (4) If the material concerned can create destructive forces or have lethal or injurious effects over an appreciable area as a result of an accident involving the aircraft or the material, the loading and un loading of the aircraft and its operation in takeoff, en route, and in landing must be conducted at a safe distance from heavily populated areas and from any place of human abode or assembly. (5) If the aircraft is being operated by a holder of a certificate issued under 14 CFR Part 121, Part 127, or Part 135, operations must be conducted in accordance with conditions and limitations specified in the certificate holder's operations specifications or operations manual accepted by the FAA. If the aircraft is being operated under 14 CFR Part 91, operations must be conducted in accordance with an opera tions plan accepted and acknowledged in writing by the Civil Aviation Security Office serving the operator's location or the place where the material is to be loaded. (6) Each pilot of the aircraft must be provided written instructions stating the conditions and limitations of the operation being conducted and the name of the airport officials] granting the advance permission required by the first sentence of paragraph (b)(2) of this section. (7) The aircraft and the loading arrangement to be used must be approved for safe carriage of the particular materials concerned by the FAA Civil Aviation Security Office responsible for the operator's overall aviation security program or the appropriate FAA Civil Aviation Security Office serving the place where the material is to be loaded. (8) When Division 1.1 or 1.2(explosive) materials arecarried aboard cargo aircraft only under the provisions of this section, the aircraft operator shall take all possible action to insure that routes over heavily populated areas are avoided commensurate with considerations of flight safety. During the approach and landing phase, the aircraft operator shall request appropriate vectors when under radar control to avoid heavily populated areas. (9) During loading and unloading, no person may smoke, carry a lighted cigarette, cigar, or pipe, or operate any device capable of causing an open flame or spark within 15 m (50 feet) of the aircraft. (10) If the movement involves international transportation, permis sion for the shipment may also be required from the appropriate authorities of the countries of origin, destination, transit and overflight prior to departure. (c) The following additional conditions apply to the carriage of Class 3 (flammable) and combustible liquid materials in tanks each having a capacity of more than 420 liters (111 gallons) under the authority of this section: (1) The tanks and their associated piping and equipment and the installations thereof must have been approved for the material to be transported by the appropriate FAA Regional Office. (2) In the case of aircraft being operated by a certificate holder, the operator shall list the aircraft and the approval information in its operating specifications. If the aircraft is being operated by other than a certificate holder, a copy of the FAA Regional Office approval required by this section must be carried on the aircraft. (3) The crew of the aircraft must be thoroughly briefed on the opera tion of the particular bulk tank system being used. (4) During loading and unloading and thereafter until any remaining fumes within the aircraft are dissipated: (i) Only those electrically operated bulk tank shutoff valves that have been approved under a supplemental type certificate may be electrically operated. (ii) No engine or electrical equipment, avionic equipment, or auxil iary power units may be operated, except position lights in the steady position and equipment required by approved loading or unloading procedures, as set forth in the operator's opera tions manual, or for operators that are not certificate holders, as set forth in a written statement. (iii) No person may fill a container, other than an approved bulk tank, with a Class 3 (flammable and combustible liquid) materi als or discharge a Class 3 (flammable and combustible liquid) materials from a container, other than an approved bulk tank, while that container is inside or within 15 m (50 feet) of the aircraft. (iv) When filling an approved bulk tank by hose from inside the aircraft, the doors and hatches must be fully open to insure proper ventilation. (v) Static ground wires must be connected between the storage tank or fueler and the aircraft, and between the aircraft and a positive ground device. 175.630 Special requirements for Division 6.1 (poisonous) material and Division 6.2 (infectious substance) material, (a) A hazardous material bearing a POISON, POISON INHALATION HAZ ARD, KEEP AWAY FROM FOOD, or INFECTIOUS SUBSTANCE label may not be carried in the same compartment of an aircraft with material which is marked as or known to be a foodstuff, feed, or any other edible material intended for consumption by humans or animals unless either the Division 6.1 (poisonous) material or material in Divi sion 6.2 (infectious substance) and the foodstuff, feed, or other edible material are loaded in separate unit load devices which, when stowed on the aircraft, are not adjacent to each other, or the Division 6.1 (poisonous) material or material in Division 6.2 (infectious substance) are loaded in one closed unit load device and the foodstuff, feed or other material is loaded in another closed unit load device. (b) No person may operate an aircraft that has been used to trans port any package bearing a POISON or POISON INHALATION HAZ ARD label unless, upon removal of such package, the area in the aircraft in which it was carried is visually inspected for evidence of leakage, spillage, or other contamination. All contamination discov ered must be either isolated or removed from the aircraft. The operation of an aircraft contaminated with such Division 6.1 (poisonous) materi als is considered to be the carriage of poisonous materials under paragraph (a) of this section. 175.700 Special limitations and requirements for Class 7 (ra dioactive) materials, (a) In addition to other requirements, no per son may carry in a passenger-carrying aircraft any package required 385 PART 175 ABD00132159 175.700--175.702 April 1998 to be labeled in accordance with 172.403 of this subchapter with a Radioactive Yellow-ll or Radioactive Yellow-Ill label unless: (1) For a package required to be labeled Radioactive Yellow-ll, the transport index does not exceed 1.0; (2) For a package required to be labeled Radioactive Yellow-Ill, the transport index does not exceed 3.0; (3) The package is carried on the floor of the cargo compartment, or freight container; and (4) The package is carried in the aircraft in accordance with 175.701 and 175.703(c). (b) In addition to the reporting requirements of 175.15, the carrier shall also notify the offeror at the earliest practicable moment following any incident in which there has been breakage, spillage, or suspected radioactive contamination involving Class 7 (radioactive) materials shipments. Aircraft in which Class 7 (radioactive) materials have been spilled may not again be placed in service or routinely occupied until the radiation dose rate at every accessible surface is less than 0.005 mSv per hour (0.5 mrem per hour) and there is no significant removable radioactive surface contamination as determined in accordance with 173.443 of this subchapter. When contamination is present or sus pected, the package and/or materials it has touched must be segre gated as far as practicable from personnel contact until appropriate radiological advice or assistance is obtained. The Regional Office of the U.S. Department of Energy or appropriate State or local radiologi cal authorities can provide advice or assistance, and should be notified in cases of obvious leakage, or if it appears likely that the inside container may have been damaged. For personnel safety, the carrier shall take care to avoid possible inhalation, ingestion, or contact by any person with Class 7 (radioactive) materials that may have leaked or spilled from its package. Any loose Class 7 (radioactive) materials and associated packaging materials must be left in a segregated area pending disposal instructions from responsible radiological author ities. (c) Except as provided in 173.4, 173.422 and 173.423 of this subchapter, no person shall carry any Class 7 (radioactive) materials aboard a passenger carrying aircraft unless that material is intended for use in, or incident to research, medical diagnosis or treatment. (d) Type B(M) packages may not be offered or accepted for trans portation, nor transported, on passenger-carrying aircraft. 175.701 Separation distance requirements for packages con taining Class 7 (radioactive) materials In passenger-carrying air craft. (a) General. No person may carry in a passenger-carrying aircraft any package required by 172.403 of this subchapter to be labeled Radioactive Yellow-ll, or Radioactive Yellow-Ill unless the package is placed in the aircraft in accordance with the minimum separation distances prescribed in paragraph (b) or (c) of this section. (b) Separation distances. (1) Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, the minimum separation distances prescribed in paragraphs (b)(2) and (b)(3) of this section are determined by measur ing the shortest distance between the surfaces of the Class 7 (radioac tive) materials package and the surfaces bounding the space occu pied by passengers or animals. If more than one package of Class 7 (radioactive) materials is placed in a passenger-carrying aircraft, the minimum separation distance for these packages shall be deter mined in accordance with paragraphs (b)(2) and (b)(3) of this section on the basis of the sum of the transport index numbers of the individual packages or overpacks. (2) The following table prescribes minimum separation distances that must be maintained in passenger-carrying aircraft between Class 7 (radioactive) materials labeled Radioactive Yellow-ll or Radioactive Yellow-Ill and passengers and crew: Transport index or sum of transport Indexes of alt packages in the aircraft or predesignated area 0.1 to 1 0 ......................................... 1 1 lo 2.0 ................................................................. 2.1 10 3.0.................................................................... 3.1 to 4 0 ......................................... 4 1 to 5.0 . . 5 1 to 6.0 ........................................ 6 1 to 7 0 ......................... 7 1 to 8.0................................................................. Minimum separation distances Centimeters Inches 30 12 50 20 70 28 85 34 100 40 115 46 130 52 145 57 Transport Index or sum ol transport Indexes of ell packages In the aircraft or predesignated area 8.1 to 9.0.............................................. ...................... 9 1 to 10.0 ..................................... 10.1 to 11.0 . ................... 1111O120 ............................................... 12.1 to 130 .... 13 1 to 14.0 ........................................... 14 1 to 15 0 ..................................... 151 to 16.0 . .. 16 1 to 17.0 .. 17 1 to 18.0 ... 18 1 to 20 0 ... .... 20 1 to 25.0........................................ 25.1 to 30.0 .... 30 1 to 35.0 . ______________________________ 3S 1 to 40 0 40 1 to 45.0........................................................... 45 1 to 50 0 ......................... Minimum separation distances Centimeters Inches 155 61 165 65 175 69 185 73 195 205 215 85 225 89 235 93 245 97 260 102 290 320 126 350 138 375 148 400 157 425 167 (3) Class 7 (radioactive) materials in packages, overpacks or freight containers labeled Radioactive Yellow-ll or Radioactive Yel low-Ill must be separated from live animals by a distance of at least 0.5 meters (20 inches) for journeys not exceeding 24 hours, and by a distance of at least 1.0 meters (39 inches) for journeys longer than 24 hours. (c) Predesignated areas. A package required by 172.403 of this subchapter to be labeled Radioactive Yellow-ll or Radioactive Yellow-Ill may be carried in a passenger-carrying aircraft in accord ance with a system of predesignated areas established by the aircraft operator. Each aircraft operator that elects to use a system of predesig nated areas shall submit a detailed description of the proposed system to the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety for ap proval prior to implementation of the system. A proposed system of predesignated areas is approved if the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety determines that it is designed to assure that: (1) The packages can be placed in each predesignated area in accordance with the minimum separation distances prescribed in paragraph (b)(2) of this section; and (2) The predesignated areas are separated from each other by minimum distance equal to at least four times the distances required by paragraphs (b)(1) and (b)(2) of this section for the predesignated area containing packages with the largest sum of transport indexes. 175.702 Requirements for carriage of packages containing Class 7 (radioactive) materials in a cargo aircraft only. (a) As used in this section, the term "group of packages" means packages that are separated from each other in an aircraft by a distance of 6 m (20 feet) or less. (b) No person may carry in a cargo aircraft only any package required by 172.403 of this subchapter to be labeled Radioactive Yellow-ll or Radioactive Yellow-Ill unless: (1) The total transport index for all of the packages does not exceed 50.0 and the package is carried in accordance with 175.701(a); or (2) The total transport index for all of the packages exceeds 50.0 and: (i) The separation distance between the surfaces of the Class 7 (radioactive) materials packages, overpacks or freight contain ers and any space occupied by-- (A) Humans is at least 9 meters (30 feet); and (B) Live animals is at least 0.5 meters (20 inches) for journeys not exceeding 24 hours and at least 1.0 meters (39 inches) for journeys longer than 24 hours; (ii) The transport index for any group of packages does not exceed 50.0; and (iii) Each group of packages is separated from every other group in the aircraft by not less than 6 m (20 feet), measured from the outer surface of each group; and (iv) The total transport index for all packages containing fissile Class 7 (radioactive) materials does not exceed 50.0. 386 ABD00132160 April 1998 175,703--175.706 175.703 Other special requirements for the acceptance and carriage of packages containing Class 7 (radioactive) materi als. (a) No person may carry in an aircraft any package of Class 7 (radioactive) materials required by 172.403 of this subchapter to be labeled Radioactive Yellow-ll or Radioactive Yellow-Ill closer than the distances shown in the following table to any package marked as containing undeveloped film: Minimum separation distance to nearest undeveloped film for various times of transit Transport Index Up to 2 hours 2 to 4 hours 4 to 8 hours 6 to 12 hours Over 12 hours Meters Feet Meters Feet Meters Feet Meters Feet Meters Feet 0.1 to 1.0. . . 0.3 1 0.6 2 0.9 3 1.2 4 1.5 5 1.1 to 5.0 . . 0.9 3 1.2 4 1.8 6 2.4 8 3.3 11 5.1 to 10.0 . . 1.2 4 1.8 6 2.7 9 3.3 11 4.5 15 10.1 to 20.0 . 1.5 5 2.4 8 3.6 12 4.8 16 6.6 22 20.1 to 30.0 . 2.1 7 3.0 10 4.5 15 6.0 20 8.7 29 30.1 to 40.0 . 2.4 8 3.3 11 5.1 17 6.6 22 9.9 33 40.1 to 50 0 . 2.7 9 3.6 12 5.7 19 7.2 24 10.8 36 (b) No person may accept for carriage in an aircraft packages of Class 7 (radioactive) materials, other than limited quantities, contained in a rigid or non-rigid overpack, including a fiberboard box or plastic bag, unless they have been prepared for shipment in accordance with 173.448(g) of this subchapter. (c) No person may carry in an aircraft any package containing Fissile Class III Class 7 (radioactive) materials (as defined in 173.455(a)(3) of this subchapter), except-- (1) In a cargo aircraft only which has been assigned for the exclu sive use of the shipper for the specific shipment of fissile Class 7 (radioactive) material. Instructions for the exclusive use must be devel oped by the shipper and carrier, and the instructions issued with the shipping papers; or (2) In an aircraft in which there are no other packages required to bear a radioactive label as prescribed in 172.403 of this subchapter. Specific arrangements must be made between the shipper and carrier, with instructions to that effect issued with the shipping papers. (d) No person may offer or accept for transportation, or transport, by air-- (1) Vented Type B(M) packages, packages which require external cooling by an ancillary cooling system or packages subject to opera tional controls during transport; or (2) Liquid pyrophoric Class 7 (radioactive) materials. (e) Packages with radiation levels at the package surface or a transport index in excess of the limits specified in 173.441(a) of this subchapter may not be transported by aircraft except under special arrangements approved by RSPA. 175.704 Plutonium shipments. Shipments of plutonium by air which are subject to 10 CFR 71.88(a)(4) must comply with the fol lowing: (a) A plutonium package weighing less than 40 kg (88 lbs) and having its height and diameter both less than 50 cm (19.7 in), must be stowed aboard the aircraft on the main deck or the lower cargo compartment in the aft-most location that is possible for cargo of its size and weight. No other type of cargo may be stowed aft of a plutonium package. (b) A plutonium package must be secured and restrained to prevent shifting under normal transport. A plutonium package weighing 40 kg (88 lbs) or more must be securely cradled and tied down to the main deck of the aircraft such that the tied down system is capable of providing package restraint against the following inertial forces acting separately relative to the deck of the aircraft: Upward, 2g; Forward, 9g; Sideward, 1.5g; Downward, 4.5g. (c) A plutonium package weighing less than 40 kg (88 lbs), and having its height and diameter both less than 50 cm (19.7 in), may not be transported aboard an aircraft carrying other cargo required to bear an "Explosive A" or an "Explosive 1.1" label. Any other plutonium package may not be transported aboard an aircraft carrying other cargo bearing any of the following hazardous material labels: Explo sive A; Explosive B; Explosive C; Explosive 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5 or 1.6; Spontaneously Combustible; Dangerous When Wet; Organic Peroxide; Non- Flammable Gas; Flammable Liquid; Flammable Solid; Flammable Gas; Oxidizer; or Corrosive. 175.705 Inspection of aircraft for contamination by Class 7 (radioactive) materials, (a) Aircraft used routinely for the carriage of Class 7 (radioactive) materials shall be periodically checked for radioactive contamination. The frequency of checks shall be related to the likelihood of contamination and the extent to which Class 7 (radioactive) materials are carried. (b) An aircraft must be taken out of service if the level of contamina tion exceeds that provided in 175.700(b). 175.706 Radiation protection program. Unless otherwise ex cepted, a carrier shall not transport a Class 7 (radioactive) material by aircraft unless each of its occupationally exposed hazmat employ ees is under a radiation protection program that complies with the requirements of subpart I of part 172 of this subchapter. PART 175 387 ABD00132161 April 1998 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK ABD00132162 Part 176- Carriage by Vessel April 1998 ABD00132163 PART 176 CARRIAGE BY VESSEL Subject Sec. Subpart A--General Purpose and scope .................................................... 176.1 Definitions....................................................................... 176.2 Unacceptable hazardous materials shipments . . 176.3 Port security and safety regulations........................ 176.4 Application to vessels................................................. 176.5 "Order-Notify" or "C.O.D.'' shipments...................... 176.9 Exceptions .................................................................... 176.11 Responsibility for compliance and training........... 176.13 Enforcement ................................................................. 176.15 Assignment and certification .................................176.18 Page 390 390 391 391 391 392 392 392 392 392 Subpart B--General Operating Requirements Shipping papers............................................................ Certificate....................................................................... Dangerous cargo manifest......................................... Exemptions..................................................................... Preservation of records............................................... Inspection of cargo....................................................... Emergency situations ................................................. Situation requiring report............................................ Acceptance of damaged or leaking packages . . Rejections of shipments in violation......................... Repairs involving welding, burning, and power- actuated tools and appliances ............................ 176.24 176.27 176.30 176.31 176.36 176.39 176.45 176.48 176.50 176.52 176.54 392 392 392 393 393 393 393 393 393 393 393 Subpart C--General Handling and Stowage Supervision of handling and stowage ................... Preparation of the vessel............................................ "No Smoking" signs .................................................... Stowage locations ....................................................... Alternative stowage procedures.............................. General stowage requirements for hazardous materials ..................................................................... Stowage requirements for marine pollutants .... Handling of break-bulk hazardous materials .... On deck stowage of break-bulk hazardous materials ..................................................................... Transport vehicles, freight containers, and portable tanks containing hazardous materials Stowage of barges containing hazardous materials on board barge-carrying vessels . . . Use of power-operated industrial trucks on board vessels ....................................................................... 176.57 176.58 176.60 176.63 176.65 176.69 176.70 176.72 176.74 176.76 176.77 176.78 394 394 394 394 394 394 394 395 395 395 396 396 Subpart D--General Segregation Requirements Application ..................................................................... Segregation..................................................................... Other requirements for stowage and segregation for cargo vessels and passenger vessels .... 176.80 176.83 176.84 397 397 400 Subpart E--Special Requirements for Transport Vehicles Loaded With Hazardous Materials and Transported on Board Ferry Vessels Application ............................................................ . . . Control of transport vehicles.............................. . . . Private automobiles ............................................ . . . Motorboats ............................................................ . . . Cylinders laden in vehicles .............................. . . . Vehicles having refrigerating or heating equipment .......................................................... . . . 176.88 176.89 176.90 176.91 176.92 176.93 402 402 402 402 402 402 Subpart F--Special Requirements for Barges Application ............................................................ . . . 176.95 Materials of construction.................................... . . . 176.96 Prohibition of dump scows................................. . . . 176.97 403 403 403 Subject Sec. Page Stowage of hazardous materials on board barges.................................................................... . . Permit requirements for certain hazardous materials ............................................................... . . 176.98 176.99 403 403 Subpart G--Detailed Requirements for Class 1 (Explosive) Materials Permit for Divisions 1.1 and 1.2 (Class A and B explosive) materials................................................. Supervisory detail......................................................... Loading and unloading Class 1 (explosive) materials .................................................................... Supervision of Class 1 (explosive) materials during loading, unloading, handling and stowage............................................................ 176.100 176.102 176.104 176.108 403 403 403 403 STOWAGE Application of stowage provisions .... General stowage conditions for Class 1 (explosive) materials ........................... Electrical requirements ........................... Lightning protection ................................ Stowage arrangements under deck . . . Ordinary stowage...................................... Magazine stowage, general................... Magazine stowage Type A...................... Magazine stowage Type B...................... Magazine stowage Type C ................... Vehicles ...................................................... Special Stowage ...................................... Portable magazine................................... Deck Stowage........................................... 176.112 176.116 176.118 176.120 176.122 176.124 176.128 176.130 176.132 176.133 176.134 176.136 176.137 176.138 404 404 404 404 404 404 404 405 405 405 405 405 405 405 SEGREGATION Segregation from other classes of hazardous materials ...................................................................... 176.140 Hazardous materials of extreme flammability ... 176.142 Segregation of Class 1 (explosive) materials ... 176.144 Segregation in single hold vessels ........................... 176.145 Segregation from non-hazardous materials........... 176.146 405 406 406 406 407 PRECAUTIONS DURING LOADING AND UNLOADING Artificial lighting.............................................................. Radio and radar.............................................................. Fueling (bunkering)........................................................ Defective packages ...................................................... Protection against weather........................................... Security ............................................................................ Fire precautions and firefighting................................ 176.148 176.150 176.154 176.156 176.160 176.162 176.164 407 407 407 407 407 407 407 PASSENGER VESSELS Transport of Class 1 (explosive) materials on passenger vessels.................................................... 176.166 407 TRANSPORT UNITS AND SHIPBORNE BARGES Transport of Class 1 (explosive) materials in vehicle spaces ........................................................... Transport of Class 1 (explosive) materials in freight containers ...................................................... Structural serviceability of freight containers and vehicles carrying Class 1 (explosive) materials on ships......................................................................... Transport of Class 1 (explosive) materials in shipborne barges ...................................................... 176.168 176.170 176.172 176.174 408 408 408 409 HANDLING CLASS 1 (EXPLOSIVE) MATERIALS IN PORT Signals.............................................................................. 176.176 409 389 PART 176 ABD00132164 176.1--176.2 April 1998 Mooring lines............................................................... Watchkeeping ............................................................ Conditions for handling on board ship................ Class 1 (explosive) materials of Compatibility Group L.................................................................... Departure of vessel ................................................. Cargo handling equipment for freight containers carrying Class 1 (explosive) materials ........... 176.178 176.180 176.182 176.184 176.190 176.192 409 409 409 409 409 409 MAGAZINE VESSELS Stowage of Class 1 (explosive) materials on magazine vessels ................................................. 176.194 409 Subpart H--Detailed Requirements for Class 2 (Compressed Gas) Materials General stowage requirements................................. Under deck stowage requirements......................... On deck stowage requirements .............................. Smoking or open flame and posting of warning signs............................................................................ Stowage of chlorine .................................................... Stowage of Division 2.1 (flammable gases) materials .................................................................... 176.200 176.205 176.210 176.220 176.225 176.230 410 410 410 410 410 410 Subpart I--Detailed Requirements for Class 3 (Flammable) and Combustible Liquid Materials General stowage requirements................................. Fire protection requirements...................................... Use of hand flashlights.............................................. Smoking or open flame and posting of warning signs............................................................................ Combustible liquids in portable tanks ................... 176.305 176.315 176.320 176.325 176.340 411 411 411 411 411 Subpart J--Detailed Requirements for Class 4 (Flammable Solids), Class 5 (Oxidizers and Organic Peroxides), and Division 1.5 (Blasting Agents) Materials Stowage of Division 1.5 (blasting agents), Class 4 (Flammable Solids) and Class 5 (oxidizers and organic peroxides) materials......................... Stowage of charcoal.................................................... 176.400 176.405 412 412 Division 1.5 (blasting agents) materials, ammonium nitrate and ammonium nitrate mixtures....................................................................... Permit requirements for Division 1.5 (blasting agents), ammonium nitrates, and certain ammonium nitrate fertilizers................................... 176.410 176.415 Subpart K--{Reserved] Subpart L--Detailed Requirements for Division 2.3 (Poisonous Gas) and Division 6.1 (Poisonous) Materials General stowage requirement.................................... Care following leakage or sifting of Division 2.3 (poisonous gas) and Division 6.1 (poisonous) materials........................................................................ 176.600 176.605 413 413 Subpart M--Detailed Requirements for Radioactive Materials General stowage requirements................................. 176.700 414 Radiation protection program.................................... 176.703 414 Requirements relating to transport indexes........... 176.704 414 Segregation distance table ...................................... 176.708 414 Care following leakage or sifting of radioactive materials .................................................................... 176.710 415 Contamination control................................................. 176.715 415 Subpart N--Detailed Requirements for Class 8 (Corrosive) Materials General stowage requirements................................... 176.800 On deck stowage........................................................... 176.805 416 416 Subpart O--Detailed Requirements for Cotton and Vegetable Fibers, Motor Vehicles, and Asbestos Packaging and stowage of cotton and vegetable fibers; general............................................................ Stowage of cotton or vegetable fibers with rosin or pitch ....................................................................... Stowage of cotton or vegetable fibers with coal . Motor vehicles or mechanical equipment powered by internal combustion engines . . . . 176.900 176.901 176.903 176.905 416 416 416 417 PUBLISHER'S NOTE This Part outlines the requirements for the carriage of hazardous materials by vessel. The Part is divided into thirteen subparts beginning with Subpart A and ending with subpart O. Subparts A through D cover general requirements. Subpart A addresses the general information and regulations for the carriage of hazardous materials by vessel. Subpart B covers the general operating requirements, Subpart C the general handling and stowage, and Subpart D the general segregation. There are also stowage requirements contained in column (10) of the 172.101 Table. Subpart F addresses the special requirements that apply to barges. The remaining Subparts cover the specific requirements applicable to each hazard class. Subpart A GENERAL 176.1 Purpose and scope. This part-prescribes requirements in addition to those contained in Parts 171, 172, and 173 of this subchapter to be observed with respect to the transportation of haz ardous materials by vessel. 176.2 Definitions. As used in this part-- Cantline means the v-shaped groove between two abutting, parallel horizontal cylinders. Cargo net means a net made of fiber or wire used to provide convenience in handling loose or packaged cargo to and from a vessel. Clear of living quarters means that the hazardous material must be located so that in the event of release of the material, leakage or vapors will not penetrate accommodations, machinery spaces or other work areas by means of entrances or other openings in bulkheads or ventilation ducts. Closed freight container means a freight container which totally encloses its contents by permanent structures. A freight container formed partly by a tarpaulin, plastic sheet, or similar material is not a closed freight container. Commandant (G-MTH) means the Chief, Marine Technical and Hazardous Materials Division, Office of Marine Safety, Security and Environmental Protection, United States Coast Guard, Washington, DC 20593-0001. Compartment means any space on a vessel that is enclosed by the vessel's decks and its sides or permanent steel bulkheads. 390 ABD00132165 April 1998 176.2--176.5 CSC safety approval plate means the safety approval plate speci fied in Annex I of the International Convention for Safe Containers (1972) and conforming to the specifications in 49 CFR 451.23 and 451.25. The plate is evidence that a freight container was designed, constructed, and tested under international rules incorporated into U.S. regulations in 49 CFR Parts 450 through 453. The plate is found in the door area of the container. Deck structure means a structure of substantial weight and size located on the weather deck of a vessel and integral with the deck. This term includes superstructures, deck houses, mast houses, and bridge structures. Draft means a load or combination of loads capable of being hoisted into or out of a vessel in a single lift. Dunnage means lumber of not less than 25 mm (0.98 inch) commer cial thickness or equivalent material laid over or against structures such as tank tops, decks, bulkheads, frames, plating, or ladders, or used for filling voids or fitting around cargo, to prevent damage during transportation. Explosives anchorage means an anchorage so designated under 33 CFR Part 100, Subpart B. Explosive article means an article or device which contains one or more explosive substances. Individual explosive articles are identi fied in the schedules for Class 1 (explosive) articles found in the IMDG Code. Explosives handling facility means-- (1) A "designated waterfront facility" designated under 33 CFR Part 126 when loading, handling, and unloading Class 1 (explosives) materials; or (2) A facility for loading, unloading, and handling military Class 1 (explosives) materials which is operated or controlled by an agency of the Department of Defense. Explosive substance means a solid or liquid material, or a mixture of materials, which is in itself capable by chemical reaction of produc ing gas at such a temperature and pressure and at such a speed as to cause damage to its surroundings. Individual explosive substances are identified in the schedules for Class 1 (explosive) substances in the IMDG Code. Handling means the operation of loading and unloading a vessel; transfer to, from, or within a vessel, and any ancillary operations. Hold means a compartment below deck that is used exclusively for the carriage of cargo. In containers or the like means in any clean, substantial, weather proof box structure which can be secured to the vessel's structure, including a portable magazine or a closed transport unit. Whenever this stowage is specified, stowage in deckhouses, mast lockers and oversized weatherproof packages (overpacks) is also acceptable. Incompatible materials means two materials whose stowage to gether may result in undue hazards in the case of leakage, spillage, or other accident. Landing mat means a shock absorbing pad used in loading Class 1 (explosive) materials on vessels. Machinery Spaces of Category A are those spaces, and trunks to such spaces, which contain: (1) internal combustion machinery used for main propulsion: (2) internal combustion machinery used for purposes other than main propulsion where such machinery has in the aggregate a total power output of not less than 375 kw; or (3) any oil-fired boiler or fuel unit. Magazine means an enclosure designed to protect certain goods of Class 1 (explosive) materials from damage by other cargo and adverse weather conditions during loading, unloading, and when in transit; and to prevent unauthorized access. A magazine may be a fixed structure in the vessel, a closed freight container, a closed transport vehicle, or a portable magazine. Master of the Vessel, as used in this Part, includes the person in charge of an unmanned vessel or barge. Open freight container means a freight container that does not totally enclose its contents by permanent structures. Overstowed means a package or container is stowed directly on top of another. However, with regard to Class 1 (explosive) stowage, such goods may themselves be stacked to a safe level but other goods should not be stowed directly on top of them. Pallet means a portable platform for stowing, handling, and mov ing cargo. Palletized unit means packages or unpackaged objects stacked on a pallet, banded and secured to the pallet by metal, fabric, or plastic straps for the purpose of handling as a single unit. Pie plate means a round, oval, or hexagonal pallet without side boards, used in conjunction with a cargo net to handle loose cargo on board a vessel. Portable magazine means a strong, closed, prefabricated, steel or wooden, closed box or container, other than a freight container, designed and used to handle Class 1 (explosive) materials either by hand or mechanical means. Readily combustible material means a material which may or may not be classed as a hazardous material but which is easily ignited and supports combustion. Examples of readily combustible materials include wood, paper, straw, vegetable fibers, products made from such materials, coal, lubricants, and oils. This definition does not apply to packaging material or dunnage. Responsible person means a person empowered by the master of the vessel to make all decisions relating to his or her specific task, and having the necessary knowledge and experience for that purpose. Safe working load means the maximum gross weight that cargo handling equipment is approved to lift. Skilled person means a person having the knowledge and experi ence to perform a certain duty. Sklpboard means a square or rectangular pallet without side boards, usually used in conjunction with a cargo net to handle loose cargo on board a vessel. Splice as used in 176.172 of this part, means any repair of a freight container main structural member which replaces material, other than complete replacement of the member. Transport unit means a transport vehicle or a freight container. A "closed transport unit" means a transport unit in which the contents are totally enclosed by permanent structures. An "open transport unit" means a transport unit which is not a closed transport unit. Transport units with fabric sides or tops are not closed transport units for the purposes of this part. Tray means a type of pallet constructed to specific dimensions for handling a particular load. 176.3 Unacceptable hazardous materials shipments. (a) A carrier may not transport by vessel any shipment of a hazard ous material that is not prepared for transportation in accordance with Parts 172 and 173 of this subchapter. (b) A carrier may not transport by vessel any explosive or explosive composition described in 173.54 of this subchapter. 176.4 Port security and safety regulations, (a) Each carrier, master, agent, and charterer of a vessel and all other persons engaged in handling hazardous materials on board vessels shall comply with the applicable provisions of 33 CFR Parts 6, 109, 110, 125, 126, and 160. (b) Division 1.1 and 1.2 (Class A and B explosive) materials may only be loaded on and unloaded from a vessel at-- (1) A facility of particular hazard as defined in 33 CFR 126.05(b); (2) An explosives anchorage listed in 33 CFR Part 110; or (3) A facility operated or controlled by the Department of Defense. (c) With the concurrence of the COTP, Division 1.1 and 1.2 (Class A and B explosive) materials may be loaded on or unloaded from a vessel in any location acceptable to the COTP. 176.5 Application to vessels, (a) Except as provided in para graph (b) of this section, this subchapter applies to each domestic or foreign vessel when in the navigable waters of the United States, regardless of its character, tonnage, size, or service, and whether selfpropelled or not, whether arriving or departing, underway, moored, anchored, aground, or while in dry dock. (b) This subchapter does not apply to: (1) A public vessel not engaged in commercial service; (2) A vessel constructed or converted for the principal purpose of carrying flammable or combustible liquid cargo in bulk in its own tanks, when only carrying these liquid cargoes; (3) A vessel of 15 gross tons or smaller when not engaged in carrying passengers for hire; (4) A vessel used exclusively for pleasure; (5) A vessel of 500 gross tons or smaller when engaged in fisheries; (6) A tug or towing vessel, except when towing another vessel having Class 1 (explosive) materials, Class 3 (flammable liquids), PART 176 391 ABD00132166 176.5--176.30 April 1998 or Division 2.1 (flammable gas) materials, in which case the owner/ operator of the tug or towing vessel shall make such provisions to guard against and extinguish fire as the Coast Guard may prescribe; (7) A cable vessel, dredge, elevator vessel, fireboat, icebreaker, pile driver, pilot boat, welding vessel, salvage vessel, or wrecking vessel; or (8) A foreign vessel transiting the territorial sea of the United States without entering the internal waters of the United States, if all hazardous materials being carried on board are being carried in accordance with the requirements of the IMDG Code. (c) [Reserved] (d) Except for transportation in bulk packagings (as defined in 171.8 of this subchapter), the bulk carriage of hazardous materials by water is governed by 46CFR Chapter I, Subchapters D, I, Nand 0. 176.9 "Order-Notify" or "C.O.D." shipments. A carrier may not transport Division 1.1 or 1.2 (Class A explosive) materials, detona tors, or boosters with detonators which are; (a) Consigned to "order-notify" or "C.O.D.", except on a through bill of lading to a place outside the United States; or (b) Consigned by the shipper to himself unless he has a resident representative to receive the shipment at the port of discharge. 176.11 Exceptions, (a) A hazardous material may be offered and accepted for transport by vessel when in conformance with the IMDG Code, subject to the conditions and limitations set forth in 171.12 of this subchapter. The requirements of 176.83, 176.84, and 176.112 through 176.174 are not applicable to shipments of Class 1 (explosive) materials made in accordance with the IMDG Code. A hazardous material which conforms to the provisions of this paragraph (a) is not subject to the requirement specified in 172.201(d) of this subchapter for an emergency response telephone number, when transportation of the hazardous material originates and terminates outside the United States and the hazardous material-- (1) Is not offloaded from the vessel; or (2) Is offloaded between ocean vessels at a U.S. port facility without being transported by public highway. (b) Canadian shipments and packages may be transported by vessel if they are transported in accordance with this subchapter. (See 171.12a of this subchapter.) (c) The requirements of this subchapter governing the transporta tion of combustible liquids do not apply to the transportation of com bustible liquids in non-bulk (see definitions in 171.8 of this subchap ter) packages on board vessels. (d) Transport vehicles, containing hazardous materials loaded in accordance with specific requirements of this subchapter applicable to such vehicles, may be transported on board a ferry vessel or carfloat, subject to the applicable requirements specified in 176.76, 176.100, and Subpart E of this part. (e) Hazardous materials classed and shipped as ORM-D are not subject to the requirements of this Part unless they are offered for transportation as hazardous wastes. (1) Paragraph (a) of this section does not apply to hazardous materi als, including certain hazardous wastes and hazardous substances as defined in 171.8 of this subchapter, which are not subject to the requirements of the IMDG Code. (9) The requirements of this subchapter do not apply to atmo spheric gases used in a refrigeration system. 176.13 Responsibility for compliance and training. (a) Unless this subchapter specifically provides that another person shall perform a particular duty, each carrier shall perform the duties specified and comply with all applicable requirements in this part and shall ensure its hazmat employees receive training in relation thereto. (b) A carrier may not transport a hazardous material by vessel unless each of its hazmat employees involved in that transportation is trained as required by subpart H of part 172 of this subchapter. (c) The record of training required by 172.704(d) of this subchap ter for a crewmember who is a hazmat employee subject to the training requirements of this subchapter must be kept on board the vessel while the crewmember is in service on board the vessel. 176.15 Enforcement, (a) An enforcement officer of the U.S. Coast Guard may at any time and at any place, within the jurisdiction of the United States, board any vessel for the purpose of enforcement of this subchapter and inspect any shipment of hazardous materials as defined in this subchapter. 176.18 Assignment and certification, (a) The National Cargo Bureau, Inc., is authorized to assist the Coast Guard in administering this subchapter with respect to the following: (1) Inspection of vessels for suitability for loading hazardous mate rials; (2) Examination of stowage of hazardous materials; (3) Making recommendations for stowage requirements of hazard ous materials cargo; and (4) Issuance of certificates of loading setting forth that the stowage of hazardous materials is in accordance with the requirements of this subchapter. (b) A certificate of loading issued by the National Cargo Bureau, Inc., may be accepted by the Coast Guard as prima facie evidence that the cargo is stowed in conformity with the requirements of this subchapter. Subpart B GENERAL OPERATING REQUIREMENTS 176.24 Shipping papers. A carrier may not transport a hazard ous material by vessel unless the material is properly described on the shipping paper in the manner prescribed in Part 172 of this sub chapter. 176.27 Certificate, (a) A carrier may not transport a hazardous material by vessel unless he has received a certificate prepared in accordance with 172.204 of this subchapter. (b) In the case of an import or export shipment of hazardous materi als which will not be transported by rail, highway, or air, the shipper may certify on the bill of lading or other shipping paper that the hazardous material is properly classed, described, marked, pack aged, and labeled according to Part 172 of this subchapter or in accordance with requirements of the IMDG Code. See 171.12 of this subchapter. (c) (1) A person responsible for packing or loading a freight con tainer or transport vehicle containing hazardous materials for transpor tation by a manned vessel in ocean or coastwise service, must provide the vessel operator, at the time the shipment is offered for transporta tion by vessel, with a signed container packing certificate stating, at a minimum, that-- (i) The freight container or transport unit is serviceable for the materials loaded therein, contains no incompatible goods, and is properly marked, labeled or placarded, as applicable; and (ii) When the freight container or transport unit contains packages, those packages have been inspected prior to loading, are prop erly marked, labeled, or placarded, as applicable; are not dam aged; and are properly secured. (2) The certification may appear on a shipping paper or on a sepa rate document as a statement such as "It is declared that the packing of the container has been carried out in accordance with the provisions of 49 CFR 176.27(c)" 176.30 Dangerous cargo manifest, (a) The carrier, its agents, and any person designated for this purpose by the carrier or agents shall prepare a dangerous cargo manifest, list, or stowage plan. This document may not include a material which is not subject to the requirements of 49 CFR or the IMDG Code. This document must be kept in a designated holder on or near the vessel's bridge. It must contain the following information: (1) Name of vessel and official number. (If the vessel has no official number, the international radio call sign must be substituted.); (2) Nationality of vessel; (3) Shipping name and identification number of each hazardous material on board as listed in 172.101 of this subchapter or as listed in the IMDG Code and an emergency response telephone 392 ABD00132167 April 1998 176.30--176.54 number as prescribed in Subpart G of Part 172 of this subchapter. (4) The number and description of packages (barrels, drums, cylin ders, boxes, etc.) and gross weight for each type of packaging; (5) Classification of the hazardous material in accordance with either: (i) The 172.101 Table; or (ii) The International Maritime Organization's IMDG Code. (6) Any additional description required by 172.203 of this sub chapter. (7) Stowage location of the hazardous material on board the vessel. (8) In the case of a vessel used for the storage of explosives or other hazardous materials, the following additional information is required: (i) Name and address of vessel's owner; (ii) Location of vessel's mooring; (iii) Name of person in charge of vessel; (iv) Name and address of the owner of the cargo; and (v) A complete record, by time intervals of one week, of all receipts and disbursements of hazardous materials. The name and ad dress of the consignor must be shown against ail receipts and the name and address of the consignee against all deliveries. (b) The hazardous material information on the dangerous cargo manifest must be the same as the information furnished by the shipper on the shipping order or other shipping paper, except that the IMO "correct technical name" and the IMO class may be indicated on the manifest as provided in paragraphs (a)(3) and (a)(5) of this section. The person who supervises the preparation of the manifest, list, or stowage plan shall ensure that the information is correctly transcribed, and shall certify to the truth and accuracy of this information to the best of his knowledge and belief by his signature and notation of the date prepared. (c) The carrier and its agents shall insure that the master, or a licensed deck officer designated by the master and attached to the vessel, or in the case of a barge, the person in charge of the barge, acknowledges the correctness of the dangerous cargo manifest, list or stowage plan by his signature. (d) For barges, manned or unmanned, the requirements of this section apply except for the following: (1) In the case of a manned barge, the person in charge of the barge shall prepare the dangerous cargo manifest. (2) In the case of an unmanned barge, the person responsible for loading the barge is responsible for the preparation of a dangerous cargo manifest, list, or stowage plan and must designate an individual for that purpose. (3) For all barges, manned or unmanned, the dangerous cargo manifest must be on board the barge in a readily accessible location and a copy must be furnished to the person in charge of the towing vessel. (e) Each carrier who transports or stores hazardous materials on a vessel shall retain a copy of the dangerous cargo manifest, list, or stowage plan for at least one year, and shall make that document available for inspection in accordance with 176.36(b) of this sub chapter. 176.31 Exemptions. If a hazardous material is being trans ported by vessel under the authority of an exemption and a copy of the exemption is required to be on board the vessel, it must be kept with the dangerous cargo manifest. 176.36 Preservation of records, (a) When this part requires shipping orders, manifest, cargo lists, stowage plans, reports, or any other papers, documents or similar records to be prepared, the carrier shall preserve them or copies of them in his place of business or office in the United States for a period of one year after their preparation. (b) Any record required to be preserved must be made available upon request to an authorized representative of the Department of Transportation. 176.39 Inspection of cargo, (a) Manned vessels. The car rier, its agents, and any person designated for this purpose by the carrier or agents shall cause an inspection of each hold or compart ment containing hazardous materials to be made after stowage is complete, and at least once every 24 hours thereafter, weather permitting, in order to ensure that the cargo is in a safe condition and that no damage caused by shifting, spontaneous heating, leaking, sifting, wetting, or other cause has been sustained by the vessel or its cargo since loading and stowage. However, freight containers or individual barges need not be opened. A vessel's holds equipped with smoke or fire detecting systems having an automatic monitoring capability need not be inspected except after stowage is complete and after periods of heavy weather. The carrier, its agents, and any person designated for this purpose by the carrier or agents shall cause an entry to be made in the vessel's deck log book for each inspection of the stowage of hazardous materials performed. (b) Unmanned and magazine vessels. An inspection of the cargo must be made after stowage has been completed to ensure that stowage has been accomplished properly and that there are no visible signs of damage to any packages or evidence of heating, leaking, or sifting. This inspection must be made by the individual who is responsi ble to the carrier and who is in charge of loading and stowing the cargo on the unmanned vessels or the individual in charge in the case of a magazine vessel. (c) The carrier, its agents, and any person designated for this pur pose by the carrier or agents of each ocean-going vessel carrying hazardous materials shall, immediately prior to entering a port in the United States, cause an inspection of that cargo to be made. (d) When inspecting a cargo of hazardous materials capable of evolving flammable vapors, any artificial means of illumination must be of an explosion-proof type. 176.45 Emergency situations, (a) When an accident occurs on board a vessel involving hazardous materials, and the safety of the vessel, its passengers or crew are endangered, the master shall adopt such procedures as will, in his judgment, provide maximum safety for the vessel, its passengers, and its crew. When the accident results in damaged packages or the emergency use of unauthorized packagings, these packages may not be offered to any forwarding carrier for transportation. The master shall notify the nearest Captain of the Port, U.S. Coast Guard, and request instructions for disposition of the packages. (b) Hazardous materials may be jettisoned only if the master believes this action necessary to prevent or substantially reduce a hazard to human life or reduce a substantial hazard to property. 176.48 Situation requiring report, (a) When a fire or other hazardous condition exists on a vessel transporting hazardous materi als, the master shall notify the nearest Captain of the Port as soon as possible and shall comply with any instructions given by the Captain of the Port. (b) When an incident occurs during transportation in which a haz ardous material is involved, a report may be required (See 171.15 and 171.16 of this subchapter). (c) If a package, portable tank, freight container, highway or railroad vehicle containing hazardous materials is jettisoned or lost, the master shall notify the nearest Captain of the Port as soon as possible of the location, quantity, and type of the material. 176.50 Acceptance of damaged or leaking packages. A carrier may not transport by vessel any package that is so damaged as to permit the escape of its contents, that appears to have leaked, or that gives evidence of failure to properly contain the contents unless it is restored or repaired to the satisfaction of the master of the vessel. A package containing radioactive materials (other than low specific activity materials) may not be repaired or restored. 176.52 Rejection of shipments In violation, (a) A carrier may not knowingly transport by vessel any hazardous material offered under a false or deceptive name, marking, invoice, shipping paper or other declaration, or without the shipper furnishing written information about the true nature of the material at the time of delivery. (b) If a shipment in violation is found in transit, the master of the vessel shall adopt procedures which in his judgment provide maximum safety to the vessel, its passengers and its crew and which are in compliance with 176.45. If the vessel is in port, the material may not be delivered to any party, and the master shall immediately notify the nearest Captain of the Port and request instructions for disposition of the material. 176.54 Repairs involving welding, burning, and power-actu ated tools and appliances, (a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, repairs or work involving welding or burning, or the use of power-actuated tools or appliances which may produce intense 393 PART 176 ABD00132168 176.54--176.70 April 1998 heat may not be undertaken on any vessel having on board explosives or other hazardous materials as cargo. (b) Paragraph (a) of this section does not apply if: (1) The repairs or work are approved by the COTP under 33 CFR 126.15(c); or (2) Emergency repairs to the vessel's main propelling or boiler plant or auxiliaries are necessary for the safety of the vessel. If such repairs are performed, the master of the vessel must immediately notify the nearest COTP. Subpart C GENERAL HANDLING AND STOWAGE 176.57 Supervision of handling and stowage, (a) Hazar dous materials may be handled or stowed on board a vessel only under the direction and observation of a responsible person assigned for this duty. (b) For a vessel engaged in coastwise voyages, or on rivers, bays, sounds or lakes, including the Great Lakes when the voyage is not foreign-going, the responsible person may be an employee of the carrier and assigned this duty by the carrier, or a licensed officer attached to the vessel and assigned by the master of the vessel. (c) For a domestic vessel engaged in a foreign-going or intercoastal voyage, the responsible person must be an officer possessing an unexpired license issued by the USCG and assigned to this duty by the master of the vessel. (d) For a foreign vessel, the responsible person must be an officer of the vessel assigned this duty by the master of the vessel. 176.58 Preparation of the vessel, (a) Each hold or compart ment in which hazardous materials are to be stowed must be free of all debris before the hazardous materials are stowed. Bilges must be examined and all residue of previous cargo removed. (b) All decks, gangways, hatches, and cargo ports over or through which hazardous materials must be passed or handled in loading or unloading must be free of all loose materials before cargo handling operations begin. (c) No debris that creates a fire hazard or a hazardous condition for persons engaged in handling hazardous materials may be on the weather deck of a vessel during loading or unloading operations. (d) Hatch beams and hatch covers may not be stowed in a location that would interfere with cargo handling. 176.60 "No Smoking" signs. When smoking is prohibited dur ing the loading, stowing, storing, transportation, or unloading of haz ardous materials by this part, the carrier and the master of the vessel are jointly responsible for posting "NO SMOKING" signs in conspicu ous locations. 176.63 Stowage locations, (a) The table in 172.101 of this subchapter specifies generally the locations authorized for stowage of the various hazardous materials on board vessels. This part prescribes additional requirements with respect to the stowage of specific hazard ous materials in addition to those authorized in 172.101 of this sub chapter. This section sets forth the basic physical requirements for the authorized locations. (b) To qualify as "on deck" stowage, the location must be on the weather deck. If it is in a house on the weather deck, it must have a permanent structural opening to the atmosphere, such as a door, hatch, companionway or manhole, and must be vented to the atmo sphere. It may not have any structural opening to any living quarters, cargo, or other compartment unless the opening has means for being closed off and secured. Any deck house containing living quarters, a steering engine, a refrigerating unit, a refrigerated stowage box, or a heating unit may not be used unless that area is isolated from the cargo stowage area by a permanent, and tight metallic bulkhead. Stowage in a shelter or 'tween deck is not considered to be "on deck." A barge which is vented to the atmosphere and is stowed on deck on a barge-carrying ship is considered to be "on deck." When an entry in 172.101 of this subchapter requires "on deck" stowage and is qualified by the requirement "shade from radiant heat", the stowage must be protected from the direct rays of the sun by means of structural erections or awnings, except that such protection is not required for shipment in portable tanks. (c) To qualify as "under deck" stowage, the location must be in a hold or compartment below the weather deck capable of being venti lated and allotted entirely to the carriage of cargo. It must be bounded by permanent steel decks and bulkheads or the shell of the vessel. The deck openings must have means for effectively closing the hold or compartment against the weather, and in the case of superimposed holds, for effectively closing off each hold. A hold or compartment containing a crew passage formed by battens or by mesh or wire screen bulkhead may not be used for the stowage of any hazardous material unless a watchman is provided for this area. (d) To qualify as "under deck away from heat", the location must be under deck and have built-in means for ventilation. If it is subject to heat from any artificial source, it only qualifies for the stowage of those hazardous materials for which "on deck" stowage is authorized. 176.65 Alternative stowage procedures. When a hazardous material is to be loaded on board a vessel and it is shown to the satisfaction of the Coast Guard Captain of the Port for the place where the vessel is being loaded that it is impracticable to comply with a stowage location requirement specified in the 172.101 Table of this subchapter or a segregation, handling or stowage requirement speci fied in this part, the Captain of the Port may authorize in writing the use of an alternative stowage location or method of segregation, han dling or stowage subject to such conditions as he finds will insure a level of safety at least equal to that afforded by the regulatory require ment concerned. 176.69 General stowage requirements for hazardous materi als. (a) Hazardous materials (except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section and Class 9 (miscellaneous hazardous) materials) must be stowed in a manner that will facilitate inspection during the voyage, their removal from a potentially dangerous situation, and the removal of packages in case of fire. (b) Each package marked in accordance with 172.312{a)(2) of this subchapter must be stowed as to remain in the position indicated during transportation. (c) If a vessel designed for and carrying hazardous materials in freight containers or a vessel designed for and carrying hazardous materials in barges is equipped with a fixed fire extinguishing and fire detection system, the freight containers or barges need not be stowed in the manner required by paragraph (a) of this section. When freight containers or barges containing hazardous materials are stowed on deck, they need not be stowed in the manner required by paragraph (a) of this section it fire fighting equipment capable of reaching and piercing the freight container or barge is on board the vessel. (d) Packages of hazardous materials must be secured and dunnaged to prevent movement in any direction. Vertical restraints are not required if the shape of the package and the stuffing pattern preclude shifting of the load. (e) Packages of hazardous materials must be braced and dunnaged so that they are not likely to be pierced by the dunnage or crushed by a superimposed load. 176.70 Stowage requirements for marine pollutants. (a) Marine pollutants must be properly stowed and secured to mini mize the hazards to the marine environment without impairing the safety of the ship and the persons on board. <b) Where stowage is permitted "on deck or under deck", under deck stowage is preferred except when a weather deck provides equivalent protection. 394 ABD00132169 April 1998 176.70--176.76 (c) Where stowage "on deck only" is required, preference should be given to stowage on well-protected decks or to stowage inboard in sheltered areas of exposed decks. 176.72 Handling of break-bulk hazardous materials, (a) A metal bale hook may not be used for handling any package of hazard ous materials. (b) The use of equipment designed to lift or move cargo by means of pressure exerted on the packages may not be used for handling any package of hazardous materials if the device can damage the package or the package is not designed to be moved in that manner. (c) Pallets, slings, cargo nets and other related equipment used in loading packages of hazardous materials must give adequate support to the packages. The packages must be contained so that they are not able to fall during loading. 176.74 On deck stowage of break-bulk hazardous materi als. (a) Packages containing hazardous materials must be secured by enclosing in boxes, cribs or cradles and proper lashing by use of wire rope, strapping or other means, including shoring and bracing, or both. Lashing of deck cargo is permitted if eye pads are used to attach the lashings. Lashings may not be secured to guard rails. Bulky articles must be shored. (b) A packaging susceptible to weather or water damage must be protected so that it will not be exposed to the weather or to sea water. (c) Not more than fifty percent of the total open deck area should be used for stowage of hazardous materials (except Class 9 (miscella neous hazardous materials) material). (d) Fireplugs, hoses, sounding pipes, and access to these must be free and clear of all cargo. (e) Crew and passenger spaces and areas set aside for the crew's use may not be used to stow any hazardous material. (f) A hazardous material may not be stowed within a horizontal distance of 25 feet of an operating or embarkation point of a lifeboat. (9) Hazardous materials must be stowed to permit safe access to the crew's quarters and to all parts of the deck required in navigation and necessary working of the vessel. (h) When runways for use of the crew are built over stowed hazard ous materials, they must be constructed and fitted with rails and lifelines so as to afford complete protection to the crew when in use. 176.76 Transport vehicles, freight containers, and portable tanks containing hazardous materials, (a) Except as provided in paragraphs (b) through (f) of this section, hazardous materials authorized to be transported by vessel may be carried on board a vessel in a transport vehicle or freight container, subject to the following conditions (see additional requirements concerning the transport of Class 1 (explosive) materials in 176.168 through 176.172 of this subchapter); (1) The material must be in proper condition for transportation ac cording to the requirements of this subchapter; (2) All packages in the transport vehicle or freight container must be secured to prevent movement in any direction. Vertical restraint is not required if the shape of the packages, loading pattern, and horizontal restraint preclude vertical movement of the load within the freight container or transport vehicle; (3) Bulkheads made of dunnage which extend to the level of the cargo must be provided unless the packages are stowed flush with the sides or ends; (4) Dunnage must be secured to the floor when the cargo consists of dense materials or heavy packages; (5) Each package marked in accordance with 172.312(a)(2) of this subchapter must be stowed as marked; (6) Any slack spaces between packages must be filled with dunnage; (7) The weight in a container must be distributed throughout as evenly as possible and the maximum permissible weight must not be exceeded; (8) Adjacent levels of baggaged and baled cargo must be stowed in alternate directions so that each tier binds the tier above and below it; (9) [RESERVED] (10) The lading must be contained entirely within the freight con tainer or vehicle body without overhang or projection except that oversized machinery such as tractors or vehicles with batteries attached may overhang or project outside the intermodial container provided all of that portion of the lading that consists of hazardous materials is contained entirely within the freight container. No openbed container or vehicle is permitted to carry hazardous materials unless it is equipped with a means of properly securing the lading. (b) A transport vehicle containing hazardous materials may be car ried only on board a trailership, trainship, ferry vessel or car float. (C) [RESERVED] (d) A transport vehicle or freight container equipped with heating or refrigeration equipment may be operated on board a vessel. How ever, the equipment may not be operated in any hold or compartment in which any flammable liquid or gas is stowed. Any heating or air conditioning equipment having a fuel tank containing a flammable liquid or gas may be stowed only "on deck". Equipment electrically powered and designed to operate within an environment containing flammable vapors may be operated below deck in a hold or compart ment containing a flammable liquid or gas. (See 176.79.) (e) A transport vehicle, loaded with any hazardous material which is required to be stowed "on deck" by 172.101 of this subchapter, may be stowed one deck below the weather deck when transported on a trainship or trailership which is unable to provide "on deck" stowage because of the vessel's design. Otherwise, the transport vehicle or container must be transported "on deck". (0 A hazardous material may be carried on board a vessel in a portable tank subject to the following conditions: (1) Small passenger vessels of 100 gross tons, or less, may carry a hazardous material in a portable tank only when 16 or less passen gers are on board and only when specifically authorized by the Officerin-Charge, Marine Inspection, by endorsement of the vessel's Certifi cate of Inspection. (2) Portable tanks containing flammable liquids or gases, combusti ble liquids with flashpoints below 14iF that are insoluble in water, or organic peroxides, spontaneously combustible materials, or water reactive materials must be stowed on deck irrespective of the stowage authorized in 172.101 of this subchapter. Portable tanks containing hazardous materials not restricted to on deck stowage by the previous sentence must be stowed in accordance with the requirements speci fied in 172.101 of this subchapter. (3) Aluminum, magnesium, and their alloys are specifically prohib ited as materials of construction of portable tanks. (g) Cryogenic liquids. For shipment of cryogenic liquids on board a vessel the packaging must be designed and filled so that; (1) Any cryogenic liquid being transported in a cargo tank, regard less of the pressure in the package, must be contained in a steel jacketed Specification MC-338 (178.338 of this subchapter) insu lated cargo tank. (2) Any valve or fitting with moving or abrading parts that may come in contact with any cryogenic liquid may not be made of aluminum. (3) For a flammable cryogenic liquid being transported in a cargo tank, the elapsed time between the loading of the cargo tank and the subsequent unloading of the cargo tank at its final destination may not exceed the marked rated holding time (MRHT) of the cargo tank for the cryogenic liquid being transported, which must be displayed on or adjacent to the specification plate. (4) Portable tanks, cargo tanks, and tank cars containing cryogenic liquids must be stowed "on deck" regardless of the stowage authorized in 172.101 of this subchapter. Cargo tanks or tank cars containing cryogenic liquids may be stowed one deck below the weather deck when transported on a trailership or trainship that is unable to provide "on deck" stowage because of the vessel's design. Tank cars must be Class DOT-113 or AAR-204W tank cars. (h) A fumigated transport unit may only be transported on board a vessel subject to the following conditions and limitations: (1) The fumigated transport unit may be placed on board a vessel only if at least 24 hours have elapsed since the unit was last fumigated; (2) The fumigated transport unit is accompanied by a document showing the date of fumigation and the type and amount of fumi gant used; (3) Prior to loading, the master is informed of the intended place ment of the fumigated transport unit on board the vessel and the information provided on the accompanying document; (4) Equipment that is capable of detecting the fumigant and instruc tions for the equipment's use is provided on the vessel; (5) The fumigated transport unit must be stowed at least five meters from any opening to accommodation spaces; PART 176 395 ABD00132170 176.76--176.78 April 1998 (6) Fumigated transport units may only be transported on deck on vessels carrying more than 25 passengers; and (7) Fumigants may not be added to transport units while on board a vessel. 176.77 Stowage of barges containing hazardous materials on board barge-carrying vessels, (a) A barge which contains hazardous materials may be transported on board a barge-carrying vessel if it is stowed in accordance with the requirements of this section. (b) A barge which contains hazardous materials for which only "on deck" stowage is authorized must be stowed above the weather deck and be vented to the atmosphere. (c) A barge which contains hazardous materials for which both "on deck" and "below deck" storage is authorized may be stowed above or below the weather deck. 176.78 Use of power-operated Industrial trucks on board ves sels. (a) Power operated trucks. A power-operated truck (includ ing a power-operated tractor, forklift, or other specialized truck used for cargo handling) may not be used on board a vessel in a space containing a hazardous material unless the truck conforms to the requirements of this section. The COTP may suspend or prohibit the use of cargo handling vehicles or equipment when that use constitutes a safety hazard. (b) Each truck must have a specific designation of Underwriter's Laboratories or Factory Mutual Laboratories. Any repair or alteration to a truck must be equivalent to that required on the original designation. (c) Description of designations. The recognized testing labora tory type designations are as follows: (1) An "E" designated unit is an electrically-powered unit that has minimum acceptable safeguards against inherent fire hazards. (2) An "EE" designated unit is an electrically-powered unit that has, in addition to all the requirements for the "E" unit, the electric motor and all other electrical equipment completely enclosed. (3) An "EX" designated unit is an electrically-powered unit that differs from the "E" and "EE" unit in that the electrical fittings and equipment are so designed, constructed, and assembled that the unit may be used in certain atmospheres containing flammable vapors or dusts. (4) A "G" designated unit is a gasoline-powered unit having mini mum acceptable safeguards against inherent fire hazards. (5) A "GS" designated unit is a gasoline-powered unit that is pro vided with additional safeguards to the exhaust, fuel, and electrical systems. (6) An "LP" designated unit is similar to a "G" unit except that it is powered by liquefied petroleum gas instead of gasoline. (7) An "LPS" designated unit is a unit similar to a "GS" unit except that liquefied petroleum gas is used for fuel instead of gasoline. (8) A "D" designated unit is a unit similar to a "G" unit except that it is powered by a diesel engine instead of a gasoline engine. (9) A "DS" designated unit is a unit powered by a diesel engine provided with additional safeguards to the exhaust, fuel, and electrical systems. (d) Class 1 (explosive) materials. No power-operated truck may be used to handle Class f (explosive) materials or other cargo in an area near Class 1 (explosive) materials on board a vessel except: (1) A power-operated truck designated EE or EX. (2) A power-operated truck designated LPS, GS, D, or DS may be used under conditions acceptable to the COTP. (e) Other hazardous materials. (1) Only an "EX", "EE", "GS", "LPA", or "DS" truck may be used in a hold or compartment containing Division 2.1 (flammable gas) materials, Class 3 (flamma ble liquids), Class 4 (flammable solids) materials, or Class 5 (oxi dizers or organic peroxides) materials, cottons or other vegetable fibers, or bulk sulfur. (2) Only a designated truck may be used to handle any other haz ardous material not covered in paragraph (d) or (e)(1) of this section. (f) Minimum safety features. In addition to the construction and design safety features required, each truck must have at least the following minimum safety features: (1) The truck must be equipped with a warning horn, whistle, gong, or other device that may be heard clearly above normal shipboard noises. (2) When the truck operation may expose the operator to danger from a falling object, the truck must be equipped with a driver's overhead guard. When the overall height of the truck with forks in the lowered position is limited by head room the overhead guard may be omitted. This overhead guard is only intended to offer protection from impact of small packages, boxes, bagged material, or similar hazards. (3) A forklift truck used to handle small objects or unstable loads must be equipped with a load backrest extension having height, width, and strength sufficient to prevent any load, or part of it, from falling toward the mast when the mast is in a position of maximum backward tilt. The load backrest extension must be constructed in a manner that does not interfere with good visibility. (4) The forks on a fork lift truck must be secured to the carriage so as to prevent any unintentional lifting of the toe which could create a hazard. The forks may not display permanent deformation when subjected to a test load of three times the rated capacity. (5) Each fork extension or other attachment must be secured to prevent unintentional lifting or displacement on primary forks. (6) Tires extending beyond the confines of the truck shall be pro vided with a guard to prevent the tires from throwing particles at the operator. (7) Unless the steering mechanism is a type that prevents road reactions from causing the steering handwheel to spin, a mushroom type steering knob must be used to engage the palm of the operator's hand, or the steering mechanism must be arranged in some other manner to prevent injury. The knob must be mounted within the perime ter of the wheel. (6) All steering controls must be confined within the clearance of the truck or guarded so that movement of the controls will not result in injury to the operator when passing stanchions, obstructions or other. (g) Special operating conditions. (1) A truck may not be used on board a vessel unless prior notifica tion of its use is given to the master or senior deck officer on board. (2) Before a truck is operated on board a vessel, it must be in a safe operating condition as determined by the master or senior deck officer on board. (3) Any truck that emits sparks or flames from the exhaust system must immediately be removed from service and may not be returned to service until the cause of these sparks or flames has been eliminated. (4) [Reserved] (5) [Reserved! (6) All truck motors must be shut off immediately when a breakage or leakage of packages containing flammable liquids or gases, flammable solids, oxidizers, or organic peroxides occurs or is discovered. (7) The rated capacity of the truck must be posted on the truck at all times in a conspicuous place. This capacity may not be exceeded. (8) At least one Coast Guard approved marine type size 1 Type B, or UL approved 5BC portable fire extinguisher, or its approved equivalent, must be affixed to the truck in a readily accessible position or must be kept in close proximity, available for immediate use. (9) The vessel's fire fighting equipment, both fixed (where installed) and portable, must be kept ready for immediate use in the vicinity of the space being worked. (h) Refueling. (1) A truck using gasoline as fuel may not be refueled in the hold or on the weather deck of a vessel unless a portable non-spilling fuel handling system of not over five gallons capacity is used. Gasoline may not be transferred to a portable non-spilling fuel handling device on board the vessel. (2) A truck using liquefied petroleum gas as fuel may not be refueled in the hold or on the weather deck of a vessel unless it is fitted with a removable tank and the hand-operated shutoff valve of the depleted tank is closed. In addition, the motor must be run until it stalls from lack of fuel and then the hand-operated shut off valve closed before the quick disconnect fitting to the fuel tank is disconnected. (3) A truck using diesel oil as fuel may not be refueled on the weather deck or in the hold of a vessel unless a portable container of not over a five gallon capacity is used. A truck may be refueled or a portable container may be refilled from a larger container of diesel fuel on the weather deck of a vessel if a suitable pump is used for the transfer operation and a drip pan of adequate size is used to prevent any dripping of fuel on the deck. 396 ABD00132171 April 1998 176.78--176.83 (4) Refueling must be performed under the direct supervision of an experienced and responsible person specifically designated for this duty by the person in charge of the loading or unloading of the vessel. (5) Refueling may not be undertaken with less than two persons specifically assigned and present for the complete operation, at least one of whom must be experienced in using the portable fire extinguish ers required in the fuel area. (6) At least one Coast Guard approved marine type size 1 Type B or UL approved 5BC portable fire extinguisher or its approved equivalent, must be provided in the fueling area. This is an addition to the extinguisher required by paragraph (g)(8) of this section. (7) The location for refueling trucks must be designated by the master or senior deck officer on board the vessel. "NO SMOKING" signs must be conspicuously posted in the area. (8) The location designated for refueling must be adequately venti lated to insure against accumulation of any hazardous concentration of vapors. When a truck is being refueled, the ventilation requirements of 176.79 apply. (9) Before any truck in a hold is refueled or before any fuel handling device or unmounted liquefied petroleum gas cylinder is placed in a hold, the motors of all trucks in the same hold must be stopped. (10) All fuel handling devices and unmounted liquefied petroleum gas containers must be removed from a hold before any truck motor is started and the trucks are placed in operation in that hold. (i) Replacing batteries. Batteries for electrically powered trucks and for the ignition systems of internal combustion powered trucks may be changed in the hold of a vessel subject to the following conditions: (1) Only suitable handling equipment may be employed. (2) Adequate precautions must be taken to avoid damage to the battery, short circuiting of the battery, and spillage of the electrolyte. (J) Charging of batteries. Batteries of industrial trucks may be recharged in a hold of a vessel subject to the following conditions: (1) The batteries must be housed in a suitable, ventilated, portable metal container with a suitable outlet at the top for connection of a portable air hose, or must be placed directly beneath a suitable outlet at the top for connection of a portable air hose. The air hose must be permanently connected to an exhaust duct leading to the open deck and terminate in a gooseneck or other suitable weather head. If natural ventilation is not practicable or adequate, mechanical means of ex haust must be employed in conjunction with the duct. The air outlet on the battery container must be equipped with an interlock switch so arranged that the charging of the battery cannot take place unless the air hose is properly connected to the box. (2) If mechanical ventilation is used, an additional interlock must be provided between the fan and the charging circuit so that the fan must be in operation in order to complete the charging circuit for operation. It is preferable that this interlock switch be of a centrifugal type driven by the fan shaft. (3) The hold may not contain any hazardous materials. (4) The charging facilities may be part of the truck equipment or may be separate from the truck and located inside or outside the cargo hold. The power supply or charging circuit (whichever method is used) must be connected to the truck by a portable plug connection of the break-away type. This portable plug must be so engaged with the truck battery charging outlet that any movement of the truck away from the charging station will break the connection between the plug and receptacle without exposing any live parts to contact with a con ducting surface or object and without the plug falling to the deck where it may become subject to damage. (5) All unmounted batteries must be suitably protected or removed from an area in the hold of the vessel before any truck is operated in that area. (k) Stowage of power-operated industrial trucks on board a vessel. Trucks stowed on board a vessel must meet vessel stowage requirements in 176.905. (l) Packaging and stowage of fuel on board a vessel. Division 2.1 (flammable gas) materials and flammable liquids used as fuel for industrial trucks must be packaged and stowed as authorized in 46 CFR 147.60 or 46 CFR 147.45, respectively. PART 176 Subpart D GENERAL SEGREGATION REQUIREMENTS 176.80 Application, (a) This subpart sets forth segregation re quirements in addition to any segregation requirements set forth else where in this subchapter. (b) Hazardous materials in limited quantities when loaded in trans port vehicles and freight containers, are excepted from the segrega tion requirements of this subpart and any additional segregation speci fied in this subchapter for transportation by vessel. 176.83 Segregation, (a) General. (1) This section applies to all cargo spaces on deck and under deck on all types of vessels. (2) Segregation is obtained by maintaining certain distances be tween incompatible hazardous materials or by requiring the presence of one or more steel bulkheads or decks between them or a combina tion thereof. Intervening spaces between such hazardous materials may be filled with other cargo which is not incompatible with the hazardous materials. (3) In addition to general segregation between classes of hazard ous materials, there may be a need to segregate a particular material from other materials which would contribute to its hazard. Such segre gation requirements are indicated by code numbers in Column 10B of the 172.101 Table. (4) Segregation is not required between hazardous materials of different classes which comprise the same substance but vary only in their water content (e.g., sodium sulphide in Division 4.2 or Class 8). (5) Whenever hazardous materials are stowed together, whether or not in a transport unit, the segregation of such hazardous materials from others must always be in accordance with the most restrictive requirements for any of the hazardous materials concerned. (6) When the 172.101 Table or 172.402 requires packages to bear a subsidiary hazard label or labels, the segregation appropriate to the subsidiary hazards must be applied when that segregation is more restrictive than that required by the primary hazard. For the purposes of this paragraph, the segregation requirements corres ponding to an explosive subsidiary hazard are--except for organic peroxides which are those corresponding to Division 1.3--those for Division 1.4 (Class C explosive) materials. (7) Where, for the purposes of segregation, terms such as "away from" a particular hazard class are used in the 172.101 Table, the segregation requirement applies to: (i) All hazardous materials within the hazard class; and (ii) All hazardous materials for which a secondary hazard label of that class is required. (8) Notwithstanding paragraphs (a)(6) and (a)(7) of this section, hazardous materials of the same class may be stowed together without regard to segregation required by secondary hazards if the materials are not incompatible. (9) Stowage in a shelter-'tween deck cargo space is not considered to be "on deck'' stowage. (b) General Segregation Table. The following table sets forth the general requirements for segregation between the various classes of hazardous materials. The properties of materials within each class may vary greatly and may require greater segregation than is reflected in this table. If the 172.101 Table sets forth particular requirements for segregation, they take precedence over these general requirements. 397 ABD00132172 176.83 April 1998 Table 176.83(b)--General Segregation Requirements for Hazardous Materials [Segregation must also take account of a single secondary hazard label, as required by paragraph (a)(6) of this section.] Numbers and symbols relate to the following terms as defined in this section. 1--'Away from.' 2--"Separated from" 3--"Separated by a complete compartment or hold from.' 4--"Separated longitudinally by an intervening complete compartment or hold from," X--The segregation, if any, is shown in the 172.101 Table. *_See 176 144 of this Part for segregation within Class 1. (c) Segregation requirements for breakbulk cargo. (1) The re quirements of this paragraph apply to the segregation of packages containing hazardous materials and stowed as breakbulk cargo; (2) Definition of the segregation terms: (i) Legend: (A) Package containing incompatible goods. (iii) "Separated From": In different compartments or holds when stowed under deck. If the intervening deck is resistant to fire and liquid, a vertical separation (i.e., in different compartments) may be accepted as equivalent to this segregation. For "on deck" stowage, this segregation means a separation by a dis tance of at least 6 meters (20 feet) horizontally. (B) Reference package. (C) Deck resistant to fire and liquid. Note: Full vertical lines represent transverse bulkheads between compartments or holds resistant to fire and liquid. (ii) "Away from": Effectively segregated so that the incompatible materials cannot interact dangerously in the event of an acci dent but may be carried in the same compartment or hold or on deck provided a minimum horizontal separation of 3 meters (10 feet) projected vertically is obtained. (iv) "Separated by a complete compartment or hold from": Ei ther a vertical or horizontal separation. If the intervening decks are not resistant to fire and liquid, then only a longitudinal separation (i.e., by an intervening complete compartment or hold) is acceptable. For "on deck" stowage, this segregation means a separation by a distance of at least 12 meters (39 feet) horizontally. The same distance must be applied if one package is stowed "on deck" and the other one in an upper compartment. Note: One of the two decks must be resistant to fire and liquid. 398 ABD00132173 April 1998 176.83 (v) "Separated longitudinally by an intervening complete com* partment or hold from": Vertical separation alone does not meet this requirement- Between a package "under deck" and one "on deck" a minimum distance of 24 meters (79 feet) includ ing a complete compartment must be maintained longitudinally. For "on deck" stowage, this segregation means a separation by a distance of at least 24 meters (79 feet) longitudinally. II (d) Segregation In transport units: Two hazardous materials for which any segregation is required may not be stowed in the same transport unit. (e) Segregation of hazardous materials stowed as breakbulk cargo from those packed In transport units: (1) Hazardous materials stowed as breakbulk cargo must be segregated from materials packed in open transport units in accordance with paragraph (c) of this section. (2) Hazardous materials stowed as breakbulk cargo must be segre gated from materials packed in closed transport units in accordance with paragraph (c) of this section, except that: (i) Where "away from" is required, no segregation between pack ages and the closed transport units is required; and (ii) Where "separated from" is required, the segregation between the packages and the closed transport units may be the same as for "away from". (f) Segregation of containers on board container vessels: (1) This paragraph applies to the segregation of freight containers which are carried on board container vessels, or on other types of vessels provided these cargo spaces are properly fitted for permanent stowage of freight containers during transport. (2) For container vessels which have cargo spaces used for breakbulk cargo or any other method of stowage, the appropriate paragraph of this section applies to the relevant cargo space. (3) Segregation Table. Table 176.83(f) sets forth the general re quirements for segregation between freight containers on board con tainer vessels. (4) In Table 176.83(f), a "container space" means a distance of not less than 6 m (20 feet) fore and aft or not less than 2.5 m (8 feet) athwartship. Table 176.83(f).--Segregation of Containers on Board Container Ships Vertical Horizontal Segregation requirement l. `Away from' Closed versus Closed versus Open versus closed open open One on top of the other per mitted. Open on top of closed per mitted. Not in the same vertical line un less segre gated by a deck. Fore and aft Closed versus closed Closed versus open Open versus open On deck Under deck On deck Under deck On deck Under deck No restriction No restriction No restriction No restriction One container space. One container space or one bulkhead. Otherwise as for open versus open. Athwartships No restriction No restriction No restriction No restriction One container One container space. space. 2. 'Separated from' Not in the same vertical line un less segre gated by a deck. As for open ver sus open. Not in the same vertical line un less segre gated by a deck. Fore and aft One con tainer space. One con tainer space or one bulkhead. One con tainer space. One con tainer space or one bulkhead. One container space. One bulkhead. 3. 'Separated by a Not in the same complete com vertical line un partment or hold less segre from' gated by a deck. Athwartships As for open ver sus open. Not in the same vertical line un less segre gated by a deck, Fore and aft One con tainer space. One con tainer space. One con tainer space. One bulkhead One con tainer space. One con tainer space. Two con tainer spaces. One bulkhead Two container One bulkhead. spaces. Two container Two bulkheads. spaces. 4. 'Separated lon Prohibited gitudinally by an in tervening com plete compartment or hold from.' Athwartships Fore and aft Two con tainer spaces. Four con tainer spaces. One bulkhead Two con tainer spaces. One bulk head and four container spaces.' Four container spaces. One bulkhead Two bulk heads. Three container Two bulkheads. spaces. Four container Two bulkheads. spaces. Athwartships Prohibited Prohibited Prohibited Prohibited Prohibited Prohibited. ` Containers not less than 6 meters (20 feet) from intervening bulkhead. Note: All bulkheads and decks must be resistant to fire and liquid. (g) Segregation of transport units on board trailerships: (1) The requirements of this paragraph apply to the segregation of transport units which are carried on board trailerships or in "roll-on/ roll-off" cargo spaces. (2) For trailerships which have spaces suitable for breakbulk cargo, containers, or any other method of stowage, the appropriate para graph of this section applies to the relevant cargo space. (3) Segregation Table Table 176.83(g) sets forth the general re quirements for segregation between transport units on board trail erships. PART 176 399 ABD00132174 176.83--176.84 April 1998 Table 176.83(g)--Segregation of Transport Units on Board Trailerships and Trainships Segregation requirement 1 'Away From' Fore and aft Closed versus closed On deck Under deck No restriction No restriction Closed versus open On deck Under deck No restriction No restriction Athwartships No restriction No restriction No restriction No restriction 2 `Separated from' Fore and aft At least 6 meters. At least 6 meters or one bulkhead At least 6 meters At least 6 meters or one bulkhead Athwartships At least 3 meters At least 3 meters or one bulkhead At least 3 meters At least 6 meters or one bulkhead 3. "Separated by a complete compartmerit or hold from' Fore and aft Athwartships At least 12 meters At least 12 meters. At least 24 meters + deck. At least 24 meters + deck. At least 24 meters At least 24 meters. At least 24 meters + deck. At least 24 meters + deck. 4. 'Separated longitudinally by an Intervening complete compartment or hold from'. Fore and aft Athwartships At least 36 meters Prohibited Two bulkheads or at least 36 meters + two decks At least 36 meters Prohibited Prohibited At least 48 meters including two bulkheads Prohibited Note: All bulkheads and decks must be resistant to tire and liquid. Open versus open On deck Under deck No restriction At least 3 meters No restriction At least 3 meters At least 6 meters At least 12 meters or one bulkhead At least 6 meters At least 12 meters or one bulkhead At least 36 meters. Two decks or two bulkheads. At least 36 meters. Prohibited. At least 48 meters Prohibited Prohibited Prohibited (h) Segregation on board barge-carrying vessels: (1) The requirements of this section apply to the segregation in shipborne barges as well as to the segregation between shipborne barges carried on board vessels specially designed and equipped to carry such barges. (2) On barge-carrying vessels which incorporate other stowage spaces or any other method of stowage, barges containing hazardous materials must be segregated from hazardous materials not stowed in barges as prescribed in paragraphs (b) and (j) of this section. (i) Segregation in shipborne barges: Hazardous materials trans ported in shipborne barges must be segregated as prescribed in paragraphs (a), (b), and (c) of this section. (j) Segregation between shipborne barges on barge-carrying vessels: (1) When a shipborne barge is loaded with two or more hazardous materials with different requirements for segregation, the most strin gent applicable segregation requirement must be applied. (2) "Away from" and "separated from" require no segregation be tween shipborne barges. (3) For barge-carrying vessels with vertical holds, "Separated by a complete compartment or hold from" means that separate holds are required. On barge-carrying vessels having horizontal barge levels, separate barge levels are required and the barges may not be in the same vertical line. (4) "Separated longitudinally by an intervening complete compart ment or hold from" means, for barge-carrying vessels with vertical holds, that separation by an intervening hold or engine room is re quired. On barge-carrying vessels having horizontal barge levels, separate barge levels and a longitudinal separation by at least two intervening barge spaces are required. (k) Segregation requirements for ferry vessels. A ferry vessel (when operating either as a passenger or cargo vessel) that cannot provide the separation required in this section may carry incompatible hazardous materials in separate transport vehicles if they are stowed to give the maximum possible separation. 176.84 Other requirements for stowage and segregation for cargo vessels and passenger vessels, (a) General. When Col umn 10B of the 172.101 Table refers to a numbered or alpha-numeric stowage provision for water shipments, the meaning and requirements of that provision are as set forth in this section. Terms in quotation marks are defined in 176.83. (b) Table of provisions: Code Provisions 1 (Reserved) 2 Temperature controlled material. 3 Do not stow with high explosives. 4 (Reserved) 5 (Reserved) 6 Emergency temperature material. 7 (Reserved) 8 Glass carboys not permitted on passenger vessels. 9 Glass carboys not permitted under deck. 10 Glass bottles not permitted under deck. Code Provisions 11 Keep away from heat and open flame. 12 Keep as cool as reasonably practicable. 13 Keep as dry as reasonably practicable. 14 For metal drums, stowage permitted under deck on cargo vessels. 15 May be stowed in portable magazine or metal locker. 16 No other cargo may be stowed in the same hold with this material. 17 Segregation same as for flammable gases but "away from" dangerous when wet. 18 Prohibited on any vessel carrying explosives (except explo sives in Division 1.4, Compatibility group S). 19 Protect from sparks and open flames. 20 Segregation same as for corrosives. 21 Segregation same as for flammable liquids. 22 Segregation same as for flammable liquids if flash point below 61 C (142F). 23 Segregation same as for flammable liquids if flash point be tween 23C (73F) and 61C (142F). 24 Segregation same as for flammable solids. 25 Shade from radiant heat. 26 Stow "away from" acids. 27 Stow "away from" alkalinecompounds. 28 Stow "away from" flammable liquids. 29 Stow "away from" ammonium compounds. 30 Stow "away from" animal or vegetable oils. 31 Stow "away from" combustible materials. 32 Stow "away from" copper, its alloys and its salts. 33 Stow "away from" fluorides. 34 Stow "away from" foodstuffs. 35 Stow "away from" all odor-absorbing cargo. 36 Stow "away from" heavy metals and their compounds. 37 Stow "away from" hydrazine. 38 Stow "away from" all other corrosives. 39 Stow "away from" liquid halogenated hydrocarbons. 40 Stow "clear of living quarters". 41 Stow "away from" mercury and its compounds. 42 Stow "away from" nitric acids and perchloric acids not ex ceeding 50 percent acid by weight. 43 Stow "away from" organic materials. 44 Stow "away from" oxidizers. 45 Stow "away from" permanganates. 46 Stow "away from" powdered metals. 47 Stow "away from" sodium compounds. 48 Stow "away from" sources of heat. 49 Stow "away from" corrosives. 50 Stow "away from" sources of heat where temperatures in ex cess of 55C (131F) for a period of 24 hours or more will be encountered. 51 Stow "separated from" acetylene. 52 Stow "separated from" acids. 53 Stow "separated from" alkaline compounds. 54 Stow "separated from" animal or vegetable oils. 55 Stow "separated from" ammonia. 400 ABD00132175 April 1998 176.84 Code Provisions Stow "separated from" ammonium compounds. Stow "separated from" chlorine. Stow "separated from" cyanides. 59 Stow "separated from" combustible materials. 60 Stow "separated from" chlorates, chlorites, hypochlorites, ni trites, perchlorates, permanganates, and metallic powders. 61 Stow "separated from" corrosive materials. 62 Stow "separated from" diborane. 63 Stow "separated from" diethylene triamine. 64 Stow "separated from" explosives. 65 Stow "separated from" flammable substances. 66 Stow "separated from" flammable solids. 67 Stow "separated from" halides. 68 Stow "separated from" hydrogen. 69 Stow "separated from" hydrogen peroxide. 70 Stow "separated from" mercury salts. 71 Stow "separated from" nitric acid. 72 Stow "separated from" nitrogen compounds. 73 Stow "separated from" chlorates. 74 Stow "separated from" oxidizers. 75 Stow "separated from" permanganates. 76 Stow "separated by a complete compartment or hold from" organic peroxides. 77 Stow "separated longitudinally by a complete compartment or hold from" explosives. 78 Stow "separated longitudinally by an intervening complete compartment or hold from" explosives. 79 The maximum net quantity in one package for this material shipped aboard a passenger vessel is limited to 22.7 kg (50 pounds). 80 Toy torpedoes must not be packed with other special fireworks. 81 Under deck stowage permitted only if an indicating substance such as chloropicrin has been added. 82 Under deck stowage is permitted only if containing not more than 36 percent by weight of hydrazine. (Reserved] Under deck stowage must be in well-ventilated space. 85 Under deck stowage must be in mechanically ventilated space. 86 Stow "separated by a complete compartment or hold from" explosives Division 1.3. 87 Stow "separated from" Class 1 (explosives) except Division 1.4. 88 Stow "separated by a complete compartment or hold from" Class 1 (explosives) except Division 1.4. 89 Segregation same as for oxidizers. 90 Stow "separated from" radioactive materials. 91 Stow "separated from" flammable liquids. 92 Stow "separated from" powdered materials. 93 Stow not accessible to unauthorized persons on passenger vessels. 94 Plastic jerricans and plastic drums not permitted under deck. 95 Stow "separated from" foodstuffs. 96 Glass carboys not permitted under deck on passenger vessels. 97 Stow "away from" azides. 98 Stow "away from" all flammable materials. 99 Only new metal drums permitted on passenger vessels. 100 Stow "away from" flammable solids. 101 Stow "separated from" iron oxide. 102 Stow "separated from" all odor absorbing cargoes. 103 Only to be loaded under dry weather conditions. 104 Stow "separated from" bromine. 105 As approved by the Competent Authority of the country con cerned. 106 Stow "separated from" powdered metal. 107 Stow "separated from" peroxides and superoxides. 108 The transport temperature should be indicated on the tank. 109 Label as a flammable liquid if flash point is 61C (142F) or below. 110 Packaging Group II if concentration does not exceed 70 per cent acid. 111 If concentration exceeds 50 percent acid, notes 66, 74, 89, and 90 apply. Code Provisions 112 Packaging Group II for concentrations not less than 50 percent and Packaging Group III for concentrations less than 50 percent. 113 Packaging Group II if concentration does not exceed 60 per cent acid. 114 Corrosive subsidiary risk label required unless concentration is less than 80 percent. 115 If packaged in glass or earthenware inner packagings in wooden or fiberboard outer packagings, the maximum quantity on any vessel is 500 kg (equivalent to 450 liters). 116 In a cargo space capable of being opened up in an emer gency. The possible need to open hatches in case of fire to provide maximum ventilation and to apply water in an emer gency and the consequent risk to the stability of the ship through flooding of the cargo space should be considered before loading. 117 In a clean cargo space capable of being opened up in an emergency. In the case of bagged fertilizer in freight contain ers, it is sufficient if in the case of an emergency, the cargo is accessible through free approaches (hatch entries) and mechanical ventilation enables the master to exhaust any gases or fumes resulting from decomposition. The possible need to open hatches in case of fire to provide maximum ventilation and to apply water in an emergency and the conse quent risk to the stability of the ship through flooding of the cargo space should be considered before loading. 118 Stowage--Category D, Category E freight containers and pal let boxes only. Ventilation may be required. The possible need to open hatches in a case of fire to provide maximum ventilation and to supply water in an emergency, and the consequent risk to the stability of the ship through flooding of the cargo space, should be considered before loading. 119 Double strip stowage recommended. 120 Provide good surface and through ventilation. 121 Packaging group III when the flash point of the flammable liquid is 23C (73F) or above. 122 Stow "separated from" infectious substances. 123 Stow "away from" infectious substances. M1-M6 [Reserved] (c) Provisions for the stowage of Class 1 (explosive) materials: (1) Unless otherwise specified in Column 10B of the 172.101 Ta ble, explosive substances and explosivesarticles must be stowed as follows: (i) On deck: in containers or the like. (ii) Under deck: ordinary stowage. (2) The following notes in Column 10B of the 172.101 Table apply to the transport of Class 1 (explosive) materials by vessel: Note Provision IE Cargo vessel, on deck, in containers or the like. 2E Cargo vessel, on deck, in portable magazines. 3E Cargo vessel, on deck, secured to the vessel's structure. 4E Cargo vessel, under deck, Magazine, Type A. 5E Cargo vessel, under deck, Magazine,Type B. 6E Cargo vessel, under deck. Magazine,Type C. 7E Cargo vessel, under deck, Ordinary Stowage. 8E Cargo vessel, under deck, Special Stowage. 9E Passenger vessel, stowage as for cargo vessel. 10E Magazine, Type B, if in effectively sealed dust-tight packages; otherwise, Magazine, Type A. 11E On-deck portable magazine must be steel. 12E Stowage as specified by Competent Authority. 13E On deck, in containers not exceeding 2.5 metric ton gross per container or group. There may not be more than 2 such containers or groups; they must be separated from each other, and from any other explosive substance or article by at least 9 m (30 feet). Containers or groups must be at least 9 m (30 feet) from the bridge or accommodation. 14E On deck, in steel portable magazines or steel freight con tainers. 15E On-deck, containers must be leakproof. 16E On deck, in containers or sheeted stacks. The gross weight of each stack or group of containers may not exceed 2.5 401 PART 176 ABD00132176 176.84--176.93 April 1998 Note Provision 17E 18E 19E 20E 21E 22E 23E metric ton. There may not be more than 2 stacks or groups of containers; they must be separated from each other, and from any other explosive substances or articles by at least 9 m (30 feet). Stacks or containers must be at least 9 m (30 feet) from the bridge or accommodation. On deck stowage is recommended. For international shipments, stow in the same manner as is required for "cartridges for weapons' inert projectile" UN 0012, Division 1.4S. Substances which contain ammonium nitrate or other ammo nium salts must be stowed "away from" Explosives, Blasting, Type C. UN 0083. Stow in accordance with 176.84(c)(3) of this subchapter. Cargo space ventilation must be carefully controlled to avoid excessive condensation. May not be stowed together with explosive substances con taining ammonium nitrate or other ammonium salts. Segregate from other Class 1 (explosive) materials in the same manner as is required for flammable liquids. 24E 25E 26E 27E 28E Passenger vessels, on deck or under deck, in portable maga zines only. Passenger vessels, in containers or the like, on deck only. Cargo vessel, on deck, in containers or the like (non-metallic lining is necessary if not in sealed dust tight packages). Cargo vessel, on deck, in containers or the like (non-metallic lining is necessary) Cargo vessel, when items are transported as projectiles or cartridges for guns, cannons, or mortars, notes IE and 7E are applicable. All other times, notes 14E, 15E, and 8E are applicable. (3) Explosive articles designated by special provision "20E" in Col umn 10B of the 172.101 Table must be stowed as follows: (i) Projectiles for guns, cannon, or mortars: (A) On deck: in containers or the like. (B) Under deck: ordinary stowage. (ii) All other types: (A) On deck: in steel portable magazines or steel freight con tainers which are capable of preventing leakage of their contents. (B) Under deck: Special stowage. Subpart E SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR TRANSPORT VEHICLES LOADED WITH HAZARDOUS MATERIALS AND TRANSPORTED ON BOARD FERRY VESSELS 176.88 Application. The requirements in this subpart are appli cable to transport vehicles containing hazardous materials being transported on board ferry vessels and are in addition to any pre scribed elsewhere in this subchapter. Vessels in a service similar to a ferry service, but not over a designated ferry route, may be treated as a ferry vessel for the purpose of this subpart if approved in writing by the District Commander. 176.89 Control of transport vehicles, (a) A transport vehicle containing hazardous materials may be transported on board a ferry vessel, subject to the following conditions: (1) The operator or person in charge of the vehicle shall deliver to the vessel's representative a copy of the shipping papers and certifi cate required by 176.24 and 176.27; (2) The vehicle shall be placed at the location indicated by the vessel's representative; (3) The parking brakes of the vehicle shall be set securely to prevent movement; (4) The motor of a highway vehicle shall be shut off and not restarted until the vessel has completed its voyage and docked; (5) All vehicle lights shall be cut off and not relighted until the vessel has completed its voyage and docked; (6) The operator of a highway vehicle shall remain with the vehicle; (7) No repairs or adjustments must be made to the vehicle while it is on the vessel; (8) No hazardous materials are to be released from the vehicle; and (9) Any instructions given by the vessel's representative during the voyage, and during "roll on" and "roll off" operations must be observed. (b) Smoking by any person in or around a vehicle is prohibited. 176.90 Private automobiles. A private automobile which is carrying any Class 1 (explosive) material (except permitted fireworks or small arms ammunition) may not be transported on a passenger carrying ferry vessel unless the Class 1 (explosive) material is in compliance with packaging, labeling, marking, and certification re quirements of this subchapter. Permitted fireworks and small arms ammunition may be carried without the required packaging, labeling, marking, or certification if they are in tight containers. 176.91 Motorboats. A motorboat may be transported on board a ferry vessel with gasoline in the tank and two other containers not exceeding 23 L (six gallons) capacity each if they are in the motorboat, closed, and in good condition. 176.92 Cylinders laden in vehicles. Any cylinder of Class 2 (compressed gas) material which is required to have a valve protection cap fitted in place may be transported on board a ferry vessel without having the valve protection cap in place when it is laden in a transport vehicle and is not removed from the vehicle while on the vessel. 176.93 Vehicles having refrigerating or heating equip ment. (a) A transport vehicle fitted with refrigerating or heating equipment using a flammable liquid or Division 2.1 (flammable gas) material, or diesel oil as fuel, may be transported on a ferry vessel. However, the refrigerating or heating equipment may not be operated while the vehicle is on the vessel, unless the equipment complies with the following requirements: (1) The installation is rigidly mounted and free of any movement other than normal vibration in operation; (2) An easily accessible shutoff control is fitted to the fuel and electrical supply of the refrigerating or heating equipment; and (3) The fuel storage tank, the fuel lines, the carburetor and any other fuel devices are tight and show no signs of leakage. (b) if the vehicle operator desires to operate the refrigerating or heating equipment while on the vessel and the equipment is not fitted with automatic starting and stopping devices, it must be started before the vehicle is taken on board. It may continue in operation while the vehicle is on the vessel, but if the motor stops it may not be restarted. (c) In the case of a ferry vessel on a voyage exceeding 30 minutes' duration, stowage must be provided for transport vehicles having refrigerating or heating equipment operated by internal combustion engines which will permit ready diffusion of exhaust gasses to the open air. Passenger vehicles may not be stowed in a position adjacent to vehicles operating internal combustion motors which expose the occupants of the passenger vehicles to excessive concentrations of exhaust fumes from such motors. (d) A transport vehicle containing solid carbon dioxide as a refriger ant may be transported on a ferry vessel only if it is stowed in a well ventilated location. 402 ABD00132177 April 1998 176.95--176.108 Subpart F SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR BARGES 176.95 Application. The requirements prescribed in this subp art are applicable to the transportation of packaged hazardous materi als on board barges. The requirements prescribed elsewhere in this subchapter for vessels similarly apply, except as provided in this subpart, to the transportation of packaged hazardous materials on board barges. 176.96 Materials of construction. Barges used to transport hazardous materials must be constructed of steel. 176.97 Prohibition of dump scows. Dump scows are barges having cargo carrying compartments of the hopper type and fitted with a bottom dump or a side dump. This type of barge is prohibited from the carriage of any class of hazardous material. 176.98 Stowage of hazardous materials on board barges. A material for which "on deck" stowage only is required by Column (10) of the Hazardous Materials Table (172.101 of this subchapter) may be stowed "under deck" on unmanned barges. 176.99 Permit requirements for certain hazardous materi als. The permits required by 176.100 and 176.415 for loading, unloading, and handling Divisions 1.1 and 1.2 (Class A and B explo sives) materials, Division 1.5 (blasting agents) materials, ammonium nitrate and certain ammonium nitrate mixtures and fertilizers must be obtained before these materials may be loaded on, unloaded from, or handled on board a barge or barge-carrying vessel. However, a barge loaded with these materials being placed on, removed from, or handled on board a barge-carrying vessel is not subject to these permit requirements. PART 176 Subpart G DETAILED REQUIREMENTS FOR CLASS 1 (EXPLOSIVE) MATERIALS 176.100 Permit for Divisions 1.1 and 1.2 (Class A and B explo sive) materials. Before Divisions 1.1 and 1.2 (Class A and B explo sive) materials may be discharged from, loaded on, handled or re stowed on board a vessel at any place in the United States, the carrier must obtain a permit from the COTP in accordance with the procedures in 33 CFR 126.19. Exceptions to this permit requirement may be authorized by the COTP. 176.102 Supervisory detail, (a) Except as provided in para graph (c) of this section, the COTP may assign a USCG supervisory detail to any vessel to supervise the loading, handling or unloading of Class 1 (explosive) materials. (b) The owner, agent, charterer, master or person in charge of the vessel, and all persons engaged in the handling, loading, unloading, and stowage of Class 1 (explosive) materials shall obey all orders that are given by the officer in charge of the supervisory detail. (c) If Class 1 (explosive) materials are loaded onto or unloaded from a vessel at a facility operated or controlled by the Department of Defense, the Commanding Officer of that facility may decline the USCG supervisory detail. Whenever the supervisory detail is declined, the Commanding Officer of the facility shall ensure compliance with the regulations in this part. 176.104 Loading and unloading Class 1 (explosive) materi als. (a) Packages of Class 1 (explosive) materials may not be thrown, dropped, rolled, dragged, or slid over each other or over a deck. (b) When Class 1 (explosive) materials are stowed in a hold below one in which any cargo is being handled, the hatch in the deck dividing the two holds must have all covers securely in place. (c) Drafts of Class 1 (explosive) materials must be handled in ac cordance with the following: (1) A draft may not be raised, lowered, or stopped by sudden application of power or brake. (2) A draft may not be released by tripping or freeing one side of the cargo-handling equipment and tumbling the Class 1 (explosive) materials off. (3) All drafts, beams, shackles, bridles, slings, and hoods must be manually freed before the winch takes control. (4) Slings may not be dragged from under a draft by winching except for the topmost layer in the hold when power removal is the only practical method and when the cargo cannot be toppled. (5) Handles or brackets on packages in a draft may not be used for slinging purposes. (d) A combination woven rope and wire sling or a sling that is formed by use of an open hook may not be used in handling Class 1 (explosive) materials. (e) Only a safety hook or a hook that has been closed by wire may be used in handling drafts of Class 1 (explosive) materials. (f) Wire rope or wire rope assemblies, including splices and fittings, used in handling Class 1 (explosive) materials must be unpainted and kept bare to permit inspection of their safe working condition. A mechanical end fitting (pressed fitting) may be used in place of a eye splice, if the efficiency of the mechanical end fitting is at least equal to the efficiency of an eye splice prepared as prescribed in 29 CFR 1918.51(c)(1). (g) Packages of Division 1.1 and 1.2 (Class A and B explosive) materials which are not part of a palletized unit must be loaded and unloaded from a vessel using a chute or conveyor as described in 176.163, or a mechanical hoist and a pallet, skipboard, tray, or pie plate fitted with a cargo net or sideboards. (h) Packages of Division 1.1 and 1.2 (Class A and B explosive) materials must be loaded or unloaded in accordance with the fol lowing: (1) A cargo net with a pallet, skipboard, tray, or pie plate, must be loaded so that no more than a minimum displacement of packages occurs when it is lifted. (2) A cargo net must completely encompass the bottom and sides of the draft. The mesh of the cargo net must be of a size and strength that will prevent a package in the draft from passing through the net. (3) When a tray is used in handling packages, no package may extend more than one-third its vertical dimension above the sideboard of the tray. (i) A landing mat must be used when a draft of nonpalletized Divi sion 1.1 or 1.2 (Class A and B explosive materials) is deposited on deck. (J) In addition to the other requirements of this section, packages of Division 1.1 and 1.2 (Class A and B explosive) materials must be handled in accordance with the following: (1) Packages may not be loaded or unloaded through a hatch at the same time that other cargo is being handled in any hold served by that hatch. (2) Packages may not be loaded or unloaded from the same hatch by using two pieces of cargo equipment unless the equipment is positioned at the forward and aft ends of the hatch. (3) Packages may not be lifted over any hazardous materials. (4) The height of any structure, equipment, or load on a deck over which packages must be lifted may not be higher than the hatch coaming or bulwark, or 1 m (3 feet), whichever is greater. (k) Unpackaged explosive devices may not be handled by their lifting lugs or suspension lugs. (l) A chute may not be used when loading or unloading Class 1 (explosive) materials in compatibility group A or B. 176.108 Supervision of Class 1 (explosive) materials during loading, unloading, handling and stowage, (a) During the load ing, unloading, handling and stowage of Class 1 (explosive) materials, a responsible person shall be in constant attendance during the entire 403 ABD00132178 176.108--176.128 April 1988 operation to direct the loading, unloading, handling and stowage of Class 1 (explosive) materials, including the preparation of the holds. The responsible person must be aware of the hazards involved and the steps to be taken in an emergency, and must maintain sufficient contact with the master to ensure proper steps are taken in an emer gency. (b) Each person involved in the handling of Class 1 (explosive) materials on a vessel shall obey the orders of the responsible person. (c) The responsible person must inspect all cargo-handling equip ment to determine that it is in safe operating condition before it is used to handle Class 1 (explosive) materials. STOWAGE 176.112 Application of stowage provisions. The provisions of 176.116(e), 176.118, and 176.120 of this subpart do not apply to Division 1.4 (Class C explosive) materials, compatibility group S. Such materials may be stowed together with all other Class 1 (explo sive) materials except those of compatibility group A or L. They must be segregated from other hazardous materials in accordance with Table 176.83(b) of this part. 176.116 General stowage conditions for Class 1 (explosive) materials, (a) Heatandsourcesofignltion:(1)Class 1 (explosive) materials must be stowed in a cool part of the ship and must be kept as cool as practicable while on board. Stowage must be well away from all sources of heat, including steam pipes, heating coils, sparks, and flame. (2) Except where the consignment of Class 1 (explosive) materials consists only of explosive articles, the wearing of shoes or boots with unprotected metal nails, heels, or tips of any kind is prohibited. (b) Wetness: (1) Spaces where Class 1 (explosive) materials are stowed below deck must be dry. In the event of the contents of pack ages being affected by water when on board immediate advice must be sought from the shippers; pending this advice handling of the packages must be avoided. (2) Bilges and bilge sections must be examined and any residue of previous cargo removed before Class 1 materials (explosive) are loaded onto the vessel. (c) Security: All compartments, magazines, and transport units containing Class 1 (explosive) materials must be locked or suitably secured in order to prevent unauthorized access. (d) Secure stowage: Class 1 (explosive) materials must be se curely stowed to prevent movement in transit; where necessary, pre cautions must be taken to prevent cargo sliding down between the frames at the ship's sides. (e) Separation from accommodation spaces and machinery spaces: (1) Class 1 (explosive) materials must be stowed as far away as practicable from any accommodation spaces or any machinery space and may not be stowed directly above or below such a space. The requirements in paragraphs (e)(2) through (e)(4) of this section are minimum requirements in addition to the applicable requirements of 46 CFR Chapter I. Where the requirements of this subpart are less stringent than those of 46 CFR Chapter I, the 46 CFR Chapter I requirements must be satisfied for ships to which they are applicable. (2) There must be a permanent A Class steel bulkhead between any accommodation space and any compartment containing Class 1 (explosive) materials. Division 1.1 and 1.2 (Class A and B explosive) materials, 1.3 (Class B explosive) materials, or 1.5 (blasting agents) materials may not be stowed within 3 m (10 feet) of this bulkhead; in the decks immediately above or below an accommodation space they must be stowed at least 3 m (10 feet) from the line of this bulkhead projected vertically. (3) There must be a permanent A Class steel bulkhead between a compartment containing Class 1 (explosive) materials and any ma chinery space. Class 1 (explosive) materials, except those in Division 1.4 (Class C explosive), may not be stowed within 3 m (10 feet) of this bulkhead; and in the decks above or below the machinery space they must be stowed at least 3 m (10 feet) from the line of this bulkhead projected vertically. In addition to this separation, there must be insula tion to Class A60 standard as defined in 46 CFR 72.05-l0(a)(1) if the machinery space is one of Category `A' unless the only Class 1 (explosive) materials carried are in Division 1,4S (Class C explosive). (4) Where Class 1 (explosive) materials are stowed away from bulk heads bounding any accommodation space or machinery space, the intervening space may be filled with cargo that is not readily combustible. 176.118 Electrical requirement, (a) Electrical equipment and cables installed in compartments in which Class 1 (explosive) materi als are stowed which do not need to be energized during the voyage must be isolated from the supply so that no part of the circuit within the compartment is energized. The method of isolation may be by withdrawal of fuses, opening of switches or circuit breakers, or discon nection from bus bars. The means, or access to the means, of discon nection/reconnection must be secured by a locked padlock under the control of a responsible person. (b) Electrical equipment and cables in a cargo space in which Class 1 (explosive) materials are stowed which are energized during the voyage for the safe operation of the ship must meet the requirements of Subchapter J of 46 CFR Chapter I. Before Class 1 (explosive) materials are loaded aboard a vessel, all cables must be tested by a skilled person to ensure that they are safe and to determine satisfactory grounding, insulation resistance, and continuity of the cable cores, metal sheathing or armoring. (c) All Class 1 (explosive) materials must be stowed in a safe posi tion relative to electrical equipment and cables. Additional physical protection must be provided where necessary to minimize possible damage to the electrical equipment or cables, especially during load ing and unloading. (d) Cable joints in the compartments must be enclosed in metalclad junction boxes. (e) All lighting equipment and cables must be of the fixed type, and must meet the relevant inspection, test, and installation standards of 46 CFR Chapter I, Subchapter J. 176.120 Lightning protection. A lightning conductor grounded to the sea must be provided on any mast or similar structure on a vessel on which Class 1 (explosive) materials are stowed unless effective electrical bonding is provided between the sea and the mast or structure from its extremity and throughout to the main body of the hull structure. (Steel masts in ships of all welded construction comply with this requirement). 176.122 Stowage arrangements under deck. When stowed under deck, Class 1 (explosive) materials must be in conformance with one of the stowage arrangements described in 176.124 through 176.136 of this subpart. 176.124 Ordinary stowage, (a) Ordinary stowage is author ized for most explosive articles carried by vessel. The exceptions are those for which this subpart prescribes "magazine" or "special" stowage. (b) Class 1 (explosive) materials requiring ordinary stowage must be stowed in accordance with 176.116 of this subpart. 176.128 Magazine stowage, general, (a) Magazine stowage is sub-divided into three different types of magazines designated by the letters A, B, and C. A magazine may be a fixed structure in the vessel, a closed freight container, or a portable magazine unit. Freight containers, portable magazines, and vehicles must be properly se cured in position. Magazines may be positioned in any part of the vessel conforming to the general stowage conditions for Class 1 (ex plosive) materials, except magazines which are fixed structures must be constructed in a location in which their doors, where fitted, are easily accessible. (b) Magazine stowage is required for all explosive substances, except "Explosive Substances, n.o.s." in compatibility groups G, L, or S. Magazine stowage type A is required for those substances which must be kept clear of steelwork. All other explosive substances must be given magazine stowage type B, except those in compatibility group A for which magazine stowage type C is prescribed. (c) Magazine stowage type B is required for Charges, propelling, for cannon, UN 0279, UN 0414, and UN 0242, and Charges, supple mental, explosive, UN 0600, in compatibility group C or D; and maga zine stowage type C is required for detonators and similar articles in divisions and compatibility group 1.1B and 1.2B (Class A and B explosive). 404 ABD00132179 April 1998 176.130--176.140 176.130 Magazine stowage Type A. (a) In addition to pro tecting the Class 1 (explosive) materials and preventing unauthorized access, magazine stowage type Aguards against friction between any spilled contents of packages and the vessel's sides and bulkheads. (b) Class 1 (explosive) materials requiring magazine stowage type A must be stowed in a magazine which is tightly sheathed with wood on its inner sides and floor. (c) When utilized as part of the magazine structure, the vessel's sides and bulkheads must be clean, free from rust or scale, and protected by battening or sweatboards spaced not more than 150 mm (6 inches) apart. All stanchions and other unprotected structural members must be similarly clean and battened. The underside of the deck above the magazine must be clean and free of rust and scale, but need not be battened. (d) The top of the stow within the magazine must be at least 30 cm (12 inches) from the underside of the deck above. (e) A type A magazine constructed in the square of a cargo space may not be loaded from the top. (f) When other Class 1 (explosive) materials are stowed with Class 1 (explosive) materials for which magazine stowage type A is required, they or their packagings may have no exposed external parts made of ferrous metal or aluminum alloy. 176.132 Magazine stowage Type B. (a) Magazine stowage type B is the same as magazine stowage type A as prescribed in 176.130 of this Part, except: (1) The floor need not be tightly sheathed with wood but must be sparred or protected by wooden pallets or dunnage; and (2) Battening of the vessel's sides, bulkheads, and stanchions is not required. (b) A compartment may be used for magazine stowage type B without a magazine structure provided that: (1) The Class 1 (explosive) materials are stowed on wooden grat ings, pallets, or dunnage, directly on the deck and not on other cargo; (2) Other cargo stowed in the same compartment is not readily combustible material; and (3) The position of the stowage is such that there is direct access to the hatchway. (c) Class 1 (explosive) materials and other cargo in the same com partment must be secured to eliminate the possibility of significant movement. Where an entire deck is used as a magazine, the stowage must be so arranged that the Class 1 (explosive) materials stowed therein will be removed from the ship before working any cargo in any decks above or below the space in the same hatch. 176.133 Magazine stowage Type C. The construction require ments for magazine stowage type C are the same as for magazine stowage Type B as prescribed in 176.132 of this Part, except that the magazine must be located as near as practicable to the centerline of the vessel and must not be closer to the vessel's side than a distance equal to one-eighth of the vessel's beam or 2.5 m (8.2 feet), whichever is less. 176.134 Vehicles. Closed vehicles may be used to transport Class 1 (explosive) materials requiring magazine stowage when car ried by vessel if they meet the requirements of the appropriate maga zine stowage type. See 176.168 of this subpart for additional require ments relating to the transport of Class 1 (explosive) materials in vehicles. 176.136 Special stowage, (a) Special stowage is required for certain articles presenting both explosive and chemical hazards, such as smoke or lachrymatory (compatibility group G or H), toxic (compati bility group K), or substances and articles which present a special risk (compatibility group L). Except as permitted in paragraph (c) of this section, Class 1 (explosive) materials requiring special stowage must be stowed on deck unless such stowage is impracticable and the COTP authorizes special stowage below deck. (b) Class 1 (explosive) materials for which special stowage is re quired must be stowed as far away as practicable from living, accom modation, and working areas, and may not be overstowed. Steel portable magazines and freight containers in which such Class 1 (explosive) materials are stowed may not be located closer to the vessel's side than a distance equal to one-eighth of the vessel's beam or 2.5 m (8.2 feet), whichever is less. (c) Explosive articles having UN number, UN 0015, UN 0016, UN 0018, UN 0019, UN 0301, or UN 0303 may be given ordinary stowage in a lower hold or 'tween deck. Other Class 1 (explosive) materials in compatibility groups G and H may be in open stowage out to the ship's side on a floodable lower hold or deep tank in such a position that other cargo cannot be contaminated by leakage; in all other cases such Class 1 (explosive) materials must be stowed in steel portable magazines or in freight containers. If a freight container is used for this purpose, the floor of the freight container must be leakproof; for example, an all-metal container may be used and a fillet of cement or other material worked across the bottom of the door opening. (d) Class 1 (explosive) materials stowed in one compartment may not be of more than one compatibility group, except the COTP may allow Class 1 (explosive) materials of compatibility groups G and H in separate steel portable magazines to be stowed in the same compartment, not less than 3 m (10 feet) apart. (e) Class 1 (explosive) materials in compatibility groups K and L must be stowed in a steel portable magazine regardless of the stowage position in the vessel. 176.137 Portable magazine, (a) Each portable magazine used for the stowage of Class 1 (explosive) materials on board vessels must meet the following requirements: (1) It must be weather-tight, constructed of wood or metal lined with wood at least 2 cm (0.787 inch) thick, and with a capacity of no more than 3.1 cubic m (110 cubic feet). (2) All inner surfaces must be smooth and free of any protruding nails, screws or other projections. (3) If constructed of wood, a portable magazine must be framed of nominal 5 cm x 10 cm (2 x 4 inch) lumber, and sheathed with nominal 20 mm (0.787 inch) thick boards or plywood. (4) When constructed of metal, the metal must be not less than 3.2 mm (0.126 inch) thick. (5) Runners, bearers, or skids must be provided to elevate the magazine at least 10 cm (3.9 inches) from the deck. Padeyes, ring bolts, or other suitable means must be provided for securing. (6) If the portable magazine has a door or hinged cover, the door or cover must have a strong hasp and padlock or equally effective means of securing. (7) The portable magazine must be marked on its top and four sides, in letters at least 8 cm (3 inches) high, as follows: EXPLOSIVES--HANDLE CAREFULLY--KEEP LIGHTS AND FIRE AWAY (b) A portable magazine which meets the requirements for a type 2 or type 3 magazine under 27 CFR Part 55 Subpart K may be used for the stowage of Class 1 (explosive) materials on board vessels. (c) A portable magazine with a capacity exceeding 3.1 m3 (110 cubic feet) may be used for the stowage of Class 1 (explosive) materi als under such construction, handling, and stowage requirements as the COTP approves. 176.138 Deck stowage, (a) Class 1 (explosive) materials stowed on deck must be carried as close to the vessel's centerline as practicable. (b) Class 1 (explosive) materials may not be stowed within a hori zontal distance of 6 m (20 feet) from any fire, machinery exhaust, galley uptake, locker used for combustible stores, or other potential sources of ignition. They must be clear of walkways and cargo working areas, fire hydrants, steam pipes, and means of access; away from all other facilities necessary for the safe working of the vessel, and not less than a horizontal distance of 8 m (26 feet) from the bridge, accommodation areas, and lifesaving appliances. (c) Where vessels are fitted with container fastening arrangements, freight containers containing Class 1 (explosive) materials may be overstowed by containers of compatible Class 1 (explosive) materials or non-hazardous cargo. Where vessels are not fitted with container fastening arrangements, freight containers loaded with Class 1 (explo sive) materials may be stowed only on the bottom tier of the stowage. SEGREGATION 176.140 Segregation from other classes of hazardous materi als. (a) Class 1 (explosive) materials must be segregated from other packaged hazardous materials in accordance with 176.83. PART 176 405 ABD00132180 176.140--176.145 April 1998 (b) Class 1 (explosive) materials must be segregated from bulk solid dangerous cargoes in accordance with the General Introduction to the IMDG Code. Notwithstanding 176.83(b), ammonium nitrate and sodium nitrate may be stowed together with blasting explosives, except those containing chlorates, provided the mixed stowage is treated as blasting explosives (see 176.410(e)). 176.142 Hazardous materials of extreme flammability. (a) Except as allowed by paragraph (b) of this section, certain hazardous materials of extreme flammability may not be transported in a vessel carrying Class 1 (explosive) materials. This prohibition applies to the following hazardous materials: Carbon disulfide................................................................. Diethyl Zinc .... ..................................................... Dimethyl Zinc....................................................................... Magnesium Alkyls.............................................................. Nickel Carbonyl................................................................. Pyrophoric Liquids, n.o.s...................................................... UN 1131 UN 1366 UN 1370 UN 3053 UN 1259 UN 2845 Class 3 Division 4.2 Division 4 2 Division 4.2 Division 6 1 Division 4.2 (b) The hazardous materials listed in paragraph (a) of this section may be transported in a vessel carrying the following Class 1 (explo sive) materials as cargo: (1) Division 1.4 (Class C explosive) materials, compatibility group S. (2) Explosive articles having the following proper shipping names and identification numbers (see Column (4) of the 172.101 Table) if designed for lifesaving purposes and their total net explosive mass (weight) does not exceed 50 kg (110 lbs) per vessel: (i) ARTICLES, PYROTECHNIC: UN Nos. 0428, 0429, 0430, 0431. (ii) CARTRIDGES, FLASH: UN Nos. 0049, 0050. (Hi) CARTRIDGES, SIGNAL: UN Nos. 0054, 0312. (iv) SIGNAL DEVICES, HAND: UN No. 0191. (v) SIGNALS, DISTRESS: UN Nos. 0194, 0195. (vi) SIGNALS, SMOKE: UN Nos. 0196, 0197, 0313. (3) Class 1 (explosive) materials in compatibility groups C, D, and E if the total net explosive mass (weight) does not exceed 10 kg (22 pounds) per vessel. (4) Explosive articles in compatibility group G, except fireworks and Class 1 (explosive) materials requiring special stowage if the total net explosive mass (weight) does not exceed 10 kg (22 pounds) per vessel. (c) When a vessel carrying Class 1 (explosive) materials allowed under paragraph (b) of this section also carries a hazardous material of extreme flammability, that hazardous materia! must be stowed in a part of the vessel as remote as practicable from the Class 1 (explosive) materials. 176.144 Segregation of Class 1 (explosive) materials. (a) Except as provided in 176.145 of this subpart. Class 1 (explo sive) materials may be stowed within the same compartment, maga zine, portable magazine, or transport unit as indicated in Table 176.144(a). Table 176.144(a)--Authorized Mixed Stowage for Explosives [An "X" Indicates that explosives in the two different compatibility groups reflected by the location of the "X" may not be stowed In the same compartment, portable magazine, or transport unit] Notes: 1. Explosive articles in compatibility group G, other than fireworks and those requiring special stowage, may be stowed with articles of compatibility groups C, O, and E, provided no explosive substances are carried in the same compartment, portable magazine or transport unit. 2. Explosives in compatibility group L may only be stowed in the same compartment, magazine or transport unit with identical explosives within compatibility group L. (b) Where Class 1 (explosive) materials of different compatibility groups are allowed to be stowed in the same compartment, magazine, portable magazine, or transport unit, the stowage arrangements must conform to the most stringent requirements for the entire load. (c) Where a mixed load of Class 1 (explosive) materials of different hazard divisions and/or stowage arrangements is carried within a compartment, magazine, or transport unit, the entire load must be treated as belonging to the hazard division having the greatest hazard. (For example, if a load of Division 1.1 (Class A explosive) materials is mixed with Division 1.3 (Class B explosive) materials, the load is treated as a Division 1.1 (Class A explosive) material as defined in 173.50(b) of this subchapter and the stowage must conform to the most stringent requirements for the entire load). (d) If some of the Class 1 (explosive) materials in a stowage mixture require magazine stowage, Class 1 (explosive) materials requiring ordinary stowage may be stowed in the same magazine. When the magazine is used for substances requiring Type A stowage, the other Class 1 (explosive) materials stowed therein must have no exposed parts of any ferrous metal or aluminum alloy, unless separated by a partition. (e) Segregation on deck: When Class 1 (explosive) materials in different compatibility groups are carried on deck, they must be stored not less than 6 m (20 feet) apart unless they are allowed under Table 176.144(a) to be stowed in the same compartment, magazine, or transport unit. (0 On a barge used to transfer class 1 (explosive) materials from a waterfront facility to a vessel at an explosives anchorage (or from the vessel to the water front facility), if compliance with paragraph (e) of this section is not practicable, a sandbag barrier at least 0.6 m (2 feet) in thickness may be substituted for the 6 m (20 feet) separation. 176.145 Segregation In single hold vessels, (a) On board a vessel having a single cargo hold, Class 1 (explosive) materials in hazard division/compatibility group 1 .IB and 1.2B may be stowed in the same compartment with substances of compatibility group D, provided: (1) The net explosive weight of the compatibility group B explosive does not exceed 50 kg (110 pounds); and (2) The compatibility group B explosive materials are stowed in a steel portable magazine that is stowed at least 6 m (20 feet) from the compatibility group D substances. (b) Division/compatibility group 1,4B (Class C explosive) materials may be stowed in the same compartment with substances of 406 ABD00132181 April 1998 176.145--176.166 compatibility group D provided the Class 1 (explosive) materials of different compatibility groups are separated by either a distance of at least 6 m (20 feet) or by a steel partition. 176.146 Segregation from non-hazardous materials. (a) Except as required by paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section, Class 1 (explosive) materials need not be segregated from other cargo of a non-dangerous nature. (b) Mail, baggage, and personal and household effects may not be stowed in the same compartment as, or in compartments immediately above or below, Class 1 (explosive) materials other than those in compatibility group S. (c) Where Class 1 (explosive) materials are stowed against an in tervening bulkhead, any mail on the other side of the bulkhead must be stowed away from it. (d) In order to avoid contamination: (1) An explosive substance or article which has a secondary POISON hazard label must be stowed "separated from" all foodstuffs, except when such materials are stowed in separate closed transport units, the requirements for "away from" segregation apply. (2) An explosive substance or article which has a secondary COR ROSIVE hazard label must be stowed "away from" foodstuffs. PRECAUTIONS DURING LOADING AND UNLOADING 176.148 Artificial lighting. Electric lights, except arc lights, are the only form of artificial lighting permitted when loading and unloading Class 1 (explosive) materials. 176.150 Radio and radar, (a) Except as provided in para graph (b) of this section, when Class 1 (explosive) materials (other than explosive articles in Division 1.4 [Class C explosive] or any explosive substance) are loaded, unloaded, or handled, the respon sible person must ensure that all sources of electromagnetic radia tion such as radio and radar transmitters are deenergized by opening the main switches controlling the sources and tagging them to warn that the devices are not to be energized until loading or unloading has ceased. (b) During the loading or unloading of all explosive articles (except those in Division 1.4 [Class C explosive]), no radio or radar transmitter may be used within 50 m (164 feet) of such articles except for VHF transmitters the power output of which does not exceed 25 watts and of which no part of the antenna system is within 2 m (7 feet) of the Class 1 (explosive) materials. (c) Explosive articles which are sensitive to electromagnetic radia tion from external sources must be stowed at a safe distance from the vessel's radio cabin, receiving and transmitting apparatus, radio antenna or lead-in, and radar installation, with due regard to the char acter of the vessel and the degree of screening-off of the explosive articles. attendant upon its conveyance or handling, may be moved in the port area, except as directed by the COTP. (c) If any package of Class 1 (explosive) materials, or seal of a package of Class 1 (explosive) materials, appears to be damaged, that package must be set aside for examination and repair or otherwise legally disposed of as directed by the shipper. (d) if any Class 1 (explosive) materials are spilled or released from a package, the responsible person must ensure that an appropriate emergency response is undertaken in accordance with the emergency response information required under 172.602 of this subchapter. The master of the vessel must report each incident involving spillage or release of Class 1 (explosive) materials to the COTP as soon as practicable. 176.160 Protection against weather. Any person loading or unloading packages containing Class 1 (explosive) materials shall take adequate measures to prevent these packages from becom ing wet. 176.162 Security. A responsible person must be present at all times when the hatches of spaces containing Class 1 (explosive) materials are open. No unauthorized person may be permitted to access spaces in which Class 1 (explosive) materials are stowed. Magazines must be secured against unauthorized entry when loading has been completed, or when loading or unloading is stopped. Pack ages containing Class 1 (explosive) materials may not be opened on board ship. 176.164 Fire precautions and firefighting, (a) Matches, light ers, fire, and other ignition sources are prohibited on and near any vessel on which Class 1 (explosive) materials are being loaded, un loaded, or handled except in places designated by the master or the COTP. (b) A fire hose of sufficient length to reach every part of the loading area with an effective stream of water must be laid and connected to the water main, ready for immediate use. (c) No repair work may be carried out in a cargo space containing Class 1 (explosive) materials other than those of Division 1.4 (Class C explosive). No welding, burning, cutting, or riveting operations in volving the use of fire, flame, spark, or arc-producing equipment may be conducted on board except in an emergency; and, if in port, with the consent of the COTP. (d) Each compartment, including a closed vehicle deck space, which contains Class 1 (explosive) materials must be provided with a fixed fire extinguishing system. Each adjacent cargo compartment either must be protected by a fixed fire extinguishing installation or must be accessible for firefighting operations. (e) A vessel must have two sets of breathing apparatus and a power-operated fire pump, which, together with its source of power and sea connections, must be located outside the machinery space. 176.154 Fueling (bunkering), (a) Class 1 (explosive) materi als, except those in compatibility group S, may not be loaded or unloaded when fueling (bunkering) is in progress except with the prior authorization of the COTP, and under conditions prescribed by that officer. (b) Vessels containing Class 1 (explosive) materials may not be fueled (bunkered) with the hatches open unless authorized by the COTP. 176.156 Defective packages, (a) No leaking, broken, or other wise defective package containing Class 1 (explosive) materials, in cluding packages which have been adversely affected by moisture, may be accepted for shipment. The master or person in charge of a vessel on which there is a defective package containing Class 1 (explosive) materials must seek advice from the shipper concerning withdrawal, repair, or replacement. No repair of damaged or defective package containing Class 1 (explosive) materials may be performed on board a vessel. (b) No Class 1 (explosive) material, which for any reason has deteri orated or undergone a change of condition that increases the hazard PASSENGER VESSELS 176.166 Transport of Class 1 (explosive) materials on passen ger vessels, (a) Only the following Class 1 (explosive) materials may be transported as cargo on passenger vessels: (1) Division 1.4 (Class C explosive) materials, compatibility group S. (2) Explosive articles designed for lifesaving purposes as identified in 176.143(b)(2), if the total net explosive mass (weight) does not exceed 50 kg (110 pounds). (3) Class 1 (explosive) materials in compatibility groups C, D, and E, if the total net explosive mass (weight) does not exceed 10 kg (22 pounds) per vessel. (4) Articles in compatibility group G other than those requiring spe cial stowage, if the total net explosive mass (weight) does not exceed 10 kg (22 pounds) per vessel. (5) Articles in compatibility group B, if the total net explosive mass (weight) does not exceed 5 kg (11 pounds). (b) Class 1 (explosive) materials which may be carried on passen ger vessels are identified in Column (10) of the 172.101 Table. They must be stowed in accordance with Table 176.166(b). PART 176 407 ABD00132182 176.166--176.172 April 1998 Table 176.166(b).--Stowage Arrangements in Passenger Vessels Goods shipped under a specific proper shipping name Compatibility group Ctass/DIvision 11.. ......................... 1.2................. Samples, explosive d ............................................. Goods, N.O.S. Class 1 d .. ABCOEFGHJK LNS c e e e e c e - c - c -- -- e e e e c 0 c c c c --- -- e e -- c e c c c c --- - b b b b c b ---------- a 1.5.......................................... --_ 0 -------------- 16 ............................ ----------- e - a--As for cargo ships, on deck or under deck. b--As for cargo ships, on deck or under deck, in portable magazines only c--Prohibited d--As specified by the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety, or the competent authority of the country in which the Class 1 (explosive) materials are loaded on the vessel e--In containers or the like, on deck only (c) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (a) of this section, a combination of the substances and articles listed in paragraphs (a)(1) through (a)(5) of this section may be transported on the same passenger vessel provided the total net explosive mass (weight) of the combination of Class 1 (explosive) materials carried does not exceed the smallest quantity specified for any one of the substances or articles in the combination. TRANSPORT UNITS AND SHIPBORNE BARGES 176.168 Transport of Class 1 (explosive) materials In vehicle spaces, (a) All transport vehicles and cargo must be properly se cured. (b) All transport vehicles used for the carriage of Class 1 (explosive) materials must be structurally serviceable as defined in 176.172(a)(2). (c) Vehicles used to transport Class 1 (explosive) materials must conform to the requirements in 177.834 and 177.835 of this sub chapter. (d) Class 1 (explosive) materials which require special stowage must be transported in transport vehicles approved for the purpose by the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety except that Class 1 (explosive) materials in compatibility group G or H may be carried in steel portable magazines or freight containers. Closed transport vehicles may be used as magazines; transport vehicles of other types may be used to transport Class 1 (explosive) materials which require ordinary stowage. (e) Class 1 (explosive) materials of different compatibility groups may not be stowed in the same vehicle except as allowed in 176.144 of this subpart. (f) Vehicles containing different Class 1 (explosive) materials re quire no segregation from each other, except that these materials may be carried together under the provisions of 176.144 of this subchapter. In all other instances, the vehicles must be "separated from" one another. (g) All transport vehicles used for the transport of Class 1 (explo sive) materials must have lashing arrangements for securing the vehi cle on the ship and preventing the movement of the vehicle on its springs during the sea passage. (h) Where a portable magazine or closed freight container is carried on a chassis, twist locks or other suitable securing arrangements must be provided and made secure. 176.170 Transport of Class 1 (explosive) materials In freight containers, (a) When Class 1 (explosive) materials are stowed in a freight container, the freight container, for the purposes of this subp art, may be regarded as a magazine but not as a separate com partment. (b) Freight containers exceeding 6 m (20 feet) in length may not carry more than 5000 kg (11,023 pounds) net explosive weight of explosive substances, except explosive substances in Division 1.4. (c) Freight containers used to transport Class 1 (explosive) materi als for which magazine stowage type A is required must have a floor consisting of tightly fitted wooden boards, plywood or equivalent nonmetallic material and a non-metallic lining. (d) Class 1 (explosive) materials of different compatibility groups may not be stowed within the same freight container except as allowed in 176.144 of this subpart. (e) On vessels, other than specially fitted container ships, freight containers containing Class 1 (explosive) materials must be stowed only in the lowest tier. (f) Freight containers carrying different Class 1 (explosive) materi als require no segregation from each other, if the provisions of 176.144 of this subpart allow the Class 1 (explosive) materials to be carried together in the same compartment. In all other instances, the containers must be 'separated from" one another in accordance with 176.83(f) of this part. (g) Freight containers carrying Class 1 (explosive) materials may not be handled on board a vessel with fork lift trucks unless approved by the COTP. This does not preclude the use of front-loading trucks using side-frame lifting equipment. 176.172 Structural serviceability of freight containers and ve hicles carrying Class 1 (explosive) materials on ships. (a) A freight container may not be offered for the carriage of Class 1 (explosive) materials unless the container is structurally serviceable as evidenced by a current CSC (International Convention for Safe Containers) approval plate and verified by a detailed visual examina tion as follows: (1) Before a freight container or transport vehicle is packed with Class 1 (explosive) materials, it must be visually examined by the shipper to ensure it is structurally serviceable, free of any residue of previous cargo, and its interior walls and floors are free from protru sions. (2) "Structurally serviceable" means the freight container or the vehicle cannot have major defects in its structural components, such as top and bottom side rails, top and bottom end rails, door sill and header, floor cross members, corner posts, and comer fittings in a freight container. Major defects include-- (i) Dents or bends in the structural members greater than 19 mm (0.75 inch) in depth, regardless of length; (ii) Cracks or breaks in structural members; (iii) More than one splice or an improper splice (such as a lapped splice) in top or bottom end rails or door headers; (iv) More than two splices in any one top or bottom side rail; (v) Any splice in a door sill or corner post; (vi) Door hinges and hardware that are seized, twisted, broken, missing, or otherwise inoperative; (vii) Gaskets and seals that do not seal; or (viii) For freight containers, any distortion of the overall configuration great enough to prevent proper alignment of handling equip ment, mounting and securing chassis or vehicle, or insertion into ships' cells. (3) In addition, deterioration of any component of the freight con tainer or vehicle, regardless of the material of construction, such as rusted-out metal in sidewalls or disintegrated fiberglass, is prohibited. Normal wear, however, including oxidation (rust), slight dents and scratches, and other damage that does not affect serviceability or the weather-tight integrity of the units, is not prohibited. (b) As used in paragraph (a) of this section, "splice" means any repair of a freight container main structural member which replaces material, except complete replacement of the member. (c) All shipments of Class 1 (explosive) materials except those in Division 1.4 (Class C explosive) must be accompanied by a statement, which may appear on the shipping paper, certifying that the freight container or the vehicle is structurally serviceable as defined in para graph (a)(2) of this section. 408 ABD00132183 April 1998 176.174--176.194 176.174 Transport of Class 1 (explosive) materials in shipborne barges, (a) Fixed magazines may be built within a shipboard barge. Portable magazines and freight containers may be used as magazines with a barge. (b) Shipborne barges may be used for the carriage of all types of Class 1 (explosive) materials. When carrying Class 1 (explosive) materials requiring special stowage, the following requirements apply: (1) Class 1 (explosive) materials in compatibility group G or H must be stowed in steel portable magazines or freight containers. (2) Class 1 (explosive) materials in compatibility group K or L must be stowed in steel portable magazines. (c) Class 1 (explosive) materials of different compatibility groups may not be stowed within the same shipborne barge unless under 176.144(b) of this subpart they are authorized to be stowed in the same compartment. HANDLING CLASS 1 (EXPLOSIVE) MATERIALS IN PORT 176.176 Signals. When Class 1 (explosive) materials are being loaded, handled, or unloaded on a vessel, the vessel must exhibit the following signals: (a) By day, flag "B" (Bravo) of the international code of signals; and (b) By night, an all-round fixed red light. 176.178 Mooring lines, (a) All lines used in mooring the vessel must be of sufficient strength, type, and number for the size of the vessel and local conditions. .(b) While the vessel is moored or anchored in a port area, towing wires of adequate size and length must be properly secured to mooring bits at the bow and stern ready for immediate use with the towing eyes passed outboard and kept at about water level. (c) The mooring arrangements must be such that the vessel can be released quickly in an emergency. 176.180 Watchkeeping. Whenever Class 1 (explosive) materi als are on board a vessel in port, there must be sufficient crew on board to maintain a proper watch and to operate the propulsion and firefighting equipment in case of an emergency. 176.182 Conditions for handling on board ship. (a) Weather conditions. Class 1 (explosive) materials may not be handled in weather conditions which may seriously increase the hazards presented by the Class 1 (explosive) materials. During electri cal storms, cargo operations must be halted and all hatches containing Class 1 (explosive) materials must be closed. (b) Darkness. Class 1 (explosive) materials may not be handled on board a vessel during the hours of darkness unless prior consent has been obtained from the COTP. (c) Lighting. The area where Class 1 (explosive) materials are handled, or where preparations are being made to handle Class 1 (explosive) materials, must be illuminated with lighting that is sufficient to safely perform the handling operation. (d) Protective equipment. (1) A sufficient quantity of appropriate protective equipment must be provided for the personnel involved in handling Class 1 (explosive) materials. (2) The protective equipment must provide adequate protection against the hazards specific to the Class 1 (explosive) materials handled. (e) Intoxicated persons. No person under the influence of alcohol or drugs to such an extent that the person's judgment or behavior is impaired may participate in any operation involving the handling of Class 1 (explosive) materials. The master of the vessel must keep any such person clear of any areas where Class 1 (explosive) materials are being handled. (f) Smoking. (1) Smoking is prohibited on the vessel while Class 1 (explosive) materials are being handled or stowed except in places designated by the master of the vessel. (2) Conspicuous notices prohibiting smoking must be posted and clearly visible at all locations where Class t (explosive) materials are handled or stored. (g) All hatches and cargo ports opening into a compartment in which Class 1 (explosive) materials are stowed must be kept closed except during loading and unloading of the compartment. After load ing, hatches must be securely closed. 176.184 Class 1 (explosive) materials of Compatibility Group L. Class 1 (explosive) materials in compatibility group L may not be handled in a port area without the special permission of, and subject to any special precautions required by, the COTP. 176.190 Departure of vessel. When loading of Class 1 (explo sive) materials is completed, the vessel must depart from the port area as soon as is reasonably practicable. 176.192 Cargo handling equipment for freight containers car rying Class 1 (explosive) materials, (a) Except in an emergency, only cargo handling equipment that has been specifically designed or modified for the handling of freight containers may be used to load, unload, or handle freight containers containing Division 1.1 or 1.2 (Class A and B explosive) materials. (b) The gross weight of a freight container containing Class 1 (ex plosive) materials may not exceed the safe working load of the cargo handling equipment by which it is handled. MAGAZINE VESSELS 176.194 Stowage of Class 1 (explosive) materials on maga zine vessels, (a) General. The requirements of this section are ap plicable to magazine vessels and are in addition to any other require ments in this subchapter. (b) Type vessel authorized. A single deck vessel with or without a house on deck is the only type vessel that may be used as a magazine vessel. A magazine vessel may not be moved while Class 1 (explosive) materials are on board. (c) Location of explosives. Division 1.1, 1.2, or 1.3 (Class A and B explosive) materials, in excess of 2268 kg (5000 pounds), stored in any magazine vessel must be stowed below deck. No Class 1 (explosive) materials may be stowed on deck unless the vessel is fitted with a deck house having a stowage area which meets the requirements in this subpart for the stowage of Class 1 (explosive) materials. Detonators, detonator assemblies and boosters with deto nators, Division 1.1 (Class A explosive), may not be stored on the same magazine vessel with other Division 1.1, 1.2, and 1.3 (Class A or B explosive) materials. (d) Class 1 (explosive) materials storage spaces. Any compart ment on a magazine vessel used for the stowage of Class 1 (explosive) materials must be completely sealed with wood so as to provide a smooth interior surface. Each metal stanchion in the compartment must be boxed in the same manner. An overhead ceiling is not required when the overdeck is weather tight. All nail and bolt heads must be countersunk and any exposed metal must be covered with wood. (e) Initiating explosives, detonators and boosters with detona tors. No explosive substance in Division 1.1, compatibility group A may be stowed in the same compartment with any other Class 1 (explosive) materials when there are explosive substances in Division 1.1 or 1.2 (Class A explosive) on the same magazine vessel. Detona tors, detonator assemblies and boosters with detonators must be stowed at least 8 m (26 feet) from any bulkhead forming a boundary of a compartment containing any other Class 1 (explosive) materials. (f) Dry storage spaces. A magazine vessel having a dry storage space capable of being used for any purpose whatsoever must have a cofferdam at least 61 cm (24 inches) wide fitted between the dry storage space and each adjacent compartment containing Class 1 (explosive) materials. The cofferdam must be constructed of wood or steel, formed by two tight athwartship bulkheads extending from the skin of the vessel to the overdeck. If the cofferdam extends to the weather deck, a watertight hatch must be fitted in the deck to provide access to the cofferdam. (g) Lighting. Non-sparking, battery-powered, self-contained elec tric lanterns or non-sparking hand flashlights are the only means of artificial light authorized. (h) Living quarters. Living quarters must be fitted on the inside with a non-combustible material approved by the Commandant, USCG. Bracketed ship's lamps are the only lighting fixtures authorized to be used in the living quarters. Any stove used for heating or cooking must be securely fastened and may not be mounted closer than 15 cm (5.9 inches) to the deck or sides of the house. Any smoke pipe for the stove which passes through the roof of the house must be kept at least 8 cm (3 inches) away from any woodwork. Each smoke pipe must be protected by a layer of non-combustible material approved by the Commandant, USCG, an air space of at least 2.54 cm (1 inch), and a metal collar of at least 1.5 mm (0.059 inch) sheet secured only on the weather side of the roof. There may be no opening from any living quarters into any stowage compartment. 409 PART 176 ABD00132184 176.194--176.230 April 1998 (I) Storage of other hazardous materials. Magazine vessels hav ing Class 1 (explosive) materials on board may not be used for the storage of any other hazardous material. (j) Magazine vessel's stores. Hazardous materials used as stores on board any magazine vessel must comply with the requirements of 46 CFR Part 147. (k) Matches. Safety matches requiring a prepared surface for igni tion are the only type of matches authorized to be possessed or used on board a magazine vessel. They must be kept in a metal box or can with a metal cover and stored in the custodian's living quarters. (l) Firearms. Firearms and ammunition (other than cargo) are not permitted on board a magazine vessel. (m) Fire extinguishing equipment. No Class 1 (explosive) materi als may be loaded or stowed in, unloaded from, or handled on any magazine vessel unless four fire extinguishers that meet the require ments for Type A Size II or Type B Size III in 46 CFR Part 95, Subpart 95.50 are near and accessible to the magazines. (n) Supervision. A magazine vessel containing Class 1 (explosive) materials must be continuously attended by a custodian employed for that purpose by the vessel's owner. (o) Unauthorized persons on magazine vessels. The custodian of a magazine vessel shall prevent unauthorized persons from coming on board unless it is necessary to abate a hazard to human life or a substantial hazard to property. (p) Repacking of Class 1 (explosive) materials on board. No Class 1 (explosive) materials may be repacked on board a magazine vessel. Broken or damaged packages must be handled in accordance with the requirements of 176.156. Packages requiring an emergency response must be handled in accordance with the emergency re sponse information required under 172.602 of this subchapter. (q) Work boat. Each magazine vessel must be equipped with a work boat. (r) Life preservers. One approved personal flotation device must be available for each person employed on a magazine vessel. (s) Fenders. Each magazine vessel must be fitted with fenders in sufficient number and size to prevent any vessel tying up alongside from coming in contact with the hull. Subpart H DETAILED REQUIREMENTS FOR CLASS 2 (COMPRESSED GAS) MATERIALS 176.200 General stowage requirements, (a) Each package of Class 2 (compressed gas) material being transported by vessel must be prevented from making direct contact with the vessel's deck, side, or bulwark by dunnage, shoring, or other effective means. (b) When cylinders of Class 2 (compressed gas) materials being transported by vessel are stowed in a horizontal position, each tier must be stowed in the cantlines of the tier below it, and the valves on cylinders in adjacent tiers must be at alternate ends of the stow. Each tier may be stepped back and the ends alternated in order to clear the flange. Lashing must be provided to prevent any movement. (c) When cylinders of Class 2 (compressed gas) materials being transported by vessel are stowed in a vertical position they must be stowed upright in a block and cribbed or boxed in with suitable dun nage. The box or crib must be dunnaged at least 10 cm (3.9 inches) off any metal deck. The cylinders in the box or crib must be braced to prevent any movement. The box or crib must be securely chocked and lashed to prevent any movement. (d) Any package containing Division 2.3 (poison gas) materials must be stowed separate from all foodstuffs. (e) Class 2 (compressed gas) materials may not be stowed "on deck" over a hold or compartment containing coal. (f) Class 2 (compressed gas) material must be kept as cool as practicable and be stowed away from all sources of heat and ignition. 176.205 Under deck stowage requirements, (a) When a Class 2 (compressed gas) material is stowed below deck, it must be stowed in a mechanically ventilated cargo space with no source of artificial heat and clear of living quarters. No bulkhead or deck of that hold or compartment may be a common boundary with any boiler room, engine room, coal bunker, galley or boiler room uptake. (b) When Division 2.1 (flammable gas) materials are stowed below deck, they must be stowed in a hold or compartment which complies with paragraph (a) of this section and the following requirements: 0) Each hold or compartment must be ventilated. (2) Each hold or compartment must be equipped with an overhead water sprinkler system or fixed fire extinguishing system. (3) Each electrical power line in the hold or compartment must be protected by a strong metal covering to prevent crushing by cargo being stowed against it. (4) Except when fitted with electrical fixtures of the explosion-proof type, each electrical circuit serving the hold or compartment must be disconnected from all sources of power. No circuit may be energized until the Division 2.1 (flammable gas) cargo and any vapors have been removed from the hold or compartment. Explosion-proof portable lighting may be used if the source of power is from electrical outlets outside the hold or compartment and above the weather deck. (5) Any opening in a common bulkhead of an adjacent hold or compartment must be securely closed off and made gas-tight, unless the adjacent hold or compartment is also used for the stowage of Division 2.1 (flammable gas) materials. (6) Full and efficient hatch covers must be used. Tarpaulins, if fitted, must be protected by dunnaging before overstowing with any cargo. Each tarpaulin must be in one piece and free of rents, tears, and holes. (7) A fire screen must be fitted at the weather end of each vent duct leading from the hold or compartment. The fire screen must completely cover the open area. It must consist of two layers of corro sion-resistant metal wire of 20 x 20 mesh or finer, spaced not less than 1 cm (0.4 inch) or more than 4 cm (1.6 inches) apart. The screen may be removable if means for securing it in place when in service are provided. (8) The hold or compartment may not be fitted with any gooseneck type vent trunk head. (9) Any electrical apparatus located in the hold or compartment must be capable of being disconnected from its power source by a positive means located outside the hold or compartment. 176.210 On deck stowage requirements. Cylinders of Class 2 (compressed gas) materials being transported by vessel must be protected from radiant heat, including the direct rays of the sun by structural erections or awnings. A tarpaulin covering the cylinders is not acceptable if it comes in contact with them. 176.220 Smoking or open flame and posting of warning signs. (a) Smoking or the use of open flame is prohibited in any hold or compartment containing a Division 2.1 (flammable gas) material, near any Division 2.1 (flammable gas) material stowed on deck, or near any ventilator leading to a hold containing this material. (b) A sign carrying the legend: FLAMMABLE VAPORS KEEP LIGHTS AND FIRE AWAY NO SMOKING must be conspicuously posted at each approach to an "on deck" Division 2.1 (flammable gas) material stowage area and near each cargo hold ventilator leading to a hold containing this material. The sign must be painted on a white background using red letters. The letters may not be less than 8 cm (3 inches) high. 176.225 Stowage of chlorine. Chlorine (UN 1017) must be stowed separate from copper or brass leaf sheets and from finely divided organic material. 176.230 Stowage of Division 2.1 (flammable gas) materials. Division 2.1 (flammable gas) materials transported in Specification 106A or 110A multi-unit car tanks must be stowed on deck only, and must be shaded from radiant heat. 410 ABD00132185 April 1998 176.305--176.340 Subpart I DETAILED REQUIREMENTS FOR CLASS 3 (FLAMMABLE) AND COMBUSTIBLE LIQUID MATERIALS 176.305 General stowage requirements, (a) A Class 3 (flam mable) or combustible liquid must be kept as cool as reasonably practicable and be stowed away from all sources of heat and ignition. (b) Except as otherwise provided in 176.76(g), a package con taining a Class 3 (flammable) liquid and equipped with a vent or safety relief device must be stowed "on deck" only. (c) The following requirements apply to each hold or compartment in which any Class 3 (flammable) or combustible liquids are being transported: (1) The hold or compartment must be ventilated except that the stowage of non-bulk packages of Class 3 (flammable) liquids with a flash point above 23C (73F) (see 49 CFR 171.8 definitions) may be in non-ventilated holds. (2) Stowage of a Class 3 (flammable) or combustible liquid within 6 m (20 feet) of a bulkhead which forms a boundary or deck of a boiler room, engine room, coal bunker, galley, or boiler room uptake is not permitted. If the amount of the liquid to be stowed in a hold will not permit compliance with the requirement for a 6 m (20 foot) separation, less separation distance is authorized if at least one of the following conditions exists: (i) The bulkhead or deck is covered with at least 8 cm (3 inches) of insulation on the entire area subject to heat; (ii) A temporary wooden bulkhead at least 5 cm (2 inches) thick is constructed in the hold at least 8 cm (3 inches) off an engine room or 15 cm (5.9 inches) off a boiler room bulkhead, covering the entire area of the bulkhead that is subject to heat, and the space between the permanent bulkhead and the temporary wooden bulkhead is filled with mineral wool or equivalent bulk noncombustible insulating material; or (iii) A temporary wooden bulkhead is constructed of at least 2.5 cm (1 inch) thick tongue and groove sheathing, located 1 m (3 feet) from the boiler room or engine room bulkhead, and filled with sand to a height of 2 m (7 feet) above the tank top, or, if the cargo compartment is located between decks, 1 m (3 feet) of sand. (3) Combustible liquids may not be stowed in a hold within 6 m (20 feet) of a common bulkhead with the engine room unless the means of vessel propulsion is internal combustion engines. (4) Each cargo opening in a bulkhead of an adjacent hold must be securely closed off and made gas-tight, unless the adjacent hold is also used for the stowage of a Class 3 (flammable) or combusti ble liquid. (d) In addition to the requirements specified in paragraph (b) of this section, the following requirements apply to each hold or compart ment in which a Class 3 (flammable) liquid is transported: (1) Full and effective hatch covers must be used: Tarpaulins, if fitted, must be protected by dunnaging before overstowing with any cargo. Each tarpaulin must be in one piece and free of rents, tears, and holes; (2) If Class 3 (flammable) liquids in excess of 1016 kg (2240 pounds) are stowed under deck in any one hold or compartment, a fire screen must be fitted at the weather end of each vent duct leading from that hold or compartment. The fire screen must completely cover the open area. It must consist of two layers of corrosion-resistant metal wire of 20 x 20 mesh or finer, spaced not less than 1 cm (0.4 inch) or more than 4 cm (1.6 inches) apart. The screen may be removable only if means for securing it in place when in service are provided; (3) Each electrical power line in the hold or compartment must be protected by a strong metal covering to prevent crushing by cargo being stowed against it; (4) Except when fitted with explosion-proof type electrical fixtures, each electrical circuit serving the hold or compartment must be discon nected from all sources of power from a point outside the hold or compartment containing flammable liquids. No circuit may be ener gized until the flammable liquids and any vapors have been removed from the hold or compartment. Explosion-proof type portable lighting may be used if the source of power is from electrical outlets outside the hold or compartment and above the weather deck; and (5) A Class 3 (flammable) liquid in excess of 1016 kg (2240 pounds) may not be transported in any hold or compartment that is fitted with a gooseneck type of vent head. (e) On a passenger vessel, each hold or compartment used to transport a Class 3 (flammable) liquid must be equipped with an overhead water sprinkler system or fixed fire-extinguishing system. (f) On a passenger vessel, each hold or compartment used to transport Class 3 (flammable) liquids under a passenger space must have an overdeck of an A-60 type construction (see 46 CFR 72.0510(c)(1) or equivalent or have its underside covered with at least 8 cm (3 inches) of noncombustible insulation. (g) No Class 3 (flammable) liquid in a drum or wooden case, having inside packagings of more than 1 L (0.3 gallon) capacity each, may be stowed as a beam filler. A wooden barrel, a wooden box or a fiberboard box, with any Class 3 (flammable) liquid material in inside packagings of not more than 1 L (0.3 gallons) capacity each, may only be stowed as a beam filler if it is possible to stow and observe any "THIS SIDE UP" marking. 176.315 Fire protection requirements, (a) For each 79,500 liters (21,000 U.S. gallons) or part thereof of any Class 3 (flammable) or combustible liquid being transported on board a vessel in a portable tank, rail tank car, or a motor vehicle cargo tank, there must be pro vided at least one B-V semiportable foam (152 liter/40 gallon capacity) (see 46 CFR 95.50), dry chemical (45.4 kg (100 pounds) minimum capacity) or equivalent fire extinguisher, or a fire hose fitted with an approved portable mechanical foam nozzle with pick-up tube and two 19 liter (5 gallon) cans of foam liquid concentrate. Each foam system must be suitable for use with each Class 3 (flammable) or combustible liquid for which it is required. Each fire extinguisher must be accessible to the tank it is intended to cover. (b) The fire hose at each fire hydrant in the vicinity of Class 3 (flammable) and combustible liquids stowage areas must be fitted with an approved combination solid stream and water spray nozzle. (c) The pressure must be maintained in the vessel's fire mains during the loading and unloading of any Class 3 (flammable) or com bustible liquids. (d) Two 7 kg (15-pound) capacity hand portable dry chemical or two portable 10 L(2.6 gallons) foam-type extinguishers must be acces sible to any packaged Class 3 (flammable) or combustible liquid and suitable for use with the lading. (e) The requirements of this section do not apply to portable tanks and their contents authorized under 46 CFR Part 98 or 46 CFR Part 64. 176.320 Use of hand flashlights. Each hand flashlight used on deck near or in any hold or compartment containing a Class 3 (flammable) liquid, must be suitable for use in hazardous locations where fire or explosion hazards may exist. 176.325 Smoking or open flame and posting of warning signs. (a) Smoking or the use of open flame is prohibited in any hold or compartment containing a Class 3 (flammable) or combustible liquid, near any Class 3 (flammable) or combustible liquid stowed on deck, or near any ventilator leading to a hold containing such material. (b) A sign carrying the legend: FLAMMABLE VAPORS KEEP LIGHTS AND FIRE AWAY NO SMOKING must be conspicuously posted at each approach to a Class 3 (flamma ble) or combustible liquid stowed "on deck" and near each cargo hold ventilator leading to a hold or compartment containing this mate rial. This sign must be painted on a white background using red letters. The letters may not be less than 8 cm (3 inches) high. 176.340 Combustible liquids In portable tanks. Combustible liquids, having a flash point of 38C (100F) or higher, may be trans ported by vessel only in one of the portable tanks as specified below: (a) Portable tanks authorized in 173.241 of this subchapter. (b) In nonspecification portable tanks, subject to the following con ditions: (1) Each portable tank must conform to a DOT specification 57 portable tank, except as otherwise provided in this paragraph; 411 PART 176 ABD00132186 176.340--176.410 April 1998 (2) The rated capacity of the tank may not exceed 4,542 liters (1,200 gallons), and the rated gross weight may not exceed 13,608 kg (30,000 pounds); (3) The vibration test need not be performed; (4) When the total surface area of the tank exceeds 14.9 square meters (160 square feet), the total emergency venting capacity must be determined in accordance with Table I in 178.345*10 of this subchapter. (5) In place of a specification identification marking, the tank must be marked, on two sides in letters at least 5 cm (2 inches) high on contrasting background; "FOR COMBUSTIBLE LIQUIDS ONLY" and "49 CFR 176.340". This latter marking constitutes certification by the person offering the combustible liquid materials for transportation that the portable tank conforms to this paragraph; (6) Each tank must be made of steel; (7) The design pressure of the tank must be not less than 62 kPa (9 psi); (8) No pressure relief device may open at less than 34.4 kPa (5 psi); (9) Each tank must be retested and marked at least once every 2 years in accordance with the requirements applicable to a DOT specification 57 portable tank in 173.32(e)(2), (3), and (4) of this subchapter; and (10) Each tank must conform to the provisions of 173.24 of this subchapter and paragraphs (g), (h), (i), and (k) of 173.32 of this subchapter. (c) Portable tanks approved by the Commandant, USCG (G-MSO). Subpart J DETAILED REQUIREMENTS FOR CLASS 4 (FLAMMABLE SOLIDS), CLASS 5 (OXIDIZERS AND ORGANIC PEROXIDES), AND DIVISION 1.5 (BLASTING AGENTS) MATERIALS 176.400 Stowage of Division 1.5 (blasting agents), Class 4 (flammable solids) and Class 5 (oxidizers and organic peroxides) materials, (a) Class 4 (flammable solid) material and Division 5.2 (organic peroxide) material must be kept as cool as reasonably practi cable and be stowed away from all sources of heat and ignition. (b) Division 5.2 (organic peroxide) material must be stowed away from living quarters or access to them. Division 5.2 (organic peroxide) material not requiring temperature control should be protected from radiant heat, which includes direct rays of the sun, and stowed in a cool, well-ventilated area. (c) No Division 1.5 (blasting agents) or Class 5 (oxidizers and or ganic peroxides) material being transported by vessel may be stowed in the same hold or compartment with any readily combustible material such as a combustible liquid, a textile product, or with a finely divided substance, such as an organic powder. (d) No Division 1.5 (blasting agents) or Class 5 (oxidizers and organic peroxides) material being transported by vessel may be stowed in a hold or compartment containing sulfur in bulk, or in any hold or compartment above, below, or adjacent to one containing sulfur in bulk. 176.405 Stowage of charcoal, (a) Before stowing charcoal Division 4.2 (flammable solid), UN 1361, NA 1361, or UN 1362 on a vessel for transportation, the hold or compartment in which it is to be stowed must be swept as clean as practicable. All residue of any former cargo, including especially a petroleum product, a vegetable or animal oil, nitrate, or sulfur, must be removed. (b) Charcoal packed in bags and offered for transportation on board a vessel in a quantity over 1016 kg (2240 pounds) must be loaded so that the bags are laid horizontally and stacked with space for efficient air circulation. If the bags are not compactly filled and closed to avoid free space within, vertical and horizontal dunnage strips must be laid between the bags. Space for ventilating must be maintained near bulkheads, the shell of the vessel, the deck, and the overhead. No more than 40,600 kg (89,508 pounds) of charcoal may be stowed in a hold or compartment when other stowage space is available. If the unavailability of hold or compartment space requires the stowage of a larger amount, the arrangement of the stow for ventilation must be adjusted to ensure a sufficient venting effect. (c) Any loose material from bags broken during loading must be removed. Broken bags may be repacked or have the closures repaired and the repaired bags restowed. (d) Charcoal "screenings" packed in bags must be stowed to pro vide spaces for air circulation between tiers regardless of the quantity stowed. 176.410 Division 1.5 (blasting agents) materials, ammonium nitrate and ammonium nitrate mixtures, (a) This section pre scribes requirements to be observed with respect to transportation of each of the following hazardous materials by vessel: (1) Explosives, blasting, type E, and Explosives, blasting, type B, Division 1.5 (blasting agent) compatibility group D, UN 0331 and UN 0332. (2) Ammonium nitrate fertilizer, Division 5.1 (oxidizer), UN 1942. (3) Ammonium nitrate fertilizer, Division 5.1 (oxidizer), UN 2068. (4) Ammonium nitrate fertilizer, Division 5.1 (oxidizer), UN 2067. (5) Ammonium nitrate fertilizer, Division 5.1 (oxidizer), UN 2069 or UN 2072. (6) Ammonium nitrate fertilizer, Division 5.1 (oxidizer), UN 2070. (b) This section does not apply to Ammonium nitrate fertilizer, Class 9, UN 2071 or to any non-acidic ammonium nitrate mixed fertilizer containing 13 percent or less ammonium nitrate, less than 5 percent organic material, and no other oxidizing material, and which does not meet the criteria for any other hazard set forth in Part 173 of this subchapter. (c) When Division 1.5 (blasting agents) compatibility group D mate rials, ammonium nitrate, or any of the ammonium nitrate fertilizers listed in paragraph (a) of this section are transported by vessel: (1) They must be stowed well away from any steam pipe, electric circuit, or other source of heat; (2) Smoking is prohibited except in designated areas away from the material and "No-Smoking" signs must be posted in accordance with 176.60; (3) Fire hoses must be connected, laid out, and tested before load ing or unloading commences; and (4) A fire watch must be posted in the hold or compartment where the material is being loaded or unloaded. (d) When any of the hazardous materials listed in paragraph (a) of this section is transported in bags by vessel; (1) The requirements specified in paragraph (c) of this section must be complied with; (2) The temperature of the bagged material not exceed 54C (130F); (3) Minimum dunnage and sweatboards must be used to prevent any friction or abrasion of bags, and to allow for the circulation of air and access of water in the event of fire; (4) The bags must be stowed from side to side, out to the sweatboards; (5) A space of 46 cm (18 inches) must be provided between any transverse bulkhead and the bags; (6) The bags must be stowed so as to provide a 46 cm (18 inch) athwartship trench along the centerline of the compartment, continu ous from top to bottom; (7) The bags must be stowed so as to provide a 46 cm (18 inch) amidship trench running fore and aft from bulkhead to bulkhead; (8) The bags may not be stowed less than 46 cm (18 inches) from any overhead deck beam; 412 ABD00132187 April 1998 176.410--176.605 (9) The bags must be stowed so as to provide vent flues 36 cm (14 inches) square at each corner of the hatch continuous from top to bottom; (10) Trenching must be accomplished by alternating the direction of the bags in each tier (bulkheading); and (11) The bags must be blocked and braced as necessary to prevent shifting of the bagged cargo adjacent to any trench area. (e) Notwithstanding 176.83(b) of this Part, ammonium nitrate and ammonium nitrate fertilizers classed as Division 5.1 (oxidizers) materi als, may be stowed in the same hold, compartment, magazine, or freight container with Class 1 materials (explosive), except those con taining chlorates, in accordance with the segregation and separation requirements of 176.144 of this part applying to Explosives, blasting, type B, and Explosives, blasting, type E, Division 1.5 compatibility group D. (f) No mixture containing ammonium nitrate and any ingredient which would accelerate the decomposition of ammonium nitrate under conditions incident to transportation may be transported by vessel. 176.415 Permit requirements for Division 1.5 (blasting agents), ammonium nitrates, and certain ammonium nitrate fertil izers. (a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, before any of the following material is loaded on or unloaded from a vessel at any waterfront facility, the owner/operator must obtain written per mission from the nearest COTP: (1) Ammonium nitrate UN 1942, ammonium nitrate fertilizers con taining more than 60 percent ammonium nitrate, ammonium nitrate fertilizer, Division 5.1 (oxidizer) UN 2070, or Division 1.5 (blasting agent) compatibility group D materials packaged in a paper bag, burlap bag, or other nonrigid combustible packaging, or any rigid packaging with combustible inside packagings. (2) Any other ammonium nitrate or ammonium nitrate fertilizer not listed in 176.410(a) or (b) except ammonium nitrate fertilizer, Class 9, UN 2071. (b) Any of the following may be loaded on or unloaded from a vessel at any waterfront facility without a permit: (1) Ammonium nitrate fertilizer, Division 5.1 (oxidizer) UN 1942, in a rigid packaging with noncombustible inside packaging. (2) Ammonium nitrate fertilizer, Division 5.1 (oxidizer) UN 2067, if the nearest COTP is notified at least 24 hours in advance of any loading or unloading in excess of 454 kg (1,000 pounds). (3) Ammonium nitrate fertilizer, n.o.s., Division 5.1 (oxidizer) UN 2072, containing 40 percent or more fine calcium carbonate or do lomite. (4) Non-acidic ammonium nitrate fertilizer, n.o.s., Division 5.1 (oxi dizer) UN 2072, containing less than 5 percent organic material and 60 percent or less ammonium nitrate. (5) Division 1.5 (blasting agents) compatibility group D material in a rigid packaging with non-combustible inside packaging. (6) Ammonium nitrate fertilizer, Class 9, UN 2071. (c) Before a permit may be issued, the following requirements must be met in addition to any others the COTP may impose: (1) If the material is ammonium nitrate fertilizer, Division 5.1 (oxi dizer), UN 2070; or Explosives, blasting, type E, Division 1.5 (blasting agents) compatibility group D, UN 0332 in combustible packaging or in a rigid packaging with combustible inside packaging, it must be loaded or unloaded at a facility remote from populous areas or high value or high hazard industrial facilities so that in the event of fire or explosion loss of lives and property may be minimized; (2) If the material is an ammonium nitrate fertilizer, Division 5.1 (oxidizer) UN 2070, containing more than 60 percent ammonium ni trate; or ammonium nitrate fertilizer. Division 5.1 (oxidizer) UN 2070 in rigid packagings with combustible inside packagings, it must be loaded or unloaded at a facility removed from congested areas or high value or high hazard industrial facilities; (3) Each facility at which the material is to be loaded or unloaded must conform with the requirements of the port security and local regulations and must have an abundance of water readily available for fire fighting; (4) Each facility at which the material is to be loaded or unloaded must be located so that each vessel to be loaded or unloaded has an unrestricted passage to open water. Each vessel must be moored bow to seaward, and must be maintained in a mobile status during loading, unloading, or handling operations by the presence of tugs or the readiness of engines. Each vessel must have two wire towing hawsers, each having an eye spice, lowered to the water's edge, one at the bow and the other at the stern; and (5) If the material is ammonium nitrate fertilizer, Division 5.1 (oxi dizer) UN 2070; an ammonium nitrate fertilizer, Division 5.1 (oxidizer) containing more than 60 percent ammonium nitrate; or a Division 1.5 (blasting agents) compatibility group D material in non-rigid combusti ble packaging and loaded in freight containers or transport vehicles, it may be loaded or unloaded at a non-isolated facility provided that facility is approved by the COTP. Subpart K [RESERVED] PART 176 Subpart L DETAILED REQUIREMENTS FOR DIVISION 2.3 (POISONOUS GAS) AND DIVISION 6.1 (POISONOUS) MATERIALS 176.600 General stowage requirement, (a) Each package required to have a POISON GAS, POISON INHALATION HAZARD, or POISON label thereon being transported on a vessel must be stowed clear of living quarters and any ventilation ducts serving living quarters and separate from foodstuffs. (b) Each package required to have both a POISON GAS label and a FLAMMABLE GAS label thereon must be segregated as a Division 2.1 (flammable gas) material. (c) Each package required to have a KEEP AWAY FROM FOOD label must be stowed away from foodstuffs. (d) Each package of Division 2.3 (poisonous gas) material or Divi sion 6.1 (poison) material which also bears a FLAMMABLE LIQUID or FLAMMABLE GAS label must be stowed in a mechanically ventilated space, kept as cool as reasonably practicable, and be stowed away from all sources of heat and ignition. 176.605 Care following leakage or sifting of Division 2.3 (poi sonous gas) and Division 6.1 (poisonous) materials. A hold or compartment containing a package of a Division 2.3 (poisonous gas) or Division 6.1 (poisonous) material which has leaked or sifted must be thoroughly cleaned and decontaminated after the cargo is un loaded and before the hold or compartment is used for the stowage of any other cargo. 413 April 1998 ABD00132188 Subpart MDETAILED REQUIREMENTS FOR RADIOACTIVE MATERIALS--176.708 Subpart M DETAILED REQUIREMENTS FOR RADIOACTIVE MATERIALS 176.700 General stowage requirements, (a) [Reserved] (b) A package of radioactive materials which in still air has a surface temperature more than 5C (9F) above the ambient air may not be overstowed with any other cargo. If the package is stowed under deck, the hold or compartment in which it is stowed must be ventilated. (c) Each fissile material, controlled shipment must be stowed in a separate hold, compartment, or defined deck area and be separated by a distance of at least six meters (20 feet) from all other RADIOAC TIVE YELLOW-II or YELLOW-III labeled packages. (d) For a shipment of radioactive materials requiring supplemental operational procedures, the shipper must furnish the master or person in charge of the vessel a copy of the necessary operational instruc tions. (e) A person may not remain unnecessarily in a hold, or compart ment, or in the immediate vicinity of any package on deck, containing radioactive materials. (The information collection requirements in paragraph (d) were ap proved by the Office of Management and Budget under control num bers 2137-0534, 2137-0535 and 2137-0536.) 176.703 Radiation protection program. Unless otherwise ex cepted, a carrier shall not transport a Class 7 (radioactive) material by vessel unless each of its occupationally exposed hazmat employees is under a radiation protection program that complies with the require ments of subpart I of part 172 of this subchapter. 176.704 Requirements relating to transport indexes. (a) The sum of the transport indexes for all packages of Class 7 (radioactive) materials on board a vessel may not exceed the limits specified in Table III. (b) For packages in freight containers, the radiation level may not exceed 2 mSv per hour (200 mrem per hour) at any point on the surface and 0.1 mSv per hour (10 mrem per hour) at two meters (6.6 feet) from the outside surface of the freight container. (c) The limitations specified in Table III do not apply to consign ments of LSA-I materials if the packages are marked "RADIOACTIVE LSA-I" and no fissile Class 7 (radioactive) materials are included in the shipment. <d) Each group of fissile packages must be separated from other Class 7 (radioactive) material by a distance of at least six meters (20 feet) at all times. (e) The limitations specified in paragraphs (a) through (c) of this section do not apply when the entire vessel is reserved or chartered for use by a single offeror under exclusive use conditions if-- (1) The number of fissile packages of Class 7 (radioactive) materials aboard the vessel does not exceed the amount authorized in 173.451 through 173.459 of this subchapter; and (2) The entire shipment operation is approved by the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety in advance. (1) Table III is as follows: IIITable --Tl Limits for Freight Containers ano Conveyances Limit on total sum of transport Indexes In a single freight container or aboard a conveyance Not under exclusive use Under exclusive use Type o! freight container or conveyance Non-fissile Fissile material Non-fissile Fissile material Freight container--Small............................ ...................... 50 50 N/A N/A Freight container--Large ............................ 50 50 No limit 100b Vessel' 1. Hold, compartment or defined deck area: Packages, overpacks, small freight containers .. Large freight containers .................................................... 50 . 200 50 50 No limit No limit 100B 100 2. Total vessel; Packages, etc............................................................................. Large freight containers ..................................... ... . 200a . . No limit0 200 . . No llimit0 No limit No limit 200 No limita "Provided that transport is direct from the consignor to the consignee wit hout any intermediate in-transit storage, where the total Tl exceed 50. ln cases in which the total Tl is greater than 50, the consignment must b e so handled and stowed so that it is always separated from any package, overpack, portable tank or freight container carrying Class 7 (radioactive) materials by at least 6 meters (20 feet) 'For vessels the requirements given in 1 and 2 must be fulfilled. Provided that the packages, overpacks, portable tanks or freight containe rs, as applicable, are stowed so that the total sum of the Tl's in any group does not exceed 50, and that each group is handled and stowed so that the groups are separate from each other by af least 6 meters (20 feet). Packages or overpacks carried in or on a transport vehicle which areoffe red for transport under the provisions of 173 441(b) of this subchapter may be transported by vessel provided that they are not removed from the vehicle at anytime while on board the vessel. 176.708 Segregation distance table, (a) Table IV applies to the stowage of packages of Class 7 (radioactive) materials on board a vessel with regard to transport index numbers which are shown on the labels of individual packages. (b) RADIOACTIVE YELLOW-II or YELLOW-III labeled packages may not be stowed any closer to living accommodations, regularly occupied working spaces, spaces that may be continually occupied by any person (except those spaces exclusively reserved for couriers specifically authorized to accompany such packages), or undevel oped film than the distances specified in TABLE IV. (c) Where only one consignment of a Class 7 (radioactive) material is to be loaded on board a vessel under exclusive use conditions, the appropriate segregation distance may be established by demon strating that the direct measurement of the radiation level at regularly occupied working spaces and living quarters is less than 7.5 microsieverts per hour (0.75 mrem per hour). (d) More than one consignment may be loaded on board a vessel with the appropriate segregation distance established by demonstra ting that direct measurement of the radiation level at regularly occupied working spaces and living quarters is less than 7.5 microSieverts per hour (0.75 mrem per hour), provided that: (1) The vessel has been chartered for the exclusive use of a compe tent person specialized in the carriage of Class 7 (radioactive) mate rial; and (2) Stowage arrangements have been predetermined for the entire voyage, including any Class 7 (radioactive) material to be loaded at ports of call enroute. (e) The radiation level must be measured by a responsible person skilled in the use of monitoring instruments. (f) Table IV is as follows: 414 ABD00132189 April 1998 176.708--176.715 Table IV Sum of transport indexes of the packages 0.1 to 0.5......................... 0.6 to 1............................ 1.1 to 2............................ 2.1 to 3............................ 3.1 to 5............................ 5.1 to 10......................... 10.1 to 20 ...................... 20.1 to 30 ...................... 30.1 to 50...................... 50.1 to 100...................... 100.1 to 150................... 150.1 to 200 ................... Minimum distance In feet from living accommodation of regularly occupied working space Minimum distance in feet from undeveloped film and plates 1 day voyage 2 day voyage 4 day voyage 10 day voyage 20 day voyage 30 day voyage 40 day voyage 50 day voyage Cargo thickness In feet (unit density) Nil 3 Nil 3 6 Nil 3 6 Nil 3 6 Nil 3 6 Nil 3 6 Nil 3 6 Nil 3 6 Nil 3 6 5 X 6 X X 8 X X 11 X X 17 4 X 25 6 X 30 7 X 35 8 X 39 9 X 6 X 8 X X 11 X X 16 4 X 25 6 X 35 8 X 42 10 X 50 12 X 55 13 X 9 X 11 X X 16 4 X 22 5 X 35 8 X 50 12 X 61 14 X 70 17 X 78 19 X 10 X 14 X X 19 5 X 27 6 X 42 10 X 61 14 X 74 18 X 86 20 X 96 23 X 13 X 17 4 X 25 6 X 35 8 X 55 13 X 78 19 X 96 23 X 110 26 X 124 29 7 19 4 25 6 X 35 8 X 50 12 X 78 19 X 110 26 X 135 33 8 155 37 9 175 42 10 26 6 35 8 X 50 12 X 69 17 X 110 26 X 155 37 9 190 46 11 220 53 13 250 59 14 32 8 43 10 X 61 14 X 85 20 X 135 32 8 190 45 11 235 56 13 270 65 16 305 72 17 42 10 55 13 X 78 19 X 110 26 X 175 42 10 245 58 14 300 73 17 350 84 20 390 94 22 59 14 78 19 X 110 26 X 155 37 9 245 59 14 350 82 20 430 105 24 515 118 28 550 130 32 72 17 96 23 X 135 32 8 190 46 11 300 72 17 425 100 24 525 125 30 600 145 35 (7> 165 39 84 20 110 26 X 155 37 9 200 53 13 350 84 20 490 115 28 600 140 35 <7) 165 40 (7) 190 45 200.1 to 300 .................. 105 24 135 32 X 190 46 11 270 64 15 425 105 25 600 145 35 <7) 180 42 (7> 205 49 (7) 230 55 300.1 to 400 .................. 120 28 160 37 9 220 53 13 310 75 18 500 120 28 (7) 165 40 (7) 205 49 (7) 235 57 (7) 265 63 0.1 to 0.5......................... 0.6 to 1.............................. 1.1 10 2............................ 2.1 to 3............................ 3.1 to 5............................ 5.1 to 10......................... 10.1 to 20...................... 20.1 to 30 ...................... 30.1 to 50...................... 50.1 to 100...................... 100.1 to 150................... 150.1 to 200 ................... Nil 2 2 3 4 4 6 8 10 13 18 22 26 C< rgo thickness i n metters ( jnlt d enslty) 1 Nil 1 2 Nil 1 2 Nil 1 2 Nil 1 2 Nil i 2 Nil 1 2 Nil 1 2 Nil 1 2 X 2 X X 3 X X 4 X X 6 2 X 8 2 X 10 3 X 11 3 X 12 3 X X 3 X X 4 X X 5 2 X 8 2 X 11 3 X 13 4 X 15 4 X 17 4 X X 4 X X 5 2 X 7 2 X 11 3 X 15 4 X 19 5 X 22 5 X 24 6 X X 5 X X 6 2 X 9 2 X 13 4 X 19 5 X 23 6 X 27 7 X 30 7 X X 6 2 X 8 2 X 11 3 X 17 4 X 24 6 X 30 7 X 34 8 X 38 9 3 2 6 2 X 11 3 X 15 4 X 24 6 X 34 8 X 42 10 3 48 12 3 54 13 3 2 11 3 X 15 4 X 22 5 X 34 8 X 48 12 3 59 14 4 68 16 4 76 18 5 3 13 4 X 19 5 X 26 7 X 42 10 X 59 14 4 72 17 4 83 20 5 93 22 6 3 17 4 X 24 6 X 34 8 X 54 13 3 76 18 5 92 23 6 110 26 7 120 29 7 5 24 6 X 34 8 X 48 12 3 76 18 5 110 25 6 130 32 8 150 36 9 170 40 10 6 30 7 X 42 10 3 59 14 4 93 22 6 130 31 8 160 39 10 185 45 11 <7> 50 12 6 34 8 X 48 12 3 68 16 4 110 26 7 150 36 9 185 43 11 <7) 51 13 (7> 58 14 200.1 to 300 .................. 32 8 42 10 3 59 14 4 83 20 5 130 32 8 185 44 11 (7) 55 13 (7) 63 15 (7) 70 17 300.1 to 400 ................... 36 9 48 12 3 68 16 4 95 23 6 150 36 9 (7) 50 13 <7) 63 15 <7> 73 18 (7> 81 20 Note (1) X--indicates that thickness of screening cargo is sufficient without any additional segregation distance. (2) By using 6 feet of intervening unit density cargo for persons and 10 feet for film and ptates, no distance shielding is necessary for any length of voyage specified. (3) Using 1 steel bulkhead or steel deck--multiply segregation distance by 0.8. Using 2 steel bulkheads or steel decks--multiply segregation distance by 0.64. (4) "Cargo of Unit Density" means cargo stowed at a density of 1 ton (long) per 36 cubic feet; where the density is less than this the depth of cargo specifiedmust beincreased in proportion. (5) "Minimum distance" means the least in any direction whether vertical or horizontal from the outer surface of the nearest package. (6) The total consignment on board at any time must not exceed transport indexes totaling 200 except if carried under the provisions of 176.704(f). The figuresbelow thedoubleline of the table should be used in such a contingency. (7) Not to be carried unless screening by other cargo and bulkheads can be arranged in accordance with the other columns. 176.710 Care following leakage or sifting of radioactive mate* rials, (a) In case of fire, collision, or breakage involving any ship ment of radioactive materials, other than materials of low specific activity, the radioactive materials must be segregated from unneces sary contact with personnel. In case of obvious leakage, or if the inside container appears to be damaged, the stowage area (hold, compartment, or deck area) containing this cargo must be isolated as much as possible to prevent radioactive material from entering any person's body through contact, inhalation, or ingestion. No person may handle the material or remain in the vicinity unless supervised by a qualified person. (b) A hold or compartment in which leakage of radioactive materials has occurred may not be used for other cargo until it is decontaminated in accordance with the requirements of 176.715. (c) For reporting requirements, see 171.15 of this subchapter. 176.715 Contamination control. Each hold, compartment, or deck area used for the transportation of low specific activity or surface contaminated object Class 7 (radioactive) materials under exclusive use conditions must be surveyed with appropriate radiation detection instruments after each use. Such holds, compartments, and deck areas may not be used again until the radiation dose rate at every accessible surface is less than 5 microSieverts per hour (0.5 mrem per hour), and the removable (non- fixed) radioactive surface contami nation is not greater than the limits prescribed in 173.443 of this subchapter. PART 176 415 ABD00132190 176.800--176.903 April 1998 Subpart N DETAILED REQUIREMENTS FOR CLASS 8 (CORROSIVE MATERIALS) MATERIALS 176.800 General stowage requirements, (a) Each package required to have a Class 8 (corrosive) label thereon being transported on a vessel must be stowed clear of living quarters, and away from foodstuffs and cargo of an organic nature. (b) A package of Class 8 (corrosive material) material may not be stowed over any readily combustible material. (c) Glass carboys containing Class 8 (corrosive material) material may not be stowed on board any vessel, other than a barge, more than two tiers high unless each carboy is boxed or crated with neck protection extending to the sides of the carboy box. This protective construction must be strong enough to permit stacking one on top of the other. (d) A Class 8 (corrosive material) material may not be stowed over a hold or compartment containing cotton unless the deck is of steel and the hatch is fitted with a tight coaming. In addition, the deck must be tight against leakage and the Class 8 (corrosive material) material may not be stowed over the square of the hatch. (e) Each package of Class 8 (corrosive material) material which also bears a FLAMMABLE LIQUID label must be stowed away from all sources of heat and ignition,. 176.805 On deck stowage. When break bulk Class 8 (corro sive materials) materials being transported on a vessel are stowed on deck: (a) Provisions must be made for leakage from any package to drain away from other cargo into an overboard scupper or freeing port. The drainage may not enter an enclosed drainage system other than a direct overboard scupper. If this stowage is not practical, sufficient clean dry sand must be placed under and around the lower tier of packages to absorb any leakage. (b) Dunnage must be provided on the deck and arranged so that any leakage will be apparent. (c) Any leakage that occurs must be washed down, using liberal quantities of water. Subpart O DETAILED REQUIREMENTS FOR COTTON AND VEGETABLE FIBERS, MOTOR VEHICLES, AND ASBESTOS 176.900 Packaging and stowage of cotton and vegetable fi bers; general, (a) Cotton, Class 9, NA 1365, Cotton, wet, Division 4.2, UN 1365, and other vegetable fibers, Division 4.1, being trans ported on a vessel must be securely baled and bound. Each bale of cotton or vegetable fibers must be covered with bagging on at least three-fourths of its surface, including both ends. Cut cotton linters may be accepted for transportation by vessel when baled and covered with bagging on the soft sides only if the bale is compressed to a density of at least 512 kg/m3 (32 pounds per cubic foot) and it is bound with at least six bands per bale. Any poorly compressed bale or any bale having damaged bindings may not be transported by vessel. (b) Each bale of Cotton, wet, Division 4.2, UN 1365 must be stowed separately from any bales of dry cotton or vegetable fibers, in a 'tween deck space, and not overstowed. Any bale of cotton or vegetable fibers which is saturated with water may not be transported by vessel. (c) Bales of cotton or vegetable fibers showing contact with oil or grease may not be accepted for transportation by vessel. (d) Cotton or vegetable fibers must be stowed in a hold or compart ment in accordance with the following requirements: (1) All traces of oil or residue in the hold or compartment must be removed; (2) A recently painted hold or compartment may not be used unless it is thoroughly dry; (3) Each ventilation cowl serving the hold or compartment must be fitted with a spark screen; (4) When a bulkhead of the hold or compartment is common with a boiler room, engine room, coal bunker, or galley and subjected to heat, a wooden bulkhead must be erected between the bulkhead and any cotton or vegetable fibers. This wooden bulkhead must be at least 15 cm (6 inches) from a boiler room bulkhead, and at least 5 cm (2 inches) from an engine room, coal bunker, or galley bulkhead; (5) Each 'tween deck hatch must be closed with hatch covers, tarpaulins, and dunnage; however, metal hatch covers which are sealed by other means to provide equivalent protection may be used; (6) Each hold or compartment must be equipped with a carbon dioxide or overhead water sprinkler system or other approved fixed extinguishing system. Before loading, the extinguishing system must be examined to ensure that it is in good working condition; and (7) Each hold or compartment must be clear of all debris and swept as clean as practicable before loading. (e) Naked lights or any fire likely to produce sparks are not permitted on the vessel, dock area, or on any lighters alongside a vessel during loading or unloading of cotton or vegetable fibers. (f) Upon completion of stowage, each opening must be completely closed. Where required, tarpaulins must befitted and secured in place to provide a tight hold. During a period of temporary stoppage of loading or unloading, a hatch may be left open. However, during that period, a fire watch, designated by the master or officer-in-charge, must be stationed in the hold or compartment in which the cotton or vegetable fibers are stowed. (g) At least one fire hose must be connected while cotton or vegeta ble fibers are being loaded or unloaded. Each fire pump must be operated before any loading or unloading. Pressure must be maintained on each fire main during the loading and the fire hose laid out ready for immediate use. Portable fire extinguishers must be placed to be readily available. The fire hose, fire pumps, and fire extinguishers may be the vessel's equipment or shore equipment. (h) Smoking is not permitted on a vessel during the loading or unloading of cotton or vegetable fibers except at those times and in those places designated by the master. "NO SMOKING" signs must be conspicuously posted in appropriate places, and the responsible person in charge of the loading or unloading (see 176.57 of this part) must ensure that they are observed. (I) Cotton or vegetable fibers may be stowed in the same hold over bulk sulfur if the sulfur has been trimmed and leveled and the hold is thoroughly cleaned of sulfur dust. A tight floor of two layers of 2.54 cm (1 inch) crossed clean dunnage boards must be laid on the sulfur before cotton or vegetable fibers are stowed. These substances may be stowed alongside each other in the same hold if they are separated by a tight dustproof wood bulkhead. (j) Cotton or vegetable fibers may not be stowed in a 'tween deck hold over bulk sulfur in a lower hold unless the 'tween deck hold has been thoroughly cleaned of all sulfur dust and the 'tween deck hatch covers are in place and covered with tarpaulins and dunnage. 176.901 Stowage of cotton or vegetable fibers with rosin or pitch, (a) Unless impracticable, cotton or vegetable fibers being transported on a vessel may not be stowed in the same hold or compartment with rosin or pitch being transported on the same vessel. (b) When separate stowage is impracticable, the cotton or vegeta ble fibers may be stowed in the same hold or compartment with rosin or pitch if they are separated by clean dunnage or a cargo of a non combustible nature. When such stowage within the same hold or compartment involves large amounts of cotton or fibers or of rosin or pitch, the rosin or pitch must be floored off with at least two layers of 2.54 cm (1 inch) dunnaging and the cotton or vegetable fibers stowed above. 176.903 Stowage of cotton or vegetable fibers with coal. Cotton or vegetable fibers being transported on a vessel may not be stowed in the same hold with coal. They may be stowed in adjacent holds if the holds are separated by a tight steel bulkhead and the cotton or vegetable fibers are dunnaged at least 5 cm (2 inches) off 416 ABDOO132236 178.65--178.68 April 1998 the material of the finished cylinder wall. Calculations must be made by the following formulas: (1) Calculation of the stress for cylinders must be made by the following formula: S = [P(1.3D2 + 0.4d2)]/(D2 - d2) Where: S = Wall stress, in p.s.i.; P = Test pressure; D = Outside diameter, in inches; d = Inside diameter, in inches. (2) Calculation of the stress for spheres must be made by the following formula: S = PD/4t Where: S= Wall stress, in p.s.i.; P= Test pressure; D= Outside diameter, in inches; t= Minimum wall thickness, in inches. (e) Openings and attachments. Openings and attachments must conform to the following: (1) Openings and attachments are permitted on heads only. (2) All openings and their reinforcements must be within an imagi nary circle, concentric to the axis of the cylinder. The diameter of the circle may not exceed 80 percent of the outside diameter of the cylinder. The plane of the circle must be parallel to the plane of a circumferential weld and normal to the long axis of the cylinder. (3) Unless a head has adequate thickness, each opening must be reinforced by a securely attached fitting, boss, pad, collar, or other suitable means. (4) Material used for welded openings and attachments must be of weldable quality and compatible with the material of the cylinder. (f) Pressure tests. (1) Each cylinder must be tested at an internal pressure of at least the test pressure and must be held at that pressure for at least 30 seconds. (1) The leakage test must be conducted by submersion under water or by some other method that will be equally sensitive. (ii) If the cylinder leaks, evidences visible distortion, or any other defect, while under test, it must be rejected (see paragraph (h) of this section). (2) One cylinder taken from the beginning of each lot, and one from each 1,000 or less successively produced within the lot thereafter, must be hydrostatically tested to destruction. The entire lot must be rejected (see paragraph (h) of this section) if: (i) A failure occurs at a gage pressure less than 2.0 times the test pressure; (ii) A failure initiates in a braze or a weld or the heat affected zone thereof; (iii) A failure is other than in the sidewall of a cylinder longitudinal with its long axis; or (iv) In a sphere, a failure occurs in any opening, reinforcement, or at a point of attachment. (3) A "lot" is defined as the quantity of cylinders successively pro duced per production shift (not exceeding 10 hours) having identical size, design, construction, material, heat treatment, finish, and quality. (g) Flattening test. One cylinder must be taken from the beginning of production of each lot (as defined in paragraph (f)(3) of this section) and subjected to a flattening test as follows: (1) The flattening test must be made on a cylinder that has been tested at test pressure. (2) A ring taken from a cylinder may be flattened as an alternative to a test on a complete cylinder. The test ring may not include the heat affected zone or any weld. However, for a sphere, the test ring may include the circumferential weld if it is located at a 45 degree angle to the ring, 5 degrees. (3) The flattening must be between 60 degrees included-angle, wedge shaped knife edges, rounded to a 0.5 inch radius. (4) Cylinders and test rings may not crack when flattened so that their outer surfaces are not more than six times wall thickness apart when made of steel or not more than ten times wall thickness apart when made of aluminum. (5) If any cylinder or ring cracks when subjected to the specified flattening test, the lot of cylinders represented by the test must be rejected (see paragraph (h) of this section). (h) Rejected cylinders. Rejected cylinders must conform to the following requirements: (1) If the cause for rejection of a lot is determinable, and if by test or inspection defective cylinders are eliminated from the lot, the remaining cylinders must be qualified as a new lot under paragraphs (f) and (g) of this section. (2) Repairs to welds are permitted. Following repair, a cylinder must pass the pressure test specified in paragraph (f) of this section. (3) If a cylinder made from seamless steel tubing fails the flattening test described in paragraph (g) of this section, suitable uniform heat treatment must be used on each cylinder in the lot. All prescribed tests must be performed subsequent to this heat treatment. (1) Markings. (1) The markings required by this section must be durable and waterproof. The requirements of 173.24(c)(1) (ii) and (iv) of this subchapter and 178.35(h) do not apply to this section. (2) Required markings are as follows: (i) DOT-39. (ii) NRC. (iii) The service pressure. (iv) The test pressure. (v) The registration number (M'***) of the manufacturer. (vi) The lot number. (vii) The date of manufacture if the lot number does not establish the date of manufacture. (viii) With one of the following statements: (A) For cylinders manufactured prior to October 1,1996: "Fed eral law forbids transportation if refilled-penalty up to $25,000 fine and 5 years imprisonment (49 U.S.C. 1809)" or "Federal law forbids transportation if refilled-penalty up to $500,000 fine and 5 years imprisonment (49 U.S.C. 5124).'' (B) For cylinders manufactured on or after October 1, 1996: "Federal law forbids transportation if refilled-penalty up to $500,000 fine and 5 years imprisonment (49 U.S.C. 5124)." (3) The markings required by paragraphs (i)(2)(i) through (i)(2)(v) of this section must be in numbers and letters at least V8 inch high and displayed sequentially. For example: DOT-39 NRC 250/500 M1001. (4) No person may mark any cylinder with the specification identifi cation "DOT-39" unless it was manufactured in compliance with the requirements of this section and its manufacturer has a registration number (M*"") from the Associate Administrator. 178.68 Specification 4E welded aluminum cylinders. (a) Type, size and service pressure. A DOT 4E cylinder is a welded aluminum cylinder with a water capacity (nominal) of not over 1,000 pounds and a service pressure of at least 225 to not over 500 pounds per square inch. The cylinder must be constructed of not more than two seamless drawn shells with no more than one circumferential weld. The circumferential weld may not be closer to the point of tangency of the cylindrical portion with the shoulder than 20 times the cylinder wall thickness. Cylinders or shells closed in by spinning pro cess and cylinders with longitudinal seams are not authorized. (b) Authorized material. The cylinder must be constructed of alu minum of uniform quality. The following chemical analyses are au thorized: 1Table --Authorized Materials Designation Chemical analysis--Limits in percent 51541 Iron plus silicon............................ 0.45 maximum Copper................................................. 0.10 maximum. Manganese . . ...................... 0.10 maximum. Magnesium........................................... 3.10/3.90 Chromium.............................................. 0.15/0.35. Zinc............... ...................... Titanium ............................ Others, each . . ... 0 20 maximum. 0 20 maximum. 0.05 maximum. Others, total........................................ 0.15 maximum. Aluminum ... ............. remainder. 'Analysis must regularly be made only for the elements specifically mentioned in this table. If. however, the presence of other elements is indicated in the course of routine analysis, further analysis should be made to determine conformance with the limits specified for other elements. (c) Identification. Material must be identified by any suitable method that will identify the alloy and manufacturer's lot number. (d) Manufacture. Cylinders must be manufactured using equip ment and processes adequate to ensure that each cylinder produced conforms to the requirements of this subpart. No defect is permitted 462 ABDOO132237 April 1998 176.68 that is likely to weaken the finished cylinder appreciably. A reasonably smooth and uniform surface finish is required. All welding must be by the gas shielded arc process. (e) Welding. The attachment to the tops and bottoms only of cylin ders by welding of neckrings or flanges, footrings, handles, bosses and pads and valve protection rings is authorized. However, such attachments and the portion of the cylinder to which it is attached must be made of weldable aluminum alloys. (f) Wall thickness. The wall thickness of the cylinder must conform to the following: (1) The minimum wall thickness of the cylinder must be 0.140 inch. In any case, the minimum wall thickness must be such that calculated wall stress at twice service pressure may not exceed the lesser value of either of the following: (1) 20,000 pounds per square inch. (ii) One-half of the minimum tensile strength of the material as required in paragraph (j) of this section. (2) Calculation must be made by the following formula: Where: S = [P(1.3D2 + 0.4d2)]/(D2 - d2) S = wall stress in pounds per square inch; P = minimum test pressure prescribed for water jacket test; D = outside diameter in inches; d = inside diameter in inches. (3) Minimum thickness of heads and bottoms may not be less than the minimum required thickness of the side wall. (g) Opening In cylinder. Openings in cylinders must conform to the following: (1) All openings must be in the heads or bases. (2) Each opening in cylinders, except those for safety devices, must be provided with a fitting, boss, or pad, securely attached to cylinder by welding by inert gas shielded arc process or by threads. If threads are used, they must comply with the following: (i) Threads must be clean-cut, even, without checks and cut to gauge. (ii) Taper threads to be of length not less than as specified for American Standard taper pipe threads. (iii) Straight threads, having at least 4 engaged threads, to have tight fit and calculated shear strength at least 10 times the test pressure of the cylinder; gaskets required, adequate to prevent leakage. (3) Closure of a fitting, boss, or pad must be adequate to prevent leakage. (h) Hydrostatic test. Each cylinder must successfully withstand a hydrostatic test, as follows: (1) The test must be by water jacket, or other suitable method, operated so as to obtain accurate data. The pressure gauge must permit reading to an accuracy of 1 percent. The expansion gauge must permit a reading of the total expansion to an accuracy either of 1 percent or 0.1 cubic centimeter. (2) Pressure of 2 times service pressure must be maintained for at least 30 seconds and sufficiently longer to insure complete expansion. Any internal pressure applied previous to the official test may not exceed 90 percent of the test pressure. If, due to failure of the test apparatus, the test pressure cannot be maintained, the test may be repeated at a pressure increased by 10 percent over the pressure otherwise specified. (3) Permanent volumetric expansion may not exceed 12 percent of total volumetric expansion at test pressure. (4) Cylinders having a calculated wall stress of 18,000 pounds per square inch or less at test pressure may be tested as follows: (i) At least one cylinder selected at random out of each lot of 200 or less must be tested in accordance with paragraphs (h)(1), (h)(2), and (h)(3) of this section. (ii) All cylinders not tested as provided in paragraph (h)(4)(i) of this section must be examined under pressure of at least 2 times service pressure and show no defect. (5) One finished cylinder selected at random out of each lot of 1,000 or less must be hydrostatically tested to 4 times the service pressure without bursting. Inability to meet this requirement must result in rejection of the lot. (I) Flattening test. After hydrostatic testing, a flattening test is re quired on one section of a cylinder, taken at random out of each lot of 200 or less as follows: (1) If the weld is not at midlength of the cylinder, the test section must be no less in width than 30 times the cylinder wall thickness. The weld must be in the center of the section. Weld reinforcement must be removed by machining or grinding so that the weld is flush with the exterior of the parent metal. There must be no evidence of cracking in the sample when it is flattened between flat plates to no more than 6 times the wall thickness. (2) If the weld is at midlength of the cylinder, the test may be made as specified in paragraph (i)(l)(i) of this section or must be made between wedge shaped knife edges (60 angle) rounded to a V2 inch radius. There must be no evidence of cracking in the sample when it is flattened to no more than 6 times the wall thickness. (j) Physical test. A physical test must be conducted to determine yield strength, tensile strength, elongation, and reduction of area of material as follows: (1) The test is required on 2 specimens cut from one cylinder or part thereof taken at random out of each lot of 200 or less. (2) Specimens must conform to the following: (i) A gauge length of 8 inches with a width not over l'/2 inches, a gauge length of 2 inches with a width not over lV2 inches. (ii) The specimen, exclusive of grip ends, may not be flattened. Grip ends may be flattened to within 1 inch of each end of the reduced section. (iii) When size of cylinder does not permit securing straight speci mens, the specimens may be taken in any location or direction and may be straightened or flattened cold, by pressure only, not by blows; when specimens are so taken and prepared, the inspector's report must show in connection with record of physical test detailed information in regard to such specimens. (iv) Heating of a specimen for any purpose is not authorized. (3) The yield strength in tension must be the stress corresponding to a permanent strain of 0.2 percent of the gauge length. The following conditions apply: (i) The yield strength must be determined by the "offset" method as prescribed in ASTM Standard E8. (ii) Cross-head speed of the testing machine may not exceed V8 inch per minute during yield strength determination. (k) Acceptable results for physical tests. An acceptable result of the physical test requires an elongation to at least 7 percent and yield strength not over 80 percent of tensile strength. (l) Weld tests. Welds of the cylinder are required to successfully pass the following tests: (1) Reduced section tensile test. A specimen must be cut from the cylinder used for the physical tests specified in paragraph (j) of this section. The specimen must be taken from across the seam, edges must be parallel for a distance of approximately 2 inches on either side of the weld. The specimen must be fractured in tension. The apparent breaking stress calculated on the minimum wall thick ness must be at least equal to 2 times the stress calculated under paragraph (f)(2) of this section, and in addition must have an actual breaking stress of at least 30,000 pounds per square inch. Should this specimen fail to meet the requirements, specimens may be taken from 2 additional cylinders from the same lot and tested. If either of the latter specimens fails to meet requirements, the entire lot repre sented must be rejected. (2) Guided bend test. A bend test specimen must be cut from the cylinder used for the physical tests specified in paragraph (j) of this section. Specimen must be taken across the seam, must be 1V2 inches wide, edges must be parallel and rounded with afile, and back-up strip, if used, must be removed by machining. The specimen must be bent to refusal in the guided bend test jig illustrated in paragraph6. lOofCGA Pamphlet C-3. The root of the weld (inside surface of the cylinder) must be located away from the ram of the jig. No specimen must show a crack or otheropen defect exceeding V8 inch in any direction upon completion of the test. Should this specimen fail to meet the requirements, speci mens may be taken from each of 2 additional cylinders from the same lot and tested. If either of the latter specimens fail to meet requirements, the entire lot represented must be rejected. (m) Rejected cylinders. Repair of welded seams is authorized. Acceptable cylinders must pass all prescribed tests. (n) Inspector's report. In addition to the information required by 178.35, the record of chemical analyses must also include applicable information on iron, titanium, zinc, and magnesium used in the con struction of the cylinder. 463 PART 178 ABD00132192 Part 177 - Carriage by Public Highway April 1998 ABD00132193 PART 177 CARRIAGE BY PUBLIC HIGHWAY 177.800--177.810 Subject Sec. Subpart A--General Information and Regulations Purpose and scope of this part and responsibility for compliance and training ................................. Unacceptable hazardous materials shipments . . Inspection....................................................................... Compliance with Federal Motor Carrier Safety Regulations ............................................................... Vehicular tunnels ......................................................... Driver training ............................................................... Shipping papers............................................................ Movement of motor vehicles in emergency situations.................................................................... Radiation protection program.................................... 177.800 177.801 177.802 177.804 177.810 177.816 177.817 177.823 177.827 Subpart B--Loading and Unloading General requirements................................................. Class 1 (explosive) materials.................................... Class 3 (flammable liquid) materials ...................... Class 4 (flammable solid) materials, Class 5 (oxidizing) materials, and Division 4.2 (pyroforic liquid) materials ................................... 177.834 177.835 177.837 177.838 Page 419 419 419 419 419 420 420 420 420 420 422 422 423 Subject Sec. Page Class 8 (corrosive) materials ................... Class 2 (gases) materials ........................ Division 6.1 (poisonous) and Division 2.3 (poisonous gas) materials...................... Class 7 (radioactive) material................... Contamination of vehicles ......................... 177.839 177.840 177.841 177.842 177.843 423 423 424 424 425 Subpart C--Segregation and Separation Chart of Hazardous Materials Segregation of hazardous materials ...................... 177.848 425 Subpart D--Vehicles and Shipments In Transit; Accidents Disabled vehicles and broken or leaking packages; repairs.................................................... 177.854 426 Subpart E--Regulations Applying to Hazardous Materials on Motor Vehicles Carrying Passengers for Hire Regulations for passenger carrying vehicles .... 177.870 427 PART 177 PUBLISHER'S NOTE This Part outlines the requirements for the carriage of hazardous materials by highway. The Part is divided into five subparts, Subpart A through Subpart E. Subpart A addresses the general informatibn and regulations for the carriage of hazardous materials by highway. Subpart B covers the loading and unloading of hazardous materials aboard highway vehicles. This Subpart also covers the specific requirements for loading and unloading each of the hazard classes. Subpart C addresses the specific regulations that apply to segregation among hazard classes including compatibility among explosives. Subpart D provides details on what steps to take in the event of an accident by type of hazardous material. Also covered are the procedures to follow in the event of a disabled vehicle or broken or leaking packages. Subpart E addresses the requirements that are applicable to hazardous materials on motor vehicles carrying passenger for hire. These requirements are in addition to those required for hazardous materials. Subpart A GENERAL INFORMATION AND REGULATIONS 177.800 Purpose and scope of this part and responsibility for compliance and training, (a) Purpose and scope. This part prescribes requirements, in addition to those contained in parts 171, 172, 173, 178 and 180 of this subchapter, that are applicable to the acceptance and transportation of hazardous materials by private, common, or contract carriers by motor vehicle. (b) Responsibility for compliance. Unless this subchapter specif ically provides that another person shall perform a particular duty, each carrier, including a connecting carrier, shall perform the duties specified and comply with all applicable requirements in this part and shall ensure its hazmat employees receive training in relation thereto. (c) Responsibility tor training. A carrier may not transport a haz ardous material by motor vehicle unless each of its hazmat employees involved in that transportation is trained as required by this part and subpart H of pan 172 of this subchapter. (d) No necessary delay in movement of shipments. All shipments of hazardous materials must be transported without unnecessary de lay, from and including the time of commencement of the loading of the hazardous material until its final unloading at destination. 177.801 Unacceptable hazardous materials shipments. No person may accept for transportation or transport by motor vehicle a forbidden material or hazardous material that is not prepared in accordance with the requirements of this subchapter. 177.802 inspection. Records, equipment, packagings and containers under the control of a motor carrier, insofar as they affect safety in transportation of hazardous materials by motor vehicle, must be made available for examination and inspection by a duly authorized representative of the Department. 177.804 Compliance with Federal Motor Carrier Safety Regu lations. Motor carriers and other persons subject to this part shall comply with 49 CFR parts 390 through 397 (excluding 397.3 and 397.9) to the extent those regulations apply. 177.810 Vehicular tunnels. Except as regards Class 7 (radio active) materials, nothing contained in Parts 170-189 of this subchap ter shall be so construed as to nullify or supersede regulations estab lished and published under authority of State statute or municipal 419 ABD00132194 177.810--177.834 April 1998 ordinance regarding the kind, character, or quantity of any hazardous material permitted by such regulations to be transported through any urban vehicular tunnel used for mass transportation. 177.816 Driver training, (a) In addition to the training require ments of 177.800, no carrier may transport, or cause to be trans ported, a hazardous material unless each hazmat employee who will operate a motor vehicle has been trained in the applicable require ments of 49 CFR parts 390 through 397 and the procedures necessary for the safe operation of that motor vehicle. Driver training shall include the following subjects: (1) Pre-trip safety inspection; (2) Use of vehicle controls and equipment, including operation of emergency equipment; (3) Operation of vehicle, including turning, backing, braking, parking, handling, and vehicle characteristics including those that affect vehicle stability, such as effects of braking and curves, effects of speed on vehicle control, dangers associated with maneuvering through curves, dangers associated with weather or road conditions that a driver may experience (e.g., blizzards, mountainous terrain, high winds), and high center of gravity; (4) Procedures for maneuvering tunnels, bridges, and railroad crossings; (5) Requirements pertaining to attendance of vehicles, parking, smoking, routing, and incident reporting; and (6) Loading and unloading of materials, including-- (i) Compatibility and segregation of cargo in a mixed load; (ii) Package handling methods; and (iii) Load securement. (b) Specialized requirements for cargo tanks and portable tanks. In addition to the training requirement of paragraph (a) of this section, each person who operates a cargo tank or a vehicle with a portable tank with a capacity of 1,000 gallons or more must receive training applicable to the requirements of this subchapter and have the appropriate State-issued commercial driver's license required by 49 CFR part 383. Specialized training shall include the following: (1) Operation of emergency control features of the cargo tank or portable tank; (2) Special vehicle handling characteristics, including: high center of gravity, fluid load subject to surge, effects of fluid-load surge on braking, characteristic differences in stability among baffled, unbaf fled, and multi-compartmented tanks; and effects of partial loads on vehicle stability; (3) Loading and unloading procedures; (4) The properties and hazards of the material transported; and (5) Retest and inspection requirements for cargo tanks. (c) The training required by paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section may be satisfied by compliance with the current requirements for a Commercial Driver's License (CDL) with a tank vehicle or hazardous materials endorsement. (d) Training required by paragraph (b) of this section must conform to the requirements of 172.704 of this subchapter with respect to frequency and recordkeeping. 177.817 Shipping papers, (a) General requirements. A carrier may not transport a hazardous material unless it is accompa nied by a shipping paper that is prepared in accordance with 172.200, 172.201, 172.202, and 172.203 of this subchapter. (b) Shipper certification. An initial carrier may not accept a hazard ous material offered for transportation unless the shipping paper de scribing the material includes a shipper's certification which meets the requirements in 172.204 of this subchapter. Except for a hazardous waste, the certification is not required for shipments to be transported entirely by private carriage and for bulk shipments to be transported in a cargo tank supplied by the carrier. (c) Requirements when interlining with carriers by rail. A motor carrier shall mark on the shipping paper required by this section, if it offers or delivers a freight container or transport vehicle to a rail carrier for further transportation: (1) A description of the freight container or transport vehicle; and (2) The kind of placard affixed to the freight container or transport vehicle. (*) This subpart does not apply to a material that is excepted from shipping paper requirements as specified in 172.200 of this subchapter. (e) Shipping paper accessibility--accident or inspection. A driver of a motor vehicle containing hazardous material, and each carrier using such a vehicle, shall ensure that the shipping paper required by this section is readily available to, and recognizable by, authorities in the event of accident or inspection. Specifically, the driver and the carrier shall: (1) Clearly distinguish the shipping paper, if it is carried with other shipping papers or other papers of any kind, by either distinctively tabbing it or by having it appear first; and (2) Store the shipping paper as follows: (i) When the driver is at the vehicle's controls, the shipping paper shall be: (A) Within his immediate reach while he is restrained by the lap belt; and (B) either readily visible to a person entering the driver's compartment or in a holder which is mounted to the inside of the door on the driver's side of the vehicle. (ii) When the driver is not at the vehicle's controls, the shipping paper shall be: (A) In a holder which is mounted to the inside of the door on the driver's side of the vehicle; or (B) on the driver's seat in the vehicle. 177.823 Movement of motor vehicles in emergency situa tions. (a) A carrier may not move a transport vehicle containing a hazardous material unless the vehicle is marked and placarded in accordance with Part 172 or as authorized in 171.12a of this subchap ter, or unless, in an emergency: (1) The vehicle is escorted by a representative of a state or local government; (2) The carrier has permission from the Department; or: (3) Movement of the transport vehicle is necessary to protect life or property. (b) Disposition of contents of cargo tank when unsafe to con tinue. In the event of a leak in a cargo tank of such a character as to make further transportation unsafe, the leaking vehicle should be re moved from the traveled portion of the highway and every available means employed for the safe disposal of the leaking material by pre venting, so far as practicable, its spread over a wide area, such as by digging trenches to drain toa hole or depression in the ground, diverting the liquid away from streams or sewers if possible, or catching the liquid in containers if practicable. Smoking, and any other source of ignition, in the vicinity of a leaking cargo tank is not permitted. (c) Movement of leaking cargo tanks. A leaking cargo tank may be transported only the minimum distance necessary to reach a place where the contents of the tank or compartment may be disposed of safely. Every available means must be utilized to prevent the leakage of spillage of the liquid upon the highway. 177.827 Radiation protection program. Unless otherwise ex cepted, a carrier shall not transport a Class 7 (radioactive) material by motor vehicle unless each of its occupationally exposed hazmat employees is under a radiation protection program that complies with the requirements of subpart I of part 172 of this subchapter. Subpart B LOADING AND UNLOADING Note: For prohibited loading and storage of hazardous materials, see 177.848. 177.834 General requirements, (a) Packages secured in a vehicle. Any tank, barrel, drum, cylinder, or other packaging, not permanently attached to a motor vehicle, which contains any Class 3 (flammable liquid), Class 2 (gases), Class 8 (corrosive), Division 6.1 (poisonous), or Class 7 (radioactive) material must be secured against movement within the vehicle on which it is being transported, under conditions normally incident to transportation. 420 ABD00132195 April 1998 177.834 (b) [Reserved] (c) No smoking while loading or unloading. Smoking on or about any motor vehicle while loading or unloading any Class 1 (explosive), Class 3 (flammable liquid), Class 4 (flammable solid), Class 5 (oxidiz ing), or Division 2.1 (flammable gas) materials is forbidden. (d) Keep fire away, loading and unloading. Extreme care shall be taken in the loading or unloading of any Class 1 (explosive). Class 3 (flammable liquid). Class 4 (flammable solid), Class 5 (oxidizing), or Division 2.1 (flammable gas) materials into or from any motor vehicle to keep fire away and to prevent persons in the vicinity from smoking, lighting matches, or carrying any flame or lighted cigar, pipe, or ciga rette. (e) Handbrake set while loading and unloading. No hazardous material shall be loaded into or on, or unloaded from, any motor vehicle unless the handbrake be securely set and all other reasonable precautions be taken to prevent motion of the motor vehicle during such loading or unloading process. (f) Use of tools, loading and unloading. No tools which are likely to damage the effectiveness of the closure of any package or other container, or likely adversely to affect such package or container, shall be used for the loading or unloading of any Class 1 (explosive) material or other dangerous article. (g) Prevent relative motion between containers. Containers of Class 1 (explosive), Class 3 (flammable liquid), Class 4 (flammable solid), Class 5 (oxidizing), Class 8 (corrosive). Class 2 (gases) and Division 6.1 (poisonous) materials, must be so braced as to prevent motion thereof relative to the vehicle while in transit. Containers having valves or other fittings must be so loaded that there will be the minimum likelihood of damage thereto during transportation. (h) Precautions concerning containers in transit; fueling road units. Reasonable care should be taken to prevent undue rise in temperature of containers and their contents during transit. There must be no tampering with such container or the contents thereof nor any discharge of the contents of any container between point of origin and point of billed destination. Discharge of contents of any container, other than a cargo tank, must not be made prior to removal from the motor vehicle. Nothing contained in this paragraph shall be so construed as to prohibit the fueling of machinery or vehicles used in road construction or maintenance. (i) Attendance requirements. (1) Loading. A cargo tank must be attended by a qualified person at all times when it is being loaded. The person who is responsible for loading the cargo tank is also responsible for ensuring that it is so attended. (2) Unloading. A motor carrier who transports hazardous materials by a cargo tank must ensure that the cargo tank is attended by a qualified person at all times during unloading. However, the carrier's obligation to ensure attendance during unloading ceases when: (i) The carrier's obligation for transporting the materials is fulfilled; (ii) The cargo tank has been placed upon the consignee's prem ises; and (iii) The motive power has been removed from the cargo tank and removed from the premises. (3) A person "attends" the loading or unloading of a cargo tank if, throughout the process, he is awake, has an unobstructed view of the cargo tank, and is within 7.62 meters (25 feet) of the cargo tank. (4) A person is "qualified" if he has been made aware of the nature of the hazardous material which is to be loaded or unloaded, he has been instructed on the procedures to be followed in emergencies, he is authorized to move the cargo tank, and he has the means to do so. (5) A delivery hose, when attached to the cargo tank, is considered a part of the vehicle. (j) Manholes and valves closed. A person may not drive a cargo tank and a motor carrier may not permit a person to drive a cargo tank motor vehicle containing a hazardous material regardless of quantity unless: (1) All manhole closures are closed and secured; and (2) All valves and other closures in liquid discharge systems are closed and free of leaks. (k) [Reserved] (l) Use of cargo heaters when transporting certain hazardous material. Transportation includes loading, carrying, and unloading. (1) When transporting Class 1 (explosive) materials. A motor vehicle equipped with a cargo heater of any type may transport Class 1 (explosive) materials only if the cargo heater is rendered inoperable by: (i) Draining or removing the cargo heater fuel tank; and (ii) discon necting the heater's power source. (2) When transporting certain flammable material-- (i) Use of combustion cargo heaters. A motor vehicle equipped with a combustion cargo heater may be used to transport Class 3 (flammable liquid) or Division 2.1 (flammable gas) materials only if each of the following requirements are met: (A) It is a catalytic heater. (B) The heater's surface temperature cannot exceed 54C (130F)--either on a thermostatically controlled heater or on a heater without thermostatic control when the outside or ambient temperature is 16C (6TF) or less. (C) The heater is not ignited in a loaded vehicle. (D) There is no flame, either on the catalyst or anywhere in the heater. (E) The manufacturer has certified that the heater meets the requirements under paragraph (l)(2)(i) of this section by permanently marking the heater "MEETS DOT REQUIRE MENTS FOR CATALYTIC HEATERS USED WfTH FLAM MABLE LIQUID AND GAS." (F) The heater is also marked "DO NOT LOAD INTO OR USE IN CARGO COMPARTMENTS CONTAINING FLAMMA BLE LIQUID OR GAS IF FLAME IS VISIBLE ON CATA LYST OR IN HEATER." (G) Heater requirements under 393.77 of this title are com plied with. (ii) Effective date for combustion heater requirements. The re quirements under paragraph (l)(2)(i) of this section govern as follows: (A) Use of a heater manufactured after November 14, 1975, is governed by every requirement under (l)(2)(i) of this section; (B) Use of a heater manufactured before November 15,1975, is governed only by the requirements under (l)(2)(i)(A),(C),(D), (F) and (G) of this section until October 1, 1976; and (C) Use of any heater after September 30,1976, is governed by every requirement under (l)(2)(i) of this section. (iii) Restrictions on automatic cargo-space-heating tempera ture control devices. Restrictions on these devices have two dimensions: Restrictions upon use and restrictions which apply when the device must not be used. (A) Use restrictions. An automatic cargo-space-heating temperature control device may be used when trans porting Class 3 (flammable liquid) or Division 2.1 (flamma ble gas) materials only if each of the following require ments is met: (1) Electrical apparatus in the cargo compartment is non sparking or explosion proof. (2) There is no combustion apparatus in the cargo com partment. (3) There is no connection for return of air from the cargo compartment to the combustion apparatus. (4) The heating system will not heat any part of the cargo to more than 54C (129F). (5) Heater requirements under 393.77 of this title are complied with. (B) Protection against use. Class 3 (flammable liquid) or Division 2.1 (flammable gas) materials may be transported by a vehicle, which is equipped with an automatic cargospace-heating temperature control device that does not meet each requirement of paragraph (l)(2)(iii)(A) of this section, only if the device is first rendered inoperable, as follows: (1) Each cargo heater fuel tank, if other than LPG, must be emptied or removed. (2) Each LPG fuel tank for automatic temperature control equipment must have its discharge valve closed and its fuel feed line disconnected. (m) Tanks constructed and maintained in compliance with Spec. 106Aor110A (179.300,179.301 of this subchapter) that are author ized for the shipment of hazardous materials by highway in Part 173 of this subchapter must be carried in accordance with the following requirements: (1) Tanks must be securely chocked or clamped on vehicles to prevent any shifting. (2) Equipment suitable for handling a tank must be provided at any point where a tank is to be loaded upon or removed from a vehicle. 421 PART 177 ABD00132196 177.834--177.837 April 1998 (3) No more than two cargo carrying vehicles may be in the same combination ot vehicles. (4) Compliance with 174.200 and 174.204 of this subchapter for combination rail freight, highway shipments and for trailer-on-flat-car service is required. (n) Specification 56, 57, IM 101, and IM 102 portable tanks, when loaded, may not be stacked on each other nor placed under other freight during transportation by motor vehicle. 177.835 Class 1 (explosive) materials. (See also 177.834(a) to (j).) (a) Engine stopped. No Class 1 (explosive) materials shall be loaded into or on or be unloaded from any motor vehicle with the engine running. (b) Care in loading, unloading, or other handling of Class 1 (explosive) materials. No bale hooks or other metal tools shall be used for the loading, unloading, or other handling of Class 1 (explosive) materials, nor shall any package or other container of Class 1 (explo sive) materials, except barrels or kegs, be rolled. No packages of Class 1 (explosive) materials shall be thrown or dropped during process of loading or unloading or handling of Class 1 (explosive) materials. Special care shall be exercised to the end that packages or other containers containing Class 1 (explosive) materials shall not catch fire from sparks or hot gases from the exhaust tailpipe. (1) Whenever tarpaulins are used for covering Class 1 (explosive) materials, they shall be secured by means of rope, wire, or other equally efficient tie downs. Class 1 (explosive) materials placards or markings required by 177.823 shall be secured, in the appropriate locations, directly to the equipment transporting theClass 1 (explosive) materials. If the vehicle is provided with placard boards, the placards must be applied to these boards. (c) Class 1 (explosive) materials on vehicles In combination. Division 1.1 or 1.2 (Class A explosive) materials may not be loaded into or carried on any vehicle or a combination of vehicles if: (1) More than two cargo carrying vehicles are in the combination; (2) Any full trailer in the combination has a wheel base of less than 184 inches; (3) Any vehicle in the combination is a cargo tank which is required to be marked or placarded under 177.823; or (4) The other vehicle in the combination contains any: (i) Substances, explosive, n.o.s., Division 1.1A (explosive) mate rial (Initiating explosive), (ii) Packages of Class 7 (radioactive) materials bearing "Yellow III" labels, (iii) Division 2.3 (poisonous gas) or Division 6.1 (poisonous) materi als, or (iv) Hazardous materials in a portable tank or a DOT specification 106A or 110A tank. (d) [Reserved] (e) No sharp projections inside body of vehicles. No motor vehi cle transporting any kind of Class 1 (explosive) material shall have on the interior of the body in which the Class 1 (explosive) materials are contained, any inwardly projecting bolts, screws, nails, or other inwardly projecting parts likely to produce damage to any package or container of Class 1 (explosive) materials during the loading or unloading process or in transit. (f) Class 1 (explosive) materials vehicles, floors tight and lined. Motor vehicles transporting Division 1.1, 1.2, or 1.3 (Class A or Class B explosive) materials shall have tight floors; shall have that portion of the interior in contact with the load lined with either non-metallic material or non-ferrous metals, except that the lining is not required for truck load shipments loaded by the Departments of the Army, Navy or Air Force of the United States Government provided the Class 1 (explosive) materials are of such nature that they are not liable to leakage of dust, powder, or vapor which might become the cause of an explosion. The interior of the cargo space must be in good condition so that there will not be any likelihood of containers being damaged by exposed bolts, nuts, broken side panels or floor boards, or any similar projections. (g) No detonator assembly or booster with detonator may be transported on the same motor vehicle with any Division 1.1, 1.2, or 1.3 (Class A or Class B explosive) material (except other detonator assemblies, boosters with detonators or detonators), explosives for blasting or detonating cord Division 1.4 (Class C explosive) material. No detonator may be transported on the same motor vehicle with any Division 1.1, 1.2, or 1.3 (Class A or Class B explosive) material (except other detonators, detonator assemblies or boosters with detonators), explosives for blasting or detonating cord, Division 1.4 (Class C explosive) material unless-- (1) It is packed in a specification MC 201 (178.318 of this subchap ter) container, or (2) The package conforms with requirements prescribed in 173.63 of this subchapter, and its use is restricted to instances when-- (i) There is no Division 1.1, 1.2, or 1.3 (Class A or Class B explosive) material or blasting agent loaded on the motor vehicle; and (ii) A separation of 61 cm (24 inches) is maintained between each package of detonators and each package of detonating cord; or (3) It is packed and loaded in accordance with a method approved by the Department. One method approved by the Department is as follows: (i) The detonators are in packagings as prescribed in 173.63 of this subchapter which in turn are loaded into suitable containers or separate compartments. Both the detonators and the con tainer or compartment must meet the requirements of the Insti tute of Makers of Explosives' Standard (IME Safety Library Publi cation No. 22). (h) Lading within body or covered tailgate closed. Except as provided in paragraphs (g), (k), and (m) of this section, dealing with the transportation of liquid nitroglycerin, desensitized liquid nitroglyc erin or diethylene glycol dinitrate, all of that portion of the lading of any motor vehicle which consists of Class 1 (explosive) materials shall be contained entirely within the body of the motor vehicle or within the horizontal outline thereof, without overhang or projection of any part of the load and if such motor vehicle has a tailboard or tailgate, it shall be closed and secured in place during such transportation. Every motor vehicle transporting Class 1 (explosive) materials must either have a closed body or have the body thereof covered with a tarpaulin, and in either event care must be taken to protect the load from moisture and sparks, except that subject to other provisions of these regulations, Class 1 (explosive) materials other than black powder may be transported on flat-bed vehicles if the explosive portion of the load on each vehicle is packed in fire and water resistant containers or covered with a fire and water resistant tarpaulin. (I) Class 1 (explosive) materials to be protected against damage by other lading. No motor vehicle transporting any Class 1 (explo sive) material may transport as a part of its load any metal or other articles or materials likely to damage such Class 1 (explosive) material or any package in which it is contained, unless the different parts of such load be so segregated or secured in place in or on the motor vehicle and separated by bulkheads or other suitable means as to prevent such damage. (j) Transfer of Class 1 (explosive) materials en route. No Divi sion 1.1, 1.2, or 1.3 (Class A or Class B explosive) material shall be transferred from one container to another, or from one motor vehicle to another vehicle, or from another vehicle to a motor vehicle, on any public highway, street, or road, except in case of emergency. In such cases red electric lanterns, red emergency reflectors or red flags shall be set out in the manner prescribed for disabled or stopped motor vehicles. (See Motor Carrier Safety Regulations, Part 392 of this Title.) In any event, all practicable means, in addition to those hereinbefore prescribed, shall be taken to protect and warn other users of the highway against the hazard involved in any such transfer or against the hazard occasioned by the emergency making such transfer nec essary. ^^B 177.837 Class 3 (flammable liquid) materials. (See also 177.834(a) to (j).) (a) Engine stopped. Unless the engine of a cargo tank motor vehicle is to be used for the operation of a pump, no Class 3 material shall be loaded into, or on, or unloaded from any cargo tank motor vehicle while the engine is running. (b) Bonding and grounding containers other than cargo tanks prior to and during transfer of lading. For containers which are not in metallic contact with each other, either metallic bonds or ground conductors shall be provided for the neutralization of possible static charges prior to and during transfers of Class 3 (flammable liquid) materials between such containers. Such bonding shall be made by first connecting an electric conductor to the container to be filled and ^^B 422 ABD00132197 April 1998 177.837--177.840 subsequently connecting the conductor to the container from which the liquid is to come, and not in any other order. To provide against ignition of vapors by discharge of static electricity, the latter cqnnection shall be made at a point well removed from the opening from which the Class 3 (flammable liquid) material is to be discharged. (c) Bonding and grounding cargo tanks before and during transfer of lading. (1) When a cargo tank is loaded through an open filling hole, one end of a bond wire shall be connected to the stationary system piping or integrally connected steel framing, and the other end to the shell of the cargo tank to provide a continuous electrical connection. (If bonding is to the framing, it is essential that piping and framing be electrically interconnected.) This connection must be made before any filling hole is opened, and must remain in place until after the last filling hole has been closed. Additional bond wires are not needed around All-Metal flexible or swivel joints, but are required for nonmetallic flexible connections in the stationary system piping. When a cargo tank is unloaded by a suction-piping system through an open filling hole of the cargo tank, electrical continuity shall be maintained from cargo tank to receiving tank. (2) When a cargo tank is loaded or unloaded through a vapor-tight (not open hole) top or bottom connection, so that there is no release of vapor at a point where a spark could occur, bonding or grounding, is not required. Contact of the closed connection must be made before flow starts and must not be broken until after the flow is completed. (3) Bonding or grounding is not required when a cargo tank is unloaded through a nonvapor-tight connection into a stationary tank provided the metallic filling connection is maintained in contact with the filling hole. 177.838 Class 4 (flammable solid) materials, Class 5 (oxidiz ing) materials, and Division 4.2 (pyroforic liquid) materials. (See also 177.834(a) to (j).) (a) Lading within body or covered; tailgate closed; pick-up and delivery. All of that portion of the lading of any motor vehicle transporting Class 4 (flammable solid) or Class 5 (oxidizing) materials shall be contained entirely within the body of the motor vehicle and shall be covered by such body, by tarpaulins, or other suitable means, and if such motor vehicle has a tailboard or tailgate, it shall be closed and secured in place during such transportation: Provided, however, That the provisions of this paragraph need not apply to "pick-up and delivery" motor vehicles when such motor vehicles are used in no other transportation than in and about cities, towns, or villages. Shipment in water-tight bulk containers need not be covered by a tarpaulin or other means. (b) Articles to be kept dry. Special care shall be taken in the loading of any motor vehicle with Class 4 (flammable solid) or Class 5 (oxidizing) materials which are likely to become hazardous to transport when wet, to keep them from being wetted during the loading process and to keep them dry during transit. Special care shall also be taken in the loading of any motor vehicle with Class 4 (flammable solid) or Class 5 (oxidizing) materials, which are likely to become more hazard ous to transport by wetting, to keep them from being wetted during the loading process and to keep them dry during transit. Examples of such dangerous materials are charcoal screenings, ground, crushed, or pulverized charcoal, and lump charcoal. (c) Lading ventilation, precautions against spontaneous com bustion. Whenever a motor carrier has knowledge concerning the hazards of spontaneous combustion or heating of any article to be loaded on a motor vehicle, such article shall be so loaded as to afford sufficient ventilation of the load to provide reasonable assur ance against fire from this cause; and in such a case the motor vehicle shall be unloaded as soon as practicable after reaching its destination. Charcoal screenings, or ground, crushed, granulated, or pulverized charcoal, in bags, shall be so loaded that the bags are laid horizontally in the motor vehicle, and so piled that there will be spaces for effective air circulation, which spaces shall not be less than 10 cm (3.9 inches) wide; and air spaces shall be maintained between rows of bags. Bags shall not be piled closer than 15 cm (5.9 inches) from the top of any motor vehicle with a closed body. (d) [Reserved] (e) [Reserved] (1) Nitrates, except ammonium nitrate having organic coating, must be loaded in closed or open type motor vehicles, which must be swept clean and be free of any projections capable of injuring bags when so packaged. When shipped in open type motor vehicles, the lading must be suitably covered. Ammonium nitrate having organic coating must not be loaded in all-metal vehicles, other than those made of aluminum or aluminum alloys, of the closed type. (g) A motor vehicle may only contain 45.4 kg (100 pounds) or less net mass of material described as "Smokeless powder for small arms, Division 4.1". (h) Division 4.2 (pyrophoric liquid) materials in cylinders. Cylinders containing Division 4.2 (pyrophoric liquid) materials, unless packed in a strong box or case and secured therein to protect valves, must be loaded with all valves and safety relief devices in the vapor space. All cylinders must be secured so that no shifting occurs in transit. 177.839 Class 8 (corrosive) materials. (See also 177.834(a) through (j).) (a) Nitric acid. No packaging of nitric acid of 50 percent or greater concentration may be loaded above any packaging containing any other kind of material. (b) Storage batteries. All storage batteries containing any electro lyte must be so loaded, if loaded with other lading, that all such batteries will be protected against other lading falling onto or against them, and adequate means must be provided in all cases for the protection and insulation of battery terminals against short circuits. 177.840 Class 2 (gases) materials, (a) Floors or platforms essentially flat. (See also 177.834(a) to (j).) Cylinders containing Class 2 (gases) materials shall not be loaded onto any part of the floor or platform of any motor vehicle which is not essentially flat; cylinders containing Class 2 (gases) materials may be loaded onto any motor vehicle not having a floor or platform only if such motor vehicle be equipped with suitable racks having adequate means for securing such cylinders in place therein. Nothing contained in this section shall be so construed as to prohibit the loading of such cylinders on any motor vehicle having a floor or platform and racks as hereinbefore described. (1) Cylinders. To prevent their overturning, cylinders containing Class 2 (gases) materials must be securely lashed in an upright posi tion; loaded into racks securely attached to the motor vehicle; packed in boxes or crates of such dimensions as to prevent their overturning; or loaded in a horizontal position. Specification DOT- 4L cylinders must be loaded in an upright position and securely braced. (2) Cylinders for hydrogen, cryogenic liquid. A Specification DOT-4L cylinder containing hydrogen, cryogenic liquid may only be transported on a motor vehicle as follows: (i) The vehicle must have an open body equipped with a suitable rack or support having a means to hold the cylinder upright when subjected to an acceleration of 2 "g" in any horizontal direction; (ii) The combined total of the hydrogen venting rates, as marked, on the cylinders transported on one motor vehicle may not exceed 60 SCF per hour; (iii) The vehicle may not enter a tunnel; and (iv) Highway transportation is limited to private and contract car riage and to direct movement from point of origin to destination. (b) Portable tank containers containing Class 2 (gases) materials shall be loaded on motor vehicles only as follows: (1) Onto a flat floor or platform of a motor vehicle. (2) Onto a suitable frame of a motor vehicle. (3) In either such case, such containers shall be safely and securely blocked or held down to prevent movement relative to each other or to the supporting structure when in transit, particularly during sudden starts and stops and changes of direction of the vehicle. (4) Requirements of subparagraphs (1) and (2) of this paragraph (b) shall not be construed as prohibiting stacking of containers pro vided the provisions of subparagraph (3) of this paragraph (b) are fully complied with. (c) [Reserved] (d) Engine to be stopped in tank motor vehicles, except for transfer pump. No Division 2.1 (flammable gas) material shall be loaded into or on or unloaded from any cargo tank with the engine running unless the engine is used for the operation of the transfer pump of the vehicle. Unless the delivery hose is equipped with a shut-off valve at its discharge end, the engine of the motor vehicle shall be stopped at the finish of such loading or unloading operation while the filling or discharge connections are disconnected. PART 177 423 ABD00132198 177.840--177.842 April 1998 (e) Chlorine cargo tanks shall be shipped only when equipped (1) with a gas mask of a type approved by The National Institute of Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH) Pittsburgh Research Center, U-S. Department of Health and Human Services for chlorine service; (2) with an emergency kit for controlling leaks in fittings on the dome cover plate. (f) A cargo tank motor vehicle used for transportation of chlorine may not be moved, coupled or uncoupled, when any loading or unloading connections are attached to the vehicle, nor may it be left without the power unit attached unless the vehicle is chocked or equivalent means are provided to prevent motion. For additional requirements, see 173.315(o) of this subchapter. (g) Each liquid discharge valve on a cargo tank, other than an engine fuel line valve, must be closed during transportation except during loading and unloading. (h) The driver ofamotorvehicletransportingaDivision 2.1 (flamma ble gas) material that is a cryogenic liquid in a package exceeding 450 liters (119 gallons) of water capacity shall avoid unnecessary delays during transportation. If unforeseen conditions cause an exces sive pressure rise, the driver shall manually vent the tank at a remote and safe location. For each shipment, the driver shall make a written record of the cargo tank pressure and ambient (outside) temperature: (1) At the start of each trip, (2) Immediately before and after any manual venting, (3) At least once every five hours, and (4) At the destination point. (I) No person may transport a Division 2.1 (flammable gas) material that is a cryogenic liquid in a cargo tank unless the pressure of the lading is equal to or less than that used to determine the marked rated holding time (MRHT) and the one-way travel time (OWTT), marked on the tank in conformance with 173.318(g) of this subchapter, is equal to or greater than the elapsed time between the start and termination of travel. This prohibition does not apply if, prior to expiration of the OWTT, the tank is brought to full equilibration as specified in paragraph (j) of this section. (j) Full equilibration of a cargo tank transporting a Division 2.1 (flammable gas) material that is a cryogenic liquid may only be done at a facility that loads or unloads a flammable cryogenic liquid and must be performed and verified as follows: (1) The temperature and pressure of the liquid must be reduced by a manually controlled release of vapor; and (2) The pressure in the cargo tank must be measured at least ten minutes after the manual release is terminated. (k) A carrier of carbon monoxide, cryogenic liquid must provide each driver with a self-contained air breathing apparatus that is ap proved by the National Institute of Occupational Safety and Health; for example. Mine Safety Appliance Co., Model 401, catalog number 461704. 177.841 Division 6.1 (poisonous) and Division 2.3 (poisonous gas) materials. (See also 177.834(a) to (j).) (a) Arsenical compounds in bulk. Care shall be exercised in the loading and unloading of "arsenical dust", "arsenic trioxide", and "sodium arsenate", allowable to be loaded into sift-proof, steel hoppertype or dump-type motor-vehicle bodies equipped with water-proof, dust-proof covers well secured in place on all openings, to accomplish such loading with the minimum spread of such compounds into the atmosphere by all means that are practicable; and no such loading or unloading shall be done near or adjacent to any place where there are or are likely to be, during the loading or unloading process assemblages of persons other than those engaged in the loading or unloading process, or upon any public highway or in any public place. Before any motor vehicle may be used for transporting any other articles, all detectable traces of arsenical materials must be removed therefrom by flushing with water, or by other appropriate method, and the marking removed. (b) [Reserved] (c) Division 2.3 (poisonous gas) or Division 6.1 (poisonous) materials. The transportation of a Division 2.3 (poisonous gas) or Division 6.1 (poisonous) material is not permitted if there is any inter connection between packagings. (d) [Reserved] (e) A motor carrier may not transport a package: (1) Bearing or required to bear a POISON or POISON INHALATION HAZARD label in the same motor vehicle with material that is marked as or known to be a foodstuffs, feed or edible material intended for consumption by humans or animals unless the poisonous material is packaged in accordance with this subchapter and is: (1) Overpacked in a metal drum as specified in 173.25(c) of this subchapter; or (ii) Loaded into a closed unit load device and the foodstuffs, feed, or other edible material are loaded into another closed unit load device; (2) Bearing or required to bear a POISON, POISON GAS or POI SON INHALATION HAZARD label in the driver's compartment (in cluding a sleeper berth) of a motor vehicle; or (3) Bearing a KEEP AWAY FROM FOOD label with materials marked as or known to be foodstuffs, feed, or any other edible material intended for consumption by humans or animals unless the package bearing the KEEP AWAY FROM FOOD label is separated in a manner that, in the event of leakage from packages under conditions normally incident to transportation, commingling of hazardous materials with foodstuffs, feed, or any other edible material would not occur. 177.842 Class 7 (radioactive) material, (a) The number of packages of Class 7 (radioactive) materials in any transport vehicle or storage location must be limited so that the total transport index number does not exceed 50. The total transport index of a group of packages and overpacks is determined by adding together the transport index number on the labels on the individual packages and overpacks in the group. This provision does not apply to exclusive use shipments described in 173.441(b), 173.457, and 173.427 of this subchapter. (b) Packages of Class 7 (radioactive) material bearing "RADIOAC TIVE YELLOW-ir or "RADIOACTIVE YELLOW-III" labels may not be placed in a transport vehicle, storage location or in any other place closer than the distances shown in the following table to any area which may be continuously occupied by any passenger, employee, or animal, nor closer than the distances shown in the table to any package containing undeveloped film (if so marked), and must con form to the following conditions: (1) If more than one of these packages is present, the distance must be computed from the following table on the basis of the total transport index number determined by adding together the transport index number on the labels on the individual packages and overpacks in the vehicle or storeroom. (2) Where more than one group of packages is present in any single storage location, a single group may not have a total transport index greater than 50. Each group of packages must be handled and stowed not closer than 6 meters (20 feet) (measured edge to edge) to any other group. The following table is to be used in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (b) of this section: Total transport Index Minimum separation distances in meters (feet) to nearest undeveloped film in various times of transit Up to 2 hours 2-4 hours 4-8 hours 8- 12 hours Over 12 hours Minimum distance in meters (feet) to area of persons, or minimum distance in meters (feel) from dividing partition of cargo compartments None . . . 0.0 (0) ................. 00(0) .... 0.0(0) . 0.0(0) ... 0.0(0)................. 0.0 (0) 0.1 to 1.0 ... 0.3(1).................... 0.6(2).................... 0.9(3).................... 1.2(4).................... 1.5(5).................... 0.3(1) 1.1 to 5.0 0.9 (3) .................... 12(4).................... 1.8(6) 2.4 (8) . . 3.4(11) .... 0.6 (2) 5 1 to 10 0 1.2(4).................... 1.8(6) ------- 2.7 (9) . . 3.4(11)................. 4.6(15) ................. 0.9 (3) 10.1 to 20 0 . . 1 5 (5).................... 2.4 (8) . . . 3.7(12) 4.9(16) . . 6.7 (22) . . 1 2(4) 20 1 to 30 0 ... 2.1 (7) .................... 3.0(10)................. 4.6 (15) .... 6.1 (20)................. 8 8 (29) ................. 1.5 (5) 30.1 to 400 . . . 2.4 (8) .................... 3.4(11) 5.2(17) 6.7(22)................. 10 1 (33) .............. 18(6) 40.1 to 50.0 2.7 (9) .................... 37(12) ................ 5.8(19).................. 7.3(24...................... 11.0(36) ............... 21 (7) Note: The distance in this table must be measured rom the nearest point on the nearest packages of Class 7 (radioactive) material 424 ABD00132199 April 1998 177.842--177.848 (c) Shipments of low specific activity materials and surface contami nated objects, as defined in 173.403 of this subchapter, must be loaded so as to avoid spillage and scattering of loose materials. Load ing restrictions are set forth in 173.427 of this subchapter. (d) Packages must be so blocked and braced that they cannot change position during conditions normally incident to transportation. (e) Persons should not remain unnecessarily in a vehicle containing Class 7 (radioactive) materials. (f) Each fissile material, controlled shipment (as defined in 173.403 of this subchapter) must be transported in accordance with one of the methods prescribed in 173.457 of this subchapter. The transport controls must be adequate to assure that no fissile material, controlled shipment is transported in the same transport vehicle with any other fissile Class 7 (radioactive) material shipment. In loading and storage areas each fissile material, controlled shipment must be segregated by a distance of at least 6 meters (20 feet) from any other package required to bear one of the "Radioactive" labels described in 172.403 of this subchapter. (g) For shipments transported under exclusive use conditions the radiation dose rate may not exceed 0.02 mSv per hour (2 mrem per hour) in any position normally occupied in the motor vehicle. For shipments transported as exclusive use under the provisions of 173.441(b) of this subchapter for packages with external radiation levels in excess of 2 mSv (200 mrem per hour) at the package surface, the motor vehicle must meet the requirements of a closed transport vehicle (173.403 of this subchapter). The total transport index for packages containing fissile material may not exceed 100. 177.843 Contamination of vehicles, (a) Each motor vehicle used for transporting Class 7 (radioactive) materials under exclusive use conditions in accordance with 173.427(b)(3) or (c) or 173.443(c) of this subchapter must be surveyed with radiation detection instru ments after each use. A vehicle may not be returned to service until the radiation dose rate at every accessible surface is 0.005 mSv per hour (0.5 mrem per hour) or less and the removable (non-fixed) radioactive surface contamination is not greater than the level pre scribed in 173.443(a) of this subchapter. (b) This section does not apply to any vehicle used solely for trans porting Class 7 (radioactive) material if a survey of the interior surface shows that the radiation dose rate does not exceed 0.1 mSv per hour (10 mrem per hour) at the interior surface or 0.02 mSv per hour (2 mrem per hour) at 1 meter (3.3 feet) from any interior surface. These vehicles must be stenciled with the words "For Radioactive Materials Use Only" in lettering at least 7.6 centimeters (3 inches) high in a conspicuous place, on both sides of the exterior of the vehicle. These vehicles must be kept closed at all times other than loading and unloading. (c) In case of fire, accident, breakage, or unusual delay involving shipments of Class 7 (radioactive) material, see 177.861. PART 177 Subpart C SEGREGATION AND SEPARATION CHART OF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS 177.848 Segregation of hazardous materials. (a) This section applies to materials which meet one or more of the hazard classes defined in this subchapter and are: (1) In packages which require labels in accordance with Part 172 of this subchapter; (2) In a compartment within a multi-compartmented cargo tank subject to the restrictions in 173.33 of this subchapter; or (3) In a portable tank loaded in a transport vehicle or freight con tainer. (b) When a transport vehicle is to be transported by vessel, other than a ferry vessel, hazardous materials on or within that vehicle must be stowed and segregated in accordance with 176.83(b) of this subchapter. (c) In addition to the provisions of paragraph (d) of this section, cyanides or cyanide mixtures may not be loaded or stored with acids. (d) Hazardous materials may not be loaded, transported, or stored together, except as provided in this section, and in accordance with the following Table: Segregation Table for Hazardous Materials Class or Division 2.3 2.3 gas gas 1.1 Zone Zone Notes 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 2.1 2.2 A 6 3 Explosives, 1.1 and 1.2 ................................................................. A *****X X X XX Explosives, 1.3 ................................................................................ Explosives. 1.4 ................................................................................. *X *****0 X XX 0 00 Very insensitive explosives, 1.5 .................................................... A *X X X XX Extremely insensitive explosives, 1.6............................................... * it * Flammable gases, 2.1 .................................................................... X X0X X0 Non-toxic, non-tlammable gases, 2.2........................................... x X Poisonous gas Zone A, 2.3.............................................................. X X0X X X 6.1 liquids PG 1 4.1 4.2 4.3 5.1 5.2 Zone A XXXX X X XXXX 0 X 0 XXXXX X 0 XXXXX 8 liquids 7 only XX X 0 XX 0 X Poisonous gas Zone B, 2.3................................................................ Flammable liquids, 3 ....................................................................... Flammable solids, 4.1 .................................................................... Spontaneously combustible materials, 4.2.................................. X X0X XX0X XX X X0X 0 0 0 0000 X0 0 X0 X0 X X X 0 0 X Dangerous when wet materials, 4.3.............................................. Oxidizers, 5.1 .................................................................................... Organic peroxides, 5.2.................................................................... Poisonous liquids PG 1 Zone A, 6.1.............................................. A XX X XX X XX X XX0 0 X0 X 00 X0 X X X XX X X X X 0 0 0 X Radioactive materials, 7 ................................................................. Corrosive liquids, 8.......................................................................... XX X X0X 0 X0 0 X 000 X (e) Instructions for using the segregation table for hazardous mate rials are as follows: (1) The absence of any hazard class or division or a blank space in the Table indicates that no restrictions apply. (2) The letter "X" in the Table indicates that these materials may not be loaded, transported, or stored together in the same transport vehicle or storage facility during the course of transportation. (3) The letter "O" in the Table indicates that these materials may not be loaded, transported, or stored together in the same transport vehicle or storage facility during the course of transportation unless separated in a manner that, in the event of leakage from packages under conditions normally incident to transportation, commingling of hazardous materials would not occur. Notwithstanding the methods of separation employed, Class 8 (corrosive) liquids may not be loaded 425 ABDOO132200 177.848--177.854 April 1998 above or adjacent to Class 4 (flammable) or Class 5 (oxidizing) materi als; except that shippers may load truckload shipments of such materi als together when it is known that the mixture of contents would not cause a fire or a dangerous evolution of heat or gas. (4) The in the Table indicates that segregation among different Class 1 (explosive) materials is governed by the compatibility table in paragraph (f) of this section. (5) The note "A" in the second column of the Table means that, notwithstanding the requirements of the letter "X", ammonium nitrate (UN 1942) and ammonium nitrate fertilizer may be loaded or stored with Division 1.1 (Class A explosive) or Division 1.5 (blasting agents) materials. (6) When the 172.101 Table or 172.402 of this subchapter requires a package to bear a subsidiary hazard label, segregation appropriate to the subsidiary hazard must be applied when that segre gation is more restrictive than that required by the primary hazard. However, hazardous materials of the same class may be stowed together without regard to segregation required by any secondary hazard if the materials are not capable of reacting dangerously with each other and causing combustion or dangerous evolution of heat, evolution of flammable, poisonous, or asphyxiant gases, or formation of corrosive or unstable materials. (f) Class 1 (explosive) materials shall not be loaded, transported, or stored together, except as provided in this section, and in accord ance with the following Table: Compatibility Table for Class 1 (Explosive) Materials Compatibility group ABcD E FGHJ KLNs A .............................................................. XXXXXXXXXXXX B .................................................. X X 4 X X X X X X X X 4/5 C. .................................................................................. X X 2 2 X X X X X X 3 4/5 D ............................................... ......................... X 4 2 2 X X X X X X 3 4/5 E. .................................................. XX22 X X X X X X 3 4/5 F......................................................................................................... X X X X X X X X X X X 4/5 G ................................................................................................ X X X X X X X X X X X 4/5 H.... ............................................................................. X X X X X XX X X X X 4/5 J ....................................................................... XXXXXXXX X X X 4/5 K ............................... ............................ X X X X X XX X X X X 4/5 L ............................ X X X X X X X X X X XX N.................. ........................................................................ X X 3 3 3 X X X X X X 4/5 s ........................................................... X 4/5 4/5 4/5 4/5 4/5 4/5 4/5 4/5 4/5 X 4/5 (9) Instructions for using the compatibility table for Class 1 (explo sive) materials are as follows: (1) A blank space in the Table indicates that no restrictions apply. (2) The letter "X" in the Table indicates that explosives of different compatibility groups may not be carried on the same transport vehicle. (3) The numbers in the Table mean the following: (i) "1" means an explosive from compatibility group L shall only be carried on the same transport vehicle with an identical ex plosive. (ii) "2" means any combination of explosives from compatibility groups C, D, or E is assigned to compatibility group E. (iii) "3" means any combination of explosives from compatibility groups C, D, or E with those in compatibility group N is assigned to compatibility group D. (iv) "4" means see 177.835{g) when transporting detonators. (v) "5" means Division 1.4S fireworks may not be loaded on the same transport vehicle with Division 1.1 or 1.2 (Class A explo sive) materials. (h) Except as provided in paragraph (i) of this section, explosives of the same compatibility group but of different divisions may be transported together provided that the whole shipment is transported as though its entire contents were of the lower numerical division (i.e., Division 1.1 being lower than Division 1.2). For example, a mixed shipment of Division 1.2 (Class A explosive) materials and Division 1.4 (Class C explosive) materials, both of compatibility group D, must be transported as Division 1.2 (Class A explosive) materials. (I) When Division 1.5 (blasting agent) materials, compatibility group D, are transported in the same freight container as Division 1.2 (Class A explosive) materials, compatibility group D, the shipment must be transported as Division 1.1 (Class A explosive) materials, compatibility group D. Subpart D VEHICLES AND SHIPMENTS IN TRANSIT; ACCIDENTS 177.854 Disabled vehicles and broken or leaking packages; repairs. (See also Forbidden articles, 177.821.) (a) Care of lading, hazardous materials. Whenever for any cause other than necessary traffic stops any motor vehicle transporting any hazardous material is stopped upon the traveled portion of any high way or shoulder thereof, special care shall be taken to guard the vehicle and its toad or to take such steps as may be necessary to provide against hazard. Special effort shall be made to remove the motor vehicle to a place where the hazards of the materials being transported may be provided against. See 392.22, 392.24, and 392.25 of this title for warning devices required to be displayed on the highway. (b) Disposition of containers found broken or leaking in transit. When leaks occur in packages or containers during the course of transportation, subsequent to initial loading, disposition of such pack age or container shall be made by the safest practical means afforded under paragraphs (c), (d), and (e) of this section. (c) Repairing or overpacking packages. (1) Packages may be repaired when safe and practicable, such repairing to be in accord ance with the best and safest practice known and available. (2) Packages of hazardous materials that are damaged or found leaking during transportation, and hazardous materials that have spilled or leaked during transportation, may be forwarded to destina tion or returned to the shipper in a salvage drum in accordance with the requirements of 173.3(c) of this subchapter. (d) Transportation of repaired packages. Any package repaired in accordance with the requirements of paragraph (c)(1)of this section, except as provided in 177.855(c), 177.856(c), and 177.858(b), may be transported to the nearest place at which it may safely be disposed of only in compliance with the following requirements: (1) The package must be safe for transportation. (2) The repair of the package must be adequate to prevent contami nation of or hazardous admixture with other lading transported on the same motor vehicle therewith. (3) If the carrier is not himself the shipper, the consignee's name and address must be plainly marked on the repaired package. (e) Disposition of unsafe broken packages. In the event any leaking package or container cannot be safely and adequately re paired for transportation or transported, it shall be stored pending proper disposition in the safest and most expeditious manner possible. 426 ABDOO132201 April 1998 177.854--177.870 (f) Stopped vehicles; other dangerous articles. Whenever any motor vehicle transporting Class 3 (flammable liquid), Class 4 (flamma ble solid). Class 5 (oxidizing), Class 8 (corrosive), Class 2 (gases), or Division 6.1 (poisonous) materials, is stopped for any cause other than necessary traffic stops upon the traveled portion of any highway, or a shoulder next thereto, the following requirements shall be com plied with during the period of such stop: (1) For motor vehicles other than cargo tanks used for the transpor tation of Class 3 (flammable liquid) or Division 2.1 (flammable gas) materials and not transporting Division 1.1, 1.2, or 1.3 (Class A or B explosive) materials, warning devices must be set out in the manner prescribed by 392.22 of this title. (2) For cargo tanks used for the transportation of Class 3 (flammable liquid) or Division 2.1 (flammable gas) materials, whether loaded or empty, and vehicles transporting Division 1.1, 1.2, or 1.3 (explosive) materials, warning devices must be set out in the manner prescribed by 392.25 of this title. (g) Repairs and maintenance of vehicles containing certain hazardous materials--(1) General. No person may use heat, flame or spark producing devices to repair or maintain the cargo or fuel containment system of a motor vehicle required to be placarded, other than COMBUSTIBLE, in accordance with subpart F of Part 172 of this subchapter. As used in this section, "containment system" includes all vehicle components intended physically to contain cargo or fuel during loading or filling, transport, or unloading. (2) Repair and maintenance inside a building. No person may perform repair or maintenance on a motor vehicle subject to paragraph (g)(1) of this section inside a building unless: (i) The motor vehicle's cargo and fuel containment systems are closed (except as necessary to maintain or repair the vehicle's motor) and do not show any indication of leakage; (ii) A means is provided, and a person capable to operate the motor vehicle is available, to immediately remove the motor vehicle if necessary in an emergency; (iii) The motor vehicle is removed from the enclosed area upon completion of repair or maintenance work; and (iv) For motor vehicles loaded with Division 1.1, 1.2, or 1.3 (Class A or B explosive), Class 3 (flammable liquid), or Division 2.1 (flammable gas) materials, all sources of spark, flame or glow ing heat within the area of enclosure (including any heating system drawing air therefrom) are extinguished, made inopera ble or rendered explosion-proof by a suitable method. Excep tion: Electrical equipment on the vehicle, necessary to accom plish the maintenance function, may remain operational. (h) No repair with flame unless gas-free. No repair of a cargo tank used for the transportation of any Class 3 (flammable liquid) or Division 6.1 (poisonous liquid) material, or any compartment thereof, or of any container for fuel of whatever nature, may be repaired by any method employing a flame, arc, or other means of welding, unless the tank or compartment shall first have been made gas-free. Subpart E REGULATIONS APPLYING TO HAZARDOUS MATERIAL ON MOTOR VEHICLES CARRYING PASSENGERS FOR HIRE 177.870 Regulations for passenger carrying vehicles. (a) Vehicles transporting passengers and property. In addition to the regulations in Parts 170-189 of this subchapter the following requirements shall apply to vehicles transporting passengers and property. (b) No Class 1 (explosive) materials or other hazardous materi als on passenger-carrying vehicles, exceptions. No hazardous materials except small-arms ammunition, emergency shipments of drugs, chemicals and hospital supplies, and the accompanying muni tions of war of the Departments of the Army, Navy, and Air Force of the United States Government, are authorized by Parts 170-189 of this subchapter to be transported on motor vehicles carrying passen gers for hire where other practicable means of transportation is available. (c) Class 1 (explosive) materials in passenger carrying space forbidden. No Class 1 (explosive) material, except small-arms ammu nition, may be carried in the passenger-carrying space of any motor vehicle transporting passengers for hire. (d) Hazardous materials on passenger-carrying vehicles; quan tity. Where no other practicable means of transportation is available, the following articles in the quantities as shown may be transported in motor vehicles carrying passengers for hire in a space other than that provided for passengers: Not to exceed 45 kg (99 pounds) gross weight of any or all of the kinds of Class 1 (explosive) materials permit ted to be transported by passenger-carrying aircraft or rail car may be transported on a motor vehicle transporting passengers: Provided, however, That samples of Class 1 (explosive) materials for laboratory examination, not to exceed two samples, or a total of no more than 100 detonators, Division 1.4 (Class C explosive) materials at one time, in a single motor vehicle, may be transported in a motor vehicle transporting passengers. (e) Articles other than Class 1 (explosive) materials on passen ger-carrying vehicles. The gross weight of any given class of hazard ous material other than Class 1 (explosive) materials shall not exceed 45 kg (99 pounds), and the aggregate weight of all such other danger ous articles shall not exceed 225 kg (496 pounds). This provision does not apply to nontoxic, nonflammable refrigerants, when such refrigerant is for servicing operations of a motor carrier on whose motor vehicles the refrigerant is used. A cylinder secured against movement while in transit and not exceeding 113 kg (250 pounds) gross weight may be transported. (f) Division 6.1 (poisonous) or Division 2.3 (poisonous gas) materials on passenger-carrying vehicles. No motor carrier may transport any extremely dangerous Division 6.1 (poisonous) or Division 2.3 (poisonous gas) material, or any paranitroaniline, in any amount, in or on any bus while engaged in the transportation of passengers; or any less dangerous Division 6.1 (poisonous) material, which is other than a liquid, in any amount exceeding an aggregate of 45 kg (99 pounds) gross weight in or on any such bus. (g) Class 7 (radioactive) materials. In addition to the limitations prescribed in paragraphs (b) and (e) of this section, no person may transport any Class 7 (radioactive) material requiring labels under 172.436, 172.438, and 172.440 of this subchapter in or on any motor vehicle carrying passengers for hire except where no other practicable means of transportation is available. Packages of Class 7 (radioactive) materials must be stored only in the trunk or baggage compartment of the vehicle, and must not be stored in any compart ment occupied by persons. Packages of Class 7 (radioactive) materi als must be handled and placed in the vehicle as prescribed in 177.842. PART 177 427 ABDOO132202 Part 178 * Specifications for Packages April 1998 ABDOO132203 PART 178 SPECIFICATIONS FOR PACKAGINGS Subject Sec. Purpose and scope .................................................... 178.1 Applicability and responsibility................................. 178.2 Marking of packagings............................................... 178.3 Subpart A--[RESERVED] Page 430 430 431 Subpart B--Specifications for Inside Containers, and Linings Specification 2P; inner nonrefillable metal receptacles ............................................................... Specification 2Q; inner nonrefillable metal receptacles ............................................................... 178.33 178.33a 431 432 Subpart C--Specifications for Cylinders General requirements for specification cylinders 178.35 Specification 3A and 3AX seamless steel cylinders .................................................................... 178.36 Specification 3AA and 3AAX seamless steel cylinders .................................................................... 178.37 Specification 3B seamless steel cylinders ........... 178.38 Specification 3BN seamless nickel cylinders . . . 178.39 Specification 3E seamless steel cylinders ........... 178.42 Specification 3HT seamless steel cylinders for aircraft use.................................................................. 178.44 Specification 3T seamless steel cylinders ........... 178.45 Specification 3AL seamless aluminum cylinders 178.46 Specification 4DS welded stainless steel cylinders for aircraft use......................................... 178.47 Specification 4B welded or brazed steel cylinders .................................................................... 178.50 Specification 4BA welded or brazed steel cylinders .................................................................... 178.51 Specification 4D welded steel cylinders for aircraft use.................................................................. 178.53 Specification 4B240ET welded or brazed cylinders .................................................................... 178.55 Specification 4AA480 welded steel cylinders ... 178.56 Specification 4L welded insulated cylinders .... 178.57 Specification 4DA welded steel cylinders for aircraft use.................................................................. 178.58 Specification 8 steel cylinders with porous fillings for acetylene............................................................... 178.59 Specification 8AL steel cylinders with porous fillings for acetylene................................................. 178.60 Specification 4BW welded steel cylinders with electric-arc welded longitudinal seam................ 178.61 Specification 39 non-reusable (non-refillable) cylinders .................................................................... 178.65 Specification 4E welded aluminum cylinders ... 178.68 432 433 434 436 437 438 439 440 442 444 445 447 448 450 451 453 455 457 458 459 461 462 Subpart H--Specifications for Portable Tanks Specification 51; steel portable tanks ................... Specification 60; steel portable tanks ................... Specification IM 101 and IM 102 steel portable tanks; general design and construction requirements ............................................................ Specification IM 101 steel portable tanks.............. Specification IM 102 steel portable tanks.............. 178.245 178.255 178.270 178.271 178.272 464 465 466 470 470 Subpart I--[RESERVED] Subpart J--Specifications for Containers for Motor Vehicle Transportation Specification MC 201; container for detonators and percussion caps.............................................. General requirements applicable to all DOT specification cargo tank motor vehicles ........... 178.318 178.320 470 471 Subject Sec. Specification MC 331; cargo tank motor vehicle primarily for transportation of compressed gases as defined in Subpart G of Part 173 of this subchapter......................................................... Specification MC-338, insulated cargo tank .... General design and construction requirements applicable to Specification DOT 406 (178.346), DOT 407 (178.347), and DOT 412 (178.348) cargo tank motor vehicles................ Specification DOT 406; cargo tank motor vehicle Specification DOT 407; cargo tank motor vehicle Specification DOT 412; cargo tank motor vehicle 178.337 178.338 178.345 178.346 178.347 178.348 Page 472 477 482 490 491 492 Subpart K--Specifications for Packagings for Class 7 (Radioactive) Specification 7A; general packaging, Type A . . . Specification 6L; metal packaging ......................... Specification 6M; metal packaging......................... Specification 20PF phenolic-foam insulated, metal overpack......................................................... Specification 21PF fire and shock resistant, phenolic-foam insulated, metal overpack .... Specification 2R; inside containment vessel .... Specification 20WC; wooden protective jacket .. Specification 21WC; wooden-steel protective overpack.................................................................... 178.350 178.352 178.354 178.356 178.358 178.360 178.362 178.364 493 493 494 494 496 498 498 499 Subpart L--Non-bulk Performance-oriented Packaging Standards Purpose, scope and definitions .............................. Identification codes for packagings......................... Marking of packagings.............................................. Standards for steel drums......................................... Standards for aluminum drums................................. Standards for metal drums other than steel or aluminum.................................................................... Standards for plywood drums................................... Standards for fiber drums ......................................... Standards for plastic drums and jerricans ........... Standards for wooden barrels ................................. Standards for aluminum and steel jerricans .... Standards for steel or aluminum boxes ................ Standards for boxes of natural wood...................... Standards for plywood boxes................................... Standards for reconstituted wood boxes .............. Standards for fiberboard boxes .............................. Standards for plastic boxes...................................... Standards for woven plastic bags........................... Standards for plastic film bags................................. Standards for textile bags ......................................... Standards for paper bags......................................... Standards for composite packagings with inner plastic receptacles ................................................. Standards for composite packagings with inner glass, porcelain, or stoneware receptacles . . . 178.500 178.502 178.503 178.504 178.505 178.506 178.507 178.508 178.509 178.510 178.511 178.512 178.513 178.514 178.515 178.516 178.517 178.518 178.519 178.520 178.521 178.522 178.523 500 500 500 502 502 502 502 502 502 503 503 503 503 504 504 504 504 504 504 504 505 505 505 Subpart M--Testing of Non-bulk Packagings and Packages Purpose and scope .................................................... General requirements................................................. Preparation of packagings and packages for testing......................................................................... Drop test......................................................................... Leakproofness test...................................................... Hydrostatic pressure test........................................... Stacking test ................................................................. Cooperage test for bung-type wooden barrels .. Vibration standard ...................................................... Test requirements for packagings for infectious substances (etiologic agents).............................. 178.600 178.601 178.602 178.603 178.604 178.605 178.606 178.607 178.608 178.609 506 506 508 508 509 509 510 510 510 510 429 PART 178 ABDOO132204 178.1--178.2 April 1998 Subject Sec. Page Subpart N--Intermediate Bulk Container Performance-Oriented Standards Purpose, scope and definitions .............................. 178.700 Intermediate bulk container identification codes . 178.702 Marking of intermediate bulk containers................ 178.703 General intermediate bulk container standards . . 178.704 Standards for metal intermediate bulk containers 178.705 Standards for rigid plastic intermediate bulk containers ................................................................. 178.706 Standards for composite intermediate bulk containers ................................................................. 178.707 Standards for fiberboard intermediate bulk containers ................................................................. 178.708 Standards for wooden intermediate bulk containers ................................................................. 178.709 Standards for flexible intermediate bulk containers ................................................................. 178.710 511 511 511 512 513 513 514 515 515 516 Subpart O--Testing of Intermediate Bulk Containers Purpose and scope .................................................... 178.800 516 Subject Sec. General requirements ................................................. Preparation of fiberboard intermediate bulk containers for testing.............................................. Testing and certification of intermediate bulk containers ................................................................. Drop test.......................................................................... Bottom lift test ............................................................... Top lift test .................................................................... Leakproofness test...................................................... Hydrostatic pressure test............................................ Stacking test................................................................. Topple test .................................................................... Righting test ................................................................. Tear test.......................................................................... Vibration test................................................................. Appendix A--Specifications for Steel ................... Appendix B--Alternative Leakproofness Test Methods....................................................................... Appendix C--Normal and Minimum Thicknesses of Steel Drums and Jerricans .............................. 178.801 178.802 178.803 178.810 178.811 178.812 178.813 178.814 178.815 178.816 178.817 178.818 178.819 Page 516 517 517 518 518 518 518 518 519 519 519 519 519 520 520 520 PUBLISHER'S NOTE This Part outlines the requirements for manufacturing and testing of packagings, except for tank cars, used for the transportation of hazardous materials. It essentially contains two sections. The first section covers specification packaging which includes Subpart B through Subpart K, with Subparts A, D, E, F, G, and I reserved. The second section covers UN performance oriented packaging in Subpart L through Subpart O. Specification packaging are those packagings which carry a DOT specification number. The DOT specification packagings include: inside containers and linings (Subpart B); cylinders (Subpart C); portable tanks (Subpart H); containers for motor vehicle transportation including cargo tanks (Subpart J); and, packagings for Class 7 (Radioactive) materials (Subpart K). DOT specification packaging goes into great detail outlining the procedures to manufacturer and test the package. On the other hand UN performance oriented packagings carry a UN identification mark and typically, the standards have general requirements for materials, construction, maximum capacity, etc. Aside from these very general construction requirements, the strength and integrity of the package are established by a series of performance tests. The packaging must pass or be capable of passing these tests before it is authorized to carry the UN identification marks. The UN performance oriented packagings cover non-bulk (Subpart L) and its testing requirements (Subpart M), and intermediate bulk containers (Subpart N) and its testing requirements (Subpart O). 178.1 Purpose and scope. This part prescribes the manufac turing and testing specifications for packaging and containers used for the transportation of hazardous materials in commerce. 178.2 Applicability and responsibility, (a) Applicability. (1) The requirements of this part apply to packagings manufactured-- (i) To a DOT specification, regardless of country of manufacture; or (ii) To a UN standard, for packagings manufactured within the United States. For UN standard packagings manufactured out side the United States, see 173.24(d)(2) of this subchapter. For UN standard packagings for which standards are not pre scribed in this part, see 178.3{b). (2) A manufacturer of a packaging subject to the requirements of this part is primarily responsible for compliance with the requirements of this part. However, any person who performs a function prescribed in this part shall perform that function in accordance with this part. (b) Specification markings. When this part requires that a packag ing be marked with a DOT specification or UN standard marking, marking of the packaging with the appropriate DOT or UN markings is the certification that-- (1) Except as otherwise provided in this section, all requirements of the DOT specification or UN standard, including performance tests, are met; and (2) All functions performed by, or on behalf of, the person whose name or symbol appears as part of the marking conform to require ments specified in this part. (c) Notification. Except as specifically provided in 178.337-18 and 178.345-10 of this part, the manufacturer or other person certi fying compliance with the requirements of this part, and each subse quent distributor of that packaging shall--- (1) Notify in writing each person to whom that packaging is trans ferred-- (i) Of all requirements in this part not met at the time of transfer, and (ii) Of the type and dimensions of any closures, including gaskets, needed to satisfy performance test requirements. (2) Retain copies of each written notification for at least one year from date of issuance; and (3) Make copies of all written notifications available for inspection by a representative of the Department. (d) Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, a packaging not conforming to the applicable specifications or standards in this part may not be marked to indicate such conformance. (e) Definitions. For the purpose of this part-- Manufacturer means the person whose name and address or symbol appears as part of the specification markings required by this part or, for a packaging marked with the symbol of an approval agency, the person on whose behalf the approval agency certifies the pack aging. Specification markings mean the packaging identification mark ings required by this part including, where applicable, the name and address or symbol of the packaging manufacturer or approval agency. (f) No packaging may be manufactured or marked to a packaging 430 ABDOO132205 April 1998 178.2--178.33-9 specification that was in effect on September 30, 1991, and that was removed from this part 178 by a rule published in the Federal Register on December 21, 1990 and effective October 1, 1991. 178.3 Marking of packaglngs. (a) Each packaging repre sented as manufactured to a DOT specification or a UN standard must be marked with specification markings conforming to the applicable specification, and with the following: (1) In an unobstructed area, with letters, and numerals identifying the standards or specification (e.g. UN 1A1, DOT 4B240ET, etc.). (2) Unless otherwise specified in this part, with the name and ad dress or symbol of the packaging manufacturer or, where specifically authorized, the symbol of the approval agency certifying compliance with a UN standard. Symbols, if used, must be registered with the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety. Duplicative symbols are not authorized. (3) The markings must be stamped, embossed, burned, printed or otherwise marked on the packaging to provide adequate accessibility, permanency, contrast, and legibility so as to be readily apparent and understood. (4) Unless otherwise specified, letters and numerals must be at least 12.0 mm (0.47 inches) in height except that for packagings of less than or equal to 30 L (7.9 gallons) capacity for liquids or 30 kg (66 pounds) capacity for solids the height must be at least 6.0 mm (0.2 inches). For packagings having a capacity of 5 L (1 gallon) or 5 kg (11 pounds) or less, letters and numerals must be of an appro priate size. (5) For packages with a gross mass of more than 30 kg (66 pounds), the markings or a duplicate thereof must appear on the top or on a side of the packaging. (b) A UN standard packaging for which the UN standard is set forth in this part may be marked with the United Nations symbol and other specification markings only if it fully conforms to the requirements of this part. A UN standard packaging for which the UN standard is not set forth in this part may be marked with the United Nations symbol and other specification markings for that standard as provided in the ICAO Technical Instructions or Annex 1 of the IMDG Code subject to the following conditions: (1) The U.S. manufacturer must establish that the packaging con forms to the applicable provisions of the ICAO Technical Instructions or Annex 1 of the IMDG Code, respectively. (2) If an indication of the name of the manufacturer or other identifi cation of the packaging as specified by the competent authority is required, the name and address or symbol of the manufacturer or the approval agency certifying compliance with the UN standard must be entered. Symbols, if used, must be registered with the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety. (3) The letters "USA" must be used to indicate the State authorizing the allocation of the specification marks if the packaging is manufac tured in the United States. (c) Where a packaging conforms to more than one UN standard or DOT specification, the packaging may bear more than one marking, provided the packaging meets all the requirements of each standard or specification. Where more than one marking appears on a packag ing, each marking must appear in its entirety. (d) No person may mark or otherwise certify a packaging or con tainer as meeting the requirements of a manufacturing exemption unless that person is the holder of or a party to that exemption, an agent of the holder or party for the purpose of marking or certification, or a third party tester. Subpart A [RESERVED] PART 178 Subpart B SPECIFICATIONS FOR INSIDE CONTAINERS, AND LININGS 178.33 Specification 2P; Inner nonrefillable metal recep tacles. 178.33-1 Compliance, (a) Required in all details. (b) [Reserved] 178.33-2 Type and size, (a) Single-trip inside containers. Must be seamless, or with seams, welded, soldered, brazed, double seamed, or swedged. (b) The maximum capacity of containers in this class shall not exceed one liter (61.0 cubic inches). The maximum inside diameter shall not exceed 3 inches. the finished container appreciably; reasonably smooth and uniform surface finish required. (b) Seams when used must be as follows: (1) Circumferential seams: By welding, swedging, brazing, solder ing, or double seaming. (2) Side seams. By welding, brazing, or soldering. (c) Ends. The ends shall be of pressure design. 178.33-7 Wall thickness, (a) The minimum wall thickness for any container shall be 0.007 inch. (b) [Reserved] 178.33-3 Inspection, (a) By competent inspector. (b) [Reserved] 176.33-4 Duties of Inspector, (a) To inspect material and completed containers and witness tests, and to reject defective materi als or containers. (b) [Reserved] 178.33-5 Material, (a) Uniform quality steel plate such as black plate, electro-tin plate, hot dipped tin plate, tern plate or other commercially accepted can making plate; or non-ferrous metal of uniform drawing quality. (b) Material with seams, cracks, laminations or other injurious de fects not authorized. 178.33-8 Tests, (a) One out of each lot of 25,000 containers or less, successively produced per day shall be pressure tested to destruction and must not burst below 240 pounds per square inch gauge pressure. The container tested shall be complete with end assembled. (b) Each such 25,000 containers or less, successively produced per day, shall constitute a lot and if the test container shall fail, the lot shall be rejected or ten additional containers may be selected at random and subjected to the test under which failure occurred. These containers shall be complete with ends assembled. Should any of the ten containers thus tested fail, the entire lot must be rejected. All containers constituting a lot shall be of like material, size, design, construction, finish and quality. 178.33-6 Manufacture, (a) By appliances and methods that will assure uniformity of completed containers; dirt and scale to be removed as necessary; no defect acceptable that is likely to weaken 178.33-9 Marking, (a) By means of printing, lithographing, embossing, or stamping, each container must be marked to show: (1) DOT-2P. ABDOO132206 178.33-9--178.35 April 1998 (2) Name or symbol of person making the mark specified in para graph (a)(1) of this section. Symbol, if used, must be registered with the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety. 178.33a Specification 2Q; inner nonrefillable metal receptales. 178.33a-1 Compliance, (a) Required in all details. 178.33a-2 Type and size, (a) Single-trip inside containers. Must be seamless, or with seams welded, soldered, brazed, double seamed, or swedged. (b) The maximum capacity of containers in this class shall not exceed one liter (61.0 cubic inches). The maximum inside diameter shall not exceed 3 inches. 176.33a-3 Inspection, (a) By competent inspector. 178.33a-4 Duties of inspector, (a) To inspect material and completed containers and witness tests, and to reject defective materi als or containers. 178.33a-5 Material, (a) Uniform quality steel plate such as black plate, electrotin plate, hot dipped tinplate, template or other commercially accepted can making plate; or nonferrous metal of uni form drawing quality. (b) Material with seams, cracks, laminations or other injurious de fects not authorized. 178.33a-6 Manufacture, (a) By appliances and methods that will assure uniformity of completed containers; dirt and scale to be removed as necessary; no defect acceptable that is likely to weaken the finished container appreciably; reasonably smooth and uniform surface finish required. (b) Seams when used must be as follows: (1) Circumferential seams; by welding, swedging, brazing, solder ing, or double seaming. (2) Side seams. By welding, brazing or soldering. (c) Ends. The ends shall be of pressure design. 178.33a-7 Wall thickness, (a) The minimum wall thickness for any container shall be 0.008 inch. 178.33a-8 Tests, (a) One out of each lot of 25,000 containers or less, successively produced per day, shall be pressure tested to destruction and must not burst below 270 pounds per square inch gauge pressure. The container tested shall be complete with end assembled. (b) Each such 25,000 containers or less, successively produced per day, shall constitute a lot and if the test container shall fail, the lot shall be rejected or ten additional containers may be selected at random and subjected to the test under which failure occurred. These containers shall be complete with ends assembled. Should any of the ten containers thus tested fail, the entire lot must be rejected. All containers constituting a lot shall be of like material, size, design, construction, finish and quality. 178.33a-9 Marking, (a) By means of printing, lithographing, embossing, or stamping, each container must be marked to show: (1) DOT-2Q. (2) Name or symbol of person making the mark specified in paragraph (a)(1) of this section. Symbol, if used, must be registered with the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety. Subpart C SPECIFICATIONS FOR CYLINDERS 178.35 General requirements for specification cylinders. (a) Compliance. Compliance with the requirements of this subpart is required in all details. (b) Inspections and analyses. Chemical analyses and tests as specified must be made within the United States unless otherwise approved in writing by the Associate Administrator, in accordance with 173.300b of this subchapter. Inspections and verifications must be performed by-- (1) An independent inspection agency approved in writing by the Associate Administrator, in accordance with 173.300a of this sub chapter; or (2) For DOT Specifications 3B, 3BN, 3E, 4B, 4BA, 4D (water capac ity less than 1,100 cubic inches), 4B240ET, 4AA480,4L, 8, 8AL, 4BW, 39 (marked service pressure 900 p.s.i.g. or lower) and 4E manufac tured in the United States, a competent inspector of the manufacturer. (c) Duties of inspector. The inspector shall determine that each cylinder made is in conformance with the applicable specification. Except as otherwise specified in the applicable specification, the inspector shall perform the following: (1) Inspect all material and reject any not meeting applicable re quirements. For cylinders made by the billet-piercing process, billets must be inspected and shown to be free from pipe, cracks, excessive segregation and other injurious defects after parting or, when applica ble, after nick and cold break. (2) Verify the material of construction meets the requirements of the applicable specification by-- (i) Making a chemical analysis of each heat of material; (ii) Obtaining a certified chemical analysis from the material manu facturer for each heat of material (a ladle analysis is accept able); or (iii) If an analysis is not provided for each heat of material by the material manufacturer, by making a check analysis of a sample from each coil, sheet, or tube. (3) Verify compliance of cylinders with the applicable specifica tion by-- (i) Verifying identification of material is proper; (ii) Inspecting the inside of the cylinder before closing in ends; (iii) Verifying that the heat treatment is proper; (iv) Obtaining samples for aff tests and check chemical analyses; (v) Witnessing all tests; (vi) Verify threads by gauge; (vii) Reporting volumetric capacity and tare weight (see report form) and minimum thickness of wall noted; and (viii) Verifying that each cylinder is marked in accordance with the applicable specification. (4) Furnish complete test reports required by this subpart to the maker of the cylinder and, upon request, to the purchaser. The test report must be retained by the inspector for fifteen years from the original test date of the cylinder. (d) Defects. A cylinder may not be constructed of material with seams, cracks, laminations, or other injurious defects. (e) Safety devices. Safety devices and protection for valves, safety devices, and other connections, if applied, must be as required or authorized by the appropriate specification, and as required in 173.34 and 173.301 of this subchapter. (f) Markings. Markings on a DOT Specification cylinder must con form to applicable requirements. (1) Each cylinder must be marked with the following information: (i) The DOT specification marking must appear first, followed im mediately by the service pressure. For example, DOT-3A1800. (ii) The serial number must be placed just below or immediately following the DOT specification marking. (iii) A symbol (letters) must be placed just below, immediately be fore or following the serial number. Other variations in sequence of markings are authorized only when necessitated by a lack of space. The symbol and numbers must be those of the manu facturer. The symbol must be registered with the Associate Administrator; duplications are not authorized. (iv) The inspector's official mark and date of test (such as 5-95 for May 1995) must be placed near the serial number. This 432 ABDOO132207 April 1998 178.35--178.36 information must be placed so that dates of subsequent tests (ii) To calculate the maximum longitudinal tensile stress due to can be easily added. An example of the markings prescribed bending, the following formula must be used: in this paragraph (f){1) is as follows: DOT-3A1800 S = Mc/I 1234 (iii) To calculate the maximum longitudinal tensile stress due to XY hydrostatic test pressure, the following formula must be used: AB 5-95 S = A,P/A2 Or; DOT-3A1800-1234-XY Where: AB 5-95 S = tensile stress--p.s.i.; Where: M = bending moment-inch pounds--(wl2)/8; w = weight per inch of cylinder filled with water; DOT-3A =specification number I = length of cylinder-inches; 1800 = service pressure c = radius (D)/(2) of cylinder-inches; 1234 = serial number I = moment of inertia--0.04909 (D4 - d4) inches fourth; xy = symbol of manufacturer D = outside diameter-inches; AB = inspector's mark d = inside diameter-inches; 5-95 = date of test A, = internal area in cross section of cylinder-square inches; (2) Additional required marking must be applied to the cylinder as A2 = area of metal in cross section of cylinder-square inches; follows: P = hydrostatic test pressure-p.s.i. (i) The word "spun" or "plug" must be placed near the DOT specifi cation marking when an end closure in the finished cylinder has been welded by the spinning process, or effected by plugging. (ii) As prescribed in specification 3HT (178.44) or 3T (178.45), if applicable. (3) Marking exceptions. (i) A DOT 3E cylinder is not required to be marked with the inspec tor mark. (ii) An identifying lot number may be marked on the cylinder in place of a serial number for cylinders not over 2 inches outside diameter or for cylinders with a volumetric capacity not ex ceeding 60 cubic inches. Each lot shall not have over 500 cylinders. (4) Unless otherwise specified in the applicable specification, the markings on each cylinder must be stamped plainly and permanently on the shoulder, top head, or neck. (5) The size of each marking must be at least 0.25 inch or as space permits. (6) Other markings are authorized provided they are made in low stress areas other than the side wall and are not of a size and depth that will create harmful stress concentrations. Such marks may not conflict with any DOT required markings. (g) Inspector's report. Each inspector shall prepare a report con taining, at a minimum, the applicable information listed in CGA Pam phlet C-11 or, until October 1,1997, in accordance with the applicable test report requirements of this subchapter in effect on September 30,1996. Any additional information or markings that are required by the applicable specification must be shown on the test report. The signature of the inspector on the reports certifies that the processes of manufacture and heat treatment of cylinders were observed and found satisfactory. (h) Report retention. The manufacturer of the cylinders shall retain the reports required by this subpart for 15 years from the original test date of the cylinder. (b) Steel. Open-hearth or electric steel of uniform quality must be used. Content percent may not exceed the following: Carbon, 0.55; phosphorous, 0.045; sulphur, 0.050. (c) Identification of material. Material must be identified by any suitable method, except that plates and billets for hot-drawn cylinders must be marked with the heat number. (d) Manufacture. Cylinders must be manufactured using equip ment and processes adequate to ensure that each cylinder produced conforms to the requirements of this subpart. No fissure or other defect is permitted that is likely to weaken the finished cylinder appreciably. A reasonably smooth and uniform surface finish is required. If not originally free from such defects, the surface may be machined or otherwise treated to eliminate these defects. The thickness of the bottoms of cylinders welded or formed by spinning is, under no condi tion, to be less than two times the minimum wall thickness of the cylindrical shell; such bottom thicknesses must be measured within an area bounded by a line representing the points of contact between the cylinder and floor when the cylinder is in a vertical position. (e) Welding or brazing. Welding or brazing for any purpose what soever is prohibited except as follows: (1) Welding or brazing is authorized for the attachment of neckrings and footrings which are non-pressure parts and only to the tops and bottoms of cylinders having a service pressure of 500 pounds per square inch or less. Cylinders, neckrings, and footrings must be made of weldable steel, the carbon content of which may not exceed 0.25 percent except in the case of 4130X steel which may be used with proper welding procedures. (2) As permitted in paragraph (d) of this section. (3) Cylinders used solely in anhydrous ammonia service may have a % inch diameter bar welded within their concave bottoms. (f) Wall thickness. For cylinders with service pressure less than 900 pounds, the wall stress may not exceed 24,000 pounds per square inch. A minimum wall thickness of 0.100 inch is required for any cylinder over 5 inches outside diameter. Wall stress calculation must 178.36 Specification 3A and 3AX seamless steel cylin be made by using the following formula: ders (a) Type size and service pressure. In addition to the require ments of 178.35, cylinders must conform to the following: S = [P(1.3D2 + 0.4d2)]/(D2 - d2) (1) A DOT-3A cylinder is a seamless steel cylinder with a water Where: capacity (nominal) not over 1,000 pounds and a service pressure of at least 150 pounds per square inch. (2) A DOT-3AX is a seamless stainless steel cylinder with a water capacity not less than 1,000 pounds and a service pressure of at least 500 pounds per square inch, conforming to the following requirements: (i) Assuming the cylinder is to be supported horizontally at its two S = wall stress in pounds per square inch; P = minimum test pressure prescribed for water jacket test or 450 pounds per square inch whichever is the greater; D = outside diameter in inches; d = inside diameter in inches. ends only and to be uniformly loaded over its entire length (g) Heat treatment. The completed cylinder must be uniformly and consisting of the weight per unit of length of the straight cylindri properly heat-treated prior to tests. cal portion filled with water and compressed to the specified (h) Openings In cylinders and connections (valves, fuse plugs, test pressure; the sum of two times the maximum tensile stress etc.) for those openings. Threads are required on openings. in the bottom fibers due to bending, plus that in the same fibers (1) Threads must be clean cut, even, without checks, and to gauge. (longitudinal stress), due to hydrostatic test may not exceed (2) Taper threads, when used, must be of length not less than as 80 percent of the minimum yield strength of the steel at such specified for American Standard taper pipe threads. maximum stress. Wall thickness must be increased when nec (3) Straight threads having at least 6 engaged threads are author- essary to meet the requirement. I ized. Straight threads must have a tight fit and calculated shear PART 178 433 ABDOO132208 178.36--178.37 April 1998 strength of at least 10 times the test pressure of the cylinder. Gaskets, adequate to prevent leakage, are required. (1) Hydrostatic test. Each cylinder must successfully withstand a hydrostatic test, as follows: (1) The test must be by water-jacket, or other suitable methods, operated so as to obtain accurate data. The pressure gauge must permit reading to an accuracy of 1 percent. The expansion gauge must permit reading of total expansion to an accuracy of either 1 percent or 0.1 cubic centimeter. (2) Pressure must be maintained for at least 30 seconds and suffi ciently longer to ensure complete expansion. Any internal pressure applied after heat-treatment and previous to the official test may not exceed 90 percent of the test pressure. If, due to failure of the test apparatus the test pressure cannot be maintained the test may be repeated at a pressure increased by 10 percent or 100 pounds per square inch, whichever is the lower. (3) Permanent, volumetric expansion may not exceed 10 percent of the total volumetric expansion at test pressure. (4) Each cylinder must be tested to at least % times service pressure. (j) Flattening test. A flattening test must be performed on one cylinder taken at random out or each lot of 200 or less, by placing the cylinder between wedge shaped knife edges having a 60 in cluded angle, rounded to V2-inch radius. The longitudinal axis of the cylinder must be at a 90-degree angle to knife edges during the test. For lots of 30 or less, flattening tests are authorized to be made on a ring at least 8 inches long cut from each cylinder and subjected to same heat treatment as the finished cylinder. (k) Physical test. A physical test must be conducted to determine yield strength, tensile strength, elongation, and reduction of area of material as follows: (l) The test is required on 2 specimens cut from 1 cylinder taken at random out of each lot of 200 or less. For lots of 30 or less, physical tests are authorized to be made on a ring at least 8 inches long cut from each cylinder and subjected to same heat treatment as the finished cylinder. (2) Specimens must conform to the following: (i) Gauge length of 8 inches with a width of not over 1V2 inches, a gauge length of 2 inches with a width of not over 1V2 inches, or a gauge length of at least 24 times thickness with width not over 6 times thickness is authorized when cylinder wall is not over 3/i6 inch thick. (ii) The specimen, exclusive of grip ends, may not be flattened. Grip ends may be flattened to within 1 inch of each end of the reduced section. (iii) When size of cylinder does not permit securing straight speci mens, the specimens may be taken in any location or direction and may be straightened or flattened cold, by pressure only, not by blows. When specimens are so taken and prepared, the inspector's report must show in connection with record of physical tests detailed information in regard to such specimens. (iv) Heating of a specimen for any purpose is not authorized. (3) The yield strength in tension must be the stress corresponding to a permanent strain of 0.2 percent of the gauge length. The following conditions apply: (i) The yield strength must be determined by either the "offset" method or the "extension under load" method as prescribed in ASTM Standard E8. (ii) In using the "extension under load" method, the total strain (or "extension under load") corresponding to the stress at which the 0.2-percent permanent strain occurs may be determined with sufficient accuracy by calculating the elastic extension of the gauge length under appropriate load and adding thereto 0.2 percent of the gauge length. Elastic extension calculations must be based on an elastic modulus of 30,000,000. In the event of controversy the entire stress-strain diagram must be plotted and the yield strength determined from the 0.2 per cent offset. (iii) For the purpose of strain measurement, the initial strain must be set while the specimen is under a stress of 12,000 pounds per square inch and the strain indicator reading must be set at the calculated corresponding strain. (iv) Cross-head speed of the testing machine may not exceed V8 inch per minute during yield strength determination. (I) Acceptable results for physical and flattening tests. Either of the following is an acceptable result: (1) An elongation at least 40 percent for a 2-inch gauge length or at least 20 percent in other cases and yield strength not over 73 percent of tensile strength. In this instance, the flattening test is not required. (2) An elongation at least 20 percent for a 2-inch gauge length or 10 percent in other cases and a yield strength not over 73 percent of tensile strength. In this instance, the flattening test is required, without cracking, to 6 times the wall thickness. (m) Leakage test. All spun cylinders and plugged cylinders must be tested for leakage by gas or air pressure after the bottom has been cleaned and is free from all moisture subject to the following conditions and limitations: (D Pressure, approximately the same as but no less than service pressure, must be applied to one side of the finished bottom over an area of at least Vie of the total area of the bottom but not less than 3/4 inch in diameter, including the closure, for at least 1 minute, during which time the other side of the bottom exposed to pressure must be covered with water and closely examined for indications of leakage. Except as provided in paragraph (n) of this section, a cylinder that is leaking must be rejected. (2) A spun cylinder is one in which an end closure in the finished cylinder has been welded by the spinning process. (3) A plugged cylinder is one in which a permanent closure in the bottom of a finished cylinder has been effected by a plug. (4) As a safety precaution, if the manufacturer elects to make this test before the hydrostatic test, the manufacturer should design the test apparatus so that the pressure is applied to the smallest area practicable, around the point of closure, and so as to use the smallest possible volume of air or gas. (n) Rejected cylinders. Reheat treatment is authorized for rejected cylinders. Subsequent thereto, cylinders must pass all prescribed tests to be acceptable. Repair by welding or spinning is not authorized. Spun cylinders rejected under the provisions of paragraph (m) of this section may be removed from the spun cylinder category by drilling to remove defective material, tapping and plugging. 178.37 Specification 3AA and 3AAX seamless steel cylin ders. (a) Type, size and service pressure. In addition to the re quirements of 178.35, cylinders must conform to the following: (1) A DOT-3AA cylinder is a seamless steel cylinder with a water capacity (nominal) of not over 1,000 pounds and a service pressure of at least 150 pounds per square inch. (2) A DOT-3AAX cylinder is a seamless steel cylinder with a water capacity of not less than 1,000 pounds and a service pressure of at least 500 pounds per square inch, conforming to the following requirements: (i) Assuming the cylinder is to be supported horizontally at its two ends only and to be uniformly loaded over its entire length consisting of the weight per unit of length of the straight cylindri cal portion filled with water and compressed to the specified test pressure; the sum of two times the maximum tensile stress in the bottom fibers due to bending, plus that in the same fibers (longitudinal stress), due to hydrostatic test pressure may not exceed 80 percent of the minimum yield strength of the steel at such maximum stress. Wall thickness must be increased when necessary to meet the requirement. (ii) To calculate the maximum tensile stress due to bending, the following formula must be used: S = Mc/I (iii) To calculate the maximum longitudinal tensile stress due to hydrostatic test pressure, the following formula must be used: S = A,/A2 Where: S = tensile stress-p.s.i.; M = bending moment-inch pounds (wl2)/8; w = weight per inch of cylinder filled with water; I = length of cylinder-inches; c = radius (D)/(2) of cylinder-inches; I = moment of inertia--0.04909 (D4-d4) inches fourth; D = outside diameter-inches; d = inside diameter-inches; A, = internal area in cross section of cylinder-square inches; A2 = area of metal in cross section of cylinder-square inches; P = hydrostatic test pressure-p.s.i. 434 ABDOO132209 April 1998 178.37 <b) Authorized steel. Open-hearth, basic oxygen, or electric steel of uniform quality must be used, A heat of steel made under the specifications in Table 1 of this paragraph (b), check chemical analysis of which is slightly out of the specified range, is acceptable, if satisfac tory in all other respects, provided the tolerances shown in Table 2 of this paragraph (b) are not exceeded. When a carbon-boron steel is used, a hardenability test must be performed on the first and last ingot of each heat of steel. The results of this test must be recorded on the Record of Chemical Analysis of Material for Cylinders required by 178.35. This hardness test must be made 5/i6-inch from the quenched end of the Jominy quench bar and the hardness must be at least Rc 33 and no more than Rc 53. The following chemical analyses are authorized: Table 1--Authorized Materials Designation 4130 X (percent) (see note 1) NE-8630 (percent) (see note 1) 9115 (percent) (see note 1) 9215 (percent (see note 1) Carbon boron (percent) Carbon .... 0.25/0.3S 0.28/0.33 0.10/0.20 0.20/0.30 0.27-0.37 Manganese. . 0.40/0.90 0.70/0.90 0.50/0.75 0.50/0.75 0.80-1.40 Phosphorus . 0.04 max. 0.04 ax. 0.04 max. 0.04 max. 0.035 max. Sulphur . . . . 0.05 max. 0 04 max. 0.04 max. 0.04 max. 0.045 max. Silicon............ 0.15/0.35 0.20/0.35 060/0.90 0.60/0.90 0.3 max. Chromium . . 0.80/1.10 0.40/0.60 0.50/0.65 0.50/0.65 Molybdenum 0.15/0.25 0.15/0.25 0.05/0.15 Intermediate manganese (percent) 0.40 max. 1.35/1.65 0.04 max. 0.05 max. 0.10/0.30 Note i: This designation may not be restrictive and the commercial steel is limited in analysis as shown in this Table. Element Table 2--Check Analysis Tolerances Limit or maximum specified (percent) Tolerance (percent) over the maximum limit or under the minimum limit Under minimum limit Over maximum limit Over 0.15 to 0.40 incl............ Manganese . . . To 0.60 incl............................. Over 0.60 to 1 15 incl............ Over 1.15 to 2.50 incl............ Phosphorus' . . . All ranges............................... 0.03 0.03 0.04 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.04 0.05 0.01 0.01 Over 0.30 to 1.00 incl............ Nickel.................. To 1.00 incl.............................. 0.05 0.03 0.05 0.03 Chromium .... To 0.90 incl.............................. 0.90 to 2.90 incl..................... Molybdenum . . . To 0.20 incl.............................. Over 0.20 to 0.40 ............... 0.03 0.05 0.01 0.02 0.03 0.05 0.01 0.02 Zirconium .... All ranges ............................ 0.01 0.05 1 Rephosphorized steels not subject to check analysis for phosphorus. (c) Identification of material. Material must be identified by any suitable method except that plates and billets for hot-drawn cylinders must be marked with the heat number. (d) Manufacture. Cylinders must be manufactured using equip ment and processes adequate to ensure that each cylinder produced conforms to the requirements of this subpart. No fissure or other defects is permitted that is likely to weaken the finished cylinder appre ciably. A reasonably smooth and uniform surface finish is required. If not originally free from such defects, the surface may be machined or otherwise treated to eliminate these defects. The thickness of the bottoms of cylinders welded or formed by spinning is, under no condi tion, to be less than two times the minimum wall thickness of the cylindrical shell; such bottom thicknesses must be measured within an area bounded by a line representing the points of contact between the cylinder and floor when the cylinder is in a vertical position. (e) Welding or brazing. Welding or brazing for any purpose what soever is prohibited except as follows: (1) Welding or brazing is authorized for the attachment of neckrings and footrings which are non-pressure parts, and only to the tops and bottoms of cylinders having a service pressure of 500 pounds per square inch or less. Cylinders, neckrings, and footrings must be made of weldable steel, the carbon content of which may not exceed 0.25 percent except in the case of 4130X steel which may be used with proper welding procedure. (2) As permitted in paragraph (d) of this section. (f) Wall thickness. The thickness of each cylinder must conform to the following: (1) For cylinders with a service pressure of less than 900 pounds, the wall stress may not exceed 24,000 pounds per square inch. A minimum wall thickness of 0.100 inch is required for any cylinder with an outside diameter of over 5 inches. (2) For cylinders with service pressure of 900 p.s.i. or more the minimum wall must be such that the wall stress at the minimum speci fied test pressure may not exceed 67 percent of the minimum tensile strength of the steel as determined from the physical tests required in paragraphs (k) and (I) of this section and must be not over 70,000 p.s.i. (3) Calculation must be made by the formula: Where: S = [P(1.3D2 + 0.4d2)]/(D2 - d2) S = wall stress in pounds per square inch; P = minimum test pressure prescribed for water jacket test or 450 pounds per square inch whichever is the greater; D = outside diameter in inches; d = inside diameter in inches. (g) Heat treatment. The completed cylinders must be uniformly and properly heat treated prior to tests. Heat treatment of cylinders of the authorized analyses must be as follows: (1) All cylinders must be quenched by oil, or other suitable medium except as provided in paragraph (g)(5) of this section. (2) The steel temperature on quenching must be that recom mended for the steel analysis, but may not exceed 1750F. (3) All steels must be tempered at a temperature most suitable for that steel. (4) The minimum tempering temperature may not be less than 1000F except as noted in paragraph (1)(vi) of this section. (5) Steel 4130X may be normalized at a temperature of 1650F instead of being quenched and cylinders so normalized need not be tempered. (6) Intermediate manganese steels may be tempered at tempera tures not less than 1150F, and after heat treating each cylinder must be submitted to a magnetic test to detect the presence of quenching cracks. Cracked cylinders must be rejected and destroyed. (7) Except as otherwise provided in paragraph (g)(6) of this section, all cylinders, if water quenched or quenched with a liquid producing a cooling rate in excess of 80 percent of the cooling rate of water, must be inspected by the magnetic particle, dye penetrant or ultra sonic method to detect the presence of quenching cracks. Any cylin der designed to the requirements for specification 3AA and found to have a quenching crack must be rejected and may not be requalified. Cylinders designed to the requirements for specification 3AAX and found to have cracks must have cracks removed to sound metal by mechanical means. Such specification 3AAX cylinders will be accept able if the repaired area is subsequently examined to assure no defect, and it is determined that design thickness requirements are met. (h) Openings in cylinders and connections (valves, fuse plugs, etc.) for those openings. Threads are required on openings. (1) Threads must be clean cut, even, without checks, and to gauge. (2) Taper threads, when used, must be of a length not less than as specified for American Standard taper pipe threads. (3) Straight threads having at least 6 engaged threads are author ized. Straight threads must have a tight fit and a calculated shear strength of at least 10 times the test pressure of the cylinder. Gaskets, adequate to prevent leakage, are required. (i) Hydrostatic test. Each cylinder must successfully withstand a hydrostatic test as follows: (1) The test must be by water-jacket, or other suitable method, operated so as to obtain accurate data. The pressure gauge must permit reading to an accuracy of 1 percent. The expansion gauge must permit reading of total expansion to an accuracy of either 1 percent or 0.1 cubic centimeter. (2) Pressure must be maintained for at least 30 seconds and suffi ciently longer to ensure complete expansion. Any internal pressure applied after heat-treatment and previous to the official test may not exceed 90 percent of the test pressure. If, due to failure of the test apparatus, the test pressure cannot be maintained, the test may be 435 PART 178 ABD00132210 178.37--178.38 April 1998 repeated at a pressure increased by 10 percent or 100 pounds per square inch, whichever is the lower. (3) Permanent volumetric expansion may not exceed 10 percent of total volumetric expansion at test pressure. (4) Each cylinder must be tested to at least % times the service pressure. (]) Flattening test. A flattening test must be performed on one cylinder taken at random out of each lot of 200 or less, by placing the cylinder between wedge shaped knife edges having a 60 in cluded angle, rounded to V2-inch radius. The longitudinal axis of the cylinder must be at a 90*degree angle to knife edges during the test. For lots of 30 or less, flattening tests are authorized to be made on a ring at least 8 inches long cut from each cylinder and subjected to same heat treatment as the finished cylinder. (k) Physical test. A physical test must be conducted to determine yield strength, tensile strength, elongation, and reduction of area of material as follows: (l) The test is required on 2 specimens cut from 1 cylinder taken at random out of each lot of 200 or less. For lots of 30 or less, physical tests are authorized to be made on a ring at least 8 inches long cut from each cylinder and subjected to the same heat treatment as the finished cylinder. (2) Specimens must conform to the following: (i) Gauge length of 8 inches with a width of not over 1V2 inches, a gauge length of 2 inches with a width of not over 1V2 inches, or a gauge length of at least 24 times the thickness with width not over 6 times thickness when the thickness of the cylinder wall is not over 3/16 inch. (ii) The specimen, exclusive of grip ends, may not be flattened. Grip ends may be flattened to within 1 inch of each end of the reduced section. (iii) When size of cylinder does not permit securing straight speci mens, the specimens may be taken in any location or direction and may be straightened or flattened cold, by pressure only, not by blows. When specimens are so taken and prepared, the inspector's report must show in connection with record of physical tests detailed information in regard to such specimens. (iv) Heating of a specimen for any purpose is not authorized. (3) The yield strength in tension must be the stress corresponding to a permanent strain of 0.2 percent of the gauge length. The following conditions apply: (i) The yield strength must be determined by either the "offset" method or the "extension under load" method as prescribed in ASTM Standard E8. (ii) In using the "extension under load" method, the total strain (or "extension under load") corresponding to the stress at which the 0.2 percent permanent strain occurs may be determined with sufficient accuracy by calculating the elastic extension of the gauge length under appropriate load and adding thereto 0.2 percent of the gauge length. Elastic extension calculations must be based on an elastic modulus of 30,000,000. In the event of controversy, the entire stress-strain diagram must be plotted and the yield strength determined from the 0.2 per cent offset. (iii) For the purpose of strain measurement, the initial strain must be set while the specimen is under a stress of 12,000 pounds per square inch, the strain indicator reading being set at the calculated corresponding strain. (iv) Cross-head speed of the testing machine may not exceed \ inch per minute during yield strength determination. (l) Acceptable results for physical and flattening tests. An ac ceptable result for physical and flattening tests is elongation at least 20 percent for 2 inches of gauge length or at least 10 percent in other cases. Flattening is required without cracking to 6 times the wall thickness of the cylinder. (m) Leakage test. All spun cylinders and plugged cylinders must be tested for leakage by gas or air pressure after the bottom has been cleaned and is free from all moisture. Pressure, approximately the same as but no less than the service pressure, must be applied to one side of the finished bottom over an area of at least Vib of the total area of the bottom but not less than % inch in diameter, including the closure, for at least one minute, during which time the other side of the bottom exposed to pressure must be covered with water and closely examined for indications of leakage. Except as provided in paragraph (n) of this section, a cylinder must be rejected if there is any leaking. (1) A spun cylinder is one in which an end closure in the finished cylinder has been welded by the spinning process. (2) A plugged cylinder is one in which a permanent closure in the bottom of a finished cylinder has been effected by a plug. (3) As a safety precaution, if the manufacturer elects to make this test before the hydrostatic test, the manufacturer should design the test apparatus so that the pressure is applied to the smallest area practicable, around the point of closure, and so as to use the smallest possible volume of air or gas. (n) Rejected cylinders. Reheat treatment is authorized for rejected cylinders. Subsequent thereto, cylinders must pass all prescribed tests to be acceptable. Repair by welding or spinning is not authorized. Spun cylinders rejected under the provision of paragraph (m) of this section may be removed from the spun cylinder category by drilling to remove defective material, tapping and plugging. 178.38 Specification 3B seamless steel cylinders, (a) Type, size, and service pressure. A DOT 3B cylinder is seamless steel cylinder with a water capacity (nominal) of not over 1,000 pounds and a service pressure of at least 150 to not over 500 pounds per square inch. (b) Steel. Open-hearth or electric steel of uniform quality must be used. Content percent may not exceed the following: carbon, 0.55; phosphorus, 0.045; sulphur, 0.050. (c) Identification of material. Material must be identified by any suitable method except that plates and billets for hot-drawn cylinders must be marked with the heat number. (d) Manufacture. Cylinders must be manufactured using equip ment and processes adequate to ensure that each cylinder pro duced conforms to the requirements of this subpart. No fissure or other defect is permitted that is likely to weaken the finished cylinder appreciably. A reasonably smooth and uniform surface finish is required. If not originally free from such defects, the surface may be machined or otherwise treated to eliminate these defects. The thickness of the bottoms of cylinders welded or formed by spinning is, under no condition, to be less than two times the minimum wall thickness of the cylindrical shell; such bottom thicknesses to be measured within an area bounded by a line representing the points of contact between the cylinder and floor when the cylinder is in a vertical position. (e) Welding or brazing. Welding or brazing for any purpose what soever is prohibited except as follows: (1) Welding or brazing is authorized for the attachment of neckrings and footrings which are non-pressure parts, and only to the tops and bottoms of cylinders having a service pressure of 500 pounds per square inch or less. Cylinders, neckrings, and footrings must be made of weldable steel, carbon content of which may not exceed 0.25 percent except in the case of 4130X steel which may be used with proper welding procedure. (2) As permitted in paragraph (d) of this section. (f) Wall thickness. The wall stress may not exceed 24,000 pounds per square inch. The minimum wall thickness is 0.090 inch for any cylinder with an outside diameter of 6 inches. Calculation must be made by the following formula: S = [P(1.3D2 + 0.4d2)]/(D2 - d2) Where: S = wall stress in pounds per square inch; P = at least two times service pressure or 450 pounds per square inch, whichever is the greater; D = outside diameter in inches; d = inside diameter in inches. (g) Heat treatment. The completed cylinders must be uniformly and properly heat-treated prior to tests. (hj Openings In cylinders and connections (valves, fuse plugs, etc.) for those openings. Threads, conforming to the following, are required on all openings: (1) Threads must be clean cut, even, without checks, and to gauge. (2) Taper threads when used, must be of a length not less than as specified for American Standard taper pipe threads. (3) Straight threads having at least 4 engaged threads are author ized. Straight threads must have a tight fit, and calculated shear strength at least 10 times the test pressure of the cylinder. Gaskets, adequate to prevent leakage, are required. (i) Hydrostatic test. Cylinders must successfully withstand a hy drostatic test, as follows: 436 ABDOO132211 April 1998 178.38--178.39 (1) The test must be by water-jacket, or other suitable method, operated so as to obtain accurate data. The pressure gauge must permit reading to an accuracy of 1 percent. The expansion gauge must permit reading of total expansion to an accuracy either of 1 percent or 0.1 cubic centimeter. (2) Pressure must be maintained for at least 30 seconds and suffi ciently longer to insure complete expansion. Any internal pressure applied after heat-treatment and previous to the official test may not exceed 90 percent of the test pressure. If, due to failure of the test apparatus, the test pressure cannot be maintained, the test may be repeated at a pressure increased by 10 percent or 100 pounds per square inch, whichever is the lower. (3) Permanent volumetric expansion may not exceed 10 percent of total volumetric expansion at test pressure. (4) Cylinders must be tested as follows: (i) Each cylinder; to at least 2 times service pressure; or (ii) 1 cylinder out of each lot of 200 or less; to at least 3 times service pressure. Others must be examined under pressure of 2 times service pressure and show no defect. (j) Flattening test. A flattening test must be performed on one cylinder taken at random out or each lot of 200 or less, by placing the cylinder between wedge shaped knife edges having a 60 included angle, rounded to V2-inch radius. The longitudinal axis of the cylinder must be at a 90-degree angle to knife edges during the test. For lots of 30 or less, flattening tests are authorized to be made on a ring at least 8 inches long cut from each cylinder and subjected to same heat treatment as the finished cylinder. (k) Physical test. A physical test must be conducted to determine yield strength, tensile strength, elongation, and reduction of area of material, as follows: (l) The test is required on 2 specimens cut from 1 cylinder taken at random out of each lot of 200 or less. For lots of 30 or less, physical tests are authorized to be made on a ring at least 8 inches long cut from each cylinder and subjected to same heat treatment as the finished cylinder. (2) Specimens must conform to the following: (i) Gauge length of 8 inches with a width of not over 1V2 inches; or a gauge length of 2 inches with a width of not over lV2 inches; or a gauge length at least 24 times the thickness with a width not over 6 times thickness is authorized when a cylinder wall is not over 3/16 inch thick. (ii) The specimen, exclusive of grip ends, may not be flattened. Grip ends may be flattened to within one inch of each end of the reduced section. (iii) When size of cylinder does not permit securing straight speci mens, the specimens may be taken in any location or direction and may be straightened or flattened cold, by pressure only, not by blows. When specimens are so taken and prepared, the inspector's report must show in connection with record of physical tests detailed information in regard to such specimens. (iv) Heating of a specimen for any purpose is not authorized. (3) The yield strength in tension must be the stress corresponding to a permanent strain of 0.2 percent of the gauge length. The following conditions apply: (i) The yield strength must be determined by either the "offset" method or the "extension under load" method as prescribed in ASTM Standard E8. (ii) In using the "extension under load" method, the total strain (or "extension under load") corresponding to the stress at which the 0.2 percent permanent strain occurs may be determined with sufficient accuracy by calculating the elastic extension of the gauge length under appropriate load and adding thereto 0.2 percent of the gauge length. Elastic extension calculations must be based on an elastic modulus of 30,000,000. In the event of controversy, the entire stress-strain diagram must be plotted and the yield strength determined from the 0.2 per cent offset. (iii) For the purpose of strain measurement, the initial strain must be set while the specimen is under a stress of 12,000 pounds per square inch, and the strain indicator reading being set at the calculated corresponding strain. (iv) Cross-head speed of the testing machine may not exceed V0 inch per minute during yield strength determination. (I) Acceptable results for physical and flattening tests. Either of the following is an acceptable result: (1) An elongation of at least 40 percent for a 2-inch gauge length or at least 20 percent in other cases and yield strength not over 73 percent of tensile strength. In this instance, the flattening test is not required. (2) An elongation of at least 20 percent for a 2-inch gauge length or 10 percent in other cases and yield strength not over 73 percent of tensile strength. Flattening is required, without cracking, to 6 times the wall thickness. (m) Leakage test. All spun cylinders and plugged cylinders must be tested for leakage by gas or air pressure after the bottom has been cleaned and is free from all moisture, subject to the following conditions and limitations: (1) Pressure, approximately the same as but no less than sen/ice pressure, must be applied to one side of the finished bottom over an area of at least V16 of the total area of the bottom but not less than 3/4 inch in diameter, including the closure, for at least one minute, during which time the other side of the bottom exposed to pressure must be covered with water and closely examined for indications of leakage. Except as provided in paragraph (n) of this section, a cylinder must be rejected if there is any leaking. (2) A spun cylinder is one in which an end closure in the finished cylinder has been welded by the spinning process. (3) A plugged cylinder is one in which a permanent closure in the bottom of a finished cylinder has been effected by a plug. (4) As a safety precaution, if the manufacturer elects to make this test before the hydrostatic test, he should design his apparatus so that the pressure is applied to the smallest area practicable, around the point of closure, and so as to use the smallest possible volume of air or gas. (n) Rejected cylinders. Reheat treatment of rejected cylinders is authorized. Subsequent thereto, cylinders must pass all prescribed tests to be acceptable. Repair by welding or spinning is not authorized. Spun cylinders rejected under the provisions of paragraph (m) of this section may be removed from the spun cylinder category by drilling to remove defective material, tapping and plugging. (o) Marking. Markings may be stamped into the sidewalls of cylin ders having a service pressure of 150 psi if all of the following condi tions are met: (1) Wall stress at test pressure may not exceed 24,000 psi (2) Minimum wall thickness must be not less than 0.090 inch. (3) Depth of stamping must be no greater than 15 percent of the minimum wall thickness, but may not exceed 0.015 inch. (4) Maximum outside diameter of cylinder may not exceed 5 inches. (5) Carbon content of cylinder may not exceed 0.25 percent. If the carbon content exceeds 0.25 percent, the complete cylinder must be normalized after stamping. (6) Stamping must be adjacent to the top head. 178.39 Specification 3BN seamless nickel cylinders. (a) Type, size, and service pressure. A DOT 3BN cylinder is a seamless nickel cylinder with a water capacity (nominal) not over 125 pounds water capacity (nominal) and a service pressure at least 150 to not over 500 pounds per square inch. (b) Nickel. The percentage of nickel plus cobalt must be at least 99.0 percent. (c) Identification of material. The material must be identified by any suitable method except that plates and billets for hot-drawn cylin ders must be marked with the heat number. (d) Manufacture. Cylinders must be manufactured using equip ment and processes adequate to ensure that each cylinder produced conforms to the requirements of this subpart. No defect is permitted that is likely to weaken the finished cylinder appreciably. A reasonably smooth and uniform surface finish is required. Cylinders closed in by spinning process are not authorized. (e) Welding or brazing. Welding or brazing for any purpose what soever is prohibited except that welding is authorized for the attach ment of neckrings and footrings which are non-pressure parts, and only to the tops and bottoms of cylinders. Neckrings and footrings must be of weldable material, the carbon content of which may not exceed 0.25 percent. Nickel welding rod must be used. (f) Wall thickness. The wall stress may not exceed 15,000 pounds per square inch. A minimum wall thickness of 0.100 inch is required for any cylinder over 5 inches in outside diameter. Wall stress calcula tion must be made by using the following formula: S = [P(1.3D2 + 0.4d2)]/(D2 - d2) Where: 437 PART 178 ABD00132212 178.39--178.42 April 1998 S = wall stress in pounds per square inch; P = minimum test pressure prescribed for water jacket test or 450 pounds per square inch whichever is the greater; D = outside diameter in inches; d = inside diameter in inches. (g) Heat treatment. The completed cylinders must be uniformly and properly heat-treated prior to tests. (h) Openings in cylinders and connections (valves, fuse plugs, etc.) for those openings. Threads conforming to the following are required on openings: (1) Threads must be clean cut, even, without checks, and to gauge. (2) Taper threads, when used, to be of length not less than as specified for American Standard taper pipe threads. (3) Straight threads having at least 6 engaged threads are author ized. Straight threads must have a tight fit and a calculated shear strength of at least 10 times the test pressure of the cylinder. Gaskets, adequate to prevent leakage, are required. (i) Hydrostatic test. Each cylinder must successfully withstand a hydrostatic test, as follows: (1) The test must be by water-jacket, or other suitable method, operated so as to obtain accurate data. The pressure gauge must permit reading to an accuracy of 1 percent. The expansion gauge must permit reading of total expansion to an accuracy either of 1 percent or 0.1 cubic centimeter. (2) Pressure must be maintained for at least 30 seconds and suffi ciently longer to ensure complete expansion. Any internal pressure applied after heat- treatment and previous to the official test may not exceed 90 percent of the test pressure. If, due to failure of the test apparatus, the test pressure cannot be maintained, the test may be repeated at a pressure increased by 10 percent or 100 pounds per square inch, whichever is the lower. (3) Permanent volumetric expansion may not exceed 10 percent of total volumetric expansion at test pressure. (4) Each cylinder must be tested to at least 2 times service pressure. (j) Flattening test. A flattening test must be performed on one cylinder taken at random out or each lot of 200 or less, by placing the cylinder between wedge shaped knife edges having a 60 in cluded angle, rounded to V2-inch radius. The longitudinal axis of the cylinder must be at a 90-degree angle to knife edges during the test. For lots of 30 or less, flattening tests are authorized to be made on a ring at least 8 inches long cut from each cylinder and subjected to same heat treatment as the finished cylinder. (k) Physical test. A physical test must be conducted to determine yield strength, tensile strength, elongation, and reduction of area of material, as follows: (l) The test is required on 2 specimens cut from 1 cylinder taken at random out of each lot of 200 or less. For lots of 30 or less, physical tests are authorized to be made on a ring at least 8 inches long cut from each cylinder and subjected to same heat treatment as the finished cylinder. (2) Specimens must conform to the following: (i) A gauge length of 8 inches with a width of not over 1V2 inches, a gauge length of 2 inches with a width of not over 1V2 inches, or a gauge length of at least 24 times the thickness with a width not over 6 times thickness is authorized when a cylinder wall is not over 3/16 inch thick. (ii) The specimen, exclusive of grip ends, may not be flattened. Grip ends may be flattened to within one inch of each end of the reduced section. (iii) When size of cylinder does not permit securing straight speci mens, the specimens may be taken in any location or direction and may be straightened or flattened cold, by pressure only, not by blows. When specimens are so taken and prepared, the inspector's report must show in connection with record of physical tests detailed information in regard to such specimens. (iv) Heating of a specimen for any purpose is not authorized. (3) The yield strength in tension must be the stress corresponding to a permanent strain of 0.2 percent of the gauge length. The following conditions apply: (i) The yield strength must be determined by either the "offsetmethod or the "extension under load" method as prescribed in ASTM Standard E8. (ii) In using the "extension under load" method, the total strain (or "extension under load") corresponding to the stress at which the 0.2 percent permanent strain occurs may be determined with sufficient accuracy by calculating the elastic extension of the gauge length under appropriate load and adding thereto 0.2 percent of the gauge length. Elastic extension calculations must be based on an elastic modulus of 30,000,000. In the event of controversy, the entire stress-strain diagram must be plotted and the yield strength determined from the 0.2 per cent offset. (iii) For the purpose of strain measurement, the initial strain must be set while the specimen is under a stress of 12,000 pounds per square inch, and the strain indicator reading must be set at the calculated corresponding strain. (iv) Cross-head speed of the testing machine may not exceed % inch per minute during yield strength determination. (I) Acceptable results for physical and flattening tests. Either of the following is an acceptable result: (1) An elongation of at least 40 percent for a 2 inch gauge length or at least 20 percent in other cases and yield point not over 50 percent of tensile strength. In this instance, the flattening test is not required. (2) An elongation of at least 20 percent for a 2 inch gauge length or 10 percent in other cases and a yield point not over 50 percent of tensile strength. Flattening is required, without cracking, to 6 times the wall thickness. (m) Rejected cylinders. Reheat treatment is authorized for re jected cylinders. Subsequent thereto, cylinders must pass all pre scribed tests to be acceptable. Repair by welding is not authorized. 178.42 Specification 3E seamless steel cylinders. (a) Type, size, and service pressure. A DOT 3E cylinder is a seamless steel cylinder with an outside diameter not greater than 2 inches nominal, a length less than 2 feet and a service pressure of 1,800 pounds per square inch. (b) Steel. Open-hearth or electric steel of uniform quality must be used. Content percent may not exceed the following: Carbon, 0.55; phosphorus, 0.045; sulphur, 0.050. (c) Identification of steel. Materials must be identified by any suit able method. (d) Manufacture. Cylinders must be manufactured by best appli ances and methods. No defect is permitted that is likely to weaken the finished cylinder appreciably. A reasonably smooth and uniform surface finish is required. The thickness of the spun bottom is, under no condition, to be less than two times the minimum wall thickness of the cylindrical shell; such bottom thickness must be measured within an area bounded by a line representing the points of contact between the cylinder and floor when the cylinder is in a vertical po sition. (e) Openings In cylinders and connections (valves, fuse plugs, etc.) for those openings. Threads conforming to the following are required on openings. (1) Threads must be clean cut, even, without checks, and to gauge. (2) Taper threads, when used, must be of length not less than as specified for American Standard taper pipe threads. (3) Straight threads having at least 4 engaged threads are author ized. Straight threads must have a tight fit and a calculated shear strength of at least 10 times the test pressure of the cylinder. Gaskets, adequate to prevent leakage, are required. (f) Hydrostatic test. Cylinders must be tested as follows: (1) One cylinder out of each lot of 500 or less must be subjected to a hydrostatic pressure of 6,000 pounds per square inch or higher. (2) The cylinder referred to in paragraph (f)(1) of this section must burst at a pressure higher than 6,000 pounds per square inch without fragmenting or otherwise showing lack of ductility, or must hold a pressure of 12,000 pounds per square inch for 30 seconds without bursting. In which case, it must be subjected to a flattening test without cracking to six times wall thickness between knife edges, wedge shaped 60 degree angle, rounded out to a V2 inch radius. The inspec tor's report must be suitably changed to show results of latter alternate and flattening test. (3) Other cylinders must be examined under pressure of at least 3,000 pounds per square inch and not to exceed 4,500 pounds per square inch and show no defect. Cylinders tested at a pressure in excess of 3,600 pounds per square inch must burst at a pressure higher than 7,500 pounds per square inch when tested as specified in paragraph (f)(2) of this section. The pressure must be maintained for at least 30 seconds and sufficiently longer to ensure complete examination. (g) Leakage lest. All spun cylinders and plugged cylinders must be tested for leakage by gas or air pressure after the bottom has 438 ABD00132213 April 1998 178.42--178.44 been cleaned and is free from all moisture subject to the following conditions and limitations: (1) A pressure, approximately the same as but not less than the service pressure, must be applied to one side of the finished bottom over an area of at least of the total area of the bottom but not less than \ inch in diameter, including the closure, for at least one minute, during which time the other side of the bottom exposed to pressure must be covered with water and closely examined for indications of leakage. Accept as provided in paragraph (h) of this section, a cylinder must be rejected if there is any leakage. (2) A spun cylinder is one in which an end closure in the finished cylinder has been welded by the spinning process. (3) A plugged cylinder is one in which a permanent closure in the bottom of a finished cylinder has been effected by a plug. (4) As a safety precaution, if the manufacturer elects to make this test before the hydrostatic test, the manufacturer shall design the test apparatus so that the pressure is applied to the smallest area practicable, around the point of closure, and so as to use the smallest possible volume of air or gas. (h) Rejected cylinders. Reheat treatment is authorized for rejected cylinders. Subsequent thereto, cylinders must pass all prescribed tests to be acceptable. Repair by welding or spinning is not authorized. Spun cylinders rejected under the provisions of paragraph (g) of this section may be removed from the spun cylinder category by drilling to remove defective material, tapping and plugging. (I) Marking. Markings required by 178.35 must be stamped plainly and permanently on the shoulder, top head, neck or sidewall of each cylinder. 178-44 Specification 3HT seamless steel cylinders for aircraft use. (a) Type, size, and service pressure. A DOT 3HT cylinder is a seamless steel cylinder with a water capacity (nominal) of not over 150 pounds and a service pressure of at least 900 pounds per square inch. (b) Authorized steel. Open hearth or electric furnace steel of uniform quality must be used. A heat of steel made under the specifications listed in Table 1 in this paragraph (b), check chemical analysis of which is slightly out of the specified range, is acceptable, if satisfactory in all other respects, provided the tolerances shown in Table 2 in this paragraph (b) are not exceeded. Grain size 6 or finer according to ASTM E 112. Steel of the following chemical analysis is authorized: Table 1--Authorized Materials Designation Carbon....................................................................................... Manganese ............................................................................. Phosphorus .............................................................................. Sulfur.......................................................................................... Chromium ................................................................................ Molybdenum............................................................................. AISI 4130 (percent) 0.28/0.33 0.40/0.60 0.040 maximum 0.040 maximum 0.15/0.35 0.80/1.10 0.15/0.25 Table 2--Check Analysis Tolerances Tolerance (percent over the maximum limit or under the minimum limit Element Limit or maximum specified (percent) Under minimum limit Over maximum limit Carbon............... Over 0.15 to 0.40 incl. . . 0.03 0.04 Manganese . . . To 0.60 incl......................... Phosphorus1 . . . 0.03 0.03 0.01 0.01 Silicon ............... To 0.30 incl......................... Over 0.30 to 1.00 incl. . . 0.02 0.05 0.03 0.05 Chromium .... To 0.90 incl......................... Over 0.90 to 2.10 incl. . . Molybdenum . . , To 0.20 incl......................... Over 0.20 to 0.40 incl. . . 0.03 0.05 0.01 0.02 0.03 0.05 0.01 0.02 1 Rephosphorized steels r>ot subject to check analysis for phosphorus. (c) Identification of material. Materia! must be identified by any suitable method. Steel stamping of heat identifications may not be made in any area which will eventually become the side wall of the cylinder. Depth of stamping may not encroach upon the minimum prescribed wall thickness of the cylinder. (d) Manufacture. Cylinders must bemanufactured using equipment and processes adequate to ensure that each cylinder produced con forms to the requirements of this subpart. No fissure or other defect is permitted that is likely to weaken the finished container appreciably. The general surface finish may not exceed a roughness of 250 RMS. Individual irregularities such as draw marks, scratches, pits, etc., should be held to a minimum consistent with good high stress pressure vessel manufacturing practices. If the cylinder is not originally free of such defects or does not meet the finish requirements, the surface may be machined or otherwise treated to eliminate these defects. The point of closure of cylinders closed by spinning may not be less than two times the prescribed wall thickness of the cylindrical shell. The cylinder end contour must be hemispherical or ellipsoidal with a ratio of major-tominor axis not exceeding two to one and with the concave side to pressure. (e) Welding or brazing. Welding or brazing for any purpose whatsoever is prohibited, except that welding by spinning is permit ted to close the bottom of spun cylinders. Machining or grinding to produce proper surface finish at point of closure is required. (f) Wall thickness. (1) Minimum wall thickness for any cylinder must be 0.050 inch. The minimum wall thickness must be such that the wall stress at the minimum specified test pressure may not exceed 75 percent of the minimum tensile strength of the steel as determined from the physical tests required in paragraph (m) of this section and may not be over 105,000 psi. (2) Calculations must be made by the formula: S = [P(1.3D2 + 0.4d2)]/(D2 - d2) Where: S = Wall stress in pounds per square inch; P = Minimum test pressure prescribed for water jacket test; D = Outside diameter in inches; d = Inside diameter in inches. (3) Wall thickness of hemispherical bottoms only permitted to 90 percent of minimum wall thickness of cylinder sidewall but may not be less than 0.050 inch. In all other cases, thickness to be no less than prescribed minimum wall. (g) Heat treatment. The completed cylinders must be uniformly and properly heated prior to tests. Heat treatment of the cylinders of the authorized analysis must be as follows: (1) All cylinders must be quenched by oil, or other suitable medium. (2) The steel temperature on quenching must be that recom mended for the steel analysis, but may not exceed 1750F. (3) The steel must be tempered at a temperature most suitable for the particular steel analysis but not less than 850F. (4) All cylinders must be inspected by the magnetic particle or dye penetrant method to detect the presence of quenching cracks. Any cylinder found to have a quenching crack must be rejected and may not be requalified. (h) Openings In cylinders and connections (valves, fuse plugs, etc.) for those openings. Threads conforming to the following are required on openings: (1) Threads must be clean cut, even, without cracks, and to gauge. (2) Taper threads, when used, must be of length not less than as specified for National Gas Tapered Thread (NGT) as required by American Standard Compressed Gas Cylinder Valve Outlet and Inlet Connections. (3) Straight threads having at least 6 engaged threads are author ized. Straight threads must have a tight fit and a calculated shear stress of at least 10 times the test pressure of the cylinder. Gaskets, adequate to prevent leakage, are required. (i) Hydrostatic test. Each cylinder must withstand a hydrostatic test, as follows: (1) The test must be by water-jacket, or other suitable method, operated so as to obtain accurate data. Pressure gauge must permit reading to an accuracy of 1 percent. The expansion gauge must permit reading of total expansion to an accuracy either of 1 percent of 0.1 cubic centimeter. (2) Pressure must be maintained for at least 30 seconds and suffi ciently longer to ensure complete expansion. Any internal pressure applied after heat treatment and previous to the official test may not exceed 90 percent of the test pressure. If, due to failure of the test apparatus, the test pressure cannot be maintained, the test may be repeated at a pressure increased by 10 percent or 100 pounds per square inch, which ever is the lower. 439 PART 178 ABD00132214 178.44--1178.45 April 1998 (3) Permanent volumetric expansion may not exceed 10 percent of total volumetric expansion at test pressure. (4) Each cylinder must be tested to at least % times service pressure. (j) Cycling tests. Prior to the initial shipment of any specific cylinder design, cyclic pressurization tests must have been performed on at least three representative samples without failure as follows: (1) Pressurization must be performed hydrostatically between ap proximately zero psig and the service pressure at a rate not in excess of 10 cycles per minute. Adequate recording instrumentation must be provided if equipment is to be left unattended for periods of time. (2) Tests prescribed in paragraph (j)(1) of this section must be repeated on one random sample out of each lot of cylinders. The cylinder may then be subjected to a burst test. (3) A lot is defined as a group of cylinders fabricated from the same heat of steel, manufactured by the same process and heat treated in the same equipment under the same conditions of time, temperature, and atmosphere, and may not exceed a quantity of 200 cylinders. (4) All cylinders used in cycling tests must be destroyed. (k) Burst test. One cylinder taken at random out of each lot of cylinders must be hydrostatically tested to destruction. (l) Flattening test. A flattening test must be performed on one cylinder taken at random out or each lot of 200 or less, by placing the cylinder between wedge shaped knife edges having a 60 in cluded angle, rounded to V2-inch radius. The longitudinal axis of the cylinder must be at a 90-degree angle to knife edges during the test. For lots of 30 or less, flattening tests are authorized to be made on a ring at least 8 inches long cut from each cylinder and subjected to same heat treatment as the finished cylinder. (m) Physical tests. A physical test must be conducted to determine yield strength, tensile strength, elongation, and reduction of area of material, as follows: (1) Test is required on 2 specimens cut from 1 cylinder taken at random out of each lot of cylinders. (2) Specimens must conform to the following: (i) A gauge length of at least 24 times the thickness with a width not over six times the thickness. The specimen, exclusive of grip ends, may not be flattened. Grip ends may be flattened to within one inch of each end of the reduced section. When size of cylinder does not permit securing straight specimens, the specimens may be taken in any location or direction and may be straightened or flattened cold by pressure only, not by blows. When specimens are so taken and prepared, the inspector's report must show in connection with the record of physical tests detailed information in regard to such specimens. (ii) Heating of a specimen for any purpose is not authorized. (3) The yield strength in tension must be the stress corresponding to a permanent strain of 0.2 percent of the gauge length. (i) The yield strength must be determined by either the "offset" method or the "extension under load' method as prescribed in ASTM Standard E8. (ii) In using the "extension under load" method, the total strain (or "extension under load") corresponding to the stress at which the 0.2 percent permanent strain occurs may be determined with sufficient accuracy by calculating the elastic extension of the gauge length under appropriate load and adding thereto 0.2 percent of the gauge length. Elastic extension calculations must be based on an elastic modulus of 30,000,000. In the event of controversy, the entire stress-strain diagram must be plotted and the yield strength determined from the 0.2 per cent offset. (iii) For the purpose of strain measurement, the initial strain must be set while the specimen is under a stress of 12,000 pounds per square inch, the strain indicator reading being set at the calculated corresponding strain. (iv) Cross-head speed of the testing machine may not exceed Vs inch per minute during yield strength determination. (n) Magnetic particle Inspection. Inspection must be performed on the inside of each container before closing and externally on each finished container after heat treatment. Evidence of discontinuities, which in the opinion of a qualified inspector may appreciably weaken or decrease the durability of the cylinder, must be cause for rejection. (o) Leakage test. All spun cylinders and plugged cylinders must be tested for leakage by dry gas or dry air pressure after the bottom has been cleaned and is free from all moisture, subject to the following conditions and limitations: (1) Pressure, approximately the same as but not less than service pressure, must be applied to one side of the finished bottom over an area of at least V16 of the total area of the bottom but not less than 3/4 inch in diameter, including the closure, for at least one minute, during which time the other side of the bottom exposed to pressure must be covered with water and closely examined for indications of leakage. Except as provided in paragraph (q) of this section, a cylinder must be rejected if there is leakage. (2) A spun cylinder is one in which an end closure in the finished cylinder has been welded by the spinning process. (3) A plugged cylinder is one in which a permanent closure in the bottom of a finished cylinder has been effected by a plug. (4) As a safety precaution, if the manufacturer elects to make this test before the hydrostatic test, the manufacturer should design the test apparatus so that the pressure is applied to the smallest area practicable, around the point of closure, and so as to use the smallest possible volume of air or gas. (p) Acceptable results of tests. Results of the flattening test, physi cal tests, burst test, and cycling test must conform to the following: (1) Flattening required without cracking to ten times the wall thick ness of the cylinder. (2) Physical tests: (1) An elongation of at least 6 percent for a gauge length of 24 times the wall thickness. (ii) The tensile strength may not exceed 165,000 p.s.i. (3) The burst pressure must be at least % times the test pressure. (4) Cycling-at least 10,000 pressurizations. (q) Rejected cylinders. Reheat treatment is authorized for rejected cylinders. Subsequent thereto, cylinders must pass all prescribed tests to be acceptable. Repair by welding or spinning is not authorized. For each cylinder subjected to reheat treatment during original manu facture, sidewall measurements must be made to verify that the mini mum sidewall thickness meets specification requirements after the final heat treatment. (r) Marking. (1) Cylinders must be marked by low stress type steel stamping in an area and to a depth which will insure that the wall thickness measured from the root of the stamping to the interior surface is equal to or greater than the minimum prescribed wall thickness. Stamping must be permanent and legible. Stamping on side wall not authorized. (2) The rejection elastic expansion (REE), in cubic centimeters (cc), must be marked on the cylinder near the date of test. The REE for a cylinder is 1.05 times its original elastic expansion. (3) Name plates are authorized, provided that they can be perma nently and securely attached to the cylinder. Attachment by either brazing or welding is not permitted. Attachment by soldering is permit ted provided steel temperature does not exceed 500F. (s) Inspector's report. In addition to the requirements of 178.35, the inspector's report must indicate the rejection elastic expansion (REE), in cubic centimeters (cc). 178.45 Specification 3T seamless steel cylinder. (a) Type, size, and service pressure. A DOT 3T cylinder is a seamless steel cylinder with a minimum water capacity of 1,000 pounds and a minimum service pressure of 1,800 p.s.i. Each cylinder must have integrally formed heads concave to pressure at both ends. The inside head shape must be hemispherical, ellipsoidal in which the major axis is two times the minor axis, or a dished shape falling within these two limits. Permanent closures formed by spinning are prohibited. (b) Material, steel. Only open hearth, basic oxygen, or electric furnace process steel of uniform quality is authorized. The steel analy sis must conform to the following: Analyses Tolerances Element (percent) Carbon.................................................. Manganese.................................. Phosphorus (max) ....................... Silicon.................................................. Chromium............................................. Molybdenum....................................... Ladle analysis 0 35 to 050 075 to 1.05 0.035 0.04 0.15 to 0.35 0.80 to 1 15 015 to 0.25 Check analysis Under Over 0.03 0.04 004 0.04 0.01 0.01 0.02 003 005 005 0.02 0.02 440 ABD00132215 April 1998 178.45 (1) A heat of steel made under the specifications in the table in this paragraph (b), the ladle analysis of which is slightly out of the specified range, is acceptable if satisfactory in all other aspects. However, the check analysis tolerances shown in the table in this paragraph (b) may not be exceeded except as approved by the Department. (2) Material with seams, cracks, laminations, or other injurious de fects is not permitted. (3) Material used must be identified by any suitable method. (c) Manufacture. General manufacturing requirements are as follows: (1) Surface finish must be uniform and reasonably smooth. (2) Inside surfaces must be clean, dry, and free of loose particles. (3) No defect of any kind is permitted if it is likely to weaken a finished cylinder. (4) If the cylinder surface is not originally free from the defects, the surface may be machined or otherwise treated to eliminate these defects provided the minimum wall thickness is maintained. (5) Welding or brazing on a cylinder is not permitted. (d) Wall thickness. The minimum wall thickness must be such that the wall stress at the minimum specified test pressure does not exceed 67 percent of the minimum tensile strength of the steel as determined by the physical tests required in paragraphs (j) and (k) of this section. A wall stress of more than 90,500 p.s.i. is not permitted. The minimum wall thickness for any cylinder may not be less than 0.225 inch. (1) Calculation of the stress for cylinders must be made by the following formula: S = [P(1.3D2 + 0.4d2)]/(D2 - d2) Where: S = Wall stress in pounds per square inch; P = Minimum test pressure, at least % service pressure; D = Outside diameter in inches; d = Inside diameter in inches. (2) Each cylinder must meet the following additional requirement which assumes a cylinder horizontally supported at its two ends and uniformly loaded over its entire length. This load consists of the weight per inch of length of the straight cylindrical portion filled with water compressed to the specified test pressure. The wall thickness must be increased when necessary to meet this additional requirement: (i) The sum of two times the maximum tensile stress in the bottom fibers due to bending (see paragraph (d)(2)(ii) of this section), plus the maximum tensile stress in the same fibers due to hydrostatic testing (see paragraph (d)(2)(iii) of this section) may not exceed 80 percent of the minimum yield strength of the steel at this maximum stress. (ii) The following formula must be used to calculate the maximum tensile stress due to bending: S = Mc/I Where: S = Tensile stress in pounds per square inch; M = Bending moment in inch-pounds (wl2/8); I = Moment of inertia--0.04909 (D4-di) in inches fourth; c = Radius (D/2) of cylinder in inches; w = Weight per inch of cylinder filled with water; I = Length of cylinder in inches; D = Outside diameter in inches; d = Inside diameter in inches. (iii) The following formula must be used to calculate the maximum longitudinal tensile stress due to hydrostatic test pressure: S = A,P/A2 Where: S = Tensile stress in pounds per square inch; A, = Internal area in crosssectionofcylinderin square inches; P = Hydrostatic test pressure in pounds per square, inch; A2 = Area of metal in cross section of cylinder in square inches. (e) Heat treatment. Each completed cylinder must be uniformly and properly heat treated prior to testing, as follows: (1) Each cylinder must be heated and held at the proper tempera ture for at least one hour per inch of thickness based on the maximum thickness of the cylinder and then quenched in a suitable liquid me dium having a cooling rate not in excess of 80 percent of water. The steel temperature on quenching must be that recommended for the steel analysis, but it must never exceed 1750F. (2) After quenching, each cylinder must be reheated to a tempera ture below the transformation range but not less than 1050F, and must be held at this temperature for at least one hour per inch of thickness based on the maximum thickness of the cylinder. Each cylinder must then be cooled under conditions recommended for the steel. (f) Openings. Openings in cylinders must comply with the fol lowing: (1) Openings are permitted on heads only. (2) The size of any centered opening in a head may not exceed one half the outside diameter of the cylinder. (3) Openings in a head must have ligaments between openings of at least three times the average of their hole diameter. No off-center opening may exceed 2.625 inches in diameter. (4) All openings must be circular. (5) All openings must be threaded. Threads must be in compliance with the following: (i) Each thread must be clean cut, even, without any checks, and to gauge. (ii) Taper threads, when used, must be the American Standard Pipe thread (NPT) type and must be in compliance with the requirements of NBS Handbook H-28, Part II, Section VII. (iii) Taper threads conforming to National Gas Taper thread (NGT) standards must be in compliance with the requirements of NBS Handbook H-28, Part II, Sections VII and IX. (iv) Straight threads conforming with National Gas Straight thread (NGS) standards are authorized. These threads must be in compliance with the requirements of NBS Handbook H-28, Part II, Sections VII and IX. (g) Hydrostatic test. Each cylinder must be tested at an internal pressure by the water jacket method or other suitable method, con forming to the following requirements: (1) The testing apparatus must be operated in a manner that will obtain accurate data. Any pressure gauge used must permit reading to an accuracy of one percent. Any expansion gauge used must permit reading of the total expansion to an accuracy of one percent. (2) Any internal pressure applied to the cylinder after heat treatment and before the official test may not exceed 90 percent of the test pressure. (3) The pressure must be maintained sufficiently long to assure complete expansion of the cylinder. In no case may the pressure be held less than 30 seconds. (4) If, due to failure of the test apparatus, the required test pressure cannot be maintained, the test must be repeated at a pressure in creased by 10 percent or 100 p.s.i., whichever is lower or, the cylinder must be reheat treated. (5) Permanent volumetric expansion of the cylinder may not exceed 10 percent of its total volumetric expansion at the required test pressure. %(6) Each cylinder must be tested to at least times its service pressure. (h) Uitrasonic examination. After the hydrostatic test, the cylindri cal section of each vessel must be examined in accordance with ASTM Standard A-388-67 using the angle beam technique. The equip ment used must be calibrated to detect a notch equal to five percent of the design minimum wall thickness. Any discontinuity indication greater than that produced by the five percent notch must be cause for rejection of the cylinder unless the discontinuity is repaired within the requirements of this specification. (i) Basic requirements for tension and Charpy Impact tests. Cylinders must be subjected to a tension and Charpy impact as follows: (1) When the cylinders are heat treated in a batch furnace, two tension specimens and three Charpy impact specimens must be tested from one of the cylinders or a test ring from each batch. The lot size represented by these tests may not exceed 200 cylinders. (2) When the cylinders are heat treated in a continuous furnace, two tension specimens and three Charpy impact specimens must be tested from one of the cylinders or a test ring from each four hours or less of production. However, in no case may a test lot based on this production period exceed 200 cylinders. (3) Each specimen for the tension and Charpy impact tests must 441 PART 178 ABD00132216 178.45--178.46 April 1998 be taken from the side wall of a cylinder or from a ring which has been heat treated with the finished cylinders of which the specimens must be representative. The axis of the specimens must be parallel to the axis of the cylinder. Each cylinder or ring specimen for test must be of the same diameter, thickness, and metal as the finished cylinders they represent. A test ring must be at least 24 inches long with ends covered during the heat treatment process so as to simulate the heat treatment process of the finished cylinders it represents. (4) A test cylinder or test ring need represent only one of the heats in a furnace batch provided the other heats in the batch have pre viously been tested and have passed the tests and that such tests do not represent more than 200 cylinders from any one heat. (5) The test results must conform to the requirements specified in paragraphs (j) and (k) of this section. (6) When the test results do not conform to the requirements speci fied, the cylinders represented by the tests may be reheat treated and the tests repeated. Paragraph (i)(5) of this section applies to any retesting. 0) Basic conditions for acceptable physical testing. The follow ing criteria must be followed to obtain acceptable physical test results: 0) Each tension specimen must have a gauge length of two inches with a width not exceeding one and one-half inches. Except for the grip ends, the specimen may not be flattened. The grip ends may be flattened to within one inch of each end of the reduced section. (2) A specimen may not be heated after heat treatment specified in paragraph (d) of this section. (3) The yield strength in tension must be the stress corresponding to a permanent strain of 0.2 percent of the gage length. (i) This yield strength must be determined by the "offset" method or the "extension under load" method described in ASTM Stan dard E8. (ii) For the "extension under load" method, the total strain (or exten sion under load) corresponding to the stress at which the 0.2 percent permanent strain occurs may be determined with suffi cient accuracy by calculating the elastic extension of the gage length under appropriate load and adding thereto 0.2 percent of the gage length. Elastic extension calculations must be based on an elastic modulus of 30,000,000. However, when the degree of accuracy of this method is questionable the entire stress-strain diagram must be plotted and the yield strength determined from the 0.2 percent offset. (iii) For the purpose of strain measurement, the initial strain must be set with the specimen under a stress of 12,000 p.s.i. and the strain indicator reading set at the calculated correspond ing strain. (iv) The cross-head speed of the testing machine may not exceed Vs inch per minute during the determination of yield strength. (4) Each impact specimen must be Charpy V-notch type size 10 mm x 10 mm taken in accordance with paragraph 11 of ASTM Standard A-333-67. When a reduced size specimen is used, it must be the largest size obtainable. (k) Acceptable physical test results. Results of physical tests must conform to the following: (l) The tensile strength may not exceed 155,000 p.s.i. (2) The elongation must be at least 16 percent for a two-inch gage length. (3) The Charpy V-notch impact properties for the three impact spec imens which must be tested at 0F may not be less than the values shown as follows: Size of specimen (mm) 10.0 X 10.0 10.0 X 7.5 . 10 0x5.0 Average value for acceptance (3 specimens) 25.0 It. lbs 21.0 ft lbs 17.0 ft. lbs. Minimum value 1 specimen only of the three 20.0 ft. lbs. 17 0 ft. lbs 14.0 ft lbs. (4) After the final heat treatment, each vessel must be hardness tested on the cylindrical section. The tensile strength equivalent of the hardness number obtained may not be more than 165,000 p.s.i. (Rc 36). When the result of a hardness test exceeds the maximum permitted, two or more retests may be made; however, the hardness number obtained in each retest may not exceed the maximum per mitted. (l) Rejected cylinders. Reheat treatment is authorized for rejected cylinders. However, each reheat treated cylinder must subsequently pass all the prescribed tests. Repair by welding is not authorized. (m) Markings. Marking must be done by stamping into the metal of the cylinder. All markings must be legible and located on a shoulder. (n) Inspector's report. In addition to the requirements of 178.35, the inspector's report for the physical test report, must indicate the average value for three specimens and the minimum value for one specimen for each lot number. 178.46 Specification 3AL seamless aluminum cylinders. (a) Size and service pressure. A DOT 3AL cylinder is a seamless aluminum cylinder with a maximum water capacity of 1000 pounds and minimum service pressure of 150 psig. (b) Authorized material and identification of material. The mate rial of construction must meet the following conditions: (1) Starting stock must be cast stock or traceable to cast stock. (2) Material with seams, cracks, laminations, or other defects likely to weaken the finished cylinder may not be used. (3) Material must be identified by a suitable method that will identify the alloy, the aluminum producer's cast number, the solution heat treat batch number and the lot number. (4) The material must be of uniform quality. Only the following heat treatable aluminum alloys in Tables 1 and 2 are permitted as follows: Table 1--Chemical Composition Limits [Chemical composition (in weight percent)] Aluminum Association oti- er1 alloy designation No. Si Fe Cu Mn Mg Cr Zn Ti Pb Bl Each Total Al 6351 .................................. 0.7-1 3 0.50 6061 .................................. 0.40-0.80 0.70 0.10 0.40-0 BO 0 40-0.80 020 0 15-0.40 0 15 0.80-1.20 0.04-0 35 0.25 0.20 0 15 001 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.05 0.05 0.15 0 15 Remainder Remainder 1 Analysis is regularly made only for the elements for which specific limits are shown, except for unalloyed aluminum If. however, the presence of other elements is suspected to he. or in the course of routine analysis is indicated to he in excess of specified limits, further analysis is made to determine that these other elements are not in excess of the amounts specified (Aluminum Association Standards and Data.) Table 2--Mechanical Property Limits Alloy and temper Tensile strength--RSI Ultimate-- minimum Yield-- minimum Elongation--percent minimum for 2* or 4D' size specimen 6351-T6 . 42,000 37.000 14* 6061-T6 38,000 35.000 142 ,-D' represents specimen diameters. When the cylinder wall is greater than 3/,a inch thick, a retest without reheat treatment using the 4D size specimen Is authorized if the test using the 2 inch size specimen fails to meet elongation requirements AVhen cylinder wall is not over 3/ie-mch thick, 10 percent elongation is authorized when using a 24t x 6t size test specimen (5) All starting stock must be 100 percent ultrasonically inspected, along the length at right angles to the central axis from two positions at 90 deg. to one another. The equipment and continuous scanning procedure must be capable of detecting and rejecting internal defects such as cracks which have an ultrasonic response greater than that of a calibration block with a 5/e4-inch diameter flat bottomed hole. (6) Cast stock must have uniform equiaxed grain structure not to exceed 500 microns maximum. (7) Any starting stock not complying with the provisions of para graphs (b)(1) through (b)(6) of this section must be rejected. (c) Manufacture. Cylinders must be manufactured in accordance with the following requirements: (1) Cylinder shells must be manufactured by the backward extru sion method and have a cleanliness level adequate to ensure proper inspection. No fissure or other defect is acceptable that is likely to weaken the finished cylinder below the design strength requirements. A reasonably smooth and uniform surface finish is required. If not originally free from such defects, the surface may be machined or otherwise conditioned to eliminate these defects. (2) Thickness of the cylinder base may not be less than the 442 ABD00132217 April 1998 178.46 prescribed minimum wall thickness of the cylindrical shell. The cylinder base must have a basic torispherical, hemispherical, or ellipsoidal interior base configuration where the dish radius is no greater than 1.2 times the inside diameter of the shell. The knuckle radius may not be less than 12 percent of the inside diameter of the shell. The interior base contour may deviate from the true torispherical, hemispherical or ellipsoidal configuration provided that-- (i) Any areas of deviation are accompanied by an increase in base thickness; (ii) Ail radii of merging surfaces are equal to or greater than the knuckle radius; (iii) Each design has been qualified by successfully passing the cycling tests in this paragraph (c); and (iv) Detailed specifications of the base design are available to the inspector. (3) For free standing cylinders, the base thickness must be at least two times the minimum wail thickness along the line of contact between the cylinder base and the floor when the cylinders are in the vertical position. (4) Welding or brazing is prohibited. (5) Each new design and any significant change to any acceptable design must be qualified for production by testing prototype samples as follows: (i) Three samples must be subjected to 100,000 pressure reversal cycles between zero and service pressure or 10,000 pressure reversal cycles between zero and test pressure, at a rate not in excess of 10 cycles per minute without failure. (ii) Three samples must be pressurized to destruction and failure may not occur at less than 2.5 times the marked cylinder service pressure. Each cylinder must remain in one piece. Failure must initiate in the cylinder sidewall in a longitudinal direction. Rate of pressurization may not exceed 200 psi per second. (6) In this specification "significant change" means a 10 percent or greater change in cylinder wall thickness, service pressure, or diameter; a 30 percent or greater change in water capacity or base thickness; any change in material; over 100 percent increase in size of openings; or any change in the number of openings. (d) Wall thickness. The minimum wall thickness must be such that the wall stress at the minimum specified test pressure will not exceed 80 percent of the minimum yield strength nor exceed 67 percent of the minimum ultimate tensile strength as verified by physical tests in paragraph (i) of this section. The minimum wall thickness for any cylinder with an outside diameter greater than 5 inches must be 0.125 inch. Calculations must be made by the following formula: S = (P(1.3D2 + 0.4d2))/(D2 - d2) Where: S = Wall stress in pounds per square inch; P = Prescribed minimum test pressure in pounds per square inch (see paragraph (g) of this section); D = Outside diameter in inches; and d = Inside diameter in inches. (e) Openings. Openings must comply with the following require ments: (1) Openings are permitted in heads only. (2) The size of any centered opening in a head may not exceed one-half the outside diameter of the cylinder. (3) Other openings are permitted in the head of a cylinder if: (i) Each opening does not exceed 2.625 inches in diameter, or one-half the outside diameter of the cylinder; whichever is less; (ii) Each opening is separated from each other by a ligament; and (iii) Each ligament which separates two openings must be at least three times the average of the diameters of the two openings. (4) All openings must be circular. (5) All openings must be threaded. Threads must comply with the following: (i) Each thread must be clean cut, even, without checks, and to gauge. (ii) Taper threads, when used, must conform to one of the following: (A) American Standard Pipe Thread (NPT) type, conforming to the requirements of Federal Standard H-28, Section 7; (B) National Gas Taper Thread (NGT) type, conforming to the requirements of Federal Standard H-28, Sections 7 and 9; or (C) Other taper threads conforming to other standards may be used provided the length is not less than that specified for NPT threads. (iii) Straight threads, when used, must conform to one of the fol lowing: (A) National Gas Straight Thread (NGS) type, conforming to the requirements of Federal Standard H-28, Sections 7 and 9; (B) Unified Thread (UN) type, conforming to the requirements of Federal Standard H-28, Section 2; (C) Controlled Radius Root Thread (UN) type, conforming to the requirements of Federal Standard H-28, Section 4; or (D) Other straight threads conforming to other recognized standards may be used provided that the requirements in paragraph (e)(5)(iv) of this section are met. (iv) All straight threads must have at least 6 engaged threads, a tight fit, and a factor of safety in shear of at least 10 at the test pressure of the cylinder. Shear stress must be calculated by using the appropriate thread shear area in accordance with Federal Standard H-28, Appendix A5, Section 3. (f) Heat treatment. Prior to any test, all cylinders must be subjected to a solution heat treatment and aging treatment appropriate for the aluminum alloy used. (g) Hydrostatic test. Each cylinder must be subjected to an internal test pressure using the water jacket equipment and method or other suitable equipment and method and comply with the following require ments: (1) The testing apparatus must be operated in a manner so as to obtain accurate data. The pressure gauge used must permit reading to an accuracy of one percent. The expansion gauge must permit reading the total expansion to an accuracy of either one percent or 0.1 cubic centimeter. (2) The test pressure must be maintained for a sufficient period of time to assure complete expansion of the cylinder. In no case may the pressure be held less than 30 seconds. If, due to failure of the test apparatus, the required test pressure cannot be maintained, the test may be repeated at a pressure increased by 10 percent or 100 psi, whichever is lower. If the test apparatus again fails to maintain the test pressure, the cylinder being tested must be rejected. Any internal pressure applied to the cylinder before any official test may not exceed 90 percent of the test pressure. (3) The minimum test pressure is the greatest of the following: (i) 450 psi regardless of service pressure; (ii) Two times the service pressure for cylinders having service pressure less than 500 psi; or (iii) Five-thirds times the service pressure for cylinders having a service pressure of at least 500 psi. (4) Permanent volumetric expansion may not exceed 10 percent of total volumetric expansion at test pressure. (h) Flattening test. One cylinder taken at random out of each lot must be subjected to a flattening test as follows: (1) The test must be between knife edges, wedge shaped, having a 60 included angle, and rounded in accordance with the following table. The longitudinal axis of the cylinder must be at an angle 90 to the knife edges during the test. The flattening test table is as follows: Table 3--Flattening Test Table Cylinder wall thickness In Inches Radius In Inches Under .150....................................................................................... .150 to .249 .................................................................................... .250 to .349 .................................................................................... .350 to .449 .................................................................................... .450 to .549 .................................................................................... .550 to .649 .................................................................................... .650 to .749 .................................................................................... .500 .875 1.500 2.125 2.750 3.500 4.125 (2) An alternate bend test in accordance with ASTM E 290 using a mandrel diameter not more than 6 times the wall thickness is author ized to qualify lots that fail the flattening test of this section without reheat treatment. If used, this test must be performed on two samples from one cylinder taken at random out of each lot of 200 cylinders or less. (3) Each test cylinder must withstand flattening to nine times the wall thickness without cracking. When the alternate bend test is used, the test specimens must remain uncracked when bent inward around a mandrel in the direction of curvature of the cylinder wall until the 443 PART 178 ABD00132218 178.46--178.47 April 1998 interior edges are at a distance apart not greater than the diameter of the mandrel. (I) Mechanical properties test. Two test specimens cut from one cylinder representing each lot of 200 cylinders or less must be sub jected to the mechanical properties test, as follows: (1) The results of the test must conform to at least the minimum acceptable mechanical property limits for aluminum alloys as speci fied in paragraph (b) of this section. (2) Specimens must be 4D bar or gauge length 2 inches with width not over lV2 inch taken in the direction of extrusion approximately 180 from each other; provided that gauge length at least 24 times thickness with width not over 6 times thickness is authorized, when cylinder wall is not over inch thick. The specimen, exclusive of grip ends, may not be flattened. Grip ends may be flattened to within one inch of each end of the reduced section. When the size of the cylinder does not permit securing straight specimens, the specimens may be taken in any location or direction and may be straightened or flattened cold by pressure only, not by blows. When such specimens are used, the inspector's report must show that the specimens were so taken and prepared. Heating of specimens for any purpose is forbidden. (3) The yield strength in tension must be the stress corresponding to a permanent strain of 0.2 percent of the gauge length. (i) The yield strength must be determined by either the "offset" method or the "extension under load" method as prescribed in ASTM Standard B-557. (ii) In using the "extension under load" method, the total strain (or "extension under load") corresponding to the stress at which the 0.2 percent permanent strain occurs may be determined with sufficient accuracy by calculating the elastic extension of the gauge length under appropriate load and adding thereto 0.2 percent of the gauge length. Elastic extension calculations must be based on an elastic modulus of 10,000,000 psi. In the event of controversy, the entire stress-strain diagram must be plotted and the yield strength determined from the 0.2 per cent offset. (iii) For the purpose of strain measurement, the initial strain must be set while the specimen is under a stress of 6,000 psi, the strain indicator reading being set at the calculated correspond ing strain. (iv) Cross-head speed of the testing machine may not exceed \ inch per minute during yield strength determination. (|) Rejected cylinder. Reheat treatment of rejected cylinders is authorized one time. Subsequent thereto, cylinders must pass all pre scribed tests to be acceptable. (k) Duties of inspector. In addition to the requirements of 178.35, the inspector shall: (l) Verify compliance with the provisions of paragraph (b) of this section by: (1) Performing or witnessing the performance of the chemical anal yses on each melt or cast lot or other unit of starting material; or (ii) Obtaining a certified chemical analysis from the material or cylinder manufacturer for each melt, or cast of material; or (iii) Obtaining a certified check analysis on one cylinder out of each lot of 200 cylinders or less, if a certificate containing data to indicate compliance with the material specification is obtained. (2) The inspector shall verify ultrasonic inspection of all material by inspection or by obtaining the material producer's certificate of ultrasonic inspection. Ultrasonic inspection must be performed or veri fied as having been performed in accordance with paragraph (c) of this section. (3) The inspector must also determine that each cylinder complies with this specification by: (i) Selecting the samples for check analyses performed by other than the material producer; (ii) Verifying that the prescribed minimum thickness was met by measuring or witnessing the measurement of the wall thick ness; and (iii) Verifying that the identification of material is proper. (4) Prior to initial production of any design or design change, verify that the design qualification tests prescribed in paragraph (c)(6) of this section have been performed with acceptable results. (I) Definitions. (1) In this specification, a "lot" means a group of cylinders successively produced having the same: (i) Size and configuration; (ii) Specified material of construction; (iii) Process of manufacture and heat treatment; (iv) Equipment of manufacture and heat treatment; and (v) Conditions of time, temperature and atmosphere during heat treatment. (2) In no case may the lot size exceed 200 cylinders, but any cylinder processed for use in the required destructive physical testing need not be counted as being one of the 200. (m) Inspector's report. In addition to the information required by 178.35, the record of chemical analyses must also include the alloy designation, and applicable information on iron, titanium, zinc, magne sium and any other applicable element used in the construction of the cylinder. 178.47 Specification 4DS welded stainless steel cylinders for aircraft use. (a) Type, size, and service pressure. A DOT 4DS cylinder is either a welded stainless steel sphere (two seamless hemi spheres) or circumferreentially welded cylinder both with a water ca pacity of not over 100 pounds and a service pressure of at least 500 but not over 900 pounds per square inch. (b) Steel. Types 304, 321 and 347 stainless steel are authorized with proper welding procedure. A heat of steel made under the specifi cations in Table 1 in this paragraph (b), check chemical analysis of which is slightly out of the specified range, is acceptable, if satisfactory in all other respects, provided the tolerances shown in Table 2 in this paragraph (b) are not exceeded, except as approved by Associate Administrator. The following chemical analyses are authorized: Table 1--Authorized Materials Carbon (max)............................ Manganese (max) ............ Phosphorus (max) Sulfur (max) ...................... Silicon (max) ................ Nickel ... ............................... Chromium ................... Molybdenum ................ Titanium ............ Stainless steels 304 (percent) 321 (percent) 347 (percent) 0.08 0.08 0.08 2.00 2.00 2.00 .030 .030 030 030 030 030 75 75 .75 8.0/11.0 9.0/13.0 9.0/13.0 18.0/20.0 17 0/20.0 17.0/20 0 m (2) 'Titanium shall be not less than 5C and not more than 0.6 percent. 2Columbium shall be not less than 10C and not more than 1.0 percent. Table 2--Check Analysis Tolerances Tolerance (percent over the maximum limit or under the minimum limit Element Limit or maximum specified (percent) Under minimum limit Over maximum limit Carbon To 0 15 incl. . . . 0.01 0.01 Manganese Over 1 15 to 2.50 incl 0.05 0.05 Phosphorus' All ranges 0.01 Sulphur All ranges .. 0.01 Silicon . . . . Over 0.30 to 1.00 incl. . . 0.05 0.05 Nickel. Over 5.30 to 10.00 incl Over 10.00 to 14.00 incl 0.10 0.15 Chromium Over 15.00 to 20.00 met 0.20 Titanium . . All ranges .... 0.05 Columbium . All ranges...................... 0.05 'Rephosphorized steels not subject to check analysis for phosphorus 0.10 0 15 0.20 0.05 0.05 (c) Identification of material. Materials must be identified by any suitable method. (d) Manufacture. Cylinders must be manufactured using equip ment and processes adequate to ensure that each cylinder produced conforms to the requirements of this subpart. No defect is permitted that is likely to weaken the finished cylinder appreciably, a reasonably smooth and uniform surface finish is required. No abrupt change in wall thickness is permitted. Welding procedures and operators must be qualified in accordance with CGA Pamphlet C-3. All seams of the sphere or cylinder must be fusion welded. Seams must be of the butt type and means must be provided for accomplishing complete penetration of the joint. 444 ABD00132219 April 1998 178.47--178.50 (e) Attachments. Attachments to the container are authorized by fusion welding provided that such attachments are made of weldable stainless steel in accordance with paragraph (b) of this section. (f) Wall thickness. The minimum wail thickness must be such that the wall stress at the minimum specified test pressure may not be over 60,000 psi. A minimum wall thickness of 0.040 inch is required for any diameter container. Calculations must be made by the following formulas: (1) Calculation for sphere must be made by the formula: S = PD/4tE Where: S = Wall stress in pounds per square inch; P = Test pressure prescribed for water jacket test. i.e.. at least two times service pressure, in pounds per square inch; D = Outside diameter in inches; t = Minimum wall thickness in inches; E = 0.85 (provides 85 percent weld efficiency factor which must be applied in the girth weld area and heat zones which zone must extend a distance of 6 times wall thickness from center of weld); E = 1.0 (for all other areas). (2) Calculation for a cylinder must be made by the formula: S = [P(1.3D2 + 0.4d2)]/(D2 - tis) Where: S = Wall stress in pounds per square inch; P = Test pressure prescribed for water jacket test, i.e.. at least two times service pressure, in pounds per square inch; D = Outside diameter in inches; d = Inside diameter in inches. (g) Heat treatment. The seamless hemispheres and cylinders may be stress relieved or annealed for forming. Welded container must be stress relieved at a temperature of 775F 25 after process treatment and before hydrostatic test. (h) Openings In container. Openings must comply with the fol lowing: (1) Each opening in the container must be provided with a fitting, boss or pad of weldable stainless steel securely attached to the con tainer by fusion welding. (2) Attachments to a fitting, boss, or pad must be adequate to prevent leakage. Threads must comply with the following: (i) Threads must be clean cut, even, without checks, and tapped to gauge. (ii) Taper threads to be of length not less than as specified for American Standard taper pipe threads. (iii) Straight threads having at least 4 engaged threads, to have tight fit and calculated shear strength at least 10 times the test pressure of the container; gaskets required, adequate to prevent leakage. (I) Process treatment. Each container must be hydraulically pres surized in a water jacket to at least 100 percent, but not more than 110 percent, of the test pressure and maintained at this pressure for a minimum of 3 minutes. Total and permanent expansion must be recorded and included in the inspector's report. (J) Hydrostatic test. Each cylinder must successfully withstand a hydrostatic test as follows: (1) The test must be by water-jacket, operated so as to obtain accurate data. The pressure gauge must permit reading to an accu racy of 1 percent. The expansion gauge must permit reading of total expansion to an accuracy either of 1 percent or 0.1 cubic centimeter. (2) Pressure must be maintained for at least 30 seconds and suffi ciently longer to ensure complete expansion. If, due to failure of the test apparatus, the test pressure cannot be maintained, the test may be repeated at a pressure increased by 10 percent or 100 pounds per square inch, whichever is the lower. (3) Permanent volumetric expansion may not exceed 10 percent of total volumetric expansion at test pressure. (4) Each container must be tested to at least 2 times service pressure. (5) Container must then be inspected. Any wall thickness lower than that required by paragraph (f) of this section must be cause for rejection. Bulges and cracks must be cause for rejection. Welded joint defects exceeding requirements of paragraph (k) of this section must be cause for rejection. (k) Radiographic Inspection. Radiographic inspection is required on all welded joints which are subjected to internal pressure, except that at the discretion of the disinterested inspector, openings less than 25 percent of the container diameter need not be subjected to radiographic inspection. Evidence of any defects likely to seriously weaken the container is cause for rejection. Radiographic inspection must be performed subsequent to the hydrostatic test. (l) Burst test. One container taken at random out of 200 or less must be hydrostatically tested to destruction. Rupture pressure must be included as part of the inspector's report. (m) Flattening test. A flattening test must be performed as follows: (1) For spheres the test must be at the weld between parallel steel plates on a press with welded seam at right angles to the plates. Test one sphere taken at random out of each lot of 200 or less after the hydrostatic test. Any projecting appurtenances may be cut off (by mechanical means only) prior to crushing. (2) For cylinders the test must be between knife edges, wedge shaped, 60 angle, rounded to V2-inch radius. Test one cylinder taken at random out of each lot of 200 or less, after the hydrostatic test. (n) Acceptable results for flattening and burst tests. Acceptable results for flattening and burst tests are as follows: (1) Flattening required to 50 percent of the original outside diameter without cracking. (2) Burst pressure must be at least 3 times the service pressure. (o) Rejected containers. Repair of welded seams by welding prior to process treatment is authorized. Subsequent thereto, containers must be heat treated and pass all prescribed tests. <p) Duties of inspector. In addition to the requirements of 178.35, the inspector must verify that all tests are conducted at temperatures between 60F and 90F. (q) Marking. Markings must be stamped plainly and permanently on a permanent attachment or on a metal nameplate permanently secured to the container by means other than soft solder. 178.50 Specification 4B welded or brazed steel cylinders. (a) Type, size, and service pressure. A DOT 4B is a welded or brazed steel cylinder with longitudinal seams that are forged lapwelded or brazed and with water capacity (nominal) not over 1,000 pounds and a service pressure of at least 150 but not over 500 pounds per square inch. Cylinders closed in by spinning process are not authorized. (b) Steel. Open-hearth, electric or basic oxygen process steel of uniform quality must be used. Content percent may not exceed the following: Carbon, 0.25; phosphorus, 0.045; sulphur, 0.050. (c) Identification of material. Material must be identified by any suitable method except that plates and billets for hotdrawn cylinders must be marked with the heat number. (d) Manufacture. Cylinders must be manufactured using equip ment and processes adequate to ensure that each cylinder produced conforms to the requirements of this subpart. No defect is permitted that is likely to weaken the finished cylinder appreciably. A reasonably smooth and uniform surface finish is required. Exposed bottom welds on cylinders over 18 inch long must be protected by footrings. Welding procedures and operators must be qualified in accordance with CGA Pamphlet C-3. Seams must be made as follows: (1) Welded or brazed circumferential seams. Heads attached by brazing must have a driving fit with the shell, unless the shell is crimped, swedged, or curled over the skirt or flange of the head, and be thoroughly brazed until complete penetration by the brazing material of the brazed joint is secured. Depth of brazing from end of shell must be at least four times the thickness of shell metal. (2) Longitudinal seams in shells. Longitudinal seams must be forged lap welded, by copper brazing, by copper alloy brazing, or by silver alloy brazing. Copper alloy composition must be: Copper, 95 percent minimum; Silicon, 1.5 percent to 3.85 percent; Manganese, 0.25 percent to 1.10 percent. The melting point of the silver alloy brazing material must be in excess of 1000F. When brazed, the plate edge must be lapped at least eight times the thickness of plate, laps being held in position, substantially metal to metal, by riveting or electric spot- welding; brazing must be done by using a suitable flux and by placing brazing material on one side of seam and applying heat until this material shows uniformly along the seam of the other side. (e) Welding or brazing. Only the attachment of neckrings. footrings. handles, bosses, pads, and valve protection rings to the tops and bottoms of cylinders by welding or brazing is authorized. Such attachments and the portion of the container to which they are attached must be made of weldable steel, the carbon content of which 445 PART 178 ABDOO132220 178.50 April 1998 may not exceed 0.25 percent except in the case of 4130X steel which may be used with proper welding procedure. (f) Wall thickness. The wall thickness of the cylinder must comply with the following requirements: (1) For cylinders with outside diameters over 6 inches the minimum wall thickness must be 0.090 inch. In any case, the minimum wall thickness must be such that calculated wall stress at minimum test pressure (paragraph (i)(4) of this section) may not exceed the following values: (1) 24,000 pounds per square inch for cylinders without longitudi nal seam. (ii) 22,800 pounds per square inch for cylinders having copper brazed or silver alloy brazed longitudinal seam. (iii) 18,000 pounds per square inch for cylinders having forged lapped welded longitudinal seam. (2) Calculation must be made by the formula: S = [P(1.3D2 + 0.4d2)]/(D2 - d2) Where: S = wall stress in pounds per square inch; P = minimum test pressure prescribed for water jacket test or 450 pounds per square inch whichever is the greater; D = outside diameter in inches; d = inside diameter in inches. (g) Heat treatment. Cylinder body and heads, formed by drawing or pressing, must be uniformly and properly heat treated prior to tests. (h) Opening In cylinders. Openings in cylinders must conform to the following: (D Each opening in cylinders, except those tor safety devices, must be provided with a fitting, boss, or pad, securely attached to cylinder by brazing or by welding or by threads. Fitting, boss, or pad must be of steel suitable for the method of attachment employed, and which need not be identified or verified as to analysis except that if attachment is by welding, carbon content may not exceed 0.25 per cent. If threads are used, they must comply with the following: (i) Threads must be clean cut, even without checks, and tapped to gauge. (ii) Taper threads to be of length not less than as specified for American Standard taper pipe threads. (iii) Straight threads, having at least 4 engaged threads, to have tight fit and calculated shear strength at least 10 times the test pressure of the cylinder; gaskets required, adequate to prevent leakage. (iv) A brass fitting may be brazed to the steel boss or flange on cylinders used as component parts of hand fire extinguishers. (2) The closure of a fitting, boss, or pad must be adequate to prevent leakage. (I) Hydrostatic test. Cylinders must withstand a hydrostatic test as follows: (1) The test must be by water-jacket, or other suitable method, operated so as to obtain accurate data. The pressure gauge must permit reading to an accuracy of 1 percent. The expansion gauge must permit reading of total expansion to an accuracy either of 1 percent or 0.1 cubic centimeter. (2) Pressure must be maintained for at least 30 seconds and suffi ciently longer to ensure complete expansion. Any internal pressure applied after heat-treatment and previous to the official test may not exceed 90 percent of the test pressure. If, due to failure of the test apparatus, the test pressure cannot be maintained, the test may be repeated at a pressure increased by 10 percent or 100 pounds per square inch, whichever is the lower. (3) Permanent volumetric expansion may not exceed 10 percent of total volumetric expansion at test pressure. (4) Cylinders must be tested as follows: (i) At least one cylinder selected at random out of each lot of 200 or less must be tested as outlined in paragraphs (i)(1), (i)(2), and (i)(3) of this section to at least two times service pressure. (ii) All cylinders not tested as outlined in paragraph (i)(4)(i) of this section must be examined under pressure of at least two times service pressure and show no defect. (j) Flattening test. After the hydrostatic test, a flattening test must be performed on one cylinder taken at random out or each lot of 200 or less, by placing the cylinder between wedge shaped knife edges having a 60 included angle, rounded to V2-inch radius. The longitudi nal axis of the cylinder must be at a 90-degree angle to knife edges during the test. For lots of 30 or less, flattening tests are authorized to be made on a ring at least 8 inches long cut from each cylinder and subjected to same heat treatment as the finished cylinder. (k) Physical test. A physical test must be conducted to determine yield strength, tensile strength, elongation, and reduction of area of material as follows: (l) The test is required on 2 specimens cut from 1 cylinder, or part thereof heat-treated as required, taken at random out of each lot of 200 or less. For lots of 30 or less, physical tests are authorized to be made on a ring at least 8 inches long cut from each cylinder and subjected to same heat treatment as the finished cylinder. (2) Specimens must conform to the following: (i) A gauge length of 8 inches with a width of not over 1V2 inches, a gauge length of 2 inches with a width of not over 1V2 inches, or a gauge length at least 24 times the thickness with a width not over 6 times the thickness is authorized when a cylinder wall is not over 3/16 inch thick. (ii) The specimen, exclusive of grip ends, may not be flattened. Grip ends may be flattened to within one inch of each end of the reduced section. (iii) When size of cylinder does not permit securing straight speci mens, the specimens may be taken in any location or direction and may be straightened or flattened cold, by pressure only, not by blows. When specimens are so taken and prepared, the inspector's report must show in connection with record of physical tests detailed information in regard to such specimens. (iv) Heating of a specimen for any purpose is not authorized. (3) The yield strength in tension must be the stress corresponding to a permanent strain of 0.2 percent of the gauge length. The following conditions apply: (i) The yield strength must be determined by either the "offsetmethod or the "extension under load" method as prescribed in ASTM Standard E8. (ii) In using the "extension under load" method, the total strain (or "extension under load") corresponding to the stress at which the 0.2 percent permanent strain occurs may be determined with sufficient accuracy by calculating the elastic extension of the gauge length under appropriate load and adding thereto 0.2 percent of the gauge length. Elastic extension calculations must be based on an elastic modulus of 30,000,000. In the event of controversy, the entire stress-strain diagram must be plotted and the yield strength determined from the 0.2 per cent offset. (iii) For the purpose of strain measurement, the initial strain must be set while the specimen is under a stress of 12,000 pounds per square inch, and strain indicator reading must be set at the calculated corresponding strain. (iv) Cross-head speed of the testing machine may not exceed V8 inch per minute during yield strength determination. (I) Acceptable results for physical and flattening tests. Either of the following is an acceptable result: (1) An elongation of at least 40 percent for a 2-inch gauge length or at least 20 percent in other cases and yield strength not over 73 percent of tensile strength. In this instance, a flattening test is not required. (2) When cylinders are constructed of lap welded pipe, flattening test is required, without cracking, to 6 times the wall thickness. In such case, the rings (crop ends) cut from each end of pipe, must be tested with the weld 45 or less from the point of greatest stress. If a ring fails, another from the same end of pipe may be tested. (m) Rejected cylinders. Reheat treatment is authorized for re jected cylinder. Subsequent thereto, cylinders must pass ail pre scribed tests to be acceptable. Repair of brazed seams by brazing and welded seams by welding is authorized. (n) Markings. Markings must be stamped plainly and permanently in any of the following locations on the cylinder: (1) On shoulders and top heads when they are not less than 0.087inch thick. (2) On side wall adjacent to top head for side walls which are not less than 0.090 inch thick. (3) On a cylindrical portion of the shell which extends beyond the recessed bottom of the cylinder, constituting an integral and non pressure part of the cylinder. 446 ABDOO132221 April 1998 178.50--178.51 (4) On a metal plate attached to the top of the cylinder or permanent part thereof; sufficient space must be left on the plate to provide for stamping at least six retest dates; the plate must be at least Vie-inch thick and must be attached by welding, or by brazing. The brazing rod must melt at a temperature of 1100F. Welding or brazing must be along all the edges of the plate. (5) On the neck, neckring, valve boss, valve protection sleeve, or similar part permanently attached to the top of the cylinder. (6) On the footring permanently attached to the cylinder, provided the water capacity of the cylinder does not exceed 25 pounds. 178.51 Specification 4BA welded or brazed steel cylin ders. (a) Type, size, and service pressure. A DOT 4BA cylinder is a cylinder, either spherical or cylindrical in shape, with a water capacity of 1,000 pounds or less and a service pressure of at least 225 and not over 500 pounds per square inch. Closures made by the spinning process are not authorized. (1) Spherical type cylinders must be made from two seamless hemi spheres joined by the welding of one circumferential seam. (2) Cylindrical type cylinders must be of circumferentially welded or brazed construction. (b) Steel. The steel used in the construction of the cylinder must be as specified in Table 1 of Appendix A to this part. (c) Identification of material. Material must be identified by any suitable method except that plates and billets for hotdrawn cylinders must be marked with the heat number. (d) Manufacture. Cylinders must be manufactured using equip ment and processes adequate to ensure that each cylinder produced conforms to the requirements of this subpart. No defect is permitted that is likely to weaken the finished cylinder appreciably. A reasonably smooth and uniform surface finish is required. Exposed bottom welds on cylinders over 18 inches long must be protected by footrings. (1) Seams must be made as follows: (i) Minimum thickness of heads and bottoms must be not less than 90 percent of the required thickness of the side wall. (ii) Circumferential seams must be made by welding or by brazing. Heads must be attached by brazing and must have a driving fit with the shell, unless the shell is crimped, swedged or curled over the skirt or flange of the head and must be thoroughly brazed until complete penetration by the brazing material of the brazed joint is secured. Depth of brazing from end of the shell must be at least four times the thickness of shell metal. (iii) Longitudinal seams in shells must be made by copper brazing, copper alloy brazing, or by silver alloy brazing. Copper alloy composition must be: Copper 95 percent minimum, Silicon 1.5 percent to 3.85 percent, Manganese 0.25 percent to 1.10 percent. The melting point of the silver alloy brazing material must be in excess of 1,000F. The plate edge must be lapped at least eight times the thickness of plate, laps being held in position, substantially metal to metal, by riveting or by electric spot-welding. Brazing must be done by using a suitable flux and by placing brazing material on one side of seam and applying heat until this material shows uniformly along the seam of the other side. Strength of longitudinal seam: Copper brazed longitudinal seam must have strength at least % times the strength of the steel wall. (2) Welding procedures and operators must be qualified in accord ance with CGA Pamphlet C-3. (e) Welding and brazing. Only the welding or brazing of neckrings, footrings, handles, bosses, pads, and valve protection rings to the tops and bottoms of cylinders is authorized. Provided that such attach ments and the portion of the container to which they are attached are made of weldable steel, the carbon content of which may not exceed 0.25 percent except in the case of 4130X steel which may be used with proper welding procedure. (f) Wall thickness. The minimum wall thickness of the cylinder must meet the following conditions: (1) For any cylinder with an outside diameter of greater than 6 inches, the minimum wall thickness is 0.078 inch. In any case the minimum wall thickness must be such that the calculated wall stress at the minimum test pressure may not exceed the lesser value of any of the following: (i) The value shown in Table I of Appendix A to this part, for the particular material under consideration; (ii) One-half of the minimum tensile strength of the material deter mined as required in paragraph (j) of this section; (iii) 35,000 pounds per square inch; or (iv) Further provided that wall stress for cylinders having copper brazed longitudinal seams may not exceed 95 percent of any of the above values. Measured wall thickness may not include galvanizing or other protective coating. (2) Cylinders that are cylindrical in shape must have the wall stress calculated by the formula: S = [P(1.3D2 + 0.4d2)]/(D2 - d2) Where: S = wall stress in pounds per square inch; P = minimum test pressure prescribed for water jacket test; D = outside diameter in inches; d = inside diameter in inches. (3) Cylinders that are spherical in shape must have the wall stress calculated by the formula: S = PD/4tE Where: S = wall stress in pounds per square inch; P = minimum test pressure prescribed for water jacket test; D = outside diameter in inches; t = minimum wall thickness in inches; E = 0.85 (provides 85 percent weld efficiency factor which must be applied in the girth weld area and heat affected zones which zone must extend a distance of 6 times wall thickness from center line of weld); E = 1.0 (for all other areas). (4) For a cylinder with a wall thickness less than 0.100 inch, the ratio of tangential length to outside diameter may not exceed 4.1. (g) Heat treatment. Cylinders must be heat treated in accordance with the following requirements: (1) Each cylinder must be uniformly and properly heat treated prior to test by the applicable method shown in Table I of Appendix A to this Part. Heat treatment must be accomplished after all forming and welding operations, except that when brazed joints are used, heat treatment must follow any forming and welding operations, but may be done before, during or after the brazing operations. (2) Heat treatment is not required after the welding or brazing of weldable low carbon parts to attachments of similar material which have been previously welded or brazed to the top or bottom of cylin ders and properly heat treated, provided such subsequent welding or brazing does not produce a temperature in excess of 400F in any part of the top or bottom material. (h) Openings in cylinders. Openings in cylinders must comply with the following requirements: (1) Any opening must be placed on other than a cylindrical surface. (2) Each opening in a spherical type cylinder must be provided with a fitting, boss, or pad of weldable steel securely attached to the container by fusion welding. (3) Each opening in a cylindrical type cylinder must be provided with a fitting, boss, or pad, securely attached to container by brazing or by welding. (4) If threads are used, they must comply with the following: (i) Threads must be clean-cut, even, without checks and tapped to gauge. (ii) Taper threads must be of a length not less than that specified for American Standard taper pipe threads. (iii) Straight threads, having at least 4 engaged threads, must have a tight fit and a calculated shear strength of at least 10 times the test pressure of the cylinder. Gaskets, adequate to prevent leakage, are required. (I) Hydrostatic test. Each cylinder must successfully withstand a hydrostatic test, as follows: (1) The test must be by water jacket, or other suitable method, operated so as to obtain accurate data. A pressure gauge must permit reading to an accuracy of 1 percent. An expansion gauge must permit reading of total expansion to an accuracy of either 1 percent or 0.1 cubic centimeter. (2) Pressure must be maintained for at least 30 seconds and suffi ciently longer to ensure complete expansion. Any internal pressure PART 178 447 ABDOO132222 178.51--178.53 April 1998 applied after heat treatment and previous to the official test may not exceed 90 percent of the test pressure. (3) Permanent volumetric expansion may not exceed 10 percent of the total volumetric expansion at test pressure. (4) Cylinders must be tested as follows: (i) At least one cylinder selected at random out of each lot of 200 or less must be tested as outlined in paragraphs (i)(1), (i)(2), and (i)(3) of this section to at least two times service pressure. (ii) All cylinders not tested as outlined in paragraph (i)(4)(i) of this section must be examined under pressure of at least two times service pressure and show no defect. (j) Physical test. A physical test must be conducted to determine yield strength, tensile strength, elongation, and reduction of area of material, as follows: (1) The test is required on 2 specimens cut from one cylinder or part thereof having passed the hydrostatic test and heat-treated as required, taken at random out of each lot of 200 or less. Physical tests for spheres are required on 2 specimens cut from flat representative sample plates of the same heat taken at random from the steel used to produce the spheres. This flat steel from which 2 specimens are to be cut must receive the same heat treatment as the spheres them selves. Sample plates must be taken from each lot of 200 or less spheres. (2) Specimens must conform to the following: (i) A gauge length of 8 inches with a width not over lV2 inches, or a gauge length of 2 inches with a width not over 1V2 inches, or a gauge length at least 24 times the thickness with a width not over 6 times the thickness is authorized when a cylinder wall is not over 3/ie inch thick. (ii) The specimen, exclusive of grip ends, may not be flattened. Grip ends may be flattened to within one inch of each end of the reduced section. (iii) When size of the cylinder does not permit securing straight specimens, the specimens may be taken in any location or direction and may be straightened or flattened cold, by pres sure only, not by blows. When specimens are so taken and prepared, the inspector's report must show in connection with record of physical tests detailed information in regard to such specimens. (iv) Heating of a specimen for any purpose is not authorized. (3) The yield strength in tension must be the stress corresponding to a permanent strain of 0.2 percent of the gauge length. The following conditions apply: (i) The yield strength must be determined by either the "offset" method or the "extension under load" method as prescribed in ASTM Standard E8. (ii) In using the "extension under load" method, the total strain (or "extension under load"), corresponding to the stress at which the 0.2 percent permanent strain occurs may be determined with sufficient accuracy by calculating the elastic extension of the gauge length under appropriate load and adding thereto 0.2 percent of the gauge length. Elastic extension calculations must be based on an elastic modulus of 30,000,000. In the event of controversy, the entire stress-strain diagram must be plotted and the yield strength determined from the 0.2 per cent offset. (iii) For the purpose of strain measurement, the initial strain refer ence must be set while the specimen is under a stress of 12,000 pounds per square inch, and the strain indicator reading must be set at the calculated corresponding strain. (iv) Cross-head speed of the testing machine may not exceed V8 inch per minute during yield strength determination. (k) Elongation. Physical test specimens must show at least a 40 percent elongation for a 2-inch gauge length or at least 20 percent in other cases. Except that these elongation percentages may be reduced numerically by 2 for 2-inch specimens, and by 1 in other cases, for each 7,500 pounds per square inch increment of tensile strength above 50,000 pounds per square inch to a maximum of four such increments. (l) Tests of welds. Except for brazed seams, welds must be tested as follows: (1) Tensile test. A specimen must be cut from one cylinder of each lot of 200 or less, or welded test plate. The welded test plate must be of one of the heats in the lot of 200 or less which it represents, in the same condition and approximately the same thickness as the cylinder wall except that in no case must it be of a lesser thickness than that required for a quarter size Charpy impact specimen. The weld must be made by the same procedures and subjected to the same heat treatment as the major weld on the cylinder. The specimen must be taken from across the major seam and must be prepared and tested in accordance with and must meet the requirements of CGA Pamphlet C-3. Should this specimen fail to meet the require ments, specimens may be taken from two additional cylinders or welded test plates from the same lot and tested. If either of the latter specimens fail to meet the requirements, the entire lot represented must be rejected. (2) Guided bend test. A root bend test specimen must be cut from the cylinder or welded test plate, used for the tensile test specified in paragraph (l)(1) of this section. Specimens must be taken from across the major seam and must be prepared and tested in accord ance with and must meet the requirements of CGA Pamphlet C-3. (3) Alternate guided-bend test. This test may be used and must be as required by CGA Pamphlet C-3. The specimen must be bent until the elongation at the outer surface, adjacent to the root of the weld, between the lightly scribed gage lines a to b, must be at least 20 percent, except that this percentage may be reduced for steels having a tensile strength in excess of 50,000 pounds per square inch, as provided in paragraph (k) of this section. (m) Rejected cylinders. Reheat treatment is authorized for re jected cylinders. Subsequent thereto, cylinders must pass all pre scribed tests to be acceptable. Repair of brazed seams by brazing and welded seams by welding is authorized. (n) Markings. Markings must be stamped plainly and permanently in one of the following locations on the cylinder: 0) On shoulders and top heads not less than 0.087 inch thick. (2) On side wall adjacent to top head for side walls not less than 0.090 inch thick. (3) On a cylindrical portion of the shell which extends beyond the recessed bottom of the cylinder constituting an integral and non pressure part of the cylinder. (4) On a plate attached to the top of the cylinder or permanent part thereof; sufficient space must be left on the plate to provide for stamping at least six retest dates; the plate must be at least Vie inch thick and must be attached by welding, or by brazing at a temperature of at least 1100F. throughout all edges of the plate. (5) On the neck, neckring, valve boss, valve protection sleeve, or similar part permanently attached to the top of the cylinder. (6) On the footring permanently attached to the cylinder, provided the water capacity of the cylinder does not exceed 25 pounds. 176.53 Specification 4D welded steel cylinders for aircraft use. (a) Type, size, and service pressure. A DOT 4D cylinder is a welded steel sphere (two seamless hemispheres) or circumferentially welded cylinder (two seamless drawn shells) with a water capacity not over 100 pounds and a service pressure of at least 300 but not over 500 pounds per square inch. Cylinders closed in by spinning process are not authorized. (b) Steel. Open-hearth or electric steel of uniform and weldable quality must be used. Content may not exceed the following: Carbon, 0.25; phosphorus, 0.045; sulphur, 0.050, except that the following steels commercially known as 4130X and Type 304, 316, 321, and 347 stainless steels may be used with proper welding procedure. A heat of steel made under Table 1 in this paragraph (b), check chemical analysis of which is slightly out of the specified range, is acceptable, if satisfactory in all other respects, provided the tolerances shown in Table 2 in this paragraph (b) are not exceeded, except as approved by the Associate Administrator. The following chemical analyses are authorized: Table 1--4130X Steel 4130X Carbon ... Manganese . . . . Phosphorus .. Sulfur ... Silicon.................................. ... Chromium ........................................................ Molybdenum ... Zirconium ................... Nickel ... .... ... .... .... Percent 0.25/0.35 0 40/0 60 004 max 005 max 0.15/0.35 0.80/1.10 0.15/0.25 None None 448 ABDOO132223 April 1998 178.53 Table 2--Authorized Stainless Steels Stainless steels 304 (percent) 316 (percent) 321 (percent) Carbon (max)............................... 0.08 0.08 0.08 Manganese (max)......................... 2.00 2.00 2.00 Phosphorus (max) ...................... .030 .045 .030 Sulfur (max).................................. .030 .030 .030 Silicon (max).................................. Nickel ........................................... .75 8.0/11.0 1.00 10 0/140 .75 9.0/13.0 Chromium..................................... 18.0/20.0 16.0/18.0 17.0/20.0 2.0/3.0 (') 'Titanium shall not be less than 5C and not more than 0.60%. 2Columbium shall be not less than IOC and not more than 1.0%. 347 (percent) 0.08 2.00 .030 .030 .75 9.0/13.0 17.0/20.0 (J) Element Table 3--Check Analysis Tolerances Limit or maximum specified (percent) Tolerance (percent) over the maximum limit or under the minimum limit Under minimum limit Over maximum limit Over 0.15 to 0.40 incl. . . Manganese . . . To 0.60 incl......................... Over 1,15 to 2.50 incl. . . Phosphorus' . . . All ranges ......................... 003 0.03 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.05 0 01 Over 0.30 to 1.00 incl. . . 0.05 Nickel................... Over 5.30 to 10.00 incl. . . Over 10.00 to 14.00 incl. 0.10 0.15 Chromium .... To 0.90 incl.......................... Over 0.90 to 2.10 incl. . . Over 15.00 to 20.00 incl. 0.03 0.05 0.20 Molybdenum . . . To 0.20 incl......................... Over 0.20 to 0.40 incl. . . Over 1.75 to 3.0 incl. . . . 0.01 0.02 0.10 Titanium............ All ranges ......................... 0.05 Columbium.... All ranges ......................... 0.05 'Rephosphorized steels not subject to check analysis tor phosphorus. 0.05 0.10 0.15 0.03 0.05 0.20 0.01 0.02 0.10 0.05 0.05 (c) Identification of material. Material must be identified by any suitable method except that plates and billets for hotdrawn cylinders must be marked with the heat number. (d) Manufacture. Cylinders must be manufactured using equip ment and processes adequate to ensure that each cylinder produced conforms to the requirements of this subpart. No defect is permitted that is likely to weaken the finished container appreciably. A reason ably smooth and uniform surface finish is required. Welding proce dures and operators must be qualified in accordance with CGA Pam phlet C-3. (e) Wall thickness. The wall stress at the minimum test pressure may not exceed 24,000 pounds per square inch, except where steels commercially known as4130X, types 304,316, 321, and 347 stainless steels are used, stress at the test pressures may not exceed 37,000 pounds per square inch. The minimum wall thickness for any container having a capacity of 1,100 cubic inches or less is 0.04 inch. The minimum wall thickness for any container having a capacity in excess of 1,100 cubic inches is 0.095 inch. Calculations must be done by the following: (1) Calculation for a "sphere" must be made by the formula: S = PD/4tE Where: S = wall stress in pounds per square inch; P = test pressure prescribed for water jacket test, i.e., at least two times service pressure, in pounds per square inch; D = outside diameter in inches; t = minimum wall thickness in inches; E = 0.85 (provides 85 percent weld efficiency factor which must be applied in the girth weld area and heat affected zones which zone must extend a distance of 6 times wall thickness from center line of weld); E = 1.0 (for all other areas). (2) Calculation for a cylinder must be made by the formula: Where: S = [P(1.3D2 + 0.4d2)]/(D2 - d2) S = wall stress in pounds per square inch; P = test pressure prescribed for water jacket test, i.e., at least two times service pressure, in pounds per square inch; D = outside diameter in inches; d = inside diameter in inches. (f) Heat treatment. The completed cylinders must be uniformly and properly heat-treated prior to tests. (g) Openings in container. Openings in cylinders must comply with the following: (1) Each opening in the container, except those for safety devices, must be provided with a fitting, boss, or pad, securely attached to the container by brazing or by welding or by threads. If threads are used, they must comply with the following: (i) Threads must be clean cut, even, without checks, and tapped to gauge. (ii) Taper threads must be of a length not less than that specified for American Standard taper pipe threads. (iii) Straight threads, having at least 4 engaged threads, must have a tight fit and calculated shear strength of at least 10 times the test pressure of the container. Gaskets, adequate to prevent leakage, are required. (2) Closure of a fitting, boss, or pad must be adequate to prevent leakage. (h) Hydrostatic test. Each cylinder must successfully withstand a hydrostatic test, as follows: (1) The test must be by water-jacket, or other suitable method, operated so as to obtain accurate data. A pressure gauge must permit a reading to an accuracy of 1 percent. An expansion gauge must permit reading of total expansion to an accuracy of either 1 percent or 0.1 cubic centimeter. (2) Pressure must be maintained for at least 30 seconds and suffi ciently longer to ensure complete expansion. Any internal pressure applied after heat-treatment and previous to the official test may not exceed 90 percent of the test pressure. If, due to failure of the test apparatus, the test pressure cannot be maintained, the test may be repeated at a pressure increased by 10 percent or 100 pounds per square inch, whichever is the lower. (3) Permanent volumetric expansion may not exceed 10 percent of the total volumetric expansion at test pressure. (4) Containers must be tested as follows: (i) Each container to at least 2 times service pressure; or (ii) One container out of each lot of 200 or less to at least 3 times service pressure. Others must be examined under pressure of 2 times service pressure and show no defects. (i) Flattening test for spheres and cylinders. Spheres and cylin ders must be subjected to a flattening test as follows: (1) One sphere taken at random out of each lot of 200 or less must be subjected to a flattening test as follows: (1) The test must be performed after the hydrostatic test. (ii) The test must be between parallel steel plates on a press with a welded seam at right angles to the plates. Any projecting appurtenances may be cut off (by mechanical means only) prior to crushing. (2) One cylinder taken at random out of each lot of 200 or less must be subjected to a flattening test, as follows: (I) The test must be performed after the hydrostatic test. (ii) The test must be between knife edges, wedge shaped, 60 angle, rounded to V2 inch radius. For lots of 30 or less, physical tests are authorized to be made on a ring at least 8 inches long cut from each cylinder and subjected to the same heat treatment as the finished cylinder. (j) Physical test and specimens for spheres and cylinders. Spheres and cylinders must be subjected to a physical test as follows: (1) Physical test for spheres are required on 2 specimens cut from a flat representative sample plate of the same heat taken at random from the steel used to produce the sphere. This flat steel from which the 2 specimens are to be cut must receive the same heat-treatment as the spheres themselves. Sample plates must be taken for each lot of 200 or less spheres. 449 PART 178 ABDOO132224 178.53--178.55 April 1998 (2) Specimens for spheres must have a gauge length 2 inches with a width not over 1'/2 inches, or a gauge length at least 24 times the thickness with a width not over 6 times the thickness is authorized when a wall is not over 3/16 inch thick. (3) Physical test for cylinders is required on 2 specimens cut from 1 cylinder taken at random out of each lot of 200 or less. For lots of 30 or less, physical tests are authorized to be made on a ring at least 8 inches long cut from each cylinder and subjected to the same heat treatment as the finished cylinder. (4) Specimens for cylinders must conform to the following: (i) A gauge length of 8 inches with a width not over lV2 inches, or a gauge length of 2 inches with a width not over 1V2 inches, or a gauge length at least 24 times the thickness with a width not over 6 times the thickness is authorized when a cylinder wall is not over 3/16 inch thick. (ii) The specimen, exclusive of grip ends, may not be flattened. Grip ends may be flattened to within 1 inch of each end of the reduced section. Heating of the specimen for any purpose is not authorized. (5) The yield strength in tension must be the stress corresponding to a permanent strain of 0.2 percent of the gauge length. The following conditions apply: (i) The yield strength must be determined by either the "offset" method or the "extension under load" method as prescribed in ASTM Standard E8. (ii) In using the "extension under load" method, the total strain (or "extension under load") corresponding to the stress at which the 0.2 percent permanent strain occurs may be determined with sufficient accuracy by calculating the elastic extension of the gauge length under appropriate load and adding thereto 0.2 percent of the gauge length. Elastic extension calculations must be based on an elastic modulus of 30,000,000. In the event of controversy, the entire stress-strain diagram must be plotted and the yield strength determined from the 0.2 per cent offset. (iii) For the purpose of strain measurement, the initial strain must be set while the specimen is under a stress of 12,000 pounds per square inch and the strain indicator reading being set at the calculated corresponding strain. (iv) Cross-head speed of the testing machine may not exceed Vg inch per minute during yield strength determination. (k) Acceptable results for physical and flattening tests. Either of the following is an acceptable result: (l) An elongation of at least 40 percent for a 2 inch gauge length or at least 20 percent in other cases and yield strength not over 73 percent of tensile strength. In this instance, the flattening test is not required. (2) An elongation of at least 20 percent for a 2 inch gauge length or 10 percent in other cases. Flattening is required to 50 percent of the original outside diameter without cracking. (l) Rejected cylinders. Reheat-treatment is authorized for rejected cylinders. Subsequent thereto, containers must pass all prescribed tests to be acceptable. Repair of welded seams by welding prior to reheat-treatment is authorized. (m) Marking. Marking on each container by stamping plainly and permanently are only authorized where the metal is at least 0.09 inch thick, or on a metal nameplate permanently secured to the container by means other than soft solder, or by means that would not reduce the wall thickness. 178.55 Specification 4B240ET welded or brazed cylin ders. (a) Type, spinning process, size and service pressure. A DOT 4B240ET cylinder is a brazed type cylinder made from electric resistance welded tubing. The maximum water capacity of this cylinder is 12 pounds or 333 cubic inches and the service must be 240 pounds per square inch. The maximum outside diameter of the shell must be five inches and maximum length of the shell is 21 inches. Cylinders closed in by a spinning process are authorized. (b) Steel. Open-hearth, basic oxygen, or electric steel of uniform quality must be used. Plain carbon steel content may not exceed the following: Carbon, 0.25; phosphorus, 0.045; sulfur, 0.050. The addition of other elements for alloying effect is prohibited. (c) Identification of material. Material must be identified by any suitable method. (d) Manufacture. Cylinders must be manufactured using equip ment and processes adequate to ensure that each cylinder produced conforms to the requirements of this subpart. No defect is permitted that is likely to weaken the finished cylinder appreciably. A reasonably smooth and uniform surface finish is required. Heads may be attached to shells by lap brazing or may be formed integrally. The thickness of the bottom of cylinders welded or formed by spinning is, under no condition, to be less than two times the minimum wall thickness of the cylindrical shell. Such bottom thicknesses must be measured within an area bounded by a line representing the points of contact between the cylinder and the floor when the cylinder is in a vertical position. Seams must conform to the following: (1) Circumferential seams must be by brazing only. Heads must be attached to shells by the lap brazing method and must overlap not less than four times the wall thickness. Brazing material must have a melting point of not less than 1000F. Heads must have a driving fit with the shell unless the shell is crimped, swedged, or curled over the skirt or flange of the head and be thoroughly brazed until complete penetration of the joint by the brazing material is secured. Brazed joints may be repaired by brazing. (2) Longitudinal seams in shell must be by electric resistance welded joints only. No repairs to longitudinal joints is permitted. (3) Welding procedures and operators must be qualified in accord ance with CGA Pamphlet C-3. (e) Welding or brazing. Only the attachment, by welding or braz ing, to the tops and bottoms of cylinders of neckrings, footrings, han dies, bosses, pads, and valve protection rings is authorized. Provided that such attachments and the portion of the container to which they are attached are made of weldable steel, the carbon content of which may not exceed 0.25 percent. (f) Wall thickness. The wall stress must be at least two times the service pressure and may not exceed 18,000 pounds per square inch. The minimum wall thickness is 0.044 inch. Calculation must be made by the following formula: S = [P(1.3D2 + 0.4d2)]/(D2 - d2) Where: S = wall stress in pounds per square inch; P = 2 times service pressure; D = outside diameter in inches; d = inside diameter in inches. (g) Heat treatment. Heads formed by drawing or pressing must be uniformly and properly heat treated prior to tests. Cylinders with integral formed heads or bases must be subjected to a normalizing operation. Normalizing and brazing operations may be combined, provided the operation is carried out at a temperature in excess of the upper critical temperature of the steel. (h) Openings In cylinders. Openings in cylinders must comply with the following: (D Each opening in cylinders, except those for safety devices, must be provided with a fitting, boss, or pad, securely attached to the cylinder by brazing or by welding or by threads. A fitting, boss, or pad must be of steel suitable for the method of attachment em ployed, and which need not be identified or verified as to analysis, except that if attachment is by welding, carbon content may not exceed 0.25 percent. If threads are used, they must comply with the following: (1) Threads must be clean cut, even without checks, and tapped to gauge. (ii) Taper threads to be of length not less than as specified for American Standard taper pipe threads. (iii) Straight threads, having at least 4 engaged threads, to have tight fit and calculated shear strength at least 10 times the test pressure of the cylinder; gaskets required, adequate to prevent leakage. (2) Closure of a fitting, boss, or pad must be adequate to prevent leakage. (i) Hydrostatic test. Each cylinder must successfully withstand a hydrostatic test as follows: (1) The test must be by water-jacket, or other suitable method, operated so as to obtain accurate data. The pressure gauge must permit reading to an accuracy of 1 percent. The expansion gauge must permit reading of total expansion to an accuracy of either 1 percent or 0.1 cubic centimeter. (2) Pressure must be maintained for at least 30 seconds and suffi ciently longer to ensure complete expansion. Any internal pressure applied after heat-treatment and previous to the official test may not exceed 90 percent of the test pressure. If, due to failure of the test apparatus, the test pressure cannot be maintained, the test may be 450 ABDOO132225 April 1998 178.55--178.56 repeated at a pressure increased by 10 percent or 100 pounds per square inch, whichever is the lower, (3) Permanent volumetric expansion may not exceed 10 percent of total volumetric expansion at test pressure. (4) Cylinders must be tested as follows: (i) At least one cylinder selected at random out of each lot of 200 or less must be tested as outlined in paragraphs (i)(1), (i)(2), and (i)(3) of this section to at least two times service pressure. (ii) All cylinders not tested as outlined in paragraph (i)(4)(i) of this section must be examined under pressure of at least two times service pressure and show no defect. (5) Each 1000 cylinders or less successively produced each day must constitute a lot. One cylinder must be selected from each lot and hydrostatically tested to destruction. If this cylinder bursts below five times the service pressure, then two additional cylinders must be selected and subjected to this test. If either of these cylinders fails by bursting below five times the service pressure then the entire lot must be rejected. All cylinders constituting a lot must be of identical size, construction heat-treatment, finish, and quality. 0) Flattening test. Following the hydrostatic test, one cylinder taken at random out of each lot of 200 or less, must be subjected to a flattening test that is between knife edges, wedge shaped, 60 angle, rounded to V2 inch radius. (k) Physical test. A physical test must be conducted to determine yield strength, tensile strength, elongation, and reduction of area of material, as follows: (l) The test is required on 2 specimens cut from 1 cylinder, or part thereof heat-treated as required, taken at random out of each lot of 200 or less in the case of cylinders of capacity greater than 86 cubic inches and out of each lot of 500 or less for cylinders having a capacity of 86 cubic inches or less. (2) Specimens must conform to the following: (i) A gauge length of 8 inches with a width not over lV2 inches, a gauge length of 2 inches with a width not over l!/2 inches, or a gauge length at least 24 times the thickness with a width not over 6 times the thickness is authorized when a cylinder wall is not over 3/16 inch thick. (ii) The specimen, exclusive of grip ends, may not be flattened. Grip ends may be flattened to within one inch of each end of the reduced section. (iii) When size of cylinder does not permit securing straight speci mens, the specimens may be taken in any location or direction and may be straightened or flattened cold by pressure only, not by blows. When specimens are so taken and prepared, the inspector's report must show in connection with record of physical tests detailed information in regard to such specimens. (iv) Heating of a specimen for any purpose is not authorized. (3) The yield strength in tension must be the stress corresponding to a permanent strain of 0.2 percent of the gauge length. The following conditions apply: (i) The yield strength must be determined by either the "offset" method or the "extension under load" method as prescribed in ASTM Standard E8. (ii) In using the "extension under load" method, the total strain (or "extension under load") corresponding to the stress at which the 0.2 percent permanent strain occurs may be determined with sufficient accuracy by calculating the elastic extension of the gauge length under appropriate load and adding thereto 0.2 percent of the gauge length. Elastic extension calculations must be based on an elastic modulus of 30,000,000. In the event of controversy, the entire stress-strain diagram must be plotted and the yield strength determined from the 0.2 per cent offset. (iii) For the purpose of strain measurement, the initial strain must be set while the specimen is under a stress of 12,000 pounds per square inch and the strain indicator reading being set at the calculated corresponding strain. (iv) Cross-head speed of the testing machine may not exceed '/8 inch per minute during yield strength determination. (I) Acceptable results for physical and flattening tests. Accept able results for the physical and flattening tests are an elongation of at least 40 percent for a 2 inch gauge length or at least 20 percent in other cases and a yield strength not over 73 percent of tensile strength. In this instance the flattening test is required, without crack ing, to six times the wall thickness with a weld 90 from the direction of the applied load. Two rings cut from the ends of length of pipe used in production of a lot may be used for the flattening test provided the rings accompany the lot which they represent in all thermal pro cessing operations. At least one of the rings must pass the flat tening test. (m) Leakage test. All spun cylinders and plugged cylinders must be tested for leakage by gas or air pressure after the bottom has been cleaned and is free from all moisture, subject to the following conditions: (1) Pressure, approximately the same as but no less than service pressure, must be applied to one side of the finished bottom over an area of at least V16 of the total area of the bottom but not less than % inch in diameter, including the closure, for at least 1 minute, during which time the other side of the bottom exposed to pressure must be covered with water and closely examined for indications of leakage. Except as provided in paragraph (n) of this section, cylinders which are leaking must be rejected. (2) A spun cylinder is one in which an end closure in the finished cylinder has been welded by the spinning process. (3) A plugged cylinder is one in which a permanent closure in the bottom of a finished cylinder has been effected by a plug. (4) As a safety precaution, if the manufacturer elects to make this test before the hydrostatic test, he should design his apparatus so that the pressure is applied to the smallest area practicable, around the point of closure, and so as to use the smallest possible volume of air or gas. (n) Rejected cylinders. Repairs of rejected cylinders is authorized. Cylinders that are leaking must be rejected, except that: (1) Spun cylinders rejected under the provisions of paragraph (m) of this section may be removed from the spun cylinder category by drilling to remove defective material, tapping, and plugging. (2) Brazed joints may be rebrazed. (3) Subsequent to the operations noted in paragraphs (n)(1) and (n)(2) of this section, acceptable cylinders must pass all prescribed tests. (o) Marking. Markings on each cylinder must be by stamping plainly and permanently on shoulder, top head, neck or valve protec tion collar which is permanently attached to the cylinders and forming an integral part thereof, provided that cylinders not less than 0.090 inch thick may be stamped on the side wall adjacent to top head. 178.56 Specification 4AA480 welded steel cylinders. (a) Type, size, and service pressure. A DOT 4AA480 cylinder is a welded steel cylinder having a water capacity (nominal) not over 1,000 pounds water capacity and a service pressure of 480 pounds per square inch. Closures welded by spinning process not permitted. (b) Steel. The limiting chemical composition of steel authorized by this specification must be as shown in Table I of Appendix A to this part. (c) Identification of material. Material must be identified by any suitable method except that plates and billets for hotdrawn cylinders must be marked with the heat number. (d) Manufacture. Cylinders must be manufactured using equip ment and processes adequate to ensure that each cylinder produced conforms to the requirements of this subpart. No defect is permitted that is likely to weaken the finished cylinder appreciably. A reasonably smooth and uniform surface finish is required. Exposed bottom welds on cylinders over 18 inches long must be protected by footrings. Minimum thickness of heads and bottoms may not be less than 90 percent of the required thickness of the side wall. Seams must be made as follows: (1) Circumferential seams must be welded. Brazing is not au thorized. (2) Longitudinal seams are not permitted. (3) Welding procedures and operators must be qualified in accord ance with CGA Pamphlet C-3. (e) Welding. Only the welding of neckrings, footrings, bosses, pads, and valve protection rings to the tops and bottoms of cylinders is authorized. Provided that such attachments are made of weldable steel, the carbon content of which does not exceed 0.25 percent. (f) Wall thickness. The wall thickness of the cylinder must conform to the following: (1) For cylinders with an outside diameter over 5 inches, the mini mum wall thickness is 0.078 inch. In any case, the minimum wall thickness must be such that the calculated wall stress at the minimum test pressure (in paragraph (i) of this section) may not exceed the lesser value of either of the following: 451 PART 178 ABDOO132226 178.56 April 1998 (i) One-half of the minimum tensile strength of the material deter mined as required in paragraph (j) of this section; or (ii) 35,000 pounds per square inch. (2) Calculation must be made by the formula: S = [P(1.3D2 + 0.4d2)]/(D2 - d2) Where: S a wall stress in pounds per square inch; P a minimum test pressure prescribed for water jacket test; D a outside diameter in inches; d = inside diameter in inches. (3) The ratio of tangential length to outside diameter may not exceed 4.0 for cylinders with a wall thickness less than 0.100 inch. (g) Heat treatment. Each cylinder must be uniformly and properly heat treated prior to tests. Any suitable heat treatment in excess of 1100F is authorized except that liquid quenching is not permitted. Heat treatment must be accomplished after all forming and welding operations. Heat treatment is not required after welding weldable low carbon parts to attachments of similar material which have been previously welded to the top or bottom of cylinders and properly heat treated, provided such subsequent welding does not produce a temperature in excess of 400F, in any part of the top or bottom material. (h) Openings In cylinders. Openings in cylinders must conform to the following: (1) All openings must be in the heads or bases. (2) Each opening in the cylinder, except those for safety devices, must be provided with a fitting boss, or pad, securely attached to the cylinder by welding or by threads. If threads are used they must comply with the following: (i) Threads must be clean-cut, even without checks and cut to gauge. (ii) Taper threads to be of length not less than as specified for American Standard taper pipe threads. (iii) Straight threads having at least 6 engaged threads, must have a tight fit and a calculated shear strength at least 10 times the test pressure of the cylinder. Gaskets, adequate to prevent leakage, are required. (3) Closure of a fitting, boss or pad must be adequate to prevent leakage. (I) Hydrostatic test. Each cylinder must successfully withstand a hydrostatic test as follows: (1) The test must be by water jacket, or other suitable method, operated so as to obtain accurate data. The pressure gauge must permit reading to an accuracy of 1 percent. The expansion gauge must permit reading of total expansion to an accuracy of either 1 percent or 0.1 cubic centimeter. (2) Pressure must be maintained for at least 30 seconds or suffi ciently longer to assure complete expansion. Any internal pressure applied after heat-treatment and before the official test may not exceed 90 percent of the test pressure. If, due to failure of test apparatus, the test pressure cannot be maintained, the test may be repeated at a pressure increased by 10 percent or 100 pounds per square inch, whichever is lower. (3) Permanent volumetric expansion may not exceed 10 percent of the total volumetric expansion at test pressure. (4) Cylinders must be tested as follows: (i) At least one cylinder selected at random out of each lot of 200 or less must be tested as described in paragraphs (i)(1), (i)(2), and (i)(3) of this section, to at least two times service pressure. If a selected cylinder fails, then two additional specimens must be selected at random from the same lot and subjected to the prescribed test. If either of these fails the test, then each cylinder in that lot must be so tested; and (ii) Each cylinder not tested as prescribed in paragraph (i)(4)(i) of this section must be examined under pressure of at least two times service pressure and must show no defect. A cylinder showing a defect must be rejected unless it may be requalified under paragraph (m) of this section. (j) Physical test. A physical test must be conducted to determine yield strength, tensile strength, elongation, and reduction of area of material, as follows: (1) The test is required on 2 specimens cut from one cylinder having passed the hydrostatic test, or part thereof heat-treated as required, taken at random out of each lot of 200 or less. (2) Specimens must conform to the following: (i) A gauge length of 8 inches with a width not over lV2 inches, a gauge length of 2 inches with a width not over lV2 inches, or a gauge length at least 24 times the thickness with a width not over 6 times thickness is authorized when the cylinder wall is not over 3/|6 inch thick. (ii) The specimen, exclusive of grip ends, may not be flattened. Grip ends may be flattened to within one inch of each end of the reduced section. (iii) When size of cylinder does not permit securing straight speci mens, the specimens may be taken in any location or direc tion and may be straightened or flattened cold, by pressure only, not by blows. When specimens are so taken and pre pared, the inspector's report must show in connection with record of physical tests detailed information in regard to such specimens. (iv) Heating of a specimen for any purpose is not authorized. (3) The yield strength in tension must be the stress corresponding to a permanent strain of 0.2 percent of the gauge length. The following conditions apply: (i) The yield strength must be determined by either the "offset" method or the "extension under load" method as prescribed in ASTM Standard E8. (ii) In using the "extension under load" method, the total strain (or "extension under load"), corresponding to the stress at which the 0.2 percent permanent strain occurs may be determined with sufficient accuracy by calculating the elastic extension of the gauge length under appropriate load and adding thereto 0.2 percent of the gauge length. Elastic extension calculations must be based on an elastic modulus of 30,000,000. In the event of controversy, the entire stress-strain diagram must be plotted and the yield strength determined from the 0.2 per cent offset. (iii) For the purpose of strain measurement, the initial strain refer ence must be set while the specimen is under a stress of 12,000 pounds per square inch and the strain indicator reading being set at the calculated corresponding strain. (iv) Cross-head speed of the testing machine may not exceed Ve inch per minute during yield strength determination. (k) Elongation. Physical test specimens must show at least a 40 percent elongation for 2-inch gauge lengths or at least a 20 percent elongation in other cases. Except that these elongation percentages may be reduced numerically by 2 for 2-inch specimens and by 1 in other cases for each 7,500 pounds per square inch increment of tensile strength above 50,000 pounds per square inch to a maximum of four such increments. (l) Tests of welds. Welds must be tested as follows: (1) Tensile test. A specimen must be cut from one cylinder of each lot of 200 or less, or a welded test plate. The welded test plate must be of one of the heats in the lot of 200 or less which it represents, in the same condition and approximately the same thickness as the cylinder wal) except that it may not be of a lesser thickness than that required for a quarter size Charpy impact specimen. The weld must be made by the same procedures and subjected to the same heat treatment as the major weld on the cylinder. The specimens must be taken across the major seam and must be prepared and tested in accordance with and must meet the requirements of CGA Pamphlet C-3. Should this specimen fail to meet the requirements, specimens may be taken from two additional cylinders or welded test plates from the same lot and tested. If either of the latter specimens fail to meet the requirements, the entire lot represented must be rejected. (2) Guided bend test. A root bend test specimen must be cut from the cylinder or a welded test plate, used for the tensile test specified in paragraph (l)(1) of this section. Specimens must be taken from across the major seam and must be prepared and tested in accord ance with and must meet the requirements of CGA Pamphlet C-3. (3) Alternate gulded-bend test. This test may be used and must be as required by CGA Pamphlet C-3. The specimen must be bent until the elongation at the outer surface, adjacent to the root of the weld, between the lightly scribed gage lines-a to b, is at least 20 percent, except that this percentage may be reduced for steels having a tensile strength in excess of 50,000 pounds per square inch, as provided in paragraph (k) of this section. (m) Rejected cylinders. Reheat treatment of rejected cylinders is authorized. Subsequent thereto, cylinders must pass all prescribed tests to be acceptable. Repair of welded seams by welding is au thorized. 452 ABDOO132227 April 1998 178.56--178.57 (n) Markings. Markings must be stamped plainly and permanently in one of the following locations on the cylinder: (1) On shoulders and top heads not less than 0.087 inch thick. (2) On neck, valve boss, valve protection sleeve, or similar part permanently attached to top end of cylinder. (3) On a plate attached to the top of the cylinder or permanent part thereof: sufficient space must be left on the plate to provide for stamping at least six retest dates: the plate must be at least V,6 inch thick and must be attached by welding or by brazing at a temperature of at least 1100F, throughout all edges of the plate. (4) Variations in location of markings authorized only when necessi tated by lack of space. 178.57 Specification 4L welded Insulated cylinders. (a) Type, size, service pressure, and design service tempera ture. A DOT 4L cylinder is a fusion welded insulated cylinder with a water capacity (nominal) not over 1,000 pounds water capacity and a service pressure of at least 40 but not greater than 500 pounds per square inch conforming to the following requirements: (1) For liquefied hydrogen service, the cylinders must be designed to stand on end, with the axis of the cylindrical portion vertical. (2) The design service temperature is the coldest temperature for which a cylinder is suitable. The required design service temperatures for each cryogenic liquid is as follows: Cryogenic liquid Argon .................................................................................... Helium................................................................................... Hydrogen............................................................................. Neon....................................................................................... Nitrogen................................................................................ Oxygen ................................................................................. Design service temperature Minus 320F or colder. Minus 452F or colder. Minus 423"F or colder. Minus 411F or colder. Minus 320"F or colder. Minus 320F or colder. (b) Material. Material use in the construction of this specification must conform to the following: (1) Inner containment vessel (cylinder). Designations and limiting chemical compositions of steel authorized by this specification must be as shown in Table 1 in paragraph (o) of this section. (2) Outer jacket. Steel or aluminum may be used subject to the requirements of paragraph (o)(2) of this section. (c) Identification of material. Material must be identified by any suitable method. (d) Manufacture. Cylinders must be manufactured using equip ment and processes adequate to ensure that each cylinder produced conforms to the requirements of this subpart and to the following requirements: (1) No defect is permitted that is likely to weaken the finished cylin der appreciably. A reasonably smooth and uniform surface finish is required. The shell portion must be a reasonably true cylinder. (2) The heads must be seamless, concave side to the pressure, hemispherical or ellipsoidal in shape with the major diameter not more than twice the minor diameter. Minimum thickness of heads may not be less than 90 percent of the required thickness of the sidewall. The heads must be reasonably true to shape, have no abrupt shape changes, and the skirts must be reasonably true to round. (3) The surface of the cylinder must be insulated. The insulating material must be fire resistant. The insulation on non-evacuated jackets must be covered with a steel jacket not less than 0.060-inch thick or an aluminum jacket not less than 0.070 inch thick, so constructed that moisture cannot come in contact with the insulating material. If a vacuum is maintained in the insulation space, the evacuated jacket must be designed for a minimum collapsing pressure of 30 psi differen tial whether made of steel or aluminum. The construction must be such that the total heat transfer, from the atmosphere at ambient temperature to the contents of the cylinder, will not exceed 0.0005 Btu per hour, per Fahrenheit degree differential in temperature, per pound of water capacity of the cylinder. For hydrogen, cryogenic liquid service, the total heat transfer, with a temperature differential of 520 Fahrenheit degrees, may not exceed that required to vent 30 SCF of hydrogen gas per hour. (4) For a cylinder having a design service temperature colder than minus 320F, a calculation of the maximum weight of contents must be made and that weight must be marked on the cylinder as prescribed in 178.35. (5) Welding procedures and operators must be qualified in accord ance with CGA Pamphlet C-3. In addition, an impact test of the weld must be performed in accordance with paragraph (I) of this section as part of the qualification of each welding procedure and operator. (e) Welding. Welding of the cylinder must be as follows: (1) All seams of the cylinder must be fusion welded. A means must be provided for accomplishing complete penetration of the joint. Only butt or joggle butt joints for the cylinder seams are authorized. All joints in the cylinder must have reasonably true alignment. (2) All attachments to the sidewalls and heads of the cylinder must be by fusion welding and must be of a weldable material complying with the impact requirements of paragraph (I) of this section. (3) For welding the cylinder, each procedure and operator must be qualified in accordance with the sections of CGA Pamphlet C-3 that apply. In addition, impact tests of the weld must be performed in accordance with paragraph (I) of this section as part of the qualifica tion of each welding procedure and operator. (4) Brazing, soldering and threading are permitted only for joints not made directly to the cylinder body. Threads must comply with the requirements of paragraph (h) of this section. (f) Wall thickness. The minimum wall thickness of the cylinder must be such that the calculated wall stress at the minimum required test pressure may not exceed the least value of the following: (1 j 45,000 pounds per square inch. (2) One-half of the minimum tensile strength across the welded seam determined in paragraph (I) of this section. (3) One-half of the minimum tensile strength of the base metal determined as required in paragraph (j) of this section. (4) The yield strength of the base metal determined as required in paragraph (I) of this section. (5) Further provided that wall stress for cylinders having longitudinal seams may not exceed 85 percent of the above value, whichever applies. (6) Calculation must be made by the following formula: S = [P(1.3D2 + 0.4d2)]/(D2 - d2) Where: S = wall stress in pounds per square inch; P = minimum test pressure prescribed for pressure test in pounds per square inch; D = outside diameter in inches; d = inside diameter in inches. (g) Heat treatment. Heat treatment is not permitted. (h) Openings in cylinder. Openings in cylinders must conform to the following: (1) Openings are permitted in heads only. They must be circular and may not exceed 3 inches in diameter or one third of the cylinder diameter, whichever is less. Each opening in the cylinder must be provided with a fitting, boss or pad, either integral with, or securely attached to, the cylinder body by fusion welding. Attachments to a fitting, boss or pad may be made by welding, brazing, mechanical attachment, or threading. (2) Threads must comply with the following: (i) Threads must be clean-cut, even, without checks and cut to gauge. (ii) Taper threads to be of a length not less than that specified for NPT. (iii) Straight threads must have at least 4 engaged threads, tight fit and calculated shear strength at least 10 times the test pressure of the cylinder. Gaskets, which prevent leakage and are inert to the hazardous material, are required. (I) Pressure test. Each cylinder, before insulating and jacketing, must be examined under a pressure of at least 2 times the service pressure maintained for at least 30 seconds without evidence of leak age, visible distortion or other defect. The pressure gauge must permit reading to an accuracy of 1 percent. (j) Physical test. A physical test must be conducted to determine yield strength, tensile strength, and elongation as follows: (1) The test is required on 2 specimens selected from material of each heat and in the same condition as that in the completed cylinder. (2) Specimens must conform to the following: (i) A gauge length of 8 inches with a width not over lV2 inches, a gauge length of 2 inches with width not over iVfe inches, or a gauge length at least 24 times thickness with a width not over 6 times thickness (authorized when cylinder wall is not over V|6 inch thick). 453 PART 178 ABDOO132228 178.57 April 1998 (ii) The specimen, exclusive of grip ends, may not be flattened. Grip ends may be flattened to within one inch of each end of the reduced section. (iii) When size of the cylinder does not permit securing straight specimens, the specimens may be taken in any location or direction and may be straightened or flattened cold by pressure only, not by blows. When specimens are so taken and prepared, the inspector's report must show in connection with record of physical tests detailed information in regard to such specimens. (iv) Heating of a specimen for any purpose is not authorized. (3) The yield strength in tension must be the stress corresponding to a permanent strain of 0.2 percent of the gauge length. The following conditions apply: (i) The yield strength must be determined by either the "offset" method or the "extension under load" method as prescribed in ASTM Standard E8. (ii) In using the "extension under load" method, the total strain (or "extension under load"), corresponding to the stress at which the 0.2 percent permanent strain occurs may be determined with sufficient accuracy by calculating the elastic expansion of the gauge length under appropriate load and adding thereto 0.2 percent of the gauge length. Elastic extension calculations must be based on the elastic modulus of the material used. In the event of controversy, the entire stress- strain diagram must be plotted and the yield strength determined from the 0.2 per cent offset. (iii) For the purpose of strain measurement, the initial strain refer ence must be set while the specimen is under a stress of 12,000 pounds per square inch and the strain indicator reading being set at the calculated corresponding strain. (iv) Cross-head speed of the testing machine may not exceed V8 inch per minute during yield strength determination. (k) Acceptable results for physical tests. Physical properties must meet the limits specified in paragraph (o)(1), Table 1, of this section, for the particular steel in the annealed condition. The speci mens must show at least a 20 percent elongation for a 2-inch gage length. Except that the percentage may be reduced numerically by 2 for each 7,500 pounds per square inch increment of tensile strength above 100,000 pounds per square inch to a maximum of 5 such increments. Yield strength and tensile strength must meet the require ments of paragraph (o)(1). Table 1, of this section. (l) Tests of welds. Welds must be tested as follows: (1) Tensile test. A specimen must be cut from one cylinder of each lot of 200 or less, or welded test plate. The welded test plate must be of one of the heats in the lot of 200 or less which it represents, in the same condition and approximately the same thickness as the cylinder wall except that it may not be of a lesser thickness than that required for a quarter size Charpy impact specimen. The weld must be made by the same procedures and subjected to the same heat treatment as the major weld on the cylinder. The specimen must be taken across the major seam and must be prepared and tested in accordance with and must meet the requirements of CGA Pamphlet C-3. Should this specimen fail to meet the requirements, specimens may be taken from two additional cylinders or welded test plates from the same lot and tested. If either of the latter specimens fails to meet the requirements, the entire lot represented must be rejected. (2) Guided bend test. A "root" bend test specimen must be cut from the cylinder or welded test plate, used for the tensile test specified in paragraph (l)(1) of this section and from any other seam or equivalent welded test plate if the seam is welded by a procedure different from that used for the major seam. Specimens must be taken across the particular seam being tested and must be prepared and tested in accordance with and must meet the requirements of CGA Pamphlet C-3. (3) Alternate guided-bend test. This test may be used and must be as specified in CGA Pamphlet C-3. The specimen must be bent until the elongation at the outer surface, adjacent to the root of the weld, between the lightly scribed gage lines a to b, is at least 20 percent, except that this percentage may be reduced for steels having a tensile strength in excess of 100,000 pounds per square inch, as provided in paragraph (c) of this section. (4) Impact tests. One set of three impact test specimens (for each test) must be prepared and tested for determining the impact proper ties of the deposited weld metal-- (i) As part of the qualification of the welding procedure. (ii) As part of the qualification of the operators. (iii) For each "heat" of welding rod or wire used. (iv) For each 1,000 feet of weld made with the same heat of welding rod or wire. (v) All impact test specimens must be of the Charpy type, keyhole or milled U-notch, and must conform in all respects to Figure 3 of ASTM E-23-60. Each set of impact specimens must be taken across the weld and have the notch located in the weld metal. When the cylinder material thickness is 2.5 mm or thicker, impact specimens must be cut from a cylinder or welded test plate used for the tensile or bend test specimens. The dimen sion along the axis of the notch must be reduced to the largest possible of 10 mm, 7.5 mm, 5 mm or 2.5 mm, depending upon cylinder thickness. When the material in the cylinder or welded test plate is not of sufficient thickness to prepare 2.5 mm impact test specimens, 2.5 mm specimens must be prepared from a welded test plate made from V8 inch thick material meeting the requirements specified in paragraph (o)(1), Table 1, of this section and having a carbon analysis of .05 minimum, but not necessarily from one of the heats used in the lot of cylinders. The test piece must be welded by the same welding procedure as used on the particular cylinder seam being qualified and must be subjected to the same heat treatment. (vi) Impact test specimens must be cooled to the design service temperature. The apparatus for testing the specimens must conform to the requirements of ASTM Standard E-23-60. The test piece, as well as the handling tongs, must be cooled for a length of time sufficient to reach the service temperature. The temperature of the cooling device must be maintained within a range of plus or minus 3F. The specimen must be quickly transferred from the cooling device to the anvil of the testing machine and broken within a time lapse of not more than six seconds. (vii) The impact properties of each set of impact specimens may not be less than the values in the following table: Size of specimen 10 mm x 10 mm 10 mm x 7.5 mm 10 mm x 5 mm 10 mm x 2.5 mm Minimum Impact value required for average of each set of three specimens (ft-lb) 15 12.5 10 5 Minimum Impact value permitted on one only of a set of three (ft-lb) 10 8.5 7.0 3.5 (viii) When the average value of the three specimens equals or exceeds the minimum value permitted for a single specimen and the value for more than one specimen is below the required average value, or when the value for one specimen is below the minimum value permitted for a single specimen, a retest of three additional specimens must be made. The value of each of these retest specimens must equal or exceed the required average value. When an erratic result is caused by a defective specimen, or there is uncertainty in test procedure, a retest is authorized. (m) Radiographic examination. Cylinders must be subject to a radiographic examination as follows: (1) The techniques and acceptability of radiographic inspection must conform to the standards set forth in CGA Pamphlet C-3. (2) One finished longitudinal seam must be selected at random from each lot of 100 or less successively produced and be radiographed throughout its entire length. Should the radiographic examination fail to meet the requirements of paragraph (m)(1) of this section, two additional seams of the same lot must be examined, and if either of these fail to meet the requirements of (m)(1) of this section, only those passing are acceptable. (n) Rejected cylinders. Reheat treatment of rejected cylinders is authorized. Subsequent thereto, cylinders must pass all prescribed tests to be acceptable. Welds may be repaired by suitable methods of fusion welding. (o) Authorized materials of construction. Authorized materials of construction are as follows: (1) Inner containment vessel (cylinder). Electric furnace steel of uniform quality must be used. Chemical analysis must conform to ASTM A240, Type 304 Stainless Steel. A heat of steel made under Table 1 and Table 2 in this paragraph (o){1) is acceptable, even though its check chemical analysis is slightly out of the specified 454 July 1998 ABDOO132229 178.57--178.58 range, if it is satisfactory in all other respects, provided the tolerances shown in Table 3 in this paragraph (o)(1) are not exceeded. The following chemical analyses and physical properties are authorized: Table 1--Authorized Materials Design Chemical analysis--limits In percent Carbon'.............................................................. Manganese........................................................ 0.08 max. 2.00 max. Phosphorus........................................................ 0 045 max. Sulphur.............................................................. Silicon................................................................. 0 030 max. 1.00 max. Nickel................................................................. 8.00-10.50 Chromium........................................................... 18.00-20.00 Molybdenum..................................................... None. Titanium.............................................................. None. Columbium........................................................ None. 'The carbon analysis shall be reported to the nearest hundredth of one percent. Table 2--Physical Properties Tensile strength, p.s.i (minimum) ....................................................... Yield strength, p.s.i. (minimum)........................................................... Elongation in 2 inches (minimum) percent........................................ Elongation other permissable gage lengths (minimum) percent . . Physical properties (annealed) 75,000 30,000 30.0 15.0 Table 3--Check Analysis Tolerances Elements Limit or maximum specified range (percent) Tolerance over the maximum limit or under the minimum limit Carbon................. To 0.030 incl...................................... Over 0.030 to 0.30, incl .............. 0.005 0.01 Manganese . . . To 1.00 incl ...................................... Over 1.00 to 3.00, incl................. 0.03 0.04 Phosphorus1 . . . To 0.040, incl .................................. Over 0,040 to 0 20, incl .............. 0.005 0.010 Sulphur................. To 0.40, incl...................................... 0.005 Silicon ................. To 1.00, incl...................................... 0.05 Chromium .... Over 15.00 to 20.00, incl.............. 0.20 Nickel..................... Over 5 00 to 10.00, incl .............. Over 10.00 to 20.00, incl.............. 0.10 0.15 'Rephosphorized steels not subject to check analysis of the phosphorus. (2) Outer jacket, (i) Nonflammable cryogenic liquids. Cylinders intended for use in the transportation of nonflammable cryogenic liquid must have an outer jacket made of steel or aluminum. (ii) Flammable cryogenic liquids. Cylinders intended for use in the transportation of flammable cryogenic liquid must have an outer jacket made of steel. (p) Markings. (1) Markings must be stamped plainly and perma nently on shoulder or top head of jacket or on a permanently attached plate or head protective ring. (2) The letters "ST", followed by the design service temperature (for example, ST-423F), must be marked on cylinders having a design service temperature of colder than minus 320F only. Location to be just below the DOT mark. (3) The maximum weight of contents, in pounds (for example, "Max. Content 51 #"), must be marked on cylinders having a design service temperature colder than minus 320F only. Location to be near symbol. (4) Special orientation instructions must be marked on the cylinder (for example, THIS END UP), if the cylinder is used in an orientation other than vertical with openings at the top of the cylinder. (5) If the jacket of the cylinder is constructed of aluminum, the letters "AL" must be marked after the service pressure marking. Exam ple: DOT-4L150 AL. (6) Except for serial number and jacket material designation, each marking prescribed in this paragraph (p) must be duplicated on each cylinder by any suitable means. (q) Inspector's report. In addition to the information required by 178.35, the inspector's reports must contain information on: (1) The jacket material and insulation type; (2) The design service temperature (F); and (3) The impact test results, on a lot basis. 178.58 Specification 4DA welded steel cylinders for aircraft use. (a) Type, size, and service pressure. A DOT 4DA is a welded steel sphere (two seamless hemispheres) or a circumferentially welded cylinder (two seamless drawn shells) with a water capacity not over 100 pounds and a service pressure of at least 500 but not over 900 pounds per square inch. (b) Steel. Open-hearth or electric steel of uniform quality must be used. A heat of steel made under Table 1 in this paragraph (b), check chemical analysis of which is slightly out of the specified range, is acceptable, if satisfactory in all other respects, provided the tolerances shown in Table 2 in this paragraph (b) are not exceeded except as approved by the Associate Administrator. The following chemical analyses are authorized: Table 1--Authorized Materials 4130 Carbon...................................................................................................... Percent 0.28/0.33 Manganese................................................................................................ Phosphorus ............................................................................................ Sulfur......................................................................................................... 0.40/0.60 0.040 max. 0.040 max. Silicon......................................................................................................... 0.15/035 Chromium ............................................................................................... Molybdenum............................................................................................ 0.80/1.10 0.15/0.25 Table 2--Check Analysis Tolerances Tolerance (percent) over the maximum limit or under the minimum limit Element Llmft or maximum specified (percent) Under minimum limit Over maximum limit Carbon .... Over 0.15 to 0.40 incl. . 0.03 0.04 Manganese . To 0.60 incl. 0.03 0.03 Phosphorus' . All ranges............... 0.01 Sulphur . . . . All ranges............... 0.01 Silicon . . . . To 0.30 incl.............. Over 0.30 to 100 incl. 0.02 0.05 0.03 0.05 Chromium To 0.90 incl................. Over 0.90 to 2.10 incl. 0.03 005 0.03 0.05 Molybdenum. To 0.20 incl............... Over 0.20 to 0.40 incl. 001 0.02 0.01 0.02 'Rephosphorized steels not subject to check analysis for phosphorus. (c) Identification of material. Materials must be identified by any suitable method except that plates and billets for hot-drawn containers must be marked with the heat number. (d) Manufacture. Cylinders must be manufactured in accordance with the following requirements: (1) By best appliances and methods. No defect is acceptable that is likely to weaken the finished container appreciably. A reasonably smooth and uniform surface finish is required. No abrupt change in wall thickness is permitted. Welding procedures and operators must be qualified in accordance with CGA Pamphlet C-3. (2) All seams of the sphere or cylinders must be fusion welded. Seams must be of the butt or joggle butt type and means must be provided for accomplishing complete penetration of the joint. (e) Welding. Attachments to the container are authorized by fusion welding provided that such attachments are made of weldable steel, the carbon content of which may not exceed 0.25 percent except in the case of 4130 steel. (f) Wall thickness. The minimum wall thickness must be such that the wall stress at the minimum specified test pressure may not exceed 67 percent of the minimum tensile strength of the steel as determined from the physical and burst tests required and may not be over 70,000 p.s.i. For any diameter container, the minimum wall thickness is 0.040 inch. Calculations must be made by the formulas in (f)(1) or (f)(2) of this section: (1) Calculation for a sphere must be made by the following formula: S = PD/4IE Where: S = wall stress in pounds per square inch: P = test pressure prescribed for water jacket test, i.e., at least 2 times service pressure, in pounds per square inch: 455 PART 178 178.58 ABDOO132230 July 1998 D = outside diameter in inches; t = minimum wall thickness in inches; E = 0.85 (provides 85 percent weld efficiency factor which must be applied in the girth weld area and heat affected zones which zone must extend a distance of 6 times wall thickness from center line of weld); E = 1.0 (for all other areas). (2) Calculation for a cylinder must be made by the following formula: Where: S = [P(1.3D2 + 0.4d2)]/(D2 - d2) S = wall stress in pounds per square inch; P = test pressure prescribed for water jacket test, i.e., at least 2 times service pressure, in pounds per square inch; D = outside diameter in inches; d = inside diameter in inches. (g) Heat treatment. The completed containers must be uniformly and properly heat-treated prior to tests. Heat-treatment of containers of the authorized analysis must be as follows: (1) All containers must be quenched by oil, or other suitable medium except as provided in paragraph (g)(4) of this section. (2) The steel temperature on quenching must be that recom mended for the steel analysis, but may not exceed 1,750F. (3) The steel must be tempered at the temperature most suitable for the analysis except that in no case shall the tempering temperature be less than 1,000F. (4) The steel may be normalized at a temperature of 1,650F instead of being quenched, and containers so normalized need not be tem pered. (5) All cylinders, if water quenched or quenched with a liquid pro ducing a cooling rate in excess of 80 percent of the cooling rate of water, must be inspected by the magnetic particle or dye penetrant method to detect the presence of quenching cracks. Any cylinder found to have a quench crack must be rejected and may not be requalified. (h) Openings In container. Openings in the container must comply with the following requirements: (1) Each opening in the container must be provided with a fitting, boss, or pad of weldable steel securely attached to the container by fusion welding. (2) Attachments to a fitting, boss, or pad must be adequate to prevent leakage. Threads must comply with the following: (i) Threads must be clean cut, even, without checks, and tapped to gauge. (ii) Taper threads to be of length not less than as specified for American Standard taper pipe threads. (iii) Straight threads, having at least 4 engaged threads, to have tight fit and calculated shear strength at least 10 times the test pressure of the container; gaskets required, adequate to prevent leakage. (I) Hydrostatic test. Each cylinder must successfully withstand a hydrostatic test as follows: (1) The test must be by water-jacket, or other suitable method, operated so as to obtain accurate data. The pressure gauge must permit reading to an accuracy of 1 percent. The expansion gauge must permit reading of total expansion to accuracy either of 1 percent or 0.1 cubic centimeter. (2) Pressure must be maintained for at least 30 seconds and suffi ciently longer to ensure complete expansion. Any internal pressure applied after heat-treatment and previous to the official test may not exceed 90 percent of the test pressure. If, due to failure of the test apparatus, the test pressure cannot be maintained, the test may be repeated at a pressure increased by 10 percent or 100 pounds per square inch, whichever is the lower. (3) Permanent volumetric expansion may not exceed 10 percent of total volumetric expansion at test pressure. (4) Each container must be tested to at least 2 times service pressure. (j) Burst test. One container taken at random out of 200 or less must be hydrostatically tested to destruction. The rupture pressure must be included as part of the inspector's report. (k) Flattening test. Spheres and cylinders must be subjected to a flattening test as follows: (l) Flattening test for spheres. One sphere taken at random out of each lot of 200 or less must be subjected to a flattening test as follows: (i) The test must be performed after the hydrostatic test. (ii) The test must be at the weld between the parallel steel plates on a press with a welded seam, at right angles to the plates. Any projecting appurtenances may be cut off (by mechanical means only) prior to crushing. (2) Flattening test for cylinders. One cylinder taken at random out of each lot of 200 or less, must be subjected to a flattening test as follows: (i) The test must be performed after the hydrostatic test. (ii) The test must between knife edges, wedge shaped, 60 angle, rounded to V2 inch radius; test (l) Radiographic inspection. Radiographic examinations is re quired on all welded joints which are subjected to internal pressure, except that at the discretion of the disinterested inspector, openings less than 25 percent of the sphere diameter need not be subjected to radiographic inspection. Evidence of any defects likely to seriously weaken the container must be cause for rejection. (m) Physical test and specimens for spheres and cylinders. Spheres and cylinders must be subjected to a physical test as follows: (1) A physical test for a sphere is required on 2 specimens cut from a flat representative sample plate of the same heat taken at random from the steel used to produce the sphere. This flat steel from which the 2 specimens are to be cut must receive the same heattreatment as the spheres themselves. Sample plates to be taken for each lot of 200 or less spheres. (2) Specimens for spheres have a gauge length of 2 inches with a width not over lV2 inches, or a gauge length at least 24 times thickness with a width not over 6 times thickness is authorized when wall of sphere is not over 3/l6 inch thick. (3) A physical test for cylinders is required on 2 specimens cut from 1 cylinder taken at random out of each lot of 200 or less. (4) Specimens for cylinder mustconform to the following: (i) A gauge length of 8 inches with a width not over 1 \ inches, a gauge length of 2 inches with a width not over lV2 inches, a gauge lengthat least 24 times thickness with a width not over 6 times thickness is authorized when a cylinder wall is not over 3/16 inch thick. (ii) The specimen, exclusive of grip ends, may not be flattened. Grip ends may be flattened to within 1 inch of each end of the reduced section. (iii) Heating of a specimen for any purpose is not authorized. (5) The yield strength in tension must be the stress corresponding to a permanent strain of 0.2 percent of the gauge length. The following conditions apply: (i) The yield strength must be determined by either the "offset" method or the "extension under load" method as prescribed in ASTM Standard E8. (ii) In using the "extension under load" method, the total strain (or "extension under load") corresponding to the stress at which the 0.2 percent permanent strain occurs may be determined with sufficient accuracy by calculating the elastic extension of the gauge length under appropriate load and adding thereto 0.2 percent of the gauge length. Elastic extension calculations must be based on an elastic modulus of 30,000,000. In the event of controversy, the entire stress-strain diagram must be plotted and the yield strength determined from the 0.2 per cent offset. (iii) For the purpose of strain measurement, the initial strain must be set while the specimen is under a stress of 12,000 pounds per square inch and the strain indicator reading being set at the calculated corresponding strain. (iv) Cross-head speed of the testing machine may not exceed Vg inch per minute during yield strength determination. (n) Acceptable results for physical, flattening, and burst tests. The following are acceptable results of the physical, flattening and burst test: (1) Elongation must be at least 20 percent for a 2-inch gauge length or 10 percent in other cases. (2) Flattening is required to 50 percent of the original outside diame ter without cracking. (3) Burst pressure must be at least 3 times service pressure. (o) Rejected containers. Reheat-treatment of rejected cylinders is authorized. Subsequent thereto, containers must pass all prescribed tests to be acceptable. Repair of welded seams by welding prior to reheat-treatment is authorized. (p) Marking. Markings on each container must be stamped plainly 456 ABDOO132231 April 1998 178.58--178.59 and permanently on a permanent attachment or on a metal nameplate permanently secured to the container by means other than soft solder. 178.59 Specification 6 steel cylinders with porous fillings for acetylene, (a) Type and service pressure. A DOT 8 cylinder is a seamless cylinder with a service pressure of 250 pounds per square inch. The following steel is authorized: (1) A longitudinal seam if forge lap welded; (2) Attachment of heads by welding or by brazing by dipping pro cess; or (3) A welded circumferential body seam if the cylinder has no longi tudinal seam. (b) Steel. Open-hearth, electric or basic oxygen process steel of uniform quality must be used. Content percent may not exceed the following: Carbon, 0.25; phosphorus, 0.045; sulphur, 0.050. (c) Identification of steel. Materials must be identified by any suit able method except that plates and billets for hot-drawn cylinders must be marked with the heat number. (d) Manufacture. Cylinders must be manufactured using equip ment and processes adequate to ensure that each cylinder produced conforms to the requirements of this subpart. No defect is acceptable that is likely to weaken the finished cylinder appreciably. A reasonably smooth and uniform surface finish is required. Welding procedures and operators must be qualified in accordance with CGA Pamphlet C-3. (e) Exposed bottom welds. Exposed bottom welds on cylinders over 18 inches long must be protected by footrings. (f) Heat treatment. Body and heads formed by drawing or pressing must be uniformly and properly heat treated prior to tests. (g) Openings. Openings in the cylinders must comply with the following: (1) Standard taper pipe threads are required; (2) Length may not be less than as specified for American Standard pipe threads; tapped to gauge; clean cut, even, and without checks. <h) Hydrostatic test. Each cylinder must successfully withstand a hydrostatic test as follows: (1) The test must be by water-jacket, or other suitable method, operated so as to obtain accurate data. The pressure gauge must permit reading to an accuracy of 1 percent. The expansion gauge must permit reading of total expansion to an accuracy of either 1 percent or 0.1 cubic centimeter. (2) Pressure must be maintained for at least 30 seconds and suffi ciently longer to ensure complete expansion. Any internal pressure applied after heat-treatment and previous to the official test may not exceed 90 percent of the test pressure. (3) Permanent volumetric expansion may not exceed 10 percent of total volumetric expansion at test pressure. (4) One cylinder out of each lot of 200 or less must be hydrostatically tested to at least 750 pounds per square inch. Cylinders not so tested must be examined under pressure of between 500 and 600 pounds per square inch and show no defect. If hydrostatically tested cylinder fails, each cylinder in the lot may be hydrostatically tested and those passing are acceptable. (!) Leakage test. Cylinders with bottoms closed in by spinning must be subjected to a leakage test by setting the interior air or gas pressure to not less than the service pressure. Cylinders which leak must be rejected. (j) Physical test. A physical test must be conducted as follows: (1) The test is required on 2 specimens cut longitudinally from 1 cylinder or part thereof taken at random out of each lot of 200 or less, after heat treatment. (2) Specimens must conform to a gauge length of 8 inches with a width not over 1V2 inches, a gauge length of 2 inches with width not over lV2, or a gauge length at least 24 times thickness with a width not over 6 times thickness is authorized when a cylinder wall is not over 3/16 inch thick. (3) The yield strength in tension must be the stress corresponding to a permanent strain of 0.2 percent of the gauge length. The following conditions apply: (i) The yield strength must be determined by either the "offsetmethod or the "extension under load" method as prescribed in ASTM Standard E8. (ii) In using the "extension under load" method, the total strain (or "extension under load") corresponding to the stress at which the 0.2 percent permanent strain occurs may be determined with sufficient accuracy by calculating the elastic extension of the gauge length under appropriate load and adding thereto 0.2 percent of the gauge length. Elastic extension calculations must be based on an elastic modulus of 30,000,000. In the event of controversy, the entire stress-strain diagram must be plotted and the yield strength determined from the 0.2 offset. (iii) For the purpose of strain measurement, the initial strain must be set while the specimen is under a stress of 12,000 pounds per square inch and the strain indicator reading being set at the calculated corresponding strain. (iv) Cross-head speed of the testing machine may not exceed % inch per-minute during yield strength determination. (4) Yield strength may not exceed 73 percent of tensile strength. Elongation must be at least 40 percent in 2 inch or 20 percent in other cases. (k) Rejected cylinders. Reheat treatment of rejected cylinder is authorized. Subsequent thereto, cylinders must pass all prescribed tests to be acceptable. Repair by welding is authorized. (l) Porous filling. (1) Cylinders must be filled with a porous material in accordance with the following: (i) The porous material may not disintegrate or sag when wet with solvent or when subjected to normal service; (ii) The porous filling material must be uniform in quality and free of voids, except that a well drilled into the filling material beneath the valve is authorized if the well is filled with a material of such type that the functions of the filling material are not impaired; (iii) Overall shrinkage of the filling material is authorized if the total clearance between the cylinder shell and filling material, after solvent has been added, does not exceed V2 of 1 percent of the respective diameter or length, but not to exceed V8 inch, measured diametrically and longitudinally; (iv) The clearance may not impair the functions of the filling material; (v) The installed filling material must meet the requirements of CGA Pamphlet C-12; and (vi) Porosity of filling material may not exceed 80 percent except that filling material with a porosity of up to 92 percent may be used when tested with satisfactory results in accordance with CGA Pamphlet C-12. (2) When the porosity of each cylinder is not known, a cylinder taken at random from a lot of 200 or less must be tested for porosity. If the test cylinder fails, each cylinder in the lot may be tested individu ally and those cylinders that pass the test are acceptable. (3) For filling that is molded and dried before insertion in cylinders, porosity test may be made on a sample block taken at random from material to be used. (4) The porosity of the filling material must be determined. The amount of solvent at 70F for a cylinder: (i) Having shell volumetric capacity above 20 pounds water ca pacity (nominal) may not exceed the following: Percent porosity of filler 90 to 92 ............................ 87 to 90 ............................ 83 to 87 ............................ 80 to 83 ........................ . 75 to 80 ............................ 70 to 75 ............................ 65 to 70 ............................ Maximum acetone solvent percent shell capacity by volume 43.4 42.0 40.0 38.6 36.2 33.8 31.4 (ii) Having volumetric capacity of 20 pounds or less water capacity (nominal), may not exceed the following: Percent porosity of filler 90 to 92 ............................ 83 to 90 ............................ 80 to 83 ............................ 75 to 80 ............................ 70 to 75 ............................ 65 to 70 ............................ Maximum acetone solvent percent shell capacity by volume 41.8 38.5 37.1 34.8 32.5 30.2 (m) Tare weight. The tare weight is the combined weight of the cylinder proper, porous filling, valve, and solvent, without remov able cap. 457 PART 178 ABDOO132232 178.59--178.60 April 1998 (n) Duties of inspector. In addition to the requirements of 178.35, the inspector is required to-- (1) Certify chemical analyses of steel used, signed by manufacturer thereof; also verify by, check analyses of samples taken from each heat or from 1 out of each Iotof200orless, plates, shells, or tubes used. (2) Verify compliance of cylinder shells with all shell requirements; inspect inside before closing in both ends; verify heat treatment as proper; obtain all samples for all tests and for check analyses; witness all tests; verify threads by gauge; report volumetric capacity and minimum thickness of wall noted. (3) Prepare report on manufacture of steel shells in form prescribed in 178.35. Furnish one copy to manufacturer and three copies to the company that is to complete the cylinders. (4) Determine porosity of filling and tare weights; verify compliance of marking with prescribed requirements; obtain necessary copies of steel shell reports; and furnish complete reports required by this specification to the person who has completed the manufacture of the cylinders and, upon request, to the purchaser. The test reports must be retained by the inspector for fifteen years from the original test date of the cylinder. (o) Marking. (1) Marking on each cylinder must be stamped plainly and permanently on or near the shoulder, top head, neck or valve protection collar which is permanently attached to the cylinder and forming integral part thereof. (2) Tare weight of cylinder, in pounds and ounces, must be marked on the cylinder. (3) Cylinders, not completed, when delivered must each be marked for identification of each lot of 200 or less. 178.60 Specification 8AL steel cylinders with porous fillings for acetylene, (a) Type and service pressure. A DOT 8AL cylinder is a seamless steel cylinder with a service pressure of 250 pounds per square inch. However, the attachment of heads by welding or by brazing by dipping process and a welded circumferential body seam is authorized. Longitudinal seams are not authorized. (b) Authorized steel. The authorized steel is as specified in Table I of Appendix A to this part. (c) Identification of steel. Material must be identified by any suit able method except that plates and billets for hot-drawn cylinders must be marked with heat number. (d) Manufacture. Cylinders must be manufactured using equip ment and processes adequate to ensure that each cylinder produced conforms to the requirements of this subpart. No defect is permitted that is likely to weaken the finished cylinder appreciably. A reasonably smooth and uniform surface finish is required. Welding procedures and operators must be qualified in accordance with CGA Pamphlet C-3. (e) Footrlngs. Exposed bottom welds on cylinders over 18 inches long must be protected by footrings. (f) Welding or brazing. Welding or brazing for any purpose whatso ever is prohibited except as follows: (1) The attachment to the tops or bottoms of cylinders of neckrings, footrings, handlers, bosses, pads, and valve protecting rings is author ized provided that such attachments and the portion of the container to which they are attached are made of weldable steel, the carbon content of which may not exceed 0.25 percent. (2) Heat treatment is not required after welding or brazing weldable low carbon parts to attachments, specified in paragraph (f)(1) of this section, of similar material which have been previously welded or brazed to the top or bottom of cylinders and properly heat treated, provided such subsequent welding or brazing does not produce a temperature in excess of 400F in any part of the top or bottom material. (g) Wall thickness; wall stress. The wall thickness/wall stress of the cylinder must conform to the following: (1) The calculated wall stress at 750 pounds per square inch may not exceed 35,000 pounds per square inch, or one-half of the minimum ultimate strength of the steel as determined in paragraph (I) of this section, whichever value is the smaller. The measured wall thickness may not include galvanizing or other protective coating. (i) Calculation of wall stress must be made by the formula: S = [P(1.3D2 + 0.4d2)]/(D2 - d2) Where: S = wall stress in pounds per square inch; P = 750 pounds per square inch (minimum test pressure); D = outside diameter in inches; d = inside diameter in inches. (ii) Either D or d must be calculated from the relation D=d+2t, where t = minimum wall thickness. (2) Cylinders with a wall thickness less than 0.100 inch, the ratio of straight side wall length to outside diameter may not exceed 3.5. (3) For cylinders having outside diameter over 5 inches, the mini mum wall thickness must be 0.087 inch. (h) Heat treatment. Each cylinder must be uniformly and properly heat treated, prior to tests, by any suitable method in excess of 1100F. Heat treatment must be accomplished after all forming and welding operations, except that when brazed joints are used, heat treatment must follow any forming and welding operations but may be done before, during, or after the brazing operations. Liquid quenching is not authorized. (I) Openings. Standard taper pipe threads required in all openings. The length of the opening may not be less than as specified for American Standard pipe threads; tapped to gauge; clean cut, even, and without checks. (j) Hydrostatic test. Each cylinder must successfully withstand a hydrostatic test as follows: (1) The test must be by water-jacket, or other suitable method, operated so as to obtain accurate data. The pressure gauge must permit reading to an accuracy of 1 percent. The expansion gauge must permit reading of total expansion to an accuracy of either 1 percent or 0.1 cubic centimeter. (2) Pressure must be maintained for at least 30 seconds and suffi ciently longer to ensure complete expansion. Any internal pressure applied after heat-treatment and previous to the official test may not exceed 90 percent of the test pressure. (3) Permanent volumetric expansion may not exceed 10 percent of total volumetric expansion at test pressure. (4) One cylinder out of each lot of 200 or less must be hydrostatically tested to at least 750 pounds per square inch. Cylinders not so tested must be examined under pressure of between 500 and 600 pounds per square inch and show no defect. If a hydrostatically tested cylinder fails, each cylinder in the lot may be hydrostatically tested and those passing are acceptable. (k) Leakage test. Cylinders with bottoms closed in by spinning must be leakage tested by setting the interior air or gas pressure at not less than the service pressure. Any cylinder that leaks must be rejected. (l) Physical test. A physical test must be conducted as follows; (1) The test is required on 2 specimens cut longitudinally from 1 cylinder or part thereof taken at random out of each lot of 200 or less, after heat treatment. (2) Specimens must conform to a gauge length of 8 inches with a width not over lV2 inches, a gauge length 2 inches with a width not over 1V2 inches, or a gauge length at least 24 times thickness with a width not over 6 times thickness is authorized when a cylinder wall is not over 3/16 inch thick. (3) The yield strength in tension must be the stress corresponding to a permanent strain of 0.2 percent of the gauge length. The following conditions apply: (i) The yield strength must be determined by either the "offset" method or the "extension under load" method as prescribed in ASTM Standard E 8. (ii) In using the "extension under load" method, the total strain (or "extension under load") corresponding to the stress at which the 0.2 percent permanent strain occurs may be determined with sufficient accuracy by calculating the elastic extension of the gauge length under appropriate load and adding thereto 0.2 percent of the gauge length. Elastic extension calculations must be based on an elastic modulus of 30,000,000. In the event of controversy, the entire stress-strain diagram must be plotted and the yield strength determined from the 0.2 offset. (iii) For the purpose of strain measurement, the initial strain must be set while the specimen is under a stress of 12,000 pounds per square inch, the strain indicator reading being set at the calculated corresponding strain. (iv) Cross-head speed of the testing machine may not exceed V0 inch per minute during yield strength determination. (m) Elongation. Physical test specimens must show at least a 40 percent elongation for a 2 inch gauge length or at least a 20 percent elongation in other cases. Except that these elongation percentages may be reduced numerically by 2 for 2 inch specimens and 1 in other 458 ABDOO132233 April 1998 178.60--178.61 cases for each 7,500 pounds per square inch increment of tensile strength above 50,000 pounds per square inch to a maximum of four such increments. (n) Weld tests. Specimens taken across the circumferentially welded seam must be cut from one cylinder taken at random from each lot of 200 or less cylinders after heat treatment and must pass satisfactorily the following tests: (1) Tensile test. A specimen must be cut from one cylinder of each lot of 200 or less, or welded test plate. The specimen must be taken from across the major seam and must be prepared and tested in accordance with and must meet the requirements of CGA Pamphlet C-3. Should this specimen fail to meet the requirements, specimens may be taken from two additional cylinders or welded test plates from the same lot and tested. If either of the latter specimens fail to meet the requirements, the entire lot represented must be rejected. (2) Guided bend test. A root bend test specimen must be cut from the cylinder or welded test plate, used for the tensile test specified in paragraph (n)(1) of this section. Specimens must be prepared and tested in accordance with and must meet the requirements of CGA Pamphlet C-3. (3) Alternate gufded-bend test. This test may be used and must be as required by CGA Pamphlet C-3. The specimen must be bent until the elongation at the outer surface, adjacent to the root of the weld, between the lightly scribed gage lines-a to b, must be at least 20 percent, except that this percentage may be reduced for steels having a tensile strength in excess of 50,000 pounds per square inch, as provided in paragraph (m) of this section. (o) Rejected cylinders. Reheat treatment of rejected cylinders is authorized. Subsequent thereto, cylinders must pass all prescribed tests to be acceptable. Repair by welding is authorized. (p) Porous filling. (1) Cylinders must be filled with a porous material in accordance with the following: (i) The porous material may not disintegrate or sag when wet with solvent or when subjected to normal sen/ice; (ii) The filling material must be uniform in quality and free of voids, except that a well drilled into the filling material beneath the valve is authorized if the well is filled with a material of such type that the functions of the filling material are not impaired; (iii) Overall shrinkage of the filling material is authorized if the total clearance between the cylinder shell and filling material, after solvent has been added, does not exceed V2 of 1 percent of the respective diameter or length but not to exceed V8 inch, measured diametrically and longitudinally; (iv) The clearance may not impair the functions of the filling material; (v) The installed filling material must meet the requirements of CGA Pamphlet C-12; and (vi) Porosity of filling material may not exceed 80 percent except that filling material with a porosity of up to 92 percent may be used when tested with satisfactory results in accordance with CGA Pamphlet C-12. (2) When the porosity of each cylinder is not known, a cylinder taken at random from a lot of 200 or less must be tested for porosity. If the test cylinder fails, each cylinder in the lot may be tested individu ally and those cylinders that pass the test are acceptable. (3) For filling that is molded and dried before insertion in cylinders, porosity test may be made on sample block taken at random from material to be used. (4) The porosity of the filling material must be determined; the amount of solvent at 70F for a cylinder: (i) Having shell volumetric capacity above 20 pounds water ca pacity (nominal) may not exceed the following: Percent porosity ol tiller 90 to 92 ......................... 87 to 90 ......................... 83 to 87 ......................... 80 to 83 ......................... 75 to 80 ......................... 70 to 75 ......................... 65 to 70 ......................... Maximum acetone solvent percent shell capacity by volume 43.4 42.0 400 38.6 36.2 33.8 31.4 (ii) Having volumetric capacity of 20 pounds or less water capacity (nominal), may not exceed the following: Percent porosity of filler 90 to 92 ......................... 83 to 90 ......................... 80 to 83 ......................... 75 to 80 ......................... 70 to 75 ......................... 65 to 70 ......................... Maximum acetone solvent percent shell capacity by volume 41.8 38.5 37.1 34.8 32.5 30.2 (q) Tare weight. The tare weight is the combined weight of the cylinder proper, porous filling, valve, and solvent, but without remov able cap. (r) Duties of inspector. In addition to the requirements of 178.35, the inspector shall-- (1) Certify chemical analyses of steel used, signed by manufacturer thereof; also verify by check analyses, of samples taken from each heat or from 1 out of each lot of 200 or less plates, shells, or tubes used, (2) Verify compliance of cylinder shells with all shell requirements, inspect inside before closing in both ends, verify heat treatment as proper; obtain all samples for all tests and for check analyses, witness all tests; verify threads by gauge, report volumetric capacity and minimum thickness of wall noted. (3) Report percentage of each specified alloying element in the steel. Prepare report on manufacture of steel shells in form prescribed in 178.35. Furnish one copy to manufacturer and three copies to the company that is to complete the cylinders. (4) Determine porosity of filling and tare weights; verify compliance of marking with prescribed requirements; obtain necessary copies of steel shell reports prescribed in paragraph (b) of this section; and furnish complete test reports required by this specification to the person who has completed the manufacturer of the cylinders and, upon request, to the purchaser. The test reports must be retained by the inspector for fifteen years from the original test date of the cylinder, (s) Marking. (1) Tare weight of cylinder, in pounds and ounces, must be marked on the cylinder. (2) Cylinders, not completed, when delivered must each be marked for identification of each lot of 200 or less. (3) Markings must be stamped plainly and permanently in locations in accordance with the following: (i) On shoulders and top heads not less than 0.087 inch thick; or (ii) On neck, valve boss, valve protection sleeve, or similar part permanently attached to the top end of cylinder; or (iii) On a plate of ferrous material attached to the top of the cylinder or permanent part thereof; the plate must be at least !/16 inch thick, and must be attached by welding, or by brazing at a temperature of at least l,100F throughout all edges of the plate. Sufficient space must be left on the plate to provide for stamping at least four (4) retest dates. 178.61 Specification 4BW welded steel cylinders with elec tric-arc welded longitudinal seam, (a) Type, size, and service pressure. A DOT 4BW cylinder is a welded type steel cylinder with a longitudinal electric-arc welded seam, a water capacity (nominal) not over 1,000 pounds and a service pressure at least 225 and not over 500 pounds per square inch gauge. Cylinders closed in by spinning process are not authorized. (b) Authorized steel. Steel used in the construction of the cylinder must conform to the following: (1) The body of the cylinder must be constructed of steel conform ing to the limits specified in Table I of Appendix A to this part. (2) Material for heads must meet the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section or be open hearth, electric or basic oxygen carbon steel of uniform quality. Content percent may not exceed the following: Carbon 0.25, Manganese 0.60, Phosphorus 0.045, Sulfur 0.050. Heads must be hemispherical or ellipsoidal in shape with a maximum ratio of 2.1. If low carbon steel is used, the thickness of such heads must be determined by using a maximum wall stress of 24,000 p.s.i. in the formula described in paragraph (f)(1) of this section. (c) Identification of material. Material must be identified by any suitable method. (d) Manufacture. Cylinders must be manufactured using equip ment and processes adequate to ensure that each cylinder produced conforms to the requirements of this subpart and the following: (1) No defect is permitted that is likely to weaken the finished cylin der appreciably. A reasonably smooth and uniform surface is required. 459 PART 178 ABDOO132234 178.61 April 1998 Exposed bottom welds on cylinders over 18 inches long must be protected by footrings. Minimum thickness of heads may not be less than 90 percent of the required thickness of the sidewall. Heads must be concave to pressure. (2) Circumferential seams must be by electric-arc welding. Joints must be butt with one member offset (joggle butt) or lap with minimum overlap of at least four times nominal sheet thickness. (3) Longitudinal seams in shells must conform to the following: (i) Longitudinal electric-arc welded seams must be of the butt welded type. Welds must be made by a machine process including automatic feed and welding guidance mechanisms. Longitudinal seams must have complete joint penetration, and must be free from undercuts, overlaps or abrupt ridges or val leys. Misalignment of mating butt edges may not exceed % of nominal sheet thickness or V32 inch whichever is less. All joints with nominal sheet thickness up to and including V0 inch must be tightly butted. When nominal sheet thickness is greater than Vg inch, the joint must be gapped with maximum distance equal to one-half the nominal sheet thickness or V32 inch whichever is less. Joint design, preparation and fit-up must be such that requirements of this paragraph (d) are satisfied. (ii) Maximum joint efficiency must be 1.0 when each seam is radio graphed completely. Maximum joint efficiency must be 0.90 when one cylinder from each lot of 50 consecutively welded cylinders is spot radiographed. In addition, one out of the first five cylinders welded following a shut down of welding opera tions exceeding four hours must be spot radiographed. Spot radiographs, when required, must be made of a finished welded cylinder and must include the girth weld for 2 inches in both directions from the intersection of the longitudinal and girth welds and include at least 6 inches of the longitudinal weld. Maximum joint efficacy of 0.75 must be permissible without radiography. (4) Welding procedures and operators must be qualified in accord ance with CGA Pamphlet C-3. (e) Welding of attachments. The attachment to the tops and bot toms only of cylinders by welding of neckrings, footrings, handles, bosses, pads and valve protection rings is authorized provided that such attachments and the portion of the container to which they are attached are made of weldable steel, the carbon content of which may not exceed 0.25 percent. (f) Wall thickness. For outside diameters over 6 inches the mini mum wall thickness must be 0.078 inch. For a cylinder with a wall thickness less than 0.100 inch, the ratio of tangential length to outside diameter may not exceed 4 to 1 (4:1). In any case the minimum wall thickness must be such that the wall stress calculated by the formula listed in paragraph (f)(4) of this section may not exceed the lesser value of any of the following: (1) The value referenced in paragraph (b) of this section for the particular material under consideration. (2) One-half of the minimum tensile strength of the material deter mined as required in paragraph (m) of this section. (3) 35,000 pounds per square inch. (4) Stress must be calculated by the following formula: S = [2P(1.3D2 + 0.4d2)]/[E(D2 - d2)] Where: S = wall stress, p.s.i.; P = service pressure, p.s.i.; D = outside diameter, inches; d = inside diameter, inches; E = joint efficiency of the longitudinal seam (from paragraph (d) of this section). (g) Heat treatment. Each cylinder must be uniformly and properly heat treated prior to test by the applicable method referenced in paragraph (b) of this section. Heat treatment must be accomplished after all forming and welding operations. Heat treatment is not required after welding or brazing of weldable low carbon parts to attachments of similar material which have been previously welded to the top or bottom of cylinders and properly heat treated, provided such subse quent welding or brazing does not produce a temperature in excess of 400F in any part of the top or bottom material. (h) Openings In cylinders. Openings in the cylinder must conform to the following: (1) All openings must be in the heads or bases. (2) Openings in cylinders must be provided with adequate fittings, bosses, or pads, integral with or securely attached to the cylinder by welding. (3) Threads must comply with the following: (i) Threads must be clean cut and to gauge. (ii) Taper threads must be of length not less than as specified for American Standard Taper Pipe threads. (iii) Straight threads, having at least 4 engaged threads, to have tight fit and calculated shear strength at least 10 times the test pressure of the cylinder; gaskets required, adequate to prevent leakage. (4) Closure of fittings, boss or pads must be adequate to prevent leakage. (I) Hydrostatic test. Cylinders must withstand a hydrostatic test, as follows: (1) The test must be by water-jacket, or other suitable method, operated so as to obtain accurate data. The pressure gauge must permit readings to an accuracy of 1 percent. The expansion gauge must permit readings of total volumetric expansion to an accuracy either of 1 percent or 0.1 cubic centimeter. (2) Pressure must be maintained for at least 30 seconds and suffi ciently longer to ensure complete expansion. Any internal pressure applied after heat treatment and previous to the official test may not exceed 90 percent of the test pressure. (3) Permanent volumetric expansion may not exceed 10 percent of the total volumetric expansion at test pressure. (4) Cylinders must be tested as follows: (i) At least 1 cylinder selected at random out of each lot of 200 or less must be tested as outlined in paragraphs (i)(1), (i)(2), and (i)(3) of this section to at least two times service pressure. (ii) All cylinders not tested as outlined in paragraph (i)(4)(i) of this section must be examined under pressure of at least two times service pressure and show no defect. (5) One finished cylinder selected at random out of each lot of 500 or less successively produced must be hydrostatically tested to 4 times service pressure without bursting. (j) Physical tests. Cylinders must be subjected to a physical test as follows: (1) Specimens must be taken from one cylinder after heat treatment and chosen at random from each lot of 200 or less, as follows: (1) Body specimen. One specimen must be taken longitudinally from the body section at least 90 degrees away from the weld. (ii) Head specimen. One specimen must be taken from either head on a cylinder when both heads are made of the same material. However, if the two heads are made of differing materials, a specimen must be taken from each head. (iii) If due to welded attachments on the top head there is insufficient surface from which to take a specimen, it may be taken from a representative head of the same heat treatment as the test cylinder. (2) Specimens must conform to the following: (i) A gauge length of 8 inches with a width not over lV2 inches, a gauge length of 2 inches with a width not over 1V2 inches, or a gauge length at least 24 times thickness with a width not over 6 times thickness is authorized when a cylinder wall is not over 3/10 inch thick. (ii) The specimen, exclusive of grip ends, may not be flattened. Grip ends may be flattened to within 1 inch of each end of the reduced section. (iii) When size of the cylinder does not permit securing straight specimens, the specimens may be taken in any location or direction and may be straightened or flattened cold, by pres sure only, not by blows when specimens are so taken and prepared, the inspector's report must show in connection with record of physical tests detailed information in regard to such specimens. (iv) Heating of a specimen for any purpose is not authorized. (3) The yield strength in tension must be the stress corresponding to a permanent strain of 0.2 percent of the gauge length. The following conditions apply: (i) The yield strength must be determined by either the "off- set" method or the "extension under load" method as prescribed in ASTM Standard E8. (ii) In using the "extension under load" method, the total strain (or 460 ABDOO132235 April 1998 178.61--178.65 "extension under load-'), corresponding to the stress at which the 0.2-percent permanent strain occurs may be determined with sufficient accuracy by calculating the elastic extension of the gauge length under appropriate load and adding thereto 0.2 percent of the gauge length. Elastic extension calculations must be based on an elastic modulus of 30,000,000. In the event of controversy, the entire stress-strain diagram must be plotted and the yield strength determined from the 0.2-percent offset. (iii) For the purpose of strain measurement, the initial strain refer ence must be set while the specimen is under a stress of 12,000 pounds per square inch and the strain indicator reading being set at the calculated corresponding strain. (iv) Cross-head speed of the testing machine may not exceed V8 inch per minute during yield strength determination. (k) Elongation. Physical test specimens must show at least a 40 percent elongation for a 2-inch gauge length or at least a 20 percent elongation in other cases. Except that these elongation percentages may be reduced numerically by 2 for 2-inch specimens and by 1 in other cases for each 7,500 pounds per square inch increment of tensile strength above 50,000 pounds per square inch to a maximum of four increments. (l) Tests of welds. Welds must be subjected to the following tests: (1) Tensile test. A specimen must be cut from one cylinder of each lot of 200 or less. The specimen must be taken from across the longitudinal seam and must be prepared and tested in accordance with and must meet the requirements of CGA Pamphlet C-3. (2) Guided bend test. A root test specimen must be cut from the cylinder used for the tensile test specified in paragraph (l)(1) of this section. Specimens must be taken from across the longitudinal seam and must be prepared and tested in accordance with and must meet the requirements of CGA Pamphlet C-3. (3) Alternate guided bend test. This test may be used and must be as required by CGA Pamphlet C-3. The specimen must be bent until the elongation at the outer surface, adjacent to the root of the weld, between the lightly scribed gauge lines a to b, must be at least 20 percent, except that this percentage may be reduced for steels having a tensile strength in excess of 50,000 pounds per square inch, as provided in paragraph (k) of this section. (m) Radiographic examination. Welds of the cylinders must be subjected to a radiographic examination as follows: (1) Radiographic inspection must conform to the techniques and acceptability criteria set forth in CGA Pamphlet C-3. When fluoroscopic inspection is used, permanent film records need not be retained. (2) Should spot radiographic examination fail to meet the require ments of paragraph (m)(1) of this section, two additional welds from the same lot of 50 cylinders or less must be examined, and if either of these fail to meet the requirements, each cylinder must be examined as previously outlined; only those passing are acceptable. (n) Rejected cylinders. (1) Unless otherwise stated, if a sample cylinder or specimen taken from a lot of cylinders fails the prescribed test, then two additional specimens must be selected from the same lot and subjected to the prescribed test. If either of these fails the test, then the entire lot must be rejected. (2) Reheat treatment of rejected cylinders is authorized. Subse quent thereto, cylinders must pass all prescribed tests to be accept able. Repair of welded seams by welding is authorized provided that all defective metal is cut away and the joint is rewelded as prescribed for original welded joints. (o) Markings. Markings must be stamped plainly and permanently in any of the following locations on the cylinder: (1) On shoulders and top heads when they are not less than 0.087inch thick. (2) On a metal plate attached to the top of the cylinder or permanent part thereof; sufficient space must be left on the plate to provide for stamping at least six retest dates; the plate must be at least V,6-inch thick and must be attached by welding, or by brazing. The brazing rod is to melt at a temperature of 1100F. Welding or brazing must be along all the edges of the plate. (3) On the neck, valve boss, valve protection sleeve, or similar part permanently attached to the top of the cylinder. (4) On the footring permanently attached to the cylinder, provided the water capacity of the cylinder does not exceed 25 pounds. (p) Inspector's report. In addition to the information required by 178.35, the inspector's report must indicate the type and amount of radiography. 178.65 Specification 39 non-reusable (non-refillable) cylin ders. (a) Type, size, service pressure, and test pressure. A DOT 39 cylinder is a seamless, welded, or brazed cylinder with a service pressure not to exceed 80 percent of the test pressure. Spherical pressure vessels are authorized and covered by references to cylin ders in this specification. (1) Size limitation. Maximum water capacity may not exceed: (i) 55 pounds (1,526 cubic inches) for a service pressure of 500 p.s.i.g. or less, and (ii) 10 pounds (277 cubic inches) for a service pressure in excess of 500 p.s.i.g. (2) Test pressure. The minimum test pressure is the maximum pressure of contents at 130F or 180 p.s.i.g. whichever is greater. (3) Pressure of contents. The term "pressure of contents" as used in this specification means the total pressure of all the materials to be shipped in the cylinder. (b) Material; steel or aluminum. The cylinder must be constructed of either steel or aluminum conforming to the following requirements: (1) Steel, (i) The steel analysis must conform to the following: Carbon, maximum percent................. Phosphorus, maximum percent.... Sulfur, maximum percent..................... Ladle analysis 0.12 0.04 0.05 Check analysis 0.15 0.05 0.06 (ii) For a cylinder made of seamless steel tubing with integrally formed ends, hot drawn, and finished, content percent for the following may not exceed: Carbon, 0.55; phosphorous, 0.045; sulfur, 0.050. (iii) For non-heat treated welded steel cylinders, adequately killed deep drawing quality steel is required. (iv) Longitudinal or helical welded cylinders are not authorized for service pressures in excess of 500 p.s.i.g. (2) Aluminum. Aluminum is not authorized for service pressures in excess of 500 p.s.i.g. The analysis of the aluminum must conform to the Aluminum Association standard for alloys 1060, 1100, 1170, 3003,5052,5086,5154,6061, and 6063 as specified in its publication entitled "Aluminum Standards and Data". (3) Material with seams, cracks, laminations, or other injurious de fects not permitted. (4) Material used must be identified by any suitable method. (c) Manufacture. (1) General manufacturing requirements are as follows: (i) The surface finish must be uniform and reasonably smooth. (ii) Inside surfaces must be clean, dry, and free of loose particles. (iii) No defect of any kind is permitted if it is likely to weaken a finished cylinder. (2) Requirements for seams: (i) Brazing is not authorized on aluminum cylinders. (ii) Brazing material must have a melting point of not lower than 1,000F. (iii) Brazed seams must be assembled with proper fit to ensure complete penetration of the brazing material throughout the brazed joint. (iv) Minimum width of brazed joints must be at least four times the thickness of the shell wall. (v) Brazed seams must have design strength equal to or greater than 1.5 times the minimum strength of the shell wall. (vi) Welded seams must be properly aligned and welded by a method that provides clean, uniform joints with adequate pene tration. (vii) Welded joints must have a strength equal to or greater than the minimum strength of the shell material in the finished cylinder. (3) Attachments to the cylinder are permitted by any means which will not be detrimental to the integrity of the cylinder. Welding or brazing of attachments to the cylinder must be completed prior to all pressure tests. (4) Welding procedures and operators must be qualified in accord ance with CGA Pamphlet C-3. (d) Wall thickness. The minimum wall thickness must be such that the wall stress at test pressure does not exceed the yield strength of PART 178 461 ABDOO132282 April 1998 178.601 in the originally tested packaging; and when a single inner packaging was used in the original test, the thickness of cush ioning between inner packagings may not be less than the thickness of cushioning between the outside of the packaging and the inner packaging in the original test. When either fewer or smaller inner packagings are used (as compared to the inner packagings used in the drop test), sufficient additional cushioning material must be used to take up void spaces. (iv) The outer packaging must have successfully passed the stack ing test set forth in 178.606 of this subpart when empty, i.e., without either inner packagings or cushioning materials. The total mass of identical packages must be based on the com bined mass of inner packagings used for the drop test; (v) Inner packagings containing liquids must be completely sur rounded with a sufficient quantity of absorbent material to ab sorb the entire liquid contents of the inner packagings; (vi) When the outer packaging is intended to contain inner packag ings for liquids and is not leakproof, or is intended to contain inner packagings for solids and is not siftproof, a means of containing any liquid or solid contents in the event of leakage must be provided in the form of a leakproof liner, plastic bag, or other equally efficient means of containment. For packagings containing liquids, the absorbent material required in para graph (g)(2)(v) of this section must be placed inside the means of containing liquid contents; and (vii) Packagings must be marked in accordance with 178.503 of this part as having been tested to Packing Group I performance for combination packagings. The marked maximum gross mass may not exceed the sum of the mass of the outer packaging plus one half the mass of the filled inner packagings of the tested combination packaging. In addition, the marking required by 178.503(a)(2) of this part must include the letter "V." (3) Variation 3. Packagings other than combination packagings which are produced with reductions in external dimensions (i.e., length, width or diameter) of up to 25 percent of the dimensions of a tested packaging may be used without further testing provided an equivalent level of performance is maintained. The packagings must, in all other respects (including wall thicknesses), be identical to the tested design-type. The marked gross mass (when required) must be reduced in proportion to the reduction in volume. (4) Variation 4. Variations are permitted in outer packagings of a tested design-type combination packaging, without further testing, provided an equivalent level of performance is maintained, as follows: (i) Each external dimension (length, width and height) is less than or equal to the corresponding dimension of the tested de sign-type; (ii) The structural design of the tested outer packaging (i.e. meth ods of construction, materials of construction, strength charac teristics of materials of construction, method of closure and material thicknesses) is maintained; (iii) The inner packagings are identical to the inner packagings used in the tested design type except that their size and mass may be less; and they are oriented within the outer packaging in the same manner as in the tested packaging; (iv) The same type or design of absorbent materials, cushioning materials and any other components necessary to contain and protect inner packagings, as used in the tested design type, are maintained. The thickness of cushioning material between inner packagings and between inner packagings and the out side of the packaging may not be less than the thicknesses in the tested design type packaging; and (v) Sufficient additional cushioning material is used to take up void spaces and to prevent significant movement of the inner packagings. An outer packaging qualifying for use in transport in accordance with all of the above conditions may also be used without testing to transport inner packagings substituted for the originally tested inner packagings in accordance with the conditions set out in Variation 1 in paragraph (g)(1) of this section. (5) Variation 5. Single packagings (i.e., non-bulk packagings other than combination packagings), that differ from a tested design type only to the extent that the closure device or gasketing differs from that used in the originally tested design type, may be used without further testing, provided an equivalent level of performance is main tained, subject to the following conditions (the qualifying tests): (i) A packaging with the replacement closure devices or gasketing must successfully pass the drop test specified in 178.603 in the orientation which most severely tests the integrity of the closure or gasket; (ii) When intended to contain liquids, a packaging with the replace ment closure devices or gasketing must successfully pass the leakproofness test specified in 178.604, the hydrostatic pres sure test specified in 178.605, and the stacking test specified in 178.606. Replacement closures and gasketings qualified under the above test requirements are authorized without addi tional testing for packagings described in paragraph (g)(3) of this section. Replacement closures and gasketings qualified under the above test requirements also are authorized without additional testing for different tested design types packagings of the same type as the originally tested packaging, provided the original design type tests are more severe or comparable to tests which would otherwise be conducted on the packaging with the replacement closures or gasketings. (For example: The packaging used in the qualifying tests has a lesser packaging wall thickness than the packaging with replacement clo sure devices or gasketing; the gross mass of the packaging used in the qualifying drop test equals or exceeds the mass for which the packaging with replacement closure devices or gasketing was tested; the packaging used in the qualifying drop test was dropped from the same or greater height than the height from which the packaging with replacement closure devices or gasketing was dropped in design type tests; and the specific gravity of the substance used in the qualify ing drop test was the same or greater than the specific gravity of the liquid used in the design type tests of the packaging with replacement closure devices or gasketing.) (6) The provisions in Variations 1, 2, and 4 in paragraphs (g)(1), (2) and (4) of this section for combination packagings may be applied to packagings containing articles, where the provisions for inner pack agings are applied analogously to the articles. In this case, inner packagings need not comply with 173.27(c)(1) and (c)(2) of this subchapter. (7) Approval of selective testing. In addition to the provisions of 178.601(g)(1) through (g)(6) of this subpart, the Associate Adminis trator for Hazardous Materials Safety may approve the selective testing of packagings that differ only in minor respects from a tested type. (8) For a steel drum with a capacity greater than 50 L (13 gallons) manufactured from low carbon, cold-rolled sheet steel meeting ASTM designations A366/A366M or A568/A568M, variations in elements other than the following design elements are considered minor and do not constitute a different drum design type, or "different packaging" as defined in paragraph (c) of this section for which design qualifica tion testing and periodic retesting are required. Minor variations au thorized without further testing include changes in the identity of the supplier of component material made to the same specifications, or the original manufacturer of a DOT specification or UN standard drum to be remanufactured. A change in any one or more of the following design elements constitutes a different drum design type: (i) The packaging type and category of the original drum and the remanufactured drum, i.e., 1A1 or 1A2; (ii) The style, (i.e., straight-sided or tapered); (iii) Except as provided in paragraph (g)(3) of this section, the rated (marked) capacity and outside dimensions; (iv) The physical state for which the packaging was originally ap proved (e.g., tested for solids or liquids); (v) An increase in the marked level of performance of the original drum (i.e., to a higher packing group, hydrostatic test pressure, or specific gravity to which the packaging has been tested); (vi) Type of side seam welding; (vii) Type of steel; (viii) An increase greater than 10% or any decrease in the steel thickness of the head, body, or bottom; (ix) End seam type, (e.g., triple or double seam); (x) A reduction in the number of rolling hoops which equal or exceed the diameter over the chimes; (xi) The location, type or size, and material of closures (other than the cover of UN 1A2 drums); and (xii) For UN 1A2 drums: (A) Gasket material (e.g., plastic), or properties affecting the performance of the gasket; PART 178 507 ABDOO132283 178.601--178.603 April 1998 (B) Configuration or dimensions of the gasket; (C) Closure ring style including bolt size, (e.g., square or round back, 0.625" bolt); and (D) Closure ring thickness. (h) Approval of equivalent packagings. A packaging having specifications different from those in 178.504-178.523 of this part, or which is tested using methods or test intervals, other than those specified in Subpart M of this Part, may be used if approved by the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety. Such packag ings must be shown to be equally effective, and testing methods used must be equivalent. (I) Proof of compliance. Notwithstanding the periodic retest inter vals specified in paragraph (e) of this section, the Associate Adminis trator for Hazardous Materials Safety may at any time require demon stration of compliance by a manufacturer, through testing in accordance with this subpart, that packagings meet the requirements of this subpart. As required by the Associate Administrator for Hazard ous Materials Safety, the manufacturer shall either-- (1) Conduct performance tests, or have tests conducted by an independent testing facility, in accordance with this subpart; or (2) Supply packagings, in quantities sufficient to conduct tests in accordance with this subpart, to the Associate Administrator for Haz ardous Materials Safety or a designated representative of the Associ ate Administrator. (j) Coatings. If an inner treatment or coating of a packaging is required for safety reasons, the manufacturer shall design the packag ing so that the treatment or coating retains its protective properties even after withstanding the tests prescribed by this subpart. (k) Number of test samples. Provided the validity of the test results is not affected and with the approval of the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety, several tests may be performed on one sample. (l) Record retention. Following each design qualification test and each periodic retest on a packaging, a test report must be prepared. The test report must be maintained at each location where the packag ing is manufactured and each location where the design qualification tests are conducted, for as long as the packaging is produced and for at least two years thereafter, and at each location where the periodic retests are conducted until such tests are successfully performed again and a new test report produced. In addition, a copy of the test report must be maintained by a person certifying compliance with this part. The test report must be made available to a user of a packaging or a representative of the Department upon request. The test report, at a minimum, must contain the following information: (1) Name and address of test facility; (2) Name and address of applicant (where appropriate); (3) A unique test report identification; (4) Date of the test report; (5) Manufacturer of the packaging; (6) Description of the packaging design type (e.g. dimensions, materials, closures, thickness, etc.), including methods of manufac ture (e.g. blow molding) and which may include drawing(s) and/or photograph(s); (7) Maximum capacity; (8) Characteristics of test content, e.g. viscosity and relative density for liquids and particle size for solids; (9) Test descriptions and results; and (10) Signed with the name and title of signatory. 178.602 Preparation of packagings and packages for test ing. (a) Except as otherwise provided in this subchapter, each packaging and package must be closed in preparation for testing and tests must be carried out in the same manner as if prepared for transportation, including inner packagings in the case of combination packagings. (b) For the drop and stacking test, inner and single-unit receptacles must be filled to not less than 95 percent of maximum capacity (see 171.8 of this subchapter) in the case of solids and not less than 98 percent of maximum capacity in the case of liquids. The material to be transported in the packagings may be replaced by a non-hazardous material, except for chemical compatibility testing or where this would invalidate the results of the tests. (c) If the material to be transported is replaced for test purposes by a non-hazardous material, the material used must be of the same or higher specific gravity as the material to be carried, and its other physical properties (grain, size, viscosity) which might influence the results of the required tests must correspond as closely as possible to those of the hazardous material to be transported. Water may also be used for the liquid drop test under the conditions specified in 178.603(e) of this subpart. It is permissible to use additives, such as bags of lead shot, to achieve the requisite total package mass, so long as they are placed so that the test results are not affected. (d) Paper or fiberboard packagings must be conditioned for at least 24 hours immediately prior to testing in an atmosphere maintained-- (1) At 50 percent 2 percent relative humidity, and at a temperature of 23C 2C (73F 4F). Average values should fall within these limits. Short-term fluctuations and measurement limitations may cause individual measurements to vary by up to 5 percent relative humidity without significant impairment of test reproducibility; (2) At 65 percent 2 percent relative humidity, and at a temperature of 20C 2C (68F 4F), or 27C 2C (81 F 4F). Average values should fall within these limits. Short-term fluctuations and mea surement limitations may cause individual measurements to vary by up to 5 percent relative humidity without significant impairment of test reproducibility; or (3) For testing at periodic intervals only (i.e., other than initial design qualification testing), at ambient conditions. (e) Except as otherwise provided, each packaging must be closed in preparation for testing in the same manner as if prepared for actual shipment. All closures must be installed using proper techniques and torques. (f) Bung-type barrels made of natural wood must be left filled with water for at least 24 hours before the tests. 178.603 Drop test, (a) General. The drop test must be con ducted for the qualification of all packaging design types and per formed periodically as specified in 178.601(e). For other than flat drops, the center of gravity of the test packaging must be vertically over the point of impact. Where more than one orientation is possible for a given drop test, the orientation most likely to result in failure of the packaging must be used. The number of drops required and the packages' orientations are as follows: Packaging No. of tests (samples) Steel drums. Aluminum drums. Metal drums (other than steel or aluminum). Steel jerricans. Plywood drums. Wooden barrels, Fiber drums. Plastic drums and jerricans. Composite packagings which are in the shape of a drum. Six--(three for each drop) . Boxes of natural wood. Plywood boxes, Reconstituted wood boxes. Fiberboard boxes. Plastic boxes. Steel or aluminum boxes. Composite packagings which are in the shape of a box Five--(one for each drop) . Bags--single-ply with a side seam Three--(three drops per bag) . Bags--single-ply without a side seam, or multi-ply Three--(two drops per bag) Drop orientation of samples First drop (using three samples): The package must strike the target diagonally on the chime or. if the packaging has no chime, on a circumferential seam or an edge Second drop (using the other three samples) The package must strike the target on the weakest part not tested Py the first drop, tor example a closure or, for some cylindrical drums, the welded longitudinal seam of the drum body. First drop. Flat on the bottom (using the first sample. Second drop Flat on the top (using the second sample) Third drop: Flat on the long side (using the third sample) Fourth drop. Flat on the short side (using the fourth sample) Fifth drop. On a corner (using the fifth sample). First drop. Flat on a wide face (using all three samples). Second drop Flat on a narrow face (using all three samples). Third drop: On an end of the bag (using all three samples). First drop Flat on a wide face (using all three samples) Second drop On an end of the bag (using all three samples) 508 178.245--178.245-5 ABDOO132238 Subpart D-Subpart G [RESERVED] April 1998 Subpart H SPECIFICATIONS FOR PORTABLE TANKS 178.245 Specification 51; steel portable tanks. 178.245-1 Requirements for design and construction. (a) Tanks must be seamless or welded steel construction or combi nation of both and have a water capacity in excess of 454 kg (1,000 pounds). Tanks must be designed, constructed, certified and stamped in accordance with the ASME Code. (b) Tanks must be postweld heat treated and radiographed as prescribed in the ASME Code except that each tank constructed in accordance with part UHT of the ASME Code must be postweld heat treated. Where postweld heat treatment is required, the tank must be treated as a unit after completion of all the welds in and/ or to the shell and heads. The method must be as prescribed in the ASME Code. Welded attachments to pads may be made after postweld heat treatment is made. A tank used for anhydrous ammonia must be postweld heat treated. The postweld heat treat ment must be as prescribed in the ASME Code, but in no event at less than 1050F tank metal temperature. Additionally, tanks constructed in accordance with part UHT of the ASME Code must conform to the following requirements: (1) Welding procedure and welder performance tests must be made annually in accordance with section IX of the ASME Code. In addition to the essential variables named therein, the following must be considered to be essential variables: number of passes, thickness of plate, heat input per pass, and manufacturer's identification of rod and flux. The number of passes, thickness of plate and heat input per pass may not vary more than 25 percent from the procedure qualification. Records of the qualification must be retained for at least 5 years by the tank manufacturer and made available to duly identified representatives of the Department of Transportation or the owner of the tank. (2) Impact tests must be made on a lot basis. A lot is defined as 100 tons or less of the same heat and having a thickness variation no greater than plus or minus 25 percent. The minimum impact re quired for full-sized specimens shall be 20 foot-pounds (or 10 foot pounds for half-sized specimens) at 0F Charpy V-Notch in both the longitudinal and transverse direction. If the lot test does not pass this requirement, individual plates may be accepted if they individually meet this impact requirement. (c) Except as provided in paragraph (d) of this section, all openings in the tank shall be grouped in one location, either at the top of the tank or at one end of the tank. (d) The following openings may be installed at locations other than on the top or end of the tank: (1) The openings for liquid level gauging devices, pressure gauges, or for safety devices, may be installed separately at the other location or in the side of the shell; (2) One plugged opening of 2-inch National Pipe Thread or less provided for maintenance purposes may be located elsewhere; (3) An opening of 3-inch National Pipe Size or less may be provided at another location, when necessary, to facilitate installation of con densing coils; or (4) Filling and discharge connections may be installed below the normal liquid level of the tank if the tank design conforms to the following requirements: (i) The tank must be permanently mounted in a full framework for containerized transport. For each tank design, a prototype tank, must fulfill the requirements of parts 450 through 453 of this title for compliance with the requirements of Annex II of the International Convention for Safe Containers. (ii) Each filling and discharge connection must be equipped with an internal self-closing stop-valve capable of closing within 30 seconds of actuation. Each internal self-closing stop-valve must be protected by a shear section or sacrificial device located outboard of the valve. The shear section or sacrificial device must break at no more than 70 percent of the load that would cause failure of the internal self-closing stop-valve. (iii) Each internal self-closing stop-valve must be provided with remote means of automatic closure, both thermal and mechani cal. The thermal means of automatic closure must actuate at a temperature of not over 250F. (e) Each uninsulated tank used for the transportation of com pressed gas, as defined in 173.300 of this subchapter, must have an exterior surface finish that is significantly reflective, such as a light reflecting color if painted, or a bright reflective metal or other material if unpainted. 178.245-2 Material, (a) All material used for the construction of the tank and appurtenances shall be suitable for use with the commodity to be transported therein. (b) A material of thickness less than 3/|6 inch shall not be used for the shells and heads. 178.245-3 Design pressure, (a) The design pressure of a tank authorized under this specification shall be not less than the vapor pressure of the commodity contained therein at 115F., or as prescribed for a particular commodity by Part 173, except that in no case shall the design pressure of any container be less than 100 psig nor more than 500 psig. When corrosion factor is prescribed by these regulations, the wall thickness of the tank calculated in accordance with the "Code" (see 178.245-1(a)) shall be increased by 20 percent or 0.10 inch, whichever is less. Note 1: The term design pressure as used in this specification is identical to the term maximum allowable working pressure as used in the "Code" (see 178.245-1(a)). 178.245-4 Tank mountings, (a) Tanks shall be designed and fabricated with mountings to provide a secure base in transit. "Skids" or similar devices shall be deemed to comply with this requirement. (b) All tank mountings such as skids, fastenings, brackets, cradles, lifting lugs, etc., intended to carry loadings shall be permanently se cured to tanks in accordance with the requirements of the Code under which the tanks were fabricated and shall be designed to withstand static loadings in any direction equal to twice the weight of the tank and attachments when filled with the lading using a safety factor of not less than four, based on the ultimate strength of the materia! to be used. The specific gravity used in determining the static loadings shall be shown on the marking required by 178.245- 6(a) and on the report required by 178.245-7(a). (c) Lifting lugs or hold-down lugs may be added to either the tank or tank mountings. If lifting lugs and hold-down lugs are added directly to the tank, they shall be secured to doubling plates welded to the tank and located at points of support, except that lifting lugs or hold down lugs with integral bases serving as doubling plates may be welded directly to the tank. Each lifting lug and hold-down lug shall be designed to withstand static loadings in any direction equal to twice the weight of the tank and attachments when filled with the lading using a safety factor of not less than four, based on the ultimate strength of the material to be used. (df All tank mountings shall be designed so as to prevent the con centration of excessive loads on the tank shell. (e) A DOT 51 portable tank that meets the definition of "container" in 450.3(a)(3) of this title must meet the requirements of parts 450 through 453 of this title, in addition to the requirements of this sub chapter. 178.245-5 Protection of valves and accessories. (a) All valves, fittings, accessories, safety devices, gaging devices, and the like shall be adequately protected against mechanical damage. 464 ABDOO132239 April 1998 178.245-5--178.255-12 (b) The protective device or housing shall conform to the require ments under which the tanks are fabricated with respect to design and construction, and shall be designed to withstand static loadings in any direction equal to twice the weight of the tank, and attachments when filled with the lading using a safety factor of not less than four, based on the ultimate strength of the material to be used. (c) Requirements concerning types of valves, retesting, and qualifi cation of portable tanks contained in 173.32 and 173.315 must be observed. (b) If installed, bottom outlets or bottom washout chambers shall be of metal not subject to rapid deterioration by the lading, and each shall be provided with a valve or plug at its upper end and liquidtight closure at its lower end. Each valve or plug shall be designed to insure against unseating due to stresses or shocks incident to transportation. Bottom outlets shall be adequately protected against handling damage and outlet equipment must not extend to within less than one inch of the bottom bearing surface of the skids or tank mounting. 178.245-6 Name plate, (a) In addition to the markings re quired by the Code (see 178.245--1(a)) under which tanks were constructed, they shall have permanently affixed, in close proximity to ASME "U" stamp certification, a metal plate. This plate shall be permanently affixed by means of soldering, brazing, or welding around its complete perimeter. Neither the plate itself nor the means of attach ment to the tank shall be subject to destructive attack by the contents of tank. Upon such plate shall be plainly marked by stamping, em bossing, or other means of forming letters into or onto the metal plate itself the following information in characters at least Vs-inch high: Manufacturer's name________________ Owner's serial number D.O.T. Specification number Water capacity (pounds) Tare weight (pounds) Design pressure (psig) Design specific gravity Original test date Tank retested at___________________ Serial No (psig) on (b) All tank outlets and inlets, except safety relief valves, shall be marked to designate whether they communicate with vapor or liquid when the tank is filled to the maximum permitted filling density. 178.245-7 Report, (a) A copy of the manufacturer's data re port required by the Code (see 178.245-1 (a)) under which the tank is fabricated shall be furnished to the owner for each new tank. 178.255 Specification 60; steel portable tanks. 178.255-1 General requirements, (a) Tanks must be of fu sion welded construction, cylindrical in shape with seamless heads concave to the pressure. Tank shells may be of seamless construction. <b) Tanks must be designed and constructed in accordance with and fulfill all the requirements of the ASME Code. (c) Tanks including all permanent attachments must be postweld heat treated as a unit. (d) Requirements concerning types of valves, retesting, and qualifi cation of portable tanks contained in 173.32 and 173.315 must be observed. 178.255-6 Loading and unloading accessories. (a) When installed, gauging, loading and air inlet devices, including their valves, shall be provided with adequate means for their secure closure; and means shall also be provided for the closing of pipe connections of valves. (b) Interior heater coils, if installed, must be of extra heavy pipe and so constructed that breaking off of exterior connections will not cause leakage of tanks. 178.255-7 Protection of valves and accessories, (a) All valves, fittings, accessories, safety devices, gauging devices, and the like shall be adequately protected against mechanical damage by a housing closed with a cover plate. (b) Protective housing shall comply with the requirements under which the tanks are fabricated with respect to design and construction, and shall be designed with a minimum factor of safety of four to withstand loadings in any direction equal to two times the weight of the tank and attachments when filled with water. 178.255-8 Safety devices, (a) See 173.315(i) of this sub chapter. 178.255-9 Compartments, (a) When the interior of the tank is divided into compartments, each compartment shall be designed, constructed and tested as a separate tank. Thickness of shell and compartment heads shall be determined on the basis of total tank capacity. 178.255-10 Lining, (a) If a lining is required, the material used for lining the tank shall be homogeneous, nonporous, imperforate when applied, not less elastic than the metal of the tank proper. It shall be of substantially uniform thickness, not less than V32 inch thick if metallic, and not less than V16 inch thick if nonmetallic, and shall be directly bonded or attached by other equally satisfactory means. Rubber lining shall be not less than 3/16 inch thick. Joints and seams in the lining shall be made by fusing the material together or by other equally satisfactory means. The interior of the tank shall be free from scale, oxidation, moisture and all foreign matter during the lining oper ation. 178.255-2 Material, (a) Material used in the tank must be steel of good weldable quality and conform with the requirements of the ASME Code. (b) The minimum thickness of metal, exclusive of lining material, for shell and heads of tanks shall be as follows: Tank capacity Not more than 1,200 gallons ........................................... Over 1,200 to 1,000 gallons............................................... Over 1,800 gallons.............................................................. Minimum thickness (Inch) V, S/,6 % 178.255-3 Expansion domes, (a) Expansion domes, if ap plied, must have a minimum capacity of one percent of the combined capacity of the tank and dome. 178.255-4 Closures for manholes and domes, (a) The man hole cover shall be designed to provide a secure closure of the man hole. All covers, not hinged to the tanks shall be attached to the outside of the dome by at least V8 inch chain or its equivalent. Closure shall be made tight against leakage of vapor and liquid by use of gaskets of suitable material. 178.255-5 Bottom discharge outlets, (a) Bottom discharge outlets prohibited, except on tanks used for shipments of sludge acid and alkaline corrosive liquids. 176.255-11 Tank mountings, (a) Tanks shall be designed and fabricated with mountings to provide a secure base in transit. "Skids" or similar devices shall be deemed to comply with this re quirement. (b) All tank mountings such as skids, fastenings, brackets, cradles, lifting lugs, etc., intended to carry loadings shall be permanently se cured to tanks in accordance with the requirements under which the tanks are fabricated, and shall be designed with a factor of safety of four,and built to withstand loadings in any direction equal to two times the weight of the tanks and attachments when filled to the maximum permissible loaded weight. (c) Lifting lugs or side hold-down lugs shall be provided on the tank mountings in a manner suitable for attaching lifting gear and hold-down devices. Lifting lugs and hold-down lugs welded directly to the tank shall be of the pad-eye type. Doubling plates welded to the tank and located at the points of support shall be deemed to comply with this requirement. (d) All tank mountings shall be so designed as to prevent the con centration of excessive loads on the tank shell. 178.255-12 Pressure test, (a) Each completed portable tank prior to application of lining shall be tested before being put into transportation service by completely filling the tank with water or other liquid having a similar viscosity, the temperature of which shall not exceed 100F during the test, and applying a pressure of 60 psig. The tank shall be capable of holding the prescribed pressure for at 465 PART 178 ABDOO132240 178.255-12--178.270-3 April 1998 least 10 minutes without leakage, evidence of impending failure, or failure. All closures shall be in place while the test is made and the pressure shall be gauged at the top of the tank. Safety devices and/ or vents shall be plugged during this test. 178.255-13 Repair of tanks, (a) Tanks failing to meet the test may be repaired and retested, provided that repairs are made in complete compliance with the requirements of this specification. 178.255-14 Marking, (a) In addition to marking required by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers Code, every tank shall bear permanent marks at least V8-inch high stamped into the metal near the center of one of the tank heads or stamped into a plate permanently attached to the tank by means of brazing or welding or other suitable means as follows: Manufacturer's name________________ Serial No-------------------------DOT specification----------------------------------------------------------------------------Nominal capacity--------------------------------------------------------------- (gallons) Tare weight(pounds) Date of manufacture------------------------------------------------------------------------- 178.255-15 Report, (a) A copy of the manufacturer's data re port required by the Code (see 178.245-1(a)) under which the tank is fabricated must be furnished to the owner for each new tank. Place Date------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Portable Tank Comoanv Comoanv Comoanv Size feet outside diameter by long Marks on tank as prescribed by 178.255-14 of this specification are as follows: Manufacturer's name-----------------------------------------------------------------------Serial number Owner's serial number---------------------------------------------------------------------DOT specification----------------------------------------------------------------------------ASME Code Symbol (par U-201) Date of manufacture Nominal capacity(gallons) It is hereby certified that this tank is in complete compliance with the requirements of DOT Specification No. 60. (Signed)------------------------------------------------------Manufacturer or owner 178.270 Specification IM101 and IM102 steel portable tanks; general design and construction requirements. 178.270-1 Specification requirements for IM 101 and IM 102 steel portable tanks, (a) Each IM portable tank must meet the re quirements of this section in addition to the requirements of 178.271 (IM 101) or 178.272 (IM 102). These requirements apply to IM porta ble tanks of diameters no greater than 2438 mm (96 inches) that are designed to carry liquids having a vapor pressure of less than 2.97 bar-absolute (43 psia) at a temperature of 50C. (122F.). 178.270-2 General, (a) Each tank, including attachments and service and structural equipment, must be designed to withstand, without loss of contents, the maximum internal pressure that can be anticipated to result from the contents and the static and dynamic stresses incurred in normal handling and transportation. (b) For the purpose of this subchapter maximum allowable working pressure or MAWP is the maximum pressure that an IM portable tank may experience during any normal operation (including loading and unloading). The only exception to this limitation is hydrostatic testing. (c) Each portable tank must have a cross-sectional design that is capable of being stress analyzed either mathematically or by the experimental method contained in UG-101 of the ASME Code, or other method acceptable to the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety. (d) Each portable tank must be designed so that the center of gravity of the filled tank is approximately centered within the points of attachment for lifting devices. (e) When credit is taken for insulation to reduce the required emer gency venting capacity of safety relief devices, the insulation must be jacketed or otherwise protected from the accumulation of moisture or foreign matter that would decrease its efficiency or corrode the tank. (f) Each portable tank that has a lining must have a lining material that meets the following requirements: (1) The material used to line the tank must be-- (1) Substantially immune to attack by the hazardous material trans ported: (ii) Homogeneous; (iii) Nonporous; (iv) Imperforated when applied; (v) At least as elastic as the material of the tank shell; and (vi) Have thermal-expansion characteristics compatible with the tank shell. (2) The lining of the tank, tank fitting and piping must be-- (1) Attached by bonding or other satisfactory means; (ii) Continuous; and (iii) Extended around the face of any flange. (3) Joints and seams in the lining must be made by fusing the material together or by other equally effective means. 178.270-3 Materials of construction, (a) Each portable tank must be constructed of carbon or alloy steels. Materials included in Part UHT of the ASME Code or equivalent materials are not authorized. Any materials used in the tank shell must conform to a recognized national standard and must be suitable for the external environments in which the tank will be carried. The minimum elongation for any material must be 20 percent or greater. (b) The maximum stress allowed for a material shall be determined using one of the following methods: (D 1.5 times the specified values for the material at 93C (200F) in Section VIII, Division 1 of the ASME Code; (2) Derived by test for the actual yield and tensile strengths at 93C (200F) for the actual group of plates used to fabricate the tank using the methods described in 178.270--3(d); or (3) Derived from the minimum yield and tensile strengths at 93C (200F) specified by the national standard to which the material is manufactured using the methods described in 178.270-3(d). (c) Maximum allowable stress values, derived for an actual group of plates, that are based on actual tensile and yield strengths of the material at 93C (200F) shall not be greater than 120 percent of the specified minimum yield and tensile strength specified in the national standard to which the material is manufactured. (d) The maximum allowable stress values must be derived from the following criteria: (1) For austenitic steels; (1) When the yield strength is determined using the 0.2 percent offset, 93.75 percent of the yield strength. (ii) When the yield strength is determined using the 1.0 percent offset, 75 percent of the yield strength. (2) For carbon and low alloy steels, the yield strength is determined using the 0.2 percent offset. The maximum allowable stress value is the lower of 93.75 percent of the yield strength or 37.5 percent of the tensile strength. (e) For purposes of these specifications, tensile strength, yield strength and elongation must be determined using a specimen having a gauge length: Lo = 5.65(S0),/2 where: Lq = the gauge length of the specimen--millimeters (inches); and So = the cross sectional area of the specimen--square millimeters (square inches). Tensile tests and analysis of results must be in accordance with "ISO 82-1974(e) Steels-Tensile Testing." The yield strength in tension shall be the stress corresponding to a permanent strain of 0.2 percent of the gauge length, except that for high alloy austenitic steels the yield strength shall be the stress corresponding to a permanent strain of 0.2 or 1.0 percent of the gauge length as appropriate. The elongation must be at least 20 percent. (f) If maximum allowable stress values or minimum tank wall thick nesses are based on the actual yield strength, the actual tensile 466 ABDOO132241 April 1998 178.270-3--178.270-11 strength, or the actual elongation for the material used to fabricate the tank, the test records or certification of test results by the material producer or tank manufacturer must be approved by the approval agency, retained by the tank manufacturer for a period not less than 15 years, and made available to any duly identified representative of the Department or the owner of the tank. 178.270-4 Structural integrity, (a) Maximum stress values. The maximum calculated stress value in a tank at the Test Pressure must be less than or equal to that specified for the material of construc tion at 93C. (200F.) in 178.270-3 of this part. (b) Tank shell loadings. Tank shells, heads, and their fastenings shall be designed to prevent stresses in excess of two thirds those specified in 178.270-3 of this part. The design calculations must include the forces imposed by each of the following loads: (1) An internal pressure equal to the maximum allowable working pressure less 1 bar (14.5 psig) in combination with the simultaneously applied loadings of 3W vertically downward, 2W longitudinally, and 1W laterally acting through the center of the tank (W is the maximum permissible weight of the loaded tank and its attachments), and the requirements of paragraphs (b)(4), (5) and (6) of this section; (2) An internal pressure equal to the maximum allowable working pressure less 1 bar (14.5 psig), in combination with the simultaneously applied loadings of 1W vertically upward, 2W longitudinally, and 1W laterally acting through the center of the tank (W is the maximum permissible weight of the loaded tank and its attachment), and the requirements of paragraphs (b)(4), (5) and (6) of this section; (3) The load on the tank head resulting from an internal pressure equal to the maximum allowable working pressure, less 1 bar (14.5 psig), in combination with the dynamic pressure resulting from a longi tudinal deceleration of 2 "g", and the requirements of paragraphs (b)(4), (5) and (6) of this section; (4) Loads resulting from any discontinuities between tank shell and heads; (5) Superimposed loads such as operating equipment, insulation, linings and piping; and (6) Reactions of supporting lugs and saddles or other supports. (c) The shell thickness used in calculating the resulting stress levels in a tank shall be exclusive of any corrosion allowance. 178.270-5 Minimum thickness of shells and heads. (a) For the purposes of this section, mild steel is steel with a guaran teed minimum tensile strength of 37 decanewtons per square millime ter (53,650 p.s.i.) and a guaranteed elongation of 27 percent or greater. (b) Except as otherwise provided in this subchapter, the shell and heads of each portable tank constructed of reference mild steel: (1) With a maximum cross-sectional dimension of 1.8 meters (5.9 feet) or less, shall be at least 5mm (0.197 inches) thick; or, (2) With a maximum cross-sectional dimension exceeding 1.8 me ters (5.9 feet), shall be at least 6.35mm (0.250 inches) thick. (c) The minimum thickness of the shell and heads of each portable tank constructed of a steel other than the reference mild steel, shall be obtained from the following formula: Formula for metric units e, = (10eo)/(Rm1A,),/3 Formula for nonmetric units e, =(112.3e0)/(Rm1A,),/3 where: e0 = Required thickness of the reference steel from 178.270-5(b)--millimeters (inches); ei = Equivalent thickness of the steel used--millimeters (inches); Rm, = Specified minimum tensile strength of the steel used-- dec anewtons per square millimeter (p.s.i.); and Aj = Specified minimum percentage elongation of the steel used-- percent times 100 (i.e., if 20% use 20.0). ) When other than the standard minimum thickness for the refer ence mild steel is specified for a tank in this subchapter, the specified minimum shell and head thickness must be at least equal to the larger of the thicknesses calculated from the formula given in 178.2705(c) and the following formula: Formula for metric units e1 = (10e0d,)/1.8(Rm1A1)1/3 Formula for nonmetric units e, =(112.3e0d1)/5.9(Rm1A1)w where: ei = Equivalent thickness of the steel used--millimeters (inches); e0 = The specified minimum shell and head thickness of the refer ence mild steel specified in the IM Tank Table-- millimeters (inches); d, = Actual outside diameter of the tank--meters (feet); Rmi = Specified minimum tensile strength of the steel used-- dec anewtons per square millimeter (p.s.i.); and Ai = Specified minimum percentage elongation of the steel used-- percent times 100 (i.e., if 20% use 20.0). Note: Forparagraphs (c) and (d) of this section the actual values for the tensile strength andpercent elongation for the steel, as determined through tests on specimens from the group of plates to be used in the fabrication of the tank, may be substituted for the specified mini mum values in the calculation prescribed in this paragraph (see 178.270-3 of this part). Test records or certification of test results by the material producer or tank manufacturer must be retained by the tank manufacturer for a period not less than 15 years and must be made available to the Department or the owner of the tank. 178.270-6 Tank supports, frameworks and lifting attach ments. (a) Each portable tank must be constructed with a perma nent support structure that provides a secure base in transport. Skids, frameworks, cradles, or similar devices are acceptable. The calcu lated stress in tank supports, frameworks, and lifting attachments must not exceed 80 percent of the specified minimum yield strength of the material of construction under the applicable loading conditions specified in 178.270-4(b). (b) An IM portable tank that meets the definition of "container" in 450.3(a)(3) must meet the requirements of parts 450 through 453 of this title, in addition to the requirements of this subchapter. 178.270-7 Joints in tank shells. Joints in tank shells must be made by fusion welding. Such joints and their efficiencies must be as required by the ASME Code. Weld procedures and welder perform ance must be ASME Code qualified or must be qualified by the ap proval agency in accordance with the procedures in the ASME Code, Section IX, Welding and Brazing Qualifications. A record of each qualification must be retained by the manufacturer for the period prescribed in ASME Code, Section VIII, Pressure Vessels, and must be made available to any duly identified representative of the Depart ment and the owner of the tank. 178.270-8 Protection of valves and accessories. Each valve, fitting, accessory, safety device, gauging device, and other appurtenance shall be adequately protected against mechanical damage. 178.270-9 Inspection openings. Each portable tank must be fitted with a manhole or other inspection opening sited above the maximum liquid level to allow for complete internal inspection and adequate access for maintenance and repair of the interior. Each portable tank with a capacity of more than 1894 liters (500 gallons) must be fitted with an elliptical or round manhole at least 279 x 381 millimeters (11 x 15 inches), or 254 x 405 millimeters (10x16 inches), or with a circular manhole at least 381 millimeters (15 inches) in diameter. Any inspection opening and closure must be designed and reinforced as required by the ASME Code. 178.270-10 External design pressure, (a) Each portable tank not fitted with vacuum relief devices must be designed to with stand a positive external pressure differential of at least 0.4 bar (6 p.s.i.). (b) Each portable tank fitted with vacuum relief devices must be designed to withstand a positive external pressure differential not less than the set pressure of the vacuum relief device and in any case at least 0.21 bar (3 p.s.i.). 178.270-11 Pressure and vacuum relief devices. (a) Relief devices required. Each portable tank, or each indepen dent compartment of a portable tank, must be fitted with pressure relief devices in accordance with the following: 467 PART 178 ABDOO132242 178.270-11 April 1998 (D Each portable tank, or each independent compartment of a portable tank, with a capacity of more than 1893 liters (500 gallons), must be provided with a primary pressure relief device consisting of a spring-loaded pressure relief valve and, in addition, may have one or more emergency pressure relief devices that may be a springloaded pressure relief valve, a frangible disc or fusible element in parallel with the primary pressure relief device, (2) Each portable tank, or each independent compartment of a portable tank, with a capacity of 1893 liters (500 gallons) or less, must be fitted with a primary pressure relief device that may either be a frangible disc or a spring-loaded pressure relief valve. (3) If a frangible disc is inserted in series with required pressure relief valve, the space between the frangible disc and the pressure relief valve must be provided with a suitable tell-tale indicator to permit detection, prior to and during shipment, of disc rupture, pinholing, or leakage which could cause a malfunction of the pressure relief system. The frangible disc must rupture at a tank pressure within the range specified in paragraph (c)(i) of this section. (b) Location and construction of relief devices. (1) Pressure relief devices must be spring-loaded valves, frangible discs, or fusible elements. Vacuum relief devices must be capable of reclosing in any attitude. Each pressure relief device inlet must be situated in the vapor space of the tank. The discharge from any device must be unrestricted and directed to prevent impingement upon the tank shell or structural framework. Protective devices which deflect the flow of vapor are permissible provided the required vent capacity is maintained. Pressure and vacuum relief devices including their inlets must be sited on the top of the tank in a position as near as possible to the longitudinal and transversal center of the tank within the following limitation: (i) Longitudinally on the tank within 107 cm (3V2 feet) or V6 the tank length, whichever is less, from the top center of the tank; and (ii) Transversally within 12 degrees of the tank top. (2) Except for a relief device installed in a piping system, each relief device must provide unrestricted venting under all conditions. Each pressure relief system, including any piping, must provide a venting capacity at least equal to the venting capacity specified in 178.270--11(d) for the tank on which the system is installed. (3) Fusible elements, when installed, must not be protected from direct communication with external heat sources. (4) Spring-loaded pressure relief valves must be constructed in a manner to prevent unauthorized adjustment of the relief setting. (c) Pressure settings of relief devices--(1) Primary pressure relief devices. The primary relief device required by paragraph (a) of this section must be set to function in the range of-- (i) No less than 67 percent and no greater than 83 percent of test pressure for tanks hydrostatically tested under 178.270-13(a) of this subpart at a gauge pressure below 455 kPa (66 psi). Spring-loaded pressure relief valves must close after discharge at a pressure not less than 80 percent of start-to-discharge pressure. (ii) No less than 67 percent and no greater than 74 percent of test pressure for tanks hydrostatically tested under 178.270-13(a) of this subpart at a gauge pressure of 455 kPa (66 psi) or higher. Spring-loaded pressure relief valves must close after discharge at a pressure not less than 90 percent of start-todischarge pressure. (2) Emergency pressure relief devices. Each frangible disc, other than one used as a primary relief device in accordance with paragraph (b)(2) of this section, must be designed to burst at a pressure greater than 83 percent of and less than or equal to tank hydrostatic test pressure. Each spring-loaded pressure relief valve used as an emer gency pressure relief device must be set to operate at no less than 83 percent of hydrostatic test pressure and be fully open at test pressure. (3) Fusible elements. Fusible elements must have a nominal yield temperature greater than the highest tank operating temperature and less than or equal to 121C (250F). The pressure developed in the tank at the fusible element yield temperature must be below the test pressure of the tank. (4) Vacuum relief devices. Vacuum relief devices, when used, must be designed to provide total containment of product under nor mal and accident conditions and must be set to open at a nominal external overpressure of not less than 0.21 bar (3 pounds per square inch) but not greater than the external pressure for which the tank is designed. Each vacuum relief device must have a minimum cross sectional flow area of 2.84 cm2 (0.44 square inches). (d) Venting capacity of pressure relief devices.--(1) Pressure relief valves (spring-loaded.) Each pressure relief valve must have a minimum vent capacity of at least 170 standard cubic meters per hour (SCMH) (6,000 standard cubic feet per hour (SCFH)). The mini mum total pressure relief valve vent capacity for each tank shall be 340 SCMH (12,000 SCFH) per 32.5 m2 (350 square feet) of exposed tank area, but in any case at least 340 SCMH (12,000 SCFH). (2) Total tank vent capacity. The total vent capacity of all pressure relief devices installed on each portable tank must be sufficient with all devices operating to limit the pressure in the tank to less than or equal to the test pressure. Except as provided in paragraph (d)(3) or (d)(4) of this section, the total vent capacity must be at least equal to that shown in the following table: Table I.--Minimum Total Vent Capacity [Metric units table In cubic meters of air per hour at atmospheric pressure and 15C.] Exposed area square meters 2 ......................... 3............................ 4...................... 5............................ 6 ............................ 7............................... 8 .................................. 9 ......................... 10.................................. 12............................ 14.................................. 16......................... 18............................... 20 .................................. 22.5 ...................... 25 .................................. 27.5............................... 30............................ 32.5......................... 35 . Cubic meters free air per hour 841 1.172 1.485 1,783 2,069 2,348 2,621 2,621 3.146 3.655 4,146 4,625 5.092 5,556 6,120 6,672 7,212 7,746 8,268 8.790 Exposed area square meters 37.5 40 42.5 45 47.5 50 525 55 57.5 60 62.5 65 67.5 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 Cubic meters free air per hour 9.306 9,810 10,308 10,806 11,392 11,778 12,258 12,732 13,206 13,674 14.142 14,604 15,066 15,516 16,422 17.316 18,198 19,074 19,938 20.790 [Nonmetric units in cubic feet of air per hour at atmospheric pressure and 59F.J Exposed area square feet 20.................................. 30............................... 40................... 50......................... 60 ...................... 70......................... 80.................................. 90.................................. 100.................................. 120.................................. 140...................... 160............... Cubic feet free air per hour 27,600 38.500 48.600 58.600 67.700 77,000 85,500 94,800 104,000 121.000 136.200 152.100 Exposed area square feet 275 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 600 Cubic feet free air per hour 237,000 256,000 289.500 322.100 355.900 391.000 417,500 450,000 479,000 512,000 540,000 569,000 180...................... 168.200 200 .................................. 184,000 225 .................................. 199,000 250 .................................. 219,500 Note.--Interpolate tor intermediate sizes. 850 900 950 1,000 597,000 621.000 656.000 686,000 (3) Notwithstanding the minimum total vent capacity shown in Table I, of paragraph (d)(2), a tank in dedicated service may have a lesser total vent capacity provided the approval certificate required by 173.32a of this subchapter specifies the hazardous materials for 468 ABDOO132243 April 1998 178.270-11--178.270-13 which ihe tank is suitable. The lesser total vent capacity must be determined in accordance with the following formula: Formula for metric units Q = 5,660,000 A082 (ZT) a5/(LC)(M as) Formula for nonmetric units Q = 37,980,000 A 082(ZT) a5/(LC){M 5) where: Q = The total required venting capacity, in cubic meters of air per hour at standard conditions of 15.6C. and 1 atm (cubic feet of air per hour at standard conditions of 60F. and 14.7 psia); T = The absolute temperature of the vapor at the venting condi tions--degrees Kelvin (C + 273) [degrees Rankine (F + 460)]; A = The exposed surface area of tank shell--square meters (square feet): L = The latent heat of vaporization of the lading--calories per gram (BTU/lb); Z = The compressibility factor for the vapor (if this factor is un known, let Z equal 1.0); M = The molecular weight of vapor; C = A constant derived from (K), the ratio of specific heats of the vapor. If (K) is unknown, let C = 315. C = 520[K(2/(K + 1 ))[(K + 1WK -1]1'2 where: K = Cp/Cv Cp = The specific heat at constant pressure, in calories per gram degree centigrade (BTU/lbF.); and Cv = The specific heat at constant volume, in calories per gram degree centigrade (BTU/lbF.). (4) The required total venting capacity determined by using Table I or paragraph (d)(3) of this section may be reduced for insulated tanks to Q, by the following formula: Q, = FQ, where: Q = The total required venting capacity of the insulated tank; Qi = The total venting capacity required for an uninsulated tank according to Table I or paragraph (d)(3) of this section; F = A coefficient with a value greater than or equal to 0.25 ac cording to the following formula: Formula for metric units F = 8U(649-t)/93.5 x 106 Formula for nonmetric units where: F = 8U(l200-t)/34,500 U = The thermal conductance of the insulation system taken at 386C (100F), in gram calories per hour sq. meter C (BTU per hour sq. feet F); and t = The actual temperature of the substance at loading, in C (F). (5) Insulation systems, used for the purpose of reducing the venting capacity, must be approved by the approval authority. In all cases, insulating systems approved for this purpose must: (i) Remain effective at all temperatures up to 649C (1200F); and (ii) Be jacketed with a material having a melting point of 649C (1200F) or greater. (6) The flow capacity rating of any pressure relief device must be certified by the manufacturer to be in accordance with the applicable provisions of the ASME Code with the following exceptions: (i) The ASME Code stamp is not required; and (ii) The flow capacity certification test for spring loaded pressure relief valves may be conducted at a pressure not to exceed 120% of the set pressure provided the stamped flow capacity rating is not greater than 83% of the average capacity of the valves tested. (e) Markings on pressure and vacuum relief devices. The follow ing information shall be plainly displayed on each pressure relief device: (1) The pressure or, when appropriate, the temperature at which the device is set to function; (2) Except for vacuum relief devices, the rated flow capacity of air discharged per minute at 15C. (59F.) and atmospheric pressure, at: (i) The set pressure for frangible discs; (ii) No greater than 20% above the start to discharge pressure for spring-loaded relief devices; or. (iii) The fusing temperature for fusible elements. (3) The manufacturer's name and catalog number; and (4) The allowable tolerances at the start to discharge pressure and the allowable tolerances at the discharge temperature. 178.270-12 Valves, nozzles, piping, and gauging devices. (a) All tank nozzles, except those provided for filling and discharge connections below the normal liquid level of the tank, relief devices, thermometer wells, and inspection openings, must be fitted with manu ally operated stop valves located as near the shell as practicable either internal or external to the shell. Each filling and discharge connection located below the normal liquid level of the tank must be equipped with an internal discharge valve. A tank nozzle installed in the vapor space to provide a filling or cleaning opening, which is closed by a blank flange or other suitable means, need not be provided with a manually operated stop valve. A tank nozzle installed for a thermome ter well or inspection opening need not be provided with a manually operated stop valve. (b) Each valve must be designed and constructed to a rated pres sure not less than the maximum allowable working pressure of the tank. Each stop valve with a screwed spindle must be closed by a clockwise motion of the handwheel. All valves must be constructed to prevent unintentional opening. (c) Each internal discharge valve shall be self-closing, located in side the tank, within the welded flange or within its companion flange. (d) A shear section must be located outboard of each internal discharge valve seat and within 10.2 cm (4 inches) of the vessel. The shear section must break under strain without affecting the product retention capabilities of the tank and any attachments. (e) All piping must be of suitable material. Welded joints must be used wherever practicable. The bursting strength of all piping and pipe fittings must be at least 4 times the maximum allowable working pressure of the tank. Piping must be supported in such a manner as to prevent damage due to thermal stresses, jarring or vibration. (f) All nozzles and tank shell penetrations for nozzles shall be de signed and constructed in accordance with the ASME Code. (g) Glass liquid level gauges, or gauges of other easily destructible material, which are in direct communication with the contents of the tank are prohibited. 178.270-13 Testing, (a) Hydrostatic test. Each portable tank and all piping, valves, and other attachments which are subject to the pressure of the contents of the tank, except pressure relief devices, must be hydrostatically tested by completely filling the tank (including domes, if any) with water or other liquid having a similar density and viscosity and applying a pressure of at least 150 percent of the maximum allowable working pressure. The pressure shall be main tained for at least 10 minutes. While under pressure, the tank shall be inspected for leakage, undue distortion, or other conditions which indicate weakness or which might render the tank unsafe for transpor tation sen/ice. Failure to successfully meet the test criteria shall be deemed evidence of failure to meet the requirements of this specifica tion. Tanks failing to pass the test shall be suitably repaired and must successfully pass the prescribed tests prior to use for transporting any hazardous material. (b) Testing of internal colls. Internal coils, if installed, must be hydrostatically tested to an internal pressure of 13.8 bar (200 psig) or 150 percent of the rated pressure of the coils, whichever is greater. (c) Tank container qualification test. For each tank design, a prototype tank, using a framework for containerized transport, must fulfill the requirements of Parts 450-453 of this title for compliance with the requirements of Annex II of the International Convention for Safe Containers. In addition, the following tests must be completed without leakage or deformation that would render the tank unsuitable for use: (1) Longitudinal Inertia. The tank loaded to its maximum gross weight must be positioned with its longitudinal axis vertical. It shall be held in this position for five minutes by support at the lower end of the base structure providing vertical and lateral restraint and by support at the upper end of the base structure providing lateral re straint only. 469 PART 178 ABDOO132244 178.270-13--178.318-2 April 1998 (2) Lateral Inertia. The tank loaded to its maximum gross weight must be positioned for five minutes with its transverse axis vertical. It shall be-held in this position for five minutes by support at the lower side of the base structure providing vertical and lateral restraint and by support at the upper side of the base structure providing lateral restraint only. (d) Approval ol smaller tanks of the same design. Design ap proval must include the prototype testing of at least one tank of each design and each size; however, a set of tests made on a tank of one size may serve for the approval of smaller tanks with equal or lesser diameter and length) made of the same material and thickness by the same fabrication technique and with identical supports and equivalent closures and other appurtenances. (e) Pressure and vacuum relief devices. Each spring loaded relief device must be tested for the accuracy of the setting prior to installation on a tank and must be effectively sealed to maintain the required setting. 178.270-14 Marking of tanks, (a) General. Each tank must bear a corrosion resistant metal identification plate that is permanently attached to the portable tank and readily accessible for inspection. The information required in paragraph (b), and, when appropriate, paragraph (c) of this section must be stamped, embossed or otherwise marked by an equally durable method on the plate in characters at least 3 mm (0.118 inches) high. The plate must not be painted. (b) Required Information. At least the following information must appear on the metal identification plate for each tank: (1) US DOT Specification number. (2) Country of manufacture. (3) Manufacturer's name. (4) Date of manufacture. (5) Manufacturer's serial number. (6) Identification of USA/DOT approval agency and approval number. (7) Maximum allowable working pressure, in bar or psig. (8) Test pressure, in bar or psig. (9) Total measured water capacity at 20C. (68F.), in liters or gallons. (10) Maximum allowable gross weight, in kg or lbs. (11) Equivalent minimum shell thickness in mild steel, in mm or inches. (12) Tank material and specification number. (13) Metallurgical design temperature range, in C. or F. (c) Additional Information. The following additional information must appear on the metal identification plate when applicable; (1) Lining material. (2) Heating coil maximum allowable working pressure in bar and psig. (3) Corrosion allowance, in mm or in. (d) In addition to the markings required above, each tank used in international transport must have a Safety Approval Plate containing the information required in 451.21 through 451.25 of this title. (e) Nothing in this section shall be deemed to preclude the display of other pertinent information on the required metal identification plate. 178.271 Specification IM 101; steel portable tanks. 178.271-1 General requirements, (a) Specification IM 101 portable tanks must conform to the general design and construction requirements in 178.270 of this subpart in addition to the specific design requirements contained in this section. (b) The maximum allowable working pressure of each tank shall be equal to or greater than 1.75 bar (25.4 psig) and less than 6.8 bar (100 psig). (c) Each tank shall be designed and constructed in accordance with the requirements of Section VIII, Division 1, of the ASME Code except as limited or modified in this section or in 178.270 of this subpart. ASME certification or stamp is not required. 178.272 Specification IM 102; steel portable tanks. 178.272-1 General requirements, (a) Specification IM 102 portable tanks must conform to the general design and construction requirements in 178.270 of this subpart in addition to the specific design requirements contained in this section. (b) The maximum allowable working pressure of each tank shall be less than 1.75 bar (25.4 psig) but at least 1.0 bar (14.5 psig). (c) Each tank shall be designed and constructed in accordance with the requirements of Section VIII, Division 1, of the ASME Code except as limited or modified in this section or in 178.270 of this subpart. ASME certification or stamp is not required. 178.272-2 Minimum thickness of shells and heads, (a) The approval agency may authorize a minimum thickness less than that required by 178.270-5 of this subpart where additional protection against tank puncture provides equal integrity. (b) The shell and head thickness of a tank must be at least: (1) 3.18 mm (0.125 inches) for a tank with a maximum cross-sec tional dimension of 1.8 meters (5.9 feet) or less; or (2) 4 mm (0.157 inches) for a tank constructed of the reference mild steel having a maximum cross-sectional dimension exceeding 1.8 meters (5.9 feet). For tanks having a maximum cross-sectional dimension exceeding 1.8 meters (5.9 feet) constructed of other steels, an equivalent head and shell thickness calculated in accordance with 178.270-5(c) of this subpart may be used, subject to an absolute minimum of 3.18 mm (0.125 inches). (c) The following additional puncture protection systems are au thorized: (1) An overall external structural protection, such as a jacket, which is rigidly secured to the tank with a layer of cushioning material installed between the external structural protection and the tank; or (2) A complete framework surrounding the tank including both lon gitudinal and transverse structural members. Subpart J SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONTAINERS FOR MOTOR VEHICLE TRANSPORTATION 178.318 Specification MC 201; container for detonators and percussion caps. 178.318-1 Scope, (a) This specification pertains to a con tainer to be used for the transportation of detonators and percussion caps in connection with the transportation of liquid nitroglycerin, de sensitized liquid nitroglycerin or diethylene glycol dinitrate, where any or all of such types of caps may be used for the detonation of liquid nitroglycerin, desensitized liquid nitroglycerin or diethylene glycol dini trate in blasting operations. This specification is not intended to take the place of any shipping or packing requirements of this Department where the caps in question are themselves articles of commerce. 178.318-2 Container, (a) Every container for detonators and percussion caps coming within the scope of this specification shall be constructed entirely of hard rubber, phenolresinous or other resinous material, or other nonmetallic, nonsparking material, except that metal parts may be used in such locations as not in any event to come in contact with any of the caps. Space shall be provided so that each detonator of whatever nature may be inserted in an individual cell in the body of the container, into which each such cap shall snugly fit. There shall be provided no more than twenty (20) such cellular spaces. Space may be provided into which a plurality of percussion caps may be carried, provided that such space may be closed with a screw cap, and further provided that each or any such space is entirely separate from any space provided for any detonator. Each cellular space into which a detonator is to be inserted and carried shall be capable of being covered by a rotary cover so arranged as to expose not more than one cell at any time, and capable of rotation to such a place that all cells will be covered at the same time, at which place means shall be provided to lock the cover in place. Means shall be provided to lock in place the cover for the cells provided for the carrying of detonators. The requirement that not more than one cell be exposed at one time need not apply in the case of detonators, although spaces for such caps and detonators shall be separate. 470 ABDOO132245 April 1998 178.318-2--178.320 Sufficient annular space shall be provided inside the cover for such detonators that, when the cover is closed, there will be sufficient space to accommodate the wires customarily attached to such caps. If the material is of such nature as to require treatment to prevent the absorp tion of moisture, such treatment shall be applied as shall be necessary in order to provide against the penetration of water by permeation. A suitable carrying handle shall be provided, except for which handle no part of the container may project beyond the exterior of the body. (b) Exhibited in plates I and II are line drawings of a container for detonators and percussion caps, illustrative of the requirements set forth in 178.318-2(a). These plates shall not be construed as a part of this specification. Electric cap container and Section A-B-C BLASTING CAP CONTAINER PLATE II 178.318-3 Marking. Each container must be marked as pre scribed in 173.24 of this subchapter. 178.320 General requirements applicable to all DOT specifi cation cargo tank motor vehicles, (a) Definitions. For the pur poses of this subpart, Cargo tank, as defined in 171.8 of this subchapter, means a bulk packaging which: (1) Is a tank intended primarily for the carriage of liquids or gases (including appurtenances, reinforcements, fittings, and closures). (For definition of "tank",see 178.345-1(c), 178.337-1, or 178.338-1, as applicable); (2) Is permanently attached to or forms a part of a motor vehicle but which, by reason of its size, construction or attachment to a motor vehicle is loaded or unloaded without being removed from the motor vehicle; and (3) Is not fabricated under a specification for cylinders, portable tanks, tank cars, or multi-unit tank car tanks. Cargo tank motor vehicle, as defined in 171.8 of this subchapter, means a motor vehicle with one or more cargo tanks permanently attached to or forming an integral part of the motor vehicle. Cargo tank wall means those parts of the cargo tank which make up the primary lading retention structure including shell, bulkheads, and fittings which, when closed during transportation of lading, yields the minimum volume of the cargo tank assembly. Design type means one or more cargo tanks which are made-- (1) To the same specification; (2) By the same manufacturer; (3) To the same engineering drawings and calculations, except for minor variations in piping which do not affect the lading retention capability of the cargo tank; (4) Of the same materials of construction; (5) To the same cross-sectional dimensions; (6) To a length varying by no more than five percent; (7) With the volume varying by no more than five percent (due to a change in length only); and (8) For the purposes of 178.338 only, with the same insulation system. Manufacturer means any person engaged in the manufacture of a DOT specification cargo tank, cargo tank motor vehicle or cargo tank equipment which forms part of the cargo tank wall. This term includes attaching a cargo tank to a motor vehicle or to a motor vehicle suspension component which involves welding on the cargo tank wall. A manufacturer shall register with the Department in accordance with subpart F of part 107 in subchapter A of this chapter. (b) Design certification. (1) Each cargo tank design type shall be certified in conformance with the specification requirements by a Design Certifying Engineer registered in accordance with subpart F of part 107. (2) The Design Certifying Engineer shall furnish to the manufacturer a certificate to indicate compliance with the specification require ments. The certificate must include the sketches, drawings, and calcu lations used for certification. Each certificate, including sketches, drawings, and calculations, shall be signed by the Design Certifying Engineer. (3) The manufacturer shall retain the design certificate at his princi pal place of business for as long as he manufactures DOT specification cargo tanks. (c) Exceptions to the ASME Code. Unless otherwise specified, when exceptions are provided in this subpart from compliance with certain paragraphs of the ASME Code, compliance with those para graphs is not prohibited. 471 PART 178 ABDOO132246 178.337--178.337-3 April 1998 178.337 Specification MC 331; cargo tank motor vehicle pri marily for transportation of compressed gases as defined in Subp art G of Part 173 of this subchapter. 178.337-1 General requirements, (a) ASME Code con struction. Tanks must be-- (1) Seamless or welded construction, or a combination of both; (2) Designed and constructed in accordance with the ASME Code; (3) Made of steel or aluminum; however, if aluminum is used, the cargo tank must be insulated and the hazardous material to be trans ported must be compatible with the aluminum (see 178.337-1 (e)(2), 173.315(a) Table, and 178.337-2(a){1) of this subchapter); and (4) Covered with a steel jacket if the cargo tank is insulated and used to transport a flammable gas (see 173.315(a) Table Note 11 of this subchapter). (b) Design pressure. The design pressure of a cargo tank author ized under this specification shall be not less than the vapor pressure of the commodity contained therein at 115F or as prescribed for a particular commodity in 173,315(a), of this subchapter, except that in no case shall the design pressure of any cargo tank be less than 100 psig. nor more than 500 psig. Note 1: The term `design pressure" as used in this specification, is identical to the term "maximum allowable working pressure* as used in the ASME Code. (c) Openings. (1) Excess pressure relief valves shall be located in the top of the cargo tank or heads. (2) A chlorine cargo tank shall have only one opening. That opening shall be in the top of the cargo tank and shall be fitted with a nozzle that meets the following requirements: (1) On a cargo tank manufactured on or before December 31. 1974, the nozzle shall be protected by a dome cover plate which conforms to either the standard of The Chlorine Institute, Inc., Dwg. 103-3, dated January 23, 1958, or to the standard specified in paragraph (c)(2)(ii) of this section. (ii) On a cargo tank manufactured on or after January 1,1975. the nozzle shall be protected by a manway cover which conforms to the standard of The Chlorine Institute, Inc., Dwg. 103-4, dated September 1, 1971. (d) Reflective design. Every uninsulated cargo tank permanently attached to a cargo tank motor vehicle shall, unless covered with a jacket made of aluminum, stainless steel, or other bright nontarnishing metal, be painted a white, aluminum or similar reflecting color on the upper two-thirds of area of the cargo tank. (e) Insulation. (1) Each cargo tank required to be insulated must conform with the use and performance requirements contained in 173.315(a) Table and 178.337-1(a)(3)and (e)(2) of this subchapter. (2) Each cargo tank intended for chlorine; carbon dioxide, refriger ated liquid; or nitrous oxide, refrigerated liquid service must have suitable insulation of such thickness that the overall thermal conduc tance is not more than 0.08 Btu per square foot per F differential per hour. The conductance must be determined at 60F. Insulation material used on cargo tanks for nitrous oxide, refrigerated liquid must be noncombustible. Insulating material used on cargo tanks for chlorine must be corkboard or polyurethane foam, with a minimum thickness of 4 inches, or 2 inches minimum thickness of ceramic fiber/ fiberglass of 4 pounds per cubic foot minimum density covered by 2 inches minimum thickness of fiber. (f) Postweld heat treatment. Postweld heat treatment must be as prescribed in the ASME Code except that each cargo tank constructed in accordance with Part UHT of the ASME Code must be postweld heat treated. Each chlorine cargo tank must be fully radiographed and postweld heat treated in accordance with the provisions of the ASME Code under which it is constructed. Where postweld heat treat ment is required, the cargo tank must be treated as a unit after comple tion of all the welds in and/or to the shells and heads. The method must be as prescribed in the ASME Code. Welded attachments to pads may be made after postweld heat treatment. A cargo tank used for anhydrous ammonia must be postweld heat treated. The postweld heat treatment must be as prescribed in the ASME Code, but in no event at less than 1050F. cargo tank metal temperature. 178.337-2 Material, (a) General.(1)Allmaterialusedforconstruction of the cargo tank and appurtenances must be suitable for use with the commodities to be transported therein and must conform to the requirements of the ASME Code and/or requirements of the American Society for Testing and Materials in all respects. (2) Impact tests are required on steel used in the fabrication of each cargo tank constructed in accordance with Part UHT of the ASME Code. The tests must be made on a lot basis. A lot is defined as 100 tons or less of the same heat treatment processing lot having a thickness variation no greater than plus or minus 25 percent. The minimum impact required for full size specimens must be 20 foot pounds in the longitudinal direction at -30F., Charpy V-Notch and 15 foot-pounds in the transverse direction at -30F., Charpy V-Notch. The required values for subsize specimens must be reduced in direct proportion to the cross-sectional area of the specimen beneath the notch. If a lot does not meet this requirement, individual plates may be accepted if they individually meet this requirement. (3) The fabricator shall record the heat, and slab numbers, and the certified Charpy impact values, where required, of each plate used in each cargo tank on a sketch showing the location of each plate in the shell and heads of the cargo tank. Copies of each sketch shall be provided to the owner and retained for at least five years by the fabricator and made available to duly identified representatives of the Department of Transportation. (4) The direction of final rolling of the shell material shall be the circumferential orientation of the cargo tank shell. (b) For a chlorine cargo tank. Plates, the manway nozzle, and anchorage shall be made of carbon steel which meets the following requirements; (1) For a cargo tank manufactured on or before December 31, 1974-- (1) Material shall conform to ASTM Specification A-3000-58, titled "Steel Plates for Pressure Vessels for Service at Low Tempera tures"; (ii) Material shall be Class 1, Grade A, flange or firebox quality; (iii) Plate impact test specimens, as required under paragraph (a) of this section, shall be of the Charpy keyhole notch type; and (iv) Plate impact test specimens shall meet the impact test require ments in paragraph (a) of this section in both the longitudinal and transverse directions of rolling at a temperature of minus 45.5C. (-50F.). (2) For a cargo tank manufactured on or after January 1, 1975-- (1) Material shall conform to ASTM Specification A-612-72a, Grade B or A516, Grade 65 or 70; (ii) Material shall meet the Charpy V-notch test requirements of ASTM Specification A20; and (iii) Plate impact test specimens shall meet the impact test require ments in paragraph (a) of this section in both the longitudinal and transverse directions of rolling at a temperature of minus 40C. (-40F.). (c) A cargo tank in anhydrous ammonia service must be con structed of steel. The use of copper, silver, zinc or their alloys is prohibited. Baffles made from aluminum may be used only if joined to the cargo tank by a process not requiring postweld heat treatment of the cargo tank. 178.337-3 Structural Integrity, (a) General requirements and acceptance criteria. (1) Except as provided in paragraph (d) of this section, the maximum calculated design stress at any point in the cargo tank may not exceed the maximum allowable stress value prescribed in Section VIII of the ASME Code, or 25 percent of the tensile strength of the material used. (2) The relevant physical properties of the materials used in each cargo tank may be established either by a certified test report from the material manufacturer or by testing in conformance with a recognized national standard. In either case, the ultimate tensile strength of the material used in the design may not exceed 120 percent of the ultimate tensile strength specified in either the ASME Code or the ASTM stan dard to which the material is manufactured. (3) The maximum design stress at any point in the cargo tank must be calculated separately for the loading conditions described in paragraphs (b), (c), and (d) of this section. Alternate test or analytical methods, or a combination thereof, may be used in place of the procedures described in paragraphs (b), (c), and (d) of this section, if the methods are accurate and verifiable. (4) Corrosion allowance material may not be included to satisfy any of the design calculation requirements of this section. (b) The static design and construction of each cargo tank must be in accordance with section VIII of the ASME Code. The cargo tank design must include calculation of stresses generated by design pres sure, the weight of lading, the weight of structure supported by the cargo tank wall, and the effect of temperature gradients resulting from 472 ABDOO132247 April 1998 178.337-3 lading and ambient temperature extremes. When dissimilar materials are used, their thermal coefficients must be used in calculation of thermal stresses. Stress concentrations in tension, bending and tor sion which occur at pads, cradles, or other supports must be consid ered in accordance with appendix G of the ASME Code. (c) Shell design. Shell stresses resulting from static or dynamic loadings, or combinations thereof, are not uniform throughout the cargo tank motor vehicle. The vertical, longitudinal, and lateral normal operating loadings can occur simultaneously and must be combined. The vertical, longitudinal and lateral extreme dynamic loadings occur separately and need not be combined. (1) Normal operating loadings. The following procedure ad dresses stress in the tank shell resulting from normal operating load ings. The effective stress (the maximum principal stress at any point) must be determined by the following formula: S = 0.5{Sy + Sx) (0.25(Sy - Sx)2 + Ss2)05 Where: (i) S = effective stress at any given point under the combination of static and normal operating loadings that can occur at the same time, in psi. (ii) Sy = circumferential stress generated by the MAWP and exter nal pressure, when applicable, plus static head, in psi. (in) Sx = The following net longitudinal stress generated by the following static and normal operating loading conditions, in psi: (A) The longitudinal stresses resulting from the MAWP and external pressure, when applicable, plus static head, in combination with the bending stress generated by the static weight of the fully loaded cargo tank motor vehicle, all structural elements, equipment and appurtenances supported by the cargo tank wall; (B) The tensile or compressive stress resulting from normal operating longitudinal acceleration or deceleration. In each case, the forces applied must be 0.35 times the vertical reaction at the suspension assembly, applied at the road surface, and as transmitted to the cargo tank wall through the suspension assembly of a trailer during deceleration; or the horizontal pivot of the truck tractor or converter dolly fifth wheel, or the drawbar hinge on the fixed dolly during acceleration; or anchoring and support members of a truck during acceleration and deceleration, as applicable. The vertical reaction must be calculated based on the static weight of the fully loaded cargo tank motor vehicle, all structural elements, equipment and ap purtenances supported by the cargo tank wall. The follow ing loadings must be included: (1) The axial load generated by a decelerative force; (2) The bending moment generated by a decelerative force; (3) The axial load generated by an accelerative force; and (4) The bending moment generated by an accelerative force; and (C) The tensile or compressive stress generated by the bend ing moment resulting from normal operating vertical accel erative force equal to 0.35 times the vertical reaction at the suspension assembly of a trailer; or the horizontal pivot of the upper coupler (fifth wheel) or turntable; or anchoring and support members of a truck, as applicable. The verti cal reaction must be calculated based on the static weight of the fully loaded cargo tank motor vehicle, all structural elements, equipment and appurtenances supported by the cargo tank wall. (iv)Ss = The following shear stresses generated by the following static and normal operating loading conditions, in psi: (A) The static shear stress resulting from the vertical reaction at the suspension assembly of a trailer, and the horizontal pivot of the upper coupler (fifth wheel) or turntable; or anchoring and support members of a truck, as applicable. The vertical reaction must be calculated based on the static weight of the fully loaded cargo tank motor vehicle, all structural elements, equipment and appurtenances supported by the cargo tank wall; (B) The vertical shear stress generated by a normal operating accelerative force equal to 0.35 times the vertical reaction at the suspension assembly of a trailer; or the horizontal pivot of the upper coupler (fifth wheel) or turntable; or anchoring and support members of a truck, as applicable. The vertical reaction must be calculated based on the static weight of the fully loaded cargo tank motor vehicle, all structural elements, equipment and appurtenances supported by the cargo tank wall; (C) The lateral shear stress generated by a normal operating lateral accelerative force equal to 0.2 times the vertical reaction at each suspension assembly of a trailer, applied at the road surface, and as transmitted to the cargo tank wall through the suspension assembly of a trailer, and the horizontal pivot of the upper coupler (fifth wheel) or turntable; or anchoring and support members of a truck, as applicable. The vertical reaction must be calculated based on the static weight of the fully loaded cargo tank motor vehicle, all structural elements, equipment and ap purtenances supported by the cargo tank wall; and (D) The torsional shear stress generated by the same lateral forces as described in paragraph (c)(1)(iv)(C) of this section. (2) Extreme dynamic loadings. The following procedure ad dresses stress in the tank shell resulting from extreme dynamic load ings. The effective stress (the maximum principal stress at any point) must be determined by the following formula: S = 0.5(Sy + Sx) [0.25(Sy - Sx)2 + Ss2]05 Where: (i) S = effective stress at any given point under a combination of static and extreme dynamic loadings that can occur at the same time, in psi. (ii) Sy = circumferential stress generated by MAWP and external pressure, when applicable, plus static head, in psi. (iii) Sx = the following net longitudinal stress generated by the following static and extreme dynamic loading conditions, in psi: (A) The longitudinal stresses resulting from the MAWP and external pressure, when applicable, plus static head, in combination with the bending stress generated by the static weight of the fully loaded cargo tank motor vehicle, all structural elements, equipment and appurtenances supported by the tank wall; (B) The tensile or compressive stress resulting from extreme longitudinal acceleration or deceleration. In each case the forces applied must be 0.7 times the vertical reaction at the suspension assembly, applied at the road surface, and as transmitted to the cargo tank wall through the suspension assembly of a trailer during deceleration; or the horizontal pivot of the truck tractor or converter dolly fifth wheel, or the drawbar hinge on the fixed dolly during acceleration; or the anchoring and support members of a truck during acceleration and deceleration, as applicable. The vertical reaction must be calculated based on the static weight of the fully loaded cargo tank motor vehicle, all structural elements, equipment and appurtenances supported by the cargo tank wall. The following loadings must be included: (1) The axial load generated by a decelerative force; (2) The bending moment generated by a decelerative force; (3) The axial load generated by an accelerative force; and (4) The bending moment generated by an accelerative force; and (C) The tensile or compressive stress generated by the bend ing moment resulting from an extreme vertical accelerative force equal to 0.7 times the vertical reaction at the suspen sion assembly of a trailer, and the horizontal pivot of the upper coupler (fifth wheel) or turntable; or the anchoring and support members of a truck, as applicable. The verti cal reaction must be calculated based on the static weight of the fully loaded cargo tank motor vehicle, all structural elements, equipment and appurtenances supported by the cargo tank wall. (iv) Ss = The following shear stresses generated by static and extreme dynamic loading conditions, in psi: (A) The static shear stress resulting from the vertical reaction at the suspension assembly of a trailer, and the horizontal pivot of the upper coupler (fifth wheel) or turntable; or anchoring and support members of a truck, as applicable. 473 PART 178 ABDOO132248 178.337-3--178.337-9 April 1998 The vertical reaction must be calculated based on the static weight of the fully loaded cargo tank motor vehicle, all structural elements, equipment and appurtenances supported by the cargo tank wall; (B) The vertical shear stress generated by an extreme vertical accelerative force equal to 0.7 times the vertical reaction at the suspension assembly of a trailer, and the horizontal pivot of the upper coupler (fifth wheel) or turntable; or anchoring and support members of a truck, as applicable. The vertical reaction must be calculated based on the static weight of the fully loaded cargo tank motor vehicle, all structural elements, equipment and appurtenances supported by the cargo tank wall; (C) The lateral shear stress generated by an extreme lateral accelerative force equal to 0.4 times the vertical reaction at the suspension assembly of a trailer, applied at the road surface, and as transmitted to the cargo tank wall through the suspension assembly of a trailer, and the horizontal pivot of the upper coupler (fifth wheel) or turnta ble; or anchoring and support members of a truck, as applicable. The vertical reaction must be calculated based on the static weight of the fully loaded cargo tank motor vehicle, all structural elements, equipment and appurte nances supported by the cargo tank wall; and (D) The torsional shear stress generated by the same lateral forces as described in paragraph (c)(2)(iv)(C) of this section. (d) In order to account for stresses due to impact in an accident, the design calculations for the cargo tank shell and heads must include the load resulting from the design pressure in combination with the dynamic pressure resulting from a longitudinal deceleration of "2g". For this loading condition the stress value used may not exceed the lesser of the yield strength or 75 percent of the ultimate tensile strength of the material of construction. For cargo tanks constructed of stainless steel the maximum design stress may not exceed 75 percent of the ultimate tensile strength of the type steel used. (e) The minimum mental thickness for the shell and heads must be 0.187 inch for steel and 0.270 inch for aluminum, except for chlorine and sulfur dioxide cargo tanks. For a cargo tank used in chlorine or sulfur dioxide service, the cargo tank must be made of steel. A corro sion allowance of 20 percent or 0.10 inch, whichever is less, must be added to the thickness otherwise required for sulfur dioxide and chlorine tank material. In chlorine cargo tanks the wall thickness must be at least five-eighths inch, including corrosion allowance. (f) Where a cargo tank support is attached to any part of the cargo tank wall, the stresses imposed on the cargo tank wall must meet the requirements in paragraph (a) of this section. (g) The design, construction, and installation of an appurtenance to the cargo tank must be such that, in the event of its damage or failure, the lading retention integrity of the cargo tank will not be adversely affected. (1) A lightweight attachment, such as a conduit clip, brakeline clip or placard holder, must be constructed of a material of lesser strength than the cargo tank wall material and may not be more than 72 percent of the thickness of the material to which it is attached. The attachment may be secured directly to the cargo tank wall if the device is designed and installed in such a manner that, if damaged, it will not affect the lading retention integrity of the cargo tank. The lightweight attachment must be secured to the cargo tank wall by continuous weld or in such a manner as to preclude formation of pockets, which may become sites for incipient corrosion. Attachments meeting the requirements of this paragraph are not authorized for cargo tanks constructed under part UHT of the ASME Code. (2) Except as prescribed in 178.337--3(g)(1), the welding of any appurtenance of the cargo tank wall must be made by attachment of a mounting pad, so that there will be no adverse effect upon the lading retention integrity of the cargo tank if any force is applied to the appurtenance, from any direction. The thickness of the mounting pad may not be less than that of the shell or head to which it is attached, and not more than 1.5 times the shell or head thickness. However, a pad with a minimum thickness of 0.250 inch may be used when the shell or head thickness is over 0.250 inch. If weep holes or tell-tale holes are used, the pad must be drilled or punched at its lowest point before it is welded. Each pad must: (i) Extend at least 2 inches in each direction from any point of attachment of an appurtenance; (ii) Have rounded corners, or otherwise be shaped in a manner to minimize stress concentrations on the shell or head; and (iii) Be attached by a continuous weld around the pad, except for a small gap at the lowest point for draining, using filler material conforming to the recommendations of the manufacturer of the head or shell material. 178.337-4 Joints, (a) Joints shall be as required by the ASME Code, with all undercutting in shell and head material repaired as specified therein. (b) Welding procedure and welder performance must be in accord ance with Section IX of the ASME Code. In addition to the essential variables named therein, the following must be considered as essential variables: Number of passes; thickness of plate; heat input per pass; and manufacturer's identification of rod and flux. When fabrication is done in accordance with Part UHT of the ASME Code, filler materia) containing more than 0.08 percent vanadium must not be used. The number of passes, thickness of plate, and heat input per pass may not vary more than 25 percent from the procedure or welder qualifications. Records of the qualifications must be retained for at least 5 years by the cargo tank manufacturer and must be made available to duly identified representatives of the Department and the owner of the cargo tank. (c) All longitudinal shell welds shall be located in the upper half of the cargo tank. (d) Edge preparation of shell and head components may be by machine heat processes, provided such surfaces are remelted in the subsequent welding process. Where there will be no subsequent remelting of the prepared surface as in a tapered section, the final 0.050 inch of material shall be removed by mechanical means. (e) The maximum tolerance for misalignment and butting up shall be in accordance with the ASME Code. (1) Substructures shall be property fitted before attachment, and the welding sequence shall be such as to minimize stresses due to shrinkage of welds. 178.337-5 Bulkheads, baffles and ring stiffeners, (a) Not a specification requirement. 178.337-6 Closure for manhole, (a) Each cargo tank marked or certified after April 21, 1994, must be provided with a manhole conforming to paragraph UG-46(g)(1) and other applicable require ments of the ASME Code, except that a cargo tank constructed of NQT steel having a capacity of 3500 water gallons or less may be provided with an inspection opening conforming to paragraph UG46 and other applicable requirements of the ASME Code instead of a manhole. (b) The manhole assembly of cargo tanks constructed after June 30, 1979, may not be located on the front head of the cargo tank. 178.337-7 Overturn protection, (a) See 178.337-10. 178.337-8 Outlets, (a) Outlets generally. (1) An opening shall be provided on each cargo tank used for the transportation of liquefied materials to afford complete drainage. (2) With the exception of gauging devices, thermometer wells, and pressure relief valves, each opening in a cargo tank intended for use in transporting compressed gas (except carbon dioxide, refrigerated liquid) must be-- (1) Closed with a plug, cap or bolted flange; (ii) Protected with an excess flow valve on product discharge open ings or protected with a check valve on product inlet open ings; or (iii) Fitted with an internal self-closing stop valve as specified in 178.337-11(a). (b) Outlets on chlorine cargo tanks must meet the requirements in 178.337--1(c)(2). 178.337-9 Pressure relief devices, piping, valves, hoses, and fittings, (a) Pressure relief devices. (1) see 173.315(i) of this subchapter. (2) On cargo tanks for carbon dioxide or nitrous oxide see 173.315(i)(9) and (10) of this subchapter. (3) Each valve must be designed, constructed, and marked for a rated pressure not less than the cargo tank design pressure at the temperature expected to be encountered. 474 ABDOO132249 April 1998 178.337-9--178.337-11 (b) Piping, valves, hose, and fittings. (1) The burst pressure of all piping, pipe fittings, hose and other pressure parts, except for pumps seals and pressure relief devices, must be at least 4 times the design pressure of the cargo tank. Additionally, the burst pressure may not be less than 4 times any higher pressure to which each pipe, pipe fitting, hose or other pressure part may be subjected to in service. For chlorine service, see paragraph (b)(7) of this section. (2) Pipe joints must be threaded, welded or flanged. If threaded pipe is used, the pipe and fittings must be Schedule 80 weight or heavier. Malleable metals must be used in the construction of valves and fittings. Where copper tubing is permitted, joints shall be brazed or be of equally strong metal union type. The melting point of the brazing material may not be lower than 1000F. The method of joining tubing must not reduce the strength of the tubing, such as by the cutting of threads. (3) Each hose coupling must be designed for a pressure of at least 120 percent of the hose design pressure and so that there will be no leakage when connected. (4) Piping must be protected from damage due to thermal expan sion and contraction, jarring, and vibration. Slip joints are not author ized for this purpose. (5) Piping and fittings must be grouped in the smallest practicable space and protected from damage as required by 178.337-10. (6) All piping, valves, and fittings on a cargo tank must be proven free from leaks. This requirement is met when such piping, valves, and fittings have been tested after installation at not less than 80 percent of the design pressure marked on the cargo tank. This require ment is applicable to hoses used in the cargo tank, except that hoses may be tested before or after installation on the cargo tank. (7) Chlorine cargo tanks. Cargo tanks used to transport chlorine must conform to the following: (i) Angle valves on chlorine cargo tank motor vehicles must con form to the standards of The Chlorine Institute, Inc., as follows: (A) For a cargo tank manufactured before January 1, 1975, to either Drawing 104-4, dated May 5, 1958, or Drawing 104-5, dated September 1, 1972. (B) For a cargo tank manufactured on or after January 1,1975, to Drawing 104-5. dated September 1, 1972. (ii) Before installation, each angle valve must be tested for leakage at not less than 225 psig using dry air or inert gas. (c) Marking inlets and outlets. All cargo tank inlets and outlets, except safety relief valves, shall be marked to designate whether they communicate with vapor or liquid when the cargo tank is filled to the maximum permitted filling density. (d) Refrigeration and heating colls. (1) Refrigeration and heating coils must be securely anchored with provisions for thermal expansion. The coils must be pressure tested externally to at least cargo tank test pressure, and internally to either the cargo tank test pressure or twice the working pressure of the heating/ refrigeration system, whichever is higher. A cargo tank may not be placed in service if any leakage occurs or other evidence of damage is found. The refrigerant or heating medium to be circulated through the coils must not be capable of causing any adverse chemical reaction with the cargo tank lading in the event of leakage. The unit furnishing refrigeration may be mounted on the motor vehicle. (2) Where any liquid susceptible to freezing, or the vapor of any such liquid, is used for heating or refrigeration, the heating or refrigera tion system shall be arranged to permit complete drainage. 178.337-10 Protection of fittings, (a) All valves, fittings, safety relief devices, and other accessories to the tank proper shall be protected in accordance with paragraph (b) of this section against such damage as could be caused by collision with other vehicles or objects, jack knifing and overturning. In addition, safety relief valves shall be so protected that in the event of overturn of the vehicle on to a hard surface, their opening wiil not be prevented and their dis charge will not be restricted. (b) The protective devices or housing must be designed to with stand static loading in any direction equal to twice the weight of the tank and attachments when filled with the lading, using a safety factor of not less than four, based on the ultimate strength of the material to be used, without damage to the fittings protected, and must be made of metal at least 3/16-inch thick. (c) For chlorine tanks. There shall be a protective housing and manway cover to permit the use of standard emergency kits for control ling leaks in fittings on the dome cover plate. The housing and manway cover must conform to the Chlorine Institute's standards as follows: (1) Tanks manufactured on or before December 31, 1974: Dwg. 137-1, dated November 7, 1962, or Dwg. 137-2, dated September 1, 1971. (2) Tanks manufactured on or after January 1, 1975: Dwg. 137-2 dated September 1, 1971. (d) Each cargo tank shall be provided with at least one rear bumper designed to protect the tank and piping in the event of a rear end collision and minimize the possibility of any part of the colliding vehicle striking the tank. The design shall be such as to transmit the force of a rear end collision in a horizontal line to the chassis of the vehicle. The bumper shall be designed to withstand the impact of the fully loaded vehicle with a deceleration of 2 "g", using a safety factor of four based on the ultimate strength of the bumper material. The bump ers shall conform dimensionally to 393.86, Chapter III of this title. 178.337-11 Emergency discharge control, (a) Excess flow valves, back flow check valves and stop valves. (1) When required by 178.337-8(a)(2): (i) Each internal self-closing stop valve and excess flow valve must automatically close if any of its attachments are sheared off or if any attachment hoses or piping are separated. (ii) Each self-closing stop valve, excess flow valve, or check valve must be located inside the cargo tank or inside a welded nozzle which is an integral part of the cargo tank. The valve seat must be located inside the cargo tank or within a welded flange, its companion flange, a nozzle or coupling. The installation must be made so as to assure that any undue strain which causes a failure requiring the functioning of the valve will not impair the operation of the valve. (iii) All parts of the valve inside the cargo tank, or within a nozzle, flange, companion flange, or coupling must be made of material not subject to corrosion or other deterioration in the presence of the lading. (iv) Any liquid level gauging device must be constructed so that the outward flow of the cargo tank lading does not exceed the flow through a 0.060-inch diameter opening. (v) Each excess flow valve must close automatically at the rated flow of gas or liquid as specified by the valve manufacturer. The flow rating of the piping, fittings, valves, and hoses on each side of the excess flow valve must be at least equal to that of the excess flow valve. If branching or other restrictions are incorporated in the system so that the flow rating is reduced to less than that of the excess flow valve at the cargo tank, additional excess flow valves must be located where the flow rates are reduced. The additional valves must have sufficient flow rating so that total capacity equals or exceeds the excess flow valve capacity. (vi) An excess flow valve may be designed with a bypass, not to exceed a 0.040-inch diameter opening, to allow equalization of pressures. (2) Except for a cargo tank marked "For carbon dioxide only" each liquid or vapor discharge opening in a cargo tank must be equipped with a remotely controlled internal self-closing stop-valve. This require ment does not apply to a cargo tank motor vehicle certified before January 1, 1995, unless intended for use to transport a flammable liquid, flammable gas, hydrogen chloride, refrigerated liquid, or anhy drous ammonia. For cargo tanks intended for use in chlorine service, see paragraph (a)(4) of this section. (i) On acargo tank over 3,500 gallons water capacity, each internal self-closing stop-valve must be provided with remote means of automatic closure, both mechanical and thermal, that are installed at the ends of the cargo tank in at least two, diagonally opposite locations. Cable linkage between closures and remote operators must be corrosion resistant and effective in all types of environment and weather. If the loading/unloading connec tion at the cargo tank is not in the general vicinity of one of the two locations specified above, one additional fusible element must be installed so that heat from a fire in the loading/ un loading connection area will activate the emergency control system. Fusible elements must not have a melting point ex ceeding 250F. The loading/unloading connection area is where hoses or hose reels are connected to the permanent metal piping. (ii) On a cargo tank of 3,500 gallons water capacity or less, each internal self-closing stop-valve must be provided with at least 475 PART 178 ABDOO132250 178.337-11 --178.337-17 April 1998 one remote means of automatic closure, which may be mechan ical, installed on the end of the cargo tank furthest away from the loading/unloading connection area. The ioading/unloading connection area is where hoses or hose reels are connected to the permanent metal piping. (3) Unless otherwise specified in paragraph (c) of this section, each outlet of a cargo tank intended for the transportation of a nonflammable gas {except carbon dioxide, refrigerated liquid) must be provided with an internal self-closing stop-valve or an automatic excess flow valve. (4) Excess flow valves on chlorine cargo tank motor vehicles must conform to the standards of The Chlorine Institute, Inc., as follows: (i) For a cargo tank manufactured before January 1, 1975: (A) A valve conforming to either Drawing 101-4, dated May 16, 1969, or Drawing 101-6, dated September t, 1973. must be installed under each liquid angle valve. (B) A valve conforming to either Drawing 106-3, dated May 16, 1969, or Drawing 106-5, dated September 1, 1973, must be installed under each gas angle valve. (ii) For a cargo tank manufactured on or after January 1, 1975: (A) A valve conforming to Drawing 101-6, dated September 1, 1973, must be installed under each liquid angle valve. (B) A valve conforming to Drawing 106-5, dated September 1, 1973, must be installed under each gas angle valve. (b) Shut-off valves. Each filling and discharge line must be pro vided with a manual stop-valve located as close to the cargo tank as practicable. However, if an internal self-closing stop-valve is used, the manual stop valve must be located in the line between the self closing stop-valve and the hose connection. A single so-called "stopcheck" or excess flow valve may not be used to satisfy the require ments of this paragraph, except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section. (c) The requirements in paragraph (a) of this section do not apply to: (1) A vapor or liquid discharge opening of less than 1V4 inch NPT equipped with an excess flow valve together with a manually operated external stop-valve, in place of a remotely controlled internal self closing stop-valve. (2) A vapor or liquid discharge opening of 1 \ inch NPT equipped with an excess flow valve together with a manually operated external stop valve installed before October 1, 1984. (3) An engine fuel line, on a truck-mounted cargo tank, of not over 3/4 inch NPT equipped with a valve having an integral excess flow valve. 178.337-12 Shear section, (a) Design or installation of valves specified in 178.337-8(a)(2) shall provide adjacent to and outboard of such valves a section which will break under undue strain. (b) [Reserved] 178.337-13 Supporting and anchoring, (a) A cargo tank that is not permanently attached to or integral with a vehicle chasis must be secured by turnbuckles or equally efficient securing devices for drawing the cargo tank down tight on the frame. Anchors, stops, or other means must be provided to prevent relative motion between the cargo tank and the vehicle chasis when the vehicle is in operation. (b) A cargo tank motor vehicle designed and constructed so that the cargo tank constitutes in whole or in part the stress member used in place of a frame must have the cargo tank supported by external cradles. A cargo tank mounted on a frame must be supported by external cradles or longitudinal members. The cradles, where used, must subtend at least 120 degrees of the shell circumference. The design calculations for the supports must include beam stress, shear stress, torsion stress, bending moment, and acceleration stress, for the loaded cargo tank motor vehicle as a unit, using a factor of safety of 4, based on the ultimate strength of the material and on 2 "g" longitudinal and lateral loading and 3 times the static weight in vertical loading (see Appendix G of the ASME Code). (c) Where any cargo tank support is attached to any part of a cargo tank head, the stresses imposed upon the head shall be provided for as required in paragraph (b) of this section. (d) No cargo tank support or bumper may be welded directly to the cargo tank. All supports and bumpers shall be attached by means of pads of the same material as the cargo tank. The pad thickness shall be no less than V4 inch, or the thickness of the shell material if less, and no greater than the shell material. Each pad shall extend at least 4 times its thickness, in each direction, beyond the weld attaching the support or bumper. Each pad shall be preformed to an inside radius no greater than the outside radius of the cargo tank at the place of attachment. Each pad corner shall be rounded to a radius at least one-fourth the width of the pad, and no greater than one-half the width of the pad. Weep holes and telltale holes, if used shall be drilled or punched before the pads are attached to the cargo tank. Each pad shall be attached to the cargo tank by continuous fillet welding using filler material having properties conforming to the rec ommendations of the maker of the shell and head material. 178.337-14 Gauging devices, (a) Liquid level gauging de vices. See 173.315(h) of this subchapter. (b) Pressure gauges. (1) See 173.315(h) of this subchapter. (2) Each cargo tank used in carbon dioxide, refrigerated liquid or nitrous oxide, refrigerated liquid service must be provided with a suitable pressure gauge. A shut-off valve must be installed between the pressure gauge and the cargo tank. (c) Orifices. See 173.315(h)(3) and (4) of this subchapter. 178.337-15 Pumps and compressors, (a) Liquid pumps or gas compressors, if used, must be of suitable design, adequately protected against breakage by collision, and kept in good condition. They may be driven by motor vehicle power take-off or other mechani cal, electrical, or hydraulic means. Unless they are of the centrifugal type, they shall be equipped with suitable pressure actuated by-pass valves permitting flow from discharge to suction or to the cargo tank. (b) A liquid chlorine pump may not be installed on a cargo tank intended for the transportation of chlorine. 178.337-16 Testing, (a) Inspection and tests. Inspection of materials of construction of the cargo tank and its appurtenances and original test and inspection of the finished cargo tank and its appurtenances must be as required by the ASME Code and as further required by this specification except that for cargo tanks constructed in accordance with Part UHT of the ASME Code the original test pressure must be at least twice the cargo tank design pressure. (b) Weld testing and Inspection. (1) Each cargo tank constructed in accordance with Part UHT of the ASME Code must be subjected, after postweld heat treatment and hydrostatic tests, to a wet fluorescent magnetic particle inspection to be made on all welds in or on the cargo tank shell and heads both inside and out. The method of inspection must conform to Appendix VI of the ASME Code, paragraph UA-70 through UA-72 except that permanent magnets shall not be used. (2) On cargo tanks of over 3,500 gallons water capacity other than those described in paragraph (b)(1) of this section unless fully radio graphed, a test must be made of all welds in or on the shell and heads both inside and outside by either the wet fluorescent magnetic particle method conforming to Appendix VI of the ASME Code, liquid dye penetrant method, or ultrasonic testing in accordance with Appendix U of the ASME Code. Permanent magnets must not be used to perform the magnetic particle inspection. (c) All defects found shall be repaired, the cargo tanks shall then again be postweld heat treated, if such heat treatment was previously performed, and the repaired areas shall again be tested. 178.337-17 Marking, (a) Metal identification plate. Each cargo tank built after July 1, 1985 shall have a corrosion resistant metal plate permanently affixed by brazing or welding around its perimeter, on the left side (on the right side prior to July 1,1985) near the front, in a place readily accessible for inspection. It must be maintained in a legible condition. On multi-cargo tank motor vehicle plates shall be attached to each cargo tank at the front in a place readily accessible for inspection. Each insulated cargo tank shall have an additional plate, as described, affixed to the jacket in the location specified. Neither the plate itself nor the means of attachment to the cargo tank or jacket may be subject to attack by the cargo tank contents. If the plate is attached directly to the cargo tank by welding it shall be welded thereto before the cargo tank is postweld heat treated. The plate shall be plainly marked by stamping, embossing, or other means of forming letters into the metal of the plate, with the following information in addition to that required by the ASME Code, in characters at least % inch high. Vehicle Manufacturer Vehicle Manufacturer's Serial Number D.O.T. Specification Number MC-331 Vessel Material Specification Number 476 ABDOO132251 April 1998 178.337-17--178.338-3 Water Capacity in Pounds (see Note 1) Original Test Date Note 1: See 173.315(a) of this chapter regarding water capacity. <b) Each cargo tank must also be marked as required by 172.328 of this subchapter. 178.337-18 Certification, (a) At or before the time of delivery, the cargo tank motor vehicle manufacturer must supply and the owner must obtain, a cargo tank motor vehicle manufacturer's data report as required by the ASME Code, and a certificate stating that the completed cargo tank motor vehicle conforms in all respects to Specifi cation MC 331 and the ASME Code. The registration numbers of the manufacturer, the Design Certifying Engineer, and the Registered Inspector, as appropriate, must appear on the certificates (see subpart F, part 107 in subchapter A of this chapter). (1) For each design type, the certificate must be signed by a re sponsible official of the manufacturer and a Design Certifying Engi neer; and (2) For each cargo tank motor vehicle, the certificate must be signed by a responsible official of the manufacturer and a Registered In spector. (3) The certificate must state whether or not it includes certification that all valves, piping, and protective devices conform to the require ments of the specification. If it does not so certify, the installer of any such valve, piping, or device shall supply and the owner shall obtain a certificate asserting complete compliance with these specifications for such devices. The certificate, or certificates, will include sufficient sketches, drawings, and other information to indicate the location, make, model, and size of each valve and the arrangement of all piping associated with the cargo tank. (4) The certificate must contain a statement indicating whether or not the cargo tank was postweld heat treated for anhydrous ammonia as specified in 178.337--1(f). (b) The owner shall retain the copy of the data report and certificates and related papers in his files throughout his ownership of the cargo tank and for at least one year thereafter; and in the event of change in ownership, retention by the prior owner of nonfading photographically reproduced copies will be deemed to satisfy this requirement. Each motor carrier using the cargo tank, if not the owner thereof, shall obtain a copy of the data report and certificate and retain them in his files during the time he uses the cargo tank and for at least one year thereafter. 178.338 Specification MC-338; insulated cargo tank. 178.338-1 General requirements, (a) For the purpose of this section-- (1) "Design pressure" means the "maximum allowable working pressure" as used in the ASME Code, and is the gauge pressure at the top of the tank. (2) "Design service temperature" means the coldest temperature for which the tank is suitable (see 173.318(a)(1) and (f) of this subchapter). (b) Each cargo tank must consist of a suitably supported welded inner vessel enclosed within an outer shell or jacket, with insulation between the inner vessel and outer shell or jacket, and having piping, valves, supports and other appurtenances as specified in this subchapter. For the purpose of this specification, "tank" means inner vessel and "jacket" means either the outer shell or insulation cover. (c) Each tank must be designed and constructed to meet the re quirements of the ASME Code. (1) The design pressure of the tank must be at (east 25.3 psig but not more than 500 psig. To determine the required thickness of the parts of the tank, the static head of the lading shall be added to the design pressure. If the jacket is evacuated, the tank must be designed for a pressure of 14.7 psi, plus the lading static head, higher than its design pressure. The jacket must be designed in accordance with paragraph (e) or (f) of this section, as appropriate. (2) The design service temperature of the tank, piping and valves may not be warmer than the liquefaction temperature at one atmo sphere of the lading to be transported (see 173.318(a)(1) and (f) of this subchapter). (3) Design and construction details of the tank interior may not allow collection and retention of cleaning materials or contaminants. To preclude the entrapment of foreign material, the design and con struction of the tank must allow washing of all interior surfaces by the normal surging of the lading during transportation. (d) The exterior surface of the tank must be insulated with a material compatible with the lading. (1) Each cargo tank must have an insulation system that will prevent the tank pressure from exceeding the pressure relief valve set pressure within the specified holding time when the tank is loaded with the specific cryogenic liquid at the design conditions of-- (1) The specified temperature and pressure of the cryogenic liq uid, and (ii) The exposure of the filled cargo tank to an average ambient temperature of 85F. (2) For a cargo tank used to transport oxygen, the insulation may not sustain combustion in a 99.5 percent oxygen atmosphere at atmo spheric pressure when contacted with a continuously heated glowing platinum wire. The cargo tank must be marked in accordance with 178.338--18(b)(7). (3) Each vacuum-insulated cargo tank must be provided with a connection for a vacuum gauge to indicate the absolute pressure within the insulation space. (e) The insulation must be completely covered by a metal jacket. The jacket or the insulation must be so constructed and sealed as to prevent moisture from coming into contact with the insulation (see 173.318(a)(3) of this subchapter). Minimum metal thicknesses are as follows: Type metal Stainless steel............................ Low Carbon Mild Steel. . . . Jacket evacuated Gauge Inches 18 0.0428 12 0.0946 0.125 Jacket not evacuated Gauge Inches 22 0.0269 14 00677 0.1000 (f) An evacuated jacket must be in compliance with the following requirements: (1) The jacket must be designed to sustain a minimum critical col lapsing pressure of 30 psi. (2) If the jacket also supports additional loads, such as the weight of the tank and lading, the combined stress, computed according to the formula in 178.338-3(b), may not exceed 25 percent of the mini mum specified tensile strength. 178.338-2 Material, (a) All material used in the construction of a tank and its appurtenances that may come in contact with the lading must be compatible with the lading to be transported. All mate rial used for tank pressure parts must conform to the requirements of the ASME Code. All material used for evacuated jacket pressure parts must conform to the chemistry and steelmaking practices of one of the material specifications of Section II of the ASME Code or the following ASTM Specifications: A 242, A 441, A 514, A 572, A 588, A 606, A 607, A 633, A 715. (b) All tie-rods, mountings, and other appurtenances within the jacket and all piping, fittings and valves must be of material suitable for use at the lowest temperature to be encountered. (c) Impact tests are required on all tank materials, except aluminum, and must be performed using the procedure prescribed in the ASME Code. (d) The direction of final rolling of the shell material must be the circumferential orientation of the tank shell. (e) Each tank constructed in accordance with Part UHT of the ASME Code must be postweld heat treated as a unit after completion of all welds to the shell and heads. Other tanks must be postweld heat treated as required by the ASME Code. For all tanks the method must be as prescribed in the ASME Code. Welded attachments to pads may be made after postweld heat treatment. (f) The fabricator shall record the heat and slab numbers and the certified Charpy impact values of each plate used in the tank on a sketch showing the location of each plate in the shell and heads of the tank. A copy of the sketch must be provided to the owner of the cargo tank and a copy must be retained by the fabricator for at least five years and made available, upon request, to any duly identified representative of the Department. 178.338-3 Structural Integrity, (a) General requirements and acceptance criteria. (1) Except as permitted in paragraph (d) of this section, the maximum calculated design stress at any point in 477 PART 178 ABDOO132252 178.338-3--178.338-6 April 1998 the tank may not exceed the lesser of the maximum allowable stress value prescribed in section VIII of the ASME Code, or 25 percent of the tensile strength of the material used. (2) The relevant physical properties of the materials used in each tank may be established either by a certified test report from the material manufacturer or by testing in conformance with a recognized national standard, in either case, the ultimate tensile strength of the material used in the design may not exceed 120 percent of the mini mum ultimate tensile strength specified in either the ASME Code or the ASTM standard to which the material is manufactured. (3) The maximum design stress at any point in the tank must be calculated separately for the loading conditions described in para graphs (b), (c), and (d) of this section. Alternate test or analytical methods, or a combination thereof, may be used in lieu of the proce dures described in paragraphs (b), (c), and (d) of this section, if the methods are accurate and verifiable. (4) Corrosion allowance material may not be included to satisfy any of the design calculation requirements of this section. (b) The static design and construction of each tank must be in accordance with section VIII of the ASME Code. The tank design must include calculation of stresses due to design pressure, the weight of lading, the weight of structures supported by the tank wall, and the effect of temperature gradients resulting from lading and ambient temperature extremes. When dissimilar materials are used, their ther mal coefficients must be used in calculation of the thermal stresses. Stress concentrations in tension, bending and torsion which occur at pads, cradles, or other supports must be considered in accordance with Appendix G of the ASME Code. (c) Stresses resulting from static and dynamic loadings, or a combi nation thereof, are not uniform throughout the cargo tank motor vehicle. The following is a simplified procedure for calculating the effective stress in the tank resulting from static and dynamic loadings. The effective stress (the maximum principal stress at any point) must be determined by the following formula: S = .5{Sy + Sx) (0.25(Sy - S,)(2i)*+4Ss2)05 Where: (1) S = effective stress at any given point under the most severe combination of static and dynamic loadings that can occur at the same time, in p$i. (2) Sy = circumferential stress generated by internal and external pressure when applicable, in psi. (3) S* = the net longitudinal stress, in psi, generated by the follow ing loading conditions: (i) The longitudinal tensile stress generated by internal pressure; (ii) The tensile or compressive stress generated by the axial load resulting from a decelerative force applied independently to each suspension assembly at the road surface using applicable static loadings specified in 178.338-13(b) and (c); (iii) The tensile or compressive stress generated by the bending moment resulting from a decelerative force applied indepen dently to each suspension assembly at the road surface using applicable static loadings specified in 178.338-13(b) and (c); (iv) The tensile or compressive stress generated by the axial load resulting from an accelerative force applied to the horizontal pivot of the fifth wheel supporting the vehicle using applicable static loadings specified in 178.338-13(b) and (c); (v) The tensile or compressive stress generated by the bending moment resulting from an accelerative force applied to the horizontal pivot of the fifth wheel supporting the vehicle using applicable static loadings specified in 178.338-13(b) and (c); and (vi) The tensile or compressive stress generated by a bending moment produced by a vertical force using applicable static loadings specified in 178.338--13(b) and (c). (4) Ss = The following shear stresses, that apply in psi: The vectorial sum of the applicable shear stresses in the plane under consideration, including direct shear generated by the static vertical loading; direct lateral and torsional shear generated by a lateral accelerative force applied at the road surface, using applicable static loads specified in 178.338-13(b) and (c). (d) In order to account for stresses due to impact in an accident, the design calculations for the tank shell and heads must include the load resulting from the design pressure in combination with the dynamic pressure resulting from a longitudinal deceleration of "2g". For this loading condition the stress value used may not exceed the lesser of the yield strength or 75 percent of the ultimate tensile strength of the material of construction. For a cargo tank constructed of stainless steel, the maximum design stress may not exceed 75 percent of the ultimate tensile strength of the type of steel used. (e) The minimum thickness of the shell or heads of the tank must be 0.187 inch for steel and 0.270 inch for aluminum. However, the minimum thickness for steel may be 0.110 inches provided the cargo tank is: (1) Vacuum insulated, or (2) Double walled with a load bearing jacket designed to carry a proportionate amount of structural loads prescribed in this section. (f) Where a tank support is attached to any part of the tank wall, the stresses imposed on the tank wall must meet the requirements in paragraph (a) of this section. (9) The design, construction, and installation of an appurtenance to the cargo tank, or jacket must be such that, in the event of its damage or failure, the lading retention integrity of the tank will not be adversely affected. (1) A lightweight attachment, such as a conduit clip, brakeline clip or placard holder, must be constructed of a material of lesser strength than the cargo tank wall or jacket material and may not be more than 72 percent of the thickness of the material to which it is attached. The attachment may be secured directly to the cargo tank wall or jacket if the device is designed and installed in such a manner that, if dam aged, it will not affect the lading retention integrity of the tank. The lightweight attachment must be secured to the cargo tank wall or jacket by continuous weld or in such a manner as to preclude formation of pockets, which may become sites for incipient corrosion. Attach ments conforming with this paragraph are not authorized for cargo tanks constructed under part UHT of the ASME Code. (2) Except as prescribed in 178.338-13(g)(1), the welding of any appurtenance to the cargo tank wall or jacket must be made by attachment of a mounting pad, so that there will be no adverse affect upon the lading retention integrity of the tank if any force is applied to the appurtenance, from any direction. The thickness of the mounting pad may not be less than that of the shell or head to which it is attached, and not more than 1.5 times the shell or head thickness. However, a pad with a minimum thickness of 0.187 inch may be used when the shell or head thickness is over 0.187 inch. If weep holes or tell tale holes are used, the pad must be drilled or punched at its lowest point before it is welded. Each pad must-- (i) Extend at least 2 inches in each direction from any point of attachment of an appurtenance; (ii) Be attached by a continuous weld around the pad except for a small gap at the lowest point for draining 178.338-4 Joints, (a) All joints in the tank, and in the jacket if evacuated, must be as prescribed in the ASME Code, except that a butt weld with one plate edge offset is not authorized. (b) Welding procedure and welder performance tests must be made in accordance with Section IX of the ASME Code. Records of the qualification must be retained by the tank manufacturer for at least five years and must be made available, upon request, to any duly identified representative of the Department, or the owner of the cargo tank. (c) All longitudinal welds in tanks and load bearing jackets must be located so as not to intersect nozzles or supports other than load rings and stiffening rings. (d) Substructures must be properly fitted before attachment and the welding sequence must minimize stresses due to shrinkage of welds. (e) Filler material containing more than 0.05 percent vanadium may not be used with quenched and tempered steel. (1) All tank nozzle-to-shell and nozzle-to-head welds must be full penetration welds. 178.338-5 Stiffening rings, (a) A tank is not required to be provided with stiffening rings, except as prescribed in the ASME Code. (b) If a jacket is evacuated, it must be constructed in compliance with 178.338--1(f). Stiffening rings maybe used to meet these require ments. 178.338-6 Manholes, (a) Each tank in oxygen service must be provided with a manhole as prescribed in the ASME Code. (b) Each tank having a manhole must be provided with a means of entrance and exit through the jacket, or the jacket must be marked to indicate the manway location on the tank. 478 ABD00132253 April 1998 178.338-6--178.338-10 (c) A manhole with a bolted closure may not be located on the front head of the tank. 178.338-7 Openings, (a) The inlet to the liquid product dis charge opening of each tank intended for flammable ladings must be at the bottom centerline of the tank. (b) if the leakage of a single valve, except a pressure relief valve, pressure control valve, full trycock or gas phase manual vent valve, would permit loss of flammable material, an additional closure that is leak tight at the tank design pressure must be provided outboard of such valve. 178.338-8 Pressure relief devices, piping, valves, and fit tings. (a) Pressure relief devices. Each tank pressure relief device must be designed, constructed, and marked in accordance with 173.318(b) of this subchapter. (b) Piping, valves, and fittings. (1) The burst pressure of all piping, pipe fittings, hoses and other pressure parts, except for pump seals and pressure relief devices, must be at least 4 times the design pressure of the tank. Additionally, the burst pressure may not be less than 4 times any higher pressure to which each pipe, pipe fitting, hose or other pressure part may be subjected to in service. (2) Pipe joints must be threaded, welded or flanged. If threaded pipe is used, the pipe and fittings must be Schedule 80 weight or heavier. Malleable metals must be used in the construction of valves and fittings. Where copper tubing is permitted, joints shall be brazed or be of equally strong metal union type. The melting point of the brazing materials may not be lower than 1000F. The method of joining tubing may not reduce the strength of the tubing, such as by the cutting of threads. (3) Each hose coupling must be designed for a pressure of at least 120 percent of the hose design pressure and so that there will be no leakage when connected. (4) Piping must be protected from damage due to thermal expan sion and contraction, jarring, and vibration. Slip joints are not author ized for this purpose. (5) All piping, valves and fittings on a cargo tank must be proved free from leaks. This requirement is met when such piping, valves, and fittings have been tested after installation with gas or air and proved leak tight at not less than the design pressure marked on the cargo tank. This requirement is applicable to all hoses used in a cargo tank, except that hose may be tested before or after installation on the tank. (6) Each valve must be suitable for the tank design pressure at the tank design service temperature. (7) All fittings must be rated for the maximum tank pressure and suitable for the coldest temperature to which they will be subjected in actual service. (8) All piping, valves, and fittings must be grouped in the smallest practicable space and protected from damage as required by 178.338-10. (9) When a pressure-building coil is used on a tank designed to handle oxygen or flammable ladings, the vapor connection to that coil must be provided with a valve or check valve as close to the tank shell as practicable to prevent the loss of vapor from the tank in case of damage to the coil. The liquid connection to that coil must also be provided with a valve. 176.338-9 Holding time, (a) "Holding time" is the time, as de termined by testing, that will elapse from loading until the pressure of the contents, under equilibrium conditions, reaches the level of the lowest pressure control valve or pressure relief valve setting. (b) Holding time test. (1) The test to determine holding time must be performed by charg ing the tank with a cryogenic liquid having a boiling point, at a pressure of one atmosphere, absolute, no lower than the design service temper ature of the tank. The tank must be charged to its maximum permitted filling density with that liquid and stabilized to the lowest practical pressure, which must be equal to or less than the pressure to be used for loading. The cargo tank together with its contents must then be exposed to ambient temperature. (2) The tank pressure and ambient temperature must be recorded at 3-hour intervals until the pressure level of the contents reaches the set-to-discharge pressure of the pressure control valve or pressure relief valve with the lowest setting. This total time lapse in hours repre sents the measured holding time at the actual average ambient tem perature. This measured holding time for the test cryogenic liquid must be adjusted to an equivalent holding time for each cryogenic liquid that is to be identified on or adjacent to the specification plate, at an average ambient temperature of 85F. This is the rated holding time (RHT). The marked rated holding time (MRHT) displayed on or adjacent to the specification plate (see 178-338-18(b)(9)) may not exceed this RHT. (c) Optional test regimen. (1) If more than one cargo tank is made to the same design, only one cargo tank must be subjected to the full holding time test at the time of manufacture. However, each subsequent cargo tank made to the same design must be performance tested during its first trip. The holding time determined in this test may not be less than 90 percent of the marked rated holding time. This test must be performed in accordance with l73.318(g)(3), and 177.840(h) of this subchapter, regardless of the classification of the cryogenic liquid. (2) Same design. The term "same design" as used in this section means cryogenic cargo tanks made to the same design type. See 178.320(a)(3) for definition of "design type". (3) For a cargo tank used in nonflammable cryogenic liquid service, in place of the holding time tests prescribed in paragraph (b) of this section, the marked rated holding time (MRHT) may be determined as follows: (i) While the cargo tank is stationary, the heat transfer rate must be determined by measuring the normal evaporation rate (NER) of the test cryogenic liquid (preferably the lading, where feasi ble) maintained at approximately one atmosphere. The calcu lated heat transfer rate must be determined from: q = [n(Ah)(85 - t,)]/[ts - tf] Where: q = calculated heat transfer rate to cargo tank with lading, Btu/hr. n = normal evaporation rate (NER), which is the rate of evapo ration, determined by the test of a test cryogenic liquid in a cargo tank maintained at a pressure of approximately one atmosphere, absolute, Ib/hr. Ah = latent heat of vaporization of test fluid at test pressure, Btu/lb. ts = average temperature of outer shell during test, F. tj = equilibrium temperature of lading at maximum loading pressure, F. tj = equilibrium temperature of test fluid at one atmo sphere, F. (ii) The rated holding time (RHT) must be calculated as follows: RHT = [(U2- U,)W]/q Where: RHT = rated holding time, in hours Ui and U2 = internal energy for the combined liquid and vapor lading at the pressure offered for transportation, and the set pressure of the applicable pressure control valve or pressure relief valve, respectively, Btu/lb. W = total weight of the combined liquid and vapor lading in the cargo tank, pounds, q = calculated heat transfer rate to cargo tank with lading, Btu/hr. (iii) The MRHT (see 178.338--18(b)(9) of this subchapter) may not exceed the RHT. 178.338-10 Collision damage protection, (a) All valves, fit tings, pressure relief devices and other accessories to the tank proper, which are not isolated from the tank by closed intervening shut-off valves or check valves, must be installed within the motor vehicle framework or within a suitable collision resistant guard or housing, and appropriate ventilation must be provided. Each pressure relief device must be protected so that in the event of the upset of the vehicle onto a hard surface, the device's opening will not be prevented and its discharge will not be restricted. 479 PART 178 ABDOO132254 178.338-10--178.338-14 April 1998 (b) Each protective device or housing, and its attachment to the vehicle structure, must be designed to withstand static loading in any direction that it may be loaded as a result of front, rear, side, or sideswipe collision, or the overturn of the vehicle. The static loading shall equal twice the loading weight of the tank and attachments. A safety factor of four, based on the tensile strength of the material, shall be used. The protective device or the housing must be made of steel at least 3/16-inch thick, or other material of equivalent strength. (c) Each tank motor vehicle must be provided with at least one rear bumper designed to protect the cargo tank and piping in the event of a rear end collision. The bumper design must transmit the force of the collision directly to the chasis of the vehicle. The rear bumper and its attachments to the chasis must be designed to withstand a load equal to twice the weight of the loaded cargo tank and attachments, using a safety factor of four based on the tensile strength of the materials used, with such load being applied horizontally and parallel to the major axis of the cargo tank, or within 30 horizontal degrees thereof. The rear bumper dimensions must meet the requirements of 393.86 of this title and extend vertically to a height adequate to protect all valves and fittings located at the rear of the cargo tank from damage that could result in loss of lading. (d) Every part of the loaded cargo tank, and any associated valve, pipe, enclosure, or protective device or structure {exclusive of wheel assemblies), must be at least 14 inches above level ground. 178.338-11 Discharge control devices, (a) Excess-flow valves are not required. (b) Each liquid filling and liquid discharge line must be provided with a shut-off valve located as close to the tank as practicable. Unless this valve is manually operable at the valve, the line must also have a manual shut-off valve. (c) Except for a cargo tank used to transport the following refriger ated liquids: argon, carbon dioxide, helium, krypton, neon, nitrogen, and xenon: each liquid filling and liquid discharge line must be pro vided with a remotely controlled self-closing shut-off valve. This re quirement does not apply to a cargo tank motor vehicle certified before January 1,1995, unless intended for use to transport flammable ladings. If pressure from a reservoir or from an engine driven pump or compressor is used to open this valve, the control must be of fail safe design, spring-biased to stop the admission of such pressure. If the jacket is not evacuated, the seat of the valve must be inside the tank, in the opening nozzle or flange, or in a companion flange bolted to the nozzle. If the jacket is evacuated, the remotely controlled valve must be located as close to the tank as practicable. (1) On a cargo tank with a capacity in excess of 3,500 gallons of water, each remotely controlled shut-off valve must be provided with remote means of automatic closure, both mechanical and thermal, installed at the ends of the cargo tank in at least two diagonally opposite locations. The thermal means shall consist of fusible elements actuated at a temperature not exceeding 250F., or equivalent de vices. One means may be used to close more than one remotely controlled valve. (2) On a cargo tank with a capacity of 3,500 gallons of water or less, each remotely controlled shut-off valve must be provided with at least one remote control station on the end of the cargo tank opposite the main control station. The remote control station must contain a manual means of closure. In addition, it may contain fusible elements actuated at a temperature not exceeding 250F., or equivalent de vices. One means may be used to close more than one remotely controlled valve. 178.338-12 Shear section. Unless the valve is located in a rear cabinet forward of and protected by the bumper (see 178.33810(c)), the design and installation of each valve, damage to which could result in loss of liquid or vapor, must incorporate a shear section or breakage groove adjacent to, and outboard of, the valve. The shear section or breakage groove must yield or break under strain without damage to the valve that would allow the loss of liquid or vapor. The protection specified in 178.338-10 is not a substitute for a shear section or breakage groove. 178.338-13 Supports and anchoring, (a) All attachments of supports and bumpers to tanks and to load-bearing jackets must be made by means of pads of material similar to that of the tank or jacket, by load rings, or by bosses designed or gusseted to distribute the load. The pad must be at least V4-inch thick, or as thick as the tank or jacket material, if less, but shall in no case be thicker than the tank or jacket material. Each pad must extend at least four times its thickness, in each direction, beyond the weld attaching the support or bumper, if less, but shall in no case be thicker than the tank or jacket material. Each pad must be performed to an inside radius no greater than the outside radius of the tank or jacket at the place of attachment. Each pad corner must be rounded to a radius at least one-fourth the width of the pad and no greater than one-half the width of the pad. If weep holes or telltale holes are used, they must be drilled or punched before the pads are attached. Each pad must be attached to the tank or jacket by continuous fillet welding using filler material having properties conforming to the recommendations of the manufacturer of the tank or jacket material. Any fillet weld discontinuity may only be for the purpose of preventing an intersection between the fillet weld and a tank or jacket seam weld. (b) A tank motor vehicle constructed so that the cargo tank consti tutes in whole or in part the structural member used in place of a motor vehicle frame must have the tank or the jacket supported by external cradles or by load rings. A cargo tank mounted on a motor vehicle frame must have the tank or jacket supported by external cradles, load rings, or longitudinal members. If cradles are used, they must subtend at least 120 degrees of the cargo tank circumference. The design calculations for the supports and load bearing tank or jacket, and the support attachments must include beam stress, shear stress, torsion stress, bending moment, and acceleration stress for the loaded vehicle as a unit, using a safety factor of four, based on the tensile strength of the material, and static loadings that take into consideration the weight of the cargo tank and its attachments when filled to the design weight of the lading (see Appendix G of the ASME Code). The effects of fatigue must also be considered in the calcula tions. Minimum static loadings must be as follows: (1) For a vacuum-insulated cargo tank-- (i) Vertically downward of 2; (iij Vertically upward of 2; (iii) Longitudinally of 2; and (iv) Laterally of 2. (2) For a nonvacuum-insulated cargo tank-- (i) Vertically downward of 3: (ii) Vertically upward of 2; (iii) Longitudinally of 2; and (iv) Laterally of 2. (c) When a loaded tank is supported within the vacuum jacket by structural members, the design calculations for the tank and its structural members must be based on a safety factor of four and the tensile strength of the material at ambient temperature. The enhanced tensile strength of the material at actual operating temperature may be substituted for the tensile strength at ambient temperature to the extent recognized in the ASME Code for static loadings. Static loadings must take into consideration the weight of the tank and the structural members when the tank is filled to the design weight of lading (see Appendix G of the ASME Code). When load rings in the jacket are used for supporting the tank, they must be designed to carry the fully loaded tank at the specified static loadings, plus external pressure. Minimum static loadings must be as follows: (1) Vertically downward of 2; (2) Vertically upward of lV2; (3) Longitudinally of lV2; and, (4) Laterally of 1V2. 178.338-14 Gauging devices, (a) Liquid level gauging de vices. (1) Unless a cargo tank is intended to be filled by weight, it must be equipped with one or more gauging devices, which accurately indicate the maximum permitted liquid level at the loading pressure, in order to provide a minimum of two percent outage below the inlet of the pressure control valve or pressure relief valve at the condition of incipient opening of that valve. A fixed-length dip tube, a fixed trycock line, or a differential pressure liquid level gauge must be used as the primary control for filling. Other gauging devices, except gauge glasses, may be used, but not as the primary control for filling. (2) The design pressure of each liquid level gauging device must be at least that of the tank. (3) If a fixed length dip tube or trycock line gauging device is used, it must consist of a pipe or tube of small diameter equipped with a valve at or near the jacket and extending into the cargo tank to a specified filling height. The fixed height at which the tube ends in the 480 ABDOO132255 April 1998 178.338-14--178.338-19 cargo tank must be such that the device wilt function when the liquid reaches the maximum level permitted in loading. (4) The liquid level gauging device used as a primary control for filling must be designed and installed to accurately indicate the maxi mum filling level at the point midway of the tank both longitudinally and laterally. (b) Pressure gauges. Each cargo tank must be provided with a suitable pressure gauge indicating the lading pressure and located on the front of the jacket so it can be read by the driver in the rear view mirror. Each gauge must have a reference mark at the cargo tank design pressure or the set pressure of the pressure relief valve or pressure control valve, whichever is lowest. (c) Orifices. All openings for dip tube gauging devices and pres sure gauges in flammable cryogenic liquid service must be restricted at or inside the jacket by orifices no larger than 0.060-inch diameter. Trycock lines, if provided, may not be greater than V2-inch nominal pipe size. 178.338-15 Cleanliness. A cargo tank constructed for oxygen service must be thoroughly cleaned to remove all foreign material in accordance with CGA Pamphlet G-4.1. All loose particles from fabrication, such as weld beads, dirt, grinding wheel debris, and other loose materials, must be removed prior to the final closure of the manhole of the tank. Chemical or solvent cleaning with a material compatible with the intending lading must be performed to remove any contaminants likely to react with the lading. 178.338-16 Inspection and testing, (a) General. The mate rial of construction of a tank and its appurtenances must be inspected for conformance to the ASME Code. The tank must be subjected to either a hydrostatic or pneumatic test. The test pressure must be one and one-half times the sum of the design pressure, plus static head of lading, plus 14.7 psi if subjected to external vacuum, except that for tanks constructed in accordance with Part UHT of the ASME Code the test pressure must be twice the design pressure. (b) Additional requirements for pneumatic test. A pneumatic test may be used in place of the hydrostatic test. Due regard for protection of all personnel should be taken because of the potential hazard involved in a pneumatic test. The pneumatic test pressure in the tank must be reached by gradually increasing the pressure to one-half of the test pressure. Thereafter, the test pressure must be increased in steps of approximately one-tenth of the test pressure until the required test pressure has been reached. Then the pressure must be reduced to a value equal to four-fifths of the test pressure and held for a sufficient time to permit inspection of the cargo tank for leaks. (c) Weld Inspection. All tank shell or head welds subject to pres sure shall be radiographed in accordance with the ASME Code. A tank which has been subjected to inspection by the magnetic particle method, the liquid penetrant method, or any method involving a mate rial deposit on the interior tank surface, must be cleaned to remove any such residue by scrubbing or equally effective means, and all such residue and cleaning solution must be removed from the tank prior to final closure of the tank. (d) Detect repair. All cracks and other defects must be repaired as prescribed by the ASME Code. The welder and the welding procedure must be qualified in accordance with the ASME Code. After repair, the tank must again be postweld heat-treated, if such-heat treatment was previously performed, and the repaired areas must be retested. (e) Verification must be made of the interior cleanliness of a tank constructed for oxygen service by means that assure that all contami nants that are likely to react with the lading have been removed as required by 178.338-15. 178.338-17 Pumps and compressors, (a) Liquidpumps and gas compressors, if used, must be of suitable design, adequately protected against breakage by collision, and kept in good condition. They may be driven by motor vehicle power take-off or other mechani cal, electrical, or hydraulic means. Unless they are of the centrifugal type, they shall be equipped with suitable pressure actuated by-pass valves permitting flow from discharge to suction to the tank. (b) A valve or fitting made of aluminum with internal rubbing or abrading aluminum parts that may come in contact with oxygen, cryo genic liquid, may not be installed on any cargo tank used to transport oxygen, cryogenic liquid, unless the parts are anodized in accordance with ASTM Standard B 580. 178.338-18 Marking, (a) Nameplate. Each tank built after July 1,1985 shall have acorrosion resistant metal plate permanently affixed by brazing or welding around its perimeter, on the left side (on the right side prior to July 1, 1985) near the front. If this nameplate is attached by welding, it must be welded before the tank is postweld heat-treated. The nameplate must be plainly marked by stamping, embossing, or other means of forming letters into the metal of the plate, in characters at least 3/s-inches high. The following information, in addition to that required by the ASME Code, must be included (parenthetical abbreviations may be used): (1) DOT Specification number MC-338 (DOT MC-338); (2) Material specification number (Mat. Spec. No.); (3) Maximum density of lading for which the tank is designed (Max. Dens, of Lading); (4) Water capacity, in pounds net at 60F., with the tank at its coldest operating temperature, after deduction for the volume above the inlet to the pressure relief device or pressure control valve, struc tural members, baffles, piping, and other appurtenances inside the tank (W. Cap.); and (5) Original test date (Orig. Test Date); (b) Specification plate. Each tank built after July 1, 1985 shall have an additional plate, in the form specified in paragraph (a) of this section. It must be welded, brazed, or riveted to the jacket on the left side (on the right side prior to July 1, 1985) near the front, or at the control station, in a position readily legible to operating personnel. It must be marked with the information specified in paragraph (a) of this section and in addition, in characters at least 3/a-inches high, the following (parenthetical abbreviations may be used); (1) Vehicle manufacturer (Veh. Mfr.); (2) Manufacturer's vehicle serial number (Veh. No.); (3) Lining material, if any (Lining); (4) Date of manufacture (Date of Mfr.); (5) Certificate date (Cert. Date); (6) Design service temperature (Design Serv. Temp.); (7) "Insulation for Oxygen Service"or "Not Authorized for Oxygen Service,"as appropriate; (8) Maximum weight of lading for which the cargo tank is designed, in pounds (Max. Net Wt.-------lbs.); (9) Marked rated holding time for at least one cryogenic liquid, in hours, and the name of the cryogenic liquid (MRHT--hrs., name of cryogenic liquid). MRHT markings for additional cryogenic liquids may be displayed on or adjacent to the specification plate. (c) The design weight of lading used in determining the loading in 178.338--3(b), 178.338-10 (b) and (c), and 178.338-13 (b) and (c) must be shown as the maximum weight of lading marking required by paragraph (b) of this section. 178.338-19 Certification, (a) At or before the time of delivery, the manufacturer of a cargo tank motor vehicle shall furnish to the owner of the completed vehicle the following: (1) The tank manufacturer's data report as required by the ASME Code, and a certificate bearing the manufacturer's vehicle serial num ber stating that the completed cargo tank motor vehicle conforms to all applicable requirements of Specification MC 338, including the ASME Code in effect on the date (month, year) of certification. The registration numbers of the manufacturer, the Design Certifying Engi neer, and the Registered Inspector, as appropriate, must appear on the certificates (See subpart F, part 107 in subchapter B of this chapter). (1) For each design type, the certificate must be signed by a responsible official of the manufacturer and a Design Certifying Engineer; and (ii) For each cargo tank motor vehicle, the certificate must be signed by a responsible official of the manufacturer and a Design Certifying Engineer; (2) A photograph, pencil rub, or other facsimile of the plates re quired by paragraphs (a) and (b) of 178.338-18. (b) In the case of a cargo tank vehicle manufactured in two or more stages, each manufacturer who performs a manufacturing operation on the incomplete vehicle or portion thereof shall furnish to the suc ceeding manufacturer, at or before the time of delivery, a certificate covering the particular operation performed by that manufacturer and any certificates received from previous manufacturers, Registered Inspectors, and Design Certifying Engineers. The certificates must include sufficient sketches, drawings, and other information to indicate the location, make, model and size of each valve and the arrangement 481 PART 178 ABDOO132256 178.338-19--178.345-1 April 1998 of all piping associated with the tank. Each certificate must be signed by an official of the manufacturing firm responsible for the portion of the complete cargo tank vehicle represented thereby, such as basic tank fabrication, insulation, jacket, or piping. The final manufacturer shall furnish the owner with all certificates, as well as the documents required by paragraph (a) of this section. (c) The owner shall retain the data report, certificates, and related papers throughout his ownership of the cargo tank. In the event of change of ownership, the prior owner shall retain non-fading photo graphically reproduced copies of these documents for at least one year. Each operator using the cargo tank vehicle, if not the owner thereof, shall obtain a copy of the data report and the certificate or certificates and retain them during the time he uses the cargo tank and for at least one year thereafter. 178.345 General design and construction requirements ap plicable to Specification DOT 406 (178.346), DOT 407 (178.347), and DOT 412 (178.348) cargo tank motor vehicles. 178.345-1 General requirements, (a) Specification DOT 406, DOT 407 and DOT 412 cargo tank motor vehicles must conform to the requirements of this section in addition to the requirements of the applicable specification contained in 178.346,178.347 or 178.348. (b) All specification requirements are minimum requirements. (c) Definitions. The following terms apply to 178.345, 178.346, 178.347 and 178.348. Appurtenance means any cargo tank accessory attachment that has no lading retention or containment function and provides no struc tural support to the cargo tank. Baffle means non-liquid-tight transverse partition device that de flects, checks or regulates fluid motion in a tank. Bulkhead means a liquid-tight transverse closure at the ends of or between cargo tanks. Charging line means a hose, tube, pipe, or similar device used to pressurize a tank with material other than the lading. Companion flange means one of two mating flanges where the flange faces are in contact or separated only by a thin leak sealing gasket and are secured to one another by bolts or clamps. Connecting structure means the structure joining two cargo tanks. Constructed and certified in conformance with the ASME Code means the cargo tank is constructed and stamped in accordance with the ASME Code, and is inspected and certified by an Authorized Inspector. Constructed in accordance with the ASME Code means the cargo tank is constructed in accordance with the ASME Code with the author ized exceptions (see 178.346, 178.347, and 178.348) and is in spected and certified by a Registered Inspector. External self-closing stop-valve means a self-closing stop-valve designed so that the seif-stored energy source is located outside the cargo tank and the welded flange. Extreme dynamic loading means the maximum single-acting load ing a cargo tank motor vehicle may experience during its expected life, excluding accident loadings. Flange means the structural ring for guiding or attachment of a pipe or fitting with another flange (companion flange), pipe, fitting or other attachment. Inspection Pressure means the pressure used to determine leak tightness of the cargo tank when testing with pneumatic pressure. Internal self-closing stop-valve means a self-closing stop-valve designed so that the self-stored energy source is located inside the cargo tank or cargo tank sump, or within the welded flange, and the valve seat is located within the cargo tank or within one inch of the externaI face of the welded flange or sump of the cargo tank. Lading means the hazardous material contained in a cargo tank. Loading/unloading connection means the fitting in the loading/ unloading line farthest from the loading/unloading outlet to which the loading/unloading hose or device is attached. Loading/unloading outlet means the cargo tank outlet used for normal loading/unloading operations. Loading/unloading stop-valve means the stop valve farthest from the cargo tank loading/unloading outlet to which the loading/unloading connection is attached. Maximum allowable working pressure or MAWP See 178.345-1 (k). Multi-specification cargo tank motor vehicle means a cargo tank motor vehicle equipped with two or more cargo tanks fabricated to more than one cargo tank specification. Normal operating loading means the loading a cargo tank motor vehicle may be expected to experience routinely in operation. Nozzle means the subassembly consisting of a pipe or tubular section with or without a welded or forged flange on one end. Outlet means any opening in the shell or head of a cargo tank, (including the means for attaching a closure), except that the following are not outlets: A threaded opening securely closed during transporta tion with a threaded plug or a threaded cap, a flanged opening se curely closed during transportation with a bolted or welded blank flange, a manhole, or gauging devices, thermometer wells, and safety relief devices. Outlet stop-valve means the stop-valve at the cargo tank loading/ unloading outlet. Pipe coupling means a fitting with internal threads on both ends. Rear Bumper means the structure designed to prevent a vehicle or object from under-riding the rear of a motor vehicle. See 393.86 of this title. Rear-end tank protection device means the structure designed to protect a cargo tank and any lading retention piping or devices in case of a rear end collision. Sacrificial Device means an element, such as a shear section, designed to fail under load in order to prevent damage to any lading retention part or device. The device must break under strain at no more than 70 percent of the strength of the weakest piping element between the cargo tank and the sacrificial device. Operation of the sacrificial device must leave the remaining piping and its attachment to the cargo tank intact and capable of retaining lading. Self-closing stop-valve means a stop-valve held in the closed position by means of self-stored energy, which opens only by applica tion of an external force and which closes when the external force is removed. Shear section means a sacrifical device fabricated in such a man ner as to abruptly reduce the wall thickness of the adjacent piping or valve material by at least 30 percent. Shell means the circumferential portion of a cargo tank defined by the basic design radius or radii excluding the closing heads. Stop-valve means a valve that stops the flow of lading. Sump means a protrusion from the bottom of a cargo tank shell designed to facilitate complete loading and unloading of lading. Tank means a container, consisting of a shell and heads, that forms a pressure tight vessel having openings designed to accept pressure tight fittings or closures, but excludes any appurtenances, reinforce ments, fittings or closures. Test pressure means the pressure to which a tank is subjected to determine pressure integrity. Toughness of material means the capability of a material to absorb the energy represented by the area under the stress strain curve (indicating the energy absorbed per unit volume of the material) up to the point of rupture. Vacuum Tank means a cargo tank that is loaded by reducing the pressure in the cargo tank to below atmospheric pressure. Variable specification cargo tank means a cargo tank that is con structed in accordance with one specification, but which may be altered to meet another specification by changing relief device, clo sures, lading discharge devices and other lading retention devices. Void means the space between tank heads or bulkheads and a connecting structure. Welded flange means a flange attached to the tank by a weld joining the tank shell to the cylindrical outer surface of the flange, or by a fillet weld joining the tank shell to a flange shaped to fit the shell contour. (d) A manufacturer of a cargo tank must hold a current ASME certificate of authorization and must be registered with the Department in accordance with Part 107, Subpart F of this chapter. (e) All construction must be certified by an Authorized Inspector or by a Registered Inspector as applicable to the cargo tank. (f) Each cargo tank must be designed and constructed in confor mance with the requirements of the applicable cargo tank specifica tion. Each DOT 412 cargo tank with a maximum allowable working pressure greater than 15 psig, and each DOT 407 cargo tank with a maximum allowable working pressure greater than 35 psig must be 482 ABDOO132257 April 1998 178.345-1 -178.345-3 "constructed and certified in conformance with the ASME Code" ex cept as limited or modified by the applicable cargo tank specification. Other cargo tanks must be "constructed in accordance with the ASME Code", except as limited or modified by the applicable cargo tank specification. (g) Requirements relating to parts and accessories on motor vehi cles, which are contained in Part 393 of the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Regulations of this title, are incorporated into these specifica tions. (h) Any additional requirements prescribed in Part 173 of this sub chapter that pertain to the transportation of a specific lading are incor porated into these specifications. (I) Cargo tank motor vehicle composed of multiple cargo tank9. (1) A cargo tank motor vehicle composed of more than one cargo tank may be constructed with the cargo tanks made to the same specification or to different specifications. Each cargo tank must con form in all respects with the specification for which it is certified. (2) The strength of the connecting structure joining multiple cargo tanks in a cargo tank motor vehicle must meet the structural design requirements in 178.345-3. Any void within the connecting structure must be vented to the atmosphere and have a drain located on the bottom centerline. Each drain must be accessible and must be kept open at all times. The drain in any void within the connecting structure of a carbon steel, self-supporting cargo tank may be either a single drain of at least 1.0 inch diameter, or two or more drains of at least 0.5 inch diameter, 6.0 inches apart, one of which is located on the bottom centerline. (j) Variable specification cargo tank. A cargo tank that may be physically altered to conform to another cargo tank specification must have the required physical alterations to convert from one specification to another clearly indicated on the variable specification plate. (k) Maximum Allowable Working Pressure (MAWP). The MAWP for each cargo tank must be greater than or equal to the largest of the following (the MAWP derived is the pressure to be used as pre scribed in the ASME Code in the design of the tank): (l) The pressure prescribed for the lading in Part 173; (2) Vapor pressure of the most volatile lading, at 115F (expressed in psig), plus the maximum static pressure exerted by the lading at a maximum lading density, plus any pressure exerted by a gas padding (including air in the ullage space or dome), if used; or (3) The maximum pressure in the tank during loading or unloading. 178.345-2 Material and material thickness, (a) All material for shell, heads, bulkheads, and baffles must conform to Section II, Parts A and B, of the ASME Code except as follows: (1) The following steels are also authorized for cargo tanks "con structed in accordance with the ASME Code." ASTM A 569 ASTM A 570 ASTM A 572 ASTM A 607 ASTM A 622 ASTM A 656 ASTM A 715 (2) Aluminum alloys suitable for fusion welding and comforming with the 0, H32 or H34 tempers of one of the following ASTM specifica tions may be used for cargo tanks "constructed in accordance with the ASME Code"; ASTM B-209 Alloy 5052 ASTM B-209 Alloy 5086 ASTM B-209 Alloy 5154 ASTM B-209 Alloy 5254 ASTM B-209 Alloy 5454 ASTM B-209 Alloy 5652 All heads, bulkheads and baffles must be of 0 temper (annealed) or stronger tempers. All shell materials shall be of H32 or H34 tempers except that the lower ultimate strength tempers may be used if the minimum shell thicknesses in the tables are increased in inverse pro portion to the lesser ultimate strength. (b) Minimum thickness. The minimum thickness for the shell and heads must be such that the maximum stress levels specified in 178.345-3 of this subpart are not exceeded. In no case may the shell or head thickness be less than that specified in the applicable specification. (c) Corrosion or abrasion protection. When required by 49 CFR part 173 tor a particular lading, a cargo tank or a part thereof, subject to thinning by corrosion or mechanical abrasion due to the lading, must be protected by providing the tank or part of the tank with a suitable increase in thickness of material, a lining or some other suit able method of protection. (1) Corrosion allowance. Material added for corrosion allowance need not be of uniform thickness if different rates of attack can reason ably be expected for various areas of the cargo tank. (2) Lining. Lining material must consist of a nonporous, homoge neous material not less elastic than the parent metal and substantially immune to attack by the lading. The lining material must be bonded or attached by other appropriate means to the cargo tank wall and must be imperforate when applied. Any joint or seam in the lining must be made by fusing the materials together, or by other satisfactory means. 178.345-3 Structural integrity, (a) General requirements and acceptance criteria. (1) The maximum calculated design stress at any point in the cargo tank wall may not exceed the maximum allowable stress value prescribed in section VIII of the ASME Code, or 25 percent of the tensile strength of the material used at design conditions. (2) The relevant physical properties of the materials used in each cargo tank may be established either by a certified test report from the material manufacturer or by testing in conformance with a recognized national standard. In either case, the ultimate tensile strength of the material used in the design may not exceed 120 percent of the mini mum ultimate tensile strength specified in either the ASME Code or the ASTM standard to which the material is manufactured. (3) The maximum design stress at any point in the cargo tank must be calculated separately for the loading conditions described in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section. Alternate test or analytical methods, or a combination thereof, may be used in place of the procedures described in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section, if the methods are accurate and verifiable. (4) Corrosion allowance material may not be included to satisfy any of the design calculation requirements of this section. (b) ASME Code design and construction. The static design and construction of each cargo tank must be in accordance with Section VIII, Division 1 of the ASME Code. The cargo tank design must include calculation of stresses generated by the MAWP, the weight of the lading, the weight of structures supported by the cargo tank wall, and the effect of temperature gradients resulting from lading and ambient temperatures extremes. When dissimilar materials are used, their ther mal coefficients must be used in the calculation of thermal stresses. (1) Stress concentrations in tension, bending and torsion which occur at pads, cradles, or other supports must be considered in accordance with Appendix G, Section VIII, Division 1 of the ASME Code. (2) Longitudinal compressive buckling stress for ASME certified vessels must be calculated using paragraph UG-23(b), Section VIII, Division 1 of the ASME Code. For cargo tanks not required to be certified in accordance with the ASME Code, (c) Shell design. Shell stresses resulting from static or dynamic loadings, or combinations thereof, are not uniform throughout the cargo tank motor vehicle. The vertical longitudinal, and lateral normal operating loadings can occur simultaneously and must be combined. The vertical, longitudinal and lateral extreme dynamic loadings occur separately and need not be combined. (1) Normal operating loadings. The following procedure ad dresses stress in the cargo tank shell resulting from normal operating loadings. The effective stress (the maximum principal stress at any point) must be determined by the following formula: S = 0.5(Sy + Sx) (0.25(Sy - Sx)2 + Ss2]a5 Where: (i) S = effective stress at any given point under the combination of static and normal loadings that can occur at the same time, in psi. (ii) Sy = circumferential stress generated by the MAWP and exter nal pressure, when applicable, plus static head, in psi. (iii) Sx = the following net longitudinal stress generated by the fol lowing static and normal operating loading conditions, in psi: (A) The longitudinal stresses resulting from the MAWP and external pressure, when applicable, plus static head, in combination with the bending stress generated by the static weight of the fully loaded cargo tank motor vehicle, 483 PART 178 ABDOO132258 178.345-3 April 1998 all structural elements, equipment and appurtenances supported by the cargo tank wall; (B) The tensile or comprehensive stress resulting from normal operating longitudinal acceleration or deceleration. In each case, the forces applied must be 0.35 times the vertical reaction at the suspension assembly, applied at the road surface, and as transmitted to the cargo tank wall through the suspension assembly of a trailer during deceleration; or the horizontal pivot of the truck tractor or converter dolly fifth wheel, or the drawbar hinge on the fixed dolly during acceleration; or anchoring and support members of a truck during acceleration and deceleration, as applicable. The vertical reaction must be calculated based on the static weight of the fully loaded cargo tank motor vehicle, all structural elements, equipment and ap purtenances supported by the cargo tank wall. The follow ing loadings must be included: (1) The axial load generated by a decelerative force; (2) The bending moment generated by a decelerative force; (3) The axial load generated by an accelerative force, and (4) The bending moment generated by an accelerative force; and (C) The tensile or comprehensive stress generated by the bending moment resulting from normal operating vertical accelerative force equal to 0.35 times the vertical reaction at the suspension assembly of a trailer; or the horizontal pivot of the upper coupler (fifth wheel) or turntable; or anchoring and support members of a truck, as applicable. The vehicle reaction must be calculated based on the static weight of the fully loaded cargo tank motor vehicle, all structural elements, equipment and appurtenances supported by the cargo tank wall. (iv) Ss = The following shear stresses generated by the following static and normal operating loading conditions, in psi: (A) The static shear stress resulting from the vertical reaction at the suspension assembly of a trailer, and the horizontal pivot of the upper coupler (fifth wheel) or turntable; or anchoring and support members of a truck, as applicable. The vertical reaction must be calculated based on the static weight of the fully loaded cargo tank motor vehicle, and structural elements, equipment and appurtenances supported by the cargo tank wall; (B) The vertical shear stress generated by a normal operating accelerative force equal to 0.35 times the vertical reaction at the suspension assembly of a trailer; or the horizontal pivot of the upper coupler (fifth wheel) or turntable; or anchoring and support members of a truck, as applicable. The vertical reaction must be calculated based on the static weight of the fully loaded cargo tank motor vehicle, all structural elements, equipment and appurtenances supported by the cargo tank wall; (C) The lateral shear stress generated by a normal operating lateral accelerative force equal to 0.2 times the vertical reaction at each suspension assembly of a trailer, applied at the road surface, and as transmitted to the cargo tank wall through the suspension assembly of a trailer, and the horizontal pivot of the upper coupler (fifth wheel) or turntable; or anchoring and support members of a truck, as applicable. The vertical reaction must be calculated based on the static weight of the fully loaded cargo tank motor vehicle, all structural elements, equipment and ap purtenances supported by the cargo tank wall; and (D) The torsional shear stress generated by the same lateral forces as described in paragraph(c)(1)(iv)(C) of this section. (2) Extreme dynamic loadings. The following procedure ad dresses stress in the cargo tank shell resulting from extreme dynamic loadings. The effective stress (the maximum principal stress at any point) must be determined by the following formula: S = 0.5(Sy + Sx) [0.25(Sy - Sx)2 + Ss2]05 Where: (i) S = effective stress at any given point under a combination of static and extreme dynamic loadings that can occur at the same time, in psi. (ii) Sy = circumferential stress generated by MAWP and external pressure, when applicable, plus static head, in psi. (iii) Sx = the following net longitudinal stress generated by the fol lowing static and extreme dynamic loading conditions, in psi: (A) The longitudinal stresses resulting from the MAWP and external pressure, when applicable, plus static head, in combination with the bending stress generated by the static weight of the fully loaded cargo tank motor vehicle, all structural elements, equipment and appurtenances supported by the tank wall; (B) The tensile or compressive stress resulting from extreme longitudinal acceleration or deceleration. In each case the forces applied must be 0.7 times the vertical reaction at the suspension assembly, applied at the road surface, and as transmitted to the cargo tank wall through the suspension assembly of a trailer during deceleration; or the horizontal pivot of the truck tractor or converter dolly fifth wheel, or the drawbar hinge on the fixed dolly during acceleration; or the anchoring and support members of a truck during acceleration and deceleration, as applicable. The vertical reaction must be calculated based on the static weight of the fully loaded cargo tank motor vehicle, all structural elements, equipment and appurtenances supported by the cargo tank wall. The following loadings must be included: (1) The axial load generated by a decelerative force; (2) The bending moment generated by a decelerative force; (3) The axial load generated by an accelerative force; and (4) The bending moment generated by an accelerative force; and (C) The tensile or compressive stress generated by the bend ing moment resulting from an extreme vertical accelerative force equal to 0.7 times the vertical reaction at the suspen sion assembly of a trailer, and the horizontal pivot of the upper coupler (fifth wheel) or turntable; or the anchoring and support members of a truck, as applicable. The verti cal reaction must be calculated based on the static weight of the fully loaded cargo tank motor vehicle, all structural elements, equipment and appurtenances supported by the cargo tank wall. (iv) Ss = The following shear stresses generated by static and ex treme dynamic loading condtions, in psi: (A) The static shear stress resulting from the vertical reaction at the suspension assembly of a trailer, and the horizontal pivot of the upper coupler (fifth wheel) or turntable; or anchoring and support members of a truck, as applicable. The vertical reaction must be calculated based on the static weight of the fully loaded cargo tank motor vehicle, all structural elements, equipment and appurtenances supported by the cargo tank wall; (B) The vertical shear stress generated by an extreme vertical accelerative force equal to 0.7 times the vertical reaction at the suspension assembly of a trailer, and the horizontal pivot of the upper coupler (fifth wheel) or turntable; or anchoring and support members of a truck, as applicable. The vertical reaction must be calculated based on the static weight of the fully loaded cargo tank motor vehicle, all structural elements, equipment and appurtenances supported by the cargo tank wall; (C) The lateral shear stress generated by an extreme lateral accelerative force equal to 0.4 times the vertical reaction at the suspension assembly of a trailer, applied at the road surface, and as transmitted to the cargo tank wall through the suspension assembly of a trailer, and the horizontal pivot of the upper coupler (fifth wheel) or turnta ble; or anchoring and support members of a truck, as applicable. The vertical reaction must be calculated based on the static weight of the fully loaded cargo tank motor vehicle, all structural elements, equipment and appurte nances supported by the cargo tank wall; and (D) The torsional shear stress generated by the same lateral 484 ABDOO132259 April 1998 178.345-3--178.345-7 forces as described in paragraph (c)(2)(iv)(C) of this section. (d) In no case may the minimum thickness of the cargo tank shell and heads be less than that prescribed in 178.346-2, 178.347-2, or 178.348-2, as applicable. (e) For a cargo tank mounted on a frame or built with integral structural supports, the calculation of effective stresses for the loading conditions in paragraph (c) of this section may include the structural contribution of the frame or the integral structural supports. (f) The design, construction, and installation of an appurtenance to the cargo tank must conform to the following requirements: (1) Structural members, the suspension subframe, accident protec tion and external rings must be used as sites for attachment of appurte nances and other accessories to the cargo tank, when practicable. (2) A lightweight attachment to the cargo tank wall, such as a conduit clip, brakeline clip, skirting structure, lamp mounting bracket or placard holder, must be a construction having lesser strength than the cargo tank wall materials and may not be more than 72 percent of the thickness of the material to which it is attached. The lightweight attachment may be secured directly to the cargo tank wall if the device is designed and installed in such a manner that, if damaged, it will not affect the lading retention integrity of the tank. A lightweight attachment must be secured to the cargo tank shell or head by continuous weld or in such a manner as to preclude formation of pockets, which may become sites for incipient corrosion. (3) Except as prescribed in paragraphs (g)(1) and (g)(2) of this section, the welding of any appurtenance to the cargo tank wall must be made by attachment of a mounting pad, so that there will be no adverse effect upon the lading retention integrity of the cargo tank if any force less than that prescribed in 178.345-8(b)(1) of this sub chapter is applied from any direction. The thickness of the mounting pad may not be less than that of the shell or head to which it is attached, and not more than 1.5 times the shell or head thickness. However, a pad with a minimum thickness of 0.187 inch may be used when the shell or head thickness is over 0.187 inch. If weep holes or tell-tale holes are used, the pad must be drilled or punched at its lowest point before it is welded. Each pad must-- (i) Extend at least 2 inches in each direction from any point of attachment of an appurtenance; (ii) Have rounded corners, or otherwise be shaped in a manner to minimize stress concentrations on the shell or head; and (iii) Be attached by a continuous weld around the pad, except for a small gap at the lowest point for draining. 178.345-4 Joints, (a) All joints between the cargo tank shell, heads, baffles, baffle attaching rings, and bulkheads must be welded in conformance with the ASME Code welding procedures. (b) Where practical all welds must be easily accessible for in spection. 176.345-5 Manhole assemblies, (a) Each cargo tank with ca pacity greater than 400 gallons must be accessible through a manhole at least 15 inches in diameter. (b) Each manhole, fill opening and washout assembly must be structurally capable of withstanding, without leakage or permanent deformation that would affect its structural integrity, a static internal fluid pressure of at least 36 psig, or cargo tank test pressure, whichever is greater. The manhole assembly manufacturer shall verify compli ance with this requirement by hydrostatically testing at least one per cent (or one manhole closure, whichever is greater) of all manhole closures of each type produced each 3 months, as follows: (1) The manhole, fill opening, or washout assembly must be tested with the venting devices blocked. Any leakage or deformation that would affect the product retention capability of the assembly shall constitute a failure. (2) If the manhole, fill opening, or washout assembly tested fails, then five more covers from the same lot must be tested. If one of these five covers fails, then all covers in the lot from which the tested covers were selected are to be 100% tested or rejected for service. (c) Each manhole, filler and washout cover must be fitted with a safety device that prevents the cover from opening fully when internal pressure is present. (d) Each manhole and fill cover must be secured with fastenings that will prevent opening of the covers as a result of vibration under normal transportation conditions or shock impact due to a rollover accident on the roadway or shoulder where the fill cover is not struck by a substantial obstacle. (e) Each manhole cover must be permanently marked by stamping or other means with: (1) Manufacturer's name; (2) Test pressurepsig; (3) A statement certifying that the manhole cover meets the require ments in 178.345-5. (f) All fittings and devices mounted on a manhole cover, coming in contact with the lading, must withstand the same static internal fluid pressure and contain the same permanent compliance markings as that required for the manhole cover. The fitting or device manufacturer shall verify compliance using the same test procedure and frequency of testing as specified in 178.345-5(b). 178.345-6 Supports and anchoring, (a) A cargo tank with a frame not integral to the cargo tank must have the tank secured by restraining devices to eliminate any motion between the tank and frame that may abrade the tank shell due to the stopping, starting, or turning of the cargo tank motor vehicle. The design calculations of the support elements must include the stresses indicated in 178.3453(b) and as generated by the loads described in178.345-3(c). Such restraining devices must be readily accessible for inspection and maintenance, except that insulation and jacketing are permitted to cover the restraining devices. (b) A cargo tank designed and constructed so that it constitutes, in whole or in part, the structural member used in lieu of a frame must be supported in such a manner that the resulting stress levels in the cargo tank do not exceed those specified in 178.345-3(a). The de sign calculations of the support elements must include the stresses indicated in 178.345-3(b) and as generated by the loads described in 178.345-3(c). 178.345-7 Circumferential reinforcements, (a) A cargo tank with a shell thickness of less than % inch must be circumferentially reinforced with bulkheads, baffles, ring stiffeners, or any combination thereof, in addition to the cargo tank heads. (1) Circumferential reinforcement must be located so that the thick ness and tensile strength of the shell material in combination with the frame and reinforcement produces structural integrity at least equal to that prescribed in 178.345-3 and in such a manner that the maximum unreinforced portion of the shell does not exceed 60 inches. For cargo tanks designed to be loaded by vacuum, spacing of circumferential reinforcement may exceed 60 inches provided the maximum unrein forced portion of the shell conforms with the requirements of Section VIII, Division 1 of the ASME Code. (2) Where circumferential joints are made between conical shell sections, or between conical and cylindrical shell sections, and the angle between adjacent sections is less than 160 degrees, circumfer ential reinforcement must be located within one inch of the shell joint, unless otherwise reinforced with structural members capable of main taining shell stress levels authorized in 178.345-3. When the joint is formed by the large ends of adjacent conical shell sections, or by the large end of a conical shell and a cylindrical shell section, this angle is measured inside the shell; when the joint is formed by the small end of a conical shell section and a cylindrical shell section, it is measured outside the shell. (b) Except for doubler plates and knuckle pads, no reinforcement may cover any circumferential joint. (c) When a baffle or baffle attachment ring is used as a circumferen tial reinforcement member, it must produce structural integrity at least equal to that prescribed in 178.345-3 and must be circumferentially welded to the cargo tank shell. The welded portion may not be less than 50 percent of the total circumference of the cargo tank and the length of any unwelded space on the joint may not exceed 40 times the shell thickness unless reinforced external to the cargo tank. (d) When a ring stiffener is used as a circumferential reinforcement member, whether internal or external, reinforcement must be continu ous around the circumference of the cargo tank shell and must be in accordance with the following: (1) The section modulus about the neutral axis of the ring section parallel to the shell must be at least equal to that derived from the applicable formula: l/C = 0.00027WL, for MS, HSLA and SS; or l/C = 0.000467WL, for aluminum alloys; PART 178 485 ABDOO132260 178.345-7--178.345-8 April 1998 'Where: l/C =Section modulus in inches3 W =Tank width, or diameter, inches L =Spacing of ring stiffener, inches, i.e., the maximum longitudinal distance from the midpoint of the unsupported shell on one side of the ring stiffener to the midpoint of the unsupported shell on the opposite side of the ring stiffener. (2) If a ring stiffener is welded to the cargo tank shell, a portion of the shell may be considered as part of the ring section for purposes of computing the ring section modulus. The portion of the shell may be used provided at least 50 percent of the total circumference of the cargo tank is welded and the length of any unwelded space on the joint does not exceed 40 times the shell thickness. The maximum portion of the shell to be used in these calculations is as follows: Number of circumferential ring stitfener-to-shell welds CJ1 Shell section 20t Less than 20t 20t + J 20t or more 40t 'Where. i = Shell thickness. inches: J - Longitudinal distance between parallel circumferential ring stiffener-to-shell welds (3) When used to meet the vacuum requirements of this section, ring stiffeners must be as prescribed in the ASME Code. (4) If configuration of internal or external ring stiffener encloses an air space, this air space must be arranged for venting and be equipped with drainage facilities which must be kept operative at ail times. (5) Hat shaped or open channel ring stiffeners which prevent visual inspection of the cargo tank shell are prohibited on cargo tank motor vehicles constructed of carbon steel. 178.345-8 Accident damage protection, (a) General. Each cargo tank motor vehicle must be designed and constructed in accord ance with the requirements of this section and the applicable individual specification to minimize the potential for the loss of lading due to an accident. (1) Any dome, sump, or washout cover plate protecting from the cargo tank wall that retains lading in any tank orientation, must be as strong and tough as the cargo tank wall and have a thickness at least equal to that specified by the appropriate cargo tank specification. Any such projection located in the lower V3 of the tank circumference (or cross section perimeter for non-circular cargo tanks) that extends more than half its diameter at the point of attachment to the tank or more than 4 inches from the cargo tank wall, or located in the upper 2/3 of the tank circumference or cross section perimeter for non-circular cargo tanks) that extends more than V4 its diameter or more than 2 inches from the point of attachment to the tank must have accident damage protection devices that are: (1) As specified in this section; (ii) 125 percent as strong as the otherwise required accident dam age protection device; or (iii) Attached to the cargo tank in accordance with the requirements of paragraph (a)(3) of this section. (2) Outlets, valves, closures, piping, or any devices that if damaged in an accident could result in a loss of lading from the cargo tank must be protected by accident damage protection devices as specified in this section. (3) Accident damage protection devices attached to the wall of a cargo tank must be able to withstand or deflect away from the cargo tank the loads specified in this section, They must be designed, con structed and installed so as to maximize the distribution of loads to the cargo tank wall and to minimize the possibility of adversely affect ing the lading retention integrity of the cargo tank. Accident induced stresses resulting from the appropriate accident damage protection device requirements in combination with the stresses from the cargo tank operating at the MAWP may not result in a cargo tank wall stress greater than the ultimate strength of the material of construction using a safety factor of 1.3. Deformation of the protection device is acceptable provided the devices being protected are not damaged when loads specified in this section are applied. (4) Any piping that extends beyond an accident damage protection device must be equipped with a stop-valve and a sacrificial device such as a shear section. The sacrificial device must be located in the piping system outboard of the stop-valve and within the accident damage protection device to prevent any accidental loss of lading. The device must break at no more than 70 percent of the load that would be required to cause the failure of the protected lading retention device, part or cargo tank wall. The failure of the sacrificial device must leave the protected lading retention device and its attachment to the cargo tank wall intact and capable of retaining product. (5) Minimum road clearance. The minimum allowable road clear ance of any cargo tank motor vehicle component or protection device located between any two adjacent axles on a vehicle or vehicle combi nation must be at least one-half inch for each foot separating such axles, and in no case less than 12 inches. (b) Each outlet, projection or piping located in the lower V3 of the cargo tank circumference (or cross section perimeter for non-circular cargo tanks) that could be damaged in an accident that may result in the loss of lading must be protected by a bottom damage protection device, except as provided by paragraph (a)(1) of this section and 173.33(e) of this subchapter. Outlets, projections and piping may be grouped or clustered together and protected by a single protection device. (1) Any bottom damage protection device must be able to withstand a force of 155,000 pounds (based on the ultimate strength of the material) from the front, side, or rear, uniformly distributed over each surface of the device, over an area not to exceed 6 square feet, and a width not to exceed 6 feet. Suspension components and structural mounting members may be used to provide all, or part, of this protec tion. The device must extend no less than 6 inches beyond any compo nent that may contain lading in transit. (2) A lading discharge opening equipped with an internal self closing stop-valve need not conform to paragraph (b)(1) of this section provided it is protected so as to reasonably assure against the acci dental loss of lading. This protection must be provided by a sacrificial device located outboard of each internal self-closing stopvalve and within 4 inches of the major radius of the cargo tank shell or within 4 inches of a sump, but in no case more than 8 inches from the major radius of the cargo tank shell. The device must break at no more than 70 percent of the load that would be required to cause the failure of the protected lading retention device, part or cargo tank wall. The failure of the sacrificial device must leave the protected lading retention device or part and its attachment to the cargo tank wall intact and capable of retaining product. (c) Each closure for openings, including but not limited to the man hole, filling or inspection openings, and each valve, fitting, pressure relief device, vapor recovery stop valve or lading retaining fitting lo cated in the upper 2/3 of a cargo tank circumference (or cross section perimeter for non-circular tanks) must be protected by being located within or between adjacent rollover damage protection devices, or by being 125 percent of the strength that would be provided by the otherwise required damage protection device. (1) A rollover damage protection device on a cargo tank motor vehicle must be designed and installed to withstand loads equal to twice the weight of the loaded cargo tank motor vehicle applied as follows: normal to the cargo tank shell (perpendicular to the cargo tank surface); and tangential (perpendicular to the normal load) from any direction. The stresses shall not exceed the ultimate strength of the material of construction. These design loads may be considered to be uniformly distributed and independently applied. If more than one rollover protection device is used, each device must be capable of carrying its proportionate share of the required loads and in each case at least one-fourth the total tangential load. The design must be proven capable of carrying the required loads by calculations, tests or a combination of tests and calculations. (2) A rollover damage protection device that would otherwise allow the accumulation of liqujd on the top of the cargo tank, must be provided with a drain that directs the liquid to a safe point of discharge away from any structural component of the cargo tank motor vehicle. (d) Rear-end protection. Each cargo tank motor vehicle must be provided with a rear-end protection device to protect the cargo tank and piping in the event of a rear-end collision and reduce the likelihood of damage which could result in the loss of lading. The rear-end tank protection device must conform to the following requirements (Nothing in this paragraph shall be construed to relieve a manufacturer of responsibility for complying with the requirements of 393.86 of this title): 486 ABDOO132261 April 1998 178.345-8--178.345-10 (1) The rear-end cargo tank protection device must be designed so that it can deflect at least 6 inches horizontally forward with no contact between any part of the cargo tank motor vehicle which con tains lading during transit and with any part of the rear-end protection device, or with a vertical plane passing through the outboard surface of the protection device. (2) The dimensions of the rear-end cargo tank protection device shall conform to the following: (i) The bottom surface of the rear-end protection device must be at least 4 inches below the lower surface of any part at the rear of the cargo tank motor vehicle which contains lading during transit and not more than 60 inches from the ground when the vehicle is empty. (ii) The maximum width of a notch, indentation, or separation be tween sections of a rear-end cargo tank protection device may not exceed 24 inches. A notched, indented, or separated rearend protection device may be used only when the piping at the rear of the cargo tank is equipped with a sacrificial device outboard of a shut-off valve. (iii) The widest part of the motor vehicle at the rear may not extend more than 18 inches beyond the outermost ends of the device or (if separated) devices on either side of the vehicle. (3) The structure of the rear-end protection device and its attach ment to the vehicle must be designed to satisfy the conditions specified in paragraph (d)(1) of this section when subjected to an impact of the cargo tank motor vehicle at rated payload, at a deceleration of 2 "g". Such impact must be considered as being uniformly applied in a horizontal plane at an angle of 10 degrees or less to the longitudinal axis of the vehicle. (e) Longitudinal deceleration protection. In order to account for stresses due to longitudinal impact in an accident, the cargo tank shell and heads must be able to withstand the load resulting from the design pressure in combination with the dynamic pressure resulting from a longitudinal deceleration of 2 "g". For this loading condition, the allowable stress value used may not exceed the ultimate strength of the material of construction using a safety factor of 1.3. Performance testing, analytical methods, or a combination thereof, may be used to prove this capability provided the methods are accurate and verifi able. For cargo tanks with internal baffles, the decelerative force may be reduced by 0.25 "g" for each baffle assembly, but in no case may the total reduction in decelerative force exceed 1.0 '`g". 178.345-9 Pumps, piping, hoses and connections. (a) Suitable means must be provided during loading or unloading operations to ensure that pressure within a cargo tank does not exceed test pressure. (b) Each hose, piping, stop-valve, lading retention fitting and clo sure must be designed for a bursting pressure of the greater of 100 psig or four times the MAWP. (c) Each hose coupling must be designed for a bursting pressure of the greater of 120 psig or 4.8 times the MAWP of the cargo tank, and must be designed so that there will be no leakage when connected. (d) Suitable provision must be made to allow for and prevent dam age due to expansion, contraction, jarring, and vibration. Slip joints may not be used for this purpose in the lading retention system. (e) Any heating device, when installed, must be so constructed that the breaking of its external connections will not cause leakage of the cargo tank lading. (f) Any gauging, loading or charging device, including associated valves, must be provided with an adequate means of secure closure to prevent leakage. (g) The attachment and construction of each loading/unloading or charging line must be of sufficient strength, or be protected by a sacrificial device, such that any load applied by loading/unloading or charging lines connected to the cargo tank cannot cause damage resulting in loss of lading from the cargo tank. (h) Use of a nonmetallic pipe, valve or connection that is not as strong and heat resistant as the cargo tank material is authorized only if such attachment is located outboard of the lading retention system. 178.345-10 Pressure relief, (a) Each cargo tank must be equipped to relieve pressure and vacuum conditions in conformance with this section and the applicable individual specification. The pres sure and vacuum relief system must be designed to operate and have sufficient capacity to prevent cargo tank rupture or collapse due to over-pressurization or vacuum resulting from loading, unloading, or from heating and cooling of lading. (b) Type and construction of relief systems and devices. (1) Each cargo tank must be provided with a primary pressure relief system consisting of one or more reclosing pressure relief valves. A secondary pressure relief system consisting of another pressure relief valve in parallel with the primary pressure relief system may be used to augment the total venting capacity of the cargo tank. Non-reclosing pressure relief devices are not authorized in any cargo tank except when in series with a reclosing pressure relief device. Gravity actuated reclosing valves are not authorized on any cargo tank. (2) When provided by 173.33(c)(1)(iii) of this subchapter, cargo tanks may be equipped with a normal vent. Such vents must be set to open at not less than 1 psig and must be designed to prevent loss of lading through the device in case of vehicle overturn. (3) Each pressure relief system must be designed to withstand dynamic pressure surges in excess of the design set pressure as specified in paragraphs (b)(3)(i) and (ii) of this section. Set pressure is a function of MAWP as set forth in paragraph (d) of this section. (i) Each pressure relief device must be able to withstand dynamic pressure surge reaching 30 psig above the design set pressure and sustained above the set pressure for at least 60 millisec onds with a total volume of liquid released not exceeding one gallon before the relief device recloses to a leak-tight condition. This requirement must be met regardless of vehicle orientation. This capability must be demonstrated by testing. An acceptable test procedure is outlined in TTMA RP No. 81--"Performance of Spring-Loaded Pressure Relief Valves on MC 306, MC 307, and MC 312 Tanks," May 24, 1989 edition. (ii) After August 31, 1995, each pressure relief device must be able to withstand a dynamic pressure surge reaching 30 psig above the design set pressure and sustained above the design set pressure for at least 60 milliseconds with a total volume of liquid released not exceeding one liter before the relief valve recloses to a leak-tight condition. This requirement must be met regardless of vehicle orientation. This capability must be demonstrated by testing. TTMA RP No. 81, cited in paragraph (b)(3)(i) of this section, is an acceptable test procedure. (4) Each reclosing pressure relief valve must be constructed and installed in such a manner as to prevent unauthorized adjustment of the relief valve setting. (5) No shut-off valve or other device that could prevent venting through the pressure relief system may be installed in a pressure relief system. (6) The pressure relief system must be mounted, shielded and drainable so as to minimize the accumulation of material that could impair the operation or discharge capability of the system by freezing, corrosion or blockage. (c) Location of relief devices. Each pressure relief device must communicate with the vapor space above the lading as near as practi cable to the center of the vapor space. For example, on a cargo tank designed to operate in a level attitude, the device should be positioned at the horizontal and transverse center of the cargo tank; on cargo tanks sloped to the rear, the device should be located in the forward half of the cargo tank. The discharge from any device must be un restricted. Protective devices which deflect the flow of vapor are per missible provided the required vent capacity is maintained. (d) Settings of pressure relief system. The set pressure of the pressure relief system is the pressure at which it starts toopen, allowing discharge. (1) Primary pressure relief system. The set pressure of each primary relief valve must be no less than 120 percent of the MAWP, and no more than 132 percent of the MAWP. The valve must reclose at not less than 108 percent of the MAWP and remain closed at lower pressures. (2) Secondary pressure relief system. The set pressure of each pressure relief valve used as a secondary relief device must be not less than 120 percent of the MAWP. (e) Venting capacity of pressure relief systems. The pressure relief system (primary and secondary, including piping) must have sufficient venting capacity to limit the cargo tank internal pressure to not more than the cargo tank test pressure. The total venting capacity, rated at not more than the cargo tank test pressure, must be at least that specified in Table I, except as provided in 178.348-10(d). PART 178 487 ABDOO132262 178.345-10--178.345-13 April 1998 Table I.--Minimum Emergency Vent Capacity (In cubic feet free air/hour at 60F and 1 atm.) Exposed area In square feet 20 ........................................... 30 .................................................................... 40 . ........................................... 50 . . .............................................................. 60................................................................................ 70................................................................................ 80............................................................................. 90 . . ........................................ 100..................................................... .... 120 ........................................ 140 ........................................ 160 ... . ......................... 180...................... ........................................ 200 ............................................................................. 225 ............................................................................. 250 ............................................................................. 275 . ........................................... 300 . ..................................................... 350 . ..................................... 400 .................................. 450 ... . ........................................ 500 ............................................................................. 550 .......................................................................... 600 ............................................................................. 650 . . ........................................................... 700 . ... .................................. 750 . .................................. 800 . ........................................... 850 ............................................ 900 .......................................................................... 950 ...................... .... ............. 1,000 . ........................................................... Note 1. Interpolate for intermediate sizes Cubic feet free air per hour 15,800 23,700 31,600 39,500 47.400 55,300 63,300 71,200 79,100 94,900 110,700 126,500 142,300 158.100 191,300 203,100 214,300 225,100 245,700 265,000 283,200 300,600 317,300 333,300 348,800 363,700 378.200 392,200 405,900 419,300 432,300 445.000 (1) Primary pressure relief system. Unless otherwise specified in the applicable individual specification, the primary relief system must have a minimum venting capacity of 12,000 SCFH per 350 square feet of exposed cargo tank area, but in any case at least one fourth the required total venting capacity for the cargo tank. (2) Secondary pressure relief system. If the primary pressure relief system does not provide the required total venting capacity, additional capacity must be provided by a secondary pressure relief system. (f) Certification of pressure relief devices. The manufacturer of any pressure relief device, including valves, frangible (rupture) disks, vacuum vents and combination devices must certify that the device model was designed and tested in accordance with this section and the appropriate cargo tank specification. The certificate must contain sufficient information to describe the device and its performance. The certificate must be signed by a responsible official of the manufacturer who approved the flow capacity certification. (g) Rated flow capacity certification test. Each pressure relief device model must be successfully flow capacity certification tested prior to first use. Devices having one design, size and set pressure are considered to be one model. The testing requirements are as follows: (1) At least 3 devices of each specific model must be tested for flow capacity at a pressure not greater than the test pressure of the cargo tank. For a device model to be certified, the capacities of the devices tested must fall within a range of plus or minus 5 percent of the average for the devices tested. (2) The rated flow capacity of a device model may not be greater than 90 percent of the average value for the devices tested. (3) The rated flow capacity derived for each device model must be certified by a responsible official of the device manufacturer. (h) Marking of pressure relief devices. Each pressure relief de vice must be permanently marked with the following: (1) Manufacturer's name; (2) Model number; (3) Set pressure, in psig; and (4) Rated flow capacity, in SCFH at the rating pressure, in psig. 178.345-11 Tank outlets, (a) General. As used in this sec tion, "loading/unloading outlet" means any opening in the cargo tank wall used for loading or unloading of lading, as distinguished from outlets such as manhole covers, vents, vapor recovery devices, and similar closures. Cargo tank outlets, closures and associated piping must be protected in accordance with 178.345-8. (b) Each cargo tank loading/unloading outlet must be equipped with an internal self-closing stop-valve, or alternatively, with an external stop-valve located as close as practicable to the cargo tank wall. Each cargo tank loading/unloading outlet must be in accordance with the following provisions: (1) Each loading/unloading outlet must be fitted with a self-closing system capable of closing all such outlets in an emergency within 30 seconds of actuation. During normal operations the outlets may be closed manually. The self-closing system must be designed according to the following: (1) Each self-closing system must include a remotely actuated means of closure located more than 10 feet from the loading/ unloading outlet where vehicle length allows, or on the end of the cargo tank farthest away from the loading/unloading outlet. The actuating mechanism must be corrosion-resistant and ef fective in all types of environment and weather. (ii) If the actuating system is accidentally damaged or sheared off during transportation, each loading/unloading outlet must remain securely closed and capable of retaining lading. (iii) When required by part 173 of this subchapter for materials which are flammable, pyrophoric, oxidizing, or Division 6.1 (poi sonous liquid) materials, the remote means of closure must be capable of thermal activation. The means by which the self closing system is thermally activated must be located as close as practicable to the primary loading/unloading connection and must actuate the system at a temperature not over 250F. In addition, outlets on these cargo tanks must be capable of being remotely closed manually or mechanically. (2) Bottom loading outlets which discharge lading into the cargo tank through fixed internal piping above the maximum liquid level of the cargo tank need not be equipped with a self-closing system. (c) Any loading/unloading outlet extending beyond an internal self closing stop-valve, or beyond the innermost external stop-valve which is part of a self-closing system, must be fitted with another stop-valve or other leak-tight closure at the end of such connection. (d) Each cargo tank outlet that is not a loading/unloading outlet must be equipped with a stop-valve or other leak-tight closure located as close as practicable to the cargo tank outlet. Any connection ex tending beyond this closure must be fitted with another stop-valve or other leak-tight closure at the end of such connection. 178.345-12 Gauging devices. Each cargo tank, except a cargo tank intended to be filled by weight, must be equipped with a gauging device that indicates the maximum permitted liquid level to within 0.5 percent of the nominal capacity as measured by volume or liquid level. Gauge glasses are not permitted. 178.345-13 Pressure and leakage tests, (a) Eachcargotank must be pressure and leakage tested in accordance with this section and 178.346-13(a), 178.347-13(a) or 178.348-13(a), as applicable. (b) Pressure test. Each cargo tank or cargo tank compartment must be tested hydrostatically or pneumatically. Each cargo tank of a multi-cargo tank motor vehicle must be tested with the adjacent cargo tanks empty and at atmospheric pressure. Each closure, except pressure relief devices and loading/unloading venting devices rated at less than the prescribed test pressure, must be in place during the test. If the venting device is not removed during the test, such device must be rendered inoperative by a clamp, plug or other equally effec tive restraining device, which may not prevent the detection of leaks, or damage the device. Restraining devices must be removed immedi ately after the test is completed. (1) Hydrostatic method. Each cargo tank, including its domes, must be filled with water or other liquid having similar viscosity, the temperature of which may not exceed 100F. The cargo tank must then be pressurized as prescribed in the applicable specification. 488 ABDOO132263 April 1998 178.345-13--178.345-15 The pressure must be gauged at the top of the cargo tank. The prescribed test pressure must be maintained for at least 10 minutes during which time the cargo tank must be inspected for leakage, bulging, or other defect. (2) Pneumatic method. A pneumatic test may be used in place of the hydrostatic test. However, pneumatic pressure testing may involve higher risk than hydrostatic testing. Therefore, suitable safe guards must be provided to protect personnel and facilities should failure occur during the test. The cargo tank must be pressurized with air or an inert gas. Test pressure must be reached gradually by increasing the pressure to one half of test pressure. Thereafter, the pressure must be increased in steps of approximately one tenth of the test pressure until test pressure is reached. Test pressure must be held for at least 5 minutes. The pressure must then be reduced to the inspection pressure which must be maintained while the entire cargo tank surface is inspected for leakage and other sign of defects. The inspection method must consist of coating all joints and fittings with a solution of soap and water or other equally sensitive method. (c) Leakage test. The cargo tank with all its accessories in place and operable must be leak tested at not less than 80 percent of tank's MAWP with the pressure maintained for at least 5 minutes. (d) Any cargo tank that leaks, bulges or shows any other sign of defect must be rejected. Rejected cargo tanks must be suitably re paired and retested successfully prior to being returned to service. The retest after any repair must use the same method of test under which the cargo tank was originally rejected. 178.345-14 Marking, (a) General. The manufacturer shall certify that each cargo tank motor vehicle has been designed, con structed and tested in accordance with the applicable Specification DOT 406, DOT 407 or DOT 412 (178.345, 178.346, 178.347, 178.348) cargo tank requirements, and when applicable, with the ASME Code. The certification shall be accomplished by marking the cargo tank as prescribed in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section, and by preparing the certificate prescribed in 178.345-15. Metal plates prescribed by paragraphs (b), (c), (d) and (e) of this section, must be permanently attached to the cargo tank or its integral support ing structure, by brazing, welding or other suitable means. These plates must be affixed on the left side of the vehicle near the front of the cargo tank (or the frontmost cargo tank of a multi-cargo tank motor vehicle), in a place readily accessible for inspection. The plates must be permanently and plainly marked in English by stamping, embossing or other means in characters at least 3/16 inch high. The information required by paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section may be combined on one specification plate. (b) Nameplate. Each cargo tank must have a corrosion resistant nameplate permanently attached to it. The following information, in addition to any applicable information required by the ASME Code, must be marked on the tank nameplate (parenthetical abbreviations may be used): (1) DOT Specification number DOT XXX (DOT XXX), where "XXX" is replaced with the applicable specification number. (2) Original test date, month and year (Orig. Test Date). (3) Tank maximum allowable working pressure (MAWP), in psig. (4) Cargo tank test pressure (Test P), in psig. (5) Cargo tank design temperature range (Design temp, range),F to_____F. (6) Nominal capacity (Water cap.), in gallons. (7) Maximum design density of lading (Max. lading density), in pounds per gallon. (8) Material specification number--shell (Shell matl, yyy *'*), where "yyy" is replaced by the alloy designation and "***" by the alloy type. (9) Material specification number--heads (Head matl, yyy ***), where "yyy" is replaced by the alloy designation and ....... by the alloy type. Note--When the shell and heads materials are the same thickness, they may be combined (Shell & head matl, yyy ***). (10) Weld material (Weld matl.). (11) Minimum thickness--shell (Min. shell--thick.), in inches, When minimum shell thicknesses are not the same for different areas, show (top_____, side_____ , bottom_____ _ in inches). (12) Minimum thickness--heads (Min. heads thick.), in inches. (13) Manufactured thickness--shell (Mfd. shell thick.), top_____, side_____ bottom______ , in inches. (Required when additional thick ness is provided for corrosion allowance.) (14) Manufactured thickness--heads (Mfd. heads thick.), in inches. (Required when additional thickness is provided for corrosion allow ances.) (15) Exposed surface area, in square feet. (c) Specification plate. Each cargo tank motor vehicle must have an additional corrosion resistant metal specification plate attached to it. The specification plate must contain the following information (parenthetical abbreviations may be used): (1) Cargo tank motor vehicle manufacturer (CTMV mfr.). (2) Cargo tank motor vehicle certification date (CTMV cert, date), if different from the cargo tank certification date. (3) Cargo tank manufacturer (CT mfr.). (4) Cargo tank date of manufacture (CT date of mfr.), month and year. (5) Maximum weight of lading (Max. payload), in pounds. (6) Maximum loading rate in gallons per minute (Max. load rate, GPM) at maximum loading pressure_____psig. (7) Maximum unloading rate in gallons per minute (Max. unload rate, GPM), at maximum unloading pressure_____psig. (8) Lining material (Lining), if applicable. (9) Heating system design pressure (Heating sys. press.), in psig, if applicable. (10) Heating system design temperature (Heating sys. temp.), in F, if applicable. (d) Multi-cargo tank motor vehicle. For a multi-cargo tank motor vehicle having all its cargo tanks not separated by any void, the information required by paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section may be combined on one specification plate. When separated by a void, each cargo tank must have an individual nameplate as required in paragraph (b) of this section, unless all cargo tanks are made by the same manufacturer with the same materials, manufactured thickness, minimum thickness and to the same specification. The cargo tank motor vehicle may have a combined nameplate and specification plate. When only one plate is used, the plate must be visible and not covered by insulation. The required information must be listed on the plate from front to rear in the order of the corresponding cargo tank location. (e) Variable specification cargo tank. Each variable specification cargo tank must have a corrosion resistant metal variable specification plate attached to it. The mounting of this variable specification plate must be such that only the plate identifying the applicable specification under which the tank is being operated is legible. (1) The following information must be included (parenthetical ab breviations are authorized): Specification DOT XXX (DOT XXX), where "XXX" is replaced with the applicable specification number. Equipment required Required rating1 Pressure relist devices: Pressure actuated type.................................................................................. Frangible type................................................................................................... Lading discharge devices........................................................................... Top........................................................................................................................ Bottom................................................................................................................. Pressure unloading fitting ........................................................................... Closures: Manhole .............................................................................................................. Fill openings....................................................................................................... Discharge openings......................................................................................... ....................................... ....................................... ... . _ .. ....................................... ....................................... ....................................... ....................................... 1 Required rating--lo meet the applicable specification. (2) If no change of information in the specification plate is required, the letters "NC" must follow the rating required. If the cargo tank is not so equipped, the word "None" must be inserted. (3) Those parts to be changed or added must be stamped with the appropriate MC or DOT Specification markings. (4) The alterations that must be made in order for the tank to be modified from one specification to another must be clearly indicated on the manufacturer's certificate and on the variable specification plate. 178.345-15 Certification, (a) At or before the time of delivery, the manufacturer of a cargo tank motor vehicle must provide certifica tion documents to the owner of the cargo tank motor vehicle. The registration numbers of the manufacturer, the Design Certifying Engi neer, and the Registered Inspector, as appropriate, must appear on the certificates (see subpart F, part 107 in subchapter A of this chapter). PART 178 489 ABDOO132264 178.345-15--178.346-2 April 1998 (b) The manufacturer of a cargo tank motor vehicle made to any of these specifications must provide: (1) For each design type, a certificate signed by a responsible official of the manufacturer and a Design Certifying Engineer certifying that the cargo tank motor vehicle design meets the applicable specifi cation; and (2) For each ASME cargo tank a cargo tank manufacturer's data report as required by the ASME Code. For each cargo tank motor vehicle, a certificate signed by a responsible official of the manufac turer and a Registered Inspector certifying that the cargo tank motor vehicle is constructed, tested and completed in conformance with the applicable specification. (c) The manufacturer of a variable specification cargo tank motor vehicle must provide: (D For each design type, a certificate signed by a responsible official of the manufacturer and a Design Certifying Engineer certifying that the cargo tank motor vehicle design meets the applicable specifi cations; and (2) For each variable specification cargo tank motor vehicle, a certificate signed by a responsible official of the manufacturer and a Registered Inspector certifying that the cargo tank motor vehicle is constructed, tested and completed in conformance with the applicable specifications. The certificate must include all the informa tion required and marked on the variable specification plate. (d) In the case of a cargo tank motor vehicle manufactured in two or more stages, each manufacturer who performs a manufacturing operation on the incomplete vehicle or portion thereof shall provide to the succeeding manufacturer, at or before the time of delivery, a certificate covering the particular operation performed by that manufacturer, including any certificates received from previous manufacturers, Registered Inspectors, and Design Certifying Engi neers. Each certificate must indicate the portion of the complete cargo tank motor vehicle represented thereby, such as basic cargo tank fabrication, insulation, jacket, lining, or piping. The final manu facturer shall provide all applicable certificates to the owner. (e) Specification shortages. If a cargo tank is manufactured which does not meet all applicable specification requirements, thereby re quiring subsequent manufacturing involving the installation of addi tional components, parts, appurtenances or accessories, the cargo tank manufacturer may affix the nameplate and specification plate, as required by 178.345--14 (b) and (c), without the original date of certification stamped on the specification plate. The manufacturer shall state the specification requirements not complied with the manu facturer's Certificate of Compliance. When the cargo tank is brought into full compliance with the applicable specification, the Registered Inspector shall stamp the date of compliance on the specification plate. The Registered Inspector shall issue a Certificate of Compliance stating details of the particular operations performed on the cargo tank, and the date and person (manufacturer, carrier, or repair organization) accomplishing the compliance. 178.346 Specification DOT 406; cargo tank motor vehicle. 178.346-1 General requirements, (a) Each Specification DOT 406 cargo tank motor vehicle must meet the general design and construction requirements in 178.345, in addition to the specific requirements contained in this section. (b) Maximum Allowable Working Pressure: The MAWP of each cargo tank must be no lower than 2.65 psig and no higher than 4 psig. (c) Vacuum loaded cargo tanks must not be constructed to this specification. (d) Each cargo tank must be "constructed in accordance with the ASME Code" except as modified herein: (1) The record-keeping requirements contained in the ASME Code Section VIII, Division l do not apply. Parts UG-90 thru 94 of Section VIII, Division I do not apply. Inspection and certification must be made by an inspector registered in accordance with Subpart F of Part 107. (2) Loadings must be as prescribed in 178.346-3. (3) The knuckle radius of flanged heads must be at least three times the material thickness, and in no case less than 0.5 inch. Stuffed (inserted) heads may be attached to the shell by a fillet weld. The knuckle radius and dish radius versus diameter limitations of UG-32 do not apply. Shell sections of cargo tanks designed with a noncircular cross section need not be given a preliminary curvature, as prescribed in UG-79(b). (4) Marking, certification, data reports, and nameplates must be as prescribed in 178.345-14, 178.346-14, 178.345-15, and 178.346- 15. (5) Manhole closure assemblies must conform to 178.345-5 and 178.346- 5. (6) Pressure relief devices must be as prescribed in 178.34510 and 178.346-10. (7) The hydrostatic or pneumatic test must be as prescribed in 178.345-13 and 178.346-13. (8) The following paragraphs in Parts UG and UW of the ASME Code, Section VIII, Division I do not apply: UG-11, UG-12,UG-22(g), UG-32(e), UG-34, UG-35, UG-44, UG-76, UG-77, UG-80, UG-81, UG96, UG-97. UW-13(b)(2), UW-13.1(f) and the dimensional require ments found in Figure UW-13.1. (9) Single full fillet lap joints without plug welds may be used for arc or gas welded longitudinal seams without radiographic examination under the following conditions: (i) For a truck-mounted cargo tank, no more than two such joints may be used on the top half of the tank and no more than two joints may be used on the bottom half. They may not be located farther from the top and bottom centerline than 16 percent of the shell's circumference. (ii) For a self-supporting cargo tank, no more than two such joints may be used on the top of the tank. They may not be located farther from the top centerline than 12.5 percent of the shell's circumference. (iii) Compliance test. Two test specimens of the material to be used in the manufacture of a cargo tank must be tested to failure in tension. The test specimens must be of the same thickness and joint configuration as the cargo tank, and joined by the same welding procedures. The test specimens may represent all the tanks that are made of the same materials and welding procedures, have the same joint config uration, and are made in the same facility within 6 months after the tests are completed. Before welding, the fit-up of the joints on the test specimens must represent production conditions that would result in the least joint strength. Evi dence of joint fit-up and test results must be retained at the manufacturers' facility. (iv) Weld joint efficiency. The lower value of stress at failure attained in the two tensile test specimens shall be used to compute the efficiency of the joint as follows: Determine the failure ratio by dividing the stress at failure by the mechanical properties of the adjacent metal; this value, when multiplied by 0.75, is the design weld joint efficiency. (10) The requirements of paragraph UW-9(d), of section VIII, Divi sion 1, ASME Code do not apply. 178.346-2 Material and thickness of material. The type and thickness of material for DOT 406 cargo tanks motor vehicles must conform to 178.345-2 of this Part, but may in no case be less than that indicated in Tables I and II below. I-- (MS),Table Minimum Thickness of Heads (or Bulkheads and Baffles When Used As Tank Reinforcement) Using Mild Steel High Strength Low Alloy Steel (HSLA), Austenitic Stainless Steel (SS) or Aluminum (AL)--Expressed In Decimals of An Inch After Forming Thickness Material ........................................................ ... Volume capacity In gallons per Inch of length 14 or less Over 14 to 23 Over 23 MS HSLA SS AL MS HSLA SS AL MS HSLA AA .100 100 .160 115 115 .173 129 .129 AL 187 490 July 1998 ABDOO132265 178.346-2--178.347-2 II. (MS),Table --Minimum Thickness of Shell Using Mild Steel (HSLA),High Strength Low Alloy Steel Austenitic Stainless (SS) (AL)Steel or Aluminum --Expressed in Decimals of an Inch 1After Forming Cargo tank motor vehicle rated capacity (gallons) MS More than 0 to at least 4,500 ..................................................... 0.100 More than 4,500 to at least 8,000 ........................................... 0.115 ss/hsla 0.100 0.100 AL 0.151 0.160 More than 8,000 to at least 14,000 ........................................ 0.129 0.129 0.173 More than 14,000 ....................................................................... 0.143 0.143 0.187 'Maximum distance between bulkheads, battles, or ring stitfeners shall not exceed 60 inches. 178.346-3 Pressure relief, (a) Each cargo tank must be equipped with a pressure relief system in accordance with 178.345- 10 and this section. (b) Type and construction. In addition to the pressure relief de vices required in 178.345-10: (1) Each cargo tank must be equipped with one or more vacuum relief devices; (2) When intended for use only for lading meeting the requirements of 173.33{c)(1)<iii) of this subchapter, the cargo tank may be equipped with a normal vent. Such vents must be set to open at not less than 1 psig and must be designed to prevent loss of lading through the device in case of vehicle upset; and (3) Notwithstanding the requirements in 178.345-10 (b), after Au gust 31, 1996, each pressure relief valve must be able to withstand a dynamic pressure surge reaching 30 psig above the design set pressure and sustained above the set pressure for at least 60 millisec onds with a total volume of liquid released not exceeding 1 litre before the relief valve recloses to a leak-tight condition. This requirement must be met regardless of vehicle orientation. This capability must be demonstrated by testing. TTMA RP No. 81, sighted at 178.34510(b)(3)(i), is an acceptable test procedure. (c) Pressure settings of relief valves. (1) Notwithstanding the requirements in 178.345-10{d), the set pressure of each primary relief valve must be not less than 110 percent of the MAWP or 3.3 psig, whichever is greater, and not more than 138 percent of the MAWP. The valve must close at no less than the MAWP and remain closed at lower pressures. (2) Each vacuum relief device must be set to open at no more than 6 ounces vacuum. (d) Venting capacities. (1) Notwithstanding the requirements in 178.345--10(e), the pri mary pressure relief valve must have a venting capacity of at least 6,000 SCFH, rated at not greater than 125 percent of the tank test pressure and not greater than 3 psig above the MAWP. The venting capacity required in 178.345-10(e) may be rated at these same pressures. (2) Each vacuum relief system must have sufficient capacity to limit the vacuum to 1 psig. (3) If pressure loading or unloading devices are provided, the relief system must have adequate vapor and liquid capacity to limit the tank pressure to the cargo tank test pressure at maximum loading or unloading rate. The maximum loading and unloading rates must be included on the metal specification plate. 178.346-4 Outlets, (a) All outlets on each tank must conform to 178.345-11 and this section. (b) External self-closing stop-valves are not authorized as an alter native to internal self-closing stop-valves on loading/unloading outlets. 178.346-5 Pressure and leakage tests, (a) Each cargo tank must be tested in accordance with 178.345-13 and this section. (b) Pressure test. Test pressure must be as follows: (1) Using the hydrostatic test method, the test pressure must be the greater of 5.0 psig or 1.5 times the cargo tank MAWP. (2) Using the pneumatic test method, the test pressure must be the greater of 5.0 psig or 1.5 times the cargo tank MAWP, and the inspection pressure must be the cargo tank MAWP. (c) Leakage test. Cargo tanks equipped with vapor collection equipment may be leakage tested in accordance with the Environmen tal Protection Agency's "Method 27--Determination of Vapor Tight ness of Gasoline Delivery Tank Using Pressure-Vacuum Test," as set forth in 40 CFR Part 60, Appendix A. Acceptance criteria are found at 40 CFR 60.501 and 60.601. 178.347 Specification DOT 407; cargo tank motor vehicle. 178.347-1 General requirements, (a) Each specification DOT 407 cargo tank motor vehicle must conform to the general design and construction requirements in 178.345 in addition to the specific requirements contained in this section. (b) Each tank must be of a circular cross-section and have an MAWP of at least 25 psig. (c) Any cargo tank built to this specification with a MAWP greater than 35 psig and each tank designed to be loaded by vacuum must be "constructed and certified in accordance with the ASME Code". The external design pressure for a cargo tank loaded by vacuum must be at least 15 psi. (d) Each cargo tank built to this specification with MAWP of 35 psig or less must be "constructed in accordance with the ASME Code" except as modified herein: (1) The record-keeping requirements contained in the ASME Code, Section VIII, Division I, do not apply. The inspection requirements of parts UG-90 thru 94 do not apply. Inspection and certification must be made by an inspector registered in accordance with Subpart F of Part 107. (2) Loadings must be as prescribed in 178.347-3. (3) The knuckle radius of flanged heads must be at least three times the material thickness, and in no case less than 0.5 inch. Stuffed (inserted) heads may be attached to the shell by a fillet weld. The knuckle radius and dish radius versus diameter limitations of UG-32 do not apply for cargo tank motor vehicles with a MAWP of 35 psig or less. (4) Marking, certification, data reports and nameplates must be as prescribed in 178.345-14, 178.347-14, 178.345-15, and 178.347- 15. (5) Manhole closure assemblies must conform to 178.345-5 and 178.347- 5. (6) Pressure relief devices must be as prescribed in 178.34510 and 178.347-10. (7) The hydrostatic or pneumatic test must be as prescribed in 178.345-13 and 178.347-13. (8) The following paragraphs in Parts UG and UW of the ASME Code, Section VIII, Division I, do not apply: UG-11, UG-12, UG-22(g), UG-32(e), UG-34, UG-35, UG-44, UG-76, UG-77, UG-80, UG-81, UG96, UG-97, UW-13(b)(2), UW-13.1(f) and the dimensional require ments found in Figure UW-13.1. 178.347-2 Material and thickness of material, (a) The type and thickness of material for DOT 407 specification cargo tanks must conform to 178.345-2 and this section. In no case may the thickness be less than that indicated in Tables I and II below. Table I--Minimum Thickness of Heads (or Bulkheads and Baffles When Used As Tank Reinforcement) Using Mild Steel (MS), Low (HSLA), (SS) (AL)--High Strength Alloy Steel Austenitic Stainless Steel or Aluminim Expressed In Decimals of An Inch After Forming Volume capacity In gallons per Inch Thickness (MS)................................................................................. Thickness (HSLA) .......................................................................... Thickness (SS)................................................................................ Thickness (AL)................................................................................ 10 or less 0.100 0.100 0.100 0.160 Over 10 to 14 0.100 0.100 0.100 0.160 Over 14 to 16 0.115 0.115 0.115 0.173 Over 18 to 22 0.129 0.129 0.129 0.187 Over 22 to 26 0.129 0.129 0.129 0194 Over 26 to 30 0.143 0.143 0.143 0.216 Over 30 0.156 0.156 0.156 0.237 PART 178 491 178.347-2--178.348-2 ABDOO132266 July 1998 (MS), (HSLA), (SS)* Table II--Minimum Thickness op Shell Using Mild Steel High Strength Low Alloy Steel Austenitic Stainless Steel on Aluminum (AL)--Expressed In Decimals of An Inch After Forming Volume capacity In gallons per Inch Thickness (MS) ... .. Thickness (HSLA) . ......................... Thickness (SS) Thickness (AL) .. 10 or less 0 100 0 100 0.100 0.151 Over 10 to 14 0.100 0 100 0.100 0 151 Over 14 to 18 0115 0.115 0 115 0 160 Over 18 to 22 0.129 0.129 0 129 0 173 Over 22 to 26 0.129 0.129 0.129 0.194 Over 26 to 30 0.143 0 143 0 143 0216 Over 30 0.156 0 156 0.156 0.237 (b) [Reserved] 178.347-3 Manhole assemblies. Each manhole assembly must conform to 178.345-5, except that each manhole assembly must be capable of withstanding internal fluid pressures of 40 psig or test pressure of the tank, whichever is greater. 178.347-4 Pressure relief, (a) Each cargo tank must be equipped with a pressure and vacuum relief system in accordance with 178.345-10 and this section. (b) Type and construction. Vacuum relief devices are not required for cargo tanks designed to be loaded by vacuum or built to withstand full vacuum. (c) Pressure settings of relief valves. The setting of pressure relief valves must be in accordance with 178.345-10(d). (d) Venting capacities. (1) The vacuum relief system must limit the vacuum to less than 80 percent of the design vacuum capability of the cargo tank. (2) If pressure loading or unloading devices are provided, the relief system must have adequate vapor and liquid capacity to limit the tank pressure to the cargo tank test pressure at maximum loading or unloading rate. The maximum loading or unloading rate must be included on the metal specification plate. 178.347-5 Pressure and leakage test, (a) Each cargo tank must be tested in accordance with 178.345- 13 and this section. (b) Pressure test. Test pressure must be as follows: (1) Using the hydrostatic test method, the test pressure must be at least 40 psig or 1.5 times tank MAWP, whichever is greater. (2) Using the pneumatic test method, the test pressure must be 40 psig or 1.5 times tank MAWP, whichever is greater, and the inspection pressure is tank MAWP. 178.348 Specification DOT 412; cargo tank motor vehicle. 178.348-1 General requirements, (a) Each specification DOT 412 cargo tank motor vehicle must conform to the general design and construction requirements in 178.345 in addition to the specific requirements of this section. (b) The MAWP of each cargo tank must be at least 5 psig. (c) The MAWP for each cargo lank designed to be loaded by vacuum must be at least 25 psig internal and 15 psig external. J) Each cargo tank having a MAWP greater than 15 psig must be of circular cross-section. (e) Each cargo tank having a-- (1) MAWP greater than 15 psig must be "constructed and certified in conformance with the ASME Code"; or (2) MAWP of 15 psig or less must be "constructed in accordance with the ASME Code," except as modified herein: (i) The record-keeping requirements contained in the ASME Code, Section VIII, Division I, do not apply. Parts UG-90 thru 94 of Section VIII, Division I, do not apply. Inspection and certification must be made by an inspector registered in accordance with Subpart F of Part 107. (ii) Loadings must be as prescribed in 178.348-3. (iii) The knuckle radius of flanged heads must be at least three times the material thickness,and in no case less than 0.5 inch. Stuffed (inserted) heads may be attached to the shell by a fillet weld. The knuckle radius and dish radius versus diameter limitations of UG-32 do not apply for cargo tank motor vehicles with a MAWP of 15 psig or less. Shell sections of cargo tanks designed with a non-circular cross section need not be given a preliminary curvature, as prescribed in UG-79(b). (iv) Marking, certification, data reports, and nameplates must be as prescribed in 178.345-14, 178.348-14, 178.345-15, and 178.348-15. (v) Manhole closure assemblies must conform to 178.345-5 and 178.348-5. (vi) Pressure relief devices must be as prescribed in 178.345ID and 178.348-10. (vii) The hydrostatic or pneumatic test must be as prescribed in 178.345-13 and 178.348-13. (viii) The following paragraphs in Parts UG and UW of the ASME Code, Section VIII, Division I do not apply: UG-11, UG-12, UG22(g), UG-32(e), UG-34, UG-35, UG-45, UG-76, UG-77, UG80, UG-81, UG-96, UG-97, UW-13(b)(2), UW-13.1(f) and the dimensional requirements found in Figure UW-13.1. 178.348-2 Material and thickness of material, (a) The type and thickness of material for DOT 412 cargo tanks must conform to 178.345-2 of this Part, but in no case may the thickness be less than that indicated in Tables I and II below. I (MS),Table --Minimum Thickness of Heads (or Bulkheads and Baffles When Used As Tank Reinforcement) Using Mild Steel High (HSLA), (SS) (AL)--Strength Low Alloy Steel Austenitic Stainless Steel on Aluminum Expressed In Decimals of An Inch After Forming Volume capacity (gallons per Inch) Lading density a! 60"F in pounds per gallon . . Thickness (inch), steel . . . Thickness (inch), aluminum 10 or less 10 lbs Over 10 Over 13 Over 16 and less to 13 lbs to 16 lbs lbs 100 .129 157 .187 144 .187 227 .270 Over 10 to 14 10 lbs Over 10 Over 13 Over 16 and less to 13 lbs to 16 lbs lbs .129 .157 187 250 187 .227 .270 .360 Over 14 to 18 18 and over 10 lbs Over 10 Over 13 10 lbs Over 10 Over 13 and less to 13 lbs to 16 lbs and less to 13 lbs to 16 lbs .157 .250 .250 .157 .250 .312 .227 .360 360 .227 .360 .450 (MS), (HSLA)a Table II--Minimum Thickness of Shell Using Milo Steel High Strength Low Alloy Steel on Austenitic Stainless Steel (SS) (AL)or Aluminum --Expressed In Decimals of An Inch After Forming Volume capacity (gallons per inch) 10 or less Over 10 to 14 Over 14 to 18 18 and over Lading density at 60CF m pounds per gallon 10 lbs Over 10 Over 13 Over 16 10 lbs Over 10 Over 13 Over 16 10 lbs Over 10 Over 13 10 lbs Over 10 Over 13 and less to 13 lbs to 16 lbs lbs and less to 13 lbs to 16 lbs lbs and less to 13 lbs to 16 lbs ar>d less to 13 lbs to 16 lbs Thickness (steel) Distance betw een heads (and bulkl eads baffle s and ring stiffeners hen used as lank rein forcement) 36 in or less 100 129 157 187 100 129 157 187 100 .129 157 129 157 187 Over 36 in. to 54 inches 100 129 157 187 .100 129 157 187 129 157 187 157 250 250 Over 54 in. to 60 inches 100 129 157 187 .129 157 187 .250 157 .250 .250 187 250 312 Thickness (aluminum): Distance s between neads (ant bulkheads baffles an d ring stifleners when used as la k reinforce ment). 36 in or less 144 187 227 .270 .144 187 227 .270 144 .187 .227 187 227 270 Over 36 in to 54 inches 144 187 227 .270 .144 187 .227 .270 187 .227 .270 157 .360 .360 Over 54 in. to 60 inches 144 .187 227 .270 .187 227 .270 360 .227 .360 .360 270 .360 450 492 ABDOO132267 April 1998 178.348-3--178.352-3 178.348-3 Pumps, piping, hoses and connections. Each pump and all piping, hoses and connections on each cargo tank motor vehicle must conform to 178.345-9, except that the use of nonmetallic pipes, valves, or connections are authorized on DOT 412 cargo tanks. 178.348-4 Pressure relief, (a) Each cargo tank must be equipped with a pressure and vacuum relief system in accordance with 178.345-10 and this section. (b) Type and construction. Vacuum relief devices are not required for cargo tanks designed to be loaded by vacuum or built to withstand full vacuum. (c) Pressure settings of relief valves. The setting of the pressure relief devices must be in accordance with 178.345-10(d), except as provided in paragraph (d)(3) of this section. (d) Venting capacities. (1) The vacuum relief system must limit the vacuum to less than 80 percent of the design vacuum capability of the cargo tank. (2) If pressure loading or unloading devices are provided, the pressure relief system must have adequate vapor and liquid capacity to limit tank pressure to the cargo tank test pressure at the maximum loading or unloading rate. The maximum loading and unloading rates must be included on the metal specification plate. (3) Cargo tanks used in dedicated service for materials classed as corrosive material, with no secondary hazard, may have a total venting capacity which is less than required by 178.345-10(e). The minimum total venting capacity for these cargo tanks must be deter mined in accordance with the formula contained in 178.270-11(d)(3). Use of the approximate values given for the formula in 178.27011(d)(3) is acceptable. 178.348-5 Pressure and leakage test, (a) Each cargo tank must be tested in accordance with 178.345-13 and this section. (b) Pressure test. Test pressure must be as follows: (1) Using the hydrostatic test method, the test pressure must be at least 1.5 times MAWP. (2) Using the pneumatic test method, the test pressure must be at least 1.5 times tank MAWP, and the inspection pressure is tank MAWP. Subpart K SPECIFICATIONS FOR PACKAGINGS FOR CLASS 7 (RADIOACTIVE) MATERIALS 178.350 Specification 7A; general packaging, Type A. (a) Each packaging must meet all applicable requirements of subp art B of Part 173 of this subchapter and be designed and constructed so that it meets the requirements of 173.403, 173.410, 173.412, 173.415 and 173.465 of this subchapter for Type A packaging. (b) Each Specification 7A packaging must be marked on the out side "USA DOT 7A Type A" and "Radioactive Material." 178.352 Specification 6L; metal packaging. 178.352-1 General requirements. Each packaging must meet the applicable requirements of 173.24 of this subchapter. 178.352-2 Rated capacity, (a) Rated capacity as marked (see 178.352-6). Not less than 55 gallons nor more than 110 gallons for the outer steel drum. Not more than 17.74 liters for the inner vessel. (b) The authorized maximum gross weight of the package is 160 kilograms (350 pounds) for sizes not over 210L (55 gallons) or 220 kilograms (480 pounds) for sizes of 210L (55 gallons) but not over 420L (110 gallons). 178.352-3 General construction requirements, (a) The outer shell must be of straight sided steel, with welded body seams and at least 18-gauge body and bottom head sheets, and 14-gauge removable head sheets (unless there are one or more corrugations in the cover near the periphery, in which case 16-gauge is authorized). The shell may be either a single sheet of steel or may be fabricated by welding together two appropriate lengths of 210L (55-gallon) drums, such as a DOT Specification 6J or 17H, with rolled or swedged in hoops as prescribed for either of those specifications. The head must be convex (crowned), not extending beyond the level of the chime, with a minimum convexity of 1 centimeter (Vinch). The inside diameter of the shell must be at least 57 centimeters (22.5 inches). (b) Inner containment vessel must conform to specification 2R (ex cept that cast iron is not authorized), with a maximum usable inside dimension of 13.3 centimeters (5.25 inches) maximum height of 127 centimeters (50 inches)(with caps in place) and minimum wall thick ness of 6 millimeters (0.25 inch). (c) Inner containment vessel must be fixed within the outer shell by one of the following types of centering devices: (1) At least 8 steel rod spacers, of at least 6 millimeters (0.25inch) diameter (for packages of 210 liters (55-gallon) capacity) or 1 centimeter (0.375-inch) diameter (for packages with greater than 210 liters (55-gallon) capacity) cold rolled steel, welded to the vessel at each end by minimum 5 centimeter (2-inch) continuous weld. Each rod must be welded to the vessel at radial positions not exceeding 45 degrees as not to interfere with closure of the inner vessel. Each spacer rod must extend at least 5.6 centimeters (2.25 inches) beyond the inner vessel at each end, then radially to the wall of the outer drum (to provide a springlike snug fit) and along the entire length of the wall of the outer drum. For a packaging of more than 210 liters (55gallon) capacity, each spacer rod must be braced by weldling a 6 millimeter (0.25-inch) by 5 centimeter (2-inch) steel plate to the spacer rod and the pipe with a continuous weld at each joint, the joints being located approximately half way along the length of the drum. For containers manufactured prior to March 31, 1975, this requirement is effective December 31, 1975. (2) At least three steel "spiders," not more than 24 inches apart, with each spider having at least four legs. Each leg must be constructed of materials having dimensions not less than those listed in this subparagraph, welded by continuous weld at each joint to inner and outer steel bands of at least V4-inch by 1-inch steel. The inner steel band must be welded to the inner vessel by at least six 2-inch welds on both edges of the band. The outer steel band must be welded to the outer drum by at least six 2inch welds on both edges of the top outer band, such that the inner vessel is at least 2V4 inches from the top and bottom of the drum. Authorized construction materials are: (i) 2.5 centimeters (1 inch) by 2.5 centimeters (1 inch) by 6 millimeters (Vi-inch) steel angle iron. (ti) 3 centimeters (1 Vi inches) by 3 centimeters (lV4 inches) by 5 millimeters (y16-inch) steel angle iron. (iii) 2.5 centimeters (1 inch) schedule 40 steel pipe. (iv) lV2-inch diameter solid steel rods, with only two such spiders required instead of three. (3) There must not be less than 2 spacer mechanisms for a packag ing of 210 liters (55-gallon) capacity nor less than 3 spacer mecha nisms for a packaging greater than 210 liters (55-gallon) capacity. Each spacer mechanism must consist of not less than 6 steel angles, pipe, or rod radial supports of at least 2.7 square centimeters (0.42 square inch) cross-section. Each radial support must be welded at one end to the containment vessel by a continuous weld or to an inner steel band of at least 6 millimeters (V4-inch) by 2.5 centimeters (1 inch) byacontinuousweld at radial positions not exceeding 60 degrees from the center of the package. The inner band, when used, must be welded to the inner containment vessel by at least 6 equally spaced 5 centimeter (2-inch) welds on each edge of the band. The opposite end of the radial support must be welded by a continuous weld to an outer steel band of at least 6 millimeters (V4-inch) by 2.5 centimeters (1 inch). The outer steel band must be welded to the outer shell by at least 6 equally spaced welds on each edge of the top band, such that the inner vessel is fixed at least 5.7 centimeters (2.25 inches) from the top and bottom of the drum. The spacer mechanism must be welded as specified near each end of the containment vessel so as not to interfere with the vessel closure. For a packaging greater than 210L (55-gallon) capacity, the additional spacer mechanism must be located at approximately midpoint along the length of the inner 493 PART 178 ABDOO132268 178.352-3--178.356-1 April 1998 vessel. (d) The void between the inner containment vessel and the outer shell must be completely filled with bagged or tamped vermiculite (expanded mica), with a density of at least 0.072 g/cc (4.5 pounds per cubic foot). Loose, untamped vermiculite is not authorized. 178.352-4 Welding. Welding must be of material having a melting point in excess of 800C (1475F (except that for packages constructed prior to March 31, 1975, this temperature may be 540C (1000F)), with a joint efficiency of at least 0.85. This requirement applies to welding used in adding spacer rods to comply with 178.103(3){c)(1). 178.352-5 Closure, (a) The outer drum closure must be at least a 12-gauge bolted ring with drop forged lugs, one of which is threaded, and having at least a 1.6 centimeter (5/8-inch) diameter steel bolt and a lock nut, or equivalent device. (b) The closure device must have a means for the attachment of a tamperproof lock wire and seal, or equivalent. 178.352-6 Markings, (a) Markings on each container, by die stamping on a metal plate attached to the outside of the outer container by spot welding or other equally efficient method, in letters and figures of at least V inch in height, as follows: (1) "DOT-6L." (2) "FISSILE RADIOACTIVE MATERIAL." (3) Name or symbol of person making the marks specified in para graph (a)(1) of this section. Symbol, if used, must be registered with the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety. (4) Gauge of metal of the outer steel drum in the thinnest part, rated capacity of the outer steel drum in gallons, and the year of manufacture of the assembled package (e.g., 18-110-68). When the gauge of the metal in the drum wall differs from that in the head, both must be indicated with a slanting line between, and with the gauge of the body indicated first (e.g., 18/16-110-68 for 18-gauge body and 16gauge head). 178.354 Specification 6M; metal packaging. 178.354-1 General requirements, (a) Each package must meet the applicable requirements of 173.24 of this chapter. (b) [Reserved] diameter vents near the top, each covered with a weatherproof tape or fusible plug; or equivalent device. A layer of porous refractory fiber may be placed behind the pressure-relief vent holes. (b) Inner containment vessel must conform to specification 2R or equivalent (cast iron or brass are prohibited), with maximum usable inside diameter of 13.3 centimeters (5.25 inches), minimum usable inside diameter of 10 centimeters (4 inches), and minimum height of 15 centimeters (6 inches). (c) Inner containment vessel must be fixed within the outer shell by one of the following types of solid centering media, with the sides of the inner vessel protected by at least 9.5 centimeters (3.75 inches) of insulation media, and the ends with at least the thickness as pre scribed in 178.104-3(a)(1). (1) Machined discs and rings made of solid industrial cane fiberboard having a density of at least 0.24 g/cc (15 pounds per cubic foot) fitted such that the radial clearances between the fiberboard, inner vessel, and shell do not exceed 6 millimeters (V4-inch); or (2) Hardwood or plywood at least 1.2 centimeter (V2-inch) thick, having a density of at least 0.45 g/cc (28 pounds per cubic foot). There must be no gap or direct heat path from the shell to the inner vessel. (d) Any radiation shielding material used must be placed within the inner containment vessel, or must be protected in all directions by at least the thickness of the thermal insulating material prescribed in paragraph (a) of this section. (e) For a packaging having an authorized gross weight in excess of 219 kg (480 pounds), a steel bearing plate, at least 6 millimeters (0.25-inch) thick or a plywood disc, at least 2.5 centimeters (1-inch) thick, and at least 25 centimeters (10 inches) in diameter must be provided at both ends and adjacent to the specification 2R inner containment vessel, to provide additional load-bearing surface against the insulation-centering medium. 178.354-4 Closure, (a) The outer drum closure must be at least 16-gauge bolt-type locking ring having at least a 5/,6-inch steel bolt for drum sizes not over 15 gallons, or a 12-gauge bolted ring with drop-forged lugs, one of which is threaded, and a 5/s-inch steel bolt for drum sizes over 15 gallons. Each bolt must be provided with a lock nut or equivalent device. (b) The closure device must have means for the attachment of a tamperproof lock wire and seal, or equivalent. 178.354-2 Rated capacity, (a) Rated capacity as marked (see 178.104-5). Not less than 10 gallons nor more than 110 gallons for the outer steel drum. Not less than 1.24 liters for the inner contain ment vessel. (b) [Reserved] 178.354-3 General construction requirements, (a) The outer shell must be of straight-sided steel, with welded body seams, and may be either a single sheet of steel, or may be fabricated by welding together two appropriate lengths of drums, such as a DOT Specification 6C or 17C, with each length to contain 3 swedged or rolled rolling hoops as prescribed for either of these specifications. A removable head for a packaging of 210 liters (55 gallons) or larger volume must have one or more corrugations in the cover near the periphery. For a packaging exceeding 57 liters (55 gallons) volume, the head must be crowned (convexed), not extending beyond the level of the chime, with a mimimum convexity of 1 centimeter (3/8-inch). (1) The maximum authorized gross weight, metal thickness, and minimum end insulation thickness for the marked volume is as follows: Marked capacity Gallons not over 15 30 55 110 Liters 57 114 210 420 Maximum authorized gross weight Pounds Kilo grams Minimum thickness of uncoated sheets and heads (gauge) 160 73 20 480 219 IB 640 292 16 640 292 16 Minimum thickness of end Insulation Inches Centi meters 1.88 4.7 3.75 9.5 3.75 9.5 3.75 9.5 (2) Each drum must have at least four 1.2 centimeter (0.5-inch) 178.354-5 Markings, (a) Marking must be as prescribed in 173.24 of this chapter. (b) Marking on the outside of each package must be as follows: "DOT-6M Type B," "Radioactive Materials," or "Fissile Radioactive Materials," as appropriate; and the gauge of metal of the outer drum in the thinnest part, rated capacity of the outer drum in gallons, and year of manufacture (tor example, 18-30-69). When the gauge of the metal in the drum wall differs from that in the head, both must be indicated with a slanting line between, and with the gauge of the body indicated first (e.g., 18/16-55-69 for 18-gauge body and 16gauge head). 178.356 Specification 20PF; phenolic-foam insulated, metal overpack. 178.356-1 General requirements, (a) Each overpack must meet all of the applicable requirements of 173.24 of this subchapter. (b) The maximum gross weight of the package, including the inner cylinder and its contents, must not exceed the following: (1) Specification 20PF-1 -- 138 kilograms (300 pounds). (2) Specification 20PF-2 -- 320 kilograms (700 pounds). (3) Specification 20PF-3 -- 455 kilograms (1000 pounds). (c) The general configuration of the overpack must be a right cylin der, consisting of an insulated base section, a steel liner lid, and an insulated top section. The inner liner and outer shell must be at least 16-gauge and 18-gauge steel, respectively with the intervening cavity filled with a molded-in-place, fire-resistant, phenolic-foam insulation interspersed with wooden members for bracing and support. Wood pieces must be securely attached to both the liner and shell. No hole is permitted in the liner. Each joint between sections must be stepped a minimum of 5 centimeters (2 inches) and gaps between mating surfaces must not exceed 5 millimeters (0.2-inch). Gaps between 494 ABDOO132269 April 1998 178.356-1 -178.356-5 foam surface of top section and liner lid must not exceed 1 centimeter (0.4-inch) or 5 centimeters (2-inches) where taper is required for mold stripping. For the specification 20PF-1, the top section may consist of a plug of foam insulation and a steel cover. The liner and shell closures must each be gasketed against moisture penetration. The liner must have a bolted flange closure. Shell closure must conform to 178.118--8(b). (d) Drawings in CAPE-1662, which include bills of material are a part of this specification. 178.356-2 Materials of construction and other require ments. (a) Phenolic foam insulation must be fire-resistant and fabri cated in accordance with USDOE Material and Equipment Specifica tion SP-9, Rev. 1 and Supplement, which is a part of this specification. (Note: Packagings manufactured under USAEC Specification SP-9 and Rev. 1 thereto are authorized for continued manufacture and use.) A 5.4-inch (13.7 centimeter) minimum thickness of foam must be provided over the entire liner except: (1) Where wood spacers replace the foam: or (2) At protrusions of liner or shell, such as flanges, baffles, etc., where minimum insulation thickness is 9 centimeters (3.5 inches); or (3) Where alternate top section (specification 20PF-1) is used. Foam must not interfere with proper seating of screws in inner liner flange assembly. Average density of insulation must be 0.13 g/cc (8 pounds per cubic foot (pcf)) minimum for bottom section and 0.16 g/ cc (10 pcf) minimum for top section, except 0.1 g/cc (6.5 pcf) for the specification 20PF-1 top section. (b) Gaskets must be as follows: (1) Inner liner flange--Neoprene rubber of 30 to 60 type A durometer hardness or other equivalent gasket material which is compatible with the specific contents. (2) Outer shell--Synthetic rubber conforming to MIL-R-6855 (avail able from the Naval Publications Forms Center, 5801 Tabor Avenue, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19120) class 2, grade 60. (3) Support and pressure pads for inner liner top and bottom must be sponge rubber or equivalent. (c) Alternate top section (specification 20PF-1 only). Average insu lation density must be 0.16 g/cc (10 pcf minimum). Thickness of plug must be 11 centimeters (4.3 inches) minimum, except thickness may be reduced to 10 centimeters (4 inches) to clear bolt heads. A flush mounted top lifting device must be securely fastened to a wood block encapsulated by the foam. (d) Vent holes 5 millimeters (0.2-inch) diameter must be drilled in the outer shell to provide pressure relief during the insulation foaming and in the event of a fire. These holes, which must be drilled in all areas of the shell which mate with the foam insulation, must be spaced in accordance with CAPE-1662. (e) Welding must be by a fusion welding process in accordance with American Welding Society Codes B-3.0 and D-1.0. Body seams and joints for the liner or shell must be continuous welds. <f) Waterproofing--Each screw hole in the outer shell must be sealed with appropriate resin-type sealing material, or equivalent, during installation of the screw. All exposed foam surfaces, including any vent hole, must be sealed with waterproofing material as pre scribed in USDOE Material and Equipment Specification SP- 9, Rev. 1, and Supplement or equivalent. 178.356-3 Tests, (a) Leakage test--Each inner liner assem bly must be tested for leakage prior to installation. Seam welds of the liner must be covered for a distance of at least 15 centimeters (6 inches) on either side of the seam with soapsuds, heavy oil, or equiva lent material, and interior air pressure applied to at least 776mm Hg (15 p.s.i.g.) above atmospheric pressure must be held for at least 30 seconds. Liners failing to pass this test may not be used until repairs are made, and retests successfully passed. 178.356-4 Required markings, (a) Marking must be as pre scribed in 173.24 of this subchapter. (b) Marking on the outside of each overpack must be as follows: (1) "USA-DOT-20PF-1" or "-2," as appropriate, and if the entire liner is made of stainless steel, additional marking such as "3041SS" to indicate the type of stainless steel used. (2) "TARE WT: xxx lbs." where xxx is the tare weight of the assem bled overpack without the inner container. (3) Year of manufacture. 178.356-5 Typical assembly detail. (a) Specification 20PF-1. PART 178 495 ABDOO132270 178.356-5--178.358-3 April 1998 (c) Specification 20PF-3. 178.358 Specification 21PF; fire and shock resistant, pheno lic-foam insulated, metal overpack. 178.358-1 General requirements, (a) Each overpack must meet all of the applicable requirements of 173.24, 173.411, and 173.412 of this subchapter. (1) Specification 21PF-1 overpacks includes the series of 21PF1, 21PF-1A, and 21PF-1B models. Details of the three models are included in CAPE-1662, Revision 1 and Supplement 1. (2) Drawings in CAPE-1662, Revision 1 and Supplement 1, which include bills of materials, and K/SS-471, are a part of this specification. (b) Each overpack is authorized for use in applications where the maximum gross weight of the package, including the inner container and contents does not exceed 3725 kilograms {8200 pounds) (horizon tally-loaded specification 21PF-1 unit), or 3900 kilograms (8600 pounds) (end-loaded specification 21PF-2 unit). (c) The general configuration of the overpack must be a right cylin der, consisting of a steel inner liner (at least 16-gauge) and steel outer shell (at least 14-gauge) with the intervening cavity filled with a moldedin-place, fire-resistant, phenolic foam insulation and interspersed wooden members for bracing and support. Two specific configurations are authorized; a horizontal loading unit (specification 21PF-1) con sisting of insulated base and top sections jointed in a longitudinal peripheral closurejoint; oran end-loading unit (specification21PF-2), con sisting of an insulated main section, a steel plate liner lid, and an insulated end cap. For either type each joint between sections must be stepped at least 1.8 centimeters (0.75 inch) and gaps between mating surfaces may not exceed 5 millimeters (0.2-inch). Bolted closures, which must each be gasketed against moisture penetration, must be in accordance with CAPE-1662. Each bolt must be equipped with a lock ing device to prevent loosening from vibration. Outer steel bracing and support framework must be attached to the shell to facilitate normal handling. (d) Specification21PF-1 overpacks in useorunderconstruction be fore April 1, 1989, must be modified to Specification 21PF-1A before April 1,1991. All new construction to Specification 21 PF- 1 beginning after March 31,1989, must meet Specification 21 PF-1B. Useof unmod ified 21PF-1 overpacks after March 31.1991, is prohibited. 178.358-2 Materials of construction and other require ments. (a) Phenolic foam insulation must be fire resistant and fabricated in accordance with USDOE Material and Equipment Specifi cation SP-9, Rev. 1, and Supplement which is a part of this specifica tion.(Note: Packagings manufactured under USAEC Specification SP9, and Rev. 1 thereto are authorized for continued manufacture and use.) A 5.5-inch (14 centimeters) minimum thickness of foam must be provided over the entire liner, except where: (1) Wood spacers replace the foam material; or (2) At protrusions of liner or shell, such as flanges, baffles, etc., where the minimum thickness of foam, wood, or a combination of these is 10 centimeters (4 inches). (3) Solid wood or laminated wood solidly glued may be used to replace the foam between liner and shell (i.e., in ends of overpack). In this case, minimum wood thickness is 10 centimeters (4 inches). Average density of insulation must be 0.1 g/cc (6.75 pounds per cubic foot (pcf)) minimum, except that 0.13 g/cc (8 pcf) is required in the removable end cap of the specification 21PF-2, which must have a minimum foam thickness of 12.7 centimeters (5 inches). (b) Gaskets for inner liner, outer shell, or where otherwise specified in CAPE-1662, Revision 1, must be as specified in CAPE-1662, Revi sion 1. (c) Support and pressure pads for the inner liner must be of neo prene, sponge rubber, or equivalent. (d) Fire-retardant (intumescent) paint must be applied to any wood blocking which is located at any joint in the shell. (e) Vent holes 5 millimeters (0.2-inch) diameter must be drilled in the outer shell to provide pressure relief during the insulation foaming and in the event of a fire. These holes, which must be drilled in all areas of the shell which made with the foam insulation, must be spaced in accordance with CAPE-1662. (f) Welding must be by a fusion process in accordance with the American Welding Society Code. Body seams and joints for the liner and shell must be continuous welds. (g) Waterproofing. Each screw hole in the outer shell must be sealed with appropriate resin-type sealing material, or equivalent, during in stallation of the screw. All exposed foam surfaces, including any vent hole, must be sealed with either: (1) waterproofing material as prescribed in USDOE Material and Equipment Specification SP-9, Rev. 1 and Supplement, or (2) As specified in CAPE-1662, Revision 1. 178.358-3 Modification of Specification 21PF-1 overpacks. (a) Each Specification 21PF-1 overpack for which construction be gan or was completed before April 1, 1989, in conformance with drawing E-S-31536-J, Revision 11, of CAPE-1662 must be modified in conformance with drawing S1E-31536-J1-D of CAPE-1662, Revi sion 1, Supplement 1, before April 1, 1991. (b) Each such existing Specification 21 PF-1 overpack must be dried and weighed in accordance with the following procedures: (D Drill out or otherwise clean the plug material from the vent holes originally provided for foam expansion. See drawing S1E-- 31536--J1-- D of CAPE-1662, Revision 1, Supplement 1, for locations. (2) Weigh each packaging element (top and bottom halves) sepa rately to an accuracy of +/-5 pounds (+/-2.3 kilograms) and record the weights. If this measured weight is greater than 25 pounds (11.3 Kg) more than the initially measured weight at the time of fabrication (indicating a significant retained water content), the packaging ele ment must be dried. (3) Place overpack element in drying oven; maintain temperature between 190 and 210F (87.8-98.9C) for a minimum of 72 hours. The oven should have a provision for air exchange or other means of removing moisture driven from the foam structure. (4) Drying may be discontinued after 72 hours if the weight of the packaging element is not higher than 25 pounds (11.3 Kg) more than the initially measured tare weight of that element at the time of fabrication. If the weight of the packaging element is greater than 25 pounds (11.3 Kg) more than the initial fabricated weight (indicating a significant remaining water content), drying must be continued until the weight differential is not higher than 25 pounds (11.3 Kg), or until the rate of weight loss is less than 2.5 pounds (1.1 Kg) per day. (5) As an alternate moisture measurement, a calibrated moisture meter reading for 20 percent maximum water content may be used to indicate an end point in the drying cycle (see details in report "Renovation of DOT Specification 21 PF-1 Protective Shipping Pack ages," Report No. K-2057, Revision 1, November 21, 1986, available from the USDOE and part of USDOE Report No. K/SS-471). (6) Following drying, each overpack element (top and bottom 496 ABDOO132271 April 1998 178.358-3--178.358-6 halves) must be weighed and the weight in both pounds and kilograms must be engraved on the identification plate required by 178.121-5{c). (c) After modification as provided for herein, each Specification 21PF-1 overpack must be marked "USA-D0T-21PF-1A". See the marking requirements of 178.121--5(b). 178.358-4 Construction of Specification 21PF-1B over packs. (a) Each Specification 21PF-1 overpack for which construc tion began after March 31,1989, must meet the requirements of Speci fication 21 PF-1 B, in conformance with drawings E-S-31536-J-P, and S1E-31536-J2-B of CAPE-1662, Revision 1, Supplement 1. (b) With the exception of the closure nuts and bolts, all metal parts of the Specification 21 PF-1 B must be of stainless steel as shown on the drawings referred to in paragraph (a) of this section. 178.356-5 Required markings, (a) Markings must be as pre scribed in 173.24 of this subchapter. (b) Specification marking on the outside of each overpack must be as follows: "USA-D0T-21PF-1", "1A", "IB", or "2", as appropriate. (1) For Specifications 21PF-1 and 21PF-2 only, if the inner shell is constructed of stainless steel, additional marking such as "304L-SS" are to be marked on the outside of the overpack to indicate the type of stainless steel used. (2) For Specification 21 PF-1 and 2lPF-2only, "TARE WT: * ' * lbs. (* * * kg)" where " * is the tare weight in pounds and kilograms, respectively, of the assembled overpack without the inner product container. (3) For Specification 21PF-1A and 21PF-1B only: "TARE WT. of Cover: * * * lbs (* '* kg) TARE WT. of BOTTOM: * * * lbs (* ' * kg)" where * * * is the tare weight in pounds and kilograms, respectively, of the separate halves of the overpack without the inner product con tainer. For Specification 21 PF-1 A overpacks, the previous tare weight must be changed to reflect the modified tare weight value or must be covered or removed. (4) Year of manufacture followed by the year of modification, if applicable. (5) The name or symbol of maker or party certifying compliance with specification requirements. A symbol, if used, must be registered with the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety. (c) For Specification 21 PF-1 A and -IB only, the markings required by this section must be affixed to each overpack by inscription upon a metal identification plate 11 inches wide x 15 inches long (28 cm x 38 cm), fabricated to 16 to 20 gauge stainless steel sheet, ASTM A-240, Type 304L. 178.358-6 Typical assembly detail. (a) Specification 21 PF-1 (horizontal loading overpack). PART 178 (b) Specification 21PF-1A and 21PF-1B (horizontal loading overpack). SECTION DOT SPECIFICATION 21 PF-1 A OVERPACK SECTION DOT SPECIFICATION 21 PF-1 B OVERPACK UefttTtJOWT JOINT DETAIL DOT SPECIFICATION 21PF-1B OVERPACK 497 ABDOO132272 178.358-6--178.362-2 April 1988 (c) Specification 21PF-2 (end loading overpack). flange with a corresponding torque of no more than twice the force necessary to seal the selected gasket. Gasket material must be capa ble of withstanding up to 149C. (300F.) without loss of efficiency. The flange, whether of ferrous or non-ferrous metal, must be con structed from the same metal as the vessel and must meet the dimen sional and fabrication specifications for welded construction as follows: (i) Pipe flanges described in Tables 13, 14, 16, 17, 19, 20, 22, 23, 25, and 26 of ANSI B16.5. (ii) For nominal pipe sizes 6,8,10, and 12 inches, AWWA Standard C207-55 Table 1, class B, may be used in place of the tables prescribed by paragraph (a)(2)(i) of this section. (iii) Sizes under 6 inches, nominal pipe size, the following table with the same configuration as illustrated in AWWA C207- 55, Table 1, class B, may be used in place of paragraph (a)(2)(i) of this section. Nominal pipe size Flange O.O. Bolt circle diameter Diameter of bolts Flange thickness Cen- Cen- Num- Cen- Cen- Cen- time- time- ber of time- time- time- Inches ters inches ters bolts Inches ters Inches ters Inches ters 2 5 6 15 4 43/, 11.8 7* 1.2 7a 16 2V* 6.2 7 17.5 4 57* 13.8 7* 7a 3 75 7% 18.8 4 6 15 7* 7a 37* 8.8 87* 213 8 7 175 7* 7a 4 10 9 22.5 8 77* 18.8 7* % 5 126 10 25.4 8 87* 21.3 7* 78 (iv) Cast iron flanges prohibited. 178.360 Specification 2R; inside containment vessel. 178.360-1 General Requirements, (a) Each vessel must be made of stainless steel, malleable iron, or brass, or other material having equivalent physical strength and fire resistance. (b) Each vessel must meet all of the applicable requirements of 173.24(c) and (d) of this subchapter. Letters and numerals at least 6 millimeters (V4-inch) in height are authorized for the marking of a vessel not exceeding 5 centimeters (2 inches) inside diameter. 178.360-2 Manufacture. The ends of the vessel must be fitted with screw-type closures or flanges (see 178.341-4), except that one or both ends of the vessel may be permanently closed by a welded or brazed plate. Welded or brazed side seams are authorized. 178.360-3 Dimensions, (a) The inside diameter of the vessel may not exceed 30 centimeters (12 inches) exclusive of flanges for handling or fastening devices and must have wall thickness and length in accordance with the following: Inside diameter maximum Inches 2 6 12 Centi meters 5 15 30 Wall thickness minimum Threaded closure Milli Inches meters Ranged closure 7s* 2.5 Not less than that prescribed (or 78 3.2 schedule 40 pipe 'U 6.5 Length maximum Inches 16 72 72 CD Centi meters 41 183 178.360-4 Closure devices, (a) Each closure device must be as follows: (1) Screw-type cap or plug; number of threads per inch must not be less than United States standard pipe threads and must have sufficient length of thread to engage at least 5 threads when securely tightened. Pipe threads must be luted with an appropriate nonharden ing compound which must be capable of withstanding up to 149C. (30QF.) without loss of efficiency. Tightening torque must be adequate to maintain leak tightness with the specific luting compound. (2) An opening may be closed by a securely bolted flange and leak-tight gasket. Each flange must be welded or brazed to the body of the 2R vessel per (ANSI) Standard B16.5 or (AWWA) Standard C207-55, section 10. A torque wrench must be used in securing the 176.362 Specification 20WC; wooden protective Jacket. 178.362-1 General requirements, (a) Each jacket must meet the applicable requirements of 173.24 of this subchapter. (b) Maximum gross weight of the jacket plus the contents may not exceed the following: (1) Specification 20WC-1: 225 kilograms (500 pounds). (2) Specification 20WC-2: 225 kilograms (500 pounds). (3) Specification 20WC-3: 455 kilograms (1000 pounds). (4) Specification 20WC-4: 910 kilograms (2000 pounds). (5) Specification 20WC-5: 1820 kilograms (4000 pounds). (6) Specification 20WC-6: 2230 kilograms (6000 pounds). 178.362-2 Materials of construction, (a) The general config uration of the wooden protective jacket must be a hollow cylindrical shell constructed of one-piece discs and rings of plywood or solid hardwood reinforced with steel rods. (1) The specification 20WC-2 must be additionally completely en cased, snugly fit, within an 18-gauge steel shell. The steel shell must be provided with at least four 6 millimeter (0.25-inch) diameter vent holes. Each hole must be covered with durable weatherproof tape, or equivalent device. (2) The specification 20WC-6 jacket must be additionally com pletely encased, snugly-fit, within a 12-gauge steel shell. The steel shell must be provided with at least twelve 1.2 centimeters (0.5-inch) diameter vent holes, located in 3 rows of 4 holes each, spaced at 90 degree intervals near the top, middle, and bottom of the drum. Each hole must be covered with durable weatherproof tape, or equivalent device. (b) Plywood must be exterior-grade, void-free, Douglas fir (or equiv alent) not more than 2.5 centimeters (1 inch) thick. Solid hardwood is authorized for specification 20WC-2 only. (c) Discs and rings must be glued together with a strong, shockresistant adhesive, such as either of the following: (1) A resorcinol-formaldehyde adhesive, which has been bonded under both heat and pressure; or (2) A polyvinyl-acetate emulsion, which has been reinforced with cement-coated nails. The nails must be randomly spaced and must be at least 2.5 times as long as the minimum thickness of the plywood discs or rings. (d) Full-length steel rods are required for reinforcement and lid closure. (D The minimum number of rods and the minimum rod diameter are as shown in the following table: 498 ABDOO132273 April 1998 178.362-2--178.364-2 Specification 20WC-1............................... 20WC-2............................... 20WC-3............................... 20WC-4............................... 20WC-5............................... 20WC-6............................... Minimum number of rods 6 6 12 16 16 16 Minimum rod diameter Inches Millimeters 0.25 6.0 .25 6.0 .375 9.5 .375 9.5 .50 12.0 .50 12.0 appropriate numeral must be inserted in the marking to indicate the appropriate specification 20WC category: e.g., "20WC- 2." (b) Each jacket must also be marked with the name or symbol of person making the marks specified in paragraph (a) of this section. Symbol, if used, must be registered with the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety. 178.362-7 Typical assembly sketches, (a) Spec. 20WC-2. (2) For specifications 20WC-1 and 20WC-2, steel rods must be equally spaced around the circumference to the rings and discs, midway between the O.D. and I.D. of the rings. For specifications 20WC-3 and 20WC-4, bolts may be staggered alternately in two rows, at 1.2 centimeters (0.5 inch) from the line midway between the O.D. and I.D. of the rings. For specifications 20WC- 5 and 20WC-6, bolts may be staggered alternately in two rows at 2.5 centimeters (1 inch) from the line midway between the O.D. and I.D. of the rings. (3) Rod ends must be threaded and secured with lock, nuts and steel washers, or equivalent device, to provide at least a 2.5 centime ters (1 inch) diameter bearing surface on each end. Ends of the rods must terminate 1.4 centimeters (0.75 inch) below the surface of the plywood for specifications 20WC-1 and 20WC-2. For specifications 20WC-3, 20WC-4, 20WC-5 and 20WC-6, the ends of the rods must terminate 3.7 centimeters (1.5 inches) below the surface of the ply wood, and that portion of each end disc which extends beyond the rod ends must be further held in place with lag screws at least 10 centimeters (4 inches) long. (e) Thickness of wooden shell: (1) Specification 20WC-1: At least 10 centimeters (4 inches) thick. (2) Specification 20WC-2: At least 7.5 centimeters (3 inches) thick. (3) Specification 20WC-3: At least 13 centimeters (5 inches) thick for the jacket wall, and at least 15 centimeters (6 inches) thick for the end discs. In addition, at least 3 plywood chines, 5 centimeters (2 inches) wide and protruding 5 centimeters (2 inches) beyond the outer surfaces, must be located at each end and midway along the length of the jacket. (4) Specification 20WC-4: At least 15 centimeters (6 inches) thick for the jacket wall, and at least 15 centimeters (6 inches) thick for the end discs. In addition, at least 3 plywood chines, 5 centimeters (2 inches) wide and protruding 5 centimeters (2 inches) beyond the outer surfaces, must be located at each end and midway along the length of the jacket. (5) Specifications 20WC-5 and 20WC-6: At least 15 centimeters (6 inches) thick for the jacket wall, and at least 20 centimeters (8 inches) thick for the end discs. In addition, at least 5 plywood chines, 5 centimeters (2 inches) wide and protruding 5 centimeters (2 inches) beyond the outer surfaces, must be located at each end and equally spaced along the length of the jacket. (b) Specification 20WC-5. 178.362-3 Closure, (a) Closure for the wooden protective jacket is provided by the steel reinforcing rods. The end cap (lid) must fit tightly to the body of the jacket to prevent a heat path to the inside of the jacket. The lid joint for specifications 20WC-3, 20WC4, 20WC-5, and 20WC-6, may not be coplanar with the end of the inner containment vessel. (b) Specifications 20WC-2 and 20WC-6. Locking ring closure if used, must conform to 178.104-4. Flanged closure, if used, must have at least 8 steel bolts (at least 6 millimeters (0-25 inch) diameter for 20WC-2 or 1.2 centimeters (0.50-inch) diameter for 20WC-6) and lock nuts (or equivalent device), spaced not more than 13 centimeters (5 inches) between centers. 178.362-4 Tests. Prior to each use, each jacket must be visu ally inspected for defects such as improper bonding, cracking, corro sion of steel rods, and improperly fitting closure lid, or other manufac turing defects. Particular attention must be given to any separation of the plywood discs and rings which would provide a heat path to the inside of the jacket. 178.362-5 Painting. Each jacket (other than 20WC- 2 and 20WC-6) must be completely painted with a high quality exterior weather resistant paint. 178.362-6 Marking, (a) Each jacket must be marked on the external surface as follows: "USA-DOT-20WC-( ) TYPE B." The 178.364 Specification 21WC; wooden-steel protective ov erpack. 178.364-1 General requirements, (a) Each jacket must meet all the applicable requirements of 173.24 of this subchapter. (b) The maximum authorized gross weight of the overpack, includ ing its inner container and contents may not exceed 1360 kilograms (3000 pounds). 178.364-2 Materials of construction and other require ments. (a) The general configuration of the protective overpack must be a combination of two nested plywood boxes, each 2.5 centi meters (1 inch) thick, nested within a third wooden box of nominal 5 centimeters (2-inch) thickness solid hardwood. The three nested boxes must be enclosed within a welded framework 10 cement-coated nails spaced on nominally 1 centimeter (3/e-inch) thick by 8-10 centi meters (3-4 inches) wide. All outer surfaces of each box must be coated with intumescent paint. (b) Plywood must be exterior-grade, void-free, Douglas fir, or equiv alent, at least 2.5 centimeters (1 inch) thick. Solid hardwood must be maple, or equivalent. (c) All box joints and interior surfaces must be glued with a strong, shock-resistant adhesive such as polyvinyl acetate emulsion, or equiv alent. 499 PART 178 ABDOO132274 178.364-2--178.503 April 1998 (d) All hardwood joints must be mitered, or equivalent, reinforced with No. 10 cement-coated nails spaced on nominal 15 centimeters {6 inch) centers. (e) All plywood joints must be butt-type, or equivalent, reinforced with No. 10 cement-coated nails spaced on nominal 15 centimeters (6-inch) centers. (f) The angles and strapping of the metal frame must be spaced such that separation distances do not exceed 15 centimeters (6inches). (g) The lid must be of the same material as the box and fabricated in such a manner that closure forms a mitered joint with the hardwood box and 2 stepped-joints with the plywood boxes. 178.364-6 Typical assembly detail. RADIOISOTOPE SHIPPING CASK FIRE AND IMPACT SHIELD 178.384-3 Closure. Closure for the protective overpack must be provided by at least 4 mild steel hinges formed from minimum 2.5-centimeter (1-inch) x 5 millimeter (3/16-inch) bar stock. Hinge pins must be minimum 6-millimeter (Vi-inch) diameter by 13.3 centimeters (5'/4 inches) long mild steel rod drilled at both ends for cotter pins. 178.364-4 Tests. Prior to each use, each overpack must be visually inspected for defects such as wood checking or splintering, weld cracking, corrosion of steel parts, improper joint bonding, or improperly fitting closure lid. 178.364-5 Required marking, (a) Marking must be as pre scribed in 173.24 of this subchapter. (b) Marking on the outside of each overpack must include the following: (1) "USA-DOT 21WC" and "TYPE B" as appropriate. Subpart L NON-BULK PERFORMANCE-ORIENTED PACKAGING STANDARDS 178.500 Purpose, scope and definitions, (a) This subpart prescribes certain requirements for non-bulk packagings for hazard ous materials. Standards for these packagings are based on the UN Recommendations. (b) Terms used in this subpart are defined in 171.8 of this sub chapter. 178.502 Identification codes for packagings. (a) Identifica tion codes for designating kinds of packagings consist of the following: (1) A numeral indicating the kind of packaging, as follows: (i) "1" means a drum. (ii) "2" means a wooden barrel. (iii) "3" means a jerrican. (iv) "4" means a box. (v) "5" means a bag. (vi) "6" means a composite packaging. (vii) "7" means a pressure receptacle. (2) A capital letter indicating the material of construction, as follows: (i) "A" means steel (all types and surface treatments). (ii) "B" means aluminum. (iii) "C" means natural wood. (iv) "D" means plywood. (v) "F" means reconstituted wood. (vi) "G" means fiberboard. (vii) "H" means plastic. (viii) "L" means textile. (ix) "M" means paper, multi-wall. (x) "N" means metal (other than steel or aluminum). (xi) "P" means glass, porcelain or stoneware. (3) A numeral indicating the category of packaging within the kind to which the packaging belongs. For example, for steel drums ("1 A"), "1" indicates a non-removable head drum (i.e., "1A1") and "2" indi cates a removable head drum (i.e., "1A2"). (b) For composite packagings, two capital letters are used in se quence in the second position of the code, the first indicating the material of the inner receptacle and the second, that of the outer packaging. For example, a plastic receptacle in a steel drum is desig nated "6HA1". (c) For combination packagings, only the code number for the outer packaging is used. > Identification codes are set forth in the standards for packagings in 178.504 through 178.523 of this subpart. 178.503 Marking of packagings. (a) A manufacturer must mark every packaging that is represented as manufactured to meet a UN standard with the marks specified in this section. The markings must be durable, legible and placed in a location and of such a size relative to the packaging as to be readily visible, as specified in 178.3(a). Except as otherwise provided in this section, every reusable packaging liable to undergo a reconditioning process which might obliterate the packaging marks must bear the marks specified in paragraphs (a)(1) through (a)(6) and (a)(9) of this section in a perma nent form (e.g. embossed) able to withstand the reconditioning pro cess. A marking may be applied in a single line or in multiple lines provided the correct sequence is used. As illustrated by the examples in paragraph (e) of this section, the following information must be presented in the correct sequence. Slash marks should be used to separate this information. A packaging conforming to a UN standard must be marked as follows: (1) The United Nations symbol as illustrated in paragraph (e)(1) of this section (for embossed metal receptacles, the letters UN may be applied in place of the symbol); (2) A packaging identification code designating the type of packag ing, the material of construction and, when appropriate, the category of packaging under 178.504 through 178.523 of this subpart within the type to which the packaging belongs. The letter "V" must follow the packaging identifiction code on packagings tested in accordance with 178.601 (g)(2); for example, "4GV". The letter "W" must follow the packaging identification code on packagings when required by an approval under the provisions of 178.601(h) of this part; 500 ABDOO132275 April 1998 178.503 (3) A letter identifying the performance standard under which the packaging design type has been successfully tested, as follows: (i) X-for packagings meeting Packing Group I, II and III tests; (ii) Y-for packagings meeting Packing Group II and III tests; or (iii) Z-for packagings only meeting Packing Group III tests; (4) A designation of the specific gravity or mass for which the packaging design type has been tested, as follows: (i) For packagings without inner packagings intended to contain liquids, the designation shall be the specific gravity rounded down to the first decimal but may be omitted when the specific gravity does not exceed 1.2; and (ii) For packagings intended to contain solids or inner packagings, the designation shall be the maximum gross mass in kilograms; (5) (i) For single and composite packagings intended to contain liquids, the test pressure in kilopascals rounded down to the nearest 10 kPa of the hydrostatic pressure test that the packaging design type has successfully passed; (ii) For packagings intended to contain solids or inner packagings, the letter "S"; (6) The last two digits of the year of manufacture. Packagings of types 1H and 3H shall also be marked with the month of manufacture in any appropriate manner; this may be marked on the packaging in a different place from the remainder of the markings; (7) The state authorizing allocation of the mark. The letters "USA" indicate that the packaging is manufactured and marked in the United States in compliance with the provisions of this subchapter. (8) The name and address or symbol of the manufacturer or the approval agency certifying compliance with subpart L and subpart M of this part. Symbols, if used, must be registered with the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety; (9) For metal or plastic drums or jerricans intended for reuse or reconditioning as single packagings or the outer packagings of a composite packaging, the thickness of the packaging material, ex pressed in millimeters (rounded to the nearest 0.1 mm), as follows: (i) Metal drums or jerricans must be marked with the nominal thickness of the metal used in the body. The marked nominal thickness must not exceed the minimum thickness of the steel used by more than the thickness tolerance stated in ISO Stan dard 3574. (See Appendix C of this part.) The unit of measure is not required to be marked. When the nominal thickness of either head of a metal drum is thinner than that of the body, the nominal thickness of the top head, body, and bottom head must be marked (eg., "1.0-1.2-1.0" or "0.9-1.0-1.0"). (ii) Plastic drums or jerricans must be marked with the minimum thickness of the packaging material. Minimum thickness of plas tic must be as determined in accordance with 173.28(b)(4). The unit of measure is not required to be marked; (10) In addition to the markings prescribed in paragraphs (a)(1) through (a)(9) of this section, every new metal drum having a capacity greater than 100L must bear the marks described in paragraphs (a)(1) through (a)(6), and (a)(9)(i) of this section, in a permanent form, on the bottom. The markings on the top head or side of these packagings need not be permanent, and need not include the thickness mark described in paragraph (a)(9) of this section. This marking indicates a drum's characteristics at the time it was manufactured, and the information in paragraphs (a)(1) through (a)(6) of this section that is marked on the top head or side must be the same as the information in paragraphs (a)(1) through (a)(6) of this section permanently marked by the original manufacturer on the bottom of the drum; and (11) Rated capacity of the packaging expressed in litres may be marked. (b) For a packaging with a removable head, the markings may not be applied only to the removable head. (c) Markings of reconditioned packagings. (1) If a packaging is reconditioned, it shall be marked by the reconditioner near the marks required in paragraphs (a)(1) through (6) of this section with the follow ing additional information: (i) The name of the country in which the reconditioning was per formed (in the United States, use the letters "USA"); (ii) The name and address or symbol of the reconditioner. Symbols, if used, must be registered with the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety; (iii) The last two digits of the year of reconditioning; (iv) The letter "R"; and (v) For every packaging successfully passing a leakproofness test, the additional letter "L". (2) When, after reconditioning, the markings required by paragraph (a)(1) through (a)(5) of this section no longer appear on the top head or the side of the metal drum, the reconditioner must apply them in a durable form followed by the markings in paragraph (c)(1) of this section. These markings may identify a different performance capabil ity than that for which the original design type had been tested and marked, but may not identify a greater performance capability. The markings applied in accordance with this paragraph may be different from those which are permanently marked on the bottom of a drum in accordance with paragraph (a)(10) of this section. (d) Marking of remanufactured packagings. For remanufactured metal drums, if there is no change to the packaging type and no replacement or removal of integral structural components, the required markings need not be permanent (e.g., embossed). Every other re manufactured drum must bear the marks required in paragraphs (a)(1) through (a)(6) of this section in a permanent form (e.g., embossed) on the top head or side. If the metal thickness marking required in paragraph (a)(9)(i) of this section does not appear on the bottom of the drum, or if it is no longer valid, the remanufacturer also must mark this information in permanent form. (e) The following are examples of symbols and required markings: (1) The United Nations symbol is: (2) Examples of markings for a new packaging are as follows: (i) For a fiberboard box designed to contain an inner packaging: (as in 178.503(a)(1) through (a)(9) of this subpart), (ii) For a steel drum designed to contain liquids: (as in 178.503(a)(1) through (a)(10) of this subpart), (iii) For a steel drum to transport solids or inner packagings: 1A2/Y150/S/83 USA/VL825 (as in 178.503{a)(1) through (a)(8) of this subpart). (3) Examples of markings of reconditioned packagings are as follows: 1A1/Y1.4/150/92 USA/RB/93 RL (as in 178.503(c)(1), (2), (3), (4), and (5)). 501 PART 178 ABDOO132276 178.504--178.509 April 1998 176.504 Standards for steel drums, (a) The following are identification codes for steel drums: (1) 1A1 tor a non-removable head steel drum; and (2) 1A2 for a removable head steel drum. (b) Construction requirements for steel drums are as follows: (1) Body and heads must be constructed of steel sheet of suitable type and adequate thickness in relation to the capacity and intended use of the drum. Minimum thickness and marking requirements in 173.28(b)(4) and 178.503(a)(9) of this subchapter apply to drums intended for reuse. (2) Body seams must be welded on drums designed to contain more than 40 L (11 gallons) of liquids. Body seams must be mechani cally seamed or welded on drums intended to contain only solids or 40 L (11 gallons) or less of liquids. (3) Chimes must be mechanically seamed or welded. Separate reinforcing rings may be applied. (4) The body of a drum of a capacity greater that 60 L (16 gallons) may have at least two expanded rolling hoops or two separate rolling hoops. If there are separate rolling hoops, they must be fitted tightly on the body and so secured that they cannot shift. Rolling hoops may not be spot-welded. (5) Openings for filling, emptying and venting in the bodies or heads of non-removable head (1A1) drums may not exceed 7.0 cm (3 inches) in diameter. Drums with larger openings are considered to be of the removable head type (1A2). Closures for openings in the bodies and heads of drums must be so designed and applied that they will remain secure and leakproof under normal conditions of transport. Closure flanges may be mechanically seamed or welded in place. Gaskets or other sealing elements must be used with closures unless the closure is inherently leakproof. (6) Closure devices for removable head drums must be so de signed and applied that they will remain secure and drums will remain leakproof under normal conditions of transport. Gaskets or other seal ing elements must be used with all removable heads. (7) If materials used for body, heads, closures, and fittings are not in themselves compatible with the contents to be transported, suitable internal protective coatings or treatments must be applied. These coatings or treatments must retain their protective properties under normal conditions of transport. (8) Maximum capacity of drum: 450 L (119 gallons). (9) Maximum net mass: 400 kg (882 pounds). 178.505 Standards for aluminum drums, (a) The following are the identification codes for aluminum drums: (1) 1B1 for a non-removable head aluminum drum; and (2) 1B2 for a removable head aluminum drum. (b) Construction requirements for aluminum drums are as follows: (1) Body and heads must be constructed of aluminum at least 99 percent pure or an aluminum base alloy. Material must be of suitable type and adequate thickness in relation to the capacity and the in tended use of the drum. Minimum thickness and marking requirements in 173.28(b)(4) and 178.503(a)(9) of this subchapter apply to drums intended for reuse. (2) All seams must be welded. Chime seams, if any, must be rein forced by the application of separate reinforcing rings. (3) The body of a drum of a capacity greater than 60 L (16 gallons) may have at least two expanded rolling hoops or two separate rolling hoops. If there are separate rolling hoops, the hoops must be fitted tightly on the body and so secured that they cannot shift. Rolling hoops may not be spot-welded. (4) Openings for filling, emptying, or venting in the bodies or heads of non-removable head (1B1) drums may not exceed 7.0 cm (3 inches) in diameter. Drums with larger openings are considered to be of the removable head type (1B2). Closures for openings in the bodies and heads of drums must be so designed and applied that they will remain secure and leakproof under normal conditions of transport. Closure flanges may be welded in place so that the weld provides a leakproof seam. Gaskets or other sealing elements must be used with closures unless the closure is inherently leakproof. (5) Closure devices for removable head drums must be so de signed and applied that they remain secure and drums remain leakproof under normal conditions of transport. Gaskets or other sealing elements must be used with all removable heads. (6) Maximum capacity of drum: 450 L (119 gallons). (7) Maximum net mass: 400 kg (882 pounds). 178.506 Standards for metal drums other than steel or alumi num. (a) The following are the identification codes for metal drums other than steel or aluminum: (1) INI for a non-removable head metal drum; and (2) 1N2 for a removable head metal drum. (b) Construction requirements for metal drums other than steel or aluminum are as follows: (1) Body and heads must be constructed of metal (other than steel or aluminum) of suitable type and adequate thickness in relation to the capacity and the intended use of the drum. Minimum thickness and marking requirements in 173.28(b)(4) and 178.503(a)(9) of this subchapter apply to drums intended for reuse. (2) All seams must be welded. Chime seams, if any, must be rein forced by the application of separate reinforcing rings. (3) The body of a drum of a capacity greater than 60 L (16 gallons) may have at least two expanded rolling hoops or two separate rolling hoops. If there are separate rolling hoops, the hoops must be fitted tightly on the body and so secured that they cannot shift. Rolling hoops may not be spot-welded. (4) Openings for filling, emptying, or venting in the bodies or heads of non-removable head (INI) drums may not exceed 7.0 cm (3 inches) in diameter. Drums with larger openings are considered to be of the removable head type (1N2). Closures for openings in the bodies and heads of drums must be so designed and applied that they will remain secure and leakproof under normal conditions of transport. Closure flanges may be welded in place so that the weld provides a leakproof seam. Gaskets or other sealing elements must be used with closures unless the closure is inherently leakproof. (5) Closure devices for removable head drums must be so de signed and applied that they remain secure and drums remain leakproof under normal conditions of transport. Gaskets or other sealing elements must be used with all removable heads. (6) Maximum capacity of drum: 450 L (119 gallons). (7) Maximum net mass: 400 kg (882 pounds). 178.507 Standards for plywood drums, (a) The identification code for a plywood drum is ID. (b) Construction requirements for plywood drums are as follows: (1) The wood used must be well-seasoned, commercially dry and free from any defect likely to lessen the effectiveness of the drum for the purpose intended. A material other than plywood, of at least equivalent strength and durability, may be used for the manufacture of the heads. (2) At least two-ply plywood must be used for the body and at least three-ply plywood for the heads; the plies must be firmly glued together, with their grains crosswise. (3) The body and heads of the drum and their joints must be of a design appropriate to the capacity of the drum and its intended use. (4) In order to prevent sifting of the contents, lids must be lined with kraft paper or some other equivalent material which must be securely fastened to the lid and extend to the outside along its full circumference. (5) Maximum capacity of drum: 250 L (66 gallons). (6) Maximum net mass: 400 kg (882 pounds). 178.508 Standards for fiber drums, (a) The identification code for a fiber drum is 1G. (b) Construction requirements for fiber drums are as follows: (1) The body of the drum must be constructed of multiple plies of heavy paper or fiberboard (without corrugations) firmly glued or laminated together and may include one or more protective layers of bitumen, waxed kraft paper, metal foil, plastic material, or similar materials. (2) Heads must be of natural wood, fiberboard, metal, plywood, plastics, or other suitable material and may include one or more protec tive layers of bitumen, waxed kraft paper, metal foil, plastic material, or similar material. (3) The body and heads of the drum and their joints must be of a design appropriate to the capacity and intended use of the drum. (4) The assembled packaging must be sufficiently water-resistant so as not to delaminate under normal conditions of transport. (5) Maximum capacity of drum: 450 L (119 gallons). (6) Maximum net mass: 400 kg (882 pounds). 178.509 Standards for plastic drums and jerricans. (a) The following are identification codes for plastic drums and jerricans: 502 ABDOO132277 April 1998 178.509--178.513 (1) 1H1 for a non-removable head plastic drum; (2) 1H2 for a removable head plastic drum; (3) 3H1 for a non-removable head jerrican; and (4) 3H2 for a removable head jerrican. (b) Construction requirements for plastic drums and jerricans are as follows: (1) The packaging must be manufactured from suitable plastic ma terial and be of adequate strength in relation to its capacity and intended use. No used material other than production residues or regrind from the same manufacturing process may be used. The packaging must be adequately resistant to aging and to degradation caused either by the substance contained or by ultra-violet radiation. Any permeation of the substance contained may not constitute a danger under normal conditions of transport. (2) If protection against ultra-violet radiation is required, it must be provided by the addition of carbon black or other suitable pigments or inhibitors. These additives must be compatible with the contents and remain effective throughoutthe life of the packaging. Where use is made of carbon black, pigments or inhibitors other than those used in the manufacture of the design type, retesting may be omitted if the carbon black content does not exceed 2 percent by mass or if the pigment content does not exceed 3 percent by mass; the content of inhibitors of ultra-violet radiation is not limited. (3) Additives serving purposes other than protection against ultra violet radiation may be included in the composition of the plastic material provided they do not adversely affect the chemical and physi cal properties of the packaging material. (4) The wall thickness at every point of the packaging must be appropriate to its capacity and its intended use, taking into account the stresses to which each point is liable to be exposed. Minimum thickness and marking requirements in 173.28(b)(4) and 178.503(a)(9) of this subchapter apply to drums intended for reuse. (5) Openings for filling, emptying and venting in the bodies or heads of non-removable head (1H1) drums and jerricans (3H1) may not exceed 7.0 cm (3 inches) in diameter. Drums and jerricans with larger openings are considered to be of the removable head type (1H2 and 3H2). Closures for openings in the bodies or heads of drums and jerricans must be so designed and applied that they remain secure and leakproof under normal conditions of transport. Gaskets or other sealing elements must be used with closures unless the closure is inherently leakproof. (6) Closure devices for removable head drums and jerricans must be so designed and applied that they remain secure and leakproof under normal conditions of transport. Gaskets must be used with all removable heads unless the drum or jerrican design is such that when the removable head is properly secured, the drum or jerrican is inherently leakproof. (7) Maximum capacity of drums and jerricans: 1H1, 1H2: 450 L (119 gallons); 3H1, 3H2: 60 L (16 gallons). (8) Maximum net mass: 1H1,1H2:400 kg (882 pounds); 3H1,3H2: 120 kg (265 pounds). (1) 3A1 for a non-removable head steel jerrican; (2) 3A2 for a removable head steel jerrican; (3) 3B1 for a non-removable head aluminum jerrican; and (4) 3B2 for a removable head aluminum jerrican. (b) Construction requirements for aluminum and steel jerricans are as follows: (1) For steel jerricans the body and heads must be constructed of steel sheet of suitable type and adequate thickness in relation to the capacity of the jerrican and its intended use. Minimum thickness and marking requirements in 173.28(b)(4) and 178.503(a)(9) of this sub chapter apply to jerricans intended for reuse. (2) For aluminum jerricans the body and heads must be constructed of aluminum at least 99% pure or of an aluminum base alloy. Material must be of a type and of adequate thickness in relation to the capacity of the jerrican and to its intended use. (3) Chimes of all jerricans must be mechanically seamed or welded. Body seams of jerricans intended to carry more than 40 L (11 gallons) of liquid must be welded. Body seams of jerricans intended to carry 40 L (11 gallons) or less must be mechanically seamed or welded. (4) Openings in jerricans (3A1) may not exceed 7.0 cm (3 inches) in diameter. Jerricans with larger openings are considered to be of the removable head type. Closures must be so designed that they remain secure and leakproof under normal conditions of transport. Gaskets or other sealing elements must be used with closures, unless the closure is inherently leakproof. (5) If materials used for body, heads, closures and fittings are not in themselves compatible with the contents to be transported, suitable internal protective coatings or treatments must be applied. These coatings or treatments must retain their protective properties under normal conditions of transport. (6) Maximum capacity of jerrican: 60 L (16 gallons). (7) Maximum net mass: 120 kg (265 pounds). 178.512 Standards for steel or aluminum boxes, (a) The fol lowing are identification codes for steel or aluminum boxes: (1) 4A for a steel box; and (2) 4B1 for an aluminum box. (b) Construction requirements for steel or aluminum boxes are as follows: (1) The strength of the metal and the construction of the box must be appropriate to the capacity and intended use of the box. (2) Boxes must be lined with fiberboard or felt packing pieces or must have an inner liner or coating of suitable material in accordance with subpart C of part 173 of this subchapter. If a double seamed metal liner is used, steps must be taken to prevent the ingress of materials, particularly explosives, into the recesses of the seams. (3) Closures may be of any suitable type, and must remain secure under normal conditions of transport. (4) Maximum net mass: 400 kg (882 pounds). 178.510 Standards for wooden barrels, (a) The following are identification codes for wooden barrels: (1) 2C1 for a bung type wooden barrel; and (2) 2C2 for a slack type (removable head) wooden barrel. (b) Construction requirements for wooden barrels are as follows: (1) The wood used must be of good quality, straight-grained, wellseasoned and free from knots, bark, rotten wood, sapwood or other defects likely to lessen the effectiveness of the barrel for the purpose intended. (2) The body and heads must be of a design appropriate to the capacity and intended use of the barrel. (3) Staves and heads must be sawn or cleft with the grain so that no annual ring extends over more than half the thickness of a stave or head. (4) Barrel hoops must be of steel or iron of good quality. The hoops of 2C2 barrels may be of a suitable hardwood. (5) For wooden barrels 2C1, the diameter of the bung-hole may not exceed half the width of the stave in which it is placed. (6) For wooden barrels 2C2, heads must fit tightly into crozes. (7) Maximum capacity of barrel: 250 L (66 gallons) (8) Maximum net mass: 400 kg (882 pounds). 178.511 Standards for aluminum and steel Jerricans. (a) The following are identification codes for aluminum and steel jerricans: 178.513 Standards for boxes of natural wood, (a) The fol lowing are the identification codes for boxes of natural wood: (1) 4C1 for an ordinary box; and (2) 4C2 for a box with sift-proof walls. (b) Construction requirements for boxes of natural wood are as follows: (1) The wood used must be well-seasoned, commercially dry and free from defects that would materially lessen the strength of any part of the box. The strength of the material used and the method of construction must be appropriate to the capacity and intended use of the box. The tops and bottoms may be made of water-resistant reconstituted wood such as hard board, particle board or other suit able type. (2) Fastenings must be resistent to vibration experienced under normal conditions of transportation. End grain nailing must be avoided whenever practicable. Joints which are likely to be highly stressed must be made using clenched or annular ring nails or equivalent fastenings. (3) Each part of the 4C2 box must be one piece or equivalent. Parts are considered equivalent to one piece when one of the following methods of glued assembly is used: Linderman joint, tongue and groove joint, ship lap or rabbet joint, or butt joint with at least two corrugated metal fasteners at each joint. (4) Maximum net mass: 400 kg (882 pounds). 503 PART 178 ABDOO132278 178.514--178.520 April 1998 178.514 Standards for plywood boxes, (a) The identification code for a plywood box is 4D. (b) Construction requirements for plywood boxes are as follows: (1) Plywood used must be at least 3 ply. It shall be made from wellseasoned rotary cut, sliced or sawn veneer, commercially dry and free from defects that would materially lessen the strength of the box. The strength of the material used and the method of construction must be appropriate to the capacity and intended use of the box. All adjacent plies must be glued with water-resistant adhesive. Other suitable materials may be used together with plywood in the construc tion of boxes. Boxes must be nailed or secured to corner posts or ends or assembled with other equally suitable devices. (2) Maximum net mass: 400 kg (882 pounds). 178.515 Standards for reconstituted wood boxes. (a) The identification code for a reconstituted wood box is 4F. (b) Construction requirements for reconstituted wood boxes are as follows: (1) The walls of boxes must be made of water-resistant, reconstitu ted wood such as hardboard, particle board, or other suitable type. The strength of the material used and the method of construction must be appropriate to the capacity of the boxes and their intended use. (2) Other parts of the box may be made of other suitable materials. (3) Boxes must be securely assembled by means of suitable de vices. (4) Maximum net mass: 400 kg (882 pounds). 178.516 Standards for fiberboard boxes, (a) The identifica tion code for a fiberboard box is 4G. (b) Construction requirements for fiberboard boxes are as follows: (1) Strong, solid or double-faced corrugated fiberboard (single or multi-wall) must be used, appropriate to the capacity and intended use of the box. The water resistance of the outer surface must be such that the increase in mass, as determined in a test carried out over a period of 30 minutes by the Cobb method of determining water absorption, is not greater than 155 g per square meter (0.0316 pounds per square foot)--see ISO International Standard 535. Fiberboard must have proper bending qualities. Fiberboard must be cut, creased without cutting through any thickness of fiberboard, and slotted so as to permit assembly without cracking, surface breaks, or undue bend ing. The fluting of corrugated fiberboard must be firmly glued to the facings. (2) The ends of boxes may have a wooden frame or be entirely of wood or other suitable material. Reinforcements of wooden battens or other suitable material may be used. (3) Manufacturing joints, (i) Manufacturing joints in the bodies of boxes must be-- (A) Taped; (B) Lapped and glued; or (C) Lapped and stitched with metal staples. (ii) Lapped joints must have an appropriate overlap. (4) Where closing is effected by gluing or taping, a water resistant adhesive must be used. (5) Boxes must be designed so as to provide a snug fit to the contents. (6) Maximum net mass: 400 kg (882 pounds). 178.517 Standards for plastic boxes, (a) The following are identification codes for plastic boxes: (1) 4H1 for an expanded plastic box; and (2) 4H2 for a solid plastic box. (b) Construction requirements for plastic boxes are as follows: (1) The box must be manufactured from suitable plastic material and be of adequate strength in relation to its capacity and intended use. The box must be adequately resistant to aging and to degradation caused either by the substance contained or by ultra-violet radiation. (2) An expanded plastic box must consist of two parts made of a molded expanded plastic material: a bottom section containing cavi ties for the inner receptacles, and a top section covering and inter locking with the bottom section. The top and bottom sections must be so designed that the inner receptacles fit snugly. The closure cap for any inner receptacle may not be in contact with the inside of the top section of the box. (3) For transportation, an expanded plastic box must be closed with a self-adhesive tape having sufficient tensile strength to prevent the box from opening. The adhesive tape must be weather-resistant and its adhesive compatible with the expanded plastic material of the box. Other closing devices at least equally effective may be used. (4) For solid plastic boxes, protection against ultra-violet radiation, if required, must be provided by the addition of carbon black or other suitable pigments or inhibitors. These additives must be compatible with the contents and remain effective throughout the life of the box. Where use is made of carbon black pigment or inhibitors other than those used in the manufacture of the tested design type, retesting may be waived if the carbon black content does not exceed 2 percent by mass or if the pigment content does not exceed 3 percent by mass; the content of inhibitors of ultra-violet radiation is not limited. (5) Additives serving purposes other than protection against ultra violet radiation may be included in the composition of the plastic material if they do not adversely affect the materia! of the box. Addition of these additives does not change the design type. (6) Solid plastic boxes must have closure devices made of a suit able material of adequate strength and so designed as to prevent the box from unintentionally opening. (7) Maximum net mass 4H1: 60 kg (132 pounds); 4H2: 400 kg (882 pounds). 178.518 Standards for woven plastic bags, (a) The following are identification codes for woven plastic bags: (1) 5H1 for an unlined or non-coated woven plastic bag; (2) 5H2 for a sift-proof woven plastic bag; and (3) 5H3 for a water-resistant woven plastic bag. (b) Construction requirements for woven plastic fabric bags are as follows: (1) Bags must be made from stretched tapes or monofilaments of a suitable plastic material. The strength of the material used and the construction of the bag must be appropriate to the capacity and intended use of the bag. (2) If the fabric is woven flat, the bags must be made by sewing or some other method ensuring closure of the bottom and one side. If the fabric is tubular, the bag must be closed by sewing, weaving, or some other equally strong method of closure. (3) Bags, sift-proof, 5H2 must be made sift-proof by appropriate means such as use of paper or a plastic film bonded to the inner surface of the bag or one or more separate inner liners made of paper or plastic material. (4) Bags, water-resistant, 5H3: To prevent the entry of moisture, the bag must be made waterproof by appropriate means, such as separate inner liners of water-resistant paper (e.g., waxed kraft paper, double-tarred kraft paper or plastic-coated kraft paper), or plastic film bonded to the inner or outer surface of the bag, or one or more inner plastic liners. (5) Maximum net mass: 50 kg (110 pounds). 178.519 Standards for plastic film bags, (a) The identifica tion code tor a plastic film bag is 5H4. (b) Construction requirements for plastic film bags are as follows: (1) Bags must be made of a suitable plastic material. The strength of the material used and the construction of the bag must be appro priate to the capacity and the intended use of the bag. Joints and closures must be capable of withstanding pressures and impacts liable to occur under normal conditions of transportation. (2) Maximum net mass: 50 kg (110 pounds). 178.520 Standards for textile bags, (a) The following are identification codes for textile bags: (1) 5L1 for an unlined or non-coated textile bag; (2) 5L2 for a sift-proof textile bag; and (3) 5L3 for a water-resistant textile bag. (b) Construction requirements for textile bags are as follows: (1) The textiles used must be of good quality. The strength of the fabric and the construction of the bag must be appropriate to the capacity and intended use of the bag. (2) Bags, sift-proof, 5L2: The bag must be made sift-proof, by ap propriate means, such as by the use of paper bonded to the inner surface of the bag by a water-resistant adhesive such as bitumen, plastic film bonded to the inner surface of the bag, or one or more inner liners made of paper or plastic material. 504 ABDOO132279 April 1998 178.520--178.523 (3) Bags, water-resistant, 5L3: To prevent entry of moisture, the bag must be made waterproof by appropriate means, such as by the use of separate inner liners of water-resistant paper (e.g., waxed kraft paper, tarred paper, or plastic-coated kraft paper), or plastic film bonded to the inner surface of the bag, or one or more inner liners made of plastic material or metalized film or foil. (4) Maximum net mass: 50 kg (110 pounds). 178.521 Standards for paper bags, (a) The following are identification codes for paper bags: (1) 5M1 for a multi-wall paper bag; and (2) 5M2 for a multi-wall water-resistant paper bag. (b) Construction requirements for paper bags are as follows: (1) Bags must be made of a suitable kraft paper, or of an equivalent paper with at least three plies. The strength of the paper and the construction of the bag must be appropriate to the capacity and intended use of the bag. Seams and closures must be sift-proof. (2) Paper bags 5M2: To prevent the entry of moisture, a bag of four plies or more must be made waterproof by the use of either a water-resistant ply as one of the two outermost plies or a water-resistant barrier made of a suitable protective material between the two outer most plies. A 5M2 bag of three plies must be made waterproof by the use of a water-resistant ply as the outermost ply. When there is danger of the lading reacting with moisture, or when it is packed damp, a waterproof ply or barrier such as double-tarred kraft paper, plastics-coated kraft paper, plastics film bonded to the inner surface of the bag, or one or more inner plastic liners, must also be placed next to the substance. Seams and closures must be waterproof. (3) Maximum net mass: 50 kg (110 pounds). 178.522 Standards for composite packagings with Inner plas tic receptacles, (a) The following are the identification codes for composite packagings with inner plastic receptacles: (1) 6HA1 for a plastic receptacle within a protective steel drum; (2) 6HA2 for a plastic receptacle within a protective steel crate or box; (3) 6HB1 for a plastic receptacle within a protective aluminum drum. (4) 6HB2 for a plastic receptacle within a protective aluminum crate or box. (5) 6HC for a plastic receptacle within a protective wooden box. (6) 6HD1 for a plastic receptacle within a protective plywood drum; (7) 6HD2 for a plastic receptacle within a protective plywood box; (8) 6HG1 for a plastic receptacle within a protective fiber drum; (9) 6HG2 for a plastic receptacle within a protective fiberboard box; (10) 6HH1 for a plastic receptacle within a protective plastic drum; and (11) 6HH2 for a plastic receptacle within a protective plastic box, (b) Construction requirements for composite packagings with inner receptacles of plastic are as follows: 0) Inner receptacles must be constructed under the applicable construction requirements prescribed in 178.509(b)(1) through (7) of this subpart. (2) The inner plastic receptacle must fit snugly inside the outer packaging, which must be free of any projections which may abrade the plastic material. (3) Outer packagings must be constructed as follows: (i) 6HA1 or 6HB1: Protective packaging must conform to the re quirements for steel drums in 178.504(b) of this subpart, or aluminum drums in 178.505(b) of this subpart. (ii) 6HA2 or 6HB2: Protective packagings with steel or aluminum crate must conform to the requirements for steel or aluminum boxes found in 178.512(b) of this subpart. (iii) 6HC protective packaging must conform to the requirements for wooden boxes in 178.513(b) of this subpart. (iv) 6HD1: Protective packaging must conform to the requirements for plywood drums, in 178.507(b) of this subpart. (v) 6HD2: Protective packaging must conform to the requirements of plywood boxes, in l78.514(b) of this subpan. (vi) 6HG1: Protective packaging must conform to the requirements for fiber drums, in 178.508(b) of this subpart. (vii) 6HG2: protective packaging must conform to the requirements for fiberboard boxes, in 178.516(b) of this subpart. (viii) 6HH1: Protective packaging must conform to the requirements for plastic drums, in 178.509(b). (ix) 6HH2: Protective packaging must conform to the requirements for plastic boxes, in 178.517(b). (4) Maximum capacity of inner receptacles is as follows: 6HA1, 6HB1, 6HD1, 6HG1, 6HH1--250 L (66 gallons); 6HA2, 6HB2, 6HC, 6HD2. 6HG2, 6HH2--60 L (16 gallons). (5) Maximum net mass is as follows: 6HA1, 6HB1, 6HD1, 6HG1, 6HH1--400 kg (882 pounds); 6HB2, 6HC, 6HD2, 6HG2, 6HH2--75 kg (165 pounds). 178.523 Standards for composite packagings with Inner glass, porcelain, or stoneware receptacles, (a) The following are identification codes for composite packagings with inner receptacles of glass, porcelain, or stoneware: (1) 6PA1 for glass, porcelain or stoneware receptacles within a protective steel drum; (2) 6PA2 for glass, porcelain or stoneware receptacles within a protective steel crate or box; (3) 6PB1 for glass, porcelain or stoneware receptacles within a protective aluminum drum; (4) 6PB2 for glass, porcelain, or stoneware receptacles within a protective aluminum crate or box; (5) 6PC for glass, porcelain, or stoneware receptacles within a protective wooden box; (6) 6PD1 for glass, porcelain or stoneware receptacles within a protective plywood drum; (7) 6PD2 for glass, porcelain, or stoneware receptacles within a protective wickerwork hamper; (8) 6PG1 for glass, porcelain, or stoneware receptacles within a protective fiber drum; (9) 6PG2 for glass, porcelain, or stoneware receptacles within a protective fiberboard box; (10) 6PH1 for glass, porcelain, or stoneware receptacles within a protective expanded plastic packaging; and (11) 6PH2 for glass, porcelain, or stoneware receptacles within a protective solid plastic packaging. (b) Construction requirements for composite packagings with inner receptacles of glass, porcelain, or stoneware are as follows: (1) Inner receptacles must conform to the following requirements: (1) Receptacles must be of suitable form (cylindrical or pearshaped), be made of good quality materials free from any defect that could impair their strength, and be firmly secured in the outer packaging. (ii) Any part of aclosure likely to come into contact with the contents of the receptacle must be resistant to those contents. Closures must be fitted so as to be leakproof and secured to prevent any loosening during transportation. Vented closures must con form to 173.24(f) of this subchapter. (2) Protective packagings must conform to the following require ments: (i) For receptacles with protective steel drum 6PA1, the drum must comply with 178.504(b) of this subpart. However, the removable lid required for this type of packaging may be in the form of a cap. (ii) For receptacles with protective packaging of steel crate or steel box 6PA2, the protective packaging must conform to the following: (A) 178.512(b) of this subpart; (B) In the case of cylindrical receptacles, the protective pack aging must, when upright, rise above the receptacle and its closure; and (C) If the protective crate surrounds a pear-shaped receptacle and is of matching shape, the protective packaging must be fitted with a protective cover (cap). (iii) For receptacles with protective aluminum drum 6PB1, the re quirements of 178.505(b) of this subpart apply to the protective packaging. (iv) For receptacles with protective aluminum box or crate 6PB2, the requirements of 178.512(b) of this subpart apply to the protective packaging. (v) For receptacles with protective wooden box 6PC, the require ments of 178,513(b) of this subpart apply to the protective packaging. (vi) For receptacles with protective plywood drum 6PD1, the re quirements of 178.507(b) of this subpart apply to the protective packaging. PART 178 505 ABDOO132280 178.523--178.601 April 1998 (vii) For receptacles with protective wickerwork hamper 6PD2, the wickerwork hamper must be properly made with material of good quality. The hamper must be fitted with a protective cover (cap) so as to prevent damage to the receptacle. (viii) For receptacles with protective fiber drum 6PG1, the drum must conform to the requirements of 178.508(b) of this subpart. (ix) For receptacles with protective fiberboard box 6PG2, the re quirements of 178.516(b) of this subpart apply to the protective packaging. (x) For receptacles with protective solid plastic or expanded plastic packaging 6PH1 or 6PH2, the requirements of 178.517(b) of this subpart apply to the protective packaging. Solid protective plastic packaging must be manufactured from high-density polyethylene or from some other comparable plastic material. The removable lid required for this type of packaging may be a cap. (3) Quantity limitations are as follows: (i) Maximum net capacity for packagings for liquids: 60 L (16 gallons). (ii) Maximum net mass for packagings for solids: 75 kg (165 pounds). Subpart M TESTING OF NON-BULK PACKAGINGS AND PACKAGES 178.600 Purpose and scope. This subpart prescribes certain testing requirements for performance-oriented packagings identified in Subpart L of this part. 178.601 General requirements, (a) General. The test proce dures prescribed in this subpart are intended to ensure that packages containing hazardous materials can withstand normal conditions of transportation and are considered minimum requirements. Each pack aging must be manufactured and assembled so as to be capable of successfully passing the prescribed tests and of conforming to the requirements of 173.24 of this subchapter at all times while in trans portation. (b) Responsibility. It is the responsibility of the packaging manu facturer to assure that each package is capable of passing the pre scribed tests. To the extent that a package assembly function, includ ing final closure, is performed by the person who offers a hazardous material for transportation, that person is responsible for performing the function in accordance with 173.22 and 178.2 of this subchapter. (c) Definitions. For the purpose of this subpart: (1) Design qualification testing is the performance of the drop, leakproofness, hydrostatic pressure, stacking, and cooperage tests, as applicable, prescribed in 178.603, 178.604, 178.605, 178.606, or 178.607, respectively, for each new or different packaging, at the start of production of that packaging. (2) Periodic retesting is the performance of the drop, leakproof ness, hydrostatic pressure, and stacking tests, as applicable, pre scribed in 178.603, 178.604, 178.605, or 178.606, respectively, at the frequency specified in 178.601(e) of this subpart. (3) Production testing is the performance of the leakproofness test prescribed in 178.604 of this subpart on each single or composite packaging intended to contain a liquid. (4) A different packaging is one that differs (i.e. is not identical) from a previously produced packaging in structural design, size, mate rial of construction, wall thickness or manner of construction but does not include: (i) A packaging which differs only in surface treatment; (ii) A combination packaging which differs only in that the outer packaging has been successfully tested with different inner packagings. A variety of such inner packagings may be assem bled in this outer packaging without further testing; (iii) A plastic packaging which differs only with regard to additives which conform to 178.509(b)(3) or 178.517(b)(4) or (5) of this part; (iv) A combination packaging with inner packagings conforming to the provisions of paragraph (g) of this section; (v) Packagings which differ from the design type only in their lesser design height; or (vi) For a steel drum, variations in design elements which do not constitute a different design type under the provisions of para graph (g)(8) of this section. (d) Design qualification testing. The packaging manufacturer shall achieve successful test results for the design qualification testing at the start of production of each new or different packaging. (e) Periodic retesting. The packaging manufacturer shall achieve successful test results for the periodic retesting at intervals established by the manufacturer of sufficient frequency to ensure that each pack aging produced by the manufacturer is capable of passing the design qualification tests. Changes in retest frequency are subject to the approval of the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety. For single or composite packagings, the periodic retests must be conducted at least once every 12 months. For combination packag ings, the periodic retests must be conducted at least once every 24 months. (f) Test samples. The manufacturer shall conduct the design quali fication and periodic tests prescribed in this subpart using random samples of packagings, in the numbers specified in the appropriate test section. In addition, the leakproofness test, when required, shall be performed on each packaging produced by the manufacturer, and each packaging prior to reuse under 173.28 of this subchapter, by the reconditioner. (g) Selective testing. The selective testing of packagings that differ only in minor respects from a tested type is permitted as described in this section. For air transport, packagings must comply with 173.27(c)(1) and (c)(2) of this subchapter. (1) Selective testing of combination packagings. Variation 1. Variations are permitted in inner packagings of a tested combination package, without further testing of the package, provided an equiva lent level of performance is maintained, as follows: (i) Inner packagings of equivalent or smaller size may be used provided-- (A) The inner packagings are of similar design to the tested inner packagings (i.e. shape -- round, rectangular, etc.); (B) The material of construction of the inner packagings (glass, plastic, metal, etc.) offers resistance to impact and stacking forces equal to or greater than that of the originally tested inner packaging; (C) The inner packagings have the same or smaller openings and the closure is of similar design (e.g., screw cap, fric tion lid, etc.); (D) Sufficient additional cushioning material is used to take up void spaces and to prevent significant movement of the inner packagings; (E) Inner packagings are oriented within the outer packaging in the same manner as in the tested package; and, (F) The gross mass of the package does not exceed that originally tested. (ii) A lesser number of the tested inner packagings, or of the alter native types of inner packagings identified in paragraph (g)(1 )(i) of this section, may be used provided sufficient cushioning is added to fill void space(s) and to prevent significant movement of the inner packagings. (2) Selective testing of combination packagings. Variation 2. Articles or inner packagings of any type, for solids or liquids, may be assembled and transported without testing in an outer packaging under the following conditions. (i) The outer packaging must have been successfully tested in accordance with 178.603 with fragile (e.g., glass) inner pack agings containing liquids at the Packing Group l drop height; (ii) The total combined gross mass of inner packagings may not exceed one-half the gross mass of inner packagings used for the drop test; (iii) The thickness of cushioning material between inner packagings and between inner packagings and the outside of the packag ing may not be reduced below the corresponding thickness 506 ABDOO132281 Part 178.600 - Testing of Non Bulk Packages ABDOO132327 April 1998 180.401--180.405 Subpart E QUALIFICATION AND MAINTENANCE OF CARGO TANKS 180.401 Applicability. This subpart prescribes requirements, in addition to those contained in Parts 107,171,172,173 and 178 of this subchapter, applicable to any person responsible for the continuing qualification, maintenance or periodic testing of a cargo tank. 180.403 Definitions. In addition to the definitions contained in 171.8 and 178.345-1 of this subchapter, the following definitions apply to this subpart: Corrosive to the tank/valve means a lading meets the criteria for corrosivity specified in 173.136 of this subchapter, for the material of construction of the tank or valve; or the lading has been shown through experience to be corrosive to the tank or valve. Modification means any change to the original design and con struction of a cargo tank or a cargo tank motor vehicle which affects its structural integrity or lading retention capability. Any modification which involves welding on the cargo tank wall also must meet all requirements for "Repair'' as defined in this section. Excluded from this category are the following: (1) A change to motor vehicle equipment such as lights, truck or tractor power train components, steering and brake systems, and suspension parts, and changes to appurtenances, such as fender attachments, lighting brackets, and ladder brackets; and (2) Replacement of components such as valves, vents, and fittings with a component of a similar design and of the same size. Owner means the person who owns a cargo tank motor vehicle used for the transportation of hazardous materials, or that person's authorized agent. Rebarrelling means replacing more than 50 percent of the com bined shell and head material of a cargo tank. Repair means any welding on a cargo tank wall done to return a cargo tank or a cargo tank motor vehicle to its original design and construction specification, or to a condition prescribed for a later equivalent specification in effect at the time of the repair. Excluded from this category are the following: (1) A change to motor vehicle equipment such as lights, truck or tractor power train components, steering and brake systems, and suspension parts, and changes to appurtenances, such as fender attachments, lighting brackets, and ladder brackets; and (2) Replacement of components such as valves, vents, and fittings with a component of a similar design and the same size. (3) Replacement of an appurtenance by welding to a mounting pad. Replacement of a barrel means to replace the existing tank on a motor vehicle chassis with an unused (new) tank. For the definition of tank, see 178.345-1 (c), 178.337-1, or 178.338-1 of this sub chapter, as applicable. Stretching means any change in length, width or diameter of the cargo tank, or any change to a cargo tank motor vehicle's undercar riage that may affect the cargo tanks structural integrity. 180.405 Qualification of cargo tanks, (a) General. Unless otherwise provided in this subpart, each cargo tank used for the transportation of hazardous material must be an authorized pack aging. (b) Cargo tank specifications. To qualify as an authorized packag ing, each cargo tank must conform to this subpart, the applicable requirements specified in part 173 of this subchapter for the specific lading and, where a DOT specification cargo tank is required, an applicable specification in effect on the date the initial construction began: MC 300, MC 301, MC 302, MC 303, MC 304, MC 305, MC 306, MC 307, MC 310, MC 311, MC 312, MC 330, MC 331, MC 338, DOT 406, DOT 407, or DOT 412 (178.337, 178.338, 178.345, 178.346, 178.347, 178.348 of this subchapter). However, no cargo tank may be marked or certified after August 31,1995, to the applica ble MC 306, MC 307, MC 312, MC 331 or MC 338 specification in effect on December 30, 1990. (c) Cargo tank specifications no longer authorized for construc tion. (1) A cargo tank made to a specification listed in Column 1 may be used when authorized in this part, provided the cargo tank was marked or certified before the date listed in Column 2. Column 1 Column 2 MC 300 .................................................................................................................... Sept. 2. 1967 MC 301.................................................................................................................... June. 12, 1961 MC 302. MC 303, MC 304, MC 305. MC 310. MC 311 ........................ Sept. 2. 1967 MC 330 .................................................................................................................... May 15. 1967 MC 306, MC307, MC312 ............................................................................... September 1, 1995 (2) A cargo tank of a specification listed in paragraph (c)(1) of this section may have its pressure relief devices and outlets modified as follows: (i) A Specification MC 300, MC 301, MC 302, MC 303, or MC 305 cargo tank, to conform with a Specification MC 306 or DOT 406 cargo tank (see 178.346-10 and 178.346-11 of this subchapter). (ii) A Specification MC 306 cargo tank to conform to a Specification DOT 406 cargo tank (178.346-10 and 178.346-11 of this subchapter). (iii) A Specification MC 304 cargo tank, to conform with a Specifica tion MC 307 or DOT 407 cargo tank (See 178.347-10 and 178.347-11 of this subchapter). (iv) A Specification MC 307 cargo tank, to conform with a Specifica tion DOT 407 cargo tank (See 178.347-10 and 178.347- 11 of this subchapter). (v) A Specification MC 310 or MC 311 cargo tank, to conform with a Specification MC 312 or DOT 412 cargo tank (See 178.34810 and 178.348-11 of this subchapter). (vi) A Specification MC 312 cargo tank, to conform with a Specifica tion DOT 412 cargo tank (See 178.348-10 and 178.348- 11 of this subchapter). (vii) A Specification MC 330 cargo tank, to conform with a Specifica tion MC 331 cargo tank except as specifically required by 173.315 of this subchapter (See 178.337-8 and 178.3379 of this subchapter). (d) MC 338 cargo tank. The owner of a cargo tank that conforms to and was used under the terms of an exemption issued before October 1, 1984, that authorizes the transportation of a cryogenic liquid shall remove the exemption number stenciled on the cargo tank and stamp the specification plate (or a plate placed adjacent to the specification plate) "DOT MC 338" followed by the exemption number, for example, "DOT MC 338-E* * * (Asterisks to be replaced by the exemption number). The cargo tank must be remarked prior to the expiration date of the exemption. During the period the cargo tank is in service, the owner of a cargo tank that is remarked in this manner must retain at its principal place of business a copy of the last exemp tion in effect. No new construction of cargo tanks pursuant to such exemption is authorized. (1) The holding time must be determined, as required in 178.3389 of this subchapter, on each cargo tank or on at least one cargo tank of each design. Any subsequent cargo tank manufactured to the same design type (see 178.320), if not individually tested, must have the optional test regimen performed during the first shipment (see 178.338-9(b) and (c) of this subchapter). (2) The holding time determined by test for one authorized cryo genic liquid may be used as the basis for establishing the holding time for other authorized cryogenic liquids. (e) MC 331 cargo tanks. The owner of a MC 331 (178.337 of this subchapter) cargo tank that conforms to and was used under an exemption issued before October 1,1984, that authorizes the transpor tation of ethane, refrigerated liquid; ethane-propane mixture, refriger ated liquid; or hydrogen chloride, refrigerated liquid shall remove the exemption number stenciled on the cargo tank and stamp the exemption number on the specification plate (or a plate placed adja cent to the specification plate), immediately after the DOT Specifica tion, for example, "DOT MC 331-E* * * (Asterisks to be replaced by the exemption number). The cargo tank must be remarked prior to the expiration date of the exemption. During the period the cargo tank is in service, the owner of a cargo tank that is remarked in this manner must retain at the owner's principal place of business a copy of the last exemption in effect. PART 180 551 ABDOO132328 180.405 April 1998 (f) MC 306, MC 307, MC 312 cargo tanks. Either a Registered Inspector or a Design Certifying Engineer and the owner of a MC 306, MC 307, or MC 312 cargo tank motor vehicle constructed in accordance with and used under an exemption issued before Decem ber 31, 1990, that authorizes a condition specified in this paragraph shall examine the cargo tank motor vehicle and its design to determine if it meets the requirements of the applicable MC 306, MC 307 or MC 312 specification in effect at the time of manufacture, except as specified herein. (1) A cargo tank motor vehicle constructed after August 1, 1981, or the date specified in the applicable exemption, in conformance with the following conditions that apply, may be remarked and certified in accordance with paragraphs (f)(5) and (6) of this section: (1) A vacuum-loaded cargo tank must have an ASME Code stamped specification plate marked with a minimum internal design pressure of 25 psig, and be designed for a minimum external design pressure of 15 psig. (ii) An outlet equipped with a self-closing system which includes an external stop-valve must have the stop valve and associated piping protected within the vehicle's rear-end tank protection device, vehicle frame or an equally adequate accident damage protection device (See 178.345-8 of this subchapter.) The self-closing system (See 178.345-11 of this subchapter) must be equipped with a remotely actuated means of closure as follows: (A) For a cargo tank used in other than corrosive service, the remote means of closure must be activated for closure by manual or mechanical means and, in case of fire, by an automatic heat activated means. (B) For a cargo tank used in corrosive service, the remote means of closure may be actuated by manual or mechani cal means only. (iii) A cargo tank having an unreinforced portion of the shell ex ceeding 60 inches must have the circumferential reinforcement located so that the thickness and tensile strength of shell mate rial in combination with the frame and circumferential reinforce ment produces a structural integrity at least equal to that pre scribed in 178.345-3 of this subchapter or the specification in effect at time of manufacture. (iv) A cargo tank having a projection from the tank shell or head that may contain lading in any tank position is authorized, pro vided such projection is as strong as the tank shell or head and is located within the motor vehicle's rear-end tank protection or other appropriate accident damage protection device. (v) A cargo tank may be constructed of nickel, titanium, or other ASME sheet or plate materials in accordance with an ex emption. (2) A vacuum-loaded cargo tank constructed after August 1,1981, or the date specified in the applicable exemption, in conformance with paragraph (f)(1) of this section, except that an outlet equipped with an external valve which is not part of a self-closing system: (i) Must be equipped with a self-closing system prior to September 1, 1993. (ii) May be remarked and certified in accordance with paragraphs (f)(5) and (6) of this section after the cargo tank motor vehicle has been equipped with the self-closing system. (3) A vacuum-loaded cargo tank constructed prior to August 1, 1981, in conformance with paragraph (f)(1) of this section, except for paragraph (f)(1)(i), may be remarked and certified in accordance with paragraphs (f)(5) and (6) of this section. (4) A vacuum-loaded cargo tank constructed prior to August 1, 1981, in conformance with paragraph (f)(1) of this section, except for paragraph (f)(1 )(i) of this section, and except that an outlet is equipped with an external valve which is not part of a self-closing system: (i) Must be equipped with a self-closing system prior to September 1, 1993. (ii) May be remarked and certified in accordance with paragraphs (f)(5) and (6) of this section after the cargo tank motor vehicle has been equipped with the self-closing system. (5) The owner of a cargo tank for which a determination has been made that the cargo tank is in conformance with paragraphs (f)(1), (2), (3), or (4) of this section shall complete a written certification, in English, signed by the owner and containing at least the following information: (i) A statement certifying that each cargo tank conforms to 180.405(0(1), (2), (3), or (4); (ii) The applicable DOT exemption number, the applicable specifi cation number and the owner's and manufacturer's serial num ber for the cargo tank; (iii) A statement setting forth any modifications made to bring the cargo tank into conformance with 180.405(0(1), (2), (3), or (4) or the applicable specification: (iv) A statement identifying the person certifying the cargo tank and the date of certification. (6) The owner of a certified cargo tank shall remove the exemption number stenciled on the cargo tank and shall durably mark the specifi cation plate (or a plate placed adjacent to the specification plate) "MC + + +-E' **'####'' (where "+ + +'' is to be replaced by the applicable specification number, by the exemption number and "####" by the alloy.) (7) During the period the cargo tank is in service, and for one year thereafter, the owner of a cargo tank that is certified and remarked in this manner must retain on file at its principal place of business a copy of the certificate and the last exemption in effect. (g) Cargo tank manhole assemblies. (1) MC 306, MC 307, and MC 312 cargo tanks marked or certified after December 30, 1990, and DOT 406, DOT 407, and DOT 412 cargo tank motor vehicles must be equipped with manhole assemblies conforming with 178.345-5 of this subchapter. (2) On or before August 31, 1995, each owner of a cargo tank marked or certified before December 31, 1990, authorized for the transportation of a hazardous material, must have the cargo tank equipped with manhole assemblies conforming with 178.345-5, ex cept for the dimensional requirements in 178.345-5(a), the hydro static testing requirements in 178.345-5(b), and the marking require ments in 178.345-5(e) of this subchapter. A manhole assembly meeting one of the following provisions is considered to be in compli ance with this paragraph: (i) Manhole assemblies on MC 300, MC 301, MC 302, MC 303, MC 305, MC 306, MC 310, MC 311 and MC 312 cargo tanks which are marked or certified in writing as conforming to 178.345-5 of this subchapter or TTMA RP No. 61, or are tested and certified in accordance with TTMA TB No. 107. (ii) Manhole assemblies on MC 304 and MC 307 cargo tanks. (iii) Manhole assemblies on MC 310, MC 311, and MC 312 cargo tanks with a test pressure of 36 psig or greater. (3) The owner of five or more DOT specification cargo tanks requir ing retrofit or certification of the manhole closure must retrofit or certify at least 20 percent of the affected cargo tanks each year beginning in 1991 until all affected manhole closures on cargo tanks have been retrofitted or certified. The owner of fewer than 5 DOT specification cargo tanks has until August 31,1995 to retrofit or certify the manhole closures. (h) Pressure relief system. Properly functioning reclosing pres sure relief valves and frangible or fusible vents need not be replaced. However, replacement of reclosing pressure relief valves on MC-spec- ification cargo tanks is authorized subject to the following require ments: (1) Until August 31, 1998, the owner of a cargo tank may replace a reclosing pressure relief valve device with a device which is in compliance with the requirements for pressure relief devices in effect at the time the cargo tank specification became superseded. If the pressure relief device is installed as an integral part of a manhole cover assembly, the manhole cover must comply with the requirements of paragraph (g) of this section. (2) After August 31,1998, replacements for any reclosing pressure relief valve must be capable of reseating to a leak-tight condition after a pressure surge, and the volume of lading released may not exceed one liter. Specific performance requirements for these pressure relief valves are set forth in 178.345--10(b)(3) of this subchapter. (3) As provided in paragraph (c)(2) of this section, the owner of a cargo tank may elect to modify reclosing pressure relief devices to more recent cargo tank specifications. However, replacement devices constructed to the requirements of 178.345-10 of this subchapter must provide the minimum venting capacity required by the original specification to which the cargo tank was designed and constructed. (I) Flammable cryogenic liquids. Each cargo tank used to trans port a flammable cryogenic liquid must be examined after each ship ment to determine its actual holding time (See l73.318(g)(3) of this subchapter.) (j) Withdrawal of certification. A specification cargo tank that for any reason no longer meets the applicable specification may not be 552 ABDOO132329 April 1998 180.405--180.407 used to transport hazardous materials unless the cargo tank is repaired and retested in accordance with 180.413 and 180.407 prior to being returned to hazardous materials service. If the cargo tank is not in conformance with the applicable specification requirements, the spec ification plate on the cargo tank must be removed, obliterated or securely covered. The details of the conditions necessitating with drawal of the certification must be recorded and signed on the written certificate for that cargo tank. The vehicle owner shall retain the certifi cate for at least 1 year after withdrawal of the certification. (k) Specification cargo tank with no marked design pressure or a marked design pressure of less than 3 psig. The owner of an MC 300, MC 301, MC 302, MC 303, MC 305, MC 306 or MC 312 cargo tank, which has a pressure relief system set at 3 psig, may mark or remark the cargo tank with an MAWP or design pressure of not greater than 3 psig. (l) MC 300, MC 301, MC 302, MC 303, MC 305, MC 306 cargo tank-- Rear accident damage protection. (1) Notwithstanding the requirements in 180.405(b), the applicable specification requirement for a rear bumper or rear-end tank protection device on MC 300, MC 301, MC 302, MC 303, MC 305, and MC 306 cargo tanks does not apply to a cargo tank truck (power unit) until July 1,1992, if the cargo tank truck-- (i) Was manufactured before July 1, 1989; (ii) Is used to transport gasoline or any other petroleum distillate product; and (iii) Is operated in combination with a cargo tank full trailer. How ever, an empty cargo tank truck, without a cargo tank full trailer attached, may be operated without the required rear bumperor rear-end tank protection device on a one-time basis while being transported to a repair facility for installation of a rear bumper or rear-end protection device. (2) Each cargo tank shall be provided with a rear accident damage protection device to protect the tank and piping in the event of a rearend collision and reduce the likelihood of damage which could result in the loss of lading. The rear-end protection device must be in the form of a rear-end tank protection device meeting the requirements of 178.345-8(d) or a rear bumper meeting the following: (i) The bumper shall be located at least 6 inches to the rear of any vehicle component used for loading or unloading or that may contain lading while the vehicle is in transit. (ii) The dimensions of the bumper shall conform to 393.86 of this title. (iii) The structureof the bumper shall be designed to withstand, with out leakage of lading, the impact of the vehicle with rated payload, at a deceleration of 2 "g" using a safety factor of two based ontheultimatestrengthofthebumpermaterial. Such impact shall be considered uniformly distributed and applied horizontally (parallel to the ground) from any direction at an angle not ex ceeding 30 degrees to the longitudinal axis of the vehicle. 180.407 Requirements for test and inspection of specifica tion cargo tanks. (a) General. (1) A cargo tank constructed in ac cordance with a DOT specification for which a test or inspection specified in this section has become due, may not be filled and offered for transportation or transported until the test or inspection has been successfully completed. This paragraph does not apply to any cargo tank filled prior to the test or inspection due date. (2) Except during a pressure test or during loading or unloading, a cargo tank may not be subjected to a pressure greater than its design pressure or MAWP. (3) A person witnessing or performing a test or inspection specified in this section must meet the minimum qualifications prescribed in 180.409. (4) Each cargo tank must be evaluated in accordance with the acceptable results of tests and inspections prescribed in 180.411. (5) Each cargo tank which has successfully passed a test or inspec tion specified in this section must be marked in accordance with 180.415. (6) A cargo tank which fails a prescribed test or inspection must: (i) Be repaired and retested in accordance with 180.413; or (ii) Be removed from hazardous materials service and the specifi cation plate removed, obliterated or covered in a secure manner. (b) Conditions requiring test and inspection of cargo tanks. Without regard to any other test or inspection requirements, a specifi cation cargo tank must be tested and inspected in accordance with this section prior to further use if: (1) The cargo tank shows evidence of bad dents, corroded or abraded areas, leakage, or any other condition that might render it unsafe for transportation service. (2) The cargo tank has been in an accident and has been damaged to an extent that may adversely affect its lading retention capability. (3) The cargo tank has been out of hazardous materials transporta tion service for a period of one year or more. Each cargo tank that has been out of hazardous materials transportation service for a period of one year or more must be pressure tested in accordance with 180.407(g) prior to further use. (4) The cargo tank has been modified from its original design speci fication. (5) The Department so requires based on the existence of probable cause that the cargo tank is in an unsafe operating condition. (c) Periodic test and inspection. Each specification cargo tank must be tested and inspected as specified in the following table by an inspector meeting the qualifications in 180.409. 180.407(c)Compliance Dates--Inspections and Test Under Test or inspection (cargo tank specification, configuration, and service) External Visual Inspection: All cargo tanks designated to be loaded by vacuum with full opening rear heads .................. All other cargo tanks .................................................................................................................. Internal Visual Inspection: All insulated cargo tanks, except MC 330, MC 331, MC 338 ............................................................................................ All cargo tanks transporting lading corrosive to the tank......................................................................................................... All other cargo tanks, except MC 338 ............................................................................................. Lining Inspection: All lined cargo tanks transporting corrosive to the tank.................................................... Leakage Test: MC 330 and MC 331 cargo tanks in chlorine service............................................................................................................... All other cargo tanks except MC 338 .......................................................................................... Pressure Test: (Hydrostatic or pneumatic) (See Notes 2 and 3).......................................................................................... Date by which first test must be Interval period after completed (see note 1) first test September 1, 1991 ........................ 6 months. September 1, 1991 ........................ 1 year. September 1, 1991 ......................... 1 year. September 1, 1991 ......................... 1 year. September 1, 1995 ......................... 5 years. September 1, 1991 ........................ 1 year. September 1, 1991 ........................ 2 years. September 1, 1991 ........................ 1 year. All cargo tanks which are insulated with no manhole or insulated and lined, except MC 338 All cargo tanks designated to be loaded by vacuum with full opening rear heads........................................................... MC 330 and MC 331 cargo tanks in chlorine service........................................................... All other cargo tanks ....................................................................................... Thickness Test: All unlined cargo tanks transporting material corrosive to the tank, except MC 338 ............................ September 1, 1991 1 year. September 1, 1992 ......................... 2 years. September 1, 1992 ......................... 2 years. September 1, 1995 ......................... 5 years. September 1, 1992 ......................... 2 years. Note 1: If a cargo tank is subject to an applicable inspection or test requirement under the regulations in effect on December 30,1990, and the due date (as specified by a requirement in effect on December 30, 1990) for completing the required inspection or test occurs before the compliance date listed in Table 1, the earlier date applies. Note 2: Pressure testing is not required for MC 330 and MC 331 cargo tanks in dedicated sodium metal service. Note 3: Pressure testing is not required for uninsulated lined cargo tanks, with a design pressure or MAWP 15 psig or less, which receive an external visual inspection and lining inspection at least once each year. 553 PART 180 July 1998 ABDOO132284 178.603--178.605 (b) Exceptions. For testing of single or composite packagings con structed of stainless steel, nickel, or monel at periodic intervals only (i.e., other than design qualification testing), the drop test may be conducted with two samples, one sample each for the two drop orien tations. These samples may have been previously used for the hydro static pressure or stacking test. Exceptions for the number of steel and aluminum packaging samples used for conducting the drop test are subject to the approval of the Associate Administator for Hazard ous Materials Safety. (c) Special preparation of test samples for the drop test. Testing of plastic drums, plastic jerricans, plastic boxes other than expanded polystyrene boxes, composite packagings (plastic material), and com bination packagings with plastic inner packagings other than plastic bags intended to contain solids or articles must be carried out when the temperature of the test sample and its contents has been reduced to-18C (0F) or lower. Test liquids shall be kept in the liquid state, if necessary, by the addition of anti-freeze. Test samples prepared in this way are not required to be conditioned in accordance with 178.602(d). (d) Target. The target must be a rigid, non-resilient, flat and hori zontal surface. (e) Drop height. Drop heights, measured as the vertical distance from the target to the lowest point on the package, must be determined as follows: (1) For solids and liquids, if the test is performed with the solid or liquid to be transported or with a non-hazardous material having essentially the same physical characteristic, the drop height must be determined according to packing group, as follows: (1) Packing Group I: 1.8 m (5.9 feet). (ii) Packing Group II: 1.2 m (3.9 feet). (iii) Packing Group III: 0.8 m (2.6 feet). (2) For liquids, if the test is performed with water(i) Where the materials to be carried have a specific gravity not exceeding 1.2, drop height must be determined according to packing group, as follows: (A) Packing Group I: 1.8 m (5.9 feet). (B) Packing Group II: 1.2 m (3.9 feet). (C) Packing Group III: 0.8 m (2.6 feet). (ii) Where the materials to be transported have a specific gravity exceeding 1.2, the drop height must be calculated on the basis of the specific gravity (SG) of the material to be carried, rounded up to the first decimal, as follows: (A) Packing Group I: SG x 1.5 m (4.9 feet). (B) Packing Group II: SG x 1.0 m (3.3 feet). (C) Packing Group III: SG x 0.67 m (2.2 feet). (f) Criteria for passing the test. A package is considered to suc cessfully pass the drop tests if for each sample tested-- (1) For packagings containing liquid, each packaging does not leak when equilibrium has been reached between the internal and external pressures, except for inner packagings of combination pack agings when it is not necessary that the pressures be equalized; (2) For removable head drums for solids, the entire contents are retained by an inner packaging (e.g., a plastic bag) even if the closure on the top head of the drum is no longer sift-proof; (3) For a bag, neither the outermost ply nor an outer packaging exhibits any damage likely to adversely affect safety during transport; (4) For a composite or combination packaging, there is no damage to the outer packaging likely to adversely affect safety during transport, and there is no leakage of the filling substance from the inner pack aging; (5) For a drum, jerrican or bag, any discharge from a closure is slight and ceases immediately after impact with no further leakage; and (6) No rupture is permitted in packagings for materials in Class 1 which would permit spillage of loose explosive substances or articles from the outer packaging. 178.604 Leakproofness test, (a) General. The leakproofness test must be performed with compressed air or other suitable gases on all packagings intended to contain liquids, except that: (1) The inner receptacle of a composite packaging may be tested without the outer packaging provided the test results are not af fected; and (2) This test is not required for inner packagings of combination packagings. (b) Number of packagings to be tested-- (1) Production testing. All packagings subject to the provisions of this section must be tested and must pass the leakproofness test; (1) Before they are first used in transportation; and (ii) Prior to reuse, when authorized for reuse by 173.28 of this subchapter. (2) Design qualification and periodic testing. Three samples of each different packaging must be tested and must pass the leakproof ness test. Exceptions for the number of samples used in conducting the leakproofness test are subject to the approval of the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety. (c) Special preparation-- (1) For design qualification and periodic testing, packagings must be tested with closures in place. For production testing, packagings need not have their closures in place. Removable heads need not be installed during production testing. (2) For testing with closures in place, vented closures must either be replaced by similar non-vented closures or the vent must be sealed. (d) Test method. The packaging must be restrained under water while an internal air pressure is applied; the method of restraint must not affect the results of the test. The test must be conducted for other than production testing, for a minimum time of five minutes. Other methods, at least equally effective, may be used in accordance with Appendix B of this Part. (e) Pressure applied. An internal air pressure (gauge) must be applied to the packaging as indicated for the following packaging groups; (1) Packing Group I: Not less than 30 kPa (4psi). (2) Packing Group II: Not less than 20 kPa (3psi). (3) Packing Group III: Not less than 20 kPa (3psi). (f) Criteria for passing the test. A packaging passes the test if there is no leakage of air from the packaging. 176.605 Hydrostatic pressure test, (a) General. The hydro static pressure test must be conducted for the qualification of all metai, plastic, and composite packaging design types intended to contain liquids and be performed periodically as specified in 178.601{e). This test is not required for inner packagings of combination packag ings. For internal pressure requirements for inner packagings of com bination packings intended for transportation by aircraft, see 173.27(c) of this subchapter. (b) Number of test samples. Three test samples are required for each different packaging. For packagings constructed of stainless steel, monel, or nickel, only one sample is required for periodic re testing of packagings. Exceptions for the number of aluminum and steel sample packagings used in conducting the hydrostatic pressure test are subject to the approval of the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety. (c) Special preparation of receptacles for testings. Vented clo sures must either be replaced by similar non-vented closures or the vent must be sealed. (d) Test method and pressure to be applied. Metal packagings and composite packagings other than plastic (e.g., glass, porcelain or stoneware), including their closures, must be subjected to the test pressure for 5 minutes. Plastic packagings and composite packagings (plastic material), including their closures, must be subjected to the test pressure for 30 minutes. This pressure is the one to be marked as required in 178.503(a)(5) of this part. The receptacles must be supported in a manner that does not invalidate the test. The test pressure must be applied continuously and evenly, and it must be kept constant throughout the test period. The hydraulic pressure (gauge) applied, taken at the top of the receptacle, and determined by any one of the following methods must be: (1) Not less than the total gauge pressure measured in the packag ing (i.e., the vapor pressure of the filling material and the partial pres sure of the air or other inert gas minus 100 kPa (15 psi)) at 55C (131F), multiplied by a safety factor of 1.5. This total gauge pressure must be determined on the basis of a maximum degree of filling in accordance with 173.24a(b)(3) of this subchapter and a filling temperature of 15C (59F); (2) Not less than 1.75 times the vapor pressure at 50C (122F) of the material to be transported minus 100 kPa (15 psi) but with a minimum test pressure of 100 kPa (15 psi); or (3) Not less than 1.5 times the vapor pressure at 55C (131F) of the material to be transported minus 100 kPa (15 psi), but with a minimum test pressure of 100 kPa (15 psi). Packagings intended to contain hazardous materials of Packing Group I must be tested to a minimum test pressure of 250 kPa (36 psi). 509 PART 178 178.605--178.609 ABDOO132285 July 1998 (e) Criteria for passing the test. A package passes the hydrostatic test if, for each test sample, there is no leakage of liquid from the package. 178.606 Stacking test, (a) General. All packaging design types other than bags must be subjected to a stacking test. (b) Number of test samples. Three test samples are required for each different packaging. For periodic retesting of packagings constructed of stainless steel, monel, or nickel, only one test sample is required. Exceptions for the number of aluminum and steel sample packagings used in conducting the stacking test are subject to the approval of the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety. Notwithstanding the provisions of 178.602(a) of this subpart, combination packagings may be subjected to the stacking test without their inner packagings, except where this would invalidate the results of the test. (c) Test method--(1) Design qualification testing. The test sam ple must be subjected to a force applied to the top surface of the test sample equivalent to the total weight of identical packages which might be stacked on it during transport; where the contents of the test sample are non-hazardous liquids with specific gravities different from that of the liquid to be transported, the force must be calculated based on the specific gravity that will be marked on the packaging. The minimum height of the stack, including the test sample, must be 3.0 m (10 feet). The duration of the test must be 24 hours, except that plastic drums, jerricans, and composite packaging 6HH, intended for liquids, shall be subjected to the stacking test for a period of 28 days at a temperature of not less than 40C (104F). Alternative test methods which yield equivalent results may be used if approved by the Associ ate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety. In guided load tests, stacking stability must be assessed after completion of the test by placing two filled packagings of the same type on the test sample. The stacked packages must maintain their position for one hour. Plastic packagings must be cooled to ambient temperature before this stack ing stability assessment. (2) Periodic retesting. The test sample must be tested in accord ance with: (i) 178.606(c)(1) of this subpart; or (ii) The packaging may be tested using a dynamic compression testing machine. The test must be conducted at room tempera ture on an empty, unsealed packaging, The test sample must be centered on the bottom platen of the testing machine. The top platen must be lowered until it comes in contact with the test sample. Compression must be applied end to end. The speed of the compression tester must be one-half inch plus or minus one-fourth inch per minute. An initial preload of 50 pounds must be applied to ensure a definite contact between the test sample and the platens. The distance between the platens at this time must be recorded as zero deformation. The force A to then be applied must be calculated using the formula: Liquids: A = (n-1) (w + (s x v x 8.3 x .98)] x 1.5; Solids: A = (n-1) [w + (s x v x 8.3 x .95)] x 1.5. Where: A = applied load in pounds. n = minimum number of containers that, when stacked, reach a height of 3 m. s = specific gravity of lading. w = maximum weight of one empty container in pounds, v = actual capacity of container (rated capacity + outage) in gallons. And: 8.3 corresponds to the weight in pounds of 1.0 gallon of water. 1.5 is a compensation factor that converts the static load of the stacking test into a load suitable for dynamic compression testing. (d) Criteria for passing the test. No test sample may leak. In composite packagings or combination packagings, there must be no leakage of the filling substance from the inner receptacle, or inner packaging. No test sample may show any deterioration which could adversely affect transportation safety or any distortion likely to reduce its strength, cause instability in stacks of packages, or cause damage a to inner packagings likely to reduce safety in transportation. For the dynamic compression test, a container passes the test if, after applica tion of the required load, there is no buckling of the sidewalls sufficient to cause damage to its expected contents; in no case may the maxi mum deflection exceed one inch. 178.607 Cooperage test for bung-type wooden barrels. (a) Number of samples. One barrel is required for each different packaging. (b) Method of testing. Remove all hoops above the bilge of an empty barrel at least two days old. (c) Criteria for passing the test. A packaging passes the cooper age test only if the diameter of the cross-section of the upper part of the barrel does not increase by more than 10 percent. 178.608 Vibration standard, (a) Each packaging must be ca pable of withstanding, without rupture or leakage, the vibration test procedure outlined in this section. (b) Test method. (1) Three sample packagings, selected at ran dom, must be filled and closed as for shipment. (2) The three samples must be placed on a vibrating platform that has a vertical or rotary double-amplitude (peak-to-peak displacement) of one inch. The packages should be constrained horizontally to pre vent them from falling off the platform, but must be left free to move vertically, bounce and rotate. (3) The test must be performed for one hour at a frequency that causes the package to be raised from the vibrating platform to such a degree that a piece of material of approximately 1.6 mm (0.063 inch) thickness (such as steel strapping or paperboard) can be passed between the bottom of any package and the platform. (4) Immediately following the period of vibration, each package must be removed from the platform, turned on its side and observed for any evidence of leakage. (5) Other methods, at least equally effective, may be used, if ap proved by the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety. (c) Criteria for passing the test. A packaging passes the vibration test if there is no rupture or leakage from any of the packages. No test sample should show any deterioration which could adversely affect transportation safety or any distortion liable to reduce packaging strength. 178.609 Test requirements for packagings for infectious sub stances (etiologlc agents), (a) Samples of each packaging must be prepared for testing as described in paragraph (b) of this section and then subjected to the tests in paragraphs (d) through (i) of this section. (b) Samples of each packaging must be prepared as for transport except that a liquid or solid infectious substance should be replaced by water or, where conditioning at -18C (0F) is specified, by water/ antifreeze. Each primary receptacle must be filled to 98 percent capac ity. Packagings for live animals should be tested with the live animal being replaced by an appropriate dummy of similar mass. (c) Packagings prepared as for transport must be subjected to the tests in Table I of this paragraph, which, for test purposes, categorizes packagings according to their material characteristics. For outer pack agings, the headings in Table I relate to fiberboard or similar materials whose performance may be rapidly affected by moisture; plastics, other than expanded plastics or film, which may embrittle at low tem perature; and other materials such as metal whose performance is not significantly affected by moisture or temperature. Inner packag ings may be of plastics, other than expanded plastics or film. Where a primary receptacle and a secondary packaging of an inner packag ing are made of different materials, the material of the primary recepta cle determines the appropriate test. Table I--Tests Required Material of Tests required Outer packaging Inner packaging Refer to para, (d) Fiberboard Plastics Other Plastics Other (4) (o) (f) (g) para, (h) X X X X When dry X ice is used X XX X XX XX X XX X XX XX X XX X 510 ABDOO132286 April 1998 178.609--178.703 (d) Samples must be subjected to free-fall drops onto a rigid, nonresilient, flat, horizontal surface from a height of 9 m (30 feet). The drops must be performed as follows: (1) Where the samples are in the shape of a box, five must be dropped in sequence: (i) Flat on thebottom; (ii) Flat on thetop; (iii) Flat on thelong side; (iv) Flat on theshort side; and (v) On a corner. (2) Where the samples are in the shape of a drum, three must be dropped in sequence: (i) Diagonally on the top chime, with the center of gravity directly above the point of impact; (ii) Diagonally on the base chime; and (iii) Flat on the side. (3) While the sample should be released in the required orientation, it is accepted that for aerodynamic reasons the impact may not take place in that orientation. (4) Following the appropriate drop sequence, there must be no leakage from the primary receptacle(s) which should remain protected by absorbent material in the secondary packaging. (e) The sample must be fully immersed in water for a period of at least 5 minutes and then allowed to drain for not more than 30 minutes at 23C (73F) and 50 2 percent relative humidity. It should then be subjected to the test described in paragraph (d) of this section. (f) The sample must be conditioned in an atmosphere of -18C (0F) or less for a period of at least 24 hours and within 15 minutes of removal from that atmosphere be subjected to the test described in paragraph (d) of this section. Where the sample contains dry ice, the conditioning period may be reduced to 4 hours. (9) Where packaging is intended to contain dry ice, a test additional to that specified in paragraph (d) or (e) or (f) of this section must be carried out. One sample must be stored so that all the dry ice dissipates and then be subjected to the test described in paragraph (d) of this section. (h) Packagings with a gross mass of 7 kg (15 pounds) or less should be subjected to the tests described in paragraph (h)(1) of this section and packagings with a gross mass exceeding 7 kg (15 pounds) to the tests in paragraph (h)(2) of this section. (1) Samples must be placed on a level hard surface. A cylindrical steel rod with a mass of at least 7 kg (15 pounds), a diameter not ex ceeding 38 mm (1.5 inches) and the impact end edges a radius not exceeding 6 mm (0.2 inches), must be dropped in a vertical free fall from a height of 1 m (3 feet), measured from the impact end of the impact surface of the sample. One sample must be placed on its base. A sec ond sample must be placed in an orientation perpendicular to that used for the first. In each instance the steel rod must be aimed to impact the primary receptacle. Following each impact, penetration of the second ary packaging is acceptable, provided that there is no leakage from the primary receptacle(s). (2) Samples must be dropped on to the end of a cylindrical steel rod. The rod must be set vertically in a level hard surface. It must have a diameter of 38 mm (1.5 inches) and the edges of the upper end a radius not exceeding 6 mm (0.2 inches). The rod must protrude from the surface a distance at least equal to that between the primary receptacle(s) and the outer surface of the outer packaging with a minimum of 200 mm (7.9 inches). One sample must be dropped in a vertical free fall from a height of 1 m (3 feet), measured from the top of the steel rod. A second sample must be dropped from the same height in an orientation perpendicular to that used for the first. In each instance the packaging should be so orientated that the steel rod must be aimed to impact the primary receptacle(s). Following each impact, penetration of the secondary packaging is acceptable, provided that there is not leakage from the primary receptacle(s). (i) Packagings subject to this section are not subject to 178.503 or any other requirements of this subpart, except 178.608. PART 178 Subpart N INTERMEDIATE BULK CONTAINER PERFORMANCE-ORIENTED STANDARDS 178.700 Purpose, scope and definitions, (a) This subpart prescribes requirements applying to intermediate bulk containers in tended for the transportation of hazardous materials. Standards for these packagings are based on the UN Recommendations. (b) Terms used in this subpart are defined in 171.8 of this subchap ter and in paragraph (c) of this section. (c) The following definitions pertain to the intermediate bulk con tainer standards in this subpart. (1) Body means the receptacle proper (including openings and their closures, but not including service equipment), that has a volu metric capacity of not more than three cubic meters (3,000 liters, 793 gallons, or 106 cubic feet) and not less than 0.45 cubic meters (450 liters, 119 gallons or 15.9 cubic feet) or a maximum net mass of not less than 400 kilograms (882) pounds. (2) Service equipment means filling and discharge, pressure relief, safety, heating and heat-insulating devices and measuring instru ments. (3) Structural equipment means the reinforcing, fastening, han dling, protective or stabilizing members of the body or stacking load bearing structural members (such as metal cages). (4) Maximum permissible gross mass means the mass of the body, its service equipment, structural equipment and the maximum net mass (see 171.8 of this subchapter). 178.702 Intermediate bulk container identification codes. (a) Intermediate bulk container code designations consist of: two numerals specified in paragraph (a)(1) of this section; followed by the capital letter(s) specified in paragraph (a)(2) of this section; followed, when specified in an individual section, by a numeral indicating the category of intermediate bulk container. (1) Intermediate bulk container code number designations are as follows: For solids, discharged Type By gravity Under pressure ot more than 10 kPa (1.45 psi) Rigid .... ii 21 Flexible . . . 13 liquids 31 (2) Intermediate bulk container code letter designations are as follows: "A" means steel (all types and surface treatments). "B" means aluminum. "C" means natural wood. "D" means plywood. "F" means reconstituted wood. "G" means fiberboard. "H" means plastic. "L" means textile. "M" means paper, multiwall. "N" means metal (other than steel or aluminum). (b) For composite intermediate bulk containers, two capital letters are used in sequence following the numeral indicating intermediate bulk container design type. The first letter indicates the material of the intermediate bulk container inner receptacle. The second letter indicates the material of the outer intermediate bulk container. For example, 31HA1 is a composite intermediate bulk container with a plastic inner receptacle and a steel outer packaging. 178.703 Marking of intermediate bulk containers. (a) The manufacturer shall: (1) Mark every intermediate bulk container in a durable and clearly visible manner (applied in a single line or in multiple lines provided the correct sequence is followed) with the following information in the sequence presented: (i) The United Nations symbol as illustrated in 178.503(d)(1). For 511 ABDOO132287 178.703--178.704 April 1998 metal intermediate bulk containers on which the marking is stamped or embossed, the capital letters `UN' may be applied instead of the symbol. (ii) The code number designating intermediate bulk container de sign type according to 178.702(a)(1) and (2). (iii) A capital letter identifying the performance standard under which the design type has been successfully tested, as follows: (A) X--for intermediate bulk containers meeting Packing Group I, II and III tests: (B) Y--for intermediate bulk containers meeting Packing Group II and III tests; and (C) Z--for intermediate bulk containers meeting only Packing Group III tests. (iv) The month (designated numerically) and year (last two digits) of manufacture. (v) The country authorizing the allocation of the mark. The fetters 'USA' indicate that the intermediate bulk container is manufac tured and marked in the United States in compliance with the provisions of this subchapter. (vi) The name and address or symbol of the manufacturer or the approval agency certifying compliance with subparts N and 0 of this part. Symbols, if used, must be registered with the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety. (vii) The stacking test load in kilograms (kg). For intermediate bulk containers not designed for stacking, the figure "0" must be shown. (viii) The maximum permissible gross mass or, for flexible intermedi ate bulk containers, the maximum net mass, in kg. (2) The following are examples of symbols and required markings: (i) For a metal intermediate bulk container containing solids dis charged by gravity made from steel: (ii) For a flexible intermediate bulk container containing solids dis charged by gravity and made from woven plastic with a liner: (b) Additional marking. In addition to markings required in para graph (a) of this section, each intermediate bulk container must be marked as follows in a place near the markings required in paragraph (a) of this section that is readily accessible for inspection. Where units of measure are used, the metric unit indicated (e.g., 450 liters) must also appear. (1) For each rigid plastic and composite intermediate bulk con tainer, the following markings must be included: (1) Rated capacity in liters of water at 20C (68F); (ii) Tare mass in kilograms; (iii) Gauge test pressure in kPa; (iv) Date of last leakproofness test, if applicable (month and year); and (v) Date of last inspection (month and year). (2) For each metal intermediate bulk container, the following mark ings must be included on a metal corrosion-resistant plate: (i) Rated capacity in liters of water at 20C (68F); (ii) Tare mass in kilograms; (iii) Date of last leakproofness test, if applicable (month and year); (iv) Date of last inspection (month and year); (v) Maximum loading/discharge pressure, in kPa, if applicable; (vi) Body material and its minimum thickness in mm; and (vii) Serial number assigned by the manufacturer. (3) Markings required by paragraph (b)(1) or (b)(2) of this section may be preceded by the narrative description of the marking, e.g. "Tare Mass: ' * where the.......... are replaced with the tare mass in kilograms of the intermediate bulk container. (4) For each fiberboard and wooden intermediate bulk container, the tare mass in kg must be shown. (5) Each flexible intermediate bulk container may be marked with a pictogram displaying recommended lifting methods. (6) For each composite intermediate bulk container, the inner re ceptacle must be marked with at least the following information: (i) The code number designating the intermediate bulk container design type, the name and address or symbol of the manufac turer, the date of manufacture and the country authorizing the allocation of the mark as specified in paragraph (a) of this section; (ii) Where the outer casing of a composite intermediate bulk con tainer can be dismantled, each of the detachable parts must be marked with the month and year of manufacture and the name or symbol of the manufacturer. (iii) For a rigid plastic intermediate bulk container containing liquids, made from plastic with structural equipment withstanding the stack load and with a manufacturer's symbol in place of the manufacturer's name and address: 31 H1/Y/04 93/USA/M9399/10800/1200 (iv) For a composite intermediate bulk container containing liquids, with a rigid plastic inner receptacle and an outer steel body and with the symbol of a DOT approved third-party test laboratory: 31 H A1/Y/05 93/USA/+ZT1235/10800/1200 178.704 General intermediate bulk container standards. (a) Each intermediate bulk container must be resistant to, or pro tected from, deterioration due to exposure to the external environment. Intermediate bulk containers intended for solid hazardous materials must be sift-proof and water-resistant. (b) All service equipment must be so positioned or protected as to minimize potential loss of contents resulting from damage during intermediate bulk container handling and transportation. (c) Each intermediate bulk container, including attachments, and service and structural equipment, must be designed to withstand, without loss of hazardous materials, the internal pressure of the con tents and the stresses of normal handling and transport. An intermedi ate bulk container intended for stacking must be designed for stacking. Any lifting or securing features of an intermediate bulk container must be of sufficient strength to withstand the normal conditions of handling and transportation without gross distortion or failure and must be positioned so as to cause no undue stress in any part of the intermedi ate bulk container. *) An intermediate bulk container consisting of a packaging within a framework must be so constructed that: (1) The body is not damaged by the framework; (2) The body is retained within the framework at all times; and (3) The service and structural equipment are fixed in such a way that they cannot be damaged if the connections between body and frame allow relative expansion or movement. (e) Bottom discharge valves must be secured in the closed position and the discharge system suitably protected from damage. Valves having lever closures must be secured against accidental opening. The open or closed position of each valve must be readily apparent. For each intermediate bulk container containing a liquid, a secondary means of sealing the discharge aperture must also be provided, e.g., by a blank flange or equivalent device. (f) Intermediate bulk container design types must be constructed 512 ABDOO132288 April 1998 178.704--178.706 in such a way as to be bottom-lifted or top-lifted as specified in 178.811 and 178.812. 178.705 Standards for metal Intermediate bulk contain ers. (a) The provisions in this section apply to metal intermediate bulk containers intended to contain liquids and solids. Metal intermedi ate bulk container types are designated: (1) 11A, 11B, 11N for solids that are loaded or discharged by gravity. (2) 21A, 21B, 21N for solids that are loaded or discharged at a gauge pressure greater than 10 kPa (1.45 psig). (3) 31A, 31B, 31N for liquids or solids. (b) Definitions for metal intermediate bulk containers: (1) Metal intermediate bulk container means an intermediate bulk container with a metal body, together with appropriate service and structural equipment. (2) Protected means providing the intermediate bulk container body with additional external protection against impact and abrasion. For example, a multi-layer (sandwich) or double wall construction or a frame with a metal lattice-work casing. (c) Construction requirements for metal intermediate bulk contain ers are as follows: (1) Body. The body must be made of ductile metal materials. Welds must be made so as to maintain design type integrity of the receptacle under conditions normally incident to transportation. (i) The use of dissimilar metals must not result in deterioration that could affect the integrity of the body. (ii) Aluminum intermediate bulk containers intended to contain flammable liquids must have no movable parts, such as covers and closures, made of unprotected steel liable to rust, which might cause a dangerous reaction from friction or percussive contact with the aluminum. (iii) Metals used in fabricating the body of a metal intermediate bulk container must meet the following requirements: (A) For steel, the percentage elongation at fracture must not be less than 10,000/Rm with a minimum of 20 percent: where Rm = minimum tensile strength of the steel to be used, in N/mm2; if U.S. Standard units of pounds per square inch are used for tensile strength then the ratio becomes 10,000 x (145/Rm). (B) For aluminum, the percentage elongation at fracture must not be less than 10,000/(6Rm) with an absolute minimum of eight percent; if U.S. Standard units of pounds per square inch are used for tensile strength then the ratio becomes 10,000 x l45/(6Rm). (C) Specimens used to determine the elongation at fracture must be taken transversely to the direction of rolling and be so secured that: Lo = 5d or Lo = 5.65 VA where: Lo = gauge length of the specimen before the test d = diameter A = cross-sectional area of test specimen. (iv) Minimum wall thickness: (A) For a reference steel having a product of Rm x Ao = 10,000, where Ao = minimum elongation (as a percentage) of the reference steel to be used on fracture under tensile stress, (Rm x Ao = 10,000 x 145; if tensile strength is in U.S. Standard units of pounds per square inch) the wall thickness must not be less than: Wall thickness In mm (Inches) Types 11A, 11B, 11N Types 21 A, 21B, 21N, 31A, 31B, 31N Capacity in liters1 Unprotected Protected Unprotected Protected >450 and 1000 . . 2.0 (0.079) 1.5 (0.059) 2.5 (0.098) 2.0 (0.079) >1000 and S2000 . 2.5 (0.098) 2.0 (0.079) 3.0 (0.118) 2.5 (0.098) >2000 and 3000 . 3.0 (0.118) 2.5 (0.098) 4.0 (0.157) 3.0 (0.118) 'Where: gallons = liters x 0.264. (B) For metals other than the reference steel described in paragraph (c)(1)(iii)(A) of this section, the minimum wall thickness is the greater of 1.5 mm (0.059 inches) or as determined by use of the following equivalence formula: Formula for metric units 21.4 x e0 Q\ " ^/Rrn, x A, Formula for U.S. Standard units where: 21.4 x e0 Si - -- <J(Rm, x Ai)/145 ei = required equivalent wall thickness of the metal to be used (in mm or if eo is in inches, use formula for U.S. Standard units). e0 = required minimum wall thickness for the refer ence steel (in mm or if e0 is in inches, use formula for U.S. Standard units). Rmi = guaranteed minimum tensile strength of the metal to be used (in N/mm2 or for U.S. Standard units, use pounds per square inch). A, = minimum elongation (as a percentage) of the metal to be used on fracture under tensile stress (see paragraph (c)(1) of this section). (2) Pressure relief. The following pressure relief requirements apply to intermediate bulk containers intended for liquids: (i) Intermediate bulk containers must be capable of releasing a sufficient amount of vapor in the event of fire engulfment to ensure that no rupture of the body will occur due to pressure build-up. This can be achieved by spring-loaded or frangible pressure relief devices or by other means of construction. (ii) The start-to-discharge pressure may not be higher than 65 kPa (9 psig) and no lower than the vapor pressure of the hazardous material plus the partial pressure of the air or other inert gases, measured in the intermediate bulk container at 55C (131F), determined on the basis of a maximum degree of filling as specified in 173.35(d) of this subchapter. This does not apply to fusible devices unless such devices are the only source of pressure relief for the IBC. Pressure relief devices must be fitted in the vapor space. 178.706 Standards for rigid plastic intermediate bulk con tainers. (a) The provisions in this section apply to rigid plastic inter mediate bulk containers intended to contain solids or liquids. Rigid plastic intermediate bulk container types are designated: (1) 11 HI fitted with structural equipment designed to withstand the whole load when intermediate bulk containers are stacked, for solids which are loaded or discharged by gravity. (2) 11H2 freestanding, for solids which are loaded or discharged by gravity. (3) 21 HI fitted with structural equipment designed to withstand the whole load when intermediate bulk containers are stacked, for solids which are loaded or discharged under pressure. (4) 21H2 freestanding, for solids which are loaded or discharged under pressure. (5) 31 HI fitted with structural equipment designed to withstand the whole load when intermediate bulk containers are stacked, for liquids. (6) 31H2 freestanding, for liquids. (b) Rigid plastic intermediate bulk containers consist of a rigid plastic body, which may have structural equipment, together with appropriate service equipment. (c) Rigid plastic intermediate bulk containers must be manufac tured from plastic material of known specifications and be of a strength relative to its capacity and to the service it is required to perform. In addition to conformance to 173.24 of this subchapter, plastic materi als must be resistant to aging and to degradation caused by ultraviolet radiation. (1) If protection against ultraviolet radiation is necessary, it must be provided by the addition of a pigment or inhibiter such as carbon black. These additives must be compatible with the contents and remain effective throughout the life of the intermediate bulk container body. Where use is made of carbon black, pigments or inhibitors, 513 PART 178 ABDOO132289 178.706--178.707 April 1998 other than those used in the manufacture of the tested design type, retesting may be omitted if changes in the carbon black content, the pigment content or the inhibitor content do not adversely affect the physical properties of the material of construction, (2) Additives may be included in the composition of the plastic material to improve the resistance to aging or to serve other purposes, provided they do not adversely affect the physical or chemical proper ties of the material of construction. (3) No used material other than production residues or regrind from the same manufacturing process may be used in the manufacture of rigid plastic intermediate bulk containers, (4) Rigid plastic intermediate bulk containers intended for the trans portation of liquids must be capable of releasing a sufficient amount of vapor to prevent the body of the intermediate bulk container from rupturing if it is subjected to an internal pressure in excess of that for which it was hydraulically tested. This may be achieved by springloaded or frangible pressure relief devices or by other means of con struction. 178.707 Standards for composite Intermediate bulk con tainers. (a) The provisions in this section apply to: (1) Composite intermediate bulk containers intended to contain solids and liquids. Composite intermediate bulk container types are designated: (i) 11HZ1 Composite intermediate bulk containers with a rigid plastic inner receptacle for solids loaded or discharged by gravity. (ii) 11HZ2 Composite intermediate bulk containers with a flexible plastic inner receptacle for solids loaded or discharged by gravity. (iii) 21HZ1 Composite intermediate bulk containers with a rigid plastic inner receptacle for solids loaded or discharged under pressure. {iv) 21HZ2 Composite intermediate bulk containers with a flexible plastic inner receptacle for solids loaded or discharged under pressure. (v) 31HZ1 Composite intermediate bulk containers with a rigid plastic inner receptacle for liquids. (vi) 31HZ2 Composite intermediate bulk containers with a flexible plastic inner receptacle for liquids. (2) The marking code in paragraph (a)(1) of this section must be completed by replacing the letter Z by a capital letter in accordance with 178.702(a)(2) to indicate the material used for the outer pack aging. (b) Definitions for composite intermediate bulk container types: (1) A composite intermediate bulk container '^ an intermediate bulk container which consists of a rigid outer packaging enclosing a plastic inner receptacle together with any service or other structural equip ment. The outer packaging of a composite intermediate bulk container is designed to bear the entire stacking load. The inner receptacle and outer packaging form an integral packaging and are filled, stored, transported, and emptied as a unit. (2) The term plastic means polymeric materials (i.e., plastic or rubber). (3) A "rigid" inner receptacle is an inner receptacle which retains its general shape when empty without closures in place and without benefit of the outer casing. Any inner receptacle that is not "rigid" is considered to be "flexible." (c) Construction requirements for composite intermediate bulk con tainers with plastic inner receptacles are as follows: (1) The outer packaging must consist of rigid material formed so as to protect the inner receptacle from physical damage during han dling and transportation, but is not required to perform the secondary containment function. It includes the base pallet where appropriate. The inner receptacle is not intended to perform a containment function without the outer packaging. (2) A composite intermediate bulk container with a fully enclosing outer packaging must be designed to permit assessment of the integ rity of the inner container following the leakproofness and hydraulic tests. The outer packaging of 31HZ2 composite intermediate bulk containers must enclose the inner receptacles on all sides. (3) The inner receptacle must be manufactured from plastic mate rial of known specifications and be of a strength relative to its capacity and to the service it is required to perform. In addition to conformance with the requirements of 173.24 of this subchapter, the material must be resistant to aging and to degradation caused by ultraviolet radia tion. The inner receptacle of 31HZ2 composite intermediate bulk con tainers must consist of at least three plies of film. (i) If necessary, protection against ultraviolet radiation must be provided by the addition of pigments or inhibitors such as carbon black. These additives must be compatible with the contents and remain effective throughout the life of the inner receptacle. Where use is made of carbon black, pigments, or inhibitors, other than those used in the manufacture of the tested design type, retesting may be omitted if the carbon black con tent, the pigment content, or the inhibitor content do not ad versely affect the physical properties of the material of con struction. (ii) Additives may be included in the composition of the plastic material of the inner receptacle to improve resistance to aging, provided they do not adversely affect the physical or chemical properties of the material. (iii) No used material other than production residues or regrind from the same manufacturing process may be used in the manufacture of inner receptacles. (iv) Composite intermediate bulk containers intended for the trans portation of liquids must be capable of releasing a sufficient amount of vapor to prevent the body of the intermediate bulk container from rupturing if it is subjected to an internal pressure in excess of that for which it was hydraulically tested. This may be achieved by spring-loaded or frangible pressure relief de vices or by other means of construction. (4) The strength of the construction material comprising the outer packaging and the manner of construction must be appropriate to the capacity of the composite intermediate bulk container and its intended use. The outer packaging must be free of any projection that might damage the inner receptacle. (i) Outer packagings of natural wood must be constructed of well seasoned wood that is commercially dry and free from defects that would materially lessen the strength of any part of the outer packaging. The tops and bottoms may be made of waterresistant reconstituted wood such as hardboard or particle board. Materials other than natural wood may be used for con struction of structural equipment of the outer packaging. (ii) Outer packagings of plywood must be made of well-seasoned, rotary cut, sliced, or sawn veneer, commercially dry and free from defects that would materially lessen the strength of the casing. All adjacent plies must be glued with water-resistant adhesive. Materials other than plywood may be used for con struction of structural equipment of the outer packaging. Outer packagings must be firmly nailed or secured to corner posts or ends or be assembled by equally suitable devices. (iii) Outer packagings of reconstituted wood must be constructed of water-resistant reconstituted wood such as hardboard or particle board. Materials other than reconstituted wood may be used for the construction of structural equipment of reconsti tuted wood outer packaging. (iv) Fiberboard outer packagings must be constructed of strong, solid, or double-faced corrugated fiberboard (single or multiwall). (A) Water resistance of the outer surface must be such that the increase in mass, as determined in a test carried out over a period of 30 minutes by the Cobb method of de termining water absorption, is not greater than 155 grams per square meter (0.0316 pounds per square foot--see ISO International Standard 535-1976 (E)). Fiberboard must have proper bending qualities. Fiberboard must be cut, creased without cutting through any thickness of fiberboard, and slotted so as to permit assembly without crack ing, surface breaks, or undue bending. The fluting of corru gated fiberboard must be firmly glued to the facings. (B) The ends of fiberboard outer packagings may have a wooden frame or be constructed entirely of wood. Wooden battens may be used for reinforcements. (C) Manufacturers' joints in the bodies of outer packagings must be taped, lapped and glued, or lapped and stitched with metal staples. (D) Lapped joints must have an appropriate overlap. (E) Where closing is effected by gluing or taping, a water- resistant adhesive must be used. (F) All closures must be sift-proof. 514 ABDOO132290 April 1998 178.707--1178.709 (v) Outer packagirtgs of plastic materials must be constructed in accordance with the relevant provisions of paragraph (c)(3) of this section. (5) Any integral pallet base forming part of an intermediate bulk container, or any detachable pallet, must be suitable for the mechani cal handling of an intermediate bulk container filled to its maximum permissible gross mass. (i) The pallet or integral base must be designed to avoid protru sions that may cause damage to the intermediate bulk container in handling. (ii) The outer packaging must be secured to any detachable pallet to ensure stability in handling and transportation. Where a de tachable pallet is used, its top surface must be free from sharp protrusions that might damage the intermediate bulk container. (iii) Strengthening devices, such as timber supports to increase stacking performance, may be used but must be external to the inner receptacle. (iv) The load-bearing surfaces of intermediate bulk containers in tended for stacking must be designed to distribute loads in a stable manner. An intermediate bulk container intended for stacking must be designed so that loads are not supported by the inner receptacle. (6) Intermediate IBCs of type 31HZ2 must be limited to a capacity of not more than 1,250 liters. 178.708 Standards for flberboard intermediate bulk con tainers. (a) The provisions of this section apply to fiberboard inter mediate bulk containers intended to contain solids that are loaded or discharged by gravity. Fiberboard intermediate bulk containers are designated: 11G. (b) Definitions for fiberboard intermediate bulk container types: (1) Fiberboard intermediate bulk containers consist of a fiberboard body with or without separate top and bottom caps, appropriate ser vice and structural equipment, and if necessary an inner liner (but no inner packaging). (2) Liner means a separate tube or bag, including the closures of its openings, inserted in the body but not forming an integral part of it. (c) Construction requirements for fiberboard intermediate bulk con tainers are as follows: (1) Top lifting devices are prohibited in fiberboard intermediate bulk containers. (2) Fiberboard intermediate bulk containers must be constructed of strong, solid or double-faced corrugated fiberboard (single or multiwall) that is appropriate to the capacity of the outer packaging and its intended use. Water resistance of the outer surface must be such that the increase in mass, as determined in a test carried out over a period of 30 minutes by the Cobb method of determining water absorption, is not greater than 155 grams per square meter (0.0316 pounds per square foot see ISO 535-1976(E)). Fiberboard must have proper bending qualities. Fiberboard must be cut, creased without cutting through any thickness of fiberboard, and slotted so as to permit assembly without cracking, surface breaks, or undue bending. The fluting of corrugated fiberboard must be firmly glued to the facings. (i) The walls, including top and bottom, must have a minimum puncture resistance of 15 Joules (11 foot-pounds of energy) measured according to ISO 3036, incorporated by reference in 171.7 of this subchapter. (ii) Manufacturers' joints in the bodies of intermediate bulk contain ers must be made with an appropriate overlap and be taped, glued, stitched with metal staples or fastened by other means at least equally effective. Where joints are made by gluing or taping, a water-resistant adhesive must be used. Metal staples must pass completely through all pieces to be fastened and be formed or protected so that any inner liner cannot be abraded or punctured by them. (3) The strength of the material used and the construction of the liner must be appropriate to the capacity of the intermediate bulk container and the intended use. Joints and closures must be sift-proof and capable of withstanding pressures and impacts liable to occur under normal conditions of handling and transport. (4) Any integral pallet base forming part of an intermediate bulk container, or any detachable pallet, must be suitable for the mechani cal handling of an intermediate bulk container filled to its maximum permissible gross mass. (i) The pallet or integral base must be designed to avoid protru sions that may cause damage to the intermediate bulk container in handling. (ii) The outer packaging must be secured to any detachable pallet to ensure stability in handling and transport. Where a detach able pallet is used, its top surface must be free from sharp protrusions that might damage the intermediate bulk container. (iii) Strengthening devices, such as timber supports to increase stacking performance, may be used but must be external to the inner liner. (iv) The load-bearing surfaces of intermediate bulk containers in tended for stacking must be designed to distribute loads in a stable manner. 178.709 Standards for wooden intermediate bulk contain ers. (a) The provisions in this section apply to wooden intermediate bulk containers intended to contain solids that are loaded or dis charged by gravity. Wooden intermediate bulk container types are designated: (1) 11C Natural wood with inner liner. (2) 11D Plywood with inner liner. (3) 11F Reconstituted wood with inner liner. (b) Definitions for wooden intermediate bulk containers: (1) Wooden intermediate bulk containers consist of a rigid or col lapsible wooden body together with an inner liner (but no inner packag ing) and appropriate service and structural equipment. (2) Liner means a separate tube or bag, including the closures of its openings, inserted in the body but not forming an integral part of it. (c) Construction requirements for wooden intermediate bulk con tainers are as follows: (1) Top lifting devices are prohibited in wooden intermediate bulk containers. (2) The strength of the materials used and the method of construc tion must be appropriate to the capacity and intended use of the intermediate bulk container. (i) Natural wood used in the construction of an intermediate bulk container must be well-seasoned, commercially dry, and free from defects that would materially lessen the strength of any part of the intermediate bulk container. Each intermediate bulk con tainer part must consist of uncut wood or a piece equivalent in strength and integrity. Intermediate bulk container parts are equivalent to one piece when a suitable method of glued assem bly is used (i.e., a Lindermann joint, tongue and groovejoint, ship lap or rabbet joint, or butt joint with at least two corrugated metal fasteners at each joint, or when other methods at least equally effective are used). Materials other than natural wood may be used for the construction of structural equipment of the outer packaging. (ii) Plywood used in construction of bodies must be at least 3-ply. Plywood must be made of well-seasoned, rotary-cut, sliced or sawn veneer, commercially dry, and free from defects that would materially lessen the strength of the body. All adjacent plies must be glued with water-resistant adhesive. Materials other than ply wood may be used for the construction of structural equipment of the outer packaging. (iii) Reconstituted wood used in construction of bodies must be wa ter resistant reconstituted wood such as hardboard or particle board. Materials other than reconstituted wood may be used for the construction of structural equipment of the outer packaging. (iv) Wooden intermediate bulk containers must be firmly nailed or secured to corner posts or ends or be assembled by similar de vices. (3) The strength of the material used and the construction of the liner must be appropriate to the capacity of the intermediate bulk container and its intended use. Joints and closures must be sift-proof and capable of withstanding pressures and impacts liable to occur under normal conditions of handling and transportation. (4) Any integral pallet base forming part of an intermediate bulk container, or any detachable pallet, must be suitable for the mechani cal handling of an intermediate bulk container filled to its maximum permissible gross mass. (i) The pallet or integral base must be designed to avoid protru sions that may cause damage to the intermediate bulk container in handling. (ii) The outer packaging must be secured to any detachable pallet to ensure stability in handling and transportation. Where a de tachable pallet is used, its top surface must be free from sharp protrusions that might damage the intermediate bulk container. (iii) Strengthening devices, such as timber supports to increase 515 PART 178 ABDOO132291 178.709--178.801 April 1998 stacking performance, may be used but must be external to the inner liner. (iv) The load-bearing surfaces of intermediate bulk containers in tended for stacking must be designed to distribute loads in a stable manner. 178.710 Standards for flexible intermediate bulk contain ers. (a) The provisions of this section apply to flexible intermediate bulk containers intended to contain solid hazardous materials. Flexible intermediate bulk container types are designated: (D 13H1 woven plastic without coating or liner. (2) 13H2 woven plastic, coated. (3) 13H3 woven plastic with liner. (4) 13H4 woven plastic, coated and with liner. (5) 13H5 plastic film. (6) 13L1 textile without coating or liner. (7) 13L2 textile, coated. (8) 13L3 textile with liner. (9) 13L4 textile, coated and with liner. (10) 13M1 paper, multiwall. (11) 13M2 paper, multiwall, water-resistant. (b) Definitions for flexible intermediate bulk containers: (1) Flexible intermediate bulk containers consist of a body con structed of film, woven plastic, woven fabric, paper, or combination thereof, together with any appropriate service equipment and handling devices, and if necessary, an inner coating or liner. (2) Woven plastic means a material made from stretched tapes or monofilaments. (3) Handling device means any sling, loop, eye, or frame attached to the body of the intermediate bulk container or formed from a continu ation of the intermediate bulk container body material. (c) Construction requirements for flexible intermediate bulk contain ers are as follows: (1) The strength of the material and the construction of the flexible intermediate bulk container must be appropriate to its capacity and its intended use. (2) All materials used in the construction of flexible intermediate bulk containers of types 13M1 and 13M2 must, after complete immer sion in water for not less than 24 hours, retain at least 85 percent of the tensile strength as measured originally on the material conditioned to equilibrium at 67 percent relative humidity or less. (3) Seams must be stitched or formed by heat sealing, gluing or any equivalent method. All stitched seam-ends must be secured. (4) In addition to conformance with the requirements of 173.24 of this subchapter, flexible intermediate bulk containers must be resistant to aging and degradation caused by ultraviolet radiation. (5) For plastic flexible intermediate bulk containers, if necessary, protection against ultraviolet radiation must be provided by the addi tion of pigments or inhibitors such as carbon black. These additives must be compatible with the contents and remain effective throughout the life of the container. Where use is made of carbon black, pigments, or inhibitors, other than those used in the manufacture of the tested design type, retesting may be omitted if the carbon black content, the pigment content or the inhibitor content does not adversely affect the physical properties of the material of construction. Additives may be included in the composition of the plastic material to improve resistance to aging, provided they do not adversely affect the physical or chemical properties of the material. (6) No used material other than production residues or regrind from the same manufacturing process may be used in the manufacture of plastic flexible intermediate bulk containers. This does not preclude the re-use of component parts such as fittings and pallet bases, pro vided such components have not in any way been damaged in previ ous use. (7) When flexible intermediate bulk containers are filled, the ratio of height to width may not be more than 2:1. Subpart 0 TESTING OF INTERMEDIATE BULK CONTAINERS 178.800 Purpose and scope. This subpart prescribes certain testing requirements for intermediate bulk containers identified in subpart N of this part. 178.801 General requirements, (a) General. The test proce dures prescribed in this subpart are intended to ensure that intermedi ate bulk containers containing hazardous materials can withstand normal conditions of transportation and are considered minimum re quirements. Each packaging must be manufactured and assembled so as to be capable of successfully passing the prescribed tests and of conforming to the requirements of 173.24 of this subchapter at all times while in transportation. (b) Responsibility. It is the responsibility of the intermediate bulk container manufacturer to assure that each intermediate bulk con tainer is capable of passing the prescribed tests. To the extent that an intermediate bulk container assembly function, including final clo sure, is performed by the person who offers a hazardous material for transportation, that person is responsible for performing the function in accordance with 173.22 and 178.2 of this subchapter. (c) Definitions. For the purpose of this subpart: (1) Intermediate bulk container design type refers to intermediate bulk container which does not differ in structural design, size, material of construction, wall thickness, manner of construction and representa tive service equipment. (2) Design qualification testing is the performance of the drop, leakproofness, hydrostatic pressure, stacking, bottom-lift or top-lift, tear, topple, righting and vibration tests, as applicable, prescribed in this subpart, for each different intermediate bulk container design type, at the start of production of that packaging. (3) Periodic design requalification test is the performance of the applicable tests specified in paragraph (c)(2) of this section on an intermediate bulk container design type, in order to requalify the de sign for continued production at the frequency specified in paragraph (e) of this section. (4) Production inspection is the inspection that must initially be conducted on each newly manufactured intermediate bulk container. (5) Production testing is the performance of the leakproofness test in accordance with paragraph (f) of this section on each intermediate bulk container intended to contain solids discharged by pressure or intended to contain liquids. (6) Periodic retest and inspection is performance of the applicable test and inspections on each intermediate bulk container at the fre quency specified in 180.352 of this subchapter. (7) Different intermediate bulk container design type is one that differs from a previously qualified intermediate bulk container design type in structural design, size, material of construction, wall thickness, or manner of construction, but does not include: (i) A packaging which differs in surface treatment; (ii) A rigid plastic intermediate bulk container or composite interme diate bulk container which differs with regard to additives used to comply with 178.706(c), 178.707(c) or 178.710(c); (iii) A packaging which differs only in its lesser external dimensions (i.e., height, width, length) provided materials of construction and material thickness or fabric weight remain the same; (iv) A packaging which differs in service equipment. (d) Design qualification testing. The packaging manufacturer shall achieve successful test results for the design qualification testing at the start of production of each new or different intermediate bulk container design type. The service equipment selected for this design qualification testing shall be representative of the type of service equip ment that will be fitted to any finished intermediate bulk container body under the design. Application of the certification mark by the manufacturer shall constitute certification that the intermediate bulk container design type passed the prescribed tests in this subpart. (e) Periodic design requalification testing. (1) Periodic design re qualification must be conducted on each qualified intermediate bulk container design type if the manufacturer is to maintain authorization for continued production. The intermediate bulk container manufac turer shall achieve successful test results for the periodic design re qualification at sufficient frequency to ensure each packaging pro duced by the manufacturer is capable of passing the design qualification tests. Design requalification tests must be conducted at least once every 12 months. 516 ABDOO132292 April 1998 178.801--178.803 (2) Changes in the frequency of design requalification testing spec ified in paragraph (e)(1) of this section are authorized if approved by the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety. These requests must be based on: (i) Detailed quality assurance programs that assure that proposed decreases in test frequency maintain the integrity of originally tested intermediate bulk container design types; and (ii) Demonstrations that each intermediate bulk container pro duced is capable of withstanding higher standards (e.g., in creased drop height, hydrostatic pressure, wall thickness, fab ric weight). W Production testing and inspection. (1) Production testing con sists of the leakproofness test prescribed in 178.813 of this subpart and must be performed on each intermediate bulk container intended tocontain solids discharged by pressure or intended to contain liquids. For this test: (i) The intermediate bulk container need not have its closures fitted. (ii) The inner receptacle of a composite intermediate bulk container may be tested without the outer intermediate bulk container body, provided the test results are not affected. (2) Applicable inspection requirements in 180.352 of this sub chapter must be performed on each intermediate bulk container ini tially after production. (g) Test samples. The intermediate bulk container manufacturer shall conduct the design qualification and periodic design requalifica tion tests prescribed in this subpart using random samples of interme diate bulk containers, according to the appropriate test section. (h) Selective testing of intermediate bulk containers. Variation of a tested intermediate bulk container design type is permitted without further testing, provided selective testing demonstrates an equivalent or greater level of safety than the design type tested and which has been approved by the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materi als Safety. (I) Approval of equivalent packagings. An intermediate bulk con tainer which differs from the standards in subpart N of this part, or which is tested using methods other than those specified in this subp art, may be used if approved by the Associate Administrator for Haz ardous Materials Safety. Such intermediate bulk containers must be shown to be equally effective, and testing methods used must be equivalent. (J) Proof of compliance. Notwithstanding the periodic design re qualification testing intervals specified in paragraph (e) of this section, the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety, or a desig nated representative, may at any time require demonstration of compli ance by a manufacturer, through testing in accordance with this subp art, that packagings meet the requirements of this subpart. As required by the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety, or a designated representative, the manufacturer shall either: (1) Conduct performance tests or have tests conducted by an inde pendent testing facility, in accordance with this subpart; or (2) Make a sample intermediate bulk container available to the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety, or a desig nated representative, for testing in accordance with this subpart. (k) Coatings. If an inner treatment or coating of an intermediate bulk container is required for safety reasons, the manufacturer shall design the intermediate bulk container so that the treatment or coating retains its protective properties even after withstanding the tests pre scribed by this subpart. (l) Record retention. (1) The person who certifies an intermediate bulk container design type shall keep records of design qualification tests for each intermediate bulk container design type and for each periodic design requalification as specified in this part. These records must be maintained at each location where the intermediate bulk container is manufactured and at each location where design qualifica tion and periodic design requalification testing is performed. These records must be maintained for as long as intermediate bulk containers are manufactured in accordance with each qualified design type and for at least 2.5 years thereafter. These records must include the follow ing information: name and address of test facility; name and address of the person certifying the intermediate bulk container; a unique test report identification; date of test report; manufacturer of the intermedi ate bulk container; description of the intermediate bulk container de sign type (e.g., dimensions, materials, closures, thickness, representa tive service equipment, etc.); maximum intermediate bulk container capacity; characteristics of test contents; test descriptions and results (including drop heights, hydrostatic pressures, tear propagation length, etc.). Each test report must be signed with the name of the person conducting the test, and name of the person responsible for testing. (2) The person who certifies each intermediate bulk container must make all records of design qualification tests and periodic design requalification tests available for inspection by a representative of the Department upon request. 178.602 Preparation of fiberboard Intermediate bulk contain ers for testing, (a) Fiberboard intermediate bulk containers and composite intermediate bulk containers with fiberboard outer packag ings must be conditioned for at least 24 hours in an atmosphere maintained: (1) At 50 percent 2 percent relative humidity, and at a temperature of 23C 2C (73F 4F); or (2) At 65 percent 2 percent relative humidity, and at a temperature of 20C 2C (68F 4F), or 27C 26C (81F 4F). (b) Average values for temperature and humidity must fall within the limits in paragraph (a) of this section, Short-term fluctuations and measurement limitations may cause individual measurements to vary by up to 5 percent relative humidity without significant impairment of test reproducibility. (c) For purposes of periodic design requalification only, fiberboard intermediate bulk containers or composite intermediate bulk contain ers with fiberboard outer packagings may be at ambient conditions. 178.803 Testing and certification of intermediate bulk con tainers. Tests required for the certification of each intermediate bulk container design type are specified in the following table. The letter X indicates that one intermediate bulk container (except where noted) of each design type must be subjected to the tests in the order pre sented: Performance test Vibration .......................................................................... Bottom lift.......................................................................... Metal tBCs X6 X2 Rigid plastic IBCs X6 X Intermediate bulk container (IBC) type Composite IBCs Fiberboard IBCs X X6 XX Wooden IBCs Xs X Flexible IBCs X''5 Top lift................................................................................ X2 X2 X2 X2-5 Stacking .............................................................................. X7 X7 X7 X7 X7 X5 Leakproofness................................................................. X3 X3 X3 Hydrostatic....................................................................... X4 X3 X3 Drop.................................................................................... X4 X1 X4 X4 X4 X5 Topple................................................................................ X5 Righting.............................................................................. X2S Tear.................................................................................... Xs 'Flexible intermediate bulk containers must be capable of withstanding the vibration test. ^his test must be performed only if intermediate bulk containers are designed to be handled this way. For metal intermediate bulk containers, at least one of the bottom lift or top lift tests must be performed. leakproofness and hydrostatic pressure tests are required for intermediate bulk containers intended to contain liquids or which are intended to contain solids loaded or discharged under pressure. `Another intermediate bulk container of the same design type may be used for the drop test set forth in 178.810 of this subchapter. 5Another different flexible intermediate bulk container of the same design type may be used for each test. The vibration test may be performed in another order lor intermediate bulk containers manufactured and tested under provisions of an exemption before October 1.1994 and for non- DOT specification portable tanks tested before October 1, 1994, intended for export. 7This test must be performed only if the intermediate bulk container is designed to be stacked. PART 178 517 ABDOO132293 178.810--178.814 April 1998 178.810 Drop test, (a) General. The drop test must be con ducted for the qualification of all intermediate bulk container design types and performed periodically as specified in 178.801(e) of this subpart. (b) Special preparation for the drop test. (1) Metal, rigid plastic, and composite intermediate bulk containers intended to contain solids must be filled to not less than 95 percent of their capacity, or if intended to contain liquids, to not less than 98 percent of their capacity. Pressure relief devices must be removed and their apertures plugged or ren dered inoperative. (2) Fiberboard, wooden, and flexible intermediate bulk containers must be filled with a solid material to not less than 95 percent of their capacity. (3) Rigid plastic intermediate bulk containers and composite inter mediate bulk containers with plastic inner receptacles must be condi tioned for testing by reducing the temperature of the packaging and its contents to -18C (0F) or lower. Test liquids must be kept in the liquid state. Anti-freeze should be used, if necessary. (c) Test method. Samples of all intermediate bulk container design types must be dropped onto a rigid, non-resilient, smooth, flat and horizontal surface. The point of impact must be the most vulnerable part of the base of the intermediate bulk container being tested. Follow ing the drop, the intermediate bulk container must be restored to the upright position for observation. (d) Drop height. (1) For all intermediate bulk containers, drop heights are specified as follows: (1) Packing Group I: 1.8 m (5.9 feet). (ii) Packing Group II: 1.2 m (3.9 feet). (iii) Packing Group III: 0.8 m (2.6 feet). (2) Drop tests are to be performed with the solid or liquid to be transported or with a non-hazardous material having essentially the same physical characteristics. (3) The specific gravity and viscosity of a substituted non-hazardous material used in the drop test for liquids must be similar to the hazardous material intended for transportation. Water also may be used for the liquid drop test under the following conditions: (i) Where the substances to be carried have a specific gravity not exceeding 1.2, the drop heights must be those specified in paragraph (d)(1) of this section for each intermediate bulk con tainer design type; and (ii) Where the substances to be carried have a specific gravity exceeding 1.2, and the drop heights must be as follows: (A) Packing Group I: SG x 1.5 m (4.9 feet). (B) Packing Group II: SG x 1.0 m (3.3 feet). (C) Packing Group III: SG x 0.67 m (2.2 feet). (e) Criteria for passing the test. For all intermediate bulk container design types there may be no loss of contents. A slight discharge from a closure upon impact is not considered to be a failure of the intermediate bulk container provided that no further leakage occurs. A slight discharge (e.g., from closures or stitch holes) upon impact is not considered a failure of the flexible intermediate bulk container provided that no further leakage occurs after the intermediate bulk container has been raised clear of the ground. 178.811 Bottom lift test, (a) General. The bottom lift test must be conducted for the qualification of all intermediate bulk container design types designed to be lifted from the base. (b) Special preparation for the bottom lift test. The intermediate bulk container must be loaded to 1.25 times its maximum permissible gross mass, the load being evenly distributed. (c) Test method. All intermediate bulk container design types must be raised and lowered twice by a lift truck with the forks centrally positioned and spaced at three quarters of the dimension of the side of entry (unless the points of entry are fixed). The forks must penetrate to three quarters of the direction of entry. The test must be repeated from each possible direction of entry. (d) Criteria for passing the test. For all intermediate bulk container design types designed to be lifted from the base, there may be no permanent deformation which renders the intermediate bulk container unsafe for transportation and no loss of contents. 178.612 Top lift test, (a) General. The top lift test must be conducted for the qualification of all intermediate bulk container design types designed to be lifted from the top or, for flexible intermediate bulk containers, from the side. (b) Special preparation for the top lift test. (1) Metal, rigid plastic, and composite intermediate bulk container design types must be loaded to twice the maximum permissible gross mass. (2) Flexible intermediate bulk container design types must be filled to six times the maximum net mass, the load being evenly distributed. (c) Test method. (1) A metal or flexible intermediate bulk container must be lifted in the manner for which it is designed until clear of the floor and maintained in that position for a period of five minutes. For flexible intermediate bulk container design types, other methods of top lift testing and preparation at least equally effective may be used (see 178.801 (i)). (2) Rigid plastic and composite intermediate bulk container design types must be: (1) Lifted by each pair of diagonally opposite lifting devices, so that the hoisting forces are applied vertically, for a period of five minutes; and (ii) Lifted by each pair of diagonally opposite lifting devices, so that the hoisting forces are applied towards the center at 45 to the vertical, for a period of five minutes. (d) Criteria for passing the test. For all intermediate bulk container design types designed to be lifted from the top, there may be no permanent deformation which renders the intermediate bulk container, including the base pallets when applicable, unsafe for transportation, and no loss of contents. 178.813 Leakproofness test, (a) General. The leakproofness test must be conducted for the qualification of all intermediate bulk container design types and on all production units intended to contain liquids or intended to contain solids that are loaded or discharged under pressure. (b) Special preparation for the leakproofness test. Vented closures must either be replaced by similar nonvented closures or the vent must be sealed. For metal intermediate bulk container design types, the initial test must be carried out before the fitting of any thermal insulation equipment. (c) Test method andpressure applied. The leakproofness test must be carried out for a suitable length of time using air at a gauge pressure of not less than 20 kPa (2.9 psig). Leakproofness of intermediate bulk container design types must be determined by coating the seams and joints with a heavy oil, a soap solution and water, or other methods suitable for the purpose of detecting leaks. Other methods, if at least equally effective, may be used in accordance with Appendix B of this part, or if approved by the Associate Administrator for Hazardous Materials Safety, as provided in 178.801(0). (d) Criterion for passing the test. For all intermediate bulk container design types intended to contain liquids or intended to contain solids that are loaded or discharged under pressure, there may be no leak age of air from the intermediate bulk container. 178.814 Hydrostatic pressure test, (a) General. The hydro static pressure test must be conducted for the qualification of all metal, rigid plastic, and composite intermediate bulk container design types intended to contain liquids or intended to contain solids loaded or discharged under pressure. (b) Special preparation for the hydrostatic pressure test. For metal intermediate bulk containers, the test must be carried out before the fitting of any thermal insulation equipment. For all intermediate bulk containers, pressure relief devices and vented closures must be re moved and their apertures plugged or rendered inoperative. (c) Test method. Hydrostatic gauge pressure must be measured at the top of the intermediate bulk container. The test must be carried out for a period of at least 10 minutes applying a hydrostatic gauge pressure not less than that indicated in paragraph (d) of this section. The intermediate bulk containers may not be mechanically restrained during the test. (d) Hydrostatic gauge pressure applied. (1) For metal intermediate bulk container design types, 31 A, 31B, 31N: 65 kPa gauge pressure (9.4 psig). (2) For metal intermediate bulk container design types 21A, 21B, 21N, 31A, 31B, 31N: 200 kPa (29 psig). For metal intermediate bulk container design types 31A, 31B and 31N, the tests in paragraphs (d)(1) and (d)(2) of this section must be conducted consecutively. (3) For metal intermediate bulk containers design types 21A, 21B, and 21N, for Packing Group I solids: 250 kPa (36 psig) gauge pressure. (4) For rigid plastic intermediate bulk container design types 21H1 and 21H2 and composite intermediate bulk container design types 21HZ1 and 21HZ2: 75 kPa (11 psig). 518 ABDOO132294 April 1998 178.814--178.819 (5) For rigid plastic intermediate bulk container design types 31H1 and 31H2 and composite intermediate bulk container design types 31HZ1 and 31HZ2: whichever is the greater of: (i) The pressure determined by any one of the following methods: (A) The gauge pressure (pressure in the intermediate bulk container above ambient atmospheric pressure) mea sured in the intermediate bulk container at 55C (131F) multiplied by a safety factor of 1.5. This pressure must be determined on the basis of the intermediate bulk container being filled and closed to no more than 98 percent capac ity at 15C (606F); (B) If absolute pressure (vapor pressure of the hazardous material plus atmospheric pressure) is used, 1.5 multiplied by the vapor pressure of the hazardous material at 55C (131F) minus 100 kPa(14.5 psi). If this method is chosen, the hydrostatic test pressure applied must be at least 100 kPa gauge pressure (14.5 psig); or (C) If absolute pressure (vapor pressure of the hazardous material plus atmospheric pressure) is used, 1.75 multiplied by the vapor pressure of the hazardous material at 50C (122F) minus 100 kPa (14.5 psi). If this method is chosen, the hydrostatic test pressure applied must be at least 100 kPa gauge pressure (14.5 psig); or (ii) Twice the greater of: (A) The static pressure of the hazardous material on the bot tom of the intermediate bulk container filled to 98 percent capacity: or (B) The static pressure of water on the bottom of the intermedi ate bulk container filled to 98 percent capacity. (e) Criteria for passing the test(s). (1) For metal intermediate bulk containers, subjected to the 65 kPa (9.4 psig) test pressure specified in paragraph (d)(1) of this section, there may be no leakage or permanent deformation that would make the intermediate bulk container unsafe for transportation. (2) For metal intermediate bulk containers intended to contain liq uids, when subjected to the 200 kPa (29 psig) and the 250 kPa (36 psig) test pressures specified in paragraphs (d)(2) and (d)(3) of this section, respectively, there may be no leakage. (3) For rigid plastic intermediate bulk container types 21H1,21H2, 31 HI, and 31H2, and composite intermediate bulk container types 21HZ1, 21HZ2, 31HZ1, and 31HZ2, there may be no leakage and no permanent deformation which renders the intermediate bulk container unsafe for transportation. 178.815 Stacking test, (a) General. The stacking test must be conducted for the qualification of all intermediate bulk container de sign types intended to be stacked. (b) Special preparation for the stacking test. (1) All intermediate bulk containers except flexible intermediate bulk container design types must be loaded to their maximum permissible gross mass. (2) The flexible intermediate bulk container must be filled to not less than 95 percent of its capacity and to its maximum net mass, with the load being evenly distributed. (c) Testmethod. (1) All intermediate bulk containers must be placed on their base on level, hard ground and subjected to a uniformly distributed superimposed test load for a period of at least five minutes (see paragraph (d) of this section). (2) Fiberboard, wooden, and composite intermediate bulk contain ers with outer packagings constructed of other than plastic materials must be subjected to the test for 24 hours. (3) Rigid plastic intermediate bulk container types and composite intermediate bulk container types with plastic outer packagings (11HH1,11HH2, 21HH1,21HH2, 31HH1 and 31HH2) which bear the stacking load must be subjected to the test for 28 days at 40C (104F). (4) For all intermediate bulk containers, the load must be applied by one of the following methods: (i) One or more intermediate bulk containers of the same type loaded to their maximum permissible gross mass and stacked on the test intermediate bulk container; or (ii) The calculated superimposed test load weight loaded on either a flat plate or a reproduction of the base of the intermediate bulk container, which is stacked on the test intermediate bulk container. (d) Calculation of superimposed test load. For all intermediate bulk containers, the load to be placed on the intermediate bulk container must be 1.8 times the combined maximum permissible gross mass of the number of similar intermediate bulk containers that may be stacked on top of the intermediate bulk container during transportation. (e) Criteria for passing the test. (1) For metal, rigid plastic, and composite intermediate bulk containers there may be no permanent deformation which renders the intermediate bulk container unsafe for transportation and no loss of contents. (2) For fiberboard and wooden intermediate bulk containers there may be no loss of contents and no permanent deformation which renders the whole intermediate bulk container, including the base pallet, unsafe for transportation. (3) For flexible intermediate bulk containers, there may be no deteri oration which renders the intermediate bulk container unsafe for trans portation and no loss of contents. 178.816 Topple lest, (a) General. The topple test must be con ducted for the qualification of all flexible intermediate bulk container design types. (b) Specialpreparation for the topple test. The flexible intermediate bulk container must be filled to not less than 95 percent of its capacity and to its maximum net mass, with the load being evenly distributed. (c) Test method. A flexible intermediate bulk container must be toppled onto any part of its top upon a rigid, non-resilient, smooth, flat, and horizontal surface. (d) Topple height. For all flexible intermediate bulk containers, the topple height is specified as follows: (1) Packing Group I: 1.8 m (5.9 feet). (2) Packing Group II: 1.2 m (3.9 feet). (3) Packing Group III: 0.8 m (2.6 feet). (e) Criteria for passing the test. For all flexible intermediate bulk containers, there may be no loss of contents. A slight discharge (e.g., from closures or stitch holes) upon impact is not considered to be a failure, provided no further leakage occurs. 178.817 Righting test, (a) General. The righting test must be conducted for the qualification of all flexible intermediate bulk contain ers designed to be lifted from the top or side. (b) Special preparation for the righting test. The flexible intermedi ate bulk container must be filled to not less than 95 percent of its capacity and to its maximum net mass, with the load being evenly distributed. (c) Test method. The flexible intermediate bulk container, lying on its side, must be lifted at a speed of at least 0.1 m/second (0.33 ftI s) to an upright position, clear of the floor, by one lifting device, or by two lifting devices when four are provided. (d) Criterion for passing the test. For all flexible intermediate bulk containers, there may be no damage to the intermediate bulk container or its lifting devices which renders the intermediate bulk container unsafe for transportation or handling. 178.818 Tear test, (a) General. The tear test must be con ducted for the qualification of all flexible intermediate bulk container design types. (b) Special preparation for the tear test. The flexible intermediate bulk container must be filled to not less than 95 percent of its capacity and to its maximum net mass, the load being evenly distributed. (c) Test method. Once the intermediate bulk container is placed on the ground, a 100-mm (4-inch) knife score, completely penetrating the wall of a wide face, is made at a 45 angle to the principal axis of the intermediate bulk container, halfway between the bottom surface and the top level of the contents. The intermediate bulk container must then be subjected to a uniformly distributed superimposed load equivalent to twice the maximum net mass. The load must be applied for at least five minutes. An intermediate bulk container which is de signed to be lifted from the top or the side must, after removal of the superimposed load, be lifted clear of the floor and maintained in that position for a period of five minutes. (d) Criterion for passing the test. The intermediate bulk container passes the tear test if the cut does not propagate more than 25 percent of its original length. 178.819 Vibration test, (a) General. The vibration test must be conducted for the qualification of all rigid intermediate bulk container design types. Flexible intermediate bulk container design types must be capable of withstanding the vibration test. (b) Test method. (1) A sample intermediate bulk container, selected at random, must be filled and closed as for shipment. 519 PART 178 ABDOO132295 178.819--Appendix C April 1998 (2) The sample intermediate bulk container must be placed on a vibrating platform that has a vertical double-amplitude (peak-to-peak displacement) of one inch. The intermediate bulk container must be constrained horizontally to prevent it from falling off the platform, but must be left free to move vertically and bounce. (3) The test must be performed for one hour at a frequency that causes the package to be raised from the vibrating platform to such a degree that a piece of material of approximately 1.6-mm (0.063- inch) thickness (such as steel strapping or paperboard) can be passed between the bottom of the intermediate bulk container and the plat form. Other methods at least equally effective may be used (see 178.801(0). (c) Criteria for passing the test. An intermediate bulk container passes the vibration test if there is no rupture or leakage. APPENDICES TO PART 178 Appendix A--Specifications for Steel Table 1 Open-Hearth, Basic Oxygen, or Electric Steel of Uniform Quality. The Following Chemical Composition Limits Are Based On Ladle Analysis: Chemical composition, percent-ladle analysis Designation Carbon Manganese Grade I1 0.10/0.20............ 1 10/1.60 .... Grade 2 0 24 maximum 0.50/1.00 Grade 314-* 0 22 maximum 1 25 maximum Phosphorus, maximum 0 04 .. . 0 04 . . 0 0456 Sultur, maximum 0.05..................... 0 05 0 05 Silicon 0 15/0 .30 0 30 maximum Copper, maximum 0.40 ............. Columbium 0.01/0.04 Heat treatment authorized (3) - - (3) C3) Maximum stress (p s i) 35.000 35.000 35.000 'Addition ot other elements to obtain alloying effect is not authorized sFerntic gram size 6 or finer according to ASTM El 12-63 3Any suitable heat treatment in excess of 1,100F., except that liquid quenching is not permitted `Other alloying elements may be added and shall be reported 6For compositions with a maximum carbon content of 0.15 percent on ladle analysis, the maximum limit for manganese on ladle analysis may be i 40 percent. dephosphorized Grade 3 steels containing no more than 0 15 percent phosphorus are permitted if carbon content does not exceed 0 15 percent and manganese does not exceed 1 percent Check Analysis Tolerances A heat of steel made under any of the above grades, the ladle analysis of which is slightly out of the specified range, is acceptable if the check analysis is with the following variations: Tolerance (percent) over the maximum limit or under the minimum limit Element Carbon Limit or maximum specified (percent) To 0.15 inclusive .. Over 0 1510 0.40 inclusive Under minimum limit 0 02 0.03 Over maximum limit 0.03 004 Manganese . . To 0.60 inclusive.................. Over 0 60 to 1.5 inclusive Over 1 15 to 2.50 inclusive Phosphorus7 All ranges ... Sulfur All ranges Silicon To 0.30 inclusive Over 0.30 to 1.00 inclusive 0 03 0.04 005 0.02 0.05 0 03 0.04 0.05 0.01 0.01 0.03 0.05 Copper To i 00 inclusive Over 1.00 to 2.00 inclusive 0 03 0.05 003 005 Nickel To 1 00 inclusive . .. Over 1 00 to 2.00 inclusive 0.03 0 05 0.03 0.05 Chromium Molybdenum Zirconium Columbium . To 0.90 inclusive Over 0.90 to 2 10 inclusive To 0.20 inclusive Over 0.20 to 0.40 inclusive All ranges ... To 0 04 inclusive 0 03 0.05 001 0.02 001 0005 0 03 0.05 001 0 02 0.05 001 Aluminum . . . Over 0.10 to 0.20 inclusive Over 0.20 to 0.30 inclusive 0.04 0.05 0.04 0.05 7 Rephosphorized steels not subject to check analysis for phosphorus. Appendix B--Alternative Leakproofness Test Methods In addition to the method prescribed in 178.604 of this subchapter, the following leakproofness test methods are authorized: (1) Helium test. The packaging must be filled with at least 1 L inert helium gas, air tight closed, and placed in a testing chamber. The testing chamber must be evacuated down to a pressure of 5 kPa which equals an over-pressure inside the packaging of 95 kPa. The air in the testing chamber must be analyzed for traces of helium gas by means of a mass spectrograph. The test must be conducted for a period of time sufficient to evacuate the chamber and to determine if there is leakage into or out of the packaging. If helium gas is detected, the leaking packaging must be automatically separated from non leaking drums and the leaking area determined according to the method prescribed in 178.604(d) of this subchapter. A packaging passes the test if there is no leakage of helium. (2) Pressure differential test. The packaging shall be restrained while either pressure or a vacuum is applied internally. The packaging must be pressurized to the pressure required by 178.604(e) of this subchapter for the appropriate packing group. The method of restraint must not affect the results of the test. The test must be conducted for a period of time sufficient to appropriately pressurize or evacuate the interior of the packaging and to determine if there is leakage into or out of the packaging. A packaging passes the pressure differential test if there is no change in measured internal pressure. (3) Solution over seams. The packaging must be restrained while an internal air pressure is applied; the method of restraint may not affect the results of the test. The exterior surface of all seams and welds must be coated with a solution of soap suds or a water and oil mixture. The test must be conducted for a period of time sufficient to pressurize the interior of the packaging to the specified air pressure and to determine if there is leakage of air from the packaging. A packaging passes the test if there is no leakage of air from the pack aging. (4) Solution over partial seams test. For other than design qualifi cation testing, the following test may be used for metal drums: The packaging must be restrained while an internal air pressure of 48 kPa (7.0 psig) is applied; the method of restraint may not affect the results of the test. The packaging must be coated with a soap solution over the entire side seam and a distance of not less than eight inches on each side of the side seam along the chime seam(s). The test must be conducted for a period of time sufficient to pressurize the interior of the packaging to the specified air pressure and to determine if there is leakage of air from the packaging. A packaging passes the test if there is no leakage of air from the packaging. Chime cuts must be made on the initial drum at the beginning of each production run and on the initial drum after any adjustment to the chime seamer. Chime cuts must be maintained on file in date order for not less than six months and be made available to a representative of the Department of Transportation on request. Appendix C--Nominal and Minimum Thickness of Steel Drums and Jerricans For each listed packaging capacity, the following table compares the ISO Standard 3574 nominal thickness with the corresponding ISO Standard 3574 minimum thickness. Maximum capacity (L) 20 30......................... 40 60 ...................... 120 220 . 450 . ISO nominal (mm) 0.7 08 08 1.0 10 10 19 Corresponding ISO minimum (mm) 063 0.73 0 73 0 92 0.92 0 92 1 77 520 ABDOO132296 Part 179 * Specifications of Tank Cars April 1998 ABDOO132297 PART 179 SPECIFICATIONS FOR TANK CARS 179.1 Subject Sec. Page Subpart A--Introduction, Approvals and Reports General ....................................................................... 179.1 Definitions and abbreviations.................................... 179.2 Procedure for securing approval.............................. 179.3 Changes in specifications for tank cars................ 179.4 Certificate of construction ......................................... 179.5 Repairs and alterations.............................................. 179.6 Quality assurance program ...................................... 179.7 521 522 522 522 522 522 522 Subpart B--General Design Requirements Tank mounting............................................................... 179.10 Welding certification.................................................... 179.11 Interior heater systems .............................................. 179.12 Tank car capacity and gross weightlimitation . . 179.13 Coupler vertical restraint system.............................. 179.14 Pressure relief devices .............................................. 179.15 Tank-head puncture-resistance systems .............. 179.16 Thermal protection systems...................................... 179.18 Service equipment; protection systems................ 179.20 Marking .......................................................................... 179.22 523 523 523 523 523 523 524 524 524 524 Subpart C--Specifications for Pressure Tank Car Tanks (Classes DOT-105, 109, 112 and 114) General specifications applicable to pressure tank car tanks............................................................ Individual specification requirements applicable to pressure tank car tanks .................................... Special commodity requirements for pressure tank car tanks............................................................ Special requirements for class 114A * * * tank car tanks .................................................................... 179.100 179.101 179.102 179.103 524 526 527 528 Subpart D--Specifications for Non-Pressure Tank Car Tanks (Classes DOT-103, 104, 111A-AF, 111A-AW and 115AW) General specifications applicable to non pressure tank car tanks (Classes DOT-103, 104, and 111)............................................................ 179.200 529 Subject Sec. Page Individual specification requirements applicable to non-pressure tank car tanks ........................... General specifications applicable to nonpressure tank car tanks consisting of an inner container supported within an outer shell (class DOT115) ............................................................................ Individual specification requirements applicable to tank car tanks consisting of an inner container supported within an outer shell .... 179.201 179.220 179.221 532 534 537 Subpart E--Specifications for Multi-Unit Tank Car Tanks (Classes DOT-106A and 110AW) General specifications applicable to muiti-unit tank car tanks designed to be removed from car structure for filling and emptying (Classes DOT-106A and 110AW)......................................... Individual specification requirements for multi-unit tank car tanks............................................................ 179.300 179.301 537 539 Subpart F--Specifications for Cryogenic Liquid Tank Car Tanks and Seamless Steel Tanks (Classes DOT-113 and 107A) General specification applicable to cryogenic liquid tank car tanks ........................................... Individual specification requirements applicable to inner tanks for cryogenic liquid tank car tanks .......................................................................... Specification DOT-107A'*" seamless steel tank car tanks ................................................................. Appendix A--Procedures for Tank-Head Puncture-Resistance Test................................... Appendix B--Procedures for Simulated Pool and Torch-Fire Testing................................................. 179.400 179.401 179.500 539 543 543 546 546 PART 179 PUBLISHER'S NOTE This Part outlines the requirements for constructing tank cars. It is divided into basically five sections. The first section deals with general requirements for all tank cars. The second section covers pressure tank cars used primarily for compressed gases and certain high risk liquids. The third section covers non-pressure tank cars used to transport liquids. The fourth section covers multi-unit tank car tanks. These tank cars are much smaller than the normal tank car and do not have an under carriage or trucks to support the tank and must be transported on flat cars. The fifth section covers cryogenic liquid tank cars and seamless steel tanks. The general requirements in the first section are covered in Subpart A and Subpart B. The remaining four sections are assigned their own Subpart. Subpart A INTRODUCTION, APPROVALS AND REPORTS 179.1 General, (a) This part prescribes the specifications for tanks that are to be mounted on or form part of a tank car and which are used for the transportation of hazardous materials in commerce. (b) Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, tanks to which this part is applicable, must be built to the specifications pre scribed in this part. (c) Tanks built to specifications predating those in this part may continue in use as provided in 180.507 of this subchapter. (d) Any person who performs a function prescribed in this part, shall perform that function in accordance with this part. (e) When this part requires a tank to be marked with a DOT specifi cation (for example, DOT-105A100W), compliance with that require ment is the responsibility of the tank builder. Marking the tank with the DOT specification shall be understood to certify compliance by the builder that the functions performed by the builder, as prescribed in this part, have been performed in compliance with this part. 521 ABDOO132298 179.1--179.7 April 1998 (f) The tank builder should inform each person to whom that tank is transferred of any specification requirements which have not been met at time of transfer. 179.2 Definitions and abbreviations, (a) The following apply in Part 179: (1) "AAR" means Association of American Railroads. (2) "Approved" means approval by the AAR Committee on Tank Cars. (3) "ASTM" means American Society for Testing and Materials. (4) "DOT" and "Department" means Department of Transportation. (5) Definitions in Part 173 of this chapter also apply. (6) "F." means degrees Fahrenheit. (7) "NGT" means National Gas Taper Threads. (8) "NPT" means American Standard Taper Pipe Thread. (9) "Psi" means pounds per square inch gauge. (10) Tank car facility means an entity that manufactures, repairs, inspects, tests, qualifies, or maintains a tank car to ensure that the tank car conforms to this part and subpart F of part 180 of this subchap ter, that alters the certificate of construction of the tank car, that ensures the continuing qualification of a tank car by performing a function prescribed in parts 179 or 180 of this subchapter, or that makes any representation indicating compliance with one or more of the requirements of parts 179 or 180 of this subchapter. (11) "Tanks" means tank car tanks. (b) [Reserved] 179.3 Procedure for securing approval, (a) Application for approval of designs, materials and construction, conversion or alter ation of tank car tanks under these specifications, complete with de tailed prints, shall be submitted in prescribed form to the Secretary, Mechanical Division, AAR, for consideration by its Committee on Tank Cars and other appropriate committees. Approvals or rejections of applications, based on appropriate committee action, shall be issued by said Secretary. (b) When, in the opinion of the Committee, such tanks or equipment therefor are in compliance with effective regulations and specifications of the Department, the application will be approved. (c) When, in the opinion of the Committee, such tanks or equipment therefor are not in compliance with effective regulations and specifica tions of the Department, the Committee may recommend service trials to determine the merits of a change in specifications. Such service trials may be authorized by the Department under the terms of exemp tions. 179.4 Changes in specifications for tank cars, (a) Proposed changes in or additions to specifications for tanks shall be submitted to the Secretary, Mechanical Division, AAR, for consideration by its Committee on Tank Cars. An application for construction of tanks to any new specification may be submitted with proposed specification. Construction should not be started until the specification has been approved or an exemption has been issued. When proposing a new specification, the applicant shall furnish information to justify a new specification. This data should include the properties of the lading and the method of loading and unloading. (b) The Subcommittee on Specifications of the Committee on Tank Cars shall review the proposed specification at its earliest convenience and report its recommendations to the Committee on Tank Cars for prompt consideration. The Committee on Tank Cars shall report its recommendations through said Secretary to the Department; such reports may be submitted to the Bureau of Explosives for its recom mendation before action by the Department. Expert opinion thus ob tained will be given due consideration by the Department in determin ing appropriate action. 179.5 Certificate of construction, (a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, before a tank car is placed in service, the party assembling the completed car shall furnish a Certificate of Construction, Form AAR 4-2 to the owner, the Bureau of Explosives (as required by 179.5(d)), and the Secretary, Mechanical Division, AAR, certifying that the tank, equipment, and car completed comply with all the requirements of the specification. (b) Before a tank of Class DOT-106A, 107A, or 110A is placed in service, the builder must furnish a Certificate of Construction, Form AAR 4-2 to the owner, the Bureau of Explosives (as required by paragraph (d) of this section), and the Secretary, Mechanical Division, AAR, in addition to a Certificate of Inspector's Report as required in 179.300-20 and 179.500-18 in prescribed form certifying that the tank and appurtenances comply with all the requirements of the speci fications. (c) If the owner elects to furnish the appurtenances such as valves and safety devices, the owner shall furnish to the Bureau of Explosives, and to the Secretary, Mechanical Division, AAR, a report in prescribed form, certifying that the appurtenances comply with all the require ments of the specifications. (d) When cars or tanks which are covered on one application and are identical in all details are built in series, one certificate shall suffice for each series when submitted to the Secretary. One copy of the Certificate of Construction must be furnished to the Bureau of Explo sives for each car number of consecutively numbered group or groups covered by the original application. 179.6 Repairs and alterations. For procedure to be followed in making repairs or alterations, see Appendix R of the AAR Specifica tions for Tank Cars. 179.7 Quality assurance program, (a) At a minimum, each tank car facility shall have a quality assurance program, approved by AAR, that-- (1) Ensures the finished product conforms to the requirements of the applicable specification and regulations of this subchapter; (2) Has the means to detect any nonconformity in the manufactur ing, repair, inspection, testing, and qualification or maintenance pro gram of the tank car; and (3) Prevents non-conformities from recurring. (b) At a minimum, the quality assurance program must have the following elements-- (1) Statement of authority and responsibility for those persons in charge of the quality assurance program. (2) An organizational chart showing the interrelationship between managers, engineers, purchasing, construction, inspection, testing, and quality control personnel. (3) Procedures to ensure that the latest applicable drawings, de sign calculations, specifications, and instructions are used in manufac ture, inspection, testing, and repair. (4) Procedures to ensure that the fabrication and construction mate rials received are properly identified and documented. (5) A description of the manufacturing, repair, inspection, testing, and qualification or maintenance program, including the acceptance criteria, so that an inspector can identify the characteristics of the tank car and the elements to inspect, examine, and test at each point. (6) Monitoring and control of processes and product characteristics during production. (7) Procedures for correction of nonconformities. (8) Provisions indicating that the requirements of the AAR Specifica tions for Tank Cars, Specification M-1002, apply. (9) Qualification requirements of personnel performing non-de structive inspections and tests. (10) Procedures for evaluating the inspection and test technique employed, including the accessibility of the area and the sensitivity and reliability of the inspection and test technique and minimum de tectable crack length. 01) Procedures for the periodic calibration and measurement of inspection and test equipment. (12) A system for the maintenance of records, inspections, tests, and the interpretation of inspection and test results. (c) Each tank car facility shall ensure that only personnel qualified for each non-destructive inspection and test perform that particular operation. (d) Each tank car facility shall provide written procedures to its employees to ensure that the work on the tank car conforms to the specification, AAR approval, and owner's acceptance criteria. (e) Each tank car facility shall train its employees in accordance with Subpart H of part 172 of this subchapter on the program and procedures specified in paragraph (b) of this section to ensure quality. (f) Date of conformance. After July 1,1998, no tank car facility may manufacture, repair, inspect, test, qualify or maintain tank cars subject to requirements of this subchapter, unless it is operating in confor mance with a quality assurance program and written procedures re quired by paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section. 522 ABDOO132299 April 1996 179.10--179.15 Subpart B GENERAL DESIGN REQUIREMENTS 179.10 Tank mounting, (a) The manner in which tanks are attached to the car structure shall be approved. The use of rivets to secure anchors to tanks prohibited. 179.11 Welding certification, (a) Welding procedures, weld ers and fabricators shall be approved. 179.12 Interior heater systems, (a) Interior heater systems shall be of approved design and materials. If a tank is divided into compartments, a separate system shall be provided for each com partment. (b) Each interior heater system shall be hydrostatically tested at not less than 13.79 bar (200 psi) and shall hold the pressure for 10 minutes without leakage or evidence of distress. 179.13 Tank car capacity and gross weight limitation. Tank cars built after November 30, 1970, must not exceed 34,500 gallons capacity or 263,000 pounds gross weight on rail. Existing tank cars may not be converted to exceed 34,500 gallons capacity or 263,000 pounds gross weight on rail. 179.14 Coupler vertical restraint system (a) Performance standard. Each tank car shall be equipped with couplers capable of sustaining, without disengagement or material failure, vertical loads of at least 200,000 pounds (90,718.5 kg) applied in upward and down ward directions in combination with buff loads of 2,000 pounds (907.2 kg), when coupled to cars which may or may not be equipped with couplers having this vertical restraint capability. (b) Test verification. Except as provided in paragraph (d) of this section, compliance with the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section shall be achieved by verification testing of the coupler veritcal restraint system in accordance with paragraph (c) of this section. (c) Coupler vertical restraint tests. A coupler vertical restraint sys tem shall be tested under the following conditions: (1) The test coupler shall be tested with a mating coupler (or simu lated coupler) having only frictional vertical force resistance at the mating interface: or a mating coupler (or simulated coupler) having the capabilities described in paragraph (a) of this section; (2) The testing apparatus shall simulate the vertical coupler per formance at the mating interface and may not interfere with coupler failure or otherwise inhibit failure due to force applications and reac tions; and (3) The test shall be conducted as follows: (i) A minimum of 200,000 pounds (90,718.5 kg) vertical downward load shall be applied continuously for at least 5 minutes to the test coupler head simultaneously with the application of a nominal 2,000 pounds (907.2 kg) buff load; (ii) The procedures prescribed in paragraph (c)(3)(i) of this section shall be repeated with a minimum vertical upward load of 200,000 pounds (90,718.5 kg); and (iii) A minimum of three consecutive successful tests shall be per formed for each load combination prescribed in paragraphs (c)(3)(i) and (ii) of this section. A test is successful when a vertical disengagement or material failure does not occur dur ing the application of any of the loads prescribed in this para graph. (d) Authorized couplers. As an alternative to the test verifications in paragraph (c) of this section, the following couplers are authorized: (1) E double shelf couplers designated by the Association of Ameri can Railroads' Catalog Nos., SE60CHT, SE60CC, SE60CHTE, SE60CE, SE60DC, SE60DE, SE67CC, SE67CE, SE67BHT, SE67BC, SE67BHTE, SE67BE, $E6a8HT, SE68BC, SE68BHTE, SE68BE, SE69AHTE, and SE69AE. (2) F double shelf couplers designated by the Association of Ameri can Railroads' Catalog Nos., SF70CHT, SF70CC, SF70CHTE, SF70CE, SF73AC, SF73AE, SF73AHT, SF73AHTE, SF79CHT, SF79CC, SF79CHTE, and SF79CE. 179.15 Pressure relief devices. Except for DOT Class 106, 107,110, and 113 tank cars, tanks must have a pressure relief device, made of material compatible with the lading, that conforms to the following requirements: (a) Performance standard. Each tank must have a pressure relief system having sufficient flow capacity to prevent pressure build-up in the tank to no more than the flow rating pressure of the pressure relief device in fire conditions as defined in Appendix A of the Association of American Railroads Specifications for Tank Cars. (b) Settings for recloslng pressure relief devices. (1) Except as provided in paragraph (b)(2) of this section, a reclosing pressure relief valve must have a minimum start-to-discharge pressure equal to the sum of the static head and gas padding pressure and the lading vapor pressure at the following reference temperatures: (1) 46C (115F) for noninsulated tanks; (ii) 43C (110F) for tanks having a thermal protection system incor porating a metal jacket that provides an overall thermal conduc tance at 15.5C (60F) of no more than 10.22 kilojoules per hour per square meter per degree Celsius (0.5 Btu per hour/per square foot/per degree F) temperature differential; and (iii) 41C (105F) for insulated tanks. (2) (i) The start-to-discharge pressure of a pressure relief device may not be lower than 5.17 Bar (75 psig) or exceed 33 percent of the minimum tank burst pressure. (ii) Tanks built prior to October 1, 1997 having a minimum tank burst pressure of 34.47 Bar (500 psig) or less may be equipped with a reclosing pressure relief valve having a start-to-discharge pressure of not less than 14.5 percent of the minimum tank burst pressure but no more than 33 percent of the minimum tank burst pressure. (3) The vapor tight pressure of a reclosing pressure relief valve must be at least 80 percent of the start-to-discharge pressure. (4) The flow rating pressure must be 110 percent of the start-to- discharge pressure for tanks having a minimum tank burst pressure greater than 34.47 Bar (500 psig) and from 110 percent to 130 percent for tanks having a minimum tank burst pressure less than or equal to 34.47 Bar (500 psig). (5) The tolerance for a reclosing pressure relief valve is 3 psi for valves with a start-to-discharge pressure of 6.89 Bar (100 psig) or less and 3 percent for valves with a start-to-discharge pressure greater than 6.89 Bar (100 psig). (c) Flow capacity of pressure relief devices. The total flow capac ity of each reclosing and nonreclosing pressure relief device must conform to Appendix A of the Association of American Railroads Speci fications for Tank Cars. (d) Flow capacity tests. The manufacturer of any reclosing or nonreclosing pressure relief device must design and test the device in accordance with Appendix A of the Association of American Railroads Specifications for Tank Cars. (e) Combination pressure relief systems. A nonreclosing pres sure relief device may be used in series with a reclosing pressure relief valve. The pressure relief valve must be located outboard of the nonreclosing pressure relief device. (1) When a breaking pin device is used in combination with a reclosing pressure relief valve, the breaking pin must be designed to fail at the start-to-discharge pressure specified in paragraph (b) of this section, and the reclosing pressure relief valve must be designed to discharge at not greater than 95 percent of the start-to-discharge pressure. (2) When a rupture disc is used in combination with a reclosing pressure relief valve, the rupture disc must be designed to burst at the start-to-discharge pressure specified in paragraph (b) of this section, and the reclosing pressure relief valve must be designed to discharge at not greater than 95 percent of the start-to-discharge pressure. A device must be installed to detect any accumulation of pressure between the rupture disc and the reclosing pressure relief valve. The detection device must be a needle valve, trycock, or tell-tale indicator. The detection device must be closed during transportation. (3) The vapor tight pressure and the start-to-discharge tolerance is based on the discharge setting of the reclosing pressure relief device. (f) Nonrecloslng pressure relief device. In addition to paragraphs (a), (b)(4), (c), and (d) of this section, a nonreclosing pressure relief device must conform to the following requirements: 0) Until October 1, 1998, a nonreclosing pressure relief device must incorporate a rupture disc designed to burst at a pressure equal 523 PART 179 ABDOO132300 179.15--179.100-4 April 1998 to 100% of the tank test pressure, or 33% of the tank burst pressure. After that date, a nonreclosing pressure relief device must incorporate a rupture disc designed to burst at a pressure equal to the greater of 100% of the tank pressure, or 33% of the tank burst pressure. (2) The approach channel and the discharge channel may not reduce the required minimum flow capacity of the pressure relief device. (3) The nonreclosing pressure relief device must be designed to prevent interchange with other fittings installed on the tank car, must have a structure that encloses and clamps the rupture disc in position (preventing any distortion or damage to the rupture disc when properly applied), and must have a cover, with suitable means of preventing misplacement, designed to direct any discharge of the lading downward. (4) The nonreclosing pressure relief device must be closed with a rupture disc that is compatible with the lading and manufactured in accordance with Appendix A of the AAR Specifications for Tank Cars. The tolerance for a rupture disc is +0 to -15 percent of the burst pressure marked on the disc. (g) Location of relief devices. Each pressure relief device must communicate with the vapor space above the lading as near as practi cable on the longitudinal center line and center of the tank. (h) Marking of pressure relief devices. Each pressure relief de vice and rupture disc must be permanently marked in accordance with the Appendix A of the Association of American Railroads Specifi cations for Tank Cars. 179.16 Tank-head puncture-resistance systems. (a) Performance standard. When the regulations in this subchapter require a tank-head puncture-resistance system, the system shall be capable of sustaining, without any loss of lading, coupler-to-tank-head impacts at relative car speeds of 29 km/hour (18 mph) when: (1) The weight of the impact car is at least 119,295 kg (263,000 pounds); (2) The impacted tank car is coupled to one or more backup cars that have a total weight of at least 217,724 kg (480,000 pounds) and the hand brake is applied on the last "backup" car; and (3) The impacted tank car is pressurized to at least 6.9 Bar (100 psi). (b) Verification by testing. Compliance with the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section shall be verified by full-scale testing according to Appendix A of this part. (c) Alternative compliance by other than testing. As an alternative to requirements prescribed in paragraph (b) of this section, compli ance with the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section may be met by installing full-head protection (shields) or full tank-head jackets on each end of the tank car conforming to the following: (1) The full-head protection (shields) or full tank-head jackets must be at least 1.27 cm (0.5 inch) thick, shaped to the contour of the tank head and made from steel having a tensile strength greater than 379.21 N/mm2 (55,000 psi). (2) The design and test requirements of the full-head protection (shields) or full tank-head jackets must meet the impact test require ments of Section 5.3 of the AAR Specifications for Tank Cars. (3) The workmanship must meet the requirements of Section C, Part II, Chapter 5 of the AAR Specifications for Design, Fabrication, and Construction of Freight Cars. 179.18 Thermal protection systems, (a) Performance stan dard. When the regulations in this subchapter require thermal protec tion on a tank car, the tank car must have sufficient thermal resistance so that there will be no release of any lading within the tank car, except release through the pressure relief device, when subjected to: (1) A pool fire for 100 minutes; and (2) A torch fire for 30 minutes. (b) Thermal analysis. (1) Compliance with the requirements of para graph (a) of this section shall be verified by analyzing the fire effects on the entire surface of the tank car. The analysis must consider the fire effects on and heat flux through tank discontinuities, protective housings, underframes, metal jackets, insulation, and thermal protec tion. A complete record of each analysis shall be made, retained, and upon request, made available for inspection and copying by an authorized representative of the Department. The procedures outlined in "Temperatures, Pressures, and Liquid Levels of Tank Cars Engulfed in Fires," DOT/FRA/OR&D-84/08.11, (1984), Federal Railroad Adminis tration, Washington, DC (available from the National Technical Infor mation Service, Springfield, VA) shall be deemed acceptable for ana lyzing the fire effects on the entire surface of the tank car. (2) When the analysis shows the thermal resistance of the tank car does not conform to paragraph (a) of this section, the thermal resist ance of the tank car must be increased by using a system listed by the Department under paragraph (c) of this section or by testing a new or untried system and verifying it according to appendix B of this part. (c) Systems that no longer require test verification. The Department maintains a list of thermal protection systems that comply with the requirements of appendix B of this part and that no longer require test verification. Information necessary to equip tank cars with one of these systems is available in the Dockets Unit, Research and Special Programs Administration, 400 Seventh Street, SW., Washington, D.C. 20590-0001. 179.20 Service equipment; protection systems. If an appli cable tank car specification authorizes location of filling or discharge connections in the bottom shell.the connections must be designed, constructed, and protected according to paragraphs E9.00 and E10.00 of the AAR Specifications for Tank Cars, M-1002. 179.22 Marking. In addition to any other marking requirement in this subchapter, the following marking requirements apply: (a) Each tank car must be marked according to the requirements in Appendix C of the AAR Specifications for Tank Cars. (b) Each tank car that requires a tank-head puncture-resistance system must have the letter "S" substituted for the letter "A" in the specification marking. (c) Each tank car that requires a tank-head puncture-resistance system, a thermal protection system, and a metal jacket must have the letter "3" substituted for the letter "A" or "S" in the specification marking. (d) Each tank car that requires a tank-head puncture-resistance system, a thermal protection system, and no metal jacket must have the letter "T" substituted for the letter "A" or "S" in the specification marking. Subpart C SPECIFICATIONS FOR PRESSURE TANK CAR TANKS (CLASSES DOT-105, 109, 112, AND 114) 179.100 General specifications applicable to pressure tank car tanks. 179.100-1 Tanks built under these specifications shall com ply with the requirements of 179.100, 179.101, and when applica ble, 179.102,179.103, and 179.104. 179.100-3 Type, (a) Tanks built under this specification shall be fusion-welded with heads designed convex outward. Except as provided in 179.103 or 179.104, they shall be circular in cross section, shall be provided with a manway nozzle on top of the tank of sufficient size to permit access to the interior, a manway cover to provide for the mounting of all valves, measuring and sampling devices, and a protective housing. Other openings in the tank are prohibited, except as provided in Part 173 of this chapter, 179.100-14, 179.101--1(a) Table Note 10, 179.102 or 179.103. 179.100-4 Insulation, (a) If insulation is applied, the tank shell and manway nozzle must be insulated with an approved material. The entire insulation must be covered with a metal jacket of a thickness not less than 11 gage (0.1196 inch) nominal (Manufacturers' Standard Gage) and flashed around all openings so as to be weather-tight. The exterior surface of a carbon steel tank, and the inside surface of a carbon steel jacket must be given a protective coating. 524 ABDOO132301 April 1998 179.100-4--179.100-12 (b) If insulation is a specification requirement, it shall be of sufficient thickness so that the thermal conductance at 60F. is not more than 0.075 Btu. per hour, per square foot, per degree F. temperature differ ential. If exterior heaters are attached to tank, the thickness of the insulation over each heater element may be reduced to one-half that required for the shell. 179.100-6 Thickness of plate, (a) The wall thickness after forming of the tank shell and heads must not be less than that specified in 179.101, nor that calculated by the following formula: Specifications Minimum tensile strength (p.s.i.) welded conditions1 ASTM A240, Type 304L . . . 70,000 ASTM A240, Type 316L . . . 70,000 'Maximum stresses to be used in calculations. Minimum elongation in 2 inches (percent) weld metal (longitudinal) 30 30 (2)(i) High-alloy steels used to fabricate tank must be tested in accordance with the following procedures in ASTM Specification A262 titled, 'Standard Practices tor Detecting Susceptibility to Intergranular Attack in Austenitic Stainless Steel,' and must exhibit corrosion rates not exceeding the following: where: d = inside diameter in inches E = 1.0 welded joint efficiency; except for heads with seams = 0.9; P s Minimum required bursting pressure in p.s.i.; S = Minimum tensile strength of plate material in p.s.i., as pre scribed in 179.100-7; t = Minimum thickness of plate in inches after forming. (b) If plates are clad with material having tensile strength properties at least equal to the base plate, the cladding may be considered a part of the base plate when determining thickness. If cladding material does not have tensile strength at least equal to the base plate, the base plate alone shall meet the thickness requirement. (c) When aluminum plate is used, the minimum width of bottom sheet of tank shall be 60 inches, measured on the arc, but in all cases the width shall be sufficient to bring the entire width of the longitudinal welded joint, including welds, above the bolster. 179.100-7 Materials, (a) Steel plate: Steel plate materials used to fabricate tank shell and manway nozzle must comply with one of the following specifications with the indicated minimum tensile strength and elongation in the welded condition. The maximum allow able carbon content must be 0.31 percent when the individual specifi cation allows carbon greater than this amount. The plates may be clad with other approved materials. Specifications Minimum tensile strength (p.s.i.) welded condition1 AAR TC128, Gr. B . . . 81,000 ASTM A 302, Gr. B , , . 80,000 ASTM A 516.................. 70,000 ASTM A 537, Class 1 . 70.000 'Maximum stresses to be used in calculations. Minimum elongation in 2 Inches (percent) welded condition (longitudinal) 19 20 20 23 (b) Aluminum alloy plate: Aluminum alloy plate material used to fabricate tank shell and manway nozzle must be suitable for fusion welding and must comply with one of the following specifications with its indicated minimum tensile strength and elongation in the welded condition. Specifications Minimum tensile strength (p.s.l.) 0 temper, welded condition3,4 Minimum elongation in 2 Inches (percent) 0 temper, welded condition (longitudinal) ASTM B 209. Alloy 50521 . . 25,000 18 ASTM B 209, Alloy 50832 . . 38,000 16 ASTM B 209, Alloy 5086' . . 35,000 14 ASTM B 209, Alloy 51541 . . 30,000 18 ASTM B 209, Alloy 5254' . . 30,000 18 ASTM B 209, Alloy 5454' . . 31,000 18 ASTM B 209, Alloy 5652' . . 25.000 18 'For fabrication, the parent plate material may be 0, H112. or H32 temper, but design calculations must be based on minimum tensile strength shown. 20 temper only. 3Weld filler metal 5556 must not be used. 'Maximum stress to be used in calculations. (c) High-alloy steel plate. (1) High-alloy steel plate must conform to the following specifica tions: Test procedures Material Practice B.................................. Types 304L and 316L............ Practice C.................................. Type 304L.................................. Corrosion rate l.p.m. 0.0040 0.0020 (ii) Type 304L and 316L test specimens must be given a sensitizing treatment prior to testing. <d) All attachments welded to tank shell must be of approved mate rial which is suitable for welding to the tank. 179.100-8 Tank heads, (a) The tank head shape shall be an ellipsoid of revolution in which the major axis shall equal the diameter of the shell adjacent to the head and the minor axis shall be one-half the major axis. (b) Each tank head made from steel which is required to be 'fine grain" by the material specification, which is hot formed at a tempera ture exceeding 1700F., must be normalized after forming by heating to a temperature between 1550 and 1700F., by holding at that tem perature for at least 1 hour per inch of thickness (30-minute minimum), and then by cooling in air. If the material specification requires quench ing and tempering, the treatment specified in that specification must be used instead of the one specified above. 179.100-9 Welding, (a) All joints shall be fusion-welded in compliance with the requirements of AAR Specifications for Tank Cars, Appendix W. Welding procedures, welders and fabricators shall be approved. Also see 179.104. 179.100-10 Postweld heat treatment, (a) After welding is complete, steel tanks and all attachments welded thereto must be postweld heat treated as a unit in compliance with the requirements of AAR Specifications for Tank Cars, Appendix W. (b) For aluminum tanks, postweld heat treatment is prohibited. (c) Tank and welded attachments, fabricated from ASTM A240 Type 304L or Type 316L materials do not require postweld heat treat ment, but these materials do require a corrosion resistance test as specified in 179.100-7(c)(2). 179.100-12 Manway nozzle, cover and protective hous ing. (a) Manway nozzles must be of approved design of forged or rolled steel for steel tanks or of fabricated aluminum alloy for aluminum tanks, with access opening at least 18 inches inside diameter, or at least 14 inches by 18 inches around or oval. Nozzle must be welded to the tank and the opening reinforced in an approved manner in compliance with the requirements of AAR Specifications for Tank Cars, Appendix E, Figure E10. (b) Manway cover shall be machined to approved dimensions and be of forged or rolled carbon or alloy steel, rolled aluminum alloy or nickel when required by the lading. Minimum thickness is listed in 179.101. Manway cover shall be attached to manway nozzle by through or stud bolts not entering tank, except as provided in 179.103-2(a). (c) Except as provided in 179.103, protective housing of cast, forged or fabricated approved materials must be bolted to manway cover with not less than twenty 3/4-inch studs. The shearing value of the bolts attaching protective housing to manway cover must not exceed 70 percent of the shearing value of bolts attaching manway cover to manway nozzle. Housing must have steel sidewalls not less than three-fourths inch in thickness and must be equipped with a metal cover not less than one-fourth inch in thickness that can be securely closed. Housing cover must have suitable stop to prevent cover striking loading and unloading connections and be hinged on one side only with approved riveted pin or rod with nuts 525 PART 179 ABDOO132302 179.100-12--179.101-1 April 1998 and cotters. Openings in wall of housing must be equipped with screw plugs or other closures. 179.100-13 Venting, loading and unloading valves, measur ing and sampling devices, (a) Venting, loading and unloading valves shall be of approved design, made of metal not subject to rapid deterioration by the lading, and must withstand the tank test pressure without leakage. The valves shall be bolted to seatings on the manway cover, except as provided in 179.103. Valve outlets shall be closed with approved screw plugs or other closures fastened to prevent misplacement. (b) The interior pipes of the loading and unloading valves shall be anchored and, except as prescribed in 179.102, or 179.103, may be equipped with excess flow valves of approved design. (c) Gaging device, sampling valve and thermometer well are not specification requirements. When used, they shall be of approved design, made of metal not subject to rapid deterioration by the lading, and shall withstand the tank test pressure without leakage. Interior pipes of the gauging device and sampling valve, except as prescribed in 179.102, or 179.103, may be equipped with excess flow valves of approved design. Interior pipe of the thermometer well shall be anchored in an approved manner to prevent breakage due to vibration. The thermometer well shall be closed by an approved valve attached close to the manway cover, or other approved location, and closed by a screw plug. Other approved arrangements that permit testing thermometer well for leaks without complete removal of the closure may be used. (d) An excess flow valve as referred to in this specification, is a device which closes automatically against the outward flow of the contents of the tank in case the external closure valve is broken off or removed during transit. Excess flow valves may be designed with a by-pass to allow the equalization of pressures. (e) Bottom of tank shell may be equipped with a sump or siphon bowl, or both, welded or pressed into the shell. Such sumps or siphon bowls, if applied, are not limited in size and must be made of cast, forged or fabricated metal. Each sump or siphon bowl must be of good welding quality in conjunction with the metal of the tank shell. When the sump or siphon bowl is pressed in the bottom of the tank shell, the wall thickness of the pressed section must not be less than that specified for the shell. The section of a circular cross section tank to which a sump or siphon bowl is attached need not comply with the out-of-roundness requirement specified in AAR Specifications for Tank Cars, Appendix W, W14.06. Any portion of a sump or siphon bowl not forming a part of cylinder of revolution must have walls of such thickness and be so reinforced that the stresses in the walls caused by a given internal pressure are no greater than the circumferential stress which would exist under the same internal pressure in the wall of a tank of circular cross section designed in accordance with 179.100-6(a). In no case less than that specified in 179.101--1(a). 179.100-14 Bottom outlets, (a) Bottom outlets for discharge of lading is prohibited, except as provided in 179.103-3. If indicated in 179.101, tank may be equipped with a bottom washout of approved construction. If applied, bottom washout shall be in accordance with the following requirements: (1) The extreme projection of the bottom washout equipment may not be more than that allowed by Appendix E of the AAR Specifications for Tank Cars. (2) Bottom washout shall be of cast, forged or fabricated metal and shall be fusion-welded to the tank. It shall be of good weldable quality in conjunction with metal of tank. (3) If the bottom washout nozzle extends 6 inches or more from shell of tank, a V-shaped breakage groove shall be cut (not cast) in the upper part of the outlet nozzle at a point immediately below the lowest part of the inside closure seat or plug. In no case may the nozzle wall thickness at the root of the "V" be more than V4-inch. Where the nozzle is not a single piece, provision shall be made for the equivalent of the breakage groove. The nozzle must be of a thick ness to insure that accidental breakage will occur at or below the "V" groove or its equivalent. On cars without continuous center sills, the breakage groove or its equivalent may not be more than 15 inches below the tank shell. On cars with continuous center sills, the breakage groove or its equivalent must be above the bottom of the center sill construction. (4) The closure plug and seat shall be readily accessible or remov able for repairs. (5) The closure of the washout nozzle must be equipped with a 3/4-inch solid screw plug. Plug must be attached by at least a Vi- inch chain. (6) Joints between closures and their seats may be gasketed with suitable material. 179.100-15 [RESERVED] 179.100-16 Attachments, (a) Reinforcing pads must be used between external brackets and shells if the attachment welds exceed 6 linear inches of V4-inch fillet or equivalent weld per bracket or bracket leg. When reinforcing pads are used, they must not be less than one-fourth inch in thickness, have each corner rounded to a 1-inch minimum radius, and be attached to the tank by continuous fillet welds except for venting provisions. The ultimate shear strength of the bracket-to-reinforcing pad weld must not exceed 85 percent of the ultimate shear strength of the reinforcing pad-to-tank weld. (b) Attachments not otherwise specified shall be applied by ap proval means. 179.100-17 Closures for openings, (a) Closures shall be of approved design and made of metal not subject to rapid deterioration by the lading. Plugs, if used, shall be solid, with NPT threads, and shall be of a length which will screw at least six threads inside the face of fitting or tank. (b) [Reserved] 179.100-18 Tests of tanks, (a) Each tank shall be tested by completely filling tank and manway nozzle with water or other liquid having similar viscosity, at a temperature which shall not exceed 100F. during the test; and applying the pressure prescribed in 179.101. The tank shall hold the prescribed pressure for at least 10 minutes without leakage or evidence of distress. (b) Insulated tanks shall be tested before insulation is applied. (c) Caulking of welded joints to stop leaks developed during the foregoing test is prohibited. Repairs in welded joints shall be made as prescribed in AAR Specifications for Tank Cars. Appendix W. (d) Testing of exterior heaters is not a specification requirement. 179.100-19 Tests of safety relief valves, (a) Each valve shall be tested by air or gas for compliance with 179.15 before being put into service. (b) [Reserved] 179.100-20 Stamping, (a) To certify that the tank complies with all specification requirements, each tank shall be plainly and permanently stamped in letters and figures at least % inch high into the metal near the center of both outside heads as follows: Specification .................................. Material Cladding material (if any) ... Tank builders Initials .. Date of original test .. Car assembler (if other than tank builder) Water capacity ........................................... Example of required stamping DOT-105A100-W ASTM A516 ASTM A240-304 Clad ABC 00-0000 DEF 00000 lbs. (b) [Reserved] 179.101 Individual specification requirements applicable to pressure tank car tanks 179.101-1 Individual specification requirements. In addition to 179.100, the individual specification requirements are as follows: 526 July 1998 ABDOO132303 179.101-1 --179.102-4 DOT specification Insulation Bursting pressure (P*i) Minimum plate thickness (inches) Test pressure (P#l) Manway cover thickness Bottom outlet Bottom washout Reference (179.-) 105A100ALW . . . Yes................ 500 5/8 100 *2-1/2 No ................ No 105A200ALW . . . Yes............ 500 5/8 200 *2-1/2 NO ................ No 105A300ALW . . . Yes................ 750 5/8 300 *2-5/8 No ................ No 105A100W............ Yes................ 500 39/16 100 2-1/4 No ............... No 105A200W............ Yes................ 500 39/16 200 2-1/4 No ............... No 105A300W............ Yes................ 750 '11/16 300 *2-1/4 No ............... No 105A400W............ Yes................ 1.000 '11/16 400 *2-1/4 No ............... NO 105A500W............ Yes............... 1.250 '11/16 500 2-1/4 No ............... No......................... 102-1. 102-2 105A600W............ Yes............... 1,500 '11/16 600 2-1/4 No ............... No......................... 102-4. 102-17 109A100ALW . . . Optional . . 500 5/8 100 *2-1/2 No ............... Optional 109A200ALW . . . Optional . . 500 5/8 200 *2-1/2 No ............... Optional 109A300ALW . . . Optional . . . 750 5/8 300 *2-5/8 No ............... Optional 109A300W............ Optional . . . 500 '11/16 300 2-1/4 No ................ Optional 112A200W............ Optional' . . . 500 3S9/16 200 2-1/4 No ................ No 112A340W............ Optional' . . . 850 '11/16 340 2-1/4 No ................ No 112A400W............ Optional' . . . 1,000 '11/16 400 2-1/4 No ................ No 112A500W............ Optional4 . . 114A340W............ Optional' . . . 114A400W............ Optional4 . . . 1,250 850 1.000 '11/16 '11/16 '11/16 500 340 400 2-1/4 6 6 No ................ NO Optional . . . Optional............... Optional . . . Optional............... 103 103 120A200ALW . . . Yes................ 500 5/6 200 *2-1/2 Optional . . . Optional............... 103 120A100W............ Yes............... 500 39/16 100 2-1/4 Optional . . . Optional................ 103 120A200W............ Yes . . . . 500 39/16 200 2-1/4 Optional . . . Optional................ 103 120A300W............ Yes............... 750 '11/16 300 2-1/4 Optional . . . Optional................ 103 120A400W............ Yes................ 1,000 '11/16 400 2-1/4 Optional . . . Optional................ 103 120A500W............ Yes............ 1,250 '11/16 500 2-1/4 Optional . . . Optional................ 103 'When steel of 65.000 to 81,000 p.s.i. minimum tensile strength is used, the thickness of plates shall be not less than % inch, and when steel of 81,000 p.s.i. minimum tensile strength is used, the minimum thickness of plate shall be not less than y,6 inch. *When approved material other than aluminum alloys are used, the thickness shall be not less than 2'/t inches, tyhen steel of 65,000 p.s.i. minimum tensile strength is used, minimum thickness of plates shall be not less than '/? inch. 'Tank cars not equipped with a thermal protection or an insulation system used lor the transportation of a Class 2 (compressed gas) material must have at least the upper two-thirds of the exterior of the lank, including manway nozzle and all appurtenances in contact with this area, finished with a reflective coat of white paint. 5For inside diameter of 87 inches or less, the thickness of plates shall be not less than V? Inch. See AAR specifications for tank cars. Appendix 6, E4.01 and 179.103-2. 'When the use of nickel is required by the lading, the thickness shall not be less than two inches. 179.102 Special commodity requirements for pressure tank car tanks, (a) In addition to 179.100 and 179.101 the following requirements are applicable: 179.102-1 Carbon dioxide, refrigerated liquid, (a) Tank cars used to transport carbon dioxide, refrigerated liquid must comply with the following special requirements: (1) All plates for tank, manway nozzle and anchorage of tanks must be made of carbon steel complying with ASTM Specification A516, Grades 55, 60, 65, or 70, or AAR Specification TC128-78, Grade B. The ASTM A516 plate must also meet the Charpy V-Notch test requirements of ASTM A20-79b (see Table 16) in the longitudinal direction of rolling. The TC128 plate must also meet the Charpy VNotch energy absorption requirements of 15 ft-lb minimum average for 3 specimens and 10 ft-lb minimum for one specimen at minus 50F in the longitudinal direction of rolling in accord with ASTM Specification A370. Production-welded test plates prepared as required by W4.00 of AAR Specifications for Tank Cars, Appendix W, must include impact test specimens of weld metal and heat-affected zone. As an alternate, anchor legs may be fabricated of stainless steel, ASTM Specification A240 Types 304, 304L, 316 or 316L for which impact tests are not required. (a)(2)--(a)(6) [Reserved] (b) [Reserved] 179.102-2 Chlorine, (a) Each tank car used to transport chlo rine must comply with all of the following: (1) Tanks must be fabricated from carbon steel complying with ASTM Specification A-516, Grade 70, or AAR Specification TC-128, Grade A or B. (2)-(3) [Reserved] (b) [Reserved] 179.102-4 Vinyl fluoride, inhibited. Each tank used to trans port vinyl fluoride, inhibited, must comply with the following special requirements: (a) All plates for the tank must be fabricated of material listed in paragraph (b)(2) of this section, and appurtenances must be fabri cated of material listed in paragraph (b)(1) or (b)(2) of this section. (1) Stainless steel. ASTM Specification A240, Type 304, 304L, 316 or 316L, in which case impact tests are not required; or (2) Steel complying with ASTM Specification A516; Grade 70; ASTM Specification A537, Class 1; or AAR Specification TCI 28, Grade B, in which case impact test, must be performed as follows: (i) ASTM Specification A516 and A537 material must meet the Charpy V-notch test requirements, in longitudinal direction of rolling, of ASTM Specification A20. (ii) AAR Specification TC128 material must meet the Charpy Vnotch test requirements, in longitudinal direction of rolling, of 15 ft./lb. minimum average for 3 specimens, with a 10 ft./lb. minimum for any one specimen, at minus 50F, or colder, in accordance with ASTM Specification A370. (iii) Production welded test plates must-- (A) Be prepared in accordance with AAR Specifications for Tank Cars, Appendix W, W4.00; (B) Include impact specimens of weld metal and heat affected zone prepared and tested in accordance with AAR Specifi cations for Tank Cars, Appendix W. W9.00; and (C) Meet the same impact requirements as the plate material. (b) Insulation must be of approved material. (c) Excess flow valves must be installed under all liquid and vapor valves, except safety relief valves. (d) A thermometer well may be installed. (e) Only an approved gaging device may be installed. (f) A pressure gage may be installed. (g) Aluminum, copper, silver, zinc, or an alloy containing any of 527 PART 179 179.102-4--179.103-5 ABDOO132304 July 1998 these metals may not be used in the tank construction, or in fittings in contact with the lading. (h) The jacket must be stenciled, adjacent to the water capacity stencil. "MINIMUM OPERATING TEMPERATURE_____F." (I) The tank car and insulation must be designed to prevent the vapor pressure of the lading from increasing from the pressure at the maximum allowable filling density to the start-to-discharge pressure of the safety relief valve within 30 days, at an ambient temperature of 90F. 179.102-17 Hydrogen chloride, refrigerated liquid. Each tank car used to transport hydrogen chloride, refrigerated liquid must comply with the following special requirements. (a) The tank car must comply with Specification DOT-105J600W and be designed for loading at minus 50F or colder. (b) All plates for the tank must be fabricated of material listed in paragraph (b)(2) of this section, and appurtenances must be fabri cated of material listed in paragraph (b)(1) or (b)(2) of this section (1) Stainless steel, ASTM Specification A240, Type 304, 304L, 316, or 316L, in which case impact tests are not required; or (2) Steel complying with ASTM Specification A516, Grade 70; ASTM Specification A537, Class 1; or AAR Specification TC128, Grade B, in which case impact tests must be performed as follows: (i) ASTM Specification A516 and A537 material must meet the Charpy V-notch test requirements, in longitudinal direction of rolling, of ASTM Specification A20. (ii) AAR Specification TC128 material must meet the Charpy Vnotch test requirements, in longitudinal direction of rolling of 15 ft./lb. minimum average for 3 specimens, with a 10 ft./lb. minimum for any one specimen, at minus 50F. or colder, in accordance with ASTM Specification A370. (iii) Production welded test plates must-- (A) Be prepared in accordance with AAR Specifications for Tank Cars, Appendix W, W4.00; (B) include impact test specimens of weld metal and heat affected zone prepared and tested in accordance with AAR Specifications for Tank Cars. Appendix W, W9.00; and (C) meet the same impact requirements as the plate material. (c) Insulation must be of approved material. (d) Safety relief valves must be trimmed with monel or other ap proved material and equipped with a frangible disc of silver, polytetrafluoroethylene coated monel, or tantalum. Each safety relief device shall have the space between the frangible disc and the relief valve vented with a suitable auxiliary valve. The discharge from each safety relief valve must be directed outside the protective housing. (e) Loading and unloading valves must be trimmed with Hastelloy B or C, monel, or other approved material, and identified as "Vapor" or "Liquid". Excess flow valves must be installed under all liquid and vapor valves, except safety relief valves. (f) A thermometer well may be installed. (g) Only an approved gaging device may be installed. (h) A sump must be installed in the bottom of the tank under the liquid pipes. (i) All gaskets must be made of, or coated with, polytetrafluoroethylene or other approved material. (1) The tank car tank may be equipped with exterior cooling coils on top of the tank car shell. (k) The jacket must be stenciled, adjacent to the water capacity stencil, MINIMUM OPERATING TEMPERATURE_____F. (l) The tank car and insulation must be designed to prevent the pressure of the lading from increasing from the pressure at the maxi mum allowable filling density to the start-to-discharge pressure of the safety relief valve within 30 days, at an ambient temperature of 90F. 179.103 Special requirements for class 114A * * * tank car tanks, (a) In addition to the applicable requirements of 179.100 and 179.101 the following requirements shall be complied with: (b) [Reserved] 179.103-1 Type, (a) Tanks built under this section may be of any approved cross section. (b) Any portion of the tank shell not circular in cross section shall have walls of such thickness and be so reinforced that the stresses in the walls caused by a given internal pressure are no greater than the circumferential stresses which would exist under the same internal pressure in the wall of a tank of circular cross section designed in accordance with paragraphs 179.100-6(a) and (b), but in no case shall the wall thickness be less than that specified in 179.101. (c) [Reserved] (d) Valves and fittings need not be mounted on the manway cover. (e) One opening may be provided in each head for use in purging the tank interior. 179.103-2 Manway cover, (a) The manway cover must be an approved design. (b) If no valves or measuring and sampling devices are mounted on manway cover, no protective housing is required. 179.103-3 Venting, loading and unloading valves, measuring and sampling devices, (a) Venting, loading and unloading valves, measuring and sampling devices, when used, shall be attached to a nozzle or nozzles on the tank shell or heads. (b) These valves and appurtenances must be grouped in one loca tion and, except as provided in 179.103-5, must be equipped with a protective housing with cover, or may be recessed into tank shell with cover. An additional set grouped in another location may be provided. Protective housing with cover, when used, must have steel sidewalls not less than three-fourths inch in thickness and a metal cover not less than one-fourth inch in thickness that can be securely closed. Underframe sills are an acceptable alternate to the protective housing cover, provided the arrangement is of approved design. For fittings recessed into tank shell, protective cover must be metal and not less than one-fourth inch in thickness. (c) When tank car is used to transport liquefied flammable gases, the interior pipes of the loading, unloading, and sampling valves must be equipped with excess flow valves of approved design except when quick closing internal valves of approved design are used. When the interior pipe of the gaging device provides a means of the passage of lading from the interior to the exterior of the tank, it must be equipped with an excess flow valve of approved design or with an orifice not exceeding 0.060 inch. 179.103-4 Safety relief devices and pressure regulators. (a) Safety relief devices and pressure regulators must be located on top of the tank near the center of the car on a nozzle, mounting plate or recess in the shell. Through or stud bolts, if used, must not enter the tank. (b) Metal guard of approved design must be provided to protect safety relief devices and pressure regulators from damage. 179.103-5 Bottom outlets, (a) In addition to or in place of the venting, loading and unloading valves, measuring and sampling devices as prescribed in 179.103-3, tanks may be equipped with approved bottom outlet valves. If applied, bottom outlet valves must meet the following requirements: (1) On cars with center sills, a ball valve may be welded to the a outside bottom of the tank or mounted on a pad or nozzle with a tongue and groove or male and female flange attachment, but In no case shallthe breakage groove or equivalent extend below the bottom flange of the center sill. On cars without continuous center sills, a ban valve may be welded to the outside bottom of the tank or mounted with a tongue and groove or male and female attachment on a pad attached to the outside bottom of the tank. The mounting pad must have a maximum thickness of 2% inches measured on the longitudinal centerline of the tank. The valve operating mechanism must be pro vided with a suitable locking arrangement to insure positive closure during transit. (2) When internal bottom outlet valve is used in liquefied flammable gas service, the outlet of the valve must be equipped with an excess flow valve of approved design, except when a quick-closing internal valve of approved design is used. Protective housing is not required. (3) Bottom outlet must be equipped with a liquid tight closure at its lower end. (b) Bottom outlet equipment must be of approved design and must meet the following requirements: (1) The extreme projection of the bottom outlet equipment may not be more than allowed by Appendix E of the AAR Specifications for Tank Cars. All bottom outlet reducers and closures and their attach ments shall be secured to car by at least 3/a-inch chain, or its equivalent, except that bottom outlet closure plugs may be attached by '/4-inch chain. When the bottom outlet closure is of the combination cap and valve type, the pipe connection to the valve shall be closed by a plug, 528 July 1998 ABDOO132305 179.103-5--179.200-7 cap, or approved quick coupling device. The bottom outlet equipment should include only the valve, reducers and closures that are neces sary for the attachment of unloading fixtures. The permanent attach ment of supplementary exterior fittings must be approved by the AAR Committee on Tank Cars. (2) To provide for the attachment of unloading connections, the discharge end of the bottom outlet nozzle or reducer, the valve body of the exterior valve, or some fixed attachment thereto, shall be pro vided with one of the following arrangements or an approved modifica tion thereof. {See appendix E. Fig. E17 of the AAR Specifications for Tank Cars for illustrations of some of the possible arrangements.) (i) A bolted flange closure arrangement including a minimum 1inch NPT pipe plug (see Fig. E17.1) or including an auxiliary valve with a threaded closure. (ii) A threaded cap closure arrangement including a minimum 1inch NPT pipe plug (see Fig. E17.2) or including an auxiliary valve with a threaded closure. (iii) A quick-coupling device using a threaded plug closure of at least 1-inch NPT or having a threaded cap closure with a mini mum 1-inch NPT pipe plug (see Fig. E17.3 through El7.5). A minimum 1-inch auxiliary test valve with a threaded closure may be substituted for the 1-inch pipe plug (see Fig E17.6). If the threaded cap closure does not have a pipe plug or integral auxiliary test valve, a minimum 1-inch NPT pipe plug shall be installed in the outlet nozzle above the closure (see Fig. El 7.7). (iv) A two-piece quick-coupling device using a clamped dust cap must include an in-line auxiliary valve, either integral with the quick-coupling device or located between the primary bottom outlet valve and the quick-coupling device. The quick-coupling device closure dust cap or outlet nozzle shall be fitted with a minimum 1-inch NPT closure (see Fig. E17.8 and E17.9). (3) The valve operating mechanism must be provided with a suit able locking arrangement to insure positive closure during transit. (4) If the outlet nozzle extends 6 inches or more from shell of tank, a V-shaped breakage groove shall be cut (not cast) in the upper part to the outlet nozzle at a point immediately below the lowest part of valve closest to the tank. In no case may the nozzle wall thickness at the roof of the "V'' be more than '/4-inch. On cars without continuous center sills, the breakage groove or its equivalent may not be more than 15 inches below the tank shell. On cars with continuous center sills, the breakage groove or its equivalent must be above the bottom of the center sill construction. (5) The valve body must be of a thickness which will insure that accidental breakage of the outlet nozzle will occur at or below the "V" groove, or its equivalent, and will not cause distortion of the valve seat or valve. Subpart D SPECIFICATIONS FOR NON-PRESSURE TANK CAR TANKS (Classes DOT-103, 104,111AF, 111 AW, and 115AW) 179.200 General specifications applicable to non-pressure be not less than specified in 179.201-1, nor that calculated by the tank car tanks (Classes DOT-103,104, and 111). following formula: 179.200-1 Tanks built under these specifications must meet the requirements of 179.200, 179.201, and when applicable 179.202. 179.200-3 Type, (a) Tank built under these specifications must be circular in cross section, with formed heads designed convex outward. When specified in 179.201--1, the tank must have at least one manway or one expansion dome with manway, and such other external projections as are prescribed herein. When the tank is divided into compartments, each compartment must be treated as a sepa rate tank. 179.200-4 Insulation, (a) If insulation is applied, the tank shell and expansion dome when used must be insulated with an approved material. The entire insulation must be covered with a metal jacket of a thickness not less than 11 gage (0.1196 inch) nominal (Manufacturer's Standard Gage) and flashed around all openings so as to be weather tight. The exterior surface of a carbon steel tank and the inside surface of a carbon steel jacket must be given a protection coating. (b) if insulation is a specification requirement, it shall be of sufficient thickness so that the thermal conductance at 606F. is not more than 0.225 Btu. per hour, per square foot, per degree F. temperature differ ential, unless otherwise provided in 179.201-1. If exterior heaters are attached to tank, the thickness of the insulation over each heater element may be reduced to one-half that required for the shell. 179.200-6 Thickness of plates, (a) The wall thickness after forming of the tank shell, dome shell, and of 2:1 ellipsoidal heads must be not less than specified in 179.201-1, nor that calculated by the following formula: Pd 2SE where: d = Inside diameter in inches; E = 0.9 Welded joint efficiency; except E = 1.0 for seamless heads; P = Minimum required bursting pressure in p.s.i.; S = Minimum tensile strength of plate material in p.s.i. as prescribed in 179.200-7; t = Minimum thickness of plate in inches after forming. (b) The wall thickness after forming of 3:1 ellipsoidal heads must t = ^x 1.83 2SE where: d = Inside diameter in inches; E = 0.9 Welded joint efficiency; except E = 1.0 for seamless heads; P = Minimum required bursting pressure in p.s.i.; S = Minimum tensile strength of plate material in p.s.i. asprescribed in 179.200-7; t n Minimum thickness of plate in inches after forming. (c) The wall thickness after forming of a flanged and dished head must be not less than specified in 179.201-1, nor that calculated by the following formula: where: E = 0.9 Welded joint efficiency; except E = 1.0 for seamless heads; L = Main inside radius to which head is dished, measured on concave side in inches; P = Minimum required bursting pressure in p.s.i.; S = Minimum tensile strength of plate material in p.s.i. as pre scribed in 179.200-7; t = minimum thickness of plate in inches after forming. (d) If plates are clad with material having tensile strength properties at least equal to the base plate, the cladding may be considered a part of the base plate when determining thickness. If cladding material does not have tensile strength at least equal to the base plate, the base plate alone must meet the thickness requirements. (e) For a tank constructed of longitudinal sections, the minimum width of bottom sheet of the tank must be 60 inches measured on the arc, but in all cases the width must be sufficient to bring the entire width of the longitudinal welded joint, including welds, above the bolster. (1) For a tank built of one piece cylindrical sections the thickness specified for bottom sheet must apply to the entire cylindrical section. (g) See 179.200-9 for thickness requirements for a compartmented tank. 179.200-7 Materials, (a) Plate material used to fabricate the tank and, when used, expansion dome or manway nozzle material, 529 PART 179 179.200-7--179.200-14 ABDOO132306 July 1998 must meet one of the following specifications with the indicated mini mum tensile strength and elongation in the welded condition. (b) Carbon steel plate: The maximum allowable carbon content must be 0.31 percent when the individual specification allows carbon content greater than this amount. The plates may be clad with other approved materials: Specifications Minimum tensile strength (p.s.i.) welded condition' AAR TC 128. Gr. B 81.000 ASTM A 516, Gr 70 70,000 'Maximum stresses to be used in calculations. Minimum elongation in 2 Inches (percent) weld metal (longitudinal) 19 20 (c) Aluminum alloy plate: Aluminum alloy plate must be suitable for welding and comply with one of the following specifications: Specifications Minimum tensile strength (p.s.i.) welded condition3 4 Minimum elongation in 2 inches (percent) 0 temper weld metal (longitudinal) ASTM B 209, Alloy 5052' 25,000 18 ASTM B 209, Alloy 50832 38,000 16 ASTM B 209. Alloy 5Q86' 35.000 14 ASTM B 209, Alloy 51541 30.000 18 ASTM B 209, Alloy 52541 30,000 18 ASTM B 209. Alloy 54541 31,000 18 ASTM B 209, Alloy 5652' 25,000 18 'For fabrication, the parent plate material may be 0. Hi 12, or H32 temper, but design calculations must be based on minimum tensile strength shown *0 temper only. *Weld filler metal 55S6 must not be used. 'Maximum stress to be used in calculations. (d) High alloy steel plate: High alloy steel plate must comply with one of the following specifications: Specifications Minimum tensile strength (p.s.i.) welded condition1 Minimum elongation in 2 Inches (percent) weld metal (longitudinal) ASTM A240, Type 304 . . 75,000 30 ASTM A240, Type 304L . 70.000 30 ASTM A240, Type 316 75.000 30 ASTM A240, Type 316L 70.000 30 'Maximum stresses to be used in calculations. 2High alloy steel materials used to fabricate tank and expansion dome, when used, must be tested in accordance with Practice A of AS7M Specification A262 titled. "Standard Prac tices tor Oetecting Susceptibility to Intergranular Attack in Austenitic Stainless Steels * If the specimen does not pass Practice A, Practice B or C must be used and the corrosion rates may not exceed the following Test procedures Material Corrosion rate i.p.m. Practice B Types 304, 304L, 316, and 316L . . . 0.0040 Practice C ... Type 304L ............................... .0020 Type 304L and Type 316L test specimens must be given a sensitizing treatment prior to testing (A typical sensitizing treatment is 1 hour at 1250F) (e) Nickel plate: Nickel plate must comply with the following specifi cation: must be made of material compatible with plate material and not subject to rapid deterioration by the lading, or be coated or lined with suitable corrosion resistant material. (h) All external projections which may be in contact with the lading and all castings, forgings, or fabrications used for fittings or attachments to tank and expansion dome, when used, in contact with lading must be made of material to an approved specification. See AAR Specifications for Tank Cars, Appendix M, M4.05 for approved material specifications for castings for fittings. 179.200-8 Tank heads, (a) All external tank heads must be an ellipsoid of revolution in which the major axis must equal the diameter of the shell and the minor axis must be one-half the major axis. (b) Internal compartment tank heads may be 2:1 ellipsoidal, 3:1 ellipsoidal, or flanged and dished to thicknesses as specified in 179.200-6. Flanged and dished heads must have main inside radius not exceeding 10 feet, and inside knuckle radius must not be less than 334 inches for steel, alloy steel, or nickel tanks, and not less than 5 inches for aluminum alloy tanks. 179.200-9 Compartment tanks, (a) When a tank is divided into compartments, by inserting interior heads, interior heads must be inserted in accordance with AAR Specifications for Tank Cars, Appendix E, E7.00, and must comply with the requirements specified in 179.201-1. Voids between compartment heads must be provided with at least one tapped drain hole at their lowest point, and a tapped hole at the top of the tank. Top hole must be closed, and the bottom hole may be closed, with not less than three-fourths inch nor more than 1/2-inches solid pipe plugs having NPT threads. (b) When the tank is divided into compartments by constructing each compartment as a separate tank, these tanks shall be joined together by a cylinder made of plate, having a thickness not less than that required for the tank shell and applied to the outside surface of tank head flanges. The cylinder shall fit the straight flange portion of the compartment tank head tightly. The cylinder shall contact the head flange for a distance of at least two times the plate thickness, or a minimum of 1 inch, whichever is greater. The cylinder shall be joined to the head flange by a full fillet weld. Distance from head seam to cylinder shall not be less than 1 '/2 inches or three times the plate thickness, whichever is greater. Voids created by the space between heads of tanks joined together to form a compartment tank shall be provided with a tapped drain hole at their lowest point and a tapped hole at top of tank. The top hole shall be closed and the bottom hole may be closed with solid pipe plugs not less than 3/4 inch nor more than lV2 inches having NPT threads. 179.209-10 Welding, (a) All points shall be fusion-welded in compliance with the requirements of AAR Specifications for Tank Cars, Appendix W. Welding procedures, welders and fabricators shall be approved. (b) Welding is not permitted on or to ductile iron or malleable iron fittings. 179.200-11 Postweld heat treatment. After welding is com plete, postweld heat treatment must be in compliance with the require ments of AAR Specifications for Tank Cars, Appendix W, when speci fied in 179.201-1. Specifications Minimum tensile strength (p.s.i.) welded condition' Minimum elongation in 2 Inches (percent) weld metal (longitudinal) ASTM B16222 40,000 20 'Maximum stresses to be used in calculations. 2When used as cladding for carbon steel plate, low-carbon nickel is required. (f) Manganese-molybdenum steel plate: Manganese-molybde num steel plate must be suitable for fusion welding and comply with the following specification: Specifications Minimum tensile strength (p.s.i.) welded condition' ASTM A302 Gr B 80.000 'Maximum stresses to be used in calculations. Minimum elongation In 2 Inches (percent) weld metal (longitudinal) 20 (9) All parts and items of construction in contact with the lading 179.200-13 Manway ring or flange, safety relief device flange, bottom outlet nozzle flange, bottom washout nozzle flange and other attachments and openings, (a) These attachments shall be fusion welded to the tank and reinforced in an approved manner in compliance with the requirements of Appendix E, figure 10, of the AAR Specifications for Tank Cars. (b) The opening in the manway ring must be at least 16 inches in diameter except that acid resistant lined manways must be at least 18 inches in diameter before lining. (c) The manway ring or flange, shall be made of cast, forged or fabricated metal. The metal of the dome, tank, or nozzle must be compatible with the manway ring or flange, so that they may be welded together. (d) The openings for the manway or other fittings shall be reinforced in an approved manner. 179.200-14 Expansion capacity, (a) Tanks shall have expan sion capacity as prescribed in this subchapter. This capacity shall 530 ABDOO132307 April 1998 179.200-14--179.200-17 be provided in the tank for Class DOT-111A cars, or in a dome for Class DOT-103 and 104 type cars. (b) For tanks having an expansion dome, the expansion capacity is the total capacity of the tank and dome combined. The capacity of the dome shall be measured from the inside top of shell of tank to the inside top of dome or bottom of any vent pipe projecting inside of dome, except that when safety relief device is applied to side of dome, the effective capacity of the dome shall be measured from top of safety relief device opening inside of dome to inside top of shell of tank. (c) The opening in the tank shell within the dome shall be at least 29 inches in diameter. When the opening in the tank shell exceeds 30 inches in diameter, the opening shall be reinforced in an approved manner. This additional reinforcement may be accomplished by the use of a dome opening of the flued-type as shown in Appendix E, Figure E 10C of the AAR Specifications for Tank Cars or by the use of reinforcing as outlined in Appendix E. E3.04 and Figures El OK and E10L. When the opening in the tank shell is less than the inside diameter of the dome, and the dome pocket is not closed off in an approved manner, dome pocket drain holes shall be provided in the tank shell with nipples projecting inside the tank at least 1 inch. (d) The dome head shall be of approved contour and shall be designed for pressure on concave side. (e) Aluminum alloy domes: (1) The dome shell thickness shall be calculated by the formula in 179.200-6(a). (2) The dome head may be an ellipsoid of revolution in which the major axis shall be equal to the diameter of the dome shell and the minor axis shall be one-half the major axis. The thickness in this case shall be determined by using formula in 179.200-6(a). (3) The dome head, if dished, must be dished to a radius not exceeding 96 inches. Thickness of dished dome head must be calcu lated by the formula in 179.200-6(c). (4) Tank shell shall be reinforced by the addition of a plate equal to or greater than shell in thickness and the cross sectional area shall exceed metal removed for dome opening, or tank shell shall be reinforced by a seamless saddle plate equal to or greater than shell in thickness and butt welded to tank shell. The reinforcing saddle plate shall be provided with a fluid opening having a vertical flange of the diameter of the dome for butt welding shell of dome to the flange. The reinforcing saddle plate shall extend about the dome a distance measured along shell of tank at least equal to the extension at top of tank. Other approved designs may be used. (f) For thickness of carbon or alloy steel domes, see 179.201-2. 179.200-15 Closures for manways, (a) Manway covers must be of approved type. (b) Manway covers shall be designed to provide a secure closure of the manway. (c) Manway covers must be of approved cast, forged, or fabri cated metals. Malleable iron, if used, must comply with ASTM A4768, Grade 35018. Cast iron manway covers must not be used. {d) All joints between manway covers and their seats shall be made tight against leakage of vapor and liquid by use of gaskets of suitable material. (e) For other manway cover requirements see 179.201-1. 179.200-16 Gaging devices, top loading and unloading de vices, venting and air inlet devices, (a) When installed, these devices shall be of an approved design which will prevent inter change with any other fixture, and be tightly closed. Unloading pipes shall be securely anchored within the tank. Each tank or compartment may be equipped with one separate air connection. (b) When the characteristics of the commodity for which the car is authorized are such that these devices must be equipped with valves or fittings to permit the loading and unloading of the contents, these devices, including valves, shall be of an approved design, and be provided with a protective housing except when plug or ball type valves with operating handles removed are used. Provision shall be made for closing pipe connections of valves. (c) A tank may be equipped with a vacuum relief valve of an ap proved design. Protective housing is not required. (d) When using a visual guaging device on a car with a hinged manway cover, an outage scale visible through the manway opening shall be provided. If loading devices are applied to permit tank loading with cover closed, a telltale pipe may be provided. Telltale pipe shall be capable of determining that required outage is provided. Pipe shall be equipped with V4 inch minimum NPT control valve mounted outside tank and enclosed within a housing. Other approved devices may be used in lieu of outage scale or telltale pipe. (e) Bottom of tank shell may be equipped with a sump or siphon bowl, or both, welded or pressed into the shell. Such sumps or siphon bowls, if applied, are not limited in size and must be made of cast, forged, or fabricated metal. Each sump or siphon bowl must be of good welding quality in conjunction with the metal of the tank shell. When sump or siphon bowl is pressed in the bottom of the tank shell, the wall thickness of the pressed section must not be less than that specified for the shell. The section of a circular cross section tank to which a sump or siphon bowl is attached need not comply with the out-of-roundness requirement specified in Appendix W, W14.06, of the AAR Specifications for Tank Cars. Any portion of a sump or siphon bowl not forming a part of a cylinder of revolution must have walls of such thickness and be so reinforced that the stresses in the walls caused by a given internal pressure are not greater than the circumferential stress which would exist under the same internal pressure in the wall of a tank of circular cross section designed in accordance with 179.200-6(a) and (d). In no case shall the wall thickness be less than that specified in 179.2Q1-1(a). (f) When top loading and discharge devices, or venting and air inlet devices are installed with exposed piping to a removed location, shutoff valves must be applied directly to reinforcing pads or nozzles at their communication through the tank shell, and must be enclosed in a protective housing with provision for a seal. The piping must include breakage grooves, and suitable bracing. Relief valves must be applied to liquid lines for protection in case lading is trapped. Provision must be made to insure closure of the valves while the car is in transit. (g) Protective housing, when required, must be fabricated of ap proved material and have cover and sidewalls not less than 0.119 inch in thickness. 179.200-17 Bottom outlets, (a) If indicated in 179.201-1, tank may be equipped with bottom outlet. Bottom outlet, if applied, must comply with the following requirements: (1) The extreme projection of the bottom outlet equipment may not be more than that allowed by Appendix E of the AAR Specifica tions for Tank Cars. All bottom outlet reducers and closures and their attachments shall be secured to the car by at least 3/a-inch chain, or its equivalent, except that the bottom outlet closure plugs may be attached by '/4-inch chain. When the bottom outlet closure is of the combination cap and valve type, the pipe connection to the valve shall be closed by a plug, cap, or approved quick coupling device. The bottom outlet equipment should include only the valve, reducers and closures that are necessary for the attach ment of unloading fixtures. The permanent attachment of supplemen tary exterior fittings shall be approved by the AAR Committee on Tank Cars. (2) Bottom outlet must be of approved construction, and be pro vided with a liquid-tight closure at its lower end. (3) On cars with center sills, a ball valve may be welded to the outside bottom of the tank or mounted on a pad or nozzle with a tongue and groove or male and female flange attachment. In no case shall the breakage groove or equivalent extend below the bottom flange of the center sill. On cars without continuous center sills, a ball valve may be welded to the outside bottom of the tank or mounted with a tongue and groove or male and female flange attachment on a pad attached to the outside bottom of the tank. The mounting pad must have a maximum thickness of 2l/2 inches measured on the longitudinal centerline of the tank. The valve operating mechanism must be provided with a suitable locking arrangement to insure positive closure during transit. (4) The valve operating mechanism for valves applied to the interior of the tank, and outlet nozzle construction, must insure against the unseating of the valve due to stresses or shocks incident to transpor tation. (5) Bottom outlet nozzle of interior valves and the valve body of exterior valves, must be of cast, fabricated, or forged metal. If welded to tank, they must be of good weldable quality in conjunction with metal of tank. (6) To provide for the attachment of unloading connections, the 531 PART 179 ABDOO132308 179.200-17--179.201-1 April 1998 discharge end of the bottom outlet nozzle or reducer, the valve body of the exterior valve, or some fixed attachment thereto, shall be pro vided with one of the following arrangements or an approved modifica tion thereof. (See Appendix E, Fig. El 7 of the AAR Specifications for Tank Cars for illustrations of some of the possible arrangements.) (i) A bolted flange closure arrangement including a minimum 1inch NPT pipe plug (see Fig. E17.1) or including an auxiliary valve with a threaded closure. (ii) A threaded cap closure arrangement including a minimum 1inch NPT pipe plug (see Fig. E17.2) or including an auxiliary valve with a threaded closure. (iii) A quick-coupling device using a threaded plug closure of at least 1-inch NPT or having a threaded cap closure with a mini mum 1-inch NPT pipe plug (see Fig. E17.3 through E17.5). A minimum 1-inch auxiliary test valve with a threaded closure may be substituted for the 1-inch pipe plug (see Fig. E17.6). If the threaded cap closure does not have a pipe plug or integral auxiliary test valve, a minimum 1-inch NPT pipe plug shall be installed in the outlet nozzle above the closure (see Fig. El 7.7). (iv) A two-piece quick-coupling device using a clamped dust cap must include an in-line auxiliary valve, either integral with the quick-coupling device or located between the primary bottom outlet valve and the quick-coupling device. The quick-coupling device closure dust cap or outlet nozzle shall be fitted with a minimum 1-inch NPT closure (see Fig. E17.8 and E17.9). (7) If the outlet nozzle extends 6 inches or more from the shell of the tank, a V-shaped breakage groove shall be cut (not cast) in the upper part of the outlet nozzle at a point immediately below the lowest part of valve closet to the tank. In no case may the nozzle wall thickness at the root of the "V" be more than V4 inch. The outlet nozzle on interior valves or the valve body on exterior valves may be steam jacketed, in which case the breakage groove or its equivalent must be below the steam chamber but above the bottom of center sill construction. If the outlet nozzle is not a single piece, or if exterior valves are applied, provisions shall be made for the equivalent of the breakage groove. On cars without continuous center sills, the breakage groove or its equivalent must be no more than 15 inches below the tank shell. On cars with continuous center sills, the breakage groove or its equivalent must be above the bottom of the center sill construction. (8) The flange on the outlet nozzle or the valve body of exterior valves must be of a thickness which will prevent distortion of the valve seat or valve by any change in contour of the shell resulting from expansion of lading, or other causes, and which will insure that acci dental breakage of the outlet nozzle will occur at or below the "V" groove, or its equivalent. (9) The valve must have no wings or stem projecting below the "V" groove or its equivalent. The valve and seat must be readily accessible or removable for repairs, including grinding. (10) The valve operating mechanism on interior valves must have means for compensating for variation in the vertical diameter of the tank produced by expansion, weight of the liquid contents, or other causes, and may operate from the interior of the tank, but in the event the rod is carried through the dome, or tank shell, leakage must be prevented by packing in stuffing box or other suitable seals and a cap. (b) if indicated in 179.201-1, tank may be equipped with bottom washout of approved construction. If applied, bottom washout shall be in accordance with the following requirements: (1) The extreme projection of the bottom washout equipment may not be more than that allowed by Appendix E of the AAR Specifications for Tank Cars. (2) Bottom washout shall be of cast, forged or fabricated metal. If welded to tank, they shall be of good weldable quality in conjunction with metal of tank. (3) If the washout nozzle extends 6 inches or more from the shell of the tank, a V-shaped breakage groove shall be cut (not cast) in the upper part of the nozzle at a point immediately below the lowest part of the inside closure seat or plug. In no case may the nozzle wall thickness at the root of the "V" be more than V4 inch. Where the nozzle is not a single piece, provisions shall be made for the equivalent of the breakage groove. The nozzle must be of a thickness to insure that accidental breakage will occur at or below the "V" groove or its equivalent. On cars without continuous center sills, the breakage groove or its equivalent may not be more than 15 inches below the outer shell. On cars with continuous center sills, the breakage groove or its equivalent must be above the bottom of the center sill construction. (4) The closure plug and seat must be readily accessible or remov able for repairs, including grinding. (5) The closure of the washout nozzle must be equipped with a 3/4-inch solid screw plug. Plug must be attached by at least a Viinch chain. (6) Joints between closures and their seats may be gasketed with suitable material. 179.200-19 Reinforcements, when used, and appurtenances not otherwise specified, (a) All attachments to tank and dome shall be applied by approved means. Rivets if used shall be caulked inside and outside. (b) Reinforcing pads must be used between external brackets and shells if the attachment welds exceed 6 lineal inches of Viinch fillet or equivalent weld per bracket or bracket leg. When reinforcing pads are used, they must not be less than one-fourth inch in thickness, have each corner rounded to a 1 inch minimum radius, and be attached to the tank by continuous fillet welds except for venting provisions. The ultimate shear strength of the bracket to reinforcing pad weld must not exceed 85 percent of the ultimate shear strength of the reinforcing pad to tank weld. 179.200-21 Closures for openings, (a) All plugs shall be solid, with NPT threads, and shall be of a length which will screw at least 6 threads inside the face of fitting or tank. Plugs, when inserted from the outside of tank heads, shall have the letter "S" at least % inch in size stamped with steel stamp or cast on the outside surface to indicate the plug is solid. (b) [Reserved] 179.200-22 Test of tanks, (a) Each tank shall be tested by completely filling the tank and dome or nozzles with water, or other liquid having similar viscosity, of a temperature which shall not exceed 100F. during the test; and applying the pressure prescribed in 179.201-1. Tank shall hold the prescribed pressure for at least 10 minutes without leakage or evidence of distress. All rivets and closures, except safety relief valves or safety vents, shall be in place when test is made. (b) Insulated tanks shall be tested before insulation is applied. (c) Rubber-lined tanks shall be tested before rubber lining is ap plied. (d) Caulking of welded joints to stop leaks developed during the foregoing tests is prohibited. Repairs in welded joints shall be made as prescribed in AAR Specifications for Tank Cars, Appendix W. 179.200-23 Tests of safety relief valves, (a) Each valve shall be tested by air or gas for compliance with 179.15 before being put in service. 179.200-24 Stamping, (a) To certify that the tank complies with all specification requirements, each tank shall be plainly and permanently stamped in letters and figures at least % inch high into the metal near the center of both outside heads as follows: Example of required stamping Specification ......................................... DOT-103-W Material.............................................................. ASTM A516-GR 70 Cladding material (if any) ......................... ASTM A240-304 Clad Tank builder's initials . ...................... ABC Date of original test........................................ 00-0000 Car assembler (if other than tank builder) . DBF (b) On Class DOT-111 tank cars, the last numeral of the specifica tion number may be omitted from the stamping; for example, DOT111A100W. 179.201 Individual specification requirements applicable to non-pressure tank car tanks. 179.201-1 Individual specification requirements. In addition to 179.200, the individual specification requirements are as follows: 532 July 1998 ABDOO132309 179.201-1--179.201-3 DOT specification1 103A-ALW 103AW 103ALW 103ANW 103BW Insulation Optional......................... Optional........................ Optional......................... Optional......................... Optional......................... Bursting pressure (pel) 240 240 240 240 240 Minimum plate thickness (Inches) ______________ '/a 179.201-2 ~4 179.201-2 179.201-2 Test pressure (pel) 60 Bottom outlet NO . . . 60 No . . . 60 Optional 60 No . . . 60 No . . . Bottom washout References (179.201-"*) Optional Optional Optional.................. 6(a)__________ Optional.................. 6(d)__________ No ............................ 6(b), 3 103CW I03DW 103EW 103W 104W 111A60ALW1 111A60ALW2 111A60W1 111A60W5 111A60W6 111A60W7 111A100ALW1 111A100ALW2 111A100W1 111A100W2 111A100W3 111A100W4 111A100W5 111A100W6 111A100W7 Optional......................... Optional........................ Optional........................ Optional......................... Yes.................................. Optional......................... Optional......................... Optional......................... Optional........................ Optional........................ Optional......................... Optional........................ Optional......................... Optional......................... Optional......................... Optional......................... Yes.................................. Yes (see 179.201-ti) . Optional........................ Optional........................ Optional......................... 240 240 240 240 240 240 240 240 240 240 240 240 500 S00 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 179.201-2 179201-2 179.201-2 179.201-2 179.201-2 ______ 4 _____ 4e_ ____^ ____ 4e. ____ 4e_ ____ ______ H ____ __________Vl6_ _____ ^16. _____ ^6 ____ ____ ____ 7/,6 60 ~60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 No . . . Optional No . . . Optional Optional Optional No , . . Optional No , . , No . . . Optional No . . . Optional No , , . Optional No . . . Optional No . . . No . . . Optional No . . . No ............................ 6(c), 4,5 Optional.................. 6(a), 6(c), 4, 5 Optional.................. 6(c), 4, 5 Optional................... 6(a)__________ Optional.................. 6(a)__________ Optional.................. 6(a) Optional Optional.................. 6(a) Optional No ............................ 3, 6(b) Optional.................. 4, 5, 6(a), 6(c) No ............................ 4, 5, 6(a) Optional.................. 6(a) Optional Optional.................. 6(a) Optional Optional.................. 6(a)______________ No ............................ 6(a), 8, 10 No ............................ 3 Optional.................. 4, 5, 6(a) and 6(c) No ............................ 4, 5, 6(c) 'Tanks marked "ALW" are constructed from aluminum alloy plate; "AN" nickel plate: "CW,' "DW," *EW," "W6.' and *W7* high alloy steel or manganese-molybdenum steel plate; and those marked "BW or "W5" must have an interior lining that conforms to 179.201-3. 179.201-2 Minimum plate thickness. (a) The minimum plate thickness after forming must be as follows: Inside diameter of tanks Bottom sheets (inch) Shell sheets (Inch) Expan sion dome sheets (Inch) 2:1 Ellip soidal heads (Inch) 3:1 Ellip soidal and dished tank heads (Inch) Expan Interior sion compart dome ment heads heeds (Inch) (inch) 60 inches or under . . . % '4 s/(6 7Ae % 5/ Over 60 to 78 inches......................... 5/,s 5/,e 7/,e % 5/.e Over 78 to 96 inches......................... V % V 7/i6 % % Over 96 to 112 inches......................... V 4s 5/,6 7Ad 6/.6 5/,s 7Ae Over 112 to 122 v2inches......................... V2 sAe 4 % V,6 4 'Maybe reduced to 7/,e inch when approved steels having tensile strength ot 65,000 psi, or higher are used. (b) [Reserved] 179.201-3 Lined tanks, (a) Rubber-lined tanks. (1) Each tank or each compartment thereof must be lined with acidresistant rubber or other approved rubber compound vulcanized or bonded directly to the metal tank, to provide a nonporous laminated lining, at least v32-inch thick, except over all rivets and seams formed by riveted attachments in the lining must be double thickness. The rubber lining must overlap at least 1V2 inches at all edges which must be straight and be beveled to an angle of approximately 45, or butted edges of lining must be sealed with a 3-inch minimum strip of lining having 45 beveled edges. (2) As an alternate method, the lining may be joined with a skived butt seam then capped with a separate strip of lining 3 inches wide having 45 beveled edges. An additional rubber reinforcing pad at least 4V2 feet square and at least V2-inch thick must be applied by vulcanizing to the lining on bottom of tank directly under the manway opening. The edges of the rubber pad must be beveled to an angle of approximately 45. An opening in this pad for sump is permitted. No lining must be under tension when applied except due to conforma tion over rivet heads. Interior of tank must be free from scale, oxidation, moisture, and all foreign matter during the lining operation. (3) Other approved lining materials may be used provided the mate rial is resistant to the corrosive or solvent action of the lading in the liquid or gas phase and is suitable for the service temperatures. (b) Before a tank car tank is lined with rubber, or other rubber compound, a report certifying that the tank and its equipment have been brought into compliance with spec. DOT-103B, 103BW, 111A60W5, or 111A100W5 must be furnished by car owner to the party who is to apply the lining. A copy of this report in approved form, certifying that tank has been lined in compliance with all require ments of one of the above specifications, must be furnished by party lining tank to car owner. Reports of the latest lining application must be retained by the car owner until the next relining has been accom plished and recorded, (c) All rivet heads on inside of tank must be buttonhead, or similar shape, and of uniform size. The under surface of heads must be driven tight against the plate. All plates, castings and rivet heads on the inside of the tank must be caulked. All projecting edges of plates, castings and rivet heads on the inside of the tank must be rounded and free from fins and other irregular projections. Castings must be free from porosity. (<*) All surfaces of attachments or fittings and their closures exposed to the lading must be covered with at least Ve-inch acid resistant material. Attachments made of metal not affected by the lading need not be covered with rubber or other acid resistant material. (e) Hard rubber or polyvinyl chloride may be used for pressure retaining parts of safety vents provided the material is resistant to the corrosive or solvent action of the lading in the liquid or gas phase and is suitable for the service temperatures. (f) Polyvinyl chloride lined tanks. Tank car tanks or each compart ment thereof may be lined with elastomeric polyvinyl chloride having a minimum lining thickness of three thirty-seconds inch. (g) Polyurethane lined tanks. Tank car tanks or each compartment thereof may be lined with elastomeric polyurethane having a minimum lining thickness of one-sixteenth inch. 533 PART 179 179.201-4--179.220-7 ABD00132310 July 1998 179.201-4 Material. All fittings, tubes, and castings and all pro jections and their closures, except for protective housing, must also meet the requirements specified in ASTM Specification A262, except that when preparing the specimen for testing the carburized surface may be finished by grinding or machining. 179.201-11 Insulation, (a) Insulation shall be of sufficient thickness so that the thermal conductance at 60F. is not more than 0.075 Btu. per hour, per square foot, per degree F. temperature differ ential. (b) [Reserved] 179.201-5 Postweld heat treatment and corrosion resist* ance. (a) Tanks and attachments welded directly thereto must be postweld heat treated as a unit at the proper temperature except as indicated below. Tanks and attachments welded directly thereto fabricated from ASTM A240 Type 430A, Type 304 and Type 316 materials must be postweld heat treated as a unit and must be tested to demonstrate that they possess the corrosion resistance specified in 179.200-7(d), Footnote 2. Tanks and attachments welded directly thereto, fabricated from ASTM A 240Type 304L or Type 316L materials are not required to be postweld heat treated. (b) Tanks and attachments welded directly thereto, fabricated from ASTM A24D-70 Type 304L and Type 316 materials must be tested to demonstrate that they possess the corrosion resistance specified in 179.2Q0-7(d), Footnote 2. 179.201-6 Manways and manway closures, (a) The manway cover for spec. DOT-103ALW, 103DW, 103W, 104W, 111A60ALW1, 111A60W1,111A100ALW1,111A100W1,111A100W3, or 111A100W6 must be designed to make it impossible to remove the cover while the interior of the tank is subjected to pressure. (b) The manway cover for spec. DOT-103BW, 111A60W5, or 111A10QW5 must be made of a suitable metal. The top, bottom and edge of manway cover must be acid resistant material covered as prescribed in 179.201-3. Through-bolt holes must be lined with acid resistant material at least one-eighth inch in thickness. Cover made of metal not affected by the lading need not be acid resistant material covered. <c) The manway ring and cover for spec. DOT-103CW, 103DW, 103EW, 111A60W7, or 111A100W6 must be made of the metal and have the same inspection procedures specified in AAR Specifications for Tank Cars Appendix M, M3.03. (d) The manway ring for DOT-103 ANW must be made of cast, forged or fabricated nickel and be a good weldable quality in conjunc tion with the metal of the dome. Manway cover must be made of nickel. 179.201-8 Sampling device and thermometer well. (a) Sampling valve and thermometer well are not specification re quirements. When used, they must be of approved design, made of metal not subject to rapid deterioration by lading, and must withstand a pressure of 100 pounds per square inch without leakage. Interior pipes of the sampling valve must be equipped with excess flow valves of an approved design. Interior pipe of thermometer well must be closed by an approved valve attached close to fitting where it passes through the tank and closed by a screw plug. Other approved arrange ments that permit testing thermometer well for leaks without complete removal of the closure may be used. (b) [Reserved] a 179.201-9 Gauging device. A gauging device of an approved design must be applied to permit determining the liquid level of the lading. The gauging device must be made of materials not subject to rapid deterioration by the lading. When the interior pipe of the gauging device provides a means for passage of the lading from the interior to the exterior of the tank, it must be equipped with an excess flow valve of an approved design. If the opening for passage of lading through the gauging device is not more than 0.060 inch diameter an excess flow valve is not required. The gauging device must be pro vided with a protective housing. 179.201-10 Water capacity marking, (a) Water capacity of the tank in pounds stamped plainly and permanently in letters and figures at least % inch high into the metal of the tank immediately below the stamped marks specified in 179.200-24(a). This mark shall also be stenciled on the jacket immediately below the dome platform and directly behind or within 3 feet of the right or left side of the ladder, or ladders, if there is a ladder on each side of the tank, in letters and figures at least ~\'/2 inches high as follows: WATER CAPACITY 000000 Pounds (b) [Reserved] 179.220 General specifications applicable to nonpressure tank car tanks consisting of an Inner container supported within an outer shell (class DOT-115). 179.220-1 Tanks built under these specifications must meet the requirements of 179.220, 179.221 and 179.222. 179.220-3 Type, (a) Tanks built under these specifications must consist of an inner container, a support system for the inner container, and an outer shell. (b) The inner container must be a fusion welded tank of circular cross section with formed heads designed convex outward and must have a manway on top of the tank as prescribed herein. When the inner container is divided into compartments, each compartment must be considered a separate container. (c) The outer shell must be a fusion welded tank with formed heads designed convex outward. 179.220-4 insulation. The annular space between the inner container and the outer shell must contain an approved insulation material. 179.220-6 Thickness of plates, (a) The wall thickness, after forming of the inner container shell and 2:1 ellipsoidal heads must be not less than specified in 179.221-1, or not less than that calculated by the following formula: Pd ta 2SE where: d = Inside diameter in inches; E = 0.9 welded joint efficiency; except E = 1.0 for seamless heads; P = Minimum required bursting pressure in p.s.i.; S = Minimum tensile strength of plate material inp.s.i. as prescribed in AAR Specifications for Tank Cars, Appendix M, Table Ml; t = Minimum thickness of plate in inches after forming. (b) The wall thickness after forming of the inner container heads, if flanged and dished, must be not less than specified in 179.221-1, or not less than that calculated by the following formula: 5PL t= 6SE where: E = 0.9 welded joint efficiency; except E = 1.0 for seamless heads; L = Main inside radius to which head is dished, measured on con cave side in inches; P = Minimum required bursting pressure in p.s.i.; S = Minimum tensile strength of plate material in p.s.i. as prescribed in AAR Specifications for Tank Cars, Appendix M, Table Ml; t = Minimum thickness of plate in inches after forming (c) The wall thickness after forming of the cylindrical section and heads of the outer shell must be not less than seven-sixteenths of an inch. (d) See 179.220-9 for plate thickness requirements for inner con tainer when divided into compartments. 179.220-7 Materials, (a) The plate material used to fabricate the inner container and nozzles must meet one of the following specifications and with the indicated minimum tensile strength and elongation in the welded condition. (b) Carbon steel plate: The maximum allowable carbon content must be 0.31 percent when the individual specification allows carbon content greater than this amount. The plates may be clad with other approved materials. 534 July 1998 ABDOO132311 179.220-7--179.220-15 Specifications Minimum tensile strength (p.s.l.) welded condition1 AAR TC 128, Gr. B ............ 61,000 ASTMA516, Gf. 70............ 70,000 'Maximum stresses to be used in calculations Minimum elongation in 2 Inches (percent) weld metal (longitudinal) id 20 (c) Aluminum alloy plate: Aluminum alloy plale must be suitable for welding and comply with one of the following specifications: Specifications Minimum tensile Minimum elongation in strength (p.s.l.) 2 Inches (percent) weld welded condition3 3 metal (longitudinal) ASTM B 209, Alloy 5052'......................... 25.000 18 ASTM B 209, Alloy 50832 ......................... 36,000 16 ASTM B 209, Alloy 5066'......................... 35,000 14 ASTM B 209, Alloy 5154'......................... 30,000 18 ASTM B 209, Alloy 5254'......................... 30,000 18 ASTM B 209, Alloy 5454'......................... 31,000 18 ASTM B 209. Alloy 5652'......................... 25,000 18 'For fabrication, the parent plate material may be 0, Hi 12. or H32 temper, but design calculations must be based on minimum tensile strength shown. *0 temper only, V/eld filler metal 5556 must not be used. A 4Not authorized for tank shells, manways or domes *T6 temper only. `Maximum stresses to be used in calculations. (d) High alloy steel plate: High alloy steel plate must comply with one of the following specifications: Specifications Minimum tensile strength (p.s.l.) welded condition1 ASTM A240, Type 304 .. . 75,000 ASTM A240, Type 304L . . . 70.000 ASTM A240, Type 316 . . . 74,000 ASTM A240. Type 316L . . . 70,000 'Maximum stresses to be used in calculations. Minimum elongation in 2 inches (percent) weld metal (longitudinal) 30 30 30 30 (e) Manganese-molybdenum steel plate: Manganese-molybde num steel plate must be suitable for fusion welding and must comply with the following specification: Specifications Minimum tensile strength (p.a.I.) welded condition1 ASTM A302. Gr. B................ 80.000 'Maximum stresses to he used in calculations. Minimum elongation In 2 Inches (percent) weld metal (longitudinal) 20 () Plate materials used to fabricate the outer shell and heads must be those listed in paragraphs (b), (c), (d), or (e) of this section. The maximum allowable carbon content must be 0.31 percent when the individual specification allows carbon content greater than this amount. The plates may be clad with other approved materials. (g) All appurtenances on the inner container in contact with the lading must be made of approved material compatible with the plate material of the inner container. These appurtenances must not be subject to rapid deterioration by the lading, or must be coated or lined with suitable corrosion resistant material. See AAR Specifications for Tank Cars, Appendix M. M4.05 for approved material specifications for castings for fittings. 179.229-8 Tankheads. (a) Tank heads of the inner container, inner container compartments and outer shell must be of approved contour, and may be flanged and dished or ellipsoidal for pressure on concave side. (b) Flanged and dished heads must have main inside radius not exceeding 10 feet and inside knuckle radius must be not less than 33/4 inches for steel and alloy steel tanks nor less than 5 inches for aluminum alloy tanks. (c) Ellipsoidal heads must be an ellipsoid of revolution in which the major axis must equal the diameter of the shell and the minor axis must be one-half the major axis. 179.220-9 Compartment tanks, (a) The inner container may be divided into compartments by inserting interior heads, or by fabricating each compartment as a separate container and joining with a cylinder, or by fabricating each compartment as a separate tank without a joining cylinder. Each compartment must be capable of withstanding, without evidence of yielding or leakage, the required test pressure applied in each compartment separately, or in any com bination of compartments. (b) When the inner container is divided into compartments by fabri cating each compartment as a separate container and joining with a cylinder, the cylinder must have a plate thickness not less than that required for the inner container shell and must be applied to the outside surface of the straight flange portion of the container head. The cylinder must fit the straight flange tightly for a distance of at least two times the plate thickness, or 1 inch, whichever is greater and must be joined to the straight flange by a full fillet weld. Distance from fillet weld seam to container head seam must be not less than 1V2 inches or three times the plate thickness, whichever is greater. 179.220-10 Welding, (a) All joints must be fusion-welded in compliance with AAR Specifications for Tank Cars, Appendix W. Weld ing procedures, welders, and fabricators shall be approved. (b) Radioscopy of the outer shell is not a specification requirement. (c) Welding is not permitted on or to ductile iron or malleable iron fittings. 179.220-11 Postweld heat treatment, (a) Postweld heat treatment of the inner container is not a specification requirement. (b) Postweld heat treatment of the cylindrical portions of the outer shell to which the anchorage or draft sills are attached must comply with AAR Specifications for Tank Cars, Appendix W. (c) When cold formed heads are used on the outer shell they must be heat treated before welding to shell if postweld heat treatment is not practicable due to assembly procedures. 179.220-13 Inner container manway nozzle and cover. (a) Inner container manway nozzle must be of approved design with access opening at least 18 inches inside diameter, or at least 14 inches by 18 inches obround or oval. (b) Manway covers must be of approved type. Oesign must provide a secure closure of the manway and must make it impossible to remove the cover while the tank interior is under pressure. (c) All joints between manway covers and their seats must be made tight against leakage of vapor and liquid by use of suitable gaskets. (d) Manway covers must be cast, forged, or fabricated metal com plying with subsection 179.22G-7(g) of this section. (e) A seal must be provided between the inner container manway nozzle and the opening in the outer shell. 179.220-14 Openings In the tanks. Openings in the inner con tainer and the outer shell must be reinforced in compliance with AAR Specifications for Tank Cars, Appendix E. In determining the required reinforcement area for openings in the outer shell, t shall be onefourth inch. 179.220-15 Support system for inner container (a) The in ner container must be supported within the outer shell by a support system of adequate strength and ductility at its operating temperature to support the inner container when filled with liquid lading to any level. The support system must be designed to support, without yield ing, impact loads producing accelerations of the following magnitudes and directions when the inner container is loaded so that the car is at its rail load limit, and the car is equipped with a conventional AAR Specification M-901 draft gear. Longitudinal ................................................................................................7G Transverse.................................................................................................. 3G Vertical.......................................................................................................... 3G (b) The longitudinal acceleration may be reduced to 3G where a cushioning device of approved design, which has been tested to demonstrate its ability to limit body forces of 400,000 pounds maximum 535 PART 179 179.220-15--179.220-22 ABD00132312 July 1998 at a 10 miles per hour impact, is used between the coupler and the tank structure. The support system must be of approved design and the inner container must be thermally isolated from the outer shell to the best practical extent. The inner container and outer shell must be permanently bonded to each other electrically either by the support system used, piping, or by a separate electrical connection of ap proved design. 179.220-16 Expansion capacity. Expansion capacity must be provided in the shell of the inner container as prescribed in 179.221-1. 179.220-17 Gauging devices, top loading and unloading de vices, venting and air inlet devices, (a) When installed, each de vice must be of approved design which will prevent interchange with any other fixture and must be tightly closed. Each unloading pipe must be securely anchored within the inner container. Each inner container or compartment thereof may be equipped with one separate air connection. (b) When the characteristics of the commodity for which the car is authorized require these devices to be equipped with valves or fittings to permit the loading and unloading of the contents, these devices including valves, shall be provided with a protective housing except when plug or ball-type valves with operating handles removed are used. Provision must be made for closing pipe connections of valves. (c) Inner container may be equipped with a vacuum relief valve of approved design. Protective housing is not required. (d) When a gauging device is required in 179.221-1, an outage scale visible through the manway opening must be provided. If loading devices are applied permit tank loading with cover closed, a telltale pipe may be provided. The telltale pipe must be capable of determining that required outage is provided. The pipe must be equipped with '4-inch maximum, NPT control valve mounted outside tank and enclosed within a protective housing. Other approved devices may be used in place of an outage scale or a telltale pipe. <e) The bottom of the tank shell may be equipped with a sump or siphon bowl, or both, welded or pressed into the shell. These sumps or siphon bowls, if applied, are not limited in size and must be made of cast, forged, or fabricated metal. Each sump or siphon bowl must be of good welding quality in conjunction with the metal of the tank shell. When the sump or siphon bowl is pressed in the bottom of the tank shell, the wall thickness of the pressed section must not be less than that specified for the shell. The section of a circular cross section tank to which a sump or siphon bowl is attached need not comply with the out-of-roundness requirement specified in Appendix W. W14.06 of the AAR Specifications for Tank Cars. Any portion of a sump or siphon bowl not forming a part of a cylinder of revolution must have walls of such thickness and must be so reinforced that the stresses in the walls caused by a given internal pressure are not greater than the circumferential stress which would exist under the same internal pres sure in the wall of a tank of circular cross section designed in accord ance with 179.220-6(a) and 179.220-9. In no case shall the wall thickness be less than that specified in 179.221--1(a). (f) Protective housing, when required, must be of approved material and must have cover and sidewalls not less than 0.119 inch in thickness. 179.220-18 Bottom outlets, (a) The inner container may be equipped with a bottom outlet of approved design and an opening provided in the outer shell for its access. If applied, the bottom outlet must comply with the following requirements: (1) The extreme projection of the bottom outlet equipment may not be more than that allowed by Appendix E of the AAR Specifications for Tank Cars. All bottom outlet reducers and closures and their attach ments shall be secured to car by at least 34-inch chain, or its equivalent, except that bottom outlet closure plugs may be attached by '4-inch chain. When the bottom outlet closure is of the combination cap and valve type, the pipe connection to the valve shall be closed by a plug, or cap. The bottom outlet equipment should include only the valve, reducers and closures that are necessary for the attachment of un loading fixtures. The permanent attachment of supplementary exterior fittings shall be approved by the AAR Committee on Tank Cars. (2) Each bottom outlet must be provided with a liquid tight closure at its lower end. (3) The valve and its operating mechanism must be applied to the outside bottom of the inner container. The valve operating mechanism must be provided with a suitable locking arrangement to insure positive closure during transportation. (4) Valve outlet nozzle and valve body must be of cast, fabricated or forged metal. If welded to inner container, they must be of good weldable quality in conjunction with metal of tank. (5) To provide for the attachment of unloading connections, the bottom of the main portion of the outlet nozzle or valve body, or some fixed attachment thereto, must be provided with threaded cap closure arrangement or bolted flange closure arrangement having minimum 1-inch threaded pipe plug. (6) If outlet nozzle and its closure extends below the bottom of the outer shell, a V-shaped breakage groove shall be cut (not cast) in the upper part of the outlet nozzle at a point immediately below the lowest part of the valve closest to the tank. In no case may the nozzle wall thickness at the root of the "V" be more than Viinch. The outlet nozzle or the valve body may be steam jacketed, in which case the breakage groove or its equivalent must be below the steam chamber but above the bottom of the center sill construction. If the outlet nozzle is not a single piece or its exterior valves are applied, provision shall be made for the equivalent of the breakage groove. On cars without continuous center sills, the breakage groove or its equivalent may not be more than 15 inches below the outer shell. On cars with continuous center sills, the breakage groove or its equivalent must be above the bottom of the center sill construction. (7) The valve body must beofathickness which will prevent distortion of the valve seat or valve by any change in contour of the shell resulting from expansion of lading, or other causes, and which will insure that accidental breakage of the outlet nozzle will occur at or below the "V" groove, or its equivalent. (8) The valve must have no wings or stem projection below the "V" groove or its equivalent. The valve and seat must be readily accessible or removable for repairs, including grinding. (b) Inner container may be equipped with bottom washout of ap proved design. If applied, bottom washout must comply with the follow ing requirements: (1) The extreme projection of the bottom washout equipment may not be more than that allowed by Appendix E of the AAR Specifications for Tank Cars. (2) Bottom washout must be of cast, forged or fabricated metals. If it is welded to the inner container, it must be of good weldable quality in conjunction with metal of tank. (3) If washout nozzle extends below the bottom of the outer shell, a V-shaped breakage groove shall be cut (not cast) in the upper part of the nozzle at a point immediately below the lowest part of the inside closure seat or plug. In no case may the nozzle wall thickness at the root of the "V" be more than V4-inch. Where the nozzle is not a single piece, provisions shall be made for the equivalent of the breakage groove. The nozzle must be of a thickness to insure that accidental breakage will occur at or below the "V" groove or its equivalent. On cars without a continuous center sill, the breakage groove or its equivalent may not be more than 15 inches below the outer shell. On cars with continuous center sills, the breakage groove or its equivalent must be above the bottom of the center sill construction. (4) The closure plug and seat must be readily accessible or remov able for repairs. (5) The closure of the washout nozzle must be equipped with a 3/4-inch solid screw plug. Plug must be attached by at least a V4inch chain. (6) Joints between closures and their seats may be gasketed with suitable material. 179.220-20 Reinforcements, when used, end appurtenances not otherwise specified. All attachments to inner container and outer shell must be applied by approved means. 179.220-22 Closure for openings, (a) All plugs must be solid, with NPT threads, and must be of a length which will screw at least six threads inside the face of fitting or tank. Plugs, when inserted from the outside of the outer shell tank heads, must have the letter *S" at least three-eighths inch in size stamped with steel stamp or cast on the outside surface to indicate the plug is solid. 536 July 1998 ABD00132313 179.220-22--179.300-6 (b) Openings in the outer shell used during construction for installa tion must be closed in an approved manner. 179.220-23 Test of tanks, (a) Each inner container or com partment must be tested hydrostatically to the pressure specified in 179.221-1. The temperature of the pressurizing medium must not exceed 100F. during the test. The container must hold the prescribed pressure for at least 10 minutes without leakage or evidence of dis tress. Safety relief devices must not be in place when the test is made. (b) The inner container must be pressure tested before installation within the outer shell. Items which, because of assembly sequence, must be welded to inner container after its installation within outer shell must have their attachment welds thoroughly inspected by a nondestructive dye penetrant method or its equivalent. (c) Pressure testing of outer shell is not a specification requirement. 179.220-24 Tests of safety relief valves. Each safety relief valve must be tested by air or gas for compliance with 179.15 before being put into service. 179.220-25 Stamping. To certify that the tank complies with all specification requirements, each outer shell must be plainly and permanently stamped in letters and figures at least 3/g-inch high into the metal near the center of both outside heads as follows: Examples of required stamping Specifications........................................................................... DQT-115A60W6. Inner container: Material .................................................................................. ASTM A240-316L Shell thickness .................................................................... Shell 0.167 in. Head thickness.................................................................... Head 0.150 in. Tank builder's initials.......................................................... ABC. Date of original test.............................................................. 00-0000. Outer shall; Material .................................................................................. ASTM A285-C. Tank builder's initials.......................................................... WYZ. Car assembler (if other than inner container or outer shell builders)........................................................................ DEF. 179.220-26 Stenciling, (a) The outer shell, or the jacket if the outer shell is insulated, must be stenciled in compliance with AAR Specifications for Tank Cars, Appendix C. (b) Stenciling must be applied on both sides of the outer shell or jacket near the center in letters and figures at least lV2 inches high to indicate the safe upper temperature limit, if applicable, for the inner tank, insulation, and support system. 179.221 Individual specification requirements applicable to tank car tanks consisting of an inner container supported within an outer shell. 179.221-1 Individual specification requirements. In addition to 179.220, the individual specification requirements are as follows: DOT specification 115A60ALW .... 115A60W1 ................. 115A60W6 ................. Insulation Yes...................................... Yes...................................... Yes...................................... Bursting pressure (psi) 240 240 240 Minimum plate thickness (Inches) 3/18 \ % Test pressure (psi) Bottom outlet Bottom washout 60 Optional..................... Optional 60 Optional.................... Optional..................... 1 60 Optional.................... Optional..................... 1 Reference (179.221-*") Subpart E SPECIFICATIONS FOR MULTI-UNIT TANK CAR TANKS (Classes DOT-106A and 110AW) 179.300 General specifications applicable to multi-unit tank car tanks designed to be removed from car structure for filling and emptying (Classes DOT-106A and 110AW). 179.300-1 Tanks built under these specifications shall meet the requirements of 179.300, 179.301 and when applicable, 179.302. 179.300-3 Type and general requirements, (a) Tanks built under this specification shall be cylindrical, circular in cross section, and shall have heads of approved design. All openings shall be lo cated in the heads. (b) Each tank shall have a water capacity of at least 1500 pounds and not more than 2600 pounds. (c) For tanks made in foreign countries, a chemical analysis of materials and all tests as specified shall be carried out within the limits of the United States under the supervision of a competent and impartial inspector. 179.300-4 Insulation, (a) Tanks shall not be insulated. (b) (Reserved] 179.300-6 Thickness of plates, (a) For class DOT-110A tanks, the wall thickness after forming of the cylindrical portion of the tank must not be less than that specified in 179.301 nor that calcu lated by the following formula: where: d = inside diameter in inches; E = 1.0 welded joint efficiency; P = minimum required bursting pressure in p.s.i.; S = minimum tensile strength of plate material in p.s.i. as prescribed in 179.300-7; t = minimum thickness of plate material in inches after forming. (b) For Class DOT-106A tanks, the wall thickness of the cylindrical portion of the tank shall not be less than that specified in 179.301 and shall be such that at the tank test pressure the maximum fiber stress in the wall of the tank will not exceed 15,750 p.s.i. as calculated by the following formula: p(1.3D2 + 0.4d2) S_ D2 - d2 where: d = inside diameter in inches; D = outside diameter in inches; p = tank test pressure in psi.; s = wall stress in psi. (c) If plates are clad with material having tensile strength at least equal to the base plate, the cladding may be considered a part of the base plate when determining the thickness. If cladding material does not have tensile strength at least equal to the base plate, the base plate alone shall meet the thickness requirements. 537 PART 179 179.300-7--179.300-18 ABD00132314 July 1998 179.300-7 Materials, (a) Steel plate material used to fabricate tanks must conform with the following specifications with the indicated minimum tensile strength and elongation in the welded condition. However, the maximum allowable carbon content for carbon steel must not exceed 0.31 percent, although the individual ASTM specifica tion may allow for a greater amount of carbon. The plates may be clad with other approved materials: Specifications Tensile strength (p.s.i.) welded condition1 (minimum) ASTM A 240 [ype 304 75,000 ASTM A 240 type 304L 70,000 ASTM A 240 type 316 75.000 ASTM A 240 type 316L 70,000 ASTM A 240 type 321 75,000 ASTM A28S Gr A 45.000 ASTM A285 Gr B 50,000 ASTM A285 Gr C 55.000 ASTM A515 Gr 65 65.000 ASTM A515 Gr 70 70.000 ASTM A516 Gr 70 70.000 'Maximum stresses to be used in calculations. Elongation In 2 Inches (percent) welded condition1 (longitudinal) (minimum) 25 25 25 25 25 29 20 20 20 20 20 (b) [Reserved] (c) Ail plates must have their heat number and the name or brand of the manufacturer legibly stamped on them at the rolling mill. 179.300-8 Tankheads. (a) Class DOT-110A tanks shall have fusion-welded heads formed concave to pressure. Heads for fusion welding shall be an ellipsoid of revolution 2:1 ratio of major to minor axis. They shall be one piece, hot formed in one heat so as to provide a straight flange at least lV2 inches long. The thickness shall not be less than that calculated by the following formula: where symbols are as defined in l79.300-6(a). (b) Class DOT-106A tanks must have forged-welded heads, formed convex to pressure. Heads for forge welding must be torispherical with an inside radius not greater than the inside diameter of the shell. They must be one piece, hot formed in one heat so as to provide a straight flange at least 4 inches long. They must have snug drive fit into the shell for forge welding. The wall thickness after forming must be sufficient to meet the test requirements of 179.30016 and to provide for adequate threading of openings. 179.300-9 Welding, (a) Longitudinal joints must be fusion welded. Head-to-shell joints must be forge welded on class DOT106A tanks and fusion welded on class DOT-110A tanks. Welding procedures, welders and fabricators must be approved in accordance with AAR Specifications for Tank Cars, Appendix W. (b) Fusion-welded joints must be in compliance with the require ments of AAR Specifications for Tank Cars, Appendix W, except that circumferential welds in tanks less than 36 inches inside diameter need not be radiotaped. (c) Forge-welded joints shall be thoroughly hammered or rolled to insure sound welds. The flanges of the heads shall be forge lapwelded to the shell and then crimped inwardly toward the center line at least one inch on the radius. Welding and crimping must be accomplished in one heat. 179.300-10 Postweld heat treatment. After welding is com plete, steel tanks and all attachments welded thereto, must be post weld heat treated as a unit in compliance with the requirements of AAR Specifications for Tank Cars, Appendix W. 179.300-12 Protection of fittings, (a) Tanks shall be of such design as will afford maximum protection to any fittings or attachment to the head including the housing referred to in 179.300- 12(b). Tank ends shall slope or curve inward toward the axis so that the diameter at each end is at least 2 inches less than the maximum diameter. (b) Loading and unloading valves shall be protected by a detach able protective housing of approved design which shall not project beyond the end of the tank and shall be securely fastened to the tank head. Safety relief devices shall not be covered by the housing. 179.300-13 Venting, loading and unloading valves. (a) Valves shall be of approved type, made of metal not subject to rapid deterioration by lading, and shall withstand tank test pressure without leakage. The valves shall be screwed directly into or attached by other approved methods to one tank head. Provision shall be made for closing outlet connections of the valves. (b) Threads for openings shall be National Gas Taper Threads (NGT) tapped to gage, clean cut, even and without checks. 179.300-14 Attachments not otherwise specified. Siphon pipes and their couplings on the inside of the tank head and lugs on the outside of the tank head for attaching the valves protective housing must be fusion-welded in place prior to postweld heat treatment. All other fixtures and appurtenances, except as specifically provided for, are prohibited. 179.300-15 Safety relief devices, (a) Unless prohibited in 179.302, or in Part 173 of this chapter, tanks shall be equipped with one or more safety relief devices of approved type, made of metal not subject to rapid deterioration by the lading and screwed directly into tank heads or attached to tank heads by other approved methods. The total discharge capacity shall be sufficient to prevent building up pressure in tank in excess of 82.5 percent of the tank test pressure. When safety relief devices of the fusible plug type are used, the required discharge capacity shall be available in each head. See AAR Specifications for Tank Cars, Appendix A, for formula for calculating discharge capacity. (b) Threads for openings shall be National Gas Taper Thread (NGT) tapped to gage, clean cut, even and without checks. (c) Safety relief valves shall be set for start-to-discharge and frangi ble discs shall burst at a pressure not exceeding that specified in 179.301. (d) Fusible plugs shall function at a temperature not exceeding 175F. and shall be vapor-tight at a temperature of not less than 130F. 179.300-16 Testsoftanks. (a) After postweld heat treatment, tanks shall be subjected to hydrostatic expansion test in a water jacket, or by other approved methods. No tank shall have been subjected previously to internal pressure within 100 pounds of the test pressure. Each tank shall be tested to the pressure prescribed in 179.301. Pressure shall be maintained for 30 seconds and sufficiently longer to insure complete expansion of tank. Pressure gage shall permit reading to accuracy of one percent. Expansion gage shall permit reading of total expansion to accuracy of one percent. Expansion shall be recorded in cubic centimeters. (1) No leaks shall appear and permanent volumetric expansion shall not exceed 10 percent of total volumetric expansion at test pressure. (b) After all fittings have been installed, each tank shall be subjected to interior air pressure test of at least 100 p.s.i. under conditions favorable to detection of any leakage. No leaks shall appear. (c) Repairs of leaks detected in manufacture or in foregoing tests shall be made by the same process as employed in manufacture of tank. Caulking, soldering, or similar repairing is prohibited, 179.300-17 Tests of safety relief devices, (a) Each valve shall be tested by air or gas before being put into service. The valve shall open and be vapor-tight at the pressure prescribed in 179.301. (b) Frangible discs of safety vents must be tested as prescribed in AAR Specifications for Tank Cars, Appendix A, A5.03. (c) For safety relief devices of the fusible plug type, a sample of the plug used shall function at the temperatures prescribed in 179.300-15. (d) The start-to-discharge and vapor-tight pressures shall not be affected by any auxiliary closure or other combination. 179.300-18 Stamping, (a) To certify that the tank complies with all specification requirements, each tank shall be plainly and permanently stamped in letters and figures % inch high into the metal of valve end chime as follows: (1) DOT Specification number. (2) Material and cladding material if any (immediately below the specification number). (3) Owner's or builder's identifying symbol and serial number (im mediately below the material identification). The symbol shall be regis tered with the Bureau of Explosives, duplications are not authorized. (4) Inspector's official mark (immediately below the owner's or builder's symbol). 538 July 1998 ABD00132315 179.300-18--179.400-4 (5) Date of original tank test (month and year, such as 1-64 for January 1964), This should be so placed that dates of subsequent tests may easily be added thereto. (6) Water capacity--0000 pounds. (b) A copy of the above stamping in letters and figures of the prescribed size stamped on a brass plate secured to one of the tank heads is authorized. 179.300-19 Inspection, (a) Tank shall be inspected within the United States and Canada by a competent and impartial inspector acceptable to the Bureau of Explosives. For tanks made outside the United States and Canada, the specified inspection shall be made within the United States. (b) The inspector shall carefully inspect all plates from which tanks are to be made and secure records certifying that plates comply with the specification. Plates which do not comply with 179.300-7 shall be rejected. (c) The inspector shall make such inspection as may be necessary to see that all the requirements of this specification, including mark ings, are fully complied with; shall see that the finished tanks are properly stress relieved and tested. (d) The inspector shall stamp his official mark on each accepted tank as required in 179.300-18, and render the report required in 179.300-20. 179.300-20 Reports, (a) Before a tank is placed in service, the inspector shall furnish to the builder, tank owner, Bureau of Explo sives and the Secretary, Mechanical Division, Association of American Railroads, a report in approved form certifying that the tank and its equipment comply with all the requirements of this specification. (b) For builder's Certificate of Construction, see 179.5(b), (c), and (d). 179.301 Individual specification requirements for multi-unit tank car tanks, (a) In addition to 179.300 the individual specifica tion requirements are as follows: DOT Specifications 1WAS00-X 106A800-X 11QAS00-W 110A600-W 110A600-W 110A1000-W Bursting pres sure, p.s.i. (see 179.300-5) . (') (') 1250 1500 2000 2500 Minimum thick ness shell, inches.............. 13/32 11/16 11/32 3/8 15/32 19/32 Test pressure, p.s.i. (see 179.300-16) 500 800 500 600 800 1000 Safety relief de vices, p.s.i. (see 179.300-15) Start-todischarge, or burst maxi mum, p.s.i. . . 375 600 375 450 600 700 VapoMight, mini mum, p.s.i. . , 300 480 300 360 480 650 'None specified (b) [Reserved] 179.302 [RESERVED] Subpart F SPECIFICATION FOR CRYOGENIC LIQUID TANK CAR TANKS AND SEAMLESS STEEL TANKS (CLASSES DOT-113 AND 107A) 179.400 General specification applicable to cryogenic liquid tank car tanks. 179.400-1 General. A tank built to this specification must com ply with 179.400 and 179.401. rate (CHTR) is determined by the use of test data obtained during the NER test in the formula: q = [N(Ah)(90-ti)]/[V(8.32828) (t* -tf)] 179.400-3 Type, (a) A tank built to this specification must-- (D Consist of an inner tank of circular cross section supported essentially concentric within an outer jacket of circular cross section, with the out of roundness of both the inner tank and outer jacket limited in accordance with Section VIII, Division I, Paragraph UG-80 of the ASME Code; (2) Have the annular space evacuated after filling the annular space with an approved insulating material; (3) Have the inner tank heads designed concave to pressure; and (4) Have the outer jacket heads designed convex to pressure. (b) The tank must be equipped with piping systems for vapor vent ing and transfer of lading, and with pressure relief devices, controls, gages and valves, as prescribed herein. 179.400-4 Insulation system and performance standard. (a) For the purposes of this specification-- (1) Standard Heat Transfer Rate (SHTR), expressed in Btu/day/ lb. of water capacity, means the rate of heat transfer used for determining the satisfactory performance of the insulation system of a cryogenic tank car tank in cryogenic liquid service (see 179.401-1 Table). (2) Test cryogenic ((quid means the cryogenic liquid, which may be different from the lading intended to be shipped in the tank, being used during the performance tests of the insulation system. (3) Normal evaporation rate (NER), expressed inlbs. (ofthecryogenic liquid)/day, means the rate of evaporation, determined by test of a test cryogenic liquid in a tank maintained at a pressure of approxi mately one atmosphere, absolute. This determination of the NER is the NER test. (4) Stabilization period means the elapsed time after a tank car tank is filled with the test cryogenic liquid until the NER has stabilized, or 24 hours has passed, whichever is greater. (5) Calculated heat transfer rate. The calculated heat transfer q = CHTR, in Btu/day/lb., of water capacity; N = NER, determined by NER test, in Ibs./day; Ah = latent heat of vaporization of the test cryogenic liquid at the NER test pressure of approximately one atmo sphere, absolute, in Btu/lb.; 90 = ambient temperature at 90F. V = gross water volume at 60F. of the inner tank, in gallons; tj = equilibrium temperature of intended lading at maximum shipping pressure, in F.; 8.32828 = constant for converting gallons of water at 60F. to lbs. of water at 60F., in Ibs./gallon; ts = average temperature of outer jacket, determined by averaging jacket temperatures at various locations on the jacket at regular intervals during the NER test in F.; tf = equilibrium temperature of the test cryogenic liquid at the NER test pressure of approximately one atmo sphere, absolute, in F. (b) DOT-113A60W tank cars must-- (D Be filled with hydrogen, cryogenic liquid to the maximum permit ted fill density specified in 173.3l9(d)(2) Table of this subchapter prior to performing the NER test; and (2) Have a CHTR equal to or less than the SHTR specified in 179.401-1 table for a DOT-113A60W tank car. (c) DOT-113C120W tank cars must-- (1) Be filled with ethylene, cryogenic liquid to the maximum permit ted fill density specified in 173.319(d)(2) Table of this subchapter prior to performing the NER test, or be filled with nitrogen, cryogenic liquid to 90 percent of the volumetric capacity of the inner tank prior to performing the NER test; and (2) Have a CHTR equal to or less than 75 percent of the SHTR specified in 179.401-1 Table for a DOT-113C120W tank car. 539 PART 179 179.400-4--179.400-9 ABD00132316 July 1998 (d) Insulating materials must be approved. (e) If the insulation consists of a powder having a tendency to settle, the entire top of the cylindrical portion of the inner tank must be insulated with a layer of glass fiber insulation at least one-inch nominal thickness, or equivalent, suitably held in position and covering an area extending 25 degrees to each side of the top center line of the inner tank. (f) The outer jacket must be provided with fittings to permit effective evacuation of the annular space between the outer jacket and the inner tank. (g) A device to measure the absolute pressure in the annular space must be provided. The device must be portable with an easily accessi ble connection or permanently positioned where it is readily visible to the operator. 179.400-5 Materials, (a) Stainless steel of ASTM Specification A240. Type 304 or 3041 must be used for the inner tank and its appurtenances, as specified in AAR Specifications for Tank Cars, Appendix M, and must be-- (1) In the annealed condition prior to fabrication, forming and fusion welding; (2) Suitable for use at the temperature of the lading; and (3) Compatible with the lading. (b) Any steel casting, steel forging, steel structural shape or carbon steel plate used to fabricate the outer jacket or heads must be as specified in AAR Specifications for Tank Cars, Appendix M. (c) Impact tests must be-- (1) Conducted in accordance with AAR Specifications for Tank Cars, Appendix W, W9.01; (2) Performed on longitudinal specimens of the material; (3) Conducted at the tank design service temperature or colder; and (4) Performed on test plate welds and materials used for inner tanks and appurtenances and which will be subjected to cryogenic temperatures. (d) Impact test values must be equal to or greater than those speci fied in AAR Specifications for Tank Cars, Appendix W. The report of impact tests must include the test values and lateral expansion data. 179.400-6 Bursting and buckling pressure. (a) [Reserved] (b) The outer jacket of the required evacuated insulation system must be designed in accordance with 179.400~7(d) and in addition must comply with the design loads specified in Section 6.2 of the AAR Specifications for Tank Cars. The designs and calculations must provide for the loadings transferred to the outer jacket through the support system. 179.400-7 Tank heads, (a) Tank heads of the inner tank and outer jacket must be flanged and dished, or ellipsoidal. (b) Flanged and dished heads must have-- (1) A main inside dish radius not greater than the outside diameter of the straight flange; (2) An inside knuckle radius of not less than 6 percent of the outside diameter of the straight flange; and (3) An inside knuckle radius of at least three-times the head thickness. 179.400-8 Thickness of plates, (a) The minimum wall thick ness, after forming, of the inner shell and any 2:1 ellipsoidal head for the inner tank must be that specified in 179.401-1, or that calculated by the following formula, whichever is greater: Where: t = Pd/2SE t = minimum thickness of plate, after forming, in inches; P = minimum required bursting pressure, in psi; d = inside diameter, in inches; S = minimum tensile strength of the plate material, as prescribed in AAR Specifications for Tank Cars, Appendix M, Table Ml, in psi; E = 0.9, a factor representing the efficiency of welded joints, except that for seamless heads, E = 1.0. (b) The minimum wall thickness, after forming, of any 3:1 ellipsoidal head for the inner tank must be that specified in 179.401-1, or that calculated by the following formula, whichever is greater: t = 1.83 Pd/2SE Where: t = minimum thickness of plate, after forming, in inches; P = minimum required bursting pressure, in psi; d = inside diameter, in inches; S = minimum tensile strength of the plate material, as prescribed in AAR Specifications for Tank Cars, Appendix M, Table Ml, in psi; E = 0.9, a factor representing the efficiency of welded joints, except that for seamless heads, E = 1.0. (c) The minimum wall thickness, after forming, of a flanged and dished head for the inner tank must be that specified in 179.4011, or that calculated by the following formula, whichever is greater: PL (3 + V(l70) 8SE Where: t = minimum thickness of plate, after forming, in inches; P = minimum required bursting pressure, in psi; L = main inside radius of dished head, in inches; r = inside knuckle radius, in inches; S = minimum tensile strength of plate material, as prescribed in AAR Specifications for Tank Cars, Appendix M, Table Ml, in psi; E = 0.9,afactor representing the efficiency of welded joints, except that for seamless heads, E = 1.0. (d) The minimum wall thickness, after forming, of the outer jacket shell may not be less than 7/16 inch. The minimum wall thickness, after forming, of the outer jacket heads may not be less than V2 inch and they must be made from steel specified in 179.100--23(a)( 1). The annular space is to be evacuated, and the cylindrical portion of the outer jacket between heads, or between stiffening rings if used, must be designed to withstand an external pressure of 37.5 psi (critical collapsing pressure), as determined by the following formula: Pc = [2.6E(t/D2 5]/[(L/D) - 0.45(t/D)-s] Where: Pc = Critical collapsing pressure (37.5 psi minimum), in psi; E = modulus of elasticity of jacket material, in psi; t = minimum thickness of jacket material, after forming, in inches; D = outside diameter of jacket, in inches; L = distance between stiffening ring centers in inches. (The heads may be considered as stiffening rings located V3 of the head depth from the head tangent line.) 179.400-9 Stiffening rings, (a) If stiffening rings are used in designing the cylindrical portion of the outer jacket for external pres sure, they must be attached to the jacket by means of fillet welds. Outside stiffening ring attachment welds must be continuous on each side of the ring. Inside stiffening ring attachment welds may be intermit tent welds on each side of the ring with the total length of weld on each side not less than one-third of the circumference of the tank. The maximum space between welds may not exceed eight times the outer jacket wall thickness. (b) A portion of the outer jacket may be included when calculating the moment of inertia of the ring. The effective width of jacket plate on each side of the attachment of the stiffening ring is given by the following formula: W = 0.78(Rt)05 Where: W = width of jacket effective on each side of the stiffening ring, in inches; R = outside radius of the outer jacket, in inches; t = plate thickness of the outer jacket, after forming, in inches. (c) Where a stiffening ring is used that consists of a closed section having two webs attached to the outer jacket, the jacket plate between the webs may be included up to the limit of twice the value of "W", as defined in paragraph (b) of this section. The outer flange of the closed section, if not a steel structural shape, is subject to the same limitations with "W" based on the "R" and "t" values of the flange. Where two separate members such as two angles, are located less than "2W" apart they may be treated as a single stiffening ring member. 540 ABD00132317 April 1998 179.400-9--179.400-17 {The maximum length of plate which may be considered effective is 4W.) The closed section between an external ring and the outer jacket must be provided with a drain opening. (d) The stiffening ring must have a moment of inertia large enough to support the critical collapsing pressure, as determined by either of the following formulas: I = [0.035D3LP c]/E, or V = [0.046D3LPc]/E Where: I = required moment of inertia of stiffening ring about the centroidal axis parallel to the vessel axis, in inches to the fourth power; I' = required moment of inertia of combined section of stiffening ring and effective width of jacket plate about the centroidal axis parallel to the vessel axis, in inches to the fourth power; D = outside diameter of the outer jacket, in inches; L = one-half of the distance from the centerline of the stiffening ring to the next line of support on one side, plus one-half of the distance from the centerline to the next line of support on the other side of stiffening ring. Both distances are measured parallel to the axis of the vessel, in inches. (A line of support is: (1) A stiffening ring which meets the requirements of this para graph, or (2) A circumferential line of a head at one-third the depth of the head from the tangent line); Pc = critical collapsing pressure (37.5 psi minimum), in psi; E = modulus of elasticity of stiffening ring material, in psi. (e) Where loads are applied to the outer jacket or to stiffening rings from the system used to support the inner tank within the outer jacket, additional stiffening rings, or an increased moment of inertia of the stiffening rings designed for the external pressure, must be provided to carry the support loads. 179.400-10 Sump or siphon bowl. A sump or siphon bowl may be in the bottom of the inner tank shell if-- (a) It is formed directly into the inner tank shell, or is formed and welded to the inner tank shell and is of weldable quality metal that is compatible with the inner tank shell; (b) The stress in an orientation under any condition does not exceed the circumferential stress in the inner tank shell; and (c) The wall thickness is not less than that specified in 179.401-1. 179.400-11 Welding, (a) Except for closure of openings and a maximum of two circumferential closing joints in the cylindrical por tion of the outer jacket, each joint of an inner tank and the outer jacket must be a fusion double welded butt joint. (b) The closure for openings and the circumferential closing joints in the cylindrical portion of the outer jacket, including head to shell joints, may be a single welded butt joint using a backing strip on the inside of the joint. (c) Each joint must be welded in accordance with the requirements of AAR Specifications for Tank Cars, Appendix W. (d) Each welding procedure, welder, and fabricator must be ap proved. 179.409-12 Postweld heat treatment, (a) Postweld heat treatment of the inner tank is not required. (b) The cylindrical portion of the outer jacket, with the exception of the circumferential closing seams, must be postweld heat treated as prescribed in AAR Specifications for Tank Cars, Appendix W. Any item to be welded to this portion of the outer jacket must be attached before postweld heat treatment. Welds securing the following need not be postweld heat treated when it is not practical due to final assembly procedures: (1) the inner tank support system to the outer jacket, (2) connections at piping penetrations, (3) closures for access openings, and (4) circumferential closing joints of head to shell joints. (c) When cold formed heads are used on the outer jacket they must be heat treated before welding to the jacket shell if postweld heat treatment is not practical due to assembly procedures. 179.400-13 Support system for inner tank, (a) The inner tank must be supported within the outer jacket by a support system of approved design. The system and its areas of attachment to the outer jacket must have adequate strength and ductility at operating temperatures to support the inner tank when filled with the lading to any level incident to transportation. (b) The support system must be designed to support, without yield ing, impact loads producing accelerations of the following magnitudes and directions when the inner tank is fully loaded and the car is equipped with a conventional draft gear: Longitudinal ............................................................................................. 7"g" Transverse ................................................................................................3"g" Vertical ..................................................................................................... 3"g" The longitudinal acceleration may be reduced to 3"g" where a cush ioning device of approved design, which has been tested to demon strate its ability to limit body forces to 400,000 pounds maximum at 10 miles per hour, is used between the coupler and the tank structure. (c) The inner tank and outer jacket must be permanently bonded to each other electrically, by either the support system, piping, or a separate electrical connection of approved design. 179.400-14 Cleaning of inner tank. The interior of the inner tank and all connecting lines must be thoroughly cleaned and dried prior to use. Proper precautions must be taken to avoid contamination of the system after cleaning. 179.400-15 Radioscopy. Each longitudinal and circumferen tial joint of the inner tank, and each longitudinal and circumferential double welded butt joint of the outer jacket, must be examined along its entire length in accordance with the requirements of AAR Specifica tions for Tank Cars, Appendix W. 179.400-16 Access to inner tank, (a) The inner tank must be provided with a means of access having a minimum inside diameter of 16 inches. Reinforcement of the access opening must be made of the same material used in the inner tank. The access closure must be of an approved material and design. (b) If a welded closure is used, it must be designed to allow it to be reopened by grinding or chipping and to be closed again by rewelding, preferably without a need for new parts. A cutting torch may not be used. 179.400-17 Inner tank piping, (a) Product lines. The piping system for vapor and liquid phase transfer and venting must be made for material compatible with the product and having satisfactory prop erties at the lading temperature. The outlets of all vapor phase and liquid phase lines must be located so that accidental discharge from these lines will not impinge on any metal of the outer jacket, car structures, trucks or safety appliances. Suitable provision must be made to allow for thermal expansion and contraction. (1) Loading and unloading line. A liquid phase transfer line must be provided and it must have a manually operated shut-off valve located as close as practicable to the outer jacket, plus a secondary closure that is liquid and gas tight. This secondary closure must permit any trapped pressure to bleed off before the closure can be removed completely. A vapor trap must be incorporated in the line and located as close as practicable to the inner tank. On a DOT-113A60W tank car, any loading and unloading line must be vacuum jacketed between the outer jacket and the shut-off valve and the shut-off valve must also be vacuum jacketed. (2) Vapor phase line. A vapor phase line must connect to the inner tank and must be of sufficient size to permit the pressure relief devices specified in 179.400-20 and connected to this line to operate at their design capacity without excessive pressure build-up in the tank. The vapor phase line must have a manually operated shut-off valve located as close as practicable to the outer jacket, plus a secondary closure that is liquid and gas tight. This secondary closure must permit any trapped pressure to bleed off before the closure can be removed completely. (3) Vapor phase blowdown line. A blowdown line must be pro vided. It must be attached to the vapor phase line specified in para graph (a){2) of this section, upstream of the shut-off valve in that line. A by-pass line with a manually operated shut-off valve must be provided to permit reduction of the inner tank pressure when the vapor phase line is connected to a closed system. The discharge from this line must be outside the housing and must be directed upward and away from operating personnel. 541 PART 179 ABD00132318 179.400-17--179.400-20 April 1998 (b) Any pressure building system provided for the purpose of pres surizing the vapor space of the inner tank to facilitate unloading the liquid lading must be approved. 179.400-18 Test of inner tank, (a) After all items to be welded to the inner tank have been welded in place, the inner tank must be pressure tested at the test pressure prescribed in 179.401-1. The temperature of the pressurizing medium may not exceed 100F. during the test. The inner tank must hold the prescribed pressure for a period of not less than ten minutes without leakage or distortion. In a pneu matic test, due regard for the protection of all personnel should be taken because of the potential hazard involved. After a hydrostatic test the container and piping must be emptied of all water and purged of all water vapor. <b) Caulking of welded joints to stop leaks developed during the test is prohibited. Repairs to welded joints must be made as prescribed in AAR Specifications for Tank Cars, Appendix W. 179.400-19 Valves and gages, (a) Valves. Manually oper ated shut-off valves and control valves must be provided wherever needed for control of vapor phase pressure, vapor phase venting, liquid transfer and liquid flow rates. All valves must be made from approved materials compatible with the lading and having satisfactory properties at the lading temperature. (1) Liquid control valves must be of extended stem design. (2) Packing, if used, must be satisfactory for use in contact with the lading and of approved materials that will effectively seal the valve stem without causing difficulty of operation. (3) Each control valve and shut-off valve must be readily operable. These valves must be mounted so that their operation will not transmit excessive forces to the piping system. (b) Gages. Gages, except portable units, must be securely mounted within suitable protective housings. A liquid level gage and a vapor phase pressure gage must be provided as follows: (1) Liquid level gage. (i) A gage of approved design to indicate the quantity of liquefied lading within the inner tank, mounted where it will be readily visible to an operator during transfer operations or storage, or a portable gage with a readily accessible connection, or (ii) A fixed length dip tube, with a manually operated shut-off valve located as close as practicable to the outer jacket. The dip tube must indicate the maximum liquid level for the allowable filling density. The inner end of the dip tube must be located on the longitudinal centerline of the inner tank and within four feet of the transverse centerline of the inner tank. (2) Vapor phase pressure gage. A vapor phase pressure gage of approved design, with a manually operated shut-off valve located as close as practicable to the outer jacket. The gage must indicate the vapor pressure within the inner tank and must be mounted where it will be readily visible to an operator. An additional fitting for use of a test gage must be provided. 179.400-20 Pressure relief devices, (a) The tank must be provided with pressure relief devices for the protection of the tank assembly and piping system. The discharge from these devices must be directed away from operating personnel, principal load bearing members of the outer jacket, car structure, trucks and safety appli ances. Vent or weep holes in pressure relief devices are prohibited. All main pressure relief devices must discharge to the outside of the protective housings in which they are located, except that this requirement does not apply to pressure relief valves installed to protect isolated sections of lines between the final valve and end closure. (b) Materials. Materials used in pressure relief devices must be suitable for use at the temperature of the lading and otherwise compati ble with the lading in both the liquid and vapor phases. (c) Inner tank. Pressure relief devices for the inner tank must be attached to vapor phase piping and mounted so as to remain at ambient temperature prior to operation. The inner tank must be equipped with one or more pressure relief valves and one or more safety vents (except as noted in paragraph (c)(3)(iv) of this section), and installed without an intervening shut-off valve (except as noted in paragraph (c)(3)(iii) of this section). Additional requirements are as follows: (1) Safety vent. Thesafetyventshallfunctionatthepressurespecified in 179.401-1. The safety vent must be flow rated in accordance with the applicable provisions of AAR Specifications for Tank Cars, Appendix A, and provide sufficient capacity to meet the requirements of AAR Specifications for Tanks Cars, Appendix A, A8.07(a). (2) Pressure relief valve. The pressure relief valve must: (i) be set to start-to-discharge at the pressure specified in 179.401-1, and (ii) meet the requirements of AAR Specifications for Tank Cars, Appendix A, A8.07(b). (3) Installation of safety vent and pressure relief valve. (i) inlet piping. (A) The opening through all piping and fittings between the inner tank and its pressure relief devices must have a cross-sectional area at least equal to that of the pressure relief device inlet, and the flow characteristics of this up stream system must be such that the pressure drop will not adversely affect the relieving capacity or the proper operation of the pressure relief device. (B) When the required relief capacity is met by the use of multiple pressure relief device placed on one connection, the inlet internal cross-sectional area of this connection must be sufficient to provide the required flow capacity for the proper operation of the pressure relief device system. (ii) Outlet piping. (A) The opening through the discharge lines must have a cross-sectional area at least equal to that of the pressure relief device outlet and may not reduce the relieving ca pacity below that required to properly protect the inner tank. (B) When the required relieving capacity is met by use of multiple pressure relief devices placed on a common dis charge manifold, the manifold outlet internal cross-sec tional area must be at least equal to the combined outlet areas of the pressure relief devices. (iii) Duplicate pressure relief devices may be used when an ap proved 3-way selector valve is installed to provide for relief through either duplicate pressure relief device. The 3-way valve must be included in the mounting prescribed by AAR Specifica tions for Tank Cars, Appendix A, A6.02(g), when conducting the flow capacity test on the safety vent prescribed by AAR Specifications for Tank Cars, Appendix A, A6.01. Flow capacity tests must be performed with the 3-way valve at both of the extreme positions as well as at the mid-position and the flow capacity must be in accordance with AAR Specifications for Tank Cars, Appendix A, A8.07(a). (iv) An alternate pressure relief valve, set as required in 179.4011, may be used in lieu of the safety vent, provided it meets the flow capacity prescribed in AAR Specifications for Tank Cars, Appendix A at a flow rating pressure of 110 percent of its startto-discharge pressure. Installation must-- (A) Prevent moisture accumulation at the seat by providing drainage away from the area, (B) Permit periodic drainage of the vent piping, and (C) Prevent accumulation of foreign material in the vent system. (4) Evaporation control. The routine release of vaporized lading may be controlled with a pressure controlling and mixing device, except that a pressure controlling and mixing device is required on each DOT-113A60W car. Any pressure controlling and mixing device must-- (i) Be set to start-to-discharge at a pressure not greater than that specified in 179.401-1; (ii) Have sufficient capacity to limit the pressure within the inner tank to that pressure specified in 179.401-1, when the dis charge is equal to twice the normal venting rate during transpor tation, with normal vacuum and the outer shell at 130F; and (iii) Prevent the discharge of a gas mixture exceeding 50% of the lower flammability limit to the atmosphere under normal condi tions of storage or transportation. (5) Safety Interlock. If a safety interlock is provided for the pur pose of allowing transfer of lading at a pressure higher than the pres sure control valve setting but less than the pressure relief valve setting, the design must be such that the safety interlock will not affect the discharge path of the pressure relief valve or safety vent at any time. The safety interlock must automatically provide an unrestricted dis charge path for the pressure control device at all times when the tank car is in transport sen/ice. (d) Outerjacket. The outer jacket must be provided with a suitable 542 ABD00132319 April 1998 179.400-20--179.500-3 system to prevent buildup of annular space pressure in excess of 16 psig or the external pressure for which the inner tank was designed, whichever is less. The total relief area provided by the system must be a minimum of 25 square inches, and means must be provided to prevent clogging of any system opening, as well as to ensure adequate communication to all areas of the insulation space. If a safety vent is a part of the system, it must be designed to prevent distortion of the frangible disc when the annular space is evacuated. (e) Piping system. Where a piping circuit can be isolated by clos ing a valve, means for pressure relief must be provided. 179.400-21 Test of pressure relief valves. Each valve must be tested with air or gas for compliance with 179.401-1 before being put into service. 179.400-22 Protective housings. Each valve, gage, closure and pressure relief device, with the exception of secondary relief valves for the protection of isolated piping, must be enclosed within a protective housing. The protective housing must be adequate to protect the enclosed components from direct solar radiation, mud, sand, adverse environmental exposure and mechanical damage inci dent to normal operation of the tank car. It must be designed to provide reasonable access to the enclosed components for operation, inspection and maintenance and so that vapor concentrations cannot build up to a dangerous level inside the housing in the event of valve leakage or pressure relief valve operation. All equipment within the protective housing must be operable by personnel wearing heavy gloves and must incorporate provisions for locks or seals. A protective housing and its cover must be constructed of metal not less than 0.119 inch thick. 179.400-23 Operating Instructions. All valves and gages must be clearly identified with corrosion-resistant nameplates. A plate of corrosion-resistant material bearing precautionary instructions for the safe operation of the equipment during storage and transfer opera tions must be securely mounted so as to be readily visible to an operator. The instruction plate must be mounted in each housing containing operating equipment and controls for product handling. These instructions must include a diagram of the tank and its piping system with the various gages, control valves and pressure relief devices clearly identified and located. 179.400-24 Stamping, (a) A tank that complies with all speci fication requirements must have the following information plainly and permanently stamped into the metal near the center of the head of the outer jacket at the "B" end of the car, in letters and figures at least 3/e-inch high, in the following order: Specification............................................................................. Design service temperature...................................................... Inner tank................................................................................... Shelf thickness ...................................................................... Head thickness...................................................................... Inside diameter...................................................................... Inner tank builder s initials...................................................... Date of original test (month and year) and initials of person conducting original test Water capacity ...................................................................... Outer jacket.............................................................................. Material ................................................................................ Outer jacket builder's initials.................................................... Car assembler's initials (if other than inner tank or outer jacket builder).................................................................................. Example of required stamping DOT-113A60W Minus 423'F. Inner Tank ASTM A240-304 Shell 3/16 inch Head 3/i6 inch ID 107 inch ABC OO-OOOOGHK 00000 lbs Outer jacket ASTM A515-70 DEF XYZ (b) Any stamping on the shell or heads of the inner tank is pro hibited. (c) In lieu of the stamping required by paragraph (a) of this section, the specified markings may be incorporated on a data plate of corro sion-resistant metal, fillet welded in place on the head of the outer jacket at the "B" end of the car. 179.400-25 Stenciling. Each tank car must be stenciled in compliance with the provisions of the AAR Specifications for Tank Cars, Appendix C. The stenciling must also include the following: (a) The date on which the frangible disc was last replaced and the initials of the person making the replacement, on the outer jacket in letters and figures at least lV2 inches high. (b) The design service temperature and maximum lading weight, in letters and figures at least 1V2 inches high adjacent to the hazardous material stencil. (c) The water capacity, in pounds net at 60F., with the tank at its coldest operating temperature, after deduction for the volume above the inlet to the pressure relief device or pressure control valve, struc tural members, baffles, piping, and other appurtenances inside the tank, in letters and figures at least l'/2 inches high. (d) Both sides of the tank car, in letters at least lV2 inches high, with the statement "Do Not Hump or Cut Off While in Motion." (e) The outer jacket, below the tank classification stencil, in letters at least lV2 inches high, with the statement, "vacuum jacketed." 179.401 Individual specification requirements applicable to inner tanks for cryogenic liquid tank car tanks. 179.401-1 Individual specification requirements. In addition to 179.400, the individual specification requirements for the inner tank and its appurtenances are as follows: DOT specification Design service temperature. *F............................. Material............................................................. Impact test (weld and plate material).................. Impact test values.............................................. Standard heat transfer rate. (Btu per day per lb. of water capacity, max.) (see 179.400-4).......... Bursting pressure, min. psi................................... Minimum plate thickness shell, inches (see l79,400-7(a)) .............................................. Minimum head thickness, inches (see 179.400-7 (a), (b), and (c)).............................................. Test pressure, psi (see 179.400-16).................... Safety vent bursting pressure, max, psi................ Pressure relief valve start-to-discharge pressure, psi (2 3 psi) Pressure relief valve vapor tight pressure, min. PS'................................................................... Pressure refief vafve flow rating pressure, max. psi................................................................... Alternate pressure relief valve start-to-discharge pressure, psi ( 3 psi). Alternate pressure relief valve vapor tight pressure, rnin. psi. Alternate pressure relief valve flow rating pressure, max. psi. Pressure control vafve. Start-to-vent, max. psi (see 179.400--20(c)(4)). Relief device discharge restrictions..................... Transfer line insulation ....................................... 113A60W -423 ............. 179.400-5 . . 179.400-5(c) 179.400--5(d) 0.097 ............. 240 ............... 3/,s............... 3/is............... 60 ............... 60 ............... 30 ............... 24 ............... 40 ............... 179.400-20 . 179.400-17 . 113C120W -260. 179.400-5. 179.400-S(C). l79.400-5(d). 0.4121. 300. 3/,6- V 120. 120. 75. 60. 85. 90. 72. 100. Not required. 179 400-20. Not required. 179.500 Specification DOT-107A * * * * seamless steel tank car tanks. 179.500-1 Tanks built under these specifications shall meet the requirements of 179.500. 179.500-3 Type and general requirements, (a) Tanks built under this specification shall be hollow forged or drawn in one piece. Forged tanks must be machined inside and outside before ends are necked-down and, after necking-down, the ends must be machined to size on the ends and outside diameter. Machining not neccessary on inside or outside of seamless steet tubing, but required on ends after necking-down. (b) For tanks made in foreign countries, chemical analysis of mate rial and all tests as specified must be carried out within the limits of the United States under supervision of a competent and disinterested 543 PART 179 ABDOO132320 179.500-3--179.500-8 April 1998 inspector; in addition to which, provisions in 179.500-18(b) and (c) shall be carried out at the point of manufacture by a recognized inspection bureau with principal office in the United States, (c) The terms "marked end" and "marked test pressure" used throughout this specification are defined as follows: (1) "Marked end" is that end of the tank on which marks prescribed in 179,500-17 are stamped. (2) "Marked test pressure" is that pressure in pounds per square inch which is indicated by the figures substituted for the ' ' * * in the marking DOT-107A * * * * stamped on the marked end of tank, (d) The gas pressure at 130F. in the tank shall not exceed 7/10 of the marked test pressure of the tank. 179.500-4 Thickness of wall, (a) Minimum thickness of wall of each finished tank shall be such that at a pressure equal to 7/10 of the marked test pressure of the tank, the calculated fiber stress in pounds per square inch at inner wall of tank multiplied by 3.0 will not exceed the tensile strength of any specimen taken from the tank and tested as prescribed in 179.500-7(b). Minimum wall thickness shall be V4 inch. (b) Calculations to determine the maximum marked test pressure permitted to be marked on the tank shall be made by the formula: IQS (P2-d2) 7 (D2 + d2) where: P S u 3 (D2 - d2)/(D2 + d2) Maximum marked test pressure permitted; U tensile strength of that specimen which shows the lower tensile strength of the two specimens taken from the tank and tested as prescribed in 179.500-7(b). Factor of safety. The smaller value obtained for this factor by the operations specified in 179.5QQ-4(c). <c) Measure at one end, in a plane perpendicular to the longitudinal axis of the tank and at least 18 inches from that end before neck ing-down: d = Maximum inside diameter (inches) for the location under con sideration; to be determined by direct measurement to an accu racy of 0.05 inch. t = Minimum thickness of wall for the location under consideration; to be determined by direct measurement to an accuracy of 0.001 inch. Take D = d + 2t. Calculate the value of (D2 - d2)/(D2 + d2) (1) Make similar measurements and calculation for acorresponding location at the other end of the tank. (2) Use the smaller result obtained, from the foregoing, in making calculations prescribed in paragraph (b) of this section. 179.500-5 Material, (a) Tanks shall be made from openhearth or electric steel of uniform quality. Material must be free from seams, cracks, laminations, or other defects injurious to finished tank. If not free from such defects, the surface may be machined or ground to eliminate these defects. Forgings and seamless tubing for bodies of tanks must be stamped with heat numbers. (b) Steel (see Note 1) must conform to the following requirements as to chemical composition: (1) For instructions as to the obtaining and checking of chemical analysis, see 179.500--18(b)(3). (2) [Reserved] 179.500-6 Heat treatment, (a) Each necked-down tank shall be uniformly heat treated. Heat treatment shall consist of annealing or normalizing and tempering for Class I, Class II and Class III steel or oil quenching and tempering for Class III steel. Tempering tempera tures shall not be less than 1000F. Heat treatment of alternate steels must be approved. All scale must be removed from outside of tank to an extent sufficient to allow proper inspection. (b) To check uniformity of heat treatment, Brinnel hardness tests shall be made at 18 inch intervals on the entire longitudinal axis. The hardness must not vary more than 35 points in the length of the tank. No hardness tests need be taken within 12 inches from point of head to shell tangency. (c) A magnetic particle inspection shall be performed after heat treatment on all tanks subjected to a quench and temper treatment to detect the presence of quenching cracks. Cracks shall be removed to sound metal by grinding and the surface exposed shall be blended smoothly into the surrounding area. A wall thickness check shall then be made of the affected area by ultrasonic equipment or other suitable means acceptable to the inspector and if the remaining wall thickness is less than the minimum recorded thickness as determined by 179.500-4(b) it shall be used for making the calculation prescribed in paragraph (b) of this section. 179.500-7 Physical tests, (a) Physical tests shall be made on two test specimens 0.505 inch in diameter within 2-inch gauge length, taken 180 degrees apart, one from each ring section cut from each end of each forged or drawn tube before necking-down, or one from each prolongation at each end of each necked-down tank. These test specimen ring sections or prolongations must be heat treated, with the necked-down tank which they represent. The width of the test specimen ring section must be at least its wall thickness. Only when diameters and wall thickness will not permit removal of 0.505 by 2inch tensile test bar, laid in the transverse direction, may test bar cut in the longitudinal direction be substituted. When the thickness will not permit obtaining a 0.505 specimen, then the largest diameter specimen obtainable in the longitudinal direction shall be used. Speci mens shall have bright surface and a reduced section. When 0.505 specimen is not used the gauge length shall be a ratio of 4 to 1 length to diameter. (b) Elastic limit as determined by extensometer, shall not exceed 70 percent of tensile strength for Class I steel or 85 percent of tensile strength for Class II and Class III steel. Determination shall be made at cross head speed of not more than 0.125 inch per minute with an extensometer reading to 0.0002 inch. The extensometer shall be read at increments of stress not exceeding 5,000 pounds per square inch. The stress at which the strain first exceeds: stress (pounds per square inch)* 1 + 0.005 (inches per inch) 30,000,000 (pounds per square inch) shall be recorded as the elastic limit. (1) Elongation shall be at least 18 percent and reduction of area at least 35 percent. Note 1: Upon approval, the ratio of elastic limit to ultimate strength may be raised to permit use of special alloy steels of definite composition that will give equal or better physical properties than steels herein specified. (2) [Reserved] Designation Class 1 (percent) Class II (percent) Claes III (percent) Carbon, maximum.............................................. 0.50 0.50 0.53 Manganese, maximum ............................... 1.65 1 65 1.85 Phosphorus, maximum..................................... .05 05 05 Sulphur, maximum.............................................. .06 05 .05 Silicon, maximum . ............................................ .35 30 .37 Molybdenum, maximum..................................... .25 .30 Chromium, maximum ............................... .30 .30 Sum of manganese and carbon not over . 2.10 2.10 Note 1: Alternate steel containing other alloying elements may be used it approved. 179.500-6 Openings In tanks, (a) Each end shall be closed by a cover made of forged steel. Covers shall be secured to ends of tank by through bolts or studs not entering interior of tank. Covers shall be of a thickness sufficient to meet test requirements of 179.50012 and to compensate for the openings closed by attachments pre scribed herein. (1) It is also provided that each end may be closed by internal threading to accommodate an approved fitting. The internal threads as well as the threads on fittings for these openings shall be clean cut, even, without checks, and tapped to gauge. Taper threads are required and shall be of a length not less than as specified for American Standard taper pipe threads. External threading of an approved type shall be permissible on the internal threaded ends. 544 ABDOO132321 April 1998 179.500-8--179.500-18 (b) Joints between covers and ends and between cover and attach ments shall be of approved form and made tight against vapor or liquid leakage by means of a confined gasket of suitable material. 179.500-10 Protective housing, (a) Safety devices, and loading and unloading valves on tanks shall be protected from acci dental injury by approved metal housing, arranged so it may be readily opened to permit inspection and adjustment of safety relief devices and valves, and securely locked in closed position. Housing shall be provided with opening having an opening equal to twice the total discharge area of safety relief device enclosed. (b) [Reserved] 179.500-11 Loading and unloading valves, (a) Loading and unloading valve or valves shall be mounted on the cover or threaded into the marked end of tank. These valves shall be of approved type, made of metal not subject to rapid deterioration by lading or in service, and shall withstand without leakage a pressure equal to the marked test pressure of tank. Provision shall be made for closing service outlet of valves. (b) [Reserved] 179.500-12 Safety relief devices, (a) Tank shall be equipped with one or more safety relief devices of approved type and discharge area, mounted on the cover or threaded into the non-marked end of the tank. If fittings are mounted on a cover, they shall be of the flanged type, made of metal not subject to rapid deterioration by lading or in service. Total flow capacity shall be such that, with tank filled with air at pressure equal to 70 percent of the marked test pressure of tank, flow capacity will be sufficient to reduce air pressure to 30 percent of the marked test pressure within 3 minutes after safety relief device opens. (b) Safety relief devices shall open at pressure not exceeding the marked test pressure of tank and not less than 7/,0 of marked test pressure. (For tolerance for safety relief valves, see 179.500-16(a).) (c) Cars used for the transportation of flammable gases shall have the safety devices equipped with an approved ignition device. 179.500-13 Fixtures, (a) Attachments, other than those mounted on tank covers or serving as threaded closures for the ends of the tank, are prohibited. (b) [Reserved] 179.500-14 Testoftanks. (a) After heat-treatment, tanks shall be subjected to hydrostatic tests in a water jacket, or by other accurate method, operated so as to obtain reliable data. No tank shall have been subjected previously to internal pressure greater than 90 percent of the marked test pressure. Each tank shall be tested to a pressure at least equal to the marked test pressure of the tank. Pressure shall be maintained for 30 seconds, and sufficiently longer to insure complete expansion of tank. Pressure gauge shall permit reading to accuracy of one percent. Expansion gauge shall permit reading of total expan sion to accuracy of one percent. Expansion shall be recorded in cubic centimeters. (b) No leaks shall appear and permanent volumetric expansion shall not exceed 10 percent of the total volumetric expansion at test pressure. 179.500-15 Handling of tanks falling in tests, (a) Tanks re jected for failure in any of the tests prescribed may be reheat-treated, and will be acceptable if subsequent to reheat-treatment they are subjected to and pass all of the tests. (b) [Reserved] 179.500-16 Tests of safety relief devices, (a) Safety relief valves shall be tested by air or gas before being put into sen/ice. Valve shall open at pressure not exceeding the marked test pressure of tank and shall be vapor-tight at 80 percent of the marked test pressure. These limiting pressures shall not be affected by any auxil iary closure or other combination. (b) For safety relief devices of frangible disc type, samples of discs used shall burst at a pressure not exceeding the marked test pressure of tank and not less than 7/10 of marked test pressure. 179.500-17 Marking, (a) Each tank shall be plainly and per manently marked, thus certifying that tank complies with all require ments of this specification. These marks must be stamped into the metal of necked-down section of tank at marked end, in letters and figures at least V4 inch high, as follows: (1) Spec. DOT-107A"", the ""to be replaced by figures indicat ing marked test pressure of the tank. This pressure shall not exceed the calculated maximum marked test pressure permitted, as deter mined by the formula in 179.500-4(b). (2) Serial number immediately below the stamped mark specified in paragraph (a)(1) of this section. (3) Inspector's official mark immediately below the stamped mark specified in paragraph (a)(1) of this section. (4) Name, mark (other than trademark), or initials of company or person for whose use tank is being made, which shall be recorded with the Bureau of Explosives. (5) Date (such as 1-62, for January 1962) of tank test, so placed that dates of subsequent tests may easily be added thereto. (6) Date (such as 1-62, for January 1962) of latest test of safety relief valve or of frangible disc, required only when tank is used for transportation of flammable gases. 179.500-16 Inspection and reports, (a) Before a tank car is placed in service, the party assembling the completed car shall furnish to car owner, Bureau of Explosives, and the Secretary, Mechanical Division, Association of American Railroads, a report in proper form certifying that tanks and their equipment comply with all the require ments of this specification and including information as to serial num bers, dates of tests, and ownership marks on tanks mounted on car structure. (b) Purchaser of tanks shall provide for inspection by a competent inspector as follows: (1) Inspector shall carefully inspect all material and reject that not complying with 179.500-5. (2) Inspector shall stamp his official mark on each forging or seam less tube accepted by him for use in making tanks, and shall verify proper application of heat number to such material by occasional inspections at steel manufacturer's plant. (3) Inspector shall obtain certified chemical analysis of each heat of material, (4) Inspector shall make inspection of inside surface of tanks before necking-down, to insure that no seams, cracks, laminations, or other defects exist. (5) Inspector shall fully verify compliance with specification; verify heat treatment of tank as proper; obtain samples for all tests and check chemical analyses; witness all tests; and report minimum thickness of tank wall, maximum inside diameter, and calculated value of D, for each end of each tank as prescribed in 179.500- 4(c). (6) Inspector shall stamp his official mark on each accepted tank immediately below serial number, and make certified report (see para graph (c) of this section) to builder, to company or person for whose use tanks are being made, to builder of car structure on which tanks are to be mounted, to the Bureau of Explosives, and to the Secretary, Mechanical Division, Association of American Railroads. (c) Inspector's report required herein shall be in the following form: (Place) (Dale) Steel Tanks It is hereby certified that drawings were submitted for these tanks under AAR Application for Approvaland approved by the AAR Committee on Tank Cars under date of Built forCompany Location at Built byCompany Location at Consigned toCompany Location at. Quantity___________________________________________________________________________ ____ Length (inches) Outside diameter (inches) Marks stamped into tank as required in 179.500-17 are: DOT-107A', Note 1: The marked test pressure substituted for the * ` * ' on each tank is shown on Record ol General Data on Tanks attached hereto. Serial numberstoinclusive Inspector's mark Owner's mark -- Test date Water capacity (see Record of Hydrostatic Tests). Tare weights (yes or no). (See Record of Hydrostatic Tests). These tanks were made by process of_____________________________________________ Steel used was identilied as indicated by the attached list showing the serial number of each tank, followed by the heat number. Steel used was verified as to chemical analysis and record thereof is attached hereto. 545 PART 179 ABDOO132322 179.500-18--Appendix B to Part 179 April 1998 Heat numbers were stamped into metal. All material was inspected and each tank was Inspected both before and after closing in ends; all material accepted was found free from seams, cracks, laminations, and other defects which might prove injurious to strength of tank. Processes of manufacture and heat-treatment of tanks were witnessed and found to be efficient and satisfactory Before necking-down ends, each tank was measured at each location prescribed m l79S00-4(c)and minimum wall thickness in inches at each location was recorded, maximum inside diameter in inches at each location was recorded, valueof Dm inches at each location was calculated and recorded, maximum fiber stress in wall at location showing larger value for D2 + d2 02-d2 was calculated lor 7/,0 the marked test pressure and recorded Calculations were made by the formula (O2 d2) S = 0.7P (D2 - d2) Hydrostatic tests, tensile tests of material, and other tests as prescribed in this specification, were made m the presence of the inspector, and all material and tanks accepted were found to be in compliance with the requirements of this specification. Records thereof are attached hereto I hereby certify that all of these tanks proved satisfactory in every way and comply with the requirements of Department of Transportation Specification No 107A"" (Signed) (Inspector) (Place) (Date). Numbered Size______ Built by__ For_______ RECORD OF CHEMICAL ANALYSIS OF STEEL FOR TANKS ______________ to_____ __ inclusive inches outside diameter by Inches long ______Company _____ Company Heat No Tanks Chemical analysis repre sented (Serial Nos) C Mn P S SI Ni Cr Mo These analyses were made by (Signed) (Place) (Date). RECORD OF TENSILE TESTS OF MATERIAL IN TANKS Numbered to Size____________________ inches outside diameter by Built by For __ inclusive inches long _ Company _ Company Heat No Tanks repre sented by test (Serial Nos) Elastic limit (pounds per square inch) Tensile strength (pounds per square inch) Elon gation (percent in 2 Inches) Reduction ol area (percent) (Signed) (Place)_______________________ (Date)_______________________ RECORD OF HYDROSTATIC TESTS ON TANKS Numbered toinclusive Size-------------------------------------- inches outside byinches long Built byCompany ForCompany Serial Nos of tanks Actual lest pressure (pounds per square inch) Total expan sion (cubic centi meters) Permament expan sion (cubic centi meters) Percent ratio of permamenl expan sion to total expan sion' Tare weight (pounds)2 Capacity m pounds of water at 60F Serial No. of tank (1) Minimum thickness of wall in inches (D) Calculated value of D in inches = d + 2t (t) Minimum thickness of wall in Inches (d) Maximum Inside diameter In inches (D) Calculated value o f O in inches = d 2t per square inch at T10 marked/ test pressure Marked test pressure In pounds per square inch stamped in tank Minimum tensile strength of material in pounds per square inch recorded RECORD OF GENERAL OATA ON TANKS Numbered to Built by__________________________________________________________ For______________________________________________________________ Data obtained as prescribed In 179.500-4fc) Marked end of tank Other end of tank c 5 i o c E if 9 *[! 8 ioio - Ss i| 1 5| 1a 3 . inclusive Company Company (Signed) Appendix A to Part 179--Procedures for Tank-Head PunctureResistance Test 1. This test procedure is designed to verify the integrity of new or untried tank-head puncture-resistance systems and to test for system survivability after coupler-to-tank-head impacts at relative speeds of 29 km/hour (18 mph). Tank-head puncture-resistance is a function of one or more of the following: Head thickness, jacket thickness, insula tion thickness, and material of construction. 2. Tank-head puncture-resistance test. A tank-head puncture-re sistance system must be tested under the following conditions: a. The ram car used must weigh at least 119,295 kg (263,000 pounds), be equipped with a coupler, and duplicate the condition of a conventional draft sill including the draft yoke and draft gear. The coupler must protrude from the end of the ram car so that it is the leading location of perpendicular contact with the impacted test car. b. The impacted test car must be loaded with water at six percent outage with internal pressure of at least 6.9 Bar {100 psi) and coupled to one or more "backup" cars which have a total weight of 217,724 kg (480,000 pounds) with hand brakes applied on the last "backup" car. c. At least two separate tests must be conducted with the coupler on the vertical centerline of the ram car. One test must be conducted with the coupler at a height of 53.3 cm (21 inches), plus-or-minus 2.5 cm (1 inch), above the top of the sill; the other test must be conducted with the coupler height at 79 cm (31 inches), plus-or-minus 2.5 cm (1 inch), above the top of the sill. If the combined thickness of the tank head and any additional shielding material is less than the combined thickness on the vertical centerline of the car, a third test must be conducted with the coupler positioned so as to strike the thinnest point of the tank head. 3. One of the following test conditions must be applied: Minimum weight of attached ram cars in kg (pounds) 119.295 (263,000) 155.582 (343.000) . . . 311.164(686.000) Minimum velocity of Impact in kmfhour (mph) Restrictions 29(18) . . . One ram car only 25.5 (16) One ram car or one car plus one rigidly attached car 22.5(14) One ram car plus one or more rigidly attached cars. 4. A test is successful if there is no visible leak from the standing tank car for at least one hour after impact. ' If tests are made by method involving measurement of amount of liquid forced into tank by test pressure, then the basic data on which calculations are made, such as pump factors, temperature of liquid, coefficient of compressibility of liquid, etc . must also be given. 2 Oo not include protective housing, but state whether with or without valves (Signed) (Place) (Date). Appendix B to Part 179--Procedures for Simulated Pool and Torch-Fire Testing 1. This test procedure is designed to measure the thermal effects of new or untried thermal protection systems and to test for system survivability when exposed to a 100-minute pool fire and a 30-minute torch fire. 546 ABDOO132323 April 1998 Appendix B to Part 179 2. Simulated pool fire test. a. A pool-fire environment must be simulated in the following manner: (1) The source of the simulated pool fire must be hydrocarbon fuel with a flame temperature of 871C (1,600F), plus-or-minus 37.8C (100F), throughout the duration of the test. (2) A square bare plate with thermal properties equivalent to the material of construction of the tank car must be used. The plate dimen sions must be not less than one foot by one foot by nominal 1.6 cm (0.625 inch) thick. The bare plate must be instrumented with not less than nine thermocouples to record the thermal response of the bare plate. The thermocouples must be attached to the surface not exposed to the simulated pool fire and must be divided into nine equal squares with a thermocouple placed in the center of each square. (3) The pool-fire simulator must be constructed in a manner that results in total flame engulfment of the front surface of the bare plate. The apex of the flame must be directed at the center of the plate. (4) The bare plate holder must be constructed in such a manner that the only heat transfer to the back side of the bare plate is by heat conduction through the plate and not by other heat paths. (5) Before the bare plate is exposed to the simulated pool fire, none of the temperature recording devices may indicate a plate temperature in excess of 37.8C (100F) nor less than 0C (32F). (6) A minimum of two thermocouple devices must be indicate 427C (800F) after 13 minutes, plus-or-minus one minute, of simulated pool- fire exposure. b. A thermal protection system must be tested in the simulated pool-fire environment described in paragraph 2a of this appendix in the following manner: (1) The thermal protection system must cover one side of a bare plate as described in paragraph 2a(2) of this appendix. (2) The non-protected side of the bare plate must be instrumented with not less than nine thermocouples placed as described in para graph 2a(2) of this appendix to record the thermal response of the plate. (3) Before exposure to the pool-fire simulation, none of the thermo couples on the thermal protection system configuration may indicate a plate temperature in excess of 37.8C (100F) nor less than 0C (32F). (4) The entire surface of the thermal protection system must be exposed to the simulated pool fire. (5) A pool-fire simulation test must run for a minimum of 100 minutes. The thermal protection system must retard the heat flow to the plate so that none of the thermocouples on the non-protected side of the plate indicate a plate temperature in excess of 427C (800F). (6) A minimum of three consecutive successful simulation fire tests must be performed for each thermal protection system. 3. Simulated torch fire test. a. A torch-fire environment must be simulated in the following manner: (1) The source of the simulated torch must be a hydrocarbon fuel with a flame temperature of 1,204C (2,200F), plus-or-minus 37.8C (100F), throughout the duration of the test. Furthermore, torch veloci ties must be 64.4 km/h 16 km/h (40 mph 10 mph) throughout the duration of the test. (2) A square bare plate with thermal properties equivalent to the material of construction of the tank car must be used. The plate dimen sions must be at least four feet by four feet by nominal 1.6 cm (0.625 inch) thick. The bare plate must be instrumented with not less than nine thermocouples to record the thermal response of the plate. The thermocouples must be attached to the surface not exposed to the simulated torch and must be divided into nine equal squares with a thermocouple placed in the center of each square. (3) The bare plate holder must be constructed in such a manner that the only heat transfer to the back side of the plate is by heat conduction through the plate and not by other heat paths. The apex of the flame must be directed at the center of the plate. (4) Before exposure to the simulated torch, none of the temperature recording devices may indicate a plate temperature in excess of 37.8C (100F) or less than 0C (32F). (5) A minimum of two thermocouples must indicate 427C (800F) in four minutes, plus-or-minus 30 seconds, of torch simulation exposure. b. A thermal protection system must be tested in the simulated torch-fire environment described in paragraph 3a of this appendix in the following manner: (1) The thermal protection system must cover one side of the bare plate identical to that used to simulate a torch fire under paragraphs 3a(2) of this appendix. (2) The back of the bare plate must be instrumented with not less than nine thermocouples placed as described in paragraph 3a(2) of this appendix to record the thermal response of the material. (3) Before exposure to the simulated torch, none of the thermocou ples on the back side of the thermal protection system configuration may indicate a plate temperature in excess of 37.8C (100F) nor less than 0C (32F). (4) The entire outside surface of the thermal protection system must be exposed to the simulated torch-fire environment. (5) A torch-simulation test must be run for a minimum of 30 minutes. The thermal protection system must retard the heat flow to the plate so that none of the thermocouples on the backside of the bare plate indicate a plate temperature in excess of 427C (800F). (6) A minimum of two consecutive successful torch-simulation tests must be performed for each thermal protection system. PART 179 547 ABDOO132324 Part 180- Continuing Qualifications & Maintenance of Packaging ABDOO132325 April 1998 180.1--180.3 PART 180 CONTINUING QUALIFICATION AND MAINTENANCE OF PACKAGING Subject Sec. Subpart A--General Purpose and scope .................................................... 180.1 Applicability.................................................................... 180.2 General requirements................................................. 180.3 Subparts B-C--(Reserved] Page 549 549 549 Subject Sec. Acceptable results of tests and inspections .... Repair, modification, stretching, or rebarrelling of cargo tanks ............................................................... Test and inspection markings................................... Reporting and record retention requirements . . . 180.411 180.413 180.415 180.417 Page 556 557 558 558 Subpart O--Qualification and Maintenance of Intermediate Bulk Containers Applicability.................................................................... Qualification of intermediate bulk containers . . . . Requirements for retest and inspection of intermediate bulk containers................................. 180.350 180.351 180.352 550 550 550 Subpart E--Qualification and Maintenance of Cargo Tanks Applicability.................................................................... Definitions....................................................................... Qualification of cargo tanks...................................... Requirements for test and inspection of specification cargo tanks ...................................... Minimum qualifications for inspectors and testers.......................................................................... 180.401 180.403 180.405 180.407 180.409 551 551 551 553 556 Subpart F--Qualification and Maintenance of Tank Cars Applicability.................................................................... Definitions....................................................................... Quality assurance program ...................................... Qualification of tank cars........................................... Requirements for inspection and test of specification tank cars........................................... Acceptable results of inspections and tests . . . . Repairs, alterations, conversions, and modifications ............................................................ Markings......................................................................... Reporting and record retention requirements . . . Periodic retest and inspection of tank cars other than single-unit tank car tanks.............................. 180.501 180.503 180.505 180.507 180.509 180.511 180.513 180.515 180.517 180.519 559 559 559 559 559 561 561 561 561 561 PUBLISHER'S NOTE This Part contains the continuing qualification and maintenance of bulk containers except portable tanks. These include intermediate bulk containers, cargo tanks and tank cars. The continuing qualifica tion and maintenance of portable tanks is covered in Part 173, specifically in 173.32, 173.32a, 173.32b, and 173.32c. The Part is divided into four sections. The first section (Subpart A) addresses the general requirements applicable to maintaining the three types of bulk packaging in service. The remaining three Subparts, D through F address intermediate bulk containers, cargo tanks and tank cars respectively. Subparts B and C are reserved. Subpart A GENERAL 180.1 Purpose and scope. This pan prescribes requirements pertaining to the maintenance, reconditioning, repair, inspection and testing of packagings, and any other function having an effect on the continuing qualification and use of a packaging under the require ments of this subchapter. 180.2 Applicability, (a) Any person who performs a function prescribed in this part shall perform that function in accordance with this part. (b) Any person who performs a function prescribed in this part is considered subject to the regulations of this subchapter when that person-- (1) Makes any representation indicating compliance with one or more of the requirements of this part; or (2) Reintroduces into commerce a packaging that bears markings indicating compliance with this part. 180.3 General requirements, (a) No person may represent, mark, certify, sell, or offer a packaging or container as meeting the requirements of this part, or an exemption pertaining to this part issued under Subchapter A of this chapter, whether or not the packaging or container is intended to be used for the transportation of a hazardous material, unless it is marked, maintained, reconditioned, repaired, or retested, as appropriate, in accordance with this part, an approval issued thereunder, or an exemption issued under Subchapter A of this chapter. (b) The representations, markings, and certifications subject to the prohibitions of paragraph (a) of this section include: (1) Identifications that include the letters "DOT", "MC". "ICC", or "UN"; (2) Exemption, approval, and registration numbers that include the letters "DOT"; (3) Test dates displayed in association with specification, registra tion, approval or exemption markings indicating conformance to a test or retest requirement of this subchapter, an approval issued there under, or an exemption issued under Subchapter A of this chapter. {4) Documents indicating conformance to the testing, inspection, maintenance or other continuing qualification requirements of this part; and (5) Sales literature, including advertising, indicating that the pack aging or container represented therein conforms to requirements con tained in Subchapter A or C of this chapter. 549 PART 180 180.350--180.352 ABDOO132326 Subparts B-C [RESERVED] April 1998 Subpart D QUALIFICATION AND MAINTENANCE OF INTERMEDIATE BULK CONTAINERS 180.350 Applicability. This subpart prescribes requirements, in addition to those contained in parts 107, 171. 172, 173, and 178 of this chapter, applicable to any person responsible for the continuing qualification, maintenance, or periodic retesting of an intermediate bulk container. 180.351 Qualification of intermediate bulk containers. (a) General. Each intermediate bulk container used for the transpor tation of hazardous materials must be an authorized packaging. (b) Intermediate bulk container specifications. To qualify as an au thorized packaging, each intermediate bulk container must conform to this subpart, the applicable requirements specified in part 173 of this subchapter, and the applicable requirements of subparts N and O of part 178 of this subchapter. 180.352 Requirements for retest and inspection of intermedi ate bulk containers, (a) General. Each intermediate bulk container constructed in accordance with a UN standard for which a test or inspection specified in paragraphs (b)(1), (b)(2) and (b)(3) of this section is required may not be filled and offered for transportation or transported until the test or inspection has been successfully com pleted. This paragraph does not apply to any intermediate bulk con tainer filled prior to the test or inspection due date. The requirements in this section do not apply to DOT 56 and 57 portable tanks. (b) Test and inspections for metal, rigid plastic, and composite intermediate bulk containers. Each intermediate bulk container is sub ject to the following test and inspections: (1) The leakproofness test prescribed in 178.813 of this subchap ter must be conducted every 2.5 years starting from the date of manu facture marked on each intermediate bulk container intended to con tain liquids or intended to contain solids that are loaded or discharged under pressure. (2) An external visual inspection must be conducted initially after production and every 2.5 years starting from the date of manufacture on each intermediate bulk container to ensure that: (i) The intermediate bulk container is marked in accordance with requirements in 178.703 of this subchapter. Missing or dam aged markings, or markings difficult to read must be restored or returned to original condition. (ii) Service equipment is fully functional and free from damage which may cause failure. Missing, broken, or damaged parts must be repaired or replaced. (iii) The intermediate bulk container, including the outer packaging if applicable, is free from damage which reduces its structural integrity. The intermediate bulk container must be externally inspected for cracks, warpage, corrosion or any other damage which might render the intermediate bulk container unsafe for transportation. An intermediate bulk container found with such defects must be removed from service. The inner receptacle of a composite intermediate bulk container must be removed from the outer intermediate bulk container body for inspection unless the inner receptacle is bonded to the outer body or unless the outer body is constructed in such a way (e.g., a welded or riveted cage) that removal of the inner receptacle is not possible without impairing the integrity of the outer body. Defective inner receptacles must be replaced with a receptacle meeting the design type of the intermediate bulk container or the entire intermediate bulk container must be replaced. For metal intermediate bulk containers, thermal insulation must be removed to the extent necessary for proper examination of the intermediate bulk container body. (3) Each metal intermediate bulk container must be internally in spected at least every five years to ensure that the intermediate bulk container is free from damage which might reduce its structural in tegrity. (i) The intermediate bulk container must be internally inspected for cracks, warpage, and corrosion or any other defect that might render the intermediate bulk container unsafe for trans portation. An intermediate bulk container found with such de fects must be removed from hazardous materials service until restored to the original design type of the intermediate bulk container. (ii) Metal intermediate bulk containers must be inspected to ensure the minimum wall thickness requirements in 178.705(c)(1)(iv) (A) of this subchapter are met. Metal intermediate bulk contain ers not conforming to minimum wall thickness requirements must be removed from hazardous materials service. (c) Initial visual inspection for flexible, fiberboard, or wooden inter mediate bulk containers. Each intermediate bulk container must be visually inspected prior to first use, by the person who places hazard ous materials in the intermediate bulk container, to ensure that: (1) The intermediate bulk container is marked in accordance with requirements in 178.703 of this subchapter. Additional marking al lowed for each design type may be present. Required markings that are missing, damaged or difficult to read must be restored or returned to original condition. (2) Proper construction and design specifications have been met. (i) Each flexible intermediate bulk container must be inspected to ensure that: (A) Lifting straps if used, are securely fastened to the interme diate bulk container in accordance with the design type. (B) Seams are free from defects in stitching, heat sealing or gluing which would render the intermediate bulk container unsafe for transportation of hazardous materials. All stitched seam-ends must be secure. (C) Fabric used to construct the intermediate bulk container is free from cuts, tears and punctures. Additionally, fabric must be free from scoring which may render the intermedi ate bulk container unsafe for transport. (ii) Each fiberboard intermediate bulk container must be inspected to ensure that: (A) Fluting or corrugated fiberboard is firmly glued to facings. (B) Seams are creased and free from scoring, cuts, and scratches. (C) Joints are appropriately overlapped and glued, stitched, taped or stapled as prescribed by the design. Where staples are used, the joints must be inspected for protrud ing staple-ends which could puncture or abrade the inner liner. All such ends must be protected before the interme diate bulk container is authorized for hazardous materials service. (iii) Each wooden intermediate bulk container must be inspected to ensure that: (A) End joints are secured in the manner prescribed by the design. (B) Intermediate bulk container walls are free from defects in wood. Inner protrusions which could puncture or abrade the liner must be covered. Retest date. The date of the most recent periodic retest must be marked as provided in 178.703(b) of this subchapter. (e) Record retention. The intermediate bulk container owner or les see shall keep records of periodic retests and initial and periodic inspections. Records must include design types and packaging speci fications, test and inspection dates, name and address of test and inspection facilities, names or name of any persons conducting tests or inspections, and test or inspection specifics and results. Records must be kept for each packaging at each location where periodic tests are conducted, until such tests are successfully performed again or for at least 2.5 years from the date of the last test. These records must be made available for inspection by a representative of the Department on request. 550 ABDOO132366 S U B JE C T INDEX April 1998 SUBJECT INDEX Tier 12 3 4 49 CFR Reference Radiation protection program 172.801, 172.803, 172.805 & 172.807 Radioactive materials Definitions ................................................................. 173.403 Export shipments.......................................................173.476(b) Labeling Assignment............................................................ 172.402(d) & 172.403. Types....................................................................... 172.436, 172.438, & 172.440 Marking on packaging ............................................172.310 Packaging Empty....................................................................... 173.428 Exterior radiation level limits.............................. 173.441 Exterior radiation contamination control .... 173.443 Fissile Authorized .............................................................173.417 Export .....................................................................173.472 Foreign-made ..........................................................173.473 General design ....................................................... 173.410 Industrial.....................................................................173.411 Low specific activity (LSA)....................................173.427 Quality control Construction..........................................................173.474 Prior to each shipment.......................................173.475 Thermal limits.............................................................173.442 Tests Demonstration of compliance Fissile ...................................... LSA-III......................................... 173.461 173.467 173.468 Preparation of specimens...................... 173.462 Type A......................................................... Additional tests for liquids and gases 173.465 173.466 Type B......................................................... Special form............................................... 173.467 173.469 Type A Authorized ................................................. 173.415 Activity limits.............................................. Requirements............................................ 173.431(a) 173.412 Type B Authorized ......................................................... 173.416 Activity limits...........................................173.431(b) Export ................................................................. 173.472 Requirements...........................................173.413 Oxidizing radioactive authorized.............173.419 Pyroforic radioactive materials authorized .. 173.418 U.S. Regulatory Commission approved .... 173.471 Shipping paper requirements .............................. 172.203(d) Storage incident to transportation, general . . . 173.447 Transportation General........................................................... 173.448 Fissile materials Controlled shipments (transportation index > 10 for criticality control).............................. 173.457 Exceptions......................................................... 173.453 Mixing of packages......................................... 173.459 Rail carriage (see Carriage by rail) Reference Material Used in particular regulation.................................171.7 Refrigerant gas, application of term.........................173.115(j) Registration Cargo tanks Assemblers............................................................ 107.502(b) Design certifying engineer.................................107.502(b) Manufacturer......................................................... 107.502(b) Repairers ...............................................................107.502(b) Tier 12 3 4 49 CFR Reference Tester.......................................................................180.407(g) Shipper (or offerer) ................................................. 107.601 Transporter................................................................. 107.601 Regulated medical waste Definition ....................................................................173.134(a)(4) Exception.................................................................... 173.134(b)(2) & 173.134(b)(3) Packing group............................................................173.134(c)(2) Packaging ................................................................. 173.197 Reportable Quantity Definition .................................................................... 171.8 Rules of Construction of HazMat regulations .... 171.9 RQ (see Reportable Quantity) Rulemaking Procedures.............................................. Part 106 S Salvage drums.............................................................. 173.3(c) Seat belt pre-tensioners or modules (see Air bag inflators) Segregation table Explosives Highway................................................................. 177.848(d) Rail............................................................................ 174.81(f) Vessel .................................................................... 176.144(a) Hazardous materials (all) Air ............................................................................ 175.78(a) Highway................................................................. 177.848 Rail............................................................................ 174.81(d) Vessel .................................................................... 177.848(f) Self propelled vehicles with engine or wet batteries.......................................................................173.220 Self-reactive materials Proper shipping name requirements................... 171,101(c)(13) Shipping paper requirements .............................. 172.203(0) Shipper's certification Air transportation...................................................... 172.204(c) Exceptions................................................................. 172.204(b) Requirements ............................................................172.204 Signature ....................................................................172.204(d) Shipper's responsibility .............................................. 173.22 Shipping Papers Certification .............................................................. 172.204 Signature................................................................. 172.204(d) Definition ....................................................................171.8 Format......................................................................... 172.201 Entries Additional entries .................................................172.203 Emergency response number........................... 172.201(d) General.................................................................... 172.201(a) Order of appearance .........................................172.201(a)(1) Required entries....................................................172.202 Sample entry basic description.........................172.202(b) Required, when......................................................... 172.200 Small quantities of hazardous materials Exempted amounts ................................................. 173.4 Identification numbers which exempted amounts do not apply ......................................................... 173.4(a)(11) Special form Approval ....................................................................173.476 Exceptions...............................................................173.476(d) Definition ....................................................................173.403 Spontaneously combustible material Definition ....................................................................173.l24(b) Packing group............................................................173.125(c) Subsidiary hazard Definition ....................................................................171.8 Label ......................................................................... 172.101(g) Placard .......................................................................172.505 Shipping paper requirement ................................ 172.202(a)(2) 591 ABDOO132367 SUBJECT INDEX April 1998 Tier 12 3 4 49 CFR Reference T Tank car Anhydrous ammonia off-loading........................... 173.10(c) Approval procedures.............................................. 179.3 Alterations...............................................................179.6 & 180.513 Bottom-discontinuity................................................. 173.31 (b)(5) Bottom shell, definition............................................171.8 Certificate of construction...................................... 179.5 Class 2 (compressed gases) Off-loading prohibition.........................................173.10(b) & 173.10(c) Class 3 (flammable liquids) Loading prohibition.............................................. 173.10(e) Off-loading prohibition......................................... 173.10(a) Coupler vertical restrant.........................................173.31(b)(1) Cryogenic liquids...................................................... 173.319 Examination before shipping.................................173.31(d) Hazardous substances Authorized tank car............................................. 173.31(f)(1) List of materials requiring authorized tank car 173.31(f)(2) Inspection ................................................................. 180.509 Maintenance...............................................................Subpart F of Part 180 Marking General.................................................................... 172.302 Specific.................................................................... 172.330 & 180.515 Material poisonous by inhalation Authorized tank car................ 173.31 (e)(2) Interior heater coils................ 173.31(e)(1) Outage and filling limits ........... Gases......................................... 173.24b(a) 173.314(c) Placarding Affixing...................................... 172.508 Assignment.............................. 172.504 Special provisions................... Subsidiary hazards................ 172.510 172.505 Pressure relief devices.............. 173.31 (b)(2)& 179.15 Qualification ...............................................................Subpart F to Part 180 Quality assurance ....................................................179.7 Repairs ....................................................................... 179.6 & 180.513 Record retention .......................................................180.517 Reports .......................................................................180.513 Safety systems ......................................................... 173.31 Self-energized manway .........................................173.31(a)(5) Shell thickness, allowable...................................... 180.509(g) Specifications............................................................ See index to Part 179 Approval; securing of .........................................179.3 Changes in specifications .................................179.4 Certificate of construction .................................179.5 Definitions and abbreviations........................... 179.2 General.................................................................... 179.1 Quality assurance................................................. 179.7 Repairs and alterations ...................................... 179.6 Tank-head puncture resistance........................... 173.31 (b)(3) & 179.16 Tank test pressure....................................................173.31{c) Testing..........................................................................180.509 Thermal protection....................................................... 173.31(b)(4)& 179.18 Top shell .................................................................... 171.8 Unloading.................................................................... 174.67 Tier 12 3 4 49 CFR Reference Use of..........................................................................173.31 Tank truck (see Cargo tank) Technical name Definition .................................................................... 171.8 Marking ....................................................................... 171.8 Shipping paper requirements .............................. 172.203{k) TOFC (see Trailer On Flat Car) Toxic (alternative to word poison on label and placard) Trailers On Flat Cars....................................................173.220(d) & 174.61 Train Definition .................................................................... 171.8 Training Grants..........................................................................Part 110 Federal/state relationship ...................................... 172.600(b) Hazmat employee Definition................................................................. 171.8 Requirements......................................................... 172.702 & 704 Hazmat employer Definition................................................................. 171.8 Responsibilities ....................................................172.702 & 704 Purpose and scope................................................. 172.700 Transition periodsfor certain regulations ...............171.14 Transportation by air (see carriage by air) Transportation by highway (see carriage by highway) Transportation by rail (see carriage by rail) Transportation by vessel (see carriage by vessel) Transport index Definition .................................................................... 173.403 Shipping paper requirement .................................172.203(d)(6) Truck bodies transported on flat cars as cargo with fuel, wet battery or other hazardous material .......................................................................173.220(d) U Units of measure ......................................................... 171.10 Unloading of transport vehicle .................................173.30 U.S. Government material ......................................... 173.7 V Vessel carriage (see Carriage by vessel) W Wetted explosive ......................................................... 173.124(a)(1) Water reactive material ...............................................173.124(c) White square-on-point configuration ......................173.336(b) Wooden barrel (see Packaging) X X (Packaging code for performance oriented package)........................................................................l78.503(a)(3) Y Y (Packaging code for performance oriented package) ....................................................................... 178.503(a)(3) Z Z (Packaging code for performance oriented package) .................................................................... 178.503(a)(3) 592 ABDOO132330 180.407 April 1998 (d) External visual inspection and testing. (1) Where insulation precludes external visual inspection, the cargo tank, other than an MC 330 or MC 331 cargo tank, must be given a visual internal inspection in accordance with 180.407(e). The tank must be hydro statically or pneumatically tested in accordance with 180.407(c) and (g) where: (1) Visual inspection is precluded by internal lining or coating, or (ii) The cargo tank is not equipped with a manhole or inspection opening.opening. (2) The external visual inspection and testing must include as a minimum the following: (i) The tank shell and heads must be inspected for corroded or abraded areas, dents, distortions, defects in welds and any other conditions, including leakage, that might render the tank unsafe for transportation service: (ii) The piping, valves, and gaskets must be carefully inspected for corroded areas, defects in welds, and other conditions, including leakage, that might render the tank unsafe for trans portation service; (iii) All devices for tightening manhole covers must be operative and there must be no evidence of leakage at manhole covers or gaskets; (iv) All emergency devices and valves including self-closing stop valves, excess flow valves and remote closure devices must be free from corrosion, distortion, erosion and any external damage that will prevent safe operation. Remote closure de vices and self-closing stop valves must be functioned to demon strate proper operation; (v) Missing bolts, nuts and fusible links or elements must be re placed, and loose bolts and nuts must be tightened; (vi) All markings on the cargo tank required by parts 172, 178 and 180 of this subchapter must be legible; (vii) [Reserved] (viii) All major appurtenances and structural attachments on the cargo tank including, but not limited to, suspension system attachments, connecting structures, and those elements of the upper coupler (fifth wheel) assembly that can be inspected without dismantling the upper coupler (fifth wheel) assembly must be inspected for any corrosion or damage which might prevent safe operation; (ix) For cargo tanks transporting lading corrosive to the tank, areas covered by the upper coupler (fifth wheel) assembly must be inspected at least once in each two year period for corroded and abraded areas, dents, distortions, defects in welds, and any other condition that might render the tank unsafe for trans portation service. The upper coupler (fifth wheel) assembly must be removed from the cargo tank for this inspection. (3) All reclosing pressure relief valves must be externally in spected for any corrosion or damage which might prevent safe operation. All reclosing pressure relief valves on cargo tanks carrying lading corrosive to the valve must be removed from the cargo tank for inspection and testing. Each reclosing pressure relief valve required to be removed and tested must open at the required set pressure and reseat to a leak-tight condition at 90 percent of the set-to-discharge pressure or the pressure prescribed for the applicable cargo tank specification. (4) Corroded or abraded areas of the cargo tank wall must be thickness tested in accordance with the procedures set forth in para graphs (i)(2), (i)(3), (i)(5) and (i)(6) of this section. (5) The gaskets on any full opening rear head must be: (1) Visually inspected for cracks or splits caused by weather or wear; and (ii) Replaced if cuts or cracks which are likely to cause leakage, or are of a depth one-half inch or more, are found. (6) The inspector must record the results of the external visual examination as specified in 180.417(b). (e) Internal visual inspection. (1) When the cargo tank is not equipped with a manhole or inspection opening, or the cargo tank design precludes an internal inspection, the tank shall be hydrostati cally or pneumatically tested in accordance with 180.407(c) and (g). (2) The internal visual inspection must include as a minimum the following: (i) The tank shell and heads must be inspected for corroded and abraded areas, dents, distortions, defects in welds, and any other condition that might render the tank unsafe for transporta tion service. (ii) Tank liners must be inspected as specified in 180.407(f). (3) Corroded or abraded areas of the cargo tank wall must be thickness tested in accordance with paragraphs (i)(2), (i)(3), (i)(5) and (i)(6) of this section. (4) The inspector must record the results of the internal visual in spection as specified in 180.417(b). (f) Lining Inspection. The integrity of the lining on all lined cargo tanks, when lining is required by this Subchapter, must be verified at least once each year as follows: (1) Rubber (elastomeric) lining must be tested for holes as follows: (1) Equipment must consist of: (A) A high frequency spark tester capable of producing suffi cient voltage to ensure proper calibration; (B) A probe with an "L" shaped 2.4 mm (0.09 inch) diameter wire with up to a 30.5 cm (12- inch) bottom leg (end bent to a 12.7 mm (0.5 inch) radius) or equally sensitive probe; and (C) A steel calibration coupon 30.5 cm x 30.5 cm (12 inches x 12 inches) covered with the same material and thickness as that to be tested. The materia! on the coupon shall have a test hole to the metal substrate made by puncturing the material with a 22 gauge hypodermic needle or compara ble piercing tool. (ii) The probe must be passed over the surface of the callibration coupon in a constant uninterrupted manner until the hole is found. The hole is detected by the white or light blue spark formed. (A sound lining causes a dark blue or purple spark). The voltage must be adjusted to the lowest setting that will produce a minimum 12.7 mm (0.5 inch) spark measured from the top of the lining to the probe. To assure that the setting on the probe has not changed, the spark tester must be calibrated periodically using the test calibration coupon, and the same power source, probe and cable length. (iii) After calibration, the probe must be passed over the lining in an uninterrupted stroke. (iv) Holes that are found must be repaired using equipment and procedures prescribed by the lining manufacturer or lining in staller. (2) Linings made of other than rubber (elastomeric material) must be tested using equipment and procedures prescribed by the lining manufacturer or lining installer. (3) Degraded or defective areas of the cargo tank liner must be removed and tank wall below the defect must be inspected. Corroded areas of the tank wall must be thickness tested in accordance with paragraphs (i)(2), (i)(3), (i)(5) and (i)(6) of this section. (4) The inspector must record the results of the lining inspection as specified in 180.417(b). (g) Pressure test. All components of the cargo tank wali, as defined in 178.320(a) of this subchapter, must be pressure tested as pre scribed by this paragraph. (1) Test Procedure--(i) As part of the pressure test, the inspector must perform an external and internal visual inspection, except that on an MC 338 cargo tank, or a cargo tank not equipped with a manhole or inspection opening, an internal inspection is not required. (ii) All reclosing pressure relief valves must be: (A) Removed from the cargo tank for inspection and testing. Each reclosing pressure relief valve must open at the required set pressure and reseat to a leak-tight condition at 90 percent of the set-to-discharge pressure or the pres sure prescribed for the applicable cargo tank specifica tion; or, (B) Replaced. (iii) Except for cargo tanks carrying lading corrosive to the tank, areas covered by the upper coupler (fifth wheel) assembly must be inspected for corroded and abraded areas, dents, distortions, defects in welds, and any other condition that might render the tank unsafe for transportation sen/ice. The upper coupler (fifth wheel) assembly must be removed from the cargo tank for this inspection. (iv) Each cargo tank must be tested hydrostatically or pneumati cally to the internal pressure specified in the following table: 554 ABD00132331 April 1998 180.407 Specification Test pressure MC 300, 301, 302, 303, 305, 306 .. . 20.7 kPa (3 psig) or design pressure, whichever is greater. MC 304, 307 ............ 275.6 kPa (40 psig) or 1.5 times the design pressure, whichever is greater. MC 310,311 312 . . 20.7 kPa (3 psig) or 1.5 times the design pressure, whichever is greater. MC 330, 331 ............ 1.5 times either the MAWP or the re-rated pressure, whichever is applicable. MC 338 ...................... 1.25 times either the MAWP or the re-rated pressure, whichever is applicable. DOT 406 ................... 34.5 kPa (5 psig) or 1.5 times the MAWP, whichever is greater. DOT 407 ................... 275.8 kPa (40 psig) or 1.5 times the MAWP, whichever is greater. DOT 412 ................... 1.5 times the MAWP. (v) Each owner of 5 or more MC 300, MC 301, MC 302, MC 303, MC 304, MC 305, MC 306, MC 307, MC 310. MC 311, or MC 312 cargo tanks must pressure test at least 20 percent of the cargo tanks in his ownership each year beginning in 1991, The owner of fewer than five MC specification cargo tanks has until August 31, 1995, to pressure test these units. (vi) Each cargo tank of a multi-tank cargo tank motor vehicle must be tested with the adjacent cargo tanks empty and at atmo spheric pressure. (vii) All closures except pressure relief devices must be in place during the test. All prescribed loading and unloading venting devices rated at less than test pressure may be removed during the test. If retained, the devices must be rendered inoperative by clamps, plugs, or other equally effective restraining devices. Restraining devices may not prevent detection of leaks or dam age the venting devices and must be removed immediately after the test is completed. (viii) Hydrostatic test method. Each cargo tank, including its domes, must be filled with water or other liquid having similar viscosity at a temperature not exceeding 100F. The cargo tank must then be pressurized to not less than the pressure specified in paragraph (g)(1){iv) of this section. The cargo tank, including its closures, must hold the prescribed test pressure for at least 10 minutes during which time it shall be inspected for leakage, bulging or any other defect. (ix) Pneumatic test method. Pneumatic testing may involve higher risk than hydrostatic testing. Therefore, suitable safeguards must be provided to protect personnel and facilities should failure occur during the test. The cargo tank must be pressur ized with air or an inert gas. The pneumatic test pressure in the cargo tank must be reached by gradually increasing the pressure to one-half of the test pressure. Thereafter, the pres sure must be increased in steps of approximately one-tenth of the test pressure until the required test pressure has been reached. The test pressure must be held for at least 5 minutes. The pressure must then be reduced to the MAWP, which must be maintained during the time the entire cargo tank surface is inspected. During the inspection, a suitable method must be used for detecting the existence of leaks. This method must consist either of coating the entire surface of all joints under pressure with a solution of soap and water, or using other equally sensitive methods. (2) When testing an insulated cargo tank, the insulation and jack eting need not be removed unless it is otherwise impossible to reach test pressure and maintain a condition of pressure equilibrium after test pressure is reached, or the vacuum integrity cannot be maintained in the insulation space. If an MC 338 cargo tank used for the transporta tion of a flammable gas or oxygen, refrigerated liquid is opened for any reason, the cleanliness must be verified prior to closure using the procedures contained in 178.338-15 of this subchapter. (3) Each MC 330 and MC 331 cargo tank constructed of quenched and tempered steel (Part UHT of the ASME Code), or constructed of other than quenched and tempered steel but without postweld heat treatment, used for the transportation of anhydrous ammonia, or any other hazardous materials that may cause corrosion stress cracking, must be internally inspected by the wet fluorescent magnetic particle method immediately prior to and in conjunction with the performance of the pressure test prescribed in this section. Each MC 330 and MC 331 cargo tank constructed of quenched and tempered steel (Part UHT of the ASME Code) used for the transportation of liquefied petro leum gas must be internally inspected by the wet fluorescent magnetic particle method immediately prior to and in conjunction with the per formance of the pressure test prescribed in this section. The wet fluorescent magnetic particle inspection must be in accordance with Section V of the ASME Code and CGA Technical Bulletin TB-2. This paragraph does not apply to cargo tanks that do not have manholes. (See 180.417(c) for reporting requirements.) (4) All pressure bearing portions of a cargo tank heating system employing a medium such as, but not limited to, steam or hot water for heating the lading must be hydrostatically pressure tested at least once every 5 years. The test pressure must be at least 1.5 times the heating system design pressure and must be maintained for five minutes. A heating system employing flues for heating the lading must be tested to ensure against lading leakage into the flues or into the atmosphere. (5) Exceptions, (i) Pressure testing is not required for MC 330 and MC 331 cargo tanks in dedicated sodium metal service. (ii) Pressure testing is not required for uninsulated lined cargo tanks, with a design pressure or MAWP of 15 psig or less, which receive an external visual inspection and a lining inspection at least once each year. (6) Acceptance criteria. A cargo tank that leaks, fails to retain test pressure or pneumatic inspection pressure, shows distortion, exces sive permanent expansion, or other evidence of weakness that might render the cargo tank unsafe for transportation service, may not be returned to service, except as follows: A cargo tank with a heating system which does not hold pressure may remain in service as an unheated cargo tank if: (i) The heating system remains in place and is structurally sound and no lading may leak into the heating system, and (ii) The specification plate heating system information is changed to indicate that the cargo tank has no working heating system. (7) The inspector must record the results of the pressure test as specified in 180.417(b). (h) Leakage test. (1) Each cargo tank must be tested for leaks in accordance with 180.407(c). The leakage test must include product piping with all valves and accessories in place and operative, except that any venting devices set to discharge at less than the leakage test pressure must be removed or rendered inoperative during the test. Test pressure must be maintained at least 5 minutes. Suitable safeguards must be provided to protect personnel should a failure occur. MC 330 and MC 331 cargo tanks may be leakage tested with the hazardous materials contained in the tank during the test. Leakage test pressure must be not less than 80 percent of the tank design pressure or MAWP, whichever is marked on the certification or specifi cation plate, except as follows: (1) A cargo tank with an MAWP of 690 kPa (100 psig) or more may be leakage tested at its maximum normal operating pressure provided it is in dedicated service or services; or (ii) An MC 330 or MC 331 cargo tank in dedicated liquefied petro leum gas service may be leakage tested at not less than 414 kPa (60 psig). (2) Cargo tanks equipped with vapor collection equipment may be leakage tested in accordance with the Environmental Protection Agency's "Method 27--Determination of Vapor Tightness of Gasoline Delivery Tank Using Pressure-Vacuum Test," as set forth in 40 CFR Part 60 Appendix A. Acceptance criteria are found at 40 CFR 60.501. (3) A cargo tank that fails to retain leakage test pressure may not be returned to service as a specification cargo tank, except under conditions specified in 180.411(d). (4) The inspector must record the results of the leakage test as specified in 180.417(b). (1) Thickness testing.. (1) The shell and head thickness of all unlined cargo tanks used for the transportation of materials corrosive to the tank must be measured at least once every 2 years, except that cargo tanks measuring less than the sum of the minimum prescribed thickness, plus one-fifth of the original corrosion allowance, must be tested annually. (2) Measurements must be made using a device capable of accu rately measuring thickness to within +/- 0.002 of an inch. (3) Any person performing thickness testing must be trained in the proper use of the thickness testing device used in accordance with the manufacturer's instruction. PART 180 555 ABDOO132332 180.407--180.411 April 1998 (4) Thickness testing must be performed in the following areas of the cargo tank wall, as a minimum: (i) Areas of the tank shell and heads and shell and head area around any piping that retains lading; (ii) Areas of high shell stress such as the bottom center of the tank; (iii) Areas near openings; (iv) Areas around weld joints; (v) Areas around shell reinforcements; (vi) Areas around appurtenance attachments; (vii) Areas near upper coupler (fifth wheel) assembly attachments; (viii) Areas near suspension system attachments and connecting structures; (ix) Known thin areas in the tank shell and nominal liquid level lines; and (x) Connecting structures joining multiple cargo tanks of carbon steel in a self-supporting cargo tank motor vehicle (5) Minimum thickness for MC 300, MC 301, MC 302, MC303, MC 304, MC 305, MC 306, MC 307, MC 310, MC 311, and MC 312 cargo tanks are shown in the tables below. The columns headed "Specified Manufactured Thickness" tabulate the minimum values required for new construction, generally found in Tables I and II of each specifica tion. "In-Service Minimum Thickness" are based on 90 percent of the manufactured thickness as specified in the DOT specifications, rounded to three places. Table I.--Minimum Thickness for MC 300, MC 303, MC 304, MC 306, MC 307, MC 310, MC 311 and MC 312 Specification Cargo Tanks Constructed of Steel and Steel Alloys Specified manufactured thickness (US guage or Inches) Nominal decimal equivalent for reference (inches) 19 ........................................................... 0.0418 18.............................................................. 0.0478 17.............................................................. 00538 16..................... 0.0598 15 . . . ............................ 00673 14.......................................................... 0.0747 13 . . . ............................... 0.0897 12 . .... 0.1046 11 ... . 0.1196 10 . . . .................................. 01345 9............................ ..................... 0.1495 B ..................... ........................ 0.1644 7.............. .... 0.1793 3/16 . . ...................................... 0.1875 1/4.......................................................... 0.2500 5/16.......................................................... 0.3125 3/8.......................................................... 0.3750 In-service minimum thickness (Inches) 0.038 0.043 0.048 0.054 0.061 0067 0.081 0.094 0.108 0.121 0.135 0.148 0.161 0.169 0.225 0.281 0.338 Table II.--Minimum Thickness for MC 301, MC 302, MC 304, MC 305, MC 306, MC 307, MC 311 and MC 312 Specification Cargo Tanks Constructed of Aluminum and Aluminum Alloys Specified manufactured thickness (Inches) 0.078 ........................................................... 0 087 ........................................................... 0.096 . ............................ 0 109........................................................... 0.130........................................................... 0141 . . ....................................... 0 151 . 0 172 . ......................... .......................................... 0 173........................................................... 0.194........................................................... 0.216 .................... .... 0 237 . .... .... 0.270 ........................................................... 0.360 ................................................ 0 450 ................................................... 0 540 . . ................. In-service minimum thickness (inches) 0.070 0.078 0.086 0.098 0.117 0.127 0 136 0.155 0.156 0 175 0.194 0.213 0243 0324 0 405 0.486 (6) An owner of a cargo tank that no longer conforms with the minimum thickness prescribed for the maximum lading density marked on the specification plate may use the cargo tank to carry lading of lower density under the following conditions: (i) A Design Certifying Engineer must certify that the cargo tank design and thickness is appropriate for the lower density lading, by issuance of a new manufacturer's certificate, and (ii) The tank's nameplate must be changed to reflect the new ser vice limits (maximum density of lading). (7) An owner of a cargo tank that no longer conforms with the minimum thickness prescribed for the specification may not return the cargo tank to hazardous materials service. The tank's specification plate must be removed, obliterated or covered in a secure manner. (8) The inspector must record the results of the thickness test as specified in 180.417(b). 180.409 Minimum qualifications for Inspectors and testers. (a) Except as otherwise provided in this section, any person per forming or witnessing the inspections and tests specified in 180.407(c) must-- (1) Be registered with the Department in accordance with part 107, subpart F of this chapter, and (2) Be familiar with DOT specification cargo tanks and must be trained and experienced in use of the inspection and testing equip ment needed. (b) A person who only performs annual external visual inspections and leakage tests on a cargo tank motor vehicle, owned or operated by that person, with a capacity of less than 13,250 liters (3,500 gallons) used exclusively for flammable liquid petroleum fuels, is not required to meet the educational and years of experience requirements set forth in the definition of "Registered Inspector" in 171.8 of this subchapter. Although not required to meet the educational and years of experience requirements, a person who performs visual inspections or leakage tests or signs the inspection reports must have the knowledge and ability to perform such inspections and tests and must perform them as required by this subchapter, and must register with the Department as required by subpart F of part 107 of this chapter. (c) A person who performs only annual external visual inspections and leakage tests on a permanently mounted non-bulk tank, owned or operated by that person, for petroleum products as authorized by 173.8(c) of this subchapter, is not required to be registered in accordance with subpart F of part 107 of this chapter. In addition the person who signs the inspection report required by 180.417(b) of this subpart for such non-bulk tanks is not required to be registered. Although not required to register, a person who performs visual inspec tions or leakage tests or signs the inspection reports must have the knowledge and ability to perform such inspections and tests and must perform them as required by this subchapter. (d) A motor carrier or cargo tank owner who meets the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section may use an employee who is not a Registered Inspector to perform a portion of the pressure retest re quired by 180.407(g). External and internal visual inspections must be accomplished by a Registered Inspector, but the hydrostatic or pneumatic pressure test, as set forth in 180.407(g)(1)(viii) and (ix), respectively, may be done by an employee who is not a Registered Inspector provided that-- (1) the employee is familiar with the cargo tank and is trained and experienced in the use of the inspection and testing equipment used; (2) the employer submits certification that such employee meets the qualification requirements to the Associate Administrator for Haz ardous Materials Safety, Attn: (DHM-32), Research and Special Pro grams Administration, Department of Transportation, 400 Seventh Street, SW, Washington, D. C. 20590; and (3) the employer retains a copy of the tester's qualifications with the documents required by 180.417(b). 180.411 Acceptable results of tests and inspections. (a) Corroded or abraded areas. The minimum thickness may not be less than that prescribed in the applicable specification. (b) Dents, cuts, digs and gouges. (See CQA Pamphlet C-6 for evaluation procedures.) (1) For dents at welds or that include a weld, the maximum allowable depth is /2 inch. For dents away from welds, the maximum allowable depth is Vj0 of the greatest dimension of the dent, but in no case may the depth exceed one inch. (2) The minimum thickness remaining beneath a cut, dig, or gouge 556 ABD00132333 April 1998 180.411--180.413 may not be less than that prescribed in the applicable specification. (c) Weld or structural defects. Any cargo tank with a weld defect such as a crack, pinhole, or incomplete fusion, or a structural defect must be taken out of hazardous materials service until repaired. (d) Leakage. All sources of leakage must be properly repaired prior to returning a tank to hazardous materials service. (e) Relief valves. Any pressure relief valve that fails to open and reclose at the prescribed pressure must be repaired or replaced. (f) Liner integrity. Any defect shown by the test must be properly repaired. (g) Pressure test. Any tank that fails to meet the acceptance criteria found in the individual specification that applies must be properly repaired. 180.413 Repair, modification, stretching, or rebarrelilng of cargo tanks, (a) General. For purposes of this section "stretching" is not considered a "modification", and "rebarrelling'' is not considered a "repair". Any repair, modification, stretching, or rebarrelling of a cargo tank must be performed in conformance with the requirements of this section. (b) Repair. (1) Non-ASME Code stamped cargo tanks. Any work involving repair on an MC 300, MC 301, MC 302, MC 303, MC 304, MC 305. MC 306, MC 307, MC 310, MC 311, or MC 312 cargo tank that is not ASME Code stamped must be performed by: (1) A cargo tank manufacturer holding a valid ASME Certificate of Authorization for the use of the ASME "IT stamp and registered with DOT; or (ii) A repair facility holding a valid National Board Certificate of Authorization for the use of the National Board "R" stamp and registered with DOT. (2) ASME Code stamped cargo tanks. Any work involving repair on any ASME Code stamped cargo tank must be performed by a repair facility holding a valid National Board Certificate of Authorization for the use of the National Board "R" stamp and registered in accord ance with subpart F of part 107 of subchapter B of this chapter. (3) The following provisions apply to cargo tank repairs: (i) DOT 406, DOT 407, and DOT 412 cargo tanks must be repaired in accordance with the specification requirements in effect ei ther at the time of manufacture or at the time of repair; (ii) MC 300, MC 301, MC 302, MC 303, MC 305, and MC 306 cargo tanks must be repaired in accordance with either the original specification or with the DOT 406 specification in effect at the time of repair. (iii) MC 304 and MC 307 cargo tanks must be repaired in accord ance with either the original specification or with the DOT 407 specification in effect at the time of repair; (iv) MC 310, MC 311, and MC 312 cargo tanks must be repaired in accordance with either the original specification or with the DOT 412 specification in effect at the time of repair; (v) MC 338 cargo tanks must be repaired in accordance with the specification requirements in effect either at the time of manufacture or at the time of repair; and (vi) MC 300 and MC 331 cargo tanks must be repaired in accord ance with the repair procedures described in CGA Technical Bulletin TB-2 and the National Board Inspection Code--Provi sions for Repair of Pressure Vessels. Each cargo tank having cracks or other defects requiring welded repairs must meet all of the requirements of 178.337-16 of this subchapter, (in effect at the time of the repair), except that postweld heat treatment after minor weld repairs is not required. When any repair is made of defects revealed by the wet fluorescent magnetic particle inspection, including those by grinding, the affected area of the cargo tank must again be examined by the wet fluorescent magnetic particle method after hydrostatic testing to assure that all defects have been removed. (4) Prior to any repair work, the cargo tank must be emptied of any hazardous material lading. Cargo tanks containing flammable or toxic lading must be purged. (5) Any repair of a cargo tank involving welding on the shell or head must be certified by a Registered Inspector. Any repair of an ASME Code "U" stamped cargo tank must be in accordance with the National Board Inspection Code. (6) The suitability of any repair affecting the structural integrity of the cargo tank must be determined by the testing required either in the applicable manufacturing specification, or in 180.407(g)(1)(iv). (c) Maintenance or replacement of piping, valves, hoses or fit tings. In the event of repair, maintenance or replacement, any piping, valve, or fitting must be properly installed in accordance with the provisions of the applicable specification before the cargo tank is returned to hazardous materials service. After maintenance or replace ment which does not involve welding on the cargo tank wall, the repaired piping, valves or fittings, the replaced segment of the piping must be leak tested. After repair or replacement of piping, valves or fittings which involves welding on the cargo tank wall, the entire cargo tank, including the repaired or replaced piping, valve or fitting must be pressure tested in accordance with the applicable specification. Hoses permanently attached to the cargo tank must be tested either before or after installation. (d) Modification stretching or rebarrelling. Modification stretch ing or rebarrelling of a cargo tank must conform to the following: (1) Non-ASME Code stamped cargo tanks. If the modification, stretching, or rebarrelling will result in a design type change, then it must be approved by a Design Certifying Engineer. Any work involving modification, stretching, or rebarrelling on an MC 300, MC 301, MC 302, MC 303, MC 304, MC 305, MC 306, MC 307, MC 310, MC 311, or MC 312 cargo tank that is not ASME stamped must be performed by: (i) A cargo tank manufacturer holding a valid ASME Certificate of Authorization for the use of the ASME "IT stamp and registered with DOT; or (ii) A repair facility holding a valid National Board Certificate of Authorization for the use of the National Board "R" stamp and registered with DOT. (2) ASME Code stamped cargo tanks. The modification, stretching, or rebarrelling of any ASME Code stamped cargo tank must be per formed by a repair facility holding a valid National Board Certificate of Authorization for the use of the National Board "R" stamp and registered in accordance with subpart F of part 107 of subchapter B of this chapter. If the modification, stretching, or rebarrelling will result in a design type change, then it must be approved by a Design Certifying Engineer. (3) Except as provided in paragraph (d)(3)(v) in this section, all new material and equipment, and equipment affected by modification, stretching or rebarrelling must meet the requirements of the specifica tion in effect at the time such work is performed, and must meet the applicable structural integrity requirements (178.337-3, 178.3383, or 178.345-3 of this subchapter). The work must conform to the requirements of the applicable specification as follows: (i) For specification MC 300, MC 301, MC 302, MC 303, MC 305 and MC 306 cargo tanks, the provisions of either specification MC 306 or DOT 406 until August 31, 1995 and, thereafter to specification DOT 406 only; (ii) For specification MC 304 and MC 307 cargo tanks, the provi sions of either specification MC 307 or DOT 407 until August 31, 1995 and, thereafter to specification DOT 407 only; (iii) For specification MC 310, MC 311, and MC 312 cargo tanks, the provisions of either specification MC 312 or DOT 412 until August 31,1995 and, thereafter to specification DOT 412 only; (iv) For specification MC 330 cargo tanks, the provisions of specifi cation MC 331; and (v) For Specification MC 338 cargo tanks, the provisions of specifi cation MC 338. However, structural modifications to MC 338 cargo tanks authorized under 180.405(d) may conform to ap plicable provisions of the ASME Code instead of specification MC 338, provided the structural integrity of the modified cargo tank is at least equivalent to that of the original cargo tank. (4) The person performing the modification, stretching, or rebar relling must: (i) Have knowledge of the original design concept, particular with respect to structural design analysis, material and welding procedures; (ii) Assure compliance with the rebuilt cargo tank's structural integ rity, venting, and accident damage protection requirements; (iii) Assure compliance with all applicable Federal Motor Carrier Safety Regulations for any newly installed safety equipment; (iv) Perform all retest procedures on each cargo tank in accordance with the applicable specification and 180.407; (v) Change the existing specification plate to reflect the cargo tank as modified, stretched or rebarrelled. This must include the name of the person doing the work, his DOT registration num ber, date, retest information, etc. A supplemental specification plate may be installed immediately adjacent to the existing 557 PART 180 ABDOO132334 180.413--180.417 April 1998 plate(s), or the existing specification plate may be removed and replaced with a new plate; and (vi) On a variable specification cargo tank, install a supplemental or new variable specification plate, and replace the specification listed on the original specification plate with the words "see variable specification plate". (5) The design of the modified, stretched, or rebarrelled cargo tank must be approved by a Design Certifying Engineer registered in accordance with subpart F of part 107 of subchapter B of this chapter. The Design Certifying Engineer must certify that the modified, stretched, or rebarrelled cargo tank meets the structual integrity re quirements of the applicable specification. The person performing the modifying, stretching, rebarrelling and a Registered Inspector must certify that the cargo tank is in compliance with this section and the applicable specification by issuing a supplemental manufacturer's certificate. The registration number of the Registered Inspector and the person performing the modification, stretching, or rebarrelling must be entered on the certificate. When a cargo tank is rebarrelled, it must be designed, constructed and certified in accordance with a cargo tank specification currently authorized for construction in Part 178 of this subchapter. (6) If the mounting of the cargo tank on the cargo tank motor vehicle involves welding on the cargo tank head or shell, then the mounting must be performed as follows: (i) Non-ASME Code stamped cargo tanks. For a non-ASME Code stamped cargo tank-- (A) By a cargo tank manufacturer holding as ASME "U" stamp, registered with DOT, and under the direction of a Design Certifying Engineer; or (B) By a repair facility holding an ASME "U" stamp or a Na tional Board "R" stamp, registered with DOT, and under the direction of a Design Certifying Engineer. (ii) ASME Code stamped cargo tank. For an ASME Code stamped cargo tank, by a repair facility holding a National Board "R" stamp, registered in accordance with subpart F of part 107 of subchapter B of this chapter, and approved by a Design Certifying Engineer. (7) If the mounting of a cargo tank on a cargo tank motor vehicle does not involve welding on the cargo tank head or shell, or a change or modification of the methods of attachment, then the mounting shell be in accordance with the original specification or with the specifica tion in effect at the time of the mounting. If the mounting involves any change or modification of the methods of attachment, then the mounting must be approved by a Design Certifying Engineer. (8) Prior to any modification, stretching, or rebarrelling a cargo tank must be emptied of any hazardous material lading. Cargo tanks containing flammable or toxic lading must be purged. (9) Any modification, stretching, or rebarrelling on the cargo tank involving welding on the shell or head must be certified by a Registered Inspector. Any repair of an ASME Code "U" stamped cargo tank must be in accordance with the National Board Inspection Code. (10) The suitability of any modification affecting the structural integ rity of the cargo tank, with respect to pressure, must be determined by the testing required either in the applicable manufacturing specifi cation, or in 180.407(g)(1)(iv). (e) Records. Each owner of a cargo tank must retain at its principal place of business all records of repair, modification, stretching, or rebarrelling made to each cargo tank during the time the cargo tank is in service and for one year thereafter. Copies of these records must be retained by a motor carrier, who is not the owner of the cargo tank at its principal place of bysiness during the period the cargo tank is in the carrier's service. The seller of a specification cargo tank shall provide the purchaser a copy of the specification cargo tank Certificate of Compliance, and all repair, inspection and test reports upon sale as an MC or DOT cargo tank. 180.415 Test and inspection markings, (a) Each cargo tank successfully completing the test and inspection requirements con tained in 180.407 must be marked as specified in this section. (b) Each cargo tank must be durably and legibly marked, in English, with the date (month and year) and the type of test or inspection performed. The date must be readily identifiable with the applicable test or inspection. The marking must be in letters and numbers at least 32 mm (1.25 inches) high, on the tank shell near the specification plate or anywhere on the front head. The type of test or inspection may be abbreviated as follows: V for external visual inspection and test; I for internal visual inspection; P for pressure test; L for lining inspection; K for leakage test; and T for thickness test. For example, the markings "10-95 P, V, L" would indicate that in October 1995 the cargo tank received and passed the prescribed pressure test, external visual inspection and test, and the lining inspection. (c) For a cargo tank motor vehicle composed of multiple cargo tanks constructed to the same specification or which are tested and inspected at the same time, one set of test and inspection markings may be used to satisfy the requirements of this section. For a cargo tank motor vehicle composed of multiple cargo tanks constructed to different specifications, which are tested and inspected at different intervals, the test and inspection markings must appear in the order of the cargo tank's corresponding location, from front to rear. 180.417 Reporting and record retention requirements. (a) Vehicle certification. (1) Each owner of a specification cargo tank shall retain the manufacturer's data report or certificate and re lated papers certifying that the cargo tank identified in the documents was manufactured and tested in accordance with the applicable spec ification. The owner shall retain the documents throughout his owner ship of the cargo tank and for one year thereafter. In the event of change of ownership, the prior owner shall retain non-fading photo copies of these documents for at least one year. (2) Each motor carrier who uses a specification cargo tank motor vehicle must obtain a copy of the manufacturer's certificate and related papers or the alternative report authorized in paragraph (a)(3)(i) or (ii) of this section and retain the documents as specified in this para graph. A motor carrier who is not the owner of a cargo tank motor vehicle must retain a copy of the vehicle certification report at its principal place of business for as long as the cargo tank motor vehicle is used by that carrier and for one year thereafter. Upon a written request to, and with the approval of the Regional Director, Office of Motor Carrier Safety, Federal Highway Administration, for the region in which a motor carrier has its principal place of business, a motor carrier may retain the certificate and related papers required by this paragraph at a regional or terminal office. The addresses and jurisdic tions of the various regional Motor Carrier Safety Offices are provided in 390.40 of this title. The provisions of this section do not apply to a motor carrier leasing a cargo tank for less than 30 days. (3) DOT Specification cargo tanks manufactured before Sep tember 1,1995-- (i) Non-ASME Code stamped cargo tanks. If an owner does not have a manufacturer's certificate for a cargo tank and he wishes to certify it as a specification cargo tank, the owner must perform appropriate tests and inspections, under the direct supervision of a Registered Inspector, to determine if the cargo tank con forms with the applicable specification. Both the owner and the Registered Inspector must certify that the cargo tank fully conforms to the applicable specification. The owner must retain the certificate, as specified in this section. (ii) ASME Code stamped cargo tanks. If the owner does not have the manufacturer's certificate and data report required by the specification, the owner may contact the National Board for a copy of the manufacturer's data report, if the cargo tank was registered with the National Board, or copy the information contained on the cargo tank's identification and ASME Code plates. Additionally, both the owner and the Registered Inspec tor must certify that the cargo tank fully conforms to the specifi cation. The owner must retain such documents, as specified in this section. (b) Test or inspection reporting. Each cargo tank which is tested or reinspected as specified in 180.407 must have a written report, in English, prepared in accordance with this paragraph. (1) The test or inspection report must include the following: (') Type of test or inspection performed and a listing of all items either tested or inspected (a checklist is acceptable); (ii) Owner's and manufacturer's serial numbers; (iii) DOT Specification; (iv) Test Date (Month and year); (v) Location of defects found and method used to repair each defect; (vi) Name and address of person performing the test, the DOT registration number of the facility or the person performing the test; (vii) Disposition statement, such as "Cargo tank returned to service" or "Cargo tank withdrawn from service"; and 558 ABDOO132335 April 1998 180.417--180.509 (viii) DOT registration number of the inspector and dated signature of inspector and owner. (2) The owner and the motor carrier, if not the owner, must each retain a copy of the test and inspection reports until the next test or inspection of the same type is successfully completed. This require ment does not apply to a motor carrier leasing a cargo tank for less than 30 days. (c) Additional requirements for Specification MC 330 and MC 331 cargo tanks. (1) After completion of the pressure test specified in 180.407{g)(3), each motor carrier operating a Specification MC 330 or MC 331 cargo tank in anhydrous ammonia, liquefied petroleum gas, or any other service that may cause stress corrosion cracking, must make a written report containing the following information: (i) Carrier's name, address of principal place of business, and telephone number; (ii) Complete identification plate data required by Specification MC 330 or MC 331, including data required by ASME Code; (iii) Carrier's equipment number; (iv) A statement indicating whether or not the tank was stress re lieved after fabrication; (v) Name and address of the person performing the test and the date of the test; (vi) A statement of the nature and severity of any defects found. In particular, information must be furnished to indicate the loca tion of defects detected, such as in weld, heat-affected zone, the liquid phase, the vapor phase, or the head-to-shell seam. If no defect or damage was discovered, that fact must be reported; (vii) A statement indicating the methods employed to make repairs, who made the repairs, and the date they were completed. Also, a statement of whether or not the tank was stress relieved after repairs and, if so, whether full or local stress relieving was performed; (viii) A statement of the disposition of the cargo tank, such as "cargo tank scrapped" or "cargo tank returned to service"; and (ix) A statement of whether or not the cargo tank is used in anhy drous ammonia, liquefied petroleum gas, or any other service that may cause stress corrosion cracking. Also, if the cargo tank has been used in anhydrous ammonia service since the last report, a statement indicating whether each shipment of ammonia was certified by its shipper as containing 0.2 percent water by weight. (2) A copy of the report must be retained by the carrier at its principal place of business during the period the cargo tank is in the carrier's service and for one year thereafter. Upon a written request to, and with the approval of, the Director, Regional Office of Motor Carrier Safety, Federal Highway Administration for the region in which a motor carrier has its principal place of business, the carrier may maintain the reports at a regional or terminal office. (3) The requirement in paragraph (c)(1) of this section does not apply to a motor carrier leasing a cargo tank for less than 30 days. (d) Supplying reports. Each carrier offering a DOT Specification cargo tank for sale or lease must make available for inspection a copy of the most recent report made under this section to each purchaser or lessee. Copies of such reports must be provided to the purchaser, or the lessee if the cargo tank is leased for more than 30 days. Subpart F QUALIFICATION AND MAINTENANCE OF TANK CARS 180.501 Applicability, (a) This subpart prescribes require ments, in addition to those contained in parts 107,171,172,173, and 179 of this subchapter, applicable to any person who manufactures, fabricates, marks, maintains, repairs, inspects, or services tank cars to ensure continuing qualification. (b) Any person who performs a function prescribed in this part shall perform that function in accordance with this part. 180.503 Definitions. The definitions contained in 171.8 and 179.2 of this subchapter apply. 180.505 Quality assurance program. The quality assurance program requirements of 179.7 of this subchapter apply. 180.507 Qualification of tank cars, (a) Each tank car marked as meeting a "DOT" specification or any other tank car used for the transportation of a hazardous material must meet the requirements of this subchapter or the applicable specification to which the tank was constructed. (b) Tank car specifications no longer authorized for construction. (1) Tank cars prescribed in the following table are authorized for service provided they conform to all applicable safety requirements of this subchapter: Specification prescribed In the current regulations Other specifications permitted Notes 105A200W 105A100W 105A200ALW 105A100ALW 105A300W ........................................................... ICC-105, 105A300. 105A400W ........................................................... 105A400 105A500W 105A500 105A600 J06A500X ICC-m27, BE--27, 106A500 106A800X 106A800 107A" Note 1: Tanks built as Specification DOT 105A100W or DOT 105A100ALW may be altered and converted to DOT 105A200W and DOT 105A200ALW, respectively. Note 2: The test pressures of tanks built in the United States between January t, 1941 and December 31, 1955, may be increased to conform to Specification 107A. Original and revised test pressure markings must be indicated and may be shown on the tank or on a plate attached to the bulkhead of the car. Tanks built before 1941 are not authorized. (2) For each tank car conforming to and used under an exemption issued before October 1, 1984, which authorized the transportation of a cryogenic liquid in a tank car, the owner or operator shall remove the exemption number stenciled on the tank car and stamp the tank car with the appropriate Class DOT--113 specification followed by the applicable exemption number. For example: DOT--113D60W-- E * * * * (asterisks to be replaced by the exemption number). The owner or operator marking a tank car in this manner shall retain on file a copy of the last exemption in effect during the period the tank car is in service. No person may modify a tank car marked under this paragraph unless the modification is in compliance with an applicable requirement or provision of this subchapter. (3) Specification DOT--113A175W, DOT--113C60W, DOT113D60W, and DOT--113D120W tank cars may continue in use, but new construction is not authorized. (4) Class DOT 105Aand 105S tank cars used to transport hydrogen chloride, refrigerated liquid under the terms of DOT--E 3992 may continue in service, but new construction is not authorized. 180.509 Requirements for inspection and test of specifica tion tank cars. (a) General. (1) Each tank car facility shall evaluate a tank car according to the requirements specified in 180.511. (2) Each tank car that successfully passes a periodic inspection and test must be marked as prescribed in 180.515. (3) A written report as specified in 180.517(b) must be prepared for each tank car that is inspected and tested under this section. (b) Conditions requiring inspection and test of tank cars. Without regard to any other periodic inspection and test requirements, a tank car must have an appropriate inspection and test according to the type of defect and the type of maintenance or repair performed if: 0) The tank car shows evidence of abrasion, corrosion, cracks, dents, distortions, defects in welds, or any other condition that makes the tank car unsafe for transportation. An example is if maintenance is performed to replace a fitting, then only a leakage pressure test needs to be performed. (2) The tank car was in an accident and damaged to an extent that may adversely affect its capability to retain its contents. (3) The tank bears evidence of damage caused by fire. (4) The Associate Administrator for Safety, FRA, requires it based on the existence of probable cause that a tank car or a class or design of tank cars may be in an unsafe operating condition. 559 PART 180 ABDOO132336 180.509 April 1998 (c) Frequency of inspection and tests. Each tank car shall have an inspection and test according to the requirements of this paragraph. (1) For Class 107 tank cars and tank cars of riveted construction, the tank car must have a hydrostatic pressure test and visual inspection conforming to the requirements in effect prior to July 1, 1996, for the tank specification. (2) For Class DOT 113 tank cars, see 173.319(3) of this sub chapter. (3) For fusion welded tank cars, each tank car must have an inspec tion and test in accordance with paragraphs (d) through (k) of this section. (i) For cars transporting materials not corrosive to the tank, every 10 years for the tank and service equipment (i.e., filling and discharge, venting, safety, heating, and measuring devices). (ii) For non-lined or non-coated tank cars transporting materials corrosive to the tank, an interval based on the following formula, but in no case shall the interval exceed 10 years for the tank and 5 years for service equipment: I_ U ~ k r where: i = is the inspection and test interval. U = is the actual thickness. t2 = is the allowable minimum thickness under paragraph (g) of this section. r = is the corrosion rate per year. (iii) For lined or coated tank cars transporting a material corrosive to the tank, every 10 years for the tank, 5 years for the service equipment. (A) When a lining or coating is applied to protect the tank shell from the lading, the owner of the lining or coating shall determine the periodic inspection interval, test technique, and acceptance criteria for the lining or coating. The owner must maintain at its principal place of business all support ing documentation used to make such a determination, such as the lining or coating manufacturer's recom mended inspection interval, test technique, and accept ance criteria. The supporting documentation must be made available to FRA upon request. (B) The owner of the lining or coating shall provide the periodic inspection interval, test technique, and acceptance crite ria for the lining or coating to the person responsible for qualifying the lining and coating. (d) Visual inspection. At a minimum, each tank car facility must visually inspect the tank externally and internally as follows: (1) An internal inspection of the tank shell and heads for abrasion, corrosion, cracks, dents, distortions, defects in welds, or any other condition that makes the tank car unsafe for transportation, and except in the areas where insulation or a thermal protection system precludes it, an external inspection of the tank shell and heads for abrasion, corrosion, cracks, dents, distortions, defects in welds, or any other condition that makes the tank car unsafe for transportation; (2) An inspection of the piping, valves, fittings, and gaskets for indications of corrosion and other conditions that make the tank car unsafe for transportation; (3) An inspection for missing or loose bolts, nuts, or elements that make the tank car unsafe for transportation; (4) An inspection of all closures on the tank car for proper securement in a tool tight condition and an inspection of the protective housings for proper securement; (5) An inspection of excess flow valves having threaded seats for tightness; and (6) An inspection of the required markings on the tank car for legi bility. (e) Structural integrity inspections and tests. At a minimum, each tank car facility shall inspect the tank for structural integrity as specified in this section. The structural integrity inspection and test shall include all transverse fillet welds greater than 0.64 cm (0.25 inch) within 121.92 cm (4 feet) of the bottom longitudinal center line; the termination of longitudinal fillet welds greater than 0.64 cm (0.25 inch) within 121.92 cm (4 feet) of the bottom longitudinal center line; and all tank shell butt welds within 60.96 cm (2 feet) of the bottom longitudinal center line by one or more of the following inspection and test methods to determine that the welds are in proper condition: (1) Dye penetrant test; (2) Radiography test; (3) Magnetic particle test; (4) Ultrasonic test; or (5) Optically-aided visual inspection (e.g., magnifiers, fiberscopes, borescopes, and machine vision technology). (1) Thickness tests. (1) Each tank car facility shall measure the thickness of the tank car shell, heads, sumps, domes and nozzles on each tank car by using a device capable of accurately measuring the thickness to within 0.05 mm (0.002 inch). (2) After repairs, alterations, conversions or modifications of a tank car that result in a reduction to the tank car shell thickness, the tank car facility shall measure the thickness of the tank car shell in the area of reduced shell thickness to ensure that the shell thickness conforms to paragraph (g) of this section. (g) Service life shell thickness allowance. (1) A tank car found with a shell thickness below the required minimum thickness after forming for its specification, as stated in part 179 of this subchapter, may continue in service if: (i) Construction of the tank car shell and heads is from carbon steel, stainless steel, aluminum, nickel, or manganese-molyb denum steel; and (ii) Any reduction in the required minimum thickness of the tank shell or head is not more than that provided in the following table: Allowable Shell Thickness Reductions Claes DOT 103,104, 111, and 115 tank cars Class DOT 105,109,112, and 114 tank cars Damage type Top shell and tank head Bottom shell Top shell and tank head Bottom shell Corrosion.................. ... . ............................................ 3 17 mm (0.125 inch) .. 1 58 mm (0.063 inch)............... 0.79 mm (0.031 inch) . . . 0.79 mm (0.031 inch) Corrosion and mechanical.............................................. 3 17 mm (0 125 inch). ... 1.58 mm (0 063 inch) 0.79 mm (0 031 inch) 0 79 mm (0.031 inch) Corrosion, local................................................................. 4.76 mm (0.188 inch)............ 3.17 mm (0 125 inch).................. 1.58 mm (0 063 inch) . . 1.58 mm (0.063 inch) Mechanical, local.............................................................. 3.17 mm (0.125 inch) . . . 1.58 mm (0 063 inch) ............... 1.58 mm (0.063 inch) . . . 1.58 mm (0.063 inch) Corrosion and mechanical, local ............................... 4 76 mm (0 188 inch) . . . 3.17 mm (0 125 inch).................. 1.58 mm (0.063 inch) 1.58 mm (0.063 inch) Notes: l The perimeter for a local reduction may not exceed a 60.96 cm (24 inch) perimeter. Local reductions in the top shell must be separated from other reductions in the top shell by at least 40.64 cm (16 inches) The cumulative perimeter for local reductions in the bottom shell may not exceed 182.88 cm (72 inches). 2. Any reduction in the tank car shell may not affect the structural strength of the tank car so that the tank car shell no longer conforms to Section 6.2 of the AAR Specifications for Tank Cars. 3 Any reduction applies only to the outer shell for Class DOT 115 tank cars. 4. For Class DOT 103 and 104 tank cars, the inside diameter may not exceed 243 84 cm (96 inches). (h) Safety system inspections. At a minimum, each tank car facility must inspect: (1) Tank car thermal protection systems, tank head puncture resist ance systems, coupler vertical restraint systems, and systems used to protect discontinuities (i.e., skid protection and protective housings) to ensure their integrity. (2) Reclosing pressure relief devices by: (i) Removing the safety relief device from the tank car for inspec tion; and (ii) Testing the safety relief device with air or another gas to ensure that it conforms to the start-to-discharge pressure for the specifi cation or hazardous material in this subchapter. (I) Lining and coating inspection and test. When this subchapter requires a lining or coating, at a minimum, each tank car facility must inspect the lining or coating installed on the tank car according to the inspection interval, test technique, and acceptance criteria estab lished by the owner of the lining or coating in accordance with para graph (c)(3)(iii) of this section. 560 ABDOO132337 April 1998 180.509--180.519 (J) Leakage pressure test. (1) After reassembly of a tank car or service equipment, a tank car facility must perform a leak test on the tank or service equipment to detect leakage, if any, between manway covers, cover plates, and sen/ice equipment. The test may be con ducted with the hazardous material in the tank. When the test pressure exceeds the start-to-discharge or burst pressure of a pressure relief device, the device must be rendered inoperative. The written proce dures and test method for leak testing must ensure for the sensitivity and reliability of the test method and for the serviceability of compo nents to prevent premature failure. (2) Interior heater systems must be tested hydrostatically at 13.87 Bar (200 psi) and must show no signs of leakage. (k) Alternative inspection and test procedures. In lieu of the other requirements of this section, a person may use an alternative inspec tion and test procedure or interval based on a damage-tolerance fatigue evaluation (that includes a determination of the probable loca tions and modes of damage due to fatigue, corrosion, or accidental damage), when the evaluation is examined by the Association of American Railroads Tank Car Committee and approved by the Associ ate Administrator for Safety, FRA. (l) Inspection and test compliance date for tank cars. (1) After July 1, 2000, each tank car with a metal jacket or with a thermal protection system shall have an inspection and test conforming to this section no later than the date the tank car requires a periodic hydrostatic pressure test (i.e., the marked due date on the tank car for the hydro static test). (2) After July 1, 1998, each tank car without a metal jacket shall have an inspection and test conforming to this section no later than the date the tank car requires a periodic hydrostatic pressure test (i.e., the marked due date on the tank car for the hydrostatic test). (3) For tank cars on a 20-year periodic hydrostatic pressure test interval (i.e., Class DOT 103W, 104W, 111A60W1, 111A100W1, and 111A100W3 tank cars), the next inspection and test date is the mid point between the compliance date in paragraph (l)(1) or (2) of this section and the remaining years until the tank would have had a hydrostatic pressure test. 180.511 Acceptable results of inspections and tests. Prov ided it conforms with other applicable requirements of this subchapter, a tank car is qualified for use if it successfully passes the following inspections and tests conducted in accordance with this subpart: (a) Visual inspection. A tank car successfully passes the visual inspection when the inspection shows no structural defect that may cause leakage from or failure of the tank before the next inspection and test interval. (b) Structural integrity inspection and test. A tank car successfully passes the structural integrity inspection and test when it shows no structural defect that may initiate cracks or propagate cracks and cause failure of the tank before the next inspection and test interval. (c) Service life shell thickness. A tank car successfully passes the service life shell thickness inspection when the tank shell and heads show no thickness reduction below that allowed in 180.509(g). (d) Safety system inspection. A tank car successfully passes the safety system inspection when each thermal protection system, tank head puncture resistance system, coupler vertical restraint system, and system used to protect discontinuities (e.g., breakage grooves on bottom outlets and protective housings) on the tank car conform to this subchapter. (e) Lining and coating inspection. A tank car successfully passes the lining and coating inspection and test when the lining or coating conforms to the owner's acceptance criteria. (f) Leakage pressure test. A tank car successfully passes the leak age pressure test when all product piping, fittings and closures show no indication of leakage. (g) Hydrostatic test. A Class 107 tank car or a riveted tank car successfully passes the hydrostatic test when it shows no leakage, distortion, excessive permanent expansion, or other evidence of weak ness that might render the tank car unsafe for transportation service. 180.513 Repairs, alterations, conversions, and modifica tions. (a) In order to repair tank cars, the tank car facility must comply with the requirements of Appendix R of the AAR Specifications for Tank Cars. (b) Unless the exterior tank car shell or interior tank car jacket has a protective coating, after a repair that requires the complete removal of the tank car jacket, the exterior tank car shell and the interior tank car jacket must have a protective coating applied to prevent the deterioration of the tank shell and tank jacket. 180.515 Markings, (a) When a tank car passes the required inspection and test with acceptable results, the tank car facility shall mark the date of the inspection and test and the due date of the next inspection and test on the tank car in accordance with Appendix C of the AAR Specifications for Tank Cars. When a tank car facility performs multiple inspection and test at the same time, one date may be used to satisfy the requirements of this section. One date also may be shown when multiple inspection and test have the same due date. (b) Converted tank cars must have the new specification and con version date permanently marked in letters and figures at least 0.95 cm (0.375 inch) high on the outside of the manway nozzle or the edge of the manway nozzle flange on the left side of the car. The marking may have the last numeral of the specification number omitted (e.g., "DOT 111A100W" instead of "DOT 111A100WT). (c) When pressure tested within six months of installation and pro tected from deterioration, the test date marking of a safety relief device is the installation date on the tank car. 180.517 Reporting and record retention requirements. (a) Certification and representation. Each owner of a specification tank car shall retain the certificate of construction (AAR Form A--2) and related papers certifying that the manufacture of the specification tank car identified in the documents is in accordance with the applica ble specification. The owner shall retain the documents throughout the period of ownership of the specification tank car and for one year thereafter. Upon a change of ownership, the requirements of Section 1.3.15 of the AAR Specifications for Tank Cars apply. (b) Inspection and test reporting. Each tank car that is inspected as specified in 180.509 must have a written report, in English, prepared according to this paragraph. The owner must retain a copy of the inspection and test reports until successfully completing the next in spection and test report must include the following: (1) Type of inspection and test performed (a checklist is ac ceptable); (2) The results of each inspection and test performed; (3) Owner's reporting mark; (4) DOT Specification; (5) Inspection and test date (month and year); (6) Location and description of defects found and method used to repair each defect; (7) The name and address of the tank car facility and the signature of inspector. 180.519 Periodic retest and Inspection of tank cars other than single-unit tank car tanks, (a) General. Unless otherwise provided in this subpart, tanks designed to be removed from cars for filling and emptying and tanks built to a Class DOT 107A specification and their safety relief devices must be retested periodically as specified in Retest Table 1 of paragraph (b)(5) of this section. Retests may be made at any time during the calendar year the retest falls due. (b) Pressure test. (1) Each tank, except as provided in paragraph (b)(8) of this section, must be subjected to the specified hydrostatic pressure and its permanent expansion determined. Pressure must be maintained for 30 seconds and for as long as necessary to secure complete expansion of the tank. Before testing, the pressure gauge must be shown to be accurate within 1 percent at test measure. The expansion gauge must be shown to be accurate, at test pressure, to within 1 percent. Expansion must be recorded in cubic centimeters. Permanent volumetric expansion may not exceed 10 percent of total volumetric expansion at test pressure and the tank must not leak or show evidence of distress. (2) Each tank, except tanks built to specification DOT 107A, must also be subjected to interior air pressure test of at least 100 psi under conditions favorable to detection of any leakage. No leaks may appear. (3) Safety relief valves must be retested by air or gas, must start to discharge at or below the prescribed pressure and must be vapor tight at or above the prescribed pressure. (4) Frangible discs and fusible plugs must be removed from the tank and visually inspected. (5) Tanks must be retested as specified in Retest Table 1 of this paragraph (b)(5), and before returning to service after repairs involving welding or heat treatment: 561 PART 180 ABDOO132338 180.519 April 1998 Retest Table 1 Retest Interval--years Minimum Retest pressure--p.s.i. Safety relief valve pressure--p.s.i. Specification Tank Safety relief devices4 Tank hydrostatic expansion* Tank air test Start-to-discharge Vapor tight DOT 27................................................. 5 2 500 100 375 300 106A500 . ...................... 5 2 500 100 375 300 106A500X .............................................. 5 2 500 100 375 300 106A800 .............................................. 5 2 800 100 600 480 106A800X ........................................... 5 2 800 100 600 480 106A800NCI ......................... 5 2 800 100 600 480 107A * ..................................... tf5 *2 (*> None None None 110A500--W........................................ 5 2 500 100 375 300 110A600--W ..................................... 5 2 600 100 500 360 110A800--W ..................................... 5 2 800 100 600 480 110A1000--W............................... 5 2 1,000 100 750 600 BE--27.................................................... 5 2 500 100 375 300 Notes. *lf DOT 107A ' ''' tanks are used for transportation ot flammable gases, one frangible disc from each car must be burst at the interval prescribed. The sample disc must burst at a pressure not exceeding the marked test pressure of the tank and not less than 70 percent of the marked test pressure. If the sample disc does not burst within the prescribed limits, all discs on the car must be replaced. The hydrostatic expansion test pressure must at least equal the marked test pressure. *See 180.519(b)(1) `'Safety relief valves of the spring-loaded type on tanks used exclusively for fluormated hydrocarbons and mixtures thereof which are free from corroding components may be retested every 5 years (6) The month and year of test, followed by a "V" if visually inspected as described in paragraph (c) of this section, must be plainly and permanently stamped into the metal of one head or chime of each tank with successful test results; for example, 01-90 for January 1990. On DOT 107A '* * * tanks, the date must be stamped into the metal of the marked end, except that if all tanks mounted on a car have been tested, the date may be stamped into the metal of a plate permanently applied to the bulkhead on the "An end of the car. Dates of previous tests and all prescribed markings must be kept legible. (c) Visual inspection. Tanks of Class DOT 106A and DOT 110A-- W specifications (179.300, 179.301, 179.302 of this subchapter) used exclusively for transporting fluorinated hydrocarbons and mix tures thereof, and that are free from corroding components, may be given a periodic complete internal and external visual inspection in place of the periodic hydrostatic retest. Visual inspections shall be made only by competent persons. The tank must be accepted or rejected in accordance with the criteria in CGA Pamphlet C--6. <d) Written records. The results of the pressure test and visual inspection must be recorded on a suitable data sheet. Completed copies of these reports must be retained by the owner and by the person performing the pressure test and visual inspection as long as the tank is in service. The information to be recorded and checked on these data sheets are: Date of test and inspection; DOT specification number; tank identification (registered symbol and serial number, date of manufacture and ownership symbol); type of protective coating (painted, etc., and statement as to need for refinishing or recoating); conditions checked (leakage, corrosion, gouges, dents or digs, broken or damaged chime or protective ring, fire, fire damage, internal condition); test pressure; results of tests; and disposition of tank (returned to service, returned to manufacturer for repair, or scrapped); and identification of the person conducting the retest or inspection. 562 ABDOO132339 April 1998 209.1--209.111 PART 209 RAILROAD SAFETY ENFORCEMENT PROCEDURES Subject Sec. Subpart B--Hazardous Material Penalties Civil Penalties Civil penalties generally...................................... Minimum and maximum penalties................... Notice of probable violation.............................. Reply....................................................................... Payment of penalty; compromise ................... Informal response and assessment................ . . 209.101 . . 209.103 . . 209.105 . . 209.107 . . 209.109 . . 209.111 Page 563 563 563 563 563 563 Subject Request for hearing .............................................. Hearing....................................................................... Presiding officer's decision ................................. Assessment considerations ................................. Appeal ....................................................................... Criminal penalties generally................................. Referral tor prosecution......................................... Appendix B--Federal Railroad Administration Guidelines for Initial Hazardous Materials Assessments ...................................................... Sec. . 209.113 . 209.115 . 209.117 . 209.119 . 209.121 . 209.131 . 209.133 Page 564 564 564 564 564 564 564 564 PUBLISHER'S NOTE This Part contains rules of procedure for the assessment of civil penalties by the Federal Railroad Administration (FRA) for non-compliance with the hazardous materials regulations in this publication, including Emergency Orders regarding hazardous material matters. Also included in Appendix B is a list of recommended initial assessments for each type of non-compliance. An FRA inspector, including a certified state inspector, generally initiates the procedure by forwarding the violation to the FRA's Chief Counsel. Subpart B HAZARDOUS MATERIALS PENALTIES CIVIL PENALTIES 209.101 Civil penalties generally (a) 209.101 through 209.121 prescribe rules of procedure for the assessment of civil penal ties pursuant to the Federal hazardous materials transportation safety law, 49 U.S.C. Chapter 51. (b) When the FRA has reason to believe that a person has knowingly committed an act which is a violation of any provision of subchapter B or C of chapter I, subtitle B of this title for which the FRA exercises enforcement responsibility or any waiver or order issued thereunder, it may conduct a proceeding to assess a civil penalty. (7) A statement of the respondent's right to request a hearing and the procedures for requesting a hearing. (c) The FRA may amend the notice of probable violation at any time prior to the entry of an order assessing a civil penalty. If the amendment contains any new material allegation of fact, the respondent is given an opportunity to respond. In an amended notice, FRA may change the penalty amount proposed to be assessed up to and including the maximum penalty amount of $25,000 for each violation. 209.103 Minimum and maximum penalties. A person who knowingly violates a requirement of subchapter A or C of chapter 1, Subtitle B of this title is liable for a civil penalty of at least $250 but * not more than $27,500 for each violation. When the violation is a continuing one, each day of the violation constitutes a separate of fense. 49 U.S.C. 5123. 209.105 Notice of probable violation, (a) FRA, through the Chief Counsel, begins a civil penalty proceeding by serving a notice of probable violation on a person charging him or her with having violated one or more provisions of subchapter A or C of chapter I, subtitle B of this title. Appendix B to this part contains guidelines used by the chief counsel in making initial penalty assessments. (b) A notice of probable violation issued under this section includes: (1) A statement of the provision(s) which the respondent is believed to have violated; (2) A statement of the factual allegations upon which the proposed civil penalty is being sought; (3) Notice of the maximum amount of civil penalty for which the respondent may be liable; (4) Notice of the amount of the civil penalty proposed to be as sessed; (5) A description of the manner in which the respondent should make payment of any money to the United States; (6) A statement of the respondent's right to present written explana tions, information or any materials in answer to the charges or in mitigation of the penalty; and 209.107 Reply, (a) Within thirty (30) days of the service of a notice of probable violation issued under 209.105, the respondent may-- (1) Pay as provided in 209.109(a) and thereby close the case; (2) Make an informal response as provided in 209.111; or (3) Request a hearing as provided in 209.113. (b) The Chief Counsel may extend the thirty (30) days period for good cause shown. (c) Failure of the respondent to reply by taking one of the three actions described in paragraph (a) of this section within the period provided constitutes a waiver of his or her right to appear and contest the allegations and authorizes the Chief Counsel, without further notice to the respondent, to find the facts to be as alleged in the notice of probable violation and to assess an appropriate civil pepalty. 209.109 Payment of penalty; compromise, (a) Payment of a civil penalty should be made by certified check or money order pay able to the Federal Railroad Administration and sent to the Accounting Division, Federal Railroad Administration, Department of Transporta tion, Washington, DC 20590. (b) At any time before an order assessing a penalty is referred to the Attorney General for collection, the respondent may offer to compromise for a specific amount by contacting the Chief Counsel. 209.111 Informal response and assessment, (a) If a respon dent elects to make an informal response to a notice of probable violation, respondent shall submit to the Chief Counsel such written 563 PART 209 ABDOO132340 209.111 --Appendix B to Part 209 April 1998 explanations, information or other materials as respondent may desire in answer to the charges or in mitigation of the proposed penalty. (b) The respondent may include in his or her informal written re sponse a request for a conference. Upon receipt of such a request, the Chief Counsel arranges for a conference as soon as practicable at a time and place of mutual convenience. (c) Written explanations, information or materials, submitted by the respondent and relevant information presented during any conference held under this section are considered by the Chief Counsel in re viewing the notice of proposed violation and determining the fact of violation and the amount of any penalty to be assessed. (d) After consideration of an informal response, including any rele vant information presented at a conference, the Chief Counsel may dismiss the notice of probable violation in whole or in part. If he or she does not dismiss it in whole, he or she may issue an order assessing a civil penalty. 209.113 Request tor hearing, (a) If a respondent elects to request a hearing, he or she must submit a written request to the Chief Counsel referring to the case number which appeared on the notice of the probable violation. The request must-- (1) State the name and address of the respondent and of the person signing the request if different from the respondent; (2) State with respect to each allegation whether it is admitted or denied; and (3) State with particularity the issues to be raised by the respondent at the hearing. (b) After a request for hearing which complies with the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section, the Chief Counsel schedules a hearing for the earliest practicable date. (c) The Chief Counsel or the hearing officer appointed under 209.115 may grant extensions of the time of the commencement of the hearing for good cause shown. 209.115 Hearing, (a) When a hearing is requested and sched uled under 209.113, a hearing officer designated by the Chief Coun sel convenes and presides over the hearing. If requested by respon dent and if practicable, the hearing is held in the general vicinity of the place where the alleged violation occurred, or at a place convenient to the respondent. Testimony by witnesses shall be given under oath and the hearing shall be recorded verbatim. (b) The presiding official may: (1) Administer oaths and affirmations; (2) Issue subpoenas as provided by 209.7; (3) Adopt procedures for the submission of evidence in written form; (4) Take or cause depositions to be taken; (5) Rule on offers of proof and receive relevant evidence; (6) Examine witnesses at the hearing; (7) Convene, recess, reconvene, and adjourn and otherwise regu late the course of the hearing; (8) Hold conferences for settlement, simplification of the issues or any other proper purpose; and (9) Take any other action authorized by or consistent with the provi sions of this subpart pertaining to civil penalties and permitted by law which may expedite the hearing or aid in the disposition of an issue raised, therein. (e) The Chief Counsel has the burden of providing the facts alleged in the notice of proposed violation and may offer such relevant informa tion as may be necessary fully to inform the presiding officer as to the matter concerned. (d) The respondent may appear and be heard on his or her own behalf or through counsel of his or her choice. The respondent or his or her counsel may offer relevant information including testimony which he or she believes should be considered in defense of the allegations or which may bear on the penalty proposed to be assessed and conduct such cross-examination as may be required for a full disclo sure of the material facts. (e) At the conclusion of the hearing or as soon thereafter as the hearing officer shall provide, the parties may file proposed findings and conclusions, together with supporting reasons. 209.117 Presiding officer's decision, (a) After consideration of the evidence of record, the presiding officer may dismiss the notice of probable violation in whole or in part. If the presiding officer does not dismiss it in whole, he or she will issue and serve on the respondent an order assessing a civil penalty. The decision of the presiding officer will include a statement of findings and conclusions as well as the reasons therefor on all material issues of fact, law, and discretion. (b) If, within twenty (20) days after service of an order assessing a civil penalty, the respondent does not pay the civil penalty or file an appeal as provided in 209.121, the case may be referred to the Attorney General with a request that an action to collect the penalty be brought in the appropriate United States District Court. 209.119 Assessment considerations. The assessment of a civil penalty under 209.117 is made only after considering: (a) The nature and circumstances of the violation; (b) The extent and gravity of the violation; (c) The degree of the respondent's culpabilty; (d) The respondent's history of prior offenses; (e) The respondent's ability to pay; (f) The effect on the respondent's ability to continue in business; and (g) Such other matters as justice may require. 209.121 Appeal, (a) Any party aggrieved by a presiding offi cer's decision or order issued under 209.117 assessing a civil penalty may file an appeal with the Administrator. The appeal must be filed within twenty (20) days of sen/ice of the presiding officer's order. (b) Prior to rendering a final determination on an appeal, the Admin istrator may remand the case for further proceedings before the hear ing officer. (c) In the case of an appeal by a respondent, if the Administrator affirms the assessment and the respondent does not pay the civil penalty within twenty (20) days after sen/ice of the Administrator's decision on appeal, the matter may be referred to the Attorney General with a request that an action to collect the penalty be brought in the appropriate United States District Court. 209.131 Criminal penalties generally. The Federal hazardous materials transportation safety laws (49 U.S.C. 5124) provide a criminal penalty of a fine under title 18, United States Code, and imprisonment for not more than 5 years, or both, for any person who knowingly violates 49 U.S.C. 5104(b) or who willfully violates chapter 51 of title 49, United States Code, or a regulation prescribed or order issued under that chapter. 209.133 Referral for prosecution. If an inspector, including a certified state inspector under Part 212 of this chapter, or other em ployee of FRA becomes aware of a possible willful violation of the Federal hazardous materials transportation safety laws (49 U.S.C. Chapter 51) or a regulation issued under those laws for which FRA exercises enforcement responsibility, he or she reports it to the Chief Counsel. If evidence exists tending to establish a prima facie case, and if it appears that assessment of a civil penalty would not be an adequate deterrent to future violations, the Chief Counsel refers the report to the Department of Justice for criminal prosecution of the offender. Appendix B to Part 209--Federal Railroad Administration Guidelines for Initial Hazardous Materials Assessments These guidelines establish benchmarks to be used in determining initial civil penalty assessments for violations of the Hazardous Materi als Regulations (HMR). The guideline penalty amounts reflect the best judgment of the FRA Office of Safety Assurance and Compliance (RRS) and of the Safety Law Division of the Office of Chief Counsel (RCC) on the relative severity, on a scale of $250 to $25,000, of the various violations routinely encountered by FRA inspectors. (49 U.S.C. 5123) Unless otherwise specified, the guideline amounts refer to aver age violations, that is, violations involving a hazardous material with a medium level of hazard, and a violator with an average compliance history. In an "average violation," the respondent has committed the acts due to a failure to exercise reasonable care under the circum stances ("knowingly"). For some sections, the guidelines contain a breakdown according to relative severity of the violation, for example, the guidelines for shipping paper violations at 49 CFR 172.200.203. A//penalties in these guidelines are subject to change depending upon the circumstances of the particular case. The general duty sec tions, for example 173.1 and 174.7, are not ordinarily cited as sepa rate violations; they are primarily used as explanatory citations to demonstrate applicability of a more specific section where applicabil ity is otherwise unclear. FRA believes that infractions of the regulations that lead to personal 564 ABDOO132341 April 1998 Appendix B to Part 209 injury are especially serious; this is directly in line with Department of Transportation policy that hazardous materials are only safe for transportation when they are securely sealed in a proper package. (Some few containers, such as tank cars of carbon dioxide, are de signed to vent off excess internal pressure. They are exceptions to the "securely sealed" rule.) "Personal injury" has become somewhat of a term of art, especially in the fields of occupational safety and of accident reporting. To avoid confusion, these penalty guidelines use the notion of "human contact" to trigger penalty aggravation. In es sence, any contact by a hazardous material on a person during trans portation is a per se injury and proof will not be required regarding the extent of the physical contact or its consequences. When a violation of the Hazardous Materials Regulations causes a death or serious injury, the maximum penalty of $25,000 shall always be assessed initially. These guidelines are a preliminary assessment tool for FRA's use. They create no rights in any party. FRA is free to vary from them when it deems appropriate and may amend them from time to time without prior notice. Moreover, FRA is not bound by any amount it initially proposes should litigation become necessary. In fact, FRA reserves the express authority to amend the NOPV to seek a penalty of up to $25,000 for each violation at any time prior to issuance of an order. Penalty Assessment Guidelines Emergency orders 'Varies. Failure to file annual report ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Guideline 5.000 (') 5.000 49 CFR section Description Guideline PART 107 107.608 ...................... Failure to register or to renew registration. (Note: registration--or renewal--is mitigation.)...................................................................................................... 1,000 PART 171 171.2(C)...................... Representing (marking, certifying, selling, or offering) a packaging as meeting regulatory specification when it does not .............................................. 171.2(f)(2).................. Billing, marking, etc. for the presence of HM when no HM is present. (Mitigation required for shipments smaller than a carload, i.e., single drum penalty is 1,000).................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 171.12......................... Import shipments--Importer not providing shipper and forwarding agent with US requirements. Cannot be based on inference .................................. Import shipments--Failure to certify by shipper or forwarding agent.............................................................................................................................................. 171.15......................... Failure to provide immediate notice of certain hazardous materials incidents.............................................................................................................................. 171.16......................... Failure to file incident report (form DOT 5800.1). (Note: Multiple failures will aggravate the penalty; see the expert attorney.)........................................ 8,000 2,000 4,000 2,000 6.000 4,000 PART 172 Shipping Papers: 172.200-.203 . . . Offering hazardous materials for transportation when the material is not properly described on the shipping paper as required by 172.200-.203. (The `shipping paper' is the document tendered by the shipper/offeror to the carrier. The original shipping paper contains the shipper's certification at 172.204.) --Information on the shipping paper is wrong to the extent that it caused or materially contributed to a reaction by emergency responders that aggravated the situation or caused or materially contributed to improper handling by the carrier that led to or materially contributed to a product release .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... --Total lack of hazardous materials information on shipping paper. (Some shipping names alone contain sufficient information to reduce the guideline to the next lower level, but they may be such dangerous products that aggravation needs to be considered.) ........................................... --Some information is present but the missing or improper description could cause mishandling by the carrier or a delay or error in emergency response ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ When the improper description is not likely to cause serious problem (technical defect)...................................................................................................... --Shipping paper includes a hazardous materials description and no hazardous materials are present ............................................................................. Note: Failure to include emergency response information is covered at 172.600- 604; while the normal unit of violation for shipping papers is the whole document, failure to provide emergency response information is a separate violation. 172.204 .................. Shipper's failure to certify........................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 172.205 .................. Hazardous waste manifest. (Applies only to defects in the Hazardous Waste Manifest form [EPA Form 8700-22 and 8700- 22A]; shipping paper defects are cited and penalized under 172 200-.203 )................................................................................................................................................................ Marking...................... The guidelines for "marking" violations contemplate a total lack of the prescribed mark. Obviously, where the package (including a whole car) is partially marked, mitigation should be applied. 172.301 .................. Failure to mark a non-bulk package as required (e.g., no commodity name on a 55-gallon drum). (Shipment is the unit of violation.)............................ 172.302 .................. Failure to follow standards for marking bulk packaging. (Note: If a more specific section applies, cite it and its penalty guideline.)............................... 172.302(a)............ ID number missing or in improper location. (The guideline is for a portable tank: for smaller bulk packages, the guideline should be mitigated downward.)............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 172.302(b)............ Failure to use the correct srze of markings. (Note: If 172.326(a) is also cited, it takes precedence and .302(b) is not cited. Note also: the guideline is for a gross violation of marking size--1/2" where 2" is required--end mitigation should be considered lor markings approaching the required size.) ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 172.302(C)............ Failure to place exemption number markings on bulk package....................................................................................................................................................... 172.303 .................. Prohibited marking. (Package is marked for a hazardous material and contains either another hazardous material or no hazardous material.) --The marking is wrong and caused or contributed to a wrong emergency response............................................................................................................... Inconsistent marking; e g., Shipping name and ID number do not agree................................................................................................................................. --Marked as a hazardous material when package does not contain a hazardous material...................................................................................................... 172.313................... `Inhalation Hazard" not marked............................................................................................................................................................................................................... 172.322 .................. Failure to mark for MARINE POLLUTANT where required................................................................................................................................................................ 172.325(a)............ Improper, or missing, HOT mark for elevated temperature material .............................................................................................................................................. 172.326(a)............ Failure to mark a portable tank with the commodity name................................................................................................................................................................ 172.326(b)............ Owner's/lessee's name not displayed.................................................................................................................................................................................................. 172.326(c)............ Failure to mark portable tank with ID number...................................................................................................................................................................................... 15,000 7,500 5,000 2,000 7,500 2,000 4,000 1,000 2,000 2,500 2,000 2,000 10,000 5,000 2,000 2.500 1,500 1,500 2.500 500 2,500 PART 209 565 ABDOO132342 Appendix B to Part 209 April 1998 49 CFR section Description Guideline 172.330(a)(1Xi) Offering/transporting hazardous materials in a tank car that does not have the required shipping name or common name stenciled on the car; include reference to section requiring stenciling, such as 173.314(b) (5) or (6) .............................................................................................................. 2.500 172.330(a)(1)(H) . . Offering/transporting hazardous materials in a tank car that does not have the required ID number displayed on the car 2.500 172.331(b) Offering bulk packaging other than a portable tank, cargo tank, or tank car (e g , a hopper car) not marked with UN/NA number (l.e., a hopper car carrying a hazardous substance, where a placard is not required)....................................................................................................................................................... 2,500 172.332 Improper display of identification number markings. Note: Citation of this section and 172.326 (portable tanks), 172.326 (cargo tanks), or 172.330 (tank cars) does not create two separate violations ... ................................... .... .............. ... 2,000 172.334(a).............. Displaying ID numbers on a RADIOACTIVE, EXPLOSIVES 1.1,1.2,1.3,1.4,1.5, or 1.6, or DANGEROUS, or subsidiary hazard placard 4.000 172.334(b) ... --Improper display of ID number that caused or contributed to a wrong emergency response ....................................... ... 15,000 --Improper display of ID number that could cause carrier mishandling or minor error in emergency response............................... 5.000 --Technical error................. ...................................... ............................................. ... 2.000 172.334(f) Displaying ID number on orange panel not in proximity to the placard 1,500 Labeling. 172.400-.450 Failure to label properly. (See also 172.301 regarding the marking of packages.)............................................................................................................................... 2,500 Placarding 172.502 The guidelines for "placarding" violations contemplate a total lack of the prescribed placard. Obviously, where the package (including a whole car) is partially placarded, mitigation should be applied. --Placarded as hazardous material when car does not contain a hazardous material .... ......................................... ... ........................ 2,000 --Placard does not represent hazard of the contents . ..................... .............................................................. .............................................................. 2,000 --Display of sign or device that could be confused with regulatory placard Photograph or good, clear description necessary . . ........................ 2,000 172.503 Improper display of ID number on placards. (Note: Do not cite this section, cite 172 334.).......................................................... .... 172.504(a) ... . Failure to placard; affixing or displaying wrong placard. (See also 172.502(a), 172.504(a), 172.505, 172.510(c), 172.516, 174.33, 174.59, 174.69; all applicable sections should be cited, but the penalty should be set at the amount for the violation most directly in point.) (Generally, the car is the unit of violation, and penalties vary with the number of errors, typically at the rate of Si ,000 per placard.) --Complete failure to placard............................... ............................................................................................................................... .... 7.500 --One placard missing (add $1,000 per missing placard up to a total of three, then use the guideline above)..................................................................... 1.000 --Complete failure to placard, but only 2 placards are required (e.g., intermediate bulk containers [IBCs)) ..................... 172.504(b) . . 172.504(c) Improper use of DANGEROUS placard for mixed loads ... ......................................... Placarded for wrong hazard class when no placard was required due to 1,001 pound exemption ... ... 172.504(e) Use of placard other than as specified in the table. --Improper placard caused or contributed to improper reaction by emergency response forces or caused or contributed to improper handling by carrier that led to a product release ... ... .... ....................................................... --Improper placard that could cause improper emergency response or handling by carrier . ............................................. --Technical violation....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 172.505 . . improper application of placards for subsidiary hazards. (Note: This is in addition to any violation on the primary hazard placards.) .. 172.508(a) Offering hazardous material for rail transportation without affixing placards. (Note: The preferred section for a total failure to placard is 172.504(a); only one section should be cited to avoid a dual penalty) (Note also Persons offering hazardous materials for rail movement must affix placards; if offering for highway movement, the placards must be tenderedto the carrier. 172.506.) ..................... .... Placards OK. except they were IMDG labels instead of 10' placards. (Unit of violation is the packaging, usually a portable tank.).................................. Placards on TOFC/COFC units not readily visible. (Note Do not cite this section, cite 172.516 instead.) ... 172.508(b) Accepting hazardous material for rail transportation without placards affixed............................................................................................................................................. 172.510(a) EXPLOSIVES 1 1, EXPLOSIVES 1 2, POISON GAS, POISON GAS-RESIDUE. (Division 2.3, Hazard Zone A), POISON, or POISON-RESIDUE (Division 6.1, Packing Group I, Hazard Zone A) placards displayed without square background...................................... ... 172.510(C) Improper use of RESIDUE placard. --Placarded RESIDUE when loaded................. ... ... ... .......................................... --Placarded loaded when car contains only a residue........................................................................ ............................................................................... --Placarded EMPTY when RESIDUE is required ... ...................................................................................................................................... 172.514 Improper placarding of bulk packaging other than a tank car For the 'exception' packages in 174.514(c). Note: Use the regular placarding sections for the guideline amounts for larger bulk packages....................................................................................................................................................... 172.516 Placard not readily visible, improperly located or displayed, or deteriorated. Good color photos `essential" to prove deterioration, and considerable weathering is permissible. Placard is the unit of violation . ... ................. ......................................... ............................... --When placards on an intermodal container are not visible, for instance, because the container is in a well car Container is the unit of violation, and, as a matter of enforcement policy, FRA accepts the tack of visibility of the end placards ... Emergency Response Information.............. 172.600-602 Violations of 172.600.604 are in addition to shipping paper violations in citing a carrier, if the railroad's practice is to carry an emergency response book or to put the E/R information as an attachment to the consist, the unit of violation is generally the train (or the consist). `Telephone number' violations are generally best cited against the shipper; if against a railroad, there should be proof that the number was given to the railroad, that is, it was on the original shipping document. Where improper emergency response information has caused an improper reaction from emergency forces and the improper response has aggravated the situation. Note Proof of this will be rigorous. For instance, if the emergency response forces had chemical information with the correct response and they relied, instead, on shipper/carrier information to their detriment; the $15,000 penalty guideline applies ........................ Bad, missing, or improper emergency response information (Be careful in transmitting violations of this section against a railroad; there are many sources of E/R information and it does not necessarily 'travel* with the shipping documents.)....................................................................................................... 172602(C) Failure to have emergency response information `immediately accessible" 172.604 Improper or missing emergency response telephone number Training: 172.702(a) General failure to train hazmat employees ... ... .... .... ... .......................................... ... 172.702(b) Hazmat employee performing covered function without training. (Unit of violation is the employee, see the expert attorney if more than 10 employees are involved.)......................................................................................... .................................................................................................................. 2.500 5.000 2.000 15,000 5,000 2,500 5,000 7,500 500 ~T) 5,000 5,000 4.000 1.000 500 2,000 1,000 2,000 15,000 4,000 15,000 2,500 5,000 1,000 'See 172.334. *See 172.516. 566 ABDOO132343 April 1998 Appendix B to Part 209 49 CFR section Description Guideline 172.704(a).............. Failure to train in the required areas:........................................................................................................................................................................................................................... --General awareness/familiarization -Function-specific --Safety (Unit of violation is the `area,'1 and, for a total failure to train, cite 172.702(a) and use that penalty instead of 172.704.) 2,500 172.704(c).............. Initial and recurrent training. (Note: Cite this and the relevant substantive section, e.g., 172.702(a), and use penalty provided there.)............................ <3> 172.704(d).............. Failure to maintain record of training. (Unit of violation is the record.).......................................................................................................................................................... 2.500 PART 173 General duty section applicable to shippers: also includes subparagraph (b), the requirement to train employees about applicable regulations. (Cite the appropriate section in the 172.700-.704 series for training violations.).................................................................................................................................. 173.9(a)........................ Early delivery of transport vehicle that has been fumigated. (48 hours must have elapsed since fumigation.) ........................................................................... 173.9(b)........................ Failure to display fumigation placard. (Ordinarily cited against shipper onty, not against railroad.)................................................................................................... 173.10............................ Delivery requirements for gases and for flammable liquids. See also 174.204 and 174,304 ................................................................................................................. 173.22 ............................ Shipper responsibility: This general duty section should ordinarily be cited only to support a more specific charge................................................................. 173.22a........................ Improper use of packagings authorized under exemption.................................................................................................................................................................................. Failure to maintain copy of exemption as required................................................................................................................................................................................................ 173.24(b)(1) & 173.24(b)(2) and 173.24(f)(1) & 173.24(f)(1)(ii) . . . Securing closures: These subsections are the general `no leak' standard for all packagings. 173.24(b) deals primarily with packaging as a whole, while 173.24(f) focuses on cfosures. Cite the sections accordingly, using both the leak/non-leak criteria and the package size considerations to reach the appropriate penalty. Any actual leak will aggravate the guideline by, typically, 50%: a leak with contact with a human being will aggra vate by at least 100%, up to the maximum of $25,000 if the HMR violation causes the injury. With tank cars, 173.31(b) applies, and IM portable tanks [173.32c), and other tanks of that size range, should use the tank car penalty amounts, stated in reference to that section. --Small bottle or box.......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 55-gallon drum................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. --Larger container, e g., IBC: not portable tank or tank car.............................................................................................................................................................................. 173.24(c)..................... Use of package not meeting specifications, including required stencils and markings. The most specific section for the package involved should be cited (see below). The penalty guideline should be adjusted for the size of the container. Any actual leak will aggravate the guideline by, typi cally, 50%: a leak with contact with a human being will aggravate by at least 100%, up to the maximum of $25,000 if the HMR violation causes the injury. --Small bottle or box.......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... -55-gallon drum................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. --Larger container, e g., IBC; not portable tank or tank car.............................................................................................................................................................................. For more specific sections: Tank cars--173 31(a). portable tanks--173.32, and IM portable tanks--173.32a, ,32b, and 32c, q.v 173.24a(a)(3).............. Non-bulk packagings: Failure to secure and cushion inner packagings...................................................................................................................................................... --Causes leak .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... --Leak with any contact between product and any human being ................................................................................................................................................................. 173.24a(b)4(d) .... Non-bulk packagings: Exceeding filling limits.......................................................................................................................................................................................................... --Leak with any contact between product and any human being ................................................................................................................................................................. 173.240(a) ................. Insufficient outage:............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. --<1% --Leak with any contact between product and any human being ................................................................................................................................................................. 173.24b(a)(3).............. Outage <5% on PIH material......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... --Causes leak .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... --Leak with any contact between product and any human being ................................................................................................................................................................. 173.26 ............................ Loaded beyond gross weight or capacity as stated in specification. (Applies only if quantity limitations do not appear in packaging requirements of Part 173.)........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 173.28 ............................ Improper reuse, reconditioning, or remanufacture of packagings ................................................................................................................................................................. 173.29(a)..................... Offering residue tank car for transportation when openings are not tightly closed (174.67(k) is also usually applicable). The regulation requires of fering "in the same manner as when" loaded and may be cited when a car not meeting specifications (see 173.31(a)(1)) is released back into transportation after unloading; same guideline amount. Guidelines vary with the type of commodity involved: Hazardous material with insignificant vapor pressure and without classification as "poison" or "inhalation hazard'.............................................................. --With actual leak ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. --With leak allowing the product to contact any human being ........................................................................................................................................................................ --Hazardous material with vapor pressure (essentially any gas or compressed gas) and/or with classification as "poison* or `inhalation hazard.' . . --With actual leak ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. --With leak allowing the product (or fumes or vapors) to contact any human being. (In the case of fumes, the 'contact' must be substantial.) .... --Where only violation is failure to secure a protective housing, e.g., the covering for the gaging device..................................................................................... 173.30 ............................ A general duty section that should be cited with the explicit statement of the duty. 173.31(a)(1) .............. Use of a tank car not meeting specifications and the 'Bulk packaging" authorization in Column 8 of the 172.101 Hazardous Materials Table refer ence is: 173.240 .............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 173.241 ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 173.242 .............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 173.245 .............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 2,000 5,000 1,000 3,000 2,500 1,000 1,000 2,500 5,000 1,000 2,500 5,000 1,000 3.000 10,000 1.000 3,000 10,000 3,000 5.000 10,000 5.000 7,500 10,000 5,000 1,000 2,000 5,000 15,000 5.000 7.500 15,000 1,000 1,000 2,500 5,000 5,000 7,500 7,500 3Varies. `See specific section. 567 PART 209 ABDOO132344 Appendix B to Part 209 April 1998 49 CFR section 17331(a)(4) 173 31(a)(5) 173.31(a)(6) 173.31(a)(7) 173.31 (a)(l 5) 173.31 (a)(17) . . . 17331(b)(1). 173.31(b)(3) 173.31(b)(4) 173.31(cK1> 173.31(0(10) 173.32c 173.314(b)(5) 173.314(c) Description Guideline 173.247 ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 1,000 173.314, .315.............................................................. ............................................................................................................................................................................... 5,000 --Minor defect not affecting the ability of the package to contain a hazardous material, e g , no chain on a bottom outlet closure plug .. 500 Tank meets specification, but specification is not stenciled on car. Note: 179.1(e) implies that only the builder has the duty here, but it is the presence of the stencil that gives the shipper the right to rely on the builder. (See 173.22(a)(3).)................................................ ... ..................... 1,000 Tank car not stenciled "Not for flammable liquids,' and it should be. (AAR Tank Car Manual. Appendix C, C3.03(a)5 ) --Most cars ...................................... ... ...................................................................................... ............................................. 2.500 --Molten sulfur car..................................................................... .... ... . .......................................... 500 --If flammable liquid is actually in the car........................................................................ .............................................................. ................................................ 5.000 Use of a tank car stenciled for one commodity to transport another ............................... .................................. 5.000 Use of DOT-specification tank car without shelf couplers. (Note: prior to November 15, 1992, this did not apply to a car not carrying hazardous materials.)................................................................................................................................................................................................................. .................................. 10,000 --Against a carrier, cite 174.3 and this section.................................................................................................................................................................................................... 6,000 Use of non-DOT specification car without shelf couplers to carry hazardous materials. (Applies only since November 15, 1990.) . . ... 10.000 --Against a carrier, cite 174.3 and this section.................................................................................................................................................................................................... 6,000 Use of tank car without air brake support attachments welded to pads (Effective July 1, 1991).............. ... 5,000 Tank car with nonreclosing pressure relief device used to transport Class 2 gases, Class 3 or 4 liquids, or Division 6.1 liquids, PG i or II..................... 7,500 Tank car with interior heating coils used to transport Division 2.3 or Division 6 1. PG I. based on inhalation toxicity 7,500 Shipper failure to determine (to the extent practicable) that tank, safety appurtenances, and fittings are in proper condition for transportation; failure to properly secure closures. (173.31(b)(1) & .31(b)(3), often cited as together for loose closure violations, are taken as one violation) The unit of violation is the car, aggravated if necessary for truly egregious condition. 173.24(b) & (f) establish a 'no- leak' design standard, and 173.31 imposes that standard on operations. --With actual leak of product ........................................................................................................................................................................... ............................................. 10,000 --With actual leak allowing the product (or fumes or vapors) to contact any human being. (With safety vent, be careful because carrier might be at fault.).................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 15,000 --Minor violation, e g., bottom outlet cap loose on tank car of molten sulfur (because product is a solid when shipped) . .... 1,000 --Failure ( 31(b)(1)) to have bottom outlet cap off during loading ................................................................................................................................................................. 1,000 Riling and offering for transportation a tank car overdue for retest of tank, interior heater system, and/or safety relief valve. Note that the car may be filled while in-date, held, and then shipped out-of-date. (Adjust penalty if less than one month or more than one year overdue.).................................. 6,000 Tank, interior heater system, and/or safety valve overdue for retest If these conditions exist, the violation is of l73.3l(b)(4). If the violation is for improperly conducting the test(s). see the expert attorney Failure to properly stencil a retest that was performed .... .......................................... .... ... 1.000 Loose closures on an IM portable tank (173.24 establishes the 'tight closure" standard; 172.32c applies it to IM portable tanks.) (The scale of penalties is the same as for tank cars.).............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 5,000 --With actual leak ol product .... ................................................................................................................. ... ... 10,000 --With actual leak and human being contact..................................................................... ....................................................... .................................................... 15,000 --Minor violation .... ............................... ............................... .... .... 1,000 No commodity stencil, compressed gas tank car. (See also 172.330) .... .............................................................. Compressed gas loaded in excess of filling density (same basic concept as insufficient outage)............................................................................................. --"T" car with excessive voids in the thermal coating, such that the car no longer complies with the DOT specification. 173.31(a)(1) requires tank cars used to transport hazardous materials to meet the requirements of the applicable specification and this section (173.314(c)) lists 112T/114T cars as allowed for compressed gases................................................................................................... ....................................................... 2.500 6,000 5,000 PART 174 General Requirements 174.3 Acceptance of improperly prepared shipment This general duty section must be accompanied by a citation to the specific section violated. 174.7........................ Carrier's failure to instruct employees; cannot be based on inference; 172.700-704 are preferred citations............................................................................ 174.8(b) --Failure to inspect hazardous materials (and adjacent) cars at point where train is required to be inspected (Unit of violation is the train) (Note For all `failure to inspect" citations, the mere presence of a nonconforming condition does not prove a failure to inspect.) ............................... --Allowing unsafe loaded placarded car to continue in transportation beyond point where inspection was required) (Unit of violation is the car.) --Failure to determine whether placards are in place and conform to shipping papers (at a required inspection point). (Unit of violation is the car.) 174.9(a) . . . Failure to properly inspect loaded, placarded tank car at origin or interchange . ......................................... ... 174.9(b) Loose or insecure closures on tank car containing a residue of a hazardous material. (FRA policy is that, against a railroad, this violation must be observable from the ground because, for reasons of safety, railroad inspectors do not climb on cars absent an indication of a leak.) . .... 174.9(C) . . . Failure to 'card* a tank car overdue for tank retest....................................................................................................... ................................... .... 174.10(c) . Offering a noncomplying shipment in interchange ... . ............................................................................... 174.10(d) . . Offering leaking car of hazardous materials in interchange............................................................................................................................................................................... 17412 Improper performance of intermediate shipper/carrier duties, applies to forwarders and highway carriers delivering TOFC/COFC shipments to rail roads ............................................................................... ..................................................................................................................................................................... 174.14 . ... Failure to expedite: violation of '48- hour rule" Note: does not apply to cars 'held short" of destination or constructively placed . ... General Operating Requirements Note This subpart (Subpart B) of Part 174 has three sections referring to shipment documentation: 174.24 relating to accepting documents, 174.25 relating to the preparation of movement documents, and 174.26 relating to movement documents in the possession of the train crew. Only the most relevant section should be cited. In most cases, the unit of violation is the shipment, although where a unified consist is used to give notice to the crew, there is some justification for making it the train, especially where the discrepancy was generated using automated data processing and the error is repetitious <5) 4,000 8,000 5,000 4,000 1,000 3,000 3.000 10,000 3,000 1,000 5See penalties 172 700-.704. 568 ABDOO132345 April 1998 Appendix B to Part 209 49 CFR section Description 174.24 ..................... Accepting hazardous materials shipment without properly prepared shipping paper. (Note: The carrier's duty extends only to the document received, that is, a shipment of hazardous materials in an unplacarded transport vehicle with a shipping paper showing other than a hazardous material is not a violation against the carrier unless knowledge of the contents ot the vehicle is proved. Likewise, receipt of a tank car placarded for Class 3 with a shipping paper indicating a flammable liquid does not create a carrier violation if the car, in fact, contains a corrosive. On the other hand, receipt of a placarded trailer with a shipping paper listing only FAK ('freight-ail- kinds*), imposes a duty on the carrier to inquire further and to reject the shipment if it is improperly billed.) --Improper hazardous materials information that could cause delay or error in emergency response............................................................................................. Guideline 7,500 5,000 --Technical errors, not likety to cause problems, especially with emergency response................................................................................................ --Minor errors not relating to hazardous materials emergency response, e g., not listing an exemption number and the exemption is not one affecting 174.25 ..................... Preparing improper movement documents. (Similar to the requirements in 174,24, here the carrier is held responsible for preparing a movement document that accurately reflects the shipping paper tendered to it. With no hazardous materials information on the shipper's bill of lading, the carrier is not in violation--absent knowledge of hazardous contents--for preparing a nonhazardous movement document. While "movement documents" in the rail industry used to be waybills or switch tickets (almost exclusively), carriers are now incorporating the essential information into a consist, expanded from its former role as merely a listing of the cars in the train.) --Information on the movement document is wrong to the extent that it actually caused or materially contributed to a reaction by emergency responders that aggravated the situation or caused or materially contributed to improper handling by the carrier that led to or materially contributed to a product 1,000 500 15,000 --Total lack of hazardous materials information on movement document. (Some shipping names alone contain sufficient information to reduce the guideline to the next lower level, but they may be such dangerous products that aggravation needs to be considered.) ................................................ 7,500 --Some information is present, but the missing or improper description could cause mishandling by the carrier or a delay or error in emergency --Missing/improper endorsement, unless on a switch ticket as allowed under 174.25(b) ................................................................................................................. 5,000 3.500 --Movement document does not indicate, for a flatcar carrying trailers or containers, which trailers or containers contain hazardous materials. (If all trailers or containers on the flatcar contain hazardous materials, there is no violation,).................................................................................................................... 2,500 --When the improper description is not likely to cause serious problem (technical defect)................................................................................................................. --Minor errors not related to hazardous materials emergency response, e g., not listing an exemption number and the exemption is not one affecting Note: Failure to include emergency response information is covered at 172.600-604; while the normal unit of violation for movement documents is the whole document, failure to provide emergency response information is a separate violation. 1,000 500 174.26(a)................. Failure to execute the required POISON GAS and EXPLOSIVES 1.1/1.2 notices. (The notice is the unit of violation, because one notice can cover Failure to deliver the required POISON GAS and EXPLOSIVES 1.1/1.2 notices to train and engine crew. (Cite this, or the above, as appropriate.) . . 5,000 5.000 Failure to transfer notice from crew to crew. (Note that this is very likely an individual liability situation; the penalty guideline listed here, however, 3,000 174.26(b)................. Train crew does not have a document indicating position in tram of each loaded, placarded car. Aggravate by 50% for Poison Gas, 2.3, and Explosives, --Technical violation, e.g., car is listed in correct relative order, but not in exact numerical order, usually because of addition of car or cars to head 174.26(c)................. Improper paperwork in possession of train crew. (If the investigation of an accident reveals a violation of this section and 174.25, cite this section.) (Shipment is unit of violation, although there is justification for making it the train if a unified consist is used to carry this information and the violation is a pattern one throughout all. or almost all, of the hazardous materials shipments. For intermodal traffic, "shipment* can mean the container or trailer--e.g., a UPS trailer with several non-disclosed hazardous materials packages would be one unit.) --Information on the document possessed by the train crew is wrong to the extent that it caused or materially contributed to a reaction by emergency responders that aggravated the situation or caused or materially contributed to improper handling by the carrier that led to or materially contributed --Total lack of hazardous materials information on movement document. (Some shipping names alone contain sufficient information to reduce the guideline to the next lower level, but they may be such dangerous products that aggravation needs to be considered.) ................................................ 1,000 6.000 1,000 15,000 7,500 --Some information is present but the error(s) could cause mishandling by the carrier or a delay or error in emergency response. Includes missing RESIDUE description required by 174,25(c) ................................................................................................................................................................................................... --Improper information, but the hazardous materials are small shipments (e g., UPS moves) and PG ill (e.g., the "low hazard" materials allowed in TOFC/COFC service without an exemption since HM-197)........................................................................................................................................................................... --Technical detect not likely to cause delay or error in emergency response or carrier handling ................................................................................................... 5,000 3,500 1,000 --Minor error not relating to emergency response or carrier handling, e.g., not listing the exemption number on document and the exemption is not 174.33 ..................... --Failure to maintain `an adequate supply ot placards.' [The violation is tor `failure to replace'; if missing placards are replaced, the supply is obviously adequate, if not. failure to have a placard is not a separate violation from failure to replace it.] --Failure to replace lost or destroyed placards based on shipping paper information. (This is in addition to the basic placarding mistakes in, for Note: A railroad's placarding duties are to not accept a car without placards (172.508(b)]; to maintain an `adequate supply' of placards and to replace them based on shipping paper information [174.33]; and to not transport a car without placards [174.59]. At each inspection point, a railroad must determine that all placards are in place. [172.8(b)] The "next inspection point" replacement requirement in 174.59, q.v., refers to placards that disappear between inspection points; a car af an inspection point must be placarded because it is in transportation, even if held up at that point. [49 U.S.C. 5102(12)] 500 1.000 174.45 ..................... Failure tq report hazardous materials accidents or incidents. Cite 171.15 or 171.16 as appropriate. Failure to stencil leaking tank car.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. Loss ot product resulted in human being contact because ot improper carrier handling .................................................................................................................... 7,500 3,500 15,000 174.55 ..................... Failure to block and brace as prescribed. (See also 174.61, .63, .101. .112, .115; where these more specific sections apply, cite them.) Note: The regulatory requirement is that hazardous materials packages be loaded and securely blocked and braced to prevent the packages from changing position, falling to the floor, or sliding into each other. If the load is tight and secure, pieces of lumber or other materials may not be necessary to achieve the 'tight load' requirement. Be careful on these and consult freely with the expert attorney and specialists in the Hazardous Materials Division. --General failure to block and brace........................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 5,000 --Inadequate blocking and bracing (an attempt was made but blocking/bracing was insufficient.)................................................................................................ 2,500 PART 209 569 ABDOO132346 Appendix B to Part 209 April 1998 49 CFR section 174.59 174.61 174.63(a) &(c) 174 63(b) 174.63(e) ... . 174.67(a)(1) 174.67(a)(2) 174 67(a)(3) 174.67(c)(2) . . 174.67(h) 174 67(i) 174 67(j) 174.67(k) 174.69 174.81 174.83(a) 174 83(b) 174.83(cHe) 174 83(f) 174.84 174.85 Description Guideline 7,500 --Inadequate blocking and bracing leading to a leak and human being contact. . ............................... ................. 15.000 Marking and placarding. Note As stated elsewhere, a railroad's placarding duties are to not accept a car without placards (l72.508(b)). to maintain an "adequate supply* of placards and fo replace them based on shipping paper information (174.33), and Jo not transport a car without placards [174 59]. At each inspection point, a railroad must determine that all placards are in place. (l72.8<b)] The "next inspection point' replacement requirement in this section refers to placards that disappear between inspection points. A car at an inspection point must be placarded because it is m transportation (49 US C 5102(12)], even if held up at that point. Because the statute creates civil penalty liability only if a violation is 'knowing.' that is, 'a reasonable person knew or should have known that an act performed by him was in violation of the HMR,' and because railroads are not under a duty to inspect hazardous materials cars merely standing in a yard, violations written for unplacarded cars in yards must include proof that the railroad knew about the unplacarded cars and took no corrective action within a reasonable time (Note also that the real problem with unplacarded cars in a railyard may be a lack of emergency response information, 172.600-.604, and investigation may reveal that those sections should be cited instead of this one) --Complete failure to placard ............................ .... ................................................ 7,500 --One placard missing (add $1,000 per missing placard up to a total of three, then use the guideline above).................................................... For other placarding violations, see 172 500- 560 and determine if one of them more correctly states the violation. ... 1.000 Improper transportation of transport vehicle or freight container on flat car (Note. If improper lading restraint is the violation, see 174 55; if improper restraint of a bulk packaging inside a closed transport vehicle is the violation, see 174.63(b).) . . ... .................. --Improper transportation of portable tank or other bulk packaging in TOFC/COFC service Improper transportation leading to a release of product ........................ Improper transportation leading to a release and human being contact .... 3.000 3.000 7.500 15.000 Improper securement of bulk packaging inside enclosed transport vehicle or freight container 5,000 --Inadequate securement (an attempt to secure was made but the means of securement were inadequate) ... .............. 2,500 7,500 15,000 Transportation of cargo tank or multi-unit tank car tank without authorization and in the absence of an emergency Tank car unloading operations performed by persons not properly instructed (case cannot be based on inference) ... ... 7.500 2.500 Unloading without brakes set and/or wheels blocked. (The enforcement standard, as per 1995 Hazardous Materials Technical Resolution Committee, is that sufficient handbrakes must be applied on one or more cars to prevent movement and each car with a handbrake set must be blocked in both directions The unloading facility must make a determination on how many brakes to set.) --No brakes set. no wheels blocked, or fewer brakes set/wheels blocked than facility's operating plan 5.000 3.000 4.000 Unloading without cautions signs properly displayed. (See Part 218. Subpart B) ............................................. Failure to use non-metallic block to prop manway cover open while unloading through bottom outlet. 2.000 3.000 500 10.000 5.000 Discontinued unloading without disconnecting all unloading connections, tightening valves, and applying closures to all other openings. (Note. If the car is attended, this subsection does not apply) Preparation of car after unloading. Removal of unloading connections is required, as is the closing of all openings with a 'suitable tool' Note This subsection requires unloading connections to be 'removed' when unloading is complete. l74.67(j) requires them to be "disconnected' tor a temporary cessation ot unloading The penalties recommended here mirror those >n 173 29. dealing with insecure closures generally --Hazardous material with insignificant vapor pressure and without classification as 'poison' or "inhalation hazard' .. 2.000 5.000 15.000 --Hazardous material with vapor pressure (essentially any gas or compressed gas) and/or with classification as "poison'' or "inhalation hazard' . . 5,000 7,500 --With leak allowing the product (or fumes or vapors) to contact any human being) Note: Contact with fumes must be substantial............................... --Complete failure to remove loaded placards and replace with RESIDUE placard on tank cars.................................. .............. --Partial failure (Unit of violation is the placard: the guideline is used for each placard up to 3. then the penalty above is applicable) .. --Failure to obey segregation requirements lor materials forbidden to be stored or transported together. ('X' in the table) --Failure to obey segregation requirements lor materials that must be separated to prevent commingling in the event of a leak. ("O' in the table) . . 15.000 6.000 1.000 6.000 4.000 5.000 Improper switching of loaded rail car containing Division 1.1/1.2, 2.3 PG Zone A, or Division 6.1 PG 1 Zone A, or DOT 113 tank car placarded tor 8.000 5.000 Switching Division 1.1/1.2 without a buffer car or placement of Division 1.1/1.2 car under a bridge or alongside a passenger train or platform . . . Improper handling of Division 1 1/1.2, 2.3 PG i Zone A, 6.1 PG 1 Zone A in relation to guard or escort cars .... ..................... 8,000 4,000 Improper Train Placement (The unit of violation under this section is the car. Where more than one placarded car is involved, e.g., if 2 placarded cars are too close to the engine, both are violations Where both have a similar violation, e g., a Division i.l car next to a loaded tank car of a Class 3 material, each car gets the appropriate penalty as listed below.) RESIDUE car without at least 1 buffer from engine or occupied caboose ............................ 3.000 Placard Group 1--Division 1 1/1.2 (Class A explosive) materials --Fewer than 6 cars (where train length permits) from engine or occupied caboose As above but with at least 1 buffer .... ..................... ..................... 8.000 7,000 8,000 --Next to open top car with lading beyond car ends or, if shifted, would be beyond car ends......................................... .............. 7,000 570 ABDOO132347 April 1998 Appendix B to Part 209 49 CFR section Description Guideline --Next to loaded Hat car, except closed TOFC/COFC equipment, auto carriers, specially equipped car with tie-down devices, or car with permanent bulkhead........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 6,000 --Next to operating temperature-control equipment or internal combustion engine in operation....................................................................................................... 7,000 --Next to placarded car, except one from same placard group or COMBUSTIBLE............................................................................................................................... 7,000 Placard Group 2--Division i .3/1.4/1.5 (Class B and C explosives); Class 2 (compressed gas, other than Division 2.3, PG 1 Zone A; Class 3 (flammable liquids); Class 4 (flammable solid); Class 5 (oxidizing materials); Class 6. (poisonous liquids), except 6.1 PG 1 Zone A; Class 8 (corrosive materials). For tank cars: --Fewer than 6 cars (where train length permits) from engine or occupied caboose ........................................................................................................................... --As above but with at least 1 buffer ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................ --No buffer at all (where train length doesn't permit 5) ..................................................................................................................................................................................... 6,000 5,000 6,000 --Next to open top car with lading beyond car ends or, if shifted, would be beyond car ends.......................................................................................................... 5,000 --Next to loaded flat car, except closed TOFC/COFC equipment, auto carriers, specially equipped car with tie-down devices, or car with permanent bulkhead ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 4,000 --Next to operating temperature-control equipment or internal combustion engine in operation...................................................................................................... 5,000 --Next to placarded car, except one from same placard group or COMBUSTIBLE.............................................................................................................................. For other rail cars: --Next to placarded car, except one from same placard group or COMBUSTIBLE .............................................................................................................................. 5.000 5,000 Placard Group 3--Divisions 2.3 (PG 1 Zone A; poisonous gases) and 6.1 (PG 1 Zone A; poisonous materials) For tank cars: --Fewer than 6 cars (where train length permits) from engine or occupied caboose ........................................................................................................................... 8,000 --As above but with at feast 1 buffer ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................ --No buffer at all (where train length doesn't permit 5) ..................................................................................................................................................................................... 7.000 8,000 --Next to open top car with lading beyond car ends or, if shifted, would be beyond car ends.......................................................................................................... 7.000 --Next to loaded flat car, except closed TOFC/COFC equipment, auto carriers, specially equipped car with tie-down devices, or car with permanent 6.000 --Next to operating temperature-control equipment or internal combustion engine in operation....................................................................................................... --Next to placarded car, except one from same placard group or COMBUSTIBLE............................................................................................................................... For other rail cars: --Next to placarded car, except one from same placard group or COMBUSTIBLE............................................................................................................................... 7,000 7.000 5.000 Placard Group 4--Class 7 (radioactive) materials. For rail cars: --Next to locomotive or occupied caboose............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 8,000 --Next to placarded car, except one from same placard group or COMBUSTIBLE............................................................................................................................... 5,000 --Next to carload of undeveloped film........................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 3,000 174.86 ..................... Exceeding maximum allowable operating speed (15 mph) while transporting molten metals or molten glass............................................................................... 174.101(o)(4) ... Failure to have proper explosives placards on flatcar carrying trailers/containers placarded for Class 1. (Except for a complete failure to placard, the unit of violation is the placard.) --Complete failure to placard......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... --One placard missing (add $1,000 per missing placard up to a total of three, then use the guideline above) ........................................................................ 174.104(f) .............. Failure to retain car certificates at "forwarding station"......................................................................................................................................................................................... Failure to attach car certificates to car (Unit of violation is the certificate, 2 are required.) ................................................................................................................. 174,204 ..................... Improper tank car delivery of gases (Class 2 materials)..................................................................................................................................................................................... 174.304 ..................... Improper tank car delivery of flammable liquids (Class 3 materials).............................................................................................................................................................. 174.600 ..................... Improper tank car delivery of materials extremely poisonous by inhalation (Division 2.3 Zone A or 6.1 Zone A materials) ................................................... 3,000 7,500 1,000 1,000 1,000 3,000 3,000 5,000 PART 178 178.2(b)........................ Package not constructed according to specifications--also cite section not complied with. --Bulk packages, including portable tanks.............................................................................................................................................................................................................. -55-gallon drum................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. --Smaller package............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 8,000 2,500 1,000 PART 179 179.1(e)........................ Tank car not constructed according to specifications--also cite section not complied with. (Note: Part 179 violations are against the builder or re pairer. Sections in this Part are often cited in conjunction with violations of 172.330 and 173.31 (a)&(b) by shippers. In such cases, the Part 179 sections are cited as references, not as separate alleged violations.)............................................................................................................................................ 8.000 5,000 PART 209 571 ABDOO132348 Part 397 - Transportation of Haz Mat Driving & Parking Rule ABDOO132349 April 1998 397.1--397.2 PART 397 TRANSPORTATION OF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS; DRIVING AND PARKING RULES Subject Sec. Subpart A--General Application of therules in this part . . ................... 397.1 Compliance with Federal motor carrier safety regulations.................................................................. 397.2 State and local laws, ordinances, and regulations.................................................................. 397.3 Attendance andsurveillance of motor vehicles . . 397.5 Parking............................................................................ 397.7 Fires.................................................................................. 397.11 Smoking .......................................................................... 397.13 Fueling............................................................................ 397.15 Tires.................................................................................. 397.17 Instructions and documents................................... 397.19 Subpart B--(Reserved] Page 573 573 574 574 574 574 574 574 574 574 Subpart C--Routing of Non-Radioactive Hazardous Materials Purpose and scope .................................................... Applicability.................................................................... Definitions....................................................................... Motor carrier responsibility for routing.................. Highway routing designations; preemption.......... 397.61 397.63 397.65 397.67 397.69 575 575 575 575 575 Subject Sec. Page Federal standards ...................................................... 397.71 Public information and reporting requirements . . 397.73 Dispute resolution......................................................... 397.75 Judicial review of dispute decision......................... 397.77 575 577 577 578 Subpart D--Routing of Class 7 (Radioactive) Materials Requirements for motor carriers and drivers ... . 397.101 Requirements for State routing designations .... 397.103 578 579 Subpart E--Preemption Procedures Purpose and scope of the procedures................... Standards for determining preemption................... Preemption application .............................................. Preemption notice......................................................... Preemption processing .............................................. Preemption determination ......................................... Waiver of preemption application ........................... Waiver notice................................................................. Waiver processing ...................................................... Waiver determination and order.............................. Timeliness....................................................................... Petition for reconsideration......................................... Judicial review............................................................... 397.201 397.203 397.205 397.207 397.209 397.211 397.213 397.215 397.217 397.219 397.221 397.223 397.225 579 579 579 580 580 580 580 580 581 581 581 581 581 PUBLISHER'S NOTE This Part contains the requirements applicable to motor vehicles when transporting hazardous materials. The Part is issued by the Federal Highway Administration in the Department of Transportation, whereas the previous regulations where issued by the Research and Special Programs Administration in the Department of Transportation. The Part is divided into four subparts. Subpart A covers requirements for drivers transporting hazardous materials. These include restrictions on attendance and surveillance of the motor vehicle depending on the hazard class of the material being transported. Restrictions are outlined on operating a motor vehicle in the vicinity of a fire and smoking within a certain distance when transporting some hazard classes. Fueling of the vehicle is restricted under certain situations. The tires on a motor vehicle equipped with dual tires on any axle must be inspected at certain intervals and action taken if defects are found. In addition, certain parking restrictions for explosives in Division 1.1, 1.2 or 1.3 are also outlined. The remaining subparts deal with routing requirements. Subpart C covers non-radioactive materials and Subpart D covers radioactive materials. There are no federal specific routing requirements for highway movements of non-radioactive hazardous materials. However, if a state or Indian tribe establishes such a route it must adhere to certain guidelines outlined in Subpart C. However, there are federal guidelines established for radioactive materials; these are outlined in Subpart D. A state or Indian tribe may select certain routes for radioactive materials provided they comply with Subpart D. Subpart E covers preemptive procedures used by the Federal Highway Administration to resolve any issues arising from routing. Subpart A GENERAL 397.1 Application of the rules In this part, (a) Except as pro vided in paragraph (c) of this section, the rules in this part apply to each motor carrier engaged in the transportation of hazardous materials by a motor vehicle which must be marked or placarded in accordance with 177.823 of this title and to--. (1) Each officer or employee of the carrier who performs supervisory duties related to the transportation of hazardous materials; and (2) Each person who operates or who is in charge of a motor vehicle containing hazardous materials. (b) Each person designated in paragraph (a) of this section must know and obey the rules in this part. 397.2 Compliance with Federal motor carrier safety regula tions. A motor carrier or other person to whom this part is applicable must comply with the rules in Part 390 through 397, inclusive, of this subchapter when he is transporting hazardous materials by a motor vehicle which must be marked or placarded in accordance with 177.823 of this title. 573 PART 397 ABDOO132350 397.3--397.19 April 1998 397.3 State and local laws, ordinances, and regulations. Every motor vehicle containing hazardous materials must be driven and parked in compliance with the laws, ordinances, and regulations of the jurisdiction in which it is being operated, unless they are at variance with specific regulations of the Department of Transportation which are applicable to the operation of that vehicle and which impose a more stringent obligation or restraint, 397.5 Attendance and surveillance of motor vehicles. (a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, a motor vehicle which contains a Division 1.1, 1.2 or 1.3 (explosive) material must be attended at all times by its driver or a qualified representative of the motor carrier that operates it. (b) The rules in paragraph (a) of this section do not apply to a motor vehicle which contains Division 1.1, 1.2, or 1.3 material if all the following conditions exist-- (1) The vehicle is located on the property of a motor carrier, on the property of a shipper or consignee of the explosives, in a safe haven, or, in the case of a vehicle containing 50 pounds or less of Division 1.1, 1.2, or 1.3 material, on a construction or survey site; and (2) The lawful bailee of the explosives is aware of the nature of the explosives the vehicle contains and has been instructed in the procedures which must be followed in emergencies; and (3) The vehicle is within the bailee's unobstructed field of view, or is located in a safe haven. (c) A motor vehicle which contains hazardous materials other than Division 1.1,1.2, or 1.3 material and which is located on a public street or highway, or the shoulder of a public highway, must be attended by its driver. However, the vehicle need not be attended while its driver is performing duties which are incident and necessary to his duties as the operator of the vehicle. (d) For purposes of this section-- (1) A motor vehicle is attended when the person in charge of the vehicle is on the vehicle, awake, and not in a sleeper berth, or is within 100 feet of the vehicle and has it within his/her unobstructed field of view. (2) A qualified representative of a motor carrier is a person who-- (i) Has been designated by the carrier to attend the vehicle; (ii) Is aware of the nature of the hazardous materials contained in the vehicle he/she attends; (iii) Has been instructed on the procedures he/she must follow in emergencies; and (iv) Is authorized to move the vehicle and has the means and ability to do so. (3) A safe haven is an area specifically approved in writing by local, State, or Federal governmental authorities for the parking of unattended vehicles containing Division 1.1, 1.2, or 1.3 material. (e) The rules in this section do not relieve the driver from any obliga tion imposed by law relating to the placing of warning devices when a motor vehicle is stopped on a public street or highway. 397.7 Parking, (a) A motor vehicle which contains Division 1.1, 1.2, or 1.3 material must not be parked under any of the following circumstances-- (1) On or within 5 feet of the traveled portion of a public street or highway; (2) On private property (including premises of a fueling or eating facility) without the knowledge and consent of the person who is in charge of the property and who is aware of the nature of the hazardous materials the vehicle contains; or (3) Within 300 feet of a bridge, tunnel, dwelling, building, or place where people work, congregate, or assemble, except for brief periods when the necessities of operation require the vehicle to be parked and make it impracticable to park the vehicle in any other place. (b) A motor vehicle which contains hazardous materials other than Division 1.1, 1.2, or 1.3 must not be parked on or within five feet of the traveled portion of public street or highway except for brief periods when the necessities of operation require the vehicle to be parked and make it impracticable to park the vehicle in any other place. 397.9 [Reserved] 397.11 Fires, (a) A motor vehicle containing hazardous mate rials must not be operated near an open fire unless its driver has first taken precautions to ascertain that the vehicle can safely pass the fire without stopping. (b) A motor vehicle containing hazardous materials must not be parked within 300 feet of an open fire. 397.13 Smoking. Nopersonmaysmokeorcarryalightedcigarette, cigar, or pipe on or within 25 feet of-- (a) A motor vehicle which contains Class 1 materials, Class 5 materi als, or flammable materials classified as Division 2.1, Class 3, Divisions 4.1 and 4.2; or (b) An empty tank motor vehicle which has been used to transport Class 3, flammable materials, or Division 2.1 flammable gases, which when so used, was required to be marked or placarded in accordance with the rules in 177.823 of this title. 397.15 Fueling. When a motor vehicle which contains hazard ous materials is being fueled-- (a) Its engine must not be operating; and (b) A person must be in control of the fueling process at the point where the fuel tank is filled. 397.17 Tires, (a) If a motor vehicle which contains hazardous materials is equipped with dual tires on any axle, its driver must stop the vehicle in a safe location at least once during each 2 hours or 100 miles of travel, whichever is less, and must examine its tires. The driver must also examine the vehicle's tires at the beginning of each trip and each time the vehicle is parked. <b) If, as the result of an examination pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section, or otherwise, a tire is found to be flat, leaking, or improperly inflated, the driver must cause the tire to be repaired, replaced, or properly inflated before the vehicle is driven. However, the vehicle may be driven to the nearest safe place to perform the required repair, replacement, or inflation. (c) If, as the result of an examination pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section, or otherwise, a tire is found to be overheated, the driver shall immediately cause the overheated tire to be removed and placed at a safe distance from the vehicle. The driver shall not operate the vehicle until the cause of the overheating is corrected. (d) Compliance with the rules in this section does not relieve a driver from the duty to comply with the rules in 397.5 and 397.7. 397.19 Instructions and documents, (a) A motor carrier that transports Division 1.1, 1.2, or 1.3 material must furnish the driver of each motor vehicle in which the explosives are transported with the following documents: (1) A copy of the rules in this part; (2) [Reserved] (3) A document containing instructions on procedures to be fol lowed in the event of accident or delay. The documents must include the names and telephone numbers of persons (including representa tives of carriers or shippers) to be contacted, the nature of the explo sives being transported, and the precautions to be taken in emergen cies such as fires, accidents, or leakages. (b) A driver who receives documents in accordance with paragraph (a) of this section must sign a receipt for them. The carrier shall retain the receipt in its files for 1 year at its principal place of business. (c) A driver of a motor vehicle which contains Division 1.1, 1.2 or, 1.3 materials must be in possession of, be familiar with, and be in compliance with-- (1) The documents specified in paragraph (a) of this section; (2) The documents specified in 177.817 of this title; and (3) The written route plan specified in 397.67. Subpart B [Reserved] 574 ABDOO132351 April 1998 397.19--397.71 Subpart C ROUTING OF NON-RADIOACTIVE HAZARDOUS MATERIALS 397.61 Purpose and scope. This subpart contains routing re quirements and procedures that States and Indian tribes are required to follow if they establish, maintain, or enforce routing designations over which a non-radioactive hazardous material (NRHM) in a quantity which requires placarding may or may not be transported by a motor vehicle. It also provides regulations for motor carriers transporting placarded or marked NRHM and procedures for dispute resolutions regarding NRHM routing designations. 397.63 Applicabilitly. The provisions of this subpart apply to any state or Indian tribe that establishes, maintains, or enforces any routing designations over which NRHM may or may not be transported by motor vehicle. They also apply to any motor carrier that transports or causes to be transported placarded or marked NRHM in commerce. 397.65. Definitions. For purposes of this subpart, the following definitions apply: Administrator. The Federal Highway Administrator, who is the chief executive of the Federal Highway Administration, an agency within the United States Department of Transportation, or his/her designate. Commerce. Any trade, traffic, or transportation in the United States which: (1) is between a place under the jurisdiction of a State or Indian tribe and any place outside of such jurisdiction; or (2) is solely within a place under the jurisdiction of a State or Indian tribe but which affects trade, traffic, or transportation described in subparagraph (a). FHWA. The Federal Highway Administration, an agency within the Department of Transportation. Hazardous material. A substance or material, including a hazard ous substance, which has been determined by the Secretary of Trans portation to be capable of posing an unreasonable risk to health, safety, or property when transported in commerce, and which has been so designated. Indian tribe. Has the same meaning as contained in 4 of the Indian Self-Determination and Education Act, 25 U.S.C. 450b. Motor carrier. A for-hire motor carrier or a private motor carrier of property. The term includes a motor carrier's agents, officers and representatives as well as employees responsible for hiring, supervis ing, training, assigning, or dispatching of drivers. Motor vehicle. Any vehicle, machine, tractor, trailer, or semitrailer propelled or drawn by mechanical power and used upon the highways in the transportation of passengers or property, or any combination thereof. NRHM. A non-radioactive hazardous material transported by motor vehicle in types and quantities which require placarding, pursuant to Table 1 or 2 of 49 CFR 172.504. Political subdivision. A municipality, public agency or other instru mentality of one or more States, or a public corporation, board, or commission established under the laws of one or more States. Radioactive material. Any material having a specific activity greater than 0.002 microcuries per gram (uCi/g), as defined in 49 CFR 173.403. Routing agency. The State highway agency or other State agency designated by the Governor of that State, or an agency designated by an Indian tribe, to supervise, coordinate, and approve the NRHM routing designations for that State or Indian tribe. Routing designations. Any regulation, limitation, restriction, cur few, time of travel restriction, lane restriction, routing ban, port-of-entry designation, or route weight restriction, applicable to the highway transportation of NRHM over a specific highway route or portion of a route. Secretary. The Secretary of Transportation. State. A State of the United States, the District of Columbia, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands, the Virgin Islands, American Samoa or Guam. placarded or marked in accordance with 49 CFR 177.823 and not subject to a NRHM routing designations pursuant to this subpart, shall operate the vehicle over routes which do not go through or near heavily populated areas, places where crowds are assembled, tunnels, nar row streets, or alleys, except where the motor carrier determines that: (1) There is no practicable alternative; (2) A reasonable deviation is necessary to reach terminals, points of loading and unloading, facilities for food, fuel, repairs, rest, or a safe haven; or (3) A reasonable deviation is required by emergency conditions, such as a detour that has been established by a highway authority, or a situation exists where a law enforcement official requires the driver to take an alternative route. (c) Operating convenience is not a basis for determining whether it is practicable to operate a motor vehicle in accordance with para graph (b) of this section. (d) Before a motor carrier requires or permits a motor vehicle con taining explosives in Class 1, Divisions 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, as defined in 49 CFR 173.50 and 173.53 respectively, to be operated, the carrier or its agent shall prepare a written route plan that complies with this section and shall furnish a copy to the driver. However, the driver may prepare the written plan as agent for the motor carrier when the trip begins at a location other than the carrier's terminal. 397.69 Highway routing designations; preemption, (a) Any State or Indian tribe that establishes or modifies a highway routing designation over which NRHM may or may not be transported on or after November 14,1994, and maintains or enforces such designation, shall comply with the highway routing standards set forth in 397.71 of this subpart. For purposes of this subpart, any highway routing designation affecting the highway transportation of NRHM, made by a political subdivision of a State is considered as one made by that State, and all requirements of this subpart apply. (b) Except as provided in 397.75 and 397.219, a NRHM route designation made in violation of paragraph (a) of this section is pre empted pursuant to section 105(b)(4) of the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act (49 U.S.C. app. 1804(b)(4)). This provision shall become effective after November 14, 1996. (c) A highway routing designation established by a State, political subdivision, or Indian tribe before November 14, 1994 is subject to preemption in accordance with the preemption standards in para graphs (a)(1) and (a)(2) of 397.203 of this subpart. (d) A State, political subdivision, or Indian tribe may petition for a waiver of preemption in accordance with 397.213 of this part. 397.71 Federal standards, (a) A State or Indian tribe shall comply with the Federal standards under paragraph (b) of this section when establishing, maintaining or enforcing specific NRHM routing designations over which NRHM may or may not be transported. (b) The Federal standards are as follows: (1) Enhancement of public safety. The State or Indian tribe shall make a finding, supported by the record to be developed in accord ance with paragraphs (b)(2)(ii) and (b)(3)(iv) of this section, that any NRHM routing designation enhances public safety in the areas subject to its jurisdiction and in other areas which are directly affected by such highway routing designation. In making such a finding, the State or Indian tribe shall consider: (i) The factors listed in paragraph (b)(9) of this section; and (ii) The DOT "Guidelines for Applying Criteria to Designate Routes for Transporting Hazardous Materials," DOT/RSPA/OHMT-8902, July 19891 or its most current version; or an equivalent routing analysis which adequately considers overall risk to the public. (2) Public participation. Prior to the establishment of any NRHM routing designation, the State or Indian tribe shall undertake the follow ing actions to ensure participation by the public in the routing process: 397.67 Motor carrier responsibility for routing, (a) A motor carrier transporting NRHM shall comply with NRHM routing designa tions of a State or Indian tribe pursuant to this subpart. (b) A motor carrier carrying hazardous materials required to be 'This document may be obtained from Safety Technology and Information Management Division. HHS-10. Federal Highway Administration. U.S. Department of Transportation, 400 7th Street, SW.. Washington, D.C. 20590-0001. 575 PART 397 ABDOO132352 397.71 April 1998 (i) The State or Indian tribe shall provide the public with notice of any proposed NRHM routing designation and a 30-day period in which to comment. At any time during this period or following review of the comments received, the State or Indian tribe shall decide whether to hold a public hearing on the proposed NRHM route designation. The public shall be given 30 days prior notice of the public hearing which shall be conducted as described in paragraph (b)(2)(ii) of this section. Notice for both the comment period and the public hearing, if one is held, shall be given by publication in at least two newspapers of general circulation in the affected area or areas and shall contain a complete description of the proposed routing designation, together with the date, time, and location of any public hearings. Notice for both the comment period and any public hearing may also be published in the official register of the State. (ii) If it is determined that a public hearing is necessary, the State or Indian tribe shall hold at least one public hearing on the record during which the public will be afforded the opportunity to present their views and any information or data related to the proposed NRHM routing designation. The State shall make available to the public, upon payment of prescribed costs, copies of the transcript of the hearing, which shall include all exhibits and documents presented during the hearing or submitted for the record. (3) Consultation with others. Prior to the establishment of any NRHM routing designation, the State or Indian tribe shall provide notice to, and consult with, officials or affected political subdivisions, States and Indian tribes, and any other affected parties. Such actions shall include the following: (i) At least 60 days prior to establishing a routing designation, the State or Indian tribe shall provide notice, in writing, of the proposed routing designation to officials responsible for high way routing in all other affected States or Indian tribes. A copy of this notice may also be sent to all affected political subdivi sions. This notice shall request approval, in writing, by those States or Indian tribes, of the proposed routing designations. If no response is received within 60 days from the day of receipt of the notification of the proposed routing designation, the rout ing designation shall be considered approved by the affected State or Indian tribe. (ii) The manner in which consultation under this paragraph is con ducted is left to the discretion of the State or Indian tribe. (iii) The State or Indian tribe shall attempt to resolve any concern or disagreement expressed by any consulted official related to the proposed routing designation. (iv) The State or Indian tribe shall keep a record of the names and addresses of the officials notified pursuant to this section and of any consultation or meeting conducted with these officials or their representatives. Such record shall describe any con cern or disagreement expressed by the officials and any action undertaken to resolve such disagreement or address any concern. (4) Through routing. In establishing any NRHM routing designation, the State or Indian tribe shall ensure through highway routing for the transportation of NRHM between adjacent areas. The term "through highway routing" as used in this paragraph means that the routing designation must ensure continuity of movement so as to not impede or unnecessarily delay the transportation of NRHM. The State or Indian tribe shall utilize the procedures established in paragraphs (b)(2) and (b)(3) of this section in meeting these requirements. In addition, the State or Indian tribe shall make a finding, supported by a risk analysis conducted in accordance with paragraph (b)(1) of this section, that the routing designation enhances public safety. If the risk analysis shows-- (i) That the current routing presents at least 50 percent more risk to the public than the deviation under the proposed routing designation, then the proposed routing designation may go into effect. (ii) That the current routing presents a greater risk but less than 50 percent more risk to the public than the deviation under the proposed routing restriction, then the proposed routing restriction made by a State or Indian tribe shall only go into effect if it does not force a deviation of more than 25 miles or result in an increase of more than 25 percent of that part of a trip affected by the deviation, whichever is shorter, from the most direct route through a jurisdiction as compared to the intended deviation. (iii) That the current route has the same or less risk to the public than the deviation resulting from the proposed routing designa tion, then the routing designation shall not be allowed. (5) Agreement of other States; burden on commerce. Any NRHM routing designation which affects another State or Indian tribe shall be established, maintained, or enforced only if: (i) It does not unreasonably burden commerce, and (ii) It is agreed to by the affected State or Indian tribe within 60 days of receipt of the notice sent pursuant to paragraph (b)(3)(i) of this section, or it is approved by the Administrator pursuant to 397.75. (6) Timeliness. The establishment of a NRHM routing designation by any State or Indian tribe shall be completed within 18 months of the notice given in either paragraph (b)(2) or (b)(3) of this section, whichever occurs first. (7) Reasonable routes to terminals and other facilities. In establish ing or providing for reasonable access to and from designated routes, the State or Indian tribe shall use the shortest practicable route consid ering the factors listed in paragraph (b)(9) of this section. In establish ing any NRHM routing designation, the State or Indian tribe shall provide reasonable access for motor vehicles transporting NRHM to reach: (i) Terminals, (ii) Points of loading, unloading, pickup and delivery, and (iii) Facilities for food, fuel, repairs, rest, and safe havens. (8) Responsibility for local compliance. The States shall be respon sible for ensuring that all of their political subdivisions comply with the provisions of this subpart. The States shall be responsible for resolving all disputes between such political subdivisions within their jurisdictions. If a State or any political subdivision thereof, or an Indian tribe chooses to establish, maintain, or enforce any NRHM routing designation, the Governor, or Indian tribe, shall designate a routing agency for the State or Indian tribe, respectively. The routing agency shall ensure that all NRHM routing designations within its jurisdiction comply with the Federal standards in this section. The State or Indian tribe shall comply with the public information and reporting require ments contained in 397.73. (9) Factors to consider. In establishing any NRHM routing designa tion, the State or Indian tribe shall consider the following factors: (i) Population density. The population potentially exposed to a NRHM release shall be estimated from the density of the resi dents, employees, motorists, and other persons in the area, using United States census tract maps or other reasonable means for determining the population within a potential impact zone along a designated highway route. The impact zone is the potential range of effects in the event of a release. Special populations such as schools, hospitals, prisons, and senior citizen homes shall, among other things, be considered when determining the potential risk to the populations along a high way routing. Consideration shall be given to the amount of time during which an area will experience a heavy population density. (ii) Type of highway. The characteristics of each alternative NRHM highway routing designation shall be compared. Vehicle weight and size limits, underpass and bridge clearances, roadway geometries, number of lanes, degree of access control, and median and shoulder structures are examples of characteristics which a State or Indian tribe shall consider. (iii) Types and quantities of NRHM. An examination shall be made of the type and quantity of NRHM normally transported along highway routes which are included in a proposed NRHM routing designation, and consideration shall be given to the relative impact zone and risks of each type and quantity. (iv) Emergency response capabilities. In consultation with the proper fire, law enforcement, and highway safety agencies, consideration shall be given to the emergency response capa bilities which may be needed as a result of a NRHM routing designation. The analysis of the emergency response capabili ties shall be based upon the proximity of the emergency re sponse facilities and their capabilities to contain and suppress NRHM releases within the impact zones. (v) Results of consultation with affected persons. Consideration shall be given to the comments and concerns of all affected 576 ABD00132353 April 1998 397.71--397.75 (vi) (vii) (viti) (ix) M (xi) (xii) (xiii) persons and entities provided during public hearings and con sultations conducted in accordance with this section. Exposure and other risk factors. States and Indian tribes shall define the exposure and risk factors associated with any NRHM routing designations. The distance to sensitive areas shall be considered. Sensitive areas include, but are not limited to, homes and commercial buildings; special populations in hospi tals, schools, handicapped facilities, prisons and stadiums; water sources such as streams and lakes; and natural areas such as parks, wetlands, and wildlife reserves. Terrain considerations. Topography along and adjacent to the proposed NRHM routing designation that may affect the poten tial severity of an accident, the dispersion of the NRHM upon release and the control and clean up of NRHM if released shall be considered. Continuity of routes. Adjacent jurisdictions shall be consulted to ensure routing continuity for NRHM across common borders. Deviations from the most direct route shall be minimized. Alternative routes. Consideration shall be given to the alterna tive routes to, or resulting from, any NRHM route designation. Alternative routes shall be examined, reviewed, or evaluated to the extent necessary to demonstrate that the most probable alternative routing resulting from a routing designation is safer than the current routing. Effects on commerce. Any NRHM routing designation made in accordance with this subpart shall not create an unreasonable burden upon interstate or intrastate commerce. Delays in transportation. No NRHM routing designations may create unnecessary delays in the transportation of NRHM. Climatic conditions. Weather conditions unique to a highway route such as snow, wind, ice, fog, or other climatic conditions that could affect the safety of a route, the dispersion of the NRHM upon release, or increase the difficulty of controlling it and cleaning it up shall be given appropriate consideration. Congestion and accident history. Traffic conditions unique to a highway routing such as: traffic congestion; accident experi ence with motor vehicles, traffic considerations that could affect the potential for an accident, exposure of the public to any release, ability to perform emergency response operations, or the temporary closing of a highway for cleaning up any release shall be given appropriate consideration. 397.73 Public Information and reporting requirements. (a) Public information. Information on NRHM routing designations must be made available by the States and Indian tribes to the public in the form of maps, lists, road signs or some combination thereof. If road signs are used, those signs and their placements must comply with the provisions of the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices, published by the FHWA, particularly the Hazardous Cargo signs identi fied as R14-2 and R14-3 shown in Section 2B-43 of that Manual. (b) Reporting and publishing requirements. Each State or Indian tribe, through its routing agency, shall provide information identifying all NRHM routing designations which exist within their jurisdictions on November 14,1994 to the FHWA. HHS-30, 400 7th St., SW.. Washing ton, D.C. 20590-0001 by March 13, 1995. The State or Indian tribe shall include descriptions of these routing designations, along with the dates they were established. This information may also be published in each State's official register of State regulations. Information on any subsequent changes or new NRHM routing designations shall be furnished within 60 days after establishment to the FHWA. This informa tion will be available from the FHWA, consolidated by the FHWA, and published annually in whole or as updates in the Federal Register. Each State may also publish this information in its official register of State regulations. (Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 2125-0554) 397.75 Dispute resolution, (a) Petition. One or more States or Indian tribes may petition the Administrator to resolve a dispute ^This publication may be purchased from the Superintendent of Documents. U S. Govern ment Printing Office (GPO). Washington, O.C. 20402 and has Stock No. 050-001-81001-8. It is available for inspection and copying as prescribed in 49 CFR part 7, appendix O. See 23 CFR 655, subpart F. relating to an agreement on a proposed NRHM routing designation. In resolving a dispute under these provisions, the Administrator will provide the greatest level of safety possible without unreasonably burdening commerce, and ensure compliance with the Federal stan dards established at 397.71 of this subpart. (b) Filing. Each petition for dispute resolution filed under this sec tion must: (1) Be submitted to the Administrator, Federal Highway Administra tion, U.S. Department of Transportation, 400 7th Street, SW., Washing ton, DC 20590-0001. Attention: HCC-10 Docket Room, Hazardous Materials Routing Dispute Resolution Docket. (2) Identify the State or Indian tribe filing the petition and any other State, political subdivision, or Indian tribe whose NRHM routing desig nation is the subject of the dispute. (3) Contain a certification that the petitioner has complied with the notification requirements of paragraph (c) of this section, and include a list of the names and addresses of each State, political subdivision, or Indian tribe official who was notified of the filing of the petition. (4) Clearly set forth the dispute for which resolution is sought, in cluding a complete description of any disputed NRHM routing desig nation and an explanation of how the disputed routing designation affects the petitioner or how it impedes through highway routing. If the routing designation being disputed results in alternative routing, then a comparative risk analysis for the designated route and the resulting alternative routing shall be provided. (5) Describe any actions taken by the State or Indian tribe to resolve the dispute. (6) Explain the reasons why the petitioner believes that the Adminis trator should intervene in resolving the dispute. (7) Describe any proposed actions that the Administrator should take to resolve the dispute and how these actions would provide the greatest level of highway safety without unreasonably burdening commerce and would ensure compliance with the Federal standards established in this subpart. (c) Notice. (1) Any State or Indian tribe that files a petition for dispute resolution under this subpart shall mail a copy of the petition to any affected State, political subdivision, or Indian tribe, accompanied by a statement that the State, political subdivision, or Indian tribe may submit comments regarding the petition to the Administrator within 45 days. (2) By serving notice on any other State, political subdivision, or Indian tribe determined by the Administrator to be possibly affected by the issues in dispute or the resolution sought, or by publication in the Federal Register, the Administrator may afford those persons an opportunity to file written comments on the petition. (3) Any affected State, political subdivision, or Indian tribe submit ting written comments to the Administrator with respect to a petition filed under this section shall send a copy of the comments to the petitioner and certify to the Administrator as to having complied with this requirement. The Administrator may notify other persons partici pating in the proceeding of the comments and provide an opportunity for those other persons to respond. (cD Court actions. After a petition for dispute resolution is filed in accordance with this section, no court action may be brought with respect to the subject matter of such dispute until a final decision has been issued by the Administrator or until the last day of the one-year period beginning on the day the Administrator receives the petition, whichever occurs first. (e) Hearings; alternative dispute resolution. Upon receipt of a peti tion filed pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section, the Administrator may schedule a hearing to attempt to resolve the dispute and, if a hearing is scheduled, will notify all parties to the dispute of the date, time, and place of the hearing. During the hearing the parties may offer any information pertinent to the resolution of the dispute. If an agreement is reached, it may be stipulated by the parties, in writing, and, if the Administrator agrees, made part of the decision in para graph (f) of this section. If no agreement is reached, the Administrator may take the matter under consideration and announce his or her decision in accordance with paragraph (f) of this section. Nothing in this section shall be construed as prohibiting the parties from settling the dispute or seeking other methods of alternative dispute resolution prior to the final decision by the Administrator. (f) Decision. The Administrator will issue a decision based on the petition, the written comments submitted by the parties, the record of the hearing, and any other information in the record. The decision will PART 397 577 ABDOO132354 397.75--397.101 April 1998 include a written statement setting forth the relevant facts and the legal basis for the decision. (g) Record. The Administrator will sen/e a copy of the decision upon the petitioner and any other party who participated in the proceedings. A copy of each decision will be placed on file in the public docket. The Administrator may publish the decision or notice of the decision in the Federal Register. 397.77 Judicial review of dispute decision. Any State or In dian tribe adversely affected by the Administrator's decision under 397.75 of this subpart may seek review by the appropriate district court of the United States under such proceeding only by filing a petition with such court within 90 days after such decision be comes final. Subpart D ROUTING OF CLASS 7 (RADIOACTIVE) MATERIALS 397.101 Requirements for motor carriers and drivers. (a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section or in circum stances when there is only one practicable highway route available, considering operating necessity and safety, a carrier or any person operating a motor vehicle that contains a Class 7 (radioactive) material, as defined in 49 CFR 172.403, for which placarding is required under 49 CFR part 172 shall: (1) Ensure that the motor vehicle is operated on routes that minimize radiological risk; (2) Consider available information on accident rates, transit time, population density and activities, and the time of day and the day of week during which transportation will occur to determine the level of radiological risk; and (3) Tell the driver which route to take and that the motor vehicle contains Class 7 (radioactive) materials. (b) Except as otherwise permitted in this paragraph and in para graph (f) of this section, a carrier or any person operating a motor vehicle containing a highway route controlled quantity of Class 7 (radioactive) materials, as defined in 49 CFR 173.403(1), shall operate the motor vehicle only over preferred routes. (1) For purposes of this subpart, a preferred route is an Interstate System highway for which an alternative route is not designated by a State routing agency; a State-designated route selected by a State routing agency pursuant to 397.103; or both of the above. (2) The motor carrier or the person operating a motor vehicle con taining a highway route controlled quantity of Class 7 (radioactive) materials, as defined in 49 CFR 173.403(1) and (y), shall select routes to reduce time in transit over the preferred route segment of the trip. An Interstate System bypass or Interstate System beltway around a city, when available, shall be used in place of a preferred route through a city, unless a State routing agency has designated an alternative route. (c) A motor vehicle may be operated over a route, other than a preferred route, only under the following conditions: (1) The deviation from the preferred route is necessary to pick up or deliver a highway route controlled quantity of Class 7 (radioactive) materials, to make necessary rest, fuel or motor vehicle repair stops, or because emergency conditions make continued use of the pre ferred route unsafe or impossible; (2) For pickup and delivery not over preferred routes, the route selected must be the shortest-distance route from the pickup location to the nearest preferred route entry location, and the shortest-distance route to the delivery location from the nearest preferred route exit location. Deviation from the shortest-distance pickup or delivery route is authorized if such deviation: (i) Is based upon the criteria in paragraph (a) of this section to minimize the radiological risk; and (ii) Does not exceed the shortest-distance pickup or delivery route by more than 25 miles and does not exceed 5 times the length of the shortest-distance pickup or delivery route. (iii) Deviations from preferred routes, or pickup or delivery routes other than preferred routes, which are necessary for rest, fuel, or motor vehicle repair stops or because of emergency conditions, shall be made in accordance with the criteria in paragraph (a) of this section to minimize radiological risk, unless due to emergency conditions, time does not permit use of those criteria. (d) A carrier (or a designated agent) who operates a motor vehicle which contains a package of highway route controlled quantity of Class 7 (radioactive) materials, as defined in 49 CFR 173.403(1), shall prepare a written route plan and supply a copy before departure to the motor vehicle driver and a copy to the shipper (before departure for exclusive use shipments, as defined in 49 CFR 173.403(i), or within fifteen working days following departure for all other shipments). Any variation between the route plan and routes actually used, and the reason for it, shall be reported in an amendment to the route plan delivered to the shipper as soon as practicable but within 30 days following the deviation. The route plan shall contain; (1) A statement of the origin and destination points, a route selected in compliance with this section, all planned stops, and estimated departure and arrival times; and (2) Telephone numbers which will access emergency assistance in each State to be entered. (e) No person may transport a package of highway route controlled quantity of Class 7 (radioactive) materials on a public highway unless: (1) The driver has received within the two preceding years, written training on: (i) Requirements in 49 CFR parts 172,173, and 177 pertaining to the Class 7 (radioactive) materials transported; (N) The properties and hazards of the Class 7 (radioactive) materi als being transported; and (iii) Procedures to be followed in case of an accident or other emergency. (2) The driver has in his or her immediate possession a certificate of training as evidence of training required by this section, and a copy is placed in his or her qualification file (see 391.51 of this subchapter), showing: (i) The driver's name and operator's license number; (ii) The dates training was provided; (iii) The name and address of the person providing the training; (iv) That the driver has been trained in the hazards and characteris tics of highway route controlled quantity of Class 7 (radioactive) materials; and (v) A statement by the person providing the training that information on the certificate is accurate. (3) The driver has in his or her immediate possession the route plan required by paragraph (d) of this section and operates the motor vehicle in accordance with the route plan. (f) A person may transport irradiated reactor fuel only in compliance with a plan if required under 49 CFR 173.22(c) that will ensure the physical security of the material. Variation for security purposes from the requirements of this section is permitted so far as necessary to meet the requirements imposed under such a plan, or otherwise imposed by the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission in 10 CFR part 73. (g) Except for packages shipped in compliance with the physical security requirements of the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission in 10 CFR part 73. each carrier who accepts for transportation a highway route controlled quantity of Class 7 (radioactive) material (see 49 CFR 173.401(1)), shall, within 90 days following the acceptance of the package, file the following information concerning the transportation of each such package with the Associate Administrator for Safety and System Applications, Federal Highway Administration, Attn: Traffic Control Division, HHS-32, room 3419,400 Seventh Street, S.W., Wash ington, DC 20590-0001: (1) The route plan required under paragraph (d) of this section, including all required amendments reflecting the routes actually used; (2) A statement identifying the names and addresses of the shipper, carrier and consignee; and (3) A copy of the shipping paper or the description of the Class 7 578 ABDOO132355 April 1998 397.101--397.205 (radioactive) material in the shipment required by 49 CFR 172.202 and 172.203. 397.103 Requirements for State routing designations. (a) The State routing agency, as defined in 397.201(c). shall select routes to minimize radiological risk using "Guidelines for Select ing Preferred Highway Routes for Highway Route Controlled Quantity Shipments of Radioactive Materials," or an equivalent routing analysis which adequately considers overall risk to the public. Designations must be preceded by substantive consultation with affected local jurisdictions and with any other affected States to ensure consideration of all impacts and continuity of designated routes. (b) State routing agencies may designate preferred routes as an alternative to, or in addition to, one or more Interstate System highways, including interstate system bypasses, or Interstate System beltways. (c) A State-designated route is effective when-- (1) The State gives written notice by certified mail, return receipt requested, to the Associate Administrator for Safety and System Appli cations, Federal Highway Administration, Attn: Traffic Control Division, HHS-32, Room 3419, Registry of State-designated routes, at the ad dress above: and (2) Receipt thereof is acknowledged in writing by the Associate Administrator. (d) Upon request, the Office of Highway Safety, Traffic Control Division, HHS-32, room 3419, at the address above, will provide a list of State-designated preferred routes and a copy of the "Guidelines for Selecting Preferred Highway Routes for Highway Route Controlled Quantity Shipments of Radioactive Materials." Subpart E PREEMPTION PROCEDURES 397.201 Purpose and scope of the procedures, (a) This subpart prescribes procedures by which: (1) Any person, including a State, political subdivision thereof, or Indian Tribe, directly affected by any highway routing designation for hazardous materials may apply to the Federal Highway Administration (FHWA) for a determination as to whether that highway routing desig nation is preempted under section 105(b) or section 112(a)(1) or (a)(2) of the Act (49 App. U.S.C. 1804 and 1811) or regulations issued thereunder, and (2) A State, political subdivision thereof, or Indian tribe may apply for a waiver of preemption with respect to any highway routing designa tion that the State, political subdivision thereof, or Indian Tribe acknowl edges to be preempted by section 105(b) or section 112(a)(1) or (a)(2) of the Act or regulations issued thereunder, or that has been determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be so preempted. (b) Unless otherwise ordered by the Administrator, an application for a preemption determination which includes an application for a waiver of preemption will be treated and processed solely as an application for a preemption determination. (c) For purposes of this subpart: Act means 49 U.S.C. 5101 etseq., formerly known as the Hazard ous Materials Transportation Act. Administrator means the Federal Highway Administrator, who is the chief executive of the Federal Highway Administration, an agency of the United States Department of Transportation, or his/her designate. Hazardous material means a substance or material, including a hazardous substance, which has been determined by the Secretary of Transportation to be capable of posing an unreasonable risk to health, safety, or property, when transported in commerce, and which has been so designated. Indian tribe has the same meaning as contained in 4 of the Indian Self-Determination and Education Act, 25 U.S.C. 450b. Person means an individual, firm, copartnership, corporation, com pany, association, joint-stock association, including any trustee, re ceiver, assignee, or similar representative thereof, or government, Indian tribe, or agency or instrumentality of any government or Indian tribe when it offers hazardous materials for transportation in commerce or transports hazardous materials in furtherance of a commercial enter prise, but such term does not include the United States Postal Service. Political subdivision includes a municipality; a public agency or other instrumentality of one or more States, or a public corporation, board, or commission established under the laws of one or more States. Routing agency means the State highway agency or other State agency designated by the Governor of a State, or an agency desig nated by an Indian tribe, to supervise, coordinate, and approve the highway routing designations for that State or Indian tribe. Any highway routing designation made by a political subdivision of a State shall be considered a designation made by that State. Routing designation includes any regulation, limitation, restriction, curfew, time of travel restriction, lane restriction, routing ban, port-ofentry designation, or route weight restriction applicable to the highway transportation of hazardous materials over a specific highway route or portion of a route. State means a State of the United States, the District of Columbia, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands, the Virgin Islands, American Samoa, Guam, or any other territory or possession of the United States designated by the Secretary. 397.203 Standards for determining preemption, (a) Any highway routing designation established, maintained, or enforced by a State, political subdivision thereof, or Indian tribe is preempted if-- (1) Compliance with both the highway routing designation and any requirement under the Act or of a regulation issued under the Act is not possible; (2) The highway routing designation as applied or enforced creates an obstacle to the accomplishment and execution of the Act or the regulations issued under the Act; or (3) The highway routing designation is preempted pursuant to 397.69(b) of this part. (b) [Reserved] 397.205 Preemption application, (a) Any person, including a State, political subdivision thereof, or Indian tribe directly affected by any highway routing designation of another State, political subdivision, or Indian tribe, may apply to the Administrator for a determination of whether that highway routing designation is preempted by the Act or 397.203 of this subpart. The Administrator shall publish notice of the application in the Federal Register. (b) Each application filed under this section for a determination must: (1) Be submitted to the Administrator, Federal Highway Administra tion, U.S. Department of Transportation, Washington, DC 20590-0001. Attention: HCC-10 Docket Room, Hazardous Materials Preemption; (2) Set forth a detailed description of the highway routing designa tion of the State, political subdivision thereof, or Indian tribe for which the determination is sought; (3) If applicable, specify the provisions of the Act or the regulations issued under the Act under which the applicant seeks preemption of the highway routing designation of the State, political subdivision thereof, or Indian tribe; (4) Explain why the applicant believes the highway routing designa tion of the State, political subdivision thereof, or Indian tribe should or should not be preempted under the standards of 397.203; and (5) State how the applicant is affected by the highway routing desig nation of the State, political subdivision thereof, or Indian tribe. (c) The filing of an application for a determination under this section does not constitute grounds for noncompliance with any requirement of the Act or any regulation issued under the Act. (d) Once the Administrator has published notice in the Federal Register of an application received under paragraph (a) of this section, no applicant for such determination may seek relief with respect to the same or substantially the same issue in any court until final action has been taken on the application or until 180 days after filing of the application, whichever occurs first. Nothing in this section shall be construed as prohibiting any person, including a State, political subdi vision thereof, or Indian tribe, directly affected by any highway routing 579 PART 397 ABDOO132356 397.205--397.215 April 1998 designation from seeking a determination of preemption in any court of competent jurisdiction in lieu of applying to the Administrator under paragraph (a) of this section. 397.207 Preemption notice, (a) If the applicant is other than a State, political subdivision thereof, or Indian tribe, the applicant shall mail a copy of the application to the State, political subdivision thereof, or Indian tribe concerned, accompanied by a statement that com ments may be submitted regarding the application to the Administrator within 45 days. The application filed with the Administrator must in clude a certification that the applicant has complied with this para graph and must include the names and addresses of each official to whom a copy of the application was sent. (b) The Administrator may afford interested persons an opportunity to file written comments on the application by serving notice on any persons readily identifiable by the Administrator as persons who will be affected by the ruling sought or by publication in the Federal Register. (c) Each person submitting written comments to the Administrator with respect to an application filed under this section shall send a copy of the comments to the applicant and certify to the Administrator that he or she has complied with this requirement. The Administrator may notify other persons participating in the proceeding of the com ments and provide an opportunity for those other persons to respond. 397.209 Preemption processing, (a) The Administrator may initiate an investigation of any statement in an application and utilize in his or her evaluation any relevant facts obtained by that investigation. The Administrator may solicit and accept submissions from third per sons relevant to an application and will provide the applicant an oppor tunity to respond to all third person submissions. In evaluating an application, the Administrator may consider any other source of infor mation. The Administrator may convene a hearing or conference, if a hearing or conference will advance the evaluation of the application. (b) The Administrator may dismiss the application without preju dice if: (1) He or she determines that there is insufficient information upon which to base a determination: or (2) He or she requests additional information from the applicant and it is not submitted. 397.211 Preemption determination, (a) Upon consideration of the application and other relevant information received, the Adminis trator issues a determination. (b) Notwithstanding that an application for a determination has not been filed under 397.205, the Administrator, on his or her own initia tive, may issue a determination as to whether a particular highway routing designation of a State, political subdivision thereof, or Indian tribe is preempted under the Act or the regulations issued under the Act. (c) The determination includes a written statement setting forth the relevant facts and the legal basis for the determination, and provides that any person aggrieved thereby may file a petition for reconsidera tion within 20 days in accordance with 397.223. (d) Unless the determination is issued pursuant to paragraph (b) of this section, the Administrator serves a copy of the determination upon the applicant. In all preemption determinations, the Administrator serves a copy of the determination upon any other person who partici pated in the proceeding or who is readily identifiable by the Administra tor as affected by the determination. A copy of each determination is placed on file in the public docket. The Administrator may publish the determination or notice of the determination in the Federal Register. (e) If no petition for reconsideration is filed within 20 days in accord ance with 397.223, a determination issued under this section consti tutes the final agency decision as to whether a particular highway routing designation of a State, political subdivision thereof, or Indian tribe is preempted under the Act or regulations issued thereunder. The fact that a determination has not been issued under this section with respect to a particular highway routing designation of a State, political subdivision thereof, or Indian tribe carries no implication as to whether the requirement is preempted under the Act or regulations issued thereunder. 397.213 Waiver of preemption application, (a) Any State, political subdivision thereof, or Indian tribe may apply to the Adminis trator for a waiver of preemption with respect to any highway routing designation that the State, political subdivision thereof, or Indian tribe acknowledges to be preempted by the Act, 397.203 of this subpart, or a court of competent jurisdiction. The Administrator may waive preemption with respect to such requirement upon a determination that such requirement-- (1) Affords an equal or greater level of protection to the public than is afforded by the requirements of the Act or regulations issued under the Act, and (2) Does not unreasonably burden commerce. (b) Each application filed under this section for a waiver of preemp tion determination must: (1) Be submitted to the Administrator, Federal Highway Administra tion, U.S. Department of Transportation, Washington, DC 20590-0001. Attention: HCC-10 Docket Room, Hazardous Materials Preemption Docket; (2) Set forth a detailed description of the highway routing designa tion of the State, political subdivision thereof, or Indian tribe for which the determination is being sought; (3) Include a copy of any relevant court order or determination issued pursuant to 397.211; (4) Contain an express acknowledgment by the applicant that the highway routing designation of the State, political subdivision thereof, or Indian tribe is preempted under the Act or the regulations issued under the Act, unless it has been so determined by a court of compe tent jurisdiction or in a determination issued under this subpart; (5) Specify each provision of the Act or the regulations issued under the Act that preempts the highway routing designation of the State, political subdivision thereof, or Indian tribe; (6) State why the applicant believes that the highway routing desig nation of the State, political subdivision thereof, or Indian tribe, affords an equal or greater level of protection to the public than is afforded by the requirements of the Act or the regulations issued under the Act; (7) State why the applicant believes that the highway routing desig nation of the State, political subdivision thereof, or Indian tribe does not unreasonably burden commerce; and (8) Specify what steps the State, political subdivision thereof, or Indian tribe is taking to administer and enforce effectively the pre empted requirement. 397.215 Waiver notice, (a) The applicant State, political sub division thereof, or Indian tribe shall mail a copy of the application and any subsequent amendments or other documents relating to the application to each person whom the applicant reasonably ascertains will be affected by the determination sought. The copy of the applica tion must be accompanied by a statement that the person may submit comments regarding the application to the Administrator within 45 days. The application filed with the Administrator must include a certifi cation that the application has complied with this paragraph and must include the names and addresses of each person to whom the application was sent. (b) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (a) of this section, if the State, political subdivision thereof, or Indian tribe determines that compliance with paragraph (a) of this section would be impractica ble, the applicant shall: (1) Comply with the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section with regard to those persons whom it is reasonable and practicable to notify; and (2) Include with the application filed with the Administrator a de scription of the persons or class or classes of persons to whom notice was not sent. (c) The Administrator may require the applicant to provide notice in addition to that required by paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section, or may determine that the notice required by paragraph (a) of this section is not impracticable, or that notice should be published in the Federal Register. (d) The Administrator may serve notice on any other persons readily identifiable by the Administrator as persons who will be affected by the determination sought and may afford those persons an opportunity to file written comments on the application. (e) Any person submitting written comments to the Administrator with respect to an application filed under this section shall send a copy of the comments to the applicant. The person shall certify to the Administrator that he or she has complied with the requirements of this paragraph. The Administrator may notify other persons participating in the proceeding of the comments and provide an opportunity for those other persons to respond. 580 ABDOO132357 April 1998 397.217--397.225 397.217 Waiver processing, (a) The Administrator may initi ate an investigation of any statement in an application and utilize any relevant facts obtained by that investigation. The Administrator may solicit and accept submissions from third persons relevant to an appli cation and will provide the applicant an opportunity to respond to all third person submissions. In evaluating an application, the Administra tor may convene a hearing or conference, if a hearing or conference will advance the evaluation of the application. (b) The Administrator may dismiss the application without preju dice if: 0) he or she determines that there is insufficient information upon which to base a determination; (2) upon his or her request, additional information is not submitted by the applicant; or (3) the applicant fails to provide the notice required by this subpart. (c) Except as provided in this subpart, the Administrator will only consider an application for a waiver of preemption determination if: (1) the applicant expressly acknowledges in its application that the highway routing designation of the State, political subdivision thereof, or Indian tribe for which the determination is sought is preempted by the Act or the regulations thereunder; or (2) the highway routing designation of the State, political subdivi sion thereof, or Indian tribe has been determined by a court of compe tent jurisdiction or in a determination issued pursuant to 397.211 to be preempted by the Act or the regulations issued thereunder. (d) When the Administrator has received all substantive information necessary to process an application for a waiver of preemption deter mination, notice of that fact will be served upon the applicant. Addi tional notice to all other persons who received notice of the proceeding may be served by publishing a notice in the Federal Register. 397.219 Waiver determination and order, (a) Upon consid eration of the application and other relevant information received or obtained during the proceeding, the Administrator issues an order setting forth his or her determination. (b) The Administrator may issue a waiver of preemption order only if he or she finds that the requirement of the State, political subdivision thereof, or Indian tribe affords the public a level of safety at least equal to that afforded by the requirements of the Act and the regula tions issued under the Act and does not unreasonably burden com merce. In determining whether the requirement of the State, political subdivision thereof, or Indian tribe unreasonably burdens commerce, the Administrator may consider the following factors: (1) The extent to which increased costs and impairment of effi ciency result from the highway routing designation of the State, political subdivision thereof, or Indian tribe; (2) Whether the highway routing designation of the State, political subdivision thereof, or Indian tribe has a rational basis; (3) Whether the highway routing designation of the State, political subdivision thereof, or Indian tribe achieves its stated purpose; and (4) Whether there is need for uniformity with regard to the subject concerned and if so, whether the highway routing designation of the State, political subdivision thereof, or Indian tribe competes or conflicts with those of other States, political subdivisions thereof, or Indian tribes. (c) The order includes a written statement setting forth the relevant facts and the legal basis for the determination, and provides that any person aggrieved by the order may file a petition for reconsideration in accordance with 397.223. (d) The Administrator serves a copy of the order upon the applicant, any other person who participated in the proceeding and upon any other person readily identifiable by the Administrator as one who may be affected by the order. A copy of each order is placed on file in the public docket. The Administrator may publish the order or notice of the order in the Federal Register. (e) If no petition for reconsideration is filed within 20 days in accord ance with 397.223, an order issued under this section constitutes the final agency decision regarding whether a particular requirement of a State, political subdivision thereof, or Indian tribe is preempted under the Act or any regulations issued thereunder, or whether pre emption is waived. 397.221 Timeliness. If the Administrator fails to take action on the application within 90 days of serving the notice required by 397.217(d), the applicant may treat the application as having been denied in all respects. 397.223 Petition for reconsideration, (a) Any person ag grieved by an order issued under 397.211 or 397.219 may file a petition for reconsideration with the Administrator. The petition must be filed within 20 days of service of the determination or order issued under the above sections. (b) The petition must contain a concise statement of the basis for seeking reconsideration, including any specific factual or legal errors, or material information not previously available. (c) The petitioner shall mail a copy of the petition to each person who participated, either as an applicant or routing, in the waiver of preemption proceeding, accompanied by a statement that the person may submit comments concerning the petition to the Administrator within 20 days. The petition filed with the Administrator must contain a certification that the petitioner has complied with this paragraph and include the names and addresses of all persons to whom a copy of the petition was sent. (d) The Administrator's decision under this section constitutes the final agency decision. If no petition for reconsideration is filed under this section, then the determination issued under 397.211 or 397.219 becomes the final agency decision at the end of the 20 day period. 397.225 Judicial review. A party to a proceeding under 397.205(a), 397.213(a), or 397.223{a) may seek review by the appropriate district court of the United States of the decision of the Administrator under such proceeding only by filing a petition with such court within 60 days after the final agency decision. PART 397 581 April 1998 ABDOO132358 SUBJECT INDEX SUBJECT INDEX SUBJECT INDEX The subject index contains up to four tiers. To assist the user, each tier is identifed in the heading at the beginning of each page with a number identifying the tier. Tier 1 234 49 CFR Reference A A, Definition .................................................................... 173.403 Values..........................................................................173.433 & 173.435 A2 Definition .................................................................... 173.403 Values..........................................................................173.433 & 173.435 Abbreviations..................................................................171.8 Agricultural operations, exempted........................... 173.5 Farmers defined ...................................................... 171.8 Products defined.......................................................171.8 Air bag inflators or modules, etc. Definition .................................................................... 173.166(a) Classification............................................................... 173.166(b) Exceptions..................................................................173.166(d) EX number Shipping paper requirement.............................. 173.166(c) Labeling ............................................................... 173.166(0 Packaging ..................................................................173.166(e) Air carrier (see Carriage by air) B Bags (see Packaging, non-bulk) Barrels (see Packaging, non-bulk) Basic description for shipping papers................... 172.202(b) Boxes (see Packaging, non-bulk) Bulk packaging (see also Packaging, bulk and type of bulk package, i.e. tank car, cargo tank, portable lank and intermodal bulk package) Definition .................................................................... 171.8 Marking on packaging............................................172.302 Bureau of Explosives Approvals or authorizations....................................171.19 Cigarette lighter approvals .......................................173.21(b) Explosives approvals.............................................. 173.56(b) Publication of carrier restrictions .........................174.20(b) Registrations Continued use.......................................................171.18 C Canadian shipments Regulations for ......................................................... 171.12a Cargo tanks Assembly Definition.................................................................. 107.502(a)(1) Registration of person who assembles........... 107.502(b) Cryogenic liquids in................................................. 173.318 Definition .................................................................... 171.8 Design certification ................................................. 178.320(b) Design certifying engineer Definition.................................................................. 171.8 Registration............................................................ 107.502(b) Driver training............................................................ 177.816(b) Excess flow values, temporary regulations 171.5 Holding time............................................................... 178.338-9(a) Loading requirements ............................................ 173.33(b) General requirements.............................................. 173.33(a) Tier 1 234 49 CFR Reference Manufacturer Definition................................................................. 178.320 Registration............................................................... 107.502(b) Marking .......................................................................172.328 Maximum lading pressure...................................... 173.33(c) Qualification and maintenance Acceptable results .............................................. 180.411 Applicability............................................................180.401 Definitions.............................................................. 180.403 General....................................................................Subpart A of Part 180 Qualification Cargo tank......................................................... 180.405 Inspectors and testers................................... 180.409 Tests and inspection Conditions requiring.........................................180.407(b) External visual inspection and testing .... 180.407(d) General .............................................................. 180.407(a) Internal visual inspection .............................. 180.407(e) Leakage test...................................................... 180.407(h) Lining inspection.............................................. 180.407(f) Periodic test and inspection .........................180.407(c) Pressure test...................................................... 180.407(g) Registration of person testing ......................107.502(b) Thickness testing.............................................. 180.407(1) Registration Assembler.............................................................. 107.502(b) Inspector................................................................. 107.502(b) Manufacturer......................................................... 107.502(b) Repairer ................................................................. 107.502(b) Tester .................................................................... 180.409(a) Relief system ............................................................173.33(d) Repairer Definition of repair .............................................. 180.403 Registration............................................................ 107.502(b) Retention of product in piping.............................. 173.33(e) Specification packaging.........................................See Index to Part 178 Carriage by air.............................................................. Part 175 Accepting and inspecting shipments ................ 175.30 Applicability ...............................................................175.5 Exceptions................................................................. 175.10 Loading, unloading and handling Exception when air only means of transportation .......................................................175.320 Class 3 (flammable liquids) ................................. 175.310 Class 6.1 (poisonous) materials ......................175.630 Class 6.2 (etiologic or infectious substance) . 175.630 Class 7 (radioactive) materials........................ 175.700 Cargo aircraft....................................................175.702 Inspection for contamination........................ 175.705 Other requirements .........................................175.703 Plutonium shipments ...................................... 175.704 Radiation protection program ......................175.706 Separation distances...................................... 175.701 Damaged shipments........................................... 175.90 Inspection...............................................................175.88 Location ................................................................. 175.85 Orientation of cargo ............................................175.79 Quantity limitations.............................................. 175.75 Securement............................................................ 175.81 Self-propelled vehicles ...................................... 175.305 583 ABDOO132359 SUBJECT INDEX April 1998 Tier 1 234 49 CFR Reference Stowage compatibility.........................................175.78 Notification requirements Cargo facilities...................................................... 175.26 Passengers............................................................ 175.25 Pilot-in-command ................................................. 175.33 Reports of discrepancies ...................................... 175.31 Shipping paper Accompany shipment......................................... 175.35(a) Retention by aircraft operator........................... 175.30(a)(2) Training ....................................................................... 175.20 Carriage by highway....................................................Part 177 Broken packages; repair of (see Leaking packages; repair of) Cargo tanks Attendance during loading or unloading . . . 177.834(1) Bonding for Class 3 (Flammable liquids) materials ............................................................ 177.837(c) Cryogenic liquids; Division 2.1 (flammable gas) Shipping papers.............................................. 177.817 Division 6.1 (poisonous) materials................... 177.841 (d) Grounding for Class 3 (Flammable liquids) materials ............................................................177.837(c) Compliance ...............................................................177.800 Federal Motor Carrier Safety regulations . . . 177.804 & 397.2 State and local laws, ordinances, and regulations......................................................... 397.3 Disabled vehicle ...................................................... 177.854 Driving and parking rules ...................................... Part 397 Attendance ............................................................ 397.5 Application ............................................................ 397.1 Explosives............................................................... 397.19 Fires..........................................................................397.11 Fueling .................................................................... 397.15 Local laws, ordinances and regulations .... 397.3 Parking.................................................................... 397.7 Routing Non-radioactive material.................................Subpart C of Part 397 Radioactive material......................................... Subpart B of Part 397 Preemption......................................................... Subpart D of Part 397 Smoking ................................................................. 397.13 State laws, ordinances and regulations .... 397.3 Surveillance............................................................ 397.5 Tires Corrective action.............................................. 397.17 Examination .......................................................397.17 Leaking packages; repair of.................................177.854 Loading and unloading Class 1 (explosive) materials ........................... 177.835 Class 2 (gases) materials .................................177.840 Division 2.3 (poisonous gas) materials . . . 177.841(c) Class 3 (flammable liquid) materials ..............177.837 Class 4 (flammable solid) materials................ 177.838 Class 5 (oxidizing) materials.............................. 177.838 Class 7 (radioactive) materials.........................177.842 Class 8 (corrosive) materials ........................... 177.839 Contamination of vehicles .................................177.843 Division 4.2 (pyroforic liquid) materials........... 177.838 Division 6.1 (poisonous) materials................... 177.841 General.................................................................... 177.834 Segregation and separation.............................. 177.848 Lost or destroyed labels......................................... 177.815 Movement in emergency......................................... 177.823 Passengers; transporting of....................................Subpart E of Part 177 Radiation protection program .............................. 177.827 Tier 1 234 49 CFR Reference Shipping papers .......................................................177.817 Accessibility............................................................ 177.817(e) Certification............................................................ 177.817(b) Exception ...............................................................177.8l7(d) General.................................................................... 177.817(a) Interlining with rail................................................. 177. 817(c) Training ....................................................................... 177.800 Cargo Inspection ................................................. 177.802 Cargo tanks............................................................ 177.816(b) Driver....................................................................... 177.816 Portable tanks .......................................................177.816(b) Tunnels ....................................................................... 177.810 Unacceptable shipments ...................................... 177.801 Carriage by rail Astray shipments.......................................................174.18 Carrier's materials and supplies........................... 174.5 Certification, shipper's ............................................174.24 Destination Delivery at agency stations .............................. 174.16(b) Delivery at non-agency stations ......................174.16(a) Disposal of undelivered hazardous materials .. 174.16(b) Document indicating position in train .................174.26(b) Expedited movements ............................................174.14 Handling and loading Cargo tanks............................................................ 174.63 Class 1 (explosives) materials .........................Subpart E of Part 174 Class 2 (gases) materials .................................Subpart F of Part 174 Class 3 (flammable liquids) materials ...........Subpart G of Part 174 Class 4 (flammable solid) materials................ Subpart H of Part 174 Class 5.1 (oxidizing) materials .........................Subpart I of Part 174 Class 6.1 (poisonous) materials ......................Subpart J of Part 174 Class 7(radioactive) materials........................... Subpart K of Part 174 Class 8 (corrosive) materials ........................... Subpart L of Part 174 Class 9 (miscellaneous hazardous) materials Subpart M of Part 174 Freight containers on flat cars .........................174.61 General.................................................................... 174.55 Intermediate bulk containers ........................... 174.63 Molten metals or glass ...................................... 174.86 Multi-unit tank car tanks...................................... 174.63 Portable tanks .......................................................174.63 Placarded rail cars, transport vehicles, and freight containers, and bulk packages; handling of Exception............................................................ 174.82(a) Position in train................................................. 174.84 & 85 Prohibition in passenger train ......................... 174.82(b) Switching............................................................ 174.83 Segregation............................................................ 174.81 Transport vehicle on flat cars........................... 174.61 Inspection During transportation............................................174.9 Tank cars ...............................................................174.9 Leaking packaging Cleaning of rail car.............................................. 174.57 Tank car................................................................. 174.50 Local restrictions.......................................................174.20 Notice to train crews of placarded cars ........... 174.26(a) Shipping papers ...................................................... 174.24 Possession of train crew ................................... 174.26(c) Unacceptable shipments ...................................... 174.3 Carriage by vessel .......................................................Part 176 Application................................................................. 176.5 584 ABDOO132360 SUBJECT INDEX April 1998 SUBJECT INDEX Tier 12 3 4 49 CFR Reference Certificate.................................................................... 176.27 Container packing certificate.................................176.27(c) Damaged or leaking packages ........................... 176.50 Definitions ................................................................. 176.2 Dump scows...............................................................176.97 Emergency situations...............................................176.45 Reports.................................................................... 176.48 Enforcement............................................................... 176.15 Exceptions..................................................................176.11 Exemptions................................................................. 176.31 Dangerous cargo manifest ....................................176.30 Retention................................................................. 176.30(e) & 176.36 Ferry vessels; transportation on Application ............................................................176.88 Cylinders with compressed gases................... 176.92 Motorboats ............................................................176.91 Private automobiles.............................................. 176.90 Transport vehicles .............................................. 176.89 With refrigerating or heating equipment .. 176.93 Handling and stowage Asbestos................................................................. 176.906 Barges Application......................................................... 176.95 Materials of construction.................................176.96 Permit requirements.........................................176.99 Stowage............................................................... 176.98 Barges on barge carrying vessels................... 176.77 Break-bulk...............................................................176.72 On deck...............................................................176.74 Cargo handling equipment; power operated; use of ................................................................. 176.78 Carbon monoxide control.............................. 176.79 Charcoal................................................................. 176.405 Class 1 (explosive) materials ........................... Subpart G of Part 176 Division 1.5 (blasting agents) materials . . . 176.410 Permit requirements ....................................176.415 Class 2 (compressed gas) materials..............Subpart H of Part 176 Division 2.3 (poisonous gas) materials . . . 176.600& 176.605 Class 3 (flammable) and combustible liquid Subpart I of Part materials ......................................................... 176 Class 4 (flammable solids) materials........... 176.400 Charcoal ......................................................... 176.405 Class 5 (oxidizers and organic peroxides) materials ......................................................... 176.400 Class 7 (radioactive) materials...................... Subpart M of Part 176 Cotton.................................................................... 176.900, 176.901 & 176.903 Division 6.1 (poisonous) materials 176.600& 176.605 Freight containers......................................... 176.76 General............................................................ 176.69 Highway vehicles......................................... 176.76 Motor vehicles or mechanical equipment powered by internal combustion engines ....................................................... 176.905 Marine pollutants ......................................... 176.70 Preparation of vessel.................................... 176.58 Portable tanks .............................................. 176.76 Stowage locations......................................... 172.101(k) & 176.63 Alternatives . . 176.65 Supervision . . . 176.57 Vegetable fibers 176.900, 176.901 & 176.903 Tier 12 3 4 49 CFR Reference Inspection of cargo ................................................. 176.39 Order Notify or C.O.D. shipments........................ 176.9 Port security and safety regulations ................... 176.4 Repairs to vessel...................................................... 176.54 Rejection of shipments in violation......................176.52 Segregation requirements......................................176.83 & 176.84 Exceptions...............................................................176.80(b) Trailer On Flat Car (TOFC) ................................... 174.63(e) Training .......................................................................176.13 Unacceptable shipments ......................................176.3 Cigarette lighters with fuel .........................................173.308 Forbidden packaging.............................................. 173.21(1) Class 3 (see flammable liquids) Class 7 (see radioactive materials) Class 8 (see corrosive materials) Class 9 Definition ....................................................................173.140 Exceptions................................................................. 173.155 Consumer commodities...................................... 173.155(c) Limited quantities................................................. 173.155(b) Packing group............................................................173.141 Reclassified as ORM-D........................................... 173.155(c) COFC (see Container On Flat Car) Combustible liquid Definition .................................................................... 173.120(b) Exceptions................................................................. 173.150(f) Proper shipping name ........................................... 172.101(d)(4) Reclassed from flammable liquid.........................173.120(b)(2) Composite packaging (see also Packaging, & 173.150(f)(1) non-bulk) Definition .................................................................... 171.8 Compressed gases (see also Flammable gas, non-flammable gas, and poisonous) Excepted from regulations ................................... 173.307 Limited quantities ....................................................173.306 Liquefied, definition of ............................................173.115(e) Non-liquefied, definition of......................................173.115(d) Tank cars, transported in ...................................... 173.314 Consumer commodity Class 9 .......................................................................173.155(c) Corrosive materials (Class 8).................................173.154(c) Definition ....................................................................171.8 Flammable liquid (Class 3)................................... 172.150(c) Flammable solid (Division 4.1)..............................172.151(c) Organic peroxides (Division 5.2) .........................173.152(c) Oxidizers (Division 5.1)........................................... 173.152(c) Packing group............................................................173.145 Poisonous materials (Division 6.1) ......................173.153(c) Container On Flat Car (COFC) .................................174.61 Corrosive material Definition ....................................................................173.136 Exceptions................................................................. 173.154 Consumer commodities......................................... 173.154(c) Corrosive to aluminum or steel only ..............173.154(d) Limited commodities........................................... 173.154(b) Packing group............................................................173.137 Reclassified as ORM-D........................................... 173.154(c) Cryogenic liquid Definition .................................................................... 173.115(g) Cargo tanks ...............................................................173.318 Cylinders .................................................................... 173.316 Exceptions................................................................. 173.320 Flammable Shipper's registration statement ......................173.11 Tank cars.................................................................... 173.319 Cylinders Approval of independent inspection agency .. 173.300a Approval of non-domestic chemical analysis and tests......................................................................... 173.300b 585 ABDOO132361 SUBJECT INDEX April 1998 Tier 1 234 49 CFR Reference Approval of independent inspection agency .. 173.300a Charging Cylinders for export ........................................... 173.301(1) Liquefied gas, with.............................................. 173.304 Mixtures of compressed gases and other material ...............................................................173.305 Non-liquefied gas, with ...................................... 173.302 Cryogenic liquids...................................................... 173.316 Definition .................................................................... 171.8 Foreign cylinders in domestic use ......................173.301(1) Fire extinguishers ....................................................173.309 General requirements All gases................................................................. 173.301 Poisons.................................................................... 173.40 Service pressure...................................................... 173.115(1) Specification ......................................................... See index to Part 178, Subpart C Termination of approvals under 173.300a & 173.300b................................................................. 173.300c Qualification, maintenance and use ................... 173.34 D Dangerous cargo manifest.........................................176.30 Dangerous placard (see Placards) Dangerous When Wet material Definition .................................................................... 173.124(c) Packing group............................................................ 173.125(a)& (d) Definitions.......................................................................171.8 Cargo tank terms...................................................... 178.320 & 180.403 Consumer Commodity ............................................171.8 Elevated temperature material.............................. 171.8 Hazard Class ............................................................ 171.8 Hazardous material ................................................. 171.8 Hazardous substance ........................................... 171.8 Hazardous Waste ....................................................171.8 Hazard zone...............................................................171.8 Marine pollutant......................................................... 171.8 New explosives......................................................... 173.56 Organic peroxides....................................................173.128(a) Primary hazard ......................................................... 171.8 Proper Shipping Name............................................171.8 Radioactive terms ....................................................173.403 Transportation by water terms.............................. 176.2 Secondary hazard....................................................171.8 Dispersant gas, application of term.........................173.115(j) Division (see Hazard class) Definition .................................................................... 171.8 Division 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5 or 1.6 (see explosives) Division 2.1 (see flammable gas) Division 2.2 (see non-flammable gas) Division 2.3 (see poison gas) Division 4.1 (see flammable solid) Division 4.2 (see spontaneously combustible material) Division 4.3 (see dangerous when wet material Division 5.1 (see oxidizer) Division 5.2 (see organic peroxide) Division 6.1 (see poisonous materials) Division 6.2 (see infectious substance) DOT-5800.1 (see Incident) Drums (see Packaging, non-bulk) E Electrical devices, forbidden material ................... 173.21(c) Tier 1 234 49 CFR Reference Elevated temperature materials Class 3 ....................................................................... 173.120(a)( 1) Class 9 ....................................................................... 173.140(b) Definition .................................................................... 171.8 Marking Hot............................................................................ 172.325(a) Molten aluminum ................................................. 172.325(b) Molten sulfur ......................................................... 172.325(b) Residue ................................................................. 173.29(g) Packaging ................................................................. 173.247 Shipping paper requirements .............................. 172.203(n) Speed restrictions ....................................................173.247(h)(3) Emergency regulations .............................................. 171.13 Emergency Response Applicability ...............................................................172.600(b) Carrier contact ......................................................... 172.606 Exceptions................................................................. 172.600(d) Highway vehicle separated from motive power 172.606(b) Requirements............................................................ 172.600(c), 602 & 604 Shipping paper requirements .............................. 172.201(d) Empty packaging (see also Residue) Exceptions................................................................. 173.29(b) & 173.29(c) When regulated......................................................... 173.29(a) Shipping paper requirements .............................. 172.203(e) Enforcement Appeals....................................................................... 107.325 Assessment considerations................................... 107.331 Compromise and Settlement.................................107.327 Criminal penalties ....................................................107.333 General ....................................................................... Subpart D Guidelines for civil penalty amounts................... App. A to Subpart D Hearing request .......................................................107.319 Investigations ............................................................ 107.305 Warning letters ......................................................... 107.309 Exceptions Class 2 (Compressed gases) .............................. 173.306 & 173.307 Class 3 (Flammable liquids) .................................173.150 Class 7 (Radioactive materials)........................... 173.424 Class 8 (Corrosive materials).................................173.154 Class 9 (Miscellaneous hazardous materials) . . 173.155 Division 4.1 (Flammable solids).......................... 173.151 Division 5.1 (Oxidizers)...........................................173.152 Division 5.2 (Organic peroxides) ........................173.152 Division 6.1 (Poisonous materials) .....................173.153 Empty packaging .................................................... 173.29(b) General ....................................................................... 173.13 Labeling .................................................................... 172.400a Packaging ................................................................. 172.101(0(1) Placarding Class 9.................................................................... 172.504(f)(8) & 173.504(f)(9) Combustible liquid .............................................. 172.504(f)(8) Division 1.4S ......................................................... 172.504(0(6) Empty non-bulk packaging .............................. 172.504(d) Explosives...............................................................172.504(f)(1) Explosive 1.4......................................................... 172.504(f)(6) Flammable versus combustible.........................172.504(f)(2) Keep Away From Food ...................................... 172.504(f)(10) Limited quantities................................................. 172.101(0(1) Non-flammable gas.............................................. 172.504(f)(3) Oxidizer ................................................................. 172.504(f)(4) &(5) Oxygen, compressed or refrigerated liquid . . 172.504(f)(7) Quantity less than 1001 lbs................................. 172.504(c) Exemptions Amendments............................................................... 107.121 586 April 1998 Tier 12 3 4 Appeals.................................................... Applications ............................................ Emergency............................................... Parties to ................................................. Renewal.................................................... Shipping paper requirements ........... EX number Air bag inflators or modules, seat belt pre-tensioners or modules.............. Definition ................................................. Explosives ............................................... Fireworks ................................................. Marking on packaging ......................... Export shipments Regulation for......................................... Explosives Classification codes......................... Compatibility groups ........................ Definitions ........................................... Description of terms........................ Forbidden............................................ General packaging requirements . . Marking on packaging ..................... New explosives Acceptance criteria........................ Assignment of class and division Definition........................................... Procedures for approval ........... Procedures for classification . , . . Packaging requirements Exceptions...................................... Mixed.............................................. Specific........................................... Use of old classifications ................ Flammable gas Definition ................................................. Exceptions.............................................. Consumer commodities................... Limited quantities.............................. Flammable liquid Definition ................................................. Exceptions.............................................. Aqueous solutions in alcohol . . . . Alcoholic beverages......................... Consumer commodities................... Limited quantities.............................. Packing group......................................... Reclassification as combustible liquid Reclassified as ORM-D . , . Flammable range, definition of Flammable solid Definition .............................. Exceptions ........................... Consumer commodities . Limited quantities........... Packing group...................... Reclassified as ORM-D................ Forbidden materials and packages Cigarette lighters........................... Electrical devices ......................... Explosives ...................................... Incompatible materials................ ABDOO132362 SUBJECT INDEX 49 CFR Reference 107.125 107.105 107.117 107.107 107.109 172.203(a) 173.166(c) 171.8 173.56(b) 173.560X3) 172.320(c) 171.11, 171.12 & 171.12a Tier 12 3 4 49 CFR Reference Ketone peroxide ...................................................... 173.21(j) Magnetic materials aboardaircraft....................... 173.21(d) Organic peroxides....................................................173.21(f)(2) Self-reactive materials ........................................... 173.21(f)(2) Freight container Definition ....................................................................171.8 Labeling Exception for less than 640 cu. ft....................... 172.400(a)(5) Placarding Exception for less than 640 cu. ft...................... 172.512(b) Over 640 cu. ft........................................................ 172.512(a) Fumigated transport vehicle...................................... 173.9 Exception.................................................................... 173.9(h) Marking .......................................................................173.9(c) Retention of fumigant marking..............................l73.9(e) G 173.52 173.52 173.50 173.59 173.54 173.60 172.320 173.57 173.58 173.56 173.56 173.56 173.63 173.61 173.50 173.53 173.115(a) 173.306 & 173.307 173.306 173.306(h) 173.120(a) 173.150 173.150{e) 173.150(d) 173.150(c) 173.150(b) 173.121 173.120(b)(2) & 173.150(f)(1) 173.150(c) 173.115(h) 173.124(a) 173.151 173.151(c) 173.151(b) 173.125(a) & (b) 173.151(c) 173.21 173.21(1) 173.21(c) 173.21(b) 173.21(6) H Hazard class Precedence .............................................................. 173.2a Shipping paper entry.............................................. 172.202(a)(2) Hazard class, primary (see Primary hazard class) Hazard class, secondary (see Secondary hazard class) Hazardous material Definition ....................................................................171.8 Hazardous Materials Table.........................................172.101 Purpose and use...................................................... 172.101 Hazardous substance Definition ....................................................................171.8 List ...............................................................................App. A to 172.101 Marking on non-bulk packaging........................... 172.324 Proper shipping name for...................................... 171.101(c)(8) Shipping paper requirements .............................. 172.203(c) Tank cars authorized .............................................. 173.31(f) Hazardous waste Definition ....................................................................171.8 Exceptions for shipments ...................................... 173.12 Lab packs ................................................................. 173.12(b) Manifest ....................................................................172.205 Open head drums....................................................173.12(a) Proper shipping name ........................................... 172.101(c)(9) Reuse of packages ................................................. 173.12(c) Technical name......................................................... 173.12(d) Hazard zone Assignment Gases.......................................................................173.116 Liquids.................................................................... 173.133(a)(2)(l) Definition ....................................................................171.8 Shipping paper requirements ..............................172.203(m)(3) Hopper car, rail Exceptions........................ :..................................... 173.29(b) Placarding, residue .................................................173.29(a) Highway route controlled quantity (Radioactive or Class 7) Definition .................................................................... 173.403(1) Placarding ................................................................. 172.507(a) Shipping paper requirements .............................. 172.203(d)(4) I IBCs (see Intermediate bulk containers) ICAO Technical Instructions Acceptance ...............................................................171.11 Identification number (or ID number) Assignment................................................................. 172.101(e) Marking on packages 587 SUBJECT INDEX ABDOO132363 SUBJECT INDEX April 1998 Tier 12 3 4 49 CFR Reference General.................................................................... 172.332 Bulk packages...................................................... 172.302(a) Non-bulk packages.............................................. 172.301(b) Orange panels, on....................................................173.332(b) Placards, on...............................................................173.334 Shipping paper entry.............................................. 172.202(a)(3) White square-on-point, on...................................... 173.336(b) ID number (see Identification number) IMDG Code Acceptance ...............................................................171.12 IM portable tanks (see Portable tanks) Import shipments Canada .......................................................................171.12a International Maritime Organization (IMO) .... 171.12 International Civil Aviation Organization (ICAO) 171.11 Incidents Assistance in investigation .............................. 171.21 Immediate notice................................................. 171.15 Written report (DOT F5800.1 form)................ 171.16 Inconsistency Rulings.................................................................... 107.203 Waste .................................................................... 171.3(c) Infectious substance (etiologic agent) Definition ............................................................... 173.134(a)(1) Exceptions............................................................ 173.134(b) Packing group....................................................... 173.134(c) Inhalation hazard (see Material poisonous by inhalation) Intermediate bulk container Definition ............................................................... 171.8 General requirements......................................... 173.35 Marking Applicability...................................................... 172.300 General............................................................... 172.302 Prohibited ......................................................... 172.303 Visibility............................................................... 172.304 Performance standards .................................... Subpart N of Part 178 Testing ............................................................... Subpart O of Part 178 Qualification and maintenance Applicability...................................................... 180.350 General............................................................... Subpart A of Part 180 Retest and inspection................................... 180.352 Intermodal portable tank (see Portable tank) Internal combustion engines with engine or wet batteries................................................................. 173.220 Intrastate transportation Bulk packaging.................................................... 173.8(b), (C), (d) Non-bulk packaging........................................... 173.8(a), (d) J Jerricans (see also Packaging, non-bulk) Definition .................................................................... 171.8 Keep Away From Food Label Assignment............................................................ 172.101(g) Description ............................................................172.431 Placard ....................................................................... 172.553 Ketone peroxide, forbidden shipment ................... 173.21 (j) Labeling (see Label) Tier 12 3 4 49 CFR Reference Label Assignment................................................................. 172.101(g) Cargo aircraft only....................................................172.402(c) & 172.448 Class 9 .......................................................................172.446 Consolidated packaging......................................... 172.404(b) Corrosive.................................................................... 172.442 Dangerous when wet.............................................. 172.423 Empty ..........................................................................172.450 Explosive.................................................................... 172.411(a) Exceptions................................................................. 172.400a Flammable liquid...................................................... 172.419 Flammable gas......................................................... 172.417 Flammable solid ...................................................... 172.420 General requirements.............................................. 172.400 Hazard class, display of.........................................172.402(b) Infectious substance ...............................................172.432 Keep away from food.............................................. 172.431 Mixed packaging...................................................... 172.404(a) Modifications, authorized ...................................... 172.405 Non-flammable ......................................................... 172.415 Organic peroxide...................................................... 172.427 Oxidizer .................................................................... 172.426 Placement ................................................................. 172.406 Poison..........................................................................172.430 Poison gas................................................................. 172.416 Poison inhalation hazard.........................................172.429 Radioactive materials.............................................. 172.402(d), 403, 436, 438 & 440 Spontaneously combustible....................................172.422 Specifications............................................................ 172.407 Subsidiary hazard(s) .............................................. 172.402(a), (d), (e), (f), (g), &4ii Lab packs.......................................................................173.12(b)& 173.12(d) Limited Quantities Class 9 ....................................................................... 173.155(b) Compressed gases................................................. 173.306 Definition .................................................................... 171.8 Flammable liquid...................................................... 173.150(b) Flammable solid ...................................................... 173.151(b) Organic peroxides....................................................173.152(b) Oxidizers .................................................................... 173.152(b) Poisonous materials................................................. 173.153(b) Radioactive materials.............................................. 173.421 & 422 Multiple hazards....................................................173.423 Shipping paper requirements .............................. 172.203(b) Loading of transport vehicle...................................... 173.30 LSA (see Low specific activity) Ltd Qty (see Limited quantity) M Magnetic material, forbidden aboard aircraft.... 173.21(d) Manifest, hazardous waste (see Hazardous waste manifest) Marine Pollutant Exceptions.............................. 171.4 Definition ................................. 171.8 List of ...................................... App. B to 172.101 Marking on packaging .... 172.322 Shipping paper requirements 172.203(1) Marking Applicability ........................... 172.300 Authorized abbreviations . . 172.308 588 ABDOO132364 SUBJECT INDEX April 1998 SUBJECT tNDEX Tier 1 234 49 CFR Reference Bulk packaging, general......................................... 172,302 Other than tank cars (inc. multi unit), portable tanks, & cargo tanks ...................................... 172.331 Cargo tanks ............................................................... 172.328 Durability .................................................................... 172.304(a)(1) Elevated temperature materials ........................... 172.325 Exemption number Non-bulk packaging ............................................ 172.301(c) Bulk packaging .................................................... 172.302(c) Explosives .................................................................. 172.320 Hazardous substance ............................................ 172.324 Identification numbers General.................................................................... 172.332 Placards, on ......................................................... 172.332(c) Prohibited display................................................. 172.334 Replacement......................................................... 172.338 Special provisions................................................. 172.336 Inhalation hazard....................................................... 172.313(a) Marine Pollutants....................................................... 172.322 Non-bulk packaging General requirements ......................................... 172.302 Liquid materials .................................................... 172.312 ORM-D materials...................................................... 172.316 Poisonous materials................................................. 172.313(b) Portable tank............................................................... 172.326 Prohibited marking.................................................... 172.303 Radioactive materials.............................................. 172.310 Requirements............................................................ 172.304 Tank cars.................................................................... 172.330 Technical name Cargo tanks............................................................ 172.328(b)(1) Non-bulk packages.............................................. 172.301(b) Tank cars ............................................................... 172.330(a)(2)(l) Visibility ....................................................................... 172.304 Waste .......................................................................... 172.324(a)(2) Matches Definition .................................................................... 173.186(b) Material poisonous by inhalation Definition .................................................................... 171.8 Shipping paper requirements .............................. 172.203(m)(3) Tank cars authorized .............................................. 173.31(e) Materials of trade Definition .................................................................... 171.8 Exceptions ................................................................. 173.6 Mechanical equipment with engine or wet batteries....................................................................... 173.220 Medical waste (see Regulated medical waste) Mixtures and Solutions Definition .................................................................... 171.8 Requirements for use in proper shipping name 172.101(c)(10) Multi-unit tank car tanks (see also tank cars) Carriage by highway .............................................. 177.834(m) Description of............................................................ 179.300-3 N Non-bulk packaging (see Packaging, non-bulk) Non-flammable gas Definition .................................................................... 173.115(b) Exceptions ................................................................. 173.306 & 173.307 Consumer commodities...................................... 173.306 Limited quantities................................................. 173.306(h) Oilfield service vehicles...................... Oil Spill Prevention & Response Plan 173.5a Part 130 Tier 1 234 49 CFR Reference Orange panel................................................................. 172.332(b) Organic peroxides Definition .................................................................... 173.128(a) Exceptions ................................................................. 173.152 Consumer commodities...................................... 173.152(c) Limited quantities.................................................173.152(b) Packing group............................................................173.129 Proper shipping name Approval by DOT.................................................173.128(d)(1) Generic type assignment................................... 173.128(b) Procedures for assigning generic type name.................................................................... 173.128(c) Requirements......................................................... 171.101(c)(13) Shipping paper requirements ..............................172.202 Shipping paper requirements ..............................172.203(o) Reclassified as ORM-D........................................... 173.152(c) Other Regulated Materials (see ORM-D) Oxidizer Definition ....................................................................173.127(a) Exceptions................................................................. 173.152 Consumer commodities......................................173.152(c) Limited quantities.................................................173.152(b) Packing group............................................................173.127(b) Reclassified as ORM-D........................................... 173.152(c) ORM-D materials (see also Consumer commodity) Definition ....................................................................173.144 Exceptions................................................................. 173.156 & 173.306 Marking .......................................................................172.316 Packing group............................................................173.145 P Packing Group Assignment................................................................. 172.101(f) Definition ....................................................................171.8 Shipping paper requirement ................................ 172.202(a)(4) Packaging Authorized packages.............................................. 172.101(h) & 172.101(1) Bulk Additional requirements......................................173.24b Definition................................................................. 171.8 Marking.................................................................... 172.302 Specification packaging ................................... See index to Cargo tanks (see Cargo tanks) Part 178 Empty ......................................................................... 173.29 General requirements.............................................. 173.24 General requirements for aircraft........................ 173.27 Non-bulk Additional requirements......................................173.24a Definition................................................................. 171.8 Performance-oriented Aluminum drums.............................................. 178.505 Bags; paper...................................................... 178.521 Bags; plastic film.............................................. 178.519 Bags; textile...................................................... 178.520 Bags; woven plastic.........................................178.518 Barrels; wooden .............................................. 178.510 Boxes; reconstituted wooden ......................178.515 Boxes; fiberboard ........................................... 178.516 Boxes; plastic....................................................178.517 Composite with inner glass ...............................................................178.523 plastic receptacles...................................... 178.522 porcelain......................................................... 178.523 stoneware...................................................... 178.523 589 ABDOO132365 SUBJECT INDEX April 1998 Tier 1 234 49 CFR Reference Definitions ......................................................... 171.8 Fiber drums ...................................................... 178.508 identification codes.........................................178.502 Jerricans ............................................................ 178.509 Jerricans; steel ................................................. 178.511 Marking............................................................... 178.503 Metal drums other than steel or aluminum . 178.506 Non-reusable containers.................................173.28(e) Plastic drums ....................................................178.509 Reconditioned....................................................173.28(c) Remanufactured .............................................. 173.28(d) Reuse ................................................................. 173.28{b) Prohibited.......................................................173.28(b)(3) Steel drums ...................................................... 178.504 Testing................................................................. Subpart M of Part 178 Specification packaging ....................................See index to Portable tanks (see Portable tanks) Part 178 Previously authorized.............................................. 173.23 Quantity limitations....................................................173.26 Radioactive materials (see Radioactive materials) Reuse, reconditioning and remanufacture .... 173.28 Specification marking.............................................. 178.3 Tank cars (see Tank cars) Use under exemptions........................................... 173.22a Penalties, civil; guidelines for assessing by App. A to DOT ............................................................................ Subpart D of Part 107 Penalties, civil, guidelines for assessing by FRA......................................................................... Part 209 Placards Affixing Highway ................................................................. 172.506 Rail............................................................................ 172.508 Aircraft unit load devices ...................................... 172.512 Applicability ...............................................................172.500 Assignment................................................................. 172.504 Bulk packages other than tank cars................... 172.514 Class 9 .......................................................................172.560 Class number............................................................172.519(b)(4) Combustible............................................................... 172.544 Corrosive.................................................................... 172.558 Dangerous Affixing.................................................................... 172.504(b) Description ............................................................ 172.521 Dangerous When Wet ........................................... 172.548 Display..........................................................................172.516 Division number ...................................................... 172.519(b)(4) Explosive.................................................................... 172.522,523, 524 & 525 Exceptions (see also Exceptions, placarding) IMDG Code............................................................ 172.502(b) TDG regulations....................................................172.502(b) Flammable................................................................. 172.542 Flammable gas......................................................... 172.532 Flammable solid ...................................................... 172.546 Freight containers ....................................................172.512 Highway....................................................................... 172.507 Identification numbers ............................................172.334 Keep away from food.............................................. 172.553 Non-flammable ......................................................... 172.528 Organic peroxide.......................................................172.552 Oxidizer .................................................................... 172.550 Oxygen .......................................................................172.530 Permissive ................................................................. 172.502(c) Poison..........................................................................172.554 Poison gas................................................................. 172.540 Poison inhalation hazard......................................... 172.555 Tier 1 234 49 CFR Reference Prohibited.................................................................... 172.502(a) Radioactive................................................................. 172.556 Rail ............................................................................... 172.510 Requirements General.................................................................... 172.504 Subsidiary hazards.............................................. 172.505 Specifications............................................................ 172.519 Exceptions...............................................................172.519(f) Spontaneously Combustible .................................172.547 Square white background Affixing.................................................................... 172.510 Specifications ...................................................... 172.510(a)(2) Subsidiary hazard .................................................... 172.505 Substitution table...................................................... 171.14(b) Toxic............................................................................ 172.554(b) Transition period ...................................................... 171.14 Visibility....................................................................... 172.516 Planning grants ............................................................ Part 110 Poison gas Definition .................................................................... 173.115(c) Hazard zone...............................................................173.116 Poisonous by inhalation materials (see material poisonous by inhalation) Poisonous materials Definition .................................................................... 173.132(a) Exceptions................................................................. 173.153 Consumer commodities...................................... 173.153(c) Limited quantities................................................. 173.153{b) Packing group and hazard zone .........................173.133 Shipping paper requirements .............................. 172.203(m) Reclassified as ORM-D............................................173.153(c) Portable tanks Definition .................................................................... 171.8 DOT 51 ....................................................................... 178.245 DOT 60 ....................................................................... 178.255 Driver training............................................................ 177.816(b) IM portable tanks Approval of specification....................................173.32a Definition................................................................. 171.8 Periodic testing and inspection.........................173.32b Specification packaging IM101 ................................................................. 178.271 IM102 ................................................................. 178.272 Testing................................................................. 178.270-13 Marking General.................................................................... 172.302 Specific.................................................................... 172.326 Preparation for shipping......................................... 173.24b Qualification, maintenance and use (other than IM specification)....................................................173.32 Use of..........................................................................173.32c Preemption Application for............................................................ 107.203 Judicial review ......................................................... 107.213 Notice ..........................................................................107.217 Petition for reconsideration ....................................107.211 Processing................................................................. 107.207 Primary hazard Assignment................................................................. 172.101(d) & 172.101(g) Definition .................................................................... 171.8 Label............................................................................ 172.101(g) Proper Shipping Name Definition .................................................................... 171.8 Requirements for determining .............................. 172.101(c) Shipping paper requirements .............................. 172.202(a)(1) 590 ABD00131712 April 1998 Cancellation Provisions formerly published In the Tariff BOE--6000-Q and not brought forward are hereby canceled leaving no such provisions in effect. STATE CANCELLATIONS Ala. P.S.C. No. 34 cancels Ala. P.S.C. No. 33 and Supplements NC I.C.C. No. 32 cancels NC I.C.C. No. 31 and Supplements Ark, T.C. No. 39 cancels Ark. T.C. No. 38 and Supplements P.U.C.O. No. 30 cancels P.U.C.O. No. 29 and Supplements CO I.C.C.-BOE-6000-R cancels CO I.C.C.-BOE-6000-Q and Supplements OR I.C.C.-BOE-6000-R cancels OR I.C.C.-BOE-6000-Q and Supplements Ga. ICC-BOE-6000-R cancels ICC-BOE-6000-Q and Supplements KS I.C.C.-BOE-6000-R cancels KS I.C.C.-BOE-6000-Q and Supplements Minn. P.S.C. No. 35 cancels Minn. P.S.C. No. 34 and Supplements Div, O.T. Mo. No. I.C.C.-BOE-6000-R cancels Div. O.T. Mo. No. I.C.C.-BOE-6000-Q and Supplements R.I.P.U.A. No. 35 cancels R.I.P.U.A. No. 34 and Supplements SC I.C.C.-BOE-6000-R cancels SC I.C.C.-BOE-6000-Q and Supplements R.C.T. No. 35 cancels R.C.T. No. 34 and Supplements P.S.C.U. No. 28 cancels P.S.C.U. No. 27 and Supplements V.C.C. No. 35 cancels V.C.C. No. 34 and Supplements Mont. R.C. No. 35 cancels Mont. R.C. No. 34 and Supplements P.S.C.W. Va. No. 35 cancels P.S.C.W. Va. No. 34 and Supplements N.P.S.C. No. 32 cancels N.P.S.C. No. 31 Supplements P.S.C. Wis. No. 33 cancels P.S.C. Wis. No. 32 and Supplements N.M.S.C.C. No. 28 cancels N.M.S.C.C. No. 27 and Supplements IV April 1996 ABD00131713 Issued and Filed with the Following Commissions by Charles L. Keller, Agent Only for the Individual Carriers Named in the Bureau of Explosives' Tariff No. BOE--6000-R Alabama Public Service Commission Public Utilities Commission, State of Colorado Federal Maritime Commission Georgia Public Service Commission State Corporation Commission, State of Kansas Minnesota Department of Transportation Public Service Commission, State of Missouri Board of Railroad Commissioners of the State of Montana Nebraska Public Service Commission State Corporation Commission, State of New Mexico Utilities Commission, State of North Carolina Public Utilities Commission, State of Ohio Public Utility Commissioner, State of Oregon Rhode Island Public Utility Administration Public Service Commission, State of South Carolina Railroad Commission of Texas Public Service Commission of Utah State Corporation Commission, Commonwealth of Virginia Public Service Commission of West Virginia -(-Transportation Commission of Wisconsin -(Applicable except where it conflicts with regulations in effect in this state. Applicable except where it conflicts with State statutes. v ABD00131714 April 1998 Participating Parties I. FEDERAL MARITIME COMMISSION List of carrier parties to this tariff for whom Charles L. Keller Is agent and attorney under authority of powers of attorney on file with the Federal Maritime Commission. Carolina Frieght Carriers Corporation Crowley Marine Services, Inc. CSX Intermodal, Inc. Inovative Logistics. Inc. Lykes Bros. Steamship Co., Inc. Matson Navigation Company, Inc. Mittercon international, Inc. Puerto Rico Maritime Shipping Authority Puget Sound Tug and Barge Company Sea-Land Service, Inc. Zim-American Israeli Shipping Co., Inc. II. ILLINOIS COMMERCE COMMISSION List of carrier parties to this tariff for whom Charles L. Keller is agent and attorney under authority of Certificates of Concurrence as noted and on file with the Illinois Commerce. Alabama, Great Southern Railroad Company, The Alexander Railroad Company Atlantic and East Carolina Railway Company The Baltimore and Ohio Railroad Company Burlington Northern and Santa Fe Railway Company Camp Lejuene Railroad Company Central of Georgia Railroad Company Chicago & Illinois Midland Railway Company Chicago and North Western Transportation Company Cincinnati, New Orleans and Texas Pacific Railway Company, The Consolidated Rail Corporation CSX Transportation, Inc. Elgin, Joliet and Eastern Railway Company Georgia, Southern and Florida Railway Company Grand Trunk Western Railroad Company Hartfort and Slocomb Railroad Company Hartwell Railway Company Illinois Central Gulf Railroad Company Indiana Harbor Belt Railroad Company Kentucky and Tennessee Railway Lancaster and Chester Railway Company Live Oak, Perry and SOuth Georgia Railway Company Louisville and Wadley Railway Company Louisville, New Albany & Corydon Railroad Company New Orleans Terminal Company Norfolk and Western Railway Company Peoria and Pekin Union Railway Company Pickens Railroad Company Soo Line Railroad Company St. Johns River Terminal Company St. Louis Southwestern Railway Company Sandersville Railroad Company State University Railroad Company Tennessee, Alabama & Georgia Railway Company Tennessee Railway Company Union Pacific Railroad Company VI ABD00131716 July 1998 of the Chicago River at Canal and Kinzie Streets, "Explosives Class A" as shown in the Commodity List, Part 172. This area includes the Wells Street, State Street, and North Pier Districts. CONSOLIDATED RAIL CORPORATION- WILL NOT ACCEPT shipments of dangerous goods destined for or crossing through points in Canada unless documentation and safety marks covering such shipments are in accordance with all applicable Canadian regulations. For purposes of this Tariff restriction "dangerous goods" means goods or materials subject to the Transportation of Dangerous Goods Regulation issued by the Minister of Transport of Canada and any other applicable Canadian regulation governing the trans portation of such goods or materials. Documentation and safety marks refer to requirements contained in Parts IV and V of the Transportation of Dangerous Goods Regulations and any other ap plicable Canadian regulations governing such matters. TRAILER-ON-FLAT-CAR/CONTAINER-ON-FLAT-CAR SERVICE WILL NOT ACCEPT for transportation shipments of Explosives, Division 1.1, 1.2 or 1.3 (see Note); Division 2.3 materials; Division 6.1 Packing Group I, Poison-Inhalation Hazard materi als; or, Class 7 Yellow 111 Label materials. Additionally, Conrail Intermodal WILL NOT ACCEPT any material of any class or division (primary or subsidiary) with a hazard that causes the product to be classified as a Poison-Inhalation Hazard. Note: Division 1.3 fireworks are permitted. CSX TRANSPORTATION WILL NOT ACCEPT for transportation shipments of "hazardous waste", as this term is defined in 49 CFR, Section 171.8 or B of E 6000 Tariff Section 171.8 unless: (1) Prior authorization and approval for such shipments have been granted by the Director-Special Sen/ices, Transportation Depart ment, 500 Water Street, Jacksonville, Florida 32202. (2) The technical and chemical group names of the constituents that make the material A hazardous waste are entered on the shipper's manifest or bill of lading in parentheses directly follow ing the proper shipping name. WILL NOT ACCEPT for transportation shipments of radioactive material without prior approval of Director-Special Services, Trans portation Department, 500 Water Street, Jacksonville, Florida 32202. WILL NOT PERMIT bulk shipments, or shipments in containers which exceed 110 gallon capacity each, of hazardous materials, hazardous substances, or hazardous wastes, as identified in 49 CFR, to be loaded or unloaded at public delivery or team tracks. Your attention is also directed to CSX Transportation's Circular G.M. 40: Section A--Rules and regulations governing the loading, un loading, and storage of flammable and combustible liquids on property owned or leased by the railroad. Section B--Rules governing the transfer and storage of liquified petroleum gases on property owned or leased by the railroad. Section C--Rules and regulations governing the loading and un loading of hazardous materials from tank cars to highway vehi cles or from highway vehicles to tank cars on property owned or leased by the railroad. WILL NOT ACCEPT any material containing polychlorinated bi phenyls ("PCBS") unless such materials are packaged as authorized in Part 173 of Title 49 of the Code of Federal Regulations ("49 CFR") or in Department of Transportation ("DOT") specification packages prescribed in Section 761.65(C)(6) of Title 40 CFR. "For tank cars, the minimum DOT specifications contained in Section 173.119(B) of Title 49 CFR for flammable liquids will be required. In addition, no safety vent assemblies, bottom outlet valves, or any bottom discontinuities will be allowed and tank cars must be equipped with shelf couplers. Such terms are defined in AAR Mechanical Division Circular D.V. 2007." WILL NOT ACCEPT for transportation hazardous materials, haz ardous substances, or hazardous wastes in intermodal portable tanks or cargo tanks, unless the following requirements are met: (A) The tank must be AAR 600 approved. (B) The material must be listed in the IM Tank Table. (C) The tank must be DOT certified as specified in the IM Tank Table. (D) A metal DOT certification plate must be affixed to the tank as required in Title 49 CFR. (E) The following DOT hazard classes, as defined in Title 49 CFR, will not be accepted for transportation in intermodal portable tanks or cargo tanks: Poison "A" Poison by inhalation (PIH) materials Radioactive materials Flammable gases Flammable solids Organic peroxides WILL NOT ACCEPT poison by inhalation (PIH) materials in tank cars which have bottom outlets or bottom discontinuities. WILL NOT ACCEPT shipments of dangerous goods destined for or crossing through points in Canada unless documentation and safety marks covering such shipments are in accordance with all applicable Canadian regulations. "For purposes of this tariff restriction, "dangerous goods" means goods or materials subject to the Transportation of Dangerous Goods Regulations issued by the Canadian Minister of Transport and any other applicable Canadian regulations governing the trans portation of such goods or materials. "Documentation" and "safety marks" refer to requirements contained in Parts IV and V of the Transportation of Dangerous Goods Regulations and any other ap plicable Canadian regulations governing such matters." --RESTRICTIONS AT SPECIFIC LOCATIONS-- BALTIMORE, MARYLAND-- WILL NOT ACCEPT inbound nor outbound Explosives Class "A", "B" or "C" as shown in Commodity List, Part 172, nor blasting caps when destined to or from or to be handled for water movement in Baltimore Harbor unless permit has been obtained from municipal authorities and advance arrangements have been made by shipper for movement from rail- to shipside at owner's expense and risk. WILL NOT ACCEPT for forwarding from Baltimore, Md., Explo sives Class "A" as shown in the Commodity List, Part 172, nor black powder. Nitrates--specified piers will handle ammonium sulphate nitrate and, or calcium ammonium nitrate, as shown in Commodity List, Part 172, from cars to ships or ships to cars directly or across piers or docks, strictly in accordance with Ordinance No. 438, Fire Prevention Code, Fire Prevention Code, Fire Department of Balti more, Md. dated January 30, 1953 and United States Coast Guard instructions October 28, 1952 and October 30, 1952, provided, however, necessary advance arrangements are made with the Ex ecutive Vice President-Transportation, Jacksonville, Florida. BUFFALO, NEW YORK-- Explosives Class "A" as shown in Commodity List, Part 172, hereof, including black powder or smokeless powder of any kind will not be accepted for consignees in Buffalo, N.Y., unless permits are obtained from the Chief, Bureau of Fire Prevention at Buffalo, New York. CHICAGO, ILLINOIS-- "Explosives, Class A", as shown in the Commodity List, Part 172: consignments routed via Chicago to or from points beyond Chicago on connecting lines must be routed via B&OCT R.R. or via the Belt Railway of Chicago. DETROIT RIVER TUNNEL-- Explosives of any kind (except small arms ammunition) will not be accepted for transportation through the Detroit River Tunnel. ELSMERE JUNCTION AND WILMINGTON, DELAWARE-- WILL NOT ACCEPT to or from, or to be transferred, "Explosives Class A", as shown in the Commodity List, Part 172, which require explosives placards, or smokeless powder, any kind. VIII July 1998 ABD00131715 Restriction of Individual Parties The following RESTRICTIONS COVERING THE ACCEPTANCE AND TRANSPORTATION OF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS are compiled from reports filed with the Bureau of Explosives Publications, P.O. Box 866, Annapolis, MD 21404-0688, in accordance with the requirements of 174.20(b) of the Hazardous Materials Regulations of the Department of Transportation. Section 174.20(b) states: Each carrier must report to the Bureau of Explosives Publications for publication the full information as to any restrictions which it imposes against the acceptance, delivery, or transportation of hazardous materials, over any portion of its lines under this section. Bureau of Explosives' Tariff, Charles L. Keller, agent, is amended to provide for a Special Permit Rule, for account of all carriers, as follows: When application is filed with the U.S. Department of Transportation for Special Permit for waiver, exemption or amendment of Title 49, Code of Federal Regulations, Parts 170-189, for transport by rail carriers, a copy of the application must be simultaneously furnished to the Bureau of Explosives Publications who will be shown as receiving an open copy of the application. Applicants are to keep the Bureau informed of developments relating to the application. (See Note) NOTE: Not applicable to shipments of radioactive materials. THE ANN ARBOR RAILROAD SYSTEM MICHIGAN INTERSTATE RAILWAY COMPANY (OPERATOR)--Will not accept for transpor tation, shipments of Flammable Compressed Gas when shipped in tank cars without center sills exceeding 25,000 gallon capacity moving in tank cars. Department of Transportation 112-A and 114A specifications. (See Exception). Will not accept for transportation on car ferries operating across Lake Michigan any of the "Explosives, Class A", "Explosives, Class B" as shown in the Commodity List, Part 172. Other Flammable Liquids or Solids, Oxidizing Materials, Corrosive Liquids, Etc., will be governed as provided in Freight Tariff No. ICC TEA 8631 (Articles prohibited or restricted for Car Ferry Transportation across Lake Michigan) MPSC 694, CTC No. 1983 and by supplements to or successive issues thereof. 'Exception: Shipments will be accepted when prior notification is given to the Superintendent. THE BALTIMORE AND OHIO CHICAGO TERMINAL RAILROAD COMPANY--See CSX Transportation. BOSTON AND MAINE CORPORATION--Will not accept for transpor tation, material classed as hazardous in accordance with 49 CFR Part 172 for the following running tracks and/or stations: Watertown, MA Running Track; Manchester, NH Running Track; East Manchester, NH Running Track--excluding cars consigned to Manchester Gas; Stoneham, MA Running Track; Hampton, NH Running Track; Hazardville, CT Running Track; Billerica, MA Run ning Track; Station of Farmington, NH. BURLINGTON NORTHERN AND SANTA FE RAILWAY COM PANY--Will not accept a shipment of dangerous goods destined for or crossing through points in Canada unless documentation and safety marks covering such shipments are in accordance with all applicable Canadian regulations. For purposes of this Tariff restriction, "dangerous goods" means goods or materials subject to the Transportation of Dangerous Goods Regulations issued by the Minister of Transport of Canada and any other applicable Canadian regulations governing the trans portation of such goods or materials. Documentation and Safety Marks refer to requirements contained at Parts IV and V of the Transportation of Dangerous Goods Regulations and any other applicable Canadian regulations governing such matters. BANGOR AND AROOSTOOK RAILROAD COMPANY--Will not ac cept materials classified as Explosive Division 1.1 nor 2.3 or Division 6.1, Packing Group I and Packing Group III as shown in 49 CFR Part 172, except by special arrangement made in advance with Superintendent of Transportation, Bangor, Maine. Trains handling flammable compressed gases in tank cars 25,000 gallons or greater capacity must not exceed 25 miles per hour through the following cities and towns: Derby Milo Brownville Milinocket Sherman Masardis Mapleton Presque Isle Caribou Stockholm Van Buren Grand Isle Madawaska Houlton Bridgewater Mars Hill BESSEMER AND LAKE ERIE RAILROAD COMPANY--Bessemer and Lake Erie Railroad Company will not accept explosives, Division 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4 or 1.5; Poisonous Gas, Division 2.3 (Pg. 1, Zone A); Poisonous Liquid, Division 6.1 (Pg. 1, Zone A); as shown in 49 CFR Part 172, except by special arrangements made in advance with the Superintendent. BIRMINGHAM SOUTHERN RAILROAD--Will not accept for transpor tation "Explosives, Division 1.1,1.2,1.3 or 1.4 and material classified as Division 2.3 or 6.1 packing Group I, PIH" as shown in 49 CFR Part 172, unless prior arrangements are made with the SuperintendentTransportation, Fairfield, Alabama. BURLINGTON NORTHERN AND SANTA FE RAILWAY COM PANY--(Dot Certification--Automated or Electronically Billed Ship ments). The tendering to Burlington Northern Railroad Company or any subsidiary of a shipment containing any substance designated by the United States Department of Transportation as a hazardous material with oral or electronic instructions that the railroad prepare shipping documents shall constitute an instruction and authorization to such railroad, its agents and employees to affix the signature of the shipper's principal, officer, partner, employee, or agent to the certificate on the shipping paper required by 49 CFR 172.204(a) or to the following certificate: "_____________________ on behalf of shipper, avers certification spec ified in 49 CFR 172.204(a)," on the shipper's behalf. By affixing such signature the railroad, its agent or employee will act solely as signatory agent for the shipper and will in no respect hold itself out to have knowledge of the matters certified. CHESTNUT RIDGE RAILWAY COMPANY--Explosives classed Divi sion 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, or 1.4 as shown in 49 CFR Part 172, will not be accepted at Palmerton, Pa., unless shipping permits issued by the Vice-President at Palmerton, Pa., have been obtained. CHICAGO AND NORTH WESTERN RAILWAY COMPANY--Will not accept for transportation within, to, from or via that section of the City of Chicago, Illinois, east of the bridge over the north branch VII ABD00131717 April 1998 NEW YORK CITY INCLUDING BROOKLYN STATIONS AND NEW YORK HARBOR-- Ammonium nitrate or ammonium nitrate (fertilizer grade) nor "Ex plosives Class A", as shown in the Commodity List, Part 172, will not be accepted, inbound or outbound, when destined to or originat ing at these points or to be handled for water movement or tansfer in New York Harbor, subject to restriction published in TLTTB Tariff 788, ICCC-653. Division 1.1 or 1.2 as shown in 49 CFR, Part 172," if no freight service is available to take shipment out of the City of Duluth, Minn., the same day. ELGIN, JOLIET AND EASTERN RAILWAY COMPANY--Will not ac cept L.C.L. shipments of explosives, Division 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, or 1.4 as shown in 49 CFR, Part 172, or other dangerous articles, unless originating at or destined to points on that line. NEWPORT NEWS, NORFOLK, PINNERS PT., VIRGINIA-- WILL NOT ACCEPT articles of highly flammable or explosive nature for consignees at Pinners Point, Va., or Norfolk, Va., unless arrangements for the immediate removal upon arrival of such ship ments from this company's property at Pinners Point, Va., are made with representative of this company at Norfolk, Va., prior to date of shipment. WILL NOT ACCEPT shipments of "Explosives, Class A," as shown in Commodity List, Part 172, black powder or smokeless powder of any kind, for Norfolk, Va. consignees, unless such con signees will accept delivery at Portsmouth, Va., promptly upon ar rival and so arrange in advance with forwarding agent, Portsmouth, Va. WILL NOT ACCEPT "Explosives, Class A", as shown in Commod ity List, Part 172, nor blasting caps in any quantity, for water move ment in Newport News-Norfolk Harbor, unless advance arrange ments have been made with the railway company for handling and permits have been obtained from municipal and United States Gov ernment authorities. WILL NOT ACCEPT for transportation less than carload shipments of "Explosives, Class A, B or C" and other dangerous articles as outlined in Commodity List, Part 172, hereof, destined Norfolk, Va. or Portsmouth, Va. except when destined government installations in Norfolk (including Little Creek) and Portsmouth, Va. THE KANSAS CITY SOUTHERN RAILWAY COMPANY (DOT Certifica tion--Automated or Electronically Billed Shipments)--The tendering to The Kansas City Southern Railway Company or any of its subsid iary lines (ARW, FSVB, KM, LA) of a shipment containing any sub stance designated by the United States Department of Transporta tion as a hazardous material with oral or electronic instructions that the railroad prepare shipping documents, shall constitute an instruction and authorization to such railroad, its agents and employ ees to affix the signature of the shipper's principal, officer, partner, employee, or agent to the certificate on the shipping paper required by 49 CFR 172.204(a) or to the following certificate: "on behalf of shippers, avers certification specified in 49 CFR 172.204(a)," on the shipper's behalf. By affixing such signature the railroad, its agent or employee will act solely as signatory agent for the shipper and will in no respect hold itself out to have knowledge of the matters certified. KANSAS CITY TERMINAL RAILWAY COMPANY--Will not accept "Explosives, Class A" as shown in Commodity List, Part 172. LANCASTER AND CHESTER RAILWAY COMPANY--Will not ac cept for transportation explosives, Division 1.1 or 1.2, as shown in 49 CFR, Part 172, in excess of 100 pounds in any one car, nor in excess of 500 pounds on any train carrying both passengers and freight (mixed train). PHILADELPHIA, PENNSYLVANIA-- Explosives Class "A", "B", or "C", as shown in Commodity List, Part 172 (except small arms primers, small arms ammunition and fireworks), for Philadelphia consignees, will not be accepted for deliv ery or handling in Philadelphia. Local consignments for this city may be made in Wilsmere, Delaware. NOTE--CSX Transportation will accept carloads of Class "A", "B" and "C" explosives as shown in Commodity List, Part 172, if billed from or to the U.S. Navy Yard, League Island, Philadelphia, Pa. The following articles are prohibited from being handled over the piers to or from ships in the city of Philadelphia. (1) Explosives classified as "A", "B" and "C", except small arms ammunition not exceeding 50 calibre, shotgun shells, toy pistols, caps and sparklers, not self-igniting. (2) Organic-coated ammonium nitrate. (3) Poisons-Class "A". (4) Nitrocellulose. (5) Alkaline earth metals (calcium, lithium, sodium and potassium). (6) Organic peroxides. (7) Compressed flammable gases which have a container pressure of 500 pounds per square inch or more at 100 fahrenheit. (8) Flammable liquids which have a flashpoint of 20 fahrenheit or less and are not viscous (viscous defined in Department of Transportation regulations). (9) Any materials in bulk which are liable to dangerous, spontaneous heating under conditions incident to transportation. (10) Hydrogen peroxide (containing 50% by wt. or more of hydrogen peroxide). UNIONTOWN, PENNSYLVANIA-- WILL NOT ACCEPT "Explosives Class A", as shown in the Com modity List, Part 172, black powder nor smokeless powder, any kind, for delivery or handling at Uniontown, Pennsylvania. DULUTH, MISSABE AND IRON RANGE RAILWAY COMPANY-- Will not accept from connecting lines at Duluth, Minn., "Explosives, THE LONG ISLAND RAILROAD COMPANY--Will not accept explo sives, class A, or explosives, class B, as shown in the Commodity List, Part 172 (fireworks excepted), unless authorized by permit from the Superintendent at Jamaica, N.Y. MAINE CENTRAL RAILROAD COMPANY--Will not accept for trans portation materials classified as hazardous in accordance with 49 CFR Part 172 for the following running track: Madison, ME Running Track. MANUFACTURERS RAILWAY COMPANY--Will not accept "Explo sives, Class A", as shown in the Commodity List, Part 172. MCKEESPORT CONNECTING RAILROAD COMPANY--McKees port Connecting Railroad Company will not accept explosives, Divi sion 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4 or 1.5; Poisonous Gas, Division 2.3 (Pg. 1, Zone A); Poisonous Liquid, Division 6.1 (Pg. 1, Zone A); as shown in 49 CFR Part 172, except by special arrangements made in ad vance with the Superintendent. MIDDLETOWN AND NEW JERSEY RAILWAY COMPANY, INC.-- Will not accept "Explosives, Class A", nor "Explosives, Class B", as shown in the Commodity List, Part 172. MODESTO AND EMPIRE TRACTION COMPANY--Modesto and Em pire Traction Company will not accept explosives, Division 1.1,1.2, 1.3,1.4 or 1.5; Poisonous Gas, Division 2.3 (Pg. 1, Zone A); Poison ous Liquid, Division 6.1 (Pg. 1, Zone A); as shown in 49 CFR Part 172, except by special arrangements made in advance with the Superintendent. NEW ORLEANS PUBLIC BELT RAILROAD--Will not accept explo sives Division 1.1, 1.2, or 1.3 as shown in 49 CFR. Part 172. NORFOLK AND PORTSMOUTH BELT LINE RAILROAD COMPANY Chesapeake, Va. Norfolk, Va. Portsmouth, Va. IX